A Greek and English lexicon of the New Testament

ΕΣ 4 ee "»
-
yi 2.
ν 4 4
es
> int ἷᾳ
“τε a 2
Μ δ
Αγ ᾿
pe
᾿ ΕΓ
4 “ἃ
; ] .
» i
Ma Kd
j f
Aad} ;
ν᾿ ;
x
‘
.

shy

᾿

iy i
yf
ἢ

“ἢ
ΕΠ ἢ
ΗΒ
π᾿ ”
-

2

fs

Digitized by the Internet Archive _
in 2006 with funding from ἢ

᾿ς Microsoft Corporation

GREEK AND ENGLISH

LEXICON

NEW TESTAMENT...

BY

EDWARD ROBINSON, ἢ. Ὁ. LL. Ὁ.

PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL LITERATURE IN THE UNION THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, NEW-YORE};
AUTHOR OF “BIBLICAL RESEARCHES IN PALESTINE,” ETC.

A NEW EDITION,

REVISED AND IN GREAT PART REWRITTEN.

NEW YORK:

HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS,

329 ἃ 331 PEARL STREET,
FRANKLIN SQUARE.

Fntered according to Act of, Congress, in the year 1850, by
‘! EDWARD ROBINSON, :
in the Clerk’s Office of the Disttiet Court for the ‘Southern District of New-York.

e © seer ‘

ww

PREFACE.

. Tue Author's earliest effort in the department of New Testament
Lexicography, was a translation of the first edition of Wahl’s Clavis
Philologica Novi Testamenti, with.some additions, published in 1825.
This was followed in 1836 by his own Greek and English Lexicon of
the New Testament ; in the preparation of which several years of dili-
gent labour had been expended. Whatever may have been the defi-
ciences of the latter work, it would seem to have met and supplied,
however imperfectly, a want in the theological literature of the day; as
was evinced by its speedy republication in Great Britain, in three rival
editions, and the subsequent appearance of two abridgments. .

When the time came, three years ago, to prepare for'a new edition ot
this Lexicon, although not desiring to shun any necessary labour, I yet
hoped that the task would be comparatively light. The progress ot
science in this department, as in others, had indeed not ceased to be
onward. Wahl and Bretschneider had issued-new and corrected editions
of their Lexicons, and Winer had revised and enlarged his Grammar ;
while the labours and improvements of.Passow had been carried forward
after his decease by able successors, and the more extended results spread
before the English public in the very valuable Lexicon of Liddell and
Scott. Still more, the Commentaries of De Wette and Meyer on the
New ‘Testament had appeared; to say nothing of many others... My
own official duties, too, had called me, for the greater portion of the pre-
ceding decennium, to the daily interpretation of the New Testament
before large classes of young men preparing for the ministry of the Gos-
pel; and, in the meantime, I had visited and partially explored the Holy
Land. Under these circumstances, it is not surprising, that, when I sat
down to the work of revision, I found many portions of my former labours,
and especially the earliest, less satisfactory than I had hoped. The
result was, that a large part of the work required, in my judgment, to
be rewritten ; and it has accordingly been rewritten, without regard to
time or labour. The remaining portions have been thoroughly revised ;
and have received very many additions, corrections, and curtailments.

Μά 5190

iv PREFACE.

In its present form, the work may stand as an unpretending memorial of
the progress and condition of the Interpretation and Lexicography of the
New Testament, at the close of the first half of the nineteenth century.

A full and scientific Lexicon of any language embraces a wide field
of inquiry. The scholar who would pursue the study of a language crit-
ically and philologically, does not rest, until he has traced each word to
its origin ; investigated its primitive form and signification ; noted the

various forms and senses in which it has been current in the different
epochs and dialects of the language, and the manner and order in which
all these are deduced from the primitive one and frog each other; and
last, though not least, has observed the relations in which it stands to
other words, in constructions and phrases, and the various modifications
which it has undergone in these respects. When all these points are
properly ascertained and arranged in his own mind, then and not till
then is the scholar master of the word in question ; and the transcript of
the view thus obtained, with the necessary vouchers, is the true lexicog-
raphy of that word. This is justly termed the historico-logical method
of lexicography, which has grown up out of the general progress of philo-
logy within the present century, and aims to present a logical and. histor-
ical view of each word in all its varieties of sigaification and construction.
The first exemplification of this method was given by Gesenius, in his
Ifebrew Lexicon ; and it was ably followed out by Passow, in his Lexi-
con of the Greek language.

These remarks proceed upon the supposition, that a language is m
itself primitive and independent of every other; and that its words may
therefore be traced to their ultimate roots within itself. This indeed is
usually assumed in regard to the Greek language; and the Lexicon of
Passow was originally constructed on this principle. But in respect to
our own and many other languages, this is obviously not the fact; and
the science of comparative philology, which has sprung up within our
own days, has already taught us, that both the Greek and Latin are in
like manner only members of one great family of languages, which, de-
scending apparently from the mountains of India, have spread themselves
over Southern and Western Asia and the whole of Europe; retaining
under every diversity of climate and circumstances such obvious affini-
ties, as give undeniable evidence of a common origin. These Indo-
European tongues, as they are called, include the Sanscrit, Persian,
Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, English, and the other dialects of the
Teutonic ; and strictly also those of the Slavic and Celtic races. The
Semitic languages form a distinct family; though still, in their primary
elements, kindred to the former in a greater degree than has usually been
supposed. Here too, the first scientific attempt at marking these coinci-
dences as a part of lexicography, was made by Gesenius, in his Latin
Manual of 1833; but the time is perhaps not far distant, when every Lex-
icon of the Greek or Latin, or indeed of any of the occidental tongues,

PREFACE. | ¥

will be regarded as incomplete, which shall fail to notice these striking
affinities.

In respect to the Greek, it should be borne in mind, that there are
three great epochs which mark the progress of the language; through all
or some of which, the different meanings and uses of a word can be traced
with more or less distinctness. . These are its youth, in the heroic or epic
poems of Homer and Hesiod, with which may be joined the Ionic prose
of Herodotus ; its prime, in the palmy days of Attic elegance and purity,
as exhibited in the great tragedians, and in the prose of Thucydides,
‘Xenophon, Plato; and its decline, after the Macedonian conquest, and
still later under the Roman dominion. In this latter period, the breaking
up of the various independent states, the mingling together in armies of
soldiers enlisted from every quarter, and the founding of colonies and
large cities peopled with inhabitants from every part of Greece and also
from foreign lands, could not fail to produce great changes in the lan-
guage of different communities; which, by natural consequence, would
speedily be reflected in the language of books. 'Thus was formed the
later Greek idiom, ἡ κοινὴ διάλεκτος, which every where superseded the
pure Attic; and of which Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch, #lian,
and other later writers, are the representatives. Some of the forms pecu-
liar to this later idiom were ascribed to the influence of the Macedonians,
and referred to the Macedonic dialect ;; or sometimes the same forms
were referred to an Alerandrine dialect, inasmuch as the chief seat of
the later Greek culture was in Egypt and its metropolis Alexandria. But
these terms are probably too specific ; and embrace what strictly belonged
to the later language of common life in general, rather than to the dialect
of any particular tribe or city.

The language of the New Testament is the later Greck language,
as spoken by foreigners of the Hebrew stock, and applied by them to
subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek writers.
The simple statement of this fact, suggests at once what the character of
this idiom must be; and might, one would think, have saved volumes of
controversy. ‘The Jews came in contact with the Greeks only at and
after the Macedonian conquests; and were therefore conversant only
with the later Greek. 'They learned it from the intercourse of life, in
commerce, in colonies, in cities founded like Alexandria, where the in-
habitants were drawn together from Asia as well as from Greece ; and it
was therefore the spoken language of common life, and not that of books,
with which they became acquainted. - But they spoke it as foreigners, as
Hebrews; and therefore it could not fail to have in general a colouring
of the Hebrew, or rather of the later Aramean, which was their vernac-
ular tongue. Jews who spoke Greek, are called in the New Testament
᾿Ἑλληνισταί, Hellenists; and hence in modern usage, since the time of
the younger Scaliger, the Jewish Greek has not unaptly been termed
Hellenistic

Vi PREFACE:

The earliest monument of this idiom is the Version of the Seventy
made at Alexandria, probably at different times during the centuries
immediately preceding the Christian era. This, as being a direct trans-
lation from the Hebrew, made by Jews, exhibits strongly the influence
of the Hebrew, as well as an imperfect knowledge of the Greek; though
in various degrees in its different parts. Closely allied to this are: the
Apoeryphal books usually connected with the Septuagint. Meanwhile,
the Greek Janguage had become current also in Palestine, along with the
Aramean; partly through frequent intercourse with Hellenistic Jews
settled in Egypt and in Asia Minor, who constantly resorted to Jerusa-
lem; and partly from the influence of the Herods and the Roman domin-
ion. Hence the New Testament was written in the now universal tongue.
Still later there appeared other Greek Versions of the Old Testament,
made by Jews; and also the remaining Pseudepigraphic and Apocryphal
writings of the Old and New Testaments. 'I'wo Jewish writers only,
Philo and Josephus, both of them cotemporary with the Apostles, were

‘able to overcome in a great measure the influence of their vernacular
tongue; and although when treating of Jewish affairs they necessarily
employ many terms belonging to the Jewish Greek, yet in general they
approach much nearer to the written idiom of the later Greek, than any
of the writers either of the Septuagint or New Testament.

_ The writers of the New Testament, with the exception of Paul, and
partially perhaps of Luke, were unlearned men; and, like the rest of
their countrymen, knew the Greek language only from the intercourse
of common life, and not from books. With them, therefore, the Hebrew
element which mingled in their idiom, would naturally have great prom-
inence; although, since their writings are not translated from a Hebrew
cristae it is not baa as strongly marked as in the Septuagint. It often
lies in the turn of the thought, or in the thought itself, rather than in the
expression. Even where the expression is modelled after the Hebrew,
this is seen more in the construction and connection of words in phrases
and sentences, than as affecting their intrinsic signification. Whoever
has himself learned to speak a foreign language, or has closely watched
the discourse of foreigners speaking our own tongue, will readily have per-
ceived, that the signification of words is in general much more easily
retained and correctly applied, than their forms and their proper construc-
tion and connection. Thus, nothing perhaps imparts more to the Gos-
pels the air of the Hebrew narratives of the Old Testament, than the
frequent use of the particle καί as a connective, corresponding to the
Hebrew usage of the particle Vav (1). From Hebraisms of this kind,
the writings of Paul are comparatively free; since, from his birth and
residence amid the Greek schools of Tarsus, he probably had acquired a
more accurate knowledge of that language than was usual with the He-
brews of Palestine; though the course of his education and the character
of his learning were not Greek, but wholly Jewish.

PREFACE. vil

The writers of the New Testament, further, applied the Greex lan-
guage to subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek
writers. No native Greek had ever written on Jewish affairs, nor on the
Jewish theology and ritual. Hence the Seventy, in their translation, had
ofien to employ Greek words as the signs of things and ideas, which

heretofore had. been expressed only in Hebrew. In such a case, they

could only select those Greek words which most nearly corresponded to
the Hebrew; leaving the different shade or degree of signification to be
gathered by the reader from the context. Thus, to express the idea of the
Hebrew =i>ti as a word of salutation or farewell, they employ the Greek

_ word εἰρήνη, just as we use the word peace in the same way and for the

very same reason. Similar is edAoyéw for Heb. 322 to bless ; in Greek
writers only to speak well of. 'Thus far the path was indeed already
broken for the writers of the New Testament. But beyond this, they
were to be the instruments of making known a new revelation, a new
dispensation of mercy to mankind. Here was opened a wide circle of
new ideas and new doctrines to be developed, for which all human lan-
guage was as yet too poor; and this pdverty was to be done away, even
as at the present day on the discovery and culture of a new science,
chiefly by enlarging the signification and application of words already in
use, rather than by the formation of new ones. An example of this in
the New Testament is especially the word zictis,—to which may be
added δικαιοσύνη, SixarodoSat, ἐκλογή, ἀπόστολος, and many others.

The New Testament, then, was written by Hebrews, aiming to
express Hebrew thoughts, conceptions, feelings, in the Greek tongue.
Their idiom, consequently, in soul and spirit, is Hebrew ; in its external
form, Greek, and that more or less pure, according to the facilities which
an individual writer may have possessed, for acquiring fluency and accu-
racy of expression in that tongue.

It follows from all these considerations, that in constructing a Lexicon
uf the New Testament, it should be a matter of prominent importance,
to exhibit each word in its true character and relations, as a component
part of the Greek tongue; as compared, on the one hand, with the Hel-
lenistic idiom ; and, on the other, with the usage of classic Greek writers.
It is just here, that Wahl perhaps has erred in having reference too exclu-
sively to the latter; and Bretschneider, in drawing his illustrations mainly
from the former. In the present work I have endeavoured to pursue a
middle course, and present.a comparison with both ; giving, when possi-
ble, one or more references to the Septuagint, or, where that fails, to Jose-
phus; at least one (and often more) to the later Greek writers; and one
to the Attic, as represented by Xenophon, Plato, or Thucydides. Where
a reference is wanting in either of these three classes, except under words
well known and of frequent occurrence, it may be presumed, that none
such has yet been found. Very many new references have been added,
where there were none before; especially from the writings of Plutarch

viii PREFACE.

and Plato. Indeed, this comparison of words used in the New 'Testa-
ment with their usage in classic writers, has cost more time and labour
than any other portion of the work.

Let the student not be startled at the apparent multitude of such ref-
erences, nor think them all of no avail. ‘They are adduced not merely
nor mainly to elucidate the meaning of a word ; but to show its authority
and standing in the Greek language. ‘They serve to show in what rela-
tion each word stands to the Septuagint and Jewish writings, and also to
the later and Attic Greek; and whether it is common to all or any of
them, or found in none. In this way they have an important bearing on
the long disputed question of the purity of the New ‘Testament idiom ;
and aid in determining its true character.

The preceding remarks present a summary view of the principles
which have guided the Author in the preparation of the present volume.
The Greek of the New Testament constitutes but a small portion of the
Greek language as a whole; and a Lexicon of it can only aim to give a
just exhibition of one of the subordinate forms or phases of that rich and
noble tongue. Of such a work, the following, it would seem, ‘ought to
be some of the chief traits; and they have accordingly been made promi-
nent objects of attention.

1. The etymology of each word is given, so far as it appertains to the
Greek and Hebrew, and occasionally the Latin.* A general comparison
of the affinities between the Greek and other languages, belongs only to
a general Lexicon of the language. ὃ

2. The full historical view of a word, is here ΕΝ of place; since
we strictly have to do only with those significations and constructions
which are found in the New Testament itself. But the logical method
is still applicable in its full force. 'This consists in assigning first to each
word its primary signification, whether found in the New Testament or
not; and then deducing from it, in logical (not historical) order, all the
significations which occur in the New Testament; but not others, except
so far as they may be necessary to illustrate the former.t—In this con-
nection, the attempt has every where been made, to discriminate between
the intrinsic significations of a word, and those senses in which it may
be employed through the force of adjuncts. By referring the latter to
their appropriate heads, the multiplicity of meanings given by earlier lex-
icographers has been greatly diminished. Particular attention has also
been given, to bring out igniting to view the force of the prepositions
in composition.

3. The various constructions of verbs and adjectives with their cases
and with other adjuncts, is in general fully given. Unusual or difficult
constructions are noted and explained, by reference both to grammatical

* See the articles Adumw, A:Bavds, ὕσσωπος, σουδάριον, φραγέλλιον, ete.
+ Comp. the articles στέλλω, Φύω, ψάλλω, ete.

ΡΕΕΡΑΘΕ. . ie

rules and to the usage of other writers.—Here some of the usual Latin
abbreviations for marking the construction of words, are too convenient
to be laid aside for any English substitutes ; and therefore such terms as
6. ace. and the like, have been retained without scruple; just as the com-
mon English has adopted the forms etc. and per cent.

4. The different forms and inflection of words are exhibited, so far as
seemed proper in a Lexicon. Any variety or irregularity of form is, in
particular, fully explained.

5. So far as the limits of a Lexicon permit, attention has been given
to the interpretation of difficult passages ; in order that the work may, in
some measure, supply the place of a more extended Commentary. And,
if I may be permitted here to give to the student a recommendation
founded on the experience of many Years, I would counsel him, first to
study the New Testament for himself, with only the help of his Grammar
and Lexicon, giving close attention to the context and the logical con-
nection. In this way, whatever he acquires will be his own, and will
remajn with him; and he will then know what further aid to seek in
Commentaries. The true end of a Commentary is not to supersede the
student’s own investigations ; but to aid him to fill out and complete
them.

6. Each article, so far as practicable, contains a reference to every
passage of the New Testament in which the word is found. In this way,
in more than nine-tenths of the words, the Lexicon is a complete Con-
coidance of the New Testament. Those articles in which this is not
the case, are marked at the end with the sign +.* In the articles not so
marked, my endeavour has been to include the different readings of the
Textus Receptus and the most approved later editions, as also some of
those found in Manuscripts; without, however, being solicitous to note
every minor variation, even when adopted by an Editor.

7. The most sedulous care has been bestowed to verify all the refer
ences, especially those to the New Testament; and although in a work
containing so many thousands of them, many errors are unavoidable, yet
it is hoped that the present volume will bear comparison in this respect
with any other of a like size and character. The scriptural references
are regularly made to the New Testament of Hahn, to the Septuagint of
Mill, and to the Hebrew Bible of Van der Hooght, again edited by Hahn.
Those to the Old Testament, where not otherwise specified, are to the
Hebrew ; never to the English Version.

Such is the plan of the work now given to the public; to the execu-
tion of which the Author has unweariedly and repeatedly devoted the
best powers of many of the best years of his life; with what success,
the theological public must judge. His fervent hope and prayer to God

* The letter A, for example, contains 891 separate articles; of which only 89 have the
mark -++.. Th relative proportion of such articles elsewhere is probably not much (if any)

greater.

a δὸς
205

x PREFACE.

is, that the work may be still further instrumental in giving facility and
impulse to the study of the Holy Scriptures; and thus aic in promoting
the cause of sacred learning, and Christian piety. .

The Author would express his gratitude to various {τίθης 5, by whose
advice and encouragement he has been aided. Especially are his thanks
due to the Rev. President Woolsey of Yale College, for his counsel, and
for the unrestricted use of his valuable private library.

E. ROBINSON.

New-York, July, 1850.

τ ad ee

GORE Κ»»:

FOR THE STUDENT.

.

The references to Greek authors are generally to editions in common use; and
mainly to such as have been followed in the miniature classics published by Tauchnitz.
Thus, Plato is quoted by the pages of H. Stephens; but these are also given by Tauch-
nitz; and so in other cases. Where the edition is not named, or does not appear from
the manner of citation, it may be presumed to be that of Tauchnitz. But from this
remark the following are excepted:

OratorEes Grxct: Demosthenes, Aischines, Lysias, Iseus, Antiphon, etc. ed. Reiske,
XII. Tom. Lips. 1770-75.

Anthologia Greca, ed. F. Jacobs, XIII. Tom. Lips. 1794-1814.

Arr. Epict. i. e. Epicteti Dissertationes ab Arriano digeste, ed. Schweighaiiser, III.
Tom. Lips. 1799.

Dion Cass. ed. Reimar. Π. Tom. fol. Hamb. 1750.

Herodiani Historie, ed. Irmisch, IV. Tom. Lips. 1789-1805. The edition of Tauch-
nitz gives only the larger divisions.

Tsocrates, ed. Bekker, in ORatTorEs ATTIC.

Strabonis Geographia, ed. Casaubon, et ὁ. notis, fol. Amst. 1709.

Josephi Opera, ed. Havercamp, I. Tom. fol. Amst. 1726. All later editions have the
same divisions.

The following are the full titles of several works often referred to in the following

Bibl. Res. in Palest. i.e. Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia
Petrea, by E. Roxsrxson and E. Smiru, 3 vols. 8vo. Bos-
ton, 1841. Lond. 1841.

Gr. Harm. “ A Harmony of the Four Gospels in Greek, by E. Rosrxsoy,
8vo. Bost. 1845.
Heb. Lex. “ A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, from
the Latin of W. Gesentus; by E. Ropinsoy. 8vo.
Bost. 1849.
Heb. Gr. “ Hebraische Grammatik, von W. Gesentus, neu bearbeitet™*

von E. Rorpicer. 15th Ed. Leipz. 1848.—English,
with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc. by M.
Stuart, Andover 1847; also by T. J. Conant, New-

York 1847.

Tehrgb. or Lgb. Dex Lehrgebiiude der Heb. Sprache, von W. GEsENtus, 8vo.
Leipz. 1817.

Winer, “ Grammatik des neutest. Sprachidioms, von G. B. WxxER,
Leipz. 1844. 5th Ed.

Winer Realw. “ Biblisches Realworterbuch, von G. B. Winer, Leipz. 1847.
2 vols. 3d Ed.

Lob. ad Phryn. “ Phrynichi Ecloge Nominum. Edidit C. A. Loseck, 8vo.

Leipz. 1820.
Sturz de Dial. Mac. “ De Dialecto Macedonica et Alexandrina F.G. Szurz, 8vo.
Lips. 1808. ᾿
Titim. de Synon. N.T. “ De Synonymis in Novo Testamento, Lib. 1. Il, J. A H.
ὶ ΤΊΤΥΜΑΝΝ, Lips. 1829, 1832. .

a

Ἷ

SE = ο-

xii

Herm. ad Viger. i. e.

Butim.

Butim. Ausf. Sprachl. “

ABBREVIATIONS.

F. Vicrri de precipuis Grece Dictionis Idiotism:s Liber
ed. G. Hermann, 8vo. Lips. 1834. 4th Ed.

A Greek Grammar for the use of High Schoo’s and Univer-
sities, by Pattie ButtMann, revised by his Son; from the
18¢h German edition, by ἘΠ. Rosinson, New-York 1851.
The 18th German edition was published at Berlin late
in 1849.

Ausfiihrliche Griechische Sprachlehre, von Pauw Burt-
MANN, 2 Bde, Berlin 1830, 1839. 2d Ed.

Matth. * Ausfiihrliche Griechische Grammatik, von A. ΜΑΥΤΗΙΣ,
2 Th. Leipz. 1825, 1827. 2d edition. <A third edition
with few changes was published after the author's
death, Leipz. 1835.—English by E. V. Blomfield, edited

by J. Kenrick, Lond. 1832.

Kithner, “* Grammar of the Greek Language for the use of High

Schools and Colleges, by R. KuEnner ; from the German,
by B. B. Epwarps and 8. H, Taytor; Andover 1844.

Passow, “ Handworterbuch der Griechischen Sprache, von Ἐς. Passow,
4 Th. Leipz. 1831—Also: A Greek-English Lexicon,
based on the German work of Ἐς Passow, by H. G. Lip-
DELL and R. Scort, second edition, Oxford 1845. New-
York 1848. .

Dict. of Antt. “ Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquiiies, edited »y W.
Smirn, Lond. 1848. Second edition.

ἔ
OTHER ABBREVIATIONS. ‘

Genr. i.e. generally, in a general sense, ordinarily. x

Spec.“ specially, in a special andparticular sense. %

Pr. “ proprie, in the proper and literal sense, not figurative. 4

Trop. “ tropically, in a tropical or figurative sense.

Meton. “ metonymically, by metonymy.

Ss ae. ὶ “ eum dativo, cum accusativo, ete.

Absol. “ absolutely, without case or adjunct.

κτλ. “ ai τὰ λοιπά, Lat. et cetera, Engl. etc.

{} Brackets usually mark a diversity of reading; sometimes a different num

bering of the verses.

tia

For ADDENDA, see end of the Volume.

LEXICON

OF THE

a

A,

4, ας; alpha, the first letter of the Greek
alplabet, corresponding to the Hebrew x.
Fcr its power as a privative and intensive
rarticle in composition, see the Grammars,
Buttm. §120. 5, and n. 11. Kithner ᾧ 237.
R. 3. b.—In N. T. τὸ A or τὸ ἄλφα signi-
fies the first, Rev. 1, 8. [11.] 21, 6.22, 13;
where the writer himself explains it by
πρῶτος and ἀρχή. See Is. 48, 12, comp.
41,4, 44,6. So Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 25
[Ρ. 587. c. ed. Sylb.] κύκλος γὰρ αὐτὸς (ὁ vids)
πασῶν τῶν δυνάμεων, eis ἕν εἱλουμένων καὶ
ἑνουμένων- διὰ τοῦτο A καὶ O ὁ λόγος εἴρηται.

᾽᾿Δαρών, ὃ, indec. Aaron, Heb. Ji",
pr. n. of a son of Amram and Jochebed of
the tribe of Levi, Ex. 6, 20 ; the elder bro-
ther of Moses, and his interpreter (®"32)
before Pharaoh, Ex. 4, 14sq. 5,1sq. 7,
10 sq. as also the first High Priest, Ex. 28,
1 sq. 40, 12sq.—In N. T. Acts 7, 40.
Heb. 5, 4. 7, 11. 9, 4. By Hebraism, the
family of Aaron, Luke 1, 5.

᾿Αβαδδών, ὁ, indec. Abaddon, Heb.
PIB (destruction), the name ascribed
Rev. 9,11 to the angel of Tartarus (τῆς
ἀβύσσου), and explained by the Greek dzron-
λύων, the destroyer. The usual Heb. word
is MMH, Sept. ὁ ὀλοθρεύων, Ex. 12, 23.
Wisd. 18, 25; comp. ὀλοϑρευτής, 1 Cor.

10, 10.
ο΄ GBapns, éos, obs, ὁ, ἧς adj. (a priv. βά-
90s), pr. not heavy, 6. g. πῦρ ἀβαρές d
|

Stoic. repugn. 42. T. VI. p. 98.—In N. T.
trop. not burdensome, i. e. not causing ex-
pense ; 2 Cor. 11, 9 ἀβαρῇ ὑμῖν ἐμαυτὸν
ἐτήρησα. So ἐπιβαρέω, 4. v. and βαρύς

705. Ant. 1. 16. 2.

“Α4ββᾶ, indec. Abba, i. 6. father, Heb.
38, Chald. 828; Mark 14, 36. Rom. 8,
15. Gal. 4, 6.

"ABeX, δ, indec. Abel, Heb. 53} (a
breath), pr. n. of the second son of Adam,
Matt. 23, 35. Luke 11, 51. Heb. Ti, 4. 12,
24. See Gen. 4, 1-16.

"ABid, ὃ, indec. Abia, Heb. 738
(Jehovah his father), pr. n. of two meh in
N.T. a) A king of Judah, Matt. 1,7 bis ;
see 1 K. 14, 31. 15, 1sq. 8) A priest of
the posterity of Aaron, and founder of a
sacerdotal family, Luke 1, 5. When all
the priests were distributed into 24 classes,
the eighth class was called from him the
class of Abia ; see 1 Chr. 24, 10.

᾿Αβιάδαρ, ὃ, indec. Abiathar, Heb.
"M°38 (father of abundance), pr. n. of a
high priest, Mark 2, 26; see 1 Sam. 22, 21.
1 K. 2, 26. 27. 35. The high priest at the
time referred to by Mark was Ahimelech ;
but his son Abiathar, who was high priest
afterwards, is here mentioned ‘perhaps as
having been conspicuous in the transaction,
and more intimately connected with the his-
tory of David.

: “: algo of Abilene: .

᾿Αβιληνή

“Αβιληνή, ἢς, ἡ, Abilene, pr. τι. of a
district on the eastern declivity of Anti-
Lebanon, so called from the city Abila or

Abela situated on’ the mountain 18 Roman .

miles N. W. of Damascus towards Helio-
polis or Ba’albek ; known also as ᾿Αβίλη
τοῦ Avoanod to distinguish it from another
in Perea. This district extended apparent-
ly along the eastern slope of Anti-Lebanon
and Hermon as far as to Paneas and Gau-
lonitis ; and thus bordered on the territories
of Philip. So in Luke 3, 1; where Lysa-
nias is said to be tetrarch of Abilene in the
fifteenth year of Tiberius, about A. D. 28.
Long before this time Josephus speaks of a
Lysanias, the son of a Ptolemy who in the
days of Pompey was lord of Chalcis under
Lebanon, and was a powerful and danger-
ous neighbour to Damascus ; Ant. 14.7. 4,
comp. 13. 16. 3 and 14.3.2. From this
. ἴδ may perhaps be inferred that he was lord
“LLysdnias succeeded him
B.C. 40 ; but Was put to death by Antony

_ « througti othe intrigues of: Cleopatra about

* BeC: 34; Ants 15.411... Dio Cass. 49. 32.
Some years later a certain Zenodorus is
mentioned as having farmed the possessions
(οἶκος) of Lysanias; he also had jurisdic-
tion over Trachonitis and other districts ;
but having become implicated with robber-
hordes, Augustus took away 'Trachonitis
and the adjacent tracts and gave'them to
Herod the Great, B.C. 22; and on the
death of Zenodorus, B.C. 19, Herod re-
ceived still more of his territories, as Paneas
and the district further east; Ant. 15. 10.
1,3. Thus far Josephus does not even
name Abilene ; but in the first year of Cali-
gula, A.D. 38, more than seventy years
after the death of the first Lysanias, and
_ ten years after the statement of Luke, he
relates that Caligula gave to the elder
Agrippa, the Herod of the book of Acts, the
tetrarchy of his uncle ῬΒδίρ, and also “the
tetrarchy of Lysanias,” or Abilene; and
these were confirmed to Agrippa by Clau-
dius on his accession, with the specification

that “ Abila of Lysanias and whatever was.

on Mount Lebanon” were districts belong-
ing to the emperor himself (ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ) ;
Ant. 18. 6. 10. ib. 19. 5. 1. B. J. 2. 11. 5.
At Herod Agrippa’s death they went to his
son, the younger Agrippa, before whom
Paul was brought; Ant. 90. 7. 1. Acts ὁ.
26. From all these facts it is probable,
that both Ptolemy and his son, the first
Lysanias, had possession of Abilene ; that
after the murder of the latter it was farmed,
by the emperor to Zenodorus for the benefit

*AyaBos

of the family of Lysanias yet in their mino-
rity ; and that afterwards the children were
reinstated in their rights; in which case
the Lysanias of Luke may well have been
the son or grandson of the former Lysanias.
If the son, he must have been near seventy
years old at the time specified by Luke.
This is not improbable ; for ten years later
(A. D. 38) his territories had reverted to
the emperor, perhaps from the failure of
heirs; and were given by him to Herod
Agrippa. In.this way the testimony of Jo-
sephus and that of Luke are in harmony.
Indeed, as Josephus nowhere connects the
first Liysanias with Abilene, it is not im-
probable that when he speaks of that dis-
trict seventy years later as “the tetrarchy
of Lysanias,” he in fact refers to the se-
cond Lysanias, who was actually tetrarch
of it, and was then dead.—_The site of the
city of Abila is occupied by the modern vil-
lage S&k Wady el-Barada, where the river
Barada issues from a wild chasm. Here
are seen the remains of ancient walls and
foundations of edifices, fragments of col-
umns, rock-hewn sepulchres, and a road
along the chasm cut through the rock, with
inscriptions. See more in Biblioth. Sac.
1848. p.'79 sq. Winer Bibl. Realw. art.
Abilene.

᾿Αβιούδ, 6, indec. Abiud, Heb. "38
(Judah his father), pr. n. of a son of Zoro-
babel, Matt. 1, 13 bis. Omitted in 1 Chr.
3, 19.

᾿Αβραάμ, ὃ, indec. Abraham, Heb.
DIAN (father of a multitude), pr. n. of
the celebrated patriarch and founder of the
Israelitish nation, Matt. 1, 1. 2. 22, 32.
Heb. 11, 8-19. al. In Acts 7,16 ᾿Αβραάμ,
by an obvious error of transcription, is writ-

ten for Ἰακώβ ; see Gen. 33,19. Josh. 34,

22. +

ἄβυσσος, ov, ἡ, (a priv. βύϑος or βύσ-
gos,) pr. adj. bottomless, deep, profound, as
λίμνη ἄβυσσος Diod. Sic. 5. 25. Hdot. 2.
28. Sept. for DIM, abyss, either the ocean,
Gen. 1, 2. 7,11; or the underworld, Ps. 71,
21. 107,26.—In N. T. Subst. ἡ ἄβυσσος,
the abyss, the place of the dead, orcus, ἄδης,
Rom. 10,7. Spec. Tartarus, that part of
ἅδης in which the souls of the wicked are
represented as confined, Luke 8, 31. Rey.
9,1. 2. 11. 11, ΤΠ ΕΤ Ss 20,1. 3; comp.
2 Pet. 2,4. So Acta Thome § 32 ἡ ἄβυσ-

gos τοῦ Ταρτάρου.
ἴάγαβος, ov, 6, Agabus, pr. n. of ἃ
Jewish Christian, who predicted a famine

δι} νυν» ΨΥ ΨΥ ee

Ἐν

͵

ἀγαϊδϑοεργέω

and the imprisonment of Paul, Acts 11, 28.
21, 10.

ἀγαδοεργέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀγαϑός, ἔργον,)
Phavorin. εὐεργετῶ καὶ ἐργάζομαι ἀγαϑόν».----
In Ν. T. to do good to others, absol. 1 Tim.
6, 18; comp. Gal. 6, 10. So be
Plut. de Is. et Osir. 48.

ἀγαδοποιέω, 6, f. noo, (dya%orouds,)
but the better form is dya%dv ποιέω, Lobeck
ad Phryn. p. 200. |

1. to do good to others, absol. Mark 3, 4.
Luke 6, 9. 35. Acts 14,17; with acc. of
pers. Luke 6, 33 bis. Sept. for °F} Judg.
17,13. Zeph. 1,12. So Tob. 12, 13. 1
Mac. 11, 33.

2. to do well, to act, virtuously, absol.
1 Pet. 2,15. 20. 3,6.17. 3John11. Comp.
1 Pet. 3, 11.

ἀγαδοποιΐα, as, ἡ, well-doing , virtuous
conduct, 1 Pet. 4,19; 566: ἀγαϑοποιέω no.
2. Others less well beneficence.—Test. ΧΙ.
Pat. ap. Fabric. Cod. Pseudep. I. 722.

ἀγαδοποιός, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἀγαϑός,
motéw,) pr. doing good, beneficent, ee με
et Osir. 42; bland, courteous, 6. g.
Ecclus. 42, 14. —In N. T. doing a Be tt
right, a well-doer, 1 Pet. 2, 14; see in
ἀγαϑοποιέω no. 2. So Athenag. Apol. p.
29 ὁ Seds, τελείως ἀγαϑὸς dy, ἀϊδίως dya%o-
ποιός ἐστιν.

, ἀγαδός, 7, dv, (ἄγαν) corresp. to Heb.
a1, Lat. bonus, Engl. good.

1. good, i. e. distinguished for good and
eminent qualities, character ; of persons,
Matt. 19, 16 διδάσκαλε dyad. v. 17 bis.
Mark 10,17 sq. Luke 18,18 sq. (Jos. Ant.

“9. 5.2 τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ δικαίους
ἀπέκτεινε. Xen. Ven. 1. 14.) Of things,
Luke 10, 42 τὴν ἀγαϑὴν μερίδα. John 1, 47.
Sept. for 31 Ezra 8, 27 χαλκοῦ ἀγαϑοῦ.---
Spec.

᾿ a) Ina physical sense, good, as opp. to "

bad, 6. g. δένδρον ἀγαϑόν Matt. 7, 17. 18;

yi ay. Luke 8, 8. Sept. γῆ dy. for aiv

Rx. 3, 8.—Plut. Gryll. 3. Xen. Cic. 16.7
Ὕ:

b) Ina moral sense, good, well-disposed,
upright. a) Of persons, Matt. 5,45 ἐπὶ
πονηροὺς καὶ dyaSovs. 12, 35, 22, 10. 25,
21. Luke 23, 50. John 7, 12. Acts 11, 24.
Sept. for aim Prov. 13, 2. 15,3. So Xen.
Mem. 3. 4. 8 τοὺς κακοὺς κολάζειν καὶ rods
dya%ovs τιμᾷν. 8) Of things, actions,
good, right, upright, e. g. καρδία Luke 8,
15; ἐντολή Rom. 7, 12; λόγος 2 Thess. 2,
17; ϑέλημα τοῦ 5. Rom. 12, 2. (Sept. τὸ

ἀγαδός

πνεῦμα τὸ ay. for Ξἴ Neh. 9, 20. Ps, 143,
10. Wisd. 8, 19 ψυχὴ dy.) Hence συνεί-
δησις' ἀγαϑή a good conscience, conscious-
ness of rectitude, Aets 23, 1. 1 Tim. 1, 5.
19. 1 Pet. 3, 16.21. Also ἔργον dya-
Sév, ἔργα ayaa, good deeds, well-doing,
uprighiness, Rom. 2, 7. 13, 3. Eph. 2, 10.
Col. 1, 10. 2 Tim. 2, 21. al. Sept. ποιή-
ματα ay. for mit 1 Sam. 19,4. Wisd. 3, 15
πόνοι ay.

c) Neut. as Subst. (τὸ) dya%dv, (ra)
dyad, good, good things, right, virtue,
Matt. 12, 34.35. 19,16. Luke 6,45. Rom.
2,10. 7, 18. 19. al. Rom. 7,13 τὸ ἀγαϑόν
that which is in itself good. 14, 16 ὑμῶν τὸ
ἀγαϑόν your good, sc. liberty of conscience,
Christian liberty. Sept. for ain Ps. 53, 2.
4.—Arr. Epict. 1.4.1. Xen. Mem. 3.10. 5.

2. good, in respect to operation, influ-
ence, utility, i.e. Bn 5 ber beneficial, profit-
able.

a) Of persons, good, kind, benevolent,
doing good, Rom. 5,7. 1 Thess. 3, 6. Tit.
2, 5. 1 Pet. 2,18. Sept. for aiw 2 Chr.
30, 19 ὁ Seds dy. Ps. 78, 1.—Plut. Consol.
ad Apoll. 37. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 4 εὐεργέτην,
τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν ἀγαϑόν.

b) Of ‘things; 6. g. δόματα Matt. 7, 11.
Luke 11,13; δόσις James 1, 17; ἀναστροφή
1 Pet. 3,163; καρποί James 3, 17; πίστις
Tit. 2,10. (Sept. for ain 1 Sam. 12, 23
dy. ὁδός. Neh. 9, 13 ἐντολαὶ dy.) Matt. 12,
35 dy. ϑησαυρός, treasure of good things.
Luke 6, 45. So ἔργα dya%a, good deeds,
benefits, Acts 9, 36. 2 Cor. 9, 8. 1 Tim. 2,
10. 5, 10.—Also good for any purpose,
suitable, adapted to, Eph. 4, 29 λόγος ay.
πρὸς οἰκοδομήν. Rom. 15,2. So Jos. Ant. 4.
6. 1 πόλις φοινίκας φέρειν ἀγαϑή. Pausan.
Eliac. post. c. 26. 4 χώρα ἐς καρποὺς ἐκτρέ-
φειν ἀγαϑή. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 14, p.
367. Plato Rep. 608. e.

c) Neut. as Subst. τὸ dya3év, something
useful and profitable, a benefit, Rom. 8, 28.
12, 21. 13, 4. Gal. 6, 10. Eph. 4, 28. 6, 8.
1 Thess. 5, 15. Philem. 6. 14. (Xen. Cyr. 4.
2.18.) Plur. τὰ dyad, things good and
useful, benefits, blessings, Matt. '7,11. Luke
1, 53. 16, 25. Rom. 3, 8. Gal. 6, 6. Heb. 9,
11. 10,1. (Plut. Pericl. 39. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.
15 τοὺς εὐεργετοῦντας dyaSois ὑπερβαλλό-
μενοι.) Inthe sense of goods, wealth, Luke
12, 18. 19. Sept. for a9 Gen. 24, 10.
Deut. 6,11. So Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20.

3. good, in respect to the feelings excited,
i. 6. glad, joyful, happy. 1 Pet. 3, 10 ἡμέ-
pas dy. Rom. 10,15 τὰ ἀγαϑά happy times.
2 Thess. 2,16. Sept. for s4u Ps. 34, 12

/

ἀγαδουργέω

ἡμέρας dy. Zech. 8, 19 ἑορτὰς ay. So
Ecclus. 14, 14. 1 Macc. 10,55. + -

ayassoupyéa, ὦ, f. ήσω, a later form
for ἀγαϑοεργέω, to do good to others, 8050].
Acts 14, 17 in some Mss.—Cyrill. Alex. c.
Julian. 3. p. 81. a, et in Mich. cap. 2. p.
409. c.

ayaxoovvn, ns, ἡ, pr. for ἀγαδοσύνη,
Buttm. §119. 10. c; in Greek writers dya-
Sérns, or better χρηστότης, Thom. Mag. p.
921 ; goodness, e. g. of disposition and cha-
racter, uprightness, virtue, Rom. 15, 14.
Eph. 5,9. 2 Thess. 1,11. Sept. for a4
Ps. 52, 5 Maw 2 Chr. 24, 16.—Also good-
ness towards others, kindness, beneficence,
Gal. 5,22. Sept. for 230 Neh. 9, 25.

ἀγαλλίασις, ews, 7, not found in Gr.
writers ; but often in Sept. in the sense of
exultation, joy, for >"3 Ps. 45, 16. 65, 13;
rejoicing, with song, dancing, for no Ps.
80, 7. 118,15. 126, 2. 6; great joy, for
yiww Ps. 45,8. 51, 10.14; so Tob. 13,1.—
In N. T. joy, gladness, rgoicing, Luke i,
14, 44. Acts 2, 46, Jude 24. (Acta Thom.
§7 ἐν χαρᾷ καὶ ἀγαλλιάσει.) Heb. 1, 9
ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως from Ps. 45, 8, eal. of
gladness, i. e. with which guests were an-
ointed at feasts, here put as an emblem of
the highest honour ; see Ps. 23, 5. Am. 6, 6.

ἀγαλλιάομαι, Gpat, (ἄγαν;. ἅλλομαι.)
aor. 1 ἠγαλλιασάμην; also Pass. aor. 1 ἤγαλ-
λιάϑην as Mid. John 5, 35 in later editions ;
once Act. ἀγαλλιάω, ὦ, Luke1,47. Not
found in Gr. i eg but often in Sept. for
by Ps. 2,11; P22 Ps. 68, 4; 425 Ps. 20,
6; ww Ps. 40, 17, etc. pr. spoken of re-
joicing with song and dance.—Hence in
N. T. to exult, to rejoice, absol. Luke 10,
21. Acts 2, 26 ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά pov,
I rejoiced in words, sang aloud. 16, 34.
So χαίρειν καὶ dyaAX. intens. to rejoice exceed-
ingly, Matt. 5,12. 1 Pet. 4,13. Rev. 19,7;
comp. Ps. 90, 14. 40, 17. (Acta Thom.
§27.) W*ha noun of the same signif. as
dat. of manner; 1 Pet. 1, 8 ἀγαλλίασϑε
χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ; rejoice with joy- unspeak-
able, i. e. unspeakably. With ἵνα and the
Subjunct, John 8, 56 ἠγαλλιάσατο ἵνα ἴδῃ
τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν, he rejoiced that he should
see my day, i.e. to see it. With ἐπί c. dat.
Luke 1, 47 ἠγαλλίασε τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπὶ τῷ
Seo. Here, as the active form is elsewhere
unknown, it should prob. read ἀγαλλιάσεται
τὸ πν. comp. Ps. 13, 6 ἀγαλλιάσεται ἡ ἡ καρ-
δία μου. (So ἀγάλλεσϑαι ἐπί τινι Xen. Mem.
8. 5. 16. Sept. Ps.9,15.) With ἐν c. dat.
where a simple dative might stand; John

ἀγαπάω

5, 35 ἀγαλ. ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ. 1 Pet. 1, 6,
So Ps. 89, 16 ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου Woke:
13, 5.

ἄγαμος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. a priv. γάμος,) Un
married, either wholly,. celebs, 1 Cor. 7, 32.
34; or spoken of those who do not marry
a second time, ib. v. 8. 11.—Hom. TIL. 3. 40.
Plut. Lycurg. 15. Xen. Conv. 9. 7.

-ἀγανακτέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἄγαν, ἄχϑος,)
pr. to be pained, either in body, Plato Phedr.
251. c; or in mind, i. 6. fo be solicitous or
provoked, Plato Phedo 8, 9. p. 63. b. 64. a.
—In N. T. to be displeased, angry, indig-
nant, absol. Matt. 21,15. 26,8. Mark 10,14.
Luke 13, 14. (Bel and Drag. 28. Hdian.
8. 7. 6.) Mark 14, 4 ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς
ἑαυτοὺς καὶ λέγοντες, indignant among them-
selves and saying, for ἀγανακ. καὶ λέγ. πρὸς
ἑαυτούς. With περί c. gen. Matt. 20, 24.
Mark 10, 41. So genr. Plato Ep. 7. p.
345. d. Apollodor. Bib. I, περὶ Tiraver
ἀγανακτοῦσα.

ἀγανάκτησις, ews, ἧ, indignation, 2
Cor. '7, 11.—Plut. Comp. Pelop. c. Marcell.
3 pen. Thue. 2. 41.

ἀγαπάω, ὦ ὦ, f. now, (ἄγαμαι, comp. Heb.
239 ,) tolove ; sometimes synon. with φιλέω,
implying regard and good-will ; but not like
it including sexual love, unless in very late
writers ; comp. Luc. V. H. 2. 25.

1. Pr. of kindred and near friends, to love,
to hold dear, c. acc. e. g. wives, Eph, 5, 25
οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας ἑαυτῶν. V.
98. 33. Col. 3, 19; friends, companions,
John 11,5. 13, 1 sods ἰδίους. v. 23. 19, 26.
21,'7.al. So φιλέω Matt. 10, 37. John 11,
3. 36. Sept. for 258 Gen. 24, 67. Ruth
4, 15.—Plut. Pericl. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 14
ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν γονέων ἀγαπώμενοι. Mem.
2.1.9 σὺ μὲν ἐκείνας [ἀδελφὰς] φιλήσεις...
ἐκεῖναι δὲ σὲ ἀγαπήσουσιν.

2. As including the idea of respect, con-
fidence, benevolence, sympathy ; 6. g. fo
love a master, Matt. 6, 24. Luke 16, 13;
our fellow-men, τὸν πλησίον Matt. 5, 43.
19, 19. Mark 12, 313 also Matt. 5, 46.
Mark 10, 21. Luke 7, 5; acc. impl. ν. 42.
47; τοὺς éxZpovs Matt. 5, 44. Luke 6, 27.
35. Sept. for 258 1 Sam. 18, 16. So
Plut. Pericl. 7. Hdian. 1. 8. 9. Xen. Hi.
11. 9 ὑπὸ πολλῶν πόλεων ἀγαπῷο ἄν.----
Spec. and emphat. of God as loving Christ,
John 3, 35. 10, 17. 15, 9. 17, 23. 26 ἡ
ἀγάπη, ἣν ἠγάπησάς pe, the love (with) which
thou hast loved me; so Sept. 2 Sam. 13,15.
Buttm. ᾧ 131. 4,ὅ. Kiihn. § 484. (So φιλέω
John 5, 20.) Of Christ as loving the Fa-
ther, John 14, 31. Of God as loving men,

ἀγάπη

Christians, John 3, 16. 14, 21 Pass. Rom.
9,13. 2 Cor. 9,7. Heb. 12, 6. 1 John 4,
10, 11. al. Of Christ as loving believers,
his disciples, John 13, 34. 14,21. 15, 9.12.
Rom. 8, 37. Eph. 5, 2. 25. al. Of Chris-
tians as loving God, Matt. 22, 37. Mark
12, 30. Rom. 8, 28. 1 Cor. 2, 9. 8,3. 1
John 4, 10. 19. 20; (Sept. for 398 Ex.
20, 6;) Christ, John 8, 42. 14, 15. 21sq.
21,16. Eph. 6,24. 1 Pet. 1,85; one ano-
ther, i. 6. with mutual. love as Christian
brethren, ἀλλήλους John 13, 34. 15, 12. 17.
Rom. 13, 8. 1 Pet. 1, 22. 1 John 3,11. al.
τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 John 2, 10, 3, 10; also 1
John 3, 14. 1 Pet. 2, 17; acc. impl. ὁ ἀγα-
πῶν 1 John 4, 7. 8. Soof Paul and his
spiritual brethren, 2 Cor. 11, 11. 12,15 εἰ
καὶ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν ἧττον aya-
πῶμαι even. though, the more I love you, the
less Iam beloved.. 1 Thess. 1, 4 ἀδελφοὶ
ἠγαπημένοι. Col. 3, 12.

3. Of things, fo love, to delight in, to like,
6. acc. as πρωτοκαϑεδρίαν Luke 11, 43; τὸ
σκότος John 3,19; τὸν κόσμον 1 John 2,
15; δικαιοσύνην Heb. 1,9. (So φιλέω Matt.
23, 6. al.) Sept. for am Ps. 45.8. So
Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6.. Plut. Lycurg. 29. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 5. 67 μάλιστ᾽ ἂν ἀγαπᾷν τὴν παρ᾽
αὐτῷ Siarrav.—Spec. Rev. 12, 11 οὐκ ἠγά-
πησαν τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτῶν ἄχρι ϑανάτου they
loved noi their lives unto the death, i. 6. they
were careless of their lives and voluntarily
exposed themselves to death; see in art. od
no. 5. Heb. Gr. ὁ 149. So Ecclus. 15, 13 οὐκ
ἀγαπητόν not loved, i.e. hated, abhorred. +

ἀγάπη; ns, 4, (ἀγαπάω,) love ; not found
in Gr. writers. Sept. for mans ‘Cant. 5, 8.
8, 6. 7. al. In N. T. not found in Mark,
Acts, nor James, and only once in both
Matt. and Luke.

1. love, 6. 5. to our fellow-men, John 15,
13. Elsewhere spec. and emphat. as con-
nected with God’s mercy to mankind, or
with the religious emotions and duties of
men ; e. g. God’s love to Christ, John 17, 26.
Col. 1, 13 ὁ vids τῆς ἀγαπῆς αὑτοῦ the son
of his love, his beloved son; Heb. Gr. § 104.
2. God’s love to men, 1 John 3, 1. 4,
16}; so 6. gen. 7 ἀγάπη τοῦ ϑεοῦ the love of
God towards men, Rom. 5, 5. 8 εἰς ἡμᾶς.
2 Cor. 13, 13. Eph. 2, 4: Christ’s love to
men, 68.. g. Eph. 3, 19 γνῶναι τὴν ὑπερβάλ-
λουσαν τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην. τοῦ xX. mer
8, 35. 39. 2Cor. 5, 14; ἐν τῇ
John 15, 103 also with possess. pron. John
15, 8 uelenely ae ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ abide in
my love, remain worthy of it. So of love to
God as the duty of men, believers, ¢. gen.

‘

ἀγαπητός ἡ

John 5, 42 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ ϑεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε.
Luke 11, 42, 2 Thess. 3, 5. 1 John 2, ὅ.
15. 3,17. 4,9. 5,3. Of love to our fel-
low-Christians, mutual Christian love ; e. g.

ἡ ἀγάπη εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 Thess. 3, 12. 2
Thess. 1, 3. 1 Pet. 4, 8; εἰς πάντας τοὺς
ἁγίους Eph. 1,15. Col. 1,4. Philem. 5; εἰς
ὑμᾶς 2 Cor. 2, 4; ἐν ο. dat. John. 13, 35 ἐὰν
ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. 2 Cor. 8, 7 τῇ
ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγάπῃ love from you to-
wards us, your love to us (see Winer b 54.
4); absol. Rom. 14, 15 οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην
περιπατεῖς. 1 Cor. 4, 21. 16, 13. 24. 2 Cor.
2, 8. Eph. 4, 15. al. Of love of the truth,
ἡ @y. τῆς ἀληϑείας 2 Thess. 2, 10.—Hence,
love in general, holy love, without specifying
a definite object, e. g. as an attribute of
God, 1 John 4, '7. 8 ὁ Seds ἀγάπη ἐστιν. Vv.
16; as a Christian grace, Rom. 12, 9 ἡ
ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος. 13, 10. 1 Cor. 8, 1. 13,
1-13. 14,1. 1 John 4, 10, 16. al. Matt. 24,
12. Also ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ πνεύματος the love the
Spirit inspires Rom. 15,30. So Wisd. 3, 9.
6, 17. 18.—The gen. after ἀγάπη may ex-
press either the subject or object; 6. g. ἡ
ἀγάπη τοῦ ϑεοῦ the love of God towards any
one, or also love towards God; see the ex-
amples above. Winer ᾧ 30. 1. Heb. Gr.
§112.2. +4

2. Plur. ἀγάπαι, ay, ai, agape, love-
feasts, Jude 12. (2 Pet. 2, 13.) Comp. 1

‘Cor. 11,17 sq. These were public banquets

of a frugal kind, instituted by the early
Christians, and connected by them with the
celebration of the Lord’s supper. The pro-
visions etc. were contributed by the more
wealthy individuals, and were common to
all Christians, whether rich or poor, who
chose to partake. Portions were also sent
to the sick and absent members. These
ἀγάπαι were intended as an exhibition of
that mutual love which is required by the
Christian religion ; but they became subject
to abuses, and were afterwards discontinued.
See Tertull. Apol. c. 39. Neander Hist. of
the Ch. I. p. 325. [561.]

ἀγαπητός, ἡ, ὅν, (ἀγαπάω,) beloved,
dear, of things, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 82 ἡ ἀρετὴ

i ἡ συνεργὸς ie a Sept. for
π5πὸ Ps. 84, 2.—In N. T. beloved, dear,
spoken only of Christians as united with
God or with each other in-the bonds of holy
love, e. δ. Col. 4, 14 Λουκᾶς 6 ἰατρὸς ὁ
ἀγαπητός. Vv. Ἴ. 9. 1,'7. Eph. 6,21. Philem.
16. 2 Pet. 8,15. 3 John 1; fem. Philem.
2; Plur. Acts 15,25. 1 Tim. 6, 2 ὅτι πισ-
τοί εἰσι καὶ ἀγαπητοί, i. 6. conjoined in the
bonds of faith and love. So ἀδελφοὶ ἀγα-

Ἄγαρ

πητοί τὰ ἃ direct address, beloved brethren,
Christians, Phil. 4, 1. James 1, 16. 19. 2,
5. Absol. ἀγαπητοί id. Rom. 12, 19. 2 Cor.
7, 1. Heb. 6, 9. 1 Pet. 2,11. 1 John 3, 2.
21. al. Sing. ἀδελφέ 3 John 2. 5. 11.
Hence c. gen. ἀγαπητοὶ Seov, beloved of
God, chosen by him to salvation, Rom. 1,
7. 11, 28. Eph. 5, 1. So Sept. ἀγαπητοί
σου for 7°77, spoken of the worshippers
of God, Ps. 60, 8. 108, 7. 127, 2.—Paul
applies the term particularly to those con-
verted under his ministry; as when he
speaks of Epenetus, τὸν ἀγαπητόν pov,
Rom. 16, 5; also 16, 8. 9. 12; comp. 1
Cor. 4, 17 Τιμόϑεον, ὅς ἐστι τέκνον μου
ἀγαπητὸν ἐν κυρίῳ. 2 Tim. 1,2. So too
of a whole church gathered by himself;
1 Cor. 4, 14 τέκνα pov ἀγαπητοί. 10, 14.
Phil. 2,12. With dat. 1 Thess. 2, 8 διότι
ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήϑητε.---ἶτι the phrase:
6 υἱὸς ὁ ἀγαπητός, the beloved son, the well-
beloved, as an epithet of an only son, 6
μονογενής, and spoken in the N. 'Τ', only of
Christ, as 6 viAs ἀγαπητὸς Tod Seod, Matt. 3,
17. 12,18. 17, 5. Mark 1,11. 9, 7. Luke
3, 22. 9, 35. 2 Pet. 1,17. So in the para-
ble, Mark 12, 6 ἕνα υἱὸν ἔχων, ἀγαπητὸν
αὐτοῦ, having one son, his well-beloved, i. e.
his only son. Luke 20,13. Sept. for 7
Gen. 22, 2. 12. Jer. 6, 26. Amos 8, 10.
Zech. 12,10. So Hesych. ἀγαπητόν: povo-

γενῆ, κεχαρισμένον. Pollux 3..2 καλοῖτο 8

ἂν vids ἀγαπητός, 6 μόνος ὧν πατρὶ ἢ μη-
τρί. + :
Ἄγαρ, ἡ, indec. Hagar, Heb. "35

(flight), pr. n. of a maid-servant of Abra-

ham, the mother.of Ishmael. In Gal. 4, 24.
25, Paul applies this name allegorically to
the inferior condition of the Jews under the
law, as compared with that of Christians
under the Gospel. Gen. c. 16.

ayyapevo, f. evo, pr. to send off an
ἄγγαρος or public courier. This word is of
Persian origin, and being received into the
Greek language passed also into use among
the Jews and Romans. Cyrus, or, accord-
ing to Herodotus, Xerxes, was the first to
establish relays of horses (imma@ves) and
couriers at certain distances on all the
great roads, in order that the royal letters
and messages might be transmitted with
the greatest possible speed. These ayyapot
had authority to press into their service
men, horses, ships, or any thing that came
in their way, which might serve to hasten
their journey, Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 17. Hdot.
8. 98. Comp. Esth. 8,10.14. Dict. of Antt.
art. Angaria.— Afterwards ἀγγαρεύω came

ἄγγελος

to signify, to press into service in the mans
ner of an é&yyapos, Jos. Ant. 13. 2.3 κελεύω
μηδὲ dyyapeveoSa τὰ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ὑποζύ-
yra.—Hence in N. T. ο. acc. to compel, to
press into service, e. g. to accompany one,
Matt. 5,41 ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν.
So genr. Matt. 27,32. Mark 15,21. Comp

Buxtorf Lex. Rab. Chald. Talm. 131.

ἀγγεῖον, ov, τό (dim. ἄγγος;) a vessel,
utensil, Matt. 13,48. 25, 4. Sept. for "22
Gen. 42, 25. Num. 4, 9.—Plut. Romul. 20.
Xen. An. 7. 4. 3.

ἀγγελία, as, ἡ, (ἀγγέλλω!) pr. message
brought, news, Plut. Pomp. 13. Xen. Cyr.
6.2. 14.—In Ν, T. trop. doctrine announced,
precept given, in the name of any one, 1
John (1, 5.) 3,11. Sept.” for "33 Prov.
12, 25.

ἄγγελος, ov, 6, (ἀγγέλλω,). 1. a mes-
senger, one who is sent, in order to an-
nounce, teach, perform, or explore any
thing, Matt. 11, 10. Luke 7, 24. 9, 52.
James 2,25 comp. Josh. 6,17. al. Sept.
for "8272 Mal. 2, 7. al. (Diod. Sic. 11. 23.
Xen. Cyr. 2.4.1.) So in Rey. 1, 20 sq.
the angels of the seven churches, are probably
the prophets or pastors of those churches,
who were the messengers, delegates, of the
churches to God in the offering of prayer,
service, etc. Others refer this to guardian
angels.

2. an angel, a celestial messenger, in the
usage of Scripture, a being superior to man.
The Deity is represented as surrounded by
innumerable beings of a higher order than
man, whom he also employs as his messen-
gers and agents in administering the affairs
of the world, and in promoting the welfare
of individuals as well as of the whole hu-
man family. Matt. 1, 20. 18, 10. 22, 30.
Acts 7, 30. al. sep. They are also subject
to the Son, and act as his ministers, 1 Pet.
3, 22. Heb. 1, 6. Matt. 16, 27. 24, 31.
2 Thess. 1, 7. al. As to the numbers of

‘the angels, see Matt. 26, 53. Heb. 12, 22.

Rev. 5, 11. Sept. for 9822 Ps. 104, 4. al.
See more under *ApydyyeAos.—Some of
these beings ἁμαρτήσαντες καὶ μὴ τηρήσαν-
τες τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, 2 Pet. 2,4. Jude 6,
are called of ἄγγελοι τοῦ “διαβόλου V. τοῦ
Saray, angels of the devil, or of Satan, Matt.
οὔ, 41. 2 Cor. 12, 7. Rev. 12, 9. al. Rev.
9,11 6 ἄγγελος τῆς ἀβύσσου, the angel of
the abyss, Tartarus, i. 6. the destroying an-
gel; see “ASaddov.—Difficult is 1 Cor. 11,
10 διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν
ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους, for this
cause ought the woman to have power (a

ἄγε

veil) on her head because of the angels, i. 6.
a veil as the emblem of her being under the
_ power of a husband, and this because of the
angels who were regarded as present and
taking deep interest in the conduct and
worship of Christians ; comp. Luke 15, 7.
10. So Paul says of the apostles, 1 Cor.
4,9 ϑέατρον ἐγενήϑημεν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέ-
λοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις. Others in 11, 10 un-
derstand evil angels, demons ; others, spies,
but against the usus loquendi .—On the an-
gels generally, see Stuart in Biblioth. Sac.
1843, p. 88 sq. +

ἄγε, (pr. imper. of ἄγω.) a particle of
exhortation or incitement, come now, go to,
Lat. age, with plur. James 4,13 ἄγε νῦν
οἱ λέγοντες. 5,1. Sept. for 82 Judg. 19, 6.
See Winer § 47. 3. n.—Plut. Am. Paul. 31.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 47.

ἀγέλη, ns, ἡ, (ἄγω,) a herd; in N. T.
only of swine, Matt. 8, 30. 31. 32 bis. Mark
5,11. 13. Luke 8, 32. 33. Sept. for "39
Judg. 5, 16.—Hdian. 7.2.9. Xen. Mem.
ας, δ). Ὡς

ἀγενεαλόγητος, ov, 6, adj. (a priv.
yevearoyéw,) without genealogy, whose de-
scent is unknown, Heb. '7, 3. Found only
in N. T. where Melchizedek is so called,
begause, not standing in the public genea-
ogical registers as belonging to the family
of Aaron, he was a priest not by right of
sacerdotal descent, but by the grace of God ;
his priesthood therefore is of a higher and
more ancient order than that of Aaron;
comp. v. 4 54ᾳ. Gen. 14, 18 sq. Ex. 40, 15.
Num. 3, 10.

ἀγενής, έος, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. Dood
pr. one who is without ancestors, or with-
out descendants ; in N. T. low born, igno-
ble, base, 1 Cor. 1, 28; opp. to εὐγενής in
v. 26.—Plut. Pericl. 24. Pol. 5. 111. 3.

ἁγιάζω, f. dow, (ἅγιος.) not found in
Greek writers, but often in Sept. for YIP.
In N. T. pr. to render ἅγιον.

1. to make clean, to cleanse, e. 8: ceremo-
nially, Heb. 9, 13 ἁγιάζει πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρ-
κὸς ka%apérntra. ‘Trop. in a moral sense,
to purify, to sanctify ; Rom. 15, 16 that the
offering of the Gentiles may be acceptable,

ἡγιασμένη ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, being purified
by the Holy Spirit, i.e. by the sanctifying
influences of the H. S. on the hearts of the
Gentiles. 1 Cor. 6,11. Eph. 5,26. 1'Thess.
5, 23. 1 Tim. 4, 5. Heb. 2, 11. 10,10. 14.
29. 13, 12. Rey. 22,11. Hence of nye
agpévor, those who are sanctified, said of
Christians in general, Acts 20, 32. 26, 18.

σ
aytlos

1 Cor. 1,2. Jude 1. Also 1 Cor. 7, 14 bis
ἡγίασται ὁ ἁνήρ... ἡγίασται ἡ γυνή, the un-
believing husband or wife is made clean οὐ ὺ
sanctified, i. e. is to be regarded, not as un-
clean, not as an idolater, but as connected
with the Christian community. See ἅγιος
no. 1.—Hence, to regard or venerate as ho-
ly; to hallow, Pass. Matt. 6, 9 ἁγιασθήτω τὸ
ὄνομά σου. Luke 11, 2. 1 Pet. 3,15. Sept.
for YIP Is. 9, 13. 29, 23.

2. to make sacred or holy, to consecrate,
to set apart from a comnion to a sacred use ;
since in the Jewish ritual this was one great
object. of the purifications 5 δ: things,
Matt. 23, 17 6 vads 6 ἁγιάζων τὸν χρυσόν.
23,19. 2 Tim. 2, 21 σκεῦος ἡγιασμένον.
Sept. for Sap Lev. 8, 10 sq. 30.—Of per-
sons, to sanctify and set apart, to consecrate,
as being set apart of God and sent by him
for the performance of his will, and thus
including the idea of holiness. John 10,36
ὃν 6 πατὴρ ἡγίασε; whom the father hath con-
secrated and sent into the world. 17, 17 ἁγί-
ασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληδείᾳ σου, consecrate
them in or through thy truth, i. e. the preach-
ing of thy truth, i. gq. ἐν τῷ λόγῳ (comp.
v. 18). v. 19 bis. So Ecclus. 45, 4. 49,7.

ἁγιασμός, ov, 6, (ἁγιάζω,) not found in
Gr. writers ; in N. T. sanctification, purity
of heart and life, holiness, Rom. 6, 19. 22.
1 Thess. 4, 3. 4. 7. 1 Tim. 2,15. Heb. 12,
14. Hence 2 Thess. 2, 13 ἐν ἁγιασμῷ
πνεύματος, in sanctification of the spirit, i. e.
produced by the Holy Spirit. 1 Pet. 1, 2.
Meton. the cause or author of this sanchifi-
cation, 1 Cor. 1, 30.—Sept. ‘ consecration’
for wapn Judg. 17, 3.

ἅγιος, ia, τον, rarely found in Attic
writers, who prefer dyvds, but often in the
Sept. for Si5P and SIP. Hence the pri-
mary idea is pure, clean, (see in ἁγιάζω no.
1. Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. ΘῊΡ, OIP,) like
ἁγνός, but it superadds the riotdon of respect
and veneration, which in the latter is less
prominent ; see Tittm. de Synon. Ν. Τ΄. pe
21 sq.

1. pure, clean, i.e. ceremonially or mo-
rally clean, and also worthy of respect, re-
verence, veneration ; so of a sacrifice, Sucia,
without blemish, holy, Rom. 12,1. Metaph.
morally pure, upright, blameless in heart
and life, holy; Mark 6, 20 Ἰωάννην... ἄν-
Spa δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον. 1 Cor. 7, 34. Eph.
1, 4. 5, 273 6 νόμος Rom. 7, 12. al. Sept.
for ΤΡ Levi 11, 44. (Plato Soph. Ῥ.
249. ἃ, σεμνὸν καὶ ἅγιον νοῦν οὐκ ἔχον.)
Spec. of those who are purified and sancti-

αγιότης

fied by the influences of the Spirit, a saint ;
and as this is assumed of all who profess
- the Christian name, hence ἅγιοι, saints,
Christians, Acts 9, 13 comp. v. 14. 9,32.
41. 26,10. Rom. 1, 7. 8, 27. ἃ]. Hence
spoken of those who are to be in any way
reckoned to the Christian community, 1
Cor. 7, 14; see ἁγιάζω no. 1. So ἅγιον
φίλημα, the sacred Christian kiss, the pledge
of Christian affection, Rom. 16, 16. 1 Cor.
16, 20. 2 Cor. 13, 12.—Emphat. holy, hal-
lowed, worthy of reverence and veneration ;
e. g. God, John 17, 11. Rev. 4, 8. 6, 10.
Sept. for Disp Is. 5, 16. 6, 3. So of his
name, Luke 1,49. Sept. for ©3P Lev. 22,
2. So τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, the Holy
Spirit, Matt. 1, 18, and very often; see
πνεῦμα. Luke 1, 72 διαθήκη ἁγία. Rom. 1,
2 ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις. Sept. for IP Dan.
11, 28. 30.

2. consecrated, sacred, holy, set apart
from a common to a sacred use, belonging
to God; spoken of places, temples, cities,
the priesthood, men, etc. Matt. 4, 5. '7, 6.
24,15. 27,53. Acts'7,33. Rev. 11,2. Soof
persons, ἀπαρχὴ. ἁγία Rom. 11, 16. Luke 2,
23; apostles, Eph. 3, 5; prophets, Luke 1,
70. Acts 3, 21. 2 Pet. 1,21; angels, Matt.
25, 31. 1 Thess, 3,13. al. So of the temple,
Acts 6,13. 21,28. Hence τὸ ἅγιον the sanc-
tuary, spoken of the tabernacle or temple,
Heb. 9,1 oftener Plur. ra ἅγεα, the sanc-
tuary, either terrestrial Heb. 9, 2, or celestial
Heb. 8,2. 9,8. 12.24. 10,19. Heb. 9,3 τὰ
ἅγια ἁγίων, the holy of holies, the inner
sanctuary; see Heb. Gr. § 117. .Winer
§ 37.2. Sept. for "3p Op Ex. 26, 33.
2 Chr. 3, 8 sq. 5, ἢ sq.—Xen. Hell. 3. 2.
19 ἱερὸν μάλα ἅγιον. +

ἁγιότης, ητος, ἡ, (ἅγιος) pr. purity, in

N.T. metaph. sanctity of life, holiness, Heb.’

12, 10.—1 Mace. 15,2. On nouns in -érys
see Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 350.

ἁγιωσύνη, ns, ἡ, (ἅγιος,) for the comm.
ἁγιοσύνη, pr. i. q. ἁγιότης..

1. Metaph. sanctity, holiness, 2 Cor. ἢ, 1.
1 Thess. 3, 13.

2. the being worthy of veneration and
worship, i. 6. sanctity, majesty. Rom. 1, 4
πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, i. 6. Christ’s spiritual
state of exaltation and majesty as Messiah,

in antithesis to κατὰ σαρκά in the preceding.
verse; comp. 1 Tim. 3,16. Sept. for ®4p"
Ps. 97, 12; but also for 19 Ῥᾳ. 96, 6, and

for Tin Ps, 145, 6. For the gen: instead
of an adj. see Winer ᾧ 84. 2. b. Buttm.
δ 182. n. 12. Heb. Gr. ᾧ 104. 1.

8

ἀγκάλη, ns, ἡ, the arm, Luke 2, 28,
comp. Mark 9, 36. Sept. for ῬῚΠ 1 K. 3,
20.—Plut. Amator. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50.°

ἄγκιστρον, ov, τό, (kindr. ἄγκυρα!) a
Jish-hook, Matt. 17,27. Sept. for 47 2 K.
19, 28; 725 Hab. 1, 15.— Ailian. V. Ἢ...
5. Plat. Soph. 220. c.

ἄγκυρα, as, ), (kindr. ἄγκος;) an an:
chor, Acts 27, 29. 30.40. ‘Trop. Heb. 6,
19.—Plut. Pomp. 50. Xen. Anab. 3. 5. 10.

ayvados, ov, 6, 7, adj: (a priv. γναφεύς,)
not yet fulled or dressed; hence new, Matt.
9, 16. Mark 2, 21; i. 4. καινός in Luke 5,
36.

ἁγνεία, as, ἧ, (ἅγνος,) pr. purity, up-
rightness, Plato Legg. 917. b.—In N. T.
purily, chastity, 1 Tim. 4, 12. 5, 2. So
Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 1. Soph. Cid. R. 864. An-
tiph. 116. 11.

ἁγνίζω, f. iow, (ayvés,) 1. to purify, to
make clean, 6. g. ceremonially, c. ace. John
11, 55 ἁγνίζειν ἑαυτόν, to prepare oneself
by purification for the sacred festivals ;
which was done among the Jews by visit-
ing the temple, offering up prayers, abstain-
ing from certain kinds of food, washing
their clothes, bathing, shaving the head, ete.
Comp. Ex. 19, 10. 14 sq. Sept. for "itu
2 Chr. 29, 16. 18; WIP Ex. 19; 10.---
Plut. Quest. Rom. Ἰ. Soph. Aj. 656.

2. Mid. dyvi¢opac, Pass. perf. andaor. 1
ἥγνισμαι, ἡγνίσϑην; with a Mid. signif. agere
castimoniam, to take upon oneself a vow of
abstinence, for the purpose of greater sanc-
tity, like a Nazarite, Acts 21, 24. 26. 24,
18. The Jews were accustomed, when
under a vow of this kind, to abstain for-a
certain time from the better sorts of food,
to let their hair grow, to keep themselves
from all pollution; and when this time had
expired, they were freed from the obligation
of their vow by a particular sacrifice ; Num.
6, 2-21. Sept. for "12 Hiph. Num. 6, 3.
See Lightfoot Hor. Heb. p- 1078.—Trop.
to render pure, to cleanse in a moral sense,

¢. acc. James 4, 8 ἁγνίσατε καρδίας. 1 Pet.

1, 22 ras ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες. 1 John 3,
3. So agin 2. 928.

ἁγνισμός, οὗ, 6, (ἁγνίζω,) a cleansing,
i, e. ceremonial, Sept. for "32 and ὨΝῸΠ
Num, 8,7. 8. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 22.—In
N. T. abstinence, in consequence of a vow,
Acts 21, 26, see in ἁγνίζω no. 2. Sept: for
“43 Num. 6,5; 712 Amos 2, 11.

ἀγνοέω, &, fut. now, (a priv. νοέω,) not
to perceive, not to know.

ἀγνόημα

1. Genr. not to know, to be ignorant of,
with acc. of pers. Acts 17, 23; acc. of
thing, Rom. 10, 3. 11, 25. 2 Cor. 2, 11.
(Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 23. ib. 4. 2.25.) With
ὅτι, Rom. 1, 13. 6, 3. 7,1. 1 Cor. 10, 1;
ὑπέρ τίνος ὅτι, ἃ Cor 1,8. (Xen. Ag. 5.
6.) Also περί τινος 1 Cor. 12, 1. 1 Thess.
4,13. In 2 Pet. 2,12 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσι βλα-
σφημοῦντες is by attraction for ἐν τούτοις, ἃ
ἀγνοοῦσι, βλασφημοῦντες. Winer ᾧ 63. Ab-
sol. 1 Tim. 1,13: 1 Cor. 14, 38 εἰ δέ ris
ἀγνοεῖ, dyvocirw. (Others here, to act fool-
ishly, as Sept. for 5812 Num. 12,11.) Part.
pass. dyvootpevos, c. dat. unknown to any
one, Gal. 1, 22; absol. unknown, ignoble,
2 Cor. 6,9. Spec. Part. οἱ ἀγνοοῦντες,
spoken of those who sin through ignorance
and blindness, the ignorant, the sinful, Heb.
5, 2; comp. Hos. 4, 6. Sept. for M20,
338, Ley. 4, 18. 5, 18.—Pol. 5. 11. 5.

2. Spec. not to understand, not to appre-
hend or comprehend, 6. acc. Mark 9, 32 οἱ
δὲ ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα. Luke 9, 45. Acts 13,
27; ὅτι Rom. 2, 4.—Soph. Trach. 78.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 33. ὺ

ἀγνόημα, ατος, τό, (ἀγνοέω!) pr. igno-
rance, involuntary error, 'Theophr. H. Pl.
9. 4. 8. Sept. for 73% Gen. 43, 12.—In
N. T. error, sin, Heb. 9,7. So Tob. 3,3:
Diod. Sic. 1. 1.

ἄγνοια, as, ἧ; (ἀγνοέω,) ignorance, Acts
3,17. (Xen. Mem. 1.2. 34.) Spoken of
ignorance of God and divine things, Acts
17, 30. Eph. 4,18. 1 Pet. 1,14.

ἁγνός, ἡ, ὅν, pure, clean; ἅγνος εἰμὶ
χεῖρας Eurip. Orest. 1620.—In N. T. trop.
pure, innocent, blameless; 2 Cor. 7, 11
dyvods εἶναι ἐν παντὶ πράγματι. Phil. 4, 8.
1 Tim. 5,22. (Hdian. 1. 11. 12.) Also

modest, chaste, 2 Cor. 11, 2. Tit. 2; by 1.

Pet. 3, 2. (Xen. Conv. 8. 15.) Spec. of
God, pure, perfect, holy, 1 John 3, 3; of his
σοφία, James 3,17; comp. Wisd. 7, 22 86.
‘Sept. for ὙΠ Ps. 19, 7. 19, 10. .

ἁγνότης, τητος, ἡ, (ἀγνός,) pr. purity ;
trop. pureness of life, 2 Cor. 6, é. che

ἁγνῶς, adv. with pure intent, sincerely,
Phil. 1,16 or 17.—Hesiod. Op. et D. 339
ἁγνῶς καὶ καθαρῶς.
, ἀγνωσία, as, ἡ, (a priv. γνῶσις.) pr.
ignorance, 'Thuc. 8. 66.—In N. T. wilful
ignorance, blindness ; 1 Cor. 15,34 ἀγνω-
σίαν Θεοῦ. 1 Pet. 2,15. Sept. Job 35, 16.
Wisd. 13, 1. ἣν

2 ᾿

ἄγνωστος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. γρω-
στός,) unknown ; Acts 17,28 ἀγνώστῳ 3e@,

ἀγοραζω
to an unknown god, i. 6. a god whose name
was unknown, not necessarily the God of
the Jews.—Wisd. 11, 19. Hdian. 1. 1. 14
Plut. Cato Maj. 1.

ἀγορά, as, 7), (ἀγείρω,) a place of pub-
lic resort, in towns and cities; any open
place; where the people came together ei-
ther for business or to sit and converse. In
oriental cities such open places were at the
inside of the gates; and here public busi-
ness was transacted, and tribunals held, as
also the markets ; see Ruth 4, 11. Neh. 8,
16. Heb. Lex. art. ">w.—Hence in Ν. T.
ὦ place, market-place, forum, Acts 16, 19.
17,17. Matt. 11, 16 and Luke '7, 32. Matt.
20, 3. 23, '7..Mark 6,56. 12,38. Luke
11, 43. 20, 46. Sept. for prvi open street.
Ecce. 12, 4. 5. (Plut. Demetr. 12. Xen.
Conv.’ 8. 21. Mem. 4. 2.1.) . Mark 7, 4
καὶ ἀπὸ ἀγορᾶς [ἐλθόντες] ἐὰν μὴ βαπτί-
ζωνται, οὐκ ἐσθίουσι; and [coming | from the
market, except they wash, they eat not ; see
Winer §66. III. 6. Ecclus. 31, 25 βαπτιζό-
μενος ἀπὸ νεκροῦ. Arr. Epict. 3.19 ἂν μὴ
εὕρωμεν φαγεῖν ἐκ βαλανείου. Others
here take ἀγορά as i. q. things sold in the
market, provisions, and translate: of what
is from the market, unless they wash it, they
do not eat ; see Krebs Obss. p. 85. Winer
l.c. So ἀγορά for grain Jos. Ant. 14. 16. 2.

ἀγοράζω, f. dow, (ἀγορά,) to market,
Hdot. 2. 35 ai μὲν γυναῖκες ἀγοράζουσι καὶ
καπηλεύουσι.---π N. T.

1. to buy, to purchase, c. acc. Matt. 13,
44 τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον. v. 46. Mark 15, 46.
16, 1. al. (Plut. de Fortun. 1. Xen. An.
5.7. 13.) With acc. and dat. Matt. 14,15
ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα. Mark 6, 36; acc. and εἴς
twa Luke 9,13; acc. impl. Matt. 21, 12.
25, 9. 10. Luke 17, 28. 19,45. Sept. for
mp Is. 24, 2; "2W Gen. 41, 57. (Xen.
An. 1. 5.10.) Further, acc. and gen. of
price, Mark 6, 37 ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων δια-
κοσίων ἄρτους. (Ecclus. 20,12.) Also acc.
and ἐκ c. gen. of price, Matt. 27,'7 ἠγόρασαν
ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρόν. (Paleph. Fab. 46.) So
too acc. and παρά τινος, Rev. 3,18. Sept.
Neh. 10, 31. ‘¢

2. Trop. of persons, to buy, to redeem, for
a price or ransom paid; spoken of those
redeemed by the blood of Christ from the
bondage of sin and death ; ὁ. acc. 2 Pet. 2,1
καὶ τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς δεσπότην ἀρνού-
μενοι. Pass. with gen. of price, 1 Cor. 6,
20 ἠγοράσϑητε γὰρ τιμῆς. ‘7,22. Also with
acc. and dat. and ἐν of price, Rev. 5,9 ἠγό-
pacas τῷ ϑεῷ ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ αἵματί cov. (Sept.
for 3 ΓΡΡ 1 Chr. 21, 94.) Pass. with ἀπό
τίνος Rev. 14, 8. 4. +

ἀγόραιος

ἀγόραιος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἀγορά) pr. per-
taining to the market, Plato Rep. 425. ¢; α
market-man, Hdot. 1.:93.—In N. T.

1. Of persons who loiter in the markets
and public places, a lounger, idler, vulg. a
loafer, Acts 17, 5.—Xen. Hell. 6. 2.23 τὸν
ἀγόραιόν τε ὄχλον. Plato Prot. 347. c.

2. Of time’ or days as held in public, a
court-day, judicial day; Acts 19, 38 ἀγό-
ραιοι ἄγονται sc. ἡμέραι. So Jos. Ant. 14.
10. 21 ἄγοντι τὸν ἀγόραιον. Strabo 13. p.
629. a.—Some editions in Acts 19, 38 have
ἀγοραῖοι, but without good reason ; see Wi-
ner §6. 2.

ἄγρα, ας; ἧ, @ hunting, catching, Xen.
Ven. 1. 1.—In N. T. only of fishing, Luke
5,4. Meton. draught of fishes, Luke 5, 9.
So Hom. Od. 12. 330. Plut. tual: 20;
‘meton. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19.
ἀγράμματος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
ypappa,) illiterate, unlearned, Acts 4, 13.
It here refers rather to Jewish literature
and learning; comp. John 7, 15.—Diod.
Sic. 12. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20.
ἀγραύλέω, &, f. now, (ἄγραυλος ; ἀγρός,
αὐλή.) to remain or live abroad, in the fields
or country, sub dio agere ; absol. Luke 2, 8
ποιμένες ἦσαν... aypavdovvres.—Parthen.
Ετοῖ. ο. 29 βουκολῶν κατὰ τὸν Αἴτνην χείμα-
τός τε καὶ ϑέρους ἠγραύλει. Strabo.4. p. 197.
Plut. Numa 4.

ἀγρεύω, f. eto, (aypa,) to take in hunt-
ing, Xen. Anab. 5, 3. 8. Sept. Job 10, 16.
—In N. T. trop. to ensnare, to entrap, by
insidious questions, c. acc. Mark 12, 13.
Sept. for 32> Prov. 5,22; mp> Prov. 6, 25.

ἀγριέλαιος, ov, ὃ, (ἄγριος, ἐλαία,) a
wild olive-tree, oleaster, i. 4. κότινος, Rom.
11, 17. 24. The wild olive bears little or
no fruit, and is therefore contrasted by Paul
with the cultivated olive, καλλιέλαιος. -----
i H. Pl. 2. 2. 5.

ἄγριος, ia, tov, adj. (ἀγρός,) wild, 6. g.
animals Pol. 12. 4.1. Xen. An. 1, 2. 7.
—In N. T. wild, 6. g.

1. Of honey, pédc ἄγριον wild honey
Matt. 3,4. Mark 1,6. Here the honey of
wild bees is to be understood, made in hol-
low trees or crevices of the rocks, i. q. ho-
ney out of the rock Ps. 81,17. Deut. 32,13;
or like the honey and honey-comb men-
tioned 1 Sam. 14, 25-27; comp. Judg. 14,
8. Prov. 25,16. Maundrell saw many bees
on the flowers between Jericho and the
Dead Sea (Ὁ. 115) ; and Forskal notes that
he often saw honey flowing in the woods
of Arabia; Descr. Animal. p. xxiii. Comp.

10 ἄγω

Diod. Sic. 17. '75. Jos. Β. J. 4. 8. 3 καὶ pe-
λιττοτρόφος δὲ ἡ χώρα, i.e, the region ot
Jericho.— Others understand honey-dew,
found in Arabia and other regions of Asia
upon the leaves of certain species of trees,
and similar to the present manna of Sinai ;
see Theophr. H. Plant. 8. 9. Plin. H. N.
12. 18. ib. 16. 11. Diod. Sic. 19. 94. But
the evidence is very slight that this was

_eyer common in Judea, and especially on

the high deserts west of the Dead Sea;
Burckhardt Syria p. 392. See Bochart Hie-
roz. II. 518 sq. QCidmann Verm. Samml.
VI. p. 136. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii.
p- 425. Winer Realw. art. Honig.

2. Of waves, wild, fierce, raging, an em-
blem of wicked men, Jude 13.—Wisd. 14, 1
ἄγρια κύματα. Plato Legg. 919. a, ὑπὸ χει-
μώνων ἀγρίων.

᾿Αγρίππας, a, 6, Agrippa, see ‘Hpd-
dns.

ἀγρός, ov, 6, @ field, i.e. 1. the open
fields, country, as distinguished from the
city or town, Matt. 24,18 6 ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ.
Mark 15, 21. Luke 17, 7. 23, 26 ; ; as
including tillage, pasturage, herbage, Matt.
6, 28. 30. Luke 12, 28. 15,15. Sept.
Gen. 2, 5. 2K. 8,6. (Xen. Ge. 11. 15,
16.) Spec. a field in tillage, but in Pales-
tine not enclosed, Matt. 13,24. 27. 31.
Luke 15, 25. al. Sept. for "7® Ruth 2,
17. 23. (Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8.). Plur. fields,
i.g. ὦ farm, farms, land ; ‘Matt. 19, 29
ὅστις ἀφῆκεν... .ἢ τέκνα ἢ ἀγρούς. Mark 10,
29, 30; Sing. id. Acts 4, 87. Sept. and
ny 2K. 8, 3.5. So Xen. Mem. 3. 9.
11.—Hence

2. Plur. dypoi, farms, i.q. villas, ham-
lets, in the country, Mark 5, 14. 6, 36. 56.
Sept. for 77 Neh. 11, 30.—Xen. Hell.
A. 7.3.0 +

ἀγρυπνέω, ῶ, ἢ now, (ἄγρυπνος; αὖ
priv. ὕπνος,) to be sleepless, to watch, Plut.
Themist. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.3—InN. T. -
trop. to be wakeful, vigilant, to watch, absol.

| Mark 13, 33. Luke 21, 36. Eph. 6, 18; c.

ὑπέρ τινος over any one, Heb. 13,17. So
Wisd. 6, 15. Sept. Ezra 8, 29.

ἀγρυπνία, as, 4, a watching, want of
sleep, ἃ Cor. 6, 5. 11, 27.—2 Mace. 2, 26.
Plut. Philopem. 3. Xen. Mem. 4. ὅ. 9.

ἄγω, f. ἄξω Acts 22, 5. 1 Thess. 4, 14,
also Xen. An. 4. 8. 12, and often in Sept.
as Ex. 22,13. Num. 3,15; but the usual
form is fut. ἄξομαι, Buttm. ὁ 113.5. Winer
§15. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 287, '735; Aor. 2
with redupl. ἤγαγον Buttm, § 85. n. 3;

ἄγω

Pass. aor. 1 ἤχϑην; to lead, to conduct.
Sept. often for 8°29, W>in.

1. Pr. of persons and things in various
senses: a) 10 lead or bring to a person or
olace ; with acc. impl. and dat. Matt. 21, 2
ἀγάγετέ μοι. (1 Mace. 7,2.) So ἄγειν ἔξω
c. acc. et dat. John 19, 4.13; ἄγειν ὧδε
c. acc. Luke 19, 27. With acc. and prep.
as ἐπί twa of pers. or place, to lead to, to
bring before, Matt. 10,18. Luke 21, 12.
23,1. Acts 17,19. 18,12; also ἐπὶ σφα-
ynv Acts 8, 32 from Sept. Is. 53,'7. Sept.
Ex. 22,13. Jer. 25,9. Also πρός τινα, to
lead or bring to any one, adducere, Mark

11, 7. Luke 4, 40. 18, 40. 19,35. John 1,
43. 8,3. 9, 13. Acts 9, 27. 23, 18 bis.
Sept. Gen. 2, 19. 22. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1.)
With ἕως c. gen. of place, Luke 4, 29,
Acts 17, 15. With acc. simply, id. Matt.
21,7. Mark 11,2. Luke 19, 30. John 7,
45. 10, 16. Acts 5, 21. 26. 27. 19, 37. 20,
12. 25,6.17.23. Ὁ) to lead or bring with
one, e. g. ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ 1 Thess. 4, 14 comp.
Vv. 173 ἄγε pera σεαυτοῦ 2 Tim. 4, 11;
simply ¢. acc. impl. Acts 21,16 ἄγοντες
παρ᾽ ᾧ ξενισϑῶμεν Mvdoon, bringing with
them Mnason, by attract. for Μνάσωνα; see
Buttm. § 143. 4. Kiihn..§ 657. Jos. Ant.
10. 9. 6 ἀπῇρεν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἄγων καὶ
τὸν Ἱερεμίαν. Plato Soph. 216. ἃ. 6) to
lead out or away, deducere ; c. acc. simply,
Mark 18. 11 ὅταν δὲ ἄγωσιν ὑμᾶς παραδι-
δόντες. Luke 22, 54; Pass. Luke 23, 32;
also with eis τινα of place etc. to which,
Luke 4, 1. 9. 10, 34. John 18, 28. Acts 6,
12.°9,2. 11,25. 21,34. 22, 5. [24.] 23, 10.
31; εἰς τὸν δῆμον Acts 17, 5; eis δόξαν Heb.
2,10. (Jos. Ant. 2. '7. 3 εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἀγα-
σῶν ἤγαγον τοῦτον.) With ἐπί τινα of pers.
Acts 9,21; absol. John19,16. d) By Hebr.
to bring forth, i. e. to cause to come, to raise
up ; Acts 13, 23 in later editions: ἤγαγε τῷ
Ἰσραὴλ σωτῆρα Ἰησοῦν, where others ἤγειρε.
Sept. for ἈΠ Zech. 3,8. Is. 46,11. 6)
Trop. to lead, to incite, to induce ; with acc.
and εἰς, Rom. 2, 4 εἰς perdvoudy σε ἄγει.
(Pol. 5. 16. 2 εἰς μετάνοιαν ἄξειν τὸν βασιλέα.)
Pass. 1 Cor. 12,2 ὡς ἂν ἤγεσϑε just as ye
were led away, sc. to idolatry. Also ἄγε-
σϑαι πνεύματι Seod Rom. 8,14. Gal. 5,18;
ἄγ. ἐπιϑυμίαις 2 Tim. 3,6. So Dem. 228.
11 τοῖς ἔξωϑεν λόγοις ἠγμένος.

2. Intrans. with ἑαυτόν or the like im-
plied, to lead off, to go away; to depart ; see
Buttm. ᾧ 130. n. 2. Kiihn. § 338. b. So
Subj. ἄγωμεν, let us go, Matt. 26, 46. Mark
14, 42. John 11,16; ἄγωμεν ἐντεῦϑεν John
14,31; see Buttm. §139.n.1.2. With εἴς

11

᾿Αδάμ

τινα of place Mark 1, 38, John 11,7; προς
twa of pers. John 11, 15.—Dem. 608. 14
Xen. Hell. 4, 2. 18,19.

3. In respect to time, to lead on, to pass,
impers. c. acc. Luke 24, 21 τρίτην ταύτην
ἡμέραν ἄγει σήμερον, to-day one is passing
this third day, the third day is passing.
Also to keep, to hold, i. e. to celebrate ;
Pass. γενεσίων δὲ ἀγομένων τοῦ Ἡρώδου
Matt. 14, 6; ἀγόραιοι ἄγονται Acts 19, 38.
Sept. for πῶ Esth. 9, 18 sq.—2 Macc. 2
16. Pol. 8. 37. 1. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 6.

ἀγωγή, NS) 1s (ἄγω,) pr. @ leading > SO
of a horse Xen. Eq. 6. 4; @ training, edu-
cation, Xen. Eq. 3. 4.—In N. T. the life
which one leads, manner of life, 2'Tim. 3, 10.
Sept. Esth. 2,20.. So Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 2
περὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίων ἀγωγῆς. Pol. 18. 1. 2.
See Lésner Obss. e Phil. p. 420 sq.

ἀγών, ὥνος, 6, (ἄγω,) a place of assem-
bly, Hom. Il. 18. 376; also where games
were held, a place of contest, stadium, Thue.
5. 50.—In N. T. only trop. @ contest, con
Jlict, fight, held in the stadium, as an em-
blem of the efforts, toils, and trials of the
Christian life; 1 Tim. 6,12 ἀγωνίζου τὸν
καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς moréws. 2 Tim. 4, 7.
With the idea of peril, affliction, Phil. 1, 30.
Col. 2,1. 1 Thess. 2, 2. So pr. 2 Macc.
4,18. Pol. 7. 10. 2. Xen. C&ec. 7. 9; trop.
Pol. 4. 56. 4.—Spec. a race, in the same
tropical sense; Heb. 12,1 τρέχωμεν τὸν
προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα.

ἀγωνία, as, 4, (ἀγών,) a contest, conflict,
pr. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15.—In N. T. trop.
agony, conflict of mind, Luke 22, 44. So
2 Mace. 3,16. Pol. 8. 21.2 πλήρης ἀγω-
vias.

ἀγωνίζομαι, fi ίσομαι, (ἀγών,) Mid. dep.

1. to contend for a prize, to be a com-
batant in the public games; Part. 6 ἀγω-
νιζόμενος 1 Cor. 9, 25. (Xen. Mem. 3. 12
1.) Hence to contend, to fight with an
adversary, absol. John 18, 36; acc. of cor-
resp. noun, dy. τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα 1 Tim. 6,.
12. 2 Tim. 4, 7; see in ἀγών. So 2 Macc.
8,16. Plut. Arat. 38. Xen. An. 4. 6. ἢ.

2. Genr. to strive, to struggle, with effort,
absol. Luke 13, 24. Col. 1, 29. [1 Tim. 4,
10]; dy. ὑπέρ τινος Col. 4, 12.—Dem. 129.
5; comp. 314. 16.

᾿Αδάμ, ὁ, indec. Adam, Heb. DIN

(ruddy), pr. n. of the first man, Luke 3, 38.

Rom. 5, 14 bis. 1 Cor. 15, 22. 45. 1 Tim.
2,13. 14. Jude 14. See Gen. 1, 27 sq.—
In 1 Cor. 15, 45 Jesus is called ὁ ἔσχατος
᾿Αδάμ, as being the author of spiritual life

ΕῚ ‘4
ἀδάπανος

and the first to rise from the dead; comp.
v. 20-22.

ἀδάπανος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (a priv. δαπα-
vdw,) without expense, gratuitous, 1 Cor. 9,
18.—Diod. Sic. 1. 80. Plut. Mor. IL. p. 49.

"Addi, 6, indec. Addi, pr. n. of a man,
Luke 3, 28. It is probably Heb. but does
not occur in the O. T.

ἀδελφή, ἧς, ἡ, (adedpds,) a sister, born
of the same parents, Luke 10, 39. 40. John
11,1. 3. 5. Acts 23, 16. al. (Xen. Cyr. 2.
4. 5.) So too Matt. 13, 56. Mark 6, 3;
where others understand a’ relative, kins-
woman, as Sept. and MINN Gen. 24, 59.
60.—Trop. for a female friend, esteemed
and beloved as a sister, Matt. 12, 50. Mark
3, 35. 1 Tim. 5, 2. (Comp. Sept. Cant. 4,
9 sq.) Spec. a sister of the same faith, a
female Christian, Rom. 16, 1. 1 Cor. 7,
15. 9,5. James 2,15. +

ἀδελφός, οὔ, 6, from a collect. and ded-
gis, see Buttm. §120.n. 11.2. Kiihner ᾧ 333.

1. a brother, whether from the same fa-
ther only, Matt. 1, 2. Luke 3, 1. 19; or
also born of the same mother, Matt. 4, 18.
13, 55. Luke 6, 14. John 1, 41. 11, 2. al.
(Xe.. Hell. 3. 4. 29.) Sometimes it is to
be supplied before the gen. of a pronoun,
as Acts 1, 13. Luke 6, 16; comp. Jude 1.
—But ὁ ἀδελφός, like Heb. MX, is often
employed in other and wider senses, e. g.

2. For a kinsman, relative, in any de-
gree of blood, as Sept. for ΤΙΝ Gen. 13, 8.
14,16. Here some refer Matt. 12, 46. 47.
13, 55. John 7, 3. Acts 1, 14, as-implying
the kinsmen of Jesus ; but more prob. they
were his uterine brothers ; see Matt. 1, 25.
13, 55. Mark 6, 3. Luke 2, 7. John 2, 12.

3. For one of the same nation, a fellow-
citizen, countryman, Matt. 5, 47. Acts 2,
29. 3, 17. 22. 7, 2.:23. al. Sept. and MN
Ex. 2,11. 4,18. Soin a wider sense, ὦ
fellow, fellow-man, like 6 πλήσιον, but still
as descended from a common ancestor and
belonging to the same stock, Matt. 5, 22-
24. ἢ, 3-5. Luke 6, 41 sq. Heb. 2, 17. 8,
11. a.. Sept. and "8 Ley. 19, 17.

4. For a friend, companion, 6. g. of
equals Matt. 23, 8; comp. Sept. and FN
Job 30, 29. Prov. 18,9. Also an associ-
ate, colleague, in office or dignity, 1 Cor. 1,
1. 2 Cor. 1, 1. 2, 12. In Rev. 6; 11 of
σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτών. 19,
10. 22,9. Sept. and ΓΙ Ezra 3, 2.

5. Trop. for a friend beloved as a brother,
one in the place of a brother, e. g. of those

12

7
ἅδης

whom Christ calls brethren, Matt. 12, 50
and Mark 3, 35. Matt. 25, 40. Heb. 2, 11.
12. (Comp. M8, Sept. ἐγγύτατος, Job 6,
15.) Spec. a brother of the same faith, a
Christian brother, 1 Tim. 6, 2 ὅτι ἀδελφοί
εἶσιν. Acts 9, 30. 10, 23. Rom. 8, 29. 1
Cor. 5, 11. Eph. 6, 23. Phil. 1, 14. Rev. 1,
9. al. So in direct address, Acts 6, 3. Gal.
4,12. 28. 1 Thess. 5,1. +

ἀδελφότης, τητος, ἡ, (ἀδελφός,) bro-
therliness, 1 Macc. 12, 10. 17. Dio Chrys.
472. d—In N. T. a brotherhood, 6. g. of
Christians, 1 Pet. 2, 17. 5, 9.

ἄδηλος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. δῆλος;,) not
manifest to the eye, unseen, hidden, τὰ μνη-
peta Luke 11, 44. So Soph. Aj. 647. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 3. 13.—Also to the ear or mind,
indistinct, uncertain, as a sound 1 Cor. 14,
8. So of hopes 2 Macc. 7,34. Pol. 8. 3.2.

ἀδηλότης, τητος, 7, (ἄδηλος.) uncer-
tainty; 1 Tim. 6,17 ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι
in uncertain riches, for ἐπὶ πλούτῳ ἀδήλῳ ;
see Winer § 34. 2. ἃ. Buttm. § 132. n. 12.—
Plut. Camill. 32. Pol. 36. 4. 2.

ἀδήλως, adv. (ἄδηλος,) not openly, se-
cretly, Plut. Sulla 10. Pol. 2. 47. 9.—In
N. T. uncertainly; in an uncertain irreso-
lute manner, 1 Cor. 9, 26. Comp. μὴ εἰς
ἄδηλον Plato Conv. 181. d.

ἀδημονέω, &, f. now, (ἀδήμων, ddéo,)
pr. to be sated, wearied; then to be heavy,
dejected, absol. Matt. 26, 37. Mark 14, 33.
Phil. 2, 23.—Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 3 ἀδημονῆ-
σαι τὰς ψυχάς. Plut. de profect. in Virt. 4.
Plato Phedr. 251. d.

ἅδης, ov, 6, (a priv. ἰδεῖν;) for ἀΐδης, in
Hom. pr. n. Hades, i. q. Pluto, ll. 15. 188;
in later Gr. writers put for Pluto’s domain,
the infernal regions, Hades, Orcus, the
abode of the dead, Luc. D. Mort. 13. 3. de
Luctu 2. Diod. Sic. 1.92. Xen. C&e. 21.
12. The Hebrew >iX®8 Sheol signified in
like manner the under world, and was held
to be a vast subterranean place (ὑπὸ xZovds.
Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3), full of thickest dark-
ness, where dwelt the shades (ψυχαί) of
the dead; but no distinction of place is in-
dicated in the Sheol of the O. T. between
the righteous and the wicked; see Deut.
32, 22. Job 10, 21. 22. 11, 8. Ps. 30, 4.
86,13. Prov. 23, 14. Is. 14,9sq. Heb. Lex.
sub voce. For Heb, ?i8% the LXX have
almost every where put ἅδης ; and in ac-
cordance with this usage, the idea of Sheol
is found among the later Jews more deve-
loped and assimilated to the Greek Hades.
The souls of the righteous and the wicked

--

ἀδιάκρυτος

were held to be separated; the former in-
habiting the region of the blessed, the infe-
rior Paradise (Luke 23, 43) or Eden of the
Rabbins; while lower down was the abyss
called Gehenna or Tartarus, in which the

souls of the wicked are in torment; see.

Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. on
Luke 23, 43. Lowth Lect. on Heb. Poetry
VIL.—In N. T. ddys is represented as a
dreary prison with gates and bars; hence
πῦλαι Gdov Matt. 16, 18, see in πύλη.
Also af κλεῖς τοῦ Gov Rey. 1,18; εἰς ἅδου
sc. δῶμα Acts 2, 27. 315 see Buttm. ὁ 132.
n. 30. Comp. Sept. and >iNt Ps. 16, 10.
(So ἐν Gov Luc. D. Mort. 13. 3.) Also
Hades as personified, 1 Cor. 15, 55. Rev.
6, 8. 20, 13.14. Put in antithesis with ὁ
οὐρανός for. the lowest depths, Matt. 11, 23.
Luke 10, 15.. Once meton. the abyss of
Hades, Gehenna, Luke 16, 23.

ἀδιάκριτος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (a priv. διακρί-
vo,) not separated, chaotic, Symm. for "13
Gen. 1, 2; not separable, undistinguishable,
confused ; as voices Pol. 15. 12.9.—In N. T.
not doubtful, unambiguous, sincere ; James
3,17 ἡ δὲ ἄνωϑεν copia... ἀδιάκριτος καὶ
ἀνυπόκριτος. Others wndistinguishing, im-
partial.

ἀδιάλευπτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. dca-
λείπω.) unceasing, constant, Rom. 9, 2. 2
Tim. 1, 3.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 1 ἀδιά-
λειπτος ἀγάπη. Plato Locr. 98. e.

ἀδιαλείπτως, adv. unceasingly, i. 6. in
N. T. assiduously, Rom. 1, 9. 1 Thess, 1, 3.
ἃ, 13. 5, 17.—2 Macc..15, 7. Pol. 9.
3. 8.

ἀδιαφορία, as, ἧ; (a priv. διαφϑείρω,)
pr. incorruptibleness ; in N. T. metaph.
uncorruptness, purity in doctrine, Tit. 2, 7.
—Dem. 325. 14 ἀδιάφϑορος τῆς ψυχῆς.

ἀδικέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἄδικος,) to do wrong,
to act unjustly, 6. δ.

1. In respect to law, to break the law, to
transgress, absol. Acts 25, 11. 2 Cor. 7,
12. Col. 3, 25. Rey. 22, 11 bis. Sept. for
num Jer. 37, 18; 987 1 K. 8,47. Ps. 106,
6.—Aristot. Rhet. 1. 9 τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἐστι τὸ
Βλάπτειν ἑκόντα παρὰ τὸν νόμον. Xen. Cyr.
5. 1.91. . ͵

2. In respect to persons, to do wrong to
any one, to wrong, to injure, c. acc. Matt.
20, 13. Acts 7, 26. 27. 25,10. 1 Cor. 6,8.
2 Cor. 7,2. With two aceus. Gal. 4, 12.
Philem. 18 εἰ δέ τι ἠδίκησέ oe. Pass. ddi-
κέομαι, to be wronged, to suffer wrong or
injury, Acts '7, 24. 2 Cor. 7,12. Mid. to
let oneself be wronged, to suffer wrong, 1 Cor.

13 ἄδικος

6, '7; see Buttm. ᾧ 18, 8.—Hdian. 2. 4. 5.
Xen. An, 5. 4. 6.

3. Intens. to hurt, to harm, c. acc. Luke ©
10,19. Rev. 2,11. 6,6. '7,2.3. 9,4.10.19.
11, 5 bis. Sept. for ΠΙΞΙῚ Is. 10, 20; pus
Lev. 6,2; 833 i 3, 15.—Hdian. '7. 5. 9.
Plato Conv. 188. b.

ἀδίκημα, ατος, τό, (ἀδικέω.) wrong, ini-
quity, wrong done, Acts 18, 14. 24, 20.
Rev. 18, 5. Sept. for 934 1 Sam. 26, 18.
ἪΣ 1 Sam. 20, 1.—Dem.'188. 19. Plato
Gorg. 480. c.

ἀδικία, as, ἡ; (ἄδικος,) 1. wrong-doing,
wrong, injustice ; Luke 18,6 ὁ κριτὴς τῆς
ἀδικίας the unjust judge, comp. v. 2. Rom.
9,14. Sept. for 519 Deut. 32, 4. (Xen.
Mem. 4.2.12.) As done to others ; 2 Cor.
19, 18 χαρίσασϑέ pow τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην.
Sept. for M249 Mic. 3, 10.—Thue. 3..66.

2. By Hebr. unrighteousness, iniquity,
wickedness ; Sept. for oan, 719, 519;
comp. by antith. δικαιοσύνη, Heb. PIX.
Luke 16, 8 τὸν οἰκονόμον τῆς ἀδικίας the
unrighteous (i. e. unfaithful) steward. v. 9
ἐκ τοῦ μαμμωνᾶς τῆς ἀδικίας, i. e. which is so
often the occasion of wickedness. | (Eurip.
Helen. 911 6 πλοῦτος ἄδικος.) Luke 13,
27 ἐργάται τῆς ad. workers of iniquity, wicked
men. John 7, 18. Acts 1, 18. 8, 23. Rom.
1,29. 3, 5.°6,13. 2 Tim. 2,19. Heb. 8, 12
(Sept. for id Jer. 31, 34). 2 Pet. 2, 13.
1 John 1, 9. 5,17 see in ἁμαρτία. James
3, 6 see in art. κόσμος. Sept. for 027
Gen. 6, 11. 13; ἸῚΣ 1 Sam. 3; 13, 14.
Zech. 3, 9; d19 Ez. 28, 18.—Opp. to 7
ἀλήϑεια, religious and moral truth, the truth
of God; Rom. 1, 18 bis, where τὴν ἀλήϑει-
ay ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατέχοντες are those holding
(having) the truth of God, but living in idol-
atry. Rom. 2, 8. 1 Cor. 13, 6..2 Thess. 2
10. 12. 2 Pet. 2, 15. 5

ἄδικος, ov, 6, ἢ, (a priv. δίκη.) not right,
wrong, i. e. unjust towards others, Luke
18, 11. Rom. 3,5. Heb. 6,10. So Hdian.
2. 3. 23. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 10.—By Hebr.
unrighteous, wicked, see in ἀδικία no. 2.
1 Cor. 6,9 οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἄδικοι βασιλείαν
Θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσι. So δίκαιοι καὶ
ἄδικοι the righteous and the wicked Matt.
5, 45. Acts 24,15. 1 Pet. 8, 18 ; opp. to
εὐσεβής, 2 Pet. 2,9; opp. to πιστός, i. 6.
unfaithful Luke 16,10 bis. Also Luke 16,
11 ἐν τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμμωνᾷ in the unrighteous
mammon, i.e. so often acquired by unright-
eous means. Sept. for 0) Ex. 23, 1. Job

_ 16, 11; 35 Prov. 15, 26.—Hence oi ἄδικοι

as an epithet for the heathen, the gentiles,
1 Cor. 6, 1, oppa of ἅγιοι and i. 4. of ἄπιστοι
in v. 6.

ἀδίκως

ἀδίκως, adv. wrong fully, unjustly, 1 Pet.
2,19. Sept. for 588 Prov. 1'7,24.—Hdian.
4. 4. 14 Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. ἡ. ΄

ἀδόκιμος, ov, 5, ἡ; adj. (a priv. δόκιμος.)
not approved, rejected, 6. g. metals, as ἀδόκι-
μον ἀργύριον Sept. Prov. 25,4. Plato Lege.
742. a—In N. T. trop. worthy of condem-
nation, reprobate, of persons, Rom. 1, 28.
2 Tim. 3,8; disapproved, disallowed, 1 Cor.
9,27. 2 Cor. 13, 5. 6. 7. (Pol. 16. 14. 19.)
Hence worthless, unworthy, of persons Tit.
1, 16 πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαϑὸν ἀδόκιμοι. (Xen.
Lac. 8. 8.) Of land, worthless, waste, Heb.
6, 8.—Hesych. ἀδόκιμον - πονηρόν, ἀπόβλη-
τον, ἄχρηστον. ;

ἄδολος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (a priv. δόλος,
guileless, of persons Thuc. 5. 18, 47.—In
N. T. of milk, unadulterated, pure, trop. for
pure doctrine and nourishment, 1 Pet. 2, 2.
So Poll. On. 3. 86 ἀργύριον ἄδολον.

᾿Αδραμυττηνός, ἡ, ὄν, gentile adj. of
Adramyttium ; Acts 2'7,2 πλοῖον AS. De-
rived from ᾿Αδραμύτειον v. ᾿Αδραμύττειον,
the name of a maritime city in AXolia, a co-
lony of the Athenians.

᾿Αδρίας, ov, 6, SC. πόντος, the Adriatic
sea, Acts 27,27. Not,as now, the Gulf of
Venice only, but including also the whole
Ionian sea, which lies between Sicily and
Greece ; so Strabo 2. p. 123 ὁ δ᾽ Ἰόνιος κόλ-
mos μέρος ἐστὶ τοῦ νῦν ᾿Αδρίου λεγομένου.
7. p. 317. Hesych. Ἰόνιον πέλαγος" 6 νῦν
᾿Αδρίας.

ἁδρότης, τητος, ἡ, (ἁδρός,) pr. ripe-
ness, fulness, of stature, Hom. Il. 16. 857.
Theophr. C. Pl. 4. 12. 1.—In N. T. fulness,
abundance, 2 Cor. 8,20. So Hesych. ἁδρό-
της δύναμις, μέγεϑος.

: ἀδυνατεω, &, f. how, (ddvvaros,) to be
unable, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 23.—In N. Τ', of
things, to be impossible, unable to be done ;
only in fut. 3 sing. So with dat. of pers.
Matt. 17, 20 οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. (Sept.
Job 42,2. Wisd. 13,16.) With παρά c. dat.
Luke 1, 87 οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τῷ ϑεῷ
πᾶν ῥῆμα. So Sept. Gen. 18, 14.

ἀδύνατος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a priv. duvards,)
wanting strength, unable, Sept. Joel 3, 10.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 7—In N. T. impotent,
weak, in body, ὁ. dat. Acts 14, 8 ἀδ. τοῖς
ποσίν. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31 τοῖς σώμασιν
. ἀδύνατοι.) Trop. in faith, knowledge, Rom.
15, 1.—Neut. of things, impossible, unable
to be done; Rom. 8, 3 τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νό-

_ pov that which the law could not do. So
ἀδύνατον εἶναι, to be impossible, c. παρά τινι

14

ἄζυμος
with or for any one, Matt. 19, 26. Mark 10,
27. Luke 18, 27. With ἐστί impl. and an

infin. Heb. 6, 4. 18 ἀδύνατον ψεύσασϑαι
Sedv. 10,4, 11,6. So Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 16.

ἄδω, f. dooua, (contr. for ἀείδω,) to
sing, c. acc. Rev. 5,9 καὶ ἄδουσιν δὴν
καινήν. 14, 3.15, 3. Sept. for 7" Ex.
14, 32. (Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 18. Ὁ. 375.
Xen. An. 4, 4. 27 dds.) With dat. of
pers. to sing to any one, in his praise and
honour, Eph. 5,19 ἄδοντες καὶ ψάλλοντες
οὐὐτῷ κυρίῳ. Col. 3, 16. Sept. for "πῶ
Ex. 15,21. 1 Chr. 16, 23. So Hdian. 4
2. 10 et Xen. Lac. 12. 7 eis τοὺς Yeovs.

ἀεί, adv. always, at all time, ever, 2 Cor.
6,10. Tit. 1,12. 1 Pet. 3,15. Sept. Is.
51,13. (Hdian. 1.6.3. Xen. Hell. 1. 4.
15.) Also for assiduously, diligently, 2 Pet.
1,12. In ἃ more limited sense, i.q. on
every occasion, 2 Cor. 4, 11 del yap παραδι-
ddpeSa. Acts 7, 51. Heb. 3,10. Mark 15,
8 καϑὼς ἀεὶ ἐποίει as he always did, i. 6.
was accustomed to do every year. Sept.
Ps. 95, 10. 2 Mace. 14,15. Judg. 16, 21
Cod. Alex. ποιήσω καϑὼς dei. So Pol. 1.
15.13. Xen. Cyr. 1, 4. 15.

ἀετός, οὔ, 6, an eagle, Rev. 4, Ἴ. 8, 18.
12,14. Sept. for 783 Ps. 103, 5. (Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4. 19.). Proverbially, Matt. 24, 28
and Luke 17, 37 ὅπου τὸ σῶμα (τὸ πτῶ-
pa), ἐκεῖ συναχϑήσονται οἱ ἀετοί, i. Θ. where
there is crime, there God’s judgments [0]-
low surely and speedily. Here ὁ ἀετός
seems to denote some species of vulture ;
like Sept. and "%32 Job 39, 27-30. Prov.
30,17. The proper eagle feeds only on
fresh or living prey.

ἄξυμος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ζύμη,
unleavened ; 50 ἄζυμοι ἄρτοι, ἄζυμα λάγανα,
Heb. Miz, Sept. Lev. 2,4. Num. 6, 15.—
InN. T. -

1, Trop. unleavened, i. e. morally uncor-

‘rupted, pure, 1 Cor. 5,'7; also v. 8 ἐν ἀζύ-

pots εἰλικρινείας with the unleavened bread
of sincerity, i. e. with the pureness of sin-
cerity and truth.

2. Spec. ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν ἀζύμων the
festival of unleavened bread Luke 22,1;
ai ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων the days of unleavened
bread Acts 12, 3. 20,6; also τὰ ἄζυμα id.
Mark 14,1; all referring to the seven days
immediately following the paschal supper,
during’ which the Jews were to eat unlea-
vened bread ; see Ex. 12, 17.18. Deut. 16,
3.4. So ἡ πρώτη ἡμέρα τῶν ἀζύμων, the
jirst day of unleavened bread, i.e. the day
of the passover meal, Matt. 26,17. Mark

So eS ee eee
: ope Gr

‘ Afwp
14, 12; called in Luke 22,7 ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν
ἀζύμων. See Gr. Harm. p. 212.

᾿Αζώρ, 6, indec. Azor; (helper, τ.
pr. n. of a man, Matt. 1, 13. 14.

"Afwros, ov, ἡ, Azotus, Heb. TIN

“13 d,)

Ashdod, pr. n. of one of the five chief cities .
of the Philistines, Acts 8, 40; comp. Josh.’

13, 3. 1 Sam. 5,1. 6,4. It lay within the
limits of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 47.
Now Esdiid,a small village ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 368.

anp, ἀέρος, ἡ, (dw, ἄημι,) the lower va-
poury atmosphere, opp. 6 aiZnp the higher
and purer region, Hom. I. 14. 288. Pol.
18. 3. 7.—In N. T. genr. the air, atmo-
sphere, Acts 22, 23. 1 Thess. 4,17. Rev.
9, 2. 16, 17. (Hdian. 8. 3. 20. Xen. Mem.
4. 3.8.) Proverbial are: eis ἀέρα λα-
λεῖν to speak into the air 1 Cor. 14, 9,
comp. Lat. ‘ventis verba profundere’ Lu-
cret. 4.929; also ἀέρα δέρειν to beat the
air 1 Cor. 9, 26, comp. Lat. ‘ verberare ic-
tibus auras’ Virg. Ain. 5. 376; the sense
of both is, ‘to speak or act in vain.’—
Spec. Eph. 2,2 6 ἄρχων τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ
ἀέρος, the prince of the power of the air, i.e.
Satan the prince of evil spirits which dwell
often in the air, according to the Jewish
belief; see Elsner Obss. in N. T. ad loc.
Stuart in Biblioth. Sac. 1843. p. 139.
Others less well: darkness, comp. Col.
1, 13. .

ἀδανασία, as, ἡ, (ἀθάνατος, Sdavares,)
immortality, 1 Cor. 15, 53. 54. 1 Tim. 6,
16.—Wisd. 3, 4. Plut. Aristid. 6. Plato
Cony. 208. Ὁ.

ἀδέμιτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. Seperds,
Séus,) unlawful, Acts 10, 28. 1 Pet. 4, 3.
—2 Macc. 7,1. Plut. im. Paul. 19. Pol.
29. 6. 17.

GES, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. Seds,) god-
less, impious, Xen. An. 2. 5. 39.—In N. T.
without God, estranged from the knowledge
and worship of the true God, Eph. 2, 12.

ἄϑεσμος, ov, 5, ἣ, adj. (a priv. sécpos,)
lawless, wicked, ἃ Pet. 2,7. 3,17.—3 Macc.
5,12. Diod. Sic. 1. 14 τῆς ἀϑέσμου Bias.

ἀδϑετέω, ὦ, f. how, (dros, τίϑημι,) to
displace, to put away, i.e. 8) Of things,
to reject, to make void or null, c. acc. Mark
7,9 τὴν ἐντολήν. Luke 7, 30 τὴν βουλὴν
τοῦ Yeov. 1 Cor. 1,19 (comp. Is. 29, 14).
Gal. 2, 21. 3,15. Sept. for 8°37 Ps. 33,

* 10. (1 Mace. 11, 36. Pol, 2, 58.5.) So

to cast off; 10 violate, 6. g. a law Heb, 10,

15

αυγιαλός

28; one’s faith 1 Tim. 5, 12. Sept. for
72 Jer. 3,20. So Pol. 15.1.9. Ὁ) Of
persons, 10 reject, to despise, to treat with
neglect or scorn, c. acc. Mark 6, 26 οὐκ
ἠδϑέλησεν αὐτὴν ἀδετῆσαι, where αὐτήν in-
cludes also the idea of her request. Luke
10, 16 quater. John 12, 48. 1 Thess. 4, 8
bis. Jude 8. Sept. for 782 1 Sam. 2, 17.
32 Ex. 21, 8.

ayer no WS, ews, 7, (d%eréw,) α pulling
away, an annulling, Heb. 7, 18. 9, 26.—
Cic. ad Att. 6. 9.

᾿Αϑῆναι, ὧν, αἱ, Athens, the capital of
Attica and the chief city of ancient Greece,
so called from ᾿Αϑήνη, Minerva. The Athe-

_nians are celebrated in the history of Greece

for their warlike valour, and also for their
general intelligence and the cultivation of
all the arts of peace. Their city was the
seat of the fine arts, the resort of philoso-
phers, and the birth-place of an unusual
number of illustrious men. Acts 17, 15.16.
18, 1. 1 Thess. 3,1. See Leake’s Topo-
graphy of Athens, Lond. 1841. 2 vols.

᾿Αϑηναῖος, a, ov, Athenian; Acts 17,
21, 22.

ἀδλέω, ὦ, f. naw, (ἄϑλος,) to combat,
to contend, as a champion in the public .
games of boxing, throwing the discus, -

᾿ wrestling, running, etc. absol. 2 Tim. 2, 5

bis.—El. V. H. 10. 1. Plato Legg. 830. a.

ἄδλησις,. eas, ἧ, (ἀπλέω,) combat i in the

public games, Ail. V. H. 2. 23. Pol. 5. 64.

6.—In N. T. trop. a conflict, struggle, with
afflictions, Heb. 10, 32.

ἀδυμέω, &, f. how, (4Svpos,) to be dis-
couraged, disheartened, absol.: Col. 3, 21.
Sept. for nym Gen. 4, 5.—Pol. 3. δά. ἢ
Xen. An. 3. 2. 18.

ἀδῶος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ϑωή,) pr.
unpunished Pol. 2. 60. 1; c. gen. τῆς δίκης
Dem. 646. 13.—In N. T. innocent, Matt.
27,4 αἷμα ἀϑδῶον. Sept. Jer. 26,15. Deut.
27,25. With ἀπό c. gen. Matt. 27, 24
d3Gos ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος, and so Sept. for Heb.
V2 "3 2 Sam. 3, 28. Comp. καϑαρὸς ἀπό
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 16.

αἴγειος; eins εἰον, (até,) caprinus, of
goats; Heb. 11, 37 ἐν ἀϊγείοις δέρμασιν, in
goat-skins. Sept. for 5°%> Ex. 25, 4.—
Jos, Ant. 3.6.1. Apoll, Rhod. 4, 1349.
Plato Ion 538. c.

αἰγιαλός, ov, 6, (ἄγνυμι, GAs,) the shore,
coast, of a sea or lake, Matt. 13,2. 48. John
21,4. Acts 21, 5, 27, 39.40. Sept. for

Αἰγύπτιος

pin Judg. 5, 17.W—Hdian. 8. 4. 4. Xen.
An. 6. 2. 1, 7.

«Αἰγύπτιος, ov, 6, an Egyptian, Acts 7,
92. 24. 28. Heb. 11,29. In Acts 21, 38
the Egyptian spoken of was an Egyptian
Jew, who set himself up at Jerusalem fora
prophet, and gained many followers, who
were dispersed and slain by Felix; see Jos.
Ant. 20.8 6. B. J. 2. 13. 5.

Αἴγυπτος, ov, ἡ, Egypt, a country of
northern Africa, watered by the Nile, and
celebrated both in sacred and profane histo-
ry. The whole region was known to the
Hebrews by the name ΣΧ Mizraim ;
and the princes who governed it were styled
in virtue of their office Pharaoh, i. e. king,
until the time of Solomon ; after which they

are mentioned in the Scriptures by their -

proper names. After the captivity, Egypt
became a place of resort. to great numbers
of the Jews, who settled there either of their
own accord, or from the invitations and en-
couragements held out by Alexander the
Great and the Ptolemies; so that in the
reign of Ptolemy Philopater, they were able
to erect a temple at Leontopolis similar to
the one at Jerusalem, and to establish in it
all the rites of their paternal worship ; see
. Jos. Ant. 13. 3. 1, 2, 3.—Matt. 2,13. 14.
15.. Acts 2,10. al. In Rev. 11,8 Egypt
is put as a symbolical name of the Jews,
thus likening the obstinacy and .stubborn-
ness of this nation to that of the Egyptians
of old. +

ἀΐδιος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (del,) always ewist-
ing, eternal, everlasting ; Rom. 1,20 ἀΐδιος
αὐτοῦ δύναμις. Jude 6 δεσμοὶ. ἀΐδιοι ever-
lasting bonds.—Wisd. 7, 26. Hdian. 4. 14.
10. ‘Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. '73..

aida » dos, ods, ἡ, 1: shamefacedness,
. modesty; 1 Tim. 2,9 μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σω-
ppootivns.—Plut. Thes. 6. Xen. Cony. 1.8.

2.. reverence, before God Heb. 12, 28.—
Jos. Ant. 6,12. '7 αἰδὼς ἐπὶ γέρουσιν. Hdian.
6. 1. 24, Xen. An. 2. 6. 14.

Aidiov, οπός, 6, (αἴϑω, Sys) an Ethio-
pian, Heb.. "53> Cushite, Acts 8, 27 bis.
See Jer. 13, 23. Is. 18, 1.: Ez. 80, 4. 5.9.
The Ethiopia of the N. T. lay south of
Egypt on the Nile, including the island of
Meroé, and corresponding to the modern
Nubia and the adjacent parts of Abyssinia.
It formed a separate kingdom governed by
a succession of females, all bearing the
name Κανδάκη q. v. Plin. H. N. 6. 29 or
35. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 349, 358.
—For the Cush or Ethiopia of the O. T.

16

αἷμα

which included portions of Arabia, see Heb.
Lex. art. WAD.

αἷμα; ατος; τό, blood ; Sept. everywhere
for 23. The Jews regarded the blood as
the seat of life; they were to offer it in
atonement to God, but were strictly forbid-
den to eat of it; see Lev. 17, 10-14. Gen.
9, 4. Deut. 12, 23sq. Jos. Ant. 3.11. 2.

1, Pr. and genr. blood; Mark 5, 25, 29.
Luke 8, 43. 44. 13,1. (Xen. An. 5. 8, 15.)
So anything is said to be or become blood or
as blood, by turning to a dark red colour,
Acts 2, 20 καὶ ἡ σελήνη (μεταστραφήσεται)
εἰς αἷμα, also Rev. 6, 12 ὡς αἷμα, see Joel
3, 8..4 [2, 80. 31]. Rev. 8, 8. 11,6. 1863.
4. Of blood which has been shed, 6. g. of
victims or other slaughtered animals, Heb.
9, 7. 12. 13. 18-25. 10, 4. 11, 28. al.
Hence ἀπέχεσϑαι τοῦ αἵματος to abstain
from eating blood, as unlawful, Acts 15,
20. 29. 21, 25. Soof men, Luke 13, 1.
John 19, 84. al. In Rey. 14, 20. 17, 6,
human blood is spoken of under the symbol
of the blood of grapes, i. 6. wine, αἷμα στα-
φυλῆς, comp. Gen. 49, 11. Deut. 32, 14.
Ecclus. 39,26. So αἷμα δίκαιον and αἷμα
ἀσπῶον righteous or innocent blood, the blood
of righteous or innocent persons, Matt. 23,
35. 27,4. (Sept. for "P2 ἘΞ 1 Sam. 19, 5.
1K. 2, 5. Hist. of Sus. v. 62.) So of the
blood of Christ shed on the cross, αἷμα τοῦ
Χριστοῦ, 6. g. in connection with the Lord’s
supper, Matt. 26,28. Mark 14, 24. Luke
22, 20. 1 Cor. 10, 16. 11, 25.27; perhaps
too 1 John 5, 6. 8; and espec. John 6, 53-
58, where the phrase φαγεῖν τὴν σάρκα καὶ
πίνειν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, to eat the flesh
and drink the blood of Christ, signifies, “to
receive Christ wholly into oneself, so that
he may become wholly united and incorpo-
rated with us,.as food with the body, and
we thus become partakers of that life which
is in him;” comp. Gal. 4, 19.. Col. 1, 27.
3,10. Further, in relation to his church,
‘Acts 20, 28. Col. 1, 20. Eph. 2,13; to the
atonement made by his death, Rom. 3, 25.
5,9. Eph. 1,7. Heb. 9, 12. 14. 1 Pet. 1,
2. 19. 1 John 1,7; and to the new co-
venant, Heb. 10, 29, 12,24, 13,20. So
too αἷμα τοῦ dpviov, Rev. 7, 14. 12,11. 19,
13 —Spee. a) σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα, flesh and
blood, i, 6. the human body, man, with the
idea of frailty and mortality, Matt. 16, 17.
1 Cor. 15, 50. Gal. 1, 16. Eph. 6, 12. Heb.
2,14. Comp. Ecelus. 14, 18. Ὁ) αἷμα
ἐκχύνειν, to shed blood, i. 6. to kill, put to
death, Luke 11, 50. Acts 22,20. Rom. 3, 15.
Rev. 16, 6. So Sept. for o3 Faw Gen: 9,
6. Ez. 18, 10.

αἱματεκχυσια

2. Trop. blood, for bloodshed, i. 6. violent
death, slaughter, murder, Matt. 23, 30. 27,
6. Acts 2, 19. Rev. 6,10. 18,24, 19, 2.
So Sept. and 53 Gen. 4,10. Ez. 24, 6. 9.
So Heb. 12, 4 μέχρις αἵματος, unto death,
i. e. with exposure of life——Further, by
Hebr. for the guilt of murder, blood-guilti-
ness, the guilt and punishment of shedding
blood, Matt, 23, 35. 27,25. Acts 5,28. 18,
6. 20, 26. Sept. and D3 Num. 35, 27.
Josh. 2,19. So Dem. 548. ult.

3. Trop. blood, for blood-relationship, kin-
dred; Acts 17, 26 ἐξ ἑνὸς αἵματος of one
blood, kindred. Sept. 2 Sam. 21,1. So
Jos. Ant. 2. 6.3 ἐσμὲν ἀδελφοὶ καὶ κοινὸν
αἷμα. ib. 20. 10.1 ἐξ αἵματος ᾿Ααρῶντος.
Plat. Soph. 268. d—John 1, 13 οἱ οὐκ ἐξ
αἱμάτων born not of blood, i.e. sons of God
not by virtue of their blood as being de-
scended from Abraham; the Plur. being
here for the Sing. as in Eurip. Ion. 693
ἄλλων τραφεὶς ἀφ᾽ αἱμάτων, spoken of a
mother. Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.45 τὶς ἐξ
αἵματος, i.e. an Israelite. +

αἱματεκχυσία, as, ἧ; (αἷμα, ἔκχυσις.)
a shedding of blood, Heb. 9, 22.

αἱμοῤῥοέω, a, (αἱμόῤῥοος ; ; αἷμα, péw,)
to have a flow or issue of blood, absol.
Matt. 9, 20.—Sept. Lev. 15, 33. Plut. de
Fluy. 21. 3.

Aivéas, ov, 6, Aineas, pr. n. of a man,
Acts 9, 33. 34.

αἴνεσις, “es, ἡ, (aivéw,) praise; Heb.
13, 15 ϑυσία αἰνέσεως. Sept. for ΠΤ ΤΣ Ps.
26, 2; MENA Ps. 66, 2.—Ecclus. 32, 2 5υ-
oka αἰνέσεως. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6.

αἰνέω, &, f. now or ἔσω, (aivos,) to
praise, in N. 'T. only of God, 6. acc. Luke
2, 13. 20. 24, 53: Acts 2,47. 3,8.9. Rom.
15, 11. Rev. 19, 5; acc. and περί τινος
Luke 19, 37. Sept. for 77 Gen. 49, 8;
. bm 1 Chr. 16, 4. 10; 22 Ps. 100, 4.—
Eurip. Suppl. 707. Soph. Antig. 1157. The
prose writers used ἐπαινέω.

αἴνιγμα, ατος, τό, (αἰνίσσομαι:) an
enigma, riddle, Sept. for "11 1 K. 10, 1.
Ecclus. 39, 3. Dem. 184. ult—In N. T.
trop. a dark hint, obscureness; 1 Cor. 13,
12 ἐν αἰνίγματι, i. 6. enigmatically, obscure-
ly. Sept. for S7°T} Num. 12, 8, opp. τὸ
εἶδος the distinct reality.

αἶνος, ov, 6, pr. discourse, narration,

i. q. po%os, Hom. Od..14. 508.—In N. T.

praise, Matt. 21,16 (comp. Ps. 8, 3). Luke

18 43. Sept. for 19 Ps. 8,3. So Wisd.
2

17 αἴρω

18, 9. Hom. Od. 21. 110. Pind. ΟἹ. 6. 18.
An old poetic word, Buttm. Lexil. II. p. 112.

Aivoy, ἡ, indec. Enon, (Chald. plur.
12" fountains, Buxt. Lex. 1601,) pr. n. of
a place with fountains near Salim, John 3,
23; see Σαλείμ. Situated prob. in one of
the lateral valleys running down to the val-
ley of the J ordan from the west.

αἵρεσ ἐς, hee; 1s (aipéw,) pr. capture of
a city, Thuc. 2. 58 ἡ αἵρεσις τῆς πόλεως.
Also choice, 1 Macc. 8, 30. Plato Rep. 618
e.—In N. T. ‘a chosen way of life,’ i. 6. a
sect, school, party, Acts 5,17. 15, 5. 24, 5.
14. 26, 5. 28, 22. (Diod. Sic. 2. 29 aipé-
σεις τῶν φιλοσόφων.) Hence discord, dis-
sension, arising from difference of views,
1 Cor. 11, 19. Gal. 5, 20. 2 Pet. 2, 1.

αἷρετ ἰζω, f. ica, (aiperés, aipéw,) a
word of the Alexandrine age, i. 4. aipgouat,
to choose (1 Mace. 9, 30), and so fo love, c.
acc. Matt. 12, 18, comp. Is. 42,1. Sept.
for “Y12 Judg. 5,8; V2 Num. 14, 8.—
1 Esdr. 4, 19, Hesych. ἡρετισάμην: ἠγάπη-
σα, ἐπεθύμησα, ἠδέλησα. See Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p. 144.

αἱρετικός, ov, 6, (αἱρετίζω, αἵρεσις.) pr.
adj. -ός, ἡ, ὄν, capable of choosing, Plato
Def. 412. a—In N. T. Subst. @ seciarist,
partisan, one who founds or belongs to a
αἵρεσις, Tit. 3, 10.—Often in the ecclesi-
astical writers, i. g. @ heretic; see Suic.
Thes. Ecc. h. v.

aipéw, ὦ, f. now, aor. 2 εἷλον, to take, to
capture, 6. g. a city or camp, Pol. 14. 9. 4.
Xen. Ag. 1. 32.—In N. T. only Mid. ai-
péopat, f. ἤσομαι, aor. 2 εἱλόμην, to take
for oneself, to choose, to prefer, c. acc. 2
Thess. 2, 13; infin. Heb. 11, 25. Phil. 1,
22 τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ γνωρίζω, where for the
fut. instead of the Subj. see Winer Gr.
ᾧ 42. 4.b. So 2 Mace. 11, 25. Hdian. 4.
14. 3 αἱροῦντα βασιλέα ᾿Αδούεντον.

αἴρω, f. ἀρῶ, (ἀήρ; for deipw,) aor. 1

ἦρα, perf. ἦρκα Col, 2, 14; Pass. perf. part.
ἡρμένον 20,1 ; to take up, corresp. to
Heb, 82.

1. to take up, to lift up, to raise, c. acc.
as stones, John 8, 59. Rev. 18, 21; ser-
pents Mark 16,18; a boat into a ship, Acts
27,17. (Xen. Eq. 6.7. ib. 10.15.) Soof
anchors, Acts 27, 13 ἄραντες sc. ἀγκύρας,
as is fully written Pol. 31. 22. 13. Plut.

-Pomp. ὅθ. Hence in Gr. writers ἄρας,

ἄραντες, is often i. 4. to sail away, to depart,
Arr. Exp. Alex. 6. 21 ἄρας ἐκ ΠΙαττάλων.
Thue. 2. 23 med. and is even used of an

ν
apm

army on land, as Thuc. 2. 23 init. Jos.
Ant. 3. 1.'7 ἐκεῖϑεν ἄραντες εἰς Ῥαφιδὶν ἧκον,
spoken of the Israelites in the desert.—
Spec. of parts of the body, to lift up, 6. g.
- the hand, Rey. 10,5. Sept. and 8®?2 Deut.
32, 40. (Xen. An. 7. 3. 6.) The eyes,
John 11, 41. Sept. and 8} Ps. 121, 1. al.
Also to lift up the voice, to cry aloud, Luke
17, 133; πρὸς τὸν Sedv Acts 4, 24. Sept.
and 80? Judg. 21, 2. 1 Sam. 11, 4.—Trop.
αἴρειν τὴν ψυχήν τινος to lift up the soul of
any one, to excite to expectation, John 10,
24. Comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3 of δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ
τὸν κίνδευνον τὰς ψυχὰς ἡρμένοι, καὶ πρὸς τὸ
δεινὸν ἑτοίμως ἔχοντες. 3.5.1 ἠρημένοι τοῖς
διανοίαις. Philostr. 2. 4 κἀμὲ πάνυ αἴρει ὁ
λόγος ὃν εἴρηκεν. Others, to lift up in sus-
' pense, doubt.

2. to take up and bear, to bear, to carry,
c. acc. Matt. 4, 6 ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσί σε
(Sept. and 8W3 Ps. 91, 12). Matt. 11, 29
ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς (comp. Sept.
and 8&2 Lam. 3, 17). So τὸν σταυρόν
Matt. 27, 32. Mark 15, 21. (Luke 23, 26
τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν.) Trop. Matt. 16, 24.
Mark 8, 34. 10,21. Luke 9, 23.—Spec. to
take or carry with or about oneself, Mark
6,8. Luke 9, 3. 22, 36.

-3. 10 take up and away, to take away, to
remove, by taking up; c. acc. 6. g. a bed
Matt. 9, 6. John 5, 8-12; a person Matt.
22, 13; a dead body Matt. 14, 12. John 20,
2. 13. Acts 20,9. (1 Macc. 9,19. So xb3
Sept. λαμβάνω Judg. 16, 31.) Also for
use, as fragments of food, Matt. 14, 20. 15,
37. Mark 8, 8. 19. 20; and so Matt. 17, 27.
' Acts 21,11. Pass. ἄρϑητι, be thou removed,
Matt. 21, 21. (Plato Rep. 578. e.) Trop.
αἴρειν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν twos to take away one’s
sin, i. e. the penalty of sin, by making an
expiation or atonement, comp. ἀφαιρέω.
John 1, 29. 1 John 3, 5. So MUI RW
Sept. αἴρειν τὸ ἁμάρτημα 1 Sam. 15, 25;
ἪΣ Nb? Sept. ἀφαίρειν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν Lev.
10, 17. Others less well, to bear the sin of
any one, i.e. its penalty, comp. Matt. 8,17.
1 Pet. 2,24; so 719 NO? Sept. λαβεῖν τὴν
ἁμαρτίαν Ley. 5,17. Num. 5, 31.

4. Simply to take, to take away, the idea
of lifting being lest; usually with the no-
tion of violence, authority, or the like. 8)
Of things; c. acc. Luke 6, 29. 30 ἀπὸ
τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ μὴ ἀπαίτει. 11,22. Matt.
9, 16 αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ (τὶ) ἀπὸ
τοῦ ἱματίου. Mark 2,21 ; of branches, i. 4.
to prune, John 15, 2. Sept. for wenn
Mic. 2,3. Ὁ) Of persons, to take away or
remove, 6. g. from a church, i. 4. to excom-

18

αἰσχροκερδής
municate, Pass. 1 Cor. 5, 2 ἵνα dp%q ἐκ μέ-
σου ὑμῶν, where others ἐξαρϑῇ. Comp.
Sept. for som Gen. 35,2. So to take
away by death, out of the world, c. acc.
John 17, 15. Matt. 24, 39. Also stronger,
to kill, to destroy, John 11, 48 τὸν τόπον Kat
τὸ é3vos. Imperat. αἶρε, ἄρον, sc. αὐτόν,
away with him! put him to death! Luke
23,18. John 19,15. Acts 21, 36. 22, 22.
Sept. for ὩΌΝ Is. 57, 1.2. 1 Macc. 5; :2.
(Dion. Hal. 4. 4.) So in the difficult pas-

sage Acts 8,33 bis: ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ͵

ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρϑη.... αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς
ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ, in his humiliation his condem-
nation was taken away...his life is taken
from the earth, i.e. in the first clause ‘from
his state of humiliation and condemnation
he was set free by death; quoted from

- Sept. Is. 53,8, where Heb. Dbwwa4 "Xd

np? from (through?) oppression and con-
demnation he was taken away. In the se-
cond clause, Heb. “129. 0) Trop. c. ace.
1 Cor. 6, 15 ἄρας τὰ pedn τοῦ Xp. taking
away the members of Christ, wrongfully.
So a law, ἐκ rod μέσου Col. 2,14. (1 Macc.
3, 29.) With ἀπό τινος, to take away from
any one, 6. g. the kingdom of heaven Matt
21,43; the word, τὸν λόγον Luke 8, 12.18
Mark 4, 15 (with ἀπό implied) ; gifts Mark
4, 25; joy John 16,22. (Sept. dpsioera
εὐφροσύνη, Heb. O82, Is. 16, 10. Eurip.
El. 942 τὰ κακά.) Also vices, to put away,
with ἀπό τινος Eph. 4, 81. +
aioSdvopat, f. -ϑήσομαι, Mid. depon.
(dia, αἴσϑω,) aor. 2 ἠσθόμην, to perceive, pr.
with the external senses, Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
31.—In N. T. trop. to perceive, to under-
stand, c. acc. Luke 9, 45. Sept. for 13
Job 23, 5; 332 Prov. 24, 14. So Plut.
de Profect. in Virt. '7.. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 4.
ala dnors, ews, ἡ, (aloSdvopat,) pr. per-
ception by the external senses, Xen. Mem.
1, 4. 5.—In N. T. trop. understanding, the
power of discerning, Phil. 1,9. Sept. for
M3 Prov. 1, 4. 22; M730 Ex. 28,3. So
Judith 16,17. Dem. 1417. 5.
αἰσϑϑητήριον, ov, τό, (aioZdvopat,) pr.
seat of the senses, Hesych. αἰσθητήρια" τὰ
μέλη δι᾿ ὧν aic%éueta. Plato Ax. 366. a;
also sense, external, Galen. de dignot. Puls.
ὃς μὲν γὰρ...τὸ αἰσθητήριον ἔχει γεγυμ-
νασμένον ixavas.—In N. 'T. trop. internal
sense, faculty of perceiving and judging,
Heb. 5,14. Sept. Jer. 4,19 τὰ αἰσθητήρια
τῆς καρδίας.
αἰσχροκερδής, gos, οὖς, 6, 7, adj. (ai-
σχρός, κέρδος,) eager for unworthy gain,

΄

ΒΥ ΨΥ ΕΠ ΎΎΡΘΠΠΎΤΠΠ

αἰσχροκερδῶς᾽

sordid, 1 Tim. 3, [8.} 8. Tit. ,'7—Plut.
de aud. Poetis 13. Xen. Ag. 11. 3.

αἰσχροκερδῶς, adv. for the sake of un-
worthy gain, sordidly, 1 Pet. 5, 2; comp.
Tit. 1, 11.

αἰσχρολογία, as, 9, (αἰσχρολογέω),
unbecoming discourse, improper language,
Col. 3, 8.—Diod. Sic. 5. 4. Xen. Lac.
5. 6.

αἰσχρός, ά, dv, (aioxos,) pr. ugly, de-
formed, opp. to καλός, Xen. Conv. 4. 19.

Sept. for 34 Gen. 41, 3. 4.—In N. T. trop. -

unbecoming, indecorous, shameful ; spoken
of what is offensive either to modesty and
Christian purity, Eph. 5,12. Tit. 1,11; or
to the manners and customs of a communi-
ty, 1 Cor. 11, 6. 14, 35. So Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 23. Hdian. 1.15.15. Xen. Mem. 3.
10. 5.

αἰσχρότης, τητος, ἧ; (αἰσχρός,) pr. ug-

. liness; trop. unbecomingness, impropriety,

either in words or actions, only Eph. 5, 4.
—Plato Gorg. 525. a. Comp. αἰσχρολογία.

αἰσχύνη, ns, 9, (aloxos,) shame, i. 6.

1. Subjectively, the feeling of shame, fear
of disgrace, Luke 14, 9.—Ecclus. 4, 21.
Plut. de rect. rat. Aud. 17. . Xen. Anab.
3. 1. 10.

2. Cbjectively. disgrace, reproach, br Sa
my, Heb. 12,2. Sept. for min Job 8,22
ma>2 Is. 50,6; mein Ps. 69, 20 Ee.
clus. 25, 22. bai Pisc. 32. Xen. Anab.
2. 6. 6.

3. a cause of shame, a shameful deed or

thing, disgraceful conduct. 2 Cor. 4,2 τὰ.

κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης, the hidden things of
shame, which bring shame upon those who
practise them. Phil. 3, 19. Jude 13. Rev.
3,18 ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου the
shame of thy nakedness, arising from thy
nakedness.—Aischin. 23. 40 κατέγνωκε τοῦ
πράξαντος αἰσχύνην.

αἰσχύνω, f. wa, (αἶσχος,) pr. to de-
form Xen. Eq. 1. 12; to shame, to put to
shame, Plato Menex. 246. d—In N. T.
Pass. depon. αἰσχύνομαι, aor. 1 ἠσχύν-
ϑην and fut. 1 αἰσχυνθήσομαι, Buttm. § 113.
4; to shame oneself, to feel or be ashamed,
2 Cor. 10, 8. 1 Pet. 4, 16; ἐν οὐδενί Phil.
1, 20; infin. Luke 16, 3 ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνο-
μαι. Pregn. with ἀπό, 1 John 2,28 καὶ
μὴ αἰσχυνϑδῶμεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ and not be asham-
ed before him, pr. ‘so as to turn away from
ham ;? comp. Eeclus. 21, 22 αἰσχ. ἀπὸ προ-
σώπου. Sept. for tin Ezra 8, 22. 9, 6.
So Dem. 1022. 25. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.

19 αἴτημα

αἱτέω, ὦ, f. how, to ask; also Mid. ai-
Téopat, odpat, to ask for oneself, in one’s
own behalf, but in common usage not dis-
tinguished from the Active-—Hence

1. to ask, torequest, to entreat, to beseech.
a) Genr. and construed: a) With acc.
of pers. Matt. 5,42 τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου.
Luke 6, 30. John 4, 10. Comp. Dem. 255.
15. 8) With acc. of thing, Matt.'7, 10 καὶ
ἐὰν ἰχϑὺν αἰτήσῃ. Luke 11, 12. (Hdian. 3.
11. 18.) Mid. Matt. 14, '7. 20, 22 οὐκ οἵ-
dare τί αἰτεῖσϑε. 27,58. Mark 6, 24. 10,
38. 15, 43. Luke 23, 52. Acts 12,20. So
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 6 σωτηρίαν αἰτεῖσθαι. y)
With two acc. of pers. and thing, Matt. 7,
9. Mark 6, 22 αἴτησόν pe ὃ ἐὰν ϑέλῃς. ν. 23.
Luke 11,11. So Sept. Ps. 21,5. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 8. 41. ὃ) With acc. of thing and
παρά τινος of pers. Matt. 20, 20 αἰτοῦσά τι
map αὐτοῦ. John 4, 9. Acts 3,2. So Xen.
An. 1.3.16. ε) Absol. Matt.'7,8 mas yap
ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει. Luke 11, 9. 10. Mid. c.
part. Mark 6, 25 ἡτήσατο λέγουσα.

Ὁ) Spec. of persons asking of God, to ask,
to entreat, to pray for, in the like construc-
tions, 6. g. Acc. of pers. Matt. 6, 8. 7, 11.
Luke 11,18. Acc. of thing, Mark 10, 35.
John 14, 13. 14. 15,'7. 16,24; Mid. Matt.
21, 22. Mark 11, 24. Acts 13, 21. 1 John
5, 14. 15; by attract. οὗ for ὅ Matt. 18,19.
Eph. 3, 20. With two acc. John 16, 23;
Mid. John 11, 22. 15,16. With acc. and
mapa c. gen. 1 John 5, 15. James 1, 5; so
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 5. Also Mid. with inf. of
object, Acts 7, 46. Eph, 3,13; with ἵνα
Col.1,9. Absol. Act. Matt. 7,7. John 16,
24. James 1, 6. 4, 3 bis. 1 John 5, 16;
Mid. John 16, 26. James 4, 2.—For the
interchange of the Act. and Mid. compare
John 16, 26 with vy. 23. 24. James 4, 3;
see Winer § 39, 6.

2. In a stronger sense, to ask for, to re-
quire, to demand, construed as above ; e. g.
acc. of things, Acts 16,29 αἰτήσας δὲ Gare
Luke 1, 63. 1 Cor. 1, 22; so Xen. An. 2,
1.106 βασιλεὺς αἰτεῖ τὰ Srda. Mid. Acts
25, 3.15 αἰτούμενοι κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ δίκην. Matt.
27, 20. Mark 15, 6. Luke 23, 25; so Pol.
28. 13. 1 —With two acc. Act. Luke 12,
48. 1 Pet. 3, 15; so Xen. An. 1. 3. 14,16.
—With acc. and παρά τινος Mid. Acts 9, 2.
Sept. 6. παρά τινος for ὩΣ Ἐπ Deut. 10,
12. Pol. 28. 11.7, 10.—Also Mid. with acc.
and inf. Luke 23, 23. Acts 3,14; acc. of
pers. and inf. of object, Acts 13, 28; c.
kaSos κτλ. Mark'15, 8.

αἴτημα; aros, τό, (airéo,) a request,

petition, pr. thing asked for, e. g. from God,

Ἄ
αὐτιὰ

Phil. 4, 6. 1 John ὅ, 1ὅ. Sept. for πον
1 Sam. 1, 17. 27., Ep. Pseudo-Socr. 24.)
Emphat. a requirement, demand, Luke 23,
24. So τὸ τυραννικὸν αἴτημα Plat. Rep.
566. b.

αἰτία, as, ἡ, α cause,i.e. 1. ἃ motive,
reason, why something takes place, Matt.
19, 3 κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν. Luke 8, 47. Acts
10, 21. 23,28. 28, 20; 8¢ ἣν αἰτίαν for
what cause, wherefore, Acts 22, 24. 2'Tim.
1,6. 12. Tit. 1, 13. Heb. 2,11. So 2
Mace. 4, 28. 35 δι᾿ ἣν αἰτίαν. Pol. 4. 76.
5.—Spec. a matter, case, Lat. causa i. q.
res, Matt. 19, 10. So Lat. causa Cic.
Off. 8. 27.

2. Τὴ ἃ forensic sense,e.g. a) acharge,
accusation, Acts 25, 18. 27. Matt. 27, 37.
Mark 15, 26. So Plut. M. Ant. 6 fin.
Xen. Hell. 1. 4.14. Ὁ) fault, guilt, John
18, 38 οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ. 19,
4. 6; αἰτία Savdrov a fault worthy of death
Acts 13, 28. 28,18. Sept. for 1} Gen. 4,
13. So Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 6.

aitlapa, aros, τό, (αἰτιάομαι.) a charge,
accusation, Acts 25, ἢ Rec.—Plut. Corio-
lan. 31. Thue. 5. 72.

> 7 Φ
αὐτιάομαι, ὥμαι, Mid. depon. (airia,)
to accuse, to charge, ὁ. inf. as object, Rom.
3, 9 in Mss.—Plut. Pericl. 29. Xen. Mem.
Las ἃ

αἴτιος, ta, vor, adj. (airia,) pr. causing ;
in N. Τ᾿. used substantively.

1. Mase. 6 αἴτιος, the causer or author
of any thing; αἴτιος τῆς σωτηρίας Heb. 5

9.—Jos. Ant. 3. 3 ϑεὸν...«τῆς σωτηρίας at-
τιον. Luc. Tim. 38. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 34
αἴτιον. ὄντα τοῦ ἔργου.

2. Neut. τὸ αἴτιον, α Cause, i. q. ἡ αἰτία, 6. γι
a) a reason, motive, Acts 19, 40. So Jos.
Ant. 7. 4.1. Xen. An. 4. 1. 17 τὸ αἴτιον
τῆς σπουδῆς. b) fault, guilt, Luke 23, 4.
14; αἴτιον Savdrov v.22. So αἴτιος guilty
Hist. of Sus. 53. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 6,

αἰτίωμα, aros, τό, (αἰτιάομαι,) α charge,
accusation, Acts 25, '7; ἃ later form for
airiapa, received by Griesbach and other
editors.

αἰφνίδιος, i iov, ὃ, 4, adj. (kindr. ἄφνω,
ἀφανής, paive,) unforeseen, sudden, with
he force of an adverb, Luke 21, 34. 1 Thess.
5, 3.—Wisd. 17,5. Hdian. 1. 6. 8. Thue.
4. 125.

αἰχμαλωσία, « as, 7), (αἰχμή; ἅλωσις,
captivity, pr. in war, Rev. 13, 10 εἰς αἰχμα-
λωσίαν. Sept. for »3) Deut. 28, 41. So
Jos. Ant. 10. 4.5. Plut. Themist. 31—

20

av@v

Meton. concr. captives, a captive multitude,
Rev. 13, 10 εἴ τις αἰχμαλωσίαν συνάγει.
Eph. 4, 18 quoted from Ps. 68, 19 where
Sept. for "aj. So Diod. Sic. 17. 70.

αἰχμαλωτεύω, f. evow, (αἰχμάλωτος.)
to make prisoner, to lead captive, c. acc.
Eph. 4, 8. Trop. 2 Tim. 3, 6 Rec.
Sept. for M20 Ps. 68, 19; 728 Ez. 29, 13.
—Constant. Porphyr. Adm. 30. 94. b. Ni-
cet. Annal. 16. ὅς. A late word for the
earlier αἰχμάλωτον ποιεῖν, Lobeck ad Phryn.
Ρ. 442.

αἰχμαλωτίζω, f. ίσω, (αἰχμάλωτος.
to make prisoner, to lead captive, Pass. Luke,
21,24. Sept. for 728 1 K. 8, 36. (Diod.
Sic. 13, 59.). Trop. 2 Tim. 3, 6 in later
editions ; comp. Judith 16, 9 τὸ κάλλος αὐὖ-
τῆς ἠχμαλώτισε ψυχὴν av’tov.—Trop. also
to bring into captiviiy, subjection, 6. g. the
mind or will, c. acc. Rom. 7, 23. 2 Cor.

. 10, 5.—A late word for the earlier αἰχμά-

λωτον ποιεῖν, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 442.

αἰχμάλωτος, ov, 6, ἡ, (αἰχμή, ἁλίσκο-
μαι,) one captured in war, a captive, Luke
4,18 or 19. Sept. for "138 Is. 61, 1—
1 Macc. 2, 9. Hdian. 7. 2. 18. Xen. Cyr.
δ ἘΠῚ

αἰών, ὥνος, 6, poet. ἡ, (kindr. ἀεί, or
perh. from ἄω,) pr. duration, the course or
flow of time, in various relations as deter-
mined by the context, viz. A) For human
life, existence, Hom. Il, 22. 58 αὐτὸς δὲ φί-
Ans αἰῶνος ἀμερϑῇς. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 8 ἥδιον
τὸν αἰῶνα διάγειν, for the more usual τὸν
βίον διάγειν. Plato Gorg, p. 448... Β)
For time indefinite, a period of the world,
the world, in Gr. writers, and also in Sept.
and N. Testament; see below in no, 1.

_C) For endless duration, perpetuity, eter'ni-

ty; 6. 5. a8 distinguished from ὁ χρόνος,
Plato Tim. p. 37. d, εἰκόνα δ᾽ ἐπινοεῖ κινητήν
εὐ τινα ai@vos ποιῆσαι, καὶ διακοσμῶν ἅμα
οὐρανόν, ποιεῖ, μένοντος αἰῶνος ἐν ἑνί, κατ᾽
ἀριϑμὸν ἰοῦσαν αἰώνιον εἰκόνα, τούτον ὃν δὴ
χρόνον ὠνομάκαμεν. Ib. p. 38. 4. Plato Locr.
p- 97. d, οὐ γὰρ ἦν πρὸ κόσμῳ ἄστρα: διόπερ
οὐδ᾽ ἐνιαυτός" οὐδ᾽ ὡρᾶν περίοδοι; αἷς μετρέε-
ται ὁ γεννατὸς κόσμος οὗτος. εἰκὼν δέ ἐστι τῶ
ἀγεννάτω χρόνω, ὃν αἰῶνα ποταγορεύομες,
κτὰ. Diod. Sic. 1. 6,92; see in no. 2. ἃ.
Sept. mostly for Heb. 8249 ‘hidden time,’
duration, eternity»—Hence in N. T. of long-
continued time, indefinite duration, in ac-
cordance with Greek usage, but modified
as to construction and extent by the exam-

ple of the LXX, and the Rabbinic views.
1. Of time indefinite, Lat. evum, an age

ΨΥ πον ΒῪ Ὑ ὑρὴ ὅ

αἰών . 21

or period of the world, the world; see above
in B. Thus ὁ

a) Of time long past, as in Gr. writers,
time immemorial, the olden time, of old, re-
ferring to high antiquity, e.g. ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος
from of old, since the world began, Luke 1,
70 διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων τῶν an’ αἰῶνος
προφητῶν αὑτοῦ. Acts 3,21. 15,18. . Plur.
ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων from past ages, from of
old; Col. 1, 26 τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυ-
μένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων Kal ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν.
Eph. 3,9. So ἴοο ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος, id. John
9, 32 ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἠκούσϑη, i.e. never.
Also πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων, before the ages,
worlds, from eternity, 1 Cor. 2,7; 1. 4. πρὸ
χρόνων αἰωνίων 2 Tim. 1, 9. Tit. 1,2. In

the same sense, Jude 25 πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ"

αἰῶνος, in some editions.—Sept. dz’ αἰῶνος

and ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος for 524372 Gen. 6, 4. 15.

64, 4; also πρὸ αἰώνων for SIP Ps. 55, 19.
Tob. 4,12. So Ail. V. H. 6.13 ἐξ αἰῶνος
καὶ eis éyydvous. Diod. Sic. 4. 83 of the
temple of Venus: μόνον δὲ τοῦτο τὴν ἐξ
αἰῶνος ἀρχὴν λαβόν. Lycurg. 216. 4 ἐξ
ἅπαντος τοῦ αἰῶνος συνηϑροισμένη δόξα.

b) Of time present, according to the
Jewish usage, 6 αἰὼν οὗτος, this age, this
world, the present scene and order of things
in its course or flow, corresponding to the
Rabb. M377 0243, see Buxtorf Lex. 1620.
a) With the idea of evil both moral and
physical, as frailty, transientness, care, cor-
ruption, sin. Matt. 13, 22 ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ
αἰῶνος τούτου. Mark 4, 19; comp. Luke
21, 34. Luke 16, 8 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τού-
tov the sons of this world, worldly men. 20,
34. Hence called αἰὼν πονηρός evil world
Gal. 1, 4; and Satan is said to be ὁ Seds
τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2 Cor. 4,4. So Rom.
12, 2. 1 Cor. 1, 20. 2, 6 bis. 8. 3, 18.
[Eph. 6, 12.] 1 Tim. 6,17. 2 Tim. 4, 10,
Tit. 2,12. Eph. 2,2 κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσ-
μου τούτου according to the course or lapse
of this world, the present age or period of 6
κόσμος, 4. d. as it is wont to go in this world.
In antith. to the future; Matt. 12,32 οὔτε ἐν
τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι, οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, Comp.
Mark 10, 30 where it is ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ.
Eph. 1,21. So Sept. and Heb. 8243 Ece. 3,
11; comp. 8, 17.—The present ag2 or pe-
riod of the world is spoken of as succeeded
by the reign of the Messiah, the world to
come (see in no. 2. Ὁ); hence the end of
the world is sometimes the coming of Christ
and the introduction of the gospel, i. e. the
end of the Jewish dispensation, see in ἔσχα-
ros πὸ, 2. b; 80 ἡ συντέλεια τοῦ αἰῶνος
Matt. 24,3; ἡ συντ. τῶν αἰωνίων Heb. 9,

αἰὼν

26 ; τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰωνίων 1 Cor. 10, 11.
Or also it is referred to his second coming
at the day of judgment; so ἡ συντέλεια
τοῦ αἰῶνος Matt. 13, 39. 40. 49. 28,20 ἐγὼ
peD ὑμῶν εἰμὶ... ἕως τῆς συντ. Tod αἰῶνος.
B) Meton. the world, as created and exist-
ing ; only in Plur. as including the upper and
lower worlds, the heavens and the earth,
the universe; see Winer § 27. 3. Heb. 1,2
δὲ οὗ τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐποίησε 11, 3 πίστει
νοοῦμεν κατηρτίσϑαι τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι
Seod.—So perh. Wisd. 13, 9 εἰ γὰρ τοσοῦ-
τον ἴσχυσαν εἰδέναι, ἵνα δύνωνται στοχάσα-
σθαι τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸν τούτων δεσπότην πῶς
τάχιον οὐχ εὗρον; comp. v. 7. Ecclus. 36,
17. Tob. 13, 6. Greg. Syncell. p. 47 Din-
dorf. 6 βασιλεὺς πάντων τῶν αἰώνων.

2. Put for endless duration, eternity, ever,
everlasting, as in Gr. writers ; see above in
C. Thus

Genr. 1 Tim. 1, 17 τῷ δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν
aigwtov to the king of eternity, the king eter-
nal; the Plur. being here used perh. as
implying eternity both ante and post; see
Winer § 27. 3. So Ecclus. 36,17 [19] σὺ
κύριος εἶ ὁ ϑεὸς τῶν αἰώνων. Tob. 13, 6.10.
Philo de Mund. p. 1157 κύριος βασιλεύων
τῶν αἰώνων. Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6 δέσποτα
παντὸς αἰῶνος. Others in all these pas-
sages take αἰών, αἰῶνες, in the sense of the
world, the universe; see Bleek Hebraerbr.
II. p. 39.—Spec. a) Of eternity ante ;

.Plur. Eph. 3, 11 ἡ σοφία τοῦ ϑεοῦ κατὰ πρό-

Seow τῶν αἰώνων, according to his eternal
purpose, from eternity. So Diod. Sic. 1. 6
ἀπεφήναντο kal τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξ
αἰῶνος ὑπάρχειν. Plato as quoted above in
C. 6) Of eternity post; once simply,
2 Pet. 3, 18 εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος, i.q. εἰς ἡμέ-
ραν αἰώνιον, i. e. time without end, eternal
duration, for ever; comp. Sept. εἰς τὸν aid-
va χρόνον for 2219 ἼΣ Ex. 14,13; M822
Is. 13, 20. Elsewhere only with εἰς, and
always implying duration without end; so
eis τὸν αἰῶνα for ever, spoken of God
and his word 1 Pet. 1, [23]. 25; of Christ’s
priesthood Heb. 5, 6. 6, 20. 7, 17. 21. 24.
28. John 12, 34; of the happiness of the
righteous, John 6, 51. 58. 2 Cor. 9,9. 1
John 2,17. 2 John 2; of the punishment
of the wicked, εἰς αἰῶνα id. 2 Pet. 2, 17.
Jude 13; and so genr. Luke 1, 55 (others
ἕως αἰῶνος). John 8,35 bis. 14, 16. 1 Cor.
8,13. With a negat. never, Matt. 21, 19.
Mark 3, 29 οὐκ ἔχει ἄφεσιν. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.
11, 14. John 4, 14. 8, 51. 52. 10, 28. 1!,
26. 18,8. Sept. for DbI>> Is. 40, 8. 51
8.8; ὈΞῚΡ TZ Deut. 29,29; M3> Jer 50

»,
αἰὼν

39. Is, 28, 28. Ecclus: 18, 1 ὁ ζῶν εἰς τὸν
αἰῶνα sc. Seds. Comp. Lycurg. 211. 19 οὐ
μόνον eis τὸν παρόντα κίνδυνον, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς
ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα κτλ. Diod. Sic. 1, 72 διὰ
τὸν φόβον τῆς... βλασφημίας εἰς ἅπαντα
τὸν αἰῶνα. ibid. 1. 92 ὡς τὸν αἰῶνα διατρί-
Bew μέλλοντος ka δου, spoken of a shade
in Hades.—Plur. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας id. for
ever, comp. οὐρανός and οὐρανοί, σάββατον and
σάββατα, see Winer §27. 3. So of Christ
Luke 1,33 καὶ βασιλεύσει... εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας,
parall. οὐκ ἔσται τέλος. Elsewhere only of
God in ascriptions, [Matt. 6, 13.] Rom. 1,
25. 9, 5. 11,36. 16, 2'7. 2 Cor. 11,31; of
Christ Heb. 13, 8. Sept. for 52192 Ps.
104, 31; B°ADi>> Ps. 77, 8.—Intens. in
Plur. εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων; for
ever and ever; comp. Heb. S"®1p, SIP,
τὰ ἅγια ἁγίων, the holy of holies, see Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 691, 692. Heb. Gr. § 117. Winer
§ 37.2. So of God, in ascriptions, Gal. 1,
5. Phil. 4, 20. 1 Tim. 1, 17. 2 Tim. 4, 18.
1 Pet. 5, 11. Rev. 1,6. 4,9. 10. [5, 14.]
7,12. 10, 6. 15, '7; and so in the still
stronger expression: εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς
τοῦ αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων Eph. 8, 21. Of
Christ Heb. 13, 21. 1 Pet. 4,11. Rev. 1,
18. 5, 13. 11, 15; of the happiness of the
saints in heaven Rev. 22,5; of the punish-
ment of the wicked, Rev. 19, 3. 20, 10;
also εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων id. Rev. 14, 11.
Once Sing. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος id.
Heb. 1, 8, quoted from Ps. 45, 7 where
Sept. for Heb. 721 ὈρὶΣ, So Sept. εἰς
αἰῶνα αἰῶνος for 722 Ps. 19,10. 110, 3.10;
also ἕως αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων Dan. 7, 18.
(Tob. 6, 17 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος.) The
same is εἰς πάντας τοῦς αἰῶνας Jude 25.
b) In the later Jewish and Rabb. usage,
the world to come, always including the idea
of éndless duration, eternity, and corres-
ponding to the Rabb. 82m Dbi>; so Bux-
torf Lex. 1620: “ Mundum futurum, sive
katt 0243, quidam intelligunt mundum, qui
futurus est post destructum hunc mundum
inferiorem, et post resurrectionem hominum
mortuorum, quando animz cum corporibus
suis rursum conjungentur... Quidam per
NAM Odi> intelligunt ΤΡ ΓΙ nin, dies
Messie, quibus scil. venturus Messias, quem
Judi adhuc expectant, quod in hoc mundo
temporaliter regnaturus sit. Vide Abarba-
nel in Pirke Aboth c. 4.” In accordance
with this distinction, the world to come, i. e.
the kingdom of the Messiah, the new gos-
pel dispensation, is regarded as beginning
with the coming of Christ on earth at the
close of the Jewish dispensation ; but as

22

αἰώνιος

fully developed and established in its οἷο:
rious spiritual character only at Christ’s
coming to judgment at the last day ; see in
βασιλεία no. 33 ἔσχατος no. 2.b; and
comp. above in no.1.b.a. E.g. 6 αἰὼν 6
μέλλων, Heb. 6, 5 δυνάμεις re μέλλοντος
αἰῶνος, comp. Heb. 2, 5; so with αἰών impl.
Matt. 12, 32. Eph. 1, 21; ὁ αἰὼν ὁ ἐρχόμε-
vos, Mark 10, 30. Luke 18, 30; 6 αἰὼν
ἐκεῖνος Luke 20, 35. Plur. of αἰῶνες of
ἐπερχόμενοι id. Eph. 2, 7; see above in
lett. a. B.

αἰώνιος, lov, ὃ, 4, adj. (αἰών,) also. fem.
αἰωνία 2 Thess. 2, 16. Heb. 9, 12. Plat.
Tim. 38. b; ever enduring, perpetual, ever-
lasting, corresponding in usage to αἰών q. v.

1. Of time long past and indefinite, of
past ages, primeval, most ancient, of old,
since the world began ; Rom. 16, 25 μυστη-
piov χρόνοις αἰώνιοις σεσιγημένου, the mys-
tery kept secret in the times of old, since the
world began. So πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων be-
fore the times of old, from eternity, 2 Tim.
1, 9. Tit. 1, 25 i. q. πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων 1 Cor.
2,7; see in αἰών no. 1.a. Sept. for pdis
Ps. 77, 6. Prov. 22, 28. Hab. 3, 5.

2. Of endless duration, eternal, everlast-
ing, for ever,e. g. a) Genr. as implying
eternity both ante and post, see in αἰών no.
2. a. So of God, Rom. 16, 26 κατ᾽ ém-
ταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Seod. Of the Spirit which
was in Christ, Heb. 9,14 διὰ πνεύματος ai-
wviov. Sept. eds αἰώνιος for D419 5X Gen.
21, 33. Is. 40, 28. So Baruch 4,8. 10. 14.

| Plato Locr. 96. d, Sedv δὲ τὸν αἰώνιον νόος

ὁρῆ μόνος. b) Elsewhere of the future
without end, eternity post; so genr. τὰ δὲ
μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια, opp. πρόσκαιρα, 2 Cor.
4,18; οἰκία ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 5, 1 ; σκηναί
Luke 16, 9; διαθήκη Heb. 13, 20; λύτρω-
σις 9,125; εὐαγγέλιον Rev. 14, 6; and in
ascription to God, ᾧ τιμὴ καὶ κράτος αἰώνιον
1 Tim. 6, 163; adverbially, Philem. 15 ἵνα
αἰώνιον αὐτὸν ἀπέχῃς, see Buttm. §123. 6.
Κύμη. § 588. Sept. διαθήκη αἰώνιος for
pbi> Gen. 9, 16. 17,7. sep. So Ecclus.
45,15. Jos. Ant. '7. 14. 5 ἡγεμονία αἰωνία.
Diod. Sic. 1. 1, 93 εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον οἴκησιν.
Plato Legg. 904. a, ἀνώλεϑρον δὲ ὃν γενόμε-
νον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ,aidvioy.—Hence of Christ’:
kingdom 2 Pet. 1,11; and of the happiness
of the saints in heaven, in the world to
come, see in αἰών no. 2.b; so σωτηρία αἰώ-
mos Heb. 5, 9; δόξα 2 Cor. 4,17. 2 Tim. .
2,10. 1 Pet. 5,103; παράκλησις 2 Thess.
2,165; κληρονομία Heb. 9, 15; espec. ζωὴ
αἰώνιος, life eternal, Matt. 19, 16. 29. 25,
46. Mark 10, 17. 30. Luke 10, 25. 18, 18.

ακαδαρσία

30. John 8, 1ὅ. 16. 36. 4, 14. 36. 5, 24.
39. 6, 27. 40. 47. 54. 68. 10, 28. 12, 25.
50. 17,2. 3. Acts 13, 46. 48. Rom. 2,7. 5,
21. 6, 22. 23. Gal. 6,8. 1 Tim. 1, 16. 6,
12. 19. Tit. 1,2. 8, 7. 1 John 1, 2. 2, 25.
3,15. 5,11. 13.20. Jude 21. Sept. for
ἘΡῚΡ Dan. 12,2. 2 Macc. 7, 9. Contra,
of the punishment of the wicked, 6. g. κό-
λασις αἰώνιος Matt. 25, 46; κρίσις Mark 3,
29 ; κρίμα Heb. 6,2; ὄλεϑρος 2 Thess. 1,9 ;
πῦρ Matt. 18, 8. 25, 41. Jude 7. Sept.
αἰσχύνη αἰώνιον for D>i> Dan. 12, 2.
ἀκαδαρσία, as, ἡ, (a priv. kaZaipo,)
uncleanness, impurity, filth ; physical, Matt.
23, 27. Sept. for HNav 2 Sam. 11, 4.
Plut. de placit. Philos. 5. 6. Plato Tim. 72.
c.—Moral, mostly as opp. to purity of mind,
chastity, i. q. lewdness, Rom. 1, 24. 6, 19.
2 Cor. 12, 21. Gal. 5,19. Eph. 4,19. 5, 3.
Col. 3, 5. 1 Thess. 4, 7, comp. v. 3. Sept.
for ΤΙΝ 3 Ez. 22, 15. 36, 25. Once of
impure motives, covetousness, 1 Thess. 2,
3, comp’ v. 5. So genr. wickedness, de-
pravity, Dem. 553. 12. Arr. Epict. 4.11. 5.

ἀκαδάρτης, τητος, 7, (a priv. καϑαίρω.)
uncleanness, i. e. lewdness, trop. for idolatry,
Rev. 17,4 Rec. Others ra ἀκάϑαρτα. Not
found in classic writers. :

ἀκάδαρτος, ov, 6, 7), adj. (a priv. καϑαί-
po,) unclean, impure, filthy, pr. not cleansed,
Xen. Eq. 5. 10.—In N. T.

1. Levitically, ceremonially, see Lev. 5,
2; unclean, e. g. of food, Acts 10, 14. 11,
8; of birds Rev. 18,2. See Lev. 11, 456.
Deut. 14, 7sq. where Sept. for av.
Transferred to persons, e. g. heathen, not
Jews, Acts 10,28 ; unbelievers, not connect-
ed with the Christian community, 1 Cor.
7, 14 see in ἁγιάζω and ἅγιος no. 1.2 Cor.
6, 17, quoted from Is. 52,11 where Sept.
for 820.

2. Morally, i. q. lewd, lascivious, Eph. 5,
5. ‘Trop. of idolatry, ra ἀκάθαρτα Rev. 17,
4in later editions ; see in ἀκαϑάρτης. Symm.
for MIP Hos. 4, 14.

3. In a wider sense, wicked, depraved ;
so of unclean or foul spirits, πνεύματα ἀκά-
Yapra, devils, demons, (called also πνεύματα
πονηρά Matt. 12, 45. Luke 7, 21,) Matt.
10, 1. 12,43. Mark 1, 23. 26. 27. 3, 11.
30. 5,2. 8.13. 6,7. 7,25. 9, 25. Luke
4, 33. 36. 6,18. 8,29. 9,42. 11,24. Acts
5, 16.8, 7. Rey. 16,13. 18,23 comp. Sept.
for MN2R Zech. 13,2. So called as the
authors and promoters of all uncleanness,
e. g. lewdness, Tob. 3,8. 6,14, comp. Gen.
6, 2; wickedness, idolatry, Sept. Ps. 96, 5.
Bar. 4, 7. 2 Cor. 4,4; dwelling also in

23 ἀκατάκριτος

unclean places, Bar. 4, 35. Sept. 15. 13,21.
84,14. See in δαιβόνιον no. 2.—So genr.
Sept. for now Is. 6,5: 5x2 Job 15, 16.
Dem. 403. 14. Plato Legg. 716. e, ἀκάϑαρ-
τος... τὴν ψυχὴν 6 γε κακός.
ἀκαιρέομαι, ovpat, (ἄκαιρος, καιρός.) to
lack opportunity, absol. Phil. 4,10. A word
of the later Greek, Lob ad. Phryn. p. 126.

> / ” ,
ἄκαίρως, adv. (ἄκαιρος, καιρός.) unsea-

‘sonably ; 2 'Tim. 4, 2 εὐκαίρως ἀκαίρως in

season and out of season, i. e. for the hear-
ers, whether they will listen or not ; comp.
Ez. 2, 5. 7.—Ecclus. 35, 4 ἀκαίρως μὴ σο-
φίζου. Pluto Tim. 33. a.

ἄκακος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a priv. κακός,)
without evil, i. e.

1. unsuspecting, simple-minded, Rom. 16,
18. Sept. for "mB Prov. 1,4. 14, 15.—
Pol. 3. 98. 5. Plato Alcib. II. 140. «6.

2. harmless, blameless, Heb. 7, 26. Sept.
for fm Job 2, 3. 8, 20.—Plato Tim. 91. d.

dxavYa, ns, ἡ, (kindr. dxi,) a thorn,
thorn-bush, Matt. 7, 16. Luke 6, 44. Heb.
6, 8, comp. Gen. 3, 18 where Sept. for y'ip.
Also σπείρειν v. πεσεῖν ἐπὶ ἀκάνϑας Matt. 13,
7 bis. 22. Mark 4, 7 bis. 18. Luke 8, 7 bis.
14; Sept..om. ἐπὶ ἀκ. for 7'P Jer. 4, 3.
Spec. στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, a crown of
thorns, i. e. of thorn-branches, Matt. 27, 29.
John 19, 2.—Sept. also for mim Cant. 2, 2.
Diod. Sic. 5. 41. Hdot. 2. 96.

ἀκάνδινος, ov, 6, 7), adj. (ἄκανϑα,) made
of thorns, of thorn-branches, Mark 15, 17.
John 19, 5.—H4dot. 2. 96 iords ἀκάνϑινος.

ἄκαρπος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. καρπός.)
unfruitful, barren, e. g. δένδρα ἄκαρπα Jude
12. Sept. Jer. 2,6 ἐν γῇ ἀκάρπῳ. So Pol.
12. 3. 2 xapa.—Trop. unfruitful, yielding
no good fruit of knowledge or virtue, Matt.
13,22. Mark 4,19; or of beneficence 1 Cor.

14, 14. Tit. 3,14. 2 Pet. 1,8. So Eph.

5,11 τὰ ἔργα τὰ ἄκαρπα τοῦ σκότους, the
unfruitful works of darkness, i. e. evil, wick-
ed; opp. 6 καρπὸς τοῦ φωτός (πνεύματος)
in v. 9.—Plato Phedr. 277. a, οἱ λόγοι...
οὐχὶ ἄκαρποι.
ἀκατάγνωστος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (a priv
καταγινώσκω,) not to be condemned, blame-
less, 6. g. discourse, Tit. 2, 8—2 Macc. 4,
47 of persons on trial.

ἀκατακάλυπτος, ov, 5, ἧ, adj. (a priv.
κατακαλύπτω.) unveiled, 1 Cor. 11, 5. 13.—
Sept. Cod. Alex. Lev. 13, 45. Pol. 15. 27. 2.

ἀκατάκριτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. κα-.
raxpive,) uncondemned, Acts 16,37. 22, 25.

ἀκατάλυτος 24

ἀκατάλυτος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. κατα-
λύω,) indissoluble ; hence, enduring, ever-
lasting, Heb. 7, 16.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 10, 31
ἀκατάλυτον κράτος τῆς ἐπαρχίας.

ἀκατάπαυστος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a priv.
καταπαύω,) unceasing, continual, Pol. 4. 17.
4 ἐν ἀκαταπαύστοις στάσεσιν. Diod. Sic.
11. 67.—In N. T. c. gen. not ceasing from
any thing; 2 Pet. 2,14 ὀφϑαλμοὶ dk. ἁμαρ-
rias eyes not ceasing from sin, i. 8. from
lascivious gazing.

ἀκαταστασία, as, ἡ, (dxardoraros,)
pr. instability ; hence disorder, commotion,
tumult, Luké 21, 9. 1 Cor. 14, 38. 2 Cor.
6,5. 12, 20. James 3, 16. Sept. for ΠΡ ΤῺ
Prov. 26, 28.—Tob. 4, 13. Pol. 1. 70. 1.

“AKATATTATOS, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
καϑίσταμαι,) unstable, inconstant, James 1,
8. Sept. for zo Is. 54, 11.—Pol. 7. 4. 6.
Plut. Symp. 7. 10. 1.
᾿ ἀκατάσχετος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
κατέχω!) not to be held fast, unrestrainable,
_ untamable, James 3, 8.—Sept. Job 31, 11.

Diod. Sic. 14. 53,54. Plut. C. Mar. 44. fin.

᾿Ακελδαμά, indec. Aram. 827 >,
the field of blood, the field purchased with
the money for which Judas betrayed Jesus,
and appropriatea as a place of burial for
strangers ; Acts1,19. Now shown on the
south of Jerusalem beyond tae valley of
Hinnom; see Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 524.

ἀκέραιος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (a priv. κεράν-
vupt,) unmixed, simple, as ἡ γῆ Plato Crit.
111. b.—In N. T. trop. simple, blameless,
without guile, Matt. 10,16. Rom. 16, 19.
Phil, 2,15. So Jos. Ant. 1, 2.2 ἀκέραιος
Bios. Diod. Sic. 13. 20. Plato Polit.
268. b.
ἀκλινής, έος, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
κλίνω), not inclining or leaning, Plato Phe-
do 109, a—In N. T. trop. unwavering,
inflexible, firm, Heb. 10, 23. So Symm.
Job 61, 4. Al. V. H. 12. 64 βασιλεία
ἀσφαλὴς καὶ ἀκλινής.
ἀκμάξω, f. dow, (ἀκμή) to be at the
highest point, to be in full bloom or vigour,
to flourish, Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 8. Plato Ax.
, 367. b.—In N. T. to be fully ripe, as fruits
in their best state, absol. Rev. 14,18. So
Plut. Lucull. 31. Xen. Hell. 1. 2. 4.
ἀκμή, ἧς, ἡ, (ἀκή,) a point, edge of a
weapon Pol. 15. 16. 3; of time, life, acme,
Slower, ἐν ἀκμῇ τοῦ βίου. Xen. Cyr. ἤ. 2.20.
—In N. T. only acc. ἀκμήν as Adverb,
for the earlier κατ᾽ ἀκμὴν χρόνου, at this
point of time, i, 6. even now, yet, still, Matt.

ἀκολουδϑέω

15,16. So Pol. 1.13.12. Xen. An. 4.
3.26. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 123.

ἀκοή, ἧς, ἡ, (ἀκούω) 1. the hearing,
i.e. a) Thesense of hearing, 1 Cor. 12,
17 bis. 2 Tim. 4, 3. 4; the act of hearing,
2 Pet. 2, 8. (Ken. Mem. 1. 4. 6.) So by
Hebr. ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε with the hearing ye
shall hear, Matt. 13, 14. Acts 28, 26:
quoted from Is. 6, 9, where Sept. for inf.
absol, 312%. Ὁ) Plur. ai ἀκοαί, the
instrument of hearing, the ears; Mark 7, 35
διηνοίχϑησαν αὐτοῦ ai ἀκοαί. Luke'7,1. Acts
17, 20. Heb. 5, 11 νωϑροὶ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς dull
as to your ears, dull of hearing ; see Winer
§ 31.3. So 2 Mace. 15,39. Plato Epin.
985. c.

2. Meton. what is heard, viz. a) The
thing announced, message, teaching, preach-
ing. John 12, 38 and Rom. 10, 16 τίς ἐπί-
στευσε TH ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν, i. 6. our message,
quoted from Is. 53, 1, where Sept. for
3720. So what is heard, the message heard,
Rom. 10,17 bis. Gal. 3,2. 5 ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως
from the message or preaching of faith, opp.
ἐξ ἔργων νόμου. 1 Thess. 2,13 and Heb. 4, 2
ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς the word of the message,
the word preached. So Xen. Hi. 1. 14.
b) Genr. @ report, rumour, Matt. 4, 24.
14,1. 24,6. Mark 1, 28. 18, 7. Sept. for
nao 2 Sam. 13, 30; yay Jer. 50, 43.
So Dem. 597. 19. Thuc. 2. 41.

ἀκολουδϑέω, &, f. how, (a of unity,
kéAevdos,) to follow, to go with, to accom-
pany any one. a) Genr. and construed
with a dat. Matt. 4,25 καὶ ἠκολούϑησαν
αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί. 8,1. 9, 19. 27. Mark
5, 24. Luke 9,.11. John 11, 31. Acts 12,
8.9. Rev. 14, 4. al. sep. Sept. for 928
band 1 Sam. 25, 42. (Hdian. 6. 7. 17.
Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 26.) Absol. Luke 22, 54.
Acts 21, 36. 1 Cor. 10,4 ἐκ mvevpatixis
dxodovSovens πέτρας, of the spiritual rock
that followed them, i. e. which miraculous-
ly gave them water both at Horeb and
Kadesh ; see Ex. 17, 6. Num. 20, 8 sq.
With μετά τινος Rev. 6, 8; see Lobeck ad
Phryn. p. 353 sq. So Dem. 608.14. Ὁ)
Spec. to follow a teacher, to accompany him
personally, as was usual with the disciples
of Jewish doctors and Greek philosophers,
6. dat. Matt. 4, 20. 22. 9,9. 19, 27. 28.
Mark 1,18. John 1, 41. al. With a negat.
Mark 9, 38; μετά τινος Luke 9, 49 see
above in lett. a. So Sept. ἀκολ. ὀπίσω for
"3M [25 1K. 19, 20.—Also in the sense :
to be or become the disciple of any one as to
faith, doctrine, practice, to follow his teach-
ing, c. dat. Matt. 16,24. Mark 8,34. Luke

ἀκούω 25

9, 23, John 8, 12. 12, 26; with ὀπίσω μου
Matt. 10, 38. [Mark 8, 34.] See above
Sept. 1 K. 19,20. Comp. ἀκολ. τοῖς, νόμοις
2 Mace. 8, 36. Jos. Ant. 4.6.11. 0) to
follow one after another, c. dat. Rev. 14, 8.
9. So Ecclus. Prol. init. ἃ) Of acts,
deeds ; so c. μετά twos, Rev. 14,13 τὰ δὲ
ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουϑεῖ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, their works
do follow them, their good deeds accompany
them to the judgment-seat and receive an
immediate reward. Also of sins, absol.
Rev. 18, 5 Rec. ἠκολούϑησαν, where others
read ἐκολλήθησαν. So Judith 12,2 ra ἦκο-
λουϑηκότα μοι, ‘ things δοροίσρσσις me,’
brought with me. +

ἀκούω, f. ἀκούσομαι, perf. ἀκήκοα; Pass.
perf. ἤκουσμαι, aor. 1 ἠκούσϑην ; Buttm.
ἡ 85. 2. § 98. n. 6. Kiihn. ἢ 222, 223.
Later and less usual is fut. ἀκούσω Matt.
12, 19. 13, 14.15. John 10,6. Sept. Is.
6, 9. Luc. Navig. 11; see Winer § 15.
Passow s. v.— To hear, Sept. everywhere
for 32.

1. Intrans. to hear, to have or recover
the faculty of hearing ; e. g. of those deaf,
Matt. 11, 5 and Luke 7, 22 κωφοὶ ἀκούουσι.
Mark 7, 37. Rom. 11, 8 ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκού-
ew, ears so as not to hear. (Xen. Mem. 4.
8.8. Apol. Socr.6.) So βαρέως ἀκούειν
to hear heavily, to be dull of hearing, Matt.
13, 15. Acts 28, 27.

2. Trans. to hear, to perceive by the ear,
in various constructions both of the object
heard and the person from whom it is heard.
Thus,

a) Genr. in the following constructions :
a) Absol. the thing heard and person being
implied from the context. Matt. 13, 16 καὶ
(μακάρια) τὰ Sra ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἀκούει. v.17.
Mark 4,15. Luke 6, 27. Rom. 10, 14. al.
(Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 3.) . John 9, 27 τί πάλιν
ϑέλετε ἀκούειν. So τοῖς ὦσιν ἀκούειν Matt.
18, 1ὅ. Acts 28,27; ἀκοῇ ἀκούειν Matt.
13, 14. Acts 28, 26, see in dxo no. 1. a;
with its Part. in the like intensive sense,
ἵνα... ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσι Mark 4, 12; see
Winer § 46,10. (Comp. Plut. de Lib. educ.
18 μὴ ἀκούειν ἀκούοντας.) Part. ἀκούσας,
ἀκούσαντες, often thus serves for transition
or connection ; Matt. 2,3 ἀκούσας δὲ Ἡρώ-
dns... ἐταράχϑη. 8, 10. 9,12. John 6, 60.
Acts 4,24. 14,14. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13, 14.)
With παρά τινος of pers. John 1, 41. 6,45.
8) With acc. of object; Matt. 10, 27. 12,
19 οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις... τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ. 13,
17. 19. 20. Luke 1, 41. John 8, 8. Acts 4,
20. 5, 24. 1 John 1,1. al. sep. Luke 23, 6
ἀκούσας Ταλιλαίαν hearing the name Gali-
lee. Eph. 4, 21 εἴγε αὐτὸν Ca ἠκού-

ακουω

care, i. 6. Christ as the sum and substance
of the apostolic preaching. (Dem. 240.12.
Plato Rep. 565. 6.) Pass. Matt. 2,18 φωνὴ
ἠκούσθη. Luke 12, 3. Acts 11,22. Rey.
18,22. Heb. 2,1 τοῖς ἀκουσϑεῖσι sc. ῥήμασι,
i. e. the doctrines heard. With an adjunct of
pers. superadded; e.g. in the genit. Acts
1,4 ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου which ye have heard of
(from) me ; so with ἔκ τινος 2 Cor. 12, 6;
ἀπό twos 1 John 1, 5; παρά τινος pr. with
any one, while with him, John 8, 26. 40. 15,
15. Acts 10,22. 28,22. 2'Tim.1,13 (ὧν by
attr. for ἅ). 2,2. Soc. gen. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.1;
ἔκ twos Hom. Od. 15.3743 ἀπό τινος Thuc.
1.125; παρά τινος Xen. An. 1.2.5. γ) With
genit. of object; Mark 14, 64 ἀκ. τῆς βλασφη-
pias. Luke 6,47 ἀκ. τῶν λόγων. 15, 25.
John 5, 25. 6, 60. Acts '7, 34. 9,7. Heb.
3,'7. Rev. 16,1. al. sep. So Dem. 226. 21.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 135... 8) With genit. of
pers. to hear one speaking, Luke 2, 46. 47.
21, 38. John 3,29. 10,20 ri αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε.

' Acts 22, 22. ἃ]. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 81.) So

with a participle added; as Mark 14, 58
ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, as in Engl.
we heard him saying. Acts 2, 6. 11. Rev.
6, 3. 5. 16, 5.'7; see Winer § 46.1. (Xen.
Qic. 1.1.) With περί τινος of object super-
added, to hear one concerning any thing,
Acts 17, 32. 24,24; comp. Xen. Mem. 4.
8. 4. ε) With ἀπό τινος of pers. and περί
τινος of object ; Acts 9,13 ἀκήκοα ἀπὸ πολ-
λῶν περὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου͵ ¢) With acc.
of pers. and particip. Rev. 5,13 πᾶν κτίσμα

« «ἤκουσα λέγοντας, an example of the
‘constructio ad sensum.’ 7) With ὅτι,
Acts 22, 2 ἀκούσαντες δὲ, 6 ὅτι τῇ Ἕβραΐδι
διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς. So Xen. Hell.
5. 1. 26.

b) Spec. to give ear, to hearken, to listen,
to hear with attention. So in a direct ad-
dress, Imper. ἄκουε, ἀκούετε, hear! absol.
Mark 4, 3; 12, 29. Acts 7,2. 13, 163 acc.
of thing, Acts 2, 22; gen. of pers. Mark 7,
14. (absol. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 16. ib. 7. 2. 11.)
Of those who listen to a teacher ; absol.
Luke 19, 48; acc. of thing Luke 5, 1;
ger. of thing John 12, 47. John 6, 60 ris
δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν, comp. v. 61; gen. of
pers. Mark 6, 20. Luke 15, 1. Rev. 3, 20.
Part. ἀκούοντες hearers, listeners, disciples,
Luke 6, 27.—Spec. . a) i. q. to give heed
to, to hear and obey, with acc. of thing,
Matt. 10, 14 ὃς ἐὰν... μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς.
λόγους ὑμῶν. John 5, 24. Gal. 4,21. Rev.

3; gen. of pers. or of voice, Matt. 17, 5
αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. 18, 15. 16. Mark 6, 11.
Luke 9, 35. 16, 29. 31. John 10, 8. Acts
8, 22, 23. 4,19. 1 John 4, 5.65 so ἀκ. τῆς

δον ὦ
.ακουὼ

φωνῆς id. John 10, 8. 16. 27. 18,37. Sept.
for 2%) Gen. 8, 17. Ex. 16, 20; 2PH
2 Chr. 20, 14. Is. 48,18. (1 Esdr. 5, 69.
6. gen. All. V. H. 3.16. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 1.)
Here belongs the phrase : ὁ ἔχων οὖς (ὦτα),
ἀκούσατω, whosoever hath ears, let him hear,
i. e. give heed and obey, Rev. 2, 7. 11. 17.
29. 3, 6.13.22. 13,9. Matt. 11, 15. 13,
9. Luke 14, 35. Comp. the phrases ὁ ἔχων
νοῦν Rev. 13,18 and ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν Rev.
17, 9. 8) By Hebr. of God, to hear and
answer prayer, i. 4. εἰσακούω, only.in John ;
so c. gen. John 9, 31. 11, 41. 42. 1 John
5,15. So Heb. 32 Sept. εἰσακούω Ps.
10, 17. 28, 2. Comp. Plato Legg. 712.
b. Soph. Ged. R. 903.

c) In a judicial sense, io hear, e. g. testi-
mony, a prisoner, sc. as a judge or magis-
trate ; 8050]. καθὼς ἀκούω; κρίνω John 5, 30 ;
‘with gen. of the person heard Acts 24, 4.
25, 22. 26,3; 6. παρά τινος John 7, 51.
Sept. for sou 2 K. 15, 3.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
2. 14 οἱ δὲ γεραίτεροι ἀκούσαντες éxxpivov-
σιν.

d) Also to hear of a thing, to learn. by
hearing, to be informed, to know, constr. as
above in lett.a. a) Absol. i. 6. without
a case of the object; Mark 6, 14 καὶ ἤκου-
σεν ὁ βασιλεύς... καὶ ἔλεγεν. Rom. 10, 18.
15, 21. Part. Matt. 14, 13. 22, 1. Mark 3,
21. β) With acc. of object; Matt. 11, 2
ἀκ. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Xp. 24,6 and Luke 21, 9
πολέμους κτὰ. Acts 23, 16 τὴν ἐνέδραν. Gal.
1,13. Eph. 1,15. 3,2. Philem 5. James
5, 11. (dian. 4. 4. 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 4.)
With acc. and particip. 3 John 4 iva ἀκούω
τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα ἐν ἀληϑείᾳ περιπατοῦντα. Luke
4, 23. Acts 7, 12. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12 ὅτι
ἀκούει τοὺς πολέμίους προσιόντας ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς.)
Pass. 1 Cor. 5, 1 ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία
fornication is heard of (reported) among
you, I hear of it. Matt. 28,14. Also ace.
with περί τινος, Luke 16, 2 ri τοῦτο ἀκούω
περὶ σοῦ. Luke 9,9. So Xen. An. 7. 7.
30. γὴ With genit. of the object; Rom.
10, 14 πῶς δὲ πιστεύσουσιν, οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν.
So Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 9. δ) With περί
τινος of object ; Mark 5, 27 ἀκούσασα περὶ
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. So Xen. An. 2. 5. 26. ε)
With ὅτι, Matt. 2, 29. 4,12. 5,21. 27.
Mark 16, 11. Luke 1, 58. Gal. 1, 23. Phil.
2, 26. 1 John 2,18. (Xen. Cc. 15. 5.
Vect. 4. 14.) Pass. ὁ. ὅτι, Mark 2, 1.
_ John 9,32: So with ἔκ τινος of the source,
John 12, 34. © With acc. and infin.
1 Cor. 11,18. So Xen, Mem. 3.1.1. η)
With εἰ, followed by the indicative in an
indirect inquiry ; Acts 19, 2 οὐδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα
ἅγιόν ἐστιν ἠκούσαμεν. See Winer ᾧ 42. 4.

20

| ἀκριβῶς

6) Spec. to hear and understand, το com
prehend ; absol. Mark 4, 33 καθὼς ἠδύναντο
ἀκούειν. 1 Cor. 14,2. Sept. for 52 Gen.
11, 7. 42, 23/8. V. H. 13. 45." Por-
phyr. de Abstin. 3. 22. p. 248, “ApaBes
μὲν κοράκων ἀκούουσιν, Τυῤῥηνοὶ δὲ ἀετῶν.
Athen. 9. 888. ἃ, ἔλεγεν ῥήματα ἃ οὐδὲ εἷς

ἤκουσεν ἄν. +

ἀκρασία, as, ἡ, (ἀκρατής,) incontinence,
inabstinence, 1 Cor. 7, 5; also Matt. 23,25
where Griesb. ddixia.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 5
τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισίων ἀκρασίαν. Xen. Mem.
4. 5. 6.

ἀκρατής, gos, ods, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
kpdros,) incontinent, impotens sui, 2 Tim.
3, 3.—Pol. 8. 11. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 12.

“ἄκρατος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (a priv. κεράννυμι,)
unmixed, undiluted, spoken of the wine of
God’s wrath, as strong and intoxicating,
Rey. 14, 10. So Sept. for Ma js
wine of wrath Jer. 25, 15; for an Ps. 75,
9.—Pr. 3 Mace. 5, 2. Xen. An. 5. 4. 29.

ἀκριβεία, as, 7, (ἀκριβής,) exactness,
strictness, extreme accuracy. Acts 22, 3
πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβείαν τοῦ πα-
Tp@ov νόμου, i. 6. instructed in all the exact-
ness, the precise discipline and observance,
of the traditional law.—Ecclus. 42, 4. Jos.
Vit. 38 of (Φαρισαῖοι) περὶ τὰ πάτρια νόμιμα
δοκοῦσι τῶν ἄλλων ἀκριβείᾳ διαφέρειν. Plato
Pheedr. 271. ἃ, πάσῃ ἀκριβείᾳ γράψει.

ἀκριβής, έος, ods, 6; ἧ, adj. (ἄκρος,) pr.
pointed ; hence exact, strict, precise, Jos.
Ant. 2. 5. 1. Plato Rep. 342. d, ὁ ἀκριβὴς
iarpés—In N. 'T’. Superl. ἀκριβέστατος, ἡ,
ov, most exact, strictest; Acts 26, 5 κατὰ
τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν, i. 6. strictest in
the exposition and observance τῶν ἐθῶν καὶ
Cytnparoy in v. 3. (Plato Parm. 134. ¢,
ἔχειν τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην ἐπιστήμην.) Neut.
compar. ἀκριβέστερον as Adv. more ac-
curately, more perfectly, Acts 18, 26. 23, 15.
20. 24,22. So Plato Phil. 57. c.

ἀκριβόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (dxpiBis,) to know
or do accurately, Pol. 20. 22. 7. Plato
Charm. 156. a.—In N. T. to inquire accu-
rately, diligently ; with ace. and παρά τι:ος
Matt. 2,7. 16; comp. ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζω in
v. 8. So Xen. Cie. 20. 10 ἀκριβοῦντες ὡς
γίγνεται. ᾿ :

ἀκριβῶς, ady. (ἀκριβής.) with exact-
ness, accurately, diligently, Matt. 2, 8. Luke
1, 3. Acts 18, 25. Eph. 5, 15. 1 Thess. 5,
2. So Xen. Cie. 2. 3. Plato Rep. 346.
b, d.—Compar. ἀκριβέστερον, see in ἀκρι-
Bis. ;

δὼ
«ἕ
:

ee

ακρις

ἀκρις, idos, ἡ, α locust, Matt. 3,4. Mark
1, 6. Rey. 9,3.'7. Sept. for 7398 Ex. 10,
4.12.13; 33m Lev. 11, 22; pon Jer. 51,
14, 27. al. So Hom. Il. 21. 12. "Theophr.
Fr. 14. 3-5. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 2. p.
343.—Locusts are one of the most terrific
scourges of oriental countries ; see Ex. 10,
12 sq. Joel 1,4. 2,2sq. They are enume-
rated in Lev. 11, 22 among the living things
which are clean, and the use of which for
food was permitted to the Israelites ; comp.
Matt. 1. c. Mark l.c. They are eaten in
the East to the present day ; Niebuhr Ara-
bien p. 171. Burckh. Trav. in Syria p. 239.
Plin. H. Ν. 9. 50. ib. 11. 35. Winer Realw.
art. Heuschrecken.

ἀκροατήριον, iov, τό, (dxpoarns,) Lat.
auditorium, a place of hearing, place of
trial, Acts 25, 23. Among the Greeks
this word denoted the place where authors
recited their works publicly, Arr. Epict. 3.
23. 8. Lat. auditorium was also a place

where public trials were held; see the

lexicons.

ἀκροατής, ov, ὃ, (ἀκροάομαι,) a hearer,
6. g. ἀκροατὴς φωνῆς Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 3.—In
N. T. ἀκροατὴς τοῦ νόμου, τοῦ λόγου, a
hearer of the law, of the word, i. e. one who

merely hears, but does not regard; Rom.
2,13. James 1, 22. 23.25. So Plut. Lu-
cull. 42. Thuc. 2. 35 ἀκροατὴς ξυνειδὼς
καὶ εὔνους.

ἀκροβυστία, as, 7, not found in Gr.
writers ; prob. a corrupt form for the com-
mon ἀκροποσϑία, (ἄκρον, méo%n,) which has
the same signification ; see Aristot. de part.
Anim. 2. 18.

1. the foreskin, prepuce; Acts 11, 3
ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντες having the foreskin,
uncircumcised. Sept. for 5292 Gen. 17,
11. 14. Ley. 12, 13.—Judith 14, 10.

2. Meton. uncircumcision, the state of
being uncircumcised, Rom. 2, 25. 26 ult.
4, 9. 10 bis. 11 bis. 12. 1 Cor. 17, 18. 19.
Gal. 5,6. 6,15. Col. 2,13 ἐν... τῇ dxpo-
βυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς dpov.—Abstr. for concr.
the uncircumcised, the gentiles, opp. ἡ mepi-
τομή the Jews; so Rom. 2, 26 init. 27. 3,
30. Gal. 2,7. Eph. 2,11. Col. 3,11. The
Jews called all other nations in scorn, the
uncircumcised ; Judg. 14, 3. 15, 18. Is.
52, 1.

ἀκρογωνιαῖος, aia, atov, (ἄκρον, γωνία,)
forming the extreme corner; only of a
stone, ὁ AiZos, a corner-stone, laid first at
the foundation, and on which, as it were,
the whole building rests ; spoken of Christ,
Eph. 2,20. 1 Pet. 2, 6 quoted from Is. 28,

27

»
ακὼν

16, where Sept. for 728 jA8; comp. Job
38, 6. (Barnab. Ep. c. 6.) The same is
Heb. 738 BN, Sept. κεφαλὴ γωνίας, Ps.
118, 22; comp. Matt. 21, 42. Mark 12, 10.
Luke 20, 17. Acts 4, 11. 1 Pet. 2,7. The
word SX" here refers to the head or point
where two walls meet; not to the highest
point or coping; see Heb. Lex. ©" no. 4.

ἀκροδίνιον, ίου, τό, (ἄκρον, Sis,) mostly
in Plur, τὰ ἀκροδίνεα, pr. the top of the
heap, put for the first fruits of grain or
other things offered to the gods; Hesych.
ἀκροδίνιον: ἀπαρχὴ τῶν ϑινῶν' Sives δέ εἰσιν
οἱ σωροὶ τῶν πυρῶν καὶ κριθῶν. Schol. ad
Eurip. Phen. 218. [210.]—In N. T. Plur.
the first of the spoils, Heb. 7, 4. In Gre-
cian armies a portion of the spoils was con-
secrated to the gods before the remainder
was divided; this was called τὰ ἀκροϑί-
ma; see Potter’s Gr. Ant. II. p. 107, 108.
Dict. of Antt. art. Donaria. So Hdot. 8.
121,122. Xen. Cyr. 7.5.35. Sing. Plato
Legg. 946. b.

ἄκρος, a, ον, (ἀκή.) pr. ‘ what is at the
end,’ extreme, uttermost, highest, Xen. Ven.
8. 4. ib. 5. 10.—In N. T. only Neut. τὸ
ἄκρον as Subst. a point, end, extremity,
Matt. 24, 31. Mark 13, 27. Luke 16, 24.
Heb. 11,21. Sept. for ΠᾺΡ Deut. 4, 32.
Is. 18, 5. So Pol. 1. 42. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7.
3. 5.

᾿Ακύλας, ov, 6, Aquila, pr. τι. of a Jew
born in Pontus, who with his wife Priscilla
was banished from Rome with the other
Jews by a decree of Claudius ; comp. Suet.
Claud. c. 25. Being tent-makers, they es-
tablished themselves at Corinth, where Paul
joined them; and they would seem to have
been converted under his preaching. They
accompanied Paul from Corinth to Ephesus;
and were afterwards in Rome. Acts 18, 2.
18. 26. Rom. 16, 3. 1 Cor. 16,19. 2 Tim.
4, 19.

ἀκυρόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ἄκυρος ; a priv. κῦ-
ρος,) to invalidate, to make of no effect, te
annul, c. acc. ἐντολήν Matt. 15, 6; λόγον
Mark 7, 18; διαθήκην Gal. 3, 17. Comp.
Sept. Prov. 1, 26.—1 Esdr. 6, 32. Diod.,
Sic. 16. 24.. Plut. Lycurg. 9.

ἀκωλύτως, adv. (a priv. κωλύω,) with
out hindrance, Acts 28, 31.—Hdian. 8. 2. 1.
Plato Crat. 415. d.

ἄκων, ovea, ov, adj. (for ἀέκων; a priv.
ἑκών,) unwilling, of one who acts against
his will, not spontaneously, 1 Cor. 9, 17.—
Sept. Job 14,17. Plut. Pomp. 32 fin. Xen
Mem. 2. 1. 17.

ἀλάβαστρον

ἀλάβαστρον, ov, τό, (also ὁ ἀλάβα-
atpos,) alabaster, compact gypsum, the
alabastritos of Pliny, sometimes called also
onyx, as having the colour of the human
Hdian. 3. 15. 16. Pliny H. N. 3.3. The
ancients used it for perfume-vases, in
the form of vials with long necks, the
mouths of which. were sealed; ‘ unguenta
optime servantur in alabastris’ Plin. H. N.
13. 3, Poll. Onom, 10. § 120. Hence, an
alabaster, pr. a box or vase of alabaster for

perfumes, Hdot. 3. 20. Athen. 6. 19. ib. |
15. 13.—In N. T. in a wider sense, an.

alabaster, genr. for a perfume-vase, an un-
guent-box, made of any materials, as gold,
glass, stone; Matt. 26,'7. Mark 14, 3 bis.
Luke 7, 37. In Mark 14, 3, the woman
breaks the neck of the vase. So genr, Al.
V. H. 12. 18. Theocr. Id. 15. 114 χρύ-
σεια ἀλάβαστρα. Etym. Magn. ἀλάβαστρον"

oneton τα τὶ ἐξ ὑέλου, ἢ μυροϑήκη. See Poll.
n

ἀλαζονεία, as, ἡ, (ἀλαζών,) boasting,

ostentation, pride, James 4, 16. 1 John 2,

16.—Wisd. 5, 8. Pol. 5. 33.8. Xen. Mem.

ΝΣ
ἀλαζών, ovos, ὃ, kindr, ἄλη,) α boaster,
braggart, Rom. 1, 30. 2. Tim. 3,2. Sept.
for s"m Hab. 2, b+Hdian. 6.2.15. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 2. 12, where ὁ ἀλαζών is defined.
ἀλαλάξω, f. ἄξω, (ἀλαλή.) to shout
ἀλαλή, to raise the battle-cry, Sept. for 2775
Josh. 6, 20. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 9; hence
genr. to utter a cry, to cry aloud, 6. g. in joy,
to shout, Sept. for ΘΠ Ps. 47, 2. 66, 1.
Judith 14,9. Soph. Ant. 133.—In N. T.
1. Of mournful cries, to lament aloud, to
wail, absol. Mark 5, 38. Sept. for d»bon
Jer. 25, 34. 47, 2.—Eurip. Elect. 848; of
a host in flight, Plut. Lucull. 28.
2. Of cymbals, Part. neut.. draddfor,
clanging, clattering, 1 Cor. 13, 1.
ἀλάλητος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv. λαλέω,)
unspoken, unutterable, not to be expressed
in words, Rom. 8, 26.—Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac.
Il. P. 74. jal
ἄλαλος, ου, ὃ, ἧ; 86]. (α ῥᾶν; λάλος,
λαλέω,) speechless, mute, dumb, Mark, '7, 37
motet...Tovs ἀλάλους λαλεῖν. Symm. for
pbx Hab. 2, 18.—Also πνεῦμα ἄλαλον a
dumb spirit Mark 9, 17. 25, i.e. obstinately
silent, contrary to their usual. character,
comp. Mark 1, 24. 34. 5, 7. Luke 4, 34.
"8,28. So Plut. de defect. Orac. 51 ἀλάλου
kal κακοῦ πνεύματος πλήρης.
ἅλας, τό, dat. ari, (in the usage of
common life for ὁ ἅλς,) salt, Matt. 5, 13.

28

᾿Αλέξανδρος

Mark 9, 49. 50 bis. Luke 14, 34 bis. Sept.
for mbx3 Lev. 2,13. Judg. 9,45. al—Trop.
as salt preserves and seasons food, so the

apostles were to have a wisdom from above

to direct their lives and teachings, so as to
save themselves and others; Matt. 5, 13
ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς. Mark 9, 50 ult.
Col. 4, 6 λόγος... ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος. Comp.
Diog. Laert. 8. 1. 19.

ἀλείφω, f. ψω, (a copul. λίπος,) to οἵηί,
to anoint, c. acc. τὴν κεφαλήν Matt. 6, 17.
Luke 7, 46; τοὺς πόδας Luke 7, 38. 46.
John 12, 3; τὸν κύριον, i. 6. his feet John
11,2; the sick Mark 6,13. James 5, 14;
a dead body, Mark 16,1. Sept. for mua
Gen. 31,135; 71> 2 Sam. 12,20. So Ju-
dith 16,8. ‘Al. V. H. 8. 38. Xen. Mie.
10. 5.—The Jews anointed the head at their
feasts in token of rejoicing ; see Ps. 23, 5.
45, 8. 104, 15. Ecc. 9, 8. Judith 16, 8.
The anointing of the feet was unusual ;
and testified to extraordinary respect and
devotedness. In respect to a dead body,
comp. Gen. 50,2. John 19, 40. For the
sick, and also genr. see Lightfoot Hor. Heb.
ad Matt. 6, 17 et Mar. 6, 13.

ἀλεκτοροφωνία, as, ἡ, (ἀλέκτωρ, φωνή.)
on the form.sce Lob, ad Phryn. p. 229;
cock-crowing, pr. Ausop. Fab. '79.—In N. T.
cock-crowing, the third watch of the night,
from midnight to cock-crowing or dawn,
Mark 13, 35; see in art. φυλακή. So Ni-
ceph. Greg. 9. 14. p. 284. c.

ἀλέκτωρ, opos, 6, (ἄλεκτρος, λέκτρον,)
a poetic form, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 229 ;
a cock, gallus; Matt. 26, 34. 74. '75. Mark
14, 30. 68. 72 bis. Luke 22, 34. 60. 61.
John 13, 38. 18, 2'7.—Aristoph. Vesp. 1490.
isch. Agam. 1656.

᾿Αλεξανδρεύς, έως, 6, an Alexandrian,
i. 6. a Jew of Alexandria in Egypt, Acts 6,"

9. 18,24. Alexandria was much frequented

‘by the Jews, so that 10,000 of them are said

to have been numbered among its inhabit-
ants ; Philo. in Flace. p. 971. c. Jos. Ant.
19. 5. 2.

᾿Αλεξανδρῖνος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. Alexan-
drian, spoken of a ship of Alexandria in
Egypt, Acts 27, 6. 28, 11. -

᾿Αλέξανδρος, ov, 6, Alexander, pr. n
a) Aman whose father Simon was com-
pelled to bear the cross of Jesus, Mark 15,
21. Ὁ) A former high priest, Acts 4, 6.
0) A certain Jew of Ephesus, Acts 19, 33
bis. d) A brazier or coppersmith, χαλκεύς,
1 Tim. 1, 30. 2'Tim. 4, 14. ᾿

παν Ννιωδιννδνμι κ. 1 ὦ.

ἄλευρον

ἄλευρον, ov, τό, (ἀλέω,) flour, fine meal,
Matt. 13, 33. Luke 13,21. Sept. for map
Num. 5, 15. Judg. 6, 19.—Plut. Agesi. 36

pen. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 5. ;
* ἀλήϑεια, as, ἡ, (ἀληϑής 4. Vv.) truth,
reality, opp. to what is false, unreal

1. Genr. the truth, conformity to the na-
ture and reality of things. a) Absol. of
what is true in itself; Rom. 2,2 τὸ κρίμα
τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐστι κατὰ ἀλήϑειαν. Opp. to mere
appearance, pretext, form; Phil. 1, 18 εἴτε
προφάσει εἴτε ἀληϑείᾳ Χριστὸς καταγγέλλε-

ται. 1 John 83, 18. So John 4, 23. 24 ἐν᾿

πνεύματι καὶ ἀληϑείᾳ Set προσκυνεῖν, in spi-
rit and in truth, i. e. with the heart and
with that true worship of which the exter-
nal form is but the symbol; comp. Heb.
10, 1. 9, 9 sq. 23. 24; see also Sept. and
Mas 1 Sam. 12, 24. 1K. 2,4. 3,6. So
Xen. An. 7.7.24. Plato Legg. 730. b.
b) In relation to what is spoken, declared,
taught, known; so λέγειν v. λαλεῖν τὴν
ἀλήϑειαν, to speak the truth; 1 'Tim. 2,7
ἀλήϑειαν λέγω, οὐ ψεύδομαι. John 16, 7.
Rom. 9,1. Eph. 4,25. Mark 5, 33 εἶπεν
αὐτῷ π. τὴν ἀλήδειαν. John ὅ, 838. 2 Cor.
12, 6 ἀλ. γὰρ ἐρῶ. Acts 26, 25. 2 Cor. 7,
14 ult. So ἐν ἀληϑείᾳ in truth, truly, ac-
cording to the truth, Matt. 22,16. 2 Cor.
7, 14. Col. 1, 65 ἐπ᾽ ἀληϑείας id. Mark 12,
14. 32. Luke 20, 21; emphat. of α truth,
truly, Luke 4, 25. 22, 59. Acts 4, 27. 10,
34. Sept. for max 2 Chr. 18,15. 1 K. 22,
16. Sept. ἐπ᾽ ἀληϑείας for pyax Job 9, 2.
So Xen. Mem. 2. 6.36. Plato ‘Apol. 20. d.
33.c. c) Meton. truthfulness, the love
and practice of truth, sincerity, faithfulness.
John 8, 44 bis, ἐν τῇ ἀληϑείᾳ, οὐχ ἕστηχεν,
ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήϑεια ἐν αὐτῷ, he abode not
in the truth: (as a rule of duty), because
there is no love of truth in him. Rom. 3,7
ἡ ἀλήϑεια τοῦ Seod the truthfulness of God,
comp. v. 3. 4. Rom. 15, 8. 1 Cor. 5, 8.
2 Cor. 11,10. Eph. 5,9. Sept. for max
Josh. 2, 14; mavay. Ps. 36, 5. So Ecclus.
7, 20.

2. Spec. in N. T. divine truth, religious
truth, the faith and practice of the true reli-
gion ; so called as proceeding from the true
God and declaring what is true of himself
and of his counsels and will. Thus a) In
᾿ respect to God; John 1, 14. 17 ἡ χάρις καὶ
ἡ ἀλήϑεια διὰ 1. X. ἐγένετο, i, 6. the grace
or love of God and the truth of God’s being,
character, and will, as fully revealed in the
gospel; see v.18. Rom. 1,18, comp. v.19.
20; see in ἀδικία b. Rom. 1, 25 τὴν ἀλ. τοῦ
3eov, the true being and character of God.

29 ἀληϑευω

So ἀλήϑεια of God 1 Esdr. 4, 33-11. 0)
Of Christ ; John 14, 6 ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ 68ds καὶ
ἡ GA. καὶ ἡ ζωή Iam the way and the truth
and the life, i.e. 1 am the way to the Father
as being the personal manifestation of the
truth and life which are in him; comp. Heb.
10, 19. 20. ὁ) Of the Spirit; John 14,17
τὸ πνεῦμα THs ἀληϑείας the Spirit of truth, i.e.
the Spirit of God, which itself is truth, and
reveals all truth and guides believers into it.
John 15, 26. 16, 13 bis, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς GA.
ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήϑειαν. 1
John 4,6. ὅ,6. ἀ) Of the truth,shadowed
forth in the Mosaic dispensation, i. e. ἡ μόρ-
poois...THs ἀληϑείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Rom. 2,
20. 6) Of the truth of God as revealed in
the gospel, gospel truth, as opp. to heathen
and Jewish fables ; John 8, 32 bis, καὶ γνώ-
σεσϑε τὴν Gd. καὶ ἡ GX. ἐλευϑερώσει ὑμᾶς.
v.40 τὴν ἀλ: ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ
τοῦ ϑεοῦ. v. 45. 46. 17, 17 bis, ἁγίασαν αὐ-
τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου" ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλή-
Seud ἐστι, sanctify (and consecrate) them in
thy truth, in and through their relation to
thy truth as believers and preachers, see v.
18. John 17, 19. 18, 37 bis. 38 τί ἐστιν
ἀλήϑεια what is truth? referring to religious
truth. Rom. 2, 8. 2 Cor. 4, 2. 13, 8 bis.
Gal. [3, 1.] 5, 7.. Eph. 4, 21. 24 ἐν...
ὁσιότητι τῆς GAnSeias in... holiness of the
truth, such as the gospel requires and im-

parts. Eph. 6,14. 2 Thess. 2, 10. 12. 13.

1 Tim. 2, 4.7 ult. 3,15. 4,3. 6,5. 2 Tim.
9, 18. 25. 3,7. 8.4, 4. Tit. 1, 1. 14. .
Heb. 10, 26. James 3, 14. 1 Pet. 1, 22.
2 Pet. 1,12. 2,2. 1John 1, 8. 2, 4. 21 bis.
3,19. 2 John 1 bis. 2. 3. 3 John 1. 8. 12
tm αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληϑείας by the truth itself,
personified. So ἡ ἀλήϑεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου
the truth of the gospel as fully understood
and received, Gal. 2, 5.14. Col. 1,5; ὁ λό-
γος τῆς ἀληϑείας the word of the truth, the
doctrine and. preaching of the gospel, Eph.
1, 13. Col. 1, 5. 2 Tim. 2, 15; λόγος ἀλη-
Seias id. 2 Cor. 6,7. James 1, 18. So Heb.
MAN, Sept. ἀλήϑεια, the true religion, Ps.
25, 5. 26, 3. 86,11. Dan. 9,13. Ὁ) Of
practical truth, a life and conduct conformed
to the truth of the gospel; John 3,21 ὁ δὲ
ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήϑειαν but he that doeth the truth
practises it, lives according to it; opp. ὁ
φαῦλα πράσσων in y. 20. 1 John 1,6. 1
Cor. 13, 6 opp. 7 ἀδικία. James 5,19. 2 John
4, 3. John 3 bis. 4. So Sept. for M372,

opp. ἀδικία, Ps, 119, 30; bin Prov. 28, 6.

ἀληδεύω, f. εύσω, (ἀληϑής,) to be truth~
ful, to deal truthfully, in word and deed,
Eph. 4, 15; ο. dat. to or with any one Gal

αληδής

4,16. Sept. for M8 28 Gen. 42,16. Sept.
Prov. 21, 3.—Plut. de cap. ex inimic. Util.
4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 36. Comp. Plato De-
mod. 383 ὁ, πότερον ἀληϑεύει, ἢ ψεύδεται.

adn, gos, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
λήϑω,) pr. unconcealed, open; hence true,
real, opp. to false, unreal.

1. Genr. true, conformed to the nature
and reality of things, e.g. a) Of what is
true in itself, opp. to what is mere appear-
ance ; Acts 12, 9 οὐκ ἥδει, ὅτι ἀληϑές ἐστι
τὸ γινόμενον. So Plato Pheedr. 69. Ὁ, ἀλη-
Sis ἀρετῆι. Ὁ) Of what is spoken, de-
clared, testified, ete. John 4, 18 τοῦτο
ἀληδὲς εἴρηκας. 10, 41. 19, 35; so of a
proverb 2 Pet. 2,22. Of testimony, ἡ μαρ-
rupia, John 5, 32. 8, 14. 21,24.’ Tit. 1,13.
3 John 12; and hence of what is to be re-
ceived as true, valid, credible, John 5,31. 8,
13.17. Sept. for M28 Deut. 17,4. So Xen.
(Kc. 8.21. ο) Meton. truthful, loving and
practising the truth, sincere, faithful ; Matt.
22,16. Mark 12,14. 2 Cor. 6,8 ὡς πλάνοι,
καὶ ddn&eis. So Plato Hipp. min. 368. e.

2. Spec. in N. T. true in a religious
sense, conformed to the being and charac-
ter of the true God, and to the faith and
practice of the true religion. a) Of God
and his gifts, 6. g. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Seod 1 Pet.
5, 12; also truthful, faithful to his word
and promises, John 3, 33. 8, 26. Rom. 3,
4. So Wisd. 1,6. Ὁ) Of Christ and his
decisions ; John 8, 16 ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθής
ἐστιν, Opp. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα in v. 15; so of
his anointing or teaching 1 John 2,27; of his

pody as the true bread of life, John 6, 55 bis, °

Lachm. 0) In relation to the gospel and
its truth; Phil. 4,8 ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀληδῇ, i. 6.
conformed to the truth of the gospel. So
ἐντολὴ καινή 1 John 2,8. ἃ) Ofa person
whose conduct is thus conformed; John 7,
18 οὗτος ἀληϑής ἐστι, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ
ἔστιν. Sept. for M28 2 Chr. 31,20; p's
Is. 41, 26.

ἀληδινός, ἡ, dv, (ἀλησής,) true, real ;
opp. to false, unreal.

1. Genr. true, as conformed to the na-
ture and reality of things, not false; so ὁ
λόγος John 4, 37; of λόγοι Rev. 19, 9. 21,
5. 22,65; ἡ μαρτυρία John 19, 35. Sept.
λόγος aX. for ™28 1K. 10, 6. Dan. 10, 1.
—Zl. V. H. 2.3. Plato Rep. 522. a, λόγος
ἀληϑινός.

2. Spec. in Ν. T. true in a τοὶ ρίουβ.

* sense, conformed to the being and charac-
ter of the true God, and to the faith and
practice of the true religion; e.g. 8) Of
_ God, John 7, 28 ἔστιν ee ὁ πέμψας

30 ἁλιεύω

με. 17,3 τὸν μόνον ἀληϑινὸν ϑεόν. 1 Thess.
1, 9. [Heb. 9, 14.] 1 John 5, 20 ter. Rev.
6,10. So of God’s ways, αἱ ὁδοί Rev. 15,
3; his judgments, ai κρίσεις Rev. 16, 7.
19,2. Sept. ὁ Seds ὁ dAnSwds for P28 ἃ
Is. 65, 163; also κρίσις ad. for M28 Is.
59,4. Ὁ) Of Christ, the Messiah, Rev. 3,
7.14, 19,115 of his decisions [John 8, 16].
Trop. as τὸ. φῶς τὸ ἀληϑινόν John 1, 9;
also ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληϑινή John 15,1; comp.
Jer. 2,21. 0) In relation to the gospel,
true as being conformed to the gospel and
its truth; so Luke 16,11 τὸ ἀληϑινόν

‘the true good, opp. to this world’s goods.

Trop. τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληϑινόν the true light of
the gospel 1 John 2,8; ὁ ἄρτος rod odpa-
νοῦ the true bread from heaven, opp. to the
manna, John 6, 32; ἡ σκηνὴ ἡ ἀληδινή Heb.
8, 2, and τὰ ἅγια τὰ ἀληϑινά 9, 24, the true
tabernacle or sanctuary in heaven, from
which those on earth were copied ; comp.
Heb. 8, 5. Rev. 11, 19. 15,5; also Wisd.
9, 8. Ecclus. 24, 8-12. 4) Of persons,
whose heart and life are conformed to the
gospel truth, true, sincere, faithful; e. g.
John 4, 23 of dAnSwol προσκυνηταί, comp.
in ἀλήϑεια no. 1. a. So of the heart, Heb.
10, 22.

ἀλήδω, f. ἀλήσω, a later pres. form for
Att. ἀλέω, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 151 ; to grind,
with a hand-mill, absol. Matt. 24,41. Luke
17,35. Sept. for | Judg. 16, 21. Ecc.
12,3. So Diod. Sic. 8: 13.—The grinding
in the east was mostly done by female
slaves: see Ex. 11, 5. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 181.

ἀληδῶς, ady. (ἀληϑής) truly, in very
truth, i. e. really, in very deed; John 1, 48
ἴδε, ddnBGs Ἰσραηλίτης. 4, 42. 6, 14. 55
bis. ['7, 26 dd. ὁ Xp.] 7,40. 8,31. 1 Thess.
2,13. 1 John 2,5. Sept. for 728 Gen.
20,12. So Hdian. 8. 3. 21. Plato Rep.
490. d—Hence truly, certainly, in very
truth; John 7, 26 ἀληϑῶς ἔγνωσαν. 17, 8.
Acts 12,11. Emphat. before a declaration,
truly, of a truth, verily, Matt. 14, 33. 26,'73.
_ 27, 54. Mark 14,70. 15, 39; with λέγω,
Luke 9, 27. 12, 44. 21,3. Sept. for j28
Jer. 28, 6. :

ἁλιεύς, ἕως, ὁ, (GAs, ἅλιος.) a fisher,
Jisherman, Luke 5,2; trop. Matt. 4, 18. 19.
Mark 1, 16. 17. Sept. for 453 Jer. 16, 16;
393 Ez. 47, 11.—Plut. M. Anton. 29, Xen.
Ce. 16. 7.

ἁλιεύω, f. εύσω, (ἁλιεύς, to fish, absol.
John 21,3. Sept. for 33 Jer. 16, 16.—
Luc. Piscat. 47. Plut. M. Anton. 29.

ΡΥ τ

ἘΣ ee a a a Tee Ρο

. $322. 6. Id. Ausf, Gr. 741.

ἁλίζω

ἁλίζω, f. ἰσω, (ἅλς,) to salt, to sprinkle
or season with salt; only Pass. Matt. 5, 13
ἐν rin ἁλισϑήσεται, wherewith shall it (the
salt) be salted, i. e. recovered, made salt
again; comp. Mark 9, 50.—Trop. Mark 9,
49 bis, πᾶς yap πυρὶ ἁλισϑήσεται, καὶ πᾶσα
ϑυσία ἁλὶ ἁλισϑήσεται, for every one shall
be salted with fire, and every sacrifice shall
be Salled with salt. Since ἁλισθήσεται ex-
presses only a salting or seasoning in order
to preserve and make better, it follows that
τὸ πῦρ cannot here be the fire of eternal
punishment as in vv. 43-48, but rather the
purifying fire of the trials and conflicts of
the Christian life, including the self-denial
required in vv. 43-48; comp. 1 Pet. 1, 7.
Is. 10, 16. 17; and πᾶς therefore stands for
every one who is approved, every Christian.
Hence we may paraphrase thus: Every be-
liever shall be salted, seasoned, made accept-
able to God, with the fire of conflict and
trial; and every sacrifice, every one who
consecrates himself, shall be salted with the
salt of wisdom from above; see in ἅλας.
The last clause is quoted from Lev. 2, 13,
where Sept. pr. for n>ym ΓΒ ΒΞ,

ἀλίσγημα, ατος, τό, (ἀλισγέω,) @ pol-
lution, an abomination, any thing polluted,
abominable; once Acts 15, 20 τοῦ ἀπέχε-
ota ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων,
i. 4. εἰδωλόϑυτα in v. 29; i.e. the flesh of
victims offered to idols, which remained over
and was eaten by the worshippers, or was
sometimes sold in the markets; see Hom.
Od. 3. 470. Theophr. Char. 10. 1 Cor. 10,
25. Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 232 sq. Dict. of
Antt. art. Sacrificium. To partake of this
knowingly was unlawful to the Jews, and
was prohibited to Christians; Ps. 106, 28.
Acts 15, 29. 1 Cor. 10, 20 sq. Rev. 2, 14.
Lightfoot and Schéttgen Hor. Heb. ad 1
Cor. c. 8.—Hesych. ἀλισγημάτων' τῆς pe-
ταλήψεως τῶν μιαρῶν ϑυσιῶν. Not found
elsewhere. The verb ἀλισγέω is found
only in Sept. for >&4 Dan. 1, 8. Mal. 1, 7.
12; also Ecclus. 40, 29.

ἀλλά, part. adversative, but; pr. for
ἄλλα, neut. plur. of ἄλλος, and serving to
introduce a clause or sentence expressing
something else. According to the nature
of the preceding clause, ἀλλά marks either
the direct contrary and opposite of that
clause, as after a negative ; or it indicates
only something different from what the first
clause expresses, and thus serves to modify
or limit it. See Buttm. §149. 16. Kiihner
Rarely found
in Sept.

ee ee eS ies Be ks F

91

. 84. Mark 9, 8. 37. 10, 8.

ἀλλά

1. After a negat. clause it marks the
contrary, but, but on-the contrary, Germ.
sondern. Once with τοὐναντίον added, Gal.
2,'7 ἐμοὶ of δοκοῦντες οὐδὲν προσανέϑεντο,
ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἴδοντες κτλ.

a) Genr. Matt. ὅ, 17 οὐκ ἦλϑον καταλῦ-
σαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. V. 39. 7,21. 10, 20.
13, 11. Luke
20, 38. John 3, 15. 36. 10,18. 11, 51. Acts
5, 4. Rom. 2, 13. 29. 1 Cor. 2,4. 5. 2 Cor.
2,4. 3,3. Heb. 9, 24. al. sepiss. (Plato
Gorg. 452. 6, οὐχ αὑτῷ, ἀλλὰ σοί. Xen. Hi.
1. 8 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει ταῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ κτλ.) Some- .
times in the clause after ἀλλά there is a
species of anacoluthon, e. g. in Paul’s writ-
ings where he introduces a scriptural quo-
tation, as Rom. 15,3 καὶ ὁ Xp. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ
ἤρεσεν, ἀλλά, Kaas γέγραπται " of ὀνειδισμοὶ
κτὰ. vy. 31. 1 Cor. 2,9; see Winer § 64.
II. 2. d, ult. In other cases the verb after
ἀλλά is to be supplied ; Matt. 20, 23 οὐκ
ἔστιν ἐμοὶ δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται κτλ.
supply δοϑήσεται. Mark 10, 40. John 1, 8.
9,3. Eph. 4,29. Sometimes the idea to
be supplied is the opposite of that in the
first clause ; 1 Cor. 7, 19 ἡ περιτομὴ οὐδέν
ἐστι... . ἀλλὰ τήρησις ἐντολῶν ϑεοῦ sc. ἐστί
τι. See Winer §66. 1.—The negative of
the preceding clause may be expressed by
an interrogative implying negation; e. g.
John 7, 48. 49 μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπί-
στευσεν εἰς αὐτόν ;.... ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος
κτὰ. 1 Cor. 10, 19. 20; so too Luke 17, 7.
8, where ἀλλά is followed by an interroga-
tion implying an affirmative.

b) Emphat. when preceded by οὐ μόνον,
so that οὐ pdvov...ddAd, not only ... but,
marks gradation ; John 11, 52 καὶ οὐχ ὑπὲρ
τοῦ eSvovs μόνον, GAN ἵνα καὶ κτὰ. 12, 9.
Acts 19,26. 1 John 5,63; with πολλῷ μᾶλ-
λον added Phil. 2, 12. (So- without καί,.
Hdian. 3. 4. 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 2. Plato
Phedr. 228. a, od μόνον dma€ ... ἀλλὰ πολ-
Adxis.) In like manner with καί, 6. g. od
μόνον... ἀλλὰ καί, not only... but also,
Matt. 21,21. John 5,18. Rom. 1, 32. 5,11.
8, 23. 9,10. 2 Cor. 7, 7. 8, 10. 19. 9, 12.
Phil. 2, 27. 2 Tim. 4, 8. 1 John 2,2. So
Luc. D. Deor. 6. 3. Plato Gorg. 449. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.17. See in no. 3. 6.

2. After a clause not negative, ἀλλά is
i. q. but, Germ. aber, and marks something
different, but not contrary ; implying a mo-
dification or limitation of what the first
clause expresses, or a transition to some- ᾿
thing else. See Kiihner ᾧ 392. 6. Ausf. Gr.
§741. 3.

a) Genr. as modifying, limiting, ete. Matt.
24, 6 δεῖ yap πάντα γενέσϑαι, ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω

ἀλλά

ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος. Mark 11, 32. 13,20. 14,28.
John 10, 8. 11, 42.. 16, 20. Acts 17, 48.
Rom. 4,2. ὅ; 14. 1ὅ. 10,16 comp. v. 11-13.
1 Cor. 6, 12. Phil. 3, '7 comp. v. 5. 6. Heb.
4, 2. 1 Pet. 3, 14. al. sepiss. So in a pa-
renthetic clause ; Rev. 2,9 οἶδά cov... τὴν
πτωχείαν (ἀλλὰ πλούσιος εἶ) Kal THY κτλ.
Sometimes μέν stands in the first clause
and serves to prepare the antithesis ; Acts
4, 17 comp. 16. Rom. 14, 20 πάντα μὲν κά-
Sapd, ἀλλὰ κτὰ. 1 Cor. 14, 17. So Luc.
D. Deor. 8 pen. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 16. Plato
Gorg. 448. d—Sometimes a word or phrase
drawn from the context is to be supplied
after ἀλλά, 6. g. Mark 14, 49 ἀλλ᾽ [τοῦτο
γέγονεν] ἵνα mAnpa%aow ai γραφαί, comp.
Matt. 26, 56. Also John 13,18. 14, 31.
15, 25. 1 John 2,19 ἀλλ᾽ [ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλ-
Sov] ἵνα xrk.—The repetition of ἀλλά serves
for emphasis, 1 Cor. 6,11 ; comp. Xen. An.
1, 3. 3. Winer §67. 2. b—For ἀλλά com-
bined with other particles, see no. 3.

b) Spec. and frequently ἀλλά is employed
in abrupt transitions, where the discourse
or train of thought is interrupted or partially
broken off; see Winer §57. 4. Kiihn. §619.
5. Thus a) By an objection; 1 Cor.
15, 35 ἀλλ᾽ ἐρεῖ τις. Rom. 10, 18.19. So
Sept. Job 11, 5. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.11. β)
By a correction of what precedes ; Mark
14, 36 παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο"
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τί ἐγὼ ϑέλω. 2 Cor. 11, 1. Heb. 3,
16. See in lett.a. γ) By an interroga-
tion in like manner corrective ; Matt. 11, 8.
9 ri ἐξήλϑετε εἰς ἔρημον SedcacZat 3. . ἀλλὰ
τί... ἀλλὰ τί κτὰ. Luke 7, 24. 25. 17, 8.
Heb. 3,16. δ) By a phrase of incitement
or command, with the imperat. Acts 10, 20
ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηϑι κτὰ. 26, 16. Matt.
9, 18. Mark 9,22. 16,7. Luke 7, 7. 22, 36.
So Sept. Job 12, 7. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5.24 ἀλλὰ
λέγε. An. 2.3.4. €) By an appeal to God
as the source of truth; John 8, 26.

0) Genr. as marking transition to some-
thing else, viz. a) Where something is
said to be or to-be done notwithstanding
what precedes, but, yet, nevertheless. Mark
14, 28 ἀλλὰ pera τὸ ἐγερϑῆναί pe προάξω
ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Τ'αλιλαίαν, comp. v. 27; see
also Matt. 26, 32 where it is δέ. John 16, 7.
Acts 20, 24. 1 Cor. 4, 4. 9,12. 10,5. 2 Cor.
13,4. So Sept. Job 36,10. 8) In an
antithetic clause expressing something ad-
ditional, but, but now, but further. Mark 13,
24 ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις... ὁ ἥλιος
σκοτισθήσεται. Luke 6, 27. 11, 42. John
6, 36. 64. Gal. 2,14. Eph. 5, 24. al. So
Jos. Ant. 5. 10. 4 ἀλλὰ σήμαινε πρὸς αὐτόν.
y) Emphat. like ἀλλὰ καί, where there is a

32

ἀλλά

gradation in the sense, but still more yea,
even; see in no. 3. 6. John 16, 2 ᾿ἀάποσυνα-
γώγους ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα
κτὰ. 2 Cor. 1, 9. 7,11 where the repetition
is intensive.

d) After conditional clauses with εἰ, ἐάν,
the apodosis is sometimes introduced by
ἀλλά, implying strong antithesis, yet, never-
theless, yet at least; Mark 14, 29 καὶ εἰ πάν-
τες σκανδαλισϑήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγώ. 1 Cor.
4, 15 ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχετε...
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κτλ. 8, 6. 2 Cor. 4, 16. ὅ, 16. 11, 6.
Col, 2, 5—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 33 εἰ μὴ ταῦτα,
ἀλλὰ τοιαῦτα. An. 7, ἢ. 43.

3. Joined with other particles, viz.

a) ἀλλά ye or ἀλλάγε, found twice
in N. T. a) Implying modification or limi-
tation, but indeed; see no. 2. a. Luke 24,
21. So Plato Phed. 58. d, ἀλλὰ σχολάζω
ye. β) After a conditional clause with εἰ,
yet at least, yet surely; see in no. 2. d. 1
Cor. 9, 2 εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλ-
λάγε ὑμῖν εἰμι. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 8. 6 εἰ
τοίνυν οὕτω γιγνώσκεις, ἀλλὰ κρέα γε εὐωχοῦ.
—In Gr. writers ἀλλά and ye are usually
thus separated by one or more words ; Wi-
ner § 65. 5.

Ὁ) ἀλλ᾽ ἤ, only after a negative clause,
other than, except, unless; pr. for ἄλλο ἢ,
Winer } 57.4. a. note. Buttm. § 150, 13.
Κύμη. § 619. 3. Ausf. Gr. §'751.5. Found
thrice in N. T. Luke 12, 51 οὐχί, λέγω
ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ διαμερισμόν. [1 Cor. 3, 5.]
2 Cor. 1,13 οὐ yap ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε,
i.e. other than what ye read or also acknow-
ledge-—1 Macc. 9,6. Xen. An. 7. 7. 53
ἀργύριον μὲν οὐκ ἔχω, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ μικρόν τι.

6) ἀλλὰ καί, but also. a) After ἃ
negative clause, as οὐ μόνον... ἀλλὰ καί, not

-only...but also, see above in πο. 1.b. Once

after μή, Phil. 2,4. 8) Without’a preced-
ing negative, and marking gradation, but
also, yea also, yea even; see in no. 2. ὁ.
Luke 12,7 ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφ. ὑμῶν
πᾶσαι ἠρίϑμηνται. 16,21. 24, 22. John 11
22. Phil. 1,18. (Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 3.1. Xen.
Mem. 23. 7. 9.) Once after a conditional
clause with εἰ, see no. 2. d. Rom. 6, 5.

d) ἀλλὰ μὲν ody, emphat. yea there-
Sore, yea indeed ; see no. 3. 6.γ. Once Phil.
3,8 ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἡγοῦμαι κτλ. yea as
suredly, and I count ail things, etc.

6) ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, but not even, but nerther,
after a negative clause, and marking grada-
tion; Luke 23, 15 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ Ἡρώδης, but nor
even Herod. 1 Cor. 3,2. 4,3. Where a pre-
ceding negative is implied ; Acts 19,2 ἀλλ
οὐδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστι; ἠκούσαμεν. Gal

ἀλλάσσω

2,3. So Jos. B. J. 4.2.3. Xen. Mem.
2.3.8. οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην οὔτ᾽ εὖ λέγειν, οὔτ᾽ εὖ
ποιεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ πειράσομαι. +

ἀχλάσσω ν. -ττω, f. άξω, (ἄλλος,) to Ἶ

make otherwise, to alter, to change, c. acc.
e. 5. τὴν φωνὴν Gal. 4, 20; τὰ ἔϑῃ the cus-
toms, to do them away, Acts 6, 14. Sept.
for 21 Jer. 13,23. So Diod. Sic. 1. '73.
Plato Rep. 380. d.—Pass. to be changed,
either for the better 1 Cor. 15, 51. 52; or
for the worse, as of οὐρανοί, to grow old
and pass away, Heb. 1, 12, quoted from
Ps. 102, 27 where Sept. for 95m; comp.
Is. 51,6. So Act. Wisd. 4, 11. Luc. D. Deor.
4.1 Also to change one thing for another,
to exchange; with ἐν, Rom. 1, 23 ἤλλαξαν
τὴν δόξαν ϑεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι κτλ. they chang-
ed the glory of God for the likeness, ete.
quoted from Ps. 106, 20, where Sept. for
ΔΤ. Soc. ἐν Soph. Antig. 945.

ἀλλαχόδεν, adv. (ἄλλος), from else-
where, another way, John 10, 1—Sept.
Alex. Esth. 4,14. 2). V.H. 6.2. Plut.
Fab. M. 6.

. ἀλληγορέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἀλλός, ἀγο-
pevo,) to allegorize, Pass. Gal. 4, 24 ἅτινά
ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα, which things are alle-
gorized, spoken allegorically, i. e. may be
taken or used as an allegory.—Jos. Ant.
Proem, 4. Clem. Alex. Protr. 11 ὄφις ἀλλη-
γορεῖται ἡδονὴ ἐπὶ γαστέρα ἕρπουσα. Plut.
de Is. et Osir. 32. Id. Vit. Hom. 96.

ἀλληλούϊα, indec. alleluia, Heb, ~3>>4
7 hallelujah, praise ye Jehovah, Rev. 19, 1.
3. 4. 6. Comp. Ps. 104, 35.—Tob. 13, 18.

ἀλλήλων, Gen. plur. of the recipr. pro-
noun ; Dat. ous, ats, ors ; Accus. ous, as, a;
each other, one another, Matt. 24,10. John
15, 12. 17. al. sep. Buttm. ᾧ 74. 4.—Xen.
Ce. 8.13. +

ἀλλογενής, é έος, οὖς, 6, 7, adj. (ἄλλος,
yévos,) of another race or nation, a stranger,
not a Jew, Luke 17,18, comp. v.16. Sept.
for a Ex. 29, 33; "22743 Ex. 12, 43. 15, 56,
3. 6.—1 Macc. 3, 36. 46.

ἅλλομαι, f. ἁλοῦμαι, Mid. ταν aor. 1
ἡλάμην, Buttm. ᾧ 114, to leap, to spring,
intrans. Acts 3, 8. 14,10. Sept. for so
Job 6,10; mbx 1 Sam. 10,10. (Wisd.
5,21. Plut. Μ΄ Crass. 31. Ken, Anab. 6.
9. 5.) Spoken of a fountain, John 4, 14;
so Lat. salio, Virg. Ecl. 5. 47.

ἄλλος, ἡ, 0, other, not the same ; used
with or without the article; Buttm. § 127.
10.
© 1. Without the article, other, another,
some other. ἃ) oe 12 δὲ ἄλ-

33

mouns; 6. g. οὗτος...

ἀλλόφυλος

| Ans ὁδοῦ. 13, 33. 96,71. 27, 42. Gal. 1,7.

al. sepiss. Other, another of the same
kind, Mark 7, 4. 8. John 21, 25; another
besides, Matt. 25,16. 17. Mark 12, 32. 15,
41. John 6, 22. 14, 16 ἄλλον παράκλητον.
So as marking succession, i. e. in the sec-
ond or third place, Mark 12; 4. 5. Rev. 12,
3. 13, 11. John 20, 30 πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ
ἄλλα many truly and other things, i. e. many
other also, not only these but also others ;
for this καί see Herm. ad Viger. p. 835.
Sept. mostly for “FI8 , as Gen. 41, 3. Num.
23, 13. 1 K. 13,10. So Hdian. 8. 5. 13.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. Ὁ) Distributively,
when repeated or joined with other pro-
«ἄλλος, this... that,
one...another, Matt. 8,9; of μέν... ἄλλοι
δέ, some...others, Matt. 16,14; ἄλλοι...
ἄλλοι, some... others, Matt. 13, 5-8. Mark
4, 7. 8. 6, 15. 8, 28. 1 Cor. 12, 8. 9. 10.
So Acts 2, 12 ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον one to an-
other. Acts 19, 32 and 21, 34 ἄλλοι μὲν
οὖν ἄλλο τι ἔρκαζον, some cried one thing
and some another.—Xen. An. 2. 1.15 ἄλλος
ἄλλα λέγει. Wisd. 18, 18 ἄλλος ἀλλοχῆ.

2. With the article, ὁ ἄλλος, the other,
Matt. 5, 39. 10, 23. 12, 13. John 18, 15.
16. al. sep. Rey. 17, 10 ὁ ἄλλος, the other,
the remaining one. So oi ἄλλοι, the others,
the rest, 1 Cor. 14, 29. John 21, 8. al. sep.
—Xen. Cyr. 3.3.4. +

ἀλλοτριοεπίσκοπος, όπου, 5, (ἀλλό-
τριος, ἐπίσκοπος.) found only in N. T. once
1 Pet. 4, 15, pr. i. q. ἀλλοτρίων ἐπίσκοπος,
an overseer of other men’s matiers, perh. an
indiscreet. zealot against heathen manners
and customs.

ἀλλότριος, ia, τον, (ἄλλος.) another’s,
belonging to another; so of things Luke
16, 12. Rom. 14, 4. 15, 20. 2 Cor. 10, 15.
16. 1 Tim. 5, 22. Heb. 9, 25. Sept. for
“TIS Hos. 8,12. So Al. V.H. 6.1. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 39.—In the sense of strange,
foreign, e. g. a land, γῆ, Acts 7,6. Heb. 11,
9. Sept. for "52 Ex. 2,22. 18,3. Ecclus.
39, 4. Of persons not belonging to one’s
family or country, a stranger, foreigner,
John 10, 5 bis. Matt. 17, 25.26. Sept. for
“HN Ps. 49,11; "22.1 K. 8, 41. 43. 1
Macc. 15, 33. Once of foreign enemies,
geniiles, Heb. 11, 84. So Sept. for "¥ Is.
1,7. Adj. hostile Pol. 28,4.4 Xen. An.
3. 5. 5.

ἀλλόφυλος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (ἄλλος, φυλή.)
one of another race or nation, a foreigner,
stranger, not a Jew, Acts 10,28. Sept. for
33772 Is. 61, 5; 52 Is. 2, 6—2 Mace
10,2. Plut. J. Ces. 56. Plato Legg. 629. d.

ἄλλως

ἄλλως, adv. (@Xos,) otherwise ; 1 Tim.
5, 25 καὶ ra (ἔργα) ἄλλως ἔχοντα, and those
works that are otherwise, i.e. not καλὰ ἔργα.
—Sept. Job 11, 12, Dem. 1466. 5, Xen.
An. 3. 2. 37.

ἀλοάω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀλωή,) to tread out
grain sc. by driving cattle round and round
upon the threshing-floor, to thresh with cat-
tle; spoken of the animal, absol. 1 Cor. 9,
9 and 1 Tim. 5, 18, quoted from Deut. 25,
4 where Sept. for wy . Also of the per-
son, absol. 1 Cor. 9, 10; Sept. for ©55 Is.
41, 15. For the modes of treading out
grain in Palestine, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
Il. p. 277, 371. IIL. p. 143.—Xen. Cie. 18.
2,3; comp. Schol. in Aristoph. Thesrn. 2.

ἄλογος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv. Adyos,)
without reason, i. e.

1. irrational, brute, 2 Pet. 2,12. Jude 10

ἄλογα (éa.—Wisd. 11, 15. Plut. Symp. 7. |

5. 2. Xen. Hi. 7. 3.

2. unreasonable, absurd; Acts 25, 27
ἄλογον yap μοι Soxet.—Pol. 3. 15, 9. Xen.
Ag. 11. 1.

ἀλοή, is, 4, aloe, aloe-wood, once John
19, 39; i. q. Heb. ΩΝ Num. 24, 6 and

MiPM® Ps. 45,9; in Gr. writers ἀγαλλόχον
and later ξυλαλοή. It is the name of a
cree, exceecaria agaliochon Linn. growing in
India and other oriental regions; the wood
of which is highly aromatic and is greatly
prized as a perfume. It is of course en-
tirely different from the aloes of the shops.
See Dioscor. 1. 21. Celsius Hierobot. I. p.
168. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. i. p.
225-228.

GAs, ἁλός, 6, sali, once Mark ‘ 49; see
in ἁλίζω, comp. ἅλας. Sept. for "22 Lev.
2, 13.—Plut. Symp. 5. 10. 1. Hdot. 4. 181,
183.
᾿ς ἁλυκός, ἡ, dv, (HAs,) adj. salt, briny,

e. g. water, James 3,12. Sept. for "23
Num. 34, 3. 12.—Plut. Quest. natural. 5.
Plato Tim. 65. e.

ἄλυπος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. Avan.)
without sorrow; Phil. 2,28 κἀγὼ ἀλυπότε-
pos ὦ and that I may be the less sorrowful.
—Luc. D. Mort. 20. 4. Plato Ax. 372. a,
ψυχὴ ἄλυπος.

ἅλυσις, ews, ἧ, (a priv. λύω,) pr. ἄλυ-
σις, Schafer ad Greg. Cor. p. 523; a chain,
Rey. 20, 1. Acts 21, 33. So Luc. Hist.
conscr. 55. Xen. Eq. 10. 9.—Spec. for
binding prisoners, Mark 5, 3. 4 bis. Luke 8,
29. (Pol. 3. 82. 8. Dem. 778. 20.) In
Acts 28, 20, comp. v. 16, it refers to the
chain by which a prisoner was bound to a

34

ἅμα
soldier; sometimes also to two soldiers,

Acts 12, 6.'7; see Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 7. Dict.
of Antt. art. Catena. Trop. bonds, impris-

’ onment, state of custody, Eph. 6,20: 2'Tim.

1, 16; comp. Wisd. 17, 17.

ἀλυσιυτελής, gos, οὖς, ὃ, ἡ, (a priv. λυ-
σιτελής.) gainless, unprofitable, Xen. Vect.
4. 6.—In N. T. unprofitable, hurtful,
Heb. 13,17. So Pol. 3.116. 13. Xen. Mem.
1, 7. 4, ᾿

᾿Αλφαῖος, aiov, 6, Alpheus, pr. n. of
two men in N.T. ᾿

1. The father of James the less, Matt.
10, 3. Mark 3, 18. Luke 6,15. Acts 1,13;
and husband of Mary the mother of James,
Matt. 27, 56. Mark 15, 40. Luke 24, 10;
who also was the sister of our Lord’s mo-
ther, John 19, 25. In this last passage the
husband of Mary is called Κλῶπας, the two
names ( ᾿Αλφαῖος and Κλῶπας) being differ-
ent modes of pronouncing in Greek the
Heb. name "2°. Matt. and Mark give it
without the aspirate, ᾿Αλῴφαῖος, as Sept.
’Ayyaios for "83 Hag. 1,1; while John ex-
changes the nm for the Gr. K, as Sept. in
φασέκ for MOB 2 Chr. 30, 1.

2. The father of Matthew or Levi, Mark
2, 14.

ἅλων, wvos, 4, α threshing-floor, area,
Sept. for 774 Gen. 50, 10.11; in Gr. writers
usually ἡ ἅλως, Dem. 1040. 23. Xen. Cie.
18. 6, 7, 8.—In N. T. meton. the produce of
the threshing-floor, corn, grain, Matt. 3, 12.
Luke 3,17. Sept. for 725 Job 39,12. Rutb
3,2. See in ἀλοάω.

ἀλώπηξ, εκος, 9, @ fox, Matt. 8, 20.
Luke 9,58. Trop. of Herod Antipas, Luke
13, 32. Sept. for 535% Judg. 15, 4— ZB]
V. H. 1. 5. Xen. Ven. 3. 1; trop. Plut
Sull. 28.

ἅλωσ. US; εως; 7), (ἁλίσκω,) a taking, cap-
ture; 2 Pet. 2,12 γεγενημένα eis ἅλωσιν,
made for capture, to be taken, caught.
Aguil. for ΠΏ Job 24, 5—Of a city,
Hdian. 1.1.5. Plato Legg. 685. ο.

apa, adv. (kindr. is a copul.) at one
time, at the same time, viz.

1. Genr. and simply, Acts 24, 26. 27,
40. Col. 4, 3. 1 Tim. 5, 13. Philem. 22.
So Pol. 3. 31. 2. Xen. An. 1. 8, 10.—Of
persons doing any thing at the sare time,
in company, i. 6, together, alike; Rom. 3,
12 πάντας ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα , κρειώεσήα they
are together become unprofitable, all alike ;
quoted from Ps. 14, 3 where Sept. for
3}; also Gen. 13, 6. 22, 6. (Xen. Cyr.

3. 10.) So dua σύν, together with, as -

‘
- —— ----- ᾿

ἀμαδϑής
ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Thess. 4, 17. 5, 10.
Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 12.

2. With dat. like a preposition, together
with, with, Buttm. § 146. 3. Matt. 13,,.29
μήποτε ἅμα αὐτοῖς ἐκριζώσητε τὸν σῖτον.
Sept. for 7 Deut. 33,5; 37 Jer. 84,
24. So Jos. Ant. 5. '7. 4 ἅμα γυναιξὶ καὶ
τέκνοις. Xen. Mag. Eq. 5. 18 ἅμ᾽ ἵπποις.---
Of time, Matt. 30,1 ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα πρωΐ, with
the dawn, at dawn. Comp. ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ
Mic. 2, 1. 1 Mace. 4, 6. Xen. An. 4.1.5;
ἅμα ἕω Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 5.

ἀμαϑϑδής, éos, ods, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv. pav3d-
ve,) unlearned, uninstructed, 2 Pet. 3, 16.—
Al. V. H. 2. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 49.

ἀμαράντινος, ov, ὃ, ἣ, adj. (a priv. pa-
paivopat,) unfading, enduring, 1 Pet. 5, 4.
—Philostr. Heroic. 19. Hesych. ἀμαράντι-
νον " ἄσηπον.

ἀμάραντος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (i. ᾳ. ἀμαράν-

τινος.) unfading, enduring, 1 Pet. 1, 4.—-

Wisd. 6, 12. .

ἁμαρτάνω, f. ἁμαρτήσω Buttm. §112.
11; aor. 1 ἡμάρτησα; aor. 2 ἥμαρτον. The
forms ἁμαρτήσω and ἡμαρτήσα belong to
the later Greek ; the earlier fut. was duap-
τήσομαι, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 732. Buttm.
§114. Pr. to miss, to err from a mark or
way, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11. Hom. Il. 8. 311.
—tIn N. Τὶ trop. and only in a moral or
religious sense, to err, to do wrong, to turn
away from the truth, i. e. genr. to sin, absol.
Matt. 27, 4. John 5, 14. 8,11. 9,2. 3.
Rom. 2, 12 bis. 3, 23. 5, 12. 14. 16. 6,15.
1 Cor. 7, 28 bis. 36. 15, 34. Eph. 4, 26.
1 Tim. 5, 20. Tit. 3,11. Heb. 8, 17. 10,
48. 1 Pet. 2, 20. 2 Pet. 2, 4. 1 John 1,10.
2, 1 bis. 3,6 bis. 8.9. 5,16.18. Sept. for
non Ex. 9,28.35. So ἁμαρτάνειν ἁμαρτί-
ἂν, to sin a sin, 1 John 5, 16. Buttm. §131.
4. Kihn. §278. 1. Sept. for PRBh RON
Lev. 4, 14. Ex. 32, 29. 30. So Xen. Cyr.
3. 1. 40. Plato Rep. 336. e. ib. 379. d, duap-
riav dpapravew—With εἰς c. acc. to sin
against any one, to offend, to wrong, Matt.
18, 15. 21. Luke 15, 18. 21. 17,3. 4. Acts
25, 8 οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἰουδαίων...
οὔτε εἰς Καίσαρά τι ἥμαρτον. 1 Cor. 6, 18.
8, 12 bis. Sept. for 5 on Gen. 20, 6. 9.
1 Sam. 2, 25. So
Plato Rep. 396. a—By Hebr. ἁμαρτάνειν
ἐνώπιόν τινος, to do evil before or in the
sight of any one, i. 6. fo sin against, to
wrong, as above, Luke 15, 18. 21. for
Ὁ RON 1 Sam. 7, 6. 12, 23; pn naka
23 ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου.

ἁμάρτημα, ατος, τό, Sari Ῥπν4
mistake, error, Polyb. 34. 3. 11. Thue. 4.

Xen: Hell. 2. 4. 21. |

35

ἁμαρτία
89.—In N. T. a fault, sin, Mark 3, 98. [29.]
4,12. Rom. 3, 25. [5,16.] 1 Cor. 6, 18.
[2 Pet. 1,9.] Sept. for mNwm Gen. 31, 36;
ἢ)» Ex. 28, 38; »ῈΒ Is. 58, 1. So Dem..
131. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 27.

ἁμαρτία, as, 7, (ἁμαρτάνω.) ὦ miss, mis-
take, error in judgment, Thue. 1. 32 δόξης
δὲ μᾶλλον ἁμαρτία. Plato Crat. 437. b,—In
N. T. only in a moral or religious sense,
sin, i. e.

1, Abstr. sin, i. q. τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, @ sin-
ning, the act of sinning, a voluntary depart-
ure from right, duty, law, and including the
idea of exposure to penalty. Hence ἁμαρτία
differs from and includes ἀνομία ‘ transgres-
sion of law’ ; and also ἀδικία ‘ wrong-doing,
unrighteousness’ ; ; comp. 1 John 5, 17 πᾶσα
ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστί all unrighteousness is
sin, is wrong in itself and exposes us to
penalty ; comp. 3, 4. John 8, 46 ris ἐλέγχει
pe περὶ ἁμαρτίας ; v. 34. 16, 8.9. 2 Cor.
11,7. 1 John 3, 4.8.9. So Ecclus. 25,
24 [20] ἀπὸ γυναικὸς ἀρχὴ duaprias—Spec.
in Rom. Paul uses dyapria for sin, sinful-
ness, as the ruling attribute in man ; partly
as a principle Rom. 7, 8 ; partly as the state
or condition of sinning described in Rom.
1,18 to 3,20. Thus Rom. 3,9 πάντας ὑφ᾽
ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, to be all under sin, under its
power, sinful, i. q. πάντες ἥμαρτον v. 23.
Rom. 5, 18 δι’ ἑνὸς dv3pamov ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς
τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλϑε. ν. 13. 6,1. 6 τὸ σῶμα
τῆς ἁμαρτίας, i.e. the body as the seat of
sin, in which sin rules. vv. 10. 11-14. 17.
18, 20. 22. 23. 8,10. Gal. 3, 22. Heb. 3, 13.
Rom. 7, '7 6 νόμος ἁμαρτία ; is the law sin?
i. 6. the principle or cause of sinning; or
perh. better, sinful, opp. ἅγιος in v. 12.
The apostle in c. 7 rises also to a personifi
cation of ἁμαρτία as an indwelling princi
ple; Rom.'7,8 ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ duap-
ria. vv. 9. 11. 18. 17 ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ
ἁμαρτία. vv. 20. 23. 25. 8, 2. 8. 1 Cor. 15,
56. A similar prosopopeia see in James
1,15. Prov. 8,1sq. Also 2 Thess. 2,3 ὁ
asporos τῆς ἁμαρτίας the man of sin, in
whom sin is personified and represented, as
is righteousness in Christ.

2. Meton. sin as committed, a sin, fault,
i. q. ἁμάρτημα, spoken of actual transgres-
sion; comp. ἁμαρτία περὶ τοὺς Seovs Plato
Rep. 379. d. Thus Rom. 7,5 ra παϑή-
ματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν the affections of sins,
leading to sins, sinful. Matt. 12, 31 πᾶσα
ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία. Heb. 4, 15 χωρὶς
ἁμαρτίας. Soin phrases, as ἄφεσις ἁμαρ-
τιῶν Matt 26, 28. Acts 2, 38; ἀφιέναι τὰς
ἁμαρτίας Matt. 9, 2. 5.6; αἴρειν τὰς dp

ἀμάρτυρος

1 John 8, 5; ἀφαίρειν τὰς du. Rom. 11,27;
dveveykeiv ἁμαρτίας to bear sins, i. 6. their
punishment, Heb. 9, 28; see more fully
under art. ἄφεσις, ἀφίημι, αἴρω no. 3, ἀφαί-
po, ἀναφέρω. Sotoo καϑαρίζειν ἀπὸ πάσης
᾿ ἁμαρτίας to cleanse from all sins, 1 John 1,7;
σώζειν ἀπὸ τῶν dp. Matt. 1,21. In most
of these expressions the sin is represented
as removed out of God’s sight, and so not
punished, but pardoned. Opp. is Acts 7,60
μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην, let
not this sin stand against them, lay! it not to
their charge ; also John 9, 41 ἡ οὖν ἅμαρ-
ria ὑμῶν μένει; your sin remaineth, is not
taken away, but is punished.—In other con-
structions, 6. g. ὁμολογεῖν τὰς ἅμ. 1 John
1, 9. Matt. 3,6; ἁμαρτίαν ἔχειν to have sin,
to be a sinner, John 9, 41. 15, 22. 24. 19,
11. 1 John 1, 8; ἐργάζεσϑαι ἁμαρτίαν to
commit sin James 2, 9, comp. Ecclus. 27,
10 ; ποιεῖν ἁμαρτίας id. James 5, 15; i. q.
ἁμαρτάνειν ἁμαρτίαν 1 John 5,16, see in
ἁμαρτάνω. Also ϑυσία ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν a
sin-offering Heb. 5, 1. 8. 7, 27; προσφορὰ
περὶ du. id. Heb. 10,18; συσία περὶ dpap-
rias id. Heb. 10, 26; ellipt. v. 6. 8, comp.
13, 11, quoted from Ps. 40, 7 where Sept.
περὶ ἁμαρτίας for ΓΝ ΌΤΙ. Further, John
9, 34 ἐν ἁμαρτίαις. σὺ ᾿ξγεννήξης ὅλος, thou
wast wholly born in sins, wast infected from
the womb with the sins of thy parents ;
comp. Ps. 51,7. 58,4. 1 Cor. 15,17 ἔτι
ἐστὲ ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν, ye are yet in
your sins, they are not taken away, for-
given. Heb. 9, 28 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας, i. q.
χωρὶς Tod ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας, see the con-
text. 2 Cor. 5, 21 τὸν yap μὴ γνόντα dpap-
τίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, him who
knew no sin hath he made sin for us, i. 6.
hath put him in the place of sin, hath laid
on him the burden of our sins; opp. iva
ἡμεῖς γινώμεϑα δικαιοσύνη Seov.—Collect.
sometimes in John, sins; John 1, 29 ὁ αἴ-
pov τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, comp. 1 John
3, 5 τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἄρῃ, see in αἴρω no.
3. John 8,21, comp. v. 24. So Sept. 2K.
21, 17.—Sometimes the specific sins in-
tended may be gathered from the context ;
e. g. unbelief, ἀπιστία, John 8, 21. 24. 15,
22; falsehood, deceit, John 8, 46; lewd-
ness, 2 Pet. 2, 14; apostasy, Heb. 11, 25.
12, 1. 4. etc.—Sept. for xom Gen. 41, 9.
2K. 14,6. Lys. 694.2. Plato Rep. 342.
b. Xen. Ag. 11.6. +

ἀμάρτυρος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (a priv. μάρ-
tus,) without witness, unattested, Acts 14,
17.—Jos. Ant. 14. 7. ἃ. Plut. de Solert.
Anim. 23. Thue. 2. 41.

36

ἄμεμπττος

ἁμαρτωλός, οὗ, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (ἁμαρτανωρ
sinful, living in sin, wicked.

1. Pr. as Adj. Mark 8, 38 ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ
τῇ .potxarids καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ. So ἀνὴρ v.
ἄνϑρωπος ἁμαρτωλός, a sinful man, a sin-
ner, Luke 5, 8. 19,7. 24,7. John 9, 16. 24.
Also γυνὴ ἁμαρτωλός Luke 7, 37. 39. Sc
Sept. for kum Num. 32, 14; nom Is. 1, 4
(Ecclus. 27, 30. Plut. de audiend. Poet. 7.)
Luke 13, 2 ἁμαρτωλοὶ. παρὰ πάντας more
wicked than all others. 18,13. Rom. 3, 7.
5, 8. 5,19 ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάξησαν οἱ ποὰ-
Aoi, opp. δίκαιοι κατ. οἱ πολλοί. 7, 18. Gal.
2, 17.

2. Subst. a@ sinner, Matt. 9, 10. 11. 13.
11,19. 26, 45. Mark 2, 15. 16 bis. 17. 14
41. Luke 5, 30.32. 6, 32. 33. 34. '7, 34. 15,1.
2.7.10. John 9, 25. 31. Gal. 2,15. 1 Tim. 1,
9. 15. Heb. 7,26. 12,3. James 4, 8. 5,20.
1 Pet. 4,18. Jude 15. [Rev. 21, 8.] Sept. for
nun Ps. 1,1. 5. Is. 13,9; Bun Ps. 37, 12.
Ez. 33, 8.—Others regard ‘the ‘plural as put
in the Jewish idiom directly for ra ἔϑνη, gen-
tiles, heathen, in Matt. 26, 45. Mark 14, 41
Luke 6, 32. 33. 34. 24,'7. But this is not
necessary, nor probable in the mouth of our
Lord.

»” 5 .

APLANOS, ov, ὃ, ἥ, adj. (a priv. paxn,)
Pass. unfought, unconquerable, Hdot. 1. 84.
Plato Menex. 240. d. Act. not fighting
Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 16.—In N. T. intens. fo
not contentious, not quarrelsome, 1 Tim. 3,
3. Tit. 3, 2.

Apdo, ὦ, f. how, (kindr. ἅμα,) to gather

together, to collect, e. g. stalks, reeds, Hom.
Il. 24, 451.—In N. T. to gather the crops,
to harvest, to reap, c. acc. James 5, 4;
comp. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24, 14.15. Sept.
for "xp Lev. 25, 11. So Hdot. 6, 28.
Diod. Sic. 1. 14.

ἀμέδυστος, ov, 4, (a priv. peSdo,) an
amethyst, a precious stone οὔ" ἃ deep purple
or violet colour, a variety of quartz; Rev.
21,20. Sept. for many Ex. 28, 19.—
The ancient Magi pretended that the ame-
thyst was an antidote against drunkenness,
whence its name. Plin. H. N. 37. 40. Ro-
senm. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 39.

ἀμελέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀμελής ; α priv. μέ-
Aew,) to be careless, heedless, absol. Matt. 22,
5; c. infin. 2 Pet. 1,12. With a genit. not
to care for, to neglect, 1 Tim. 4,14. Heb. 2,
3. 8, 9.—Wisd. 3,10, Luc. D. Deor. 20. 16.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24.

ἄμεμπτος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. μέβμ-
φομαι.) Act. not blaming, well content, Xen.
Cyr. 4. 5. 52—In N. T. Pass. blameless,

Neo. et .. ος

νι λϑω

ἀμέμπτως
without reproach, Luke 1, 6. Phil. 2,15. 3,
6. 1 Thess. 3,13. Heb. 8, 7. mg for
om Job 1, 1. 8; nam Gen. 17, So
Diod. Sic. 17. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. τς

ἀμέμπτως, ady. (ἄμεμπτος,) unblam-
ably, blamelessly, without reproach, 1 Thess.
2,10. 5, 23.—Addit. to Esth. 13, 3. Plut.
an seni sit ger. Resp. 9. Plato Legg.'751. ἃ.

ἀμέριμνος, ου, ὃ, ἧ; adj. (a priv. μέριμ-
va,) without care or anxiety, unconcerned,
1 Cor. 7, 32. Matt. 28, 14.—Wisd. 6, 15.
Anthol. Gr. II. p. 51. Hdian. 2. 4. 3.

ἀμετ. ἄδετ OS, ov, 6; Ts adj. (a priv. μετα-
τίθημι.) immovable, immutable, sure, Heb.
6,18. Neut. rd ἀμετάϑετον as Subst. immu-
tability, Heb. 6, 17.—3 Mace. 5,1. 12. Pol.
30. 17.2. Diod. Sic. 1. 25.

ἀμετακίνητος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
μετακινέω,) immovable, firm, 1 Cor. 15, 58.
Dion. Hal. 8. 74. Plato Ep. 343. a.

ἀμεταμέλητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
μεταμέλει), not to be repented of, unchange-
able, Rom. 11, 29. 2 Cor. '7, 10.—Pol. 21.
9. 11. Plato Tim. 59. d.
. ἀμετανόητος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (a priv. pe-

τανοξω.) Act. unrepentant, impenitent, 6. g.

ἡ καρδία Rom. 2, 5.—Test. XII Patr. p.
685. Pass. Luc. Abdic. 11.

dimer, ρος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. μέτρον.)
without measure, immoderate ; hence εἰς τὰ
:ἄμετρα immoderately, excessively, i. q: ἀμέ-
τρως, 2 Cor. 10, 13. 15.—Jos. B. J. 4. ὅ. 5.
Theocr. 15. 45. Plato Legg. 716. c.

ἀμήν, amen, Heb. 728, pr. adj. true,
faithful; then Subst. as J2% “T>% , Sept.
ϑεὸς ἀληϑινός, Is. 65,16. The Heb. yas
occurs often in O. T. as an adv. truly, sure-
ly, verily ; usually at the end of a sentence,
where it serves to confirm the words which
precede, so be it, fiat, Sept. ἀμήν or γένοιτο.
So in oaths or imprecations, where the peo-
ple answer Ἴ2 , and thus bind themselves,
Neh. 5, 13, Sept. ἀμήν. Deut. 27, 15-26,
Sept. γένοιτο. Or in praising God, when
the assembly respond 728, as Ps. 41, 14.
72, 19. 89, 53, Sept. ἀμήν. Ps. 106, 48,
Sept. γένοιτο. Or lastly by individuals after
an imprecation, Num. 5, 22, Sept. γένοιτο ;
or to a command, 1 K. 1, 36, Sept. γένοιτο.
Rarely 728 stands in O. T. at the begin-
ning of a sentence, for emphasis, verily, in
truth, Sept. ἀληϑῶς, Jer. 28, 6; also fem.
MON , Sept. dAnBds, Josh. 7,20, comp. Job
19, 5.—Hence in N. T.

1. Adj. as in Heb. true, faithful. Rev

3, 14 ὁ ἀμήν, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς καὶ ἀληϑι-

oa ae ee ee ee ee

37

4

ἀμνός

νός, the true, the faithful and true witness,
where the last words explain the first. See
15. 65,16 above. ᾿

2. Ady. at the end of a senterice, in
doxologies or ascriptions of praise, hymns,
etc. amen, so be it; Matt. 6, 13. Rom. 1, 25.
9, 5. Rev. 1, 6. 5, 14. al. sep. Comp.
Ps. 106, 48. 1 Chr. 16, 36. Neh. 8, 6.
Hence λέγειν τὸ ἀμήν, to respond amen,
1 Cor. 14, 16. Also after benedictions, in-
vocations, Rom. 15, 33. 16, 24. 1 Cor. 16,
24. Heb. 13, 25.—Strengthened by vai, Rev.
1, 7 val ἀμήν, yea amen! 2 Cor. 1, 20 ἐν
αὐτῷ τὸ val καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ἀμήν, are in him
yea and amen, i. 6. are most true and faith-
ful. So too before an ascription, Rey. 7, 12.

3. Adv. emphat. at the beginning of a
sentence, truly, verily, Matt. 5, 18. 16, 28
comp. Luke 9, 27 ἀληθῶς. Matt. 25, 40.
Luke 4, 24 comp. v. 25.—In John it is re-
peated, ἀμήν, ἀμήν, John 3, 3. 5. 11. 5, 19.
8, 51. al. sep. +

ἀμήτωρ, opos, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. μήτηρ.)
without mother, motherless, as the gods,
Eurip. Phen. 676. Plato Conv. 180. ἀ ; an
orphan, Hdot. 4. 154; or one born of a
mean mother Eurip. Ion. 109; unmotherly,
spoken of a mother Soph. Elect. 1154.—
In N. T. without mother, spoken of Melchi-
zedek, i. e. ‘ whose mother is not mentioned
in the genealogies,’ Heb. 7, 3... Though
Melchizedek was a priest, yet he was not so
by genealogical descent ; his ancestors can-
not be traced; see in ἀγενεαλόγητος. Se
Philo de Temul. p. 248, 290 ; de Monarch.
p. 827. b.

ἀμίαντος, ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (a priv. μιαίνω,)
unstained, unsoiled ; trop. undefiled by sin,
e. g. a person, Heb.'7,26. So Wisd. 8,20.
Plato Legg. 777. 6, ἀμίαντος τοῦ τε dvocior
περὶ καὶ ddixov.—Of worship, undefiled,
pure, James 1, 27; the heavenly inherit-
ance, 1 Pet. 1, 4. (2 Macc. 15, 34.) Also
of marriage, undefiled, chaste, Heb. 13, 4.
So Wisd. 3, 13.

᾿Αμιναδάβ, ὃ, indec. Aminadab, Heb
332°%2 (kindred of the prince), pr. n. of
an ancestor of Christ, Matt. 1, 4 bis. Luke
3, 89.

ἄμμος, ov, ἡ, sand, Matt. 7, 26, Rom
9, 27. Heb. 11, 12. Rev. 12, 18. 20, 8.
Sept. for ἘΞ Gen. 13, 16; bin Gen. 22,
17.—Diod. Sic. 5. 7. Plato Phed. 110. a.

ἀμνός, od, ὁ, a lamb; in N. 'T. only
trop. of Christ delivered over to death, as a
lamb to the sacrifice, John 1, 29. 36. 1 Pet.
1,19. Acts 8, 32, comp. Is. 53, 7 where

ἀμοιβή

Sept. for ὅπ. Sept. for Ba Ex. 12, 5;
"2 Is. 16, 1 ‘—Aristoph. Ay. 1559. AEl. H.
A. 4. 15. So ἀμνὸς Seod, the Messiah,
Test. XII Patr. p. 724, 725, '730.

ἀμοιβή, is, ἡ, (ἀμείβω,) change, Hom. |

Od. 14. 521; requital for evil, indemnity,
Hom. Od. 12. 382.—In N. T. requital for
good, for kind offices; 1 Tim. 5,4 ἀμοιβὰς
ἀποδιδόναι to give full requital, to requite.
So Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 90.
Plato Conv. 202. e.

ἄμπελος, ov, 4, α vine, Matt. 26, 29.
Mark 14, 25. Luke 22, 18. James 3, 12.
(Luc. D. Deor. 18.2. Xen. Εἴς. 19. 12.)
Trop. John 15, 1. 4. 5 I am the true vine,
etc. i. e. Christ is the true, the real vine, of
which his disciples are the branches ; just
as with Paul Christ is the head and they
the members, comp. Eph. 5, 23. 30. Col. 2,
19. The figure expresses the closest union
and communion.—In Rev. 14, 18. 19 ἡ ἄμ-
medos τῆς γῆς, the vine of the earth, denotes
the now prosperous enemies of the Messiah,
who are to be cut off as grapes are gathered
and cast into the wine press ; comp. Is. 63,
2. 3. Lam. 1, 15.

᾿ἀμπεέλουργός, ov, 6, ἡ, (for ἀμπελοερ-
ys ; ἄμπελος, ἔργον.) a vine-dresser, Luke
13,7. Sept. for 025 2 Chr. 26, 10. Is. 61,
5.—Plut. de Stoic. rep. T. VI. p. 88. Aris-
toph. Pac. 189.

GLTENOV, ὥνος, ὁ, (predos,) α vine-
yard, Matt. 20, 1. 2. 4. 7. 8. 21, 28. 33. 39.
40. 41. Mark 12, 1. 2. 8. 9 bis. Luke 13, 6.
20, 9. 10.13, 15 bis. 16. 1 Cor. 9,7. Sept.
for 52 Gen. 9, 20. Is. 5, 1-7.—Plut. pro
Nobil. 3. Diod. Sic. 4. 6.

᾿Αμπλίας, ίου, 6, Amplias, pr. n. of ἃ
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 8.

ἀμύνω, f. vd, (a euph. μύνη,) to avert,
to ward off, c. acc. et dat. Hom. Il. 1. 156;
to defend, Thue. 3. 67. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 67.
Mid. to ward off from oneself, to repulse, 2
Mace. 10,17. Xen. An. 3. 1.14; to defend
oneself, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 30.—In N. T. only
Mid. dpivopat, to aid, to defend; absol. c.
dat. impl. Acts'7, 24 ἠμύνατο sc. αὐτόν. Sept.
c. ace. for psuiin. So absol. Xen. Heli.
7. 5. 10 πόλιν ἔρημον τῶν dpvvovpéver.
Plato Rep. 464. e, c. dat. ἥλιξι... ἥλικας
ἀμύνεσϑαι καλόν.

ἀμφιβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω, to cast
around, as a garment, c. acc. et dat. Eurip.
Herc. F. 465.—In N. T. of a net, to cast
round about, so as to enclose fish, Mark 1,
16 in later edit. Sept. Hab. 1, 17; comp.
Soph. Ant. 343.

38

ἀμωμον

ἀμφίβληστρον, ov, τό, (ἀμφιβάλλω,
pr. ‘what is cast around, 6. g. a garment
Eurip. Hel. 1088.—In N. T. a fish-net,
drag, Matt. 4,18. Mark 1,16. Sept. for
ὨΛΏΞ Hab. 1, 16; pom Hab, 1, 15. 17.
So Hes. Scut. 215. Hdot. 1. 141. Plut. de
Solert. Anim. 26.

ἀμφιέννυμι, f. ἀμφιέσω, (ἕννυμει, Butt.
§ 108. III,) to put on around any one, to
clothe; c. acc. et οὕτως, Matt. 6, 30 et
Luke 12, 28 τὸν χόρτον... ὁ ϑεὸς οὕτως
ἀμφιέννυσι, i.e. if God so clothe, adorn.
Pass. with ἐν c. dat. Matt. 11, 8. Luke 7,
25.—Act. with two acc. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.17;
acc. et dat. Plato Prot. 321.a. Pass. c. acc.
Lue. Nigrin. 11. Aristoph. Eccl. 820.

᾿Αμφίπολις, ews, ἡ, Amphipolis, pr. n.
of a city of Macedonia, Acts 17,1. It was
situated in a strong position near the mouth
of the river Strymon ; which flowed around
it on three sides, and gave occasion for the
name. Now called Marmara. See Leake’s
Travels in Northern Greece, III. p. 183,
190 sq.

ἄμφοδον, ov, τό, (ἀμφί, ὁδός.) pr. a
way round; then, a street of a townor vil-
lage, espec. as leading round a quarter or
block of dwellings, i. q. ἀγυιά. Mark 11, 4.
—Sept. τὰ ἄμφοδα Jer. 17, 27. 49, 27.
Hesych. audoda* ai ῥύμαι, ἀγυιαί, διόδοι.
So ἡ ἄμφοδος Xen. An. 4. 2.11. ib. ὅ. 2.1.
Grég. Cor. p. 505.

ἀμφότερος, έρα, ερον; correl. pron. each
of two; in N. T. only Plur., ἀμφότεροι;
a, a, both, spoken of two, Matt. 9, 17.
13, 30. 15, 14. Luke 1, 6. 7. 5,7. 38. 6,
39. 7, 42. Acts 8, 38. Eph. 2, 14. 16. 18
τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους, both, i. e. Jews and Gen-
tiles. Acts 23,8 τὰ ἀμφότερα, both, i. 6.
the resurrection, and the existence of angels
and spirits. Sept. for myx) Gen. 21, 27.
Ex. 12, 22.—Ecclus..10, 7. Hdian. 3. 6. 8.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 5.

ἀμώμητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (α priv. popdo-
pat,) unrebukable, blameless, Phil. 2, 15.
2 Pet. 3, 14.—Hom, Il. 12. 109. Pind. Pyth.
2. 135.

ἄμωμον, ov, τό, amomum, a fragrant
plant or seeds brought by the ancients from
the east, and used in preparing precious oint-
ment, Rey. 18, 13 in later edit. It was of
various qualities ; growing in Armenia and
Media, and also in Pontus; with seeds in
clusters like grapes; Plin. H. N. 12. 28.
Theophr. H. Pl. 9. 7. The modern amo-
mum of the shops, sison amomum, is sup
posed to be a different plant

ἄμωμος 39

ἄμωμος, ov, ὁ, ἣ, adj. (a priv. μῶμος.)
without blemish, spotless, Heb. 9,14. 1 Pet.
1,19 ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου, trop. of Christ, α lamb
without blemish, as was required by the
Mosaic law in regard to all victims; see
Ley. 22, 19-22 where Sept. for pam. Also
of the church as a bride, Eph. 5,27. So
Theocr. Id. 18. 25 of a maiden. Anacr.
Fragm. 42. 2 κόμης ἄμωμον avSos.—Trop.
faultless, blameless, Eph. 1, 4. [Phil. 2,15.]
Col. 1, 22. Jude 24. Rev. 14, 5. So Wisd.
2,22. Hdot. 2. 177.

"Apov, ὃ, indec. Amon, Heb. 7i28
(architect), pr. n. of a king of Judah, Matt.
1,10 bis. See 2K. 21,8 sq. 2 Chr. 33,
20 sq.
"Aas, ὃ, indec. Amos, Heb. Yi8
(strong), pr. n. of an ancestor of Jesus,
Luke 3, 25.

I. ἄν, a conditional modal Particle, of-
ten used in connection with the Indicative,
Subjunctive, and Optative ; differing from
ἄν for ἐάν, for which see the next article.
Its primary power is to modify the relation
expressed by the mood ; whence then arises
its secondary use, as subjoined to other
words. It shows that what the mood ex-
presses is to be conceived of as dependent
on some condition; which condition, how-
ever, the particle does not point out, but

only causes it to be felt. Hence, in strict-

ness, ἄν inevery case includes in itself the
idea of a whole conditional clause. In En-
glish it may sometimes be rendered per-
haps, possibly, or the like ; but is commonly
not to be expressed by any corresponding
word; simply imparting to a sentence a
stamp of uncertainty and mere possibility.
Its place is usually after one or more words
in a clause; it being thus distinguished
from ἄν for ἐάν, which stands first in a
clause.—On the nature, power, and use of
this particle, see generally Buttm. ὁ 139. 3sq.

‘Kiihner Gr. § 260. Id. Ausf. Gr. § 453 sq.

Winer Gr. ᾧ 43. Herm. ad Vig. p. 789, etc.
Herm. de part. ἄν, Lips. 1831.

I. With the Inpicattve, in the historical
tenses, but not in the Present or Future ;
since what actually is or has been, cannot
be made conditional. With the Fut. Indic.
it is found in Gr. writers very rarely ; but
does not occur in N. T. See Buttm. 1. c.
$139. 3.1. Κύμη. §260.R. 1.

1. Mostly in the apodosis, after a condi-
tional clause with εἰ, signifying that if the

subject of the protasis had taken place, then’

the subject of the apodosis would likewise
have taken place; but that in fact neither

”
“av

the one nor the other has taken lace,
comp. in art. εἰ 1. 2. 6. Thus

a) With the Indic. Imperfect, to express
the idea: I would or mightdo. a) Where
the protasis also has the Imperf. Luke 7,
39 οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἄν, τίς
καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνή, if this man were a pro-
phet, he would know who and what this wo-
man is; but he is not a prophet, and he
does not know. Luke 17, 6. John 5, 46. 8,
42. 9,41. 15,19. 18, 36. 1 Cor. 11, 31.
Gal. 1,10. Heb. 8, 4. 7. (Luc. D. Deor.
18.1. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 24. Plato Gorg.
516. 6, εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαϑοί... οὐκ ἄν
ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον.) So Heb. 11,15 εἰ

a ee > , ιν
“μεν εκείνης εμνημόνευον. .. εἰχοὸν ἂν καιρὸν

ἀνακάμψαι, where the writer speaks of the
past as if present ; comp. Pres. ἐμφανίζουσιν
and ὀρέγονται in vv. 14. 16. Matt. 23, 30 εἰ
ἤμεϑα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ
ἂν ἤμεϑα κοινωνοί κτλ. if we were in the days
of our fathers, we would not be partakers,
etc.—Sometimes dy is omitted in this con-
struction ; and in the later Greek was more
and more thus omitted ; Winer ᾧ 43. 2 mid.
Kiihner §260. R. 3. John 9, 33 εἰ μὴ ἦν
οὗτος παρὰ ϑεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν.
19, 11. Rom. 7, 7. In John 8, 8 the read-
ing varies. (Lycurg. Leocr. 154. 3 Reisk.
Plato Gorg. p. 514. ο, εἰ δὲ μήτε διδάσκα-
λον εἴχομεν... οὕτω δὴ ἀνόητον ἦν κτλ.)
So too after ἃ Pluperf. in the protasis, Acts
26, 32. Sometimes also both ἄν and the
verb of the apodosis are omitted, or absorbed
in an interrogation ; as 1 Cor. 12, 17 bis. 19.
8) Where the protasis has the aorist ; Gal.
3, 21 εἰ yap ἐδόϑη vdpos .. . ὄντως ἂν ἐκ νό-
μου ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη. Heb. 4, 8. (Thue. 1.
74. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 5 δῆλον οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ
ἂν προέλεγεν, εἰ μὴ ἐπίστευεν ἀληδεύσειν.)
Here too ἄν may be omitted, as John 15, 22
By aposiopesis, the whole appdosis is some-
times suppressed; Luke 19, 42 εἰ ἔγνως
kal ov... τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην σου, SC. καλῶς ἂν
εἶχες. Heb. 7, 11. Winer 66. II.

b) With the Indic. Aorist, to express the
idea: I would or might have done. a)
Where the protasis also has the aorist;
Matt. 11, 21 εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ ἐγένοντο ai δυνάμεις
εὐ πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν, if these miracles
had been done in Tyre, they would have re
pented. v. 23. Luke 10, 13. Rom. 9, 29
1 Cor. 2, 8. Gal. 4,15. Also Matt. 24, 22
and Mark 13, 20, referring to the eternal
counsels of God. So Plut. Moral. II. p. 65
el yap μὴ σὺ τὴν πόλιν ἀπέβαλες, οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ
ἀνέλαβον. Xen. Apol. Socr. 8. 8) Where
the protasis has the Imperfect ; John 14, 2%
εἰ ἠγαπᾶτε pe, ἐχάρητε ἄν. v. 2. 18, 30

Py
av

Acts 18,14. So Plut. Pomp. 2 fin. Plato
Phaed. 55. p. 106. a, οὐκοῦν εἰ καὶ τὸ ἄϑερ-
μον ἀναγκαῖον iv... οὐ yap ἂν ἀπώλετό γε
κτὰ. γὴ Where the protasis has the Plu-
perf. Matt. 12,7 εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε ... οὐκ ἂν
κατεδικάσατε. Matt. 24, 48. Luke 12, 39.
John 4,10. δ) Where the protasis is im-
plied in the context; Luke 19, 23 διὰ τί
οὐκ ἔδωκας τὸ ἀργύριόν pov... καὶ ἐγὼ ἐλ-
Sav σὺν τόκῳ ἂν ἔπραξα αὐτό; i. 6. if thou
hadst done this. Matt. 25, 27. Heb. 10, 2
ἐπεὶ [εἰ ἐδύναντο τελειῶσαι] οὐκ ἂν ἐπαύ-
σαντο κτλ. Comp. Xen, An. 4. 2. 10.

c) With the Indic. Pluperfect, to express
the idea: I would or might have done ; 6. g.
after a Pluperf. in the protasis, John 8, 19
εἰ ἐμὲ ἤδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἤδειτε ἄν.
14,7. Also after an Imperf. in the prota-
sis, 1 John 2,19 εἰ yap ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν, pe-
μενήκεισαν ἂν peS ἡμῶν. John 11,21. Wi-
ner §43. 2. ἢ. So Plut. Mor. IL p, 34
πλείονα δ᾽ ἂν τούτων εἰρήκειμεν, εἰ πλείονα
οἶνον εἴχομεν.

2. In relative clauses, after relative pro-
nouns and adverbs, (és, ὅστις.) ὅσος, καϑότι,
ὅπου, ὡς. Here ἄν is followed by the Indi-
cative, when a matter of fact is spoken of,
something certain in itself, but yet indefinite
in respect to time or other circumstances,
. @. happening repeatedly where occasion
* offers; Winer ᾧ 43. 3. ἃ. Herm. ad Viger.
p- 818sq. Soin N. T. with Indic. Imper-
fect ; Mark 6, 56 bis, καὶ ὅπου ἂν εἰσπορεύ-
evo... καὶ ὅσοι ἂν ἥπτοντο αὐτοῦ ἐσώζοντο,
and whithersoever he entered ... and as ma-
ny as touched him were made whole, i. e.
however-many wherever he went; comp.
withont ἄν, Matt. 14, 36 καὶ ὅσοι ἥψαντο
διεσώϑησαν, spoken definitely of one time
and place. Acts 2, 45 and 4, 35 καϑότι ἄν
τις χρείαν εἶχε aS a man at any time had
need. 1 Cor. 12, 2 ὡς ἂν ἤγεσξϑε as ye were
at any time led. So Aristoph. Acharn. 873.
Luc. Demon. 10 ὁπόσοι ἂν ἐδόκουν αὐτῷ.
With aor. Sept. Gen. 2,19. Lev. 5,3. Lue.
D. Mort. 9. 2. Dem. 1106.1; and so always
in Gr. writers with a past tense.—Hence in
text. rec. Mark 11, 24 ὅσα ἂν προσευχόμε-
vou aireioSe, the Subjunctive αἰτῆσϑε should
be read asin Mss. So too Luke 8, 18. 10,
8, in Mss.

II. With the Sunsuncrive. Here strictly
ἄν is unnecessary; since the mood itself
expresses the relation of condition, and
so includes the idea of ἄν. Yet where the
Subjunctive stands in a dependent. clause
introduced by a relative word or conjunc-
tion, usage requires that dv should be
evolvid from the idea of the mood and con-

΄

40

αν

nected, not with the verb, but with the rela
tive or other particle; see Buttm. § 139. 14.
Κύμη. § 260. 3. Ausf. Gr. §454.c. Winer
§.43. 3. b,

1. In relative clauses, where ἄν subjoined
to the relative renders it general and inde/i-
nite, implying possibility but not certainty ;
Lat. cungue, Engl. ever, soever. In these
cases the later incorrect orthography some-
times writes ἐάν for ἄν ; see in ἐάν II.

a) After relative Pronouns, as ὃς ἄν,

ὅσος ἄν, ὅστις ἄν, i. q. Lat. quicunque,,

Engl. whoever, whosoever, whatsoever. a)
Before the Subjunct. Present, expressing
what may have taken place or usually takes
place, or also what is customary and con-
tinued; Winer 1. c. Matt. '7, 12 πάντα οὖν
ὅσα ἂν ϑέλητε. 16, 25 ὃς yap ἂν ϑέλῃ τὴν
ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ σῶσαι. Mark 4, 25. Luke 8,
18. 10, ὅ. John 2, 5. 5, 19 ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖ-
vos ποιῇ. Rom. 9, 15. 16, 2. 1 Cor. 16, 2
ὅ τι ἂν εὐοδῶται. Gal. 5, 10. 17. Col. 3, 17.
1 John 2, 5. al. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 5.14 ὅ τι
ἂν δύνωμαι. Plato Prot. 334. d, περὶ οὗ ἂν ἢ
ὁ λόγος. 8) ‘Before the Subjunct. Aorist,
expressing what may hereafter take place ;
Matt. 5,19 ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ. vv. 21.22. 10,
11 εἰς ἣν δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν... εἰσέλθητε into what-
soever city ye shall enter. 12, 82. .26, 48.
Mark 3, 28. 29. Luke 10, 35. John 1, 33

4,14. Acts '7, 3 (quoted from Gen. 12, 1).

Rom. 10, 13. Rev. 13, 15. al. So Plut.
Mor. II. p. 22 ὅσον ἂν αἰτήσῃ. Xen. An. 2.
2. 20. Hi. 1. 26.

b) After relative Adverbs,e.g. a) ὅπου
ἄν, wheresoever, with Subj. Aorist, Mark 9,
18. 14, 9. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 41. An. 2. 3.
26.) Also whithersoever, with Subj. Pre-
sent, Luke 9, 57. James 3, 4. Rev. 14, 4.
So Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 6. 8) ὁσάκις ἄν, as
often as, with Subj. Present ; 1 Cor. 11,25.
26. yy) ὡς ἄν, as, in whatever way, with

Subj. Present; 1 Thess. 2, '7 ὡς ἂν τρόφος

ϑάλπῃ τὰ τέκνα.

6) After particles of time, imparting to
them the idea of indefiniteness ; Winer ᾧ 43.
5. a) ἀχρὶ οὗ ἄν, till, until a time indefi-
nite; so with the Subj. Aorist, 1 Cor. 15,
25. Rev. 2,25. So ἄχρις ἄν Xen. An. 2.
3.2; see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 14,15. 8)
ἕως ἄν, till, uniil, id. with Subj. Aorist, Matt.
2,13. 5, 18. 22, 44 (quoted from Sept. Ps.
110, 1). Mark 6, 10. 9,1. Luke 9, 27. 1
Cor. 4, 5. James 5, 7. al. sep. So Plut.
Mor. II. p. 126. Xen. An. ὅ. 1. 11. y)
ἡνίκα ἄν, whenever, as soon as, indef. with
Subj. Aorist, 2 Cor. 3,16. So Xen. Cyr.
1:2.4. 8) ὅτε ἄν, see ὅταν. €) ὡς ἄν,
whenever, as soon as, with Subj. Aorist;

“φψγΥνυν i Boe ee

ΤΥ ΨΥ ee a

ἄν

2 Cor. 11, 34 ὡς ἂν Ase. Rom. 15, 24
Lachm. So Ceb. Tab. 4 ὡς ἂν εἰσέλθωσιν
eis τὸν βίον. ib. 9.

2. After the final particle ὅπως, indi-
eating a purpose of which the accomplish-
ment is possible, though uncertain, and
dependent on circumstances ; Winer ᾧ 43. 6.
Acts 8, 19 ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύ-
ἕξεως that so perhaps may come times of re-
freshing. Matt. 6, 5. Luke 2,35. Acts 15,
17 comp. Sept. Am. 9, 12. Rom. 3, 4
comp. Sept. Ps. 51, 6. So App. Exp.
Alex. M. 4. 22. 1. Xen. An. 5. 9. 17.

ΠΙ. With the Orrative. Here ἄν sub-
jects the wish or supposition expressed by
the mood to some condition, and thus marks
it as uncertain and merely possible ; Winer
} 43. 1. b. Buttm. ᾧ 139. 15. Kiihn. § 260. 4.
Ausf. Gr. § 467. Thus

1. In wishes, prayers, etc. Acts 26, 29
εὐξαίμην ἂν τῷ ϑεῷ, I could pray to God,
i. 6. were I to follow out my feelings,
though it might be in vain—Themist. 6. p.
80. d, ἐγὼ δὲ εὐξαίμην ἄν, οὐχ ὑμᾶς, ἀλλ᾽
ὑπὲρ ὑμᾶς δεδιέναι. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 6.
So βουλοίμην ἄν Xen. Mem. 8. ὅ. 1. Plato
Ton 532. ἃ.

2. In interrogative clauses, where the
thing inquired about is certain or possible,
but the inquirer is in doubt when or how
it is to take place; e.g. 8) Direct, with
Opt. Present, Acts 8, 31 πῶς yap ἂν δυναί-
μην; i. 4. οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην. So Plut. Mor.
IL. p. 170 πῶς ἂν δυναίμεθα Gv. Xen. An.
7. 6.6. 5) Indirect, with Opt. Present,
Luke 1, 62 ri ἂν ϑέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτόν,
what (how) he might wish him to be called?
since he was to have some name. Luke 9,
46. John 13, 24. Acts 2,12. 10, 17. 17,
18. 20. With Opt. Aorist, Luke 6, 11 τί
ἂν ποιήσειαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Acts 5,24. See
Winer ᾧ 43. 4. So Luc. D. Deor. 20. 2.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 24.

1V. With the Inruurive, espec. after
δοκέω and other like verbs, where it ex-

presses what one thinks may possibly take:

place; and so gives to the Infin. Aorist or
Present the force of a Future; see Buttm.
§139.m.17. Kuhn. § 260.5, Id. Ausf. Gr.
ἡ 455. Ast Lex. Plat. I. p, 135. Thus,
2 Cor. 10, 9 ἵνα μὴ δόξω ὡς ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν
ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν, that Imay not seem
as if (perhaps) about to terrify you by letters.
—Plato Crat. 391. a, ἀλλὰ δοκῶ pot ὧδε ἂν
μᾶλλον πειϑήσεσϑαί σοι. Rep. 336. 6, καί
μοι δοκῶ... ἄφωνος ἂν γενέσθαι. ib. 467. ἃ.

V. Once ἄν occurs in an exceptive clause

without a verb, which however is to be sup-

ee Le

Al

“ass. = i.

>
ava

plied from the preceding context. 1 Cor. '7, &
μὴ ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους, εἰ μή τι ἂν [γέ-
γνοιτο] ἐκ συμφώνου πρὸς καιρόν, i. 6. ex-
cept perhaps it be with consent for a time.
See Hartung Lehre vy. d. Part. Il. p. 330.
Kin. 261. 4. Winer §43..1. fin. +

Il. ἄν, conjunct. for ἐάν, if; with the
Subjunct. John 20, 23 bis. Its place is at
the beginning of a clause or proposition ;
and it is thus distinguished from the modal
ἄν of the preced. article; Herm. ad Vig.
p- 819, sq.—Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. Xen. An.
5.7. 5 ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ... ἂν δ᾽ ἡμῖν
φαίνωνται κτλ.

avd, prep. up, upon, on, pr. implying
motion upwards, opp. κατά ; see the com-
pounds and ἄνω. In Gr. poets, c. dat. Hom.
Il. 1. 15; in prose only c. acc. as ἀνὰ τὸν
ποταμὸν πλέειν, Opp. κατὰ ῥόον, Hdot. 2. 96,
Pol. 3. '75. 3; then, through, throughout, as
if from bottom to top, ἀνὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, Hdot.
6. 1313; πλανᾷν ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.
27; trop. of mode and manner, as dvd κρά-
τος q. d. from weakness up 10 strength, i.e.
strongly, vigorously, Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 30. ib.
5. 3. 12. See Buttm. 147. n. 1. Kiihn. ᾧ 290
1. Ausf. Gr. ὁ 602.—Hence in N. T. only.
with the Accusative.

1. Of place, through ; as ἀνὰ μέσον twos
through the midst of, 6. g. τοῦ σιτοῦ Matt.
13,25; τῶν ὁρίων Mark 7, 31. Sept. Is. 57,
5. (Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Xen. An. 7. 4. 2 ἀνὰ τὸ
πεδίον.) Also of rest, in the midst of, e. δ.
ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ Spdvov Rev. '7, 17 comp. 5,
6 ἐν μέσῳ. Trop. of persons, between, 1
Cor. 6, 5. Sept. Ex. 11, '7. 1 Mace. 7, 28.

2. Of manner, as ἀνὰ μέρος, pr. through
each share or turn, i. e. by course, by turns,
alternately, 1 Cor. 14, 27.—Pol. 4. 20. 10.
Gr. writers use more commonly κατὰ μέρος,
Xen. Hell. 6. 2.29. Plato Legg. 671. c.
—Hence :

8. In a distributive sense, pr. ¢hrough ;
as ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος through every year, i. e.
every year, annually, Hdot. 7. 106; ἀνὰ
πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας Xen. An. 4.
6. 4.—In N. T. through, by, signifying man-
ner, and approaching to the nature of an
adverb ; Mark 6, 40 ἀνέπεσον πρασιαὶ mpa-
σιαὶ ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν κτλ. i.e. by hundreds. Luke
9, 14. 10,1 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο, i. 6.
two and two. So Pol. 2. 10. 3. Xen. An.
3. 4. 21 ἐποιήσαντο ἕξ λόχους ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν
dv8pas.—Elsewhere in Ν. 'T. ἀνά becomes
still more an adverb, each, apiece, standing
between a verb and its accusative, and qua-
lifying the former ; Matt. 20, 9. 10 ἔλαβον
ἀνὰ δηνάριον, they received each a denarius.
Luke 9, 3. John 2, 6 ὑδρίαι... χωροῦσαι

ἀναβαδμός

ἀνὰ μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς. Rev. 4, 8. Also
once before a nominative; Rev. 21, 231 ἀνὰ
εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν KTA. Comp.
Hom. Il. 18. 562 ἀνὰ βότρυες ἦσαν. Pol. 3.
104. 4 ἐξέπεμψε τῆς νυκτὸς εἰς τὰς ἐπιτη-
δειοτάτας ὑποβολὰς ἀνὰ διακοσίους καὶ τρια-

κοσίους ... ἱππεῖς. ib. 2. 24. 18.
Note. In composition ἀνά denotes: a)
up, upwards; as ἀναβαίνω. Ὁ) re-, back,

- again, as if ‘up stream,’ implying return,
repetition; as ἀναχωρέω, ἀνακαινίζω. 0)
Emphasis, intensity ; as ἀναγινώσκω.

avaBaS 6s, ov, 6, (ἀναβαίνω), an as-
cent, i. e. a stair, a step, Plur. stairs, lead-
ing up into the fortress Antonia, Acts 21, 35.
40. See Jos. B. J. 5.5.8. Biblioth. Sac.
1846. p. 622. Sept. for n>y2 1 K. 10,19.
20.—Jos. Ant. 8.5.2. All. H. A. 6. 61.
Hdot. 2.125. The Attic form was ἀνα-
Bacpés, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 324.

ἀναβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (Baive,) aor. 2
ἀνέβην, imperat. ἀνάβηδσι, also apoc. dvaBa
Rey. 4,.1; see Buttm. § 114 in βαίνω.

1. to go or come up, to ascend, to go from
a lower to a higher place ; e. g. as into a cha-
riot, absol. Acts 8,31 παρεκάλεσέ τε τὸν Φί-
λιππὸν ἀναβάντα kaSioa σὺν αὐτῷ. So John
10, 1 ἀναβαίνων ἀλλαχόϑεν, climbing up
some other way, sc. into the sheep-fold, not
by the door. The place whence one goes
up is put with ἀπό c. gen. Matt. 3, 16 ἀπὸ
τοῦ ὕδατος. Rey.'7,2; with ἐκ c. gen. Acts
8, 39 ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος. Rey. 11, 7. 13, 11.
The place whither one goes up, is put
with εἰς c. acc. as eis τὸ ὄρος Matt. 5,
1. 14, 23. 15, 29. Mark 3,13; also Matt.
15, 39. Mark 6, 51. John 7, 14. [John 21,
3 εἰς τὸ πλοῖον] ; with ἐπί c. acc. Luke 5,
19 ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα. 19, 4. So with ἀπό Xen.
Hell. 6.5.26; ἐκ ib. 5. 4. 58. Pol. 10. 4.6;
eis Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 19. Dem. 799. ult. ἐπί
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.39. Dem. 567. 13.—In a
wider sense, of those who go from a lower
toa higher region of country; comp. the
ἀνάβασις of Xenophon, and Xen. An. 1. 1.
2. So to Jerusalem, as situated on the
mountains ; εἰς Ἱεροσόλ. Matt. 20, 17. 18.
Mark 10, 32. (Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6.) Absol.
of persons going up to Jerusalem; John 7,
8 where εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν marks the object of
the journey. John 7, 10. 12,20. Acts 18,
22. 24,11. So Sept. and nby Ezra 7, 6.
7. Also εἰς Ἰουδαίαν Luke 2, 4, sc. from
Galilee, with ἀπό and ἐκ of place whence.—
Spoken-of those who ascend into heaven,
either to dwell with God or to have inter-
course with him ; so ἀν. eis τὸν οὐρανόν Rev.
11, 12; εἰς τὸ ὕψος Eph, 4, 8 (Sept. Ps.

42

ἀναβλέπω
68, 19) ; ὑπεράνω... «τῶν οὐρ. Eph. 4, 10
πρὸς τὸν πατέρα John 90, 17 bis; ὅπου ἦν
τὸ πρότερον John 6, 62, comp. 1,2. 14, 28;
ὧδε Rey. 4,1. 11, 12; absol. Eph. 4, 9.
So of those acquainted with things from
heaven, or known only in heaven, John 3,
13. Rom. 10,6; comp. Deut. 30,12. Prov.
30, 4. Here too belongs John 1, 52: ye
shall see heaven open, and the angels of God
ascending (ἀναβαίνοντας) and descending
upon the Son of man, i. e. ye shall behold
the Son of man receiving constant commu-
nications of divine power and favour from
the Father. Angels are here put to repre-
sent the medium of communication ; but
not as implying their visible appearance ;
the figure being drawn from Gen. 28, 12.
2. Of things, to go or come up, to rise, to
be brought up; e. g. a fish out of the sea,
Matt. 17,27. (Aisop. F. 95 καρκῖνος ἀπὸ τῆς
ϑαλάσσης ἀναβάς.) Of smoke, to rise up,
Rev. 9,2. 14,11. 19,3; c. dat. Rev. 8,4 καὶ
ἀνέβη ὁ ὃ καπνὸς τῶν ϑυμιαμάτων ταῖς προσ-
ευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων, i. e. for or in behalf of the
prayers of the saints, along with them and
aiding them; see Winer § 31. 3 ult. Of
plants, to rise up, to grow up, Matt. 13, 7.
Mark 4, 8. 32. Sept. and mby Is. 5, 4.
(Xen. (Ec. 19, 18 ἄμπελος ἀναβαίνουσα per
ἐπὶ τὰ δένδρα. Theophr. H. Pl. 8. 3.) Trop.
of a rumour, Acts 21, 31 ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χι-
λιάρχῳ word came up to the chiliarch, he
being in the fortress Antonia. Also of
prayers, ἀν. ἐνώπιον τοῦ Seod Acts 10, 4.
Spoken likewise of thonghte, purposes,
which come up, arise, in one’s mind, e. g.
ev τῇ καρδίᾳ Luke 24, 38; ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν
Acts 7, 23. 1 Cor. 2,9 (comp. Is. 64, 4).
So Heb. ad-by nbs, Sept. apripe ἐπὶ
τὴν καρδίαν, Jer. 3,16. 32, 35. 44,21, +
ἀναβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to ὭΣ
or cast up, ἃ mound Thuc. 4. 90; to throw
or put back, to put off, desov Hom. Od. 19.
584.—In N. T. Mid. ἀναβάλλομαι, to
put off, to defer, in a judicial sense, c. acc.
of pers. Acts 24, 22. Sept. Ps. 78,21. So
Diod. Sic. 16. 79 τὴν κόλασιν εἰς ἕτερον
ἀνεβάλετο καιρόν. Plato Phed. 107. ἃ. Xen
Cyr. 8. 1. 18.

ἀναβιβάζω, f. doo, (BiBdto,) to make
go up, to cause to ascend, Xen. 4. 2. 28.—
InN. T. to draw up, to drag pr haul in,
e. g. a net to the shore, c. acc. et ἐπί τι,
Matt. 13, 48. Sept. for nbym Gen. 37, 28.
So of ships id. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 2 πρὸς τὴν
γῆν ἀνεβιβάξε τὰς ἑαυτοῦ τριήρεις.

ἀναβλέπω, f. yo, (Bréra,) 1. to
look up, to raise the eyes, εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν

‘te i ee As

ee ee a eS oe ΠΎΠΠΠ

ἀνάβλεψις 43

Matt. 14,19. Mark 6, 41. 7, 34. Luke 9,
16; εἰς αὐτόν Acts 22, 13; absol. Mark 8,
24. 16,4. Luke 19, 5. 21, 1.—So εἰς τὸν.
ovp. 2 Macc. 7, 28. Plato Ax. 370. b.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 9; πρός τινα Plut. de Ani-
mz procreat. 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12.

2. to see again, to recover sight, as the
blind, Matt. 11, 5. 20, 34. Mark 8, 25.
10, 51. 52. Luke 7, 22. 18, 41. 42. 43.

‘ Acts 9, 12. 17. 18. 22, 13 ἀνάβλεψον.

Of one blind from his birth, John 9,
11. 15. 18 bis. Sept. for wan Is. 42,
18.—Plut. adv. Stoic. 10. Plato Phadr.
243. Ὁ.

ἀνάβλεψις, ews, ἧ, (ἀναβλέπω,) α see-
ing again, recovery of sight, Luke 4, 19;
comp. Sept. Is. 61, 1—A#l. H. An. 17. 13.

. ἀναβοάω, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (Bodw,) to cry
aloud, sc. by lifting up the voice, to cry
out, absol. Mark 15, 8. Luke 9, 38; c. dat.
intens. φωνῇ pey. Matt. 27, 46. Sept. for
pst Ez. 11, 13; psx Num. 20, 16.—Luc.
Asin. 26. Pol. 8. 39. 3. Xen. An. 5. 4. 31.

ἀναβολή, Fs, 4, (ἀναβάλλω,) pr. earth
thrown up Xen. An. 5. 2. 5.—In N. T. in
a judicial sense, delay, a putting off, Acts
25,17. So Dem. 235. 11. Plato Conv.
201. d.

ἀνάγαιον, ov, τό, (ἀνά, γαῖα, γῆ.) i. q.
ἀνώγεον, for which it is substituted in later
editions; written also ἀνώγαιον, ἀνάγεον,
Lob. ad Phryn. Ρ. 297; pr. ‘any thing
above ground ;’ hence, an upper room, in
the upper story or connected with the roof,
for the reception of guests, a receiving-room
or parlour, i. 4. τὸ ὑπερῷον where see;
Mark 14,15. Luke 22,12; comp. Acts 20,
8. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. p. 26, 417.—
So ἀνώγαιον Xen. An. 5. 4. 29.

ἀναγγέλλω, f. γελῶ, (ἀγγέλλω) aor. 1
ἀνήγγειλα, also Pass. aor. 2 ἀνηγγέλην Rom.
15, 21 (Sept. Is. 52, 15). 1 Pet. 1, 12.
Hdian. 3. 1. 12, comp. Buttm. §101.n.4; to
bring word or announce back, to report back,
to tell, with acc. and dat. Acts 16,38. 2 Cor.
7,'7; dat. and ὅτι John 5, 15, comp. v. 12.
13; ace. Acts 14,27. So Xen. An. 1. 3.
21. Thuc. 4. 122—Hence genr. to an-
nounce, to declare, to tell, c. acc. Mark 5,19.
Acts 15, 4. 19,18. Pass. ὁ. dat. et περί
τινος Rom. 1ὅ, 21, comp. Sept. Is. 52, 15.
With εἰς c. acc. of place Mark 5, 14. Sept.
for πὰ Deut. 26,3. Spoken of teachers,
to declare, to show forth, with ace. and dat.
John 4, 25. 16, 13. Acts 20, 27. 1 John 1,
5; Pass. 1 Pet. 1, 12; c. dat. John 16, 14.
15. Acts 20, 20; dat. and περί τινος John

ἀνωγκαῖος

16,25. Sept. for s1 Hiph. Deut. 8, 8
nas Hiph. Deut. 24, 8.

ἀναγεννάω, ὦ, f. now, (γεννάω,) pr. to
beget anew; hence trop. to regenerate, to
renew, a person by a change from a carnal
to a christian life, from sinful to holy affec-
tions; c. acc. 1 Pet. 1, 3. Pass. v. 23.
Kindred are: υἱοὺς ϑεοῦ εἶναι Gal. 3, 26;
τέκνα ϑεοῦ γενέσϑαι John 1,12.13; ἐκ ϑεοῦ
γεννηδῆναι 1 πὰ τὰ 8,9; ἄνωϑεν γεννηϑῆναι
John 3, 3.

ἀναγινώσκω, f. γνώσομαι, (γινώσκω)
aor. 2 ἀνέγνων ; Pass. perf. ἀνέγνωσμαι;
aor. 1 dveyydoZny; intens. to know accu-
rately, precisely, Hom. Il. 13.'734; also to
know again, to recognize, Hdot. 2. 91.—In
N. T. pr. to know and distinguish accurate-
ly; spec. to know by reading, and ΝΟΣ to
read a writing or book.

1. Genr. to read for oneself, to a by
reading, c. acc. John 19, 20 τὸν τίτλον πολ-
hol ἀνέγνωσαν. 2 Cor. 1, 13; 6. acc. of the
author of a book, Acts 8, 28. 30; absol.
Matt. 24, 15. Mark 13, 14. Acts 23, 34.
Rev. 1, 3. Trop. 2 Cor. 3,2. Soc. ace.
Hil. V. H. 14. 43. Xen. An. 1.6.4; absol.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20.—Aor. 2 ἀνέγνων, to
have read, to know by reading, 6. g. c. acc.
τί Matt. 12,3; ὅτι Matt. 19, 4. 21,16; ἐν
of place where, and ὅτι Matt. 12, 5. 21, 42.

2. Spec. to read before others, to reaa
aloud, ας. acc. Acts 13, 27; acc. of the au-
thor Acts 15,21. 2 Cor. 3,15. Pass. c.
dat. 1 Thess. 5,27. Sept. often for 87P
Deut. 31, 11. Neh. 13, 1—1 Mace. 10, 7.
Xen. Hell. 7.1. 39. +

ἀναγκάζω, f. dow, (ἀνάγκη.) to necessi-
tate, to compel, to constrain, by authority,
threats, or also by persuasion ; constr. pr.
with acc. of pers. and inf. So with inf.
pres. Gal. 6, 12; acc. om. Acts 26, 11;
Pass. Gal. 2,14. (Plato Prot. 326. c; acc.
om. 1 Macc. 2. 25. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 44.)
With inf. aor. Matt. 14, 22. Mark 6, 45;
acc. om. Luke 14, 23; inf. om. 2 Cor. 12,
11; Pass. Acts 28,19. Gal. 2,3. So Hdian.
4. 9. 6. Xen. Conv. 3. 5.

ἀναγκαῖος, a, ον; (dvaykn,) Act. neces-
sitating, compulsory, Hom. Od. 17. 399;
Pass. necessitated, compelled, Od. 24. 498.—
In N. T. necessary, e.g. a) As depend
ing on the laws of nature and life ; 1 Cor.
12, 22. Tit. 3, 14 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας
for the necessary wants of Christian breth-
ren. So Pol. 5. 56. 12. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.
b) As connected by natural and necessary
ties, as kindred, friends, near ; Acts 10, 24
τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. So Pol. ὄ. 71. 2.

ἀναγκαστῶς

Xen: Mem. ῶ. 1. 14. 0) Neut. ἀναγκαῖον
εἶναι, to be necessary, needful, i. 6. to be
right, proper ; Acts 13, 46 ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖ-
ov, i.e. it was matter of duty. Heb. 8, 3
ὅϑεν ἀναγκαῖον sc. ἐστί. Phil. 1, 24. So
Pol. 6. 15.9: Ken. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. Also
ἀναγκαῖον ἡγέομαι, to regard as necessary,
to think right and prdper, 2 Cor. 9, 5. Phil.
2,25. So 2 Macc. 9, 21.

ἀναγκαστῶς, adv. (ἀναγκαστός, ἀνάγ-
«n,) by constraint, unwillingly, opp. ἑκουσίως,
1 Pet. 5, 2.—Plato Ax. 366. a.

> 7 .

ἀνάγκη, ns, ἡ; (kindr. ayy@,) 1. neces-
sity, need, as arising: a) From the influ-
ence of others, constraint, 1 Cor. '7, 377.
2 Cor. 9, 7. Philem. 14. So Xen. Cyr. 8.
1.20. Ὁ) From the nature and circum-
stances of the case, Matt. 18, 7. Heb. 7,12.
27. 9,16. 23. So Jos. Ant. 16. 9.3. Xen.
Cyr. 1.2.15. ὁ) From obligation, duty ;
6. g. ἀναγκὴν ἔχω, I have need, I must needs,
it is right and proper, Luke 14, 18. 23, 17.
Jude 3; ἀνάγκη ἐστί c. inf. there is need,
Rom. 13, 5. 1 Cor. 9, 16 ἀνάγκη γάρ pot
ἐπίκειται, for necessity is laid upon me, an
obligation which I cannot resist. So Xen.
Mem. 4. 8. 2. Cyr. 2. 4. 12.

2. Spec. difficulty, distress, straits, Luke
21,23. 1 Cor. 7,26. 2 Cor. 6. 4. 12, 10.
1 Thess. 3, 7. Sept. for PiX2 Ps. 119,
148: MPSA Ps. 25, 17; ΓΙῸΣ Job 27, 9.—
Hdot. 1. 116. Diod. Sic. 4. 43. Xen. Mem.
3. 12. 2 eis τὰς ἀνάγκας τὰς ddyewordras
ἐμπεσόντες. : ;

ἀναγνωρίξω, f. iow, (γνωρίζω,) pr. to
know again, to recognize, Plato Lach. 181.
e.—In N. T. only Pass. aor. 1 ἀνεγνωρίσϑην
with Mid. reflexive signif. to let oneself be
recognized, to make oneself known, Acts 7,
13. Sept. for 35 Gen. 45, 1. See
Buttm. §136. Kiihn. §250. R. 1.

ἀνάγνωσις, ews, ἧ: (ἀναγίνωσκω,) read-
ing, for oneself 1 Tim. 4, 13; aloud in
public Acts 13,15. 2 Gor. 3,14. Sept. for
Np2 Neh. 8, 3.—Pol. 9. 1. 5. Plato Eu-
{πγά. 279. 6.

ἀνάγω, f. ἄξω, (ἄγω,) aor. 2 ἀνήγαγον,
Pass. aor. 1 ἀνήχϑην.

1. to lead or conduct up, to bring up, from
a lower to a higher place ; so with acc. and
els c. acc. of place, Luke 2, 22 ἀνήγαγον
αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα; see in ἀναβαίνω no. 1.
Luke 4, 5. Acts 9, 39. 16, 34 εἰς τὸν οἶκον
᾿ αὐτοῦ, i.e. from the dungeon to his own
dwelling. Pass, Matt. 4, 1. Sept. for
M231 Gen. 50,24. So Plato Rep. 533. ἃ,
ἕλκει καὶ ἀνάγει ἄνω Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 6—

ἀναζάω

As in Engl. to lead up before a tribunai, as
occupying a higher place ; Luke 22, 66 ἀν.
αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον they led him up into
(before) the Sanhedrim. Acts 12,4 dvaya-
γεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ, to bring him up, sc. for
sentence and execution, to the people, i. e.
in the presence of the people ; comp. v. 6.
So 2 Mace. 6, 10. Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 11.—Of
sacrifices, to offer, sc. by leading up the
victim or placing the sacrifice upon. the al-
tar ; Acts 7,41 ἀνήγαγον ϑυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ.
So Sept. and M>3} 1K. 3,15; and so nbsn
Sept. ἀναφέρω Lev. 14, 20. Hdot. 2. 60.—
Also ἀναγαγεῖν ἐκ νεκρῶν, to bring up from
the dead, from the grave, Rom. 10, 7. Heb.
13, 20. So Sept. and M23 Ps. 30, 4.
71, 20.

2. Spec. as a nautical term, ἀνάγειν ναῦν,
to lead up a ship, to put out to sea, sincé
from the shore the sea appears as an accli-
vity, Hdot. 8. 57,70, 83; ναῦν om. 8. 76.
Comp. in éravéyw.—Hence in N. T. Mid.
or Pass. ἀνάγομαι, Aor. ἀνήχϑην, to pul
to sea, to launch forth, to set sail, fully ἐν
πλοίῳ Acts 28,11; absol. Luke 8, 22. Acts
21,1. 2. 27,2. 28,10; with ἀπό c. gen.
whence, Acts 13, 18. 16,11. 18,21. 27,
21; εἰς c.acc. whither, Acts 20, 3.13 ; κἀκεῖ-
Sev Acts 27, 4. 12. So Plut. Cato Min. 56.
ib, Thes. 26. Xen. An, 5. 7. 17.

ἀναδείκνυμι, f. δείξω, (Seixvupt,) to
show aloft, as a torch Pol. 8.30.10.—In N. T.
to show forth, to declare, c. acc. Acts 1, 24.
(Pol. 2. 46. 5. Xen. Hell. 3. 5.16.) Hence
to declare, to appoint, c. acc. Luke 10, 1.
So 2 Mace. 14, 12 στρατηγόν. Diod. Sic.
1. 66.

ἀνάδειξις, cas, ἡ, (ἀναδείκνυμι,) α show-
ing forth, sign, Diod. Sic. 1. 85.—In N. T.
a showing forth, manifestation, i.e. the pub-
lic appearance of John the Baptist, Luke 1,
80. So Pol. 15. 56. 7. Plut. Mar. 8.

ἀναδέχομαι, f. Eoua, Mid. depon. (dé
xopa,) to take up, to catch, as a shield
catches darts, Hom. Il. 5. 619 ; to take upon
oneself, 2 Macc. 8, 86. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 18.
—In N. T. to take up, to receive, e. g. per-
sons as guests, c. acc. Acts 28, 7. (So
δέχομαι Diod. Sic. 13. 4; ὑποδέχομαι ALI.
VY. H. 4. 9.) Trop. to take to oneself, to re-
ceive, 6. g. τὰς ἐπαγγελίας Heb. 11, 17.

ἀναδίδωμι, £. δώσω, (δίδωμι,) to ge
up, to deliver up, e. g. a letter to any one,
c. acc, et dat. Acts 23, 33.—Pol. 29. 10. 7.
Xen. Conv. 2. 8.

ἀναζάω, &, f. how, (Cdw,) to revive, to
live again, intrans. Rom. 14,9 and Rev. 20.

ἀναζητέω

5 Rec. ‘Trop. of one lost and restored to
his friends, Luke 15, 24. 32. Trop. also of
sin, fo revive, to gain strength; Rom. 7, 9
ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν. So trop. Artemid. 4. 82.

ἀναζητέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀνά intens, ζη-
τέω.) to seek diligently, again and again, to
inquire after, c. acc. Luke 2, 44. [45.]
Acts 11, 25. Sept. for ©23 Job 3,4; Spa
Job 10. 6.—AEI. V. H. 3.28. Plato Apol. 18. b.

avatovvupt, f. ζώσω, (ζώννυμι,) to gird
up with a belt or girdle ; Mid. to gird up one-
self, to be girded. 'The orientals dress in long
loose robes flowing down around the feet ;
so that when they wish to run, or fight, or
apply themselves to any business, they are
accustomed to bind their garments close
around them. Hence 1 Pet. 1, 13 trop. c.
acc. ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας,
having girded up the loins of your mind,
holding your minds in constant preparation.
So Sept. and "38 Prov. 31, 17.

ἀναζωπύρέω, &, f. now, (ζωπυρέω, ζώ-
mupov ; (ads, πῦρ.) to light up again, to
kindle up, pr. as fire; in N.’T. and else-
where only trop. to kindle up, to stir up, to
excite to new life and vigour, 6. acc. 2 Tim.1,
6. Sept. intrans. for m7 Gen. 45, 27.—
Trans. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 5. Pass. Plato Rep.
527. d. Xen. Eq, 10. 16.

ἀναδνάλλω, f, αλῶ, (Ξϑάλλω,) aor. 2 ἀνέ-
ϑαλον a rare form Winer § 15. Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. II. p. 195; to put forth anew, to
flourish again, to come into fresh leaf and
blossom, as a tree Hom. Il. 1. 236. Wisd. 4, 4.
Also trans. to make put forth anew, to make
flourish again, Sept. Ez. 17,24 ἐγὼ ...
ξηραίνων ξύλον χλωρόν, καὶ ἀναϑάλλων ξύ-
λον ξηρόν. Ecclus. 50,10; trop. as εἰρήνην,
εὐλογίαν, Eeclus. 1, 18. 11, 22.—In N. T.
once trop. Phil 4, 10 ὅτε dveSadere τὸ ὑπὲρ
ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν, i. 6. either trans. that ye have
let your care for me put forth (flourish)
again; or intrans. that ye have put forth
again (are again prospered) as to your care
for me. The former seems preferable on
account of the acc. τὸ φρονεῖν.

ἀνάϑεμα, aros, τό, (ἀνατίϑημι,) pr. any
thing consecrated to the gods, a sacred gift
or offering, laid up or suspended in the tem-
ple of a god, Plut. Pelop. 25. ἐπεχείρησεν
ἀνάϑεμα τοιόνδε ποιῆσαι. Sept. for 83% Josh.
7, 11, comp. v. 23; comp. also 6, 19, 24.
A later form for the Attic ἀνάθημα, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 249.—But Heb. 573%), Sept,
ἀνάϑεμα, is said also of persons or ani-
mals consecrated or devoted to God, Lev. 27,

45

a ee ee ee Oe ap .

>
ἀναίρεσις

28 comp. v. 29; and as every :iving thing
thus devoted could not be redeemed, but
was to be put to death, hence 5773 and Sept.
dva%éua denote any thing devoted to death
or destruction, any thing accursed, on which
a curse is laid, as cities and their inhabit-
ants which were to be destroyed, Josh. 6,
17. 18. 7, 1. ete. In Deut. 7, 26 it is pa
rallel with βδέλυγμα, an abominable thing.
—Hence in N. T. an anathema, curse,
Acts 23, 14 ἀναθέματι ἀναϑεματίσαμεν éav-
τούς we have cursed ourselves with a curse,
have bound ourselves by a curse. Meton.
of persons, one accursed, i. e. separated from
God’s favour and delivered over to destruc-
tion; 1 Cor. 12, 3 λέγειν Ἰησοῦν ἀνάϑεμα.
16, 22. Gal. 1, 8. 9. Rom. 9,3 ἀνάϑεμα
εἶναι ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, to be accursed from
Christ, i.e. to be separated from Christ and
the benefits of his death, and devoted to
eternal destruction; for this use of ἀπό
comp. 2 Thess. 1, 9.

ἀναδεματίζω, f. ico, (avdSepa,) to
anathematize, to lay under a curse, to curse,
absol. Mark 14,71; to bind by a curse, c.
acc. Acts 23, 12. 14. 21, see in ἀνάϑεμα.----
Sept. for 5°73 Num. 18, 14. Josh. 6, 21°
so 1 Macc. 5, 5. ;

avaSewpéw, f. now, (ἀνά intens. Sew-
péw,) to behold attentively, to consider dili-
genily, c. acc. Acts 17, 23. Heb. 13, 7.—
Diod. Sic. 14. 109. Luc. Vit. Auct. 2.

ἀνάϑημα, ατος, τό, (ἀνατίϑημι,) a gift,
offering, consecrated to God and laid up or
suspended in the temple, Luke 21,5. On
the form, see in ἀνάϑεμα. So Pol. 11, 4.1.
Xen. Hell. 7. 3. 8.—Votive offerings, such
as shields, chaplets, golden chains and can-
dlesticks, and the spoils of enemies, were
common in the temples of the heathen;
Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 235. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 322. Dict. of Antt. art. Donaria.
The same custom was imitated in the Jew-
ish temple ; see ἀνάϑημα Jos. Ant. 15.11. 3
ult. B. J. 2.17. 3. Judith 16,19. 2 Mace
5, 16. 9, 16. 3 Macc. 3, 17.

ἀνάιδεία, as, ἡ, (ἀναιδής ; "a priv. αἰδέο-
pat,) pr. shamelessness, impudence ; put for
importunity Luke 11, 8.—Ecclus. 25, 22.
Plato Legg. 841. a.

ἀναίρεσις, eas, ἡ, (ἀναιρέω,) a taking -
up or away, of dead bodies for burial, Thue.
3. 113.—In N. T. a taking away from life,
i. e. death, a putting to death, Acts 8, 1.
[22, 20.] Sept. for 223 Num. 11, 15. So
2 Macc. 6, 13. Hdian. 2. 13.1. Plut. M.
Crass. 4.

2. Bin ABP =

ἀναιρέω

ἀναιρέω, ὦ, f. now, (αἱρέω,) aor. 2 ἀνεῖ-
λον, whence instead of dveidere, Mid. dvei-
Aero, we have in later editions the Alexan-
drine forms ἀνείλωτε, ἀνείλατο, Acts 2, 23.
7, 21. Sept. Is. 38, 14; for which see
Phryn. et Lob. p. 183; Buttm. § 96. n. 1
marg. Winer Gr. ὁ 18. 1. To take up, lift
up, from the ground, Hom. Od. 3. 453.
Sept. for 0° Num. 16,37. Mid. id. Xen.
An. 5. 7. 21. . Also to take wp for burial,
Dem. 1069. 2.—Hence in N. T.

1. Pr. to take wp; Mid. trop. to take up
for oneself, e. g. a child exposed, to adopt,
to bring up, c. acc. Acts 7,21 αὐτὸν dvei-
aro, i.e. Pharaoh’s daughter took up Mo-
ses, adopted him.—Diod. Sic. 3. 58 ἀναλέ-
σϑαι τὸ βρέφος, comp. Sept. Ex. 2,10. So
Lat. tollo, Cic. Div. 1. 21.

2. to take wp and carry away, to take
away, to remove, e. g. a table and its dishes
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 20.—Hence in N. T. 8)
Of things, sacrifices, to take away, to abol-
ish, c. acc. Heb. 10,9. So Pol. 32. 1. 3.
Xen, Cyr. 1.1.1. Ὁ) Of persons, to put
away, to put to death, to kill, to slay, c. acc.
Matt. 2,16. Luke 22, 2. Acts 5, 33. 36. 7,
28 bis. 9, 23. 24. 29. 16, 27 ἑαυτὸν dva-
ρεῖν. 23, 15, 21. 27. 25,3. Spoken of a
public execution, Luke 23, 32. Acts 2, 23.
10, 39. 12, 2. 13, 28. 22, 20. 26,10. So
Sept. for M72 Ex. 21, 29; 1257 2 Sam.
10, 18.—Hqian. 2. 1. Plato Legg. 870. d.

> I Β .
AVALTLOS, tov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. airia,)

- blameless, guiltless, Matt. 12, 5. '7. Sept. for

"P2 Deut. 19, 10. 13.—ABlian. V. H. 5. 18.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10.

ἀνακαδίζω, f. iow, (καδίζω,) pr. trans.
to set up; in N. T. intrans. or with ἑαυτόν
impl. to sit up, Luke 7, 15. Acts 9, 40.—

Plut. Philop. 20 podus ἑαυτὸν ἐπ᾽ ἀσϑενείας |

Mid. Plato Pheed. 60. b.

ἀνακαινίζω, f. iow, (καινίζω,) to renew,
to restore to a former state, c. acc. Sept. τὸ
πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς for BIN Ps. 104, 30; τὸν
ναόν Jos. Ant. 9. 8.2; τὸν πόλεμον Plut.
Marcell. 6.—In N. T. trop. to rengw eis
μετάνοιαν, sc. apostates from the true faith
in Christ, ‘ to bring them back to repentance
and their former faith, c. acc. Heb. 6, 6.
Sept. trop. for VIINN Ps. 103, 5. So 1

ἀνεκάδισε.

_ Mace. 6, 9. Luc. Philopatr. 12 δ ὕδατος

ἡμᾶς ἀνεκαίνισεν, Pass. Isocr. Areop. 3. p.
141. d.

ἀνακαινόω, ὦ, f. dow, (καινόω.) to το-
new, to renovate, to refresh, to invigorate,
Pass. 2 Co.. 4, 16. Trop. to renew, to
change from a carnal to a christian life,

40

ἀνάκειμαι

from sinful to holy affections, Pass. Col. 3,
10; comp, Eph. 4, 23. John 3, 5.—Found
elsewhere only in ecclesiast. writers; the
Attics employed ἀνακαινίζω q.v. H. Planck
de Nat. et Ind. p. 51. Winer ὁ 16. 1.

ἀνακαίνωσ WS, ews, ἧ, (dvaxawéde,) a
renewing, renovation, trop. of the heart
from sinful to -holy affections, Rom. 12, 2.
Tits Ob. ¢ ὦ

ἀνακαλύπτω, f. Wo, (καλύπτω,) to
uncover, to unveil, Sept. for mds Deut. 22,
30. Xen. Conv. 1. 16.—In N. T. trop. to
unveil, to remove a veil from the mind οἱ
heart, by which the truth is shut out ; Pass.
2 Cor. 3, 14 τὸ κάλυμμα péver... μὴ dvaka-
λυπτόμενον, the same veil remaineth un-
veiled, not taken away, i. 6. the blindness
and prejudices of their minds remain. v. 18
ἀνακαλυπτομένῳ προσώπῳ, with unveiled
face, the veil of blindness being taken
away; comp. v. 13. Sept. for 725 Is, 22,
14; M73 Is. 3,17. So Pol. 4. 85. 6.

> "4

ἀνακάμπτω, f. Wo, (κάμπτω,) pr.
trans. to bend or turn back; in N. 1", in-
trans. to turn back, to return, c. πρός twa
Matt. 2, 12. Acts 18, 21; absol. Heb. 11,
15. Sept. for as Ex. 32,27. So Diod.
Sic. 3. ὅδ. Plato Pheed. 72. b.—Trop. Luke
10, 6 (ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν) ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει
your peace (salutation) shall return to you

again, i. e. shall be without fruit, as though’

it had never been given; comp. Is. 45, 23.
55,11. Tarall. is Matt. 10, 13.

ἀνάκειμαι, ξ, κείσομαι, (κεῖμαι,) to be
laid up, as offerings in the heathen temples,
Ceb. Tab. 1. Thuc. 3. 114; and also in
the Jewish temple, Jos, Ant. 3. 1.'7; comp.
in dvd3nya.—Hence in N. T.

1. to be laid out, as a dead body on a ta-

ble or the like, Mark 5, 40 Ree.

2. to lie up at a table, to recline at table,
i, e. upon a couch or triclinium, which was
usually higher than the low table itself, in
the ancient manner of eating ; see Potter’s
Gr. Antt. Il. p. 376 sq. Adam’s Rom.
Antt. p. 436. Dict. of Antt. arts. Tricli-
nium, Cana. Earlier Gr. writers used
κεῖμαι simply, Lob. ad Phr. p. 216, 217.
Corresp. in Engl. is 10 sit at table, to sit at
meat; so absol. Mat. 26, 7. Mark 14, 18.
16, 14; Part. ὁ ἀνακείμενος, one at table, a
guest, Matt. 22,10.11. Luke 22, 27 bis.
John 6, 11. 13, 28; with μετά τινος Matt.
26, 20; with σύν τινι [John 12, 2]; with
ev c. dat. of place Matt. 9, 10. Luke
7, 37. John 13, 23 ἀνακείμενος ἐν τῷ κόλ-
πῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, lying in the bosom of Je

———

αν eee ΟΤΨΥ. ὙΣ ΘΠ Τ᾿

ἀνακεφαλαιόω

sus, i. 6. next to him on the triclinium; so
Lat. in sinu recumbo Plin. Ep. 4.—1 Esdr.
4, 10. Athen. 7. 35, 58. Pol. 13. 6. 8.

ἀνακεφαλαιόω, ὦ, ἴ. ὠσω, (κεφαλαιόω,)
to sum up, to recapitulate, as an orator at
the close of his discourse; Quinct. 6. 1,
“rerum repetitio et congregatio, que Gre-
cis ἀνακεφαλαίωσις dicitur.”—Hence in N.
T. a) Pass. to be summed up, comprehended
in one; i. e. several precepts under one
more general, Rom. 13,9. Ὁ) Mid. spoken
of God, Eph. 1, 10 ἀνακεφαλαιώσασϑαι τὰ
πάντα ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ, to gather together for
himself into one all things in Christ, i. e.
to bring together in Christ into one body all
the parts now severed and scattered ; espec.
the Jews and Gentiles, comp. Eph. 2, 14.
15. Comp. Aristot. περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀξιολογω-
τάτων ἐν τῇ γῇ μερῶν νῦν λέγωμεν, αὐτὰ
τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἀνακεφαλαιούμενοι, quoted in
Wetst. N. T. ad Rom. 13, 9.

ἀνακλίνω, f. vd, (κλίνω,) to make re-
cline, to let lean back against any thing, e.
g. τόξα ποτὶ γαίῃ Hom. Il. 4. 113.—Hence
in N. T.

1. Pr. to make lean or lie back, to lay down,
as an infant for sleep, Luke 2, 7.—Mid. of
a person asleep, Hom. Od. 18. 189.

2. In the later usage, to make lean back,
or recline in order to take a meal; pr. at
table upon the triclinium, Luke 12, 37; see
fully in ἀνάκειμαι no.,2. Used also of those
reclining upon the grass for the same pur-
pose, Mark 6, 39. Luke 9, 15.—Mid. to lean
or lie back, to recline at table, i. q. ἀνάκει-
pat no. 2; absol. Luke 7, 36; also upon
the grass, ἐπὶ τοὺς χόρτους Matt. 14, 19.
Trop. Matt. 8,11 and Luke 13, 29 ἀνακλ.
μετὰ ᾿Αβραάμ ... ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρ. i.
6. in splendid banquets with the patriarchs ;
under which image the later Jews typified
the happiness of the righteous in the king-
dom of the Messiah; comp. Matt. 22, 1.

Luke 14, 15. 22, 30. Schoettgen Hor. Heb. .

in Matt. 1. c.—Pol. 31. 4. 5 obs δ᾽ ἀνέκλινε.

ἀνακόπτω, f. ψω, (κόπτω,) to beat or
drive back, the sea Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 2; an
assailant Thuc. 4. 12.—Hence in N. T. to
hinder, to check, c. acc. Gal. ὅ, 7 Rec. ris
ὑμᾶς ἀνέκοψε ; where later edit. "ἐνέκοψε.
So Wisd. 18, 23. Plut. J. Cas. 38.

ἀνακράζω, f. Eo, (κράζω,) to ery aloud,
to cry out, by lifting up the voice, intrans.
Mark 1, 23. 6,49. Luke 4, 33 8, 28. 23,
18. Sept. for PB} 1 K. 22, 32; 2° Josh.
6,5; 82P Judg. 7, 20.—Pol. 36. 5. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 67. |

A7

ἀνάληψις

ἀνακρίνω, f. vd, (κρίνω,) pr. to separate
or divide up; hence trop.

1. to examine well, to search carefully, to
inquire into, e.g. a) Genr.c. acc. Acts 17,
11 ras, γραφάς. 1 Cor. 10, 25. 27 μηδὲν
dvaxpivovres lit. searching out nothing,
asking no questions ; comp. in ἀλίσγημα.
Sept. for "PB 1 Sam. 20,12, So Jos. Ant.
2. 6. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.13. Ὁ) Ina forensic
sense, to examine, as ajudge, c.ace. Luke 23,
14. Acts 4, 9. 12, 19. 24, 8. 28, 18; so of
other persons 1 Cor. 9. 3. So Susann. vy.
48. 51. Plato Legg. 855. e. In Gr. writers
also of a previous private examination, to
determine whether an action would lie,
Dem. 1066. 9. ~

2. tojudge of, to estimate, to understand
and appreciate, c. acc. 1 Cor. 2,15. 4, 3. 4.
Pass. 1 Cor. 2,14. 15. 4, 3. 14, 24.—Pha-
vorin. ἀνακρίνω - τὸ mpaxSev ἐξετάζω, εἰ κα-
λῶς ἢ κακῶς ἐπράχϑη.

ἀνάκρισις, ews, ἧ, (ἀνακρίνω,) exami-
nation before a judge, Acts 25, 26.—Pol. 12.
27. 3. Plato Legg. 855. e. Οἵ ἃ previous
private examination, see in dvaxpive no. 1. b,
Dem. 1142. 10.

ἀνακύπτω, f. yo, (κύπτω,) to lift up
oneself from a stooping posture, to rise up;
intrans. Luke 13, 11. John 8, 7. 10; trop.
to be elated with joy, Luke 21, 28. Sept. for
tx Rw? Job 10, 15—Luc. de Dom. 2.
Xen. Eq. 7, 10; trop. Pol. 1.,55.1. Xen.
Ce. 11. 5.

ἀναλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λαμβάνω,)
lo take up, 6. g. ;

1. Pr. from the ground, Sept. for πρὸ
Judg. 19, 28; δὲ) Josh. 4, 8. Hence
in N. T. ἀνελήφϑη εἰς οὐρανόν, to be taken
up, received up, into heaven, Mark 16, 19.
Acts 1, 11. 10, 16; simpl. dveAnp3n id.
Acts 1,2. 22; ἐν δόξῃ 1 Tim. 3,16. So
Sept. and MP> 2 K. 2,9. 10. 1 Mace. 2, 58.
Ecclus. 48, 9. Philo Vit. Mos. II. p. 179. 5.

2. to take up with the idea of bearing ;
Acts 7, 43 ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ,
quoted from Am. 5, 26, where Sept. for
xb ; referring to the time of the wander-
ings in the desert. Also to take up arms, wea-
pons, in order to bear or wear them, Eph. 6,
13. 16. Sept for MP? Num. 25, 7; 927 Deut.
1, 41.—Hdian. 2. 6.19. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 6.

3. to take wp as a companion, fellow-
traveller, to take along, Acts 20,13. 14. 23,
31.2 Tim. 4,11. Sept. for MP? Gen. 24,
61.—Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19.

ἀνάληψις; ews, ἡ, (ἀναλαμβάνω q. ν.)
a taking up, into heaven, Luke 9, 51.—
Test. XII Patr. p. 585.

ἀναλίσκω 48

ἀναλίσκω, f. λώσω, (ἁλίσκομαι;) aor. 1
ἀνήλωσα and ἀνάλωσα, Matth. ᾧ 166. n. 2.
Buttm. § 114; to use up in a bad sense, to
consume, to spend, e. g. money Xen. Mem.
“ΠΩ, ἢ. 11.—In N. T. of persons, to consume,

to destroy, c. acc. Luke 9, 54. 2 Thess. 2, 8.
Pass. Gal. 5,15. Sept. for Ὁ Jer. 50,7;
ΓΞ Is. 32,10, So 2 Macc. 2,10. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 8.

ἀναλογία, as, 4, (ἀνάλογος, λόγος.)
analogy, proportion; Rom. 12, 6 κατὰ τὴν
ἀναλογίαν πίστεως, i. 6. according to the
proportion or measure of one’s faith, like
μέτρον πίστεως v. 3.—Pol. 9. 20. 1. Plato
Polit. 257. b, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τὴν τῆς
ὑμετέρας τέχνης.

ἀναλογίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, (λογίζομαι.

to reckon up, to count wp, arithmetically,
Plato Prot. 332. c.—In N. T. trop. to reckon
up, to consider, Heb. 12, 3. So Jos. Ant.
4. 8. 46. Plato Rep. 330. e.

ἄναλος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ἅλς,) salt-
less, insipid. Mark 9, 50 ἐὰν τὸ ἅλας ἄναλον
γένηται, if the salt become saltless, lose its
saltness.—Plut. Symp. 5. 10. 1 τὸν ἄρτον
ἄναλον.

ἀνάλυσις, εως, ἧ, (ἀναλύω,) an unloos-
ing, releasing ; from evils, κακῶν Soph. El.
142; a breaking up, departure, ἐκ τοῦ συμ-
ποσίου Philo in Flacc. 981. 6. Jos. Ant. 19.
4. 1.—In N. T. trop. departure from life,
2 Tim. 4,6; comp. Phil. 1,23. So ἀνάλυ-
σις ἐκ τοῦ βίου Phil. in Flace. 991. c.

ἀναλύω, f. ύσω, (λύω,) to unloose, to
_ undo, 6. g. the web of Penelope, Hom. Od.
2. 105; the fastenings of a ship for depart-
ure, Od. 15. 548; a prisoner, to release, Od.
12. 200.—In N. T. intrans. to make oneself
loose, to break up, to depart. a) Pr. ἐκ
τῶν γάμων Luke 12, 36; here the idea of
returning home is implied. So 2 Mace. 9,
1. Al. V. H. 4. 23 ἐκ συμποσίου. Pol. 2.
32.3. Ὁ) Trop. to depart from life, to die,
Phil. 1, 23; comp. 2. Tim. 4,6. So ἀπο-
λύω Al. V. H. 5. 6.

ἀναμάρτητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
dpaprdve,) without fault or sin, sinless,
John 8, 7.—Sept. Deut. 29, 18. Plut.
comp. Pericl. et Fab. Max. 3. Xen. Mem.
4, 2. 26.

ἀναμένω, f. vd, (μένω,) to wait up to
‘he time, to wait out, to remain waiting ;
intrans. Judith 7, 12. Hdot. 7. 42—In
N. T. trans. to wait for, to expect, 6. acc.
1 Thess. 1,10. Sept. for MP Is. 59, 11.
So Judith 8, 17. Plut. Cato Min. 35. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 23. |

- Avavuas

ἀναμιμνήσκω, f. μνήσω, (μιμνήσκω,)
Pass. aor. 1 ἀνεμνήσϑην with Mid. signif.
to remind one of a thing, to put in mind of,
with two ace. of pers. and thing; 1 Cor. 4,
17 ὃς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει τὰς ὁδούς pov. With
acc. of pers. and inf. to remind i. q. to ad-
monish, 2'Tim. 1,6. Sept. for "2371 1K.
17,18. So with two acc. Diod. Sic. 17.
10. Xen. An. 3.2.11; see Buttm. ᾧ 181. 5.
Κύμη: § 280. 3.—Mid. to recail to mind, to
recollect, to remember ; absol. Mark 11, 21;
with acc. of thing, 2 Cor.'7, 15 τὴν ὑπακοήν.
Heb. 10, 32; with gen. of thing, Mark 14,
72 τοῦ ῥήματος in text. rec. Others τὸ
ῥῆμα. Sept. c. gen. for 123 Gen. 8,1. So
c. acc. Plut. de Superst. 7. Xen. An. 7. 1.
26; c. gen. Ecclus. 3, 15. Plato Rep.
516. ο.

᾿ ἀνάμνησις, ews, ἡ, (ἀναμιμνήσκω! a
recalling to mind, remembrance, Luke 22,
19. 1 Cor. 11, 24. 25 comp. v. 26. Heb.
10, 8. Sept. 793% Num. 10, 10.—Wisd.
16,6. Pol. 9. 10. 10. Plato Phil. 34. b,
ἀναμνήσεις καὶ μνήμας.

ἀνανεόω, &, f, doe, (νεόω,) usually
Mid. depon. dvavéopat, odpat, to renew,
6. acc. τὴν φιλίαν 1 Mace. 14, 18. 22; τὸν
ὅρκον Thuc. 5. 18.—In N. Test. Pass. to
be renewed, trop. Eph. 4, 23 ἀν. τῷ πνεύματι
τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν and be renewed in the spirit
of your mind, i.e. changed from a carnal to
a christian spirit and life; comp. Col. 3, 10.
Comp. M. Antonin. 4. 8 ἀνανέου σεαυτόν.

ἀνανήφω, f. ψω, (νήφω,) to become sober
again, pr. ἐκ μέϑης Luc. Hermot. 83. Plut.
Camill. 23.—In N. T. trop. to come to one’s
sober senses, to recover oneself; 2 'Tim. 2,26
ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος. So Cebet.
Tab. 9. Jos. Ant. 6.11. 10 ἐκ ϑρήνων.

᾿Ανανίάς, a, 6, Ananias, Heb. 773225
(Jehovah hath bestowed) Hananiah, pr. n.
of three persons in N. T.

1. A Jew at Jerusalem, who was struck
dead on being convicted of falsehood by
Peter, Acts 5, 1. 3. 5.

2. A Christian Jew at Damascus, through

‘whom Paul was restored to sight, Acts 9,

10 bis. 12. 13. 17. 22, 12.

3. A high priest of the Jews, before
whom Paul was brought, Acts 23, 2 (comp.
y. 4). 24,1. He was son of Nebedeus;
and was made high priest by Herod king of
Chalcis about A. Ὁ. 48; Jos. Ant. 20. 5. 2.
Four years later (A. D. 52) he was sent as
a prisoner to Rome by Quadratus, precon-
sul of Syria, and Jonathan appointed in his
place; but Ananias having been discharged

ἀναντίῤῥητος

by the emperor Claudius, and Jonathan
being murdered through the treachery of
Felix, the former appears to have been
reinstated in the high-priesthood (comp.
Acts 23, 4. Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 2), which he
held until the appointment of Ismael the
son of Phabeus to that office shortly before
the departure of Felix, A. D. 60 or 61;
Jos. Ant. 20. 6. 2. ib. 8. 5,8,11. Ananias
continued afterwards to exert great influ-
ence; and was at last murdered. in a tu-
mult; Jos. Ant. 20.9. 2 sq. B. J. 2. 17. 9.
—Others'suppose Ananias not to have been
reinstated as high-priest ; but to have offi-
ciated as 30 or vicar while the office was
vacant. The Rabbins also speak of a }39
of this name; see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in
Act. 23,2. Buxt. Lex. Chald, art. }30.

ἀναντίῤῥητ. OS; ov, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. ἀν-
τί, ἐρέω.) not to be spoken against, not to be
contradicted, indisputable, Acts 19, 36.—
Symm. Job 11, 2. Pol. 28. 11. 4. Plut.
Themist. 24.

ἀναντιῤῥήτως, adv. (preced.) without
contradiction, without opposition, promptly,
Acts 10, 29.—Pol. 23, 8. 11.

ἀνάξιος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv. ἄξιος,)
unworthy, inadequate, c. gen. 1 Cor. 6,2.—
Sept. Jer. 15, 29. Hdian. 2. 7. 6. Plato
Rep. 496. a.

ἀναξίως, adv. unworthily, irreverently,
1 Cor. 11, 27. 29.—2 Macc. 14,42. Hdian.
2.7. 6.. Plato Rep. 388. d.

ἀνάπαυσις, eas, ἧ; (dvarave,) rest,
quiet, from care or sorrow ; Matt. 11, 29
εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. Rev.

14, 11. 4, 8 ἀνάπαυσιν οὐκ ἔχουσι... λέγον-
res, they have no rest...saying, i. 6. they

cease not saying; see Buttm. §.144. 6.
Κύμη. 310. 4. f. Sept. for mrmia Jer. 45,3;
nhat Lev. 25, 8. So Jos. "Ant. 3. 12. 3.
Pol. 5.'75. 6. Plato Tim. 59. c.—Meton.
a resting-place, abode, Matt. 12, 43 comp.
y. 44. Luke 11, 34. Sept. for Misa Ruth.
3,15 mri 1 Chr. 28, 2. Ecclus. 24, 7.

ἀναπαύω, f. αὐσω, (ἀνά intens. παύω,)
to make wholly cease or desist from any
thing, Il. 17. 550; also to let rest, to give
rest to any one, c. acc. All. V. H. 10. 4.
Xen. Cyr.'7. 1. 4.—Hence in N. T.

i. Trop. to give rest to the mind from
-are or sorrow, to refresh, c. acc. Matt. 11,
28, 1 Cor. 16,18. 2 Cor. 7,13. Philem.
7.20. Sept. for myn Is. 14, 3—Ecclus.
ὃ, 6. Pol. 3. 42. 9 ἀναπαύειν ἑαυτὸν ἐκ τῆς
-κακοπαϑείας. Ἦν

49

: Pomp. 86.

wera” " OR aa

᾿ἀναπληρόω

2. Mid. ἀναπαύομαι, to take rest, tc
rest, from labour, care, sorrow ; absol. Mark
6, 31. Luke 12, 19. Rev. 6,11; of those
who sleep, Matt. 26,45. Mark 14,41. Sept.
for τὸ Deut. 5, 4. So Plut. Symp. 8.7. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 22.—With ἐκ c. gen. Rev.
14, 13 ἀν. ἐκ τῶν κόπων αὐτῶν spoken of the
dead. Comp. Pol. 8. 42. 9 in no. 1; also
ἀναπαύομαι ἀπό τινος Thuc. 7. 78. Matth.
§ 355. n. 1.—With ἐπί c. ace. of pers. tp
rest upon, trop. of the Spirit of God de-

scending and resting upon any one, 1 Pet. ᾿

4,14. So Sept. and ἘΦ 15 Is. 11, 2.

᾿ἀναπείδω, f. εἰσω, (ἀνά intens. πείϑω,)
to persuade over sc. to evil, to seduce, c. acc.
et inf. Acts 18,13. Sept. for xin Jer.
29, 8.—1 Macc. 1,11. Xen. Cyr. δ... ἃ;
Genr. Hdian. 8. 15.2. Plato Hipp. min.
370. a.

ἀναπέμπω, f. Wo, (πέμπω) 1. to
send up before a higher tribunal, to remit,
c. acc. et πρός τινα Luke 23, 7. 15. [Acts
25, 21.]—Jos. Ant. 4.8.14 τὴν δίκην εἰς
ἱερὰν πόλιν. Pol. 1. 7. 12 εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.

2. to. send back again, 6. acc. et dat.
Luke 23, 11; acc. Philem. 11.—Plut. ,
eva nydaer(syes πη baw)

a

£0

ἀνάπηρος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἀνά, πηρός,) ve a
maimed, crippled, deprived of some member δή

or of the use of it, Luke 14, 13. 21.—2
Macc. 8, 24. Al. V. H.11. 9. Plato Crit.
53. a.

ἀναπίπτω, f. recodpa, (πίπτω,) aor.2
ἀνέπεσον, Mid. aor. 1 ἀνεπεσάμην Luke 14,
10. 17, 7, in later editt. see Buttm. § 96. n.
9. § 114 πίπτω. Lob. ad Phr. p. 724; pr.
to fall back, to lie back, as rowers Xen. Ec.
8. 8; to fall back, to lie down, ἐπί τινος κλί-
νης Diod. Sic. 4. 59.—In N. T. to fall back,
to recline, to lie at table, upon the tricli-
nium in the ancient manner of eating ; see
fully in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2; and for this late
usage of the verb see Lob. ad Phr. p. 216,
Corresp. in Engl. is to sit at table, to sit down
toa meal. Absol. Luke 11, 37. 17,7. 22,

14. John 13, 12; with εἰς c. acc. of place _

Luke 14, 10; with ἐπί c. ace. John 21, 20
ἐπὶ τὸ στῆϑος Ἰησοῦ, on his breast, i. 6.
next to him on the triclinium; comp. John
13, 23. Spoken also of those lying upon
the ground for the same purpose, ἐπὶ τὴν
γῆν Matt. 15, 35; ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Mark 8; 6;
absol. Mark 6,40. John 6,10 bis. So absol.
Tob. 2, 1. Lue. Asin. 23.

avaT™ ὦ, f. doe, (πληρόω.) to
fill up, ys 6. 5. a τὰς orga
Plato Tim. 81. b; a number Xen. Vect. 4.
24.—In N. T. trop. to fill up, to fulfil, to

ὁ ἔα fo, 74
" la, A, ΓΦ
τ 8. 4:8
cial ἔς, ar AST
᾿ς, REC. ha

ava TTAS.

> ,
ἀναπολογήτος

complete, ὁ. acc. a) Of iniquity, sin, to fill
up; 1 Thess. 2, 16 εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι ai-
τῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, comp. Matt. 23, 32 πλη-
ρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων. Comp. also
Gen. 15, 16. 2 Macc. 6, 13-15. Ὁ) Of ἃ
prophetic declaration, to fulfil, Pass. Matt.
13, 14. So ἀναπλήρωσις 1 Esdr.1,57. ο)
Of a command, precept, to fulfil, τὸν νόμον
τοῦ Xp. Gal. 6,2; comp. John 13, 34.. So
πληρῶσαι ἐντολάς Hdian. 3.11.9. d) Of
character ; 1 Cor. 14, 16 ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν
τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου he that filleth up (occu-
pieth) the place of the unlearned; sustains
that character in relation to the gift of
tongues. Comp. Jos. B. J. 5.2.5 orpa-
τιώτου τάξιν ἀναπληροῦν. Tac. Ann. 4. 38
‘si locum principem impleam.’ Rabb. xd
pips Buxt. Lex. Chald. 2001. 6) Of defi-
ciency, to fill up or out, to supply, τὸ ὑμῶν
ὑστέρημα 1 Cor. 16,17. Phil. 2, 30. So
Jos. Ant. 5. 6.2 τὸ λεῖπον. Plut. de Pue-
ris educ. 13 τὴν ἔλλειψιν.

ἀναπολόγητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
ἀπολογέομαι,) without apology or excuse,
inexcusable, Rom. 1, 20. 2, 1.—Pol. 12. 21.
10. Plut. Brut. 46.

ἀναπράσσω V. -TTO, f. ξω, (πράσσω!)
to do τ, i. 6. to require, to exact a debt, in
some Mss. Luke 19, 23, instead of ἂν ἔπρα-
€a.—Lys. 374. 3. Xen. An. ἢ. ἢ. 81.

ἀναπτύσσω, f. ξω, (πτύσσω,) to unfold,
to undo, espec. a roll or volume, to unroll,
8. g. τὸ βιβλίον Luke 4,17; see in βιβλίον.
Sept. for wap 2 K. 19, 14.—Hdot. 1.125;
a garment Plut. Demetr. 42.

ἀνάπτω, f. Wo, (ἅπτω.) to light up, to
kindle, c. acc. Acts 28, 2. James 3, 5;
Pass. Luke 12, 49. Sept. for ΠΝ Jer.
9,12; wd Mal. 4, 1.—Pol. 14. 5. 1. Xen.
An. 5. 2. 24.

ἀναρίδμητος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv.
ἀριϑμέω,) not to be numbered, innumerable,
Heb. 11,12. Sept. for "BO? ΝΣ Job 21,
33.—Diod. Sic. 2.12. Xen. An. 3. 2. 13.
avac elo, f..eiow, (σείω,) to shake up
or back, 6. g. the locks, Eurip. Bacch. 240 ;
to shake or wave up and down, as the hands
Thue. 4. 38.—In N. T. trop. to stir up, to
excite, τὸν ὄχλον Mark 15, 11. Luke 23, 5.
So Diod. Sic. 13. 91 τὰ πλήϑη.
ἀνασκευάζω, f. doo, (σκευάζω.) pr. to
pack up baggage (τὰ oxevn) or any thing
as baggage, Xen. An. 5.10.8. Cyr. 8.5.4;
then to lay waste, to ravage, to destroy, by
collecting and carrying off every thing, Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2. 25. Thue. 4. 116.—Hence in

δυ αναστασις

N. T. trop. to destroy, to subvert, τὰς ψυχάς
Acts 15, 24. So Pol. 9. 31. 6 συνϑήκας.
12. 25. 4 τὴν κοινὴν φήμην.

ἀνασπάω, ὦ, f. dow, (σπάω,) to draw
up or out, c. acc. Luke 14, 5; Pass. Acts
11,10. Sept. for mys Hab. 1, 15.—Pol.
5. 110.4. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7.

ἀνάστασις, ews, 4, (ἀνίστημι,.) Act. a
raising up, as of walls, Dem. 478. 24; of
suppliants from a temple, Thuc. 1. 133; of
the dead, Eurip. Eum. 648 ἅπαξ Savdvros
οὔτις ἔστ᾽ ἀνάστασις. Pass. a rising up,
e. g. from a seat, Ast Plat. Rep. 4. 4. Sept.
for pap Lam. 3, 63; from ambush Pol. 5
70. 8.—In N. T. only Pass.

1, Trop. a rising up, opp. 7 πτῶσις fall ;
Luke 2, 34 οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνά-
στασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, i. 6. for the
fall of many and for che uprising of many ;
for the downfall and destruction of the great

᾿ and the wise through unbelief (Luke 1, 52.

1 Cor. 2, 6), and for the salvation of the
lowly and afflicted, the poor in spirit, through
faith ; comp. Rom. 9, 32. 33.

2. Spec. in N. T. the resurrection of the
body from death, the return of the dead bo-
dy to life, viz.

a) Of individuals who have returned to
life on earth ; Heb. 11, 35 women received
their dead ἐξ ἀναστάσεως, lit. out of or
through resurrection, raised again to life ;
comp. 1 K. 17, 17sq. 2 K. 4, 20sq.—So
the resurrection of Jesus, Acts 1,22. 2,31.
4,33. 17,18. Rom. 6,5. Phil. 3,10. 1 Pet.
8, 21; also ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν V. ἐκ νεκρῶν
id. Rom. 1, 4. 1 Pet. 1, 3.

b) Of the future and general resurrec-
tion at the end of all things; John 11, 24

| év τῇ ἀναστάσει ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Matt.

22, 30; also ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν Acts 17, 32.
23, 6. 24, 15..21. 26,23. 1 Cor..15, 12.
13. 21. Heb. 6, 2; ἀν. τῶν νεκρῶν Matt.
22,31. 1 Cor. 15, 42; ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ ἐκ
νεκρῶν Acts 4,2. With an adjunct, John
5, 29 bis, εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς. «. εἰς ἀνάστα-
σιν κρίσεως, resurrection of life, unto eternal
happiness ; resurrection of condemnation,
unto eternal misery. Heb. 11, 35 ἵνα kpeir-
roves ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν, that they might
obtain a better resurrection, sc. than that
just before spoken of, i. e. the resurrection
unto life eternal_—This general resurrec-
tion the Sadducees denied, Matt. 22, 23. 28.
Mark 12, 18. 23. Luke 20, 27. 33. Acts 23,

8; and also certain Christians, 2 Tim. 2, 18. '

c) Of the resurrection of the righteous,
tov δικαίων, Luke 14, 14. 20, 35. 36; call-
ed also the first resurrection, Rey. 20, 5. 6.

se

. QacTtatow

Comp. 1 Cor. 15, 23. 24. 1 Thess. 4, 16.—
See also 2 Macc. 7, 9. 14. 12, 43-45;
whence it would seem that the later Jews
believed only the true worshippers of God
would rise, and not the Gentiles ; see espec.
2 Macc. 7, 14, comp. Is. 26, 14.

d) Meton. the author of resurrection, John
. Ἢ; 25.

ἀναστατόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (ἀνάστατος, ἀνί-
ornut,) found only in later Greek, and equi-
valent to ἀνάστατον ποιεῖν in earlier writ-
ers, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 146; pr. to let
be ἀνάστατον; i. e. of persons, to drive out
from house and home, Aq. and Symm. for
sn Ps. 59,12; 133 Ps. 11,1; of cities,
to lay waste, to ravage, like ἀνάστατον ποιεῖν
Thue. 6. 76. Xen. Hell.. 6. 5. 35—Hence
in N. T. to bring into confusion, to make
uproar, to turn upside down, 6. acc. τὴν oi-
κουμένην Acts 17, 6; absol. 21, 38. Trop.
the minds of Christians, fo trouble, to dis-
turb, Gal. 5, 12; comp. 6 ταράσσων v. 10.

’ ἀνασταυρόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (σταυρόω.) to
erucify again, afresh, trop. c. acc. et dat.
Heb. 6, 6 ἀνασταυροῦντας ἑαυτοῖς τὸν υἱὸν
τοῦ ϑεοῦ. So all the Greek commentators ;
also Jerome ad Gal. 5,24. E. g. Chrysost.
ἀνασταυροῦντας " ἄνωθεν πάλιν σταυροῦντας.
Phot. ἀνασταυροῦντας - ἐπὶ δευτέραν σταύ-
ρώσιν.... καλοῦντας αὐτόν. See Bleek Brief
an d. Heb. in loc.—In Gr. writers ἀνασταυ-
pée is to fasten up upon the cross, to crucify,
Jos. Ant. 11. 6,10. Pol.-1. 11. 5. Xen. An,
3. 1. 17.

ἀναστενάζω, f. doo, (crevata,) to fetch
up a deep sigh, to sigh deeply, absol. Mark
8, 12. Sept. for M82 Lam. 1, 4.—2 Mace.
6, 30. Xen. Cony. 1. 15.

ἀναστρέφω, f. yo, (στρέφω,) Pass.
aor. 2 ἀνεστράφην.

1. Trans. to turn up, to turn upside down,
to overturn, 6. acc. ras τραπέζας John 2, 15.
—Ecclus. 36, 12. Luce. Gall. 9. Xen. Ven.
9. 18.

2. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν implied, fo turn
back, to turn again, to return; Acts 5, 22
ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν. Sept. for
Ξὺϑῦ Gen. 8, 7. 9. al. So Hdian. 3. 11. 4.
Xen. An. 4. 3. 29.—By Hebr. once like sx
it is to be translated by an adverb, again,
anew ; Acts 15,16 ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικο-
δομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυΐδ, i. e. I will again
build up, ete. comp. Am. 9,11. So Ξην
Gen. 30, 31. 2K.1,13. 20, 5; see Heb.
Lex. art. sau}, Heb. Gr. §139. 4.m.1. «

3. Mid. and aor, 2 Pass. to turn oneself
about in a place or among persons, to move

51

ἀνατίδημι

about, Lat. versari. a) As to place, to be
or abide in, to sqourn, with ἐν c. dat. Matt.
17, 22. ἀναστρεφομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Ταλι-
λαίᾳ. ‘Trop. of a state or condition, to be in,
to live in; so ἐν πλάνῃ 2 Pet. 2,18. For
2 Cor. 1,12 and Eph. 2, 3, see in lett. b.
So Sept. for 92% Josh. 5, 5. Xen. Cyr. 8.
8.7; trop. Ecclus. 8,8. Xen. Ag. 9.4. Ὁ)
As to persons, to live among, to have con-
verse with ; with ἐν c. dat. of pers. and also
ἐν c. dat. of state or condition, 2 Cor. 1, 12
οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, GAN ἐν χάριτι ϑεοῦ
ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. Eph. 2, 3.
Hence absol. to live, to walk, to conduct one-
self, with an adv. of manner, 1 Tim. 3, 15.
Heb. 10, 33. 13, 18; ἐν φόβῳ of manner
1 Pet. 1,17. So Sept. for 925 Prov. 20, 7.

ἀναστροφή, is, ἡ, (ἀναστρέφω,) a turn-
ing about, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8.—In N. T.
converse, manner of life, walk, conduct, Gal.
1, 13. Eph. 4, 22. 1 Tim. 4, 12. Heb. 13,7.
James 3, 13. 1 Pet. 1, 15. 18. 2,12. 3,1.
2. 16. 2 Pet. 2,7. 3,11. So 2 Macc. 5,8.
Arr. Epict. 1. 9. 11. Pol. 4. 82. 1.—In Heb.
13, 7. 1 Pet. 1,15, others render it life, but
without necessity.

ἀνατάσσω V. -TTO, f. τάξω, (τάσσω.)
to set up in order, to arrange, Mid. c. acc.
Luke 1, 1 ἀνατάξασϑαι diy-ynow.—Hesych.
ἀνατάξασϑαι" εὐτρεπίσασϑαι. Comp. Plut.
de Solert. Anim. 12 dvararrépevos τὰ μαϑή-
para καὶ μελετῶν.

ἀνατέλλω, f. τελῶ, (τέλλω.) δοτ..1 ἀνέ-
τείλα, perf. ἀνατέταλκα Heb. 7, 14.

1. Trans. to let uprise, to cause to rise,
as God the sun, τὸν ἥλιον Matt. 5, 45.
Sept. for 257 of plants Gen. 3, 18.—
Diod. Sic. 17. 7 ὁρᾶσϑαι τὸν ἥλιον... dva-
τέλλοντα τὰς ἀκτῖνας. Hom. Il. 5. 771 of
plants.

2. Intrans. to uprise, i.e. a) Of hea-
venly bodies, io rise from the horizon; so
the sun Matt. 13, 6. Mark 4, 6. 16, 2 (see
in ἥλιος). James 1, 11; the morning star,
trop. 2 Pet. 1, 19; light Matt. 4, 16; a
cloud Luke 12, 54. Sept. for ΠῚ of the
sun and light Gen. 32, 31. Is. 58, 10; of
the morning star Job 3, 9. Is. 14,12. So
Pol. 9. 15. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 2 πρὶν ἥλιον
ἀνατέλλειν. * Earlier Gr. writers use ἀνα-
τέλλειν of the sun, and ἐπιτέλλειν of the
stars ; Lob. ad Phryn. p. 124. Ὁ) Of
plants, to spring up, to arise, trop. of Christ’s
descent from Judah, Heb. 7, 14. So pr.
Sept. for ΠΣ Ez. 17, 6. Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 1.
Theophr. C. Pl. 3. '7.

ἀνατίδημι, f. shoo, (τίϑημι,) to-set or
put up upon, as upen the cross Pol. 1. 86

ἀνατολή

6; ἃ load upon an animal Xen. Cyr. 8. 5.
4; to lay up, as a votive gift in a temple,
Judith 16, 19. Sept. 1 Sam. 31, 10. Xen.
An. 5. 3. 5, 6.—In N. T. Mid. aor. 2 dve-
%épnv, to set up or forth in one’s own be-
half, to propound, to declare, for considera-
tion, ὁ. acc. et dat. Acts 25,14. Gal. 2, 2.
So 2 Macc. 3, 9.. Plut. Amat. Narr. 2.
Mor. IV. p. 517, τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀνέξετο τῶν

ἑταίρων τισίν.

ἀνατολή, js, ἡ, (ἀνατέλλω 4. V.) an
uprising, the rising of the heavenly bodies
from the horizon, as of the sun Plato Polit.
269. a. Sept. Judg. 5,315 of the stars Al.
H. An. 9.17. On the use of ἀνατολή and
ἐπιτολή, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 124 sq.—
Hence in N. T.

1. Meton. the day-spring, dawn, i. q.
φῶς ἀνατέλλον. Luke 1, 78 - ἐπεσκέψατο
ἡμᾶς ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους, the day-spring hath
visited us from on high, i. 6. the Messiah,
who is elsewhere spoken of as a light ;
comp. Is. 9, 1 [2]. 49, 6. 60, 1-3.

2. Meton. the east, the orient, the eastern
quarter of the earth or heavens; Matt. 2, 1.
2. 9: Rev. 21, 13; also dvaroh} ἡλίου Rev.
7,2. Plur. dvaroXai id. Matt..24, 27; also
ἰνατολαὶ ἡλίου Rev. 16,12. In Matt. 8, 11
and Luke 13, 29 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν
from the east and west ‘is put by synecd.
i. 4. ‘from every quarter.’ Sept. Plur. for
τ Num. 32, 19; ΘΠ Gen. 2,8.—Sing.

δή. 8. 8. 13. Plato Locr. “86. ἀ, Plur. .

Diod. Sic. 2..43. Plato Def. 411: b.

ἀνατρέπω, f. ψω, (τρέπω,) to turn up,
to turn upside down, to overturn, pr. Dem.
403. 1. Xen, Cyr. 2. 2. 5,—In N. T. trop.
to overthrow, to subvert, c. acc. τὴν πίστιν
2 Tim. 2,18; τοὺς οἴκους Tit. 1, 11. So
Sept. Prov. 10, 3. Dem. 324. 27. Plato
Legg. '709. a.

ἀνατρέφω, f. spepa, (τρέφω,) to nour-
ish up, to bring ‘up a child; Mid..c. aec. et
dat. Acts'7,21; Pass. v: 20. So Wisd.'7, 4.
Hdian, 5. 8. 3.. Xen. Mem. 4.'3. 10.—Also
of mental training, to bring up, to train up,
Pass. Acts 22,3. So iiteni 1.4.8. Plut.
de Musica 31.

_avahaive, f. φανῶ, (φαίνω.) to light up,
to let shine, 6. g: lamps Od. 18. 310; the
stars Xen. Mem. 4. 3.4; to make appear, to
show, Xen. Conv. 4. 12, Hence in Ν, T.
Mid. to show oneself, to appear, e. g. the king-
dom of heaven, Luke 19,11. So Sept. Job
11,18 ee as σοι εἰρήνη. Also pr. Pol.
10. 48. 7. Xen. Hell. 3. 5, 21.—Pass. of
persons, to be shown, to be made to see;

52

avaxwpew

Acts 21, 3 dvapavévres τὴν Κύπρον, being
shown Cyprus, having it pointed out to us
in the distance; instead of ἀναφανείσης
ἡμῖν τῆς K. For the construction, comp.
Rom. 3, 2. Buttm. §134.:5. Kiihn. ὁ 281.
8. Winer ᾧ 40. 1.. So Theophan. p- 392
ἀναφανέντων δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν γῆν εἶδον αὐτοὺς
οἱ OT, parnyol.

ἀναφέρω, ξ, ἀνοίσω, (φέρω,) aor. 1
ἀνήνεγκα, aor. 2 ἀνήνεγκον.

1, to bear upwards, to carry up, to lead
up, from a lower ἴο ἃ higher place; e. g. of
persons c. acc. et εἰς c. acc. as εἰς ὄρος
Matt. 17,1. Mark 9,2; Pass. εἰς τὸν οὐρα-
νόν Luke 94, 51. Sept: for 5235 1 Chr.
15, 3, 12; 8°33 1 Sam. 17, BA. ‘So Lue.
Dial. Deor. 20. 6. Xen. Conv: 8. 30.—Of
things, as sacrifices, to bring wp, to offer up,
by placing the victim or thing offered upon
the altar ; so with ace. and ἐπὶ τὸ ϑυσιαστή“
ριὸν James 2,21; acc. simply Heb. 7, 27
bis. 18,1. 1 Pet. 2,5. Sept. with ἐπὶ τὸ
suc. for M29 Gen. 8, 20; simpl. Lev. 14,
9. Judg. il, 31.

2. Trop. dented τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, to
bear up our sins, to take upon oneself and
bear our sins, i. e. to bear the penalty of sin,
to make expiation for sin, spoken of Christ
1 Pet. 2,24. Heb. 9, 28, quoted from Is,
53, 12 where Sept. for nO} . Comp. Sept.
ἀνοίσουσι τὴν πορνείαν ὑμῶν for 8Y2 Num.

. 14, 33.—So ἀν. ἁμαρτίαν Antiph. 753. 10 ;

κινδύνους Thuc. 3. 38.

ἀναφωνέω, @, f. noo, (φωνέω,) to
speak up or out, intrans. with dat. of man-
ner, Luke 1, 42, Sept. for 2°24 1 Chr.
15, 28.—Plut. Themist. 26 ἀνεφώνησε pé-
τρῳ ταυτί. Pol. 3. 33. 4.

ἀνάχυσις, ews, ἧ, (ἀναχέω,) an out-
pouring, as the estuary of a river, Strab.
3. p- 206, 374.—In N. T. trop. outpouring,
effusion, excess; 1 Pet. 4,4 εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν
τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν into the same outpour-
ing (excess) of rioting.

ἀναχωρέω, ὃ, f. how, (χωρέω,) to give
place, to go back, to draw back, e. g.

1. Genr. to withdraw from a place, to
depart, intrans. with esc. acc. of place
whither, Matt. 2, 12. 14.22. 4,12. 14,13.
15, 21. Mark 3, 7 (others πρός). John 6,
15; with éekeiev Matt. 12,15, comp. 14,
13; absol. Matt. 2, 13. 9,24 ἀναχωρεῖτε
withdraw, give place. 27, 5. er with εἰς
for "2 Hos. 12, 12.—So with εἰς Hdian.

F 1. 19.2, Xen, Hell. 2. 4. 75 absol. Plato

Cony. 175. a.
2. Spec. to withdraw, for privacy, to go

ἀνάψυξις

aside, intrans. with κατ᾽ ἰδίαν Acts 23,19;
absol. 26, 31. Comp. Hdian. 1. 12. 12 ἐν
τοῖς ἀνακεχωρηκόσι τόποις.

ἀνάψυξις, €@s, ἡ; (ἀναψύχω.) a 16-

freshing, revival ; Acts 8,19 καιροὶ ἀναψύ-
ἕξεως times of refreshing, i. 6. of joy to come

in the kingdom of Christ; comp. v. 20. 21.
Sept. for TA Ex, 8,11 [15].—Philo de
Abr. p. 371. d. Strabo 17. p. 1137.
ἀναψύχω, f. Eo, (ψύχω,) to breathe
up, to take breath; hence to revive, be re-
freshed. Sept. for ©B2 Ex. 23, 12; MN
1 Sam. 16, 23.. Trans. to revive, to refresh,
with cooling, Od. 4. 568. Bion 1. 85.—In
N.-T. genr. to refresh, to cheer, c. acc. 2
- Tim. 1, 16 ὅτε πολλάκις με ἀνέψυξε. So
Pass. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 19.
ἀνδραποδιστής, οὔ, 6, (ἀνδραποδίζω,
ἀνδράποδον.) @ slave-dealer, man-stealer, 1
Tim. 1, 10; comp. Ex. 21, 16. Deut. 24,
7.—Pol. 12. 9. 2, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 6.
᾿Ανδρέας, ov, 6, (ἀνήρ,) Andrew, an old
Greek name Hdot. 6. 126; in N. T. pr. n.
of one of the Apostles, Mark 3, 18; the
brother of Simon Peter, Matt. 4, 18. 10, 2,
Mark 1, 16. Luke 6,14. John 6,8. He
was from Bethsaida of Galilee; and had
been a follower of John the Baptist ; John
1, 41. 46. He was one of those mo&t
closely connected with Jesus, Mark 1, 29.
13, 3. John 6,8. 12, 22 bis. Mentioned
also Acts 1, 13; but not later.
ἀνδρίζξω, f. ἰσω, (ἀνήρ,) to make manly,
c. acc. Xen Cic. 5.4.—In N. T. Mid. to
show oneself a man, to be manly, 1 Cor. 16,
13. Sept. for PI} Deut. 31, 6.7; V28
Josh. 1,
13. Xen, An. 4. 3. 34.

᾿Ανδρόνικος, ov, 6, (ἀνήρ, νικάω,) An-
dronicus, pr. n. of a Jewish Christian, a
kinsman and Bie οὐκ νυ of Paul, Rom.
16,7.

‘av8popsvos, ov, ὃ, 7, adj. (ἀνήρ, φο-
νεύω,) manslaying ; as Subst. a manslayer,
murderer, 1 Tim. 1, 9.—2 Mace. 9, 28. Luc.
Asin. 21. Plato Euth. 9. a.

ἀνέγκλητος, ov, 6, 9, adj.” (a priv. ἐγκα-
λέω.) not arraigned or accused; hence
blameless, unblamable, 1 Cor. 1, 8. Col. 1,
22.1 Tim. 3, 10. Tit. 1, 6.'7.—Jos. Ant. 5.
8. 8. Plut. Pericl. 15. Xen. Mem. 2. 8, 5,

ἀνεκδιήγητος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
ἐκδιηγέομαι.) not to be related, unspeakable,
unutterable, 2 Cor. 9, 15.—Athenagor,

Apol. p. 10, of God. So ἀδιήγητος Ken.
Cyr. 7. 1. 32.

6. 9. So 1. Mace. 2, 64. Luc. Eun..

53 - ἀνεξίκακος

ἀνεκλάλητος, ov, ὁ,ἡ, adj. (ἃ priv. ἐκλα-
λέω.) unspeakable, unutterable, 1 Pet, 1,8.—
Eunap. Prowres. ὡς ἐπύϑετο τὴν ἄλογον ταύ-
τὴν καὶ ἀνεκλάλητον σωτηρίαν.

ἀνέκλευπτος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a priv. ἐκλεί-
πὼ,) unfailing, inexhaustible, Luke 12, 33.—
Diod. Sic. 3. 23. Plut. de defect. Orac. 51.

GVEKTOS, ἡ, dv, (ἀνέχομαι,) tolerable, sup-
portable ; in N. 'T. only Neut. compar. dvex-
térepov ἔσται Matt. 10, 15. 11, 22. 24.
{Mark 6, 11.] Luke 10, 12, 14.—Pol. 12.
9. 5. Plato Legg. 907. a.

ἀνελεήμων, ovos, 6, ἧ; adj. (a priv. ἐλε-
ἡμῶν;) unmerciful, cruel, Rom 1, 31. Sept.
for "328 Prov. 5,9. 11, 17.—Wisd. 12, 5.
19, 1. Comp. ἀνελεημόνως Antiph. 114. 10.

ἀνεμίζομαι, Pass. (ἄνεμος,) to be wind-
driven, tossed by the wind, James 1, 6.—Not
found in Sept. nor in Gr. writers.

ἄνεμος, ov, 6 (ἄω, ἄημι.) 1. wind, pr. ἃ
breath or stream of air, Matt. 11,7. 14, 24.
Mark 4, 41. Luke 7, 24. Rev. 7,1 μὴ πνέῃ
ἄνεμος. Spoken of violent, stormy winds,
Matt. 7, 25. 27. 8, 26. 27. 14, 30 τὸν ἄνεμον»
ἰσχυρόν. v. 32. Mark 4, 37. 39 bis. 6, 48.
$1. Luke 8, 23. 24. 25. John 6,18. Acts
27, 4. Ἴ. 14. 15. James 3, 4 ὑπὸ σκληρῶν
ἀνέμων. Jude 12. Rev. 6, 13. Sept. for
ΤΥ Job 21, 18. Is. 41,16. al. So Pol. 9.
25.3. Xen. Gc. 18. 1.—Rev. 7, 1 of τέσσα-
pes ἄνεμοι, the four cardinal winds. Sept. for
mina S278 Jer. 49, 36. Hence

2. Meton. of τέσσαρες ἄνεμοι, the four
winds, i. 6. the four quarters of the earth or
heavens, whence the four cardinal winds
blow, Matt. 24, 31. Mark 13, 27; comp.
Luke 13,29. Sept. for MiMa5 ON 1 Chr.
9, 24. Dan. 11, 4.—Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 5.

3. Trop. as the emblem of instability, in-
constancy ; Eph. 4, 14 ἄνεμος τῆς διδασκα-
λίας wind of doctrine, .i. 6. varying and un-
stable doctrines, vain opinions —Kcclus. 5,
9. So ΠῚ" Job 15, 2.

GVEVOEKTOS, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. ἐνδέ-
xerat,) inadmissible, impossible, Luke se. 1;
comp. Matt. 18, 7.

ἀνεξερεύνητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
ἐξερευνάω.) unsearchable, inscrutable, Rom.
11, 33.—Symm. for “PM Prov. 25, 3 ; aps
Jer. 17, 9. Aristot. Eth. N.

ἀνεξίκακος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ἀνέχομαι, κα-
xds,) enduring evil, patient under evils and
injuries, 2 Tim. 2, 24.—Hierocl. ad Pythag.
Carm. Aur.7. Luc. Jud. Voc. 9; comp
ἀνεξικακία Wisd. 2, 19. Plut. Pelop. 25

ἂν

ἐπ

ανεξιχνίαστος

ἀνεξυχνίαστος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
ἐξιχνιάζω,) not to be traced out; trop. un-
searchable, inscrutable, Rom. 11, 33. Eph.
3,8. Sept. for "2M 1 Job 5, 9. 9, 10.
—Prayer of Manass. 6.

ἀνεπαίσχυντος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv.
ἐπαισχύνομαι,) not to be made ashamed, with-
out cause of shame, irreproachable, 2 Tim.
2, 15.—Jos. Ant. 18. 7. 1; so Adv. -as,
Agapet. 57. Wetst. in loc.

ἀνεπίληπτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ἐπι-
λαμβάνω,) not to be laid hold of or attacked,
Thue. 5. 1'7.—In N. T. not to be reprehend-
ed, blameless, unblamable, 1'Tim, 3,2 comp.
Tit. 1,'7 ἀνέγκλητος. 1 Tim. 5,7. 6, 14.
So Plut. Pericl. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15.

ἀνέρχομαι, aor. 2 ἀνῆλϑον, (ἔρχομαι,)
to go up, to ascend, from a lower toa higher
place, as εἰς τὸ ὄρος John 6, 3; εἰς Ἱεροσό-
Avpa Gal. 1, 17. 18 ; see in ἀναβαίνω no. 1.
Sept. for 725 1K. 13,12; 82 Judg. 91, 8,
—Hdian. 3. 8. 11. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 39.

ἄνεσις, ews, 4, (dvinut,) 1. a letting
up or loose, remission, relaxation, pr. from
close confinement; Acts 24, 23 ἔχειν ἄνεσιν,
to have relaxation, i. e. from actual. bonds.
So Sept. δοῦναι ἄνεσιν 2 Chr. 23, 15.—Also
from exertion, obligation ; 2 Cor. 8,13 οὐ
ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, i.e. from the duty of contri-

buting. So from exertion, toil, Jos. Ant. 3.

10. 6. Hdian. 8. 5. 19.

2. ‘Trop. remission, rest, quiet; e. g. in-
ternal 2 Cor. 2,12; external 2 Cor. ἢ, 5.
2 Thess. 1, 7.—Pol. 1. 66. 10. Plato Legg.
724, a.

aveT at, f. dow, (ἀνά intens. érd¢a,) to
examine thoroughly, to inquire strictly, Sept.
for 823 Judg. 6, 20, Susann. 14.—In N. T.
in a judicial sense, to examine, to put to the
question, by scourging to force confession,
.¢. ace. Acts 22, 24. 29.

ἄνευ, prep. ὁ. gen. (kindr. ἀν- priv.
Engl. un-,) without; e.g. of things, imply-
ing their absence; as ἄνευ γογγυσμῶν with-
out murmurings 1 Pet. 4, 9; ἄνευ λόγου
without word, i. e. without preaching and
admonition, 1 Pet. 3,1. Sept. for jx Ex.
91,11; nba Is. 55,1. So Dem. 141. 4.
Xen. An. 2. 6. 6.—Of persons, pregn.
Matt. 10, 29 ἄνευ τοῦ πατρός without the
Father, without his knowledge and will;
comp. Luke 12,6. Sept. for ἡ" Am. 3, 5.
So Hom. Il. 15. 213. Dem. 1240. 30; ἄνευ
βασιλέως Xen. Hell. 4. 8.16.—In Gr. wri-
ters ἄνευ is found also as an adverb without
case ; Winer § 58. 6. Buttm. § 146. 4: 2.

54

ἀνήμερος

ἀνεύδετος,; ov, ὃ; ἡ; adj. (a priv. εὔϑετος,)
not well-situated, not commodious, Acts 27,
12.—Hesych. ἀνευϑέτου" ἀχρήστου.

ἀνευρίσκω, aor. 2 ἀνεῦρον, (εὑρίσκω,)
to find out, to trace out, by inquiry, ὁ. acc.
Luke 2, 16. Acts 21, 4.—Plut. Camill. 30.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 40.

ἀνέχω, τ. ἕξω, (ἔχω,) to hold up, e. g.
τὰς χεῖρας Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Hom. Il. 3.
318; to hold up or back, as horses Il. 23.
426; the rain from falling, Sept. for 3372
Am. 4, '7.—In N. T. only Mid. ἀνέχομαι,
f. ἀνέξομαι, imperf. ἀνειχόμην, also ἠνειχό-
μην 2 Cor. 11,1. 4 Rec, aor. 2 ἠνεσχόμην
Acts 18, 14; for the double augm. see

Buttm. § 86. n. 3,4. Κύμη. § 126. 1; pr. .

to hold oneself up, and so to hold or bear
up against any thing, to endure; constr. c.
gen. Matth. § 359. n.

1. Of pers. to bear with, to have patience
with the errors and weaknesses of others;
c. gen. Matt. 17,17 ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν.
Mark 9, 19. Luke 9, 41. Acts 18, 14. 2
Cor. 11, 1 bis. 19. Eph. 4, 2. Col. 3, 13;
absol. 2 Cor. 11, 4. Sept. for paxnn
Is. 63, 15.—Pol. 3. 82. 5. Plato’ Rep.
564. d.

2. Of things: a) to endure, to bear pa-
tignily, as afflictions; 2 Thess. 1, 4 ταῖς
σλίψεσιν ais ἀνέχεσϑε, i. e. ais for ὧν by
attraction ; 8050]. 1 Cor. 4,12. 2 Cor. 11,
20. Soc. gen. 2 Macc. 9,12. Hdian. 8.
5. 9. Plato Apol. 31. b. Ὁ) to endure, to
bear with, i. e. to admit doctrine, exhorta-
tion, 2 Tim. 4, 3. Heb. 13, 22. So Sept.
Job 6, 26.

ἀνεψιός, od, 6, a cousin, Lat. consobri-
nus, Col. 4, 10.—Sept. Num. 36, 11. Plut.
Thes. 7. Xen. An. 7. 8. 9.

ἄνηδϑον, ov, τό, dill, anethum graveolens
v. hortense, an aromatic plant, Matt. 23, 23.
—Theophr. H. Pl. 7. 1. 2. Dioscor. 3. 461.

. Plin. H. N. 19. 52, where anethum is dis-

tinguished from anisum, anise. Celsii Hie-
rob. I. p. 494.

ἀνήκω, defect. (ἥκω,) 10 have come up
or reached to any thing, Hdot. 7. 60. Xen.
An. 6. 2. 3,53 to pertain or belong to, 1
Macc. 10, 42. Dem. 1390. 17.—In N. T.
trop. to be pertinent, fit, proper ; impers.
Col. 8, 18 ὡς ἀνῆκεν ἐν κυρίῳ. Part. neut.
τὸ ἀνῆκον, τὰ ἀνήκοντα, that which is pro-
per, becoming, Philem. 8. Eph. 5,4. Com-
pare Hdot. 6.109. Suid. ἀνῆκον τὸ πρέ-
πον. 2
ἀνήμερος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (a priv. ἥμερος),
untamed, ungentle, fierce, of versons 2 'Tim.

RRR II 5 Ae yo ig?

avnp

, 3.— Asch. Prom. 716. Arr. Epict. 1. 3.
7. Plut. Pomp. 28.

ἀνὴρ, ἀνδρός, 6, (kindr. ἀρήν, “Apns,)
a man, one of the male’sex, Lat. vir.

1. Genr. as opp. to woman; Luke 1, 27.
34 ἐπεὶ ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω. 5, 18. 7, 20.
John 1,13. Acts 2, 22. 9, 38. 10, 5. 30.
13, 21. Rom. 11,4. James 1, 8. 2, 2. al.
sep.—Xen. Clic. 7. 30. Plato Conv. 191. 6.

2. Spec. a man of adult years. a) As
distinguished from a youth, etc. Luke 19,2.
John 1,30; so where ἄνδρες, γυναῖκες, παι-
δία are spoken of, Matt. 14, 21. 15, 38.
Mark 6, 44. Acts 17,12. So Plato Rep.
549.e. Xen. Conv. 4. 17. b) As mar-
ried, a husband, Matt. 1,16. Mark 10, 2.12.
Luke 2, 36. 16, 18. John 4, 16-18. 1 Cor.
7, 2-4. 13.14. Gal. 4, 27. Col. 3, 19. al.
Sept. and wx Gen. 2, 23. 8, 6. (Ecclus.
4,10. Luc. D. Mort. 23. 3.° Xen. Cyr. 1.
3. 13.) Also α husband by anticipation,
one betrothed, a bridegroom, Matt. 1, 19.
Rey. 21,2. Sept. and wax Deut. 22, 23.
So of a bride, εἰς ἀνδρὸς [οἰκίαν] ἰέναι v.
ἐλϑεῖν Alciphr. p. 364. Liban. p. 556. c.
Comp. Greg. Cor. p. 45 Schef. ὁ) Plur.
of soldiers, or rather of the temple guards
under the direction of the Sanhedrim, men,
Luke 22,63; comp. v. 47 and Matt. 26, 47.
So of soldiers 1 Macc. 3, 39. Xen. An. 1.
9.1. 4d) With an adjunct; 6. g. with an
adj. as ἀνὴρ φρόνιμος Matt.'7, 24; ἀνὴρ po-
ods V. 26; also Luke 5, 8.12. James 1, 8. al.
So Hdian. 2. 15.1. Xen. An. 1.3.20. With
pron. ris, where ἀνήρ is pleonast. Luke 8,
27. Acts 10,1. 16,9. So Xen. An. 4. 8.
4. With a gentile noun, as Acts 8, 27 ἀνὴρ
Aisioy an Ethiopian. 10,28. 22, 3. Plur.
Matt. 12, 41 ἄνδρες Newevira. Luke 11, 32.
Acts 11,20. So Adil. V. H. 12. 56. Xen.
An. 1. 8.1 ἀνὴρ Πέρσης. 6) In a direct
and respectful address, simply ἄνδρες, men,
sirs, Acts 14, 15. 19, 25. 27, 10. 21. 25.
(Xen. An. 1.4.14.) ‘With a gentile noun;
Acts 1,11 ἄνδρες Ταλιλαῖοι. 2, 14. 22. 5,
35. 13, 16. 17, 22 ἄνδρες ᾿Αϑηναῖοι, Athe-
nians. 19, 35. 21,28. So Xen. An. 1. 7.
3. With ἀδελφοί, Acts 1,16; comp. ἄν-
dpes φίλοι Xen. An. 1. 6.6. f) Indef. for
ἀνήρ τις or simple ris, Luke 9, 38 ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ
τοῦ ὄχλου. Acts 6,11. So Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.
22 ἀνὴρ τοῦ δήμου. © ~

3. Trop. a man in understanding, intel-
ligence, true wisdom ; opp. a child 1 Cor.
13,115; and so τέλειος ἀνήρ Eph. 4, 13.
James 3, 2.—So a man worthy of the name,
Hom. Il. 5, 529. Hdot. 7. 210. Xen. bash
4. 2. 25.

55

98. 4. 4. ib. 17. 6;

ἀν) ρώπαρεσκος

4. Indef. a man, any man or person, one
of the human family, Lat. homo. Rom. 4, 8
μακάριος ἀνήρ, ᾧ κτλ. James 1, 12. 20. 23.
Plur. Luke 11, 31 μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς ye-
νεᾶς ταύτης. Acts 4, 4. Matt. 14, 35 οἱ
ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου the men of that
place, the people, the inhabitants.—Sing.
Soph. Gid. Col. 567 or 573. Xen. Mem.
4.5,2. Plur. Luc. D. Mert. 24.1. Xen.
Cyr. 4.3.13. +

ἀἄνδίστημι, f. στήσω, (ἀντί, formu) i in
N. T. only perf. dv3éornka, aor. 2 ἀντέστην,
Mid. impf. ἀνϑιστάμην ; Act. intrans. to
stand against, Mid. to set oneself against ; i.e.
genr. to withstand, to resist, to oppose, c. dat.
Matt. 5, 39 μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ πονηρῷ. Luke
21,15. Acts 6,10. 13, 8. Rom. 9, 19. 13,
2. Gal. 2,11. 2'Tim.-3,8 bis. 4,15. James
4,'7. 1 Pet. 5,9; absol. Rom. 13, 2 οἱ ἀν-
ϑεστηκότες. Eph. 6, 13. Sept. for way
Ps. 76, 85: mp Deut. 25, 18.—Hdian. 2.
10. 11. Plato "Conv. 196. d. Absol. Xen.
An. 7. 3. 11.

ἀνδομολογέομαι, odpa, Mid. depon.
(ἀντί, ὁμολογέω,) pr. to utter in turn the
same things, said of a person or party as
over against another ; hence, to assent or
consent in turn, on one’s part, c. dat. Pol.
to make an agreement
Pol. 5. 105. 2; to confess in turn, on one’s
part, 6. g. τὰς ἁμαρτίας Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 3.
1 Esdr. 8, 91; c. dat. Pol. 30. 8.'7.—In N. T.
to profess or declare in turn, to praise, to
laud, on one’s part, c. dat. Luke 2, 38 καὶ
αὐτὴ ἀνϑωμολογεῖτο τῷ κυρίῳ and she too
(in turn, on her part) praised the Lord, i. 6.
as Simeon had done just before, vv. 34. 35.
So Sept. for 5 715 Ps. 79, 13. Comp. Diod.
Sic. 1. 70 ἀνϑομολογεῖσϑαι τὰς ἀρετὰς τοῦ
βασιλέως.

ἄνδος, eos, τό, (ἀνά, ἄνω.) a flower,
James 1, 10.11. 1 Pet. 1, 24 bis, Sept. for
7°% Num. 17, 8—Luc. Nigr. 30. Xen.
Ven. 5. 5.

aw Spaxid, as, ἣ, (ἄνοραξ) a fire of coals,
a heap of burning coals, John 18, 18. 21,
9.—Ecclus: 11, 32. Dem. 423. 2. Plut.
Symp. 6. 7. 2.

avYpaé, axos, 6, a@coal; Rom. 12, 20
ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν
αὐτοῦ thou shalt heap coals of fire on his
head, i. e. awaken feelings of shame and
compunction; quoted from Prov. 25, 22,
where Sept. for 273—Hdian 4. 7. 9.
Plut. C. Mar. 44.

ἀν ρωπάρεσκος, ov, 6, 4, (ἄνθρωπος,
ἀρέσκω,) a word of the later Greek, Lob.

> ,
ἀνδ ρώπινος

ad Phryn. p. 621; Plur. as Subst. men-
pleasers, Eph. 6, 6. Col. 3, 22.—Sept. Ps.
53, 6. Psalt. Salom. 4, 8. 10. p. 929.
GvSporwos, ἡ, ov, (d%pamos,) per-
_ taining to man, human, i.e. 8) As distine-
tive of man; James 3, 7 ἡ φύσις ἀνπρωπίνη
man’s nature, opp. to that of beasts, ete.
So Hdian. 1. 13. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13.
b) As proceeding from or instituted by man,
e. g. σοφία ἀνϑρωπίνη, man’s wisdom, not
the true, 1 Cor. 2, 4.13. Also 1 Cor. 4, 3
ἀνϑρωπίνη ἡμέρα a man’s day, i. 6. a judg-
ment day of man’s appointment; antith.
ἡμέρα κυρίου. 1 Pet. 2,13. So Dem. 317.
23. Plato Apol. 20. d, dv3p. copia. ὁ) As
common to man or to his experience; 1
Cor. 10, 13 πειρασμὸς ... ἀνπρώπινος, i. e.
common to man, and therefore adapted to
his weakness; opp. ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασϑε. Neut.
as adv. Rom. 6, 19 dv3pamivor λέγω I speak
in the manner of men, in language and ex-

amples drawn from common life, i. q.. κατὰ

ἄνϑρωπον λέγω Gal. 3, 15. So Pol. 3. 5. 8.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 40.

ἀνδ ρωποκτόνος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, 84]. (ἄνθρωπος,

κτείνω.) manslaying ; Subst. a manslayer,

murderer, John 8, 44. 1 John 3, 15 bis.
Comp. Wisd. 2, 24.—Eurip. Iph. T. 390.

ΝΜ ε Ω , ᾿
ἄνδρωπος, ov, 6, ἧ, (kindr. ἀνά, ἄνω,

ἄνϑος,) α man, one of the human family,
man or woman, a person, Lat. homo. Sept.
often for DIN; OV; Vio.

1. Pr. and definite or indefinite, as put
with or without the article or. odier ad-
juncts.

A) Definite, with the art. 6 av%pemos,
oi ἄνδρωποι, and also in the Vocative.

a) Where the person spoken of is already
known, either from the context or in some
other way. a) Simply, 6. g. Sing. ὁ ἄν-
ὥρωπος, Matt. 12, 13 τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνδρώπῳ,
comp. v. 10. 26, 72. 14. Mark 3,3. 5 comp.
v. 1. 5, 8 comp. v. 2. 14, 71. Luke 6, 8
comp. v. 6. 8, 29. 33. 35 comp. v. 27. John
2, 25 bis, where ὁ ayZperos is the particu-
lar person with whom Jesus might at any
time have to do. John 7, 51 μὴ 6 νόμος
ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον doth our law con-
demn the man? i. e. the person accused.
John 19, 5 ἴδε ὁ ἄνϑρωπος, i. e. the man
whose life ye seek. Matt. 12, 43 and Luke
11, 24 when the unclean spirit is gone out
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνϑρώπου, i. e. the man in whom he
had dwelt. Acts 19, 16. 25, 22 comp. v. 14.
2 Thess. 2, 3.—PLUurR. of ἄνθρωποι, the men,
the persons, already known; Matt. 8, 27
oi δὲ ἄνπρωποι eSavpacay, i. 6. those in
the boat with Jesus. Luke 7, 31. John

56

=

ἄνδρωπος

4, 28 τοῖς ἀνϑρώποις, the men of the city,
the inhabitants. John 6,10. 14 comp. v. 5.
2 Thess. 3, 2. Rev. 9, 6. 10. 15. 18. 20,
comp. v.4. 8) With an adjunct render-
ing the person more definite and distinct ;
8. g. οὗτος, AS 6 Gp. οὗτος ΟΥ οὗτος ὁ
ἄνϑρ. Mark 14,71. 15,39. Luke 2, 25.
John 7, 46. Acts 5, 28. al. Plur. Acts 4, 16.
5, 35. 38. 16, 17. 20. With ἐκεῖνος, Matt.
12, 45. 18,7. Mark 14, 21. Luke 11, 26.
James 1, 7. Plur. Acts 16, 35. Also with
τοιοῦτος, 2 Cor. 12,3; ὅς, ὅστις with its
verb John 9, 24. Acts 4,22; Plur. John 17
6. Rev. 9, 4. So with a numeral, as ὁ εἷς ἄν.
ὥρωπος the one man Rom. 5, 15. 19; ora
subst. with the art. in apposition, as οἱ ἄν-
ὥρωποι of ποιμένες Luke 2, 15; or a parti-
ciple with the art. Luke 11, 44. John 5, 12.
Acts 4, 14. 21,28. Rev. 16,2. y) Vocat.
advS perme, addressed to a person standing
by, and less respectful than ἀνήρ 4. v.
Luke 5,20. 12, 14. 22, 58. 60. Also ὦ ἄν-
ὥρωπε, addressed by a writer to the person
to whom he writes, or with whom he is dis-
cussing or disputing; 1 Tim. 6,11 σὺ δέ, ὦ
ἄνϑρωπε Tod ϑεοῦ, but thou, O man of God.
Rom. 2, 1. 3. 9,20. James 2, 20 comp. v.
18. So Plut. de sera Num. vind. 8. Xen
Cyr. 2. 2. 7.

b) Where the Sing. 6 ἄνϑρωπος, the man,
is used in a collective or generic sense, either
for all mankind or for a particular class of
men; Winer § 27.1. Matt. 4,4 οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ
μόνῳ ζήσεται 6 ἄνϑδρωπὸς. 12, 35 ὁ ἀγαϑὸς
dy3pemos. 15, 11 bis. 18. 20 bis. Mark 2,
27. Luke 4, 4. Rom. 7,1. 10,5. 1 Cor. 2,
11 bis.—So with an adjunct for greater
definiteness, e. g. ds with its verb Rom. 4,
6; a participle with the art. Rom. 14, 20,

9) Where the Plur. of ἄνθρωποι; the men,
is used in a generic sense, more or less
limited according to the context. a) As
referring mainly to those round about, the
people with whom we live, in comm. Engl.
the folks; usually in Engl. without art.
men, people, folks, other men. Matt. 10, 17
προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρώπων beware of men,
people, i. 6. those with whom you are
brought in contact. Matt. 5, 13 καταπατεῖ-
σϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. V. 16. 19. 6,1. 2.
5. 14. 15. 16. 18. 7, 12. 13, 25. Mark 8,
27. Acts 18,13. al. *With a particip. with-
out art. Mark 8,24. 8) Where oi ap.
refers to mankind as a whole, though with-
out including every individual; Engl. usu-
ally without art. men, mankind. Matt. 12,
31 πᾶσα ἁμαρτία... ἀφεϑήσεται τοῖς ἀνϑπρώ-
ποις. 19,12. Mark 7, 21. John 8, 19. Acts

Ὡ

Ἐ

avSpwrtros
15, 17. 24, 16. Rom. 14, 18. 1 Cor. 13, 1. .
Eph. 4, 14. Col. 2, 22. 1 Tim. 6, 9. 2 Tim.
3, 2. Rev. 8,11. 13, 13. al. With an adj.
implying a class of mankind, 1 Pet. 2, 15.
2 Pet. 8,7. Opp. to God, and with a par-
ticiple with the art. James 3,9. » y) Where
all mankind are included; John 1, 4 ἡ ζωὴ
ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Acts 17, 30.
Rom. 2, 16. Heb. 9, 27. Rev. 16,18. Matt.
9, 8 τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνπρώ-
ποις, i. 6. they regarded the power exercised
by Jesus as something imparted to mankind
or to the human nature.—Also where οἱ
ἄνδρωποι stands in antith. with ὁ Seds, in-
cluding also the idea of frailty and imper-
fection; Matt. 10, 32. 33. Mark 7,8. Luke
12, 8. 9. 16, 15; comp. below in B. c. ε.

B) Indef. without the art. ἄνθρωπος a
man, ἄνβρωποι men, i. e. an individual or
individuals of the human family. -

a) In the predicate of a sentence; Matt.
8,9 καὶ yap ἄνπρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξούσιαν.
Acts 10, 26. 28. James 5,17. Plur. Acts
4,13. 14, 15.—Plato Crat. 399. c.

b) When ἄνθρωπος is subjoined in appo-
sition by way of explanation; so with ds
after a pron. John 8, 40; after a noun
1 Tim. 2, 5.

c) Genr. and in various relations, viz.
a) For an individual in particular circum-
stances, but not before known or referred
to, ὦ man, a certain man; Plur. men, cer-
tain men. Matt. 13, 31 ὃν λαβὼν ἄνθρωπος
ἔσπειρεν ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὑτοῦ. v. 44. 21, 28.
Mark 4, 26. 12, 1. Luke 13,19. 20, 9.
John 9,1. Plur. of persons slain Rev. 11,
13. So where the writer does not wish to
specify the person more nearly ; 2 Cor. 12,
2 οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ. Rev. 13, 18
ἀριϑμὸς yap ἀνϑδρώπου ἐστί. 8) With an
adjunct expressing the character or circum-
stances of a person or persons ; 6, g. a prep.
with its case, Mark 1, 23 ἄνϑρ. ἐν πνεύματι
ἀκαδάρτῳ. 5, 2. John 3, 1 dp. ἐκ τῶν
Φαρασαίων. So with an appellative, where
we may render merely the latter; Matt.
11, 19 and Luke 7, 34 ἄνϑρ. φάγος καὶ
οἰνοπότης; i.e. a glutton and a wine-bibber.
Matt. 13, 45 ἄνϑρ. ἔμπορος. vy. 52. 18, 23.
20, 1. 21, 33. Comp. Matth. § 430. 6.
With a gentile noun, Matt. 27, 32 dp.
Κυρηναῖος, i.e. a Cyrenian. Acts 21, 39.
22, 25. av%p. Ῥωμαῖος a Roman, Plur.
Acts 16, 37. (Xen. An. 6. 2. 23.) With
an adj. John 9,16 ἄνϑρ. ἁμαρτωλός. Mark ©
13, 34 d. ἀπόδημος. Acts 4, 9 ἄνδρ. ἀσϑε-
ms. Matt. 9, 32. 13, 28. Rom. 1, 23. 7,

24, Tit. 3,10. Plur. Luke 24, 7. Acts

57

hh de te ile ee eh a? ot, eee

ἄνϑρωπος

4,13. With τίς indef. a@ certain man, Matt.
18, 12. Luke 10, 30. 12,16. 14,2. John 5,
5. al. Plur. 1 Tim. 5,24. Jude 4. With
relat. és and its verb, Luke 2, 25. 5, 18.
John 4, 29; so with καί instead of a relat.
Luke 6, 6; or also ia instead of a relat.
John 5,'7.. With a participle having the
art. Rom. 1, 18. 2, 9. Jude 4; but usually
without art. Matt. 9, 9. 11, 8. 12,10. Mark
3, 1. Luke 4, 33. John 9, 11. Acts 15, 26.
al. y) For any man or men, whoever
he or they may be, of whatever birth, age,
country, rank, character. Matt. 12;12 πόσῳ
οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου. Luke 18,
2. 4. John 5, 34. 41.7, 46. Acts 12, 22.
1 Cor. 6,18. 15, 21 where the expression
is general, though the individual referred to
is known, comp. Rom. 5, 15. 17. Gal. 3,
15. 6,1. Phil. 2, 8. Rev. 4, 7. al. Plur.
ἄνϑρωποι men, Luke 1, 25, Acts .17,.26.
1 Cor. 3,21 καυχᾶσϑιαι ἐν ἀνθρώποις, comp.
v. 82. 4,9, 14,2. 8. 2 Cor. 5,11. 1 Tim.
2, 5. Heb. 5,1. Rev. 9,7. Sg Sometimes
the genit. Plur. ἀνθρώπων approaches to the
nature of an adj. or compound idea ; e. g.
ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων men-fishers Matt, 4, 19.
Mark 1, 17; ἐντάλματα dyv3p. human com-
mandments Matt. 15, 9. Mark 7, '7; so
Luke 9, 56. Acts 17, 25. Phil. 2,7. In
like manner the genit. Sing. ἀνθρώπου is
found instead of an adj. 2 Pet. 2,16 ἐν ἀν-
Spamrov φωνῇ with man’s voice, i.e. a human
voice. Rev. 21, 17. So Sept. Is. 8, 1.
8) With an adjunct of number or quantity ;
6. g. a numeral, as εἷς ἄνϑρ. John 11,50. 18,
14; δύο dp. Luke 18, 10. John 8, 17.
So with πᾶς, as πᾶς ἄνϑρ. John 1, 9. Col.
1, 28 bis. James 1, 19; πάντες dvp. Luke
13, 4. Acts 22, 15. Rom. 5, 12.18. 1 Cor.
7,7. Phil. 4, 5. 1 Tim. 2, 1. 4. al. Neg.
οὐδεὶς ἀνπρώπων Mark 11, 2. Luke 19, 30.
1 Tim. 6,16. James 8, 8; μηδεὶς ἀναρώ-
mov Acts 4,17. With ris interrog. imply-
ing ἃ negat: τίς ἄνθρωπος what man? Matt.
7,9. 12,11. Luke 15, 4. Acts 19,35; ris
ἀνθρώπων 1 Cor. 2,11. ε) In antithesis
with God, Christ, or with the operations of
the Holy Spirit, ἄνθρωπος includes the idea
of frailty, imperfection, error, sin ;.s0 opp.
God, Matt. 19, 6 ὃ odv.6 ϑεὸς συνέζευξεν,
ἄνπρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. 21, 25. 26. 22, 16.
Mark 10,27. Acts 5,29. Rom. 2,29. al. Opp.
Christ, Gal. 1, 12 οὐδὲ παρὰ. ἀνθρώπων ...
ἀλλὰ δ ἀποκαλύψεως I. Xp. Col. 3,23. Heb.
7,28, Opp. God and Christ, Gal. 1, 1 bis. 10
bis. So too in respect to the agency of the
Spirit, as ψυχικὸς dvspemos opp. ὁ πνευμα-
τικός 1 Cor, 2, 14 comp, 15. ὦ In the

ἄνδρωπος

phrase κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, according to
man, i.e. as a man, after the manner of
men; Gal. 1, 11 τὸ evayyéduov... οὐκ ἔστι
κατὰ ἄνϑρωπον, i. e. not after the manner of
men, not such as men would make it, comp.
v. 12. 1 Cor. 3, 3 οὐχὶ ... κατὰ ἄνθρωπον
παραπατεῖτε walk ye not as men? parall.
σαρκικοί ἐστε. 1 Cor. 15, 32 see in Snpto-
payéo. So λέγειν v. λαλεῖν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον
to speak after the manner of men, i.e. either
as men speak, perh. inconsiderately, Rom.
3, 5; or by an example drawn from com-
mon life, Gal. 3, 15; or from human in-
sight or experience, 1 Cor. 9, 8.

2. Spec. ἄνσρωπος with or without the
art. stands in place of words expressing
various relations which are determined by
the context, e.g. a) For a man, vir, a
male adult person, Matt. 25, 24. Luke 19,
21. 22. John 1, 6. 3,1. Acts 4, 13. al. So
ἄνϑδρωπος τοῦ Yeod, a man of God, his mi-
nister or messenger, 2 Tim. 3, 17. 2 Pet.
1,21. (Sept. for δα why 1 K. 13, 1.

1 Esdr. 5, 49.) Also 6 ἄνϑρ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας.

2 Thess. 2, 3,seeinduapria no.1. Ὁ) For
a husband, opp. a wife, Matt. 19, 3. 5. 10.
Mark 10, 7. 1 Cor. 7,1. Eph. 5,31. So
Sept. and winx Gen. 2,24. c) Fora house-
holder, master, pater-familias, opp. of οἰκια-
κοί, Matt.10,36. d) For a son, opp. a fa-
ther, Matt. 10,35; and genr. for a male child,
John 7, 22. 23. 16;21. So Ecclus. 3, 11.
Hdian. 1.5.15. 6) For a servant, slave,
opp. a master, Luke 12, 36 comp. 87. Also
Rev. 18, 13 ψυχαὶ dv3pemeav men’s persons,
i. e. slaves ; in allusion to Ez. 27,13 where
Sept. for box wo id. See in art. ψυχή
no. 8.6. So Xen. Vect. 4. 14. Mem. 2. 1.15.

3. Trop. in phrases, viz. 8) Of the in-
ner and outer man 3.6. g. 6 ἔσω ἄνϑρωπος
_ the inner man, the mind, the soul, the ra-
tional and moral nature, Rom. 7, 22. Eph.
3,16; called also 6 κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας
ἄνϑρωπος the hidden man of the heart 1 Pet.
8, 4. Opp. is 6 ἔξω ἄνϑρωπος the outer man,
the body, 2 Cor. 4,16. Ὁ) Of the old and
new man; 6. g. ὁ παλαιὸς ἄνϑρωπος the old
man, the carnal unrenewed nature, Rom. 6,
6. Eph. 4, 22. Col. 3,9. Opp. is ὁ καινὸς
&iZporos the new man, i. e. renewed and
sanctified in Christ, Eph. 4, 24; impl. Col.
3,10. So Christ is said to create in him-
self the two (Jew and Gentile) εἰς ἕνα
καινὸν ἄνθρωπον into one new man, who is
neither Jew nor Gentile, Eph. 2,15; comp.
Gal. 3, 28. 6, 15.

4. In the phrase vids τοῦ ἀνϑρώπου, son
of man.

58

2.

avSvTratos

a) Without art. a son of man, i.q. a
man, one of the human race, parall. with
ἄνδρωπος, Heb. 2,6 τί ἐστιν ἄνϑρωπος...
ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, quoted from Ps. 8, 5
where va for pIN"}3. Spoken of the
Messiah as ὅμοιος υἱῷ ἀνϑρώπου like unto a
son of man, in the likeness of man, Rev. 1,
13. 14,14; in allusion to Dan. ἢ, 13, ioc:

Sept. for Chald. wie "2. John 5, 27 see

in lett. b. Plur. of υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων the
sons of men, i. 6. men, Eph. 3, 5. Mark 8,
28 πάντα ἀφεϑήσεται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοῖς

υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνπρώπων, i. 4. τοῖς ἀνϑρώποις in -

Matt. 12, 81. So Sept. for δὰ τς "23 Gen.
11, 5. Ecce. 2, 8. al.

Ὁ) With the art. 6 vids τοῦ dvBparov
the Son of man, pr.n. for the Messiah, used
by Jesus of himself, in allusion to Dan. 7,13 ;
see above in lett. a. Just as the Messiah
is called 6 vids rod ϑεοῦ the Son of God, as
partaking of the divine nature and sent
forth from God (see in vids); so he calls
himself ὁ vids τοῦ dv&p. the Son of man, as
bearing the human form and nature, born
of a woman and made like unto his brethren
(Heb. 2, 17); Matt. 8, 20. 9, 6. 10, 23.
11, 19. 12, 8. Mark 2, 10. 28. Luke 5, 24.
6, 5. John 1, 52. 3, 13. 6,27. 53. 62. al.
Once without art. John 5,27 ὅτι vids ἀν-
ρώπου ἐστί, i.e. because he hath taken
upon himself the human nature. In Dan.
7, 18.. 14 the Messiah is represented as
‘coming with the clouds of heaven,’ and
this is repeated in Matt. 24, 30. Mark 13,
26. Luke 21, 27; also Matt. 26,64. Mark
14, 62. Luke 22,69. In all, Jesus uses
this appellation of himself in the Gospels 84
times ; elsewhere it is used of him only
once, by Stephen Acts 7, 56.—Others : THE
Son of man,.in distinction from all other
men, THE Man in the highest sense, the
model and archetype of man. +

ἀνδυπατεύω, £. ebow, (ἀνθύπατος,) to
be proconsul, to govern as proconsul, c. gen.
Acts 18, 12.—Hdian. 7. 5. 2. Plut. Comp.
Demosth. c. Cic. 3 fin,

ἀνδύπατος, ovy ὃ, (ἀντί, ὕπατος.) a
proconsul, Acts 18, 7. 8. 12. 19, 88 καὶ ἀν-
Svraroi εἰσιν, a generic Plur. for a procon-
sul; Winer § 27, 2. So Pol. 21. 8. 11.
Plut. Galb. 8.—For the rank and authority
of proconsuls, see in art. ἡγεμών no. 3. Cy-
prus was originally a pretorian province,
στρατηγική, and not proconsular; but was

left by Augustus under the senate, and hence

was governed by a proconsul; Strabo 14.
684, 685. Dion Cass. 54.4. See Adam’s

— Ἃ

Ἄγ το τσ τὰν ee εν,"

Ὡς. ἪΡ ΠΥ συ er yy oe - »

᾿ ανίημι

Rom. Ant. p. 158. 165. Dict. of Antt. art.
Provincia. ’
ἀνίημι, f. ἀνήσω, (ἴημι,) aor. 2 ἀνῆν,
Pass. aor. 1 ἀνέθην, to send up or forth,
Od. 4. 568 ; to make spring up isch. Supp.
266.—In N. Τ'. 10 let up, to let go, i. 6.

1. to slacken, to loosen, ¢. acc. ras ζευκτη-
ρίας Acts 27, 40. Pass Acts 16, 26 ra
δεσμὰ dvéIn.—Wisd. 16, 24. Plut, M. Ant.
49. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7 opp. évreiva.

2. to leave off, to cease from, c. acc. τὴν
ἀπειλήν Eph. 6, 9. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.75.)
Also to leave, not to care for a person, ὁ. acc.
Heb. 13, 5 οὐ μή σε dvd, comp. Deut. 31, 6
where Sept. for mp4 Hiph.

ἀνίλεως, ὦ, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ἵλεως,

ἡ ἵλαος.) without mercy, stern, only James

2, 13.

ἄνυπτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. νίπτω,)
unwashed, a. χεῖρες Matt. 15, 20. Mark 7,
2. 5.—Hom. Il. 6. 266. Hes. Op. 723.
Luc. Demon. 4.

ἀνίστημι, f. ἀναστήσω, (tornpt,) aor. 1
ἀνέστησα ; aor. 2 ἀνέστην, imper. ἀνάστηϑι,
apoc. ἀνάστα Acts 12, 7. Eph. 5,14. The
tenses of this verb, as in ἵστημι 4. v. are
divided between the trans. and intrans. sig-
nifications, viz.

I. Trans. in Act. pres. impf. fut. and
aor. 1; to make stand up, to raise up, i. e.

1. Pr. from a sitting posture, c. acc.
Acts 9, 41. So Pol. 13. 7. 8, comp. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 11.—Of the dead, to raise up
sc. from the grave into life, c. acc. John 6,
39. 40. 44, 54. Acts 2, 24. 32. 13, 33;
also 6. ἐκ νεκρῶν Acts 13, 34. 17, 31. So
Hom. Π. 24. 551. Xen. Ven. 1. 6.

2. Trop. to raise up, to cause to exist or
appear. 6. g. τὸν Χριστόν Acts 2, 30. 3, 26;
προφήτην Acts 3, 22. '7, 37, comp. Deut.
18,18 where Sept. for "PI, Also 6. acc.
et dat. as σπέρμα τινί Matt. 22, 24, comp.
Sept. and ®"PFI Gen. 38, 8.—Not else-
where trans. in N. T.

Il. Inrrans. in Act. perf. plupf. and
aor. 2; also in Mid. to stand up, to rise up,
to arise, viz.

1. Pr. from a posture or condition of
rest,e.g. 4) Of persons sitting, Matt. 9,
9. 26,62. Mark 2,14. 14,60. Luke 4, 16.

99, Acts.9, 18; 6. inf. 1 Cor. 10,7. Sept.

for ΘῚΡ Ezra 9, 5. (Dem. 228. 18. Xen. An.
3. 2. 34.) Pregn. Luke 4, 38 καὶ ἀναστὰς
ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς, and he arose and went
out of the synagogue; comp. Plato Phed.
116. a, ἀνίστατο εἰς οἴκημά τι. Once of a
person kneeling, Luke 22, 45 ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ

59

*Avvas

τῆς προσευχῆς, comp. v. 41. Sept. and oxp
1 K. 8,54.—In the simplicity and parti¢u-
larity of ancient narrative, this verb (usually
Part. ἀναστάς) is often put before verbs of
going, and also of undertaking or doing any
thing, like Heb. psp; see Heb. Lex. psp
no. 1. b. Winer $67.2. n. Mark 7, 24,
10, 1. Luke 1, 39. 15, 18. 20. 23, 1. Acts
8, 26. 27. 9, 11. al. So Sept. and psp Gen.
22, 3. 1 Sam. 26,2. Xen. Cyr. 5.2. 14
ἀναστὰς ἐξήει. Ὁ) Of persons lying down ;
e. g. those sleeping, Mark 1, 35. Luke 11,
7. 22,46. So Xen. Εἴς. 11. 4. Plato Ax.
367. c.. The Atticists disallow this word
in respect to sleep, preferring ἠγέρθην
or ἐξηγέρθην; so Ammon. ἠγέρϑη ἀπὸ ὕπ-
νου, ἀνέστη δὲ ἀπὸ κλίνης. Thom. Mag. art.
dvéotnoa.—Genr. of those lying down for
any cause, Mark 5, 42. 9, 27. Luke 17,19.
Acts 9, 6. 34. 40. 12, 7. Sept. and mip
Prov. 24, 16. Mic. 7, 8. So Luc. D. Mort.
27. 5. Xen. An. 4. 5.8. ὁ) Of the dead
to rise up from the grave into life, to live
again ; with ἐκ νεκρῶν Matt. 17,9. Mark 9,
9.10. Luke 16, 31. 24, 46. John 20, 9.
Acts 17,3; trop. of those dead in sin,
Eph. 5,14. Absol. id. Matt. 20, 19. Mark
12, 23. Luke 18, 33. 24,'7. John 11, 23.24.
Acts 9, 40. 1 Thess. 4, 14. 16. al. So2
Macc. 7, 9 comp. v. 14. Hom. Il. 24. 756.
Paleph. 27. Luc. Philops. 26. Hdot. 3. 62.
d) With ἐπί τινα, to rise wp against any one,
in a hostile sense, to assail, Mark 3, 26.
Sept. for 5 BAP Gen. 4, 8. Soc. εἴς τινα
Thue. 8. 45.

2. Trop. to rise up, to arise, to appear, to
come into existence, 6. g. a king Acts 7, 18;
c. inf. Rom. 15, 12; a high priest Heb. 7,

‘11. 15. So Sept. for pyp Ex. 1, 8. Also

i. q. Co appear, to stand forth, e. g. before a
tribunal Matt. 12, 41. Luke 11, 32. Mark
14, 57; genr. Acts 5, 36. 37. 6, 9. 20, 30.
Comp. Sept. and 12% 2 Chr. 20, 5. +

” Avva, ns, ἡ, Anna, pr. n. of a prophet-
ess, Luke 2, 36. tas

” Avvas, a, 6, Annas, pr. n. of a high
priest of the Jews, ἀρχιερεύς, Luke 3, 2.
John 18, 13. 24. Acts 4, 6. He is called
by Josephus "Ἄνανος Ananus the son of
Seth. He was made high priest by Quiri-
nus (Cyrenius) proconsul of Syria about
A. D. 8; but was deposed by the procura-
tor Valerius Gratus about A. D. 14 or 15.
His successor was Ismael, the son of Pha-
bus; then followed not long after (μετ᾽ οὐ
πολύ) Eleazar, a son of Annas ; then after
a year, Simon son of Kamithus; and after
another year, in A. D. 26, Joseph or Caia-

ἀνόητος 60

phas, the son-in-law of Annas (John 18,
13); see Jos. Ant. 18, 2. 1,2. As:Caia-
phas held the office until A. D. 35, he was
the actual high priest at the time of our
Lord’s trial; but Annas is also there so
called, as having before held the office.» His
great influence may be ascribed to this fact,
and to his family connection with Caiaphas.
Others suppose him to have been the vicar
(429) of Caiaphas ; see in ἀρχιερεύς no. 1.

ἀνόητος, ov, 6,4, adj. (a priv. voga,) Pass.
unthought of, unheard of, Hom. H. Mere.
80; not to be conceived of Plato Phed. 80.
b. Act. not thinking, incapable of thought,
Plato Parm. 132. c.—In N. T. Act. not un-
derstanding, unwise, foolish, Luke 24, 25.
Gal. 3, 1. 3. Tit. 3, 3; opp. σοφοί Rom. 1.
14. Of lusts, foolish, sensual, 1 Tim. 6, 9.
Sept. for "18 Prov. 17, 28; MIX Prov.
15,21. So Dem. 311. 11. Xen. Mem. 2.
1:9}:

ἄνοια, ας; ἡ; (ἄνοος, ἄνους.) want of un-

derstanding, folly, Sept. for M248 Prov. 22, .

15. Dem. 195. 3.—In N. T. intens. extreme
folly, madness, Luke 6, 11, 2 Tim. 3, 9. So
2 Mace, 14, 5. 15, 33. Xen. Cyr. 1.5. 13.

ἀνοίγω, f. oif@, (οἴγω, οἴγνυμι,) aor. 1
dvéwéa John 9, 14. 30, also later ἤνοιξα
Matt. 2,11. John 9,17. 21. Pausan. 4. 26.6;
perf. 2 dvéwya. Pass. perf. ἀνέῳγμαι, and
with triple augm. ἠνέῳγμαι Rev. 4,1. 10,8;
Pass, aor. 1 ἀνεῴχϑην, later ἠνοίχϑην, with
triple augm. ἠνεῴχϑην Rev. 20, 12; Pass.
aor. 2 ἠνοίγην a later form Rev. 11,19. 15,
5; Pass. fut. 2 ἀνοιγήσομαι. For all these
forms and augments, see Buttm. ᾧ 114 οἴγω.
Kiihner $187. 6. Winer §12..6. b.—To
open, pr. by throwing wp or back the lid or
door by which any thing is closed ; also in
later usage Perf. 2 ἀνέῳγα intrans. to be
open, to stand open, John 1, 52. 2 Cor. 6,
11. Luc. Navig. 4. Hdian. 4. 2.°14; see
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 157, 158. Buttm. §113.
n. 3. Attic impf. ἀνέῳγον is trans, Xen.
An. 5. 5. 20.

1. Pr. to open what is closed by a lid,
cover, door; e.g. 8) By a lid or cover,
¢. acc. Matt. 2, 11 ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς ϑησαυ-
ροὺς αὑτῶν, their treasures, i. 6. in caskets
or boxes. So Eurip. Ion 923 or 936. Phi-
lostr. 47. Of a well or pit, as usually co-
vered by a large stone ; Rev. 9, 2 ἤνοιξε τὸ
φρέαρ τῆς ἀβύσσου. Comp. Gen. 29, 2.

b) Of a door or gate, c. acc. Acts 5, 19.

ἤνοιξε τὰς Supas. 12,14. Pass. Acts 12,
10. 16, 26. 27. Rev. 4, 1. (Hdian. 8. 6. 3.
Xen. Hell. 5. 1. 14.) So acc. impl. ο. dat.

*
ἀνοίγω

Matt. 25, 11 κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. Luke 12,
36. 13,25. John 10,3. Absol. Acts 5,23.
12, 16, So Pass. impers. in a proverbial
phrase, c. dat. Matt. '7,'7 κρούετε; καὶ ἀνοιγή-
σεται ὑμῖν. v. 8. Luke 11, 9. 10. . Trop.
ἀνοίγειν τὴν Svpay, to open the door,
i. e. either in order to receive gladly, Rev.
3, 20 ; or to present opportunity for preach-
ing or embracing the gospel, ὁ. dat. Acts
14, 27. Col. 4, 8 ; intrans. 1 Cor. 16,9;
Pass. 2 Cor. 2,12; ἐνώπιόν cov Rev. 3,8;
also as expressing dominion, sovereignty;
absol. Rev. 8, 7 bis. Comp. Diod. Sic. 1.
67 ἀνέῳξε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔϑνεσι Ta... ἐμπόρια.
—Spoken also of places closed by a door or

-otherwise ; as the temple, ὁ ναός, Pass. Rev.

11,19. 15,5; sepulchres, τὰ μνημεῖα, which
usually have an upright entrance, Pass.
Matt. 27, 52. Trop. Rom. 3, 13 τάφος
ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν, i.e, as an open
sepulchre emits fetid and noisome smells,
so the throat of the wicked belches forth
noisome slanders against God and the right-
eous ; quoted from Ps. 5, 10 where Sept. for
Mina “Sp. :

2. Of the heavens, Rass. to be opened,
intrans. to be open; the firmament being
regarded as opened so as to permit the vi-
sion of things in heaven, or also intercourse
between heaven and earth ; comp. Ez. 1,1.
Is. 64,1. Plur. c. dat. Matt. 3, 16 ἀνεῴχϑη-
σαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί. Absol. Acts 7, 56.
Sing. Luke 3, 21 ἀνεῳχϑῆναι τὸν odpavdy.
Acts 10,11. Rev. 19,11. Intrans. John 1,
52 τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα. So Sept. for MMB
Ez. 1,1; 9p Is. 64, 1.

3. Of a book in the ancient form, to open,
to unroll, sc, a volume rolled up, τὸ βιβλίον
Luke 4, 17 in Mss. Also a sealed volume,
Rev. 5, 2. 3. 4. ὅ. 10, 2: 8. Pass. 20, 12
bis. So of the seals of a volume, τὰς σῴρα-

yidas Rey. 5, 92-6, 1. 3: 5. ἢ. 9. 12. 8, 1.---

Xen. Lac. 6. 4 ἀνοίξαντας τὰ σήμαντρα.

4. Of various organs of the body, which
may be closed and opened, 6. g.

a) Of the mouth, ἀνοίγειν τὰ στόμα, to
open the mouth, 6. g. a) Of persons who
begin to speak, i. q. to speak, to discourse,
Matt. 5,2. 13, 35. Acts 8, 35. 10, 34. 18,
14. Rev. 13,6. Sept. for 52 MMP Dan.
10,16. (Ecclus. 15, 5. Lue. Philops. 33.)
Intrans. τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγε πρὸς ὑμᾶς;
our mouth is open towards you, we speak
freely, frankly, 2 Cor. 6,11. Hence negat.
not to open one’s mouth, not to complain, _
Acts 8, 32; quoted from Is. 53,'7 where
Sept. for DR AMD NP. 8) Pass. ἀνεῴχϑη
δὲ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, and his mouth was open-

> ἀ
ἀνοικοδομέω

ed, he again spoke, recovered the power of
speech, Luke 1, 64. Comp. Sept. and
MBAS OND Num. 22,28. +) Of a fish,
Matt. 17, 27; comp. Sept. for "%8 Ps, 22,
14. 8) -Trop. of the earth, to open her

mouth, i. e. to open, to cleave open, Rev. 12,
16. So Sept. and 7) 525 Num. 16, 30.
Deut. 11, 6; MB Num. 26, 10.

Ὁ) Of the eyes, ἀνοίγειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς,
to open the eyes, Θ. g. one’s own,.Acts 9, 40.
Pass. v. 8; or those of one blind, i. q. to
cause to see, to restore sight, John 9, 14. 17.
21. 26. 30. 32. 10, 21. 11, 37. Pass. Matt.
9, 30. 20,33. John 9,10. So Sept. and
mpe Is. 35,5. 42, '7.—Trop. to open the
eyes of the mind, to cause to hear and un-
derstand, Acts 26, 18.

c) Of the ears, to open the ears, to cause -

to hear, to restore hearing, Pass. Mark 7,
35 in Mss. for the comm. διανοίγομαι.

ἀνοικοδομέω, ὦ, f. now, (οἰκοδομέω,)
to build again, to rebuild,’c. acc. Acts 15,
16 bis; comp. Am. 9, 11, where Sept. for
naa.—Lycurg. 193. 10. Xen. Hell. 4. 4.
19.

ἄνοιξις, ews, 4, (ἀνοίγω,) an opening,
the act of opening, e. g. ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ στό-
ματός μου, in the opening of my mouth, i. 6.
whenever I am called to speak or preach,
Eph. 6, 19.—Plut. Symp. 9. 2. 3 ἡ ἄν. τῶν
χειλῶν.

>

ἀνομία; as, ἡ, (ἀνομέω, ἄνομος,) pri
lawlessness ; then violation of law, trans-
gression, referring in N. T. to the’ Jaw of
God; 1 John 3,4 bis, πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρ-
᾿ τίαν, Kal τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ" καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία
ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία, whosoever committeth sin,
committeth also transgression ; for sin is the
transgression sc. of God’s law ; here duap-
ria is the more general term, and ἀνομία
the more definite and specific ; see in duap-
ria no. 1. So genr. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 44,—
Hence commonly ἀνομία is used as parall.

and nearly synonymous with ἁμαρτία no, 2, —

viz. transgression, unrighteousness, iniqui-
ty; 8. g. as opp. δικαιοσύνη, 2 Cor. 6,14 τίς
γὰρ μετοχὴ Six. καὶ ἀνομίᾳ. Heb. 1, 9; and
so Matt, 23, 28. 24, 12. Rom. 6, 19. 2
Thess. 2,'7. Tit. 2,14. So of ἐργαζόμενοι
V. ποιοῦντες τὴν ἀνομίαν, workers or doers
of iniquity, Matt. '7, 23. 13,41. Sept. for
Ἴ "Be Ps. 5,6. Job 31,3. Plur. ini-
quities, coupled with ἁμαρτίαι; Heb. 8, 12
and 10, 17 τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνο-
μιῶν αὐτῶν. οὐ μὴ μνησϑῶ ἔτι, quoted from
Jer. 31, 34, where the Heb. has only
BANG, Sept. ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. Also Rom.

7-?)

Thuc. 4. 67 ἡ ἄνοιξις τῶν πυλῶν.

61

ἀντάλλαγμα

4, '7, quoted from: ΡΒ. 32, 1 where Sept. for
>8p, parall. nxwn, Sept. duapria.—Opp.
δι ἐνῇ Hdot. 1. 96. Xen. Mem. 1
2, 24.

ἄνομος, ov;
without law, i. e.

1. not under law, i. 6. the Jewish law ;
spoken of Gentiles and of Paul as conform-
ing to them, 1 Cor. 9, 21 quater. Hence
genr. ἄνομοι, Gentiles, heathen, Acts 2, 23.
—Wisd. 15, 7. 1 Macc. 2, 44

2. lawless, wicked, a transgressor, 1 'Tim.
1,9. 2 Pet. 2,8. 2 Thess. 2,8 ὁ ἄνομος,
i.e. he in whom ἡ ἀνομία is personified,
i, ᾳ. ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἁμαρτίας v. 3. Mark
15, 28 and Luke 22, 87 καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων
ἐλογίσϑη, quoted from Is. 53, 12, where
Sept. for pisuip. Sept. also for sw Ez.
18,245 73x tiny Is. 55, '7.—Antiph. 791. 1.
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 13.

ἀνόμως, adv. (dvopos,) without law, not
under the Jewish law, Rom. 2, 12 bis;
comp. v. 14. 15.—Genr. Isocr. 4. 59 Bekk.
Thue. 4. 92.

Gvopsow, &, f. dow, (dp%da,) to set
upright again, what is bowed down or
fallen; 6. g. τὰ γόνατα τὰ παραλελυμένα,
i. q. to strengthen, Heb. 12, 12; quoted

ὅ, ἡ, adj. (α priv. νόμο,

from Is. 35, 3 where Heb. yar. (Comp.
ἐπανορϑόω Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6.) Pass. aor.

1, Luke 13, 13 καὶ... ἀνωρϑώϑη and she
was set upright again, was made straight,
stood erect. Sept. for STisnA Ps. 20, 9;
PRY Ps. 145, 14.—Of ἃ tent or building in
ruins, to set up again, c. ace. Acts 15, 16;
quoted from Am. 9, 11 where Heb. mz3
Sept. ἀνδικοδομέω. So Hdot. 1.19. Xen.
Hell, 4. 8. 12.

ἀνόσιος, ov, 5, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ὅσιος,)
unholy, ungodly, wicked, 1 Tim. 1,9. 2 Tim.
3, 2.—Jos. Ant. 2. 8.1. Plut. Pomp. 5.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11.

ἀνοχή, Fs, ἡ, (ἀνέχω, ἀνέχομαι.) a hold-
ing back, delay, 6. g. ἃ truce Jos. Ant. 6. ὄ,
1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4.17; or for doing any
thing, time, opportunity, 1*Macc. 12, 25.
Hdian. 3. 6. 21.—In N. T. forbearance, long-
suffering, Rom. 2, 4. 3,26. So Hesych.
dvoxn* μακροϑυμία.

ἀνταγωνίζομαι, £. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἀντί, ἀγωνίζομαι.) to struggle against, to
strive against ; with πρός τινα Heb, 12, 4.—
With dat. Ail. V. H. 2, 8. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6, 8.

ἀντάλλαγμα, aros, τό, (ἀνταλλάσσω,)

. pr. ‘what is exchanged against’ any thing,

ανταναπληροω

1,6, an equivalent, a price. Matt. 16, 26
and Mark 8, 37 ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς the
price or ransom of his life; comp. Ps. 49,8
where Heb. =p, Sept. é&iAacpa.—Sept.
genr. for ἜΤΙ 1 Κ..21, 2. Ecclus. 6, 15.
- Jos. B. J. 1. 18. 8. Eurip. Or. 1157.

ἀνταναπληρόω, ὦ, f. doa, (ἀντί, ἀνα-
πληρόω.) to fill wp instead of another, c.
ace. Col. 1, 24 dvravamAnp τὰ ὑστερήματα
τῶν ϑλίψεων rod Xp. I fill up instead (of
you) what is wanting of the afflictions of
Christ, i. 6. instead of you and for you;
see the last clause of the verse.—Dem. 182.
22. Dion Cass, 44. 48.

ἀνταποδίδωμι, f. δώσω, (ἀντί, ἀποδί-
δωμι,) to give back instead of something
received, to repay, to recompense; 6. g.
good, c. acc. et dat. 1 Thess. 3, 9; acc.
impl. Luke 14, 14; Pass. c. dat. Luke 14,
14. Rom. 11, 35. Sept. and 728 1 Sam.
24, 18. So Ecclus. 3, 31. Plato Parm.
128. c.—Also evil, to requite, to avenge, c.

acc. et dat. 2 Thess. 1, 6; absol. Rom. 12,.

19 and Heb. 10, 30, quoted from Deut. 32,
35 where Sept. for 53%. So Sept. also
for 5723 1 Sam. 24, 18. Judith 7, 15.
Comp. Thue. 1. 43.

ἀνταπόδομα, aros, τό, (ἀνταποδίδωμι,)
recompense, requital, of good Luke 14, 12;
of evil Rom. 11, 9.. Sept. for P18 Ps. 28,
4, Joel 4, 4.—Ecclus. 12, 2. 14, 6.

ἀνταπόδοσις, ews, 4, (ἀνταποδίδωμι,)
a giving back in turn Pol. 6. 5. 3. Thue.
4. 81.—In N. T.. compensation, recompense,
reward, Col. 3,24. Sept. for EDP) Ps. 94,
2. Is. 59,18. So Diod. Sic. lib. 34. p. 197
Tauchn. Plut. de San. tuend. Prec. 23.

ἀνταποκρίνομαι, (ἀντί, ἀποκρίνομαι,)
to answer again, to reply against, c. dat.
Rom. 9, 20; dat. and πρὸς ταῦτα Luke 14,
6. So Sept. for 22 Judg. 5,29. Job 16, 8.

ἀντεῖπτον aor. 2, (ἀντί, εἶπον,) to speak
against, to gainsay, c. dat. Luke 21, 15;
absol, Acts 4,14. Sept. for "23 Gen. 24,
50; 2"°8h Job 20, 2.--- 11. V. H. 3. 26.
Xen. Hell. 1.. 4. 20. For the present
tense, ἀντιλέγω is used, Buttm. ὁ 114 εἰ-
πεῖν. Kibn, 167. 7. n.

ἀντέχω, f. dvBééw, (ἀντί, Zx@,) ‘to hold
against, over against, e. g. the hand against
the head Soph. Cid. Col. 1651 ; intrans. to
hold out against, to withstand, Hdian. 6. 3.
13. Mid. to hold before oneself over against
any thing, Hom. Od. 22. '74.—In N. T. only
Mid, ἀντέχομαι, f. ἀνδέξομαι, pr. to hold
any thing over against oneself, i. q. to hold
fast to, to cleave to, c. gen. Matt. 6, 24.

62 ἀντί

Luke 16, 13. Tit. 1,9. Trop. to care for,
not to neglect, e. g. τῶν ἀσθενῶν 1 Thess.
5, 14. Sept. for PIM Is. 56,2. 4.6; B29
Zeph. 1,6. So Pol. 5. 1.8. Ken. Cyr. 2.
2. 27. .

ἀντί, prep. c. genit. over against, pr. of
place, Xen. An. 4. '7. 6; in war, Hom. I:
8: 233. ib, 15. 415. ‘Trop. as implying
corresponding worth or value, something
equivalent to, Hom. Od. 8. 546. Tl. 9.116.—
Hence in N. Τ'.

1. Of exchange or requital, for, in return
for, e.g. a) Of price, for, Heb. 12, 16
ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς. Sept. for 2% Num.
18, 21. 31. (Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 12. Plato Rep.
371. d.) Also of persons for or in behalf
of whom a price is paid, by which they are
released from a penalty, Matt. 17, 27. 20,
28. Mark 10, 45. So Soph. Elect. 537.
Cid. Col. 1326. Ὁ) Of retribution, against,
Sor ; Matt. 5, 38 bis, ὀφθαλμὸς ἀντὶ ὀφϑιαλ-
pod κτλ. Rom. 12, 17 κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ.
1 Thess. 5,15. 1 Pet. 3, 9 bis. Sept. for
5522 Jer. 11, 17. So Xen. Cyr. 8, 2. 12.
c) Of the motive, moving cause, for, on
account of, because of ; Heb, 12,2 ἀντὶ τῆς
προκειμένης αὑτῳ χαρᾶς. Eph. 5, 31 ἀντὶ
τούτου because of this, for this cause. Luke
12, 3 av¥ ὧν because of which things,
wherefore. So Wisd. 18,3. Asch. Prom.
31. Xen, Cyr. 8.4.1. An. 1. 3. 4.—But
usually dv3’ ὧν is for ἀντὶ τούτων ὅτι, lit.
‘because of these things that,’ i. q. because
that, or simpl. because; Luke 1, 20 ἀνθ᾽
ὧν οὐκ. ἐπίστευσας. 19, 44. Acts 12, 23.
2 Thess. 2,10. Sept. for WX ΞῸΣ Gen.

22,18; "WR >¥ Jer. 22,9. So Jos. Ant. -

7. 6. 2. Luc. D. Mort. 22.1. Comp. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 48.

2. Of substitution, in place of, instead of.

a) Genr. Luke 11, 11 ἀντὶ ἰχϑύος ὄφιν.
1 Cor. 11,15. James 4, 1ὅ. So 1 Macc.
2,11. Luc. D. Mort. 16. 2. Ken. Cyr. 4.
6.5. Mem. 1.2.64. Ὁ) Implying succes-
sion; Matt. 2, 22 ᾿Αρχέλαος βασιλεύει ἀντὶ
Ἡρώδου. (Xen. An. 1.1.4.) So John 1,

16 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος grace instead of .

grace, i. e. grace for grace, grace upon
grace, intensive. Comp. Theogn. Sent.
344 ἀντ᾽ ἀνιῶν ἀνίας. Chrysost. de Sacerd.
6. 13 ἕτεραν avd ἑτέρας φροντίδα.

Nore. In composition ἀντί denotes: a)
over against; as ἀντιτάσσω. Ὁ) against,
contrary to; a8 ἀντιλέγω, ἀντίδικος. ο)
Requital, in return, again; as ἀνταποδί-
δωμι, avrixadéw. 4) Substitution; as ἀν-
ϑύπατος. 6) Equivalency, correspondence ;
as ἀντίτυπος.

~

i

ἄντιβάλλω

ἀντιβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to cast
back and forth, 6. g. weapons Thuc. 7. 25.
—In N. T. trop. of words, to bandy, to ex-
change, c. acc. Luke 24, 17 obs ἀντιβάλλετε
πρὸς ἀλλήλους, i. q. to discourse. Comp.
2 Macc. 11, 13 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀντιβάλλων τὸ

ἢ

γεγονός.
ἀντιδιατίδημι, (διατίϑημι,) to set or

dispose over against; Mid, to set oneself.

over against, to oppose oneself, absol. once
Part. 2 Tim. 2, 25.

ἀντίδικος, ov, ὃ, 4, (δίκη,) an adversary
an a suit, the adverse party ; 6. g. the plain-
tiff, complainant, Matt. 5, 25 bis. Luke 12,
58. So Dem. 226. 4. Xen. Apol. Soc. 10.
25.—Also genr. an adversary, enemy, Luke
18,3. 1 Pet. 5, 8 ὁ ἀντίδικος ὑμῶν διάβολος,

i.e. Satan is perh. so called as the accuser ~

and calumniator of men before God ; comp.
Rev. 12,10. Zech. 3,1. Job 1,6sq. So
Sept. Jer. 50,34; for 2°72 1 Sam. 2, 10;
39 ON 15. 41, 11.

ἀντίδεσις, ews, ἧ, (ἀντιτίϑημι,) antithe-
sis, opposition; once 1 Tim. 6, 20 ἀντιϑέ-
σεις τῆς Wevd. γνώσεως, i. e. antitheses,
contrary positions or doctrines.—Luc. D.
Mort. 10. 10. Plato Soph. 258. Ὁ.

ἀντικαδίστημι, aor. 2 ἀντικατέστην,
(xaziornps,) trans. to set down over against,
to oppose, e. g. an army Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
43; to put in place of another Sept. Josh,
5,'7. Pol. 22. 15. 11—In N. T. only aor.
2 intrans. to stand firm against, to resist,
absol. Heb. 12, 4. So Plut. T. Gracch. 10.

Thue. 1. 74.

ἀντικαλέω, ὦ, f. ἔσω, (καλέω,) to in-
vite in return, again, 6. g. to a feast, c. acc.
Luke 14, 12—Xen. Conv. 1. 15.

ἀντίκειμαι, f. κείσομαι, (κεῖμαι;) to lie
over against, opposite to, as a country, c.
dat. Hdian. 6. 4. 8.—In N. T. trop. éo be op-
posed, contrary to, c. dat. Gal. 5,17. 1 Tim.
1,10. Part. ὁ ἀντικείμενος, one opposing him-
self, the opposer, adversary, c. dat. Luke 13,
17. 21,15; absol. 1 Cor. 16, 9. Phil. 1,
28. 2 Thess. 2, 4. 1 Tim. 5, 14. Sept. for
"8 Ex. 23, 22; 3758 Is. 66,6. So Sext.
Emp. Hyp. 2. 14. Plato Soph. 258. b, πρὸς
ἴλληλα ἀντικειμένων.

ἀντικρύ, adv. (dvri,) over against, c.
gen. Acts 20, 15.—Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2. Pol.
4, 43, 4. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 22.

ἀντιλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λαμβάνω.)
to take in turn, again, Xen. Cyr. ὅ. 3.12.—In
N. T. only Mid. ἀντελαμβάνομαι; to take
or lay hold of any thing over against oneself.

63 ἀντίλυτρον

1, Of persons, as supporting them, i. q
to help, to aid, c. gen. Luke 1, 54. Acts 20,
35. Sept. for Hiph. of PIM Lev. 25, 35,
3 2 Chr. 28, 23. So Diod. Sic. 11. 13.
Thue. 2. 61.

2. Of things, to lay hold of, i. 6. to take
part or share in, to engage in, c. gen. 1 Tim.
6, 2 ὅτι πιστοί εἰσι καὶ ἀγαπητοί, of τῆς
εὐεργεσίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι, because they
(the masters) are faithful and beloved, par-
takers in well-doing, i. e. engaged in doing
good, fulfilling Christian duties. So Jos.
Ant. 5. 4. 3 τῆς ἐλευϑερίας. Plut. de Liber.
educ. 10 τῆς φιλοσοφίας. Plato Rep. 534.
ἃ, τῆς παιδείας. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3, 6. See Kyp-
ke in loc.—Others here translate : the parta-
kers of the benefit rendered by the servants,
i. e. enjoying this benefit; comp. Porphyr.
de Abst. 1. 46 μήτε ἐσθίων πλειόνων ἡδονῶν
ἀντιλήψεται. See Elsner Obs. in loc.—
Others still take εὐεργεσία i. q. χάρις τοῦ
Seod, but against the usus loquendi.

ἀντιλέγω, f. ἔξω, (λέγω, to speak
against, lo gainsay, to contradict, c. dat.
Acts 13, 45; absol. Acts 13, 45. 28, 19.
22. Tit. 1, 9; c. inf. pregn. Luke 20, 27.
(Ecclus. 4,25. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 39; c. inf.

Thue. 3. 41.) Also to contradict, to resist, to

disobey, in word and deed, c. dat. John 19,
12; agsol. Luke 2, 34. Rom. 10,21. Tit. 2,9.
Sept. for 2°79 Hos. 4,4; "210 Is. 65, 2. So
Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 2. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 8 fin.

ἀντίληψις, ews, 9, (ἀντιλαμβάνομαι,
a taking in turn, again, Thuc. 1. 120; ἃ
laying hold of, seizure, by disease Thuc. 2.
49.—In N. T. help, aid, relief, afforded to
the sick and poor, Plur. 1 Cor. 12,28. This
duty devolved on the διάκονοι, both male and
female; comp. Acts 6, 1 sq. Rom. 16, 1.
Sept. for W712 Ps. 22, 19; 92 Ps. 108,
9. So Ecclus. 11, 12. 51,'7. Jos. B. J. 4
3. 10 init.

ἀντιλογία, as, 9, (ἀντιλέγω, contra-
diction, controversy, Heb. 6, 16. 7, 7. (Pol.
28.7.4. Plato Rep. 539. b.) Also contra-
diction, opposition, disobedience, in word and
deed, Heb. 12, 3. Jude 11. Sept. for
maya Num. 20, 13. So Xen. Hell. 6.

8. 20.

ἀντίλοιδορέω, ὦ, f. now, (λοιδορέω,)
to revile in turn, again, absol. 1 Pet. 2, 23
—Luc. Conv. 40. Plut. M. Anton. 42.

ἀντίλυτρον, ov, τό, (λύτρον,) pr. ‘an
equivalent for redemption,’ i. e. a ransom,
1 Tim. 2,6; comp. Matt. 20, 28.—Anon.
Vers. V. T. Ps. 49,9; where Sept. ἡ τιμὴ
τῆς λυτρώσεως. Ϊ

ἀντιμετρέω

ἀντιμετρέω, &, f. how, (μετρέω,) to
measure out in turn, again, Pass. c. dat.
Luke 6, 38. [Matt.'7,2] } a proverbial phrase,
i, q. to render like for like—Luc. Amo-
res 19.

avrTipioSsia, as, 9, (μισϑός,) retribu-
tion, “ecompense ; spoken of penalty, Rom.
1, 273; of reward, 2-Cor. 6,13 τὴν δὲ αὐτὴν
ἀντιμιοδίαν πλατύνϑητε καὶ ὑμεῖς now by
way of a like (corresponding) recompense,
be ye also enlarged, i. e. let your hearts be
opened towards me, as mine towards you ;
comp. v. 11.—Found only in N. T.

᾿Αντιόχεια, as, ἡ, Antioch, the name
of two cities in N. T.

1. Antioch of Syria was situated on the
southern bank of the river Orontes, about
15 miles above its mouth, and was the royal
residence and metropolis of all Syria; Jos.
B. J. 3.2. 4. It was founded by Seleucus
Nicanor, and called by him after the name
of his father Antiochus. This city is cele-
brated by Cicero in his oration pro Archia,
as being opulent and abounding in men of
taste and letters. It was ‘also a place of
great resort for the Jews, Jos. B. J. 7. 3. 3.
A large Christian church was early gather-
ed in Antioch, Acts 11, 19 sq. and the dis-
tinctive name of Christians was here first
applied to the followers of Jesus.® The
modern city is greatly contracted ; its former
extent being marked by ruins. It still
bears the name Antakia. See Miss. Herald,
1841, p.237. Biblioth. Sacra, 1848, p. 455.
—Acts 11,19. 20. 22. 25. 26. 27. 13, 1.
14, 26. 15, 22. 23. 30. 35. 18, 22. Gal.
2, 11.

2. Antioch of Pisidia, was prob. so called,
as being then attached to that province;
though Strabo places it in Phrygia, and
Ptolemy in Pamphylia. It was founded by
Seleucus Nicanor, and so named after his

father ; afterwards it enjoyed, the title and-

rights of a Roman colony ; Strabo 12. 577.
Ptol. 5. 5. Plin. H. N. 5.24. Its site-has
recently been identified near the modern
town of Yalobatch; see Arundell’s Discov.
in Asia Minor, I. p. 268 sq. Hamilton’s
Res. in As. Minor, I. p. 472 sq.—Acts 13,
14. 14, 19. 21. 2 Tim. 3, 11.

᾿Αντιοχεύς, gos, ὃ, a man of Antioch,
an Antiochian, Acts 6, 5.

ἀντιπαρέρχομαι, aor. 2 ἦλθον, Mid.
depon. (mapépxopat,) to pass along over

- against, to pass along by turning out of the .

way; absol. Luke 10, 31. 32.—Wisd. 16,
10. Strato 7, in Anth. Gr. III. p. 70.

64

; ,
ἀντίτυπος

᾿Αντίπας, a, 6, Antipas, pr. τι. οἱ a
martyr, Rev. 2,13. Contracted for ’Avri:
πατρος, Jos. Ant. 14, 1, 2.

᾿Αντυπατρίς, i8os, 4, Antipatris, pr. τι.
of a city of Palestine, situated on the western
plain on the military road from Jerusalem
to Cesarea, Acts 23, 31. It was built by
Herod the Great on the site of a former

place called Καφαρσαβά, and was so named

by him in honour of his father Antipater ;
Jos. Ant. 16.5.2. At the present day a
village called Kefr Sdba is found in the
same region, the ancient name having sur-
vived that of Herod’s city; though it may
be doubtful whether the modern village oc-
cupies the precise site of Antipatris; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 45 sq. Biblioth.
Sac. 1843, p. 493 sq. Traces of the an-
cient Roman road still exist between Gophna
and Kefr Saba; ib. p. 480-482.

ἀντιπέραν, adv. (πέραν), over against,
opposite to, c. gen. Luke 8, 26. Some Mss,
have ἀντιπέρα id.—Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 3. Pol.
9. 41. 11. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 9.

ἀντιπίπτω, f. mecodpa, (πίπτω,) to
fall against or upon, in a hostile sense.
Hdian. 6. 3.-13.—In N. T. trop. to. strive
against, to resist, c. dat. Acts 7,51. So
Sept. Num. 27, 14. Pol. 25. 9. 5.

ἀντιστρατεύομαι, Mid. depon. (orpa-
τεύω,) to make war against, c. dat. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 8. 26—In N..T. trop. to war
against, to oppose, c. dat. Rom. 7, 23. So
Hesych. ἀντιστρατευόμενον" ἀνδιστάμενον.

ἀντιτάσσω ν. -ττω, f. Ew, (τάσσὼ,) to
range in battle against, to array against, ο.
dat. Xen. An. 4. 8. 5; Pass. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
42.—In N. T. Mid. ἀντιτάσσομαι; trop.
to array oneself against, to resist, to oppose,
absol. Acts 18,6; c.dat. Rom. 13,2. James -
5, 6. 4, 6 and 1 Pet. 5, 5 quoted from Proy. -
3, 34, where Sept. for yu. So Sept.
Hos. 1, 6. Dem. 507. pen.

ἀντίτυπος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj, (ἀντί of cor-
resp. τύπος.) antitypical, like, corresponding
to a type or model; Neut. as Subst. rd
ἀντίτυπον, an antitype, likeness, that
which corresponds to a type or model, Heb.
9, 24 comp. 8, 5. 1 Pet. 3, 21—Hesych.
dytirvros* ἴσος, ὅμοιος. So the bread and
wine in the eucharist are called ἀντίτυπα
of the body and blood of Christ, Macar. Ho-
mil. 27. Greg. Naz. Orat. 11. p. 187.—In
Gr. writers ἀντίτυπος (ἀντί of opp. τύπτω)
signifies : struck back, repelled, as by a hara
body, echoed, Soph. Phil. 695, 1460; also
Act. striking back, repelling, as a hard body

cs:

ἀντίχριστος

resisting, solid, Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 4. Plato
Tim. 62. c. Comp. Elsner in 1 Pet. 1. ὁ.

ἀντίχριστ 0S, ov, ὃ, (Χριστός,) an anti-
christ, i.e. one who denies that Jesus is the
Messiah and that the Messiah is come in
the flesh; found only in John’s epistles,
1 John 2, 18 bis. 22. 4,3. 2John'7. What
class of persons the writer had in view is
unknown ; probably Jewish adversaries.
Often in the fathers ; see Suicer Thes. s.
voc,

ἀντλέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἄντλος,) pr. to bale
out water from the hold of a ship, Theogn.
673—In N. T. to draw out, Θ. g. water
from a well, wine from a jar, c. acc. John
2,9. 4, 7; absol. 2, 8. 4, 15. Sept. for
ax® Gen. 24,13. 20; nda Ex. 2, 16. 19.
So Xen. Cie. 7. 40. Plato Tim. 79. a.

ἄντλημα, aros, τό, (dvthéw,) ‘what is

drawn out,’ Dioscor. 4. 64—In N. T. a

oes for drawing water, a bucket, gohn 4 4,
So Plut. de Solert. Anim. 21.

aus ὦ, f. now, (ἀντόφϑαλ-
pos, ὀφϑαλμός,) to look in the face, Barnab.
Ep. ς, 5 εἰς ἀκτῖνας τοῦ ἡλίου ἀντοφϑαλμῆ-
oat.—In Ν. T. trop. of a ship, to look the
wind in the face, to bear up against, to with-
stand, ἃ. dat. τῷ ἀνέμῳ Acts 27,15. So
genr. Wisd. 12, 14. Pol. 2. 47.1.
ἄνυδρος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ὕδωρ,) wa-
lerless, dry, e. g. dvudpot τόποι dry places, i. 6.
barren, desert, the abode of evil spirits ac-
cording to the Jews, Matt. 12, 43. Luke
11, 24: comp, Rev. 18, 2. Tob. 8, 3. Ba-
ruch 4, 35. Sept. for 72% Hos. 2, 3; "372
Is. 41, 19. So 2 Macc. 1, 19. Pol. 5. 80.
2.—Trop. πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι wells without wa-
ter 2 Pet, 2, 17, also νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι clouds
without water Jude 12, i. e. wells or clouds
that promise water, but yield none ; put as
an emblem of those who promise much and
perform little, boastful deceivers; comp.
2 Pet. 2, 18. 19.
ἀνυπόκριτος, ov, ὁ,ἡ δ]. (ὠμνιὺ .ὑποκρί-
νομαι,) without hypocrisy, u sincere,
Rom. 12, 9. 2 Cor. 6,6. 1 Tim. 1,5. 2 Tim.
ἊΝ 5. James 8, 17. 1 Pet. Tate Wied. 5,
. 18, 16.

ἀνυπότακτος, ov, ὃ, ἥ, adj. (a priv.
ὑποτάσσω.) unsubjected, unsubdued, i. 6.
a) Of things, not made subject to any one,
c. dat. Heb. 2, 8.
ordinate, unruly, disobedient, 1 Tim. 1,9.
Tit. 1,6. 10. So Symm. for >3°>3" dey

} Sam. 2, 12. Arr. Epict. 2. 10. 1. ‘Philo

‘Rer. div. Her. T. I. p. 473.
5

b) Of persons, inswb-.

65

GVOTEPLKOS

avo, «ἂν. (ἀνά.) up, upwards, above, i.e.

1. Of motion, up, upwards, John 11, 41.
Heb. 12, 15. ° Sept. for 23> Is. 8, 21.
1 Chr. 22, 5.—Plnt. de Def. Orac. 26.
Xen. Cc. 19. 10.

2. Of place where, up, above, ἐν τῷ ov-
ρανῷ ἄνω Acts 2, 19. [Rev. 5, 3.] John 2,
7 ἕως ἄνω up to the highest part, to the
brim, brimful. Sept. for 923 Deut. 4, 39; .
mbp0> 2, Sept. ἕως dvw, 2 Chr. 26, 8.
So Pol. 3. 6. 10. Xen. An. 5. 4. 25.—
Hence 6, ἧ, τὸ ἄνω as Adj. what is above,
the upper, Buttni. § 125. 6; (genr. Diod.
Sic. 4. 55. Xen. Eq. 1. 2 τῆς οἰκίας τὰ
ἄνω. An. 7. 4. 11;) in N. T. referred only
to heaven, i. q. ἐπουράνιος, heavenly, celes-
tial; so τὰ ἄνω things above, i. 6. either
heaven itself John 8, 23 comp: 3, 13; or
also heavenly things, divine things, Col. 3,
1. 2; ἡ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ Gal. 4, 263; ἡ ἄνω
κλῆσις Phil. 3, 14, i. q. ἡ κλ. ἐπουράνιος
Heb. 3, 1.

ἀνώγαιον V. ἀνώγεον; ov, τό, see in
ἀνάγαιον.

ἄνωδεν, ady. (ἄνω, from above, i. e.

1. Of place,e. g. ἀπὸ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from
above to below, from the top to the bottom,
Matt. 27,51. Mark 15,8; ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν δὲ
ὅλου from the parts above throughout, from
the top throughout, John 19, 23. Sept.
for 32 Ex. 25, 22. So Hdian. 8. 4. 20.
Plato Phed. 110. b.— Elsewhere from
above, i. q. from heaven, and so from God}
John 3, 31 6 dvw%ev ἐρχόμενος. 19, 11.
James 1,17. 3,15 ἡ σοφία dvw%ev κατερ-
χομένη, for which v. 17 ἡ ἄνωθεν σοφία,
Buttm. § 125.6. Here too belongs John 3,
8. 7 yervnSnvat ἄνωθεν to be born from above,
i. 6. from God, ἐκ τοῦ ϑεοῦ (i. q. ἐκ τοῦ
πνεύματος Ὕ. 6. 8), in accordance with
John’s usage; comp. 1,13. 1 John 2, 29.
3,9. 4,7. 5,1. 4.18. Sept. for 5332 Job
8,4. So Philo de Profug. I. p. 571. 2,

εὑρεῖν σοφίαν ἄνωθεν ... ἀπ᾿ οὐρανοῦ. Xen
Mem. 4. 8. 14.
2. Of time: a) from the first, from the

beginning, Luke 1,3. Acts 26,5 προγινώ-
σκοντές pe ἄνωϑεν, from the first, from my
earliest years. So Hdian. 8. 6. 12. Dem.
1125. 24. -b) i. q. anew, afresh; Gal. 4,9
ois πάλιν ἄνωϑεν δουλεύειν ϑέλετε, where
ἄνωϑεν orengee πάλιν. So Wisd. 19, 6.

ἀνωτερικός, ἡ, dv, (ve, ἀνώτερος.) ᾿
per, higher ; Acts 19, 1 ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη
higher parts, the inland mountainous parts

of Asia Minor; comp. Acts 18, 29, Ἦῖ.
pocr.-50. 44.

« ἀνώτερος 66

AVOTEPOS, a, ov, (ἄνω,) compar. higher,
superior, Hippocr. 520. 45. Dio Chrys. 74.

—In N. T. Neut. ἀνώτερον as adv. com-

par. of ἄνω, Buttm. ὁ 115. 5; ie. a)
higher, in place, dignity, Luke 14, 10,
Sept. for >a Lev. 11, 21. Ὁ) above,
before, in a book or passage, Heb. 10, 8.
So Pol. 3. 1. 1.

ἀνωφελής, éos, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ὠφελέω,)
useless, unprofitable, Tit. 3,9. Heb. 7, 18
TO... ἀνωφελές, unprofitableness. — Sept.
Proy. 28, 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2. Xen. ke.
1. 20.

ἀξίνη, ns, ἡ, (a euphon. ξέω,) an axe,
Matt. 3, 10. Luke 3, 9. Sept. for 113
Deut. 19, 5.—/El. V. H. 12. 5. Xen. An.
1. 5. 12.,

ἄξιος, ia, tov, (ἄγω, ἄξω, to weigh,) pr.
of like weight or value ; hence of like worth,
worthy.

1. Spoken of value, price, of like worth,
worthy to be compared with any thing, usu-
ally c. genit. but in N. T. with πρός τι, e. g.

Rom. 8, 18 οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παϑήματα τοῦ νῦν

καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν, i. q. ἄξια
... τῆς p. δόξης.-τῦϑο c. gen. Sept. for 30
Proy. 3, 15. Hom. Il. 8. 234. Plato Eryx.
393. Ὁ. Comp. ἀνάξιος πρός τι, Plato Prot.
356. a, tis ἄλλη ἀναξία ἡδονὴ πρὸς λύπην
ἐστίν.

2. Genr. worthy, deserving, either of good
or evil. a) Of good; spoken of persons,
absol. Matt. 10,11. 13 bis. 22,8. Luke’, 4.
Rey. 3,4. With genit. of thing, worthy of,
Matt. 10, 10 τῆς τροφῆς. Luke 10,7 and
1 Tim. 5, 18 τοῦ μισθοῦ. Acts 13, 46.
1 Tim. 6, i. Heb. 11, 8; gen. of pers.
οὐκ ἄξιός μου not worthy of me, not worthy to

be my disciple, friend, Matt. 10, 37 bis. 38.

(Wisd. 3; 5.) With an infin. aor. Luke
15, 19. 21 οὐκ ἄξιος KAnSiva vids. Acts

13, 25. Rev. 4, 11. 5,2. 4.9. 12. Once |

with ἵνα, John 1,27. Of things, c. gen.
1 Tim. 1,15. 4,9. Soc. gen. Wisd. 6, 16.
Hdian 2. 3.16. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62; c. inf.
Wisd. 1, 16. Xen. Εἴς. 21. 12; c. ἵνα
comp. Dem. 279. 8 ἀξιοῦν ἵνα βοηϑήσῃ.
b) Of evil, penalty, spoken of persons,,
absol. Rev. 16,6; c. gen. Rom. 1, 32 Sava-
του. Of things, deeds, c. gen. ἄξ. πληγῶν
Luke 12, 48; Savdrov Luke 23, 15. Acts
23, 29. 25, 11. 25. 26,31. So Dem. 345.
24. Xen. Mem. 1.1.1. ib. 1.2. 62 Savarov.

3. Of things, worthy of, suitable to, jit,
meet, due, Cc. gen. as καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς
. μετανοίας Matt. 3, 8. Luke 3, 8. Acts 26,
20; ἄξια yap ὧν ἐπράξαμεν Luke 23, 41.
So 1 Mace. 10, 54. Plut. adv. Colot. 17 fin.

s

ἀπαγγέλλω.

Xen. Εἴ. 12. 19.—Hence ἄξιόν ἐστὶ, ic
is meet, fit, proper, 2 Thess. 1, 3; ο. inf.
1 Cor. 16.4. So Dem. 82.9. Xen. Cc.

4, 48. ᾿

ἀξιόω, ὦ, ἴ. ὠσω, (ἄξιος.) 1. to deem or
count worthy of any thing; c.acc. et gen. 2
Thess. 1, 11. Pass. c. gen. 1 Tim. 5, 17.
Heb. 3, 3. 10, 29. With acc. and infin.
Luke 7,7. So Ζ 1. V. H. 3. 24. Xen. An.
3, 2. 7; c. inf. Sept. Gen. 31, 28. Xen. Mem.
1. 4, 10.

2. to deem proper, to think good, α. inf.
Acts 15, 38. 28, 22 ἀξιοῦμεν δὲ παρὰ σοῦ
ἀκοῦσαι, we think it right to hear from thee,
etc. So Jos. 3. 8. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 11.
—Others in Acts ll. cc. to desire, to wish ;
as Sept. for ©P2 Dan, 1, 8. Xen: An. 1.

bo fae |

ἀξίως, adv. (détos,) worthily, suitably,
becomingly, in ἃ manner worthy of any one,
c. gen. Rom. 16, 2 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων. Eph.
4, 1. Phil. 1, 27. Col. 1, 10. 1 Thess. 2, 12.
3 John 6.—Wisd. 7, 15. Plut. de Exil. 4.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.

ἀόρατος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a priv. ὁράω.)
unseen, invisible, e. g. God Col. 1,15. 1
Tim. 1, 17. Heb. 11, 27; τὰ ἀόρατα Col. 1,
16; τὰ ἀόρ. τοῦ Θεοῦ i. e. his spiritual attri-
butes Rom. 1, 20.—2 Mace. 9, 5. Plut. Ro-
mul. 29 ; of God Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13.

ἀπαγγέλλω, f. γελῶ, (ἀγγέλλω,) aor.
1 ἀπήγγειλα, Pass. aor. 2 ἀπηγγέλην Luke
8, 20. See Buttm. § 101. n. 45; to bear or
bring away word, a message, tidings, pr.
from one person or place to another.

1. Of tidings, intelligence, i. 4. to an-
nounce, to teli, to show, to relaie; c. acc. et
dat. Matt. 28, 11 τινὲς ... ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν
πόλιν ἀπήγγειλαν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα
τὰ γενόμενα. Acts 28, 17; acc. simpl. Matt.
8, 33. Acts 4, 23. 15, 27; dat. simpl. Matt.
28,8. 10. Acts 5, 25; Pass. c. dat. Luke 8, 20.
With dat. of pers. and περί τινος of things,
Luke 7, 18. (Xen. An. 1. 7. 2.) With περί ri-
vos of pers. and acc. of thing, 1 Thess. 1, 9.
With dat. of pers. and ὅτι, Luke 18, 37. John
20,18; «is c. acc. of place, Mark 5, 14.
Luke 8, 34. (Xen. An. 6. 4. 25.) With acc.
of thing and πρός τινα, Acts 16, 36; with an
infin. simpl. Acts 12, 143 absol. John 4, 51.
—So genr. Sept. for 745 Judg. 13, 10. 1
Sam. 25, 37. Hdian. 3. 10. 16. Xen. An. 2.
3.4; ς. inf. Plut. Mor, JI. p.17. |

2. Of messengers or others who return
with an answer, to bring back word, to re- °
port; but the idea back lies in the circum-
stances and not in the prep. ἀπό in compo- -

HN Ss

i sa

aTrayxX@

sition. So c. acc. et dat. Matt. 11, 4. Luke
7, 22. 14, 21; c. dat. Matt: 2, 8. Acts 22,
26; absol. Acts 5,22. Sept. for "37 Ruth
3, 16.—Hdian. 5. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 8.

3. Genr. of any thing not before known,
i,q. to announce, to tell, to declare; to make
known ; c. acc. et dat. Matt. 12, 18 κρίσιν
τοῖς ἔϑνεσιν, ἀπαγγελεῖ. 1 John 1, 2. 3. Heb.
2, 12 ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς
pov, quoted from Ps. 22, 23 where Heb.
"BO Sept. διηγήσομαι. With dat. of pers.
and inf. Acts 26,20; ὅτε 1 Cor. 14, 25.
Sept. for 77°39 Gen. 24, 49; "BO Ps. '78, 4.
6.—Pol. 1. 14. 1. Plato Protag. 87. p. 345.
ce +

ἀπάγχω, f. ἕω, (ἄγχω,) to quite choke
or strangle, i. e. to death, Od. 19. 230. Pol.
16. 34. 9—In N. T. Mid. ἀπάγχομαι, to
strangle oneself by hanging, to hang oneself,
Matt. 27, 5; comp. in λάσκω. Sept. for
P22 2 Sam. 17, 23. So Al. V. H. 5. 8.
Xen. Hi. 7. 13.

ἀπάγω, f. ἕξω, (ἄγω,) aor. 2 ἀπήγαγον,
Pass. aor. 1 ἀπήχϑην.

1. to lead off or away, to conduct away ;
with ace: of pers. and πρός τινα, Acts 23,
17; acc. impl. Luke 13, 15; ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν
ἡμῶν Acts 24, 7. Pass. trop. πρὸς ra εἴδωλα
1 Cor. 12,2. Sept. for 4432 Gen. 31, 18;
734 1K. 1, 38. So Al. V. H. 1. 6. Plato
Phed. 3. p. 60. a—In a judicial sense, io
lead away before a judge, with ace. and πρός
τινα, Mark 14, 53 καὶ ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν
πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα. John 18, 13; acc. impl.
Matt. 26, 57. Mark 14, 44. John 19, 16;
acc. simpl. Matt. 27,2. Also to lead away
to prison or to execution, 6. g. αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ
σταυρῶσαι. Matt. 27, 31; (αὐτὸν) εἰς τὴν

παρεμβολήν Acts 23, 10; αὐτὸν ἔσω τῆς
αὐλῆς Mark 15,16; ace. simpl. Luke 23, 26.
Pass. absol. ἀπαϊχϑῆναι, to be led away to
death, to be put to death, Acts 12, 19.—
Sept. ἀπηγμένος for Heb. “HON a prisoner,
Gen. 39, 22. Ep. Jerem. 18 ἀκ. én? τῷ Sa-
νάτῳ. Plato Legg. 879. d, πρός τινα. Gorg.
486. a, εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον.

2. Intrans. comp. in “ἄγω no. 2; spoken
of a way, to lead away to a place, with εἰς
c. ace. trop. Matt. 7, 13. 14.—So ἄγω Jos.
Ant. 8. 7. 4. Philo de Vict. p. 841. a.

ἀπαίδευτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (α priv. παι-

δεύω,) untaught, uneducated, ignorant, Jos.
Ant. 2. 13. 3. Xen. Mem. 4. 1.43 unwise,

foolish, of persons, Sept. for 522 Prov. 17,
22; 5902 Prov. 8, 5. 15, 15.—In N. T. of
things, foolish, empty, trifling ; ἃ Tim. 2,

23 ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις. So schin. 7. 12

67 ἀπαντάω

μαρτυρία. Plato Phedr. 269. b, ῥῆμά τι εἰ-
πεῖν ἀπαίδευτον.

ἀπαίρω, f. apa, (αἴρω,) to take or lift off,
to take away, ξύλα Hdot. 1. 186; to take or
lead away, Hdot. 8. 57. Intrans. to take one-
self off, to go away, Sept. for 903 Gen. 12,
9. Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 32.—In N. T. only Pass.
aor. 1 ἀπήρϑην, to be taken away, c. ἀπό,
τινος Matt. 9, 15. Mark 2, 20. Luke 5, 35.

ἀπαιτέω, ὦ, f. How, (aitéw,) to ask or
demand from any one, to require from or at
one’s hands,-Germ. abfordern; c. ace. et
ἀπό τινος Luke 6, 80. 12, 20 τὴν ψυχήν
σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπό σου, i. e. 3 plur. indef.

_ for Pass. they shall require thy life of thee,

i. q. thy life shall be required of thee ; Buttm.
§ 129.19. Winer ᾧ 49. 1. Sept. for waa
Deut. 15, 2, 3— El. V. H. 1. 24. Xen.
An. 7. '7. 39; τὶ παρά twos Diod. Sic. 11. 66.

ἀπαλγέω, &@, f. now, (ἀλγέω,) to grieve
out, to leave off grieving for any thing, c.
acc. Thuc. 2. 61.—In N. T. to be apathetic,
to be past feeling, i. e. past any feeling of
shame, of conscience, or the like; absol.
Eph. 4,19. So Heliodor. 5. p. 213 ἀπαλ-
γοῦντες πρὸς τὴν τύχην. Pol. 9. 40. 4.

ἀπαλλάσσω V. -ττω, f. ἄξω, (ἀλλάσ-
ge,) pr. to change from one condition or
place to another.—Hence in N. T.

1. to set free, to deliver from a state of
fear, bondage, or the like; c. acc. Heb. 2,
15. ἀπαλλάξῃ τούτους ὅσοι φόβῳ Savdrov
κτὰ. Pass. c. ἀπό τινος, Luke 12, 58 ἀπηλ-
λάχϑαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, sc. from thy opponent,
creditor, by private adjustment.—So c. acc.
et gen. Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 12. - Diod. Sic. 16.
22. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 12; of a litigant Plato
Legg. 915. c.

2. Mid. to remove Bday from any one,
to depart, c. ἀπό τινος Acts 19, 12.—Act.
‘to put away or remove from,’ Xen. An. 3.
2. 28; intrans. ‘to depart, Sept. Ex. 19,
22. Plato Legg. 938. a. Mid. id. c. ἀπό
τινος Xen. An. 7. 1. 4.

ἀπαλλοτριόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (ἀλλοτριόω,)
pr: to abalienate, spoken of persons, to alien-
ate or estrange from ; only Pass. to be alien-
ated from, to be a stranger to, c. gen. Eph.
2, 12. 4,18; absol. Col. 1,21. Sept. for
“At Ps. 58, 4.—So c. ἀπό τινος Diod. Sic.
11. 48. Aischin. 29. 20.

ἁπαλός, ἡ ἤ; OV, (kindr. ἅπτω, adn) soft
to the touch, tender, as a shoot, sprout, Matt.
24,32. Mark 13, 28.—So of raiment Hdian.
5. 8. 2; of fruit Xen. Cic. 19. 18.

ἀπαντάω, ὦ, (ἀντάω.) f. how Mark 14,
13. Diod. Sic. 18. 15; usually f. ἥσομαι

απαντησις

Thue. 4. 77. Xen. Hell. 1. 6.3; pr. to come
over against from the opposite direction,
to come or go to meet, to encounter, to meet ;
c. dat. pers. Matt. 28, 9. Mark 5, 2. 14, 13.
Luke 17,12. John 4,51. Acts 16,16. Sept.
for 335 1 Sam. 10, 5. So Plut. Demetr. 36.
Xen. An. 2. 3. 17.—In a hostile sense, to
meet, to encounter, c. dat. Luke 14, 31. Sept.
for yap Judg. 8, 21. So Xen. Hell. 5.
4.10. ἡ

ἀπάντηδις, ews, 9, (ἀπαντάω,) a meet-
ing, encountering ; only in the construction
eis ἀπάντησιν for meeting, after a verb of
motion, instead of the inf. ἀπαντᾷν to meet ;
so c. dat. Acts 28, 15; c. gen. Matt. 25, 1.
6. 1 Thess, 4, 17. Sept. for mNIp>, 6.
gen. 1 Sam. 9, 14; c. dat. Jer. 41, 6—
Pol. 5. 26. 5. Diod. 18. 59.

ἅπαξ, ady. of time, once, one time, 2
Cor. 11, 25. Heb. 9, 26. 12, 26 én
ἅπαξ. v. 27; c. gen. Heb. 9,'7 ἅπαξ τοῦ
_ ἐνιαυτοῦ. Sept. for mmx Ex. 30, 11.
(Hdian 1. 10. 8. Plato Conv. 185. 6.) So
ἅπαξ καὶ dis once and again, several times,
Phil. 4, 16. 1 Thess. 2, 18. Sept. for
ἘΠ" BSB Neh. 13, 20. 1 Mace. 3, 30.
—Emphat. once and no more, once for all,
already, Heb. 6, 4. 9, 27. 28. 10, 2. 1 Pet.
3,18 [20.] Jude 3. 5. Sept. for mmx Ps.
89, 36. So Jos. Ant.5.3.2. Plato Legg.
711. a.

ἀπαράβατος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv.
mapaBaive,) a word of the later Greek, Lob.
. ad Phryn. p. 313; Act.. not having trans-
gressed, not a transgressor,; Jos. Ant. 18. 8.
2. contr. Ap. 2.413 oftener Pass. not to be
transgressed, inviolable, Plut. de Fat. 1 λό-
γος Seios amapdBaros. Id. Symp. 9. 14. 6
véuos.—Hence in N. T. unchangeable, per-
petual, spoken of Christ’s priesthood as ever
remaining to him inviolate, never passing
from him to another, ἀδιάδοχος, Heb. 7, 24.
So Plut. ascribes to the sun τὴν τάξιν ἀπα-
ράβατον, de Defect. Orac. 3.

> , AES
AT APATKEVATTOS, ov, 6, ἢ; adj. (a priv.

παρασκευάζω,) unprepared, 2 Cor. 9,-4;
comp. v. 3.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41. Hdian. 3.
9.19, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 15.

ἀπαρνέομαι, odpat, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (ἀρνέομαι.) Pass. fut. 1 ἀπαρνηϑήσομαι
in Pass. signif. Luke 12,9. Soph. Phil. 527;
see Buttm. ᾧ 113. n. 6. Winer § 39.7. d.—
To deny utterly, to deny, 6. g. things, c.
infin. Luke 22, 34 πρὶν ἢ τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ μὴ
εἰδέναι με. (Eurip. Hipp. 1280. Plato
Gorg..461.¢.) Also persons, to deny, to
disown, not to, acknowledge; so of Peter

4
ἅπας

denying his Lord, c. acc. Matt. 26, 34. 35.
15. Matt. 14, 30. 81. 72. Luke 22, 61.
John 13, 38; comp. Luke 22, 34 above.
Of those whom Christ does not acknow-
ledge, Pass, Luke 12, 9, Sept. for ὈΝ
Is. 31,7. So Plato Rep. 468. c. Dem.
575. 25 τὸ ὄνομα.----ΑἸδο c. ἑαυτόν, to deny
oneself, to abstain from gratifying one’s own
appetites and desires, Matt. 16,24. Mark 8,
84. Luke 9, 23. Comp. Phil. 3, 7. 8.

ἀπάρτι, ady. of time, i. 4. dm ἄρτι, for
which it is put in later editions; from now,
i. q. ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν.

1. Referring to a future more or less re-
mote, henceforth, hereafter, Matt. 23, 39. 26,
29. 64. John 1, 52; comp. Luke 1, 48.

2. Referring to the future as immediately
connected with the present, from now on,
even now, John 13,19. 14,7. Rey. 14, 13
of ἐν κυρίῳ ἀποϑνήσκοντες ἀπάρτι, τοῖο die
in the Lord from now οὐδ, i. e. just now un-
der the trial of heavy persecutions.—The
Attics prob. did not use ἀπάρτι in respect to
time ; Lob. ad Phryn. p. 20, 21.

ἀπαρτισμός, od, ὃ, (ἀπαρτίζω, a verb
of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 447,)
a a finishing off; completion ; Luke 14, 28 εἰ
ἔχει τὰ πρὸς ἀρτισμόν, whether he have
wherewith to finish—Dion. Hal. de Comp.
24. Ῥι 370 ed. Schaef.

ἀπαρχή, ῆς, ἡ, (ἀπάρχομαι,) the begin-
ning, first-fruits, viz.

1, Of things, the first part or portion, the
earnest of any thing ; Rom. 8, 23 τὴν ἀπαρ-
χὴν τοῦ πνεύματος the first-fruits of the
Spirit, the earnest (ἀῤῥαβών) of future and
higher gifts ; comp. 2 Cor. 1,22. Eph. 1, 14.
—So of the first-fruits offered to God, Sept.
for nN Lev. 23, 10. Plur. Sept. Ex.
98, 19. All. V. H. 1. 31. Xen. Cie. δ. 10.

2. Concer. of persons, the first in time or
of whom any thing may be predicated ;
Rom. 11, 16 ἡ ἀπαρχὴ (rod φυράματος) the
Jirst- ΨΉΡΝ of the mass or lump, trop. for
the patriarchs of the Jewish people, parall.
ἡ ῥίζα. Rom. 16,5 ὅς ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς
᾿Ασίας εἰς Χριστόν, i. 6. the first to believe
on Christ. 1 Cor. 16,15. James 1, 18. Rev.

14,4. So Christ is ἡ ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμη-

μένων the firstfruits of them that slept, the
first to rise from the dead in the gospel
sense, 1 Cor, 15, 20. 23.

ἅπας, aca, av, (ἅμα, πᾶς,) strengthened
for mas, quite all, all together, e.g. 8)
Sing, before a subst. with the art. Luke 3,
21 ἅπαντα τὸν λαόν. 8, 37. 21, 4. Acts 25,
24, Sept. for > Ps. 22, 24. (Hdian. 3. 8.
4, Plato Rep. 442. Ὁ.) After a subst. with

ἀπασπάζομαὶ

the art. Mark 16, 15. Luke 4, 6. 19, 48,
So Plato Phil. 21. ἃ. δ) Plur. before a
subst. or participle with the art. Matt. 28,
11 ἅπαντα τὰ γενόμενα. (Plato Rep. 338. 6.
463. d.) With pron. of 2 pers. ὑμεῖς Gal.
3 28; 1 pers. ἡμεῖς impl. Acts 16, 28.
James 3, 2; 3 pers. absol. ἅπαντες all,
ἅπαντα ail things, Matt. 24, 39. Mark 11,
32. Luke 3, 16. 5, 1l@26. 28. Acts 2, 44.
Eph. 6, 13. al—Both in Sing. and Plur.
ἅπας (like πᾶς) is spoken indefinitely of a
large number, without necessarily including
every individual of that number ; see Mark
8,25. 11,32. Luke 3,21. 8,37. 19,48. +

ἀπασπάζομαι, Mid. depon. (ἀσπάζο-
pat,) to finish taking leave of, c. acc. Acts
21, 6 in Mss.—Himer. 194.

ἀπατάω, &, ἴ. ήσω; (ἅπτω; apn, Buttm.)
to deceive, to beguile, to lead astray, c. acc.
Eph. 5, 6. James 1, 26; Pass. 1 Tim. 2,14
bis. Sept. for 825 Gen. 3, 13.—Hdian.
2. '7. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. '7. 5.

ἀπάτη, 1S; ἦ; (ἀπατάω.) deceit, deceit-
fulness, as an attribute 6. g. rod πλούτου
Matt. 13, 92. Mark 4, 19; τῆς ἀδικίας 2
Thess. 2, 10; τῆς ἁμαρτίας Heb. 3, 13.
Also Eph. 4,22 ai ἐπιθυμίαι τῆς ἀπατῆς
deceitful lusts, propensities, Col. 2,8. 2 Pet.
2, 13.-—Judith 9,10. Pol. 2. 56. 12. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 6.

ἀπάτωρ, opos, 6, ἧ; adj. (a priv. πατήρ.)
fatherless, orphan, Eurip. Orest. 304; as
disowned by the father, Plato Legg. 929. a.
—In N. T. without father, i. e. whose father
is not mentioned in the genealogies, Heb.
7, 3; see fully in ἀμήτωρ.

ἀπαύγασμα, ατος, τό, (ἀπαυγάζω “ἴο
flash forth’ rays or brightness, Callim. H.
in Del. 181,) α flashing forth, radiance, efful-
gence ; Heb. 1,3 ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης (τοῦ
Θεοῦ) the effulgence of God’s glory, i. e. in
whom, as proceeding from the Father, the
divine majesty is manifested ; comp. Col. 1,
15. So Wisd. 7, 26 ἀπαύγασμα φωτὸς di-
diov. Philo de Concup. §11. T. Il. p. 356
Mang. Hesych. ἀπαύγασμα" ἡλίου φέγγος.
See Bleek Br. an d. Heb. in loe.—Others :
reflected brightness ; but against both the
etymology and the usus loquendi. -

ἀπεῖδον aor. 2, (εἶδον, εἴδω,) used as
aor. of ἀφοράω, Buttm. §114 εἴδω, ὁράω ;
to look away from where one is, at or wpon
any thing, πρός re Thuc. 7.71; to look at,
to have respect to, πρός τι Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 1.
Plato Soph. 250. b—In N. T. to see fully,
i.e. to the end, to know certainly, c. ace.
Phil. 2,23 ὡς ἂν ἀπίδω τὰ περὶ ἐμέ. So

69

᾿- oe oa

ἄπειμι

οὗ

Sept. Jon. 4, ὅ ἕως
πόλει, for TR.

aTrel Sela, as, ἡ, (ἀπειϑήρ,) unpersuada-
bleness, unbelief, disobedience, unwillingness
to receive and obey the truth, Rom. 11, 30.
32. Heb. 4, 6. 11 ; of υἱοὶ τῆς ἀπειϑείας the
children of unbelief or disobedience, i. 6. un-
believers, Eph. 2, 2. 5, 6. Col. 3,6; seein
vids A. 4, and comp. Heb. Gr. § 104. 2.
Lehrg. p. 647.—Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 2. Plut.
Sertor. 25. Xen. Mem. 3.5. 5.

ATELYED, ὦ, f. how, (ἀπειϑής,) to be un
persuadable, unbelieving, disobedient, e. g.
a) In respect to Christ and the gospel, not
to believe, to reject, c. dat. John 3, 36 6 de
ἀπειϑῶν τῷ υἱῷ. Rom. 2, 8. 1 Pet. 2, 8.
3,1. 4,17; absol. Acts 19, 9. Rom. 11,
31; Part. ἀπειθοῦντες unbelieving Acts 14,
2. 17, 5. Rom.15,31. In respect to God,
τῷ ϑεῷ Rom. 11, 30; absol. Heb. 3, 18.
11, 31. So Plato Phedr. 271. Ὁ, ἡ μὲν
(ψυχὴ) πείϑεται, ἡ δὲ ἀπειϑεῖ. Ὁ) Strong-
er, not to obey, to disobey, pr. in consequence
of unbelief; Part. dre%av, areSnoas, dis-
obedient, rebellious, 1 Pet. 2,7. 3,20. Rom.
10, 21 quoted from Is..65,2 where Sept.
for M50. So c. dat. Baruch 1, 18. Diod.
Sic. ὅ. 71. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.

ἀπειϑδής, eds, os, 6, 7), adj. (a priv. πεί-
ϑομαι,) unpersuadable, unbelieving, disobe-
dient, c. dat. Acts 26,19. Rom.-.1, 30. 2
Tim. 3,2; absol. Luke 1 17. Tits 1,16,
3, 3. Sept. for "210 Deut. 21,18; 7712
Num. 20, 10.—So c. dat. Hdian. 2. 4. 10.
Plato Legg. 936. b.

ἀπειλέω, &, f. how, to threaten, absol.
1 Pet. 2, 23 πάσχων οὐκ ἠπείλει. So Ec-
clus. 19, 17. Hdian. 6. 8.13. Xen. Mem.
1, 1. 18.—Later also Mid. depon. ἀπεελέ-
opat, ovpat, f. nroua, to threaten; once -
c. dat. of pers. and a noun of like signif. as -
dat. of manner, intens. Acts 4, 17 ἀπειλῇ
ἀπειλησώμεϑα αὐτοῖς let us strongly threaten
them. So Polyen. 7. 35.

ἀπειλή, ἧς, ἡ, (ἀπειλέω,) a threat,
threatening, Acts 4,17 see in ἀπειλέω. 4,
29. 9, 1. Eph. 6, 9.—Sept. Prov. 19, 12.

ἀπίδῃ τί ἔσται tq

* Hdian. 1. 10. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 18.

ἄπειμι, f. ἔσομαι, (εἰμί to be,) to be
away, absent, Col. 2,5. Part. ἀπών, absent,
1 Cor. 5, 3. 2 Cor. 10, 1. 11. 13, 2. 10.
Phil. 1, 27.—Wisd. 9, 6. Hdian. 2. 7. 8.
Xen. Conv. 8. 18.

ἄπειμι, (εἶμι to go,) impf. ἀπήειν Buttm.
§ 108. V. Kiihn. ᾧ 226; to go away toa
place, once εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν Acts 17, 10.

ἀπεῖπον 70

—-Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 1. Plut. de cap. ex inim.
util. 5; c. εἰς Xen. Conv. 1. 2.

ἀπεῖπον aor. 2, (εἶπον,) Mid. aor. 1
ἀπειπάμην, Buttm. § 114 εἰπεῖν. Kiihn.
_ 9167.7; to speak off or out, in full, bluntly,
Hom. Il. 7. 416; to forbid, Hdot. 1. 155.—
In N. T. Mid. to speak or declare oneself off
from any thing, to renounce, to disown, Ο.
acc. 2 Cor. 4, 2. Sept. for 0X2 Job 10, 3.
So Dem. 1133. 7. Diod. Sic. 18. 39. Plato
Legg. 928. d.

ἀπείραστος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (a priv. πειρά-
(w,) untried, untempted, not temptable, instead
of the earlier ἀπείρατος. James 1, 13 ὁ Seds
ἀπείραστός ἐστι κακῶν, πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς
οὐδένα, God cannot be tempted in respect of
evils (i. 6. to do evil), and’ himself ‘tempteth
noman; for the gen.see Buttm. §132.10.d.
Κύμη. § 273. 5. g. Winer § 30. 4. So Ig-
nat. Ep. ad Philipp. ri πειράζεις τὸν ἀπείρα-
στον. (ϑεόν). Constit. Apost. 1.8 λέγει ἡ
γραφή" ἀνὴρ ἀδόκιμος ἀπείραστος παρὰ Sed.
—Others less well: God is untried (inex-
perienced) in respect of evils, i. q. ἀπειρόκα-
kos Thuc. 5. 105; comp. Jos. Β. J. 5. 9. 3
οὐκ ἀπείραστόν ἐστιν αὐτοῖς. Comp. also
ἀπείρατος κακῶν Diod. Sic. 1. 15 ἀπείρατος
καλῶν Pind. Ol. 11.19. See Wetstein in
loc.

” . -

ἄπειρος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. πεῖρα,)
untried, unskilled, ignorant, c. gen. Heb. 5,
13 ἄπειρος λόγου δικαιοσύνης unskilled (ig-
norant) as to the doctrine of righteousness
before God; for the gen. see in ἀπείραστος.
Sept. for 92 8> 1 Sam. 17, 39.—Wisd.
13, 18. Hdian. 5. 5. 1. Xen. Mem. 4.7. 1, 3.

ἀπεκδέχομαι, f. έξομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἐκδέχομαι,) to wait out, to wait long for, to
await, to expect, c. acc. Rom. 8, 19. 23.
1 Cor. 1, 7. Gal. 5,5. Phil. 3, 20. Heb. 9,
28; absol. Rom. 8, 25. [1 Pet. 3, 20.1---
Heliod. 106. 296. ed. Cor.

ἀπεκδύομαι, f. δύσομαι, Mid. (ἐκδύω,)
to put off wholly, to strip off a garment or
the like from oneself; c. acc. trop. Col. 3,9
ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνϑδρωπον. So

Act. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 ἀπεκδὺς τὴν βασιλι- |:

κὴν éoSnra.—Also to strip any one for one-

self, to despoil ; c. acc. τὰς ἀρχάς. Col. 2, 15. °

Comp. Act. ἐκδύω, Plut. Lucull. 33 ἐκδῦσαι
τοῦς βασιλεῖς. Dem. 763. 26.

ἀπέκδυσις, ews, ἧ, (ἀπεκδύομαι,) a put-
ling off, of a garment or the like; trop. Col.

2,11 ἀπέκδυσις τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός.----

Only in Ν. Τ'.᾿

> A . "
ὡπελαύνω, f. ἐλάσω, (ἐλαύνω.) to drive

off or away, c. ace. et ἀπό, Acts 18, 16 καὶ

ἀπερισπάστως

ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος. Sept.
for ΣΕ. 34, 12.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12;
ὁ. gen. Plut. C. Mar. 17 ἀπελαύνων τοῦ βή-
ματος. :

ἀπελεγμός, od, δ, (ἀπελέγχω to refute
fully, Antiph. 131. 35,) refutation; Acts
19, 27 εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλϑεῖν to come into
refutation, i.e. into disrepute, contempt.—
Not found in Gr. waiters.

ἀπελεύϑερος; ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἐλεύϑερος.)
set free from bondage, a-freed-man, 1 Cor. 7,
22.—Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 2. Auschin. 59. 25.
Xen. Athen. 1. 10,

᾿Απελλῆς; οὔ, 6, Apelles, pr. n. of ἃ
Christian, Rom. 16, 10. '

ἀπελπίζω, f. ico, (ἐλπίζω,) to hope
fully, to expect, sc. from others; c. ‘acc.
Luke 6, 35 ἀγαϑοποιεῖτε καὶ δανείζετε [παρ᾽
ὧν] μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες, do good and lend
expecting nothing in return, i. e. lend to
those from whom (παρ᾽ ὧν) ye can expect -
nothing; see wap’ ὧν in v. 34, and comp.
there ἀπολαβεῖν. The idea back which
some insert, belongs to the circumstances,
and not to ἀπό in composition.—Others,
against the analogy of v. 34, to hope out,
i.e. to have done hoping, to despair ; hence:
lend never despairing, not doubting of re-
quital from God, as in the next clause. So
2 Mace. 9,18. Pol. 1. 19. 12; περί τινος
Diod. Sic. 2. 25.

ἀπέναντι, adv. (2varrt,) pr. over against
from a person or place, i. e.

1. over against, opposite to, c. gen. Matt.
21, 2. 27, 61 καϑήμεναι ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου.
Sept. for 732 Gen. 2,16; 742 Neh. 7,3.—
Pol. 1. 86. 3.

2. before, in the presence of, c. gen. Matt.
27, 24 ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου. Acts 3, 16.
Sept. for np) Lev. 6, 14. Josh. 7, 13.
Trop. Rom. 3, 18 οὐκ ἔστι φόβος Seod ἀπέ-
ναντι Tay ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, quoted from Ps.
36, 2 where Sept. for 572"2 "28> :

3. against, contrary to, ὁ. gen. Acts 17,
7 ἀπ. τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος. Comp. Ec-
clus. 837, 4.

ἀπέπω, see ἀπεῖπον.

ἀπέραντος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. περαί-
ve, πέρας.) boundless, endless; 1 Tim. 1, 4
γενεαλογίαι ἀπέραντοι. Sept. for “Pu nd
Job. 36, 26.—Pol. 1. 57. 3. Plato Parm.
144, b.

ἀπερισπάστως, adv. (a priv. περι-
σπάω.) without distraction, not distracted
about worldly things, 1 Cor. '7, 35; comp.
vv. 32-34.—Pol. 2. 20. 11. Arr. Epict. 1.
29. 59.

i te Wi 4 te Ne | ot ee

ἀπερίτμητος

ἀπερίτμητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. πε-
ριτέμνω,) uncircumcised, pr. Sept. for 515
Gen. 17, 14. 2 Macc. 1,51.—In N. T. trop.
Acts 7, 51 ἀπερίτμητοι τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ τοῖς
ὠσίν uncircumcised in heart and ears,
whose heart and ears are still covered so
that they neither understand nor hear;
comp. Sept. and ab-"b > Lev. 26, 41. Ez.
44,7; TAM DW Jer. 6, 10.

ἀπέρχομαι, aor. 2 ἀπῆλϑον, (ἔρχομαι.)
f. ἀπελεύσομαι Matt. 25, 46. Rom. 15, 28.
Sept. Gen. 19,2; also in epic and later
prose writers for the Attic ἄπειμι, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 37, 38. Buttm. ᾧ 108. V. 5. Wi-
ner § 15.

1. to go away, to depart from a place or
person. et

a) Pr. and genr. construed: a) Absol.
Matt. 13, 25 ἔσπειρε ζιζάνια ... καὶ ἀπῆλϑεν.
v. 28. 46. 16, 4.. 18, 30. 19, 22. Mark 5,
20. Luke 17, 23. John 16, 7. al. (Dem. 283.
8. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 39.) Of one departing by
water, John 6, 1. 22; comp. on horseback
Paleph. Fab. 1. β) With ἀπό c. gen.
Mark 5, 17. Luke 1, 38. 8,37. y) With
eis c. acc. of place whither; Matt. 8, 33.
14, 15 εἰς τὰς κώμας. 16,21. 22,5 εἰς τὸν
ἴδιον ἀγρόν ... εἰς τὴν ἐμπορίαν αὑτοῦ
(others ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμπορίαν). 25, 46. 28, 10.
John 4, 8. Rom. 15, 28. Gal. 1,17. (Sept.
Josh. 2, 16. Luc. D. Deor. 16.1.) Also
Matt. 10, 5 εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε go
not away into the way of the gentiles, i. 6.
leading to their territories. 8, 32. Mark 9,
43. So too by water, Matt. 8, 18. Mark 8,

13. John 0, 40; with τῷ πλοίῳ added
Mark 6, 32. δ) With ἐπί c. acc. of place

whither; Luke 23, 33 ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον κτλ.
24, 24 ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον. So Luc. D. Deor.
17.1. €) With πρός c. acc. of pers. to
go away to any one; Matt. 14, 25 ἀπῆλθε
πρὸς αὐτούς. John 6, 68. Rev. 10, 9. So
Xen. An. 1. 9. 29. © With ὅπου of
place, Matt. 8, 19. η) With πέραν c.
gen. John 6, 1; with εἰς c. acc. of place
added John 10, 40. 5) From the Heb..
with ὀπίσω τινός, to go away after a person
or thing, to follow, e. g. a person Mark 1,
20. John 12, 19; things, σαρκὸς ἑτέρας
Jude ἢ. So Heb. "278 32h, Sept. πορεύ:
opa ὀπίσω, Judg. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 6, 12.
\ b) Spec. to go away apart, to go aside,
Matt. 26, 36. Acts 4, 15.

c) Of those who go back to the place

whence they came ; but the idea back, when

so expressed, arises from the circumstances,
and not from the force of ἀπό in composi-
tion; Matt. 8, 21. Luke 7, 24. (Xen. 1. 4.

71

ἀπιστεω

29.) With εἰς c. ace. of place, Matt. 9, 7.
Mark 7, 30. Luke 1, 23. John 4, 3. 28.
(Hdian. 8. 8. 18. Xen. An. 4. 8.6.) With
ἀπό twos added Luke 2, 15. With εἰς τὰ
ὀπίσω, tv go away backward from a person,
pr. John 18,6; trop. 6,66. With ἐκεῖ Matt.
2, 22. : :

2. Trop. of things: a) togo away, to de-
part from any one, with ἀπό c. gen. as le-
prosy, Mark 1, 42. Luke 5, 13; enjoy-
ments, Rev. 18, 14. So Luc. D. Mort. 3.
2. 5) Of a report, fame, to go forth, to
be spread abroad, Matt. 4,24. 0) to pass
away, aor. 2 to be past, ended; e. g. a woe
Rey. 9,12. 11, 14; the present order ot
things Rev. 21,1. 4. So Sept. ὁ ὑετὸς ἀπῆλ-
Sev for 92M Cant. 2, 11. Plato Legg. 954.

d, ἀπελϑόντος ἐνιαυτοῦ. +

ἀπέχω, f. ἀφέξω, (ἔχω!) to hold off or
keep off, e. g. a ship from land Hom. Od. 15.
33; tohold back, to withhold, Hom. Il. 1. 97.
Hdot. 8. 22. Sept. for 2 Joel 1, 13.—
Hence in N. T. :

1. Mid. ἀπέχομαι; to hold oneself off
from any thing, to abstain, with ἀπό c. gen.
of thing, Acts 15, 20 ἀπέχεσϑαι ἀπὸ τῶν
ἀλισγημάτων. 1 Thess. 4, 3. 5, 22; genit.
simply Acts 15, 29 ἀπέχεσϑαι εἰδωλοϑύτων.
1 Tim. 4, 3. 1 Pet. 2,11.—Soc. ἀπό Sept.
Job 1, 1. Ecclus. 28, 8; c.-gen. Hdian. 4.
7.10. Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 11.

2. Act. intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. to
hold off, to keep away, to be far off, distant;
with ἀπό c. gen. Luke 7, 6 ἤδη δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐ
μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας. 24, 13;
absol. 1ὅ,. 90. Trop. of the heart, Matt. 15,
8 and Mark 7,6 ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόῤῥῳ
ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, quoted from Is. 29, 13
where Sept. for 12 pm.—So c. ἀπό 2
Macc. 12, 29. Xen. An. 4. 3.5; c. gen.
Diod. Sic. 5. 42. Xen. An. 2. 4. 10.

3. Act. to have or receive in full, (ἀπό of
compl.) to have all that one can expect ; of
things c. acc. as μισθόν Matt. 6, 2. 5. 16;
παράκλησιν Luke 6, 24; πάντα Phil. 4, 18.
Of a person, to have for good, c. acc. Phi-
lom. 15 ἵνα αἰώνιον αὐτὸν ἀπέχῃς. So Sept.
Num. 32,19. Jos. B. J. 1. 30.6. Plut.
Solon 22 τὸν psoSdév.—Hence impers. dx é-
χει; lit. ‘it has in full,’ it is enough, sufficit,
Mark 14, 41; comp. Luke 22, 46. So
Anacr. 28. 33 ἀπέχει, βλέπω γὰρ αὐτήν
Hesych. ἀπέχει" ἀπόχρη; ἐξαρκεῖ.

ἀπιστέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἄπιστος.) not to
believe, to disbelieve, e. g. persons testifying,
c. dat. Luke 24, 11; testimony or the like,
absol. Mark 16, 11. Luke 24, 41. Acts 28,
24; the gospel, absol Mark 16, 16. So

ἀπιστία

Wisd. 1,2. Paleph. Proem. 1. Xen. An.
2. 5. 6.—Also, to be unfaithful, disobedient,
comp. ἄπιστος no. 2. ἃ ; absol. Rom. 3, 3.
2 Tim. 2, 13. So Wisd. 10, 7. Xen. Conv:
4, 48.

ἀπιστία, as, ἡ, (ἄπιστος,) unbelief, dis-
belief, i. e. want of faith in God, in Christ,
in the gospel, Matt. 13, 58. 17,20. Mark
6, 6. 9, 24. 16,14. Rom. 4, 20. 11, 20. 23.
1 Tim. 1, 13 ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ, i. 6. ᾿ἄπιστος ὦν.
Heb. 3, 12. 19, comp. 4, 2 sq. So genr.
Jos. Ant. 2. 4.3. Dem. 291.11. Plato
. Phed. 88. c.—Also, unfaithfulness, disobe-
dience, comp. ἄπιστος no. 2. a. Rom. 3, 3.
So Pol. 3. 99. 7. Xen. An. 2. 5. 21.

ἄπιστος, ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (a priv. πίστις.)

1. Act. unbelieving, disbelieving, without
faith, genr. John 20, 27. So of want of
faith in Christ and his gospel, Matt. 1'7, 17
γενεὰ ἄπιστος. Mark 9,19. Luke 9, 41; also
2Cor.4,4. Tit. 1,15. So genr. Hdot. 9. 98.
Dem. 349. 15.—Spec. an unbeliever, not a
Christian, a gentile, heathen, 1 Cor. 6, 6.
7,12.13. 14 bis. 15. 10, 27. 14,22 bis. 23.24,
see in σημεῖον no. 2.a. 2 Cor. 6, 14.15. 1 Tim.
5, 8. Sept. for “t Is. 17, 10.

2. Pass. not to be believed or trusted, 6. g.
a) Of persons, unfaithful, faithless, false ;
Rev. 21, 8, Luke 12, 46 μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων,
parall, μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν Matt. 24, 51.
‘So. Plut. Dion 47. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 19.
b) Of things, incredible; Acts 26, 8 τί
ἄπιστον κρίνεται. So Jos. Ant. 6.10. 2 ἔρ-
γον ἄπιστον. Xen. Hi. 1. 9.

ἁπίλόος ovs, 6n 7, doy ody, (kindr. ἅμα.)

-fold, single, Lat. simplex ; opp. διπλόος
two-fold, double, Lat. duplex, Xen. Cyr. 4.
5. 415; simple, not complex, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
27.—In N. T. of the eye, simple, unclouded,
i. 6. not affected with disease, clear, sound ;
opp. πονηρός diseased; Matt. 6,22. Luke
11, 34. Comp. Themist. Or. 22. p. 281
βλέμμα ἁπλοῦν καὶ γενναῖον.

: ἁπλότης, τητος, 1), (ἁπλόος.) singleness
of mind, simplicity, genr. 2 Cor. 1, 12. 11,
8 So ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας in singleness of
heart, mind, Eph. 6, 5. Col. 3,22. Sept. for
ph 2 Sam. 15, 11; a3 suis 1 Chr. 29, 17.
So Wisd. 1, 1 ἁπλ. καρδίας. Jos. Β. J. ὅ..
4. Pol. 1. 78. 8.—Spec. as implying kind-
ness, benevolence, liberality, Rom. 12, 8.
2 Cor. 8, 2. 9, 11. 13. So Jos. Ant. 7.
13. 4.

ἁπλῶς, adv. (ἁπλόος,) simply, with sin-
gleness of mind, i.e. kindly, liberally, see in
ἁπλότης ult. James 1,5 τοῦ διδόντος ϑεοῦ
πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς.---Ῥο]. 82. 18. 14 τοῖς φίλοις

72 ‘te ἀπό

ἁπλῶς χρῆσϑαι καὶ γενναίως, Also ‘sin

cerely,’ Dem. 328. 3.

ἀπό, a prep. governing only the geni-
tive, i. q. Lat. ab, abs; pr. from, away from —
any place, person, object, from which a per-
son or thing goes away, is parted, or is de-
rived. It marks in strictness the separation
of such objects only as were before on, at,
by, near, with another, externally; not in
or within another, for in respect to such ἐκ
is used. The relation implied by ἐκ is
therefore nearer; that by ἀπό remoter. See
note 1 below, Kiihner § 288. 1. Ausf. Gr.
598. Winer ᾧ 51. p. 443. ed. 5.

1. Of Puace, which is the primary signi-
fication.

a) Before a genit. of place or person, and
implying external motion from, away from,
e.g. a) After verbs of separating ; Matt.
25, 32 bis, καὶ ἀφοριεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων
κτλ. 1 Thess. 2, 17 ἀπορφανισϑέντες ἀφ᾽
ὑμῶν. So Plato χωρίζειν ἀπό Phed. 45. p.
97.b. 8) After verbs of going away, de- ᾿
parting from a place or person; so with
gen. of place, e. g. πορεύεσϑαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ
Matt..24,1; ἀφίστασϑαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Luke

2, 817; after ἀποβαίνειν Luke 5,2; φεύγειν

Mark 16, 8. So ἀναβαίνειν ἀπὸ rod ὕδατος
from the water Matt. 3,16. Mark 1, 10;
μεταβαίνειν Matt. 8,34, comp. 9,1. Pregn:
ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἀπό, to go out and away froma
place, to go out from, to depart from, Matt.
13, 1 e€eASav ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας. 28,
8. Mark 11,12. Heb. 11,1; ἐκπορεύεσϑιαι
ἀπό id. Matt. 20, 29. Mark 10,46. Oftener
with gen. of pers. e. g. aftenjamépyeoSat
Luke 1, 38. 2,15. 8,37; ἀποσπᾶσδϑαι Luke
22, 41. Acts 21,1; ἀφίστασϑαι, ἀποστῆναι;
Luke 4, 13. 13,27. Acts 12,10. 15, 38.

19, 9; ἀποχωρεῖν Matt. 7,23. Luke 9, 39.
Acts 13, 13; ἀποχωρίζεσϑαι Acts 15, 39;

διαστῆναι Linke 24,51 ; διαχωρίζεσϑαι Luke
9, 33; ἔρχεσϑαι John 3, 2; πορεύεσϑαι Matt.
25, 41. Luke 4, 42. Acts 5, 413; φεύγειν
Mark 14, 52. John 10, 5. James 4,7. Rev.
9,6. (Xen. Mem. 2. 6.11. An. 7. 1. 4.)
Pregn. ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἀπό τινος, to come or go
out from any one, e. g. ἀπὸ Seod John 13, 3.
16, 30; ἔξελθε dw ἐμοῦ Luke 5,8. So of
evil spirits, ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἀπό twos to go out
from a person Matt. 12, 48. 17, 18. Luke
4, 35. 41. 8, 2. 29. 11,24. Acts 16, 18.
Also ἐγείρεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν to rise from
with or among the dead Matt. 14, 2. 27,64.
28,7. Pregn. αἰσχύνεσϑαι ἀπό τινος to be
ashamed from any one, i. e. to turn away
from him with shame, 1 John 2, 28. Sept.
for yo wis Jer. 22, 22. (Ecclus. 41, 17.)
Also of those avoiding any one, after ἀπο-

s

Ea Sr

ee 4
agro

στῆναι 1 Tm. 6, 5; ἐκκλίνειν Rom. 16,17:
προσέχειν Matt. '7, 15. Mark 10, 17. Luke
20, 46; στέλλεσϑαι 2 Thess. 3, 6; or of
those turning back or forsaking any one, as
after ἀποστῆναι Acts 21, 21. Heb. 3, 12;
μετατίϑεσϑαι Gal. 1, 6. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.1.)
Trop. of diseases departing from any one,
as leprosy, after ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι Acts 19,
12; ἀπέρχεσθαι Mark 1, 42. Luke 5, 13.
y) After verbs implying motion downwards,
or the like; e. g. with a genit. of place, as
ἀποπίπτειν Acts 9,18; ἀποτινάσσειν Luke
9,5; καταβαίνειν Matt. 8, 1. 14, 29. 27,
40. 42; κατέρχεσϑαι Luke 9,37; καϑαιρεῖν
Luke 1, 52. Acts 13,29; πίπτειν Matt. 15,
27. 24, 29, Luke 16, 21. Acts 20,9; συλ-
λέγειν Matt. '7,16 bis. (So with ἀφαιρεῖν
Theophr. Char. 2; καταβαίνειν Plut. Pericl.
28. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.10.) With gen. of
pers. as καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ Seod James 1,
17. Rev. 3, 12. 20, 9.
rising up, returning from a place; with
genit. of place, 6. g. ὑποστρέφειν Luke 4, 1.
24,9. Acts 1,125; ἐγείρεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς
Acts 9,8. So ὑπανίστασϑαι ἀπὸ τῶν Sa-
κων Xen. Hi. 7. 3. ε) After verbs of tak-
ing or driving away, removing, and the
like ; with gen. of place, as αἴρειν Matt. 9,
16; of pers. Luke 19,24; and so αἴρειν ἀπὸ
τῆς γῆς, to take away from the earth, see in
αἴρω no. 4, Acts 8, 33. 22, 22; ἀπαίρειν c.
gen. of pers. Matt. 9,15. Mark 2, 20 ; ἀπε-
λαύνειν Acts 18, 16 (Xen. Mem. 2, 6. 12);
ἀποκυλίειν Matt. 28,2. Luke 24,2; apa-
ρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς Rev. 22, 19;
διώκειν Matt. 23, 34; with gen. of pers.
after ἀναλαμβάνειν Acts 1, 11. 22. Also
ἐκβάλλειν ἀπό to cast out from, c. gen. pers.
Mark 16, 9; gen. of place Matt. 7, 4. Acts
13, 50; after ἐξαλείφειν Rev. 21,4; ἐξω-
sey Acts 7,45. ὦ After verbs of leading
or casting away, receiving from, and the
like; with gen. of place after ἐπανάγειν
Luke 5, 3; gen. of pers. after ἄγειν John
18, 28 ; ἀπολαμβάνειν Mark 7,33; βάλλειν
Matt. 5, 29. 30; ὑπολαμβάνειν Acts 1, 9.
n) After verbs of loosing, letting go, 6. g.
6. gen. of thing after λύειν Luke 13, 15.16.
[Acts 22, 30.] Sept. Jer. 40, 4. After
ἀπολύεσϑαι c. gen. pers. Acts 15, 33; so
Plato Phzedo 9. p. 65. a. Comp. Matth. Gr.
ἢ 358. n.

b) Before a genit. of person, thing, event,

_ or the like, and implying separation or re-

moval of any kind, not merely external ;
from, away from. Several classes of words
which sometimes take ἀπό for the sake of
clearness, are also construed with the sim-

δὴ After verbs of *

73 ἀπό

ple genitive; see Buttm. ᾧ 132. 8. Winer
ὁ δ]. 1. a) After verbs of separating,
loosing from, and the like; as ἀπολύεσθαι
ἀπὸ ἀνδρός Luke 16, 18; καταργεῖσϑαι
Rom. 7, 2. 6. Gal. 5, 4; χωρίζειν 1 Cor.
7,10. Rom. 8, 35. 39. (Plato Phedo 12.
p- 67. c.) Pregn.’ ἀνάϑεμα εἶναι ἀπὸ τοῦ
Xp. to be accursed from Christ, i. e. sepa-
rated from his love, Rom. 9, 3, comp. 8, 35.
39; ἀποϑνήσκειν ἀπό twos to be dead from
any thing, i.e. delivered from by death,
trop. Col. 2,20; φϑείρεσϑαι ἀπό τινος to be.
corrupted away from 2 Cor. 11, 3; ὕστε-
ροῦν ἀπό τινος to fall short from, to fail of,
Heb. 12,15. β) After verbs of departing
from, avoiding, abstaining, desisting from,
and the like; with gen. of thing, as ἀπέ-
xeo%at ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλισγημάτων Acts 15, 20;
also 1 Thess. 4, 3. 5, 223 ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ
ἀδικίας ἃ Tim. 2,19; id. c. gen. pers. Acts
5, 38. 22, 29. 2 Cor. 12, 8; βλέπειν 6.
gen. of thing, to beware of, Mark 8, 15;
gen. of pers. 12, 38; ἐκκλίνειν c. gen. of
thing, 1 Pet. 3, 11; mavew 1 Pet. 3, 10;
καταπαύειν Heb. 4,4. 10. (Plut. Alex. 25.
Thue. 7. 73.) After προσέχειν Matt. 16, 6.
11. 12 bis; προσέχειν ἑαυτῷ Luke 12, 1.
Sept. for ja ban 2 Chr. 35, 21. Ecclus. 6,
13. So after φυλάσσεσθαι Luke 12, 15,
and φυλάσσειν ἑαυτόν 1 John 5, 21. Sept.
for 18 “umn Ps. 18, 24. (Xen. Cyr. 2.
8. 9.) Also after φεύγειν c. gen. of thing,
i. q. to avoid, 1 Cor. 10, 14. y) After
verbs of rising up from, going forth, re-
turning, with gen. of that with which one
was occupied ; as ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς προσ-
εὐχῆς Luke 22, 45; ὑποστρέφειν Heb. 7,
13 διεγείρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου Matt. 1, 24.
With gen. of pers. from whom any thing
proceeds ; so of thoughts ἐκπορεύεσθαι ἀπ᾽
αὐτοῦ Mark 7,15; healing power, ἐξέρχε-
ova Luke 8,46. 6) After verbs of ask-
ing, requiring, forbidding, with gen. of
pers. as ἀπαιτεῖν Luke 6, 30. 12, 20; ἐκδὲ-
κεῖν Luke 18, 3. Rev. 6,10; ἐκζητεῖν Luke
11, 50; κωλύειν Luke 6, 29. ¢) After
verbs of taking away, removing, depriving,
and the like; sometimes with simple genit.
Matth. § 418. n. So with gen. of pers. after
αἴρειν Matt. 13, 12. John 10, 18. Eph. 4,
31; ἀφαιρεῖν Luke 10, 42. 16, 3; ἀπόλε-
o%a ἀπό, pregn. to perish away ‘from; Rev.
18,14; comp. Sept. for 12 “ax Jer. 18, 18.
Also ipabies ylveo%at ἀπό τινος to disap-
pear from any one, Ligke 24, 31. With
gen. of thing, as αἴρειν Luke 8, 12: mapép-
χεσϑαι ἀπό to pass away (be taken away)
from Matt. 5,18; peraxweto%a Col. 1, 23 ;

ἀπό “74

ὃ After verbs

σαλεύεσϑαι 2 Thess. 2, 2.
of turning away, averting, and the like;
sometimes with the simple gen. Matth. §
354. y. So with gen. of pers. after ἀπο-
στρέφειν Rom. 11,263 κλείειν τὰ σπλάγχνα
ἀπό τινος 1 John 3,17; ἐπιστρέφειν Acts
15, 19. With gen. of thing, after ἀπο-
στρέφειν Acts 3, 26; διαστρέφειν Acts 13,
8; ἐπιστρέφειν 1 Thess. 1, 9. Acts 14,15;
also 26,18. 2 Tim. 4, 4. Pregn. pera-
νοεῖν ἀπό to repent and turn from, Acts 8,
22. Heb. 6,1. 1) After verbs of hiding,
concealing, and the like; with gen. of pers.
after ἀποκρύπτειν Matt. 11, 25. Luke 10,
. 21. 18, 84: κρύπτειν Luke 19, 42. John
12, 36; gen. of thing Rev. 6, 163; mapa-
καλύπτειν ἀπό of pers. Luke 9, 45. | Sept.
for ja “mon Gen. 4, 14; 18 m»>¥n
2 K..4, 27. So Ecclus. 17, 15. 20. Hom.
Od. 23.110. 5) After adjectives and verbs

of freeing from, cleansing, healing, escap- ἡ

ing, and the like, which are also construed
by Gr. writers with the simple genitive ;
Matth. § 353 and note. Winer § 30. 6. So
after adjectives, ἀπό c. gen. of thing, as
ad3a@os Matt. 27,24; ἄσπιλος James.1, 27;
ἐλεύϑερος Rom. 7, 3; καθαρός Acts 20, 26;
ὑγιής Mark 5,34. After verbs, with gen. of
thing ; as δικαιοῦν Acts 13, 39. Rom. 6,7;
éxxaZaipew 2 Tim. 2,21; ἐλευϑεροῦν Rom.
6,18. 22. 8, 2. 21; Sepamevew Luke 5, 15.
7,21. 8,25; ἰᾶσϑαι Mark 5,29. Luke 6,17;
καϑαρίζειν ἃ Cor.'7,1. Heb. 9,14. 1 John 1,
7.93; λούειν Rev. 1,5; λυτροῦν Tit. 2,14;
pavrigew Heb. 10, 22; ῥύεσϑαι Matt. 6, 13.
1 Thess. 1, 10. 2'Tim. 4,18; σώζειν Matt.
1,21. Rom. 5,9; φεύγειν ἀπό to flee or
escape from Matt. 8, 7. 23, 33; φυλάσσειν
2 Thess. 3,3. With gen. of pers. after
ἀπαλλάσσεσϑαι Luke 12, 58 ; ῥύεσϑαι Rom.
15, 31. 2 Thess. 3,2; σώξειν Acts 2, 40.
Pregn. ἐνδυναμοῦσϑαι ἀπὸ ἀσϑενείας to be
made strong (healed) from weakness Heb.
11, 34. Acts 16, 33 ἔλουσεν (αὐτοὺς) ἀπὸ
τῶν πληγῶν he washed (cleansed) them from
their stripes, from the blood and filth of their
wounds. So perh. once Heb. 5,7 εἰσακου-
σϑεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐλαβείας being heard and de-
livered from his fear; but see in εὐλάβεια,
and below in no. 3. e.

c) Before a genit. of place or person
from which one goes or comes away, sets
off, or the like, and expressing the terminus
a quo, a) Pr, and genr. implying the’
direction from which one goes or comes to
another place; after verbs of departing or
going, coming, rising, sending, following,
and the like. So with gen. of place, after
ἀναβαίνειν, Luke 2, 4 ἀνέβη δὲ καὶ Ἰωσὴφ

a

ἀπο.

ἀπὸ τῆς Ταλιλαίας -... εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν, see
below in note 1. Acts 25,1; ἀνάγεσθαι
Acts 13,13. 16,115 ἀνατέλλειν Luke 12,
543 ἀποστέλλειν Acts 11, 11; διέρχεσθαι
Acts 13, 14: ἐκπλεῖν Acts 20,6; ἐξέρχε-
oxa Rey. 16,17 bis; ἐπέρχεσϑαι Acts 14,
19; ἔρχεσϑαι Mark 1,9. 7, 1. 2 Cor. 1,
16; impl. Mark 7, 4 καὶ [ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ
ἀγορᾶς, see in ἀγορά. So after ἥκειν Matt.

8, 11. Luke 13, 29 bis; imp. Rev. 16,12; .

καταβαίνειν Mark 3, 22. Luke 10, 30;
καταντᾷν Acts 21, 7; κατέρχεσϑαι Acts
11, 27. 12, 19. 15,15 peraipew Matt. 19,
1; παραγίνεσϑαι Matt. 3, 13; πέμπειν
Acts 20, 17; ovvavaBaiveoSa Acts 13, 31;
συνέρχεσϑαι Acts 21,16; συντρέχειν Mark
6, 33. So ἀκολούϑειν ἀπό to follow one
from a place, Matt. 27, 55. Luke 23, 49.
Trop. after μεταμορφοῦσϑαι, 2 Cor. 3, 18
ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν. With gen. of pers. id.
as of ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ Tod Κορνηλίου Acts
10,17; after ἐξηχεῖσϑαι 1 Thess. 1,8; ἐξ-
έρχεσϑαι 1 Cor. 14, 36; ἔρχεσϑαι Mark 5,
35. Gal. 2,12. 1 Thess. 3, 6; impl. Matt.
26,47; ἐπιφέρεσϑαι Acts 19,12. So Luc.
D. Deor. 14. 2. ib. 24. 2 ἥκοντα pe ἀπὸ
Σιδῶνος. Xen. Hell. 6. 4.3. 8) By He-
braism, dike Heb. j®, it once marks the
quarter or direction in or towards which a
thing is; Rev. 21, 13 quater, ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς
πυλῶνες τρεῖς, ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ κτὰ. lit. from the
east, from the north, etc. where we say on
the east, on the north. The oriental passes
in mind from the place specified to himself ;
we from ourselves to the place specified.

So Heb. }iD22 Sept. ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ Judg.'7,1;:

DIP2 Sept. κατ᾽ ἀνατολάς Gen. 2,8. 12, 8;
see Heb. Lex. 72 no. 3.h. Comp. Diod. Sic.
1. 31 init. Comp. also Lat. @ fronte, a ter-
go; Fr. dessous, dessus, dehors, dedans. γ)
Spec. with gen. of the place from which
any thing proceeds, begins, is done, and the
like; as Acts 15,38 τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ᾽ ai-
τῶν ἀπὸ Παμφυλίας. Soafter ἄρχεσϑαι
Luke 24,27; δέχεσϑαί τι Acts 28,21; τρέ-
φεσϑαι Acts 12,20. Also ἀπό:.. ἕως, after
ἐξέρχεσϑαι Matt. 24,27; ἐπισυνάγειν v. 31.
Mark 13,27; ἀπό... μέχρι after πληροῦν
Rom. 15,19. (So ἀπό... ἕως. Diod. Sic.
1. 313 ἀπό... ἄχρι Xen. An. 5. 5.4.) In
the phrase ἀπὸ rod οὐρανοῦ, ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ,
from heaven, Mark 8,11. Luke 21,11. 22,
43. Acts 9, 3. Rom. 1, 18. 2 Thess. 1, 7.
1 Pet. 1, 12. al. Sometimes, as in poetic
and later usage, ἀπό is prefixed to an adv.
of place in -Sev,e. g. ἄνωϑεν, Matt. 27,51 ἀπὸ
ἄνωϑεν ἕως κάτω. Mark 15,38. Comp. Hom.
Il, 8.365 dw οὐρανόϑεν. ib, 24.492. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 45 sq. Winer § 54. 7%. ἢ. 1.

a νδν νυ νὰν νά»... . ὦ»

ΠΡ ee =.

> ,

aTro

ithner’s Ausf. Gr. § 512. n. 3.—Hence

8) Trop. of order or succession, i. e. as
marking the person or place from which

the order begins to be reckoned ; so with

gen. of pers. Jude 14 ἕβδομος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδάμ.
Matt. 2, 16 ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω. So
with ἕως, Acts 8,10 ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως peyd-
Aov. Matt. 20, 8. John 8, 9. Heb. 8, 11.
Also ἄρχεσθαι ᾿ἀπό c. gen. of place or
thing, Luke 24, 27. Acts 8, 35. 10, 37;
with ἕως Luke 23, 5.. So with ἀρξάμενος
impl. after διαλέγεσθαι, weiSew, Acts 17, 2.
28, 23; comp. Luke 24, 27. Comp. Plato
Phedr. 228. d, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 1.

d) Implying distance of one object from
another, with or without the idea of previ-
ous motion; from, away from, far from;
80 ἀπὸ προσώπου twos far from the pre-
sence of any one 2 Thess. 1,9. Rev. 12, 14.
(Xen. An. 3.3.9.) After ἀπέχειν Matt. 15,
8. Mark 7,6. Luke 7, 6. 24, 13; so Diod.
Sic. 5. 42. Xen. An, 4.3.5. Also μακρὰν
ἀπό Matt. 8, 30. Mark 12, 34. John 21, 8.
Acts 17,27; so Pol. 5.99.3. Arr. Alex. 1.
1. 5.—In the later Gr. manner ἀπό is likewise
prefixed to the noun of measure marking
the distance, as John 11, 18 ἦν δὲ Βηϑανία
ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων
δεκαπέντε, instead of ὡς σταδίους Sex. ἀπὸ
Ἵερος. in Luke 24, 13; also John 21, 8.
Rey. 14, 20. So Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4. Plut.
Philop. 4 ἦν ἀγρός... ἀπὸ σταδίων εἴκοσι
τῆς πόλεως. Diod: Sic. 1.51. See Winer
§6&. 4 ult—Put before adv. of distance in
τϑεν, 6. g. ἀπὸ μακρόϑεν from afar, afar off,
Matt. 26, 58. 27, 55. Mark 5, 6. 14, 54.
15, 40. Luke 16, 23. Rey. 18, 10. 15. 17.
Sept. for PF}132 Ps. 138, 6. _ Also Sept.
Ps. 139, 2. Ezra 3,13. Polemo Physiogn.
1.6. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq. Winer
ᾧ 54. 7. n. 1.

6) Before a genit. expressing a whole -

from. which « part ietakem sway ; i.e. ina
partitive sense, like ἐκ and Heb. 3. a)
With a gen. of the number or class to
which a person belongs; e. g. Matt. 27, 9
ὃ ἐ ἐτιμήσαντο (τινὲς) ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. ν. 21
τίνα... ἀπὸ τῶν δύο. Luke 6, 13. 9,38. 16,
30. 19, 39, Heb. 7,2. 13. ‘So Sept. and
ya Ex. 17,5. Hdot. 6. 27. "Thue. 1. 116
λαβὼν ἑξήκοντα ναῦς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐφορμουσῶν.
But usually Gr. writers here employ the
simple genitive; Buttm. § 132. 5. Kiihner
§273. 3. a. 8) After the verbs éoSiew,

_ πιεῖν, to eat or drink of (from) any thing,

to partake of it, Matt. 15, 27. Mark 7, 28.
Luke 22,18. Sept. ἐσθίειν ἀπό for 72 oy

75 ἀπό

Lev. 11,40; πίνειν ἀπό for 72 MB Jer. 51
7. So ἀπολαύειν ἀπό twos Plato Apol.
Socr. 10. p. 31. b. But the usual con-
struction of these verbs in Greek writers
is with the simple genitive; Buttm. ᾧ 132.
10. i. Kithner § 273. 4. c. . y) After verbs
of giving, imparting, receiving, taking away,
and the like, i. 6. to give or take of any
thing, a part of it; e.g. after αἴρειν Mark
6,43; ἀφαιρεῖν, as ἀφ. ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων κτλ.
Rev. 22, 19; διδόναι Luke 20, 10. Rey. 2,
17; ἐκχέειν Acts 2, 17. 18; ἐπιδιδόναι
Luke 24, 42 ; λαμβάνειν Mark 12,2; voodi-
ζεσθαι Acts 5, 2. 3; φέρειν John 21, 10.
So Sept. λαμβάνειν ἀπό Ex. 12;'7; comp.
Gen. 25, 30. Greek writers employ here
only the simple genitive ; see Matth. ᾧ 323.
Buttm. ὁ 132. 5. c. Kithner § 273. 3. b.
Winer § 30. 7.

Nore 1. The mutual relation of ἐκ as
the nearer and ἀπό as the remoter preposi-
tion,—the former referring to what is inner
and special, and the latter to what is outer
and general,—is seen in Luke 2, 4 ἀνέβη
δὲ καὶ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως
Ναζαρέτ, comp. also Acts 23, 34. On the
other hand ἀπό and ἐκ are used apparently
without distinction John 11, 1: Ad¢apos
ἀπὸ Βηϑανίας ἐκ τῆς κώμης Μαρίας κτλ.
comp. also Rev. 9, 18. 1 Thess. 2,6. In
other instances ἀπό is employed inter-
changeably with ἐκ in the same construc-
tions, either because the more general is
put for the special as including it, or be-
cause of less precision on the part of the
writer ; comp. Winer § 51.5. Thus Matt.
7,4 ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀφϑαλμοῦ,
comp. v. 5 ἐκ τοῦ 6@3. Luke 9, 5 ἐξερχο-
μένου ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως, comp. John 4, 30 ἐκ
τῆς πόλεως. Luke 4, 35 of an evil spirit:
ἔξελϑε ἐκ αὐτοῦ... ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, and
so Matt. 17, 18 comp. Mark 1, 25. 26.
Matt. 1,24 διεγερϑεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, comp.
Rom. 18,11 ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι. Matt. 14, 2
ἠγέρϑη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν and so 27, 64. 28,7,
comp. Mark 6, 14. 16 ἐκ νεκρῶν and so John
12, 1. 9. Acts 8, 15. 13,30. ete.—So Xen.
Mem. 2. 7. 2 λαμβάνομεν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς γῆς
οὐδέν... οὔτε ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν. Hi. 1. 38.

2. Of Time, as marking the point or
epoch from which time is reckoned. οὶ

a) Before the genit. of nouns, from, 6. σ΄.
a) With gen. of a noun implying time, as
ἀπὸ τῆς Spas ἐκείνης from that very hour Matt.
9,22. 15,28. 17,18; ἀπὸ τῆς ἕκτης Spas Matt.
27, 45; ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας Matt. 22,
46. John 11, 53. (Xen. An. 7. 5. 6.) Acts
20, 18. Phil. 1, 5. Acts 15, 7. ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν

φῦ»
αὐτὸ

ἀρχαίων. (Diod Sic. 1. 6.) Luke 8, 43 ἀπὸ
ἐτῶν δώδεκα. Rom. 15, 23. Also dm’ αἰῶνος
Luke 1, 70. Acts 3, 21; ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων
Eph. 3, 9. Col. 1,26; dm ἀρχῆς Matt. 19,
4,8. Luke 1,2. John 8, 44. ἃ Pet. 3, 4. al.
So Dem. 288. 10. Plato Crit. 112. 6, ὡς ἀπ᾽
ἀρχῆς ἐγένετο. 8) With a gen. of pers.
from whom time is reckoned; Matt. 1, 17
ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραάμ, ... ἀπὸ Δαυΐδ. Acts 3, 24.
Rom. 5, 14. (Hdian. 6. 2. 5.) Also ἀπὸ Bpé-
gous from a child 2 Tim. 3, 15; so ἀπὸ
παίδων Xen. Cyr. 1. ὅ. 11. γ) With gen.
of an event or condition from which time
counts ; as ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος *ABed Matt. 23,
353 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου Matt. 13, 35.
25, 34. Luke 11, 50. al. Matt. 1, 1'7. Acts
1, 22. Rom. 1, 20. Of a condition, Luke 2,
36 ἀπὸ τῆς παρϑενίας αὑτῆς. Comp. Thue. 7.
43 ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ὕπνου.

b) Before the gen. of a relat. pronoun,
with or without the antecedent expressed ;
as ἡμέρα ἀφ᾽ ἧς Acts 20, 18; ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας
from what day or time, since, Col. 1,.6. 9
(Plato Rep. 461. d); simpl. ἀ φ᾽ ἧ ς id. Luke
7,45. Acts 24, 11. 2 Pet. 3, 4; so Plut.
Pelop. 15. Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 6.—Also ἀφ᾽
οὗ (χρόνου) from what time, since, Luke 24,
21. Rev. 16,18; ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἄν from whatever
time Luke 13, 25. Sept. for 182 Ex. 5,
23. So Luc. D. Mort. 26. 1. Xen. Conv.
4. 62.

c) Before adverbs of time, e. g. .- a)
With the art. where the ady. then becomes
an adjective; Buttm. § 125. 6. Matth. § 272.
So ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν (χρόνου) from now, hence-
forth, Luke 1, 48. 5, 10. Acts 18, 6. al.
β) Without the art. as ἀπὸ πέρυσι from a
year ago, since the past year, 2 Cor. 8, 10.
9,2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ Acts 28, 23; ἀπὸ τότε from
then, from that time, Matt. 4,17. 16,21. 26,
16. Luke 16, 16.—This is a later usage,
not found in the best Gr. writers; see
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 210. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 41. Winer § 54. 7. τι. 1. .

3. Of Oricin, Source, Cause, that from
which a person or thing proceeds or is deri-
ved. Here too ἀπό marks the remoter, me-
diate, ultimate origin or cause; while the
nearer, immediate, direct source or cause is
expressed by ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά ; see Herm. ad
Soph. Electr. 65. Winer ὁ 51. p. 437, 444,
edit. 5.

a) Of the person from whom or the
place whence any one is derived or comes.
a) With genit. of the person from whom
one is descended by birth, after γεννᾶσθαι,
Heb. 11, 12 ἀφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἐγεννήθησαν κτλ. β)
With genit. of place, i. 6. of the home, city,
country, people, whence one comes, where

76

aro

he belongs; so after εἶναι, John 1, 45 ἦν δὲ
ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηϑσαϊδά; elsewhere often
with part. dy impl. as Matt. 2, 1 μάγοι ἀπὸ
ἀνατολῶν. 4,25. 15,1. 27, 57. Luke 23,
51. John 11, 1. Acts 2, 5. 23, 34. 24,18;
after ἔρχεσϑαι John '7, 42. Once of a cove-
nant, Gal. 4, 24 pia μὲν ἀπὸ ὄρους Σινᾶ.
(Xen. Hell. 3. 2.17. Comp. Lat. * pastor
ab Amphryso,’ Virg. Georg. 3.2.) With
the art. inserted before ἀπό, as Matt. 21, 11
ὁ προφήτης 6 ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ. Mark 15, 48,
John 1, 46. 12,21. 19, 38. Acts 6, 9. al.
So Pol. 5.'70. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. ὅ. y)
With gen. of a collective noun, expressing
the body or sect to which one belongs ; Acts
12, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 15, 5 τῶν ἀπὸ
τῆς αἱρέσεως κτλ. So Plut. Brut. 2. Hdian.
7. 1. 11 τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς βουλῆς. 7. 9. 2.—Of
things, 6. g. with gen. of a ship, τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ
πλοίου things from the ship, i. 6. the broken
pieces, furniture, Acts 27, 44; of a gar-
ment, Luke 5, 36 τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ καινοῦ.

b) Of a person or thing as the source of
information or knowledge, i. e. from whom
one hears, learns, knows any thing. So with
gen. of pers. after ἀκούειν Acts 9,13. 1
John 1,5. (Thue. 1. 25.)
ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, i. (. dw αὐτοῦ. Also
after γινώσκειν Mark 15, 45; μανϑάνειν
Matt. 11, 29. Gal. 3, 2. Col. 1,'7. (Plato
Ion 537. e.) So λατρεύειν, 2 Tim. 1,3 ᾧ
λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων whom I serve from
my forefathers, as I have received and
learned from them. © (Pol. 5. 55. 9.) With
gen. of thing, after ἐπιγινώσκειν Matt. 7,16.
20; μανϑάνειν Matt. 24, 32. Mark 13, 28.
Heb. 5, 8.

c) Of a person as the ultimate cause or
agent from whose will or efficiency any
thing proceeds, comes, is done, or the like ;

strictly through some intervening agency ~

or means, i. e. mediately. a) With gen.
of pers. from or by whose will, power, au-
thority, any thing takes place; Matt. 12,
38 ϑέλομεν ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν. Gal. 1, ᾿
ἀπόστολος οὐκ ἀπ᾿ ἀνδρώπων. So am ἐμαυ-
τοῦ, ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, of myself, of oneself, i. 6. of
one’s own will or accord, without authority
or command from another, e. g. after ἔρχε-
o%a John 8, 42; λαλεῖν 7, 17. 18. 14, 10.
16,13 ποιεῖν 5,19. 80. 8, 283 τιϑέναι 10,
18; also, without help from others, after
γινώσκειν Luke 21, 30; εἰπεῖν John 11, 51;

λέγειν 18, 34; λογίζεσϑαι 2 Cor. 10, 7. So
Thuc. 5. 60. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 3. 8)’
With gen. of pers. from whom one asks,
receives, has, or becomes any thing; so after
ἀπολαμβάνειν Col. 3, 24. 3 John '7; davei-
(eo%a Matt. 5, 42; ἔχειν 1 Cor. 6, 19. 2

Luke 22, 71.

——--

ΠΆΡΕΙ
απὸ

Cor. 3, 3. 1 Τίπι. 3, 7. 1 John 2, 20. 4, 21:
(Plut. Mor. II. p. 398.) After ἔρχεσϑαι, Acts
3,19; yretv 1 Thess. 2, 6, see in note 1;
λαμβάνειν Matt. 17, 25. 26, see Winer ὁ 51
p- 444. edit. 5; μεταλαμβάνειν Heb. 6, 7;
παραλαμβάνειν 1 Cor. 11, 23; in anacolu-
thon Gal. 2, 6. (Plut. Aim. Paul. 5. Moral.
II. p. 100.) In all such cases. ἀπό implies
pr. a receiving by means of some interve-
ning person or thing; see Winer l.c. Also
after εἶναι, γίνεσθαι, Rom. 13, 1. 1 Cor. 1,
30. So Xen. Hi. 1. 38. γ)ὴ After passive
and neuter verbs, where ἀπό c. gen. marks the
remote author or source of the action, not
the immediate and direct agent ; the latter
idea being denoted by ὑπό or παρά, Winer p.
444. edit. 5; comp. note 2 below. After
passive verbs, as ἀναπαύεσϑαι, 2 Cor.'7, 13;
ἀποδείκνυσθαι Acts 2, 223; δικαιοῦσϑαι
Matt. 11, 19. Luke 7, 35; ἑτοιμάζεσϑαι
Rev. 12, 63; μεταμορφοῦσϑαι, xaSdrep ἀπὸ
κυρίου πνεύματος 2 Cor. 3,18; πειράζεσϑαι
James 1, 13. So Jos. Ant. '7. 14. 5 ἵνα γνῷ
6 λαὸς ἀποδεδειγμένον αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πα-
τρὸς βασιλέα. Comp. Thuc. 3. 36 γνῶμαι
ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστων ἔλέγοντο. See note 2 below.—
After neuter verbs, as πάσχειν Matt. 16, 21.
(Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4.) So γίνεσϑαι ἀπὸ τοῦ
Seod 1 Cor. 4, 5; also with γένοιτο or the like
implied in the formula: χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη
ἀπὸ Seod κτὰ. Rom. 1,7. 1 Cor. 1, 3. 2
Cor. 1, 2. Gal. 1, 8.. Eph. 1, 2. 6, 23.
Phil. 1,2. al. Here belongs also φοβεῖσϑαι
ἀπό τινος to be put in fear from any one, i. e.
to be afraid of, to fear, Matt. 10, 28. Luke
12, 4. Sept. for 72 ONM Jer. 1,17. Sol
Mace. 8, 12; φόβος ἀπό τινος Xen. An. 7.
2. 37.

d) Of the motive or inciting cause, espe-
cially an emotion of mind, from, by reason
of ; 80 ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου Matt. 14, 26. Luke
21, 26; ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς Luke 24,41. Acts
12, 14. Matt. 13, 44. So Sept. and 72 Ex.
2, 23. Plut. Mor. IL. p. 101 μὴ ἀπὸ δειλίας
ἥξειν.

6) Of the occasion or incidental cause,
from, i. e. because of, by reason of, on ac-
count of ; so after passive verbs, as dzo-
κτείνεσϑαι Rev. 9, 18; διασπείρεσϑαι Acts
11, 19; καταφέρεσϑαι Acts 20, 9; σείε-
σθαι Matt. 28, 4; σπιλοῦσϑαι Jude 23.
Heb. 5, 7 εἰςακουσϑεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐλαβείας
was heard because of his fear of God, his
piety ; others as in no. 1. b. 3; see in εὐ-
λάβεια. After neuter verbs, as κοιμωμᾶσϑαι
ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης Luke 22, 45; after φεύγειν
i. g. to vanish away, Rey. 20,11; after verbs
implying inability, Luke 19, 3. John 21, 6.
Acts 22, 11. So Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 3 ἀχλύν

77 ἀπό

ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἀγνοήσειν αὐτὸν eyedov.—OUnce,
oval τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων Matt.

18, 7.

f) Of the instrument or means from or
with which any thing is done; so after d:a-
κονεῖν Luke 8, 3; γεμίζειν 15, 16; xopra-
ἔεσϑαι 16, 21; πλουτεῖν Rev. 18, 15 of
πλουτήσαντες ἀπ᾽ avris.—Ecclus. 11, 18.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9. An. 1. 1. 9.

g) Of the material from or of which any
thing is made; Matt. 8, 4 ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ τρι-
χῶν καμήλου.----Ἰ Esdr. 8, 57. Luc. D. Deor.
7.4. Hdot. 7. 65 εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιη-
μένα.

h) Of the manner; as Matt. 18, 35 ἐὰν
μὴ ἀφῆτε ... ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν, if ye
forgive not from your hearts. So ἀπὸ ψυχῆς
φιλεῖν Theophr. Char. 17 or 19. 1.—Luke
14, 18 ἤρξαντο ἀπὸ μιᾶς παραιτεῖσϑαι; i. 6.
either for ἀπὸ μιᾶς γνώμης with one consent,
as Philo de Legg. spec. IL. p. 311. b; or for
ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς with one voice, as Diod.
Sic. 16. 10 τὸ πλῆϑος ὥσπερ ἀπὸ μιᾶς
φωνῆς dveBdnoe—Hence ἀπὸ μέρους, Lat.
ex parte, in part, partly, Rom. 11, 25.
15, 15. 24. 2 Cor. 1,14. 2,5. So Diod.
Sic. 13. 108.

’ Nore 2. In a few instances ἀπό after a
passive verb is thought to stand for ὑπό as
denoting the immediate agent; so Luke 9,
22 δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παϑεῖν
καὶ ἀποδοκιμασϑῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων
κτὰ. 17, 25. Mark 8, 31. But here it is
implied that he was ‘to suffer and be reject-
ed on the part of the elders.’ 1. 6. through
their machinations and emissaries. James 5,
4 ὁ μισϑός ... ὁ ἀπεστερημένος ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν,
i. 6. by your agents or orders. Rom. 13, 1
ei μὴ ἀπὸ ϑεοῦ, see above in no. 2. ¢.B8. In
Luke 6, 18 of ὀχλούμενοι ἀπὸ [ὑπὸ] πνευμά-
τῶν ἀκαθάρτων, the reading is doubtful, and
ὑπό is to be preferred. Very often ἀπό and
ὑπό were confounded by copyists; see
Bast ad Greg. Corinth. ed. Schaef. p. 794,
823. Schweigh. Not. ad Pol. 1. 34. 8. Wi-
ner p. 444. n. edit. 5.

Note 3. In composition ἀπό implies: 8)
Separation, from, off, asunder ; as ἀπολύω,
ἀποτέμνω. Ὁ) Removal, departure, from,
away from; a8 ἀποβάλλω, ἀποβαίνω. ο)
Cessation, leaving off; as amadyéw. ἃ)

- @ompleteness, in full, thus strengthen-

ing the simple verb; as ἀπέχω, ἀπολαμ-
βάνω, ἀποϑνήσκω. 6) Almost like a priv.
it sometimes reverses the signification of
the simple word; as ἀποδοκιμάζω, ἀποκα-
irrw.—Some assign also to ἀπό in comp.
the meaning back again, and cite ἀποδίδωμι,
ἀπέρχομαι, and the like. But this sense

ἀποβ- ve

fies in the context and circumstances, and
not in ἀπό itself. +

ἀποβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (βαίνω,) to go
away, to depart, c. ἀπό Pol. 23.11. 4. Xen.
Mag. Eq. 1. 16.—Hence in N. T.

1. Spec. to go away from a ship or boat,
to disembark, to land, 6. g. dw αὐτῶν (τῶν

᾿ πλοίων) Luke 5, 2; εἰς τὴν γῆν John 21, 9.
—Pol. 3. 19. 2. Xen: Hell. 1.1. 18.

2. Trop. like Lat. evenire, to turn out, to
result, c. ets, Luke 21,13 ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς
μαρτύριον. Phil. 1,19. Sept. for > 12 ΓΤ
Job 13, 5.—Pol. 1. 71. 2. Xen. Mem. 4.
8. 8.

ἀποβάλλω, aor. ἃ ἐπέβαλον, (βάλλω,)
to cast away, to throw off, 6. acc. τὸ ἱμάτιον
Mark 10, 50. So Sept. Is. 1, 30. Luc. D.
Deor. 20. 6. Plato Cony. 179. a, τὰ ὅπλα.--:
Trop. i. q. to lay aside, to lose, e. g. τὴν map-
ῥησίαν Heb. 10, 35. So Plato Crit. 44. 6,
πᾶσαν τὴν οὐσίαν. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 9 μέγα
ἀγαϑόν..

ἀποβλέπω, f. yo, φβλέπω,) to look
away, c. εἰς towards any person or thing,

to look steadfastly upon, Pol. 6. 50. 3. Plato

Euthyd. 273. b—In N. T. trop. to regard,
to have respect to, eis τὴν μισϑαποδοσίαν
Heb. 11, 26. Sept. for nym Ps. 11,4; mop
Hos. 3,11. So Pol. 2. 39. 10. Plato Rep.
545. c.

ἀπόβλητος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἀποβάλλω,)
to be cast away as worthless; trop. to be
rejected, refused, despised, 1 Tim. 4, 4.—
Hom. Il. 3. 65. Luc. Tim. 87 οὔτοι ἀπό-

βλητά εἶσι τὰ δῶρα τὰ παρὰ Tod Διός. Plato
Pheedr. 260. a.

ἀποβολή, ἢ ῆς; ἣ, (ἀποβάλλω,) a casting
away, 6. g. τῶν ὅπλων Plato Rep. 943. e.—
In N. T. trop. @ casting away, rejection,
Rom. 11, 15. Spec. loss of life Acts 27, 22.
So Hdian. 4. 14. 8. Plato Phedr. 246. d.

ἀπογίνομαι, aor. 2 ἀπεγενόμην, (yivo-
pat,) to be away from, c. gen. τῆς μάχης
Hdot. 9. 69; to become absent, to depart,
Plato Tim. 82. Ὁ; hence to depart from life,
to die, Thuc. 2. 34.—In N. T. trop. to die
to any thing, to renounce, c. dat. ταῖς dpap-
τίαις 1 Pet. 2,24; comp. Rom. 6, 4 sq.

᾿ἀπογραφή, js, ἧ, (ἀπογράφω,) a writ-

ing off, a register, enrolment, as of prope

Plato Legg. 745. d; of persons capable of
military service Pol. 2. 23. 9; of citizens,
their names and property, a census, Jos.
Ant. 18. 1. 1.—Hence in N. T. an enrol-
ment, census, Luke 2, 2. Acts 5,37. In
the latter passage it included persons and
oroperty, Jos. 1. ο.

In the former it may |

78

ἀποδέχομαι

have been a mere enumeration of persons ;
see more in art. Κυρήνιος.

ἀπογράφω, f. ψω, (γράφω,) to write
off, to copy, to delineate a coast, Hdot. 3.
136; to write down, Sept. for Ξ 9 Judg. 8,

14. Τὴ N, T. to write off in a register, lo:

inscribe, to enrol; Pass. part. Heb. 12, 23
ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς, in ltusion to

-the book of life, nn "HOD Ps. 69, 29.

(Hdot. 7. 100. Xen. Hell. 3. 3.11 ᾧ oe;
to enrol oneself, to give one’s name to the
census, Luke 2, 1. 3. 5. So Pol. 2.17.10.
Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 8.

ἀποδείκνυμι, f. δείξω, (δείκνυμι,) to
point away from other objects to or at one,
to point out, to show, Sept. Job 33,21. Xen.
Hell. 4. 4. 8.—Hence in N. T.

1. Of persons, to show forth, to set forth,
to declare, with two acc. of object and pre-
dicate ; see Winer § 32. 4. b. Kithner } 280.
4.1 Cor. 4, 9 ὁ Seds ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους
ἐσχάτους ἀπέδειξεν κτλ. With acc. and ὅτι,
2 Thess. 2, 4 ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἐστὶ
ϑεός.---ϑο c. dupl. acc. Jos. Ant. 6. 3. 3.
Hdian, 3. 9.1. Xen. An. 1.1.2. |

2. Genr. to show forth by arguments, to
prove, c. acc. Acts 25, '7 ἃ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀπο-
δεῖξαι. Pass. part. ἀποδεδειγμένος δυνάμεσι
approved by miracles, proved to be what he
claims to be, Acts 2, 22.—Plut. non posse
suay. vivi sec. Epic. 2. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 23.

ἀπόδειξις, ews; ἡ, (ἀποδείκνυμι) α show-
ing forth, manifestation, demonstration, 1
Cor. 2, 4.—Pol. 5. 16. 7. Xen. Mem. 4.
6. 13.

-. ἀποδεκατόω, ὦ, f. dco, (ῥάύον to
tithe off, i. e.

1. Of things, to pay or give tithes of, ο.
acc. Luke 18, 12 ἀποδεκατῶ πάντα ὅσα κτῶ-
μαι. 11, 42, Matt. 23,23. Sept. for “ve
Pi. and Hiph. Gen. 28, 22. Deut. 26, 12.

2. Of persons, to take or levy tithes of
any one, Heb.'7, 5, comp. v. 8. Comp. Sept.
for ἜΣΘ 1 Sam. 8, 15. 17.

ἀπόδεκτος, ov, 654, adj. (ἀποδέχομαι.)
accepted, acceptable, 1 Tim. 2, 3. 5, 4.—
Hesych. ἀπόδεκτον᾽ ἐπαίνετον.

ἀποδέχομαι, f. δέξομαι, Mid. depon.
(δέχομαι,) pr. to accept or receive as in full ;
hence

1. Of persons, to receive gladly, to wel-
come, c. acc. Luke 8, 40. Acts 15, 4. 18,
27. 28, 30.—2 Mace. 3, 9. Pol. 3. 66. 8.
Diod. Sic. 1. 18.

2. Of things, to receive, to approve, 6. acc.

_as τὸν λόγον Acts 2, 41; acc. impl. μετὰ

««εὐχαριστίας Acts 24, 3..—1 Mace. 9,71.

ἀποδημέω
Diod. Sic. 4. 42, 46. Plato Phed. 41. p.
92. a.

ἀποδημέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀπόδημος,) to be

away from one’s people or country, Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 12.—In N. T. genr. to go abroad,
to go on one’s travels, absol. Matt. 21, 33.
25, 14 (comp: Luke 19, 12). Matt. 25, 15.
Mark 12,1. Luke 20, 9; with εἴς. τι of
place Luke 15,13. So Jos. Ant. 8.13. 5.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 1; εἰς c. ace. Diod. Sic. 1.
67. Plato Crit. 54. a.

ἀπόδημος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (δῆμος,) away

. from one’s people or country, absent in for-

eign lands, abroad, Mark 13, 34.—Pind.
Pyth. 4. 8. Artemid. 2. 8.

ἀποδίδωμι, f. δώσω, (δίδωμι,) impf. 3
pers. plur. ἀπεδίδουν Acts 4, 33, see Winer
§ 14. 1. c. Buttm. § 106. n. 5; aor. 1 ἀπέ-
δωκα Luke 9, 42, see Buttm. ᾧ 106. 11.
§107. n. 1. 8; aor. 2 ἀπέδων, Opt. ἀποδῴην
2 Tim. 4, 14, a late form, Buttm. § 107. n.
I. 3. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 345 sq.

1. to give away, to give up or over to an-
other, e. g.

a) Pr. to deliver to any one, with acc.
and dat. Luke 4, 20 τὸ βιβλίον ἀποδοὺς τῷ
ὑπηρέτῃ. 9, 42. In these two. passages
some find the idea of back, again; but this
lies in the circumstances, and not in ἀπό.
Pass. Matt. 27, 58 ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι τὸ
σῶμα. Trop. στέφανον τῆς δικαιοσύνης 2
Tim. 4, 8. Sept. for yn) 2 Sam. 3, 14.
Gen. 30,26. So Pol. 1. 7. 13. Xen. Cyr.
4. 5. 26. Hell. 2. 2.9.—Trop. of testimony,
to give forth, to give, to render, c. acc. τὸ
μαρτύριον Acts 4,33. (So ὅρκους ἀποδ.
Dem. 234. 5.) Also ἀποδιδόναι λόγον to give
account, to render an account, pr. Luke 16,
2; trop. Matt. 12, 36. Acts 19, 40. Heb.

‘13,17. 1 Pet. 4,5. [Rom. 14, 12.] So Sept.

pr. Dan. 6,2. Plut. Mor. II. p. 40 λόγους.

b) Of trees, to give forth fruit, to yield,
6. acc. Rev. 22, 2. Trop. Heb. 12, 11.
Sept. pr. for 12 Lev. 26, 4—Of the earth,
Hdot. 1. 193. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.

9) Mid. to give away of one’s own, sc. for
a price, to sell, with ace. and gen. of price,
Acts 5, 8 εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε.
Also with acc. and ἀντί c. gen. of price
Heb. 12, 163; acc. et εἰς Acts 7,9. Sept.
for "3% 6. acc. et gen. ἈΝΕ 2,6; acc. et
dat. Gen. 37, 27; c. εἰς v. 36. By ὁ; acc.
et gen. Dem. 349. 24. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 48;
acc. et εἰς Hdot. 2. 56.

2. to give in full, to render fully, to pay
off, 6. g.

a) In a pecuniary sense, with acc. and

dat. as wages, Matt. 20,8 ἀπόδος αὐτοῖς

79

aT ὃ ΄΄
τὸν μισϑόν. Sept. for jm Deut. 24, 15.
(Xen. 1. 2. 12.) Of rents, rods καρπούς
Matt. 21, 41; of tribute and the like, Matt.
22,21. Mark 12,17. Luke 20, 25. Rom.
13,7. (So τοὺς φόρους Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3.
Xen. Hell. 3.1.11.) Of debts, to pay off
or up in full, c-acc. et dat. Matt. 18, 28. 29.
Luke 10, 35; acc. simpl. Matt. 5, 26. 18,
25 bis. 26. 30. 34, Luke 7, 42. 12, 59. 19,
8. Sept. for avin Num. 5,7.8. So Dem.
911. 10.—Trop. of duties, obligations, ὁ
acc. et dat. 1 Tim. 5, 4 ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι
τοῖς προγόνοις, see in art. ἀμοιβή. 1 Cor. 7,
3. (Hdian. 3. 6. 6 ἀμοιβάς. Xen. Mem. 2.
2. 13 χάριν.) Of vows, Matt. 5, 33 ἀποδώ-
σεις τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους gov. Sept. for

‘bw Deut. 23,22. So Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10.

εὐχάς.

b) Trop. to finer to any one good or
evil, to requite, to reward. a) Of God or
his minisers, with dat. and κατά τι, Matt.
16, 27 ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν
αὐτοῦ. Rom. 2,6. Rev. 22, 12. Sept. for
ΞΘ Prov. 24, 12. (Ecclus. 11,26.) So
in the sense of rewarding, with dat. and ἐν
τῷ φανερῷ Matt. 6, 4. 6. 18; in the sense
of punishing, c. dat. et κατά 2 Tim. 4, 14;
dat. or absol. Rev. 18, 6 bis, comp. Is. 40, 2.
61,7. Sept. for 3°03 Ps. 94, 23. Ecclus.
12,6. 8) Genr. of evil, to render, to re-
quite, with acc. and dat. and also ἀντί c.
gen. Rom. 12,17 μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ
ἀποδιδόντες. 1 Thess. 5, 15; dat. once
1 Pet. 3, 9.

ἀποδιορίζω, f. ἰσω, (διορίζω,) pr. to
set off by drawing a boundary through or
between ; hence to divide off, to separate,
i. 6. to create schism, c. acc. ἑαυτούς Jude
19. Comp. ἀφορίζω Gal. 2, 12,—Found
only in N. T.

ἀποδοκιμάξζω, f. dow, (δοκιμάζω,) to
reject on proof or trial, to disapprove, to dis-
allow ; so of things, c. acc. Matt. 21, 42
AiSov ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν of οἰκοδομοῦντες, and
so Mark 12, 10. Luke 20, 17. 1 Pet. 2, 7,
quoted from Ps. 118, 22, where Sept. for
OND; also 1 Pet. 2,4.. So Hdian. 4. 3. 21.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 16.—Of persons, to reject,
to refuse ; so of Jesus rejected by the Jews,
Pass. with ἀπό c. gen. see art. ἀπό note 2.
Mark 8, 31 drodoxipac2ivat ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσ-
βυτέρων. Luke 9, 22.'17, 25. Absol. of
Esau Heb. 12,17. Sept. for O82 Jer. 6,
30. So Pol. 3. 86. 3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 36.

ἀποδοχή, ἢ ῆς, ἡ, (ἀποδέχομαι,) a receiv-

ing in full Thuc. 4. 81 ; reception of a
guest Diod. Sic. 4. 51—In N. T. trop.

απόδεσις

reception, acceptance, 1 Tim. 1, 15. 4, 9.
So Pol. 1. 5. 5. Diod. Sic. 4. 84.

ἀπόδϑεσις, ews, }, (ἀποτίϑημι,) a puiting
off, a laying aside, trop. 1 Pet. 3,21. 2 Pet.
1, 14.—Plato, a laying by for preservation,
Legg. 844. d.

GTOSHKN, ns, 4; (ἀποτίδθημι,) “ place of.

laying by or up,’ @ repository, e. g.-of arms,
an arsenal Hdian. 7. 11. 14. Thuc. 6. 97;
a treasury Sept. 1 Chr. 29, 8.—In N. T. a
storehouse for grain, a granary, barn, Matt.
3, 12. 6, 26. 13, 30. Luke 3, 17, 12, 18.
24. So Sept. for O78 Jer. 50, 26.

ἀποδησαυρίζω, f. iow, (ϑησαυρίζω,)"

to treasure away, to lay up in store, trop. c.
acc. 1 Tim. 6, 19; comp. Matt. 6,20.—Pr.
Ecclus. 3, 4. Diod. Sic. 5. 40.
ἀποδλίβω, f. ψω, (ZdiBo,) to press

wholly, from every side, to crowd, c. acc.
Luke 8,45. Sept. for 72 Num. 22, 25.
—Plut. 4m. Paul. 14; comp. Jos. Ant. 2.
5.2 βότρυς... ἀποδλίβειν εἰς φιάλην. Diod.
Sic. 3. 62.

᾿ἀποδνήσκω, f. Savodpar, (ϑνήσκω.)
aor. 2 ἀπέϑανον, to die off or out, to become
quite dead; stronger than ϑνήσκω and com-
monly used instead of it, i. e. to die.

1. Pr. and genr. a) Of persons who
die a natural death, absol.. Matt. 9, 24, 22,
24. 27. Mark 9, 26. 15, 44. John 4, 47.
Phil. 1, 21. al. sep. Luke 8, 42 καὶ αὕτη
ἀπέϑνησκεν and she was dying ; so from the
force of the imperfect tense. Heb. 7, 8
ἀποϑνήσκοντες ἄνϑρωποι dying men, mortal.
Rey. 14, 13 οἱ ἐν κυρίῳ ἀποϑνήσκοντες those
who die in the Lord, believing and trusting in
him, i. e. as true Christians. Sept. for myn
Gen. 2, 17. 3,3. 4. So Aschin. 90, 23.
Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 10. b) Of a violent
death, to die, to be put to death; of persons,
Acts 21, 13. 25,11. Rom. 5, 6. 7. 8. 14,
15. 1 Thess. 5,10. Heb. 11,37. So asa
punishment, John 19,7. Heb. 10,28. With
dat. Rom. 6, 10 τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέϑανεν ἐφά-
παξ he died for sin once, i. e. on account of
sin. With ἐκ ὁ. gen. of cause, Rev. 8, 11
dréSavov ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων. Sept. for mia
Deut. 17, 6.12. (Hdian. 3. 15. 8. Xen.
Mem. 4. 8. 9; comp. ὁ ἐκ πληγῆς Sdvaros
Plut. Arat. 26.) Matt. 26,35 κἂν δέῃ με σὺν
σοὶ éro%aveiv though I should die with thee ;
so Luc. Tim. 43 ἢν δέῃ ἀποϑανεῖν. Jos.
Ant. 6.6.2 κἂν ἀποθανεῖν δέοι. Spoken of
animals, Matt. 8, 32. Rev. 8, 9. 16, 3.
6) Of any kind of death; c. dat. Rom. 14,
7.8 οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποϑνήσκει... τῷ κυρίῳ

ἀποϑνήσκομεν κτὰ. for oneself, for the Lord,

80 ἀποκαδ ίστημι

i, 6. not as his own but as the Lord’s, i. 4.
Tov κυρίου ἐσμέν. 1 Cor. 15,22. Heb. 9,27.
11,4. d) Implying constant exposure to
death; 1 Cor. 15, 31 xa’ ἡμέραν admosvi-
oxo. 2 Cor. 6,9. Comp. Sept. and ms
Gen. 48, 21.

2. Trop. of eternal death, comp. ‘the
second death’ Rev. 20,14. So John 11,26
ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ov μὴ ἀποϑάνῃ els τὸν»

᾿αἰῶνα, comp. ν. 2ὅ, John 6, 50 comp. v. 51.

Rom. 7, 10 comp. v. 9. Rom. 8, 13.

3. Trop. c. dat. 10 die to any thing, to
renounce it, to be no longer under its influ-
ence and power; Rom. 6, 2 ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ
ἁμαρτίᾳ. Gal. 2,19 νόμῳ. So with dat.
impl. Rom. 6, 7 6 yap ἀποθανὼν (sc. τῇ
ἁμαρτίᾳ ν. 2.6) δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρ-
τίας, he who is dead to sin is alone freed
from sin, Col. 3, 3 dmeSdvere yap 56. τοῖς
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; comp. v. 2; 4050]. Rey. 3, 2.—
Once with ἀπό c. gen. to die from any
thing, to be delivered from it, Col. 2, 20.
See in ἀπό no. 1. b. a.

4. Of vegetable nature, to die; e. g.
trees, Jude 12 δένδρα. .. dis ἀποθανόντα
twice dead. Of seeds, trop. i. 4. to be decom-
posed, dissolved, John 12, 24. 1 Cor. 15,
36. +

ἀποκαδίστημι, f. ἀποκαταστήσω, (ka-
Siornut, ἵστημι.) Pass, aor. 1 ἀποκατεστά-
Snv, OF ἀπεκατεστάδϑην with double augm.
Buttm. ὁ 86. n. 5. Kiihner § 126. There
is likewise a form of the Pres. contr. in
-d@ Mark 9,12; comp. καθιστᾷ Dan. 2, 21,
ἱστᾷ Hdot. 4. 103. Buttm. ᾧ 106. n. 5.
§107. 1.2. Alsoa Pres. in-dv@ Acts 1,6.
Pol. 3. 98. 9, found only in late writers,
Buttm. § 112. 10. To set or put down
fully ; and so to bring fully into any state
or condition; to make, constitute, establish
fully; see in xa%iornu.—In N. T. only
trans. and Pass. and spoken of recovery
from a state of disease, decay, or the like ;
hence i. q. to restore, to re-establish, viz.
a) From disease; Pass. Luke 6, 10 καὶ
ἀποκατεστάϑξη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη,
lit. and his hand was established (made) quite
whole as the other, i. 4. was restored whole,
Matt. 12, 13. Mark 3, 5. 8,25. Sept. for
ant} Ex. 4,7. So Diod. Sic. 1.25. Xen. Lac.
6.3. Ὁ) Of the expected restoration and
glory of the Jewish theocracy in the times
of the Messiah; Act. c. acc. Matt. 17, 11.
Mark 9, 12. Acts 1,6. Sept. for ax Ez.
16, 57. So 1 Mace. 15, 3. Pol. 25.1.1.
c) Of restoration to one’s friends and
country; Pass. Heb. 13, 19. Sept. for
3"O Jer. 16, 15. So Jos. Ant. 11. 1.

ae ae ΚΝ

rive eae

ἀποκαλύπτω

1 εἰς τὴν πάτριον γῆν. Pol. 8. 29. 6 εἰς
οἶκον.

ἀποκαλύπτω, f. ψω, (καλύπτω,) to
uncover, Sept. for 423 Ruth 3, 4.7. Hdian.
7. 4. 10.—In N. T. trop.

1. to reveal, to bring to light, to make
known or manifest ; so of God or Christ as
revealing what was before unknown, c. acc.
et dat. Matt. 11, 25 ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπί-
οις. Luke 10, 21. Phil. 3, 15; dat. c. ace.
impl. Matt. 11, 27. 16, 17. Luke 10, 22.
1 Cor. 2,10. Also Gal. 1, 16 ἀποκαλύψαι
τὸν υἱὸν αὑτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί, i. e. in my soul, spi-
rit, consciousness. Sept. for 423 Jer. 11,
20. Sogenr. Plato Gorg. 455. d. 460. a.—
Pass. of things, to be revealed, made known,
absol. Matt. 10, 26. Luke 12, 2. Rom. 1,
18. Gal. 3, 23. 1 Pet. 1, 5. 5,13 c. dat.
John 12, 38. Spec. from God, c. dat. 1 Cor.
14, 30. Eph. 3,5. 1 Pet.1,12. Also c. ἔκ
τινος of place whence, Luke 2, 35; ἐν c.
dat. of instr. 1 Cor. 3, 13; εἰς ἡμᾶς in our
behalf Rom. 8, 18. With ἐκ and εἰς, Rom.
1,17 δικαιοσύνη ϑεοῦ.... ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ
πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, where ἐκ πίστεως from
or through faith marks the condition; and
cis πίστιν unto faith marks either the ob-
ject, i. q. εἰς τοὺς πιστεύοντας, comp. 3, 22;
or, better, the purpose, i. q. for the further-
ance of faith, comp. τῇ ἀνομίᾳ eis τὴν dvo-
μίαν 6, 19; also 2 Cor. 2, 16.

2. Pass. of persons, to be revealed, to ap-
pear, 6. g. the Son of man Luke 17, 30;
antichrist 2 Thess. 2, 3. 6.8. Sept. for
53 of Jehovah 1 Sain. 3, 21.

ἀποκάλυψις, εως, ἧ; (ἀποκαλύπτω,) an
uncovering, Sept. 1 Sam. 20, 30. Plut. Emil.
Paul. 14.—In N. T. only trop.

1. arevealing, revelation, manifestation ; so
from God of things before unknown, Rom.
16, 25 κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου. 1 Cor.
14, 6. 26. 2 Cor. 12, 1. 7. Gal. 1,12. 2, 2.
Hph. 3, 3. (Comp. Ecclus. 11, 27. 42, 1.)
Eph. 1, 17 πνεῦμα ἀποκαλύψεως α spirit of
revelation, i, e. which can fathom and un-
fold the deep things of God. Rom. 2, 5 ἐν
ἡμέρᾳ ... ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ
Seod. 8,19 ἡ ἀποκάλυψις τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ ϑεοῦ,
put: for ἡ ἀποκ. τῆς δόξης τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ,
comp. v. 18, 21. Of the Messiah, Luke 2,
32 φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἔϑνων a light for re-
velation to the Gentiles, to reveal to them the
will of God in the gospel. Once of future
events, revelation, apocalypse, Rev. 1, 1.

2. Of persons, manifestation, appearance,
so of Christ’s future coming, 2 Thess, 1, 7.
\ Cor. 1, 7. 1 Pet. 1, 7. 13. 4, 13.

6

81

ἀποκόπτω

ἀποκαραδοκία, as, ἡ, earnest expecta.
tion, Rom. 8, 19. Phil. 1, 20.—It comes
from ἀποκαραδοκέω, i. 4. τῇ κεφαλῇ προβλέ-
mew Etym. Mag. i. 6. ‘to look away towards
any thing with the head bent forward’;
hence to await, to eapect earnestly, Aquil.
for >2inNN Ps. 37,7. Jos. B. J. 3.7. 26.
Pol. 18. 31. 4,

ἀποκαταλλάσσω V. -TTO, f. Ew, (κα
ταλλάσσω.) to reconcile fully, c. acc. Col. 1,
21; acc. and dat. Eph. 2, 16; acc. and εἰς
ἑαυτόν Col. 1,20; comp. Eph. 1, 10.—So
καταλλάσσω c. dat. Xen. An. 1. 6. 23 6.
πρός twa Jos. Ant. 14. 11. 3.

ἀποκατάστασις, ews, ἣ, (dnoxadiorn-
pt,) pr. full establishment ; hence restoration,
restitution, from decay or ruin; Acts 3, 21
χρόνοι ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, i. q. καιροὶ
ἀναψύξεως in v. 19; comp. Heb. 9, 10.----
Jos, Ant. 11. 4. 6. Pol. 4. 23. 1. Plato Ax.
370. b.

ἀπόκειμαι, f. κείσομαι, (κεῖμαι.) to be
laid away, laid up, in store or for preserva-
tion ; Luke 19, 20 ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ.
So Dem, 1040. 26. Xen. An. 5. 4.27 σῖτον
ἀποκείμενον.--- ΤΤΟΡ. of things, c. dat. of
pers. to be laid up, prepared, appointed, for
any one, Col. 1,5. 2 Tim. 4, 8. (2 Mace.
12, 45. Plut. Lucull. 24.) Of death, Heb.
9,27 ἀπόκειται τοῖς ἀνπρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποϑα-
νεῖν. So Dion. Hal. Ant. 5.8 τοῖς κακούργοις
ἀπόκειται παϑεῖν.

ἀποκεφαλίζω, f. ἰσω, (κεφαλίζω, κε-
φαλή.) to behead, c. acc. Matt. 14, 10. Mark
6, 16.27. Luke 9,9.—Arr. Epict. 1.1.29 ὑπὸ
τοῦ Νέρωνος ἀποκεφαλισϑῆναι. Dion Cass.
71. 28. Not found in Attic writers, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 341.

. ἀποκλείω, f. εἰσω, (κλείω,) to shut off
from, to exclude, τινὰ πυλέων Hdot. 5. 104.
—In N. T. to shut fully, to shut fast, e. g.
τὴν Sipay Luke 13,25. Sept. for 30 Gen.
19.10. So Hdian. 1. 12. 16. Xen. Mem.
2. 1. 16.

ἀποκόπτω, f. Wo, (κόπτω,) to cut off,
e. g. a member of the body, 6. acc. Mark 9,
43. 45. John 18, 10. 26; the ropes of a boat
Acts 27, 32. Sept. for ΓΘ 1 Sam. 31, 9.
So il. V. H. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 8.—
Mid. Gal. 5, 12 ὄφελον καὶ ἀποκόψονται,
spoken of Judaizing teachers, would that for

_ themselves they would (not only circumcise

but) even cut off sc. the parts usually cir.
cumcised, i. e. make themselves eunuchs-
comp. the allusions to their impurity in vv.
13. 19. 24. So Chrysost. εἰ βούλονται, μὴ
περιτεμνέσϑωσαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περικο-

απόκριμα 82

πτέσϑωσαν. Jerome : ‘ Si putantsibi hoc pro-
desse, non solum cirecumcidantur, sed etiam
abscindantur. Si enim exspoliatio membri
proficit, multo magis abolitio.’ So Sept. and
m1> Deut. 23, 1. Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 19 οἱ
ἀποκοπτόμενοι τάς ye προϑυμίας τὰς
τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀποκόψασϑαι οὐ δύνανται. Lu-
cian Eun. 8. Hesych. Τάλλος, ὁ ἀπόκοπος,
ἤτοι ὁ evvovxos.—Others : would that they
might cut themselves off sc. from the Chris-
tian community, separate themselves. But
this is feeble ; and besides, xai here implies
antithetic gradation from ν. 11.

ἀπόκριμα, aros, τό, (ἀποκρίνομαι;) a
response, sentence, Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 6. 2.
Η. An. 9. 15.—In N. T. τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ
Savarov, thé death-response, sentence of death,
i. e. utter despair of life,2 Cor. 1,9; comp.
v. 8. So Hesych. ἀπόκριμα " κατάκριμα,
ψῆφος.

ἀποκρίνομαι, Mid. depon. (κρίνω,) from
Act. ἀποκρίνω to separate from some-
thing else, Theophr. de Caus. Plant. 1.
6 οἶνος ὀσμὴν λαμβάνει ὅταν ἀπεκρίϑη τι
ὑδατῶδες αὐτοῦ. Plato Polit. 303.d; to
distinguish, to make different, Hdot. 1. 194;
to select or choose out from, Hdot. 6. 130;
to judge off, i. e. to reject after inquiry, Plato
Legg. 751. d. Mid. to give response, as ex-
pressing one’s judgment or sentence after
inquiry and deliberation, e. g. kings to sup-
pliants Xen. Cyr. '7. 5. 37; magistrates or
others to ambassadors Xen. An. 2. 1. 9, 10;
an oracle Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 16.—Hence in
N. T. Mid. genr. to respond, to answer ;
with aor. 1 ἀπεκρινάμην Luke 23, 9. al.
Pass. aor. 1 ἀπεκρίϑην, fut. 1 ἀποκριϑδήσο-
pat, the two latter forms being found only
in late writers (Diod. Sic. 4. 31.-Luc. De-
mon. 26), and censured by the grammari-
ans, Lob, ad Phryn. p. 108.

__ 1, Pr. to answer, to reply, 6. δ. a) Asa
judge, or to complaints, charges,.etc. c. inf.
Acts 25, 4 ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίϑη, τη-
ρεῖσϑαι τὸν Παῦλον κτὰ. (Xen. Hell. 2. 2.
18.) With πρός τινα ὅτι Acts 25, 16 ; dat.
John 5, 17. Col. 4, 6; dat. and λέγοντες
Matt. 25,37. Ὁ) To an inquiry, 6. g. c.
dat. Mark 11, 30. 12, 28. 34. Luke 22, 68.
(Plato Parm. 137. b.) So with ace. and dat.
Matt. 15, 23 6 δὲ οὐκ ἀπεκρίϑη. αὐτῇ Adyov.
22, 46. Mark 14, 40; acc. simpl. οὐδέν
Matt. 26, 62. 27, 12. Mark 14, 61. (Acc.
and dat. Xen. An. 1. 4. 14.) So with dat.
of pers. and πρός τι, Matt. 27,14 οὐκ ἀπε-
κρίϑη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ év ῥῆμα. (πρός τι Plato

Gorg. 447. c.) Other constructions are:

ἀπεκρίξϑη καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς John 9, 19; ἀπο-

>,
ἀποκτείνω

κριϑεὶς εἶπεν Matt. 16, 16. 17, 17; ἀποκρι-
Sels εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Matt. 11, 4. 13, 11. 19,
4; ἀποκριδϑεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπε Luke 6, 3.
c) To a request, entreaty, exhortation, or
the like, in various phrases: ἀποκριδεὶς λέ-
yov Matt. 25, 9. Luke 23, 40; ἀποκριϑεὶς
εἶπεν τινί Matt. 12, 39. 48. 13, 37. Mark
10, 20; ἀποκριϑεὶς εἶπε (ἔφη) Matt. 4, 4.
8, 8. 15, 135 ἀπεκρίθη καὶ λέγει (εἶπεν).
αὐτῷ Mark 7, 28. John 2, 18. 3,93 ἀπο-
kpiSets εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν Matt. 3,15; ἀπεκρί-
ϑη πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγων Luke 4, 4; ἀποκριϑεὶς
πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπε 14, 5.

2. By Hebr. like 32, to speak up, to be-
gin to speak, to speak, perh. with reference
to what has been said by another, but not
recorded ; see Heb. Lex. art. 729 I. no. 2.
So ὁ. dat. John 5,173 πρός τινα Acts 3,
12; also ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε (λέγει) Matt. 11,
25. Mark 12, 35. Luke 1, 60; id. ο. dat.
Matt. 17, 4.° 26, 63. 28,5. Mark 9, 5. 10,
51. 11,143 ἀπεκρίϑη λέγων μοι Rev. 7; 13;
ἀποκριϑεὶς εἶπε πρός twa Luke 14, 3. So.
Sept. and 723 Deut. 26, 5. 27,14. Cant.
2, 10. Is. 14, 10. al—1 Mace. 8,19. Ἢ

ἀπόκρισ. ἐς, ews, 7), (ἀποκρίνομαι,) an an-
swer, a reply, Luke 2, 47. 20, 26. John 1,
22. 19, 9. Sept. for 722% Job 32, 5.—
Diod. Sic. 14. 25. Xen. kc. 12. 20.

ἀποκρύπτω, f. ψω, (κρύπτω,) to hide
away, to conceal ; c. acc. τὸ ἀργύριον Matt.
25,18. So 2 Macce.’10, 37. Xen. An. 4. 4.
11.—Trop. to hide, i. 6. not to reveal or
make known, 6. g. τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκε-
κρυμμένον Eph. 8, 9. Col. 1, 26.3 ἡ σοφία ἡ
ἀποκεκρ. 1 Cor. 2, 7. (Plato Thezt. 155. 6.)
With acc. and ἀπό c. gen. of pers. Matt.
11, 25 ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν. Luke
10, 21. (Comp. ἐκρύβη ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ Ecclus.
42, 20.) Sept. for D371 2 K. 4, 27;
""niOrM Ps. 119,19. So Dem. 78. 17. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 1.

ἀπόκρυφος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἀποκρύπτω.)
hidden away, hid, pr. Eurip. Here. F’. 1071.
—In N. T.. trop. a) not revealed, not
known, Mark 4, 22. Luke 8,17. So Sept.
Dan. 2, 22. Xen. Cony. 8. 11. δ) laid
up, treasured up, Col. 2,3. So Sept. and
289 Is. 45, 3; pr. 1 Mace. 1, 23.

ἀποκτείνω; f. κτενῶ, (κτείνω,) also Pres
ἀποκτέννω in later editions Rev. 6,11, as
elsewhere in Mss. and Sept. Dan. 2, 13.
Hab. 1,17: 1 Esdr. 4, 7. Wisd: 16, 14, a
form used by the later Greeks, who often
resolved εἰν into evy, see Greg. Corinth. ed.
Schaef. p. 588, 597. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.
119, 128. Winer p. 94. ed. 5. Part. plur.

πριν σὺν

ae

' 3, 6.

ἀποκυέω.

gemt. ἀποκτενόντων Matt. 10, 28. Luke 12,
4 in some editions, is prob, corrupted for
ἀποκτεινόντων, or better for ἀποκτεννόντων
as found in some Mss. and editions; see
Winer. c. Pass. aor. 1 ἀπεκτάνϑην Matt.
16, 21. Mark 8, 31. al. is also a late form;
comp. Dion Cass. 65. 4; Lob. ad Phryn. p.
36,756. Buttm. §101. m 6. ᾧ 114 κτείνω.
Ausf. Sprachl. II. 'p. 227. Winer 1. c.

1. to kill off, to slay outright, i. q. κτείνω
strengthened’; .so of persons, to kill, to slay,
6. acc. Matt. 10, 28. Mark 12, 5. 8. Luke
13, 31. John 16,2. Acts 21, 31. al. sep.
John 8, 22 μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν ; will he
kill himself? Subj. Matt. 21, 38 ἀποκτείνω-
μεν αὐτόν let us kill him. Mark 19,7. Luke
20,14; see Buttm. ᾧ 139. πῃ. 3. Pass. Rev.
9,18 see in‘awé no, 8. 6, and note 1. Once
of a falling. tower, Luke 13,4. Sept. for
335) Gen. 4,8; [2h Gen. 18, 25; 720
Josh. 11; 11. So Hdian. 2. 12..1. Xen.

An. 2. 3. 19.—Spoken of death as a punish-

ment, to kill, to put to death, c.. acc. Matt.
14, 5. Mark 8, 31. Luke 9, 22. John 5, 18.
Acts 3, 15. Rom. 11, 3. 1 Thess. 2, 15. al.
sep. With ἐν θανάτῳ added like Heb. inf.
absol. Rev. 2, 23. . Sept. for "2 Num.
35, 19. 21. So Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18. Plato
Gorg. 24. p. 468. d..

2. Trop. to kill, to destroy, e. g. ἃ)
With acc. ψυχήν life, Mark 8,4. With
ace. τὴν ψυχήν the soul, i. q. to bring under
sentence of eternal death, Matt. 10, 28,
comp. Luke 12,5; also Rom. 7,11. 2 Cor.
b) With acc. τὴν ἐχϑράν Eph. 2,
16. +

ἀποκυέω, &,f. ἥσω, (κυέω,) to breed out

or forth, to bring forth offspring, 4 Mace..

15,17. Hdian. 1. 5. 14.—In N. T. trop.
ὃ. g. Sdvarov James 1, 15; so God his
children, to beget, ἡμᾶς λόγῳ ἀληϑείας James
1, 18.

ἀποκυλίω, f. iow, (κυλίω,) to roll away,
8. δ. τὸν λίϑον ἀπὸ τῆς Sipas Matt. 28, 2,
and Pass. Luke 24, 2; τὸν λ. ἐκ τῆς 3.
Mark 16, 3; Pass. absol. 16,4. Sept. for
V2 558 Gen. 29, 3.—Judith 13, 9. Apollod.
Bibl. 3. 14. 7.

᾿ ἀπολαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι; (AapBdve,)

nor. 2 ἀπέλαβον.

1. to take or have from any one, to receive.

8) Genr. c. acc. of thing; Luke 6, 84. 18,

30. 23, 41; id. c. παρά τινος 6, 343 acc.
of pers. 15,27. Sept. for mpd Num. 34,
13. So ri παρά τινος Diod. Sic. 13. 31.
Thue. 5. 30; ace. Plato Legg. 956.d. Ὁ)
Spec. of those who receive what is laid up
or prepared for them ; ὁ. acc. of thing, Gal.

83

ἀπόλλυμι

4, 5 τὴν υἱοϑεσίαν. 2 John 8; with ἐν eav-
τοῖς Rom. 1,27; with ἀπό c. gen. Col. 3, 24.
6) Of persons, fo receive as a guest, c. acc.
3 John 8.

2. to take apart or aside, Mid. with ἀπὸ
τοῦ ὄχλου kar’ ἰδίαν Mark 7, 33.—2 Macc.
6, 21.. Jos. B. J. 2. ἡ. ἃ. Hdot. 1. 209.

3. to receive, in full, (ἀπό of compl.) c,
acc. Luke 16, 25 ἀπέλαβες τὰ dyad σου.
Comp. ἀπέχω no. 3. '

ἀπόλαυσις, ews, ἡ, (ἀπολαύω!) enjoy-
ment ; with gen. of object, Heb. 11, 25
πρόσκαιρον. ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν to have
the enjoyment of sin for a season, i.e. to en-
joy the sinful pleasures of the Egyptian
court. Absol. 1 Tim: 6, 17 πάντα πλουσίως
eis ᾿ἀπόλαυσιν all things richly: for enjoy-
ment, i. 6. richly to enjoy—Jos. Ant. 2. 7.
3. Hdian. 6. 3. 8. Xen. Mem. 2.1. 33. Hi.
1. 26. ;

ἀπολείπω; ψω, (λείπω,) to leave away
from oneself, i. e.

1. to leave behind, with acc. and ἐν of
place, 2 Tim. 4,13 ὃ dmeAurov ἐν Τρωάδι.
4,20. Tit. 1,5 Lachm. Pass. to be left, to
remain, Heb. 4, 6. 9. 10, 26. Sept. Pass.
for =xw> Ex. 14, 28.—Comp. Jos, Ant. 4.
8. 21. Xen. An. 6. 5. 4. Pass. Pol. 3. 39. 12.
Plato Tim. 19. a.

2. to forsake, to abandon, τὸ ἴδιον οἰκτή-
ριον Jude 6. Sept. for a5 Prov. 2, 17.—
Luc. D. Deor. 5, 2. Xen. Ag. 2. 29.

ἀπολείχω, f. ξω, (λείχω,) to lick off,
c. acc. Luke 16, 21 of κύνες... ἀπέλειχον
τὰ ἕλκη avrov.—Aristoph. Vesp. 27. Athen.
6. p. 250. a.

ἀπόλλυμι, f. ohkd 1 Cor. 1, 19, (ὄλλυ-
pt,) also later fut. ἀπολέσω Matt. 21; 41. al.
Lue. Asin. 33. Longin. 3. 17; see Buttm..
Ausf. Sprachl. IL. p. 254. Aor. 1 ἀπώλεσα,
Perf. 2 part. ἀπολωλώς. Imperat. ἀπόλλυε
Rom. 14,15 is from a Pres. ἀπολλύω. Mid.
f. ἀπολοῦμαι, aor. 2 ἀπωλόμην.

1. to destroy utterly, (ἀπό of compl.) i. 4.
ὄλλυμι. strengthened; Mid. to perish utter-
ly, to perish...

a) Of persons e.g. a) i. 4. to put to
death, to kill, to slay; c. ace. Matt. 2, 13
Tov ἀπολέσαι αὐτόν. 12,14. 22, '7. 27, 20.
Mark 3, 6. 9, 22. 11,18. 12, 9. Luke 17,
27. 29. 19, 47. 20, 16. Mid. to perish, to
be killed, to die, Matt. 8, 25. Mark 4, 38,
Luke 8, 24. 11, 51. 13,33. Acts 5, 37;
80 ἀπολέσϑαι ἐν μαχαίρᾳ Matt. 26, 52; ἀπ.

λιμῷ Luke 1ὅ, 17; ὕδατι 2 Pet. 8, 6; ὑπό
τ twos 1 Cor. 10,9. 10; also ὑπέρ τινος John

18,14, Sept. for sax Esth.. 9,12; ball

ἀπόλλυμι 84

Esth. 9,16. So P Macc. 2,37. Xen. Cyr.
4.6.5. Mid. Jos. Ant. 1.2.1. Xen. An.
7. 4.5 τῷ λιμῷ. B) Genr. to destroy, to let
perish, to put an end to; c. acc. Mark 1, 24.
Luke 4, 34. 6, 9. 9, 56. Jude 5; absol.
John 10,10. Intens. κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσαι
αὐτούς Matt.21,41. (Comp. ἀπόλλυται κακὸς
κακῶς Ceb. Tab, 32. Plut. Cic. 26.) Mid.
to perish, to come to an end, John 11, 50 μὴ
ὅλον τὸ ἔῶνος ἀπόληται. Luke 13, 3. 5. 2
Cor. 4, 9. Jude 11. Sept. for sz Jos. 23,
13; mawn Jer. 48, 35. So Ecclus, 10, 3.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38. Plato Rep. 421. a.
y) Of eternal destruction, the second death ;
see in droSvnoxw no. 2. Soc. acc. Matt.
10, 28 comp. 5, 29. Rom. 14, 15. James 4,
12. Mid. John 3, 15. 16. 10, 28. Rom. 2,
12. 1 Cor. 8,11. 15, 18. 2 Pet. 3, 9. So
οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι, those that perish, who are
exposed to eternal death, the lost, 1 Cor. 1,
18. 2 Cor. 2,15. 4,3. 2 Thess. 2, 10.

Ὁ) Of things, to destroy, to bring to an

end or to nought; ὁ. acc. 1 Cor. 1, 19 ἀπο-
λῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, quoted from Is.
29, 14 where Sept. for tay. (Pol. 1. 48,7.)
Mid. to perish, to come to an end, to pass
away, e. g. ἕν τῶν μελῶν cov Matt. 5, 29.
30; ἡ εὐπρέπεια James 1,11; βρῶσις John
6, 273 χρυσίον 1 Pet. 1, 7. So οἱ ἀσκοί
Matt. 9,17. Mark 2, 22. Luke 5, 37; οἱ
οὐρανοί Heb. 1, 11, quoted from Ps. 102, 27
where Sept. for tax. Rev. 18, 14 τὰ Aap-
᾿πρὰ ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, see in ἀπό no. 1.b. ε.
—Dem. 962. 19. Xen. Mem. 1.1.14. Hell.
1, 1.°36.

2. to lose utterly, to lose; Mid. to lose
oneself, to be lost.

a) Pr. of things, c. acc. as τὸν μισϑόν
Matt. 10, 42. Mark 9, 41; πρόβατον Luke
15, 4; δραχμήν v. 8. 9; also 2 John 8.
Mid. τὸ πρόβατον τὸ ἀπολωλός Luke 15, 4.
6; %pié Luke 21,18. Acts 27,34; τὶ John
6, 12. Sept. for tax Prov. 29, 3. So Ec-
clus. 6,4. Al. V. H. 5.10. Xen. Hell. 1.
1, 25.—Spec. τὴν ψυχήν in sententious say-
ings, Matt. 10, 39 bis. 16, 25 bis. Mark 8,
35 bis. Luke 9, 24 bis. 17, 33 bis. John
12, 25.

b) Of persons, e.g. a) Of the prodigal
son, Mid. Luke 15, 24 ἀπολωλὼς ἦν καὶ
εὑρέθη. v. 34. So Israel forsaking God is
likened to a flock wandering and lost, Mid.
Matt. 10, 6. 15, 24. 18,11. 14. Luke 19,
10; so inO. T. comp. Sept. and myskn
Ez. 34, 4. 16. Jer. 50, 6. Ps. 119, 176.
8) Of those lost eternally, exposed to the
second death; comp. in no. 1. a. γι Luke
9, 25 ἑαυτόν. John 6, 39. 19, 9. Mid. John

ἀπολύτρωσις

17, 12. Comp. Ecclus. 20,22. Here too
might be referred Part. of ἀπολλύμενοι the
lost ; see in no. 1. a. y.

᾿Απολλύων, ovros, ὃ, (ἀπολλύω, pres.
part.) Apollyon, pr. ‘the destroyer,’ i. q
᾿Αβαδδών where see. Rev. 9, 11.

᾿Απολλωνία, as, ἡ, Apollonia; a city
of Macedonia in the province Mygdonia,
situated nearly midway between Amphipolis
and Thessalonica, Acts 17,1. See Plin.
H. Ν. 4.17. Itin. Antonin. ed. Wess. p.
320,330. Leake’s Trav. in Northern Greece,
Ill. p. 458.

᾿Απολλώς, ὦ, ὁ, Apollos, pr. n. of a
Jewish Christian, born at Alexandria, dis-
tinguished for his eloquence and for the
influence of his preaching upon the Jews.
For his history and character as given by
Luke, see Acts 18, 24. sq. 19,1; he is men-
tioned also by Paul, 1 Cor. 1, 12. 3, 4. 5. 6.
22. 4, 6. 16,12. Tit. 3, 13.

ἀπολογέομαι, odpa, f. ἥσομαι, Mid.
depon. (Adyos,) to talk oneself off, to plead
or answer for oneself, to defend oneself, be-
fore a tribunal or elsewhere; absol. Luke
21,14. Acts 26, 1. Rom. 2, 15; ὁ. ὅτι
Acts 25, 8; acc. of thing uttered Luke 12.
11. Acts 24; 10. 26,24. (So absol. Jos.
Ant. 4. '7. 3; 6. ὅτι Xen. Cie. 11. 22; ace.
Dem. 407. 19. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 4.) Also
with πέρί c. gen. of thing charged, Acts 26,
2; with dat. of pers. to or before whom one
speaks, Acts 19, 33. 2 Cor. 12,19. Soc.
περί Dem. 407. pen. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.13;
c. dat. Plato Prot. 359. a. -

ἀπολογία; as, 7), (ἀπολογέομαι,) a plea,
defence, before a tribunal or elsewhere,
absol. Phil. 1, '7. 16 [17]. 2 Cor. 7, 11.
2 Tim. 4, 16; with περί ὁ. gen. of the
charge Acts 25,16; with dat. of pers. to
or before whom, 1 Cor. 9, 3. 1 Pet. 3, 15;
c. πρός τινα id. Acts 22, 1.—So absol. Wisd.
6,10. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 43; πρός τινα ib. 4.
8. 5.

ἀπολούω, f. χούσω, (Aovw,) to wash off
or away, to wash clean, e.g. gore Hom. Il.
18. 345. Mid. Luc. Lexiph. 2 et 4.—In
N. T. trop. to wash away sin, to cleanse
from sin; ¢. acc. ras ἁμαρτίας Acts 22, 16 ;
Mid. 1 Cor. 6,11. So Sept. Job 9, 30.
Plato Crat. 405."b, 6 καθαίρων Seds καὶ ὃ
ἀπολούων.

ἀπολύτρωσις, εὡς, ἧ, (ἀπολυτρόω,) pr.
‘a letting off for a ransom,’ i. 6. redemption,
deliverance on account of a ransom paid;
Hesych. ἀπολύτρωσιν: dxddvow.—tIn N. T.

1. redemption, e. g. from the power and

AM NL Ly Til gh 208 Cpe Presa σοι...

;
τὰ κω ΝΣ

sO

ee ee ee

5 a

i

ἀπολύω

consequences of sin through Cnrist, who
gave his life as a ransom, λύτρον (Matt. 20,
28); Rom. 3, 24. Eph. 1, 7. Col. 1, 14.
Heb. 9,15. Meton. the author of redemp-
tion 1 Cor. 1, 30.

2. Genr. deliverance, the idea of a ransom
being dropped; 6. g. from calamities and
death, Luke 21, 28. Heb. 11, 35; of be-
lievers from the body and from the power
of this world, Rom. 8, 23 (comp. 7, 24).
Eph. 1, 14, 4, 30.

ἀπολύω, f. Jaw, (Adw,) to loose from,
to loosen, to unbind, c. acc. et gen. pr. Hom.
Od. 21. 46.—In N. T. to free from, to set
Sree, i. e.

1. to loose or relieve from any evil, as
disease ; Pass. c. gen. τῆς doZeveias Luke
13, 12.—2 Mace. 6, 30. Diod. Sic. 4. 11.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5.

2. to let go free, to set free, to release from
bonds or arrest; with acc. of pers. Luke
22, 68. 23,.16. 20. 22. John 19, 10. 12 bis.
Acts 3,13. 4,21. 5, 40. 16, 35. 17,9. 28,
18; acc. and dat. of pers. Matt. 27, 15. 17.
21. 26. Mark 15, 6. 9. 11. 15. Luke 23, 17.
18, 25. John 18,39 bis. Once from arrest
for debt, Matt. 18,27. Pass. Acts 4, 23.
16, 36. 26, 32; also Heb. 13, 23 Τιμόϑεον
ἀπολελυμένον, where others: is let go, is
gone away, as in no. 3. So 2 Macc. 12,
25. Plut. Phocion 18. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 21.
—Trop. i. q. to forgive, absol. and Pass.
Luke 6, 38 bis. Comp. 2 Macc. 12, 45 τῆς
ἁμαρτίας ἀπολυϑῆναι.

3. to let go, to dismiss, to send away from
attendance on any one, from a person or
from-any place. a) Pr. and with acc. of
pers. Matt. 14,15 ἀπόλυσον rods ὄχλους.
v. 22. 23. 15, 23. 39. Mark 6,36. 45. 8, 9.
Luke 8, 38. 9, 12. Acts 15, 30. 19, 41.
23, 22; acc. impl. Luke 14, 4. Acts 13, 3.
With acc. and predic. Mark 8, 3 ἐὰν ἀπολύσω
αὐτοὺς νήστεις. Matt. 15,32. (Sept. Ps.
°37, 1. Jos. Ant. 5.2.8. Xen. Hell. 6. 5.
21.) Pass. to be let go, to go away, to de-
part, Acts 28, 25; ἀπό τινος 15, 33. So
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 25. Pol. 2. 34. 1. 5)
Spec. to let depart this life, to let die; c.
acc. Luke 2, 29 viv ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν
σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ. Sept. Pass. for 538 Num.
20,29. So 2 Macc. 7,9. Plut. Consol. ad
Apoll. 13. T. I. p..251. Pass. AE. V. H.
13. 19.

4. to let go, to ir iby. to divorce from
the tie; c. acc. τὴν γυναῖκα Matt.
5, 31. 32. 19, 3.7. 8. 9. Mark 10, 2. 4.11.
Luke 16, 18; once of a woman betrothed,
Matt. 1, 19. "Pass. part. ἀπολελυμένη Matt.

85

ἀπορέω

5, 32. 19, 9. Luke 16,-18. Once vice
versa, Ο. acc. τὸν ἄνδρα Mark 10, 12.—Diod.
Sic. 12. 18 νόμος ὁ διδοὺς ἐξουσίαν τῇ γυ-
ναικὶ ἀπολύειν τὸν ἄνδρα.
ἀπομάσσω V. -ττω, ἴ. ξω, (μάσσω.) to
wipe off, τὰ δάκρυα Pol. 15. 26. 3.—In Ν. 'T.
Mid. to wipe off from oneself; c. acc. et
dat. incommodi, Luke 10, 11 τὸν κονιορτὸν
εὐ ἀπομασσόμεϑα ὑμῖν. ὁ
ἀπονέμω, f. μῶ, (νέμω,) to divide off or
out, to distribute, to assign, Sept. for P2M
Deut. 4,19. Pol. 14. 4. 2.—In N. T. sim-
ply, to assign, to bestow, c. acc. 1 Pet. 3, 7
ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν. So Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 1
τιμήν. Plato Prot. 341. 6.

ἀπονίπτω, f. ψω, (νίπτω,) to wash off,
e. g. αἷμα Sept. 1 K. 22, 38.—In N. T.
Mid. to wash off oneself, to wash; ἃ. acc.
of the members, Matt. 27, 24 keentiare
tas χεῖρας he washed his own hands, as a
symbol of his isnocence ; see Deut. 21, 6. 7.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 16. Schol, in Soph. Ajac.
663.—Hom. Od. 22. 478 χεῖρας. Absol.
Plato Conv. 223. d.

ἀποπίπτω, aor. 2 ἀπέπεσον, (πίπτω,)
to fall off from, with ἀπό c. gen. Acts 9, 18.
—Sept. Job 24, 24. Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 33.

ἀποπλανάω, ὦ, f. ἥσω, (πλανάω,) to
make wander away, to cause to go astray,
Sept. for 2330 Jer. 50,6.—In N. T. trop.
to lead astray, to seduce, c. acc. Mark 13,
22. Pass. to go astray, to err, ἀπὸ τῆς
πίστεως 1 Tim. 6, 10. Sept. for "Un
Prov. 7, 21. So Pol. 3. 57. 4. Aschin.
79. 6. Pass. Ecclus. 4, 19. Plato Ax.
369. d.

ἀποπλέω, f. πλεύσω, (πλέω,) to sail
away, with εἰς 6. acc. of place whither,
Acts 13, 4. 14, 26. 27, 1; κἀκεῖϑεν of
place whence, Acts 20, 15.—Dem. 932. 17.
Xen. An. 5. 4. 12.

ἀποπλύνω, f. νῶ, (πλύνω,) to wash off
or out, to rinse, e. g. nets, c. acc. Luke 5, 2.
Sept. for 022 2 Sam. 19, 24.—Jos. Ant. 8.
15. 6. Plato Tim. 665. d.

ἀποπνίγω, f. £0, (viya,) to quite choke
or strangle, i.q. πνίγω strengthened; 6. σ᾽
by drowning, Pass. Luke 8, 33. Trop. of
plants, c. acc. Matt. 13, 7. Luke 8, '7.—
Tob. 3, 8. Hdian. 1. 17. 24. Xen. Hell. 3.
1. 14.

ἀπορέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἄπορος: a priv
πόρος,) to be without way or means, to be at
a loss, Jos. Ant. 1. 21.1. Ail. V. H. 8. 5.
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 5.—In N. T. Mid. dw opov-
pat, to be at a loss with oneself, to be in dowit,

απορία

perpiexed ; absol. John 13, 22. 2-Cor. 4,8;
ἐν ὑμῖν as to you Gal. 4, 20; εἰς c. ace. id.
Acts 25,20; περί c. gen. Luke 24,4 Lachm.

So Sept. Gen. 32,7. Pol. 20. 5.8. Xen.
An. 7. 3. 29.

ἀπορία, as, ἧ; (ἀπορέω,) * the sig at
a loss, i.e. doubt, perplexity of mind, Luke
21,25. Sept. for MS Is. 8, 22.—Hdian.
2.12.5. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 13.

ἀποῤῥίπτω, f. spo, (ῥίπτω,) to throw
off or away, τὰ ὅπλᾳ Hdian. 8. 4. 27. Sept.
for JO Ex. 22, 31.In Ν᾿ Ἐν reflex.
with ἑαυτόν impl. to throw oneself off, e. 8:
from a ship into the sea; Acts. 27,43 ἐκέ-
λευσε τοὺς. | dernpld rae [ἑαυτοὺς πρώ-
τους κτλ. ‘So. Luc. V. Hist. 1. 30 καὶ
ἀποῤῥίψαντες ἐνηχόμεϑα.

ἀπορφανίζω, f. iow, (dppavite,) to
make wholly orphan, to bereave wholly, Pass.
Hschyl. Choéph. 247.—In Ν. T. Pass.
trop. to be wholly bereaved,” pregn. c. ἀπό
τινος, 1 Thess. 2 17, ἀπορφανισϑέντες ἀφ᾽
ὑμῶν being bereaved and separated from you.

ἀποσκευάζω, f. dow, (σκευάζω, oKed-
os;) to pack away, to clear away, Sept. for
m8 Lev. 14,36; τὴν ὀροφήν Lycurg. 166.
9. Mid. id: in respect to oneself, Jos. Ant.
14. 6, 2. B. J. 1.13. 5 τὴν ὑποψίαν. ib. 1.
31,1. Hdian. 1. 9. 1. Pol. 2. 26. 6.—In N.
T. Mid. Acts 21,15 ἀποσκευασάμενοι ἀνε-
βαίνομεν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, lit. having packed
away we went up to Jerusalem, i. e. prob.
having deposited or stored away in Cesarea
the luggage which had been necessary on
a long sea-voyage. Later editions read ém-
σκευασάμενοι q. V.

ἀποσκίασμα, aros, τό, (ἀποσκιάζω,) a
shading: off, shadow, obscuration ; James 1,
17 οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα,
in whom is no alternation neither shadow
from change, i. e. obscuration connected
with the changes or revolutions of a hea-
venly body, as the moon, or as in the case
of eclipses. See Wetst. in loc.

ἀποσπάυ, ὦ, f. dow, (σπάω,) to draw
from or out, to draw away, viz.

1. Of things, to draw out, e. g. a sword
from the scabbard, τὴν μάχαιραν, Matt. 26,
51. Comp. Dem. 845, 18 τὰ Supmpara.

2. Of persons, 6. g. disciples,, to draw
away from any one, ὁ. acc. et ὀπίσω τινός
Acts 20, 3. (dil. V. H. 13. 31.) Pass.
aor. 1 ἀπεσπάσϑην in Mid. sense, to draw
off oneself, to go away, to depart; with ἀπό
c. gen. Luke 22, 41. Acts 21, 1. So 2
Mace. 12, 10. 17. Diod. Sic. 20. 39. Act. c.
300. Xen. An. 1. 8, 13.

86

ἀποστέλλω

ἀποστασία, ας, ἡ, (ἀφίστημι,) aposta
sy, defection, a falling away, Acts 21, 21. 2
Thess. 2, 3. Sept. for 70 Jer. 29, 32.—
Plut. Galb. 1. A later word for the earlier
ἀπόστασις, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 528.

ἀποστάσιον, iov, τό, (ἀφίστημι,) de-
fection, desertion, 6. δ. “οἵ a freedman from
his patron Dem. 940. 15.—-In N. T. @ put-
ting away, divorce ; hence βιβλίον ἄποστα-
σίου a bill of divorce, Matt. 19, 7. Mark
10, 4. Meton. simply ἀποστάσιον id. Matt.
5,31. So Sept. βιβλίον ἀποστασίου for "2S
ὍΣΣ Deut. 24, 1. 3. Is. 50, 1.

ἀποστεγάζω, f. dow, (στεγάζω,) to un-
roof, i. e. to dig through (ἐξορύσσειν) the
flat roof of an oriental house, c. acc. τὴν στέ-
γὴν Mark 2,4; comp. Luke 5, 19.—Strabo
4. Ῥ.. 303. a. ib. 8. p. 542. 6, ἀποστεγάσειν
τὸν νεών.

ἀποστέλλω, f. ελῶ, (στέλλω,) aor. 1
ἀπέστειλα, Perf. ἀπέσταλκα, Pass. aor. 2
ἀπεστάλην. :

1. to send off or away, to send forth. a)
Genr. of persons, as sent with a message or
commands, i. e. a messenger, agent, or the
like; c. acc. Matt. 10, 5 τούτους τοὺς dade-
κα ἀπέστειλεν 6 Ἰησοῦς. v. 16. 40. 24, 31.
Mark 9, 37. 11,1. Luke 10, 3. 16. John
3, 34. 7, 29. Acts 3, 20. al. sep. Pass.
John 1, 24. Rom. 10, 15. al. Sept. for
md Gen. 28, 5. (Diod. Sic. 11. 28. Thuc.
1. 91. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 9.) Mark 6, 7 ἤρξα-
To αὐτοὺς ἀποστέλλειν δύο δύο to send them
forth two and two.. So with two accus. of
pers. and predic. Acts 7, 35 τοῦτον ὁ eds
ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέστειλεν. 1 John
4, 10. Acts 3, 26. Mark 12,3. With acc.
and an adjunct of pers. ο whom or of place
whither ; e. g. acc. and dat. of pers. Matt.
22, 16 ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς μαϑητὰς
αὑτῶν (see Winer § 31. 2. par. 2). So with
ace. and εἰς c. acc. of place Matt. 20, 2.

Luke 1, 26. John 3, 17. Acts 7, 34. al. or.

eis c, acc. of pers. Matt. 15, 24. Luke 11,
49; or εἰς c. acc. of purpose, Pass. Luke
4, 43. Heb. 1, 14. With acc. and πρός c.
acc. of pers. Matt. 23, 34 ἀποστέλλω πρὸς
ὑμᾶς προφήτας Mark 12, 6. Acts 8,14. 9,
38. 2 Cor. 12, 17;
13, 34. With ace. and πρὸ προσώπου τινος
‘Matt. 11, 10 (comp. Mal. 3,1). Mark 1, 2.
Luke 7, 27. 10, 1. (Sept. Ex. 23, 20.) Also
ἔμπροσϑέν τινος John 3, 28; ὀπίσω τινος
Luke 19, 14. Also with acc. and an ad-
junct of place whence; 6. g. acc. and ἐκ c.
gen. of place, John 1,19; or ἀπό c. gen. of
place 1 Pet. 1,12; also c. πρός τινα Acts 11,
11; or ἀπό c. gen. of pers. Acts 10, 17;

Pass. Matt. 23, 37. Luke -

———_

ἀποστερέω

also with παρά c. gen. of pers. John 1, 6;
ἔξω c. gen. of place Mark. 5,10. Further,
with acc. and infin. of purpose, Matt. 22, 3
ἀπέστειλε τοὺς δούλους αὑτοῦ καλέσαι κτλ.
Mark 3, 14. Luke 1,19. 4, 18. John 4, 38.
1 Cor. 1, 17. al. and so infin. after acc. and
εἴς τινα Acts 26,17; also after acc. and
πρός Twa Matt. 21, 34. With acc. of pers.
and iva, John 7, 32; also ἵνα after acc. and
πρός τινα Mark 12, 2.13. Luke 20, 10.
With acc. of pers. ὡὰ ὅπως, Acts 9, 17;
also ὅπως after acc. and πρός τινα Luke 7, 8.
b) Spec. to send away a prisoner to another
tribunal; with acc. and ἱ πρός τινα, John 18, 24
ἀπέστειλεν οὖν αὐτὸν 6” Avvas δεδεμένον πρὸς
Καϊάφαν, i. 6. Annas had sent him; see
Buttm. §137.3. Winer ᾧ41.ὅ. ὁ) Intrane.
or with acc. impl. to send off or forth, to dis-
patch a messenger or agent for some pur-
pose; Matt. 2, 16 καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλε
πάντας τοὺς παῖδας κτὰ. and sending forth
he slew all the children. Mark 6, 17. Acts 7,
14. Rev. 1, 1. (Comp. Plut. de Puer. educ.
14 pen. πέμψας ἀνεῖλε τὸν Θεόκριτον. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 6.). With εἰς c. acc. of place,
Matt. 14, 35. Acts 5, 21. 11, 13; πρός 6.
acc. of pers. Matt. 27, 19. Mark 3, 31. John
5, 33..11, 3. Acts 11, 30. 13, 15; iva Acts
16,36. So Sept. intrans. Gen. 20, 2. 1 Sam.
16, 11.12. al. sep. ἀ) i. q. to dismiss, to
let 80; c. ace. et εἰς, Mark 8, 26 ἀπέστειλεν
αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ: Matt. 8, 31
Griesb. ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην.
Also Luke 4, 19 [18] ἀποστεῖλαι τεϑραυ-
σμένους ἐν ἀφέσει, quoted from Is. ὅϑ, 6
where Sept. for DYYAN HEIZ] MDB. So
Pol. 5. 10. 4. Xen. An. 2. 1. 5.
2. Of things, to send away, to send forth,
e. g. from one person to another; as a
beast, c. acc. Matt. 21,3. Mark 11,3. (So

τὴν ἐπιστολήν Al. V. H. 12. 513; τὰ πλοῖα

Xen. Hell. 5. 1. 23.) Mark 4, 29 ἀπο-
στέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, he sendeth forth the
sickle ; comp. Joel 4, 9 [3, 13], where Heb.
D372 nbs, Sept. ἐξαποστέλλω δρέπανα.
Sept. deoorttiag τὴν χεῖρα for “Δ N>e
Ex. 9,15. Also John 9, 7 Σιλωὰ, ὅ ἐρμε-
ψεύεται ἀπεσταλμένος, i. 6. Heb. mbes pr. a
sending forth of water, a conduit, aqueduct ;
seein Σιλωάμ. With acc. and dat. of pers.
to send any thing to ἃ person ; Acts 10, 36
τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀπέστειλε τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.
Pass. . dat. Acts 13, 26. 28, 28. a
with acc. and ἐπί τινα. as a thing promi
τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν... ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ra 24, τ
-- 1. V. H. 12. 57 οἱ μὲν ϑεοὶ σηβα eo
τοῖς καὶ τέρατα ἀπέστελλον. ὶ
ἀποστερέω, f. How, (στερέω,) οὐ να,
to defraud, to despoil, ἀπό being thus ex-

87

ἀποστοματΐζω

pressed by Lat. de in composition ; absol,
Mark 10,9; c.acc. of pers. 1 Cor. 6,8 ἀπο-
στερεῖτε... ἀδελφούς. 1 Cor. 7, 5, comp.
Ex. 21,10. Mid. or Pass. to let defraud
oneself, to be defrauded ; absol, 1 Cor. 6, 7;
with gen. of thing, 1 Tim. 6,5 ἀπεστηρη-
μένων τῆς ἀληϑείας defrauded (destitute) of
the truth. So with acc. of pers, Hdot. 7
155; acc. of pers. and gen. of thing Ecclus.
29, 6. Dem. 207. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 63.—
Also pr. with acc. of thing ; Pass. James 5,
4 6 μισϑὸς.. .. ὁ ἀπεστηρημένος, the hire...
kept back by fraud. So Act. c. acc. μισϑόν,
Sept. for PY Deut. 24, 14. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
38. Plut. Demosth. 4.

ἀποστολή, fis, ἡ, (ἀποστέλλω,) α send-
ing off, expedition, of ships Thuc. 8. 9 ; of
a person Plut. Timol. 1—In N. T. apostle-
ship, the office of an apostle, Acts 1, 25.
Rom. 1, 5. 1. ον. 9, 2. Gal. 2, 8.

ἀπόστολος, ov, ὃ, (ἀποστέλλω,) one
sent forth, a messenger, apostle.

1. Genr. of any messenger, John 13, 16.
2 Cor. 8,23. Phil. 2,25, comp. 4,18. Sept.
for >t} 1 K. 14, 6.—Hodot. 1. 21.

2. Of messengers or ambassadors sent
from God, joined with προφῆται, Luke 11,
49. Eph. 3, 5. Rev. 2,2. 18,20. So of the
Messiah, Heb. 3, 1.

3. Spec. an apostle of Christ,e.g. α)
of δώδεκα ἀπόστολοι, the twelve aposiles,
Matt. 10,2. Luke 6,13. 9, 10. 22, 14.
1 Cor. 12, 28. 2 Pet. 3,2. Jude 17. Rev.
21, 14. al. These are called by Paul of
ὑπερλίαν ἀπόστολοι, 2 Cor. 11, 5. 12,11;
and are also spoken of after the fall of Judas
as of ἕνδεκα ἀπ. Acts 1, 26, comp. Mark
16,14. So of Paul, as being κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν
the apostle of the gentiles, Rom. 11, 13.
1 Tim. 2,'7. 2 Tim. 1,11; also Rom. 1, 1.
Gal. 1,1. Eph. 1, 1. al. 8) In,a wider
sense of the helpers and companions of the
twelve or of Paul; e. g. of Paul and Bar-
nabas Acts 14, 4. 14; perh. of Andronicus
and Junias, Rom. 16,7. +

ἀποστοματίξζω, f. iow, (ardpa,) lit. tc
mouth it off, pr. i. 4. ἀπὸ στόματος εἴπειν, tc
speak or repeat from the lips, by heart, off-
hand ; so of teachers dictating to their pu-
pils, as was the custom at Athens, Plato
Euthyd. 276. ὁ. 277. a; comp. Ruhnk. ad
Plat. Tim. p. 43,44. So too of teachers
causing their pupils to repeat by heart ;
Suid. ἀποστοματίζειν φασὶ τὸν διδάσκαλον,
ὅταν κελεύει τὸν παῖδα λέγειν ἄττα ἀπὸ στό-
Also of the Sybil repeating or dic-
tating an oracle or response, Plut. Thes.
24 fin.—Hence in N. ‘I’. ἐο make one answ

ἀποστρεφω

off hand, to draw out by artful questions,
ce. acc. Luke 11, 53.

ἀποστρέφω, f. ψω, (στρέφω.) 1. to
turn away or aside; c. acc. et ἀπό ὃ. gen.
2 Tim. 4, 4 ἀπὸ. τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν
ἀποστρέψουσιν. Luke 23, 14 ἀποστρέφοντα
τὸν λαόν SC. ἀπὸ τοῦ καίσαρος Vv. 2. ‘Trop.
Acts 3,26. Rom. 11,26 ἀποστρέψει ἀδικίας
ἀπὸ Ἰσραήλ, quoted from Sept. Is. 59, 20
where Sept. for swig "at. Sept. for "707
Ex. 23, 25. Prov. "A, 27.1 Mace. 3, 8;
6. acc. Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 96.

2. Mid. ἀποστρέφομαι, Pass. aor. 2
ἀπεστράφην with Mid. signif. to turn one-
self away from, c. acc, see Buttm. § 113. 4.
Kiihner §197.3. Hence genr. to turn away
from, to refuse, to reject, c. ace. Matt. 5, 42.
Tit. 1, 14. Heb. 12, 25; to forsake, c. acc.
2 Tim. 1,15. Sept. for m3y Hos. 8, 3; wu»
Jer. 15, 6.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4.3. Plut. Cato
Maj. 24 pen. Pol. 9. 39. 6.

3. Spec. and from the context, to turn
away back, to return, see in ἀπό note 3;
c. acc. et eis, Matt. 26, 52 ἀπόστρεψόν σου
τὴν μάχαιραν εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς. So acc.
et dat. Matt. 27, 8 τὰ ἀργύρια τοῖς ἱερεῦσι.
Sept. for avis Gen. 24, 5. 28,15. Comp.
Dem, 1491. 9 εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν ἀποστρέ-
ψειαν δὲ Seoi.

ἀποστυγέω, ὦ, f. noe, ὡνυγῶ to
hate utterly, to abhor, c. acc: Rom. 12, 9.—
Eurip. Ion 500 τὸν ἄπαιδα δ᾽ shoes. βίον.
Hdot. 6. 129.

> ΄ é s :
αποσυνώγωγος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (συνα-

yoyn,) put away, out, from the synagogue,
excommunicated, John 9,22. 12,42. 16,2.—
The Rabbins speak of three kinds of ex-
communication, called 9453, Dan, xmaw.
The first continued for 30 days ; the person
‘might not bathe, nor shave his head, nor
approach another nearer than four cubits ;
he was as a mourner, but might be present
at public assemblies. If he remained ob-
stinate at the end of the 30 days, the second
kind was superadded ; by which he was laid
under a heavy curse, was excluded from all
assemblies, and from all intercourse with
others. The third species is mentioned
only by the later Rabbins, who describe it
as an utter and perpetual exclusion from all
the privileges of the Jewish people, both
civil and religious. See Buxtorf Lex. Chald.
col. 1303, 827, 2466. Lightfoot Hor. Heb.
in Joh. 9, 22 et 1 Cor. 5, 5. Winer Realw.
art. Bann.
ἀποτάσσω v. -ττω, t. ξω, (rdooo,)
to set off in a certain order, to assign sepa-
rately, to separate, 1 Mace. 11:3. Jos. B. J.

88 ἀποτομία

3.4, 2. Plato Theet. 153. e—In N. T:
Mid. ἀποτάσσομαι, f. Eoua, to separate
oneself, and so to take leave, to bid farewell,
a signif. of the Alexandrian dialect and
espec. in Josephus and Philo; see Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 23,24. a) Pr. of a person who
himself goes away, c. dat. Luke 9,61. Acts
18, 18. 21. 2 Cor. 2,13. So Jos. Ant. 8.
13. 7. Liban. Decl. 30. p. 699. ἃ.. 0) Ot
one who sends others away, i. 4. 10 send
away, to dismiss, c. dat. Mark 6,46; parall.
is ἀπολύω Matt. 14,23. So Jos. Ant. 11.
8.6. 0) Trop. i. q. to forsake, c. dat. Luke
14,33. So Jos. Ant. 11. 6.8. Jamblich.
Vit. Pyth. 28. p. 145.

ἀποτέλέω, @, f. ἔσω, (τελέω,) to finish
off, to complete fully, 2 Macc. 15, 39. Xen.
Hell. 3. 2. 10.—In N. T. Pass. to be finished
off, completed; James 1, 15 ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία
ἀποτελεσϑεῖσα ἀποκύει Θάνατον, sin when
completed, i. 6. brought out into full exer-
cise; comp. τελεῖν ἐπιϑυμίαν σαρκός Gal.
5,16. So Plato Gorg. 503. d, ras ἐπιϑυ-
pias ἀποτελεῖν. Xen. Cony. 8. 34.

ἀποτίδημι, f. ϑήσω, (τίϑημι,) to put
off or away, a crown Sept. Cod. Alex. for
Dwi Ez. 21, 31 [26]; to expose a chiid,
Plato Theet. 161. a—In N. T. only Mid.
to put off from oneself, to lay aside, c. acc.

᾿ τὰ ἱμάτια Acts 7, 58. (2 Macc. 8, 35. Atl.

V. H. 3.3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4.11.) Trop. to
put off or awdy, to renounce, ὁ. acc. Rom.
13, 12 τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους. Eph. 4, 22. 25.
Col. 3, 8. Heb. 12,1. James 1, 21. 1 Pet.
2,1." So Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8 τὸ ψεῦδος.
Dion. Hal. 9. 33 τὴν ὀργήν.

ἀποτινάσσω, f. ξω, (τινάσσω,) to shake
off, c. acc. et ἀπό Luke 9, 5; acc. et eis
Acts 28, 5. Sept. Mid. for ἜΣ Niph. Judg,
16, 20.—Eurip. Bacch. 253 οὐκ ἀποτινάξεις
κισσόν..

ἀποτίνω, f. ica, (rive,) to pay off or in
full, and so to repay, absol. Philem. 19.
Sept. for nbt Prov. 22, 27.—Hdian. 2. 11.
14. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 5.

ἀποτολμάω, ὦ, f. now, (τολμάω.) to
have full courage, to be quite bold, very bold,
i, 4. τολμάω strengthened ; absol. Rom. 10,
20 Ἡσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει but Esaias
is very bold and saith, comes out boldly.—
ZEschin. 72. 17 ἀποτολμᾷν λέγειν. Diod.
Sic. 12. 17. Plato Rep. 503. b.

ἀποτομία, as, ἧ, (ἀπότομος, ἀποτέμνω.)
pr. a-cuiting off, and hence steepness, comp.
ὄρη ἀπότομα Xen. An. 4. 1. 2—In N. T
trop. decisiveness, severity, Rom. 11, 22 bis.
So Diod. Sic. 12. 16 dz. τῶν νόμων. Plut.
de Puer. educ. 18.

ee aS ee

ἀποτόμως

> 4 *

ἀποτόμως, adv. (ἀπότομος.) pr. with a
eutting off, utterly, Wisd. 5, 22; absolutely
Dem. 1402. 16.—In N. Τ᾿. trop. decisively,
severely, 2 Cor. 13, 10. Tit. 1, 13. So Pol.
17. 11. 2.

ἀποτρέπω, f. yo, (τρέπω,) to turn
away or aside, trans. Ecclus. 20, 29. Xen.
Conv. 4.'7.—In N. T. only Mid. to turn
oneself away from any one, i. 4. to turn
away from, to avoid, c. acc. 2 Tim. 3, 5;
see Buttm. § 135. 4. Kiihner ᾧ 250. 1. b.
So Aeschyl. Sept. adv. Theb. 1060 φοβοῦμαι
κἀποτρέπομαι δεῖμα πολιτῶν. Antiphon.721.
6. Plut. Cleom. 9.

ἀπουσία, as, ἡ, (dreyu,) absence, Phil.
2, 12.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4.5. Dem. 10. 5. Xen.
Vect. 9. 10.

ἀποφέρω, (φέρω!) aor. 1 ἀπήνεγκα
Mark 1ὅ, 1 ; aor. 2 infin. ἀπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor.
16, 3; Pass. aor. 1 inf. ἀπενεχϑῆναι Luke
16, 22; to bear or carry away from one
place or person to another ; with acc. and
eis of place, 1 Cor. 16, 3. Rev. 17,3; Pass.
Luke 16, 22; acc. and ἐπί c. acc. of place
Rey. 21, 10. [Acts 19, 12] ; acc. impl. Mark
15,1. Sept. for 8°31 2 Chr. 36, '7.—Lys.
"395. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19.

ἀποφεύγω, f. ξω, (φεύγω,) to flee away,
tc escape from any thing, c. acc. 2 Pet. 2,
18. 20. (Plato Tim. 44. c. Xen. Mem. 3.
11. 8.) Once with gen. because of ἀπό in
comp. 2 Pet. 1, 4 τῆς φϑορᾶς. See Winer
ἡ 56. 4. ο.

ἀποφϑέγγομαι, f. Sona, Mid. depon.
(P%eyyoua,) to utter forth, to speak out, to
declare, absol. Acts 2,4; acc. of thing Acts
26, 25; dat. of pers. Acts 2,14. Sept. for

822 1 Chr. 25, 1.—Diog. Laert. 1. 63. |

Philo de Mos. IL. p. 139. 32.

ἀποφορτίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. (pop-
ritw,) to unload one’s own burden, to unlade,
so of a ship, c. ace. Acts 21, 3 ἀποφορτιζό-
μενον τὸν γόμον, i.e. about to wnlade HER
burden.—Philo de Prem. p. 915. b. Dion.
Hal. 3. 44 ai δὲ μείζους (νῆες)... ἀποφορτί-
ζονται σκάφαις.

ἀπόχρησις, ews, 7), (ἀποχράομαι.) a
using up, consumption by use; Col. 2, 22
ἅ ἐστι πάντα cis φϑορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει,
which all are to perish with the using, i. 6.
all which things so forbidden perish in be-
ing used up, consumed. The clause is
parenthetic ; and the next words, κατὰ τὰ
ἐντάλματα κτὰ. are then to be. connected
with v. 20. (Plut. Quest. Rom. 18 χαίρειν
ταῖς τοιαύταις ἀποχρήσεσι καὶ συστολαῖς

τῶ» περιττῶν. Dion. Hal. 1, p. 47.) Others

89 ἀπρόσιτος

connect κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα directly with τῇ
ἀποχρήσει, thus: which all are for perdition
in the using (comp. Gal. 6, 8), according to
the precepts of men; see Kypke, De Wette,
in loc.

ἀποχωρέω, &, f. how, (χωρέω,) to give
way from, to go away, to depart ; with ἀπό
c. gen. Matt. '7, 23 (comp. Ps. 6, 8). Luke
9, 39. Acts 13, 13. Sept. for 3102 Jer. 46,
5.—Pol. 1. 11. 15. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 3.

ἀποχωρίζω, f. iow, (χωρίξω,) to sepa-
rate off or out, Plato Soph. 226. d; to set
apart, to appoint, Sept. Ez. 43, 21. Lys.
147. 17.—In N. T. genr. to separate, to part
asunder; Pass. aor. 1 ἀπεχωρίσθην with
Mid. signif. Rev. 6,14 καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχω-
ρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον εἱλισσόμενον, and the
heavens parted asunder as a scroll rolled up,
i.e. the heavens were rent and the parts
rolled away as a scroll; comp. Is, 34, 4.
With ἀπό c. gen. Acts 15, 39 ἀποχωρισϑῆ-
vat αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων.

ἀποψύχω, f. £w, (ψύχω.) to leave off
breathing, and so to:faint, to swoon, Od. 24.
348. Jos. Ant. 19. 1. 15; do expire, to die,
Thue. 1. 134.—In Ν, T. trop. to faint, to
fail at heart ; absol. Luke 21, 26 ἀποψυχόν-
τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ φόβου, parall. is ὡσεὶ
νεκροί Matt. 28, 4. So Lat. expiro Senec.
Nat. Quest. 2. 59. .

"Ἄππιος, ov, 6, Appius, i. e. Appius
Claudius Ceecus, a censor of Rome, who
built they celebrated Appian way leading
from Rome to Brundusium; portions of
which remain at the present day in many
places.—In N. T. ᾿ΑἈππίου φόρον, Lat.
Appii Forum, Acts 28, 15; the name of a
small town on the Appian way, 43 Roman
miles from Rome according to the Itin.
Anton. p. 107, or 37 R. miles according to
the Itin. Hieros. p. 611, ed. Wesseling. It
lay in the Pontine marshes; and is de-
scribed by Horace as ‘ differtum nautis, cau-
ponibus atque malignis,’ Sat. 1. 5. 4.—The
place called Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι, Lat. Tres
Taberne, Engl. the Three Taverns, Acts
l. c. lay on the same road, 10 R. miles
nearer to Rome; Itin. Anton. 1. c.—Cicero
writes, ad Att. 2. 10 ‘Ab Appii Foro, hora
quarta; dederam aliam paulo ante Tribus
Tabernis.’ ib. 2. 12 ‘ Emerseram commode
ex Antiati in Appiam ad Tris Tabernas.’

ἀπρόσιτος, ov, 6, ἣἧ, adj. (a priv. mpdo~
εἰμι) not to be approached, unapproachable ;
1 Tim. 6, 16 φῶς ἀπρόσιτον light unap-
proachable, excessive ; comp. Ez. 1, 4. 26-
Mewvol 3. 49, 7 ἀπρόσιτα ὄρη. Diod. Sic.
19. 96. ἶ

ἀπρόσκοπος

ἀπρόσκοπος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (α priv.
προσκόπτω,) not striking against, not stum-
bling, i. e.

1. Act. not causing to stumble ; trop. not
causing to fall, not leading into sin, 1 Cor.
10, 32.—Pr. of a way, Ecclus. 35, 21.

2. Pass. not made to stumble; trop. not
falling into sin, faultless, Acts 24, 16.
Phil, 1, 10.

ἀπροσωπολήπτως, ady. (a priv. προσ-
ὡποληπτέω,) without respect of persons, im-
partially, 1 Pet. 1,17. For this Hebraism
see in λαμβάνω and πρόσωπον.

ἄπταιστος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a priv.
mraiw,) not stumbling, of a horse Xen. Eq.
1.6.—In N. T. trop. not falling into sin,
faultless, parall. ἄμωμος, Jude 24.. So 3
Mace. 6, 39. Luc. Amor. 46 8¢ ἀπταίστου.
καὶ ἀκλινοῦς βίου.

ἅπτω, f. ψω, to adapt, to apply one
thing to another, to fix or fasten upon, pr.
Hom. Od. 21. 408.—In N. T.

1. Of fire as applied to any thing, to set |

Jire to, to kindle, to light, c. acc. λύχνον
Luke 8, 16. 11, 33. 15,8; πῦρ 22, 55;
τυράν Acts 28, 2 Lachm.—Judith 13, 13
πῦρ. Aeschin. 27. 7. Thuc. 4. 100.

2. More freq. is Mid. ἅπτομαι, to apply
oneself to, i. q. to touch, constr. with a gen.
of pers. or thing, or of the part touched;
Buttm. § 132. 5. 6. Kiihner ᾧ 273. 3. b.

a) Pr. and genr. c. gen. of pers. some
part of whom is touched; Matt. 8, 3 ἥψατο
αὐτοῦ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς. 17,'7. Mark 1, 41. 3, 10.
5, 31. 6, 56. 8, 22. 10, 13. Luke 5, 13. 6,
19. 7, 39. 8, 45 bis. 46. 47. 18, 15. John
20, 17 μή μου ἅπτου, comp. Matt. 28, 9.

With gen. of the member touched, Matt. 8,

15 ἥψατο τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς. 9, 29. 20,34.
Mark 7, 33. Luke 22,51. With gen. of a
garment, τοῦ ἱματίου Matt. 9,21. Mark 5,
27. 28. 30; also rod κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου
Matt.. 9, 20. 14, 36. Mark 6, 56. Luke 8,
44; id. impl. Matt. 14,36. Once τῆς σοροῦ
Luke 7, 14. Sept. for 932.2 K. 13, 21. Is.
6,7. So Antiphon. 785. pen. ἐμοῦ. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 24.—Spec. to ouch in order to
do harm or violence, c. gen. 1 John 5, 18.
Sept. for 532.1 Chr. 16,22. So Auschin.
73. 30. Plato Cony. 221. b.

b) In the Levitical sense, to touch, to come
in contact with; see Lev. 5, 2. 3, where’
Sept. for 532. So ec. gen. 2 Cor. 6, 17
dxaSdprov μὴ ἅπτεσϑε, in allusion to Is. 52,
11 where Sept. for 732. Absol. Col. 2, 21
μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ yeton, μηδὲ ϑίγης, sc. forbid-
den food or other like things; a precept
of Judaizing teachers; see in ἀπόχρησις.

90

dpu

(Xen. Cyr..1. 3.5.) Others: to touch food,
i. 4. to eat; so Kypke in loc. comp. Hom.
Od. 4. 60 σίτου Y ἅπτεσϑον. Xen. Mem. 2.
1.2. Diog. Laert. 8. 1. 19 ἀλεκτρυόνος μὴ
ἅπτεσϑαι λευκοῦ.

c) Spec. ἅπτεσθαι γυναικός, to touch a
woman, to have carnal intercourse with her,
1 Cor. 7,1. Sept. for 533 Gen. 20, 6; =P
Gen, 20, 4.—Jos. Ant. 1. 8: 1. Plut. Alex.
M. 21. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8.

‘Ardila, as, ἡ; Apphia, Appia, pr. n.
fem. Philem. 2. According to Chrysostom
and Theodoret she was the wife of Phi-
lemon.

ἀπωδέω, &, f. ἀπώσω, (%ée,) to thrust

᾿ away, to cast off, Sept. for M2 Ps. 43, 2.

Hdot. 1. 173.—In N. T. Mid. ἀπωϑέομαι,
ovpat, aor. 1 ἀπωσάμην (in Attic writers
always with the augment, ἐω- Thuc. 7. 52.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1..26. Thom. Mag. p. 403,)
to thrust away from, oneself, i.e. a) Genr.
to thrust away, to drive off, c. acc. Acts 7,
27. Sept. for P"795 Ez. 11,16. So Hdian.
4. 14. 18, Pol.-12. 23. 4. b) Spec. i. q.
to rgect, to refuse, c. acc. of pers. or thing,
Acts 13, 46. Rom. 11, 1.2. 1 Tim. 1, 19;
acc. impl. Acts 7, 39. . Sept. for O82 Hos. °
9,17. Jer. 6,19. So Plut. J. Ces. 61. Xen.
Cyr. 6, 1. 26.

ἀπώλεια, ας; ἧ, (ἀπόλλυμι,) utter de-
struction, perdition, viz.

1. Of persons: a) Pr. destruction,
death; Acts 25,16 R. χαρίζεσϑαί twa...
eis ἀπώλειαν. Sept. for V2U Esth. 7, 4;
DT Is. 34,5. So Hdian. 8. 8. 9. Asop.
Fab. 48. + Ὁ) Spec. eternal destruction, per-
dition, the second death; see in ἀπόλλυμι
no. 1. a. y, and ἀποϑνήσκω no. 2. Matt. 7,
13 ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, Opp.
εἰς τὴν ζωὴν v. 14. Acts 8, 20. Rom. 9, 22.
Phil. 1, 28. 3, 19. 1 Tim. 6,9. Heb. 10, 39.
2 Pet. 2, 1 fin. 3. 3, 7.16. Rev. 17, 8. 11.
So 2 Pet. 2, 1 αἵρεσεις ἀπωλείας destructive
heresies, destroying the soul. Meton. id. v.

| 2, where later edit. ταῖς ἀσελγείαις. Also

ὁ vids τῆς ἀπωλείας the son of perdition, by
Hebr. ‘one doomed to perdition, John 17,
12. 2 Thess. 2,3. So Sept. τέκνα τῆς ἀπω-
λείας for SUB "TS" Is, 57, 4.

2. Of things, destruction, a consuming,
Hdian. 1. 14. 11; and so loss, waste, Matt.
26, 8. Mark 14,4. Sept. for 773% Joss, a
thing lost, Lev. 5,.22. 23 [6, 3. 4].

apd, as, ἡ, prayer, supplication, Hom.
Tl. 15. 598. Hdot. 6. 63—In N. T. impre-
cation, execration, cursing, Rom. 3, 14.
Sept. for M28 Num. 5, 23. Is. 24,6. So
Pol. 9. 40. 6. Plato Legg. 742. Ὁ.

ἄρα
᾿ ἄρα; pr. an illative particle ; see Buttm.
§ 149.-2. m. 26. Kiihner ᾧ 324. 3. Herm.
ad. Vig. p. 820sq. >

1. In a direct conclusion, therefore, then,
now, marking transition to what naturally
follows by inference from what precedes.
Thus i
. a) As in Gr. usage, not first in a clause,
Winer §65. 5. Rom. 7, 21 εὑρίσκω dpa τὸν
νόμον κτὰ. 8,1. Gal. 8, 1; ἐπεὶ dpa since
then, since in that case, 1 Cor. 5, 10. 7, 14.
So Wisd. 6, 20. Lue. D. Mort. 13. 1. Xen.
Hell. 4. 8.4. Plato Lys. 213. a.

b) Contrary to Gr. usage dpa stands also
first in a clause; Winer |. c. So genr.
Luke 11, 48 ἄρα μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ κτὰ. Rom.
10, 17. 2 Cor. 7, 12. Gal. 4, 31. Heb. 4, 9.
(So Sept. Ps. 139, 11. Xen. Ephes. 1. 11.)
After εἰ in a conditional clause, ἄρα begins
the apodosis, then, Matt. 12, 28. Luke 11, 20.
1 Cor. 15, 18. 2 Cor. 5,14. Gal. 2, 21. 3,
29. 5,11. Heb. 12,8. Once ἄρα in apo-
dosis does not stand first; 1 Cor. 15, 14.

6) With other particles subjoined, 6. g.
a) dpa ye or dpaye, i.e. dpa strength-
ened, therefore then, so then, at the beginning ~
of a clause, Matt. 7,20. 17, 26. Acts 11,
18; see also in no. 2. 8) dpa οὖν,
therefore then, so then, wherefore, at the be-

i of a clause, often used by Paul,
Rom. 5, 18. 7, 3: 25. 8, 12: 9, 16. 18. 14,
12. 19. Gal. 6, 10. Eph. 2, 19. 1 Thess. 5,
6. 2 Thess. 2, 15. In Gr. writers dp’ οὖν
does not stand first ina clause ; or, if so, is
to be c: to dp’ οὖν interrogative ; see
Herm. ad Vig. p. 821. Buttm. ᾧ 149. 2. marg.

2. In an indirect conclusion, after inter-
rogative words, and expressing only a slight
consequence or reference to what precedes,
then, indeed, perhaps ; sometimes not ren-
dered in English; see Kiihner § 324.3. So
after ris, ri, as τίς ἄρα who then? who?
Matt. 18, 1. 19, 25. 24, 45. Mark 4, 41.
Luke 8, 25. 12,42. 22,23; τί dpa what
then? what? Matt. 19, 27. Luke 1, 66.
Acts 12, 18. (Eurip. Iph. in Aul. 797. Luc.
Amor. §20.) So ei ἄρα if perhaps, in an
oblique clause, Mark 11,13. Acts 7,1. 8,
22; once εἴπερ ἄρα id. 1 Cor. 15, 15. Once
strengthened, εἰ dpaye if perhaps, if haply,
Acts 17,27. (Sept. Gen. 18, 3. Num. 22,
11. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2.) Also οὐκ ἄρα in-
terrog. Acts 21, 38 ; μήτι ἄρα 2 Cor. 1, 17.

dpa, interrog. part. (ἄρα with the accent
strengthened,) i. q. Lat. num, marking an
interrogation to be answered in the nega-
tive, like Engl. then ; see Kiihner §344. 5. Ὁ.
Ausf. Gr. §834. 2. Winer §61.2.n. So

91

ἀργός

Luke 18, 8 ἄρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς
γῆς; Gal. 23, 17. Sept. for 4 Neh. 3, 84
[4,2]. So Xen. Cyr. 1.4: 11. Plato Phad.
103. d—Once strengthened, dpa ye, Acts
8, 30 dpd ye γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις 3 UN-
derstandest thou then what thou readest?
Sept. for Gen. 18, 13. 26,9. So Xen.
CEc. 1. 1. Plato Conv. 192. d.

᾿Αραβία, as, ἧ; Arabia, (Heb. 373,)
the name of a vast region, including, as used
by geographers, the desert and peninsula
extending between Syria, Palestine, and the
Red Sea on the one side, and the Indian
ocean, the Persian gulf, and Babylonia on
the other. It is usually divided into Arabia
Felix occupying the peninsula in the South ;
Arabia Petrea, so called from the city Pe-
tra (Jos. B. J. 1. 6. 2), south of Palestine,
along the ’Arabah, and including the penin-
sula of Sinai; and Arabia Deserta, the great
inland tract of desert, extending from Ara-
bia Petrea and Palestine to the Persian gulf
and Babylonia. In the O. T. the name
Arabia seems to have comprised only the
two latter divisions ; comp. Jer. 25, 23. 24.
Gesen. Comm. in Is. 21,13. So also appa-
rently in N. T. for Eusebius in the fourth
century says of Midian: κεῖται ἐπέκεινα τῆς
᾿Αραβίας πρὸς νότον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τῶν Σαρακήνων
τῆς ἐρυϑρᾶς ϑαλάσσης ἐπ᾽ ἀνατολῆς, Ono-
mast. art. Μαδιάν. For Arabia Petrza, see
Bibl. Res. in Pal. Il. p. 559 sq—tIn N. T.
spoken: a) Of Arabia Petrea, Gal. 4,
25. ΒΒ) Prob. of Arabia Deserta, i. 6. the
northern portion adjacent to the territory of
Damascus, Gal. 1, 17.

ἄραγε, see in dpa no. 1. ¢.

"Apap, indec. Aram, Heb. 59 (high),
pr. n. of an ancestor of David, Matt. 1, 3. 4.
Luke 3, 33... Comp. Ruth 4, 19.

"Ἄραψ, aBos, ὃ, an Arabian, Acts 2,11

ἀργέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀργός.) not to work,
to be idle, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 57. Plato Rep.
561. d—In N. T. trop. to be inactive, slow,
to linger ; absol. 2 Pet. 2,3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα...

οὐκ ἀργεῖ. Sept. for dua Ecc. 12,3. So

1 Esdr. 2, 30. Pol. 3. 5. 8.

ἀργός, h, ὄν, (ἀεργός ; a priv. ἔργον.)
a later form occurring in Plut. Aristid. 16
ἡμέρα ἀργή. Aristot. H. An. 10. 27. Arts-
mid. 1. 32; instead of the earlier 6, ἡ dp-
yés, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17 orpariay ἀργόν.
Plato Euthyd. 272. a, μάχη ἀργός. See
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 104.

1. not working, unemployed, idle ; of per-
sons, Matt. 20, 3. 6 bis. With the idea of
choice, habit, 1 Tim. 5,13 bis. So Lycurg.

ἄργυρεος.

172. 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 57.—Hence, indo-
lent, slothful, slow, e. g. in christian duty
2 Pet. 1,8. Trop. Tit. 1, 12 γαστέρες dp-
yai slow bellies, lazy gormandizers. So
Ecclus. 37, 11. 2. V. H. 10. 14. Plato
Rep. 421. d.

2. Of things, idle, useless, fruitless ; so pr.
of land untilled Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 2; of mo-
ney lying without interest Dem, 815. 15.—
Hence in N. T. trop. Matt. 12, 36 πᾶν ῥῆ-
pa ἀργόν every idle word, i. e. morally use-
less, and so by force of the context, evil,
i. ᾳ: πονηρόν in v. 35, which is read in some
Mss. for ἀργόν. So Symm. for >438 Ley.
19, 7 where Sept. ἄϑυτον. Ci mp. Xen,
Mem. 1. 2. 57 τὸ μὲν ἐργάτην εἶναι, ὠφέλι-.
μόν τε ἀνδρώπῳ καὶ ἀγαϑὸν εἶναι - τὸ δὲ ἀρ-
γόν, βλαβερόν τε καὶ κακόν. Comp. also the
sophism, ἀργὸς λόγος, Cic. de Fat. 12.—
Also James 2,20 Lachm. ἡ πίστις χωρὶς
τῶν ἔργων apyn ἐστι, where other editt.
νεκρά. .

ἀργύρεος οὖς; €a ἃ, εον οὖν, adj. (ἄργυ-
ρος.) silver, of silver, Acts 19, 24. 2 Tim.
2, 20. Rev. 9, 20.—Sept. Gen. 24, 53.
Xen. An. 4. 7. 27.

3 4 . -

ἀργύριον, iov, τό, (dim. ἄργυρος.) sil-
ver, genr. Sept. for 902 Job 28, 1. Xen.
fect. 4.10. Ag. 8. 6—In N. T. meton.
tlver for silver money. _ |

1. Genr. Matt. 25, 18.27. Mark 14, 11.
Luke 9, 3. 19, 15. 23. 22, 5. Acts 7, 16. 8
20; also Acts 19, 19, see in no. 2 fin.
Sept. for 992 Gen. 23,9. 12. So Hdian.
2. 13. 12. Xen. An. 7. 3. 5.—Coupled with
gold, rd χρυσίον, Acts 3, 6. 20, 33. 1 Pet.
1, 18. So Sept. Gen. 13, 2. Xen. Athen.
3. 3.

2. Spec. a silverling, a piece of silver, a
silver coin, put usually for the Jewish shekel,
PB, σίκλος, siclus, only Plur. τὰ ἀργύρια
‘Matt. 26, 15..27, 3.5.6. 28, 12.15, So
Matt. 27, 9, comp. Zech 11, 13 where
Sept. τοὺς τριάκοντα ἀργυροῦς for Heb.
pd2M oh>Y.—The Jewish shekel was
originally a weight; and both gold and sil-
ver in bars or bits passed current by weight,
and not by tale; Gen. 23, 15. 16. Ex. 21,
32. Josh. 7, 21. The first mention of
coined money among the Hebrews is in the
time of the Maccabees; when Simon re-
ceived authority from Antiochus king of
Syria to stamp money in his own name;
1 Mace. 15,6. Silver coins equivalent to
the shekel and its parts, were accordingly
struck, bearing the inscription : ἘΠ" Dpw
shekel of Israel; specimens of which are
still extant in modern cabinets ; Boeckh

92 ἄργυρος

Metrolog. Untersuchungen p. 56. Bayer de
nummis Hebr. Samar. p. 171. Valent. 1781.
The LXX often translate the Heb. >pd by
δίδραχμον a double drachma Josh. 7, 21.
Neh. 5, 15; and this compares well with
the ancient didrachm of ASgina ; the heavi-
est specimen extant of the shekel weighing
2712 Paris grains, and the calculated weight
of the A®ginetan didrachm being 274 Par.
grains; Boeckh 1. c. p. 55-57. But Jose-
phus and later wrifers give the value of the
shekel at four Attic drachme ; Ant. 3. 8. 2.
ὁ δὲ σίκλος, νόμισμα “Ἑβραίων ὦν, ᾿Αττικὰς
δέχεται δραχμὰς τέσσαρας. This statement
is reconciled with the usage of the LXX,
‘by the fact that the Attic drachma was ori-
ginally less than that of Aigina; and that
after the East came under the sway of the
Roman emperors, the Roman denarius was
regarded and became current as equiva-
lent tothe Attic drachma. Under Augustus
the denarius averaged 71.2 Par. grains of
silver; under Tiberius 69.5; under Nero
65.85; and under Vespasian, when Jose-
phus wrote, 63.45 Par. grains ; while the
fourth part of the shekel, as also the fourth
part of the Aiginetan didrachm, was 68.5
Par. grains; Boeckh 1. c. p. 62, 63, 299.
Comp. Plin. H. N. 21. 109 ‘Drachma At
tica denarii argentei habet pondus.’ From
these data the value of the earlier denarius
is reckoned at 84d. sterling, or 17 cents; the
later denarius at 74d. or 15 cents. The latter
value is that of the time of Josephus ; and the
shekel is therefore rightly estimated at 2s. 6d.
sterling, or 60 cents; cgmp. Dict. of Antt.
art. Denarius.—In Acts 19, 19 καὶ εὗρον dp-
γυρίου μυριάδας πέντε i. 6. fifly thousand of
money, prob. not the shekel, but the drach-
ma or denarius is to be understood, making
an amount of £1562} sterling, or $7.500.
Others understand the shekel ; which would
quadruple the amount. In any case we
must take into account the very high price
of all ancient books ; and especially of those
prepared by the γόητες or magicians.

ἀργυροκόπος, ov, ὃ, (ἄργυρος, κόπτω.)
a worker in silver, a silver-smith, Acts 19,
24.—Sept. Jer. 6, 29. Plut. de vitand. Acre
alien. 7. :

ἄργυρος, ov, 6, (kindr. ἀργός white,)
silver, as wrought,e. g. a) silver work,
shrines, plate, vessels, Acts, 17, 29. 1 Cor.
3, 12. James 5, 3. Rev. 18,12. Sept. for
HOD Is. 60,9. So Hdian. 1. 14.4. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 25. Ὁ) silver money, Matt. 10,
9. So Jos, Ant. 9. 4. 4. Hdian. 2. 6.11.
Pol. 16. 31. 8. 5.

——_— ἸὩὩὦὃ'

_ "Apetos

“A pevos, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (“Apns,) consecrat-
ed to Mars, of Mars; in N. T. only "A petos
πάγος, Gen. ’Apeiov πάγου, Areopagus,
Mars’ Hill, pr. n. of a hillin Athens, where
the supreme judicial tribunal, irtstituted by
Solon, was held in the open air, Acts 17,
19, 22; see Potter’s Gr. Antt. I. p. 101 sq.
Dict. of Antt. sub voc.. So Dem, 641. 17.
Xen. Mem. 3, 5. 20.—The hill of the Areo-
pagus is a narrow ridge of naked limestone
rock, rising gradually from the northern
end, and terminating abruptly on the south
over against the west end of the Acropolis,
from which it bears about north; being se-
parated from it by an elevated valley. This

southern end is fifty or sixty feet above the -

said valley ; though yet much lower than
the Acropolis. On its top are still to be
seert the seats of the judges and parties,
hewn in the rock; and towards the S. W.
is a descent by a flight of steps, also cut in
the rock, into the valley below. See more
in Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 10 sq.

᾿Αρεοπαγίτης, ov, 6, an Areopagite,
a judge of the court of the Areopagus, Acts
17, 34; see the preced. art.—Aischin. 11.
ult. Luc. Hermot. 64. For other less ap-
proved forms, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 599,
698.

ἀρέσκεια, ας; ἡ, (ἄρεσκος, dpéoxw,) act
of pleasing, a pleasing of any one; Col. 1,
10 εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρέσκειαν unto all pleasing sc.
of him, the Lord. Sept. for ΠῚ of a pleas-
ing person and address, Prov. 31, 30.—Philo
de Opif. Mundi p. 33. ο, eis’ ἀρέσκειαν τοῦ
πατρὸς καὶ βασιλέως. ΤῊΝ 6. 2. 12 τοῦ βα-

σιλέως.

ἀρέσκω, f. ρέσω, a aor. 1 ἤρεσα,
comp. Buttm. § 114; to please, to gratify,
to make oneself acceptable ; c. dat. to any
one, Matt. 14, 6. Mark 6, 22. Rom. 8, 8.
15, 1. 3. 1 Cor. 7,32. 33.34. Gal. 1,10 bis.
1 Thess. 2,15. 4,1. 2 Tim. 2,4. Pres. de
conatu, Rom. 15, 2. 1 Cor. 10,33. 1'Thess.
2,4. Sept. for sus Josh. 22, 30. 33. So
#2). Vo H. 2.6. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47.—
Once with ἐνώπιόν τινος, id. Acts 6, 5. So
Sept. for δῆ 303 Deut. 1, 23. 1 K. 3,
10; also 1 Macc. 8, ‘21.

ἀρεστόᾳ, ἡ, dv, adj. (dpérxe,) pleasing,
acceptable ; c. dat. to any one, John 8, 29 τὰ
ἀρεστὰ τῷ Sep. (Ecclus. 48, 25. Plut.
Fab. M. 14. Xen. Conv. 8. 42.) With
ἐνώπιόν τινος, id. 1 John 3, 22; comp. in
ἀρέσκω. So Sept. for aiu Is. 38, 8; i249
Ezra 10, 11—Hence, ἀρεστόν ἐστι,
placet, to be pleasing, to please, c. dat. Acts

93

᾿Αριμαδαία

12, 8; with ace and inf. to be well, right,
Acts 6,2. Sept. for "3192 31. Gen. 16, 6.

᾿Αρέτας, a, ὃ, Aretas, pr. n. of a king
of Arabia Petra, whose daughter Herod
Antipas married, but afterwards repudiated
in order to marry Herodias ; see Matt. 14,
3. 4. Mark 6,17. 18. Luke 3,19. Upon
this Aretas made war upon Herod and to
tally defeated him. Vitellius, then procon-
sul of Syria, undertook to chastise him ; but
on the death of Tiberius withdrew his
troops and went to Rome. It was probably

‘about this time, in A. D. 38 or 39, that

Aretas made an incursion into Syria and
seized upon Damascus; which he held for
a time under the rule of.an ethnarch, as re-
lated by Paul, 2 Cor. 11, 32; comp. Acts
9, 24.25. See Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1-3. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 560 sq.

ἀρετή, jis, ἡ, (ἄρης, ἄῤῥην,) manliness
valour in war, Lat. virtus, Xen. Ag. 10. 2;
good quality, excellence, of any kind, as of
land Jos. Ant. 4. 5.3; of a chariot Xen.
Hi. 2. 2.—In N. T. virtue, i.e. a) i. 4.
efficacy, power; 2 Pet. 1, 3 διὰ δόξης καὶ
ἀρετῆς through his glory and power. Plur.
1 Pet. 2,9. So plur. of deity Diod. Sic. 5.
71. b) Genr. moral goodness, excellence,
Phil. 4, 8. 2 Pet. 1,5 bis. Comp. Wisd. ~
4,1. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 11. ib. 2. 6. 39.

ἀρήν obsol. nom. whence gen. ἀρνός.
dat. ἀρνί, acc. ἄρνα, by sync. for ἀρένος, etc.
Buttm. ἡ 58; @ lamb, trop. Luke 10, 3.
Sept. for waz Gen. 30, 32.—Z¢l. V. H. 1.
29. Plato Phedr. 241. d. Others derive
the forms from an obsol. nom. dps.

apis péw, ὦ, f. now, (ἀριϑμός.) to num-
ber, to count, c. acc. Rev. 7, 9. Pass.
Matt. 10, 30. Luke 12,7. Sept. for pp
Gen. 15, 5.—Dem. 1303. 1. Xen. Conv.
4, 43. -
apispos, οὔ, ὃ, number, a sienber,
Luke 22, 3. Acts 4, 4. 5, 36. 6, 7. 11, 21.
16, 5. Rom. 9, 27. Rev. 5, 11. 7, 4. 9, 16
bis. 20,8. So John 6, 10 oi ἄνδρες τὸν
ἀριωμὸν ὡσεὶ πετακισχίλιοι; i. 6. in number,
Buttm. ᾧ 131. 7. Rev’ 13, 17 and 1ὅ,
2 ὁ dpiSpods τοῦ ὀνόματος the number of the
name, i. e. which the letters of the name
make out. 13, 18 ter, dpiSpds ἀνθρώπου a
man’s number, made out by the letters of a
man’s name. Sept. for spo 1 Sam. 6, 4.
Hos. 1, 10.—Hdian. 7. 2. "2. Xen. An. 1.
7. 10.

᾿Αριμαδαία, as, ἡ, Arimathea, pr. n.
of a town in Palestine, Heb. m2 Ramah ;
perh. the Ramah of Samuel, called. alse

᾿Αρίσταρχος

ὈΠΞῚΣ. 9N2 ~= Haramathaim-zophim, 1
Sam. 1,1, whence the Gr. *ApimaSaia is
readily derived. But the position of this
place is yet unsettled; see Heb. Lex. art.
M2) no. 2. b. Eusebius and Jerome men-
‘ion an Armatha-sophim near to Lydda,
prob. towards the east, and regard it as the
Arimathea of Scripture ; but they also sup-
pose it to be the Ramah of Samuel in Mount
Ephraim, which is impossible ; Onomast.
sub v. The same is doubtless the ῬΡαμαϑέμ
of 1 Macc. 11, 34, and the Ῥαμαϑά of
Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 9. It may have been
the Arimathea of the N.‘T. Its site has
not been found; but it was not the same
with Ramleh, as some suppose; this latter
being a modern place. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 33, 40, 43, 44.—Matt. 27, 57.
Mark 15, 43. Luke 23, 51. John 19, 38.

᾿Αρίσταρχος, ov, ὃ, (ἄριστος, &pye,)
Aristarchus, pr.n. of ἃ Thessalonian, one
of Paul’s companions, who was seized in
the tumult at Ephesus;and was afterwards
' carried as a prisoner with Paul to Rome ;
Acts 19, 29. 90, 4. 27,2. Col. 4, 10. Phi-
lem. 24.

aplor ἄω, ὦ, f. now, (ἄριστον,) to break-
fast, to lunch, i. 6. to take an early meal
. before the δεῖπνον or chief meal, John 21,
12. 15, comp. v.'4; also Luke 11, 37. See
in ἄριστον. Sept. for om> bax Gen. 43,
25.—So ofan early breakfast, Xen. oe é
3.21; of a later lunch, Al. V) H. 9
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12. ᾿

ἀριστερός, a, ov, left, levus ; Matt.
6, 3 ἡ ἀριστερά sc. χείρ. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.
3.) Plur. Luke 23, 33 ἐξ ἀριστερῶν se.
μέρων. 2 Cor. 6, 7. So Xen. Eq.'7. 11.

"A ριστόβουλος, ov, 6, (ἄριστος, βουλή.)
Aristobulus, pr. n. of a Christian, Rom. 16,
10.

ἄριστον, ου, τό, ᾿Αἰπάν. ἦρι, ear-ly,)
breakfast, a morning meal, at sunrise’ Hom.
Tl, 24. 124. Od. 16. 2. Later, breakfast,
lunch, Lat. prandium, taken about the mid-
dle of the day; the principal meal being the
δεῖπνον dinner, taken late in the afternoon
or early in the evening, after the heat and
business of the day. were over; as at the
present day in London and Paris ; see Pot-
ter’s Gr. Ant. IL p. 352 sq. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 433. Dict. of Antt. art. Deipnon.—
In N..T. breakfast, lunch, Luke 11, 38.. 14,
12. Matt. 22,4. So Sept. 2 Sam. 24, 15.
Thue. 4. 90. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11; comp. 1.
2. 11; 5 espec. Plat. Symp. 8. 6. 4,

apkerés, 9, ὄν, (ἀρκέω.) sufficient,
enough; c. dat. 1 Pet. 4, 3. Matt. 10, 25

94

ἁρμόζω
ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαϑητῇ, ἵνα κτὰ. enough Jor the
disciple, tha, ete. 6,34 ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ
κακία αὐτῆς, where for the neut. see Buttm.
§ 129. 8. Kiihner § 241; 2—Aguil. for "3
Deut. 25,2. Anthol. Gr. TI. p.110 dpxe-
τὸν οἴνῳ αἴϑεσϑαι κραδίην. Athen. 113. b.

ἀρκέω, ὦ, f. ἔσω, to keep off, to ward
off, something from a person, τί τινε Hom.
Il. 6. 16. ib. 15. 534; to help, to assist, c.
dat. Hom, Π. 21. 131. Od. 16. 261.—In
N. T. to avail, to suffice, to be enough for
any purpose ‘or thing. a) Genr. with nom.
of thing and dat. of pers. 2 Cor. 12,9 ἀρκεῖ
σοι ἡ χάρις pov. John 6, 7. Matt. 25,9 μή-
ποτε οὐκ ἀρκέσῃ (τὸ ἔλαιον) ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν.
So Sept. 1 K. 8, 27. Hdian. 4. '7. 9. Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. 12. b) Impers. ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν,
it sufficeth us, we are content, John 14, 8.
Sept. Prov. 30, 16. Plato Prot. 355. a.
c) Pass. ἀρκοῦμαι, to be sufficed, satisfied,
content, with any thing ; ὁ. dat. Luke 3, 14.

1 Tim. 6, 8. Heb. 13,5; with ἐπί c. dat.

3 John 10. Soc. dat. 2 Macc. 5, 15.’ Pod.
13. 2. 4. Plato Ax. 369. 6.

ἄρκος, ov, 6, ἡ, @ bear, Rev. 13, 2
Griesb. see in ἄρκτος.

ἄρκτος, ov, 6, 7, @ bear, Rev. 13, 2.
Sept. for 275 1 Sam. 17, 34. So ALL V.H.
13. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. '7.—Griesbach and
others» read ἄρκος id. as. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 3.
Δ. H. An. 1.31.

ἅρμα, ατος, τό, (kindr. ἄρω,) a chariot,
Acts 8, 38. 29. 38; for war, Rev. 9, 9.
Sept. for 7337 Gen. 41, 43. Joel 2, 5—
2. V. H. ἃ. 27+ Hdian. 4. 7. 11: for war
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 8.

"Apparyeddov or ’Apyaryedar, indec
Armageddon, pr. n. of a place, Rev. 16, 16.
The corresponding Heb. is 153 ΠῚ mount
of Megiddo, prob. a Tell or acropolis near
the city Megiddo; comp. 73 MP3 plain
of Megiddo 2 Chr. 35, 22. Zech. 12, 11.
This latter was a part of the great plain of
Esdraelon adjacent to Megiddo, the present
Legio or Lejjin, where king Josiah was
slain and great mourning was made® 2 Chr.
35, 22-25. Zech. 12,11.’ The n&me Ar-
mageddon therefore. stands emblématically
for a place of slaughter and mourning.—
For Megiddo, see Bibl. Res. ig Pal. III. p.
177-180.

ἁρμόζω, f. dow, (ἁρμός,) for which the
Attics used ἁρμόττω, Greg. Cor. p. 154.
Lob. ad Phryn. p.'241; to fit or yoin toge-
ther, ri τινε Home Od. 5. 247; spec. to join
together in marriage, to marry to any one,
6. g. a daughter, Sept. Prov. 19, 14. Hdot

ἁρμός
9. 108 ; Mid. to marry, to take to wife, Hdot.
᾿ ὅ. 32.—In N. T. Mid. ἁρμόζομαι; spoken
of one who woos for another, to cause to be
married to any one, to espouse to any one ;
trop. c. ace. et dat. 2 Cor. 11, 2 ἡρμοσάμην
yap ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρί.

ἁρμός, οὗ, 6, (ἄρω,) a joining, joint, of
the body, Heb. 4, 12—Ecclus. 27,2. Plut.
conjugal. Prec. 3. Xen. Ven. 5. 29.

ἀρνέομαι, odpar, £. ἤσομαι, Mid. depon.

1. to deny, e. g. followed by λέγων, Matt.
26, '70 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο... λέγων. Mark 14,
68 ; impl. Matt. 26, '72. John 1, 20; by καὶ
εἶπεν John 18, 25; absol. Mark 14, 70.
Luke 8, 45. John 18, 27. (Sept. Gen. 18,
25. Al. V. H. 14. 28.) Followed by ὅτι
ov, 1 John 2, 22 ὁ ἀρνούμενος, ὅτι ὁ Ἰησοῦς
οὐκ ἔστιν 6 Xp. for the negat. comp. Luke
20,27. (Xen. Ath. 2.17; ὡς ob Dem. 124,
ult.) With an acc. of pers. to deny any
one to be what he claims to be; 1-John 2,
22 ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱόν, i.e.
denying God to be the Father of Christ, and
Christ to be the Son of God. v. 23; acc.
impl. Tit. 1,16. Also of things, acc. impl.
Acts 4, 16 οὐ δυνάμεϑα ἀρνήσασϑαι sc. αὐτό.
So Dem. 955. 10 τὴν διαθήκην. Xen. Mem.
4. 2.10 τοῦτο.

2. Spec. to deny, to disown, to reject, not
to acknowledge. a) With acc. of pers.
Acts 7, 35 τὸν Μωῦσῆν; ὃν ἠρνήσαντο. So
Christ as master Luke 22, 57. John 13, 38
Lachm. or oftener as the Messiah, Matt. 10,
33. Luke 12, 9. Acts 3, 13. 14, 2 Pet. 2,1.
Jude 4; acc. impl. 2 Tim. 2,12; also τὸ
ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Rev. 3, 8. Also Jesus is said

to deny any one, i. 6. not to acknowledge ©

him as his disciple and friend, Matt. 10, 33.
2 Tim. 2,12. Further, ἑαυτὸν ἀρνεῖσθαι,
to deny oneself, i. 6. either to refrain from
the gratification of one’s own appetites and
desires, Luke 9, 23; or, to be untrue to
one’s own character and declarations, to be
inconsistent with oneself; 2 Tim. 2, 13.
b) With acc. of thing, i. q. to renounce, to
abjure, 6. g. τὴν ἀσέβειαν Tit. 2,12; τὴν
πίστιν Ἰησοῦ, i. Θ. practically to disown
and forsake it, 1 Tim. 5, 8. Rev. 2, 13;
τὴν δύναμιν τῆς εὐσεβείας 2 Tim. 3, 5.
c) With an infin. i. q. to refuse, Heb. 11,24.
So Wisd. 16, 16. Antiph. 123. 12. Hdot.
6. 13.

ἀρνίον, ov, τό, (dim. ἀρήν,) a lamb,
lambkin, Sept. for ©32 Jer. 11, 19. Lys.
906. 2.—In N. T. only trop. of Christians
John 21, 15; of Christ himself, only in the
Apocalypse, Rev. 5,6. 8. 12.13. 6,1. 16. 7,
9,10. 14. 17. 12,11. 13,8.11. 14,1. 4 bis.

95

ἁρπάζω

10. 15, 3. 17, 14 bis. 19,7. 9. bis.
14. 22. 23, 27. 22, 1. 3.

ἀρνός genit. see ἀρήν.

ἀροτριάω, ὦ, f. dow, (ἄροτρον,) to
plough, absol. Luke 17, 7. 1 Cor. 9, 10 bis
Sept. for 82" Deut. 22, 10.—Ecclus. 6, 19.
Theophr. de Caus. Plant. 4.14. The At-
tics preferred the form ἀρόω, Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 254.

ἄροτρον, ov, τό, (ἀρόω,) α plough, in the
proverb Luke 9, 62; comp. Wetst. N. T.
in loc.—Sept. for MX Is. 2, 4. Luc. Con-
templ. 24. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 5.

ἁρπαγή, ἧς, ἡ, (ἁρπάζω,) seizure, pu-
lage, spoiling, i.e. the act, Heb. 10, 84.
So Sept. Ecc. ὅ, 7. Hdian. 7. 9. 22. Xen.
Cyr. '7. 2, 11, 12.—Trop. of a disposition,
ravening, rapacity, parall. πονηρία, ἀκρασία,
Luke 11, 39. Matt. 23, 25. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.
17.) Others less well, prey, spoil ; as Sept.
Is. 3, 14. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 26.

ἁρπαγμός, οὗ, ὁ, (ἁρπάζω,) pr. seizure,
spoiling, robbery, i. 4. ἁρπαγή. Phil. 2,6
οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἶσα Se@ i. 6.
not as an act of robbery, not as the appro-
priation of something not his own. So Plut.
de Puer. educ. 15 καὶ τοὺς μὲν Θήβησι καὶ
τοὺς "Ἤλιδι φευκτέον ἔρωτας καὶ τὸν ἐκ

21, 9

‘

«Κρήτης καλούμενον ἁρπαγμόν. Comp. Wetst.

N. T. in loc.—Others meton. something
seized, booty, i. a. ἅρπαγμα; i. e. something
to be eagerly coveted and held fast ; comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 119. n..4. Ausf. Sprachl. §119. ἢ.
11. So the Greek commentators; comp.
Cyrill Alex. de Adorat. 1. p.25, in Wetst.
ad loc.

ἁρπάζω, f. dow, Pass. aor. 1 ἡρπάσϑην
Rey. 12, 5; but Pass. aor. 2 ἡρπάγην, a
later form Buttm. § 114, comp: Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 241.

1. to seize and bear off, to catch up or
away, to carry off ; 6. g. of spoilers, or also
beasts of prey, c. acc. John 10, 12 ὁ λύκος
ἁρπάζει αὐτά. Trop. Matt. 13, 19. Sept. for
ΠΏ Ez. 22,25. 27. So of spoilers Luc.
Hermot. 22. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 15, 17; of
wolves ib. 2. 7. 14.—With acc. and ἐκ τῆς
χειρός τινος, John 10, 28. 29. So Sept. 2
Sam. 23,11; comp. παρά τινος Xen. Cyr.
4. 6. 4.

2. Without the idea of prey; /o catch.
away, to carry off, for safety, for one’s be
nefit, etc. John 6, 15 ἁρπάζειν αὐτόν, iva
ποιήσωσιν αὐτὸν βασιλέα. Acts 8, 39, (Xen.
An. 4. 3. 6.) With ace. and ἐκ δ. gen. of
place, Acts 23, 10; acc. impl. Jude 23.
Pass. with an adjunct of place whither, 6. g.

ἅρπαξ

πρός 6. acc. Rey. 12, 5; εἰς c. acc. 2 Cor.
12,4. 1 Thess. 4,17; ἕως c. gen. 2 Cor.
i 2.
3. ‘Trop. and without the idea of bearing

off, to seize, to take eagerly for oneself; 6. g.
τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν Matt. 11, 12, im-
plying the eagerness with which multitudes
embraced the gospel; comp. πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν
βιάζεται Luke 16, 16.—Comp. Hdian. 2. 6.
10. Plato Rep. 521. b, τἀγαϑόν.

ἅρπαξ, ayos, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἁρπάζξω,) raven-
ing, ravenous, of wild beasts, Matt. 7, 15
λύκοι ἅρπαγες, an emblem of wicked men.
Sept. for 5/20 Gen. 49, 27.—Subst. a robber,
extortioner, Luke 18, 11. 1 Cor. 5, 10. 11.
6,10. So Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6.

ἀῤῥαβών, dvos, ὁ, Heb. i293, a pledge,
earnest, a mercantile term adopted from the
Phabicians as the founders of commerce,
Sept. and Heb. Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20, Iseus
71. 20, 22. Plut. Galb. 17,—In N. T. trop.
of the Holy Spirit imparted to Christians, as
the pledge, earnest, of their reception into
the kingdom of Christ and its privileges, 2
Cor. 1, 22. 5, 5. Eph. 1, 14:

ἄῤῥαφος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ῥάπτω,)
unsewed, without seam; John 19, 23 ἦν ὁ
χιτὼν ἄῤῥαφος, the tunic was without seam,

i. 6. not made of two parts sewed together.

with seams on the shoulders and sides
(ὥστε ῥαπτὸς εἶναι), but woven whole; like
the tunic of the high ia as. described
Jos. Ant. ὃ. ἢ. 4.

ἄῤῥην, evos, 6, neut. τὸ ἄῤῥεν, adj. later
Att. for ἄρσην q. v. Buttm. ὁ 16. π. 8 ; male,
of the male sex, Rom. 1, 27. Rev. 12,5. 13.
Sept. for "31 Ley. 27. '7.—Hdian. 1. 2. 1.
Xen. Cc. 7. 18.

ἄῤῥητος, ου, ὃ, ἡ, ad (a priv. ῥητός,
ἐρεῖν,) unsaid, unspoken, Hom. Od. 14. 466;
not to be said or told, secret, Hdot. 5. 83.—
InN. T. not to be spoken, unspeakable, unut-
terable, 6. g. ῥήματα 2 Cor. 12, 4.

ἄῤῥωστος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ῥώννυ-
pt,) infirm, weak, feeble, of the sick, Matt.
14, 14. Mark 6, 5. 13. 16,18. 1 Cor. 11, 30.
Sept. for nbh 1 K. 14, 5.—Ecclus. 7, 37.
Xen. Εἷς. 4. 2.

aps, ἀρνός, see ἀρήν.

ἀρσενοκοίτης, ov, 6, (ἄρσην; κοίτη.) a
sodomite, one who lies with a male as with
a female, 1 Cor. 6, 9. 1 Tim. 1, 10; ga
Rom. 1, 27.—Diog. Laert. 6. 65.

ἄρσην, evos, 6, neut. τὸ ὦ ἄρσεν, adj. Hom.
and old Att. for the later ἄῤῥην q. v. Buttm.
ὁ 16. n. 3; male, of the male sex, Matt. 19,

\

96

ἄρτος
4. Mark 10, 6. Luke2, 23. Rom. 1, 27 bis.
Gal. 3, 28. [Rev! 12, 5.] Sept. for 723
Gen. 1, 27.—Hom. Il. 8. 7. Soph. (4. Col
339.

᾿Αρτεμᾶς, a, 6, Artemas, pr. τι. of a
Christian, Tit. 3, 12.

“A preps, wos V. tos, 7, Artemis, Lat.
Diana, the goddess of hunting in the hea-
then mythology, Acts 19,.24. 27. 28. 34.
35. For the celebrated temple of Diana at
Ephests, see Ἔφεσος.

ἀρτέμων, ovos, 6, (ἀρτάω,) prob. a dip
sail, Lat. supparum, Acts 27, 40. Others,
a jib, Lat. dolon ; and others still, the miz-
zen-sail, Ftal. artimone. Comp. Dict. of

‘Antt. arts. Ships, Malum.

ἄρτι, ady. of time, (perh. dpw,) now, i. 6.
a) just now, even now, spoken’ of a time just
elapsed, Matt. 9,18. 1 Thess. 3,6. This
is the prevailing usage among Attic writers;
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18,20. So2 Mace. 3,
28. Diod. Sic. 19.102. Xen. Mem. 3. 6.10.
b) now, at present, at this moment; Matt.
3,15 ἄφες ἄρτι, suffer now, i.e. for the pre-
sent. 26, 53. John 9,19. 25. 13, '7 opp.
μετὰ ταῦτα. 13, 33.37 opp. ὕστερον. 16, 12.
31. 1 Cor. 13, 12 bis, ἄρτί... τότε. 16, 7.
Gal. 1, 9. 10. 4,20. 2 Thess. 2, 7. 1 Pet.
1, 6. 8. Rey. 12,10. So-Jos. Ant. 1. 6.1
Καππαδόκαι μὲν ἄρτι κέκληνται. Xen. An.
4. 6.1.—Hence ἡ ἄρτι ὥρα the present hour
1 Cor. 4,11; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 125. 6. So
ἕως ἄρτι until now, i.e. up to the present
moment, Matt. 11,12. John 2,10. 5, 17.
16, 24. 1 Cor. 4, 13. 8, 7. 15,6. 1 John
2,9. c) dw ἄρτι, from now, henceforth,
see art. ἀπάρτι.

ἀρτιγέννητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἄρτι, γεν-
νητός,) just now born, new born; trop. of
those who have just embraced the Chris-
tian faith, 1 Pet. 2,2.—Pr. Luc. Alex. 13.
ib. D. Mar. 12. 1.

ἄρτιος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (ἄρω, ἄρτι.) com-
plete, perfect in its kind; so of a religious
teacher, who should be wanting in nothing,
2 Tim. 3, 17.—Theophr. Hist. Plant. 2. 7.
Philo Legat. ad Cai. p. 1000. Etymol. M.
ἄρτιος σημαίνει τὸν ὑγιῆ καὶ πεπληρωμένον.

ἄρτος, ov, 6, bread, Sept. for Heb. 57>.

1. Pr. as made of flour, bread, a loaf,
Plur. ἄρτοι loaves, usually in the form of
round cakes or sheets, but of no regular
size or thickness ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
Il. p. 444, 496. IIL. p. 76. Winer Realw.
art. Backen. a) Genr. Matt. 4, 3. 7, 9
14,17. 19. 15, 33. 34. 36. Mark 6, 41.
John 21, 9. 13. al. Sept. for orb 1 Sam.

ee

ΞΞΞ

Pee LS ee όν

ee a ee” ee es ee τ ee

ἀρτύω 97 ἀρχή
17,17. So Hdian. 4. 7. 9. Xen. Mem, 2. | Soph. Fragm. 601. Athen. 2. p. 67 Ca
7.5. Ὁ) Of the shew-bread in the taberna- | saub.

cle, of ἄρτοι τῆς προϑέσεως Matt. 12, 4.
Mark 2, 26. Luke 6, 4; comp. 1 Sam, 24,
4-7. Also ἡ πρόϑεσις τῶν ἄρτων Heb. 9, 2.
See genr. Lev. 24, 5-9. Heb. Lex. pmb
no. 3. 0) Of the bread in the Lord’s sup-
per, Matt. 26, 26. Mark 14, 22. Luke 22,
19. Acts 20,7. 1 Cor. 10, 16. 17. 11, 23.
26. 27. 28.

2. By Hebr. like amd, meat, food of any
kind. a) Pr. Matt. 15, 26 τὸν ἄρτον τῶν
τέκνων the children’s food, intended for them.
Mark 7,27. Luke 15, 17. John 6, 31. 32.
34. 41. al. Sept. for pm> Gen. 43, 31. 32.
Is. 8, 7.8]. So φαγεῖν ἄρτον Mark 3,20.
Luke 14,1, also éo Sieur ἄρτον Matt. 15, 2.
Mark 7, 5, to eat meat, i. e. to take food, to
take a meal, to eat, generally ; so Sept. and
nm> 52% Gen. 37,24. 1 K. 13, 8-23. al.
Luke 7, 33 μήτε ἄρτον ἐσπίων μήτε οἶνον πί-
νων neither eating (usual) food nor drinking
wine, i.e. living abstemiously as a Nazarite.
Also John 13,18 6 τρώγων μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὸν
ἄρτον, i. e. my table-friend, familiar com-
panion; quoted from Ps. 41,10 where Heb.
~an> tory, Sept. ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτους pov.
Hence ὦ ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος to eat meat
from any one, to be sustained ὃψ, ἃ Thess. 3,
8 ; opp. τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον ἐσϑίειν, to sustain
themselves, v. 12; comp. Sept. and Heb.
2 Sam. 9,7. 10. Trop. Luke 14, 15 μακά-
ρίος, ὃς φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ
τοῦ ϑεοῦ, the joy and bliss of the kingdom
of heaven being represented under the em-
blem of a feast; comp. Matt. 8, 11. Luke
13, 28. 29. 22, 16.. Rev. 19,9... b) Ina
wider sense, i. q. provision, sustenance, living,
Matt. 6, 11. Luke 11,3. Sept. for pnd
Ecc. 9, 11. Neh. 5, 14-15; so pmb, Sept.
τὰ δέοντα, 1 Κι. 5,2 [4, 22). c) Trop. “of spi-
ritual food, 6 ἄρτος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ V. τοῦ Seow
Υ. τῆς ζωῆς, i.e. that divine aliment presented
to the life and soul of Christians in the per-
son of Christ, John 6, 32. 33. 35. 48. 51.
58; contrasted with the manna, v. 49. 58.
Comp. 6 ἄρτος σοφίας Prov. 9,5. Ecclus.
15,3. +

ἀρτύω, f. iow, (dpw,) to filly arrange,
to prepare, e. g. an army for battle, Hom.
Il. 15. 303.—In later writers and N. T. a
culinary word, fo season, to flavour food or
the like; ¢. ace. Mark 9, 50 ἐν ri αὐτὸ
ἀρτύσετε ; wherewith will ye season it? i.e.

recover the salt. Pass. Luke 14, 34; comp.’

Matt. 5, 13 and ἁλίζω. Trop. of discourse,

- 6 λόγος... ἅλατε ἠρτυμένος Col. 4,6. So

genr. Symm. ἠρτυμένον for mp3 Cant. 8, 2.
; 7

᾿Αρφαξάδ, ὃ, indec. Arphaxad, Heb
SW2BIN, a son of Shem, Luke 3, 36.
Comp. Gen. 10, 22. 24, 11, 10. 12.

ἀρχάγγελος, ov, 6, (ἀρχή, ἄγγελος,)
an archangel, 1 Thess. 4,16. Jude 9.—
Sept. εἷς τῶν ἀρχόντων, Heb. nev InN
pqiwenn, Dan. 10,13; also ὁ ἄρχων 6 μέ-
yas, Heb. dita wn, Dan. 12,1. Of the
archangels there are said to be seven, who
stand immediately before the throne of God,

- Rev. 8,2. Luke 1,19. Tob. 12,15; who

have authority over other angels, Rev. 19,
7; and are the patrons of particular nations,
Dan. 10, 13. 12,1. The names of three only
are found in the Jewish writings ; Michael,
the patron of the Jewish nation, Jude 9. Rev. .
12, 7. Dan. 10, 13. 21. 12, 1; Gabriel,
Luke 1, 19. 26. Dan. 8, 16. 9, 21; and
Raphael, Tob. 12, 15, The book of Enoch
adds that of Uriel; Lib. Henoch. p. 187
οἱ τέσσαρες μεγάλοι ἀρχάγγελοι, Μιχαήλ,
καὶ Οὐριήλ, καὶ ῬῬαφαήλ, καὶ Ταβριήλ. p.
190, 191, 193.

ἀρχαῖος, aia, αἴον, (ἀρχή:) ancient, old,
of former days, of old; Matt. 5, 21. 27. 33,
where Christ is speaking of Jewish tradi-
tions. Luke 9, 8. 19. Acts 15,7. 21. 21,
16. 2 Cor. 5,17. 2 Pet. 2, 5. Rev. 12, 9,
20,2. Sept. for ἘΠ} 1K. 4, 30; "2
Is. 43, 18.—2 Macc. 6, 22. Diod. Sic. 1. Ὁ,
31. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1.

᾿Αρχέλαος, ov, ὃ, Archelaus, a son ot.
Herod the Great, by Malthace his Samari-
tan wife, Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 3. B. J. 1. 28. 4.
Herod bequeathed to him his kingdom pro-
per (Ant. 17. 8.1, 2,4. B, J. 1. 33. 8);
but Augustus confirmed him in the posses-
sion of only the half of it, viz. Idumea, Judea,
and Samaria, with the title of ethnarch, é3-
νάρχης, ib. 17.11. 4. B. J. 2.6.3. After
about ten years, he was banished, on ac-
count of his cruelties, to Vienne in Gaul,
Jos. B. J. 2. '7. 3; and his territories were
reduced to the form of a Roman province
under the procurator Coponius, ib. 2. 8. 1.
In N. T. he is said βασιλεύειν to be king
Matt. 2, 22, referring to the interval imme-
diately after the death of his father, when
according to Herod’s testament he was king ;
comp. Ant. 17. 8. 4.

ἀρχή, js, 4, @ beginning, what is first
in time or place.

1. Of time, the beginning, commencement,
Matt. 24, 8. Mark 1, 1. 13,9. John 2, 11.
Heb. 7, 3. Sept. for marin; Job 40, 14;

ἀρχή

nbrn Hos. 1, 3. So Hdian. 1. 5. 26. Xen.
Cyr. ‘b. 5. 16.—Hence ἀρχὴν AapBa-
νειν, to take beginning, to begin, Heb. 2, 3.
(Zl. V. H. 2. 28.) Also Heb. 3, 14 τὴν
ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως the beginning of our
confidence, i. e. our first, confidence, our
faith as at first. Heb. 5, 12 ra στοιχεῖα τῆς
ἀρχῆς, i. 6. the first rudiments ; and so 6, 1
ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Xp.—With Preposi-
tions,etc. a) ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς; from the begin-
ning, from the first. So from eternity, from
everlasting ; as of God’s purposes of grace,
2 Thess. 2,13; of the Logos 1 John 1, 1.
2, 18. 14; comp. John 1,1. Also from the
beginning of the world, of creation, of old ;
fully ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς τοῦ κόσμου V. τῆς κτίσεως,
Matt. 24, 21. Mark 10, 6. 18, 19. 2 Pet. 8,
4; absol. id. Matt. 19, 4.8. So of Satan,
from the beginning of his existence or
agency as such, John 8, 44. 1 John 3, 8.
(Sept. for psp Hab. 1,12; vinewa Ecc.
3, 11. Hdot. 2. 104,113.) Further, from
the beginning of the gospel history, Luke 1,
2. John 15, 27; of the gospel as preached,
1 John 2, 7 bis. 24 bis. 3,11. 2 John 5. 6; of
one’s life Acts 26,4. Ὁ) ἐν ἀρχῇ; inthe be-
ginning, in the very first, before the world
began, from cternity, John 1, 1. 2; comp. 17,
5. 24, (Sept. and mvwixya of the creation
Gen. 1,1.) Also of any “event, in the be-
ginning of the gospel, Acts 11,15. Phil. 4,
15. So genr. Diod. Sic. 19.110. Pol. 8.
8.1. 0) ἐξ ἀρχῆς: from the beginning,
from the first, sc. of Christ’s ministry, John
6, 64. 16,4. So genr. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.
d) κατ᾽ ἀρχάς, at the beginning sc. of the
world, of old, Heb. 1, 10; quoted from Ps.
102, 26. where Sept. for es So genr.
Plut.’Solon 3. Plato Legg. 780. b. e)
Acc. τὴν ἀρχήν, adv. at first, first, Sept.
for nbmma Gen. 43, 18.20. (Adian. 3.1.15.
Plato Conv. 190. b.) Hence, Jirst of all, alto-
gether, wholly ; John 8,25 τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ,τι Kat
λαλῶ ὑμῖν first of all (altogether) that which
Talso say unto you ; 80 Euthym. ὅλως. Plato
Lysis 215. Ὁ, πῶς οὖν of ἀγαϑοὶ τοῖς ἀγα-
σοῖς ἡμῖν piror ἔσονται τὴν ἀρχήν, κτλ. Philo
de Abrah. p. 866. c. Oftener with a negat.
i. ᾳ. Lat. omnino non, not at all, Philo de
spec. Legg. 796. a. Hdot. 4. 25, 28. Plato
Theat. p. 185. d.

2. Meton. of a person, the first, primus ;
e. g. Christ, Col. 1, 18 ὅς ἐστιν ἀρχή; mpo-
τοτόκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν. (Comp. Sept. ἀρχὴ
τέκνων first-born for “218 MOR Gen. 49,
3. Deut. 21, 17.) Rev. 3, 14 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς
κτίσεως, comp. Prov. 8, 22. Also ἡ ἀρχὴ
καὶ τὸ τέλος the beginning and the end, the

98 _

ἀρχιερεύς

Jirst and the last, Rev. [1,8.] 21, 6. 22,13
where it is i. 4. πρῶτος καὶ ἔσχατος. So
Jos. c. Ap. 222 eds... ἀρχὴ καὶ μέσα καὶ
τέλος πάντων.

3. Of place, a beginning, extremity, cor-
ner, 6. g. of a sheet, Acts 10,11. 11, 5.
Sept. for ΠᾺΡ Ez. 48,1; H&P Ex. 28, 23
—Diod. Sic. 1. 35. Hdot. 4. 60.

4. Of rank, dignity, the first place or
power. a) Genr. i. 4. power, dominion,
rule; Luke 20, 20 εἰς τὸ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν
τῇ ἀρχῇ... τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. Jude 6. Sept. for
ΠΡΌ Ὁ Mic. 4,8. So Pol. 3. 40. 9. Xen.
Mem. 1. 1.16. b) Meton. in Plur. or col-
lect. rulers, magistrates, princes, potentates,
or the like; so of civil rulers, Luke 12, 11.
Tit. 3,1. (Sept. for x5 Mic. 3,1. Pol.
23. 10. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12.) Of the
chief powers or potentates among angels,
Eph. 1, 21. 3,10. Col. 2,10; among de-
mons, 1 Cor. 15,24. Eph. 6, 12. Col. 2,15;
genr. of the powers of the other world, Rom.
8, 38. Col. 1,16. Comp. in ἐξουσία no. 4. c.

ἀρχηγός, οὗ, 6, (ἀρχή, ἄγω or ἡγέομαι,)
pr. ‘ one first leading,’ i. 6. ὦ leader, founder,
author, c.'gen. of thing, Acts 3, 15. Heb. 2,
10. 12, 2. So Sept. Mic.1, 13. Hdian. 7.
1. 22. Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 5—Absol. ὦ leader,
chief, a prince, Acts 5,31. Sept. for "ῷ
Is, 30, 4. So Dem. 1378. 6. .Thuc. 1. 132.

apxt-, insep. part. (ἀρχή,) Engl. arch-,
i. e. first, chief, prefixed to names of office
or dignity.

ἀρχιερατικός, ἡ, dv, (ἀρχιερεύς,) of the
high priest, high priestly ; Acts 4, 6 ἐκ γέ-
vous dpxveparixod.— Jos. Ant. 4. 4. ἢ ἀρχιε-
ραηικὴ στολή. ib. 6. 6. 3.

ἀρχιερεύς, έως, ὁ, (ἱερεύς,) a chief: ‘priest,
the high priest, Heb. 5173 25 5 for
which Sept. once ἀρχιερεύς Lev. 4, 3; but
usually ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας Ley. 21, 10. Num.
35, 25. al. So ἀρχιερεύς 1 Mace. 10, 20.
Jos. Ant. 3.'7..1; comp. Pol. 23. 1. 2. ib.
32. 22. 5.—Hence in N. T.

1. Sing. the high priest of the Jews, Matt.
26, 8. 62. 68. 6ὅ. Mark 2,26. 14,47.53. Luke
22, 50. John 11, 49. 51. al. According to
the divine appointment, the high priest was
to be of the family of Aaron, Ex. 29, 9,
He held office for life, and was succeeded
by his.son; comp. Jos. Ant. 20. 10. p. 978
Havere. Herod the Great first gave the
office to other and even obscure priests;

‘and his example was followed by the Ro-

mans; Jos. 1. 6. p. 980. The latter made
it venal and temporary ; bestowing it even
on foreign Jews; 2 Mace. 4, 7. Jos. Ant.

a ee ee
J >

ἀρχιερεύς 99

15. 8.1 Hence there were often several
persons living at one time who had borne
the office, and still retained by courtesy the
title of high priest; Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 2.
Ant. 20. 9. 2, comp. 15. 3. 1. In the Ο.
T.. we find a 20% 92, the second priest,
2 K. 25, 18. Jer. 52, 24; he was prob. the
priest next in rank tothe high priest. From
him seems to have been derived the more
doubtful j20 or 30 of the Rabbins, i. 6.
a vicar or substitute for the high priest, to
perform his duties on certain occasions ; as
when accidentally unclean ; see Buxtorf.
Lex. art. ἸλΌ. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Luc.
3,2. Reland Antt. p. 89. Winer Realw.
art. Hoherpriester, ult. Comp. Jos. Ant. 17.
6. 4. For one or more of these reasons,
Annas is called high priest, Luke 3, 2.
John 18, 13. Acts 4, 6; see” Avvas. Other
high priests mentioned in N. T. are Abia-
thar, Caiaphas, and Ananias; see in ᾿Αβιά-
Sap, Καϊάφας, ’Avavias.—The chief and pe-
culiar duty of the high priest in the times of
the N. Τ'. was to go alone once a year into
the holy of holies in the temple to make ex-
piation for the people on the great day of
atonement; Lev. 16,1 sq. Heb. 9, 7. 25.
He might also take part in all the ordinary
services of the priests; but seldom did so
except upon the sabbath or a high festival ;
Jos. B. J. 5. 5.'7. He had the oversight of
the service and treasures of the temple (2
K. 22, 4. 2 Macc. 3, 4-12); and was the
presiding officer in the earlier supreme court
of the priests and of the later Sanhedrim ;
Deut. 17, 8-12. Matt. 26, 57. Acts 5, 21.
7, 1. 23,2. The high priest was thus the
ecclesiastical head of the nation, even for
the Jews living out of Palestine ; Acts 9, 1.
2.14. Jos c. Ap. 2. 23.—Spec. in the
Epist. to the Hebrews, Christ is called dp-
χιερεύς, as having offered up himself as an
atoning sacrifice ; the true and great high
priest, of whom those of the Jewish dispen-
sation were only types and shadows ; Heb.
2,17. 3,1. 4,14. 5, 5.10. 6, 20. 7, 26.
8,1. 9,115; comp. 8, 2. 5 sq.

2. Plur. the chief priests, as members of
the Sanhedrim, Matt. 2, 4. 16, 21. 26, 3.
Mark 8,31. 14,1. Luke 9, 22. 22, 2. John
7,32. 18,35. Acts 4, 23. 26, 10. al. These
included those priests who were of the im-
mediate kindred of the high priest, Acts 4,
6; as also the heads of the twenty-four
classes of priests, 1 Chr. c. 24; who are
there called 5°3952 MiaNh "G84, Sept.
ἄρχοντες τῶν πατριῶν τῶν ἱερεῶν, V. 6. 31.

Others, with the Rabbins, inclnde also the

ἄρχω

heads of the families of priests in each class ;
and, further, those who were set over the
different parts of the temple service ; Light-
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 2,4. So genr. dp-
χιερεῖς Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 8. B. J. 4. 8. 6—
Different phrases, of which of ἀρχιερεῖς al-
ways forms part, are used by periphrasis for
the Sanhedrim ; see Matt. 2,4. 16, 21. 20,
18; 26, 3. 59. 27,1. +

ἀρχιποίμην, evos, ὃ, (ποιμήν,) a chief
shepherd ; trop. of Christ as the chief teach-
er and head of the church, 1 Pet. 5, 4.

άρχιππος, ov, 6, Archippus, pr. name
of a Christian, Col. 4, 17. Philem. 2.

ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ov, 6, (συναγωγή) the
ruler of a synagogue, the chief director,
Mark 5, 35. 36. 38. Luke 8, 49. 13, 14.
Acts 18; 8. 17; synon. is ὁ ἄρχων τῆς συν-
αγωγῆς Luke 8, 41. There were πρεσβύ-
repot, elders, in each synagogue (Luke 7, 3),
who had the general oversight of all mat-
ters ; and these apparently are called ἀρχι-
συνάγωγοι Mark 5, 22. Acts 13,15. But
the name seems usually applied to their
chief or presiding elder. See Vitringa de
Synag. Vet. 2. 11. ib. 3, 1. 9,

ἀρχιτ' ἔκτων, ovos, 6, (τέκτων,;) an ar-
chitect, a master-builder, 1 Cor. 3, 10. Sept.
for B37 Is. 3, 2.—Pol. 13. 4. 6. Xen. Mem.
4. 2. 10.

ἀρχιτελώνης, ov, 6, (τελώνης,) α chief
publican, a chief collector or agent of the
farmers of the taxes, having authority over
subordinate collectors, Luke 19,2. See in
τελώνης. :

ἀρχιτρίκλινος, οὐ, ὃ, (τρίκλινος, Lat.
triclinium,) the master of a feast, Lat. magis-
ter convivii, who had the direction of an ens
tertainment, arranged the guests, and the like,
John 2,8.9 bis. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
456. Dict. of Antt. art. Symposium; and for
the triclinium see Adam, ib. p. 436. Dict. of
Antt. art. Triclinium.—In Ecclus. 35 [32],1
he is called ἡγούμενος ; by the Greeks, συμ-
ποσίαρχος; συμποσίου ἐπιμελητής, τραπεζο-
ποιός, etc. See Potter’s Gr. Ant. II. p. 386.

ἄρχω, f. ξω, (dpxn,) to begin, to be first
in any thing, Hom. Il. 1. 495. Xen. Mem.
2. 3. 14.—Hence in N. T.

1. Act. to be first in rank, power, i. 4. to
rule, to reign, 6. gen. Mark 10, 42. Rom.
15, 12, quoted from Sept? Is. 11,10. Sept.
for 82 Gen. 1, 18.—1 Mace. 1,4. Hadian. -
8. 8.1. Xen. An. 6. 6. 9°

2. Mid. depon. ἄρχομαι, fut. ἄρξομαι
once Luke 13,26, aor. 1 ἠρξάμην, to begin,
construed: 8) With an infin. expressing

ἄρχων 100

what one begins to do, be, or suffer; Matt.
4,17 ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν.
11, 7. 20. 12, 1. Mark 5,20. 8,11. Luke
4,21. 7,15. John 13, 5. Acts 2, 4. 11,15.
2 Cor. 3, 1. al. sep. Sept. for > Gen.
6,1; >°8iF Deut. 1, ὅ. (Aeschin. 4. 16.
Xen. Mem. 3. 6.3.) In the simplicity and
particularity of the ancient manner, a per-
son is often said to begin to. do what he is
to be understood as having actually done ;
Matt. 16,22 6 Πέτρος ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ.
26,74. Mark 4,1. 5,17. 6, 2. 7. 34. 8,31.
32. 10, 32. Luke 5, 21. 7, 49. al. . Comp.
in ἀνίστημι Π.1.4.. Ὁ) Particip. with infin.
e. g. Pres. Luke 21, 28 ἀρχομένων τούτων
γίνεσθαι. Aor. 1, Matt. 14, 30 ἀρξάμενος
καταποντίζεσϑαι. 18,24. Absol. aor. 1, Acts
11,4 ἀρξάμενος δὲ ὁ Πέτρος [sc. λέγειν
ἐξετίθετο. Pres. Luke 8, 28 καὶ αὐτὸς ἢν
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα ἀρχόμενος
and Jesus himself was about thirty years old
as he began sc. his public ministry, i. e. by
his baptism and the descent of the Spirit
upon him, v. 22; so Euthym. Zig. dpydpe-
vos τῆς εἰς Tov λαὸν ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ τοι
τῆς διδασκαλίας. Others here connect ἦν
ἀρχόμενος and make it govern ἐτῶν, 4. d.
he was beginning about thirty years; but
though ἄρχεσϑαι ἔτους τριακοστοῦ might bé
allowed, yet not ἄρχεσϑαι ἐτῶν τριάκοντα,
and still less with ὡσεί. c) Constr. with
ἀπό c. gen. of that from or at which one
begins ; so 1 Pet. 4, 17 ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξα-
σϑαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Yeod, i. 6.
at the house of God, the church; comp.
1 Tim. 3,15. (Sept. Ez. 9,6.) Elsewhere
only Part. ἀρξάμενος ἀπό twos, as Matt.
20, 8 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν
πρώτων. Luke 23, 5, 24,27. 47. John 8, 5.
Acts 1, 22. 8, 35.10, 37.. So Sept. Gen.
44,12. Theophr. Char. 2. 1: Xen. Mem.
8..1..1.. + HE,
ἄρχων, ovros, 6, (ἄρχω,) pr. one first in
power, authority, dominion ; hence a ruler,
lord, a chief person, a magistrate, Matt. 20,
25. Acts 4, 26. 7, 27. 35. 16, 19. 23, 5.
Rom. 13, 3. 1 Cor. 2,6.8; of a judge, i. q.
ὃ kpirns, Luke 12, 58; of Moses as the
leader of Israel Acts 7, 35; of Christ as
King of kings Rev. 1,5. Sept. for >a
Is..14, 5; "© Gen. 12, 15; 922 Gen. 49,
20. So Hdian. 4. 2.8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2,
5. Mem. 3. 9. ΤΌ, 11.—Elsewhere in a
Jewish usage, e. g. a ruler of a synagogue,
Luke 8, 41. Matt. 9, 18. 23. So of per-
sons of weight among the Pharisees and
other sects, who were members of the San-
hedrim. Luke 14, 1. 18, 18. 23, 13. 35.

ἀσέλγεια

24, 20. John 3, 1 (comp. 7, 45. 50). '7, 26.
48, 12, 42. Acts 3, 17. 4, 5.8. 13,27. 14,
5; comp. Sept. for 8"230 magnates Neh. 4,
8.13. 5,'7. Jos. Ant. 20. 1. 2 doyovres ‘Iepo-
σολυμιτῶν. Aiso of Satan as prince of the
fallen angels, ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων Matt. 9,
84. 12, 24. Mark 3, 22. Luke.11, 15; ap-
χων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου John 12, 31. 14, 30
16, 11; ἄρχων τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος Eph.
2, 2, see in ἀήρ.

ἄρωμα, aros, τό, aroma; Plur. ἀρώ-
para, aromatics, spices, spicery, Θ. g. myrth
and aloe, John 19, 40 comp. 39. Mark 16,
1. Luke 23, 56. 24, 1. Sept. for ova
Cant. 4, 10. 16.—Hdian. 3. 15.16. Xen.
An. 1. 5.1.

"Aca, ὃ, indec. Asa, Heb. SOX (perh.
physician), a pious king of Judah, Matt. 1,
7.8. See 1K. 15,9 sq. 2 Chr. ὁ. 14-16.

ἀσάλευτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. σα-
Aevo,) unshaken, immovable, Acts. 97, 41.
Trop. firm, enduring, Heb. 12, 28.—Plut.
Pericl. 39 ἀσφαλὲς ἕδος; καὶ ἀσάλευτον.
Trop. Diod. Sic. 2. 48. Plato Ax. 870, d.

ἄσβεστος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. σβέν-
vupt,) unquenched, unextinguished, 6. g.
lamps Strabo 9. p. 606. c.—In N. T. un
quenchable, eternal, of fire, Matt. 8, 1%
Mark 9, 48. 45. Luke 3,17; comp. Mat
18, 8. So Hom. Od. 4. 584. βοῦν
Prom. 531.

ἀσέβεια, as, ἢ, (ἀσεβής,) irreverense
towards God, ungodliness, in heart or deed,
Rom. 1, 18. 11, 26. 2 Tim. 2, 16. Tit. 2,
12. Jude 15 τὰ ἔργα ἀσεβείας the works of
ungodliness, i.q. ungodly works ; also v.18.
Sept. for 908 Ser. 5,6; 50" Prov. 4, 17.
--Ζ 1. V. H. 5.12, 19. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 7.

ἀσεβέω, &, f. iow, (ἀσεβής,) to be ir-
reverent, to live ungodly, absol. 2 Pet. 2, 6.
Also ¢. acc. to do or commit irreverently,

_ wickedly, by attract. ὧν for ἅ Jude 15; see

Winer ᾧ 32. 1. Sept. for S88 Zeph. 3, 12;
307 Dan. 9, 5—Diod. Sic. 1.. 77. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 2.9; 6. acc. Plato Legg. 910. ὁ,
ἀσεβήσας ἀσέβημα.
᾿ ἀσεβής, ἐος, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. σέβω,
σέβομαι.) irreverent towards God, ungodly,
wicked, Rom. 4, 5.5, 6. 1 Tim. 1,9. 1 Pet.
4,18. 2 Pet. 2,5. 3,7. Jude 4.15 bis. Sept.
for 385 Hos. 14,10; >" Ps. 1, 1.—Dem
786. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 2.
ἀσέλγεια, as, 7, (ἀσελγής,) excess, in-
temperance, in any thing, e. g. language,
conduct, insolence, Jos. Ant. 4. 6.12. Dem.
131. 11.—In N. T. excess in lust, lascivi-

ho el ot hy gt Sieh νκσυλαυσρονν ge % a

ee

he” Δ, τ ee

ἄσημος
eusness, lewdness, debauchery, Mark 7, 22.

2 Cor. 12, 21. Gal. 5, 19. Eph. 4, 19. 2
Pet. 2, 7. Jude 4. Plur. Rom. 13, 13.

1 Pet. 4, 3. 2 Pet. 2, 18; also v. 2 in later Ὁ

editions, comp. Jude 4. So Wisd. 14, 26.
Alciphr. Ep. 3. 69. Pol. 37. 2. 4. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 184.

ἄσημος, ov, ὃ, ts adj. (a priv. σῆμα,)

without sign or mark, as cattle Sept. Gen.
30, 42; uncoined, as money Sept. Job 42,
11. Diod. Sic. 19. 46.—In N. T. trop. un-
distinguished, unknown, mean; Acts 21, 39
οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης. So Hdian, 2.
8. 3. Plut. Fab. Μ. 14.
- *Aonp, ὃ, indec. Asher, Heb. 8X
(blessed), the eighth son of Jacob, born of
Leah, Luke 2, 36. Rev. 7,6. See Gen.
30, 13.

ἀσϑένεια, as, ἡ, (ἀσϑενής,) 1. want
of strength, weakness, in a physical sense, of
the body; 1 Cor. 15, 48 σπείρεται ἐν do%e-
veia SC, τὸ σῶμα. 2 Cor. 13, 4. (Sept. Job
37,7. Plato Phed.17.a.) Spec. infirmity,
disease, sickness, Matt. 8, 17. Luke 5, 15.
8, 2. 13, 12.. John 5,5. 11, 4. Acts 28, 9.
Gal. 4,13. 1 Tim. 5, 23. Heb. 11, 34. Luke
13, 11 πνεῦμα doSeveias, i. e. an evil spirit
causing diseasé ; comp. v.16. So 2 Macc.
9, 21. 22. Hian. 1. 4.16. Xen. Hell. 6.
4. 18.

2. In a moral sense, weakness, frailty,
infirmity: a) As seated in man’s carnal
nature, liable to error and sin, Heb. 4, 15.
5, 2. 7, 28. So Rom. 6,19. 8,26; comp.
1Cor. 3,1. Ὁ) In respect to mind, purpose,
character, as manifested in fears, doubts, or
prejudices ; 1 Cor. 2, 3. 2 Cor. 11,30. 12,
5. 9 bis. 10. Comp. Xen. Ag. 9.5 δ ἀσϑέ-
νειαν Ψυχῆς.

aoSevéw, ὦ, f. now, (ἀσϑενής,) to be
without strength, to be weak.

1. Of persons, to be weak, feeble, 6. g.
a) Genr. and absol. 2 Cor. 13,3 ὃς [Xpu-
ards] εἰς ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀσϑενεῖ, ἀλλὰ δυνατεῖ ἐν
ὑμῖν, who towards: you is not weak (so that
he cannot punish), but is mighty among you,
sc. in the power of the Spirit, in wonders
and judgments. v. 4. καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς doBe-
νοῦμεν ἐν αὐτῷ for we also are weak in him,
i. €. as mere men in our union with him;
and soy. 9 ironically. Comp. Xen. Cyr.5.2.
28. 8) Spee. of the body, to be sick, ill, to
have disease ; also part. 6 ἀσϑενῶν, of ἄσσε-
νοῦντες, @ sick person, the sick ; 8050]. Matt.
10, 8 ἀσϑενοῦντας ϑεραπεύετε. 25, 36. [39.]
Mark 6, 56. Luke 4; 40 ἀσϑενοῦντας νόσοις
ποικίλαις. 7,10. 9,2. John 4, 46. 5, 3.7.
6, 2. 11, 1. 2. 3. 6, Acts 9, 37. 19, 12,

101

Ἄσια,

Phil. 2, 26. 27. ἃ Tim. 4, 20. James 5, 14,
Sept. for 5 Judg. 16,7. 11. So Dem.
13. 2. Xen. An. 1.1.1. 6) Trop. of the
poor; Part. of ἀσϑένοῦντες the weak, feeble,
sc. in this world’s goods, Acts 20, 35. ‘So
Aristoph. Pac. 636 τοὺς πένητας ἀσϑενοῦν-
tas. Comp. Dem. 555. 10 of πενέστατοι
kal doSevéoraro. Lys. 5. 8. Eurip. ap.
Stob. 145 6 re yap doBevéorepos, 6 πλούσιός
τε; τὴν δίκην ἴσην ἔχει.

2. Of persons, in a moral sense, to: be
weak, frail, infirm, sc. in mind, purpose,
character, as manifested in fears, doubts, or
prejudices ; 2 Cor. 11, 21 opp. rodpdo.
v. 29 bis (comp. 1 Cor.-9, 22). 2 Cor: 12,
10.—Spec. in faith, ἀσθενεῖν τῇ πίστει, to
be weak in faith, i. 6. either, to want confi
dence, to distrust, Rom. 4,; 19 ; or, to be in
doubt, wavering, hesitating, as to the law-
fulness of doing any thing, Rom. 14, 1;
and so with τῇ πίστει impl. Rom. 14, 2. 21.
1 Cor. 8, 9. 11; spec. of conscience, v. 12.

3. Trop. of things, to be weak, not adapt-
ed to the proposed end; e. g. the Mosaic
law, absol. Rom. 8, 3.

ἀσϑένημα, aros, τό, (ἀσϑενέω,) weak-
ness, infirmity, as manifested in doubts and
scruples, Rom. 15,1; see in ἀσϑενέω no. 2.

aoSevis, gos, ods, 6, 4, adj. (a priv.
o%évos,) without strength, weak.

1. Physically, 6. g. woman, 1 Pet. 8,7 ὡς
ἀσϑενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ. Also of
members of the body, 1 Cor. 12, 22. So
Plato Rep. 455.e, ἐπὶ πᾶσι... ἀσθενέστερον
γυνὴ ἀνδρός. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 7 ; also ib. 1.4.
6 ἀσϑενὴς ἡ ὄψις.---ϑροο. infirm in body,
sick, diseased, Matt. 25, 39. 43. 44. Luke
[9,2.] 10,9. Acts 4,9. 5, 15.16. 1 Cor. 11,
30. Comp. in ἀσϑένεια, ἀσϑενέω.

2. Morally, weak, feeble, infirm. a) Of
mind, purpose, character, as manifested in
fears, doubts, or prejudices, 1 Cor. 4, 10
(comp. 2, 3). 2 Cor. 10,10. Spec. in re-
spect of conscience, 1 Cor. 8, 7. [9.7 10.
9, 22 ter. 1 Thess. 5,14. “ b) Of any thing
without moral power, whether as connected
with a carnal nature, or not adapted to the
proposed end; Matt. 26,41 and Mark 14,
38 ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσϑενής, comp. ‘Rom. 7, 22.
23. Gal. 4,9 ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα.
Neut. τὸ ἀσθενές as Subst. weakness, Heb. 7,
18. 1 Cor. 1, 25 τὸ ἀσϑενὲς rod σςοῦ; i.e.
what the world would call weakness, v.27.
c), Spec. weak, helpless, i in sin and misery ;
Rom. 5, 6 ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσϑενῶν, perall, ἀσε-
Bay, also ἁμαρτωλῶν ν. 8.

’Acia, as, 7, Asia, i.e. in N. T. Asia *
Minor, comprehending the provinces of

᾿Ασιανός 102

Phrygia, Cilicia, ‘Pamphiylis, Caria, Lycia,
Lydia, Mysia, Bithynia, Paphlagonia, Cap-
padocia, Galatia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia. On

the western coast were more anciently the -

countries of A®olia, Ionia, and Doris, the
names of which were retained among the
people; although the countries were includ-
ed in the later provinces of Mysia, Lydia,
and Caria. Many Jews were scattered
over these regions; see Acts 2, 9. 6, 9.
19, 10. Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 8. ib. 14. 10. 11 sq.
ib. 16. 2. 3.—In N. T. Asia stands for :

1. Asia Minor, generally, Acts 19, 26.
27. 21, 27. 24, 18. 27,2.

2. Proconsular Asia, of which Ephesus
was the capital, comprehending the western
provinces of Mysia, Lydia, Caria, and part
of Phrygia, i. e. Asia cis Taurum, or ἧ
ἰδίως καλουμένη ᾿Ασία, Ptol. 5. 2. Strab. 12.
p- 577. Cic. pro Flacc. 27 “namque, ut
opinor, Asia vestra constat ex Phrygia, My-
sia, Caria, Lydia.” It was made a procon-
sular province by Augustus. So prob.
Acts 2,9. 6,9. 16,6. 19,10. 22. 20, 4.
16. 18. [Rom. 16,5.] 1 Cor. 16, 19. 2 Cor.
LS; 2 Tim. 1, 15. 1 Pet. 1, 1. Rev. 1,
4.11.

> [4

“Ασιανός, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (Ασία,) Asiatic,
an Asiatic, an inhabitant of proconsular
Asia, Acts 20, 4.

"Ao ιἄρχης; ov, 6, (Agia, ἄρχω,) an
Asiarch, Acts 19,31. So Strabo 14. p. 960.
—In the eastern provinces of the Roman
empire, persons of wealth were annually

appointed to preside over the worship.of the

temples, and to exhibit games and theatrical
amusements at their own expense in honour
of the gods, in the manner of the Roman
ediles. These officers received their titles
from the province to which they belonged,
as Κυπριάρχης, 2 Macc. 12, 2, Supidpyns,
ΔΛυκιάρχης, Φοινικάρχης, Kapidpyns, and the
like ; and of course, in proconsular Asia,
they were called ᾿Ασιάρχαι. They were
ten in number, selected apparently by the
cities and approved by the proconsul. One
was the chief Asiarch and would seem to
have resided at Ephesus the capital ; the
others were his colleagues and advisers.
Comp. Euseb. Hist. Ecc. 1V. 15. Wesseling
Diss. de Asiarchis, Ultraj. 1753. Wetstein
N. T. ad loc. Dict. of Antt. art. Asiarche.

ἀσιτία, as, , (dovros,) abstinence from
food, fasting, Acts 27, 21 ; comp. v. 34 sq.
—Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 1. Plut. de tuend. Sanit.
20 pen. Aristot. Eth. 10. 9.

ἄσιτος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (a priv. σῖτος.) ab-
staining from food, fasting, Acts*27, 33.—

ασπαζομαι

Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 6. Plut. Eumen. 19. Xen
Cyr. 8..1. 48.

> , a
a0 KEW, ὦ, f. now, to work up raw mate-

rials, e. g. εἴρια Hom. Il. 3. 388; to prac-

tise, to exercise an art, 6. g. τὴν ἱππικήν
Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.19; and so fo train, 6. g.
τὸ σῶμα Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19; ψυχὰς πρὸς
ἀρετήν Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 41.—In N. T. absol.
to practise, to exercise or train oneself in
any thing; with ἐν c. dat. Acts 24, 16. So
Symm. Judg. 3, 1. Xen. Cie. 11. 18; ὁ.
κερὶ τινος Pol. 9. 20. 9.

ἄσκος, ov, 6, @ wine-skin, water-skin, a
bottle, made of the skin of an animal taken

off whole ; see Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 440.

Matt. 9, 17 quater. Mark 2, 22 quater
Luke 5, 37 ter. 38. Sept. for 4x Josh
9, 4; 532 Jer. 13, 12—Flut. Pomp. 35
Xen. An. 3. 5. 9.

ἀσμένως, adv. (ἥδομαι, part. perf. nope
vos,) gladly, joyfully, Acts 2, 41. 21, 1'7.—-
2 Mace. 4, 12. Hdian. 3. 14. 3. Plato Rep.
475. ο.

ἄσοφος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. σόφος,)
unwise, foolish, i. e. without true wisdom in
Christ, Eph. 5, 15.—Pind. Οἱ. 3.81. Plut.
de Alexand. Orat. 1. 8. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4.

ἀσπάζομαι, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. depon. (as
if for ἀμφισπάομαι.)

1. to welcome, to greet, to salute; e. g. of
persons meeting or separating, c. acc. 8)
On meeting, where the Jewish formulas
were: > pibt) Judg. 19,20; omy piduin
2 Sam. 20, 9, comp. 1 Sam. 25, 6; nin
yya> Ruth 2,4; and in N. T. εἰρήνη ὑμῖν
Luke 24, 36, comp. 10, 5. So genr. ὁ. ace.
of those one happens to meet, Matt. 5, 47.
Luke 10, 4 μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησϑε,
i.e. lose no time in salutations ; comp.
2K.4,29. Oftener with acc. of pers. whom
one salutes on coming to him, Matt. 10, 12.
Mark 9, 15, Luke 1, 40. Acts 21, 19. Sept.
for pibwid DRO Ex. 18, 7. Judg. 18, 15.
ᾳ Mace. 7, 29. 33. Iseus 232. 7.. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 2.) With the adjunct ἐν φιλή-
part, to salute with a kiss, Rom. 16, 16.
1 Cor. 16, 20. 2 Cor. 13, 12. 1 Thess. 5,
26. 1 Pet. 5,14. As connected with a brief
sojourn or visit, i. q. ‘ to pay one’s respects,’
Acts 18,22. 21,'7. 25, 13. (Jos. Ant. 6.11.
1.) Once of the salutation or homage paid
toaking, Mark 15, 18, comp. v. 19; so Jos.
Ant. 10. 10. 5. Hdian. 5.8.14. . b) On
separating, where the Jews said: DibWa 7b
2 Sam. 15, 9; Si>w> "2 Judg. 18, 6; ‘and
in N. T. ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην Mark 5, 34.
Here ἀσπάζομαι is i. q. to take leave of, to

νον διλυ..-- “«- ο λων με.

ΞΡ eee
i

eee

a a ΨΨ νυ

ἄσπασμος _ 103

bid farewell, c. acc. Acts 20,1. 21,6. So
Plut. Aim. Paul. 29. Xen. An. 7. 1. 40.
6) Of salutations sent by letter, Rom. 16,
3. 5-16, 21-23. 1 Cor. 16,19 bis. 20. 9
Cor. 13, 122 Phil. 4, 21 bis. 22. Col. 4, 10.

. 12.14. 15. 2 Tim. 4,19. 21. Tit. 3, 15 bis.

Philem. 23. Heb. 13, 24 bis. 1 Pet. 5, 13.
2 John 13. 3 John 15 bis.

2. Of things, to welcome, to embrace, e. g.
ras ἐπαγγελίας Heb. 11, 13.—Jos. Ant. 7.
8. 4 rods λόγους. Arr. Epict. 4. 7. 5. Plato
Rep. 475. a. ;

ἀσπασμός, od, ὁ, (ἀσπάζομαι,) a greet-
ang, salutation, by word or letter, Matt. 23,
7. Mark 12, 38. Luke 1,29. 41. 44. 11, 43.
20, 46. 1 Cor. 15, 21. Col. 4, 18. 2 Thess.
3, 17.—Theogn. 858. Plut. Aim. Paul. 2.
Plato Legg. 919. e.

GOT UNOS, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (a priv. σπίλος,)
spotless, without blemish, pr. of a victim, 1
Pet. 1, 19. Trop. spotless, pure, of doctrine
1 Tim. 6, 14; of one’s life and conduct,
James 1,27. 2 Pet. 3, 14.—Hdian. 5. 6. 16.
Anthol. Gr. II. p. 156.

ἀσπίς, ίδος, ἡ; an asp, a serpent of the
most deadly venom, Rom. 3, 14; quoted
from Ps. 140, 4, where Sept. for 31833.
See Plin. H. N. 8. 35. Hasselq. Reise p.
239, 367. So Hdot. 4. 191. Atl. H. An. 1.
54.—In Sept. and Gr. writers ἀσπίς is also
usually a shield.

ἄσπονδος, ου, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (a priv. σπονδή.)
without truce or treaty, Thuc. 1. 37. ib. 2.
22.—In N. T. granting no truce, implaca-
ble, Rom. 1, 31. ἃ Tim. 3, 3. So Jos. Ant.
4. 8. 24 ἐχϑροὺς ἀσπόνδους. Pol. 1. 65. 6.
Z®schin. 38. 38. 1

ἀσσάριον, tov, τό, (dimin.) Lat. as,
Rabb. "9"8, assarion, a Roman coin of
copper or @s, equal to one tenth part of the
denarius or later δραχμή, i. 6. 3 farthings
sterling or 1} cents; see in ἀργύριον no. 2.
Adam’s R. Antt. p. 492 sq. Dict. of Antt.
art. As—In N. T. put for the most trifling
value, like Engl. farthing, mite, Matt. 10,
29. Luke 12, 6. So pr. Plut. Cato M. 4 bis.
Dion. Hal. 9. 27.

ἄσσον, adv. (compar. of ἄγχι,) nearer,
close by, Acts 27, 13.—Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 1.
Lue. Tragod. 283. Hdot. 3. 52.

ἔάσσος, ov, ἡ, Assos, a maritime city of
Mysia in Asia Minor, called also Apollonia,
situated on the Agean about nine miles
south of Troas, and having the island of
Lesbos over against it towards the south;
Acts 20, 13.14. See Plin. H. N. 5. 32.
Strabo 13. p. 581,614. Ο. v. Richter, p,

ἀστοχέω

465 sq. The site is now occupied py a
miserable village called Beiram.

ἀστατέω, &, f. how, (ἄστατος ; a priv.
ἵσταμαι,) to be unsteady, uncertain, pr. of the
sea agitated by winds, App. Bell. Syr. p.
221 ἔτι ἀστατούσης χειμῶνι τῆς ϑαλάσσης.
Anthol. Gr. TLL. p. 225.—In N. T. to be un-
setiled, homeless, to have no fixed abode, 1
Cor. 4, 11.

ἀστεῖος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (dorv,) urbane,
polite, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12.—In N. T. good
in appearance, fair, 6. g. a child, Heb. 11,
23 (comp. Ex. 2, 2). Acts 7, 20 ἀστεῖος
τῷ ϑεῷ fair unto God, God being judge,
i.e. intens. exceedingly fair ; comp. for the
idiom, Sept. μεγάλη τῷ Se for prod
Jon. 3, 3. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693. d. Winer
§37. 3.—Sept. for 210 Ex. 2,2. So Judith
11, 23. Aristenet. 1. 4, 19; of a garment
Hdian. 4. 12. 4.

ἀστήρ, épos, ὃ, α star, spoken of the
fixed stars, planets, comets, etc. Matt. 2, 2.
7.9.10. 1 Cor. 15, 41 ter. Rev. 8, 12. 12,
1.4. In Matt. 24, 29. Mark 13, 25. Rev. 6,
13, the stars are said to fall from heaven,
a symbol of great civil commotions and
judgments; comp. Joel 2, 10. Ez. 32,7.
Is. 13, 10. 34, 4. al. Hom. II. 17. 366.
Ovid Metam. 15.782 sq. See Biblioth. Sac.
1843, p. 545-8. Sept. for 3919 Gen. 1,
16. Hdian. 1. 14.1. Xen. Mem. 4.7. 5.—
Trop. a) To Christ is ascribed ὁ ἀστὴρ
ὁ #pwivds, the morning star, as the symbol
of majesty and glory, Rev 2, 28. 22, 16;
comp. Is. 14, 12. Dan. 12, 3. 5) Put
symbolically for an angel, Rev. 9, 1; perh.
also 8, 10. 11; comp. Luke 10,18. ὁ)
As the symbol for che prophet or chief teacher
in a church, Rev. 1, 16. 20 bis. 2,1. 3, 1.
Hence also of false and erring teachers,
Jude 13 ἀστέρες πλανῆται wandering stars,

, meteors, soon to be quenched.

ἀστήρικτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. στη-
pi{w,) not made steadfast, unstable, trop. of
character, 2 Pet. 2,414. 3, 16.—Longin. de
Subl. 2. 2. ᾿

ἄστοργος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. στοργή.)
without natural affection, spec. towards one’s
parents or children, Rom. 1, 31. 2 Tim. 3,
3.—AEschin. 47. 29. Athen. 14. p. 655
ἄστοργον πρὸς τὰ ἔκγονα.

ἀστοχέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἄστοχος ; a priv:
ardxos,) to miss the mark, and genr. to miss,
to err, to swerve from, 6. gen. 1 Tim. 1, 6;
περί c. acc. 1 Tim. 6, 21. 2 Tim. 2, 18.—
So c. gen. Ecclus. 8, 9. Pol. 7. 14. 8. Plut.
de def. Orac. 10; περί c. acc. Plut. Symp.

ἀστραπή

7.5.3 περὶ ἐδωδὲς ..
τες.
| ἀστραπή, jis, 4, lightning, Matt. 24, 27.
28, 3. Luke 10, 18. 17, 24. Rev. 4, 5. 8,5.
11, 19. 16, 18. Sept. for psa Ex. 19, 16.
Nah. 2, 4. So Diod. Sic. 3. 34. Xen. Cyr.
1. 6. 1.—Trop. a shining, brightness, Luke
11, 36 ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος TH ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ
σε. Comp. Sept. and pya Deut. 32, 41.
Soph. Fr. 421 dorp. ὀμμάτων.

ἀστράπτω, f. ψω, (ἀστραπή,) to lighten,
to flash, as lightning, absol. Luke 17, 24.
Sept. for pna Ps. 144, 6. So Hom. Il. 2.
353. —Trop. to give forth light, to shine;
Part. ἀστράπτων shining Luke 24,4. So
of the eyes Wisd. 11, 18; of -brass Xen.
An. 1. 8. 8.

ἄστρον, ov, τό, any heavenly body, a
constellation, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4.—In N. T.
a star, i. q. ἀστήρ, Luke 21, 25 ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ
σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις. Acts 27,20. Heb. 11,
12. Sept. for 399 Ex. 32, 13. (Plato
Rep. 488. d. Hesych. ἄστρα ᾿Αττικοὶ τοὺς
ἀστέρας.) Acts '7, 43 τὸ dorpov τοῦ ϑεοῦ
ὑμῶν Ῥεμῴφάν the star of your god Rem-
phan, i. e. as an emblem of the planet-god
thus worshipped ; see in Μολόχ and Ῥεμ-
ar.

᾿Ασύγκριτος, ov, 6, EU eaenanee. p. n.
of a Christian, Rom. 16, 14.

ἀσύμφωνος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. σύμ-
devos,) not symphonious, discordant, Wisd.
18, 10.—In N. T. genr. not agreeing, dis-
agreeing ; Acts 28, 25 ἀσύμφωνοι ὄντες
πρὸς ἀλλήλους. So Diod. Sic. 4. 1 πρὸς
βλλήλονςε. Plato Gorg. 482. c, ἑαυτῷ.

ἀσύνετος, ov, ὃ, 7, adj. (a priv. συνετός,
συνίημι.) without understanding, foolish,
Matt. 25, 16. Mark 7,18. Sept. for ὉΜΌΞ
Ps. 92, 7. So Ecclus. 27, 12. Thue. 2. 84.
' —By Hebr. wicked, ungodly, neglecting the
true wisdom and cleaving to sin, Rom. 1,
21. 31. 10,19, quoted from Deut. 32, 21
where Sept. for 523. -So too 523, Sept.
ἄφρων, Ps. 14, 1. Job 2, 10.

ἀσύνϑετος,; ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (a priv. σύν-
Seros, συντίϑεμαι,.) uncompounded Plato
Phed. 78. c.—In N. T. not bound by cove-
nant, faithless, a covenant-breaker, Rom. 1,
31. Sept. for saa ae 3, 7. 8. So Dem.
383. 6. .

ἀσφάλεια, ας; 1), (ἀσφαλής,) jirmness,
stability, security, e. g. of a prison Acts 5,
23. Sept. for yin Ps. 104, 6. (Hdian. 1.
14.4.) Also of condition, security, safety,
1 Thess. 5, 3. Sept. for moa Lev. 26, 5.

καὶ πότους ἀστοχοῦν-

_Hdian.

104 Sele

So Pol. 3. 27. 3. Xen. 8. 12. '7.—Trop.
surety, certainty ; τῶν λόγων Luke 1, 4. So
Thue. 2. 11.

ἀσφαλής, έος, οὖς, 6, 7, adj. (a_ priv.
σφάλλομαι,) not liable to fall or fail, firm,
steadfast, e. g. an anchor Heb. 6,19. (Sept.
Prov. 8, 28. Xen. An. 3.2.19.) Also of
condition or character, safe, secure ; Phil. 3,
1 ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές. So Plato Legg. 672. Ὁ.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 39.—Trop. neut. τὸ doga-
λές, surety, certainty, Acts 21, 34. 22, 30. 25,
26. So Aschin. 24. 14.

ἀσφαλίζω, f. iow, (ἀσφαλής.) to make
jirm, fast, c. acc. Pol. 18. 18. 3.—In N. T.
only Mid. depon. ἀσφαλίζομαι, f. ἰσο- ἡ
μαι, id. Acts 16,24 τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸ ξύλον.
(Sept. for p»ynt Neh. 3,15, Pol. 1.22.10.)
Also to make “safe, secure, by seals, guards,
6. δ. τὸν τάφον Matt. 27, 65. 66; Pass. v.
64. So Wisd: 10, 12. Diod. Sic. 18. 53.

ἀσφαλῶς, adv. (ἀσφαλής,) firmly; se-
curely, Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 3.—In N. T. se-
curely, safely, sc. against escape, Mark 14,44.
Acts 16, 23. Sept. for mua Gen. 34, 25.
(Hdian. 2. 9. 7. Ken. Mag. Eq. 6.2.) Also
assuredly, certainly, Acts 2, 36. So Wisd.
18, 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18.

ἀσχημονέω, &, f. how, (ἀσχήμων;) to
be deformed, 1]. V. H. 11. 4.—In N. T. to
behave unseemly, to act indecorously, impro-
perly, absol. 1 Cor. 13, 5; also 7, 36 εἰ δὲ
τις ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν παρϑένον αὑτοῦ vo-
μίζει, but if any man think that he behaveth
unseemly (acteth improperly) in respect to
his virgin-daughter, i. 6. by not giving her
in marriage. So Sept. Ez. 16, 7. 22. Ail.
V. H. 2.15. Xen. Eq. 11. 6.—Others less
well in 1 Cor. '7, 36: to suffer shame or re-

‘proach; as Sept. Deut. 25, 8. Diod. Sic.

14. 10.

ἀσχημοσύνη, ns, ἡ, (ἀσχήμων;) pr. de-
formity ; hence unseemliness, indecorum,
Plut. Mor. II. p. 169. Plato Rep. 401. a.—In

_N.'T. indecency, shame, Rom. 1,27. (Ecclus.

26, 8. Jos. Ant. 16. 7. 6.) By euphemism,
shame, for nakedness, pudenda, Rev. 16,15;

.50 Sept. for πλὴν Ex. 30, 26. Ley. 18, 6.'7.

ἀσχήμων, ovos, 6, ἧ; adj. (a priv. σχῆ-
pa,) deformed, ugly, βαφαῖς ἀσχήμοσιν
5. 6. 24.—In N. T. unseemly, unbe-
coming, uncomely, 1 Cor. 12, 23. Sept. for
M598 Deut. 24,1. So Plut. Mor. II. p. 171.
Xen. Apol. Socr. η.

ἀσωτία, ας, ἡ; (ἄσωτος; 3 ἃ priv. oéto,)
‘the life of an ἄσωτος, i. 6. debauchery, re-
velry, riot, Eph. 5, 18. Tit. 1,6. 1 Pet. 4.

ἀσώτως
4,—Sept. Prov. 28, 1. Hdian. 2 ὅ. 3. Plato
Rep. 560. e.

. ἀσώτως, ady. (dcwros,) with revelry,

riotous]y, Luke 15, 13.—Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 8

et Dem. 1025. 19 ἀσώτως ζῆν.

ATAKTEO, &, f. no, (draxros,) to be dis-
orderly, of soldiers not keeping the ranks,
Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 6.—In N. T. trop. to walk
disorderly, to lead a disorderly life, 2 Thess.
3,1. So Xen. Cic. 5. 15. ib. '7. 31.

ἄτακτος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (a priv. τάασω,)
disorderly, not in array, of soldiers not
keeping the ranks, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. '7.—In
N. T. trop. disorderly, unruly, leading a
disorderly life, 1 Thess. 5,14. So Plut.
de Puer. educ.'7 ἄτακτοι ἡδοναί. Plato Legg.
806. c.

ἀτάκτως, «ἂν. (draxros,) disorderly,
without order, Xen. Mem. 8. 1.'7.—In N.
Τ'. trop. ἀτάκτως περιπατεῖν, to walk disor-
_ derly, to lead a disorderly life, 2 Thess. 3,
6.11. So ἀτάκτως ὧῆν Isocr. ad Nicod. p.
46. ed. Wolf. comp. Plato Phileb. 29. a.

ἄτεκνος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (a priv. τέκνον;
childless, Luke 20, 28. 29. 80. Sept. for
"7°72 Gen. 15, 2.—Ecclus. 16, 3: Eurip.
Hec. 514.

ἀτενίζω, f. iow, (drevis; aintens. τείνω.)
to look at intenily, steadfastly, earnestly, to
fix the eyes upon; with dat. see Matth.
ἢ 401. 2; Luke 4, 20. 22, 56. Acts 3, 12.
10, 4. 14, 9. 23,1. So ἐπατενίζειν τοῖς
Bpépeow Synes. Ep..1.—With εἰς c. acc.
Acts 1, 10. 3, 4. 6, 15. 7, 55. 11, 6. 13, 9.
2 Cor. 3,'7. 13. So Jos. B. J. 5. 12. 3.
Pol. 6. 11. 7.

ἄτερ, adv. c. gen. without, in the absence
of, mostly poetical, Luke 22, 6. 8 ; see
Buttm. § 146. 1, 3.—2 Mace. 12, 15. Plut.
de cap. ex inim. utilit.1.. Hom. Od. 7. 325.

ἀτιμάζω, f. doe, (aripos,) to dishonour,
6. σ΄.
1. Pr. by withholding the honour and re-
spect due, i. 4. to contemn, to despise, c. acc.
as God Rom. 2, 23; Christ John 8, 49;
τὸν πτωχόν collect. James 2, 6, comp. v. 2.
3.—Sept. Mic. 7,6. Gen. 16,4. Plato Rep.
“551. a, τὸν πένητα. Xen. An. 1. 9. 4.

2. Intens. i. 4. to treat with indignity,
shamefully, c. acc. Luke 20,11; Pass. Acts
5, 41. Mid. with acc. of thing, Rom. 1, 24
τὰ σώματα αὑτῶν, where others Pass. and
adrav.—Sept. Prov. 22,22. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
20. Comp. Plato Phed. 65. c, τὸ c@pa.

ἀτιμάω; sce ἀτεμόω.

-

-

105 αὐγή

ἀτιμία, as, 4, (ἄτιμος,) dishonour, i. 6.

1. Pr. ‘absence of honour,’ i. q. vileness,
meanness, sc. of condition 1 Cor. 15, 43 ;
of use, as vessels, Rom. 9, 21. 2 Tim. 2, 20.

2. Genr. 1.4. Shame, reproach, 1 Cor. 11,
‘14, 2 Cor. 6,8. 11, 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω,
I say it to my reproach, spoken ironically.
So Rom. 1, 26 πάϑη ἀτιμίας: i.e. shameful
passions.—Sept. Jer. 23, 40. Hdian. 2. 4. 9.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13.

ἄτιμος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. τιμή.)
without honour, unhonoured, Matt. 13, 57.
Mark 6, 4. 1Cor. 4,10; of parts of the |
body 1 Cor. 12,23. Sept. for 7273 Is. 3,
5.—Ecclus. 10, 19. Diod. Sic. 17. 66. Xen.
An, 7. '7. 46, 50.

ἀτιμόω, &, f. ὠσω, (ἄτιμος,) to dishon-
our, to treat with indignity, shamefully, like
ἀτιμάξζω, Pass. Mark 12, 4.—Sept. 2 Sam.
10, 5. Hermog. p. 347. 5, ex Demosth.

atpls, idos, ἡ, (kindr. ἀτμός, ἄημι;) va-
pour, James 4,14; comp. Wisd.2,4. Also
Acts 2,19 καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ, quoted from
Joel 3, 3 [2, 30], where Sept. for MiWa"N'
jO2. Sept. for 323 Lev. 16, 13.—Hdian. 1.
6. 5. Plato Tim. 87. e.

ἄτομος, ov, 6, 4, δά]. (α priv. ropn,
τέμνω.) uncut, as a meadow Soph. Trach.
200; not to be cut, indivisible, Plut. Phoc. 3.
Plato Soph. 229. d.—In N. T. of time, neut.
ἄτομον, an atom, a moment; 1 Cor. 15, 52
ἐν ἀτόμῳ: So Hesych. ἐν aréuq ἐν ῥιπή-"
ματι, ἐν τάχει.

ἄτοπος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv. τόπος.)
out of place, i. e.

1. Of conduct or the like, amiss, wrong,
Luke 23, 41. Acts 28, 6 μηδὲν ἄτοπον no-
thing amiss, i. e. no harm. (25, 5.]—2 Macc.
14, 23. Hdian. 4. 11. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 11.

2. Of persons, wrongful, wicked, 2 Thess.
3, 2.—Athen. 7. p. 279. d; see Wetst. N.
T. in loc.

᾿Αττάλεια, as, 4, Attalia, a maritime
city of Pamphylia in Asia Minor, Acts 14,
25. It lay near the mouth of the river
Catarrhacte, not far from the border of Ly-
_cia ; and was built by Attalus Philadelphus,
king of Pergamus. Now Adalia or Antali.
Strabo 14. p. 667. Leake’s Asia Minor p.
193.

αὐγάξω, f. dow, (αὐγή!) to shine upon,
to illumine, c. ace. Eurip. Hec. 636.—In
N. T. intrans. to shine, to be radiant ; trop.
c. dat. in some editt. 2 Cor. 4, 4. So Sept.
pr. Lev. 13, 24-26.

αὐγή, ἧς, ἡ; light, radiance, brightness,
asof the day, the sun; Acts 20, 11 ἄχρις

Αὔγουστος 106

αὐγῆς, until day-light. Sept. for 12 15. 59,
9.—Polyen. 4. p. 386 κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ai-
γὴν τῆς ἡμέρας. Xen. Mem. 4. 7.7 ἄνευ
ἡλίου αὐγῆς.

“Αὔγουστος, ov, 6, Augustus, the sur-
name conferred by the Roman senate upon
Octavianus, the nephew of Julius Cesar,
and the first Roman emperor ; under whose
reign Christ was born; Luke 2, 1. See
Flor. 4. 12. Sueton. Octav. 7. Augustus
died A. Ὁ. 14, at the age of 76; and was
succeeded by Tiberius, whom he had al-
ready admitted to the throne as co-regent ;
Sueton. Oct. 99 sq. ib. Tib. 21. Tac. Ann.
Wed, é

αὐδάδης, €0s, OUS, 0; 1, adj. (αὐτός,
ἥδομαι.) self-complacent ; hence self-willed,
stubborn, Tit. 1,7. 2 Pet. 2,10. Sept. for
ΤΣ Gen. 49, 3. '7.—Pol. 27.8.8. Plato Legg.
692. a.

αὐδαίρετος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (αὐτός, αἷρε-
τός, αἱρέω.) self-chosen, self-elected, στρατη-
γοί Xen. An. 5.'7. 293; voluntary, Savaros
Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 36.—In N. T. acting from
shoice, spontaneous; in place of an adv.
voluntarily, spontaneously, 2 Cor. 8, 3. 17;
see Buttm. ᾧ 128. 6. So Lucian. Catapl. 4
εἵπετο avSaiperds μοι. Plut. de Garrul. 4.

avSev Tew, ὦ, f. how, (αὐθέντης ; αὐτός,
évrea,) to have authority over, c. gen. 1 Tim.
2,12. Only in N. T. and eccl. writers ;
Hesych. aiSevreiv: ἐξουσιάζειν. Basil. M.
Ep. 52, 86. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 120.

αὐλέω, &, f. how, (αὐλός,) to pipe, to
_ play on the pipe, c. dat. commodi, Matt. 11,
17. Luke 7,32. Pass. part. neut. τὸ αὐλού-
μενον 1 Cor. 14, '7.—AB]. V. H. 14. 8. Xen.
(Ee. 1. 10.

αὐλή, fis, ἡ, (kindr. do, ἄημι,;) pr. a yard,
a court, any enclosed space in the open air
exposed to the weather; in Hom. the court-
yard before the house, surrounded by out-
buildings and serving also for the cattle, Il.
4, 433, Od, 9, 185.—In N. T.

1. a fold for sheep; into which the flocks
are driven at night, John 10, 1. 16.—So of
the circle in which nomadic shepherds pitch
their tents, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2; comp. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 201.

2. the court of an oriental house, the
quadrangle around which the house itself
was built, which served also as a place of
waiting for visitors and attendants ; Matt.
26, 58. 69. Mark 14, 54. 66. 15, 16.
Luke 22, 55. John 18,15. Sept. for “ST
2 Sam. 17, 18. Esth. 1, 5.—Jos. Ant. 12. 4.
11. al, V. H. 3. 4, Plato Conv, 212. d,

αὐξανω

3. the outer court of the Jewish temple
known as the court of the gentiles, Rev.
11, 2. Sept. and "2" 2 Chr. 29, 16. 33, 5.
Neh. 13, 7, comp. v. 5; 3% 2 Chr. 6, 13.
—1 Mace. 4, 38.

4. Synecd. a house, mansion, palace,
Matt. 26, 3. Luke 11, 21. Comp. Sept.
and "YW Esth. 4, 2.—Hdian. 1. 14. 8. Pol.
5. 26. 9.

αὐλητής, οὔ, ὃ, (αὐλέω,) α piper, min-
strel, Matt. 9, 28. Rev. 18,22. For min-
strels employed in mourning, see Jos. B. J.
3.9. 5; comp. Jer. 9, 17. Buxtorf Lex.
Ghald. 766, 1524.—/El. V. H. 14. 8. Xen.
Mem. 1. 7. 2.

αὐλίζομαι, f. ίσομαι, Mid. depon. (ai-
λή,) also Pass. aor. 1 ηὐλίσθην, to lie in a
fold, to be folded, so cattle Hom. Od. 12.
265. ib. 14. 412; of an army, to bivouac
for the night, to rest upon their arms, Pol. 8.
34. 2. Xen. An. 4. 1. 11.—In N. T..to pass
the night, to lodge, absol. Matt. 21, 17.
Luke 21, 37. Sept. for 435 Judg. 19, 6.7.
So Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1. Xen. An. ἃ. 5. 21.

αὐλός, οὔ, 6, (kindr. do, ἄημι. αὔὕω,) a
pipe, tibia, 1 Cor. 14,7. It had a gene-
ral resemblance to the hautboy or flageo-
let; see Dict. of Antt. art. Tibia. Sept.
for 5°25 2 Sam. 10, 5.—Hdian. 5. 3. 15.
Xen. Conv. 6. 4.

αὐξάνω and αὔξω, f. αὐξήσω, aor. 1
nvénoa, Pass. aor. 1 ηὐξήϑην, Matt. 13, 32.
1 Pet. 2,2. The form αὔξω occurs twice,
Eph. 2, 21. Col. 2,19; also in the Greek
poets, and Jos. 4. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 33.
Plato Tim. 82. d.—Lat. augeo, i. 6. to aug-
ment, to increase, both trans. and intrans.

1. Trans. 1. 4. ἐο make grow, to give in-
crease; so of plants or fruits, trop. 6. acc.
2 Cor. 9, 103 acc. impl. 1 Cor. 3, 6.7.
Pass. to grow, to grow up, to be increased,
as plants Matt: 13,32; trop. 2 Cor. 10, 15.
Col. 1, 6 in later editt. So Pass. trop. with
eis c. acc. Col. 1, 10. 1 Pet. 2,2 in later
editt. Sept. for 8"%'N Is, 61, 11.—Hdian.
3. 8. 9. Xen. Eq. 5. 7. Plato Prot. 320. 6.

2. Intrans. to grow, to grow up, to re-
ceive inerease ; only in late writers, Wetst.
N. T. I. p. 335. Winer ὁ 31. 1. Absol.
Matt. 6,28 τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνει.
Mark 4, 8. Luke 1, 80. 2, 40. 12, 27. 13,
19. John 3, 30. Acts 6, 7. 7, 17. 12, 24.
19, 20. Col. 2,19 αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ
Sead increaseth (with) the increase of God,
which God imparts; comp. John 17, 26 in
art ἀγαπάω no. 2. With εἴς τι, to grow up

‘into any thing, Eph. 2,21; (εἰς μῆκος Xen.

es a, Ψ ΡΝ

ΡΥ ΡΨ

αὔξησις

Lac. 2. 5;) also εἴς τινα, Eph. 4, 1ὅ αὐξή-
σωμεν εἰς αὐτὸν (Χριστόν) τὰ πάντα, we
should grow up unto him in all things, i. 6.
for him as the head, comp. 1, 5. With &
τινι 2 Pet. 3, 18.—Jos. Ant. 4. 4.1. Adsop.
Fab. 48. Diod. Sic. 4. 64. Comp. Lucian.
Pseudosoph. 4.

αὔξησις, cas, ἣ, (αὐξάνω,) increase,
growth, Eph. 4, 16. Col. 2, 19 see in αὐξά-
vo no. 2.—2 Macc. 5, 16. Pol. 17. 6. 4.
Xen. C&c. 5. 1.

»

αὔξω, see αὐξάνω.

αὔριον, adv. (αὔρα, dw, ἄημι,) the mor-
row, to morrow, absol. Matt. 6, 30. Luke 12,
28. Acts 23, 15. 20. 25, 22. 1 Cor. 15, 32.
Sept. for ὙΠ Ex. 8,10. 2 Sam. 11, 12.
(Antiph. 775. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 31.)
Hence of fut. time indefinite, James 4, 13
σήμερον ἢ αὔριον κτὰ. Luke 13, 32. 33 o7-
μέρον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ to day and
to morrow and the day following, i. e. for ἃ
brief season.— With the article ἡ αὔριον
(ἡμέρα). as adjective, Buttm. ᾧ 125. 6; the
morrow, the next day, Matt. 6, 34 bis, εἰς τὴν
αὔριον κτὰ. Luke 10, 35. Acts 4, 3. 5. James
4,14. So Pol. 1. 60. 5. Xen. An. 6. 4. 15;
comp. Ce. 11. 6.

αὐστηρός, 4, ὄν, (kindr. do, avo, ἄζω.)
austere, i. e. pr. rough, astringent to the
taste, Dioscor. 5.6; ὕδωρ Plato Phil. 61. c.
—In N. T. trop. austere, harsh, in a moral
sense, Luke 19, 21. 22. So 2 Macc. 14, 30.
Pol. 4. 20. 7. Plut. Quest. Gr. 40 σώφρων
καὶ αὐστηρός. ᾿

αὐτάρκεια, ας, ἡ, (αὐτάρκης,) sufficiency
in oneself, spoken: © a) Of a mind satis-

fied with its own lot, contentment, 1 Tim. -

6,6. So Diog. Laert. 10. 130. Diod. Sic.
lib. 33. p. 183 Tauchn. δ) Of things, a
sufficiency, competency, 2 Cor. 9, 8.

αὐτάρκης; eos, ovs, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (αὐτός,
ἀρκέω.) self-sufficing, self-competent, πρός
τι Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 11.—In N. T. content,
satisfied with one’s lot, Phil. 4,11. So Ec-
clus. 40, 18. Pol. 6. 48.'7. Xen. Mem. 2.
6. 2. :

avTOKATAKPLTOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (αὐτός,
katakpive,) self-condemned, Tit. 3, 11.—
Epiphan. p. 704. b. Photius: of ἀσεβεῖς αὐ-
τοκατάκριτοι.

αὐτόματος, ἢ: ον; adj. (αὐτός, μάω, μέ-
paa,) self-acting, self-moving, as tripods
Hom. Il. 18. 376.—In N. T.. spontaneous,
of oneself, of one’s own accord, in place of
an adverb, Buttm. ᾧ 1238. 6. Mark 4, 28
αὐτομάτη γὰρ ἡ γῆ καρποφορεῖ. Acts 12,

107 avTos

10. So Wisd. 17, 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 8. Plato
Polit. 272. a, αὐτομάτης ἀναδιδούσης τῆς
γῆς.

αὐτόπτης, ov, 6, (αὐτός, ὄπτομαι,) see-
ing for oneself, an eye-witness, Luke 1, 2.—
Pol. 1. 46. 4. Xen. Cyr. §. 4. 18.”

αὐτός, ἡ, ὁ, pron. emphat. self; in the
oblique. cases often him, her, it; with the
art. 6 αὐτός the very one, the same; see
Buttm. § 127. 2. Kiihner § 303. 3.

1. Self, oneself, marking emphatically a
person or thing as distinguished from ἃ.
others.

a) Joined with a noun or pronoun, as if
in apposition; and put either before the
noun and its article, or after them both;
the article being omitted only before pro-
per names, or at most before nouns de-
noting individuals. a) With proper names,
e. g. with the art. Acts 8, 13 6 δὲ Σέ-
pov καὶ αὐτός. Luke 24, 15 αὐτὸς ὁ "In-
σοῦς. John 4, 44. Matt. 3, 4. Mark 6,
17. al. (Plut. Mor. Il. p. 3 αὐτὸς ... ὁ Ζώ-

᾿πυρος.) Without the art. John 4, 2 Ἰη-
σοῦς αὐτός. Heb. 11, 11 αὐτὴ Σάῤῥα.
Mark 12, 36. 37 αὐτὸς Δαυΐδ. Luke 20, 42.
al. So Plut. J. (5. 7 αὐτὸς Κικέρων. Luc.
D. Mort. 29. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.6. β)
With other nouns, usually with the art.
John 5, 36 αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα. 14, 11 διὰ τὰ ἔργα
αὐτά. Gal. 6, 18 οἱ περιτεμνόμενοι αὐτοί.
Rom. 8, 21. 1 Cor. 11, 14. 15, 28. 2 Cor.
11, 14: 1 Thess. 4, 16. Rev. 21, 3. al. .-
(Hdian. 3. 13. 10. Xen. An. 1. 8. 14. Hi. 6. ©
4.) In Luke we find the formulas: αὐτῇ
V. ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ V. Spa, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ
καιρῷ, emphat. in that very day or time,
Luke 2, 38. 7, 21. 10, 21. 12, 12. 13,1.
31. 20,19. 23,12. 24, 13.33. Acts 16,
18. Spec. once i. 4. of oneself, of one’s own
accord; John 16, 27 αὐτὸς yap ὁ πατὴρ
φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς. So Luc. D. Deor. 20. 10. Xen.
An. 2. 1. 5. υὴ With pronouns; e. g.
pron. personal, as αὐτὸς ἐγώ Luke 24, 39.
Rom. 15, 14. 2 Cor. 10, 1; κἀγὼ αὐτός
Acts 10, 26. (Hdian..2. 3. 10. Xen. Mem.
1. 6. 14.) So ὑμεῖς αὐτοί Mark 6, 31. 1
Thess. 4, 9; αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς John 3, 28; ὑμῶν
αὐτῶν Acts 20, 30. 1 Cor. 5,13. 11, 13.
Eph. 6, 9. (Hdian. 1. 4. 14. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.
11. Hi. 1.24.) Witha relat. pron. Matt.
27, 57 ὃς καὶ αὐτός who himself also. Mark
15, 43. 1 Pet. 2, 24. (Plut. J. Ces. 5.
Hdian. 7. 1. 24.) With a pron. demonstr.
as αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου Acts 25, 25; αὐτοὶ οὗ-
τοι Acts 24, 15. 20; so Hdian. 3. 18. 7.
Thue. 6. 33 ᾿Αϑηναῖοι αὐτοὶ οὗτοι.
b) Where the noun to which αὐτός refers

> 7
QuTos

is followed by a clause or by several words ;
here αὐτός is inserted after the clause for
the sake of distinctness or emphasis. — a)
Genr. Matt. 4, 16 τοῖς καθημένοις ... φῶς
ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. 5, 40. 12, 36. 25, 29.
Luke 1, 36. John 6, 15 αὐτὸς μόνος. 15, 2
bis. Rev. 2, 7. 26. 6,4. So Paleph. Fab.
20. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15. ib. 3.3. 38 av-
τὸς μόνο. 8) Spec. where αὐτός takes
up again the subject (or object) of the’verb,
in apodosis or elsewhere, emphat. i. q. 6 ad-
τός or οὗτος. Matt. 6,4 καὶ 6 πατήρ σου
«ν αὐτός κτλ. John 7,4. 14, 10. Matt. 12,
50 ὅστις yap ἂν ποιήσῃ ... αὐτός pou ἀδελ-

pos, comp. Mark 3, 45 where it is οὗτος.

So in apodosis, Xen. An, 1. 9. 29 ὃν ᾧετο
πιστόν ... ταχὺ αὐτὸν εὗρε KTA. .

¢) Where the personal pronoun to which
αὐτός refers, is implied in the form of the
verb, and not expressed; here αὐτός thus
standing alone in the nominative (very rare-
ly in an oblique case) is i. q. myself, thyself,
himself, and the like; or at least for J, thou,
he, etc. pronounced with emphasis. a)
Genr. and so too καὶ αὐτός, I myself also, I
also; Matt. 1, 21 αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν
αὑτοῦ, for HE shall save his people. 8, 11
αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει, HE shall baptize you.
25, 17 ἐκέρδησε καὶ αὐτὸς ἄλλα δύο, HE also
gained other two. Mark.1, 8. 2, 25. 8, 18.
Luke 1, 17. 22. 6, 35. 42 αὐτὸς τὴν .... δο-
κὸν οὐ βλέπων thyself not beholding the beam,
etc. 10, 1. 11,14. 15,14. John 9, 21 bis.
Acts 2, 34. 21,24. 1 Cor. 3, 15. Phil. 2,
24 ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι, i. 6. 1
myself also. Heb. 5,2. Rev. 21,7. al. sep.
Rev. 19, 12 εἰ μὴ αὐτός. ‘With a parti-
ciple, Acts 17, 25 οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνϑρώ-
Tov ϑιραπεύεται. .. αὐτὸς διδοὺς πᾶσι ζωήν
κτὰ. So genr. Hdian. 1. 8. 3. Plut. J.
Ces. %. Xen. Cyr. 1. 8..10; καὶ αὐτός Xen:
Cyr. 1. 6. 2; with particip. Plut: Mor. I.
p- 9 αὐτὸς ... κελεύσας. Thuc. 6. 5.—
Prur. nom. Luke 11, 4 καὶ yap αὐτοὶ adie-
μεν, for we also forgive. 22, 71. Gal. 2,
17. Luke 11, 46 καὶ αὐτοὶ ... οὐ προσψαύ-
ere, and ye yourselves. v. 52. Acts 2, 22.
18, 15. 20, 34. Rom. 15. 14. 1 Thess. 5,
2. Heb. 13,3. Matt. 5, 4 ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακλη-
ϑήσονται, for THEY shall be comforted. v. 5~
9. Luke 14, 1. 12. John 4, 45. Acts 13, 14.
1 Thess. 1, 9. Heb. 8,9. Rev. 21, 3. al.
So 1 and 2 pers. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 45 3 pers.
Hi. 2. 8. ib. 5. 2. 8) Spec. of a person
not named, but well known; like ii
He emphatic; e. g. of God, Heb. 13, 5
αὐτὸς γὰρ εἴρηκεν for He hath said. So of
Jesus, He, i. q. the Master, the Lord, Mark
4,38. Luke 5, 17. 10, 38. Acts 10, 42.

108

autos

(Comp. the αὐτὸς ἔφη, ipse wiaxit, of the
Pythagoreans, Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. 18.
Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 5.) -
some time before spoken of; e. g. John the
Baptist, Matt. 11, 14; Zaccheus, Luke 19,
9. Also in epanarthanis, as Mark 2, 25 τι
ἐποιήσε Δαυΐδ, ὅτε ... ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς καὶ
οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Luke 6, 8. John 2,19. γ)
With an ordinal number; Rey. 17, 11 αὐ-
τὸς ὀγδοός ἐστι himself is the eighth, i. 6.
there are himself and seven others, he (av-
rés) being the chief; comp. 2 Pet. 2, 5. So
Thuc. 1. 46. Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 17. 8)
Rarely in an.oblique case, and only when it
begins the construction; Buttm. ᾧ 127.2. ὃ.
Luke 24, 24 αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον. John 9, 21
αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε. Eph. 2, 10 αὐτοῦ γάρ
ἐσμεν ποίημα. So Plato Lys. 204. a, αὐτοῦ
πρῶτον ἡδέως ἀκούσαιμ᾽ ἄν. Xen. Hi. 6. 10.

2. For the simple pers. pronoun of the
third person, he, she, it; but only in the
oblique cases, never in the nominative, and
never at the beginning of a clause; Buttm.
ὁ 197. 2.

a) Genr. as Matt. 8,16 ἀνεῴχϑησαν αὐτῷ
of οὐρανοί. 6, 26 bis, αὐτά... αὐτῶν. v. 34
αὐτῆς: 7, 9.10. Mark 1,10. 4,36. 12; 19.
Luke 1, 22 bis, αὐτοῖς. 4, 41. John 1, 5. 6.
4, 39. 40. Acts 5,9. Rom. 1, 20 αὐτούς.
Rey. 2, 18. al. sep.. Rom. 10, 5 et Gal. 3,

| 10.12 ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς,

quoted from Sept. Lev. 18, 5, where αὐτά
refers to τὰ προστάγματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα
τοῦ ϑεοῦ. So Plut. J. Ces. 2. Xen. Mem.
3. 1. 3, 4.—Sometimes genit. αὐτοῦ is put
before the noun governing it, but without

‘emphasis ; John 2, 23 Sewpodvres αὐτοῦ τὰ

σημεῖα, ἃ ἐποίει. 3,19. 21. 4, 47. 12, 40.
2 Cor. 8, 2. Rev. 18, 5; also before two
nouns, Acts 3,'7. Tit. 1,15. Occasionally
the pronoun is two or three times repeated,
where it may either refer to the same per-
son, as Matt. 26,'71. Mark 10, 33. 34; or
to different persons, as Mark 8, 22 καὶ
φέρουσιν αὐτῷ [Ἰησοῦ] τυφλόν, καὶ παρεκα-
λοῦσιν αὐτόν [ Ἰησοῦν], ἵνα αὐτοῦ [rod τυ-
prod} ἅψηται. 9,27. 28. In other examples
the first pronoun belongs to the construction
of the case absolute, as Matt. 8,1. 5. Mark
5, ἃ. Acts '7, 21. al.

b) Where there is no direct grammatical
subject or antecedent expressed, but the
pronoun refers to one implied, e. g. a) To
a gentile noun or the like implied in the
mention of a place, country, region; Matt.
4, 23 and Luke 4, 15 ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς
συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 56. τῶν Ταλιλαίων. 9,35.
11, 1 (comp. Luke 9, 6). 12, 9 αὐτῶν, i.e.
the people of that place, comp. v. 1. Acts

~Genr. of any one ᾿

See ee ae een ρὰς - κν:

reg
avuTos

8, 5 ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν, 80. τοῖς
Σαμαρείταις. 20,2. 2 Cor. 2, 13 comp. v.
12. So Lucian. Tim. 9. Dial. Mort. 12,4.
Thuc. 1. 136 ὁ δὲ Θεμιστοκλῆς φεύγει ἐκ
Πελοποννήσου ἐς Κέρκυραν, ὧν αὐτῶν εὐερ-
γέτης. See Winer ᾧ 22.3. 8) Τὸ ἃ noun
implied in a preceding one; e.g. an ab-
stract in a concrete, John 8, 44 ὅτι ψεύ-
στης ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ SC. τοῦ ψεύδους.
Vice versa, Rom. 2, 26 ἐὰν ἡ ἀκροβυστία

.-OUXL ἡ ἀκρ. αὐτοῦ [Tod ἀκροβύστου] εἰς
περιτομὴν λογισϑήσεται. Also Luke 23, 51,
where αὐτῶν refers to the Sanhedrim, as
implied in the Sing. βουλευτής v. 50. Comp.
Sept. Jon. 1, 3 καὶ εὗρε πλοῖον βαδίζον εἰς
Θαρσίς... καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦ πλεῦσαι
per αὐτῶν. See Winer 1. 6. y) Toa
subject implied in a preceding verb or other
words; Luke 18,15 ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς,
SC. τοῖς προσφέρουσιν τὰ βρέφη. 1 Pet. 3,
14 τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηϑῆτε, sc.
ἀφ᾽ ὧν πάσχοιτε. Eph. 5,12 τὰ γὰρ κρυφῇ
γινόμενα ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν, SC. τῶν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ
σκότους ποιούντων v.11. Winer ]. ο. Here
some include also Acts 12,21: ὁ Ἡρώδης
ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς, as if i. 4. πρὸς τὸν
δῆμον ; but αὐτούς refers rather to those
sent by the Tyrians and Sidonians in v. 20,

to whom Herod gave audience before the |

people; see Winer §21.n.1. . ὃ) When
the subject is presupposed as known, or
must be gathered from the whole context ;
Luke 2, 22 αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καϑαρισμοῦ αὐ-
τῶν, i.e. of both mother and child. 5, 17
εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτούς, i. e. those present
who needed. healing, without reference to
v. 15. John 20,15 εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν,

sc. τὸν κύριόν μου Vv. 13. Acts 4,5 cvva-_

χϑῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, i. 6. of the
Jews, τοῦ λαοῦ v. 1; so Heb. 4,8. 8,8. 11,
28. So too Matt. 8,4 τὸ δῶρον, ὃ προσέ-
rake Μωῦσῆς, eis μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. i.e. to
the Jews, on whom this law of Moses was
binding ; Winer § 22. 3, 4.—Spec. . αὐτόν
refers sometimes. to Jesus as the Messiah,
the Lord and Master, though he is not
named ; Luke 1, 17 καὶ αὐτὸς προελεύσεται
ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, comp. v. 76. So Mark 5,
2. John 9, 22 ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ.
1 John 2, 12. 27. 28. 2 John 6. al. A like
use of the pronoun without an antecedent
is frequent in Hebrew; see Lehrg. p.
740.

6) In or after a relative clause with ὅς,
e.g. a) Where the relative construction
might properly be continued, but the writer
falls. out of it; Acts 3, 13. 1 Cor. 8,6 ἐξ
οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς cis αὐτόν, for καὶ εἰς

109

ay
avuTos

ὃν ἡμεῖς. ibid. δ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς δι
αὐτοῦ. 2 Pet.2, 3 οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ

> Sal . eps > br > ΄ > ,
apyel Καὶ ἢ aTMAELA αὐτῶν ov νυστάζει,

for καὶ ὧν ἡ ἀπώλεια κτλ. See also Rev. 2,
18. So Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 38; comp. El. V.
Η. 12. 18. Strabo 8. p. 371. Kiihner ᾧ 384.
1. 8) Ina following clause, for distinct-
ness or explanation; Luke 12, 8. 10. 48
καὶ @ mapéSevro πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτή-
σουσιν αὐτόν. John 6, 39. 17,2. But
here do not belong Matt. 3, 12 and Luke 3,
17: οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ whose
winnowing-fork is in his hand, i. 6. ready
for use; comp. Matt. 3,10. Matth. § 472.
3. Winer § 22.4. a. γὴ In the simpli-
city of ancient expression, αὐτόν etc. is
put by pleonasm after a relative in the
same clause and in the same case; Mark 1,
7 and Luke 3, 16 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας
λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδηματων αὐτοῦ,
comp. Matt. 8,11 where αὐτοῦ is not in-
serted. Mark 7, 25 ἧς εἶχε τὸ ϑυγάτριον
αὐτῆς πνεῦμα axaSaproy. Acts 15,17. Rev.
3, 8. 7, 2. 13, 12; once with a relat. ad-
verb, Rev. 17,9 ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ κάϑηται ἐπ᾽
αὐτῶν. This is the well-known Hebrew
construction of the relat. "88 with a pro-
noun following; so Sept. for 72,..75%
or the like, Josh. 3, 4. Judg. 18, 5.6; also
Sept. Is. 1, 21. Judith 10, 2; see Heb. Gr.
$121. 1. Lehrg. p. 748. But a like con-
struction is sometimes found in Gr. writers ;
so Soph. Phil. 316. οἷς... ϑεοὶ δοῖέν ποτ᾽.
αὐτοῖς dvrimow ἐμοῦ παϑεῖν. Diod. Sic.
1. 97 εἰς ὅν... καϑ᾿ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὕδωρ
φέρειν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ Νείλου. Matth.
ᾧ 412. 3 υἱὲ. Winer § 22. 4. b.

d) Sometimes there is a transition from
the pron. of the first or second pers. to
that of the third, or vice versa; e. g. from
the first to the third, Sing. Luke 1, 45 comp.
44; Plur. Rev. 5, 10 comp. 9;.also from
the second to the third, Rev. 18, 24 comp.
v. 22. 23. Vice versa, from the third to
the second, Matt. 23, 37.—This is freq. in
Hebrew ; see Heb. Gr. § 134. n. 3. Lehrg.
p. 742.

e) Rarely αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν, is found where
the reflex. αὑτοῦ, αὑτῶν, might, also stand ;
e. g. Matt. 21, 45 of Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ore”
περὶ αὐτῶν [αὑτῶν] λέγει. John 4, 47 καὶ
ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα καταβῇ καὶ ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ
[αὑτοῦ] τὸν υἱόν. But here the writer
expresses the idea in his own person, and
not in reference to the preceding subject.
Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 127. 3, and n. 4. Kiihner
§ 302. 5. Winer } 22. 5.n.—So Jos. Ant. 5.

2.11 ἠπατημένους αὐτοὺς [αὑτοὺς] ἤσϑηντο.

αὐτοῦ 110

Diod. Sic. 17. 64 τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐνοίαν,
comp. ᾧ 65 στοργὴν πρὸς ἑαυτόν.

f) In rare instances the oblique case of
the pron. is omitted, where it must be sup-
plied in thought; Acts 13, 3 καὶ ἐπιϑέντες
τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ἀπέλυσαν sc. αὐτούς. Mark
6,5. Luke 14, 4. John 10, 29. Eph. 5, 11.
2 Thess. 3,15. 1 Tim. 6, 2.—Dem. 1259.
11. Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 3. See Buttm. § 130.
* 5. Winer § 22. 1.

3. With the article, 6 αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή,
τὸ αὐτό, the same, not different; Buttm.
§ 127. 2. 1Π.

a) Genr. and with a subst. Rom. 10, 12
ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος. Phil. 1,30 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα.
1 Cor. 12, 4 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα. ν. 5. 8. 9. 11.
Matt. 26, 44. Mark 14, 39. Luke 6, 38.
Rom. 9,21. Neut. rd αὐτό, τὰ αὐτά,
the same, the same things, Matt: 5,46. Luke
6, 33. Acts 15, 27 ra αὐτά. Rom. 2, 1.
1 Cor. 1, 10. Eph. 6, 9. al. Sept. for TN
Job 31,15. So 2 Macc. 3,33. Xen. Mem. 3.
4, 6,'7.—Nevt. adverbially: a) τὸ αὐτό, the

same, in like manner, Matt. 2'7, 44. 1 Cor. ἡ

12, 25. So Plut. Mor. II. p. 6 pen. Xen.
Mem. 3.8.5. 8) ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, e. g. of
place, in the same place, in one place, toge-
ther, Matt. 22, 34. Acts 2,1. 44. 1 Cor.
11, 20. Acts 4, 26, quoted from Ps. 2, 2
where Sept. for 772; also 2 Sam. 10, 15.
(Pol. 2. 32. 6. Comp. eis ταὐτό Jos. Ant.
5. 2. 11. Xen. An. 3. 1. 30.) Also of
time, at the same time, together, Acts 3, 1.
Luke 17, 35. Sept. for 139 Ps. 37, 38.
_ Deut. 32, 10. y) κατὰ τὸ αὐτό, at the
same time, together, Acts 14,1. Sept. and
73917 1 Sam. 31,.6. 2 Sam. 2,16. So Al.
_V.H. 14.8. Diod. Sic. 20. 76.

b) Implying likeness, the same with any
thing, c. dat. 1 Cor. 11,5 ἕν γάρ ἐστι καὶ
τὸ αὐτὸ τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ. 1 Pet. 5, 9. See
Buttm. § 133. 2. f—Plato Euthyd. 298. a,
ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ AiS@. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 35.

c) Implying stability, ever the same, un-
changeable ; Heb. 13, 8 Ἰ. Xp. χϑὲς καὶ σή-
μερον 6 αὐτός. 1,12 σὺ δὲ 6 αὐτὸς εἶ, quoted
from Sept. Ps. 102, 28—So of mind or
purpose, ‘Thuc. 2. 67 ἐγὼ μὲν ὁ αὐτός εἰμι

_+++ ὑμεῖς δὲ μεταβάλλετε. +

αὐτοῦ, adv. (gen. of αὐτό,) in this or
that place, here, there, Matt. 26, 36. Acts
‘15, 34. 18,19. 21,4. Sept. for nya Ex.
24,14; mb Num. 32, 6.—Pol. 3. 65. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 5.

αὑτοῦ, ῆς, od, Att. for ἑαυτοῦ, is, od,
reflex. pron. 3 pers. himself, herself, itself,
see Buttm. ἡ 74. 3; so Matt. 1, 21. 3, 12.
Luke 5, 25. 9,14. Acts 15, 26. 2 Tim. 2,

ἀφαιρεω

19. Rev. 16,17. al. sep. On αὐτοῦ for
αὑτοῦ, see in αὐτός no. 9. 6. So Hdian. 1.
17.26. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 28, Hell. 2. 4. 26.
—In Matt. 23, 37 some for πρὸς αὐτήν read
πρὸς αὑτήν, which would then be for 2 pers.
πρὸς σεαυτήν, comp. Buttm. § 127. n. 5.
eee § 302. 8. But see in αὐτός no.
2. d.

αὐτόφωρος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (αὐτός, φώρ.)
pr. caught in the very theft, and genr. caught
in the very act, Thuc. 6. 38.—Usually and
in N. T. Neut. ἐπ᾿ αὐτοφώρῳ, in (upon)
the very act, 6. 5. of adultery, John 8, 4
γυνὴ κατειλήφϑη ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφώρῳ μοιχευομένη.
So All. H. An. 11.15 μοιχευομένην γυναῖκα
ἐπ. avr. καταλαβών. Antiph. 605. ult. ληφϑεῖ-
σαν... ἐπ᾽ adr. μηχαγτωμένην. Dem. 378. 12.

αὐτόχειρ, pos, 6, ἡ, adj. (αὐτός, χείρ.)
lit. self-handed, own-handed, i. 6. doing with
one’s own hands; Acts 27,19 αὐτόχειρες

᾿ τὴν σκευὴν... ἐῤῥίψαμεν, with our own hands

we cast out. For this adverbial use, see
Buttm. § 123. 6.—Soph. Elec. 1019; c.
gen. Hdian. 7. 2.17 αὐτόχειρ τῆς μάχης.
Dem. 321. 17; comp. Xen. Hell. 7. 3. 7.

αὐχμηρός, d, dy, (αὐχμός, αὐχμέω,)
dusty, dirty, squalid, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31;
τόποι Plato Rep. 761. b.—In Ν, T. genr,
for dark, dismal, 2 Pet. 2,19. So Lue.
Prometh. 14 τὴν γῆν οὐκέτι αὐχμηρὰν καὶ
ἀκαλλῆ οὖσαν. Hesych. αὐχμηρόν᾽ ξηρόν,
σκοτῶδες.

ἀφαιρέω, &, f. how Rev. 22, 19 Rec.
(ἀπό, aipéw.) fut.2 ἀφελῶ ib. Griesb. Aor. 2
ἀφεῖλον, Mid. aor. 2 ἀφειλόμην.

1. to take from, to take away, from any
one; 6. acc. Luke 1, 25 τὸ ὄνειδός pov,
comp. Sept. for pox Gen. 30, 23; so Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 23 τὸν p&dvov.—Also ἀφαιρεῖν
τὴν ἁμαρτίαν to take away sin, i. e. either to
expiate, to make atonement for, as by sacri-
fices, Heb. 10, 4 (Sept. and δἰ Lev. 10,
17); or of God, to forgive, to pardon, Rom.
11, 27; so Sept, and xiyy Ex. 34,7; “BD
Is. 27, 9. Ecclus. 47, 11:—Construed with
acc. and ἀπό c. gen. of pers. Mid. Luke 16,
3; Pass. Luke 10, 42. So with ἀπό of
thing, Rev. 22, 19 bis; also with ἐκ id.
Rev. 22,19. Soc. ἀπό Sept. Gen. 31, 31.
Sext. Empir. adv. Phys. 1. 280 εἰ γὰρ ἀφαι-
ρεῖταί τι ἀπό τινος, ἤτοι σῶμα ἀπὸ σώματος
ἀφαιρεῖται. Theophr. Char. 2; c. ἐκ Sept.
Judg. 21, 6. Xen. Ven. 12. 9.

2. Spec. to take off, i. 4. to cut off, 6. g.
τὸ ὠτίον, τὸ ods, Matt. 26,51. Mark 14, 47.
Luke 22,50. Sept. for "23 1 Sam. 17, 51.
—l. V. H. 3.1 τὸν κλάδον. Comp. Hdian.
3. 7. 16.

EE ee ee

f
i
4

ἀφανής

ἀφανής, έος, οὖς, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. φαί-

sopat,) not apparent, unseen, hidden, Heb.

4, 13.—2 Mace. 3, 34. Antiphon. 673. 2.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2.

ἀφανίζω, f. ἰσω, (ἀφανής.) 1. to make
disappear, to hide from sight; Pass. to dis-
appear, to vanish away; Θ. g. ἃ vapour,
Pass. James 4, 14.—Philo de Char. p. 714 rd
σκότος ἀφανίζεται. Plato Rep. 855. a. Act.
Diod. Sic. 2. 20. Xen. An. 3. 4. 8.

2. Spec. to consume, to destroy, as earthly
treasures, absol. Matt. 6, 19. 20; comp.
Luke 12, 33. Pass. of persons, to be con-
sumed, to perish, Acts 13, 41, quoted from
Sept. Hab. 1, 5. Sept. for m3 Jer. 47,
4; pvix Joel 1, 18—Pol. 1. 81. 6. ib. 34.
14. 6. Xen. An. 3. 2. 11.

3. Trop. to darken, to disfigure, e. g. the
countenance by dust and ashes, opp. to a
cheerful aspect, Matt. 6, 16—Stob. Serm.
72. p. 445 γυνὴ ἀφανίζων τὰς ὄψεις sc. with
pigments. Ail. H. A. 1.41. Jos. Ant. 9.
3. 2.

ἀφανισμός, od, ὁ, (ἀφανίζω,) a disap-
pearing, vanishing away, destruction ; e. g.
of a covenant, annulment, abrogation, Heb.
8, 13.—Genr. Sept. Zeph. 1,16. Diod. Sic.
15. 48. Comp. Test. XII Patriarch. p. 581
τὸν νόμον ἀφανίσετε.

ἄφαντος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv. φαίνο-
pat,) not apparent, unseen, i. q. ἀφανής ;
hence ἄφαντος γενέσϑαι, to disappear, to be
no longer seen, ¢. ἀπό τινος Luke 24, 31.—
Diod. Sic. 3. 60 ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων
συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσϑαι.
Plut.*de Def. Orac. 1.

ἀφεδρών, ὥνος, 6, (ἀπό, ἕδρα,) pr.
‘place of sitting apart;’ hence ὦ privy,
draught, Matt. 15,17. Mark 7, 19.—Flo-
rent. in Geopon. 6.2.8. The word be-
longs toa late age; Sturz de Dial. Alex.
Ρ. 150. Comp. in Sept. ἄφεδρος for [153
menses, Lev. 15, 19. 20. 24. al. Psalt. Sa-
lom. 8, 13.

ἀφειδία, as, ἧ; (ἀφειδής ; a priv. φεί-
Bopat,) unsparingness, austerity ; Col. 2,
23 ἐν. ««ἀφειδίᾳ τοῦ σώματος, in austerity
φῇ body, i. e. harsh bodily discipline, asce-
tism.— El. V. H. 14.34. Comp. Thue. 2.
51 ἠφείδουν σφῶν αὐτῶν.

ἀφελότης, τητος, ἡ, (ἀφελής ; a priv.
φελλεύς,) simplicity, sincerity, Acts 2, 46.
—So ἀφέλεια id. AB). V. H. 3. 10. Pol. 6.
48. 4.

ἄφεσις, cas, ἧ, (ἀφίημι 4. Vv.) a letting

89 a freeing, 6. g.
1. Of persuns from bondage sien

111

5».

ἀφίημι

deliverance, liberty, Luke 4, 18 [19] bis.
Sept. for »vipn Is. 58, 6.—Pol. 1. 79. 12.
Plato Polit. 273. ὁ.

2. From the guilt and consequences of
sins, remission, forgiveness, pardon ; 80 ἄφε-
σις τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν Matt. 26, 28. Mark 1, 4.
Luke 1,77. 3,3. 24,47. Acts 2,38. 5,31.
10,43. 13,38. 26,18. Col.1,14; ἄφεσις τῶν
παραπτωμάτων id. Eph. 1, '7; also simply
ἄφεσις id. Mark 3, 29. Heb. 9, 22. 10, 18.
—So from debt, punishment, Sept. Deut. 15,
35 τῆς τιμωρίας Didd. Sic. 36. p. 222; rod
φόνου Plato Legg. 869. d. F

ἁφή, js, ἡ, (ἅπτω,) a joining, a joint,
e. g. of the body, trop. Eph. 4, 16 see in
ἐπιχορηγία. Col. 2, 19.—Plut. M. Anton.
27. Plato Ax. 365. a, συνειλεγμένον τὰς
adds, καὶ τῷ σώματι ῥωμάλεον κτλ.

ἀφϑαρσία, ας, 4, (ἄφϑαρτος,) incorrup-
tion, exemption from decay ; so of the bodies
of the saints after the resurrection, opp. 7
propa, τὸ φϑαρτόν, 1 Cor. 15, 42. 50. 53.
54. Hence genr. immortality, the future
life and bliss of the saints in heaven, Rom.
2,7. 2 Tim. 1, 10. So Wisd. 2, 23. Plut.
Aristid. 6.—Trop. incorrupiness, sincerity,
Eph. 6, 24 ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ. So in Mss. Tit.
2,'7 ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀδιαφϑορίαν, σεμνό-
τητα, ἀφϑαρσίαν.

Ν . ,

ἄφϑαρτος, ov, 6, ἣ, adj. (a priv. φϑείρω,)
incorruptible, undecaying, enduring ; e. g.
of things, 1 Pet. 1, 4. 3,4; opp. φϑαρτός,
1 Cor. 9, 25. 1 Pet. 1,23; so of the future
bodies of the saints, 1 Cor. 15,52. Of God,
immortal, 1 Tim. 1,17; opp. φϑαρτὸς ἄν-
ὥρωπος, Rom. 1, 23.—Wisd. 12, 1. Diog.
Laert. 10. 123. Plut. de Def. Orac. 19 ἑνὶ
(Se) ἀϊδίῳ καὶ ἀφϑάρτῳ.

adbSopla, as, }, (ἄφϑορος ; a priv. φϑεί-
ρω,) incorruption ; trop. incorruptness, pu-
rity of doctrine; in Mss. for Hadaela
Tit. 2, 7.

ἀφίημι, f. . ἀφήσω, (ἀπό, ἵἴημι;) aor. 2
ἀφῆν, aor. 1 ἀφῆκα; Pass. aor. 1 apéSnv
Pass. fut. 1 ἀφεϑήσομαι. See Buttm. ᾧ 108,
I. Anomalous forms are: Pres. 2 ἢ. ἀφεῖς
from ἀφέω, Rev. 2, 20 in later edit. comp.

Ex. 32, 32. Buttm. ᾧ 106. n.5. Winer§14_

3.—Imperf. ἤφεον from ἀφίω, Mark 1, 34.
11,16; comp. Ecc. 2,18. 5,11. Philo Leg
ad Cai. p. 1021. Buttm. § 108. I. 5. Winer
l.c. For the augm. see Buttm. § 86. n. 2
—Perf. Pass. 3 plur. ἀφέωνται Matt. 9,2
5. Mark 2, 5. 9. al. from a form of the Perf.
Act. ἀφέωκα, Buttm. ᾧ 108. I. 1, marg, note.
§97.n. 2. Winer l.c.—To send forth or

away, to let go away; 6. g.

Rec.

ἀφίημι 112

1, Pr. to send away, to dismiss; ¢. acc.
a) Genr. of persons, 6. g. rods ὄχλους, τὸν
ὄχλον, Matt. 13, 36. Mark 4, 36. So Pol.
33. 1. 6. Xen, Cyr. 1. 2. 8... b) Spec. of a
wife, to put away, to divorce, 1 Cor. '7, 11.
12. 13. So Jos. Ant. 15.7. 10. Hidot. 5. 39.
c) Of the voice, to send forth, to utter ; Mark
15, 37 ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην, uttering a loud
cry. Sept. for dip yma Gen..45, 2. (Lu-
cian. Jup. Trag. 15. Plato Rep. 475. a.)
Also of the spirit, life, i. gq. to give up;
Matt. 27, 50 ἀφῆκε τὸ “πνεῦμα he gave up
the ghost, expired, So ἀφ. τὴν ψυχήν Sept.
Gen. 35, is. Ail. H. An. 2.1. Hdot. 4. 190;
of the breath Thuc. 2. 49.—In the fallow-
ing significations the primary idea of send-
ing away is retained only in a modified
setlse :

2. to dismiss from one’s attention or care,
to let be, to leave, i.e. a) to leave by going
away, departing, from a person, place, or
thing, to forsake, to quit; c. acc. Matt. 4,11
τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος. v. 20 ἀφέν-
τες τὰ δίκτυα. ν. 22. 18,12. 22, 22. 19, 27.
29. Mark 10, 28. 29. 14, 50. Luke 5, 11.
10, 30. John 4, 3 ἀφῆκε τὴν “Iovdaiay. 16,
28. al. Trop. Rom. 1,.27. Rev. 2, 4.
(Wisd.10, 14. Ecclus. 6,27. Lucian. D.
Deor. 6. 2.) "With an acc. and predicate,
to-leave a person in any state, e. g. alone,
μόνον, John 8, 29. 16,32. (Comp. Lucian.
l.c.) Trop. of disease, a fever; Matt. 8,
15 καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν 6 πυρετός. Mark 1, 31.
Luke 4, 39. John 4, 52. Ὁ) to leave be-
hind, to let remain; Pass. to be left, to re-
main; c. acc. Matt. 5, 24 ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶ-
ρόν σου. John 4, 28. Luke 19, 44; Pass.
Matt. 24, 2. Mark 13, 2. Luke 21,6. Matt.
24, 40. 41. Luke 17, 34. 35. 36. So to
leave behind at death, c. acc. Mark 12, 19.
20. 21. 22; acc. et dat. Matt. 22,25. John
14, 27. With an acc. and predicate, to
leave or let remain in any state, e. g. John
14, 18 οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς. Acts 14,
17. Heb. 2, 8; also Pass. with dat. of pers.
Matt. 23, 38. Luke 13,35. So Sept. 2 Chr.
28,14. 1 Macc. 1, 48. 0) to leave unheed-
ed; 6. δ. of persons, to let be, to let alone ;
Matt. 15, 14 ἄφετε αὐτούς let them alone,

heed them not. (Comp. Xen. An. 5. 4. 7.)

Of things, to omit, i. e. not to dwell upon,
Heb. 6,1; or also to leave undone, to ne-
glect, Matt. 23, 23 bis, ἀφήκατε τὰ βαρύτερα
τοῦ νόμου κτλ. Mark 7, 8 ἀφέντες yap τὴν
ἐντολὴν τοῦ ϑεοῦ. [λι|Κ6.11, 42. So Eurip.
Androm. 393. Soph. id. C. 1537 ra Seia.
Dem. 11. 8 τὸν καιρόν.

3. to let go from, to let off, pr. a person
from debt or accusation, as ἀφ. Twa*rov

ὠφικνέομαι

φόνου Dem. 988. 22. In N. T. with ace.
of thing and dat. of pers. to remit, to for-
give, e. g. debts or the like, Matt. 18, 27.
32; absol. Mark 11, 25. 26. So Sept.
Deut. 15, 2. All. V.H. 14. 24. Dem. 1480.

11.—Hence of. sins, transgressions, to remit,
to forgive, to pardon; e. g τὰς ἁμαρτίας
Matt. 9,6. Mark 2, 7. 10. Luke 5, 21. 7,
49; acc. et dat. Luke 11, 4 ἄφες ἡμῖν ras

duaprias. 1 John 1,9; Pass. Matt. 12, 31.

James 5, 15. John 20, 23 (see. in δέω) ;
and so ἀφέωνταί σοι (cov) ai ἁμαρτίαι
Matt. 9, 2. 5. Mark 2, 5. 9. Luke 5, 20. 7,
47. 48. 1 John 2,12. Also ra ἁμαρτήματα,
Pass. c. dat. Mark 8, 28. 4, 12 ; αἱ ἀνομίαι,
Pass. Rom. 4,7: ; ἡ βλασφημία, "Pass: Matt.
12, 31. 32 bis ; ; ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς x. Pass. Acts
8, 22; τὰ ὀφειλήματα Matt. 6, 12; τὰ
παραπτώματα Matt. 6, 14. 15 bis. 18, 35.
Mark 11, 25. 26. With dat. simpl. and
genr. Matt. 18, 21 καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ. Luke
12, 10. 17, 4. 23, 34. “Sept. for “pp Is.
22,14; ΝὉ3 Gen. 50,17. Ps. 24,18. So
Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6 τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. Hdot. 6. 30
ἀπῆκε τ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ τὴν αἰτίην.

4. to let, to permit, to suffer, construed "
a) With an Infin. 6. g. inf. pres. Matt. 13,
30 ἄφετε συναυξάνεσϑαι ἀμφότερα. Mark 1,
34. 10,14. John 11, 44. 18, 8; inf. aor.
Matt. 8, 22 and Luke 9. 60 ἄφες τοὺς ve-
κροὺς ϑάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. Matt. 23,
14. Mark 5, 37: '7, 12. 27. Luke 8, 51. 12,
39. Rey. 11,9. Sept. c. inf. pres. for man
2 Sam. 16, 11; ὁ. inf. aor. 19 Ex. 12, 23.
So c. inf. pres. Lucian. Tim. 13. Thue. 2.
13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14.—This infin. js of-
ten implied; Matt. 3,15 τότε ἀφίησιν αὖ-
τόν sc. βαπτίζεσϑαι. 19, 14. Mark 5, 19
οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 50. εἶναι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 11, 6.
14, 6. John 11, 48 ἐὰν ἀφώμεν αὐτὸν οὕτω
sc. ποιεῖν. 12, 7. Rev. 2, 20 ὅτι ἀφεῖς τὴν
γυναῖκά σου Ἰεζάβελ sc. διδάσκειν. So with
dat. of pers. Matt. 5,40 ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ
ἱμάτιον sc. λαβεῖν. Ὁ) With iva and the
Subjunct. Mark 11,16 οὐκ ἤφιεν, iva τις
διενέγκῃ σκεῦος διὰ τοῦ iepod. _c) Imperat.
ἄφες, ἄφετε, let, permit, suffer; absol. Matt.
3,15 ἄφες ἄρτι suffer now, Elsewhere fol-
lowed by the Subjunct. without ἵνα, in a
hortative sense ; Matt. '7, 4 and Luke 6, 42

ἄφες, ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος, suffer that I cast.

out. Matt. 27, 49 ἄφες, ἴδωμεν. Mark 15,
36 ἄφετε, ἴδωμεν. So Arr. Epict. 1.9 ἄφες,
δείξωμεν. 3. 12 ἄφες ἴδω ris εἰ. See Matth.
§ 516. B. Winer § 42.4.b. +

ἀφικνέομαι, odpar, f. ίξομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (ἀπό, ixvéopat,) to come or go away to
a place, to arrive at, to reach, with εἰς c.

a τὰ

ἀφιλαγαδός

acc, Ηαΐδη, 2. 18. 6. Xen. Cyr. 2.1) 2—
in Ν. T. trop. of a report, to go forth, to
spread abroad, c. εἰς Rom. 16,19. So Ec-
clus. 47, 16.

ἀφιλαγαϑός, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. φί-
hos, dya%és,) not loving the good, 2 Tim. 3,
ὃ; i. q. ἐχϑρὸς παντὸς ἀγαϑοῦ, Theophy).

ἀφιλάργυρος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. φί-
Aos, dpyupos,) not loving money, not covetous,
1 Tim. 3, 3. Heb. 13, 5.

ἄφιξις, ews, ἧ; (ἀφικνέομαι,) arrival, ad-
vent, Hdian. 1. 7. 2. Plato Ep. 327. a.—In
N. T. departure, Acts 20, 29. So 3 Macc.
7, 18. Hdian. 3. 1. 1. Dem. 58. pen. —

ΒΥ, Seep δ. 4
ἀφίστημι, f. now, (ἀπό, ἵστημι 4. Vv.)

aor. 1 ἀπέστησα ; aor. 2 ἀπέστην, imper. .

ἀπόστηϑι. As in ἵστημι, the tenses of this
verb are divided between trans. and intrans.
significations ; see Buttm. § 107. II.

I. Trans. in Act. pres. impf. fut. and
aor. 15 pr. ἐο make stand away or off, to put
tway, to remove, Sept. 1 Sam. 18, 13. Xen.
Hell. 7. 5. 23—In N. T. once of persons, to
draw away, to seduce, 6. g.a people from
their allegiance; Acts 5, 37 ἀπέστησεν λα-
ov ἱκανὸν ὀπίσω αὑτοῦ. Sept. for "70M
Deut. 7,4. So Hdian. 1. 9.2. Xen. An.
6. 6. 34. ᾷ

If. Inrrans. in Act. perf. plupf. and aor.
2, also in Mid. το stand off or away, to keep
aloof, to depart from ; viz.

1. Genr. 10 desist from, to refrain from,
to leave, to let alone; with ἀπό c. gen.
Acts 5, 38 ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τού-
των. 22,29, 2 Cor. 12, 8. Sept. for DIN Job
7,163 "90 2 Sam. 2, 22. 23.—So c. gen.
Pol. 5. 46. 4. Dem. 78. 21.

2. Spec. to depart, to go away from, with
ἀπό ὁ. gen. Luke 2, 37 οὐκ ἀφίστατο ἀπὸ
τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 4,13. Acts 12,10. 19,9. Also
Luke 13, 27, quoted from Ps. 6, 8 where
Sept. for ""0; parall. ἀποχωρεῖν Matt. 7,
23. Sept. also Num. 12, 10; ο.Ψ gen. Hdian.
6. 4. 8. Pol. 1. 88, 12.—Hence i. q. to for-
sake, to desert, c. ἀπό Acts 15, 38. Comp.
Sept. Jer. 6, 8. ν

3. Trop. to withdraw from, to avoid, with
ἀπό ὁ. gen. 1 Tim. 6,5 ἀφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν
τοιούτων. 2 Tim. 2, 19.—So ec, gen. Sept.
for "75 Lam. 4, 15. Diod. Sic. 1. 80, Xen.
Cyr. 5. 5. 18. :

4. Trop. to depart from, to fall away, to
apostatize ; absol. Luke 8, 13; 6. gen. τῆς
πίστεως 1 Tim. 4,13 ἀπό c. gen. Heb. 3,
12 ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Yeod. Sept. c. ἀπό
for 772 Dan. 9,9; 7772 Ex. 20,8.—So ce.
gen. Hdian. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 11;

113

ἀφρίξω
¢. ἀπό Arr. Exp, Alex. 1. 7. 2. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4. 1.

ἄφνω, adv. (kindr. αἴφνης, apuris,) un-
awares, suddenly, Acts 2,2. 16, 26. 28, 6.
Sept. for OME Josh. 10. 9.—Diod. Sic. 1.
57. Thue. 2. 90.

ἀφόβως, adv. (a priv. φόβος.) without
fear, with confidence, Luke 1, 74. 1 Cor.
16, 10. Phil. 1, 14. Jude 12. Sept. for
‘7789 Prov. 1, 33.—Hdian. 7. 2. 1. Xen.
Hi. 7. 10.

ἀφομοιόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (ἀπό, ὁμοιόω,) to
make sully like, Pass. c. dat. Heb. '7, 3.—
Diod. Sic..1. 86. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 2.

ἀφοράω, 6, f. ἀπόψομαι, (ἀπό, ὁράω,)
to look away, with εἰς or πρός towards ot
upon any person or thing, to look steadfastly
upon, 6. εἰς Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 2; πρός
Plato Rep. 585. a. Comp. ἀπεῖδον, ἀποβλέ-
7o.—In N. 'T’. trop. to look wpon, to consider
attentively, with εἰς c. acc. Heb. 12, 2 ἀφο-
Ῥῶντες εἰς ,.. τὸν Ἰησοῦν. So ὁ. εἰς 4 Mace.
17, 10 εἰς τὸν ϑεόν. Plut. Lycurg. 7; πρός,
Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 1 πρός τὸ ϑεῖον.

ἀφορίζω, f. icw, (ἀπό, ὁρίζω.) Att. fut.
ἀφοριῶ Matt..13, 49. 25, 32; see Buttm.
§ 95. 7, 9 sq. Winer §13. 1. 6; to mark
off by bounds, to bound off, Sept for 5351
Ex. 19, 12. 23. Pol. 17. 5.'7.—InN. T. to
set off, to set apart, i. e.

1. to separate, c.acc. Gal. 2, 12 αφώριζεν
ἑαυτόν. Acts 19, 9; acc. and ἀπό, Matt. 25,
32 bis; acc. and ἐκ μέσου Matt. 13, 49.
Pass. aor. 1 with Mid. signif. 2 Cor. 6, 17
διὸ ἐξέλθετε ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν καὶ ἀφορίσϑητε,
quoted from Sept. Is. 52, 11. Comp. Dem.
719.17. Plato Rep. 501. d.

2. to set apart, for any purpose; with
ace. and εἰς, Acts 13, 2 ἀφορίσατε δή μοι.
. +. τὸν Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον. Pass. Rom. 1,
1. With εἰς 6. acc. impl.-i. 4. to choose,
Gal. 1, 15. Sept. for D330 Lev. 20, 26.

3. lo separate, to shut out, sc. from rek
gious and social intercourse, Luke 6, 22.—
Eurip. Her. 931 καὶ μ᾽ ἀπὸ yas ὥρισεν Ἰλιά-
δος.

ἀφορμή, ῆς, ἡ, (ἀφορμάω,) a starting-
place, base of operations, Thuc. 1. 90.—In
N. T. trop. a starting-point, an occasion.
opportunity, Rom. 7, 8. 11. 2 Cor. 5, 12.
11, 12 bis. Gal. 5,13. 1 Tim. 5, 14. So
Jos. Ant. 2. 10, 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 83. Iseus
138. 12.

ἀφρίζω, f. low, (ἀφρός,) to froth, te
foam, absol. Mark 9, 18. 20.—Soph. El.
719. Diod. Sic. 3. 10.

ἀφρός
; ἀφρός, ov, 6, froth, foam, Luke 9, 39.—
Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 2. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv.
18. Plato Tim. 83. d.
ἀφροσύνη, ns, ἡ, (ἄφρων,) pr. ‘want of
mind or intelligence’ ; hence want of wisdom,
folly, 2 Cor. 11, 1. 17. 21. Sept. for M258
Prov. 18, 13. So Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 41.—
By Hebr. ‘ want of true wisdom,’ i. 6. wick-
edness, evil, unbetief, Mark '7,22. Sept. and

mbax Ps, 38,6; M222 Deut. 22, 21. Judg.

19,23. So Wisd. 12, 23.

ἄφρων, ovos, 6, }, adj. (a priv. φρήν,
pr. mindless, unintelligent ; hence, unwise,
simple, foolish, Luke 11, 40. 12,20. 1 Cor.
15, 36. 2 Cor. 11, 16 bis. 19.. 12) 6. 11.
Sept. for ἴδ Proy. 12, 15. 16; >22 Prov.
30, 22. So Hdian. 5. 7. 1. Plato Rep. 598.
c.—By Hebr. ‘ without true wisdom,’ i. 6.
wicked, evil, unbelieving, Rom. 2, 20. Eph.
5,17. 1 Pet. 2, 15. So Sept. and >" Job
δ; 30 DOD Prov. 15, 20; 33 Ps, 14,1.

ἀφυπνόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (ἄφυπνος,) to be-
come ἄφυπνος, to awake from sleep, Anth.
Gr. II. p. 103.—In N. T. to fall away into
sleep, to full asleep, absol. Luke 8, 23; par-
all. καθεύδω Matt. 8, 24 and Mark 4, 38.
Sept. Ald. for 338 Judg. 5,27. So Nicet.
Ann. II. 6. 48. B. See Lob. ad Phryn. p.
224,

ἄφωνος, ov; 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. φωνή.)
voiceless, speechless, i. e.

1. dumb, not having the power of speech;
8. g. beasts 2 Pet. 2, 16; idols 1 Cor. 12, 2,
comp. Ps. 115, 5 sq. Hab. 2, 18. 19.—Als-
chin. 88. 377.

2. mute, silent, in patient suffering, Acts
8, 32; quoted from Is. 53,'7 where Sept.
for ΕΠ .—So from surprise, A]. V. H.
12. 41. Plato Rep. 336. d.

3. Trop. unexpressive, without meaning,
1 Cor. 14, 10; comp. v. 11.

Αχάξ, ὁ, indec. Ahaz, Heb. ™8 (pos-
sessor), an idolatrous king of Judah, Matt.
1. 9 015. See 2 K. c. 16. 2 Chr. c. 98.

᾿Αχαΐα, as, ἡ, Achaia, a region of
(reece; pr. a province lying in the north-
ern part of the Peloponnesus, including Co-
rinth and its isthmus, and put by the poets
for the whole of Greece ; whence ᾿Αχαιοί,
the Greeks. Ina wider sense, Achaia com-
prehended the Peloponnesus and the whole
of Hellas or Greece properly so called.
Augustus divided the whole country into
two proconsular provinces, viz. Macedonia
and Achaia; the former of which comprised
Macedonia proper, with Illyricum, Epirus,
and Thessaly ; and the latter, all which lay

114

ἄχρι

southward of the former. Corinth was the
capital of Achaia, and the residence of the
proconsul. In N.'T. the name Achaia is
always employed in this latter acceptatfon ;
Acts 18, 12. 27. 19, 21. Rom. 15,24. [16,
5.] 1 Cor. 16, 15. 2 Cor. 1,1. 9,2. 1,10.
1 Thess, 1, 7. 8.—See Plin. H. N. 4. 6,
Strabo 17. p. 840. Tacit. Ann. 1.'76. Suct.
Claud. 25.

᾿Αχαϊκός, οὔ, δ, Achaicus, pr. name of a
Christian, 1 Cor. 16, 17. 25.

ἀχάριστος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. χαρί-
Copa) unthankful, ungrateful, Luke 6, 35.
2 Tim. 3, 2.—Ecclus. 29, 17. Hdian. 1. 9.
1. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 1, 4

᾿Αχείμ, ὃ, indec. Achim, pr. n. of a
man, Matt. 1, 14 bis.

ἀχειροποίητος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (a priv.
χείρ, ποιέω.) not made with hands, Mark 14,
58. 2 Cor. 5, 1. Col. 2, 11.

ἀχλύς, dos, ἡ, @ mist, darkness, which
shrouds objects, Hom. Od. 7. 41 ; or comes
over the eyes of the dying, Il. 5. 696.—In
N. T. a mist before the eyes, Acts 13, 11
ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος. So Jos. Ant. 9. 4, 3,
Plut. Alex. M. 48.

» ἀχρεῖος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv. χρεῖα,)
useless, unprofitable, spoken of oneself, Luke
17,10. Sept. for BY 2 Sam. 6,22. So genr.
Dem. 404, 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5, 21.—Em-
phat. i. q. good for nothing, wicked, Matt. 25,
30; comp. v.26. So Achill. Tat. 5. p. 321;
comp. ἀχρειότης Tob. 4, 13.

ἀχρειόω, ὦ, f, ὦσω, (ἀχρεῖος,) to make
useless, to spoti, to destroy, Sept. 2 K. 3,
19. Pol. 1. 54.8. ib. 8. 64, 8.—In N. T. trop.
to make unprofitable, to corrupt; Pass. Rom.
3, 12 ἅμα ἠχρειώϑησαν, quoted from Ps. 14,
3 and 53, 4, where Sept. for M282. Ὁ

ἄχρηστ OS, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. xpn-
στός,) useless, unprofitable, Sept. Hos. 8, 8.
Hdian. 8. 4. 21. Plato Rep. 332. e.—In
N. T. emphat. unprofitable, good for nothing
injurious, 6. dat. of pers. Philem. 11, comp.
v. 18. So Ecclus. 16, 1 ἄχρηστοι, paral).
ἀσεβεῖς. Wisd. 3, 11.

ἄχρι and ἄχρις, (kindr. ἄκρος.) the

latter occasionally before a vowel, Buttm.

§ 26. 4. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 14; a particle of
time and place, until, even unto. See μέχρι
init.

1. Oftime: a) As Prep. 6. gen. wniil ;
so with nouns, Luke 4, 13 and Acts 13, 11
ἄχρι καιροῦ until a season, i. e. for a sea-
son. Acts 20,11 ἄχρις αὐγῆς (so ἄχρι τῆς
ἕω Jos. Ant. 6.11. 4). Acts 2,29. 3, 21.

τ

δὰ.
on
ik
Ἂ
ay)
¥
ἮΝ
a

ἄχρι

4, 11. 2 Cor. 3,14. Gal. 4, 2. Phil. 1, 6.
Heb. 6, 11. Rev. 2, 26. Acts 20, 6 ἄχρι
ἡμξρῶν πέντε until five days se. were passed,
in five days. So ἄχρι ϑανάτου or the like,
marking time or extent, Acts 22,4. Rey. 2,
10. 12,11; also Heb, 4,12. With the
gen. of the art. before particles of time;
Rom. 1, 13 ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο hitherto, 8, 22
and Phil. 1,5 ἄχρι rod νῦν. Comp. 2 Macc.
14, 15. Xen. Conv. 4. 37 ἄχρι τοῦ μὴ πει-
viv.—With a relat. pron. and noun, 6. g.
ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας until what day, until the day
that, Matt. 24, 38. Luke 1, 20. 17,. 27.
Acts 1,2. For ἄχρις οὗ see in lett. Ὁ. β.
b) As a Conj. before verbs: a) Simply
ἄχρι, until; so before a verb in the Sub-

junct. Luke 21, 24 ἄχρι πληρωϑπῶσι καιροί."

Rev. 15, 8. 20,3.5. Once c. fut. Rev. 17,
17 ἄχρι τελεσϑήσονται of λόγοι τοῦ ϑεοῦ.
So c. Opt. Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6. 8) In the
form ἄχρις οὗ, until that, until, pr. for
ἄχρι χρόνου οὗ ‘until the time that; so
before a verb in a past tense, e. g. Indic.
Acts 7,18 ἄχρις οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος.
27, 33; Subjunct. Rom. 11, 2 ἄχρις οὗ τὸ
πλήρωμα τῶν éSvav εἰσέλϑῃ. 1 Cor. 11, 26.
15, 25. Gal. 3, 19. 4, 19. Rev. 2,25. 7, 3.
(Indic. Heliodor. 8. 7. Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 37.
Subj. Plut. Artax. 19. Theophr. H. Plant.
5. 2.) Before a verb in the present tense,
as long as, while ; Heb. 3,13 ἄχρις οὗ τὸ
σήμερον καλεῖται. So ἄχρι simpl. 2 Macc.
14, 10. :

2. Of place, as Prep. ce. gen. Acts 11, 5

‘Baan, ὃ, indec. Baal, Heb. 553 (lord),
Chald. >33, 52, Bel, the chief domestic
and tutelary god of the Phenicians, and
particularly of the Tyrians, representing
either the sun, or more probably the planet
Jupiter. Rom: 11, 4 οὐκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ
[εἰκόνι} Baad, quoted: from 1 K. 19, 18
where it is τῷ Βάαλ ; comp. Buttm. ὁ 125.

5. The Israelites were often seduced to |

the worship of this god; Judg. 2, 11. 13.
3, 7. 8, 33. 1 K. 16, 31. 2K. 10,18. See
Heb. Lex. art. 523 no. 5. Gesen. Comm.
on Isai. II. p. 335 sq.

Βαβυλών, ὥνος, ἡ, Babylon, Ἡ Heb. 33
Babel (i. 6. confusion, contr. for ῬΞ353 from
555 Gen. 11, 9,) the celebrated metropolis
of ‘Babylonia and the seat of the Chaldean

115
92, 22. 23, 1. 26, 22. Rom. 5,13. 1 Cor.

BaSpos

ἄχρις ἐμοῦ. 13, 6 ἄχρι Πάφου. 20, 4. 28,
15. 2 Cor. 10, 13. 14. Rev. 14, 20. 18, 5.
—Lucian. D. Deor.'7. 4. Plato Tim. Locr,
100. 6. ib. 101. a.

ἄχυρον, ov, τό, (kindr. ἄχω,) straw, as
cut down, Xen. (Xe, 18. 1, 2.—In N. T.
chaff, short straw, the chaff and straw as
broken up by treading out the grain, and
separated by winnowing, Matt. 3, 12. Luke
8,17. Sept. for 7 Is. 17; 13; 3} Gen.
24, 25. 32. Judg. 19,19. So Pol. 1.19.13.
Xen. Gc. 18. 6,'7,8.—Such straw or chaff
was used as fodder, and also for fuel; see
Gen. and Judg. 1. c. also Matt. 6, 30. Luke
12, 28.. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p..277.

ἀψευδής, éos, ods, ὁ, 4, adj. (a priv: ψεύ-
Sopat,) without lie, that cannot lie, verax, of
God, Tit. 1, 2—Wisd..7, 17. Hdian. 2. 9.
4. Plato Rep. 382. e, πάντῃ ἀψευδὲς τὸ
δαιμόνιόν τε καὶ ϑεῖον.

ἄψινδος, ov, 6, wormwood, (i. q. ἀψίν-
Sov; Aquil. for 4232 Prov. 5,4. Xen. An.
1. 5. 1,) as the symbol of bitter poison, and
as the name of a star causing death ; so Rev.
8, 11 bis, καὶ γίνεται τὸ τρίτον τῶν ὑδάτων
εἰς ἄἅψινϑον κτὰ.---ΕῸΥ the poisonous char-
acter ascribed to wormwood and other bitter
plants, see Jer. 9,°15. 23, 15. Lam. 3, 15.
19; comp. Deut. 29, 18.. Heb. 12, 15. Ex.
15, 23.

is UXOS, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (a priv. ψυχή.)
without life, lifeless, 6. g. musical instru-
ments, 1 Cor. 14, asi 14,29. Pol. 6
47. 10. Plato Soph. 227.

empire. For a full account of it, and of the
present ruins, see R. K. Porter’s Travels
IL. p. 283 sq. C.J. Rich Memoirs on Baby-
lon and Persepolis, Lond. 1839. Ritter’s
Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 865 sq.—In N. T. pr.
Matt. 1, 11..12. 17 bis. Acts 7, 43. 1 Pet.
5,13. Poetically and symbolically Babylon
is put for the capital of heathenism, the
chief seat of idolatry, prob. pagan Rome, as
being the successor of ancient Babylon in
this respect; Rev. 14, 8.. 16,19. 17, 5. 18,
2. 10.21. Comp. Is. 21, 9. Jer. 50, 23 sq.
51, 7. 8.

βαδιμός, οὔ, 6, (Baive,) a step of a stair-
case or door, Ecclus. 6,36. Sept. 1 Sam. 5, 5.
Plut. Romul. 20.—In N. T. @ step of dig-
nity, degree, 1 Tim. 3, 13. So Artemidor.

Ack (2.10.0.

Ἃς ον See

βάϑδος

2. 42. Lucian. Amor. 53. The Attic form
was βασμιός, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 324.

Ba%Sos, cos, ovs, τό, (BaSbs,) depth, Matt.
13, 5. Mark 4, 5. Rom. 8, 39. Eph. 3, 18.
Luke 5, 4 τὸ βάϑος the depth, the deep, i. e.
the deep water of the lake. Sept. for
ὈΣΡΏΣ Ez. 27,34; "ANA Ez. 31,14. So
Diod. Sic. 5. 36. Xen. Cie. 19. 14.—Trop.
a) depth, for fulness, greatness ; Rom. 11,
33 βάϑος πλούτου κτλ. (Sept. Prov. 18, 3
βάϑος κακῶν, comp. Al. V. H. 3. 18 πλοῦ-
tos βαδύς.) 2 Cor. 8, 2 ἡ κατὰ βάϑους πτω-
χεία, lit. ‘poverty down to the depth,’ i. e.
deepest poverty ; comp. Strabo 9. 419 ἄντρον
κοῖλον κατὰ βάϑους. Ὁ) Plur. ra Ban,
depths, deep things, the secret, unrevealed
counsels of any one, e. g. τοῦ Seod 1 Cor.
2,20; of Satan, mysteries Rev. 2, 24 Rec.
Sept. for P22 Ecc. 7, 4. Comp. Judith 8,
14. Plato Theet. 183. 6.

βαδύνω, f. wa, (βαϑύς,) to deepen, to
make deep, absol. Luke 6, 48 ἔσκαψε. καὶ
ἐβάϑυνε, lit. ‘he dug and made deep,’ i. e.
he dug deep ; where by Hebr. ἐβάϑυνε: sup-
plies the place of an adverb, i. q. ἔσκαψε
βαϑέως ; see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 823. Heb.
Gr. §139. n. 1; comp. Buttm. §144. ἢ. 6.
Sept. BaSivare eis κάϑισιν for maw past
Jer. 49, 8.—Hom. Π. 23. 481. Anacr. Od.
17. 6.

Baus, cia, v, adj. deep, 6. g. a well
John 4,11. Sept. for P®2 Prov, 22, 14.
So Hdian. 3. 3. 2. Xen. An. 5. 2. 3.—Trop.
a) Of sleep, Acts 20,9 ὕπνῳ Barc. So
Theocr. 8. 65. All. V.H. 9.13. 5) Of
the dawn; Luke 24, 1 ὄρϑρου Baxéos deep
twilight, day-break, the first dawn, i. q.
λίαν πρωΐ Mark 16, 2. So Plato Prot. 310.
a, ἔτι Ba&éos Sp%pov. 0) Neut. Plur. ra
βαϑέα, the deep things, mysteries, of Satan,
Rev. 2, 24 Griesb. comp. in Ba%os lett. b.
Comp. Aischyl. Supp. 405. Hdot. 4. 95.

Baiov, ov, τό, (dim. βάϊς.) Plur. τὰ
Baia, palm-branches, the pendulous twigs
and boughs of the palm-tree ; John 12, 13
τὰ Baia τῶν φοινίκων. Symm. for 5°2039
Cant. 7, 9.—1 Macc. 13, 51. Test. XII
Patr. p. 668.

Βαλαάμ, 6, indec. Balaam, Heb. ®¥>3
(non-populus, foreigner,) pr. n. of a sooth-
sayer of Pethor in Mesopotamia, who was
hired by Balak, king of the Moabites, to
curse the Israelites; see Num. c. 22. 23.
Deut. 23, 4. Josh. 24, 9. Jos. Ant. 4. c. 6.
—In N. T. put as the emblem of false and
seducing teachers, 2 Pet. 2,15. Jude 11.
Rev. 2,14. See also Νικολαΐτης.

116

βάλλω

Βαλάκ, ὁ, indec. Balak, Heb. P23
(spoiler), a king of the Moabites, Rev. 2,
14.—See Num. c. 22. Josh. 24,9. Jos. Ant.
4. ο. 6.

᾿βαλάντιον, ov, τό, written also τὸ Bad-
Advriov, a bag, purse, Luke 10, 4. 12, 33.
22, 35.36. Sept. for “MX Job 14,17; 0°3
Prov. 1,14.—Hdian. 5, 4. 4. Xen. Cony. 4. 2.

βάλλω, f. βαλῶ, perf. βέβληκα, aor. 2
ἔβαλον ; Pass. perf. βέβλημαι, aor. 1 ἐβλή-
ϑην, fut. 1 βληϑήσομαι ; to throw, to cast,
with a greater or less degree of force, as
modified by the context ; in Gr. usage often
of weapons, stones, and the like, Sept.
2 Chr. 26, 15 βάλλειν βέλεσι καὶ λίϑοις.
Hdian. 3. 3. 9. Xen. An. 5, 4. 23.—In N. T.

1. Pr. to throw, to cast, toa distance, with
force and effort,e. g. 8) Ata person; as
stones, c. acc. et ἐπί τινι, John 8, πρῶτος
τὸν λίϑον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ βαλέτω. Acc. impl. with
ἐπί τινα, Vv. 59. (Dion Cass. 817. 3. Pol.

1, 48. 8.) With acc. of pers. and dat. of

instr. fo throw at, to hit ; Mark 14, 65 ῥαπίσ-
μασιν αὐτὸν ἔβαλλον, lit. they threw at (hit)
him with slaps, slapped him with their open
hands. . So pr. Lys. 140. 1 ἔβαλλέ pe λί-
Yo. Jos. Ant. 2, 15. 4. Hdian. ‘7. 11. 17.
b) Genr. to throw or cast in any direction ;

6. g. to or before any one, 6. ace. et dat. .

Matt. 15,26 τὸν ἄρτον... βαλεῖν τοῖς κυνα-
ρίοις. Mark '7, 27; ἔμπροσϑέν τινος Matt.
7,6. Or from any orie, with ἀπό, as βάλε
ἀπὸ σοῦ, Matt. 5, 29. 30. 18, 8.9 ; with ἐκ,
as ὕδωρ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος Rev. 12, 15. 16;
with ἔξω, to cast out or away, Matt. 5, 13.
13, 48. Luke 14, 35; trop. John 15, 6.
1 John 4,18. Also upon any thing, with
ἐπί c. acc. Rev. 18, 19 ἔβαλον χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς
κεφ. αὑτῶν. Or into any thing, with εἰς
C. 800. aS κονιορτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Acts 22, 23 ;
εἰς τὴν ϑάλασσαν Matt. 4, 18. 13, 47. 17,
27. 21, 21. Mark 9, 42. 11, 23. Rev. 8, 8.

18, 215 εἰς τὸ πῦρ Matt.'3, 10. Mark 9, 22.
‘Luke 3, 9. John 15,6; εἰς τὴν γέενναν Matt.

5, 30. 18,95 εἰς τὴν κάμινον Matt. 13, 42.
50; εἰς κλίβανον Matt. 6,.30. Luke 12,
28; also Rev. 8,7. 12, 4. 9. 13. 20, 3
10. 14. 15. al. Sept. c. εἰς Dan. 3, 21. 15.

19,8; comp. Ausop. F. 130. Jos. Ant. 6.

9.5. 0) Of seed, to cast, to sow, 6. g.
σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Mark 4, 26; κόκκον εἰς
τὸν κῆπον Luke 13,19. Sept. βάλλοντες
σπέρματα Ps. 196, 6. Of manure, to cast
in, Luke 13,8. 6) Spec. of lots, to cast
sc. into an urn or vessel, from which they
were then drawn out; Potter Gr. Ant. 1.
p. 333. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 302. So
Matt. 27, 35 bis. Mark 15, 24 βάλλοντες

PL A NN a a Reng - ΘΙ

TT eR hs, ttl

βάλλω

ἐπ᾽ αὐτά. Luke 23, 34. John 19, 24.
Sept. for 55m Neh. 11, 1; "3 Ob. 11.
Ecclus. 37,8. Plut. Lucull. 27 ἐν παιδιᾷ
ἐβάλλοντο κλῆρον. 6) So to cast money
into the treasury or chest ;. εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν
Matt..27, 6; εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον (see this
art.) Mark 12, 41. 43. Luke 21, 1. 4; ab-
sol. id. Mark 12, 44. Luke 21, 3. 4; also
John 12,6. So Jos. Ant. 6.1.2. f) Of
persons, βάλλω τινὰ εἰς κλίνην. to cast
into a bed, ἴο lay upon the bed, to afflict
with disease, Rev. 2,22. (Intrans. id. Arr.
Epict. 2. 20. 10.) Hence Pass. perf. Bé-
Brn pat ἐπὶ κλίνης, to be laid upon the bed,
to lie ill, Matt. 9, 2; βέβλημαι absol. id.
Matt. 8, 6. 14. Simpl. to be laid, to lie,
Mark 7, 30; πρός τι Luke 16,20. Comp.
Buttm. § 118. 7.
eis φυλακήν, to cast into prison, implying
the use of force, Matt. 18, 30. Luke 12, 58.
Acts 16, 37. Rev. 2, 10. So Arr. Epict.
1. 29.6. 8) Of a tree, to cast its fruit;
Rev. 6,13 ὡς συκῇ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνϑους
αὑτῆς. i) Of a city, to cast down, to over-
throw, i. q. καταβάλλω. Rev. 18, 21 οὕτως
-.+PAninoera Βαβυλών. So καταβάλλω
Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 10. ib. 6.4.27. ΚΕ) Re-
flex. βάλλειν ἑαυτόν, to throw or cast
oneself, e. g. with κάτω down, Matt. 4, 6.
Luke 4, 9; εἰς τὴν ϑάλασσαν John 21, 7.
1) Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. Buttm. § 130,
ΠΤ, 23 tocast oneself, to rush ; and of a wind,
to blow, to storm ; Acts 27,14 ἔβαλε κατ᾽
αὐτῆς [Κρήτης] & ἄνεμος τυφωνικός. So Hom,
Il. 11, 722 ποταμὸς εἰς ἅλα βάλλων. Plato
Hipp. Maj. 293. a.

2. In a modified sense, to cast, the idea
of distance and force being dropped, i. q.
to put, to place, to lay, to thrust, 6. g. B. τὸ
ἀργύριον τοῖς τραπεζίταις, to put money to
the exchangers, to place it upon their tables,
Matt. 25,27. With acc. and εἰς c. acc. to
put or thrust into; 6. g. τοὺς δακτύλους εἰς
τὰ ὦτα Mark 7, 33, and so John 20, 25. 27 ;
τὴν μάχαιραν εἰς τὴν ϑήκην John 18, 11;
χαλίνους εἰς τὰ στόματα James 3, 3; τὸ
δρέπανον εἰς τὴν γῆν Rev. 14,19; τινὰ εἰς
τὴν κολυμβήϑραν John 5,7. Trop. βάλλειν
εἰς τὴν καρδίαν τινος, to put into the
heart of any one, to suggest, John 13,2,

So Jos, Ant. 6. 13. 4 ἃ μήτε εἰς νοῦν ἐβαλό-

μην. Pind. Ol. 13. 22 πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐν καρδίαις
. ἔβαλον. Plut. Timol. 3 εἰς νοῦν ἐμβάλ-
λει» Υ̓ΤΙΩΙ acc. and ἐπί 6. ace. to put or

lay upon any one; Rev. 2, 24 ob βάλλω ~

ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος. Also of a sickle, 8. τὸ

δρέπανον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν to thrust in the sickle |

upon the earth Rev. 14,16. Trop. 8. εἰρή-
my ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν to send (introduce) peace

117

g) Spec. βάλλω τινὰ"

βαπτίζω

upon the earth; and so B. μάχαιραν ib—
With ace. and ἐνώπιόν twos, to lay or place
before any one ; 6. g. τὸ σκάνδαλον Rev. 2,
14. So Rev. 4, 10 πεσοῦνται. . . καὶ προσ-
κυνήσουσι.... καὶ βαλοῦσι τοὺς στεφάνους
αὑτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑρόνου, they fall down...
and worship ...and_ lay their crowns before
the throne, i. e. in the manner of potentates
doing homage to a superior ; so Tigranes
in Plut. Comp. Cim. et Lucull. 3 τὸ διάδημα
τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀφελόμενος ἔϑηκε πρὸ τῶν πο-
δῶν. Οἷο. pro Sext. 27. Jos, Ant. 15..6.
6, 7.

3. Spoken of liquids, to put, to pour, e. g.
wine or water; with acc. and εἰς, io put or
pour into; Matt. 9,17 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον
νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς. Mark 2, 22. Luke
5, 37. 38; John 13, 5 βάλλει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν
νιπτῆρα. Once of ointment, with acc. and
ἐπί c. gen. to pour upon; Matt. 26, 12 Ba-
λοῦσα αὕτη τὸ μύρον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματός
μου, comp. v. 7.—Soc. eis. Hom. Od. 4.
220. Anacr. 36. 10. Arr. Epict. 4. 13. 12
οἶνον iva βάλω εἰς τὸν πίϑον. With ἐπί,
Eurip. Orest. 297 λουτρά τ᾽ ἐπὶ χροὸς
βάλε. +

βαπτίζω, f. ἰσω, (βάπτω,) a frequenta-
tive in form, but apparently not in sig-
nification ; to dip in, to sink, to immerse,
in Gr. writers spoken of ships, galleys, etc.
c. acc. Pol. 1. 51. 6 καὶ πολλὰ τῶν σκαφῶν
ἐβάπτιζον. ib. 8. 8. 4. ib. 16. 6. 2. Epict.
Fragm. 14. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 5 κυβερνήτης,
ὅστις χειμῶνα δεδοικὼς mpd τῆς ϑυέλλης
ἐβάπτισεν ἑκὼν τὸ σκάφος. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
Vit. 38. ΟΥ̓ animals, Diod. Sic. 1. 36 τῶν δὲ
χερσαίων ϑηρίων τὰ πολλὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποτα-
μοῦ περιληφϑέντα διαφϑείρεται βαπτιζόμενα.
Pol. 5. 47.2 of horses sinking in ἃ marsh.
Also of men, Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 3 βαροῦντες
ἀεὶ καὶ βαπτίζοντες ὡς ἐν παιδιᾷ νηχόμενον.
B. J. 1, 22. 2. Diod. Sic. 16. 80; or partially,
to the breast, Pol. 3. 72. 4 ἕως τῶν μαστῶν
οἱ πεζοὶ βαπτιζόμενοι. Strab. 14. p. 667. a,
μέχρι ὀμφαλοῦ βαπτιζομένων.----ΑἸδο to dip
in a vessel, to draw water, Plut. Alex
M. 67.—In N. T.

1. to wash, to lave, to cleanse by washing,
Mid, and Pass. aor. 1 in Mid. sense, to wash
oneself, i. e. one’s hands or person, to per-
form ablution; Luke 11, 38 ἐθαύμασεν ὅτ’
ov πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσϑη πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου, comp.
the like circumstances in Mark 7, 2. 3,
where it is virrropat, and see in πυγμή.
Also Mark 7, 4 ἐὰν μὴ βαπτίσωνται, comp,
v. 2. 3.—Sept. for $30 2 K. 5, 14, comp. v.
10 where it is PT? Sept. λούω. Judith 12,
7 καὶ (Judith) ἐβαπτίζετο ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ

βαπτίζω

ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος. Ecclus. 31, 25
βαπτιζόμενος ἀπὸ νεκροῦ, where comp. Lev.
. 11, 25. 98. 40. Num. 19, 18. 19.

2. to baptize, lo administer the rite of
baptism, either that of John or of Christ ;
Pass. and Mid. to be baptized or to cause
oneself to be baptized, i. e. genr. to receive
oaptism ; see note below.—Thus

# Pr. and a) Absol. Matt. 3, 6. 13. 14.
16. Mark 1,4. 5. 16,16. Luke 3, 7. 12.
21 bis. 7, 30. John 1, 25. 28. 3, 22. 23 bis.
96. 4,1. 2. 10, 40, Acts 2, 41. 8, 12. 13.
36. 38. 9,18. 10,47. 16, 15.33. 18,8.
22, 16.1 Cor. 1,14. 16 bis. 17. So Mark 6,
14 Ἰωάννης 6 βαπτίζων i. q. ὁ βαπτιστης.
8) With an adjunct of manner; 6. g. with
acc. of the kindred noun, Acts 19, 4 Ἰωάν-
ms ἐβάπτισε βάπτισμα μετανοίας, John bap-
tized.a baptism of repentance, i. e. by which
those who received it acknowledged the
duty of repentance. Luke 7, 29. Comp.
Buttm. § 131. 4. In Luke’s writings with a
dat. of the instrument or material employed,
e. g. ὕδατι, WITH waiter, Luke 3, 16. Acts
1, 5. 11,16. Elsewhere with ἐν ὕδατι, 1n
water, Matt. 3,11. Mark 1, 8. John 1, 26.
31. 33. Comp. Matt.3, 6 ἐν 76 Ἰορδάνῳ.
See Matth. ὁ 396. n. 2. Winer § 31. 5. Once
B. εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην, baptized into the Jordan,
Mark 1,9., So genr. c. εἰς Plut. de Su-
perstit. 3.. Jos. Ant. 4.4.6. -y) With ad-
juncts marking the object and effect of the
rite of baptism; chiefly with εἰς c. acc. to
baptize or to be baptized ΤΥ ΤῸ any thing, i. e.
into the belief, profession, observance of any
thing ; Matt. 3, 11 εἰς μετάνοιαν. Acts 2,
38 εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 19, 3 εἰς τὸ Ἰωάν-
νου βάπτισμα: i. 6. the repentance into which
John baptized. 1 Cor. 12,13 εἰς ἕν σῶμα,
i.e. that we may become one body. Rom. 6,
3 εἰς Savarov.— With eis c. acc. of person,
to baptize or to be baptized INTO any one, i. e.
into a profession of faith in any one and sin-
cere obedience to him; Rom. 6, 3 and Gal.
8, 37 εἰς Χριστόν. Trop. 1 Cor. 10, 2 εἰς τὸν
Μωῦσήν. So εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος, into the
name of any ὉΠ6, in ἃ like sense ; Matt. 28,
19. Acts 8, 16. 19, 5. 1 Cor. 1, 13. 15,
Also in the same sense, ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἴη-
σοῦ Acts 2, 38; and ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυ-
ρίου Acts 10, 48.—With ὑπέρ, 1 Cor. 15,
29 bis, of βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν,
those baptized on account of the dead, i. 6.
why baptized into a belief of the resurrec-
tion of the dead, if in fact the dead rise not ?
See also in lett. b.

b) Trop. and with allusion to the sacred
rite: a) Direct, 6. g. βαπτίζειν ἐν πνεύ-
part ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί, to baptize in (with) the

118

βαπτίζω

Holy Ghost, and in (with) fire, i. 6. to over-
whelm, richly furnish, with all spiritual
gifts, and to overwhelm with ‘ fire unquench-
able, Matt. 3, 11. Luke 3,16; for the con-
struction see ahove in lett. a. 8. So with
ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ alone, Mark 1, 8. John
1, 33. Acts 1,5. 11,16. 8) Genr. and
with indirect allusion to the rite, to baptize
with calamities, to overwhelm with suffer-
ings, [Matt. 20, 22 bis, 23 bis.] Mark 10,
38 bis. 39 bis, τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζο-
pat, βαπτισϑῆναι, to receive the baptism with
which I must be baptized, i. e. can ye endure
to be overwhelmed with sufferings like
those which I must endure? For the con-
struction see above in lett. a. 8. Luke 12,
50.—With ὑπέρ τινος, 1 Cor. 15, 29 bis,

, , « , c 4 -
τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκ-

ρῶν"... τί καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν;
i.e. if the dead, of νεκροί, do not rise, why
expose ourselves to so much suffering in
the hope of a resurrection? comp. v. 30.
31, where κινδυνεύω and droSvnoKw are
substituted for βαπτίξομαι. So some ; others
better as above in lett. a. y.—So trop.
Sept. (for M33) Is. 21, 4 ἡ ἀνομία pe Ba-
πτίζει. Jos. B. J. 4. 3. 3 of δὴ ὕστερον ἐβά-
πτισαν τὴν πόλιν, i. 6. the robbers who had
broken into Jerusalem ‘ afterwards baptizea
the city, filled it with confusjon and distress.
Plut. de Puer. educand. 13 ψυχὴ τοῖς μὲν

΄ »” “- ἀκ Ὁ ."-
συμμέτροις αὔξεται πόνοις, τοῖς δὲ ὑπερ-

βάλλουσιν βαπτίζεται. Plut. Galb. 21 ὀφλή-
μασι βεβαπτισμένος ‘overwhelmed with
debts.’ .Diod. Sic. 1. 78 ἰδιώτας βαπτίζειν
ταῖς εἰσφοραῖς. Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 4 βεβαπτι-
σμένοις εἰς ἀναισθησίαν καὶ ὕπνον ὑπὸ τῆς
μέϑης. Evenus 15, in Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac.
I. p. 99, βαπτίξει ὕπνῳ. Also Plato Conv.
176. Ὁ, τῶν χϑὲς βεβαπτισμένων, Lat. ‘ vino
madidi.’? Kuthyd. 277. dy μειράκιον βαπτι-
ζόμενον ‘a boy overwhelmed. with ques-
tions.’ ἘΝ

Note. While in Greek writers, as above
exhibited; from Plato onwards, βαπτίζω is
every where to sink, to immerse, to over-
whelm, either wholly or partially; yet in
Hellenistic usage, and especially in reference
to the rite of baptism, it would seem to have
expressed not always simply immersion,
but the more general idea of ablution or af-
fusion. This appears from the following
considerations: a) The circumstances
narrated Luke 11, 38, compared with those
in Mark 7, 2-4 where νίπτω is employed,
implying according to oriental custom a

’ pouring of water on the hands, see in νίπτω

and 2 K. 3,11; likewise the use of Ba-
πτισμός Mark 7, 4. 8; as also the passages

;

βάπτισμα 119

from the Sept. quoted above in no. 1. The
idea of private baths in families in Jerusalem
and Palestine generally is excluded ; see in
lett. b. Ὁ) In Acts 2, 41 three thousand
persons are said to have been baptized at
Jerusalem apparently in one day at the sea-
son of Pentecost in June; and in Acts 4, 4
the same rite is necessarily implied ‘in re-
spect to five thousand more. Against the
idea of full immersion in these cases there
lies a difficulty, apparently insuperable, in in

the scarcity of water. There is in summer
no running stream in the vicinity of Jeru-
salem, except the mere rill of Siloam a few
rods in length ; and the city is and was sup-
plied with watér from its cisterns and public
reservoirs ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.

479-516. From neither of these sources
could a supply have been well obtained for
the immersion of 8000: persons. The same
scarcity of water forbade the use of private
baths as a general custom ; and thus also
further precludes the idea of bathing in the
passages referred to in lett.a. ὁ) In the
earliest Latin Versions of the N. T. as for
example the Itala, which Augustine regard-
ed as the best of all (de Doctr. Christ. 2. 15),
and which goes back apparently to the se-
cond century and to usagé connected . with
the apostolic age, the Greek verb βαπτίζω
is uniformly given in the Latin form bap-
tizo, and is never translated by immergo or
any like word; showing that there was
something in the rite of baptism to which
the latter did not correspond. See Blanchini
Evangeliarium quadruplex, etc. Rom. 1749.

d) The baptismal fonts still found among
the ruins of the most ancient Greek churches
in Palestine, as at Tekoa and Gophna, and
going back apparently to very early times,
are not large enough to admit of the bap-
tism of adult persons by immersion; and

ΠΟ were obviously never intended for that use.

See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I.—p.182. II.
p. 78. Lip wae

βάπτισμα, aros, τὰ (βαπτίζω, pr.
‘any thing dipped i in or immersed ;’ in N.
T. baptism, i.e. the rite, e. g. John’s bap-
tism, Matt. 3, 7. 21, 25. Mark 1,4. 11,30.
Luke 3, 3. 7, 29. 20, 4. Acts 1,22. 10, 37.
13, 24. 18, 25. 19,3.4; Chtistian baptism,
Rom. 6, 4. Eph. 4, 5. Col. 2, 12. 1 Pet. 3,
21.—Trop. baptism for calamities, afflictions,
with which one is overwhelmed, Matt. 20,
22. 23. Mark 10, 38. 39. Luke ἐμὰ ἃ see
in βαπτίζω no. 2. Ὁ.
βαπτισμός, οὗ, ὁ

dipping, immersion ; ἊΝ

Agere Pr ‘a

βάρβαρος

1. ἃ washing, ablution, of vessels, couches;
Mark 7, 4. 8. Heb. 9,10. Comp. Lev. 11,
32.

2. baptism, the rite, Heb. 6,2.—Jos. Ant.
18. 5. 2, of John’s baptism.

βαπτιστής, οὔ, 6, (βαπτίζω,) a bap-
tizer, i.e. the Baptist, as a surname of John,
the forerunner of our Lord, Matt. 3, 1. 11,
11. 12. 14, 2. 8. 16, 14. 17, 13. Mark 6,
24. 25. 8, 28. Luke 77, 20. 28. 33. 9,19.—
Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 2.

Barra, f. ψω, 1. to dip in, to immerse;
c. acc. John 13, 26 βάψας τὸ ψωμίον, 56.
eis TO τρυβλίον comp. Mark 14, 20. Sept.
c. ace. et εἰς for bau Lev. 4,6. So ὁ. ace.
Xen. An. 2. 2.9; acc. et εἰς Al. V. H. 14.
39. Plato Tim. 73. e—Also with acc. and
gen. of a fluid; Luke 16, 24 iva βάψῃ rd
ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὑτοῦ ὕδατος, comp.
Winer ᾧ 30. 5. 2. b. So Arat. de Cepheo
sidere, τὰ μὲν εἰς κεφαλὴν μάλα πάντα βάπ-
των ὠκεανοῖο, Wetst.

2. Spec. to dip, to dye, Pass. c. dat. of
instr. Rev. 19,13 ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι.
—Sept. Ps. 68, 24. Jos. Ant. 3.6.1. Plato
Rep. 429. d, 6. Hom. Batrach. 223 ἐβά-
πτετο δ᾽ αἵματι λίμνη.

βάρ, Heb. "3, son ; see Βαβιησοῦς, Bap-
t@vas.

Βαραββᾶς, a, 6, Barabbas, Aram.
RDN “2 (son of the father), pr. name of a
robber, whom Pilate released to the Jews,
Matt. 27, 16. 17. 20. 21. 26. Mark 15, 7.
11. 15. Luke 23, 18. John 18, 40 bis—
The. name was not unusual among the
Jews; see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Matt.
27, 16. A

Bapdx, ὃ, indec. Barak, Heb. ῬῊΞ
(lightning), pr. n. of a Hebrew, who with
Deborah delivered Israel from the Canaan-
ites; Heb. 11, 32. See Judg. ¢ c. 4. 5.—Jos.
Ant. 5. 5.2 ‘Bapaxos.

Bapaxias, ov, 6, Barachias, pr. n. of
the father of Zacharias, who was slain be-
tween the temple and the altar, Matt. 23,
35; see in art. Ζαχαρίας no. 2.

βάρβαρος, ov, 6, α barbarian, i. 6. pr.
simply a foreigner, one who does not under-
stand or speak the language of a particular
people. Strabo regards it as an onomato-
peetic word imitating a difficult and harsh
pronunciation ; 14. Ῥ. 662. Perh. derived

from Berber, the name of a formidable na-

tive race in northern Africa. ἢ

1. Genr.. of one who uses a different
tongue, 1 Cor. 14, 11 bis. Sept. for 135
Ps. 114, 1.—2 Macc. 2,21. Hdot. 2. 158

βαρέω

GapBdpovs πάντας οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καχέουσι
τοὺς μὴ σφίσι ὁμογλώσσους. Hdian. 7. 8. 2.

2. Spec. one who does not speak Greek,
one not a Greek by language or nation;
Acts 28, 2. 4, where the inhabitants of Me-
lita (Malta) are so called, as speaking a dia-
lect of the Phenician language. Rom. 1,14
“Ἑλλησί τε καὶ βαρβάροις, to the Greeks and
to those not Greeks, to other nations. So Col
3, 11 Ἕλλην καὶ "Iovdaios.. . . BapBapos, Σκύ-
ns, where βάρβαρος Seems to refer to those
nations of the Roman empire who did not
speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans, Span-
iards ; and Sxv%ns to nations not under the
Roman dominion.—Jos. B. J. prem. 5 “EX-
λησι καὶ βαρβάροις, i. e. the Romans, Jews,
and others. ib. 5. 1.3. So of the Romans,
Pol. 5. 104. 1. ib. 9.37.5; of the Syrians,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 1.

Bapéw, @, f. hoo, (βάρος) to weigh
down, to be heavy upon; found in early and
Attic writers only in the perf. participles
BeBapnas, βεβαρημένος, Hom. Od. 3. 139.
ib. 19. 122. Plato Cony. 203. b. Other
forms occur in later writers ; as fut. βαρή-
cet Luc. D. Mort. 10.4; see Thom. Mag.
p. 141 sq. Matth. § 227. Buttm. Ausf. Spr.
§ 114.—In N. T. only Pass. Bapéopar,
οῦμαι; aor. 1 ἐβαρήϑην, perf. part. βεβαρη-
μένος, to be weighed down, to be heavy, op-
pressed, only trop. a) By sleep, e. g. BeBa-
ρημένοι ὕπνῳ Luke 9, 32; 4050]. id. Matt.
26,43. Mark 14,40. So c. ὕπνῳ Anthol.
αν, IV. p. 177. b) By surfeiting, ete.
Luke 21, 34 μήποτε βαρηϑῶσιν (βαρυνϑῶσιν
Rec.) ai καρδίαι ὑμῶν ἐν κραιπάλῃ κτλ.
So Hom. Od. 19. 122 οἴνῳ βεβαρηόται ο)
By evils, calamities, 2 Cor. 1, 8. 5, 4 στενά-
Copev βαρούμενοι. So Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 14

πόλεις ὑπὸ πολέμων Kal ἄλλων κακῶν βαρη-
Seiom. ἃ) By expense, i. q. to be burdened,
charged ; 1 Tim. 5, 16 μὴ βαρείσϑω ἡ ἐκκλη-
cia. Comp. in ἀβαρής and ἐπιβαρέω.
βαρέως, adv. (Bapis.) heavily, with difi-
culty, trop. Matt. 13,15 and Acts 28, 27
τοῖς ὠσὶ βαρέως ἤκουσαν, they heard heavily
with their ears, i. e. are dull of hearing :
quoted from Is. 6, 10, where Sept. for
‘12317 Comp. βαρέως φέρειν Sept. Gen.
31, 35. Dem. 1103. 17. Xen. An, 2. 1. 4.
But Xen. An. 2. 1. 9 βαρέως ἀκούειν ‘to
hear indignantly,’

Ba pyoNopmatos, ov; 6, Bartholomew,
Heb. abe "2 (son of Tolmai), the patyo-
nymic of one’of the twelve apostles, Matt.
10, 3. Mark 3, 18. Luke 6, 14. Acts 1,13.
His pr. name was prob. Nathanael ; see John
1 46. 21,2. So Jude is also called Leb-

120

βαρύς

beus and Thaddeus; and “Peter is some-
times Barjonas.

Βαριησοῦς, od, 6, Barjesus, Heb. “2
330% (son of Jeshua), pr. n. of a Jewish
magician, Acts 13, 6.

Bapwwvas, ἃ, ὁ, Barjonas, Heb. "3
34" (son of Jonas); the patronymic of the
apostle Peter, Matt. 16, 1'7.—Others write
it Bap ᾿Ιωνᾶς.

Βαρνάβας, a, 6, Barnabas, surname of
Joses, a Levite, born in Cyprus, who be-
came the first associate of Paul in his
labours. The name Barnabas, Aram. 772
M832 (son of prophecy), is explained by
Luke (Acts 4, 36) as i.q. vids παρακλήσεως,
see in vids.—Acts 4, 36. 9,27. 11, 22. 25.
30. 12, 25. 13, 1. 2. 7. 43. 46. 50. 14, 12.
14, 20. 15, 2 bis. 12. 22. 25. 35. 36. 37. 39.
1 Cor. 9, 6, Gal. 2,1. 9.13. Col. 4, 10.

βάρος, €0s, ους, τό, weight, Xen. Cyr.
3. 3. 42.—In N. T. only trop.

1. weight, i.e..a burden, load; put for
heavy labour, τὸ Bapos τῆς ἡμέρας Matt. 20,
12; for burdensome precepts, Acts 15, 28.
Rey. 2, 24; for sins and weaknesses which
weigh one down, Gal. 6, 2.—2 Macc. 9, 10.
Pol. 5. 72. 10. Plato Legg. 925. d, τὸ τῶν
τοιούτων νόμων... βάρος. Pr. Xen. Ck.
by Ὡς

2. weight, i. 6. influence, authority, hon-
our; 1 Thess. 2,6 δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι

. ὡς Xp. ἀπόστολοι. So Diod. Sic. 4.61. ib. 31.
p- 155 τηλικοῦτο βάρος οἰκίας καὶ γένους.----
Others less well, burden,in a pecuniary
sense; comp. in βαρέω lett. d.

3. weight, i. e. abundance, greatness, ful-
ness; 2 Cor. 4, 17 αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, an
eternal fulness of glory.—Soph. Aj. 180
μακροῦ πλούτου βάρει. Diod. Sic. 17. 52
βασίλεια... ϑαυμαστὰ κατὰ τὸ μέγεϑος καὶ
βάρος τῶν ἔργων.

Βαρσ. αβᾶς, a, 6, Barsabas, surname
oftwomen: a) Of Joseph mentioned in
Acts 1,23; see’ Iwonp. δ) Of Judas
mentioned Acts 15, 22; see Ἰούδας.

Bapripaios, ov, ὁ, Bartimeus, Heb.
"N20 2 (son of Timeus), pr. n. of a blind
man, Mark 10, 46.

βαρύνω, f. ve, (βαρύς!) to weigh down;
in N. T. trop. once Pass. aor. 1 ἐβαρύνθην, to
be weighed down, to be heavy, dull, Luke 21,
34 Rec. where others read Bapéw q. v.—
pee les Is. 33, 15. Diod. Sic. 4, 38. Xen.
6

Babs, cia, ὑ, (Bdpos,) 1. heavy, 6. g.
Matt. 28, 4 φορτία βαρέα, spoken of bur-

Tae ee

βαρύτιιιος 121

densome precepts. So Sept. for 732 Ps.
38, 5.—Ecclus. 40, 1. Xen. Hi. 1. 5.

2. Trop. weighty, grave; Matt. 23, 23
τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου. Acts 25,7 βαρέα
αἰτιώματα. 2 Cor. 10, 10 αἱ μὲν ἐπιστολαί
εὐν βαρεῖαι, weighty, impressive.-—Sept. Dan.
2,11. Hdian. 2. 14. 7. Plato Legg. 717. ἃ.

3. Trop. grievous, burdensome, e. g. pre-
cepts 1 John 5,3. So Sept. Neh. 5, 18.
Ecclus. 29, 28. Xen. Hi. 8. 10.—Also Acts
20, 29 λύκοι βαρεῖς, grievous wolves, fierce,
causing mischief. So Wisd. 17, 21. A®l.
V.H. 1. 34 Savdrov τρόπον βαρύτατον. Xen.
Hell. 3.2. 1.

βαρύτιμος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (βαρύς, τιμή.)
of great price, precious, Matt. 26, 7; parall.
πολύτιμος John 12, 3.—Heliodor. 2. p. 113.
Trop. ‘venerable’ A&sch. Suppl. 25.

Bacavivo, f. ica, (Bdcavos,) pr. ‘to
rub on the touch-stone,’ fo test, Plato Gorg.
486. d. Trop. to put to the test, to examine,
either by questions Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 163; or
by torture Hdian. 3. 5. 13. Iseus 202. 10.
Thuc. 7. 86:—Hence in N. T. genr. to ior-
ment, to put in pain, e.g. a) Of pun-
ishment, c. acc. Matt. 8, 29. Mark 5, 7.
Luke 8, 28. Rev. 11, 10 comp. v. 6. Pass.
id. Rev. 14, 10. 20,10. So Wisd. 11, 9.
Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 4. b) Pass. to be tor-
mented, pained, e. g. as a woman in travail
Rev. 12, 2; by disease, Matt. 8, 6; by
plagues, Rev. 9,5. So Wisd. 16,1. Lu-
cian. Pseudosoph. 6. Plato Legg. 922. d,
βασανισϑέντες ἱκανῶς ἐν νόσοις.
torment, i. 4. to vex, to trouble; 2 Pet. 2, 8
ψυχὴν δικαίαν... . ἐβασάνισεν. (Arr. Epict.
2. 22. 35 βασανίζων ἑαυτόν.) Pass. οὗ per-
sons toiling, Mark 6, 48; of a vessel tossed
by the waves, Matt. 14, 24.

βασανισμός, od, 5, (βασανίζω.) pr.
‘test, trial,’ by the touch-stone, etc.—In
N. T. torture, torment, pain; Rev. 9, 5 bis.
14, 11 κάπνος βασανισμοῦ, the smoke of their
torment, i. 6. of the fire in which they are
tormented. 18, 7. 10. 15. So 4 Macc. 9, 6.

βασανιστής, od, 6, (βασανίζω,) pr. a
torturer, inquisitor, Dem. 978.11; see Dict.
of Antt. art. Basanos—In Ν, Τ', a prison-
keeper, jailer, i. q. δεσμοφύλαξ, Matt. 18, 34.

βάσανος, ov, ἡ, pr. a touch-stone, lapis
Lydius, for trying metals, ete. Pind. Pyth.
10. 106 et ibi Scholia. Then, examination,

‘trial, Pol. 22. 8. . Plato Gorg. 486. ἃ : tor-

ture, Pol. 15. 27. 1. 281. V. H. 7. 18.—In
N. T. torment, pain, inflicted as punishment
Luke 16, 23.28; by disease Matt. 4, 94.

So Wisd. 3,1. Lucian. Tragodop. 282 πάν-

6) Also fo |

βασιλεια

τοῦεν ποτώμεναι βάσανοι. Also of ρατίατι-
tion Anth. Gr. II. p. 205.

βασιλεία, as, ἡ, (βασιλεύς,) kingdom,
the rule and dominion of a king, 6. g.

1. dominion, reign, rule, the exercise of
kingly power, [Matt. 6, 13.] Luke 1, 33. ©
Heb. 1, 8. Rev. 17,12. 17. 18.al. Meton.
abstr. for concr. kings, Rev. 1, 6 in later
editions. Sept. for 2452 1 Sam. 10, 16.
25.—Wisd. 6,4. Hdian. 2. 4. 7. Xen. Mem.
4. 6.12. Ag. 1. 4.

2. a kingdom, dominions, realm, a people
and country under kingly rule, Matt. 4, 8,
12, 25. 24, 7 bis. Mark 6, 23. Luke 11, 17.
18. Heb. 11, 33. Rev. 11, 15. 16, 10. al.

"Sept. for M350 Esth. 2,3; 72222 Gen.

10, 10.—Hdian. 4. 3. 11. 4. V. H. 4. 5.
3. Inthe phrase ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ ϑεοῦ,
the kingdom of God, Matt. 6,33. Mark 1,14.
15. Luke 4, 43. 6,20. John 3, 3. 5. al.
also ἡ Bao. τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Matt. 13, 41.
20,21. Rev. 1,9; or ἡ β. τοῦ X. καὶ
σεοῦ Eph. 5,5; or ἡ 8. τοῦ Δαυΐδ, as the
ancestor and type of the Messiah, Mark 11,
10; further, ἡ Bac. τῶν οὐρανῶν, the
kingdom of heaven, only in Matthew, as 3, 2.
4,17. al. for which we find in 2 Tim. 4, 18
ἡ Bac. ἡ ἐπουράνιος ; and likewise absol. ἡ
βασιλεία, Matt. 8,12. 9, 35. al. i. ᾳ. later
Heb. D°7>8 F322 or DTQWH MAD>2. All
these expressions are in N. Τὶ, synonymous,
and signify the divine spiritual kingdom, the
glorious reign of the Messiah. The idea of
this kingdom has its basis in the prophecies
of the O. T. where the coming of the Mes-
siah and his triumphs are foretold; e. g.
Ps, 2 and 110. Is.-2, 1-4, comp. Mich. 4, 1
sq. where in v. 7 the Targ. has ΣΟ
mw. Is. 11,1 sq. Jer. 28, ὅ 54. 31, 81
54. 82, 37 sq. 33, 14 sq. Ez. 34, 23 sq.
37, 24 sq. and espec. Dan. 2, 44. '7, 14. 27.
9, 25 sq. His reign is here figuratively
described as a golden age, when the true
religion and with it the Jewish theocracy
should be. re-established in more than pri-
meval purity, and universal peace and hap-
piness prevail. All this was doubtless to be
understood in a spiritual sense ; and so the
devout Jews of our Saviour’s time appear
to have received it; as Zacharias, Luke 1,
67 sq. Simeon, 2, 25 sq. Anna, 2, 36 sq.
Joseph, Luke 23, 50.51. But the Jews at
large gave to these prophecies a temporal
meaning ; and expected a Messiah who
should come in the clouds of heaven, and
as king of the Jewish nation restore the
ancient religion and worship, reform the
corrupt morals of the people, make exvia-

βασιλεία 122

tion for their sins, free them from the yoke
of foreign dominion, and at length reign
over the whole earth in peace and glory;
comp. in αἰών no. 2. b. See Schettgen
Diss. de regno celor. in Hor. Heb. ‘1. p.
. 1147. Wetstein N. T. I. p. 256. Keil Hist.
Dogm. de regno Mess. in Opusc. Acad. p.
22 sq. Storr Opuse. I. p. 253 sq. Tholuck
Bergpr. zu Matt. 5, 3.—Referring to the
O. T. idea, we may therefore regard the
kingdom of heaven in the N. T. as denoting
in its Christian sense, the Christian dispen-
sation, comprising those who receive Jesus
as the Messiah, and who, united by his Spi-
rit under him as their head, rejoice in the
truth and live a holy life in love and in com-
munion with him. This spiritual kingdom
has both an internal and an external form.
As internal, it already exists and rules in

the hearts of all Christians, and is therefore.

present. As external, it is either embodied
in the visible church of Christ on earth, and
in so far is present and progressive ; or it
is to be perfected in the coming of the Mes-
siah to judgment and his subsequent spirit-
ual reign in bliss and glory, in which view
it is future. But these different aspects
are not always distinguished; the expres-
sion often embracing both the internal and
external sense, and referring both to its
commencement in this world and its com-
pletion in the world to come.—Hence

a) In the Jewish temporal sense, by Jews
and by the apostles before the day of Pente-
cost, Matt. 18, 1. 20, 21. Luke 17, 20 init.
19, 11. Acts 1, 6.

b) In the Christian sense, as announced
by John the Baptist, where also some-
thing of the Jewish view was intermingled,
Matt. 3,2; comp. also Luke 23,51. As
announced by Jesus and others, Matt. 4, 17.
23. 9,35. 10, 7. Mark 1, 14.15. Luke 10,
9. 11. Acts 28, 31. al.—In the internal spi-
ritual sense, Rom. 14, 17 od γάρ ἐστιν ἡ B.
τοῦ 3. βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη
καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. Matt.
8, 38. Mark 10,15. Luke 17,21. 18, 17.
John 3, 3. 5. 1 Cor. 4,20.—In the external
sense, i. e. as embodied in the visible church
and the universal spread of the gospel, Matt.
6, 10. 12, 28. 13, 24. 31. 33. 41. 47. 16,
28. Mark 4, 30. 11,10. Luke 13, 18. 20.
Acts 19, 8. al. Oras perfected in the fu-
ture world, Matt. 13, 43. 16,19. 26, 29.
Mark 14, 25. Luke 22, 29. 30. 2 Ῥοί. 1.11.
Rey. 12, 10. al. In this view it denotes
especially the bliss of heaven, eternal life,
which is to be enjoyed in the Redeemer’s
kingdom, Matt. 8, 11. 25, 34. Mark 9, 47.

Bactrevs

Luke 13, 28. 29. Acts 14, 22. 1 Cor. Ὁ, 9.
10. 15, 50. Gal. 5,21. Eph. 5, 5. 2 Thess.
1,5. 2 Tim. 4, 18. Heb. 12,28. James 2,
5. al—Spoken generally, Matt. 5, 19 bis.
8, 12 οἱ viol τῆς βασιλείας, the sons of the
kingdom, i. e. the Jews, who thought the
Messiah’s reign was destined only for them ;
but in Matt. 13, 38 οἱ viol τῆς βασιλείας are
the true citizens of the kingdom of God.
Matt. 11, 11.12 see in ἁρπάζω no. 3. 13,11.
19.44.4552. 18,4.23. 19,12.24. 20, 1. al.
Spoken also genr. of the privileges and re-
wards of the divine kingdom both here and
hereafter, Matt. 5, 3. 10. 20. 7,.21. 18, 3.
Col. 1, 13. 1 Thess. 2,12, +
βασίλειος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (βασιλεύς,)
kingly, royal; 1 Pet. 2, 9 βασίλειον ἱερά-
τευμα, a royal priesthood, consecrated to
God as were kings and priests ; quoted from
Ex. 19, 6 where Sept. for psym mdz.
So Wisd. 18, 15. Lucian. Quom. Hist. 5.
Xen. An. 1. 10. 12.—Subst. τὸ βασίλειον
(δῶμα), Plur. τὰ βασίλεια, a royal man-
sion, palace, Luke 7, 25. [Matt. 11, 8.|
Sept. Plur. for ΠΏ M3 Esth. 2,13; m2
mad> Esth.1,9. So Plur. Luc. Nowy,
10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.53 Sing. ib. 8. 7. 2.
βασιλεύς, gos, 5, 1. a king, one who
rules with sovereign authority ; Sept. every
where for Heb. 459. Εἰ. g. David, Matt.
1, 6. Acts 13,22; Pharaoh, Acts 7,10. 18.
Heb. 11, 23. 27; the Roman emperor, John
19, 15; ancient Jewish kings, Luke 10, 24.
So Hdian. 4. 10. 4. Pol. 3. 33. 3. Xen. Cyr.

‘1. 2. 1.—Also Jesus as the Messiah is often

called king, king of Israel, king of the Jews,
Matt. 2, 2. 21, 5. 25, 34. 40. Luke 19, 38.
John 1, 50. 12, 13.15. al. Sept. and 722
Ps. 2, 6.—Spoken of God, 1 Tim. 1, 17.
Rev. 15, 3. 17, 14 βασιλεὺς βασιλέων. also
1 Tim. 6, 15 ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόντων,
emphat. king of kings, supreme Lord; so
Diod. Sic. 1. 55 βασιλεὺς βασιλέων καὶ δε-
σπότης δεσποτῶν; comp. ἄναξ ἀνάκτων Ais-
chyl. Suppl. 533. Matth. ᾧ 430. 5. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 692. c. Sept. and 43 genr. of
God, Ps. 5, 3. 29, 10. al.—Also Matt. 5, 35
πόλις τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, sc. of God,
i. 6. Jerusalem as the seat of his worship ;
so Sept. and 3513 Ps. 47, 2.

2. In a more general and lower sense, as
a title of the highest honour, @ prince, ruler,
viceroy, or the like. ‘Thus Herod the Great
and his successors had the title of king, but
were dependent for the name and power on
the Romans; Matt. 2,1. 3. 9.. Luke 1, 5.
Acts 12, 1. 25, 13 sq. 26, 2sq. But He-
rod Antipas was in fact only a tetrarch

Oe ee i i ον νυν σὺν

βασιλεύω 123

(Matt. 14,1. Luke 3, 1. 19. 9, 7), though
he is called βασιλεύς Matt. 14, 9. Mark 6,
14, So Aretas, king of Arabia Petrea,
2 Cor. 11, 32; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p- 559, 560. Also when joined with ἡγε-
μόνες, Matt. 10, 18. Mark 13,9. Luke 21,
12. Sept. and 922 Ps. 2, 2. 102, 16.—
Genr. Matt. 17, 25. 18, 23. Acts 4, 26. 9,
15. 1 Tim. 2,2. 1 Pet. 2, 13. 17. Rev. 9,
11. Sept. and 959 Josh. c. 12. So Hom.
Od. 1. 394. Spoken of the sons of the em-
peror Severus, Hdian. 3. 13. 3; comp. 7.
10. 3, and 8. 8. 6,15.—Trop. of Christians,
as about to reign with the Messiah in glory,
Rey. 5,10. 1, 6 Rec. See Rev. 20, 6;
also in βασιλεύω no. 2. +

βασιλεύω, f£. co, (βασιλεύς.) 1. tobe
king, to reign; e. g. of earthly kings, with
ἐπί c. acc. to reign over, Luke 19, 14. 17;
ἐπί c. gen. id. of Archelaus, Matt. 2, 22 ;
see in ᾿Αρχέλαος. Absol. 1 Tim. 6,15 ὁ
βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόντων, king of kings,
see in βασιλεύς no. 1. Sept. for 5b
1 Sam. 8, 9.11. Soc. gen. Hdian. 3. 1. 6.
Thue. 2. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2—Of God
as exercising universal dominion, absol.
Rev. 11,17. 19,6. Sept. for 55 Ps. 93,
1. 96, 10. 97, 1. al—Of Christ, once with
ἐπί C. acc. aS ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακώβ Luke 1,
33; absol. 1 Cor. 15, 25. Rev. 11, 15.

2. Trop. a) Of Christians, who are io
reign with Christ, i. e. to enjoy the highest
privileges and happiness, the regal honours

- and glory, of the Messiah’s kingdom ; and

who thus are represented as sharing with
Christ in his power and office as king and
judge (comp. Luke 22, 30. 1 Cor. 6, 2. 3.
Wisd. 3, 8. Ecclus. 4, 15); so Rom. 5,17.
Rev. 20, 4 ἐβασίλευσεν pera τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
v. 6. 22,5; once c. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς over the
earth Rev. 5,10. Also of Christians on
earth, i. q. to be like kings, to enjoy honour
and prosperity, 1 Cor. 4, 8 bis. Comp. vivo
et regno Hor. Ep. 1.10.8. b) Of death;
to reign, to have dominion, to prevail, absol.
Rom. 5, 14.17. Of sin and grace, Rom.
5, 21 bis. 6,12. Comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 3.
14 ἡ ψυχὴ βασιλεύει ἐν ἡμῖν.

βασιλικός, 7, ὁν, (βασιλεύς,) kingly,
royal, belonging to a king, e. g. a territory
Acts 12, 20; a robe 12, 21. Sept. for 22
Num. 20, 17; msa>2 Esth. 8, 15. So
Hdian. 1. 16. 8. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 3.—Of a
person attached to a court, a royal attend-
ant, courtier, nobleman, John 4, 46. 49. So
Hdian. 1. 12. 8. Polyb. 4. 76. 2.—Trop.
noble, excellent, pre-eminent, becoming to a
king, James 2,8 νόμος βασιλικός. So Jos.

Bactatw
“Ant. 6. 4. ὅ. Xen. Conv. 1. 8 Bac. κάλλος.
Plato Phileb. 30. ἀἃ. Comp. regalis Cic.
Off. 1. 13.

βασίλισσα, ἡς; ἧ; (βασιλεύς) ὦ queen,
Matt. 12, 42. Luke 11, 31. Acts 8, 27.
Rev. 18,7. Sept. for nabs 1 K. 10, 1.—
Pol. 23. 18.2. Diod. Sic. 20.41. Xen. Cc.
9.15. The earlier and better form was
βασίλεια or βασιλίς, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 225
Wetst. N. T. ad Matt. 12, 42.

Bao iS; ews, 7, (Baive,) a sib, pace,
Hdian. 6. 5. 12. Plato Tim. 33. d—In N.
T. the foot, as the instrument of walking,
Acts 8, 7. So Wisd. 13, 18. Jos. Ant. '7.
5. 5. Plato Tim. 92. a.

βασκαίνω, f. ανῶ, (βάσκω, βάζξω,) aor.
1 ἐβάσκανα, also ἐβάσκηνα Hdian. 2. 4. 11 ;
see Buttm. § 101. 4. n. 2; 10 talk, to tatile, -
maliciously ; to backbite, to slander, c. acc.
Plut. Pericl. 12. Dem. 291.21; c. dat. 2.
V.H.2.13.—In N. T. to talk or prate in
order to mislead, insidiously ; to beflatter, to
bewitch, c. acc. Gal. 3, 1 ris ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανε.
So Hdian. 2. 4.11. Diod. Sic. 4.6. Theocr.
6.39. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 462 sq. Wetst.
N. T. ad Gal. 1. ο.

βαστάξζω, f.c0, 1. to lift up, to take
up, as from the ground, c. acc. 6. σ΄. AiZous
John 10, 31.—Jos. Ant. 7. 11.17. Hdian. 4.
2.11. Lucian. Asin. 44.

2. to bear, to carry, pr. what has been

taken up.
_ a) Genr. and c. acc. Matt. 3, 11 τὰ ὑπο-
δήματα βαστάσαι to bear one’s sandals,
which was the office of a servant ; so κερά-
puov ὕδατος Mark 14, 13. Luke 22,10; τὴν
σόρον Luke 7, 14; τὸν σταυρόν John 19,17
(trop. Luke 14, 27); John 12, 6. Rev. 17,
7. Pass. Acts 3,2. 21,35. So Ecclus. 6,25.
Hdian. 4. Π. 11. Pol. 2. 24. 6.—Trop. of
moral burdens, 6. σ΄. ζυγόν Acts 15,10; ἀλ-
λήλων τὰ βάρη Gal. 6,2; τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον
v. 5. Also with ἐνώπιόν τινος, to bear or
bring before any one, 6. g. τὸ ὄνομά μου
i. q. to declare, to publish, Acts 9, 15.

b) Spec. to bear away, io take away, c.
acc. John 20, 15 εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν.----
Jos. Ant. 8:2. 2. Pol. 1. 48. 2.

c) Also to bear up, to sustain, c. ace.
a) Pr. Rom. 11, 18 οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστά-
(ers, GAN ἡ ῥίζα σέ. Trop. Matt. 20, 12 β.
τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας κτὰ. John 16, 12 οὐ
δύνασϑε βαστάζειν ἄρτι, i. 4ᾳ. to receive, to
understand. Comp. Arr. Epict. 3. 15. 9
εἰ δύνασαι βαστάσαι τὸ πρᾶγμα. 8) to
bear with, to endure, 6. g. τὰ ἀσϑενήματα
τῶν ἀδυνάτων Rom. 15, 1; κακούς Rey. 2,
2.3. So Arr. Epict. 1.3.2. γ) to bear

βατος

to suffer, to undergo, 6. g. τὸ κρίμα Gal. 5,
10; also Matt. 8, 17 ras νόσους ἐβάστασεν,
he bore our sicknesses, i. e. suffered the pu-
nishment of our sins ; for Heb. 530 Is. 53,
4. So Sept. for 8b22K.18,14. ἢ

d) Spec. to bear with or upon oneself, to
carry about, c. acc. e.g. a purse, βαλάντιον,
Luke 10,4; στίγματα... ἐν τῷ σώματι Gal.
6,17; and so of the womb, Luke 11, 27
ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά oe.—Symm. for XY}
Ps. 89, 51. Comp. Hom. Il. 6. 59 ὅν τινα
γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, where
Schol. Ms. ὃν ἐν γαστρὶ ἡ μήτηρ νέον ὄντα
βΒαστάζοι. Wetst. N. T. ad Luc. ]. ο.

I. βάτος, ov, 7, also ὁ βάτος Mark 12, 26
in later editions, and this was held to be the
better form, Meeris p. 99. Thom. Mag. p. 148 ;
_ athorn-bush, bramble, any prickly shrub; so
ἐπὶ rod βάτου Mark 12, 26; ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου
Luke 20, 37. Acts 7, 8 ; ἐκ βάτου Luke
6, 44. Acts 7, 30.—Sept. ἡ β. for πρῸ Deut.
33,16; Sept. Vat. ὁ β. Ex. 3, 2.3.4. So
ἡ B. Pol. 3.71 i. Theophr. H. Pl. 3. 18. 2.

Il. βάτος, vv, 6, α bath, Heb. M3, ἃ He-
brew measure for liquids, equal to the
ephah for things dry, Luke 16, 6; comp.
Kz. 45, 10. 11. Is. 5, 10.—The ephah con-
tained according to Josephus 72 sextarii
(Ant. 8. 2. 9), equal to the Attic perpyris,
or to 1993.95 Paris cubic inches, equiva-
lent to about 14 bush. English; hence the
bath was about 8% gallons. See Boeckh
Metrol. Untersuch. p. 259, 278. Heb. Lex.
arts. ΒΝ, Ma. .

βάτραχος, ov, 6, a frog, Rev. 16, 13.
Sept. for 2775¥ Ex. 8, 2. 3—E). V.H.1.
3. Plato Pheed. 109. b.

βαττολογέω, ὦ, f. how, (λέγω, λόγος")
pr. i. 4. βατταρίζω, to stutter, to slammer,
Hippon. 108. Luc. Jup. Trag. 27; both
verbs being prob. onomatopeetic.—In Ν, Τ',
Barrodoyeiv, to babble, to be loquacious, to
use many words and empty repetitions, absol.
Matt. 6, 73 parall. πολυλογία. So Simpl.
in Epict. 312 [340] περὶ καϑηκόντων δὲ
_Barrodoyay viv.—The ancients derived the
word from a certain Battus. According
to some he was a king of Libya, who stut-
tered, Hdot. 4. 155. Eustath. in Od. o, p.
833. 43 Barros βασιλεὺς Λίβυς ... ὃς δοκεῖ
παροιμίαν δοῦναι τοῦ Barrodoyeiv. Accord-
ing to others he was a garrulous poet, who
made long hymns full of repetitions ; Suid.
Barrodoyia* ἡ πολυλογία, ἀπὸ Βάττου τινὸς
μακροὺς καὶ πολυστίχους ὕμνους ποιήσαντος
ταυτολογίας ἔχοντας. See Wetst. N. T.
ad Matt.l.c. Ὁ

124

βεβαιόω

βδέλυγμα, aros, τό, (βδελύσσω.) 1. an
abomination, any thing abominable or de-
testable; Luke 16, 15 βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον
τοῦ “εοῦ, Opp. τὸ ἐν ἀνϑρώποις ὑψηλόν.
Sept. c. ἐνώπιον for M33M Proy. 11,1; 6.
dat. Prov. 15, 8. 9. °

2. Spec. impurity, uncleanness, in the
Jewish sense ; particularly idols, idolatry,
abominable apostasy, Rev. 17, 4. 5. 21, 27.

So Sept. of idols, ἡ ᾿Αστάρτη βδέλυγμα Si’
. δωνίων for S81 K. 11, 5; τὰ βδελύγ-

para τῶν ἐσνῶν for MIAVIN 2 K. 16,3;
also Test. XII Patr. p. 615.—Matt. 24, 15
and Mark 13, 14 τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρη-
μώσεως, quoted from Dan. 9, 27, comp.
11, 31. 12, 11, where Sept. for γηρῶ
nr pr. the abomination causing deso-
lation, applied by our Lord to the Roman
armies under Titus, with their standards,
surrounding the Holy city for its siege and
destruction; these as heathen conquerors
were of course an abomination tothe Jews ;
see Luke 21, 20, also Jos. Ant. 10. 11..7.
In 1 Mace. 1, 54 the phrase βδέλυγμα τῆς
ἐρημώσεως refers to the pollution of the
temple by Antiochus Epiphanes, who set
up in it the statue of Jupiter Olympius; see
2 Macc. 6, 2-5. 1 Macc. 6, 7.

βδελυκτός, ἡ, dv, (BSedicow,) abomina-
ble, detestable, Tit. 1, 16. Sept. for ΠΏ ΤΙ
Prov. 17, 15.—2 Mace. 1, 2'7. Ecclus. 41, 5.

βδελύσσω, f. ύξω, (Bdéw,) to cause dis-
gust by stench, Aristoph. Plut. '700.—In
N. T. Mid. depon. βδελύσσομαι, to feel
disgust at, to abominate, to abhor, c. acc.
Rom. 2, 22 ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα.
Pass. perf. particip. ἐβδελυγμένος, abhorred,
abominable, Rev. 21, 8. Sept. for 29"
Deut. 23, 7. Am. 5, 10. Pass. perf. part.
for 33M) Is. 14,19. So Pol. 33. 16. 10.
Lucian. Philopatr. 26.

βέβαιος, aia, aov, (βάω, Baive,) stead-
fast, firm, sure; 6. g. ἄγκυρα Heb. 6, 19;
ἐλπίς 2 Cor. 1,73 ἐπαγγελία Rom. 4, 16;
διαθήκη Heb. 9, 17; λόγος Heb. 2,2. 2 Pet.
1, 19; also Heb. 3, 6. 14. 2 Pet. 1, 10.—
Wisd. '7, 23. Diod. Sic. 8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 3.
2. 23. ;

steadfast, to establish, to confirm; with ace.
of thing, Mark 16, 20 τὸν λόγον βεβαιοῦντος.
Rom. 15,8. Pass. 1 Cor. 1, 6. Heb. 2, 3. Se
Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Hdian. 4. 15.9. Thue. 3.
12.—With acc. of pers. 1 Cor. 1, 8. 2 Cor.
1, 21. Pass, Col. 2,'7. Heb. 13, 9. Sept. for
DSP Ps. 119, 28; ARO Ps. 41, 13. So
Thue. 1. 33 σφᾶς αὐτοὺς βεβαιώσασϑαι.

βεβαιόω, &, f. ὠσω, (βέβαιος,) to make

.

βεβαίωσις 125

ϑεβαίωσ. ἐς, ews, 1), (βεβαιόω.) confirma-
ti-m, establishment, Phil. 1,7. Heb. 6, 16.—
Wisd. 6,18. Plut. Solon 14. Thue. 4. 87.

βέβηλος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (βαίνω, βηλός,)
accessible, open to all, and hence common,
profane, pr. of place ; τὰ βέβηλα ‘ unconse-
crated places,’ opp. ἄλσεις Se@v, Soph. Ed.
Col. 10. Thue. 4. 97. Of persons, uncon-
secrated, uninitiated, and so profane, Plato
Conv. 218. b.—In N. T. profane, unholy ; so
of persons regardless of God and divine
things, 1 Tim. 1, 9. Heb. 12,16. So Sept.
for 991 Ez. 21, 5. (3 Mace. 2, 14. El. V. H.
3. 9 βέβηλος καὶ ἀτέλεστος τῷ Seq. Plut. de
Def. Orae. 16.) Trop. of vain disputes, tra-
ditions, etc. 1 Tim. 4,7. 6, 20. 2 Tim. 2, 16.

βεβηλόω, ὦ, f. dco, (βέβηλος,) to pro-
fane, to violate, c. acc. τὸ 'σάββατον Matt.
12, 5; τὸν ἱερόν Acts 24, 6. Sept. for 527
Lev. 19, 8. 12. al—Heliodor. 10. p. 513.
Julian. 7. p. 228. c.

Βεελζεβούλ, ὃ, indec. Beelzebul, i. 4.
Satan, the prince of demons, ἄρχων τῶν
δαιμονίων, Matt. 12, 24. 27. 10, 25. Mark
3,22. Luke 11, 15.18.19. The Aramean
form is Daat >32 deus stercoris, from r.
bat, 531, Buxt. Lex. Chald. 641. It was
prob. in the mouth of the Jews a by-name
of aversion and contempt; but is not else-
where found in Jewish writings—Some
editions (Complut. Beza, Bengel), also the
Vulgate and Peshito, read Βεελζεβούβ,
Beelzebub, which occurs 2 K. 1, 2. 3. 16, in
the Heb. form 343} 553 (Aram, 2931 553)
‘lord of flies, fly-god,’ Sept. Βάαλ μυῖαν, as
the name of a god of the Philistines at
Ekron; comp. the Ζεὺς ᾿Απόμυιος of the
Greeks, Pausan. 5. 14.2; and the Deus
Myagrius of the Egyptians and Romans,
Plin. H. N. 10. 4. Solin. Polyhist, c. 1.
That the later Jews, in their strong aversion
to heathenism, should transfer to Satan the
name of a neighbouring idol and oracle men-
tioned in the O. T. was not unnatural; and
then by the slight change (of a single let-
ter) into Beelzebul, they expressed still more
strongly their abhorrence of the prince of
unclean spirits ; comp. a like instance in the
name Svydp q.v. See Buxt. Lex. 333 sq.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Matt. 12, 24 et Luc.
11, 15. Winer Realw. art. Beelzebub.

Βελίαλ, ὁ, indec. Belial, Heb. 52353
(wickedness), used as a name for Satan,
i. q. ὁ πονηρός, 2 Cor. 6, 15; comp. 1 Sam.
25, 25. Heb. Lex. 5. voc.—Griesbach and
some others read Βελίαρ, Beliar ; the > be-
ing changed to ἡ by Syriasm. So Test.
XII Patr. p. 539, 587, 619. al.

Βηδαβαρα

βελόνη, ns, ἡ, (βέλος,) pr. the point of
a weapon, Eupol. Tax. 11.—In N. T. a nee-
dle, Luke 18, 25 Lachm. for the comm. fa-
gis. So Al. V. H. 9.8. Auschin. 77.27;
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 90.

βέλος, cos, ους; τό, (βάλλω,) a missile,
esp. a dart, javelin, arrow ; trop. Eph. 6, 16
τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ τὰ πεπυρωμένα, the fiery
darts, i.e. fitted with combustibles—Arr.
Exp. Alex. 2. 18. 12 πυρφόρα βέλη. ib. 2.
21.3 βέλεσι... καὶ πυρφύροις ὀϊστοῖς. Thuc.
2. '15; comp. Xen. An. ὅ. 2. 14. ὁ

βελτίων, ovos, ὃ, 4, better, compar. of
dya%és good, Buttm. § 68. 1—In N. T. only
Neut. BeArioy as adv. 2 Tim. 1, 18 Bed-
τίον γινώσκεις, thou knowest better sc. than
I. Buttm. ὁ 115.5. So Xen. Hi. 1, 1 βελ-
τίον εἰδέναι.

Βενιαμίν, 6, indec. Benjamin, Heb.
2922 (son of my right hand), pr. n. of the
youngest son of Jacob by Rachel; comp.
Gen. 35, 18 sq. Hence φυλὴ Βενιαμίν, the
tribe of Benjamin, Acts 13,21. Rom. 11,1.
Phil. 3, 5. Rev. 7, 8.

Bepvixn, ns, 9; Bernice, eldest daughter
of Herod Agrippa first, and sister to the
younger Agrippa, Acts 25, 13. 23. 26, 30
She was married to her uncle Herod king
of Chalcis ; and after his death, in order te
avoid the merited suspicion of incest with
her brother Agrippa, she became the wife
of Polemon king of Cilicia. ‘This connec-
tion being soon dissolved, she returned to
her brother, and afterwards became mistress
of Vespasian and Titus. Jos. Ant. 19. 5.1.
ib. 20. 7. 2,3. Tac. Hist. 2. 81. Sueton.
Ye sy ΣΝ

Bépoia, as, ἡ, Berea, a city of Macedo-
nia, situated five miles north of the river
Haliacmon or Astreus, on the roots of
Mount Bermius, southwest of Pella; Acts
17, 10. 13. Now called Verria, after the
form Βέῤῥοια Thuc. 1. 61. See Leake’s
Trav. in North, Greece IIT. p. 290 sq.

Βεροιαῖος, a, ov, of Berea, a Berean,
Acts 20, 4.

Βηδϑαβαρά, as, ἡ, Bethabara,Heb.™"3
733 (house or place of the ford), John 1,
28 ; where the best Mes. and later editions
read Βηϑανία. The reading Βηϑαβαρά seems
to have arisen from the conjecture of Ori-
gen, who found in his day no such place as
Βηϑανία, but saw a town called Βηϑαβαρά,
(perh. the same with "72 "2 Beth-barah
Judg. 7, 24, near Jordan,) where John: was
said to have baptized; and therefore took

Bravia 126 Bia

the liberty of changing the former reading.
See Origen Opp. ed. de la Rue, IV. p. 140.
Liicke Comm. zu Joh. 1. c. Wetstein in loc.

ByXavia, as, ἡ, Bethany, Aram. 3
ὌΠ (house of dates), comp. 82°78 ‘an
unripe date’ Buxtorf Lex, 38. Lightf, Cent.
Chor, Matt. c. 41.

1. A village about fifteen furlongs E.
from Jerusalem (John 11, 18) on the east-
ern slope of the mount of Olives. It was
the residence of Mary, Martha;and Laza-
rus; and Jesus often went out from Jeru-
salem to lodge there. At present it is a
miserable village. Matt. 21,17. 26,6. Mark
11,1. 11.12. 14, 3. Luke 19, 29. 24, 50.
John 11,1. 18. 12,1. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 100 sq.

2. A place on the east of Jordan, where
John baptized; the exact position of it is
not known; John 1, 28 in the best Mss.
and editt. where others read BnSaBapd q. Υ.
—Some derive it here from 28 M2
‘house or place of ships ;’ but without pro-
bability. ‘They suppose it to have been the
same place as Bethabara.

Βηδεσδά, 4, indec. Bethesda, Aram.
NTO M2 (house of mercy) Buxt. Lex.
Ch. Rab. 798, a pool or fountain at Jerusa-
lem, to whose waters a healing virtue was
‘ascribed, with a building over or near it
for the accommodation of the sick; John 5,
2. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. 1. p. 489, 507.

Βηϑδϑλεέμ, ἡ, indec. Bethlehem, Heb.
ὈΠῚΡ m2 (house of bread) Gen. 35, 19;
pr. n. of a celebrated city, the birthplace of
David and Jesus. It was situated in the
tribe of Judah, and lies about six miles south
by west of Jerusalem. It probably received
its appellation from the fertility of the cir-
cumjacent country. Matt. 2,1. 5. 6. 8.16.
Luke 2, 4. 15. John ἢ, 42. See Bibl. Res.
in Pal. IL. p. 158 sq.

Βηδσαϊδά, 4, indec. also Βηϑσαϊδάν
in text. rec. in Matt. and Mark, Bethsaida,
Aram. ΠΤ ΝΣ "3 (place of hunting or fish-
ing) Buxt. Lex. 1894; pr. n. of two cities
or towns in N. T.

1. Bethsaida of Galilee (John 12, 21), so
called perhaps in distinction from the other
Bethsaida, probably lay near Capernaum,
being mentioned in connection with it, Matt.
11, 21.24, Luke 10, 13.15; comp. also Mark
6, 45 with John 6,17. Eusebius says only
that it lay on the lake of Gennesareth, i. e.
on the western shore; as its name also
would imply. It was the birthplace of Phi-
lip, Andrew, and Peter, John 1, 45.—Matt.

11, 21. Mark 6, 45. Luke 10,13. John 1,
45. 12,21. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
p- 294 sq. comp. p. 251.

2. The other Bethsaida lay in Gaulonitis
at the N. E. extremity of the lake, near
where the Jordan enters it and on the east
side of that river. This town was enlarged by
Philip, tetrarch of that region (Luke 3, 1),
and called Julias, in honour of Julia the
daughter of Augustus ; Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1.
B. J. 2. 9. 1. ib. 8. 10. 7. Plin. H. N. 5. 15.
In the uninhabited tract southeast of this
town, Jesus miraculously fed the five thou-
sand, and afterwards departed by.ship to the
other side of the lake, Luke 9, 10 ; comp.
Matt. 14, 13 sq. Mark 6, 31 sq. John 6, 1.
2. 5-13. 17. 22. 24. So too Mark 8, 22;
comp. v. 13. 27. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
Ill. p. 308.

BydYdaryy, ἡ, indec. eat, Aram.
828 ΓΒ (house of figs) Buxt. Lex. Ch.
Rab. 1691, pr. n. of a village, κώμη, east of
the mount of Olives, and near to Bravia,
Matt. 21,1. Mark 11,1. Luke 19,29.. The
exact site is not known; see Bibl. Res. in
Pal. II. p. 103.

βῆμα, aros, τό, (Baivw,) a step, i. 6.

“1. @ pace, foot-step, Acts 7, 5 οὐδὲ βῆμα
ποδός, i. 6. not a foot-breadth. So Sept. for
>AIAD II Deut. 2, 5.—Plut. Demetr.
21. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 6.

2. Spec. like Engl. steps, i. e. any ele-
vated place to which the ascent is by steps ;
as a stage or tribune for a speaker or reader,
Sept. for b330 Neh. 8,4. 1 Esdr. 9, 42.
Thue. 2. 34. In N. T. spoken : a) Of
an elevated seat or throne in the theatre at
Cesarea, on which Herod sat, Acts 12, 21;
comp. Jos. Ant. 19. 8.2. So Jos. Ant. 7.
15. 9 στὰς ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοτάτου βήματος ὁ βασι-
λεύς. ῬΙαΐ. Poplicol. 17. Ὁ) Oftener the
tribunal of a judge or magistrate, Matt.
27, 19. John 19, 13. Acts 18, 12. 16. 17,
25, 6.10. 17. Rom. 14, 10. 2 Cor. 5, 10,
See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 123; also in
λιϑόστρωτος. So 2 Mace. 13, 26. Hdian
1. 5. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 6.1. _

βήρυλλος, ov, 6, ἡ, beryl, a precious
stone of a sea-green colour, Rey. 21, 20.—
Tob. 13, 17. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Plin. H. N.
37. 20. Sept. βηρύλλιον or βήρυλλος for
pnd Ex. 28, 20. 39, 11.

βία, as, ἡ, strength of body, Hom. Il. 7
197. ib. 8. 103.—In N. T. genr. force, vio-
lence, Acts 5, 26. 21, 35. 24, 7. 27, 41.
Sept. for τῷ Ex. 14, 25. So Wisd. 4,
4. Diod. Sic. 4. 78, Thue. 1. 102.

a ..

a a ee

Ce Len itt eg Ge ow ng

Baas Any, itt peasy

βιάζω

Brake, [. dow, (Bia,) to force, to over-
power, Hom. Od. 12. 297. Usually Mid.
depon. βιάζομαι, to force, to subdue, 2
Mace. 14, 41. Thuc. 1. 55; also as Pass.
to be forced, to suffer violence, Xen. Mem. 1.
2.10. See Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 114.—
Hence in N. T. 4) Mid. depon. with εἰς
6. acc. Luke 16, 16 πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται,
lit. every one forces himself into it, i. e. uses
force to enter it, presses into it, implying
the eagerness with which the gospel was
received by multitudes ; comp. Matt. 11,12,
and ἁρπάζω no. 3. Sept. for orn Ex. 19,
24. So Pol. 1.74.5 εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν.
Arr. Exp. Alex. 6. 9. 4 εἰς τὴν ἄκραν. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 69. δ) Pass. Matt. 11,12 ἡ Ba-
σιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, the kingdom of
heaven is forced, taken by force, suffers vio-
lence; as in lett. a. So Xen. Hell. 5. 2.
23 ras πόλεις Tas βεβιασμένας.

βίαιος, aia, aor, (Bia,) forceful, violent,
of a wind, Acts 2,2. Sept. for τῷ Ex. 14,
21.—Wisd. 19, 7. Hdian. 3. 3.11. Plato
Def. 415. e.

βιαστής, οὗ, 6, (βιάζω,) one who uses
force, one violent, trop. Matt. 11,12; comp.
in βιάζω lett. a.—Philo de Agric. p. 200. ο.
[312.] Comp. Wetst.N. T.adloc. -

βιβλαρίδιον, ov, τό, (dim. βίβλος, βι-
βλάριον.) a small roll or volume, a little
scroll, Rey. 10, 2. 8.9.10. Comp. Pollux
Onom. 7. 210 βίβλος, βιβλίον, βιβλάριον "
παρὰ δὲ ᾿Αριστοφάνει βιβλιδάριον.

βιβλίον, ov, τό, (dim. βίβλος.) a roll,
scroll, i. e. a volume, book, such being the
ancient form of books; Luke 4, 17 bis,
βιβλίον Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου κτλ. v. 20
πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον. John 20, 30. 21, 25.
Gal. 3,10. 2 Tim. 4, 13. Rev. 5,1-5.'7-9.
6,14 (see in ἀποχωρίζω). 22,7. 9.10.18 bis.
19 bis. Sept. for po Ex. 17, 14. al. So
Hdian. 7. 8. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14.—Spec.
a) Of the pentateuch or the Mosaic law,
Heb. 9, 19. 10,7. Sept. and =p Ps. 40,
8. 1.Macc. 12,9. ὃ) τὸ βιβλίον ζωῆς
Rev. [18, 8.] 17, 8. 30,12. 21, 27. [22,
19]; also ra βιβλία sc. τῆς κρίσεως Rev.
20, 12 bis; see in βίβλος. 6) Of epis-
tles, which were also ‘rolled up, Rev. 1,
11; perh. 2 Tim. 4, 13. Sept. and "39
2 Sam. 11,14. So 1 Mace. 1,46. d) Of
documents, e. g. a Jewish bill of divorce,
Matt. 19, 7. Mark 10,4. Comp. Deut. 24,
1. 3, where Sept. and "5.

βίβλος, ov, ἡ, the inner bark of the pa-
pyrus, anciently used for writing, Jos. Ant.
2.10. 2. Theophr. H. Pl. 4. 8, 4.—In N. T.

127

,

βιωτικός

a roll, scroll, i.e. a volume, book, such being
the ancient form, Acts 19,19; so Luke 3, 4.
20,42. Acts 1,20. 7,42. Rev. 22,19 R. Sept.
for "29 Josh. 1, 8. al. So Dem. 313. 14.
Plato Phedo 98. b.—Spec. a) Of the
pentateuch or law of Moses; Mark 12, 26
ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωῦσέως. Sept. for Chald
"50 Ezra 6, 18. Ὁ) Of a genealogical
catalogue, Matt. 1, 1. Sept. and "pO Gen.
5,1. 0) So ἡ βίβλος τῆς ζωῆς, i. q. "BO
nvm, Sept. βίβλος ζώντων, Ps. 69, 29,
comp. Ex. 32, 32.33; i.e. God is repre-
sented as having the names of the right- .
eous, who are to inherit eternal life, in-
scribed in a book; Phil. 4, 3. Rev. 3, 5,
[13, 8.] 20,15. 22,19 Rec. comp. Luke
10, 20. So Sept. and spe Dan. 12, 1.—
Different from this is the book in which
God has inscribed the destinies of men, Ps.
139, 16, comp. Job 14, 5; and also the
books of judgment, in which the actions of
men are recorded, ra βιβλία, Rev. 20, 12
bis ; comp. Dan. 7, 10. 4 Esdr. 6, 20.

βιβρώσκω, f. βρώσομαι, perf. βέβρωκα,
to eat; 8050]. John 6,13 τοῖς βεβρωκόσιν.
Sept. for 53x Josh. 5, 12. al.—Pol. 3. 72. 6.
Xen. Hi. 1. 24.

BiSvvia, as, ἡ, Bithynia, a province οἱ
Asia Minor, on the Euxine sea and Pro-
pontis, bounded W. by Mysia, 8S. and Eby
Phrygia and Galatia, and E. by Paphlagonia.
Acts 16, 1. 1 Pet. 1, 1.

Bios, ov, ὁ, 1. life, the present life, Luke
8,14. 1 Tim. 2,2. 2 Tim. 2,4. 1 Pet. 4, 3.
Sept. for na" Job 7, 6. 8, 9. al—Ail.
V. Η. 3. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8.

2. Meton. means of life, living, sustenance,
Mark 12, 44. Luke 8, 43. 15, 12. 30. 21,4.
Sept. for 092 Prov. 31,14; M72 717 Cant.
8, '7.—Pol. 2. 15. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4.

3. Spec. possessions, wealth, 1 John 2, 16.
3, 17.—Diod. Sic. 12. 40. Plato Gorg. 486
c, Bios καὶ δόξαι.

βιόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (Bios,) aor. 1 ἐβίωσα
rarely; more comm. aor. 2 ἐβίων, Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 114. Matth. } 227; to live,
to pass one’s life; 1 Pet. 4,2 βιῶσαι χρόνον.
Sept. πολὺν χρόνον βιώσω for 077 Han
Job 29; 18; πὴ Prov. 7, 2.—So ἐβίωσα,
Lucian. Macrob. 12,17. Xen. Cie. 4. 18.
Plato Phadr. 249. b.

Biwots, ews, ἡ, (Bida,) life, tiving, mode
of life, Acts 26, 4.—Prol. to Ecclus. διὰ τῆς
ἐννόμου βιώσεως.

βιωτικός, ἡ, dv, (βιόω,) pertaining to
this life, temporal, Luke 21, 34. 1 Cor. 6, 3.

᾿ς βλαβερός

4.—Diod. Sic. 2. 29 βι. χρεία. Pol. 4. 8. 8.
The later Greeks used βιωτικός instead of
᾿ the earlier rod βίου, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 355.

βλαβερός, 4, bv, (βλάπτω,) huriful,
harmful, 1 Tim. 6, 9—Sept. Prov. 10, 26.
Plut. de aud. Poet. 14. Xen. Mem. 1. 3.11.

βλάπτω, f. ra, to disable, to weaken, to
hinder, Hom. Od. 13. 22. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 18.
—In N. Τ'. to hurt, to harm, to injure, c. acc.
Mark 16, 18; with two accus. Luke 4, 35.
So 2 Macc. 12, 22. Pol. 1. 79. 13. Xen.
Mem. 4. 3. 8.

βλαστάνω, τ. ήσω, (βλαστός,) later aor.
1 ἐβλάστησα, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 114.
Matth. § 227; to germinate, to put forth, i.e.

1. Intrans. to sprout, to spring up, Matt.
13, 26. Mark 4, 27. Heb. 9, 4. Sept. for
ΓΞ Num. 17, 23 [8].—Plut. de Pyth.
Orac. 12. Xen. Cc. 19. 2, 8.

2. Trans. to. put forth fruit, to yield, c.
acc. τὸν καρπόν James 5, 18. Sept. for
NO3 Hiph. Gen. 1, 11.—Ecclus. 24, 17.
Eschyl. Fr. p. 619. Apoll. Rhod. 1. 1131.

Βλάστος, ov, 6, Blastus. pr. n. of a
man who was chamberlain (cubicularius) to
Herod Agrippa, i. e. had charge of his bed-
chamber, Acts 12,20. Such persons usu-
ally had great influence with their masters ;
see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 526. Dict. of Antt.
art. Cubicularii.

βλασφημέω, ὦ, f. jow, (βλάσφημος)
to hurt the good name of any one, i. 6.

1. to speak evil of, to rail at; spoken both
of persons and things, i. q. to slander, to re-
vile, absol. Acts 13, 45. 18,6. 1 Tim. 1,
20. 1 Pet. 4, 4..(2 Macc. 10, 34. 12, 14.
Hdian. 1. 6. 20.) With acc. of pers. or
thing, Acts 19, 37. Tit. 3, 2. James 2, 7.
2 Pet. 2, 10. Jude 8. 10; so 2 Pet. 2, 12 ἐν
ois, for ταῦτα ἐν ois. Pass. Rom. 3, 8. 14,
16. 1 Cor. 4,13. 10, 30. 2 Pet. 2, 2. Sept.
for £38 2 K. 19, 6. 22. (Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2.
Hdian. 2. 7. 8. Plato Legg. 934. d.) With
an accus. of the abstract noun, Mark 3, 28;
see Buttm. § 131. 3. So Plato Legg. 800.
2.—Spoken in reference to Jesus while on
earth, c. accus. Matt. 27, 39. Mark 15, 29.
Luke 23, 89; absol. Luke 22, 65. Acts 26,
11, comp.'v, 9.

2. Spec. of God and his Spirit, ὁ or of di-
vine things, io blaspheme, c. acc. Rom. 2,
24. Tit. 2,5. 1 Pet. 4, 14. Rev. 13, 6. 16,
9.11. 21. Pass. 1 Tim. 6,1. Sept. for
YRIMH 15, 52, 5. So Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 3.
Diod. Sic. 2. 21.—With eis c. ace. to blas-
pheme against, Mark 3,29. Luke 12, 10.
So Bel. and Drag. 9. Plato Rep. 381. e.—

128

‘pov κρίσιν, a railing sentence.

βλέπω
Absol. Matt. 9, 3. 26, 65. John 10, 36. So
Plato Alcib. 149. ο.

βλασφημία, as, ἡ, (βλάσφημος.) de-
traction, evil speaking, i. e.

1. Genr. of persons and things,i. q. slander ,
railing, reviling, Matt. 12,31 πᾶσα ἁμαρτία
καὶ βλασφημία. 15,19. Mark 8, 28. 7, 22.
Eph. 4, 31. Col. 3, 8. 1 Tim. 6, 4. Fide 9
κρίσιν βλασφημίας, i. ᾳ. βλάσφημον κρίσιν
2 Pet.2,11. Sept. for ΠΧ 2 Ez. 35, 12.—
2 Macc. ‘10, 35. Dem. 141. 2. Plato Legg.
800. c.

2. Spec. of God and his Spirit, or of di-
vine things, blasphemy, Matt. 12,31 ἡ δὲ rod
πνεύματος βλασφημία. 26, 65. Mark 2, 7.
14, 64. Luke 5, 21. John 10, 33. Rey. 3, 9.
13, 5.6. So ὀνόματα βλασφημίας, i. 4. ὀνομ.
βλάσφημα, Rev. 18, 1. 17, 8. Sept. for
Chald. 3% Dan. 3, 29—2 Macc. 8, 4.
Plato Legg. 800. d.

βλάσφημος, ου, ὃ, 1 adj. (βλάξ v.
βλάπτω, φημή.) hurtful to the Sood, name of
any one, detractive.

1. Genr. of words against persons, i. q.
slanderous, railing ; 2 Pet. 2, 11 βλάσφη-
So Al. V.
H. 12, 57. Plut. Otho 4. Dem. 110. 9.—
Subst. @ slanderer, reviler, 2 Tim. 3, 2. So
2 Mace. 10, 36.

2. Spec. of words against God and di-
vine things, blasphemous, Acts 6, 11. [13.]
Subst. ὦ blasphemer, 1 Tim. 1, 13.—Wisd.
1, 6.

βλέμμα, aros, τό, (βλέπω.) a seeing,
looking, the act of seeing; 2 Pet. 2, 8
βλέμματι καὶ axon.—Eurip. Herc. F. 305,
a look, glance. Plut. Tib. Grace. 2.

βλέπω, f. ψω, 1. to look, i.e. to direct
the eyes upon any thing in order to see ; to
look at or wpon, to behold.

a) Of persons ; so with εἰς c. acc. to look
upon, as eis ἀλλήλους John 13, 22. Acts 3,
4 βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. Luke 9, 62. Sept. for
b"an Gen. 19, 17. (Atl. V. H. 14. 42. Xen.
An. 4. 1. 20.) With acc. Matt. 5,28 πᾶς
ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα κτὰ. Sept. Cant. 1, 6.
(isop. Fab. 129 βλέπων τὸν μέγαν δεῖπνον.)
So c. acc. to look at or into ἃ roll or book,
Rev. 5, 3. 4.—Trop. to look at in mind, i. e.
a) to look to a thing, to consider, to give
heed; absol. Mark 13, 33 βλέπετε, ἀγρυ-
mveire κτλ. Alsoc. acc. 1 Cor. 1,26 βλέπετε
yap τὴν κλῆσιν ὑμῶν. 10, 18. Col. 2, 5.
(Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 2. Plato Rep. 921. a.)
With ri or πῶς, how, c. indicat. Mark 4, 24.
Luke 8, 18. 1 Cor. 3,10. 8) to look at,
i. q. to regard, to have respect to, with εἰς
c. acc. as AA. εἰς πρόσωπόν twos to regard

βλέπω

ike person of any one, to have respect to
his external rank or condition, Matt. 22, 16.
Mark 12, 14; see in art. πρόσωπον. (So
genr. Ὁ. εἰς Luc. D. Mort. 11. 4. Dem, 124.
7.) With acc. 2 Cor. 10, 7 τὰ κατὰ πρό-
σωπον βλέπετε. (Jos. Ant. 6. 8.1.) Also
to look to it, to care for any thing ; with més
c. indic. Eph. 5, 15; with iva c. subjunct.
1 Cor. 16, 10; ὁ. ace. by attraction, Col. 4,
1'7 βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν . . . iva αὐτὴν πληροῖς.
y) Imperat. by way of caution, βλέπε,
βλεπέτω, βλέπετε; look to it, take heed, be-
ware; so with accus. reflex. ἑαυτούς, look
to yourselves, beware, Mark 13, 9. 2 John
8; with an acc. genr. beware of, Phil. 3,2
ter, βλέπετε τοὺς κύνας κτλ. Mostly fol-
lowed by pH, μήποτε, μήπως, take heed that
not, beware lest; so with aor. subjunct.
Matt. 24, 4. Mark 13, 5. Luke 21, 8. Acts
13,40. 1 Cor. 8,9. 10,12. Gal. 5, 15. Heb.
12, 25; c. aor, impl. Mark 13, 23 βλέπετε
SC. μὴ πιστεύσητε ; comp. v. 21. (Comp.
ὅρα μή Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 22. 4. Xen. Cyr. 3.
1. 27.) Also with fut. indicat. Col. 2,8
βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται συλαγωγῶν. Heb.
3, 12. With ἀπό c. gen. beware of any
thing, so as to separate oneself from it ; see
in ἀπό no. 1. b. 8. Mark 8, 15 βλέπετε ἀπὸ
τῆς ζύμης τῶν Bap. 12, 38 BA. ἀπὸ τῶν
γραμματέων.

b) Once of ἃ place ; βλέπειν κατά τι, to
look towards any quarter, i. 6. to lie towards,
to face; Acts 27, 12 λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης
βλέποντα κατὰ AiBa.—So c. κατά τι Sept.
Ez. 46, 6. 13. 22 ἐπί τι Hdian. 2. 11. 16;
πρός τι Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9.

2. to see, as the consequence of looking ;
tu perceive with the eyes, to behold.

a) Genr. and with acc. as τὸ κάρφος Matt,
7, 3. Luke 6, 41; also Matt. 11, 4. 13, 17.
24, 2. Mark 8, 23. 13, 2. Luke 7, 44. John
1, 29. Acts 8, 6. Rey. 1, 11. al. Soc. ace.
impl. Matt.-13, 16. Acts 1,9. 1 Cor. 13, 12.
Sept. c. acc. for 7872 K. 9,17. (Luc.
Ὁ. Mort. 24. 2. Hdian. 5. 4. 16. Pol. 12. 24,
6; acc. impl. Jos. Ant. 6.6.2.) Rev. 1,12
kal ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν τὴν φωνήν, and I
turned to see the voice, i. 6. whose voice it
was. Also Matt. 18, 10, of ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν
διαπαντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός
μου, their angels do always behold the face
of my Father, i.e. they have constant access
to him, are admitted to his privacy as his
friends, in allusion to the custom of oriental
monarchs; so Heb. 923 "25 "84,
οἱ ἐγγὺς τοῦ βαδιλάμε, Esth. 1, 14; ‘elso-ui
ὁρῶντες τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ BaoiNkas 2K.
25,19; of ἐν προσώπῳ τοῦ βασιλέως Jer.
52,25.—In other ee : a) Pass.

129

βλητεος

particip. τὰ βλεπόμενα, the things seen,
visible, ἃ Cor. 4,18. Heb. 11,1.3.'7; negat.
τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 2 Cor. 4, 18. 8) With
an acc. and a particip. of another verb as
adjunct; comp. Buttm. §144. 6. b. Mark
5, 31 βλέπεις τὸν ὄχλον συνδλίβοντά σε. 8,
24, John 20, 1 βλέπει τὸν λίϑον ἡρμένον ἐκ
τοῦ μνημείου. Matt. 15, 31. Luke 24, 12.
John 5,19. 20, 5. 21, 9. 20. Acts 4, 14.
With particip. impl. 2 Cor. 12,6 ὑπὲρ ὃ
βλέπει με SC. ὄντα Vv. πράσσοντα. Matt. 14,
30 βλέπων τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρόν. So Jos.
Ant. 6. 14. 2 βλέπειν εἶπεν ἀνελθόντα ϑεῷ
τινα τὴν μορφὴν ὅμοιον. 7) In. antith.
with ἐλπίς, ἐλπίζω, where to see is i. 4. to
have before the eyes, to have present before
one; Rom. 8, 24 ὃ γὰρ βλέπει tis, τί καὶ
ἐλπίζει, for what a man seeth (has present
before him), how can he yet hope for it? ib.
ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς. Comp.
Jos. Ant. 6. 8.2 αὐτῷ βλεπομένῳ καὶ πα-
ρόντι. δ) Absol. of God, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ, who seeth in secret, whose eyes
penetrate the most hidden recesses, Matt. 6,
4. 6. 18.—Trop. with its own particip. in-
tens. Winer § 46. 10; so βλέποντες
βλέψετε, seeing ye shall see, ye shall in-
deed see, Matt. 13, 14. Mark 4, 12. Acts
28, 26; opp. βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσι, seeing
they see not, are dull, stupid, Matt. 13, 13;
BX. μὴ βλέπωσι id. Luke 8, 10; all refer-
ring to Is. 6,9 where Sept. for Heb. ἢν"
iN2. Comp. Pol. 12. 24. 6 βλέποντας μὴ
βλέπειν.

b) Intrans. to see, i.e. to have or recover
the faculty of sight, absol. Matt. 12,22 ὥστε
τὸν τυφλὸν... βλέπειν. 15, 31. John 9, 7.
15. 25. Acts 9,9. Rom. 11,10. Rev. 3, 18.
al. Sept. for 58 1 Sam. 8,2. (42). V. H.
6. 12. Antiph. 696. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 4.)
Hence τὸ βλέπειν subst. sight, the sense .
of sight, Luke 7, 21; negat. τὸ μὴ βλέπειν
Rom. 11, 8.—Trop. John 9, 39 iva of μὴ
βλέποντες βλέπωσι καὶ of βλέποντες τυφλοὶ
γένωνται. v. 41.

8. Trop. to see, to perceive in mind; so
with acc. and particip. as in no. 2. a. B.
Rom. 7, 23 βλέπω δὲ ἕ ἕτερον νόμον. . ἀντι-
στραϊευόμενόν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός jiov: Heb.
2, 9. 10, 25. So Sept. for 87 Neh. 2, 17.
Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 10. 2 Aavidns’. ἢ . διευ-
mpayav ἐβλέπετο —With ὅτι, 2 Cor. 7,8
βλέπω yap ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολή κτὰ. Heb. 3, 19.
James 2,22. +

βλητέος, a, ov, (βάλλω,) a verbal im-
plying necessity, propriety, or the .ike, ja-
ciendus, something to be thrown or put, i. 4.
one must put; Mark 2, 22 and Luke 5, 38
ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον,

Βοανεργές

comp. βάλλω no. 3. See Buttm. ᾧ 184. 10.
Matth. ᾧ 447. ,

Boavepyés, indec. Boanerges, Mark 3,
17, explained by υἱοὶ βροντῆς sons of thun-
der ; Heb. 729 "22, Aram. 14 "23, sons
of noise or commotion. Applied by Jesus
as a surname to James and John, perh. on
account of their power as preachers ; or also
because of their impetuous spirit; comp.
Luke 9, 54.

Boda, ὦ, f. hr@, (Bon) to cry, tocry out
or aloud; absol. Luke 18, 38; ο. acc. Acts
21, 34 ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο τι ἐβόων. With ὅτι
Acts 17,6. Sept. for PP ὁ Κι 2,12. So
Luc. Ὁ. Marin. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr. '7. 1. 37.—
Spec. of a cry of joy, Gal. 4, 27 βόησον ἡ
οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, quoted from Is, 54, 1 where
Sept. for 54%. So Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 26.—
Or of terror, pain, as 8. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Acts
8,7. Mark 15, 84. Sept. for P21 1 Sam.
8, 18. So Dem. 784. 19. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.
28.—Spec. a) Of a cry for help, to cry
out to any one, to call upon, c. πρός τινα
Luke 18,7. Sept. for >8 PSI Iudg. 10,
14; dR δ Joel 1,19. So ὁ. acc. Luc.
D. Marin. 6. 8. Xen. Cyr.'7.2.5. Ὁ) Of
an exhortation or command, as by a herald,
to cry, to call aloud, to proclaim, absol. Matt.

. 3. Mark 1, 3®*Luke 3, 4. [9, 38.] John
1, 23; all referring to Is. 40, 3. 6, where
Sept. for 822. So Plut. Coriolan. 25; genr.
Plato Apol. 32. b.

βοή, is, 4, a cry, outery, 6. g. for help,
James 5,4. Sept. for "PX 1 Sam. 9, 16.
—Genr. ASlian. V. H. 13. 45. Xen. An. 4.
7. 23.

βοήδϑεια, as, 7, (βοηϑέω.) succour, help,
Heb. 4,16. Sept. for "IS Ps. 121,1; 713
Judg. 5,23. So Hdian. 2.5.5. Xen. Hell.
5. 4. 10.—Spec. Acts 27, 17, ai βοήϑειαι,
helps, means of help, e. g. ropes, cables ; see
in ὑποζώννυμι. Comp. Arist. Rhet. 2. 5.

BonXéo, ὦ, f. hor, (BonSds,) pr. to run
up at a cry for help, to come in aid of any
one, Pol. 5. 76. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 1.—In
N. T. genr. to succouwr, to help,.c. dat. Matt.
15, 25. Mark 9, 22. 24, Acts 16,9. 21, 28.
2 Cor. 6, 2. Heb. 2,18. Rev. 12,16. Sept.

. for ΞΘ Josh. 10,6; "9 Gen. 49,25. So |

Hdian. 6. 7. 17. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25.
βοηϑός, οὗ, 6, ἡ, (βοήϑοος ; βοή, Bo)

pr. running up αἱ α cry for help, succour-
ing ; Subst. a succourer, helper, Heb. 13, 6 ;
comp. Ps, 118, 7. Sept. for "19 Job 29,
12.—Luc. Tyrann. 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14.

βόδυνος, ov, 6, (Bd%pos,) a pit, ditch,
as an emblem of destruction, Matt. 15, 14.

130

βοτάνη

Luke 6,89. Sept. for MIB Is. 24,18. So
Theophr. H. Pl. 4.2.2. Xen. Gic. 19. 3.—
Spec. a cistern, in the fields, Matt. 12, 11,
i. ᾳ. φρέαρ Luke 14,5. So Sept. and N15
2 Sam. 18, 17.

Bon}, jis, ἡ, (βάλλω!) α cast, a throw ἢ
spoken of distance, Luke 22, 41 ὡσεὶ AiSov
βολήν about a stone’s throw; for the acc.
comp. Buttm. § 131. 9.—Sept. Gen. 21,16.
Thue. 5. 65 μέχρι μὲν λίϑου καὶ ἀκοντίου
βολῆς ἐχώρησαν. Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 15.

βολίζω, τ, icw, (Bodis,) to heave the
lead, to sound, absol. Acts 27, 28 bis.—
Eustath, ad Il. ε, p. 427. 49. 3, p. 615. 53.
Wetst. Ν. T. in loc

βολίς, i8os, ἡ, (βάλλω, pr. something
thrown, as the lead in sounding, whence
βολίζω 4. v.—In N. T. ἃ missile, 6. σ. a
javelin, dart, Heb. 12,20. Sept: for mbt
Neh. 4,17; 7% Num. 24, 8. So Plut. De-
metr. 3. Paul. Sil. 68, 69, in Anthol. Gr.
IV. p. 62, 63. :

Bod6, 6, indec. Booz or Boaz, Heb. 123
(alacrity), pr. n. of a man celebrated in the
book of Ruth, Matt. 1, 5 bis. Luke 3, 32.

BopBopos, ov, 6, dirt, mire, filth, pr.
such as accumulates where animals are
kept ; so proverb. 2 Pet. 2,22. Sept. for
2") Jer. 38, 6.—Dem. 1259. 11. Arr. Epict.
4. 11. 29 ἄπελϑε καὶ xoip@ διαλέγου, ἵν᾽ ἐν
βορβόρῳ μὴ κυλίηται. Plato Phed. 69. c.

βοῤῥᾶς, ἃ, 6, (Att. contr. for βορέας.)
pr. the north or N. Ν. E. wind, Sept. Prov.
27,16. Xen. An. 4. 5.3.—In N. T. meton.
the north, the northern quarter of the heay-
ens, Luke 13, 29. Rev. 21, 13. Sept. for
35X Job 37, 22. So Theophr. H. Pl. 5. 1.
11. Plato Crit. 112. b.

Bocke, £. κήσω, to feed, to pasture, to
tend while grazing or feeding ; of persons,
ὁ. acc. Luke 15, 15 βόσκειν χοίρους. Mark
5,14; absol. of βόσκοντες swine-herds Matt.
8, 33. Luke 8, 34. Mid. to feed, to be feed-
ing-or grazing, of a flock or herd, Matt. 8,
30. Mark 5,11. Luke 8, 32. Sept. for 533
Gen. 29, 7. 9. Mid. Job 1,14. So Hom.
Od. 14.103. AEsop. F.131. Mid. Plut. non
posse suav. viv. sec. Epic. 14. Plato Rep.
586. a.—Trop. of a teacher, to feed, to in-
struct and care for, John 21, 15.17. Sept.
and 52" Ez. 34, 2. 3. :

Βοσόρ, 6, indec. Bosor, Heb. "23
(torch) Beor, Sept. Βεώρ, Num. 22, 5; pr.
n. of the father of Balaam, 2 Pet. 2, 15.

βοτάνη, ns, ἡ, (Bdoxe,) pr. pasturage,
ie. herbage, grass, plants, Heb. 6,7. Sept.

ee

ΞΕ ΡΥ ee

ut
a

te

βότρυς

for 883 Gen. 1, 11. 12.--- 1}. V. H. 2. 40.
Plato Prot. 321. b.

βότρυς, vos, ὃ, a cluster of grapes, Rev.
14,18. Sept. for >>U& Gen. 40,10. Num.
13, 25.—Luc. Bacch, 2. Xen. CEc. 19. 18.

βουλευτής, οὗ, ὁ, (βουλεύω,) a counsel-
lor, senator ; spoken of a member of the
Jewish Sanhedrim, Mark 15, 43. Luke 23,
50. Sept. for 727" Job 3, 14.—Dem. 1208.

5. Xen. Hell. 2. 8. 23.
᾿ς βουλεύω, f. εύσω, (Bovdh,) to be α΄

counsellor or senator, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18;
to take counsel, to deliberate, to determine
after consultation, Sept. for 737 Is. 23, 8.
Xen. Ath. 2. 17.—In N. T. only Mid. Bov-
Aevopat, to take counsel with oneself, i. 6.

1. to consult, to deliberate; e. g. Sing.

followed by εἰ, Luke 14, 31. Plur. with
iva, John 12, 10 ἐβουλεύσαντο. .. iva καὶ τὸν

Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν. [11,53.] Sept. for
ΥΞ 1 K.12,28.—So ο. εἰ Xen. Cyr. 2.1.7;
c. ὅπως Xen. An. 4. 8. 14; absol. Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. 8.

2. to determine’ after deliberation, to be
minded, to purpose, ¢..acc. 2 Cor. 1,17 ter;
c. inf. Acts 5, 33 ἐβουλεύοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐ-
τούς. 15,37. 27,39. Sept. 6. acc. for 737
Is. 19, 12.—So c. acc. Xen. An. 1.1.7; 6.
inf. Hdian. 1. 16. 8. Xen. An. 3. 2. 8.

βουλή, is, ἡ, α council, senate, 1 Esdr.
2,17. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 3—In N. T. coun-
sel, i. 6.

1. counsel given, advice ; Acts 27, 12 of

πλείους ἔϑεντο βουλήν. Sept. for ΠᾺΡ 2
Sam. 16, 20.—Plut. J. Cas. 21 βουλὴν 3é-
μενοι. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 26.

2. counsel taken, e. g. spoken of God,
determination, purpose, decree, Luke 7, 30.
Acts 2, 23. 4, 28. 13, 36. 20,27. Eph. 1,
11. Heb. 6,17. Sept. for M22 Prov. 19,
21. Is. 5,19. So Hom. Il. 1. 5. Pind. Ol. 2.
137.—Of men, i. q. purpose, plan, project,
Luke 23, 51. Acts 5, 38. 27, 42. Plur.
purposes, thoughts, 1 Cor. 4, 5. Sept. for
MSD Hos. 10,6; M382 Is. δῦ, 7. 8. So
Al. V. H. 3. 4 coouald τῆς βουλῆς.

βούλημα, ατος, τό, (Bobdopat,) pr.
‘what is willed; hence, will, purpose, of
God Rom.9,19; of men Acts 27,43. [1 Pet.
4, 3.]|—2 Macc. 15, 5. Dem. 1109. 15. Plato
Legg. 769. d.

βούλομαι, f. βουλήσομαι, Pass. depon:
2 pers. βούλει Luke 22, 42; see Winer ᾧ 13.
2. Buttm. ᾧ 103. ΠΙ. 3; imperf. ἐβουλόμην ;
aor. 1 ἐβουλήϑην James 4, 4, also ἠβουλήθην
2 John 12, see Buttm. § 83. n. 5; to will,

131

βουνός

to wish, to desire. According to Buttmann,
the distinction between βούλομαι and ϑέλω
is, that the latter expresses an active choice
and purpose, the former a mere passive τ7-
clination or willingness ; Lexilog. I. p. 26.
Or, βούλομαι expresses. the inward predis-
position and bent from which the active
choice proceeds : see Tittm. de Synon. N.
T. p. 124. Hence βούλομαι is never used
of brutes. In speaking of the gods, Homer
uses βούλομαι for ϑέλω, since with them
will is also effect ; Buttm. 1. c. p. 27.—In
Ne.

1. Of men, to will, to be willing, to be dis-
posed or minded, todesire. a) Genr.and with
an infin. of object ; e. g. infin. aor. Mark 15,
15 βουλόμενος τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι.
Acts [15, 37.] 17,20. 18,27. 19,30. 22,30.
23, 28. 25, 22. 27, 43. 28,18. Sept. for
MAN 1 Sam. 15,9; YM Deut. 25, 7. (1
Mace. 7, 30. Hdian. 7. 7. 8. Xen. Mem. 4.
7.6. An. 3. 4. 20.) With infin. present,
Acts 25, 20 εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσϑαι εἰς Ἵερ.
1 Tim. 6, 9. Philem. 18. Sept. for 738
Is. 30, 9. 15. (Hdian. 7. 8. 18. Plut. de Sa-
nit. tuend. 1. Plato Soph. 244. a.) With
εἶναι, and a predicate of the subject in the
nominative ; Acts 18, 15 κριτὴς yap ἐγὼ
τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι. James 4, 4:
(Plut. Cato Min. 65. Plato Conv. 200. b.)
With an inf. impl. James 8, 4. 2 John 12. 3
John 10. Once with aor. Subjunct. John
18, 39; see Matth. } 516. 3. Buttm. § 139.
n. 1. Kiihner § 259. 1. 8) Also to be
minded, to intend, to purpose, c. inf. aor.
Matt. 1,19 ἐβουλήϑη λάϑρα ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν.
Acts 5, 28, 12, 4. 2 Cor. 1, 1ὅ. Sept. for
722 Ezra 4, 5. So Plato Gorg. 460. c.
Xen. Εὔς. 13.10. 6) As used by one
having authority, and thus implying com-
mand; sa with acc. and infin. pres. Phil.
1, 12 γινώσκειν δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι. 1 Tim.
2,8. 5,14; acc. and inf. perf. for pres.
Tit. 3,8; inf, aor. simpl. Jude 5. So Plato
Conv. 184. a. Xen. An. 1. 1. 1.

2. Of God, and so i. q. ϑέλω, see above ;
to will, to be pleased, to choose, to determine ;
absol. James 1, 18; 6. infin. aor. Luke 22,
42 πάτερ, εἰ βούλει παρενεγκεῖν τὸ ποτήριον
τοῦτο ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Heb. 6, 17; acc. et infin.
2 Pet. 3, 9. Also of Thais aa te Son of
God, c. inf. aor. Matt. 11, 27. Luke 10, 22,
Once of the Holy Spirit, c. inf. impl. 1 Cor.
12, 11.—Hom. Il. 1. 67. ib. 13. 347.

βουνός, οὗ, ὁ, α hill, Luke 3, 5. 23, 20.
Sept. for 7233 Ex. 17, 9. 10.—Pol. 3. 83,
1. Plut. Sulla 16. A word of the later .
Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 355.

βοῦς

βοῦς, βοός, ὃ, ἣ, an ox or cow, an animal
of the ox kind; Plur. owen, cattle ; Luke 13,
15. 14, 5.19. John 2,14. 15. 1 Cor. 9,9
bis. 1 Tim. 5, 18. Sept. for "P2 Gen. 13, 5;
MIB Gen. 41, 2. 3. 4.—Luc. D. Mort. 6. 2.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 32.

βραβεῖον, ov, τό, (βραβεύς,) α prize in
the public games, as a wreath, garland, or
the like; 1 Cor. 9, 24. Trop. of the re-
wards of the future world, Phil. 3, 14—
Plut. Symp. 9. 13. 2.

βραβεύω, f. evow, pr. to be ὁ βραβεύς,
i. e. to be a director, arbiter, in the public
games ; see Potter Gr. Ant. I. p. 441. Dict.
of. Antt. art. Agonothete ; then, to decree
victory, to give the prize, Wisd. 10, 12. He-
liodor. 4. 1.—In N. T. to administer, to rule,
absol. and trop. Col. 3, 1ὅ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Xpr-
στοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν. So

pr. Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Pol, 2. 8ὅ. 3. Plut. -

Pomp. 55.

βραδύνω, f υνῶ, (Bpadis,) to be slow,
slack, to delay, absol: 1 Tim. 3, 15. 2 Pet. 3,
9 οὐ βραδύνει 6 κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, the
Lord will not be slack (draw back) from his
promise; Winer ᾧ 30.6.n. Buttm. § 132. 4.
Sept. for FIN Deut. 7, 10. Ecclus. 32, 18.
—Ll. V. H. 3. 43. Plato Rep. 528. d.

βραδυπίλοέω, &,f. now, (βραδύς, πλέω.)
to sail slowly, Acts 27, '7.—Artemid. 4. 32.

βραδύς, εἴα, ὕ, slow, not hasty, James 1,
19 bis. So Dem. 777. 5. Plato Apol. 39, b.
—Trop. slow of understanding, heavy, dull,
Luke 24, 2ὅ. So Dion. Hal. de Rhet. At
tic. βραδὺς τὸν νοῦν. Pol. 4. 8. ἢ.

β ραδυτής, τῆτος, 7), (βραδύς. slowness,
tardiness, 2 Pet. 8, 9 ὥς τινες βραδυτῆτα
ἡγοῦνται, as some count it tardiness, i. 6.
- that the Lord delays in respect to his pro-
mise; see in Bpadiva—Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1.
Hdian. 3. 4. 15. Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 5.

βραχίων, ovos, 6, the arm, Lat. bra-
chium, Plut. Eumen. 7. Xen. Eq. 7. 8.—
InN. T. by Hebr. like piny, put for strength,
might, power, Luke 1, 51. John 12, 38.
Acts 13,17. So Sept. for piny Deut. 5,
15. Is. 51, 5. }

βραχύς, εἴα, ὑ, short, small, litile ; 68. g.

1. Of time, Luke 22, 58 μετὰ βραχύ af-
ter a little while. Acts 5, 34 βραχύ τι (for)
a little while. Sept. παρὰ βραχύ for ὉΣῺΞ
Ps. 94, 17.—So βραχύ τι Pol. 14. Π. 5; ἐν
βραχεῖ Luc. Somn. 2. Plato Conv. 217. a.

2. Of space, Acts 27, 28 βραχὺ διαστή-
σαντες, i. e. having gone a little further.
Sept. and Θ᾿ 2 Sam. 16,1. So Diod. Sic.

132

βρόχος
8. 8. Xen.’ Cyr. 5. 4. 47.—Trop. οἱ rang

or dignity, Heb. 2,7. 9, βραχύ τι παρ᾽ ayyé-
λους, a little lower than the angels, i. e. Jesus
during his life on earth ; quoted from Ps. 8,

᾿ 6, where Sept. for uy necessarily of rank,

as the antith. in Heb. 2, 9 also requires.

3. Of quantity or number, small, few ;
John 6, '7 βραχύ τι; a litle. Sept. and wy
1 Sam. 14, 29. 44. So Aischin. 56. 26.
Xen: Mem. 1. 4. 8.—Also Heb. 13, 22 διὰ
βραχέων sc. λόγων, i. 6. in few words, brief-
ly ; so Luc. Tox. 56. Plato Prot. 336. a.

βρέφος, εος, ous, τό, α child, 6. g, yet
unborn, @ fetus, Luke 1, 41. 44. (Ecclus.
19, 11. Hom. Tl. 23. 266.) Usually an in-
fant, babe, Luke 2, 12. 16. 18,15. Acts 7,
19. 2'Tim. 3, 15 ἀπὸ βρέφους, from a child,
from the cradle. So 1 Mace. 1, 61. Luc.
D. Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5.—Trop,
of those just entering on the Christian life,
1 Pet. 2,2; comp. 1 Cor. 3, 1.2. Heb. 5,
12. 13.

βρέχω, f. ἔξω, 1. to wet, to moisten, to
sprinkle; c. acc. of obj. Luke 7, 38. 44;
absol. Rev. 11,6 ἵνα μὴ berds βρέχῃ se. τὴν
γῆν. Sept. for moan Ps. 6,'7.—Diod. Sic.
8. 25. Xen. An. 4. 3. 12.

2. to rain, to cause to rain, i. 4. ὕειν,
found in the Attic poets and later prose
writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 291. ἃ) Genr.
and with ἐπί τινα, Matt. 5, 45 (ὁ Seds)
βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους κτὰ. (Sept. for ἜΡΩΤΙ
Am. 4,7.) With acc. of material, Luke
17, 29 (ὁ Seds) ἔβρεξε πῦρ καὶ Seiov. Sept.
Gen. 19, 24. Ez. 38, 22; comp. Ex. 9, 24.
Soc. acc. of thing Xen. Gc. 17. 2, Pass.
Pol. 16. 12. 3. Ὁ) With indef. subject,
βρέχει, like ὕει, Lat. pluit, it rains, James
5,17 bis, προσηύξατο τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι, καὶ οὐκ
ἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. See Matth. ᾧ 295. 2 pen.
Buttm. ᾧ 129. 17.

βροντή, is, ἡ, thunder; Mark 3, 17
viol βροντῆς, see in Boavepyés. John -12,
29. Rev. 4, 5. 6,1. 8, 5: 10, 3.4 bis. 11,
19. 14, 2. 16,18. 19, 6, Sept. for ἘΦ
Job 26, 14. Ps. 77, 19.—Hom. Tl. 21. 199.
Luc. D. Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3.

βροχή, ῆς, ἡ, (βρέχω,) rain, Matt. 7,
2ὅ. 27. Sept. for puja Ps. 68,10. 105, 82.
—Geopon. 2. 39. 191. Found only in late
usage, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 291.

βρόχος, ου, ὃ, a noose, snare ; trop. 1 Cor
7,35 οὐκ ἵνα βρόχον ὑμῖν ἐπιβάλω, not that 1
would cast @ noose over you, i. e. impose on
you any necessity. Sept. for wpim Prov.
22, 25.—Plut. Amator. 13. Xen. Ven. 2.
5, 6.

PS ΡΠ ΠΤ

βρυγμος _ 188

βρυγμός, oi, ὁ, (βρύχω,) α grating,
gnashing of the teeth, in pain or rage, Matt.
8, 12. 13, 42. 50. 22, 13. 24, 51. 25, 30.
Luke 13, 28; comp. Acts 7, 54.—Ecelus.
51, 3. Suid. Bpvypdés* τρισμὸς ὀδόντων.
Comp. Wetst. Ν. T.. in Matt. 8, 12.

βρύχω, f. ξω, to grate, to gnash the
ceeth in rage, c. acc. Acts 7, 54 ἔβρυχον
τοὺς ὀδόντας én’ αὐτόν. Sept. for pan
Job 16, 9. Ps. 35, 16. aL—Comp. Hom. ΠΝ
13. 393. Soph. Trach. 1074.

βρύω, f. ca, to be full, to swell out with
any thing, fo overflow, Diog. Laert. 1. 122.
Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 32.—In N. T:
trans. to make overflow, jo pour or send forth,
as a fountain its waters, c.acc. James 3,11.
So absol. Act. Thom. 37 πηγὴ Bpvovea.
Xen. Ven. 5. 12 ὅταν ἡ γῆ βρύῃ.

βρῶμα, aros, τό, (Ββιβρώσκω,.) 1. εαί-
ables, food, i.e. solid food opp. to milk 1
Cor. 3,2; so Matt. 14, 15. Mark 7, 19.
Luke 3,11. 9,13. 1 Cor. 6, 13 bis. 8, 8.
Sept. for b3& Gen. 41, 35.36; 2x72 Gen.
6,21. So Al. V.H. 3.20. Plut. “de Sanit.
tuend. 6. Xen. Mem. 8. 11. 13.—Spoken
of meats permitted by the Mosaic law, Heb.
9, 10. 13, 9. Also of meats of which Jew-
ish Christians scrupled to eat, Rom. 14, 15
bis. 20. 1 Cor. 8,13. 1 Tim. 4, 3.

2. Trop. for aliment, sustenance, nourish-
ment ; John 4, 34 ἐμὸν βρῶμα, i. 6. that by
which 1 live, in which I delight. 1 Cor. 3,2
γάλα ὑμᾶς “ἐπότισα, od βρῶμα, i. 6. solid
spiritual food or instruction, i. 4. στερεὰ
τροφή Heb. 5, 12. 1 Cor. 10,3 βρῶμα πνευ-
ματικόν, spiritual food, i. 6. miraculous, and
so the emblem and source of spiritual nou-
rishment.

βρώσιμος, ov, δ up adj. (βρῶσις.) eat-
able; Luke 24, 41 ἔχετέ τι βρώσιμον, have
ye any food? Sept. for 2x Lev. 19, 23.
Ez. 47, 12.—Hschyl. Prom. 479.

βρῶσις, eas, ἧ; (βιβρώσκω,) 1. aneat-
ing, i.e. the act of eating, 1 Cor. 8,4. 2 Cor.
9,10 ἄρτος εἰς βρῶσιν, bread for eating,
bread to eat, quoted from 15. 55, 10 where
Sept. for b>. So Jos. Ant. 1,20. 2.
Plato Rep. 619. c. Xen. Mem. 1. 8. 15.—

Trop. corrosion, rust; Matt. 6,19. 20 σὴς

καὶ βρῶσις, moth and rust, the latter said of
alloyed money ; comp. James 5, 2.3. So
Aquila for w> moth Is. 50, 9. SH “no

2. Meton. ‘that which is eaten, - food,

iq. βρῶμα." John 6, 27 τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν

ἀπολλυμένην, i.e. food for the body. Heb.
12,16. So βρῶσις καὶ πόσις. food and drink,
Rom. 14,17. Col. 2,16. Sept. for 3& Gen.

βύσσος
41,94: >2N72 Jer.'7,21. So Plut. de Virt
et Vit. 2. Plato Legg. 783. c.—Trop. for
aliment, nourishment ; John 4, 32 βρῶσιν
ἔχω φαγεῖν, i. gq. βρῶμα in v. 34; see in
βρώμα no.2. In John 6, 27. 55, Jesus uses _
βρῶσις in the sense of ‘ food for the soul,’
i. 6. that true spiritual aliment from above
presented in and through him to Christians.
Comp. Clem. Alex. Strom. 5.10 βρῶσις καὶ
πόσις τοῦ ϑείου λόγου ἡ γνῶσίς ἐστι τῆς
ϑείας οὐσίας.

βρώσκω obsol. lends its forms to βι-
βρώσκω q. ν.

βυδϑίζω, f. ίσω, (Bv%os,) to sink in the
deep, to cause to sink; Pass. to sink, Luke
5,7. So 2 Macc. 12,4. Diod. Sic. 5. 4.
Pol. 2. 10. 5.—Trop. 1 Tim. 6,9 εἰς dre-
Spov; comp. Ps. 69, 2. 3.- 124, 4. 5.

βυϑός, οὔ, δ, depth, the deep ; % Cor. 11,
25 νυχϑήμερον ἐν τῷ βυϑῷ sc. τῆς ϑαλάσ-
ons. Sept. for nba Ps. 107, 24.— ABI.
H. An. 8. 3. Luc. Ὁ. Marin. 10. 2. Diod.
Sic. 3. 21.

βυρσεύ EUS, ἕως, 6, (βύρσα) a tanner, Acts
9, 43. 10, 6. 32.—Artemid. 4. ‘56.

cee, ἡ: ov, (βύσσος,) byssine, of
linen, see in βύσσος. Neut. τὸ βύσσινον
Rev. 19, 8, also βύσσινον, linen, i. 6. cloth
or raiment of byssus, Rey. 18, 12 Griesb.
v. 16. 19, 8 bis. 14. Sept. for yaa and "3
1 Chr. 15, 27; SY Gen. 41, 42.—Jos, Ant.
8. 7. ἃ. Diod. Sic. 1.85 Bicowa eh gare ῳ

μένην. Hdot. 2. 86.

βύσσος, ov, ἡ, byssus, linen, spoken of
the finest and most precious stuffs, as worn
by the rich, or as an article of commerce,
Luke 16,19. Rev. 18,12 Rec. Comp. also
1 Chr. 15, 27. 2 Chr. 5, 12. Esth. 1, 6. 8,
15. Sept. for ΥῊΞ 2 Chr. 2,14. 3,145; wx}
Ex. 26, 1. Ez. 27,-7. al. So Theocr. 2. 78.
Pausan. 5. 5. ib. 6. 26. Jos. Ant. 8: 6. 1.
ib. 3.'7. 2. Strabo 15. p. 693.—The word
comes from Heb. ysa, pr. the Syrian
byssus, Ez. 27, 16, distinguished from the
Egyptian byssus or BU ν. 7; though else-
where ΥῈΞ is often put for SY in the
later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4,21. 2 Chr. 3,14;
comp. Ex. 26, 31. It has been long dispu-
ted whether the byssus was linen or cotton ;

see Celsii Hierob. II. p. 169 sq. Forster de

Bysso antiquor. Lond. 1776. Herodotus
affirms that the mummies of Egypt were
wrapped in bandages of byssus (σινδόνος

βυσσίνης τελαμῶσι Hdot. 2.86; comp. λέ-

νου βύσσος Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1); and many of
these have been of, late years subjected. to
minute examination with the microscope,
and have proved to be composed of threads

βωμός

of linen; see Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust.
_ of the Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 115. This
would seem to decide the controversy so
far as it relates to mummy-cloths, and pro-
bably likewise as to sacred vestments. It
is however still a question with some, whe-
ther the term βύσσος may not perhaps have
been sometimes used more widely, so as to
include also cotton fabrics ; since these were

134

Tafa

term shash, shashiyeh, (Heb..%%,) now de-
notes a fine muslin of cotton; see Wilkin-
son ]. c. p. 116 sq. Plin. H. N. 19. 2. 3
Poll. Onom. 7. '75. ;

βωμός, οὗ, 6, (βάω, βαίνω,) a step, stand,
base, Hom. 1]. 8. 441.—In N. T. and usu-
ally, an altar, pr. to which the ascent was
by steps, Acts 17, 23. Sept. for Ma

much worn by the ancient Egyptians, as | Ex. 34, 13. So Hdian. 7. 11. 5. Xen
well as by the moderns; and the Arabic ' Mem. 1. 1. 2.
is

γαββαδᾶ or yaBaXa, ἡ, indec. Gab-
batha, Aram. ΝΞ (the back, a ridge;
fem. of 33 back, boss), pr. ἢ. of a place in
Jerusalem where Pilate gave sentence
against Jesus, John 19,13; called in Greek
λιϑόστρωτον, where see fully. It was near
the castle or residence of Pilate. Comp.
Heb. Lex. art. 33. Buxt. Lex. Chald. 377.
—Others derive it from r. %23 to be high,
as if for NAINDS.

Γαβριήλ, 6, indec. Gabriel, Hebrew
bx""35 (man of God), pr. n. of an arch-
angel, Luke 1,19. 26. See in ἀρχάγγελος.

yayypawa, ns; ts (γράω, ypaive,) gan-
grene, mortification, which spreads by de-
grees over the whole body, 2 Tim. 2, 1'7.—

Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 24 trop. yayypai- |

vais... διαβρωδεὶς ᾿Αλέξανδρος. Poll. On.
4. 207. Wetst. N. T. in loc.

Γάδ, δ, indec. Gad, Heb. 73 (good for-
tune), pr. n. of the seventh son of Jacob,
born of Zilpah, Gen. 30, 10 sq.—In N. T.
the tribe of Gad, Rev. 7, 5.

T adapnvos, ov, 6, α Gadarene, i. 6. an
inhabitant of the city Gadara, Tadapa, the
fortified capital of Pera or the region east
of the Jordan, Jos. B. J. 4. 7.. 8. Accord-
ing to Eusebius and Jerome (Onomast.) it
was situated over against Tiberias and Scy-
thopolis. Josephus calls Gadara a Greek
city, πόλις Ἑλληνίς, Ant. 17. 11. 4; and
says it had many wealthy inhabitants, B. J.
4. Π. 8. When first taken from the Jews,
it was annexed by the Romans to Syria,
Jos. B. J. 1. 7. '7; Augustus gave it to
Herod the Great, ib. 1. 20. 3; but it was
restored to Syria after Herod’s death, Ant.
17. 11. 4.—The site of Gadara has been
recognized at Um Keis,a place with exten-
sive ruins visited by Seetzen, Burckhardt,
and others; situated near the crest of the

chain of mountains which bound the valley
of the Jordan on the east, and overlooking
the lake of Tiberias, the southern end of
which bears from it N.W. An hour north
of this spot is the deep valley of the Hiero-
max; in which are hot sulphur. springs,
also mentioned by Eusebius and Jerome.
On the east of the ruins are. many sepul-
chres hewn in the rock ; as also great num-
bers of sarcophagi. lying about. See Re-
land. Palest. p. 778 sq. Seetzen in Zach’s
‘Monatl. Corr. XVIII. p. 417 sq. Burckh.
Trav. in Syr. p. 270, 276.—In N. T. τῶν
Tadapnvav Mark 5, 1. Luke 8, 26. 37 ; also
in Mss. Matt. 8, 28 for τῶν Tepyeonvay or
τῶν Τερασηνῶν, q. ν.

Γάζα, ns, ἡ, Gaza, Heb. “39 (strong),
a celebrated city of the Philistines, situated
partly on elevated ground not far from the
coast of the Mediterranean, near the south-
ern limits of the territory of the Israelites,

' and constituting the key between Egypt

and Syria. It is one of the earliest of the
Canaanitish cities mentioned ; Gen, 10, 19.
It was assigned by Joshua to the tribe of
Judah, who subdued it; but the possession
of it was retained or soon recovered by the
Philistines ; Josh. 15, 47. Judg. 1, 18. 16,
1sq. After having destroyed Tyre, Alex-
ander the Great laid siege to Gaza also,
which was then held by a Persian garrison,
and took it after two months; Arr. Exp.
Alex. 2. 26, comp, Strabo 16. 2. 30. p. '759.
He left the city standing; but about B. C.
95, Alexander Jannzus took it after a siege
of a year and destroyed it. Gabinius after-
wards rebuilt it, and Augustus bestowed it
on: Herod the Great, after whose death it
was annexed to Syria. See Jos. Ant. 11.
8. 3, 4. ib. 18. 5. 5. ib. 13. 18. 3. ib. 14. 5.
3. ib. 15.7.9. ib. 17. 11. 4. Reland Pa-
lest. p. 788-800. For other notices, and
for the present condition of Gaza, see Bibl.

πὰ ee . δ τῶν

ποτ ς Se Te

τ Το Ne coe
ν᾿ “ D

γάζα 185

B2~-43

Res. in Palest. II. p. 3#3=383.—In N. T.
Acts 8,26 ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν καταβαίνουσαν
ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Τάζαν αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρη-
μος, the way leading from Jerusalem to Gaza,
which [way] is desert, i. e. which leads
through the uninhabited courtry east of
Gaza, where Philip met the eunuch. Others
refer ἔρημος to Gaza itself; but against the
historical testimony. See more fully in Bibl.
Res. in Palest. IL. p. 640. 2/4.

γάζα, ns, ἡ; the treasure, treasury, of a
king or state, Acts 8, 27. Sept. for 123
Ezra 5, 17. Esth. 4, '7.—Plut. Alex. M. 36.
Diod. Sic. 17. 64. Lat. gaza Cic. de Off. 2.
22. Mela 1. 11 ‘gaza Perse erarium vo-
cant.’

γαζοφυλάκιον, ov, τό, (γάξα, φυλακή,)
a treasury, Strabo 7. p. 319; comp. γαζο-
φύλαξ Plut. Demetr. 25. In the Scriptures
and Josephus, the treasury of the temple,
ἐν αὐλῇ οἴκου ϑεοῦ Neh. 13,7; comp. Sept.
for M30> Neh. 10, 37. 13, 4. 5. 8; 724
Esth. 3, 9. Jos. Ant. 19. 6. i. B. J. 5. 5. 2.
According to the Rabbins the treasury was
in the court of the women, where stood

thirteen chests, called minpiw ¢rumpets from *

their form ; into which the Jews cast their
offerings, Ex. 30, 13sq. See Buxt. Lex.
2506.. Lightf. Chorogr. Marco prem. c. 3.
—So in N. T. Mark 12, 41 bis. 43. Luke
21,1. Meton. of the court itself, John 8, 20.

Γάϊος, ov, ὃ, Gaius, Lat. Caius, pr. n.
of several men in N.T. a) A Macedo-
nian, and fellow-traveller of Paul, who was
seized by the populace at Ephesus, Acts
19,29. Ὁ) A man of Derbe who accom-
panied Paul in his last journey to Jerusa-
lem, Acts 20,4. c) An inhabitant of Co-
rinth with whom Paul lodged, and in whose
house the Christians were accustomed to
assemble, Rom. 16, 23..1 Cor. 1,14. ἃ)
A Christian to whom John addressed his
third epistle, 3 John 1.

γάλα, ακτος, τό, milk, 1 Cor.9,7. Sept.
for 357 Gen. 18, 8. So Luc. D. Marin.
1.2. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10.—T op. for the
first rudiments of Christian instruction,
1 Cor. 3, 2. Heb. 5, 12.13. But in 1 Pet.
2, 2, milk is the emblem of pure spiritual
nourishment, or of Christian instruction in
general.

Ταλάτης, ov, 6, a Galatian, Gal. 3, 1.

Γαλατία, as, ἡ, Galatia or Gallogra-
cia, a central province of Asia Minor, lying

8. and S. E. of Bithynia and Paphlagonia ;
W. of Pontus; N. and N. W. of Cappado-

cia; and N. and Ν᾽ E. of Lycaonia and

Ταλίλαια ;

Phrygia. The chief cities were Ancyra,
Tavium, and Pessinus. Its name was de-
rived from the Gauls, Γαλάται ; of whom
two tribes, the Trocmi and Tolistoboii, with
a tribe of the Celts, Tectosages, migrated
thither about 278 B.C. and mingling with
the former inhabitants, the whole were
called Gallogreci. The Celtic language
continued to be spoken by their descendants
at least until the time of Jerome, 600 years
after the migration; see Jerome ad Gal. 1,
2. Under Tiberius, about A. D> 26; this‘
country became a Roman province. Gala-
tia was distinguished for the fertility of its
soil and for its trade. It was the residence
of many Jews ; and from these and the other
inhabitants Paul appears to have gained

many converts to Christianity. See Strabo

4. p. 187. ib. 12. 566. Pausan. Phoc. 10.

23. 9. Liv. 38. 16,18. Tacit. Ann. 15. 6.

Comp. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 210.

Winer Realw. 5. v.—In N. T. 1 Cor. 16, 1.

Gal. 1, 2. 2 Tim. 4,10. 1 Pet. 1,1.

I. «λατικός, n, ov, Galatian; Acts 16,
6 Γαλατικὴν χώραν; i.e. Galatia. 18, 23.

γαλήνη, ns, ἡ, tranquillity, e. g. of the
sea, a calm, Matt. 8,26. Mark 4,39. Luke
8, 24.—Hom. Od. 7. 319. Luc. V. Hist. 2.
40. Xen. An. 5.7. 8.

Γαλιλαία, as, ἡ, Galilee, a region of
Palestine, which in the time of Christ in-
cluded all the northern part of Palestine
lying between the Jordan and Mediterra-
nean, and between Samaria and Phenicia.
Before the exile the name seems to have
been applied only to a small tract bordering
on the northern limits around Kedesh of
NapKtli; Heb. >">3 1 K. 9, 11; M2">a
2 K*15, 29. It was anciently called ‘also
‘ Galilee of the Gentiles,’ D°135 DDB Is. 8,
23, Γαλιλαία ἀλλοφύλων 1 Mace. 5, 15, be-
cause many foreigners from Egypt, Arabia,
Phenicia, etc. were mixed with the popula-
tion, as is expressly stated by Strabo, 16. 2.
34. p. 760; comp. 1 Macc. 5, 15. 21-23.
Galilee in the time of Christ was divided
into Upper and Lower, ἡ ἄνω καὶ ἡ κάτω
Γαλιλαία ; the former lying north of the
territory of Zebulun and having many
mountains ; the latter being less hilly, fer-
tile, and very populous, with many cities:
and villages. According to Josephus, Lower
Galilee extended to Carmel and Scythopo-
lis, and apparently also to Ginza; in which
case it included the great plain of Esdra-
elon; Jos. B. J. 3. 3.1; comp. Ant. 20. 6.
1. But he also specifies Xaloth (mod.
Iksal) as its southern limit ; and this would

7 Γαλιλαῖος

exclude the plain; B. J. 8.3.1. The chief
cities were Tiberias and Sepphoris; but
Capernaum and Nazareth are most fre-
quently named in the N. T. See Strabo
le. Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 1-3. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. ii. p. 42. Winer Realw. s. v.—
In N. T. Mark 1, 9. Luke 2, 39. 4, 14. 8,
26. John 7, 52. al. sep. In Matt. 4, 15
Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐπνῶν is quoted from Is. 8, 23
[9,1], for which see above. So ἡ ϑάλασσα
τῆς Ταλιλαίας, the sea of Galilee, the lake
of Tiberias, Matt. 4,18. 15,29. +

Γαλιλαῖος, a, ov, Galileén; Subst. a
Galilean, a native or inhabitant of Galilee ;
Matt. 26, 69. Mark 14,'70. Luke 13, 1. 2 bis.
22, 59. 23,6. John 4, 45. Acts 1, 11. 2,7.
5, 37.. The Galileans were brave and in-
dustrious, Jos. B. J. 3.3.2; though the
other Jews regarded them as stupid, unpol-
ished, and seditious, and therefore proper
objects of contempt; John 1, 47. 7, 52.
Acts 2,7. They had a peculiar dialect, by
which they were distinguished from the
Jews of Jerusalem, Mark 14,70. See Bux-
torf Lex. 434 sq. Lightf. Cent. Chorogr.
Matt. prem. c. 86, 87.

Γαλλίων, vos, 6, Gallio, a Roman
proconsul of Achaia, Acts 18, 12. 14. 17.
He was the younger brother of the philoso-
pher Seneca, and was called Marcus An-
neus Novatus; but took the name of Gallio
after being adopted into the family of L.
Junius Gallio. Like his brother Seneca, he
was put to death by order of Nero. Senec.
Ep. 104. Id. Q. Nat. 4. pref. Tacit. Ann. 15.
73. ib. 16.17. Wetst. N. T. in loc.

Τ᾽αμαλιήλ, ὃ, indec. Gamaliel, Heb.
RN" (benefit from God) Ntim. 1, 10. 2,
20, a distinguished Pharisee and teacher at
Jerusalem, under whom Paul was educated,
Acts 5,34. 22,3. According to the Tal-
mud, he was the son of Simeon and grand-
son of the celebrated Hillel (Buxt: Lex:
617) ; was distinguished for piety and Jew-
ish learning ; and for a long time was pre-
sident of the Sanhedrim. See Lightf. Hor.
Heb. in Act. 5, 34. ;

γαμέω, ὦ, (γάμος,) aor. 1 ἔγημα from
γάμω) Luke 14, 20, also the later form
ἐγάμησα Mark 6, 17. al. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
742, Buttm. Gr. and Ausf. Spr. § 114; Im-
per. 3 plur. γαμείτωσαν 1 Cor. 7, 36, and
γαμησάτωσαν v. 9, see Winer § 13. 2. 6.

Buttm. Ausf. Spr. § 88, n. 8.—T marry,

to wed, i. e.
1. Of men, c. acc. to marry a woman, to
take as wife, Luke 14, 20 γυναῖκα ἔγημα. 16,

136

yop
18 bis. Matt. 5, 32. 19, 9 bis. Mark 6, 17
ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν. 10, 11. So Jos. Ant. 1.
15. 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 72. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8.
—Absol. and neut. to marry, to take a wife ;
Matt. 19, 10 οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. 22, 25.
30. 24, 38. Mark 12, 25 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν.
Luke 17, 27. 20, 34. 35. 1 Cor. 7, 28 ἐὰν
δὲ γήμῃς. ν. 33. So 2 Mace. 14, 25. All. V.
H. 4. 1. Xen. Hi. 1. 27.
2. Of females, absol. to marry, to get
married, 1 Cor. 7, 28 ἐὰν γήμῃ ἡ παρϑένος.
v. 34. 36. 1 Tim. 5, 11. 14. Comp. Eurip.
Med. 606 μῶν γαμοῦσα καὶ προδοῦσά σε.----
Pass. aor. 1 ἐγαμήϑην, to be married, to
get married, c. dat. Mark 10; 12 καὶ γαμήϑῃ
ἄλλῳ. 1 Cor.'7, 39. So Plut. Romul. 2. Id.
Demetr. 2 ἡ μήτηρ τῷ ᾿Αντιγόνῳ γαμηϑεῖσα.
3. Genr. of both sexes, absol. to marry,
to get married, 1 Cor. 7, 9 bis. 10. 1 Tim.

4, 3 κολυόντων yaueiv.—Plut. Conjug. Prec.
20. ib. 34.

γαμίζω, f. iow, (γάμος,) to marry, to
give in marriage, e. g. a daughter, 1 Cor.
7, 38 bis, Lachm. for the common ἐκγαμίζω ;
and so Matt. 22, 30. Mark 12, 25. Luke
17, 27. 20, 35.

γαμίσκω, ig. γαμίζω, to marry, to give
in marriage, Pass. Mark 12, 25.—Aristot.
Pol. p. 22.

γάμος, ov, ὁ, 1. a wedding, marriage,
nuptials; 6. g. ἔνδυμα γάμου a wedding-
garment Matt. 22,11. 12; τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ
γάμου the marriage-supper, wedding-feast,
Rev. 19, 9, see below. So1 Macc. 9, 37.
41. Hdian. 4. 11.10. Xen. Ag. 3. 3.—Spec.
the wedding-feast, marriage-festival, which
continued seven days; see Judg. 14, 12.
15. Tob. 11, 19. Winer Realw. art. Hoch-
zeit. So Matt. 22, 2 ἐποίησε γάμους. v. 3. 4.
8. 9. 10. 25, 10. Luke 12, 36. 14, 8. John
2,1. 2. Sept. for MHY2 Esth. 2,18. So
Tob. 6, 12. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 14. Xen.
Ven. 1. 8.—Hence trop. the rejoicings and
happiness of the Redeemer’s kingdom are
represented under the figure of a wedding-
festival, Rev. 19, 7. 9; comp. Matt. 25,
1 sq.

2. Meton. marriage, matrimony, the mar-
riage state, Heb. 13, 4.—Wisd. 14, 24. 26.
Hdian. 3. 10. 10. Xen. Hi, 1. 27.

γάρ, conj. (γέ, dpa,) for, because, a cau-

-sal particle, put always after one or more

words in a clause, and expressing the rea-
son of what has been before affirmed or im-
plied; comp. Buttm. § 149. m. 17. Kiihner
§ 324. 2, and Gr. Gram. §'754. Hartung
Lehre v. d. Partikeln I. p, 457-480.

Ἵ
"

PE δος τιν ee rel

γάρ : 137 yap

1. Causa and ARGUMENTATIVE: 8)
After an antecedent clause expressed, for ;
Matt. 1, 20 μὴ φοβηϑῆς παραλαβεῖν Μαριάμ."
τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηϑέν κτλ. ν. 31 καλέσεις
τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν" αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει
κτὰ. Mark 1, 22. 6, 18, Luke 1, 15. al. se-
piss. So too after a clause of prohibition or
caution, Matt. 3, 9. 24, 5. Luke 7, 6. al.
We find ydp put after two words closely

connected in a clause, Matt. 2,6. Mark 1,.

38. Luke 6, 23. John 12,8. Acts 4, 20. al.
—Often also γάρ is found in two consecutive
clauses, viz. where the same idea is ex-
pressed twice, i. 6. affirmatively and nega-
tively, or generally and specially, John 8,
42. 1 Cor. 16,7. ὃ. Cor. 11,19. 20; or
where the latter clause is dependent on the
former, Matt. 10, 19. 20. Mark 6, 52. John
5,21. 22. Acts 2,15; or where two different
causes are assigned, Matt.6, 32. 18, 10711.
Rom. 16, 18. 19. In similar circumstances,
yap is also found in three consecutive
clauses, Mark 9, 39. 40. 41. Matt. 16, 25.
27. Luke 9, 24. 25. 26. Acts 26,26. 1 Cor.
9, 16. al. So Matt. 26, 10-12, where ἔργον
yap and βαλοῦσα γάρ refer to the act of the
woman, and πάντοτε γάρ to the objection of
the disciples —The γάρ is also sometimes
repeated, where the writer again takes up a
sentence which began with ydp and was
interrupted, as Rom. 15, 26. 27. 2 Cor. 5,
2. 4.—Very often also γάρ stands in con-
nection with other particles, where however
each particle retains its own separate force
and signification; so ἐὰν γάρ, for if, Matt. 5,
46. 6,14; εἰ γάρ, for if, Rom. 3, 7. 4,14;
ἰδοὺ γάρ, for lo, for behold, Luke 1,44. 48.
17, 21. 2 Cor. 7,113; καὶ γάρ, for ‘also, Jor
. too, for even, Matt. 26, 73. Mark 10, 45.

Luke 6, 32-34. John 4,23. 45. Acts 19,

40. Rom. 11, 1. al.» (Luc. D..Mort. 22. 2.
Xen. An. 2. 5..5..ib, 3.3. 4.). Or also yap

καί, for also, Acts 17,28 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος

ἐσμέν. 2 Cor. 2, 9; μὲν γάρ, for indeed,
Acts 28, 22. 2 Cor. 9,1. 11, 4.. Heb. 8, 4.
6, 16; or also followed by δέ adversative,
Acts 23, 8. 1 Cor. 11, 7 ἀνὴρ μὲν yap
(comp. y. 4)...
but δέ omitted Rom. 3, 2. 1 Cor. 11,18;
μὴ γάρ c. imperat. for let not, James 1, 7;
ov γάρ, for ... not, Matt. 10,20. Mark 6,
52. Luke 8, 17. John 3, 17. 34. 7, 1. Rom.
2,11. 1 Cor. 2,2. Gal. 4, 30. Heb. 4, 15.
Rev. 3, 2. al. sep. (Paleph. F. 31. Xen.
An. 3. 4. 36.) οὐδὲ yap, for neither, John

5, 22. 7, 5. 8,42. Rom. 8,7. Gal. 1, 12. 6,

13. (Hdian. 8. 4. 24.) οὔτε γάρ, for nei-
ther, Luke 20, 36. 1 Cor. 8, 8. 1 Thess, 2, 5.
b) Elliptically, where the clause to which

γυνὴ δέ κτλ. Heb. 12, 20;

yap refers is omitted and is to be supplied in
thought; comp. Buttm.1.c. In this case
it merely assigns the motive for an opinion
or judgment, etc. Matt. 2, 2 where ts he
who is born king of the Jews? [he must be
already born,] εἴδομεν yap αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα,
FOR we have seen his star, Matt. 22, 28 [we
cannot tell,] πάντες yap ἔσχον αὐτήν, FOR they
all had her. Mark 5, 42 [and this she might
well do,] ἦν yap ἐτῶν δώδεκα, FOR she was
twelve years old. Luke 9, 26 [and su will it
be with him who cometh not after me,] ὃς
yap ἂν ἐπαισχυνϑῇ pe κτλ. FOR whosoever
shall be ashamed of me, etc. John 4, 44 he
departed into Gialilee, [not indeed at first to
Nazareth his πατρίς.] αὐτὸς yap Ἰησοῦς
κτὰ. FOR Jesus himself testified, comp. Luke
4, 16 sq. John 9, 80 [why speak ye thus Ἢ.
ἐν yap τούτῳ ϑαυμαστόν ἐστιν κτλ. (Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 6.) Acts 4, 27 [and all this
has now been fulfilled,] cuvnxSnoav yap
ἐπ᾽ ἀληϑείας κτὰ. 19, 37, 22, 26. Rom. 2,
24 [yea, all these things ye do,] τὸ yap dvo-
μα κτὰ. 4,2. 8, 18 [yea, I say, suffer with
him,] λογίζομαι yap κτλ. v. 20. 14, 10
[this ought not so to be,] πάντες yap κτλ. 15,
4. 1 Cor. 10, 1 [in like manner take ye
heed,] od ϑέλω yap κτὰ. 2 Cor. 9, 7 [ἀλλ᾽
ἱλαρῶς,] ἱλαρὸν γὰ p κτλ. 12,6 [I might
indeed do this,] ἐὰν yap κτλ. 1 Thess. 2, 1
(comp. 1,9). 2 Thess. 3,11. Heb. 7, 11 [as
some may have thought,] ὁ λαὸς yap κτλ.
for under it the people received the law. v. 13
[and truly this change has. taken place,]
ἐφ᾽ ὃν γὰρ κτλ. James 3,7.al.seap. So Plato
Conv. 194. a, [od μὲν δύνασαι ϑαῤῥεῖν,] Ka-
λῶς γὰρ αὐτὸς 7ryocat.—With other parti-
-cles, each retaining its own separate-force
and signification; comp. above in lett. a.
So καὶ γάρ, for also, for... too, for even;
Matt. 8, 9 and Luke 7, 8 [and this I know
from my own case,] καὶ yap ἐγὼ ἄνϑδρωπος
εἶμι, FOR I too am a man. under authority.
Matt. 15, 27 and Mark 7, 28 vai, κύριε, καὶ
γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια κτλ. yea, Lord, [yet deny me
not,] For even the dogs do eat, etc. 2 Cor. 3,
10 [and so it is,] καὶ yap οὐδὲ κτλ. 5, 2. 13,
4 [and so it is with us,] καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς κτλ.
Phil. 2, 27 [and ye heard truly,} καὶ yap
ἠσθένησε. 1 Thess. 3, 4. Also μὲν γάρ
for indeed; Rom. 2, 25 [in vain then thou
claimest to be a Jew, v. 17 sq.] περιτομὴ
μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ κτλ. Acts 13, 36 [now this
is not said of David,] Δαυΐδ μὲν γὰρ κτλ.
1 Cor. 5, 3. 2 Cor. 9, 1; with δέ following,
Heb. 7, 18. 19 [there is then such a change, |

a%érnois μὲν yap... ἐπεισαγωγὴ δὲ κτλ.
FoR indeed there is an annulment, etc. Also
οὐ γάρ, for... not, Matt. 9, 13 [and for this

γαστήρ _ 188 γε

end am I also come,] οὐ γὰρ ἦλϑξον κτλ.
Mark 9, 6 [he spake this unwittingly,] οὐ
γὰρ ἤδει τί λαλήσῃ. for he knew not what to
say. Luke 6, 43. Acts 4, 20 [and forbid us
not,] ov δυνάμεϑα yap κτὰ. Rom. 8, 15.

2. EpexrGETicaL or explanatory, where
it introduces in more detail what has been
before announced; like Engl. namely, to
wit, that is to say, for example; Buttm.
ᾧ 149. τη. 17. Kiihner § 324. 2. Gr. Gram.
§754.1.8. a) After demonstr. οὕτως, as in
classic Greek ; Matt. 1,18 τοῦ δὲ “I. X. ἡ
γένεσις οὕτως ἦν᾽ μνηστευϑείσης γὰρ κτλ.
So Jos. B. J. '7. 3.3 init. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 6.
Ag. 3. 2. Plato Protag. 820. 6. Ὁ) Less
strictly, where it introduces by way of ex-
planation the reason or motive of what pre-
cedes, that is to say, for, since; Matt. 3, 3
the kingdom of heaven is at hand, οὗτος γάρ
ἐστιν κτλ. for this is he, etc. 24,38. Luke 8,
40. John 6, 64. 20,9. Acts 28,20. Rom. 1,
18. 6,19. 1Cor.7,'7. Gal. 2,12. Phil. 2, 5.
Heb. 1, 5. 2,8. 7,1. al. sep. So μὴ γάρ 1 Pet.
4,15. In this way too ydp serves to intro-
duce parenthetic explanatory clauses ; Mark
6, 14 καὶ ἤκουσεν 6 βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης (φανε-
ρὸν γὰρ ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ) καὶ ἔλεγεν.
7,3. John 4, 8.9. Acts 18, 8. 18, 8. 18.
Rom. 7, 1. 1 Cor. 16, 5.. 2 Cor. ὅ, '7. al—
Soph. Antig. 178. Xen. An. 7.1.29. Plato
Phedo 116. c.

3. InTENsIVE, where it merely serves to
strengthen a clause, like Engl. why, then,
truly; Matth. § 615. Buttm. §149. m. 17.
a) With interrogatives and in questions,
where originally yea or nay may have been
implied ; 6.5. μὴ γάρ, John 7, 41 μὴ γὰρ ἐκ
τῆς Tad. 6 Χριστὸς ἔρχεται, doth then Christ
come out of Galilee? 1 Cor. 11,22; πῶς
yap, how then? Acts 8,31; ris γάρ,
Acts 19, 35 ris γάρ ἐστιν ἄνδρωπος, what
man is there then, etc. ri γάρ, what then?
Rom. 3, 3. Phil. 1,18; and so ri yap κακὸν
ἐποίησεν, what evil then hath he done, or:
why, what evil hath -he done, Matt. 27, 23.
Mark 15,14. Luke 23, 22. But very often
γάρ here retains its primary sense, as in no.
1; so 1 Cor. 10, 29. James 4, 14. Matt. 9,
5. 16,26. al. Ὁ) In responses, some word
of assent or dissent having been impliéd
before it, as assuredly, not at all, or the like ;
1 Cor. 9, 9. ἐπὶ ἐν γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ... δ ἡμᾶς
γὰρ ἐγράφη. ..1,10,.1 Thess. 2, 20.
(Lue. nee 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 9.)
Also οὐ γάρ, no then, no indeed, Acts 16,
37. So Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 24. 8. +

γωστήρ, τέρος, τρός, ἡ; the belly, genr.
Sept. for 2 Num. 5, 22. Xen. Mem. 1
8, 6—Hence in N, T. by synecd,

1. the stomach, paunch, as the receptacle
of food; (pr. Sept. for 722 Job 15, 2
Hdian. 1. 6. 2 3) meton. a glution, gorman
dizer, so in the hexameter of Epimenides,
Tits.1542:3
Κρῆτες del ψεῦσται κακὰ Snpla γαστέρες ἀργαί,

the Cretans are always liars, evil beasts,
slow bellies, i. e. lazy gormandizers. So
γαστρίμαργος Plato Eryx. 405. e; γαστρίς
1, V. H. 1. 28; γαστρίδουλος Diod. Sic.
II. p..549. Wess. Hesych. yaorépes’ οἷον
τροφῆς μόνης ἐπιμελούμενοι.

2. the womb, Luke 1, 81. Sept. for 723
Gen. 25, 23. So Diod. Sic. 4. 33. Plato
Legg. 792. e.—Hence ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν,
to be with child, Matt. 1, 18. 28. 24, 19.
Mark 13,17. Luke 21, 23. 1 Thess. 5, 3.
Rey. 12,2. Sept. for 7 Gen. 16,4. 2K.
8,11. So Pausan. 4. 9. 5. Hdot. 3, 32.

γέ, an enclitic particle, which serves to
strengthen or render more emphatic the word
to which it is appended, by placing it in
antithesis to other words, and thus fixing
the attention upon it; e. g. a part in refer-
ence to a whole, a single object in refer-
ence to many, a less in reference to a greater,
and vice versa. Hence it often cannot be
rendered in English, but must be expressed
by a stronger emphasis in pronunciation, or
by the tone of voice; though its general
meaning may be frequently given by at
least, at any rate, indeed, even, or the like.
See Passow s. v. Herm. ad Vig. p. 824 sq.
Buttm. §149. τη. 25. Kihn. §317. 2. Gr.
Gram. § 703. Matth. § 602.

1. Simply, as connected with a noun,
pronoun, or verb. a) As giving emphasis
to the less in antith. with the greater;
Luke 11, 8 though he will not rise and give
him because he is his friend, διά γε τὴν avai-
δειαν αὐτοῦ κτὰ. yet because of his impor-
tunity indeed, he will rise, etc. 18, 5 διά ye
τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον, yet because indeed
this widow troubleth me. So Sept. Job 80,
24. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4 διά ye κτλ. Ὁ) Vice

| versa, the greater in antith. with the less ;

Rom. 8, 32 és ye τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφεί-
σατο κτλ. he who indeed spared not his own
Son...how shall he not with him, etc. So
Eurip. Med. 1358. Lue. Ὁ. Deor. 17. 2.
6) In wishing ; 1 Cor. 4,8 καὶ ὄφελόν γε
ἐβασιλεύσατε, and I would indeed -(or at
least) ye did reign.. See Hartung Lehr. v. d.
Part. I. p. 372. Herm. ad Vig. p. 825.
2. More freq. γέ is connected with other
πα ξ τς viz.
a) ἀλλά ye, see in ἀλλά no. 3. a.
Ὁ) dpaye, ἄρα ye, seein dpa and dpa

ee ee

veers

te

4
5

’

Γεδεών

c) εἴγε, if at least, if indeed, spoken of
what is taken for granted ; Herm. ad Vig.
p- 831. α) Simply, with the indic. Eph.
3, 2 εἴγε ἠκούσατε κτλ. if indeed ye have
heard, as I take for granted, etc. 4, 21.
Col. 1,23. So Luc. Jup. Trag. 36. Xen.
Mem. 1. 5. 3. ib. 2.1.17. β) With καί

added, εἴγε καί, if indeed also, c. indic..

2 Cor. 5,3 εἴγε καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι οὐ γυμνοὶ
εὑρεϑησόμεϑα, if indeed also (as we may
take for granted, i. e. since) being thus
clothed we shall not be found naked ; see in
γυμνός. Gal. 3,4 εἴγε καὶ εἰκῆ, if indeed
also it is in vain, sc. as we must suppose.
So Al. V. H. 12. 9 εἴγε καὶ of παῖδες αὐτὸν
μισουσι.

d) εἰ δὲ μή ye, ig. εἰ δὲ μή, but
stronger, but if not so indeed, if otherwise,
else ; serving to annul the antecedent pro-
position, whether affirmative or negative ;
Herm. ad Vig. p. 830 sq. Buttm. § 151. IV.
7. Κύμη. § 340. 4. So after an affirma-
tive, but if not, otherwise, Matt. 6, 1. Luke
10, 6. 13,9. (Plato Rep. 425. e.) After
a negative, where it consequently affirms ;
if otherwise, else, Matt. 9,17. Luke 5, 36.
37. 14, 32. 2 Cor. 11, 16. So εἰ δὲ μή
Xen. An. 4. 3. 6. Cyr. 3. 1. 35.

6) xaiye, and indeed, see above in no. 1.
a) As referring to the less, and at least,
and even; Luke 19, 42 xatye ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ
gov ταύτῃ. So Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1. Plato
Rep. 335.b. 8) As referring to the great-
er, what is more, and even, yea even; Acts
2, 18 καίγε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους pov. So Luc.
Tragod. 251. Xen. An. 7. 7. 51.

f) καίτοιγε, and yet indeed, although
indeed, i. 4. καίτοι, but stronger ; John 4, 2
καίτοιγε ᾿ησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν. Acts
14, 17. 17, 27. mp. Herm. ad Vig. p.
837 sq.—Luc. D. r. 20.10. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 3. ᾿

5) μενοῦνγε, ἷ. 4. μενοῦν, but stronger;
see in its order.

h) μήτιγε, i. 4. μήτι, but stronger ;
see in μήτι.

Γεδεών, ὥνος, 6, Gideon, Heb. 71273 (a
cutter off), the deliverer of Israel from the
power of the Midianites, Heb. 11, 32. See

_ Sudg. c. 6-8.

γέεννα, ns, ἡ, Gehenna, hell, i. e. the
place of punishment in Hades or the world

of the dead, i. q. Τάρταρος 2 Pet. 2,43; λίμνη '

τοῦ πυρός Rev. 20, 14. 15; τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώ-
νιον Matt. 25,41. Jude 7; see in art. ἅδης,
and comp. Judith 16, 17. Ecclus. 7, 17.
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. ΤΟ p. 194, 645.

Hence it is a place of eternal fire and thick-

139

γέλως

est darkness’; comp. Jude v. 6. 13.—'The
name γέεννα is the Heb. 0373 85; the valley

of Hinnom, Josh. 15, 8, the narrow valley

skirting Jerusalem on the south, running
down from the west into the valley of Je-
hoshaphat, under Mount Zion. Here the
ancient Israelites established the idolatrous
worship of Moloch, to whom they burned
infants in sacrifice ; 2 K. 23, 10. Jer.'7, 31.
32. 32,35; φυηερι Ter. 2,23. 19,6.13. Heb.
Lex. art. 22. The valley was also called
mM, Tophet, 2K. 1. c. Jer. ll. cc. prob. from
Hiren ‘place of burning.’ It was appa-
rently in allusion to this detested and abom- _
inable fire, that the later Jews employed
the name of this valley (Gehenna) to denote
the place of future punishment or the fires
of Tartarus. There is no evidence of any
other fires having been kept up in the val-
ley, as some have supposed ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 404. Buxtorf Lex. 395,
2623. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 299. “Tholuck

‘ Bergpred. zu Matt. 5, 22.—So eis τὴν γέεν-

vay, εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον, Mark 9, 43. 45,
comp. v. 44. 46. 48; εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυ-
ρός, Gehenna of fire, hell-fire, Mark 9, 47.
Matt. 5, 22. 18,9; or simply εἰς τὴν γέενναν
Luke 12, 5; εἰς γέενναν Matt. 5, 29.30; ἐν
γεέννῃ Matt. 10,28; ὑπὸ τῆς γεέννης James
3,6. Spec. υἱὸς γεέννης, a child of Gehenna,
belonging to Gehenna as his proper place
and portion, Matt. 23, 15; comp. Sept. vids Sa-
νάτου for Heb. ΓΛ Ὁ. 13 2 Sam. 12, 5. Also
ἡ κρίσις τῆς γεέννης, the condemnation of
(to) Gehenna, Matt. 23, 33; comp. Jude
v.77.

TeSonpavh, indec. Gethsemane, pr. n.
of a garden or plot of ground near Jerusa-
lem, beyond the brook Kidron, Matt. 26, 36.
Mark 14,32; comp. John 18,1. Tradition
still points it out at the foot of the mount of
Olives ; see Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 346.—De-
rived perh. from Aram. Mi press, and 83728
oil, i.e. an oil-press.

γείτων, ovos, de ἡ, (kindr. γῆ: ynitns,)
a neighbour, Luke 14, 12. 15,6. 9. John 9,
8. Sept. for 139 Jer. 6, 21.—Diod. Sic.13.
84. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 12.

γεέλάω, ὦ, f. dow Luke 6, 21, earlier
f. άσομαι, Buttm. § 113. 4. n. 7; to laugh,
in joy or triumph, intrans. Luke 6, 21. 25.
Sept. for PM Gen. 17, 17.— El. V. ἜΣ 14.
36. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 5.

γέλως, wros, 6, (γελάω,) laughter, in joy
or triumph, James 4,9. Sept. for PRY Gen.
21,6.—Luc. Bis acc.10. Xen. Cyr. 2.2. 15.

γεμίζω

γεμίξω, f. iow, (γέμω.) to fill, to make

- full, with ace. of thing and gen. of that
with which itis filled; Mark 15, 36. John
2,'7 bis. 6, 13. Pass. absol. Mark 4, 37.
Luke 14, 23. So Pol. 1. 18. 9. Xen. Hell.
6. 2. 25.—Construed also with ace. and ἀπό
τινος, see in ἀπό no. 2. f; Luke 15, 16 ye-
pica τὴν κοιλίαν αὑτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν κερατίων.
With acc. and ἔκ τινος Rey. 8, 5. 15,8;
so Heb. ya nba, Sept. πληρόω ἐκ, Ps.
127, 5.

γέμω, f. pa, to be full of, to be filled
with, c. gen. Matt. 23, 27. Luke 11, 39.
Rey. 4, 6. 8. 5, 8. 1, 7: 17, 3. 4. 21, 9.
Rom. 3, 14 quoted from Ps. 10, 7, -where
Sept. for 822 c. accus. So Diod. Sic. 13.
3. Pol. 4. 65.2. Plato Crit. 117. e.—Con-
strued also with ἐκ, Matt. 23,25; like Heb.
72.822 Is. 2,6, Ez. 32, 6.

γενεά, ἂς, 7, (γίνομαι, γένω,) birth, Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 8—In N. T.

1. @ generation, pr. the interval of time
between father and son, a single step or
succession in natural descent; Matt. 1, 17
quater, πᾶσαι οὖν yeveai. .. γενεαὶ δεκατέσ-
capes. Sept. for “is Gen. 1ὅ, 16. Deut.
23, 3. So Jos. Ant. 1. 7. ἃ. Plut. de Def.
Orac. 11. Plato Phil. 66. c—The ancient
Hebrews at first reckoned the generation at
a hundred years; see Gen. 15, 16, comp. ν.
13 and Ex. 12,40. But at a later period,
like the Greeks and modern chronologers,
they appear to have counted from thirty to
forty years as a generation, Job 42, 16;
more exactly, three generations for every
hundred years; Hdot. 2. 14% γενεαὶ γὰρ
τρεῖς ἀνδρῶν ἑκατὸν ered ἐστι, comp. Plut.
de Defect. Orac. 11. Sir I. Newton’s Chro-
nol. p. 53. Lond. 1728.—Hence

2. Genr. and less definitely, a generation,

an age, put for the average duration of hu-
man life, the period in which the population
of the earth is supposed to be successively
renewed ; only in Plur. ages, generations,
times. So of past ages, Acts 14,16 ἐν ταῖς
παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς; tn times past. 15, 21
ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων, from ancient times,
of old time. Eph. 3,5 ἑτέραις γενεαῖς in
other ages. Col. 1, 26 ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ
_ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν. Of time future, in inten-
sive phrases to denote never ending dura-
tion; Eph. 3, 21 εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς τοῦ
αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων, comp. in αἰών no. 2. ἃ. β.
Luke 1, 50 εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν, generations
of generations, ages of ages; comp. in αἰών
and Rev. 1,6. So Sept. for 595 "15 Ps,
72, 5. 102, 25. Is. 51,8. Comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 692. c. Matth. § 430.—Hdian. 3.

140

γένεσις

8. 18, Diod. Sic. 1.24. Plato Tim. 23. 6.
Thue. 2. 68.

3. Meton. a generation of men, the men
of any age, those living in any one period ;
80 ἡ γενεὰ airy this present generation Matt.
11, 16. 12,41. 42. 24,34. 4]. γενεὰ πονηρά
a wicked generation Matt. 12, 39. 45.16, 4.
al. γενεὰ ἄπιστος Matt. 17,17. Mark 9,19;
γενεὰ σκολία Acts 2, 40. Phil: 2, 15. Luke
16, 8 φρονιμώτεροι... εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν
ἑαυτῶν, wiser...in respect to their own
generation, those with whom they live and
have todo. Acts 8, 88 τὴν δὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ
τίς διηγήσεται ; who shall declare his gene-
ration? i. e. set forth the wickedness of
that generation; quoted from Is. 53, 8,
where Sept. for "3; comp. Jos. B. J. 5.
13.6. Spoken of a former generation, Acts
13, 36. Heb. 3, 10; of the future, Luke 1,
48. Sept. for “it Deut. 32, 5. 20.—Jos.
B. J. 5. 13. 6. Luce. de Astrol. 20. Dem.
1390. 25. +

γενεάλογεω, ὦ, f. how, (γενεά, λέγω.)
to trace one’s genealogy, Sept. Ezra 2, 62.
Xen. Cony. 4. 51—In N. T. Pass. yevea-
λογέομαϊι, ovpat, to be traced in genealogy,
i.e. to be reckoned by descent, to derive one’s
descent, absol. Heb. 7, 6. Sept. for SAIN
1, Chr. 5,1. 9,.1.

γενεαλογία, as, ἡ, (γενεαλογέω,) a gene-
alogy, ἃ -genealogical descent or table, 1
Tim. 1, 4. Tit. 3,9. Sept. for inf. eran
1 Chr. 7, 5. '7.—Pol. 9. 2. 1. Plato Crat.
396. c. ,

γενέσια, wy, τά, (γενέσιος,) pr. in earlier
Greek writers, solemn rites for the dead, fe-
rie denicales, offered perh. on the birth-day
of the deceased, Hdot. 4. 26; comp. Cic.
Leg. 2. 22. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 485,
Dict. of Antt. art. Funus—Later and in
N, T. @ birth-day celebration, birth-day fes-
tival, Matt. 14, 6. Mark 6,21. So Alciphr.
Ep. 3. 18, 55. Dion Cass. 47. 18.503. ib.
56. 46. 843. In this sense earlier writers
used τὰ γενέθλια, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 103 sq.

ryéver WS; ews, 7), (γίνομαι, γένω.) genera-
tion, procreation, Xen, Lac. 2: 1.—In N. T.

1. birth, nativity, origin, Matt..1, 18.
Luke 1,14, (Rec. γέννησις.) James 1, 23 τὸ
πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως, i.e. Native or natural
face. Sept, for M7279 Gen. 31,13. So Diod.
Sic. 1. 6, 8. Hdian. 7.1.5. Plato Tim.
27. d.—Spec. of descent, lineage ; so βίβλος
γενέσεως, book of descent, i. e. genealogy,
genealogical table, Matt. 1,1. Sept. and
nis>in "BO Gen. 5,1; MisdiM Gen. 2, 4.
10, 1. 32.

4

ee

Ἐπ NS eR ΟΣ δ

[eee ee

γενετὴ

4. Meton. origin of things, for creation,
nature; James 3,6 φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν
τῆς γενέσεως, setting on fire the wheel (circle)
of nature, the whole creation.—Plato Tim.
29. 6, γενέσεως καὶ κόσμου -.. ἀρχήν. Id.
Phaedr. 245. e, πάντα τε οὐρανὸν πᾶσάν γε
γένεσιν.

γενετή, js, ἡ, (γίνομαι, γένω.) birth ;
John 9, 1 ἐκ γενετῆς; from his birth—Sept.
Lev. 25, 47. Luc. Hale. 5. Pol. 3. 20. 4.

γένημα, ατος, τό, (γίνομαι, γεγένημαι.)
produce, fruit, sc. οἵ the fields, Luke 12, 18.
Trop. of the fruits and rewards of Christian
virtue, 2 Cor. 9, 10.—Text. rec. has in both
places γέννημα, 4. V.

γεννάω, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (γέννα poet. for γέ-
νος.) ᾿

1. to beget, as ἃ father, c. acc. Matt. 1, 2
᾿Αβραὰμ. ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἰσαάκ. ν. 2-16. Acts
7,8. 29; also with ἐκ c. gen. of the mother,
Matt. 1, 3. 5. Pass. ‘Matt. 1, 20 τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ
γεννηθέν that begotten (conceived) in her,
the foetus. Sept. for 727 and 7255 Gen.
5,3sq. So Luc. D. Deor. 22. 2. Plut.
Symp. 3. 4. 3. Plato Conv. 206. d—Trop.
a) to gender, to occasion, 6. g. μάχας 2 Tim.
2, 23. So Diod. Sic. 18. 54. Plato Rep. 496.
a. b) Of a Christian teacher, to beget in
a spiritual sense, to be the instrument of
one’s conversion to a new life in Christ, c.
acc. 1 Cor. 4, 15. Philem. 10, Comp. Philo
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1000. Ὁ, μᾶλλον αὐτὸν ἢ
οὐχ ἧττον τῶν γονέων γεγέννηκα. 6) Οἵ
God, to beget in a spiritual sense, to impart
a new life and a new spirit in Christ, to
renew spiritually, absol. τὸν γεννήσαντα 1
John 5,1; hence believers are said to be
born of God (see in no. 3. b), and are called
the sons of God; comp. John 1, 12. Rom.
8, 14. Gal. 3, 26. Also in respect to the
Messiah, the Son of God, the object of his
paternal love and care, God is said to have
begotten him, i. Θ. to have constituted or de-
clared him to be his Son, espec. by his re-
surrection and exaltation, Acts 13,33. Heb.
1, 5. 5,5; all quoted from Ps. 2, 7 where
Sept. for 72". Comp. in art. vids.”

2. to bear, to bring forth, as a mother, c.
ace. Luke 1, 57 καὶ ἐγέννησεν υἱόν. John 16,
21; acc. et dat. Luke 1, 13; absol. Luke
23, 29. Trop. εἰς δουλείαν γεννῶσα Gal. 4,
24. Sept. and 727 Gen. 46, 15.—Lue.
Sacrif: 6. Xen. Lac. 1. 3. ᾿

3. Pass. aor. 1 ἐγεννήθην, perf. γεγέννη-
pat, to be born, to be brought into life, to
come into life, as from parents generally:
a) Pr. Matt. 2, 1. 4 ποῦ ὁ Xp. γεννᾶται. 19,
12. 26, 24. Mark 14, 21. Luke 1, 35.

141 Τεννησαρέτ

John 3, 4 bis. Acts 7, 20. Rom. 9, 11. Heb.
11, 23. Sept. for 7349 Job 3, 2; "23 Ps.
87, 4-6. (Hdian. 1. 7. 5. Plato Legg. 958.
9.) With adjuncts: so with a predicate in
the nom. as τυφλός John 9, 2. 19. 20. 32;
Ῥωμαῖος Acts 22,28. With ἀπό c. gen. of
ancestor, to spring from, Heb. 11, 12; ἐκ 6.
gen. of mother, Matt. 1, 16. (Plut. Agesi.
3.) Also ἐκ c. gen. of source or nfanner,
as ἐκ σαρκός John 3,6; ἐκ πορνείας 8, 41.
With eis ὁ. 8ος. as εἰς τὸν κόσμον John 16,
21; also as marking purpose or end, εἰς
τοῦτο John 18, 37; (aa... γεγεννημένα
eis ἅλωσιν, 1. 8. born (made) for capture, 2
Pet. 2,12. With ἐν c. dat. of place or con-
dition, Acts 22, 3. John 9, 34. Acts 2, 8.
With κατά ὁ. acc. as κατὰ σάρκα afler
the flesh Gal. 4, 23.29. Ὁ) Trop. and only
in John’s writings, ἐκ Seod γεννηθῆναι V.
γεγεννημένος to be born of God, see in no. 1.
c. John 1, 13. 1 John 2, 29. 3, 9 bis. 4, 7.
5, 1 bis. 4. 18 bis. In the same sense, 6 γε-
γεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος John 3, 6. 8°
ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος Vv. 5; also γεννηϑῆ-
ναι ἄνωϑεν V. 8. '7, see in ἄνωϑεν no. 1.

γέννημα, ατος, τό, (γεννάω.) pr. some-
thing born or produced, a product, i. 6.

1. Of men, offspring, progeny, Matt. 3,
Ἴ γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, progeny of vipers! 12,
34. 23, 33. Luke 3, 7. Sept. for ‘959
Josh. 15, 14.—Ecclus. 10,18. 1 Mace. 1,
38. Plato Tim. 24. d.

«2. Of trees and plants, fruit, produce,
Matt. 26,29. Mark 14, 25. Luke 22, 18.
So Luke 12, 18 Rec. where others γένημα.
Trop. of the fruits and rewards of Christian

virtue, 2 Cor. 9,10 Rec.—Diod. Sic. 5. 17.

Pol. 1. 71. 1. ib. 8. 87. 1. Put in this sense
for καρπός only by. late writers, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 286.

Γεννησαρέτ, i,indec. Gennesareth, Heb.
m33 (lyre) Deut. 3, 17, or ὍΘ. 1 K. 15,
20, later Heb. “035, Josephus Tewnodp B.
J. 3. 10. 8}; pr. n. of a small region of Ga-
lilee on the western shore of the lake, de-
seribed by Josephus (1. 6.) as nearly four
Roman miles in length and two and a half
in breadth, and as distinguished for its ferti-
lity and beauty. . It was so called from an
ancient city, Josh. 19, 35, which also gave
name to the adjacent lake, 722757 Num.
34,11. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. p. 282,
290.—This lake is also called the Sea of
Galilee, Matt. 4,18; the Sea of Tiberias,
John 21,1. It is about twelve miles long -
and five or six broad, and is still celebrated
for the purity and salubrity of its waters,
and the abundance of its fish. It presents

γέννησις 142

indeed a beautiful sheet of limpid water in
a deep depressed basin, with a continuous
wall of hills on the sides; but the hills are
rounded and tame; and although after the
rainy season the verdure of the grass and
herbage gives them a pleasing aspect, yet
later in the year they become naked and
dreary. Its position exposes it to gusts of
wind ;*but these are not more frequent on
the surface of the lake than in the region
round about. See Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 7. Bibl.
Res. in Pal. III. p. 253 sq. 261 sq. 312 sq.
Irby and Mangles Tray. p. 294. [89.]—In
N. T. ἡ γῆ Τεννησαρέτ Matt. 14,84. Mark
6,53; ἡ λίμνη Tevy. Luke 5, 1.

γέννησις, cas, ἡ, (γεννάω,) birth, nati-
vity, Matt. 1,18 et Luke 1, 14 Rec. where
others γένεσις. Sept. for 7259 Ecce. 7, 1—
Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 3. Plato Polit. 274. a. -

γεννητός, ή; ov, (γεννάω,) born, brought
forth ; Matt. 11,11 et Luke 7, 28 ἐν γεννη-
τοῖς γυναικῶν. So Sept. and Heb. 74>"
MEN Job 14, 1. 15, 4. al.—Diod. Sic. 1. 6.
Plato Legg. 923. e.

yévos, eos, ous, τό, (γίνομαι, γένω.) a
race, stock, lineage, in various senses and
modifications, e. g.

1. offspring, posterity, Acts 17, 28. 29.
Rev 22, 16. Sept. for 57% Jer. 36, 31.
—Hom. Il. 19. 124. Hdot. 3. 159. Xen.
Hell. 6. 8. 4.

2. a family, kindred, stock, Acts 4, 6. '7,
13. 13, 26. Phil. 3,5. Sept. and 573 Jer.
41, 1.—Hdian. 5. 1. 17. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 1.

3. a nation, people, Mark 7, 26. Acts 4,
36. 7,19. 18, 2.24. 2 Cor. 11, 26. Gal. 1,
14. 1 Pet. 2,9. So Sept. for 59 Gen. 11,
6. Esth. 2, 10.—Diod. Sic. 1. 4, 19 ult.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2.

4. a kind, sort, genus, Matt. 13, 47. 17,
21. Mark 9,29. 1 Cor. 12, 10. 28. 14, 10,
Sept. for }"2 Gen. 6, 20.—Wisd. 19, 6.
Plut. Gryllus 6. Xen. Cic. 7. 19.

Γερασηνός, οὔ, ὃ, a Gerasene, i. 6. a
native or inhabitant of the city or district of
Gerasa, now Jerash. This city was situated
in the eastern part of Perea or Gilead near
the confines of the Arabian desert, on the
parallel of Samaria, and was one of the ci-
ties of the Decapolis. It was large, opulent
and splendid ; as is apparent from the mag-
nificent ruins still remaining, which have
been described by Burckhardt and others.
‘It is mentioned by Josephus, B. J. 1. 4. 8.
ib. 3..3. 3. ib. 4. 9. 1. See Reland Palest. p.
806. Seetzen in Zach’s Mon. Corr. XVIIL
p. 424 sq. Burckhardt’s Syria, p. 252 sq.

yev@

—Several Mss. and editions read Γεραση-
νῶν Matt. 8, 28, where Rec. has Tepyeonvar,
and other Mss. Ταδαρηνῶν, which last is
read also Mark 5, 1. Luke 8, 26. 37. Ge-
rasa itself lay so far from the lake, that the
miracle could not have been wrought in its
vicinity ; if therefore the reading Περασηνῶν
be correct, it must be because the city, as a
provincial capital, gave its name to a large
extent of territory, including Gadara and its
environs; and then Matthew only uses a
broader appellation where the other evange-
lists employ a more specific one.. This is
not improbable ; since Jerome says (ad
Obad. 1) that ancient Gilead was in his day
called Gerasa. Origen testifies that I'epa-
σηνῶν was the ancient reading, though he
did not follow it; see in Tepyeonvés.

Γεργεσηνός, od, ὁ, a Gergesene, Heb.
"W595 and Sept. Tepyeoaios Gen. 15, 21.
Deut. 7,1. Josh. 24,11; pr. n. of one of
the ancient tribes of Canaan destroyed by
Joshua, and of which Josephus says nothing
remained but the name, Ant. 1.6.2. Ori-
gen however says, that a city Τέργεσα an-
ciently stood on the eastern shore of the
lake of Tiberias, and that the precipice was
still pointed out, down which the swine
rushed; Opp. ed. de la Rue, IV. p. 140.
But in the silence of all other testimony
this tradition can have little weight ; and
the reading Tepyeonvay in Matt. 8, 28,
which rests on Origen’s conjecture, is
therefore loss probable than Τερασηνῶν, or
Tadapnvav, both of which he testifies to
have been ancient readings ; comp. in Γερα-
σηνός. Wetst. N. T. in Matt. 1. c.

γερουσία, as, ἧ; (γερούσιος, γέρων,) a
council of elders, a senate, Plut. J. Ces.
28. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6. Also the eldership,
i. e. collect. the elders smong the Jews, ei-
ther of the whole people, Sept. for ὩΣ
Ex. 8,16. 18. Deut. 27,1; or of particular
cities, Deut. 19, 12. 21. 2sq. and later the
Sanhedrim, Judith 4, 8. 15,8. 1 Macc. 12,
6. al—In N. T. once, Acts 5, 21 τὸ συνέ-
δριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἴσ-
ραήλ, the Sanhedrim ard (especially) the
whole eldership of the children of Israei, i. e.
all the elders as being members of the San-
hedrim, i. g. πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυπέριον Acts 22,
5, and οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ 4, ἢ. 8.
25, 15. ;

γέρων, ovros, ὃ, an old man, senex, John
3,4. Sept. for }R} Prov. 17, 6—Hdian.
3. 15. 4. Xen, Conv. 4. 17.

γεύω, [, εύσω, to let taste, to cause to
taste, Sept. for 2°224 Gen. 25, 30. Hdot.

—_

a

γεωργέω

7. 46. Plato Legg. 634. a—In N. T. and
usually (also in Hom) only Mid. depon.
γεύομαι, f. evoopa.

1. to taste, pr. and absol. Matt. 27, 34
καὶ γευσάμενος οὐκ ἤϑελε πιεῖν. Col. 2, 21
see in art. ἅπτω πο. 2.b. With ace. τὸ
ὕδωρ John 2,9. Sept. c. ace. for 02% 1K.
4, 29.—Ecclus. 36, 19; absol. Luc. D. Deor.
4. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 5.

2. Spec. to taste, to partake of, to eat,
absol. Acts 10, 10. 20,11; 6. gen. Acts
23, 14 μηδενὸς γεύσασϑαι. Luke 14, 24
τοῦ δείπνου. Sept. 6. gen. ἄρτου for ἘΣ
1 Sam. 14,94. So 8050]. Jos. Ant. 6. 14.
3; c. gen. Plut. Symp. 8. 8. 1, 3. Xen.
An. 1. 9. 26.—Trop. i. q. to partake of, to
experience, to try; 6. acc. aS καλὸν ῥῆμα
Seod Heb. 6, 5; 6. gen. as τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς
ἐπουρανίου γ. 4; with ὅτι, 1 Pet. 2, 3 εἴπερ
ἐγεύσασϑε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κυρίος, in allusion
to Ps. 84,9 where Sept. so for 52; comp.
Proy. 31, 18. (Soc. gen. Jos. Ant. 2. 10.
1 τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Luc. Catapl. 13. Plato Rep.
586. a, οὐδὲ BeBaiov... ἡδονῆς ἐγεύσαντο.)
Spec. γεύεσϑαι Savarod, to taste of
death, to die, Matt. 16, 28. Mark 9,1. Luke
9, 27. John 8, 52. Heb. 2,9. Comp. Talm.
mma ὈΣῸ id. Buxt. Lex. art. npy col. 895.

γεωργέω, ὦ, f. how, (yeopyds,) pr, to
tll the ground; then. genr. to till, to culti-
vate, 6. g. τὴν γῆν, Pass. Heb. 6, 7. Sept.
for 73% ΠῺΣ 1 Chr. 27, 26.—Diod. Sic. 1.
33. Dem. 175. 11. Plato Theag. 121. b.

γεώργιον, ίου, τό, (γεωργέω.) tilled land,
a field, farm, trop. of believers, ψεοῦ γεώρ-
γον 1 Cor. 3, 9.—Pr. Sept. for 73¥ Prov.
24, 30. 31, 16. Dion. Hal. 1. 93.

γεωργός, ov, ὃ, (γῆ: γέα, ἔργω,) α tiller
of the ground, husbandman, 2 'Tim. 2, 6.
James 5,7. Sept. for "28 Jer. 14,4. So
Luc. Parasit. 14. Xen. CEc. 5. 16.—Spec.
also for ἀμπελουργός, ὦ vine-dresser, keeper
of a vineyard, Matt. 21, 33. 34. 35. 38. 40.
41. Mark 12; 1. 2 bis. 7. 9. Luke 20, 9.10
bis. 14. 16. Trop. of God, John 15, 1;

comp. Is. 5, 1sq. Comp. Dion Cass. 595. -

77 οὐκ ἔλαιον, οὐκ οἶνον γεωργοῦσίν. So
Tat. agricole Οἷς. de Senect. 15.

γῆ; γῆς: 9, (γέα, γαῖα:) earth, land, viz.

1. As tilled and productive, earth, soil ;
γῆ πολλή Matt. 13, 5. Mark 4,55 γῆ ἡ καλή
Matt. 13, 8. Mark 4, 20; so Luke 13, 7.
14, 35. Heb. 6,7. James 5,7. al. Sept. for
Y28 Gen. 1, 11. 12—Dem. 794. 26. Xen.
(Mc. 4. 8.

2. As the surface on which we live
move, and tread, the earth, the land. a)

*

143 γῆ

Genr. the earth, the ground ; so ἐκχυνόμενον
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Matt. 23,355; πίπτειν ἐπὶ τὴν
γῆν Matt. 10, 29. Mark 8, 6. Acts 9, 4. al.
Matt. 27, 51 ἡ γῆ ἐσείσϑη. 25, 18. 25 ἔκρυ-
ψα... ἐν τῇ γῇ- Luke 6, 49 oixod. οἰκίαν
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. John 8, 6.8 ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν
γῆν. Acts 9, 8 ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. Luke
22,44. 24,5.al. Sept. for W278 Ex. 3,5;
728 1 Sam. 26,7. So Hdian. 1. 13. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.3. Ὁ) Opp. the sea or a
lake, the land, terra firma, Mark 4, 1 πρὸς
τὴν Sddacoav ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 6, 47. John 6,
21. Acts 27, 39.43.44. al. Sept. for wa"
Joel 1,13. So Hdian. 2. 11. 7. Xen. An.
1.1.7. ο) Spec. a@ land, country, territo-
ry ; so coupled with a gentile noun, γῆ Ἰσ-
pand Matt. 2, 20. 21; γῆ Χαναάν Acts 13,
19; γῆ Ἰουδά Matt. 2,6; Ζαβουλών 4, 15;
γῆ Αἰγύπτου Acts 7, 11. 36. 40. al. γῆ Χαλ-
δαίων Acts 7, 4; also Matt. 14, 34. Mark
6, 53. al. Sept. and 78 Ex. 11, 5. Josh.
14,1. (Hdian. 4. 11. 12. Xen. An. 1. 3. 4.)
With an adj. γῆ ἀλλοτρία Acts 7,6; γῆ
ἐκείνη Matt. 9, 26. 31. . With gen. of pers.
one’s own country, native land, Acts 7, 3.
Synecd. a land for the inhabitants, Matt. 10,
15. 11, 24; comp. Sept. and 738 Is. 11, 4.
—Spec. and simply, the land of Israel, Pa-
lestine, Luke 4, 25. 21, 23. 35. Eph. 6, 3..
James 5, 17. Rom. 9, 28 comp. Is. 10, 23 ;
also Matt. 27, 45. Mark 15, 33. Luke 23,
44. So Matt. 5,5 ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι
τὴν γῆν, for they shal] inherit (possess) the
land sc. of Promise, quoted from Ps. 37, 11,
comp. Vv. 9. 22. 29. 25, 13. Is. 60,21, where
Sept. for 72% B21; see Lev. 20, 24. Deut.
16,20. The quiet possession of the earthly
Canaan, early promised to the Jews, became
afterwards an emblem of the peace and re-
wards of the righteous and of the Messiah’s
spiritual kingdom ; see Tholuck Bergpred.

" ad loc.

3. the earth, orbis terrarum, the world,
the terraqueous globe. a) In antith. with
ὁ οὐρανός heaven; Matt. 5, 18 ἕως ἂν παρ-
ἔλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ. ν. 8ὅ. 16, 19.
Luke 21, 33. Acts 2,19. Heb. 1,10. 2 Pet.
3, 5.'7. 10. 13. Rev. 21,1. al. So ra ἐν
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ Ta ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, i.e. all
things, the whole universe, Eph. 1, 10. Col.
1,16. Sept. and 728 Gen. 1,1. 2,4. So
Hdian. 2, 11. 8. Plato Conv. 211. a. Ὁ)
Spec. the earth as inhabited, the world, i: q.
ἡ οἰκουμένη, Acts 1, 8 ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς.

. 4,26 οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς. 10,12, 11,6. 17,

26. Heb. 11, 13. Rev. 8, 10. Sept. for
ΥῊΝ Gen. 6,5; IIS Gen. 6,1. 7. (Hdian.
1.2.9. Xen. Ag. 9.'7.) Hence αἴρειν τὴν

γῆρας

ζωὴν {τὸν τοιοῦτον) ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς; to take
away one’s life (a person) from the earth, to
put him to death, Acts 8, 33. 22,22. Also
Col. 3,2 τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; things on the earth,
earthly things. v. 5 ra μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;
i. e. carnal members, i. 4. ἡ σάρξ. So with
the idea of moral infirmity ; John 3, 31 ὁ dy
ἐκ Ths ys... ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ, Opp. 6 ἄνω-
Sev ἐρχόμενος.----ἶϑοό where any thing is said
to be done or take place on earth,in the
world, i.e. among men, Matt. 5, 13 ὑμεῖς
ἐστε TO ἅλας τῆς γῆς. 6,10. 10, 34. Luke
12, 49. John 17, 4. Rom. 9, 17. 10, 18.
Synecd. for he inhabitants of the earth, men,
mankind, Rev. 6, 8. 11, 6. 13, 3. 19, 2.
So Sept. and 78 Gen. 11,1. +

γῆρας, aos, ὡς; τό; dat. γήραϊ γήρᾳ,
also γήρεϊ γήρει after the Ionic manner,
Winer § 9.1. Buttm. § 54. n. 4; age, old
age, as ἐν γήρᾳ Luke 1,36 Rec. where later
editions have ἐν γήρει. Sept. ἐν γήρᾳ for
MIWA Gen. 15, 15; also ἐν γήρει Ps. 92,
15.—So ἐν γήρει Ecclus. 8, 6; ἐν γήρᾳ
Hdian. 7. 5. 9. Xen. Ven. 1. 10.

γηράσκω, f. dow, (γῆρας,) to grow old,
to become old and infirm, absol. John 21, 18.
Heb. 8, 13. . Sept. for spr Gen. 18, 13.—
Luc. V. Hist. 2. 12. Xen. Vect. 4. 22.

γίνομαι, (obs. γένω, earlier and Attic
form γίγνομαι,) f. γενήσομαι, aor. 2 ἐγενό-
μην; perf. part. γεγενημένος, perf. 2 γέγονα.
plupf. 2 eyeydvew Acts 4, 22; also in later
writers and in N. T. Pass. aor. 1 ἐγενήθην,
used like ἐγενόμην, Acts 4, 4. Heb. 6, 4. al.
Diod. Sic. 1. 1. Pol. 2. 67. 8; comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 108 sq. Buttm. § 114. Ausf.
Spr. ᾧ 114.—Mid. depon. intrans. pr. to be-
gin to be, to come to be, fieri, i. e. to come
into existence or into any state ; also in aor.
and perf. 2, ‘to have come into existence,’
i.g. simply to be, esse; so that ἐγένομην,
ἐγενήϑην, and γέγονα, often serve likewise
as past tenses of εἶναι. Comp. Buttm. 1. c.
and § 113. 7.

I. To begin to be, to come into existence,
i. q. to arise, to happen, to become; imply-
ing origin, either from natural causes or
through special agency, result, and also
change of state or condition, place, etc.

1. Implying origin in the ordinary course
of nature, e. g. 8) Of persons, 10 be born,
John 8, 58; with & τινος, to be born of, to

be descended from, Rom. 1,3 ἐκ σπέρματος ἡ

Δαυΐδ. Gal. 4, 4 ἐκ γυναικός. Sept. for
53" Gen. 21, 3. 5. 9. So Wisd. 7,3. Dem.
296. 16. Xen. An. 3. 2. 13 ἐν ais ὑμεῖς ἐγέ-
νεσϑε καὶ ἐτράφητε. Mem. 2. 2. 4 ἔκ τινος.
Ὁ) Of plants, fruits, to be produced, to grow,

144

γίνομαι

1 Cor. 15,37; ἔκ τινος Matt. 21,19. So Al.
V.H.6.1. Xen. Mem. 2.9.4. οὐ Of the
phenomena of nature, fo arise, to come, to
come on, to happen; 6. ὃ. σεισμός, Matt. 8,24;
λαῖλαψ Mark 4, 37; γαλήνη Matt. 8, 26.
Mark 4, 39; σκότος Matt. 27,45. Mark 15,
33 ; νεφέλη Luke 9, 34, Mark 9,7; βροντή
John 12, 29, (Xen. An. 3. 1. 11 βροντή.)
So of a voice or cry, tumult, silence; e. g.
φωνή John 12, 30. Acts 2, 6. 19, 34;
κραυγή Matt. 25, 6; ϑόρυβος Matt. 26, 5.
27, 24; στάσις Luke 23, 19; σχίσμα John
7,43; ζήτησις John 3, 25; σιγή. Acts 21,
40. Rev. 8,1. (Xen. An, 3. 4. 35 SdépuBos.)
Of emotions, ete. Luke 15, 10. 22, 24,
1 Tim. 6,43; ϑλῖψις Matt. 13,21. ἀ) Spo-
ken of time, as day, night, evening, to come,

‘to come on, to approach; so ἡμέρα Mark 6,

21. Luke 4, 42. 6, 13. Acts 12, 18. al.
πρωΐα Matt. 27,1. John 21,4; ἡ ὥρα Mark
15, 33. Luke 22,14; ὀψὲ ἐγένετο Mark 11,
19; ὀψία Matt. 8, 16. 14, 15. 23. John 6,
16. al. νύξ Acts 27,27. So Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 41 χρόνος. Plato Conv. 223. d, ἤδη ἡμέ-
pas γιγνομένης.

2. Implying origin through some agency
specially exerted, to be made, created, to be
done, like ποιεῖν, e.g. a) Of the works
of creation; 1 Cor. 15,45 ἐγένετο 6 πρῶτος
ἄνβρωπος κτὰ. Heb. 4, 3. James 3, 9. John
T, 33 with διά τινος John 1, 3.103; with ἐκ
c. gen. of material, Heb. 11, 3. Sept. for
8732 Gen. 2,4. Is. 48, 7. Plato Euthyd.
296. d, πρὶν. οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν yevéoSa. Ὁ)
Of works of art; Acts 19,26 δεοὶ οἱ διὰ
χειρῶν γινόμενοι. So Diod. Sic. 1.43 τὸν ἐκ
τοῦ λωτοῦ γινόμενον ἄρτον. c) Of miracles
and the like, to be done, wrought, performed ;
Matt. 11, 20 τὰς πόλεις ἐν ais ἐγένοντο οἱ
πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ. v. 21. 28. Luke
4,23. Acts 8, 13; with διά c. gen. of
pers. Acts 2, 43. 4,16. 12,9; διὰ χειρῶν
τινος Mark 6; 2. Acts 14, 3; διὰ τοῦ ὀνό-
ματος Ἰησοῦ Acts 4, 30; διὰ τῆς σῆς mpo-
voias Acts 24, 3; also with ὑπό 6. gen.
Luke 9, 7. 13, 17. 23, 8, Eph. 5,12. 4)
Of waste, a plot, a promise, to be made;
as ἀπώλεια Mark 14, 4; ἐπιβουλή Acts 20,

_35 ἐπαγγελία Acts 26,6. So Xen. Hi. 9.

11 δαπάναι. 6) Of the willor pleasure of
any one, to be done, fulfilled; ϑέλημα Matt.
6, 10. 26, 42. Luke 11, 2. Acts 21, 14;
αἴτημα Luke 23, 24. Ὁ) Of any occasion,
e. g. a repast, to be prepared, made ready,
John 13, 2; a judicial investigation, to be
made, to be set on foot, Acts 25,26 ; a change
of law, to be made, Heb. 7, 12.18. So
Hdian. 1. 8. 17 γενομένης δ᾽ ἐξετάσεως.
g) Of persons advanced to any station or

πον Δ. δ. τὸν

πα ie em τ ξ τ -

BE

NE RE ee OS ον ee

a

γίνομαι

office, to become, to be made, constituted, ap-
pointed, Col. 1, 23. 25. Heb. 5, 5. 6, 20.
7,16. 21. 23; c. dat. commodi, 1 Cor. 1,
30. Also γίνεσθαι ἐπάνω, Luke 19, 19.
So Hdian. 2. 6. 12. Plut. Agesi. 21.
Thue. 1.104. °h) Of customs, institutes,
to be appointed, instituted, Mark 2, 27 τὸ

σάββατον. Gal. 3, 17 6 γεγονὼς νόμος. So

Xen. An. 1. 1.8. i) Of what is done to
or in any one ; Luke 23, 31 ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί
γένηται ; what shall be done in the dry? 1
Cor. 9, 15. Gal. 3,13 Χριστὸς γενόμενος
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα, being himself made a
curse for us, i. e. suffering the penalty to
which we were subject. 1) Of time, one’s
life, to be passed, spent; Mark 6, 35 ὥρας
πολλῆς γενομένης. Acts 26,4 τὴν βίωσίν
μου. 1) Of particular days, festivals, to be
kept, held, celebrated, Matt. 26,2 τὸ πάσχα
γίνεται. John 2,1. 10, 22. Sept. for nv;
2 K. 23, 22.. So Aischin. 89. 42. Xen.
Hell. 4. 5. 1.

3. Implying an event, result, which takes

place in any way} to happen, to come to

pass, to take place, to be done, or the like.

a) Genr. Matt. 1, 22 τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγο-
vev. 18, 31. Mark 5,14. Luke 1, 20 ἄχρι
ἧς γένηται ταῦτα. 2,15 τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ
γεγονός. 8, 34. John 3, 9. - Acts 4,21. 1
Cor. 15, 54. 1 Thess. 3, 4. Rev. 1, 1. 19.
al. sep. Heb. 9, 15 ϑανάτου γενομένου,
death having taken place, i. 6. through his
death. (Dem. 248. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25.)
In the phrase of aversion: μὴ γένοιτο,
let it not happen, let it not be, Luke 20, 16.
Rom. 3, 4. 6. 31. 6, 2. 15. 7, '7. 13. al.
Sept. for mb-m Gen. 44, 7.17. So Luc.
D. Deor. 1. 2. ‘Arr. Epict. 1. 1. 13. Plato
Legg. 918. d, ὃ μή more γένοιτο. Comp.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 204.

b) Followed by a dative of pers. to hap-
pen to any one. a) With an infin. ex-
pressing that which takes place, Acts 20,
16 ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν
τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ. Gal. 6, 14. So Sept. Gen. 44, 17.
Dem. 33. 25. Xen. Cyr. 6. 8.11. β) With
an adv. Mark 5, 16 πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμο-
νιζομένῳ. Eph. 6,3 ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται. With
ὡς, Matt. 8, 13. 15, 285 also κατά τι Matt.
9, 29. Luke 1, 38. So All. V. H. 9. 36 μὴ
γένοιτό σοι οὕτω κακῶς. Plut. Mor. IL. p. 20.
y) With a nominative of that which takes
plade, to happen to, to come upon; Mark 9,
21 ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ, since this hap-
pened unto him, came upon him. John 5,14
ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν τί σοι γένηται, lest a worse
thing come upon thee. Acts '7, 40. 2 Cor.

. 2 Tim. 3, 11. 1 Pet. 4, 12. Rom. 11,

10

145 γίνομαι

25 πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν
Acts 2, 48 ἐγένετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος.
Luke 19,9. So Hom. Il. 1. 188 Πηλείωνι
δ᾽ ἄχος γένετο. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 82 φόβος,
ὃς αὐτοῖς éeyévero.—Spec. to come to any
one as his possession, to become his own, so
that he may be said to get or to have what
thus comes to him; Matt..18, 12 ἐὰν γένη-
ταί τινι avSpar@ -ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, if a man
have a hundred sheep. v. 19. Luke 14, 12.
John 15,7. 1 Cor. 4, 5; with dat. of pers.
imp!. John 1,17 sc. ἡμῖν. Heb. 9, 22 sc.
οὐδενί. So Xen. Hi. 4. 7. Cyr. 2. 2. 2.

c) With. prepositions, e. g. ἐπί τινα, to
take place or be done on any one, as a cure,
Mark 5, 33; εἴς τινα, in respect to any one,
as evil, Acts 28, 6 μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν
γινόμενον.

d) With an infin. and accus. as subject,
i. q. to happen that, to come to pass that;
Mark 2,23 καὶ ἐγένετο παραπορεύεσϑαι αὐ-
τόν κτλ. and it came w pass that, etc. Luke 3,
21 ἐγένετο δὲ... ἀνεῳχϑῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν. 6,
1. Acts 4, 5. 11, 26. 14,1. 99. 6. 17. 28,
8; acc. impl. Matt. 18,18. Comp. Alciphr.
Ep. 1. 26. Theogn. 639 πολλάκι... yiyve-
ται εὑρεῖν ἔργ᾽ ἀνδρῶν. See Winer ᾧ 45. 2.
π.---ΑἸβο᾽

6) By Hebr. καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο
δέ, and it came to pass, in historical narra-
tive, corresponding to Heb. "11; always
with a notation of time expressed by ὅτε,
ὡς, ἐν, a genit. absol. or the like, and fol-
lowed by a finite verb with or without καί.
a) With καί following, like } *771; Matt.
9,10 καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου ... καὶ
ἰδού. κτλ. Mark 2,15 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ
κατακέεῖσϑαι αὐτόν... καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι
κτὰ. Luke 2,15. 5,1. 12. 17 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν
μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διδάσκων. 8,
1, 22. 9, 28. 14, 1. Acts 5, 7. al. sep.
Sept. for } "1" Gen. 39, 7. 13. 19. 43, 1.
al.sep. 8) Without καί following; Matt.
7, 28 καὶ ἐγένετο Gre... ἐξεπλήσσοντο ot
ὄχλοι. 13, 53. 19, 1. 26, 1. Mark 1, 9, 4,
4. Luke 1, 8. 2,1. 6, 12. al. sep. Sept.
for ἢ "1 Gen. 22, 1. 41,1. Josh. 3, 2.
al. sep.

4. Implying change of state, condition,
place, i.e. a coming into any state, etc. to ©
become, to be made this or that, to come.

a) Genr. of persons or things which take
a new character or form, to become, to be
made. a) With a subst. as predicate ;
Matt. 4, 3 ἵνα of AiSoe οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται.
5, 45 ὅπως γένησϑε viol τοῦ πατρός. 13, 32
γίνεται δένδρον. Mark 1,17 ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ye-
νέσϑαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνπρώπων. Luke 4, 3.6,16. 23,

γίνομαι

12. John 1, 12. 14 6 λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο: 2,9.
Acts 26, 28. Rom. 4, 18. Heb. 2, 17. Rev.

8, 8. al. sep. (AH. V. H. 2.23. Diod. Sic.”

2. 20. Plato Phed. 114. a.) Of a person,
Acts 12, 18 τί dpa ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο, what
Peter was become, instead of ri ἄρα τῷ Πέ-
τρῳ ἐγένετο, comp. in no, 3. b. y; so Thue.
2, 52 τί γένωμαι. Adschyl. Sept. c. Th. 297;
comp. Matth. ᾧ 488. 5. Schafer Mel. p. 98.
—Also where the predicate is qualified by
a particle; Matt. 10,25 ἵνα γένηται ὡς δι-
δάσκαλος αὐτοῦ. 18, 3. 28, 4; ὁ. dat. com-
modi, 1 Cor. 9, 20. 22. 8) By Hebr. with
εἴς τι as predicate; see in εἰς, also Ge-
sen. Lehrg. p. 816. Winer § 29. π. 1. So
οὗτος (ὁ AiSos) ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας
Matt. 21, 42. Mark 12, 10. Luke 20, 17.
Acts 4, 11. 1 Pet.2,7; all quoted from Ps.
118, 22, where Sept. for ‘31 OND Hah.
Rom. 11, 9 quoted from Sept. for > mat
Ps. 69, 23. Luke 13, 19 ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον
μέγα. John 16, 20. Acts 5, 36. 1 Thess.
3, 5. Rev. 8,11. 16,19. γ)ὴ With an adj.
or particip. as predicate; Matt. 6, 16 μὴ
yiverSe σκύξρωποι. 10,16 γίνεσϑε οὖν φρό-
νιμοι. 12,45 καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα... χεί-
τρονα τῶν πρώτων. 17, 2. 23, 26. 24, 32
ὅταν ἤδη ὁ 'κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται Grados.
Mark 9, 3. John 9, 39. Acts '7,32 ἔντρομος
δὲ γενόμενος Μωσῆς, i. e. Moses trembling.
10, 4 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, becoming afraid.
Rom. 3, 19. Heb. 5, 12. James 5, 2. Rev.
16, 10. al.sep. So Luc. Nigrin. 38. Hdian.
1. 11. 6. Plato Epin.-974. b. δ) With a
gen. or dat. of pers. ‘as predicate, implying
the coming into one’s possession, to come to
be of or to any one, to become his, etc. So
with genit. Luke 20, 14 iva ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ
κληρονομία, that the inheritance may become
ours. V.33 τίνος αὐτῶν γίνεται γυνή (parall.
ἔσται Matt. 22, 28. Mark 12,23). Rev. 11,
15 ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου
ἡμῶν. So Plut. Agesi. 7 τοῦτο Λυσάνδρου
γένηται. Xen. Hell. 4. 8.. 20. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ μὲν
νίκη ᾿Αγεσιλάου ἐγεγένητο.---- With dat. Rom.
7, 3 bis, γενέσϑαι ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ, to become
(married, to belong) to another man. v. 4.
So Sept. for ΘΝ Ὁ 44} Lev. 22, 12. Jer. 3,
1. So Luc. Gallus 19 πολλάκις ᾿Ασπασίαν
γενέσϑαι τῷ τυράννῳ. Achill. Tat. 5. p. 323
iva συ, ὃ γέγονας ἄλλῃ γυναικί κτλ. Plut.
Agesi. 11 πάντα... χρυσία μοι γενέσϑαι.

b) With prepositions or adverbs implying
motion, it marks a change or transition to
another place or state, to come, to arrive,
etc. a) With eis c.-acc. to come to or
into, to arrive at; Acts 20,16. 21,17 yevo-

146

γίνομαι

of a voice, 7 φωνή Luke 1, 44; of good, τὸ
εὐαγγέλιον 1 Thess. 1, 5; εὐλογία Gal. 3,
14; of evils, ἕλκος Rev. 16,2. So pr. Hdot.
5. 88 ; κραυγὴ y. εἰς πόλιν Xen, Hell. 7. 2. 7.
8) With ἐκ c. gen. e.g. to come froma
place, e. g. of a voice, φωνή, Mark 1, 11
καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Luke
3, 22. 9, 35; ἐκ impl. Luke 9, 86. John
12, 30. Spec. ἐκ μέσου yevéoSat, to
withdraw from the midst, (e. g. from society
Plut. Timol. 5,) put for Lat. tolli e medio,
to be put out of the way, 2 Thess. 2, 7.
y) With ἐν ὁ. dat. to come to or into any
state, to become or be made, to fall into;
Acts 22, 17 γενέσϑαί pe ἐν ἐκστάσει. Phil.
2, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνπρώπων γενόμενος. Acts
12,11 γενόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ, being come to
himself, comp. Luke 1ὅ, 17. So Pol. 1. 49.
8 ταχὺ δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος. Ken. An. 1.
5.17. ὃ) With ἐπί, to come to or upon,
lo arrive at; e.g. ἐπί c. gen. Luke 22, 40.
John 6, 21.—Also ἐπί c. ace. Luke 24, 22.
Acts 21,35. Trop. of persecution, Acts 8,
1; of fear Luke 1, 65. 4,36. Acts 5, 5. 11.
Of an oracle, Luke 8, 2 ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Seod
ἐπὶ Ἰωάννην. So Sept. for ‘®">X O35 Jer.
1,2. ε) With κατά 6. gen. of place, to
come or go throughout, Acts 10, 37. Also
c. acc. of place, to come upon, near to, to-
wards, Luke 10, 32. Acts 27,7. So Hdian.
1. 9, 23. Xen. Cyr.7. 1.15. ὃ With
πρός c. acc. of pers. to come to; 1 Cor. 2,
3 “ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 2 John 12. Of the
word or promise of God, to come to or wpon
any one; John 10, 35 πρὸς ods ὁ λόγος͵ τοῦ

Seod ἐγένετο. Acts 7, 31. 10, 13. 13, 32.

So'Sept. for ‘P">8 N14 Gen. 15, 1. 4. Hos.
1,1. (9) With adverbs, e. g. ἐγγύς, to
come or draw near, John 6, 19; trop. Eph.
2,13. (Xen, Cyr. 7. 1. 7.) Also ὧδε, to
come hither, John 6,253; ἐκεῖ, to go thither,
Acts 19,21. So ἐκεῖ Hdian. 4. 11. 13.

Il. In the Aorists ἐγενόμην, ἐγενή any,
and Perf. yéyova, to have begun or come to
be; hence simply i. q. to be, to exist; so
that these serve also as past tenses of εἶναι ;
see Buttm. § 114. Ausf. Sprachl. § 114.
Perf. γέγονα may sometimes also be trans-
lated as present, 1 am; see Buttm. ὁ 113.'7.
Matth. § 505. ΠΙ.

1. Genr. to be, to exist; Mark 1, 4 ἐγένε-
το Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων ..-. καὶ κηρύσσων, there
was John baptizing and preaching ; where
others take ἐγένετο βαπτίζων as 1. q. impf.
ἐβάπτιζε, but less well. Mark 9, 7 ἐγένετο
νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς. John 1,6, Rom.
11, 5 λεῖμμα κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν χάριτος γέγονεν.

μένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἵεροσ. 25,15. Trop. | 2 Pet. 2,1. 1 John 2, 18 ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ

ον ὦ.

-- ὧν

γίνομαι ᾿ 147

ιν. Rev. 16,18 ἀφ᾽ οὗ οἱ ἄνϑρωποι

᾿ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Matt. 11,26. Luke 10, |

21. John 1, 15. 30.—Plato Rep. 968. c,
τέτταρα ἀρετῆς εἴδη γεγονέναι.

2. As the copula, connecting a subject .

and its predicate; see Buttm. § 129. init.
Kiihner ᾧ 238. 5.

a) Where the predicate is a subst. or ad).
a) In the nominative; e. g. a subst. Luke
1, 2 of ἀπ᾽ dpyijs . . . ὑπηρέται γενόμενοι τοῦ
λόγου. 13, 2.4. 24,19 ὃς ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ προ-
φήτης. Acts 1, 22. 5,24. Rom. 11, 84.
1ὅ,8. 16,2. 1-Cor. 10, 6. 2 Cor. 1,18. 19.
James 2, 11. al. (Plato Conv. 218. 6.) An
adjective ; Luke 2,2 αὕτη ἡ ἀπογραφὴ πρώ-

τη ἐγένετο. 19, 17 ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ πιστὸς
ἐγένου. Phil. 2, 1ὅ. 1 Thess. 2, 1. 7. Heb.
12, 8. 1 Pet. 1. 15. 16. Rev. 1, 18. ἃ]. So
Luc. Ὁ. Mort..13. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 13.—
With a dat. of person added, to, for, in re-
spect of whom; 1 Thess. 2, 8 διότι ἀγαπη-
τοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε. Luke 11, 30 ἐγένετο Ἰω-
vas σημεῖον τοῖς Νινευΐταις. Col. 4,11. So
in the infin. construction; 1 Thess. 1, 7
ὥστε γενέσϑαι ὑμᾶς τύπους πᾶσι xrh. β)
In.the genitive, denoting age; Luke 2, 42
ὅτε ἐγένετο ἐτῶν δώδεκα. 1 Tim. 5,9. See
Buttm, ὁ 132. 7. Matth. § 316. 6. Soc.
acc. ἔτη Plut. de sanif. tuend. 24. ° Plato
Legg. 721. d.

b) With an adverb as predicate ; Mark 4,
10 ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο καταμόνας. Luke 10, 36
τίς οὖν... πλησίον γεγονέναι τοῦ ἐμπεσόν-
τὸς κτὰ. Acts 15, 25 ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν γενομένοις
ὁμοθυμαδόν. 20, 18 πῶς ... ἐγενόμην. With
a dat. of pers. added, 1 Thess. 2,10; with
πρός ¢.acc. added, 1 Cor. 16,10 ἵνα ἀφόβως
γένηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς.

c) Where the predicate is a preposition
with its case, implying a being or remaining
in any place or state,e.g. a) With ἐν c.
dat. to be in a place or state; Matt. 26,6
γενομένου ἐν Βηϑανίᾳ. Mark 9,33 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ.
Acts 18, 5. 2 Tim. 1, 17. Rev. 1, 9. (21.
V. H. 4. 15. Xen. An. 4..3. 39.) So of a
state or condition, as ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Luke 22, 44;
ἐν πνεύματι Rev. 1, 10. 4,23; ἐν δόξῃ 2
Cor. 8, 7; ἐν Χριστῷ; in Christ, i. 4. to be
a Christian, Rom. 16, 7; ἐν παραβάσει 1
Tim. 2,14; ἐν λόγῳ 1 Thess, 1, 5. 2, 5.
With πρός τινα added, 1 Cor. 2,3 καὶ ἐγὼ
ἐν ἀσϑενείᾳ... . ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς. β)
With μετά ec, gen. of pers. to be with any
one, Acts 9, 19. 20, 18; 50 of γενόμενοι
μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, his companions, Mark 16, 10.
So Xen. Hell. 4.1.35. y) With σύν

c. dat. of pers. Luke 2, 13 iio

ἀγγέλῳ πλῆϑος κτλ. +

γινώσκω

γινώσκω, f. γνώσομαι, (obs. γνόω ; ear-
lier and Att. form γιγνώσκω,) aor. 2 ἔγνων,
perf. ἔγνωκα; Pass. perf. ἔγνωσμαι; aor. 1
ἐγνώσϑην;, fut. 1 γνωσθήσομαι ; see Buttm.
b 114. For Perf. 3 plur. ἔγνωκαν instead of
ἐγνώκασι John 17,'7, see Winer ᾧ 13. 2. c.
Buttm. ὁ 103. V. 3.—To know, both in an
inchoative and completed sense ; comp.
Heb. 515 and Heb. Lex. sub voc.

1. to "know, in an inchoative sense, 10
come to know, to gain a knowledge of, to be-
come acquainted with ; where again the Perf.
implies a completed action, and may there-
fore often be rendered as a Present, to know,
as in no. 2; see Buttm. §113. 7. Matth.
§ 505. ILL. Pass. to become known ; perf. to
be known.

a) Genr. and construed: a) With an
acc, of thing; 6. g. τὰ μυστήρια Matt..13,
11. Mark 4,11. Luke 8,10; τὸ SéAnpa
Luke 12,47; τί ποιήσω 16; 4; τὰ πρὸς
τὴν εἰρήνην 19, 42; also John 8, 32. Acts
1,7. Rom. 7,7. 1 Cor. 4, 19. 8, 2. Eph. 3,
19. 1 John 4, 16. al. Acc. impl. Mark 6,
38. Luke 12, 48. 1 Cor. 13, 9. 12; also in
an indirect inquiry, Matt. 12, 7. Luke 19,
15. Sept. and 572 2 Sam. 24, 2. (Diod.
Sic. 1. 8. Xen. An. 1. 6. '7.) With adjuncts ;
6. g. ἔκ τινος, to know from or by any thing ;
Matt. 12, 33 ἐκ yap τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον
γινώσκεται. Luke 6, 44. 1 John 3, 24. 4, 6.
(Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 44.) Also ἐν τούτῳ in or
by this, hereby, 1.John 3,16.19. 4,2; xara
τί, by what, whereby, Luke 1.18, So Sept.
ἐν τούτω Gen. 2414; κατὰ ri Gen. 15, 8.
B) With acc. of pers. e. g. τὸν Sedy John
14, 7. °17, 3.25. Rom. 1, 21. Gal. 4,9. 1
John 2, 13. 3, 1. 4, 6.'7. 8. 5, 20; Ἰησοῦν
Χριστόν, also τὸν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, John 1,10. 14,
7. 17,8. 2 Cor. 5, 16. 1 John 2, 3. 4. 13.
14; ἡμᾶς 1 John 3, 1. Pass. ἔγνωσμαι
V. ἐγνώσϑην ὑπὸ τοῦ ϑεοῦ, to be known of
God, to be the object of God’s perfect know-
ledge and contemplation, with the accessory
idea of acknowledgment and approval, 1

Cor, 8,3. Gal. 4,9. Sept.and 72 1 Sam.
20, 32, (Diod. Sic. 1.92. Xen. Mem. 4. 2.
24 yw@% σαυτόν.) With ace. and ἐν c. dat.
Luke 24, 35 ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει
τοῦ ἀρτοῦ. With acc. and ὅτι, by attrac-
tion, Buttm. §.151. 1.6 ; Matt. 25, 24 ἔγνων
σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ. John 5,42. γ) With
ὅτι and its clause; John 6, 69 ἐγνώκαμεν,
ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός. 7,26. 8,52. 14, 20.

19, 4. James ῶ,, 90. al. (Xen: Cyr. 4. 2. 22.)

So where ὅϑεν; whence, precedes, 1 John 2,
18; or ἐν τούτῳ, by this hereby, John 13,

35. 1 John 2, 3. 5. 3, 24. al. Comp. Xen, ἢ

γινώσκω

Cyr.1.6.21. 8) In ἃ judicial sense, to
know by examination, trial, to ascertain, c.
acc. Acts 23, 28 βουλόμενος δὲ γνῶναι τὴν
αἰτίαν. John ἢ, 51. So Xen. Cyr.1. 2. 6,
7. €) Pass. to become known, ascertained,
distinguished, as the sounds of a musical
instrument, 1 Cor. 14, 7.

b) Of things or events, to know from or
by means of others, i. 4. to learn, to find out ;
Pass. to be made known, to be found out; so
c. acc. as τοῦτο Mark 5, 43; τὸ ἀσφαλές
Acts 21, 34. 22, 30; τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν Col. 4,
8; τὴν πίστιν 1 Thess. 3, 5. Pass. Matt.
10, 26. Luke 8, 17. 12, 2. Acts 9, 24
eyvoosn δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν.
Sept. and 911 Sam. 21, 2. (Hdian. 1. 9.
4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 3.) Absol. or c. ace.
impl. Matt. 9, 30 μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω. Mark 9,
30. Luke 9,11 comp. v. 10; with ἀπό τι-
vos Mark 16, 45. With ὅτε and its clause,
John 4, 1 ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ κύριος, ὅτι ἤκουσαν
οἱ Gap. 12,9. Acts 24,11. So Al. V. H.
10. 15 ἀποϑανὼν yap ἐγνώσϑη ... ὅτι πένης

Vv.

c) Of things, words, etc. to know, i. q.
to understand, to comprehend, c. acc. as τὰς
παῤαβολάς Mark 4, 13; τὰ λεγόμενα Luke
18, 34; τὸν νόμον John 7, 49.. Rom. 7, 1;
τὴν σοφίαν (τὰ) τοῦ ϑεοῦ 1 Cor. 2, 8. 14;
τὰς 6dovs μου Heb. 3, 10, quoted from Ps.
95, 10 where Sept. for 515; also John 3,
10. 8, 43. 12, 16. 18,7. Acts 8,30. Ab-
sol. Matt. 24. 39 καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, comp.
Sept. and 335 Is. 1,3. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28)
So in an indirect clause, John 10, 6 οὐκ
ἔγνωσαν τίνα ἦν ἃ ἐλάλει. 18,12. 28. With
ὅτι and its clause, Matt. 21, 45 ἔ ἔγνωσαν,
ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει. 34, 82 γινώσκετε, ὅτι
ἐγγὺς τὸ ϑέρος. Mark 12, 12. Luke 21, 80.
John 4, 53. 8,27. 28. 2 Cor. 13, 6. al—
Xen. Vect. 1. 2.
᾿ d) Of things, actions, etc. to know, i. 4.
to perceive, to discover, to be aware of, c. acc.
as τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν Matt. 22, 18. Absol.
or c. acc. impl. Matt. 16, 8, 26,10. Mark
7,24. 8,17. (Xen. Hell. 8. 4. 8 ἔγνω τὸ
γιγνόμενον.) With an acc. and participle,
Luke 8, 46 ἐγὼ yap ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξελϑοῦ-
σαν ar ἐμοῦ. So Plut. Mor. Il. p. 19.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40.—With ὅτι, Mark 5,
29 ἔγνω τῷ σώματι, ὅτι ἰᾶται. 15, 10. John
6, 15. 16,19. Acts 23,6. So Xen. st
1, 3. 5.

e) By euphemism, fo know carnally, to
lie with, c. acc. of a woman Matt. 1, 25;
ace. of aman Luke 1,34. So Sept. and 943
6, ace. of woman Gen. 4, 1. 17; ace. of a
man Num. 31, 17. 35.—Plut. Romul. 5.
Cato Min. 7. Iseus 20.5. So Lat. novi,

148

γλεῦκος
cognosco, Justin 5. 2. ib. 27. 3. Ovid. Met.
4. 594.

2. to know, in a completed sense, to. have
a knowledge of, to be acquainted with.

a) With acc. of thing, or other like ad-
junct. a) Genr. 6. acc. Luke 16, 15 ὁ δὲ
Seds γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν. Rom. 2,18
kal γινώσκεις τὸ ϑέλημα. 1 Cor. 8,2. 2Cor.
5, 21. 8,9. 1 John 3, 20. 2 Joka 1. Rom.
7,15 ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω, for
what I do, I know not, i. 6. I do it not know-
ingly, not because I know it to be right.
Matt. 24, 50. Luke 12,46. Absol. Luke
2,43. Rom. 10, 19; and so in an indirect
clause, Luke 7, 39. 10, 22. John 2, 25. 7,
27. Sept. for 4 Job 20,4. Jer. 3, 13.
(Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 6.)
Also by attr. with acc. and ὅτι, 1 Cor. 3
20; see above in no. 1.a. 8. With an acc.
and particip. Acts 19, 35 ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν
᾿Εφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης

᾿Αρτέμιδος. (Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 20.) With an.
infin. as object, Matt. 16,3; also infin. with
an acc. implied, Heb. 10, "34 γινώσκοντες
ἔχειν (ὑμᾶς) ἑαυτοῖς κρείττονα ὕπαρξιν ἐν
οὐρανοῖς, knowing that ye have for yourselves
a better possession in heaven. 8) With ὅτι
and its clause; John 15, 18. 21, 17 σὺ
γινώσκεις, ὅτι φιλῶ σε. Phil. 1,12. James
1, 8. 2,20. 2 Pet. 1, 20. 3,3. Rev. 8, 3.
Eph. 5, 5 τοῦτο yap tore γινώσκοντες, ὅτι
κτλ. for this (v. 3) ye are aware of, know-
ing that, etc. not like γνόντες γνώσεσϑε
Sept. Jer. 42, 19; comp. Winer ὁ 46. 10.
n, edit. 5. Plato Rep. 366. 6.) Imperat.
γινώσκετε ὅτι, know ye that, be assured,
Matt. 24, 33. 43. Mark 13, 29. Luke 10,
11. 12, 39. 21, 31. Acts 2, 36. So γινώ-
σκετε ὡς Luc. D. ‘Mort. 2.2. y) Witha
gentile adv. Acts 21,37 Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώ-
oxets ; dost thou know Gireek? Comp. Sept.
Neh. 13, 24 οὐκ ἐπιγινώσκοντες λαλεῖν Ἰου-
δαϊστί. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 81 ἐπίστασϑαι Συ-
ριστί. Οἷο. de Fin. 2. 5 Grace scire.

b) With acc. of pers. to know any one,
to have full knowledge of him; John 1, 49
mosey με γινώσκεις ; 2, 24 διὰ τὸ ἀὐτὸν
([ησοῦν) γινώσκειν πάντας. 10, 14. 15. 27.
Acts 19, 15. 2 Tim. 2, 19 quoted from
Num. 16, 5, where Sept. for 573. So Matt.
7,23 οὐδέποτε ἔ ἔγνων ὑμᾶς, I never knew you
sc. as my disciples——Dem. 539. 25. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 21; comp. Hell. 8. 4. 7. +

γλεῦκος, eos, ovs, τό, (γλυκύς,) must,
grape-juice unfermented, Plut. Quest. nat.
27. Luc. Epist. Sat. 22—In N. T. sweet
wine, fermented. and intoxicating, Acts 2,
13; comp. v. 15. Sept. for "55 Job 32, 19.
So Athen. 4. p. 176. d.

snag

STS epee ae δα νοῶ

γλυκύς 149

γλυκύς, cia, ὑ, sweet, Rev. 10, 9. 10.
James 8,11. 12 ὕδωρ γλυκύ, sweet water,
fit for drinking, not brackish. Sept. for
Pim Judg. 14, 14.—Theophr. C. Pl. 6. 17.
2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.

γλῶσσα, jis, ἡ, (Att. yA@rra,) the tongue,
both of men and anim

1. Pr. as a part of the body Rev. 16, 10;
the organ of taste Luke 16,24. Spec. as

_ the organ of speech, Mark 7, 33. 35. Luke

1, 64. 1 Cor. 14, 9. James 3, 5. 6 bis;
hence to bridle or refrain the tongue, James
1, 26. 3, 8. 1 Pet. 3,10; comp. Ps. 34, 14.
Ecclus. 28,17 sq. To ‘the tongue is then
sometimes ascribed what refers to the whole
person, espec. in passages cited from the
Heb. poets, where Sept. for ytd; e. g.
Rom. 14, 11 and Phil. 2,11 πᾶσα γλῶσσα
ἐξομολογήσεται, comp. Js. 45, 23; Acts
2, 26, comp. Ps. 16, 9; Rom. 3, 13,
comp. Ps. 5, 10. Sept. genr. for ἡ 5
Judg. 7, 5.—Aischin. 24. 32. Xen. Mem.
bE 4, 5.

2. Meton. tongue, for speech, language.
a) Genr. 1 John 3,18 μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ
μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, let us not love in word nor
in speech only. Sept. for 71> Prov. 25,
15. So Ail. V. H. 14. 22. Xen. Cc. 13.8.
b) For an idiom, dialect, spoken by a par-

ticular people, Acts 2,11. 1 Cor. 13,1. Sept. .

and 4itj> Gen. 10, 5.20. So Plut. The-
mist. 29. Xen. Mem. 3.14.7. 0) Fora
nation, people, having a tongue or language
of their own, 6. g. φυλαί, λαοί, καὶ γλῶσσαι,
Rev. 5, 9. 7, 9. 10, 11. 11,9. 13,7. 14,6.
17, 15. Sept. and ji? Is. 66,18. Chald.
{> Dan. 3, 4. 7. So Judith 3,8. ὦ)
Spec. in the phrases γλώσσαις ἑτέραις
v. katvais λαλεῖν, to speak in or with
other or new tongues, Acts 2, 4. Mark 16,
17; γλώσσαις λαλεῖν, to speak in or
with tongues, Acts 10, 46. 19,6. 1 Cor.
12, 30. 14, 2. 4. bis. 6. 13. 18. 23. 27. 39;

προσευχέσϑαι γλώσσῃ, to pray in αὖ

tongue, 1 Cor. 14,14; λόγοι ἐν γλώσσῃ;
discourse in a tongue, 1 Cor. 14, 19; or
simply γλώσσαι, tongues, 1 Cor. 12, 10
bis. 28. 13, 8. 14, 22. 26. Here, accord-
ing to the two passages in Mark and Acts,
the sense obviously is, to speak in other
living languages ; comp. Acts 2, 6. 8-11.
Others, taking the passages in 1 Cor. as
the basis, suppose the sense to be, to speak
another kind of language, referring it to a
person in a state of high spiritual excite-
ment or ecstasy from inspiration, uncon-
scious of external things and wholly ab-
sorbed in adoring communion with God

γνώμη
and breaking forth into abrupt expressions
of praise and devotion, which are not cohe-
rent and therefore not always intelligible to
the multitude ; comp. 1 Cor. 14, 2. 4. 6. 7 sq.
Most interpreters have correctly adopted the
first meaning ; while some again suppose a
reference to two distinct gifts. See Neand.
Hist. of the Planting of the Chr. Church, I.
p. 14-19, 155-160. [Germ. ed. 2. I. p. 10-
15, 178-180.] De Wette, Handb. on Acts
2, 12. ἢ

3. Trop. for any thing resembling a
tongue; e.g. Acts 2, 3 γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυ-
ρός, tongues as of fire; seein διαμερίζω no.
1. Comp. Heb. O8 71> Is. 5,24.—In Gr.
writers also ὦ tongue, reed, mouth-piece of
a musical instrument, Auschin. 86. 29.

γλωσσ. όκομον, ου, τό, (γλῶσσα, κο-
μέω,) a tongue-box, reed-case, for keeping the
reeds or mouth-pieces of wind instruments,
i. q. γλωσσοκομεῖον Lysipp. Bacch. 4. Pol-
lux Onom. 10. 153, 154.—In N. T. genr. @
box, sack, bag, 6. g. for money, John 12, 6.
13, 29. Sept. for {78 ‘the ark’ 2 Chr. 24,
8.10. So genr. Jos. Ant. 6.1.2. Longin. de
Subl. 43. 9. [44.] Plut. Galb. 16. Found
only in late writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 98.
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 155.

γναφεύς, os, ὁ, (γνάφος,) a clothier
fuller, one who dressed new cloths, or —
washed and scoured soiled garments, Mark
9, 3. See Dict. of Antt. art. Fullo. Sept.
for 03> 2 K. 18,17. Is. 7, 3—Theophr.
Char. 19 [10]. 4. Xen. Mem. 3:'7.6. The
earlier form was κναφεύς, from κνάω.

γνήσιος, ia, ov, adj. (γένος, γενέσιος,)
genuine, legitimate, not spurious, e. g. chil-
dren, Hdian. 3. 6. 11. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19.—
In N. T. trop. genuine, true, sincere ; e. g.
of a spiritual child, a disciple towards his
master, γνήσιον τέκνον ἐν πίστει V. κατὰ
πίστιν, 1 Tim. 1, 2. Tit. 1, 4. Also genr.
of a companion, fellow-labourer, Phil. 4, 3
σύζυγε yo. Neut. rd γνήσιον, genu-
ineness, sincerity, 2 Cor. 8, 8.—3 Macc. 3,
19. Pol. 4. 30. 4. Plato Gorg. 513. b.

γνησίως, adv. (γνήσιος,) truly, sincere-
ly, Phil. 2, 20.—2 Mace. 14,8. Dem. 1353.
28. Plato Phed. 66. b.

γνόφος, ov, ὃ, thick darkness, black
clouds, as in a tempest; Heb. 12, 18 γνόφῳ
καὶ σκότῳ καὶ ϑυέλλῃ. Sept. for ἘΞ Σ Ex.
20, 21; 25 Deut. 4, 11.—Ecelus. 46, ὅ.
Lue, de Mort. Peregr. 43 ἐν μέσῳ τῷ Αἰγαίᾳ
γνόφου, καταβάντος.
: γνώμη; ns, ἧ; (γινώσκω,) .ne mind, thai
with which we know, Xen, Cyr. 8. 3, 10

γνωρίζω

Mem. 1. 1.7, 9.—In N. T. mind, as exert-
ing itself in various ways, 6. g.

1. mind, judgment, opinion; 1 Cor.’7, 40
κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην. Philem. 14 χωρὶς δὲ
τῆς σῆς γνώμης. 1 Cor. 7,25 and 2 Cor. 8,
10 γνώμην δὲ δίδωμι, I give my opinion,
my advice.—Ecclus. 6, 23. Hdian. 1. 6. 1.
Plato Soph. 225. d.

2. mind, purpose, plan, Acts 20, 3.—Plut.
Mor. II. p. 2. Xen. An. 1. 8. 10.

3. mind, will, disposition of mind; 1 Cor.
1,10 ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ, in the same mind
or will. Rev. 17, 13. 17 bis.—Hdian. 2. '7.
9. Thue. 1. 122. Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. 1.

γνωρίζω, f. tow, (γνώριμος, γνῶσις)
Att. f. γνωριῶ Col. 4, 9. Buttm. ᾧ 95. 7 sq.

1. to make known, to declare. a). Genr.

with acc. and dat. Luke 2, 1ὅ τὸ γεγονός, ὃ

ὃ κύριος ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν. Acts 2,28, quoted
from Ps. 16,11 where Sept. for sn.
Gal. 1,11 by attract. see Buttm. ᾧ 151.1. 6.
Sept. for "715 1 Sam. 16,3. Ps. 25, 4.
(ZEschyl. Prom. vinct. 487.) With ace. and
πρός τινα Phil. 4, 6; acc. simpl. Rom. 9,
22. 23. Also c. dat. before an indirect
clause, Col. 1, 27. Ὁ) Of persons nar-
tating, to declare, to tell, with acc. and dat.
2 Cor. 8,1. Eph. 6,21. Col. 4,7.9. Comp.
1 Mace. 14, 28+ 6) Of a teacher unfold-
ing divine things, i. 4. ἐο declare, to proclaim,
c. acc. Eph. 6,19; acc. et dat. John 15, 15.
17, 26. Eph. 1,9. 3, 5.10. 2 Pet. 1, 16.

Also by way of putting again in mind, ο..

acc. et dat. 1 Cor. 15,1}; dat. and ὅτι 1 Cor.
12,3. Sept. for 3°75 Ez. 20, 11. d)
Pass. to be made known, revealed ; τὸ μυστή-
ριον Rom. 16, 26. Eph. 3, 3. : ,

2. to know, to. come to know, to find out;
c. 800. Phil. 1, 22 τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ γνωρίζω.
Sept. for 31 Job 34, 25.—Hdian. 2, 1. 23.
Aschin. 11. 8. Plato Phadr. 262.b. This
is the usual signif. in Gr. writers.

γνῶσις, ews, ἧ; (γινώσκω,) knowledge.

1. a knowing, comprehension, the power
of knowing; Eph. 3,19 γνῶναι τε τὴν ὑπερ-
βάλλουσαν τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην Tod Xp. to
know the love of Christ which passeth know-
ledge, i.e. is beyond the comprehension of
the natural man; comp. 1 Cor. 2, 14.—
Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 11.

2. Subjectively, knowledge which one has,
the act and result of knowing; Rom, 11, 33
σοφία καὶ γνῶσις ϑεοῦ, the wisdom and know-

. ledge of God, as among his attributes ; comp.
Ps, 139, 6 where Sept. for'"23; as also Ps.
73311. Hos. 4,6. So Diod. Sic. 5. 67. Plato
Theet. 193. d.——Spec. in believers, the

_ knowledge of religion, of divine truth, of the

150

γογγύξζω

gospel in its various relations ; Rom. 15, 14.
1 Cor. 1, 5. 8, 1 bis. 7. 10.11. 2 Cor. 8, 7.
11, 6. So with a gen. of thing or pers. of
whom we have knowledge, Luke 1, 77.
Phil. 3, 8. 2 Pet. 3, 18. Also of practical
religious knowledge, e. g. insight, discre-
tion, 2 Cor. 6, 6. 1 Pet. 3,7. 2 Pet.1,5.6;
comp. Sept. and M33 Proy. 13, 16.

3. Objectively, knowledge, that which is
known, science, doctrine; spoken only of
religious knowledge, relating to God and
divine things; e. g.\as held or taught by
Jesus, Luke 11, 52. Rom. 2, 20. 1 Tim. 6, .
20; or also by Christians, where it denotes
the clearand certain perception and persua-
sion of divine truth as revealed in the gos-
pel, a spiritual knowledge not attainable
except as a χάρισμα or gift of the Spirit ;
1 Cor. 12,8 ᾧ pev... δίδοται λόγος σοφίας,
ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦ-
pa, i.e. the gift of teaching as conibined
with spiritual wisdom, or.as combined with
spiritual knowledge, and so Col. 2,3; ‘here
γνῶσις seems to refer to the deep and clear
perception of and acquaintance with truth,
σοφία to the higher power of practical illus-
tration and application; so the Greek com-
mentators. 1 Cor. 13, 2. 8. 14,6. So with
a gen. of the object of this knowledge, 2
Cor. 2, 14. 4, 6. 10, 5—Genr. Plato Rep.
508. e. Id. Phil. 58. a.

γνώστης, ov, ὃ, (γινώσκω,) a knower ;
Acts 26, 3 ἐπὶ σου... μάλιστα γνώστην
ὄντα σε κτλ. by anacoluthon.—Hist. of Sus.
42. Plut. Flamin. 4.
| γνωστός, 4, ὄν, (γινώσκω, ἔγνωσμαι,)
known, well-known. a) Of things; Acts
4,16 yap γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονε Ov αὐτῶν.
1ὅ,18. Αἰδο γνωστὸν ἐγένετο, became
known, was known, c. dat. of pers. Acts 1,
19. 19,17; with κατά c. gen. of place, 9,
42; γνωστὸν ἔστω, be it known, c. dat.
of pers. Acts 2, 14: τινί, ὅτι 4. 10. 13,38.
28,283 τινὶ περί τινος, ὅτι 28,22. Neut. τὸ
γνωστὸν τοῦ ϑεοῦ, “ what may be: known
of God’ se. without revelation, knowledge
of God, i. q: γνῶσις, Rom. 1, 19; so Sept.
for M23 Gen. 2, 9. So genr. Sept. Ezra 4,
12. Soph. Ged. R. 861. Plut. de primo Frig.
4. Xen. Cyr. 6.3.4. b) Of persons, γνω-
στόν τινι John 18, 15.16. Subst. ὁ γνω-
ards, one known, an acquaintance, Luke
2,44, 23, 49. Sept. for da 2 K. 10, 11.
Ps. 88, 9. 19.

γόγγύζω, f. tow, Ionic form for Att.
rovSopit@ or rovSpi¢w, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
358 ; pr. to murmur, to coo, as doves, Pol-
lux Onom. 5. 89:—In Ν. T. to murmur, i.e.

eee υ

= ιν

on

a SE a aa

γογγυσμός

a) to whisper, to talk over in a low voice,
privately, c. acc, et περί τινος, John 7, 32.
Ὁ) Oftener with the idea of complaint, in-
dignation, to murmur, to grumble, to utter
sullen discontent; absol. 1 Cor. 10, 10 bis;
κατά twos Matt, 20, 11; περί τινος John 6,
41.61; πρός τινα to any one, Luke 5, 30;
per’ ἀλλήλων John 6,43. Sept. absol. Num.
11, 13 κατά twos for pon Ex. 16, 7; περί
twos Num. 14,27. So Arr. Epict. 1. 29.
55. Luc. Ocyp. 45. M. Antonin. 2. 3 μὴ
γογγύζων ἀποϑάνης.

γογγυσμός, οὗ, ὁ, (yoyyite,) a mur-
mur, i.e. a) Genr. whispering, low and
suppressed discourse, John 7, 12; comp. v.
13. Ὁ) Oftener, murmuring, the expres-
sion of sullen discontent, complaint, Acts
6,1. So χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν, without mur-
murings, cheerfully, Phil. 2,14. 1 Pet. 4,9.
Sept. for 9345F Ex. 16,7. 8.—Wisd. 1, 10.
11. M. Antonin. 9. 37. Comp. Phryn. ed.
Lob. p. 358.

γογγυστής, οὗ, ὃ, (yoyyita,) a mur-
murer, Jude 16.—Theodot. for }372 Prov.
26, 22, where Sept. λοίδορος, Aquil. τον-
ϑρυστής.

γόης, ητος; 6, (γοάω.) a wizard, juggler,
Plato Conv. 203. d—In N. T. a@ deceiver,
seducer, 2 Tim. 3,13. So Jos. c. Apion. 2.
14,16. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 22. Dem.
374. 20 ἄπιστος, γόης, πονηρός.

Todyo3G, indec. Golgotha, Chald.
xmbabs, Heb. Nb3b3 2 K. 9, 35, ie. a
skull, τὸ κράνιον, calvaria; see Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 440. Hence in N. T. as pr. n. of
a place, i. 4. κρανίου τόπος (Matt. 27, 33),
Skull-place, Calvary, a spot just out of Je-
rusalem, where malefactors were commonly
executed, and where also Jesus suffered ;
Matt. 27,33. Mark 15,22. John 19, 17.—In
later times this spot has been called a mount,
but without any historical grounds; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. IL. p. 17, 18.

Tépoppa, as, ἡ, and Plur. Τόμοῤῥα, wv,

τά, Gomorrha, pr. n. of one of the cities
which formerly stood on the once fertile

plain now covered by the southern part of |-

the Dead Sea; Matt. 10, 15. Mark 6, 11.
Rom. 9, 29. 2 Pet. 2, 6. Jude 7. Heb.
m3. See Gen.c. 19. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 602 sq. i ἘΣ κα

γόμος, ov, ὃ, (γέμων a load, 6. g. of an

animal, Sept. for 8®2 Ex. 23, 5.—In N. T,.
the lading, of a ship, Acts 21, 3. So Plut..

Quest. Nat. 7. Dem. 1283. 21.—Meton.
merchandise, wares, Rey. 18, 11. 12.

151

γράμμα

γονεύς, gos, 6, (γίνομαι, yéyova,) a fa-
ther, progenitor, Hdot. 1. 94, Plato Rep.
457. d+—In N. T. only Plur. of γονεῖς,
parents, Matt. 10,21. Mark 13,12. Luke
2, 27. 41. 8, 56. 18, 29. 21,16. John 9, 2.
3. 18. 20, 22. 23. Rom. 1, 30. 2 Cor. 12,14
bis. Eph. 6,1, Col. 3, 20. 2 Tim. 3, 2.
The acc. γονεῖς Matt. 10, 21. al. was used
by the xowoi, Buttm. § 52. n. 1. Winer § 9.
2.—Judith 5,8. Pol. 12.10, 3. Xen. Mem.
2, 2. 3, 6.

γόνυ, γόνατος, τό, (also poet. genit. γου-
νός, Buttm.. § 58,) the knee; Plur. τὰ γό-
vata, the knees, Heb. 12, 12. Sept. for
BI272 Gen. 30,3. 40,12. So Hdian. 7.
2. 11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 5—Hence_ in
phrases: a) Seis, ϑέντες, τιϑέντες τὰ
γόνατα, lit. placing the knees, i. 6. kneeling
down, in prayer or supplication, Luke 22,
41. Acts 7, 60. 9, 40. 20, 36. 21,5. So
of the mock homage offered by the soldiers
to Jesus, Mark 15, 19. b) Luke 5, 8
προσέπεσε τοῖς γόνασι Ἰησοῦ, lit.
fell at his knees, i.e. embraced them by
way of supplication. ὁ) κάμπτειν γόνυ
v. γόνατα, to bend the knee or knees, to
kneel, e. g. in supplication, πρὸς τὸν πατέρα
Eph. 3, 14; also in homage, adoration, c.
dat. τῇ Βάαλ Rom. 11, 4, quoted from 1 K.
19,18 where Sept. for intrans. 0°2750~>2
Ἰϑ το WN. So also intrans. Phil. 2, 10
ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ,
that in the name of Jesus (confessing his
name, v. 11) every knee should bow. Rom.
14,11 ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, quoted
from Is. 45, 23 where Sept. for 992m *2
773753.

yovuTreTéw,. ὦ, f. now, (γόνυ, πίπτω, πε-
σεῖν,) to fall upon the knees, to kneel to or be-
fore any one; so in supplication, c. acc. ad-
τόν Matt. 17,14 (Rec. αὐτῷ). Mark 1, 40;
in reverence, c. αὐτόν Mark. 10, 17; in
mock homage, ἔμπροσϑεν αὐτοῦ Matt. 27,
29.—Enurip. Phen. 300. Pol. 15. 29. 9.

γράμμα, aros, τό, (γράφω,) a drawing,
picture, JE. V. H. 2. 3, 44.—In N. T. lit. the
graven or wriilen, i.e. something written or
cut in with the stylus, in the ancient man-
ner of writing.

1. a mark, sign, letter of the alphabet;
Luke 23, 38 γράμμασι Ἑλληνικοῖς. Perh.
Gal. 6, 11, see in πηλίκος. Sept. for M32

Ley. 19, 28.—Diod. Sic. 1. 81. Plato Crat.

393. d.

2. a writing, any thing written, Esdr. 3,
9. 13. In N. T. 4) Plur.. γράμματα,
letters, i. 4. an episile, letter, like Engl. let-
ters, Acts 28, 21. Gal..6, 11, see in πηλί:

γραμματεύς

κος. So Plur. 1 Macc. 5, 10. Hdian. 4. 10.
8. Xen. Cyr. 4.5. 26 Κυαξάρει δὲ ἀποδοῦναι
τὰ γράμματα... ἐνῆν δὲ τῇ ἐπιστολῇ τάδε.
b) α dill, Reid, note, Luke 16, 6.'7. So Jos.
Ant. 18. 6. 8 ; of accounts of expenses, etc.
Dem. 1202. 2. Lys. 906.12. 0) Also
γράμματα, writings, a book, books, e. δ. of
Moses, John 5, 47; of the O.T. the Scrip-
tures,2'Tim. 3,15. Sept. for "8D Esth. 6,
1. So Jos. Ant. 5, 1. 17. ib. 10. 10. 4 ult.
Xen. Mem. 4.2.1. ἀ) Trop. the writing,
the letter, i.e. the literal or verbal meaning,
in antith. to the spirit, τὸ πνεῦμα ; spoken of
the Mosaic law, Rom. 2, 27. 29. '7,6. 2
Cor. 3, 6 bis. '7.

3. letiers, literature, learning, as contained
in books, Acts 26, 24; in the Scriptures,
John 7, 15. Sept. for "8D Dan. 1, 4.—
Ceb. Tab. 34. Plato Apol. 26. d.

γραμματεύς, gos, ὁ (γράφω,) a writer,
scribe.

1. Among the Greeks, a public officer in
the Grecian cities, whose duty it seems to
have been to preside in the senate, to enrol
and have charge of the laws and decrees,
and to read what was to be made known to
the people; a public clerk, secretary, Acts 19,
35.—Dem. 485. 18. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 37.
Thuc. 7. 10 ὁ γραμματεὺς τῆς πόλεως. The
office of γραμματεύς varied much in differ-
ent places. See Potter’s Gr. Ant. 1. p. 78,
88. Boeckh Staatshaush. der Ath. 1. p.
198 sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 176. Dict.
of Antt. art. Grammateus.

2. Among the Jews, in Sept. like Heb.
"DD the king’s scribe, secretary of state, 2
Sam. 8,17. 20,25; a@ military scribe, secre-
tary of war, 2 K. 25, 19. 2 Chr. 26,11. 1
Mace. 5, 42.—Later, in Sept. and in N. T.
a scribe, one skilled in the Jewish law, an
interpreter of the scriptures, alawyer. The
scribes had the charge of transcribing the
sacred books; whence naturally arose
their office of interpreting difficult pas-
sages, and deciding in cases which grew
out of the ceremonial law. Their influence
was of course great; and since many of
them were members of the Sanhedrim, we
often find them mentioned with of πρεσβύ-
τεροι and of ἀρχιερεῖς. Matt. 2, 4. 5, 20. 7,
29, 12, 38. 20,18. 21,15. al. They are
also called νομικοί, νομοδιδάσκαλοι, comp.
Mark 12, 28 with Matt. 22,35. Sept. for
Heb. BDO 1 Chr. 27, 32. Ezra 7, 6
Neh. 8,1. So Ecclus. 10,5. 2 Mace. 6,
18.—Hence genr. a scribe, one instructed, a
scholar, a learned teacher of religion, Matt.
13, 52. 23, 34. 1 Cor. 1,20. +

152

γράφω

γραπτός, n, ὄν, (γράφω,) wrilien, 17:5
scribed, trop. upon the heart, Rom. 2, 15.
Comp. Jer. 31, 33.—Eurip. Hyp. Fr. 11. 2

γραπτοὺς τύπους.

γραφή, ῆς, 1; (γράφω, a picture, Ail

V. H. 2. 2,44; a writing, 1 Mace. 12, 21.
Hdian. 1. 17. 9. Thue. 1. 134.—In N. T.
ἡ γραφή, Plur. ai γραφαί, Scrip-
ture, the Scriptures, of the Old Test. Matt.
21,42. John 5, 39. Acts 8, 32. Rom. 9,
17. Gal. 3,8. 22. 2 Tim. 3, 16. al. Rom.
1,2 γραφαὶ dyia. (Sept. for 392 Ezra
6, 18.) In 2 Pet. 3, 16 some of the writings
of the N. T. may be included.—Synecd.
put for the contents of Scripture, scripture
declaration, promise, Matt. 22, 29 Mark
12, 24. John 10, 35. Acts 1, 16. James 2,
23; scripture prophecy, Matt. 26, 54 56.
Luke 4, 21. Rom. 16,26. +

γράφω, f. ψω, to grave, io scratch, to
insculp, Sept. for s>p 1 K. 6, 28. Hom. Π.
6. 169; to sketch, to picture, A. V.H 2.
3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 13.—In N. T.

1. to write, to form letters, which was
usually done with a stylus, so that the let-
ters were graven or scratched upon the ma-
terial ; so with εἰς c. acc. John 8, 6 τῷ dax-
τύλῳ ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. V. 8; absol. 2
Thess. 3, 17 οὕτω γράφω so I write, this is
my hand-writing. So Dem. 121. 22. Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 20.—With an acc. of thing
written upon ; i. 4. 10 write upon, to fill with
writing, 4. d. to bewrite, Pass. Rev. 5, 1
βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωϑεν καὶ ὄπισϑεν, a
book (roll) written within and on the back.
So Hdidn. 1. 17. 4 γράφειν γραμματεῖον.
Eurip. Iph. in Aul. 34 δέλτον. Pheen. 583
σκῦλα.

2. With an ace. of the thing written, to
write, to write down any thing. a) Genr.
John 19, 22 ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα. 21, 24 καὶ
γράψας ταῦτα. 1 Cor. 4, 14. 9, 15. 2 Cor.
13, 10. Rev. 1,19. 10,4. Pass. John 20,
30. 31. (Hdian. 1. 17. 1. Luc. Vit. Auct. 6
τοὔνομα. Plato Phil. 39. a, ἀλησῆ yp.) With
other adjuncts: acc. and eis βιβλίον Rev.
1, 11; acc. and ἐπί τι, as ἐπὶ τὸ βιβλίον
Rev. 17, 8 (see in βίβλος), emt τὴν ψῆφον
2, 17, ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν 3, 12, ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον 14,1.
17, 5, ἐπὶ τὸν μηρόν 19, 16; also γεγραμ-
μένος ἔν τινε; 88 ἐν αὐτῇ (προφητείᾳ) Rev.
1,3; yeyp. ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ v. τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς
ζωῆς, inscribed in the book of life (see in
BiBros), Rev. 13, 8. 20, 12.15. 21, 27;
ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 22, 18. 19. (Plut. Cic.
37 τὰ ἐν.ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς γεγραμμένα.) Also
followed by the words or clause written,

sometimes with λέγων ; Luke 1, 63 ἔγραψε

— ν--

ee

> ee μμελο Ἅ,

fae =

γράφω 153

λέγων" Ἰωάννης ἐστὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. John
19, 21 μὴ γράφε" 6 βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
Luke 16, 6. Rev. 14, 13. 21, 5. Absol.
Rev. 10,4. Once c. dat. commodi, Luke
1,3. 8) Spec. of declarations, promises,
prophecies, written and contained in the
Scriptures of the O. T. Pass. 1 Cor. 10,11
Taira... ἐγράφη πρὸς νουϑεσίαν ὑμῶν. Luke
21, 22. 1 Cor. 4,6 μὴ ὑπὲρ ὃ γέγραπται
φρονεῖν, comp. 1, 31-and Jer. 9, 24. So
with adjuncts; 6. acc. to write about or of,
to describe; John 1, 46 dy ἔγραψε Μωῦσῆς.
Rom. 10,5 Ma. γράφει τὴν δικαιοσύνην κτλ.
(Comp. ‘scribere aliquem’ Cic. ad Attic.
12. 49.) With ὅτι, Pass. Rom. 4, 23.
1 Cor. 9,10. (Xen. An. 2. 3.1.) With
διὰ τῶν προφητῶν c. dat. incomm. Pass.
Luke-18, 31; περί c. gen. of pers. to write

about, John 5, 46. Pass. Matt. 26, 24..

Mark 14, 21. Acts 13, 29; ἐπί c. acc. of

pers. to write upon or of, Pass. Mark 9, 12.

13; also ἐπί c. dat. id. John 12, 16; ἐν c.
dat. of place or book, Luke 24, 44. Acts 24,
14. Gal. 3, 10.—Here belong the formulas
of quotation from the O. T. 6. g. yéypa-
πται, with διά c. gen. Matt. 2,5; περὶ c.
gen. Matt. 11,10. Luke 7, 27; also with
ev c. dat. of book, Mark 1, 2. Luke 2, 23.
3, 4. 10, 26. John 8, 17. Acts 1, 20. 7, 42.
1 Cor. 9, 9. Heb. 10,'7; absol. Matt. 4, 4.
6. 7. 10. Luke 19, 46. Rom. 1, 17. al. sep.
γεγραμμένον ἐστί, with ἐν c. dat. of
book, John 6, 45. 10, 34; with οὗ of place
Luke 4, 17; absol. John 2, 17. 6, 31. 12,
14; τὸ γεγραμμένον, absol. Luke 20,
17. 22, 37. 2Cor. 4,135; ὁ λόγος 6 yeypap-
μένος; 86. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ John 15, 25; absol.
1 Cor. 15, ὅ4. 0) Also to write down or
out, to prepare in writing, c. acc. as βιβλίον
ἀποστασίου Mark 10, 4; αἰτίαν Matt. 27,
37; ἐπιγραφήν Luke 23, 38; τίτλον John
19,19; ἐπιστολήν Acts 23, 25. Rom. 16,
22. 2 Pet. 3,15 βιβλία John 21, 25. Sept.
for 32> Ezra 3, 8. (Plut. Cic. 87 ἐπιστο-
λήν. Id. Ces. 54 bis. Plato Legg. 923. c, 6.)
Also γράφειν ἐντολήν τινι, to write a
commandment to or for any one, Mark 10,
5. 1 John 2, 7. 8. 2 John 5; with ἐντολήν
impl. Mark 12, 19. Luke 20,28. Sept. and

© 32 2K. 17, 37. Comp. νόμον γράφειν

41. V. H. 6. 10. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 52;
impl. Mem. 1. 2. 43, 44.

3. to write to any one, to send or make
known in writing. a) Genr. e. g. absol.
2 Cor. 2, 9 εἰς τοῦτο καὶ ἔγραψα. 2 John
12. 3 John 13; 6. ace. of thing, 1 Cor. 4,
14 ταῦτα. 2 Cor. 13, 10; c. dat. of pers.
2 Pet. 3, 15 καϑὼς.... Παῦλος ..«. ἔγραψεν

γυμνάζω

ὑμῖν. 1 John 2, 21. 3 John 18 πολλὰ εἶχον
yodpew. Jude 3. Rev. 2, 1. 8. 12. 18. 3,

. 7. 14; 6. ace. et dat. 1 Cor. 14, 37 ém-
bier) ἃ γράφω ὑμῖν. 2 Cor. 1, 13 οὐ
γὰρ Dra γράφομεν ὑμῖν. Gal. 1, 20. Phil.
3,1. 1 Tim. 3,14. 1 John 1,4. 2,1; dat. and
περί τινος 1 Thess. 4, 9. 5, 1. (With dat.
Plut. Pomp. 29; acc..and dat. Plut. Cic. 37
πολλὰ Καίσαρι γράφων.) Aor. ἔγραψα,
I wrote or I have written, referring either
toa former epistle, 1 Cor. 5,9. 2 Cor. 2,
3. 4. 7,12. 3 John 9; or to the epistle in
hand, Rom. 15, 15. 1 Cor. 5, 11. 9, 1ὅ..
Philem. 21. 1 Pet. 5, 12. 1 John 2, 13. 14.
26. 5,13; c. dat. of manner Gal. 6, 11, see.
in πηλίκος. Ὁ) Spec. of letters of informa-
tion or inquiry ; Acts 15, 23 γράψαντες διὰ
χειρὸς αὐτῶν τάδε. 18, 27.25, 26 bis, ἀσφα-
λές Te γράψαι τῷ κυρίῳ οὐκ exw... ὅπως σχῶ
τι γράψαι. ΑἾΪ50 1 Cor. 7,1 περὶ δὲ ὧν
ἐγράψατέ μοι. 2 Cor. 9,1. +

γραώδης, €os, ous, 6, ἡ, adj. (γραῦς,)
old wife’s, old-womanish, silly, 1 Tim. 4, 17.
—Strabo 1. p. 16 or 32. a, γραώδη μυϑολο-
γίαν.

γρηγορέω, ὦ, f. ow, (ἐγείρω, perf. 2
ἐγρήγορα,) only in the later Greek; Buttm.
ᾧ 114 ἐγείρω. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 118, 119.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 157.—To wake, to

awake, to watch, intrans. Matt. 24, 43.

26, 38. 40. 41. Mark 13, 34. 14, 34. 37.
38. Luke 12, 37. 39. Sept. for say Neh.
7,3; sp Jer. 5,6. So 1 Mace. 12, 27.
Jos. Ant. 11. 3.4. Plut. Mor. II. p- 20.—
Trop. to watch, i. e. to be watchful, vigilant,
attentive, Matt. 24, 42. 25,13. Mark 13,
35. 37. Acts 20,31. 1 Cor. 16,13. 1 Thess.
5, 6. 1 Pet. 5,8. Rev. 3, 2. 3. 16,15; so
ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ, to be watchful in prayer,
Col. 4,2. Sept. for "pw Jer. 1, 12. Dan.
9, 14.—Once trop. by antith. i. q. to live;
1 Thess. 5, 10 εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καϑεύ-
δώμεν, whether we wake or sleep, live or die.

γυμνάξω, f. dow, (γυμνός,) to exercise
oneself naked, to practise gymnastic train-
ing, as one of the athlete, Arr. Epict. 4. 4.
11 ; to take exercise, to train oneself,ib. 4.4.8.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 10.—In N. T. only trop. to
exercise, to train, in any thing, c. acc. 1 Tim.
4, Ἴ γύμναζε σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν. Pass.
Heb. 5, 14. 12, 11. (Jos. Ant. 3.1.4. Arr.
Epict. 1. 26. 3 γυμνάζουσιν ἡμᾶς of φιλό-
coor ἐπὶ τῆς Sewpias.) Pass. c. gen. 2 Pet.
2, 14 καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας,
exercised, trained, in covetousness. So Phi-
lostr. Her. 10. 1; see Wetst. N. T. ad loc,
Matth. a 346, n. 1. 5.

γυμνασία

γυμνασία; as, }, (γυμνάζω,) gymnastic
exercise, Ll. V. H. 2. 5.—In N. T. genr.
exercise, training ; 1 Tim, 4, 8 σωματικὴ
γυμνασία, bodily exercise, ascetic training,
in antith. with v. 7; comp. v. 3 and Col. 2,
23. So pr. Arr. Epict. 1. 27. 6.. Pol. 4.7.
6. Hesych. γυμνασία": ἄσκησις, μελέτη:

γυμνητεύω, f. εύσω, (γυμνήτης, yup-
νός,) to be naked; i, e. as in Engl. to be half-
naked, poorly clad, absol. 1 Cor. 4, 11.—
Nicet. Ann. 10..6 yupy. ὅπλου ‘ to be un-
armed.’ Plut. Amil. Paul. 16 γυμνητεύον-
res ‘light-armed troops.’

γυμνός, ἡ, dv, 1. naked, bare, stripped;
pr. of the body. a) Of one quite naked;
Mark 14, 51 ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ upon the naked
body. v.52. Trop. Rey. 16,15. 17,16. Sept.
for DY92 Gen. 2,25. Job 1,21. So Hdian’s.
8.14. Xen. Ag. 1. 28. b) Of one partly
unclad, having on no outer garments, but
only the tunic, χίτων, John 21,7. Acts 19,
16. Sept. for 5195.1 Sam. 19, 24. Is. 20,
2. So Al. V. H. 6.11. Xen.An. 1. 10. 3.
6) Like Engl. half-naked, i.e. poorly clad,
implying poverty and want, Matt. 25, 36,
38. 48. 44. James 2,15. Trop. Rev. 3,17.
So Sept. and 5193 Job 24, 7. Is. 58,7.

2. Of the soul, naked, as by possibility
existing without body of any kind; 2 Cor.
5, 3 if indeed also (since) being clothed sc.
with our house from” heaven, οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑ-
ρηϑησόμεϑα; we shall not be found naked, i, 6.
without a body; implying that our.house
from heaven will also be a body; see in γέ
no. 2. c.—Comp. Plato Crat.:20. p. 403. Ὁ,
ἡ ψυχὴ γυμνὴ τρῦ σώματος.

3. Of any thing alone, separate from
every thing else, naked, mere, bare, 6. g.
γυμνὸν κόκκον 1 Cor. 15, 37, ——Comp. Clem.
Rom. Ep. 1 ad Cor..§ 24 σπέρματα ἅτινα
. πέπτωκεν εἰς THY γῆν ξηρὰ καὶ γυμνά.

4. Trop. naked, open, exposed to view;
6. g. πάντα γυμνὰ τοῖς ὀφϑαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ
Heb. 4,18. So Sept. and D193 Job 26,-6.
—Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 4. Heliodor. 10. p, 501
γυμνὴ καὶ ἀπαρακάλυπτος κατηγορία. —

γυμνότης, τητος; 7, (γυμνός.) nakedness,
the state of one poorly clad; see in γυμνός
no. 1. c. Rom. 8, 35..2 Cor. 11,27. .So.
Sept. and D5"2 Deut..28, 48,—By euphem.
put for the parts of shame, trop. Rev. 3,
18. 3. Heb. M72 , Sept. Vip en A 9,
22. 23.

γυναικάριον, ov, τό, dimin, (γυνή!) « a
little woman, muliercula ; in contempt, ὦ
weak silly woman, 2 Tim. 8, 6.—M. Anto-
nin, 5, 11. Diocl. ap, Bekk. Anecd, 87.

154 Tey

γυναικεῖος, ela, εἴον, (γυνή,) womanly,
female ; 1 Pet. 3,7 συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶ-
σιν ὡς ἀσϑενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ,
dwelling according to your better knowledge
with the female vessel as the weaker ; comp.
in σκεῦος. Sept. for gen. MYX Deut. 22,
5.—Luc. Philops. 14. Xen. Mem. 2.7. 5.

γυνή, 4, gen. γυναικός, vocat. ὦ γύναι.

1. a woman, female, one of the female
sex; €. g. without respect of age, Matt. 14,
21 χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων. 15,38. Acts
5,14. 8,3. 32,4. al. Sept. and 5°82 1 Sam.
80,2. (Hdian. '7. 9.19. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
30.) Also of a maiden, παιδίσκη, Luke 22,
57 comp. 56; and so Sept. for 723 Esth.
2,4. Of an adult woman genr. Matt. 5, 28.
9, 20.22. 11,11. Rev. 12, 1. 4. al.

2. After ἔχειν, or with a genit. masc. or
the adj. ὕπανδρος Rom. 7, 2, it implies the
conjugal relation, 6. g. a) Put for one
betrothed, a bride, but not yet married, Matt.
1, 20. 24 (comp. v. 18). Luke 2,5. Trop.
of the church as the bride of Christ, Rev.
19, 7. 21, 9. Sept. and THN Deut. 22,24
comp. 23. So Xen. Hell. 4.1.7. Ὁ) Usu-
ally a wife, a married woman, Matt. 5, 31.
32. 14, 3. 18, 25. Mark 6,18. Luke 1, 18.
24. Rom.'7,2. 1 Cor.'7,2.al. 1Cor.5,1 ὥστε
γυναῖκα τινὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἔχειν, his father’s
wife, his stepmother. Sept. for ΠΝ Gen.
24, 3. al. sep. AN MEX Ley. 18, 8. So
Hdian. 1. 8. 9. Xen. An. 1.2.12. c)
Also a widow, with χήρα Luke 4, 26; ab-
sol. Matt. 22,24. Mark 12,19. Luke 20,
29; comp. Sept. Deut. 25, 4, So Plut.
Mor. Il. p. 33.

3. Vocat. ὦ γύναι, in a direct address,
expressing courtesy, kindness, respect ;
Matt..15, 28 ὦ γύναι, comp. 9, 22 ϑύγατερ.
Luke 13, 12. John 2, 4. 4, 21. 20, 13. 15.
1 Cor. 7, 16.—Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Hom. I.
8. 204. Xen. Mem. 2.1.26... +

Tey, indec. Gog, Heb. 51%, a name
applied in Ez. c. 38. 39 to the king of a
country and people called Magog (3592),
situated in the farthest regions of the north
(Ez. 38, 15), who are about to invade the
holy land. By Magog, ancient writers ap-
pear to have intended the barbarous north-
ern nations generally ; whom. they also
called Σκύϑαι, Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1;
see Heb. Lex, art. 9192. Winer Realw. art.
Magog.—Hence in N. T. Gog and Magog
are put for remote heathen nations and
their kings, who in like manner are to wat
against the Messiah and his people; Rev.
20, 8.

ie
a
*

γωνία 155

γωνία, as, ἡ, a corner, an angle, 6. δ.
a) Exterior, a projecting corner; Matt. 6,5

ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν, i. e. where:

streets meet, the most public places. Sept.
for 738 Ex, 27,2. (Pol. 1.42, 3. Xen. Lac.
12.1.) So ai τέσσαρες γωνίαι τῆς γῆς;
the four corners (quarters) of the earth, Rev.

Δαβίδ, ὃ; indec. or Ζ αυΐδ, as in Sept.
(Aavidns, ov, 6, Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1,2,) David,
Heb, 773 (beloved), later ™1; pr. n. of

the celebrated king of the Israelites and —

founder of the Jewish dynasty, (r. 1055-
1015 B. C.) renowned for his warlike deeds
as also for his piety and sacred songs. His
history is found in the books of Samuel,
from 1 Sam. c. 16 onward ; also 1 Chr. c.
12-30.—In N. T. pr. Matt. 1, 6. 17. 12, 3.
22, 43. 45. al. Heb. 4, 7 ἐν Δαβίδ, in the
book of David, the Psalms. So ὁ vids
Δαβίδ, the son of David, descended from
him ; 6. g. Joseph the husband of Mary,
Matt. 1, 20; elsewhere only of Jesus as
a title of the expected Messiah, Matt. 9,
27. 12,23. 15,22. 20, 30. 31. Mark 10,
47. 48. al. sep. but not in John’s writings.
Also ἡ ῥίξα Δαβίδ, in the same sense,
Rev. 5, 5. 22, 16; comp. Is. 11, 1. 10.
Hence the kingdom and rule of the Messiah
are in like mannef referred to David; as 9
βασιλεία τοῦ A. Mark 11, 10; 6 Spdvos A.
Luke 1, 323 ἡ σκηνὴ A. Acts 15, 16 comp.
Am. 9, 115 ἡ κλεῖς τοῦ A. Rev. 8, 7; comp.
15. 22, 22 and Matt. 18, 19. +
δαιμονίζομαι, Pass. (δαίμων;) aor. 1
part. δαιμονισϑείς, used in later Greek as
Mid. and Pass. of δαιμονάω, Blomfield ad
ZEschyl. Choeph. 558. Sept. c. Th. 1003 ;
to be possessed with a demon; Philem. ap.
Stob. Ecl. p. 196 ἄλλος κατ᾽ ἄλλην δαιμονί-
Cera τύχην. Plat. Symp. 7. 5. 4 ὥσπερ of
μάγοι τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους κελεύουσι KTA.—
In Ν. Τ΄ 1. ᾳ. δαιμόνιον ἐχειν; to have a demon
or devil, to be a demoniac, to be: possessed,
afflicted, with an evil spirit ; found only in
the Gospels, Matt. 4, 24. 8, 16. 28. 33. 9,

32. 12,22. 15,22. Mark 1, 32, 5,15. 16.

18. Luke 8, 36. John 10, 21 ’ comp. 20. On

the diseases connected with such posse:

sions, see in δαιμόνιον πο. 2.

δαιμόνιον, ov, τό, (neut. of adj. days
vios,) a demon, ie 6
1. Genr. a deity, a god, spoken of hea-

δαιίμονιον

7,1. 20,8. Also. ἡ κεφαλὴ γωνίας, the
head of the corner, see in ἀκρογωνιαῖος, Matt.
21, 42. Mark 12, 10. Luke 20,17. Acts 4,
11. 1 Pet. 3, 7. (0) Interior, for @ dark
corner ; Acts 26, 26 ἐν γωνίᾳ, in a corner,
secretly. So Hist. Sus. 38. Arr. Epict. 2.
12. 17. Plato Gorg. 485. d.

‘

then gods, Acts 17, 18.—El. V. H. 12. 57.
Plut. Theseus 15, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 1.

2. Spec. a demon, genius, e. g. tutelary
and good, like that of Socrates, Xen. Mem.
4. 8. 1, 5, comp. Dem. 415. 29; or also
adverse and evil, Dem. 124. 46. Dinarch.
24. 4.—Hence in N. T. a demon, devil, an
evil spirit, i. 4. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον, an un-
clean spirit, Luke 8, 29. 30. These spirits
are represented as fallen angels, 2 Pet. 2, 4.
Jude 6;.and are now subject to Satan as
their prince, Matt. 9, 34. 25,41. 2 Cor.

. 12, '7. Rev. 12,9. They were held to have

the power of working miracles, but not for
good, Rey. 16, 14, comp. John 10,21 ; to be
hostile to mankind, John 8,44; to utter the
heathen responses and oracles, Acts 16, 17;
and to lurk in the idols of thé heathen,
which are hence cailed δαιμόντα, devils,
1 Cor. 10, 20 bis. 21 bis. Rev. 9,20; comp.
Sept. Deut. 32, 17. Ps. 95,6. 106, 37. Ba-
tuch 4, 7. They are likewise represented
as the authors of evil to mankind; both
moral, 1 Tim. 4, 1, comp. Eph. 6, 12; and
also physical, 2 Cor. 12,'7; espec. by en-
tering into a person, thus rendering him a
demoniac, and afflicting him with various ©
diseases ; e.g. epilepsy Luke 9, 39. Matt.
17,15; ‘oss of speech Matt. 9, 32, con-
nected ‘ae with blindness 12, 22 ; raving
insanity Matt..8; 28 sq. Mark 5, 2 sq. Luke
8, 27sq. Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2. ib. 6.
11. 3. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. p. 538.

_ These evil spirits are spoken of as wander-

ing in desert and desolate places, Matt. 12,
48. Luke 11, 24; comp. Is. 31, 21. 34, 14.
Baruch 4, 35; or sometimes as inhabiting
the air or atmosphere, Eph. 6, 2. 6, 12.
Luke 10, 18, comp. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T.
I. p.'759; or also as confined in the abyss,
Luke 8, 31. 2 Pet. 2, 4. Jude 6. See
genr. Stuart on Angelology in Biblioth.
Sacra, 1843, p. 117-144. We have in
N, T. the following phrases: a) εἰσῆλ-
Sev τὰ δαιμόνια εἴς τινα, demons had
entered into him, Luke 8, 30 comp. v. 38.

δαιμονιώδης

Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 2 τῶν δαιμονίων ἐγ-
καϑεζομένων. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I.
p- 673 ὁ διάβολος οἰκειοῦται αὐτὸν ὡς ἴδιον
oxedos. Ὁ) δαιμόνιον ἔχειν, to have a
devil, to be a demoniac, i. q. δαιμονίζεσϑαι,
Luke 4, 33. 8,27. Said by the Jews of
Jesus, John 7, 20. 8, 48. 49. 52. 10, 20;
‘and of John the Baptist, Matt. 11, 18. Luke
7, 38. c) ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἐκ or ἀπό τι-
vos, to come out of, Matt. 17, 18. Mark 7,
29. 30. Luke 4, 35. 41. 8, 2. 33. 35. 38.
11,14. d) ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια,
to cast out devils, Matt. Π, 22. 9, 34. 10, 8.
12, 24. 27. 28. Mark 1, 34. 39. 3, 15.22.
6, 13. 7, 26. 9, 38. 16, 9. 17. Luke 9, 49.
11, 14. 15. 18. 19. 20. 13, 32. Pass. Matt.
9,33. This was done’ by Christ in his own
authority, and by the apostles in his name,
(Luke 11, 15. 9, 1. 10, 177, comp. Acts 19,
13 sq.) but the Jews charged him with do-
ing it by authority of Satan, who is called
ἄρχων τῶν δαιμονίων, Matt. 9,34, 12, 24.
Mark 3, 22. Luke 11,15. The Jews them-
selves also professed to cast out demons,
Matt. 12, 27. Luke 11, 19; see the form of
exorcism in the name of Solomon, Jos. Ant.
8.2.5. 6) Where the words or acts of de-
mons thus dwelling in persons are spoken of,
Mark 1, 84. Luke 9,1. 42. 10,17. John 10,
21. f) As believing on God, James 2, 19.
Nore. It has been strongly urged by
some commentators, that the diseases refer-
red to above as caused by the presence of
evil spirits, were only such as arose from
natural and ordinary causes ; and that our
Lord and his apostles employed this mode
of expression only in compliance with popu-
lar belief and usage ; just as we now use
the word lunatic without assenting to the
old opinion of the moon’s influence ; see
Wetst. N. Τ' in Matt. 4,24. Winer Realw.
art. Besessene. Yet it would seem hardly
a matter of question, but that the sacred
writers themselves held fully to that same
belief; since Satan and his emissaries are
also elsewhere represented as inflicting phy-

sical evil and disease, Luke 13, 16 comp. —

11. 1 Cor. 5, 5. 2 Cor. 19,7. 1°Tim. 1,20;
.and those possessed are every where said
at once to acknowledge and address Jesus
as the Messiah, Matt. 8, 29. Mark 1, 24.
5, '7. Luke 4,34. See Storr Opusce. Acad.
I. p..53 sq. Neander Leben Jesu, ed. 3, p.
281-312. [Engl. p. 145-150.] Comp. Jos.
Ant. 6. 8. 2. ib. 8. 2. 5.
δαιμονιώδης, €os, ovs, ὁ δ, ἡ; adj. (δαιμό-
nov,) pr. godlike, divine ; in Ν. 'T. demon-
like, devilish, James 3, 15.—Symm. for 78
Ps 91, 6, where Sept. δαιμόνιον.

156

δαμάζω

δαίμων, ονος, ὃ, ἡ: i. 4ᾳ. τὸ δαιμόνιον, a
god, deity, Hom. Il. 1. 222, Xen. Conv. 8.
1.—In N. T. @ demon, an evil spirit, devil,
Matt. 8, 31. Mark 5, 12. Luke 8, 29. Rev.
18, 2: also 16,14 Rec. See δαιμόνιον no
2. So Act. Thom. ἐδ 12, 20, 40.

ddKva, f. δήξομαι, to bite, to sting,
c.acc. Mian. V. H, 14. 4. Xen. An. 8. 2.
18.—In N. T. trop. i. 4. to vex, to thwart ;
c. acc. Gal. 5,15 εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε.
So Arr. Epict. 2. 22 δάκνειν ἀλλήλους καὶ
λοιδορεῖσϑαι. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13.

δάκρυ, vos, τό, α tear, i. 4. δάκρυον q. Vv.
found only in Dat. plur. τοῖς δάκρυσιν Luke
7, 38. 44. Sept. ἐν δάκρυσι for nynta
Ps. 6,7. Lam. 2, 11 rem: 872. ult. Thue
7. "15.

δάκρυον, ov, τό, α tear, 6. g. πᾶν δάκρυον
Rev. 7, 17. 21,45; τὰ δάκρυα, tears, weep-
ing, 2'Tim. 1,43; διὰ πολ. δακρύων 2 Cor.
2,43 μετὰ δακρύων Mark 9, 24. Acts 20,
19. 31. Heb. 5,7. 12,17. Dat. plur. δά-
κρυσι is from τὸ δάκρυ q. v. Sept. τὰ δά-
kpva for 13253 2 K. 20,5. Lam. 1, 3.-- 1}
V. H. 14. 22. Xen. Cie. 10. 8.

δακρύω, f. tow, (δάκρυ,) to shed tears,
to weep, intrans. John 11, 35 ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ
*Inoovs.—Sept. Job 3, 24. Hdian. 6. 4. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 7.

δακτύλιος, ov, 6, (δάκτυλος.) a ring,
pr. a finger-ring, Luke 15, 22; given asa
mark of honour, comp. Gen. 41, 42 and
Esth. 8, 2, where Sept. for myat.—1 Macc.
6,15. Hdian. 3. 8.9. Xen. An. 4. '7. 27.

δάκτυλος, ov,. 6, a finger, Matt. 23, 4.
Luke 11, 46. 16, 24. John 8, 6. 20, 25.217.
Plur. rods δακτύλους Mark 7, 33. Sept. for:
2ax8 Lev. 4,6. Cant. 5,6. So Luc. D
Deor. 5. 4. Xen. Eq. 6. 8.—Meton. ὁ δά-
κτυλος τοῦ Seod, for the power of God, Luke
11, 20; comp. Matt. 12, 28 where it is
πνεῦμα τοῦ 5. Sept. and pdx SaXN
Ex. 8, 15. Ps. 8, 4.

_ Aarpavov4d, ἡ, pr. n. of a city or vil-

lage near Magdala, on the western shore

of the lake of Gennesareth, north of 'Tibe-
rias; Mark 8, 10, comp. Matt. 15, 39.

Aadparia, as, ἡ, Dalmatia, a province
of Europe on the eastern coast of the Adri-
atic sea, forming part of Ilyricum, and lying
south of Liburnia. Hither Titus was sent
by Paul to spread the knowledge of the
Gospel ; 2 Tim. 4, 10.

δαμάξζω, f. dow, (δαμάω.) to overpower,
to subdue, to tame ; c. acc. Mark 5,4. Pass.
James 8, 7 bis. Trop. τὴν γλῶσσαν James

Te ee

>.

δάμαλις

8, 8 ; comp. Ecclus. 28, 18 sq.—Sept. Dan. .

2, 40. Plut. Agesi. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10.

δάμαλις, ews, ἡ, (δαμάω,) a heifer, Heb.
9,13; comp. Num. 19, 2 sq. where Sept.
for 98.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 3.1. Aschyl.
Suppl. 348.

Adpapts, os, ἡ, Damaris, a woman
of Athens who believed under Paul’s preach-
ing ; Acts 17, 34.

Aapacknvos, %,. dv, of Damascus, a
Damascene, 2 Cor. 11, 32.

Δαμασκός, οὔ, ἡ, Damascus, Heb.
ῬΏΒΞ, a celebrated city of Syria, first men-
tioned Gen. 14, 15, and now probably the
oldest city on the globe. It stands on the
river Chrysorrhoas, now el-Barada, (the
Amana or Abana of 2 K. 5, 12,) in a beau-
tiful plain on the E. and S. E. of Anti-
Lebanon, open to the 8. and East, and bound-
ed on the other sides by the mountains. The
region around it, including probably the
valley between the ridges of Lebanon and
Anti-Lebanen, is called in the Scriptures
Syria of Damascus, ptyas DIX 2 Sam 8,
5; and by Strabo, Celesyria, 16. p- 1095. a.
In the days of Paul, the city was so much
thronged by Jews, that according to Jose-
phus 10,000 of them were here put to death
at once; and most of the females of the city
were converts to Judaism; Jos. B. J. 2. 20.
2. At this period the city was properly
under the Roman dominion ; but was held
for a time by Aretas; see in ᾿Αρέτας. It
is still called by the Arabs Dimeshk, but
usually esh-Shadm. See Cellar. Notit. Orb.
II. p. 372. Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. I. ii. p. 284.
Winer Realw. s. v.—Acts 9, 2. 3. 8. 10.
19. 22. 27. 22, 5. 6. 10. 11. 26, 12. 20.
3 Cor. 11, 32. Gal. 1, 17.

Ady, 6, indee. Dan, Heb. 43 (a judge),
pr. n. of the fifth son of Jacob, born of Bil-
hah, and head of one of the tribes, Gen. 30,
6. In the list of the tribes, Rev. 7, 5. 6,
that of Dan is found only in a few Mss.

δανείζω, f. εἰσω, (δάνειον,) to lend mo-
ney, to loan, in N. Τ'. without interest.

1. Genr. and absol. Luke 6, 34 bis, 35;
see in ἀπελπίζω. Sept. for πὴ Dent. 28,

44.—Ecclus. 29, 1.2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 84.

*So ἐπὲ τόκοις Dem. 13. 19.

2. Mid. δανείζομαι, to let lend to one-
self, i.e. to- borrow money, Matt. 5, 42
Sept. and md Neh. 5, 4.—Theophr. Char.
16 (9). 3. Xen. Mem. 2.7.2: See also
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 468.

δάνειον, ov, τό, (neut. of adj. Rowe,
Savos,) a debt, for money lent, Matt. 18, 27.

“

. αὐτοῖς, see more in εὐχή no. 2.

167 δέ

Sept. for πρῶ Deut. 24, 11.—Diod. Sie. 1,
79. Dem. 911. 3.

δανειστής, οὔ, ὃ, (Saveifw,) a lender,
creditor, Luke 7,41. Sept. for mvija 2 K.
4, 1.—H4dian. 7. 7. 7. Plut. Coriol. 5 bis.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 468. —

Δανιήλ, 6, indec. Daniel, Heb, >8227
V. 2823 (a judge from God), pr. n. of the
celebrated Jewish prophet who lived and
wrote at Babylon in the time of the cap-
tivity. Matt. 24, 15. Mark 13, 14.

δαπανάω, &, f. now, (δαπάνη.) to spend,
to be at expense, c. acc. Mark 5, 26; absol.
2 Cor. 12,15. (Bel and Dr. 3. Plut. de Su-
perst. 3. Xen. An. 1. 3. 3.) So with ἐπί
c. dat. to be at expense, charges, upon or
for any one; Acts: 21, 24 δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽
So Jos.
Ant. 19. 6. 1. B. J. ἃ. 15. 1. Wetst.
N. T. ad loc.—In a bad sense, i. 4. to
waste, to consume, c. acc. Luke 15,14; c.
ἔν τινι James 4, 3. So Dem. 1023. 14.
Thue. 7. 47.

δαπάνη, ns, ἡ; (kindr. δάπτω,) expense,
cost, Luke 14, 28. Sept. for Chald. xmpp:
Ezra 6, 4. 8.—Luc. Ep. Sat. 33. Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. 6.

Δαυΐδ, see Δαβίδ.

δέ, a particle put after one or more
words ina clause, and denoting that the
werd or clause with which it stands is to
be distinguished from something preceding.
It thus marks a transition to something else;
whether opposed to what precedes, so that
δέ is then adversative, but; or simply con-
tinuative or explanatory, where δέ may be
rendered but, and, also, namely, or the like.
See Buttm. § 149. m. 9. Kiihner §322. Matth.
§ 616. Winer § 57..4, and 6. n. Hartung
Lehre v. d. Part. I. 156-190.

1. Adversative, but, on the contrary, etc.
a) Genr. and simply ; Matt. 6, 1 εἰ δὲ μήγε.
v. 6. 15 comp. 14. 9, 17. 23, 25. Luke 5,
36. 12,9. 10. John 1,12. 8,40. Acts 4,
4. 9,7. Rom. 4, 4. 5, 8. 6,17. 18. 22.
1 Cor. 7, 2. al. sep. (Plato Gorg. 522. b.)
As introducing an answer implying con-
tradiction, Luke 12, 14. 13, 8. Acts 12,15.
19, 2. (Plato Menex. 246. c.) Sometimes
δέ is repeated in a succession of like clauses,
Matt. 1, 2-17. 2 Pet. 1, 5-7. Ὁ) Aftera

negative, but, but rather ; Matt.6,33 comp. Ὁ

31. Luke 10, 20. Acts 12, 9.14. Rom. 3,
4, Eph. 4,15 comp. 14. Heb. 4, 13. 15.
6, 12. 9, 12. 12, 18. So Xen. kc. 20. 14.
6) Also μᾶλλον δέ, but rather, yea ra-
ther, by way of correction ; Gal. 4, 9. pad

δέησις

λον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ ϑεοῦ. With καί
added, Rom. 8, 84. (Plut. de sera Num.
vind. 17. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 34.) Also after
a negative, δὲ μᾶλλον, but rather, Matt.
10, 6. 28. So Thue. 1. 123... d) Very
often corresponding to μέν in a preceding
clause, pév...d€, indeed... but, though
sometimes not to be expressed in English ;
Acts 9, '7. 23, 8. Rom. 3, 7. 8. 1 Cor. 1,

12. 15, 39. 2 Cor. 10,1. al. sep. See more ᾿

fully in art. μέν. 6) In the apodosis after
ei, where the subject is contrasted with the
subject of the protasis ; Acts 11, 17 ἐγὼ δὲ
ris ἤμην, who then was 13. So Plato Apol.
28. c. Comp. Matth. § 616. 3. Herm. ad
Viger. p. 788.

2. Continuative, but, now, and, further,

and the like. a) Genr. Matt. 1,18 τοῦ δὲ
1. X. γέννησις οὕτως ἦν, now the birth of J.
C. was thus. 2, 9. 3, 1. Mark 16,9. Luke
12,11, 16. 13, 6. 10. 15,11. Acts 6,1. 9,
10.. 1 Cor. 14, 1. 16, 1. 1ὔ, 17. 8]. sep.
Comp. Hdian. 1. 1. 3. Plato Rep. 868. Ὁ.
b) Where something is added by way of
explanation or example, and, namely, to wit ;
Matt. 23,5 πλατύνουσι δὲ ra φυλακτήρια
αὑτῶν. Rom. 3, 22. 9, 30. 1 Cor. 15, 56
bis.. Eph. 5, 32. Phil. 2,8. So in paren-
thetic clauses, 6. g. with τοῦτο dé... yé-
yovev Matt. 1,22. 21, 4. 26, 56; or where
there is a notation of number or time, Mark
5, 13. 15, 25. John 9, 14. Acts 12; 3; or
where some new circumstance is added,
Mark 7, 26. Luke 23, 17. John 6,17. 11,
2. 19, 23. Comp. Plato Gorg. 461. 4ἅ. 0)
Where the train of discourse is taken up
again, after having been interrupted; so
Luke 4, 1 comp. 3, 23. Matt. 8; 4. 2 Cor.
10, ἃ. So Plato Phed. 80. ἀ. Xen. An.
7. 2. 18,19. d) With καί in the sense
of also; hence καί... δέ, and also, see
Buttm. 1. c. Matt. 16, 18. Mark 4, 36 καὶ
ἄλλα δὲ πλοῖα ἦν per αὐτοῦ. John 6, 51.
8,.16. 17. 15,27. Acts 5,32. 2'Tim. 3,12.
Heb. 9, 21. 1 John 1,3. al. So Xen. Cyr.
1.45 96..0} Ὁ :

O€énots, ews, ἧ, (δέομαι,) want, need, Plato
‘Eryx. 405. e; α wanting, asking, entreaty,
Dem. 515, 17. Plato Crat; 329. c—In N.
T. request, supplication, prayer to God ;
Luke 1, 13 εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου. 2, 37.
5, 33. 2 Tim. 1, 3. James 5, 16. 1 Pet. 3,
12; ἡ δ. ἡ πρὸς τὸν Sedv Rom. 10,1. “Also
with ὑπέρ τινος, for any one, 2 Cor. 1,
11. 9,14. Phil. 1, 4 init. | impl. Phil. 1, 4
fin. 19; with περί τινος id. Eph. 6, 18
fin. Joined with προσευχή, which also sig-
nifies prayer, but rather as an act of wor-
ship, Acts 1, 14 Rec. Eph. 6, 18 init. Phil. 4,

‘2 Cor. 11, 30 εἰ καυχᾶσϑαι δεῖ.

158 δεῖ

6. 1 Tim. 2, 1. 5,5; also δεήσεις καὶ ixernpias
Heb..5,.7.. Sept. for 730" 1 K. 8,28. 30;
nan 1K. 8, 45.—1 Mace, 7, 37. Baruch
4, 20... Genr. Hdian, 8. 4. 25. Plato Legg.
768. d.
δεῖ, impers. verb, (δέω,) impf ἔδει, Subj.
δέῃ, Part. δέον ; pr. it is binding on any one,
it behooves one to do, i. e. one must, one ought,
followed by an infinitive ; also in Gr. writers,
it needs, there is need of, c. gen. Pol. 3. 6. 3.

Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 10.—In N. T. only pr. ὦ

behooves, it is necessary, it must needs, one
must or ought, 6. infin. Spoken

1. Of what is required by the nature and
circumstances of the case, the fitness of.

_ things, a sense of duty, or the like. Pres.

δεῖ c. inf. pres. Luke 2,49 ὅτι ἐν τοῖς...
δεῖ εἶναί pe, that I must be. John 3, 30 ἐκεῖνον
det αὐξάνειν, he must increase.’ 1 Cor. 11,
19. Col. 4, 6. 1 Tim. 3, 7; ὁ. inf. aor.
Matt. 17, 10 Ἠλίαν δεῖ ἐλϑεῖν πρῶτον, Elias
must first come. Luke 4, 43. John 10, 16.
20, 9. 1 Cor. 15, 53. Heb. 11, 6. al. (So

| ¢. inf. pres. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4; inf. aor.

Hdian. 1.:1'7. 27.°'Thue. 2. 45.) Subj. ὃ ἔῃ,
after ἐάν, κἄν, c.inf. aor. Matt. 26, 35. Mark
14,31. Impf. ἔδει, it was necessary, he
must needs, John 4,4. Heb. 9, 26. Part.
δέον ἔστι, it is necessary, one ought; Acts
19, 36 δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς ... ὑπάρχειν, ye
ought to be; absol. 1 Pet. 1, 6 εἰ δέον ἐστί,
if need be. So Hdian. 5. 4. 23.—Also of
what is unavoidable, what must in the na-
ture of things take place; with inf. pres.
Inf. aor.
Matt. 24, 6 δεῖ γὰρ πάντα γενέσϑαι. Mark
13, 7: Luke 21, 9. Acts 21, 22. al—Spec.
of what is made necessary by appointment
of God ; ὁ. inf. pres..1 Cor, 15, 25; inf. aor.
Matt. 16, 21. 26, 54, Mark 8, 31. Luke 9,
22. John 3, 14. Acts 9,16. 14,22. Impf.
ἔδει; ¢. inf. aor. Luke 24, 26. 46. Acts 1,
16. 17, 3.

2. Of what is right in itself, or prescribed
by law, custom, reason ; 12 is right or proper,
one must or ought, one should; ὁ. inf. pres.
Luke 13, 14 ἐν ais δεῖ" ἐργάζεσθαι. 18, 1.
John 4, 20. 24. 9, 4. Acts 5,29. Rom. 12,
3. al. Inf. aor. Mark 13,10. Acts 3, 21.
18,21, Inf. impl, Mark 13, 14 ἑστὼς ὅπου
οὐ δεῖ, sc. στῆναι. (Pol. 7. 5. ἃ. Thue. 3.
47; inf. impl, Sept. Job15,3.) Impf. ἔδει,
c. inf. pres. Luke 22,7 ἔδει Svec%a τὸ πά-
oxa. Acts 24,19. 27,21. 2 Cor. 2,3 ; inf.
aor. Matt. 18, 33. 23, 23. Luke 13,16. al.
Inf. impl. Rom. 1, 27 ἣν ἔδει, sc. ἀπολαμβά-
νειν. Part. ra μὴ δέοντα, things not right,
not proper, 1 Tim. 5, 13; so Xen. Mem. 1
2.22.. +

δεῖγμα

δεῖγμα, ατος, τό, (δείκνυμι, δέδειγμα) pr.
what is shown,’ a sample, specimen, Pol.
6. 58. 1. Plato Legg. 718, b—In N. T. an
example, warning, Jude 7; comp. 2 Pet. 2,
6. Comp. Jos. Ant. 8.2.2. 28]. V. H. 6. 12.
δευγματίζω, f. iow, (δεῖγμα,) to make a
show or example of, c. acc. impl. Col. 2, 15.

[Matt. 1, 19.]|—Found only in N. T.
δείκνυμι. and δεικνύω, f. δείξω ; the

' former is the usual Attic form, Buttm. ὁ 106.

n. 5. Ausf. Spr. § 107. n. 8; the latter occurs
Matt. 16, 21. John 2, 18. Rev. 22, 8; also
Hesiod. ’Epy. 421, 472. Ceb. Tab. 4.—To
show, to let see, to point out, to present to
view ; so with acc. of thing and dat. of pers.
Matt. 4, 8 and Luke 4, 5 καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ
πάσας tas βασιλείας τοῦ κόσμου. Acts 7,
3, comp. Gen. 12,1. Mark 14, 15 and Luke
22, 12 ὑμῖν δείξει ἀνάγαιον. Luke 24, 40

sand John 20, 20 ἔδειξεν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας.
Luke 20,24. John 2,18. 5, 20 bis. 10, 32;
acc. simpl. 1 Tim. 6,15. Pass. Heb. 8, 5.
Sept. for TN Deut. 1; 33. 34, 1. 4. (Ceb.
Tab. 4. Hdian. 5. 4. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 33.)
Of things shown in vision, Rev. 1, 1. 4, 1.
17, 1. 22, 1. 6. 8; Sept. and 5894 Ez. 40,
4.—With acc. of pers. and dat. as δεῖξον
σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, show thyself to the priest,
Matt. 8, 4. Mark 1,44. Luke 5, 14; comp.
Lev. 14, 2 sq. So John 14, 8. 9; in vision,
Rey. 21, 9.10. Sept. for O84 Judg. 4,
22. So Hdian. 5. 4. 4. — Trop. a) to
show, to manifest, to prove, as δεῖξόν μοι
τὴν πίστιν σου James 2,18; with ἔκ τινος
ibid. τὶ ἔκ τινος 3,13. So Thue. 1. 37, '74.
b) to show by words, i. q. to teach, to declare,
Ὁ. acc. et dat. 1 Cor. 12, 313 dat. et ὅτι
Matt. 16,213 dat. etinf. Acts 10, 28. Sept.
for S75 1 Sam. 12,23; 72> Dent. 4, 5.
So 6. dat. et ὅτι Hdian: 1. 13. 12. Xen. Hell.
1. 6. 11; dat. et inf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 21.

δειλία, ας, 9, (δειλός,) timidity, fear ;
2 Tim. 1,7 πνεῦμα δειλίας, α spirit of ti-
midity, i. 4. wv. δειλόν. Sept. for ΓΘ" Ps,
55,4.—H<dian. 2. 1.22. Plat. Phaedr. 254. c.

δειλιάω, &, f. dow, (δειλός,) to be timid,
to be afraid, absol. John 14, 27. Sept. for
00% Is. 13,7; MM Deut. 1, 21.—2 Mace.
15, 8 Diod. Bio. 20. 78 init. The com-
pound ἀποδειλιάω is more common in Gr.
writers.

δειλός, ἡ, dy, (δείδω,) timid, -
Matt. 8, 26. Mark 4,40. Rev. 21,8.
Re, Judg. 7,3.—Dem. 405. 18: Thuc.

δεῖνα, 6, 7, τό, gen. δεῖνος, acc. δεῖνα,

some one, such an one; spoken of a person,

’

159

δεισιδαιμονια.

whom one cannot or will not name, Matt
26, 18. See Buttm. ᾧ 78. Herm. ad Vig. p.
21,.704.—Dem. 167. 24. Luc. Pisce. 38.

δεινῶς, adv: (Secvds,) greatly, vehemently,
Matt. 8, 6. Luke 11, 53—Wisd. 17, 3
®schin. 32. 22. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 26.

δευπνέω, ὦ, f. ἡ now, (δεῖπνον,) to dine or
sup, to take the chief meal of the day, Luke
17,8. Sept. for 812 Prov. 23, 1. (Tob. 8,
1. Plut. Symp. 8. 6. 3,4. Xen. Mem. 2.
7. 12.) Spoken of the paschal supper,
Luke 22, 20. 1 Cor. 11, 25; so Jos. Ant.
2. 14. 6.—Trop. i. 4. to eat, to banquet, as
figurative of the Messiah’s kingdom, Rev.
3, 20; see in γάμος no. 1.

δεῦπνον, ov, τό, in Homer breakfast, Il.
8. 53. Od. 9. 311; in Attic writers and in
N. T.. dinner or supper, i. 6. the chief meal
of the Jews, and also of the Greeks and
Romans, taken towards or at evening, after
the labours of the day were over, and often
prolonged into the night, see fully in ἄρι-
στον ; hence genr. a banquet, feast, in gene-
ral; Matt. 23,6. Mark 6,21. 12,39. Luke
14, 12. 16. 17. 24. 20,46. John 12,2. Me-
ton. 1 Cor. 11,21. So Sept. for Chald. ἘΠῚ»
Dan. 5,1. (21. V. H. 1. 26. Plut. Symp.
8. 6. 4 τὸ δὲ δεῖπνον [ὠνομάσϑαι] ὅτι τῶν
πόνων διαναπαύει. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 38.)
Spoken of the paschal:- supper, John 13, 2.
4. 21, 20; of the Lord’s supper, 1 Cor. 11,
20.— Trop. of a marriage-feast, as figu-
rative of the Messiah’s kingdom, Rev. 19,
9; see in γάμος no. 1. fin. Also of heaps
of the slain as ὦ feast for birds of prey, Rev.
19,17; comp. Auschyl. Suppl.:798 ὄρνισι
δεῖπνον.

δεισιδαίμων, ovos, 6, ἡ, adj. (δείδω,
δαίμων.) fearing the gods, religious, pious ;
e.g. the Athenians, comparat. Acts 17, 22
ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς ϑεωρῶ (sc. ἄλ-
λων), more than others; see Winer § 36. 8,
and n. 3. Comp. Pausan. Att. c. 24 ᾿ΑΞη-
ναίοις περισσότερόν τι ἣ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐς τὰ
Seid ἐστι σποὐδῆς. Xen. Ath. 8. 8 καὶ (οἱ
᾿Αϑηναῖοι) ἄγουσι μὲν ἑορτὰς διπλασίους ἢ
οἱ ἄλλοι.---Χοη. Cyr. 8. 8. 58, Ag. 11. 8.
In Gr. writers also in a bad sense, super-

‘stitious, bigoted, Theophr. Char. 25 [16].

Diod. Sic. 1. 52.
δεισιδαιμονία, as, ἡ, (δεισιδαίμων,) pr.
‘fear of the gods;’ then religiousness, reli-

gion, Acts 25,19 περὶ τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμο-

vias.—Jos. Ant. 10. 8. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 70.
Pol. 6. ὅδ. 7. In Gr. writers also in a bad
sense, superstition, bigotry, Theophr. Char.

95 [16]. Pol. 12. 24. 5.

sS

δέκα

δέκα, οἱ, ai, τά, indec. card. num. ten,
Matt. 20,24. Mark 10,41. al. Often put
as a small round number, Matt. 25, 1. 28.
Luke 15, 8. 19, 13. 17. al. So Sept. and
MWS Am. 5, 3.—Rev. 2, 10 ϑλῖψις ἡμερῶν
δέκα, of ten days, for a short time, So Sept.
and M12 Dan. 1,12. + .

δεκαδύο, indec. card. num. twelve, Acts
19, 7. 24,11. So Sept. for MHS DMD
Bx. 28,21; "BE O° 1 Chr. 15, 10.—The
more usual form is δώδεκα, Buttm. § 10.

δεκαπέντε, indec. card. num. fifteen,
John 11,18. Acts 27, 28. Gal. 1,18. Sept.
for πῶ 2M Gen. 7, 20.—The more
usual form is πεντεκαίδεκα, Buttm. § 70.

ΖΔεκάπολις, ews, 4, (δέκα, πόλις,) the
Decapolis, i.e. the Ten Cities, a district so
called embracing ten cities, all except Scy-
thopolis lying in the country east of the
Jordan, and south of the lake of Tiberias.

lying in this region, viz. Scythopolis, Hip-
pos, Gadara, Dion, Pella, Gerasa, Philadel-
phia, Canatha; and adds, with less proba-
bility Damascus and Raphana;_prefixing
indeed the remark, “in quo non omnes ea-
dem observant ;” H.N. 5. 17 or 19. Jose-
phus virtually excludes Damascus, when he
calls Scythopolis the largest city of the De-
capolis ; B. J. 3. 9. 7. Ptolemy compre-
hends the Decapolis in the southern part
of Ceele-Syria, and enumerates the same
eight cities mentioned by Pliny, subjoining
with more probability Capitolias and Adra
(Edrei); and adding also a Gadora otherwise
unknown; Geogr. 5.17. It is not unlikely
that other cities may have joined themselves
later to the original ten, from which the
name was derived. See Reland Palest. p.
203, 458. Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 11.
Winer Realw. s. voc.—In N. T. Matt. 4,
25. Mark 5, 20. '7, 31.

δεκατέσσαρες, wy, of, ai, card. num.
fourteen, Matt. 1, 17 ter. 2 Cor. 12,2. Gal.
2,1. Comp. Buttm, § 70.

δεκάτη, ns, 9, (Sexaros,) for ἡ δεκάτη
pepis, a tenth part, tithe, e. g. of spoils, Heb.
7, 2.4; comp. Gen. 14, 20, where Sept.
for "032. So Diod. Sic. 4. 21. Xen. An.
5.3. 4, 13.—Spec. the tithes, which by the
Jewish law were to be paid both from the
produce of the earth and from the increase
of the flocks, Heb. 7, 8. 9 ; see Lev. ὉΠ, 80.
31. 32, where Sept. for “yn, So Ecclus.
32, 9. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 3.

δέκατος, 7, ov, ordin. the tenth, John 1,
40. Rey. 21,20. Neut. τὸ δέκατον; the tenth

160

Pliny names in the Decapolis eight cities 7

δεξιός

pais, Rev. 11, 13.—Sept. Ez. 45, 11 bis,
Luc. Cronos. 14.

δεκατόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (Sexdrn,) to tithe, to
take tithes of any one, c. acc. Heb. 7, 6, i. q.
δεκάτας λαμβάνειν in v. 9. Pass. to be tithed,
to pay tithes, Heb. 7, 9. Sept. for >
Neh. 10, 38.—A later form for the earlier
dexarevo Xen. An. 5. 3. 9.

Sext os, n, dv, (δέχομαι,) accepted, ap-
proved, acceptable; e. g. a person, Luke 4,
24 οὐδεὶς προφήτης Sexrds ἐστι. Acts 10,
35; a sacrifice, Phil. 4,18. Sept. for Ji"
Prov. 14, 37. Is. 56,7. So Ecclus. 2, 5.
82,7. Hesych. δεκτός - dpeords.—Of time,
propitious, favourable, Luke 4, 19, from Is.
61, 2; also 2 Cor. 6,2, from Jer. 49, 8;
where Sept. in both cases for 7i%7.

Seed fo, f. dow, (δέλεαρ,) to bait, to en-
trap, Pass. pr. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 4.—In N.
T.. trop. to entrap, to entice, to beguile, c
acc. 2 Pet. 2, 14. 18. Pass. James 1, 14.
So Philo de Agric. p. 202. 6. Hdian. 1. 12.
11. Pol. 38. 3. 11.

δένδρον; ov, τό, a tree, Matt. 3, 10. 7,
17. Mark 11, 8. al. Mark 8, 24 βλέπω τοὺς
dv3p. ὡς δένδρα, I see men as trees, i. e. not
distinctly, perh. larger than natural. Sept.
for 72 Gen. 18, 4. 8.—Hdian. 1. 12. 3.
Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7. he

δεξιά, js, ἡ, see in δεξιός no. 2. a.

δεξιολάβος, ov, 6, (δεξιός, λαμβάνω,) pr.
‘one taking the right ;’ hence prob. ἃ guard,
body-guard, referring apparently to some
kind of light-armed troops 5 Acts 23, 23
ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας ... καὶ ἱππεῖς ... καὶ
δεξιολάβους διακοσίους. Sod, ms lh ;
Vulg. lancearii ; Engl. Vers. spearmen.—
Not found in classic writers ; but occurs in
Theophyl. Simoc. 4. 1. Const. Porphyr.
Themat. 1. 1. See Wetst. N. T. in loc.

δεξιός, a, by, right, on the right side or
hand, opp. left. ;

1. Adj. with a subst. expressed, e. g. ἡ
δεξιὰ χείρ Matt. 5, 30. Luke 6, 6. Acts 3, 7.
ap 1, 16. 17. [10, 5.] 13, 16; ποῦς Rev. 10,

2; ὀφϑαλμός Matt. 5, 29 ; ifs Luke 22, 50.
John 18, 10; σιαγών Matt. 5, 39; ra δεξιὰ
μέρη John 21, 6. 2 Cor. 6,7 bea τὰ δεξιὰ
καὶ ἀριστερά, arms for the right and left,i. 8.
of every kind, offensive and defensive. Sept.
for 121 Gen. 48, 14. Ex. 29, 22.—Plato
Rep. 617. c. Thue. 1. 48.

2. Subst. or with a subst. implied. 8)
Fem. ἡ δεξιά se. χείρ, the right hand, Matt. .
6, 3. 27, 29. Rev. 1, 20. 2,1. 5, 1.7.
Sept. for 1.125 Gen. 48, 18. Ex. 15, 12. al,

i

δέομαι

(Hdian. 7. 5. 10. Xen. Eq. 7. 3.) ΡΙατ, Gal.
2,9 δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν ἐμοὶ καὶ B. κοινωνίας, they
gave us the right hand of fellowship, in
confirmation of a pledge or agreement; so

‘1 Mace. 6, 58; comp. Ezra 10,19. Jos.

Ant. 18. 9.3. Xen. An. 1. 6.6 καὶ δεξιὰν
ἔλαβον καὶ Swxa.—Put for the right hand or
side ; in N. T. only in respect to God, as
ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ ϑεοῦ, at the right hand of God,
on his right, the place assigned to the Mes-
siah as that of the highest honour and dignity,
comp. below in b. 8; Rom. 8, 34. Eph. 1,
20. Col. 3,1. Heb. 10,12. 1 Pet. 3, 22.
(Sept. for J"? Ps. 16,11.) Also τῇ δεξιᾷ
τοῦ %. id. Acts 2, 33. 5, 81 ; ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ
Spdvov τ. 3. Heb. 8,1. 12, 2; ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς
μεγαλωσύνης, id. Heb. 1,3. Comp. Xen.
An, 5. 2. 24.

Ὁ) Neut, Plur. ra δεξιά 56." μέρη, the
right parts, the right, in general, e. g. ἐκ
δεξιῶν, on the right, see in art. ἐκ, Matt. 27,
38. Mark 15, 27. Luke 23, 33. Matt. 25,
33. 34. Luke 1,11; ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς Mark
16, 5. Sept. for 135 Gen. 48,13. Ex. 14,
22.29. So Diod. Sic. 1. 47. Xen. Hell. 4. 2.
18, 19.—Spec. in phrases :
τινος εἶναι; to be at one’s right hand, i. e. as
a helper, protector, Acts 2, 25, quoted from
Ps. 16, 8 where Sept. for }7; comp. Ps,
109,31. 8) ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ ϑεοῦ κα-
ϑῆσϑαι Vv. ἑστώς, to sit or stand at the
right hand of God, on his right, as the place
of highest honour and dignity, and ascribed
only to the Messiah ; 6. g. κάϑου ἐκ δεξιῶν
μου, quoted from Ps. 110, 1 where Sept.
for "2°72" 3%, Matt. 22, 44. Mark 12, 36.
Luke 20, 42. Acts 2, 34. Heb. 1, 13; and
so Matt. 26, 64. Mark 14, 62. 16, 19. Luke
22,69. So ἑστὼς ἐκ δεξ. τ. 5. Acts 7, 55.
ὅθ. In like manner ἐκ δεξιῶν rod Χρι-
στοῦ καϑῆσϑαι, to sit at Christ’s right
hand, in a like sense, Matt. 20, 21. 23.
Mark 10, 37. 40. Comp. 1 K. 22, 19; also
2,19. Jos. Ant.8.1.2. +

δέομαι, f. δεήσομαι, Pass. depon. (δέω,)
aor. 1 ἐδεήθην, Buttm. ᾧ. 118. 4; Impf. 3
pers. Ion. ἐδέετο, Luke 8, 38, Sept. Job 19,
16. Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 6; comp. Buttm, §114
δέω. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 220; to need, to
want, c. gen. Hdian. 2. 8. 14. Xen. Mem, 1.
6. 10—Hence in N. T. ,

1. to τοαηϊ οἵ any one, to ask, to make re-
quest, to pray, pr. c. gen. of pers. from
whom one asks; also with an adjunct of
the thing asked for,e.g. a) With ace. of
thing; 2 Cor. 8,4 δεόμενοι ἡμῶν τὴν χάριν
kth. Soc. gen. impl. 2 Cor. 10,2 δέομαι
(sc. ὑμῶν) τὸ μὴ — Sappnoa κτὰ. So

a) ἐκ δεξιῶν -

161 δέρω

Luc. Timon 35. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 1,2. 9)
With an infin. and its clause; Luke 8, 38
ἐδέετο δὲ αὐτοῦ 6 ἀνήρ ... εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ.
Acts 26, 8. So Ail. V. Η. 2. 42. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 5. 4. c) Followed by a direct
clause, Luke 8, 28 δέομαι σου, μή pe βασα-
vions. 9, 38. Acts 8,34. 21,39. Gal. 4,
12; with λέγων added, Luke 5, 12; with
gen. impl. 2 Cor. 5,20. Comp. Sept. for
2M 2 K.1,13. ἃ With iva, Luke 9, 40
καὶ ἐδεήϑην τῶν μαθητῶν cov, iva κτλ.

2. Spec. to pray to God; 6. gen. τοῦ ϑεοῦ
Acts 10, 2; and so with εἰ dpa Acts 8, 22;
with ὅπως Matt. 9, 38. Luke 10,2. Also
δέομαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον, C. ὑπέρ Tivos et ὅπως,
Acts 8,24. With rod Seod impl. Acts 4,
31; and so with εἰς of purpose, 1 Thess. 3,
10; or iva Luke 21, 36; or also περί τινος
and iva Luke 22, 32 ; or εἴπως Rom. 1, 10.
Sept. for }2°17, c. rod Seod Dan. 6, 11;
πρὸς κύριον Job 8, 5; πρὸς τὸν ϑεόν Ps. 30,
9. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4 ἔρχομαι πρὸς
Seovs δεησόμενος.

δέον, ovros, τό, participle neut. of im-
pers. δεῖ; Acts 19, 36. 1 Tim. 5, 13. 1 Pet.
1,63 see in art. δεῖ.

δέος, δέους, τό, fear, Heb. 12,28 in some
Mss. for aidods.—2 Macc. 3, 17. Xen. Ath.
2. 8, 15.

AepBatos, ov, ὁ, of Derbe, a Derbean,
Acts 20, 4.

Δέρβ᾽η, iis, ἡ, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia
in Asia Minor, situated within the confines
of Isauria, Acts 14, 6. 20. 16,1. Perh.
mod. Divlé ; see Hamilton Res. in Asia M.
Il. p. 313. Strabo 12. p. 569.

δέρμα, aros, τό, (δέρω!) a skin, hide, of
an animal, Heb. 11, 37. Sept. for "εν
Lev. 13, 48.—Pol. 7. 1. 3. Ken. Anab. 1.
2. 8.

δερμάτινος, n, ον, made of skin, leathern,
Matt. 3,4. Mark 1,6. Sept. for six 2 K.
1, 8 where see.—Strabo 16. p. 1124. ¢.
Plato Eryx. 400. e.

dépa, f. δερῶ, aor. 1 ἔδειρα ; Pass. aor. 2
ἐδάρην, f. ἃ δαρήσομαι ; to skin, to flay.
Sept. for owiem 2 Chr. 29, 34. Hom. Il
1. 459. Plato Euthyd. 285. d—In N. T. to
beat, io smite, to scourge, pr. so as to take
off the skin; c. acc. of pers. Matt. 21, 35.
Mark 12, 3. 5. Luke 20, 10,11. Acts 16,
37. 22,19. John 18, 23 τί pe δέρεις ; i. 4.
ἔδωκε ῥάπισμα V. 22. 2 Cor. 11, 20 εἴ τις
ὑμᾶς εἰς πρόσωπον δέρει, smiles you in
(upon) the face. With acc. impl. Luke 22,
63. Acts 5,40. So Aquila for 353 Prov.
10,8. Diog. Laert.'7. 23. Plut. Lycurg. 30.

δεσμεύω

—Pass. δαρήσεσϑε, Mark 13, 9; also ce.
acc. of manner, Luke 12, 47 δαρήσεται
πολλάς sc. πληγάς, he shall be beaten with
many stripes. v. 48 δαρήσεται ὀλίγας. See
Winer § 32. 2. n. § 66. 4. Buttm. ᾧ 134. n.
2. Kiihner § 278. n. 3. Comp. Dem. 403. 4
ξαίνειν κατὰ νώτου πολλάς. Xen. An. 5. 8.
12 παίειν ddtyas—For the phrase ἀέρα
δέρειν 1 Cor. 9, 26, see in art. ἀήρ.

deo, μεύω, f. edow, (δεσμός.) to bind,
e. g. a prisoner, 6. acc. impl. Acts 22, 4;
bales, burdens, φορτία, trop. Matt. 23, 4.
Sept. for “ox of a prisoner Judg. 16, 11;
pbx of sheaves Gen. 37, '7.—Of pers. Xen.
Mem. 1.2.50; of things, Judith 8, 3. Plut.
de Lib. educ. 16.

δεσμέω, ὦ, f. how, (δεσμός,) to bind,
i. q. δεσμεύω, 6. g. with chains, Pass. Luke
8,29 ἐδεσμεῖτο dkvoeor.—Aquil. Job 40, 20.
Philip. 45, in Anth. Gr. II. p. 207. The
Atticists refer δεσμέω to the common dia-
lect; Meeris p. 122. Thom. Mag. p. 199,
821.

δεσμή, js, ἡ, (δέω,) a bundle, sheaf,
Matt. 13, 30. Sept. for MIAN Ex. 12, 22.—
Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 61. Plut. Mor. IE. p. 8.

δέσμιος, iov, 6, (δεσμέω,) one bound, a
prisoner, captive, Matt. 27, 15.16. Mark
15,6. Acts 16, 25. 27. 23, 18. 25, 14. 27.
28, 16. 17. Heb. 13, 3. So Paul calls him-
self δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ or ἐν κυρίῳ,
a prisoner of Christ or in the Lord, i.e. the
Lord’s prisoner, a prisoner for the sake of
Christ and his cause, Eph. 3,1. 4,1. 2'Tim.
1,8. Philem. 1.9; and so of other prisoners
for Christ, absol. Heb. 10, 34 Griesb. Sept.
for “ox Zech. 9, 11. 13.—Hian. 1.6.16.
Plut. Philopem. 21. Soph. Ajax 299.

δεσμός, οὔ, ὃ, (d¢w,) a band, bond;
Plur. by metapl. of δεσμοί and τὰ δεσμά,
Buttm. § ὅθ. 6.

1. Sing. of any ligament or impediment
by which a member of the body is lamed, a
band; Mark '7, 35 ὁ δεσμός τῆς γλώσσης.
Luke 13, 16 comp. 11.—Pr. and genr. Sept.
for “iox Judg. 15, 13. Hdian. 8. 4. 11.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 24,

2. Plur. Meris p. 127, δεσμά, οὐδετέ-
pws, ᾿Αττικῶς᾽ δεσμοί, ἀρσενικῶς, Ἕλλη-
νικῶς. Thom. Mag. p. 204, δεσμὰ κάλλιον
ἢ δεσμοί. Yet Plato uses generally of δε-
σμοί, τοὺς δεσμούς, once τὰ δεσμά, see Ast’s
Lex. Plat. 5. ν. a) οἱ δεσμοί Phil. 1,
13, and so prob. elsewhere in the epistles,
Phil. 1,7. 14. 16 [17]. Col. 4,18. 2'Tim.2, 9.
Philem. 10.13 ἐν τ. δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου,
in bonds for the gospel’s sake. Heb. 11, 36

162

δεῦρο

10, 34 Rec. Jude 6. Sept. for “ον Judg.
15, 14; sot Job 89, ὅ. So Hom, Od. 8.
340. Eurip. Bacch. 518. Plato Crit. 6. p.
46.606. b) τὰ δεσμά, in Luke’s writings,
Luke 8,29. Acts 16,26; and so prob. Acts
20, 23. 22, 30. 23,29. 26, 29.31. So Jos.
Ant. 2.5.1. Luc. D. Deor. 15. 3. Plato
once Euthyphr. 10. p. 9. a.

δεσμοφύλαξ, axos, 6, (δεσμός, φύλαξ.)
a prison-keeper, jailer, Acts 16, 23. 27. 36.
—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1. Luc. Tox. 2, 30: Dion
Cass. 1279. 9.

δεσμωτ' ριον, iov, τό, (δεσμόω,) α pri-
son, Matt. 11, 2. Acts ὅ, 21. 23. 16, 26.
Sept. for sno ma Gen. 40, 3.—Dem. 764.
22. Plato Phad. 59. d.

δεσμώτης, ov, 6, (δεσμόω!) a prisoner,
Acts 27, 1. 42, 1. 4ᾳ. δέσμιος in 28,16. Sept.
for ""Ox Gen. 39, 20. —Jos, Ant. 2. 5. 1.
Dem. 764. 22. Plato Rep. 514. b.

δεσπότης, ov, ὅ, 1. @ master, as opp.
a servant, the head of a family, paterfami-
lias, 1 Tim. 6,1.2. 2 Tim. 2, 21. Tit. 2,9.
1 Pet. 2, 18.—Wisd. 18, 11. Plut. Sept.
Sap. Conv. 12 bis. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1.

2. As denoting supreme authority, Lord ;
spoken of God, Luke 2, 29. Acts 4, 24.
Rev. 6, 10; of Christ 2 Pet. 2,1. Jude 4.
Sept. for yitg Is. 1, 24; mins Prov. 29,
26.—Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 1. So “of a king or
emperor, a despot, Hdian. 1.6.4. Xen. Cyr.
1. 3. 18.

δεῦρο, adv. here, hither, i. 6. to this
place or time.

1. Of place, ‘here, hither, Pr. with a verb
of motion, Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 3 ἡμεῖς δεῦρο ἤλ-
Sopev. Xen. An. 7.6.9. InN. T. as an
exclamation or sort of imperative, here!
hither! come hither! and having a Plur.
δεῦτε, which see in its order ; Buttm. § 115.
n. 8. John 11, 48 δεῦρο ἔξω, come forth!
Acts ‘7, 3 δεῦρο εἰς γῆν. Sept. for ἢ
1K. 1, 53. 2K.9,1. So Aristoph. Pac.
1329. Plato Rep. 445. d—Before an im-
perat. δεῦρο, ἀκολούϑει μοι, Matt. 19, 21.
Mark 10, 21. Luke 18, 22. So Sept. and
ayia 2 Sam. 13, 11; “I Judg. 9, 10. 12,
Lue. Vitar. Auct. 15. Plato Crat. 422. c.—
Before 1 pers. fut. Indic. Acts 7, 34 καὶ νῦν».
δεῦρο, ἀποστελῶ σε eis Aly. Rev. 17,1 δεῦρο,
δείξω cs τὸ κρίμα κτὰ. 21, 9. So Sept.
and 9 1 Sam. 16,1. Judg. 19, 11. 13.—
Hom. Il. 23. 485.

2. Of time, now, up to this time ; so ἄχρι
τοῦ δεῦρο (χρόνου), unto this time, Rom. 1,
13.—So μέχρι δεῦρο Plut. Pomp. 24. Thue.
3. 64.

) δεῦτε

δεῦτε, ady. pr. δεῦρ᾽ tre, Buttm. § 115.
ἢ. 8, used as Plur. of δεῦρο 4. v. but only
in exclamations, here! hither ! come hither!
spoken to several; e. g. δεῦτε εἰς, come to,
Matt. 22, 4. Mark 6, 31; δεῦτε πρός, come
to, Matt. 11, 28; δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου, come af-
ter, follow me, Matt. 4, 19. Mark 1, 17; so
Sept. for "=x 155 2 K. 6, 19.—Before
an imperat. or the like; e.g. δεῦτε, ἀπο-
κτείνωμεν αὐτόν, Matt. 21, 38. Mark 12, 7.
Luke 20,14. (Sept. and = Gen. 37, 19.)
So δεῦτε, ἴδετε, Matt. 28, 6. John 4, 29;
also Matt. 25, 34. John 21,12. Rev. 19,17.
Sept. for 135 2K. 7,14. So Wisd. 2, 6.
Plut. Coriolan. 33.

δευτεραῖος, aia, αἴον, (Sevrepos,) ae
ing succession of days, and used only in an
adverbial sense, on the second day; Acts 28,
13 δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν. See Buttm. ὁ 123. 6.
Kihner ᾧ 264. 3.—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 1. Pol.
2.70. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 2.

δευτερόπρωτος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. pr. the
second-first, only in Luke 6, 1 σάββατον τὸ
δευτερόπρωτον, prob. the second-first sabbath,
as pr. n. for the first sabbath after the second
day of unleavened bread connected with
the passover. The paschal lamb was to be
killed near the close of the 14th day of Ni-
san, and was eaten the same evening, i. e.
the evening which was reckoned to and
began the 15th day, Lev. 23, 5. Gr. Harm.
‘p. 211, 212; on the 15th was the first day
of the festival of unleavened bread, a day of
rest or sabbath Lev. 23, 6. 7, and, when
coinciding with the weekly sabbath, called
μεγάλη ἡμέρα Tod σαββάτου, a great sab-
bath or high festival, John 19, 31; on the
morrow of this sabbath, or the 16th of Ni-
san, the sheaf of the first-fruits was to be
presented, Lev. 23, 10. 11; and from this
day, the 16th, were to be counted seven
full weeks to the day of Pentecost, Sept.
ἀπὸ τῆς δευτέρας τοῦ πάσχα, Lev. 23,15. 16.
The sabbath of the first of these weeks was
probably the σάββατον δευτερόπρωτον, being
the first of the seven, but the second in re-
spect to the first day or sabbath of unlea-
vened bread. See Scaliger de Emend. Temp.
6. p.557. Casaub. Exercit. Antibar. p. 272.
Winer Realw. art. Sabbath, fin.

δεύτερος, a, ov, ordin. adj. (δύο,) second,
the second, e. g.

1. In time or order of succession, Matt.
* 22,26. Luke 19, 18. John 4, 54. Acts 13,
83 Rec. 1 Cor. 15, 47. Heb. 8, 7. 10, 9.
2 Pet. 3, 1. al—Sept. 1 K. 15, 25. Fidian.
1. 15. '7.. Thue. 2. 6.

2. In place; Acts 12,10 πρώτην φυλα-

163

δέχομαι

κὴν καὶ δευτέραν. Heb. 9, 8. 7. So Plato
Rep. 523. c.—Trop. in rank or importance,
Matt. 22, 39. Mark 12, 31. So Plato. Phil.
66. a.

3. Neut. adverbially, e.g. 8) devre-
pov, the second time, again, Jolin 3, 4.
Rev. 19, 3; with πάλιν John 21,16. Sept.
for ma3t} Gen. 22, 15. (Pol. 8. 1. 7. Plato
Polit. 260.d.) Also secondly, in the second
place, 1 Cor. 12, 28; so Pol. 2. 139. 6
Plato Phil. 15.e. b) With art. rd δεύ-
τερον, the second time, again, 2 Cor. 13, 2.
Jude 5. Sept. for msx} Gen. 41,5. So
sop. Fab. 5. Thuc.1.131. 0) ἐκ δευ-
τέρου, the second time, again, Mark 14,
72. John 9,24. Acts 11,9. Heb. 9, 28;
with πάλιν Matt. 26,42. Acts 10,15. Sept.
for met John 5,2. So Luc. Amor. 50.
d) ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ, in (at) the second
time, Acts 7, 13. Comp. Luc. Bis, acc. 20
ἐν δευτέρῳ: -

δέχομαι, f. ξομαι, Mid. depon. also perf.
δέδεγμαι with Mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 3.

1. Of things, to take, to receive, to accept,
pr. what is offered. a) Pr. of what one
takes to himself, into his hands, etc. c. acc.
Luke 2, 28 ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας
αὑτοῦ. 16, 6. 7 δέξαι σου τὸ γράμμα, i. 6.
take it back from me. 22, 17. Eph. 6, 17.
Sept. for >3P 2 Chr. 29, 16. 99. So Hom.
Il. 5.227 μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία. Luc. Tim. 34.
Xen. Eq. 7.9. Ὁ) Genr. 6. g. τὴν χάριν,
the gift, i. e. the collection, 2 Cor. 8, 4;
λόγια ζῶντα Acts 7,38; τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν Phil.
4,18; and so ἐπιστολὰς παρά τινος Acts
22, 5, or ἀπό τινος 28,21. Sept. for MP>
Gen. 33, 10. So Plut. Themist. 28. Xen.
Cyr. 1.4.10. 06) Trop. to receive, to ad-
mit, to embrace, c. acc. as τὴν βασιλείαν
τοῦ Seod Mark 10,15. Luke 18, 17; χάριν,
grace, 2 Cor. 6,13; τὸν λόγον Luke 8, 13.
Acts 8, 14. 11, 1. 17,11. 1 Thess. 1, 6.
2, 13. James 1, 21; εὐαγγέλιον 2 Cor. 11,
4; also 1 Cor. 2, 14. 2 Cor. 8,17. 2 Thess.
2,10; acc. impl. Matt. 11,14. Sept. for
mp> Prov. 10,8. So Hdian. 2.3.12. Plut.
Themist. 12. Thuc. 4. 16.

2. Of persons, to receive, to admit, to wel-
come,c.acc. a) Genr. as a guest, friend,
teacher ; so with acc. and εἰς τὸν οἶκον Luke
16,4.9. (Arr. Epict. 3. 26 εἰς οἰκίαν. Xen.
An. 5. 5. 20 eis ras στέγας.) Acc. simply, —
Matt. 10, 14. 40 quater. 41 bis. 18,5 bis. Mark
6,11. 9, 37 quater. Luke 9, 5. 48 quater.
53. 10, 8. 10. John 4, 45. Gal. 4, 14. Col.
4, 10; with ἀσμένως Acts 21, 17; with
μετά c. gen. of manner, 2 Cor. 7, 15. Heb.
11,31. So Hdian. 7. 5. 4. Xen. An. 4. &

δός 164

23; καλῶς δέχ. ib. 5. 6. 2.—Spec. to re-
ceive into heaven, τὸ πνεῦμά μου Acts 7,
59; so.3, 21 ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν δέξασθαι. Ὁ)
Also to receive or admit to one’s presence,
where one is; 6. g. τοὺς ὄχλους Luke 9,11.
With acc. and predicate, to receive as any
thing, q. d. to bear with; 2 Cor. 11, 16 ὡς
ἄφρονα δέξασϑέ pe.

δέω, το need, to want, see arts. δεῖ and
δέομαι.

δέω, f. δήσω, aor. 1 ἔδησα, perf. δέδεκα,
Pass. perf. δέδεμαι, comp. Buttm. ὁ 95. n.
4; to bind, e. g.

1. Of things, to bind, to tie, to make fast,
c. acc. Matt. 13, 30 δήσατε αὐτὰ eis δέσμας.
Pass. Acts 10, 11. Matt. 21, 2 ὄνον δεδεμέ-
νην. Mark 11,2. 4, Luke 19,30. Sept. for
“Wp Josh. 2,21. So Pol. 1. 23. 6. Xen.
An. 3. 5. 10. ib. 5. 8. 24.—Spoken of dead
bodies which are bound around with grave-
clothes; John 11, 44 δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας
ketpiats. 19, 40. ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ἐν ὀϑονίοις.
So δέδεσϑθαι ἕν τινι Xen. An. 4. 3.8.—Trop.
Matt. 16, 19 bis, and 18, 18 bis, ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς
(ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε) ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; ἔσται Sedepe-
νον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς (ὅσα
ἐὰν λύσητε) ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, whatsoever thou shalt (ye shall)
bind on earth, shall be bound in heaven, etc.
Here Matt, 18, 18 refers.to the order and
discipline of the church and to offences
against these ; comp. v. 15-17. It is there-
fore parallel to John 20, 23, where the like
idea is expressed. literally by κρατεῖν and
ἀφίεναι; and hence Matt. 16,19 is to be
understood in the same way. The apostles

as Christ’s representatives are to have the’

power of administering this order and disci-
pline; and whatever they thus do in his
name and through his spirit, he will con-
firm; comp. John 16,13. To express this
idea, Christ here makes use of the later
Hebrew proverbial phrase, “7M “ON, or
mw “ON, to bind and to loose, i. q. to for-
bid and to permit ; while in John 20, 28. he
speaks. without. figure. See Lightf. Hor.
Heb. in Matt. 16,19; comp. λύειν ἁμαρτίαν
Sept. Is. 40, 2.

2.. Of persons, τ bind with chains, mana-
cles, fetters, to put in bonds or confinement
as a prisoner.

a) Pr. and gent. C.,ace. of pers. Matt.
12, 29 δήσῃ τὸν ἴσχυρον. 27, 2: Mark 3,
27, 15, 1. John 18,12. Acts 9, 14. 21, 11
fin. 22,29. Pass. John 18,24. Acts 9, 2.
21. 21,13. 22,5. Col. 4, 3. Rev. 9, 14.
Trop. of Satan as causing disease, Luke
13, 16 comp. 11; see in δαιμόνιον, note.

δὴ

Sept. for ΟΝ Gen. 42, 24. (Dem. 74. 12.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 49.) With acc. of the
part hound; Matt. 22, 13 δήσαντες αὐτοῦ
πόδας καὶ χεῖρας. Acts 21,11 init. With
dat. added, ἁλύσεσι; with chains, Mark 5, 3.
4. Acts 21,33; so Thue. 3. 104.—Also to
be bound in prison ; with acc. and ἐν φυ-
λακῇ Matt. 14, 3. Mark 6,17; absol. Mark
15, 7.-Acts 24, 27. Rev. 20, 2 comp. 3;
with ἁλύσεσι Acts 12,6. Sept. and “Ὁ
2 Κ. 17,4. So Dem. 745. 18. Plato Rep.
579. b.

b) Trop. Pass. perf. δέδεμαι like Pres.
to be bound, comp. Buttm. § 113.7. Kiihner
§ 255. n. 5. a) With dat. of pers. to be
bound to any one, i.e. in the conjugal bond,
Rom. 7, 2 γυνὴ ... ἀνδρὶ δέδεται. 1 Cor. 7,
27; dat. impl. v. 39. So Achill. Tat. p. 41
ἄλλῃ yap δέδεμαι παρϑένῳ. Jamblich. Py-
thag. 11. ὅδ. 8) Acts 20, 22 δεδεμένος
τῷ πνεύματι, bound in spirit, i. e. impelled
in mind, constrained ; comp. 18, 5. 23. So
Pind: Pyth. 3. 96. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 12 δεδε-
Μένους.... ἀνάγκῃ. y) Once of the gospel;
2 Tim: 2,9 ἀλλ᾽ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Seod οὐ δέδε-
ται, i. 6. the preaching of the gospel is not
hindered because I am in bonds.

δή, (ἤδη,) a particle found eight times
in N.'T. put after one or more words in a
clause, and denoting in general what is
sure, certain, settled, known. Its use is to

define more exactly and to render more:

emphatic the word with which it stands,
indeed, truly, surely. See Kihner § 315,
Ausf. Gr. ᾧ 691. Hartung Lehre y. d. Part.
I. p. 245 sq. Buttm. § 149. τη. 28.

1. Genr. indeed, truly, doubiless ; Matt.
13, 23 ds δὴ καρποφορεῖ, who indeed beareth
fruit. 2 Cor. 12,1 καυχᾶσϑαι δὴ οὐ συμφέ-
ρει poi.—Sept. Job 15,17. Hdian. 1. 17. 22.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 21 ὅπερ δὴ καὶ πλείστοις
ἐπιδείκνυται. (ΕΟ. 1. 14.

2. With an Imperat. or Subjunct. it is
emphatic or hortative, indeed now, now, then;
Luke 2,15 διέλθωμεν δὴ ἕως Βηδλεέμ, let

-us indeed now go even unto Bethlehem. Acts

13, 2. 15,36. 1 Cor. 6, 20.—Sept. Gen. 18,
4. Hdian. 1. 4. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 9.

3. With enclitic ποτέ and πού. a) δή
ποτε, indeed ever, or ever indeed, added toa
relative or other word to render it more
general and comprehensive ; Buttm. ᾧ 116.
9. John 5, 4 ᾧ δή more κατείχετο νοσήματι,
whatsoever disease indeed he had. So Luc.
Jup. Trag. 15. Xen. Cyr. 3.2.26. Ὁ) δή
ποῦ; certainly indeed, verily ; Heb. 2,16 οὐ
γὰρ δῇ που ἀγγέλων ἐπιλαμβάνεται. Buttm.
§ 149. m. 81, Kihner § 81ὅ. 2. So Plut.

Phocion 8. Xen. Cyr. 1 5. 12.

ee eI

δῆλος
δῆλος, n, ον, (kindr. ἐδεῖν;) clear, evident,

manifest ; Matt. 26, 78 for thy speech δῆλόν
σε ποιεῖ maketh thee manifest, known. Also

᾿ δῆλον (ori) it is evident, manifest, 1 Cor.

15, 27.. Gal. 3, 11. .1/Tim. 6,.'7.—Luc..\D.
Mort. 25. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 37.

δηλόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (δῆλος.) to manifest,
to make known, e.g. a) Of things nar-
rated, i. q. to declare, to tell; c. acc. et dat.
Col. 1,8. Pass. c. dat. et περί τινος, 1 Cor.
1,11, Sept. for 2°71 Esth. 2,22. So
Hdian. '7.'7. 11. Xen. An. 2.1.1. Ὁ) Of
things future or unknown, to declare, to
show, to reveal; c. acc. Heb. 9, 8 τοῦτο
δηλοῦντος τοῦ πνεύματος. So 6. acc. impl.
1 Cor. 3,13; 6. dat. 2 Ῥεί. 1,14 ; c. εἰς τίνα
καιρόν, for what time, 1 Pet. 1,11. Sept. for
3°55 Ex. 6,3. So Hdian. 2.8.8, Plato Rep.
365.c. _c) Of words, to signify, c. acc. Heb,
12,27 τὸ δέ, ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ... . τὴν perdsie-
ow. So Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 1 τὸν μανασαχὴν λε-
γόμενον: βούλεται δὲ συνακτῆρα μὲν δηλοῦν.

Δημᾶς, ἃ, 6, Demas, pr. n. of a man
who was with Paul at Rome, but afterwards
deserted him; Col. 4, 14. Philem. 24. 2 Tim.
4, 10.

δημηγορέω, &, f. how, (δῆμος, ἀγορεύω,)
to address the people, to harangue, in a pub-
lic assembly ; with πρός c..acc. Acts 12,21.
—Sept. Neh. 8, 4. Hdian. 6. 8. ὄὅ ; πρός

“τινα Plato Legg. 817. 6.

Δημήτριος, ov, 6, Demetrius, pr. n.
a) A silversmith at Ephesus, Acts 19, 24.
38. Ὁ) A Christian mentioned with com-
mendation, 3 John 12.

δημιουργός, ov, 6, (δῆμος, ἔργον ; poet.
δημιοεργός,) one working for the public, a
workman, craftsman, Hom. Od. 17. 383.
Dem. 1123. 14, Plato Rep. 598. Ὁ ; a@ maker,
author, Auschin. 84. 37. Plato Prot. 827. ο.
—In N. T. of God, the author, creator, of
the universe, Heb. 11,10. So Jos. Ant. 7.
14, 11. Plato Rep. 530. a. Xen. Mem. 1, 4. 7.

δῆμος, ov, 6, the people, the public, popu-
lus, Acts 12, 22. 19, 333 εἰς τὸν δῆμον; to

‘people, assembled in the forum, Acts 17,
5..19, 30.—AEl. V. H..2. 1. Xen. Mem. 4.
2. 37 sq.

δημοσίᾳ, adv. (δημόσιος,) publicly, in
public, Acts 16, 37. 18, 28. 20, 20. See
Buttm. §115. 4.—2 Macc. 6, 10. Hdian. 1.
14. 14. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 5.

δημόσιος, ia, ov, (δῆμος.) public, belong:
ing to the public, common ; 6. g. ἐν τηρήσει
δημοσίᾳ, in the public card, common prison,
Acts 5, 18.—Plut. Lucull. 29 fin. ταμεῖον.
Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 16.

165 διά

δηνάριον, iov, τό, Lat. denarius, (deni,)
a Roman silver coin equivalent at first to
ten asses (as its name imports), and after-
wards to sixteen, the as being reduced ;
Plin. H. N. 33. 13... When Greece became
subject to the Romans, and especially under
the emperors, the denarius was regarded
and became current as of equal value with
the Attic drachma, i. e. earlier at 84d ster-
ling, or 17 cents ; later at 74d or 15 cents.
Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. p. 299, 452
sq. Adain’s Rom. Ant. p. 443. Dict. of Antt.
s. v. See fully in ἀργύριον no. 2.—Matt.
18, 28. 20, 2.9. 10. 13. 22,19. Mark 6,
37. 12, 15. 14, 5... Luke:7,.41. 10, 35. 20,
24. John 6, 7. 12, 5. Rev. 6, 6 bis.

δήποτε, δήπου, see in art. δή no. 3.

διά, prep. governing the genitive and
accusative, with the primary signif. through,
throughout ; see Buttm. ᾧ 147. Kihner ᾿
§291. Winer § 51. i. § 53. 6.

‘T. With the Genitive. 1. Of Place,
implying motion through.a place, and put
after verbs of motion, 6. g. of going and
coming, as ἀναχωρεῖν, Matt. 2, 12 δ ἄλλης
ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώρησαν. So with διαβαίνειν, Heb.
11, 29; διαπορεύεσϑαι, Luke 6,15 διέρχε-
o%at, Matt. 12; 43. 19, 24. Luke 4, 30;
εἰσέρχ. Matt. 7, 13 bis. John 10, 1.95; ἐκπο-
ρεύεσϑαι Matt. 4,4; ἔρχεσϑαι Mark 10, 1;
παραπορεύεσϑαι Mark 2, 23. 9,30; παρέρχ.
Matt. 8,28; ὑποστρέφειν Acts 20,3. (Diod:
Sic. 20. 111. Xen. Hi. 2. 8 ὡς διὰ πολεμίας
πορεύονται.) Also dv ὑμῶν ἀπέρχεσϑαι or
διελϑεῖν, i. 6. through your city, Rom. 15, 28.
2 Cor. 1,16. So Xen, An. 4. 8. 1.—With
many other verbs implying motion ; 2 Cor.
8, 18 οὗ 6 ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν
sc. διαγγέλλεται. So after βλέπειν 1 Cor.
13,12; διαφέρειν Mark 11,16. Acts 13, 49;
καδιέναι Luke 5, 19; χαλασϑῆναι 2 Cor.
11,33; ὡς διὰ πυρός sc. σωθῆναι, to be saved
as through fire, i.e. as if passing through
fire, 1 Cor. 3, 15; see in πῦρ no. 1 ult.
So after καϑιέναι Paleph. Fab. 13; καϑιμᾷν
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2 ; διαῤῥύειν Luc. D. Mort.
17. 1; πλεῖν ib. 20. 25 ἄγειν Xen. An.'4.
5. 36; ἐλαύνειν ib. 7. 3. 43.

2. Of Time, e.g. a) Continued time,
time how long, through, throughout, during ;
Acts 1, 8 80 ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα, during
forty days. Heb. 2, 1ὅ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν,
during their whole life. So Luc. Icarom,
24 διὰ πέντε ὅλων ἐτῶν. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 61
διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου. Cyr. 2. 1. 19.—So dia
τῆς νυκτός through the night, during the
night, Acts 23,315 διὰ ὅλης τῆς v. Luke
5,5. (Charit. 1. 5. Xen. An. 4. 6.22 διὰ
νυκτός.) Also less definitely, διὰ τῆς νυ-

δια

κτός, during the night, i. e. at some time in
the night, by night; Acts 5,19 διὰ τῆς v.
ἤνοιξε τὰς σύρας τῆς φυλακῆς. 16,9. 17,10;
comp. Paleph. 1 καταβαίνοντες διὰ νυκτὸς
εἰς τὰ médva.—Hence adverbially, 514 παν-
τός SC. χρόνου Vv. καιροῦ, (written also δια-
παντός,) throughout all time, i. e. continually,
always ; Mark 5, 5. Acts 2, 25. 24, 16.
Rom. 11, 10. 2 Thess. 3, 16. Heb. 13,15;
also of what is done at all stated or proper
times, Luke 24, 53. Acts 10, 2. Heb. 9, 6.
Sept. for ‘72M Deut. 11, 12.) So Diod.
Sic. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 8,4. 5) Of
an interval of time elapsed, after, e. g. Acts
24,17 δι ἐτῶν πλειόνων, after many years,
i. e. many years being through, elapsed.
Gal. 2,1 διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν. Mark 2,1
δι ἡμερῶν sc. τινῶν. Matt. 26, 61. Mark
14, 58. See Winer §51.i. So Sept. for
72 Deut. 9, 11.15, 1.--- 2}. V. H. 18.
41 [42]. Diod. Sic. 5. 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
28 ἥκω διὰ χρόνου.

3. Of the intermediate cause, the instru-
ment or means; that which intervenes be-
tween the act of the will and the effect,
and through which the effect is produced ;
through, by, by means of ; see Winer §51. i.

a) With a gen. of thing, through, by, by
means of. a) Genr. 2 John 12 and 3 John

18 γράφειν... διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος. 1 Pet.
1, 7 διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου. 8, 30 διε-
σώϑησαν δι’ ὕδατος. 2 Pet. 3, 5. Mark 16,
20 τὸν λόγον βεβαιοῦντος διὰ σημείων. John
11, 4. Acts 8, 20. Heb. 12,15. al.
χειρός ν. διὰ χειρῶν τινος, by the hand
or hands of any one, as the instrument with
which he acts; Mark 6, 2. Acts 5, 12. 11,
30. 14, 3. 15, 23. al. Winer ᾧ 67. 2. Also
διὰ τοῦ στόματός twos, Acts 1, 16.. 3,
18. 21. 4,25. (Plato Phaedr. 949. d, ds διὰ
τοῦ ἐμοῦ στόματος... . ἐλέχϑη.) 1 Cor. 14,9
διὰ τῆς γλῶσσης, by or with the tongue. v.
19 διὰ τοῦ νοός pov, through or with my
understanding. 1 Cor. 16, 3 δ ἐπιστολῶν
τούτους πέμψω, these I will send (introduce)
through letters, comp. Winer § 51. i, note b;
and so 2 Cor. 10, 9. 11. 2 Thess. 2, 2. 15.
8.14. 5 διὰ τοῦ αἵματος I. Xp. through
the blood of Jesus, i. 6. his life as an atoning
or expiatory sacrifice, Acts 20, 28. Eph. 1,
7. Col. 1, 20. Heb. 13, 12; and in the same
sense, διὰ τοῦ ϑανάτου τοῦ υἱοῦ Rom. 5, 10.
Col. 1,22. Heb. 2,14 ; διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ
Xp. sc. ϑανατωϑέντος Rom.'7, 4 comp. 1 Pet.
8, 18 ; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph. 2,16; διὰ τῆς
ϑυσίας αὑτοῦ Heb. 9, 26; διὰ τῆς προσφο-
pas τοῦ σώματος Heb. 10,10 ; διὰ παϑημάτων
Heb. 2,10; alsoin ἃ similar reference, 1 Pet.
1, 3 δ ἀναστάσεως I. Xp. 3, 21. 2 Tim. 1,

166

So dca -

διά

10. Gal. 1,12. Rom. 6, 4. ἃ]. Also διὰ
τῆς πίστεως, through or by faith, Rom.
1, 12. 3, 22. 25. 30. 31. Gal. 2,16. Phil. 3,
9. al. sepe; διὰ τῆς χάριτος Acts 18,
27. 15, 11. Heb. 12, 28; διὰ SeAjparos
Seod Rom. 15, 32. 1 Cor. 1, 1. 2 Cor, 1, 1.
al. So of things by or through which one
is hindered: Rom. 8,3 ἐν 6 ἠσϑένει διὰ τῆς
σαρκός. 1 Cor. 1, 21 οὐκ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ
τῆς σοφίας τὸν ϑεόν, i.e. by its own wisdom,
because of it. Comp. genr. Paleph. 1, 2.
Diod. Sic. 1. 31 ϑαυμαστὰ διὰ τῆς πολυχει-
pias κατασκευάσαντες. Bl. V. H. 2. 5 fin.
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6 τῶν διὰ τοῦ σώματος
ἡδονῶν. 8) Also through, i. q. because of,
by reason of, by occasion of ; Rom. 12, 3
λέγω διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς SoSeions μοι. 2 Cor:
8,8. 9,13..Gal. 1,15. 3,18. 4,23. Philem.
22. So Pol. 7. 17. 4. Xen. An. 8. 3. 8.ι. y)
In entreaty or exhortation, through or by any
thing ; Rom. 12, 1 παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν
οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Seod. 15, 30 διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης
τοῦ mv. 1 Cor. 1,10. 2 Cor. 10, 1.

Ὁ) Of persons through whose hands as it
were any thing passes, through or by whose
agency or ministry an effect is produced,
the efficient cause. a) Genr. as τὸ pnSev
... διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Matt. 1, 22. 2, 15.
23. 4,14. Acts 2, 16. al. Luke 18, 31 τὰ
γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν. Acts 28, 25.
Rom. 1, 2. John 1, 17 and Heb. 3, 16 διὰ
Μωῦσέως. Heb.'7,9 δι᾿ ᾿Αβραάμ. ἃ 'Tim. 2, 2
διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων. Gal. 3,19 and Heb. 2,
2 δι’ ἀγγέλων, by or through angels, i. 6. the
giving of the law (comp. Sept. Deut. 33, 2.
Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 3 τὰ ὁσιώτατα τῶν ἐν τοῖς
νομοῖς 8: ἀγγέλων παρὰ τοῦ Seod μαδόντων).
Acts 2, 48.. 4,16. 12,9. Rom. 1ὅ, 18. 1
Cor. 11, 12 ὁ ἀνὴρ διὰ τῆς γυναικός. 2 Cor.
1, 11. 19 bis. Gal. 1, 1. Eph. 3, 10. al.
sep. So through the fault of any one,
Matt. 18, 7. 26,24. Rom. 5, 12. 16. 19.
1 Cor. 15, 21. al. Sept. for Ἔ 172 2 Chr.
29,5. So Hdian. 1. 8. 17. Xen. Gc. 21.
11. Plato Tim. 41.c. 8) Spee. of Christ
and the Holy Spirit, as the agents and
ministers through or by whom the coun-
sels of God are accomplished. Of Christ,
genr. 1 Cor. 15, 57 τῷ ϑεῷ ... τῷ διδόντι
ἡμῖν τὸ νῖκος διὰ τοῦ κυρίου I. Xp. Rom. 2
16 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει 6 Beds... διὰ I. Χ
2 Cor. 4,14 ἡμᾶς διὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ. Acts 8
16 ἡ πίστις ἡ δὲ αὐτοῦ. Rom. 5, 17. 2 Cor
5,18. Gal. 1,1. 4,7. Eph. 1, ὅ." Col, 1, 20
bis. Heb. 2, 3. al. As he through whom
we receive forgiveness of sin and salvation ;
Acts 13, 38 ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρ-
τιῶν καταγγέλλεται. Rom. 5, 1. 2. 9. 11. 17.
21. 2 Cor. 1, 5. 3,4. Eph. 2, 18. 1 Thess

διά 167 bua

4,14.al. As our intercessor, through or by
whom we give thanks ; Rom. 1,8 εὐχαριστῶ
τῷ ϑεῷ pov διὰ I. Xp. ὑπὲρ «rd. 7, 25. Col. 3,

eb. 13, 15. 1 Pet. 2, 5. In exhorta-
tion or command, through or by his authori-
ty, Rom. 15, 30. 1 Thess. 4, 2.. 2 Thess.
3, 12.—Also of the Holy Spirit; Acts 1, 2
ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ πνεύματος
ἁγίου, 11, 28. 21, 4. Rom. 5, 5. 1 Cor. 2,
10. Eph. 3, 16. Heb. 9, 14. 41. y) In
this construction διά may also refer to the
author or first cause, when the authdr does
any thing through himself instead of ano-
ther; e.g. of God, Rom. 11, 36 ὅτι ἐξ av-
τοῦ, καὶ δι αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ πάντα.
Heb. 2, 10. 1 Cor. 1, 9 ὁ ϑεὸς, δ οὗ ἐκλή-
ϑητε. So οἵ Christ, 6. g. as ὁ λόγος and
creator, John 1, 3 πάντα δι᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. Vv.
10. Col. 1, 16 τὰ πάντα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐ-
τὸν ἔκτισται. Heb. 1,3. Comp. Heb. 1, 2.
—Dem. 1234. 14 πάντα 80 αὑτῶν ποιοῦνται.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 14. Hi. 9. 3.

4. Of the ‘manner, condition, circum-
stances, through which any thing as it were
passes, i. e. takes place, is produced.

a) Of manner, where διά with its genit.
may often be rendered in Engl. by a corres-
ponding adverb. Luke 8, 4 εἶπε διὰ παρα-
βολῆς, lit. through a parable, i. e. by means
of, with a parable, παραβολικῶς. Acts 15,
27 διὰ λόγου, by word, i. e. orally. Rom. 8,
25 et Heb. 12,1 δ ὑπομόνης, through or
with patience, i. e. patiently. Rom. 14, 20
διὰ προσκόμματος, i. 6. so as to give offence.
Acts 15, 32 διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ through many
words, with much discourse. Eph. 6, 18.
Rom. 14, 14 οὐδὲν κοινὸν δ᾽ αὑτοῦ, through
itself, in and of its own nature. John 19,
23 δι᾿ ὅλου, throughout. Also διὰ βραχέων,
δύ ὀλίγων, briefly, Heb. 18,22. 1 Pet. 5, 12.
—So διὰ ταχέων quickly Ail. V. Η. 1. 8.
Thuc. 3. 133 δ ἀποῤῥήτων secretly Diod.
Sic. 11. 44. Plato Rep. 378: a; διὰ βραχέ-
ev Luc. Tox. ὅθ. Plato Gorg. 449. ἃ ; genr.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20.

b) Of the condition, circumstances, state
of mind, through, by, in which any thing is
done ; where Engl. often with. Rom. 2, 27
σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβά-
τὴν νόμου. 4.11. 2 Cor. 3, 4 διὰ πολλῶν
δακρύων. 3,11. 5,7 διὰ πίστεως γὰρ περι-
πατοῦμεν κτὰ. 6,7. 8. Gal. 5,13. Phil. 1,
20. 2 Pet. 1,3 διὰ δόξης κτλ. Heb. 9, 12
οὐδὲ δὲ αἵματος τράγων καὶ μόσχων... εἰσ-
ἤλϑεν εἰς τὰ ἅγια. 1 John 5, 6 οὗτός ἐστιν
ὁ ἐλθὼν δι ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, by water and
blood, i. 6. baptism and his atoning death, as
accompaniments of his mission —Symm.
Ps, 55, 12 ὁ διὰ μίσους μοι, Sept. ὁ μισῶν.

Luc. Macrob, 22 συγγραφεὺς διὰ πολλών
μαϑημάτων γενόμενος. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6 διὰ
πένϑους τὸ γῆρας διάγων. An. 2. ὅ. 9.

9) Of the standard by which any thing is
judged, through, by, according to; so with
κρίνειν, Rom. 2, 12 διὰ νόμου κριϑήσονται.
James 2, 12.

II. With the Accusative ; used of place
by the poets, through, as φεύγειν διὰ κῦμ᾽
ἅλιον Aschyl. Suppl. 15, comp. above in 1.1 ;
also of time, during, as διὰ νύκτα Hom. Od.
9. 143, 404; comp. in I. 2.—Usually and in
N. T. of the moving cause, motive, occa-
sion, i. e. according to the signif. of the
accus. that through which one is led to do

‘any act; very rarely of the efficient cause

or means, as in I. 3.b. See Buttm. § 147.
Kiihner § 291. 2. Ausf. Gr. § 605, 2. Wi-
ner § 53. c.

1. Of the moving cause, ‘the motive or
occasion, because of, on account of, for the

sake of.

a) Of an internal motive or emotions
Matt. 27, 18 and Mark 15, 10 ὅτι διὰ φ5ό-
νον παρέδωκαν αὐτόν. Phil. 1,15 διὰ φϑόνον
καὶ ἔριν. Luke 1, 78 διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους
Seov. Eph. 2, 4 and Philem. 9 διὰ τὴν π.
aydarnv.—Diod. Sic. 1. 8 διὰ τὸν φόβον.
Xen. Lac. 4. 6 διὰ τὴν ἔριν.

b) Of external circumstances operating
as a motive, cause, or occasion; Matt. 13,
21 and Mark 4,17 γενομένης δὲ ϑλίψεως...
διὰ τὸν λόγον. Matt. 13,58 διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν
αὐτῶν. 14, 8 διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα
Φιλίππου. ν. 9 διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους. 15, 6. 17,
20, 19,12. 24, 22. 27,19. Mark 2, 4. 27
bis. Luke 5, 19. 8, 47. Acts 4, 21. 10,21.
Rom. 2, 24 δὲ ὑμᾶς because of you, because
of your evil deeds. 3, 25. 8, 10 bis. 20.
15, 15. 2 Cor. 4, 5. 11. 15 bis. Gal. 2,°4.
4,13 δι’ doSéveay τῆς σαρκός, because of
weakness. Heb. 5,12 διὰ τὸν χρόνον because
of the time, i. e. the long time already spent.
v. 14 διὰ τὴν ἕξιν, by reason of habit. 2 Pet.
2, 2. 3,12. 1 John 2,12 διὰ τὸ ὄνομα ad-
τοῦ, for his name’s sake. 2 John 2. Rev. 1,
9. 4,11. 12,11. al. sep. (So Sept. Deut.
15,10. All. V. H, 12. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 7.
ib. 2. 16. Xen. An. 1. 9.22 διὰ πολλά.)
Also ϑαυμάζειν διά τι, to marvel be-
cause of or at any thing, Mark 6, 6. John 7,
22; πιστεύειν διὰ τὸν λόγον τινός to
believe because of the word of any one, John
4, 39. 41; χαίρειν διά τι, to rejoice be-
cause of any thing, John 3, 29; but x. d¢
ipas, to rejoice for your sakes, xs 11,15;
μισεῖσϑαι διὰ τὸ ὄνομά pov, to τὸ Nailed
for my name’s sake, because of the profes-
sion of mv name Matt. 10,22. 24,9. Mark

διά

13, 13. Luke 21, 1'7.—Also where the cir-

cumstance or motive is expressed by the

art. τό before an infin. clause; e. g. inf.
simpl. Luke 23,8 διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν dod περὶ
αὐτοῦ. Heb. 7, 23; with μή, Matt. 13, 5
διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάϑος γῆς. v. 6. Mark 4, ὅ.
6. Luke 8, 6. Pass. Luke 9,7. (Xen. Hi.
1. 37; μή, Mem. 1.3.5.) Or inf. with acc.
of subj. Luke 11, 8. 18, 5 διά γε τὸ shi
χειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταὐτὴν. Acts 4,2.

18, 2. 27, 4. 9.: 28, 18. Phil. 1, '7. Heb. 7,
24. 10, 2; with μή James 4, 2. Pass,
Matt. 24, 12. Mark 5, 4. Acts 12,20. 18,
2. So -Paleph. 2.: Diod. Sic. 2. 16. Xen.

Cyr. 5. 5. 34.—Spec. in phrases with a -
a) διὰ ri, written also δεατί;,,

pronoun :
on what account? wherefore? why? Matt.
9, 11. 14. 13, 10. Mark 2,18. Luke 5, 30.
33. John 7, 45. Rev. 17, '7. al.. Sept. for
ΤΩΡ Num. 11; 11. So Xen. Mem. 3.11.7.
B) διό, for δι᾽ 6, on account of which, and
then as illative conjunct. wherefore, there-
fore, Matt. 27, 8. Luke 1, 35. 7, '7. Rom.
1, 24. 15,'7. Heb. 3, 7. 6, 1. al. So Hdian.
2. 8. 5. Plato Gorg. 518. a.—Strengthened,
διόπερ, on which very account, wherefore,
1 Cor. 8, 13. 10,14. 14,13. Comp. Buttm.
ἡ. 3. So Judith 8,17. Hdian. 1. 1. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.18... y) διότι, for διὰ
τοῦτο ὅτι, pr. on this account that, and then
conjunct. because that, i. q. simpl. because,
for; Luke 2,'7 διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος
ἐν τῷ καταλύματι, because there was no
place. 21, 28. Acts 17,31. Rom. 1, 19. Gal.
2,16. al. Sept. for "2 Zeph. 2,10. So
Luc. Tox. 16. Xen. Mem. 2.1.15. 8)
διὰ τοῦτο, on this account, for this cause
or reason, therefore, referring to what: pre-
cedes; Matt. 6,25 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν. 12,
27. 31. Mark 6,14. Luke 11,19. 49. John
5, 16. 18. Acts 2,26. Rom. 1, 26. 2 Cor.
4, 1. Rev. 18, 8. al. (Paleph. 33. Luc.
Abdic. 1. Xen. An.'7.1.9.) Also as refer-
ring to what follows; e.g. with iva, ὅπως,
that, in order that, 2 Cor. 13,10 διὰ τοῦτο
ταῦτα ἀπὼν γράφω, ἵνα κτὰ. 1 Tim. 1, 16.
Philem. 15. Heb. 9,15; inverted,.John 1,
31. With ὅτι, because, John 5,16..18. 8,
47. 10, 17. 12, 18. 39. 1 John 3, 1; in-
verted, John 15,19. So c. ἵνα Aschin.
W3) 1.

2. Rarely of the efficient cause or means,
through, i. e. because of, by reason of, as in
I. 3.b. Soc. ace. of pers. John 6, 57 bis,
ἐγὼ ζῶ dia τὸν πατέρα... καὶ ἐκεῖνος ζήσε-
ται δὲ ἐμέ. With ace. of thing, Rev. 13, 14
καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς διὰ

: τὰ σημεῖα ἃ κτὰ. See Winer § 53. c.—Hom.
Od. 8. 520 νικῆσαι δι’ ᾿Αϑήνην. ΔΒΟΒίη. 48.

168

διάβολος

14: Xen. Mem. 3. 8, 1δὅ.. An.'7.'7.'7. 215.
chyl. Sept. c. Th. 579 [561] λέγει δὲ τοῦτ᾽
ἔπος διὰ στόμα.

Nore. In composition διά retains its
general signification, through, throughout,
e.g. a) Of space, through, over, Lat.
trans; as διαβαίνω, διαπλέω. Ὁ) Of time,
duration; as διαγίνομαι, διαμένω, Svavure-
pevo. 0) Of substance, through, through-
out, permeating and intermingling with it;
as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος ; not in N. T,
d) It marks the action of a verb as directed
through any thing, or between its parts, so
as to divide and separate them, Lat. dis; as
διαλείπω, διαμερίζω; διαῤῥήγνυμι. 6) Ina
distributive or mutual sense, of persons,
throughout all, among or to all; also among
or with one another; as δια μέλλω, διαδί-
δωμι, διαλαλέω, διαλέγομαι. f) Intens.
through to the end, throughout, quite, com-
pletely, thus strengthening the idea of the
simple verb; as ee rs διαβλέπω, δια-
γινώσκω. hi

διαβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (Baive,) 1. to
pass through, c. acc. τὴν θάλασσαν Heb.
11, 29. Sept. for "29 Gen. 31, 21.—Jos.
Ant, 7.9. Π τὸν “fopddany. Hian, 4.11.3.
Xen. Venat. 5. 16.

2. Intrans. to pass through or over to a
place; with εἰς c. acc. Acts 16, 9; πρός C.
acc. Luke 16,26. Sept. for "39, ο. es
1 Sam. 26,13 ; πρός 14, 8.—So c. εἰς Xen.
An. 7. 2.9; πρός Thuc. 7. 82.

διαβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to throw
over or .across, to transport, c. acc. Hdot. 5.
33. Thuc. 2, 83.—In N. T. like Lat. tra-
duco,;.pr. to lead or give over to any one;
hetice trop. to report, to traduce, to accuse;
Pass. c. dat. Luke 16, 1 οὗτος διεβλήϑη
αὐτῷ ὡς κτὰ. Sept. c. acc. et dat. Dan. 3,
8. So Hdian. 5. 6.1 διαβληϑέντας αὐτῷ ὡς
κτλ. Thue. 5, 46.

διαβεβαιόομαι, οὔμαι, f. ὠσομαι, Mid.
depon. (διά intens. βεβαιόω,) pr. to make
quite firm ; hence to affirm strongly, ὁ. περί
τινος 1 Tim. 1,7. Tit. 3, 8.—Pol. 12. 12. 6.
Dem. 220. 4:

διαβλέπω, f. ψω, (διά intens. βλέπω,)
to look intently, Plato Phed. 37. p. 86. d.—
In N. T. to see thoroughly, clearly, c. inf.
Matt. 7, 5. Luke 6, 42.

διάβολος, ov, 6, ἡ, (διαβάλλω,.) α tra-
ducer, accuser, slanderer, 1 Tim. 3,11. 2
Tim. 3,3. Tit.2,3, Sept. for sg Esth,
7;4.. So Plut. de Adulat. 17. Xen. Ag.
11. 5.—Spec. ὁ. art. ὁ διάβολος, the de-
vil, the accuser, i.q. 2%, 6 Σατανᾶς, Satan,

Ὲ f=

σαν ΟὖϑΥν

6 TENE λοι, ΘῈΣ

διωγγέλλω
the prince of the fallen angels, ὁ ἄρχων τῶν

δαιμονίων Matt. 9,34. According to the

tater Hebrews, he acts as the accuser and
calumniator of men before God, Job 1,7. 12.
Zech. 3,1.2, comp. Rev. 12,9. 10 ; seduces
them to sin, 1 Chr. 21,1; and is the author
of evil, both physical and moral, by which
the human race is afflicted; see in δαιμό-
νιον no.2. In Ν, T. ὁ διάβολος appears as
the constant enemy of God, of Christ, of the
divine kingdom, of the followers of Christ,
and of all truth; full of falsehood and ma-
lice, and exciting and seducing to.evil in all
possible ways ; Matt. 4,1. 5. 8.11. 13, 39.
25, 41. Luke 4, 2. 8. 5. 6. 13. 8, 12, John
13,2. Acts 10,38. Eph. 4,27. 6,11. 1 Tim.
3,6. 7. ἃ Tim. 2,26. Heb. 2,14. James
4,7. 1 Pet. 5,8. 1 John 3, 8 bis. Jude 9.
Rey. 2,10. 12, 9. 12: 20, 2. 10. Hence
1 John 3,8 ἐκ τοῦ δ: ἐστίν, he is of the de-
vil, is like him, belongs to him. So ra
τέκνα τοῦ δ. v. 10, and υἱὲ διαβόλου Acts

.18, 10, the children (son) of the devil, i. e.

like him, doing his commands. John 8, 44.
Sept. for quan 1 Chr. 21,1. Job 1, 6 sq.
Zech. 3,1. 2. So Wisd. 2,24. Test. XII
Patr. p. 672, 691.—Meton. once, John 6,70
καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν, and one of
you isa devil,i. q. vids διαβόλου Acts 18,
10; comp. Matt. 16, 23. Mark 8, 88,

διαγγέλλω, f. γελῶ, (διά intens. dy-

γέλλω,) to announce fully, i. e. generally,
every where, to publish, to declare; Ο. acc.
Luke 9, 60. Pass. Rom. 9,17. Sept. for
"BO Ex. 9, 16. So Dem. 163. 8. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 36.—Also to announce, io give
notice, publicly, c. acc. Acts 21,26. So
Hdian. 2. 5. 5. Xen. An, 1. 6. 2.

διάγε, Luke 11, 8; see in γέ no. 1. a

διαγίνομαι; (γίνομαι q. v.) to become or
to be through all time, i. e. continually, al-
ways, 2 Macc. 11,26. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 5.—
In N. T. aor. 2 διεγενόμην, of time, to be
through, to be past, particip. Mark 16, 1 καὶ
διαγενομένου τοῦ σαββάτου. Acts 25, 13.
27,9. So Hdian. 1. 10. 1. Pol. 9. 19.7.

διαγινώσκω, f. γνώσομαι, (γινώσκω,
to know through and through, fully, accu-
rately, Sept. Deut. 2,7. Xen. Mem. 8. 1.
9.—In N. T. in a judicial sense, to know
thoroughly, to inquire into fully, ¢. acc.
Acts 23, 15. 24,22. So Dion. Hal. Ant,
2.14. Thue. 6, 29.

διαγνωρίζω, f. ἰσω, (γνωρίζω, to ‘make
known throughout all places, every where,
to tell abroad, to publish, ¢. περί τινος Luke
2, 17.

109.

διαζώννυμι

διάγνωσις, ews, 7, (διαγινώσκω,) pr.
‘full knowledge ; in N. T. in a judicial
sense,. examination, trial, Acts 25, 21.—
Diod. Sic. 1. 60. Plato Legg. 936. a. ἡ

διαγογγύζω, f. too, (γογγύζω 4. v.)
to murmur through the whole time, con-
tinually, to keep murmuring, absol. Luke
15,2. 19,7. Sept. for jb Ex. 15, 24.—
Ecclus. 24, 34. Heliodor. 7. 27. See Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 358.

διωγρηγορέω, ὦ, f. how, (γρηγορέω,)
to wake through the night, to keep awake,
Hdian. 3. 4. 8.—In N. T. to be fully awake,
Luke 9, 32.

διάγω, f. ἕξω, (ἄγω,) to lead or bring
through or over, Sept. for ssa 2 Sam,
12,31. Wisd. 10,18. Xen. An. 2. 4. 28.—

| InN. T. of time, to bring through, i. e. to

lead, to pass, 6. acc. ἡσύχιον βίον 1 Tim. 2,
2. With τὸν βίον impl. i. q. to live, ἔν τινι
Tit. 3,3. So ὃ. τὸν βίον Al. H. An. 16.
23. Xen. Hi. 7.10; 8050]. 6. ἔν τινι Plut.

-Timol. 3. Xen. Venat. 12. 15.

διαδέχομαι, f. δέξομαι, Mid. depon.
(S€xopat,) to receive through a series of per-
sons, to receive by succession, to succeed to;
c. acc. Acts 7,45 ἣν [oxnvijy)...duade-
Edpevot of warepes.—Hdian. 4. 2, 20. Diod.
Sic. 11.7.

διάδημα, aros, τό, (διαδέω,) pr. “ some-
thing bound quite around ;’ hence a diadem,
the symbol of royal dignity, Rev. 12, 3.
13, 1. 19, 12. Sept. for “mp Esth. 1,11;
Hm Is. 62, 3—Hdian. 6. "2. 8. Xen. 8.
3. 13.

διαδίδωμι, f. δώσω, (δίδωμι,) to give or
deliver over through various hands, i. e.

1. to deliver over as toa sere sie c. acc.
Rev, 17,13 Rec. τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτῶν τῷ
ϑηρίῳ διαδιδώσουσιν. Others here read
simpl. d:déaow.—Thuc. 1. 76. Plato Rep.
328. a.

2. to deal out, to distribute, with acc. of
thing and dat. of pers. Luke 18, 22 πάντα

εὐ διάδος πτωχοῖς. John 6,11; dat. impl.
Luke 11, 22. Pass. 6. dat. Acts 4, 35.—
Pol. 8. 76. 13. ‘Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10, 11.
διάδοχος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, (διαδέχομαι;) a suce
cessor in office, Acts 24, 27.—Ecclus. 46, 1.
Hdian. 3. 2. 6. Thue. 8, 115.
διαξζώννυμι, f. ζώσω, (ζώννυμι,) to gird
quite around, i. 6. firmly, tightly ; ; with ace.
of pers. John 13, 4 διέξωσεν ἑαυτόν. Pass.
perf. v. 5. Mid. to gird tightly around one-

self, with acc. of garment, John 21, '7; see

in dvafovvypt.—Sept. Ez. 23, 15. Lue
Quom, Hist. conser. 3. Thue. 1. 6

3

διαϑήκη

διαϊδήκη, ns, ἧ, (διατίϑημι,) pr. “ἃ dis-
position, arrangement.’ Hence

1. Of a testamentary disposition, @ testa-
ment, a will, Heb. 9, 16. 17.—Plut. de

Adulat. 28. Dem. 1136. 12. Plato Legg.
922. c. 923. c, e. So usually in Greek
writers.

2. a covenant, i.e. a mutual arrangement,
embracing mutual promises on mutual con-
ditions ; Gal. 3,15. Sept.and mea 1 Sam.
18, 3. 23, 18. al. sep. So Aristoph. Av.
[434] 439. Suidas, διαθήκη " συνϑδήκη.----
Spec. in N. T. of God’s covenants with
men, i. e. the divine promises on condition
of obedience, viz.

a) The Abrahamic covenant, confirmed
also to the other patriarchs, of which cir-
cumcision was the sign; see Gen. 15, 1-18.
17, 1-19. So Luke 1, 72 comp. 78. Acts
3, 25. Gal. 3,17; called also ἡ δια. περι-
τομῆς, Acts 7,8. Sept. and mia Gen. 15,
18. 17, 2. 4. al—Comp. 2 Mace. 8, 15.

b) The Mosaic covenant, entered into at
Mount Sinai, with sacrifice and the blood
of victims; see Ex. 24, 3-12. Deut. 5, 2.sq.
where Sept. for mya. So Heb. 8, 9 bis.
9,20; called also ἡ πρώτη διαθήκη, the first
᾿ covenant, i. e. the old or Jewish dispensa-
tion, in antithesis to the gospel, Heb. 9, 15.
Heb. 9, 4 bis, τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς διαθήκης...
καὶ ai πλάκες τῆς ὃ. the ark which was the
symbol of God’s presence under the Mosaic
covenant, and the tables of the law which
the people had covenanted to obey. Rev. 11,
19, comp. Heb. 8, 5. (So Sept. and ma
Num. 10, 33. Deut. 9,9.11.) The Mosaic
covenant was strictly the renewal or con-
firmation of the Abrahamic; hence Paul

uses the plural διαθῆκαι, Rom. 9, 4. Eph.

2, 12.—Meton. the ancient covenant being
contained in the Mosaic books; διαθήκη is
put for the book of the covenant, the Mosaic
writings, the law, Heb. min; 2 Cor. 3, 14
ἀνάγνωσις τῆς παλαιᾶς ὃ. "Sept. and nn
Deut. 4, 13. So Ecclus. 24, 23 βίβλος
διαϑήκης.--Εδτ Gal. 4, 24 see in lett. ο.

c) The new covenant, promised of old
and sanctioned by the blood of Christ, the
gospel dispensation; comp. Jer. 31, 31 sq.
where Sept. for moa. So Heb. 8, 10 et
10, 16 et Rom, 11, 27, quoted from Jer, 31,
33. 34, comp. Is. 27,9, Heb. 10,29; called
also νέα ὃ. Heb. 12, 243; καινὴ δ. ‘Matt. 26,
28. Mark 14, 24. Luke 22, 20. 1 Cor. 11,
25. 2 Cor. 3, 6. Heb. 8,8. 9,155 κρείττων
ὃ. Heb. 7, 22. 8, 63 ὃ. αἰώνιος 13, 20; ὃ.
δευτέρα (impl.) 8, 7. Hence, Gal. 4, 24

δύο διαϑῆκαι, the two covenants, the old and
the new.

170

‘20, 28 bis. Mark 10, 45 bis.

διακονέω

διαίρεσ. ἐφ, ews, ἧ; (διαιρέω.) division, act
of dividing, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 55.—In Ν. Τ''
distinction, difference; 1 Cor. 12, 4. 5. 6.
διαιρέσεις, diversities, ot classes of
gifts, etc. Sept. for. np> 2 of the classes
or sections of the priests, 2 Chr. 8, 14. Ezra
6,18. So Diod. Sic. 2. 31 διαίρεσις τῶν
χρόνων. Plato Soph. 267. b.

διαιρέω, @, aor. 2 διεῖλον, (διά οἵ sep.
aipéw,) to take apart, to separate, to divide
into parts, Sept. for "M2 Gen. 15, 10. al.
Luc. D. Mort. 16. 8. Plato Soph. 221. 6.
—In N. T. to divide out, to distribute, c. acc.
et dat. Luke 15,12. 1 Cor. 12,11. Sept,
for P27} Josh. 18, 5. So Plut, Am. Paul.
16. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 51.

SuaxaSapife, f. ἰσω, (xadapite,) Att.
fut. -ιῶ, Buttm. ᾧ 9ὅ. 7, and n. 14; 10 cleanse
thoroughly, c. acc. Matt. 3, 12 et Luke 3,
17 τὴν ἅλωνα, by throwing up the grain
against the wind with a fork, τὸ πτύον;
hence i. q. λικμᾷν τὴν ἅλωνα Ruth 3, 2.

See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 277.—Comp.

dtaxaSaipew τὴν ἅλω, Alciphron. 3. 26.

διακατελέγχομαι, f. Eoua, Mid. de-
pon. (διά intens. xarehéyx@,) to confute ut-
lerly, c. dat. Acts 18, 28.

διακονέω, ὦ, f. now, (διάκονος,) impf.
διηκόνουν, aor. 1 διηκόνησα, Pass. aor. 1 den-
κονήϑην ; for the augm. see Buttm. § 86. n.
4.—To wait or attend upon, to minister, tc
serve. ᾽

1. Of persons, to watt upon, to serve any
one, pr. with dat. of pers. a) Genr. asa
master or guest; Matt. 8, 15 καὶ διηκόνει ad-
τοῖς. Mark 1, 31. Luke 4, 39. John 12, 26
bis. Philem. 13; absol. Luke 22, 26. Matt.
(Dem. 362.
ult. διακονεῖν δεσπότῃ. Plut. Symp. 1. ‘10.
2 ἡ διακονοῦσα. Xen. Cyr. 8.3.8.) Spec.
of those who wait at table, c. dat. Luke 12,
37. 17, 8; absol. Luke 10, 40. 22, 27 bis.
John 12,2. So Diod. Sic. 5. 28, 40. Xen.
An. 4. 5. 33. Ὁ) In a wider sense, fo mi-
nister to the wants of any one, to supply
one’s . wants, e. g. food, clothing, c. dat.
Matt. 4, 11. 25, 44. Mark 1, 13; Matt. 27,
55.. Mark 15, 41; also with ἀπό c. gen.
Luke 8, 3 διηκόνουν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῶν imapxdv-
tev αὑταῖς. So by means of alms collected
by the churches, the distribution of alms,
Rom 15, 25. Heb, 6, 10 bis. 1 Pet. 4, 11.
c) Also to be the attendant or minister of
any one; as Timothy and Eratosthenes are
said to be διακονοῦντες τῷ Παύλῳ Acts
19, 22. Comp. Heb. 0% Josh. 1, 1. Ex.
24, 13; where Sept. ὑπουργός and παρε-
στηκώς.ς 64) In the primitive church, to

/

ite ee ee Ss τ

rig ee SAE ee er ae

διακονιὰ ; 171

fill the office of a διάκονος, to perform the du-
ties of a deacon, i. e. to have charge of
the sick and the poor, absol. 1 Tim. 3, 10.
13.

2. In respect to things ; to minister any
thing to any one, to administer, to provide ;
c. acc. of thing, 2 Tim. 1,18 ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ
διηκόνησε. Pass. 2 Cor. 3, 3 ἐπιστολὴ Χρι-
στοῦ dtaxomSeica id’ ἡμῶν, ministered by
us, i. e. written by our aid or ministry, by
us. (Anacr. 9. 14 ᾿Ανακρέοντι διακονῶ το-
σαῦτα. Theophr. Char. 2.4.) Also to mi-
nister any thing to one’s wants ; 6. eis, 1 Pet.
4, 10 εἰς ἑαυτοὺς [i. q. εἰς ἀλλήλους] αὐτὸ
διακονοῦντες, comp. v. 11. So of alms, χά-
pts, collected by the churches, to adminis-
ter, to distribute, Pass. 2 Cor. 8, 19. 20.
(Comp. Lucian. Asin. 53.) Spoken of pro-
phets who minister, i. e. announce, deliver
the divine message, c. acc. et dat. 1 Pet. 1,
12; so Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 6.—Once with dat.
of thing, Acts 6, 2 διακονεῖν τραπέζαις, to
serve tables for the poor, comp. v. 1; i. 6. to
have charge of the alms and the supply of
the poor. So Heliodor. 5. p. 218 ; comp.
ministrare velis Virg. Ain. 10. 218, where
see Heyne’s note.

διακονία, as,%),(Stdxovos,) 1. attendance,
ministry, service, Θ. g.as towards a guest, at
table or in hospitality, Luke 10, 40. 1 Cor.
16, 15. So Xen. Cie. 7. 41.—Also genr. as
to a friend or master, 2 Cor. 11, 8. 2 Tim.
4, 11. Heb. 1, 14. So Plut. de Adulat. 3.
Thue. 1. 133.

2. Spec. ministry, ministration, in the
offices and duties of religion. a) Chiefly
of apostles and teachers ; Acts 1, 17. 25. 6,
4 διακ. Tod λόγου. 20,24. 21, 19. Rom. 11,
13. 1 Cor. 12,5. 2 Cor. 3, 8 ἡ 8. τοῦ πνεύ-
ματος. v.99 ὃ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης. 4, 1. 5, 18
ἡ ὃ. τῆς καταλλαγῆς. 6, 3. Eph. 4, 12. Col.
4,17. 1 Tim. 1,12. 2 Tim. 4, 5. Also by
antith. spoken of the ministration of the old
dispensation, ἡ ὃ. τοῦ Savdrov Vv. τῆς κατα-
κρίσεως 2 Cor. 8, 7.9. Once of the office
of a διάκονος 4. v. the administration of the
external affairs of the church, Rom. 12, 7
bis ; comp. Acts 6, 1 sq. Comp. genr. Plut.
Aristid. 21. Plato Rep. 37l.¢. Ὁ) In re-
lation to the sick or the poor, minisiry, ser-
vice, spec. in collecting and distributing alms
and contributions, Acts 6,1. 12, 25 comp.
11, 30. Rom. 15, 31 ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς
Ἱερουσαλήμ, comp. v.26. 2 Cor. 9,12. Rev.
2, 19.—Meton. i. 4. aid, relief, Acts 11,29 εἰς
διακονίαν πέμψαι. 2 Cor. 8, 4. 9, 1. 13. So
Act. Thom. 56 ἐκόμισαν χρήματα πολλὰ εἰς
διακονίαν τῶν χηρῶν.

διακρινω

διάκονος, ov, 6, ἡ, @ waiter, attendant,
servant, minister. Usually derived from διά, ἡ
κόνις, ‘ one dusty from running,’ comp. ἐγκο-
νέω ; better with Buttmann from an obsol. ἡ
διάκω or διήκω, to run, to hasten, kindr. with
διώκω ; pr. ‘a runner, messenger.’ Buttm.
Lexil. I. p. 218-221.

1. Pr. of those who wait on guests or at
table, a waiter, attendant ; John 2, 5. 9.—
Pol. 31. 4. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 5.2. Among
the Greeks, of διάκονοι were a higher class
than of δοῦλοι ; so Athen. 10. p. 192. b,
δοῦλος οὐδεὶς ἦν ὁ διακονήσων, GAN of νέοι
τῶν ἐλευϑέρων ὠνοχόουν. Comp. Xen. ]. ο.
Buttm. Lexil. I. p. 220.

2. Genr. and with a gen. of the master
or person served, a minister, servant ; Matt.
20, 26. 23, 11. Mark 9, 35. 10,43. So
Luc. Mere. cond. 26. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 8.—
Also a servant, attendant of Christ, a disci-
ple, John 12, 26; of a king, Matt. 22, 13;
and so ϑεοῦ διάκονος, the servant or minister
of God, Rom. 13, 4 bis. Sept. for ΓΟ
Esth. 2, 2. 6, 8. '

3. Spec. in relation to the gospel and to
the church, a minister, a teacher,e.g. a)
With gen. of pers. for whom one ministers ;
80 διάκονος τοῦ Seod 1 Cor. 3, 5. 2 Cor. 3,
6. 6,4. 1 Thess. 3, 2; διάκ. rod Χριστοῦ
2 Cor. 11, 23. Col. 1,'7; δ. ἐν κυρίῳ Eph.
6,21. Col. 4,7; 8. τῆς ἐκκλησίας Col. 1, 25.
Also by antith. διάκονος rod σατανᾶ 2 Cor.
11, 15, comp. v.14. Ὁ) With gen. of the
thing to be done or promoted by one’s ser-
vice and ministry ; Rom. 15, 8 διάκονος πε-
ριτομῆς, α minister of circumcision, i. 6. to
the Jews. 2 Cor. 11, 15 διάκ. δικαιοσύνης.
Gal. 2, 17. Eph. 8, 7. Col. 1,23. ὁ) An
officer in the primitive church, one who has
charge of the alms and money of the church,
an overseer of the sick and the poor, an almo-
ner, Phil. 1,1. 1 Tim. 3, 8. 12. 4, 6; see
Acts 6, 1-6. Also of a female, ἡ διάκονος,
who had charge of the female sick and
poor, Rom. 16, 1.—Hence the English word
deacon, but in a different sense.

διακόσιοι, αι, a, (δίς, ἑκατόν.) card. num.
two hundred, Mark 6, 37. John 6, 7. 21, 8.
Acts 23, 23 bis. 27, 37. Rev. 11, 3. 12, 6.

διακούω, f. οὔσομαι, (dkovw,) to hear
through or out, Plut. Demosth. 31 fin. Xen.
Cc, 11. 1.—In N. T. to hear fully, in a ju-
dicial sense, 6. gen. Acts 23, 35. So Sept.
and 22% Deut. 1, 16. ᾿

διακρίνω, f. νῶ, (kpive,) 1. to sepa-
rate throughout, wholly, completely, e. g.
Mid. io wholly separate oneself ; absol. Jude
22 οὖς μὲν ἐλεεῖτε διακρινόμενοι. on same

διάκρισις

(the unbelievers) have compassion, separat,
ing yourselves wholly from them. Others
read διακρινομένους, ‘the doubting,’ as in

* no. 3,b; comp. De Wette in loc. So Hdian.

3. 1.9.6 Ταῦρος διακρίνει ra eSyn. Plut. de
Def. Orac. 39.—Trop. to cause to differ, to
make a distinction, as between. persons ;
ce. acc. 1 Cor. 4, 7 ris γάρ oe, διακρίνει.
Acts 15, 9 οὐδὲν διέκρινε. μεταξὺ ἡμῶν.
Comp. Lue. Ὁ. Deor. 26. 1. Plut. de Adu-
lat. 3.

2. to discern clearly, to distinguish ; and
so to estimate or judge of.

a) Pr. c. ace. of thing, Matt. 16, 3 τὸ μὲν
πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε διακρίνειν.
1 Cor. 11, 29 μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυ-
ρίου, sc. as represented in the bread ; comp,
10, 16.—Plut. Conjug. Prac. 20 μηδὲ. δια-
κρῖναι τὸ ἴδιον ἢ τὸ ἀλλότριον. Plato Charm.
171. ¢.

Ὁ) Trop. to estimate, to judge of, to form
an opinion or conclusion ; absol..1 Cor. 14,
29, comp. 1 John 4, 1. With ace. of pers.
1 Cor. 11, 31 εἰ yap ἑαυτοὺς διεκρίνομεν, οὐκ
ἂν ἐκρινόμεϑα, for if we judged ourselves,
formed a right estimate of ourselves ; comp.
v. 28. Sept. for ἽΠΞ Job 12, 11.—Plato
Legg. 742. c. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9.

c) In a judicial sense, to judge, to decide,
between parties ; ; So 1 Cor. 6, 5 διακρῖναι
ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὑτοῦ. Sept. for
ὌΒῸ Ex. 18, 16.—Luc. D. Mort. 80. 1.
Plato Legg. 847. b.

3. Mid. διακρίνομαι, with Pass. aor. 1
διεκρίϑην; pr. ‘to Separate oneself from, to
be at variance with ;? and so, to contend with
in arms Pol. 2. 22.11. Xen. » AS: 1, 33.—
Hence in N. Τ',

a) Trop. to contend or strive with; to dis-
pute with, c. dat. Jude 9; ¢. πρός τινα, Acts
11,2. Sept. c. dat. for ji Jer. 15,10;
Ὁ. πρός for EY Ez. 20, 35.—Luc. Pseu-
dosoph. ‘5 ; ο. dat. Pol. 18, 35. 4.

b) Trop. ‘to be at variance with oneself,’
to doubt, to waver ; absol. Matt. 21, 21.
Rom. 4, 20. 14, 23, James 1, 6 ὁ γὰρ δια-
κρινόμενος. . With acc. of manner, μηδὲν
διακρινόμενος, nothing doubting, Acts 10,
20. 11, 12. James 1, 6. Also emphat. μὴ
διακριδῆναι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mark 11, 23; and
so James 2, 4 καὶ ov διεκρίϑητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς,
do ye not then doubt. in yourselves ! ? are ye
not then become doubtful in the faith ?
comp. v. 1.

διάκρισ tS, ews, 7, (διακρίνω,) ὦ discern-
ing clearly, a distinguishing ; ; and hence, a
judging of, estimation, see in διακρίνω no.
2. So Heb. 5, 14 πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε

172 διάλεκτος

καὶ κακοῦ. 1-Cor. 12, 10 διακρίσεις πνευμά-
Tew, comp. 14, 29 and 1 John 4,1. Rom.
14, 1 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν, not to
judgments of thoughts, i. 6. not so as to
make oneself the judge of their doubts or
scruples.—Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1169. Plato Legg.
937. Ὁ. Xen. Cyr, 8. 2. 27.

διακωλύω, f. tow, (κωλύω,) to hinder

throughout, to forbid utterly ; ¢..acc. Matt.

8,14 ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης διεκώλυεν αὐτόν; the impf.
here expressing an action not completed, de
conatu, Winer ᾧ 41. 3. ὁ. Matth. ᾧ 497. c.—
Judith 12, '7. Pol. 3. 19. 4. Xen. Hell. 1. 6.
28, 36.

διαλάλέω, a, fy noe, (λαλέω.) 1. to
speak with others, to converse, to commune ;
see διά note, lett. 6. Luke 6, 11 διελάλουν
πρὸς ἀλλήλους.---Ῥο]. 23. 9. 6 πρὸς ἀλλή-
λους. Eurip. Cycl..175 διαλαλήσομέν τί σοι.
Diod. Sic. 14. 64.

2. to talk of every where, to tell abroad ;
Pass. Luke 1, 65.—Symm. for 98" Ps. 51,16.

διαλέγομαι, f. λέξομαι, Mid. depon.
(λέγω,) Pass. aor. 1 διελέχϑην with Mid. sig-
nif. Buttm. §113.n. 5; to lay out separately
before the mind of any one; hence, to dis-
course, to reason, to dispute, with any one.
a) With an adjunct. of person ; c. dat. Acts
17, 2 διελέγετο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν. ν. 17.
18, 19. 20,7: with πρός τινα Mark 9, 84
Acts 24, 12; 8050]. Acts 18, 4. 19, 8. 9.
20,9. Soc. dat. Pol. 15. 9. 1. Xen. Mem.
1. 6. 113 πρός τινα Plut. Coriol. 27. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 1. Ὁ) With an adjunct of
thing; 6. g. περί τινος, about or of any
thing, Acts 24, 25; and so Jude 9 τῷ ὃ.
διακρινόμενος διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ M. σώμα-
tos, he disputed about the body of Moses,
strove for it; comp. Sept. διαλέγομαι for
3, Judg. 8,1. So ὁ. περί Plut. Pomp.
4, Plato Lege. 686. d. Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 11.

_c) Simply of exhortation, to speak to, to talk

with, c. dat. Heb. 12, 5 ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς
διαλέγεται. So Hdian. 1. 5. 2. Thuc. 8.93
ἀνὴρ ἀνδρὶ διελέγοντο.

διαλείπω, f. ψω, (λείπω!) to leave be-

_ tween, to leave an interval, e. g. of space,

Πεντήκοντα πόδας Pol. 6. 30. 13 of time,
ὀλίγον χρόνον Plato Phed. 118. a—Hence

. in N. T. of time, intrans. to intermit, to de-

sist, to cease ; with particip. Luke 7, 45 οὐ
διέλιπε καταφιλοῦσα, she hath not ceased
kissing my feet ; see Buttm. ὁ 144.6. Sept.
for 35 Jer, 44,18. So Luc. Vit. auct. 13.
Xen. Apol. Soer. 16.

διάλεκτος, ov, ἡ, (διαλέγομαι,) discourse,
Plato Conv. 208. a; mode of speech, diction,

TE ΣΙ ΤᾺΣ ne ee

διαλλασσω 173

Plato Thext. 188. b.—In N. T. language
of a country or district, a dialect, idiom, Acts
1, 19. 2, 6.8. 21,40. 22,2. 26,14, So
Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 6. Pol. 1. 80. 6. Plut. Numa
10.

διαλλάσσω ν.-ττω, f, ἔξω, (ἀλλάσσω.)
to change between, to change for another, to
exchange, 2 Macc. 6,27. Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 4.
—In N. T. trop. to change the feelings

‘towards any one, to reconcile; only Pass.

aor. 2 imperat. c. dat. Matt. 5, 24 διαλλάγη-
ὅι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, be reconciled to τε ταὶ
ther. So Sept. 1 Sam. 29, 4. Thuc. 8
Act. ὁ. acc. Plut. Mor. II. p. 135. Xen. Hell
1. 6. 7.

διαλογίζομαι, f. ίσομαι, Mid. depon.
(oyigoua,) to reckon. through, to settle an
account, 6. πρός twa Dem. 1236. 17.—In
N. T. trop. to take account of, to consider, to
reason with. a) Genr. and so with παρ᾽
ἑαυτοῖς, with themselves, Matt. 21, 25; πρὸς
ἑαυτούς id. Mark 11,31 Lachm. Luke 20, 14 ;
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς id. Matt. 16,7. 8. Mark 2,8. Luke
12,17; ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν Mark 2, 6. 8.
Luke 5,22; so with περί τινος added, Luke
3, 15; absol. Luke 1, 29. 5, 21. Mark 8,
16, Also with ὅτι; because that, Mark 8, 17;
ὅτι thal, John 11, 50. Sept. ὁ. acc. for SEN
Ps. 77, 6. So Ail. V. H. 14. 43; πρὸς ὑμᾶς
Iseus 191. pen. Plato Soph. 231, c. _b)
Also to reason, to discuss, to dispute, πρὸς
ἑαυτούς Mark 9, 33, comp. v. 34. So Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 1. .

διαλογισμός, od, ὃ, (διαλογίζομαι,) a
reckoning through, settlement. of accounts,
Dem. 951. 20.—In N. T. consideration, rea-
soning, thought. a) Genr. Matt.’ 15, 19.
Mark 7, 21. Luke 2, 35. 5, 22. 6,8. 9, 47.
24, 38. Rom. 1,21. 14, 1 (see in διάκρισις).
1 Cor. 3, 20. James 2, 4 κριταὶ διᾳλογι-
σμῶν πονηρῶν, judges of (having) evil
thoughts, unjust, partial. Sept. for mao
Proy. 21, 18. Is, 59, 7. So Arr. Epict. 1. 9.
10. Pol. 3. 17. 8. Plato Ax. 367. a. Ὁ)
Spec. reasoning, discussion, dispute ; Phil.
2, 14 χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν.
1 Tim. 2,8; so Luke 9, 46, comp. Mark
9, 33. 34. So Ecclus. 9, 15. Plut. Mor. II.
Ρ. 23.

διαλύω, f. iow, (λύω,) to loose through-

out, to dissolve, i. 6. to disperse, to break up,
a multitude, Pass. Acts 5, 36.—So an as-
sembly Hdot. 7. 10. 4; an army dian. 5.
2. 6. Xen. Cyt. 6. 1. 6, 10.

διαμαρτύρομαι, f. οὔμαι, Mid. depon.
(μαρτύρομαι,) to call throughout to witness,
i. 6. God and man, to protest solemnly, Sept.

διαμερίζω ᾿

Deut. 4, 26. Dem. 275. 17. Xen. Hell. 3. 4
13.—In N. ‘T. éo testify fully.

1. Genr. and implying strong affirmation,
to testify fully, to declare openly ; ὁ. dat.
1 Thess. 4, 6 καϑὼς :. . ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυρά-
peSa. Acts 20,23 τὸ πνεῦμα... διαμαρτύρε-
rai pot λέγον. With acc. Acts 8,25. 20, 24.
23,11. With acc. and dat. Acts 18, 5 δια-
μαρτυρόμενος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τὸν 1. Χ. 20, 21,
28, 38. Once c. ὅτι Acts 10,42. Οἵ ἃ 58-
cred writer, with λέγων, Heb. 2, 6 διεμαρτύ-
paro δέ πού τις λέγων. Sept. for yn
Deut. 32, 46.—Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 3. Plato
Pheedr. 260. 6, διαμ. Gre. ,

2. In exhortations, i. g. to admonish, to
charge earnestly ; absol. Acts 2, 40 διεμαρτύ-
pero kal παρεκάλει λέγων. With dat. of pers.
and iva μή, Luke 16,28. Emphat. with ἐνώ-
πίον τοῦ Seov V. τοῦ κυρίου, and dat. of pers.
impl. 1 Tim. 5,21. 2 Tim. 2,14. 4,1. Sept.
for "37 Ex. 19, 21.—Pol. 1. 37. 4. Plut.
Cimon 16. Xen. ‘Cyr. 7. 1. 17.

διαμάχομαι, f. ἤσομαι; Mid. depon. (μά-
xopat,) to fight with another, see in διά note,
lett. 6 ; c. dat. Xen. An.'7. 4. 10.—In Ν, T.
trop. to contend in words, to strive; Acts
23, 9 διεμάχοντο λέγοντες. So Ecclus. 8, 1.
Luc. Hermot. 36. Plato Thezt. 178. 6.

διαμένω, f. vd, (yévo,) to remain
through, to continue in the same place, Xen.
An. ἢ. 1. 6.—In N. T. of state, condition,
to remain without change,.to continue, to
endure; absol. Heb. 1,11 διαμένεις, from
Ps, 102, 27 comp. 28, where Sept. for

ΟΣ, 2 Pet. 3,4 πάντα οὕτω διαμένει, comp.

Ps. 119. 90 where Sept. for 722. With an
adj. Luke 1, 22 διέμενε κωφός. So with
πρός τινα; to remain unto, Gal. 2,5; μετά
twos, to remain with any one, i. e. constant
to him, Luke 22, 28.—Pol. 1. 18. 6. Xen.
Mem. 4. 7. ἢ ; ¢. adj. Plut. Symp. 7. 4. 1;
c. dat. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 44.

διαμερίζω, f. ivw, (μερίζω,) to dispart,
to divide up, to cut up, Plato, Legg. 849. d.
—In N. T.

1. to part or portion out, to divide up or
out, to distribute ; c. ace: et dat. Acts 2, 45
καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πάντα. Luke 22, 17;
ace. Mark 15, 24 Rec. Sept. for pon Judg.
5, 30. 2 Sam. 6,19. So Plato Phil. 15. e.
Xen. An. 7. 1. 40, where others διαμετρεῖν.
—Mid. plur. to divide among. themselves,
8. g. τὰ ἱμάτια Matt. 27, 35. Mark 15, 24 G.
Luke 23, 34; with dat. ἑαυτοῖς added Matt.
27, 35 and John 19, 24, gueted from Ps, 22,
19 where Sept. for P27.—Pass. or Mid.
particip.. Acts 2, 3 διαμεριζέμεναι γλῶσσαι
ὡσεὶ πυρός, tongues as of fire divided out or

διαμερισμος 174

dwiding themselves out to all; and it (the
fire, or a tongue) sat upon each of them.

2. Trop. of discord, dissension, only in
Pass. to be divided ; c. ἐπί τινα against any
one, Luke 11, 17. 18; also ἐπί τινι id. 12,
52. 53.

διαμερισμός, οὗ, 6, (διαμερίζω,) a word
disapproved by the grammarians, Poll. Onom.
8.136. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 511; division, dis-
tribution, Diod. Sic. 11.:47. Plato Legg.
771. d; a part, portion, Sept. Ez. 48, 29.—
In N. T. division, dissension, Luke 12, 51.

διανέμω, f. pd, (véuo,) to distribute
throughout, to ‘all, Sept. Deut. 29, 26.
Hdian. 2. 11. 13, 14. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 1.
—In N. T. trop. to spread abroad, to publish,
_ Pass. eis τὸν λαόν Acts 4, 17.

΄, uM hh ἢ
διανεύω, f. ciao, (νεῦω,) to nod or wink

repeatedly, to beckon, to continue nodding or
making signs with the head and eyes; c.
dat. Luke 1, 22 καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς.
Sept. for 72 7'2P Ps. 35, 19.—Ecclus. 27,
22 διανεύων ὀφθαλμῷ. Diod. Sic. 3. 18
ταῖς κεφαλαῖς. Luc. D. Meretr. 3. 2.

διανόημα; aros, τό, (διανοέομαι,) thought,
purpose, ‘what has passed through one’s
mind” Luke 11, 17. Sept. for M2%na
Ts. 55, 9.—Plut. Phocion 5. Plato Prot. 348. d.

διάνοια, as, ἡ, (διανοέομαι,) a thinking
through, thought, purpose, Hdot. 1. 90.
Thuc. 5. 9.—In N. T. the faculty of thought.

1. the mind, the understanding; Matt.
22, 81 ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου. Mark 12, 30.
Luke 10,27. Eph. 1,18 Rec. 4, 18. 1 Pet.
1, 13. 2 Pet. 3,1. Heb. 8, 10 and 10, 16,
quoted with variation from Jer. 31, 33
where Sept. for 22. Sept. for 22 Gen. 17,
17.—Hdian. 2. 9. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 6.

2. Meton. understanding, insight, 1 John
5,20. Sept. for 22 Ex. 35, 25. 36, 1.

3. Meton. mind, for the mode of thinking
and feeling, disposition of mind, the feel-
ings; Col..1, 21 ἐχϑροὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ. Plur.
Eph. 2, 3 τὰ SeAnpara... τῶν διανοιῶν. So
2 Macc. 5, 17. Plato Rep. 503. c. Xen.
Ec. 10. 1.—Luke 1, 51 ὑπερήφανοι δια-
voia καρδίας, those proud in the disposition
of their heart ; comp. Heb. a> "I"AN Is. 46,
12. Sept. 1 Chr. 29, 18 ἐν διανοίᾳ καρδίας.
Baruch 1, 22.

διανοίγω, f. ἕξω, (ἀνοίγω.) to open
through, to lay quite open; e. g. gates, Pass.
Plut. Timol. 12. In N. T. only in phrases,
e.g. a) πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον τὴν μήτραν,
every male opening the womb, i. 6. the first
born, Luke 2, 23. Sept. for OF "08 Ex.
13, 12. 34,19. δ) διανοίγειν τὰς ἀκοάς,

διαπορεύομαι

to open the ears, to cause to hear, to restore
the hearing, Pass. Mark,'7, 34.35. So Heb.
DIN MB Is. 35, 5, Sept. ἀνοίγω. )
Trop. διανοίγειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, to open
the eyes of any one, to cause to see what
before was not seen, Luke 24,31. Sept. and
ΠΣ MPB 2K. 6,17. So pr. Plato Lys.
210. ἃ. d) Trop. διανοίγειν τὸν νοῦν, τὴν
καρδίαν, to open the mind, the heart, to make

‘able and willing to understand and receive,

Luke 24, 45. Acts 16,14. So Sept. Hos.
2,15. 2 Macc. 1, 4. Themist. 2. p. 29. a.
e) Trop. διανοίγειν τὰς γραφάς, to open the
Scriptures, i.q. to unfold, to explain, Luke
24, 32. Acts 17,3. So Heb. M8 Ps. 119,

130, Sept. δήλωσις λόγων.

διανυκτερεύω, f. cw, (νυκτερεύω, νύξ,
to pass the whole night, intrans. with ἐν of
manner, Luke 6, 12.—Sept. Job 2, 9. Hdian.
5. 8. 15. Diod. Sic. 13. 62.

διανύω, f. cw, (ἀνύω,) to bring through
to an end, to complete, to finish, c. acc. τὸν
πλοῦν Acts 21, '7.—2 Macc. 12,17. AE.
V. H. 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28 ὁδόν.

διαπταντός, see in διά 1. 2. ἃ.

διαπαρατριβή, ἧς, ἡ, (παρατριβή.) a
continued rubbing, disputing, wrangling,
1 Tim. 6, 5; so in Mss. and later editions,
instead of παραδιατριβή in Rec. q. v. See
Winer § 16.4. n. Tittm. Syn. in N. T. p.
233.

διαπεράω, &, f. dow, (mepdw,) to pass
through or over, to cross over, e. g. a lake,
absol. Matt. 9,1. 14,34. Mark 5, 21. 6,
53; a gulf, with πρός τινα to any one, Luke
16, 26; the sea, with eis c. acc. of country,
Acts 21,2. Sept. δ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην for "39
2 Sam. 19, 15; τὴν ϑαλάσσαν Is. 23, 2.—
Pol. 11. 18. 4. Xen. Ven. 9. 18.

διαπτλέω, f. εύσω, (πλέω,) to sail
through or over, c. acc. τὸ πέλαγος Acts 27,
5.—Hdian. 8.6.11; 6. εἰς Xen. An. 7. 8.1.

διαπονέομαι, odpa, f. ήσομαι, Mid.
depon. (πονέω,) to labour through, to work
out, to produce with labour, Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.
28; to exercise, to practise, Plato Phedr.
273. 6; to suffer pain, to be hurt, Sept. for
3%33 Ecc. 10, 9—In N. T. trop. to be
pained, grieved, indignant, Acts 4,2. 16,18.
So Hesych. διαπονηϑείς: λυπηϑείς. Comp.

πονέομαι to be in distress, anxiety, Hom. Il. .

9, 12.

διαπορεύομαι, f. coua, Pass. depon.
(πορεύω,) to go or pass through a place; 6.
acc. τὰς πόλεις Acts 16, 4; διά 6. gen.
Luke 6,13 κατά c. acc. 13, 22; absol. 18,
36. Rom. 15,24. Sept. for "2% Zeph. 2,

Se λ,.

Ae POON Se ᾿ς δ"

ae ee

AIT SAG

4 ἀν
fet

Suatropew

15.—So c. acc. Xen. An. 2. 5.183; διά Pol.
3. 68. 12; absol. Xen. An. 2. 2. 11.
διαπορέω, &, f. How, (ἀπορέω.) to be
quite at a loss, to be greatly perplexed, to be
in much doubt, absol. Luke 9, 7. Acts 2,
123 ἐν ἑαυτῷ 10, 17; with περί c. gen. Acts

5, 24. So Diod. Sic. 2. 18. Plato Legg. |

777. c. Al. Ν. Η. 4. 17 ὑπέρ trwos.—Mid.
id. c. περί, Luke 24,4. So Plato Soph.
217. a.

διαπραγματεύομαι; f. σομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (πραγματεύομαι,) to work out or treat
of thoroughly, Plato Phed. 77. d. 95. e.—
In N. T. to work out in business, to gain by
traffic, c. acc. Luke 19,15 ris ri διεπραγμα-
revoaro. Comp. in mpayparevoua.

διαπρίω, f. ἰσω, (πρίω,) to saw through
or asunder, Sept. for 3 1 Chr. 20, 3.
Plut. de Solert. Anim. 25. Plato Conv. 193.
a; also ὃ. τοὺς ὀδόντας, to sqw or gnash the
teeth, Luc. Calumn. 24.—In N. T. Mid.
διαπρίομαι, trop. to exasperate oneself, to
be enraged, absol. Acts 5,33; ταῖς καρδίαις
7,54. So Hesych. διεπρίοντο" eSupodvro.
Comp. πριγμένη κάλλει Tavupndeos Ἥρη,
Antip. Thess. 43, in Anth. Gr. IL. p. 107.

διαρπάζω, f. dow, (ἁρπάζω,) to seize
and tear in pieces Hom. Il. 16. 355.—In
N. T. ‘to seize and carry off,’ to plunder, to
spol, Lat. diripio; c. acc. τὰ σκεύη, τὴν
οἰκίαν, Matt. 12, 29 bis. Mark 3, 27 bis.
Sept. for 112 Gen. 34, 27. 29; brs Deut.
28, 29. So Diod. Sic. 4. 66. αι An. 1.
2. 26.

διαῤῥήγνυμι, διαῤῥήσσω, f. Eo, (ῥήγ-
νυμι q.V.) to tear through, to rend or break
asunder, ¢. acc. as ἱμάτια Matt. 26,65. Acts
14,14; χιτῶνα Mark 14, 63; δίκτυον Luke
5,6; δεσμά Luke 8,29. Sept. for ΣΡ
Gen. 37, 29. 34; PM2 Ps. 2, 3." So Plut. de
Prof. in Virt. 11. Plato Phed. 86. a.—The
Jews and other nations were accustomed
to rend their garments from the bosom to
the girdle (γυμνοὶ δὲ τὰ στέρνα τῶν ἐσθήτων
περιεῤῥηγμένων Jos. Β. 1. 2.15.4; ‘veste a
pectore discissa,’ Suet. Ces. 33) in token of
grief or indignation; see Gen. 37, 29. 34.
44,13. Num. 14, 6. Josh. 7,6. 2 Sam. 3,
31. al. 1 Macc. 11, 71. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 2,
4. Philo de Joseph. p. 528, 557.

διασαφέω, &, f. now, (σαφῆς.) to make
quite clear, i. q. to make known, to tell, c.
acc. et dat. Matt. 18, 31—2 Mace. 1, 18.
20. Pol. 1. 46. 4. Plato Legg. 754. a.

διασείω, f. εἰσω, (σείω,) to shake through-
out, vehemently, All. V. H. 2. 14; πύργον

_ Diod. Sic. 20, 87; the bones from terror,

175 διαστέλλω

Sept. for “ren Job 4, 14.—In N. T. trop.
to do violence to any one, to terrify, to op
press, Lat. concutio; c. acc. Luke 3, 14.
So 3 Mace. 7, 21. Pol. 10. 26. 4.
διασκορπίζω, f. iow, (σκορπίζω,) found
only in late writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 218 ;
to scatter throughout all places, i. e. :

1. Genr. to scatter abroad, to disperse,
e. g. people, a flock, c. acc. Luke 1, 51. °
Pass. John 11, 52. Acts 5, 37. Matt. 26, 31
and Mark 14, 27 τὰ mpo8dra, quoted from
Zech. 18, 7 where Sept. for y*pi, also
Deut. 30, 3; ΠῚ Zech. 1, 19. 21. So All.
V. H. 13. 45. Pol. 27. 2. 10.—Trop. of
property, fo dissipate, to squander, c. acc.
Luke 15, 13. 16, 1.

2. Like Heb. m1, to scatter abroad grain
to the wind, to winnow, Matt. 25, 24. 26;
here διασκορπίζειν is put in contrast to
συνάγειν, instead of the usual λικμᾷν 4. v.
So 1 Ruth 3,2 and Is. 30, 24, where
Sept. λικμᾷν ; but MAI HT, Sept. δια-
σκορπίζειν τῷ πνεύματι, Ez. 5, 2. 10. 12.

διασπάω, ὦ, f. dow, (σπάω.) to draw
or pull asunder, to pull in pieces, Pass. Mark
5,4. Acts 23, 10. Sept. for PM2 Judg
16, 9. 12.—/El. V. H. 3. 42. Xen. Eq. 5. 4.

διασπείρω, f. ερῶ, (σπείρω,) pr. to sow
throughout, then to, scatter abroad as seed,
to disperse, 6. g. persons, Pass. Acts 8,1. 4.
11,19. So Sept. for myx Lev. 26, 33;
y75t Gen. 11, 9.—Pol. 3. 19.7. Xen. An
1. 8. 25.

διασπορά, as, 4, (διασπείρω,) the dis
persion, i.e. the state of dispersion in which
multitudes of the Jews lived after the cap-
tivity, in Chaldea, Persia, and chiefly in
Egypt, Syria, and Asia Minor; Sept. Jer.
34, 17. Judith 5,19; comp. Jos. Β. J.'7. 3.
3, τὸ yap Ἰουδαίων γένος πολὺ μὲν κατὰ
πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκούμένην παρέσπαρται τοῖς ἐπι-
χωρίοις" πλεῖστον δὲ τῇ Συρίᾳ ἀναμεμιγμέ-
vov.—In N. T. meton. the dispersion, for
the dispersed, i. e. the Jews living in dis-
persion, James 1, 1. 1 Pet. 1,1. John 7,35
ἡ διασπορὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, i. e. the Jews

‘dwelling among the Gentiles generally, or

among nations that use the Greek language,
6. δ. in Egypt and Asia Minor, the Hellen-
ists. Sept. Ps. 147, 2 for Heb. ner
2 Macc. 1, 27.

διαστέλλω, f. dd, (στέλλω.) to set,
place, put asunder, 6. δ. τὴν σκηνή», to sever
or open, Plut. Mor. IL. p. 29; to set apart,
Sept. for b»van Dent. 10, 8. 19, 2. 7; to
distinguish, Plato Euthyd. 295. d; Mid. to
set forth distinctly, to determine, Pol. 3. 23

διαστημα
ὅ. Plato Rep. 535. b—In N. Τὶ Mid. to
admonish, to charge, to command, c. dat. of

pers. Mark 7, 36. Acts 15,24; dat. and ἵνα,
‘Matt. 16, 20. Mark 7, 36. 9,9; dat. and

λέγων, Mark 8,15; dat. and πολλά, much, ©

straitly, Mark 5,43; Pass. part. absol. Heb.
12,20. Sept. “nim Ez. 3, 18-21. So
Judith 11, 12. Pol. 16. 28. 5.

διάστημα, aros, τό, (διαστῆναι, διϊστη-
μι,) a distance, interval, of time, Acts 5, 7.
—Pol. 9.1.1. Plut. Platon. Quest. 8. 4;
of place Xen. Ven. 2. 5.

διαστολή, js, ἡ, (διαστέλλω,) distinc-
tion, difference, Rom. 8, 22. 10, 12. 1 Cor.
14, '7.—Pol. 16. 28. 4. Plut. adv. Stoic. 38.

διαστρέφω, f. ψω, (στρέφω,) to turn
or twist throughout, wholly, to distort, Xen.
Conv. 7. 3.—In N. T. to pervert, e. g. 8)
Persons, i. 4. to turn away, c. acc. Luke
23,2. Acts 13,8. Sept. for 257 Ex.
5, 4. So Plut. de Stoic. repug. 31, 33. Pol.
5.41.1. Ὁ) Things, i. q. to wrest, c. acc.
Acts 13, 10 ras ὁδοὺς κυρίου, i. 6. to wrest
divine truth. Sept. for wpy Prov. 10, 9.
So Pol. 8. 94. 8. Dem. 1453.13. c) Pass.
perf. part. Steorpappévos, see Buttm.
§ 98. n. 3. Kiihner § 140. 65 perverted, i.e.
perverse, wicked, of persons Matt. 17, 17.
Luke 9, 41. Phil. 2,15; of things Acts 20,
30. Comp. Buttm. § 113. 7: Kiihner § 255.
n. 5. Sept. for bmdmp Deut. 32, 5; pr.
Plato Gorg. 524.c. ὁ

διασώζω, f. dow, (cad lo,) to save
through any thing, to bring safe through,
to preserve; Pass. to be saved or brought
safe through, to escape. a) Genr. and ο.
acc. Acts 27, 43 βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν
Παῦλον. Pass. absol. Acts 28,1 ; ἔκ τινὸς
ν. 4; διά τινος, 1 Pet. 8, 90 διεσώϑησαν δι᾽
ὕδατος, were saved through the waters, were
brought safely through ; comp. 1 Cor. 3,15,
Sept. for wba Job 29, 12.. (Dem. 1053. 26.
Thuc. 4. 120.) _Pregn. with the idea of
motion, to bring safe through to any one;
e. g. πρός τινα, Acts 23, 24 iva... τὸν Παῦλον
διασώσωσι πρὸς Φήλικα. Pass. to escape

safe to land, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν Acts 27, 44. Sept. :

c. εἰς for Ὁ 58) Gen. 19, 19. Is. 37,38. So
6. πρός τινὰ Diod. Sic. 11. 44 ; ἐπί τι Arr.
Exp. Alex. 1. 5.19. Ὁ) Spec. of the sick,
to bring safe through, to restore to health,
to heal, c. acc. Luke 7, 3 ὅπως ἐλϑὼν δια-
σώσῃ τὸν δοῦλον αὑτοῦ. Pass. Matt. 14, 36.
Sept. for 2222 Jer. 8,20 comp. 22. So
_ Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2.

διαταγή, js, 4}, (διατάσσω,) “ἃ dis-
posing in order,’ disposition, arrangement ;

176

διατηρεω

Acts 7, 53 ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς
ἀγγέλων, i.e. according to (by) the arranges
ments of angels ; comp. Gal. 3,19 ὁ νόμος
διαταγεὶς δι᾿ ἀγγέλων. Heb. 2,2; for this
use of εἰς comp. Matt. 12, 41. Winer ὁ 53.
a, fin. For angels as present at the giving
of the law, (not mentioned Ex. 20, 1. 19.
22,) see Sept. Deut. 33, 2 ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ
ἄγγελοι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ for "Ὁ ms ΟΝ i350,

Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 3 δόγματα τὰ ἐν τοῖς νόμοις

δ ἀγγέλων παρὰ τοῦ ϑεοῦ μαϑέντα.----ἶϑρθο,
in the sense of ordinance, institute, Rom.
13, 2.—Elsewhere only Sept. Ezra 4, 11.

διάταγμα, ατος, τό, (διατάσσω,.) an
ordinance, edict, Heb. 11, 23.—Sept. Ezra
7,11. Plut. Marcell. 24 fin.

διαταράσσω V.-TT, f. Ew, (ταράσσω.)
to stir up throughout ; trop. of the mind, to
disturb, to trouble, Pass. Luke 1, 29.—Dion.
Hal. 7. 35. Plato Legg. 757. a.

διωτάσσω V. -TTO, f. Ew, (τάσσω;) to
arrange throughout, to dispose in order, e. g.
trees Xen. Mic. 4. 21, 22; troops 2 Mace
12, 20. Xen. An. 1. '7. 1.—In N. T.

1. to set fully in order, to arrange, to ap-
point; 6. σ. Pass. Gal. 3,19 ὁ νόμος δια-
ταγεὶς δι᾿ ἀγγέλων, see in diarayn.—Pol. 3.
19. 11. Plato Legg. 746. e.

2. Spec. to appoint, to ordain, to com-
mand ; c. dat. of pers. Matt. 11, 1. 1 Cor.
9, 14. 16,15 with inf. of object, Luke 8,
55. Acts 18,2. Pass. part. τὸ duareraype-
vov, what is appointed, c. dat. Luke 3, 13.
Acts 23, 31; also τὰ διαταχϑέντα id. absol.
Luke 17,9; ὁ. dat. v. 10. Sept. for mv
Ez. 21, 19. 20. Pol. 3. 83. 6. Xen. Cyr.
8. 5. 5.

3. Mid. διατάσσομαι, pr. to arrange
for oneself, in one’s own behalf, Plato Phedr.
271. Ὁ; hence, to arrange, to appoint, to
command, absol. Acts 20,13 οὕτω yap ἦν
διατεταγμένος (Παῦλος), for so Paul had
arranged for himself, appointed; for the
Pass. perf. in Mid. signif. see Buttm. ᾧ 136.
8. Winer ᾧ 40. 3. So absol. Acts 7, 44.

1 Cor. 7, 17. -11, 34; c. dat. of pers. Tit.

1, 5. Acts 24, 23.—Pol. 5. 21. 1.

διατελέω, &, f. ἐσω, (τελέω,) to bring
quite to an end, to complete, Xen. Hell, 7. 3.
4; of time, to spend wholly, to pass, Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 6.—In N. T. intrans. c. adj. to
continue throughout, to remain so and so;
Acts 27, 33 ἄσιτοι διατελεῖτε, comp. in διά-
yo, διατρίβω: So 2 Macc. 5, 27. All. V.
H. 10. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 6.2. See =
§46. 1. pen.

διατηρέω; ὦ, f. now, (τηρέω.) ‘to watch
closely, to keep carefully, c. acc. Pol. 1. 7. 7.

διατί 177

Dem. 238. 9.—In N. T. trop. to keep care-
fully e.g. ἃ) In the mind, c. acc. Luke
2,51 πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ.
Sept. for "2% Gen. 37, 11. So Ecclus.

28, 5. Ὁ) With ἑαυτόν ἔκ τινος, to keep

oneself carefully from any thing, Acts 15, 29.
Comp. Sept. with μή ποιεῖν for PR “Ὁ
Is. ὅθ, 2 ; also Dem. 115. 26 ὃ. μή. τι πά-
Soot.
διατί, see in διά Π. 1. b. a.
διατίϑημι, f. SaSjow, (riZnpe,) to set,
put, place apart, in a certain orter, to ar-
range, to dispose, e. g. troops, Sept. for
por 1 Sam. 11,11. Thuc. 1. 126; events,
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 27.—In N. T. only Mid.
διατίϑεμαι, f. noopat,to arrange or dis-
pose for oneself, in one’s own behalf, 6. g.
1. Of what belongs tv oneself. a)

Genr. i. q. to appoint, to assign, c. acc. et

dat. Luke 22, 29 bis, καὶ διατίθεμαι ὑ ὑμῖν...
βασιλείαν. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.7 τὴν δὲ
ϑυγάτερα ταύτην (σοι) ἐπιτρέπω διαϑέσϑαι,
ὅπως ἂν συ βούλῃς Ὁ) Spec. by will or tes-
tament, to devise, to bequeath ; hence 6 δεα-
Sépevos, a testator, Heb. 9, 16.17. So
Jos. Ant. 13. 16. 1. Dem. 1067. 1. Plato
Legg. 924. a, Ὁ, 6; 6.

2. Of a covenant, to arrange mutually, to
covenant with another party ; hence διατί-
Sepas διαθήκην τινί Vv. πρός twa, to make a
covenant with any one, Acts 3, 25. Heb. 8,
10 and 10, 16, quoted from Jer. 31, 33
where Sept. c. dat. for M73 "13; also c.
πρός τινα, Ex: 24, 8 —Aristoph. Ἂν. 439
ἢν μὴ διάϑωνταί γ᾽ οἵδε διαϑήκην ἐμοί.

διατρίβω, f. ψω, (τρίβω.) to rub apart
or in pieces, Hom. Il. 11. 847; to rub or
wear away, to consume, Theogn. 917 [921].
Hdot. 7. 120.—In N. T. of time, to wear
away, to pass; to spend. a) Pr. c. ace.
6. g. χρόνον Acts 14, 3. 28; ἡμέρας Acts
16,12. 20,6. 25, 6.14. Sept. δ. ἡμέρας
for 287 Lev. 14,8. So δ. χρόνον Pol. 4.
57. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15. b) Absol. to

“spend time in a place, i. 4. to remain, to con-

tinue, to abide, simpl. Acts 12,19; ἐν ’Av-
τιοχείᾳ 15, 35; ἐκεῖ John 3, 22. 11, 54.
Sept. for πὲ Jer. 35,7. So Hdian. 8. 8.
3, 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 12. ;
διατροφή, js, ἡ, (διατρέφω,) nourish-
ment, food, 1 Tim. 6, 8.---ἜῬΔ Mace. 6, 49.
Plut. Cimon 10. Xen. Vect. 4. 49.
διαυγάζω, f. dow, (αὐγάζω,) to shine
through a crevice, ὃ. dat. Plut. de Placit.
Philos. 3. 3. p. 272.—In N. T. to shine forth,
to dawn, intrans. 2 Pet. 1,19 ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα
διαυγάσῃ. So Pol. 3. 104. 5 ἅμα τῷ διαυ-

γάζειν.
: 12

' διαφευγω

διαυγής, gos, ods, 6, 9, adj. (αὐγή,) shin-
ing through, i. e. pellucid, transparent, Rev.
21, 21 Grb. for διαφανής in Rec.—Aquil. for
Wit Prov. 16, 5. Luc. V. Hist. 1.7 ὃ. οἶνος.
Plut. de Placit. Philos. 3. 5. p. 274.

διαφανής, éos, οὖς, 5, ἡ, adj. (διαφαίνω,)
diaphanous, transparent, Rev. 21, 21 Rec
where others διαυγής. Sept. for 7]! Ex. 30,
34.—Diod. Sic. 36. p. 239 Tauchn. [609
Wess.] Plato Phedr. 229. b.

διαφέρω, f. διοίσω, (φέρω,) aor. 2 duh
veyxov, Buttm. ὁ 114 φέρω.

1. to bear or carry through or over any
place, to transport ; c. acc. et διά, Mark 11,
16 καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν, ἵνα τις διενέγκῃ σκεῦος διὰ
τοῦ fepod.—1 Esdr. 5, 55. Eurip. Suppl. 382
[384]. Thue. 8. 8.

2. Lat..differo, to bear apart, to carry
different ways, viz.

a) Pass..e. g. of persons in a ship, to be
borne hither and thither, to be driven about,
up and down, ἐν τῷ ᾿Αδρίᾳ Acts 27,27. So
Luc. Hermot. 28 ἐν τῷ πελάγει διαφέρεσϑαι.
Plut. de Def. Orac. 17 τὴν ναῦν διαφερομέ-
νην. Lat. differo, Hor. Epod. 10. 6.—Trop.
of doctrine, to be carried abroad, to be pub-
lished, c. διά, Acts 13, 49 διεφέρετο ὁ λόγος
τοῦ κυρίου δι ὅλης τῆς χώρας. So Wisd.
18, 10. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 20 φήμη.

b) Intrans. pr. to bear apart, trop. to differ,
Lat. differo; genr. Sept. Dan. 7, 8. 7. Xen.
Hi.1.2. Hencein N.T. α) Part. neut.
plur. τὰ διαφέροντα, things different;
Rom. 2, 18 et Phil. 1, 10 [9] δοκιμάζειν τὰ
διαφέροντα, to distinguish things that differ ;
so Theodoret in loc. ra ἐναντία ἀλληλοῖς,
δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀδικίαν. Theophyl. κρίνεις τι
δεῖ πρᾶξαι καὶ τί μὴ δεῖ πρᾶξαι. (Andocid.
121. 14 Reisk. Xen. Hi. 1. 3.) Others,
things more excellent, as in y below ; comp.
Pol. 6. 39.2. 8) Impers. δἰάφέῤει; ἃ
differs, it makes a difference ; c. dat. Gal. 2,
6 οὐδέν por διαφέρει. So Al. V. H. 1. 25
ἐμοὶ yap οὐδὲν διαφέρει. Pol. 3. 21.9. On
this late use of the dat. see Lob. ad Phryn
p. 394. -y) Witha gen. to differ from, to be
other than ; and so to be more or better than,
to surpass, to excel; Matt. 6, 26 οὐχ ὑμεῖς
μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν. 10, 31. Luke 12,
7; and with further adjuncts, as πόσῳ Matt.
12, 12. Luke 12, 24; ἐν δόξῃ 1 Cor. 15,
41; οὐδέν Gal. 4,1. Soc. gen. Xen. Ae.
20. 17; with τοσοῦτῳ added Heil. 3. 1. 10;
seek, ΠΥΡῚ Sic. 5. 57. Xen. Hi. 1. 8; οὐ-
δέν Xen. Vect. 4. 25.

διαφεύγω, £. ξω, (φεύγω) to flee through
or away, to escape, absol. Acts 27,42. Sept.
for 228 Josh. 8, 22.—Pol. 1.21 11. Xen.
Mem. 3. 12. 4.

διαφημίξζω

διαφημίζω, f. iow, (φημίζω, φήμη!) to
fame abroad, to report publicly ; with acc.

of thing, e. g. τὸν λόγον Mark 1, 45. Pass. ©

Matt. 28,15. With acc. of pers. to spread
one’s fame abroad, Matt. 9, 31.—So of things
Dion. Hal. 11. 46. Diod. Sic. 36. p. 225
[532] ἀτολμίαν αὐτοῦ διαφημίσαντες.

διαφ) είρω, f. ερῶ, (φϑείρω,) Pass. aor.
2 διεφϑάρην, part. perf. διεφθαρμένος ; to
corrupt throughout, to destroy utterly ; Pass.
to decay utterly, to perish; ὁ. acc. Rev. 11,
18 bis, διαφϑεῖραι τοῦς διαφϑείροντας τὴν
γῆν. Absol. Luke 12,33. Pass. 2 Cor. 4,
16. Rey. 8,9. Sept. for ΓΙ Judg. 6,
4. ἃ Sam. 11,1. So Hdian. 4. 9.2. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4.'7.—Trop. in a moral sense, to
corrupt wholly, to pervert, to destroy; so of
idolatry, Rev. 19, 2 ἥτις" διέφϑειρε (Rec.
ἔφϑειρε) τὴν γῆν ἐν τῇ πορνείᾳ αὑτῆς. (Sept.
for mnen Judg. 2,19.) Genr. 1 Tim, 6,5
διεφθαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν, corrupted as to their
mind, men of perverse minds ; for the acc.
see Buttm. ὁ 181. 7. Kiihner ὁ 297. 7. So
Pol. 12. 28. 2 διέφθαρται τῇ ψυχῇ. Xen.
Mem. 1. 1, 1.

SuadSopd, as, 4, (διαφϑείρω,) corrup-
tion, destruction; Acts 2, 27 and 13, 35
ἰδεῖν SuapSopay, quoted from Ps. 16, 10
where Sept. for ΤΠ Min? , pr. to see the
pit or grave, to die and be buried (comp.
Sept. Ps. 49,10); hence ἰδεῖν διαφϑοράν is
here i. q. to see destruction, death, regarded
as a permanent state, opp. ‘to see life.’ So
too in the argumentation of Peter and Paul,
Acts 2, 31. 13, 34.36.37; comp. Sept. Job
33, 28. Ps. 30, 10. See Heb. Lex. art.
mm. Hengstenb. Comm. on Ps. 16, 10.
So Hdot. 4. 164. Pol. 2.20.6. Plato Gorg.
484. c; and in a moral sense, Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 8.—In all the above passages duapSopa
is commonly rendered corruption, as arising
from putrescence ; but this signif. is not
found in the Sept. nor in Greek writers,
and is here unnecessary.

διάφορος, ov, 6,7, adj. (διαφέρω.) dif-
ferent, various, Rom. 12,6. Heb. 9,10. So
Sept. Deut. 22, 9. Hdian. 3. 12. 2. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 2.—Spec. superior, excellent, see
in διαφέρω no. 2. b.y; hence Compar. δια-
φορώτερος, more excellent, better, Heb. 1, 4.
8,6. So Sept. Ezra 8, 27. Pol. 6. 23. 7.
Plato Legg. 779. Ὁ. ‘

διαφυχάσσω v. -ττω, f. Ew, (διά in-
tens. φυλάσσω; to watch closely, to keep care-
fully, to protect, c. ace. Luke 4, 10 τοῦ δια-
φυλάξαι oe, quoted from Ps. 91, 11 where
Sept. for "2%; for rod c. inf. see Buttm.

= τ᾽

178

διδάσκαλος

ὁ 140, n. 10, 11. Kiihner ὁ 808. 2. b. Winer
§ 45. 4. b—Dem: 922.18. Xen. Mem. 1.
5. 2.

διαχειρίζω, f. ίσω, (χειρίζω,) to have
through the hands or in hand, to administer,
Plato Gorg. 526. b—In N.’'T. Mid. to lay
hands on, to kill, to slay, ἃ. ace. Acts 5, 30.
26,21. So Hdian. 3. 12.2. Pol. 8. 23. 8.

Diod. Sic. 18. 46.

διαχλευάζω, f. dow, (διά intens. χλευ-
ἀζω,) to deride greatly, to mock, absol. Acts
2, 13 for χλευάζω in Rec.—Pol. 30. 13. 12.
Dem. 1221. 16.

διωχωρίζω, f. ίσω, (χωρίζω,) to sepa-
rate throughout, wholly, Sept. for D"33h
Gen. 1, 4. 6. 7. Xen. Ake. 8. 11.—In N. T
Mid. to separate oneself wholly, to withdraw,
to depart, ο. ἀπό τινος Luke 9, 33. Sept.
for ™"5M Gen. 13, 9.11. So Diod. Sic.
4, 53. Plato Tim. 59. c.

διδακτικός, ἡ, dv, (διδάσκω,) didactic, -

apt to teach, 1 Tim. 3, 2. 2 Tim. 2, 24.—
Philo de Prem. et Pen. p. 914. c, διδακτικῇ
χρησάμενος ἀρετῇ πρὸς τελείωσιν.
διδακτός, ἡ, dv, (διδάσκω,) taught, of
things imparted by teaching; 1 Cor, 2, 18
bis, οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνδρωπίνης σοφίας λό-
γοις κτλ. So Dem. 1418. 24. Plato Prot.
319. b.—Of persons, taught, instructed ;

John 6,45 πάντες διδακτοὶ Seod, see for the |

gen. Matth. § 345. Winer ᾧ 80. 4. Buttm,
§132.8. SoSept. 7° "1522 Is. 54, 13.

διδασκαλία, as, ἡ, (διδάσκω,) 1. teach-
ing, instruction, i. 6. the act or office ot
teaching, Rom. 12,'7. 1 Tim. 4, 13. 16. 5,
17. Tit.2,7. So Plut. de aud. Poet. 11 fin.
Plato Rep. 493. b.—As applied to oneself,
instruction, admonition, 2 Tim. 3, 16. Rom.
15,4; comp. 1 Cor. 10, 11.

2. Meton. ‘what is taught,’ instruction,
doctrine, precept ; as coming from men, per-
verse, Matt. 15,9. Mark 7, ‘7. Eph. 4, 14.
Col. 2, 22. 1 Tim. 4,1. Sept. and ΓΤ ΒΡ
Is. 29, 13.—As coming from God, divine,
1 Tim. 1, 10. 4,6. 6,1. 3. 2 Tim. 3, 10.
4,3. Tit. 1,9. 2,1. 10.—Genr. Sept. Prov.
2,17. Plut. Cato Maj.19. Xen. Cie. 14. 3.

διδάσκαλος, ov, 6, (διδάσκω,) a teacher,
instructer, master ; gent. Rom. 2, 20. Heb.
5,12. Of Jewish teachers or lawyers, Matt.
9,11. 10,24, 25. Luke 2,46. 6,40. John 3,
10 ;~hencei. q. ῥαββί, John 1,39. 20,16; of
John the Baptist, Luke 3,12; of Jesus, Matt.
8, 19. 12, 38. 17, 24. Mark 5, 35. 14, 14.
John 11,28. 13,13. 14.al. of Paul, 1 Tim. 2,
7; and of other christian .eachers, 1 Cor.

~ae

διδασκω 179

12, 28. 99, 8].---ὦ Macc. 1, 10. Diod. Sic.
1. 8. Xen. Mem. 4.2.2. +

διδάσκω, f. £0, (obs. δάω, δάημι:) 1. to
teach, to instruct, with acc. of pers. or of
thing, or of both; Buttm. §131. 5. ΚΌΠΟΣ
§ 280. 3; so c. acc. of pers. Matt. 5,2 ἐδί-
δασκεν αὐτοὺς λέγων. Mark 1, 22. 9, 31.
John 7, 35. 8,2. ἃ Tim. 2,2. al. Sept. for
3°75 Job 13, 23. So Dem. 390. 8. Xen.
Hi. 8. 6.—With acc. of thing; Mark 6, 30
καὶ ὅσα ἐδίδαξαν. 1 Tim. 4, 11. 6, 2. Tit.
1, 11; also Matt. 15, 9 and Mark 7,7 διδά-
σκοντες διδασκαλίας, ἐντάλματα ἀνϑρώπων,
quoted from Sept. Is. 29,18 ᾳ. ν. Sept. for
22 Ecc. 12,9. So Dem. 315. 7. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 20.—With two acc. of pers. and
thing; John 14, 26 ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει
πάντα. Mark 6, 34. Acts 21,21. Heb. 5,
12. Pass. 2 Thess. 2,15 ds ἐδιδάχϑητε,
comp. Buttm, ᾧ 134. 6. Sept. for 3°70
Proy. 22, 21; 722 Deut. 11, 19; Pass.
1 Chr. 5,18. (Plut. de Puer. educ. 9. Xen.
Mem. 3. 1. 5 bis. Pass. c. acc. Xen. Conv.
9. 6.) Instead of the acc. of thing, other
adjuncts are sometimes put; e. g. infin.
Matt. 28, 20. Luke 11, 1. Rev. 2, 14 Rec.
or ὅτι Mark 8, 31. 1 Cor. 11, 14; or περί

_ twos 1 John 2,27. So c. inf. Xen. Cyr, 1.

2.8; ὅτι Xen. Hi. 1.10; περί c. gen. Dem.
198. '7.—Once in Griesb. with dat. of pers.
and infin. (Rec. has acc.) Rev. 2, 14 ἐδί-
δασκε τῷ Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν κτὰ. like Heb.
2 ἼΞ5 Job 21,22; or 5 MIM Deut. 88,10.
—Absol. Matt. 21,23 προσῆλϑον αὐτῷ διδά-
oxovrt. Mark 1, 21. 6,6. 11,17. Luke 5,
17. John 7, 14, Acts 5, 21. Rom. 12, 7.
1 Tim. 2, 12. al. So Dem. 130. 2. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 17 of d:ddcxovres—With any
of the above constructions may be joined an
adjunct of place, time, or manner; so of
place, c. ἐκ, a8 ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Luke 5, 3;
ἐν c. dat. Matt. 4, 23 ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς.
Mark 6,2. 12, 35 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. Luke 13, 10.
26. John 6, 59. Acts 18, 11. 1 Cor. 4,17;
κατά c. acc. Luke 13,22; 6. gen. 23,5;
παρά c. acc. Mark 4,1. Of time; as ἐν
6. dat. Luke 4, 31 ἐν τοῖς σάββασι. 12, 12.
13, 10; acc. ras ἡμέρας Luke 21, 37; adv.
Luke 19,47. John 18,20. Of manner;
ἐν 6. dat. Mark 4, 2 ἐν παραβολαῖς. Col. 1,
28 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ. 3, 16. Matt. 22, 16;
ἐπί c. dat. Acts 4,18 ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ.
5, 28; 6. gen. ἐπ᾿ ἀληϑείας Mark 12, 14.
Luke 20, 21; μετά c. gen. Acts 28, 31;
adv. Acts 18,25 ἀκριβῶς. Matt. 5,19. Luke
11,1. John 8,28. Acts 20, 20. 1 John 2,27,

2. Spec. to teach, i. q. to direct, to admo-
nish, to advise; c. acc. of pers. John 9, 34

δίδωμι

καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς ; Rom. 2, 21 bis,
1 Cor. 11, 14. Heb. 8, 11. Rev. 2, 20. Pass.
Matt. 28, 15—Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 1. Xen.
Apol. 24. Plat. Prot. 323.d. +

διδαχή, ῆς, ἡ, (διδάσκω,) teaching, in-
struction, i. 4. διδασκαλία. Suid. διδαχὴ
ἀντὶ τοῦ διδασκαλία.

1. The act or office of teaching; Mark
4, 2 and 12, 38 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ
αὑτοῦ. Matt. '7, 28 comp. 29. Mark 1, 22.
27. 11, 18. Luke 4, 32. John 18,19. Acts
5,28. 1 Cor. 14, 6. 26. 2 Tim. 4, 2. Tit. 1,
9.—Plato Rep. 399. b. Thuc. 4. 126.

2. Meton. ‘what is taught, instruction,
doctrine ; Matt. 16, 12 προσέχειν ... ἀπὸ
τῆς διδαχῆς τῶν Φαρισαίων. Spec. of in-
struction in the religion of Christ, in the
principles of the gospel, christian doctrine ;
Matt. 22, 33. John 7, 16.17. Acts 2, 42.
13, 12. 17,19. Rom. 6, 17. 16, 17. Heb.
6, 2. 13,9. 2 John 9 bis. 10. Rev. 2, 14.
15. 24.—Plut. de Puer. educ. 4. Plato
Phedr. 275. a. ’

δίδραχμον, ov, τό, (dis, δραχμή;) α di-
drachm, a double drachma, a silver coin
equal to two Attic drachme; and in the
times of the N. T. and of Josephus equa!
also to the Jewish half shekel, i. e. 1s. 3d.
sterling, or 30 cents; see fully in art. ἀργύ-
ριον no. 2: So Matt. 17, 24 bis, spoken of
the yearly tribute to the temple paid by
every Jew; comp. Ex. 30, 13 sq. 2 Chr.
24,6. Jos. Ant. 18, 9. 1.—Jos. 1. c. Dion
Cass. 1082. 80. Sept. everywhere for Heb.
bp Gen. 23, 15. 16. Neh. 10, 32; the di-
drachm of Alexandria being apparently
of twice the value, and equal to that of
igina ; see in ἀργύριον no. 2.

AiSvpos, ov, 6, ἡ, (δύο, dis,) pr. adj.
twain, double, twin, Sept. for O&M Cant. 4,
5. Plato Tim. 77. d; a@ twin, Plur. twins,
Sept. for 58M Gen. 25, 24. Luc. D. Mort.
16. 4.—In N. T. Didymus, the Twin, as a
surname of the apostle Thomas, John 11,
16. 20, 24. 21, 2.

δίδωμι, f. δώσω, aor. 1 ἔδωκα, aor. 2
ἔδων, perf. δέδωκα, plupf. ἐδεδώκειν ; see
Buttm. ᾧ 107. Less usual forms are: Pres.
8 plur. Attic δεδόασι Rev. 17, 13 in later
edit. Buttm. ὁ 107. n. 1,1. Winer § 14. 1. b.
—Aor. 1 Subj. 3 pers. δώσῃ John 17, 2.
Rev. 8, 3, from an obsol. aor. 1 ἔδωσα; only
in late writers ; see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 721.
Winer ᾧ 14. 1. n.—Aor. 2 Opt. 3 pers. δῴη
later for δοίη, Rom. 15, 5. Eph, 1, 17. al.
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 346. Winer § 14. 1.
g. Buttm. ᾧ 107. n. 1, 3.—Phipf δεδώ-
xesy without augm. Mark 14. (4, John 11,

δίδωμι

57; see Buttm. § 88. π. 7. Winer § 12. 12.
—The primary signif. is every where to
give, pr. of one’s own accord and with good
will

1. Pr. to give, to bestow. a) Genr. c.
acc. et dat. Matt. 4, 9 ταῦτα πάντα σοι δώ-
ow. 7,11. 14,7. 19,21. Mark 6, 2. 22.
23. 10, 21. Luke 10, 35. al. sep. Pass.
Matt. 26, 9. Mark 14, 5. Luke 8, 18. al.
Sept. for 1239 Gen. 24, 53. 25, 5. 6. al. seep.
So Aéschin. 88. 1. Xen. Hi. 7. 8.. Pass. Plut.
Mor. Il. p. 16.—With dat. and ἐκ c. gen.
partitively ; Matt. 25, 8 δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ
ἐλαίου ὑμῶν. So impl. Mark 2, 26. Luke
6, 4.
b) Spec. of sacrifice or homage, to give,
to offer, c. ace. et dat. Rev. 4,9; acc. Luke
2, 24 δοῦναι Svciay.—Sept. δότε δόξαν τῷ
Se@ for 72 Ps. 68, 35. Hom. Od. 1. 66 ἱρὰ
Seoiow ἔδωκε. 112.6.

c) Of a person who is the source, author,
cause of a favour or benefit to any one, zo
give, i. q. to grant, to impart, to permit, to
cause, etc. a) Genr. c. acc. et dat. Matt.
21, 23 ris σοι ἔδωκε τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην.
Mark 11, 28. Luke 20,2. Acts 8, 19. John
4; 12 ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ. 2 Thess. 3,
9; ace. simpl. ὃ. γνώμην 1 Cor. 7, 25. 2
Cor. 8, 10. So Hdian. 2. 8, 10. Xen. Ag.
2.33; δ. γνώμην Dem. 704. 5.—In phrases :
ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τινί, to give occasion to
any one, 2 Cor. 5,12. 1 Tim. 5, 14; (Diod.
Sic. 1. 835) τόπον ὃ. τινί, to give place to
any one, to yield, Luke 14, 9. Rom. 12, 19.
Eph. 4, 27, 2 Thess. 3, 9. (Arr. Epict. 4. 1.
106. Plut. C. Gracch. 13. Lat. dare locum
Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2. 23.) Often also when
the idea of the verb and its accus. may be
expressed by a verb kindred to the accus.
e. g. διδόναι αἷνον τῷ ϑεῷ i. 4. αἰνεῖν to
praise, Luke 18, 43 (comp. Paleph. 48);
618. ἀπόκρισιν, i. 4. to answer, John 1, 22
(Plut. Mor. II. p. 83); 816. δόξαν τῷ Sed,
i. ᾳ. δοξάζειν to glorify, to praise, Luke 17,
18. John 9, 24. Acts 12, 23. Sept. for
ΖΞ M2 Josh. '7, 19. Jer. 13, 16; 878. éyxo-
πήν, i. q. to hinder, 1 Cor. 9, 12; δίδ. évro-
λήν, i. 4. to command, John 11, 57. 12, 49;
(Dem. 250. 13 ;) 818. προσκοπήν; i. 4. to of-
fend, ἃ Cor. 6, 3; δίδ. ῥάπισμα, i. q. to strike,
fo slap, John 18, 22. 19, 3; (so ῥαπίζειν
Dem. 787. 23;) δίδ. φίλημα, i. q. to kiss,
Luke 7, 45; δίδ. χάραγμα, i. ᾳ. χαράσσω,
Rev. 13, 16 ; so Diod. Sic. 34. Ρ. 205. [599
Wess.] πάντας xaparrovres τοῖς στίγμασι.
Also δίδ. εὔσημον λόγον, i. 4. εὐσήμως λέγω,
to speak distinctly, 1 Cor.14,9. β) Spoken
of God or of Christ as the author or source
of what one has, receives, etc. to give, to

180

δίδωμι

grant, to bestow, to impart, c. acc. et dat.
Matt. 6, 11 τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον dds
ἡμῖν σήμερον. 9, 8 ϑεὸν τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν
τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνδρώποις. Luke 12, 32. John
17, 22. 24, Acts '7, 5. 11, 17. 2 Cor. 9, 9.
Eph. 4, 8. ἃ Tim. 2, 7. Rev. 2, 28. al.
Pass. Matt. 12, 39. Mark 13, 11. John 3,
27. Gal. 3, 22. So δοῦναι χάριν or ἡ χά-
pts ἡ δοθεῖσα, to give or confer grace or
favour, the grace given, benefit conferred,
James.4, 6. Rom. 12,°3. 6. 1 Cor. 3, 10.
Eph. 3,8; also ἡ x. ἡ δεδομένη id. 2 Cor. 8,
1. (AXschyl. Prom. 821 [827]; comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 18.) Rev. 2, 21 ἔδωκα αὐτῇ
χρόνον I gave her time, respite. (Pol. 6. 17.
5. Dem. 399. 19.) So of rulers whom God
gives to a people, Acts 13, 20.21 ἔδωκεν ai-
τοῖς 6 Seds τὸν Σαούλ. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 4.)
Also in various constructions; so 6. gen.
partitively, Rev. 2,17 δώσω αὐτῷ τοῦ μάννα
(Buttm. § 182. 5. c), also c. ἐκ τινος in the
same sense, 1 John 4,13. With εἰς or ἐπί,
as διδοὺς (αὐτοῖς) νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν
ν. ἐπὶ τὰς καρδίας, Heb. 8,10. 10, 16. Rev.
17,17; also εἰς ὑμᾶς id. 1 Thess. 4,8. (Xen.
Cyr. 8. 2. 20 eis ras ψυχάς.) Construed
often with the dat. and infin. instead of an
accus. comp. Buttm. § 140. 5, and n. 8. Matt,
13, 11 ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια, to
you it is given, granted, to know, etc. Luke
1, 73 τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν ἀφόβως λατρεύειν αὐτῷ.
John 5, 26 ἔδωκε τῷ vid ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν éav-
τῷ. Acts. 2,4. Rom. 15,5. 2 Tim. 1, 18.
Rey. 6, 4. (Ail. V. H. 13. 36. Xen. Cyr. 5.
1, 29.) This infin. is sometimes implied ; as
Matt. 19, 11 οἷς δέδοται sc. χωρεῖν. John 19,
11. Rev. 11,3. With ἵνα instead of the
infin. Mark 10, 37.—So c. acc. et infin. to
permit, to suffer, to grant, Acts 2, 27 et 13,
35 οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιον σοῦ ἰδεῖν διαφϑοράν.
10, 40. 14, 8. So Hom. Il. 8. 322. Luc. Ὁ.
Mort. 9. 2.—Spoken of evil or punishment
divinely inflicted, to give, to inflict, to lay
upon; 2 Thess. 1, 8 ἐκδίκησιν. Rev. 18,7
βασανισμὸν καὶ πένϑος. 2 Cor. 12, 7 ἐδόθη
μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί, where for the dat. of
manner, comp. Buttm. ὁ 133. 4. b. So Hom.
Il. 19. 270. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7.

d) Trop. of things which are the cause,
‘source, occasion, of any thing; 10 give, to
impart, to cause, ete. Acts 3,16 καὶ ἡ πίστις
ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ddokAnpiay. So Hdian. 2.
2.18. Eurip. Iph. Taur. 722. ['728.]—With
an accus. where the idea may also be ex-
pressed by the verb kindred to the accus.
see above in lett. c; James 5, 18 ὑετὸν 88.
i. q. ὕειν. Matt. 24, 29 τὸ φέγγος διδ. i. α.
φέγγειν. 1 Cor. 14, 7. 8 ὉΡΩ͂Ν διδ. i. q.

φωνεῖν.

«Ἢ ὦ a, oe

Ὁ» συ ee “Ὁ

’ 551. Phen. 1012.

δίδωμι

2. to give, to give up, to deliver over, to
present, to commit to, i. 6. to put into the
hands, power, possession, of any one.

a) Genr. and with acc. and dat. as a per-

son, Luke 7, 15; things Matt. 5, 31 δότω
αὐτῇ ἀποστάσιον. 19, Ἴ. 14, 8 δός μοι ὧδε
τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου. 24, 45. Mark 6, 41.
John 13, 26. 18,11. Rev. 1ὅ, 7. Acts 9,
41 δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα. al. sep. (Hdian. 3.
11. 20. Xen. Cyr. 4.6.10.) So c. dat.
impl. Matt. 19, 7. Luke 7, 44. John 6, 51;
acc. impl. Matt. 26, 26. 27. Luke 11, 7. 8.
(Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11.) Pass. absol. Matt.
14, 9.—Acts 1, 26 ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτῶν,
they gave their lots, sc. to be placed in the
urn. Luke 15,22 δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν
χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, give or bring. α ring for his
hand ; others under no. 4 below, like Heb.
ἘΣ 902 Gen. 41, 42, where Sept. περιτίϑημι.
(Xen. An. 1.2.27.) With dat. of pers. and
infin. e. g. 818. αὐτοῖς payeiv Vv. πίνειν, Matt.
14,16. Luke 8, 55. 15,16. John 4, 7. 6,
31. Rev. 16,6. (Comp. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 7.
4. Ml. V. H. 9.15.) So δίδ. τοῖς κυσί,
Matt. 7,6; comp. Hom. Il, 23. 21. Xen.
Ven. 7. 12.

b) Also to commit, to intrust, e. g. to the
charge or care of any one ; spoken of things,
Matt 16,19 δώσω σοι ras κλεῖς τῆς βασι-
λείας τῶν οὐρ. 25,15. Mark 12,9. Luke
12, 48. 16, 12. 20,16. John 3, 35. 5, 22.
13, 3. al. Sept. and 792 Cant. 8,11. (Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7.11.) Of a work or duty to be
done, John 5, 36. 17, 4. 8. 11. 14. Acts 7,
38; so Xen. ic. 7. 6.—Spoken of per-
sons who are given to Christ as his disci-
ples, who are to receive eternal life ; John
10, 29 6 πατήρ μου, ds δέδωκέ μοι (sc. αὐτά
v. 28). 17, 6. 9. 22. 24: Heb. 2,13. So
Xen. An. '7. 3. 30.—Hence

c) Spec. διδόναι ἑαυτόν, to give one-
self, to deliver oneself, i.e. ~ a) to conse-
crate or devote oneself, 2 Cor. 8, 5. So
Hdot. 3.19. Dem. 301.20. 8) With ὑπέρ
Vv. περί τινος, to give or devote oneself for
any one, i. 6. to death, Gal. 1,4. Tit. 2,14;
with predic. ἀντίλυτρον, 1 Tim. 2, 6. So
τὸ σῶμα αὑτοῦ Luke 22, 19; τὴν σάρκα αὗ-
τοῦ John 6,51. Also διδ. τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ
λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν Matt. 20, 28. Mark 10,
45. So 1 Macc. 2,50. 6,44. Eurip. Herac.
y) Constr. with εἰς ¢.
accus. of place, to betake oneself to any place,
to go; Acts 19, 31 μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ
Séarpov. So Jos. Ant. 15.7. 7. et Diod.
Sic. 5. 59 διδοὺς αὑτὸν εἰς τὰς ἐρημίας. Pol.
5. 14. 9.

3. 10 give, i. 6. to give forth, to render up,

181 | ᾿ δίδωμι

to yield, especially in return for any thing
bestowed, as a gift, labour, attention ; hence
often found where ἀποδίδωμι might have
stood. a) Genr. e. g. of persdns, 6. acc.
Rev. 20, 13 bis, ἔδωκεν ἡ ϑάλασσα τοὺς ve-
κροὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κτλ. Of things, Luke 6, 38
δοθήσεται ὑμῖν" μέτρον... δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν
κόλπον ὑμῶν. ‘Trop. λόγον δώσει τῷ ϑεῷ,
shall render an account to God, Rom. 14,
12; so Plut. de Puer. educ. 14. Xen. Cyr.
1.4.3. Ὁ) Spoken of what is given as a
reward, recompense, fo give, to reward, to
pay, Matt. 20,4. 14. Mark-14,11. Rey.
11,18. Or of the price of any thing, tri-
bute, tithes, Matt. 16, 26 et Mark 8, 37.
Matt. 22, 17. 27,10. Luke 20, 22. 23, 2.
Heb. 7,4. Sept. for sam Zech. 11,12. So
Xen. Conv. 1. 5 ἀργύριον. Paleph. 38 δίδ. ΄
φόρον. 0) Of the earth, to give forth, ie
yield, e. g. καρπόν, Matt. 13, 8. Mark 4,7
8. Sept. and ym3 Zech. 8,12. So ἀποδί-
δωμι Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.

4. From the Heb. used in the sense of
τίϑημι, like 13 for DY, to put, to set, to
place ; see Heb. Lex. art. 2 no. 2, 3.

a) Pr. and with ἐπί 6. acc. to place or
put upon any thing ; 6. g. τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ
τὴν τράπεζαν, to place money upon the table
of the broker, i. e. to place at interest, Luke
19, '23, comp. Matt. 25, 27; comp. also
Sept. and Ἴ23 Lev. 25,37. So δίδ. τὰ Su-
μιάματα ἐπὶ τὸ ϑυσιαστήριον, i.e. to offer in
sacrifice, c. dat. of manner ταῖς προσευχαῖς,
Rev. 8,3; comp. Ecclus. [32] 35, 16. 17.
Sept. and 13 Ez. 7, 8. 4. ἃ]. comp. 113
Gen. 1, 7. 9, 13, where Sept. τίϑημι ἐν.
So perh. with εἰς Luke 15,22; see in no. 2.
a. Once c. ἐνώπιόν τινος, Rev. 3, 8 δέδωκα
ἐνώπιόν σου ϑύραν ἀνεῳγμένην. So Sept. for
"38> M2 Neh. 9, 35.—Trop. in the Latin-
ism δοῦναι ἐργασίαν, dare operam, to
give labour or diligence, to make effort, to
endeavour, c. infin. Luke 12, 58. So Her-
mog. de Invent. 3. 5.7 ἐργασίαν τῷ ἐπιχει-
ρήματι διδούς. See dare operam, Ernesti
Clav. Cic. art. Opera. Comp. σπουδὴν τι-
ϑέναι Pind. Pyth. 4. 492; ponere operam,
Cic. pro Mur. 22; pro Cluent. 57.

b) Of miracles, to do, to perform, to ex-
hibit, Matt. 24,24. Mark 13, 22. Acts 2,
19 quoted from Joel 3, 3 [2, 30], where
Sept. for }92, as also Ex. 7,9. Deut. 13,1;
comp. Sept. τίϑημι for psd Deut. 6, 22.

c) With a doub. acc. of person, to appoint,
to constitute, as any thing, where the last
acc. is by apposition; Eph. 1, 22 αὐτὸν
ἔδωκε κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα. 4,11. Sept. and
yo) Ex. 7,1; also 23 Gen. 17, 5, Sept.

διεγείρω 182

τίθημι. So Sept. διδόναι εἰς for mvs Ez.
37, 22. “Comp. Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 813.
Matth. § 420.

d) Of a law, ordinance, or the like, to
give, i.e. to appoint, to ordain, to prescribe ;
e. g. νόμον John 7,19. Gal. 3, 213 διαϑή-
κην περιτομῆς Acts '7, 83 περιτομήν ΕΣ 7;
22. Sept. for 792 Lev. 26, 46; for "WF
Josh. 24, 25; ΓΞ Ezra 9,11. Sept. did.
SiaSnxnv for 723 Num. 25, 12; also Heb.
2 Gen. 17, 2. Lev. 26,1, where Sept.
riinut—The classic form is ϑεῖναι νόμον,
whence νομοϑέτης ἃ lawgiver ; see the Gr,
Lexicons in τίϑημι. +

διεγείρω, f. epd, (ἐγείρω,) to wake up
fully, to rouse, c. acc. pr. persons from
sleep, Matt. 1,24. Mark 4, 38. 39. Luke
8,24. So Jos. Ant. 2: 5. ὅ. Hdian. 2. 1.
13. Plut. Dion 26.—Trop. 6. g. the sea, 10
arouse, to agitate, Pass. John 6,18; comp.
Heb. 30 and Sept. ἐξεγείρω Jon. 1, 13,
Also of the mind, or in mind, fo excite, in-
cite, stir up, 2 Pet. 1,13. 3, 1. So 2 Macc.
15,10. Plut. Cato Min. 48.

διεν δυμέομαι, odpar, Pass. depon. (ἐν-
Supéoua,) to revolve throughout in mind,
to consider carefully, c. περί twos Acts 10,
19 in later edit. for ἐνθυμέομαι in Rec.

διεξέρχομαι, aor. 2 διεξῆλθον, (ἐξέρ-
χομαι;) to pass out through, absol. Acts 28,
3 Grb. ἔχιδνα... διεξελθοῦσα KaBjipe κτλ.
—Luc. Tox. 55. Plato Prot. 315. a.

διέξοδος, ov, ἡ; (ἔξοδος,) a way. out
through, a passage out, a pass, Hdian. 8. 1.
11. Thuc. 3. 98; comp. Sept. for xia
2K. 2,21.—In N. T. ἃ thoroughfare, cross-
ing, fork of the roads, not in the city
(comp. v. 7), but in the country, where
many resort or pass; Matt. 22,9 ἐπὶ τὰς
διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, 4. d. cross-roads.

διερμηνευτής, ov, 6, (διερμενεύω.) an
interpreter, 1 Cor. 14, 28.

διερμηνεύω, f. εύσω, (διά intens. ἑρμη-
veva,) to interpret fully, to explain, to ex-
pound, 6. acc. et dat. Luke 24, 27; absol.
Acts 9, 36. 1 Cor. 12, 30. 14, 5. 13. 27.—
2 Macc, 1,-36.. Pol, 3. 22. δ.

διέρχομαι;, f. διελεύσομαι Luke 2, 35,
(ἔρχομαι,) impf. διηρχόμην Luke 5, 15. 17,
11; aor. 2 διῆλθον ; see in ἔρχομαι.

1. to goor come through, to pass through,
with διά c. gen. of place ; Matt. 12, 43 and
Luke 11, 24 διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων. Luke 4,
30. 17, 11. John 4, 4. [8, 59.] Acts 9, 32.
1 Cor. 10, 1; δέ ἐκείνης sc. 6800, Luke 19,
4; 8 cr δ Cor. 1, 16; διὰ τρυπήματος
ῥαφίδος Matt. 19,24. Mark 10,25. [Luke 18,

διηγγέομαι

25.] Comp. Buttm. ὁ 147.:. 9. Sept. for x13
2 Chr. 23,15; "23 1 Sam. 9, 3. 4. (Trop.
Plato Soph. 255. e.) With ace. of place ;
Luke 19, 1 διήρχετο τὴν Ἱεριχώ. Acts 12, 10.
13, 6. 14, 24. 15, 8. 41. 16,6) 18,23. 19,
1. 21. 20,2. 1 Cor. 16, 5 bis. Heb..4, 14
dveAnAvSéra τοὺς οὐρανούς, who has passed
through the heavens, i. e. all the heavens,
quite up to the throne of God, comp. 2 Cor.
12, 2.4. Eph, 4, 10. Heb. 7, 26. Sept. for
2 Josh. 18, 4; "22 Gen. 41, 47. So
Hdian. 8. 1. 7. Xen. An. 3. 5. 1'7.—Absol.
but with accus. impl. as τὴν γῆν, τὴν πόλιν,
τὴν χώραν, i. 6. through the adjacent coun-
try, the region round about ; Acts 8, 4. 40
διερχόμενος εὐαγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας.
10, 38. 17,28. 20,25; with κατὰ κώμας
Luke 9,6. So with ἕως ὁ. gen. of place,
to go or travel through the country as far
as, Acts 11, 19. 22; and hence simply, to
go or pass toa plaee, c. ἕως, Luke 2, 15.

Acts 9, 38. Trop. εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους δ᾽ ᾿

Sdvaros διῆλθεν, Rom. 5, 19. Sept. pr. c.
eis for xin 2 Sam. 17, 243. ο. ἐπί for “ay
Jon. 2,4. So Xen. An. 6. 8. 16.—Spoken
of things, 6. g. a sword, to pierce through,
c. acc. Luke 2,35. (Soc. gen. Hom. Il. 20.
100.) Trop. of a rumor, Adyos, to go out
through the country, to be spread abroad,
absol, Luke 5,153 so Plut. Galba 26. Xen.
An. 1. 4. ἢ διῆλξε λόγος.

2. Of those who pass over a river; lake,
sea ; Mark 4, 35 et Luke 8, 22. διέλθωμεν
eis TO πέραν. Acts 18, 27. 18,14 διελθόντες
ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης, i. e. passing over by water
from Perga to Antioch ; comp. γ. 13. Sept.
for 812 Deut. 4, 21; nay Jer. 2, 10.—Xen.
An. 6. 3. 16. °

διερωτάω, ὃ, f. how, (ἐρωτάω,) to in-
quire throughout, carefully ; to inquire out,
c. acc. τὴν οἰκίαν Acts 10, 17.—Pol. 5. 50.
12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 15.

διετής, gos, ods, 6, ἡ; adj. (dis, ἔτος.) of
two years, two years old ; Matt, 2, 16 ἀπὸ

διετοῦς [παιδὸς] καὶ κατωτέρω, from the |

child of two years old and under, So Sept.

| ἀπὸ τριετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω for pipw wide ja.

1237253, ‘from the child of three years old
and modnodd 2 Chr. 31, 163 ἀπὸ εἰκοσαε-
τοῦς 1 Chr. 27, 23. Ezra 3, 8.—Pollux On.
2.2.8. Also διετὴς χρόνος 2 Macc. 10, 8.
Hadot. 2. 2. .

διετία, as, 4, (διετής,) the space of two
years, biennium, Acts 24, 27. 28, 30.

διηγέομαι, ovpat, f. ἤσομαι, Mid, depon.
(ἡγέομαι,) pr. to lead or conduct through ;
hence trop. to go through with, to recount,
to tell, to declare the whole of any thing ;

a a ta a a ceil ee

a i

διήγησις

σωνται ἃ εἶδον. Luke 9, 10 ; acc. simpl.
Luke 8, 39. Acts 8, 33 τὴν δὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ
τίς διηγήσεται, quoted from Is. 53, 8 where
Sept. for MM; see in γενεά no. 3, and
αἴρω no. 4. With dat. and πῶς, Mark 5, 16.
Acts 9, 27 διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς. 12173
also 6. περί τινος Heb. 11, 82. Sept. for spo
Gen. 24, 66.—1 Maec. 8, 2. Hdian. 2. 15.
13. Xen. Ce; '7. 9.

διήγησ ews, 7, (διηγέομαι,) narration,
history, Luke 1,1. Sept. for "80% Judg.
7, 15.—2 Mace. 2, 32. Pol. 3. 36. 4. Plato
Rep. 392.d.

διηνεκής, ἔος, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἠνεκής,
διήνεγκα, διαφέρω,) pr. carried through, ex-
tended, protracted, e. g. roots Hom. Il. 12.
134; a ditch Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Of time,
e. g. the night, Luc. V. H. 1.19. Trop. of
a law, νόμος, continual, perpetual, Plato
Rep. 839. a.—In N. T. only of time, Neut.
τὸ διηνεκέ S> Pr. continuance, perpetuity ;
and so ady. εἰς τὸ Sinvexés, continually, for-
ever, Heb. 7, 3. 10, 1.12.14. So Symm.
for 135 pbis Ps. 48, 15. App. B. Civ. P-
682 δικτάτωρ εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς ἠρέϑη, i. 4. ἐς
ἀεί ῥ.. 601. Heliod. 1. p. 25.

διϑάλασσος, ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (δίς, ϑάλασ-
σα!) divided into two seas, Strabo p. 11. ἃ.----
In N. T. between two seas, bimaris ; Acts
27, 41 εἰς τόπον διϑάλασσον, a place between
two seas, at the meeting of two opposing
currents, forming a shoal or sand bank. So
Dion Chrys. 5. p. 83. 4, βραχέα καὶ διϑάλαττα.
Comp. ‘bimaris Corinthus’ Hor. Od. 1.
7. 2.

διϊκνέομαι, odpar, f. διΐξομαι, (ixvéopat,)
to go or pass through, to pierce through, c.
ἄχρι τινός Heb. 4,12. Sept. pr. for ma
Ex. 26, 28. 36, 33.—Hesych. διϊκνούμενος"
διερχόμενος.

διίστημι, (ἵστημι,) aor. 1 διέστησα,

‘trans. to place asunder, to separate ; aor. 2

διέστην, intrans. to separate, to go away;
see in ἵστημι, and Buttm. § 107. II. 1. (m.
21.) InN.T. — a): As toplace, intrans. c.
ἀπό, Luke 24, 51 διέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Acts
27, 28 βραχὺ δὲ διαστήσαντες (ἑαυτούς),
ing a little, going ἃ little further. So
Ecclus. 28, 14. Pol. 10. 3: 6. Thue. 4. 74..
b) Of time, intrans. to pass “Ἢ earns
Luke 22; 59.
διϊσχυρίζομαι, f. tropa, Mid. aun:
(ἰσχυρίζομαι,) to affirm through and through,
to affirm confidently ; with λέγων Luke 22,
59; c. inf. Acts 12, ee Jou. ον yy 4.
Dem. 447. 25. Plato Pheed. 100. d.

183
6. acc. et dat. Mark 9,9 ἵνα μηδενὶ διηγή- |

a

_ Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 20, 21.

δίκαιος

δικαιοκρίσίια, as, ἧ, (δίκαιος, κρίσις,
righteous judgment, Rom. 2, 5; comp.
1 Thess. 1, 5—Gr. Anon. for ΘΒ Hos.
6, 5. Test. XII Patr. p. 547, 581. Comp.
δικαιοκρίτης ἃ Mace. 12, 41.

᾿ δίκαιος, aia, ov, (δίχα Aristot. Eth. Nic.
5. 2; others δίκη,) right, just, pr. physi-
cally, i. 6. even, equal, like, comp. ἦσος ;
e. g. numbers Hdot. 2. 149; ἅρμα οὐ dix.
an uneven going chariot, Xen. Gyr. 2. 2. 26;
then, just as it should be, fit, proper, good,
as soil, y Poll. On. 1. 227; γήδιον Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 38; comp. justissima tellus Virg.
Geor. 2. 460.—Hence in a moral sense,
right, just, e. g.

1. Of one who acts alike to all, who prac-
tises even-handed justice, just, equitable, im-
partial ; spoken of a judge, e. g. Christ or
God, 2 Tim. 4, 8 ὁ δίκαιος κριτής. Rev. 16,
5. Of a judgment, decision, John 5, 30 7
κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστί. '7,24. Luke 12, 57.
2 Thess. I, 5. 6. Rev. 16, 7. 19,2. Sept.
for "AN Jer. 42,5; P™S Ps. '7, 12. 119,
137.—Plut. de rect. rat. Aud. 13. Thue. 3.
44, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Plato Gorg. 523. e,
iva δικαία ἡ κρίσις ἧ.

2. Of character or conduct, just as it
should be, upright, righteous, virtuous ; also
good in a general sense; but 6 δίκαιος is
strictly one who does right, while ὁ aya%és
is one who does good, a benefactor ; comp.
Comp.
also Cic. Off. 2. 10 ‘justitia, ex qua una
virtute boni viri appellantur.’ De Fin. 5. 23
‘justitia . . . cui adjuncta sunt pietas, bonitas,
liberalitas, benignitas, comitas, quaeque sunt
generis ejusdem.’ Sept. usually for P"3% ;
see Heb. Lex. 8. v. no. 3.

a) Of things, e. g. ἔργα 1 John 3, 12;
ἐντολή Rom. 7, 12. Neut. τὸ δίκαιον;
what is right, just, fit; e. g. wages Matt.
20, 4.'7; also genr. Col. 4, 1. Eph. 6, 1.
Phil. 1,'7.. 2 Pet. 1, 13.—Hdian. 4. 5. 12.
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 25. Plato Gorg. 457. c.

b) Of persons: | a) In the language of
common life; Matt. 5, 45 βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαί-
ovs καὶ ἀδίκους. Mark 2, 17. Luke 5, 32.
18,9. 20,20. Acts 10,22. Rom. 5,7. 1 Tim.
1,9. 2 Pet. 2, 7. 8. al. Sept. and ΤῚΣ

’ Gen. 18, 23 sq. Ecc. 3, 17. (Dem. 742. 6.

Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 11.) Sometimes the idea
of mildness, clemency, predominates, Matt.
1,19. 1 John 1,9; or also that of inno-
cence, Matt. 27, 19. 24; so Sept. for 8"P2
Job 9, 23. Prov. 6,17. 8) Spec. of those
whose hearts are right with God, right-
eous, pious, godly ; Matt. 13, 43 τότε of dik.
ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος. ν. 49. 23, 29.

δικαιοσύνη

35 αἷμα δίκαιον, i. 6. blood of the righteous.
25, 46. Mark 6, 20. Luke 14, 14. 23, 47.
Rom. 2, 13. 3,10. 5,19. Heb. 11, 4. al.
Rom. 1, 17 and Gal. 3, 11 and Heb. 10, 38
ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται, the just shall
live (be saved) by faith, quoted from Hab,
2,4 where Sept. for P"3%; as also Ps. 1, 5.
118, 15. al. Test. XII Patr. p. 571, 609.
y) Used in the highest and most perfect
sense of God, John 17, 25. Rom. 3, 26.
1 John 2, 29; of Christ, Acts 3, 14, 7, 52.
22,14. 1 John 2,1. 3,7. Sept. for ΤῚΣ
Ex. 9, 27. Deut. 32, 4. Comp. Xen. Mem.
4.4.25. +

δικαιοσύνη, ns, ἡ, (δίκαιος,) pr. the do-
ing or being what is just and right, e. g.

1. The doing alike to all, i. 6. justice,
equity, impartiality ; spoken of a judge or
magistrate, Acts 17, 31 κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμέ-
νην ev δικαιοσύνῃ. Rev. 19, 11. Heb. 11,33
εἰργάσαντο δικαιοσύνην, wrought justice, dis-
pensed justice to the nations. Rom. 9, 28,
quoted from Is. 10, 22, where Sept. for
OPI ; see in συντέμνω. Sept. also for
Pix Ps. 9, 9. 35, 24.—Ecclus. 45, 26.
Jos. Ant. 3. 4.1. Dem. 199. 5. Plato Gorg.
464. c.

2. Of character, conduct, and the like,
the being just as one should be, i. e. recti-
_ tude, uprightness, righteousness, virtue, like
the Heb. P3%, PIX; see in δίκαιος no.
2. init.

a) Of actions, duties, etc. ig. τὸ δίκαιον,
what is right, proper, fit; Matt. 3, 15 πλη-
paca πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην.

b) Of disposition, conduct: a) In the
language of common life, Eph. 5,9. 1 Tim.
6, 11. 2 Tim. 2, 22. Heb. '7,2. Rev. 22, 11
in later edit. Sept. for PTX Ps. 15, 2;
OPIS Prov. 8, 18. 20. (Aschin. 25, 42.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24.) Hence the doing
right, uprightness, as manifested in kind-
ness, beneficence, bounty, 2 Cor. 9, 9. 10;
perh. 2 Pet. 1, 1; see in δίκαιος no. 2. b. a.
So Sept. for 707 Gen. 20,13; ΠΙΡῚΣ 1
Sam. 12,7. Ps. 24,5; also Tob. 2,14. Bar.
5, 9. 8) Spoken of that righteousness
which has regard to God and the divine
law, viz. either (1) merely external and
consisting in the observance of external
precepts, as δικαιοσύνη ἡ ἐν νόμῳ Vv. ἐκ νό-
μου, Rom. 10, 8. 5. Phil. 3, 6. 9, where it
is contrasted with ἡ dcx. διὰ πίστεως ; or
(2) internal, where the heart is right with
God, piety towards God, and thence right-
eousness, godliness, vital religion; genr.
Matt. 5, 6. 10. 20. 6, 33. 21, 89, Luke 1,
75. Acts 10, 35. 24, 25. via 6, 16. 18 sq.

184

Heb. 1, 9. 5, 13. James 3, 18. al. sep.

δικαιόω

Sept. and P'7% Ps. 17,15; ΠΡῚΝ 1 K. 3,6.
Ez. 14,14. So Jos. Ant. 1. 2.1. ib. 8. 4

4.—Spee. it is said: ᾧ Beds λογίζεται δικαι-
οσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων Rom. 4,6; and ἐλογί-
σϑη τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δὲκωνηκ,»» Υ.
3. 5-93 also v. 22. Gal. 3, 6. James 2,23:
all in allusion to Gen. 15, 6 where Sept. for
OPTS; comp. Ps. 32,1.2. Similar in the
case of Noah is ἡ δικαιοσύνη κατὰ πίστιν
Heb. 11,7. Hence in Paul’s writings, ἡ
δι Δὸν (ex) Seod ἡ ἐκ (διὰ) πί-
στεως Χριστοῦ, the righteousness o
(from) God which is of (through) faith in
Christ, i. 6. the righteousness which God
reckons or imputes to believers because ot
their faith in Christ, Rom. 1, 17." 3, 22.
Phil. 3,9. The same is ἡ Bikateeens
ἐκ πίστεως, Rom. 9,30. 10, 6. Gal. 5,5:
also ἡ δικαιοσύνη (τοῦ) Yeod, Rom.
3, 21. 10, 3 bis. 2 Cor. 5, 21 ἵνα γινώμεϑα
δικαιοσύνη ϑεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ; that we may become
the rightequsness of God in him, i. e. the
embodiment and manifestation of this right-
eousness. (Comp. Sept. and Hin ὨΣῚΝ
Ps. 5, 9.) So too simply ἡ Ditardbien
id. Rom. 5,17 ἡ δωρεὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης. v.
21. 10, 4. 2 Cor. 3,9. Gal. 2, 21. 3, 21.
Meton. of Christ as the mediator through
whom this righteousness is thus reckoned,
1 Cor. 1, 80. This δικαιοσύνη ἐκ πίστεως,

so reckoned to believers, is according to

Paul the ground or occasion of their jus-
tification before God; comp. Rom. 5, 1. 8,
1sq. Hence the doctrine of ‘ justification by
faith.’ γ) In the highest and most perfect
sense as an attribute of God, referring par-
ticularly to his truth, Rom. 3, 5 comp. v. 4;
spec. of his judicial righteousness, Rom. 3,
25. 26. Of Christ, John 16,8.10. +

δικαιόῶ, &, f. dco, (Sixaios,) to hold
right, to think right or fit, Hdot. 1. 89, 133 ;
to do right or justice to any one, for his
benefit, Pol. 3.31. 9 also to condemn, Thuc.
3. 40.—In N. Τ', to hold as righteous, to de-
clare righieous, to justify, e. g.

1. As a matter of right, in a forensic
sense, to justify, to absolve, to clear from
any charge or imputation; Pass. Matt. 12,
37 ἐκ τῶν λόγων cov δικαιωδήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τ.
A. σου καταδικασϑήσῃ. 1 Cor. 4,4; with
ἀπό τινος, Rom. 6,7 ὁ yap ἀποϑανὼν δεδι-
καίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, i. 6. is freed from
its power and influence ; comp. v. 18 and see
in ἀποϑνήσκω no. 3. Sept. for PI Ex. 23,

7. Deut. 25, 1—Also δικαιοῦν ἑαυτόν, to

Justify oneself, sc. from the charge of put-
ting an unnecessary question, Luke 10, 29.

εΝῇ

δὰ ας ἐν ὅρον esa PS

δικαιόω

So Sept. for PIL Gen. 44, 16. Comp.
Ecclus. 10,29 ἀπό τινος 26, 29.

2. to declare to be just as one should be;
to pronounce upright, righteous, good ; see

in δίκαιος no. 2.—Hence

a) Genr. to justify, i.e. to do justice to,
to acknowledge and vindicate, to honour, to
glorify; c. acc. Luke 7,29 τὸν Sedv. Pass.
1 Tim. 3, 16 eds... ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι.
Rom. 3, 4 quoted from Ps. 51, 6 where
Sept. for PTS. So Matt. 11, 19 and Luke
7, 35 ἐδικαιώϑη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων
αὑτῆς, i. 6. the true wisdom is justified, ac-
knowledged, honoured, by those who receive
her; comp. Kypke I. p. 240. Sept. and
pI Ez. 16, 52.—Psalt. Salom. 2, 16.
3, 5.

b) Spec. in relation to God and his law,
to justify, to declare righteous ; see in δί-
xaos no. 2. Ὁ. B, and δικαιοσύνη no. 2. b. β.
a) Externally, in accordance with the Jew-
ish law; Luke 16, 15 of δικαιοῦντες éav-
τοὺς ἐνώπιον τῶν av3parray, i. e. who profess
yourselves righteous. 8) God. is said to
justify a person, to regard and treat him as
righteous, by reckoning or imputing to him
faith (πίστις) as righteousness; see in δὲ»
καιοσύνη no. 2. b. 8. So genr. where faith
is manifested in works, Pass. c. ἐξ ἔργων
James 2, 21. 24. 25; absol. Luke 18, 14.
Oftener in Paul’s writings, where faith in
Christ is the ground or occasion of justifi-
cation, i. 6. ‘justification by faith 7 c. acc. et
ἐκ (διὰ) πίστεως, Rom. 3, 26. 30 ὃς δικαιώ-
σει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν
διὰ τῆς πίστεως. Gal. 3,8; acc. Rom. 4, 5.
8, 30 bis; absol. 8,33. Pass. absol. Rom.
2,13; δικ. δωρεάν 3, 24; τῇ χάριτι Tit. 3,
7; διὰ πίστεως I. X. Gal. 2,16; ἐκ πίστεως
Xp. Rom. 5, 1. Gal. 2, 16. 3, 24; πίστει
χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου Rom. 3,28; ἐν τῷ αἵματι
αὐτοῦ 5, 9; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι I. Χ. 1 Cor. 6,
11; ἐν Χριστῷ Gal. 2, 17; with ἀπό τινος,
Acts 13, 39 ἀπὸ πάντων... ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς 6
πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. Also by works or by
the law none can be justified; so ἐν νόμῳ,
Gal. 3, 11 ὅτι δὲ ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται
παρὰ τῷ ϑεῷ. 5,4; with ἀπό τινος added,
Acts 13, 39; also ἐξ ἔργων (νόμου) Rom.
3,20. 4,2. Gal. 2,16 bis. ὁ,

3. Mid. to make oneself upright, righi-
eous ; hence to be upright, righteous; Pass,
aor. 1 in Mid. signif. Buttm. § 113. n, 5,
Rev. 22, 11 Rec. ὁ δίκαιος δικαιωϑήτω ἔτι,
he that is righteous, let him be righteous
still; but later editions read: δικαιοσύνην
romodro.—Sept. ἐδικαίωσα τὴν καρδίαν μου,
for 31; Ps, 78, 18.

, 185 δίκη

δικαίωμα, ατος, τό, (δικαιόω) 1. α
right or just act, righteous deed; Rom. 5,
18 δι ἑνὸς δικαιώματος, i. 4. διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς
v.19. Rev. 19, 8.—Bar. 2, 19.

2. A declaration of what is right and fit,
a decree, ordinance, precept; e.g. τοῦ κυρίου
Luke 1, 6. Rom. 1, 32; τοῦ νόμου Rom. 2,
26. 8,4. Also Heb. 9, 1 8. τῆς λατρείας,
i, 6. respecting worship. 9, 10 6. τῆς σαρκός,
carnal. Sept. for PH Ex. 15, 25. 26; Bb
Ex. 21,1. Num. 36, 13. So Jos. B. 2.7. 5.
2.—Also of God’s judgments decreed, τὰ δι-
καιώματα, Rey. 15,4. SoHeb. 48% Ps. 119,
75. 137, where Sept. κρίμα. Comp. Plato
Legg. 864. 6, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων δικαιωμάτων
ἀφείσϑω.

3. Of a justifying act, justification, Rom.
5, 16; opp. κατάκριμα. See in δικαιόω no.

2.b. B.

δικαίως, adv. (δίκαιος,) rightly, justly,
i.e. 8) Pr. with strict justice, Luke 23,
4, 1 Pet. 2,23. Sept. for ΡΞ Prov. 31, 9.
So Wisd. 19,13. Xen. Mem. 3.1.2. Ὁ)
in the right way, as one ought, 1 Cor. 15, .
34. So Xen. Hi. 4.10. 0) righteously,
piously, 1 Thess. 2, 10. Tit. 2, 12.

δικαίωσις, ews, ἡ, (δικαιόω,) ‘the act of
declaring righteous, justification, which
God bestows on believers, Rom. 4, 25. 5,
18; see in δικαιόω no. 2. b. B.—So genr.
Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3 ὑπὸ χϑονὸς δικαιώσεις τε
kal τιμὰς ols ἀρετῆς ἢ κακίας ἐπιτήδευσις ἐν
τῷ βίῳ γέγονε. :

δικαστής, οὔ, 6, (δικάζω,) a dispenser of
justice, a judge, Luke 12, 14; also Acts 7,
27. 35, quoted from Ex. 2, 14 where Sept.
for opt. So Hdian. 7. 7. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1.
3. 17.—The difference between ὁ δικαστής
and ὁ κριτής appears to, have been, either
that 6 κριτής was the presiding judge and οἱ
δικασταί the side judges ; or that 6 δικαστής
had respect only to law, while ὁ κριτής was
a judge in law and equity; see Wyttenb.
Ep. crit. p. 219. Herm. Polit. Antt. ὁ 134,
Dict. of Antt. arts. Crite, Dicastes.

δίκη; ns, ἡ, custom, manner, Hom. Od. 4.
691; prescription, right, Hom. Il. 16. 388 ;
right, justice, spec. a judicial process, law-
suit, trial, Dem. 298. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 1.

‘—In N. T. of the result of an action or

trial, i. e.

1. judgment, sentence of condemnation, to
be followed by punishment; Acts 25, 15
αἰτούμενοι κατ᾽ αὐτὸν dixny.—Antiph. 751.
4. ib. '752. 2 ἀνάγκη δὲ τῆς δίκης νικᾶσϑαι
παρὰ τὸ ἀληϑές. See Reiske ad loc.

3. penalty, punishment, vengeance ; se

δίκτυον

2. Thess. 1,9 δίκην τίσουσιν; see in ria.
Jude 7 πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι; see in
ὑπέχω. Sept. for pp; Deut. 32, 41. Ez.
25, 12. So Hdian. 1. 8. 12. Plut. de sera
Num. vind. 8. Xen. An. 5. 8. 1.—Spec. of
the divine vengeance, either personified, or
perh. referring to the heathen goddess 7
Δίκη, Nemesis ; Acts 28, 4 ὃν... ἡ δίκη ζὴν
οὐκ εἴασεν. Comp. 2 Mace. 8,11. 13. Dem.
772. 25. Arr. Exp. Alex. 4. 9. 9.

δίκτυον, ov, τό, a net, for fishing, Matt.
4, 20. 21. Mark 1,18. 19. Luke 5, 2. 4. 5.
6. John 21, 6. 8.11 bis—Luc. Hermot. 65.
Plut. de Solert: Anim. 26 ; genr. Xen. Mem.
3.11.8.

Siroyos, ov, 6, ἡ, adj.. (dis, λέγω,) pr.
uttering twice, repeating, so διλογεῖν Diod.
Sic. 20. 37. Xen. Eq. 8. 2.—In N. T. double-
tongued, speaking one thing and meaning
another, 1 Tim. 3, 8. So Theophyl. in loc.
ἄλλα φρονῶν καὶ ἄλλα λέγων.

διό; conj. see in διά IL. 1. Ὁ. β. p- 168.

διοδεύω, f. εὐσω, (δδεύω,) to travel
through, to pass through, ὁ. acc. of place
Acts 17, 1; with κατά τι distributively, Luke
8, 1 διώδευε κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην. Sept. for
324 Gen. 13, 17.—Phit. Flamin. 5. Pol.
2. 15. 5. :

Διονύσιος, ου, ὃ, Dionysius, an Areopa-
gite of Athens, converted under Paul’s
preaching, Acts 17, 34.

διόπερ; conj. see διό, in διά IL. 1. b. β.

διοπετής, gos, ods, 6, ἡ; adj. (Atos, πί-
πτω,) fallen from Jove, heaven-descended ;
Acts 19, 35 τοῦ διοπετοῦς 56. ἀγάλματος. i. 6.
the image worshipped in the temple of Di-
ana at Ephesus; see Plin. H. N. 16. 79.
Eurip. Iph. in Taur. 86-88. Wetst. in loc.
Hdian. 1. 11. 2 ἄγαλμα διοπετές. Plut.
Numa 13.

διόρϑωμα, ατος, τό, (διορϑόω,.) pr. a
making straight throughout ; hence reform,
improvement, in Mss. Acts 24,3 [2], where
Rec. κατόρϑωμα.---Ῥ]αΐ, Numa 17.

διόρϑωσις, ews, 7, (διορϑόω,) pr. ὦ ma-
king straight throughout ; hence, right ar-
rangement, Aristot. Polit. 8. Plato Legg.
642. a.—In N. T. amendment, reformation ;

Heb. 9, 10 καιρὸς diop%aceas, i. e. the time.

of a new and better dispensation under the
Messiah; comp. in dmoxaracracis.—Jos.
B. J. 1.20. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 75. Pol. 3.
118, 2. Υ
διορύσσω ν. -ττω, f. ξω, (ὀρύσσω,) to
dig through, 6. g. τὸν οἶκον, τὴν οἰκίαν, the
walls of houses, which in the East are often
built of sun-dried bricks, clay, earth, or also

186 διχάζω

loose stones ; Pass. Matt. 94, 43. Luke 14
39; absol. Matt. 6, 19. 90. Sept. and "5h
Job 24, 16; so Ez. 12,7 τὸν Totxov.—Xen.
Conv. 4.30; τοῖχον Luc. Gall. 22. Thuc. 2. 3.

Διόσκουροι, ay, of, (Aids, κοῦρος, κόρος.)
written also Διόσκοροι, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
235; the Dioscuri, i. 6. Castor and Pollux,
in heathen mythology the sons of Jupiter by

_ Leda, and the patrons of sailors, Acts 28, 11.

Plut. T. Gracch. 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 29.
Comp. Hor. Carm. 1. 3. 2. ib. 4. 8.31.

διότι, conj. see in διά Il. 1. b. y. p. 168.

Ζιοτρεφής, έος, ods, 6, (Διός, τρέφω.)
Diotrephes, pr. τι. of a person elsewhere un-
known, 3 John 9.

διπλόος ovs, én ἢ, dov ody, (Buttm.
§ 60. 5. b,) two-fold, double; pr. Sept. for
3072 Gen. 43, 15. Ex. 16,5. Xen. An. 7.
6. 7.—In N. T. trop. double, put for any
greater relative amount, as of honour, 1 Tim.
5, 17; of punishment, Rev. 18,6 bis. Sept.
and 3% Jer. 16,18. So Hdian. 6.7. 7.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 23.—Comparat. διπλό-
τερὸν as adv. two-fold more, Matt. 23, 15.

δυπλόω; &, f. ὠσω, (διπλόος,) to double,
trans. Rev. 18, 6 διπλώσατε αὐτῇ διπλᾶ lit.
double to her double, i.e. render back to her
two-fold punishment.—Pr. Plut. Camill. 41.
Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 19.

δίς, num. adv. twice, Mark 14, 30. '72.
Luke 18, 12. Jude 12 dis droSavdvra, twice
dead, i. e. utterly. So ἅπαξ καὶ δίς, once
and again, often, Phil. 4,16. 1’'Thess. 2, 18.
Sept. for nsayn Num. 20, 11.—Pol. 31.
19. 5. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 7.

διστάζω, f. dow, (dis,) to doubt, to be
uncertain, intrans. Matt. 14, 31. 28, 17.—
Diod. Sic. 4. 62. Plato Legg. 897. Ὁ.

δίστομος, ov, 5, ἡ; adj. (dis, στόμα,
double-mouthed, 6. g. ποταμός Pol. 34. 10.5.
—In N. T. of a sword, two-edged, Heb. 4,
12.. Rey. 2, 12. [19,15 Mss.] Trop. for
piercing words, Rev. 1, 16; comp. Heb. 4,
12. Is. 49, 2 et ibi Gesen. Comm. Sept. for
Hi*B AIM Ps. 149, 6. Proy. 5, 4.—Ecclus.
21, 3.. Eurip. Hel. 983. [992.]

δισχίλιοι, αἱ; a, ord. adj. to thousand,
Mark 5, 13.

dwar, £. iow, (ὑλίζω,) to filter or
strain any thing through a sieve or strainer;
hence, zo strain out, c. acc. Matt. 23, 24 of
διῦλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα. For the proverb
see Buxt, Lex. 1516.—Pr. 8. τὸν οἶνον Ar-
temid. 4. 50, Plut. Symp. 6. 7.1.

δυχάζω, f. dow, (dixa,) to divide in two,
Artemid. 2. 24. Plato Pol, 264, d.—In N.

SL δ ΕΣ

ΘΡΨΨΥ Ύν τἂν νι νυν Ee

a. ~.

owt

Fe OS ee a a ΕΟΣ Ρ.

διχοστασία 187

T. trop. to disunite, to set at variance, Ο. 800.
Matt. 10, 35; comp. Luke 12, 52. 53.

διχοστασία, as, ἡ, (δίχα, στάσις.) pr.
a standing apart ; hence dissension, discord,
Rom. 16, 17." 1 Cor. 3, 3. Gal. 5, 20.—
1 Macc. 3, 29. Plut. Comp. A et Sylla
1. Plato Legg. 630. a.

διχοτομέω, ὦ, f. noo, (δίχα,; τομή;
τέμνω.) to cut in two, Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 2. Pol.
6. 28. 2; to cut im pieces, Pol, 10. 15. 5.
Plut. Pyrrh. 24. This was a cruel kind of
punishment practised among the Hebrews
and other ancient nations ; see 1 Sam. 15,
33. 2 Sam. 12, 31. Dan. 2,5. 3,29; comp.
Heb. 11, 37. Hdot. 2. 139. ib. 3. 13, 16.
ib. 7. 39. Diod. Sic. 17. 83. Sueton. Calig.
27. Wetst. ad Matt, 24,51.—In N. T. trop.
to cut in pieces, to punish severely, c. acc.
Matt. 24, 51. Luke 12, 46. Comp. Hist. of
Sus. 55. 59.

dupda, a, f. noo, the contraction being
into η instead of a, like ζάω, Buttm. ὁ 105.
n.5; the form διψᾷ instead of διψῇ be-
longs to the later Greek, John 7, 37. Rom.
12, 20. Athen. 3. 474. Aischin. Dial. Soc.
3. 5; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61. Winer

13. 3.

1. to thirst, to be athirst, absol. Maté. 25,

35. 37. 42. 44. John 4, 13. 1δὅ. 19, 28,

Rom. 12, 20. 1 Cor. 4, 11. Rev. 7, 16.
Sept. for xox Judg. 15, 18.—Hdian. 1. 17.
19. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 6.

2. Trop. to thirst after, to long for, c. acc.
as τὴν δικαιοσύνην, righteousness, piety to-
wards God and its attendant privileges, Matt.
5, 6; comp. Winer Gr. ᾧ 30. 10. b. So
Sept. c. dat. for nay Ps. 63,2; c. acc,
Jos. Β. J. 1. 32.2 ult. ¢, gen. Plut. Cato
Maj. 11. Plato Rep. 562. c—Hence absol.
to thirst sc. after the disposition and privi-
leges of the children of God, of the Mes-
siah’s kingdom, John 4, 14. 6, 35. 7, 37.
Rey. 21,6. 22,17. Sept. and Nox Ps. 42,
3. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.1 οὕτως ἐγὼ ὑμῖν
διψῶ xapiferSa.

δίψος, cos, ous, τό; (διψάω,) thirst,
2 Cor. 11, 27. Sept. for sax Ex. 17, 3.—
Lue. Ὁ. Mort. 17. 1. Xen. ; 1. 4. 18.

δίψυχος, ov, 6; 75 adj. (δίς, ψυχή,)
double-minded, inconstant, wavering, James
1, 8. 4,8—Clem. Rom. 1. 23. manatee.
Apost. 7. 11.

διωγμός, οὔ, 6, (διώκω,) pursuit ofe ene-
mies, Plut. Arat. 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 21,—
InN. T. persecution, Matt. 13, 21. Mark

4,17. 10, 30. Acts 8,1. 13, 50. Rom, 8,

35. 2 Cor. 12, 10. 2 Thess. 1, 4. 2 Tim.

‘Comp. Luc. Hermot. 77 ὃ...

δογματίξω

8,11 bis. So Sept. Prov. 11,19. 2 Mace,
12, 23. Auschyl. Suppl. 1044. [1046.]

διώκτης, ov, ὃ, (διώκω,) a persecutor,
1 Tim. 1, 13.—Symm. Hos. 6, 8.

διώκω, (die,) f. διώξω Luke 21, 12.
John 15, 20. Xen. An. 1. 4. 8. Cyr. 6.
3. 13. Dem. 989. 11; Att. oftener fut. διώ-
fouat, Winer § 15. Elmsl, Ach.:278.—Pr.
to cause to flee ; hence genr. to pursue after
flying enemies, Sept. for p34 Lev. 26, 7.
Hdian. 7. 11. 11. Ken. Cyr. 3. 2. 10; to
chase animals in hunting, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5
—Hence in N. T.

1. to pursue with evil intent, to persecute,
to harass, c. acc. of pers. Matt. 5, 12 οὕτω
yap ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας. v. 44. 10, 23
bis. John 5, 16. 15, 20 bis. Acts '7, 52. 9,
4. 5. 22, 7. 8. 26,14: 15. Rom. 12, 14.
1 Cor. 15, 9. Gal. 1, 13. 23. 4,29. Phil
3,6. Rev. 12,13; acc. impl. Matt. 5; 11.
Luke 21, 12. Pass. Matt. 5, 10. 1 Cor. 4,
12. 2-Cor. 4, 9. Gal. 5, 11. 2 Tim. 3, 12.
Gal. 6,12 τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Xp. μὴ διώκωνται,
i. e. on account of the cross, dat. of cause or
aceasion, Winer § 31. 3. c. Matth. § 398. b.
Sept. for 72 Ps. 7,1. Jer. 17,18. So
2 Macc. 5, 8. Plut. Philopem. 21. Thue.
1. 137.—With an adjunct implying man-
ner or extent; Matt. 23, 34 αὐτῶν...
διώξετε ἀπὸ τἀμεώς εἰς πόλιν. Acts 26, 11
ἐδίωκον (αὐτοὺς) ἕως καὶ eis τὰς ἔξω πόλεις.
Acts 22,4 ταύτην ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι ϑανάτου.
Comp. 1 Mace. 5, 21.

2. to pursue, to follow after, in order te
find or overtake ; 68. g. a person, absol. Luke
17, 23 μὴ ἀπέλθητε, μηδὲ διώξητε. So Ec-
clus. 27, 20. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 13.—Trop.
of things, 10 pursue after, to follow earnestly,
6. acc. Rom. 9, 30 δικαιοσύνην. v. 31 νόμον
δικαιοσύνης. 12, 13 τὴν φιλοξενίαν. 14, 19.
1 Cor. 14, 1. 1 Thess. 5, 15. 1 Tim. 6,11.
2 Tim. 2, 22. Heb. 12, 14. 1 Pet. 3, 11,
comp. Ps, 34,15. Sept. and F379 Deut.
16, 20. Proy. 15,9: So Diod. Sic. 2. 59.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 39.—Trop. absol. to follow
on, to press on, as in a race; Phil. 3,12. 14
κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω ἐπὶ τὸ βραβεῖον κτλ.
- πολλοὶ καὶ
dya%ol ... διώκοντες οὐ κατέλαβον.

δόγμα; ατος, τό, (Soxéw,) a decree, edict,
ordinance, 6. g. of a prince, Luke 2, 1.
Acts 17,7; of the apostles, Acts 16, 4; of
the Mosaic law, i. e. external precepts, Eph.
2,15. Col. 2,14, comp. v. 16.20. Sept. for
Chald, "3 Dan. 2,13; 2% Dan. 3, 10.—_
Hdian. 1. 2. 6. Xen. An. 3.3.5. ᾿ ’

δογματίζω, f. iow, (8éypa,) to decree,
to make a decree, Sept. for an> Esth. 3, 9.

δοκέω

Diod. Sic. 4. 88 fin—In N. Τ'. Mid. δογμα-
ri¢opat, to let prescribe to oneself, to be
sulject to ordinances, sc. under the Mosaic
law, Col. 2, 20. Comp. Buttm. § 135. 8.

δοκέω, ὦ, f. δόξω, aor. 1 ἔδοξα, 1. to
think, to suppose, to presume; construed :
a) With an infin. having the same sub-
ject ; 6. g. Infin. present, expressing con-
tinued action, Matt. 3,9 μὴ δόξητε λέγειν
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, think not to say in yourselves.
Luke 8, 18. 24, 37. John 5, 39. 16, 2.
Acts 12, 9, 1 Cor. 8, 18..'7, 40. 10, 12.
14, 37. Gal. 6,3. James 1, 26. Once c.
dat. ἐμαυτῷ, to think for or with oneself,
Acts 26,9 ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ, δεῖν
πολλὰ πρᾶξαι κτλ. (2 Mace. 9,8.10. Plut.
Pelop. 21. Xen. An. 2. 2. 14; ο. dat. μοί
Lue. Sacrif. 1. Xen. Hi. 1. 6.) Infin. per-
fect, implying an action completed ; Winer
§ 45. 8 ult. Acts 27,13 δόξαντες τῆς mpo-
ϑέσεως κεκρατηκέναι. 1 Cor. 8, 2. Phil. 3, 4.
So Hdian. 6. 7. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1.1.6. 5)
With an infin. and acc. of a different sub-
ject; Winer ᾧ 45. 2. Mark 6, 49 ἔδοξαν
φάντασμα εἶναι. 1 Cor. 12,23. 2 Cor. 11,
16. Sept. for auim Gen. 38,15. So Luc.
Hale. 4. Xen. An. 1.7.1. ο With ὅτι
instead of the acc. and infin. Winer § 57.
5. Matt. 6, 7 δοκοῦσι yap ὅτι κτὰ. 26, 53.
Luke 12, 51. 13,2. 4. 19,11. John 5, 45.
11, 13. 13, 29. 20,15. 1 Cor. 4,9. 2 Cor.
12,19. James 4,5. ἃ) Absol. Luke 17, 9
οὐ δοκῶ. Matt. 24, 44 and Luke 12, 40 7
ὥρᾳ ov δοκεῖτε. Once inserted for vivid
effect, Heb. 10, 29 πόσῳ, δοκεῖτε, χείρονος
κτλ. So Anacr. 40. 15 πόσον, δοκεῖς, κτλ.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 81 ὡς ἐγὼ δοκῶ.

2. Intrans. to be thought, supposed, held. |

a) Pr. and with an infin. having the same
subject, and then the adjuncts (if any) are in
the same case, Buttm. § 142. 2. a. Mark 10,
42 of δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν (parall. of ἄρχοντες
Matt. 20, 25). Luke 22, 24 τὸ τίς αὐτῶν δο-
κεῖ εἶναι μείζων. Gal. 2,6 οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι
τί; those accounted to be something, persons
of note, leaders; and so v. 9; absol. v. 2. 6
οἱ δοκοῦντες, id.— Hist. of Sus. 5. Plut.
Arat. 43 οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν. Hdian. 2. 5.
10. Xen. An. 6. 6. 30.

b) Genr. to seem, to appear, with an infin.
having the same subject, see in lett.a. Acts
17, 18 ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς
εἶναι. 1 Cor. 12, 22. 2Cor. 10, 9. Heb. 4.1.
12, 11. (Hdian. 7. 6.20. Xen. Hi. 2. 1, 5
fin.) With dat. added} Luke 10, 36 ris
οὖν δοκεῖ σοι πλησίον γεγονέναι. Acts 25,
27. Here too we find the urbanity and
moderation of the Greek manner, Buttm.
§1.n.1; so 1 Cor. 11, 16 εἰ δέ τις δοκεῖ

188

-

δοκιμή

φιλόνεικος εἶναι, but if any one SEEM to be
contentious. Heb. 4,1. Comp. Sturz Lex.
Xen. art. δοκεῖν no. 11.—Hence

9) Impers. δοκεῖ μοι, σοι, it seems to
me, thee, etc. a) Genr. it seems good to
me, itis my pleasure, i. q. to determine, to
resolve, ὁ. inf. Luke 1, 3 ἔδοξε κἀμοί... σοι
γράψαι. Acts 15, 22. 25.28.34. Particip.
neut. rd δοκοῦν τινι; what seemeth good to

‘any one, i.e. his pleasure, will; Heb. 12, 10

kara τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς, after their own pleas-
ure, as seemed good to them. So 1 Mace.
15, 20. Hdian. 1.11.1. Xen. An. 1. 10. 17.
Part. Thuc. 1. 84 παρὰ τὸ δοκοῦν ὑμῖν. B)
Interrog. ri δοκεῖ σοι ν. ὑμῖν ; 1. . what think-
est thou? what think ye? Matt. 17,25 τί σοι
δοκεῖ, Σίμων. 18,12. 21,28. 22,17. 26, 66.
John 11, 56; 6. περί τινος Matt. 22, 42.
So ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ Pol. 1.15.6. Plato Conv.

173. Ὁ; δοκεῖ μοι Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 8.

δοκιμάζω, f. dco, (δόκιμος,) 1. to try,
to prove, to examine, e. g. as with fire, c.
ace. 1 Cor. 3,13 ἑκαστοῦ τὸ ἔργον... τὸ
πῦρ δοκιμάσει. Pass. 1 Pet. 1,7. Sept.
for 712 Zech. 13,9. (Ecclus. 2, 5. Theophr.
Frag. 2. 45 τὸ πῦρ δοκιμάζει τὸν χρυσόν.)
Genr. by use or observation; Luke 14. 19
ζεύγη βοῶν. Rom. 12,2 eis τὸ δοκιμάζειν
ὑμᾶς τί τὸ ϑέλημα τοῦ Seov. 1 Cor. 11, 28.
2 Cor. 8, 8. 22. 13, 5. Gal. 6,4. Eph. ὅ, 10.
1 Thess. 2, 4 τὰς καρδίας. 5, 21. 1 John 4,
1; Pass. 1 Tim. 3,10. Sept. for ἽΠ3 Ps.
17,3. Jer. 11,20. (Wisd. 11,10. Arr. Epict.
1. 1. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.1.) Once in re-
spect of God, to put to the proof, to tempt,
by doubt and unbelief, i. q. πειράζειν, Heb.
8, 9 quoted from Ps. 95, 9, where Sept. for
2.

2. As the result of examination and trial:
a) to judge of, to distinguish, to estimate ;
c.'acc. Luke 12, 56 bis, parall. διακρίνειν
Matt. 16,3. Rom. 2,18 and Phil. 1, 10 see
in διαφέρω no. 2. Ὁ. Comp. Sept. for "27,
Zech. 11,18. Ὁ) to approve, to judge fit ;
of persons, 6. acc. 1 Cor.16,3. Pass. 1 Thess.
2,4; of things, Rom. 14, 22; c. inf. Rom.
1,28. So of pers. Plut. Dion 30. Plato Legg.
767. ἃ; of things Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 4,8; c.
inf. Plut. Thes. 12.

δοκιμασία, as, ἧ, (δοκιμάξω,) trial, pro-
bation, Pol. 6. 34. 2. Ken. Mem. 2. 2. 13.
—In N. T. in respect of God, trial, tempta-
tion, in Mss. Heb. 3, 9 ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ, for ἐδο-
κίμασάν με Rec.

δοκιμή; ἧς, ἧ, (δόκιμος,) 1. trial, pro.
bation, the state of being tried; 2 Cor. 8, 2
ἐν πολλῇ δοκιμῇ Dries, in great trial of
(through) affliction—Dioscor. 4. 186

eee ee ee es = ΤΥΥῪ ἩΤΡΡΠΛΡΓΟ

δοκίμιον 189 δοξα

2. proof, approval, tried integrity, the re- -

sult of trial; Rom. 5, 4 bis, ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ
(κατεγράζεται) δοκιμήν κτὰ. 2 Cor. 2, 9. 9,
13. Phil. 2,22. Comp. δοκιμάζω no. 2. b.

3. @ proof, test, that by which any thing
may be tried; 2 Cor. 13, 3 δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε
τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ, comp. 12, 12.

δοκίμιον, ἰου, τό, (δόκιμος,) a proof,
test, Hdian. 2..10. 19. Plut. Mor. II. p. 155.
—In N. T.

1. trial, probation, i. 4. δοκιμή no. 1,
James 1, 3.

2. proof, approval, tried integrity, i. q.
δοκιμή no. 2, 1 Pet. 1, 7.

δόκιμος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (δέχομαι,) re-
ceivable, current, of money as having been
tried, assayed, and so approved, Sept. for
"39 Gen. 23,16; PRY2 1 Chr. 29,4. Plut.
adv. Colot. 32.—Hence in N. T. trop. of
persons, tried, proved, approved, Rom. 16,
10. 1 Cor. 11,19. 2 Cor..10, 18.° 13, 7.
2 Tim. 2,15. James 1,12; c. dat. Rom. 14,
18 δόκιμος τοῖς avZpamros, approved, es-
teemed, of men. So Plut. C. Mar. 46. Xen.
Ag. 1. 23; παρά τινι Hdot. 7: 117.

Soxds, οὗ, ἡ, (δέχομαι,) a beam, joist,
Matt. '7, 3. 4. 5. Luke 6, 41. 42 bis. Sept.
for MP Gen. 19, 8.—Diod. Sic. 2. 10.
Thue. 2. 76.

δόλιος, fa, cov, (δόλος.) guileful, deceit-
ful, 2 Cor. 11,13. Sept. for 722 Prov.
11, 1.—Pol. 22. 17. 1. Xen..An. 1. 4. 7.

δολιόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (δόλος,) to use guile,
to deceive, intrans. Rom. 3,13 ταῖς γλώσσαις
αὑτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν;, for ἐδολιοῦν, quoted from
Ps. 5, 10, where Sept. for P">9. So for
52>) Num. 25, 18.—For this Alexandrine
form of the 3d plur. of the hist. tenses, see
Buttm. ᾧ 103. V. 1. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 349.

δόλος, ov, ὃ, (δέλω, déAeap,) bait, Hom.
Od. 12. 252. Hence genr. fraud, guile,
decei:, Matt. 26, 4. Mark 7,22. 14:1. John
1, 48. Acts 13, 10. Rom. 1, 29. 2 Cor. 12,
16. 1 Thess. 2, 3. 1 Pet. 2, 1. 22. 3,10. Rev.
14,5 Rec. Sept. for 79172 Is. 53,9; 7227
Job 13, '7.—Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 12.6. Xen. An.
5. 6. 29. :

δολόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (δόλος,) to deceive,
trans. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28.—In N. T. to fal-
sify, to corrupt, e. g. τὸν λόγον τοῦ ϑεοῦ,
perh. by Jewish traditions, 2 Cor. 4, 2;
comp. 2,17. So All. H. An. 16. 1. Lue,
Hermot. 59.

δόμα, ατος; τό, (δίδωμι.) a gift, Matt. 7,
11. Luke 11, 13. Phil. 4, 17. Eph. 4, 8,

comp, Ps. 68,19 where Sept. for "22,

as also Gen. 25, 6; jf2 Prov. 18, 16.—
Plut. Mor. II. p. 29. Plato Def. 415. b.

δόξα, ns, ἡ, (δοκέω,) opinion, what one
thinks of any thing, Hdot. 1.'79. Pol. 2. 39.
10. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 10; in respect to per-
sons, good opinion, estimation, honour, Diod.
Sic. 2. 29. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.3. Also a seem
ing, an appearance, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2; a
fancy, schy). Cho. 1049. [1053.]—In N.T

1. honour, glory, as due or rendered, e. g

a) To men, honour, praise, applause, Luke ©. ὁ ἃ

14,10 τότε ἔσται σοι δόξα ἐνώπιον τῶν συν-

ἀνακειμένων σοι. John 8, 54. 2 Cor. 6,8. .

John 5, 41. 44 λαμβάνειν δόξαν παρὰ dv3pa-
πων, and 1 Thess. 2, 6 ζητεῖν δόξαν ἐξ
dv%p. applause from men. John 12, 43 τὴν
δόξαν ἀνθρώπων the applause of men. So ζη-
τεῖν τὴν δόξαν τινός, to seek that one may re-
ceive honour, John 7, 18. 8, 50.al. 0).48
due or rendered to God, 6: g. εἰς δόξαν τοῦ
Θεοῦ, to the honour, glory, of God, i. 6. that
God may be honoured, glorified, Rom. 3, '7.
15,7. Phil. 1, 11; so πρὸς δόξαν τ. Seod,
2 Cor. 1, 20; ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τ. 3. John 11,
4. Also λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ
τὴν δύναμιν, i.e. to receive ascriptions of
glory, honour, power, Rev. 4,11. For the
phrase δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Sew, see in δίδωμι
no. 1. c. a. So in ascriptions, Luke 2, 14
δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Seg. Rom. 11, 36. Gal. 1,
5. 1 Pet. 4,11. al. ‘Sept. for T1533 1 Chr.
16,28. 29; F7255F Ps. 104, 35. 106, 48.
So Wisd. 10, 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 23. Thuc.
4. 17. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4. c) Meton.
of the ground, occasion, source, of honour
or glory, 1 Cor. 11, 15. 2 Cor. 8, 23. Eph,
3,13. 1 Thess. 2, 20. Comp. decus Hor.
Od. 1. 1. 2.

2. glory, that which is the object of admi-
ration, honour, praise, e. g.

a) Of external condition, glory, dignity,

splendour, majesty ; 1 Pet. 1, 24 πᾶσα δόξα
τῆς σαρκὸς ὡς ἄνϑος. Heb. 2,'7, quoted from
Ps. 8, 6 where Sept. for 133. Meton. that
which reflects, expresses, manifests, this
dignity, glory, etc. 1 Cor. 11, 7 bis, ἀνὴρ ...
εἰκὼν καὶ δόξα Yeod ὑπάρχὼν " γυνὴ δὲ δόξα
ἀνδρός ἐστι. So Ecclus. 1,19. 1 Mace. 2, 62.
Jos. Ant. 4. 2.2; meton. 1 Macc. 2, 12.—
Spoken of kings, regal majesty, splendour,
pomp; e. g. of the expected temporal reign
of the Messiah, Mark 10, 37 comp. Matt.
20, 21 where it is βασιλεία ; and so of his
soming for the destruction of Jerusalem an
the Jewish state, Matt. 24, 30. Mark 13,
26. Luke 21, 27; also of his final coming
to judgment, Matt. 19, 28. Luke 9, 26, Tit.
2, 13. Sept. and 7132 1 Sam. 2,8. Is. 8,7;

δόξα 190

‘in 1 Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21.—Also of
the accompaniments of royalty, e. g. of
splendid apparel, Matt. 6,29. Luke 12, 27.
Sept. for MINBH Ex. 28, 2. 40; “NB Is.
61, 3; comp. Sept. Esth. 5,1. 1 Macc. 14,
9.—Of the wealth, treasures, power of king-
doms, Matt. 4, 8. Luke 4, 6. Rey. 21, 24.
26. Sept. and 7132 Gen, 31,1. Is. 10, 3.—
Meton. in Plur. of persons in high honour,
2 Pet. 2, 10 and Jude 8 δόξας δὲ βλασφη-
povow, they speak evil of dignities, i.e. ei-
ther kings, princes, magistrates (so Ecclus.
29, 27; comp. 733 Is. 5,13) 3 or perh.
better angels, comp. Philo de Monarch. II. p.
218 Mang. where αἱ περὶ Sedv δορυφόρουσαι
δυνάμεις are called δόξα Seod.

b) Of moral character or attributes, glory,
excellency, perfection, 6. g. a) Of God,
implying his infinite perfection and holiness ;
Rom. 1, 23 ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφϑάρτου
Seov. Eph. 1, 17 ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης, i.e. pos
sessing infinite perfections. Heb. 1, 3; so
of the divine perfections as manifested in the
power of God, John 11, 40, Rom. 6, 4. Col.
1, 11. 2 Pet. 1, 3 see in ἀρετή ; or in his
χάρις, i. 6. benevolence and beneficence, Rom.
9, 23. Eph. 1, 6. 12. 14.18. 3,16. Soof
Jesus, as the ἀπαύγασμα (Heb. 1, 3) of the
divine perfections, John 1,14. 2,11; of the
Spirit, 1 Pet. 4,14. (Comp. Just. Mart. p.
284.) 8) Of things, in place of an adjec-
tive, excellent, glorious, 2 Cor. 3,'7 εἰ δὲ
ἡ διακονία ἐγενήϑη ἐν δόξῃ. ν. 8. 9 bis.

c) Of that state of glorious perfection,
bliss, and dignity, which is the portion of
those who dwell with God in heaven ; e. g.
spoken of Christ, including also the idea of
his regal majesty as Messiah, Luke 24, 26.
John 17, 5. 22. 24. 2 Thess. 2, 14. 1 Tim.
3,16. 1 Pet.1,11. Of glorified saints, i. q.
salvation, eternal life, Rom. 2, 7. 10. 8, 18.
1 Cor. 2, 7. 2 Cor. 4, 17. 1 Thess. 2, 12.
2 Tim. 2, 10. Heb. 2, 10. 1 Pet. 5,1; also
ἡ δόξα τοῦ Seod, the glory which God will be-
stow, Rom. 5, 2. 1 Pet. 5, 10.—Meton.. the
author or procurer of glory to any one, i. 6.
the author of salvation, Luke 2, 32, i. q.
κύριος τῆς δόξης 1 Cor. 2,8 comp. v. 7.

3. glory, brightness, splendour, dazzling
light. a) Pr. Acts 22,11 οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ
τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός. 1 Pet. 5,4. So of the
sun and stars, 1 Cor. 15, 40. 41 quater;
also of Moses’ face, 2 Cor. 3,'7, see Ex. 34,
29. 30. 35. Of the celestial light which
surrounds angels, Rey. 18, 1; or the glori-
fied Messiah and saints, Phil. 3,21. Luke
9, 31.32. 1 Cor. 15,43. Col. 3,4. So Ecclus.
43, 9. ὅ0, 7. Bar. 4,24. Ὁ) Spec. of the
celestial splerdour in which God sits en-

δοξαζω

throned, the divine effulgence, dazzling ma-
Jesty, radiant glory, (Rabb. 92"2% Buxt.
Lex. 2394,) genr. 2 Thess. 1, 9. Rev. 15,
8. 21, 11. 23, comp. 22, 5; as visible to
mortals, Luke 2, 9, Acts'7, 2. 65. John 12,
41 comp. Is. 6,1; also as manifusted in the
Messiah’s second coming, Matt. 16, 27.
Mark 8,38. So Sept. for 35" i323 Ex. 16,
10. 24,17 where see. 1 K. 8, 11; comp.
Ps. 104, 1 sq. Ez. 1, 26. 27. 28. 1 Tim. 6,
16. Bar. 5, 9 τῷ φωτὶ τῆς δόξης airod.—So
χερουβὶμ δόξης, cherubim of glory, i. 6. the
representatives of the divine presence, Heb.
9,5; comp. Ex. 25, 22. Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam.
6, 2. Song of 3 Childr. 31. τς

δοξάζω, f. ἄσω, (δόξα, to be of opinion,
to think, Luc. D. Mort. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 3.
9. 6.—In N. T. pr. ‘to think highly of, 6. g.

1. 10 honour, to glorify, i.e. to ascribe
honour or glory to any one, fo praise, to laud,
io magnify ; ¢. acc. John 8, 54 ἐὰν ἐγὼ δο-
ξάζω ἐμαυτόν. Acts 13, 48. Rev. 18, 7.
Pass. Matt. 6, 2 ὅπως δοξασϑῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν
ἀνϑρώπων. Luke 4,15. Sept. for 722 Lam.
1, 8. So Pol. 6. 53. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 82.
Thuc. 3. 45—So δο ξά ἕξειν τὸν Sedy, to
glorify God, i. 6. to praise, ta worship, to ex-
tol, Matt. 5, 16. 9, 8. 15,31. Mark 2, 12.
Luke 5, 25. 26. '7, 16. 13, 13. 17, 15. 18,
43. 23,47. Acts 11, 18. 21, 20. Rom. 1,
21. 15, 6. 9. 1 Cor. 6, 20. 1 Pet. 2, 12, 4,

ΠΤ]; with ἔν τινι, in behalf of, ἐν marking the

occasion, Gal. 1, 24. 1 Pet. 4, 16; ἐπί τινι,
on account! of, Luke 2, 20. Acts 4, 21.
2 Cor. 9,13. Also δοξάζειν τὸ ὄνομα ϑεοῦ
Rey. 15, 4; πνεῦμα τοῦ Seod 1 Pet. 4, 14.
Sept. for 723 Ps. 22, 24. 86, 9. 12. So Ec-
clus. 43, 28. 30. |

2. to honour, to glorify, i. e. to bestow
honour upon, to ewalt in honour and dignity.

a) Externally; Pass. 1 Cor. 12, 26 εἴτε
δοξάζεται ἕν μέλος. Sept. for 72D 1 Chr.
19,3; "P7 Esth. 6, 6. 8.—1 Mace. 2, 64.

b) Morally, to glorify, 6. g. α) God
and Christ, i. q. to show forth and render
glorious the divine character and attributes ;
e. g. of God as glorified by the Son, John
12, 28 ter, rd ὄνομα Yeod. 13, 31. 32. 14,
13. 15, 8. 17, 1. 4; or by Christians, John
21, 19. Of Christ as glorified by the
Father, John 8, 54. 13, 32 bis. 17, 1. 5.

Acts 3,13; or by the Spirit, John 16, 14; or’

by Christians, John 17, 10; or genr. John 11,
4. 13, 31. Heb. 5, 5. So Sept. and 723 Ley.
10,3; Ip Is. 5, 16. 8) Of things, to
make excellent, glorious, to show forth as
glorious; Rom. 11, 13 τὴν διακονίαν μου δο-
ξάζω, sc. through my devoted zeal and

re ee a :

—— 7.

barn a

Aopkas

effort. Pass. 2 Cor. 3, 10 bis. 2 Thess. 3,1.
1 Pet. 1,8 yapg . . . δεδοξασμένῃ, with joy...
full of glory, in the feeling and hope of glory.

c) Spoken of Christ and his followers,
to glorify, i. e. to advance to that state of
bliss and glory which is the portion of those
who dwell with God in heayen; e. g. of
Christ as the Messiah, John 7, 39. 12, 16.
23; comp. Is. 52,13 where Sept. Pass. for
ἰδ. Of Christians Rom. 8, 30. So Bar-
nab. Ep. 21 ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα ἐν τῇ Bac. τοῦ
Seod δοξασϑήσεται.

Δορκάς, ddos, ἥ, Dorcas, pr. n. of ἃ
female, Acts 9, 36. 39. Pr. 1. ᾳ. Heb. "2x,
Syr. xmav, Tabitha, i. e. antelope, gu-
zelle, Cant. ‘2, 7. 9.

δόσις, cas, ἧ, (δίδωμι, 1. agift, James
1,17 πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθή. Sept. for ima
Prov. 21, 14.—Plut. C. Mar. 46. Plato Phil.
16. ο.

2. a giving, giving out, expenditure.

- Phil. 4, 15 εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήψεως, in

respect to an account of giving and receiv-
ing, of expense and receipt, q. d. opened an

account with me; in allusion to the aid ἡ

sent to Paul-v. 16; comp. «is λόγον ὑμῶν
v. 17.—EKcclus. 42, 7 δόσις καὶ λῆψις. Plato
Euth. 14. c. Lat: ratio acceptorum et dato-
rum, Cic. 1.6]. 16.

δότης; ov, 6, (δίδωμι,) a giver, 2 Cor. 9,
7. Sept. for 12 31 Prov. 22, 9.—Dion
Cass. 67. 39.

δουλαγωγέω, ὦ, f. now, (δοῦλος, ἄγω.)
to lead as a slave, to make a slave of, Diod.
Sic. 12. 24—In N. T. trop. to bring into
subjection, to subdue, absol. 1 Cor. 9, 27.

δουλεία, as, 4, (Sovdevo,) bondage,
slavery, Sept. for mtiag Ex. 6,6. Dem.
196. 3. Xen. An. 7. 7. 32.—In N. T. trop.
a) The condition of those under the Mosaic
law, Gal. 4,24. 5,1; and so Rom. 8, 15
πνεῦμα δουλείας, & slavish spirit, opp. πν.
vio%ecias. Ὁ) The condition of those who
are subject to death, Rom. 8, 21; or to the
fear of death, Heb. 2, 15 φόβῳ ϑανάτου
ἔνοχοι δουλείας.

δουλεύω, f. cica, (δοῦλοι) 1. to bea
slave or servant, to serve; see in δοῦλος II,
init. pr. of involuntary service 5 c. dat. Matt.
6, 24 et Luke 16,13 δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν.
Eph. 6, 7. 1 Tim. 6, 2. Sept. for 139
Lev. 25, 39. (Luc. D. Deor. 13. 2. Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 33 ter.) Spoken of a people, to
serve, to be subject to, c. dat. John 8, 33.
Acts 7,'7. Rom. 9, 12, comp. -Gen. 25, 23
et 27,40 where Sept. for s29 ; also Gen.

191 δοῦλος

14, 4. Judg. 8, 8. 14. So Hdian. 2. 9.17.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13.—Trop. of those sub-
ject to the Mosaic law, Gal. 4, 25.

2. Trop. of voluntary service, to serve, to
obey, to be devoted to; c. dat. Luke 15, 29.
Phil. 2, 22. Gal. 5, 13. Rom. 12, 11 Grb.
τῷ καιρῷ δουλεύοντες, i. 6. doing what the
occasion demands ; but Rec. has τῷ κυρίῳ.
Sept. and s2 Gen. 29, 15. 18. 20. 25. 29.
—In a moral sense, fo serve or obey God or
Christ, ὃ. τῷ Se Matt. 6, 24. Luke 16, 13.
Acts 20, 19. Rom. 7, 6. 1 Thess. 1, 9; τῷ
Χριστῷ, Rom. 14, 18. 16, 18. Col. 3, 24;
τῷ νόμῳ Seod, Rom. 7, 25. Sept. and 333
Deut. 13, 4. Judg. 2, 7. Mal. 3, 18. (Ec-
clus. 2,1.) Spoken of false gods, Gal. 4,
8. Sept. and say Ex. 23, 33.—Of things,
to serve, to obey, to pursue, c. dat. 6. g. pa-
pova Matt. 6, 24. Luke 16,13; ἁμαρτίᾳ
Rom. 6,63; τῷ νόμῳ τῆς p Rot Rom. 7,
25; τῇ κοιλίᾳ ‘Rom. 16, 18; τοῖς στοιχείοις
Gal. 4, 9; ἐπιϑυμίαις Tit. 3,3. So ἐπιϑυ-
pias Jos. Ant. 15.4.1; ταῖς ἡδοναῖς Hdian.
1,17. 22. Xen. Mem. 1. 5.5; γαστρί 1.6. 8.

δούλη, ns, ἡ, (δοῦλος,) a bondmaid, hand-
maid, a female slave or servant, Acts 2; 18.
Sept. for max Lev. 25, 44; nay 1 Sam.
8,16. So I Mace. 2, 11. Thue: ‘Asin. 54.
Xen. Cyr. 5.1. 4.—In the oriental style
used by a female in addressing a superior,
instead of the first. pers. pron. J, me, Luke
1, 38. 48. Sept. and max 1 Sam. 25, 41.
1K.1,13.17; mmpd 2 Sam. 14, 6. Comp.
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 741 sq.

I. δοῦλος, 7; ov, adj. (δέω,) bond, bouna
to ‘serve, subject, c. dat. Rom. 6, 19 bis
παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκα-
ϑαρσίᾳ.... δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ .----ὟΥ 154. 15,
7. Hdian. 8. 2.15. Plato Rep. 577. c,d.

II. δοῦλος, ov, 6, subst. (δέω,) @ bond-
man, slave, servant, pr. by birth ; diff. from
ἀνδράποδον ‘one enslaved in war;’ comp.
Xen. An. 4. 1. 12 αἰχμάλωτα ἀνδράποδα.
Hell. 1. 6. 15. Thuc. 8. 28 τὰ ἀνδράποδα
πάντα, καὶ δοῦλα, καὶ éhevSepa. But such a
captive is sometimes called δοῦλος, Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 11,19. ib. 4.4.12. Diff. also
from 6 διάκονος, see that art.no.1. Ina
family the δοῦλος was one bound to serve, a
slave, and was the property of his master,
‘a living possession’ as Aristotle calls him,
Polit. 1. 4 6 δοῦλος κτῆμά τι ἔμψυχον ;
comp. Gen. 17, 12. 27. Ex. 12, 44. Αο-
cording to the same writer a complete
household consisted of slaves and freemen,
Polit. 1. 3 οἰκία δὲ τέλειος ἐκ δούλων καὶ
ἐλευθέρων. The δοῦλος therefore was ne-

δουλόω 192

ver a jwred servant ; the latter being called
μίσϑιος, μισθωτός, 4. v. See Potter’s Gr.
Ant. [. p. 58 sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 35 sq.
Dict. of Antt. art. Servus. Boeckh Staatsh.
der. Ath. p. 78 sq. [100.]

1. Pr. of involuntary service, a slave,
servant, opp. ἐλεύϑερος, 1 Cor. 7, 21. Gal.
3, 28. Col. 3,11. Rev. 6,15; also genr.
Matt. 13, 27. 28. John 4, 51. Eph. 6, 5.
Acts 2, 18 οἱ δοῦλοί pov, i. 6. the servants
among my people. Sept. for 39 Lev. 25,
44, Josh 9, 23. Judg. 6,27. So Hdian. 5.
2. 4. Xen. ic. 5. 16.—Phil. 2,7 μορφὴν
δούλου λαβών, i. e. appearing in a humble
and despised condition.

2. Trop. spoken of voluntary service, a
servant, itaplying obligation, obedience, de-
votedness, John 15, 15. Rom. 6, 16. 1 Cor.
7, 23. Gal. 4, '7; also in modesty, 2 Cor.
4, 5; or in praise of modesty, Matt. 20, 27.
Mark 10, 44. So All. V. H. 9.19 of ῥή-
Tropes δοῦλοι τοῦ πλήϑους εἰσί. Plato Legg.
715. d—Spoken of the true followers and
worshippers of God, 6. ρ΄. δοῦλος τοῦ Seod,
either a minister sent from God, as Moses,
Rev. 15, 3, and.so Sept. and a9 Josh. 1,1
(Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 13); or prophets, Rev. 10,
7. 11, 18, and so Sept. and Say Josh. 24,
29. Jer. 7, 25; or simply the worshippers
of God, Rev. 2, 20. 7, 8. 19, 5. al. Sept.
and 39 Ps. 34,23 134, 1. al—Spoken of
the followers and ministers of Christ, e. g.
δοῦλος τοῦ Χριστοῦ v. κυρίου, Eph. 6, 6.
2 Tim. 2, 24; espec. of the apostles and
other teachers, Rom. 1, 1. Gal. 1, 10. Col.
4,12. James 1,1. 2 Pet. 1,1. Jude 1. Rev.
22, 3.—In the oriental style used in address-
ing a superior instead of the pers. pron. J,
me, Luke 2, 29. Acts 4, 29. Sept. and
ἽΞΣ 1 Sam. 3, 9. 10. Ps. 19,12. al. Comp.
in dovAn.—Spoken also of: one who is the
slave of any thing, is addicted to it, subject
to it, e. g. δοῦλος τῆς ἁμαρτίας John 8, 84.
Rom. 6, 16. 17; τῆς φϑορᾶς 2 Pet. 2, 19.
So Al. V. H. 2. 41 pen. rod πίνειν δοῦλος.
Xen. Ec. 1. 22.

3. l'rop. a minister, attendant, spoken ot
the « Sicers and attendants οἵ δὴ oriental
court who are often strictly slaves, Matt.
18, 23. 26-28. 32. 22, 3. 4. 6. 8. 10. al—
So of a Persian satrap, Xen. An. 1. 9. 29.
ib. 2.5. 88... + me

δουλόω, ὦ, f. exw, (δοῦλος.) 10 make a
slave of, to enslave; Pass. perf. δεδούλωμαι
with present signif. to be enslaved, to be in
tondage ; see Buttm. § 113. 7.

1. Pr. c. acc. Acts 7, 6 καὶ δουλώσουσιν
airé, from Gen. 15, 13 where Sept. for

δρομος

DATID3. Pass. c. dat. ῶ Pet.-2, 19. So
Plut. Flamin. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 11.—
Trop. Pass. Gal. 4,3; perf. as pres. 1 Cor.
7,15. Comp. Plut. Numa 8.

2. Trop. δουλοῦν ἑαυτόν τινι, to make
oneself a servant to any one; 1 Cor. 9, 19
πᾶσιν ἑμαυτὸν ἐδούλωσα, i. 6. I have con-
formed, accommodated myself, to all. Pass.
to be made or become a servant to any one,
c. dat. τῷ ϑεῷ Rom. 6, 22; also to things,
in devotedness, e. g. τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ Rom. 6,
18 ; in indulgence, to be enslaved or given
to, 8. 5. οἴνῳ πολλῷ Tit. 2, 3.—Porphyr. de
Abst. 1. 42 ἐδουλώϑημεν τῷ τοῦ φόβου φρο-
νήματι. Thuc. 4. 84 τῇ γνώμῃ.

δοχή, ῆς» ἧ, (δέχομαι,) pr. a reception οἱ
guests ; hence a banquet, feast, Luke 5, 29.
14, 13. Sept. for πω Gen. 26, 30.
Esth. 1, 3.—Athen. 8. p. 348. f.

δράκων, ovros, 6, (prob. δέρκομαι, Spa
κεῖν;) @ dragon, a huge serpent, Sept. for
Um Job 26, 13; 792A Jer. 9,11. Jos. Ant.
2. 12. 3, Zl. V. H. 13. 45. Plato Ion 539.
c.—In N. T. @ dragon, symbolically for ὁ
Saray, Rev. 12, 3.4. 7bis. 9.13. 16.17. 13,
2. 4. 11. 16,13. 20,2; comp. Gen. 3, 1 sq.
So Act. Thom. § 30. Psalt. Salom. 2, 29.

δράσσομαι ν. -ττομαῖι; f. ξομαι, Mid.
depon. to grasp, pr. with the hand, fo seize,
to take ; c. acc. 1 Cor. 3, 19 6 δρασσόμενος

᾿ τοὺς σόφους ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν, quoted

from Job 5,13 where Heb. ΠΣ». Sept. ὁ
καταλαμβάνων. Sept. pr. for ΥῈ Num. 5,
26.—Pr. and c. ace. Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 6 dpac-
adpevos τὴν δεξιάν. Hdot. 3. 13; ο. gen.
Judith 13, 7. Plut. Alex. M. 74.

δραχμή; js, 7, (δράσσω,) a drachma,
drachm, an Attic silver coin worth at first
92d. sterling, or 194 cents ; but in the times
of the N. T. current among the Romans and
Jews as equal to the denarius, of which the
value was then 73d. sterling, or 15 cents; see
fully in art. ἀργύριον no. 2; also in didpa-
xpov. Dict. of Antt. art. Drachma.—Luke
15, 8 bis. 9.

δρέμω, see τρέχω.

δρέπανον, ov, τό, (δρέπω,) a sickle,
reaping-hook, Mark 4, 29 see in ἀποστέλλω
no. 2. Rev. 14, 14-17. 18 bis.19. Sept. for
242 Joel 3, 13—Plut. Mor. Il. p. 168.
Plato Rep. 353. a.

δρόμος, ov, 6, (δρέμω, τρέχω.) a run-
ning, a race, course, Sept. for 5572 2 Sam.
18, 27. Hdian. 4. 2. 19. Xen. An. 1. 2. 17.
—In N. T. trop. course, career, of one’s life
and ministry, Acts 13, 25. 20, 24. 2 Tim.
4, 7.

αὐταὶ κα

Δρουσίλλα

Δρουσίλλα, ns, ἡ, Drusilla, youngest
daughter of Herod Agrippa I, sister of the
younger Agrippa and of Bernice, celebrated
for her beauty. She was first betrothed to
Epiphanes prince of Comagena; but was
afterwards married to Azizus king of Eme-
sa, whom Felix persuaded her to abandon
in order to become his wife. She bore him
a son, who perished in an eruption of Vesu-
vius. Acts 24, 24.—See Jos. Ant. 19. 9. 1.
ib. 20. 7. 1, 2. Tacit. Hist. 5. 9.

* δῦμι, see diva.

δύναμαι, f. ἦσομαι, Pass. depon. 2 pers.
sing. δύνασαι 1 Cor. 7, 21, also δύνῃ Rev.
2,2. Anacr. 7. 11. 4. V. H. 13. 31; see
Buttm. § 107. n. 2,and note. Winer ᾧ 13. 2.
b. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 359. Impf. ἐδυνά-
μην, Matt. 22, 46, and with doub. augm.
ἠδυνάμην, Matt. 26, 9. Luke 1, 22; as
also Aor. 1 ἠδυνήϑην, Matt. 17, 16. 19;
comp. Buttm. §83.n. 5. Winer ᾧ 12. 1. b.—
To be able, I can, and οὐ δύναμαι, to be un-
able, I cannot, both in a physical and moral
sense, and whether depending on the dispo-
sition and faculties of mind, on the degree
of strength or skill, or on the nature and
external circumstances of the case. It is
always followed by an infin. expr. or impl.
belonging to the same subject, viz.

1. With an infin. expressed, e. g. 8)
Infin. present, as implying continued action,
Buttm. §137. 5. Matt. 6, 24 οὐ δύνασϑε
δουλεύειν Sep κτὰ. 7, 18. Mark 2, 7. 19.
Luke 6, 39. John 5, 19. 30. 6,60. Acts 27,
15. Rom. 15,14. 1 Cor. 10,21. 1 Thess.
2, 6. al. Sept. for Ὁ55 Gen. 37, 3. 43, 32.
So Pol. 6. 53. 13. Xen. An. 8. 1.11. Ὁ)
More commonly, Infin. aorist, implying tran-
sient or momentary. action, either past or
present, espec. in narration, Buttm. § 137. 5.
Winer 545. 8. b. Mark 1, 45 ὥστε μηκέτι
αὐτὸν δύνασϑαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελϑεῖν.
Luke 8,19 οὐκ ἠδύναντο συντυχεῖν αὐτῷ.
Matt. 8, 9 δύναται ὁ ϑέὸς ἐκ τῶν λίϑων ἐγεῖ-
pat τέκνα κτλ. 10, 28. Mark 6, 5. Luke 5,
12. John 7, 34. 36. 10, 35. Acts 4, 16. 17,
19. 1 Cor. 2, 14. James 4, 2. Rev. 3, 8. al.
Sept. for 555 Gen. 15,5. 19,19. So Diod.
Sic. 2. 26. Xen. An. 1. 9. 27—Also where
the action in itself might be expressed either
as continued or transient, but the writer
chooses to express it as transient, or as a
single instance embodying the general idea;
see Kiihner 1366. 4.b. Buttm. ὁ 187. 5 ult.
Matt. 5,14 οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι. Luke
1, 20. 22. John 3, 3. Acts 13, 39. Rom. 8,
7. Heb. 9,9. Rev. 2,2. 18,4. 4]. c) Infin.
of the perfect, to express completed action

13

193

δύναμις

in reference to the present time, Buttm.
§137. 1. Winer §45. 8 ult. Acts 26, 32
ἀπολελύσϑαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνδρωπος εἰ Kt. this
‘man could have been now freed, ete.

2. Absol. or with an infin. implied and

| readily suggested by the context; e. g.

Matt. 16, 3 οὐ δύνασϑε 86. διακρίνειν. Mark
6, 19. Luke 9, 40. Acts 27, 39. 1 Cor. 3, 2.
al. So Sept. for 554 1 K. 22,.22.—Constr.
with an accus. neut. depending on the infin.
ποιεῖν implied, or as accus. of manner, Buttm.
§131. 8. Luke 12, 26 εἰ οὖν οὔτε ἐλάχιστον
δύνασσε. Mark 9, 22 εἴ τι δύνασαι. ἃ Cor.
18, 8 οὐ δυνάμεϑά τι. So Luc. D. Mort. 9.
2 ἅπαντα ἐδυνάμην. Xen. Conv. 4. 46, 48.
Thue. 6. 25 ἢ δέ re δύνωνται. Xen. Hell. 7.
6.15. +

δύναμις, ews, ἡ, (δύναμαι,) ability, power,
might, strength ; see in δύναμαι init.

1. Innate or inherent power, whether
physical or moral, 6. g.

a) Of the body, strengih; Heb. 11, 11
Σάῤῥα δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλα-
Be. 1 Cor. 15, 48 τὸ σῶμα... ἐγείρεται ἐν
δυνάμει, i. 6. for adj. δυνατόν, opp. to ἐν

doSeveia; 50 Heb. ma and Sept. ἐν ἰσχύϊ .

Ps. 29, 4; comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 646. 4.
Trop. of spiritual strength or life, Rev. 3, 8.
Sept. for 7533 Job 39,19. So Pol. 1. 69.
4, Plato Phedr. 246. d.

Ὁ) Genr. Matt. 25,15 ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν
ἰδίαν δύναμιν. 1 Cor. 15, ὅθ. 2 Tim. 1,7
πνεῦμα δυνάμεως, i.e. a spirit of strength,
manly vigour, opp. to. mv. δείλιας. Heb.
1,3 τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς δυνάμεως αὑτοῦ i. 6. his
powerful word (comp. πνεῦμα δυνάμεως,
a strong wind, Wisd. 5, 23). Heb. 7, 16.
11, 34. Rev. 1, 16 ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν
τῇ δυνάμει αὑτοῦ. Sept. and M823 2 K.
18, 20; ΠΞ 1 Chr. 29, 2; τῷ 1 Chr. 13, 8.
So Diod. Sic. 4. 45. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16.—
Also in various constructions: κατὰ δύνα-
μεν, according to one’s power, as far as one
can, 2 Cor. 8,3. (Diod. Sic. 14. 81 ult. Xen.
Mem.1.7.4.) ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, beyond one’s
strength, power, 2 Cor. 1, 8. 8,3. (Dem.
292. 25.) ἐν δυνάμει, with power, i.e.
adv. powerfully, mightily, Luke 4, 36. Col.
1, 29. 2 Thess. 1, 11; and. so dat. δυνά-
pec, Acts 4, 33; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 183. 4, 6.
So δυνάμει and ἐν δυνάμει as intensive with
a synon. verb, Eph. 3, 16. Col. 1, 11.

c) Spoken of God and Christ, e. g. ἡ
δύναμις τοῦ Seod, the power of God, his
almighty energy, genr. Matt. 22, 29. Mark
12, 24. Luke 1, 35. 5, 17. Rom. 1, 20. 9,
17. 1 Cor. 6, 14. 2 Cor. 4,7. 13, 4 bis.
Eph. 1, 19. 8, 7. 20. 2 Tim. 1, 8, 1 Pet.

A

᾿
*

΄

δύναμις 194 δυνάστης

1,5. 2 Pet. 1,3. Rom. 1, 4 μοῦ ὁρισϑέντος

ες ἐν δυνάμει, comp. above in lett. b. Sept.
for b=m Ps. ὅθ, 12; τὸ Ps. 21, 14. '74, 12.
—Joined with δόξα it implies the omnipotent
majesty of God, Rev. 15,8; and hence as
abstr. for concr. omnipotence for the Omni-
potent, the Almighty, Matt. 26, 64 et Mark
14, 62 et Luke 22, 69 ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνά-
pews, comp. Heb. 1,3 ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλω-
σύνης xX. like the Rabb. 77534 as a name
of God, Buxt. Lex. 385. So Sept. and τῷ
Ps. 63, 3. 68, 35. 150, 1.—Meton. of a
person or thing in whom the power of God
is manifested, i. e. ‘ the manifestation of the
power of God, Acts 8, 10 οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ
δύναμις τοῦ Seod. Rom. 1, 16. 1 Cor. 1,18.
24, Also where the gen. rod Seod expresses
the source, i. e. power from God, 1 Cor. 2,
5. 2 Cor. 6,'7.—Of Jesus, as exercising a
power to heal, Mark 5, 30. Luke 6, 19. 8,
46; oras the Messiah, ἡ δύναμις Χρι-
στοῦ, genr. 2 Cor. 12,9 bis. In the sense
of power, omnipotent majesty, Matt. 24, 30
et Luke 21, 27 μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης.
Mark 9, 1. 13, 26. 2 Thess. 1, 7 μετ᾽ ἀγγέ-
λων τῆς Suv. αὑτοῦ, i. 6. the αὐδεῖρ who are
the attendants of his majesty. 2 Pet. 1, 16.
—Of the Spirit, ἡ δύναμις τοῦ πνεύμα-
tos, the power of the Spirit, i.e. imparted
by the Spirit, Luke 4, 14. Rom. 15, 13. 19.
—Of prophets and apostles as inspired by
the Holy Spirit, Luke 1, 17. 24, 49. Acts
1, 8. 6,8; comp. Acts 2, 4.

d) Spec. of miraculous power, δύναμις ση-
μείων καὶ τεράτων, i. 6. the power of working
miracles Rom. 15, 19, explained by ἡ δύν:
τ. πνεύματος in the next clause. Acts 10,
38. 1 Cor. 2,4, comp. 2 Cor. 12, 12; so
2 Thess. 2, 9.—Meton. of effect for cause,
Plur. δυνάμεις, i. 4. mighty deeds, mira-
cles, Matt. '7, 22. 11, 20. 21.23. 13, 54. 58.
14, 2. Mark 6, 2. 5. 14. 9, 39. Luke 10, 13.
19,37. Acts 2, 22. 8,13. 19, 11. 1 Cor. 12,
10. 2 Cor. 12,12. Gal. 3,5. Heb. 2,4. So
Sept. for MIND? Job 37, 14. (Just. Mart.
de Resurr. p. 225.) Hence abstr. for con-
crete, i. q: @ worker of miracles, 1 Cor. 12,
28. 29 δυνάμεις, i. 4. οἷς δίδοται ἐνεργήματα
δυνάμεων v. 10.

e) Put for the essential power, true na-
ture and efficacy, reality, of any thing ; ᾽ Phil.
3, 10 γνῶναι τὴν ᾿δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως
αὐτοῦ. 2 'Tim. 3,5 ἔ ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσε-
βείας, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν αὐτῆς ἠρνημένοι. Heb.
6, 5 δυνάμεις τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος. So as
opp. to λόγος, speech merely, 1 Cor. 4, 19.
20. 1 Thess. 1,5. (Plut. de Def. Orac. 46.
Xen. Gic. 9. 2.) Of language, the power

e. g. of a word or sound, meaning, signifi-
cation; 1 Cor. 14,11 τὴν δύναμιν τῆς po-
vis. So Plut. Consol, ad Apoll. 28. Plato
Crat. 394. b, c.

2. Outward power, as resulting from ex-
ternal sources and relations.

a) Genr. power, authority, might, Luke
9, 1. Acts 3, 12. 2 Pet. 2, 11. Rev. 13, 2.
17, 13. (Ecclus. 44, 3. Hdian. 5.1.3. Xen.

Mem. 1. 2. 24.) Spoken of omnipotent

sovereignty as belonging to God, e. g. in
ascriptions, Matt. 6, 13. Rev. 4, 11. 5, 12.
7,12. 11,17. 12,10. 19,1. So Sept. and
ΓΗ͂Σ. 1 Chr. 29, 11.—Joined with ὄνομα
Acts 4, 7. 1 Cor. 5, 4, i. 6. authority, war-
rant.—Meton. abstr. for concr. δύναμις for
6 ev δυνάμει dv, one in authority, and Plur.
δυνάμεις, like Engl. authorities, i. e. persons
in authority, the mighty, the powerful, the
powers of the other world, hierarchies of
angels whether good or evil, Rom. 8, 38.
1 Cor. 15, 24. Eph. 1,21. 1 Pet.3,22. So
of temporal powers, Sept. Esth. 2, 18.

b) As in vulg. Engl. a power, a quan-
tity, abundance ; Rev. 18,3 ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως
τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς. Here some refer Rev
3, 8; better under no. 1. a.—Jos. Ant. 3.
2.4 πλούτου μεγάλου δύναμιν προσέλαβον
Xen. Cyr, 8. 4. 34 τὴν δύναμιν, parall. τὸ
ὄντα. Thuc. 1. 25 χρημάτων δυνάμει ὄντες

c) Of warlike power, like Engl. force
forces, i. 6. a host, army. Luke 10, 19 ἐπὶ
πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, i.e. over the whole
host of Satan, comp. v.20, Sept. for ὉΠ
Ex. 14,28; 82% 2 Sam. 10,7. al. So Diod.
Sic. 14.81 med. Pol. 8. 28.5. Xen. Mem. 3.
6.9.—By Hebr. δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν,
the hosts of heaven, i.e. the sun, moon, and
stars, Matt. 24, 29. Mark 13,25. Luke 21,
26; comp. Rev. 6,13. So Sept. and Heb.
ΠΌΤΕ NIX Is, 34, 4. Dan. 8,10. ἃ]. See
Gesen. Lex. art. 83¥ no. 2. ἃ : also Comm.
on Is. 1. c.

δυναμόω, ὦ, f. dow, (δύναμις,) to
strengthen, Pass. Col. 1,11 ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει
δυναμούμενοι, see in δύναμις no. 1. b. Sept.
for ΤῚΣ Ps. 68, 29; "34 Ecc. 10, 10. Dan.
9, 27.—Synes. de Prov. p. 100. b. Not
found in classic writers; comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 605. n.

δυνάστης, ov; 0, (δύναμαι, pr. ‘one in
power,’ i. e.

1. ὦ potentate, prince, Luke 1, 52. 1 Tim.
6,15. Sept. for 719 Prov. 8,16; >t Prov.
23, 1.—Pol. 9. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 40.

2. one in authority under a prince, a high
officer, minister, Acts 8, 27. -Sept. οἱ δυνά:
σται Φαραώ for’ mz Gen. 50,45 57:8 Lev.

δυνατέω

19, 15.—Plut. de Def. Orac. 21 δυνάστα: καὶ
γραμματεῖς βασιλέων. Xen. An. 1. 2. 20.

δυνατέω, ὦ, f. how, (Svvards,) to be able,
mighty, intrans. 2 Cor. 18, 8 οὐκ ἀσϑενεῖ,
ἀλλὰ δυνατεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. Rom. 14, 4 Lachm.
where Rec. has δυνατός.

: δυνατός, ἤ, ov, (δύναμαι), 1. able,
strong, mighty, powerful; 6. g. a) Of
things; 2 Cor. 10, 4 ὅπλα... δυνατὰ τῷ
3G πρὸς kth. mighty unto God, God be-
ing judge, i.e. intens. exceedingly mighty ;
for the idiom comp. Acts 7, 20, and see in
ἀστεῖος. So. Pol. 10. 81. 8. Xen. Cc. 7.
23 τὸ σῶμα δυνατὸν πρός τι. Ὁ) Of God,
ὁ δυνατός, the Mighty, the Almighty, Luke
1, 49. Sept. and "133 Ps. 24,8. So genr.
of. pers. Eurip. Bacch. 270. Thuc. 1. 9.
c) Trop. of pers. strong, firm, established ;
Rom. 15,1 οἱ δυνατοί sc. ἐν πίστεις. Also
δυνατός εἶμι, to be strong, spiritually, in
Christ, 2 Cor. 12, 10. 18,9. d) Spec.
δυνατός eipe, i. 4. δύναμαϊ, to be able, I
can, followed by an inf. (comp. δύναμαι init.)
e. g. Infin. present, Tit. 1, 9. Heb. 11, 19.
(Pol. 1. 58. 3. Plato Phedr. 278. 6.) Infin.
aorist, Luke 14, 81, Rom. 4,21. 11,23. 14,
4, 2 Cor. 9,8. 2 Tim. 1, 12.. James 3, 2.
Acts 11, 17 ἐγὼ δὲ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦ-
σαι τὸν ϑέον, i. 6. who was 1 was I able?
a junction of two questions. Sept. for 53"
Num. 22, 88. Plato Phedr. 275. e.
~ 2. Spec. of δυνατοί, the powerful, the
mighty, spoken of persons in authority or
of influence, 1 Cor. 1, 26. [Rev. 6, 15];
of members of the Jewish sanhedrim, Acts
25, 5. Sept. for Chald. m7 Dan. 3, 27.
—Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 9 of παρὰ τὴν αὐλὴν
δυνατοί. Pol. 9. 23. 4. Ken. Mem. 1. 1. 8.
Comp. Krebs Obs. p. 260. .

3. Also δυνατὸς ἔν tim, powerful in
any thing, able, skilful, mighty; Luke 24,
19 dur. ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ. Acts 7, 22. 18,
24 ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς, i. e. skilled in expound-
ing and applying the Jewish Scriptures.—
Ecclus. 21, 7 δυν. ἐν γλώσσῃ. Died Sic.
13. 101 dew: λόγῳ.

4. Neut. τὸ δυνατόν as Subst. power,
might; Rom. 9, 22 τὸ δυνατὸν αὑτοῦ sc.
Seod, i. ᾳ. ἡ δύναμις ν. 17; comp. Buttm.
§123. 5.——Without art. δυνατόν as adj.

able to be done, possible, in several construc- :

tions: 8) Absol. εἰ δυνατόν (éori), if
possible, if it be possible, Matt, 24,24. 26,
39. Mark 13, 22. 14, 35. Rom. 12, 18,

Gal. 4, 15. So Jos. Ant, 4. 8. 45. Xen. Mem.

3.7. 9. b) With dat. of pers. possible

for (with) any one, Mark 9, 23. 14, 36. Acts —

20, 16. So Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 1. Luc. Ὁ. Deor.

195

δύσκολος

24. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 13. ὁ) With πα-
pa τινι, possible with any one, Matt. 19, 26.
Mark 10, 27. Luke 18,27. ἃ) With acc.
and infin. Acts 2, 24 καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν
κρατεῖσϑαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. F

δύνω, aor. 2 ἔδυν, (i. ᾳ. δύω.) to sink, to
go down, intrans. e. g. the sun Mark 1, 32.
Luke 4, 40. Sept. and 812 Gen. 28, 11.
2 Chr. 18, 34.— 2}. V. H. 4. 1. Dem. 197.
7. Xen. An. 2.2.3. The form dive is a
new Present from δύω, see Buttm. § 114
δύω.

δύο, oi, ai, τά, card. num. two, Lat. duo;
indec, in Attic writers, and so found in N. T.
in the nominative, genitive, and accusative,
e. g. Nom. Matt. 9, 27 δύο τυφλοί. 20, 21
οἱ δύο υἱοί pov. Luke 7, 41. John 1, 37. al.
Gen. Matt. 18, 16 δύο μαρτύρων. 20, 24.
Luke 12, 6. John 1, 40. al. _Accus, Matt.
4,18 εἶδε δύο ἀδελφούς. Luke 3,.11. al.
For the dative is found the irreg. and later
form δυσί, Matt. 6, 24 δυσὶ κυρίοις. 22, 40.

. Luke 12, 52. Acts 12,6; also Pol. 4. 32. 3.

Aristot. H. An. 4, 1. 131. Thuc. 8. 101;
see Buttm. ὁ 70. 2. Winer § 9. 2. b. Lob.
ad Phryn. p, 210. The comm. Gen. and
Dat.. δυοῖν does not occur in N. T.—In
phrases: δύο ἢ τρεῖς, two or three, some,
a few, Matt. 18, 20. 1 Cor. 14, 29. (Xen.
An. 4. 7. 5.) ἀνὰ δύο, κατὰ δύο, by
two’s, two and two, distributively, Luke 9, 3.
10, 1. 1 Cor. 14, 27; εἰς δύο, in two,
e. g. ἐσχίσϑη εἰς δύο (μέρη), Matt. 27, 51.
Mark 15, 38; so Luc. D. Deor. 8. 1 δίελε
μου τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐς δύο. Pol. 2. 16. 11 σχί-
ζεται εἰς δύο μέρη.---Βν Hebr. δύο δύο, two
and two, distributively, Mark 6,'7; so Sept.
and Heb, 5738 5°28 Gen. 7, 9. 15; for
B52 Gen. 6, 19, 20. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669,
703. "Heb. Gr. §118. 5. -ο

dus, an insep. part. implying difficulty,
adversity, the contrary ; like Engl. mis, un,
in; Buttm. § 120. 5.-

δυσβάστακτος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, 4]. (βαστάζω,)
hard to be borne, oppressive, 6. g. φορτία,
Matt. 23, 4. Luke 11, 46. Sept. for 52
Prov. 27, 3.—Plut. - Quant Nat. 16 δυσβά-.
στακτοι γάρ εἶσι ... διὰ μέγεϑος.

Rowerrepla, ὦ as, ἧ; (ἔντερον intestine,)
dysentery, flux, Acts 28, 8.—Jos. Ant. 6, 15
1. Pol. 32. 25. 14. Plato Tim. 86. a.

δυσερμήνευτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ,8.4]. (ἑρμηνεύω.)
hard to explain, so as to be understeod, Heb.
5, 11.—Artemid. 3. 67. Diod. Sic. 2. 52.
ες δύσκολος; ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (κόλον food.) pr.
‘ difficult about food ;’ hence genr. hard to
please, morose, peevish, Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2;

δυσκόλως 196

Neut. any thing unpleasant, difficulty, cala-
mity, Sept. for ἜΣ Jer. 49, 8. Dem. 291. 21.
—In N. T. spoken of things, hard to accom-
plish, difficult, Mark 10,24. So Jos. Ant. 6.
3. 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 84. Xen. Cc. 15. 10.
δυσκόλως, adv. (δύσκολος,) with diffi-
eully, hardly, Matt. 19, 23. Mark 10, 23.

Luke 18, 24.—Jos. Ant. 4. 5. 2. Plut. Con-

sol. ad Apoll. 28.

δυσμή, ἧς, ἡ, (δύνω,) usually only Plur.
αἱ δυσμαί, the going down, the setting of
the sun, as δυσμαὶ τοῦ ἡλίου, Sept. for 813
Gen. 15, 12. al. 81372 Deut. 11, 30. al. Xen.
An. 6. 4, 26.—Hence in N. T. the west,
Matt. 8, 11. 24,27. Luke 12, 54. 13, 29.
Rey. 21, 13. Sept. for 3792 Ps. 75, 6. Is.
43,5; ΝΞ Ps. 50, 2. Mal. 1,11. So Pol.
2.14.4, Plato Def. 411. Ὁ.

δυσνόητος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (νοητός, νοέω!)
hard to be understood, 2 Pet. 3, 16.—Diog.
Laert. 9.13 δυσνόητόν τε καὶ δυσεξήγητον.
Luce. Alex. 54.

δυσφημέω, ὦ, f. hoo, (φήμη:) to speak
evil, to utter words of ill omen, maledictions,
Soph. Elect. 950. Plut. Cic. 22.—In N. T.
to defame, to revile, 1 Cor. 4, 13 in Mss. for
βλασφημούμενοι. So 1 Macc. 7, 41. Soph.
Elect. 1182. ΄

δυσφημία, as, ἡ, (δυσφημέω,) evil-
speaking, pr. ill-omened words, malediction,
Soph. Phil. 10. Plut.. Pelop. 8.—In N. T.
reproach, contumely, ill-report, ἃ Cor. 6, 8.
So 1 Mace. 7, 38. Dion. Hal. 6. 48. Hesych.
δυσφημίας - κακοφημίας.

δύω, see δύνω.

δώδεκα, οἱ, ai, τά card. num. indec.
᾿ twelve, Matt. 9, 20. 14, 20. al. sep. Spec.
oi δώδεκα, the twelve sc. apostles, corre-
sponding to the twelve tribes, Matt. 26, 14.
20. 47. Mark 14, 10. 20. al. Comp. Matt.
19, 28. Rev. 7, 5'sq. 21, 12 sq. 22, 2; also
Ex. 28,17. Num. 17, 2. Josh. 4,5. 1 K. 7,
25. +

δωδέκατος, ἡ; ov, ord. adj. the twelfth,
Rey. 21, 20. :

δωδεκάφυλον, ου, τό, (δώδεκα, φυλή.)
collect: the twelve tribes of Israel, the people
of Israel, Acts 26, 7.

δῶμα, aros, τό, (δέμω,) a building, a
house, Hdian. '7. 12.11. Plato Rep. 380. a.
Synecd. a hail, chamber, Hom. Tl. 1..600.—
InN. T. only in the phrase ἐπὶ rod δώμα-
ros, upon the house, i. e. upon the house-top,
roof, Matt. 24,17. Mark 13, 15. Luke 17,
31. Plur. κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων, pro-
claim ye upon the house-tops, i. e. publicly,
Matt. 10, 27. Luke 12, 3; comp. 2 Sam.

'δῶρον

16, 22. Also ἀναβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα, to
go upon the house-top, to ascend to the roof,
Luke 5, 19. Acts 10, 9. Sept. for 43 roof
Deut. 22,8. Josh. 2, 6. 8, al. So Jos. Ant.
6. 4. 1. Hdian. 2. 6. 19.—The roofs of orien-
tal houses are flat, and covered usually with
a composition or cement. The inhabitants
spend much time upon them, especially at
evening, to enjoy the open air; and often
sleep there. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. p. 26,
32. Winer Realw. arts. Dach, Hauser.

δωρεά, ais, ἡ, (δῶρον,) a gift, John 4, 10.
Acts 8, 20. 11,17. Rom. 5,15. 2 Cor. 9,
15. Heb. 6, 4. Eph. 4,'7 κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς
δωρεᾶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, according to the mea-
sure of the gift of Christ, i. e. according as
Christ has measured out to him the gift.
With gen. of that in which the gift con-
sists ; Acts 2,38 and 10, 45 ὃ. τοῦ dy. πνεῦ-
ματος. Rom. 5,17 ὃ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης. Eph. 3,
7 ὃ. τῆς χάριτος τοῦ ϑεοῦ. ‘Sept. for Chald
M213) Dan. 2, 6.—2 Macc. 4, 30. Pol. 23.
3. 4. Xen. Hi, 11. 12.

δωρεάν, adv. (acc. of Swped,) gratis,
gratuitously ; see Buttm. §115. 4.

1. Pr. freely, without requital, Matt. 10,
8 bis. Rom. 3, 34. 2 Cor. 11,7. 2 Thess.
3, 8. Rev. 21, 6. 22, 17. Sept. and pin

“Gen. 29, 15. Num. 11, 5.—Pol. 18. 17. 7.

Dem. 394. 20. .

2. Spec. groundlessly, without cause ;
John 15, 25 ἐμίσησάν pe δωρεάν. Gal. 2,21
ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέϑανε, i. 6. then there
was no cause why Christ should suffer ; see
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 161. Sept. and
Bin Ps. 35, 7. 1 Sam. 19, 5.

δωρέομαι;, odpat, f. ἤσομαι; Mid. depon.

(δωρέω, δῶρον,) to make a gift of, to give,
c. acc. Mark 15, 45. Pass. perf. as Mid.
c. acc. 2 Pet. 1, 3. 4.. Sept. for 19 Esth.
8, 1. Prov. 4, 2.—Hian. 1. 5. ἃ. Ken. Cyr.
5. 2. 8. *

δώρημα, ατος, τό, (δωρέω,) ἃ gift, Rom.
5, 16. James 1, 17.—Jos. Ant, 4. 8. 47.
Xen. Hi. 8. 4. ᾿

δῶρον, ου, τό, (δίδωμι,) a gift, present,
Matt. 2, 11. Eph. 2, 8. Rev. 11, 10. Sept.
for 7233 Gen. 30, 20; 7M Ex. 23,8. So
Hdian. 2. 8. 14. Ἴλιο. V. H. 1. 27. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 26.—Spec. a gift dedicated to
God, an offering, sacrifice, Matt. 5, 23. 24
bis. 8, 4. 23, 18. 19 bis. Heb. 5, 1. 8, 3. 4.
9, 9. 11. 4; so Matt. 15, 5 and Mark 7, 11
δῶρον sc. ἐστί, i. 6. it is consecrated to God.
Also of money contributed in the temple,
comp. in δίδραχμον ; Luke 21, 1.4 ἔβα-
λον εἰς τὰ δῶρα Tod Seod, they cast in unto

a

FOP ΘΎ ΕΑΕΘΑ EW EN δ."

ye

δωροφορία

(among) the offerings of God. Sept. for
my Gen. 4, 4. 1 Chr. 16, 29; 3}
Lev. 1, 2. 3. Is. 66,20. So Hott. Il. 6.
293. ib. 8. 203.

ἔα, interj. (ἐάω, imperat. Zae,) pr. ‘let
be ;’ genr. ah, aha, expressing surprise and
displeasure, Mark 1, 24. Luke 4, 34.—Arr.
Epict. 2. 24. Aischyl. Prom. vinct. 298.
Plato Protag. 315. d.

I. ἐάν, conjunct. (pr. εἰ ἄν,) if, if so be
that, in case that ; contr. sometimes into ἄν,
see in ἄν IL; also into ἤν in Gr. writers.
The form εἰ implies a condition merely hy-
pothetical, a mere supposition, to which ἄν
subjoins the idea of possibility ; so that ἐάν
implies a condition which is possible and
may be expected to be realized, though still
dependent on circumstances ; see Herm.
ad Vig. p. 882 5ᾳ. Kiihner §339. II. b.
Usually ἐάν is construed with the Subjunc-
tive ; in later writers also with the Indica-
tive ; and very rarely in classic writers with
the Optative ; see Buttm. §139.m.68. Herm.
1. c. p. 819. Matth. § 523.

I. Used alone, i. e. without being joined
with other particles.

1. With the Indicative, but only in late
writers ; in N. T’. only once, and followed
in the apodosis by a perf. Indic. in a present
sense ; 1 John 5,15 ἐὰν οἴδαμεν, ὅτι ἀκούει
ἡμῶν ὃ ἂν αἰτώμεϑα, οἴδαμεν, ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ
αἰτήματα κτὰ. comp. in no. 2. ἃ. y. So
Sept. Job 22, 3. All. V. H. 4. 24 ἐὰν ταῖς
ἀλλήλων ὀργαῖς ἐξίστασϑε κτλ. See Winer
§42. 2. d. note. Herm. ad Vig. p. 820.

Matth. § 525. d—In Mss. ἐάν is also found :

with Indic. pres. Rom. 14, 8. Gal. 1, 8.
1 Thess. 3, 8 ; Indic. fut. Luke 11, 12. John
8, 36. Comp. Winer 1. c.

2. Mostly with the Subjunctive, implying
uncertainty with the Prospect of decision,
and referring thereforé to som future ;
Buttm. § 139. m. 24. Winer ᾧ 42. 2. b.

a) With the Subj. present, and followed
(or preceded) in the apodosis: a) By an
Indic. future ; Matt. 6, 22. 23 ἐὰν οὖν ὁ
ὀφϑαλμός. σου ἁπλοῦς ἧ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου
᾿ φωτεινὸν ἔσται" ἐὰν δὲ κτλ. 17, 20. Mark
14, 31. Luke 10, 6. John 7, 17. Acts 5, 38.

Rom. 2, 26. Gal. 5, 2. 1 John 5, 14. al. seep. -

(Sept. Job 9, 15. 20. All. V. H. 4. 16. Plut.
Mor. II. p. 14. Plato Apol. Soc. 18. p. 30. 6.)
Sometimes the fut. stands in the apodosis

197 ἐά

ἐάν ᾿

δωροφορία, as, 7), (δωροφορέω ; δῶρον,
φέρω.) a bringing of gifiss Rom. 15, 31
Lachm. iva ἡ np ge μου pera Rec. δια-
xovia.—Alciphr. 1. 6

for the Imperat. see in 8. Luke 19, 31 καὶ
ἐάν tis ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ ... οὕτως ἐρεῖτε αὐτῷ.

Winer ᾧ 44. 3. Kihn. § 255. 4. Also the
aorist Subj. is put after od μή instead of the
fut. Indic. Acts 13, 41 ἔργον, 6 οὐ μὴ πιστεύ-
onre, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν.. John 8, 51 ;
comp. Buttm. ᾧ 139. m. 46. Or sometimes
either the whole apodosis or its verb is to be
supplied ; John 6, 61. 62 τοῦτο ὑμᾶς cxavda-
λίζει ; ἐὰν οὖν ϑεωρῆτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνϑρ.
ἀναβαίνοντα κτὰ. suppl. πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοῦτο
σκανδαλίσει ὑμᾶς. Acts 26, 5. 1 Cor. 4,15.
8) By an Imperat. 6. g. present, John ἢ,
37 ἐάν tis διψᾷ, ἔρχεσϑε πρός pe. 12, 26.-
Rom. 12, 20. 13, 4. Gal. 1, 8. Col. 3, 13;
aorist, Matt. 10, 13 ἐὰν μὲν ἢ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία,
ἐλϑέτω κτὰ. Mark 9, 43. 45. 47. John 14,
15. So c. Imp. pres. Epict. Ench. 43;
perf. ib. 33.6. γ) By an Indic. present,
either in a future sense or denoting some-
thing permanent or general, Winer § 42. 2.
b. Matt. 18, 13. John 8, 16 καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω
δὲ ἐγώ, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληϑής ἐστι. 13, 17.
1 Cor. 12, 15. 16. 1 Thess. 3, 8. 1 Tim. 1,
8. 2 Tim. 2, 5. 1 John 1, 7. 9. 10. al. sep.
Matt. 8, 2. Mark 1, 40. Luke 5, 12. (Luc.

D. Mort. 6. 3. Plato Apol. Socr. 21. p. 33.

b.) 501 Tim. 3,15 ἐὰν δὲ Bpadive, [suppl.

ταῦτά σοι γράφω.) ἵνα εἰδῇς κτλ. Also by
a perf. in the sense of the pres. John 20, 23
ἄν [ἐάν] τινων κρατῆτε [ras ἁμαρτίας]. κεκρά-
τηνταῖ, parall. ἀφίενται. Rom. 2, 25. δ)

By an Indic. aorist, referring to a transient
act; 1 Cor. 5,11 νυνὶ δὲ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν μὴ

συναναμίγνυσϑαι, ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζό-
μενος ἦ πόρνος κτλ.

b) With the Subj. aorist, which thus near-
ly corresponds to the Lat. fut. exactum, or
Engl. second future; comp. Buttm. § 139. m.
16. Kiihn. §339.n. 2. Itis then followed (or
preceded) in the apodosis: a) By an Indic.
future ; Matt. 4,9 ταῦτα πάντα σοι δώσω,
ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς pot. 5, 13. 28, 14.
Mark 8, 3. 36. John 8, 36. Rom. 10, 9.
1 Cor. 4,19. 2 Cor. 12,6. 1 Tim. 2, 15.
2 Tim. 2, 21. James 4, 15. al, sep. (Sept.
Job 8,18. 41. V. H. 2. 36 ἐὰν ἀποθάνω,
ἕξω «rd. Plato Lysid. 210. 6.) So by fut. for
Imperat. comp. above in lett.a.a; Matt. 21,

ἐάν 198

8. 22, 24. 1 John 5, 16. Or instead of fut.
Indic. is put the aorist Subj. after od μή,
comp. in lett. ἃ. α ; John 8, 51. 52. (Xen. Hi.
11.15.) Spec. Mark 11,32 ἄλλ᾽ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν"
ἐξ ἀνθρώπων" ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν λαόν, here the
apodosis is lost in the transition from the
first to the third person, the writer continu-
ing in his own language ; Winer § 64. IIL. 2.
Also the apodosis is involved, but not lost,
in Rom. 11, 22. Comp. All. V. H. 1. 34 ult.
Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 3. 1. . 8) By an Imperat.
6. g. present, Matt. 18,17. Mark 13, 21.
1 Cor. 10, 28. Gal. 6, 1. al. (Epict. Ench.
7.) Aorist, Matt. 18, 15.17. Mark 11, 3.
Luke. 17, 3. Col. 4, 10; aor. and pres.
1 Cor. 7, 11.. So in prohibitions expressed
by μή before the aor. Subj. instead of the
Imperat. comp. Buttm. § 148. 3. Kihner
§ 259. 5. Matt. 24, 23 τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἶπε

«μὴ πιστεύσητε, comp. parall. Imper. μὴ
πιστέυετε Mark 13, 21; so Heb. 3, 7. 15.
4,'7. So Epict. Ench. 7. . y) By an Indic.
present, comp. above in lett. a. y. Matt. 18,
13. Mark 3,24. John8,31. Rom.'7,3. 15,24.
2 Cor. 5,1. al. (Cebet.. Tab. 8. Xen. Hi.
1, 28.) Also by an Indic. perf. in pres.
sense, comp. above in lett.a. y. John 20, 23.
Rom. 7,2. 14,23. δ) By an Indic. aorist,
comp. in lett. a. ὃ. Matt. 18,13. 1 Cor.'7, 28
bis, εἰ δὲ καὶ γήμῃς, οὐκ ἥμαρτες κτὰ. James
2, 2-τά. ε) By a Subj. aorist implying ex-
hortation or precept ; James 4, 15 Grb. ἐὰν
ὁ κύριος ϑελήσῃ . «. καὶ ποιήσωμεν τοῦτο ἣ
ἐκεῖνο. 2 Cor. 9, 43; also Mark 12, 19 and
Luke 20, 28. John 9, 22. 11,57. Acts 9, 2,

3. Like Heb. tx, it passes over into a
particle of time, referring to an event cer-
tain in itself but uncertain in time, when,
whenever ; put with the Subj. aorist, and
followed in the apodosis by an Indic. fut.
John 12, 32 κἀγὼ ἐὰν ipa ἐκ τῆς γῆς;
πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν. 1 John 8,2 ;
or by a pres. in fut. sense John 14, 8. So
Sept. for px Prov. 3, 24. Is. 24,13. Am.
7,23 comp. Heb. Lex. px C. 4. So Lat.
si, Hor. Epist. 1. 7. 10. Virg. Ain. 5. 64;
comp. wbi, 4. 118.

Il. Used along with other particles ;
where, for the most part, each retains its
own separate force and signification; as
ἐὰν γάρ, ἐὰν δέ, ἐὰν καί, ἐὰν οὖν, ὅτι ἐάν, etc.
Only the following require to be noted; all
construed with the Subjunctive as in no. 2
above.

1. ἐὰν δὲ καί, and if also, but if also,
Matt. 18, 17. 1 Cor. '7, 11. 28. 2 Tim. 2,5.
non al, Sept. Job 31, 14.

2. ἐὰν μή, if not, 1. q. unless, except ;
comp. above inI, no. 2. a) With Subj.

, @ay

present, and having in the apodosis an Indic.
fut. Luke 13, 3.53; or an Imperat. Matt. 10,
13. 1 Cor. 14, 28.; or an Indic. pres. John
3, 2. 5,19. Acts 15,1. 1 Cor. 9,16. James
2,17; ellipt. Gal. 2,16 ἐὰν μὴ [Stxadrael
διὰ πίστεως Ἶ. X. Sept. Ex. 3,19. 4,1. 8.9.
Comp. Pol. 3. 38. 2. Xen. An. 5. 7. 30.
b) With Subj. aorist, having in the apodosis
an Indic. fut. Matt. 6, 15. 18, 35. John 8

(24. Rom. 11, 23. 1 Cor. 14,11. Rev. 8,8"

and so in the aposiopesis 2 Thess. 2, 3; or
an Indic. pres. Mark 3,27. 7,3. 4. John
3, 3. 5. 6, 44.53. 7,51. Acts 27,31. 1 Cor.
8,8; or an Indic. aorist, John 15,63; ora
Subj. aorist after od. μή expressing strong
negation, Matt. 5, 20. 18,3. John 4, 48.
20, 25; or an Opt. pres. 6. ἄν, Acts 8, 31.
c) With Subj. perfect, having in the apo-
dosis an Indic. pres. once John 3, 27.—
Spec. except that, but that; Mark 4, 22 οὐ
yap ἐστί τι κρυπτόν, ὃ ἐὰν μὴ φανερωϑῇ; pr-
if not what shall be revealed, i. 6. but that
it shall be revealed ; parall. is ἄλλ᾽. iva in
the other clause. Matt. 26,42 ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ
πίω, except that (unless) 1 drink it. Mark
10, 30. Comp. Matth. § 617. d. Winer § 59
fin. So ἣν μή Eurip. Med. 30.

3. ἐάν wep or ἐάνπερ, if indeed, if
now, Heb. 3, 6. 14. 6, 3. non al.—2 Mace.
3, 38. Plut. Lycurg. ἄνπερ. Xen. Cyr. 4.
6. 8 7 bic

4. ἐάν re, and if; repeated ἐάν re...
ἐάν τε, i. 4. whether...or, Rom. 14, 8 qua-
ter. So Sept. for ΘᾺ Ex. 19,13. Lev. 3,1.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 17.—Also ἐάν re xai,
and tf also; 2 Cor. 10,8 ἐάν τε yap καί,
for though also. +

II. ἐάν, conjunct. for ἄν, if, with the
Subjunctive in relative clauses and with.re-
lative words ; usually regarded as merely a
wrong orthography, and therefore corrected
to dy in editions of Greek writers, but not
in N. T. see Herm. ad Vig. p. 516, 833.
Winer + 43 fin. Such words are thus ren-
dered general and indefinite, implying pos-
sibility but not certainty; Lat. cunque, Engl.
ever, soever ; see in ἄν I; πο. Π. 1.

1. After relative Pronouns, as ὃς ἐάν,
ὅσος ἐάν, ὅστις ἐάν, Lat. quicunque, Engl.
whoever, whosoever, whatsoever. a) Before
the Subjunct. present, expressing what may
have taken place; see in ἄν I, no. II. 1: ἃ: α.
Matt. 11, 27. 20, 26. 27. Luke 4, 6, 10, 22.
John 15,7. Gal. 6,7. Col. 3, 23. 1 John
3, 22. Rev. 3,19. Sept. Gen. 21,22. 44, 1.
b) Before the Subj. aorist, expressing what

may hereafter take place; see in ἄν 1, no. °

ΤΙ. 1. ἃ. 8. Matt..10, 14.42. 11,6. 12,36.

πον LY 3h AG iw

— δὼ

Se eee Sen eee)

ee

27

ἑαυτοῦ 199 ἐάω

Mark 7,11. 9, 37. Luke 18, 17. Acts’7,'7.
1 Cor. 6, 18. al. Sept. Gen. 15, 14.

2. After relative Adverbs, e.g. 8) ὅπου
ἐάν, wheresoever, with Subj. present, Matt.
24, 28; with Subj. aorist, Matt. 26, 13.
Mark 6, 10. 14,14. Also whithersoever,
with Subj. present, Matt. 8,19. b) οὗ ἐάν,
whithersoever, with Subj. present, 1 Cor. 16,
6. 6) ὁσάκις ἐάν, as often as, with Subj.
aorist, Rev. 11, 6. d) as ἐάν, as tf, in

- whatever way, with Subj. aorist, Mark 4,

26. Sept. Job 37,10. 6) καϑὸ ἐάν, ac-
cording to whatsoever, with Subj. present,
2 Cor. 8, 12.

3. After a particle of time, see in ἄν I,
no. II. 1. ¢; so ὡς ἐάν, whensoever, at what-
ever time, with Subj. present; Rom. 15, 24
ὡς ἐὰν πορεύωμαι εἰς τὴν Σπανίαν. +

ἑαυτοῦ, jis, οὗ ; dat. ἑαυτῷ, ῇ, ᾧ ; acc.
ἑαυτόν, nv, dv; only in the oblique cases, as
also in Plural; reflexive pron. of the 3d
pers. himself, herself, itself ; Plur. them-
selves; see Buttm. § 74. 3. Kiihner § 88.
A contracted form is αὑτοῦ, js, od, which
see in its order.

1. Pr. i. 6. in 3 pers. Sing. and Plur.
Matt. 8, 22. 12, 45. 23, 12. 37. 27, 49.
Luke 9, 25. 19, 35. John 5, 18. al. sepiss.
—Pol. 1. 79. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 61.

2. As a general reflexive, put also for the
first and second persons ; Buttm. ᾧ 127. n. 5.
Kihner § 302. 8. Winer § 22. 5. a) As
1 pers. 6. g. Plur. for ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, our-
selves; Rom. 8, 23 ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς
στενάζομεν. 1 Cor. 11, 31.2 Cor. 1, 9. 10,
12. 14. 1 John 1, 8. So Pol. 2. 37. 2.
Plato Phedon 25. p. 78. θ. Ὁ) As 2 pers.
6. g. Sing. for σεαυτοῦ, thyself ; ; Rom. 13,9
ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς ἑαυτόν. John
18, 34. (421. V. H. 1. 21. Xen. Mem. 1.
4.9.) Plur. for ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, yourselves,
Matt. 3, 9. 23, 31. 25,9 ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς.
26,11. Acts 13, 46. 1 Cor. 6,19. Heb.
10, 34. So Pol. 18. 6. 4.. Xen. Cyr. 6.
2. 41.

3. Plur. in a reciprocal sense, for ἀλλή-
λων, one another, each other ; Kiihn. ἢ 302.7.
Mark 10, 26 λέγοντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς, saying
to (among) themselves, one to another. John
12,19. Rom. 1, 24. Col. 3, 13. 16. Jude
20. al.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 5. 2, 16.

4. With Prepositions: a) ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ,
seeindwéno.2.c.a. b) δ €avrod,Rom.
14, 14, seein διά 1. 4. a. 0) εἰς ἑαυτὸν
ἔρχεσϑαι, to come to oneself, to recover one’s
self-possession, consciousness, Luke 15, 17;
so Arr. Epict. 3.1.15. Diod. Sic. 13. 95;
comp. redire ad se, Hor. Epist. 2. 2. 138.

-

d) ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγειν ν. εἰπεῖν, ic say wilhin
oneself, i. q. to think, to suppose, Matt. 8, 9.
9, 3. 21. Sept. for inba sax Esth. 6, 6.
Ps. 36,1; see Heb. Lex. art. ἼΩΝ no 2.
So in other phrases: ἔχειν Te ἐν ἑαυτῷ,
to have in oneself, i. 6. either in one’s nature
or power, Matt. 13, 21. John 5, 26. 6, 53;
or i. 4. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὑτοῦ ἔχειν, to have in
one’s mind, Mark 9,50. John 5, 42. 1 John
5, 10; ἔχειν συζήτησιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, to have
dispute among themselves, one with another,
Acts 28, 29; εἰδέναι v. ἐπιγινώσκειν ἐν éav-
τῷ; to know or perceive in oneself, John 6,61.
Mark 5, 30; and so John 11, 38. Acts 10,
17; also of God, δοξάζειν τινα ἐν ἑαυτῷ,
in himself, i. e. in oneness with himself, in
like glory, John 13, 32; of Christ, κτίζειν
δύο εἰς ἕνα ἐν ἑαυτῷ, in himself, in the com-
munion of the one spiritual life in him, Eph.
2,15. Also γίνεσϑαι ἐν ἑαυτῷ, to come to
oneself, to recover one’s self-possession,
Acts 12, 11; so Pol. 1. 49. 8. Xen. An. 1.
5. 17; comp. above in lett.c. 6) ἐξ éav-
τῶν, from or of ourselves, i. q. ad’ ἑαυτῶν
4. ν. 2 Cor. 3, ὅ. f) nad’ ἑαυτόν, by
oneself, alone, Acts 28,16 comp. 30. James
2,17. So Pol. 1. 24. 4. Xen. Mem. 3.
10. 12. g) ped’ ἑαυτοῦ, with (along
with) oneself, Matt. 12, 45. Mark 8, 14.
h) παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, by or with oneself, in one’s
house, at home, Fr. chez soi, 1 Cor. 16, 2.
So Xen. Mem. 3. 13.3. i) πρὸς éav-
τόν, to oneself, i. e. to one’s own house or
home; Luke 24,12 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτόν.
Plur. id. John 20, 10. (Sept. Num. 24, 25.
Pol. 5. 93.1 πρὸς αὑτούς.) Also to or
with oneself, in mind; Luke 18, 11 πρὸς
ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα προσηύχετο. Mark 14, 4.
(Comp. Aristaen. 1. 6 διελογιζόμην δὲ πρὸς
ἐμαυτήν.) Plur. recipr. πρὸς ἑαυτούς, to
(among) themselves, to or with one another ;
see above in no. 3. Mark 10, 26 λέγοντες
πρὸς ἑαυτούς. 11, 31. 12, 7. 16, 3. Luke
20, ὅ. 1. +

ἐάω, &, f. ἐάσω, impf. εἴων, aor. εἴασα,
for the augm. see Buttm. ᾧ 84. 2; 10 let, to
let be or happen.

1. Pr. i. 4. to permit, to suffer, not to
hinder, c. acc. et infin. Matt. 24, 43 οὐκ ἂν
εἴασε διορυγῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ. Luke 4,
41. Acts 14, 16. 27, 32. 28, 4. 1 Cor..10,
13. Rev. 2,20 Rec. So infin. impl. Acts
16, 7. 19, 30. Sept. for rian imper. Gen.
38, 16; 113 Job 9, 18. (Luc. D. Mort. 13.
5. Hdian. 3. 15. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4:9.)
Ellipt. Luke 22, 51 ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου, suffer
thus far, addressed to the officers.—Spec. to
let go on with any thing, fo leave in trust;

ἑβδομήκοντα
Acts 23,32 ἐάσαντες τοὺς ἱππεῖς πορεύεσϑαι
σὺν αὐτῷ. Pregn. Acts 27, 40 τὰς ἀγκύρας
περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν ϑάλασσαν, taking
(cutting) away the anchors they left them to
fall into the sea; comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 33
ἐλάσματα γὰρ σιδήρου κατακρύπτουσιν εἰς
τὴν γῆν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐῶσι, μέχρις ἂν ὅτου κτλ.

2. to let be, to let alone, to leave ; Cc. acc.
of pers. Acts 5, 38 καὶ ἐάσατε αὐτούς. Sept.
for npn Judg. 11, 37.—Dem. 983. 7.
Plato Conv. 201.c; ri A. V. H. 2. 38.
Xen. Conv. 6. 8.

ἑβδομήκοντα, οἱ, ai, τά, indec. seventy,
Acts 7, 14. 23,23. 27, 37.—Luke 10, 1.
17 of ἑβδομήκοντα, the Seventy, sent out by
Christ as teachers.

ἑβδομηκοντάκις, adv. seventy times;
Matt. 18, 22 €88. ἑπτά, seventy times seven,
a frequent general expression for any large
number ; comp. Gen, 4, 24.

ἕβδομος, n, ov, ord. adj. the seventh,
tohn 4, 52. Heb. 4,4 bis. Jude 14. Rev.
8, 1. 10,7. 11, 15. 16, 17. 21, 20.

"EBép, 6, indec. Eber, Heber, Heb. "33
(over, beyond), one of Abraham’s ancestors,
Luke 3, 35; comp. Gen. 10, 21. 24. 25.

ἝΘοαικός, n, ov, adj. Hebrew, Luke
23, 38.—Jos. Ant. proem. 3.

‘EBpaios, ov, 6, α Hebrew, from Heb.
"73> (pr. one passing over), applied to
Abraham Gen. 14, 13, and to his descend-
ants, the Israelites generally, Gen. 39, 14.
Ex. 1, 15. Deut. 15, 12. al. sep.—In N. T.
οἱ Ἑβραῖοι, the Hebrews, are the Jews of

Palestine, who use the Hebrew (Aramzan) ©

language, to whom the language and coun-
try of their fathers peculiarly belong, the
true seed of Abraham ; in opp. to of “EAAn-
νισταί, the Hellenists, i. e. Jews born out of
Palestine and using chiefly the Greek lan-
guage ; comp. Hug Introd. II. § 10. penult.
Winer Realw. art. Hellenisten. So 2 Cor.
11, 22. Phil. 3, 5 Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων,
emphat. comp. in βασιλεύς πο. 1. In Acts
6, 1 Hebrew Christians, in distinction from
Hellenistic Christians.

‘EBpais, idos, 7), SC. διάλεκτος, the He-
brew language, i. 6. the Aramean, or Syro-
Chaldaic, the vernacular language of the
Palestine Jews in the time of Christ and
the apostles; Acts 21, 40. 22,2. 26, 14.
See Bibl. Repos. 1831, p. 309 sq. 317 sq.

Ἕ βραϊστί, adv. Hebraicé, in Hebrew,
i.e. later Hebrew, Aramzan, John 5,2. 19,
13. 17. 20. [20, 16.] Rev. 9, 11. 16, 16.
For adverbs in -ιστί, see Buttm. 119 15. c.

200

ἐγγίζω

" ἐγγίζω, f. ico, (ἐγγύς) Att. Γαΐ. τῶ
James 4, 8. Buttm. ὁ 9ὅ. 7. 9: to bring
near, to cause to approach, trans. Sept. for
"a Gen. 48, 10; APH Is. 5, 8. Pol. 8.
6. 7 ἐγγίσαντες τῇ γῇ τὰς ναῦς. ---- More
comm. and in N. T. intrans. to draw near,
to approach ; and perf. ἤγγικα, to have drawn
near, i. e. to be near, to be at hand, comp.
Buttm. § 113. 7.

1. Pr. to draw near, perf. to be near,ye. δ.
a) Of persons, absol. Matt. 26, 46 and Mark
14, 42 ἤγγικεν 6 παραδιδούς pe. Luke 12,33
ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει. 18, 40. 19, 41.
24,15. Acts 21, 33. 23, 1ὅ. With dat.
Luke 7, 12 ὡς δὲ ἤγγισε τῇ πύλῃ. 15, 1.
25. 22, 47. Acts 9, 3. 10, 9. 22,6. Sept.
c. dat. for ©33 Gen. 27, 21. 26; 29P Ex.
32,19. (Absol. Plut. M. Anton..33. Pol. 12.
7.1; 6. dat. 17.4.1.) With εἰς c. acc. ot
place, Matt..21, 1 καὶ ὅτε ἤγγισαν εἰς Ἵερο-
σόλυμα. Mark 11,1. Luke 19, 29. 24, 28.
Sept. for 532 Jer. 51, 9.—Trop. ἐγγίζειν
τῷ ϑεῷ, to ‘draw near to God, i. 6. in Sept.
to offer sacrifice in the temple, for 532 Ex.
19, 22. Ez. 44,13; in N. T. to do rever-
ence and homage, to worship God with pious
heart, Heb. 7, 19 comp. 4, 16. James 4, 8.
Matt. 15, 8 quoted from Is. 29, 13, where
Sept. for 222. So God is said ἐγγίζειν
τοῖς ἀνϑδρώποις, to draw near to men, 6. g.
by the aids of his Spirit, by his grace, James
4,8. Sept. and 32? Deut. 4, 2; comp. Ps.
145,18. Ὁ) Of things, time, etc. Matt. 3,
2 ἤγγικε ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 4,17. 10,
7. Mark 1, 15; so Matt. 21, 34. 26, 45.
Luke 21, 8. 20. 28. 22,1. Acts'7,17. Rom.
13, 12. Heb. 10, 25. James 5, 8. 1 Pet. 4,
7. With ἐπί c. acc. of pers. Luke 10, 9. 11.

2. Spec. as in Sept. usage, to be near, to
be nigh ; so Sept. often for 319 near, nigh,
e. g. 1 K. 21,2 of Naboth’s vineyard, ὅτι
ἐγγίζων οὗτος τῷ οἴκῳ μου. Deut. 21,3 ἡ
πόλις ἡ ἐγγίζουσα τῷ τραυματίᾳ. v. 6. 22,
22; also trop. Jer. 23, 23. Ruth 2, 20.
2 Sam. 19, 42. Hence in N. T. Luke 18,
35 ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν eis Ἵερι-
xe, while he was yet nigh unto Jericho ;
comp. Matt. 20,29 and Mark 10, 46, where
the same is said to have taken place as Je-
sus went out (ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ) from

' Jericho; see Gr. Harm. § 109 and note.

Luke 19, 37 ἐγγίζοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤδη πρὸς

τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους, and when he was
now near, at the descent of the mount of Ol-
ives; see Winer § 52 ult.e. Trop. Phil. 2,
30 μξάμι Θανάτου ἤγγισε, he was nigh unto
death; comp. Sept. for 222 Job 33, 22;
3°37 Ps. 88,4. 107,18, Arr. Epict. 3. 10.14.

ἃ ΟΝ SO εν ΨΥ τ᾿

ὡς

᾽ tA
ἐγγράφω
ἐγγράφω, f. ψω, (ἐν, γράφω) to grave
in, to write in or on, trop. with ἔν τινι, 2 Cor.
3, 2 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ... ἐγγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς
καρδίαις ἡμῶν. v. 3.— Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 12
ἐγγρ. τοὺς νόμους ταῖς ψυχαῖς. So pr. Hdot.
4. 91. Thue. 1. 128.

4

EYYVOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἐγγύη ; ἐν, γυῖον,)
giving security, yielding a pledge, 2 Macc.
10, 28. Lys. 902. 3.—In N. T. Subst. a
surety, sponsor, trop. Heb. 7, 22. So pr.
Ecelus. 29, 15. 16. Pol. 5. 27. 1. Xen.
Vect. 4. 20.

ἐγγύς, adv. near, nigh, of both place
and time.

1. Of place, absol. John 19, 42. With
gen. John 3, 23. 11, 18. 54. 19, 20; and
so Luke 19, 11. Acts 1, 12; also ἐγγὺς yi-
νεσϑαι V. ἔρχεσϑαι, to draw nigh, to come
near, c. gen. John 6, 19.23; comp. Buttm.
§ 146. 3. Sept. for 219 Gen. 45, 10. Ez.
23, 12. (1 Macc. 4,18. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1.)
With dat. Acts 9, 38 ἐγγὺς δὲ οὔσης Avddns
τῇ Ἰόππῃ. 27, 8. So Sept. trop. Ps. 33,
19. Diod. Sic. 1.41 ἔγγιστα τῇ ἀληϑείᾳ.
Comp. Matth. § 386. 6—Trop. near, nigh,
with gen. Heb. 6, 8. 8, 13. Rom. 10, 8 éy-
γύς σου, near thee, i. e. close at hand, near
by, quoted from Deut. 30, 14 where Sept.
for ΞΡ. So 6. art. of ἐγγύς as adj.
(Buttm. § 125. 6.) the near, those who are
near, the Jews, as having the knowledge
and worship of the true God, opp. of μακράν,
the Gentiles, Eph. 2,17; so Sept. and 31}
15, 57,19. Also ἐγγὺς γίνεσϑαι, to become
near to God by embracing the gospel, Eph.
2,13; comp. Wisd. 6, 19.

2. Of time, absol. ἐγγὺς τὸ ϑέρος Matt.
24, 32. Mark 13,28. Luke 21, 30; also
with ἐπὶ ϑύραις Matt. 24, 33. Mark 13, 29;
ὁ καιρός Matt. 26,18. Rey. 1, 3. 22,10;
τὸ πάσχα John 2, 13. 6,4. 11,55; ἡ ἑορτή
John 7,2; ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Seod Luke 21, 31;
ὁ κύριος as judge, by way of encouragement,
Phil. 4, 5, comp. Heb. 10, 37. Luke 21, 28 ;
comp. also Sept. Ps. 34, 19. 145,18. So
Sept. ἐγγὺς ἡ ἡμέρα for IP Ez. 30, 3.
Joel 1, 15. 2, 1. al—Hom. Il. 22. 453;
ὁ. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.2 ὁ μὲν ἀγὼν ἡμῖν

ἐγγύς.

ἐγγύτερον, adv. compar. of ἐγγύς, (pr.
Neut. of ἐγγύτερος, Buttm. ὁ 115. 5, 7,)
nearer, spoken of time, Rom. 13, 11.—Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 21 of likeness.

ἐγείρω, f. ἐγερῶ, aor. 1 ἤγειρα, trans. to
awaken, to wake up, to rouse up; Mid. in-
trans. to awake, to rouse up, to arise, Buttm.
4135. 3, Also Pass. perf. ἐγήγερμαι and

201 ἐγείρω

aor. 1 ἠγέρϑην, to have been roused, and
hence to arise, to have risen.

1. to awake from sleep, to rouse up, im-
plying strictly a rising up from the posture
of sleep; Mid. intrans. fo awake, to rise up.
a) Pr. ὁ. acc. Matt. 8, 25 ἤγειραν αὐτόν.
Acts 12,7. Mid. Mark 4, 27 xa%evdy καὶ
ἐγείρηται. Matt. 25, '7. Luke 8, 24. 54. 13,
25; Imperat. ἐγείρεσϑε, awake, arise, Matt.
26,46. Mark 14,42. Sept. for 7" Prov.
6, 22; Υῇ 1 Gen. 41, 4. 7. So Plut. Pomp.
36. Xen. dic. 5.4. Ὁ) Trop. froma state
of insensibility, torpor, death; c. acc. Mark
9, 27; Mid. Matt. 9, 25; in a moral sense
Rom.*13, 11 comp. Eph. 5,14. (So of a
state Dem. 439. 1.) Spec. from death, of
which sleep has ever been an emblem among
all nations ; e. g. the Hebrews, Job 3, 13. Ps.
13, 4. Dan. 12, 2. Matt. 27,52; the Greeks,
Hom. Il. 14. 231. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21; the
Romans, Virg. Ain. 6. 278. Thus éyei-
ρειν νεκρούς; to raise the dead ; Matt. 10,
8 νεκροὺς éyeipere. John 5, 21. Acts 26, 8.
2 Cor. 1,9; Mid. 1 Cor. 15, 15.16. Also
ἐγείρειν ἐκ νεκρῶν, to raise from the dead,
and Mid. with ἐκ (also ἀπό) to rise from the
dead ; John 12, 1 ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν. v. 9.
17. Gal. 1,1. 1 Thess. 1,10. al. Mid. ο.
ἀπό Matt. 14, 2. 27, 64. 28,'7. al. ἐκ Mark
6, 14. 16. Luke 9, 7. John 2, 22. al. Ab-
sol. Matt. 16, 21. 17, 23. 27, 63. Mark 16,
14. Acts 5, 30. Rom. 4, 25. 2 Cor. 4, 14.
So Sept. and ὙΠ 2 K. 4, 31. Is. 26, 19.

2. The idea of sleep being dropped, to
cause to rise up, to raise up, to set upright ;
Mid. to rise up, to arise. a) Of persons,
e. g. sitting, Acts 3,'7; reclining at table,
John 13, 4; prostrate or lying down, Acts
10, 26. Matt. 17, '7. Luke 11,8. Acts 9, 8:
al. (Sept. and p*prm 2 Sam. 12,17.) Soof
sick persons, Matt. 8,15. Mark 1,31. 2, 12;
and including the idea of convalescence, to
raise up, to set wp again, to heal, James 5,
1ὅ. b) In the simplicity of ancient narra-
tive this verb (usually Part. éyep%eis) is
prefixed to verbs of going, of undertaking
or doing any thing, and the like, see in ἀνί-
στημι 11. 1. a; Matt. 2,13. 14 ἐγερϑεὶς πα-
ράλαβε τὸ παιδίον. 2, 20. 21. 9,19. John
11, 29. 14, 31. al. Sept. and Ἐπ» 1 Chr.
22,19; comp. in ἀνίστημι 1. 6. 0). Trop.
Mid. to rise wp against an adversary, with
ἐπί τινα, Matt. 24, 7. Mark 13, 8. Luke 21,
10. Sept. Act. for 99m Is. 10, 26. Jer. 50,
9. (Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6.) So ἐγείρεσϑαι ἐν ry
κρίσει μετά τινος, Matt. 12,42, Luke 11,31,
4) Of things, to raise up, 6. g. out of a pit,
Matt. 12, 11, comp, Luke 14, 5. Also in

ἔγερσις
later usage, to erect, to build, 6. g. ναόν John
2,19. 20. So Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5 βωμούς.
Hdian. 8. 1. 12 τεῖχος. 8. 2. 12 πύργους.
Plut. Camill. 31 πόλιν.

3. Trop. to raise up, to cause to arise, or
exist; Mid. to arise, to appear; Luke 1,
69 ἔγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας; i. e. a saviour.
Acts 13, 22. [23.] Mid. spoken of prophets,
Matt. 11, 11. 24, 11. 24. Mark 13, 22.
Luke 7, 16. John 7, 52. Sept. and 35
Is. 41,25. 45, 13; "PS Judg. 3, 9. 15.
So Ecclus. 10, 4.—Spec. to raise wp child-
ren, to let be born to any one, 6. acc. et dat.
Matt. 3, 9. Luke 3, 8.

4. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν implied, zo
awake, to arise; Buttm. ᾧ 130. n. 2, Thus
io awake from sleep, trop. sluggishness,
Eph. 5, 14 ἔγειραι 6 καθεύδων. Also, to
rise wp, to arise, from a sitting or recumbent
posture, Mark 2, 9.11. 3, 3. 5, 41. 10, 49.
Luke 5, 23. 24. 6,8. John 5,8.—In classic
writers only poetic in this usage ; Aristoph.
Ran. 340. Eurip. Iph. in Aul. 627. +

ἔγερσ US; ews, 7s (éyeipa,) a waking up
from sleep, Pol. 9. 15. 4; @ rising up, Sept.
for D'P Ps. 139, 2; comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 294.—In N. 'T. resurrection from the
dead, Matt. 27, 53.

ἐγκάδετος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἐγκαδίημι,)
suborned, one suborned, a spy, Luke 20, 20.
—Jos. B. J. 6. 5.2. Dem. 1483. 1. Plato
Ax. 368. e. ;

> f 4 eae

ἐγκαίνια, icv, τά, (ἐν; καινός,) pr. initi-
ation or dedication of something new, Sept.
for 1230 Ezra 6, 16. Neh. 12, 27. Dan. 3,
2.—In N. T. α festival of consecration, sc.
of something new or renewed; genr. the
festival of dedication, John 10, 22. This
festival was instituted by Judas Maccabeus
to commemorate the purification of the tem-
ple and the renewal of the temple worship,
after the three years’ profanation by Antio-
chus Epiphanes. It was held for eight days,
. commencing on the 25th day of the month
Kislev (7203), which began with the new
moon of December. Josephus calls it φῶτα,
i. e. the festival of lights or lanterns. See
1 Mace. 4, 52~59. 2-Macc. 10, 5-8. Jos.
Ant. 19. 7. 6, '7. Wetst. on John J. c.

ἐγκαινίζω, f. iow, (ἐν, καινίζω.) pr. to
renew, Lat. innovare, Sept. for sn 2 Chr.
15, 8. Ecclus, 33, 6.—In N. T. to initiate,

i. 6. to dedicate, to consecrate, Heb. 9, 18. .

10, 20. Sept. for 2% Deut. 20, 5. 1K. 8,
64; comp. Sept. and S35 1 Sam. 11, 14,

ἐγκαλέώ, &, f. noe, (ἐν, καλέω.) to call

in a debt, to demand, Xen. An, τ vs 33.—

202

ἐγκοπή

InN. T. to call wpon by way of accusation,
to accuse, to bring a charge against ; with
dat. of pers. Acts 19, 38; and διά c. acc.
23, 28. (Ecclus. 46,19. Luc. Asin. 4.
Xen. Hi. 5. 8.) Pass. with περί c. gen. of
thing, Acts 19, 40: 23, 29. 20; 2.'7; so ¢.
gen. Plut. Aristid. 10. Diod. Sic. 11. 83;
ἐπί c. dat. 4. 55.—Once with κατά ὁ. gen.
Rom. 8, 33.

ἐγκαταλείπω, f. ψω, (ἐν, καταλείπω.)
pr. to leave behind in any place or state;
hence

1. toleave behind, to leave, e. g. in a place,
c. acc. Acts 2, 27 οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν
ψυχήν pov eis ἅδου, quoted from Ps. 16, 10
where Sept. for 212. So Dem. 1316. 25.—
Also to leave, to let remain over and above,
c. ace. et dat. Rom. 9, 29 ἐγκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν
σπέρμα, quoted from Is. 1, 9 where Sept.
for “Mim, So Hdian. 1. 4. 18: Plato Phe- -
don 91. c.

2. 10 leave, to forsake, c. acc. Matt. 27, 46
and Mark 15, 34 iva τί pe ἐγκατέλιπες, quo-
ted from Ps. 22, 1 where Sept. for 219
2 Cor. 4, 9. 2 Tim. 4, 10. 16. Heb. 10, 25.
13, 5. Sept. for 31> Deut. 31, 6. 8.—Plut.
Galb. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 4.

ἐγκατοικέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐν, κατοικέω,)
to dwell in or among ; with ἐν c. dat. of pers.
2 Pet. 2, 8.—Hdot. 4. 204. Pol. 18. 26. 13.
Eurip. Antiop. Fr. 27 ἐξ ὧν κενοῖσιν ἐγκα-
τοικήσεις δόμοις.

ἐγκειτρίζω, f. iow, (ἐν, κεντρίζω,) to
prick in spurs, to spur on, trop. Wisd. 16,

-11.—In N. T. to insert, to ingraft, trop. c.

acc. Rom. 11, 23; Pass. v. 17. 19. 23. 24
bis. So pr. Theophr. H. Pl. 2. 2. 5. M. An-
tonin. 11, 8. ᾿
ἔγκλημα; ατος, τό, (ἐγκαλέω,) a charge,
accusation, Acts 23, 29. 25, 16.—Pol. 2
52, 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6, 7.
ἐγκομβοομαι, odpat, f. ὦσομαι, only
Mid. and derived from ἐγκόμβωμα, the long
coarse apron or frock worn by slaves; Poll.
4. 119 τῇ δὲ τῶν δούλων ἐξωμίδι καὶ ἱματί-

᾿ διόν τι πρόσκειται λευκόν, ὃ ἐγκόμβωμα λέ-

γεται. Hesych. κοσσύμβη " ἐγκόμβωμα καὶ
περίζωμα Alyimrtov.—Hence Mid. ἐγκομ-
βοῦμαι, to put on as an ἐγκόμβωμα;, to wear -
as a badge of service; trop. c. acc, 1 Pet. 5,
5 τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασϑε; comp.
Phil. 2,7. So genr. Hesych. ἐγκομβωϑεὶς,
δεϑείς " ἐγκομβοῦσϑαι, ἐνειλεῖσσθαι. Nicet.
3. 8. p. 288 ἐγκομβώσεις τῶν ἐσθημάτων.

ἐγκοπή, js, ἡ, (ἐγκόπτω,) an impedi-
ment, hindrance, 1 Cor. 9, 12,—Diod. Sic.
1, 32. ‘

=, Ύ ΞΎυοΟοΌν =

See ee Ἄν,

ἐγκόπτω

ἐγκόπτω, f. ψω, (ἐν, κόπτω,) to slrike
in, to cut in ; trop. to impede, to hinder ; ¢.
ace. Acts 24, 4. Gal. 5, 7. 1 Thess. 2, 18.
Pass. 1 Pet. 8,7 Grb. With gen. Rom. 15,
22; see Buttm. § 182, 4.---Ροῖ. 24. 1. 12
σ; dat.

ἐγκράτεια, as, ἧ, (ἐγκρατής,) continence,
temperance, self-control, Acts 24, 25. Gal. 5,
23. 2 Pet. 1,6 bis—Ecclus. 18, 29. Plut.
Lycurg. 15. Xen. Mem. 1.5.1. ib. 4.5. 1 54.

ἐγκρατεύομαι, f. εύσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἐγκρατής,) to be continent, temperate, absti-
nent, to have self-control, 1 Cor. '7, 9. 9, 25.
Sept. for PESM Gen. 43, 31.—Not found
in classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 442.

ἐγκρατής; gos, ods, 6, ἡ; adj. (ἐν, κρά-
τος.) strong, powerful, Xen. Eq. 7. 8; hav-
ing power over, master of, c. gen. 2 Macc.
10, 15. 17. Xen. Hi. 5. 2.—In N. T.. master
of oneself, continent, temperate, abstinent,
Tit. 1, 8. So Ecclus. 26,15. Xen. Mem. 4.
5. 11. Plato Phedr. 256. b.

ἐγκρίνω, f. wa, (ἐν, κρίνω,) to judge in
or among, to reckon among, c. dat. 2 Cor.
10, 12. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 385 sq.—So
c. εἰς Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Plut. Lycurg. 25.
Xen. Hell. 4. 1. 40.

ἐγκρύπτω, f: Wo, (ἐν, κρύπτω,) to hide
in any thing, by covering, mixing, etc. as
Sept. ἐν τῇ γῇ for 2 Josh. 7,21. Hence
in N. T. of leaven mixed and kneaded with
flour; Matt. 13, 33 and Luke 13, 21 jy...
ἐνέκρυψεν eis ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία. Sept. for
Δ» Ez. 4, 12.—Genr. ο. εἴς τι Diod. Sic. 1.
80; dat. Hom. Od. 5. 488.

ἔγκυος, ov, ἡ, (ἐγκύω)) with child, preg-
nant, Luke 2, 5.—Ecclus. 42, 10. Jos. Ant.
4, 8. 33. Diod. Sic. 4. 2.

ἐγχρίω; f. iow, (ἐν, χρίω,) to rub in, e.g.
τὴν χολὴν εἰς τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς Tob. 11, 8.—
In N. T. to rub in with any thing, fo anoint ;
Rev. 3; 18 κολλούριον; ἐγχρίσαι τοὺς ὀφϑαλ-
μούς. So Sept. Jer. 4, 30. Tob. 6, 8; see
Wetst. in loc.

ἐγώ, gen. ἐμοῦ, μοῦ ; dat, ἐμοί, μοί ; acc.
ἐμέ, μέ, Plur. ἡμεῖς; etc. pers. pron. of the
Jirst person, I, me; Buttm. ᾧ 72. 3. Κύμη.
§87. The monosyllsbie forms μοῦ, μοί, μέ,
are usually enclitic, but not after preposi-
tions, except mpds pe ; Buttm. ib. τι, 2, 3—
The following may be noted :

1. Nom. ἐγώ, Plur. ἡ μεῖς, Matt. 8,7.
Acts 17, 3. Matt. 28,14. Mark 14, 58, al.
sepiss. So with a certain emphasis, Matt.
3, 11. 14. 5, 22. 28. 32. 34. John 4, 26. αἱ.
Matt. 6, 12. 17, 19. 19, 27. al. sep.—Used
sometimes by Paul κοινωνικῶς, i.e. where the

203 ἐϑελοϑρησκεία

speaker puts himself as the representative of
all, or vice versa ; €..g. ἐγώ for ἡμεῖς, Rom.
7,9. 10. 14. 17. 20 bis. 24. 25. 1 Cor. 10, 30,
comp, 13, 1sq. Or ἡμεῖς for ἐγώ, 1 Cor.
1; 23.2, 10. 12, comp. v. 4. ib. 4, 8. 10.—
In the phrase ἐδοὺ ἐγὼ, κύριε, Acts 9,
10, and ἐγὼ κύριε Matt. 21, 30, put by
Hebraism instead of an affirmative adverb ;
so Sept. and "2273 1 Sam. 3, 8. Gen. 22, 1.
11; "238 Gen. 27, 24, 2 Sam. 20, 17 ; see
Gesen. Lehre. P. 829. 6.

2. Gen. μοῦ (not ἐμοῦ) and Plur. gen.
ἡ μῶν, are often used instead of the corres-
ponding possessives ἐμός, ἡμέτερος, Buttm.
127. 7; e.g. μοῦ Matt. 2, 6. Luke 7, 46.

John 6, 54. ἃ]. ἡμῶν Matt. 6, 12. Luke 1,

55. Rom. 6, 6. al.—So μοῦ as passive, John
15, 10 ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ pov, i. e. love of or to-
wards me.

3. Dat. inthe phrase ri ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί;
what is to me and thee in common? what
have I with thee ? implying disapprobation
or also displeasure ; Mark 5,'7. Luke 8, 28.
John 2, 4. Matt. 8,29. Sept. and "ἘΠ
21 Judg. 11, 12. 2 Sam. 16,10. 19, 23;
Heb. Lex. art. 772 no. 1.c, So Arr. Epict.
2. 19. 16. ib. 1.1. 16; see Matth. ᾧ 389 fin.
Wetst. in Matt. 1. C.F

ἐδαφίζω, f. iow, (ἔδαφος,) to level with
the ground, to raze, to destroy, c. acc. Luke
19,44 ἐδαφιοῦσί σε καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί,
Att. fut. Sept. for 52% Niph. Amos 9, 14.
—Pol. 6. 33. 6.

ἔδαφος, €0s, ous, τό, (ἔδος.) pr. α seat,
foundation, Thuc. 1. 10; bottom of a river
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18; of a ship Hom. Od. 5.
249 ; floor of a room, Sept. for ΞΡ. Num.
5, 11, 1 K. 6, 15.—In N. T. the ground,
Acts 22,7. Sept. for 72% Ez. 41, 16. 20.
So Ecclus, 11, 5. Pol. 4. 6ὅ. 4. Thuc. 3. 68.

ἑδραῖος, aia, αἴον, (ἕδρα, ἕδος.) sitting,
sedentary, Xen. Lac. 1. 3; fixed, firm, Plut.
de primo Frig. 21.—In N. T. trop. firm,
steadfast, settled,in mind and purpose, 1 Cor.
7, 37. 15, 58. Col. 1,23. So Symm. for
132 Prov. 4,18. Plut. de occulte vivendo
4, Plato Tim. 64. b.

ἑδραίωμα, ατος, τό, (ἑδραιόω, ἑδραῖος.)
a basis, foundation, 1 Tim. 3, 15.

’Efexias, ov, ὃ, Hezekiah, Heb. 331
or ΠΡΡΊΤΙ (Jehovah strengthens), a king of
Judah, τ. '728-699 B. C. Matt. 1,9.10. See
2K. c. 18-20. 2 Chr. c. 29-31. Is. c. 36-38,

eJeroYpnoxela, as, ἡ, (€3Aw, 9ρη-
oxeia,) voluntary worship, will-worship, be-
yond what God requires, supererogatory ;
Col. 2, 23 ἐν ἐπδελοϑρησκείᾳ καὶ rarewodpo-

»

ἐθέλω 204 εἰ

σύνῃ, prob. referring to the phrase ϑέλων ἐν
Tam. καὶ Spnokeia τῶν ἀγγέλων, in v. 18.
Comp. for the worship of angels, Test. XII
Patr. p. 657, ἐγγίζετε τῷ ϑεῷ καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ
τῷ παραιτουμένῳ ὑμᾶς" ὅτι οὗτός ἐστι μεσί:
της %eod καὶ ἀνθρώπων... So prob. the Es-
senes, Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7. Comp. Rev. 19,
10. 22,9. This worship of angels contin-
ued more or less till the 4th century, and
was forbidden by the council of Laodicea in
A. D. 354; Can. 35. See Wetst. in Col. 2,
18, 23.—Comp. é%eAodovAeia Luc. Nigrin.
23.

ἐϑέλω, see ϑέλω.

ἐδ ίζω, f. ἰσω, (ἔσος,) to accustom, Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2.103 Pass. to be accustomed, Xen.
QEc. 11. 14; of things, to be customary,
2 Macc. 14, 30. Plato Legg. 717. d—In
N. T. Pass. perf. particip. neut. τὸ εἰϑι-
opévov, what is customary, and as a subst.
a custom, rite, Luke 2, 27. Buttm. ὁ 128. 2.
Comp. Pol. 4. 34. 1. Xen. Hi. 9. 1.

eSvdpyns, ov, 6, (ἔῶνος, ἄρχω,) an eth-
narch, pr. ruler of a people; hence genr.
a prefect, ruler, chief, 2 Cor. 11, 32.—So of
Simon Maccabeus, as head of the Jewish
nation, 1 Macc. 14, 47, 15, 1. 2. Jos. Ant.
13. 6.6; of Archelaus, Jos. B. J. 2. 6.3;
of the head of the Jews in Egypt, Jos. Ant.
14. ‘7.2. So Luc. Macrob. 17.
᾿ς ἐδινικός, ἡ, dv, (@3v0s,) national, popu-
lar, Pol. 30. 10. 6.—In N. T. in the Jewish
sense, gentile, heathen ; hence οἱ éSvxol, the
gentiles, the heathen, Matt. 6, 7. 18, 173 in
Mss. Matt. 5,47. 3 John'7. See in ἔϑνος.

EKGs, adv. (€Sxéds,) in the manner
of the gentiles, Gal. 2, 14.

ESvos, cos, ovs, τό, a multitude, people,
race, belonging and living together. , Homer
uses it also of animals, a flock, swarm, Il. 2.
87, 459, 469. .

1. Genr. Acts 8, 9 τὸ ἔϑνος τῆς Sapa-
peias, the people, inhabitants, of Samaria,
comp. v. 5. 17, 26 πᾶν €Svos avZparev.
1 Pet. 2,9. al. Sept. for Ἴ1ὩΠ 2 Chr. 32,
4. Is. 13, 4—Hom. Il. 7. 115 eas ἑταίρων.
18. 49.

2. Oftener a nation, people, as distinct
from all others, Matt. 20, 25 ἄρχοντες τῶν
ésvav. Mark 10, 42. Luke 7,5 ἀγαπᾷ τὸ
vos ἡμῶν. John 11, 48. 50 sq. Acts 7, 7.
10, 22. al. Sept. and "δ Gen. 12,2; ἘΦ
Ex. 1, 9—Hdian. 2. 7.13. ZBL. V. H. 3. 13.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1.

3. In the Jewish sense, τὰ ἔϑνη, the na-—

tions, i. e. gentile nations, the gentiles ; spo-

_ ken of all who are not Israelites, and imply-

ing ignorance of the true God and idolatry,

the heathen, pagan nations ; 6. g. in antith.
with the Jews, Luke 2, 32. Acts 26, 17. 20.
23. Rom. 9, 24. 30. al. Also genr. Matt.
4,15. 10, 5. Mark 10, 33. Acts 4,27. Rom.
2,14. 3,29. al. sep. So Sept. and pvis
Neh. 5, 8. 9. Is. 9,13; momy Ez. 27, 33.
36. +

EOS; eos, ovs, τό, a custom, usage, man-
ner, whether established by law or other-
wise, Luke 1,9. 2, 42. 22,39. John 19, 40.
Acts 6, 14. 15, 1. 16, 21. 21, 21. 265, 16.
26, 3. 28,17. Heb. 10, 25.—2 Mace. 11,
25. 13, 4. Pol. 4. 67. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 9.1.

éS@, found in prose only in perf. 2 εἴω-
Sa, with pres. signif. to be accustomed, to be
wont ; see Buttm. § 114 ἔϑω, comp. § 113. 7.
—Hence in N. T. plupf. εἰ ὦ 5 εἰν as impf.
Matt. 27, 15. Mark 10, 1; so Hdian. 1. 17.
7. Xen. An. 7. 8.4. ‘Also Particip. κατὰ
τὸ εἰωϑὸς αὐτῶ, according to his custom,
as he was wont, Luke 4, 16. Acts 17, 2;
so Sept. Num. 24,1. Thuc. 4. 17. Plato
Pheedr. 238. c.

εἶ, a conditional particle, if, whether, usu-
ally at the beginning of a clause, and im-
plying a condition merely hypothetical, a
mere supposition in the mind and separate
from all experience ; thus differing from ἐάν
4. v. init. Herm, ad Vig. p. 832. Winer
§42.2. Comp. also εἰ and ἐάν used together,
1 Cor. 7, 36. Rev. 2, 5—Put sometimes

‘with the Optative ; oftener with.the Indica-

tive ; and rarely with the Subjunctive.

I. As a conditional particle, if; used alone,
i. e. without other particles.

1. With the Opztative, implying that the
thing in question is possible, but uncertain ;
it may happen, or it “es not; Buttm. §139.
m. 26. Kiihner § 339. II Wier ᾧ 42. 2. ¢.
The apodosis has then (in N. T.) only the
Indic. affirming sera definite ; thus
with Indic. pres. 1 Pet. 3, 14 ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ
πάσχοιτε διὰ alr jlehdytdl (ἔστε),
but if also ye suffer, as is very possible ; see
below in no. III. d. Or with Indic. pret.
Acts 24, 19 οὖς ἔδει ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ
κατηγορεῖν, εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρός pe. Comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 139. m. 30. So Hom. Il. 9. 389.
Luc. Tox. 11. Plato Prot. 329. b.—Else-
where only in parenthetic clauses, and the
apodosis in such case lies in the affirmation ;
Acts 27, 39 εἰς ὃν ἐβουλεύσαντο. εἰ δύναιντο,
ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. 1 Pet. 8, 17 εἰ ϑέλοι κτλ.
So εἰ τύχοι; if so happen, it may be, per-
haps, 1 Cor. 14, 10. 15, 37; see in τυγχά-
vo no. 2. ἃ.

2. With the Paticatine implying that the
condition. being true, that which results

ΝΜ ΤΥ ee eee

εἰ 205 ,. ἂξ

from it is to be regarded as real and cer-
tain; Buttm. ᾧ 139. m. 22. Kiihner § 339.
J. a. Winer § 42. 2. a.

a) With the Indic. present, and followed
(or preceded) in the apodosis: a) By an
Indic. present ; Matt. 19, 10 εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν
ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνδρώπου; ... οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆ-
oa. Acts 5, 39. Rom. 8, 25. 1 Cor. 9, 17.
So Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 18. ᾿β) By an Impe-
rat. Matt. 4, 3 εἰ vids εἶ rod ϑεοῦ, εἰπὲ κτλ.
19, 17. 27, 42. John 7, 4. 1 Cor. '7,9. So
Xen. Hi. 9. 11. 7). By an Indic. fut. Mark
11, 26 εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀφίετε, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ
ἀφήσει κτὰ. Acts 19, 39. Rom. 8,11. Heb.
9, 13. (Xen, An. 7, 2. 14.) Or instead of
fut. Indic. is put the aorist Subj. after οὐ μή,
1 Cor. 8,13; comp. Buttm. §139. m. 46.
8) By an Indic. aorist, Matt. 12, 26. 28. Gal.
2,21. ) By an Indic. perf. including also
the idea of the Present, Buttm. ὁ 113.7;
1 Cor. 15,13. 16 εἰ νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται, οὐδὲ
Χριστὸς ἐγήγερται. Rom. 4,14. 1 Cor. 9, 17.
¢) By a Subj. aorist, implying exhortation,
Buttm. §139. τη. 3. 1 Cor. 15, 32 εἰ νεκροὶ
οὐκ ἐγείρονται, φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν. Gal.
5, 25.

b) With the Indic. future, and followed
in the apodosis: . a) By an Indic. present,
1 Pet. 2,20. Also by an Indic. perf. as pres.
Buttm. ᾧ 118. 7. James 2, 11 εἰ od μοιχεύ-
σεις; φονεύσεις δέ, γέγονας παραβάτης νόμου.
β) By an Indic: fut. Matt. 26, 33 εἰ πάντες
σκανδαλισϑήσονται ἐν col, ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε
σκανδαλισϑήσομαι.

c) With the Indic. perfect, followed in
the apodosis: a) By an Indic. present ;
1 Cor. 15, 19 εἰ ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταυτῇ ἠλπικότες
ἐσμὲν ἐν Xp. μόνον, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων
dv3p. ἐσμέν. ν. 14. 17. 2 Cor. ὅ, 16. Acts
25,11. 8) ΒΥ. δὴ Imperat. Acts 16, 1ὅ
εἰ κεκρίκατέ με πιστήν... μείνατε. 17) By
an Indic. fut. John 11, 12 εἰ κεκοίμηται,
σωϑήσεται. Rom. 6,5. 8) By an Indic.

‘perfect, 2 Cor. 2, 5.

d) With the Indic. aorist, followed in the
apodosis: a) By an Indic. present; Rom.
4,2 εἰ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει
καύχημα. 15,27. 1John4,11. β) By an
Imperat. John 18, 28. Rom. 11, 17 sq.
Col. 3,1. Philem. 18. » y) By an Indic.
fut. John 13, 32. 15,20. Rom. 5, 10. 17.
8) By an Indic. aorist, Rom. 5, 15.

e) With the Indic. of the historic tenses,
followed in the apodosis by the Indic. of a
like tense with ἄν. Here it is affirmed, that
something could have taken place under a
certain condition ; but did not, because the
condition was not fulfilled ; Kiihner ᾧ 339.
I. Ὁ. Buttm. §.139. m. 28. Winer ᾧ 43. 2.

See examples in full, embracing the imper-
fect, aorist, and pluperfect, under art. ἄν I,
no. I. 1. a, b, ¢ —In this construction ἄν is
sometimes omitted in the apodosis; see ex-
amples under ἄν 1. c. lett. a.

f) Sometimes εἰ takes the Indicative
where the Optative might be expected ; as
where a thing is uncertain though conceiv-
ed of as possible; comp. above in no. 1.
Winer ᾧ 42. c. ult. Herm. ad Vig. p- 903.
So Ail. V. H. 12. 40 ἐκηρύχϑη τῷ orparo- .
πέδῳ, εἴ tis ἔχει ὕδωρ ἐκ τοῦ Χοάσπου, ἵνα
δῷ βασιλεῖ πιεῖν. Hom. Il. 12. 59.—In N.
T. only in the formula: εἰ δυνατόν ἐστι (ἦν)
Mark 14, 35. Acts 20, 16; 6. ἐστί impl.
Matt. 24, 24. Mark 13, 22.

g) In the urbanity of Attic discourse, εἰ
with the Indic. is spoken of things not
merely possible, but certain, and dependent
on no condition ; Buttm. ὁ 139. τὰ. 60. Vi-
ger. p. 504. Matth. § 617. f, mid. Thus:
a) After certain words signifying an emo-
tion of mind, it is equivalent to ὅτε, that;
so after ἄπιστον, Acts 26,8 ri ἄπιστον
κρίνεται παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Seds νεκροὺς ἐγείρει,
ir (that) God should raise the dead; so
Luc. D. Mort. 13. 1 παράδοξον. After
Savpdtw, Mark 15, 44 eSavuacey, εἰ ἤδη
τέϑνηκε, IF (that) he were already dead
1 John 3, 13; so Plut. Mor. II. p. 20.
Xen. Mem. 1.1.13. After σέλω, Luke
12, 49 καὶ τί Seo, εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφϑη ; comp.
Hdot. 1. 24. After μαρτύρομαι, Acts
26, 22.23. After μέγα (ἐστί), it is some-
thing great, 1 Cor. 9,11. 2 Cor. 11, 15;
so Aischin. 485. '7 δεινόν. 8) Also some-
times equivalent to ἐπεί, since, as, inas-
much as; Matth. § 617. f, ult. So with
Indic. present ; followed in the. apodosis by
an Indic. present, John 13,17 εἰ ταῦτα οἴδα-
τε, μακάριοί ἐστε ἐάν κτλ. 7, 23. 10, 35 καὶ
(εἰ) οὐ δύναται κτὰ. Matt. 6, 380 et Luke 12,
28; by an Imperat. present, Acts 4, 9 εἰ
ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεϑα. ...γνωστὸν ἔστω
κτὰ. or aorist 1 Pet. 1, 17. With Indic.
aorist ; followed in the apodosis by an Indic.
present, John 13, 14. Rom. 6, 8. 15, 27.
Col. 2, 20. 1 John 4,11; by a future, John
13, 32. Rom. 11, 21; (Xen. An. 7.1. 29 :)
or by an aorist, ἃ Cor. 5,14. y) So εἴ
τις, εἴ τι, if any one, with the Indic. is
used with a sort of emphasis for ὅστις, who-
soever, whatsoever, etc. Buttm. ᾧ 149. m. 5.
Matth. § 617. f, init. So with Indic. pre-
sent; followed in the apodosis by a present,
Luke 14, 26 εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με καὶ οὐκ
μισεῖ... οὐ δύναταί μου μαϑητὴς εἶναι. Rom
8,9. 1 Tim. 3,1. James 1, 23. Rev. 13,
10; by an Imperat. pres. Mark 11, 25.

εἰ 206 εἰ

1 Cor. 7, 36. 14, 87. 38. 16, 22. 2 Thess.
3,10; by a future, 1 Cor. 3,12.17; ora
future for an Imperat. Mark 9, 35; by a
perf. 1 Cor. 8, 2. 3; or a perf. and pres.
1 Tim. 5,8. With the Indic. future; fol-
lowed in the apodosis by a future, 1 Cor. 3,
14. 15; (Xen. An. 7. 2.13 ;) by a present,
Rey. 13, 10 εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ κτλ.
With the Indic. perfect, the apodosis having
a present, 2 Cor. 10, '7; or an aorist, '7, 14.
With the Indic. aorist, the apodosis having
also an aorist, Rev. 20,15 καὶ εἴ ris οὐχ
εὑρέθη... . ἐβλήϑη κτλ.

h) With the Indic. before an aposiopesis,
i.e. where the apodosis is suppressed in
consequence of emotion, thus rendering the
protasis more emphatic ; see Buttm. § 151.
V. 2. Winer § 66. Il. Herm. ad Vig. P.
868. ® Genr. Luke 19, 42 εἰ ἔγνως καὶ
σὺ...τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην σου, if thou hadst
known, even thou, the things belonging unto
thy peace! suppl. ‘ far better had it been for
thee !? Acts 23, 9, the clause μὴ ϑεομαχῶ-
pev in Text. rec. being probably a gloss.
Rom. 9, 22 εἰ δὲ ϑέλων 6 Beds ἐνδείξασϑαι
τὴν ὀργήν κτλ. if then God, suppl. ‘ what
then?’ or as Engl. Vers. ‘what if God,
etc. So Plato Conv. 220.d. 8) By He-
braism, in oaths and affirmations, the apo-
dosis or imprecation being omitted, εἰ like
Heb. ἘΠῚ comes to imply a negative, not ;
8. g. Heb. 3, 11 as ὥμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ pov"
εἰ po intl eis τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου, i. 6.
they shall not enter. 4, 3,5. Mark 8, 12
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν" εἰ δοϑήσεται, i.e. there
shall not be given. Heb. 3, 11 quoted from
Sept. Ps. 95, 11 where Heb. ἌΣ
DN "BRI. Comp. Ps. 89, 36. Gen. 14, 23.
Num. 14, 30 comp. v. 28. 1 Sam. 3, 14.
The full phrase i is px. pwndy (E ΓΙΌΣ ΓΞ,
Sept. τάδε ποιῆσαι μοι ὁ Seds εἰ κτλ, 2 K.
6, 31; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 17. 2 Sam. 3, 35.
See Heb. Lex. px C. no. 1. ο. Lehrg.*p.
844. Winer § 59. 8. n.

3. With the Subjunctive, rarely, both in
N. T. and early Greek writers, and only
where an action depends on something fu-
ture, if, if so be, supposing that; and with
a negative, unless, except, comp. εἰ μή below
in no. III. 2. e; see Winer ᾧ 42. 2. n. a.
Matth. §525. b. Herm. ad Vig. p. 828,
901. Kiihner Ausf. Gr. § 818. So Luke 9,
13 εἰ μήτι mop. ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν, where
others read ἀγοράσομεν. 1 Cor. 14, 5 ἐκτὸς
εἰ μὴ διερμηνεύῃ, others διερμηνεύει. Phil.
3, 12 διώκω δὲ, εἰ καὶ καταλάβω, comp. εἰ

καί below in no. III. 2.d. Rev. 11, 5 bis, εἴ

τις ϑέλῃ, others SéAer.—More frequent ir
later prose writers ; see Winer l. ὁ

II. As having an inierrogative power,
whether, Lat. an; mostly after verbs or
words implying question, doubt, uncertain-
ty ;and put with the Optative and Indicative,
as in classic writers ; Buttm. § 139. m. 60.
Kiihner ὁ 344. 5. i. Matth. § 526.—Thus

1. Pr. and strictly in indirect questions,
depending on preceding words, as above.

a) With the Optative, comp. in no. I. 1.
Acts 17,11 dvaxpivovres ras γραφάς, εἰ ἔχοι
ταῦτα οὕτως. 25,20. Also εἰ dpaye, if
perhaps, whether perhaps, Acts 17, 27; see
in dpa no. 2.—Plut. J. (5. 14. Xen. An.
1. 8. 15. ib. 2.1. 15.

b). With the Indicative, comp. in no. I. 2.
a) With Indic. present, after εἰπεῖν Matt.
26, 63; after ἐπερωτᾷν Mark 10,2. Luke
23,6; ἴδωμεν Matt. 27,49. Mark 15, 36;
ψηφίζειν Luke 14, 28; βουλεύεσϑαι Tike
14, 31; οὐκ οἶδα John 9, 25; κρίνειν Acts
4,19; πυνϑάνεσθαι Acts 10; 183 ἀκούεσθαι
Acts 19, 2; πειράζειν 2 Cor. 13, 5; γνῶναι
δοκιμήν 2 Cor. 2, 9. etc. So Lue. D. Mort.

3. Xen. Hi. 1.7. 8) With Indic. fu-
ture, Mark 3,2 παρετήρουν αὐτὸν εἰ Sepa-
πεύσει. 1 Cor. 7,16 τί οἶδας εἰ κτὰ. eX-
pressing a possible hope, as Sept. for simpl.
STi 92 2 Sam. 12, 22. Joel 2,14. Jonah
3,9. Genr. Xen. An. 1.3.5 εἰ μὲν δὴ δίκαια
ποιήσω, οὐκ οἶδα. γ) With Indic. aoris?,
Mark 15, 44 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν, εἰ πάλαι
ἀπέϑανε. Acts 5, 8. 1 ΟοΥ. 1,16. δ) Also
εἰ ἄρα if perhaps, whether perhaps, see in
ἄρα no. 2; so with Indic. future, Mark 11,
13 ἦλθεν, εἰ ἄρα εὑρήσει τι. Acts 8, 22. So
c. pres. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2; comp. An. 3.
2. 22.

2. Like Heb be, used in a direct ques-
tion, Lat. num, ne, implying some doubt or
uncertainty in the mind of the interrogator,
and not easily expressed in English. It
is doubtful whether εἰ is thus employed
by any classic writer; but it would seem to
have become current in this sense in the
later language of common life, the preced-
ing words of inquiry or doubt (see above)
being suppressed; and is frequent in the
usage of the LXX; see Winer §61. 2.
Thus: a) With the Indic. present ; Matt.
12, 10 λέγοντες " εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς ᾿ σάββασι Se-
pareve. 19, 3. Luke 13, 28 εἶπέ τις ἀυτῷ
κύριε, εἰ ὀλίγοι of σωζόμενοι. 14, 3. Acts 1,
6. 21, 37. 22, 25. Sept for 58 1 K. 1, 27.
Job 6, 6; 1 K. 13, 14. Ruth 1, 19. Dan.
2, 26. 3,14. So Tob. ὅ, ὅ,ἁ b) With the
Indic. future; Luke 22, 49 εἶπον αὐτῷ - κύ-
pte, εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ. Sept. for 58
Gen. 17, 17. Job 6, 5; 3 Gen. 17, 17. Job
6,6. οὐ With the Indic. aorist; Acts 19

“ὦ

εἰ 207 εἰ

2 εἶπε πρὸς αὐτούς - εἰ πυεῦμα ἅγιον ἔλά-

βετε. ͵

III. With other Particles; where, for the
most part, each retains its own separate
force and signification ; as διόπερ εἰ, ὅτι εἰ,
εἰ γάρ, εἰ μέν. εἰ οὖν, etc. Only the following
require to be noted.

1. Preceded by another particle: a)
καὶ ei, and if, even if, e. g. a) Where
καί is merely copulative, and εἰ with the
Indic. implies a condition, and if, also ἕξ,
Matt. 5, 30. 11, 14. 12, 26. 27. 18, 9.
Luke 6, 32. 16, 12. 19, 8. al. Also καὶ εἴ
ris, and if any, Rom. 13, 9. Phil. 3, 15. 4,
8. Rey. 11, 5; also, and whosoever, 1 Tim.
1, 10. Rev. 14, 11; see above in no. I. 2.
g.y- 8) Spec. even if, though, where καί
refers to the condition, which it leaves un-
certain; Kihner ᾧ 840. 7. Herm. ad Vig.
829 sq. So with Indic. future, Mark 14,29
καὶ εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισϑήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ
ἐγώ. Indic. pres. 1 Pet.3,1. Also καὶ γὰρ
εἰ 2 Cor. 18, 4. Strengthened by περ, 6. g.
καὶ yap εἴπερ, for though indeed, 1 Cor. 8, 5.

b) ὡς ei or ὡσεί, as if, see in its order.

2. Followed by another particle : a)
ei dpa, see above in no. IL. 1. Ὁ. 8; 4150 ἴῃ
ἄρα no. 2.

Ὁ) εἴγε; see in γέ no. 2. 6.

c) εἰ δέ, where δέ has its usual adversa-
tive or continuative power, but if, and if,
Matt. 12, 7. Luke 11, 19. John 10, 38. al.
sep.—lIt is also strengthened by καί, i. 6.
ei δὲ καί, and if also, comp. in δέ no. 2. ἀ ;
Luke 11, 18. 1 Cor. 4, 7. 2 Cor. 4, 3. 5,
16. 11, 6. non al—With a negat. εἰ δὲ
pn, but if not, or else, always standing ellip-
tically, Winer ᾧ 66. 1. π. pen. a) Pr. only
after an affirmative clause, of which it then
expresses the contrary or negative ; 6. g.
John 14, 2 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός μου μοναὶ
πολλαί εἰσιν" εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν. ν. 11
πιστεύσετέ μοι" εἰ δὲ μή κτὰ. Rev. 2, 5. 16.
non al. Sept. Gen. 24,49. 80, 1. al. So
Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 4. dic. 15.2. 8) Some-
times also after a negative clause, of which
it then necessarily expresses the contrary
and therefore affirms, if otherwise; else;
Mark 2, 21 οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ἐπιῤῥάπτει ἐπὶ
ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ" εἰ δὲ μή, αἴρει κτὰ. ν. 22.
non al. Comp. Buttm. § 151. ΓΥ͂. 7. Kiihner
§ 340. 4. Matth. ᾧ 617. b. So Hdot. 6. 56.
Thue. 2. 5. Xen. Απ. 7. 1.8. γὺ Strength-
ened by γέ, i.e. εἰ δὲ μή ye, see in γέ πο.
2. ἃ

d) εἰ καί, if also, if even,e. g. a)
Where εἰ marks condition, and καί refers to
the subsequent clause, each retaining its
own. sevarate power, if also; Herm. ad

Vig. p.829sq. So with Indic. present, 1 Cor.
7, 21. 2 Cor. 11, 15, comp. in no. I. 2. g. a.
With the Opt. 1 Pet. 3,14, see above in no.
I. 1. With the Subjunct. Phil. 3, 12, comp.
above in no. I. 8. 8) Spec. Where καί
refers to the condition, if even, i. 6. though,
although, implying the reality and actual ful-
filment of the supposition; thus differing
from καὶ εἰ, which leaves it uncertain; see
above in no. 1. ἃ. 8. Herm. ad Vig. p. 829 sq.
Buttm. ᾧ 149. πη. 4. Only with the Indic.e. g,

_ present, Luke 18,4 εἰ καὶ τὸν ϑεὸν od φο-

Bodpa. 2 Cor. 4, 16. 12, 11.15. Phil. 2,
17. Col. 2, 5. Heb. 6,9; imperf. 2 Cor. 7,
8; future, Matt. 26, 33 Rec. Luke 11, 8;
aorist, 2 Cor. 7, 8 bis. 12. non al. So Lu-
cian. D. Mort. 9. 1. Xen. An. 6. 6. 27.

e) εἰ μή, if not, i. 6. unless, except, only,
where μή refers to the whole clause, and
then εἰ μή expresses an exception to a pre-
ceding proposition or clause; thus differing
from εἰ od, where od refers only to a parti-
cular word or part of a clause; see εἰ οὐ
in lett. f. Winer § 59. 6. Buttm. § 148. 2. Ὁ.
a) Very rarely after an affirmative clause ;
c. Indic, Acts 26, 32 ἀπολελύσϑαι ἐδύνατο
ὁ avSp. οὗτος, εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο Καίσαρα.
Pleon. with ἐκτός, 1 Cor. 15, 2 δι᾽ οὗ σώ-
ζεσϑε ... ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ εἰκῇ ἐπιστεύσατε. B)
Usually put after a negative clause, or an
interrogative, implying a negative ; so with
Indic. Matt. 24, 22 καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώϑησαν
ai ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώϑη πᾶσα σάρξ.
Mark. 6, 5. 13,20. John 9, 88 εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗ-
Tos παρὰ ϑεοῦ, οὐκ ἐδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν. 1,
22. 19,11. Rom. 9, 29. Gal. 1, 7 ὃ οὐκ
ἔστιν ἄλλο, εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν κτὰ. only there
are certain, etc. With ὅτι c. Indic. after an
interrog. 2 Cor. 12,13. Eph. 4, 9.—With
a Subjunct. and pleon. ἐκτός, 1 Cor. 14,
5, comp. in no. I. 3; also with iva c. Subj.
John 10,10; ὅταν Mark 9, 9.—With an
Infin. c. ace. Matt. 5,13 εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει
ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθῆναι ἔξω. Acts 21,25. So
Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 10.—Oftener followed by a
moun simply,,sometimes in construction,
unless, except ; Matt. 11, 27 οὐδεὶς ἐπιγνώ-
σκει τὸν υἱόν, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ. 12, 24 οὗτος
οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελ-
ζεβούλ. v. 839..18, 57. 17, 21. Mark 2, 7.
26. 5,37. 8,14. Luke 4, 26.27. 10, 22.
John. 3, 13. 6,22. Rom: 11, 15. 1 Cor. 1,
14. 2,2. 2Cor. 12,5. Gal. 1, 19. Heb.
3, 18. Rev. 9, 4. 21, 27. al. sep. (Xen. An. 2.
1.12.) Difficult is 1 Cor. 7, 17 εἰ μὴ ἑκά-
στῳ ὡς ἐμέρισεν ὁ Rvplos ... οὕτω περιπα-
τείτω, where the phrase ἑκάστῳ... περιπα-
τείτω may be taken together as a noun,
and then εἰ μή may best be referred back to

εἰ 208

ov δεδούλωται κτλ. in v. 15; others before
εἰ μή supply another τί οἶδας or οὐδὲν οἶδας.
Pleon. with μόνος or μόνον added; Matt. 12,
4 εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις. 17, 8. 21, 19 εἰ
μὴ φύλλα μόνον. 24, 36. Mark 6, 8. Luke

5, 21. 6,4. Acts 11,19. Phil. 4,15. (Hdot.

1. 200.) So ἐκτὸς εἰ μή 1 Tim. 5, 19, see
in ἐκτός no. 2. γ) Also strengthened εἰ
μή τι, unless perhaps, with Indic. 1 Cor. '7, 5.
2 Cor. 18, 5; with Subj. Luke 9, 13; see
μήτι in its order. 68) εἰ. δὲ μή; see above
in εἰ δέ, lett. c.

Ε) εἰ od, if not, where each particle
retains its own separate power, and ov is
referred to some particular word or part of
the clause; hence εἰ οὐ never implies an
exception, nor is rendered unless, and it
thus differs from εἰ μή, see above in letter
e, init. Winer § 59. 6. Buttm. § 148. 2.
ἃ, Ὁ, and marg. Herm. ad Vig. p. 831.
Matth. §608. Thus: a) Where οὐ is so
referred to a word or construction as to
give it the contrary sense; comp. Buttm.
loc. n. 2,3. Soc. Indic. Matt. 26, 42 εἰ οὐ
δύναται, i.e. if it be impossible. Luke 12,
26. 16,11. 12. 31. Rom. 8, 9 εἰ δέ τις...
οὐκ ἔχει, i.e. is without. 1 Cor. 7, 9. 11, 6.
16, 22. 2 Thess. 3, 10. 14. 1 Tim. 3, 5.
James 2,11. 2 John 10. So Sext. Empir.
adv. Mathem. 2.111 εἰ μὲν λήμματά τινα ἔχει

..el δὲ οὐκ ἔχει. ib. 9.176. 48) Where
the negative is direct and emphatic, always
with the Indicative; genr. Jchn 1, 25. 10,
37. 1 Cor. 15, 13. 14. 16. 17. 32. Heb. 12,
25. Rev. 20,155 so espec. in antith. where
ei ov denies what another clause affirms,
ue 11, 26 comp. v. 25. Luke 11, 8 comp..

. John 5, 47 comp. v. 46. 1 Cor. 9, 2.

Hs “Sept. Judg. 9, 20. Judith 5, 21. Sext. ἡ

Empir. adv. Math. 12. 5 εἰ μὲν ἀγαθόν ἐστιν
. εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγαϑόν. M. Antonin. 11.
18. 8.
ες φ) εἴπερ, if ‘non if so be, assuming
the supposition as true, whether justly or
not; Herm. ad Viger. 831. With the
Indic. e. 5. a) Genr. Rom. 8, 9 εἴπερ
πνεῦμα ϑεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. ν. 17. 1 Cor. 15,
15. 1 Pet. 2,3. So Xen. An. 1.7.9. β)
Spec. since, seeing that, the supposition be-
ing taken for granted; comp. εἴγε in γέ no.
2. ο. Ββ. 2 Thess. 1,6 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ
ϑεῷ. γ)ὴ καὶ εἴπερ, though indeed, 1 Cor.
8, 5; see above in καὶ εἰ, no. Ill. 1. ἃ. β.
h) εἴπως, if by any means, if possibly ;
with the Opt. Acts 27,12; comp. above in
no. I. 1. Matth. § 526. So Sept. 2 Sam. 16,
12. Xen. An. 2. 5. 2.—With Indic. fut. Rom.
1,10. 11,14. Phil. 3,11. non.al. So Sept.
ΚΕ. 19, 4. 1 Mace. 4, 10.

ι 4

‘tainty, 2,Cor. 12, 2. 8.

εἴδω

i) etre...etre, whether... whether; whe-
ther...or ; Viger. p. 515. Matth. ὁ 617. 5 fin.
a) In the enumeration of particulars ; fol-
lowed by a verb, e. g. in Indic. 1 Cor. 12,
26.2 Cor. 1, 6. 5,13. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
28.) Subjunct. 1 Thess. 5,10; comp. above
in I. 3. Also without any verb, Rom. 12,
6-8. 1 Cor. 3, 22. 8,5. 13,8. 15,11. 1 Pet.
2,14. 8]. 8) As expressing doubt, uncer-
Comp. Herm. ad
Vig. p. 831. So Xen. Cyr. 3.2.13. Thue.
1 +

εἶδος, cos, ods, τό, (obs. εἴδω,) pr. what
is seen, what appears, i. e.

1. appearance, shape, form; Luke 3, 22
σωματικῷ εἴδει. 9,29. John 5,37. 2 Cor.
5,'7 διὰ πίστεως yap περιπατοῦμεν, ov διὰ
εἴδους, i. 6. not according to what is seen.
Sept. for my Gen. 41,2 sq. "xh 1 Sam.
οὔ, 3.—Hdian. 5. 5. 4. Xen. Cyr. ice 2,

2. Jorm, manner, kind; 1 Thess. 5, 22
ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ. Sept. for τ Ὁ
Jer. 15, 3.—Jos. Ant. 10. ὃ, 1 πᾶν εἶδος mo-

νηρίας. Pol. 6. 10. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6.

εἴδω, pr. to see, to perceive by the senses,
corresp. to Heb. 533, Lat. video; wholly
obsol. in the Pres, Act. which is supplied
by ὁράω. The tenses from εἴδω form two
families, one taking exclusively the signif.
to see; the other, to know, like 57"; see
Passow sub v. Buttm. § 109. III. § 113. n.
10. § 114 εἴδω.

I. To see, viz. aor. 2 εἴδον, Opt. ἴδοιμι,
Subjunct. io, Infin. ἰδεῖν, Part. ἰδών. For
Imperat. Att. ἰδέ Rom. 11, 22. Gal. 5, 2,
later form ἴδε Matt. 25, 20. Mark 3, 34.
John 1, 29, see Winer § 6. 1. ἃ. Buttm.
§ 108. 1. 4. 6.ἁ All these forms are used as
the aorist of ὁράω, (Buttm. ᾧ 114 cid, ὁράω,)
in the signif. I saw ; implying not the mere
act of seeing, but the actual perception of
some object, and thus differing from βλέ-
mew ; comp. Tittm. Lex. Syn. N. i Ρ. 114,
116.

1. Pr. to see, with acc. of person or thing :
Matt. 2,2 εἴδομεν yap αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα. 5,
1 ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους. 21, 19. Mark 9, 9.
11, 13. 20. John 1, 48. 4, 48. Acts 8, 39.
Heb. 3, 9. Rev. 1, 2. al. sep. Sept. for 782
Gen. 9, 23. Ex. 39, 44. (Hdian. 1. 15. 7.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47, An. 2. 3.15.) So ac-
cus. with particip. Matt. 3,'7 ἰδὼν δὲ πολ-
Rods ἐρχομένους. 8,14. 24, 15. Mark 6,33.
Luke 5, 2 καὶ εἶδε δύο πλοῖα ἑστῶτα. 12,
54.al. Also with an adj. ὄντα being implied,
Matt. 25, 38. 39. al. Comp. Buttm. ἡ 144.
6. b. (Hdian. 4. 9. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 18.)

So by Hebr. with particip. of the same verb

ee EA

*
Ἢ

εἴδω

by way of emphasis, ἰδὼν εἶδον, Acts 7,
84, quoted from Ex. 8, 7 where Sept. for
AR] FN; see in βλέπω το. 2.a.8. (Luc.
D. Marin. 4. 3 fin. ἰδὼν εἶδον.) With ὅτι c.
Indic. Mark 9, 25. John 6, 22. Rev. 12, 13.
Absol. Matt. 9, 8. Luke 2,17. Acts 3, 12.
al. Hence oi ἰδόντες, those seeing, they
that saw, the spectators, Mark 5, 16. Luke
8, 36. Before an indirect question, Matt.
27,49 εἴδωμεν, εἰ ἔρχεται κτλ. Mark 5, 14.
Gal. 6, 11. al. So Xen. Cony. 2. 15.—Also
in various modified senses: a) to behold,
to look upon, to contemplate, Matt. 9, 36. 28,
6. Mark 8, 33. Luke 24, 39. John 20, 27.
al. sep. Sept. for nan Num. 12,8. (So
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2. 32. Xen. An. 2. 1.
9.) Hence Imper. ἴδε, behold, lo, as a
particle ; see in its order. δ) to see, in
order to know, to look at or into, to examine,
Mark 6, 38. 12, 15. Luke 8, 35. 14, 18. John
1, 40.47. Also 6. περί τινος Acts 15, 6.
So Wisd. 2,17, parall. πειράζω. c) to see
face to face, to see and talk with, to see and
know, i. e. to have personal acquaintance
and intercourse with; Luke 8, 20. 9, 9.
John 12,21. Acts 16,40. Rom. 1,11. 1 Cor.
16,7. Gal. 1,19. Phil. 1, 27. 2,28. al. Ina
like sense, ἐδεῖν τὸ πρόσωπόν τινος, 1 Thess.
2,17. 3,10. Also of a city, ρώμην Acts
19, 21. So Luc. D. Deor. 9.1. Xen, An.
2.4.15. d) to see take place, to behold in
person, Zo live to see; Matt. 13, 17. 24, 33.
Mark 2,12. Also ἰδεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν τινός,
to see one’s day, to witness the events of his
life and times, etc. Luke 17, 22. John 8, ὅθ.
So Pol. 10. 4. 7. Soph. Trach. 140; comp.
video Hor. Od. 1. 2. 12.

2. Trop. of the mind, to perceive by the
senses, to be aware of, to remark; Matt. 9,
2 ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν. Vv. 4 ἰδὼν ras ἐν-
ϑυμήσεις αὐτῶν. Luke 17, 15. John 7, 52.
Rom. 11,22. With ὅτι Matt. 2, 16. 27,24.
Mark 12, 34. Acts 12, 3. 16,19. Gal. 2,7.
14. al. Sept. and 8} Eccl. 2,12.13; 975
Josh. 8, 14.

3. By Hebr. to see, i. Θ. to eaperience, viz.
either good, fo enjoy; or evil, to suffer ; ὁ.
accus. 6. g. Savarov Luke 2, 26. Heb. 11,
5; Heb. O89 Sept. ὄπτομαι, Ps. 89, 49; dia-
φϑοράν Acts "2,27. 31. 13, 35 sq. Sept.
and HN} Ps. 16,10; πένθος Rev. 18, 7;
ἡμέρας dyads 1 Pet. 3,10; so Sept. and
TINT Ps. 34,12. Also ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
Seov, i. e. to see and enjoy the privileges of
the divine kingdom, John 3, 3; comp. Sept.

and ΓΙ Ps. 27,13. Ecc. 6,6. So Fabr.

Sod. Ps. V. T. I. p. 607 εὐφροσύνην οὐκ
εἶδον. “+
14

209

εἴδω

Il. To know, viz. perf. 2 οἶδα, Subjunct,
εἰδῶ, Infin. εἰδέναι, Particip. εἰδώς, pluperf.
ἤδειν, fut. εἰδήσω Heb. 8,11; see Buttm
$109. Ill. The plur. forms, οἴδαμεν John
9, 20 sq. οἴδατε 1 Cor. 9, 13, οἴδασι Luke
11, 44, belong to the later Greek, instead of
the earlier ἔσμεν, ἴστε Heb. 12, 17, ἴσασι
Acts 26, 4; see Winer § 15 εἴδω. Buttm.
1. 6. no. 2, 4, 5. Matth. § 231. The signif.
of οἶδα is pr. to have seen, perceived, appre-
hended ; hence it takes the present sense to
know, and the pluperf. beeomes an imper-
fect; Buttm. 1. c. and § 113. n. 10.

1. Pr. and genr. to know, to have know-
ledge of, to be acquainted with, c. accus. e. g.
spoken of things, Matt. 25, 13 οὐκ οἴδατε
τὴν ἡμέραν. Mark 10, 19. Luke 18, 20.
John 4, 22. Rom. 7,7. 13, 11. Jude 5. 10.
al. sep. Sept. and 5 Ex. 3, 8. Job. 8, 9.
(Hdian. 8. 4.6. Ken. ic. 20. 14 γῆν δὲ
πάντες οἴδασι.) In attract. 1 Cor. 16, 18
οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ, ὅτι κτὰ. 1 Thess.
2,1; see Buttm. ᾧ 11. I. 6. Xen. Mem. 4.
2. 36 ult.—Of persons, Matt. 25, 12. Mark
1, 84. John 6,42. Acts 7, 18. Heb. 10, 30.
al. 1 Pet. 1, 8 ὃν οὐκ εἰδότες, se. by sight,
personally. So Heb. >73 Gen. 29, 5, Sept.
γινώσκω. (Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 26. Cony. 4.
35.) Soc. ace. with an adj. the particip.
ὄντα being implied, Mark 6, 20 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν
ἄνδρα δίκαιον. Buttm. ᾧ 144, n.'7. (Hdian. 3.
12. 2. Xen, An. 1. 10. 16.) In attract. Mark
1, 24 οἶδα σε τίς εἶ. Luke 13, 25. John 7, 27;
see Buttm. §151.1.6. Sept. and 577 2 Sam.
17, 8. So Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 20.—With acc.
and infin. Luke 4, 41. 1 Pet. 5, 93 or
ὅτι with the Indic. instead of accus. and
dnfin. Matt. 15, 12. Mark 12, 14. Luke 8, 53,
Acts 3, 17. al. sep. With περί τινος, Matt.
24, 36. Mark 13, 32. Absol. Luke 11, 44,
2 Cor. 11, 11.—Before an indirect question,
with the Indic. Matt. 24, 43 εἰ ἤδει ὁ οἶκο-
δεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται.
Mark 13, 35. Luke 12, 39, 1 Thess. 4, 2,
2 Thess. 3, 7. Col. 4, 6.al. With Subjunct.
Mark 9, 6 οὐκ ἤδει τί λαλήσῃ.

2. to perceive, to be aware of, to under-
stand; 6. accus. of thing, 6. g. τὰς évSupi-
σεις Matt. 12, 255; ὑπόκρισιν αὐτῶν Mark
12,15; διανοήματα Luke 11, 17 ; τὴν παρα-
βολήν Mark 4,18. With ὅτι c. Indic. Mark
2, 10. Luke 5, 94. John 6, 61. 1 John 5,
13; πῶς c. Indic. 1 Tim. 3, 15.—Before an
indirect question, Eph. 1, 18 εἰς τὸ εἰδέναι
ὑμᾶς, τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπίς κτλ.

3. Spec. to know how, i. e. to be able, ete.
c. infin. Matt. 7, 11. Luke 12, 56. Phil. 4,
12. 1 Thess. 4,4. 1 Tim. 3, 5. James 4,
17. 2Pet. 2,9. With infin. impl. Matt. 27,

εἰδωλεῖον

65.—Hdian. 8. 4.19; comp. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 46. ‘

4. By Hebr. with the idea of volition, to
know and approve, e. g. a) Of men, to
care for, to take an interest in; 1 Thess.
5, 12 εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν. So
Sept. and 515 Gen. 39, 6. Prov. 27, 23.
Comp. in γινώσκω το. 1. a. 8. Ὁ) Of
God, to know God, to acknowledge and
adore. God, Gal. 4, 8. 1 Thess. 4, 5.
2 Thess. 1, 8. Tit. 1,.16. Heb. 8,11. So
Sept. and 571 Jer. 31, 34. 1 Sam. 2, 12.
Job. 18,21, +4

εἰδωλεῖον, ov, τό, (εἴδωλον,) an idol-
temple, fane, 1 Cor. 8,10.—1 Mace. 1, 47.
10, 83.

εἰδωλόδυτον, ov, τό, (εἴδωλον, ϑσύω,)
idol-sacrifice, any thing sacrificed to idols,
i. 6. in N. T. the flesh of victims offered to
idols, which remained over and was eaten or
sold ; see in ἀλίσγημα. Acts 15,29. 21, 25.
1 Cor. 8, 1. 4.7. 10. 10, 19. 28. Rev. 2,
14, 20.—4 Macc. 5, 1. Clem. Rom. Homil.
15 ἃ

εἰδωλολατρεία, ας, ἧ; (εἴδωλον, λα-
τρεία,) idol-worship, idolatry, pr. and genr.
Gal. 5, 20; also of partaking of things of-
fered to idols, τὰ εἰδωλόϑυτα q. ν. 1 Cor. 10,
14; and of the vices usually connected with
idolatry,.1 Pet. 4,3. Comp. Test. XII Patr.
Ρ. 615 ἀσελγεῖαι, γοητεῖαι, καὶ εἰδωλολα-
τρεῖαι. Just. Mart. Dial. ὁ. Tryph. p. 322.—
Trop. of coyetousness, Col. 3, 5.

εἰδωλολάτρης, ου, ὅ, (εἴδωλον, λάτρις.)

an idol-worshipper, idolater, genr. 1 Cor. ἡ

5,10. 6,9. Rev. 21,8. 22,15. Also of one
who ‘partakes of things offered to idols, τὰ
εἰδωλόϑυτα q. v. 1 Cor. 5,11. 10, '7.—Trop.
of a covetous person, Eph. 5,5; comp. Col.
3, 5.

εἴδωλον, ov, τό, (eid0s,) an image, spec-
tre, shade, Hom. Il. 5.449. Luc. D. Mort. 16.
1; an image, figure, Auschin, 20. 28. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4.4.—In N. T. :

1. an idol, idol-image, Acts Π, 41. 1 Cor.
12,2. Rev. 9,20. Sept. for d*OR 2 Chr.
33, 22. Is. 30, 22.—Pol. 31. 3. 13.

2. Meton. an idol god, a heathen deity,
1 Cor. 8, 4.'7. 10, 19. Sept. plur. for D°7>8
Num. 25, 2. 2 K. 17, 33; O°>sPs 2 K. 17,
12.—Hence Plur. τὰ εἴδωλα, idols, for idol-
worship, idolatry, Acts 15, 20. Rom. 2, 22.
2 Cor. 6, 16. 1 Thess. 1, 9. 1 John 5, 21.

εἰκῆ, adv. (εἰκαῖος) without plan or pur-
pose, i. 6.

1. inconsiderately, idly, without cause,
Matt. 5, 22. Col. 2, 18.—Pol. 1. 52.2. Xen.
Ag. 2. 7.

210

εἶμι

2. to no purpose, in vain, Rom. 13, 4.
1 Cor. 15, 2. Gal. 3, 4. 4, 11.—Arr. Epict.
1. 4. 21. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 12.

εἴκοσι, οἱ, ai, rd, indec. card. num.
twenty, Luke 14, 31. Acts 2'7, 28. aL

I. εἴκω, f. ἕω, to yield, to give place, to
give way, c. dat. Gal. 2, 5.—Wisd. 18, 25.
Pol. 6. 58. 8. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 8.

II. εἴκω, obsol. whence perf. 2 ἔοικα

' with pres. signif. to be like, c. dat. James 1,

6. 23. See Buttm. § 114 εἴκω. § 84. n. 6.
Κύμη. § 230.—Sept. Job 6, 25. Hdian. 2. 2.
5. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 7 bis.

εἰκών, ὄνος, ἡ; (εἴκω, ἔοικα,) likeness, i. 6.

1. a likeness, image, figure, Matt. 22, 20.
Mark 12,16. Luke 20,24. Rom. 1, 23.
Sept. for D2% Ez. 23,14. So Wisd. 14, 15.
17. Pol. 6. 53. 4. Xen. Ag. 11. '7.—Spec.
an idol-image, statue, Rev. 13, 14. 15 ter.
14, 9. 11. 15, 2. 16, 2. 19,20. 20, 4.
Sept. for 520 Deut. 4, 16; >O8 Is. 40, 18.
20. So Plato Legg. 931. a.

2. an image, copy, representation, 1 Cor.
11,7. Of Christ as the image of God, 2
Cor. 4, 4 et Col. 1, 15 εἰκὼν τοῦ Seod, comp.
Heb. 1, 3. (Philo de Monarch. 2. 5. p. 823.
b, λόγος δέ ἐστιν εἰκὼν Seod.) Heb. 10, 1 ἡ
αὐτὴ εἰκὼν τῶν πραγμάτων, i. e. the real and
perfect representation, opp. to ἡ oKd.—
Wisd. 2, 23. 7,26. Diog. Laert. 6. 51. Luc.
Imag. 28.

3. Abstr. likeness to any one, resemblance,
similitude, Rom. 8, 29. 1 Cor. 15, 49 bis.
2 Cor. 3,18. Col. 3,10. Sept. for M23 Gen.
5, 1; nbs Gen. 1, 26. 27. 9, 6.—Ecclus.
17, 3. Hdian. 5. 2. 5.

εἰλικρίνεια, as, ἡ, (εἴλικρινής,) clearness,
pureness. 'Theophr. Fragm. 20.14.—InN. T.
trop. pureness, sincerity, 1 Cor. 5, 8. 2 Cor.
RTs. By das

εἰλικρινής, έος, οὖς, 6, ths adj. (εἵλη, ἕλη,
κρίνω.) pr. judged of in sun-light; hence
clear, manifest, Xen. Mem. 2.2. 3 εἰλικρινής ᾿
τις ἂν εἴη ἀδικία ἡ ἀχαριστία. Also pure,
unmixed, Wisd. 7, 25. Plato. Cony. 211. e.
—In N. T. trop. pure, sincere, Phil. 1, 10.
2 Pet. 3,1. So Pol. 4. 84.'7 φιλία. Plut.
de Virtut. mor. 5 νοῦς.

εἱλίσσω, f. ἰξω, (Ion. and poet. for ἑλίσ-
σω,) to roll up or together, as ascroll; Pass.
Rev. 6, 14—Hom. Il. 22. 95. Anth. Gr.
Ill. p. 79; comp. Hdot. 2. 38.

εἰμί, τ, ἔσομαι, (obs. ἔω,) impf. ἦν, Impe-
rat. io3e Matt. 2,13.al. 3 pers. ἔστω Matt. 5,
37. al. Buttm. § 108. 1V.—Less usual forms
are: Imperf. 2 pers. ἧς Matt. 25, 21. 23,
instead of the more usual ἧσϑα Matt. 26, 69.

‘

εἰμί

Mark 14, 67; see Buttm. § 108. IV. 1,
marg. Winer § 14. 2. c. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
149.—Imperf. ἤμην Matt. 23, 30. Gal. 1,
10. 22; Luc. D. Marin. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 6.
1. 9; see Buttm. ὁ 108. IV. 2. Winer § 14.
2. b. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 152.—Imperat. ἤτω
1 Cor. 16, 22. James 5, 12. Plat. Rep. 361.

©; see Buttm. § 108. IV. 1, marg. Winer
§ 14.2. a. So 2 pers. plur. ἦτε for ἔστε
1 Cor. 7,5, where Text. rec. συνέρχεσϑε.---
For the persons of the present as’ enclitic,
see Buttm. § 108. IV. 3.—The verb εἰμί is
the usual verb of existence, to be ; and also
the usual logical copula, connecting subject
and predicate; Buttm. § 129. init.

I. As the verb of existence, to be, to exist,
to have existence.

1. Pr. and genr. a) In the metaphy-
sical sense, John 1,1 ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος.
8, 50. 58. Mark 12, 32. Acts 19, 2. Heb.
11, 6. al. Of things, John 17, 5. 2 Pet. 3,
5. Rev. 4,11. For ὦν, ra ὄντα, see below
in no. 4. (Philo de Charit. p.'709 γέννησις δι᾿
ἧς τὸ μὴ ὃν ἄγεται εἰς τὸ εἶναι. Xen. Mem.
1. 1. 14. ib. 2. 2. 8 ods [παῖδας] οἱ γονεῖς
ἐκ μὲν οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησαν εἶναι.) Spoken
of life, to eaist, to live, Matt. 2, 18, 23, 30;
not to die, Acts 17, 28. So Jos. Ant. 7. 10.
5 οὐκ ἔτ᾽ ὄντας. Xen. Ven.1.11. δ) Genr.
to be, to exist, to be found, as of persons,
Luke 4,25 πολλαὶ χῆραι ἦσαν. v. 37. Matt.
12,11. John 3,1. Rom. 3, 10.11. (Luc.
D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. Hell. 5. 4.25.) “Also
of things, to be, to exist, to have place, Matt.
6, 30. 22, 23. Mark 7, 15. Luke 6, 43.
Acts 2, 29. Rom. 13,1. al. sep. So ἐστί,
εἰσί, there is, there are, Rom. 3, 23. 1 Cor.’
12, 4. 5. 6. Acts 27, 22. John 7, 12. Rev.
10, 6. 21, 4. al. sep. John 7, 39 οὔπω yap
ἦν πνεῦμα ἅγιον, i.e. the giving of the Holy
Spirit had not yet taken place.—Hence, to
be present, i. 4. πάρειμι, but this sense lies
only in the adjuncts, Matt. 12,10. 24, 6.
Mark 8, 1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 7.11. 6 τὴν οὖ-
σαν δύναμιν. Xen. An. 4.2.3. 0) Of time,
genr. Luke 23, 44 ἦν δὲ ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη.
John 1, 40. Acts 2, 15. ἃ Tim. 4, 3. Mark
11,13. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.18 ἤδη ὥρα ἦν.
Hell. 4. 5. 1 ἦν 6 μήν.) Of festivals, etc.
Mark 15, 42. Acts 12, 3; so Xen. Cony.
I. 2:

2. As modified by the context or by ad-
Juncts, to come to be, to come into existence,
i. q. γίνομαι; i.e. a) Genr. to come to pass,
lo take place, to be done; so in the fut.

ἔσται, Matt. 27,7. 21. Luke 12, 55. 21,.

11. 25. Acts 11, 28. 27,25. Acts 23, 30. al.
Luke 22, 49 τὸ εσόμενον, i. 6. what was
about to happen. Matt. 24,3. Luke 1, 34. al.

211

ele

With dat. of pers. Mark 16, 22. Luke 14,
10. (Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 1 τοῦτο ἔσται. Cyr.
2. 3. 8.) Impers. καὶ ἔσται, like Heb.
31, and it shall be, shall come to pass,
followed by a future, Acts 2, 17.21, quoted
from Joel. 3, 1-5 [2, 28-32], where Sept.
for 53). Acts 3,23 (comp. Deut. 18,19).
Rom. 9, 26, quoted from Hos. 2, 1 [1, 10],
where Sept. for 7711. Ὁ) From the Heb.
εἶναι εἴς τι, like Heb. > Hn, to be for
any thing, i. 6, to become any thing ; Matt.
19, 5 et Eph. 5,31 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς
σάρκα μίαν, quoted from Gen. 2, 24 where
Sept. for 3 man, Luke 3, 5 comp. Is. 40, 4.
Acts 13, 47 comp. Is. 49, 6. Eph. 1, 12.
Col. 2, 22. al. (Gesen. Lehrg. p. 816. 2.)
With dat. of pers. 1 Cor. 14, 22. 2 Cor. 6,
18. Heb. 1, 5, 8,10. James 5, 3. al.

3. ἐστί c. infin. it is proper, is in one’s

power or convenience, one can; Heb. 9, 5
περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστι viv λέγειν, of which we
cannot now speak.—Ecclus. 39,21. 2. V.
Η: 18. 33. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11.
. 4. Particip. pres. dv, οὖσα, ὄν, being,
e.g. 8) Joined with a noun or pronoun,
it is used in short parenthetic clauses, by
way of emphasis, to indicate an existing
state, condition, character ; and may be ren-
dered by the case absol. or by being, as
being, as, etc. Matt. 7, 11 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς, πο-
νηροὶ ὄντες, οἴδατε κτὰ. John 3, 4. 4,9. 9,
25. Acts 16, 21 ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ποιεῖν,
Ῥωμαίοις οὖσι. Rom: 5, 10. 11,17. Gal. 6,
4. Eph. 2, 4. Tit. 3,11. James 3, 4. al.
See Buttm. ᾧ 144.7. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
3. Mem. 2.3.1. Ὁ) With the art. 6 ὦν,
τὰ ὄντα, it implies real and true exist-
ence ; thus in the phrase ὁ dy καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ
6 ἐρχόμενος, which is used as a compound
indec. proper name of God and governed by
ἀπό Rey. 1, 4, in allusion probably to the
Heb. mins. v. 8. 11,17. 16, 5. Comp.
Winer § 10 ult. (Wisd. 13, 1 οὐκ ἴσχυσαν
εἰδέναι τὸν ὄντα, i.e. God.) Also τὰ ὄντα,
τὰ μὴ ὄντα, things existing, things non-
existing, pr. Rom. 4, 17; trop. 1 Cor. 1,28.
So 2 Macc. 7, 28. Philo de Creat. princip.
Ρ. 728 τὰ γὰρ μὴ ὄντα ἐκάλεσεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι.
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 1 bis, 7.

Il. As the logical copula, connecting the
subject and predicate, to be ; where the pre-
dicate specifies who or what a person or
thing is in respect to nature, origin, office,
condition, circumstances, state, place, ha-
bits, disposition of mind, etc. etc. But these
ideas all lie in the predicate, and not in the
copula, which merely connects the predicate
with the subject. The predicate may be
expressed by various parts of speech. ΕἸ. g.

εἰμί

1. With an adjective as predicate ; which

is strictly the more logical construction.
Matt. 2,6 od Βηϑλεέμ.... οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη
ef ἐν τοῖς jy. κτὰ. 18, 8. MarkJ,'7. John
4,12. 5, 82 ἡ μαρτυρία οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληϑής.

Acts 7, 6. Rom. 8, 29. 1 John 1, 9. al. sep.’

(Hdian. 8. 2. 6. Xen, Mem. 3. 5.1.) With
a neg. adj. οὐδέν, it is nothing, Matt. 23, 16.
1 Cor. 7,19. 13, 23 μηδέν Gal. 6, 3, comp.
above in I. 4. ἃ; so Plut. de Exil. 6. Xen.
An. 6. 2. 10.—With numerals ; Mark 5, 13
ἦσαν δὲ ὡς δισχίλιοι. So in the phrase
eis (ἐν) εἶναι, spoken of two or more, to
be one in mind and purpose, John 10, 30.
17, 11. 22; or to be one in rank, right,
1 Cor. 3, 8. 12,12. Gal. 3, 28.—In this
construction, εἰμί with an adject. sometimes
forms a periphrasis for the kindred verb ;
e. g. δυνατός εἰμι i. g. δύναμαι, Luke 14, 31.
Acts 11,17. Rom. 4, 21; ἔκδηλός εἶμι i. 4.
ἐκδηλοῦμαι, 2'Tim. 3, 9. So Hdian. 8. 1.2
κρύφιός εἶμι 1. q. κρύπτομαι.

2. With a substantive as predicate, in
the same case with the subject. a) Pr.
Matt. 3, 4 ἡ τροφὴ αὐτοῦ ἦν ἀκρίδες. 8, 17
οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ vids pov. 15, 14. Mark 2, 28.
10, 47. Acts 2, 32. 3,25. 28, 6. Rom. 8,
24. Heb. 11, 1. al. sep. Matt. 7,12 οὗτός
ἐστιν 6 νόμος, i. e. is contained in the law.
So Hdian. 3. 10. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.
(Ες. 14. '7.—Sometimes the noun (or pro-
noun) of the predicate is not directly ex-
pressed, but only: implied ; Matt. 14, 27 ἐ ἐγώ
εἰμι, I am he, i. 6. it is I. John 18,.18 εἰμὴ
yap sc. ὁ διδάσκαλος. 18, 5 eyo εἰμι 56.
Ἰησοῦς. So οὗτός ἐστιν, Mark 6,16. Luke
7,/27.. John 7, 25. 9, 9. al—With dat. of
pers. or thing for or in respect to whom the
predicate i is asserted ; Acts 1,8 καὶ ἔσεσϑέ
μοι μάρτυρες. 9,15. Rom. 1, 14/ 1 Cor. 9,
2 εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλάγε ὑμῖν
εἶμι. 1,18. 2,14. b) Trop. and meton.
the Subst. of the predicate often expresses,
not what the subject actually ἐδ, but what
it is like, .or is accounted to be, or signifies,
either by comparison, substitution, or as
cause or effect; so that εἰμί may be ren-
dered to be accounted, to be like or in place
of, to signify ; Matt. 5, 13, 14 ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ
ἅλας τῆς γῆς, τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. 12, 50
αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ
ἐστίν. 13, 37. 38. 39. 19, 6. Luke 8, 11 6
σπόρος ἐστιν ὁ λόγος. 12,1. John 1,4 ἡ
ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνπρώπων. VY. 8. 4, 84.
6, 38. 35 ἐγώ εἶμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς. Υ. 41.
48. 50. 51. δὔδ.. 11, 25. 12, 50. 15,1. 5.
Acts 4,11. 1Cor. 3,10. 4,17. 10,4. Eph.
5,8. James 4,14. Rev. 4, 5. 21, 22. al. sep.
‘So in the words of Christ, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ

212

> /
εἰμί
σῶμά μου; τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷμά pov, Matt. 26,

36, 28. Mark 14, 29..24..ὄ Luke 22, 19.

1 Cor. 11,24. The Romish church takes
these passages literally. See Xen. An. 3. 1.
13. Hell. 1. 4. 3. Plato Gorg. 459. ἃ. c)
Here too εἰμί with the Subst. of the predi-
cate, sometimes forms a periphrasis for the
corresponding verb; comp. in no. 1 fin. 6. g.
ἐπιϑυμητής εἶμι for ἐπιϑυμέω, 1 Cor. 10,6:
ζηλωτής εἶμι for ζηλόω, 1 Cor. 14, 12. ete.
3. With a pronoun as predicate, in the
same case with the subject; e. 8. οὗτος,
thas, the following, Matt. 10,2 τὰ ὀνόματά
ἐστι ταῦτα. John 1, 19 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυ-
pia. 15, 12. 17, 8. Acts 8, 82, 8]. αὐτός,
Luke 24, 89, Heb. 1,12; ris, τὶ, indef.
some one, any thing, 1 Cor. 10, 19; trop.
of moment, important, Acts 5, 36. 1 Cor. 3,
7. Gal. 6,15. al. ris, ri, interrog. who,
what, John 5, 13. Rom. 14, 4. 1 Cor. 9,18.
Heb. 12, 7. James 4, 12. Acts 21, 22 ri οὖν
éort,' what is then? sc. to be ἕω. 1 Cor.
14, 15.°26; ποῖος Mark 12, 28; πόσος
Mark 9, 21; ποταπός Luke 1, 29; ὁποῖος
Acts 26, 29; ὅστις Gal. 5, 10. 19. etc. etc.
So the possessive pronouns; as ἐμός, σός,
John 17,10; ὑμέτερος Luke 6, 20. etc. So
Xen. Mem. 3, 3. 3.—Trop. as with nouns
(no. 2. b, above) the predicate often express-
es, not what the subject actually is, but what
it is accounted to be or signifies; 6. g. τί
ἐστιν, τὸ κτλ. what that means, etc. Matt. 9,
13, Mark 9,10. Luke 20, 17. Eph. 4, 9.
Mark 1, 27 τί ἐστι τοῦτο; John: 18, 38 τί
ἐστιν ἀλήϑεια; Luke 15, 26 τί εἴη ταῦτα

_Acts 2,12. 10,17. 17,20. Luke 8, 10 τίς

εἴη ἡ παραβολὴ αὕτη. Also τοῦτ᾽ ἐστι,
that is, that signifies, Matt. 27, 46. Acts 19,
4. Rom. 1,12. ἃ]. 6 ἐστι, which is, which
signifies, Mark '7, 11. Heb. 7, 2. al.

4. With the genitive of a noun or pro-
noun as predicate; spoken, a) Of quality,
character, etc. Luke 9, 55 οὐκ οἴδατε οἵου
πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς. Acts 9, 2. Heb. 12,
11. Buttm. § 132.7. So Xen. Hell. 2. 4.
86. b) Of age, Mark 5,42 ἦν yap ἐτῶν
δώδεκα. Acts 4, 22. al. Buttm.l.c. So
Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Mem. 1.2.40. ὁ) Of
a whole, of which the subject is a part, Acts
23, 6 τὸ ἕν μέρος ἐστὶ Σαδδουκαίων κτλ.
1 Tim. 1, 20. 2 Tim. 1, 1ὅ. Buttm. § 132.
5. So Xen. An. 1. 2.3. ἀ) Of pos-
session, property; pr. Matt. 5, 3. 10 αὐτῶν
ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. Mark 12,
7. 23. Luke 4, 7. John 10, 12. 19, 24.
Acts 21, 11. al. sep. Matth. §315.1. So
Isocr. ad Nicocl. p. 19. b. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
73.—Trop. of persons (or things) to whom
the subject belongs, appertains, or on whom

FARA o yes Be eae

γι τὺ

εἰμί

it is in any way dependent; 6. g. of God,
2 Cor. 4, 7. 1 Cor. 3, 23; of a master,
teacher, guide, Acts 27, 23. Rom. 14, 8.
1 Cor. 1,12. 3, 4. 6, 12. 2 Cor. 10, 7. al.
(Xen, An. 2. 1.11.) Of things which one
follows after, 1 Thess. 5, 5. 8. As imply-
ing fitness, propriety; Acts 1, 7 οὐχ ὑμῶν
ἐστι γνῶναι χρόνους κτὰ. Heb. 5, 14 τελείων
δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή. Matth. §316. So
Xen. An. 2. 1. 4.

5. With the dative of a noun or pronoun
as predicate, to be TO any one, implying
possession, property ; John 17, 9 ὅτι σοί
εἰσι, for they are thine. Luke 12, 20. Acts
2, 39. 1 Cor. 9, 16. 18. 1 Pet. 4, 11. al.
So Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.—By inverting the
construction it may be rendered to have; as
Luke 7, 14 δύο χρεωφειλέται ἦσαν δανειστῇ
τινι, a certain creditor had two debtors. 6,
32. 33. 34. John 18, 39. Acts 8, 21. 21, 23.
Eph. 6, 12 οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρός, we
have not a struggle against, we wrestle not
against, ete. (Hdian. 1.13.11. Xen. Cyr. 1.
2.3.) Or ta receive, Matt. 19,27 ri dpa
ἔσται ἡμῖν, what then shall we receive 3 So
Xen. An. 1. 7. 8. ib. 7. 6. 1.

6. With a participle of another verb as
predicate; e.g. a) Without the article,
and then εἰμί often forms with the participle
a periphrasis for a finite tense of the same
verb, expressing however a continuance or
duration of the action or state, like the cor-
responding construction in English; Luke
5, 1 καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἑστώς, and he was stand-
ing, instead of imperf. ἵστη, he stood. Matt.
24,9 καὶ ἔσεσϑε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων.
Mark 2, 6 ἦσαν δέ τινες καθήμενοι. v. 18.
13, 25 οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκπίπτοντες. 9, 4.
15, 43. Luke 3, 23. 5, 17. 24, 32. Acts 1,
10. 2,2. 42. al.sep. So with the particip.
of the perf. Pass. which however assumes
nearly the nature of an adjective; Matt. 9,
36 ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐῤῥιμένοι κτὰ. Mark
6, 52 ἦν γὰρ ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν πεπωρωμένη.
1 John 1, 4. ΑἸδβο ἴῃ impersonals, as δέον
ἐστι for δεῖ, Acts 19, 36; πρέπον ἐστί for
πρέπει, 1 Cor. 11, 18, al. See Winer § 46.
8. Matth. § 559; comp. Gesen. Lehre. p.
792.2. So Eurip. Herc. Fur. 312 sq. Hdian.
1. 3.5. Diod. Sic. 2. 5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 13.
—TIn some cases the particip. is not the pre-
dicate, and then εἰμί is not thus an auxiliary,
6. 5. Mark 10, 32 ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνον-
τες εἰς Ἵεροσ. where ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ is the predi-
cate, and ἀναβαίνοντες is an adjunct. Luke
7,8. al. Ὁ) With the article, where the
participle may then be regarded as equiva-
Jent to a noun, or as an emphatic shorter
construction instead of a personal tense of

213

εἰμί

the verb; Matt. 8, 8 οὗτος γάρ ἐστι ὁ ῥηδεὶς
ὑπὸ Ἡσαΐου, i. 6. the person spoken of, the
predicted, instead of ds ἐῤῥήϑη. 13,19. Mark
7,15 ἐκεῖνά ἐστι τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν dySpwrov.
John 4, 10. Acts 2,16. Rom. 3, 11. 1 John
5,5. Jude 19. Rev. 2,23. 14, 4 οὗτοί εἰσιν
of ἀκολουϑοῦντες, where comp. the preced-
ing construction, οὗτοί εἰσιν, of οὐκ ἐμολύν-
ϑησαν. al. sep. Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 12. 3, and
n. 2. Winer ᾧ 19.1. ο. ᾧ 46. 4. Matth. }270.
—Hodot. 9. 70. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 43.

7. With an adverb as Predicate ; e. g. of
quality or character, as οὕτως, John 8, 8
οὕτως ἐστὶ πᾶς κτλ. Μαίξ. 19,10. So οὕτως
ἔσται, Rom. 4, 18. Matt. 24, 27. Luke 17,
24. 26; with dat. Matt. 12, 45. Luke 11,
30. al. ταῦτα as adv. i. q. οὕτως, Luke 17,
30. 1 Cor. 6, 11; comp. Buttm. § 115. 4.
§128. n. 5; ὡς, according as, Rev. 22, 12.
—Of likeness or manner as ὡς, Matt. 22,
30. 28, 3. Luke 6, 40. al. ὥσπερ, Matt.
6,5. Luke 18,11; c. dat. Matt. 18, 17;
καϑώς 1 Thess. 2,13. 1 John 3, 2.—Of
plenty or want; περισσωτέρως 2 Cor. 7,
15; χωρίς Heb. 12, 8—Of place, viz. place
where, ἐγγύς Rom. 10, 8. John 11, 18. al.
ἐκεῖ Matt. 18,20. Mark 3, 1.al. (Xen. Hell.
4.8.14.) μακράν Mark 12, 34. John 21,8;
ὅπου Mark 5, 40. John 18, 1. 7, 34. al.
(Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 31.) ποῦ Matt. 2,2. John
7, 11. (Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 31.) ὧδε
Matt. 12, 6. 41. Rev. 13, 9. etc. etc.
place whence, origin ; as πόϑεν Matt. 21, 25.
John 7, 27. 2, 93 évred3ev John 18, 36.
So Xen. An. 5. 6. 24. ib. 6. 6. 14—Of
time, ἐγγύς Matt. 26, 18.

8. With a preposition and its case as
predicate, viz. a) ἀπό, John 1, 45;
comp. ἀπό no. 8. ἃ. β. Ὁ) εἰς 6. 80ο. viz.
as marking that which any thing becomes ;
comp. above in I. 2. b. As denoting direc-
tion, object, end, εἴς τι, Luke 5,17 καὶ dv-
ναμις κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσϑαι αὐτούς. Of a
person, εἴς τινα, 1 Pet. 1,21 ὥστε τὴν πίστιν
ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα εἶναι εἰς Sedv, i. e. be or
rest in God. Adverbially, 1 Cor. 4,3 ἐμοὶ
δὲ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν ἵνα κτὰ. comp. Buttm.
§115. n. 5. Spoken of place, whither or
where, Mark 2, 1 ὅτι εἰς οἶκόν ἐστι. 13, 16.
‘Luke 11, 7. John 1, 18. α΄. ὁ) ἐκ 6. gen.
always implying origin, see in ἐκ no. 3;
e. g. spoken of place, John 1, 47 ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ

δύναταί τι ἀγαϑὸν εἶναι ; Acts 23, 34. John.

4, 22; so of family, race, Luke 2, 4. Acts
4,6. Of persons or things as the source,
author, cause ; Mark 11, 30 ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν
ἢ ἐξ Gporev. John 8, 23 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κά-
τω ἐστὲ, ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί. 15, 19. 17,
14 bis, ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἶναι. Acts 19, 25,

Ν, ᾿

Also.

ϑ
εἰμι

Gal. 3, 21. Matt. 1,20 ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν
ἁγίου. 5, 37. John'7,17 ἡ διδαχὴ ἐκ τοῦ
Seov ἐστιν. Acts ὅ, 38. 1 John 2,16. Hence
trop. of a person on whom one is dependent,
to whom one is devoted.as a follower ; 6. g. |
John 8, 47 ἐκ rod Seod οὐκ ἐστέ, ye are not ,
of God, i. 6. not his true followers, adhe-
rents. 1 John 3, 10..4, 6. 6, 19. So John
8, 44 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ. Of things,
as ἐκ τῆς ἀληϑείας John 18, 37. 1 John 3,
19; ἐξ ἔργων τοῦ νόμου Gal. 3, 10; also
Gal. 3, 12 ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως, i. 6.
the law depends not on faith, has no con-
nection with it. So of a whole in relation
to a part; 1 Cor. 12,15 οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ σώ-
ματος. v. 16; of persons, Luke 22, 3 ὄντα
ἐκ τοῦ ἀριϑμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα. Matt. 26,78 σὺ
ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ. John 1,24. 10,16. 18, 17. 25.
_ Col. 4,9. 2 Tim. 3, 6. Of the material,
Rev. 21, 21 ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς papyapirov. Matth.
§374. Ὁ, note. ἀ) ἐν 6. dat. implying a
being in a place, thing, person; e. g. of
place, part, ete. Mark 1, 3 ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.
John 2, 23 ἐν τοῖς ‘Iepoood. Acts 5, 12,
Rey. 9, 10. al. (Hdian. 8. 8. 10. Xen. An.
5. 6. 13,15.) . Of things ; ἐν τούτῳ, in this,
herein, John 9,30. 1 John 4, 10; or hereby,
1 John 2, 3.. So ἐν τούτοις ἴσξι, be wholly
in these things, occupied with them, 1 Tim.
4, 15. (Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 4, 2. V. H. 1. 31.
Xen. Cyr. 5.2.5.) So ἐν σαρκὶ εἶναι, to be
in the flesh, i. e. followers of the world,
aliens from God, Rom. 7, 5; ἵνα ἡ πίστις
ὑμῶν μὴ ἢ ἐν σοφίᾳ dv3porwv, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δυνά-
pet Seovd, i. 6. consist in, depend on, 1 Cor.
2,5. Of a state, condition, as ἐν ῥύσει ai-
ματος οὖσα Mark 5,25; so Luke 23, 40.
Phil. 4,11. 1 John 2, 9. (Jos. Ant. '7. 10.’
1.) Of persons, to be in any one, viz. where
the subject is a thing, Acts 25, 5 εἴ τι ἐστὶν
ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ τουτῷ, in or on this man, i. 6.
in his conduct. John 11,10 τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔσ-
τιν ev αὐτῷ, i.e. in his path, around him.;
and so of faculties, virtues, vices, which are
in any one, John 1, 4. 48. Acts 4, 12, 20,
10. Where the subject is a person, to be
near and in intimate union with, to be one
with, in mind, purpose, feeling; so God
and Christ, John 14, 10. 11; Christ and his
followers, John 15,4; Christ in his follow-
ers, 2 Cor. 13, 5; the Spirit in Christians,
John 14, 17; Christians in Christ, Rom. 8,
1. 16,11. 1 Cor. 1,30. 1 John 5,20. With
dat. plural, to be among, Matt. 27, 56 ; to be
in the midst of, 1 Cor. 14,25. 6) ἐπί, ο.
gen. of place, wpon, Luke 17, 31. John 20, ©
7; trop. of dignity, station, over, Acts 8,
27. Rom. 9,5. With dat. of place, wpon,
in, at, Mark 4, 38. Matt. 24, 33. With

214

-
ΕεὐἼπτῸν

accus. of place, as εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, spoken
of conjugal intercourse, 1 Cor.'7,5 ; of per-
sons, εἶναι ἐπί τινα, to be or rest upon, me-
taph. Acts 4,38. f) κατά ο. gen. εἶναι
κατά Twos, to be against any one, Matt. 12,
80. Gal. 5, 23. With accus. of thing, εἶναι
κατά tt, to be according to, in accordance
with, 2 Cor. 11, 15. Rom. 2, 2. Luke 17, 30.
g) μετά ο. gen. εἶναι μετά τινος, to be with
any one, i. e. present with, in company with,
Matt. 17, 17. Mark 2, 19. Luke 23, 43. al.
Also to be for or on the side of any one, as
an adherent, helper, Matt. 12, 30. John 3, 2.
Acts 7, 9. 18, 10. Phil. 4, 9. (Jos. Ant. 15%
5. 3.) So to be imparted to any one, 2 John
2,3. ΒΒ) παρά c. gen. εἶναι παρά τινος,
to be from any one, i. 6. sent by any one,
John 6, 46. 7,29; or received from any
one, John 17,7. With accus. of place, to
be by, on, at, Mark 5,21. i) πρό ο. gen.
of place, to be before, Acts 14, 13; trop. of
dignity, Col. 1,17. 1) πρός ce. accus. of
place, εἶναι πρός τι, to be near to, by, Luke
24, 29. Mark 4,1. Of persons, fo be near,
with, among, Matt. 13, 56. Mark 9,19. 1)
σύν ὁ. dat. εἶναι σύν τινι, to be with any ,
one, i. e. present. with, in company with, |
Luke 24, 44. Phil. 1, 23. Col. 2, 5. 1 Thess.
4,17; or as a follower, disciple, Luke 8,
38. Acts 4,13; or as a partisan, Acts 14, 4,
So Xen. Hell. 3.1.18. τ) ὑπέρ 6. gen.
εἶναι ὑπέρ τινος, to be for any one, on his
side, Mark 9, 40. With accus. of pers.
ὑπέρ τινα, lo be above any one, trop. Luke
6,40. π) ὑπό c. accus. to be under, spo-
ken of place, John 1, 49. 1 Cor. 10,1; of
person or thing, to be subject to, Rom. 3, 9.
Gal. 3, 10. 1 Tim. 6, 1.

Nore. As copula, the forms of εἰμί are
very frequently not expressed ; e. g. Matt.
9, 37. 13, 54. Mark 9, 23. 1 Cor. 10, 26,
11, 12. al. sepiss. See Buttm. ᾧ 129. 20.
Matth. §306.. +

εἶμι, to go, in Mss. for εἰμί John 7, 34.
35. See Buttm. ᾧ 108. V.

εἵνεκα, see ἕνεκα.

εἴπερ; see in εἰ IIL 2. g.

εἶπον, aor. 2; Imper. εἰπέ, Opt. εἴποιμι,
Subjunct. εἴπω, Inf. εἰπεῖν, Particip. εἰπών.
—Also Ion. aor. 1 εἶπα, Matt. 26, 25.
Mark 11, 3. al. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8. Imperat.
εἰπόν Acts 28, 263 εἰπάτωσαν 24, 20;
used likewise by the Attics, comp. Buttm.
§96. n. 1. 114 εἰπεῖν. Winer § 15 εἶπον.
—With these aorists from an obsol. theme
ἔπω or εἴπω, the Greeks employed φημ:
as a present, Buttm. §114 and § 109. I. 2;
likewise, as also in N. T. the fut. ἐρῶ

ἥΞ α χχγ.'

a νυν νον,

-ὙΣΥΨΟΝ ΝΎ Υσ τ Ν

εἶπον 215

from εἴρω (only poetic) ; also the perf.
εἴρη κα from obsol. ῥέω, with pluperf. εἰρή-
κειν ; Pass. perf. εἴρη μαι, aor. 1 ἐῤῥήϑην
or less usual ἐῤῥέθην Matt. 5, 33. al. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 447; fut.1 ῥηϑήσομαι, fut. 3
εἰρήσομαι, Buttm. 1. ¢. Winer 1. c.—To
say, lo speak, i. Θ. to utter definite words, and
hence implying more than λαλεῖν, but less
than λέγειν ; see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p.
79, 80:

1. Genr. to say, to speak, with an acc. of
the thing said ; Matt. 26, 44 τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον
εἰπών. Luke 12, 3. John 2, 22. Acts 1, 9.
2 Cor. 12, 6 ἀλήϑειαν γὰρ ἐρῶ. Rom. 3, ὅ
et 6,1 ri οὖν ἐροῦμεν ; (Dem. 384. 16. Xen.
Apol. Socr. 15.) Heb. 7, 9 ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν,
80 to speak ; Matth. § 545 init. so Plut, Ro-
mul. 9. Dem. 226.24. Plato Phedon 10. p-
66. a—The accus. is often supplied by the
words or clause’ spoken, as Matt. 2, 8. 4,3.
Luke 5, 13. John 4, 27. 6, 59. al. Hence
εἶπε is inserted like ἔφη in the middle of a
clause, Luke 7, 42.—With an accus. of per-
son, once, John 1, 15 ὃν εἶπον, as in Engl.
whom I said, i. e. of whom I spoke, i. q.
περὶ οὗ in v. 30.—Along with the accus.
expr. or implied, are also further construc-
tions of the person to whom, the’ manner,
end the like; e.g. α) With dat. of pers.
John 16,4 ταῦτα δὲ ὑμῖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐκ εἶπον.
Matt. 16, 8. Mark 2,9. Luke 4, 3. John 14,
26. Rev. 17, 7. Luke 7, 40 ἔχω σοί τι εἰ-
πεῖν, comp. Luc. Tim. 20. Aristen. 2. 1.
8) With εἰς c. accus. of pers. to speak
against, Luke 12,10... y) With κατά c.
gen. of pers. do speak against, Matt. 5, 11.
12,32. ὃ) With περί c. gen. of pers. or
thing, to speak of or concerning, John 7, 39.
10, 41. 11,13; 6. dat. of pers. Matt. 17, 13.
John 18, 84. ¢€) With πρός ὁ. acc. of
pers. to speak or say to any one, Luke 11, 1.
12, 16. John 6, 28. Acts 2,37. Heb. 1, 13.
al. (Luc. D. Mort. 1. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 13.)
In the sense of for, with reference to, Mark
12,12. Alsoc. ace. of thing, to say in re-
spect to, Rom. 8,31. ¢) Withanadverb, or

.a prep. with its case, implying manner ; 6. g.

ὁμοίως Matt. 26,35; ὡσαύτως 21,30; catas
28, 6; so καλῶς εἶπας, thou hast well said,
i. 6. rightly, correctly, Luke 20, 39; and
absol. with καλῶς implied, Matt. 26, 25. 64,
σὺ εἶπας. Hence with an ace. of pers. κα-
λῶς εἰπεῖν τινα; ἰο speak well of any one,
Luke 6, 26; and κακῶς εἰπεῖν τινα, to
speak evil of, Acts 23, 5; see Buttm. §. 181.
5. Matth. §416.—So too εἰπεῖν ἐν πάρι

Aais, Matt. 22,15 διὰ παραβολῆς Luke 8, 4,
Also εἰπεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτούς or πρὸς ἀλλήλους,
to say among themselves or to one another,

| Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16.

εἴπως

Mark 12, 7. John 7, 35. Luke 2,15. John
16, 17. 19, 24. al. Further, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς,
among themselves, Matt. 21, 38; and trop.
from the Heb. εἰπεῖν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ av-
Tov, to say in one’s heart, i. 6. to think, Matt.
24, 48. Luke 12, 45. Rom. 10, 6; so "ὮΝ
n>2 and Sept. Ps. 10, 6. 11. 14, 1. Is. 49,
21; comp. Gesen. Lex. YA8 no. 2. In the
same sense also, εἰπεῖν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Matt. 9, 3.
Luke 7, 39. 16, 3. 18, 4. Sept. for "ax
i222 Esth. 6,6. η) With infin. and ac-
cus. Rom. 4,13 accus. implied Matt. 16, 12.
So Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 6. 5) With ὅτι, Matt.
5, 31. John 8, 55. 1 Cor. 1, 15. (Xen. Cyr.
1. 4,25.) So after a dat. Mark 16,7. John
6, 65.

2. As modified by the context, where the
sense often lies not so much in εἰπεῖν as in
the adjuncts; e.g. a) Before interroga-
tions, for fo ask, to inquire ; Acts 8, 30 καὶ
εἶπεν: ἄραγε γινώσκεις κτὰ. Matt. 9,4. 11,
3. 13,10. John 8,10. Acts 19, 2. 8. So
b) Before replies, for
to answer, to reply, 6. g. to a direct question,
Matt. 15, 34. Mark 8, 5. Luke 8,10; and
so preceded by dzroxpi%eis or ἀπεκρίϑη kal,
Matt. 11, 4. 15,13. John 7,20. Acts 5,29.
Without a preceding question, Matt. 14, 18.
Acts 5, 9. 11, 8; with ἀποκριϑείς, Matt. 4,
4. 12, 39. Mark 6, 37. al. c) Of narra-
tion, teaching, for Zo tell, to make known, to
declare, Matt. 8, 4. 16, 20. 18, 17. Mark

11, 29. 16, '7. 8. John 3, 12. 12, 49. Rev.
17,7. al. sep. Sept. for 735 ὁ K, 22,10;
MIN Job 19, 7. d) Of predictions, for to
foretell, to predict, Matt. 28, 6. Mark 1A, 16.
Luke 22,13. John 2,22. al. Here used
especially in the passive forms, e. g. ἐῤῥήθη
Rom. 9, 12..26. Rev. 6, 11; εἴρηται Luke
4,12. Heb. 4, 7; τὸ εἰρημένον Luke 2, 24.
Acts 2, 16. ἃ]. ὁ ῥηδείς, lit. the foretold, Matt.
8, 8; τὸ ῥηϑέν, that foretold, etc. Matt. 1, 22.
2, 15. 17. 22,31. al. sep. 6) Of what is
said with authority, for to direct, to bid, to
command, Matt. 8, 8. Mark 5, 43. 10, 49.
Luke 7,7. 17,'7.8. 19,15. 2 Cor. 4,6. James
2,11, al. With ἵνα, Matt. 4, 3. Mark 3, 9.
Rev. 9,4. Sept. for ΠῈΣ Ex. 35, 1. Lev.
9,6. f) With two acc. of pers. for to
call, to name ; John 10, 35 εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπε
Beovs. 15, 15 οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω δούλους,
ετν ὑμᾶς δὲ εἴρηκα φίλους. 1 Cor. 12, 3
"οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν κύριον Ἰησοῦν, εἰ μὴ
ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. So Xen. Avol. Soer.
15 πότερα 5εόν σε εἴπω, ἢ ἄνθρωπον. Agesi
2. 12 ᾿Αγησίλαον ἀνδρεῖον μὲν ἔξεστιν εἰ-
πεῖν. «ὦ.

εἴπτως, see in εἰ III. 2. h.

εἰρηνευω

εἰρηνεύω, f. evow, (εἰρήνη.) to make
peace, to be at Sept. for pun 1K.
22, 44. Pol. 5. 8. 7 χώρα ἐκ mwdacas eipn-
νευομένη. Plato Theet. 180. a.—In N. T.
to live in peace, harmony, concord, absol.
2 Cor. 13, 11; ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Thess. 5, 13;
ἐν ἀλλήλοις Mark 9, 50; pera πάντων Rom.
12, 18.—So Ecclus. 6,6. 28, 9. 13.

εἰρήνη, ns, ἦ, peace, 1. Pr. ina civil
sense, the opposite of war and commotion,
Luke 14, 32. Acts 12, 20. 24, 2. Rev. 6,4.
(Al. V. H. 14. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 7.) Heb.
7,2 βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης, king of peace, pacific ;
comp. Is. 9,5. Zech. 9, 9.10. Also among
individuals, peace, coneord, Matt. 10,34. Luke
12, 51. Acts 7, 26. Rom. 14, 19. Heb. 12,
14. 1 Pet. 3, 11. al—Trop. peace of mind,
quietness, tranquillity, arising from recon-
ciliation with God and a sense of the divine
favour, Rom. 5,1. 15,13. Phil. 4, '7. Col. 3,
15. 2 Tim. 2,22. Comp. Is. 53, 5.

2. peace, i.e. a state of peace, rest, quiet,
safety; Luke 11,21 ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶ ra ὑπάρ-
xovra αὐτοῦ. John 16, 33. Acts 9,31. 1 Cor.
14, 33. 1 Thess. 5,3. ‘Sept. for pibty Judg.
6, 23; mua Is.-14, 30. Ez. 38, 8. 11.

3. τὸ Heb. Didt , peace, welfare, pros-
perity, happiness, every kind of good. Luke
1, 79 ὁδὸς εἰρήνης, way of peace, happiness.
2,14. 10,6 vids εἰρήνης; a son of peace, hap-
piness, i. 4. one worthy of it. 19, 42. Rom.
8, 6. Eph. 6, 15 εὐαγγέλιον τῆς εἰρήνης, the
gospel of peace, i.e. which leads to eternal
happiness. 2 Thess. 3,16. Also ὁ ϑεὸς εἰρή-
yns, i. 6. God the authot and giver of all good,
Rom. 15, 33. 16, 20. Phil. 4, 9. 1 Thess. 5,
23. 2 Thess. 3,16. Heb. 13,20. Comp. =
iby , Sept. ἄρχων εἰρήνης, Is. 9, 5.—So
ehisian ὑμῶν, the good or blessing which you
have invoked by way of salutation, your
benediction, Matt. 10,13. Luke 10,6. John
14,27. Hence per’ εἰρήνης, with good wishes,
benediction, kindness, Acts 15,33. Heb. 11,
31; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, 1 Cor. 16,11. So Sept. and
Heb. pibtia Gen. 26, 29. Ex. 18, 23.—
Hence also in the formulas of salutation,
either at meeting or parting; see in ἀσπά-
Coua. Heb. Lex. pibw, B. 1. Thus on
meeting, εἰρήνη ὑμῖν, * peace unto you, i. e.

every good, Luke 24, 36. John 20, 19. 21.

26; also in epistles, Rom. 1,7. 2,10. 1 Cor.
1, 3. 2 Cor. 1, 2. Gal. 1, 3. al. Luke 10, 5
εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ. So Sept. and Heb.
ἘΞῸ, 95 pid) Judg. 19, 20. 1 Chr. 12, 18.
Dan. 10, 19. At parting, ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην,
go away into peace, Mark 5, 34; ὑπ. ἐν εἰ-
ρήνῃ: go in peace, James 2,16; πορεύου εἰς
εἰρήνην Luke 7, 50. 8, 48; mop. ἐν εἰρήνῃ

»

216 εἰς

Acts 16, 36; comp. in εἰς no. 4. Sept. for
Heb. εἰδῶν ἪΡ Judg. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 1, 17.
20, 42. +h

εἰρηνικός, ἡ, dv, (εἰρήνη,) peaceful, το-
lating to peace, Xen. Cie. 1. 17 εἰρηνικαὶ
emtornpat.—in N. T.

1. peaceable, i. 6. pacific, disposed to peace,
James 3,17. Sept. for pid} tax Ps. 37,
37; comp. Deut. 2,26. Plato Legg. 829. a.

2. From the Heb. healthful, wholesome,
happy, Heb. 12,11 καρπὸς εἰρηνικός. Comp, ἡ
εἰρήνη for pipt ‘in εἰρήνη no. 3. ‘

εἰρηνοποιέω, &, f. how, (i. 8. εἰρήνην
ποιέω.) to make peace, to make reconcilia-
tion, Col. 1, 20.—Sept. Prov. 10, 10.

εἰρηνοποιός; οὔ, 6, a peace-maker, paci-
jicator, an ambassador to treat of peace,
Plut. Nicias 11. Xen. Hell. 6. 3. 4.—In Ν.
T. trop. one disposed to peace, peaceful, op-
posed to strife, Matt. 5, 9.

εἴρω, f. ἐρῶ, see in εἶπον.

eis, a prep. governing only the accusa-
tive, with the primary idea of motion into
any place or thing, and then also of motion
or direction to, towards, upon, any place or
object. The antithesis is expressed by ἐκ,
out of. Sept. every where for 3, >, >&.
See Winer ἡ 53. a. : Matth. § 578. Kiihnen
ὁ 290. 2. Buttm. § 147.

1. Of Prace, which isthe primary and
most frequent use, into, to, viz.

a) After verbs implying motion of any
kind into, or also to, towards, upon, any
place or object; e. g. verbs of going, com-
ing, leading, following, sending, throwing,
placing, delivering over, and very many
others of the like general signification ;
e.g. ~-a) Pr. c.acc. of place; Matt. 2, 12
ἀνεχώρησαν eis τὴν χώραν αὑτῶν. 4, 8. 5,1
ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος. 6,6 εἴσελϑε εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖόν
σου. 8,18 ἀπελϑεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 12, 44
ἐπιστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου. 15, 11. 17
πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, καὶ
εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται. 20,17 ἀναβαίνων
εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 21, 18:. Mark 1, 38. 5,
21. 6, 45. 9, 31 παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας.
ἀνπρώπων. 13, 14 φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρη; as in
Engl. to flee into the mountains. Luke 8, 23.
26. John 1, 9. 7, 14. Acts 16, 16. 26,
14. Rom. 5, 12. 10, 18. Rev. 2, 22 (see
in βάλλω no. 1. f). 8, 5. al. sep. (Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 1. Cyr. 5. 4. 5. An. 1. 3. 17.)
So.in constr. pregn. John 16, 21 ἐγεννήθη
εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 1 Pet. 3, 20 εἰς ἣν [κιβω-
τὸν] ὀλιγαὶ ψυχαὶ διεσώϑησαν δι’ ὕδατος.
Matt. 5, 22 ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν, is
liable to be cast into hell ; Winer § 81. 2.
(Xen. An. 2. 3. 18 ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν

——eE OS

vr

A FOS ae

els 217 els

Ἑλλάδα.) So εἰς c. acc. of thing, implying
place ; as John 18, 6 ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω.
7, 8.10 εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν sc. at Jerusalem.
Mark 13, 16. 4, 22 εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ. John

1, ll εἰς ra ἴδια HASe. Acts 15, 38 εἰς τὸ

ἐργόν. 21, 6. John 16,32. 8) With ac-
cus. of person; 6: g. Mark 7, 15. 18 πᾶν
(οὐδὲν) εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνϑρωπον,
for εἰσπορ. εἰς τὸ στόμα in Matt. 15, 17.
Also Matt. 27, 30 καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες eis αὐτόν,
for εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ in 26,67. Of
evil spirits entering into the bodies of per-
sons, Mark 9,25. Luke 8, 30; comp. Luke
8, 32. Matt. 8, 31; trop. of Satan entering
into the mind or heart, Luke 23, 3. John
13, 27. Trop. eis ἑαυτὸν ἐλθών, having
come to himself, to his right mind, Luke 15,
17; comp. in ἑαυτοῦ no. 4. c.—Elsewhere
referring to the place where the person
dwells or is, and itaplying to, among ; Luke
10, 36 ἐμπεσὼν eis τοὺς λῃστάς. 21, 24.
Acts 18, 6 εἰς τὰ ἔϑνη πορεύσομαι. 20, 29
εἰσελεύσονται λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς. 22, 21.
Rom. 5, 12 εἰς πάντας ἀνϑπρώπους. 16, 19,
2 Cor. 9, 5. 10,14. 1 Thess. 1, 5. Rev.
16, 2. al. See Winer § ὅ8. ἃ. Matth. §578.
So Hom. Il. 15. 402. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6.
Mem. 1. 1. 14.

b) After verbs implying direction upon
or towards any place or object ; e. σ΄. verbs
of hearing, calling, announcing, showing,
and many others similar. Matt. 10, 27 et
Acts 11, 22 ἀκούειν εἰς τὰ ὦτα. Luke 7, 1.

Matt. 22,3 καλέσαι εἰς τοὺς γάμους. v. 4.

Mark 5, 14 ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. 11, 8
ἔστρωσαν eis τὴν ὁδόν. 13, 10 εἰς πάντα τὰ
evn δεῖ κηρυχϑῆναι. Luke 24, 47. John 8,
26 ταῦτα λέγω εἷς τὸν κόσμον. Acts 7, 39
ἐστράφησαν ταῖς καρδίαις αὑτῶν εἰς Αἴγυ-
πτον. 27,6. 1 Cor. 14,9 εἰς ἀέρα λαλοῦντες.
2 Cor. 8, 24 εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐνδείξασϑε. 11, 6.
al. sep. (Xen. An. 5. 6. 28, 37.) Espe-
cially after verbs of lookirig, beholding, and
the like ; Acts 1, 10 ἀτενίζοντες εἰς τὸν οὐ-
ρανόν. 3, 4. Matt. 22, 16 οὐ βλέπεις εἰς
πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων. John 13,22. 19, 37.
Acts 1,11. Heb. 11, 26. al. Matt. 5, 35
ὀμόσαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, towards Jerusalem,
i. Ὁ. turning or looking towards it. So
Hom. Il. 9. 373 εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσϑαι.---- ΑΙ5ὸ af-
ter nouns, 6. g. Acts 9,2 ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Aa-
μασκόν, i.e. directed to Damascus. Rom.
15, 31 ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. al.

6) Trop. of a state or condition into which
one comes, after verbs of motion, direction,
and the like; Matt. 25, 46 ἀπελεύσονται εἰς

κόλασιν αἰώνιον, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Mark 5,

26 εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα. 9, 43. Luke 22,
33. 24,20. John 4, 38. 5,24. 16,13. Acts

Ψ

or tends.

26, 18. 2 Cor. 10, 5. Gal. 1, 6. Phil. 1,12.
3,11. 1 Tim. 2,4. 3,6. 9. Heb. 2, 10. al.
sep. For ὕπαγε v. πορεύου eis εἰρήνην, go
into peace, see below in no. 4. —So Xen.
Ath. 1.9. Mem, 1. 2.22.—In constr. pregn.

_Bamrifew εἴς τινα Y. εἰς ὄνομά τινος, see in

βαπτίζω no. 2. ἃ. β,γ. .

2. Of Time, viz. a) Time when, as
marking a term or limit until when, to, up
to, until ; Acts 4, 8 εἰς τὴν αὔριον, till the
morrow. Matt. 10, 22 εἰς τέλος. Phil. 1, 10
εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, i. 6. against the day of
Christ. 2, 16. 2 Pet. 3, 7. Acts 13, 42.
1 Thess. 4,15. 2 Thess. 2,6. 2 Pet. 2, 4. al.
—Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 6. Clic. 17. 10.

b) Time how long, marking a period of
duration, for, etc. Matt. 21,19 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα,
for ever. Mark 3,29. John 8, 35. 2 Pet.
3, 18. Luke 1, 50 εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν. 12, 19
eis ἔτη πολλά. 1 Tim. 6, 19. Heb. 7, 3.
Rey. 9, 15. al—Pol. 32. 13.6. Xen. Mem.
3. 6. 13.

3. Trop. as marking the Enp or Pur-
POSE to or towards which any thing aims
Spoken

a) Of a result, effect, consequence, mark-
ing that which any person or thing tends
to, becomes, or is made. Matt. 13, 30 δή:
gare αὐτοὺς eis δεσμάς. 27, 51 ἐσχίσϑη εἰς
δύο (μέρη). (Sept. Ez. 37, 22. Pol. 2. 16.
11.. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.) John 17, 23 rere-
λειωμένοι εἰς ἕν. Acts 2, 20 μεταστραφήσε-
ται εἰς σκότος... .εἰς αἷμα. Rev. 11,6. Rom.
10, 10 καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην.
15, 2. 1 Cor.11,17 οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀλλ᾽
εἰς τὸ ἧττον συνέρχεσϑε. 12,18 εἰς ἕν σῶμα
ἐβαπτίσϑημεν, i.e. such is the effect of true
baptism. 15, 54, Acts 10,4 ai mpocevyai
σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον κτὰ. Eph. 2,
21. 22. Heb. 6, 6. 8. 1 Pet. 1, 22. al. szp.
So Hom. Il. 9. 102. Hdian. 1. 11. 6. Plato
Legg. 867. b—With an Infin. as subst.
Rom. 7, 4 εἰς τὸ γενέσϑαι ὑμᾶς κτλ. v. 5.
12, 3. 1 Cor. 9, 18. Gal. 3,17. Heb. 11, 3.
al. sep. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5.—So from
the Heb. where εἰς corresponds to Heb. >;
see Lehrg. p. 816. Thus λογίζομαι [τινὰ, ri, ]
εἴς τι, to reckon or count FOR, As, any thing,
Pass. Acts 19, 27. Rom. 2,26, 9,8. Sept.
for 5 aun 1 Sam. 1, 13. Is. 29,17. (Wisd.
9, 6; two accus. Wisd, 5, 4. 15, 15.) Also
λογίζεσϑαί τινι εἴς τι, to reckon or impute
to any one For, AS, Pass. Rom. 4, 3 ‘eis δὲ-
καιοσύνην. Vv. 5.9.22. Gal. 3, 6, all quoted
from Gen. 15, 6 where Sept. for > 33m,
as also Ps. 106, 31. (1 Macc. 2, 52.) So
after verbs of constituting, making, becom-
ing, and the like; Acts 13, 22 ἤγειρεν ad-
τοῖς τὸν Δαβὶδ εἰς βασιλέα. V. 47 τέϑεικά σε

\

εἰ
εἰς φῶς. (Sept. and Ὁ τ Ez. 37, 22.)

With εἶναι, as ἔσονται εἰς σάρκα μίαν,
instead of ἔσ. σὰρξ pia, Matt. 19, 5. Mark
10, 8. al. comp. Gen. 2, 24 where Sept. for
> nh. Luke 3, 5 comp. Is. 40, 4; and so
1 Cor. 14, 22. 2 Cor. 6,18. Heb. 1, 5. al.
sep. With γίνεσθαι; as Luke 13, 19
ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον μέγα. Acts 5, 36. Rom.
11, 9, quoted from Ps. 69, 23; and so
1 Cor. 15, 45. John 16, 20. Rey. 8, 11. al.
sep.

b) Of measure, degree, extent, chiefly by
way of periphrase for an adverb; Winer
ἡ 55. 1. Ὁ. Matth. § 578. d. Luke 13,11 εἰς τὸ
παντελές, pr. to completeness, i. e. complete-
ly, wholly, perfectly. Heb. 7, 25. (Δ. V.
H, 7. 2.) 2 Cor. 4, 17 εἰς ὑπερβολήν, ex-
ceedingly. (Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 27.9.) 2 Cor.
10, 13 εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα, immoderately. 2 Cor.

.. 13, 2 εἰς τὸ πάλιν, again. 2 Tim. 2, 14 εἰς

οὐδέν, for nothing, not atall. Also εἰς κενόν,
in vain, 2 Cor. 6, 1. Gal. 2, 2. Phil. 2, 16.
So Diod. Sic. 19. 9. Comp. Hdot. 8. 144 és
τὰ μέγιστα. Pol. ὦ. 20. 7 εἰς τέλος. Xen.
Mem. 3. 8. 4 εἰς τὸ δυνατόν. i

c) Of a direction of mind, i. e. as mark-
ing an object of desire, good will, or also of
aversion. a) In a good sense, towards,
for, in behalf of ; Rom. 10, 1 ἡ εὐδοκία τῆς
ἐμῆς καρδίας ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν.
Jude 21 τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ κυρ: Ἰησοῦ X. εἰς ζωὴν
αἰώνιον. Rom. 1, 27 ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὑτῶν εἰς
ἀλλήλους. 14,19. Phil. 1,23 ἐπιϑυμία εἰς
τὸ ἀναλῦσαι. Matt. 26, 10 ἔργον καλὸν εἰρ-
γάσατο εἰς ἐμέ. Rom. 12, 16. 1 Thess. 4,
10. 5,15. 2 Pet. 8, 9. al. (Judith 6, 17.
Thuc. 1. 38.) So after nouns, 6. g. ἀγαπὴ

. εἴς τίνα, Rom. 5, 8. 2 Cor. 2, 4. 8: Eph. 1,

15. al. 2 Cor. 1, 11 εἴς ὑμᾶς χάρισμα. Acts
20, 21. 2 Cor. 9, 13. 1 Pet. ὃ, 21. (2
Macc. 9, 26.) After adjectives, χρηστοὶ els
ἀλλήλους Eph. 4, 32; φιλόξενοι εἰς ἀλλή-
λους 1 Pet. 4,9; so Pol. 1. 16. 10.—Here
belongs the construction of ἐλπίζω and
πιστεύω with eds, (ordinarily c. dat.) these
verbs implying an affection or direction of
mind towards a person or thing, i. e. to
place hope or confidence IN or UPON; 6. g.

John: 5, 45 et 2 Cor. 1, 10 εἰς ὃν ἠλπίκαμεν,.

comp. Acts 24, 15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων εἰς τὸν ϑεόν.
(Hdian. 7. 10. 1 εἰς ὃν ἠλπίκεσαν. Plut.
Galb. 19.) Matt. 18, 6 τῶν πιστευόντων eis
ἐμέ. John 2, 11. al. sep. So ἐλπὶς καὶ πίστις
els twa, 1 Pet. 1,215 πίστις Acts 20, 21.
24, 24. al. πεποίϑησις 2 Cor. 8,22. β)
In an unfriendly sense, towards, against ;
e. g. Matt. 18, 15 et 1 Cor. 6, 18 ἁμαρτάνειν
eis. Luke 12, 10 δὲ ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν υἱὸν
τοῦ dvap. ... εἰς τὸ ἅγ. πνεῦμα. Mark 3,29

j 218

3
ELS

ὃς δ᾽ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον.
Luke 22, 65. Acts 9,1. 2 Cor. 10,1. Col.
3, 9.al. (Zl. V. H. 11. 10. Thue. 1. 130. ib.
3. 85. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2, 2.) After nouns,
Heb. 12, 8 ἀντιλογία εἰς αὑτόν. Acts 23, 36
ἐπιβουλὴ εἴς τινα. Rom. 8, 7 ἔχϑρα εἰς “εόν.
So Xen, Hell. 7. 4. 84 ἔγκλημα εἰς τοὺς
Seovs.

4) Of.an intent, purpose, aim, end, i. e.
εἰς final. αδ In the sense of unto, in or
der to or for, i. e. for the purpose of, for the
sake of, on-account of ; Matt. 8,4 τὸ δῶρον
εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. ν. 84 ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλϑεν
εἰς συνάντησιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 27, Ἴ ἠγόρασαν
τὸν ἀγρὸν εἰς ταφήν. ν. 10. Mark 1, 4 βάπτι-
σμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. Luke 5,
A χαλάσατε τὰ δίκτυα εἰς ἄγραν. 22, 19 τοῦτο
ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν. 24, 20. John
1, 7. 9, 39. Acts 4, 80. 11,29. 14, 26.
Rom. 1, 16. 17. 5, 21. 6, 19. 9, 21. 10, 4.
15, 18. 1 Cor.2,'7. 2 Cor. 2, 12. Gal. 3,
17. Eph. 4, 12 bis. 1 Tim. 1, 16. al. sep.

So Matt. 3, 11 βαπτίζειν εἰς μετανοίαν, unio

repentance. Matt. 18, 20 συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ
ἐμὸν ὄνομα, i.e. on my account, for my sake,
in order to promote my cause. Before an
infinit. ὁ. art. in order to, in order that, etc.
Matt. 20, 19 εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι. Mark 14, 55 εἰς
τὸ ϑανατῶσαι αὐτόν. Luke 20, 20. Rom. 1,
11. 11, 11. James 1, 18. al. sep. So
Hdian. 1. 6. 20. Xen. An. 6.5.14; ο. infin.
Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2.—Hence eis ri, to what
end? wherefore? why? Matt. 14, 31. Mark
15, 34 al. εἰς rodro,to this end, for this
purpose, therefore, Mark 1, 38. Acts 9, 21.
Rom. 9, 17. al. eis 6, to which end, where-
unto, 2 Thess. 1, 11. 1 Pet. 2, 8. 8) In
the sense of to or for, implying use, advan- |
tage, benefit; thus approaching the nature
of the dal. commodi et incommodi, but more
emphatic ; Matt. 10,10 μὴ κτήσησϑε πήραν
eis ὁδόν. 20,1 ἐξῆλθεν μισθώσασϑαι ἐργά-
τας εἰς τὸν ἀμπεχῶνα αὑτοῦ. Mark 8, 19. 20
ὅτε τοὺς ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχι-
λιόυς κτλ. Luke 9, 18. 12,21. 14, 35 οὔτε
εἰς γῆν, οὔτε εἰς κοπρίαν εὔϑετόν ἐστι. Matt.
5, 18. John 6, 9. Acts 2, 22. Rom. 11, 36

et 1 Cor. 8, 6 εἰς αὐτόν, for him, i. e. for his

honour and glory. Rom. 13, 14. 15, 26. 16,
5. 6. 2 Cor. 8, 6. Gal. 4: 11. 6, 4. Eph. 1,
5 εἰς αὑτόν. 3, 2 χάρις δοϑεῖσα μοι εἰς ipas.
1 Pet. 1, 4 κληρονομίαν “τετηρημένην εἷς
ὑμᾶς. al. sep, (Diod. Sic. 2. 57. Xen. An.
1. 2..27. ib, 3. 3.19. Plato Cony. 184. e.,
So Luke 7, 30 τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἠδέτη-
σαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, ἷ. 6. to their own detriment.

e) As marking the object of any reference,
relation, allusion, into, wnio, towards, i. e.
with reference to, etc, a) Pr. in accord

φυσι. nn

eg I Pe ἜΘ ὩΣ

eis 219 εἷς

ance with, vonformably to; Matt. 10, 41.

42 ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφή-
του κτλ. i. 6. in accordance with the charac-
ter of a prophet, or as a prophet. Matt. 12,
41 et Luke 11, 32 μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγ-
pa Ἰωνᾶ, i. e. conformably to or at the
preaching of Jonah. Acts '7, 53 ἐλάβετε τὸν
νόμον eis διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, i. e. according
to, by; seein διαταγή. 8) Genr. as to, in
respect to, as, concerning, etc. Acts 2, 25
Δαβὶδ yap λέγει εἰς αὐτόν concerning him ;
so Eph. 5, 32 et Heb, 7, 14. Acts 25, 20
ἀπορούμενος ἐγὼ εἰς τὴν ζήτησιν. Rom. 4,
20 εἰς τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν οὐ διερκρίϑη. 16, 19
σοφοὺς μὲν εἰς τὸ ἀγαϑὸν, ἀκεραίους δὲ εἰς τὸ
κακόν. 2 Cor. 2, 9 εἰ εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε.
Eph. 3, 16. al. So Luc. Imag. 23. Xen.
An. 2. 6. 30.

4. Sometimes εἰς c. aecus. is found where
the natural construction would seem to re-
quire ἐν c. dat. as after verbs which imply
neither motion nor direction, but simply

rest in a place or state. In such cases the’

idea of a previous coming into that place or
state is either actually expressed, or is im-
plied in the contéxt; Winer § 54. 4. b.
Matth. §596; comp. Buttm. §151.1.8. So
Matt. 2, 23 ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν.
Mark 1, 39 καὶ ἦν κηρύσσων εἰς τὰς συνα-
γωγάς, comp. v. 38 where is ἄγωμεν εἰς τὰς
ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις. Mark 2,1 καὶ εἰσῆλ-
Sev εἰς Καπερναούμ, καὶ ἠκούσϑη ὅτι εἰς οἷ-
κόν ἐστι, i. 6. that he was come into the
house. 13, 9. 16. Luke 11, 7 τὰ παιδία μου
per ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν, as in collo-
quial Engl. my children are to bed. 21, 87.
John 9, 7 ὕπαγε, νίψαι eis τὴν κοχυμβήϑραν
τοῦ Swap. Acts 7,4. 8, 39. 40 πνεῦμα
κυρίου ἥρπασε τὸν Φίλιππον, εὑρέϑη δὲ εἰς
"Αζωτον. 18, 21. 21, 13, comp. ἀναβαίνειν
in v. 12. 23,11. al. So Hom. Il. 15. 275
ἐφάνη Vis εἰς ὁδόν. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4 νόμῳ
εἰς τὰς ἑαυτῶν χώρας ἕκαστοι τούτων πάρει-
ow. 2.1.5. An. 1.2. 24, Bl. V. H. 7. 8
ὅτι Ἡφαιστίων eis’ ExBarava ἀπέϑανε. Diod.
Sic. 5. 84 διατρίβων εἰς τὰς vacovs.—Here
belongs also in N. T. the apparent con-
struction of εἰς with a genitive through the
omission of its noun; as εἰς ὥδου, Acts
2, 97." 31, i. 6. for εἰς δῶμα ἅδου; see in
dons. Buttm. ᾧ 132.n. 30. Matth. § 578. g.
The phrase in Acts is, ἐγκαταλείπειν eis
ἄδου, quoted from Ps. 16, 10 where Sept.
for > at, i.e. to leave or abandon To the
grave or Shedl; not strictly to leave w it.
Comp. Gen. 44, 31.—In other instances εἰς
and ἐν are used alternately, according to the
different shape of the thought; 6. g. John
20, 19. 26 ἦλΨεν 6 Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἔστη εἰς τὸ

μέσον αὐτῶν, but Luke 24, 86 ταῦτα δὲ ad- ©

τῶν λαλοῦντων αὐτὸς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔστη ἐν μέσῳ
αὐτῶν. Here the attention of John is fixed
more on Jesus’ coming and standing; that
of Luke on his actual presence. John 21, 4,
comp. 8, 3. 9. Acts 4, '7. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.1
στὰς εἰς τὸ μέσον.) So καϑῆσϑαι εἰς Mark
13, 3, comp. Matt. 13, 2; and καϑῆσϑαι ἐν,
Matt. 26, 69. al. Also, Mark 1,9 ἦλθεν
Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἐβαπτίσϑη ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάννου εἰς τὸν
Ἰορδάνην ; but Matt. 8, 6 καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περί-
Xwpos τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου ... ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ
᾿Ἰορδάνῳ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, i. 6. the attention in the
latter case being fixed upon the act of bap-
tism ; in the former, also on the coming of
Jesus to the Jordan.—So too in the phrases
ὕπαγε V. πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην or ἐν εἰρήνῃ, go
away INTO peace or IN peace, i. Θ. INTO ΟΥ̓ IN
the enjoyment of peace, welfare, good, the
idea being at bottom the same, but expressed
under different aspects; Mark 5, 34. Luke
7, 50. James 2, 16.. Acts 16, 36; see in
εἰρήνη no. 3.

Nore. In composition εἰς retains its gene-
ral signification, e. g. 8) Of motion inio
a place; as εἰσάγω, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσφέρω.
Ὁ) Of motion or direction to or towards a
place or person; as εἰσακούω. Ἔ

εἷς, μία, ἕν; gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός ; one,
the first cardinal numeral; see Buttm. ᾧ 70.

1. Pr. one; thus ἃ) Genr. e. g. with-
out subst. Luke 18, 19 οὐδεὶς dyads, εἰ μὴ
εἷς, 6 Seds. 1 Cor. 9, 24. Gal. 3, 20. al.
Matt. 25, 15 ἔδωκε τάλαντα, ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ
ἕν. al. With a subst. Matt, 6, 27 πῆχυν ἕνα.
John 11, 50. al. Mark 10, 8 δύο εἰς σάρκα
μίαν. 1 Cor. 10, 8. al. Matt. 5, 41 μίλιον ἕν.

. Acts 17, 26. al. (Xen. An. 6. 6. 14.) With

a negative, equivalent to. not one, none ;
Matt. 5,18 ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρελ-
Sy. Rom. 8, 12 οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός, not so
much as one, not even one, quoted from Ps,
14, 3 et 53, 4, where Sept. for TINEA PR ;

and so Sept. dnd THN WY ND Judg. 4, 16,
comp. Ex. 9, 7. Lehrg, p- 840. So οὐδὲ
eis, οὐδὲ Zp, not one, not even one, more
emphatic than οὐδείς, Buttm. ᾧ 70. 1. Matt.
27, 14 πρὸς οὐδὲ ἐν ῥῆμα. John 1, 3. Acts
4, 32 καὶ οὐδὲ εἷς ἔλεγεν. Rom. 3, 10 οὐκ
ἔστι δίκαιος οὐδὲ eis. 1 Cor. 6, 5. al. So
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10. Mem. 1. 6. 2.—With
the art. ὁ εἷς, τὸ ἕν, the one; Matt. 25, 18.
24 τὸ ἕν τάλαντον. 1 Cor. 10,17 ἐκ τοῦ
ἑνὸς ἄρτου. (Xen. An. 5. 4. 11.) Followed
by a genit. partitively, Buttm. ᾧ 182. ᾿ὅ, a.
Matth. § 318 sq. Matt. 5, 19 μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν
τούτων. Mark 6, 15 εἷς τῶν προφητῶν.
Luke 5, 3. John 12, 2. ἃ]. So with ἐκ c.
gen. Matt. 18, 12 ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν. Mark 9, 17

΄

εἷς 220

els ἐκ rod ὄχλου. Acts 11, 28. Rev. 5, 5 εἷς
ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων.

b) Used distributively, viz. a) εἷς...
εἷς, one... one, i. 6. one... the other, Matt.
20, 21. 24,41 pia... pia. ‘27, 38. John 20,
12. al. Also ὁ εἷς... ὁ εἷς, the one...the
other, Matt. 24, 40 ; εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 Thess. 5,
11; εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνός 1 Cor. 4,6. So εἷς
ον εἷς οος εἷς, Mark 4, 8. Matt. 17, 4. Luke
9, 33. al. Sept. for smagh mg Lev. 12,8.
2 Chr. 3,173 for Nt ons Sm 1 Sam.
10, 3. 18, 17.18, So Heclus. 31, 23. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 4.—In like manner, εἷς... ὁ ἔτε-
pos, one...the other, Matt. 6, 24; 6 ἘΝ ..6
ἕτερος, the one... the other, Matt. 6,24. Luke
7,41. Acts 23,63; 6 εἷς... ὁ ἄλλος, Rev. 17,
10. B) εἷς ἕκαστος, each one, every
one, Acts 2, 6. 20, 31. Col. 4, 6. al. (Xen.
An. 6. 6.12.) With a gen. partitively,
Luke 4, 40. Acts 2, 8. Eph. 4,7. al. For
ava eis ἕκαστος Rey. 21, 21, see in ἀνά no. 3.
y) καϑ᾽ ἕνα, xa¥ ἕν, one by one, singly,
strictly for eis καθ᾽ ἕνα, John 21, 25. 1 Cor.
14, 31; of xa ἕνα Eph. 5, 33; xa¥ ἕν
ἕκαστον, each one singly, καθ᾿ ἕν here quali-
fying ἕκαστον, Acts 21, 19. (Xen. Ven. 6.
14; κ. €. ἕκαστον Cyr. 1. 6. 22. Apol. 15.)
So ἐν καϑ᾽ ἕν, one by one, one after an-
other, singly, Rev. 4, 8. From the analogy
of this correct form has sprung in N. T.
the anomalous εἷς καϑ᾽ εἷς, one by one,
instead of εἷς xa” ἕνα, Mark 14,19. John

8,9. Also ὁ δὲ cad’ εἷς, Rom. 12, 5. See ΄

Lucian Pseudosoph. § 9.

6) Emphatic. one, i.e. a) even one, one
single, only one, Matt. 5, 36 od δύνασαι μίαν
τρίχα λευκὴν ἢ μέλαιναν ποιῆσαι. 21, 24.
Mark 8, 14. 10, 21. 12, 6. John 7, 21.
1 Cor. 10, 17. 2 Pet. 3, 8. al. For ἀπὸ
μιᾶς Luke 14, 18, see in ἀπό no. 3. ἢ.
(Xen. An. 4.'7. 9.) Also i. q. only, alone,
Mark 2,7 εἰ μὴ εἷς 6 Seds. James 4, 12;
eis ἕνα τόπον John 20,7. So Xen. Cyr. 4.
1. 17. 8) For one and the same, Rom. 3,
30 εἷς 6 Beds, ὃς δικαιώσει κτὰ. 1 Cor: 3,°8.
Phil. 2, 2. Sept. and “πιὰ Gen. 41, 25. 26.
(Wisd. 17, 17. Plut. “Alex, 22.) Fully
written, ἐν καὶ τὸ αὐτό, 1 Cor. 11, 5. 12,11.
So Diod. Sic. 11. 47. Pol. 2. 62. 4.

2. Indef. i. q. ris, one, some one, any one,
.a@ certain one; Matt. 19, 16 εἷς προελϑῶν.
With Subst. Matt. 8, 19 εἷς γραμματεύς,
i. 4. γραμματεύς τις. Mark 12, 42 μία χήρα,
i. 4ᾳ. χήρα τις. John 6, 9. Rom. 9, 10. al.
With gen. partit. Luke 5, 3. 20,1. Sept.
for “nx Gen. 22, 2. 42, 16; also SN
Sept. ris, Gen. 26, 10. 27, 44. So Luc.
Demonax 15. Hdian. 2. 12. 11. Thue. 1.

‘Gen. 8, 9. 2 K. 9,2.

εἰσδέχομαι

85.—Also εἷς rts, a certain; Mark 14, 51
εἷς τις νεανίσκος, and with gen. v.47; ἔκ c.
gen. Luke 22, 50. John 11,49; so Diod. Sic.
11. 47.—In this use εἷς sometimes has the
force of our indef. article @ or an; as Matt.
21,19 συκῆν μίαν. James 4,13 ἐνιαυτὸν ἕνα.
Rey. 8, 13. 9, 13. al. So Sept. and STN
Ezra 4, 8. Dan. 2, 31. 8, 3. Comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 655. Heb. Lex. art. sm no. 4.
3. From the Heb. as an ordinal, the τοι,
mostly spoken of the first day of the week ;
Matt. 28,1 εἰς μίαν (ἡμέραν) τῶν σαββάτων.
Mark 16, 2. Luke 24,1. Acts 20,7. 1 Cor.
16, 2. al. So Sept. and "τιν of the first of
the month, Gen. 1, 5. 8,13. Ex. 40, 2: 17.
al. See Gesen. Lehrg. p- 701 sq. Heb. Lex.
art. “mx no. 2. (Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 1 αὕτη μὲν
ἂν εἴη ἡ πρώτη ἡμέρα' Μωυσῆς δ᾽ αὐτὴν
μίαν εἶπε.) Joined with δεύτερος, τρίτος,
Rev. 9, 12 ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ pia, comp. 11, 14; so
Hdot. 4. 161. Eurip. Bacch. 680 sq. +
εἰσάγω, f, déw, *(éye,) to lead into, to
bring in or into, constr. with accus. and εἰς
c. acc. of place. Thus of person, Luke 22,
54 εἰσήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ dpxte-
ρέως. Acts 9,8. 91, 28. 99. Pass. ν. 37; so
with εἰς τὴν αὐλήν impl. John 18, 16, comp.
v.15; εἰς τὸ ἱερόν Luke 2,27; [Acts 22, 24. |
Also εἰσάγειν εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην, i. 6. to bring
in, to introduce, into the world, Heb. 1, 6.
With ὧδε, Luke 14, 21. Sept. for x*a5
So Plut. Sept. Sap.
Cony. 3. Plato Amat. 5. p. 136. ¢.—Of
things, Acts 7, 45; so Xen. Athen. 2. 3.

εἰσακουω, f. ούσομαι, (dxovw,) 1. to
hear to, to give heed to, c. gen. 1 Cor. 14,
21 οὐδ᾽ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί pov. Sept. and
320 Deut. 1,43. 4, 30. al.—Ecclus. 3, 6.
Plut. Alcib. 4. Plato Epin. 989. e.

2. From the Heb. spoken of God’s hear-
ing prayer, to hear, i. e. to hear favourably,

_to grant, in N. T. only i in Pass. Matt. 6, 7.

Luke 1, 13. Acts 10, 81. Heb. 5, 7. So
Sept. and Sat) Ps. 4,.2. 4. 6,95 moe Ps.
4,2. 13, 4.

εἰσδέχομαι, f. Eoua, (δέχομαι,) Mid.
depon. to receive into one’s house, city,
country, or Zo oneself, in hospitality, etc.
Wisd. 19, 16. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 21 Περίνδιοι
εἰσεδέξαντο ἐς τὸ ἄστυ TO στρατόπεδον.
Sept. every where for Heb. ΥΞΡ, where
God is said to gather, to collect, the exiles of

Israel into their own land, Jer. 23, 3. Ez.

11,17. 20, 34. 41. al—Hence in N. T.
2 Cor. 6,17 κἀγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, and I
will receive you, sc. into my favour; ap-
parently in allusion to Jer. 32, 37. 38, where

εἴσειμι 221

eT ee w for 72; comp. Zeph. 3, 20,
where Heb. ve » Sept. εἰσδέχομαι. —

εἴσειμι, imperf. εἰσήειν, (εἶμι to go,
Buttm. § 108. V,) ἐο go into, to enter, constr.
with εἰς c. acc. of place, Acts 3, 3. 21, 26.
Heb. 9, 6; with πρός c. acc. of pers. Acts
21,18. Sevt. for xia Ex. 28, 29. 35.—
Hdian. 8. 7, 22. Xen. Apol. 15; c. πρός
Mem. 3. 11. 1.

εἰσέρχομαι, f. εἰσελεύσομαι, (ἔρχομαι,)
aor. 2 εἰσῆλθον, to go or come into, to enter.

1. Of persons, constr. with εἰς c. acc. of
place, Matt. 6, 6 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖον. 24,
38. Mark 3, 27. Luke 9, 34. John 18, 28.
Acts 11, 20. Rey. 22, 14. al. sep. With
εἰς c. acc. implied, Matt. 9,25. Mark 13, 15.
Luke 14, 23. 17, '7. 24, 3 comp. v. 1. 24,
29. 1 Cor. 14, 23. 24. al. Sept. for xia
Gen. 6, 18. 19, 3. al. sep. So Hdian. 1.
15.15. Xen. Cyr. 7. ὃ. 57 εἰσέρχεται εἰς
τὰ Bacidera.—With εἰς c. acc. of pers. Acts
16, 40 Rec. εἰς τὴν Λυδίαν, i.e. into her
house; but later edit. πρός. Acts 19, 30
εἰς τὸ δῆμον, i. 6. unto the people, into the
assembly. (Pol. 3. 44. 10.) Acts 20, 29 εἰς
ὑμᾶς, among you. Also of demons entering
into the bodies of persons, Mark 9,25. Luke
8, 30. 22, 3. al. or into swine Mark 5, 12.
13. Luke 8, 32. 33. With εἰς implied,
Matt. 12, 45. Luke 11, 26.—With ἐν c. dat.
of pers. Rev. 11, 11 πνεῦμα ζωῆς εἰσῆλθεν
ἐν αὐτοῖς, (Rec. ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς,) 1. 6. life entered
and remained in them ; see in ἐν no. 4,-and
comp. Winer § 54. 4. Matth, § 577. With
παρά c. dat. of pers. to enter in by or with
any one, to lodge with, Luke 19,7; πρός
c. ace. of pers. to enter to any one, i. e. into
his house, etc. Mark 15, 43. Acts 10, 3.
17,2. Rev. 3, 20. (Ceb. Tab. 29. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 1.) With ὑπό, c. acc. of
place, e. &: ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην, Matt. 8,8. So

&. adv. ἔσω Matt. 26, 58; ὅπου Mark 14,

; ὧδε Matt. 22, 12.
ἘΠΕ Trop. of persons, with εἰς c. avc. of
state or condition; Matt. 18,8. 9 εἰς τὴν
ζωήν. Mark 9, 43. 45 3 els τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ

Seov, Matt. 5,20. 18,3. 19,24. Mark 9, 47.

John 3, 5. Acts 14, 223 εἰς τὴν χαρὰν rod
κυρίου, Matt. 25, 21.23; εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν,
Heb. 3, 11. 4,1. 8. With εἰς implied, Matt.
7,13. 23,14. Luke 11, 52. 13, 24.—So
Matt. 26, 41 εἰσέρχεσϑαι εἰς πειρασμόν, to
enter into temptation, i. e. to fall into it.
John 4, 38 ὑμεῖς eis τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσε-
ληλύϑατε, ye have entered into their labours,
i.e. ye follow them and reap the fruits of
their labours. Ὁ ᾿
8. Of things, to enter in or into, equiva-

εἰσπορευομαι

lent to εἰσφέρομαι, ‘to be brought or put
into; so of food, εἰς τὸ στόμα, Matt. 15,11.
Acts 11, 8; comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.17 ra
eigiovra. With διά ὁ. gen. of that through
which any thing enters; Luke 18, 25 διὰ
τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφιδὸς εἰσελϑεῖν. Matt. 19, 24
Grb. comp. Plato Tim. 78. e.—Trop. Rom.
5, 12. Luke 9, 46 εἰσῆλθε διαλογισμὸς ἐν
αὐτοῖς i. 6. there arose-a dispute among
them. (Jos. Ant. 14, 14,4 ᾿Αντώνιον οἶκτος
εἰσέρχεται. Eurip. Iph. in Aul. 1385; see
Herm. ad Vig. p. 758.) James 5, 4 ai Boal
eis Ta ὦτα κυρίου εἰσεληλύϑασιν. So hope,
Heb. 6; 19 εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον
κτλ. entering in, i. e. extending even unto,

4. From the Heb. εἰσέρχομαι καὶ ἐξ-
é€pxopat, to go inand out, spoken of one’s
daily walk and life; e. g. of Jesus, Acts 1,
21 ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, i. 6. among us, in our com-
pany. Trop. John 10,9. Comp. εἰσπ. καὶ
ἐκπορεύομαι Acts 9,28. So Sept. and Heb.
RZ] 8B, 2 Chr. 1,10; for which Sept.
εἰσπ. καὶ ἐκπορεύομαι, Deut. 31, 2; εἴσοδος
καὶ ἔξοδος, 1 Sam. 29,6. +

εἰσκαλέω, &, f. ἔσω, (καλέω,) to call
in, to invite in, Luc. Pseudol. 23. Xen. ic.
4. 15.—In N. T. only Mid. to cali in, to in-
vile in, sc. unto oneself, into one’s house,
Acts 10, 23.

εἴσοδος, ov, 4, (63ds,) pr. way into a
place, entrance, Hom. Od. 10. 90. Sept. for
nina Judg. 1, 24. 25.—In N. T. entrance,
the act or power of entering, with εἰς c. acc.
of place 2 Pet. 1, 11; c. gen. Heb. 10, 19;
with πρός c. acc. of person, entrance to any
one, access, 1 Thess. 1, 9. 2, 1; absol.
Acts 13, 24. Sept. and xin 1 Sam. 16, 4.
Mal. 3, 2. So Hdian. 1; 13. 9. Plato Tim.
61. a.

εἰσπηδάω, &, f. how, (πηδάω,) to leap
in, to spring in, 6. g. εἰς τὸν dxAor among
the people Acts 14,14; absol. Acts 16, 29..
Sept. for xin Am. 5, 19.—Dem. 539. 31. ;
Xen. An. 1. 5. 8.

εἰσπορεύομαι; f. edoouat, Pass. depon.
(πορεύομαι.

1. 10 go in, to enter ; of persons, with, εἰς
c. acc. of place, Mark 1, 21. 6, 56. 11, 2.
Acts 3, 2; εἰς impl. Luke 8, 16. 11, 33. 19,
30, comp. Mark 11, 2. Sept. for xin Gen.
23,10. 40, 29. al. So Ceb. Tab. 4; absol.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21.—With πρός c. ace. of
pers. to enter to any one, i. 6. into his house,
Acts 28, 30; so Sept. for xin Gen. 44, 30.
Esth. 2,14. With adv. ὅπου Mark 5, 403
ot Luke 22,10; also κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους; from
house to house, Acts 8, 3.

εἰστρέχω

2. Of things, fo enter in, see in εἰσέρχομαι
no. 3. So with εἰς, Matt. 15, 17. Mark 7,
15. 18. 19.—Trop. i. q. to arise in the mind,
Mark 4, 19.

3. From the Heb. εἰσπορεύομαι καὶ ἐκπο-
pevopa, to go in and out, spoken of one’s
daily life and walk, Acts 9,28; see fully in
εἰσέρχομαι no. 4.

εἰστρέχω, aor. 2 εἰσέδραμον, (τρέχω,)
to run in, e. g. into ἃ house, absol. Acts 12,
14.—2 Mace. 5, 26 εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Hdian.
1. 17. 7. Xen. An. 5. 2. 16.

εἰσφέρω, (φέρω,) aor. 2 εἰσήνεγκον, aor.
1 εἰσήνεγκα, to bear into, to bring into, con-
str. with acc. and εἰς ὁ. acc. of place, 1 Tim.
6, 7 οὐδὲν εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον. Heb.
18, 11; εἰς impl. Luke 5, 18.19. Sept. for
_ van Num. 31, 54.al. (Plut. Mor. II. p. 24.

Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 10.) Of persons, with εἰς
c. acc. of state, condition, i. q. to lead into,
e. g. εἰς πειρασμόν, Matt. 6, 13. Luke 11,
4.—Trop. εἰσφέρειν τι εἰς τὰς ἀκοάς τινος,
to bring to (into) the ears of any one, to an-
nounce, Acts 17, 20. Comp. Eurip. Bacch.
649 τοὺς λόγους yap εἰσφέρεις καινοὺς ἀεί.
Soph. Aj. Flagell. 149 εἰς ὦτω φέρειν.

εἶτα, adv. then. 1. Of time, ice. after-
wards, after that, Mark 8,25 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέ-
Syke. Luke 8,12. John 13, 5. 19,27. 20, 27.
James 1,15. So Plut. Mor. Il. p.19. Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 13.—Emphat. with a participle,
Mark 4, 17 εἶτα γενομένης ϑλίψεως κτλ.
comp. Buttm. ᾧ 144. n. 13. ὁ 149. m. 19.
Kiihner ᾧ 812. n. 8. So Xen. An. 1. 2. 25.

2. Of order and succession, as πρῶτον...
εἶτα, 1 Tim. 2, 13. 3, 10. Mark 4, 28 bis;
πρῶτον, δεύτερον, τρίτον... εἶτα, 1 Cor. 12,
28; ἔπειτα... εἶτα 1 Cor. 1,7. 24; invert-
ed, v. 5.—So πρῶτον... εἶτα Xen. Mem. 1.
21, An: 1.3.2. :

3. As a continuative particle, then, so
then, consequently, Heb, 12,9; comp. Buttm.
ἢ 149. τη. 19.—Plut. de esu Carn. 2. 2.
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 18.

εἴτε, see in ef ΠΠ. 2. i.

εἴων α, see ἔσω.

ἐκ, and ἐξ before a vowel (Buttm. § 26.
6), a prep. governing only the genitive, with
the primary signif. out of, from, of; Lat. e,
ex; spoken of such objects as before were
in or within another, (see in ἀπό init.) but
are now separated from it, either in respect
of place, time, source or origin, ete. It is
the direct antithesis of εἰς. Sept. chiefly
for 73. See Winer § 51. Kiihner § 288. 2.
Matth. § 569.

1. Of Pracg, which is the primary and
most frequent use, out of, from, viz.

s

222 ἐκ

a) After verbs implying motion of any
kind out of or from any place or object, e. g.
verbs of going, coming, sending, throwing,
falling, gathering, separating, removing, and
very many others of like meaning. Matt. 2,
6 καὶ σὺ Βηϑλεέμ, ἐκ σοῦ yap ἐξελεύσεται
ἡγούμενος. Mark 5,2. Matt.'7,5 ἔκβαλε τὴν
δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφϑαλμοῦ σοῦ. 13, 52. John 2,
15. Luke 2, 4 ἀνέβη Ἰωσὴφ ἐκ πόλεως Na-
(αρὲτ εἰς τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν. Mark 1. 11 φωνὴ
ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν. 9,7. Matt. 17, 5.
Luke 10, 18 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα. 17, 24.
23, 55. John 1, 19 ἀπέστειλαν ἐξ Ἵεροσολ.
13, 1. Heb. 3, 16. Matt. 2,15 ἐξ Αἰγύπτου
ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου. 13,49 ἀφοριοῦσι τοὺς
πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τ. dix. Mark 11, 8 ἔκοπτον
ἐκ τῶν δένδρων. Rom. 11, 24. Mark 13, 27
ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ἐκ τῶν τεσσ. ἀνέ-
μων. 2 Thess. 2,'7 ἐκ μέσου γένηται, i. 6.
be taken away. Rev. 2,5. Mark 13,15 ἄραί
τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας. Matt. 24, 17. (Xen. Cyr.
7. 2. 5.) Mark 16, 3 ris ἀποκυλίσει τὸν λί-
Sov ἐκ τῆς Spas. Acts 23, 10. 27, 29. 30
φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου. al. sepiss. Comp. 7a
Heb. Lex. no. 2. So Hdian. 1. 15. 2. Xen.
Hell. 1. 1. 32 φυγεῖν ἐκ. An. 2. 3. 26 λαμ-
βάνειν éx.—With a gen. of person, out of or
from whose presence, number, or the like,
any person or thing proceeds, etc. John 8,
42 ἐγὼ yap ἐκ τοῦ Seod ἐξῆλθον. Acts 3,
22. 23. 19, 34. 20,30. 1 Cor. 5, 13. Heb.
5, 1. 1 John 2, 19. al. Mark 7,20 τὸ ἐκ rot
ἀνϑρ. πορευόμενον. So Xen. Ven.12.9.—Also
of persons out of whom demons are cast, or
depart; Mark 7, 26. 29. 9, 25. Luke 4, 35.
Here it is interchanged with ἀπό, as Luke
4,41. 8, 3. 33; see in ἀπό note 1.—So
by Hebr. ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος τινός, to
come forth out of the loins of any one, i. 6.
to be born to him, Heb. 7, 5, comp. v. 10.
Sept. and ybrma xx Gen. 35, 11. 2 Chr.
6, 9.4;

b) After verbs implying direction out
or from any place or object ; thus marking
the terminus de quo, the point: from which
the direction sets off or tends. Luke 5, 3
ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου. John 19, 23 ἐκ τῶν
ἄνωϑεν ὑφαντός. Mark 11, 20 συκῆν ἐξηραμ-
μένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν. (Sept. κατέστρεψε ἐκ ῥιζῶν
ὄρη for W782 Job 28,9.) Acts 28, 4 κρε-
μάμενον τὸ ϑηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. (Xen.
Mem. 8. 10. 18.) ν. 17. Rev. 9,13. Comp.
Matth. ὁ 574. p. 1133. So Jos. Ant. 14. 7,
1. Xen. An. 1. 8. 10 εἶχον τὰ δρέπανα ἐκ
τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς πλάγιον ἀποτεταμένα.----Β Ὁ
Hebraism, Rey. 18, 20 ἔκρινεν ὁ ϑεὸς τὸ ᾿
κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς, and 19,2 ἐξεδίκησε τὸ
αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὑτοῦ ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς,
i. 6. God has avenged or taken vengeance

ἐκ 223 ἐκ

of or from her. Sept. ἐκδικέω ἐκ for ppd
2 032K. 9,7; Sept. ἐκζητέω ἐκ for wo
72 OF Gen. 9, 5; Sept. δικάζω v. κρίνω ἐκ
for 72 LEY 1 Sam. 24, 16. 2 Sam. 18, 19.
—So in constr. pregn. Rev. 15, 2 τοὺς νι-
κῶντας ἐκ τοῦ Snpiov κτλ. i. e. those who
come off conquerors from or over the beast.
—As marking the direction in which one
person or thing is placed from or in respect
to another, as καϑίσαι, iordvat, εἶναι, ἐκ
δεξιᾶς, ἐκ δεξιῶν, ἐξ εὐωνύμων, from the
right, from the left, where in Engl. we use
at or on the right, etc. Matt. 20, 21. 23.
22, 44. 25, 33. 26, 64. Mark 10, 37. Luke
1, 11. Acts 2, 25. 34. Heb. 1,13. So Sept.
and 72 Ex. 14, 22. 29. 1 Sam. 23, 19. 24.
Ps. 16,8. See Heb. Lex. 72 no. 8. ἢ. So
Pol. 5. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 15 ἐκ δεξιᾶς
ἢ ἀριστερᾶς. An. 4. 8. 2. Eq. 7. 3. Comp.
also Lat. a dextra, a fronte; Fr. dessus,
dessous, ete. In such constructions the
mind passes from the place specified to it-
self; we in Engl. pass from ourselves to
the place specified ; comp. in ἀπό no. 1. ¢. β.
Winer §51, ἐκ.

6) Trop. of a state or condition out of
which one comes, is brought, or tends ; after
verbs of motion, direction, and the like. John
10, 39 ἐξῆχϑεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν, i.e. out
of their power. v.28. Rom. 13,11 ἐξ ὕπνου
ἐγερϑῆναι. Rom. 6, 4 ἠγέρϑη Χριστὸς ἐκ
νεκρῶν. V. 9. Π, 4. ἃ]. Acts 17, 8 ἀναστῆναι
ἐκ νεκρῶν. Vv. 81. 4,2. Rom. 6, 18 ζῶντας
ἐκ νεκρῶν. 11,15. Col. 1,18 πρωτότοκος ἐκ
νεκρῶν. Rum. 7, 24 τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ κτλ.
Luke 1, 74. 2 Cor. 1, 10. ὅ, 8. Gal. 3, 18
Xp. qpas ἐξηγόρασεν ἐκ τῆς κατάρας. John
12, 271 σῶσόν pe ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης. Heb.
5, 7. Luke 1, 71. (Xen. An. 3.2.11.) John
17, 15 ἵνα τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ.
Rev. 3, 10. 2,21. μετανοῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πορ-
veias. V. 22. 9,20. 21. Acts 1,25 ἀποστολὴ
ἐξ ἣς παρέβη “Iovdas. Also John 5, 24.
2 Tim. 2, 26. James 5,20. 1 Pet. 1, 18 et
1 Cor. 9, 19. 1 Pet. 2,9. 2 Pet. 2,21. Rev.
14, 13 ἀναπαύσωνται ἐκ τῶν κόπων αὑτῶν.
al. sep.—Hom. Il. 10. 107. Hdian. 7. 12. 18.
Lys. 179. 27.

d) Before a genit. expressing a whole
out of or from which a part is taken or is
spoken of, i. e. in a partitive sense ; comp. in
ἀπό πιο. 1.6. Thus a) Ofawhole class,
number, genus, or the like, out of which
one is taken, of which he forms part; Sing.
Luke 22, 3 ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριϑμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα.
John 15, 19 bis. 1 Cor. 12, 15. 16 οὐκ εἰμὲ
(ἔστι) ἐκ τοῦ σώματος. Acts 10, 1. So
6. gen. of a noun Plur. or collect. where
Greek writers usually have the simple gen-

itive, (comp. Acts 23, 6. 1 Tim. 1, 20,)
Winer ᾧ 30. 5. Matth. §322. Buttm. § 132.
5. a; so after εἶναι expr. or impl. Matt. 26,
73 καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν ei. John 1, 24. 6, 71.
10, 26. 18, 17. 25. Acts 21, 8. 2 Tim. 3,
6. al. Comp. in εἰμί II. 8.c. (Xen. Mem.
3.6.17.) After a numeral or pronoun ; e. g.
εἷς etc. Matt. 10, 29 ἐν ἐξ αὐτῶν. Mark 9,
17. Luke 15, 4. al. δύο Mark 16, 12. John
1, 35; πέντε ἐξ αὐτῶν Matt. 25,2; πρῶτος
ἐξ Acts 26, 23 ; δεκάτην ἐκ Heb. 7, 4. (Xen.
Hell. 1. 2. 9.) After τὶς indef. Heb. 4,1
δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν. James 2, 16; τινὲς Luke
11, 15. Acts 11, 20. Rom. 11, 14. (Hdian.
3. 2. 18. Dem. 1265.28.) After τίς inter-
rog. Matt. 21, 31 ris ἐκ τῶν dio. Luke 11,
5. John 8, 46. al. After οὐδείς John 7, 19.
etc. With τινὲς impl. John 16,17; τινὲς
v. πολλοί Rev. 11,9. 8) After verbs sig-
nifying ἐο eat, drink, or partake of any thing ;
where the usual construction in Greek
writers is with the simple genitive ; Buttm.
§ 132. 10. i. Kithner ᾧ 278. 4. c. So after
ἐσϑίειν 1 Cor. 9,7. 11, 28; φαγεῖν Luke
22, 16. John 6, 26. 50. 51. Rev. 2,'7; πίνειν
Matt. 26, 29. John 4, 13. 14. Rev. 14, 10.
18, 3; μετέχειν 1 Cor. 10, 17 comp. 11, 28. -
Sept. ἐσθίειν ἐκ for 182 >28 2 Sam. 12, 3.
2 Κ. 4, 40; φάγομαι ἐκ Ecclus. 11, 19;
πίνειν ἐκ for 772 ΓΘ 2 Sam. 12, 3. Gen. 9,
21. - y) After verbs of giving, receiving,
destroying, and the like ; as ἀποκτείνω, Matt.
23, 34 καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενεῖτε κτὰ. Luke
11,49 ; ἀπόλλυμι John 6,39; βάλλω Rev.

-2,10; διαδίδωμι John 6, 11 ; δίδωμι Matt.

25, 8. 1 John 4, 13. Rev. 8, 9; εὑρίσκω
2 John 4; Savaré@ Luke 21, 16; λαμβάνω
Rev. 18, 43; μαστιγόω Matt. 23, 24; συνά-
yo 13, 47. (Plut. Cim. 5 λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν...
ἀσπίδων.) In such cases an accus. would
imply the whole; and Gr. writers to ex-
press a part usually put the simple genitive
(comp. Rev. 2, 17); Buttm. ᾧ 182. 5. c.
Matth. § 323.

Nore 1. On the mutual relation and occa-
sional interchange of ἐκ and ἀπό, see in ἀπέ
init. and note 1, p. 75.

2. Of Tre, as marking the beginning
of a period of time, a point from which on-
ward any thing takes place; so ἐκ κοιλίας
μητρός, Matt. 19, 12. Luke 1, 15. al. (Sept.
for "28 ]229 Ps. 22,11; "88 "220 Ps. —
49, 1.) ἐκ νεότητος Matt. 19,20; ἐκ χρόνων
ἱκανῶν Luke 8,27; ἐξ ἀρχῆς John 6, 64;
ἐκ γενετῆς 9,13 ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος 9, 32; also
Acts 9, 33. 15, 21. 24, 10. ἃ]. So 2].
V. H. 3. 4. Hdian. 6. 2. '7. Plato Men. 234.
e.—Hence it may sometimes be rendered
after, as Rom. 1, 4 ἐξ ἀναστάσεων νεκρῶν

ἐκ 224 ἐκ

4

Rev. 17, 11 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστι, after the se-
ven, i. 6. their successor. So by Hebr.
2 Pet. 2, 8 ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, pr. day out of
day, or as in Engl. day after day ; so Sept.
for pin pin Gen. 39, 10; comp. Lev. 25,
50. Deut. 15, 20.—With an adject. or pron.
it forms sometimes an adverb of time, e. g.
ἐξ αὐτῆς sc. Spas, from this time, immedi-
ately, Mark 6, 25; ἐξ ἱκανοῦ sc. χρόνου, of
a long time, of old, long, Luke 23, 8; ἐκ
τούτου 56. χρόνου, from this time, afterwards,
John 6, 66; ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time,
again, Acts 10, 15; ἐκ τρίτου Matt, 26, 44.
al. Winer § 55. 1. e—Diod. Sic. 15. 43 ἐξ
αὐτῆς. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8 ἐκ τούτου. Mem.
2: 9.8. αν
3. Of the Oricin, Source, Cause, that
from which any thing proceeds or is deri-
ved. Here ἐκ marks the nearer, immediate,
direct source or cause, in distinction from
ἀπό ; see in ἀπό no. 3 init. and the authors
there cited. This is strictly the primary
sense of the genitive case itself, which is
also so used both in N. T. and in Greek
writers ; 6. g. 2 Cor. 4, 7. 1 Thess. 5, 8.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 1 ter.—Spoken
a) Of persons, viz. of the place, stock,
family, condition, out of which one is deri-
ved, or to which he belongs; e.g. α)
Of the place, circle, community, whence
one is, where one resides ; Luke 8, 27 ἀνήρ
τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως. 28, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας
Ἡρώδου ἐστί. John 1, 47. Acts 23, 84. al.
So ὁ ἐξ ὑμών, of you, i. e. of your city, com-
munity, Col. 4, 9.12. So Hdian. 6. 7. 7.
Luc. D. Mort. 27. 9. Diod. Sic. 16. 61 ult.
—So Luke 11,13 6 πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,
heavenly Father ; elsewhere usually ἐν οὐ-
pave Matt. 5, 45. 6, 9. 7, 21. al. Further,
Acts 6, 9 οἱ ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς κτλ. Rom.
16, 10 οἱ ἐκ τῶν ᾿Αρὶστοβούλου. Phii. 4, 22
οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. John 10, 16.
Comp. Xen. An. 1. 2. 18 οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς,
the market-people. Epict. Fragm. 161 οἱ ἐκ
“παλαίστρας, the athletae. Viger. p. 601.
8) Of family, race, ancestors, and the like.
Luke 1, 5 ἱερεύς τις ἐξ ἐφημερίας ᾿Αβιά.
v. 27 et 2,4 ἐξ οἴκου Δαβίδ. Acts 4,6. 13,
21. Rom. 9, 5. 24. Heb. 7,14. Acts 15, 23
ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἐξ Svar, i. 6. gentile Christians.
Rom. 9, 6 of ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, i. 6. Israelites.
Acts 17, 26 ἐξ ἑνὸς αἵματος. John 3, 6 γεγεν.
᾿ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός. Matt. 8,9 ἐκ τῶν λίϑων ἐγεῖ-
pat τέκνα τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ. Heb. 7, 6. So ἐκ
σπέρματός τινος, of or from the seed, i. e.
family, race, of any one, John 7, 42. Rom.
1,3. 2 Tim. 2,8. (So Sept. for ΘΓ
. Ruth 4,12. 1K. 11, 14.) With gen. of
the mother, γεννᾶσϑαι ἐκ γυναικός, Matt. 1,

3. 5.6. 16. Gal. 4, 4.22.23. So Arr. Exp.
Alex. 2. 16. 2. Hdian. ὅ. 7. 1 ; comp. Hom.
Il. 5.896. γ) Of condition or state ; John
8, 41 ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεϑθα. So
οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί, i. 6. believers out of
the circumcision, Jewish Christians, Acts
10, 45. Rom. 4, 12. Gal. 2, 12.

b) Of a person or thing as the source out
of or from which any thing proceeds, is de- Ὁ

rived, to which it pertains or is to be as-

cribed. Thus a) Of any source of in-
formation or knowledge; Matt. 12, 33 ἐκ
yap τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται. Luke —
6, 44. John 12, 84 ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ
νόμου. Rom. 2, 18. (Xen. An. 7. 7. 43 bis.)
Or of proof, James 2,18 δείξω σοι ἐκ τῶν
ἔργων pov τὴν πίστιν pov. 3,13. Or from
which any judgment is drawn, from, out of,
where in Engl. by, according to ;' Matt. 12,
37 ἐκ yap τῶν λόγων σον δικαιωδήσῃ κτλ.
Luke 19, 22 ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρινῶ σε.
Rev. 20, 12. So Sept. ἐκ τοῦ κλήρου μεριεῖς
τὴν κληροϑομίαν Num. 26, 56, where ἐκ for
"B73. Xen..Cyr. 2. 2. 21 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων καὶ
αὐτοὶ κρινόμενοι. ib, 2. 8. 6. 8) Genr.
Mark 11, 30 τὸ βάπτισμα ᾿Ιωάννου ἐξ odpa-
νοῦ ἦν, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων. ν. 81. Matt. 21,19 μη-
κέτι ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται. Luke 1, 78 ἀνα-
Tory ἐξ ὕψους. John 4, 22 ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν
Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν, i. 6. is first revealed to the
Jews and proceeds from them to others.
Luke 10,11. John 10, 32. 1 Cor. 15, 47.
2 Cor. 5, 2 τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, i. e. heavenly.
John 3, 25. ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαδϑητῶν, i. e.
proceeding from the disciples of John. v.
27. '7, 22. Acts 5, 88. 19, 25. Rom. 2, 29.
10, 17. 12,18 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, i. 6. so far gs it
is of or from you, depends on you. (Hom.
Il. 1. 525.) Heb. 2,11. 1 John 4, 7. Rev.
15, 8. al. sep. So 1 Cor, 2, 12 τὸ πνεῦμα
τὸ ἐκ ϑεοῦ, i. 6. divine. 2 Cor. 8, 7. 9, 2.
Spoken of an affeetion or state of mind out
of which an emotion flows, 1 Tim. 1, 5
ἀγάπη ἐκ καϑαρᾶς καρδίας. 1 Pet. 1, 22.
2 Cor. 2, 4 ἐκ πολλῆς ϑλίψεως καὶ συνοχῆς
καῤδίας ἔγραψα ὑμῖν διὰ κτλ. Comp. Xen.
An. 7. 7. 48 σοὶ ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς φίλος ἦν.--
Spec. 1 Cor. 9,13 ἐσϑίειν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, to
eat from the temple, of the sacrifices. v. 14
(hv ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. Heb. 13, 10. y)
As marking not only the source and origin,
but also the character of any person or thing
as derived from that source, and implying~
connection, dependence, adherence, devo-
tedness, likeness, etc. John 7, 17 γνώσεται
περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς, πότερον ἐκ τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐστιν.
8, 47 6 ὧν ἐκ τοῦ Seod τὰ ῥήματα Tov ϑεοῦ
ἀκούει, κτὰ. 1 John 2, 29. 3, 9. 10. 4, 1. 2.
3. 4. 6. al. John 8, 44 ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου.

ἐκ. 225 ἐκ

1 John 3, 8. John 8; 6. 8 ἐκ τῆς σαρκός.
3, 31 ἐκ τῆς γῆς, bis. 8,23 ἐκ τῶν κάτω,
ἐκ τῶν ἄνω. John 17, 14. 16 ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου.
1 John 2, 16. 4, 5. al—Trop. of the source
of character or quality, implying adherence
to, connection with, that source; John 18,
37 πᾶς ὁ ὧν ἐκ τῆς ἀληϑείας. 1 John 2, 21.
8, 19. Gal. 3,10 ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου
εἰσίν. ν. 12 ὁ δὲ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως.
—Hence ἐκ with its gen. preceded by the
article, forms a periphrasis for an adj. or
particip. 6. g. 6 ἐκ πίστεως, he of faith, a be-
liever, i. q. 6 πιστεύων, Rom. 3, 26. Gal. 3,
7.9. Rom. 4, 16 ὁ ἐκ πίστεως ᾿Αβραάμ, one
of Abraham’s faith, who has faith like him.
So ὁ ἐκ νόμου; one of the law, i. e. under the
law, an adherent of it, Rom. 4, 14. 16.
Also Rom. 2, 8 οἱ ἐξ épiSeias, i. q. ἐρίζοντες.
v. 27 ἡ ἐκ φύσεως axpoSvoria, i. q. φυσική.
Tit. 2, 8 ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας, i. q. ὁ ἐναντίος.

c) Of the efficient cause or agent, that
from which any action or thing directly pro-
ceeds, is produced, effected, from, by, etc.
Rom. 9, 11 et Gal. 5, 8 ἐκ rod καλοῦντος.
1 Cor. 8, 6 ἐξ οὗ ra πάντα. 2 Cor. 1,11 ἐκ
πολλῶν ... τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα. So ἐξ
ἐμαυτοῦ, of myself, John 12, 49. Likewise
Matt. 1, 18 ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα ἐκ mv. dy. ν. 20
τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ γεν. ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου.
Rom. 9, 10 ἐξ ἐνὸς κοίτην ἔχουσα, comp. in
κοίτη no. 2.—So espec. for ὑπό or παρά after
passive verbs, where in the active construc-
tion the gen. after ἐκ would become the no-
minative ; Buttm. ᾧ 134.3. Matth. § 574. p.
1135. John 6, 65 ἐὰν μὴ ἢ δεδομένον αὐτῷ
ἐκ τοῦ πατρός μου. 2 Cor. 2, 2 6 λυπούμενος
ἐξ ἐμοῦ. 7,9. Eph. 4, 16. Phil. 1, 23. Rev.
2,11. 8,11. 9, 2.18. So Hom. Od. 7.70.
Hdot. 2. 151 τὸ ποιηϑὲν ἔκ τινος. ib. '7. 175.
Xen. Conv. 8. 22 ἐκ μὲν τῶν... φιλουμένων
οὐδὲν χαλεπὸν γεγενημένον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀναι-
δοῦς ὁμιλίας πολλὰ ... πεπραγμένα. Fora
like use of ἀπό, see in ἀπό note 2. p."77.

d) Of the motive or inciting cause, espec.
an emotion of mind, out of, from; Phil. 1,
16. 17 οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἀγαπῆς ... of δὲ ἐξ épiSeias
τὸν Xp. καταγγέλλουσιν.---Χοη. An. 2. 5. 5.

e) Of the occasion or incidental cause,
out of, from, i.e. because of, by reason of,
on account of ; John 4, 6 κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς
ὁδοιπορίας. James 4, 1 οὐκ ἐντεῦϑεν ἐκ τῶν
ἡδονῶν κτὰ. Rey. 8,11. 18 οὐαὶ ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν
φωνῶν κτὰ. 16,10. 11. 21. So 2 (τ; 13, 4
ἐσταυρώϑη ἐξ ἀσϑενείας, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ δυνάμε-
ὡς ϑεοῦ, κτὰ. 1 Tim. 6, 4. Heb. 7, 12 ἐξ
ἀναγκῆς. So Hdian. 1. 4. 12. Xen. Mem. 1.
2.31. Conv. 8. 95 ἐξ éy.—Hence δικαιοῦν
Υ. δικαιωϑῆναι ἐκ πίστεως tojustify or
be justified from faith, i. e. on account of, by,

. 15

through faith, this being the occasion of jus-
tification, Rom. 3, 30 ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν
ἐκ πίστεως καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως.

5, 1. Gal. 2,16. 3,24; (elsewhere c. dat.
πίστει, Rom. 3, 28 :) dix. ἐξ ἔργων, Rom.
8,20. 4,2. Gal. 2, 16 bis ; δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως
Rom. 1, 173; δικαιοσύνη ἐκ πίστεως Rom.
9, 30. 10, 6.

f) Of the instrument or means, from, by,
with which any thing is done; Luke 16, 9
ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ, i. 6.
by means of it. John 3, 5 ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ
ἐξ ὕδατος. John 9,6. Heb. 11,35. Rev. 3,
18 χρυσίον πεπυρουμένον ἐκ πυρός. 17, 2. 6
18, 3. 19. With verbs of filling, being full
Matt. 23, 25 ἔσωϑεν γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς
καὶ ἀδικίας. John 12, 3. Rev. 8, 5. Comp
Matth. ᾧ 396. n. 2. ᾧ ὅ74. p. 1133.—Judith
9, 10. Ecclus. 13, 11. Eur. Hec. 573. Xen.
(Ec. 13. 6.

_ g) Of the material, out of or from which
any thing is made ; Matt. 27, 29 στέφανον ἐξ
ἀκανϑῶν. John 2,15 φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων.
Rom. 9, 21. 1 Cor. 11, 8. Eph. ὅ, 30. Heb.
11, 3. Rev. 18, 12. 21,21. Comp. Matth.
§ 374. Ὁ. n. Winer § 51, ἐκ init—Hdian. 8.
4, 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 20. Xen. Conv. 8. 32.

h) Of the manner in which any thing is .
done, out of, from, in Engl. in, with; Mark
12, 30. 33, ἀγαπᾷν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἐξ
ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆςκτλ. Luke 10, 27. Acts 8,
37. Rom. 6, 17 ἐκ καρδίας, heartily. Eph. 6,
6 ἐκ ψυχῆς. (Xen. ic. 10. 4.) Rom. 14,
23 bis, οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, not oul of faith, i. 6.
not in or with faith. 1 Thess. 2, 3 οὐκ ἐκ
πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὔτε ἐν δόλῳ.----
So where in Engl. of, according to, comp.
Winer § 55. 1. c. 2 Cor. 8,11 ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν,
according to your ability. v. 13 ἐξ ἰσότητος.
(Hdot. 7. 135 ἐξ ἴσου.) John 3, 31 ἐκ τῆς
γῆς λαλεῖ. 8, 44. 1 John 4, 5. 1 Pet. 4, 11
ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς κτλ. So Arr. Epict. 1. 22. 1.
Hdian. 1. 4. 21. AE). V.H. 1. 21 τὰ ἐκ τοῦ
νόμου δρᾷν. Xen. An. 4. 2. 23.—Also in an
adverbial sense, 6. g. ἐκ περισσοῦ, abundant-
ly, exceedingly, Mark 6, 51. 14, 31; ἐκ μέ-
pous, ex parte, in part, partly, 1 Cor. 12, 27.
13, 9. 10. 12; ἐκ μέτρου, measurably, mode-
rately, John 3,34; ἐκ συμφώνου, by mutual
consent, 1 Cor. 17, 5. Comp. Winer 55. 1.
c. So Pol. 2. 46. 1 ἐκ τοῦ φανερου, openly.
Xen. Ag. 2.6. Thuc. 3. 67, 92. Plato Legg.
743. a.

i) Of the price, Ott κα froim; Seidl τ ποδὶ
any thing is acquired; Matt. 20,2 συμφωνή-
σας μετὰ τῶν ἐργάτων ἐκ Snvapiov, comp. Vv.
13. 27,7 ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν (ἀργυρίων) τὸν
ἀγρόν. Acts 1,18. Here ἐκ 6. gen. is equi-
valent to the simple gen. which is the usual

ἕκαστος

construction; Buttm. ὁ 182. 3, and 10. ὁ."
Matth. ἡ 864. Winer § 51. p. 441. ed. 5.—
Ep. Jer. 25. Paleph. 46. 3, 4. ‘ue

Nore 2. In composition ἐκ retains its
general signif. out of, from, and implies:
a) Removal, out, from, off, forth; as ἐκ-
βαίνω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκφέρω. Ὁ) Extension,
continuance ; as ἐκτείνω, exrpépo. ὁ)
Completeness, in full; as ἐκδαπανάω. d)
Intensive genr. as ἔκδηλος, ἐξαπατάω; éxra-
ράσσω. +

ἕκαστος, n, ον, correl. adj. (kindr. éxds,)
each, every one, each one of any number
separately ; Buttm. ᾧ 78. 3.

1. Genr. Matt. 16,27 ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ
κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. Luke 6, 44 ἕκαστον
δένδρον. John 7, 53. Rom. 2, 6. al. With
gen. plur. Matt. 26,22 ἕκαστος αὐτῶν. John
6,'7. Rom. 14, 12. al. So Aschin, 33. 23.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.6; ¢. gen. plur. Luc. D.
Mort. 15. 4. Plato Rep. 341. d.—This idea
of separation or singling out is expressed
still more strongly by εἷς ἕκαστος; each
one, Acts 20, 31 νουϑετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. Eph.
4, 16. Rev. 21, 21. al. With gen. plur.
Luke 4, 40. Acts 2, 3. al. (Xen. An. 6. 6.
12.) Alsoin xa” ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, where it
strengthens the distributive force of κατά,
Heb. 3, 13. Rev. 22,2; so Xen. Hell. 2.
1. 27. :

2. Distributively, in construction with
plur. verbs, e. g. where it is in apposition
with a plur. noun or pron. implied; Matt.
18, 35 ἐὰν μὴ ἀφῆτε ἕκαστος τῷ ἀδελφῷ
κτὰ. John 16, 32.. Heb. 8, 11. al. With
gen. plur. Acts 11,29; also εἷς ἕκαστος Acts
2,6. So Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 3; εἷς &. Xen.
An. 6. 6. 12.—In apposition with a plur.
noun or pron. expressed; Luke 2, 3 ézo-
pevovro πάντες, ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν κτλ. Acts
2,8. Eph. 5, 33; also εἷς ἕκαστος 1 Cor.
12,18. So Xen. Hell. 7.1.22. +

ἑκάστοτε, adv. (ἕκαστος,) at each and
every time, always, 2 Pet. 1, 15.—Hdian. 8,
10. 6. Xen. Cony. 1. 14.

ἑκατόν, οἱ, ai, τά, indec. a hundred, Matt.
18, 12. 28. Luke 15, 4. John 19, 39. al. Matt.
18, 8 καὶ ἐδίδου καρπόν, ὃ μὲν ἑκατόν sc.
καρπούς. Mark 4, 8 ; comp. Luke 8,8. +

EKATOVTAETNS, ov, ὃ, 1); OF έος, οὖς, 6,
43 adj. (xarov, ἔτος.) a hundred years old,
Rom. 4,19. Sept. for m2 ne 13 Gen.
17, 17.—On the form and flexion, comp.
Buttm. § ὅθ. n. 4. §'70.n.2. Lob.ad Phryn.
Ρ. 407. ;

ἑκατονταπλασίων, ovos, 6, i, adj.
(Buttm. §'71. 3,) @ hundred-fold, Luke 8, 8

226

ἐκβάλλω

καρπὸν ἕκατ. Matt. 19, 29. Mark 10, 30.
Sept. for psase mya 2 Sam. 24, 3.—Xen.
(Ee. 2. 3.

ἑκατοντάρχης V. -XOS, ov, 5, (ἑκατόν,
ἄρχω,) a centurion, a captain over a hun-
dred men; see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 370.
Dict. of Antt. art. Exercitus, p. 504.—In
-ns, Acts 10,1. 22. 24,23. 27,1.31. So

_Plut. Camill. 32. Hdian. 5. 4. 12.—In -os,

Matt. 8, 5. 8. 13. 27, 54. Luke 7, 2. 6.
23, 47. Acts 21, 32, 22, 25. 26. 23, 17.
23, 27, 6.11. 43. 28,16. Sept. for sb
nina Ex. 18, 25. Deut. 1,15. So Plut.
Lucull. 35. Hdian. 2. 13. 3. Xen. Cyr. 5.
3. 41 bis. :

ἐκβαίνω, aor. 2 ἐξέβην, (Baive,) to. go
out; so Lachm. Heb. 11, 15 ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐξέβη-
σαν, for ἐξῆλθον in Rec. Sept. for nds
Josh. 4, 16 sq.—Pol. 1. 55. 2. Xen. Hell.
7. 1. 29.

ἐκβάλλω, (βάλλω,) aor. 2 ἐξέβαλον,
plupf. without augm. ἐκβεβλήκειν Mark 16,
9, comp. Buttm. ἡ 83. n.'7; to throw out, to
cast out; comp. in βάλλω.

1. Genr. and with the idea of force and ef-
fort. a) Pr. and with acc. and εἰς c. acc. ot
place; Mid. Acts 27, 38 ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν
σῖτον eis τὴν ϑαλάσσαν. Pass. Matt. 15, 17.
Sept. for ΠΡῸΣ Lev. 14,40. (Ceb. Tab.
14. Thuc. 1. 126; 6. εἰς Plato Polit. 298. b.
Pass. Xen. Vect. 4. 2.) Soa person bound
or wounded, Matt. 8, 12. 22, 13. 25, 30.
Luke 20, 12; with ἔξω c. gen. of place,
Matt. 21, 39. Mark 12,8. Luke 20, 15;
with ἔξω simpl. Pass. John 12, 31 viv o
ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληϑήσεται ἔξω,

shall be cast out, i. 6. either with Euthym.

ἔξω τῆς ἀρχῆς, or genr. repulsed ; comp. 16, .

11. Also ἐκβάλλειν ἔξω, to cast out of the
synagogue, to excommunicate, John 9, 34.
35, comp. 22.—Trop. io cast out to scorn
and réproach, to reject, Luke 6, 22 ὅταν éx-
βάλωσι τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν ἕνεκα
κτλ. i. 6. when they’ shall falsely slander
you, i. 4. εἴπωσι πᾶν πονηρὸν ῥῆμα Kaz’ ὑμῶν
Ψψευδομένοι ἕνεκεν κτλ. in Matt. ὅ,11. So
Ll. V. H. 13. 16 of a rejected actor. Dem.
449.19. Ὁ) Also with a greater or less
degree of force and effort, to put forth or
out, to thrust out, to drive out; Mark 9, 47
τὸν ὀφθαλμόν. Mark 1, 12 τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν
ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον. John 10,4 πρόβατα

ἐκβάλῃ, comp. ἐξάγει in ν. 3. With ἐκ ὁ.

gen. of place, John 2,15 πάντας ἐξέβ. ἐκ
τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 3 John 10. (Thuc. 8.108.) With
ἔξω c. gen. Luke 4, 29 ἔξω τῆς πόλεως.
Acts 7, 58; ἔξω c. gen. impl. Luke 8, 54.
John 6,37. (80 ἔξω c. gen. Plato Legg. 873.

OE i i Nea *

ἔκβασις

b.) With ἀπό ο. gen. of place, Acts 18,
50 ἐξέβ. ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων. Absol. Matt. 9, 25.
Luke 19, 45. Acts 16, 37. Gal. 4, 30.—Of
demons, to cast or drive out, to earpel, from
the body of any one, 6. g. ἀπό τινος Mark
16, 9; ἔκ τινος Mark '7, 26; genr. Matt. 7,
22. Mark 1,34. 39. Luke 9,40. ὁ) Hence,
to send out or forth, with the idea of urgency,
haste ; e. g. ἐργάτας eis τὸν ϑερισμόν Matt.
9, 38. Luke 10,23; αὐτόν Mark 1,43; τοὺς
ἀγγέλους, the messengers, James 2, 25.

2. The idea of force being dropped: a)
to pull or draw out, to remove ; Matt. '7, 4
ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἀπὸ τοῦ pS. v. 5 ἐκ τοῦ
ὀφϑ. Luke 6,42. . b) tobring out or Sorth,
Luke 10,35. Matt. 12, 35 bis. v.20 ἕως ἂν
ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νίκος τὴν κρίσιν, quoted from Is.
42, 3, where Sept. εἰς ἀλήϑειαν ἐξοίσει κρί-
σιν for Heb. peta δὲ 1 ΠΝ. 0) Also,
to throw out, i. ἃ. not to include, to leave out,
Rev. 11,2 τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἔξωϑεν ἔκβαλε ἔξω,
so the writer explains it by adding the neg.
καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς. +

ἔκβασ. ἐς, ews, 9, (ἐκβαίνω,) a going out,
landing, from a ship Auschyl. Suppl. 768 ;
from a river Pol. 4. 64. 5.—In N. T. of life,
exit, end; Heb. 18, 7 ἔκβασις τῆς ἀναστρο-
φῆς. (So Wisd. 2,17; genr. and opp. ἀρχή
Plut. de Mus. 33.) Trop. end, issue, result,
e. g. of a temptation, 1 Cor. 10,13. So
Wisd. 8, 8. Epict. Ench, 32. 3.

ἐκβολή, jis, ἡ, (ἐκβάλλω,) a casting out,
sc. of the lading of a ship in order to lighten
her, Lat. jactura ; Acts 27,18 ἐκβολὴν ἐποι-
ovvro. Sept. for bam Jon. 1, 5.—Dem.
926.17. Zeschyl. Theb. 769.

ἐκγαμέξω, 1. iow, to marry out, to give
in marriage, absol. 1 Cor. 7, 38 bis ; others
γαμίζω. Pass. Matt. 22,30. 24, 38. Luke
17, 27.

ἀσγαμίσκω, i. q. ἐκγαμίζω, Pass. Luke
90, 34. 35; others γαμίζω.

ἔκγονος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ἐκγίνομαι, perf. 2
ἐκγέγονα,) lit. sprung from; hence a de-
scendant of any degree, offspring, Ammonius
p. 47. Hom. Il. 5. 813. ib. 20. 206. al.—
fn N, T. Plur. neut. ra ἔκγονα. descend-
275, spec. grandchildren, 1 Tim. 5,4 τέκνα
ἢ ἔκγονα. Sept. genr. for 2 Deut. 29, 10;
"8 Deut. 7, 18. So genr. Hdian. 5.7. 1.
Xen. Lae. 1. 4; spec. Hesych. ἔκγονα"
Τέκνα τέκνων.

ἐκδαπανάω, &, f. now, (δαπανάω,) to
spend out, i.e. utterly, to consume; Pass.
to be consumed, to be utterly spent, spoken

of one’s life and strength, ὑπέρ τινος 2 Cor.

12, 15.—Pol. 17. 11. 10.

ἐκδικέω

ἐκδέχομαι, f. ἕομαι, (δέχομαι;) to take
or receive from any one, Ecclus. 18, 14.
Hdot. 2. 166; also in succession, Hom. 1].
13. 110.. Hdot. 4. 39.—In N. T. inchoative-
ly, to be about to receive from any quarter,
and hence to wait for, to expect, Lat. exci-
pere; c.acc. John 5,3 ἐκδεχ. τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος
κίνησιν. Acts 17, 16. 1 Cor. 11,33. 16,11.
Heb. 11, 10. James 5, '7; absol. Heb. 10,
13. [1 Pet. 3, 20.] So Pol. 3. 45. 6. ib. 20.
4.5. Plut. C. Mar. 24.

ἔκδηλος; ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. i. 4. δῆλος but
stronger, quite plain, manifest, conspicuous,
2 Tim. 3, 9.—3 Macc. 6, 5. Pol. 3. 12. 4.
Dem. 24. 10.

᾿ἐκδημέω, @, f. now, (ἔκδημος,) to go out
of one’s country, to go abroad, to travel ;
Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 6 ἐκδημήσαντος δὲ εἰς Aa-
μασκὸν Ἐλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου. Arr.
Epict. 1. 4. 22.—In N. T. genr. to be ab-
sent from any place or person, 2 Cor. 5, 6.
8.9. Comp. in ἀποδημέω.

ἐκδίδωμι, f. ἐκδώσω, (δίδωμι,) to give
forth or up, to deliver out, Pol. 3. 8. 8, 10.
Thuc. 1.115; to give out on hire, to let out,
Pol. 6. 17. 2.. Xen, Vect. 4. 15, 16:—Hence
in N. T. Mid. ἐκδίδομαι, to let out, to hire
out for oneself, for one’s own profit ; 6. g.
τὸ ἀμπελῶνα γεωργοῖς Matt. 21, 33. 41.
Mark 12,1. Luke 20,9. Comp. Plato Legg.
806. d, γεωργίαι ἐκδεδομέναι δούλοις.

ἐκδιηγέομαι, οὔμαι, f. ἤσομαι, Mid.
depon. (διηγέομαι,) to tell out, to declare in
full, ο. acc. Acts 13, 41. 15, 3. Sept. for
"BO Ez. 12,16. Hab. 1, 5.—Ecclus. 42,
17. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3. B. J. 5. 13. 7.

ἐκδικέω, &, f. how, (ἔκδικος,) pr. ‘ to
carry out right and justice ;’? hence

1. to do justice to, to maintain the right
or cause of any one, to vindicate; Luke 18,
5 ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν ; and so in constr. pregn.
v. 3 ἐκδίκησόν pe ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου.-Ξ-
Sept. Ps. 37, 28. 1 Macc. 6, 22. 13, 6.

2. to avenge, to take penal satisfaction
for injury ; c. acc. Rom. 12,19 μὴ ἑαυτοὺς
᾿ἐκδικοῦντες, comp. v. 17. 20. By Hebr. the
person of or from whom vengeance is taken
is put with ἀπό or ἐκ ; as ἐκδικεῖν τὸ αἷμα
ἀπό (ἔκ) τινος, to avenge blood from or at
the hand of any one, Rev. 6, 10. 19,2. So
Sept. for 72 522 2 K. 9,'7; comp. also for
y2 BIT Deut. 18,19. So 6. acc. Hdian.
2. 6. 13. Plut. Comp. Ag. et. Cleom. cum
Gracch. 5 fin——Hence to punish, simply,
2 Cor. 10, 6 πᾶσαν παρακοήν.
and pp} Ex. 21,20. Ecclus. 23,21. Dem
801. mies

ἐκδίκησις

ἐκδέκησις, cos, ἡ, (ἐκδικέω;) 1. main-’

tenance of right, vindication; hence ποιεῖν
ἐκδίκησίν τινος, i. 4. ἐκδικεῖν, to main-
tain the right or cause of any one, to vindi-
cate, Luke 18, 7. 8. Also c. dat. of pers.
for whom, Acts 7, 24; comp. for this dat.
Sept. Judg. 11, 36. 2 Sam. 22, 48.—Comp.
ἐκδίκησιν ποιεῖσϑαι Pol. 3. 8. 10.

2. avengement, vengeance, i. e. penal sa-
tisfaction for injury, retribution, Rom. 12,
19. Heb. 10, 30; comp. Deut. 32, 35.

Sept. for 7222 2 Sam. 4, 8; T3PB Hos.

9, 7.—Hence, vengeance, for vindictive jus-
tice, punishment ; Luke 21, 22 ἡμέραι ἐκ-
δικήσεως. 2 Thess. 1, 8. 1 Pet. 2, 14.
2 Cor. 7, 11 referring to the evil doer,
comp. v. 12. Comp. Sept. for pp3 Mic. 5,
15. So Ecclus. 7, 17. 47, 25.

ἔκδικος, ov, ὃ, 7), adj. (ἐκ, Sixn,) pr. exe-
culing right and justice; hence an avenger,
punisher, Rom. 13, 4. 1 Thess. 4, 6.—
Wisd. 12,12. Aristaen. 1. 27. Hdian. 2.
14. 6.

ἐκδιώκω, f. Ew, (διώκω!) to pursue out, to
drive out from a place, to expel, Sept. for 424
Deut. 6,19. Dem. 883. 27. Thuc. 1. 24.—
Hence in Ν. T. to persecute, i. q. διώκω, but
stronger, c. acc. 1 Thess. 2,15; with ἐκ
partit. Luke 11, 49. Sept. for Θ΄ Ps.
119, 157. So Ecclus. 30, 19.

ἔκδοτος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἐκδίδωμι,) deli-
vered out or up, Acts 2, 23.—Jos. Ant. 6.
13. 9. Hdian. 5. 4.17. Pol. 3. 20. 8."

ἐκδοχή, ῆς, ἧ, (ἐκδέχομαι,) a receiving
from, succession, Auschyl. Ag. 299; a re-
ceiving in a certain sense, interpretation,
Pol. 3. 29. 4.—In N. T. a waiting for, ex-
pectation, Heb. 10, 27.

ἐκδύω, f. dow, (δύω,) intrans. to go or
~ come out of, ἐκδὺς μεγάροιο Hom. Od. 22.
334; trans. to put off clothing; comp.
Buttm. § 114 dt@.—In N. T. to put off, to
strip one of clothing, to unclothe ; with two
accus. Matt. 27,31 ἐξέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν χλα-
μύδα. Mark 15, 20; acc. of pers. Matt. 27,
28. Luke 10, 30. See Buttm. § 131. 5.
Sept. for pwip Gen. 37, 22. So Dem. 763.
26. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17.—Mid. to put off
one’s own clothes, to unclothe oneself, trop.
of the mortal body, 2 Cor. 5, 4; see in
γυμνός no. 2.

ἐκεῖ, demonstr. adv. of place, there ;
Buttm. § 116. 6.

1. Pr. of place where, there, in that place ;
Matt. 2, 13 καὶ ἴσϑι ἐκεῖ ἕως κτλ. v.15. 5,
24. 6,21. 8, 12. 12, 45. Mark 2, 6. Luke
2, 6. 6,6. James 2, 3. al. sep. So c. art.

228 ἐκεῖνος

οἱ ἐκεῖ, those there, Matt. 26,71. Sept.
gent. for pt Gen. 2, 8. #2. So Luc. Ni-
grin. pref. Xen. Hell. 3.2.14; of ἐκεῖ Luc.
D. Deor. 3.1. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 2.—By
Hebr. joined with the relat. ὅπου, as ὅπου
ἐκεῖ, where, Mark 6, 55. Rey. 12, 6. 14.
So Sept. for nt}... tix 1 Sam. 9, 10. Gen.
13, 4; comp. Heb. Gr. §121.1. Lehrg.p.'743.

2. ‘By attract. with verbs of motion, for
ἐκεῖσε, thither, to that place, as we often say
in Engl. there for thither; Buttm. § 151.1. 8.
Winer § 58.7. Matt. 2, 22 ἐφοβήϑη ἐκεῖ
ἀπελϑεῖν. Mark 6,33. Luke 12,18. 17,37.
John 11, 8. 18, 3. al. Also Matt. 17, 20,
comp. 21, 21. So Sept. and pj Deut. 1,

37. Judg. 18, 3; for mat Deut. 4, 42.—

Hdian. 4. 8. 9. Arr. Epict. ἐκεῖ πέμπει.
Xen. Hell. 7.1.27. +

éxetYev, demonstr. ady. (ἐκεῖ, Buttm.
§ 116. 6,) thence, from that place, Matt. 4,
21 προβὰς éxeiSev. 5, 26. 9, 9.27. Acts 13,
4. 20,13. al. So c. art. of €xeiSev, those
from thence, i. e. those who belong there,
Luke 16,26. Sept. for pea Gen. 28, 2. 6.
—RHdian. 3. 3.6. Xen. An. 5. 6. 24; οἱ
éxeiSev Hdian. 4. 8. 14. Eur. Hec.721. +

ἐκεῖνος, ἢ; ©, pron. demonstr. (ἐκεῖ,)
that, that one there, Plur. those; equiv. to an
emphat. he, she, it, or to he there, she there,
uw there. In an antithesis or opposition, it
usually refers to the person or thing more
remote or absent; elsewhere to the next
preceding, which it thus often renders more
definite and emphatic. Maith. § 471.

1. In antithesis, and referring to the more ἡ

remote subject ; 6. g. with οὗτος, Luke 18,
14 κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος ἢ yap ἐκεῖνος.
James 4,15, So genr. Matt. 18, 11 ὑμῖν
δέδοται...
20. John 5, 35. 47. 8, 42. Heb. 12, 25. al.
sep. Also Luke 13, 4 comp. v. 2. 19, 27
comp. v. 14. 26.—Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv.
15 ταύτης... ἐκείνης. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.
An. 3. 1. 21, 29.

2. Without antith. referring to the definite
person or thing immediately preceding or
just mentioned. a) Genr. Matt. 17, 27 εὑρή-
σεις στατῆρα᾽ ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν δός κτὰ. Acts
3, 13 Πιλάτου, κρίναντος ἐκείνου. Mark 3,
24. 16,10. 13. John 4,25. 5,19. 43. '7, 45.
13, 6. 27. Rom. 14, 14. 2 Cor. 8,9. James
1,'7 6 ἄνδρωπος ἐκεῖνος. 2 Pet. 1,16. 1 John
5, 16. al. Comp. Winer § 23. 1. Matth.
1. 6. So Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. Cony.
2. 25.—With a Subst. of time, and referring
to a time more or less definite, 6. g. ἐν ταῖς
ἡμέραις ἐκείναις Matt. 3,1. Luke 2,1. 4,2.
al. ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς jp. Matt. 24,19. Mark

ἐκείνοις δὲ ov δέδοται. Mark 16, .

“al

ἐκεῖσε 229

1,9. 2,20. ἃ]. ἐν τῇ ἡμ. ἐκείνῃ Matt.'7, 22.
18, 1. ἃ]. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμ. Matt. 22, 23.
Mark 4, 35. al. ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμ. Matt.
22, 46. (Xen. An. 1.7.18.) Also Matt.
8, 13. 9, 22. 10,19. 11, 25. 12, 1. Acts
12, 1. 19, 23. Ὁ) Emphatic, like the
Engl. that one, he emph. where however the
emphasis lies in the construction, and not
in the word itself. Thus where it is’ put
instead of (or by way of) repeating the
subject or object ; comp. in αὐτός no. 1. b.
Mark 7,15 τὰ ἐκπορευόμενα ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, é-
κεῖνα ἐστι κτλ. ν. 20. John1, 18 ὁ μονογενὴς
υἱός... ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο. 5,11 ὁ ποιήσας
με ὑγιῆ, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν. 9, 87. 10,1. 12,
48. 14, 26. Rom. 14, 14. 2 Cor. 10; 18. al.
(Plut. T. Gracch. 4. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 17.
ib. 6. 2. 33.) Or where it introduces a
following clause, e. g. before a relative,
John 13, 26 ἐκεῖνος ἐστι, ᾧ κτὰ. Rom. 14,
15. John 10, 35. Heb. 6, 7. 11,15. So
Neut. ἐκεῖνο before ὅτι, Matt. 24, 43 ἐκεῖνο
γινώσκετε, ὅτι κτὰ. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 3, 21.)
Especially of persons well known and cele-
brated; comp. in αὐτός no. 1. c. 8. Matt.
27, 63 ἐκεῖνος 6 πλάνος. So of Jesus, like
He in Engl. John 7, 11 ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ;
2 Tim. 2,13. 1 John 3,3. 5.7. (Luce. Ὁ.
Deor. 11.1. El. V. H. 2.14. Dem. 301.
18.) Inlike manner ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη re-
fers to the time of Christ’s second coming,
Matt. '7, 22. 26, 29. Acts 2, 18. 2 Thess.
1, 10: Rev. 16, 14.

3. Genit. ἐκείνης, as an adv. for ἐκείνης
ὁδοῦ, that way; Luke 19, 4 ὅτι ἐκείνης ἤμελλε
διέρχεσθαι, where Rec. has δ ἐκείνης. See
Buttm. § 115. ἢ. 3. Matth. § 377.1. +

ἐκεῖσε, demonstr. adv. (ἐκεῖ Buttm. }116.
6,) thither, to that place, Hdian. 3. 6. 18.
Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 2.—In N. T. by attract.
instead of ἐκεῖ, there, in that place ; comp. in
ἐκεῖ no. 2. Buttm. ᾧ 161.1. 8. Acts 21, 3. 22,
5 καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας. So Sept. Job 39,
29. Hdian. 2. 9.15. Pol. 5. 51. 3. Thue.
6. 71. Rare except in late writers.

ἐκξητέω, &, f. ἡ now, (ζητέω,) to seek out,
to search out, e. g. any thing lost, Sept. for
73 Ez. 34, 11; "Pa Ez. 34, 12; also
1 Mace. 9, 26. al—tIn N. T. trop.

1. to seek out, to search out or after, pr.
in order to find out any thing, i. 4. to search
out diligently ; c. περί τινος 1 Pet. 1, 10,
parall. ἐξερευνάω. Sept. for “PM Ps. 44,
22.—Ecclus. 39, 3.

2. In order to get or gain any thing, i. q.
to seck after diligently, carefully ; c. acc. Heb.
12,17 μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν. Sept.
for UPS Ps. 122, 9; Ὁ 1.1 Κ' 14, ὅ.---

ἐκκακέω

Hence by Hebr. i. 4. 10 require, to demand,
as ἐκζητεῖν. τὸ αἷμά τινος ἀπό Twos, lo re-
quire a person’s blood from any one, i. e. to
avenge his death, to punish bloodshed, Pass.
Luke 11, 50. 51. So Sept. and ipa Ez.
3, 18. 20; was Gen. 9, 5. 42, 22.

3. By Hebr. ἐκζητεῖν τὸν Sedy, to
seek after God, i. e. to seek unto him for
aid, to turn to him as a humble and sin-
cere worshipper; Acts 15, 17. Rom. 3,11.
Heb. 11, 6. So Sept. and wpa Deut. 4, 29.
Jer. 29, 13; ta Deut. 4, 29. 2 Chr. 15,
2. 13. icMiicatia. 24, 34.

exapBéw, ἢ, f. how, (ἔκϑαμβος,) to
astonish outright, to amaze, Aquil. for mp3
Job 33,7. Ecclus. 30, 9.—In N. T. Pass.
ἐκϑαμβέομαι, odpa, to be greatly amaz-
ed, astonished, e. g. from admiration, Mark
9,15; from terror, Mark 16, 5. 6; from
distress of mind, Mark 14, 33, where it is
parall. with λυπεῖσϑαι Matt. 26,37. Comp.
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 134.

ἔκϑϑαμβος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (SdéuBos,) quite
astonished, greatly amazed, Acts 3, 11.—
Pol. 20. 10. 9.

ExSeTOos, ov, ὅ, ἡ; adj. (exriSnpe 4. ν.)
exposed, as an infant ; hence Acts 7, 19 ποι-
ely €xSera τὰ βρέφη, i. q. ἐκτιϑέναι τὰ βρέ-
gn, to expose ; see Ex. c, 2.—Eurip. An-
drom. 70 ἔκϑετον γόνον. Comp. Al. V. H.
2. '7 ἐκϑεῖναι παιδίον.

éxxaalpe, f. aps, (καϑαίρω,) to cleanse
out, to clear away, Sept. Deut. 26,13. Plato
Euth. 8. ἃ ; do cleanse thoroughly, Pass. ras
ἀσπίδας ἐκκεκαϑαρμένας, burnished, Xen.
An. 1. 2.16.—In N. T. trop. 4) With
acc. of thing, to cleanse out, to put away,
e. g. τὴν παλαιὰν ζύμην 1 Cor. 5,'7; comp.
Ex. 12,19. 18,7. So Dinarch. 79. 15 ἐκκαῦ.
τὴν δωροδοκίαν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως. Plut. de
Adulat. et Amic. 27 ὕβριν. Ὁ) With ace.
of pers. and ἀπό τινος, to cleanse thoroughly
from any thing, to purify from; 2 Tim. 2,
21 ἐὰν οὖν τις ἐκκαϑάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων.
Sept. for pax Judg. 7, 4. So Xen. Conv.
1. 4. Plato Rep. 361. d.

ἐκκαίω, £. καύσω, (kalo) to make burn
or flame out, to light up, to kindle, Sept. for
"33 Ex. 22, 6. Hdot. 4. 134; trop. τὸν
πόλεμον Plut. Agesi. 31 mid—In N. T.
Pass. to be lighted up, to be kindled; trop.
to be inflamed, to burn; Rom. 1, 27 ἐξ-
εκαύϑησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὑτῶν. So Ecclus.
23, 16. Alciphr. 8. 6, 7 εἰς ἔρωτα. Of an-
ger, Sept. for "22 Ps. 2,12. Pol. 9.10.10. ᾿

EKKAKED, &, f. How, (κακός,) to turn out
bad, cowardly, to prove recreant, Pol, 4. 19

2 n
ALT OUALAL

ἐκκεντέω 230

—-10.—In N. T. genr. to be fainthearted, to

faint, 6. g. in view of trial and difficulty,
9. ev, Eph, 3, 13 διὸ αἰτοῦμεν μὴ ἐκκακεῖν
ἐν τοῖς ϑλίψεσί pov ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν.
2. Cor. 4, 1. 16.. In respect of duty, to faint,
to be weary, to fail, Luke 18, 1. Gal. 6, 9.
2 Thess. 8, 13.—In all these passages
Lachm. has éyxaxéw, see end of the volume.

ἐκκεντέω, &, f. how, (κεντέω,) to prick
out, to pierce oul,.e. g. rods ὀφθαλμούς, ΖΕ].
H. A. 17. 20.—In N. T. to pierce through,
to transfiz, c. acc. John 19, 37. Rev. 1,7;
comp. Zech. 12, 10,. where Sept. for “3,
as also Judg. 9, 54. So 2 Mace. 12, 6.
Pol. 5. ὅθ. 12.

ἐκκλάω, ᾧ, f. dow, (κλάω,) Pass. aor. 1
ἐξεκλάσϑην Buttm. ᾧ 98. n. 6..§95.n. 3.5 to
break out or off, Pass. e. g..a branch, Rom.
11,17. 19. 20. Sept. for 988 Lev. 1, 1'7.—
Plato Rep. 611. d.

ἐκκλείω, f.eiow, (κλείω,) Pass. aor. 1
eSexdeioSn Buttm. §98. n. 6. § 112. 20; to
shut out, to exclude, c. ace. pr. Pol. 25. 1.
10.—In N. T. trop. to exclude, 6. g. from the
intercourse and instruction of any.one, c.
accus. Gal: 4; 17. (So ἀποκλείω Plut. Ai-
cib. 4.) Pass. to be excluded, to have no
place, Rom. 3, 27.

ἐκκλησία, as, ἡ, (ἔκκλητος, ἐκκαλέω to
call out, to summon,) @ convocation, assem-
bly, congregation.

1. Pr. of a popular or other assembly com-
posed of persons legally summoned; Acts
19, 39 ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ sc. of the peo-
ple; hence too of a tumultuous assembly not
legal, Acts 19, 32. 40. So Judith 6, 16. 2].
V. H. 5. 12.. Dem. 1455. 1. Xen. Mem. 3.
7. 6.—In the Jewish sense, a congregation,
assembly, of the people on solemn occasions
or for worship, 6. g. in. a synagogue, Matt.
18, 17; or genr. Acts 7, 38. Heb. 2, 12,
quoted from Ps. 22, 22 where Sept. for
PAP, as also Deut. 18, 16. al. So 1 Mace,
2, ὅθ; 4, 59. .

2. In the christian sense, an assembly of
Christians; genr. 1 Cor. 11, 18. συνερχό-
μενοι ἐν éxxAnoia.—Hence, a church, the
christian church, e. g. 8) A particular
church, as in Jerusalem, Acts 8, 1. 11,
22. al. in Antioch, Acts 11, 26. 13, 1. al.
in Corinth, 1 Cor. 1, 2. 2 Cor. 1,1; of
Asia Minor, 1 Cor. 16, 19; of Galatia, Gal.
1, 2; at Thessalonica, 1 Thess. 1, 1.

. 2'Thess. 1,13; at Cenchrea, Rom. 16, 1

etc, So αἱ ἐκκλ. τῶν ἐσνῶν, i. e. churches
gathered among the gentiles, Rom. 16, 4.

ἡ Kar οἶκόν τινος ἐκκλησία,
the church or christian circle’ which met at

Absol. .

ἐκκρέμαμαι

the house of any one, Rom. 16, ὅ. 1 Cor.
16, 19. Philem. 2. So ἐκκλ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ
Rom. 16, 163 ἐκκλ. τοῦ Seod 1 Cor. 1, 2.
10, 32. al. Ὁ). The church δίδοτε,
Matt. 16, 18..1 ΟοΥ. 12, 28. Gal. 1, 13.
Eph. ‘1, 22. 3, 10. Heb. 12, 23. al. So ἐκκλ.
τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 Cor. 11, 22. 15, 9. 1 Tim. 3,
15. al. Comp. Sept. ἐκκλ. κύριου for bap
mine Deut. 23, 2. 4.

eeicbien, f. vd, (κλίνω,) to bend out, to
turn aside or away, intrans. e. 8: ἐκ τῆς
ὁδοῦ, Sept. for 722 Num. 22, 23; in flight,
Pol. 1.19. 2, Xen. "Cyr. 1. 4. 23.—In N. T,
trop. to turn away, to decline from piety and
virtue, Rom. 3, 12; quoted from Ps. 14, 3.
53,4, where Sept. for "90. With ἀπό c.
gen. to turn away from, to avoid, Rom. 16,
17. 1 Pet. 3, 11; so Sept. for 72 "30 Ps.
37, 28. Prov. 3, ἧς

ἐκκολυμβάω, 6, f. noe, (κολυμβάω,)
to swim out, 6. g. to the land, Acts 27, 42.
—Diod. Sic. 20. 86, 88. Eurip, Hel. 1629.

ἐκκομίζω, f. ἰσω, (κομίζω,) to bear out,
to carry out,.e. g. a dead body for burial,
Luke 7, 12.—Hdian. 2. 1. 5. Pol. 35. 6. 2.
Wetst. in loc.

ἐκκόπτω, f. ψω, (κόπτω,) to strike out
or off, to cut out or off, e. g. a branch or

' scion, ἔκ τινος Pass. Rom. 11, 243 4050]. v.

22, parall. with ἐκκλάω in v. 17. 19. 20. -Of
a tree, δένδρον, to cut down, c. acc. Luke 13,
7.9; Pass. Matt. 3,10. 7,19. Luke 3, 9.
Also of the hand, ἰο cut off, e. g. τὴν δεξίαν
Matt. 5, 30. 18, 8. Sept. for M22 Jer. 6, 6.
22,'7.. So Ai]. V. H. 5.17. Xen. An, 1. 4.
10; τὸν ὀφθαλμόν Dem. 744. 18, 20.—
Trop. τὴν ἀφορμὴν ἐκκόπτειν, to cut off occa-
sion, to remove it, 2 Cor. 11, 12. Sept. ἐκκ.
τὴν ἐλπίδα for 503 Hiph. Job 19, 10. (Hi-
erocl. Carm, aur. Pyth. ἐκκόπτει ras ἀφορ-
pas. Pol. 5. 104. 10). So 1 Pet. 3, 7 Rec.
cis τὸ μὴ ἐκκόπτεσϑαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν;
that your prayers be not cul off; hindered,
made fruitless by your sin; in later edit.
ἐγκόπτεσϑαι.

ἐκκρέμαμαι, Mid. intrans. of ἐκκρεμάν-"
νυμι᾿ (Buttm. § 114 κρεμάννυμι), to hang
from, to depend, Plato Legg. 733. a.—In N.
T. trop. to hang from or upon a person,
spec. a person speaking, as in Engl. to hang
on the lips of any one, to be attentive to his
words ; c. gen. of pers. Luke 19, 48 6 λαὸς
ἐξεκρέματο .avtod ἀκούων. Comp. Sept.
Gen. 44,. 30. Philo de Abr. p. 373. e, 6 de
πόϑῳ ἀλέκτῳ τοῦ παιδὸς ἐκκρεμάμενος. Plut.
de Curios. 18. Themist. 2. 58. So Virg
Ain. 4.19 ‘pendetque iterum narrantis ab
ore.’ Wetst. in loc. ,

εκλαλέω

ἐκλαλέω, ὦ, f. jow, (λαλέω,) to speak
out, to tell, to disclose ; ὁ. dat. of pers. Acts
23, 22 «μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι, where for the
infin. instead of the imperat. see Buttm.
ἢ 140. 7. Winer § 45. eer 11; 9.
Dem. 354. 23.

ἐκλάμπω, f. ψω, (λάμπω,) to shine out
or forth, to be resplendent, Matt. 13, 43; in
allusion to Dan. 12, 3 where "Sept. oe
“711; comp. Wisd. 3, '7.—Ecclus. 43,
4. 8. Pol. 15. 29. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 2.

exravSave, f. λήσω, (AavSdve,) to
make forget entirely, Hom. Il. 2. 600.—In
N. T. Mid. €xXavSdvopat, Pass. perf. in
Mid. signif. ἐκλέλησμαι, to forget entirely,
to be quite forgetful of, c. gen. Heb. 12, 5.
See Buttm. § 114 λανϑάνω. ᾧ 136.3. So Jos.
Ant. 4. 3. 3. Pol. 5. 48. 6. Plato Ax. 369. e.

ἐκχέγω, f. Eo, (λέγω!) pr. to lay out,
to pick out single things, to gather out;
hence to choose out, to select, c. acc. Pol. 3.
114. 1, Xen.-Hell. 1. 6..19.—In N. T. Mid.
ἐκλέγομαι, f. ξομαι, to choose out for one-
self; and so genr. to choose, to select.

1. Genr. of things, c. acc. Luke 10, 42
τὴν ἀγαϑὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο. 14,'7; with
ἵνα of purpose, 1 Cor. 1, 27 bis. 28. Sept.
for "712 Gen. 13, 11.. So Dem. 314. 5.
Xeu. Mem. 1. 6. 14.—Of persons, ¢. acc.
simply, John 6, 70. 15, 16 bis. Acts 1, 2.
6, 5. Sept. for W312 1 Sam. 8, 18. 10, 24.
(So Dem. 1120. ult. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 7.)
With prepositions; 6. g. ἀπό c. gen. Luke
6,13 ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν δώδεκα (Ecclus.
45, 16); ἐκ 6. gen. Acts 1,24. John 15, 19
ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου. Acts 15, 22, 25, τότε ἔδοξε
τοῖς ἀποστόλοις... ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ
αὑτῶν "τέμψαι εἰς ᾿ΑἈντιόχειαν κτλ. then it
pleased che aposiles ... having chosen out
men from themselves, to send them to Anti-
och; here εκλεξαμένους belongs not to ἄν-
Spas, but to the subject-acc. of inf. πέμψαι,
comp. 22, 17. Winer § 39. 5. Matth. § 536.
n. (Ecclus. 45, 4.) With ἐν, among, Acts
15, 7 ὁ Seds ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο διὰ τοῦ στό-
ματός μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔϑνη κτλ. i. 6. God
made choice among ΘΝ ΘΝ δῖοι comp. Wie
ner § 32. 3. a.

2. By Hebr. to choose out, with the idea
- of approval, favour, love; so of God and
Christ, as choosing those in whom they de-
light; 6. acc. Mark 13, 20. John 13, 18.
Acts 13,17. Also with acc. and inf. ep-
exeget, Eph. 1,4 ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ο.. εἶναι.
ἡμᾶς ἁγίους κτλ. So with εἶναι or εἰς τὸ
εἶναι impl. James 2,5. Sept. for “32 Deut.
4,37. Ps. 65,5.—Also in Mss. ἐκλελεγμένος
Luke 9, 35, for ἀγαπητός in Rec.

231

‘Rom.

ἐκλογή

ἐκλείπω, f. ψω, (λείπω,) trans. fo leave
out or off, to omit, Aischyl. Prom. 826. Plato
Legg.'779.d; to forsake, to abandon, Pol. 4. -
62, 2. Xen. An, 4. 1. 8—In N. T. intrans.
to leave off. ἢ

1. Genr. i. q. to cease, to fail, 6. σ. ἡ πί-
otis Luke 22, 32; τὰ ἔτη Heb. 1, 12, "quoted
from Ps. 102, 28 where Sept. for pam Niph.
Sept. also for tax Jer. 7,28; n>> Gen. 21,
15.—Plut. Pomp. 30. Plato Legg. 918. a.
So of the sun or moon under eclipse, Thuc.
2. 28. ib. 7. 50.

2. Spec. to cease to live; to fail, to die,
absol. Luke 16,9. Sept. for 533 Gen. 49,
32; M2 Jer. 42, 17. 22.—Jos. B. J. 4.1.9
Χάρης κατακείμενος καὶ νοσηλευόμενος ἐκλεί-
met. Apollodor. Bibl. 8. 4. 8 Σεμέλης δὲ διὰ
τὸν φόβον ἐκλιπούσης. Fully and strictly
trans. ἐκλείπειν τὸν βίον Luc. Macrob. 12.
Diod. Sic. 1. 58; ἐκλείπειν τὸ ζῆν Pol. 2.
41. 2.

ἐκλεκτός, ἡ, dv, (ἐκλέγω,) chosen out,
elect, i. e.

1. Genr. select, chosen; e.g. of persons,
1 Pet. 2, 9 γένος ἐκλεκτόν. 1 Tim. 5, 21
τῶν ἐκλ. ἀγγέλων, comp. Jos. B. J. 2. 16.
4 fin. Sept. for ssma Is. 43, 20. Comp.
Plato Legg. 946. d, eis τοὺς ἐκὰλ. δικαστὰς
eloayéra.—Of things, select, choice, e. g.
λίῶοι 1 Pet. 2, 4. 6, quoted from Is. 28, 16
where Sept. for jm , comp. Ezra 5,8, So
Lib, Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T. 1. p. 184,
λίϑοι ἐκλεκτοί; gems.

2. With the idea of approval, favour, de-
light, comp, in ἐκλέγω no. 23 chosen, i. 4.
cherished, beloved; Luke 23,35 ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ
Tov ϑεοῦ ἐκλεκτός. Rom. 16,13, comp. v. 12.
Sept. and "715 Is. 42,1. Ps. 105,6. 1 Chr.
16, 13. So Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. P-
747, (Messias) ἐκλεκτὸς Seod.— Spec. of
ἐκλεκτοί, the elect, those chosen of God
unto salvation, or as members of the king-
dom of heaven, and who therefore enjoy his
favour and lead a holy life in communion
with him, i. q. saints, Christians ; comp. in
ἐκλογή no. 2. So with gen. rod ϑεοῦ, Matt.
24,31. Luke 18,7. Mark 13, 27. Rom. 8,
33. Col. 3,12. Tit.1,1; absol. Matt. 20, 16.
22,14. 24, 22. 24. Mark 13, 20. 22. 2 Tim.
2,10. Rey. 17, 14. Also with a subst.
1 Pet. 1, 1. 2 John 1. 13.

' ἐκλογή, ῆς, ἡ, (ἐκλέγω,) choice, election,

‘selection.

1. Genr. Acts 9,15 oxedos ἐλογής, i. 6.
a chosen vessel. So Pol. 5. 63. 11. Diod.
Sic. 13. 72. Plato Legg. 802. b.— Hence
also, free choice, free will, libera volunias ;
9, 11 ἡ Kar’ ἐκλογὴν πρόϑεσις, the

ἐκλύω 232

purpose according to free choice, i. e. the
free, spontaneous purpose of God, uninflu-
enced by motives from without. So Jos.
B. J. 2.8.14 ἐπ᾽ dv3pamev ἐκλογῇ τό τε. κα-
λὸν καὶ τὸ κακὸν προκεῖται. Psalt. Salom. 9,
7 τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν ἐν ἐκλογῇ καὶ ἐξουσίᾳ τῆς
ψυχῆς ἡμῶν. Comp. Raphel. Annot. in loe.

2. Spec. election, the benevolent purpose
of God by which any are chosen unto sal-
vation, so that they are led to embrace and
persevere in the religion of Christ and the
enjoyment of its privileges and blessings
here and hereafter. Rom. 11, 5 κατ᾽ ἐκλο-
γὴν χάριτος. 11, 28. 1 Thess. 1, 4. 2 Pet.
1, 10.—Meton. abstr. for concr. i. 4. of ἐκ-
Aexroi, Rom. 11, 7.

ἐκλύω, f. ύσω, (λύω,) to loose out of, to
set free from, Ceb. Tab. 24 κακῶν ἐξ ὧν οὐ
δύνανται ἐκλῦσαι ἑαυτούς. Pol. 16. 6.12;
to loosen out, to relax, to weary, Sept. for
ΓΝ ΘΓ Jer. 12, 5. Diod. Sic. 18. 77. Xen.
Ven. 5. 5.—In N. T. Pass. ἐκλύομαι, to
be wearied, exhausted, to faint; Gal. 6,9 μὴ
ἐκλυόμενοι, i. 6. in well-doing, parall. with μὴ
exkax&pev. Spoken of the body, Matt. 15,
32. Mark 8,3; also Matt. 9,36 Rec. where
later edit. ἐσκυλμένοι. Sept. for Hf 1 Sam.
14, 28; pay 2 Sam. 16,14. (Jos. Ant. 5. 2.
7. Pol. 20.4.7 τοῖς σώμασι.) Of the mind,
to faint, to despond, Heb. 12, 3 ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν
ἐκλυύμενοι. Absol. v. 5, quoted from Sept.
Proy. 3,11. Sept. for 3. Deut. 20, 3.
So Judith 14,16. Pol. 20. 4.'7 ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
29. 6. 14. Diod. Sic. 20. 1.

ἐκμάσσω v. -άττω, f. Ea, to wipe off;
to wipe dry, c. acc. John 11, 2. 12,3; ace.
impl. Luke 7, 38. 44. John 13, 5.—Ep. of
Jer. 13, 24. Aristot. H. An. 9. 40. Soph.
Elect. 446. Eurip. Herc. F. 1404. Found
in this sense only in the poets and later
prose writers; the Attics said ἀπομόργνυμι
and ἐξομόργνυμι, Thom. Mag. p. 649. Meris
p- 249. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 163.

ἐκμυκτηρίξω, f. ἰσω, (μυκτηρίζω, to
turn up the nose at, to deride.) to deride out
and out, to scoff at, c. acc. Luke 16,14; ace.
impl. 23, 35. Sept. for 32> Ps. 2, 4. 22, 8.
—1 Esdr. 1, 51.

ἐκνεύω. f. ow, (νεύω.) to nod out, e. g.
as a horse, 10 throw out the head,. Xen. Eq.
5. 4. ib. 10.12; then genr. to incline out
with the head, τῇ κεφαλῇ ἐκνεύσας Ken.
Ven. 10. 12; also trans. to avoid, to parry

_ by inclining the head or body, Diod. Sic. 15.

87 βελῶν τὰ μὲν ἐξένευε κτὰ. comp. Sept.
Μὶς.6, 14.—Hence in Ν. Τ'. intrans. to turn
aside or away; John 5,13 6 γὰρ Ἰησοῦς
ἐξένευσεν, ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ, i. 6. he

»
ἐκπίπτω

had turned away, withdrawn. Sept. for
sno Judg. 4,18; 38 18, 26. So Philo Vit.
Mos, 690. 6, ποῖ τις τράπηται, ποῖ τις ἐκ-
νεύσῃ. Jos. Απί. 7. 4.2 Δαυΐδης ἐκνεύσας
εἴς τι χωρίον. Plut. de Gen. Soer. 4 ἐκνεύ-
σας μικρὸν τῆς ddov. Pind. Ol. 13. 163.

ἐκνήφω, f. ψω, (νήφω,) io sober out, to

become sober out of drunkenness, Sept. for
7 ἈΝῚ 1 Sam. 25, 37; 15: pps Gen. 9,
24. Plut. Demost. 20.—In N. T. trop. to
rouse up, to awake, from a state of delusion
and torpor, intrans. 1 Cor. 15, 34. Comp.

Sept. Ps. 78, 65.
ε A . “77°
EXOVOLOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἑκῶν,) willing,

voluntary, acting of one’s own free will, .
y g

Pol. 6. 14. 7. Thue. 1. 32.—In N. T. Neut.
τὸ ἑκούσιον, willingness, free-will; Phi-
lem. 14 κατὰ ἑκουσίον, willingly, of free-will,
i.q. ἑκουσίως. Sept. καϑ᾽ ἑκούσιον for ΓΞ
Neh. 1ὅ, 8. So Neut. τὸ éx. Plut. de rect.
rat. Aud. 1 fin.
᾿ς ἑκουσίως, adv. (ἑκούσιος,) willingly,
voluntarily, of free-will, Heb. 10, 26. 1 Pet.
5, 2. Sept. for 2728 Ps. 54, 8.—Hdian.
3. 8. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18.
- ἔκπαλαι, adv. (πάλαι,.) from of old,
long’ since, 2 Pet. 2, 3. 3, 5.—Jos. Ant. 16.
8. 4 init. Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 9.15. Plut.
Aristid. 17. Found only in late writers;
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq.

ἐκπειράζω, f. dow, (πειράξω,) pr. to
make full trial of ; hence to try, to prove, to
tempt, c. ace. of pers. Luke 10, 25. 1 Cor.
10,9. So Matt. 4, 7 and Luke 4, 12, comp.
Deut. 6, 16 where Sept. for 72; also
Deut. 8, 16. Ps. 78, 18.

ἐκπέμπω, f. Wo, (πέμπω,) to send out
or forth, c. acc. of pers. Acts 13,4; acc.et
εἰς 17,10. Sept. for MWY Gen. 24, 54. 56.
59.—Pol. 5. 103. 7: Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 32.

ἐκπερισσῶς, adv. (περισσῶς) abund-
antly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark 14, 31
Lachm. for ἐκ περισσοῦ. 5

ἐκπετάννυμι, f. dow, (πετάννυμι Buttm.
§114,) to spread out, to stretch forth, 6. g.
the hands in supplication, Rom. 10, 21, quot-
ed from Is. 65, 2 where Sept. for Pi. ©75 ;
also Ex. 9, 30, 34.—Ecclus. 48, 20; genr.
1 Mace. 3, 48 τὸ βιβλίον. Pol. 1. 44. 3. Plut.
Themist. 30.

ἐκπηδάω, ὦ, f. now, (πηδάω,) to leap
out, to rush forth; Acts 14, 14 Grb. ἐξεπή-
δησαν εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, for εἰσεπήδησαν in Rec.
—Judith 14, 17 ἐξεπήδησεν εἰς τὸν λαόν.
Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.

ἐκπτίπτω, f. ἐκπεσοῦμαι, (πίπτω.) perf.
ἐκπέπτωκα, aor. 2 ἐξέπεσον, aor. 1 ἐξέπεσα

Pes eat aad ne eso

ἀν τῷ χε λυ," -. ω-

teh ad”

ere ae oe, a ee ea ee Καὶ

-τ .
en? 2

pos

ἡ

εκπλέω 233

Gal. 5, 4, comp. Buttm. §96 n. 9. §114
πίπτω. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 724; to fall out
of, to fall from or off, intrans.

1. Pr. of things which fall out of or from
their former place ; e. g. stars from heaven,
Mark 13, 25; comp. Matt. 24, 29, and Is,
14, 12 where ‘Sept. πῶς ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐ-
ρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος, for DBR... Of flowers, to
fall off, James 1, 11 and Ἷ Pet. 1, 24 ἄνθος
αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσε, comp. Sept. for ba 15. 28,
1.4. Also of chains from the hands, Acts
12, 7; a boat from a ship, Acts 27, 32. So
genr. Hdian. 3. '7. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8.—
Spoken of a ship, to fall out or to be driven
out of its course, usually with εἰς c. acc. of
place, to be driven upon; Acts 27, 17 dof.
μὴ εἰς τὴν Σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσι. Vv. 26.29. So
Diod. Sic. 2. 60 τὸ πλοιάριον... ἐκπεσεῖν
eis ἄμμους. Pol. 1. 51. 11. Xen. An. 7. 5.
12; comp. éxm. ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ Xen. An. 5. 2.
31.

2. Trop. to fall off oraway,e.g. a) to
fall from any state or condition, to lose one’s
part or interest in that state; c. gen. rijs
χάριτος Gal. 5,45; rod ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 2 Pet.
3,17 ;, also πόϑεν ἐκπ. Rev. 2, 5 Rec. where
others mémraxas. So Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2.
Thuc. 8. 81. d) Alsoi. q. to fail, to be with-
out effect, as ἡ ἀγάπη 1 Cor. 13, 8; ὁ λόγος
Yeod Rom. 9,6. So 583, Sept. πίπτω Josh.
23,14. 2K. 10,10; Raslere Josh. 21, 45.
So Plut. de rect. rat. Aud. 3 Adyos bosihnias
ἐκπίπτων. Plato Phil. 13. d.

ἐκπλέω, f. eboopat, (πλέω,) to sail out,
to sail away, from a port or harbour ; c. ἀπό
Acts 20, 6; εἰς 6. ace. of place whither, 15,
39. 18, 18.—So c. ἀπό Xen. An. 5. 6. 23;
c. eis Aschin. 4. 27. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 32.

ἐκπληρόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (πληρόω,) to fill
out, to make up in full, 6. g. in measure or
number, c. acc. 2 Macc. 8, 10. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4. 32.—In N. T. trop. to fulfil, to accom-
plish in full, e. g. ἃ promise, Acts 13, 33.
So Pol. 1. 67. 1 ras ἐλπίδας καὶ τὰς ἐπαγγε-
Alas.

ἐκπλήρωσις, ews, ἧ; (ἐκπληρόω a fill-
ing out, completion, 2 Mace. 6, 14.—In N. T.
of time, fulfilment ; Acts 21, 26 gad
τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἅγν. an-
nouncing the fulfilment (fall observance) of
the days, i. e. that he was about to keep in
full the proper number of days, comp. v. 27 ;
see Num. 6, 9sq. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 1.—So
ἐκπληρόω, Diod, Sic. 2. 57 νόμιμον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς
ἐστι ζῆν ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων, καὶ τὸν χρόνον
τοῦτον ἐκπληρώσαντες, ἑκουσιῶς μεταλλάτ-
τειν.

ἐκπλήσσω ν.-ττω, f. ἕω, (πλήσσω.)
Pass. aor. 2 ἐξεπλάγην (a instead of η) in

ἐκπορεύομαι

such compounds as signify ‘to terrify,’
Buttm. §114 πλήσσω ; pr. to strike out, to

_ force out by a blow ; but found: only trop.

to strike one out of his senses, his self-pos-
session, i. e. to strike with astonishment,
terror, admiration, Pol. 3. 47. 6. Xen. Cyr.
3. 1. 1—In N. T. only Pass. to be struck
with astonishment, admiration, etc. i. q. to
be astonished, to be amazed, geur. Matt. 19,
25. Mark 10,26, Sept. for 2% Ecc. 7,
16. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 67.) Spec. of admira-
tion, comp. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 134;
so absol. Matt. 13, 54. Mark 6, 2. 7, 37.
Luke 2, 48; with ἐπί c. dat. Matt. 7, 28
ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῆ. 22, 33. Mark 1; 22. 11, 18.
Luke 4, 32. 9, 43. Acts 13,12. So with
ἐπί c. dat. AL. V. H. 12. 41. Xen. Cyr. 1.
4. 27.

ἐκπνέω, ὦ, f. εύσω, (πνέω.) to breathe
out or forth, c. ace. Diod. Sic. 3. 46 ; πνεῦ-
μα Plato Phed. 16. p. 112. b.—In N. T. to
expire, to die, intrans. Mark 15, 37. 39. Luke
23, 46. So Soph. Ajax 1046. Plut. Aristid.
20. Diod. Sic. 15. 87 fin. Fully, ἐκπνέων τὴν
ψυχήν ἔν Orest. 1162.

ἐκπορεύομαι; f. εύσομαι, Pass. depon.
(πορεύομαι.)

1. to go out of, to go or come forth; so
of persons, constr. with ἐκ c. gen. of Place
whence, Mark 13,1 ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ ἐκ
τοῦ ἱεροῦ. With ἀπό, Matt. 20, 29 ἐκπορευ-
ομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ἱεριχώ. Mark 10, 46;
ἔξω c. gen. Mark 11,19; éxeiSev Mark 6,11,
mapa c. gen. of person from whom, John 15,
26 ; absol. Luke 3, 7. Acts 25, 4. Spoken
of demons, absol. Matt. 1'7, 21. [Acts 19, 12.]
Sept. c. ἐκ for 12 8¥? Ps. 19,6; 6. ἀπό
Ex. 5, 20; c. ἐκεῖσεν Deut. 11,10. Soc.
ἐκ Pol. 6. 58. 4; absol. Xen. Ag. 2. 25.
—With εἰς c. acc. of place whither, Mark
10, 17 ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδόν. John
5, 29; ἐπί c. acc. of pers. Rev. 16, 14;
πρός c. acc. of pers. Matt. 3, 5. Mark 1, 5.
Sept. c. εἰς for 821 Ex. 33,7; c. ἐπί Ex.
7,15; c. πρός Jude. 9, 33. So c. eis “a5
An. 5. 6. 33.

2. Of things, to go forth from, to neliind
out of ; with ἐκ, as ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mark
7, 20; ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 7,21; τὰ ἐκπορ. ἐκ᾿
τοῦ στόματος Matt. 15, 11. 18. Luke 4, 22.
Eph. 4, 29. - Also symbolically of a sword,
c. ἐκ Rev. 1, 16. 19, 15.215 (comp. 2, 16.
Is. 49, 2. Hos. 6, 5;) of lightning, Rev. 4,
5; fire, 9, 17. 18. 11, 5; a river, 22, 1.—
With ἀπό Mark 7, 15; διά ο. gen. Matt. 4,
43 ἔσωϑεν Mark 7,23. Sept. c. ἐκ for Nx
Num, 32, 24. Ez. 1,13; for Ἢ 8X12 Deut.
8, 8. 23, 24. —With eis c. ace. of place
whither; spoken of rumour, Luke 4, 37

EXTTOPVEUM

ἐξεπορ. ἦχος περὶ αὑτοῦ εἰς πάντα τόπον.
Spec. i. ᾳ. to be ejected, εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα
Mark 17, 19.

3. From the Heb. in the phrase εἰσπορεύ-
ὁμαι καὶ ἐκπορεύομαι, to go in and out, i. e.
to perform one’s daily duties, Acts 9, 28 ;
see in εἰσπορεύομαι no. 3; and espec. in
εἰσέρχομαι no. 4.

ἐκπορνεύω, f. εύσω, (πορνεύω,) 4. d.
to whore tt out, to give aneself over to fornica-
tion, absol. Jude 7. Sept. for mir Gen. 38,
24. Ex. 34, 16.—Test. XII Patr. p. 653.

ἐκπτύω, f. ὑσω, πτύω, to spit out, Hom.
Od. 5. 322.—In N. T. trop. to loathe, to reject,
6. acc. Gal. 4,14; comp. Rev. 3,16. So
Plut. de Alex. Virt. 5; comp. ἀποπτύω
Eurip. Androm. 607.

ἐκριζόω, &, f. doe, (ῥιζόω,) to root out
or up, c. acc. Matt. 13,29. 15, 13. Luke 17,
6. Jude 12 δένδρα ἐκριζωϑέντα, i. e. the same
as rooted up.. Sept. for m3 Jer. 1,10; spy
Zeph. 2, 4.—Wisd. 4, 4.

ἔκστασις, ews, ἡ, (ἐξίστημι,) pr. a put-
ting away or removal of any thing out of a
place, displacement, Plut. de primo Frig. 1
αἵ τε τῶν ϑερμῶν καταψύξεις οὐδεμιᾶς παρ-
ουσίᾳ γίνονται δυνάμεως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκστάσει 5ερ-
μότητος. c. 2.—In N. T. and commonly
trop. ecstasy, i. e. the state of being out of
one’s usual mind; Hesych. φρενὸς ἔκστα-
σις; 6 εἰς ἑαυτὸν μὴ dv. Thus

1. Genr. as arising from any strong emo-
tion, astonishment, amazement, e. g. from
admiration, Mark 5, 42. Luke 5, 26. Acts
3, 10; from terror, Mark 16, 8. Sept. for
yim Deut. 28, 28; IW Gen. 27, 33;
5 2 Chr. 14, 14.—Plut. de rect. rat.
Aud. 2 ἐκστάσεις καὶ ταραχὰς καὶ mroias
ἐπιφέρειν. Pol. 2.55.6. Longin. de Subl. 1.

2. Spec. an ecstasy, a trance, i. e. a state
in which the soul is unconscious of present
objects, being rapt into visions of distant or
future things, Acts 10,10. 11, 5. 22,17;
comp. 2 Cor. 12, 2.sq. Ez. 1, 1.—Artemid.
2. 37. Comp. Sept. for naam Gen. 2, 21.

ἐκστρέφω, f. ψω, (στρέφω) to turn or

twist oul,’ 6. 5. a tree or post ἐκ τῆς γῆς, |

Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 3. 29; to turn inside
out, 6. g. τὰ βλέφαρα Aristoph. Plut. 721 ;
trop. to turn about, to convert, to change,
one’s life and ways, Aristoph. Nub. 89
ἔκστρεψον ὡς τάχιστα τοὺς σεαυτοῦ τρό-
sovs.—In N. T. trop. to evert, to subvert,
_ 8c. in faith, religious character; Pass. perf.
Tit. 3,11 ἐξέστραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος, comp.
* Buttm. § 98. n. 8, Kiihner § 140. 6. Sept.
for 72 Am. 6,12; Pass. Deut. 32, 20.
So genr. Plut. ady. Stoic. 28.

234

ἐκτίϑημι

ἐκταράσσω ν.-ττω, f. ξω, (ταράσσωμ)
to stir up wholly, to disturb greatly, trop.
e. g. τὴν πόλιν Acts 16, 20. Sept. for m3
Ps. 18, 4.—Andocid. de Myster. ὁ δὲ τὴν
πόλιν ὅλην ἐκταράξας. ῬΙαΐ. διε. 19 τὸν
δῆμον. ;

ἐκτείνω, f. τένω, (τείνω,) to stretch out,
to extend, 6. g. the body for sleep, Xen.
Conv. 4. 31.—In N. T.

1. Of the hand, τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν, to
stretch forth the hand, genr. Matt. 12, 13 bis.
26, 51. Mark 3, 5 bis. Luke 6, 10. - Sépt.
for ‘17 ΓΙῸΣ Josh. 8,19; 32 ΠΡ Gen. 19,
10. So Ceb. Tab. 30. Xen. Eq. 7. 2.—
Spec. for the purpose of healing, Matt. 8, 8.
Mark 1, 41. Luke 5,13. Acts 4, 30; of
helping, Matt. 14, 81 ; of entreaty, John 21,
18; as an orator, Acts 26, 1.—With ἐπί
c. ace. of pers. to stretch out one’s hand
upon, i. e. towards any one, Matt. 12, 49.
Also i.g. to lay hands upon in a hostile
manner, Luke 22, 53; so Sept. for "ἢ ΓῺ}
Ex. 7, 5. Jer. 6, 12; also 1 Macc. 12,
39, 42.

2. Of an anchor, dyxupas ἐκτείνειν, to

Stretch out anchors, to let go the anchors

with their cables at full length, Acts 27, 30.
ἐκτέλέω, ὦ, f. έσω, (τελέω,) to finish
out or off, to complete fully, absol. Luke 14,
29. 30. Sept. for nbz Deut. 32, 45.—Pol.
10. 26. 1. Xen. Lac. 10.7.
ἐκτένεια, as, ἡ, (ἐκτείνω,) extension,
extent, Hdian. 7. 2. 8.—In .N. T. trop. in-
tentness, earnestness ; Acts 26,7 ἐν éxreveia,
i. e. intently, zealously. So 2 Macc. 14, 38.
Phalar. Ep. 68. A word of the later Greek,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 311.
ἐκτενής, gos, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (éxreiva,)
pr. ‘stretched out, strained ;’ trop. intent,
earnest, fervent ; Acts 12,5 προσευχὴ éxr.
1 Pet. 4, 8 ἀγάπη. So 3 Macc. 5, 29.
Pol. 22. 5. 4. Found chiefly in later wri-
ters, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 311.—Neut. comp.
ἐκτενέστερον as adv. more earnestly,
Luke 22, 44. See Buttm. § 115. 5.
ἐκτενῶς, ady. (éxrevns,) intently, ear
nesily,.1 Pet. 1, 22. Acts 12, 5 Lachm,
Sept. for nprma Jon. 3, 8.—Diod. Sic. 2.
24. Pol. 8.21.1. A late word, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 311.
ἐκτίϑημι, £. ἐκϑήσω, (τίθημι) 1. to
place out, to expose, 6. g. spec. an infant
that it may perish, Acts 7, 21 ἐκτεθέντα δὲ
αὐτόν, in particip. aor. 1 Pass. comp. Buttm.
§ 107. n. I, 16.—Wisd. 18, 5. All. V. H
2. '7. Diod. Sic. 3. 58.
2. Mid. éxrisepat, to set forth, to ex

ἂν

ἐκτινάσσω 235

pound, to declare, Acts 11, 4, 18, 26. 28,
28. Sept. for mba Job 36, 13.—Jos. Ant.
1. 12. 2. Athen. 7: p. 278. Pol. 31. 19. 3.

ἐκτινάσσω V. -TTO, άξω, {(τινάσσω,)
to shake out or off, 6. g. τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν
ποδῶν Matt. 10, 14. Acts 13, 51; τὸν χοῦν
ὕποκ. τ. mod. Mark 6,115 τὰ ἱμάτια Acts
18, @.- These were symbolical acts, signi-
fying the total breaking off of all further
intercourse ; comp. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad
Matt. 10, 14.—Plut. Cato Maj. 14.

ἕκτος, n, ov, ordin. num. (ἕ ἕξ.) the sixth,
as ἕκτη ὥρα, the sixth hour, i.e. in the Jew-
ish rechoning, noon, Matt. 20, 5. 27, 45.
Mark 15, 33. Luke 23, 44. John 4, 6. 19,
14. Acts 10,9. Also Luke 1, 26. 36. Rev.
6, 12. 9,13. 14. 16, 12. 21, 20. Sept. for
"ww Gen. 1, 31. 30, 19.—Hdian. 5. 8. 19.
Plato Rep. 616, e.

ἐκτός, adv. (ék,) out of, without, i. e.

1. Pr. of place, with the art. τὸ ἐκτός,
pr. that without, the outside, Matt. 23, 26 rd
ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν. Buttm. § 125. 6,7. So Plut.
adv. Colot. 25; ra ἐκτός Pol. 3. 46. 2.—
As Prep. with a gen. out of, 2 Cor. 12, 2. 3
εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος. 1 Cor. 6, 18 πᾶν
ἁμάρτημα ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστι, is outside
of the body, affects it (so to speak) only ex-
ternally. So Hom. Οἀ. 12. 219. “Xen. Mag.
Eq. 7. 4.

2. Trop. without, i. e. except, besides, as
Prep. c. gen. Acts 26, 22 οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων
ὧν κτὰ. 1 Cor. 15,27. Sept. for 13 1 K.
4,23; taba 1K. 10,13. So Xen. Hell.
1. 2.3. Plato Gorg. 474. d.—Pleon. pre-
fixed to εἰ μή, as ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, except if...not,
i. q. except, unless ; see Winer § 67..1. n. Ὁ.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 459. 1 Cor. 14, 5 ἐκτὸς
ei μὴ διερμενεύῃ. 15,2. 1 Tim. 5,19. So
Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 16. 4. D. Meretr. 1.2. Plut.
Demosth. 9. fin.

ἐκτρέπω, f. Wo, (τρέπω,) to turn out,
off, aside, from a place, way, course, trans.
e.g. τὸ ὕδωρ ἐξέτρεπε Thuc. 5. 65. Mid.
with aor. Pass. ἐξετράπην as Mid. to turn

oneself aside from a way or course, i. e.

to turn aside from, to deflect, intrans. e. g.
τῆς ὁδοῦ All. V. H. 14. 49; absol. Xen.
An. 4, 5. 15—Hence in N. T. Mid. trop.
to turn aside or away, intrans.

1. Genr. from the true course ; spoken’
of those who abandon the truth and em--

brace error, 1 Tim. 1, 6 ἐξετράπησαν εἰς

ματαιολογίαν. With ἐπί c. acc. 2 Tim.
4,43; ὀπίσω τινός 1 Tim. 5, 15; absol..

Heb. 12, 13 ἵνα μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ, i.e.
‘ make straight and level paths, that the lame
turn not aside into by-paths, but may be

ἐκφεύγω

healed.’ Others here render ἐκτραπῇ, be
wrenched, dislocated; this accords better
with the figure, but is wholly without au-
thority —So c. εἰς, Polyb. 6.. 10. 2,7 εἰς
κακίας. Jos, Ant. 8. 10. 2;.c¢. ἐπί Plut.
Philopem. 9.

2. With acc. of person or thing, to turn
away from, to avoid; 1 Tim. 6, 20 éxrpe-
πόμενος τὰς βεβήλους Kevopovias.— El. V.
pr 13. 25. Plut. adv. Stoic. 10. re 411,

ἐκτρέφω, f. ἐκϑρέψω, (τρέφω,) to nou-
rish out in full, to nourish up, to bring up
from childhood, Sept. for 543 Kal and Piel,
1K. 12, 8.10. Is. 23,4, Xen. An. 7. 2.
32.—Hence in N. T.

1. Genr. to nourish up, to cherish, 6. g.
τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα Eph. 5, 29. Sept. for
>2>2 Gen. 41, .11.--- ΠῚ], V.H. 2.14. Xen.
Cie. 17. 10.

ὦ, Spee. to bring up, to train up in any
manner; c. acc. Eph. 6, 4 ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ
ἐν παιδείᾳ κτλ. Sept. Prov. 23, 24. Pol. 1.
65. Π ἐν παιδείαις καὶ νόμοις κτλ.

ἔκτρωμα, ατος, τό, (ἐκτιτρώσκω to cause
abortion,) an abortion, one born out of due
time, trop. 1 Cor. 15, 8. Sept. for 8:2 Job
8, 16. Eccl. 6,3; comp. Num. 12, 12.—
Aristot. H. An. 10. 27. Philo Leg. Alleg.
p- 54. c. Found only in medical and late
writers; the Attics used ἄμβλωμα ; see
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 208 sq. Thom. Mag. p.
318.

ἐκφέρω, f. . ἐξοίσω, (φέρω,) aor. 1 ἐξή-
τὴν aor. 2 ἀξήμεμεον,

. to bear or carry out, to bring forth,
6. D out of a place, c. acc. Luke 15,22 τὴν
στολήν. Acts 5,15 τοὺς ἀσϑενεῖς, sc. out of

. the houses. 1 Tim. 6, 7. Sept. for N25

1 Sam. 5,1; δε" τι Gen. 14,18. So Hdian.
2.1.3,4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.'7.—Spec. of a dead
body for burial, Acts 5, 6.9.10. So Pol. 1.
80. 10. Xen. An. 6. 1. 6. Mem. 1. 2. 53.
2. Of the earth, to bring forth, to yield, α.
acc. Heb. 6,8 ras ἀκάνϑας. Sept. for s-zin
Gen. 1, 12. Hag. 1, 11 —Diod. Sic. 2. 41.
Xen. Εἴς. 17. 10. -
ἐκφεύγω, f. εὐξομαι, (φεύγω,) to flee
out of a place, to flee away; c. ἐκ Acts 19,
16 ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου. Absol. Acts 16, 27.
So Ecclus. 27, 20. Luc. Anachar. 29. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 40.—With an acc. to flee from, .
to escape, e. g. calamities, Luke 21, 36; ras
χεῖράς τινος, i. e. out of the power of any
one, 2 Cor. 11, 33 (Susann. 22. 2 Macc. 6,
26) ; τὸ κρίμα τοῦ ϑεοῦ, Rom. 2, 3 (2 Macc.
7, 35 κρίσιν). Also c. ace. impl. 1 Thess.
5,3 καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν. Heb. 2,3. 12, 25

ἐκφοβέω
Lachm. comp. Ecclus. 16,13. Sept. for “sp
Job 15, 30; 53% Prov. 10, 19. So Diod.
Sic. 1. 31. Plato Apol. 39. a.
ἐκφοβέω, &, f. now, (φοβέω.) to frighten
out or away, to terrify, c. acc. 2 Cor. 10, 9.
Sept. for nq Lev. 26, 6.—Pol. 14. 10.
3. Plato Gorg. 488. c.

ἔκφοβος, ov, 5, %, adj. (ἐκφοβέω,) fright-
ened out of one’s senses, greatly terrified,
affrighted, Mark 9, 6. Heb. 12, 21. Sept.
exp. εἰμί“ for “3s Deut. 9, 19.—Plut. Fab.
Mex. 6.

ἐκφύω, f. tow, (φύω,) to let grow out,
to put forth, as a tree its leaves or fruit; c.
acc. Matt. 24, 32 and Mark 13, 28 ὅταν ἤδη
o κλάδος... τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ, when now the
branch... putteth forth leaves; here ἐκφύῃ
1s pres. Subjunct. So Symm. for x°yin Ps.
104, 14 where Sept. ἐξαγαγεῖν. Plut. Symp.
7. 2. 1 καρπὸν éxpvew.—Others in these
passages read ἐκῴφυῆ, which is Subjunct.
of aor. 2 ἐξεφύην, a later form for Att.
ἐξέφυν, intrans. as is also the perfect;
[0 grow out, to put forth, i. 6. τὰ φύλλα ἐκ-
φυῇ, the leaves put forth; see Buttm. § 114
φύω. Winer§ 15. So Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5
σταχύας ἐκφυέντας. Luc. Tim. 29. Plut.
Arat. 50.

ἐκχέω, (χέω,) also ἐκχύνω a later form
disapproved by the grammarians, Lob. ad
Phryn. p.'726. Fut. ἐκχεῶ instead of Att.
ἐκχέω, for ἐκχεύσω, Bucum. ὁ 95. n. 9. §114
xéo. Ausf. Spr. Π. p. 489. Kiinner § 151.
n.1. Aor. 1 ἐξέχεα, Buttm. § 96. n. 15; on
the 3 pers. aor. 1 ἐξέχεε John 2, 15, see
Buttm. § 105. n.2marg. Pass. perf. éx-
κέχυμαι, Buttm. § 98. n. 4; aor. 1 ἐξεχύ-
ϑην, fut. 1 ἐκχυϑήσομαι.

1. to pour out from a vessel or the like ;
6. acc. John 2,15 ἐξέχεε τὸ κέρμα, he poured
out the money, sc. from the tables upon the
ground. Pass. Matt. 9, 17 ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται,
the wine is poured out, spilled. Mark 2, 22.
Luke 5, 37. Acts 1,18 ἐξεχύϑη πάντα τὰ
σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ, his bowels gushed out.
Sept. for qpts Ex. 4,9; of ashes and dust
Lev. 4, 12. 14,41; comp. 2 Sam. 20, 10.
So Hom. Il. 3. 296 οἶνον. Luc. Anachar.
17,29. Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 50 τὰ émirndeva.—
Spec. αἷμα éxxéw, to pour out blood, to
shed blood, to kill, Acts 22, 20. Rom. 3, 15.
Rev. 16, 6. Particip. αἷμα ἐκχυνόμενον,
Matt. 23, 35. Luke 11, 50. Spoken of the
blood of Christ shed or poured out as a.sacri-
fice for sin, περὶ (ὑπὲρ) πολλῶν, Matt. 26,
28. Mark 14, 24. Luke 22,20. Sept. for
ἘΞ ἼΞῈ Gen. 9, 6. 2 K. 21,16; comp.

236 |

ἐλαία

Deut. 19, 10. Ps. 79, 10.—Meton. the con-
tainer put for the contents, éxy. τὴν φιάλην,
Rev. 16, 1. 2. 3. 4. 8. 10. 12. 17.

2. Trop. to pour out, to shed abroad, to
bestow largely; so with acc. and ἐπί c. acc.
of pers. e. g. τὸ πνεῦμα, Acts 2, 17. 18.

| (Joel 3, 1. 2.) v. 33. Tit. 3,6; Pass. Acts

10,45. Pass. c. ἐν, Rom. 5, 5 ἡ ἀγαπὴ τοῦ
Seov ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν. Sept.

for Ed Jer. 14,16. Zech. 12, 10.—Ecclus.

‘18, 11. 24, 33. .

3. Trop. of persons, Pass. or Mid. to be
poured out, or as in Engl. intrans. to pour
or rush forth; Sept. Vat. for 3% Judg. 20,
37. Hom. Od. 8.515. Plut. Pomp. 27 πάν-
τες e&exvSnoav.—Hence in N. T. and late
writers, to rush into any mode of thinking
or acting, to give oneself up to any error or
the like; c. dat. of direction, Jude 11 τῇ
πλάνῃ τοῦ Baad... ἐξεχύϑησαν. So Kc-
clus. 87, 39. Pol. 32. 11. 4. Plut. M. An-
ton. 21 εἰς τὸν ἡδυπαϑῇ καὶ ἀκόλαστον βίον
ἐκκεχύμενος.

ἐκχύνω, see in ἐκχέω.

. ἐκχωρέω, &, f. how, (χωρέω,) to go out
or away, to depart out, absol. Luke 21, 21,
Sept. for maa Am. 7, 12.—Ail. V. H. 3. 21.
Diod. Sic. 4. 64.

ἐκψύχω, f. ἕω, (ψύχω,) to breathe out,
to expire, to die, absol.. Acts 5, 5.10. 12, 23.
—Sept. Ez. 21, 7 [12].

ἑκών, ovea, dy, willing, voluntary, usu-
ally in an adverbial sense, Rom. 8, 20. 1 Cor.
9, 17. See Buttm. §123. 6. Kiihner § 264.
3.—Sept. Ex. 21,13. Hdian. 2. 4. 5. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 12.

ἐλαία, as, 7, an olive, i.e. 1. The
tree, an olive-tree, symbolically, Rom. 11,
17. 24. Rev. 11,4. Sept. for may Judg. 9,
8. 9; symb. Zach. 4, 3. 11. 12. (Xen. An.
6. 4.6.) Elsewhere, τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαι-
ὧν, the Mount of Olives, the high ridge ly-
ing east of Jerusalem parallel to the city,
and separated from it by the valley of the
Kidron ; it is still sprinkled over with olive-
trees, but less thickly probably than of old.
The elevation is 2556 Paris feet above the
sea, and 416 Par. feet above the valley of
the Kidron. Matt. 21,1. 24,3. 26,30. Mark
11, 1. 13, 8. 14, 26. Luke 19, 29. 37. 21,
37. 22, 39. John 8,1. Sept. for ΠΩΣ 3h
Zeph. 14, 4; comp. 2 Sam. 15,30. So Jos.
Ant. 20.8. 6, B. J. 5.2.3. See Bibl. Res,
in Pal. I. p. 847 5ᾳ. 405 sq.

2. The fruit, an olive, James 3, 12.—
Plut. de aud. Poet. 6. p. 55. Xen. An. 7,
it δεν

ἔλαιον

ἔλαιον, ov, τό, (ἐλαία,) olive-oil, oil, of
various qualities and uses ; e. g. for lamps,
Matt. 25, 3.4.8; for wounds and anointing
the sick, Mark 6, 13. Luke 10, 34. James
5, 14; as mixed with spices for anointing
the head and body in token of honour, Luke
7, 46. Heb. 1,9; see in ἀλείφω. Oil was
also an article of traffic, Luke 16, 6. Rev.
18, 13. Sept. for pat} 1 Sam. 16, 1. 13. al.
So Xen. An. 4.4. 13. Conv. 2. 4.—Meton. and
genr. oil is put for the tree and its produce,
Rev. 6,6; comp. Jer. 40, 10. Hag. 1, 11.

ἐλαιών, ὥνος, 6, (€daia,) an oliveyard,
olive-orchard, pr. Sept. for my Ex. 23, 11.
2 K. 5, 26.—In N. T. Olivet, as a name of
the Mount of Olives, Acts 1, 12; see in
ἐλαία no. 1. So Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2.

Ἔλα μίτης, ov, 6, an Elamite, an in-
habitant tof Elam (Ὁ 5.59) or Elymais, a
region of Persia adjacent to the northern
extremity of the Persian fulf, forming part
of the district of Susiana or the modern
Khasistan, of which Susa was the ancient
capital, Acts 2,9; comp. Is. 21, 2. Jer. 49,
34 sq. Dan. 8, 2.—See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
I. i. p. 300 sq. Winer Realw. art. Elam.
Ritter Erdk. ΧΙ. p. 154.

ἐλάσσων ν.-ττων, ovos, ὃ, }, adj. pr.
compar. of ἐλαχύς an old epic word; but
used as compar. of μικρός, Buttm. § 68. 4;
less, the less, minor, e. g. in quality, in-
ferior, worse, as wine, John 2, 10; in age,
younger, Rom. 9,12 (Sept. for "5% Gen.
25, 23); in dignity, Heb. 7, 7. So Hdian.
5. 1. 14. Thuc. 1. 8—Neut. ἔλαττον,
adverbially, c. gen. less than, 1 Tim. 5, 9;
comp. Buttm. §115. 5. So Diod. Sic. 1. 32.
Plato Legg. 764. e.

ἐλαττονέω, &,f. now, (ἔλάττων,) to make
less, to diminish, c. acc. Sept. Proy. 14, 34;
also for 2°32 Lev. 25, 16. Pass. for "ὉΠ
Gen. 8, 3. 5.—In N. T. intrans. like Heb.
Hiphil, to have less, to lack, to fall short,
absol. 2 Cor. 8, 15 6 τὸ ὀλίγον, οὐκ ἐλαττό-
νησε, quoted from Ex. 16, 18 where Sept.
for “"OMT; also Sept. for 5°25 Ex. 30,
15. Comp. Pass. Ecclus. 19, 5. 7.

ἐλαττόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (ἐλάττων,) to make
less, Θ. g. in dignity, to make lower than
another, Heb. 2, 7 ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν [Ἴη-
σοῦν] βραχύ τι map’ ἀγγέλους, also Pass.
v. 9; quoted from Ps. 8, 6 where Sept. for
“OM; also for ὉΠ ΓΙ Num. 26, 54. So
Philo de Opif. p. 20. a. Plut. Agesi. 9. Xen.
Hell. 1. 4. 16.—Pass. to become less, to de-
crease, John 3, 30. Sept. for "OT Jer. 44,
18. So Plut. Pyrrh. 26 init. Plato Rep.
549 ο.

237

᾿Εχεάξαρ

ἐλάυνω, f. ἐλάσω, perf. ἐλήλακα; to drive,
to drive on, to impel; 6. g. oxen Ecclus. 38,
28; horses Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 29.—In N. T.

1. Of ships and clouds, Pass. to be driven
about by winds, James 3, 4.. 2 Pet. 2, 17.
So Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 3 τὸν ὑετὸν ἤλαυνε ἄνε-
pos. Plut. de Fortuna 2.—Trop. of a per-
son, Luke 8, 29 ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ daiuavos
κτὰ. So Wisd. 16, 18. Pol. 8. 70. 7. Plato
Pheedr. 240. d.

2. Spec. to impel with oars, to row, ab-
sol. Mark 6, 48. John 6, 19. Sept. for 278
Is. 33, 21—Dem. 1223. 9. Thuc. 3. 49.
Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 29; fully, τὴν ναῦν Xen.
sey 1. 2.

pla, as, ἡ, (ἐλαφρός,) lightness, pr.
in veld t; trop. of mind, lightness, incon-
stancy, 2 Cor. 1, 17.—Hesych. ἐλαφρία -
μωρία. A word of the later age, Lob. ad
cay Ῥ. 843.
ρός, ά, dv, light, not heavy, opp
apis Plato Tim. 63. c, d.—In N. T. light,
easy to bear; Matt. 11, 30 φορτίον pov éda-
φρόν ἐστιν, i. e. trop. my precepts, require-
ments, are light. Neut. τὸ ἐλαφρόν as

‘Subst. lightness, 2 Cor. 4, 17 τὸ ἐλαφρὸν τῆς

σλίψεως, i. 4. ἡ ἐχαφρὰ ϑλῖψις, comp. Buttm.
§ 123. 3. Winer § 84. 2. So genr. Antiphon.
677. pen. Plut. Nicias 9 ἐλαφροτέραν ἐποίει
τὴν ἀτυχίαν.

ἐλάχιστος, ἡ, ov; pr. superl. of the old
epic ἐλαχύς, but used as superl. of μικρός
(comp. in ἐλάσσων), Buttm. ᾧ 68. 4; the
least, minimus, e. g. in magnitude, James
3, 4; in number and quantity, Luke 16, 10
bis. 19, 17; in rank or dignity, Matt. 2, 6.
5, 19 Ady. κληθήσεται. 25, 40. 45. 1 Cor.
15, 9; in weight or importance, Matt.
5, 19 ἐντολαὶ éday. Luke 12, 26. 1 Cor.
6, 2. 4, 3 see in εἰμί I. 8. b. Sept. of dig-
nity for "">£ 1 Sam. 9, 21; jOP 2K. 18,
24; of importance, for }2P Prov. 30, 24.—
Of weight and importance, Plato Legg.
854. e; of dignity, Wisd. 6, 6. Xen. Mem.
2. 1. 6.

ἐλαχιστότερος, n, ov, (compar. from
the superl. ἐλάχιστος.) less than the least, far
less, Eph. 3, 8. Comp. ἐλαχιστότατος Sext.
Empir. 9. 406.—Such double comparisons.
though used by the poets, are elsewhere
found only in the prose of a late age
Buttm. § 69. n. 3. Winer § 11. 2, b. Lob
ad Phryn. p. 136. See Wetst. N. T. in loc

ἐλάω, a rare poetic form, whence f. ἐλά-
oo used as fut. of ἐλαύνω 4. v.

᾿Ελεάξαρ, 6,indec. Eleazar, Heb. "3254
(whom God helps, Germ. Gotthiif), pr
name of a man, Matt. 1, 15 bis.

ἐλεγμός

ἐλεγμός, οὔ, 6, (ἔλέγχω,) conviction,
reproof, 2'Tim. 8, 16 Lachm. where Rec.
€Aeyxos.—Sept. Lev. 19, 17. Eeclus. 21, 6.

ἔλεγξις, ews, ἧ, (ἐλέγχω,) conviction,
reproof; 2 Pet. 2, 16 ἔλεγξιν ἔχειν i. 4.
ἐλέγχεσϑαι, to have conviction, i. e, to be
convicted, reproved.—Sept. Job 21, 4. 23, 2.

ἔλεγχος, ov, 6, (ἐλέγχω,) convincing
argument, proof, Sept. for M112 Job 23, 4.

Ail. V. H. 7. 19. Plato Prot, 344. b—In

N. T.. conviction, i. 6.

1. The act of convincing, i. q. confutation,
reproof, 2 Tim. 3,16 Rec. Sept. for "2m
Prov. 5,12. 29, 15.—Long. Fragm: 3. 11
ἔλεγχον ἔχειν.

2. The state of being convinced, convic-
tion, persuasion, firm belief, Heb. 11, 1.

ἐλέγχω, f. £w, to shame, to disgrace,
only in Homer, as Od. 21. 424. Il. 9. 518 or
522.—Usually and in N. T. to convince, to
confute, to refute, to prove one in the wrong,
and thus to shame him, e. g.

1. to convince, to convict; c. acc. Tit. 1,
9 καὶ rods ἀντιλέγοντας. ἐλέγχειν. Pass.

John,8, 9. 1 Cor. 14, 24. James 2, 9; also’

with epi τινος John 8, 46. 16,8. Sept. for
M545 Job 32, 12. Ps. 50, 21.—ZEl. V. H.
12. 51. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 1.—Hence

2. Spec. to admonish, to reprove, to rebuke,
"Ὁ. acc. of pers. Matt. 18, 15 ὕπαγε καὶ ἔλεγ-
ἕον ᾿αὐτὸν κτλ. 1 Tim. 5, 20. Tit. 1, 18.
Rev. 3, 19. [Jude 15, 22] ; acc. impl. 2 Tim.
4, 2. Tit. 2,15. Pass. Luke 3, 19. Heb. 12, 5,
quoted from Prov. 3, 11. 12, where Sept. for
mrs'im. Also with the idea of openness,
plainness, c. acc. of thing, Eph. 5, 11;
Pass. v. 13. John 3, 20. Sept. genr. for
"357 Prov. 9, 8.—Of pers. Ail. V. H. 13.
24, Xen. Mem. 1. 2.47. Of things, Hdian.
3. 12. 11. Xen. Conv. 8. 43.

ἐλεεινός, ἡ, dv, (ἔλεος,) pitiful, merciful,
Hdian. 1. 4. 33 pitied, Hom. Il. 24, 309.~—
Usually and in N. T. pitiable, wretched, mi-
serable, 1 Cor. 15,19. Rev. 3, 17. So Diod.
Sic. 13. 28. Plato Gorg..469. a. The purer
Attic form was ἔλεινός, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 87.

ἐλεέω, &, f. how, (ἔλεος) to pity, to take
compassion, to have mercy on any one ;
Pass. to be pitied, to obtain mercy ; implying
not merely a feeling of the evils of others,
(sympathy, oikrippyds,) but also an active
desire of removing them; see Tittm. de
Synon. N. T. p. 69 sq.

1. Genr. and Act. c. acc. Matt. 9, 27
ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, vie Δαβίδ. 15, 22. 17, 15.
18, 33 bis. 20, 30. 31. Mark 5, 19. 10, 47.
48. Luke 16, 24. 17, 13. 18, 38. 39. Phil.

238

ἔλεος

2, 27. Jude 22 see in διακρίνω no. 1.
Sept. for 327) 2 Sam. 12, 22; OM" Deut.
13, 17. (Dem. 753, 11. Plato Coit. 173. 6.)
In Rom. 12, 8 spoken of those who had
charge of the poor, or perh. of private bene-
volence ; comp. Sept. and 253 Prov. 14, 21.
28, 8.—Pass. Matt. 5,7. 1 Cor. '7,25 ὡς
ἠλεήμενος ὑπὸ κυρίου πιστὸς εἶναι, as one
that hath obtained mercy of the Lord to be
faithful (i. 6. believing) ; here πιστὸς εἶναι
is epexegetical. 2 Cor. 4,1. 1 Tim. 1, 13.
16. Sept. for 211) Hos. 1, 6. So Lys. 257.
ult. Plato Rep. 337. ἃ.

2. Spec. in N. T. of God’s mercy through
Christ, or salvation in Christ, to have mercy
on, i. q. to give salvation, to save, c. acc.
Rom. 9, 15. ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, quoted from
Sept. Ex. 33,19 where Sept. for 324; in

- Ex. spoken generally, but applied by Paul

in the gospel sense. So v. 16 ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλε-
ovvros Seov, where Lachm. ἐλεῶντος as if
from a Pres. ἐλεάω. v. 18. 11,32; Pass. 11,
30. 31; also 1 Pet. 2, 10, comp. Hos. 2, 23.

ἐλεημοσύνη, ns, 4, (ἐλεήμων,) mercy,
compassion, Sept. for 70% Prov. 21, 21;
MAN Is. 38, 18. Callim. Hymn. in Del. 152.
—In N. T. meton. ‘act of mercy,’ alms,
charity, money given to the poor; Matt. 6,
1 Rec. where the better reading is δικαιο-
σύνη. Matt. 6, 2. 8. 4. Luke 11,41. 12, 33.
Acts 3, 2. 3. 10. 9,36. 10,2. 4.31. 24, 17.
Sept. for Chald. ΠΡῚΝ Dan. 4, 24 [27]. So
Eeclus. 3, 14. 12, 3. Diog. Laert. 5. 17
πονηρῷ av=paom@ ἐλεημοσύνην ἔδωκεν.

ἐλεήμων, ovos, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἔλεος,) pitiful,
merciful, compasstonate, i. e. actively so,
Matt. 5,'7. Heb. 2, 17. Sept. for }853 Ex,
22, 27; ἘΠ Ps. 145, 8.—Hom. Od. 5.
191. Lysias 168. 40.

᾿ ἔλεος, ov, ὃ, also gous, τό, (kindr. ἵλαος,
ἵλεως.) pity, mercy, compassion, i. e. active
pity, comp. in ἐλεέω init. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 69 sq.—The forms of 6 ἔλεος
are usual in classic writers; those of τὸ
ἔλεος are found only in Sept. the N. T. and
ecclesiastical writers. Thus

1. Mase. 6 ἔλεος, Matt. 23, 23 ἀφήκατε
++ «THY κρίσιν καὶ τὸν ἔλεον καὶ. τὴν πίστιν.
Tit. 3, 5. Heb. 4, 16; also Matt. 9,18 and 12,"
7 ἔλεον ϑέλω καὶ ov b ϑυσίαν, quoted from Hos.
6, 6 where Sept. τὸ ἔλεος for 70%} piety,
goodness 5 parall. with Donby ns, Sept.
ἐπίγνωσις Seov. Sept. also ὁ ὦ for yiz3
Is, 60, 10.—Luc. D. Deor. 13. 1. Dem.
735. 1. Plato Rep. 689. a.

2. Neut. τὸ ἔλεος, genr. Luke 1, 50. 78,
Rom. 9, 23. 15,9. Eph. 2,4. 1 Pet. 1,3

ἐλευδερία

James 2, 13 (see in κατακαυχάομαι). 3, 17.
Sept. for 7051 Neh. 13, 22. Ps. 51, 1;
ὉΠ Deut. 13,'7.—So ποιεῖν ἔλεος pera
twos, to do mercy with any one, to show
mercy to, i. q. ἐλεεῖν, 6. ο΄. Luke 1, 72. 10,
37. James 2,13. Sept. for 59 Tom nvs
Gen. 24, 12. 1 Sam. 15, 6. al. Also peya-
λύνειν ἔλεος μετά twos, Luke 1, 58.—In the
phrase μνησϑῆναι ἐλέους, to remember
mercy, Luke 1, 54, i. δ. to give a new proof
of mercy and favour to Israel, in allusion to
God’s ancient mercies to that people ; comp.
Ps, 25, 6. 89, 29. 50. Sept. for 707 “23
2 Chr. 6, 42. Jer. 2,2.—Spec. of the mercy
of God through Christ, i. e. salvation in the
gospel sense ; Jude 21 rd ἔλεος Ἰησοῦ, i. @.
the salvation of or through Christ. Rom. 11,
31. So in benedictions, including the idea
of mercies and blessings of every kind;
e. g. δώῃ ἕλεος 6 κύριος, 2 Tim. 1, 16. 18;
also joined with εἰρήνη and the like, Gal. 6,
16. 1 Tim. 1, 2. 2 Tim. 1, 2. Tit. 1, 4.
2 John 3. Jude 2.

ἐλευϑερία, as, 9, (ἐλεύϑερος,) freedom,
wberty, i. e. personal liberty, freedom from
restraint, 1 Cor..10, 29 (Diog. Laert..7.
121. Plato Ep. 354. 6) ; from the yoke of
the Mosaic law, Gal. 2, 4. 5, 1. 13 bis.
2 Cor. 3, 17, comp. v. 6. 7; hence νόμος
ἐλευϑερίας, the law of liberty, the gospel,
opp. to the yoke of the Jewish law, James
1, 25. 2,12; comp. Gal. 5, 1. Rom. 8, 2.
2 Cor. 3,17. Also freedom from the yoke
of external observances in general, 1 Pet.
2, 16. 19; from a state of calamity and
death, Rom. 8,21. Comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.2.

ἐλεύϑερος, ρα, ov, perh. ‘one who can
go where he will, from obsol. ἐλεύϑω i. 4.
ἔρχομαι ; hence, free, at liberty, not under
testraint or bondage, Lat. liber.

1. Inacivilsense: a) free-born, 1 Cor.
7,22. 12, 13. Gal. 3, 28. 4, 22. 23. 30. 31.
Eph. 6, 8. Col. 3, 11. Rev. 6,15. 13, 16.
19,18. Trop. of the heavenly Jerusalem,
Gal. 4, 26; comp. v. 24. Sept. for pin
Neh. 13, 17. Ecc. 10,17. -So Dem. '752.
13. Xen. Mem. 2, 7. 3, 4,6. Ὁ) freed,
made free, John 8, 33. 1 Cor. 7,21, Sept.
for "EM Ex. 21, 2. 26. 27.

2. Genr. free, exempt, from an obligation,
law, duty, Matt. 17, 26. Rom. 7, 3 and
1 Cor. 7, 39, comp. Sept. for wp2> Deut.
21, 14. (Luc. Asin. 23.) Also free from
external obligations in general, so as to act
as one pleases, 1 Cor. 9, 1. 19, comp. v. 4. 5.
(Xen. Hi. 1. 16.) Or from the yoke of the
Mosaic law and all other external observ-
ances, 1 Pet. 2, 16; comp..Gal. 5, 13.—

239

ἕλκος
Trop. free from the bondage of sin and
death, John 8, 36. Also Rom. 6, 20 ὅτε
γὰρ δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύϑεροι ἦτε
τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ, ye were free aS TO righteous-
ness, did not yield yourselves to its require-
ments, opp. v. 18; here ἐλεύϑεροι is put for
the sake of antithesis with δοῦλοι and im-
plies an unreal freedom; for the dat. see
Winer § 31. 3.

ἐλευϑερόω, ὦ, f. dow, (ἐλεύϑερος.) to
* free, to set at liberty, in a civil sense, Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 28.—In N. T. trop. to make free,
e. g. from the power and penalty of sin,
John 8, 32. 36; with ἀπό c. gen. Rom. 6,
18. 22; from the yoke of the Mosaic law,
Gal. 5,1; or its condemnation, c. ἀπό Rom.
8,2; from astate of calamity and death, Rom.
8, 21.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 21 ἡ ψυχὴ μάλιστα
ἐλευϑεροῦται. So pr. c. ἀπό Hell. 5. 2. 12.

ἔλευσις, ews, ἡ; (ἐλεύσομαι,) a coming,
Acts 7, 52.—Dion. Hal. I. p. 565. ed. Reisk.
Act. Thom. § 28.

ἐλεφάντινος, ἢ; ov, (€hedas,) of wory,
ivory, Rev. 18; 12. Sept. for 78 1K. 10,
18.—Hdian. 4. 2. 3, 13. Plato Crit. 116. d.

᾿Ελιακείμ, ὃ, indec. Eliakim, Heb.
pAp*>N (God appointed), pr. n. of a man:
a) Matt. 1,13 bis. b) Luke 8, 30.

᾿Ελιέζερ, δ, indec. Eliezer, Heb. "13">8
(God his help), pr. n. of a man, Luke 3, 29.

᾿Ελιούδ, ὃ, indec. Eliud, pr. n. of a
man, Matt. 1, 14. 15; prob. compounded
from Heb. >8 God, and iF praise, but not
found in O. T.

᾿Ελισάβετ, ἡ, indec. Elisabeth, Heb.
y27>N (God her oath), Elisheba, Sept.
Vat. Ἐλισαβέϑ, pr. n. of the wife of Zacha-
rias, the mother of John the Baptist, Luke
1, 5. '7. 13. 24. 36. 40. 41 bis. 57. Comp.
Ex. 6, 23.

᾿Ελισσαῖος, ov, ὁ, Eliseus, Elisha, Heb.
yW"bX (God his deliverance), a celebrated
prophet of the O.T. Luke 4,27.—See 1 K.
19, 16 sq. 2 K. c. 2. c. 454. c. 13, 14.8q.

ἑλίσσω v.-TTO, f, ξω, (ἕλιξ, εἱλέω,
εἴλω.) to roll up, to fold up, as a garment to
be laid away ; trop. of the heavens Heb. 1,
12, quoted from Ps. 102, 27 where Sept.
for Heb. pont. Pass. Rev. 6, 14 Lachm.
comp. Is..34, 4, where Sept. for dba -—Plut.
Mor. Il. p. 140. Plato Tim. 73. a.

ἕλκος, cos, ovs, τό, (ἕλκω,) a wound,
Hom. Il. 11. 812.—In N. T. an ulcer, a sore,
Luke 16, 21. Rev. 16, 2. 11. Sept. for
ny Ex. 9,9. Job 2,7. So Pol. 1. 81. 5.
Thuc. 2. 49.

ἑλκόω 240

EAKOW, &, f. dow, (ἕλκος) to let ulcer-
ate; Pass. to be ulcerated, to be full of ul-
cers, sores, Luke 16, 20.—Plut. Phocion 2.
Xen. Eq. 1. 4. ib. 5. 1.

ἑλκύω, a late form, whence f. ἑλκύσω
used as fut. of ἕλκω q. ν.

ἕλκω, f. ἕλξω, later fut. ἑλκύσω Buttm.
§114; aor. 1 εἵλκυσα; to draw, to drag,
c. acc. 6. g. a net, John 21,6.11; a sword,
John 18,10, Sept. for 782 Ps. 10, 9;
mun 2 Sam. 22,17. So ἑλκύσαντες Xen.
Hell. 7. 1. 193; ἕλκω Hdian. 4. 9. 14. Xen.
An. 5. 2. 15.—Of persons, to drag, to force
away, e. g. before magistrates, Acts 16, 19
εἵλκυσαν. James 2, 6 ἕλκουσιν ; or out of a
place, Acts 21, 30 εἷλκον. So Plut. de vit.
Pudore 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1.—Trop. to
draw, bya moral influence, John 6, 44. 12,
32. Sept. and Δ Cant. 1, 4. So Plut.
M. Ant. 66. Xen. Cony. 1. 9.

Ἕλλας, ddos, ἡ, Hellas, Greece, once
Acts 20,2. At first this was the name of
a city in Thessaly founded by Hellen the
son of Deucalion, Hom. Il. 2. 683 ; then of
the adjacent portion of Thessaly inhabited
by the Myrmidons ; afterwards of the whole
central part of continental Greece, as far
north as to Thesprotia, excluding the Pelo-
ponnesus and islands, Hes. Op. 655. Hdot.
8. 44, 4'7. Thuc. 1. 3. Plin. H. N.4.11. In
this sense it seems to be used in Acts 1]. c.
where it is distinguished from Macedonia ;
comp. Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 2.10. 11. ib. 4.
11.14. See in’Ayaia.—Elsewhere Hellas
is also put for the whole extent of Greece, in-
cluding the Peloponnesus and the islands, as
also Macedonia, Xen. Vect. 1.6; and so as
opposed to Asia Minor, Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 5;
but sometimes also including Ionia, Hdot.
1. 92, where Ephesus is said to be ἐν τῇ
‘ENAddt.—The Heb. name for Greece is 737
(Javan) Ἰωνία, Sept. Ἰωύαν Gen. 10,2; but
the Sept. translate it also by Ἕλλας, Is. 66,
19. Ez. 27, 13.

“Ἕλλην, ηνος, ὃ, Hellen, pr. τι. of the
son of Deucalion, Hes. Fr. 28; then of his
descendants, “EAAnves, the early inhabitants
of the Thessalian Hellas, Hom. Il. 2. 684 ;
afterwards a general name for all the Greeks,
Hdian. 3. 2. 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11.—Hence
in N. Τ᾿ Ἕλλην, a Greek ; of Ἕλληνες, the
Greeks.

1. Pr. as opp. to of βάρβαροι, under which
term are comprised all who are not Greeks,
Rom. 1, 14; where the polished Greeks are
.the of cooi.—Philo de Conf. Ling. p. 347.
e. Xen. Vect. 1. 4. Comp. Leesner Obs.
e Phil. p. 243.

ἐλπίζω

2. Spec. as opp. to of Ἰουδαῖοι it means

ὦ Greek, the Greeks, in the broadest sense,

i. 6, all those who use the Greek language
and customs, whether in Greece, Asia Mi-
nor, or other countries; and as this was
then the prevailing language, the Greeks
were often put as the representatives of the
whole heathen world, comprising all those
who were not Jews, i. q. gentiles; Acts
10,1. 8. 18,17 Rec. 19, 10.17. 20, 21.
21, 28. Rom. 1, 16. 2,9. 10. 3, 9. 10, 12,
1 Cor. 1, 22. 23. 24, 10, 32. 12, 13. Gal.
2, 3. 3,28. Col. 3,11. So Acts 11,20 in
later edit. for Ἕλληνιστάς in Rec. John ἢ,
35 bis, where ἡ διασπορὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων is
the dispersed among the gentiles.—Comp.
Sept. for O°NW>B Is. 9, 11. 1 Mace. 8, 18.
2 Mace. 4, 36. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 1.

3. Spoken of a gentile convert to Juda-
ism, a Greek proselyte, John 12, 20. Acts
14, 1. 17, 4. 18, 4 ; comp. 13, 43.

‘EXrrnuvixes, ἡ, bv, Greek, Grecian,
Luke 23, 38. Rev. 9, 11.—Sept. Jer. 46,
16. Hdian. 5. 5. 6. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 28.

“Ἑλληνίς, idos, ἡ, (fem. of adj. “Ἑλλην;)
pr. Greek, in fem. 2 Mace. 6, 8. Xen. An. 5.
1.1.—In N. T. a female Greek, a gentile ;
Mark '7, 26 γυνὴ ‘EAA. Acts 17, 12; comp.
in “Ἕλλην no. 2. So Palaeph. 35.

“Ελληνιστής, οὗ, ὃ, (AAnvi¢ to Hel-

‘ lenize, i. 6. to speak Greek, Thuc. 2. 68.

Xen. An. 7. 3. 25. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 379,)
a Hellenist, i.e. a Jew by birth or reli-
gion who speaks Greek; used chiefly of
foreign Jews and proselytes, whether con-
verted to Christianity or not ; Acts 6, 1 éyé-
veTo γογγυσμὸς τῶν “EMAnucray πρὸς τοὺς
Ἑβραίους, i. 6. against those speaking He-
brew or Aramean. 9, 29. 11, 20 Rec.
where later edit. “Ἕλληνας. Winer § 3. p.
33. ed. 5. Wetst. N. T. in Act. 6, 1.

“Ἑλληνιστί, adv. (Adnvita,) in Greek,
i. 6. in the Greek tongue, John 19, 20.
Acts 21, 37.—Plut. Cato Maj. 14. Xen.
An. 7. 6. 8. Comp. Buttm. § 119. m. 82.

ἐλλογέω, &, f. how, (ἐν, Adyos,) to
reckon in or to, to put to one’s account,
Philem. 18. Trop. of sin, to impute, Rom.
5, 13.—Boeckh Inscr. 1. 850.

᾿Ελμωδάμ, 6, indec. Elmodam, pr.
name of a man, Luke 3, 28.

ἐλπτίζω, f. ἰσω, (ἐλπίς, ἔλπω,) Att. fut.
ἐλπιῶ Buttm. § 9ὅ. 7.

1. to hope, to hope for, to expect, pr.
and c. κασώς 2 Cor. 8, 53; with infin. aor.
Luke 6,34 παρ᾽ ὧν ἐλπίζετε ἀπολαβεῖν. 23,
8. Acts 26, 7. Rom. 15, 24. 1 Cor. 16, 7

ἐλπίς

Phil. 2, 19. 23. 1 Tim. 3, 14: 2 John 12.
3 John 14; infin. perf. 2 Cor. 5, 11. (Hdian.
1. 12. 9. Thuc. 7. 21. Xen. Ag.. 7. 6.)
With ὅτι and pres. Indic. Luke 24, 21 ; fut.
Indic. Acts 24, 26. 2 Cor. 1, 13. 13, 6.
Philem. 22; comp. Winer §45. 2 et ult.
So c. inf. fut. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 1. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 4.—With accus. of thing, fo hope
for, Rom. 8, 24. 25. 1 Cor. 13, '7; hence
Pass. τὰ ἐλπιζόμενα, Heb. 11, 1. So Hdian.
1. 4. 6. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 17.

2. to hope in or on any one, i. 4. to trust in,
to confide in, e.g. ἃ) Genr. c. dat. Matt.
12,21 τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ é3yn ἐλπιοῦσι in Ja-
ter edit. but Rec. ἐν τῷ dv. as below. With
eis c.acc. John 5, 45 εἰς ὃν ἐλπίκατε. Sept.
for >" Is. 51,5. (Hidian. 7.10.1.) With ἐπί
τινι, Rom. 15, 12 én’ αὐτῷ ἔϑνη ἐλπιοῦσι.
1 Tim. 6,17. Sept. for "YS Jude. 9, 26.
Ps. 44,'7; comp. Matth. § 399. n. 1. (Pol.
1.82. 6 é αἷς εἶχον... ἐλπίδας.) Also ἐπί
rt 1 Pet. 1, 13; Sept. for M22 Ps. 62, 11.
b) Spec. of those who put their trust in
God or Christ ; so with εἰς c. acc. 2 Cor. 1,
10; ἐπί c. dat. 1 Tim. 4, 10. (Sept. for
moa Ps. 26,1; comp. Is. 11,10.) With
ἐπί c. acc. 1 Tim. 5, 5. 1 Pet. 3,55; Sept.
for M23 Ps. 37, 3, 5. So in Clirist, with
ἐν c. dat. 1 Cor. 15, 19. Sept. 6. ἐν for
anva 2K. 18, 5. Ps. 33,21. ‘So ἐλπίδα
ἔχειν ἔν tim, Epict. Ench. 40. Xen. Mem.
4, 2. 28.

ἐλπίς, i8os, ἡ, hope, the expectation of
future good.

1. Genr. Rom. 8, 24 τῇ ἐλπίδι ἐσώϑημεν,
in hope are we saved, as yet only in expecta-
tion, not in full fruition ; dat. of manner.

2 Cor. 10, 15. Phil. 1, 20. With a gen. of

the thing hoped for, Acts 27, 20 πᾶσα ἐλπὶς
τοῦ σώζεσϑαι. 16,19. 26, 6. 7. 23, 6 περὶ
ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως, instead of περὶ ἐλ-
πίδος τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Also c. gen. of the
person hoping, Acts 28, 20. 2 Cor. 1, 7.
Sept. for ΠΡ Job 14,7. Ez. 37,11. So
genr. Hdian. 2. 7. 9. Pol. 8. 69. 4. Xen.
Hell. 4. 8. 38.—Also παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα, against
hope, i. 6. without ground of hope, Rom. 4,
18; ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι, lit. on hope, Engl. in or
with hepe, full of hope and confidence, Acts
2, 26. Rom. 4, 18. 8, 20. 1 Cor. 9, 10 bis.
Sept. for "W2> Ps. 4,9. 16, 9—Meton. the
object of hope, Rom. 8, 24 bis, ἐλπὶς δὲ βλε-
πομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς, see in βλέπω no. 2.
a.y. 1 Cor. 9,10 Rec. τῆς ελπίδος μετέχειν.
Sept. and ΠῚ Job 6,8. So Callim. Ep. 20,

2. Spec. of the Christian’s hope, {. 6. the
hope of salvation through Christ, of eternal
life and happiness ; 5 5,2 ἐλπὶς τῆς

241

ἐμβάπτω

δόξης τοῦ Seod. ὅ, 4. ὅ. 12,12 τῇ ἐλπίδι
χαίροντες. 15, 4. 13 bis, ὁ ϑεὸς τῆς Edm. i.e.
God the author and source of hope. 1 Cor.
13, 13. 2 Cor. 3, 12. Eph. 2, 12. 4, 4.
1 Thess. 4, 13. 5,8. 2 Thess. 2,16. Tit.
1,2. 3,7. Heb. 8, 6. 6,11. 10,23. 1 Pet. 1,
3, 3, 15, With gen. of the thing or person
on which this hope rests, Eph. 1,18. Col. 1,
23. 1 Thess. 1, 3.—Meton. the object of
this hope, i. q. salvation, Col. 1, 5. Gal. 5,5
ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης, the hope of
righteousness by faith, i. 6. the salvation thus
bestowed. Tit. 2, 13. Heb. 6, 18. 7, 19.
Meton. also of the source, ground, author
of hope, Christ, Col. 1, 27. 1 Tim. 1,1;
genr. 1 Thess. 2,19. Sept. Ps. 22, 10.

3. hope in or on any one, trust, confi-
dence ; 80 6. eis, Acts 24, 15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων
eis τὸν Sedv. 1 Pet. 1, 21 ; c. ἐπί τινι,
1 John 3, 3. Comp. in ἐλπίζω no. 2. So
c. ἐπί τινα Sept. for "YAM Prov. 22, 19;
meton. Ps. 65, 6.

᾿Ελύμας, a, ὁ, Elymas, i. q. 5 μάγος,
the magician, as explained by Luke, Acts
13, 8. It appears to come from the Arabic
’alim, wise, learned.

᾿Ελωΐ, indec. Eloi, Aram. “APR, my
God, Mark 15, 34; quoted from Ps. 22, 2
where Sept. 6 eds μου for Heb. "28, Mat-
thew writes it ἠλί, Matt. 27, 46.

ἐμαυτοῦ, jis, οὔ, reflex. pron. of 1 pers.
found only in Sing. gen. dat. acc. of my-
self, to myself, myself; Luke 7, '7. John
5, 31. 8, 14. 18. 54. 1 Cor. 4, 3. 2 Cor. 2,
1.8]. For ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ and ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ, see
in ἀπό no. 3. c; ἐκ no. 3. c.—Sometimes
in accus. used merely as the, simple ἐμέ,
Matt. 8, 9. Luke '7,8. John 12, 32. Philem.
13. al. See Matth. ὁ 148. n. 2. Kithner
§302. +

ἐμβαίνω, (ἐν, βαίνω.) in N. T. only
in aor. 2 ἐνέβην, inf. ἐμβῆναι, part. ἐμβάς;
to go in, to enter, absol. John 5, 4, sc. εἰς
τὸ ὕδωρ. So Pol. 1. 20. 8..Xen. An. 4. 3.
20.—Elsewhere only as followed by εἰς τὸ
πλοῖον or the like, to go on board, to em-
bark, Matt. 8, 28. 9,1. 18,2. 14, 99, 32.
15, 39. Mark 4,1. 5,18. 6, 45. 8, 10. 13.
Luke 5,3. 8, 22. 37. John 6, 17. 22, 24.
21,3. So 1 Mace. 15, 37. Pol. 1. 25. 2.
Xen. An. 1. 3. 17.

ἐμβάλλω, f. Badd, (ἐν, βάλλω,) to cast
in; Luke 12, 5 ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν γέενναν.
Sept. for 77284 Gen. 37, 21. al_—Hdian.
4. 9. 14. Xen. Hell. 1.17, 21.

ἐμβάπτω, ἴ. ψω, (ἐν, βάπτω,) to dip in,
pr. into any thing, c, acc. Matt. 26, 23 ¢

εμβατεύω

ἐμβ. τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ. Mid. ο. acc.
impl. Mark 14, 20 ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος εἰς τὸ
τρυβλίον. Also John 13, 26 ἐμβ. τὸ ψω-
μίον sc. εἰς τὸ tp.—Aristoph. Nub. 150
ἐνέβαψε εἰς τὸν κηρὸν τὼ πόδε. Athen. 9.
p- 367. b.

ἐμβατεύω, f. evow, (ἐν, βατεύω i. 4.
βαίνω.) pr. to go in, to enter, 6. g. εἰς τὸ
ὄρος Jos. Ant. 2.12.1. Auschyl. Pers. 449 ;
in a hostile sense, eis τὴν χώραν, i. 6. to in-
vade, 1 Mace. 12, 25. 15, 40; εἰς τὴν ναῦν
Dem. 894, 7.—In N. T. trop. to go into a
matter, fo search or pry into, and in a bad
sense to intrude into, c. acc. Col. 2,18 ἃ μὴ
ἑώρακεν ἐμβατεύων. So2 Macc. 2,30. Philo
de Opif. p. 16. Xen. Conv. 4. 27.

ἐμβιβάζω, f. dco, (ἐν, βιβάζω,) to cause
to go in, mostly into a ship, to embark, to
put on ship-board; c. acc. Acts 27, 6 éveBi-
βασεν ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό sc. τὸ mAotov.—Pol. 1.
49. ὅ. Xen. An. 5. 3.1.

ἐμβλέπω, f. ψω, (ἐν, βλέπω,) to look in,
pr. into a place, Bel and Drag. 40.—Hence
in N. T. to look in the face, to look at or
upon, to behold; c. dat. Mark 10, 21 Ἰησοῦς
ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ. v. 27. 14,67. Luke 20, 17.
22, 61. John 1, 36. 43. Matt. 19,26. (Pol.
15. 28. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.2.) With εἰς
c. acc. Acts 1, 11 εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, parall. is
ἀτενίζοντες V. 10. Also to look at, to consi-
der, Matt. 6, 26 εἰς τὰ πετεινά, comp. Luke
12, 24. Sept. and ὌΠ Is. 51,1. 2. 6.
So Ecclus. 2, 10.—With an ace. to look at,
to see; καὶ ἐνέβλεψε τηλαυγῶς ἅπαντας
Mark 8, 2ὅ ; absol. id. Acts 22, 11.

? 4 .

ἐμβριμάομαι, apa, f. ἤσομαι, Mid.
depon. (ἐν, βριμάομαι v. -dopar,) pr. to be
wroth at, to be moved with indignation
towards any one ; hence in N. T.

1. In words, i. q. to murmur against, to
blame, c. dat. Mark 14, 5 ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ.
Suid. ἐνεβριμήσατο᾽ μετ᾽ ὀργῆς ἐλάλησεν.-----
Spec. to admonish sternly, to charge strictly,
i. e. to threaten with one’s indignation for
disobedience ; c. dat. Matt. 9, 30 ἐνεβριμή-
σατο αὐτοῖς. Mark 1,43. So Symm. for
a "35 Is. 17,13. Hesych. ἐμβριμῆσαι᾽ ἐπι-
τιμῆσαι, κελεῦσαι. Id. ἐμβριμώμενος " μετ᾽
ἀπειλῆς ἐντελλόμενος.

2. Like Heb. ΞΊΣΤ, spoken also of any
great perturbation of mind, e. g. grief, to be
greally moved, to be troubled, with dat. of
manner, John 11, 33 ἐνεβρ. τῷ πνεύματι,
parall. ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν. v. 38 ἐν ᾿ξαυτῷ. So
pst, Sept. τεταραγμένοι, Gen. 40, 6;
; Sept. whe Tan. 1, 10.

ἐμέω, ὦ, f. έσω, lo spue oul, to vomit,
trop. to express loathing, c. acc. Rev. 3, 16.

242

“ἐμὸς
Sept. for xp Is. 19, 14.---- 1}, V. H. 9. 26
Xen. An. 4, 8. 20.

ἐμμαίνομαι, f. ovpat, (ἐν, paivopa,)
to be mad at or against any one, to be fu-
rious against, ὁ. dat. Acts 26, 11.—-So adj.
ἐμμανής, furious, raging, Wisd. 14, 23.
Plato Tim. 86. c.

᾿Εμμανουήλ, 6,indec. Emmanuel, Heb.
Deny (God with us) Immanuel, a symbo-
lical name, once Matt. 1, 23; see Is, '7, 14.
8, 10.

᾿Εμμαούς, ἡ 7, indec. Emmaus, a village
60 furlongs or about 7} Rom. miles from Je-
rusalem, but in what difprticn is uncertain ;
Luke 24, 13.—A place of this name is men-
tioned by Josephus at a like distance from
Jerusalem ; Jos. B. J. 7. 6. 6, χωρίον ὃ
καλεῖται μὲν ᾿Αμμαοῦς, ἀπέχει δὲ τῶν Ἵερο-
σολύμων σταδίους ἑξήκοντα. A city Em-
maus lay also in the plain of Judah, 160
stadia from Jerusalem, towards Joppa, and
was called by the Romans Nicopolis, now
"Amwéds; it is not mentioned in N. T. but
often elsewhere, as 1 Macc. 3, 40. Jos.
Ant. 14. 11.2. B. J. 2. 20. 4. See Bibl.
Res. in Pal. III. p. 65 sq. Rosenm. Bib).
Geogr. II. ii. p. 198.

ἐμμένω, f. eva, (ἐν, μένω.) to remain in
a place, ὁ. ἐν Xen. An. 4. 7. 18.—In N. T.
trop. to remain in, to continue in any course
of conduct, with ἐν c. dat. Gal. 3, 10 πᾶς
ὃς οὐκ ἐμμένει ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς yeyp. Heb. 8, 9.
Sept. Is, 30.18. (Pol. 8. 70. 4 ἐν τῇ πίστει.
Plut. Artaxerx. 23 init.) With dat. simply,
Acts 14, 22 τῇ πίστει. Sept. for- Bp
Deut. 27, 26. So Pol. 1. 48. 3 τῇ πίστει.
Xen. Ag. 1. 11.

᾿Εμμόρ, ὃ, indec. Emmor, Heb. “ion
(an ass) Hamor, Acts '7, 16; comp. Gen.
33, 19, Josh. 24, 32.—Lachm. Ἐμμώρ.

ἐμός, ἡ, dv, possessive adj. of 1 pers.
Sing. my, mine.

1. Pr. marking possession, property, etc.
Matt. 18, 20 τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα. John 3, 29. 4,
34. Rom. 10,1. al. sep. (Xen. Cony. 5. 5.)
So τὸ ἐμόν, τὰ ἐμά, my own, i. 6. what is
mine, my property, Matt. 25, 27. 20, 15.
Luke 15, 81. Emphat. τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί, with
my own hand, 1 Cor. 16, 21. Gal. 6, 11.
Col. 4, 18.—Implying power or office, as
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμόν 50. δοῦναι, it is not mine to
give, Lat. mewm non est, Matt. 20,23. Mark
10, 40. Comp. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 1 rics
ἐκπορίζειν.

2. Of things which proceed from any one
as the source, author, agent; Mark 8, 38
τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους. Luke 9, 26. John 6, 38.

*
te

ἐμπαιγμονή

7,16. 8,16. 14,27. Rom. 8, 7. al. sep. So
τὸ ἐμόν, i. 6. my doctrine, John 16, 14. 15,

3. In a passive or objective sense, Winer
ᾧ 22. 7. τι. 3. Matth. § 466. 2; 6. g. of that
which is appointed, destined, for a person,
as ὁ καιρὸς 6 ἐμός John 7, 6.83 ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ
ἐμή John 8, ὅθ ; καιρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς ἀναλύσεως
2 Tim. 4, 6; or of that which is done to or
in respect to a person, as εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνά-
prow, in my remembrance, i.e, in remem-
brance of me, Luke 22, 19. 1 Cor. 11, 24.
25; ἀγάπη ἡ ἐμή, love of me, John 15, 9
comp. V. 10.—Jos. Ant, 1. 3. 8 ἐξύβριζον
εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν εὐσέβειαν, i. 6. εἰς ἐμέ, towards
me. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.28 φιλίᾳ τῇ ἐμῇ. 8. 3.
32 τῆς ἐμῆς δωρεᾶς, i.e. the gifttome. +

ἐμπαιγμονή, is, ἡ, (ἐμπαίζω,) mockery,
scoffing; in later edit. 2 Pet. 3, 3 ἐν ἐμ-
παιγμονῇ ἐμπαῖκται, scoffers in mockery,
intens. for shameless scoffers ; comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 671. 8. Not found in Sept. or
Greek writers.

ἐμπαυγμός, οὔ, 6, (ἐμπαίζω,) a mock-
ing, scofing, Heb. 11, 36. Sept. for nop
Ez. 22, 4—Wisd. 12, 25. Ecclus. 27, 28.
A form of the Alexandrine age, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 241. n.

ἐμπαίζω, f. αἰξω, (ἐν, παίζων aor. 1
ἐνέπαιξα, a later form instead οἵ ἐνέπαισα,
Buttm. ὁ 114 παίζω. Phryn. et Lob, p. 240.
—To sport in, with, against any one, Lat.
illudere, Eng). to illude, i.e.

1. to mock, to scoff’ at, to deride, c. dat.
Matt. 27, 29 ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ, λέγοντες. V. 31.
Mark 10, 34. 15, 20. Luke 14, 29. 22, 63.
23, 36; absol. Matt. 20,19. 27, 41. Mark
15, 31. Luke 18, 32. 23,11. Sept. for prix
Gen. 39, 14. 17; 5d9mnm Ex. 10, 2.—Arr.
Epict. 4. 1. 47. Luc. Lexiph. 5, Hdot. 4.
134.

2. Spec. to delude, to deceive, Pass. Matt.
2, 16.—Sept. Jer. 10, 14. Soph. Ant. 799.

ἐμπαίκτης, ov, 6, (ἐμπαίζω.) a mocker,
scoffer, spoken of impostors, false prophets,
deceivers, 2 Pet. 3, 3. Jude 18. See Matt.
24, 24 sq.—A word of the Alexandrine age,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 241. ἢ.

ἐμπεριπατέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἐν, περιπα-
réw,) to walk about in or on a place, e
τὴν γῆν, Sept. for 7Pon4 Job 1, 7. 2,2;
also Luc. Conv. 13.—In N. 'T. trop. dp voli
in or among a people, to live among, to be
habitually conversant with ; absol. 2 Cor. 6,
16. Sept. and yan Lev. 26, 12. Deut.
23, 14.

dwar lar dyes f. ἐμπλήσω; (ἐν, πίμπλημι,
the « in πιμ- being dropped after ἐμ, Buttm.

4
ν᾿
“

243

ἐμπνέω

§ 114. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 95,) aor. 1 ἐνε-
πλησα, Pass. aor. 1 ἐνεπλήσθην ; also par-
ticip. pres. ἐμπιπλῶν Acts 14, 17, from a
form ἐμπιπλάω less usual and not Attic,
Buttm. § 114 πίμπλημι. § 106. n. 5; to
fill in, Lat. implere, i. q. to fill up, to make
full, c. acc, Sept. for xd Gen. 42, 25.
Hdian. 1. 12, 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.—In
N. T. spoken only of food, to fill with food,
to satisfy, to sate, absol. John 6,12 ὡς δὲ
ἐνεπλήσθησαν. Sept. for say Lev. 25, 6.
(Plut. Symp. lib. 8 init. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.)
Trop. to fill, to satisfy, e. g. one’s desire
with good, absol. Luke 6, 25. With acc.
and gen. Luke 1, 53. Acts 14,17; comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 132,10, a. Sept. for xda Is. 27, 6.
Ps. 107, 9; aw Jer. 31, 14. (Ecclus. 16,
30.) Pass. trop. to be filled with any per
son or thing, i.e. to fully enjoy the society,
intercourse of any one; Rom. 15, 24 ἐὰν
ὑμῶν ἐμπλησϑῶ. Comp. Hist. of Susann. 32.

ἐμπίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, (ἐν, πίπτω,) aor.
2 ἐνέπεσον, to fall in, and with εἰς c. acc. of
place, to fall into; Matt. 12, 11 εἰς βόϑυνον.
Luke 6, 39 Lachm. Luke 14, 5 εἰς φρέαρ.
Sept. and 889 Ex. 21, 33. Prov. 26, 27.
(sop. F. 117 μυῖα ἐμπεσοῦσα eis χύτραν.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 εἰς τάφρους.) Of per-
sons, fo fall in with, to fall among, to meet
with, Luke 10, 36 eis τοὺς ληστάς. So Arr.
Epict. 3. 13. 3 ὅταν eis ληστὰς ἐμπέσωμεν.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 4.—Trop. to fall into any
state or condition, to come into, c. eis, 1 Tim.
3, 6 εἰς κρίμα. v.7 εἰς ὀνειδισμόν. 6, 9.
Sept. and bp) Prov. 17, 21. 28, 10. (4.
V. H. 5. 2. Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 6.) Also é ἐμπε-
σεῖν εἰς χεῖρας Ξεοῦ, to fall into the hands of
God, into his power, for punishment, Heb.
10, 31. Sept. and 989 2 Sam. 24,14. So
Ecclus. 2, 18.

ἐμπλέκω, f. ἔξω, (ἐν, πλέκω.) to plait
or braid in, to interweave, A). V. H. 13. 1
ἐνεπλέκοντο οἱ κιττοὶ μαλακοῖς dévdpois.—
In N. T. trop. to entangle ; Mid. to entangle
oneself in, c. dat. 2 Tim. 2, 4; Pass. c. dat.
2 Pet. 2,20. So Pol. 1.17.3. Plato Legg.
814. b.

ἐμπλήσω, see the forms of ἐμπίπλημι.

ἐμπλοκή, iis, ἡ, (ἐμπλέκω,) a plaiting,
braiding, intertwining, sc. of the hair in
ornament, 1 Pet. 3,3. Comp. 1 Tim, 2, 9
Judith 10, 3.

ἐμπνέω, ὦ, f. evow, (ἐν, πνέω,) to blow
in or upon, to breathe in or on, intrans. Hom.
Il, 17. 502 ; also αὐλοῖς ἐμπνεῖν, to play upon,
Anth. Gr. II. p. 103; hence genr. to draw
breath, to breathe, i. e. to live, Plut. Eumen.

--

ἐμπορεύομαι 244

ὅ ult. Eurip. Phen. 1436.—In N. T. trop.
and intrans. fo breathe, to respire, and with
en. to breathe of any thing, i. q. to be full

3 Acts 9,1 ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου.
See Matth. ᾧ 376. Winer ὁ 80. 9. 6. So
πνέω, Aristenet. I. Ep. 5 πνέων ϑυμοῦ.
Achill. Tat. 2. p. 65 ἔρωτος πνεῖ. Aristoph.
Eq. 435 κακίας πνεῖ. Comp. Heb. mp. Ps.
27, 12.

> “ὦ

ἐμπορεύομαύ, f. evoopuat, Pass. depon.
(ἐν, πορεύομαι.) to go in, to enter in, 6. acc.
τὴν πύλην Sept. Gen. 34, 24; πρός τινα, to
any one, to have intercourse with, Plut. de
aud. Poet. 12. p. 76 ; το travel about in, to
journey, Soph. Elect. 405. Pol. 28. 10. 5.
—In Ν. T. and usually, to travel about as a
merchant or trader on a large scale, i. q. to
trade, to traffic; absol. James 4,13. Sept.
for "ΠῚ Ὁ Gen. 34, 10. 42, 34. (Diod. Sic. 5.
39, Xen. Lac.'7.1.) With an ace. to traffic
in, to make merchandise of ; 2 Pet. 2,3: ὑμᾶς
ἐμπορεύσονται; i.e. they will deceive you for
their own gain. So Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8 (vir-
gins) οὐκ ἐμπορευσόμεναι τὴν ὥραν τοῦ σώ-
ματος. Athen. 13. p. ὅ69. f. See Winer § 32.
Be it.

ἐμπορία, as, 7, (€umopos,) ἃ journey
for traffic, Arr. Epict. 3. 24. 80.—In N. T.
trade, traffic, commerce, Matt. 22,5. Sept.
for myno Ez. 27,15; nbs Ez. 28,5. So
Pol. 3. 23. 4. Xen. Hi. 9.°9.

ἐμπόριον, ov, τό, (ἔμπορος,) an empo-
rium, market, mart; John 2, 16. οἶκον ἐμπο-
piov, α market-house.—Sept. Is. 23,17. Pol.
16. 41. 5.. Xen. Vect. 3. 3.

ἔμπορος, ov, ὁ, (ἐν, πόρος, πείρω, πε-
ράω;) pr. a passenger from one place to an-
other, a traveller, ὁ ἐν πόρῳ dv, Soph. Cid.
C. 25, 808 ; espec. a passenger by ship who
pays fare; and this indeed seems to have
been the earliest use of the word, (later
ἐπιβάτης.) Hom. Od. 2. 319. ib, 24, 300.—
In N. T. and usually, @ merchant, trader,
i, e, one who trades by sea or land, a whole-
sale dealer; distinguished from the κάπηλος
or ἀγοραῖος, who purchased his wares of the
ἔμπορος and dealt them out at retail ; see
Boeckh Staatshaush. I. p. 336. Xen. Vect.
3. 12, 18.—Rev. 18, 3. 11. 15. 23. Matt. 13,
45 ἄνθρωπος ἔμπορος, see in ἄνϑρωπος. Β.
c.B. Sept. for smo Gen. 37,27; 554 Ez.
27, 15. 20 sq. So Hdian. 4. 10.9. Xen.
Hell. 1. 6. 38.

ἐμπρήδω, f. now, (ἐν, πρήϑω,) Lat. in-
cendo, to inflame, to set on fire, i. e. to destroy

- by fire, τὴν πόλιν Matt. 22,'7. Sept. for

rw Judg. 18, 27—Hdian. 3. 7. 16. Xen.
Hell. 1. 2. 4.

ἐμπτυω

ἔμπροσδϑεν, ady. and prep. (ἐν, mpé-
o%ev,) before, 6. g.

1. Ady. of place before, in advance of
any one, Luke 19, 4. 28. (Pol. 2. 27. 4.
Xen. An. 5. 6. 9; comp. Cyr. 2. 2.'7.) So

Ta tumpoo%ev, things before, Phil. 3, 14;

comp. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7. (Xen. An. 6. 3.
14.) In respect of the body, before, in front.
Rev. 4,6. So Sept. and 538 Ez. 2, 10.
Xen. An. 5. 4. 32.—In Sept. and Gr. writers
spoken also of time, Ruth 4,7. Judg. 1, 11.
al. Ail. V. H. 2. 41. Xen. Vect. 4. 28.

2. Prep. with the genitive, before; see
Buttm. ᾧ 146. 8. Thus

a) Of place, with gen. of person, after
verbs of motion and the like, before; John
3, 28. 10, 4 ἔμπρ. αὐτῶν πορεύεται. Matt.
6, 2. 11,10. Mark 1, 2. Luke '7, 27. Sept.
for 3B Gen. 32, 3.16. (Xen. Cyr. 3.2. 5.)
Genr. before, in the presence of, Matt. 5, 16.
6, 1. 10, 32 bis. 33 bis. 17,2. 25, 32. 26,70.
27, 11.29. Mark 9,2. Luke 5, 19. 12, 8
bis. 14, 2. 19, 27. 21, 36. John 12, 37.
Gal. 2, 14. 1 Thess. 2, 19. So Matt. 7, 6
βάλλειν ἔμπρ. x. 23,13 or 14 κλείετε τὴν Bac.
τῶν οὐρ. ἔμπρ. τῶν avap. ye shut up before
them, so as to prevent them from entering ;
comp. Sept. ἀνοίξω ἔμπρ. αὐτοῦ Suvpas, for
"23 Is. 45, 1—Hence and from the Heb.
ἔμπροσϑεν τοῦ Seov, before God, in the sight
of God, God being witness, God knowing
and approving, 1 Thess. 1, 3. 3, 9. 13.
1 John 3, 19; comp. Heb. “Ἢ mapd ῬῸΣ,
Sept. δίκαιον ἐναντίον, Gen. ἤ, 1. So Matt.

11, 26 et Luke 10,21 οὕτως ἐγένετο εὐδοκία.

ἔἐμπροσϑέν σου. Matt. 18,.14 ϑελημα ἔμπρ.
τοῦ. [Acts 10, 4.] So Heb. 7 "28> ἸΣ5,
Sept. εὐδοκία ἐνώπιον Seod Ps. 19, 15;
δεκτὸν ἔναντι κυρίου Ex. 28, 38 ; comp. Heb.
Lex. art. 538 1). 1. b. Lehrg. p. 820. 9 ult.
—wWith gen. of thing, before, at; Matt. 5,
24 ἔμπρ. τοῦ ϑυσιαστηρίου. Acts 18, 17.
2 Cor. 5,10. Rev. 19,10. 22,8. Comp.
Sept. and "28> Neh. 8, 3. 2 Chr. 5, 5. So
Ceb. Tab. 1.

b) Of time, before, with gen. of pers.
John 1, 15. 27. 30. Sept. and "yp> 2 K.
17, 2. 23, 25. al_—Hdot..'7- 144. Dem.
51. 15.

ἐμπτύω, f. bow, (ἐν, πτύω,) to spit in,
to spit upon, 6. g. εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον, to spit
in one’s face, Matt. 26,67; genr. 27, 30.
Sept. εἰς τὸ mp. for pos Num. 12, 14.
(Plut. Mor. II. p. 46, ἐμπτύειν τινὶ εἰς τὸ
πρόσωπον.) With dat. Mark 10, 34. 14,
65. 15,19. Pass. Luke 18, 32. So 44].
V.H. 1. 15. Galen. de Theriac. 1. 8. See
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 17. Thom. Mag. p. 507.

"ον .

ἐμφανής

-εμφανής, έος, οὖς, 6 » ἡ; adj. (ἐμφαίνω,)
pr. appearing in any thing ; hence genr.
apparent, and ἐμφανὴς γίνομαι; to be-
come apparent, to appear, to be seen. openly,
i. q. ἐμφανίζομαι, Acts 10, 40., So AEL. V.
Η. 1. 21. Plato Alcib. 141. a; comp. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 23.—Trop. to become manifest,
known ; Rom. 10, 20, quoted from Is. 65, 1
where Sept. for wt. Sept. for sis

Ex. 2, 14. So Pol. 22; "15. 7. Plato Theat.»

206. d.

ἐμφανίξω, f. iow, (ἐμφανής,) to shake
apparent, to cause to be seen; to show; Pass.
io appear, to be seen openly; Matt. 27, 53
ἐμφανίσϑησαν πολλοῖς. Heb. 9, 24 ἐμφανι-
σϑῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ ϑεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν;
i.e. in our behalf; for the construction
én. τῷ mp. comp. Sept. and Heb. Ps. 42,
3.—Trop. to manifest, to make known, to
declare, to show, c. dat. Acts 23, 15 é
gare τῷ χιλιάρχῳ ὅπως κτὰ. With ace.
and πρός, 23, 22 ταῦτα πρός με. With ὅτι
Heb. 11, 14. Rept. τινί τι for “2x Esth.
2, 22. (Soc. τινί τε Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 2. Diod.
Sic. 14.11. Xen. Mem, 4. 3.4; τοῦτο ὅτι
Xen. Cyr. 8.1. 26.) In a fadictal sense,
c. dat. et κατά τινος, to inform against, to
accuse, Acts 34,1. 2ὅ, 2 ; περί τινος, 25, 15.
(Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3 κατά. 14. 10. 12 περί.)
Of a person, ἐμφανίζειν ἑαυτόν τινι, to mani-
fest oneself to any one, i. 6. to let oneself
be intimately known and apprehended, John
14, 21. 22. Sept. for pin Ex. 33, 13.
So Wisd. 1, 2.

ἔμφοβος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ἐν, φόβος.) pr.

in fear, i.e. terrified, affrighted, Luke 24,

5. 37. Acts 10, 4. 22,9. 24,25. Rev. 11,
13.—1 Macc. 13, 2. Theophr. Char. 24 or
25. 1, ἔμφοβος ὕπειξιε, τῆς ψυχῆς.
ἐμφυσάω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐν, φυσάω.) to
blow in or on, to breathe on, 4050]. John 20,
22. Sept. for mp3 of a wind Ez. 37,9; of
wrath 22, 21.—Dioscor. 5. 99 καίεται ἐμφυ-
onzev. Comp. Hom. Il. 19. 159.
ἔμφυτος, ov, ὃ, 7, adj. (ἐμφύω,) im-
planted by nature, inborn, innate, Wisd. 12,
10. Pol. 9. 11. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 5.—In
N. T. trop. implanted, engrafted, from an-
other source, e. g. τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον James
1, 21, the gospel being here represented as
a shoot implanted or engrafled; as else-
where by seed sown, comp. Mark 6, 14 sq.
So Barnab. Ep. c. 9, ἡ eu. δωρεὰ τῆς δι-
δαχῆς τ. Seov. Hdot. 9. 94 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα
αὐτίκα ἔμφυτον μαντικὴν εἶχε KTA..
ἐν, a prep. governing only the dative,
with the primary idea of rest in any place
or thing ; or also in contact with, on, at, by.

245 ἐν.
- Compared with εἰς and ἐκ; it stands between

the two, εἰς. implying ‘motion into, év the
being or remaining in, and ἐκ motion out of.
See Winer } 52. a. Matth. ὁ 577. Kihner
§ 289. 1. Buttm, ὁ 147, n. 1..

1. Of Pracs, which is the primary and ἢ

most frequent use; spoken of every thing
which is conceived as being, remaining,
taking place, within some definite space or
limits, in, on, at, bys ete. Sept. usually for
Heb. 3.

a) Pr, in, within; Luke 11,1 ἐν τόπῳ
τινί. Matt. 8,6 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Acts 2, 46 ἐν
τῷ ἱερῷ. Luke 22, 55 ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς.
Matt. 4, 23 ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. 4; 21 ἐν τῷ

πλοίῳ. 11,2. Mark 5,3. John ὅ, 28. 11,

17. 19,41. Phil. 1, 13. Luke 9, 57 et 19,
36 ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Matt. 6,2. 5 ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις.
11,16 ἐν ἀγοραῖς. Luke 7, 32. Matt. 20,
23 ἐν τῇ πόλει. 13, 24, 27 ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. al.
sep. (Hdian. 1. 9. 7. ib. 1.12.12. Xen. Cyr.
1. 4. 5.) With the names of cities, coun-
tries, places; Luke 2, 43 ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ.

Matt. 2, 1. ὅ ἐν Βηϑλεέμ. Rom. 1, 7 ἐν Ῥώ-

μῃ. Matt. 2, 19 ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ. Acts 7, 86 ἐν
yn Αἰγ.. Matt. 9, 31.
ths “Iovdaias. 4, 13. 6, 4. Acts 9, 36.
10, 1. 1 Thess. 1, 7. 8. al, sep. (Hdian.
3. 2. 7. Thue. 7. 21.) So ἐν τῷ ἅδῃ Luke
16, 23, comp. Matt. 10, 28. Rev. 21,8; ἐν
οὐρανῷ, ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, Matt. 6, 10. 20.
Luke 15, 7. Matt. 5, 12. 16,19; also of
God, ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ovp. as adj. i. 4. ὁ
ἐπουράνιος; heavenly Father, Matt. 5, 12. 4.
7,11, comp. 18,35; ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρ.
Matt. ὅ, 19. 8,11 ; ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ: Rom. 9,
17. Matt. 25,18. 25; ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, John
18,1. Col. 1, 6; ἐν τῇ ϑαλάσσῃ Mark 5,
13; ἐν μέσῳ τῆς Sad. 6,47. 1 Cor. 11,
25. Οἵα book, writing ; Mark 12, 26 ἐν
τῇ βίβλῳ Mocées. Luke 2, 23. 20, 42.
Acts 13,33 ἐν τῷ Ψαλμῷ τῷ deur. Heb, 4, 5.

5,6. So Heb. 4,7 ἐν Δαβίδ, ἱ. 6. in the book’

of David, the Psalms. John 6, 45 ἐν τοῖς
προφήταις: Rom. 11,2 ἐν Ἠλίᾳ, i.e. in the
section respecting Elijah. Of the body and
its parts; Rom. 6, 12 ἐν τῷ ϑνητῷ σώματι.
2 Cor. 12, 2. Matt. 3, 12 ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ.
Rev. 6, 5. 11,9. al. (Xen. An. 6. 1. 9.)
Matt. 7,3.4 ἐν τῷ dpSadp@. Matt. 1, 18.23
ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν, see in γαστήρ no. 2. Luke
1, 44 ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ. Trop. ἐν τοῖς μέλεσι
Rom. 7, 5. James 4,1; ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, ἐν
ταῖς καρδίαις, Matt. 5,28. Luke 2,51. Matt.
9, 4. Mark 2, 6.8; ἐν στόματι 1 Pet. 2, 22.
—Spoken of persons, pr. in one’s. body ;
Matt. 1,20 τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηϑέν. 6,23. Acts
20, 10; of a demoniac Acts 19, 16. ves

Rom. 7, 17. 18. 20. al.

3,1. 3 ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ᾿

ἐν 240

Ὁ) Spoken of elevated objects, a surface,
or the like, in, i. 6. on, wpon; as of a fig-
tree, ἐν αὐτῇ Mark 11, 13; a mountain, ἐν
τῷ ὄρει, Luke 8, 32. John 4, 20. Heb. 8, 5.

(Sept. and sma Ex. 31, 18. Luc. D. Deor.
4.3. Xen. An. 4. 3. 31.) Matt. 8,24 σει-
σμὸς ἐν τῇ Saddoon, on the lake. Luke 12,
51. John 20, 25. Acts '7, 33. 2 Cor. 3,7
ἐντετυπωμένη ἐν λίϑοις. Rev. 3,21 ἐν τῷ
ϑρόνῳ. (Hom. Od. 8. 422.) Rev. 13, 12.
18, 19. Trop. Jude 12 ἐν ταῖς ἀγάπαις
ὑμῶν σπιλάδες. :

c) In ἃ somewhat wider sense, implying
simply contact, close proximity, in, i. e. on,
at, by, near, with, equivalent to παρά ; 6. g.
ev δεξιᾷ τινος, Heb. 1, 8. 8,1. 10, 12.
Rom. 8, 34. al. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.2.) So
Matt. 6, 5 ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν. 24,
36 et Acts 2, 19 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ἴηι. or on the
sky. (Hom. 11.22. 318.) Luke 18, 4 6 πύρ-
γος ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ, at or near the fountain,
comp. Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 1. Luke 16, 23 et
John 13, 23, see in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2. Matt.
7, 6 μήποτε καταπατήσωσιν ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν
αὐτῶν, i. 6. αἱ or under their feet. John 15,
4 ἐὰν μὴ (τὸ κλῆμα) μείνῃ. ἐν τῷ ἀμπέλῳ,
i. 6. remains on, attached (0, the vine. 19,
41. Rey. 9, 10. John 11, 10 ὅτε τὸ φῶς οὐκ
ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ, i. 6. by him, around him, in
his path ; also trop. 1 John 1, 5. So Hdot.
1. 76. Pol. 2. 66.10. Xen. An. 4. 8. 22.—
Trop. ὁ. dat. of person, i.e. a) Spoken
of those with whom any one is in near con-
nection, intimate union, oneness of heart,
mind, purpose; especially of the union by
faith of Christians with Christ, who are
then in Christ, as a branch in or on a vine,
John 15, 2. 4. 5; so John 6, 56. 14, 20.
Rom. 16, 7. 11. 1 Cor..1,; 30. 9, 1. 2.
2 Cor. 5, 17. Eph. 2, 13. al. sep. 1 Thess.
4, 16 οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ, i. e. who died in
union by faith with Christ, as Christians.
‘1 Cor. 15, 18. Rev. 14, 13. Hence οἱ ἐν
Χριστῷ as adj. Christians, i. q. of Χριστιανοί,
Rom. 8, 1. 2 Cor. 12,2. Gal. 1,22..1 Pet. 5,
14. al. So genr. i. 6. in connection with
Christ, in the Christian faith, Rom. 12, 5.
Gal. 3, 28 πάντες ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Xp. 5, 6.
6, 15. Phil. 4, 1.'7. 1 Thess. 3, 8. 1 John
2, 24. al. Vice versa of the union of Christ
with Christians in consequence of their faith
in him; John 6, 56. 14,°20. 15,4. 5. 17,
23. 26. Rom. 8, 9. Gal. 2,20.al. Ofa
like union with God, and vice versa, 1
Thess. 1, 1. 1 John 2, 34. 8, 6.24. 4, 13.
15. 16. al. Of the mutual union of God
.and Christ, John 10, 38. 14, 10. 11. 20. al.
Of the Holy Spirit in Christians, John 14,
17. Rom. 8, 9. 11 bis. 1 Cor. 3, 16. 6, 19.

εν

1.Pet. 1,11. al. 8) Of those in, with, on
whom, i. 6. in whose person or character,
any thing exists, is done, (comp. mapd,) ὁ. 5.
in external life and conduct, John 18, 38
et 19, 4. 6, οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν.
Acts 24, 20. 25, 5. 1 John 2, 10. 1 Cor.
4, 2. So genr. of any power, influence.
efficiency, e. g. from God, Christ, the Holy
Spirit, Matt. 14,2 διὰ τοῦτο ai δυνάμεις ἐν-
εργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. John 1, 4. 14,13. 17,26.
1 ον. 12,6. Gal. 4, 19. Phil. 2, 5. 13. Col. 1,
19, Heb. 13, 21. 1 John 3, 9.15. al. Of
Satan, John 14, 30 ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν,
in me he hath nothing, can do nothing, effect
nothing. Of evil influence genr. 2 Cor. 4,
4. 12. 6,12. Also ἐν ἑαυτῷ, in, with, of
oneself, Matt. 13,21. John 5,26, 6,53. 1Cor.
11,13. 2Cor. 1,9.al. γ) Of those in or
with whom, i. e. in whose mind, heart,
soul, any thing exists or takes place, (comp.
παρά,) 6. g. virtues, vices, faculties, etc.
John 1; 48 ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστι. 4, 14 ἐν ad-
τῷ, i.e. in his soul. 17, 13. Rom, 7, 8.
1 Cor, 2, 11. 8, 7. 2 Cor. 11, 10, Eph. 4,
18. Philem. 6. al. So κρύπτεσθαι ἐν Sea,
i. 6. in the mind and counsels of God, Col.
3, 3. Eph. 8,9. So ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἐν éav-
Tots, in or with oneself, themselves, i. 6. in
one’s heart, Matt. 3, 9, Luke 7, 39. 49.
John 5, 42. Rom. 8, 23. Eph. 1, 9. James
2, 4, al.

d) Of a number or multitude, as indica-
ting place, in, among, with, equivalent to
ἐν μέσῳ in the midst of; Matt. 2, 6 ἐλαχί-
στη ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ᾿Ιούδα. 11, 11 οὐκ ἐγή-
γερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν. Vv. 21 οἱ γενό- ᾿
μενοι ἐν ὑμῖν. 20, 27. Mark 10, 43. Luke 1,
1. John 1, 14. 11, 54, Acts 2, 29, 20, 32.
Rom. 1, 5. 6. 1 Cor..11, 18. Eph. 5, 3.
1 Pet. 5,1. 2, 2 Pet. 2, 8. al. sepiss. So
ἐν ἑαυτοῖ ς, among themselves, Matt. 16,7.
21, 38. Acts 28, 29. (Thuc.'7. 67.) ἐν ἀλ-
λήλοις, with one another, Mark 9, 50.
John 13, 35. Rom. 15, 5. (Luc. Asin. 19.)
So with a dat. ‘sing. of a collective noun;
Luke 4, 25. 27 ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ. 1, 61. 2, 44.
John 7, 48. Acts 10, 35. Eph. 3,21. 2 Pet.
2, 1. al. Sept. genr. for 2 2 K. 18,5;
Tin> Gen. 23, 6. Lev. 16,29. So ALl. V.
H. 1. 31. Luc. Ὁ, Deor. 23. 1. Xen. An. 2.
3. 15.—Hence with dat. plur. of persons by
whom one is accompanied, escorted, or the
like; Luke 14, 31. Jude 14 ἦλϑε κύριος ἐν
ἁγίαις μυριάσιν αὑτοῦ. Sept. and a Num.
20, 20. (1 Macc. 1,17. 7, 28.) With-a

. dat. plur. of things; 1 Cor. 15,3 ἐν πρώτοις,

among the first, i. e. adv. first of all; so
Xen. Ge. 4. 4. Cyr 1.6.24,
e) Of persons, among, i. e. in the pre

ἐν 247

sence of, before; Mark 8, 38 ὃς ἂν ἐπαι-
σχυνϑῇ pe ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ. Luke 1, 25.
Acts 6, 8. 24,21 ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, before them
as judges. 1 Cor. 2,6. Col. 1, 23. Trop.
and from the Heb. Luke 4, 21 ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν
ὑμῶν, comp. Sept. and 3 Deut. 5,1. So
genr. Judith 16, 1. Pol. 17. 6. 1. Plato
Legg. 886. 6, κατηγορεῖν ἐν ἀσεβέσιν ἀνπρώ-
ποις. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 6.—Trop. in the sight
of any one, he being judge; Luke 16, 15
τὸ ἐν dvSparos ὑψηλόν, i. 6. in the sight,
judgment, of men. 1 Cor. 14, 11 ὁ λαλῶν,
ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος. Col. 3, 20. (Demosth.
764. 15, ib. 813. 10. Eurip. Hipp. 1335.)
So by Hebraism, ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὑμῶν, in i. e.
before your eyes, in your judgment, Matt.
21, 42. Mark 12,11. Sept. and 5 "2°33
Ps, 118, 23; comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 820.
So 1 Mace. 1, 12. Ὰ

f) Spoken of that in which one is en-
closed, by or with which one is surrounded ;
Matt. 16,27 ἔρχεσϑαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ. 25, 31. all.
Mark 13, 26 ἐν νεφέλαις. Luke 21, 27. al.
Acts 7, 30 ἐν φλογὶ πυρός. (Hom. Il. 15.
192 οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι.) Of
clothing, Matt. 11, 8 ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις
ἠμφιεσμένον. 6,29. 7,15. Mark 12,38. Heb.
11, 37. James 2,2; of ornaments, 1 Tim.
2,9; of bonds, Eph. 6,20. So ἐν σαρκί,
an the flesh, i.e. clothed in the flesh, in the
body, 1 John 4, 2. 2 John 75 ζῆν ἐν σαρκί,
Gal. 2,20. Phil. 1,22. Sept. and 3 Deut.
22,12. Ps. 147, 8. So Jos. Ant. 18. 6.7
ὁ ἐν τῇ πορφυρίδι. Hdian. 1. 13. 5. Xen.
Mem. 3. 11. 4—Hence of that with which
one is furnished, which he carries with him,
or the like; 1 Cor. 4,21 ἐν ῥάβδῳ Ase.
Heb. 9,25. Trop. Luke 1,17 ἐν πνεύματι
καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλίου. Rom. 15, 29. Eph. 6, 2.
Sept. and 5 Gen. 32, 11 ἐν ῥάβδῳ. Josh,
92,8. So Jos. Ant. 6.9.4 σὺ μὲν ἐπέρχῃ
μοι ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ κτὰ. Diod. Sic. 18. 16 ult.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 14.

2. Of Trwe,e.g. a) Time when, a defi-
nite point or period, in, during, on, at which
any thing takes place; Matt. 2,1 ἐν ἡμέραις
Ἡρώδου. 3,1. 8,13. 12, 1.2 ἐν σαββάτῳ.
Acts 20,7. 1 Cor. 11, 23. al.sepiss. John 11,
9. 10 ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐν τῇ vuxti,i. 6. by day, by
night. (Paleph. 52. 1. Hdian. 1.5.1. Xen.
An. 1, 5. 16.) With a nent. adj. Acts 7,
13 ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ. 2 Cor. 11,6 ἐν παντί
sc. χρόνῳ. Phil. 4,6. So Acts 26, 28 ἐν
ὀλίγῳ (χρόνῳ) shortly, and v. 29 ἐν ὀλίγῳ
καὶ ἐν πολλῷ, in short or in long. (Luc. D.
Deor. 9. 1. Plut. Coriolan. 9. Xen. Hell. 4.
4. 12 ἐν ὀλίγῳ πολλοὶ ἔπεσον, comp. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4. 2 ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ.) With a relat.
pron. 8. g. ἐν ᾧ 56. χρόνῳ Mark 2,19. John

al

5,7. (Thue. 7. 29. Xen. Aa. 1. 10. 10.)
With art. and adv. Luke 7,11 ἐν τῇ ἕξης.
8,1. John 4, 31 ἐν τῷ μεταξύ. So Xen.
Conv. 1. 14.—Spoken of an action or event
which serves to mark a definite time ; Matt.
22,28 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει. Luke 11, 31. 32 ἐν
τῇ κρίσει. John 21, 20 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ. 1 Cor.
15, 52 ἐν τῇ ἐσχ. σάλπιγγι. 2 Thess. 1,7
1 John 2, 28. al. sep. So ἐν οἷς sc. πράγ-
μασι, i.e. during which things, meanwhile,
Luke 12, 1. (Luc. Alex. 36 ἐν τῷ λοιμῷ.
Diod. Sic. 14.68. Xen. Mem. 2.1.32. Hdian.
5. 1. 8 ἐν ois.) Spec. with dat. of art. and
infin. in, i. e. on or at an action or event,
while it is taking place; Luke 9, 36 ἐν τῷ
γένεσϑαι τὴν φωνήν. 1,8. 2,6. 5,1. 24,51.
Acts 8, 6. al. sep.. So Sept. 1 Sam. 1,.7.
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5.

b) Of time how long, i. e. a space or pe
riod within which any thing takes place, in,
within ; 6. g. ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις, in three days,
Matt. 27, 40. Mark 15, 29. al. So Sept.
and 3 Is. 16, 14.—21. V. H, 1. 6.. Diod. Sic
20. 83 ult. Xen. Ag. 1. 34 ἐν δυοῖν ἐτοῖν.

3. Trop. of the Stare, condition, circum-
stances, in which one is, moves, acts; as
also of the occasion, ground, means, in, on,
by, through which one is affected, moved.
acted upon.

a) Of the state, condition, circumstances.
a) Genr. either external or internal; comp.
Winer ᾧ 52. a. 3. Matth. ᾧ 577. 3. E.g. of
an external’ state; Luke 7, 35 ἐν τρυφῇ
ὑπαρχόντες. 8, 43 γυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει aipa-
τος. 2, 29 et 11, 21 ἐν εἰρήνῃ, comp. James
2,16 ὑπάγετε ἐν εἰρήνῃ for which see in εἰς
no. 4. Luke 16, 23 ἐν βασάνοις. 23, 12 ἐν
ἔχϑρᾳ. v. 40; perh. Rom. 1, 4 ἐν δυνάμει.
8, 37. 1 Cor. 7, 18. 20. 24. 15, 42. 43.
2 Cor. 6, 4.5. Gal. 1, 14 ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ.
Philem. 2, 7. 2 Thess. 3, 16 ἐν παντὶ τρό-
πῳ; i. e. in every state, at every turn. 1 Tim.
2, 2. al. sep. So Hdian. 1. 8. 3. Pol, 8.10.
4. Xen. Mem. 3. 3.9 ἐν νόσῳ. An. 2.5. 38.
—Of an internal state, as of the mind and
feelings; Acts 11, 5 ἐν ἐκστάσει. Rom. 15,
32 ἐν χαρᾷ. 1 Cor. 1,10 ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοὶ
TX. 2,3 ἐν ἀσϑενείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ. 2 Cor.
11, 17. 21 ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ. Eph. 8,12. 5, 21.
1 Tim. 1, 13. 2, 11. Heb..3, 11. James 1,
21. 2,1. Jude 24. al. So Hdian. 2. 12. 6.
Xen. An. 7. 6. 38. Cyr. 5. 2..5.—In this
usage ἐν with its dative is often equivalent
to an adjective; Rom. 4, 10 dv ἐν ἀκροβυ
στίᾳ, ἐν περιτομῇ; i. e. as uncircumcised or
circumcised. 2 Cor. 3, 7. 8 et Phil. 4, 19
ἐν δόξῃ i. q. ἔνδοξος. 1 Tim. 2, 7. 12. 14
Tit. 1, 6 ἐν κατηγορίᾳ, i. e: accused. 8, 5
ἔργα τὰ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, i. 4. τὰ δίκαια. (Lue.

ἐν 248 ἐν

Amor. 50. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5.15.) Also ad-
verbially, Acts 5, 23 ἐν πασῇ ἀσφαλείᾳ.
Rom. 2, 28.29 ἐν τῷ φανερῷ, ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ.
Eph. 6,24. So Plato Gorg. p. ὅ12. c. Xen.
Cyr. 8:1. 31. β6)) Of the business, em-
ployment, actions, iz which one is engaged ;
Winer § 52. a. 8. ἃ. Thus Matt. 21, 22 ἐν
προσευχῇ. Mark 4,2 ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ,
i.e. as he taught. 8,27 et Luke 24, 35 ἐν τῇ
ὁδῷ, i. e. in the walk or journey. Luke 16,
10. John 8, 3 ἐν μοιχείᾳ κατειλημένην. Acts
6, 1. 24, 16. Rom. 1,9 ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ,
i.e. labouring in the gospel. 14, 18. 1 Cor.
15, 1. 58. 2 Cor. 7, 11 ἐν παντί. Col. 1,
10 ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ. 4, 2. 1 Tim. 4,15 ἐν
τούτοις to%. 5,17. Heb. 6,18 ἐν οἷς. 11,
34. James 1, 8. 4, 3. ἃ]. So Matt. 20, 15
ποιῆσαι. ὃ ϑέλω ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς, i.e. in my
own affairs. 29, 15. 28, 30 κοινωνοὶ ἐν τῷ
αἵματι, i.e. in slaying the prophets. (Hdot.
2. 82 of ἐν ποιήσει. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.1 6
Κῦρος ἐν τούτοις ἦν. Plato Prot. 22. p. 317.
ο, εἰμὶ ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ) With dat. of person,
‘in the work, business, cause of any one;
Rom. 16, 12 ἥτις ἐκοπίασεν ἐν κυρίῳ. Eph.
6, 21. al. Rom. 6,3 τοὺς συνεργούς μου ἐν
Χριστῷ. 1 Cor.4,17.al. γ)ὲ Implying in
the reach or power of any one ; Matth. § 577.
6. Acts 5,4 ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, comp. 1, 7
et John 8, 8ὅ. Acts 4,12 οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ
οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρίας. So ἐν πνεύματι, in
the Spirit, i.e. under the power and in-
fluence of the Holy Spirit, inspired, Matt.
22, 48. Mark 12, 36. Luke 2, 27. 4, 1. 9,
1. 1 Cor. 12,3; also Matt. 12, 28. 1 Pet. 3,
19. Rev. 1, 10. 4, 2. 17. 3. al. Of demo-
niacs, ἐν πνεύματι dxa%dpre, i. 6. in the
power of an unclean spirit, possessed, Mark
1, 23. 5, 2. Also γενόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ,
having come to himself, Acts 12,113; Matth.
ᾧ 577. 6 ult—Jos, Ant. 3. 1. 5. Aristoph.
Av. 1677 ἐν τῷ Τριβάλλῳ πᾶν τὸ πρᾶγμα.
Hdot. 6. 109. Xen. Cie. 7. 14 ἐν σοὶ πάντα
εστιν.

b) Of manner. i. 6. the circumstances,
external or interna., by which any action,
condition, or event is accompanied ; in, with,
in respect to which it exists or is per-
formed. a) Genr. of manner, comp. in
ἐκ no. 3. ἃ; Matt. 22, 37 ἀγαπᾷν ἐν ὅλῃ
τῇ καρδίᾳ κτὰ. quoted from Deut. 6, 5

‘where Heb. 3, Sept. ἐκ : 85 also Mark 12,
30. 33. Mark 4, 2 διδάσκειν ἐν παραβο-
hats. Luke 2, 36 ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπι-
τάσσει. 21,25 συνοχὴ ἐδνῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ. John
16, 25 ἐν παροιμίαις λαλεῖν. 23, 24 προσκυ-
νεῖν ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληϑείᾳ. Acts 2, 46.
Rom. 1,9 ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου. 9,22. 15, 6.
1 Cor. 2, 4 τὸ κήρυγμά μου οὐκ ἐν πειϑοῖς

λόγοις. Ὗ. Ἵ. 14, 6.21. 2 Cor. 8,7 ἐν ypdpe
μασιν. Col. 8, 22. 2 Tim, 4,2. 2 Pet. 3, 3.
1 John 5, 6 ἐλϑὼν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ τῷ ai-
ματι. (Eurip. Bacch. 1167. Hdian. 2. 18. 8.
Palaph. 82. 2 ἐλθὼν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἐν ἦρε-
μαίῳ βαδίσματι. Thuc. 7. 67 οὐκ ἐν τῷ
αὑτῶν τῥόπῳ κινούμενοι.) In an adverbial
sense; Matt. 22, 16 ἐν ἀληϑείᾳ διδάσκεις,
i. e. truly, in reality. Mark 9,1 ἐν δόλῳ.
Acts 12,7 et 22,18 ἐν τάχει. (Thue. 6.
92 init.) Acts 17,31 et Rev. 19,11 κρίνειν
ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, i.e. righteously. 26, '7 ἐν ἐκ-
reveia, continually. Col. 4, 5. Eph. 6,9 ἐν
παῤῥησίᾳ, boldly. Rev. 18,2 Rec. ἔκραξεν ἐν
ἰσχύϊ. Prob. Rom. 1,4. So Judith 1, 11.
Xen. Cyr. 6.1.11 ἐν τῷ μέρει πάλιν, Vicissim.
8) Of arule, law, standard, in, by, according
lo, conformably to ; comp. Winer § 52.a.3.b.
Matth. ᾧ ὅ77. 8 ult. So Matt.'7,2 ἐν 6 xpi-
ματι κρίνετε, κριϑήσεσϑε. Luke 1, 8 ἐν τῇ
τάξει, comp. 1 Cor. 1ὅ, 28. 1 Thess. 4,15 ἐν
λόγῳ κυρίου. 1 Tim. 1,18 ἐν αὐταῖς sc. προ-
φητείαις. Heb. 4, 11. So of ἃ rule of life,
Luke 1, 6 πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντο-
λαῖς. (Pind. Pyth. 4. 10ὅ ἐν τούτῳ λόγῳ.
Thue. 1. 77 ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις νόμοις τὰς κρί-
σεις ποιεῖν. Xen. Mem. 3.9.1.) With dat.
of person; 2 Cor. 10, 12 ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς
μετροῦντες. Also ‘in conformity with the
will, law, precept of any one; John 3, 21
ἐν 3e@ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα. 1 Cor. 7, 39 ἐν
κυρίῳ. Eph. 6, 1. y) Spec. in, in respect
to, as to; Luke 1,'7. 18 προβεβηκέναι ἐν
ἡμέραις. Eph. 2, 11 ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί. Tit. 1,
13 iva ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει. James 2,10
et 3,2 πταίειν ἐν ἑνί, ἐν λόγῳ. So ἐν παν-
τί, in every respect, 2 Cor. 8, 7. 9, 8. 11;
ἐν μηδενί, in no respect, 2 Cor. '7, 9. James
1, 4; ἐν οὐδενί Phil. 1, 20. Also after
words signifying plenty or want, Rom. 15
13 περισσεύειν ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι. 2 Cor. 3, 9.
8, 7. Col. 2, 7 et Eph. 2, 4 πλούσιος ἐν
ἔλέει. 1 Cor. 1, 5. 1 Tim. 6, 18. al. 1 Cor.
1,7 ὑστερεῖσϑαι ἐν μηδενὶ xapiopart.—Pa-
leph. 28. 2 ὑπερφέρων ἐν. Diod. Sic. 5. 57
διαφέρω ev, and so Xen. Hi. 1. 8.

c) Of the occasion, ground, basis, in, on.
upon which any thing rests, exists, takes
place,e. g. a) Of a person or thing in
or on which as a substratum any thing
rests, exists, is done; see Matth. § 577. 1.
Winer § 52. a. 3. a. So with dat. of thing,
1 Cor. 2,5 ἵνα ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν μὴ ἢ ἐν σοφίᾳ
dv3p. κτὰ. 2 Cor, 4, 10 et Gal. 6, 17 ἐν τῷ
σώματι. Gal. 4, 14. Eph. 2,11 περιτομὴ ἐν
σαρκί. With dat. of pers. i. 6. in the person
or case of any one, in or by his example ;
Luke 22, 37 τοῦτο δεῖ τελεσϑῆναι ev ἐμοί.
John 9,3. Acts 4,2 καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἴη-

ἐν ι 249 ἐν

σοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Rom. 9,17. 1 Cor. 4,6
ἵνα ἐν ἡμῖν μάϑητε. 2 Cor. 4,8. Eph. 1,20.
Phil. 1, 830. (Plato Meno 82. ἃ, ἐπιδείκνυ-
σϑαι ἕν τινι. Xn. Cyr. 1. 6. 29.) So after
verbs implying ‘ to do any thing in the case of
any one,’ i. 6. 0 or for him, where the ace. or
dat. might stand ; Matt. 17, 12. ἐποίησαν ἐν
αὐτῷ ὅσα ἐπέλησαν. Luke 23, 31. 1 Cor. 9,
15. 1 Thess. 5, 12 τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν,

_ in your behalf. So too ὁμολογεῖν ἔν

reve, toconfess in behalf of, i.e. to acknow-
ledge, Matt. 10, 32. Luke 12, 8; comp.
Winer § 32.3. b. Also σκανδαλίζε-
oat ἔν τινι, to take offence in any one,
i. 6. in his case or cause, Matt. 11, 6. 13,
57. 26, 31. 33. al. (Luc. Philopatr. 18 μὴ
érepoidy τι ποιήσῃς ev ἐμοί.) Spoken also of
that in which any thing consists, is com-
prised, fulfilled, manifested, or the like ;
John 9, 30 ἐν yap τούτῳ ϑαυμαστόν ἐστιν.

Rom. 13, 9 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ ἀνακεφαλαι-᾿

οῦται. Gal. 5,14 6 πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ
πληροῦται. Eph. 2, 7. 5, 9. Heb. 8, 12.
1 Pet. 8, 4. 1 John 8, 10 et 4,9 ἐν τούτῳ
ἐφανερώϑη. 4,10. 17. al. So from laxness
of expression, Matt. 22, 40 ἐν ταύταις ταῖς
δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος κ. οἱ mp. κρέ-
μανται. Also Acts 7, 14 ἐν ψυχαῖς ἐβὃ.
πέντε, consisting in '75 souls; ‘comp. Deut.
10, 22 where Sept. for 3. (Hdian. 2. 3. 17
ov yap ev τῇ καϑεδρίᾳ ἡ προεδρία, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς
épyois.) Here too we may refer the use of ἐν
by Hebraism after verbs of swearing, to mark
the, ground or object,on which the oath
rests, in Engl. by, sometimes upon; Matt.
5, 34. 35. 36, μὴ ὀμόσαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ἐν τῇ
γῆ; ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου. 23, 16. 18. 20 sq.
Rev. 10, 6. al. Sept. for 2 523 1 Sam.
24,22. 2Sam. 19,8. 8) Of the ground,
motive, exciting cause, in consequence of
which any action is performed, in, on, at,
by, i. q. because of, on account of, propler ;
Winer § 52. a. 3. ὁ. Matt. 6, '7 ὅτι ἐν τῇ πο-
λυλογίᾳ αὑτῶν εἰσακουϑήσονται. Acts 7, 29
ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ. 1 Cor. 11,2 ἐν
τούτῳ οὐκ ἐπαινῶ. 2 Cor. 6, 12 ἐν ἡμῖν.
1 Pet. 4, 14 εἰ ὀνειδίζεσϑε ἐν ὀνόματι Χρι-
στοῦ, comp. Mark 9. 41 ἐν ὀνόματι ὅτι Χρι-
στοῦ ἐστε. Sept. and 3 2 Chr. 16,7. (Ec-
clus. 11,2 bis. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 19 ἐν πίστει.
An. 3. 1. 1 et Thue. 5. 3 ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς.)
So ἐν τούτῳ, herein, hereby, i. 4. on this
account, therefore, John 15, 8. 16, 30.
Acts 24, 16. 1 Cor. 4,4; (Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.
17;) ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκειν, to know hereby,
by this, John 13, 35. 1 John 2, 3. 5. al. So
ἐν @, equivalent to ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι, herein that,
i. q. in that, because, Rom. 8, 3. Heb. 2,
18 1 Pet. 2,12; comp. Thuc. 8, 86; also

wherefore, Heb. 6, 17. (In this sense’ of
propier, év does not occur with a dat. of
person, Winer § 52. a. 3. c.) Spoken also of
the authority in consequence of which any
thing is done, in, by, under; by virtue of;
Matt. 21, 23 et Luke 20, 2 ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ
ταῦτα ποιεῖς. Acts 4, 7 ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει, ἢ
ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι. John 5, 48 et 10, 9ὅ ἐν τῷ
év. τοῦ πατρός. Matt. 21,9. John 12,13. 14,
26. .1 Cor..5, 4. 2 Thess. 3, 6. al. So ai-
Téw ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, to ask in the name
of Jesus, i. e. under his authority and sane-
tion, as his ministers, John 14, 13. 14. 15,
16. 16, 23. 24. 26. y) Of the ground or
occasion of an emotion of mind, after words
expressing’ joy, wonder, hope, confidence,
etc. and the reverse; so with dat. of thing,
Luke 1, 21 ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν αὐτόν.
Rom. 2, 23 ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι. (Sept. and
3 Jer, 9, 22. 23.) Acts 7; 41 εὐφραίνετο ἐν
τοῖς ἔργοις. Luke 10, 20 ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρε-
τε. Eph. 8,18 μὴ ἐκκακεῖν ἐν ταῖς ϑλίψεσί
μου. So Matt. 12,21 ἐν τῷ dv. αὐτοῦ evn
ἐλπιοῦσι. (Sept. for 2 ΠῺΞ Ps, 33, 21.)
Phil. 3, 3. 4 πεποιϑέναι ἐν σαρκί, and so
Sept. for 2 MG2 Jer. 48,7. (Epict. Ench.
40. Pol. 1. 59. 2.) With dat. of person,
Rom. 2, 7 et 5, 11 καυχᾶσαι ἐν Sep. 1 Cor.
15, 19 εἰ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν ἐν Χριστῷ. Eph.
1, 12. 1 Tim. 6, 17. 2 Cor. 7, 16 ϑάῤῥω
ἐν ὑμῖν. Vice versa Gal. 4, 20. Sept.
ἐλπίζειν ἐν for 2502 Hos. 10,13. 2K
18, 5. So Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 28.

d) Of the means or circumstances by the
aid or intervention of which any thing takes
place, is done ; in, by, éhrough, by means of.
a) With dat. of person, by whose aid or in-
tervention any thing is done; Winer § 52.
a. 3. d. Matt. 9, 34 ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια ἐν
τῷ ἀρχόντι τῶν ὃ. Acts 4, 9 ἐν τίνι οὗτος
σέσωσται. 17, 28. 31 ἐν ἀνδρί. Gal. 8, 8
εὐλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ ἔϑνη,1τν and
through thee, comp. Acts 3, 25; also Heb.
1,1. 1 John 5, 11. al. So Dem. 31. 10.
Thuc. 7.8 ἐν τῷ ἀγγέλῳ. β) With dat.
of thing, but used strictly only where the
object is conceived of as actually in or sur-
rounded by the thing in question ; pr. in and
through; comp. Passow ἐν no. 4, Winer
§ 52. a. 3. d. Matth. § 577. 1. So Matt. 8,
32 ἀπέϑανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι, in and by the
waters. 1 Cor. 3, 13 ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται.
Rey. 14,10. 16,8. al. Sept. and 2 Ley,
8, 32. (1 Macc. 5, 44 et 6, 31 ἐν πυρί.
Hom. Il. 24. 38 καίειν ἐν πυρί.) Hence genr.
where the object is conceived as being in,
or in contact or connection with the means *
Matt. 3, 11 βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι. 5,13 ἐν τίνι
ἀλισϑήσεται. 17,21 ἐν προσευχῇ. 25, 16.

ἐν 250

Luke 21, 34 ἐν κραιπάλῃ κτὰ. Acts 11, 14.
20, 19. Rom. 10, 5. 9 ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ
στόματί σου. 12, 21. 1 Cor. 6,20. Heb. 10,
29. 13, 20. Rev. 1, 5. al. So ἐν χειρί τινος,
in or by the hand of any one, Acts 7, 35.
Gal. 3,19. Sept. and 2 Judg. 16,7. Num.
36, 2. 1 Esdr. 1,40. Thuc. 7. 11 tore ἐν
ἄλλαις ἐπιστολαῖς. Xen. An. 4.3.8 ἔδοξεν ἐν
πέδαις δεδέσϑαι. id, Ath. 1. 2,4. .υ) Also
in N. T. and later writers simply of the in-
strument, where classic writers usually em-
ploy the dative alone, Winer -]. c. Matth.
§ 577. 9. § 396. n. 2. Luke 22, 49 εἰ πατά-
fouev ἐν μαχαίρᾳ; Rom. 16, 16. James 3,
9 ev αὐτῇ (τῇ γχώσσῃ) εὐλογοῦμεν. Rev. 6,
8 ἀποκτεῖναι ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ κτλ. 12, 55. 13, 10.
al. Sept. and 3 Gen. 48, 22. Hos. 1, 7. So
Judith 2,19. Ecclus. 46, 6. Plato Tim. 81.
Ὁ, τεϑραμμένης ἐν γάλακτι. δ) From the
Heb. spoken of price or exchange, of that
‘by means of’ which, with or for which,
any thing is purchased or exchanged; Wi-
ner § 52.a.3.e. Rev. 5,9 ἠγόρησας τῷ ϑεῷ
ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου. Sept. and 3 Lam. 5,
+4. 1 Sam. 24, 94, So Rom. 1, 28 ἤλλαξαν
nv δόξαν Seod ἐν ὁμοιώματι, for an image.
v. 25. Sept. for 272 Ps, 106, 20.
. Comp. thé dat. of price or exchange, Lys.
c. Epicr. 810. ult. Hom. Il. '7. 4723; also ἐν
c.dat. Soph. Ant. 945 φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλ-
κοδέτοις αὐλαῖς. Matth. ὁ 364. n. § 365. n. 2.
4. Sometimes ἐν 6. dat. is found where
the natural construction would seem to: re-
quire εἰς c. accus. as after verbs which im-
ply not rest in a place or state, but motion
or direction into or towards a place or ob-
‘ject. In such cases, the idea of coming to
and subsequent rest in that place or state is
either actually expressed or is implied in
the context ; see the converse of this in eis
no. 4. Passow ἐν 6. Winer § 54. 4. Matth.
§ 577. p. 1141. So after verbs of motion,
Matt. 10,16 ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ἐν μέσῳ λύ-
κων, in the midst of wolves, by whom ye
are already surrounded. Luke 5, 16 ἦν
ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις, i. e. he withdrew
and abode in deserts. 7, 17 ἐξῆλϑεν ὁ λόγος
ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ “Iovdaia, i. 6. went out, spread
abroad, in the whole land. John 5, 4 κατέ-
Bawev ἐν τῇ κολυμβήϑρᾳ καὶ ἐτάρασσε.
Rey. 11,11. al. So Matt. 14, 3 ἔϑετο ἐν
φυλακῇ, as in Engl. ‘to put in prison,’ for
into. Mark 15, 46 et Luke 23, 53 κατέϑηκεν
αὐτὸν ἐν μνημείῳ, as in Engl. ‘they placed
him in the tomb.? Mark 1, 16 βάλλοντας
ἀμφίβληστρον ἐ ἐν τῇ ϑαλλάσσῃ.: ‘comp. Matt.
4,18 εἰς τὴν 3. John 3, 35 πάντα δέδωκεν
ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, has given, i. e. has put,

ἐναντίος

placed, all things in his hand. Trop, Luke
1, 17. Sept. and 3a Judg. 6, 35. Ezra 7, 10.
So Bl. V. H. 4. 18 ὅτε κατῆλθε Πλάτων ἐν
Σικελίᾳ. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 78 πρὶν Αἰνείαν
ἐλϑεῖν ἐν ᾿Ιταλίᾳ. Arr. Epict. 1. 11. 32.
ib, 2. 20. 23. «Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 5 of ἐν τῷ
Ἡραίῳ καταπεφευγότες, for ἐς τὸ Ἥραιον
κατέφυγον ib. init—Metaph. after words
expressing an affection of mind tcwards
any one; 6. g. ἀγάπη ἐν ἡμῖν 3 2 Cor. 8, 7.
1 John 4, 9.16; ὀργὴ ἐν τῷ λαῷ Luke 21,
23 Rec. Comp. ‘Sept. and 3 2 Sam. 24, 17.
So Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. V. T. Pseudep.
p- 161.

Nore. In composition ἐν implies: 8)
The being or resting in a place, person,
thing ; as ἔνειμι, ἐμμένω. Ὁ) Motion into,
when compounded with verbs of motion ; as
ἐμβαίνω, ἐμπορεύομαι. 6) The possession
of a quality, as “yporiss ἐνάλιος, ἔνδικος,
ἔνδοξο. +

ἐναγκαλίζομαι, f. i ἔσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἀγκαλίζομαι,) to take in one’s arms, 6. acc.
Mark 9, 36. 10, 16. Sept. for P2M Prov. 6,
10. 24, 33.—Plut. Camill. 5. Diod. Sic.
3. 58.

ἐνάλιος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (ἐν, Gds,) belong-
ing in the sea, marine; James 3,'77.—Hom.
Od. 5. 67. Plut. Symp. 4. 4. 4.

ἔναντι, adv. (dyri,) pr. over against,
hence, in presence of, before, c. gen. Luke
1, 8. Acts 8,21 Grb. Sept. for "25> Ex.
28, 26. 29; "3522 Gen. 38, 7.

ἐναντίον, adv. (évayrios,) pr. over a-
gainst; hence, before, in the presence of,
c. gen. Mark 2,12 ἐξῆλθεν ἐναντίον πάντων.
Luke 20, 26. Acts 8, 82, Sept. for 355
Gen. 20, 15. 41, 46; "252 Ex. 7, 20. So
Pol. 2. 59.9. Xen, Mem, 2, 5. 1.—From
the Heb. before, in the sight of, ὁ. gen. Acts
7, 10 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν ἐναντίον Φαραώ,
i. 6. with him; comp. Ex. 11, 3. 12, 36. al.
where Rept. for 3533. Luke 24, 19 duva-
τὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ Seov κτλ. in the sight of
God, i. 6. God "being witness and judge ;
comp. Sept. for »3932 Gen. 21,11. 12; "3
Gen. 10,9. See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 693. d.
p. 820. 9.

ἐναντίος, a, ov, (ἀντίος, ἀντί,) over a-
gainst, opposite.

1. Pr. Hom. Il. 9. 190. Thuc. 1. 93; in
N. T. of a wind, contrary, adverse, 8080].
Matt. 14, 24, Acts 27,4; c. dat. Mark 6,
48. So Luc. Ὁ, Deor. 25, 1. Xen. An. 4.
5. 3. Also ἐξ ἐναντίας or ἐξεναντίας, as
adv. over against, c. gen. Mark 15, 39; comp.

Ne ee

ἐναρχομαι 251

Buttm

Buttm. § 123. 5. §115.n.5. Sept. for 133
Josh.8, 11; 7332 Neh. 3,27. So Thuc. 4. 33.
a. Trop. contrary, adverse, hostile ; ο. dat.
1 Thess. 2,15. Acts 28, 17; salud evden
πράσσειν, constr. with πρός c. acc. Acts
26,9; comp. Sept. Ez. 18, 18. So Thue.
7. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22.—Hence ὁ ἐξ
ἐναντίας, i. q. ὁ ἐναντίος, an adversary;

enemy, Tit. 2,8; comp. Buttm. § 125. 6.
Xen. Eq. 11. 3. .

ἐνάρχομαι, f. ξομαι, Mid. depon. (ἄρχο:
poat,) to make beginning in, i. q. to begin ;
ce. ace. Phil. 1, 6 ὁ évapEduevos ἐν ὑμῖν ἔρ-
γον ἀγαϑόν κτὰ. see Matth. ᾧ 336. n.1. Kiihn.
Ausf. Gramm. §512. n. 5. . With dat. of man-
ner, Gal. 3, 3 ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι. With
kaos 2 Cor. 8,6 Lachm. Sept.-c. inf. for
DMI Deut. 2,24. 25.—Usually c. gen. Luce.
Somn. 3. Plut. Cic. 35. Pol. 3. 54. 4.

ἔνατος, see ἔννατος.

ἐνδεής; ods, ὅ, ἡ, adj. (ἐνδέω,) in want,
needy, destitute, Acts 4, 34. Sept. for 73%
Dent. 15, 4. 7.—Pol. 5.1. 6. Xen. Mem.
2. 2. 10.

ἔνδευγμα, aros, τό, (ἐνδείκνυμι,) an in-
dication, token, proof, 2 Thess. 1, 5.—Dem.
423. 23. Plato Crit. 110. b.

ἐνδείκνυμι, f. δείξω, (δείκνυμι. to point
out in any thing, to show in any thing, c.
acc. Sept. Josh. 7, 15. 16. Plato Polit. 287.
b.—In N. T. only Mid. ἐνδείκνυμαι, to
show forth, to manifest, pr. what is one’s
own, any thing relating to or depending on
one’s self; c. accus. Rom. 2, 15 évdeix. τὸ
ἔργον τοῦ νόμου γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις
αὑτῶν. 9, 17 τὴν δύναμίν μου. v. 22. 2 Cor.
8, 24. Eph. 2, 79 1 Tim. 1, 16. Tit. 2, 10.
3, 2. Heb. 6, 10. 11. Sept. for myn Ex.
9,17. So Wisd. 12, 17. Pol. 2. 4.3. Xen.
An, 6. 1. 19. —With acc. and dat. of pers.
to show towards. any one, i. e. to do to any
one ; 2 Tim. 4, 14 πολλά μοι κακὰ ἐνεδείξατο.
Sept. for 52 Gen. 50, 15.17. So Diod.
Sic. VI. p. 237 μεγάλην Ant τῇ πρεσβείᾳ
ἐνεδείξατο. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 8

ἔνδειξις, ἐ έως, 7), (deters) a pointing
out, pr. with the finger, Pol. 3. 38.5. In
N. T. trop.

1. a showing forth, declaration, Rom. 3,
25. 26.—Plut. Cato Min. 37 fin. Plato Legg.
966. b.

2 an indication, token, proof, i. 4. ἔν-
δειγμα, 2 Cor. 8, 24. Phil. 1, 28.—Philo de
Op. Mund. I. p. 20. a, εἰς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ μηδὲν
ἀπελευϑεριάζειν.

ἕνδεκα, oi, ai, τά, card. num. eleven ;
in N. T. of the eleven disciples, after the

ἔνδυμα

apostasy of Judas, Matt. 28, 16. Mark 16
14. Luke 24, 9. 33. Acts 1, 26; or besides
Peter, Acts 2, 14.

ἑνδέκατος, ἡ, ov, ordin. the eleventh,
Matt. 20, 6. 9. Rev. 21, 20.

ἐνδέχομαι, f. ξομαι, Mid. depon. (δέχο-
pat,) to take or receive in, to admit, Luc
Eun. 9. Thuc, 3. 31.—In N. T. only impers.
ἐνδέχεται, it is admissible, possible ; c. infin.
Luke 13, 33 οὐκ ἐνδέχεται, it is impossible,
it cannot be. So Hdian. 4.8.8. Xen. Mem.
1, 2.23.

ἐνδημέω, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (ἔνδημος,) pr. to be
among one’s people, to be at home, Plut. de
Gen. Socr. 6 fin.—In N. T. ἰο live in, to. be
present in any place, with ἐν c. dat. 2 Cor.
5, 6; or with any person, with πρός c. acc.
v.8; 8050]. v.9; comp. Phil. 1, 23. Comp.
Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 3. Lys, 320. 1.

ἐνδιδύσκω, i. q. ἐνδύω q. v. by redupl.
and change of ending, Buttm. ὁ 112. 14;
to clothe in a garment, with two acc. Mark
15, 17 Lachm. ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύ-
ραν, for ἐνδύουσιν Rec. Mid. to clothe one-
self in, to wear, c. acc. Luke 8,.27. 16, 19.
Sept. for wad 2 Sam, 1, 24. 13, 18.—Ju-
dith 9, 1. Not found in Gr. writers.

ἔνδικος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἐν, δίκη.) ‘ace
cording to right,’ i. 6. right, just, of things,
Rom. 3, 8. Heb. 2, 2.—Pind. Pyth. 5. 138.
Plato Hipp. maj. 292. a, πόλις.

ἐνδόμησις, ews, ἡ, (ἐνδομέω,) pr. Some-
thing built in, 6. g. a mole in a harbour,
Jos. Ant. 15. 9.6.—In N. T. genr. @ struc-
ture, building, Rev. 21, 18.

ἐνδοξάζω, f. dow, (ἔνδοξος,) to make
glorious, to glorify, i. 4. δοξάζω 4. v. Pass.
2 Thess. 1, 10. 12. Sept. for ta53 Ex.
14, 4. Ez. 28, 22.—Ecclus. 38, 6. ᾿

ἔνδοξος, ov, 6; ἧ, adj. (ἐν, δόξα,) pr. in
honour, in glory, i. e.

1. Of persons, honoured, noble, 1 Cor. 4,
10. Sept. for 1222 1 Sam. 9, 6. Is. 23, 8.
So Hdian. 1. 6. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2: 56—
Of deeds, τὰ ἔνδοξα, glorious, memorable,
Luke 13,17. Sept. for nixdp; Ex. 34,10.
Job 5, 9. So Pol. 12. 5. 6. A&schin. 86. 42.

2. Of external appearance, splendid, glo-
rious, 6. g. raiment, Luke 7,25. Sept. for
saz Is. 23, 9; mp2 Is, 22, 18. So Hdian.
1. 16. '7.—Trop. ἐκκλησία ἔνδοξος, ive. the
church as a bride, adorned in pure and
splendid raiment, Eph. 5, 27; comp. v. 28

et Rev. 19, 7. 8. 21, 9 sq.

ἔνδυμα; aros, τό, (ἐνδύω.) δἰνλθνρὶ rai-
ment, a garment, Matt. 6, 25. 28. 28, 3.

> la
ἐνδυναμόω

Luke 12, 23. Sept. for syn 2 Sam. 1, 24.
Prov, 31,22; waabr Zeph..1,8. So Anth.
Gr. IV. p. 141. Plut. Solon 8. Id. an seni
sit ger. Resp. 4.—Spec. the outer gar-
ment; Matt. 3, 4 ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμή-
ov, the usual garment of the ancient pro-
phets ; comp. 2K.1,8. Zech. 13, 4. (Sept.
for "ya 2 Sam. 20,8; so Wisd. 18, 24.)
Also ἔνδυμα γάμου, a wedding garment,
Matt. 22, 11. 12, presented to guests in
token of honour, according to oriental cus-
tom; comp. Gen. 45, 22. Judg. 14, 12 sq.
2K. 5, 5. 22 sq.—Trop. Matt. 7, 15 ἐν. év-
δύμασι προβάτων, in sheep’s clothing, i. 6.
externally with the meekness and gentle-
ness of lambs.

ἐνδυναμόω, &, f. doa, (δυναμόω,) pr.
to strengthen in, i.e. to give strength, to
make strong; Pass. or Mid. to be made
strong, to acquire strength, to be strong ;
spoken of the body, as made strong out of
weakness, Heb. 11, 34. Trop. of the mind,
the inner man, Acts 9, 22. Rom. 4, 20.
Eph. 6, 10. Phil. 4, 13. 1 Tim. 1, 12.
2 Tim. 2,1. 4, 1'7.—Sept. for τὴν Ps. 52, 9.
Aquila for "33 Gen. 7, 20. 24. Act. Thom.
§ 10. Not found in the classics.

ἐνδύνω, a secondary present form for
ἐνδύω 4. v. Buttm. § 114 δύω ; to go in, to
enter into; once, eis τὰς οἰκίας ἃ Tim. 3, 6.
—Aristoph. Vesp. 1024. Hdot. 2. 121. 2.
Plato Tim. 62. b, εἰς ras... pas ἐνδῦναι.

ἔνδυσις, cas, ἡ, (ἐνδύω,) a putting on,
wearing, e. g. of clothing, 1 Pet. 3, 3.—
Athen. 550. d.

ἐνδύω, f. iow, (δύω,) aor, 1 ἐνέδυσα;
Pass. perf. ἐνδέδυμαι, aor. 1 évedvSnv; Mid.
aor. 1 ἐνεδυσάμην ; see Buttm. ἡ 114 δύω.
A secondary form ἐνδύνω see in its order.—
To inwrap, to envelope ; hence

1. to put on a garment, to clothe in; Act.
c. dupl. acc. Matt. 27, 31 ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ
ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ. Mark 15, 17. 20. Luke 15,
22; acc. of pers. Matt. 27, 28 Lachm. for
ἐκδύω Rec. Sept. for Ba5 Gen. 41, 42. Ex.
29,8. So Aristoph. Thesm. 1044. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 3.—Mid. to clothe oneself in, to
put on, to be clothed ; c. acc. of thing, Matt.
6, 25 τί ἐνδύσησϑε; Mark 6, 9. Luke 12,
22. Acts 12.21; so of armour, Rom. 13, 12
καὶ ἐνδυσώμεϑα τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός. Eph. 6,
11. 142 1 Thess. 5,8. Sept. for 25 Lev.
6, 3. 4 [10.11]. So 1 Mace. 3, 3. * Plat.
Mor. 11. p. 39. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 2.—Part.
Pass. ἐνδεδυμένος, clothed in, c. acc. Matt.
22,11 οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον ἔνδυμα γάμου. Mark
1, 6. Rev. 1,13. 15,6. 19,14. Part. Mid.

252

ἔνειμι

2 Cor. ὅ,8 εἴγε καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι Sc. τὸ οἰκτή"
ριον τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, comp. in γυμνός no. 2, and
γέ no. 2.c. Sept. perf. part. for téra> Dan.
10, 5. Zech. 3,3. So Plut. Numa 13.

2. Trop. to put on, to be clothed in or with
any disposition of mind, any character or
condition; soc. acc. of thing, Luke 24, 49
ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησϑε δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους. 1 Cor.
15, 53 bis. 54 bis. Col. 3, 12 ἐνδύσασϑε οὖν

+. σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ. Sept. for ta) Ps.
93, 1. Job 29; 14. So Ecclus. 17, '3.—
With acc. of pers. Col. 3, 10 and Eph. 4,
24 ἐνδύσασϑαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνδρωπον, to put
on the new man, assume ἃ new life and
character, Gal. 3, 27 and Rom. 13, 14 ἐν-
δύσασϑε τὸν κι Ἰησοῦν, put ye on the Lord
Jesus, implying the closest spiritual union
and likeness. So Dion. Hal. 11. 5 τὸν Tap-
κύνιον ἐκεῖνον ἐνδυόμενοι. Liban. Ep. 956
ἐνέδυ τὸν σοφιστήν.

ἐνέδρα; as, ἡ, (ἐν, edpa,) a lying in wait,
in order to kill any one, Acts 25, 3; also
Acts 23, 16 in later editions for ἔνεδρον Rec.
—Pr. in war, ambush, Sept. for 2782 Josh.
8, 9. Pol. 4. 59, 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23.

ἐνεδρεύω, f. εύὐσω, (ἐνέδρα,) to lie in
wait for, in order to kill, ο. acc. Acts 23, 21.
Sept. for a8 Deut. 19,11. So Dem. 1011.
§./ Prati war, ‘to lie in ambush,’ Diod. Sic.
12. 47, Xen. An. 1. 6. 2.—Trop. i. q. to
watch insidiously, in order to ensnare, c.
acc. Luke 11,54. So Ecclus. 5,14. Hdian.
3. 12. 18.

ἔνεδρον, ov, τό, (€vedpos,) i. q. ἐνέδρα,
a lying in wait, in order to kill, Acts 23, 16
Rec. where later editions have ἐνέδρα. Sept.
for a4x2 Judg. 9, 35.—1 Mace. 1, 36.

EVELNED, &, f. Hora, (εϊλέω, εἴλω, εἴλλω.)
to roll up.in, to wrap up in, ὁ. acc. and with
dat. of instr. Mark 15, 46. Sept. for wad
1 Sam, 21, 9.—Artemid. 1. 13 or 14. Plut.
Symp. 4. 2. 2.

Everpt, f. ἐνέσομαι, (elui,) to be in or at
a place, Pol. 4. 63. 2. Xen. An. 2. 4. 21,
27; trop. to be in or with a person, as an
attribute, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28.—Hence in
N. T. only in two forms.

1. Sing. 3 pers. ἔνεστι, there is in,
with, among; but only in the shortened
form ἔνε, pr. the Ionic form of the prep.
ἐν, the verb itself being dropped, Buttm.
§.117. 3.2. Winer §14.2.n. Thus Gal.
3, 28 ter, οὐκ Eve (ἐν Χριστῷ) Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ
Ἕλλην κτὰ. Col. 8,11 ὅπου οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην
κτλ. James 1,17 παρ᾽ ᾧ οὐκ ἕνι παραλλαγή
κτὰᾺ.--- ] ρα. 14. 1. Plato Crat. 412. ο'
also pr. Xen. An. 5. 3. 11

ἕνεκα ᾿ 253

2. Part. Plur. neut. τὰ ἐνόντα, the
things within, what is within, pr. 1 Mace.
5, 5. Dem. 1113. 6. Xen. Hell. 3. 2.7.
Hence Luke 11, 41 πλὴν τὰ ἐνόντα δότε
ἐλεημοσύνην κτὰ. comp. v. 39; and for the
sense comp. the parall. passage, Matt. 23,
26. According to this latter we may here
render: but give what is (belongs) within
the cup and platter in alms (instead of
making the inside full of ravening and
wickedness) ; and behold, all things (inside
and outside) are clean unto you; i.e. ‘ shew

‘forth works of mercy out of a sincere heart ;

so shall your outward life be pure, aside
from your ceremonial observances ;’ comp.
Hos. 6,6. Luke 16,9. James 1,27. Others
assume irony, and regard our Lord as,ex-
posing the perverse teachings of the Phari-
sees: ‘ye say, give your unjust gains in
alms 5 and behold, all things are clean unto
you ;’ but against both the parallelism in
Matt. 1. 6. and the probable fact that the
Pharisees would have said, not ra ἐνόντα,
but ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων. Others render: (κατὰ)
τὰ ἐνόντα, according to what you have ; but
then too the more usual construction would
be ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων, as Epict. Fragm. 108
ξένοις μεταδίδου καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις ἐκ τῶν
ἐνόντων.

ἕνεκα, oftener ἕνεκεν, poet. εἵνεκεν,
(see Buttm. δ 117.2. Kiihner ᾧ 288. n,) prep.
c. genit. on account of, for the sake of, be-
cause of ; so ἕνεκα Luke 6, 22. Acts 26, 21.
Rom. 8, 36 Rec. εἵνεκεν Luke 4, 18 Grb.
2 Cor. 7, 12 ter; elsewhere évexev Matt.
5, 10. 11. 10, 18. 39. 16,25. 19,29. Mark
8, 35. 10, 29. 13, 9. Luke 9, 24. 18, 29.
21, 12. Acts 28, 20. Rom..14, 20. 2 Cor.
3,10 ἕνεκεν τῆς ὑπ. δόξης, because of, by
reason of. Sept. for 23-59 Gen. 20, 11.
18. So Pol. 28. 9. 5. Xen. Gyr. 1. 4. 13.—
Hence, ἕνεκεν τούτσυ, for this cause, there-
fore, Matt. 19, 5. Mark 10,7. Acts 26, 21;
οὗ εἵνεκεν, for which cause, wherefore, Puke
4,18; τίνος ἕνεκα; Jor what cause, wherefore,
Acts 19, 32. So εἵνεκεν τοῦ before an
infin. 2 Cor. '7, 12 εἵνεκεν τοῦ φανερωϑῆναι,
in order that. But τοῦ 6. infin. as mar:
purpose, often occurs without ἕνεκα, which
some then unnecessarily supply ; see Buttm.
§140. n. 10. ὁ 130. 4. Kithner § 308. 2. b.

éveos, see ἔννεος.

ἐνέργεια, as, 7, (ἐνεργής,) α working,
operation, energy; Eph. 1, 19. 3,7. 4,16.
Col. 1, 29. Spec. as manifested in mighty
Werks, miracles; e. g. of God, Phil. 3, 21.
Col. 2; 12; of Satan 2 Thess, 2,9. 11 ἐνέρ-

γείαν πλάνης, a mighty working of delusion,

ενέχω
referring to v. 9.—Wisd. 7, 26. Pol. 1. 57.
2. Plut. de Tranq. animi 19.

ἐνεργέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐνεργής:) pr. to be
at work, i. 6. to work, to do, to be active, 6. g.

1. Intrans. Matt. 14, 2 et Mark 6, 14 ai
δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. Eph. 1,20 ἣν
(ἐνέργειαν) ἐνέργησεν ἐν τῷ Xp. which (work-
ing) he wrought ; see Buttm. §131.4, Eph.
2,2. Phil. 2, 13 τὸ ἐνεργεῖν. So c. dat.
of pers. in or for whom ; Gal. 2, 8 bis, 6
ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς... ἐνήργησε καὶ ἐμοὶ
εἰς τὰ ἔϑνη, comp. Υ. 7. Sept. c. dat. γυνὴ
ἀνδρεία ἐνεργεῖ τῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰς dyad, for ῬΏΒ,
Prov. 31, 12.—Wisd. 16, 17. Pol. 4. 40. 4.
Diod. Sic. 4. 38.

2. Trans. to work, to do, to produce, to
effect, of persons ; ¢. ace. 1 Cor. 12, 6 évep-
γῶν τὰ πάντα. V. 11. Gal. 3, 5. Eph. 1, 11.
Phil. 2, 13 ὁ ἐνεργῶν ἐν ἡμῖν τὸ ϑέλειν
kth. Sept. for bgp Is. 41, 4.—Jos. B. J. 4.
6. 1. Diod. Sic. 13. 95 ult. Pol. 17. 14. 8.

3. Mid. to show oneself at work, active,
i.e. to work, to be active, intrans. spoken
only of things, Winer § 39. 6 ult. Rom. 7,
5 évepyeiro ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν. 2 Cor. 1,
6. 4, 12. Gal. 5,6. Eph. 3, 20. Col. 1, 29.
1 Thess. 2,13. 2 Thess. 2,7. So Pol. 9. 13.
9.—Part. ἐνεργούμενος inworking, be-
ing in work, in exercise, activity, operative,
effective, James 5,16 δέησις ἐνεργουμένη.

ἐνέργημα; ατος, τό, (ἐνεργέω,) pr. ‘ what
is wrought,’ i. 6. effect produced, operation ;
1 Cor. 12, 6. v. 10 ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων,
operations of miracles, i. e. miraculous ef-
fects, the gift of working miracles.—Pol. 2.
42.'7. Diod. Sic. 4. 51 pen.

ἐνεργής, έος, οὖς; ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἐν, ἔργον,)
pr. at work, i. 6. working, operative, active,
effective, Heb. 4, 12. 1 Cor. 16, 9 Sipa pos
ἀνέῳγε μεγάλη καὶ evepyns, effective, pre-
senting opportunity for great effects. Phi-
lem. 6.—Isocr. p. 282. c. Pol. 2. 65, 12.
Diod. Sic. 17. 85.

ἐνεστώς, see ἐνίστημι.

ἐνευλογέω, & &, f. ἡ ήσω, (εὐλογέω,) to bless
in or through any one ; in N. T. only Pass.
with ἐν c. dat. Acts 3, 25 ἐν τῷ σπέρματ
gov évevdoy. πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαί. Gal. 3, 8
Grb. See in év no. 3. d. a; comp. Gen. 12,
3. 18, 18. .26, 4. 28, 14, where Sept. for
2 228, as also Ps. 72, 17.

ἐνέχω, f. ξω, (ἔχω,) to have or hold in,
within, viz.

1. to have in oneself a disposition of mind
towards a person or thing, e. g. favourable,
Jambl. Vit. Pyth. 6 ἐνέχων [νοῦν] πρὸς τὸ
μανθάνειν. In N. T. unfavourable, c. dat.

ἐν άδε 204

Mark 6, 19 Ἡρωδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν [χόλον] αὐτῷ.
Luke 11, 53 δεινῶς ἐνέχειν, to be very angry,
Sept. for OY Gen. 49, 23.—Test. XII
Patr. p. 682 ἐνεῖχον τῷ Ἰωσήφ. Hesych.
ἐνεῖχον - ἐχόλουν, ὠργίζοντο. In full, Hdot.
1. 118 κρύπτων τὸν οἱ ἐνείχεε χόλον. 6. 119
ἐνεῖχέ σφι δεινὸν χόλον.

2. Pass. ἐνέχομαι, to be held in or by
any thing; trop. to be entangled in, subject
to, c. dat. Gal. 5,1 μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας
evexeo%e.—Hdot. 2. 121. 2. Plut. Symp. 2.
3. 1 ἐνέχεσϑαι δόγμασιν. Plato Crit. 52. a.

évSd6e, adv. demonstr. of place ; a
strengthened form for ἔνϑα, Buttm. § 116. 7.

1. Place where, here, in this place, Luke
24,41. Acts 10, 18. 16, 28. 17, 6. 25, 24.
—Arr. Epict. 1. 29.44. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.
3, 17.

2. Place whither, hither, to this place,
after verbs of motion, as in Engl. come here ;
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. ὁ 116. n. 24. Kiihner
Ausf. Gr. § 571. n. 3. John 4, 15, 16. Acts
25, 17.—Hom. Il. 1. 367. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8.
Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 16.

&Yev, adv. demonstr. (ἐν) Buttm. §116.
6, hence, from this place; Matt. 17,20 and
Luke 16, 26, for ἐντεῦϑεν in Rec.—Hom.
Od. 6. 6. Jos, Ant. 4. 8. 48. Xen. Cyr.
i kipre. brs

évSupéopar, οῦμαι, f. ἤσομαι, Pass. de-
pon. (ἐν, Supds,) Pass. aor. 1 part. ἐνθυμη-
els with Mid. signif. Buttm. § 113. n.5; to
have in mind, to revolve in mind, to think up-
on, ὃ. acc. Matt. 1, 20. 9,4; with περί c.
gen. Acts 10, 19 Rec. where later edit.
διενϑυμέομαι.----ἶϑο c. acc. Wisd. 3, 14. Luc.
Nero 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2; c. περί Wisd.
6, 15. Plato Rep. 595. a.

evSbpuno S; ews, ἢ, (evSupéoua,) thought,
cogitation, Matt. 9, 4. 12,25. Heb. 4, 12.
So Luc. de Salt. 81. Thuc. 1. 132.—Spec.
a thinking out, invention, device, Acts 17,
29.

ἔνι for ἔνεστι, see ἔνειμι.

ἐνιαυτός, οὗ, 6, a year, John 11,49. 51.
18, 13. Acts 11, 26. 18,11. Gal. 4, 10.
Heb. 9,7. 25. 10, 1. 3. James 4,13. 5, 17.
Rev. 9,15. Sept. for 728 Gen. 17,21. Ex.
12, 2. al. So Hdian. 2. 7.15. Xen. Ath. 3.
4.—By Hebr. put for any definite time,.an
era; Luke 4, 19 ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν,
quoted from Is. 61, 2, where Sept. for 77.

ἐνίστημι, f. στήσω, (ἵστημι,) in N. T.
only fut. Mid. ἐνστήσομαι 2' Tim. 8.1 ; perf.
Act. évéornxa 2 Thess. 2, 23 part. eveorn-
κώς Heb. 9, 9, elsewhere contr. ἐνεστώς

“,
εψννοινα

Buttm. ᾧ 110. 10; intrans. to stand in or

upon, Buttm. ὁ 107. m. 21.—In N. T. trop..

to stand near, i. e. to be at hand, to impend,
2 Thess, 2,2. 2 Tim. 3,1. (So 2 Macc.
4, 43. Pol. 2. 28. 9. Dem, 255, 9.) Part.
perf. ἐνεστώς, instant, present, Rom. 8,
38 οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα, οὔτε μέλλοντα. 1 Cor. 8,
22. 7,26. Gal. 1, 4; not contr. Heb. 9, 9
τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα. So contr. Jos.
16. 6.2. Plato Legg. 878. b; not contr.
Aaschin. 35. 27. Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 6.

ἐνισχύω, f. dow, (ἰσχύω,) to be strong
in or by any thing, e. g.

1 Pr. i. q. to be strengthened in or by;
Acts 9, 19 λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν, having
taken food he was thereby strengthened.
Sept. for P3932 Sam. 16,21. Dan. 11, 5.—
Theophr. de caus. Pl. 5. 9. 8. Trop. Diod.
Sic. 5.28 ἐνισχύει παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰτυϑαγόρου
λόγος.

2. Trans. and causat. only in Sept. and
N. T. to make strong, to strengthen, c. acc.
Luke 22, 43 ἄγγελος... ἐνισχύων αὐτόν
So Sept. for PI" Dan. 10, 18. Judg. 3, 12;
"HN 2 Sam. 22, 40. On the causative sig-
nif. see Buttm. § 113. 2, and n. 1.

ἔννατος, ἡ, ov, ord. adj. (évvéa,) the ninth:
Rev. 21, 20, Elsewhere only ἡ ὥρα ἡ ἐννάτη,
the ninth hour, i. e. in the Jewish mode of
reckoning, i. q. 3 o'clock P. M. the hour of
evening sacrifice and prayer (see Acts 3, 1),
Matt. 20, 5. 27, 45. 46. Mark 15, 33. 34.
Luke 23. 44. Acts 3, 1. 10, 3. 30.—Some
Mss. read ἔνατος in Matt. 20, 5. Acts 10,
30; see Winer ἡ 5. 1, note b.

ἐννέα, of, ai, τά, card. num. nine, Luke
17,17. See the next article.

ἐννενηκονταεννέα;, οἱ, ai, τά, ninety
nine, Matt. 18, 12. 13. Luke 15, 4. 7. Some
Mss, and Lachm. read ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα,
which is better ; Winer § 5. 1, note b. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. §'70. 4, marg.

ἐννεός, a, dv, better ἐνεός, Winer ᾧ 5: 1,
note Ὁ, (prob. i. 4ᾳ. dvews from do, αὔω.)
speechless, dumb, with amazement, Acts 9,
7; comp. 22, 9.—Pr. dumb by nature, also
a deaf-mute, Sept. for pbe 15, 56, 10. Jos.
Ant. 4. 8. 32. Aristot. H. A. 4. 9. 16. Xen.
An. 4. 5, 33.

ἐννεύω, £. εύσω, (νεύω,) to nod or wink
towards any one, Lat. innuo, i. e. to make
signs with the. head or eyes ; 6. dat. of pers.
Luke 1, 62. Sept. ἐννεύει ὀφθαλμῷ for
ΥῊΡ Prov. 6, 13. 10, 10.—Luc. D. Meretr.
12. 1. ed. Jacobitz.

ἔννοια, as, 4, (ἐν, vods,) pr. “ what is in
the mind,’ e. g. a thought, idea, notion, Diog.

a
ae

ἔννομος

Laert. 8. 79 ἔννοια καλοῦ. Pol. 1. 15, 13.—
In N. T. thought, intent, purpose, Heb. 4,
12, 1 Pet. 4,1. Sept. for 412 Prov. 3,
21; comp. 23,19. So Susann, 28. Isoer.
112. d. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1.

ἔννομος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (ἐν, νόμος.) pr.
within the law, i. e.

1. Of things, lawful, legal, Acts 19, 39
ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ éxxAnoig.—Lucian. Conc. Deor.
14 ἐκκλησίας ἐννόμου ἀγομένης. Pol. 2. 47.
3. Plato Legg. 932. a.

2. Of persons, under law, subject to law,
1 Cor. 9, 21 ἔννομος Xptorg@.—Plato Rep.
424. 6.

EVVUXOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἐν, νύξ.) in the
night, nocturnal, Hom. 1]. 11.'715. Eurip.
Hec. 72.—In N. T. Neut. ἔννυχον, adv.
in the night, by night, Buttm. $115. 4.
Mark 1, 35 mpat ἔννυχον λίαν, very early,
yet_in the night, i. q. dp%pov Ba%éos Luke
24,1. So 3 Macc. 5, 5.

ἐνοικέω, ὦ, f. How, (οἰκέω.) to dwell in,
to inhabit, c. c. ἐν, Sept. for 38" Jer. 49, 1.
Xen. Cic. 4. 13.—In N. T. trop. to dwell
in or with any one, to be in or with, foll. by
ἐν c. dat. and spoken of the indwelling of
the Holy Spirit in Christians, Rom. 8, 11.
2 Tim. 1, 14; of the divine presence and
blessing, 2 Cor. 6, 16 ; comp. 1 Cor. 3, 16.
Ex. 29, 45. Ez. 37,27. Also of ἡ πίστις
2 Tim. 1,53; ὁ λόγος τοῦ Xp. Col. 3, 16.
So Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6. Plato Rep. 549..b.

ἐνόντα; τά, see ἔνειμι. a

ἐνορκίζω, f. icw, (ὁρκίζω,) to swear in,
~ to adjure,c.dupl. ace. 1 Thess. 5, 27 Lachm.
for Rec. ὁρκίζω q. v.

ἑνότης, τητος, ἧ, (els,) oneness, unity,
Eph. 4, 3. 13.—Test. XII Patr. p. 642.
Plut. de Amicor. mult. 5. Id. de Def. Orac.
13. p. 152.

ἐνοχλέω, ὦ, f. How, (ὀχλέω, ὄχλος.) to
excile a crowd or tumult in; hence genr.
to disturb, to trouble, e. g. a person or a
community ; absol. Heb. 12, 15.—xXen. Cyr.
8. 3.9; c. acc. 1 Esdr. 2, 22. 29. Pol. 2.
25. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 2. -

ἔνοχος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (évéxopat,) i. 4.
ἐνεχόμενος, pr. held in, contained in, fastened
in or on any thing, Anth. Gr. I. p.179 ἐπ᾽
ἀγκύρης évoxov Bapos.—Usually and in N. T.
pk :

Ρ.

1. held or bound by, liable to, subject to,
mostly ¢. dat. but sometimes c. gen. Matth.
§370. n. 4. So 6. dat. of a tribunal, by me-
ton. for the punishment inflicted by that tri-
bunal ; Matt. 5,21. 22 bis, ἔνοχος τῇ κρισει,
τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Sept. ἔνοχος τῷ ϑάνατῳ for

255

ἐντέλλομαι
nam min Gen. 26, 11. (Ζβομίη. 2. 36
évox. τῷ νόμῳ. Pol.-12. 14, 1. Xen. Mem.

ἢ, 2.64 ἔνοχ. τῇ. γραφῇ.) Once with eis

c. acc. Matt. 5, 22 ἔνοχος εἰς τὴν. γέενναν,
for ἔνοχος βάλλεσϑαι εἰς τὴν γέενναν, Comp.
Num. 35, 81 ἔνοχος ἀναιρεθῆναι ; see in εἰς
no. 1. a. Winer §31. 2.—With a genit.
Heb. 2, 15 ἔνοχοι δουλείας, Engl. subjects of
bondage. So of punishment, ἔνοχος Savdrov,
a subject of death, i. e. guilty of (unto) death, -
Matt. 26, 66. Mark 14, 64; ἔνοχος αἴων.
κρίσεως Mark 3,29. So Dem. 1229. 11
ἔνοχος δεσμοῦ.

2. Spec. liable to be charged with, i. 6.
guilty of any thing; 6. gen. 1 Cor. 11, 27
ἔνοχος τοῦ Gop. K. τοῦ αἷμ. τοῦ κυρίου.
James 2, 10 πάντων évoxos.—2 Macc. 13, 6.
Philo de Joseph. p. 558 τῆς κλοπῆς ἔνοχος.
Lys. 520. 10. Lycurg. 239. 12 ἔνοχος τῆς
προδοσίας. Plato Legg. 914. 6.

ἔνταλμα, τος, τό, (ἐντέλλομαι,) a com-
mandment, precept, i. q. ἐντολή, Matt. 15, 9.
Mark 7, 7. Col. 2,22. Sept. for 722 Job
23, 12. 15. 29, 13.

ἐνταφιάξζω, f. dow, (ἐντάφιος, τάφος.)
to swathe in the ἐντάφια, to prepare for bu-
rial, 6. g. by swathing in bandages with
spices (see John 19, 40. Acts 5,6) ; c. acc.
Matt. 26,12. John 19, 40. Sept. for 224
Gen. 50, 2. 3.—Test. XII Patr. p. 619 μη-
deis pe ἐνταφιάσῃ πολυτελεῖ ἐσϑῆτι κτλ.
Plut. Dion 44. Id. de esu Carn. J. 5 ult.

ἐνταφιασμός, οὔ, ὃ, (ἐνταφιάζω!) burial,
i. e. preparation for burial, a swathing, em-
balming, Mark 14, 8. John 12, 7.—Not
found in Gr. writers.

ἐντέλλομαι, f. rehodpar, Mid. depon.
(τέλλω,) Pass. perf. ἐντέταλμαι with Mid.
signif. Acts 13, 47. Hdian. 1. 9.23. Buttm.
§ 136. 3.—Pr. to make arise in any one;
hence, to enjoin, to command ; absol. Matt.
15,4 ὁ yap Seds ἐνετείλατο λέγων. Mark 11,
6; c. dat. of pers. Matt. 17,9. John 14, 31.
Acts 1, 2. 13, 47; dat. of pers. and ace. of
thing, Matt. 28,20 ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν.
Mark 10, 3. John 15, 14. 17; dat. of pers.
and περί τινος Matt. 4, 6 and Luke 4, 10,
quoted from Sept. Ps. 91,11 ; dat. of pers. and
infin. John 8, 5; dat. of pers, and iva Mark
13, 34; also ὁ. περί τινος simpl. Hebr. 11,
22; infin. simpl. Matt. 19, 7, comp. Deut.
24,1. Sept. for myx Gen. 2, 16. 21, 4. al.
So c. dat. of pers. Plato Charm. 157. b;
dat. et acc. Hdian. 3.12. 5; dat. et inf.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.12; va Jos. Ant. 8. 14. 2.
—By Hebr. Heb. 9, 20 διαθήκης ἧς (ἣν)
ἐνετείλατο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁ ϑεός, which God en-
joined upon you, quoted from Ex. 24, 8

τ

ἐντεῦδεν

where Sept. dia. ἧς διέϑετο πρὸς ὑμᾶς
for Heb. ὈΞ᾿ὮΣ ΓΞ; but elsewhere Sept.
often διαθήκην ἐνετείλατο ὑμῖν for Heb.
Dank ΤῚΣ 4S, e. g. Deut. 4, 13. Josh.
23, 16.

ἐντεῦϑεν, ady. strengthened from ἔνϑεν,
Buttm. ὁ 116. '7; hence, thence, from this or
that place, Matt. 17, 20. Luke 4, 9. 13, 31.
16, 26 Rec. John 2, 16. 7, 3. 14, 31. 18,
36. (Paleph. 21.1. Xen. An, 1, 2. 7, 10,
11. al.) So évredSev καὶ ἐντεῦϑεν, hence
and hence, on this side and that side, on
each side, John 19, 18. Rev. 22,2. Sept.
for myan ny Num. 22, 24; many nin
Dan. 12, 5. —Trop. of the cause or source,
hence, James 4,1. So Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 18.
Hdian. 2. 10. 13.

ἔντευξις, cas, ἡ, (ἐντυγχάνω,) pr. a fall-
ing in with, meeting with, Atl. V. H. 4. 20.
Plato Polit. 298. ὁ; a colloquy, audience,

* Aschin. 34. 19. Pol. 16. 21. 8; petition,
Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic. 16. 55.—
Hence in N.,'T. entreaty, prayer, sc. to God,
1 Tim. 2,1. 4,5. So Plut. Numa 14 pen-
ult. ποιεῖσϑαι τὰς πρὸς τὸ ϑεῖον ἐντεύξεις.

ἔντιμος, ov, ὁ; ἡ, δ]: (ἐν, τιμή,) pr. in
honour, i. 6.

1. Of persons, honoured, estimable, dear,
Luke 7, 2. 14, 8.- Phil. 2, 29. Sept. for
nan Neh. 2,16. 4,14; 722) Num. 22, 15.
-—Hdian. 2. 1. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4.

2. Of things, precious, costly, 6. g. a

stone, trop. 1 Pet. 2,4. 6; comp. Is. 28,16 .

where Sept. for sps.—Dem. 1285. 18.
ἐντολή, js, 7, (ἐντέλλομαι,) an injunc-
tion, command, i. ὃ.

1. Pr. of a specific command, charge, di-
rection; John 10,18 ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ
πατρός. 12, 49. 50. Acts 17,15. Col. 4, 10.
Heb. 7, 5. al. Sept. for miza 2 K. 18, 36.
2 Chr. 8,15. (Hdian. 3. 5. 8. Xen. Cyr.
2. 4. 30.) Spec. of a public charge, edict,
from magistrates, John 11, 57. Sept. for
mz 2 Chr. 35, 16.

2. Genr. precept, commandment, law ;
e.g. a) The traditions of the Rabbins,
Tit. 1,14. Ὁ) The precepts and teaching
of Jesus, John 13, 34. 15,12. 1 Cor. 14,
37. 1 John 2, 8. al. 0) The precepts and
commandments of God, in general, 1 Cor.
7,19. 1 John 3, 22. 23. al. Sept. and mixa
Deut. 4,2. 40. al.sep. d) The precepts
of the Mosaic law, in whole or in part,
Matt. 5, 19. 19, 17. 22, 36. 38. 40. Mark
10, 5.19. Rom. 7, 8 sq. al. 6) Genr. and
collect. ἡ ἐντολή, ἡ ἐντολὴ Yeod, put either
for the law, the Mosaic law, Matt. 15, 3. 6.

2

256

ἔντρομος

Mark 7, 8. 9. Luke 23, 56; (Sept. for
maim 2 K. 21, 8. 2 Chr. 12,15) or, for
precepts given to Christians, embracing
christian doctrines and duties, 1 Tim. 6, 14.
2 Pet. 2,21. 3,2. +

ἐντόπιος, ov, 6, 7), adj. (ἐν, τόπος.) pr.
in or of a place, i. e. a resident, an in-
habitant, Acts 21, 12.—Porphyr. de Abst.
1. 14. Soph. Cid. Col. 848. Plato Phadr.
262. d.

ἐντός, adv. (év,) in, within; also as prep.
ce. gen. Luke 17, 21 ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Seod

᾿ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν, the kingdom of God is

within you, i.e. its seat is in your heart and
affections, not external. Soréd ἐντός, the
inside, Matt. 23, 26. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7.
Sept. for ΞἽΡΞ Ps, 39, 4. 109, 22.—Luc.
D. Deor. 14. Ἧ τὸ ἐντός. Hdian. 2. 5. 15.
Plato Soph. 226. 6.

ἐντρέπω, f. wo, (τρέπω,) Lat. inverto,
to turn about, e. g. ra vara Hdot. 7. 211;
to turn back, Diog.* Laert. Socr. 11. 29.
Trop. to turn about, to bring back to one’s
senses, i, q. 10 move, to make ashamed, Atl.
V. H. 3.17 pen. Hom. Il. 15. 554.—Hence
in N. T. ;

1. to shame, to put to shame, c. acc.
1 Cor. 4, 14 οὐκ ἐντρέπων ὑμᾶς γράφω
ταῦτα. Pass. 2 Thess. 3, 14. Tit. 2, 8.
Sept. for npn Ps. 35, 26. 40, 15.—Ecclus.
4, 25. Piut. Vit. Hom. § 167 τοὺς πολλοὺς
ἐντρέπει.

2. Mid. ἐντρέπομαι, to turn oneself
towards any one,.i. e. to heed, to respect, to
reverence; in N. T. and in late writers c.
accus. Matt. 21, 37 et Mark 12, 6 ἐντραπή-
σονται τὸν υἱόν pov, i. 6. Pass. with Mid.
signif. comp. Buttm. § 136. 2. Luke 18, 2.
4. 20, 13. Heb. 12, 9.—Wisd. 2,10. Diod.
Sic. 19. 7 οὐ Seods ἐντρεπόμενοι. Plut. In-
stit. Lacon. 10. Earlier c. gen. Plato Crit.
52.c. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 33.

ἐντρέφω, f. ἐνπωρέψω, (τρέφω.) to nou-
rish or bring up ina place, Eurip. Phen.
379.—In N. T. trop. to nourish or train up
in any thing ; Pass. c. dat. 1 Tim. 4, 6 ἐν-
τρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις. So Philo de Alleg.
Ῥ. 59 ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ἐντρ. Hdian. 5. 3. 5.
Plato Legg. 798. a, ἐντρ. νόμοις. See Lees-
ner Obss. e Phil. p. 399.

ἔντρομος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (ἐν, τρόμος.) pr.
in trembling, i. 6. trembling with fear, ter
rified ; hence ἔντρομος γίνομαι v. εἰμί, i. q
to tremble, Acts '7, 32. 16, 29. Heb. 12, 21
Sept. for s4949 Dan. 10, 11.—1 Mace. 13,
2. Plut. Fab. Max..3; genr. Anth. Gr. L
p. 23. p. 211.

a

La

ἐντροπή 25

“ἐντροπὴ, ῆς, ἡ, (ἐντρέπω!:) respect, re-
verence, Soph. Cid. Col. 299.—In Ν. T.
shame, @ puiting to shame; 1 Cor. 6, 5
πρὸς ἐντρ. ὑμῖν λέγω. 15, 34. Sept. for
mad Ps, 35, 26. 69, 8. 20.

ἐντρυφάω, &, f. now, (τρυφάω,) to live
delicately, to indulge in, to revel in, 6. g. ἐν
ταῖς ἀπάταις αὑτῶν, revelling in their own
frauds, 2 Pet. 2,13; where some Mss. and
Lachm. read ἐν ταῖς ἀγάπαις αὑτῶν. Sept. for
2232 Is. 55, 2.—So ὁ. dat. Hdian. 2. 3. 22.
Diod. Sic. 19. 71.

ἐντυγχάνω, f. τεύξομαι, (τυγχάνω,) to
hit or light upon, to fall in with, Xen. An.
4. δ. 193 to meet and talk with, Xen. Mem.
3.2.1. ib. 3. 6. 2—Hence in N. T. to
apply to, to deal with, to entreat, c. dat.
Acts 25, 24 περὶ οὗ πᾶν τὸ πλῆϑος ἐνέτυχόν
μοι. So 2 Macc. 4, 86. ALL. V. H. 1. 21.
Plut. Pomp. ὅδ. Pol. 4. 30. 1—Spec. to
entreat for or against, to make intercession,
e.g. 8) For any one, c. dat, impl. et ὑπέρ
τινος, Rom. 8, 27 ὅτι κατὰ Sedyv ἐντυγχάνει
ὑπὲρ ἁγίων. v.34. Heb.'7,25. So Jos. Ant.
14. 10. 13. Plut. de Alex. Virt. 2.2. Ὁ)
Against any one, i. 4. fo complain of; c.
dat. et κατά τινος, Rom. 11,2 ὡς ἐντυγχάνει
τῷ ϑεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. So 1 Macc. 10,
61. 68. :

ἐντυλίσσω ν. -ττω, f. Ew, (τυλίσσω,)
to roll up in, to inwrap, c. acc. et dat. Matt.
27, 59 ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι. Luke 23,
53. Also to wrap or fold together, John 20,
7.—Aristoph. Plut. 692.

ἐντυπόω, ὦ, f. ove, (τυπόω,) lo enstamp,
to engrave, Pass. 2 Cor. 8, 7 ἐντετυπωμένη
ἐν AiSors.—Aristot. de Mund. 6. Plut. Symp.
4. 6. 2. β

ἐνυβρίζω, f. ἰσω, (ὑβρίζω,) to do despite
to or upon any one, 10 insult, to outrage, Ο.
acc. Heb. 10, 29 τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἐνυ-
βρίσας.----ἶϑο c. ace. Jos. Ant. 5. 8.12; c.
dat. Hdian. 8. 5. 3. Pol. 10. 26. 3.

ἐνυπνιάζομαι, Pass. and Mid. depon.
(ἐνύπνιον.) to dream ; either c. dat. of man-

ner intens. Acts 2, 1,7 ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασϑή-
σονται; or as in Rec. 6. acc. of the kindred

noun, ἐνύπνια ἐνυπνιασϑήσονται, as quoted

from Sept. Joel 2,28 where Sept. for bn;
comp. Butt. §131. 4. Trop. Part. ἐνυπνια-
ζόμενοι, dreamers, i. 6. holding vain and
empty opinions, deceivers, Jude 8. Sept.
genr. for non Gen. 28, 11. Jnudg. 7, 13.—
Absol. Plut. Cato Maj. 23 ult. Id. Brut. 24.

Act. ἐνυπνιάζω id. Aristot. H. An. 4. 10.

ἐνύπνιον, iov, τό, (ἐν, ὕπνος.) pr. * what
is seen in sleep; hence a dream, a vision
17

~

‘ ενωπίος

in sleep, Acts 2, 17; see in ἐνυπνιάζομαι.----
Ail. V. H, 3. 11. Plut. de Def. Orac. 50.
Xen. Cony, 4. 48.

ἐνώπιος; iov, 6, ἡ, Neut. ἐνώπιον, (ἐν,
ὦψ,) in one’s presence, face to face, Sept. Ex.
33, 11. Theocr. 22. 152.—In N. T. only
Neut. ἐνώπιον as ady. or rather as prep.
c. genit. in the presence of, before ; comp.
Buttm. § 146. 2,3. Sept. every where for
"26>, "2"D3; in N.T’. used chiefly by Luke,
Paul, and in the Apocalypse ; not found in
Matt. and Mark.

1. Pr. of place, e. g. in reference to
things, as ἐνώπιον τοῦ Spdvov, before, in front
of, Rev. 1,4. 4, 5.6.10. 7,9. 11. 15. al.
Sept. and "28> Josh. 6, 4. 1 Sam. 5, 3.—
Elsewhere in reference to persons, before,
in the presence of, in the sight of; Luke 1,
17 προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, as a herald,
i. q. πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ in Mark 1, 2.
Luke 1, 19 TaSpijA, 6 παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον
Tov Seov, comp. in ἀρχάγγελος. So προσκυ-
νεῖν (πίπτειν) ἐνώπιόν τινος, to prostrate one-
self before any one, Luke 4, 7. Rev. 3, 9. 4,
10. 5,8. 15, 4, (Sept. for "28> Ps. 22, 30.)
Acts 9, 15 ἐνώπιον eSvav κτὰ. Luke 13, 26
ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου, see in éoSi no. 2. d.
Luke 5, 18.25. Acts 6,6. 10,4. 31. al. Sept.
for "2°33 Ez. 15,26. Jer.'7,10; "28> Lev.
4,4. Num. 17, 10.—Plut. Probl. Rom. καὶ τὸ
ἐν ὑπαίϑρῳ, μάλιστά πως εἶναι δοκεῖ τοῦ Διὸς
ἐνώπιον.

2. Implying manner, and espec. the sin-
cerity in which any thing is done ; ἐνώπιον
τοῦ ϑεοῦ, in the sight of God, i. 6. God being
present and witness, Rom. 14, 22. 2 Cor.
4,2. 7,12. Comp. Sept. and "25> 1 Sam.
12, 7. 23, 18.—So in obtestations, before
God, God being witness, Gal. 1,20. 1 Tim.
5, 21. 6,13. 2 Tim. 2, 14. 4, 1.

3. Trop. in the sight of, i. 6. in the view
or judgment of any one; Luke 1, 6 δίκαιοι
ἐνώπιον τοῦ Seod. V. 15 μέγας ἐνώπιον κυρίου.
v.75. 1ὅ,18.21 ἥμαρτον ἐνώπιόν σου. (Sept.
and "28> 1 Sam. 20,1.) Luke 16, 15 δικαι-
οὔντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων. Acts 8,
21. Rom. 12,17. 2 Cor. 8, 21. al. Sept.
and "2°23 Deut. 4, 25. 1 K. 11, 33. 38. al.
"28> Neh. 9, 28. Ps. 5, 9—From the Heb.
ἐνώπιόν τινος, Where Greek writers usually
put the dative ; 6. g. Luke 15, 10 χαρὰ yi-
νεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγελῶν, for x. γίν. τοῖς
ἀγγέλοις, i.e. there is joy TO the angels, they
rejoice. 24, 11 ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν
ὡσεὶ λῆρος, i. e. seemed fo them. Acts 6, 5
ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντός κτλ. i. Θ. was
pleasing do all. (Sept. and "2°23 Num. 13,
34. Deut. 1, 23.) Also in the phrase εὑρί-

᾿Ενώς 258

σκὼ χάριν ἐνώπιόν τινος, to find favour in
the sight of any one, Acts 7,46; elsewhere
παρά τινι, Luke 1, 30. Sept. for"2"23 Ex.
33, 13.17. Num. 11,11. . τα

’"Evés, 6, indec. Enos, Heb. 8128 (man),
pr. n. of a man, Luke 3, 38; comp. Gen.
4, 26.

ἐνωτίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon. (ἐν;
οὖς ὠτός,) to take in with the ear,i. e. 1ο give
ear, lo hearken, c. acc. Acts 2, 14. Sept. for
PINT Gen. 4, 22; ΡΠ Jer. 8, 6.—Wisd.
6, 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 520. Alex. Com-
nen. 3. 9. Found only in the later Greek,
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 166.

᾿Ενώχ, ὁ, indec. Enoch, Heb. 332 (in-
itiated), the patriarch who walked with God,
Luke 3, 37. Heb. 11, 5. Jude 14. Comp.
Gen. 5, 8 sq.

ἐξ, prep. see ἐκ.

ἕξ, oi, ai, τά, card. num. six, Matt. 17,1.
Mark 9, 2. +

ἐξαγγέλλω, f. λῶ, (ἐκ, ἀγγέλλω,) Lo give

out news, to publish, to announce, ῬΙαί..

Thes. 13. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 8—In N. T. to
announce abroad, to show forth, i. e. by Hebr.
to make widely known, to celebrate, 6. g. τὰς
ἀρετὰς τοῦ Seov 1 Pet. 2,9. Sept. for ΞΘ
Ps. 9, 15. 79, 13. So Ecclus. 44, 15.

ἐξαγοράζω, f. dow, (ἐκ, ἀγοράζω,) to
purchase out, to buy wp out of the pdsses-
sion or power of any one, Plut. M. Crass. 2.
Pol. 8::- 42. 2—In N. T. to redeem, to set
free, sc. out of service or bondage; Gal. 3,
13 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου. 4, 5. Comp. in
ἀγοράζω, no. 2. Mid. pr. to redeem for one-
self, trop. Eph. 5, 16 et Col. 4,5 ἐξαγοραζό-
μενοι τὸν καιρόν, redeeming the time, i. 6.
rescuing and improving every opportunity
for good. Comp. Marc. Antonin. 4, 28
κερδαντέον τὸ παρόν.

ἐξάγω, f. ἄξω, (ἐκ, ἄγω.) to lead out, to
conduct out, i. e. out of any place, c. accus.
of pers. 6. g. out of prison, Acts 5,19. 16,
37. 39; also with ἐκ 12, 17. (Sept. for
NUIT Ps. 142, 8. Is. 42, 7.) Also out of
Egypt, Acts '7, 36; with ἐκ v. 40.. 13, 17.
Heb. 8,9. (Sept. for S"Z1N Ex. 6, 7. Lev.
25, 38.) Genr. Mark 15, 20. Acts 21, 38;
with ἔξω Mark 8,23. Luke 24, 50. (Sept.
. ἔξω Gen. 15, 9.) As a shepherd his flock,
John 10, 3.—Dem. 1090. 10. Xen. Hell.
6. 4. 37; c. ἐκ Dem. 845. 17. Xen. Hell.
6. 5. 18; ο. ἔξω Dem. 1278. 3.

ἐξαιρέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐκ, aipéw,) aor. 2
- ἐξεῖλον Mid. aor 2 irreg. ἐξείλατο Acts 7,

ἐξαλείφω
10 et 12, 11 in some editions ; see in ἀναι-
péw.— To take out, i. 6.

1. lo pluck out, to lear put, e. g. an eye,
Matt. 5, 29 τὸν ὀφϑαλμόν. 18, 9.—Plut. de
Is, et Osir. 55 τὸν 63. Xen. An. 2. 3. 16.

2. to take out from a number, fo select ;
Mid. to select for oneself, to choose, c. acc
Acts 26,17. Sept. for "2 Deut. 31, 11.
—Jos. Aut. 4. 8. 5. Ken. An. 2. 5, 20.
Act. Xen. An. 5. 3. 4.

3. Mid. trop. to take out of the power ot
any one do oneself, to rescue, to deliver, with
acc. and ἐκ, Acts 12, 11 ἐξείλετό με ἐκ χει-
pos Ἡρώδου. 7, 10. Gal. 1, 4: ἐκ impl.
Acts 7, 34, 23, 27. Sept. for bear Gen. 32,
11. 37, 20 Teieus 310. 1. Dem. 256. 2.
Pol. 1. 11. 11.

ἐξαίρω, f. αρῶ, (ἐκ, αἴρω,) to lake up out
of any place, to lift up from, Plut. Marcell.
15 med. Xen. Cyr, 2. 4. 19.—In N. T. to
take away out of or from, to remove, with
acc, and ἐκ c. gen. 1 Cor. 5,13 ἐξάρατε τὸν
πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν, i. e. expel, excommuni-
cate. Sov. 2 Rec. Sept. for 10 Josh.
7,13; ΓΞ Ez. 14, 8—1 Macc. 14, 36.
fil. V. H. 2. 24. Plut. Nicias 18.

éEaitéw, ὃ, f. now, (ἐκ, aitéw,) to ask
for out of the hand or power of any one, to
demand, Germ. ausbitien; c. acc. Diod.
Sic. 11. 33. Plato Menex. 245. b.—In N. T.
Mid. to ask or demand for oneself, c. acc.
Luke 22, 31; comp. Job 1, 11. 12. 2, 4-6.
Test. XII Patr. p.'729. So Paleph. 41.
2. Dem. 546. 21. Lys. 444. 6.

ἐξαίφνης, adv. (ἐκ, αἴφνης, ἄφνω.) on
a sudden, suddenly, Mark 18, 36. Luke 2.
13. 9,39. Acts 9,3. 22,6. Sept. for ἘΝῺΒ
Prov. 24, 2; 234 Is. 47, 9.—Plut. Thes. 13.
Xen. Mem. 4.2.6. See on the form, Buttm.
§115. n. 5. Lob. ad Phryn. p, 18. ἢ.

ἐξακολουδέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐκ, ἀκολου
ϑέω;,) to follow out or up; trop. to copy after,
to conform to, c. dat. 2 Pet. 1, 16 od... μύ-
Sos ἐξακολουϑήσαντες. 2, 2. 18. Sept. for
m2 Is. 56, 11.—Jos, Ant. prowm. 4. Pol.
17. 10. '7; pr. Plut. Alex. M. 24.

ἑξακόσιοι, a, a, six hundred, Rev. 13.
18. 14,20. See Buttm. § 70.

ἐξαλείφω, f. yo, (ἐξ, ἀλείφω,) 1. to
oint or smear out, to blot out; c. ace. Rev.
3, 5 ov μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς
βίβλου τῆς ζωῆς. Sept. for mma Ps. 69,29.
(Luc. pro Imag. 26. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 51.)

Spec. of an ordinance, to blot out, to abolish —

c. acc. τὸ χειρόγραφον Col. 2,14. So Dem.
468. 1 τὸν νόμον. Lys. 48. 2.—Trop. to blot

ἐξάλλομαι
out sins, i. q. to pardon, Pass. Acts 3, 19.

Sept. and mr Ps. 51,11. So Lys. 237.1.

2. Spec. to wipe away, e. g. tears, c. acc.
Rev. 7, 17, 21, 4.

ἐξάλλομαι, f. αλοῦμαι, Mid. depon. (ἐκ,
M\Xopat,) to leap out, e.g. from a house Plut,
Agesi. 34; from a chariot Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.
25.—In N. T. to leap forth, sc. from one’s
place, Acts 3,8. Sept. for ἪΡ Joel 2, 5.
So Plut. Pelop. 32 pen. Id. Pomp. 58 pen.

ἐξανάστασις, ews, 9, (ἐξανίστημι,) a
rising up out of a place, Pol. 3. 55. 4.—In
N. T. the resurrection from the dead, Phil.
3, 11.

ἐξανατέλλω, f. ελῶ, (ἐκ, ἀνατέλλω,) to
make spring up out of the ground or else-
where, e. g. plants, Sept. for mgs Gen.
2,9. Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1423 ; ϑόρυβον Plut.
Pericl. 3.—In N. T. intrans. to spring up
out of any thing, i. e. to spring up, to shoot
forth, of plants, Matt. 13, 5. Mark 4, 5.
Sept. of light, for mar Ps. 112, 4.

ἐξανίστημι, f. στήσω, (ἐκ, dviornpt,)
only in Act. aor. 1 ἐξανέστησα, aor. 2 ἐξα-
νέστην. On the trans. and intrans. signifi-
cations, see in ἀνίστημιε and Buttm. ᾧ 107. 17.

1, Trans. to make rise up out of a place,
to rise up out of, c. acc. 6. g. soldiers out of
ambush Thuc. 7. '77; beasts from their Jairs
‘Xen: Cyr. 2. 4. 20.—In N. T. Act. aor. 1,
from the Heb. to raise wp seed (offspring)
froma woman; c. acc. Mark 12, 19 et Luke
20, 28 καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ
αὐτοῦ SC. ἐκ τῆς γυναικός, comp. Deut. 25,
ὅ. 6. Sept. for mm Gen. 19, 82. 84; my}
Gen. 4, 25.

2. Intrans. Act. aor. 2, to rise up out of
a place, to stand forth, Acts 15,5. Sept.
for exp Gen. 18, 16.—AEschin. 45. 3. Plato
Phed. 117. d.

ἐξαπατάω, ὦ, f. how, (ἐκ intens. ἀπα-
τάω.) to deceive out and out, to beguile wholly,
c. acc. Rom. 7, 11. 16,18. 1 Cor. 3, 18.
2 Cor. 11, 3. 2 Thess. 2,3. 1 Tim. 2, 14
Lachm.—Susann. 56. Luc. de Merc. cond.
§ ult. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 19.

ἐξάπινα, adv. a later form for ἐξαπίνης
i. q. ἐξαίφνης, on a sudden, suddenly, Mark
9, 8.. Sept. for ppp Josh. 11, '7.—Zonar.
7. 25. ib. 10. 37. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
18. n.

ἐξαπορέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐκ intens. ἀπο-
ρέω.) ἰο be utterly at a loss, perplexed, Pol.
4. 34. 1.—In N. T. Mid. to be utterly at a
loss with oneself, to be in despair, c. gen.
τοῦ ζὴν 2 Cor. 1,8; absol. 4,8. Sept. for
jab Ps. 88, 16. So Plut. Alcib. 5.

259

ἔξειμι

ἐξαποστέλλω, f. στελῶ, (ἀποστέλλω,;)

1. to send away out of a place, to send
forth, as an agent, messenger, friend, c. acc.
Acts 7, 12,11, 22. 12,11. 17,14. Gal.
4, 4; with εἰς c. acc. of place whither,
Acts 9, 30, 22, 21. Gal. 4,6. Sept. for τιϑὼ
Gen. 24, 40.—Dem. 251. 5. Plut. Coriolan.
6; c. es Pol. 21. 14. 9.

2. Emphat. to send away peremptorily, to
dismiss, c. acc. et adj. Luke 1, 53 πλου-
τοῦντας ἐξαπέστειλε κενούς. 20,10.11. So
Sept. and mj Gen. 31, 42.—Pol. 1ὅ. 2. 4
τοὺς πρέσβεις ἀνυποκρίτους ἐξαποστέλλειν.

ἐξαρτίζω, f. iow, (ἐκ, ἀρτίζω, ἄρτιος.)
to complete fully, to finish out, 6. σ. time,
6. acc. τὰς ἡμέρας Acts 21,5. Also of a
teacher, i. q. to furnish thoroughly, Pass.
2 Tim. 3, 17.—So τὴν οἰκίαν Luc. Ver. Hist.
1. 33; πλοῖα, to equip, Arr. Peripl. 11; of
persons, Jos, Ant. 3. 2. 2 πολεμεῖν πρὸς
ἄνδρ. τοῖς ἅπασι καλῶς ἐξηρτισμένους.

ἐξαστράπτω, f. ψω, (ἐκ, ἀστπάπτω.)
to flash out, as lightning, Sept. Ez. 1, 4,
Tryphiodor. 10. 2.—In N. T. of raiment, to
shine out, to glitter, absol. Luke 9, 29 ; comp.
Matt. 17, 2. So Sept. of weapons; for ῬῚΞ
Nah, 3, 3.

ἐξαυτῆς, adv. (for ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρας,) from
this time, i. 6. forthwith, presently, imme-
diately, Mark 6, 25. Acts 10, 33. 11, 11.
21, 32. 23, 30. Phil. 2,23. See in ἐκ no.
2.—Pol. 2. 7. 7. Diod. Sic. 15. 43.

ἐξεγείρω, f. epd, (ἐκ, ἐγείρω.) trans. to
wake or rouse out of sleep, pr. implying the
rising up from the posture of sleep, Ecclus.
22,'7. Pol. 18. 2. 5. Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 36.—
In N. T. trop.

1. to raise up from the dead, i. q. éyeipw
ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, See in ἐγείρω no. 1. b; 850 6.
acc. 1 Cor. 6, 14 ἡμᾶς ἐξεγερεῖ. Sept. and
YP? Dan. 12, 2.

2. to raise up, to cause to arise or exist ;
spoken of Pharaoh Rom. 9, 17, quoted from
Ex. 9, 16 where Heb. ΩΣ, Sept. ἰδιετη-
ρήϑην.----1 05. Ant. 8. 11. 1 "βασιλεὺς γὰρ
ἐξεγείρεται ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ.

I. ἔξειμι, (ἐκ, εἰμί to be,) see ἔξεστι.

ΤΙ. ἔξειμι, (ἐκ, εἶμι to go,) to go out
of a place, intrans. c. ἐκ, Acts 13, 42 ἐκ τῆς
συναγωγῆς. With ἐπί c. acc. of place whi-
ther, 27, 43 ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, i. 6. out of the
water. Soc. ἐκ, Luc. Eun. 6; absol. Sept.
Ex. 28, 35. Hdian. 7. 9.8. Plato Conv. 196.
a.—Genr. to go away, to depart out of a

absol. Acts 17, 15. 20, 7. So Jos.
Ant. 5.2.8. Mid. ο. gen. Hdian. 3. 15. 12.

ἐξελέγχω
ἐξελέγχω, f. ξω, (ἐκ intens. ἐλέγχω:)

to convict fully, to show to be wholly wrong, ἢ

Dem. 233. 3. Xen. ic. 2. 9.—In N. T. to
᾿ rebuke sternly, to condemn, to punish, Ο. acc.
Jude 15. Sept. and mpin Is. 2,4. Mic.
4, 3.

ἐξέλκω, f. κύσω, (ἐκ, ἕλκω q. V-) to draw
out, to drag out of a place, Sept. for tx
Gen. 37, 28. Hdian. 8. 8. 14—In N. T.
trop. to draw out of the right way, i.e. to
draw away, to carry away, Pass. James 1,
14 ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας emiBupias ἐξελκόμενος. So
Test. XII Patr. p.'702 εἰς πορνείαν pe ἐξεὰ-
κύσατο; comp. All. H. An. 6. 31, ὑπὸ τῆς
ἡδονῆς ἑλκόμενοι.

ἐξέλω, 566 ἐξαιρέω.

ἐξέραμα, ατος, τό, (ἐξεράω,) vomit, what
is vomited ; 2 Pet. 2, 22 ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέρα-
μα. Comp. Proy. 26, 11 where Heb. ἽΝ ΟΣ,
Sept. ἐπὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἔμετον. So the verb,
Dioscor. 6. 19; see Gataker Adverss. Misc.
p- 853 sq.

ἐξερευνάω, &, f. now, (ἐκ, épevvda,) to
search out, to explore, i. e. assiduously, dili-
gently, c. περί τινος 1 Pet.1,10. Sept. for
WEN Prov. 2, 4; "PM 1 Chr. 19, 3.—
1 Mace. 3,49. Pol. 14. 1.13. Plut. Lucull. 19.

ἐξέρχομαι, f. ἐξελεύσομαι, (ἐκ, ἔρχομαι
4. ν.) aor. 2 ἐξῆλϑον, 2 pers. plur. ἐξήλθατε
Luke 7, 24, 25. 26 in some editions, see in
ἔρχομαι init—To go or come out of any
place ; Sept. every where for 83}.

1. Of persons, to go or come forth, intrans.
a) With adjuncts noting the place out of
which ; so 6. gen. Matt. 10, 14 ἐξερχόμενοι
τῆς οἰκίας. Acts 16,39; comp. Matth. ᾧ 354.
ὃ. With ἐκ c. gen. of place, Matt. 8, 28 ἐκ
τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχ. John 4, 30. Acts 16,
40. 1 Cor. 5, 10. al. So ἐκ ὁ. gen. of pers.
implying place, Acts 15, 24 τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν
ἐξελθόντες. Trop. John 10, 39 ἐξῆλϑεν ἐκ
τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν, he departed out of their
hand, escaped from their power. (Sept.
for 8%" Gen. 8, 16. 19. al. Xen. Hell. 6. 5.
16.) With ἔξω, Matt. 26, '75. John 19, 4.
Rev. 3, 12; ἔξω c. gen. Matt. 21,17 ἔξω
τῆς πόλεως. Heb. 13, 13. (Eurip. Phen.
486.) With ἀπό c. gen. of place, to depart
from, Matt. 18,1 e&eASa@v ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας.
924,1. Mark 11, 12. al. Also c. adv. Matt.
5, 26 ἐκεῖθεν. 12, 44 ὅϑεν. Comp. Alsop.
Fab. 129. Ὁ) With an adjunct of person
out of or from whom; so of those out of
whose bodies demons depart, with ἐκ c. gen.
. Mark 1, 25. 26. Luke 4, 35; ἀπό Matt.
12, 43. Luke 4, 35; absol. Acts 16,18. Of
those from whom, from whose presence,

‘ceed from, 6. g.

260 ἐξέρχομαι

one goes forth with authority, i. q. ‘to be
sent out’ by any one; so with ἀπό c. gen.
John 13,3 ἀπὸ Seod ἐξῆλθε. 16,30. (Sept.
for "259 Gen. 4, 16; 032 8¥1 Ex. 8, 8.)
With παρά c. gen. John 16,27 παρὰ τοῦ
Sod ἐξῆλθον. 17, 8; comp. Sept. Num
16, 35. So genr. to depart from any onc,
i.e. from his presence or intercourse, Luke
5, 8 ἔξελθε am ἐμοῦ. 2 Cor. 6, 17 e&€dSere
ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν. 0) The place whence
being not expressed but implied, to go out,
i. 6. to go away, to depart; Matt. 9, 31 οἱ
δὲ ἐξελθόντες διεφήμισαν κτὰ. Mark 2, 12.
Luke 4, 42. Acts 7,7. Rey. 6, 2. ἃ]. So
of demons departing out of the body, Matt.
8, 32. Acts 8,7. d) With an adjunct of
the place whither; so c. ets, Matt. 11,7
τί ἐξήλϑετε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον κτλ. Mark 8, 27.
Luke 10, 10. John 1, 44. Acts 11, 25. al.
sep. (Paleph. 38. 5. Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 24.)
So c. εἰς final, Mark 1, 38 εἰς τοῦτο. Matt.
8, 34 εἰς ἀπάντησιν. With ἐπί c. acc. Luke
8, 27 ἐξελθόντι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, sc. from a ves-
sel. Acts 1,21. With παρά c. acc. Mark
2,13 ἐξῆλθεν παρὰ τὴν ϑάλασσαν. Acts 16,
18. With πρός 6. acc. of pers. John 18,
29. 2 Cor. 8, 17.

2. Trop. of persons: a) to go forth
from, to proceed from, Matt. 2,6 ἐκ σοῦ
γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος. Also by He-
braism, ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος τινός.
to come forth out of the loins of any one, i.e.
to descend from, Heb. 7, 5. So Sept. and
Heb, D°S>M2 NE Gen. 35, 11. 1K. 8,
19; comp. Gen. 15, 4. Lib. Henoch. in
Fabr. Cod. pseud.:V. T. 1.196. b) 1 John
4, 1 πολλοὶ Ψευδοπροφῆται ἐξεληλύϑασιν
εἰς τὸν κόσμον, i. Θ. have gone forth, have
arisen and gone abroad, into the world.

3. Of things, to go or come forth, to pro-
a) Of liquids, i. ᾳ. to flow
out; John 19, 34 ἐξῆλθεν αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ.
Rev. 14, 20 ἐκ τῆς ληνοῦ. So Sept. and
82" Ex. 17,6. Ὁ) Of lightning, to come
forth out of, to appear from ; as ἀπ᾿ ἀνατολῶν
Matt. 24,27. Sept. and 82% Zech. 9, 14.
c) Trop. of a voice, and the like, Rev. 16,
17 ἐξῆλθε φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ. 19,5. So
of teaching, or a rumour, to go forth, to
spread abroad, 1 Cor. 14, 36 ad’ ὑμῶν ὁ
λόγος τοῦ Seod ἐξῆλϑεν ; also with an ad-
junct of place, 6. g. εἰς c. acc. Matt. 9, 26

ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τῆν γὴν ἐκεί- |

νην. Rom. 10, 18. John 21, 23; ἐν ὁ. dat.
Luke 7,17. 1 Thess. 1, 8; κατά ὁ. gen.
Luke 4,14. d) Trop. of thoughts, words ;
as ἐκ τῆς καρδίας Matt. 15, 18; ἐκ τοῦ στό-
ματος James 3, 10; of healing power ΟΥ̓
virtue, to go forth, ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ Mark 5, 30,

a

ἔξεστι
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ Luke 6, 19; of an edict, to be
published, promulgated, rapa Καίσαρος Luke
2,1. 6) Trop. of a hope, to depart, i. e.
to be at an end, to vanish, Acts 16,19. So
of time, Sept. ἐξῆλθε τὸ ἔτος, for 53%) Gen.
47, 18. Xen. An. 7. 5. 4. ; μ

4. From the Heb. εἰσέρχομαι καὶ ἐξ-
έρχομαι, Acts 1,21. John 10,9 ; see fully
in εἰσέρχομαι no. 4. +

ἔξεστι, 3 pers. of ἔξειμι, (ἐκ, εἰμί to be,)
and the only person in use ; Impers. as also
Part. ἐξόν ; tt is possible, one can, referring
to moral possibility or propriety, i. 6. it is
lawful, it is right, it is permitted, one may,
Buttm. § 150. m. 23; construed with dat. of
pers. and infin. expressed or implied. E. g.
with infin, pres. marking prolonged or cus-
tomary action, Matt. 14,4 οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι
ἔχειν αὐτήν. Mark 6,18. Acts 16, 21. 22,
25; dat. impl. Matt. 12, 2.10. 12. Luke 6,
2. (Luc. Jud. Voc. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 9.)
With infin. aor. marking transient action,
Matt. 20, 15 οὐκ ἔξεστί μοι ποιῆσαι ὃ ϑέλω
κτὰ. 19, 3. Mark 2, 26. 10,2. Luke 20, 22.
John 5,10. 18, 31. Acts 21, 37; so Part.
ἐξὸν ἦν Matt. 12, 4; ἐξόν sc. ἐστί, i. q.
ἔξεστι 2 Cor. 12, 4. (AB. V. H. 2. 7. Xen.
(Ec. 7. 41 bis.) With the dat. impl. Matt.
22, 17. 27,6. Mark 3, 4. 12, 14. Luke 6,
4. 14,35 and so with Part. ἐξόν sc. ἔστω
Acts 2, 29.—With the infin. implied, Mark
2,24 ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστι sc. αὐτοῖς ποιεῖν. Luke 6,
9. Acts 8, 37. 1 Cor. 6, 19" bis. 10, 23 bis.

ἐξετάζω, f. dow, (ἐκ intens. ἐτάξω, éreds,
érés,) pr. to verify out, i. e. to examine fully
whether any thing is true or not, i. 4. ἐτάζω
but stronger and more in use. Hence»

1. Genr. ¢o inquire out, i. e. to seek out
the truth by inquiry ; so with περί c. gen.
Matt. 2,8; with τίς interrog. 10, 11. Sept.”
for B23 Deut. 19, 18.—Ecclus. 11,7. Dem.
23. 29. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 35.

2. With acc. of pers. to inquire of, to ask,
John 21, 12.—Arr. Epict. 3. 3. 14. Plut.
de Cons. Apoll. 33. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 36.

ἐξηγέομαι; οὔμαι, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἐκ, ἡγέομαι,) ta lead out, to take the lead, be
leader, Xen. An. 6. 6. 34.—In N. T. to lead
or bring out, to make known, i. e.

1. Genr. to declare, to tell; e. acc. of
thing, Luke 24, 35. Acts 15, 12. 21,19;
acc. and dat. of pers. Acts 10, 83 καθώς
Acts 15, 14. pt. for "80 Judg. 7, 13.—
Pol. 4. 22. 7. Thue. 5. 26.

2. Spec. of a teacher, to declare, to make
‘known ; 6. acc. τὸν Sedv John 1,18; comp.
Matt. 11, 27. Sept. for 777 Lev. 14. 57.
—Pol. 6. 3 3. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 6.

ἵ :

261

ἐξίστημι

tes

ἑξήκοντα, oi, αἱ, τά, sixty, Matt. 13, 8.
23. Mark 4, 8. 20. Luke 24, 13. 1 Tim. 5,
9. Rev. 11, 3. 12, 6. 13, 18.

ἑξῆς, adv. (ἔχω, ἕξω.) one after another,
successively, in order, Sept. Deut. 2, 34.
Xen. Ath. 1. 6.—In N. T. only with art.
ὃ, ἡ ἑξῆς, as adj. the next after, the follow-
ing ; Buttm. §125. 6, 7. So Luke 9, 37 ἐν
τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ. 7,11 ἐν τῇ ἑξῆς sc. ἡμέρᾳ.
Acts 21, 1. 25,17. 27,18. So in full, Jos.
Ant. 4. 8. 44; impl. ib. 3. 5. 6; genr.
2 Mace. 7, 8. Pol. 1. 52. 4.

ἐξηχέω, ὦ, f. σω, (ἐκ, ἠχέω,) to sound
out, to sound abroad, Sept. for ym Joel 4,
14; c. acc. Pol. 30. 4. '7.—In N. T. Pass.
to be sounded abroad ; trop. of the gospel,
to be proclaimed, 1 Thess. 1,8 ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν yap
ἐξήχηται 6 λόγος κτλ. So Hesych. ἐξηχεῖ- ©
ται" ἐξῆλθεν, ἐκηρύχϑη.

ἕξις, ews, ἡ, (ἔχω, ἕξω,) habitude of body
Xen. Εἴς. 7, 2 ; of life, habit, Mem. 1. 2. 4.
—In N. T. habitude, practice, use, as the
result of long exercise, Heb. 5,14. Soy
Ecclus. Prol. Arr. Epict. 1. 4. 22. Pol. 10.
47. 7.

ἐξίστημι, f. ἐκστήσω, (ἐκ, ἵστημι,) aor.
1 ἐξέστησα, aor. 2 ἐξέστην ; also Pres.
contr. ἐξιστάω Acts 8,9; comp. in ἀπο-
καϑίστημι and Buttm. ὁ 106. n. 5. On the
trans. and intrans. signif. see in ἵστημι and
Buttm. ᾧ 107. I.—Trans. to put out of place,
to displace, 6. g. enemies, to discom/fit, Sept.
for pan Ex. 23,27. Josh. 10,10; to change,
to alter, Plut. Sertor. 10. Intrans. to be out
of place, displaced, e. g. the joints, Test. XIT
Patr. p. 653; to recede from, Thuc. 2. 63;
to depart, Xen. An. 1. 5. 14.—In N. T.
only trop. :

1. Trans. in the present, aor. 1, and later
perf. ἐξέστακα Buttm. § 107. IL. 5; to put
out of oneself, to cause to be beside oneself,
Sept. for >b4M Job 12, 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 8,
12 τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοῦ φρονεῖν ἐξίστημι,
comp. Pol. 11. 27. 7. Hence genr. to aston-
ish, to fill with wonder, c. acc. Luke 24, 22
ἐξέστησαν ἡμᾶς. Acts 8,9. 11.—Arr. Epict.
1. 18. 21. Luc. de Dom. 19. Dem. 537. 29
ταῦτα ἐξίστησι ἀνθρώπους ἀὑτῶν.

2. Intrans. in the aor. 2, perf. and in
Mid. to be out of one’s mind, to be beside
oneself ; Mark 3, 21 ἔλεγον γάρ, ὅτι ἐξέστη.
2 Cor. 5,13 εἴτε yap ἐξέστημεν, sc. as is
said of us. So Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 8 ἐξεστη-
κότα τῶν φρενῶν. Pol. 15. 29. 7 ἐξέστη τῶν
φρενῶν. Diod. Sic. 14. 71.—Hence genr,
to be astonished, amazed, filled with wonder,
Matt. 12, 23 ἐξίσταντο πάντες of ὄχλοι.
Mark 2, 12. 5, 42 ἐξέστησαν ἐκστάσει pe

“

ἐξισχύω 262

γάλῃ, comp. in ἀγαλλιάομαι. (Sept. Gen.
27, 33. Ez. 26,16.) Mark 6, 51 ἐν ἑαυτοῖς.
Luke 2, 47 ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσι κτλ.
Matth. § 399. π. (Sept. Ex. 18, 9.) Luke
8, 56. Acts 2,'7. 12. 8, 13. 9, 21. 10, 45.
12,16. Sept. for mam Gen. 43, 33. Job
ai 11. So Arr. Epict. 2. 22.6. Xen. Mem.
ek

᾿ ἐξισχύ ὕω, f. bow, (ἐκ intens. ἰσχύω,)
to be in full strength, to be fully able, ο. inf.
Eph. 3, 18. eeu dy. 7, 6. Plut. Reip. ger.
Prec. 5.

ἔξοδος, ov, ἡ, (ἐκ, dds,) pr. a way out,
exit, Hdian. 7. 12. 14: Plut. Flamin. 20
med.—In N. T. exodus, journey out, depar-
ture, Heb. 11,22. Sept. for MSS inf. of 2?
Ex. 19,1. Num. 33, 38. al. (Jos. Ant. 5.
1. 20. Xen. An. 6. 4. 9.) Trop. departure
from life, exit, decease, Luke 9, 31. 2 Pet.
1,15. So Wisd. 7, 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 2
ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδου τοῦ ζῆν.

ἐξολοδρεύω, f. evow, (ἐκ intens. ddo-
Spevo,) to destroy ulterly, Pass. Acts 3, 23
πᾶσα ψυχὴ. .. ἐξολοϑρευϑήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ.
So Sept. c. ἐκ for map Ex. 30,33. 31, 13. al.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 641. Jos. Ant. 8. 11.
1. Not found in classic writers; see Sturz
de Dial. Alex. p. 166 sq.

ἐξομολογέω, ὦ, f. hoa, (ἐκ intens. ὁμο-
λογέω;,) pr. lo speak out the same things as
another; hence in N. T.

1. Mid. to admit, to acknowledge, to con-
fess fully, c. ace, 6. g. τὰς ἁμαρτίας, Matt.
3, 6. Mark 1, 5. Acts 19, 18. James 5, 16.
Sept. and min Dan. 9, 24. (Jos. Ant. 8.
4. 6 ras ἁμαρτίας. B, J. 5. 10. 5. Plut. M.
Anton. 59 pen. τὴν ἀλήϑειαν.) Spec. to
® acknowledge openly, to profess, 6. g. τὸ ὄνομά
τινος Rey. 3, 5 Rec. So c. ὅτι Phil. 2, 11;
comp. Tob. 11, 17.—Hence to make acknow-
ledgment for benefits, i. 4. to give thanks,
to praise, c. dat. of pers. Matt. 11,25. Luke
10, 21. Rom. 14, 11. 15, 9, quoted from
Ps. 18, 50 where Sept. for min; also Ps.
57,10. 1 Chr. 16, 4. So Act: Thom. § 25.
= de ANE p. 1105; ο. acc. Tob. 12,

et Act. to ἀνέδα fully, to agree, to pro-
mise, absol. Luke 22, 6 eéapoddynoe.—So
ὁμολογέω, Jos. Ant. 6. ὃ. 5. ib. 8. 4. 3.
Xen. An. 7. 4.13, 22. "

εξόν, see ἔξεστι.

ἐξορκίζω, f. iow, (ἐκ, ὁρκίζω,) to exact
an oath, i. 6. to put to an oath, to adjure, c.

- ace. et κατά τινος, Matt. 26,63. Sept. for

372Uh Gen. 24, 3.—Diod. Sic. 1. 21 med.
Dem. 1265. 6.

ἐξουσία

ἐξορκιστής, ov, ὁ, (ἐξορκίζω,) an exor«
cist, pr. one who binds by an oath; genr.
one who by adjuration and incantation pro-
fesses to expel demons, Acts 19,13. So
Anth. Gr. III. p. 23 ult. or Luc. Epigr. 23
—See for the process of exorcism, Jos.
Ant. 8. 2. 5. Suicer. Thes. in vy.

ἐξορύσσω v. -ττω, f. ἕω, (ἐκ, ὀρύσ-
σω,) to dig out; Mark 2, 4 ἐξορύξαντες sc.
τὴν στέγην, digging out or removing the
tiles or earth ; comp. in ἀποστεγάζω. (Xen.
(ic. 19.4.) Trop. Gal. 4,15 ὀφϑαλμοὺς

ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, implying entire devoted- -

ness. Sept. pr. for "22 Judg. 16,22. 1 Sam.
11,2. So Jos. Ant. 6. 5.1. Plut. Artax.
14 ult. See Wetst. N. T. in loc.

ἐξουδενέω, ἢ, f. Now, (ἐκ, οὐδενέω, οὐ-
δέν,) to set out at nought, Pass. Mark 9, 12
Lachm. Also Pass. part. ἐξουδενημένος,
despised, contemptible, 2 Cor. 10, 10 Lachm.
—Ecclus. 34, 22 or 31, 25.

ἐξουδενόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ἐκ, ovdevda,) Lo
set out at nought, to make nought of, to de-
spise, Pass. Mark 9,12. So Sept. for ox
1 Sam. 15, 23. 26; ra Ecc. 9, 16.—
1 Mace. 3, 14. Test. XII Patr. Ρ. 564.
Basil. Ep. 61. 91. See Lob. ad Phryn.
p: 182.

ἐξουδενέω, &, f. how, (ἐκ, οὐϑενέω,
οὐδέν later form for οὐδέν, Buttm. § 70. 1.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 181 sq.) to set out at
nought, to make “nought of, to despise, ο: acc.
Luke 18,9 ἐξουϑενοῦντας τοὺς λοιπούς. 23,
11. Rom. 14, 3. 10. 1 Cor. 6, 4. 16, 11

.Gal. 4, 14. 1 Thess. 5, 20. Acts 4, 11,

comp. Matt. 21, 42 and Ps. 118, 22. Pass.
part. 1 Cor. 1, 28.et 2 Cor. 10, 10 ἐξουϑε-
vnpevos, despised, contemptible. Sept. for
yaa Prov. 1,7; mia Ez. 22,8. 2 Chr. 36,
16.—Euseb. H. E. 5. 1. 209. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 182.

ἐξουσία, ας, ἡ, (ἔξεστι,) power, i.e.
moral power, ability, see in ἔξεστι. ‘Thus

1. power to do any thing, ability, faculty ;
Acts 8, 19 δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην,
iva κτὰ. Matt. 9, 8 δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην
τοῖς ἀνυρώποις. With gen. Luke 10, 19
ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν κτλ. With inf. aor.
Luke 12, 5 ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντα ἐμβαλεῖν κτλ.
who hath power, is able. John 10, 18 bis.
Spec. strength, force, efficiency, Rev. 9, 3 bis.
19.—Thuce. 4. 39; c. gen. Ecclus. 9, 13;
c. inf. Thuc. 7. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 24.

2. power to do or not to do, i. e. license,

liberty, leave, right; Acts 1,7 ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ.

ἐξουσίᾳ. 5, 4. Rom. 9, 21. 1 Cor. 7, 37 ἐξ-
ουσίαν ἔχει περὶ Tod ἰδίου SeAnparos, i. e. if

+ Pe pal

ἐξουσία 263 a

it stands in his own free will. 8, 9. 9, 4. 5.
6. 12 bis. 18. 2 Thess. 3,9. Rev. 22, 14.
So John 1, 12.—Ecclus. 25, 25. Al. V. H.
3. 35. Dem. 111. 12. Xen. Hi. 5. 2

3. power as entrusted, i. 6. commission,

full-power, authority; Matt. 21, 23 bis, év

ποιᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; V. 24.27. Mark
11, 28 bis. 29. 33. Luke 20, 2 bis. 8; also
Mark 3,15. John 19,11. Acts 9, 14. 26,
10. 12. 2 Cor. 10, 8. 13, 10. With infin.
6. g. pres. John 5, 27 ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ
καὶ κρίσιν ποιεῖν. Matt. 9, 6 ἐξουσίαν ἔχει
ὁ υἱὸς ἀφιέναι κτὰ. Mark 2, 10. Luke 5,
24; inf. pres. and ἐπί c. gen. Rey. 11, 6;
inf. aor. John 19, 10 bis, οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξου.
σίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε κτὰ. Heb. 13, 10.
Rey. 9, 10. 11, 6. 13, 53; Matt. 7, 29
and Mark 1, 22 ἦν yap διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς
ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, as one having authority, sc.
from God to teach. Luke 4, 32 ὅτι ἐν ἐξ-
ουσίᾳ ἦν 6 λόγος αὐτοῦ, his discourse was
with authority, authoritative. So ἐν ἐξου-
cia, κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν, adv. with authority, au-
thoritatively, Luke 4, 36. Mark 1, 27.—Jos.
Ant. 2. 9. 5. Diod. Sic. 17. 54 pen. Plut.
Camill. 1; c. inf. 1 Macc. 10, 6. Pol. 5.
56. 8.

4. power over persons and things,. 5 aly
nion, authority; rule, a) Pr. and genr.
Matt. 28, 18 ἐδόϑη wot πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν ov-
pav@ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. Matt. 8, 9 et Luke 7, 8
ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν εἶναι; i. 6. subject to authority,
rule. Mark 13, 34 τὴν ἐξουσίαν sc. αὑτοῦ.
Jude 25. Rev. 13, 2. 4. 12. 17, 12. 13. 18,
1. Sept. for nding Ps. 136, 8, 9. (Ecclus.
17, 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 58. Hdian. 7. 10. 4.)
With gen. of pers. to whom the power be-
longs, Luke 20, 20 ἐξ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. Rev.
12, 10 ἐξ. rod Xp. Acts 26, 18 ἐξ. τοῦ
σατανᾶς. Luke 22,53 ἐξ. τοῦ σκότους. Col.
1,13. With gen. of the object subjected to
the power, Mark 6, 7 ἐξουσία τῶν πνευμ.
τῶν ἀκαῦ. i. Θ. power over unclean spirits.
Matt. 10,1. John 17,2. With ἐπί c. gen.
Rev. 2, 26 ἐξ. ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν, i. e. power
over. 14, 18. 20,6. With ἐπί ec. acc. in
the same sense, Luke 9,1. Rev. 6, 8. 13,
7. 16,9. With ἐπάνω c. gen. Luke 19, 17.
b) Meton. ‘what is subject to one’s rule,’
dominions, jurisdiction, Luke 4, 6. 23, 7
ex τῆς ἐξ. Ἡρώδου. Sept. and ΓΙ Ὁ 5 Ὁ 2K.
20, 13. Ps.114,2. So Hdian. 3. 8:4. Plut.
Reip. ger. Prac. 19. 9) Meton. in plur.

or collect. ‘ those invested with power,’ as in

Engl. che powers, authorities, i. e. rulers, ma-
gistrates, Luke 12,11. Rom. 13, 1 ter. 2. 3.
Tit. 3,1. (Ecclus. 10, 4. Jos. B. J. 2.8.
7.) So for the powers of the other world,
princes, potentates ; e. g. celestial, as angels,

archangels, Eph. 1, 21. 3, 10. Col. 1, 16. 2,
P 10. 1 Ῥοί. 8, 22; comp. Test. XII Patr. p.
547, 548. Or demons, Eph. 6, 12. Col. 2,
15. Eph. 2, 2 see in dnp; comp. Test. XII
Patr. p. 547. So genr. of the powerful ad-
versaries of the gospel, 1 Cor. 15,24. Comp.
in ἀρχή no.4.b. ἃ) 1 Cor. 11,10 ὀφειλεῖ
ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς διὰ
τοὺς ἀγγέλους, prob. ‘emblem of power,’
i.e. ὦ veil or covering (comp. y. 13. 16), as
an emblem of subjection to the power of a
husband, a token of modest adherence to
duties and usages established by law or
custom ; see more in ἄγγελος no. 2. Comp.
Sept. τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ προσώπου for ΤΌ
Di"2 Gen, 20, 16,; see Heb. Lex. art. M102.

ἐξουσιάζω, f. dow, (ἐξουσία,) to have
power over any person or thing, fo exercise
authority over; c. gen. Buttm. ᾧ 132. 5. 3.
Luke 22, 25 of ἐξουσιάζοντες αὐτῶν, i. e.
their rulers, princes. 1 Cor. 7, 4 bis, τοῦ
ἰδίου σώματος οὐκ ἐξουσιάζει, hath not power
over his (or her) own body, i. e. the wife is
not mistress of her own body, nor the hus-
band master of his own body, in this respect.
Sept. for duia Neh. 9, 37; wbt) Neh. 5, 15.
So Dion. Hal. 9. 44—Trop. to be brought
under the power of any thing, to be in bond-
age to, Pass. 6. ὑπό τινος 1 Cor. 6, 12.

ἐξοχή, is, ἡ, (ἐξέχω,) any thing stand-
ing out, a projection, as an angle or point,
Sept. for γ Job 39, 28. Hdian. 4. 15. 6.—
In N. T. trop. prominence, eminence ; Acts
25, 23 ἄνδρες of κατ᾽ ἐξοχὴν ὄντες, i. 4. of
ἔξοχοι, the prominent men, principal.

ἐξυπνίζω, f. ica, (ἐκ, ὕπνος.) to-wake
out of sleep, to awaken, trans. Sept. Pass. for
yp? 1K. 3,15; "ἊΣ Job 14,12. Marc. An-
tonin. 6. 31. Plut. Anton. 30. A later form
instead of the earlier ἀφυπνίζω, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 224.—In N. T. trop. to wake one
from the dead; John 11, 11 ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω
αὐτόν.

ἔξυπνος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἐκ, ὕπνος.) out
of sleép, i. e. wakened, awake; Acts 16,
27 ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος, becoming awake,
awaking.—1 Esdr. 3, 3. Test. XII Patr. p.
562.

ἔξω, adv. of place, (ἐκ, ἐξ.) also prep
ὁ. gen. Buttm. §146. 3; out, without.

1. Of place where, ‘wwithouu; out of doors,
foris, after verbs and words not implying
motion. a) Ady. John 18, 16 Πέτρος εἷ-
στήκει πρὸς τῇ Supa ἔξω. Matt. 12, 46. 47.
26,69. Mark 3,31. 32. So genr. without a

Ι place or city, abroad, Mark 1,45 ἔξω ἐν ἐρή-

pos τόποις. Luke 1,10. Rev. 22,15. Sept.

ἔξωϑεν
for yma Gen. 24, 31. Ezra 10,.18. (Plut.

de Superst. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 31.) So vi |

ἔξω as adj. those without, outside, outward,
Buttm. § 125. 6,7. Acts 26, 11 εἰς ras ἔξω
πόλεις, even to foreign cities. (Sept. 2 K. 16,
18. Xen. Hell. 6.1.5.) Trop. of those not
belonging to one’s community or church,
not Christians, 1 Cor. 5, 12: 13. Col. 4, 5.
1 Thess. 4, 12; of those not among the
more privileged disciples, Mark 4, 11. (Xen.
(Ἐς. 10. 8.) So 6 ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνϑρωπος,
our outward man, the body, 2 Cor. 4, 16.
b) Prep. c. gen. out of, outside of, Luke
13,33 ἔξω Ἱερουσαλήμ. Heb. 13,11. 12.13.
So #1. V. H. 2.10, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 14.

2. Of place whither, out, forth, out of
doors, foras, i.e. froma place, after verbs im-
plying motion or direction. a) Ady. John
19, 4 ἄγω ὑμῖν αὐτὸν ἔξω. Matt. 5,13 εἰ μὴ
βληϑῆναι ἔξω. 18, 48. Luke 14, 35. 1 John
4,18. John 11, 43 δεῦρο ἔξω. Acts 5, 34
ποιῆσαι ἔξω. 16, 30 προαγαγὼν ἔξω. So af-
ter verbs of motion compounded with ἐκ, as
ἐξάγω Luke 24, 50; ἐξέρχομαι Matt. 26, 75.
John 19, 4.5; ἐκβάλλω Luke 8, δά. Acts
9,40. So genr. Pol. 1. 50. 2. Xen. Hell.
4.4.16. b) Prep. c. gen. Matt. 21, 17
e&nASev ἔξω τῆς πόλεως. V. 39. Mark 5, 10.
8, 23. Acts 4, 15. 14,19. So Hdian. 4. 2.
il. Xen. An. 5.7.15. +

é£w ev, adv. of place, (€€,) from with-
out, i. 6.

1. outwardly, externally, Matt. 23, 27.
28. Luke 11, 39. 2 Cor. 7, 5. Sept.
for vara Gen. 6, 14. al. So Hdian. 2. 8.
10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14.—Also ὁ ἔξωϑεν
as adj. outward, external, 1 Pet. 3, 3. Rev.
11,2; τὸ ἔξωϑεν the outside, Matt. 23, 25.
Luke 11, 40; that from without, Mark 7, 18.
(Thue. 2. 13.). Trop. of ἔξωϑεν, those from
without, i. 6. not Christians, 1 Tim. 3, 7.
Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 12. 6, 7. So Xen, Hell.
δὅ.1. 22. ;

2. Sometimes i. 4. ἔξω, out of, without,
as prep. c. gen. Mark 7, 1ὅ ἔξ. τοῦ ἀνϑρώ-
που. Rev. 14, 20 ἔξωϑεν τῆς πόλεως; in la-
ter edit. Sept. for 7372 Ex. 40,20 ; Msn
Jer. 11, 6.—Soph. Elect. 1449. Xen, An. 5.
1. 3].

ἐξωϑέω, ὦ, f. hoo and ἐξώσω, (ἐκ, ὠϑέω
Buttm. ᾧ 114,) do {]υγιιδὲ out, to drive out from
a place; 6. g. a nation, with acc. and ἀπό,
Acts 7, 45. Sept. for 10 Jer. 8, 3;
pF Joel 4, 6. So Luc. Tim. 12. Pol. 2.
69. 9. Plato Tim. 62. b.—Spec. as a naval
term, to drive out of the sea, to drive ashore,
6. δ. ἃ ship, c. acc. Acts 27, 39 αἰγιαλὸν,
εἰς ὃν ἐβαυλεύσαντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. So

264 ἐπαγγελία

/

Plut. Nicias 20. Thuc. 7. 52 ras πάσας
ναῦς ἤδη τῶν ᾿Αϑηναίων ἐξεώϑουν ἐς τὴν γῆν.
Xen. Hell. 4. 8.. 12 bis.

ἐξώτερος, a, ov, adj. compar. (ἔξω,)
outer, Matt. 8, 12 τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον
outer darkness, i. e. remote from the light
and splendour of the feast within (y. 11),
put for the place of punishment or Tartarus.
22,13. 25, 30. Sept. for iE" outer Ez.
10, 5. 40, 20.—Adv. ἐξωτέρω Auschy).
Choeph. 1021.

ἑορτάζω, f. dow, (ἑορτή!) to keep a fes-
tival, to keep holyday, intrans. 1 Cor. 5, 8:
Sept. for 427) Ex. 5, 1,—Hdian. 5.6.12. Plato
Alcib. 121..¢.

ἑορτή, js, ἡ, @ feast, festival, holyday, ᾿

Col. 2,16 μή τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω ἐν μέρει ἕορ-
τῆς ἢ νουμηνίας. Acts 18, 21, where it is un-
certain what festival is meant. Sept. for 44
Ex. 10, 9; 372 Lev. 23, 2. So Hdian..3.
10. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1.—Spec. a) The
passover and the festival of unleavened
bread connected with it, the paschal festival,
see in ἄζυμος and Sevrepdmparos. So ἡ ἑορτὴ
τοῦ πάσχα, Luke 2, 41. John 13,1; ἐν τῷ
πάσχᾶ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ John 2, 233; ἡ op. τῶν
ἀζύμὼν Luke 22, 1; ἡ ἑορτή simply Matt.
26, 5. 27,15. Mark 14, 2. 15, 6. Luke 2,
42. 23,17. John 4, 45 bis. 6, 4. 11, 56.
12, 12. 20. 13, 29; and so most prob. John
5, 1, see Gr. Harm. p. 190. Sept. for 47
Ex. 12, 14. 34, 25; and ἑ. τῶν ἀζύμων Ex.
23,15. 34,17. Ὁ) The feast of tabernaeles,
ἡ ἑορτὴ ἡ σκηνοπηγία, John 7, 2. 8 bis
10, 11. 14. 37. Sept. for τι Deut. 16, 16,
31, 10.

ἐπαγγελία, as, ἡ, (ἐπαγγέλομαι,) 1. an
announcement, message, 1 John 1, 5 Rec.
where others ἀγγελία. Sept. for 73°30 Ez.
7, 26—Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 18. Pol. 24. 10.
8 si sana lect. ;

2. a command, order, Acts 23, 21.—Pol.
9. 38. 2.
3. @ promise,i.e. a) Pr. 2 Cor. 1, 20
ὅσαι yap ἐπαγγελίαι τοῦ Seov. Eph. 6, 2 ἐν-
Tod} πρώτη ev ἐπαγγελίᾳ. Eph. 1, 13 τῷ

πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, the spirit of pro-

mise, i. e. the promised spirit. 1 Tim. 4, 8.
2 Pet. 3, 4. v. 9 see in Bpadive. Sept. for
m7 Esth. 4,7. So 1 Macc. 10, 15. Diod.
Sic. 1. 5 ult. Pol. 1. 72. 6.—Of special pro-
mises, e. g. made to Abraham, Acts 7, 17
comp. v. 6. Rom. 4,20 comp. v.18. Heb.
6, 15 comp. v. 14. Heb. 7, 6. 11, 9 bis, γῆ
ἐπαγγελίας i. 6. the promised land; so in
respect of Isaac, Rom. 9, 9. Gal. 4, 23; of
a spiritual seed, Rom. 9, 8. Gal. 4, 28. ΟἹ

ἐπαγγέλλω

as made to Abraham and the Jewish patri-

archs and prophets in general, e. g. of a fu-

ture Saviour, Acts 13, 23. 32. 26, 6; of
- future blessings and the enjoyment of God’s

favour, Acts 2, 39. Rom. 4, 13. 14. 16. 9,

4. 15, 8. 2 Cor. 7,1. Gal. 3, 16. 17. 18

bis. 21. 22. 29. Eph. 2, 12. 3,6. Heb. 6,
’ 12.17. 11, 17; of the salvation in Christ,
2 Tim. 1,1 ἀπόστολος -... κατ᾽ ἐπαγγελίαν
ζωῆς, an apostle in respect to the promise of
eternal life in Christ, i. e. appointed to an-
nounce it. Heb. 4, 1. 8,6. 9,15. 1 John
2, 25.

b) Meton. a promise for the thing pro-
mised, Heb. 11, 13. 33. 39; so of the sal-
vation in Christ, 10,36; of the Holy Spirit,
τὴν ἐπαγγ. τοῦ πατρός Luke 24, 49. Acts
1,4. So τὴν émayy. τοῦ πνεύματος λαβών,
ig. τὸ mv. τὸ ἐπαγγελλόμενον, i. e. having
received the promised outpouring of the
Spirit, Acts 2, 33. Gal. 3, 14; see Buttm.
§132. ἡ. 12.—Test. XII Patr. p. 725. Psalt.
Sal. 12,8 ὅσιοι κυρίου κληρονομήσαιεν éray-
γελίας κυρίου.

ἐπαγγέλλω,; f. XG, (ἀγγέλλω,) to bring
word to or up to, to announce, e. g. events,
Pol. 6. 13. 6. Hdian. 1. 6. 235; to give
orders, lo command, Dem. 1041. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1.10.—In N. T. Mid. depon. ἐπ᾿ αγ-
γέλλομαι, to announce oneself as doing or
about to do any thing, i. q. to promise; with
Pass. perf. ἐπήγγελμαι in Mid. signif. Rom.
4, 21. Buttm. ἡ 136. 3;*but also as Pass.
Gal. 3, 9.2 Macc. 4, 27. Buttm. ᾧ 113. n. 6.

1. Genr. to promise, c. acc. Rom. 4, 21.
Tit. 1,23 acc..and dat. James 1, 12 στέφα-
vov ths ζωῆς ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο 6 κύριος τοῖς
ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. 2, 5. 2 Pet. 2,19. 1 John
2, 25. Heb. 6,13; dat. and infin. Mark 14,

11. Acts 7,53; absol. Heb. 10, 23. 11,11...

12,26. Pass. impers. c. dat. Gal. 3, 19 6
ἐπήγγελται, i. 6. to whom the promise was
made. Sept. and 28 Esth. 4, 6—Pol. 5.
89. 6. Xen. An. 5. 6. 26.

2. Spec. i. q. 10 profess, to make profession
of, ¢. acc. ϑεοσέβειαν 1 Tim. 2, 10; γνῶσιν
6, 21.—Wisd. 2, 13. Dem. 938. 7. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 7.

ἐπάγγελμα, τος, τό, (ἐπαγγέλλομαι,) a
promise, 2 Pet. 1, 4. 3, 13.—Dem. 397. 3.
Plato Prot. 27. p. 319. a.

ἐπάγω, f. άξω, (ἄγω,) aor. 1 part. ἐπά-
fas 2 Pet. 2, 5, on which form of the fut.
and aor. see in ἄγω ; fo lead up to, to bring
upon, to introduce to a place, Sept. Ez. 14,
15. Thuc. 2. 2.—In N. T. to bring upon
any one, c. acc. et dat. 2 Pet. 2, 1 ἐπάγοντες
ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν. v. 5. Sept. ὁ. ἐπί

265

ἐπαίρω

for 8°23 Gen. 6, 17. Ex. 11, 1. (Philo
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1018 κίνδυνον énay. Paleph.
6. 7. Plato Tim. 33. a.) With ἐπί c. acc.
Acts 5, 28 ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα, to
bring upon us, i. e. to make us answerable
for. Sept. for 8"33 Gen. 20,9; 728 Ex.
34, '7. So Dem. 548. 24.

ἐπαγωνίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἀγωνίζομαι.) to contend upon, i. e. for or
about, c. dat. of thing for which, Jude 3.—
Plut. Num. 8; c. dat. of pers. with whom,
Plut. Fab. Max. 23.

ἐπαδροίζω, f. olow, (a%potte,) to gather
together in crowds upon or to any place;
Mid. intrans. ἐπαϑροίζομαι, to gather together
to or upon, to crowd together upon, Luke 11,
29.—Plut. M. Anton. 44.

᾿Επαίνετος, ov, 6, Epenetus, pr. n. of
a Christian, Rom. 16, 5.

ἐπαινέω, ὦ, (ἐπί intens: αἰνέω.) fut. ἔσω
1 Cor. 11, 22, Xen. An. 5. 5. 8; but Att.
more usually fut. ἔσομαι Rom. 15, 11. Xen.
Hell. 3. 2. 6; see Buttm. §113. 5,and n. 7.
—To praise much, to applaud, to commend,
c. acc. Luke 16,8. 1 Cor. 11, 2. 17. 22 bis.
Rom. 15, 11 quoted from Ps. 117, 1, where
Sept. for 2- Sept. also for ἘΠῚ Ps, 10, 3.
—Ceb. Tab. 31. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2.

ἔπαινος, ov, ὃ, (ἐπί intens. aivos,) much
praise, applause, commendation; Eph. 1,6 εἰς
ἔπαινον τῆς δόξης κτλ. V. 12. 14.-Rom. 2, 29.
13, 3. 1 Cor. 4, 5. ἃ Cor. 8,18. Phil. 1, 11.
1 Pet. 1,'7. 2,14. Meton. olyect of praise,
something praiseworthy, Phil. 4,8. Sept.
for HEAR 1 Chr. 22,24; "75 16, 27.—Pol.
2. 58. 11. Xen. Hi. 1. 14.

ἐπαίρω, f. ap, (αἴρω,) 1. to take or
lift up, to raise up; e. g. a sail, to hoist up,
6. acc. Acts 27, 40. (Luc. V. H. 2.38.
Plut. Thes. 17, 22.) Puss. of a person, to
be taken up into heaven, Acts 1, 9; comp.
Mark 16, 19 et Luke 24, 51.—Spec. in
phrases, like Heb. 8Y3, see Heb. Lex. art.
RWI no. 1. a) ἐπαίρ. ras χεῖρας, tolift
up the hands, in prayer or benediction, Luke
24, 50. 1 Tim. 2, 8. Sept. for 882 Ps.
134, 2; O° Ex. 17,11. Comp. Xen. Eq.
12. 6. 0) ἐπαίρ. τὴν κεφαλήν, to lift
up the head, trop. to take courage, Luke 21,
28. So Heb. 83), Sept. αἴρω, Zech. 2, 4.
6) ἐπαίρ. τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς, to lift up the
eyes, before verbs of looking or seeing, by a
kind of verbosity as in Heb. Matt. 17, 8 ἐπά-
pavres τοὺς dp. αὑτῶν οὐδένα εἶδον. Luke
16,23. John 4, 35. 6, ὅ ; 6. εἴς τινα, upon ἃ
person, Luke 6; 20; εἴς τι, to or towards a
place, Luke 18,13. John 17,1. Sept. for

ἐπαισχυνομαν

st Gen. 13, 10. 14; ο. εἰς Gen. 39, 7.
d) ἐπαίρ. τὴν φωνήν, Lo lifl up the voice,
i.e. to cry out with a loud voice, Luke 11,
27. Acts 2,14. 14,11. 22,22. Sept. for 8&2
Judg, 2,4. 9,7. So Dem. 449. 13. Phi-
lostr. Vit. Apollon. 5. 33. 6) ἐπαίρ. τὴν
πτέρναν ἐπί τινα, to lift up the heel against
any one, i. 6. in order to attack and injure,
the figure being taken from a horse, John 13,
18; translated from Ps, 41, 10 where Heb.
by ‘sp? 27735. Comp. Sept. ἐπῆρε τὸ eat
ἐπί, for "3 1 Sam. 20, 32.

2, Mid. to Lift up oneself, to rise up, 8. g.
against any thing; so of a lofty fortress,
trop. ὁ. kara τινος, 2 Cor. 10, 5 πᾶν ὕψωμα
ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γν. τοῦ Seod. Sept. for
nnn Ezra 4, 19. Dan. 11, 14.—Trop. to
exalt ‘oneself, to become elated, proud, 2 Cor.
11, 20 where supply καϑ᾿ ὑμῶν. Sept. for
NW2 Prov. 19, 18; 723 Jer. 13, 15. So
Ei. V. Ἡ. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 24.

ἐπαισχύνομαι, Mid. depon. (αἰσχύνω,)
Pass. aor. 1 ἐπῃσχύνϑην and fut. 1 ἐπαισχυν-

ϑήσομαι, both in Mid. signif. Buttm. §113..

4,and ἢ. ὄ ; to shame oneself upon, in, at any
thing; to be ashamed of, c. accus. Mark 8,
38 bis, ds yap ἂν ἐπαισχυνϑῇ pe κτὰ. Luke
9, 26 bis. Rom. 1, 16. 2 Tim. 1, 8. 16;
absol. 2 Tim. 1, 12. Also c. infin. Heb. 2,
11 οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν.
With both constructions, Heb. 11, 16 οὐκ
ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺς ὁ ϑεός, Seds ἐπικαλεῖ-
σϑαι αὐτῶν, where the latter clause is ep-
exegetical ; see Matth. § 414. 12. § 532. d.
So absol. Sept. Job 34,19; 6. acc. Xen.
Hell. 4. 1. 34. Plato Soph. 247. c; c. infin.
Diod. Sic. 1. 83. Plato Phed. 85. b—Once
with ἐπί c. dat. Rom. 6,21 ἐφ᾽ ois νῦν ἐπαι-
σχύνεσϑε, comp. Matth. § 399. n. 1. Sept.
for spn Is. 1, 29.

ἐπ. αὐτέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐπί, αἰτέω,) pr. to
ask therelo, i. e. for more; hence to beg, to
ask alms, absol. Luke 16, 3. [18, 35.] Sept.
for baw Ps. 109, 10.—Ecclus. 40, 28. Hom.
Il. 23. 593. Soph. Cid. Col. 1364.

ἐπακολουδέω, &, f. iow, (ἀκολουϑέω,)
lo follow upon or after, to accompany ; 8050].
Mark 16, 20 διὰ τῶν ἐπακολουϑούντων σημεί-
ov, through the accompanying signs. With
dat. 1 Tim. 5, 24 τισὶ δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουϑοῦσιν
Sc. ai ἁμαρτίαι, and some they follow after, i.e.
become known only afterwards ; see in κρί-
σις no. 2.b. Sept. for "mx yom Job 31, 7.
Proy. 7,22. So Plut. Timol. 3. Plato Legg.
667. e.—Trop. 1 Pet. 2, 21 ἵνα ἐπακ. τοῖς
ἔχνεσιν αὐτοῦ, that ye should-follow upon his
footsteps, i. 6. follow his example. (Sept.

266

ἐπαναπαύω

for sam Deut. 12, 30.) 1 Tim. 5,10 παντι
ἔργῳ ἀγαϑῷ ἐπακολούϑησε; has fullowed close
upon every good work, i.e. been studious
of, devoted to. Sept. for "mx xb Josh.

14, 8.9. So Lue. Parasit. 3. Dem. 805.
24 τοῖς πάϑεσιν.

ἐπακούω, f. οὐσω, (dxovw,) ἃ late form
of the fut. see in ἀκούω ; to hear to, i. 6. to
hear any thing at which one is present,
Xen, An. 7. 1. 14.—In N. T. to hear to, to
hearken to, i. e. to hear and answer prayer,
c. gen. 2 Cor. 6, 2 ἐπήκουσά cov. Sept. for
M22 Gen. 35,3; 228 Gen. 17, 20.—Luc. ὦ
Timon 34. Hdian. 4. 5. 9.

ἐπακροάομαι, par, Mid. depon. (dxpo-
dopat,) to hear to, to hearken to, i. q. ἐπακούω
qv. So 6. gen. Acts 16, 25.—Test. XII
Patr. Ρ. 710. Plato Comic. pum. 3. Comp.
Sept. émaxpdaors for 5.5 oI 1 Sam. 15, 22.

ἐπάν, conj. (ἐπεὶ ἄν.) ‘thence 80 soon
as, with Subjunct. comp. in ἄν II. l.c.
Matt. 2, 8 ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε. Luke 11, 22. 34.
—Hdian. 3. 10. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4. 13.
Geary, Herm. ad Vig. p. 784. Matth. § 521.

ἐπάναγκες, adv. (ἀνάγκη,) on necessity,
necessarily, i. q. ἐπ᾽ ἀνάγκης ; hence ra
ἐπάναγκες, things necessary, Acts 15, 28
πλὴν τῶν ἐἸΡΕΙΕΣ: Α τούτων. Comp. Buttm.
§ 125. 6. §115. 4, and n. 5.—Arr. Epict. 2.
20. 1. Dem. 706. 21.

ἐπανάγω, f. ἄξω, (dvéye,) 1. to lead
up upon or to, 6. g. before a tribunal, Plato
Legg. 846. b.—In N. T. as a nautical term,
to lead (a vessel) up or out upon the sea, to
put out, see in ἀνάγω no.2; so εἰς τὸ βάϑος
Luke 5, 4; absol. v. 3. So 2 Macc. 12, 4.
Plut. Alcib. 35. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 28.

2. to lead back upon or to a place, to cause
to return, c. ace. Hdian. 6.6.4. Thuc.’7. 3.
—In N. T. intrans. fo return, e. g. εἰς τὴν
πόλιν Matt. 21, 18; see in ἄγω no. 2.
So 2 Mace. 9, 21. Pol. 33. 5. 5. Xen. Cyr.
4. 1. 8 bis.

ἐπαναμιμνήσκω, f. μνήσω, (ἀναμι-
μνήσκω,) to remind one further, to put one
further in mind, i. e. in addition to one’s
present state of mind; c. acc. of pers. Rom.
15,15 ὡς ἐπαναμιμνήσκων ὑμᾶς, comp. ν.
14.—Dem. 74. 7. Plato Legg. 688. a.

ἐπαναπαύω, f. αὐσω, (ἀναπαύω,) to let
rest upon, Eustath, Pref. Il. 1.20 τὴν κεφα-
λὴν ἐπαναπαύων αὐτῇ. Mid. to rest oneself
upon, to lean upon, Sept. c. ἐπί τι for ἼΝ 73
2 K.7, 2; c. dat. v. 17. Hdian. 2. 1. 3.—
In N. T. only Mid. trop. to rest upon, to
abide with, c. ἐπί twa, Luke 10, 6 ἐπανα-

πὰ

ἐπανέρχομαι 207 ἐπεί

παύσεται ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρηνὴ ὑμῶν. (Sept,
and maa Num. 11, 25. 26. 2K. 2, 15.)
Also to rest upon, i. q. to trust in, 6. dat.
Rom. 2, 17 ἐπαναπαύῃ τῷ νόμῳ. So c. dat.
1 Macc. 8, 12. Arr. Epict. 1. 9.

ἐπανέρχομαι, (ἀνέρχομαι,) aor. 2 ἐπαν-
ἤλθον, to come back to a place, to return
hither, thither; absol. Luke 10, 35. 19, 15.
Sept. for ast} Gen. 50, 5.—Hdian. 6. 6. 2.
Xen. An. 6. 5, 32.

ἐπανίστημι, f. στήσω, (ἀνίστημι q. V-)
in N. T. only Mid. intrans. éraviorapat,
f. στήσομαι, to rise up upon or against any
one, 6. ἐπί τινα Matt. 10, 21. Mark 13, 12.
Sept. for dy ΞΡ 1 Sam. 17, 35; 5 ἘὴΡ
Mic. 7, 6.—So c. dat. Pol. 2. 53. 2. Thue.
8. 73.

ἐπ avopsac ἐς, ews, 7), (ἐπανορϑόω,) pr.
a setting again upright, i. 6. reparation, re-
storation, 6. g. of a city 1 Macc. 14, 34; of
laws Dem. 707. '7; of a loss Pol. 1.11. 2.
—In N. T. trop. of the heart and life, refor-
mation, correction, 2 Tim. 3, 16. So ἐπ.
τοῦ βίου Arr. Epict. 3.21.15. Pol. 1.35.1.
Plato Tim. Locr. 104. a.

ἐπάνω, adv. (ἄνω,) also prep. c. gen.
Buttm. § 146. 3.—Pr. up above, i. 6. above,
over, upon,

1. Adv. of place, Luke 11, 44. Matt. 2,
9. So Plato Rep. 534. e—Also of number,
tbove, more than, 1 Cor. 15, 6. Mark 14, 5
where the gen. is that of price. Sept. for
ΠΡΟΣ Ex. 30,14. Lev. 27, 7.

2. Prep. c. gen. of place, above, over,
Matt. 27, 37 ἐπάνω τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ. Luke
4, 39. Rev. 20, 3. Sept. for >2 Is. 14,14;
239 Is. 14,13. (Plut. de Def. Orac. 25.
Plato Phed. 109. d.) Also upon, Matt. 5,
14 ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη. 21,7 bis. 23, 18.
20. 22. 28, 2. Luke 10,19. Rev. 6, 8.
Sept. for 59 Gen. 40,17; "28 >2 Gen. 1,
29. 7,18. So 1 Macc. 6, 46.—Trop. of
office, dignity, over, Luke 19, 17. 19 γίνου
ἐπάνω πέντε πόλεων. John 3, 31 bis. So
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 14. Arr. Epict. 1. 12. 34.

ἐπάρατος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (€mapdopat,)
accursed, laid under a curse, John 7, 49
Lachm.—Thuc. 2. 17. Plato Legg. 877. a.

ἐπαρκέω, &, f. ἔσω, (ἀρκέω.) to keep off
withal, to ward off, τινί τε Hom. Il. 2. 873.
—In N. T. io help withal, to relieve, c. dat.
1 Tim. 5, 10.16 bis. So Pol. 1. 51. 10.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 1.

ἐπαρχία, as, ἡ, (ἔπαρχος, ἀρχή,) a pre-
fecture, province, 6. g. of the Roman em-

pire, Acts 23, 34. 25, 1—Arr. Epict. 3. 3.

12. Pol. 2. 19. 2.

ἔπ. GUMS, ews, ἡ, (αὖλις,) a fold, stall,
for cattle at night, Sept. for m7 Num. 32,
16. 24. Pol. 5. 35.13; @ farm-house, cot-
tage, hut, Sept. for ἜΣΤΙ Josh. 15, 44. 47.
Diod. Sic. 12. 45.—In N. T. genr. a dwell-
ing, habitation, house, Acts 1, 20; quoted
from Ps. 69, 26 where Sept. for m"D.
So Judith 3, 3.

ἐπαύριον, adv. (αὔριον,) upon the mor-
row, to-morrow ; hence in N. T. ἡ ἐπαύριον»
sc. ἡμέρα, the morrow, the next day, Buttm
§ 125. 6,7; so Matt. 27, 62. Mark 11, 12.
John 1, 29. 35. 44. 6, 22. 12, 12. Acts 10.
9. 23. 24. 14,20. 20, 7. 21, 8. 22, 30. 32.
25, 6.23. Sept. for mina Gen. 19, 34.
Ley. 23, 11. 16.

ἐπαυτοφώρῳ,; sce in αὐτόφωρος.

Ἐπ αφρᾶς, a, 6, Epaphras, pr. n. of a
Christian teacher of Colosse, Col. 1, 7. 4,
12. Philem. 23. Contracted from *Ezatpad-
διτος q. V. a8 ᾿Αντίπας for ᾿Αντίπατρος ; but
prob. not the same person with Epaphrodi-
tus of Philippi.

ἐπαφρίζω, f. iow, (ἀφρίζω.) to foam
upon, to foam out; trop. to pour out like
foam, c. ace. Jude 13; comp. Is. 57, 20-~
Pr. Mosch. Id. 5. 5.

᾿Επαφρόδιτος, ov, 6, Epaphroditus,
pr. n. of a Christian teacher of Philippi, the
companion and helper of Paul, Phil. 2, 25.
4, 18. Comp. in Ἐπαφρᾶς.

> /

ἐπεγείρω, f. epa, (eyeipw,) to wake up,
to rouse up out of sleep, trans. Xen. An. 4.
3. 10; trop. Plut. Brut. 1—In N. T. trop.
to rouse up upon or against any one, to stir
up against, c. acc. et ἐπί τινα Acts 13, 50:
acc. et κατά τινος 14,2. Sept. for ἼΣΤΕ
2 Chr. 21, 16; oxpm 1 Sam. 22, 8.

ἐπεί, conj. (émi,) since, of time and alsc
causal.

1. Of time, since, after that, when, with
Indic. aor. Luke 7, 1 ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπλήρωσε
πάντα κτὰ. Sept. for “718 Gen. 46, 30.—
Luce. D. Deor. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21.

2. Of cause or motive, since, seeing that,
because ; always in the apodosis, which may
however stand first; so with the Indic. Kiih-
ner § 338.1. Matt. 18, 32 ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς
pe. 27, 6. Mark 15, 42. Luke 1, 34. Jonn
13, 29. 19,31. 1 Cor. 14, 12. 2 Cor. 11,
18. 13,3. Heb. 2, 14. 5, 2.11. 6, 13. 11,
11. (3 Mace. 2, 16. Palaeph. 32. 11. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 6.) With other particles ; as
ἐπεὶ dpa, since they, since in that case,
1 Cor. 5, 10. 7,14; ἐπεὶ μήποτε, since
never, Heb. 9, 17, comp. Winer § 59. 5 ult.

ἐπειδή

ἐπεὶ οὖν, since therefore, Heb 4, 6.—Spec.
before questions implying a negative, and
sometimes after a negative or conditional
clause, it takes the sense for then, for else,
for otherwise, see Buttm. ᾧ 149.m. 5. Matth.
$618; so Rom. 3, 6 ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Beds
τὸν κόσμον ; 1 Cor. 14,16. 15,29. Heb. 10,
2; also Rom. 11, 6 bis, ἐπεὶ ἡ χάρις οὐκέτι
γίνεται χάρις κτᾺ. i. 6. for then, for otherwise,
v. 22. Heb. 9, 26. So Sept. Job 35, '7. Luc.
Ὁ. Deor. 4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 31.

ἐπειδή conj. (ἐπεὶ δή.) in Gr. writers
usually of time, since; after that, Luc. D.
Deor, 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1—In N. T.
only causal, since indeed, since now, because
now, inasmuch as, always in the apodosis,
which however may stand first ; so with the
Indic. Matt. 21, 46 ἐπειδὴ ὡς προφήτην ai-
τὸν εἶχον. Luke 11, 6. Acts 13, 46. 14, 12.
15, 24. 1 Cor. 1, 21. 22. 14,16, 15, 21
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Se ἀνθρώπου 6 Sdvaros κτλ.
[2 Cor. 5, 4.] Phil. 2, 26.—Sept. Jer. 48, 7.
Hdian. 4. 4.4. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4, 6, 9.

ἐπειδήπερ, conj. i. 6. ἐπειδή strength-
ened by περ; since now, inasmuch as now,
Luke 1, 1.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 20. Auschin.
Dial. Socr. 2. 12. Plato Prot. 357. a.

ἐπεῖδον, aor. 2 referred to pres. ἐφοράω,
see in εἴδω 3 to look upon, to behold, Sept.
for O89 Jon. 4,6. Plut. Pomp. 18 ult. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. '7.—In N. T. from the Heb. do
look upon, to regard, e. g. with kindness,
for good ; Luke 1, 25 ἐν ἡμέραις als ἐπεῖδεν
ἀφελεῖν, i. ᾳ. ἐπεῖδέν pe ἀφελεῖν err. (Sept.
and AN Ex. 2, 25. Ps. 31, 8.) Also with
-disfavour, for evil; with ἐπί c. acc. Acts 4,
29 ἔπιδε τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν. Sept. and M8)
Ex. 5, 21.

ἔπειμι, (εἶμι to go,) to go or come upon
or towards, to come on, to approach, Hdian.
7. 5. 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 61; of time, Xen.
Hell. 1. 2. 14.—In N. T. part. ἐπιών, fem.
ἐπιοῦσα, Buttm. § 108. V, spoken only of
the succeeding day or night, the coming,
the following, the next ; Acts 7,26 τῇ δὲ
ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ, and with ἡμέρα impl. Acts
16, 11. 20, 15. 21, 18. (Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 464.) Acts 23,11 τῇ δὲ ἐπ. νυκτί.
Sept. for ΘΠ Prov. 27, 1. So Hdian. 2. 14.
5. Xen. An. 1. 7. 2.

ἐπείπερ; conj. i. 6. ἐπεί strengthened by
περ, since indeed, since now, Rom. 3, 30.
See Herm. ad Vig. p. 403, '784.—Hdian. 1.
12. 12. Plato Rep. 529. c.

ἐπεισ αἀγωγή; jis, ἡ, (εἰσαγωγή,) pr. @
leading in upon, i. e. the bringing in, intro-
duction of some thing additional, trop. Heb.

268

ἐπέρχομαι
7,19 ἐπεισ. κρείττονος édmidos.—Pr. Jos.
Ant. 11. 6. 2.

ἐπεισέρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, (εἰσέρχο-
μαι,) to come in upon, to come upon, Luke 21,
35 Lachm.—1 Macc. 16, 16. Dem. 1155.
8. Plato Prot. 316. a.

v

€7T€LT, adv. (eira,) marking the sequence
of one thing upon or after another in time,
thereupon, thereafter, then, next ; see Passow
s. v. Matth. ᾧ 608 ult. Luke 16, 7 ἔπειτα
ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν. Gal. 1, 21. James 4, 14. Sept.
for ὙΠ Prov. 20, 17. (Palaeph. 6. 1. Xen.
An. 4. 8.11.) Emphat. before a verb after
a preceding participle, Buttm. § 144.n. 13; -
so Mark 7, 5 comp. v. 2, καὶ ἰδόντες ... ἔπει-
τα ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτόν. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 2.)
Also with a more definite note of time added;
John 11, 7 ἔπειτα pera τοῦτο. Gal. 1, 18
ἔπειτα μετὰ ἔτη τρία. 2, 1:—Spec. as mark-
ing the order of time in a series ; 6. g. πρῶ-
τον ... ἔπειτα, first ... then, next, afterward,
1 Cor. 15, 46. 1 Thess. 4, 17. Heb. 7, 2.
James 3, 17. (Palaeph. 5.4. Xen. Mem. 1.
7.2.) Or also πρῶτον ... δεύτερον .. . τρί-
Tov... ἔπειτα... εἶτα, 1 Cor. 12, 28. 15,
6. 7. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14.) So too πρότερον
... ἔπειτα Heb. 7, 27; ἀπαρχὴ . .. ἔπειτα
1 Cor. 15, 23.

ἐπέκεινα, adv. (ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα Buttm. ᾧ 115.
n. 5,) on that side of, beyond, c. gen. Acts 7,
43 ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος. Sept. for ΓΝ ΘΙ
Am. 5,'7.—Pol. 3. 22. 5. Xen. Hell. ὅ. 1.10.

ἐπεκτείνω, f. Teva, (ἐκτείνω,) to stretch
out upon, to extend further, 6. g. τοὺς λόγους
Plut. de Mus. 44.—In N. T. Mid. to stretch
out oneself towards, to reach forth towards,
c. dat. Phil. 3, 13 [14].

> 7

ἐπενδύτης, ov, ὃ, (ἐπενδύω,) an upper
garment, tunic, John 21,7; i. e. the usual
tunic, Att. χίτων, in distinction from the in-
ner garment next the skin, which was called
ὑποδύτης, Att. χιτωνίσκος, Lat. indusium ;
comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 418. Dict. οἱ
Antt. art. Tunica. Sept. for 5°92 1 Sam.
18, 4. 2 Sam. 13, 18.—Meeris, χιτωνίσκος
καὶ χίτων ᾿Αττικά- ὑποδύτης καὶ ἐπενδύτης
“Ἑλληνικά.

ἐπενδύω ν. -ὕνω, f. ύσω, (ἐνδύω ν. -ive
4. ν.) to put on over, trans. Jos. Ant. 5. 1.
12.—In N. T. only Mid. intrans. to put on
over one’s other garments, to be clothed upon,
trop. of the new spiritual body, c. ace. 2
Cor. 5,2; absol. ν. 4 ; comp. in γυμνός no. 2.
—Pr. Plut. Pelop. 11 ἐπενδ. ἐσθῆτας yurar-
Kelas τοῖς ϑώραξι. :

ἐπέρχομαι, f. ἐπελεύσομαι, (ἔρχομαι
aor. 2 ἐπῆλθον, io go or come upon oY over

a
ΠΝ

ἐπερωτάω 2609 “ἐπί

any place; 6. g. with acc. ἀγρόν Plut.
Pomp. 30. Xen. An. 7. 8. 25; 6 Νείλος
ἐπέρχ. τὸ Δέλτα Hdot. 2. 19. Sept. and
nia Ez. 47, 9.—In N. T. to come on, upon,
to, any place or person, e. g.

1. Of place, to come to, to come thither, to
arrive, absol. Acts 14,19 émmASov δὲ ἀπὸ
᾿Αντιοχείας. Sept. for xin Judg. 18, 17.—
Pol. 2. 7. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13.

2. Of persons, to come upon in a hostile
manner, to fall upon, to attack, absol. Luke
11, 22. Sept. and xin 2 Sam. 30, 23. So
Hdian. 8. 4. 8. Plut. Cons. ad Apoll. 21; c.
dat. Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 24—Trop. of evils,
calamities, fo come upon, to befall, with ἐπί
c. acc. Luke 21, 35. Acts 8, 24. 13, 40;
δ. dat. Luke 21, 26; absol. James 5, 1.
Sept. and xia Judg. 9, 57. Mic. 3,11. So
Luc. Amor. 23. Hdot. 1. 30.—Spec. of the
Holy Spirit as resting upon and operating
in a person, with ἐπί c. acc. Luke 1, 35.
Acts 1, 8. Comp. Sept. for 522 1 Sam
ἘΠῚ ἢν

8. Part. ἐπερχόμενος; spoken of times,
ages, destiny, coming on, impending, fu-
ture ; Eph, 2, 7 ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς ἐπερχο-
μένοις. Sept. τὰ ἐπερχόμενα for mina Is,
41,22; ὍΤΙ Is. 44, '7.—Fabr. Cod. pseud.
V. T. p. 191 τέλος ἐπερχόμενον. Comp.
Hdot. 6. 2. Pol. 6. 19. 6.

ἐπερωτάω, ὦ ὦ, f. Hoa, (€pwraw,) to ask
at or of any one, to inquire of.

1. Genr. and c. _dupl. acc. Mark 11, 29
ἐπερωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ ἕνα λόγον. Luke 20,
40. Sept. for 83 2 Sam. 14, 18. (Hdot.
9. 93. Plato Soph. 250. a.) With acc. and
περί c. gen. of thing, Mark 7, 17 ἐπηρώτων
αὐτὸν περὶ τῆς παραβολῆς. (Hdot. 1. 32.
Diod. Sic. 8. 59 pen.) With acc. of person
and λέγων or the question itself, Matt. 12,
10 καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν, λέγοντες. Mark
5, 9. Luke 8, 10. 14, Acts 1,6. 1 Cor. 14,
35; absol. Matt. 22, 35. Acts 23,34. Sept.
for δ Gen. 38,21. 43,7. (2 Mace. 3, 37.
Xen. (ἔς. 6.6.) With ace. of pers.. and
infin. to ask, to require, Matt. 16, 1; so
Sept. and bud Ps. 137, 3.

2. Ina judicial sense, to question, to inter-
rogate, ὁ. dupl. acc. John 18, 21; c. acc.
of pers. and λέγων, Matt. Ὅι 11. Acts 5,
27; absol. Luke 23, 6.

3. From the Heb. ἐπερωτάω τὸν ϑεόν,
to ask or inquire after God, i. 6, to seek God,
comp. in ἐκζητέω no. 3. Rom. 10,20, quoted
from Is. 65, 1 where Sept. for gpa. +

ἐπερώτημα, ατος, τό, (ἐπερωτάω,) a
question, inquiry, Hdot. 6. 67. Thue, 3. 53.
—In N. T. spoken of questions put to a

convert at baptism, pr. a questioning, exa-
mination ; or rather by meton. of the whole
process and result, includinf® the answers ;
1 Pet. 3, 21. βάπτισμα, συνειδήσεως ay.
ἐπερώτημα eis Sedv. So Lat. interrogatio
for sponsio, Senec. de Benef. 3. 15.—Others
render ἐπερώτημα eis Sedv, inquiry or seek-
ing after God, comp. ἐπερωτάω εἴς τι 2 Sam.
11, 7; so Winer §30. 2 pen. Contra,
Neand. Gesch. d. Pfilanz. τι. Leit. der chr.
Kirche, I. p. 212. ed. 2. [Engl. I. p. 188.]

Be

ἐπέχω, f. ἐφέξω, (ἔχω,) aor. 2 ἐπέσχον,
to have or hold upon, 6. g. Spnvvi πόδας ἐπ-
εἶχε Hom. Od. 17. 410; to hold out towards,
to direct upon, 6. g. τόξον σκόπῳ ἐπέχειν
Pind. Ol. 2. 160.—Hence in N. T.

1. Trop. of the mind, to fix the mind up-
on, to give heed to, to mark, with acc. νοῦν
impl. and with dat. Acts 3,5 6 δὲ ἐπεῖχεν
αὐτοῖς. 1 Tim. 4, 16; foll. by πῶς, Luke
14, '7.—Aristoph. Lysist. 490. Hdot. 6. 96.
Pol. 10. 41. 8; fully Luc. Alex. 4 ult. ἀεὶ
τοῖς μεγίστοις ἐπέχειν τὸν νοῦν.

2. As in comm. Engl. to hold up or on,
i. 6. to hold back, to detain any one, Hdian.
6. 5. 18. Thuc. 1. 129; hence in N. T. in-
trans. or with ἑᾳυτόν νι. to hold oneself
back, i. e. to remain, to stay, to wait; Acts
19, 22 αὐτὸς ἐπέσχε χρόνον εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν.
Sept. for 5 Gen. 8, 10; 9M 2 Chr. 18,
5. 14.—2 Mace. 5, 25. Pol. 2.36. 4. Xen.
Hell. 1. 6. 6.

3. to hold on upon, to hold fast; trop.
c. acc. Phil. 2, 16 λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες,
holding fast the word of life, persevering in
the christian faith and life ; here ἐπέχοντες
connects back with ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι
in v. 15. So Artemid. 1. 5,16 τὸν αὐτὸν
ἐπέχει λόγον Saveiw ἡ Svydrnp. Hesych.
ἐπέχοντες " Kparodvres.—Others here render
ἐπέχοντες, having in possession, possessing,
and refer it to the subject of φαίνεσθε in v.
15; so Luc. Zeux. 4. Xen. Conv. 8. Τ΄
Others again translate : holding forth, pre-
senting, exhibiting ; so Hom. Od. 16. 444
οἶνον. Il. 22. 83 μαζόν. But neither οἱ
these fully suits the context.

ἐπηρεάζω, f. dow, (ἐπήρεια, Hom. ἀρειά,)
to threaten, Hdot. 6. 9 ult—In N. T. to use
despitefully, to abuse, to insult, c. acc. Matt.
5, 44. Luke 6, 28. (So absol. Hdian. 7. 1.
7; c. dat. Dem. 519. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 5.
16.) Spec. to accuse falsely, to slander, c.
acc. 1 Pet. 3,16. So absol. Hdian. 7. 8. 4.
Pass. ib. 2. 4. 16.

ἐπί, a prep. governing the genitive, da-
tive, and accusative, with the primary signif.

on, upon.

ἐπί 270 ἐπὸ

1. With the Genitive. 1. Of Place,
in a variety of relations, which yet may
be compreherded under two leading ones,
viz. rest wpon, on, in, at; and motion upon,
to, towards ; comp. Passow ἐπί 1. A. Buttm.
§ 147. n. 1. Kiihner §296. Matth. § 584.
Winer § 51. g.

a) Of place. where, after words implying
rest upon, on, in, at,and the like. α) Genr.
and 6. gen. of place; Matt. 4, 6 ἐπὶ χειρῶν
ἀροῦσι σε. 9, 2 ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον. 16,
19 bis, ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 18, 19. 24, 30 ἐρχό-
μενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. 27, 19 καθημένου
αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος. (Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12.)
Mark 8, 4 ἐπ᾽ ἐρημίας, on or in the desert.
v. 6. 14, 51. Luke 4, 29 ὄρους ἐφ᾽ οὗ 7
πόλις @xod. (Diod. Sic. 3.47.) Luke 5, 18.
12, 3. John 6,19 περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς Sa-
λάσσης, walking on the lake. 19, 31 ἵνα μὴ
μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 20, 7. Acts 8, 28.
20,9 ἐπὶ τῆς Supidos, upon or in the win-
dow. 21,40. James 5, 5. Rev. 1, 20 ἐπὶ τῆς
δεξιᾶς μου, on or in the hollow of my hand,
comp. v. 16. 4,9 καϑ. ἐπὶ τοῦ Spdvov. 5,10.
13 ἐπὶ τῆς ϑαλάσσης & eott, i. 6. on the bot-
tom of the sea, in the deep. 7, 3. 10,1. 19,
19 καϑημ. ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου. 20, 11. al. So
Luke 22, 21 ἡ χεὶρ μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τρα-
πέζης upon the table ; and so v. 80 ἵνα ἐσδί-
NTE Kal πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου, i. 6. of
the things upon my table, in Engl. at my
table; comp. Winer §51. g. Also Matt. 21,
19 ἰδὼν συκῆν μίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, upon the
way, i. 6. by the way-side. John 21,1 ἐπὶ
τῆς ϑαλάσσης; on the shore of the lake; so
Sept. and dy 2 K. 2, 7. Dan, 8, 2. (Pol. 1.
44, 4 ἐπὶ τῆς Sad. ἔστησαν. Xen. An. 4.
3. 28.) Trop. Matt. 18, 16 ἐπὶ στόματος
δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταϑῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. Mark
12, 26 et Luke 20, 37 ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου, i. 6.
on or in the section of the bush; comp.
Rom. 11,2 in ἐν no. 1. a. With gen. of

pers. Acts 21, 23 ἄνδρες εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽
ἑαυτῶν, having a vow uponthem. 8) Spec.
before, in presence of, chiefly of judges, wit-
nesses, or the like,.as is said in Engl. ‘ to be
led or brought up before, to stand before a
court ;’ comp. Matth. § 584. η. Winer § 51.
g.c. Soc. gen. of pers. Matt. 28,14 ἐὰν
ἀκουσϑῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. Mark 13,
9. Acts 23, 80. 24, 19. 20 στάντος μου ἐπὶ
τοῦ συνεδρίου. 25,9 κρίνεσϑαι ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. ν.
26. 26, 2. 1 Cor. 6, 1.6. 1 Tim. 6,13. So
genr. 2 Cor.7, 14 ἡ καύχησις ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου,
i. 8. our boasting before Titus, comp. εἴ τι
αὐτῷ κεκαύχημαι ibid. Once c. gen. of tri-
bunal, Acts 25, 10 ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσα-
ρος. So.Dem. 1867. 17 ἐπὶ τοῦ δικαστηρίου.
Diol. Sic. 11. 55 ἐπὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου

,’

τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Luce. Philops. 22. Xen. Hell.
6. 5. 41 οὐκ én’ ὀλίγων μαρτύρων.

b) Of place whither, after words imply-
ing motion or direction upon, to, towards, or
the like, with subsequent rest upon. Matt.
26, 12 βαλοῦσα τὸ μύρον ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματός
pov. Mark 4,26 βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς
γῆς. 9, 20. 14, 35. Luke 8, 16. 22, 40 γε-
νόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου. John 6,2 σημεῖα
ἃ ἐποίει ἐπὶ τῶν ἀσϑενούντων, which he did
upon or to the sick. (Act. Thom. 16.) John
6, 21 τὸ πλοῖον ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, at the
land, i. e. on the shore. 19, 19 ἔϑηκεν ἐπὶ
τοῦ σταυροῦ. 21, 11. Acts 5, 30 κρεμά-
σαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. (Sept. for by Gen. 40, 19.)
Acts 10, 11.. Heb. 6, 7. James 5, 17. Rev.
10, 2. 13, 16 ἵνα δῶσιν αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ
τῆς χειρός κτλ. Trop. ἐπὶ καρδίας Heb. 8,
10. 10, 16.—Sept. Job 17,16. Hdian. 6. 8.
4 ἐπὶ βήματος ἀνελθών. Thuc. 1.116 πλεῖν
ἐπὶ Σάμου. Xen, Cyr. 7. 2.1 ἐπὶ Σάρδεων
ἔφευγε.

2. Of Time, i. 6. time when, as in Eng).
upon a time, i. 4. on, at, in, during ; Heb.
1, 2 et 2 Pet. 3,3 ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν.
(Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 11.2 ἐπὶ μιᾶς ἡμέρας. Hot.
5. 117.) Of time as marked by cotempo-
rary persons or events, Buttm. § 147. n. i.
Matt. 1, 11 ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβ. at the
time of. Acts 11, 28 ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, in the
days of, under. Mark 2, 26. Luke 3, 2. 4,
27. (Sept. Zech. 1,1. Diod. Sic. 17. 14.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 31. ib. 8. 8. 15.) So of
actions as specifying time, 6. g. ἐπὶ τῶν
προσευχῶν pov, in my prayers, i.e. when 1
pray, Rom. 1,10. Eph. 1, 16. Philem. 4.
So Diod. Sic. 4. 3 ἐπὶ τῶν δείπνων.

3. Trop. spoken: a) Of power, au-
thority, dignity, wpon, over; Matt. 2, 22

βασιλεύει ἐπὶ τῆς “Iovdaias, over Judea.

Rom. 9, 5 et Eph. 4,6 6 ὧν ἐπὶ πάντων Beds.
Acts 8, 27 ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς.
12, 20 τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος. (Arr. Epict. 3.
22.15 of ἐπὶ κοιτῶνος. (So xaBiornpe ἐπί
τινος Matt. 24, 45. Luke 12, 42. Acts 6, 3.
(Sept. for 3 TPM Gen. 39, 5.) Rev. 2, 26
δώσω ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τῶν éSvav. 9,11. 17,18.
20,6; comp. in ἐξουσία no. 8. ἃ. So genr.
Sept. and 52 Gen. 44, 1. 4. Dan. 6,.7.—
Athen. 13. '7 ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς ᾿Εφέσου. Diod. Sic.
13. 47 of ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων. Dem. 238. 13 ὁ
ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164, 474.

b) Of a topic of discourse, upon, of, con-
cerning, only after verbs of speaking or
writing; Gal. 3, 16 οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν
ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐφ᾽ évés.— Dl. V. H. 1. 80. Diod.
Sic. 1. 12 ἐπὲ rod Seod λέγοντα. Nem. 1292.
23. Plat. Charmid. 155. d.

ἐπί ae ἐπί

6) Of manner, where ἐπί c. gen. forms
a periphrase for an adverb, 6. g. ἐπ᾿ ἀλη-
Seias, upon the truth, i. e. of a truth, truly,
i. q. ἀληθῶς, Mark 12, 14. 32. Luke 4, 25.
Acts 4, 27. 10, 34. Sept. for pyax Job 9,
2. 19, 4.—1 Esdr. 6,10 ἐπὶ σπουδῆς. Jos.
Ant. 5.1.2 ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας i. q. ἀδεῶς. Diod.
Sic. 13. 12 ἐφ᾽ ἡσυχίας. Dem. 484. 20 ἐπὶ
καιροῦ.

II. With the Dative. 1. Of Place, in
the same sense and circumstances as ἐπί Cc.
gen. so that the Greek poets often use the
gen, and dat. with ἐπί interchangeably for
the sake of metre, while in prose the dat. is
more usual; see Passow in ἐπί II. A. Buttm.
§147.n.1. Kiihner ᾧ 296. Il. Winer § 52. ο.
Matth. § 585 sq.

a) Of place where, after words implying
rest upon, on, in, at ; comp. above in I. 1. a.
a) Pr. Matt. 14, 8. 11 ἐπὶ πίνακι. Mark 2,
4 ἐφ᾽ ᾧ κατέκειτο. 4, 38. 6, 39 ἐπὶ τῷ χόρ-
τῷ ἀνακλῖναι. ν. δδ ἐπὶ τοῖς κραββάτοις.
11,7. Luke 19, 44 λίϑον ἐπὶ AiS@. 21, 6.
John 11, 38. Acts 27, 44. Rev. 19,14 ἐφ᾽
ἵπποις λευκοῖς. al. sep. So Hdian. 8. 1. 8
ἐπὶ medio. Hdot. 5. 12 ἄγγος ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ
ἔχουσαν. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.1 Κύρος ἐφ᾽ ἵππῳ.
8) As implying close proximity, contact,
upon, at, close by, Matt. 24, 33 ἐγγύς ἐστι
ἐπὶ Svpas. John 4,6 ἐκαθέζετο ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ:
by the fountain, i. e. on the side of the well.
5,2. Acts 3,10 ἐπὶ τῇ πύλῃ. v.11. 5,9
ἐπὶ τῇ Svpa. Rev. 21,12. Comp. Matth.
§ 586. y. Winer 1. c.~ So Hdian. 8. 2. 6
πόλις ἐπὶ ϑαλάττῃ προκειμένη. Xen. An. 1.
2. 8 ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς. Cyr. 1. 38. 3. γ)
With dat. plur. of persons, i. 4. with, among,

‘Acts 28, 14 ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι. 2 Cor.7,7
ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν se. dv. So Eur. Iph. in Aul. 660.
Diod. Sic. 14. 113 δυνατὸς dv ἐπὶ τοῖς πλή-
Seow. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 27.

Ὁ) Of place whither, after words implying
motion or direction upon, to, towards, with
the idea of subsequent rest upon. a)
Genr. Matt. 9, 16 et Mark 2, 21 οὐδεὶς
ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ.
John 8, 7 λίϑον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ βαλέτω. Acts 8,
16. Matt. 16,18. So Mark 5,33 ὃ γέγο-
vev ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ. Acts 5, 35 ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνξρ. τού-
τοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν. Sept. δάκτυλον
ἐπιδέντες ἐπὶ στόματι, ἘΘὉ.. >, Job 29, 9.
So Hdian. 2. 9.'7 ἀράμενον ἐπὶ τοῖς νώτοις.
Hom. Il. 1. 55 ἐπὶ φρεσὶ ϑεῖναι. Luc. Toxar.
23 ἔπραξεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς. Xen. An. 5. 2. 12.
8) Trop. of a direction of mind owards any
one, 6. g. in a friendly sense, 2 Cor. 9,14
χάριν τοῦ Seod ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν. Luke 18, 7 paxpo-
συμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς. (Sept. and 53 2 Sam.
14, 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 27.) Also in a hos-

-Mort. 1. 3.

tile sense, against, Luke 12, 52. 53 διαμε
μερισμένοι τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶ καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισί'
πατὴρ ἐφ᾽ υἱῷ καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί. Rev. 12,
17 ὠργίσϑη ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικί. So Ecclus. 7,
12. Dem. 665. 15. AB). V. Η. 4. 5 ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ
Θήβαις. Comp. Matth. § 586. ὃ.

2. Of Time, i.e. time when, chiefly as
marking a definite period, wpon, at, in.

a) Genr. Heb. 9, 26 ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν
αἰώνων. As marked by cotemporary events,
actions, institutes ; 2 Cor. 3, 14 ἐπὶ τῇ dva-
γνώσει τῆς mar. διαθήκης, i.e. during the
reading, whenever it is read. Phil. 1, 3 ἐπὶ
πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν, at every mention, as
often as I think of you. Heb. 9,15 ἐπὶ τῇ
πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ, during the first covenant,
while it was in force. Also implying merely
co-existence in time, 2 Cor. 7, 4 ἐπὶ πάσῃ
τῇ ϑλίψει ἡμῶν, i. 6. upon, in, during, all
our affliction. Eph. 4, 26 ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέ-
τὼ ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, upon (during)
your wrath, while your wrath continues ;
comp. Deut. 24, 15 where Sept: for 53.
Mark 6, 52 od yap συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις,
for they understood not at the time of the
bread, comp. v. 41sq.—Judith 1, 16 ἐφ᾽
ἡμέραις ἑκατόν. Pol. 3. 51. 12. Hdian. 2. 6.
19 ἐπὶ τῇ πομπῇ, during. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.
12 ἐπὶ τῷ δείπνῳ. Mem. 1. 5. 2.

b) Spec. after, immediately following up-
on; Acts 11,19 ϑλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ
Στεφάνῳ, i. 6. immediately after the death of
Stephen, comp. Acts 8,1; others here ren-
der on account of, asin no. 3. f, below.
John 4, 27 ἐπὶ τούτῳ, upon this, thereupon.
—Dem. 927. 3. Xen. Hell. 4. 4.9. Cyr.
2. 3.'7 ἀνέστη δ᾽ ἐπ αὐτῷ Φεραύλας. An.
6. 1. 11, 12 ἐπὶ τούτῳ.

3. ΤΎΟΡ. spoken: a) Of power, author-
ity, care over, upon, over; Matt. 24, 47 et
Luke 12, 44 ἐπὶ πᾶσι Τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὑτοῦ
καταστήσει αὐτόν. Comp. Matth. ᾧ 586. ¢.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164, 474.—Dem. 21. 19.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 28. An. 4. 1. 13.

b) As marking addition or accumulation
upon or to something already mentioned or
implied, wpon, unto, besides. Matt. 25, 20.
22 ἄλλα τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς. Luke
3, 20. 10,26 ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις, besides all
this. Eph. 6, 16. Col. 3, 14. 1 Cor, 14, 16-
πῶς ἐρεῖ τὸ ἀμὴν ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ. Phil.
2, 91 Rec. λύπη ἐπὶ λύπῃ. Heb. 8,1. Comp.
Matth. § 586. y, ult—Test. XII Patr. p.
523 ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 88.
Mem. 1. 2. 25 ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι τούτοις. Eur
Iph. Ταῦτ. 197 φόνος ἐπὶ φόνῳ. Luc. D

6) Of that wpon which any thing rests
as a basis, foundation, support ; comp. Wi-

ner §52. c. c. a) Genr. Matt. 4, 4 et
Luke 4, 4 ζὴν οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ
παντὶ ῥήματι κτὰ. to live upon, i. 6. to sus-
tain or support life upon, quoted from Deut.
8, 3 where Sept. for 59 M4. (Athen. 10.
43. Max, Tyr. 27. 6 βιοτεύειν ἐπὶ τῷ οἴνῳ.
Plato Alcib. 1.4. 105. 6, οὐκ ἂν αὖ pot δοκεῖς
ἐϑέλειν ἐπὶ τούτοις μόνοις ζῆν.) After words
implying hope, trust, confidence upon or in
any person or thing; Rom. 15,12 ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
ἔϑνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 1 Tim. 6,17. (2 Mace. 2,
18.) Mark 10, 24 πεποιϑότας ἐπὶ τοῖς χρή-
μασιν. Luke 11,22. 24, 25 πιστεύειν ἐπὶ
πᾶσιν οἷς κτλ. 1 Pet. 2,6. Acts 14, 8 map-
ῥησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ. Also in the
phrase ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι, upon or in hope, i. 6.
resting upon hope, Acts 2, 26. Rorh. 4, 18.
8, 20. Tit. 1, 2.al. So Xen. Mem. 2.1.18
"ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι πονῶν. 8) Spec. ἐπὶ
τῷ ὀνόματί τινος, upon the name of any
one, i.e. to do any thing upon or in the
name of a person, his name being the foun-
dation of which the act rests ; comp. Winer
§ 52. c, ult. marg. Acts 4, 17. 18 διδάσκειν
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ; to teach wpon the name
of Jesus, i. e. resting upon his name, upon
him as the ultimate teacher and author. 5,
28. 40. Luke 24,47. So Luke 9, 49 ἐπὶ
τῷ dv. σου ἐκβάλλοντα τὰ δαιμόνια, casting
out demons upon thy name, i. e. resting the
efficacy of their exorcism upon thy name.
Also Matt. 24, 5. Acts 2,38 βαπτισϑήτω ἐπὶ
τῷ dv. 1. Xp. be baptized upon the name of
Christ, i. e. the baptism being administered
upon the profession of his name. Matt. 18,
5 ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον ἕν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί
pov, i. 6. as himself resting upon and profess-
ing my name, as a Christian, from christian
principle. Mark 9, 37. Luke 9, 48. Sept.
for DWA Deut. 18,20. So Luc. Pisc.-15 γοή-
τας ἐπὶ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ ὀνόματι πολλὰ καὶ μιαρὰ
πράττοντας. Dem. 49ὅ. 7 ταῦτ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ τῶν
SeGv ὀνόματι ποιεῖν. 917. 28.—Under the
same general idea of rest wpon a basis may,
likewise be included all the following speci-
fications.

d) Of a topic of discourse, wpon, of, con-
cerning ; John 12, 16 ὅτι ταῦτα ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
γεγραμμένα. Luke 23, 38. Rev. 10, 11
. προφητεῦσαι ἐπὶ λαοῖς κτλ. 22, 16 μαρτυ-
ρῆσαι ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Heb. 11, 4.
Comp. Winer § 52. ο. γ. Matth. ὁ 586. ε.--
Barnab. Ep. 5 ὁ προφητεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.

Hdot. 1! 66. Luc. D. Mort. 10. 12 ἐπιταφί- ᾿

ους λόγους ἐπί τινι. Thue. 2. 34.

6) Of ἃ condition, provision, analogy, law,
‘upon or under which alone any thing takes
place. 1 Cor. 9, 10 ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι ἀροτριᾷν κτλ.
Rom. 4, 18. 5,12 see fully in lett. f. Heb.

ἐπί 272 ἐπί

7,11. 8,6 διαθήκη ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγ-
γελίαις νενομοϑέτηται. 9,17 διαθήκη γὰρ ἐπὶ
νεκροῖς βεβαία, i. 6. a testament is only valid
the testator being dead. 10, 28 ἐπὶ δυσὶν i)
τρισὶ μάρτυσιν ἀποϑνήσκει, i. e. was put to
death under two or three witnesses, upon
their testimony ; comp. Deut. 17, 6 where
Sept. for "5792, also Deut. 19, 15 where
Sept. ἐπὶ στόματος for "8722. See Winer

§ δῶ. ς. α. Matth. ὁ 585. 6.—Hdian. 3. 12.20

ἐφ᾽ ἑτέραις ἐσελϑὼν ἐλπίσιν. Luc. D. Deor.
1. δ᾽ υ]ἱ0. Xen. Cyr. 3.2. 23 ἐπὶ τούτοις
ἔδοσαν καὶ ἔλαβον πάντες τὰ πιστά. Hell.
3. 2. 19. :

f) Of the ground or motive, the exciting
cause of any action, upon, at, i. 6. on ac-
count of, because of. Matt. 19,9 μὴ ἐπὶ πορ-
veia. Luke 2, 20 αἰνοῦντες τὸν δεὸν ἐπὶ πᾶ-
σιν kth. 5, 5 ἐπὶ τῷ ῥήματί σου χαλάσω τὸ
δίκτυον. Acts 4,21 ἐδόξαζον τὸν Sedy ἐπὶ
τῷ γεγονότι. Rom. 10, 19. 1 Cor. 1, 4.
2Cor. 9, 15. ἃ]. See Matth. ὁ 585 ult.
Winer § 52. c. 8. So Hdot. 1. 137. Luc.
Hermot. 80. Xen. Cyr. 2.2.12 ἐπὶ τῷ éav-
τῶν κέρδει. Plito Conv. 206. b.—-Hence
ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, for ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι, on this account
that, for that, because; 2 Cor. 5, 4 στενάζο-
μεν βαρούμενοι, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ οὐ ϑέλομεν κτλ.
(Thom. Mag. ἐφ᾽ 6, ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι, εἰς παρ-
φχημένον.) So too usually Rom. 5, 12 ἐφ᾽
ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον, for that (because) all
have sinned. Others here regard ἐφ᾽ 6 as
for ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὡς Vv. ὥστε; on the condition that
in that, therewith that, with Indic. or Infin
Buttm. §150. m. 9. Kiihn. Ausf. Gr. ᾧ 828. 2.
Matth. § 479. a; comp. above in lett. e. So
Synes. Ep. 73. p. 221. c. ed. Petav. καὶ τὸν
ἥλιον εἶδεν ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ἄνθρωπος ἐφ᾽ ᾧ Tev-
νάδιον ἔγραψεν, on condition that (in that)
he accused Gennadius. According to this
view Paul here affirms the universal co-exist-
ence of sin and death, without making the
sin of each individual to be the direct cause
of his own death; see De Wette in loc.

5) Of the occasion, the incidental cause,
upon or at which, by reason of which, any
thing takes place, wpon, at, over, by reason of,
on account of. a) Genr. Acts 4,9 εἰ ἡμεῖς
σήμερον dvaxpwvdpeSa ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ" κτλ.
3, 16. 26, 6. 1 Cor. 8, 11 καὶ ἀπολεῖται 6
ἀσϑενῶν ἀδελφὸς ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ γνώσει. Phil.
2,17. 8. 9. ἃ]. So Jos. Ant. 4. 5.9 ἔκα-
μνον ἐπὶ δίψει. Xen. Mem. 8. 14. 2 ἐπὶ ποίῳ
ποτὲ ἔργῳ avSpwros ὀψοφάγος καλεῖται.
8) Spec. after words signifying an emotion
of mind, as joy, sorrow, astonishment, and
the like, upon, ai, over; comp. Matth. ᾧ 399.
ἢ, 1. Matt. 18,13 χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον
«rd. Luke 1, 14. 47 ἠγαλλίασε ἐπὶ τῷ ϑεῷ.

ἔπι 273 ἐπι

ιὅ, 7. Rev. 11, 10. al. Mark 3, 5 συλλυ-
movpevos ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς K. 10, 22. 24.
Luke 19, 41 ἔκλαυσεν én’ αὐτῇ. Acts 8, 2.
James 5,1. Rev. 18,9. 11. al. Matt. 14,14
ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς. Mark 6, 34. al.
Matt. 18, 26 μακροϑύμησον ἐπ᾽ ἐμοί. v. 26.
Luke 18, 7. Matt. '7, 28 ἐξῳτλήσσοντο ἐπὶ
τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. 22, 33. Luke 1, 29 διε-
ταράχϑη ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ. 5, 9. 9, 43. Acts 3,
12. (Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 8 ἡ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ χαρά.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35 χαίρειν ἐπί τινι. Luc.
D. Deor. 12. 1. ib. 25. 3 ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ δακρύ-
ovoa. ALl. V. H. 12. 41 ἐκπλαγεὶς ἐπί τινι.
Xen. Cyr, 1. 4. 27.) Likewise of the oc-
casion of penitence and shame, 2 Cor. 12,
21 μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαϑαρσίᾳ.
Rom. 6, 21 ἐφ᾽ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσϑε. So
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8 ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἠσχύνϑη.

h) Of the purpose or end of any action,
etc. upon, unto, for ; comp. Winer ἡ 52. c. ὃ.
Matth. § 585. 8. Gal. 5,13 ὑμεῖς yap ἐπ᾽
ἐλευϑερίᾳ ἐκλήϑητε. 1 Thess. 4, 7. Eph. 2,
1.10. ἃ Tim.°2, 14. Phil. 3, 12 ἐφ᾽ ᾧ,

(that) for which. 4,10 ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, for which; .

interrog. Matt. 26,50 Rec. ἐφ᾽ 6, for what?
wherefore? others ἐφ᾽ 6. Also Acts 15,14
Rec. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὑτοῦ, where later edit.
omit ἐπέ. With dat. of pers. Acts 21, 24
καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, see in δαπανάω.
—Wisd. 2, 23. Hdian. 2. 1. 18 ἐπ᾽ ὀλέϑρῳ,
ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ. Thuc. 1. 73. Xen. Mem. 2.
3. 19.

i) Of the rule or model upon or fo which
any thing is conformed, upon, afier, accord-

- ing to. Luke 1, 59 ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ

ὀνόματ'. τοῦ πατρὸς αὑτοῦ. Sept. and dy
Ezra 2, 61. Neh. 7, 63. (1 Esdr. 4, 63.
Plut. Rom. 19 ult. καλεῖσϑαι μὲν Ῥώμην ἐπὶ
Ῥωμύλῳ τὴν πόλιν. Plato Parm. p. 147. d.)
Also Rom. 5, 14 οὐ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ
ὁμοιώματι τῆς κτὰ. 2 Cor. 9, 6 bis, 6 σπεί-
pov ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις, adv. bountifully. So
βου]. Supp. 625 én’ ἀληϑείᾳ.

Il]. With the Accusative. 1. Of Place,
usually combining the ideas of motion and
subsequent rest upon; comp. Winer § 53. 1.
Kiihner ᾧ 296. III. Matth. § 586. c.

a) As denoting motion (and subsequent
rest) wpon or over any thing; marking an
extension or spreading out in one or more
directions, i. q. along upon, along over;
e.g. a) Genr. Matt. 27, 45 σκότος ἐγέν-
ero ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. 10, 34 βαλεῖν εἰρήνην,
μάχαιραν, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. 14. 19 τοὺς ὄχλους
ἀνακλιϑῆναι ἐπὶ τοὺς χόρτους. V. 26 ἐπὶ τῆν
ϑάλασσαν περιπατοῦντα. V. 28. 29. 15, 35.
18, 12 ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη πορευϑείς about upon the
mountains. 22, 9. 24,16. Mark 4,38 ἐπὶ
τὸ προσκεφάλαιον — i. e. stretched

]

upon. Luke 5, 36 ἐπίβλημα ἐπιβάλλει em
ἱμάτιον. John 9, 6. Acts 7,11. 21,5. Rev
2,17. 7,1. 11, 8. 20,4 οὐκ ἔλαβον τὸ χά-
paypa ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον. v.9. al. So Matt. 13,
2 ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν εἱστήκει, stood
or had stationed themselves along upon the
shore. Rev. 15,2. Matt. 19, 28 καδίσεσσεν
ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ δώδεκα ϑρόνους, i. e. along upon
the row or circle of thrones, as in Rev. 4, 4.
20,4. (Hom. Od. 11. 577 ἐπ᾽ ἐννέα κεῖτο
πέλεϑρα. 14. 120 ἐπὶ πολλὰ ἀλήϑην. Diod.
Sic. 1. 27 ὁ στρατεύσας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν χώραν.
Hdian. 4. 11. 12. Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 21.)
With acc. plur. of persons wpon, over, to-
wards all of whom, Matt. 5, 45 bis, ἐπὶ πο-
νηροὺς καὶ ἀγαϑούς κτὰ. 12, 49 ἐκτείνας τὴν
χεῖρα ἐπὶ τοὺς μαϑήτας. Acts 19,12. Rev.
14,6 in some edit. So Hom. Il. 10. 213
κλέος πάντας ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπους. 8) Where
the motion is directed to a higher place, im-
plying elevation or placing upon, i. 6. up
upon, up over, up to, out upon, also simply
upon, over. Matt. 4, 5 ἵστησιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ
πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 5, 23. 9, 18. 13, 48
ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλόν. 21, 5 ἐπι-
βεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον, i.e. mounted upon. 22,
16 φευγέτωσαν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. 27, 29. Mark 8,
25. 10, 16 τιϑεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτά. 11, 2.
Luke 5, 11. 19 ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα. 8, 27.
Acts 17, 19. 20,13. 27, 43. 44 see in da-
σώζω. Rom. 12,20. (Paleph. 1. 9 ἀναβι-
βάσαντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους, and so Xen, Conv.
9.7. Palaph. 1. 10 ἀπέτρεχον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη.
Cyr. 8. 1.4 ἐπὶ λόφον καταφεύγει. Thue. 7.
37 ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη.) Of a yoke, burden, taken
up and placed wpomany one; Matt. 11, 29
ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς. Acts 15, 10.
Matt. 23, 4 φορτία... ἐπιτιϑέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς
ὥμους τῶν av3p. Heb. 8, 8 trop. of ἃ cove-
vant. Trop. of fear, evil, guilt, punishment,
which come upon any one as a burden, as
something laid wpon one ; so after γίνεσϑαι,
ἐπέρχεσϑαι, ἔρχεσϑαι, ἐπιπίπτειν, and the
like ; Matt. 23, 35 ὅπως ἔλθῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν
αἷμα δίκαιον. ν. 36. Luke 1,12. 65 καὶ ἐγέ-
vero ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος. 21, 84. 35 ὡς παγὶς
ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ πάντας. John 3, 36. 18, 4.
Acts 5, 28. 8, 1. 13, 11 χεῖρ κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ.
18, 6. Rom. 1, 18. 15,3. 1 Pet. ὅ, 7. In
like manner of good, prosperity, favour ;
Matt. 10, 13 ἐλθέτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ᾽ ai-
THY 56. τὴν οἰκίαν. Luke 10, 6. Gal. 6, 16.
Acts 4, 33 χάρις ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας. Rom. 3, 22.
Also of a lot, any thing imposed by lot.
Acts 1, 26 ἐπέσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Ματϑίαν.
Sept. for 59 S738 55) Jon. 1, ; for ‘a nbs
ἘΦ Lev. 16, 9. y) Where the motion is
directed to a lower place; Matt. 10, 29 ἕν
ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. 13, 5.7.

=

- αὑτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα. Rev. 22, 18.

ἐπ΄ 274

41, 44.- 26, 7 κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν.
Luke 22, 44. Acts 2, 3. Rev. 8, 10. 16, 2.
22, 5 6 Yeds φωτιεῖ ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, i. 6. like the
sun. (Diod. Sic. 2. 19 of μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν
ἔπιπτον. Xen. (0. 18. 7.) Trop. of the
divine Spirit or power descending and abi-
ding upon any one; Matt. 3, 16 τὸ πνεῦμα
καταβαῖνον καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 12, 18.
Luke 1, 35. 2, 25. 24, 49. al. 2 Cor. 12, 9.
Rev. '7, 15.

b) Of place whither, implying motion up-
on, to, towards, any place or object as a
limit, aim, end, with subsequent rest there-
upon. a) Pr. and genr. e. g. after πίπτω,
ἐπιπίπτω, as πίπτειν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, to fall
upon one’s face, i. 6. forwards, Matt. 26, 39.
Luke 5, 12. Rev. 7, 11. al. (Xen. Ven. 10.
13 πίπτειν ἐπὶ στόμα.) Matt. 15, 20 ἐπέπε-
σεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ. John 21, 20.
Acts 10, 25 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, at his
feet. Luke 9, 62 ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα ἐπ᾽
dparpov. (Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 8 ἀκόντια βαλὼν
ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπόν. Diod. Sic. 2.19 ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν
τοξεύσας. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 29 ἐπὶ σκοπὸν
βάλλειν.) So after verbs of going, coming,
conducting, collecting, and the like, where it
is equiv. to πρός c. accus. Matt. 3, 13 τότε
παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Τ'. ἐπὶ τὸν “lop-
δάνην, upon the Jordan, i.e. to theyregion of
Jordan. 12, 28 ἔφϑασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία
τ. ὅ. 5,21 συνήχϑη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
27, 27. Mark 11, 13. Luke 24, 24. John 6,
16. Acts 1, 21. 21, 82. 35. 2 Thess. 2, 1.
2 Tim. 4, 4. Heb. 6, 1. Rev. 7, 17. 18, 17.
al. So συναχϑῆναι ν. συνέρχεσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ
αὐτό, upon or to the same place, together,
Matt. 22, 34. Acts 4, 26. 1 Cor. 11, 20;
also 1 Cor. 7, 5, see in εἰμί Il. 8. 6. (Pa-
leph. 2. 10. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 4. 1 ult. Hdian.
8. 5. 13 ἐπὶ τὴν ρώμην χωρῆσαι. Xen. An.
1. 4. 11 ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει ἐπὶ τὴν Evdpa-
την Also of magistrates, judges, tribu-
nals, upon, unto, i, 6. up before, Matt. 10,
18 καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχϑήσεσϑε.
Luke 12, 11. 58. Acts 16, 19. (Hdot. 3.
156. Xen. Lac. 4. 6 ἄγει αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς
’Eddpous, comp. An. 6. 6. 6 ἄγειν πρός τινα.)
Of an oracle, miracle, testimony, as coming
or taking place upon, unto; Luke 3, 2
ἐγένετο ῥῆμα ϑεοῦ ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωάννην. Acts 4, 22
ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἐγεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον. 2 Thess. 1, 10
τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν [γενόμενον] ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς.
So 53723 "7 1 Chr. 22, 8, Sept. dat.
pot; usually Heb. DN, Sept. πρός, Jer. 1, 4.
11. al.) Also as implying addition, Matt. 6,
27 et Luke 12, 25 προσϑεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν
B) Where
the motion or direction wpon implies also
an affection of the mind for or against.

ἐπί

E. g. favourable, kindly, Luke 1, 48. 9,
38 ἐπίβλεψαι ἐπὶ τὸν υἱόν pov. 1 Pet. 3, 12
oi ὀφ5. κυρίου ἐπὶ τοὺς δικαίους, i. e. are di-
rected upon, quoted from Ps. 34, 16 where
Sept. for >8; comp. Ps. 31,8. So of dis-
favour, upon, against, Acts 4,29 comp. in
ἐπεῖδον. 1 Pet. 8, 12 πρόσωπον κυρίου ἐπὶ
ποιοῦντας κακά, i. 6. is against, quoted from
Ps. 34, 17 where Sept. for 3- In a hostile
sense, Matt. 10, 21 ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα
ἐπὶ γονεῖς. Luke 14, 31 ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
22, 52. ὅ8. John 13, 18. Acts 7, 57 ὥρμη-
σαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 13, 50. 51. 19,16. 2 Cor. 10,
2. 2 Thess, 2, 4. So Sept. and 2 Gen. 16,
12. (Diod. Sic. 2. 19 ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐβιάζετο.
Hdian. 7. 1. 13, 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 3, 4.)
Trop. of conduct or testimony against any
one, Mark 10, 11 μοιχᾶται ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν. Luke
9, 5 εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς.
precation, 2 Cor. 1, 28 μάρτυρα τὸν ϑεὸν ἐπι-
καλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴνψυχήν. γ)ὴ Of mea-
sure, extent, upon, unto, i. 6. up to, about,
Rev. 21,16 ἐμέτρησα τὴν πόλιν ἐπὶ σταδίους
δώδεκα χιλιάδων. Comp. Matth. § 586. c. p.
1169 mid. (41. V. H, 3. 1 init. τὸ μῆκος ἐπὶ
τεσσαράκοντα διήκει σταδίους. Pol. 4. 39. 4.
Xen. An. 1. 7.15.) Hence ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, 1
so far as, in as much as, Matt. 25, 40. Rom.
11, 133 ἐπὶ πλεῖον, further on, further,
the more, Acts 4, 17. 2 Tim. 2, 16. 3,9;
comp. Vig. p. 628. (So ἐφ᾽ ὅσον Diod. Sic.
1. 93. Luc. Amor. 13; ἐπὶ πλεῖον Bl. V.
H. 1. 30 ult. Plato Pheedr. 261. b.) Trop.
2 Tim. 3, 13 προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον,
i. e. shall grow worse and worse.

c) Rarely of place where, after words
signifying rest upon, on, in, at, where how-
ever the idea of previous motion upon is
implied. Rev. 5, 1 ἐπὶ τὴν defuiv, upon,
i. 6. in his right hand. 20, 1. (Hom. Il. 7.
238. Pol. 8. 834. 4. Xen. An. 6. 4. 1.) Spec.

after verbs of sitting or standing, upon, at, ἢ

by, near ; Matt. 9, 9 καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώ-

τ pov. Acts-10, 17 ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα.

11,11. Rev. 3,20. 8, 8. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 8.
12 παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὰς Svpas. ib. 3. 3. 68 στάν-
res ἐπὶ τὰς εἰσόδους.) So στῆναι ἐπὶ τοὺς
πόδας, to stand up upon the feet, Acts 14, 10.
26,16. Rev. 11, 11.—Hence εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ
αὐτό, upon the same place, i. e. adv. toge-
ther, Luke 17, 35. Acts 1, 15; comp. in
αὐτός no. 3. a. B.

2. OF Time, viz. a) Time how long,
during, for, Luke 4, 25 ἐκλείσϑη ὁ οὐρανὸς
ἐπὶ ἔτη τρία. 13, 31. 18, 20. 19, 8. 10.
Heb. 11, 30. Comp. Winer § 53. 1. 2.
Matth. ὁ 586. c. p. 1169. So Palwph. 28. 2.
Pol. 4. 63. 8. Xen. An. 6. 6. 36.—Hence,
ἐπὶ χρόνον, for a time, Luke 18, 4 (Hdot.

Soinanim- .

a a Cn ee

ἐπί 275

9,22); ἐφ᾽ ὅσον χρόνον, so long as, Rom.77, |.
Gal. 4,1; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον sc. χρόνον, so long as,
Matt. 9,15 (Arr. Epict. 4. 10.16) ; ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν
sc. χρόνον, a long while, long, Acts 20, 11.
Adverbially, ἐπὶ πολύ, ἐπιπολύ; long, Acts

28, 6; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, longer, further, Acts 20, ᾿

9. 24, 4. So ἐπιπολύ Luc. Toxar. 20.
Thuc. 2. 64; ἐπὶ πλέον Hdian. 8. 6. '7.

b) Of a term or limit of time upon the
coming of which any thing is done, upon.
at, about. Mark 15, 1 εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὸ πρωΐ.
Luke 10, 35 ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον. Acts 3,1 ἐπὶ
τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς. So Arr. Alex. M.
3.18. 11 ἐπὶ τὴν ἕω. Hom. Od. 7.288. Pol.
10. 8. '7.—Joined with an adverb in later
usage, 6. g. ἐπὶ τρίς up to thrice, i. 6,
thrice, Acts 10, 16. 11, 10; see Winer
§54 fin. n. 1. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46, 48.
Comp. εἰς τρίς Jos. Ant. 5. 10, 4. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 1. 4.

3. Trop. spoken:+ a) Of power, autho-
rity, care over, upon, over ; Luke 1, 33 Ba-
σιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακώβ. 9, 1 δύναμιν
καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ δαιμόνια. 10, 19. Acts 7,
10. Rom. 5, 14. Heb. 2, 7. 8, 6 Xp. ὡς
vids ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ. Rev. 13, 7. al. So
Luke 2, 8 φυλάσσοντες φυλακὰς ἐπὶ τὴν ποί-
μνην αὑτῶν. Sept. and dy Gen. 89, 5. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 474—Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 58
ἐπὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς καϑιστάναι. Hell. 3. 4, 20.

b) As marking addition or accumulation,
upon, over; Phil. 2, 27 λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην,
where Rec. has ἐπί c. dat. see above in II.

-b.

ὶ c) Of the object upon which an action or
discourse is directed, upon, over, in respect
to. a) Of anact, Mark 15, 24 βάλλοντες
κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτά. (Plato Rep. 617. 6, ῥίψαι
κλήρους ἐπί τινα.) 1 Cor.'7, 36 see in ἀσχη-
povéo. James 5, 14 προσευξάσϑωσαν ἐπ᾽
αὐτόν, let them pray OVER him, i.e. in his
behalf, in allusion also perhaps to the pos-
ture. Winer § 53. 1. marg. B) Of the
subject of discourse or writing, upon, of,
concerning ; Mark 9, 12 γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν
υἱὸν τοῦ dv3p. v. 13. Rom. 4, 9. 1 Tim. 1,
18. Heb. 7,13. Sept. for b> Jer. 25. 13.
So Paleph. 49. 3 ἐφ᾽ ὃν dopa ἐποίησε.

ἃ) Of that wpon which the mind, heart,
feelings are directed, upon, towards, in;
e.g. _ a) With the idea of rest, after words
signifying trust, confidence, hope, upon, in;
Matt. 27, 43 πέποιϑεν ἐπὶ τὸν Sedv. Acts 9,
42 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 11,
17. Rom. 4,5, 2 Cor. 3, 8. Heb. 6, 1 πέ-
στις ἐπὶ Sedv. 1 Tim. 5, 5 ἤλπικεν ἐπὶ τὸν
Sedv. 1 Pet. 1, 13. 3, 5. So Sept. for nova

- 9K. 18, 21.22. Ps. 37,3.5. 8) In kind-

ness, upon, towards ; Matt. 14,14 ἐσπλαγ-

ἐπιβαίνω

χνίσϑη ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. 15, 82. Luke 6,35 χρη-
ards ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ax. κτὰ. Rom. 9, 23.
11, 22. Eph. 2,7. Sept. for ny Gen. 47,
29. ‘So Theophil. ad Autol. I. p.'71 χρη-
στός ἐστιν (ὁ Seds) ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ai-
τόν. Not used in this sense in earlier classic
writers. γ) In hostility, against ; Matt.
12,26 ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν ἐμερίσϑη. Mark 3, 26.
Luke 11, 17. Acts ἦ δι ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόν-
tas ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. So Dem. 73. 27. ib. 537. 5
ἔχει τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπὶ Μειδίαν. Xen. Mem. 2.
8.10. 8) Of the occasion or object upon
or over which joy or sorrow is felt; Rev.
18,20 Rec.-edppaivou ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν ; others ἐπ
αὐτῇ. Luke 28,28 μὴ κλαίετε ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ. Rev.
1,7. So Sept. of joy, for 3 Is. 61, 10.
Ps. 32, 11; of sorrow, for Ὁ: Zech. 12, 10.

e) Of that wpon which the will or inten-
tion is directed, the purpose, end, aim of an
action, upon, for, for the sake of, after. Matt.
3, 7 ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὑτοῦ, i. e.
in order to be baptized. 26, 55 ὡς ἐπὶ λῃ-
στήν. Luke 7, 44 ὕδωρ ἐπὶ rods πόδας pov,
water FoR my feet. 15, 4. 23, 48. Heb. 12,10;
comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 1 ἐπί ult. Matth.
ἡ 586. c.—Paleph. 19. 1. ib. 40. 4. Hdot.
3. 14 ἰέναι ἐπὶ ὕδωρ. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 12.

f) From the Heb. spoken of persons upon
or over whom the name of God is called, as
being God’s people, his worshippers, James
2,7. Acts 15,17 ἐφ᾽ ods ἐπικέκληται τὸ
ὄνομά pov, quoted from Amos 9, 12 where
Sept. for 59 pt 2, as also 2 Sam. 12,
28. Jer. 14, 9; comp. Heb. Lex. art. δ
Niph. no. 2. 8.—Bar. 2, 15.

Nore. In composition ἐπί implies: ἃ)
Motion or direction upon, to, towards, a-
gains; a8 ἐπάγω, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιβαίνω.
b) Rest upon, over, at; as ἐπέχω, ἐπανα-
παύω, ἐπίκειμαι. 0) Sequence, order; as
ἔπειμι, ἐπιτάσσω. ἃ) Addition, accession ;
as ἐπαιτέω, ἐπισυνάγω. 6) Renewal or
repetition ; as ἐπανόρϑωσις. f) Some-
times it is merely intensive, expressing a
closer relation between the verb and its
object, which cannot well be rendered in
English; as ἐπαινέω, ἐπιγινώσκω. +

ἐπιβαίνω, f. ἤσομαι, (Baive,) to go
upon, to tread upon, Sept. γῆν ἐφ᾽ ἧς ἐπέβη
for 3753 Deut. 1, 36. Hdian. 1. 12. 18.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8, 61.—Hence in N. T.

"1. to set foot upon, to come upon or into,
to arrive in a country or province; 6. g.
εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν Acts 20, 18; τῇ ἐπαρχίᾳ
25, 1.—Diod. Sic. 14. 84 init. εἰς Βοιωτίαν.
16. 66 pen. τῇ Σικελίᾳ. Oftener c. gen.
Hdian. 7. 8. 18. Thuc. 1. 103.

2. to go up upon, to mount; 6. g. ἐπὶ

ἐπιβάώλλω

᾿ἕνον Matt, 21,5; upon a ship, to embark,
εἰς τὸ πλοῖον Acts 21, 6; τῷ πλοίῳ 27, 2;

absol. 21, 2. Sept. for nby Jer. 46,9; 325

1 Sam. 25, 20. Gen. 24, 61.—Hdian.'4. 12.
11 rod ἅρματος. Plut. C. Mar. 37 ἐπὶ τὴν
ναῦν. Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 1 ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον.

ἐπιβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to cast
upon or over, to lay upon.

1, Trans, a) Pr. and with acc. and dat.
Mark 11, 7 ἐπεβ. αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια. 1 Cor. 7,
35 βρόχον ὑμῖν ἐπιβάλω. Sept. with ἐπί
c. acc. for 1p Num. 4, 6. 7. Hos. 7, 12;
ndyn Num, 19, 2. (Hdian. 6. 8.11. Xen.
An. 3. 5.10.) In the sense to put upon,
i.e. to sew on, 6. g. a patch, Matt. 9, 16.
Luke 5, 36. So Hesych. ἐπιβαλεῖ᾽ ἐπιῤῥήψει
seu ἐπιῤῥάψει. Ὁ) Spec. ἐπιβάλλειν
τὴν χεῖρα V. τὰς χεῖρας, with ἐπί τινα
or dat. to lay hands upon, i.e. a) to seize,
to do violence to a person, ¢. ἐπί τινα Matt.
26, 50. Mark 14, 46. Luke 20, 19. 21, 12.
John 7, 30. 44. Acts 5, 18. 21, 27; c. dat.
Acts 4, 3; also by a species of attraction,
Acts 12, 1 ἐπέβαλεν τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί
τινας, for ἐπί τινας ὥστε κακῶσαι αὐτούς.
Sept. for 37 M20, c. ἐπί τινα Gen. 29, 12;
c. dat. Esth. 6,2. So c. dat. Diod. Sic.
lib. 38 init. p. 256. Pol. 3.2.8. 8) Also,
lo put the hand to any thing, to lay hold of;
Luke 9, 62 ἐπιβ. τ. x. ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον. Sept.
for M22 Deut. 12, 7. 18.

2. Intrans. a) Genr. with ἑαυτόν im-
plied, ἐο cast oneself upon, i. 4. to rush or
fall upon; see Winer ᾧ 39.1. Buttm. § 130.
n. 2. Matth. §496.1. Hence α) Of waves,
lo beat upon or into, e. g. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον Mark
4, 37. So of persons falling upon or
against, c. τινί Plato Phedr. 248. a; ina
hostile sense, c. ἐπί τινα 1 Macc. 4, 2;
6. dat. Diod. Sic. 18. 14 med. Plut. Cleo-
men. 5. β8) to fall to any one, as his
portion; Part. neut. Luke 15,12 δός μοι
τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. So 1 Macc.
10, 30. Dem. 312. 2. Diod. Sic. 5. 45 pen.

Ὁ) With τὸν νοῦν implied, to fia the mind
upon, to think upon; absol. Mark 14, '72 καὶ
ἐπιβαλὼν ἔκλαιε, and when he thought there-
on he wept. So c. dat. Plut. Cie. 4. M.
Antonin. 10. 30; ἐφ᾽ οἷς Pol. 1. 80. 1;
absol. Sept. Empir. adv. Math. p. 213 εἰ ἐπι-
βαλὼν ὁ σοφὸς ἰσχύσει λέγειν ἀδιαπτώτως.
Fully, Asterius H. 3 ἐπίβαλλε δὲ καὶ 76
μέλλοντι χρόνῳ τὸν νοῦν. Galen. de Pals.
Caus. 3; see Wetstein and Kypke in loc.
—Others here refer ἐπιβαλών to lett. a. a,
. above; and render: rushing forth, parall.
with é€eSav ἔξω in Matt. 26, 75 and Luke
22,62. But ἐπιβάλλειν, as in the exam-

276

ἐπιγαμβρευω

ples above cited, with a dat. or ἐπί, signifies
to rush UPON or AGAINST}; never absol. to rush
out. Vulg. ‘cepit flere, but without phi-
lological ground. See Lesner, De Wette,
Meyer, in loc.

ἐπιβαρέω, &, f. now, (Bapéw,) to weigh
down upon, to burden; in N. 'T. only trop.
to be burdensome upon, e.g. a) Ina pecu.
niary sense, to be chargeable to, ἃ. acc.
1 Thess. 2,9. 2 Thess. 3, 8. b) Genr.
and absol. 2 Cor. 2,5 οὐκ ἐμὲ λελύπηκεν,
ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ μέρους (iva μὴ ἐπιβαρῶ) πάντας
ὑμᾶς, he hath not grieved me; but in part
(that I be not too heavy upon him) you all.
Others, unsuitably to the context: he hath
not grieved me, but in part; that I may not
overcharge you all. So c. dat. App. Bell.
Civ. 4. p. 978 ἐπιβαρεῖν τοῖς ἠτυχηκόσι. Id.
Syr. p. 180.

ἐπιβιβάζω, f. daw, (βιβάζω,) to make
80 upon, to let mount, to set one upon, e. g.
upon an animal for riding ; with acc. and
ἐπί c. acc. Luke 10, 34 ἐπιβιβάσας δὲ αὐτὸν
ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος. Soc. acc. simpl. Luke
19, 35. Acts 23, 24. Sept. for Ξ5.ἼΠ
1K. 1,33. 2K. 9, 28.—Hdian. 3. 7. 12
αὐτὸν τοῦ ἵππου ἐπεβίβασαν. Thue. 4. 31
τινὰ ἐπὶ ναῦν. .

ἐπιβλέπω, 1. ψω, (βλέπω,) to look
upon, to fix the eyes wpon, Sept. with ἐπί
c. 806. for wsam Num. 21,9; acc. Hdian.
5. 3. 153 εἰς ἡμᾶς Plato Phed. 63. a.—In
N. T. trop. to look upon, to have respect to,
with ἐπί c. acc. as in kindness, favour,
Luke 1, 48. 9, 38; in partiality, James 2,
3. Sept. for mR 1 Sam. 1, 11; mp Lev.
26,9. So Judith 13, 4.

ἐπίβλημα, ατος, τό, (ἐπιβάλλω,) pr,
‘that which is cast upon or over,’ 6. g. a
cover, Nicostr. KAw. 1; @ rug, carpet, ta-
pestry, Sept. Is. 3,21. Plut. Cato Maj. 4.
Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 6. 29. 8 τάπητα ἐπιβλη-
μάτων BaBvdwviov.—In N. T. a patch, piece
sewed on, Matt. 9,16. Mark 2,21. Luke
5, 36 bis; comp. ἐπιβάλλω no, 1. a.

ἐπιβοάω, &, f. now, (Bodw,) to cry out
upon or to any one, to exclaim upon; absol.
Acts 25, 24 ἐπιβοῶντες (SC. poi), μὴ δεῖν
krA.—So c. dat. Pol. 10.12. 5. Thuc. 5. 65.

ἐπιβουλή, js, ἡ, (βουλή.) pr. counsel
against; hence a plot, conspiracy, Acts 9
24, 20, 3. 19. 23, 30.—Sept. Esth. 2, 22.
Hdian. 3. 5. 9. Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 4, 5.

ἐπιγαμβρεύω, f. εὐσω, (γαμβρεύω, yap-
βρός.) to make affinity with, to intermarry -
with, genr. Sept. for jammn Gen. 34, 9.

ἐπίγειος

spec. as a son-in-law, 1 Sam. 18, 21. 22.
1 Mace. 10, δά. 56.—In N. T. spec. of a
husband’s brother, io act the husband’s bro-
ει ther towards, to marry a woman as @ bro-
ther’s widow ; ο. acc. τὴν γυναῖκα Matt. 22,
24; comp. Mark 12,-19 and Luke 20, 28.
The allusion is to the marriage of a bro-
ther’s widow, i: e. a levirate marriage, ac-
cording to the Jewish law; see Deut. 25,
5 sq. comp. Gen. 38, 8 where Sept. for
m2". So Test. XII Pair. p. 599.
ἐπιγείος, ov, 6, #, adj. (ἐπί, yij,), upon or
of the earth, i. 6. earthly, terrestrial, e. g. pet-
sons, Phil. 2,10 πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων
καὶ ἐπιγείων. (Diod. Sic. 1. 13 init. Plato Ax.
368. b.) Of things, τὰ σώματα 1 Cor. 15,
40 bis. 2 Cor. 5, 1. James 3,15 σοφία ἐπί-
yetos, earthly wisdom, pertaining to earth,
worldly, perverse. Neut. τὰ ἐπίγεια;
earthly things, worldly, Phil. 3, 19; also,
things on earth, i.e. already known as re-
vealed in the Scriptures, opp. τὰ ἐπουράνια,
things of heaven, not yet revealed, John 3,
12; comp. v. 13 sq. also Ps. 51, 12. Jer.
31, 33. Ez. 18,31. 36, 24 5ᾳ. So M. An-
tonin. 6. 3 εἷς καρπὸς τῆς ἐπιγείου ζωῆς.
Plut. de sera Num. Vind. 22. p. 42.
ἐπιγίνομαι, (yivopat,) aor. 2 ἐπεγενό-
μην, to arise upon, to come on; e. δ. of a
wind, to spring up, absol. Acts 28, 13.—Pol.
1. 54. 6. Thue. 3. 74 εἰ ἄνεμος ἐπεγένετο.

ἐπιγινώσκω, f. γνώσομαι, (γινώσκω;,)
pr. to know thereupon or thereby, i. e. by
looking on as’a spectator, Hom. Od. 18.
30; ¢. gen. Pind. Pyth. 4. 497.—In N. T.
ἐπί in ἐπιγινώσκω cannot for the most part
well be rendered in English, and becomes
simply intensive, see in ἐπί note, lett. f ; to
know fully, both in an inchoative and com-
pleted sense ; comp. in γινώσκω init.

1. to know fully, inchoative, i. e. to come
to know, to get full knowledge of, to become
fully acquainted with.

a) Genr. and c. ace. of thing, Luke 1, 4
ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς τὴν ἀσφάλειαν κτὰ. 1 Cor, 14,
37. 2 Pet. 2, 21 bis; so with περί twos
Acts 24, 8; foll. by an indirect clause, Acts
22, 24; absol. 1 Cor. 13, 12. Sept. for 551
Jer. 5, 5» Jon. 1,7. So Pol. 2. 11. 3. Xen.
Cc. 9. 12.—With acc. of pers. e. δ. τὸν
υἱόν, τὸν πατέρα, Matt. 11,27 bis; also with
ἀπό τινος, to know one from or by any thing,
Matt. 7,16. 20. So Plato Theat. 192. e;
comp. ἔκ τινος Pol. 1. 65. 6.

b) Spec. in various senses : a) to know
from others, i. q. to find out, to learn, foll. by
ὅτι, Luke 7, 37 ἐπιγνοῦσα ὅτι ἀνάκειται κτλ.
3,7. Acts 22, 29. 28,1; absol. 9, 30. So

Q77

ἐπιγραφή

1 Mace. 6, 17; absol. Thuc. 1. 182. ) te
know from one’s own perception, i. 4. to per:
ceive, to be aware of; c. acc. Luke 5, 22
ἐπιγ. τοὺς διαλογισμούς. So c. acc. et par-
ticip. Mark 5, 30; see Buttm. § 144. 6. b.
(Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.33.) With ὅτι, Mark 2, 8.
Luke 1, 22. Acts 19,34, γ)ὴ to know by
sight or person, to recognize, 6. acc. of pers.
Matt. 14, 35. Mark 6, 33. 54. Luke 24, 16.
31. Acts 3, 10 et 4,13 ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε ad-
τοὺς ὅτι κτλ. where for the attraction, see
Buttm. §151. 1. 6, 7. With ace. of thing,
Acts 12, 14 émvy. τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Il. 27, 39
τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον, i. 6. they did not
know it from any other, did not recognize it.
Sept. for Ἔτι Gen. 42, 7. 8, 1 Sam. 26, 17.
So Plut. Agesi. 21 pen. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 12.

2. to know fully, in a completed sense,
i. e. to have full knowledge of.

a) Genr. and c. acc. of thing, Rom. 1, 32
τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες. Col. 1, 6.
1 Tim. 4, 3; absol. Acts 25,10. With
acc. of pers. and ὅτι, 2 Cor. 13, 5; see in
no. 1. b. y. Pass. 1 Cor. 13, 12 καϑὼς καὶ
ἐπεγνώσϑην 80. ὑπὸ τοῦ Seov, see in γινώσκω
no. 1. ἃ. β. Sept. for aby Job 34, 27;
33) Ez. 6, 7.

Ὁ). Spec. 1. q. to acknowledge as being
what one is or professes to be, as a prophet,
apostle, teacher; Matt. 17, 12 Ἠλίας ἤδη
MASE, Kal οὐκ ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν. 2 Cor. 1,
14. 6,9. Of an epistle, doctrines, 2 Cor. 1,
13 bis. Sept. and »3" of a prophet, Jer. 28,
9. So Ecclus. 44, 23. Hdian. 2. 1. 24,—
Emphat. to acknowledge well, to take know-
ledge of, c. ace. of pers. 1 Cor. 16,18 ἐπι-
γινώσκετε οὖν τοὺς τοιούτους. So Sept. and
5. Num. 16, 5; "277 Ruth 2, 10. 19.

ἐπίγνωσις, ews, ἧ, (ἐπιγινώσκω,) pr.
full knowledge, i. 6.

1. Pr. the act of coming to a full know-
ledge, a knowing, knowledge, acknowledg-
ment; 6. g. ἐπίγνωσις tis ἀληϑείας 1 Tim.
2,4. 2 Tim. 2, 25. 3,7. Tit. 1,15; ἐπ. dya- -
σοῦ Philem. 6; ἐπ. rod κυρίου 2 Pet. 1, ὃ.
2, 20; also ἐπ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας Rom. 3, 20.—
Hdian. 7. 6. 15. Pol. 8. 7. 6.

9. Meton. that which is known, full know-
ledge, knowledge, spoken in N. T.. of God,
Christ, divine things; Rom. 1, 28 τὸν ϑεὸν
ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει; to retain God in know-
ledge, i. 6. to retain a knowledge of him. 10,
2. Eph. 1, 17. 4, 13. Phil. 1, 9. Col. 1, 9.

"10. 2,2. 3,10. 2 Pet. 1,2. 8. Heb. 10, 26

μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπ. τῆς ἀληϑείας. Sept.
for nyt Prov. 2, ὅ. Hos. 4,1. 6, 6.
ἐπιγραφή, as, ἡ. (ἐπιγράφω,) an in-

scription, superscription, 6. g. On coin, Matt.

ἐπιγράφω

22,20 Mark 12, 16. Luke 20, 24; on the
breast or over the head of one crucified,
giving his name and crime, Mark 15, 26.
Luke 23, 38. For this Roman custom, see
Sueton. Dom. 10. Calig. 32. Dion Cass. 54.
3. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 274.—Pol. 3. 56.
4. Thue. 2. 43.

ἐπιγράφω, f. ψω, (ypddpe,) to make a
mark upon, to graze upon, as a weapon,
Hom. Il. 4. 139.—In N. T. to inscribe, with
a stylus or the like; e. g. of a public in-
scription, Pass. Mark 15, 26. Acts 17, 23.
Rey. 21, 12. Sept. for ΞῺΞ Num. 17; 2. 3.
So Al. V. H. 2. 33. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.17.—
Trop. lo impress deeply upon, e. g. νόμους
ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν Heb. 8, 10; also νόμους
ἐπὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 10, 16; both ἡδμδινὰ from
Jer. 31, 33 where Heb. 2M2, Sept. γράφω.
Sept. ἐπιγράφω for 292 Prov. 7, 3.

ἐπιδείκνυμι, f. δείξω, (δείκνυμι,) to
show forth, to show to any one, to exhibit,
pr. with the idea of motion or presentation
io or towards any one.

1. Pr. c. acc. et dat. Matt. 22, 19 ἐπιδεί-
ξατέ μοι τὸ νόμισμα. Luke 20, 24. 24, 40.
Mid. Acts 9, 39 ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας, i. e.
showing their tunics. So Luke 17, 14 ἐπιδ.
ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱεροῖς, show yourselves, i. 6.
present yourselves before the priests. So
Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 2. Xen. An. 1. 2.14.
Mid. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 1. Diod. Sic. 13. 27
ult.—Also to show, to point out, as edifices,
c. acc. et dat. Matt. 24,1 ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς
οἰκοδομάς. (Hdot. 3. 135. Xen. Aic. 9. 4
τὴν οἰκίαν.) Spec. of deeds, miracles, Matt.
16, 1. So Luc. Somn. 10. A®schin. 60. 8.

2. Trop. to show forth by arguments, to
prove, c. acc. Heb. 6,17; acc. et infin. Acts
18, 28.—/El. V. H. 3.7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9.
11 bis.

ἐπιδέχομαι, f. δέξομαι, Mid. depon. (dé-
xopat,) to receive upon or to oneself, i. 6.
genr. to receive, to admit; 6. g. in kindness,

hospitably, c. acc. 3 John 10. (1 Mace. 12,
8. Pol. 22.1.3.) Trop. to receive, to ad-

- mil, e. g. the admonitions of a teacher, c.
acc. 3 John 9. So Ecclus. 51, 26. Pol. 6.
24, 7.

ἐπιδημέω, 6, f. joo, (ἀπίδημος)) to be
among one’s people, to be at. home, Xen. Cyr.
7. 5. 69 εἴτε ἐπιδημῶν ... εἴτε καὶ ἀποδημῶν.
—In Ν. T. to come among a people as a
stranger, to syourn, absol. Acts 2, 10 οἱ
ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι, i. 6. Roman resi-
dents at Jerusalem. 17,21 of ἐπιδημοῦντες

᾿ ξένοι, i. 6. resident foreigners, sojourners.
So Jos. Ant. 5.'7. 3. Hdian. 8. 2. 9. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 61.

278

επιζητεω

ἐπιδιατάσσομαι ν. -ττομαῖι, f. άξο-
μαι, (Mid. διατάσσομαι;) ἰο arrange upon of
oneself, to superadd thereto, e. g. other and
further conditions, trop. and absol. Gal. 3, 15.

ἐπιδίδωμι, f. δώσω, (δίδωμε,) to give
upon or besides, Hom. Il. 23. 559. Xen. Cyr.
8. 5. 19.—In N. T. to give forth upon or to
another, to give over, to deliver over, to put
into one’s hands; c. acc. δὲ dat. Matt. '7, 9
μὴ λίϑον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ. v. 10. Luke 11, 11
bis. 12. Luke 4, 17 ἐπεδόϑη αὐτῷ βιβλίον
‘Ho. 24, 30. 42. John 13,26. Acts 15, 30.
So Luc. D. Mort. 7. 1. Diod. Sic. 14. 47
τὴν ἐπιστολήν. Plato Legg. 944. a.—Spec.
Acts 27, 15 ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεϑα, lit. giving
up we were driven, i. e. either supplying from
the context : émiddvres [τὸ πλοῖον τῷ ἀνέμῳ]
committing the ship to the wind; comp.
Phat. de Fortun. Rom. 6 ἐπιδίδου τῇ τυχῇ τὰ
ἱστία, καὶ δέχου τὸ πνεῦμα, τῷ πνέοντι πι-
στεύων; --τΟΥ, as reflexive or intrans. ἐπιδόν-
tes [ἑαυτούς] giving ourselves wp; comp.
Luc. Hermotim. 28 ἣν ἅπαξ ἐπιδῷ τῇ πνεού-
on (vulg. πλεούσῃ) τις αὑτόν. Arr. Epict.
4. 9. 14 οἱ ἅπαξ ἐνδόντες εἰσάπαν ἐπέδωκαν
ἑαυτούς, καὶ ὡς ὑπὸ ῥεύματος παρεσύρησαν.

ἐπιδιορ' όω, f. ὠσω, (διορϑόω,) to ar-
range or set in order further ; Mid. ο. acc.
Tit. 1, 5 τὰ λείποντα émidiopSHon.—Comp.
Philo in Flace. Il. p. 535 περὶ τῆς τῶν λει-

, > ,
πόντων ἐπιδιορϑώσεως.

ἐπιδύω, f. dow, (δύω) to go down upon ;
e. g. of the sun, to set upon or during any
thing, as ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν Eph. 4,
26. So Sept. and xia Deut. 24, 15. Jer.
15, 9. ι
ι΄ ἐπιείκεια, as, 4, (ἐπιεικής,) ‘propriety,
fairness, moderation, Dem. 919. 4. Plate
Legg. 735. a.—In N. T. mildness, genile-
ness, clemency, Acts 24, 4. 2 Cor. 16, 1.
So 2 Macc. 2, 22. Hdian. 5. 1. 12. Pol. 5.
10. 1.

ἐπιεικής, €os, ods, 6, 7}, adj. (εἰκός, ἔοικα.)
fiting upon, meet, suitable, proper ; hence
Neut. τὸ ἐπιεικές, i. 4. ἐπιείκεια, proprie
ty, fairness, moderation, Phil. 4, ὅ. So Act
Thom. 20 τὸ ἁπλοῦν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ἐπιεικές
Thue. 1. '76.—Spec. mild, genile, clement
1 Tim. 3,3. Tit. 3,2. James 3,17. 1 Pet
2,18. Sept. for nbd Ps. 86, 5. So Al. V
H. 13. 2 init. πρᾷος καὶ ἐπιεικῆς. Hdian
1, 2. 5,

ἐπιζητέω, ὦ, f. now, (ζητέω,) 1. to seek
for or after, to inquire after, ὁ. acc. Acts
12, 19 ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών. Luke
4, 42 in later edit. Sept. for ΘΠ 3 Ecc. 7,
28. So Dem. 271. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2 4. 25.

επιδϑανάτιος 279

—Also to seek at the hands of any one, to ask
for, to demand, c. acc. Matt. 12, 39 σημεῖον
ἐπιζητεῖ. 16, 4. Mark 8, 12. Luke 11, 29.
Acts 19, 39 rt περὶ ἑτέρων. So 1 Mace. 7,
13. Pol. 1..5. 3.

2. Spec. fo seek afler, to seek to gel, to
strive after, to long for, c. acc. Matt. 6, 32 rad-
τα τὰ ἔϑνη ἐπιζητεῖ. Luke 12, 30. Rom. 11,7.
Phil. 4, 17 bis. Heb. 11, 14. 13, 14. (Ke-
clus. 40, 26; comp. Diod. Sic. 17. 101.)
With an infin, to desire earnestly, Acts 13,7
ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τ. ϑεοῦ. So
Pol. 3. 57. '7.

ἐπιδανάτιος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (Sdvaros,)
nigh upon death, i. e. appointed to death,
condemned, 1 Cor. 4, 9.—Dion. Hal. Ant.
7. 35.

ἐπίϑεσις, ews, ἡ, (ἐπιτίϑημι,) a placing
upon, laying on, imposition, e. g. of hands,
the emblem through which the Holy Ghost
was imparted, Acts 8, 18. 1 Tim. 4, 14.
2 Tim. 1, 6. Heb. 6,2. Comp. Num. 27,
18, 23. Deut. 34, 9. Gen. 48, 14.—So genr.
Plut. Cons. ad Apoll. 1.

ἐπιίδυμέω, &, f. how, (Supds,) 1. to set
one’s mind upon, to desire earnestly, to long
for; genr. and c. gen. Acts 20, 33 dpyv-
piov ... οὐδενὸς ἐπεδύμησα. 1 Tim. 3, 1;
see Buttm. §132.9. So 1 Macc. 11, 11.
Pol. 4. 33. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5.—With
infin. aor. Matt. 13, 17 ἐπεῦ. ἰδεῖν. Luke
15, 16. 16, 21. 17, 22. 1 Pet. 1, 12. Rev.
9, 6. Luke 22, 15 ἐπιϑυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα τοῦ-
ro τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν. With infin. pres. Heb.
6,11. (Susann. 15, aor. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 6,
pres. ib. 1. 4. 25, aor.) With κατά τινος
Gal. 5, 17; absol. 1 Cor. 10, 6. James 4,
2. Sept. genr. for M48 Deut. 14, 26. Prov.
21,10. ¢

2. Spoken of unlawful desire, to covet,
absol. Rom. 7, 7 et 13, 9 οὐκ ἐπιϑυμήσεις,
comp. Ex. 20, 17 where Sept. for 727}, also

-

Deut. 5, 18 for M438.—In respect to a wo-

-man, to lust afler, c. gen. Matt. 5,28. So

Plut. de Solert. animal. 18. Xen. An. 4.
1, 14.

ἐπιϑυμητής, οὗ, ὅ, (ἀπιδυμέω!) a desi-
rer, luster, one eager for any thing, 1 Cor.
10, 6 émiSupnral κακῶν. Sept. for TANNA
Num. 11, 34.—Diod. Bie: 16. 55. Xen. Ap.
Soc. 28.

ἐπιϑυμία, as, ἡ, (ἐπιπϑυμέω,) earnest de-

sire, longing.
1. Genr. Luke 22, 15 comp. in ἐπιδυμέώ

no. 1. Phil. 1, 23 τὴν ἐπιϑυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ
ἀναλῦσαι. 1 Thess. 2,17. Rev. 18,14. Sept,
for 738 Hos. 10, 10; FIM Prov. 10, 24.—
Pol. 3. 63. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.

ἐπικωλέω

2. Oftener in a bad sense, irregular and
inordinate desire, concupiscence, appetite, lust,
e.g.” a) Genr. Col. 3, 5 émSupiay κακήν.
Mark 4, 19. Rom. 6, 12. 7, '7. 8. 13, 14 εἰς
ἐπιϑυμίας for its lusts, i. e. to satisfy the carnal
appetites. 1 Tim. 6, 9. 2 Tim. 3, 6. 4, 3.
Tit. 3, 3. James 1, 14.15. 1 Pet. 1, 14. 4,
2.3. 2 Pet. 1, 4. 3, 3. Jude 16.18. So
ἐπιϑυμίαι σαρκός, i. e. carnal desires, appe-
tites, Gal. 5,16. 24. Eph. 2, 3. 2 Pet. 2, 18.
1 John 2,16; em. σαρκικαί, 1 Pet. 2, 11;
ἐπ. κοσμικαί, worldly desires, Tit. 2,12; ἐπ.
τῶν ὀφϑαλμῶν, 1 John 2, 16 ; ἐπ. μιασμοῦ,
2 Pet. 2,10. All the above refer to those
desires which are fixed on sensual objects,
as pleasures, profits, honours, and the like.
Further, ἐπιϑυμίαι τῆς ἀπάτης, deceitful lusts,
Eph. 4, 22; ἐπ. vewrepixai, youthful lusts,
2 Tim. 2,22. Sept. for MISH Prov. 21, 25.
26. So Ail. V. H. 3. 18 pen. Plat. Phed.
Ρ. 82. 6, of ὀρθῶς φιλόσοφοι ἀπέχονται τῶν
κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἐπιϑυμιῶν ἁπασῶν. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 24, 64. b) Spoken of impure
desire, lewdness, Rom. 1, 24. 1 Thess. 4,
5. So Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 6, 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
34. 0) Meton. desire, lust, i. e. object of
wrong desire, that which is lusted after,
John 8, 44 ras ἐπιϑυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν.
1 John 2,17 ἡ émiSupia τοῦ κόσμου. So
Sept. and 79M Dan. 11, 37.

ἐπικαδίζω, τ, ico, (καϑίζω.) to cause to
sit upon, to seat or set upon; c. acc. impl.
Matt. 21,'7 Rec. ἐπεκάϑισαν [αὐτὸν] ἐπάνω
αὐτῶν, they set him upon them. So Sept.
for 3°39 1 K. 1, 38. 44. Comp. in καϑίζω.
—Or intrans. fo sit upon, i.e. as others
here read, ἐπεκάϑισεν ἐπάνω αὐτῶν, he sat
upon them. So Sept. for 38" Gen. 31, 34.
Lev. 15, 20. Comp. Pol. 4. 61. 6. Buttm.
§ 113. 2.

ἐπικαλέω, ὦ, f. ἐσω, to call upon, in
various senses.

1. to call upon for aid; in N.T. only
Mid. to call upon for aid or protection tin
one’s own behalf, to invoke, to address in
prayer.

a) Pr. of invocation addressed to Christ
for aid, c. acc. impl, Acts 7, 59 Στέφανον.
ἐπικαλούμενον [τὸν κύριον] καὶ λέγοντα.
Sept. for xp l Sam. 12, 17. 18. 2 Sam.
22,'7. So Diod. Sic. 5.73 Sev. Xen. Cyr.
7.1. 35 τοὺς Seovs.—Hence genr. to invoke,
to pray to, to worship; spoken of God, c.
acc. τὸν κύριον, Rom. 10, 12. 14. 2 Tim. 2,
22; τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, Acts 2,21. 9,14. Rom.
10,13. Sept. genr. for 87P Deut. 33, 19.
DY NIP Joel 3, 5. Gen. 26, 25. al. Also
of Christ, 6. acc. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῖ

ἐπικάλυμμα

Xp. 1 Cor. 1, 2. Acts 22, 16; also Acts
9, 21. i

b) In adjuration, to call upon, to invoke
God as a witness ; 2 Cor. 1, 23 μάρτυρα τὸν
ϑεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν.---
Polyb. ed. Gronov. 874 pen. ὑμεῖς δὲ τότε
τοὺς Seots ἐπικαλέσασϑε papripas. Plato
Legg. 664. c. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 55.

6) In a judicial sense, to calt upon, to ap-
peal to a higher tribunal or judge, c. acc.
6. g. Καίσαρα, Acts 25, 11. 12. 26, 32. 28,
19; τὸν Σεβαστόν 25, 25; c. inf. 25, 21
Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηδϑῆναι αὑτὸν εἰς
κτὰ. having appealed to be reserved, ete.—
Plut. Marcell. 2 pen. rods δημάρχους ἐπικα-
Aovpevos. Id. J. Cas. 4.

2. to call a name upon, to name in addi-
tion, to surname. a) Act. c. dupl. ace.
Matt. 10, 25 ἐπεκάλεσαν in later edit. Sept.
and Np Num. 21,3. Judg. 6,32. 8) Mid.
ὁ. dupl. ace. 1 Pet. 1,17 εἰ πατέρα ἐπικα-
λεῖσϑε τὸν κρινόντα κτλ. i. 6. if ye call him
your Father; comp. Jer. 3,19 where Sept.
Mid. for Sp.) Pass. to be surnamed ;
Matt. 10, 3 ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδδαῖος. Luke
22, 8: Acts 1, 23. 4, 36. 10, 5.18. 32. 11,
13. 12, 12. 25. 15,22. Also Heb. 11, 16.
So Sept. for Np? Dan. 10, 1; sp im-
pers. Mal. 1, 4. (Hdian. 1. 7. 6. Diod. Sic.
3. 60 fin. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 2.) Spec. from
the Heb. James 2, 7 et Acts 15, 17 ep’ ods
ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά pov, upon whom my
name is called, i. e. who are called or sur-
named by my name, implying that they are
God’s property, his worshippers, quoted
from Am. 9.12 where Sept. for 53 pu} Sp2,
as also 2 Sam. 12, 28. Jer. 14, 9. See Heb.
Lex. art. δ» Niph. no. 2. 8. So Baruch.
2,-15.

ἐπικάλυμμα, aros, τό, (ἐπικαλύπτω.)
a covering, Sept. for 703 Ex. 26,14; 3720
2 Sam. 17, 19.—In N. T. trop. a cloak, pre-
text, 1 Pet. 2, 16 ἐπικάλυμμα τῆς κακίας.
So Menand. Frag. p. 33 πλοῦτος δὲ πολ-
λῶν ἐπίκαλυμμ᾽ ἐστὶν κακῶν. Comp. προ-
κάλυμμα id. Luc. de Mere. cond. 5; see
Kypke II. p. 431.

ἐπικαλύπτω, f. ro, (καλύπτω.) to co-
ver up or over, pr. Sept. for mez Num. 4,
11. Xen. Ven. 8. 1.—In N. T. trop. to co-
ver over sins, i. e. to forgive, to pardon,
Pass. Rom. 4, 7 quoted from Ps. 32, 1,
where Sept. for "352. Comp. Plut. So-
lon 15.

ἐπικατάρατος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (κατάρα-
ros,) pr. ‘one upon whom ἃ curse rests,’
i. 6. accursed, doomed to punishment, John

280 ἐπιλαμβάνω

7, 49. Gal. 8,10. Sept. for 45x Gen. 2,
25. Deut. 27, 15 sq. (Wisd. 3, 13. 14, 8.)
Also Gal. 3, 13 ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὃ κρεμά
μενος ἐπὶ ξύλου, quoted from Deut. 21, 28,
where Heb. nbbp, Sept. κεκατηραμένος.

ἐπίκειμαι, f. εἰσομαι, (κεῖμαι.) 1. to Lie
upon, to be laid upon; c. ἐπί τινι, John 11,
38 λίϑος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ. Absol. John 21,
9. So 2 Mace. 1, 21. Xen. Ge. 19. 13 revi —
Trop. to be laid upon, imposed, e. δ. neces-
sity 1 Cor. 9,16; by law, Heb. 9, 10 δικαι-
ώματα.... ἐπικείμενα. So Thue. 8. 15 ofa
fine. ᾿

2. Spec. to lie heavy upon, to press upon,
ὁ. dat. Luke 5,1 ἐν τῷ τὸν ὄχλον ἐπικεῖσθαι
αὐτῷ. Of a tempest, absol. Acts 27,.20.
So Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπι-
κεῖσθαι βαρεῖς αὐτῷ. Pol. 1. 19. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 1. 28.—Trop. to press upon, to be
urgent with entreaties, absol. Luke 23,
23. So Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. Plut. Mor. II.
p- 172.

ἐπικέλλω, f. κέλσω, (κέλλω,) to drwwe
or thrust upon, e. g. a ship upon the land,
torun aground; so 3 pers. Plur. of anom.
Aor. ἐπέκειλαν τὴν ναῦν Acts 27,41 Lachm.
for ἐπώκειλαν Rec.—So νῆας ἐπικέλσαι
Hom. Od. 9. 148.

᾿Επικούρειος, ov, ὁ, an Epicurean, a
follower of Epicurus the Athenian philoso-
pher, Acts 17, 18.

ἐπικουρία, ας, (ἐπίκουρος, κοῦρος.) help,
Acts 26, 22.—Wisd. 13, 18. Pol. 29. 8. ὅ.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 53.

ἐπικρίνω, f. vd, (kpive,) to judge upon,
i.e. to confirm by a like judgment, Plut.
Lycurg. 6. Hdian. 6. 1..4.—In N. T. tc
give judgment upon, to adjudge, c. infin.
Luke 23, 24. So 8 Macc. 4, 2. Dem. 238.
13. Plato Legg. 768. a.

ἐπιλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λαμβάνω,)
to take hold upon, to seize upon, to surprise,
c. accus. Hdot. 8. 115. AL). V. H. 7. 8.
Thuc. 4. 27.—In N. T. only Mid. ἐπι-
λαμβάνομαι, to take hold upon, to lay
hold of, pr. in order to hold or detain to or
for oneself.

1. Genr. and construed: a) With a
gen. of the part laid hold of, Buttm. ὁ 132.
5.e. Matth. §§ 330, 331. Winer §30.8.d; so
Cc. gen. τῆς χειρός, i. 4. to take by the hand,
Mark’ 8, 23. Acts 23,19; trop. of God,
Heb, 8,9. Sept. for prnn Jer. 31, 32.
Zech. 14, 13. So Xen. Ath. 1. 18 τῆς χεῖ-
pos. Diod. Sic. 17. 30 τῆς ζώνης.
gen. of pers. implying that some part only,
as the hand, arm, shoulder, is laid hold οἵ,

b) With —

—

ἐπίλανϑ άνω

Winer. c. So in order to lead or con-
duct; Luke 9, 47 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς. .. ἐπιλαβό-
μενος παιδίου. Acts 17,19; with violence,
‘by force, Luke 23, 26. Acts 21, 30. 33.
Sept. for p»rmin Judg. 19, 25. (Arr. Epict.
3.24.75. Pol. 8. 22. 5, Plato Gorg. 527. a.)
Also for succour, Matt. 14, 31 Ἰησοῦς ἐκ-
τείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ. Impl.
Luke 14,4. Hence trop. i. q. go help, to
succour ; Heb, 2, 16 bis, od yap δήπου dy-
“γέλων ἐπιλαμβάνεται κτὰ. comp. v. 18. So
σινεπιλαμβάνεσϑαι Plut. Themist. 12 pen,
comp. Bleek Brief ἃ. ἃ. Heb. II. p. 345,346.
9) With an ace. of person, where the idea
of the whole person is implied, as led away ;
Winer I. c. So the Particip. Acts 9, 27
BapvaBas δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἤγαγε κτλ.
Also with violence, by force, Acts 16, 19.
18,17. Others here make the acc. depend
on the subsequent verb; comp. Matth.
§ 632.7. d) With two genitives, one of
pers. and the other of the part by which;
Buttm. §132.n.10. Trop. Luke 20,20 iva
ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου, that they might
lay hold of him by his words. v.26. So pr.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 94 ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτοῦ τῆς
χεῖρος. Plato Prot. 335. c. Xen. An. 4. 7.
12 ἐπιλαμβάνεται αὐτοῦ τῆς irvos.

2. Trop. to lay hold of in order to obtain
and possess ; c. gen. 1 Tim. 6, 12 ἐπιλαβοῦ
τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς. v. 19.—Test. XII Patr.
p- 595 τῶν ὑψηλῶν ἐπελαβόμεϑα. Al. V. H.
14, 27. Plato Rep. 425. e.

ἐπιλανϑάνω, f. Ange, (λανϑάνω.) to
make forget withal, Hom. Od. 20. 85. Mid.
to let oneself forget withal or thereby, to lose
thought of, Hom. Od. 1. 57.—Hence in N.
T’. only Mid. to forget, i. e.

1. Pr. without purpose ; c. inf. aor. Matt.
16, 5 et Mark 8, 14 ἐπελάϑοντο ἄρτους λα-
Beiv. With ὁποῖος indirect, James 1, 24.
Sept. c. gen. for nav Gen. 40, 23. al.—So
c. inf. Zl. V. H. 3. 31. Plato Rep. 563. "Ὁ;
c. gen. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21.

_ 2. Spec. with purpose, to forget, io neg-
lect, not to care for; 6. gen. Heb. 6,10 ἐπι-
λαϑέσϑαι τοῦ ἔργου ὑμῶν. 13, 2.163 6. acc.

Phil. 3, 14 ra μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπ

see Buttm. § 132. 10. ἃ. Kithner 5273. 5. el
and n. 18. Sept. for m3, δ. gen. Deut.

4,23; c. acc. 2 K. 17, 8. Soc. gen. Luc.
Nigrin. 4. Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 3; 6. ace. Luc.
Ὁ. Meretr. 1.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28.—Pass..
part. perf. Luke 12, 6 ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν
ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ, not one
of them is forgotten, neglected, before God.
Sept. Pass. part. for m3th2 Is. 23,16. So
Pass. Ecclus, 3, 14. 44, 10.

281

ἐπίλυω

ἐπιλέγω, f. Eo, (λέγω) 1. to speak
or call a name upon; Pass. to be spoken or
called upon, i. q. to be called by name, to be
surnamed ; John 5, 2 κολυμβήϑρα, ἡ ἐπιλε-
γομένη “ESpaiort By%erda.—Hdot. 5. '70.
Plato Legg. '700. b.

2. to choose thereupon, i.e. besides or in
place of another; Mid. to choose for oneself,
@ ace. Acts 15, 40 ἐπιλεξάμενος Σίλαν.
Sept. for sma Ex. 17,9. Mid. 2 Sam. 10,
9.—Mid. Hdian. 4. 7. 3. Thue. 7. 19.

ἐπιλείπω, f. We, (λείπω.) to fail upon
or to any one, not to suffice, c. acc. of pers.
Heb. 11, 32 ἐπιλείψει γάρ pe διηγούμενον. ὁ
xpévos.—Isocr. Ρ. 4. a, ἐπιλίποι δ᾽ ἂν ἡμᾶς
ὃ πᾶς χρόνος. Dem. 324. 17 ἐπιλείψεὶ με
ἡ ἡμέρα λέγοντα.

ἐπιλείχω, f. ξω, (λείχω,) to lick over,
6. acc. Luke 16, 21 Lachm. for ἀπολείχω
in Rec. q. v.—Long. Past. 1. 24.

ἐπιλησμονή, Fs, ἡ, (ἐπιλανϑάνομαι,)
forgetfulness ; James 1, 25 ἀκροατὴς ἐπι-
λησμονῆς, a forgetful hearer, by Hebr. for
dxp. ἐπιλησμών. Buttm. § 132. π. 12.—
Ecclus. 11, 27. So ἐπιλησμών Plato Prot.
334. ¢.

ἐπίλουπος, ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (Aowrés,) re-
maining over, remaining, spoken of time,
1 Pet. 4,2. Sept. for sms Is. 38, 10; smi
Lev. 27, 18.—Isocr. 39. a, τὸν ἐπίλ. χρόνον.
Pol. 15. 10. 3. Plato Lege. 628. a.

ἐπίλυσις, ews, ἡ, (ἐπιλύω,) solution,
release from, Auschyl. c. Theb. 134.—In
N. T. trop. explanation, interpretation ;
2 Pet. 1, 30. πᾶσα προφητεία γραφῆς ἰδίας
ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται, no prophecy of Scrip-
ture cometh of private (particular) interpreta-
tion, i. e. is not an interpretation of the will
and purposes of God by the prophets them-
selves; it comes not ϑελήματι ἀνδρώπου,
but ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου, v. 21. Comp.
Philo Quis Heres p. 510. 28 προφήτης yap
ἴδιον οὐδὲν ἀποφϑέγγεται κτὰ. See Wetst.
in loc, So Aquil, for jinma Gen. 40, 8.
Philo de Vit. cont. p. 901. a. Heliodor. 1.

18 ὀνειράτων ἐπίλυσις. ib. 4. 9.

ἐπιλύω, f. ύσω, (λύω,) to let loose upon,
e. g. dogs.upon a hare, Xen. Ven. 7. 8. ib.
9.18; to let let go free, to release, Plato Crit.
43.c. Also of letters, to break open further,
Hdian. 4. 12. 14.—In N. T. trop. to solve
further, i.e. 4) Of parables, to expound,
to interpret, c. acc. Mark 4, 34. Sept. for
“np Gen. 41, 12 Alex. So Jos. Ant. 8. 6
5. Athen. 10. p. 449. £; see Wetst. in loc.
b) Of a doubtful question, to determine
upon, to decide, Pass. Acts 19, 39.

ἐπιμωρτυρέω 282

ἐπιμαρτυρέω, ὦ, f. now, (μαρτυρέω,)
to testify upon or further, to altest, c. acc.
et inf. 1 Pet. 5, 12 ἐπιμαρτυρῶν ταύτην
εἶναι ἀληϑῇ χάριν τοῦ Seov.—Jos. Ant. 7.
14. 4. Plut. Lysand. 22 med. Plat. Crat.
397. a.

ἐπιμελεία, as, ἡ, (ἐπιμέλομαι) care for,

attention; Acts 27, 3 πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πο-
ρευϑέντα ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν, i. 6. to receive
kind attentiuns. —2 Macc. 11, 23. Isocr.
113. d, ἐπιμελείας τυγχάνειν. Xen. Mem. 4.
8. 10.

ἐπιμέλομαι V. -λέομαι, odpat, f. joo
pat, Mid. depon. (μέλω, péAopat,)) to have
care upon or over, to take care of, c. gen.
e. g. of the sick, Luke 10, 34. 35; of the
church, 1 Tim. 3, 5: Sept. for D72"9 D"w
ἘΣ Gen. 44, 21.—Paleph. 26. Pol. 5. 47.7.
Xen. Mem, 1. 1. 19.

ἐπιμελῶς, adv. (ἐπιμελής,) carefully,
diligently, Luke 15, 8.—Sept. Ezra 6, 8.
Pol. 3. 79. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 2.

ἐπιμένω, f. vd, (μένω,) aor. 1 ἐπέμεινα,
to stay on, to tarry still, to remain, to abide,
to continue.

1. Pr. in or at a place, or with a person ;
80 with αὐτοῦ there, Acts 15, 34. 21,4; ἐν
t. dat. of place, 1 Cor. 16, 8. Phil. 1, 24;
ἐπί ο. dat. of pers. Acts 28, 143; πρός c.
acc. of pers. 1 Cor. 16, 7. Gal. 1, 18; acc.
of time how long, Acts 10, 48.21, 10. 28,
12.14. Sept. for mamann Ex. 12, 39.—
So c. ἐν Hdian. 4. 5. 1. Xen- ‘Cyr. 5. 3, 52
ὅτι ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπιμένοι δὴ ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν
τοῦ OT, parevparos.

2. Trop. to continue on in any state or
course; c. dat. 6. g. τῇ πίστει Col. 1, 23;
τῇ χάριτι Acts 13, 43; τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ Rom. 6,
1; so Rom. 11, 22. 23. 1 Tim. 4, 16 ézi-
peeve αὐτοῖς, i. 6. in one’s duties. So Jos.
Ant. 8. 7. 5. Xen. Cie. 14. 7.—With par-
ticip. Acts 12, 16 ἐπέμενε κρούων, as in
Engl. he continued knocking. John 8,7. So
Philo de Agric. p. 197. ἃ, ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀπειδῶν
ἐπιμένῃ. Plato Men. 93. d. See Buttm.
ὁ 144. 6. a.

ἐπινεύω, f. evo, (vevo,) to nod to, to
nod assent, Hom. Il. 15. '75. Luc. D. Deor.
20. 2.—In N. T.. genr. to assent, to consent,
intrans. Acts 18,20. So 2 Macc. 14, 20.
Pol. 21. 3. 3. Plato Rep. 351. c.

ἐπίνοια, as, ἡ, (ἐπί, vods,) a thinking
upon, thought, purpose, Acts 8, 22.—Wisd.
15, 4. Pol. 8. 6. 7. Thuc. 3. 95.

5 7 a
- ETLOPKEM, ὦ, f. now, (emiopKos,) comm.

fut. ἐπιορκήσομαι, Buttm. § 113. 4, and n. 7;
to forswear oneself, to swear falsely, 8050].

ἐπιπίπτω

Matt. 5, 33.—Wisd. 14,28. Hdian. 8. 6. 16.
Xen. An. 2. 5. 38, 41.

᾿ ἐπίορκος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ἐπί, ὅρκος,) for.

swearing, swearing falsely, perjured, Aris-
toph. Ran. 150 ἐπίορκον ὅρκον Spooe.—In
N. T. subst. 6 ἐπίορκος, a forswearer, a per-
jurer, 1 Tim. 1, 10.—Hesych. ἐπίορκον "
ὅρκον μὴ φροντίζοντα. AUschin. 83. 39.
Xen. Ag.#l. 12.

ἐπιοῦσα, fem. part. see in ἔπειμι.

ἐπιούσιος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. Matt. 6, 11 et
Luke 11, 3 ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον, a
word found only in N. T. and formed by
the evangelists, according to Origen de
Orat. c. 27. One class of interpreters de-
rive it from the particip. ἐπιοῦσα sc. ἡμέρα,
and then ἄρτος ἐπιούσιος would be to-mor-
row’s bread, bread for the coming day, q. d.
daily bread. Others, because this ἄρτος
ἐπιούσιος is asked not for to-morrow, but
to-day, σήμερον, derive ἐπιούσιος from ἐπί
and οὐσία being, existence, and translate,
bread for sustaining life, i. e. sufficient, ne-
cessary. So Origen, τὸν εἰς τὴν οὐσίαν
συμβαλλόμενον ἄρτον. Jerome, panem su-
persubstantialem.—Suidas, ὁ ἐπὶ τῇ οὐσίᾳ
ἡμῶν ἁρμόζων, ἢ 6 καϑημερινός. See Tho-
1 Bergpred. in Matt. 1. c. De Wette in
oc.

ἐπιπίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, (πίπτω,) aor. 2
ἐπέπεσον, perf. ἐπιπέπτωκα, to fall upon, in
N. T. only upon persons.

1. Pr. i. q. to throw oneself upon, c. dat.
Acts 20, 10 ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, i. e. upon his
body; comp. 1 K. 17, 21. 2 K. 4, 34 sq.
With ἐπί c. acc. Luke 15, 20 ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ
τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, i. 6. embraced him.
Acts 20, 37. Sept. and 885 Gen. 46, 30.
50, 1. (Philo de Joseph. p- 563, 6. dat. )
John 13, 25 ἐπιπεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸ στῆϑος αὐτοῦ,
i. 6. throwing himself back on Jesus’ breast

‘as he reclined at table ; see in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2.

—Spec. to rush or press upon, c. dat. Mark
3,10 ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ. Soina hostile
sense, 6. dat. Pol. 1. 24. 4. Xen. An. 4. 5.

17.
2. Trop. to fall wpon, to come upon or over

any one; with ἐπί c. ace. of pers. 6. g. ὠόβος
Luke 1, 12. Acts 19, 17. Rey. 11, 11 (Sept.
and 58} Ex. 15, 16) ; ἔκστασις Acts 10, 10
(Sept. and 5p3 Dan. 10, 7); ἄχλυς 13, 11;
ὀνειδισμοί Rom. 15, 3, comp. Ps. 69, 10
where Sept. and 552. So Hdian 1. 4. 15.
Thue. 3. 87 νόσος ἐπέπ. τοῖς ᾿Αϑηναίοις.---Οἱ
the Spirit, τὸ πνεῦμα, to descend upon, c.
ἐπί twa, Acts 10, 44. 11,15; ἐπί τινι 8, 16.
So 389 Ez. 11, 5, Sept. ἔπεσε ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ πν.
κυρίου.

‘ within

ἐπιπλησσω

ἐπιπλήσσω ν. -ττω, ἕω, (πλήσ-
σὼ,) to strike upon, to beat, Hom. Il. 10. 500.
—In N. T. trop. to chastise with words, to
rebuke, c. dat. 1 Tim. 5, 1. > So Pol. 5. 25.
5. Xen. Cic. 13. 12.

ἐπυπνίγω, f. ξω, (πνίγω,) to choke upon,
to strangle, c. acc. Luke 8, 7 in some Mss.
for ἀποπνίγω 4. Vv.

ἐπιποδέω, &, f. ow, (ποϑέω, πόϑος.)
to desire upon or besides, Plato Protag. p.
329. d—In N. T. intens. to desire earnestly,
to long for, c. infin. Rom. 1, 11 ἐπιποϑῶ
γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς. 2 Cor. 5, 2. 1 Thess. 3, 6.
2 Tim. 1,4. With acc. of thing, τὸ γάλα
1 Pet. 2,2. (Sept. for myx Mic. 7,1; sm
Ps. 119, 174. Plato Legg. 855. 6.) With
acc. of person, to long after, 2 Cor. 9, 14.
Phil. 1, 8. 2,26. So Diod. Sic. 17. 101;
comp. Ecclus. 25, 21.—With πρός τι, to
have desire towards or for, to long towards ;
James 4, 5 πρὸς φϑόνον ἐπιποϑεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα
κτλ. doth the Spirit...long (tend) towards
envy? i. e. to encourage strife and envy or
worldly affections ; ‘comp. v. 1. 2. 3, 14-16.
Sept. ἐπιποϑεῖν πρὸς Sedv for dx 373 Ps.
42, 2.

ἐπιπόδησις, ews, ἡ, (eruro%a,) ear-
nest desire, strong affection, 2 Cor. 7,7. 11.
—Aquila for ha33 Ez. 23, 11.

ἐπυπόϑητος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (emumo%éa,)
much desired, longed for, Phil. 4, 1.

ἐπιποδία, as, ἡ, (ἐπιποϑέω.) i. 4. ἐπι-
πόϑησις, earnest desire, Rom. 15, 23.

ἐπιπορεύομαι, f. εὐσομαι, Pass. depon.
(mopevopat,) to go or come upon or to a
place or person, 6. g. πρὸς αὐτόν, Luke 8, 4.
Sept. for sa Ez. 39, 14.—So c. ἐπί τινα
Pol. 4. 9. 2; ace. Plut. Mor. II. p. 169;
dat. Id. Lycurg. 28.

ἐπιῤῥάπτω, f. ψω, (ῥάπτω.) to sew
upon, with acc. and ἐπί c. dat. Mark 2, 21
ἐπίβλημα ἐπιῤῥάπτει ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ.
Comp. Sept. ῥάπτειν ἐπί for 59 “pm Job
16, 15.

ἐπιῤῥίπτω, f. ψω, (ῥίπτω,) to throw or
cast upon, with acc. and ἐπί c. acc. Luke
19, 35 ἐπιῤῥ. τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον, comp.
Matt. 21,7 et Mark 11,7. Sept. for ΡΠ
Num. 35,20. So Hdian. 5.6.19. Xen. An.
5. 2. 23.—Trop. of care, to cast off upon, in
filial confidence 1 Pet. 5,7, quoted from Ps.
55, 23 where Sept. for 37>.

ἐπίσημος, ov, 6, ἡ; adj. (ἐπί, σῆμα.)
marked upon, 6. g. money, stamped, coined,
Pol. 23. 9. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 40.—In N. T.
trop. noted, in a good sense, distinguished,

283

επισκιαζω

eminent, Rom. 16, 7. (3 Macc. 6,1. Pol.
15. 34. 3. Hdot. 2. 20.) In a bad sense.
notable, notorious, Matt. 27,16. So Pol. 18
38. 1. Plut. Fab. M. 14. ς

ἐπισιτισμός, οὗ, ὃ, (ἐπισιτίζω,) α sup
ply of food, food, victuals, Luke 9,12. Sept.
for ΠΣ Josh. 9, 5. 11.—Hdian. 6. '7. 3.
Xen. An. 7. 1. 9.

ἐπισκέπτομαι, f. ψομαι, Mid. depon.
(σκέπτομαι,) the present and imperf. rarely
found in early Attic writers, Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. II. p. 291; to look upon, to look at,
i.e. genr. to view, to inspect, Dem. 113. 25.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 21.—In N. T.

1. to look at in order to select, to look out,
to seek out, e. g. persons for office, c. acc.
Acts 6,3. Sept. for pa Lev. 13, 36; O43
Ez. 20, 40.—Diod. Sic. 12. 11 οὗτος δὲ ἐπι-
oxewdpevos .. . ἐξελέξατο.

2. to look after, to go to see, to visit, c.
acc. a) Pr. Acts'7,23 ἐπισκέψασϑαι τοὺς
ἀδελφούς. 15, 36. Sept. and spe Judg. 15,
1. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 10.) Of those who visit
the sick or poor, Matt. 25, 36.43. James 1,
27. So Ecclus. 7,35. Hdian. 4.2.'7. Xen.
Mem.3.:11.10. 0) From the Heb. spoken
of God, who is said ¢o visit men, to care for
them, to give them relief and aid, c. accus.
Luke 1, 68, 78. 7, 16 ἐπεσκέψατο ὁ Seds
τὸν λαὸν αὑτοῦ. Acts 15,14 ὁ Seds ἐπεσκέ-
aro [ra ἔθνη] λαβεῖν κτλ. Heb. 2, 6 ὅτι
ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν, quoted from Ps. 8, 5 where
Sept. for spp, as also Gen. 50, 24. 25. Ps.
106, 4. So Ecclus. 46, 14. Test. XII Patr.
p. 549.—In Sept. often also to visit in order
to punish, for spp Ps. 89, 33. Jer. 14, 10.
Ecclus. 2, 14.

ἐπισκευάζω, f. dow, (σκευάζω,) to make
ready for any thing, to furnish out upon, to
equip, e.g. a ship, Pol. 3. 24. 11. Xen. Hell.
1. 5. 10; horses, Xen. ib. 5. 3. 13; pack-
horses, i. 6. to load, ib. 7.2. 18; a temple,
Xen. An. 5. 3. 13.—In N. T. only Mid. to
make oneself ready for a journey, to pack or
load up one’s baggage, absol. Acts 21, 15 in
later edit. See in ἀποσκευάζω.. Comp. Xen.

Cyr. 7. 3. 1.

ἐπισκηνόω, ὦ, f. dow, (σκηνόω,) pr. to
pitch tent upon ; genr. to come ‘and dwell in,
ἐπὶ ras οἰκίας Pol. 4, 18. 8.—In N. T. trop.
of a divine influence, fo abide upon, to rest
upon, 6. g. ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ 2 Cor. 12, 9.

ἐπισκιάζω, f. dow, (σκιάζω.) to cast a
shadow upon, to overshadow, c. acc. Matt.
17, 5. Luke 9, 34; c. dat. Mark 9, 7. Acts
5, 15. Sept. c. dat. for 29 Ps. 91, 4; ¢.
ἐπί τι for J28 Ex. 40, 32. (Anth. Gr. 1. p.

ἐπισκοπεω

114 τύμβος ἐπεσκίασεν. AI. V. Ἡ. 8.1
med.) ‘Trop. of a divine power and influ-
ence, to overshadow, to rest upon; Luke 1,
35 δύναμις ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σε. So Just.
Mart. Apol. 2. p. 75 ἡ γὰρ δύναμις ὑψί-
στου ἐπελϑοῦσα τῇ παρϑένῳ, ἐπεσκίασεν av-
τὴν KTA.

ἐπισκοπέω, ὦ, f. how, (σκοπέω,) to look
upon, to behold, Xen. Ven. 12. 213 to in-
spect, Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 11 ; to visit, e. g. the
sick, Xen. Gc. 15. '7.—In N. T. to look af-
ter, to oversee, to take care of ; absol.. 1 Pet.
5, 2 ἐπισκοποῦντες taking care of, sc. τὸ
ποίμνιον. With negat. μή τις, to take care
lest, Heb. 12,15. Sept. for 73 Deut. 11;
12. So Lycurg. 159. 33. Xen. ic. 9. 14,
Lac. 2. 2.

ἐπισκοπή, ἧς, ἧ; (ἐπισκοπέω.) visita-
tion, i. 6.

1. The act of visiting or being visited or
inspected ; in N. T. trop. of God, who is
said to visit men for good, comp. in ἐπισκέ-
πτομαι no. 2. Ὁ. Luke 19, 44 τὸν καιρὸν
ἐπισκοπῆς σου, the time of thy visitation,
when God visited thee, was present to fa-
vour thee. 1 Pet. 2,12.(5,6.] Sept. for ΠΗ Β
Job 10, 12; ΠΛ Job 34, 9. So 1 Esdr. 6,
5.—In Sept. also for evil, in order to punish,
Ex. 13, 19. Is. 10, 8. Wisd. 14, 11.

2. The duly of visiting, inspecting, i. e.
charge, office, genr. Acts 1, 20 quoted from
Ps. 109, 8, where Sept. for T3P2> as also
Num. 4, 16.—Spec. the office of an ἐπίσκο-
ros, i. 6. the care and oversight of a chris-
tian church, 1 Tim. 3, 1.

ἐπίσκοπος, ov, 6, (ἐπισκέπτομαι;) an
inspector, overseer, guardian, e. g. of trea-
ties, Hom. Il. 22. 255. Hdian. 7. 10. 6; of
laws, Plut. Solon 19; of wares, Hom. Od.
8. 163; of public works, Sept. for 7R5%
2 Chr. 34, 12. 17; of cities, 6. g. a prefect,
Sept. for 33 Is. 60, 17. Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 1;
or a patron, as Minerva of Athens, Dem.
421.27. Hence at Athens ἐπίσκοποι were
magistrates sent out to tributary cities to
organize and govern them; see Schol. in
Aristoph. Av. 1023. Boeckh Publ. Econ. I.
p. 211, 319. [Staatsh. I. p. 168, 256.] Ne-
ander Hist. of the Plant. and Tr. of the Chr.
Ch, I. p. 167sq. [Germ. ed. 2. I. p. 187 sq.]
—In N. T. spoken of officers in the primi-
tive churches, an overseer, superintendent,
Acts 20, 28. Phil. 1, 1. 1 Tim. 3, 2. Tit. 1,
7. Trop. of Jesus, 1 Pet. 2,25. This was
originally simply the common Greek name
of office equivalent to πρεσβύτερος, which
jatter was a, Jewish term ; see Neander l.c.

284

ἐπίστασις

and comp. Acts 20, 17. 28. Tit. 1, 6. 7.
1 Pet. 5, 1. 2. So Jerome Ep. 82 (83) ad
Oceanum: “ Apud veteres iidem episcopi
et presbyteri, quia illud nomen dignitatis
est, hoc wtatis.” See Gieseler KG. 1. c. 1.
§ 30, n. a. § 33, τι. b.—In later eeclesiastical
usage, a bishop.

ἐπισπάω, ὦ, f. dow, (σπάω;) to draw
upon, to draw to, e. g. τὴν ϑύραν, to shut,
Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 36—In N. T. Mid. to
draw upon or over-in respect to oneself,
viz. to draw over the prepuce again; ab-
sol. 1 Cor. 7, 18 μὴ ἐπισπάσϑω, i.e. ‘let
him not become as if uncircumcised.’ The
allusion is to a mode of removing the mark
of circumcision, described by Celsus (7. 25),
and practised by Jews who abandoned their
religion and national customs; 1 Macc. 1,
15. Jos, Ant. 12. 5.1. The Rabbins call
such persons psn, overdrawn, see Bux-
torf Lex. Rab. Ch. 1274 sq. Schoettg. Hor.
Heb. Diss. 3. p, 1159 sq.—Hesych. μὴ ἐπι-
σπάσϑω " μὴ ἑλκυέτω τὸ δέρμα.

ἐπισπείρω, f. ερῶ. (σπείρω.) to sow
upon, thereto, in addition; c. acc. Matt. 13,
25 Lachm. ἐπέσπειρε ζιζάνια, Vulg. swper-
seminavil, for Rec. gomeipe—Theophr. C.
ΡΒ, 17. 3.

ἐπίσταμαι, f. ἐπιστήσομαι, either Ionic
Mid. of ἐφίστημι (instead of ἐφίσταμαι) in
the signif. ἐφίστημι τὸν νοῦν, Matth. § 234.
Passow s. v. or else a distinct root kindr,
with ἴσημι, οἶδα, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl.
ὁ 114. p. 173. ΤῸ fix one’s mind upon, Lat.
animum advertere ; hence, to understand, to
know how to do any thing, c. inf. Lue. D.
Mort. 10. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9 bis.—In
NeP.

1. to know well, ἰο have knowledge of, with
ace. of thing, Acts 18, 25 ἐπιστάμενος μό-
νον τὸ βάπτισμα “Iw. James 4, 14; ace. of
pers. Acts 19, 15 Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι. With
περὶ τοῦτων Acts 26, 26; ὡς Acts 10, 28;
ὅτι Acts 15,7. 19,25. 22,19; πῶς 20, 18;
ποῦ Heb. 11, 8. Sept. for 937 Deut. 28, 36.
Josh. 2, 5. 9. (Soc. acc. Luc. D, Deor. 25.
2. Xen. An. 1.3.12; ὡς Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.
22; ὅτι Hdian. 2. 5. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4. 8.)
With acc. and particip. Acts 24,10 ὄντα σε
κριτὴν ἐπιστάμενος, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 144. 6.
b. ‘So Luce. D. Mort. 9. 2. Xen. An. 6. 6. 17.

2. Spec. to understand, to comprehend, αἱ
accus. Mark 14, 68 οὐκ οἶδα, οὐδὲ ἐπίσταμαι
τί σὺ λέγεις. 1 Tim. 6, 4. Jude 10. Sept.
for 5"DUM Is. 41, 20. So Xen. Conv. 3. 6.

ἐπίστασις, ews, ἡ, (ἐφίστημι,) pr. “ἃ
causing to stand by,’ ἃ stopping, staying,

ae «᾿..."

ἐπιστάτης 285

concourse; rod ὄχλου Acts 24, 125 μοῦ
2 Cor. 11, 28. So Lachm. for ἐπισύστασις
Rec.—Plut. de Solert. Anim. 19. Xen. An.
2. 4. 26.

ἐπιστάτης, ov, 6, (ἐφίσταμαι,) pr. “ one
set over,’ a prefect, master, spoken of a king,
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.8; of the commander of a
ship, Xen. Cc. 21. 3; of a military officer,
Sept. for ™P2 2 K. 25,19; of a director in
gymnastics, παιδοτρίβης, Xen. Mem. 3. 5.
18; also of other officers, see Boeckh Publ.
Econ. of Ath. I. p. 272. [Germ. 1. p. 218. IL.
p. 199, 411.J—In N. T. @ master, i. 4. αἱ
teacher, only in the vocat. addressed to Je-
sus as having the authority of a teacher,
ῥαββί, among his disciples; Luke 5, 5. 8,
24. 45. 9,33. 49. 17,13. Parall. with ῥαβ-
Bi and κύριος, comp. Luke 9, 33 and Mark
9, 5. Matt. 17,4; with διδάσκαλος, comp.
Luke 8, 24 and Mark 4, 38.—Diod. Sic. 3.
71. ib. 10. 2 Πιυϑαγόρειον ἔχων φιλόσοφον
ἐπιστάτην. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 282.

ἐπιστέλλω, f. ἐλῶ, (στέλλω,) to send
to any one, to send word to, verbally Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 26.—In N. T. to send word by
letter, fo write to any one; absol. Acts 21,
25; c. dat. Heb. 13, 22 διὰ βραχέων ἐπέ-
στεῖλα ὑμῖν. Soc. dat. et inf. Acts 15, 20
ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσϑαι κτὰ. where
the ‘genit. follows ἃ verb of command, Wi-
ner ᾧ 45. 4. p. 378. ed. 5. So 45]. V. Η.
9.5. Hdian. 4. 12.7. Plato Ep. 358. d.
Xen. Hell. 1. 5. 3, 5.

ἐπιστήμων, ovos, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἐπίσταμαι,)
knowing, endued with knowledge, James 3,
13. Sept. for 1133 Deut. 1, 13.—Ecclus.
10, 25. Plut. Sulla 4 fin. Xen. C&c. 21. 5.

ἐπιστηρίζω, f. ίσω, (στηρίζω,) to set
or place firmly upon, to let lean upon; Pass.
or Mid. to lean upon, Sept. for Ἴ5 25 2 Sam.
1,6. Luc. Philops. 13.—In N. T. trop. to
confirm, to strengthen, c. acc. Acts 14, 22
τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαϑητῶν. 15, 32.41. 18, 23.

ἐπιστολή, Fs, ἡ; (ἐπιστέλλω,) word
sent, message, Thuc. 7. 11, comp. 8.—In
N. T. an episile, letter, Acts 15, 30. 23, 25.
33. Rom. 16, 22. 1 Cor. 5,9. 16,3. 2Cor.
3,1. 7,8 bis. 10, 9. 10. 11. Col. 4, 16.
1 Thess. 5, 27. 2 Thess. 2,2. 15. 8,14. 17.
2 Pet. 3, 1. 16. Trop. 2 Cor. 3, 2. 3. Sept.
for 873% Ezra 4, 8.11; MBS Neh. 6, 5.
17. (Diod. Sic. 1. 95. Plut. Demetr. 18 init.
Xen. An. 1. 6. 3.) Spec. a letter of author-
ity, despatch, Acts 9, 2. 22,5. Sept. for
ΤῊΣ Neh. 3, 7. 8. So Xen. Ag. 8. 3.

ἐπιστομίζω, τ, iow, (ἐπί, στόμα,) pr. to
put upon the mouth, to stop the mouth with

ἐπιστρέφω

a bit or curb, Philostr. Icon. 2.18; to check,
to curb, Plut. de Gen. Socr. 22. p. 102.—
In N. T. trop. to stop the mouth, to put tc
silence, c. acc. Tit. 1,11. So Dem. 85. 4
ἐπιστομιεῖν τοὺς αὐτῷ ἀντιλέγοντας. Luc.
Icarom. 21: Plato Gorg. 482. 6.

ἐπιστρέφω, f. ψω, (στρέφω, Pass.
aor. 2 ἐπεστράφην with Mid. signif. Buttm.
§ 136. 1, 2; 10 turn upon, to turn towards,
trans. Hom. Il. 3.370; trop. τὸ νόημα εἴς τι
Theogn. 1079 [1083]; ras ὄψεις εἰς ἑαυ-
τήν Hdian. 5, 3. 15.—In N. T.

I. Trans. in a moral sense, to durn upon
or to, to convert unio; with acc. and ἐπί

τινα, Luke 1, 16 πολλοὺς ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ τὸν

κύριον. V. 17 ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων
ἐπὶ τέκνα. Sept. for som Ezra 6, 22; comp.
Mal. 3, 24 [4, 6]. (Bcclus. 48, 10.) Spec.
to turn back again upon, to convert from
error, with ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήϑειαν or the like im-
plied, James 5, 19. 20. Sept. pr. for s5vin
1 K. 13,18. 19. 20.—Pr. Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 9.

II. Intrans. in Act. with ἑαυτόν implied,
Buttm. § 113. n. 2. § 130. n. 2. Matth.
ἡ 496. 1; also in Mid. to turn oneself upon
or towards, i. 6. to turn towards or unto.

1. Act. intrans. a) Pr. Acts 9,40 ἐπι-
στρέψας πρὸς τὸ σῶμα. Trop. ἐπιστρέφειν
ἐπὶ τὸν Sedv V. κύριον, to turn to the service
and worship of the true God, Acts 9, 35.
11, 21. 14, 15. 15,19. 26, 18. 20; πρὸς
κύριον 2 Cor. 3, 16. 1 Thess. 1,95; ἐπὶ τὸν
ποιμένα 1 Pet. 2,25. Sept. for 2p Deut.
31,18; pr. Gen. 24,49; ast Josh. 19, 34.
Hos. 5, 4. So Ecclus. 17, 25; pr. Susann.
47. Pol. 7. 11. 4. Thuc. 1.61. 6) Also
to turn about upon or towards; Rev. 1, 12
bis, καὶ ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν τὴν φωνὴν μετ᾽
ἐμοῦ κτὰ. Acts 16,18. Sept. for mip Judg.
18, 21. So Plut. M. Anton. 45. Xen. Ven.
10.15. c) Spec. to turn back upon, to
return, pr. and with ὀπίσω Matt. 24, 18
(Zl. V. H. 1. 6); εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω Mark 13,
16. Luke 17, 31; with εἰς c. acc. Matt. 12,
44; énic.acc. 2 Pet. 2,22; ἐπί σε or πρός
oe Luke 17, 4; absol. Luke 2,20 Rec. Acts
15, 36. So of the breath or spirit returning
to a dead body, Luke 8, 55. Sept. for as
Ruth. 1,7. 10. (Pol. 1. 47. 8. Xen. Hell.
4. 5.16.) Trop. of a return to good, to re-
turn, to be converted, absol. Luke 22, 32.
Acts 3, 19; so Matt. 13,15. Mark 4, 12.
Acts 28, 27, all quoted from Is. 6,10 where
Sept. for saw. Also to evil, o turn back
unto, c. ἐπί τι, Gal. 4,9 πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε
πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα. 2 Pet. 2, 21
ἐπιστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς ἐντολῆς 50. ἐπὶ τὴν φϑο"
pay, comp. Vv. 19.

ἐπιστροφή 286

2. Mid. intrans. withaor. 2 ἐπεστράφην,
see above init. a) to turn about upon or
towards, absol. Matt. 9, 22 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ém-
στραφείς. Mark 8, 33. John 21,20; ἐπ. ev
τῷ ὄχλῳ, Mark 5, 30. Sept. for ax5 Num.
23, 6. So Wisd. 16, 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 10.
b) Spec. to turn back upon, to return unto ;
c. πρός τινα, Matt. 10, 13 ἡ εἰρήνη πρὸς
ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. Sept. for ay Ruth. 1,
11. 12. 15. (Plut. de Lib. educ. 17 mid.)
Trop. to return to good, to be converted ;
John 12, 40 ἐπιστραφῶσι, comp. Is. 6, 10
and in no. 1. c, above. So Dem. 133. 24.

ἐπιστροφή, js, 9, (ἐπιστρέφω,) a turn-
ing about, conversion, Pol. 5. 72. 8.—In
N. T. trop. conversion to good, to the gos-
pel, Acts 15, 3. So Ecclus. 18, 21.

ἐπισυνάγω, f. ἄξω, (συνάγω,) to lead
or bring together upon a place, to gather to-
gether, to assemble, c. acc. Matt. 23, 37 bis.
24, 31. Mark 13, 27. Luke 13, 34. Pass.
Mark 1, 33. Luke 12, 1. Sept. for }}O8
Is. 52, 12; >MP 2 Chr. 20, 26.—2 Mace.
2, 14. 18. Pol. δ. 95. 7.

ETLTVVAYOYN, js, 4}, (ἐπισυνάγω,) act
of assembling, a gathering together, 2 Thess.
2,1. Heb. 10, 25.—Meton. 2 Macc. 2, '7.

ἐπισυντρέχω, f. SpéEopar, (συντρέχω,)
to run together upon or to the scene of any
action, Mark 9, 25.

ἐπισύστασις, ews, ἡ, (ἐπισυνίσταμαι,)
pr. “ἃ coming together upon’ ἃ place ; hence
4 concourse, crowd ; 6. g. ποιεῖν ἐπισύστα-
σιν to make a concourse, to raise a tumult,
Acts 24,12. Sept. for “32 Num. 16, 40.
(Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. Sext. Empir. Eth. 127.
See Wetst. N. T. If. p. 209.) Spec. ἃ con-
course, crowd of persons coming to any one,
2 Cor. 11,28 ἡ ἐπισύστασίς μου ἡ καϑ᾽ ἡμέ-
ραν, i. 4. quotidian hominum impetus, Cic.
pro Arch. 6.

ἐπισφαλής, έος, ovs, 6, ἧ, adj. (σφάλ-
λομαι,) pr. ‘nigh upon falling,’ i. 6. ready
to fall, unsteady ; trop. insecure, dangerous,
Acts 27, 9 ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ mdods.—Jos.
Ant. 5. 1. 16. Pol. 1. 66. 12. Plato Rep.
497. d.

ἐπισχύω, f. ύσω, (ἰσχύω,) to strengthen
upon, i. 6. in addition, co make stronger, e. g.
τὴν πόλιν Xen. Cc, 11. 13. Intrans. to
grow stronger, Theophr. de Caus. Pl. 2. 1. 4.
Diod. Sic. 5. 59.—In N. T. of persons, to
grow stronger in manner, to be more vehe-
ment, fierce ; Luke 23, 5 ἐπίσχυον λέγοντες.
So in power 1 Macc. 6, 6. Ecclus. 29, 1.

ἐπισωρεύω, f. εὐσω, (σωρεύω,) to heap
upon, to heav up, 6. acc. rods νεκρούς Plut.

ἐπιτήδειος

Pyrrh. 22 pen.—In N. T. trop. διδασκάλους
2 Tim. 4,3. So trop. Plut. de vitand. Aur
alien. 6. Artemid. 3. 66.

ἐπιταγή, ἧς, ἡ, (ἐπιτάσσω,) a charge,
injunction, command, 6. g. of Christ, 1 Cor.

7, 6. 25, 2 Cor. 8, 8; of God, i. q. for will,

decree, Rom. 16, 26. 1 Tim. 1, 1. Tit. 1,3;
genr. Tit. 2,15 μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς with
all injunction, i. 6. strongly, severely.—
Wisd. 14, 16. Pol. 13. 4. 3.

ἐπιτάσσω V. -TTO, f. Ew, (τάσσω,) to
set in order upon or after one another, 6. g.

᾿ soldiers, 10 arrange in ranks one after ano-

ther, with ace. and dat, Pol. 1. 26. 12. Xen.
Hell. 1. 6. 29.—In N. T. to order, to enjoin
upon, to charge, to command; so c. dat.
Mark 1, 27 τοῖς πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαῦ. ἐπι-
τάσσει. Luke 4, 36. 8,25. Sept. for max
Gen. 49, 32. (2 Mace. 9, 8. Xen. Cyr. 4, 2.
33.) With acc. and dat. Philem. 8 ἐπιτάσ-
σειν σοι τὸ ἀνῆκον. (Pol. 8.27.2. Xen. dic.
7. 23.) With dat. and infin. aor. Mark 6,
39. Luke 8, 31 ; inf. pres. Acts 23,2. (Xen.
Cyr. 7. 3. 13.) With acc. and inf. Mark
6, 27 ἐπέταξεν ἐνεχϑῆναι τὴν κεφαλήν. (Sept.
Dan. 6, 9. Xen. Lac. 5. 8.) Absol. Luke
14, 22; foll. by the direct words, Mark
9, 25.

ἐπιτέλέω, ὦ, f. ἐσω, (ἐπί intens. τελέω,)
to bring through to an end, to finish, to ac-
complish, to perform, to do.

1. Pr. of any work, business, course, c.
ace. Luke 13, 32 ἐάσεις. Rom. 15, 28.
2 Cor. 7, 1 ἐπ. ἁγιωσύνην, i. 4. to practise.
8, 6. 11 bis. Phil. 1, 6. Heb. 8,5 ἐπ. τὴν
σκηνήν. ἷ. 4. ἴο make. Sept. for 923 Zech.
4, 9; 598 Num. 23, 23, (Pol. 1. 37. 7.
Xen. Hell. 1.1.26.) Heb. 9, 6 ras λατρείας
ἐπιτελοῦντες, accomplishing the services, i. e.
performing or celebrating the sacred rites.
So Philo de Somn. p. 653 ἐπιτελεῖν λειτουρ-
ylas. Hdian. 4. 1. 8 τὰς ἱερουργίας.

2. Mid. intrans. to come to an end, to
Jinish, to leave off ; with dat. of manner,
Gal. 3,3 ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι, νῦν σαρκὶ
ἐπιτελεῖσϑε ; having begun in the Spirit,
do ye now end in the flesh? i. 6. in attach-
ment to carnal ordinances. So Sept. ἄρξο-
μαι καὶ ἐπιτέλεσω for 922 1 Sam. 3, 12.

3. Trop. to accomplish afflictions, suffer-
ings, i. 6. to undergo, to endure, Pass. i Pet.
5, 9.—Mid. ἐπιτελεῖσθαι τὸν θάνατον Xen.
Apol. Soer. 33.

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, (ἐπιτηδές,) made for
an end or purpose, fit, adapted, Wisd. 4, 5.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.—In N. T. proper, ser-
viceable, needful; James 2, 16 ra ἐπιτήδεια
τοῦ σώματος, things needful for the body.

“>
‘
ἐπ
Ὁ
*
‘|
γ.
᾿
᾿

ἐπιτίδημι 287

i. ¢. the necessaries of life. So 1 Mace. 14,
34. Hdian. 8. 6. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10.

ἐπιτίδημι, f. Siow, {τίϑημι,) aor. 1
ἐπέϑηκα, aor. 2 ἐπέϑην. For pres. 3 plur.
ἐπιτιβέασι Matt. 23, 4, see Buttm. § 107.
n. I, 1; for Imperat. pres. ἐπιτίϑει 1 Tim.
5, 22, see Buttm. 1. c. n. I, 5; and for the
accent in Imperat. aor. 2 ἐπίθες Matt. 9, 18,
see Buttm. 1. c. n. I, 13.

1. to set, put, place, or lay upon; with
various adjuncts. a) Pr. with acc. and
ἐπί c. acc. Matt. 23,4 φορτία ἐπιτιϑέασιν
ἐπὶ τοὺς ὥμους τῶν av%p. Luke 15, 5. Acts
15,10 ἐπιϑεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον κτλ.
Mark 4, 21 λύχνον ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν. Matt.
27, 29. John 9,15. Acts 28, 8. Sept. for
ὈΠῸΣ Gen. 21, 14; 12 Gen. 25, 20. 30.
(Paleph. 32. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 14.)
With acc, and dat. Acts 15, 28 ἐπιτίϑεσϑαι
ὑμῖν βάρος. Luke 23, 26. John 19,2. Trop.
of a name, Mark 3, 16.17. Sept. for prt
Dan. 1, 7. 5,13. (Hdian. 4. 7. 12. Xen.
(Ec. 17. 9.) With ἐπί c. gen. Luke 8, 16
λύχνον ἐπὶ λυχνίας. Also ἐπάνω c. gen.
Matt. 21,7. 27,37. Ὁ) Spec. in the phrase
ἐπιτιϑέναι τὴν χεῖρα V. τὰς χεῖρας, to

lay the hand or hands upon, as the symbol

’ of healing power, or the like; with ἐπί c.

acc. Matt. 9, 18. Mark 8, 25. 16,18. Acts
9, 17; 6. dat. Matt. 19, 13. 15..Mark 5, 23.
6, 5. 7, 32. 8, 23. Luke 4, 40. 13, 13.
Acts 9, 12. 28, 8; or also for benediction,
consecration, with ἐπί c. acc. Acts 8, 17;
with dat. Acts 6, 6. 8,19. 13,3. 19, 6.
1 Tim. 5, 22; comp. in ἐπίϑεσις. So Rev.
1,17 Rec. éewéS. τὴν δεξιὰν αὑτοῦ ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ.
Sept. c. ἐπί τι for ἢ3Ὸ Lev. 8,3. 13. ὁ)
Of stripes, to lay on, to inflict, e. g. πληγὰς
ἐπιϑέντες Luke 10, 30; c. dat. Acts 16, 23;
c. ἐπί twa Rev. 22, 18. So of punish-
ments Diod. Sic. 11. 19. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.2;
comp. Cic. pro Sext. 19 plagas impono.
ἃ) Trop. of gifts, to lade with, to supply with,
Mid. ec. ace. et dat. Acts 28, 10 ἀναγομένοις
ἐπέϑεντο Ta πρὸς THY χρείαν. Comp. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 2. 4.
2. Mid. to set oneself upon or against

i one, to set upon, to assail, c. dat. Acts
18, 10 οὐδεὶς ἐπιϑήσεταί σοι. So Sept. for
benn Gen. 43, 18; "8p 2 Chr. 24, 21.
25.—ZBl. V. H. 3. 19 med. Xen. Mem. 2
1. 153; in war, Xen. An, 2. 4. 3.

3. to put to, to add to, to superadd, with
πρός c. acc. Rev. 22, 18 ἐάν τις ἐπιϑῇ πρὸς
ravra.—Hom. Il. 7. 364. Plut. Aristid. 24.

᾿ἐπιτιμάω, ὦ, f. how, (τιμάω,) pr. to set.

a value upon, to estimate; hence, to show
honour to, e. g. one dead, Hdot. 6. 39; to

ἐπιτρέπω

raise in price, 6. g. grain, Dem. 918. 22 ; te
lay as an estimate (penalty) upon any one,
to award, to adjudge, 6. g. τὴν ἀρχαίην δίκην
ἐπιτιμῶν Hdot. 4. 43; to reprehend, to find
fault with in any one, c. acc. et dat. Plato
Pheedr. 237. c, ὃ ἄλλοις ἐπιτιμῶμεν:---ΗΘ 66
in N. T.

1. to rebuke, to reprove, to admonish, c.
dat. of pers. Matt. 16, 22. 19,13 of δὲ pa-
ϑηταὶ ἐπιτίμησαν αὐτοῖς. Mark 8, 32. 33.
10, 13. Luke 9, 55. 17, 3. 18, 15. 19, 39.
23, 40; absol. 2 Tim. 4,2. Sept. for "23
Gen. 37, 10. Ruth 2,16. So Isocr. 170. a.
Dem. 558. 27. Xen. Εἴς. 11. 24.—Spec.
with the idea of restraining from evil ; 6. g.
Satan, Jude 9 ἐπιτιμήσαι σοι κύριος, quoted
from Zech. 3, 2 where Sept. for "535 comp.
Wetst. in loc. Also demons, Matt. -1'7, 18.
Mark 1, 25. 9, 25. Luke 4, 35. 41. 9, 42.
Of things, e. g. a fever, c. dat. Luke 4, 39;
winds and waves, Matt. 8,26 ἐπετίμησε τοῖς
ἀνέμοις κτὰ. Mark 4, 39. Luke 8,24. So
Sept. and "23 Ps. 106, 9.

2. Emphat. to admonish strengly, to charge
strictly, with the idea of rebuke in case of
disobedience ; ¢. dat. Luke 9,21 6 δὲ émeri-
μήσας αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλε κτλ. With dat.
and ἵνα, Matt. 16, 30 Lachm. 20, 31. Mark
10, 48. Luke 18, 39; dat. and ἵνα μή, Matt.
12, 16. Mark 3, 12. 8, 30.

ἐπιτιμία, as, 9, (ἐπίτιμος, ἐπιτιμάω.)
the condition of an ἐπίτιμος, full citizenship,
Diod. Sic. 18. 18. Auschin. 39. 42.—In N. T.
a penalty, punishment, 2 Cor. 2, 6. So
Wisd. 3,.10; but classic writers usually
τὰ ἐπιτίμια, as Dem. 229 ult.

ἐπιτρέπω, f. ψω, (τρέπω.) Pass. aor. 1
ἐπετράπην Acts 28, 16; to turn over upon,
to throw upon, 6. g. és κεφαλὴν ἡμῖν ἐπέ-
τρεπε τοὺς avSpaxas Luc. Lexiph.8 ; oftener
to give over to, to commit to, c. acc. et dat.
Pol. 20. 9. 10. Xen. An. 6. 1. 31.—In N. T.
to permit, to suffer; 6. g. c. dat. of pers.
Luke 8, 32 καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς. Mark 5,
13. Usually with dat. of pers. and infin.
of object ; e. g. dat. and inf. aor. Matt. 8, 21
ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελϑεῖν κτὰ. v.31.
19, 8. Luke 8, 32. 9, 59. 61. Acts 21, 39
dat. and inf. pres. 1 Tim. 2, 12 γυναικὶ δὲ
διδάσκειν οὐκ ἐπιτρέπω. Pass. Acts 26, 1.
28, 16. 1 Cor. 14, 34. (So’dat. et inf. aor.
Hdian. 7. 9. 24. Xen. An. 1. 2. 19; inf.
pres. Ail. V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 29.)
With inf. aor. simply, Mark 10, 4 Μωῦσῆς
ἐπέτρεψε βιβλίον ἀποστασίου γράψαι καὶ
ἀπολῦσαι. Acts 27,3. (Hdian. 8. 6. 4. Xe.
An. 7. Ἴ. 8.) Absol. John 19, 38. Ac’:
21, 40. 1 Cor. 16, 7 ἐὰν ὁ κύριος émirpér,

if the Lord permit. Heb. 6, 3. So Xen.
Cyr. 5. 5. 22.

ἐπ τροπή, ἧς, ἡ, (ἐπιτρέπω) commis-
sion, charge, full power, Acts 26, 12.—Arr.
Epict. 2 8. 5. Pol. 3. 15.'7. Plut. Reip.
gerend. Prec. 18.

ἐπίτροπος, ov, 6, (ἐπιτρέπω) pr. ‘one
to whom a charge is committed.’

1. a steward, manager, agent, pr. Matt. 20,
8. Luke 8, 3 Χουζᾶ ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρώδου, i. 6.
the manager of his private affairs—Jos.
Ant. 18. 6. 6, where king Agrippa makes
the freedman Thaumastus τῆς οὐσίας ἐπί-
τροπον. Paleph. 31. 8. Xen. Cac. 12. 2.

2, a tutor, guardian, curator, i. 4. ὁ mat-
daywyds 4. v..usually a slave or freedman,
to whose care the boys of a family were
committed, who trained them up, instructed
them at home, or accompanied them to the
public schools, Gal. 4, 2.—Plut. Cic. 38 τί
οὖν οὐκ ἐπίτροπον αὐτὸν τοῖς τέκνοις φυλάσ-
σεις; ΖΕ. V. Ἡ. 13. 48 [44]. Xen. Mem.
1.2.40. In Gr. writers oftener a guardian
of orphan children ; see Dict. of Antt. art.
Epitropus.

ἐπιτυγχάνω, (τυγχάνω,) aor. 2 ἐπέτυ-
χον, to light wpon, to chance to meet, c. dat.
Thuc. 8. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.5; to hit the
mark, Arr. Epict. 4. 6. 28; to altain one’s
aim, Arr. Epict. 2. 17. 12.—In N. T. genr.
to attain unto, i. 6. to obtain, to acquire, c.
gen, Heb. 6, 15 ἐπέτυχε τῆς ἐπαγγελίας.
11, 333; ¢. acc. τοῦτο Rom. 11, 7 in later
edit. (where Rec. c. gen.) see Herm. ad Vig.
p. 760. Absol. James 4,2. Soc. gen. Sept.
Prov. 12,27. Dem. 1168. 1. Xen. Cie. 2. 3 ;
absol. Thuc. 6. 38.

ἐπιφαίνω, f. φανῶ, (φαίνω,) aor. 1 ἐπέ-
φηνα, Pass. aor. 2 ἐπεφάνην ; pr. to cause
to appear upon or to, to show forth, to dis-
play, trop. 3 Macc. 2, 19. Theogn. 359.
Plut. Marcell. 1.—In N. T. intrans. or with
ἑαυτόν implied, and also Mid. or Pass. to
show oneself upon or to, i. e. to appear upon
or to, spoken of light, to shine upon ; comp.
Buttm. $113. n. 2. ᾧ 180. n. 2. Matth.
$496. 1.

1. Pr. in pres. Act. absol. Acts 27, 20
μητὲ ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων. Aor. 1, c. dat.
Luke 1, 79 ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους... ἐπιφᾶναι
τοῖς ἐν σκότει, where for the form ἐπιφᾶναι
instead οἵ ἐπιφῆναι (Act. Thom. § 80 pen.)
see Buttm. ὁ 101. π. 2. Lob, ad Phryn. p.

24 sq.— AB). V. H. 13.1 pen. καὶ ἀπροόπτως ᾿

- ἐπέφηνε, ὥσπερ ἀστήρ. Pol. 5. 6.6 ἄρτι τῆς
ἡμέρας ἐπιφαινούσης.

2. Trop. in Pass. aor. 2, to be conspicu-

ous, to be known and manifest ; Tit. 2, 11

ἐπιτροπή 288

επιφωσκω

ἡ χάρις. 3, 4.—So pr. Sept. for mba Gen,
35, '7. Ep. Jer. 61.

ἐπιφάνεια, as, ἡ, (ἐπιφαίνω.) an ap-
pearing, appearance, spoken of the advent
of Jesus, 2 Tim. 1, 10; of his future ad-
vent, 2 Thess, 2,8. 1 Tim. 6,14. 2 Tim.
4, 1. 8. Tit. 2,13. Comp. Luke 1, 78. 79.
—So of celestial appearances in aid of Is-
rael, 2 Mace. 3, 24. 5,4; genr. Pol. 3. 94.

8. Diod. Sic. 1. 25.

ἐπιφανής, έος, ods, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἐπιφαίνο-
μαι.) appearing upon or to, visible, Thue.
7. 193; clear, manifest, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 10.
—In N. T. trop. illustrious, memorable, no-
table ; Acts 2, 20 τὴν ἡμέραν κύριου τὴν pe-
γάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ, quoted from Joel 2, 31
where Sept. for 8°23, as also v.11. Hab. 1,
7. So Pol. 1. 36. 3. Plato Legg. 829. ¢; of
persons Xen. Ag. 3. 2. .

ἐπιφαύω, f. avow, (φαύω, φάω.) to ap-
pear unto, to shine upon; trop. to give light
to, to enlighten, c. dat. Eph. 5, 14.—Act.
Thom, §34 ἐπέφαυσε yap μοι ἀπὸ φροντίδος.
Not found elsewhere ; comp. διαφαύω Sept.
Gen. 44,3. 1 Sam. 14, 36. al. See Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 312. Winer § 15
φαύσκω. .

ἐπιφέρω, f. ἐποίσω, (φέρω.) aor. 2 ἐπή.
νεγκον, to bear or bring upon or to a person.

1. Genr. to bring to any one, Pass. with
ἐπί c. acc. Acts 19,12 ὥστε ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσϑε-
νοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσϑαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ
covddpia.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 22. Diod. Sic.
11. 86. Plato Ep. 354. b.

2. Spec. io add upon, to superadd to; c¢.
acc. et dat. Phil. 1, 16 [17] οἰόμενοι ϑλῖψιν
ἐπιφέρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς pov.—Philo Leg. ad
Cai. p. 1009 πῦρ ἐπιφέρων πυρί. Aristot.
Rhet. 3. 6. :

3. In a judicial sense, to bring upon or
againsi, e. g. an accusation, c. acc. as ai-
riav Acts 25,18; κρίσιν Jude 9. So Jos.

Ant. 4. 8. 23 post init. Pol. 5. 41.3. Plato -

Phed. 98. a.—Of wrath or punishment,

- Rom. 3, 5 ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν, i. 6. inflict-

ing punishment. So Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 2 ἄλ-
λην τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἐπιφέρει πληγήν.
ἐπιφωνέω, ὦ, f. how, (φωνέω,) to cry
out upon, thereupon, Luke 23, 21; in accla~
mation, Acts 12,22. So 1 Esdr. 9, 47. Plut.
de Herodot. malig. 34.—With dat. of person
upon or against whom outcry is made, Acts
22, 24; c. ace. 21, 34 Lachm. So Lue.
Philopatr. 28. Plut. Timol. 36.
ἐπιφώσκω, (φώσκω, φῶς.) to grow
light upon, to dawn upon, intrans. of the
day, Matt. 28, 1 τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ SC. ἡμέρᾳ

—

ἐπιχειρέω

Trop. of the Jewish day, beginning at sun-
set, to begin, Luke 23, 54.—Diod. Sic. 13.
18 in some edit. Comp. ἡμέρῃ δὲ διαφαυ-
σκούσῃ Hdot. 3. 86.

ἐπιχειρέω, ῶ, f. how, (χείρ.) to lay
hands upon, 6. g. δείπνῳ, σίτῳ, Hom. Od
24, 386, 395; to attack, Jos. de Vita sua 44.
—In N. T. trop. ἐο put the hand to, to take in
hand, to undertake, c. infin. Luke 1, 1 ποὰλ-
ol ἐπεχείρησαν ἀνατάξασϑαι διήγησιν. Acts
9, 29. 19,13. 50 23 Macc. 2,29. Pol. 1.
47. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1.

ἐπιχέω, f. εύσω, (χέω.) ἰο pour upon;

6. g. upon wounds, c. acc. Luke 10, 84.

Sept. for P¥2 Gen. 28, 18.—Hdian. 4. 9.
14. Xen. Εἴς. 17. 9.

ἐπιχορηγέω, ὦ, f. hoa, (χορηγέω:) to
furnish besides, in addition, fo supply further,
to minister, c. acc. et dat. 2 Cor. 9,10 6
ἐπιχορηγῶν σπέρμα τῷ σπείροντι; in allusion
to Is. 55, 10 where Heb. 13, Sept. δίδωμι.
Gal. 3, 5; acc. et evc. dat. 2 Pet. 1, 11;
Pass. y. 5. So Ecclus. 25, 22 of a wife who
brings with her a large dowry.—Mid. in a
reciprocal sense, fo supply one another, to
furnish aid mutually, Col. 2,19 τὸ σῶμα
ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ συμβιβαζόμενον, where
τὸ σῶμα is put collectively for all the parts
or members; comp. Eph. 4, 16 τὸ capa
συναρμολογούμενον καὶ συμβ.

ἐπιχορηγία; ας, ἡ, (ἐπιχορηγέω,) sup-
ply, aid, help, Phil. 1, 19. Eph. 4, 16 διὰ
πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας, through every
joint of (for) supply, as binding together
all the members and thus diffusing the
grace supplied from Christ the head ; comp.
Col. 2, 19 and Gal. 3, 5.

ἐπιχρίω, f. iow, (χρίω,) ἰο rub or smear
upon, to anoint upon, Cc. acc. et ἐπί 6. acc.
John 9, 6 ἐπέχρισε τὸν πηλὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφ-
Sadpovs. With acc. of the thing anointed,
v. 11 ἐπέχρισέ μου τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς sc. τῷ
πηλῷ.-Ἤοσπι. Od. 21. 179. Lucian. Quom.
Hist. conser. 62 ἐπιχρίσας δὲ τιτάνῳ sc. τὸ
ὄνομα.

ἐποικοδομέω, ὦ, f. how, (οἰκοδομέω,)
to build upon as a foundation, Pass. with
ἐπί c. dat. Xen. An. 3. 4. 11.—In N. T.
trop. to build upon, spoken of faith and a
life of faith in Christians and in the whole
church as built upon the only foundation,
Christ ; and implying the constant growth
and development of the kingdom of God in
the heart and in the visible church, like a
holy temple built up on its foundation ;
comp. 1 Cor. 3, 9. 10. So with acc. and ἐπέ
c. ace. 1 Cor. 3, 12 εἰ δέ τις ἐποικοδομεῖ
ἐπὶ τὸν YeueAtoy τοῦτον χρυσόν κτλ. OF ace

19

επουράνιος

simpl. v. 14; absol. v. 10 bis. Acts 20, 32.
Also ec. ace. et dat. Jude 20; Pass. with
ἐπί c. dat. Eph. 2, 20 ἐποικοδομηϑέντες ἐπὶ
τῷ ϑεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων κτὰ. Col. 2,7
ἐν αὐτῷ.---ϑο of education, Plut. de Mo-
narch, et Democ. 1 init. :

ἐποκένλλω, f. Aa, (ὀκέλλω, κέλλω,) to
drive or force upon, 6. g. ἃ ship upon the
land, i. q. to run aground, c. acc. Acts 27,
41 ἐπώκειλαν τὴν vaiv.—Hdot. 7. 182 τὴν
νέα. Pol, 4. 41. 2. Thue. 4. 26.

ἐπονομάζω, f. dow, (ὀνομάζω,) to name
upon or after, in allusion to some other
name or circumstance, Sept. for 87? Gen.
4, 17. 34. 25.—In N. T. Pass. to be named
in addition to some other title or predicate,
to be also called, Rom. 2, 17 σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπο-
νομάζῃ. So Pol. 1. 29.2. Xen. Asc. 6. 17.

ἐποπτεύω, f. etaw, (ὀπτεύω,) to look
upon, i. e. to oversee, to inspect, 6. acc. τὰ
ἔργα Hom. Od. 16. 140. Hes. Op. '765.—
In N. T. genr. to behold, to contemplate, c.
acc. 1 Pet. 3,2 ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν .. . ἀνα-
στροφὴν ὑμῶν. Absol. 1 Pet. 2, 12. So
Dem. 168. 13. Plato Phedr. 250. c.

ἐπόπτης, ov, ὃ, (ἐπόψομαι, ἐφοράω,) a
looker-on, eye-witness, 2 Pet. 1, 16 ἐπόπται
γενηϑέντες.---ὃ Mace. 2, 21. Plut. Agesi. 14.
Plato Locr. p. 105.

ν J »

ἔπος, eos, ous, τό, (εἶπον, ἔπω,) a word,
Heb. 7, 9 ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν so to speak, see in
εἶπον no. 1 init.

>? / .
ἐπουράνιος, iov, ὃ, 7; adj. (ἐπί, οὐρα
vés,) pr. ‘on or in heaven,’ i. 6.

1. heavenly, celestial, spoken of those who
dwell in heaven; Matt. 18, 35 ὁ πατὴρ ὁ
ἐπουράνιος. Phil. 2,10 οἱ ἐπουράνιοι, i. 6.
angels. (2 Macc. 3, 39. Hom. Od. 17. 484.
Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3.) Of those who tome
from heaven, 1 Cor. 15, 48 bis. 49, comp.
y. 47 and Phil. 3,21. Of the heavenly bo- .
dies, the sun, moon, etc. 1 Cor. 15, 40 bis,
comp. v. 41.

2. Neut. plur. ra ἐπουράνια, the hea-

’ venly places, i. 6. the heavens, heaven; Eph.

1, 3. 20 ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις.
2,6. 3,10. So of the lower heavens, the
sky, the air, as the seat of evil spirits, Eph.
6, 12; comp. in οὐρανός and djp.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 546 sq.

3. Of the kingdom of heaven and whatever
pertains to it, see in βασιλεία no. 3. E. σ΄.
of the kingdom itself, 2 Tim. 4, 18 eis τὴν
Bao. τὴν ἐπουράνιον. So Heb. 8, 1 κλῆσις
ἐπουράνιος. 6, 4. 8,5. 9,23. 11,16. 12,22,
comp. Rev. 21,2. Also τὰ ἐπουράνια,
things of heaven, not yet revealed, John 3,

e

επτα

12, opp. τὰ ἐπίγεια where see.—Comp. Plato
Apol. 19. b, ζητῶν τὰ ἐπουράνια.

ἑπτά, oi, ai, ra, card. num. indec. seven,
Matt. 15, 34. 36. 37. Acts 20,6. al. The
number seven was often put by the Jews
for an indef. round number, Matt. 12, 45.
22, 25. Luke 11,26. al. Comp. Gen. 41, 2.
3. Ruth 4, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 5. Is. 4,1. Prov.
26, 25. Zech. 3, 9—Likewise as a sacred
number, of good omen, as also among the
Egyptians, Arabians, Persians, etc. Acts 6,
3. Rev. 1, 4. 12.16. 2,1. al. Comp. Gen.
21, 28. Ex. 37, 23. Lev. 4, 6. 17. al. See
Heb. Lex, art. say. +

ἑπτάκις, num. adv. (ἑπτά,) seven times,
put for an indef. round number, Matt. 18,
21. 22. Luke 17, 4 bis. Sept. for 328 Ps.
119, 164; D°2SB 52H 2 K. 5, 10. 14.—
Pind. Ol. 13. 56.

ἑπτακισχίλιοι, at, a, (χίλιοι,) seven
thousand, Rom. 11, 4, quoted from 1 K. 19,
18 where Sept. ἑπτὰ χιλιάδες. Sept. for
p°HoN MPI Num. 3, 22. 1 Chr. 29, 4.—
Hdot. 2. 48.

ἔπω, see εἶπον.

ἜΡραστος, ov, 6, (ἐράω.) Erastus, pr.
name of a Christian, Acts 19, 22. Rom. 16,
23. 2 Tim. 4, 20.

ἐργάζομαι, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. depon. (ἔρ-
γον, obs. ἔργω,) impf. εἰργαζόμην, aor. 1
εἰργασάμην, Pass. perf. εἴργασμαι as depon.
2 John 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.6, comp. Buttm.
§ 136. 3; but also in Pass. signif. John 3, 21.
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 9, comp. Buttm. § 113. n.
6. For the augm. see Buttm. § 84.2.— To
work, to produce an effect. ἡ

1. Intrans. 20 work, to labour,i.e. a)
Pr. in any trade or employment ; absol. Acts
18, ϑ ἔμενε παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰργάζετο. 1 Cor.
9,6. 1 Thess. 2,9. 2: Thess. 3, 10. 12.
. With adjuncts, e. g. ταῖς χερσί 1 Cor. 4, 12,
1 Thess. 4,115 acc. of time, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέ-
ραν 2 Thess. 3, 8; ἐν c. dat. of time, Luke
13, 14; ἐν c. dat. of place, Matt. 21, 28.

Sept. for tap Ex. 5, 18. Deut. 5,13. So

absol. Luc. adv. Indoct. 25. Xen. Mem. 2.
7.12; ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις Dem. 1048. pen. Ὁ)
Spec. to do business, i.. e. to trade, to traffic ;
Matt. 25, 16 εἰργάσατο ἐν αὐτοῖς. So c.
dat. Dem. 957. 27; ἀπό τινος Pol. 12. 13.
2. 0) Also to work, to be active, to do,
opp. to be inactive, idle, to rest; John 5, 17
bis, 6 πατὴρ ἐργάζεται κτὰ. 9,4 fin. Ina

moral sense of the works of the law, Rom. |

_4, 4. 5. Comp. ‘Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 57 bis.
2. Trans. to work, to form by labour, i.e.
to do, to perform to make.

290

ἐργασία

a) Genr. of things wrought, done, per-
formed, 6. g. miracles, John 6,30 τί épyity
56. σημεῖον. Acts 13,41 ἔργον, comp. Hab.
1,5 where Sept. for ὉΣΏ . Of sacred rites,
τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζ. 1 Cor. 9,13. So genr. Eph.
4,28. Col. 3, 23; ἔργα rod Θεοῦ ἐργάζεσϑαι
John 6, 28, 9, 4: ἔργον τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor.
16,10; ἔργα ἐν Sep εἰργασμένα, wrought
in God, i. e. in communion with God, in
conformity to his will, John 3,21. Sept.
for 732 Num. 3,'7; 58 Job 33,29. So
Hdian. 8. 1. 14. Luc. Pseudol. 24. Xen.
An. 6. 8. 17.—Also with adjuncts; as ép-
γάζομαι ἔργον καλὸν εἴς τινα Matt. 26, 10.
3 John 5; ἐν ἐμοί Mark 14, 6; τὸ dyaddv
πρὸς πάντας Gal. 6,103 τὸ κακόν τινι Rom.
13, 10, comp. Ῥτον. 3, 30 where Sept. for
dan. Soc. εἴς τινα Dem. 1252.20. Paleph.
1.113 τινά τι Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen.
Conv. 4. 30.—Trop. to work good or evil,
to do, to practise, to commit, C. acc. 6. g. τὸ
ἀγαϑόν Rom. 2,10; τὴν δικαιοσύνην Acts
10, 35, but Heb. 11, 33 see in δικαιοσύνη
no. 1. [James 1, 20.] μετάνοιαν 2 Cor. 7,
10 Lachm. Also τὴν ἀνομίαν Matt. 7, 23;
ἁμαρτίαν James 2,9. Sept. ἀνομίαν épy. for
>3B Ps. 5,6. Job 34, 32. So Jos. Ant. 5.
1. 18 φόνον. Plut. Agesi, 23 med. ἔργον
δεινόν. Thuc. 3. 66.

b) Spec. to work at, 6. g. τὴν γῆν; to till,
Sept. for 733 Gen. 2, 5. 15. Xen. (Ec.
1. 8.—In N. T. only of the sea, τὴν ϑάλασ-
σαν ἐργάζεσϑαι, ἰδ work at the sea, as in
Engl. to ply the sea, to follow the sea, as an
occupation; Rev. 18,17 ὅσοι τὴν ϑάλασσαν
epyavovrat.—App. Hist. Rom. 8.2 ναυσί re
χρώμενοι, Kal τὴν Sddacoay οἷα Φοίνικες
ἐργαζόμενοι. Plut. de Solert. An. 98, See
Wetst. N. T. in loc.

c) Also to work out, to labour for, to get
by labour, c. acc. 6. g. τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν
ἀπολλ. John 6, 27; genr. 2 John 8. Sept.
for smo Prov. 31, 18.—Paleph. 21.2. Dem.
1358. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5.

ἐργασία, as, 7); (ἑργάζομαι,) work, la-
bour, Hdot. Vit. Hom. 3 ἀπὸ ἐργασίης χει
ρῶν. Xen. Mem. 2.7.7.—InN.T.

1. labour, i. e. trop. pains, effort, in the
Latinism ἐργασίαν διδόναι, operam dare,
Luke 12, 58; see fully in δίδωμι no. 4. a.
—Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 7 μὴ σὺν πόνῳ μηδ᾽ epya-
cig. Pol. ὅ. 100. 4.

2. a working, doing, i. e. practice, per-
formance, 6. g. of evil, with εἰς final, Eph.
4,19 εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀκαϑ. πάσης, i.e. 80 as
to work all uncleanness. Comp. Sept. for
2X22 1 Chr. 6, 49. 28,:20.—Aschin. Dial.
2. 36 πρὸς ἐργασίας πραγμάτων μοχϑηοῶν.

δὲ

Plato Eryx. 404. c, πρὸς ἀγαϑοῦ τινος ἐργα-
σίαν. ib, 404. Ὁ.

3. work, i. 6. occupation, a trade, craft,
Acts 19, 25. Sept. for ΓΙῸ Jon. 1, 8.—
Dem. 503. 17. Xen. C&c. 6. 8, 9.

4. Meton. earnings, gain, from labour,

- Acts 16, 16. 19. 19, 24.—Dem. 1283. 28.

Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1.

ἐργάτης, ov, 6, (ἐργάζομαι) 1. a
worker, labourer, e. g. in the fields, Matt. 9,
37 ὁ μὲν ϑερισμὸς πολύς, of δὲ ἐργάται ὀλί-
yo. v.38. 10,10. 20,1. 2. 8. Luke 10, 2
bis. 7. 1 Tim. 5, 18. James 5,4. So Ec-
clus. 19, 1. Plut. Cato Maj. 4. Xen. Cyr.
1. 6. 11.—Trop. by Paul of /abourers in the
church, teachers, preachers, 2 Tim. 2, 15
ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον. So with censure,
2 Cor. 11, 13. Phil. 3, 2.

2. With a gen. a worker, doer of any
thing, i. q. 6 ἐργαζόμενος, Luke 13, 27 ép-
γάται τῆς ἀδικίας, workers of iniquity, evil-
doers—1 Macc. 3, 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 27.

3. @ workman, crafisman, artisan, Acts
19, 25.—Luc. Somn. 2. Xen. Hi. 6. 11.

ἔργον, ov, τό, (obsol. Epyw,) work, i. 6.

1. labour, business, occupation, employ-
ment, something in doing or to be done.
a) Genr. Mark 13, 34 καὶ δοὺς ἑκάστῳ τὸ
ἔργον αὐτοῦ. Eph. 4,12 εἰς ἔργον διακονίας.
1 Tim. 3,1. Sept. for Mm2N29 Gen. 2, 2.
Ex. 35, 2. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 17.1 ἐν ἔργῳ
ἦσαν. Xen. Gc. 20.16,19. Ὁ) Spec. of
the work which Jesus was sent to fulfil on
earth; τὸ ἔργον John 17, 4; τὰ ἔργα John
5, 20. 36. 10, 38; τὸ ἔργον τοῦ πατρός sc.
ὃ δέδωκέ μοι iva ποιήσω, John 4, 34. 9, 4;
comp. 17,4. So τὸ ἔργον τοῦ κυρίου, the
work of the Lord, i. e. which he began and
left to be continued by his disciples, the
cause of Christ, the gospel-work, 1 Cor. 15,
58. 16, 10. Phil. 2,30. Also of this work
as committed to apostles and teachers,
2 Tim. 4, 5 ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ.
Acts 13, 2. 14, 26. 15, 38. Phil. 1, 22.
Further, ἔργον τοῦ Seov, the work of God,
i. 6. which God requires, duty towards him,
John 6, 28. 29. Rev. 2, 26. 0) In the
sense of undertaking, attempt, Acts 5, 38.
2 Tim. 4,18. Sept. for ΠΏΣ Deut. 15,
10; 323 Job 34,21. So Wisd. 2, 12.

2. a work, i. e. a deed, act, action, some-
thing done, e. g.

a) Genr. as ἔργον ἐργάζεσϑαι; to work a
work, to do a deed, Acts 13, 41 bis, quoted
from Hab. 1, 5 where Sept. for 535 598;
comp. Buttm.}131. 4. So Hdian. 7. 5. 15,
16. Xen. Conv. 1. 1.—Spec. of the works
of Jesus, miracles, mighty deeds, Matt. 11, 2.

ἐργάτης 291 ἔργον

John 7, 8. 21. 14, 10. 11. 12. 15, 24; also
of God, Heb. 3,9 εἶδον ra ἔργα pov, from
Ps. 95, 9 where Sept. for D">3.

b) Where λόγος and ἔργον, word and
deed, stand in contrast. Luke 24, 19 duva-
τὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἐν λόγῳ. Col. 8, 17 ἐν λόγῳ
ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ. Acts 7,22. Rom.15,18. 2Cor.
10,11. Tit. 1,16. So Ecclus. 3, 8. Luc.
Toxar. 35. Xen. Hi. 7. 2; comp. Jos. Ant.
4. 2. 3.—With λόγος impl. James 1, 25 οὐκ
ἀκροατὴς ... ἀλλὰ ποιητὴς ἔργου; not a hearer
‘of the word only, but a doer of the deed.

c) Of the works of men in reference to
right and wrong, as judged by the moral
law, the precepts of the gospel. α) Genr.
Matt. 23, 3. 5 πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσι
πρὸς τὸ ϑεαϑῆναι τοῖς ἀνϑρ." John 3, 20. 21.
Acts 26, 20. Rom. 3,27. Gal. 6,4. So
κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἀποδιδόναι, ἰο reward accord-
ing to one’s works, Rom. 2, 6 ; also 2 Cor.
11, 15. 1 Pet. 1,17. Rev. 20,12. So Sept.
and Sy Prov. 24,12. Jer. 50,29. 8) Of
good works, with epithets, e.g. ἔργον
ἀγαϑόν, ἔργα aya%a, a good deed, good
works, i. e. either benefit, kindness, Acts 9,
36. 1 Tim. 6, 18; or, well-doing, virtue,
piety, Rom. 2,7. 13,3. Eph. 2,10. 2 Thess.
2,17. Heb. 13,21. (Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8.
1. 12. Mem. 2. 1. 20.) So ἔργον καλόν,
ἔργα καλά, a good deed, good works, i. 6. a
pious act, well-doing, virtue, Matt. 5, 16.
Mark 14, 6. Tit. 2,'7. Heb. 10, 24. 1 Pet.
2, 12. (Comp. Xen. 1]. c. et Mem. 2. 6. 35.)
Also ra ἔργα ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ i. q. τὰ δίκαια,
Tit. 3,5; ἔργον τέλειον, perfect work, i. 6.
full, complete in well-doing, James 1, 4.
Without epithet, John 8,39 τὰ ἔργα τοῦ
᾿Αβραάμ. James 3,13. γ) Of evil works,
with epithets, 6. g. ἔργα πονηρά, wicked
works, evil deeds, John 3,19. Col. 1, 21.
1 John 3, 12; ἔργα νεκρά, dead works, i. 6.
not proceeding from a living faith in God,
Heb. 6,13; ἔργα ἄνομα 2 Pet. 2, 8; ἔργα
ἀσεβείας Jude 15; ἔργα τοῦ σκότους, i. 6.
of moral darkness, sin, Rom. 13, 12; ἔργα
τῆς σαρκός, carnal works, Gal. 5,19. (Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 3 ἔργ. πονηρὸν καὶ αἰσχρόν. An.
5. 7. 32 ἔργα ἀσεβῆ.) So without epithet,
Rev. 2,6 ὅτι μισεῖς τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν.
v. 13. 22. 8,1. 18,6. 1 Cor. 5,2. John 8,
41, comp. v. 44. δ) Of works of the law,
ἔργα τοῦ νόμου, i. 6. required by or
conformable to the Mosaic moral law; so
of a course required by this law, Rom. 2,15
τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου ; or conformable to this
law, Rom. 3, 20. Gal. 2,16. With τοῦ
νόμου implied, in Paul’s writings, Rom.4,
2. 6. 9, 11. 11, 6. Eph. 2,9. 2 Tim. 1, 9.
al. ) Of works of faith, ἔργα πίστεως.

ἐρεδέζω 292.

i.e. springing from faith, combined with
faith, e. g. ἔργα πίστεως, 1 Thess. 1, 3.
2 Thess.1,11. ‘With τῆς πίστεως implied
Heb. 6, 10. James 2, 14. 17-26, comp.
espec. v. 22. 26.—Hence, where Paul and
James speak of ra ἔργα simply, the former
means ἔργα τοῦ νόμου, and the latter ἔργα
πίστεως V. δικαιοσύνης ; see passages in
lett. d, 6.

3. a work, i.e. a thing wrought, something
done, made, created. a) Genr. of men, Acts
7, 41 ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν, i. 6. idols.
1 Cor. 3, 18. 14. 15. 9, 1. Sept. for my
Deut. 27, 15. 2 K. 19, 18; 598 Ps. 9, 17.
So Hdian. 8. 4. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 7.
b) Of the works of God, genr. Acts 15, 18
γνωστὰ τῷ ϑεῷ Tavra τὰ ἔργα αὑτοῦ. Rom.
14, 20. Phil. 1, 6. 2 Pet. 3,10. Rev. 15,3.
Heb. 1, 10 ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν cov εἰσὶν οἱ οὐ-
pavoi, quoted from Ps. 102, 26 where Sept.
for ΠΏΣ, as also Ps. 103,22. 104,32; for
>9B Is. 45,11. So Hom. Il. 19.22. 0)
Of works implying power, and put for
power, might, 6. g. of God, John 9, 3 ἵνα
φανερωθῇ τὰ ἐργὰ τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. Of
Satan, 1 John 8, 8 ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ
διαβόλου, i. 6. destroy his power. +

ἐρεδίζω, f. iow, (épéSa, ἔρις,) to stir up,
lo rouse, espec. to anger, to provoke, c. acc.
Col. 3, 21 τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν. (1 Macc. 15, 40.
Pol. 1. 19. 2. Plato Eryx. 392.b.) Also
genr. to action, to provoke, to stimulate,
2 Cor. 9, 2. So Arr. Epict. 2. 23. 13.
Dem. 1411. 9.

ἐρείδω, f. είἰσω, to let lean against, c.
acc. Hom. Il. 22. 112; to prop, to stay,
Zischyl. Prom. 350. Plato Tim. 43. e; to
fix firmly, Pind. Pyth. 10. 79. Pol. 3. 46.
1. On ἐρείδω see Buttm. Lexil. I. p. 112 sq.
—In N. T. intrans. or c. ἑαυτόν impl. to be-
come fixed, to stick fast, as,a ship upon a
sandbank Acts 27, 41; see Buttm. ᾧ 130.
n. 2.

ἐρεύγομαι, f. ξομαι, Mid. depon. fo
spew out, to vomit, to disgorge, Hom. Od. 9.
374. Il. 16. 162; trop. of a volcano, Pind.
Pyth. 1. 40; of a river discharging itself,
App. Bell. Mithr. 103; in aor. 2 ἤρυγον of
a cry of man or animals, to belch out, to bel-
low, Theocr. 13. 58. Hom. Il. 20. 403.—
Hence in Sept. and N. T. trop. to pour forth,
to speak out, to utier, c. acc. Matt. 13, 35
ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα κτλ. quoted from Ps.
78,2 where Sept. for ssa; as also Ps.
19, 2. 119, 171. 145, 7. On this signif.
see Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 167. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 63 sq.

ἔρημος

ἐρευνάω, ὦ, f. how, tv search into, to
seek out, to explore; ο. acc. τὰς γραφάς
John 5, 39. 7, 52; ras καρδίας Rom. 8, 27.
Rey. 2, 23; τὰ Ba3n τοῦ Seod 1 Cor. 2,10;
c. ποῖος 1 Pet. 1,11. Sept. for tien Gen.
44, 12; mpm 2Sam. 10, 3—Dem. 788, pen.
Plato Legg. 821. b.

ay ᾿ 2
€Pea@, see in εἶπον.

ἐρημία, as, ἡ, (ἔρημος,) α solitude, de-
sert, wilderness, i. e. an uninhabited tract of
country, see in ἔρημος no. 2; Matt. 15, 33.
Mark 8, 4. 2 Cor. 11, 26. Heb. 11, 38.

Sept. for mann Ez. 35, 4.—Jos. Ant. 3. -

10. 3. Arr. Epict. 4. 11. 16. Xen. Hell. 5.
4. 41.

ἔρημος, ov, 6, 7, adj. solitary, desert.

1. Pr..of a place or region uninhabited
and usually uncultivated, though not neces-
sarily sterile, see in no. 2. Matt. 14, 13 εἰς
ἔρημον τόπον. Υ. 15. Mark 1, 35. 45. 6, 31.
32. 35. Luke 4, 42. 9,10. 12. Sept. for
2371 Jer. 33,10. 12. So Hdian. 2. 11. 9.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 1.—In the sense of deserted,
desolate, laid waste, uninhabited, Matt. 23,
38 et Luke 13, 35 ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος.
Acts 1, 20, comp. Ps. 69, 26 where Niph.
7282, Sept. ἠρημωμένη. Acts 8, 26 see in
Γάζα. Sept. and a9n Neh. 2,17; mann
Lev. 26, 31. 33. So ἔρημος πόλις Pol. 9.
8.9. Xen. An. 1. 5. 4—Spoken of a fe-
male, solitary, destitute of a husband, un-
married, Gal. 4, 27 πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρή-
μου κτλ. quoted from Is. 54, 1 where Sept
for maid. Comp. Diod. Sic. 16. 37 ἔρη-
μοι συμμάχων. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 12.

2. Subst. ἡ ἔρημος sc. χώρα, a solitude,
desert, wilderness, i. q. ἐρημία, i. 6. an un-
inhabited tract of country, usually unculti-
vated and often sterile, but not necessarily
so; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 391, 641.
I. p. 281 sq.

a) Genr. Matt. 3, 3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ
ἐρήμῳ, and so Mark 1, 3. Luke 3, 4. John
1, 23, all quoted from Is. 40, 3 where Sept.
for “272. Matt. 11, 7. 24, 26. Luke 5, 16
ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις. 7, 24. 8, 29.
Rey. 12, 6. 14. 17, 3. (Hdot. 3. 102.) Of
a region uninhabited and untilled, but yield-
ing pasturage, Luke 15, 4, comp. Matt. 18,
12 τὰ ὄρη. So Sept. and "51 Joel 2, 22.
Ps. 65,13. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I.
Ρ. 271, 281 sq.

b) Spec. the desert of Judea, lying on the
high ground west of the Dead Sea and the
valley of the Jordan, mostly uninhabited
and untilled, and in great part sterile; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. If. p. 202, 310 sq. Por-

ερημόω 293

tions of this desert were: a) That in
which John the Baptist grew up, prob. west
of the Dead Sea, Luke 1, 80. 3,2. β)
That where he baptized, i. e. the uninhabit-
ed tract along the Jordan, Matt. 3, 1. Mark
1,4 comp. v. ὅ. y) That where Jesus
was tempted, perh. the high desert west of
Jericho, Matt. 4,1. Mark 1, 12. 13. Luke
4,1. δ) The tract between the Mount of
Olives and Jericho, prob. referred to in Acts
21, 38; see Jos. Ant. 20. 8. 6. e) The
tract adjacent to the city Ephraim, prob.
Taiyibeh, towards the Jordan, John 11, 54 ;
see in Ἐφραΐμ.

c) Also the desert of Sinai, in which the
Israelites wandered forty years, including
Sinai itself and the desert towards Pales-
tine; Acts 7,30 ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σιναί.
ν. 36. 38. 42. 44. 13, 18..John 3, 14. 6,81.
49. 1 Cor. 10, 5. Heb. 8, 8.17. So Sept.
and "272 Ps. 78, 15. 19. 136,16. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. Vol. I.

ἐρημόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ἔρημος,) to make
solitary or desert, to desolate, to lay waste,
ὁ. ace. Sept. for 2°77 Is. 37, 18. Thue.
5. 4.—In N. T. only Pass. to be made deso-
late, to be laid waste, 6. g. βασιλεία Matt. 12,
25. Luke 11, 17; πόλις Rev. 18,19; πλοῦ-
ros, i. 6. to be destroyed, to come to nought,
Rey. 18,16. (Ecclus. 21, 4.) So of a per-
son, Rev. 17, 16 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν
τὴν πόρνην, i.e. shall make her desolate ;
shall despoil her. Sept. for 275} Jer. 26,9;
Niph. 03 Is. 54, 3—Plut. Pomp. 28 fin.
Xen. Ag. 1. 20 χώρα. ‘

ἐρήμωσις, ews, ἡ, (ἐρημόω.) desolation,
a laying waste, Luke 21,20. Matt. 24, 15 et
Mark 13, 14 τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, see
in βδέλυγμα no. 2. Sept. for 72°77 Jer. 7,
34; ΓΒ Jer. 4, 7.—Arr. Alex. M. 1. 9. 13.

ἐρίζω, f. iow, (ἔρις,) to strive, to wrangle,
Hom. Il. 1. 277. Luc. D. Deor.,13. 1.—In
N. 'T. spec. to ery out, to be vociferous, like
a wrangler, intrans. Matt. 12, 19 οὐκ ἐρίσει
οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, quoted from Is. 42, 2- where
Heb, NW XD} P27 ND, Sept. od κεκράζε-
rat, οὐδὲ ἀνήσει; i. e. he shall not cry, neither
lift up his voice.

ἐριδεία, as, ἡ, (ἐριδεύω, ἔριδος.) pr. a
being mercenary, venality in striving for
office, Lat. ambitus ; hence genr.
strife, faction, contention, Phil. 1, 16 [17]
of μὲν ἐξ épi%eias. 2,3. James 3, 14, 16.
Rom. 2, 8. Plur. 2 Cor. 12, 20. Gal. 5, 20.
—Aristot. Pol. 5. 2. 6. ib. 5. 3. 9. Hesych.
ἐριϑεία - ἡ διὰ λόγων φιλονεικία.

ἔριον, iov, τό, (ἔρος, εἶρος,) dim. in form
only, wool, Rev. 1, 14. Heb. 9, 19, where

ἐρυϑρος

see Lev. 14, 4 54. 49 sq. Jos. Ant. 4. 4.
Sept. for "9% Is. 1, 18.—Hdian. 5. 5.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12,18.

ἔρις, dos, 7, acc. ἔριν Phil. 1, 15, see
Buttm. ᾧ 44; Plur. ἔριδες 1 Cor. 1, 11, also
ἔρεις 2 Cor. 12, 20, see Winer ᾧ 9. p. 75.
Matth. §80. n. 8; strife, contention, wrang-
ling, Rom. 1, 29. 13, 13 μὴ ἔριδι καὶ (nro.
1 Cor. 1,11. 3,3. 2 Cor. 12,20, Gal. 5,
20. Phil. 1, 15. 1 Tim. 6, 4. Tit. 3, 9—
Ecclus. 40, 5. 9. Hdian. 3. 2. 13. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 3. 15.

ἐρίφιον, ov, τό, (dim. ἔριφος.) α young
kid, kidling, Matt. 25, 33; comp. ν. 32.—
Athen. 661. b.

ἔριφος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, α kid, young goat, Matt. —
25, 32. Luke 15,29. Sept. for "14 Gen.
27,9. 38, 17; T Ex. 12, 5.—Theocr. Id.
8. 50. Luc. Bacch. 1.

Ἑρμᾶς, a, 6, Hermas, pr. n. of a Chris-
tian, Rom. 16, 14.

ἑρμηνεία, as, ἣ, (ἑρμηνεύω,) interpreta-
tion, explanation, 1 Cor. 14, 26; so ἑρμη-
νεία γλωσσῶν as a charisma, 1 Cor. 12, 10.
—Ecelus. 47, 17. Luc. Quom. Hist. conscr.
45. Plato Rep. 524. b.

ἑρμηνευτής; ov, ὃ, (Epunvedo,) an inter
preter, 1 Cor. 14, 28 Lachm. for διερμηνευ-
τής Rec.—Sept. Gen. 42, 43. Plato Polit.
290. c.

ἑρμηνεύω, f. cio, (Ἑρμῆς,) to inter-
pret, to explain, Luc. Abdic: 18. Xen. Mem. .
1. 2. 52.—In N. T. spec. io interpret from
one language to another, fo translate; Pass.
John 1, 39, 43, Κηφᾶς, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Πέ-
tpos. 9,7. Heb. 7,2. Sept. for Chald. 539"
Ezra 4, 7. So Luc. Alex. 51. Xen. An.
5. 4. 4.

«ς rn

Ἑρμῆς, ov, 6; Hermes, pr. n. a) A
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 14. b) In
Greek mythology i. q. Mercury, the son of
Jupiter and Maia, the messenger of the
gods, the patron of eloquence, learning, and
traffic. Acts 14, 12.

c fF

E ρμογενῆς; eos, ovs, ὁ, Hermogenes, pr.
n. of a man who deserted Paul, 2 Tim. 1, 15.

ἑρπετόν, od, τό, (ἕρπω, pr. neut. of ép-
merés,) a creeping animal, reptile, Acts 10,
12. 11, 6. Rom. 1, 23. James 3, 7. Sept.
for 022 Gen. 1, 24; Υ 8 Gen. 1, 20.
—Luc. Philops. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 11.

ἐρυδρός, ά, ὄν, red, Plato Tim. 80. c.—
In N. T. only of a sea, ἡ ἐρυθρὰ ϑάλασσα,
the Red Sea, Acts 7, 36. Heb. 11, 29. On
the passage of this sea by the Israelites, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81 sq. Sept. for

6.
6,

ερχομαι 294

ΠΌΤ Ex. 10,19. 13, 8.al—1 Macc. 4,
9. Diod. Sic. 3. 18. Strabo p. 765, 779.

ἔρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, aor. 2 ἦλϑον,
perf. ἐλήλυϑα, plupf. ἐληλύϑειν. For the aor.
2 plur. #ASare Matt. 25, 36 in some copies,
see Winer §13. 1. a. Sturz. de Dial. Alex.
p. 61. In the common Greek the forms of
εἶμι were more used for the Imperat. the
impf. and the future; but in N. T. we find
Imper. ἔρχου, plur. ἔρχεσϑε, Matt. 8, 9. John
1, 40. al. instead of i, tre; Impf. ἠρχόμην
Mark 1, 45. al. Plato Legg. 3. p. 685. a,
instead of jew or 7a; Fut. ἐλεύσομαι Matt.
9,15. 1 Cor. 4, 19, instead of the more At-
tic εἶμι, as also in Hdot. 1. 142. ib. 5. 125.
See Buttm. ᾧ 114. ᾧ 108. V. 4, 5. Winer
§15. Kiihner § 167. 2.—T come, to go, to
move or pass along, in any direction, as
marked by the adjuncts or often simply by
the context. The forms from éASety, how-
ever, more frequently signify to come, so
that 6. g. ἦλϑεν is rarely used of one who
goes away from a place (Luke 2, 44), while
the forms from ἔρχεσθαι are used indiffer-
ently of both directions; see Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. II. p. 183. edit. 2.

1. 10 go, with adjuncts implying motion
from a place or person to another. ἃ8)
Present and Impf. with εἰς c. acc. of place,
John 6, 17 ἤρχοντο πέραν τῆς ϑαλάσσης eis
Καπερναούμ. With acc. ὁδόν, to go one’s
way, Acts 9, 17; comp. Buttm. ὁ 131. 4.
(Xen. An. 2.2.10.) With σύν τινι John
21, 3.—Present instead of a past tense,
Heb. 11,8; see Buttm. §137. n. 7. Ὁ)
Improperly, Aor. ἦλθον, once c. acc. of
distance, ὁδὸν ἡμέρας, Luke 2,44. So Xen.
An. 3. 1. 5. See above.

2. to come, with adjuncts implying motion.
to or towards any person or place ; spoken
of persons. 8) Genr. and absol. Matt. 8,
9 λέγω τούτῳ, πορεύϑητι, καὶ πορεύεται" καὶ
ἄλλῳ, ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται. Mark 4, 4. 6, 81.
11, 13. John 1, 40. Acts 5, 15. al. sepiss.
(Xen. An. 1. 3.10.) So the Pres. in an
historical sense, i. e. instead of the aorist,
Buttm. ᾧ 137. n. 7. Kithner §255. 1. Winer
§41. 2. b. Matt. 25, 11 ὕστερον δὲ ἔρχονται
καὶ ai λοιπαὶ παρϑένοι, comp. ν. 10. Matt.
25, 19. Mark 2, 18. John 20, 18. 3 John 3.
Also the Pres. apparently in a future sense,
but only of what is certainly to take place,
Winer ᾧ 41. 2. a..Matth. § 504. 3. Luke 3,
16 ἔρχεται δὲ ὁ ἰσχυρότερός pov. John 4,
25. 14, 3. 30. 1 Cor. 4, 5. Rev. 1,7. So
espec. in the phrase ὁ ἐρχόμενος; the
coming one, he who shall come, the Mes-
siah, Matt. 11, 3. Luke 7, 19. 20. John 6,
14. 11,27; also in the periphrase of the

ἔρχομαι

name Jehovah, 6 ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενυς
Rev. 1, 4.8. 4,8 ; see in εἶμι I.4.b. But
in other examples, 6 ἐρχόμενος with adjuncts
has the present sense, Matt. 21, 9. John 12,
13.—By a species of pleonasm, the particip.
ἐλϑών is prefixed to other verbs in which
the idea of coming is already presupposed,
and thus gives to the expression more ful-
ness and vivacity ; see in ἀνίστημι II. 1. a.
Matt. 2,23 καὶ eASav κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν
Aey. Ναζαρέτ, as in Engl. he came and dwelt.
8, 2. Mark 5, 23. 12, 14. 16, 1. Luke 7, 3.
Eph. 2,°17. al. See’ Winer §67. 2. n.
Matth. §557. n. 1. p. 1102. So Hom. IL.
16. 521. Xen. Cyr. 2.2.6. Ὁ) With an
adjunct marking object or purpose; so c.
infin. Matt. 2,2 ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ.
Mark 2, 17. Luke 4, 34. al. With particip.
fut. Matt. 27, 49 εἰ ἔρχεται ᾿Ἤλίας σώσων
αὐτόν. Acts 8, 27. Buttm. § 144. 8. (Plato
Kuth. 2.c. Xen. An.'7. 1.28.) 80 with part.
pres. implying purpose and manner, Luke
18, 7 τρία ἔτη ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπόν. (Plato
Phed. 100. b.) With ἵνα, John 10, 10. 12,
9.46.47. c) With dat. of pers. to whom
one comes; Matt. 21, 5 ὁ βασιλεύς cov
ἔρχεταί σοι, quoted from Zech. 9, 9 where
Sept. for ἢν 8137.22 42M. So Rev. 2,
5. 16 ἔρχομαί σοι ταχύ. (Fabr. Pseudep.
V. T. 1. p. 594 ὡς δὲ ἤλθομεν τῇ πόλει ad-
τῶν. Hdian. 3. 1. 6 ᾿Ατρηνοὶ δὲ ἦλθον αὐτῷ
τοξόται σύμμαχοι.) With dat. of manner
or means, John 21,8 of δὲ ἄλλοι μαϑηταὶ
τῷ πλοιαρίῳ ἦλθον. ἃ) With adv. of
place, Matt. 8,29 ἦλθες ὧδε κτλ. Mark 5,
27. Luke 10,1. John 4, 16. 8, 14. So
with adv. and inf. of purpose, John 4, 15
μηδὲ ἔρχωμαι ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν. Also ἔρχ.
ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο Acts 9,231. 6) With Pre-
positions ; 6. g. ἀπό .c. gen. of place, Acts
18, 2 ἐληλυϑότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας. Mark 1,
9. 7,1. al. (Paleph. 6. 6.) Also c. gen.
of pers. from a person, Mark 5, 35. Gal. 2,
12. With eis c. ace. of place, to come into,
e. g. els τὴν οἰκίαν, to enter, Matt. 2,11.
Luke 14,1; a country or city, to come to
or into, Mark 5, 1. 8,10. John 11, 38. Acts
8,40. Gal. 2, 11. 1 Tim. 1, 15. al. So
with acc. of purpose, i. e. εἰς final, John 1,
7 οὗτος ἦλϑεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν. 4,45 εἰς τὴν
ἑορτήν, i. 6. to attend the feast. 11, 56.
With εἰς repeated, both of place and final,
John 9, 39. 2 Cor. 2,12. With ἐκ c. gen.
of place whence, Luke 5, 17. John 3, 31.
7,413; ἐκ et eis John 4,54. With ἐν c. dat.
of manner, Luke 23,42. With ἐπί 6. gen.
of thing, implying rest upon, Matt. 24, 30
ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. So with ace. of place
upon or to which one comes, Mark 6, 53

ἊΝ «ἰὴ

a

ἔρχομαι

ἐπὶ τὴν γὴν Τενν. Luke 19, 5.24, 1. Acts
12, 10; acc. of object or purpose, Matt. 3,
ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ. Also ἐπί c. acc. of
person, to come to or before any one, Acts
24, 8; to come upon any one, e. g. τὸ πνεῦ-

pa, Acts 19, 6. Matt. 3,16; (Test. XII
Pete: p. 545 ;) also, to come against, Luke
14, 31; so Xen. An. 3.1.24. With gas
αὐτοῦ, Luke 4,42. With κατά c. acc. to
move to, toward, along by, Acts 16, 7. Luke
10, 33. With ὀπέσω c. gen: of pers. to
come after, io follow, trop. to become the
follower, disciple, of any one, Matt. 16,
24. Luke 9,23. 14,27. With παρά c.
gen. of person, to come from any one, i. 6.
as sent, Luke 8, 49; c. acc. of place, at,
near, along, π. τὴν ϑάλασσαν Matt. 15, 29.
With πρός c. ace. of person to whom one
comes, and this is the more usual construc-
tion, Matt. 7, 15. Mark 2,13. Luke 7; 7.

15, 20. John 3, 2. 11,19. 14, 6.23. al. sep. .

Also πρός c. acc. of thing, John 3, 20. 21.
3. Spec. to come forth before the public
or the world, to appear, to make one’s ap-
pearance ; Matt. 11,14 αὐτός ἐστιν Ἤλίας
6 μέλλων ἔρχεσϑαι. v. 19, Mark 9, 11. 12.
Gal. 3, 19. 2 Pet. 3,3. al. Pres. in fut.
sense, Matt. 17, 11. Luke 3, 16. 1 Cor. 15,
35; comp. above in no. 2.a. With part.
pres. of manner, comp. above in no. 2. Ὁ. Matt.
11,19. Luke 7,33. John 1, 31.—With a dat.
of manner, 1 Cor. 15, 35 ποίῳ δὲ σώματι
ἔρχονται. Also with a prep. of manner;
e.g. dea ὁ. gen. 1 John 5,6 ὁ ἐλθὼν δὲ
ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, see in διά I. 4.b. So
ἐν σαρκὶ ἐρχόμενον, i. e. come, appeared,
in the flesh, spoken of Christ, 1 John 4, 2.
2 John 7. (Ep. Barnab. c. 5.) With other
prepositions ; 6. g. ἀπό Cc. gen. of pers.
John 3,2 ἀπὸ Seot. With ἐκ c. gen. of
place, John 7, 41. 42. With μετά c. ace.
of pers. to come afler in time, to appear later,
Acts 13, 25. 19,4. With ὀπίσω c. gen.
of pers. to come after in time, to appear
later, Matt. 3,11. Mark 1,77. John 1,27. 30.
4. Sometimes i. 4. io come again, a se-
cond time ; but this sense lies in the con-
text, never in ἔρχομαι itself; so absol. Rom.
9,9 κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ
ἔσται τῇ Σάῤῥᾳ vids. John 21, 22; also to
come back, to return, Luke 15, 30. 19, 13.
(Xen. Hi. 2. 9. An. 7. 7. 30.) So ἐλθών
pleonastic, see above in no. 2.a. Matt. 5,24.

Luke 18,8. With inf. of purpose, 2 Thess.
1, 10; also with particip. pres. of manner, .

see above in no. 2. b. John 9,7 ἦλϑε βλέπων,
he came back seeing. With εἰς c. ace. of
place, Matt. 2, 21; πρός c. ace. of pers.
John 7, 45. 14, 18. 28.

295 épwTuw

_ 5. Trop. of persons, e. g. with prep. eis
c. acc. to come to or into any state or cir-
cumstances ; so εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλϑών, coming ic
himself, i. e. recovering his right mind,
Luke 15, 17; εἰς χεῖρον ᾿ἐλϑοῦσα, growing
worse, Mark 5, 26; «is ἀπελεγμόν Acts 19,
27; εἰς κρίσιν, i. 6. to be condemned, John
5, 24; eis ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Tim. 2,4; εἰς ὀπτα-
σίας 2 Cor. 12,13 εἰς τὴν ὥραν ταύτην John
12,27. So Cebet. Tab. 12 εἰς τὴν ἀληϑινὴν
παιδείαν ἐλϑεῖν. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 29.—With
ἐκ c. gen. to come out of, Rev. 7, 14 οἱ ἐρ-
χόμενοι ἐκ τῆς ϑλίψεως, i. e. who have es-
caped from.

6. Trop. of things, 6. 5. 4) Of time,
as ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι Matt. 9,15; ἦλϑεν ν.
ἐλήλυϑεν ἡ Spa, John 16, 4. 32. Acts 2, 20.
8, 20. al. (Xen. Cac. 17. 2.) So Pres. in
a future sense, of a time near and certain, to
be coming, to be near, comp. above in no. 2. a.
Luke 23, 29 ἰδοὺ ἔρχονται ἡμέραι. John 4,
35. 9,4. Heb. 8,8. So part. ἐρχόμενος,
coming, i. 6. future, as αἰών Mark 10, 30.
Luke 18, 30; τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἀπαγγελεῖ John
16, 13 (Sept. for xin Is. 44,7) ; ἑορτή Acts
18,21. So Jos. Ant. 6.9.1. ib. 6. 11. 9.
b) Of the kingdom of God, to come, i. e. to
be established, Matt. 6, 10. Mark 11, 10. al.
c) Of good or evil, e. g. a good result,
Rom. 3, 8; with εἴς rz to result, to fall out,
Phil. 1,125; with ἐπί τινα, to come upon,
e. g. ἡ εἰρήνη Matt. 10, 13. So of evil,
guilt, wrath, with ἐπί τινα, io come upon,
i.e. to happen to, to be laid upon, e. g.
πάντα John 18,4; ὀργή Eph. 5, 6, and so
Rev. 11, 18. 18,10; ἡ ὀργὴ ἡ ἐρχομένη, the
torath to come, 1 Thess. 1, 10; of guilt,
αἷμα, Matt. 23, 35. So of ἀὐδοῥονε to come,
to arise, Matt. 18,7. ἃ) Genr. of a voice,

¢. ἐκ Mark 9,'7; of a star, Matt. 2,9; of

floods, Matt. 7, 25. 27; of rain, Luke 12,
54. Heb. 6,'7; of wind, John 3, 8 ; of uten-
sils, to be brought, Mark 4,21. (Xen. Cc.
3. 15.) So of a law, faith, doctrine, to
come, i.e. to be announced, made known,
Rom. 7, 9. Gal. 3, 23 ; ἔρχ. els τὸ φανεράν,
to come abroad, to be manifested, Mark 4, 22 ;
ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, when that which is
νος is come, 1 Cor. 18,10. +

Epo, see in εἶπον.

ἐρωτάω, ὦ, f. now, (kindr. ἧὁμῷδ to
ask, i. e.

1. Pr. to ask for information, to inquire
of, to interrogate ; with accus. of pers. Matt.
16, 13 ἠρώτα rods μαϑητὰς αὑτοῦ λέγων.
John 1, 19. 16, 5; acc. impl. Luke 22, 68.
Sept. for bro Gen. 24, 47. 32,17. So
Luc. D. Deor. 7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19.—

ἐσ'νής
With two ace. of pers. and of thing, Matt. 21,
24 ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον ἕνα. Mark 4, 10.
Luke 20, 3. Sept. for byw} Jer. 38,14. So
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 48.—With ace. of pers. and
περί c. gen. of thing, Luke 9,45. Sept. and
daw Jer. 45,11. So ἐπερωτάω Hdot. 1.
32 init.

2. From the Heb. to ask a favour or the
like, to request, to beseech, to entreat, i. 4.
airéw. So with acc. of pers. Matt. 15, 23
ἠρώτων αὐτόν, λέγοντες. Luke 14, 18. 19.
John 12, 21. Phil. 4,3. So Heb. dw Is.
7, 11, Sept. airéw. (Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14.)
With acc. of thing, τὰ πρὸς τὴν εἰρήνην;
Luke 14, 32. Sept. and byw Ps. 122, 6.—
With acc. of person and prepositions, e. 8:
περί τινος Luke 4, 38. John 16, 26; ὑπέρ
τινος 2 Thess. 2,1. Comp. Heb. 5 daw
1 K. 2, 22, Sept. airéw.—With ace. of pers.
and other adjuncts; as iva, Mark 7, 26
ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα κτὰ. Luke 7, 36. John 4,
47. 1 Thess. 4,1; ὅπως Luke 7, 3. Acts
23, 20; infin. aor. Luke 5, 3. John 4, 40.
Acts 3, 3; inf. pres. 1 Thess. 5,12. +

€aSijs, ἢτος, ἡ, (ἔννυμι, ἔσϑην,) @ gar-
ment, vesiment; collect. clothing, raiment,
Luke 23, 11. Acts 1,10. 10, 30. 12, 21.
James 2, 2 bis. 3—1 Esdr. 8, 78. Pol. 6.
5. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22.

ἔσϑησις, cos, ἡ, (ἐσθέω, ἐσθής.) a gar-
ment; Plur. raiment, Luke 24, 4.—Aquil.
for ΓΙΌΞ Is. 23, 18.

€oSl@, a strengthened form of obsol.
ἔδω, found only in pres. and impf. ἤσϑιον;
other tenses in use are: Aor. 2 ἔφαγον
from obsol. φάγω, see Buttm. § 114 ἐσϑίω.
Matth. § 234. καὶ 183; later Fut. φάγομαι,

(instead of Att. f. ἔδομαι,) Winer §15 φα-"

γεῖν. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 327, 347. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 95. n. 215; 2 pers. fut. @a-
yeoat Luke 17, 8, see Buttm. § 103. TIL 1.
—To eat, to take food, spoken both of men
and animals.

1. Genr.asof persons, a) Absol. éo2i-
εἰν, Matt. 12,1 τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσϑίειν.
14, 21. 26, 21. 26. Mark 7, 3. Luke 6.1.
Acts 27, 35. 1 Cor. 10, 28; φαγεῖν, Matt.
15, 37. 26, 26. Mark 6, 42. 8,8. Luke 9,
17; as infin. of purpose, διδόναι τινὶ φαγεῖν,
Matt. 14, 16. 25, 35. 42. Mark 5, 43. al.
Buttm. ὁ 140. 3. Sept. for bax, ἐσϑίειν
1 Sam. 1, 7. 8; φαγεῖν Gen, 3, 13. 18, 8.
So éeodiew A. V. H. 2.17. Xen. Mem. 2.
7.'7; φαγεῖν Luc. Parasit. 12. Xen. Mem.
2..1. 18.—With perd-c. gen. to eat with
any one at table, to take a meal with, Luke
7, 36 ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτόν, iva φάγῃ μετ᾽ αὐ-

296

ἐσδίω

τοῦ. Matt. 9,11 ἐσθίειν. So ἐνώπιόν τινος,
to eat before any one, in his sight, Luke 24,
43. Sept. φαγεῖν for bay, c. μετά 1 Sam.
1, 18 ; 6. ἐνώπιον 2 Sam. 11, 13.

b) With an adjunct of the object, or thing
eaten. a) With gen. perhaps once, Luke
15,16 κερατίων ὧν ἤσϑιον οἱ χοῖροι i. 6. of
which they eat, Buttm. §132.10.i; comp.
Matth. § 327. (Plut. Gryll. 9. Plato Lege.

845. c.) “But the gen. is here more prob.

by attraction instead of the accus. as be
low. 8) With ἐκ c. gen. to eat of any
thing, to partake of it, by Hebraism instead
of the Attic simple gen. comp. Buttm. 1. c.
Matth. § 327. So éo%. ἐκ rod ἄρτου 1 Cor.
11,28; day. Luke 22,16. John 6, 26. 50.
Rev. 2,7. (Sept. for ya box, éo3. 2 Sam.
12, 3. 2K. 4,40; gay. Num. 6, 4. Ecclus.

‘11, 19.) Spec. to live from, 1 Cor. 9,'7. 13.

Heb. 13, 10; comp. Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 6 ἐξ
αὐτοῦ ΕΣ ΔΝ y) With ἀπό ce. gen.
to eat from i.e.
comp. Matth. 1. ¢. So ἐσϑίειν, spoken
of dogs, Matt. 15, 27. Mark 7, 28; φαγεῖν
Rey. 2,17 Rec. Sept. φαγεῖν for 12 bax
Gen. 3, 1.2. 5. Lev. 7,8. 11. δ) With
accus. of the thing eaten; 6. g. genr. as
φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα Matt. 26,17. Mark 14,
12. 14. al. καρπόν Mark 11,14; also Mark
2, 26. Rev. 10,10. So of birds or beasts
of prey, σάρκας φαγεῖν to devour, Rev. 19,
18; trop. Rev. 17,16. Sept. for box Gen.
3,14. Ex. 12,8. (4¢). V. H. 1. 1 πᾶν ὅτι-
οῦν pay. Plut, de Solert. Anim. 26. Plato
Prot. 337. 6.) 1 Cor. 11, 20 κυριακὸν δεῖ-
mvov φαγεῖν, i. e. to celebrate—From the
Heb. ἄρτον €oS%ierv v. φαγεῖν, to eat
bread, i. 6. to take food, to take a meal, 6. g.
ἐσϑ. Matt. 15, 2. Mark '7,5; pay. Matt. 15,
20. John 6, 23. al. Sept. for ond dx,
ἐσθ. 1K. 21,5; pay. Gen. 37, 24. aK. 4,8.
Trop. of a banquet, i in the kingdom of God,
Luke 14, 15; see in ἀνακλίνω no. 2. b. For
the phrases ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος 2 Thess.
3, 8, also τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον éoSiew 2 Thess.
3, 12, see in ἄρτος no. 2. a—Spec. fo eat
in order to support life, fo use as food, to
live upon; Mark 1, 6 ἐσθίων ἀκρίδας καὶ
μέλι ἄγριον. John 6,31 τὸ μάννα. Rom. 14,
2. 8. 6. 1 Cor. 10,.3. 25.27.al. Trop. John
6, 53. With a negat. Luke 4, 2. 1 Cor. 8,
13. So Xen. Ag. 9. 3. Cyr. 8. 1. 44,—
Also, to eat of, to partake of, for ἐκ v. ἀπό

τινος as above, 1 Cor. 8, 7. 10. 11, 26. 27 ᾿

Rev. 2, 14, 20.

2. From the Heb. in the phrase éoSiesy
v. φαγεῖν καὶ πίνειν, to eat and drink,
absol. or c.ace. 8) Simply, i. 4. to take a

of any thing, as in £, .

αὐδῇ
ee

"Eon

meal, Luke 19, 17. 17, 8 bis. Sept. for
mney box 1 K. 19, 6. 8. 2K. 6,23. So
Bel and Drag. 6. b) Also i. q. éo live, in
the usual manner, Matt. 11, 18 μήτε éoSior
μήτε πίνων, i.e. not living as other men;
comp. Matt. 3, 4. Matt. 11, 19 7ASev ὁ vids
τοῦ ay3p. ea%iwv καὶ πίνων, i. e. like other
men. Luke 7, 33. 34. 1 Cor. 9, 4. Hence
in antith. with νηστεύειν, it signifies not to
fast, Luke 5, 33; but with a neg od φα-
γεῖν οὐδὲ πιεῖν, not to eat or drink, to abstain
from food, to fast, Acts 9,9. 23,12. 21.
So Sept. Ex. 34,28. 1K. 18,8. 9. . ὁ)
Spec. to feast, to banquet, Luke 12, 19 ava-
παύου, φάγε, mie, εὐφραίνου. 1 Cor. 10, 7.
15, 32. With the idea of luxury, revelling,
Matt. 24, 49. Luke 12, 45. 17, 27. 28.
1 Cor. 11, 22, comp. v. 31. So Sept. for
mms bos 1 Sam. 30, 16. Job 1, 4. 18. al.
d) With ἐνώπιόν τινος, to eat and drink in
the presence of any one, i. e. to live in ac-
quaintance and intercourse with him, Luke
13, 26. Trop. Luke 22, 30 ἵνα ἐσθίητε καὶ
πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου ἐν τῇ Bac. pov,
i. e. that ye may feast at my table, live in
familiar intercourse with me; comp. in
ἀνακλίνω no. 2.

3 Trop. to devour, to consume, c. acc.
su of fire, Heb. 10, 27; of rust, James 5, 3.
Sept. and 52x of fire, Is. 10, 17.—Of
fire, Hom. Il. 23. 182; comp. Plato Rep.
589.a. +

Ἔσλί, 6, indec. Ἐπὶ, pr. n. of ἃ man,
Luke 3, 25.

ἔσοπτρον, ov, τό, (εἰσόψομαι, for εἴσ-
οπῖτρον,) ὦ looking-glass, mirror; James
1, 23 ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ katavoovrtt...€v ἐσόπτρῳ.
1 Cor. 13, 12 βλέπομεν δι᾿ ἐσόπτρου ἐν ai-
viypatt, i.e. we now see only an image
behind the metallic surface, dimly, obscure-
ly, and not face to face as we shall see
hereafter. So Ecclus. 12,11. Anacr. 11.3.
Plut. de Fac. in orbe Lun. 23 bis—The
mirrors of the ancients were usually made
of polished metal, see Ex. 38, 8. Job 37,18 ;
comp. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 3, 23. Dict. of
Antt. art. Speculum.

ἑσπέρα; as, ἡ, (pr. fem. of ἕσπερος.)
evening, Lat. vespera, Luke 24,29. Acts 4,
3. 28,23. Sept. for a93 Gen. 1,5. 8. al.
—Hiian. 3. 12. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.

᾿Ἐσρώμ, 6, indec. Esrom, Heb. i737
(walled in) Hezron, pr. n. of the grandson
of Judah, Matt. 1, 3 bis. Luke 3, 35. See
1 Chr. 2, 5.

ἔσχατος, dry, τον, ΠΕΣ ἔχω, ἔσχον,)
the last, the furthest, utlermost, extreme ;
spoken of place and time, viz.

297

LS τυ, 7 el 4} ΨΥ.

᾿ ἔσχατος

1. Of place. ἃ) Pr. the furthest, remotest ;
also Neut. as subst. τὸ ἔσχατον, the extre-
mily, ¢ end; Acts 1, 8 et 13,47 ἕως ἐσχάτου
τῆς γῆς. Sept. for ops Jer. 16, 18; ΠΧΡ
Deut. 28,49. So All. V. H. 3.18 med. Dem.
1488. 9. Xen. Vect. 1.6. δ) Trop. of
rank or dignity, the last, lowest, least ; Luke
14, 9.10 εἰς τὸν ἔσχ. τόπον. So genr. Matt.
19, 30 bis, πολλοὶ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι,
καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. Mark 9, 35. 10, 31 bis.
Luke 13, 30 bis. John 8,9. 1 Cor. 4, 9.
Comp. homines postremi, Cic. pro Rose. Am.
47. ο) Of order or number, the last, ut-
most, Matt. 5, 26 τὸν ἔσχ. κοδράντην. Luke
12, ὅ9.

2. Of time, the last, the latest, only in the
later Greek. a) Genr. of persons, Matt.
20, 8. 12 of ἔσχατοι, i. 6. the labourers
latest hired. v. 14. 16 bis. 1 Cor. 15, 26. 45
ὁ ἔσχατος ᾿Αδάμ, i. ᾳ. ὁ δεύτερος in v. 45.
(Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 135 ἔσχατον μάρτυρα
παρέχειν.) Adverbially, Mark 12, 6. 22
ἐσχάτη πάντων ἀπέϑανε καὶ ἡ γυνή, comp.
Buttm. ὁ 128, 6. Also of things, the last,
and in reference to two, the later, latter, 6. g.
τὰ ἔσχατά τινος, the latter state or condition
of any one, Matt. 12, 45. Luke 11, 26.
2 Pet. 2,20. Sept. and mmx Job 8, 7.
42,12. So ἡ ἔσχ. πλάνη Matt. 27, 64; τὰ
ἔσχ. ἔργα Rey. 2,19; ἔσχ. πληγαί Rev. 15,
1. 21,9. Also, ἐν τῇ ἐσχ. σάλπιγγι 1 Cor.
15, 52, i.e. the trumpet of the last day.
Neut. ἔσχατον as adv. 1 Cor. 15, 8 ἔσχ.
πάντων. Ὁ) With a noun of time, as ἡ
ἐσχάτη ἡμέρα, the last day, 6. g. of a
festival, John 7,37; or of the world, the
day of judgment, John 6, 39. 40. 44. 54.
11, 24, 12,48. Further, in the phrases ἐν
ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, in the last or latter
days, Acts 2,17. 2 Tim. 3, 1. James 5, 3;
ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμέρων, Heb. 1. 1. 2 Pet.
8, 8; ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ, in the last time,
1 Pet. 1,5; ἐν ἐσχάτῳ χρόνῳ, in the last
time, Jude 18; ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτων τῶν χρόνων
1 Pet. 1, 20; ἐσχάτη. ὥρα ἐστί, it is the last
hour, 1 John 2, 18 bis; all which refer to
the last times of 6 αἰὼν οὗτος, the times
since the coming of Christ, in which the
Jewish dispensation has come to an end, and
the power of this world is in part broken,
though it will be wholly destroyed only at
his second advent, i. 4. τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώ-
νων 1 Cor. 10, 11; comp. in αἰών no. 2. b,
and βασιλεία no. 3. These expressions
seem therefore strictly to cover the whole
interval between the first and final advent
of Christ; but they commonly refer more
particularly to the period in which the sa-
cred®writers lived, adjacent to the first com-

& »

ἐσχάτως
ing, in the last days of the old dispensation,
as Acts 2,17 Heb.1,1. James 5,3. 1 Pet. 1,
20. 2 Pet. 3,3. 2 Tim. 3,1. Jude 18. 1 John
2,18 bis; elsewhere more to later times,
before the second coming, as 1 Pet. 1, 5.
See Bleek Br. an d. Hebr. II. p. 27. ὦ)
In the phrase ὁ πρῶτος καὶ 6 ἔσχατος,
the first and the last, spoken of the Messiah
in glory, Rev. 1, [11.] 17. 2, 8.22, 13; prob.
in the sense of eternal, the beginning and
the end; comp. Heb, i778 728) FWRI BN
Is. 44, 6 et 48, 12, comp. Is. 41, 43; see
Gesen. Comm. on Is. 41, 4. 48, 12.

ἐσχάτως, adv. (ἔσχατος,) at the uller-
most, in extremity; so ἐσχάτως ἔχειν, Lat.
in extremis esse, to be at the last gasp, at
the point of death, Mark 5, 23.—Artemidor.
3.61. Diod. Sic. VI. p. 31 (II. p. 554 Wess.)
πυϑόμενος τὸν Φηρεκύδην.... ἐν Δήλῳ νοσεῖν
καὶ τελέως ἐσχάτως ἔχειν. So ἐσχάτως διά-
κειμαι Diod. Sic. 18. 48, Pol. 1. 24.2. See
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 389. Kypke in Mare.
1,6.

ἔσω, adv. of place, (εἰς, pr. εἴσω,) into,
in, within, opp. ἔξω.

1. Pr. implying motion inéo a place;
+ Matt. 26, 58 καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω. Mark 14,
54; with gen. 15,16 ἔσω τῆς αὐλῆς, into
the hall, Sept. for ra"2p 2 Chr. 29, 16. 18.
—Hdot. 5. 20. Soph. Cid. R. 461; εἴσω
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.20; c. gen. Xen. Hi. 2.°10:

2. Of place where, within, John 20, 26.
Acts 5,23. Sept. for M22 Gen. 39, 11.
So Dem. 421. 16, 18. Aristot. H. An. 8. 9.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 128.—Hence 6, ἧ,
τό ἔσω as adj. inner, interior, Buttm. ᾧ 125.
6; trop. 6 ἔσω ἄνθρωπος the inner man,
the mind, soul, Rom. 7, 22. Eph. 3, 16;
see in ἄνϑρωπος no. 3: [2 Cor. 4, 16.] So
οἱ ἔσω, those within the church, Christians,
1 Cor. 5, 12. So Dion Cass. 122. 15.
Xen. Ven. 10. 7 τὸ ἔσω. Luc. Navig. 38 τὸ
εἴσω.

ἔσωϊδϑεν, adv. of place, (ἔσω, from
within.

1. Pr. implying motion from within out-
wards; Mark 7, 21 ἔσωϑεν ἐκ τῆς καρδίας
κτλ. v. 23. Luke 11, '7.—Arr. Epict. 4.1.
57; pr. Plut. Poplic. 20. Hdot. 8. 37.

2. Also of place where, within, like ἔσω ;
so of persons Matt. 7, 15 ἔσωϑεν δέ εἰσι λύ-
κοι κτλ. 23, 25. 2'7. 28. 2 Cor. 7, 5. Rev.
4, 8. 5,1. Sept. and ΓΞ Gen. 6, 14. Ex.
25,11; 72 Ex. 39,18. So Arr. Epict.
2. 8. 14; pr. Xen. An. 1. 4. 4.—Hence 6,
ἧ, TO ἔσωσεν as adj. the inner, the inside,
trop. for the mind, heart, Luke 11, 39. 40.
2 Cor. 4,16. Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6,

298

érepos

ἐσώτερος, a, ον, (ἔσω.) compar. inner,
interior, inmost, Acts 16,24. Hence Neut.
τὸ ἐσώτερον, the interior, that within, Heb.
6, 19; comp. Lev. 16,15 where Sept. for
ΤΟΣ ΤΌΝ,

ἑταῖρος, ov, 6, (kindr. ἔτης,) a compa-
nion, comrade, friend, Matt. 11, 16. Sept.
for 2) 2 Sam. 13,3. 16,17. So Hdian. 2.
1.10. Xen. Cyr. 5.1 1. Mem. 2. 6, 15.—
Also in a direct address, voc. éraipe, friend,
as in Engl. my good friend, Matt. 20, 13.
22, 12. 26,50. So Aristoph. Vesp. 1239.
Plato Gorg. 473. a.

ἑτερόγλωσ. TOS, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἕτερος,
yAéooa,) other-tongued, of another language ;
1 Cor. 14, 21 ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις (λόγοις), in
allusion to Is. 28, 11.—Aquil. for > Ps.
114, 1. Pol. 24. 9. 5.

ἑτεροδιδασκαλέω, &, f. iow, (ἕτερος,
διδάσκαλος.) to teach otherwise, other doc-
trine, error, 1 Tim. 1, 3. 6, 3.—Ignat. ad
Polyc. §3. Euseb. H. E. 3. 32. Not found
in classic writers.

ἑτεροζυγέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἑτερόζυγος,) to
be yoked heterogeneously, pr. with an ani-
mal of another kind, to be yoked unequally ;
in N. T. only trop. of Christians living in
familiar intercourse with pagan idolaters,
2 Cor. 6,14; comp. v. 15 sq.—Comp. Sept.
ἑτερόζυγος for BN42, i. 6. animals of differ-
ent kinds, Lev. 19,19. Also σταϑμὸς ére-
ρόζυγος Phocyl. Sent. 13.

ἕτερος, a, ov, correl. pron. the other,
other, one of two, Buttm. § 78, 4. § 127. 10.

1. Pr. and defin. ὁ ἕτερος, with the arti-
cle, the other, sc. of two, where one has been
already mentioned, as Matt. 6,24 τὸν ἕνα
μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει. Luke 5,
7. 7,41. 23, 40. al. Luke 4, 43 ἐν ταῖς ἑτέ-
pats πόλεσιν, in those other cities where
the gospel has not yet been preached. In dis-
tinction from oneself, another person, i. q.
τὸν πλησίον, Rom. 2,1. 1 Cor. 4, 6. 14,
17. Gal. 6, 4. James 4, 12. (Hdian. 5. 7. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.17.) Hence ἡ ἑτέρα sc.

ἡμέρα, the other i. e. the next day, the day

after, Acts 20, 15. 27, 3. So Xen. Cyr. 4.
6. 10 ἢν αὔριον ins πρωΐ, τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ἂν αὐλί-
ζοιο παρ᾽ ἡμῖν.

2. Indef. and without the art. other, another,
some other, i. q. ἄλλος, but with a stronger
expression of difference ; Buttm. § 127. 10.

a) Pr. Matt. 8, 21 ἕτερος δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν.
Luke 8, 3. John 19, 37. Acts 1, 20. al.
Eph. 3, 5 ἐν ἑτέραις γενεαῖς, i. e. former.
Sept. for "WIN Gen. 4, 24. 8, 10. al. So
Hdian, 5. 1. 13. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 5.—Joined

ἑτέρως
with ris indet. ἕτερός τις, some other one,
any other, Acts 8, 34. 27,1. Rom. 8, 39.
1 Tim. 1,10. Also distributively, either re-
peated, as 1 Cor. 15, 40 ἕτερα μὲν ... ἕτερα
δέ; or with other pronouns, Matt. 16, 14
of μὲν ... ἄλλοι de... ἕτεροι δέ κτλ. Luke
11, 16. 14, 19. 20. 1 Cor. 12, 9. 10. Sept.
for B"N Gen. 31, 49: MBX Ex. 26, 3.
Matth. ᾧ 288. n. 6.

b) Of another kind, another, different, i. q.
ἀλλοῖος, 6. σ΄. ἐν ἑτέρᾳ μορφῇ Mark 16, 12;
νόμος Rom. 7, 23; εὐαγγέλιον Gal. 1, 6;
ὁδός James 2, 25. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 2.) So
of a priest out of a different line or family,
Heb. 7, 11. 15; prob. also of a king from
another race, Acts 7, 18; comp. Jos. Ant.
2.9.1. Spec. Jude 7 ἀπελϑοῦσαι ὀπίσω
σαρκὸς ἑτέρας afler other flesh, i. 6. of a dif-
ferent sex, male ; comp. Gen. 19, 5.—For
the phrase ἑτέραις γλώσσαις V. ἐν χείλεσιν
ἑτέροις λαλεῖν Acts 2, 4 et 1 Cor. 14, 21, see

.in γλῶσσα no. 2. d. Comp. Is. 28,11. +

ἑτέρως, adv. (€repos,) otherwise, Phil. 3,

15.—Luc. Hermot. 44. Plato Phedr. 235. a.

ἔτι, adv. yet, still, implying the continu-
ance or increase of something existing;
comp. Hartung Lehre von der Partik. I.
Ρ. 123.

1. Of continuance in time: a) The
present in relation to the past, ye/, still, hi-
therto, Lat. adhuc; Matt. 12, 46 ἔτει αὐτοῦ
λαλοῦντος. 27, 63 ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι

ζῶν. Luke 9, 42. 24, 6. John 20, 1. Rom.

5, 6. al. (Hdian. 4. 9. 15, Plut. Mor. II. p.

39 ult. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 9.) Spec. of a
former state of mind or condition still un-
changed, Mark 8, 17. Luke 24, 41. Acts 9,
1. Rom. 3,7. Gal. 1, 10. ἃ]. So é νῦν,
yet now, even now, 1 Cor. 3,2. (Hdian. 3.
4. 6 ἔτι νῦν. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16 viv δ᾽ ἔτι.)
In the sense even now, even then, already ;
Luke 1, 15 πνεύματος ἁγίου πλησϑήσεται
ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὑτοῦ. Heb. 7, 10.
Comp. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 6. p. 242, 7
τε ἄδηλος αὕτη τύχη Tépparer ἡμῖν καὶ ἔτι
ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἠκολούϑηκεν. b) The future in
relation to the present, yel, still, further,
longer, henceforth ; Mark 5, 35 ri ἔτι σκύλ-
Aes τὸν διδάσκαλον. John 4, 35. 7, 33. 14,
19. Rom. 6, 2. 2 Cor. 1, 10. al. (Hdian. 2.
13. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 20. Apol. Soc. 33
τοῦ ἔτι ζῆν.) With a negative, no further,
no more, no longer, Lat. non amplius ; Luke
16, 2 οὐ yap δυνήσῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν. Matt.
5, 13 εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι. Heb. 8, 12. Rev.
3, 12. 7,16. al. For οὐκέτι see in its or-
der. So Hdian. 3. 11.13. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.
26 οὐδένα ἔτι.

299

ἑτοιμασία

2. Genr. as marking accession, increase,
yet, still more, further, besides; Matt. 18,
16 παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο. Luke
18, 22 ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει. John 16,12. 1 Cor.
12, 31. Heb. 11, 82. 36. al. So ἔτι δὲ καί,
and further also, moreover also, Luke 14,
26. Acts 2, 26; ἔτι re καί id. Acts 21, 28.
So Hdian. 5. 2. 13. Xen. Cic. 6. 12; ἔτι δὲ
καί Hdian. 2. 3. 9. Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 18.—
Spec. it strengthens a comparative ; Phil. 1,
9 ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον, yet more and more.
Heb. 7, 15. So ἔτε μᾶλλον Jos. Ant. 20,
4,2. Xen. Hi. 2.18. See Winer ὁ 36. 3.
ni. +

ἑτοιμάζω, f. dow, (ἔτοιμος,) 1. to make
ready, to prepare. a) Of things, as a
meal, banquet, c. acc. Matt. 22, 4. Luke 17,
8; τὸ πάσχα Matt. 26, 17. 19. Mark 14, 12.
15. 16. Luke 22, 8. 9. 12. 13. Sept. for [73
Gen. 43, 16. (Hom. Il. 19. 197. Plut. de
Virt. et Vit. 4.) Also a place, domicile, to
prepare, to provide ; 6. acc. et dat. 6. g. τό-
mov John 14, 2. 3. Rev. 12,63 πόλιν Heb.
11,16; ξενίαν Philem. 22; acc. impl. Luke
9, 52. Sept. for 121 1 Chr. 15, 3. So
genr. of things, to prepare, to provide, c. acc.
ἀρώματα Luke 23, ὅθ. 24,1; ἀγαθά Luke
12, 20 comp. v. 19. Sept. and 3211 2 Chr.
26,14. Spec. to prepare a way, τὴν ὁδόν,
by leveling and straightening, as was cus-
tomary before oriental monarchs on their
journeys and marches ; see Jos. B. J. 3. 6.
2. Arr. Alex. M. 4. 30. 12. Diod. Sic. 2.
13; so Pass. pr. Rev. 16, 12; trop. of the
Messiah, Matt. 3, 3. Mark 1, 3. Luke 1,
76. 3, 4, all quoted from Is. 40, 3 where
Sept. for 28. Ὁ) Of persons, ὁ. acc.
e. g. ér. κυρίῳ λαόν Luke 1, 17; comp.
Sept. 2 Chr. 27, 6. Ecclus. 2,18. So of
soldiers, Acts 23, 23; a bride, ἑαυτήν Rev.
19, 7. 21,23; a servant or minister, ἑαυτόν
Rev. 8, 6. 9, 15. Luke 12, 47. Pass. par-
ticip. ἡτοιμασμένος, prepared, i. 6. ready,
Jitted, 2 Tim. 2, 21; of horses, yr. εἰς πόλε-
pov, Rev. 9,7. So genr. 1 Mace. 13, 22.
Pol. 1. 38. 3. Thue. 6. 34.

2. Trop. of God, as having in his coun-
sels made ready good or evil for men, i. e.
to prepare, to appoint, c. acc. 1 Cor. 2,9 4
ἡτοίμασεν ὃ ϑεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. Luke
2, 31. Pass. Matt. 20,23. 25, 34. 41. Mark
10,40. Sept. for "33 Ex. 23, 20. Is. 41,
21; 1°50 Gen. 24, 14. 44.—Tob. 6, 17.

ἑτοιμασία, as, ἡ, (€romos,) preparation:
i. 6. readiness, alacrity; Eph. 6, 15 ὑποδη-
σάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγε-
λίου, having your feet shod with preparation
(alacrity) for the gospel; comp. 2 Tim. 2,

ἕτοιμος. ὃ 300

21. Sept. for 723 Ps. 10, 17.—Jos. Ant.
10. 1. 2. Artemid. 2. 57.

ἕτοιμος, η, ov, once ai ἕτομοι Matt. 25,
10. Thuc. 8. 26; ready, prepared, e. g.
a) Of things, as a banquet, Matt. 22, 4. 8.
Luke 14, 17; a chamber, Mark 14,15; a
contribution, 2 Cor. 9, 5; so of time, John
7,6; of things done, made ready, τὰ ἕτοιμα
2 Cor. 10, 16. (Thue. 7. 60, 65.) Also c.
inf. ready to be done, σωτηρίαν ἑτοίμην ἀπο-
καλυφϑῆναι, 1 Pet. 1, 5. So Wisd. 16, 20.
Hdian. 2. 12.1. Xen. Cyr.2.1.10. Ὁ) Of
persons, Matt. 25,10 ai ἕτοιμοι εἰσῆλϑξον.
Also, with πρός τι, ready for any thing, Tit.
3, 1. 1 Pet. 3, 15; ο. infin. ready to do or
act, Luke 22, 33. Acts 23, 15; inf. impl. v.
21. So ἕτοιμος γίνομαι, to become ready, be
prepared, Matt. 24,44. Luke 12, 40. Sept.
for "139 Fn Ex. 19,15. 34,2. Soc. πρός
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 12; c. inf. Luc. Asin. 23.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 1. 1.—Hence, ὁ ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν,
to have or hold in readiness, c. inf. 2 Cor.
10,6. So Pol. 2. 34. 2.

ἑτοίμως, adv. (Erouyos,) ready, in readi-
ness ; hence ἑτοίμως ἔχειν, to hold oneself
ready, to be ready, c. inf. Acts 21,13, 2 Cor.
12,14. 1 Pet. 4,5. Sept. for my "ms
Dan. 3, 15.—Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 2. αὐ ΝΗ.
4, 18. Diod. Sic. 16. 28.

ἔτος, cos, ous, τό, a year, Luke 3, 1.
Acts 7, 30. Heb. 1, 12. al. Sept. for mu
1K. 15,1. Jer. 1, 2. 3. «So Hdian. 1. 16.
5. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 12.—Dat. plur. as mark-
ing a period in or during which, John 2, 20.
Acts 13,20; Plato Tim. 23.d. Accus. plur.
of time how long, Matt. 9, 20. Luke 2, 36..
John 5, 5. al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9—In the
phrase εἶναι v. γίνομαι ἔτων; to be of so many
years, of such and such an age; Matt. 5, 42
ἦν yap ἔτων δώδεκα, i. e. twelve years old.
Luke 2, 37. 42. Acts 4, 22. al. (Sept. Gen.
5, 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 40.) So John 8,
57 πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, thou hast not
yet forty years, i. 6. art not forty years old.—
With prepositions, 6. g. ἀπό ὁ. gen. from,
since, Rom. 15,23; δεά c. gen. as δι᾿ ἐτῶν
πλειόνων, after many years, Acts 24, 17.
Gal. 2,1; εἰς 6. ace. for, Luke 12,19; ἐν
6. dat. inf Luke 3,1; ἐκ ὁ. gen. from, since,
Acts 9, 33. 24,10; ἐπί c. acc. upon -or
for, Acts 19,10; κατά 6. acc. as κατ᾽ ἔτος,
year by year, every year, Luke 2, 41 (Jos.
Ant. 7. 5. 1); μετά ce. ace. after, Gal. 1,
18. 3,17: πρό c¢. gen. before, so many
years ago, 2 Cor. 12,2. +

εὖ, adv. (pr. neut. of évs,) well, Bias
in N. 'T. only with verbs or absol.

εὐαγγελίζω

1. Pr. with a verb; Eph. 6, 8 ἵνα εὖ σοι
γένηται, that it may be well with thee, that
thou mayest prosper; quoted from Deut. 5,
16 where Sept. for qu . (Arr. Epict. 2. 5.
30.) Mark 14, 7 εὖ ποιῆσαί τινα, to do one
good, to do good to any one. Sept. for ΒΞ ὩΣ
Gen, 32, 9. 12. (Jos. Ant. 14. 14, 3. Xen.
Mem. 2.1.19.) Acts 15, 29 εὖ πράσσειν to
do well, i. e. to do right, to act well; so Jos
Ant. 4. 8. 38. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 14.

2. Absol. in commendations, i. q. edye,
well! well done! Matt. 25, 21 εὖ, δοῦλε
ἀγαϑέ. ν. 28. Luke 19, 17.—Xen. Ven. 6.
20; comp. εὖγε ib. 19.

Nore. In composition, εὖ is well, good ;
hence ‘often intensive.

Eda, as, ἡ, Eve, Heb. 53% (life), pr.
name of the first woman, 2 Cor. 11, 3.
1 Tim. 2, 13.

εὐαγγελίζω,. f. ἰσω, (εὐάγγελος,) aor. 1
εὐηγγέλισα, for the augm. see Buttm. ᾧ 86.
3; to bring good news, to announce glad
tidings ; Act. only twice, Rev. 10,7. 14,6;
elsewhere Mid. and Pass.—Not found in
Mark, nor in John’s gospel and epistles;
only once in Matthew, and twice in the
Apocalypse.

I. Acr. with acc. of pers. comp. Buttm.
§131. 5; to bring or announce glad tidings

unto; Rev. 10, 7 Grb. ὡς εὐηγγέλισε τοὺς
ἑαυτοῦ δούλους τοὺς προφήτας, where Rec. ©

has dat. rots’ δούλοις κτὰ. 14, 6 εὐαγγελίσαι
τοὺς καθημένους ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς KrA. where
some editions read ἐπὶ τοὺς καθημένους κτλ.
Sept. c. dat. for "wa 1 Sam. 31,9. 2 Sam.
18, 19. 20.—Dion Cass. 61. 13. (993. 30.)
Polyen. 5. 7 εὐηγγέλιζε τοῖς Συρακουσίοις.
The Active form is not found in early
writers; Lob. ad Phryn. p. 268.

Il. Mr. in earlier writers (Lob. l. 6.) and
in N. T. to bring good news, to announce or
publish glad tidings; in various construc-
tions.

1. Genr. and c. acc. of thing, Acts 10; 36
εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην. Rom. 10, 15 bis
quoted from Is. 52,'7 where Sept. for "wa,
as also 1 K. 1, 42.. With ace. of thing and
dat. of pers. which was the more usual con
struction, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 268. Winer
§31. 1.n. Luke 1,19 ἀπεστάλην εὐαγγελί-
σασϑαΐ σοι ταῦτα. 2,10. Eph. 2,17. 1 Thess.
3, 6. * Sept. for "wa 1 Chr. 10,9; ἔν τισι
1 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 40,10. So Jos. Ant. 5.
1.5. Luc. Icarom. 34. Lyeurg. 150.35; τινὶ
περί twos Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 2. Plut. Quest.
Rom. 9.—With dat. of pers. Luke 4, 18 εὖ"
αγγελίσασϑαι πτωχοῖς, quoted from Is, 61,1
where Sept. for nga. So Aristoph Eq.

oan a

ee

ειαγγέλιον 301

643. Dem. 332. 9.—With two acc. of pers.
and thing, in the later usage; Acts 13, 32
καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεϑα τὴν ἐπαγγε-
λίαν... ὅτι κτὰ. comp. Buttm. § 151. 1. 6.
So Alciphr. Ep. 3. 12. Heliodor. 2. 16. p.
64. Euseb. Vit. Const. 3. 26.

2 Spex. of the gospel of Christ and all
that pertains to it, to bring glad tidings of
salvation; hence to show forth, to declare,

to preach, including always the idea of glad ©

tidings; e.g. a) Withacc. τὴν βασιλείαν
TOU ϑεοῦ V. τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείαν τ. 3. to show
forth the glad tidings of the kingdom of God,
to preach the kingdom, Luke 8, 1. Acts 8, 12;
c. dat. of pers. Luke 4,43. 0) With acc.
Ἰησοῦν Xp. v. τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν, Acts 5, 42.
11, 20. 17, 18; c. dat. of pers. Acts 8, 35;
also ἐν τοῖς ἔϑνεσι Gal. 1,16. So Eph. 3,8
τὸν πλοῦτον τοῦ Xp. ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι. 0)
Genr. c. acc. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, τὸν λόγον, τὴν
πίστιν, etc. Gal. 1, 23 τὴν πίστιν. Acts 8,
4 τὸν λόγον. 15, 35; c. dat. of pers. 1 Cor.
15, 1. 2 εὐαγγέλιον ὑμῖν. 2 Cor: 11,7; ace.
impl. Gal. 1,8 bis. ἃ) Simply, εὐαγγελί-
ζεσϑαι, to preach the gospel; absol. Luke 9,
6. 20, 1. Acts 14, 7. Rom. 15, 20. 1 Cor.
1,17. 9, 16 bis. 18; with εἰς 6. acc. mark-
ing extent, 2 Cor. 10,16. With dat. of
pers. Rom. 1, 15. Gal. 4,13. With acc.
of pers. Luke 3, 18. Acts 16,10. Gal. 1, 9.
1 Pet. 1, 12; acc. of place for pers. Acts 8,
25. 40. 14, 21; acc. and infin. Acts 14, 15.
Comp. Winer § 32. 1. n.

ΠῚ. Pass. with aor. 1 εὐηγγελίσϑην, perf.
part. εὐηγγελισμένος, with a nominative of
thing or person,e. g. ἃ) With anom. of
the thing announced, corresp. to the accus.
in the Active construction, Buttm. § 134. 1,

δ᾽ to be announced as glad tidings, to be

preached; Luke 16,16 ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ ϑεοῦ
εὐαγγελίζεται. Gal. 1, 11 τὸ εὐαγγέλιον.
1 Pet. 1, 25 τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου. Impers. 6.
dat. of pers. 1 Pet. 4, 6 καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγε-
λίσϑη, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 129,16. b) With
a nom. of person, corresp. to the dat. or acc.
of pers. in the Active construction, Buttm.
§ 134. 5; to have good tidings brought to
one, to receive glad tidings, 6. g. of God’s
promise, Heb. 4,2 καὶ γάρ ἐσμεν εὐηγγε-
λισμένοι, καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι. Vv. 6. Sept. for
“wann 2Sam. 18,31. Spec. of the gospel,
to have the gospel preached to one, to hear the
gospel preached, Matt. 11, 5 and Luke 7, 22

πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται.

εὐαγγέλιον, ου, τό, (εὐάγγελος.) a γον,

ward for good news, given to the messen-
ger, Hom. Od. 14. 152, 166. Plut. Agesi.
33; then good news, glad tidings, Sept. for

εὐαγγέλιον

myiba 2 Sam. 18, 20. 22. Lue. Asin. 96,
Plut. Pomp. 41. App. B. Civ. 4. 20.—In
N. T. the glad tidings of Christ and his
salvation, the gospel. Not found in Luke, nor
in John’s gospel and epistles, only twice in
Acts, once in Peter, once in Rev.

1. Pr. the gospel, in the sense of glad
tidings ; so in the four evangelists, e. g.
a) In respect to the kingdom of the Messi-
ah, as τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ ϑεοῦ,
Mark 1, 14. Matt. 4, 23. 9,35. 24,14:
and so impl. Mark 1,15. 13,10. 14, 9.
Matt. 26,13. Ὁ) In’ respect to the com-
ing and life of Christ himself; Mark 8, 35
et 10, 29 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ rod εὐαγγελίου.
16,15. Meton. the preaching of the gospel,
annunciation of the glad tidings respecting
Christ, sc. as begun by John the Baptist,
Mark 1, 1.—Hence later gospel, i. q. gospel-
history, the record of Christ’s life and teach-
ing ; so in the titles of the first four books
of the N. T.

2. Later, after the day of Pentecost, the
gospel, i. e. the gospel scheme, the plan of
redemption through Christ, comprising all
its doctrines, precepts, promises, privileges ; -
so in Paul’s writings, and also Acts 15, 7
20, 24. 1 Pet. 4, 17. Rev. 14,6. Thus
a) Genr. Rom. 2, 16 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν
pou, i. e. the gospel which I preach. 11, 28.
16,.25. 2 Tim. 2,8. 1 Cor. 9, 14 τοῖς τὸ
evay. καταγγέλουσιν. v.18. 15,1. 2 Cor.
4, 3. 4. Gal. 1, 11 τὸ εὐαγ. τὸ εὐαγγελισϑὲν
in’ ἐμοῦ. 2,2. 5. 14. Eph. 1, 13. 3, 6. 6,
19. Phil. 1, 5. '7. 17. 27 bis. Col. 1, 5. 23.
2 Tim. 1, 10. Acts 15,7. 20, 24. Rey..14,
6 εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον, i.e. the eternal trutlis
and blessings of the gospel. So τὸ edayy.
τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the gospel of Christ, the
glad tidings of Christ and his salvation,
Rem. 15, 29. 2 Cor. 9, 13. Gal. 1,7. Also
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Tod ϑεοῦ, i. 6. of which God
is the author through Christ, Rom. 15, 16.
2 Cor. 11, 7.. 1 Thess. 2, 2. 8.9. 1 Tim.
1,11. Hence by antith. ἕτερον εὐαγγέ-
λιον, another gospel, different, not the true
one, 2 Cor. 11, 4. Gal. 1,6. 5) Meton.
the gospel, for the gospel-work, labour in the
gospel, the preaching of the gospel ; Rom.
1, 1 ἀφωρισμένος eis εὐαγγέλιον ϑεοῦ. ν. 9.
16. 1 Cor. 4, 15. 9, 14 ἐκ τοῦ evay. ζῆν. ν.
23. 2 Cor. 2,12. 8, 18. Eph. 6, 15 see in
ἑτοιμασία. Phil. 1, 12. 2, 22. 4, 3. 15,
1 Thess. 1, 5. 2,4. 2 Thess. 2,14. 2 Tim.
1, 8. Philem. 13 ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς τοῦ eday.
in bonds on account of labours in the gos-
pel. Gal. 2,7 πεπίστευμαι τὸ ebay. τῆς axpo-
Bvorias, the gospel of the uncircumcision,
ie, the preaching of the gospel to the gen-

εὐαγγελιστής 902

tiles. Rom. 10, 16 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν τῷ
εὐαγγελίῳ, all have not obeyed the preaching
of the gospel, i. e. the gospel as preached.
So too τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, see above
in lett. a; Rom. 15, 19. 1 Cor. 9,12. 18.
2Cor. 10, 14. 1 Thess. 3,2. 2 Thess. 1, 8.
1 Pet. 4, 17. |
εὐαγγελιστής, οὔ, 6, (εὐαγγελίζομαι,)
pr. ‘a messenger of good tidings :᾿ in N. T.
an evangelist, a preacher of the gospel, not
fixed in any place, but travelling as a mis-
sionary to preach the gospel and establish
churches, Acts 21, 8. Eph. 4, 11. 2 Tim.
4, 5. See Neander Hist. of the Plant.
and Tr. of the Chr. Church I. p. 173.
[Germ. ed. 2, 1. p. 194.] Theodoret ad Eph.
4, 11 ἐκεῖνοι περιϊόντες ἐκήρυττον. Euseb.

H. E. 3. 31.

εὐαρεστέω, ὦ, f. now, (εὐάρεστος,) perf.
εὐηρέστηκα, for the augm. see Buttm. § 86.
33 to please well, c. dat. Heb. 11, 5 εὐηρε-
στηκέναι τῷ Sed, quoted from Sept. Gen. 5,
24. Absol. v. 6. So Ecclus. 44, 16. Diod.
Sic. 4. 4.—Pass. to be pleased with any thing,
c. dat. of cause, Heb. 13,16. So Diod. Sic.
8 55. ib. 20. 79. ‘

>7 5

εὐάρεστος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (εὖ, ἀρέσκω,)
well-pleasing, acceptable, approved, c. dat.
Rom, 12, 1 εὐάρεστον τῷ Sed. 14, 18.
2 Cor. 5,9. Eph. 5, 10. Phil. 4, 18; absol.
Rom. 12,2; ἔν τινι of manner, Tit. 2, 9.
(Wisd. 4,10.) With ἐνώπιόν τινος instead
of a dat. Heb. 13,21; cOmp. in ἐνώπιον no.
3. With ἐν κυρίῳ Col. 3, 20, where Rec.
has τῷ κυρίῳ, comp. in ἐν no. 1. e ; comp.
Wisd. 9, 10 παρά σοι.

evapéotws, adv. (εὐάρεστος,) so as to
please, acceptably, Heb. 12, 28.—Arr. Epict.
1. 32..24.

Εὔβουλος, ov, 6, Eubulus, pr. n. of a
Christian, 2 Tim. 4, 21.

εὐγενής, έος, os, 6, 7, adj. (εὖ, γένος.)
well-born, noble, of high rank, Luke 19, 12.
1 Cor. 1,26. Sept. for 513 Job 1, 3. So
Hdian. 1. 8. 10. Xen. Hell. 4. 1. '7.—Trop.
noble-minded, generous, Acts 17, 11. So
Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 4 ras ψυχὰς εὐγενεῖς. Plato
Rep. 375. a.

εὐδία, as, 4, (εὔδιος, Διός.) serene sky,
fair weather, Matt. 16, 2 εὐδία sc. ἔσται.----
Eeclus. 3, 15. Pol. 1. 60. 8. Xen. Hell. 2.
4. 14.

εὐδοκέω, ὦ, f. How, (εὖ, δοκέω.) aor. 1
εὐδόκησα, also ηὐδόκησα Luke 3, 22, see
Buttm. ᾧ 86. 3; to think well of, to think
good; hence genr. to be well disposed, to
favour, c. dat. of pers. Diod. Sic. 17. 47;

εὐεργεσια

to assent to, to approve, c. dat. of thing
1 Macc. 1, 48. Diod. Sic. 4. 23. Found
only in the later Greek, Sturz de Dial. Alex.
p- 168.—In N. T.

1. to be well pleased, to take pleasure in ;
with ev c. dat. of pers. Matt. 3,17 6 vids
pov, ev ᾧ εὐδόκησα. 17, 5. Mark 1, 11.
Luke 3, 22. 1 Cor. 10, 5. Heb. 10, 38; ἐν
c. dat. of thing, 2 Cor. 12,10. 2 Thess, 2,
12. -Sept. for 2 YB 2 Sam, 22, 20. Is.
62, 4; DME9 Ps. 44, 4. 1 Chr. 29, 8.
(1 Macc. 8, 1. Ecclus. 31, 19. Polyb. 2. 12.
3.) With eis c. acc. of pers. implying di-
rection of mind, Matt. 12, 18 εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησα
ἡ Ψυχή pov. 2 Pet. 1,17. With ace. of
thing, by Hebr. Heb. 10, 6. 8 ὁλοκαύματα
k. π. d. οὐκ εὐδόκησας. So Sept. for 727

Ps. 51,18; Y5O Ps. 51, 21.

2. Spec. to think good to do any thing,
c.inf. —a)-i. q. to be willing, ready, desir-
ous, Ὁ. inf. 2 Cor. 5,8 εὐδοκοῦμεν μᾶλλον
ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος κτὰ. 1 Thess. 2,
8. So Ecclus. 25, 16. 1 Macc. 6, 23. Pol.
1.8.4. Ὁ) Implying purpose, will, deter-
mination, i. q. to please or be pleased, c. inf.
1 Thess. 3, 1 εὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφϑῆναι ἐν
᾿Αϑήναις. Rom. 15, 26; inf. impl. v. 27.
(1 Mace. 14, 46. 47.) So of the good plea-
sure of God, c. inf. Luke 12, 32 εὐδόκησεν
ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν δοῦναι ὑμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν.
1 Cor. 1, 21. Gal. 1,15. Col. 1,19. _

εὐδοκία, as, ἣ, (εὐδοκέω,) a being well
pleased, pleasure, i. e.

1. Pr. delight in in any person or thing,
and hence good-will, favour. Luke 2, 14 ἐν
dvSperots εὐδοκία, sc. on the part of God.
Sept. and JiS9 Ps. 5, 13. 19, 15. (Ecclus.
11, 17.) Of men, good-will, kind intent,
Phil. 1,15 δι εὐδοκίαν τὸν Xp. κηρύσσου-
σιν. Spec. pleasure in any thing, desire ;
2 Thess. 1, 11 καὶ πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν
ἀγαϑωσύνης καὶ ἔργον πίστεως. Rom. 10, 1.
Comp. εὐδοκέω 2 Cor. 5, 8; also Ecclus.
18, 31.

2. Spec. of God, good pleasure, will, pur-
pose, always with the idea of benevolence ;
Eph. 1, 5 κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν τοῦ ϑελήματος
αὐτοῦ. v. 9. Phil. 2,13. Matt. 11, 26 et
Luke 10, 21 οὕτως ἐγένετο εὐδοκία ἐμπρο-
σϑέν σου, such was thy good pleasure; see
in ἐμπροσθεν no, 2. a. So ji¥2, Sept.
ϑέλημα, Ps. 40, 9. 103, 21.

εὐεργεσία; as, ἣ, (εὐεργέτης, well-doing,
good conduct, 1 Tim. 6,2; see in ἀντιλαμ-
βάνω no. 2. So Hom. Od. 22. 374. Theogn.
548.—Spec. a good deed, benefit, done to
another, Acts 4, 9. So 2 Macc. 9, 26.
Hdian. 3. 12.21. Xen Mem. 2. 7. 9.

aap ih

εὐεργετέω

εὐεργετέω, ὦ, f. now, (edepyérns,) to do
good, to confer benefits, absol. Acts 10, 38.
Sept. for 588 Ps. 13,6.—Ail. V. H. 12. 59.

Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 9, 10.

εὐεργέτης, ov, ὁ, (εὖ, obsol. ἔργω.) a
well-doer, benefactor, 2 Macc. 4, 2. Xen.
Ag. 4. 4.—In N. T. as a title of honour,
Euergetes, benefactor, corresponding to the
Lat. pater patrie ; Luke 22, 25 of ἐξουσιά-
(ovres εὐεργέται καλοῦνται. Comp. Ptolemy
Euergetes, king of Egypt, Ecclus. Prol.
and also Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 8 σωτῆρα καὶ evep-
γέτην ἀνακαλοῦντες. Diod. Sic. 11. 26 ἀπο-
καλεῖν εὐεργέτην καὶ σωτῆρα. Xen. An. 7.
6. 38.

εὔϑετος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, τίϑημι,) well-
situated, convenient, Diod. Sic. 2. 57 πηγὰς
eis λουτρὰ εὐϑέτους.---ἰὰ N. T. fit, meet,
proper, Luke 9,62 οὐκ εὔϑ. eis τὴν Bao. τῶν
οὐρ. 14, 35. Heb. 6, 7. So Sept. Ps. 32, 6.
Diod. Sie. 5. 37. Dioscor. 2. 65.

eUSéws, adv. (ed3vs,) straightway, im-
mediately, forthwith, Matt. 8,3. 13,5. Mark
1, 31. Acts 12, 10; shortly, 3 John 14.
_ Matt. 24,29. Sept. for S&M2 Job 5, 3.—
Hdian. 1. 1. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2.4.18. -

evSudpopéw, ὦ, f. now, (edSvs, δρόμος,
τρέχω.) to run straight, 6. g. of a ship, to
sail a slraight course, with εἰς c. acc. of
place, Acts 16, 11. 21, 1—Philo 2 Alleg.
Ρ. 102. c. Id. de Agric. p. 213. a.

εὐδυμέω, ὦ, f. how, (εὔϑυμος,) to be of
good cheer, to be-of cheerful mind, absol. Acts
27, 22.25. James 5, 13.—Symm. for ad=ai2
Prov. 15, 15. Plut. de Trang. Anim. 2, 9.
Enurip. Cycl. 530. Mid. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 19.

εὔδυμος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (ed, Supds,) well-
minded, i.e. well-disposed, kind, Hom. Od. 14.
63.—In N. T. of good cheer, cheerful, Acts 27,
36. (2 Mace. 11, 26. Hdian. 6. 6. 13. Xen.
Ag. 8.2.) Hence Neut. of comparat. ed 3v-
μότερον adv. the more cheerfilly, Acts 24,
10 Rec. So Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27.

εὐδύμως, adv. (εὔϑυμος,) cheerfully,
Acts 24, 10 Lachm. see in ed%upos.—Pol.
3. 34. 9. Plato Ax. 365. b.

evSiva, f. υνῶ, (ev3vs,) 1. to make
straight; e. g. a way, to make straight and
level, c. acc. τὴν ὅδόν, John 1, 23; comp.
Matt. 3, 3, and see fully in ᾿ἑτοιμάζω no. 1.
a.—Trop. Ecclus. 2, 6. 37,15. .

2. to lead or guide straight, 6. g.a ship,
to steer; hence 6 εὐθύνων, ἃ steersman, pi-
lot, James 3, 4.—Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 10. 10.
Eurip. Cycl. 15; horses, Plut. de Genio
Soer. 23. p. 104.

303

εὔκοπος

εὐδύς, εἴα, ὑ, 1. straight, pr. as ad).
Matt. 3,3 et Mark 1,3 et Luke 3, 4, εὐδπείας
ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ, i.e. make the
ways straight and level before the king,
quoted from Is. 40, 3 where Sept. for “z= ;
see fully in ἑτοιμάζω no. 1. Luke 3, 5, from
Is, 40,4 where Sept. for sivina, Acts 9, 11.
So Luc. Zeux. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.—
Trop. of the heart and life, straight-forward,
right, true; Acts 8, 21 ἡ καρδία. 13, 10
ὁδοὺς κυρίου edSeias. 2 Pet. 2,15. So Sept.
and "5 1 Sam. 12, 23. Hos. 14, 10.

2. As adv. of time, εὐθύς, straightway,
immediately, forthwith, i. q. εὐπέως, Matt.
3, 16. 13, 20.21. Mark 1, 12. 28. John
13, 32. 19, 34. 21, 3. Acts 10, 16 Lachm.
Comp. Buttm. §115. n. 4. § 117. 1. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 144 sq.—Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 9. Hdian.
1.7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 2. -

evsuTns, τητος; ἧ, (εὐϑύς,) straightness,
Aristot. Meteor. comp. Ecclus. 51, 15 [21].
—In N. T. trop. rightness, rectitude ; Heb.
1, 8 ῥάβδος εὐπύτητος, i. g. ῥάβδος εὐθεῖα, a
right sceptre, quoted from Ps. 45, 7, where
Sept. for Ἔν; Sept. also for "8" Ps..
111, 8; 78" 1 K. 9,4. See Buttm. 5132.
n. 12.

εὐκαιρέω, &, f now, (εὔκαιρος,) impf.
εὐκαίρουν and ηὐκαίρουν, for the augm. see
Buttm. ᾧ 86. 3; a word of the later Greek,
Lob. ad Phryn. 125; to have good time, to
have leisure, opportunity ; c. inf. Mark 6,31
οὐδὲ φαγεῖν ηὐκαίρουν. Absol. 1 Cor. 16, 12.
(Pol. 20. 9. 4. Plut. Mor. II. p. 138.) With
εἰς final, to have leisure for, i. e. to spend
one’s time in any thing ; Acts 17, 21 ᾽Αϑη-
ναῖοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕ τερον εὐκαίρουν, i) λέγειν κτλ.
So προσευκαιρεῖν τινι Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 72.
Plut. Parall. 41.

εὐκαιρία, as, ἡ, (εὔκαιρος,) fit time, op-
portunity, Matt. 26, 16. Luke 22, 6.—
1 Mace. 11, 42. Al. V. H. 12.10. Plato
Phedr. p. 272. a. See Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 126. ᾿

εὔκαιρος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, καιρός.) well-
timed, seasonable, opportune; Mark 6, 21
γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου, comp. v. 19.
Heb. 4, 16.—2 Macc. 14, 29. Hdian. 1. 4.
7 καιρὸς εὔκαιρος. Plut. de Lib. educ. 14.
Ρ. 22.

εὐκαίρως, adv. (εὔκαιρος.) in good time,
seasonably, opportunely, Mark 14, 11. 2 Tim,
4, 2 see in dxaipws.—Ecclus. 18, 22. Pol.
1. 42. 6. Xen. Ag. 8. 3.

εὔκοπος; ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, κόπος.) of
easy labour, i. e. easy, facile, 1 Macc. 8, 18.
Pol. 18. 1. 2.—In N. 'T. only Neut. of com-

εὐλάβεια 304

parat. εὐκοπώτερον, easier, lighter, Matt.
9, 5. 19, 24. Mark 2, 9. 10,25. Luke 5,
23. 16, 17. 18, 25.

εὐλάβεια, as, 1), (εὐλαβής,) caution,
cwrcumspection, Dem. 1403. 1. Plato Rep.
539. a; timidity, fear, Wisd. 17, 8. Hdian.
5. 2.5—In N. T. fear of God, reverence,
piety ; Heb. 12,28 δι᾽ ἧς λατρεύωμεν εὐαρέ-
στως TO Sep μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ εὐλαβείας. 5,
7 καὶ εἰσακουσϑεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐλαβείας, was
heard because of his fear of God, his piety ;
see in ἀπό no. 3. 6. So all the Greek com-
mentators; others less well, pregn. was
heard and delivered rrom his fear, see in
ἀπό no. 1. b. 3.—Philo de Cherub. p. 113
evA. Seod. Plut. Camill. 19, 21 πρὸς τὸ ϑεῖον
evA. Diod. Sic. 13. 12 ult. See Tittm. de
Synon. N. T. p. 146.

εὐλαβέομαι, ovpat, f. ἤσομαι, Pass. de-
pon. ((εὐλαβής.) aor. 1 εὐλαβήϑην, Buttm.
§113. 4. §136. 1, 23 to act with caution,
to be circumspect, Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 8.—In
N. T. to fear, c. wn, Acts 23, 10 εὐλαβηϑεὶς
ὁ χιλ. μὴ διασπασϑῇ 6 Παῦλος. Sept. for
- NIT 1 Sam. 18, 29. (1 Macc. 3, 30. Pol. 1.
16. 7. Diod. Sic. 4. 73.) Spec. towards
God, to fear, to reverence, absol. Heb. 11, 7.
Sept. for 053 Zech. 2, 17 [13]; MOM Nah.
1,17. See Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 146.

εὐλαβής, gos, ots, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, λαμβά-
vw, λαβεῖν,) pr. ‘ taking well hold,’ i. 6. care-
fully, cireumspectly, comp. εὐλαβῶς ALL.
H. An. 3.133; hence, cautious, circumspect,
Arr. Epict. 2. 1. 17. Plato Polit. 311. a;
timid, fearful, Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2. Pol. 3. 17.
5.—In N. T. from the Sept. spoken in refe-
rence to God, God-fearing, pious, devout,
Luke 2, 25. Acts 2, 5. 8, 2. [22,12.] Sept.
for ON Mic. 7,2. See Tittm. de Synon.
N. T. p. 146.
εὐλογέω, ὦ, f. How, (εὖ, λόγος.) impf.
ηὐλόγουν, aor. 1 εὐλόγησα, for the diff. augm.
see Buttm. ᾧ 86. 3; pr. to speak well of, to
commend, Isocr. 191. b, τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας
εὐλογεῖν. Polyb. 1. 14. 4. Plato Minos 320.
e; iq. εὖ λέγω, which is preferred by Thom.
Mag. p. 389, comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 200.
—In N. T. io bless, 6. g.
1. Of men towards God, to bless, i. 6. to
praise, to celebrate, with ascriptions of praise
and thanksgivings ; ὁ. acc. Luke 1, 64 evdo-
γῶν τὸν Sedv. 2,28. 24, 53. James 3, 9.
Sept. and 231 Chr. 29, 10. 20. Ps. 16, 7.
al. sep.—2 Macc. 3, 30. Jos. Ant.'7. 14. 11.
_ 2. Of men towards men and things, 10
bless, i. e. to invoke God’s blessing wpon,
with the idea of praise and thanksgiving.

εὐλογία
a) With acc. of pers. i. 4. ἴο pray for one s
welfare ; Matt. 5, 44 εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρω-
μένους ὑμᾶς. Mark 10,16 τιϑεὶς [Ἰησοῦς]
τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ (τὰ παιδία) ηὐλόγει αὐτά.
Luke 2, 84. 6, 28. 24, 50. 51. Rom. 12,
14; absol. Rom. 12, 14. 1 Cor. 4, 12.
1 Pet. 3, 9. So Melchisedee Abraham,
Heb. 7, 1. 6; Pass. v. '7; Isaac and.Jacob
their descendants, 11, 20. 21. Sept. for
Ἴ:3 Gen. 14, 19. 27, 23. 27. 48,9. 15. 20.
So Jos. B. J. 6.5.3 pen. 8) With ace.
of thing; in N. T. only of food, a meal, a
cup, to bless, i. e. to ask God’s blessing up-
on, genr. e. g. ἄρτους Luke 9, 16; acc.
impl. Matt. 14, 19 εὐλόγησε, καὶ κλάσας κτλ.
Mark 6,41. 8,7. So of the Lord’s supper,
io bless, to consecrate with prayer and
thanksgiving ; Matt. 26, 26. Mark 14, 22.
Luke 24, 30. 1 Cor. 10,16 τὸ ποτήριον ὃ
εὐλογοῦμεν. So Sept. and 23 of a sacri-
fice and feast, 1 Sam. 9, 13.—For the Jew-
ish formulas of benediction at the paschal
supper, see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt.
6 .

>

3. Of God towards men, fo bless, i. 6. to
mark with favour, to prosper, to make happy,
c. acc. Acts 3, 26 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν [ Ἰησοῦν]
εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς. Eph. 1,3 ὁ Seds, ὁ εὐλο-
γήσας ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ.
Heb. 6, 14 εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω σε, quoted
from Gen. 22, 17 where Sept. for Heb.
}2°228 724, of which this is an imitation ;
Winer ᾧ 46. 10. Gesen. Lehrg. p.'778. Pass.
to be blessed of God, Gal. 3, 8.9. Sept.
genr. for 3 Gen. 24, 1.35. Ps. 45,3. 67,
2. 7. Pass. Is. 61, 9.—Hence Pass. particip.
perf. εὐλογημένος, blessed, favoured, sc.
of God, happy ; so in joyful salutations and
the like, e. g. of the Messiah and his reign,
evhoy. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου, Matt.
21, 9. 23, 39. Mark 11, 9. 10. Luke 13, 35.
19, 38. John 12, 13. So Matt. 25, 34 oi
εὐλογημένοι Tod πατρός. Luke 1, 28 evdo-
γημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν, i. 6. blessed above
all women. v. 42 bis, καὶ εὐλογ. ὁ καρπὸς
τῆς κισου. So Sept. and 793 Deut. 28, 3.
Ruth 3, 10. 1 Sam. 26,25. +

εὐλογητός, οὔ, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (εὐλογέω,) ὁ

blessed, in Ν. T. only of God, i. 6. worthy
of all praise, adorable, Lat. venerandus,
Mark 14, 61. Luke 1, 68. Rom. 1, 25. 9, 5.
2 Cor. 1, 3. 11, 31. Eph. 1, 3. 2 Pet. 1, 3.
Sept. and 772 Gen. 9, 26. Ex. 18, 10. al.
So Tob. 8, 5. 15:—In Sept. spoken also of
men, for 73 Deut. 33, 24. Ruth 3, 10.

εὐλογία, as, ἡ, (εὐλογέω,) eulogy com-
mendation, Lycurg. 153.35, Thuc. 2. 42.—
InN. T.

—

εὐμετάδοτος

ΟἽ, good speaking, good words, i. 6. ina
bad sense, fair speech, Rom. 16, 18.—Genr.
Plato Rep. 400. d.

2. Spec. blessing, e. 5. 8) From men
towards God, blessing, praise, in ascriptions,
implying also thanksgiving ; Rev. 7, 12 ἡ
εὐλογία καὶ ἡ δόξα... τῷ ϑεῷ ἡμῶν. 5, 12.
13.—Jos. Ant. 11. 4. 3.

b) From men towards men and things,
blessing, benediction, invocation of good from
God ; upon persons, Heb. 12, 17. James 3,
10 εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα. Sept. and 7373
Gen. 27, 12. 35 sq. So Ecclus. 3, 8. 9.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44, 48.—Upon things, 1 Cor.
10, 16 rd ποτήριον εὐλογίας ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν,
the cup of blessing, i. 6. of benediction, con-
secration, in allusion to the M2734 ὈἿ9
drunk at the paschal supper; comp. Light-
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26, 27. Gr. Harm.
Ρ. 214.

c) Meton. blessing, i. 6. favoup conferred,
gift, benefit, bounty. a) From God to
men; Rom. 15, 29 ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας
τοῦ εὐαγ. τ. Xp. i.e. in the full, abundant,
blessings of the gospel. Gal. 3, 14 ἡ εὐλογία
τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, the blessing promised of God
to Abraham and his seed. Eph. 1, 3. 1 Pet.
3,9. Sept. and 372 Gen. 49, 25. Is. 65,
8. (Act. Thom. §26.) So Heb. 6,7 ἡ γῆ
μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Seod. Comp.
M272 "22, Sept. ὑετὸς εὐλογίας, Ez. 34,
26. 8) From men to men, a gift, bounty,
present; 2 Cor. 9, 5 τὴν mpox. εὐλογίαν

ὑμῶν, i.e. your gift, contribution. Sept."

and M393 Gen. 33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27.
Hence i. q. bounty, liberality ; 2 Cor. 9, 5
ὡς εὐλογίαν, καὶ μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν. ν. 6 bis,
ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις ἐπ᾿ εὐλογίαις as adv. liberally,
bountifully ; comp. in ἐπί II. 3. i.

εὐμετ. ἄδοτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, μεταδί-
δωμι,) ready to impart, i. 6. liberal, bounti-
ful, 1 Tim. 6, 18—M, Antonin. 1. 14 τὸ
εὐμετάδοτον καὶ εὐποιητικόν. ib. 6. 48. *

Εὐνίκη, ἡ, Eunice, pr. n. of the mother
of Timothy, 2 Tim. 1, 5.

εὐνοέω, f. Haw, (εὔνοος, vods,) to be well-
minded, well-disposed, c. dat. Matt. 5, 25
ἴσϑι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχύ, i. 6. be
reconciled.—Hdian. 8. 8. 11. Xen. Cyr. 8.
ak.

εὐνοία;, as, ἡ, (εὐνοέω,) good will, a will-
ing mind ; Eph. 6,7 per’ εὐνοίας δουλευόν-
res. By euphemism for conjugal duty,
1 Cor. 7, 3 Rec.—1 Mace. 11, 33. 53. Diod.
Sic. 1. 54. Plato Legg. 642. b. ik

edvovy (La, f. iow, (εὐνοῦχος,) to eunuch,
to make a eunuch; Pass. to be made a eu-

20

"305

εὐπάρεδρης

nuch, pr. Matt. 19, 12. So Jos. Ant. 10. 2.
2. Luc. Cronosol. 12.—Trop. εὐνουχίζειν
ἑαυτόν, to make oneself a eunuch, i. e. to live
like a eunuch in voluntary abstinence, Matt.
19, 12.

εὐνοῦχος, ov, 6, (εὐνή, ἔχω,) pr. “ bed-
keeper,’ keeper of the bed-chamber ; hence
a eunuch, one who has been emasculated,
such persons only being employed as the
keepers of oriental harems ; so Matt. 19, 12
εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες edv. ὑπὸ τῶν av3p. Acts 8,
27. 34. 36. 38. 39. Sept. for 0°70 Is. 56,
3. 4. Esth. 2,14. 15. So Luc. Eun. 6, 9.
Hdot. 8. 105. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 60.—Trop.
Matt. 19, 12 bis, of those impotent from
birth, and also of those who live like eu-
nuchs in voluntary abstinence. So Clem.
Alex. Pad. 3. 4 εὐνοῦχος ἀληϑής, οὐχ ὁ μὴ
δυνάμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὴ βουλόμενος φιληδεῖν.
Id. Strom. 3. 1.

Nore. As eunuchs in oriental courts oft-
en rose to stations of power and trust, some
have supposed that the word εὐνοῦχος was
sometimes applied to a high officer of court,
though not emasculated ; hence they render
it in Acts 1. ο. a court-officer, minister. But
passages like Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1, determine
nothing ; for many eunuchs are not wholly
impotent, and sometimes live in matrimony ;

- Ter. Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. Sat. 6. 366 sq.

See Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. 0°70. Thesaur.
p. 973. Yet this opinion as to Potiphar is
of early date ; comp. Test. XII Patr. p.'716
ἀρχιευνοῦχος παρὰ τῷ Φαραὼ ἔχων γυναῖκας
καὶ παλλακὰς καὶ τέκνα.

Εὐοδία, as, ἡ, Euodia, pr. name of a
female Christian, Phil. 4, 2.

εὐοδόω, ὦ, f. daw, (εὔοδος ; εὖ, ὁδός,)
to put or lead in a good way, to help one on
his way, pr. Sept. for 7712 Gen. 24, 27. 48.
Theophr. de Caus. Plant. 5. 6. 7, 8. Trop.

| to make prosper, to give success to, Sept. for

ΤΡ ΠῚ Gen. 24, 21. 40. Neh. 2, 20.—In
N. T. only Pass. trop. to be prospered, to
prosper; 1 Cor. 16, 2 ϑησαυρίζων, ὅ,τι evo-
δῶται. 3 John 2 bis. Rom. 1, 10 if I shai
be prospered, permitied, to come unto you.
Sept. for "535 1 Chr. 22, 13. So Test.
XII Patr. p. 864. Hdot. 6. “78 ; comp.
Wetst. N. T. in Rom. I. c.

εὐπάρεέδρος, ov, 6, 7), adj. (εὖ, πάρεδρος.)
pr. ‘sitting diligently by,’ 1. 6. assiduous ;
hence Neut. τὸ εὐπάρεδρον, assiduousness, .
devotedness ; c. dat. only 1 Cor. 7, 35 πρὸς

τὸ εὐπάρεδρον τῷ κυρίῳ. Rec. has edrpdce- |

δρον q. v.—Hesych. et Suid. εὐπάρεδρον
καλῶς παραμένον καὶ διηνεκῶς.

εὐπειίδής 806᾽

oa Rey. 18, 14. Asop. Fab. 131, comp.
Winer §15. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 721; Mid.

EVTELDIS, Eos, ods, 6, ἡ, δά]. (εὖ, πείξιο-
pa,) easily persuaded, yielding, James 3,
17.—Plut. Solon 12 pen. Plato Epin. 989. b.

εὐπερίστατος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, περι-
ἵσταμαι.) pr. ‘standing well around,’ i. 6.
easily besetting, once εὐπερ. ἁμαρτία, Heb.
12,1. So Chrysost. τὴν εὐκόλως περιΐστα-
μένην ἡμᾶς. Comp. Elsner Obss. Sac. in loc.
Bleek Br. an d. Heb. in loc.

εὐποιΐα, as, ἡ, (εὐποιέω.) well-doing,
i.e. a doing good, beneficence, Heb. 13, 16.
—Jos. Ant. 19.9.1. Arr. Alex. M. 1. 28. 8.
Luc. Abdic. 25. This word is questioned by
Pollux. 5. 140; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 353.

εὐπορέω, ὦ, f. now, (εὔπορος,) to have a
good journey or voyage, 'Thuc. 6. 44 ; trop.
lo prosper, to thrive, Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4.—
In N. T. Pass. to be prospered, to prosper,
absol. Acts 11, 29 καϑὼς ηὐπορεῖτό tis, as
any one was prospered, according to his abili-
ty ; for the augm. see Buttm. § 86. 3. Sept.
for "WN Lev. 25, 26, 49. So Luc. Bis ace:
27. Pol. 1. 66.5.

εὐπορία, as, 7), (εὐπορέω,) prosperity,
success, genr. Xen. An. 7. 6. 37, comp. 38.
—In N. T. abundance, wealth, Acts 19, 25.
So Diod. Sic. 1. 45, 55. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7.

> 4 , ΄
EUTPETELA, as, ἧ, (εὐπρεπής, πρέπει.)

gracefulness, grace, beauty, James 1, 11..

Sept. for 141 Lam. 1, '7.—Dem. 1404. 21.
Thue. 6. 31.

εὐπρόσδεκτος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (εὖ, προσ-
δέχομαι,) well-received, acceptable, approved,
c. dat. Rom. 15, 31. 1 Pet. 2, 5; absol.
Rom. 15, 16. 2 Cor. 8,12. So Plut. Prec.
Reip. ger. 4 fin.—Spec. accepted, favourable,
as καιρὸς εὐπρ. 2 Cor. 6, 2, i. 6. a time of
favour, from Is. 49, 8 where Heb. ji¥2 ὩΣ,
Sept. καιρὸς dexrds.

εὐπρόσεδρος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (εὖ, πρόσε-
δρος.) pr. i. 4. εὐπάρεδρος, assiduous; hence
Neut. τὸ εὐπρόσεδρον, assiduousness, devo-
edness, c. dat. 1 Cor. 7,35 Rec. See in
evmapedpos. ;

εὐπροσωπέω, ὦ, f. Haw, to look well, to
make a fair show, absol. Gal. 6, 12. Not
found elsewhere.—Derived from εὐπρόσω-
πος ‘of fair countenance, beautiful, Sept.
Gen. 12,11. Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 10; ‘ spe-
cious, Hdot. 7. 168. Dem. 277..4.

Εὐρακύλων, wvos, Vulg. Euroaquilo,
the E. N. E. wind, Acts 27, 14 Lachm. for
Rec. Εὐροκλύδων where see.

oa f

εὑρίσκω, f. εὑρήσω, (root ebp,) perf. ev-
ρῆκα, aor. 2 εὗοον ; Pass. aor. 1 εὑρέϑην.
Unusnua! and Jater forms are: aor. 1 evpn-

εὑρίσκω

aor. 1. εὑράμην Heb, 9,12. Andocid. 9. 7,
Pausan. 7. 11. 1, comp. Buttm. § 96. ἢ. 1
marg. Winer ᾧ 13. 1. a. Lob. ib. p. 139. It
takes no augment in N. T. and rarely else-
where, Buttm. §84. 5. Winer 12. 3. Lob.
ib. p. 140.— To find, with or without seeking.

1. Genr, and without seeking, to find, ic
meet with, to light upon. a) Pr. and c.
acc. of pers. Matt. 18, 28 εὗρεν ἕνα τῶν συν»-
δούλων. John 1, 42. 44. 46. 2, 14. Acts 9,
33. 28, 14. al. Pass. Heb. 11, 5. With ace.
of thing, Matt. 13, 44. Luke 4, 17. 18, 8.
John 12, 14, Acts 21, 2. Rom. 7, 18. Sept.
for 832 of pers. 1 Sam. 10, 2. 3; of thing
Gen. 44; 8. So Hdian. 3. 2, 7. Plato Legg.
754:b; of thing, Hdian. 3. 8. 12. Xen. An. 4.
4.13. Ὁ) Trop. to find, i. 6. to perceive, to
learn by experience, sc. that a person or
thing is or, does so and so ; the accusative
usually having with it a participle or adjec-
tive, e.g. α With accus. and particip.
comp. Buttm. § 144. 6. b. Matt. 12, 44,
Mark 7, 30 εὗρε τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυϑός
Luke 8, 35. 24, 2. John 11, 17. Acts 9, 2
2 John 4; in Pass. construction, Matt. 1
18 εὑρέϑη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα. Luke 17, 18
So Hdian. 8. 5. 2. Plut. Lucull. 13. Xen
Cyr. 2. 2. 14. 8B) With acc. and adj. or
a like adjunct; Acts 5,10 of νεανίσκοι εὗ
ρον αὐτὴν νεκράν. 24, 5. 2 Cor. 9,4. Rev
2,2; in Pass. construction, Luke 9, 36 ed.

+ pen μόνος. Acts 5, 39. Rom. 7,10. 1 Cor

4,2. 2 Cor. 5, 3. 1 Pet. 1, 7. Rev. 5, 4. al.
So Hdian. 2. 1. 8 οὐδένα οὕτως ἐπιτήδειον
εὕρισκον. Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 2.

2. to find, by search or inquiry, to find
out, to discover. a) Pr. and absol. Matt.
7,'7 Cyreire καὶ εὑρήσετε. v. 8. (Arr. Epict.
4.1.51 ζήτει καὶ εὑρήσεις.) With ace. ot
pers. expr. or impl. Mark 1, 37 κατεδίωξαν
αὐτόν, καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτόν. John 7, 34. 35.
Acts 5, 22; acc. impl. Luke 2, 45. 2 Tim.
1,17; Pass. Acts 8, 49. With ace. of thing,
Matt. 7,14 ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν of εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν
sc. τὴν πύλην. 12, 43. 13, 46. Mark 11, 13.
Luke 15, 4. Jolin’10, 9. Acts'7,11.al. So
of a judge, after examination, John 18, 38
ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ. 19, 4.
6. Acts 13, 28, 28, 9. al. Sept. and xxx
of pers. Josh. 2,22. 1 Sam. 9, 13; of things,
1 Sam. 9,4. 2K. 12, 10.18. So Luc. Asin.
45. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 8; of things, Luc.
Tim. 24. Xen. Hell. 5. 3.23. Ὁ) Trop.
in different senses; a) εὑρίσκειν Se-
év, to find God, i. 6. to find him propitious,
to find access to him, comp. in ἐκζητέω no. 3.
Acts 17, 27 ζητεῖν τὸν ϑεόν, εἰ ἄραγε αὐτὸν

——

ἄἂψν

Εὐροκλυδων 907

καὶ εὕροιεν. Pass. Rom. 10, 20, quoted
from Is. 65, 1 where Sept. and xx2, as
also 1 Chr. 28,9. 8) Spoken of compu-
tation, measurement, to find, to make out,
Acts 19, 19 εὗρον ἀργύριου μυριάδας πέντε.
27, 28 biz, εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι κτὰ. So
Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 18. Hell. 8.2. 10. γ) to
Jind out by thinking, to invent, to contrive ;
so before an indirect clause with τό, Luke
19, 48 οὐκ εὕρισκον τό, τί ποιήσωσιν. Acts
4, 21; without τό, Luke 5, 19 μὴ εὕροντες
ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτόν. So Test. XII
Patr. p. 637 εὗρον, τί εἴπωμεν. Paleph.
16. 2, c. acc. et dat.

3. Mid. and also Act. to find for one-
self, i. 6. to get, to acquire, to obtain; so
once Mid. c. acc. Heb. 9, 12 αἰωνίαν λύ-
τρωσιν εὑράμενος. So Jos. Ant. 1. 19.1
[2] δόξαν ἀρετῆς εὑράμενος. Arr. Alex. M.
1.7.16. Xen. An. 7. 1. 31.—So in the Act.
in N. T. but less often in classic writers,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 140; to find, i. 6. to ac-
quire, to obtain, to get, for oneself or an-
other; c. acc. Matt. 10, 39 6 εὑρὼν τὴν
ψυχὴν «rr. Luke 9, 12 καὶ εὕρωσιν ἐπισι-
τισμόν. John 21,6. Rom. 4,1. Heb. 12, 17.
Rev. 9, 6. 18, 14; ὁ. acc. et dat. Matt. 11,
29 εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑ ὑμῶν.
Acts 7, 46 εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ ϑεῷ, comp.
Sept. and 5 δ Ὁ Ps. 132, 5. So Luc. Asin.
35. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 24; acc. et dat. Plato
Prot. 321. d.—By Hebr. in the phrase εὗ-
ρίσκειν χάριν παρὰ τῷ Sea, lo find grace,
to obtain favour, with God, Luke 1,30; ἐνώ-
muy τοῦ ϑεοῦ Acts 17, 46; absol. Heb. 4,
16. So εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου, 2 Tim.
1,18. Sept. and jn xx Gen. 6, 28. 32,
5. 47,25. +

Εὐροκλύδων, ὠνος, 6, Euroclydon, a
tempestuous wind, Acts 27,14; from Εὖρος,
Evrus, the east-wind, and κλύδων a wave ;
see Wetst. in loc.. Comp. Heb. np , Sept.
πνεῦμα βίαιον, Ps. 48, 8. Heb. Lex. art.
np —Other Mss. read Εὐρυκλύδων, Eu-
ryclydon, from εὐρύς broad, and κλύδων.
But Cod. Alex. and Vulg. have Ἑὐρακύ-
λων, Euroaquilo. SeX.B*

εὐρύχωρος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (εὐρύς, χῶρος,
χώρα.) pr ‘ well-spaced,’ i. e. broad, spa-
cious, as ἡ ὁδός, Matt. 7,13. Sept. for cons
Is. 30, 23.—1 Esdr. 9, 41. Jos. Ant. 1. 18.
2. Plut. de Exil. 10 mid.

εὐσέβεια, as, ἧ; (εὐσεβής,) prety, reve-
rence, in N. T. only as
God; denoting the spontaneous feeling of
the heart, and thus differing from εὐλάβεια,
see Tittm.de Synon. N. T. p. 146; hence,

εὐσχήμων
godliness, religiousness, Acts 3,12. 1'Tim
2,2. 4,7. 8. 6,3. 5.6. 11. 2 Tim. 3, 5
Tit. 1, 1. 2 Pet. 1, 8. 6. 7. 3,11. Sept. for
Myst myq Prov. 1, 7. Is. 11,2. So Jos.
Ant. 3. 2.3. Diod. Sic. 19. 7. Plato Rep.
615. c.—Metgn. godliness, religion, the gos-
pel scheme, 1 Tim. 3, 16. Comp. Jos. c.
Apion. 1, 12 ἡ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους παραδεδυ-
μένη εὐσέβεια.

εὐσεβέω, &, f. how, (εὐσεβής,) to be
pious towards any one, 6. accus. Matth.
ᾧ 418. 11; 6. g. towards God, to reverence,
to worship, Acts 17, 23; towards parents,
to respect, to honour, τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, 1 Tim.
5, 4.—Jos. Ant. 10. 3. 2 τὸν ϑεόν. Isocr. 26.
b, τὰ περὶ τ. Seovs. Genr. Xen. Hell. 1.
7. 26.

εὐσεβής, gos, ods, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (εὖ, σέβο-
pat,) pious, reverent, Plato Phil. 39. c.—In
N. T. only towards God, religious, devout,
Acts 10, 2. 7. 22, 12. 2 Pet. 3,9. Sept.
for τιν Is. 24,16. 26,7. So Plut. Consol.
ad Apoll. 34 fin. 35. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 11.

εὐσεβῶς, adv. piously, religiously, god-
ly, ἃ Tim. 3,12. Tit. 2, 12.—Jos, Ant. 8.
12. 3. Dem. 1460. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13.
εὔσημος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (εὖ, σῆμα,) of
good sign or omen, favourable, Plut. J. Ces.
43. Soph. Antig. 1021—In N. Τ'. easy to
be seen or known; trop. of speech, easy to
be understood, distinct, significant, 1 Cor.
14,9. So Plut. Symp. 8. 3.1. Pol. 10. 44.
3. Porphyr. de Abstin. 3. 4.
εὔσπλαγχνος, ov, 5, ἣ, adj. (εὖ, σπλάγ-
χνον,) tender-hearted, full of pity, compas-
sionate, Eph. 4, 32. 1 Pet. 3, 8.—Prayer of
Manass. 6. Test. XII Patr. p. 537.
εὐσχημόνως, adv. (εὐσχήμων,) becom-
ingly, decorously, in a proper manner, Rom.
13, 13 εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν. 1 Cor.
14, 40. 1 Thess: 4, 12.—Plut. Symp. 9.
14. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8, 9.
εὐσχημοσύνη, ns; 9, (εὐσχήμων,) be-
comingness, decorum, decorous and comely
appearance, 6. g. of dress, 1 Cor. 12, 23.—
Diod. Sic. 5. 32. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 5.

εὐσχήμων, ονος, ὃ, ἡ 1s adj. (εὖ, σχῆμα.)

1. well- ‘fashioned, well. formed, comely ;
1 Cor. 12, 24 τὰ εὐσχήμονα ἡμῶν sc. μέλη.
(Plut. Parall. 30. Xen. Eq. 1.17.) Neut.
τὸ εὔσχημον, decorum, propriety, 1 Cor. 7,
35. So Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 63. Luc. de Sal-
tat. 83.

2. Trop. in the later Greeis, of good stand-
ing, honourable, noble; Mark 15, 43 εὐσχή-
μων βουλεύτης. Acts 15, 30. 17, 12.—Jos.

εὐτόνως 908

de Vita 5. 19. Plut. Parall.15. Comp. Phryn.
et Lob. p. 333.

εὐτόνως, adv. (εὕτονος, reivw,) intensely,
i. e. powerfully, vehemently, Luke 23, 10.
Acts 18, 28.—Sept. Josh. 6, 8. Diod. Sic.
11, 65. Xen. Hi. 9. 6. *

εὐτραπελία, ας; ἧ, (εὐτράπελος, τρέπω.)
courtesy, urbanity, Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 3. Cic.
Ep. ad Div. 7. 832; humour, wit, Plut. M.
Anton. 43. ‘Diod. Sic. 15. 6—In N. T. in
a bad sense, levity, jesting, frivolous and
indecent discourse, Eph. 5,4. So Aristot.
Ethic. 1. 31. Diod. Sic. 20. 63 τὴν ἐν τοῖς
πότοις εὐτραπελίαν. Comp. Plato Rep. 563. a.

Ἐὔτυχος, ov, 6, Eutychus, pr. n. of a
youth, Acts 20, 9.

εὐφημία, as, ἡ, (εὔφημος.) words of
good import or omen, Jos. 10. 11.'7. Plut.
de cohib. Ira 16 fin. applause, acclamation,
Hdian. 1. 13. 13.—In N. T. good report,
good fame, 2 Cor. 6, 8. So Diod. Sic. 1. 2.
El. V. H. 3. 41.

εὔφημος, ov; ὃ, ἡ; adj. (εὖ, φήμη, φημί.)

pr. ‘ well-spoken ;’ hence, of good import,
auspicious, Soph. Elect. 630; εὐφήμοις οἰω-
νιοῖς Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 16; laudatory, e. δ.
λόγους Pol. 31. 14. 4.—In N. T. of good re-
port, praiseworthy, Phil. 4,8. So Anthol.
Gr. IV. p. 183 αἰσχρὰν én’ εὐφήμοις δόξαν
ἐνεγκαμένη.

εὐφορέω, ὦ, ἴ. jaw, (εὔφορος, φέρω.)
to bear or bring forth well, to yield abun-
danily, intrans. 6. g. of the earth, Luke 12,
16.—Jos. Β. J. 2. 21. 2 οὔσης δὲ τῆς Γαλι-
λαίας ἐλαιφόρου, μάλιστα καὶ τότε εὐφορη-
κυίας. So εὔφορος fertile, Hdian. 1. 6. 8.

εὐφραίνω, f. avd, (εὔφρων, φρήν) to
make well-minded, i. 6. to make glad, to cause
to rejoice; Mid. and Pass. aor. 1 in Mid. sig-
nif. to be glad, to rejoice, Buttm. ᾧ 136. 1, 2.

1. Genr. in Act. once, 2 Cor. 2, 2 καὶ
ris ἐστιν ὁ εὐφραίνων pe; Sept. for mab
Ps. 19, 9. So Luc. Somn. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8.
7. 12.—Mid. absol. Luke 15, 32 εὐφρανϑῆ-
ναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει. Acts 2, 26. Rom.
15,10. Rey. 11,10. 12,12. Gal. 4, 27, comp.
Is.54,1. With ἔν rum Acts 7,41 ; ἐπί τινι, to
rejoice over, Rev. 18,20. Sept. for 434 Deut.
ὅν sae mab 1 Chr. 16, 10.31; ὁ. ἐν 1 Sam.

-So absol. Al. V. H. 2. 21. Xen. CEc.
9. a: 6. ἐν ib. Hi. 1.16; 6. ἐπέ rem ib.
Conv, 7. 5.

2. As connected with feasting, Mid. io
rgoice, to be merry; Luke 12, 19 φάγε,
πίε, εὐφραίνου. 15, 23.24. 29. 16,19. Sept.
for may Deut. 14, 26. 27, 7—Hom. Od.
2. 811. Al. V. H. 10. 9. Xen. Conv. 1. 15.

εὐχαριστέω

Εὐφράτης, ov, 6, Euphrates, Heb. "7
Gen. 2, 14, a large and celebrated river ot
western Asia, rising in the mountains of
Armenia ; it flows through Syria and Me-
sopotamia, and after uniting with the Tigris
below Babylon, falls into the Persian gulf.
Its course before entering Syria was first
fully explored in 1838. Rev. 9,14. 16,12.
See Ritter’s Erdkunde, Th. Χ. §} 37-40.
ΧΙ. §§ 53, 56.

εὐφροσύνη, ns, ἦ, (εὔφρων,) gladness,
Joy, Acts 2, 28. 14,17. Sept. for mrt
Ps. 4, 8.—Plut. Cato Maj. 14 fin. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 7.

εὐχαριστέω, &, f. how, (εὐχάριστος,)
aor. 1 εὐχαρίστησα and ηὐχαρίστησα Rom.
1, 21 in later edit. Buttm. § 86. 3; pr. i. q.
δοῦναι χάριν, to gratify, to please, to do some-
thing to please another, Dem. 257. 2. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 18.—In later Greek and in N.
T. i. q. εἰδέναι χάριν, to give thanks, to
thank ; see Lob. 1. 6.

1. Genr. and c. dat. of pers. Luke 17, 16
εὐχαριστῶν αὐτῷ (Ἰησοῦ). Rom. 16, 4 ois
οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ KrA.—Jos.
Ant. 14. 10. 7. Artemidor. 3. 14. Plut.
de Garrul. 7 pen. Pol. 18. 26. 4.

2. Elsewhere only in respect to God, to
give thanks to God, to thank God,e.g. ἃ)
Genr. and c. dat. τῷ ϑεῷ or the like; Acts
28, 15 ods ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦλος εὐχαριστήσας τῷ
ϑεῷ ἔλαβε ϑάρσος. 1 Cor. 14,18. Col. 1,12.
Philem. 4. Rev. 11,17. So with adjuncts
expressing manner or cause, 6. σ΄. διά 6.
gen. Rom. 7, 25 εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Sed διὰ
Ἰησοῦ Xp. 1, 8. Col. 3, 17; ἐπί c. dat.
Phil. 1,3; περί c. gen. 1 Cor. 1, 4. Col.
1,3. 1 Thess. 1,2. 2 Thess. 1, 3. 2,13;
ὑπέρ c. gen. Rom. 1,8. Eph. 5, 20, and
so with τῷ ϑεῷ impl. Eph. 1, 16. 1 Thess.
5, 18; ὅτι, Luke 18, 11. John 11, 41.
1 Cor. 1, 14. 1 Thess. 2,13. Pass. of a
thing, to be thanked for, to have thanks ren-
dered for it to God; 2 Cor. 1, 11 ἵνα ἐκ
πολλῶν προσώπων τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα διὰ
πολλῶν εὐχαριστηϑὴ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, that the gyt
upon us from (the prayers of) many per
sons may be thanked for by meny on ow
behalf. So genr. c. τῷ ϑεῷ Judith 8, 25.
Arr. Epict. 1. 4.232. Diod. Sic. 16. 12.
b) Spec. of giving thanks before taking
food or drink, comp. Deut. 8, 10; 50 6. re
Se, Rom. 14, 6 bis. Acts 27, 35; absol.
Matt. 15, 36. 26,27. Mark 8, 6. 14, 23.
Luke 22, 17. 19. John 6, 11. 23. 1 Cor.
11, 24; ο. ὑπέρ τινος 1 Cor. 10, 80.ἁ c)
‘As an act of worship; 10 render thanksgiv-
ing and praise to God; absol. Rom. 1, 21

εὐχαριστία

οὐκ ὡς ϑεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν.
1 Cor. 14,17 σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς,
parall. with εὐλογήσῃς v. 16.

εὐχαριστία; as, ἡ, (εὐχάριστος,) 1. gra-
titude, thankfulness, Acts 24, 3.—Philo de
Plant. Noé p. 231. d. Dem. 256. 19. Pol.
8. 14. 8.

2. In Paul’s writings and the Apocalypse,
thanksgiving, thanks, i. e. the expression
of gratitude to God; ο. dat. τῷ Se@ or the
like, comp. in εὐχαριστέω, and Matth. } 390 ;
so 2 Cor. 9,11. 12. Rev.'4, 9. 7, 12; ab-
sol. 1 Cor. 14, 16. 2 Cor. 4,15. Eph. 5, 4.
Phil. 4, 6. Col. 2,'7. 4, 2. 1 Thess. 3, 9.
1 Tim. 2,1. 4,3. 4.—Aquil. for ntim Am.
4, 5. Wisd. 16, 28; genr. Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 25.

εὐχάριστ' OS, ov, 6, 9, adj. (εὖ, χάρις,

xapifouat,) grateful, i.e. graceful, pleasing,
externally, Sept. γυνὴ «dx. for 1 γῶν
Prov. 11, 16. Luc. Asin. 28; trop. τέχνη
Xen. Cec. 5. 10 ; λόγοι ib. Cyr. 2. 2. 1.—
In N. T. grateful, thankful, fall of gratitude
to God, Col. 3, 15. So Jos. Ant. 16. 6. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 49.

εὐχή, jis, ἡ, (εὔχομαι) 1. prayer to
God, James 5, 15; comp. v. 16. Sept. for
nen Proy. 15, 8. 29.—Hom. Od. 10. 526.
Paleph. 53. 1. Xen. Conv. 8. 15.

2. a vow, e. g. of the Nazarite, Acts 21,
23; see Num. 6. 6. Sept. for "ὁ Num.
6, 2. 21. (Genr. Diod. Sic. 1. 83. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2.10.) In the case of indigent
Nazarites, it was customary for others to be
at the expense of the sacrifice by which
their vow was terminated, who thus be-
came partners in their vow; see the pas-
sages from the Rabbins cited by Wetstein on
v. 24; also Jos. Ant. 19. 6.1. Lightf. Hor.
Heb. ad Lue. 1, 24.—Acts 18, 18 κειράμε-
vos τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Keyxpeais, εἶχε γὰρ
εὐχήν, prob. a votum civile, usual among
the Jews as well as the gentiles, by which
persons in distress or danger or any neces-
sity, vowed in case of deliverance to cut off
their hair and offer sacrifices in honour of
God; see Artemidor. 1. 23. Luc. de Merc.
cond. 1. Id. Hermotim. 86. Diod. Sic. 1.18;
comp. Wetstein in loc. Some, supposing
such a vow to be inconsistent with Paul’s
views, refer κειράμενος to ᾿Ακύλας, but a-
gainst the natural construction. Others
suppose the vow of a Nazarite to be meant ;
but this, although it might be entered upon
in a foreign land, could only be perfected
and terminated by cutting off the hair and
an offering in the temple at Jerusalem ; see
Num. 6,18. Jos. B. J. 2. 15. 1. Mishna,

309

εὐώνυμος

Nasir 3. 6. ib. 7. 2. Edvioth 4. 11. Reland
Antt. Sac. 2. 10. 5. Wetst. in loc. Winer
Realw. art. Nasirder. 5

εὔχομαι, £. ξομαι, Mid. depon. impf.
εὐχόμην et ηὐχόμην, Buttm. ᾧ 84. 5; to
pray to God, Xen. An. 4. 3. 13; 10 vow sc.
in prayer, Xen. An. 4. 8. 25; to boast, Pol.
5. 43. 1.—In N. T. only ἐο pray, e. g.

1. Pr. to God, c. dat. τῷ Sep, Acts 26,
29, see in ἄν ΠῚ. 1; with πρὸς τὸν ϑεόν
2 Cor. 13,7; with ὑπέρ τινος James 5, 16.
Sept. for bbenn Num. 11, 2. 21, 8.—So
c. dat. Dem. 225. 1. Xen. An. 4. 3.13;
πρὸς τοὺς Seovs Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 2.

2. Spec. with acc. and infin. io pray for,
i. q. to wish for, to desire earnestly, to long
for; Acts 27, 29 ηὔχοντο ἡμέραν γενέσϑαι.
3 John 2. Rom. 9,3 ηὐχόμην γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ
ἀνάϑεμα εἶναι, I was wishing, for I could
wish, comp. ἐβουλόμην Acts 25, 22. With
acc. τοῦτο, 2 Cor. 13,9. Sept. for V2"
Jer. 42, 22.—Aéschin. Dial. 3. 6. Lysias
708. ult. Xen. Conv. 4. 33.

εὔχρηστος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (εὖ, χράομαι.)
éasy to be used, useful, profitable, ἃ 'Tim. 2,
21. 4,11. Philem. 11.—Sept. Prov. 11, 16.
Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5.

εὐψυχέω, ὃ, f. now, (εὔψυχος, ψυχή.)
to be of good mind, courage, comfort, 8050].
Phil. 2, 19.—Anth. Gr. IV. p. 275. So ev-

ψυχία good spirits, courage, ta 1408. 15.
Plut. M. Crass. 25.

εὐωδία, as, ἡ, (εὐώδης, ὄζω, perf. ὄδωδα,)

good odour, sweet smell, fragrance, pr. Ec-

clus. 24,15. Xen. Conv. 2. 3.—In N. T.
trop. of persons or things well-pleasing to
God, 2 Cor. 2,15. Eph. 5,2. Phil. 4, 18.
Comp. Sept. and Min? ΓΙῸ Lev. 1, 9. 13.
17. Num. 28, 13; also Test. XII Patr.
Ρ. 547.

εὐώνυμος, ov, 6, 7), adj. (εὖ, Sopa) pr.
of good name, honoured, Hes. Theog. 409.
Pind. Ol. 2. 13; spec. of good omen, lucky,
Plato Polit. 302.d. Hence used by way
of euphemism instead of ἀριστερός, the left,
which was a word of ill omen, since al!
omens on the left were sinis/er or regarded
as unfortunate by the Greeks, and in part
by the Romans; see Potter’s Gr, Ant. I.
p. 323. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 301.—In N.
T. the left, spoken chiefly of the left hand.
in opp. to the right, Matt. 20, 21. 23; 25,
33. 41. 27, 38. Mark 10, 37. 40. 15, 27;
of the left foot, Rev. 10, 2. Adv. Acts 21,
3 καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον, i. 6. on the
left hand. Sept. for SXaw Josh. 23, 6
Neh. 8, 6.—Pol. 5.7. 11. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.

ἐφάλλομαι

ἐφάλλομαι, f. αλοῦμαι, Mid. depon.
(ἐπί, ἄλλομαι,) to leap or spring upon, to
assault, with ἐπί c. acc. Acts 19, 16. Sept.
for mbx 1 Sam. 10, 6. 16, 13.—Hom. Il.
11. 421; so to leap upon a horse, c. dat.
Plut. conjug. Prac. 8; upon a threshold,
c. ἐπί τι Plato Ion 535. Ὁ.

ἐφάπαξ, adv. (ἐπί, ἅπαξ.) once for all,
Rom. 6, 10. Heb. 7, 27. 9, 12. 10,10. So
1 Cor. 15, 6 once, i. 6. not several times.—
Luc. Dem. Enc. 21. Dion Cass. 1091. 91.

°E φεσῖνος, n, ov, Exphesian, of Ephesus,
Rev. 2, 1 Rec.

᾿Εφέσιος, ov, ὁ, Ephesian, an Ephesian,
Acts 19, 28. 34. 35 bis. 21, 29.

Ἔφεσος, ov, ἡ, Ephesus, a celebrated
city, the capital of Ionia, near the western
coast of Asia Minor, between Smyrna and
Miletus. It contained a temple of Diana,
so splendid as to be reckoned one of the

|

seven wonders of the world.. When this

was burnt by the fool Herostratus in A. C.
356, in order to immortalize his. name, it
was rebuilt at the common expense of all
Greece. ‘See Pausan. 7. 2. 4. Plin. H, N.
5. 31. Strabo 14, 640. Here was also ga-
thered one of the chief Christian churches
of the apostolic age; Acts 18, 19. 21. 24.
19, 1. 17. 26. 20, 16. 17. 1 Cor. 15, 32.
16, 8. Eph. 1, 1. 1 Tim.1,3. 2 Tim. 1, 18.
4,12. Rey. 1,11. [2,1.]—The ruins of Eph-
esus are near the modern Turkish village of
Aiasuluk ; see Pococke Descr. of the East,
II. 2. p. 45 sq. Schubert’s Reise, I. p. 294
sq. Hamilton’s Res. in Asia Minor, II. p.
22 sq.

ἐφευρετής, od, 6, (ἐφευρίσκω.) a finder
out, an inventor, contriver; Rom. 1, 30
ἐφευρετὰς kax@v.—Anacr. Od. 41. 3 Βάκχον
τὸν ἐφευρετὰν χορείας. Comp. πάσης κακίας
εὑρετής 2 Macc. 7,81 ; κακῶν εὑρεταί Philo
in Flace. p. 968.

ἐφημερία, as, ἣ, (ἐφήμερος.) not found
in the classics ; Sept. pr. the daily service of
the priests in the temple, for ΓΞ 2 Chr.
13,10 comp. v. 11. 1 Esdr. 1, 16. Suid. ἡ τῆς
ἡμέρας Nevrovpyia.—Hence in N. T. meton.
a course, class, into which the priests were
divided for the daily temple-service, each
class continuing for a week at a time, Luke
1, 5. 8; see in ᾿Αβιά. See also 1 Chr. c.
24, ἃ Chr. 8,14. Jos. Ant. 7. 14.7. Sept.
for MPM 1 Chr. 23, 6. 28,13; Wa
Neh. 12, 24; M989 2 Chr. 25, 8. Neh.
12, 9. So Esdr. 1, 2.

ἐφήμερος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ἐπί, ἡμέρα,) pr
‘for the day, ὁ ἐφ᾽ ἡμέραν ὦν, i. 6. epheme-

310

Edpaip

ral, short-lived, Thuc. 2, 58. Plato Ep. 356.
a.—In N. T. daily, James 2,15 τῆς ἐφημέ-
pov τροφῆς. So Diod. Sic. 3. 32 ras ἐφημέ-
ρους τροφάς.

ἔφυδε, an anomalous form for Imperat.
ἔπιδε from ἐπεῖδον, Acts 4, 29 Lachm.

ἐφικνέομαι, ovpat, aor. 2 ἐφικόμην, (ἐπί,
ἱκνέομαι,) to come upon, or to any one, 10
arrive al, to reach unto; with ἄχρι c. gen.
2 Cor. 10, 13; eis c. acc. 2 Cor. 10, 14.—
Pol. 3. 81. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.

ἐφίστημι, f. ἐπιστήσω, (ἐπί, ἵστημι,)
to place upon or over, Hdian. 5. 6. 15.
Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 7; 10 set over, Xen. Lac.
2. 1.—In N. T. only in the intransitive
forms, Act. aor. ῶ ἐπέστην, perf. particip.
ἐφεστώς, and Mid. ἐφίσταμαι, to place
oneself upon or near, to stand upon, by, near ;
see in ἵστημι and Buttm. § 107. II. 1 and 3.

1. Pr. of persons, to stand by or near;
genr. Luke 2, 38 καὶ αὑτὴ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐπι-
στᾶσα κτλ. Acts 22, 13. 20; ὁ. dat. of pers.
Acts 23, 11; ἐπί τι Acts 10, 17. 11,11;
ἐπάνω τινος, to stand by and over, Luke 4,
39. Sept. for 722 Zech. 1, 10. 11; 6. ἐπά-
vo 2Sam. 1, 9; for 5% Gen. 24, 43. Amos
9, 1.—Dem. 346. 2. Xen. Conv. 2.7; ὁ. dat.
Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2; ὁ. ἐπί Pol. 4. 40. 1.

2. Spec. with the idea of approach, 10
come and stand by, to come to or upon any
person or place; Luke 20, 1 ἐπέστησαν oi
ἀρχιερεῖς κτλ. 10,40, Acts 23, 27. (Dem. 66.
23. Hdian. 3. 12. 18.) With the idea of sud-
den appearance, as a yision; Acts 12,7 ἄγ-
yedos κυρίου ἐπέστη. So c. dat. Luke 2, 9.
24, 4. (Plut. Amat. Narr. 3 pen. Luc. Phi-
lops. 25, 31. Hdot. 5. 56.) Ina hostile
sense, to come upon by surprise, lo assail,
genr. Acts 6, 12 καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασον
αὐτόν κτλ. So c. dat. Acts 4,1. 17, 5.
Sept. for p>) Jer. 21,2. So Jos. Ant. 11.
7.1. Aischin. 15. 22.

3. Trop. e. g. of persons, to stand fast by,
i. 6. to be instant, pressing, earnest ; 2 Tim.
4, ἃ ἐπίστηδι εὐκαίρως ἀκαίρως 50. κηρύσσων
τὸν λόγον. (So Dei. 70. 16.) ΟΥ̓ things,
6. g. evil, to come upon, to fall upon, to be-
fall; with ἐπί c. acc. Luke 21, 84: c. dat.
T Thess. 5, 8. So of rain, Acts 28, 2 διὰ
τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα, because of the rain
that had come upon us. (Wisd. 19,1; ¢6-
φος Pol. 18. 8.7.) Also to impend, to be at
hand, 2 Tim. 4, 6 ὁ καιρὸς ἐφέστηκε. So
Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3. Dem. 287. 5.

’"Edpaip, 6, indec. Ephraim, prn. of a
town or city near the desert, to which Je-
sus retired, John 11, 54. Eusebius says it
was 8 Rom. miles north of Jerusalem,

ἐφφαδα

while Jerome with more probability makes
the distance 20 Roman miles; Onomast.
arts. Ephraim, Ephron. Josephus mentions
Ephraim and Bethel as being small towns,
apparently near each other, B. J. 4. 9. 9.. It
was the same with Ephraim or Ephron
(TEs, j7H2) 2 Chr. 13, 19; and perh.
identical with Ophrah (77283) of Benja-
tain, Josh. 18, 23. Prob. i. q. the modern
Taiyibeh, lying 7 Roman miles N. E. ot
Bethel on the border of the desert; see
Biblioth. Sac. 1845, p. 398 sq. Gr. Harm.
p. 203 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 121 sq.
—From the city Ephraim our Lord seems
to have passed over the Jordan into Perea,
and returned to Jerusalem by Jericho ; see
Gr. Harm. p. 201.

épgayd, Ephphatha, an Aramean Im-
perative, i. q. διανοίχϑητι, be opened Mark
7,34. It comes from the verb ΓΒ to open,
and is either for Imper. Niphal 84, or
Imper. Ithpael MNS.

ἐχϑές, adv. yesterday, i. q. χϑές where
see ; so Lachm. for χϑές in Rec. John 4, 52.
Acts 7,28. Heb. 13,8. Sept. for >1ny
1 Sam. 4, '7.—Hdian. 7. 3. 6. Xen. Cyr. 7.
5. 53. ,

EX'S pa, as, ἡ, (ἐχϑρός,) enmity, hatred,
Luke 23, 12. Rom. 8,7. James 4, 4; Plur.
Gal. 5,20. Meton. eause of enmity, Eph. 2,
15.16. Sept. for 7828 Num. 35, 20. Prov.
26, 26.—Hdian. 3. 6. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 3.
17; Plur. ib. 1. 2. 10.

éxSpos, d, dv; (ExZos,) 1. Pass. hated,
hateful, an object of enmity; Rom. 11, 28
ἐχϑροὶ δὲ ὑμᾶς, in antith. with ἀγαπητοί .----
Wisd. 15, 18 ; τοῖς ϑεοῖς ἐχῦρός 48}. V. Η.
2. 23. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 35. \

2. Act. hating, hostile. a) Pr. as adj.
Matt. 13, 28 ἐχϑρὸς ἄνϑρωπος, i. e. an ene-
my. Rom. 5, 10 ἐχϑροὶ ὄντες. Col. 1, 21.
—Sept. Esth. 7, 6. Lysias Fragm. p. 37.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 15.

b) Subst. ὁ ἐχϑρός, an enemy, adversary,
Buttm. 128. 5... a) Genr. and with gen.
of pers. Matt. 5, 43.44. 10, 36. 13, 265.
Luke 1, 71. 74. 6, 27. 35. 19, 27. 43.
Rom. 12, 20. Gal. 4, 16. 2 Thess. 3, 15.
Rev. 11, 5. 12; 6. gen. of thing, Acts 13,
10. Sept. for 228 Gen. 49, 8. Lev. 26, 7.
al. sep. So Dem. 1121. 12. Thue. 6: 18.
8) Of the adversaries of the Messiah, c. gen.
Matt. 22, 44 ἕως ἂν σῷ τοὺς ἐχϑρούς σου
ὑποπόδιον κτλ. Mark 12, 36. Luke 20, 43.
Acts 2, 35. 1 Cor. 15, 25. Heb. 1, 13. 10,
13; also 1 Cor. 15, 26. Phil. 3, 18 τοῦ σταυ-
pov. So ἐχ τοῦ Seod James 4, 4. y)

311

ἔχω
Spec. ὁ ἐχϑρός, the enemy, the adversary,
Satan, Matt. 13, 39. Luke 10, 19 ἐπὶ πᾶσαν
τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχϑροῦ, comp. v. 18. So
Test. XII Patr. p. 657, 658.

ἔχιδνα, ης, ἡ, (€xts,) a viper, Acts 28,
3. (Luc. Alex. 10. Plato Conv. 218. a.)
Trop. of wicked men, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν,
progeny of vipers, Matt. 3,7. 12, 34. 23, 33.
Luke 8,7. So Soph. Ant. 5. 31, Auschyl.
Choeph. 247.

ἔχω, f. ἕξω, also f. σχήσω, impf. εἶχον,
aor. 2 ἔσχον, perf. ἔσχηκα; see Buttm. ὁ 114;
to have, to hold, i. e. to have and hold, imply-
ing continued having or possession.

1. Primarily, to have in one’s hand, to
hold in the hand; Rev. 1, 16 ἔχων ἐν τῇ
δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ χειρὶ ἀστέρας ἑπτά. 6, 5: 10, 2.
17,4. (Hom. Il. 1. 14 ἐν χερσὶν ἔχων. Luc.
D. Deor. 11. 2 τῇ λαιᾷ μὲν ἔχων. Plato
Theet. 198.d; comp. Hdot. '7. 16.2.) Also

. with in the hands impl. Matt. 26,7. Rev.

3,1. 5,8. 6, 2. 8,8. 6. 9, 14. al.
Il. 2. 279.

2. Genr. and most frequently, fo have, to
hold, to possess, of outward possessions or
property.

a) With acc. of things in one’s posses-
sion, power, charge, control. a) Simply,
e. g. property, Matt. 13,12 doris...5 ἔχει.
19, 21. 22 ἦν yap ἔχων κτήματα πολλά.
Mark 10, 22. 23. Luke 18, 24. 21,4; μηδὲν
ἔχειν, to have nothing, to be poor, 2 Cor. 6,
10.. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 9.) Hence in later
usage, ἔχειν simply, with τὰ χρήματα or
the like impl. to have much, to be rich, and
ov V. μὴ ἔχειν, to have not, to be poor, Matt.
13, 12. 25, 29. 1 Cor. 11, 22. 2 Cor. 8, 11.
12. James 4,2. So Paleph. 49. 1. Dem.
1123. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 44, comp. 45.—
Of flocks, πρόβατον ἔχειν Matt. 12, 11;
(Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 4. 2 ult.) of produce, es-
tates, Luke 12,19. 13,63; κληρονομίαν trop.
Eph. 5, 5; μέρος μετά τινος John 13, 8,
comp. Gen. 31, 14. Deut. 12,12. So of
arms, utensils, Luke 22, 36 bis. Rev. 18,19;
(Lue. D. Mort. 11, 13) garments, Luke 3,
11. 9,3; provisions, Matt. 14, 17. Mark 8,
1. 2. 5. '7. John 2, 3. 1 Tim. 6, 8. (Hdian.
3. 9. 17. Xen. An. 2. 3. 27.) Of a home,
a place, Matt. 8,20. Mark 5,3. Luke 12,17;
members or parts of the body, as ὦτα Matt.
11, 15; dpSadpovs Mark 8, 18. (Paleph.
32. 1.) Luke 24, 39. Rev. 9,10; ἀκροβυ-
στίαν ἔχοντες, uncircumcised, gentiles, Acts
11,3; power, faculty, dignity, John 4, 44.
6, 68. 17,5. Heb. 2, 14. 7,24. Rev. 9,11.
16, 9. 17,18; so Paleph. 29. 3. Plut. Cato
Min. 16 mid. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11.—Of any

So Hom.

ἔχω
good, advantage, benefit, e. g. μισθόν Matt.
5, 46; χάριν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, i. 6. favour with,
Acts 2,47. (Sept. for xx Ex. 33, 12.)
Acts 24, 16. Rom. 4,2. 5, ΡΝ 9,10; πίστιν
faith, as ἃ gift, 14, 22. 1 Cor. 18,2. James
2,1. 14. 18 ; ξωὴν αἰώνιον John 3, 36. 6, 40.
47, 53. 54. al. Of a law, precept, John 19,
7. 1 Cor. 7, 25. 1 John 4, 21. (Plut. Cato
Min. 16 init.) Of age, years, John 8, 57.
9,21; so Jos. Ant. 1.13.2. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 34. Of a ground of complaint, or the
like, with κατά τινος or πρός τινα, Matt. 5,
23. Acts 19, 38. 24,19. 25,19. 1 Cor. 6, 1.
Rev. 2, 4. 14. 20; ora ground of reply,
2 Cor. 5,12. Of a definite beginning and
end, Heb. 7, 3 μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμέρων μήτε ζωῆς
τέλος ἔχων. β) With an adjunct quali-
fying the accusative, 6. g. an adj. or parti-
cip. in the aceus. Acts 2, 44 εἶχον ἅπαντα
κοινά. Acts 20, 24 οὐδὲ ἔχω τὴν ψυχήν μου
τιμίαν nor do I hold my life dear. Luke 19,
20; trop. Mark 8,17. 2 Pet. 2,14. Also
with a noun in apposit. 1 Pet. 2,16 μὴ
ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἐλευ-
Sepiav. So Luc. 1). Deor. 9. 1 τοκάδα γὰρ τὴν
κεφαλὴν ἔχε. γ)ὺ Spec. with the notion
of charge, trust; Rev. 1, 18 ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς
τοῦ Θανάτου. 12, 12 fin. 15,1. 6 ἔχοντας
πληγὰς ἕπτά κτλ. So Dem. 1153.4. ὃ)
Spec. to have at hand, to have ready, 1 Cor.
14, 26 ἕκαστος ψαλμὸν ἔχει κτλ.

b) With accus. of person, implying some
special relation or connection. a) Genr.
and simply, e. g. of a husband or wife, Matt.
14,4 οὐ ἔξεστί σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν sc. as a wife.
22, 28. Mark 12, 23. al. John 4, 17 ἡ γυνὴ
εἶπεν: οὐκ ἔχω avdpa. v. 18. So Schol.
Ven. ad Il. 6. 398 ἡ yap γυνὴ ἔχετο, ὁ δὲ
ἀνὴρ ἔχει. Hom, Od. 4. 569. Lue. D. Mort.
16. 1.—Also ἀδελφοὺς ἔχειν Luke 16, 28;
ἀρχιερέα Heb. 4, 14 (ὕπατον Plut. Cat. Min.
21); δεσπότας 1 Tim. 6,2; οἰκονόμον, Luke
16, 1; τέκνα Tit. 1,6; υἱρύς Gal. 4, 22;
φίλον Luke 11,5; χήρας 1 Tim. 5, 16. etc.
etc. Matt. 9, 36. 27, 16. 65. Luke 4, 40.
John 5, 7. Rev. 2,14. 15. al. So Dem. 440.
27. Xen. An. 3. 4. 13. B) With an
adjunct qualifying the accus. e. g. a noun
in apposit. Matt. 3, 9 πατέρα ἔχομεν. τὸν
᾿Αβραάμ. John 8, 41. Acts 13, 5 εἶχον δὲ
καὶ Ἰωάννην ὑπηρέτην. Phil. 3, 17. Philem.
17. Heb. 12, 9. (Diod. Sic. 4. 61 mid.)
With an adj. or particip. in the accus. Luke
17, Π δοῦλον ἔχων ἀροτριῶντα. 14, 18. 19
ἔχε pe παρῃτημένον. 1 Cor. 7, 12.13. Phil.
2,20. 29. (Hdian. 1. 16. 9.) So with a
prep. and its case, Acts 25, 16 πρὶν ἢ κατὰ
πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους. Matt. 26,
11 πτωχοὺς ἔχετε ped ἑαυτῶν. John 12, 8.

312

ἔχω

(Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.) So ἔχειν τινα tne
ἑαυτόν Matt. 8, 9. Luke 7,8; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ
Rey. 9, 11.

c) Where the subject is a thing, to have,
implying an object or quality in or in close
relation to the subject ; Ὁ. acc. of thing,
Matt. 13, 5 οὐκ εἶχε γὴν πολλήν... διὰ τὸ
μὴ ἔχειν βάϑος γῆς. v. 6. 27. Luke 11, 36.
20, 24. Acts 27,39. So Acts 1, 12 ὄρος
σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν, having a sabbath day’s
Journey, i. 6. being thus far from the city.
1 Cor. 12,23. 1 Tim. 4,8. 2 Tim. 2,17
νομὴν ἕξει, shall have eating, i. e. shall eat
around, spread. Heb. 9, 8 ἐχούσης στάσιν,
having yet a standing. James 1, 4. Rev. 4,
7. 8.—Plut. Cato Min. 5. Diod. Sic. 5. 13.

d) Trop. of what one is said to have in
or on, by, with himself, i. e. of any condi-
tion, circumstances, state, external or inter-
nal, in which one is. a) Genr. of any
obligation, duty, course, etc. Acts 21, 23
εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. 18, 18. Rom. 12,
4 πρᾶξιν. 2 Cor. 4, 1 διακονίαν. Phil. 1, 30
et Col. 2,1 ἀγῶνα. (Plut. Cato Min. 24.)
Luke 12, 50 βάπτισμα δὲ ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι,
see in βαπτίζω no. 2. b. β. ΟΥ̓ sin, guilt,
Θ. g. ἁμαρτίαν ἔχειν John 9, 41. 15, 22;
ἔγκλημα Acts 23, 29; κρίμα 1 Tim. 5, 12.
But κρίματα ἔχειν, to have lawsuits, 1 Cor.
6, 7. (Lat. lites habeo, Hor. Sat. 1. 7. δ.)
v. 4. Acts 28,29. AlsorédXos ἔχειν, to
have an end, pr. to come to an end, be de-
stroyed, as 6 Saravas Mark 3, 26; trop. to
have an accomplishment, be fulfilled, as
prophecy, Luke 22, 37; so pr. Diod. Sic.
16. 91; trop. Hom. Il. 18. 378. So of ef-
fects or results depending on the subject as
a cause or antecedent; Heb. 10, 35 ἥτις
ἔχει puoSamodociay μεγάλην. i.e. which has
or brings with it great reward. 1 John 4,
18 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχε. 4) Of any con-
dition or affection of body or mind, where
one is said to have such and such an affec-
tion ; e. g. of the body, as μαστίγας v. doSe-
velas ἔχειν, to have disease, infirmity, Mark
3, 10. Acts 28, 9. Heb. 7, 28; wounds,
Rev. 13,14; δαιμόνιον v. πνεῦμα ἀκάϑαρτον
ἔχειν, to have a devil, an unclean spirit, to
be possessed, Matt. 11, 18. Mark 3, 22. 30.
9, 17. Luke 13, 11. Acts 16, 16. 19, 13.—
Of the mind, as ἀγαπὴν ἔχειν, John 5, 42.
13,35; ἀνάγκην Luke 14,18, 23,17. 1 Core
7,37; (Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 3. Plut. Cato Min.
24 fin.) ἀνάπαυσιν Rev. 4,8 ; εἰρήνην John
16, 33. Acts 9, 31; (comp. Dem. 13. 123)
ἐλπίδα Acts 24, 15 (Hdian. 2. 8. 24); ἐπι-
Supiay Phil. 1, 23; ϑλῖψιν 1 Cor. 7, 28;
Supdv Rev. 12, 12; νοῦν Χριστοῦ 1 Cor. 2,
16; παῤῥησίαν Eph, 3, 12; πίστιν, as an

"ἢ ἔχω 3 13 ἔχω

affection of mind, Matt. 17, 20; πνεῦμα

d Rom. 8, 9; av. ἅγιον 1 Cor. 6,19;
πνεῦμα Jude 19; πόνον Col. 4, 18 ; φόβον
1 Tim. 5, 20; χαράν 8 John 4. So ἔχειν
χάριν τινί, to have gratitude towards any
one, Lat. gratias habeo,to be thankful, Luke
17, 9. 1 Tim. 1,12. (Dem. 12. 11. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 1. 1.) Also χρείαν ἔχειν, to
have need, to be in want, c. gen. Matt. 6, 8
ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε. Luke 5, 31. 1 Cor. 12,21.
Heb. 5, 12; genr. Mark 2, 25. Acts 2, 45.
4, 35; c. infin. Matt. 3,14. 1 Thess. 1, 8;
iva, John 2, 25. 16, 30. 1 John 2,27. So
Arr. Epict. 1. 29. 29. Pol. 9. 12. 1.—By
an inversion of the subject and predicate
such an affection or emotion is in Greek
writers often said to have, to possess a per-
son ; in N. T. only Mark 16, 8 εἶχε᾿ δ᾽ αὐτὰς
τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις. So Hom. Il. 18. 247
πάντας γὰρ ἔχε τρόμος. Hdot. 4.115 φόβος.
Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 9 κλαυσίγελως.

3. to have, to keep, to hold fast, to retain
'n or about oneself.

a) Pr. of what one has in, on, or about
himself, i. q. to bear, to carry. a) Soin
oneself, as ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν, to be pregnant,
Matt. 1, 18 et Rev. 12,2; see in γαστήρ.
Trop. 2 Cor. 1, 9. 4, 7. Phil. 1,'7. β)
Also on oneself, of garments, arms, orna-
ments, etc. i. q. to bear, to wear ; Matt. 3, 4
εἶχε τὸ ἔνδυμα. John 12, 6 τὸ γλωσσόκομον
εἶχε: 18, 10 μάχαιραν. Rev. 9, 17 ϑώρακας.
With ἐπί c. gen. 1 Cor. 11, 10. Rev. 9, 4.
14, 1.14; ἐπί c.ace. 19,16. (Luc. D. Deor.
2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26. ib. 7. 5.29; ο. ἐπί
τινος Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 26. 1.) 1 Cor. 11, 4
ἔχειν κατὰ κεφαλῆς, to have upon the head,
pr. so as to hang down from it, like a veil
or toga ; comp. Plut. Quest. Rom. 14 ἰδὼν
κατὰ κεφαλῆς τὸ ἱμάτιον. Once of a tree
having leaves, Mark 11, 13.—Trop. of per-
sons wearing an appearance, etc. Col. 2, 23.
2 Tim. 3, 5. Rev. 3, 1 ὅτι ὄνομα ἔχεις. So
Hdot. 7.138. | y) Also to have within one-
self, to contain, where the subject is a thing,
Heb. 9, 4 bis. Rev. 21, 11. Trop. ἔχειν
ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Matt. 13, 21. Mark 4, 17.

b) Trop. and emphat. to have firmly in
mind, to hold to, to hold fast, e. g. a)
Genr. as of things, John 14, 21 ὁ ἔχων ras
ἐντολάς μου καὶ τηρῶν αὐτάς. 1 Cor. 11, 16.
Phil. 3, 9. 1 Tim. 3, 9. 2 Tim. 1, 13. Heb.

. 6,19. Rev. 2, 24.25. So too ἔχειν Sedy,

τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν, to have God, Christ,
to hold them fast, i. e. to acknowledge with
love and devotedness, 1 John 2, 23 bis (i..q.
ἐν τῷ πατρὶ μένειν ν. 24). 5, 12 bis. 2 John
Dbis. 8) Spec. to hold for or as, to re-

gard, to count, c. ace. of pers. with a noun .

in apposit. Matt. 14,5 ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν
[Ἰωάννην] εἶχον, they counted him as a pro-
phet. 21,26. 46; also Mark 11, 32, where
for the stanchion, see Buttm. § 151. I.7. So
Isocr. p. 239. a, τίνας οὖν ἔχω πεπαιδευμέ-
vous «tA. Theogn. Sent. 487.

4. to have means or power, to be able ;
constr. with an infin. and strictly c. acc.
τὶ, οὐδέν, Θ. σ. ἔχω τι εἰπεῖν V. ποιῆσαι, as
in Lat. habeo dicere, Engl. to have something
to say or do,i.e. to be able to say or do
something, I can, implying only an objective
or external ability, and thus differing from
δύναμαι q. v- Usually c. infin. aor. Luke
7,40 ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν. 12,4 μὴ ἐχόντων
περ. τι ποιῆσαι. Acts 4,14 οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντ-
εἰπεῖν. Acts 28, 17. 18, 25, 26. 28,19;
6. infin. pres. 2 John 12. So 4. V.H. 2.
23 εἶχον τι εἰπεῖν. Hdian. 6. 1. 24. Paleph.
32. 10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 42 οὐδὲν ἂν ἔχοιμεν
μέμψασϑαι. Infin. pres. Xen. An. 2. 2. 11.
—More direct is the meaning fo be able, I
can, when the accus. is suppressed, e. g.
with infin. aor. Matt. 18, 25 μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ
αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, lit. he not having to pay,
i. e. not being able to pay. Heb. 6, 13; ὁ.
infin. pres. John 8, 6 iva ἔχωσι κατηγορεῖν
αὐτοῦ. 2 Pet. 1,15. So c. inf. aor. Lue.
D. Deor. 26. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν πότερος κτλ.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 11 οὐχ ἔξω ἀποδοῦναι. Inf.
pres. Sept. Prov. 3,27. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 1
ὡς καὶ ἔχω ξυγγελᾷν. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.7
ἀφ᾽ ὧν τιμᾷν ἕξομεν ods xrdk.—Also where
the infin. is suppressed ; Mark 14,8 ὃ ἔσχεν
αὕτη (ποιῆσαι), ἐποίησε. Acts 3,6 ὃ δὲ ἔχω
(διδόναι), τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι. So Dem. 425,
10 οὐδ᾽ ὅ,τι χρὴ ποιεῖν ἕξετε. Hom. Il. 17.
354 ἀλλ᾽ οὔπως ἔτι εἶχε.

5. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. Buttm.
§130. n. 2. Matth. §496; always with an
adverb or adverbial phrase, to have oneself
so and+so, to be circumstanced, to be, etc.
Buttm. ὁ 1ὅ0. m. 39. E. g. ἑτοίμως ἔχω, to
be ready, Acts 21,13. 2 Cor. 12,14; comp.
in ἑτοίμως. (Δ. V. H. 4. 13.) So ἐσχά-
τως ἔχει, to be at extremity, Mark 5, 23 ; see
in ἐσχάτως. Also κακῶς ἔχειν, to be sick,
Matt. 4, 24. Luke 7, 2; (Xen. CEc. 3. 11 ;)
καλῶς ἔχειν, to be well, i. e. to recover from
sickness, Mark 16, 18 (genr. Xen. Cyr. 7.
5. 47) ; κομψότερον ἔχειν id. John 4, 52;
οὕτως ἔχειν, to be so, Acts 7,1. 12, 15. al.
πῶς 15, 36; ἄλλως 1 Tim. 5, 25. (Xen.
An. 3. 1. 32 οὕτως. Al. V. H. 2. 36 πῶς.)
Acts 24, 25 τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as it now is, as the
matter now stands, i. e. adverbially, for the
present ; see Viger. p. 9. (Tob. 7, 11. Luc.
Anachar. 40 ult. Al. H. An. 2. 11 init.
Plut. Amatcr. 1.) With é c. dat. adver.

ἕως 314 ἕως

bially; John 5, 5. 6, ἐν ἀσϑενείᾳ ἔχειν.
2 Cor. 10, 6. Also of place, ἔχειν ἐν, to be
in a place, John 11, 17 ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνη-
μείῳ. So Jos, Ant. 7. 1. 1; comp. Arr.
Alex. M. 6. 17. 9.

6. Mid. ἔχομαι; to hold oneself to, to adhere
to, Hom, Il. 7. 248; 6. gen. of person, Sept.
for P27 Deut. 30, 20. Theogn. Sent. 32 ;
also of place, to be near or close to, adjacent,
6. gen. Diod. Sic. 2. 49 init. Xen. Hell. 7.
1. 20.—In N. T.only Particip. pres. ἐχό-
μενος; ἢ; ov, near, next, e. g. a) Of
place, Mark 1, 38 εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπό-
Aews, ie. next, adjacent. So Jos. Ant. 6.
1.1. Xen. Mem. 3. 5.10. Ὁ) Of time,
τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ, the next day, Acts 21,
26; with ἡμέρᾳ impl. Luke 13, 33. Acts
20,15; τῷ δὲ ἐχ. σαββάτῳ Acts 13, 44.
So Sept. 1 Chr. 10, 8. 2 Mace. 12, 39. Jos.
Ant. 5. 9. 2. Pol. 3. 112.-1; comp. ‘Thue.
6. 3 rod ἐχομένου ἔτους. 06) Trop. Heb.
6, 9 τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, things pertaining
to. salvation, connected with and accompa-
nying it. So Luc. Hermot. 69 ταῦτ᾽ ἐλπί-
Sos οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις. Plato Rep.
362. ἃ, πρᾶγμα ἀληϑείας ἐχόμενον. Xen. An.
6.3. 17. +

ἕως, conjunct. also as adv. and prep.
c. gen. till, until, unto, of time and place ;
Buttm. § 146. 3, 4. ᾿

I. Conjunct. marking the continuance of
an action up to or during the time of an-
other action; and followed by the Indica-
tive or Subjunctive (in Gr. writers also
the Optative) according as the latter action
is certain or uncertain; Buttm. ὁ 139. m. 40.
Kiihner § 337. Matth. § 522. 1. Winer
ᾧ 42. 3.

1. until, i.e. “80 long as until,’ marking
continuance up to the time of another ac-
tion. a) Followed by the Indicative, e. g.
of a past action or event, Matt. 2,9 ἕως
ἐλϑὼν ἔστη. 24, 39. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. ἢ ἕως
διέδω πάντα κρέα.) Of a future action or
event regarded as certain ; here earlier wri-
ters prefer the Subjunctive, while later ones

use the Indic. future; see Herm. ad Vig. -

p- 925. So with ἔρχομαι in a future sense,
see in ἔρχομαι no. 2.a; Luke 19,13 ἕως
ἔρχομαι. John 21, 22. 23. 1 Tim. 4, 13
comp. 3, 14. So Plut. Lycurg. 29 δεῖν
ἐκείνους ἐμμένειν... ἕως ἐπάνεισιν ἐκ
Δελφῶν αὐτός, where for the fut. signif. see
Buttm. ᾧ 108. V. 5. Ὁ) With the Swb-
junelive aorist, with or without ἄν, where
the latter action is not certain, but probable,
depending on circumstances ; here in Latin
we find the fut. exactum, and in Eng]. either
the first or second future; Matth. 1. c. p.

1010. Winer} 42. 3.b. Thus: a) With
ἄν, e. g. preceded by a present, James 5, 7
pakpoSupav. ..éws ἂν λέβῃ ὑετόν. (Xen. An.
5.1.11.) Pree. by an Imperat. Matt. 2,
13 καὶ ἴσϑε ἐκεῖ, ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι. 10, 11.
Mark 6, 10. Luke 17, 8. 1 Cor. 4, 5. Heb.
1, 18. al. (Xen.,Cyr. 3. 3..46.) Prec. by
a future, as οὐκ épicet... ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς
νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν, Matt. 12, 20; and so after
a Subj. aorist in a fut. sense with the em-
phat. negative οὐ μή, as Matt. 5, 18. 26 οὐ
μὴ ἐξελξῃς ἐκεῖϑεν, ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχα-
Tov κοδράντην. 10, 23. 16, 28. 23, 39. 24,
34. Luke 13, 35. 21, 32. al. See Winer
§ 60. 3. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 722 sq. β)
Without ἄν, see Winer ᾧ 42. 3. "Ὁ. Matth.
§ 522, note. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 14. So
preceded by a present, Luke 15,4 καὶ πο-
peverat...€as εὕρῃ αὐτό. 2 Thess. 2, 7.
Heb. 10, 13.° (Plato Eryx..392..c.) Pree.
by an Imperat. Mark 14, 32 xaSicare ὧδε,
ἕως προσεύξωμαι. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 39.)
Prec. by an aor. Indic. Rev. 20, 5 Rec. see
Winer § 42. 3. b, fin. Prec. by an aor.
Indic. implying an imperative sense Mark
6,45; also by an aorist Subj. ina fut. sense,
Rev. 6, 11. ;

2. so long as, while, marking continuance
during another action, till its end; followed
by the Indicative in the statement of a fact ;
see Winer ᾧ 42. 3. a, marg. Kiihner § 337.
John 9, 4 ἐμὲ δεῖ ἐργάζεσϑαι.... ἕως. ἡμέρα
ἐστίν. 12, 35 περιπατεῖτε, ἕως τὸ φῶς ἔχετε.
v. 36.—Ecclus. 30, 20. Dem. 15. 5 gas
ἐστὶ καιρός, ἀντιλάβεσϑε κτὰ. Plato Pheed.
38 ult. p. 89. ο, ἕως ἔτε φῶς ἐστι. Xen. An.
2. 6. 2. ᾿

II. Adverb, till, until; to, unto; Lat.
usque; of time and place, but found only
before another adverb or a preposition.

1. Of time, followed by another adverb
of time, with or without rod (τῆς), which is
omitted especially by late writers; Winer
§ 58. 6, fin. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 sq. So
ἕως ἄρτι, until now, Matt. 11, 12. John
9°10. 617. 16; 245 ICor.s4, ise 8; 7.
15, 6. 1 John 2, 9; ἕως τοῦ viv, until
now, Matt. 24, 21. Mark 13, 19; (Sept. for
OASIS Gen. 46, 34. Luc. Hale. 43) ἕως
ἑπτάκις, until (wp to) seven times, Matt
18, 21. 22 bis; ἕως πότε, until when?
how long ? Matt. 17,17 bis. Mark 9, 19 bis.
Luke 9,41. John 10,24. Rev. 6,10. (Sept.
for HINTS Ps! 13,2; "ΩΣ 2 Sam. 2,
26; comp. ἕως ὅτε Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25.)
So ἕως τῆς σήμερον, unto this day, Matt.
27,83; but ἕως σήμερον 2 Cor. 3, 15. ὁ

2. Of place, to, unio; followed: a) By
another adverb of place, e.g. ἕως ἄνω, up

es

|) ae .«({

4) =o

ἕως

to the brim, John 2, Π (comp. Sept. 2 Chr.
26, 8); ἕως ἔσω, to within, Mark 14, 54;
ἕως κάτω, to the botlom, Matt. 27, 51;
ἕως ὧδε, to this place, Luke 28, ὅ. Ὁ)
By ἃ prep. and its case; so ἕως εἰς Βηϑα-
νίαν, as far as unto Bethany, quite thither,
Luke 24, 50 ; so Acts 26,11 ἕως καὶ εἰς τὰς
ἔξω πόλεις, as far as even unto foreign cities.
(1 Mace. 2, 58. 4. V. H. 12. 22. Diod.
Sic. 1. 27. Pol. 2. 52.'7 ἕως eis Θετταλίαν.)
So ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, till out of the city,
quite out of the city, Acts 21,5. Also ἕως
ἐπὶ τὴν SdAacaayr, quite to the sea, Acts 17,
14 Lachm. so Pol. 1. 29. 2.

III. Preposition c. gen. until, unio, of
time and place, espec. in later writers ;
Winer § 58. 6.

1. Of time, e.g. a) With a gen. ofa
noun of time; Matt. 26, 29 ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας
ἐκείνης. 27, 45. Mark 15, 33. Luke 1, 80.
23,44. Acts 28, 23. Rom. 11, 8. 1 Cor.
1, 8. 16, 8. al. (Sept. 2 Sam. 6,23. Ezra
9, 4.) With gen. of a person or event
marking time; 6. g. of pers. Matt. 1,17
ἕως Δαυΐδ... ἕως τοῦ Xp. 11, 13. Luke 16,
16. Acts 13, 20; of event, Matt. 1, 17: 2,
15 ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ Ἡρώδου. 23, 35.
28, 20. Luke 11,51. Acts 8, 40. James
. 5,7. So Pol. 5. 10. 3. Aischin. 3. 18.
Diod. Sic. 1. 4 ἕως τῆς ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τελευ-
τῆς. Ὁ) With a gen. of a pron. οὗ, ὅτου,
and then ἕως 6. gen. became in late writers
a conjunction and is put before the Indic.
and Subj. as above inno. 1.1. Thus a)
ἕως οὗ 56. χρόνου, pr. until what time,
until when, hence simply i. q. until; so be-

Ζαβουλών, ὃ, Zabulon, Heb. 33>
(dwelling) Zebulun, pr. n. of the tenth son
of Jacob, born of Leah, Gen. 30, 20.—In
N. T. meton. the tribe of Zabulon, Matt. 4,
13. 15. Rev. 7, 8.

Ζακχαῖος, ov, 6, Zaccheus, Heb. prob.
“21 (pure) Zacchai, pr. n. of a chief pub-
lican, or sub-farmer of the taxes, Luke 19,
2. 5. 8. See in τελώνης.

Zap, 6, indec. Zara, Heb. HN oe

rising) Zerah, pr. τι. of a son of Judah by
Tamar, Matt. 1,3; comp. Gen. 38, 30.

Ζαχαρίας, iov, ὁ, Zacharias, Heb.
"931 (whom Jehovah remembers) Zecha-

riah, pr. n. of two men in Ν. T.

- 315

Ζαχαρίας

fore the Indic. Matt. 1, 25 ἕως οὗ ἔτεκε τὸν

υἱόν κτὰ. 18, 33. Acts 21, 26. (Paleph. 4.
2.) Before the Subjunct. aor. without ἄν,
see above in I. 1. ἢ. 8. Winer § 42. 3. Ὁ.
Matt. 14, 22 ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους,
comp. Mark 6, 45. So Matt. 26, 36 comp.
Mark 14, 32; also Matt. 17, 9. 18, 30.
Luke 12, 50. 59. 24,49. John 13, 38. Acts
23, 12. 14. 21. al. So Sept. Ecc. 12, 2.
Act. Thom. § 16; c. Opt. Jos. Ant. 5. 1.3.
B) ἕως ὅτου 56. χρόνου; until when, until ;
before the Indic. as above, John 9, 18 ἕως
ὅτου ἐφώνησαν κτὰ. Matt. 5, 25. (1 Macc.
14, 10.) Before the Subjunct. without ἄν,
see above ; Luke 18,8 ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ
αὐτήν. 15, 8 comp. v. 4. 22, 16. 18.

2. Of place, to, unto, as far asto. a)
Pr. and with gen. of place; Matt. 11, 23
ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, unto (up to) heaven. 24,
31. 26, 58 ἕως τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχ. Luke 2
15 ἕως Βηϑλεέμ. 4, 29. Acts 1, 8. 11, 29,
17,15. Also c. gen. of pers. marking place,
Luke 4, 42 καὶ ἦλϑον ἕως αὐτοῦ. So genr.
1 Mace. 14, 10 ἕως ἄκρου τῆς γῆς. Ail.
VY. H. 3. 18 mid. Diod. Sic. 1. 27 ἕως ὠκεα-
vou. _b). Trop. 6. gen. marking a term or
limit of extent; Matt. 26, 38 ἕως Savarov.
(Sept. Jon. 4, 9. Jos. de Macc. 14 ult.)
Mark 6, 23 ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας pov.
Luke 22, 51 ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου, suffer ye thus
far. With gen. of. pers. in a like sense,
Matt. 20, 8 ἕως τῶν πρώτων. 22, 26. John
8, 9. Acts 8,10 πάντες ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως pe-
γάλου. Rom. 3, 12 οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός, not
so much as one. So Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 37
ἕως ἐκγόνων. +

1. The father of John the Baptist, ἃ priest
of the class of Abia; see ᾿Αβιά. Luke 1, 5
12. 13. 18.21. 40. 59. 67. 3, 2.

2. A person killed in the temple, Matt.
23, 35 ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίου υἱοῦ Bapa-
χίου. The allusion is probably to Zecha-
riah the son of Jehoida, who was stoned by
order of Joash, 2 Chr. 24, 20-22. In Luke

11,51 we read only: ἕως τοῦ aip. Ζαχαρίου,

and so it prob. was originally in Matthew ;
but a transcriber having in mind Zechariah
the prophet, who was the son of Barachiah
(Zech. 1, 1), added this name in the text;
see a like case in art. ᾿Αβραάμ. Or it may
be that Jehoida was also called Barachias ;
comp. the apostle Jude, called likewise Leb-

ζαω

beus and Thaddeus ; Matthew called also
Levi; Nathanael called also Bartholomew.
—Others refer the passage to the prophet
Zechariah son of Barachiah, Zech. 1, 1;
but history gives no account of his death.
Others again make it refer to Zacharias the
the son of Baruch, who was slain by the
Zelote in the temple just before the de-
struction of Jerusalem, Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4;
but this happened some thirty years later.

ζάω, ὦ, tis, Gh, infin. ζῆν, Buttm. § 105.
n. 5. Kiihner § 137. 3; fut. ζήσω Rom.
6, 2. Heb. 12,9. Aristoph. Plut. 263; also
later fut. ζήσομαι Matt. 4, 4. al. Dem.
794. 19; aor. 1 ἔζησα Rev. 2, 8. Ail. V.
H. 3. 23. Hdian. 3. 12. 26. The Attics
rarely used this verb except in the pres. and
imperf. supplying the other tenses from
βιόω, Buttm. § 114. Kiihner § 192. 10.—
To live, to have life, e. g.

1. Genr. to live, spoken of physical life
and existence, as opp. to death or non-exis-
tence. a) Pr. of human life; Acts 17,
28 ἐν αὐτῷ yap ζῶμεν. 22, 22. Rom. 7, 1.
2. 3. 1 Cor. 15,45. Heb. 9,17; ἔτι ζῶν
Matt. 27, 63; ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί Acts 10,
42. Rom. 14, 9. 1 Pet. 4, 5. Hence τὸ ζῆν,
subst. life, Phil. 1, 21. 22. 2 Cor. 1, 8. Sept.
for "% Gen. 2, 7. 9; MIM Gen. 42, 2.
(Hdian. 4, 6. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 8; τὸ ¢yv
Jos. Ant. 2. 8. 1. Pol. 40. 3.5.) Of per-
sons raised from the dead; Matt. 9, 18 ἡ
Svy. μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύτησεν" ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν...
καὶ ζήσεται. Mark 16, 11. Luke 24, 23.
Acts 1, 3. 9,41. Rev. 20, 4. 5. al. (Sept.
and 111 2 K. 13, 21.) Spoken also of those
restored from sickness, to live, i. 6. not to
die, to recover, to be well; John 4, 50 6 vids
σου (ζῇ. Vv. 51. 53, comp. 52. So Sept. and
mna2kK. 8, 8.9. 50) Hence, to exist,
absolutely and without end, now and here-
after, to live forever ; so of human beings as
immortal, Matt. 22, 32 οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Seds νεκ-
ρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. Mark 12,27. Luke 20,
38. (Jos. de Macc. 16 ult.) Heb. 7, 8. Of
Jesus, John 6, 57. 14, 19. Rom. 6, 10.
2 Cor. 13, 4. Heb. 7, 25. Rev. 1, 18. 2, 8.
Of God, John 6, 57 ὁ ζῶν πατήρ; i. 4. ὁ
ἔχων ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 5, 26; also by Hebr. in
an oath, Rom, 14, 11 ζῶ ἐγὼ, λέγει κύριος,
as Ilive; so Sept. and "287% Num, 14,
21. 28; comp. Judg. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 17, 56.
—Part. (dy, ever living, eternal, 6 Seds ὁ
ζῶν, Matt. 16, 16. Rom. 9, 26. 1 Tim. 6,
17. Heb. 3, 12. 12, 22. Rev. 4,9. 10. 10,
6; and as opp. to idols, which are dead,
non-existing, Acts 14, 15. 2 Cor. 6, 16.

1 Thess. 1,9. Sept: and" Deut. 5, 26. ᾿

.

316 Saw

2K.19,16. SoBelandDrag.5. ὁ) Trop.
of things, only in particip. ζῶν, ζοῦσα,
ζῶν, living, lively, active, also enduring,
opp. to what is dead, torpid, inactive, and
also transient; 6. g. Rom. 12, 1 ϑυσία (a
living spiritual sacrifice, opp. to the material
sacrifice of slaughtered victims. Heb. 4, 12
ζῶν yap ὁ λόγος τ. Seod, the word of God,
his promises and threatenings, are living,
sure, never in vain ; also 1 Pet. 1,23 6 λόγος
¢. 5. the living, efficient, enduring word of
God.—By Hebr. Part. ζῶν, life-giving, like
Pi, H2M, 6. g. John 6, 51 6 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, liv-
ing, i. e. life-giving bread, which imparts
eternal life, comp. the foll. clause. Acts '7,
38 λόγια ζῶντα. Heb. 10, 20 ὁδὸς ζῶσα.
1 Pet. 1, 3 ἐλπὶς ζῶσα. 2, 4 AiSos ζῶν, of
Christ as having and giving life in himself
(comp. John 5, 26. 6, 57). v. 5 λίϑοι ζῶντες,
of Christians as having life in and from
Christ; comp. in lett. d. So Sept. trans.
ζῆσόν pe κτλ. for TI Ps. 119, 25. 37. 40.
50. al. Ez. 13, 22. d) Spec. ὕδωρ (dy,
living water, i. 6. the water of running
streams and fountains, opp. to that of stag-
nant cisterns, pools, marshes; but also life-
giving in a spiritual sense, John 4, 10. 11.
7, 38. Rev. 7,17. So pr. Sept. and ps2
DM Gen. 26,19. Zech. 14, 8. τὸν

2. As to the means of living, to live on
or by any thing, with ἐπί τινι and ἔκ τινος.
Matt. 4, 4 οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνϑρ.
1 Cor. 9, 14 ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν.----ἶο c.
“ sh 1309. 26; c. διά Xen. Mem. 3.

3. Of the manner of living, to live in any
way, to pass one’s life in any manner ; Luke
15,13 ζῶν ἀσώτως. Acts 26, 5 ἔζησα Φαρι-

caios. Gal. 2, 14 éSuxas ζῆν. 2 Tih. 8,

12 εὐσεβῶς ζῆν. Tit. 2,12 ζ. σωφρόνως κτλ.
Luke 2, 86 ζήσασα ἔτη μετὰ ἀνδρός. So
Wisd. 14, 28. Luc. Char. 17. Xen. Ag. 11.
8.—Hence ζῆν reve, ἕν τινι, κατά τινι, to live
to, in, according to any one, i. 6. to be devo-
ted to, to live conformably to the will, pur-
pose, precepts, example, of any person or
thing; 6. g. ζῆν τῷ Seg, Luke 20, 38.
Rom. 6, 10. 11. Gal. 2, 19; τῷ κυρίῳ,
Christ, Rom. 14, 8. 2 Cor. 5,15; τῷ πνεύ-
part Gal. 5, 25; ἑαυτῷ Rom. 14, 7. 2 Cor.
5,153; τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Pet. 2, 24. (Alciphr.

1. 37. Dem. 80. 26 Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ od ᾿

τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι.) So ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ, under
the power and in the practice of sin, Rom.
6, 2; ἐν πίστει, full of faith, under the
power of faith, Gal. 2,20; ἐν κόσμῳ, in con-
formity to the world, Col. 2, 20; ἐν αὐτοῖς
8, 7. (4EL-V. H. 3. 13 ¢ ἐν οἴνῳ. Comp.
vivo in litteris, Cic. ad Div. 9. 26.) Also

co Re tal

Ζεβεδαῖος

κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν, to live afler, according to,
the flesh, Rom. 8,12. 13. So Jos. Ant. 4. 8,
44 μὴ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.

4, Spec. to live in favour with God, to
live and prosper, to be happy, blessed; genr.
Rom. 10, ὅ et Gal. 3, 12 ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζή-
σεται ἐν αὐτοῖς, comp. Ley. 18, 5 where
Sept. for "2. 1 Thess. 3, 8 ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν,
for now we live, feel ourselves happy. Rom.
7, 9 ἐγὼ δὲ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου, I was alive,
self-satisfied, happy ; opp. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἀπέϑανον
v.10. Sept. and 7730 Deut. 8, 1. Ps. 22,
27. So Dem. 434. 6. Comp. vivo Catull. 5.
1.—Hence, to have eternal life, to be admit-
ted to the immortality and bliss of the Re-
deemer’s kingdom ; Luke 10, 28 τοῦτο ποίει,
καὶ ζήσῃ. John 5, 25. 6, 51, 58. 11, 26.
14, 19. Rom. 1,,17. 8, 13. Gal. 3, 11.
1 Thess. 5, 10. Heb. 12, 9. 1 Pet. 4, 6.
1 John 4, 9 iva ζήσομεν SC αὐτοῦ sc. τοῦ
vLOUs

Ζεβεδαῖος, ov, 6, Zebedee, Heb, "73%
i. q. 77931 (Jehovah’s gift) Zabdi, pr. n. of
the husband of Salome and father of the
apostles James and John, Matt. 4, 21 bis.
10, 2. 20, 20. 26, 37. 27, 56. Mark 1, 19.
20. 3,17. 10,35. Luke 5, 10. John 21, 2.

ζεστός, ἡ, dv, (Céw,) boiling, hot, Dios-
cor. ἑεστὸν vdwp.—In N. T. trop. hot, fer-
vid, fervent, Rev. 3, 15 bis. 16.

ζεῦγος, eos, ous, τό, (ζεύγνυμι,) a yoke
of animals, i.e. two or more animals yoked
or working together, Luke 14, 19 ζεύγη Bo-
ὧν ἠγόρασα πέντε. Sept. for 73% 1K. 19,
19. Is. 5, 10. So 4}. V. H. 9. 25. Xen.
Mem. 2. 4. 5.—Hence genr. ὦ pair, couple,
8. g. of doves, Luke 2,24. Sept. for ΘΠ
Lev. 5,11. So Pol. 31. 3. 5. Xen. Cie.
7. 18.

ζευκτ' ηρία, as, ἡ, (ζευκτήριος, ζεύγνυ-

put,) pr. fem. adj. yoking, binding, connect- 4

ing, Auschyl. Pers. 7836 γέφυραν γαῖν δυοῖν
¢evxrnpiavy.—In N. T. subst. a band, fasten-
ing, Acta 27, 40. Comp. τὸ ζευκτήριον a
yoke, Auschyl. Ag. 529.

Zets, gen. Διός, 6, Jupiter, the supreme
- god of the heathen mythology; Acts 14,
12. 13 Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως, i. 6.
whose femple was outside of the city.
ζέω, f. ζέσω, to boil, to be hot, of water,
Hom. Il. 21. 365. Plut. Demetr. 24.—In
N. T. trop. to be fervid, fervent, τῷ πνεύματι
Acts 18,25. Rom. 12, 11. So Plut. an seni
sit ger. Resp. 13. Plato Tim. 70 b. ib. 85.
e.—The forms of ζέω are not usually con-
tracted, Buttm. § 105. n. 2 Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 220 sq.

317

ζηλόω

ζηλεύω, f. εύσω, (ζῆλος) to be zealous,
i. q. (nAda, 6. g. for good, Rev. 3, 19 Lachm,
—Comp. Simpl. in Epict. 26. p. 131 ed. Sal-
mas. οὐδεὶς τῶν τὸ ἀγαϑὸν ζητούντων φϑονεῖ
ἢ λεύει ποτέ.

ζῆλος, ov, 6, (ζέω, for ζέελος,) zeal, fer-
vour, enthusiasm, vehement passion.

1. Genr. and for good, zeal, ardour, fer-
vent mind, for any cause or person; 6. gen.
John 2,176 ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου. Rom.
10, 2 ὥηλλον ϑεοῦ ἔχουσιν. With ὑπέρ τινος
2 Cor. 7, 7. Col. 4, 13; absol. 2 Cor. 7, 11.
9,2. Phil. 3,6 κατὰ ζῆλον, as to zeal 50. for
Judaism, comp. v. 5. Sept. for myzp Ps.
69, 10. 119, 138.—1 Mace. 2, 58. Luc. adv.
Indoct. 17. Plut. Lycurg. 4 mid.

2. By Hebr. jealousy, as of a husband ;
c. gen. 2 Cor. 11,2 ζηλῶ γὰρ ὑμᾶς Seod
(irq, for Iam jealous over you with godly
jealousy, i. e.'such as God has. The rela-
tion of Israel to God is every where shad-
owed forth by the prophets under the em-
blem of the conjugal union; Is. 54, 5. 62,
5. Jer. 3, 1 sq. Ez. 16, 8 sq. 23, 1 sq. Hos.
6.3. Paul here applies the same to the
relation of the’. Corinthians to Christ, te
whom he had espoused them. Sept. pr. for
ANP Prov. 6, 34. 27, 4.

3. In a bad sense: a) heart-burning.
emulation, envy, Acts 13, 45. Rom. 13, 13.
1 Cor. 3, 3. James 3, 14. 16; Plur. 2 Cor.
a 20. Gal. 5,20. Sept. for mx2p Eccl. 9, °
6. So 1 Mace. 8,16. Hdian. 3. 2. 16. Plato -
Phil. 47. e; plur. Plato Legg. 679.c. ὃ)
By Hebr. indignation, anger, wrath, Acts
5,17. Heb. 10,27 καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος, and fiery
indignation ; comp. Zeph. 1,18. 3,8, where
Sept. ἐν πυρὶ ζήλου for τιν» ΝΞ. So

genr. Sept. and mxxp Ez. 5, 18. 35, 11.

ζηλόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (ζῆλος,) to be zealous
towards, i. e. for or against any person or
thing.

1. Genr. for a person or thing, e. g. for
good, absol. Rev. 3,19 Rec. With an acc.
of thing, i. q. to desire ardently, to be eager
for ; 1 Cor. 12,31 ζλοῦτε δὲ τὰ χαρίσματα
τὰ κρείττονα. 14,1. 39. Pass. to be zeal-
ously affected, to show oneself zealous, ἐν
καλῷ Gal. 4,18. Sept. for sma Prov. 3,
31. So Ecclus. 51, 18. Diod. Sic. 1. 95
mid. Dem. 500. 2 ¢. dperjv.—For persons,
i. q. to have ardent affection for, to love ;
e. g. externally, 10 zealously affect, to make
a show of zeal for, c. acc. Gal. 4, 17 bis.
Sept. pr. for 82 2 Sam. 21,2. Prov. 24,1.
So Soph. Electr. 1027.

2. By Hebr. to be jealous over any one,
as a husband, c. ace. trop. 2 Cor. 11,25 see

ζηλωτής

fully in ζῆλος πο. 2. Sept. pr. for Ὁ» Num.
5, 14.

3. In a bad sense, against a person, to be
jealous of, to envy, c. acc. Acts 7,9 ζηλώ-
σαντες τὸν Ἰωσήφ. Absol. to be envious,
moved with envy, Acts 17, 5. 1 Cor. 13, 4.
James 4,2 φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, ye kill and
have (deadly) envy.—Hes. Op. 1. 23. Hom.
H. in Cer. 168, 223; comp. Plut. conjug.
Pree. 41.

ζηλωτής, od, ὁ, (prAXJ0,) 1. α zealot,
i.e. one zealous for any thing, eagerly desi-
rous of, c. gen. 1 Cor. 14, 12 ζηλωταί ἐστε
πνευμάτων. Tit. 2,14. 1 Pet. 3,13 Lachm.
So Hdian. 6. 8. 5. Pol. 10. 25. 2. Plato
Prot. 343. a.—Spec. ὦ zealot in behalf of the
Jewish law and institutions, Acts 21, 20
ὥλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου. (2 Mace. 4,2.) Acts 22,
3. Gal. 1,14. Comp. Num. 25,13. 1 Macc.
2,43. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 22. p. 456 Haverc.

2. With the art. 6 Ζηλωτής, Zelotes, the
Zealot, in the Jewish sense above, as the
surname of Simon one of the apostles,
Acts 1, 13. Luke 6,15; elsewhere called ὁ
Kavavirns, the Camanite, from Heb. δὲ 35,
Aram. §82p , zealous, of which thraris is
the translation, Matt. 10, 4. Mark 3, 18.
See in Σίμων no. 2. Prob. there were al-
ready extant, in the time of Christ, the
germs of the sect or party afterwards called

Ζηλωταί, Zealots; the members of which
professed great attachment to the Jewish
institutions, and undertook to punish with-
out trial those guilty of violating them ; un-
der which pretext they committed the great-
est excesses and crimes for several years
before the destruction of Jerusalem. See
Jos. B. J. 4. 8. 9. ib. 4. 5. 1-4. ib. 4. 6. 8.
ib. 7. 8. 1.

ζημία, as, ἡ, (kindr. δαμάω, δάμνημι, Lat.
damnum,) loss, damage, Acts 27, 10. 21.
Phil. 8, '7 ταῦτα ἥγημαι ... ζημίαν, these
things J counted loss. ν. 8.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
29. Luc. Lexiph. 24. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.

ζημιόω, ὦ, f. daw, (ζημία,) to cause loss,
to do damage, to any one, Ail. V. H. 3. 23.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.30; pr. with two accus.
Buttm. ὁ 181. ὅ. Kiihner ὁ 280. 2.—In
N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to suffer loss, to
receive damage, 1 Cor. 3, 153 ἐν μηδενί
2 Cor. 7,9. Phil. 3, 8 ra πάντα ἐζημιώϑην,
I have suffered the loss of all things, where
for the acc. retained in the Pass. constr. see
Buttm. § 134. 6. (Plato Legg. 916. d. Xen.
Cyr. 3.1.16.) Pass. aor. 1 ἐζημιώϑην in
Mid. signif. to bring loss upon oneself, to
lose, 6. g. τὴν ψυχήν Matt. 16, 26. Mark 8,

318

ζητέω

δρὶ ἑαυτόν Luke 9,25. See Buttm. ᾧ 135.

4. § 136. 1, 2.

Znvas, ἃ, ὁ, Zenas, ὁ νομικός, prob. a
Christian teacher, Tit. 3,13.

ζητέω, ὦ, f. how, 1. to seek, to search
after, pr. in order to find out or discover,
e. g. what is lost, c. acc. Matt. 18, 12 ζητεῖ
τὸ πλανώμενον. Luke 19, 10. John 1, 39.
4, 27; acc. impl. Luke 15, 8. With ace. of
pers. Matt. 2,13 μέλλει yap “H. Cyreiv τὸ
παιδίον. Mark 3,32. Luke 2, 45. John 7,11.
2 Tim. 1,17. al. Sept. for P23 Gen. 37,
15. 16. 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14." So Hdian. 2. 6.
2. Xen. An. 2. 3. 2. Vect. 4. 4.—Also
ζητεῖν πῶς, to seek how, to seek opportu
nity, Mark 11, 18. 14, 1. 11.

2. Genr. to seek for oneself, i. e. in order
to find, get, acquire; absol. Matt. 7, 7 ¢y-
τεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε. vy. 8. (Arr. Epict. 4. 1.
51.) With acc. Matt. 12, 43 ζητοῦν ava-
mavow. 26, 59 ψευδομαρτυρίαν. Mark 14,
55. Luke 13, 6. 7 καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ. 22, 6.
1 Cor. 7, 27. Rev. 9, 6 τὸν Savarov. (Luc.
Hermot. 49. Hdian. 4. 12. 8. Xen. Mem. 4.
2. 5.) Also with the idea of earnestness
and anxiety, to seek, to strive after; c. acc.
Matt. 6, 33 ζητεῖτε δὲ πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν
τοῦ ϑεοῦ κτλ. Luke 12,29 μὴ ζητεῖτε. τί φά-
γητε kth. John 5, 30. 44. 7,18. 8,50. 1 Cor.
10, 24. 33. 2 Cor. 12,14. Phil. 2, 21. Col.
3,1. Sept. for Bpa Ps. 4, 3. 34,15. So
Luc. Phalar. pr. 5. Plut. Mor. Π. p. 40.—
Spec. tu seek to buy, e. g. μαργαρίτας Matt.
13,45. So Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 26.

3. Spec. to seek to find out, to inquire, to
ask ; 6. περί τινος, John 16, 19 περὶ τούτου
(nreire per’ ἀλληλῶν. So ὁ. ace. to ask for,
Acts 9,11 ζήτησον ἐν οἰκίᾳ κτλ.---- ZEI: V. H.
2.13 pen. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 13.

4, Spec. to seek, i. q. to look for, to re-
quire; c. acc. of pers. John 4, 23; acc. of
thing, 1 Cor. 1, 22 of Ἕλληνες σοφίαν ζη-
rovow. 2 Cor. 13,3; acc. et παρά τινος,
Mark 8, 11 ζητοῦντες παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ σημεῖον.
Luke 11,16. Pass. Heb. 8, 7; ¢. παρά
τινος Luke 12, 48; c. & τινι, 1 Cor. 4, 2
(ynreirat ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἵνα κτλ. Sept. for
wpa Neh. 5, 12. 18.—Aristot. de Gen. et

corrupt. 2. 5; 6. παρά τινος Dem. 374. 16.

5. With an infin. to seek to do or effect
any thing. a) Genr. i. q. to endeavour, to
strive ; c. inf. aor. Matt. 21, 46 ζητοῦντες
αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι. Luke 5,18. 11, 54. 17, 33.
John 10, 39. 19, 12. Acts 13, 8. 16, 10.
Rom. 10, 3; c. inf. pres. Luke 6, 197 Gal.
1,10. Also c. ἵνα, instead of an inf. pres.
1 Cor. 14, 12 ζητεῖτε ἵνα περισσεύητε. Sept.
c. inf. for pa Deut. 13,10. 1 Sam. 19,10

ζήτημα
So Plut. Thes. 35 mid. Xen. An. ἤ. 4. 83.
b) Also i. ᾳ. to desire, to wish ; c. inf. Matt.
12, 46. 47 ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λαλῆσαι (comp.
Luke 8, 19).. Luke 9, 9. John 7, 4. Acts
27, 30. So Palaph. 53. 5. Xen. Ven. 13. 5.
6. By Hebr. a) (nreiv τὸν ϑεόν,
to seek God, i. e. to turn to him, as a humble
and sincere worshipper ; comp. ἐκζητέω no. 3.
Acts 17, 27. Rom. 10, 20, quoted from Is.
65, 1 where Sept. for vipa ; and so Ex. 33,
7. Ps. 34,6. b) {prety τὴν ψυχήν τινος,
to seek the life of any one, to plot against
_ him, to seek to kill him, Matt. 2, 20. Rom.
11, 3, quoted from 1 K. 19,10 where Sept.
for Ἔ wEo-ny wpa; also Ex. 4, 19. Jer.
44,30. +.

ξήτημα, aros, τό, (ζητέω,) an inquiry,
question, i. 6. topic of inquiry or dispute ;
Acts 15,2 περὶ rod ζητήματος τούτου. 18,
15. 23, 29. 25,19. 26, 3.—Sept. Ez. 36,
81. Soph. C&d. R. 278. Plato Rep. 368. c.

ζήτησις, ews, ἡ; (Cnréw,) the act of seek-
ing, search, Phuc. 1. 20 ¢. τῆς ἀληϑείας.----
In N. T. inquiry, discussion, dispute; John
8; 25 ἐγένετο ζήτησις. Acts 15,2 Grb. 1 Tim.
1, 4. 6, 4. (Hdot. 2. 54. Luc. Demon. 28.
Plato Polit. 266. d.) Meton. i. q. ζήτημα,
question, i. e. topic of inquiry or dispute,
Acts 25, 20. 2 Tim. 2,23. Tit.3,9. Comp.
Plato Apol. 29. c.

ζιζάνιον, ov, τό, zizanium, Suid. ἡ ἐν
τῷ σίτῳ αἴρα, Lat. lolium, (‘ infelix lolium’
Virg. Geor. 1. 153,) Engl. darnel, i. 6. lo-
lium temulentum, bearded darnel, a weed or
grass growing among wheat and other kinds
of grain, and at first having a close resem-
blance to them; Plur. Matt. 13, 25. 26. 27.
29. 30. 36. 38.40. The Rabbins call it 772
bastard, bastard wheat ; the Arabs zawén ;
see Buxtorf Lex. Rabb. 680. Wetst. in
Matt. 13, 25. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. i.
Ρ- 120.—Engl. vers. fares.

Ζοροβάβελ, ὁ, indec. Zorobabel, Heb.
553 Zerubbabel, pr.n. 84) The leader
of the first body of Jewish exiles from Baby-
lon to Jerusalem, Matt. 1, 12. 13. Comp.
Ezra 2,2. 3,2. 8. 1 Chr. 3,19. Ὁ) An
ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3, 27. See Gr.
Harm. p. 186.

ζόφος, ov, 6, (kindr. γνόφος, νέφος.)
darkness, blackness, thick gloom; Heb. 12,
18 Lachm. ζόφῳ, for σκότῳ in Rec. Else-
where of the darkness of Tartarus or Ge-
henna, see in Gdns; 6. g. 2 Pet. 2,4 σειραῖς
(épov ταρταρώσας παρέδωκεν κτὰ. thrust-
ing them down to Tartarus in chains of
darkness, i. e. where darkness lies like

319

ζωή

chains upon them, Jude 6. Intens. ζόφος
τοῦ σκότους, blackness of darkness, thickest

- darkness, 2 Pet. 2, 17. Jude 13; see Gesen.

Lehrg. p. 671. d—Hom. Il. 15. 191. Pol.
18. 8. 7. Luc. Contempl. 1. D. Mort. 15. 2.

ζυγός, od, 5, (ζεύγνυμι,) a yoke, serving
to couple any two things together, e. g.
cattle, Al. V. H. 5. 14. Sept. for δ᾽»
1 Sam. 6, '7.—Hence in N. T.

1. Trop. ἃ yoke. a) As an emblem οἱ
servitude, 1 Tim. 6, 1 ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι.
Sept. and 549 Lev. 26,13. So Dem. 322. 12
ζυγὸς δουλοσύνης. Plato Ep. 354. d. 5)
Denoting severe precepts, moral bondage,
e. g. of the Mosaic law, Acts 15, 10. Gal.
5,1. Hence by antith. of the gentle pre-
cepts of Christ, Matt. 11, 29. 30. Sept. for
Pid Jer. 5, 5.

2. the beam of a balance, which unites
the two scales; hence by synecd. a balance,
scales, Rev. 6, 5 ἔχων ζυγὸν ἐν τῇ x. Sept.
for nk Lev. 19, 36. Hos. 12, '7.—Ail.
V. H. 10. 6. Plato Tim. 63. b.

ζύμη, ns, ἡ, (prob. ξέω,) leaven, sour
dough. Matt. 13, 33 et Luke 13, 21 ὁμοία
ἐστὶν ἡ Bac. τῶν ovp. ζύμῃ, κτλ. Matt. 16,
12. Sept. for kw Ex. 12, 15. 13, 7.
(Jos. Ant. 3.10.6. Plat. Quest. Rom. 109.)
And as leaven causes to ferment and turn
sour, hence proverbially, 1 Cor. 5, 6 et Gal.
5,9 μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ, a
little leaven leavens the whole mass, i. 4. ‘a
few bad men corrupt a multitude.’-—Trop.
for impurity, corruptness, perverseness of
life, doctrine, heart, Matt. 16, 6. 11. Mark
8, 15 bis. Luke 12, 1. 1 Cor. 5, 7. 8 bis.

ζυμόω, 4, f. ὦσω, (ζύμη,) to leaven, to
make ferment, Pass. Matt. 13, 33 et Luke
13, 21. Proverbially, 1 Cor. 5, 6 et Gal. 5,
9, see in ζύμη. Sept. for 20 Ex. 12, 34. 39.
Hos. 7, 4.—Plut. Symp. 3. 10. 3. p. 256.

ζωγρέω, &, f. how, (ζωός, ἀγρεύω,) to
take alive, to take prisoner in war, Hom. Il.
6. 46. Xen. An. 4. 7. 22.—In N. T. trop.
to take, to capture, i. q. to win over, 6. acc.
Luke 5, 10 ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν, comp.
v.11. Pass. part. perf..2 Tim. 2,26 ἐζω-
γρημένοι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, taken caplive by him,
Satan, i. q. ensnared, seduced.

er, Fs, ἡ, (ζάω,) life, the being alive.

1. Pr. of physical life and existence, as
opp. to death and non-existence. ἃ) Genr.
of human life etc. Luke 16,25. Acts 17,25
διδοὺς πᾶσι Conv. 1 Cor. 3, 22. 15, 19.
Heb. 7, 3. James 4, 14. Rev. 11, 11. 16,3
Grb. πᾶσα ψυχὴ ζωῆς, i. ᾳ. ψυχὴ ζῶσα in
Rec. every living soul. Sept. for ps»m Gen

ζωη 320

2,1. 25, Π. (Luc. Tox. 38. Plato Phed. 16.
Ρ. 71. d.) Of life or existence after rising
from the dead, a living again; only of
Christ Rom. 5, 10. 2 Cor. 4, 10. 11. 12;
trop. of the Jewish people, Rom. 11, 15.
b) Spec. existence, life, absolutely and with-
out end; Heb. 7, 16 κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆς ἀ-
καταλύτου. So ξύλον ζωῆς, tree of life, which
preserves from death, Rev. 2, 7. 22, 2. 14;
comp. Sept. Gen. 2, 9. 3,22. Also ἄρτος
ζωῆς, bread of life, John 6, 35; ὕδωρ ζωῆς,
walter of life, Rev. 21, 6; 22,1.17. But
ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων Rev. 7, 17 Grb. is
equivalent to ἐπὶ ζῶσας πηγὰς ὑδάτων in
Ree. to living fountains of water, i.e. peren-
nial; see in (dm no. 1.d. Comp. below
in no. 3. b.—Meton. of the Logos, life, ab-
solutely, for the source of all life, John 1, 4.
1 John 1, 1. 2.

2. Also life, way of life, manner of living,
conduct, in a moral respect; Rom. 6, 4 ἐν
καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν. Eph. 4, 18
τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Seod, i. 6. which God requires,
a godly life. 2 Pet. 1, 3.

3. Spec. life, i. 6. welfare, happiness.
a) Genr. Luke 12, 15. John 6, 51 ὑπὲρ τῆς
τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς. Acts 2,28 ὁδοὺς ζωῆς,
the ways of life and happiness, from Ps. 16,
11 where Sept. for mm, 1 Pet. 3,10 ὁ
yap ϑέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾷν, from Ps. 34, 13 for
ἘΠῚ. δ) Inthe gospel sense, eternal life,
salvation, i. e. the bliss and glory in the
kingdom of God, which awaits the true dis-
ciples of Christ after the resurrection, and
of which Christians have the hope and fore-
taste here on earth; so ζωὴ αἰώνιος Matt.
19, 16. 17. John 3, 15.16. 5,24. al. ἡ ζωὴ
ἡ μέλλουσα 1 Tim. 4,8; ἡ ὄντως ζωή 6,
19; 4050]. ἡ ζωή, Matt. 7, 14. 18, 8. 9.
John 5, 40. 6, 38. ὅ8. Acts 5,20 τὰ ῥήματα
τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης, the words, doctrine, of eter-
nal life. Rom. 5,17 ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσι.
v. 18. 7, 10. 8, 2.6.10. Phil. 2,16. 2 Tim.
1,1. 1 John 3, 14. 5, 12.13.16. al. For
Βίβλος v. βιβλίον ζωῆς, see in βίβλος.
So ὁ στέφανος τῆς ζωῆς, the crown of life,
the reward of eternal life, James 1, 12. Rev.
2,103; χάρις τῆς ζωῆς, the sift of eternal
life, 1 Pet. 3,'7; ὀσμὴ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 2 Cor.
2, 16.—Meton. for the author and giver
of eternal life, John 5, 26. 11, 25. 14, 6.
Col. 8, 4. 1 John 1, 2. 5,20. Also for the
cause, svurce, means of eternal life, John 5,
$9...42; δὺς 17,3. oF

ζώνη, nS; 1s (ζώννυμι,) a zone, belt, gir-

- dle, Matt. 3,4. 10, 9. Mark 1, 6. 6,8. Acts
21, 11 bis. Rev. 1,13. 15,6. Sept. for mtx
2K. 1,8; main 1 K. 2,5. So Hdian. 1.

ζωοποιέω

11.13. Xen. An. 1. 4. 9.—The girdle was
worn by both sexes among the Jews, be-
cause of their long flowing dress. It was
sometimes of linen or other fine material,
Jer. 13, 1. Prov. 31, 24. Ez. 16,10; or also
of leather, 2 K. 1, 8. Matt. 3, 4. In it was
worn the sword, 1 Sam. 25,13. 2K. 20,8;
as also the writer’s inkstand, as at the pre-
sent day, Ez. 9,2. Niebuhr’s Arabien p. 64.
Shaw’s Travels p. 227. The folds of the

girdle served also as a pocket or purse for

money, Matt. 10, 9. Mark 6,8 ; in this sense
the Rabbins call it δ"). and mazpR , see
Buxtorf Lex. Rab. 1753. So Plat. Symp.
4, 2. 3, ζώνην χαλκοῦς ἔχουσαν. Liv. 33,
29 ‘argentum in zonis habentes.’ Hor. Ep
2. 2. 40.

ζώννυμι v. ζωννύω, f. ζώσω, to gird,
to put on a girdle, c. acc. John 21, 18 bis.
[Acts 12,8.] Sept. for τὸ Job 38, 3; “an
Ex. 29, 9.—Hom. Od. 18. 76. Theoer. 16.
81. Pausan. 9. 17. 3.

ζωογονέω, ὦ, f. how, (ζώογόνος ; Lads,
obsol. γένω.) to bring forth alive, to engen-
der living animals, Diod. Sic. 1. 7, 10, 88.
—In N. T. to preserve alive, c. acc. Luke
17, 33; Pass. Acts 7,19. [1 Tim. 6, 13.]
Sept. and 7° Pi. Hiph. Ex. 1,17. Judg. 8,
19. 1 K. 20,31. So Theoph. ad Autol. I.

Ρ. 74, ἡ πνοὴ τ. ϑεοῦ ζωογονεῖ τὸ πᾶν.

ζῶον; ov, τό, (ζωός, ζάω.) a living thing,
an animal, beast, Heb. 13, 11. 2 Pet. 2, 12.
Jude 10. Symbolically, Rev. 4, 6.'7 quater.
8. 9. 5, 6. 8.11. 14. 6, 1. 8. ὅ. 6.7. 7,11,
14, 3. 15, 7. 19,4. Comp. Dan. 7,3 sq.
Ez. 1,5 sq. Sept. for msm Ez. 1. ο. Ps. 68,
11.—Hdian. 1. 15.'7. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10.

ξωοποιέξω, a, f. noo, (ζωοποιός ; ζωός,
ποιέω,) to make alive, to give life to, to
quicken.

1. Pr. c. ace. 1 Tim. 6, 18 τοῦ ϑεοῦ τοῦ
ζωοποιοῦντος τὰ πάντα. Sept. for men Pi.
Hiph. 2 K. 5,7. Neh. 9,6. So Act. Thom.
10 ὁ eds τὸν κόσμον ζωοποιῶν.---ΟΥ the
dead, to make alive again, to quicken, c. acc.
John 5, 21 bis. Rom. 4, 17. 8,11. 1 Cor.
15, 22; Pass. 1 Pet. 3,18. So Test. XII
Patr. p. 679 τοὺς νεκροὺς ζωοποιῆσαι.---Ο
seeds, Pass. to be quickened, to sprout, 1 Cor.
15, 36.

2. Spec. to give eternal life, to make alive
forever, sc. in the bliss and privileges of
Christ’s kingdom, of which the hope and
foretaste are enjoyed here, comp. in ζωή no.
3.b; absol. John 6, 63. 1 Cor, 15, 45.
2 Cor. 3, 6. Gal. 8, 21. Comp. Sept. and
mr Ecce. 7, 12.

* ig

ἤ 321 consi

ἢ, a particle disjunctive, interrogative,
comparative ; see Matth. ᾧ 619. Buttm. ᾧ 149.
m. 7. Kiihner § 323. 1,2. ᾧ 844. 5. Winer
$07. 3.

I. Dissunctive, or, Lat. aut. a) Genr.
Matt. 5, 17 τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας, Vv.
36. Mark 4, 30. Luke 9, 25. John 6, 19.
Acts 3, 1%. Heb. 2, 6. al. sepiss—Hdian.
3. 15. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 18. Hell. 3.
3. 9.

b) Repeated, 7...7, either... or, Lat. aut

..@ul, marking strong distinction or anti-
thesis ; Matt. 6,24 ἢ yap τὸν ἕνα μισήσει
«ἢ ἑνὸς aveEera. Luke 16, 13. 1 Cor.
14, 6. 2 Cor. 1, 13.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 18,
1 pen. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 16,

Il. InreRRoGatiIve, where however the
primary signif. or is strictly retained, or whe-
ther ? or if perhaps? an forte? comp. Buttm.
l.c. Winer § 61. 1. b.

a) Pr. indirect, in the latter clause of a
double interrogation after πότερον, whether

.or, e. g. John 7,17 γνώσεται πότερον ἐκ
Tr. ᾿ϑεοῦ ἐστιν, ἢ ἐγὼ «rd. Winer |. c. Matth.
§619. 2. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 20, 3. Xen,
Cyr. 1. 3. 2, 15.—Also genr. without πότε-
pov expressed, Matt. 9, 5. 22, 17. Luke 7,
19, 20. Acts 8,34. Rom. 2, 4. So Xen.
Conv. 4. ὅδ.

b) Genr. and in a direct question, where
the interrogation implies a negation of some-
thing preceding. Matt.'7,9 ἢ ris ἐστιν ἐξ
ὑμῶν ἄνϑρωπος ; 20, 15. Rom. 3,29. 1 Cor.
1,13. 9, 6. 8. 10. 2 Cor. 1, 17. al.

II. Comparative, than, e.g. a) Af-
ter comparatives and words implying com
parison ; Matt. 10, 15 ἀνεκτότερον ... ἢ τῇ
πόλει ἐκείνῃ. Mark 10, 25. Luke 16, 17.
John 4, 1. Rom. 13,113; μᾶλλον ἢ, more
than, rather than, Matt. 18, 13. John 3, 19.
Acts 4, 19; πρὶν #, sooner than, before,
Matt. 1, 18. Mark 14, 30. Luke 2,26. Acts
2,20; comp. Buttm. §149.m.7. So af-
ter ϑέλω, 1 Cor. 14, 19 ϑέλω πέντε λόγους
διὰ τοῦ νοός μου λαλῆσαι... ἢ μυρίους Ady.
κτλ.---ἰλις. D. Deor. 18.1. Xen. Cie. 10.
6. Conv. 2. 3; after ϑέλω Arr. Epict. 3. 1.
Comp. Buttm. 1. c. Kiihner ὁ 323. 2. Matth.
2691. 3.

Ὁ) After ἄλλος, ἕτερος, and the like ;
Acts 17, 21 ᾿Αϑηναῖοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον εὐ-
καίρουν, ἢ λέγειν κτὰ. Comp. Matth. 1. ο.
So Xen. Cyr. 3. 2.17. Cie. 8. 3.—With

ἄλλος or the like implied, John 13, 10 ὁ

a ‘

λελουμένος ov χρείαν [ἄλλην] ἔχει ἢ
21

τοὺς

πόδας κτλ. Acts 24, = τί ἀδίκημα [ἄλλον
ἢ περὶ μιᾶς κτλ.

c) After the positive degree, or other
like word, where it may be rendered rather
than, more than, i. q. μᾶλλον 7, sv that the
positive with # is equivalent to the com-
parative. The grammarians supply μᾶλλον,
but the construction is found also in classic
writers, perhaps from negligence, and in
N. T. would seem to come rather through
the Sept. from the Heb. mode of comparison
with 49; see Winer § 36. 1. Matth. ᾧ 457.
n. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 882. Matt. 18, 8
καλόν σοι ἐστιν εἰσελϑεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χω-
λὸν ἢ κυλλόν, ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἔχοντα βληϑῆναι
εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον. v. 9. Mark 9, 48. 45.
47. Luke 15,7. 17,2. Sept. and 7 Gen.
38, 26. Ps. 118, 8. Jon. 4, 3..al_—Ecclus.
22, 15. Menand. καλὸν τὸ μὴ ζῆν, ἢ ζῆν
ἀϑλίως. Phocyl.'77. Soph. Ajax 966. Diod.
Sic. 11. 11. Thuc. 6. 21. Hdot. 9. 26.
Comp. Plaut. Rud. 4. 4. 10, ‘tacita mulier
est bona semper, quam loquens.’

IV. Joined with other particles, viz.

a) ἀλλ᾽ ἤ, unless, except, see in ἀλλά
no. 3. b.

b) ἢ καί, or also, or even; Luke 18, 11
ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ of λοιποὶ... ἢ καὶ ὡς
οὗτος κτὰ. 1 Cor. 16, 6. 2 Cor. 1,13. In-
terrogatively, Luke 11, 11.12. 12,41. Rom.
4, 9. 14, 10. non al.

¢) ἤπερ; than perhaps, than indeed, once
after μᾶλλον, John 12,43. So 2 Macc. 14,
42. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 3.

d) ἤτοι, i. q. ἤ, or, but stronger; in
N. T. only ἤτοι... ἤ, whether indeed .. . or,
once Rom. 6, 16. See Herm. ad Vig.
p. 785, 410. So Menand. XIII, in Poet.
Gnom. p. 155. ed. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3.
12. 2. ib, 4.6.13. +

ἢ, a particle of confirming or strength-
ening, truly, assuredly, certainly; in N. T.
only once in the connection 7 μήν, the
usual intensive form of oaths, most certain-
ly, most surely ; Heb. 6, 14 4 μὴν εὐλογῶν
εὐλογήσω σε, quoted from Gen. 22, 17
where Rept for ">, as also Gen. 42, 16.
[Lachm. εἰ pny.] Sept. for px Num. 14,
23; ox Ἢ Judg. 15, 7. See Buttm. §.149.
m. 29. Kiihner } 316. 2.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1.2
ὀμόσαντες ἦ μὴν σώσειν αὐτήν. Xen. An. 2.
3. 26. Cyr. 6. 1. 3.—In the classics ἢ is
used also as an interrogative, Buttm. § 149
m. 7 fin. Kiihner § 344. 5.

ἡγεμονεύω

ἡγεμονεύω, f. evow, (ἡγεμών,) to go be-
fore, to go first, c. dat. Hom. Od. 3. 386. ib.
8.4; to lead, to be a leader, chief, c. gen. ALI.
V. H. 12.17. Xen. Ag. 1. 3.—In N. T. to be
governor, 6. g. of a Roman province ; either
as a legatus Cesaris, c. gen. τῆς Συρίας,
Luke 2, 2; or as a procurator, Luke 3, 1
τῆς Iovdaias. See fully in ἡγεμών no. 2.

ἡγεμονία, as, ἣ, (ἡγεμών;) leadership, do-
minion, reign; Luke 3, 1 ἡ ἡγεμονία Τιβε-
piov Kaicapos.—Jos. Ant. 18. 2.2. Hdian.
2. 9. 12. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 33.

ἡγεμών, ὄνος, ὃ, (ἡγέομαι,) a leader,
guide, Hom. Od. 10. 505. Hdot. 8. 31 iy.
τῆς ὁδοῦ. Xen. An. 4.2.13 a leader, com-
mander of an army, i. 4. στρατηγός, Hdian.
2.7.10. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 4. Sept. for "2
Jer. 42, 1. 8.—In N. T.
᾿ 1. @ leader, chief, head ; Matt. 2, 6 ἐν τοῖς
ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα, quoted from Mic. 5, 1
where Heb. 77479 "DD83, Sept. ἐν χιλιάσιν
Ἰούδα. But O°D>N8 in Mic. 1. c. is pr. the
families into which each tribe was divided,
the heads of which were called D°DD8
Zech. 12, 5. 6; and Matthew by meton.
puts ἡγεμόνες chiefs of families, for the fa-
milies themselves, as also for the cities in
which they dwelt. So Sept. ἡγεμών for
ΤΙΣ Gen. 36, 15. 16 sq.—Jos. Ant. 11. 4,
4 οἱ τῶν πατριῶν ἡγεμόνες τῶν Ἰσραηλι-
τῶν. Of Lacedemon as the leading state in
Greece, Xen. An. 6. 1. 27. Conv. 8. 39;
genr. Ag. 1.3 ὥστε οὐ δευτέρων πρωτεύου-
σιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡγεμόνων ἡγεμονεύουσιν.

2. a governor, president, prefect, of ἃ Ro-
man province, whether proconsul, legate, or
procurator. Augustus made a new parti-
tion of the provinces of the Roman empire,
into provincie senatorie and provincie im-
peratorie vel Casarum, ἐπαρχίαι τοῦ δήμου
v. Kaicapos, the former being left under the
nominal care of the senate, while the latter
were under the direct control of the empe-
ror, Of the latter kind was Syria, inclu-
ding Phenicia and Judea. To the former
the senate sent officers for one year, called
proconsuls, dvZvmarot, though sometimes
only of pretorian rank; they had only a
civil power, and no military command nor
authority over the taxes, both these latter
being under the care of persons appointed
by the emperor. ‘Those sent to command
in the provincie Casarum were called le-
gati Cesaris pro consule, propretores, legati
. consulares, etc. They were usually, but
not always, chosen from among the senators,
during the pleasure of the emperor, and had
much greater powers than other proconsuls.

322

ἡγέομαι

Such were Cyrenius (Lat. Quirinus) Luke
2, 2, and Vitellius, Jos. Ant. 18.4.2. For
a list of all the presidents of Syria in that
age, see Bibl. Repos. 1832, p. 381.—In all
these provinces, of both kinds, there was,
besides the president, an officer called pro-
curator Cesaris, who had charge of the
revenue, and had also a judicial power in
matters pertaining to the revenue; they
were chosen usually from the equites, but
occasionally were freedmen. Sometimes a
procurator discharged the office of a govern-
or or president, especially in a small pro-
vince, or in a portion of a large province
where the president could not ‘reside ; as
did Pilate, who was procurator of Judea
which was annexed to the province of Sy-
ria, Suet. Vesp. 4. Tacit. Ann. 12. 23.
Hence he had the power of punishing ca-
pitally, which the procurators did not usu-
ally possess, ib. 15. 4. ib. 4. 15. So also
Felix, Festus, and the other procurators of
Judea, for a list of whom see Bibl. Repos.
1832, p. 382. See Strabo 17. p. 840.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 165 sq. Dict. of
Antt. art. Provincia.—Hence

a) Genr. of a proconsul, legate, president,
Matt. 10, 18. Mark 13, 9. Luke 21, 12.
1 Pet. 2, 14.—Hdian. 2. 9. 12. Plato Rep.
520. b.

Ὁ) Of the procurator of Judea, e. g. Pi-
late, Matt. 27, 2. 11 bis..14. 15. 21. 23. 27.
28,14. Luke 20, 20; Felix, Acts 23, 24.
26. 88. 84. 24, 1.10; Festus, Acts 26, 30.
—Jos.Ant. 18. 3.1 Πιλάτος ὁ τῆς Ἰουδαίας
ἡγεμών. The usual Greek word for procu-
rator is ἐπίτροπος, 6. g. of Pilate, Jos. B. J.
2.9.23; genr. Hdian. 7. 4. 5, 11. ib. 4. 6. 8
ἡγεμόνας Te καὶ ἐπιτρόπους.

ἡγέομαι, odpa, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἄγω,) to lead, i. 6. to go before, to go first,
to lead the way, Hom. Od. 10. 263. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 5. 135° to be leader, chief, in war,
i. q. στρατηγέω, Hdian. 7. 8. 8. Xen. Mem
3. 2. 4; of a navy, Xen. An. 1. 4. 2.—
Hence in N. T.

1. to be a@ leader, chief, only in Part.
ἡγούμενος, 6, a leader, chief, i. q. ἡγεμών.
So Acts 14, 12 6 ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου, the
chief-speaker. (Comp. Jamblic. de Myster.
init. Seds 6 τῶν λόγων ἡγεμὼν ὁ Ἑρμῆς.
Luc. Pseudolog. 24.) Genr. of those who
have influence and authority, Luke 22, 26.
Acts 15, 22; of officers and teachers in the
churches, Heb. 13, 7. 17. 24; of a chief
magistrate, as Joseph in Egypt, Acts 7, 10 ;
of the Messiah, a ruler, prince, Matt. %, 6,
quoted from Mic. 5, 1 where Heb. >&2,

Sept. ἄρχων. Sept. ἡγούμενος for >

αι

ἡδέως
3 Chr. 7, 18.. 9, 26; 92 Ez. 43, 7. 85
2 Sam. 3, 38. —Ecclus, 32 [35]; 1
Died. Sic. 1. 4 xa’ ὃν ἡγούμενος Tdios ᾿Ἰού-
λιος Καῖσαρ. Pol. 1. 15. 4; comp. Xen.
Lac. 14. 5.

2. Trop. pres. ἡγοῦμαι, also perf. ἥγη-
pat, with pres. signif. Acts 26, 2. Phil. 3,
7. Buttm. § 113.7; like Lat. ducere, to lead
out before the mind, i. e. to regard as being
so and so, to esteem, to count, to reckon ;
e. g. of things, c. ace. 2 Pet. 3, 9 ὡς τινὲς
βραδυτῆτα ἡγοῦνται. With acc. and infin.
Phil. 3, 8 bis, ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι ...
καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα εἶναι. (Luc. D. Mort.
13. 5. Hdian. 8. 12. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. ὅ. 7.)
With acc. c. εἶναι impl. 2 Cor. 9,5 dvay-
καῖον οὖν ἡγησάμην παρακαλέσαι κτὰ. Phil.
2, 25. 2 Pet. 1, 13. James 1, 2 πᾶσαν
χαρὰν ἡγήσασϑε, ὅταν κτλ. (Diod. Sic.
13. 55. Xen. Hell. 5. 1.. 20.) With two
acc. 6. εἶναι impl. ἡγεῖσϑαι τί τι, to think to
be such and such, to esteem as any thing,
Phil. 2,6. 3, 7 ταῦτα ἥγημαι ζημίαν. Heb.
10, 29. 11, 26. 2 Pet. 2,13. 3,15. Sept.
for 28 Job 41,19. So Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 1.
Plato Tim. 18. e.—Of persons, to hold or es-
teem one as such and such; so 6. acc. with
an adj. Acts 26, 2 ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον.

Phil. 2,3. 1 Tim.-1, 12. 6, 1. Heb. 11,11;
ἱμὴ ὡς ἐχθρόν 2 Thess. 3, 15. Sept. for 307

Job 19, 11. 33, 10. (Hdian. 3. 11. 9. Xen.
Cyr. 3.1.20.) With accus. and adv. 1 Thess.
5, 18 ἡγεῖσϑαι αὐτοὺς ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ ἐν
ἀγάπῃ, i. 6. to regard them as very highly
deserving of love.

ἡδέως, adv. (ἡδύς,) sweetly, pleasantly,
i. e. with relish, of eating and drinking, Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 5—In N. T. trop. with plea-
sure, gladly, Mark 6, 20. 12,37. 2 Cor. 11,
19. So 2 Macc. 6, 30. Hdian. 7. 5. 4. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 10.

ἤδη, adv. now, even now, already, mark-
ing an action as already or soon to be com-
pleted ; Matt. 3, 10 ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀξίνη κεῖ-
ται κτλ. 5,28 ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτήν. 24, 82.
Mark 15, 42. 44. Luke 7, 6. John 3, 18. 4,

35. al.sep. With another'particle, 1 John’

4,3 νῦν ἤδη now even already. Phil. 4, 10
ὄδη ποτέ, now at length. So Tob. 3, 6.
Hdian. 1. 9. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4.1.45 ἤδη νῦν
Plato Phil. 30. 6 ; ἤδη ποτέ Dion. Hal. Ant.
7. 51.—Also of the immediate future, now,
presently, soon ; see Viger. p. 413 sq. Rom.
1, 10 εἴπως ἤδη ποτὲ εὐοδωϑήσομαι tr. if
perhaps I may shortly or at length be
pered to come to you. So Jos. Ant. 3.14.1
τὴν μὲν ἤδη, ἔχετε, τὴν δὲ ἤδη λήψεσϑε. Luc.
DD. Deor, 4. 2 bis. Xen. An. 2.2.1. +

323 ἥκω

ἡδίστα, adv. pr. acc. plur. neut. of ἥδι-
στος superl. of ἡδύς, Buttm. §115. 5, lit.
most sweetly, i. e. with high relish, of eating
and drinking, Xen, Mem. 1.6. 5.—In N. T.
trop. most Sage 2 Cor. 12, 9. 15. Se
Luc. Scyth. 8 . Xen. Mem. 2.7.10. Comp.

in ἡδέως. ¥,

ἡδονή, fe, ἡ, (ἦδος, ἥδομαι, dvdave,)
pleasure, gratification, enjoyment, in Ν. T.
only of the pleasures of sense ; Luke 8, 14 ©
ὑπὸ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου. Tit. 3, 3. James 4, 3.
2 Pet. 2,13. So Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1. Hdian.
1, 13, 15. Xen. Cyr. 8, 2. 4.—Meton. de-
sire, appetite, lust, James 4,1. So Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 23.

HOVOT MOV, ov, τό, (ἡδύοσμος sweet-
scented ; ἡδύς, ὀσμή.) mint, mentha viridis
Linn. i. q. μίνϑη, garden or spear mint,
Matt. 23, 23. Luke 11, 42. The Rabbins
call it 822 ;- it was strewed by the Jews
on the floors of their houses and synagogues,
Buxt. Lex. Rab. 1228.—Dioscor. 3. 41
ἡδύοσμον, οἱ δὲ μίνϑην, γνώριμον βοτάνιον.

ἦδος, εος, ους, τό, (kindr. ἔϑος, ἕδος.)
accustomed seat, haunt, dwelling, of animals
and men, Hom. Il. 6. 511. Hes. Op. 166.
Hdot. 1. 15.—In N. T. wont, custom, usage ;
Plur. ra 43, manners, morals, character,
1 Cor. 15, 33, quoted from Menander in
Sentent. Comicor. Gr. p. 248 ed. Steph. or
Poet. Gnom. p. 187. Tauchn. So in Sing.
Eeclus. 20, 26. Luc. Phalar. pr. 7 χρηστὸν
ἦϑος. Xen. Mem. 3.10.3. Plur. Hdian. 2.
6. 1. Plato Rep. 402. d, καλὰ ἤϑη.

ἥκω, f. ἥξω, later aor. 1 ἧξα Rev. 2, 25.

3, 9, see Lob, ad Phryn. p. 743 sq. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 114; to come, i. 6. to have
come, to be here, in the sense of a preterite,
Buttm. 1. ὁ. in ἱκνέομαι. Gram. § 137. n. 8.
Kiihner § 255. n. 2. Matth. §504.1. 2. So
genr. of persons, with ἀπό c. gen. of place
whence, Matt. 8,11 et Luke 13, 29 ἀπὸ
ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσι. Mark 8, 3;
with ἐκ c. gen. John 4,47, and in the sense
to come forth, to arise, Rom. 11, 263; with
πρός c. acc. of pers. Acts 28, 23 ἧκον πρὸς
αὐτὸν eis τὴν ξενίαν. (Sept. for xin Ex.
20, 24. All. V. H. 3.19 pen.) Trop. John
6, 37. With ἐπί τινα, to come upon one, in
a hostile sense, Rev. 3, 3 bis. (Sept. for
xia 2 Sam. 17, 12. Dem. 319. 7.) Absol.
Matt. 24, 50 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκεί-
ψου. Luke 12, 46. 15, 27. John 8, 42 ἐκ
Ὁ Seod ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω, i. ᾳ. eeASdv ἥκω.
4 10, 7. 9 (Sept. for xia. Ps. 40, 8). v.
37. 1 John 5, 20. Rev. 2, 25. 3,9. 15, 4.
Sept. for xin 1 K. 8, 42. Zech. 8, 90. 29,

᾿
᾿

es

‘Ani B24 ἡμέρα

So Hdian. 1, 7. 2. Xen. An. 2. 1. 3.—Trop.
of things, 6. g. of time, John 2, 4 ὥρα ἥκει.
Luke 13,35. 2 Pet. 3,10. (Sept. and xia
Ps. 102,14. Dem. 11.26.) Also of the end
or consummation of any thing, Matt. 24, 14 ;
evils, calamities, Rev. 18,8. So with ἐπί
τινα, to come upon any one, 8. g. evil times,
Luke 19, 43; of guilt and its punishment,
ta be laid upon, Matt. 23, 36. So Dem.
624. 19.

“Hi or ᾿Ηλεί, 6, indec. Heli, Heb. "92
Eli, pr. n. of the father of Joseph the hus-
band of Mary, Luke 3, 23.

ἠλί, indec. eli, my God! i. 6. Heb. "ὮΝ
in Greek letters, Matt. 27, 46, from Ps. 22, 2.

Ἠλίας, ov, 6, Elias, Heb. 5*28 and
ὙΠῸ (my God is Jehovah) Elijah; the
celebrated prophet of the O. T. whom the
Jews expected to reappear before the com-
ing of the Messiah ; Matt. 17, 12. Mark 9,
13. Luke 1, 17. 4,25. 26. al. See 1K.
c. 17-19, 21. 2K. οἱ 1. 2. Mal. 8, 23.
[4,5.) +

ἡλικίᾳ; as, ἡ, (HE, 1. age, full age,
manhood, the prime of life; John 9, 21 av-
τὸς ἡλικίαν ἔχει. v. 23. Heb. 11,11. So
2 Mace. 7, 27. Pol. 6. 6. 2. Diod. Sic. 2. 5
init. Plato Lys. 209. a, ἡλικίαν éxerv.—Spec.
age, life; Matt. 6, 27 et Luke 12, 25 προσ-
Seivar ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν πῆχυν ἕνα. (1. V.
Η. 2. 28 ὄψε τῆς ἡλικίας. Xen. Apol. 6, i. 4.
βίος.) Others stature, but against the con-
text ; comp. Matt. 6, 25. 26. Luke 12, 26

2. stature, growth, as marking age, Luke
2, 52. 19, 3 τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρός. Trop. Eph.
4,13. Sept. for M25P Ez. 13, 18.—Plut.
Philop. 11. Dem. 1204. 26. Hdot. 3. 16.

ἡλίκος, ἡ, ov, correl. pron. (ἧλιξ,) how
great, quantus, Col. 2, 1. James 3, 5.—Jos.
Ant. 8. 7. '7 fin. Diod. Sic. 1. 55. Pol. 1. 71.
7. See Buttm. §79. 5.

HALOS, ov, 6, (ἔλη,) the sun, Matt. 13,
43. Mark 1, 32. al. Sept. for 72%) Gen.
15, 12. 17. (Dem. 197. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 8.
9.) Meton. light, daylight, Acts 13, 11;
comp. Ps. 58,9. So Mark 16,2 ἀνατείλαν-
Tos τοῦ ἡλίου, daylight having. risen, the
day having dawned, parall. with λίαν πρωΐ,
comp. Luke 24, 1. John 20,1; see Biblioth,
Sac. 1845. p. 167. Gr. Harm. Ρ. 230. +

ἧλος, ov, 6, a nail ; John 20, 25 bis, τὸν
τύπον τῶν HAwv.—Sept. 1 Chr. 22, 3. 44].
V. H. 9. 3 init. Xen. Ven. 9. 12.

ἡμεῖς, pers. pron. 1 Plur. see in ἐγώ. Κὶ

ἡμέρα, as, ἡ, 1. a day, i.e. the time
from one sunrise or sunset to another, i. q.
νυχϑήμερον. .

a) Genr. Matt. 6, 34 ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ
ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. Mark 6, 21. John 11, 9
ὧραι τῆς ἡμέρας. Acts 2, 15.° 21, 26.
Rom. 14, 5. 6. al. Luke 9, 28 ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι
ὀκτώ, a parenthetic clause; and so Matt.
15, 32. Mark 8, 2; see Winer ὁ 64. 1.
(Comp. ὁσημέραι, Arr. A. M. 3.26.3; also
Luc. Ὁ. Meretr. 10. 1 οὐ yap ἑώρακα; πολὺς
ἤδη χρόνος, αὐτὸν wap’ ἡμῖν.) Luke 24, 21
τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει; see in ἄγω no. 3.
As marking what is brief and transient ,
2 Pet. 2, 13 τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν, i.e. fora
day, ephemeral. (So ἐφ᾽ ἡμέραν Hot. 1.
32.) Rev. 2,10 ϑλῖψις ἡμερῶν δέκα, afflic-
tion of or for ten days, i. e. for a short sea-
son. With a genit. Luke 1, 23 ai ἡμέραι
τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ, the eight days of his
official duty. James 5, 5 ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφα-
γῆς, as for a day of slaughter. So c. gen.
of a festival or the like, as ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σάβ-
βατων v. τοῦ σαββάτου, the sabbath-day,
Luke 4, 16. John 19, 31. (Sept. for ἘΠῚ
navn Jer. 17, 24.27.) Acts 12,3 fy. τῶν
ἀζύμων, the day or days of unleavened bread,
the passover. 20,6. Luke 22,7; see in ἄζυ-
pos no. 2. Acts 2, 1 ἡμέρα τῆς πεντεκοστῆς,
the day of Pentecost. 20, 16.—Often in spe-
cifications of time, viz. a) In the Geni-
tive, of time when indefinite, the time within
which any thing happens, 6. g. τῆς ἡμέ-
pas, ina day, every day, Luke 17, 4; comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 182. 14. Kiihner ᾧ 273. 4. Ὁ. So
Xen. An. 1.7.18. 8) In the Dative, of
time when definite ; Matt. 16, 21 τῇ τρίτῃ
ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερϑῆναι. Mark 9, 31. Luke 9, 22.
13, 14. John 2, 1. Acts 7, 8. al. Buttm
§133. 4. 6. (Xen. An. 4. 7. 21.) By Hebr.

2 Cor. 4,16 ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ, day by day,

every day, daily; so Heb. 51") 81°, Sept.
Kay ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, Esth. 3, 4; pis pi,

Sept. ἡμέραν xa’ ἡμέραν, Ps. 68, 20; see
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 669. γὴ In the Accu-
sative, of time how long, implying duration ;
Matt. 20, 6 ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί. 28, 20
πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας i. 6. always. Mark 1, 13.
John 1, 40. Acts 9, 9. Gal. 1, 18. Rev. 11,
9. So Matt. 20,2 cuppovacas... ἐκ δηνα-
piov τὴν ἡμέραν, for a denarius the day, i. 6.
for a day’s work. Acts 5, 42 πᾶσάν re ἡμέ-
pay, every day, i. 6. the whole time. 2 Pet.
2, 8 ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, see in ἐκ no. 2. See
Buttm. §131. 9. Matth. §425. 2. So Xen.
An. 6. 4.1. 8) In these and similar spe-
cifications of time, ἡμέρα is very often con-
strued with a preposition, viz. in the gen.
after a ἀπό, ἄχρι, διά, ἕως, πρό; in the
dat. after ἐ ἐν; in the acc. after δὴν ἐπί.
κατά, μετά, πρός ; for which construc-
tions see these prepositions respectively.

ηἡμερα 325

“b) Emphat. ἃ certain day, set day. Acts
17, 31 διότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν ἣ μέλλει Kpl-
vew κτλ. Heb. 4. 7. 1 Cor. 4,3 see in ἀν-
σρώπινος lett. b. So Dem. 1072. 27.—Spec.
ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου, the day of the Lord,
when the Saviour will come to judge the

world and fully establish his kingdom, 1 Cor,

1, 8 comp. v. 7. 5,5. 2Cor. 1,14. 1 Thess.
5, 2. 4, comp. 4, 13 sq. 2 Pet. 8, 10. al.
Luke 17, 24 ὁ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνϑρ. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ αὑτοῦ,
comp. v. 30 ἡ ἡμέρᾳ 6 υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνϑρ. ἀπο-
καλύπτεται. ἀλλο, 1 Cor. 3, 13. Heb. 10,
25. So ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα, that day, the
great day of judgment, Matt. 7, 22. Mark
13, 32. 2 Thess. 1, 10. With a gen. of
what is then to take place, 6. g. ἡμέρα κρί-
σεως Matt. 10, 15. 11, 22. 24. 36. al. comp.

" Rom. 2, 16 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρινεῖ 6 ϑεός κτλ.

and Jude 6 εἰς κρίσιν μεγαλῆς ἡμέρας. Also
ἡμ. ὀργῆς Rom. 2, 5. Rey. 6, 173 ἡμ. ἀπὸ-
λυτρώσεως Eph. 4,30. Further, ἡ ἐσχάτη
ἡμέρα, John 6, 39. 40. Soin the constr.
ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Seod, the day of God, by
whose authority Christ sits as judge, 2 Pet.
3, 12.—Once ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου, of Jehovah,
Acts 2, 20, quoted from Joel 3, 4 (2, 31],
where Sept. for 5357 04°, the day of God’s

retribution, in general ; comp. Joel 1, 15.

Is. 2, 12. 13, 6. Ez. 13, 5. 30,3. Zeph. 1,
7.14. Also ἡ 7p. ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ Seod Rev.
16, 14.

2. day, day-light, from sunrise to sunset,
the day, 6. g. in antith. with νύξ, as in Gen.
of time when, ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός ΟΥ̓ νυκτὸς
καὶ ἡμέρας, by day and by night, Luke 18, 7.
Acts 9, 24. Mark 5, 5. 1 Thess. 2, 9;
comp. above in no. 1. a. a. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 8.
23.) Or in Accus. of time how long, Matt.
4,2 morevoas ἡμέρας τεσσ. καὶ νύκτας τεσσ.
and so νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, night and day, i. 6.
continually, incessantly, Mark 4, 27. Luke
2, 37. ie 20, 31. 26,'7; comp: above in
no. 1. a. - (Xen, ‘An. 6. 1. 14.) Genr.
Rev. 8, 12 j ἡ ἦμ. μὴ φαίνῃ... καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοί-
ws.—Simply, 6. g. τὰς ἡμέρας, the days, i.e.
during the day time, every day, Luke 21,
37. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.12.) So ἡμέρας μέ-
ans, at mid-day, Acts 26, 13; ἡμέρας γενο-
μένης, day being come, when it was day,
Luke 4, 42. Acts 12, 18. 16, 35. al. (Xen.
An. ἢ. 2.34.) Also ἡ ἡμέρα κλίνει, the day
declines, Luke 4, 42. (Comp. Arr. Alex. M,
3. 4. 4.) John 9, 4 ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστί, so long
as it is day. 11,9 περιπατεῖν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.
—Trop. for the light of true and higher
knowledge, moral light, Rom. 13, 12,
1 Thess. 5, 5. 8. 2 Pet. 1, 19.

3. time, in general, nearly i. q. χρόνος.
a) Sing. of a point or period of time;

ἥμισυς
Matt. 18,1 ἐν. δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εκείνῃ ἐξελθὼν
ὁ Ἶ. John 14, 20. Eph. 6,.18 ἐν τῇ ἡμ. τῇ

. πονηρᾷ. (Xen. Hell. 3. “4. 11) With gen.

of pers. Luke 19, 42 ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ σου ταύτῃ.

in this thy time, whilst thou yet livest,

John 8, 56 ἵνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐμήν, my time,
the time of my manifestation. With gen.
of thing or event, 6. g. ἕως ἡμέρας davadei-
ξεως Luke 1, 80; Hu. σωτηρίας 2 Cor. 6, 2;
ἡμ. τοῦ πειρασμοῦ Heb. 8,8 ; ἡμ. ἐπισκοπῆς
1 Pet. 2, 12, see in ἐπισκοπή no. 1. 2 Pet.

3, 18 εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος i. 6. for time eternal,
for ever.

Ὁ) From the Heb. Plur. ἡμέραι, days,
i.e. time. a) Genr. Matt. 9,15 ἐλεύσον-
ται δὲ ἡμέραι. Mark 2, 20. 13,20. Luke
17,22. Soc.adj. Acts 15,7 ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν dp-
χαίων. Acts 2,17 et James 5, 3 ἐν ταῖς ἐσχά-
Tats ἡμέραις, See in ἔσχατος no. 2. b. Acts
3, 24 καταγγ. τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. 11, 27. al.
Matt. 3,1 ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. ἐκείναις. Mark 13,24.
Rev. 9, 6; also Heb. 10, 32. 12,10. With
gen. of pers. Matt. 11, 12. Luke 4,25 ἐν
ταῖς nu. Ἠλίου. Acts 7, 45 ἕως τῶν ip.
Δαβίδ. With gen. of an event, e. g. Luke
2, 6 ai ἡμ. τοῦ τέκειν ἀὐτήν. Acts 5, 37 ἐν
ταῖς Hp. τῆς ἀπογραφῆς. Heb. 5, '7. Matt.
24, 38. So Heb. nw and Sept. Ex. 2,11.
Judg. 18, 1. 2 Sam. 21,1. al. 8) Spec.
the time of one’s life, i. e. one’s days, years,
age, life, 6. g. fully, Luke 1,.75 πάσας
τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς, comp. Gen. 47, 8.
9. Absol. Luke 1, 7 προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς
ἡμέραις αὑτῶν, advanced in years, in age,
and so y. 18. 2,36;.genr. Heb. 7,3. Sept.
and Heb. p97 Gen. 6, 8. Job 32,7; xa
"992 Gen. 24, 1. Josh. 13,1. +

ἡμέτ EPOS, a, ον, (ἡμεῖς) possess. pron.
of first pers. plur. our, owr own, Acts 2,11.
24, 6. 26,5. Rom. 15, 4. 1 Cor. 15, 31.
2 Tim. 4, 15. Tit. 3,14. 1 John 1, 3. 2,2.
—Hdian. 7. 8.18. Xen. Cyr. 2.1.4. Comp.
Buttm. § 72. 4.
ἡμιδ)ανής, €os, οὖς, 6, ἧ, adj. (ἥμι-,
ϑνήσκω,) half-dead, Luke 10, 30.—Jos. de
Mace. 4. Diod. Sic. 12. 62. More freq. is
the form ἡμιϑνής id. Hdian. 4. 9.15. Thue.
2. 52.
ἥμισυς, eva, v, Att. genit. ews, Plur.
neut. ea; half, dimidius, a, um, Xen. Hell.
5. 3. 21.—In N. T. only Neut. τὸ ἥμισυ,
as Subst. @ half, gen. ἡμίσους. Mark 6, 23 ;
Plur. τὰ ἡμίση Luke 19, 8; both being
forms of the later Greek, Buttm. ὁ 51. n. 5,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 246 sq. Also Mark 6,
23 ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας. Luke 19, 8,
Rev. 11, 9 ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἥμισυ. v. 11.
12,14. Sept. for "% Ex. 24,6. Zech

ἡμιώριον - 326

14,2. So Jos. Απί. '7.6.1 τὰ ἡμίση τῶν
γενείων. Dem. 691. 16. Xen. Hell. 2. 4.10.
ἡμιώριον, ov, τό, (ἧμι-, ὥρα,) a half-
hour, half an hour ; only Rev. 8, 1.
ἡνίκα, correl. ady. when, whenever,
Buttm. § 116. 4; before the Indic. 2 Cor.
3, 15; before the Subj. with ἄν v. 16.—So
c. Indic. Sept. Gen. 31, 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
27; c. Subj. Jos. Ant. 5.1.2. Plato Phadr.
247. b.

ἤπερ, see in ἤ IV. ὁ.

ἤπιος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. mild, gentle, kind,
1 Thess, 2,7. 2¢T'im. 2, 24.—Hdian. 2. 6. 3.
Hdot. 3. 89. Thue. 8. 93.

“Hp, 6,indec. Er, Heb. "2 (awake), pr.
n. of a man, Luke 3, 28.

ἤρεμος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. placid, quiet, tran-
quil, 1. Tim. 2,2 ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον .----
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 68 ἠρεμέστεροι γίγνονται
SC. of ἄνθρωποι. The positive is not used
by Gr. writers, who write ἠρεμαῖος ; see
Passow in ἠρέμα. Comp. Tittm. de Synon.
N. T. p. 65.

Ἡρώδης, ov, 6, Herod, pr. τι. of four
persons in N. T. of the Herodean family,
Idumeans by descent, who were success-
ively invested by the Romans with authority
over the Jewish nation in whole or in part.
Their history is related chiefly by Josephus,
as cited below; comp. also Noldius de vita
et gestis Herodum appended to Joseph. Opp.
Tom. II. ed. Haverec. Reland Palest. p.
174 sq. Jost Gesch. der Israeliten, I. 160 sq.

1. Herod, surnamed the Great, Matt. 2,
1..8. 7. 12. 13. 15..16. 19. 227 Luke 1, 5.
Acts 23,35. He was the son of Antipater an
{dumean in high favour with Julius Cesar,
and at the age of fifteen was made procura-
tor of Galilee, Jos. Ant. 14. 9.2-5; in which
he was confirmed by Antony with the title
of tetrarch, about B. Ὁ. 40; ib. 14. 13. 1 sq.
Being driven out by the opposite faction,
he fled to Rome, where by the influence of
Antony he was declared king of Judea ; ib.
14. 13. 10. ib. 14. 14. 4. He now collect-
ed an army, recovered Jerusalem, and ex-
tirpated the Maccabean family, B. C. 37;
ib. 14. 16. 1 sq. ib. 15. 1. 2. After the bat-
tle of Actium he joined the party of Octa-
vius, who confirmed him in his possessions,
and gave him others; ib. 15. 6. 7. ib. 15.
10. 1,3. He now rebuilt and decorated
the temple at Jerusalem (ib. 15. 11. 1),

‘built and enlarged many cities, especially
Cesarea, and erected theatres and gymnasia
in both these places. He was notorious for
his jealousy and cruelty, having put to death

Ἥ, ΄ δ Ἵ

his own wife Mariamne and her two sons
Alexander and Aristobulus. He died at the
age of 70 years, A. U. C. 750, four years
before the beginning of the common era,
after a reign of about 36 years as king; ib.
17. 8.1. See also genr. for Herod’s life,
Jos. B. J. 1. c. 13-33.—It was near the
close of Herod’s life that Jesus was born,
and the massacre of infants took place in
Bethlehem, Matt. 2, 16; comp. Macrob.
Saturn. 2..4. At his death, half his king-
dom, viz. Idumea, Judea, and Samaria, was
given by Augustus to his son Archelaus
with the title of ethnarch (see in ᾿Αρχέλαος) ;
the remaining half being divided between
two of his other sons, Herod Antipas and
Philip, with the title of tetrarchs, Jos. Ant.
17. 8. 1. ib. 17. 11. 4; the former having
Galilee and Perea, and the latter Batanea,
Trachonitis, and Auranitis (Haurin) ; Luke
3, 1. Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 4.

2. Herod Antipas, ᾿Αντίπας, often called
Herod the Tetrarch, Matt. 14, 1. 3. 6 bis.
Mark 6, 14. 16. 17. 18. 20. 21. 22. 8, 15.
Luke 3, 1. 19 bis. 8,3. 9,7. 9. 13, 31.
23, '7 bis. 8. 11. 12. 15. Acts 4, 27. 13, 1.
He was the son of Herod the Great by Mal-
thace, and own brother to Archelaus, Jos.
Ant. 17. 1. 8. After his father’s death,
Augustus gave him Galilee and Perea with
the title of Tetrarch, Luke 3, 1. Jos. Ant. 17.
11. 4, comp. above ; whence also he is call-
ed by the very general title βασιλεύς Matt.
14, 9. Mark 6, 14; comp. in βασιλεύς no.
2. He first married a daughter of Aretas,
whom he dismissed on becoming enamoured
of Herodias ; see in ’Apéras. Jos. Ant. 18. 5.
1,4. This latter, his own niece and the
wife of his brother Philip Herod, he induced
to leave her husband and live with him ;
and it was for his bold remonstrance on
this occasion that John the Baptist was put
to death, through the arts of Herodias ; see
Mark 6, 17 sq. Luke 3, 19. 20. Matt. 14, 3
sq. Herod went to Rome at the instigation
of Herodias, to ask for the title and rank of
king; but was there accused before Cali-
gula at the instance of Herod Agrippa her
own brother, and banished with her to Lug-
dunum (Lyons) in Gaul, about A. D. 39;
his territories being given to Herod Agrip-
pa; Jos. Ant. 18. c. 7. He afterwards
made an unsuccessful attempt to regain his
former station; and was sent as an exile to
Spain, where he died; Jos. B. J. 2. 9. 6.—
In Mark 8, 15 Ἡρώδης is put collectively for
Ἡρωδιανοί q. v. one

3. Herod Agrippa, the elder, called by
Josephus only ᾿Αγρίππας, Acts 12, 1. 6. 11

ΩΝ

᾿ Ἡρωδιανοι

19. 20.21. He was grandson of Herod the
Great and Mariamne, and son of Aristobu-
lus; Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 2. On the accession
of Caligula he received with the title of
king the provinces which had belonged to
his uncle Philip and to Lysanias ; see above
in no. 1, and in ᾿Αβιληνή. To these were
added those of Herod Antipas, see in no.
2; and Claudius afterwards gave him in
A. D. 41 all those parts of Judea and Sama-
ria which had belonged to Herod the Great ;
Jos. Ant. 19.5.1. ib. 19.6.1. He died
suddenly and miserably at Cesarea, A. D.
44; Acts 12, 21. Jos. Ant. 19. 8. 2.

4. Herod Agrippa, the younger, so named
by modern writers as belonging to the He-
rodean family; but called in N. T. and by
Josephus only Agrippa, ’Aypimmas, Acts
25, 13. 22. 23. 24. 26. 26, 1.2. 7. 19. 27.
28. 32. He was the son of the elder Herod
Agrippa, and at his father’s death was 17
years old; four years later (A. D. 48) he
received from Clatdius the kingdom of
Chalcis under Lebanon, (prob. mod. ’An-
jar,) which had belonged to his uncle
Herod; Jos. Ant. 19. 9. 1,2. ib. 20. 5. 2.
In A. D. 52 he was transferred with the
title of king to the provinces which his
father at first possessed, viz. Batanea, Tra-
chonitis, Auranitis, and Abilene; to which
other cities were afterwards added; Ant.
20. 7.1. ib. 20. 8.4. It was before him
that Paul was brought by Festus; Acts c.
25. 26. :

“Ἡρωδιανοί, ὧν, of, Herodians, Matt.
22, 16. Mark 3, 6. 12, 13. Prob. partisans
of Herod Antipas, and therefore supporters
of the Roman dominion in Palestine ; which
the Pharisees were not. It was consequent-
ly a political rather than a religious party ;
though it would seem to have embraced
many Sadducees; comp. Mark 8, 15 with
Matt. 16,6. Comp. also Jos. Ant. 14. 15.
10 τοὺς τὰ Ἡρώδου φρονοῦντας.

ἩΗρωδιάς, dos, ἡ, Herodias, grand-
daughter of Herod the Great and sister of
Herod Agrippa the elder. She was first
married to her uncle Philip (Herod), but left
him to live with Herod Antipas; see in
Ἡρώδης no. 2. Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 1, 4—
Matt. 14, 3.6. Mark 6, 17. 19. 22. Luke
3, 19.

ἩἩρωδίων, wvos, ὁ, Herodion, a Chris-
tian whom Paul calls his kinsman, συγγενής,
Rom. 16, 11.

Ἡσαΐας, ov, ὁ, Esaias, Heb. AIS"
(help of Jehovah) Isaiah, the celebrated
Hebrew prophet, Matt. 3, 3. 4,14. Mark 7,

‘rd ἧττον, for the worse.

327 ἥττων

6. al.—Meton. for the book of Isaiah, Acts
8, 28.30. +

᾿Ησαῦ, 6, indec. Esau, Heb. 83 (hairy),
pr. n. of the elder son of Isaac and brother
of Jacob, the ancestor of the Edomites, Rom.
9.13. Heb. 11, 20, 12, 16. See Gen. 25,
25 sq. 27,6 sq. ᾿

ἡσυχάζω, f. dow, (ἥσυχος,) to be quiet,
still, at rest, intrans. spoken of life, 1 Thess. 4,
11. So ofa land or people in peace, Sept. for
DPY Judg. 3, 11. 30. Hdian. 3. 9. 17. Thue.
1, 12.—Spec. to rest, from labour or action,
Luke 23, 56 (Hdian. 7. 5. 5); or from
further cavil, discussion, i. q. to hold one’s
peace, to be silent, Luke 14,4. Acts 11, 18.
21, 14. Sept. for 6°97 Neh. 5, 8. So
Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 1. Lue. Jup. Tr. 18. Hdian.
8. 3.7.

ἡσυχία, as, ἡ, (ἥσυχος,) quiet, stillness,
rest, 6. g. quiet life, 2 Thess. 3, 12. So
1 Macc. 9, 58. Dem. 145. 20. Plato Rep.
575. b.—Spec. stillness, silence, Acts 22, 2.
1 Tim. 2, 11. 12. So Sept. Job. 34, 29.
Hdian. 3. 12. 13. Plut. Symp. 7. 6. 3 init.

ἡσύχιος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἥσυχος) quiet,
still, at rest, undisturbed from without,
1 Tim. 2, 2. 1 Pet. 3, 4—Sept. Is. 66, 2.
Dem. 150. 11. Plato Charm. 160. b.

ἤτοι, see in ἤ IV. d.

ἡττάομαι, Spar, f. ἡττηθήσομαι, Pass.
depon. (ἥττων, ἥσσων,) to be less, weaker, in-
ferior, genr. 2 Cor. 12, 13 τί... ὃ ἡττήϑητε
ὑπὲρ tas X. ἐκκλ. So Al. V. H. 2. 30.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4, 5.—Hence, to be overcome,
to be vanquished by any one, c. dat. 2 Pet.
2,19 ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται krd. Absol. 2 Pet.
2,20. So Jos. Ant. 1.19. 4 ἔρωτι ἡττηϑείς. ΄
In war, Hdian. 5. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 94.
—An Act. ἡττάω, to subdue, is found in a
few late writers, Sept. Is. 54,17. Pol. 1.75.
3. ib. 3. 18: 5; see Passow s. voc. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 114. s. voc.

ἥττημα, atos, τό, (ἡττάομαι.) a being ᾿
inferior, a worse βίαΐο, ἃΒ compared with any
other or former state or duty; Rom. 11, 12
ἥττημα αὐτῶν, their worse estate, i. e. their
being brought into’ a ‘worse condition.
Hence, failure, fault, 1 Cor. 6, '7.—Sept.
Is. 31, 8 defeat.

ἥττων oF ἥσσων, ovos, 5,7, used as an
irreg. comparative to κακός, i.e. worse, weak-
er, inferior ; see Buttm. ᾧ 68. 2—In N. T.
only Neut. τὸ ἧττον, 6. g. 1 Cor. 11,17 εἰς
So Luc. Somn. 18
εἴ τις πρὸς τὰ ἥττω ἀποκλίνει. Plato Gorg.
483. d.—Adv. 2 Cor. 12, 15 ἧττον ἀγαπῶμαι.

ἠχέω 328

the less am I loved. So Lys. 206. 1. Thue.
1. 8.

ἠχέω, &, f. now, (ἦχος,) to sound, to ring,
intrans. 1. Cor. 13, 1 χαλκὸς ἠχῶν. So
Sept. Ex. 19, 16. Hes. Theog. 42. Plato
Prot. 329. a.—Of the sea, to roar, Luke 21,
25 Rec. Sept. for 7721 Jer. ὅ0, 42. 51, 50.
So Hom. I. 1. 157.

ἦχος, ov, ὁ, (ie G. ἠχή:) α Sound, noise,
Acts 2, 2 ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς κτλ.

Θαδδαῖος, ov, 6, Thaddeus, a surname
of the apostle Jude, also called Lebbeus,
the brother of James the Less, Matt. 10, 3.
Mark 3, 18; comp. Luke 6,16. See in
Ἰούδας no. 4.

Sarac oa, Att. ϑάλαττα, NS; ἡ; (ἅλς
salt,) the sea, a sea, genr. and as implying
the vicinity of land, Matt. 13, 47 σαγήνῃ
βληϑείσῃ eis τὴν ϑάλασσαν. 18, 6 τὸ πέλα-
γος τῆς San. the depth of the sea, Mark 9, 42.
Luke 21, 25. Rom. 9, 27. 2 Cor. 11, 26.
Rey. 18, 17 see in ἐργάζομαι no. 2.b. Sept.
for ps Gen. 22, 17. Is. 5,30. So Ail V. H.
9.16. Xen. An. 5. 1. 2.—For the ocean, Rev.
20,13. 21,13 ἡ γῆ καὶ ἡ ϑάλασσα, the land
and the sea, for the whole earth, Rev. 7, 1.
2. 3. 12, 12. (Jos. Ant. 1.19.1.) Also ὁ
οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ; καὶ ἡ ϑάλασσα, the heaven, the
earth, and the sea, for the universe, Acts 4,
24, 14, 15. Rev. 5, 13.. Sept. and ps Ex.
20, 11. Hag. 2,7. So Jos. Ant. 4. 3.2 init.
—Poet. of the shining celestial pavement
on which the throne of God is said to be
founded, ϑάλασσα ὑαλίνη, a glassy (trans-
parent) sea, Rev. 4,6. 15,25 comp. Ex. 24,
10, also Ez. 1, 22. 26. —Spee. of particular
seas and lakes, viz.

a) The Mediterranean sea, Acts 10, 6.
32. 17, 14. al. Sept. and ps Gen, 13, 14.
Jon. 1, 4.

Ὁ) The Red sea, ἡ ἐρυϑρὰ ϑάλασσα; fully
Acts 7, 36; absol. 1 Cor. 10,1. 2. Sept.
and ms Ex. 13, 18. 14, 2. al. See in ἐρυ-
Ὡρός.

c) The sea of Galilee or Tiberias, ἡ Sad.

τῆς Ταλιλαίας ἢ τῆς Τιβερίαδος, fully Matt.
ὟΝ 18. Mark 1, 16. John 21, 1. ἃ]. Absol.
Matt. 4, 15. John 6, 16. 17. 18. 19, 8]. Sept.
and ps Num. 34, 11.—See the description
of. this lake under Τεννησαρέτ. —Aristot.
Meteor. 1. 18, ὑπὸ τὸν Καύκασον λίμνη, ἣν
κάλουσιν οἱ ἐκεῖ ϑάλατταν. = +

άνατος

Heb. 12, 19. Sept. for spm Ps. 150, 3.
So Hdian. 4. 8. 19. Plut. de rect. rat.
Aud. 2.,—Trop. fame, rumour, Luke 4, 37;
comp. Mark 1, 28 ἀκοή.

ἦχος, εος, ous, τό, 1. ᾳ. 6 ἦχος, α sound,
noise. Luke 21, 25 ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους ϑαλάσ-
‘ons, Vulg. pre confusione sonitus maris.
So Griesb. for Rec. ἠχούσης ϑαλάσσης.---
J. Malal. 5. p. 121. ib. 18. p. 486. ed.
Bonnens.

SAAT, f. ψω, (kindr. φάλλω,) to warm,
to make warm, by fire, Hom. Od. 21. 179,
246; by warmth imparted, Sept. 1 K. 1, 2.
4. Jos. Ant. 7, 14. 3; of a fowl brooding,
Sept. Deut. 22, 6. Plut. de Solert. anim. 4.
—In N. T. trop. to cherish, to foster, c. acc.
1 Thess. 2,'7 ὡς ἂν τροφὸς ϑάλπῃ τὰ ἕαυ-
τῆς τέκνα. Eph. 5,29. So Jos. B. J. 4. 8.
14. Theocr. 14. 38. »

Θάμαρ, 4, indec. Thamar, Heb, Van
(palm-tree) Tamar, the widow of Er, and
daughter-in-law of Judah, Matt. 1,3. See
Gen. c. 38.

ϑαμβέω, &, f. jow, (SdyBos,) to be
astonished, to be amazed, intrans. Acts 9, 6
τρέμων τε καὶ ϑαμβῶν. So Sept. 1 Sam.
14,15. Hom. Il. 8. 77. Plut. Paul. Aim. 34.
—Later also c. acc. to astonish any one,
Sept. 2 Sam. 22,5; and hence Pass. Sap-
Béopat, to be astonished, to be amazed,
Mark 1, 27. 10,24. 32. So Wisd. 17,3.
1 Macc. 6,8. Plut. J. Ces, 45. Id, Brut. 20,

άμβος, εος; ous, τό, (ϑάομαι,) astonish-
ment, amazement, from admiration, Luke 4,
36. 5, 9. Acts 3, 10.—Hom. Il. 4.'79. Luc.
Amor. 14. Thue. 6. 31.

ϑανάσιμος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (Sdvaros,)
deadly, e. g. poisonous, Mark 16, 18.—Jos.
Ant. 4.8. 34. Theophr. H. Pl. 9. 5. 2.
Plato Rep. 406. b. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 651.

Savarndpos, ov, 6, 9, adj. (Sdvaros

“pépw,) death-bringing, deadly, James 3, 8

μεστὴ ἰοῦ Savarnpépov. Sept. for mind
Num. 18, 22.—Luc. Hermot. 62. Hdian. 3
12. 7. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 32. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 651.

Sdvaros, ov, ὃ, (ϑνήσκω, Saveiv,) death
the extinction of life, naturally or by vio-

lence.
1. Genr, and of natural death, John 11, 4

δάνατος

αὑτὴ ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστι πρὸς ϑάνατον. V.
13. Rom. 8, 38. Phil. 1, 20. Heb. 7, 23. al.
So γεύεσϑαι ν. ἰδεῖν τὸν Savdrov, see in γεύω
no. 2 and εἴδω 1. 8. Also Matt. 26, 38 et
Mark 14, 34 περίλυπος ἕως ϑανάτου sorrow-
ful even unto death, comp. Engl. ‘to grieve
oneself to death.’ Rev. 13, 3 εἰς ϑάνατον.
ib. ἡ πληγὴ ϑανάτου; the deadly wound. John
12, 33 ποίῳ Savare@ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν, by
what death he should die. 18,32..21,19. Sept.
for my Judg. 13, 7. al. sep. (So Epict.
Ench. 5. Xen, Ag. 10. 3; Savdr@ Saveiy
Hom. Od. 11. 412.) Plur. ϑάνατοι, deaths,
i. e. exposures to death, 2 Cor. 11,23. So
Plut. Romul. 24, λοιμὸς Savdrous μὲν αἰῴνι-
dious ἀνδρώποις ἄνευ νόσων ἐπιφέρων. Pol.
6. 4. 4.—Meton. for plague, pestilence, Rev.
6,8. 18,8. Sept. and mya Ex. 10,17. Jer. 18,
21; Sept. for a5 1 K. 8,37. Jer. 21, 7.4],

2, Of a violent death, 6. g. as a punish-
ment, ἔνοχος Savdrov Matt. 26, 66. Mark
14, 64; ἄξιος Sav. Luke 23, 15. Acts 23,
29. al. κατακρίνειν ‘ria ϑανάτῳ Matt. 20,
18. Mark 10, 33; ϑάνατος σταυροῦ Phil. 2,
8; and so genr. Matt. 10, 21. Mark 13, 12.
Luke 23, 22. 24, 20. Acts 22,4. 2 Cor. 1,
9. 10. Rey. 2, 10. al. Of the death of Je-
sus, 1 Cor. 11, 26. Phil. 2,8. Heb. 2, 9.
5,7; as piacular, Rom. 5, 10. Col. 1, 22.
Heb. 2, 14. 9,15. By Hebr. Matt. 15, 4 et
Mark 7, 10 Savdr@ τελευτάτω, quoted from
Ex. 21, 17 where Sept. for mam nin
(comp. v. 16), Rev. 2,23 τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς

ἀποκτενῶ ἐν ϑανάτῳ, and so Sept. for min.

mom Ex. 22, 18.—Hdian. 2.2.14. Xen.
An. 2. 6. 29 bis.

3. Spec. Heb. mya and Sept. Sdvaros
often have the sense of destruction, perdi-
tion, misery, implying both physical death
and exclusion from the presence and favour
of God, in consequence of sin and disobedi-
ence, opp. to p*53, Sept. ζωή, life and happi-
ness; so Deut. 30, 19. Prov. 11, 19. 12, 28.
Is. 25,8 ; comp. Ps. 16,11 et Acts 2,28. In
N. T. this notion is applied with more defi-
niteness to the gospel scheme; and as ζωή
is used to denote the bliss and glory of the
kingdom of God, including the idea of a
joyful resurrection (see ζωή no. 3. b), so
Θάνατος is put for the opposite, viz. rejection
from the kingdom of God, including the
idea of physical death as aggravated by
eternal condemnation ; the idea of physical
death being sometimes more prominent, and
sometimes that of subsequent perdition. John
8, 51 ϑάνατον οὐ μὴ ϑεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα.
Rom. 6, 16 δοῦλοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς ϑάνατον. vy.
21 τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων, ϑάνατος. Vv. 23. 7,

329

Yappéw

5. 10. 8, 2..6..2 Cor. 2, 16. 8,7. 2 Tim. 1
10 καταργήσαντος μὲν τὸν ϑάνατον, φωτή-
σαντος δὲ ζωὴν... διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. Heb.
2, 15. James 5, 20. 1 John 3,14. ὅ, 16. 17.
al. Called also ὁ δεύτερος Sdvaros, the
second death, Rev. 2,11. 20, 6. 14. 21, 8;
comp. in ἀποῦνήσκω no. 2.—In this sense 6
Sdvaros is sometimes used in a species of
half-personification, the idea of physical
death being prominent, Rom. 5, 12. 14. 17.
21. 1 Cor. 15, 26. δά. 55, 56; comp. Is. 25,
8. Hos. 13, 14.

4. Poet. ὁ Sdvaros, death, personified
as the king of Hades, Rev. 6,8. 20,13. 14.
21,4; also 1, 18. Acts 2, 34. So Sept.
and M2 Ps. 49,15; comp. Job 18, 13.—
Meton. for ads itself, Matt. 4, 16 et Luke
1, 79 ἐν... σκιᾷ Yavarov, death-shade, the
shades of Hades, i. e. intens. thickest dark-
ness, quoted from Is. 9, 1 where Sept. for
mya>% ; comp. Prov. 7,27. +

hadweréer ὦ, f. do@, (Savaros,) to pul
to death, to slay, e. g. with one’s own hands,
Hdot. 1. 113.—In N. T. to cause to be put
to death, to deliver over to death, c. acc.
Matt. 10, 21 ϑανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. 26, ὅθ,
27,1. Mark 13,12. 14, 55. Luke 21, 16.
Pass. 2 Cor. 6, 9. 1 Pet. 3,18; also hyper-
bol. Rom. 8, 36, quoted from Ps. 44, 23
where Sept. for 925. Sept. for "277 1 K.
11,40. Jer.38,15. So Plut. Themist. 22, 23.
Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 15, 51.—Trop. to mortify,
to subdue evil desires, appetites, c. acc. Rom.
8,13. Pass. to become dead to any thing, to
be freed from its power, c. dat. Rom. 7, 4.

άπτω, f. ψω, Pass. aor. 2 ἐτάφην, to
perform funeral rites, pr. including burning ἢ
and burial, Hom. Od. 12. 12. Il. 91. 323.—
In N. T. genr. to bury, to inler, c. acc. Matt.
8, 21. 22. 14,12. Luke 9, 59. 60. Acts 5,
6.9. 10. Pass. Luke 16, 22. Acts 2, 29.
1 Cor. 15, 4. Sept. for "32 Gen. 23, 4 sq.
So Hdian. 4. 3. 19. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 23.

Odpa, 6, indec. Thara, Heb. hh Te-
rah, pr. n. of the father of Abraham, Luke
3, 34. See Gen. 11, 24 sq. Josh, 24, 2.

Dappéw, ὦ, f. how, (3dppos later Att.
for Sdpaos,) to be of good cheer, of good cour-
age, to be bold, full of hope and confidence ;
2 Cor. 5, 6 Sappodvres οὖν πάντοτε. v. 8.
Heb. 13, 6. (Sept. Prov. 1, 21. Ceb. Tab.
30. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 32.) With & τινι, to
have hope and confidence in any one, 2 Cor.
7, 16.. Sept. Sappet ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ for 3 ΠῺΞΒ
Prov. 31,11. (Pol. 5. 29.4 ἐπί τινι.) With
εἴς τινα, to be bold towards any one, 2 Cor.
10, 1. 2.

ϑαρσέω

ϑαρσέω, ὦ, f. naw, (ϑάρσος,) to be of
good cheer, courage, comfort, i. 4. Sappéw
q.v. Hdian. 8.'7. 21. Thue. 2.88.—In N. T.
only imperat. Sdpoe:, Sapoeire, be of
good cheer, courage, comfort, spoken by way
of encouragement, Matt. 9,2, 22. 14, 27.
Mark 6, 50. 10, 49. Luke 8, 48. John 16,
33. Acts 23, 11. Sept. for 8J"M7>NX Gen.
35, 17. Joel 2, 21. 22. So Hom. Il. 4. 184.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 18.

Sapa OS, eos, ovs, Td, cheer, i. e. a cheer-
ful mind, courage, good courage; in N. T.
only λαμβάνειν ϑάρσος, to take courage,
i.e. to be encouraged, to be full of hope
and confidence, i. q. Sappéw, Acts 28, 15.—
So λαμβ. 5. Jos. Ant. 5. 5.4; also ϑάρσος
λαμβάνει τινά Thue. 2. 92; genr. Diod. Sic.
14, 59. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 5.

Sada, aros, τό, (prob. Sdopat,) a won-
der, Xen. An. 6. 3. 23.—In N. T. wonder,
admiration, Rev. 17,6 ἐθαύμασα Sadpa μέγα,
Buttm. §131. 4. [2 Cor. 11, 14.] So Sept.
Job 17, 8. Hdian. 1. 1. 8. Xen. Ag. 2. 27.

ϑαυμάζω, f. doopa, (ϑαῦμα,) aor. 1
éSavpaca. For the fut. Mid. Rev. 17, 8,
see Buttm. § 113. 5 and n. '7.— To wonder.

1. Intrans. to wonder, to be astonished,
to be amazed, absol. Matt. 8, 10 6 "In. éSav-
pace καὶ εἶπε. ν. 27. 9, 8. 33. 15, 31. 21,
20. 22, 22. 27, 14. Mark 5, 20. 6, 51. 15,
5. Luke 1, 63. 8, 25. 11, 14. 24, 41. John
5, 20. '7, 15. Acts 2,7. 4,13. 13,41. Rev.
17,7. 8. Sept. for MSM Is. 41, 23. So
2 Mace. 1, 22. Lue. Nigrin. 38. Xen. Cyr.
7. 1. 6.—With adjuncts, e. g. acc. of the
kindred noun, Rey. 17, 6; see in Sadpa.
With διά τι Mark 6, 6. John 7, 21; ἔν τινι
Luke 1, 21; ἐπί τινι Mark 12,17. Luke
2, 33. 4,22. 9,43. 20, 26. Acts 3, 12;
περΐ τινος Luke 2,18. With ὅτι, to won-
der that, because, Luke 11, 38. John 3, 7.
4, 27. Gal. 1, 6. (Xen. Ven. 1. 3.) With
ei, to wonder if, whether, Mark 15, 44.
1 John 3, 13. So Hdian. 7. 1. 14, Xen.
An. 3, 2. 35.

2. Trans. 10 wonder at, i.e. a) to be
astonished at; c. acc. of pron. or part. John
5, 28 μὴ ϑαυμ. τοῦτο. Luke 24, 12; comp.
Buttm. §131.8. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 23. 1
μηδὲν Savp. Ὁ) to admire, to marvel at,
c. acc. Luke 7, 9 ὁ In. ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν.
Acts 7,31. Pass. 2 Thess.+,10. So Diod.
Sic. 4. 31 τὴν ἀρετήν. Luc. Ὁ). Deor. 16. 2.
Xen. Lac.1.2. c) From the Heb. Jude 16
ϑαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα; admirers of persons,
ie. having respect to persons, partial ; so
Sept. for 0°28 NW? Is. 9,15. Job 13, 10.
22,8; "I Lev. 19,15. ὁ) Pregn. Rev.

330

Seat pio

13, 3 ϑαυμάζειν ὀπίσω τοῦ Snpiov, to wonder
after the beast, i. 6. to admire and follow him,
to become his worshipper ; comp. ν. 4.

Savpdovs, ov, 6, ἣ, adj. (ϑαυμάζω,)
wonderful, marvellous, Luc. D. Mort. 20. 5.
Xen. An. 2. 3.15.—In N. T. Neut. τὸ Sav-
μάσιον, a wonder, miracle, Matt. 21, 15.
Sept. for 838 Ps. 77, 12. 15; minde?
Josh. 3, 5. So Ecclus. 48, 4.

αυμαστός, ἡ, dv, (ϑαυμάζω,) wonder-
ful, marvellous ; 1 Pet. 2,9 εἰς τὸ Savpa-
στὸν αὑτοῦ φῶς. Rev. 15, 1. 3, σημεῖον v.
ἔργα Savy. John 9, 30. 2 Cor. 11, 14 καὶ
ov ϑαυμαστόν, and no wonder. Matt. 21, 42
et Mark 12, 11 airy [for τοῦτό] ἐστι Sav-
μαστὴ ἐν ὀφῦ. ἡμ. quoted from Ps. 118, 23
where Sept. for M2? 81, comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 661. Heb. Gr. §105. 3. b. Sept.
for “3% Ps. 8,1; nia Ex. 15,11. 34,10.
—Luc. Somn. 9, 10. Hdian. 2. 4.11. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 7. Mem. 1. 1. 17.

Sed, Gs, ἡ, (fem. of Seds,) α goddess,
e. g. Diana, Acts 19,27; also v. 35 and
37 in Rec.—Luce. pro Imag. 23. Xen. Ven.
1. 6.

ϑεάομαι, f. άσομαι, Mid. depon. (Séa,
Sdopuat,) Pass. perf. τεθέαμαι as Mid. John
1, 32. Buttm. § 136. 3; aor. 1 éSedSqv in
Pass. sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6.

1. to see, to look at, to behold, pr. with
intentness, desire, pleasure ; see Tittm. de
Syn. N. T. p. 111, 120. So c. acc. Matt.
11, ἢ et Luke 7,24 τί ἐξήλθετε ϑεάσασϑαι ;
Matt. 22, 11. Luke 23, 55. John 1, 14. 4,

. 85. 11, 45. 1 John 1,1. 4,14. Pass. aor. 1,

πρὸς τὸ ϑεαϑῆναι αὐτοῖς, in order to be seen
of (by) them, Matt. 6, 1. 23, 5. So 2 Mace.
2, 4. “Hdian. 3. 4. 11. Xen. An. 3. 5.13.—
Spec. i. 4. do go to see, to visit, Rom. 15, 24.
Sept. and Hy 2 Chr. 22,6. So Jos. Ant.
16. 1. 2. Luc. Nigrin. 2.

2. Simply, to see, to perceive with the
eyes, i.g. ἰδεῖν, c. acc. John 8,10 μηδένα
Θεασάμενος. Acts 21, 27. 22,9. 1 John 4,
12. Pass. ἐθεάϑη ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς Mark 16, 11.
(Jos, Ant. 1.11.2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 31.
C&c. 8.11.) With an acc. and particip.
Mark 16, 14. Luke 5, 27 ἐθεάσατο τελώνην
...KaSnpevov κτὰ. John 1, 32. 38. Acts 1,
11, (Hdian. 2. 1. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 17.)
With ὅτι John 6, 5. Acts 8, 18.

Yearpifo, f. iow, (Séarpor,) lo be an actor
in the theatre, Suid. sub v. 7%0Ad6yos. Trans.
to bring upon the theatre, to make a specta-
cle of; in N. T. trop. Pass. Heb. 10, 33
καὶ θλίψεσι ϑεατριζόμενοι. Criminals were
sometimes exposed and punished in the

Se

TD Cee TO er ee ee

Séarpov . 331 ϑέλω

theatre ; see Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1043.
Plut. de sera Num. vind. 9.—Theophylact.
h. 1. ϑεατριζόμενοι, τουτέστιν ὥσπερ ἐπὶ
ϑέατρον παραδειγματιζόμενοι. So ἐκϑεατρί-
ζω Pol. 8. 91. 10. ib. ὅ. 12..2.

Séarpov, ov, τό, (ϑεάομαι,) pr. “ place
for seeing,’ a theatre, where dramatic and
other public spectacles were exhibited, Atl.
V. H. 3. 8. Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 3—In N. T.
a) a theatre, as a place of public assembly,
Acts 19, 29. 31. Here the people vere
accustomed to convene on various occa-
sions, to hear harangues, to hold public

_ consultations, and the like; see Xen. Hell.

6. δ. 7. Diod. Sic. 16. 84. Pol. 29. 10. 2.
Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 3. B. J.'7. 3. 3. Οἷς. pro
Flacc. 7; comp. Kypke II. p. 100. Wetst.
II. -p. 585. 5) Meton. α spectacle, public
show, trop. 1 Cor. 4, 9; comp. Heb. 10,
33. So Aischyl. Dial. Socr. 3. 20 Séarpa
ποιητῶν.

Sevov, ov, τό, (perh. neut. of ϑεῖος,) sul-
phur; brimstone ; Rev. 19, 20 τὴν καιομένην
ev τῷ Seip. So πῦρ καὶ ϑεῖον, fire and
brimstone, i. 6. sulphurous: flames, Luke
17, 29. Rev. 14,10. 20,10. 21,8; πῦρ καὶ
καπνὸς καὶ ϑεῖον, sulphurous flames and
smoke, Rev. 9,17. 18. Sept. and m3
Gen. 19, 24. Ez. 38, 22.—Hdian. 8. 4. 26.
Plato Tim. Locr. 99. e.

Setos, a, ov, (Seds,) godlike, divine, per-
taining to God, 2 Pet. 1, 3.4. Sept. πνεῦμα
5. for pndy Ex. 31, 3. 35, 29. So Hdian.
1. 11. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32.—Neut. τὸ
δεῖον, the divine nature, divinity, Godhead,
Acts 17,29. So Diod. Sic. 16. 60. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 18.

ϑειότης; ros, ἡ, (Seds,) Godhead, deity,
i.e. the divine nature and perfections, Rom.
1, 20.—Wisd. 18, 9. Luc. Calumn. 17.
Plut. de Pyth. Orac. 8, 9.

δειώδης, €0s, ous, 6, ἡ, adj. (ϑεῖον,) of
sulphur, made of sulphur, Rev. 9, 1'7.—Phi-
lostr. Imag. I. 27. p. 802. A form only of
the later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 228.

ϑέλημα, aros, τό, (SAw,) will ; a word

not Attic, Lob. ad Phryn. p.7. For the

signif. of the form, see Buttm. 119. 7. ἃ.
Kiihner ᾧ 233. 1. b.

1. Pr. will, the thing willed, what one
wills to do or to have done; Matt. 7, 21
GAN ὁ ποιῶν τὸ ϑέλημα τοῦ ἐδ 12, 50.
21,31. Mark 3, 35. John 5, 30 bis. 6, 38
bis. Acts 13,22. Rom. 12, 2. Eph. 6, 6.
Heb. 13, 21. al. Eph. 2, 3 τὰ SeAjpara τῆς
σαρκός. Sept. and YEN 1 K. 5, 8.9; fiz4
Ps. 103, 21. 143, 10.—Hence will, i. q.

purpose, counsel, decree; Matt. 18, 14 οὔ-
τως οὐκ ἔστιν ϑέλημα ἐμπρ. τοῦ πατρός.
John 6, 39. 40. Acts 22, 14. Heb. 10,7.9.
10. 36. Collect. τὸ ϑέλημα τοῦ Seod, the
counsels, the eternal purposes of God, Matt.
6, 10. Luke 11, 2.

2. Abstr. will, the act of willing, wish,
good pleasure; Matt. 26, 42 γενηθήτω τὸ
S€Anud σου. Acts 21, 14. 1 Cor. 16, 12
οὐκ ἦν ϑέλημα. Eph. 5,17. 1 Pet. 2,15. 3,
17. 4,2.3.19. 1 John 5,14. 8. ϑέλημα σαρ-
κός, the will of the flesh, carnal desire, John
1,13. Sept. for PS" Ps.1,2; 729 Dan.
8, 4. 11, 3.—Ecclus. 8, 15.

3. Meton. will, the faculty of willing,
free-will. -1 Cor.'7, 37 ἐξουσίαν ἔχει περὶ
τοῦ ἰδίου SeAnparos. 2 Pet. 1,21. So of
God, Eph. 1,5.11. +

DEANS, ews, ἣ, (Θέλω, will, good:
pleasure of God, Heb. 2, 4.—Sept. Ez. 18,
28. 2 Macc. 12, 16: A word not Attic,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7.

ϑέλω, f. Sedfjoo, inf. σέλειν, part. Se-
ov; also impf. ἤθελον, aor. 1 ἠθέλησα;
the latter two from ἐσέλω, of which 3éA@
is merely a synonymous shortened form.
The earlier ἐθέλω is alone found in Homer .
and the epic poets, as also in Pindar ; but
never in the tragedians, except impf. ἤϑε-
λον. In Attic prose ἐθέλω is the prevail-
ing form; and the only impf. and aor. are
ἤϑελον and 7BeAnoe.—In N. T. these two
forms only are from ἐϑέλω ; all the rest
from ϑέλω. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 7, 332.
Passow in ἐδέλω fin. To will, to wish, to
desire, pr. implying active choice and pur-
pose, and thus differing from βούλομαι ; see
in βούλομαι init.

1. Pr. to will, to be willing, to be pleased
to do any thing, to purpose, to choose, e. g.
a) Of God and Christ; c. inf. aor. Rom. 9,
22 εἰ δὲ ϑέλων ὁ Beds ἐνδείξασϑαι κτὰ. Col.
1, 27. 1 Tim. 2, 4. (Hom. Il. 13. 743.
Hdot. 2. 13. Xen. Mag. Eq. 9. 9.) Absol.
ce. inf. impl. John 5, 21. Acts 18, 21 τοῦ
Seovd BéAovros. 1 Cor. 4,19. James 4, 15.
So Hom. Il. 20. 243. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 ult.
b) Of men, c. infin. e. σ΄. aor. Matt. 5, 40.
Mark 6, 19 καὶ #SeAev αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι.
John 1, 44. Acts 7, 28. al, Inf. pres. Matt.
19, 21 εἰ ϑέλεις τέλειος εἶναι. Luke 1, 62.
John 6, 67. Acts 10,10. 14, 13. 24, 6. al.

-Absol. c. inf. impl. Matt. 8,2 ἐὰν ϑέλῃς.

Mark 3, 13. 1 Cor. 7, 36. Rev. 11, 6. al.
(Paleph. 24. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.10.) So
in antith. of to will and fo do, Rom. 7, 18.
2 Cor. 8, 10.11. Phil. 2,13; comp. Winer
ᾧ 65. 6—Also c. negat. οὐ ϑέλω, nol to

ϑέλω 332 ©

will, not to have in mind; hence Lo will not,
to determine not to do this or that, to refuse ;
so 6. inf. aor. Matt. 2,18 οὐκ ἤθελε παρα-
κληϑῆναι. Mark 6, 26. Luke 15, 28. al.
Inf. pres. John 7,1. 2 Thess. 3,10. Absol.
ὃ. inf. impl. Matt. 18, 30. 21, 29. Rom, 7,
15 sq. (So Paleph. 2. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
40.) Further, with a negative, the idea of
%éAw sometimes approaches that of δύναμαι;
to be able, I can; 6. g. Luke 18,13 οὐκ
ἤϑελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς 6PS. ἐπᾶραι, he would not,
could not, dared not. See Passow in é3ého.
Greg. Cor. p. 135. Schef. So Hom. Il. 13.
106. Plato Phedr, 230, d. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.
1654))0) ‘Trop. of the wind, John 3, 8 ὅπου
ϑέλει, πνεῖ, the wind bloweth where it listeth.
So Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 ὅτι ἤδελεν, of an
eagle.

2. Genr. to will, i. q. to wish, to desire, to
choose; ¢. infin. 6. g. aor. Luke 8, 20 ἰδεῖν
σε ϑέλοντες. 23,8. Mark 7, 24. Inf. pres.
John 16, 19. Gal. 4, 20. 1 Cor. 7, 7. 11, 3.
14, 5. (Hdian. 1. 2. 3.) Absol. c. inf. impl.
Matt. 15, 28 γενηθήτω σοι ὡς ϑέλεις. Mark
9,13. John 15, 7. 1 Cor. 4,21. (Paleph.
28. 3.) Sometimes apparently c. acc. where
however an infin. is strictly implied, e. g.
: Luke 5, 39 οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν εὐθέως 5έ-
λει νέον Sc. πίνειν. 2Cor. 11, 12 τῶν ϑελόν-
᾿Π τῶν ἀφορμήν sc. evpeiv—Also c. neg. οὐ
σέλω, to will not, to be unwilling, to choose
not, c. infin. aor, Luke 19, 14 od ϑέλομεν
τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 1 Cor. 10, 20.
(Paleph. 39. 3.) Inf. pres. Rom. 1, 13.
1 Cor. 10, 1. 2 Cor. 1, 8. (Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 2.
1 ult.) Absol. c. inf. impl. John 21, 18.—
Followed by particles, e.g. εἰ, Luke 12, 49
τί ϑέλω, εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφϑη ; with ἵνα c. Sub-
junct. Matt. 7, 12 ὅσα ἂν ϑέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν
ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνϑρ. Mark 6, 25. John 17, 24. So
in interrogations, c. fut. Indic. or more pro-
perly aor. Subjunct. pr. with ἕνα implied ;
6. g. Matt. 20, 32 ri ϑέλετε [iva] ποιήσω
ὑμῖν ; asin Engl. what will ye [that] I should
do unto you? 26,17. Mark 14, 12. 15, 9.
12. Luke 9, 54. al. Winer § 42. 4. b, and
note. (Anacr. 12.1. Soph. Cid. R. 651;
c. fut. Luc. Navig. 4 et 26.) Once with 7
i. 4. to choose rather, to prefer, 1 Cor. 14,19;
see in ἤ III. a.—Sometimes imperf. ἤϑελον
(in Att. writers also pres. é3éA,) when fol-
lowed by an infin. is to be rendered as an
adverb before a finite verb, willingly, gladly ;
as John 6, 21 ἤϑελον οὖν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς

τὸ πλοῖον, they gladly received him into the

vessel. 2 Pet. 3, 5 λανϑάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο
ϑέλοντας, ὅτι κτὰ. for this escapes them with
their own will, of this they are willingly ig-
norant, that,etc. See Buttm. ὁ 150. τη. 36.

ϑεμελίος

Winer §58. 4. So Plato Theat. 143. d.
Xen. Hi. 7. 9. Cyr. 5. 1. 20.

3. Spec. ϑέλω c. infin. sometimes (like
μέλλω) serves merely as a sign of the fu-
ture, like Engl. will or shall, and gives to
the infin. a future sense; but only of ina-
nimate things, e. g. Acts 2, 12 et 17, 20 ri
ἂν ϑέλοι τοῦτο εἶναι ; what then will this be2
or as in comm. Engl. ‘ what is this going to
be ?’—Hdot. 1. 109. ib. 2. 11, 14. Plato Rep.
870. ". See Passow in ἐθέλω. Viger. p.
263 sq.

4, By Hebr. like Heb. 75", io delight in,
to have pleasure in, to desire, to love, i. 4.
φιλέω. So c. ace. Matt. 27, 43 εἰ ϑέλει αὐ-
τόν, quoted from Ps. 22, 9 where Sept. for
Δ ὙΠ ; and so Sept. and YBN c. acc. Ez,
18, 23. Also Matt. 9, 13 ἔλεον ϑέλω, καὶ
ov ϑυσίαν, quoted from Hos. 6, 6 where
Sept. for 721 c. acc. Heb. 10, 5. 8 quoted
from Ps. 40, 7 where Sept. for 72¥1.c. acc.
With an inf. and parall. with φιλέω, Luke
20, 46 τῶν ϑελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στόλαις
καὶ φιλούντων ἀσπασμούς. With both con-
structions, inf. and acc. Mark 12, 38 τῶν
ϑελόντων ἐν στόλαις περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀσπα-
σμούς. Sept. and ΥΕΠ c. inf. 1 K. 9,1.
Esth. 6, 6. 11.—Once c. ἕν. Tum, ἴο delight
in any thing, Col. 2, 18 ϑέλων ἐν ταπεινο-
φροσύνῃ κτὰ. delighting in (affecting) hu-
mility. Sept. and 3 78M Ps. 112, 1. 147,
10. +"

ϑεμέλιος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (Séua, τίδημι,)
belonging to the foundation, 6. g. λίϑοι Aris-
toph. Av. 1137.—In N. T. as Subst. a foun-
dation, 6. g.

1. Masc. ὁ SepéAvos sc. λίϑος; pr. a@
foundation-stone, foundation ; Heb. 11, 10
THY τοὺς Sen. ἔχουσαν πόλιν. Rev. 21, 14.
19bis. Sept. for 707 1 K. 5, 17; 705 Job
22, 16. So Plut. Poplic: 15. Pol. 1. 40. 9.
Thuc. 1. 93 of ϑεμέλιοι παντοίων Aisov.—
Trop. of elementary doctrine and instruc-
tion, the foundation, 1 Cor. 3, 10 ϑεμέλιον
τέϑεικα. Eph. 2, 20. Rom. 15, 20. Heb. 6,
1; of a fundamental doctrine or principle,
e. g. Christ 1 Cor. 3,11. 12. Also 1 Tim
6, 19 ϑεμέλιον καλόν, a good foundation,
on which hope and salvation may rest.—

‘Meton. 2 Tim. 2,19 ὁ ϑεμέλιος τοῦ Seod,

that which God hath founded, God’s build-
ing, the true believers or church of God ;
comp. 1 Cor. 3, 9. 16.

2. Neut. rd ϑέμελεον, @ foundation, in
Luke’s writings, Acts 16, 26 ra SepeMua.
Luke 6, 48. 49. 14, 29, Sept. for D""30'7
Prov. 8, 29. 15, 58, 12; 70% Mic. 1, 6—
Diod. Sic. 5. 66. Xen. Hell. 6.2. 5. ‘ila

δεμελεόω

δεμέλια καὶ ϑεμέλιον οὐδετέρως, ἀττικῶς "΄

ϑεμέλιοι καὶ ϑεμέλιος, κοινῶς.

Peuerida, f. ὠσω, (ϑεμέλιος,) to lay the
foundation of any thing, to found, c. ace.
Heb. 1, 10 τὴν γῆν ἐπεμελίωσας, quoted from
Ps. 102, 26 where Sept. for 0}. Pass.
Matt. 7, 25 et Luke 6, 48 τεϑεμελίωτο yap
ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, where for the omission of
the augm. in plupf. see Buttm. ᾧ 83. n. '7.
So Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 11.—Trop. to ground, to
establish, to confirm, c: acc. 1 Pet. 5,10.
Pass. Eph. 3, 17. Col. 1, 23 τῇ πίστει
τεῦε μελιωμένον. So Diod. Sic. 11. 68.
ib. 15. 1.

YeodiSaxros, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (Seds, διδά-
oxe,) taught of God, 1 Thess. 4,9; comp.
διδακτοὶ τοῦ Seod John 6, 45.—Theophil. ad
Autol. II. p. 87.

Dedroyxos, ov, 6, (Seds, λέγω,) @ theo-
logue, one who treats of God and divine
things ; as Epimenides, Diod. Sic. 5. 80;
Pherecydes, Plut. Sylla 36.—In N. T.
spoken of John, the divine, the theologian,
in the inscription of the Apocalypse ; perh.
as maintaining the divine nature and _attri-
butes of the Logos, comp. Rey. 1, 2. 17. 18.
22, 13.

ϑεομαχέω, ὦ, f. tow, (ϑεομάχος,) to
fight or contend against God, Acts 23, 9
Rec.—2 Macc. 7, 19. Plut. de Superst. 7.
Xen. ic. 16. 3.

ϑεομάχος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (Seds, μάχομαι.)
fighting against God, coutending with God,
Acts 5, 39.—Symm. for 5°85" Prov. 9,
18. 21, 16.

δεόπνευστος, ov, ὅ, ἡ; adj. (ϑεός, πνέω,)
God-inspired, inbreathed of God, 2 Tim. 3,
16 πᾶσα γραφὴ ϑεόπνευστος.---Ῥ]αΐ, de Pla-
cit. Philosoph, 5. 2, rods ὀνείρους τοὺς Seo-
πνεύστους. Phocylid. 121 τῆς δὲ Seomvev-
στου σοφίης λόγος ἐστὶν ἄριστος. Comp.
Jos. c. Ap. 1. '7 [αἱ γραφαὶ) τῶν προφητῶν
κατὰ τὴν ἐπίπνοιαν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ϑεοῦ μαϑόν-
των. Cic. pro Arch. 8, " poetam ... quasi
divino quodam spiritu inflari.” _

Θεύς, od, ὁ, God, the deity ; for the deri-

vation see note below. On the voc. Seé'

Matt. 27, 46. Sept. Judg. 21, 3. Wisd. 9,
1, instead of the Attic voc. ϑεός, see Buttm.
§35. n. 2. Winer ᾧ 8. 2. c.

1. Genr. God, the supreme Lord and
Father of all, Jehovah; so 6 ϑεός, Matt.
1, 23. 3, 9. 5, 8. 6, 30. John 4, 24. 9, 94.
Rom. 11,2. 16,26. James 2, 19. al. sepiss.
Without the art. Seds Matt. 6, 24. 19, 26.
Luke 2, 14. 52. 3,2. John 1, 6.18. 3,2,
Acts 5, 29. Rom. 1, 7. 18. 1 Cor. 4, 1. al.

of ΨΥ le —-. i Ἄν

333 Θεός

sep. Comp. Winer ὁ 18. 1. v. Seds. Sept.
every where for O°71>8 Gen. 1, 1. 2 sq.
sepiss. Also κύριος 6 δεός, Matt. 4, 7.
10. 22, 37. Mark 12, 29. 30. Luke 1, 16.
32. 1 Pet. 3, 15. Rev. 4,8. 11,17. So
Acts 2, 89 κύριος ὁ Seds ὑμῶν. 7, 37. Sept.
for DTPR AIT? Gen. 2, 15. 16. 18 sq. 3,
14; oftener c. gen. for 5 "MN>% Hin Is.
43,3. Jer. 3,13. Ez. 44, 3. al. See Ge-
sen. Heb. Lex. S357 a.—In construction .
a) Before a genitive, 6. g. of person, 6 Seds
twos, the God of any one, i. e. his protector,
benefactor, the object of his worship. Matt.
22, 32 ὁ Seds ᾿Αβραάμ κτὰ. Mark 12, 26.
Luke 1, 68. Acts 5, 30. 7, 32. 46. al. So
the voc. Matt. 27, 46 ϑεέ pov, Seé pov, and
Mark 15, 34 ὁ Seds pov, ὁ Seds pov, quoted
from Ps, 22, 2 where Heb. "θὲ wo, Sept
ὁ Seds ὁ Seds pov. With gen. of thing, i.e
God as the author and giver, the source of
any thing, e. g. Seds τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς
παρακλήσεως Rom. 15, 5; ὅ. τῆς ἐλπίδος v.
13; 5. τῆς εἰρήνης 16,20. Phil. 4,9. Heb.
13, 20; 3. ἀκαταστασίας 1 Cor. 14, 33;
%. πάσης χάριτος 1 Pet.5,10. δ) Genit.
τοῦ Seov after other nouns, e. g. as active
or subjective, denoting what comes forth, is
sent, given, appointed from God, Matt. 3, 16
πνεῦμα τοῦ 5. Luke 11, 49 ἡ σοφία rod 3.
3, 38 (vids) τοῦ Seod. 9, 20 ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦ 3.
Acts 23, 4 τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ 5. Matt. 6, 33
ἡ βασιλεία rod 3. 2 Tim. 3, 17 6 ἄνϑρ. τοῦ
Θεοῦ the man of God, taught, furnished of
God. 1 Thess. 4, 16 σάλπιγξ Seod the trump
of God, which sounds by command of God,
i. ᾳ. ἡ ἐσχάτη σάλπιγξ 1 Cor. 15, 52; see
Winer § 37. 3.—Also in a passive or objective
sense, Winer ᾧ 30. 1. Luke 11, 42 ἡ ἀγάπη
τοῦ Seov love TO God, see more in ἀγάπη
no. 1. Luke 6, 12 προσευχὴ τοῦ Seod prayer
to God. Mark 11, 22 πίστις τοῦ 3. faith in
God. So οἶκος τοῦ 3. i. 6. consecrated to
God, Luke 6, 4. 1 Cor. 3, 9. Rev. 15, 2 xi-
Sapa τ. Seod harps for the praise of God,
comp. 1 Chr. 16, 42. Winer §37. 3. Fur-
ther, ra τοῦ ϑεοῦ the things of God, 6. g.
his counsels, purposes 1 Cor. 2,113 or things
pleasing to him, Matt. 16, 23. Mark 8, 33;
or things belonging, pertaining, to him,
Matt. 22, 21. Mark 12, 17. Luke-20, 25.
(Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20.) In this last sense alsc
we find ra πρὸς τὸν Sedy things pertaining
to God, his service and worship, Rom. 15,
17. Heb. 2, 17. ὅ,1. ¢) Dat. τῷ 36,
6. g. by Hebr. after adjectives, as ἀστεῖος
τῷ ϑεῷ Acts 7, 20, also δυνατὰ τῷ ϑεῷ
2 Cor. 10, 4, intens. exceedingly, see in
ἀστεῖος and δυνατός no. 1.a. Winer § 37.3.
Elsewhere after verbs, to or for God, 6. g.

Θεός 334

Rom. 6, 10 et Gal. 2, 19 ζῆν τῷ ϑεῷ i. 6. to
his honour and praise, in accordance with
his will. 2 Cor. ὅ, 18. 9, 11. al.

2. Of the Logos, Christ, who is declared
to be ὁ Seds, 6. g. John 1,1 καὶ Seds ἦν
6 Adyos. Rom. 9, 5. Phil. 2,6. 1 Tim. 3, 16.
Heb. 1, 8. 1 John 5, 20; also in the excla-
mation of Thomas, John 20, 28.—So Christ
is called ὁ Seds in Test. XII Patr. p. 542,
ὁ ϑεὸς σῶμα λαβὼν ἔσωσεν αὐτούς - ἀναστή-
σει γὰρ κύριος [τὸν σωτῆρα] ϑεὸν καὶ ἄνπρω-
mov. p. 644, 645, ὄψεσϑε ϑεὸν ἐν σχήματι
ἀνϑρώπου. p. 672 ὀφϑήσεται ϑεός, κατοικῶν
ἐν ἀνϑρώποις ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. p. 696 Seds εἰς ἄν-
dpa ὑποκρινόμενος. Also Justin Mart. Dial.
c. Tryph. p. 276. ο, τὸν καὶ πρὸ ποιήσεως
κόσμου ὄντα ϑεόν. p. 281. d, Sede καλεῖται
καὶ Seds ἐστὶ καὶ ἔσται. Called likewise. by
Justin M. ὁ ϑεός, ib. p. 276. ο. p. 800. d. p.
340. c. Comp. Origen c. Cels. 5. 39. ib.
6. 60. See Semisch, Justin der Mart. Π.
Ρ. 284 sq. [Engl. II. p. 187 sq.]

3. From the Heb. spoken of kings or
chief magistrates, as the representatives of
God in the Jewish theocracy. John 10, 34.
35 ἐγὼ εἶπα, Seol ἐστε; εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπε Se-
οὖς κτλ. quoted from and in allusion to Ps.
82, 1. 6, where Sept. and Heb. pndx;
comp. v. 7. See also Ex. 22, 7. 8. :

4. In the Greek sense, ὁ eds, a god, the
deity; oi Seoi, the gods, i. e. the heathen
gods. Acts 7, 43 ὁ Seds ὑμῶν Ῥεμφάν. 12,
22. 14,11 οἱ Seoi. 19, 26. 28,6. 1 Cor. 8,
4. 5. Gal. 4,8. Satan too is called ὁ Seds
τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, the god of this world, its
leader, ruler, instigator, 2 Cor. 4,4. Indeed
the Jews regarded all the heathen gods
as evil spirits, see in δαιμόνιον no. 2. (Diod.
Sic. 1. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 18,19. ib. 4.7.
6.) Once fem. ἡ ϑεός, a goddess, Diana,
Acts 19, 37 Grb. So Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2.
Xen. An. 8. 2. 12 τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι... τῇ Bed.
ib. 5. 3. 6,'7, 9.—Meton. an idol, image, Acts
7,40. Sept. for bop dx Is. 44,17; msaxy
2 Sam. 5,21... 0°

Note. The earliest derivation of ϑεός
is from riSnus, 6. g. Hdot. 2. 52 Seods δὲ
προσωνόμασάν σφεας ἀπὸ τοῦ τοιούτου, ὅτι
κόσμῳ ϑέντες τὰ πάντα πρήγματα καὶ πά-
σας νομὰς εἶχον. So Clem. Alex. Strom. I,
Seds δὲ παρὰ τὴν Séow εἴρηται καὶ τάξιν,
τὴν διακόσμησιν.----ΉΟ]αΐο derives it from ϑέω
to run, regarding the deity as having been
first recognized in the sun and moon and
earth and stars and heavens, dre γοῦν αὐτὰ
ὁρῶντες πάντα ἀεὶ ἰόντα δρόμῳ καὶ Séov-
Ta, ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς φύσεως τῆς τοῦ ϑεῖν,
Zeovs αὐτοὺς ἐπονομάσαι, Plato Crat. 16. p.
397.d. This idea is paraphrased by Theo-

ϑεραπεύω

phil. ad Autol. I, p. 71, i. q. τρέχειν, κινεῖν,
ἐνεργεῖν, τρέφειν, προνοεῖν καὶ κυβερνᾷν, καὶ
ζωοποιεῖν τὰ πάντα.---Βιξ more prob. eds
is of the same family with Ζεύς, Διός, Aol.
Δεύς, Lat. deus, Sanscr. deva. +

“εοσεβεία; as, ἡ, (SeoreBhs,) reverence
towards Giod, godliness, 1 'Tim. 2, 10, - Sept.
for ΘΑ δὲ magn Gen. 20, 11—Baruch 5,
3. Plato Epin. 985. d. Xen. An. 2. 6. 26.

SeoreBrjs, gos, ods, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (Θεός, σέ-
Bopat,) reverencing God, godly, a worshipper
of God, John 9, 31. Sept. for ἘΣΤΟΝ a
Ex. 18, 21. Job 1, 1. 8—Plut. Romul. 22.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 25.

Seoor υγής, έος, οὖς, 6, 4, adj. (Θεός,
στυγέω,) hated of the gods, Eurip. Troad.
1221 [1213]. Cycl. 396, 602. So in N.T.
hated of God, implying the highest degree
of reckless wickedness, Rom. 1,30.—Others
Act. hating God; but without example in
Gr. writers. Suidas, ϑεοστυγεῖς " ϑεομίση-
Tot, of ὑπὸ Seod μισούμενοι καὶ of Sedy μι-
σουντες.

“γεότης, τητος, ἡ, (Seds,) deity, Godhead,
the divine nature and perfections, i. q. ϑειό-
της, Col. 2,9.—Luc. Icarom. 9. Plut. de
def. Orac. 10 fin. -

Θεόφιλος, ov, ὁ, Theophilus, pr. τι. of a
persorr of distinction, κράτιστος, prob. living
out of Palestine, to whom Luke inscribed
his Gospel and the book of Acts, Luke 1, 3.
Acts 1,1. Elsewhere unknown. ὁ

Separre/a, as, ἧ, (ϑεραπεύω,) a waiting
on, service, altendance, ministry, genr. Diod.
Sic. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 29.—In N. T.

1. attendance and care of the sick; hence
relief, healing, Luke 9,11 χρείαν ἔχοντας
Sepameias idro. Rev. 22, 2.—Jos. Ant. 19.
1. 16. Pol. 15. 25. 6. Xen. Hi. 8. 4.

2. Meton. and collect. service, i. e. at-
tendants, domestics, retinue, Matt. 24, 45.
Luke 12, 42. Sept. for pray Gen. 45, 16.
—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4 σὺν Separeia βασιλικῇ.
Hdian. 7. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4.

Separrevo, f. εύσω, (Θεράπων; to wail
upon, to minister unto, to serve, i. 6. to ren-
der service and attendance, at first without
the idea of subjection; see Passow sub v.

1. Pr. e. g. God, to serve, to worship,
Pass. Acts 17, 25 οὐδὲ (6 Seds) ὑπὸ χειρῶν
ἀνπρώπων Separeverat.—Hes.Op.134, Hdot.
2. 37; genr. Diod. Sic. 2. 20. Xen. Cyr. 1.
3. 7.

2. to take care of the sick, io tend, genr.
Xen. An. 7. 2. 6. Hi. 8. 4.—In N. T. spec.
io relieve, to heal, to cure; absol. Matt. 12,

eee

PBR SEO OG
ἫΝ

ϑεραπων

10 et Luke 6,7 ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ ϑεραπεύειν.
With acc. of pers. Matt. 4, 34 παραλυτι-
κούς " καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς. Mark 1, 34.
Luke 10, 9. Acts 4, 14. al. With acc. and
ἀπό, Luke 7, 21 éSepdmevoe πολλοὺς ἀπὸ
νόσων. 8,2. So Tob. 12,3. Paleph. 2.4;
of a physician, Thuc. 2. 47. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2.
12.—With acc. of disease, Matt. 4, 23 Sepa-
᾿πεύων πᾶσαν νόσον. Pass. Rev. 13,3 πληγὴ
ἐπεραπεύξη. So Arr. Epict. 2.21.23. Plut.
de Superst. 7. +
ϑεράπων, ovros, 6, (kindr. ϑέρω,) pr. a
» waiting-man; hence an attendant, minis-
ter, at first implying free and honourable
service, and therefore different from δοῦλος,
see Passows. v. Once of Moses, Heb. 3, 5.
Sept. for tax of Moses Ex. 14, 31. Num.
12, 7. 8; of Job, c. 1, 8.—Hdian. 3. 10. 7.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16.

ϑερέζω, f. ἰσω, (ϑέρος,) to summer, to
pass the summer, Xen. An. 3. 5. 15.—In

N. T.
1. to harvest, to reap; absol. Matt. 6, 26

ov σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ σερίζουσιν. Luke 12,24.
James 5, 4 οἱ ϑερίσαντες the reapers. Sept.
for ἜΣ Ruth 2,3 sq. So Plut. Mor. Π. p.
97. Xen: Cc. 18. 1.—Trop. to cut down, to
destroy 5 absol. Rev. 14,15 bis.. Pass. v. 16
καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐξερίσδη, i. 6. the wickedness of
the earth is destroyed, punished ; comp.
Joel 4 [3], 13. So AXschyl. Suppl. 634
[638].

2. Trop. to reap the fruits.of one’s la-
bours, to receive in recompense, C.. acc.
1 Cor. 9, 11 τὰ σαρκικά. Gal. 6, 8 bis. 9.
Sept. and -xp Prov. 22, 8. (Test. XII
» Patr. p. 576.) Also of a -christian teacher
gathering in converts into the kingdom of
God, John 4, 36 bis. 38 ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς
Sepitew ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε, Comp.
Matt. 9, 37 et Luke 10, 2.—Hence in pro-
verbial expressions : a) Gal. 6,7 ὃ ἐὰν
σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ ϑερίσει, i. 6. he
will be rewarded according to his works ;
and in a similar sense 2 Cor. 9, 6 bis. Comp.
Sept. and sxp Jer. 12, 13. See in σπείρω
no. 2 fin. β) Matt. 25, 24 ϑερίζων ὅπου
οὐκ ἔσπειρας, i. e. turning the labours of
dthers to one’s own profit. v. 26. Luke 19,
2). 22. In a like sense John 4, 37 ἄλλος
ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ ϑερίζων. Comp.
Job 31, 8. Mic. 6, 1ὅ.

» Septc, μός, οὗ, 6, (ϑερίζω.) a hareesting,
harvest ; John 4, 35 bis, 6 ϑερισμὸς ἔρχεται,

-Xevxai εἶσι πρὸς ϑερισμόν. Matt. 13, 30
bis: 39. Mark 4, 29. Sept. for ssxp Gen,
8, 22. Jer. 50,16. So Pol. 5. 95. 5. Xen.
Gc. 18. 3.—Meton. the harvest to be ga-

335

Θευδᾶς
thered, produce of the harvest, pr. Sept. for
ΧΡ Jer. 5,17; in N. T. trop. for the con-

verts to be gathered into Christ’s kingdom,
Matt. 9, 37. 38 bis. Luke 10, 2 ter. Also

‘of those whose iniquity is fully ripe for

punishment, Rey. 14, 15; comp. in ϑερίζω
no. 1.

ϑεριστής, ov, 6, (ϑερίζω.) a harvest-
man, reaper, Matt. 13, 30. 39.—Bel and
Drag. 40. Plut. C. Grace. 13. Xen. Hi
6. 10.

ϑερμαίνω, f. ava, τας: ϑέρω,) to
warm, to heat, ὁ. acc. Hom. Il. 14. 7. Xen.
Mem. 4. 3. 8.—In N. T. only Mid. Sep-
μαίνομαι; to warm oneself, 6. g. by a fire,
Mark 14, 54 καὶ ἦν ϑερμαινόμενος πρὸς τὸ
φῶς. v. 67. John 18, 18 bis. 25; with cloth-
ing, to become warm, James 2, 16. Sept. for
pan Is. 44, 15.16. So Hdian, 8. 4. 27.
Xen. Gic. 19. 11. |

ϑέρμη, nS; 7, (ϑερμός, Sépw.) warmth,
Acts 28, 3. Sept. for ἘΠῚ Job 6, 17.—Luc.
D. Mar. 11. 2. Thuc. 2. 49.

ϑέρος, €0S, OUS; τό, (ϑέρω,) summer, i.e.
the warm season, in Palestine extending
from May,to October without rain; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 98 sq. Matt. 24,
32. Mark 13, 28. Luke 21, 30. Sept. and

ἪΡ Prov. 6, 8. 30,25. So Diod. Sic. 5.
30. Xen, Mem. 1. 6. 2.—Elsewhere also
summer-fruits, harvest, Sept. for “Xp Prov
26,1. Dem. 1253. 15. βοῦν]. Pers. 822.

Θεσσαλονικεύς, éws, ὁ, a Thessaloni-
an, Acts 20, 4. 27,2. 1 Thess. 1, 1. 2 Thess.
I,-ds

Θεσσαλονίκη, ys, ἡ, ‘Thessalonica,
now Saloniki, a city of Macedonia at the
head of the Sinus Thermaicus.* It was an-
ciently called Therma, but was named
Thessalonica by Cassander, after his wife,
the daughter of Philip. Under the Romans
it was the capital of one of the four divi-
sions of Macedonia, and the usual station
of a Roman pretor and questor. The Jews
had here a synagogue ; and it was to the
church gathered here that Paul wrote his
earliest epistles. The modern population
is about 70,000, including many Jews. Acts
17, 1. 11. 13. Phil. 4,16. 2 Tim. 4, 10.—
Comp. Diod. Sic. 19.52. Strabo VII. p. 509.
Plin. H. N. 4. 17. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II.
p. 395sq. Leake’s Trav. in Northern Greece,
Ill. p. 235-257.

Θευδᾶς, ἃ, 6, Theudas, an impostor who
excited tumult among the Jews, Acts 5, 36.
He is probably to be placed during the in-
terregnum immediately after the death of

ϑεωρέω

Herod the Great, when Judea was disturbed
by frequent seditions; see Jos. Ant. 17.
10. 2-10. Judas too, who came after him
(Acts 5, 37), appeared under Cyrenius and
Coponius, A. D. 6-9; see Jos. Ant. 18. 1.
1, 6. ib. 20. 5. 2. B. J. 2. 8.1. Some hold
Theudas to have been, under another name,
either the Judas or the Simon of Jos. Ant.
17. 10. 5, 6. See Sonntag, Theudas, in
“Theol. Stud. und Krit. 1837: p. 622 sq.
[Engl. in Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 409 sq.]
Usher Ann. p. 571.—Josephus mentions
another Theudas, an impostor, under Clau-
dius, while Cuspius Fadus was procurator
of Judea, about A. D. 45; Ant. 20. 5. 1.

Dewpew, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (Sewpds,) pr. to be a
spectator of, to look on or at, to behold; not
much different from ϑεάομαι, see Tittm. de
Syn. N. T. p. 120.

1. Pr. including the notion of attention,
surprise, wonder. ἃ) Genr. 6. acc. of
thing, Luke 23, 48 Sewpodvres τὰ γενόμενα.
John 2, 23. 17, 24. Acts 8,13; 866. of
pers. Rey. 11,11. 12; with πῶς, ποῦ, Mark
12, 41. 15, 47; absol. Matt. 27, 55. Mark
15, 40. Luke 14, 29. 23, 35. Acts 19, 26.
Sept. for 3 Ps. 27,4; for Chald. 35
Dan. 5, 5. 7, 21.. So Theophr. Char. 6 or
13. Plato Phedr. 247, c. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 3;
of public spectacles Luc. Tim. ὅθ. Arr.
Epict. 1. 25.27. Ὁ) to look at, to view
with attention, c. acc. Matt. 28,1 3. τὸν
τάφον. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) ‘Trop. to consider,
indirect, Heb. 7, 4 Sewpeire δέ, πηλίκος οὗ-
tos. So Dem. 19, 23. 0)) to behold, i. 4.
to discern, to acknowledge, c. acc. of pers.
John 6,40 πᾶς ὁ ϑεωρῶν τὸν υἱόν. 12, 45 bis.
14,17. So Wisd. 13, 5. Diod. Sic. 19. 52
τοὺς λόγους:

2. Simply to see, to perceive with the eyes,
to behold, nearly i. q. ἰδεῖν. a) Genr. and
c. acc. of pers. Mark 3, 11. Luke 24, 37.
John 9, 8. 14, 19 bis. 16, 10. 16. 17. 19.
Acts 3,16. 9,7. 25, 24; with acc. and
particip. Luke 10, 18 ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν
πεσόντα. 24, 39. Mark 5,15. John 6, 19.
62. 20,12. 14. With acc. of thing Luke
21,6. John [6, 2.]'7, 3. Acts 20, 38; acc. and
part. John 10, 12 5. τὸν λύκον ἐρχόμενον.
20, 6. Acts 7,56. 10,11. Sept. for Ax
Ps. 22, 8. 31, 12. So 1 Macc. 13, 29.
Niod. Sic. 13.57. Ὁ) to perceive, to mark,
to note, with ὅτι Mark 16, 4. John 4, 19.
12,19. Acts 37,10; πόσος Acts 21, 20.

With ace. of thing Mark 5, 38 καὶ Seapet

ϑόρυβον. Acts 4,13; acc. and part. Acts
17, 16. 28,6. With acc. of pers. and part.
1 John 3, 17: acc. and adj. Acts 17. 22.

336

ϑηρευω
So 2 Macc. 9, 23. Diod. Sic: 13.28. οὐ

From the Heb. to see, i. 4. to experience, 6. g.
τὸν Savaroy John 8, 51; see in εἴδω I. 3.

Sewpla, as, 4, (Seapéo,) a beholding,
viewing, Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Thuc. 6. 16.—
In N. T. @ sight, spectacle, Luke 23, 48.
So 3 Macc. 5, 24. Arr. Epict. 1. 2. 12.
Plato Pheed. 58. b.

SKN, ns, ἡ, (τίϑημι;) pr. ‘ place to put
or set any thing,’ a repository, receptacle,
e. g. for a sword, a sheath, John 18, 11.—
Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7; a cell, chamber, Xen.
(Ἐς. 8.17; oftener a sepulchre, Plato Legg.
947. ο. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 5.

ϑηλάζω, f. dow, (ϑηλή,.) 1. 10 suckle,
to give suck, absol. Matt. 94, 19 οὐαὶ ταῖς
ϑηλαζούσαις. Mark 13, 17. Luke 21, 23.
23, 29. Sept. for P"2°FI Gen. 21, 7. Ex.
2, '7.—Aal. V. H. 13. 1 init. Mid. id. Plato
Rep. 460. d.

2. to suck at the breast, for which more
usually Mid. ϑηλάζομαι, Lob. 4d Phryn.
Ρ. 468. With acc. Luke 11, 27 μαστοὶ obs,
ἐβήλασας. Part. ϑηλάζων, a suckling, Matt.
21,16, quoted from Ps. 8,3 where Sept. for
p21". Sept. μαστοὺς ἐδήλασα for 3" Job
3, 12. Cant. 8, 1.—Theocr. 3. 15 μασδοὺς
ἐπήλαζε. Plut. Romul. 6. ἦ ,

Ν SHAVS, ϑήλεια, Srv, adj. female; in
ΟΝ

1. Fem. as Subst. ἡ σήλεια, a female,
a woman, Rom. 1, 26, 27, So Sept. for
MIR} Lev. 27, 4 sq.—Hdian. 1. 14. 16.
Xen. Lac. 1. 4. ’

2. Neut. τὸ ϑῆλυ, only in the phrase
ἄρσεν καὶ ϑῆλυ, male and female, Matt. 19, 4.
Mark 10, 6. Gal. 3, 28. Sept. for ΓΞ}
Gen. 1, 27. 6,19.—Luc. de Salt. 19. Hdot.
2. 85 τὸ ϑῆλυ γένος.

ήρα, as, ἡ, (Shp,) hunting, the chase,
Hom. Il. 5. 49. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5; prey,
game, Od. 9.158. Xen. Ven. 6. 13.—In
N. T. meton. i. q. destruction, cause of de-
struction, Rom. 11, 9 γενηθήτω ἡ τραμέζα
αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα καὶ εἰς ϑήραν κτὰ. quoted by
reminiscence from Ps. 69, 23 where there is
no corresponding word in the Heb. text.
Sept. for muy net Ps. 35, 8.

Sypeveo, f. εύσω, (Shpa,) to hunt, to take
in hunting, Xen. An. 1. 2. 7. ib. 5. 3. 9—
In N. T. trop. ἐο hunt after, to catch at one’s
words, 10 lay hold of, 6. acc. Luke 11, 54
ζητοῦντες ϑηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὖ-
τοῦ. Comp. Sept. for 24x to lie in wait
Ps. 59, 4. Pol. 238. 11 τὴν εὔνοιαν. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 2. 2 τὴν φιλίαν. Ὁ

- 13772 Deut. 28,6 ;

Snplopayew

ϑηριομαχέω, ὦ, f. ow, (Snplov, paxo-
μαι.) to fight with wild beasts, like condemn-
ed persons in the public spectacles ; see
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 344. Dict. of Antt.
art. Bestiarii. So pr. Artemid. 2. 59. Diod.
Sic. 3. 43 pen.—In N. T. trop. of conflict
with strong and bitter adversaries; 1 Cor.
15, 32 εἰ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον eSnpiopdynoa ἐν
᾿Εφέσῳ, if afler the manner of men (as ἃ
man, a mortal, without hope of the resur-
rection), I have fought with beasts at Exphe-
sus, referring perhaps not to any single ex-
ample, but to his continued conflict with
Jewish and other opposers; comp. 1 Cor.
16, 9. 2,.Cor. 1,8. Comp. Ignat. Ep. in
Rom. c. 5 ἀπὸ Συρίας pexpt Ῥώμης ϑηριο-
pax. Others refer it to the uproar occa-

sioned by Demetrius, Acts 19, 29 sq. though.

it does not appear that Paul was there in
any danger of his life; so Theophyl. in loc.
ϑηριομαχεῖν καλεῖ τὴν πρὸς “Iovdaiovs καὶ
Δημήτριον τὸν ἀργυροκόπον μάχην.

Syplov, ov, τό, (Shp,) dimin. in, form,
but not in usage, a beast, wild beast, Mark
1,13. Acts 10, 12. 11,6. 28, 4. 5. Heb.
12,20. James 8, 7. Rev. 6,8. Sept. for
M53 Gen. 1,24. Deut.
7, 22. So Hdian.. 1. 13.17. Xen. Cyr. 1.
.4, 5, '7.—Trop. of brutal, savage men, Tit.
1,12. (Jos. Ant. 17. 5. 5 ult. Xen. Mem.
8.11.11.) Also symbolically in the Apo-
calypse, e. g. Bar, Me 18 beak 14, 9.
11. al.sep. +

. ϑησαυρίζω, f. iow, (ϑησαυρός,) to trea-
sure up, to lay up in store, c. acc. et dat.
Matt. 6,19. 20 ϑησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν ϑησαυρούς.
Luke 12, 21..2 Cor. 12, 14; absol. 1 Cor.
16, 2. James 5, 3 ἐδησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις
ἡμέραις, ye have laid up treasure in these
last days, comp. v. 5. Pass. to be kept in
store, reserved, c. dat. 2 Pet. 8, 7. Sept.
for "zx 2 K. 20, 17. Am. 3, 10; “ax
Zech. 9, 3. So Hdot. 2. 121.1. All. Υ. H.
6.12. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 24—Trop. of evil,
punishment, Rom. 2,5 5. σεαυτῷ doide,
Sept. for 7px Prov. 1, 18.

ϑησαυρός, ov, 6, (kindr. τίϑημι,) 1. treas-
ure, any thing /aid up in store, wealth, 6. g.
temporal, Matt. 6, 19. 21. 13, 44. Luke
12, 34. Heb. 11, 26. Sept. for sxix 1K.
14, 26; ἸΪ3 Gen. 43, 23. So Hdian. 3.
9. 20. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 33.—Trop. of spirit-
ual treasures, pertaining to the mind or to
eternal life, Matt. 6,20. 19, 21. Mark 10,
21. Luke 12, 33. 18, 22, 2 Cor. 4, '7. Col.
2.3 ἐν ᾧ εἰσι πάντες of ϑησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας
καὶ γνώσεως κτὰ. So Ecclus. 20, 30. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 14.

337

5,3. 2 Cor. 1,

Mapis

2. a treasury, a place where treasures
stores, are laid up, a store-house, store-room ;
Matt. 13, 52 οἰκοδεσπότης ὅστις ἐκβάλλει
ἐκ τοῦ ϑησ. αὐτοῦ καινά κτλ. ‘Trop. of the
storehouse of the mind, where the thoughts,
feelings, counsels are laid up, Matt. 12, 35
bis. Luke 6, 45 bis. Sept. pr. for “zis
Neh. 13, 12. 1 K. 7, 51. So pr. Diod. Sic.
17. 11. Xen. An. 5. 4. 27.~—Hence a chest,
box, casket, in which precious things are
kept, Matt. 2, 11 ἀνοίξαντες rods ϑησαυροὺς
αὐτῶν. So Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 2 ξύλινον ϑησαυ-
pov, comp. 2 K. 12, 10.

Suyydve, f. σίξομαι, aor. 2 ἔθιγον, a
lengthened present form instead of Siva,
which latter does not occur, Buttm. § 112.
11. §114; Ausf. Sprachl. § 112.14. 114.
—To touch, Lat. tango, c. gen. Heb. 12, 20
κἂν ϑηρίον Siyy τοῦ ὄρους, comp. Ex. 19, 12
where Sept. for 932 ; absol. Col. 2,21. (So
Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 5.) Spec.
to touch a person, to do him harm or vio-
lence, to harm, c. gen. Heb. 11, 28 ἵνα μὴ 6
ὀλοϑρεύων Siyn αὐτῶν. So Heb. 933 Gen.
26, 11. Josh. 9, 19. Sept. ἅπτομαι. So
Act. Thom. § 12 ὧν ai βλάβαι αὑταὶ οὐ ϑιγ-
γάνουσι.

δλίβω, f. yo, to ‘pres, lo press upon,
e. g. the lips by a kiss, Theocr. 20. 4.—In
N. T.

1. to press upon a person in a crowd, to
crowd, to throng, c. acc. Mark 3, 9 ἵνα μὴ
SAiBwow αὐτόν. So Ecclus. 16, 28. Arte-
mid. 2. 37. Plut. Pyrrh. 33.—Spec, to press
together, to compress; hence Pass. part.
τεϑλιμμένος, pressed together, made narrow ;
Matt. '7, 14 τεϑλιμμένη ἡ ὅδός narrow is the

way. Comp. Wisd. 15,'7 κεραμεὺς ἁπαλὴν

γῆν ϑλίβων. Plato Tim. 60. c.

2. Trop. to oppress with evils, zo afflict,
to distress, c. acc. 2 Thess. 1,6 rots σλί-
Bovow ὑμᾶς. Pass. 2 Cor. 1, 6. 4, 8. 7,5

_1 Thess. 3, 4. 2 Thess. 1, 7. 1 Tim. 5, 10.

Heb. 11, 37. Sept. for P"% Deut. 28,
53..55; ΔᾺΝ Hiph. 1 K. 8, 3'7.—Diod. Sic.
12. 66. Plut. Nicias 21.

Waris, ews, ἡ, (Ολίβω,) pressure, com-
pression, straiiness, Artemid. 1. 79. Hesych.
Mis: crévwors.—In N. T. trop. pressure
from evils, straits, affliction, distress, 2 Cor.
2,4 ἐκ πολλῆς ϑλίψεως καὶ συνοχῆς καρδίας
ἔγραψα. Phil. 1,16. Of a woman in tra-
vail, John 16,21. Sept. for "¥ Deut. 4, 30;
ΓΙῸΣ Neh. 9, 37. (1 Macc. 5, 16. 2 Macc.
1,7.) Meton. evils by which one is pressed,
affliction, distress, calamity, Matt. 13, 21
γενομένης δὲ ϑλίψεως. Acts.7, 10.11. Rom.
4. Heb. 10, 33. al. In ap-°

ϑνησκω

posit. Mark 18, 19 ἔσονται ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι
ϑλῖψις. With a synon. word, as ϑλῖψις
καὶ orevoxwpia Rom. 2, 9; SA. καὶ ἀνάγκη
2 Cor. 6,4. 1 Thess. 3,7. Sept. for “zx
Ps. 119,143; ΤΣ 1 Sam. 10,19. Is. 8,22.
So Ecclus. 51, 3. 1 Macc. 12,13. +

ϑινήσ. K@, f. ϑανοῦμαι, aor. 2 ἔϑανον, perf.
τέϑνηκα, Buttm. § 114; to die, in N. T. only
perf. réSynxa, inf. τεϑνάναι, to have died,
i. e. to be dead, in a present sense, Buttm.
§113. 7. Kiihner § 255. n. 5; so Matt. 2,
20. Mark 15, 44 εἰ ἤδη réSypxe. Luke 7, 12.
8,49. John 11, 21. 39. 41. 44. 12,1. 19,
33. Acts 14,19. 25,19. Trop. 1 Tim. 5,
6 ζῶσα τέϑνηκε, though living is dead, i. e.
as good as dead. Sept. for mia 2 Sam. 12,
18. 1 K.°21, 15.—Hdian. 8. 8. 19. Xen.
An, 2. 1. 3.

Swvnros, n, ὄν, (νήσκω,) mortal, 6. g.
σῶμα Rom. 6,12. 8, 11; σάρξ 2 Cor. 4,
11. Neut. τὸ ϑνητόν, the mortal nature,
mortality, 1 Cor. 15, 53. 54. 2 Cer. 5, 4.—
Sept. Is. 51, 12. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 7. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 19 bis.

SopuBala, f. dow, (SdpuBos,) to confuse
by noise, to disturb, to trouble, Pass. Luke
10,41 Lachm. where Rec. τυρβάζω.---Νοῖ
found elsewhere.

ϑορυβέω, &, f. how, (SépuB0s,) to make
a noise, uproar, clamour, spoken of a crowd
or. multitude, genr. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 8; as
applauding or dissenting, Diod. Sic. 1. 72.
Dem. 60. 27.—In N. T.

1. Mid. spoken of loud lamentation, wail-
ing, to make a noise together, among them-
selves, to wail together, Matt. 9, 23 ἰδὼν av-

λητὰς καὶ ὄχλον SopvBovpevoy. Mark 5, 39. 1

Acts 20,10. See 1 K. 13, 30. 2 Chr. 35,
οὔ. Jer. 34, 5. 2 Sam. 1, 12. Potter’s Gr.
Ant. II. p. 206. Lane’s Mod. Egyptians, II.
p- 286.

2. Trans. to set in an uproar, to excite
tumult in, e. g. a city, τὴν πόλιν Acts 17, 5.
—Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 68 καὶ ἐθορύβησαν
ἱκανῶς τὴν πόλιν. Pass. Soph. Aj. 164.

ϑόρυβος, ov, 6, (kindr. Spdos,) noise,
uproar, clamour, as of a crowd or multi-
tude.

1. Genr. Matt. 27, 24 μᾶλλον SdpuBos
γίνεται. Acts 21, 34. 24, 18. Sept. for
msimn Jer. 49, 2. So Luc. D. Deor. 12.
1. Xen. An. 1. 8. 16; of applause or disap-
proval Diod. Sic. 17. 15, Dem. 242. 26.—
Spec. of loud lamentation, wailing, Mark 5,
38 ; see in ϑορυβέω no. 1.

2. Of a popular commotion, tumult, Matt.
26, 5 ἵνα μὴ ϑόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῷ.

΄
-

998

Ὁριαμβεύω

Mark 14, 2. Acts 20, 1, comp. στάσις in
19, 40.—Hdian. 5. 8.15 τοὺς αἰτίους στά-
σεως καὶ ϑορύβου. ᾿
Spava, f. cw, Pass. perf. τέϑραυσμαι,
to break in pieces, to crush, 6. g. τοὺς λίϑους
Pol. 16. 1. 5. Hdot. 1. 174—In N. T. trop.
to break, to crush, sc. the strength of any
one ; hence Pass. perf. part. re3pavopévos
crushed, bruised, oppressed ; Luke 4, 18
ἀποστεῖλαι τεϑραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει, quoted
generally from Is. 61, 1.2, but with this
clause inserted from Is. 58, 6 where Sept.
for 7. So trop. of hope Hdian. 3. 2. 4.

Spéupa, Tos, τό, (τρέφω,) pr. nursling,
thing bred ; hence cattle, flocks, herds, John
4,12.—Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3. Hdian. 3. 9. 17.
Xen. Che. 20. 23.

. Spnvéw, ὦ, f. joo, (Sphvos,) to weep
aloud, to wail, to mourn, 6. g.

1. Intrans. and absol. John 16, 20 κλαύ-
cere καὶ Spnvncere ὑμεῖς. Sept. for sax
Ez..7,12; 22°F Joel 1, 5. Zeph. 1, 12.
So Al. V. H. 3. 18. Hdian. 4. 13. 14.—
Spec. of hired mourners wailing for the
dead, see in ϑορυβέω no. 1. Matt. 11, 17.
Luke 7,32. Sept. for 72 Mic. 2,4; ἼΣἿΡ
Jer. 9,16. So Hom. Il. 24. 722.

2. Trans. in later usage, to bewail, c. acc.
Luke 23, 27 καὶ ἐπρήνουν αὐτόν. Sept. for
pno"ht Jer. 51,8; ἸΣῚΡ Ez. 32, 16.—Luc.
Haley. 1. Hdian. 3. 4. 13.

Spivos, ov, 6, (Spé@, Bpéopar,) loud
weeping, wailing, Matt. 2, 18, quoted from
Jer. 31,15 where Sept. for “D5 also for
ΠΡ Am. 8, 10.—Diod. Sic. 1. 72. Xen.
Ag. 10. 3.

Spyoxela, as, ἢ; (SpnoKkevo, ϑρῆσκος,)
a worshipping, worship, service, e.g. 8)
With the idea of strictness or superstition,
Acts 26, 5. Col. 2,18 ϑρησκεία τῶν ἀγγέ-
λων, for which see fully in eSeAo%pyoxeia.
So Wisd. 14, 27. Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian. 5.
3. 12,17.. Ὁ) Genr. of God, i. q. religious-
ness, religion, piety, James 1, 26.27. So
Jos. Ant. 1. 13. 1.

Spiokos, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ϑρέω, Spéopar,
or tpéw,) fearing God, pious, religious,
James 1, 26.—Hesych. Spijokos+ εὐσεβής
v. εὐλαβής, δεισιδαίμων. .

SprapPedvo, f. co, (SpiapBos,) to tri-
umph, to hold a triumph, Plut. A¢mil. Paul.
5. Hdian. 1. 6. 16.—In N. T.

1. to lead in triumph, to triumph over, ¢.
accus. Col. 2, 15.—Plut. Comp. Thes. ¢.
Romul. 4, βασιλεῖς ἐπριάμβευσε καὶ ἡγεμό-
vas. Id. Arat. 54 fin.

2. Causat. to cause to triumph, like Heb.

Spl
Hiph. 6. acc. 2 Cor. 2,14; comp. μαϑητεύω
no. 2.—Comp. Plut. Camill. 30 ὁ δὲ Κάμιλ-
Ros ἐθριάμβευσε... τὸν σωτῆρα πατρίδος
γενόμενον.

Spl, τριχός, ἡ, a hair; Plur. τρίχες,
dat. ϑριξί, the hair, 6. σ΄. a) Of the
head; so Sing. Matt. 5, 36. Luke 21, 18 et
Acts 27, 34; comp. 1 Sam. 14, 45 et 1K.
1,52. Plur. Matt. 10, 30. Luke 7, 38. 44.
12, 7. John 11, 2. 12, 3. 1 Pet. 3, 3. Rev.
1,14. 9,8. Sept. for "9Y Num. 6, 5. 18.
Ezra 9,3. So Hdian. 4. 8. 18, Plato Polit.
270. 6. b) Of the hair of animals, Matt.
3, 4. Mark 1, 6. Rev. 9, 8. Sept. for n»y9
Ex. 25,4. 35, 6.24. So Luc. Alex. 12.
Xen. Ven. 4. 6. ib. 5.10.

Spo€éw, &, f. how, (Spdos, Spéw,) to make
a noise, clamour, tumult, Zischyl. Prom.
609. Jos. Ant. 19. 1. 16.—In N. T. and
late usage, trans. to disturb, to trouble, to
frighten; Pass. Matt. 24,6 μὴ ϑροεῖσϑε.
Mark 13, 7. 2 Thess. 2,2. Sept. for 7725
Cant. 5,4. So Test. XII Patr. p. 651.

Ὡρόμβος, ov, 6, α large drop; Luke 22,
44 ἱδρὼς ὡσεὶ ϑρόμβοι αἵματος, his sweat
was as it were great drops of blood.—Hdot.
- 1.179. AGschyl. Choeph. 531. Plato Crit.
120. a.

Spdvos, ov, ὃ, (obsol. Spdw, comp. Spa-
vos, ὥρῆνυς,) @ seat, pr. a high seat with a
footstool, Hom. Od. 1. 145. ib. 16. 408.
Xen. Conv. 9. 2, 3.—Later and in N. T. a
throne, as the emblem of regal authority.

1. Pr. as ascribed to kings, Luke 1, 52.
Acts 2, 30. Sept. for 882 1K. 10, 18.
Job 36, 7. (Hdian. 1. 8.8. Xen. An. 2. 1. 4.)
Also to God, as the sovereign of the uni-
verse, Matt. 5,34. 23,22. Acts '7, 49 (comp.
Is. 66, 1). Heb. 4,16. 12,2. al. Sept. and
NDD Ps. 47, 9. 103,19. al. To Jesus as
the Messiah, Matt. 19, 28. 25, 31. Rev. 3,
21. 20,11. al. Τὸ the apostles in the king-
dom of God, see in βασιλεύω no. 2, Matt.
19, 28. Luke 22, 30. Rev. 20,4; also sym-
bolically to the elders around God’s throne,
Rev. 4, 4. 11, 16.—Further, to Satan Rey.
2,13. 13, 2. (Act. Thom. ᾧ 39.) Symbol-
ically to the beast, Rev. 16, 10.

2. Meton.i.q. a) supreme power, do-
minion; Luke 1, 32 καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ τὸν
ϑρόνον Δαβίδ. Heb. 1,8 quoted from Ps.
45, 7 where Sept. for 82, as also 2 Sam.
3, 10. 7, 13.16. So Wisd. 7,8. 8) a@
potentate, higher power; Col. 1, 16 εἴτε
ϑρόνοι κτὰ. where ϑρόνοι is spoken gene-
rally of earthly or of celestial potentates
i. e. archangels.
where the seven heavens and classes of an-

339

So Test. XII-Patr. p. 548,

Svivos

gels are described, in the seventh are said
to be ϑρόνοι, ἐξουσίαι, ἐν ᾧ (οὐρανῷ) det
ὕμνοι τῷ ϑεῷ προσφέροντα. +
Θυάτειρα;, wy, τά, Thyatira, a city of
Asia Minor, anciently called Pelopia and
Euhippia (Plin. 5. 31), now Ak-hissar, situ-
ated on the confines of Lydia and Mysia,
near the river Lycus, between Sardis and
Pergamus ; Acts 16, 14. Rev. 1, 11. 2,18.
24. It was a Macedonian colony (Strabo
13. p. 625) ; and was famous for the art of
dyeing purple; see the inscription found
there, in Spon Miscell. erud. antig. p. 113,
and in Kuinoel on Acts 1. c. See Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 179, 221 sq. O. v. Rich-
ter Wallf. p. 509.

Suyarip, τέρος, τρός, 7, see Buttm. § 47.

1. a daughter, Matt. 9, 18. 10, 35. 37.
14,6. 15, 22. 28. Mark 5, 35. 6, 22. '7, 26.
29. 30. Luke 2, 36. 8, 42. 49. 12, 53 bis.
Acts 2,17. 7,21. 21,9. Heb. 11,24. Sept.
for M2 Gen. 5, 4. 7. al. sepiss. (Xen. Cyr.
3. 3. 3.) Trop. as expressing a relation of -
kindness and tenderness ; 2 Cor. 6, 18 εἰς
υἱοὺς καὶ ϑυγατέρας 86. ϑεοῦ, comp. Jer. 31,
1.9. Also the vocat. in a direct address,
Matt. 9,22 Sdpoet Siyarep. Mark 5, 34.
Luke 8, 48. So Sept. and "2 Ruth 2, 8.
3, 10. 11.

2. From the Heb. a daughter, i. q. a fe-
male descendant. Luke 13, 16 Svy. ᾿Αβραάμ.
1,5 ἐκ τῶν Svy. ’Aapov. So Sept. and ma ~
Gen. 36, 2. Ex. 2, 1. al.

3. From the Heb. put before names of
places, 6. g. Luke 23, 28 ϑυγατέρες ‘Iepou-
σαλήμ daughters of Jerusalem, i. e. born
and living there, female inhabitants. So
Sept. and 7.123 Cant. 2, 7. 3,5; Mi23
7S Is. 3, 16. 17. 4, 4—Hence Sing. 3v-
γατὴρ Σιών daughter of Sion, pr. collect.

for the inhabitants of Sion, and in poet. per-

sonification put for Sion itself i. e. Jerusa-
lem, Matt. 21, 5 et John 12, 15, quoted
from Zech. 9,9. See Gesen. Comm. on
Is. 1, 8. Heb. Lex. ma no. 5. Sept. and
Heb. }i®% %2 Zech. 1. c. Is. 1, 8. 10, 32.

Suydrpiov, ov, τό, (dimin. ϑυγατήρ,)
a little daughter, female child, Mark 5, 23.
7; 25.—Athen. 13. p. 581. c.

ϑυέλλα, ns; 9, (σύω,) a tempest, whirl-
wind, Heb. 12, 18. Sept. for -292 Deut.
4, 11.—Hom. Od. 5. 317. Luc. Contempl. 7.
Plut. Camill. 33.

Swivos, ἡ; ον, (Svia,) thyine, Rev. 18,12
ξύλον Svivov, thyine wood, citron wood ; see
Wetstein ad loc.—The Svia or ϑύα was an
evergreen African tree with aromatic wood,

ϑυμίαμα

from which statues and costly vessels and
ceilings were made, Lat. citrus ; prob. the
Thwa articulata of Linn. See Celsii Hie-
rob. II. p. 22sq. Rosenm. Alterthk. IV. i.
p. 251. ~
Suplapa, ατος, τό, (Supidw,) incense,
burnt in religious worship, Rev. 5, 8. 8, 3.
4. 18,13. Sept. for MI&P Ex. 30,7. 8. al.
So Diod. Sic. 1. 62. Plato Rep. 373. a.—
Meton. Luke 1, 10. ὥρα rod Sup. and v. 11
ϑυσιαστήριον τοῦ Sup. the hour and aliar of
incense, i. e. for burning incense. Sept.
συσιαστήριον τοῦ Sup. for NIBP Ex. 30,
1. 27,
υμιατήριον, ίου, τό, (ϑυμιάω.) the al-
tar of incense, Heb. 9, 4; comp. Ex. 37,
25sq. This altar, which was in the outer
sanctuary, is here reckoned to the inner
sanctuary, as standing directly before and
pertaining to the ark, Ex. 40, 5. So Jos.
Ant. 3. 6. 8.—Others, @ censer, which
however is nowhere mentioned ; Sept. for
MP2 2 Chr. 26,19. Ez. 8,11. So Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 3. Thuc. 6. 46.
Supido, ὦ, f. dow, (Siva, ϑσύω,) ἰὸ
turn incense, absol. Luke 1,9 ἔλαχε τοῦ
Supdoa. Sept. for MYPH Ex. 30,7. 8. al.
—Diod. Sic. 1. 84. Plut. de Fac. in Lun.
24 fin.
ϑυμομαχέω, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (Sods, payo-
_pat,) to fight wrathfully, desperately, Diod.
Sic. 17. 33. Pol. 9. 40. 4.—In N. T. to be
indignant at, to be enraged against, c. dat.
Acts 12, 20. So πρός τινα Plut. Themist.
16 init.
ϑυμός, οὗ, 6, (ϑύω, see Plato Cratyl.
419.e,) pr. mind, soul, 6. g. as the principle
of life Hom. Il. 4. 4710, 524. ib. 16. 748 ; as
the seat of the will, desire, Il. 6. 439, 444.
Hdot. 1. 13 or of the emotions, passions,
Il. 1. 196. Od. 4. 366. ib. 14. 361. Theocr.
2. 61.—Hence genr. and in N. T. passion,
i. e. violent commotion of mind, indignation,
anger, wrath ; differing from ὀργή in that it
denotes the mind roused to anger, while ép-
yf is anger itself, the emotion, including
the desire of revenge ; see Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 131 sq. Luke 4, 28 ἐπλήσθησαν
πάντες Supod. Acts 19, 28. Eph. 4, 31 Sv-
uds καὶ ὀργή. Col. 3, 8. Heb. 11, 27. Rev.
12,12. Sept. for #8 Gen. 49, 6. 7; 730
1K. 11, 20. (Hdian. 8. 11. 17. Al. V. H.
1.14. Xen. Eq. 9. 2.) Plur. Supol, bursis of
wrath, 2 Cor. 12, 20. Gal. 5, 20. So Jos.
B. J. 4. 5. 2. init. Plut. Coriolan. 1. Plato
Prot. 323. e—Spoken of God, and inclu-
ding the idea of punishment, punitive judg-

340

Supa

ments, Rev. 15, 1. Rom, 2, 8 ϑυμὸς καὶ op-
γή; indignation and wrath, the direst judg-
ments ; comp. Sept. and Heb. 98 Jer. 36,
7. Ez. 5,13; 5 Gen. 27, 44. Further,
by the Heb. prophets Jehovah is represented

_as giving to the nations in his wrath an in-

toxicating cup, so that they reel and stagger
to destruction ; hence also in Ν, T. οἶνος τοῦ
ϑυμοῦ τοῦ Seod, the wine of the wrath of God,

Rev. 14, 10, 16, 19, also 14,8. 18, 33; and
- with οἶνος impl. Rev. 15, 7. 16,1. See

Sept. and Heb. Jer. 25,15. 49,12. 51, ἡ.
Is. 51, 17. Job 21,20, Ez. 23, 31. 32. 33.
al. Heb. Lex. art. 073. By a similar figure,
ἡ Anvos τοῦ ϑυμοῦ τοῦ Leow, the wine-press
of the wrath of God, Rev. 14, 19 et 19,15
in allusion to Is. 63,3; where see Gesen.
Comm.

δυμόω, &, f. dco, (Supéds,) to provoke
to anger, Pass. to be angry, to be wroth,
Matt. 2, 16. Sept. for 4 Judg. 14, 19.
—Pol. 5. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 11.

Spa, as, ἡ, a door, Germ. Thiir ; comp.
Sanscr. dvara, Lat. fores. Plur. ai Svpat,
doors, perh. double or folding doors.

1. a door, forming and closing the entrance
into a house or other building, or into an
apartment or enclosure. a) Pr. and genr.
Matt. 6, 6 κλείσας τὴν ϑύραν cov. 25, 10.
Luke 11, 7. 13, 24. 25 bis. Acts 12, 13
τὴν Svpayv τοῦ πυλῶνος, i. 6. a small door,
wicket, ina larger. Plur. John 20, 19. 26.
Acts 5,19. 16, 26.27. 21, 30. Symbolical-
ly, Rev. 3, 20 bis. 4, 1. Sept. for n>
Gen. 19, 6. 9. 10; MMB Ez. 8, 8. 40, 12.
(Diod. Sic. 18. 71. Xen. Cyr. '7. 5. 22. Ag.
8.7.) With prepositions: δεὰ τῆς Svpas
John 10, 1. 2; ἐπὶ τῇ ϑύρᾳ Acts 5, 9;
also ἐπὶ ϑύραις, at the doors, trop. near at
hand, Matt. 24, 33. Mark 13, 29; πρὸ τῆς
Svpas Acts 12, 6; also πρὸ τῶν ϑυρῶν Acts
5, 23; trop. James 5, 9; πρὸς τὴν ϑύραν
Mark 1, 33. 11, 4. Acts 3, 2; also ra
πρὸς τὴν ϑύραν, i. q. τὸ πρόϑυρον, the vesti-
bule, porch, Mark 2, 2 (comp. τὰ πρόϑυρα
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 22); also πρὸς τῇ ϑύρᾳ
John 18,16. 6) Trop. a door, i. 4. access,

. opportunity, 6. g. ἀνοίγειν τὴν ϑύραν to set

open a door, ἴο give free access, opportunity,
Acts 14, 97." 00]. 4, 3; Pass. 1 Cor. 16, 9.
2 Cor. 2, 12. Rev. 3, 8 ϑύρα ἀνεωγμένη, an
open door, i. e. free and abundant access to
privileges and blessings. See in ἀνοίγω
no. 1. b.—Meton. one who is the medium of
access or approach, John 10, 7. 9 ἐγώ εἶμι
ἡ ϑύρα τῶν προβάτων, comp. Ignat. ad Phi-
lad. 9 (Χριστὸς) ἡ ϑύρα rod πατρός, Ov ἧς
εἰσέρχονται ᾿Αβραὰμ. καὶ οἱ προφῆται.

Supeds

2. Meton. a door, door-way, the entrance

or passage into any place, e. g. into a cave

or sepulchre, i. q. the mouth, Matt. 27, 60.

28,2. Mark 15, 46. 16, 3.—Jos. Ant. 10.
11. 6. Hom. Od. 9. 243. ib. 13. 109, 370.

Supeds, ov, 6, (Svpa,) pr. @ door, i. e.

a stone for closing the entrance of a cave,

Hom. Od, 9. 240, 313, 340.—In later

Greek and in N. T. a shield, large and of

an oblong shape like a door, trop. Eph. 6, |

16 τὸν Supedy τῆς πίστεως. Sept. for }372
2 Sam. 1, 21; ΓΞ 1 Sam. 17, 42.—Pol. 6.
28... Diod. Sic. 5. 30.. Plut. Romul. 17.
See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 366.

Supls, ios, ἡ, (dimin. Svdpa,) a litile
door, aperture, Pol. 12, 25. 3. Plato Rep.
359. d—lIn N. T. a@ window, Acts 20, 9 κα-
ϑήμενος ἐπὶ rhs Supidos, Engl. wa window.
2 Cor. 11, 33. Sept. for 71253 Josh. 2, 15.
Judg. 5, 28.. So Plut. Cato Min. 2. Luc.
Asin. 45.

ϑυρωρός, od, 6, 4, (ϑύρα, odpos,) a door-
keeper, porter, male or female, Mark 13, 34
éSvp. John 18, 16. 17 ἡ Sup. Of a shep-
herd keeping watch at the door of ἃ fold,
John 10, 3.—Sept. 2 Sam. 4, 6. Luc. Na-
vig. 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 20.

. ϑυσία, as, ἡ, (Sé@,) sacrifice,i.e. 1. The

act and rite of sacrificing, sacrifice, mac-
tation, Matt. 9,13 et 12, 7 ἔλεον ϑέλω καὶ
οὐ ϑυσίαν, quoted from Hos. 6, 6 where
Sept. for M2. Heb. 9, 26 διὰ τῆς ϑυσίας
αὑτοῦ. 11,4. So Heb. 10, 5. 8, quoted from
Ps. 40, '7 where Sept. for "33. (Hdian.
5. 6. 21. Luc. Sacrif. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.
34.) Of an expiatory sacrifice for sin, Eph.
5, 2. Heb. 5, 1 ϑυσία ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν. 7, 27.
8,3. 9,9. 23. 10,1. 11.12.26. So Heb.
MEN comp. Lev. c. 4. 6. 95 see in duap-
ria no. 2.

2. Meton. the thing sacrificed, a sacrifice,
victim, the flesh of victims, part of which
was burned on the altar, and part given to
the priests, see Lev. 6. 2. c. 3. Mark 9, 49
πᾶσα Svoia ἁλὶ ἁλισϑήσεται, comp. Ley. 2,
13 where Sept. for 422. Mark 12, 33.
Luke 13,1. Acts 7, 41. 42. 1 Cor. 10, 18
οἱ ἐσθίοντες Tas ϑυσίας who eat of the vic-
tims, as was done by the priests and per-
sons offering the sacrifice, see Lev. 8, 31.
Deut. 12, 6. '7. 18. 27. 1 Sam. 2,13 sq.
(Sept. and M3 Deut. 12, 27. Ex. 34, 15.)
Of birds as a sin-offering, Luke 2, 24;
comp. Lev. 12,6. So genr. Hdian. 8. 6. 14,
Luc. Sacrif. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.—Trop.
1 Pet. 2, 5 πνευματικαὶ ϑυσίαι, comp. Ps. 51,
19. Rom. 12, 1 παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα Su-
olay ζῶσαν, see in ζάω no. 1. Ὁ.

341

Sdpak

3. Trop. of service, obedience, praise, of-
fered to God, offering, oblation, Phil. 2, 17
Svola τῆς πίστεως. 4,18. So ϑυσία aive-
σέως, an offering of praise, Heb. 13, 15. 16.
Sept. for ΠῚ τ M3t Ps. 107, 22. 116, 17;
comp. 50, 23.

υσιαστήριον, ov, τό, (ϑυσιάζω,) an |
altar, genr. Matt. 5, 23, 24. 23, 18. 19. 20.
Rom. 11, 3. Heb. 7, 13. James 2, 21.
Sept. for 219 Gen. 8, 20. 12, 7. al. sap.
So Philo de Vit. Mos. ΠΙ. p. 151. 13, τὸν δ᾽
ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ βωμὸν ciw%e καλεῖν ϑυσιαστή-
ptov.—Spec. of the altar for burnt offerings
in the temple, before the outer sanctuary,
Matt. 23,35. Luke 11, 51; so 1 Cor. 9,13
bis, et 10, 18 κοϊνωνοὶ τοῦ Suc. and Heb. 13
10 φαγεῖν ἐκ rod ϑυσ. i.e. of the victims
laid upon the altar. Symbolically in heaven,
Rev. 6, 9. 11,1. 14, 18. 16, 7 ἤκουσα τοῦ
Sue. λέγοντος i. 6. a voice from the altar.
(Sept. and 372 Ex, 30, 28. 35, 16. Jos.
Ant. 8.4.1.) Of the altar of incense in
the temple, overlaid with gold, comp. Ex.
37, 25 sq. 1 Macc.’1, 21; so pr. Luke 1,
115; symbolically in heaven, Rev. 8, 3 bis.
5. 9, 13. Sept. and Mara Ex. 30, 27.
35, 15. :

Sta, f. ica, Pass. perf. τέϑυμαι, aor. 1
ἐτύϑην, Buttm. § 18. n. 2. ὁ 95. n. 4.

1. to sacrifice, to kill and offer in sacri-
fice, to slay victims; absol. Acts 14, 13
Here Svew. With dat. v.18; acc. and dat.
1 Cor. 10, 20 bi® Sept. for may Gen. 46,
1. Ex. 3, 18. al. sep. So Hdian. 2. 13. 4.
Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 4. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 8. 3. ib.
2. 2. 13.—Spec. τὸ πάσχα ϑύειν, to kill
the passover, the paschal lamb, as a species
of sacrifice, Mark 14, 12. Luke 22,7. 1 Cor.
5,7. Sept. and Heb. "O83 MIt Deut. 16,
2. 4. 5.6; also Sept. for MOBI ONY Ex.
12, 21.

2. Simply to kill, to slaughter, e. g. ani-
mals for a feast, inasmuch as sacrifices
were connected with feasting ; see in ϑυσία
no. 2, and comp. Gen. 31, 54. 1 Sam. 9, 12.
So Matt. 22, 4. Luke 15, 23 τὸν μόσχον
τὸν σιτευτὸν ϑύσατε. V.27. 30. Acts 10, 13.
11,7; genr. John 10,10. Sept. and may
1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 Κ΄ 19, 21. Deut. 12, 15.

Θωμᾶς, a, ὃ, Thomas, (Heb. 88 twin,)
one of the twelve apostles, also called Aidu-
μος 4. v. Matt. 10, 3. Mark 3,18. Luke 6,
15. John 11, 16. 14, 5. 20, 24. 26. 27. 28.
29. 21,2. Acts 1, 13.

ώραξ, axos, ὃ, a breast-plate, cuirass,
Lat. lorica, i. e. armour covering the body
from the neck to the thighs, consisting of

᾿Ιάειρος

two parts, one covering the front and the
other the back, Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 29.
Dict. of Antt. art. Lorica. So pr. Rev. 9,
9 bis. 17. Sept. for yi 1 Sam. 17, 5.
Neh. 4,16. So All. V. H. 3.24. Xen. Mem.

"Tdexpos, ov, 6, Jairus, Hebrew “"8%
(whom God enlightens) Jair, a ruler of a
synagogue, Mark 5, 22. Luke 8, 41.

᾿Ιακώβ, 6, indec. Jacob, Heb. 3p"
(heel-catcher, supplanter, Gen. 25, 26. 27,
36), pr. ἢ. of two persons in N. T.

1. The patriarch of the Jewish nation,
Matt. 1, 2. Luke 13, 28. Acts '7, 8. 12. 14.
al. Trop. for the posterity of Jacob, the
Jewish people, Rom. 11, 26. Josephus
writes the name Ἰάκωβος, Ant. 1. 18. 1 sq.

2. The father of Joseph the husband of
Mary, Matt. 1, 15. 16, 24

᾿Ιάκωβος, ov, 6, pr. i. ᾳ. Ἰακώβ q. ν.
James, pr. τι. of three persons in N. T. in-
cluding two of the apostles.

1. James the son of Zebedee, the elder
and own brother of John, Matt. 4, 21. 10,2.
Mark 3, 17. Acts 1, 13. al. He was put
to death by the elder Herod Agrippa about
A. D. 44, Acts 12, 2.

2. James the Less, 6 μικρός, Mark 15, 40,
the brother of Jude, Ἰούδας ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ
Ἰακώβου Jude 1. Acts 1, 13. Luke 6, 16;
and like him the son of Mary sister to our
Lord’s mother and wife of Clopas or Al-
pheus, Matt. 27, 56. Luke 24, 10, comp.

John 19, 25; hence called the son of Α1]-

pheus Matt. 10, 3. Mark 3,18. Luke 6, 15.
Acts 1, 13; and also once the brother i. 6.
kinsman of our Lord, ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ κυρίου
Gal. 1,19. So also Acts 12, 17. 15, 13.
21,18. Gal. 2, 9.12. James 1, 1; prob. also
1 Cor. 15,7. According to Josephus, Ant.
20. 9. 1, James 6 ἀδελφὸς Ἰησοῦ τοῦ λεγο-
μένου Χριστοῦ, (prob. the apostle.) was put
to death by the younger Ananus, who was
high priest after the death of Festus and
before the arrival of his successor Albinus,
about A. D. 64.

3. James, a son of Mary and uterine bro-
ther of Jesus, Matt. 13, 55. Mark 6, 3;
comp. John 2,12. Others refer these pas-
sages to no. 2; taking ἀδελφοί in the wider
sense of kinsmen; but the mention of
ἀδελφαί, sisters, restricts the signification.
Jesus also is spoken of as the first-born of
΄

942

ἐάομαι

3. 10. 9.—-Trop. Eph. 6, 14 τὸν Sép. τῆς
δικαιοσύνης. 1 Thess. 5,8 Sap. πίστεως
Comp. Sept. Is. 59, 17. Wisd. 5, 18.—In

late writers Sépag is also the breast, chest
thorax, see Passotv. "i

Mary, never as her only son, Matt. 1, 25.
Luke 2, 7; and his brethren are said not to
have believed in him long after his kinsmen
James and Jude were among the apostles;
John ἢ, 5. Mark 3,21. +

ἴαμα, aros, τό, (ἰάομαι,) healing, cure;
as χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων 1 Cor. 12, 9. 28. 30.
Sept. for mytp> Jer. 46, 11 > xp Jer. 33,
6.—Pol. 7. 14. 2. Plato Tim. 66. c.

᾿Ιαμβρῆς, οὗ, 6, Jambres, see Ἰαννῆς.

᾿Ιαννά, ὁ, indec. Janna, pr. n. of ἃ man,
Luke 3, 24.

Ἰαννῆς, οὔ, 6, Jannes, and Ἰαμβρῆς

Jambres, pr. names of two of the Egyptian

magicians who withstood Moses, 2 Tim. 3,
8; comp. Ex.'7,11-sq. Not found in O. T.
but derived by Paul from a popular tradition,
preserved in the Targums, Talmud, and
Rabbins. See Buxtorf Lex. Rab. Talm. 945.
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V.'T. 1. p. 816. Wetst.
N. T. in loc.

ἰάομαι, Gpa, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. depon. to
heal, to cure, in the present, impf. ἰώμην,
and aor. 1 ἰασάμην ; while Pass. perf. ἴα-
pat, aor. 1 ἰάϑην, and fut. 1 ἰαϑήσομαι, have
the passive sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6. So
6. acc. Luke 5,17 εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσϑαι αὐτούς.
6, 19. 9,2. 11. 42. 14, 4. 22, 51. John 4,
47. Acts 10, 38. 28, 8. Pass. Matt. 8, 8
καὶ ἰαϑήσεται ὁ παῖς pov. v. 13. 15, 28.
Luke 7,7. 8, 47. 17,15. John 5, 13. Acts
3,11. 9, 34. Pass. with ἀπό τινος, to be
healed from or of any thing, Mark 5, 29.
Luke 6,17. Sept. for NB Gen. 20, 17.
2 K. 20, 8. So Pol. 5. 11. 1. Xen. Ven. 1.
6. Mem. 3. 1. 4.—Trop. of moral diseases,
to heal, to save, sc. from the consequences
of one’s sins, Matt. 13, 15 μήποτε... ém-
στρέψωσι καὶ ἰάσωμαι αὐτούς. John 12, 40
et Acts 28, 27 quoted from Is. 6, 10 where
Sept. for δ 5. So Luke 4, 18 (comp. Is.
61, 1). Heb. 12, 13. James 5, 16 εὔχεσϑε
ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων, ὅπως ἰαϑῆτε. 1 Pet. 2,24 οὗ
τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἰάϑητε, comp. Is. 53, 5.
Sept. for 859 Is. 53, 5. 61, 1; and parall.
with σώζειν Jer. 17, 14. /

Ἰάρεδ

᾿Ιάρεδ, ὃ, indec. Jared, Heb. 73 (de-
scent), pr. n. of a man Luke 3, 37.
ἴασις, ews, ἡ, (ἰάομαι,) healing, cure,

Luke 13, 32. Acts 4, 22. 30. Sept. for

minb™ Prov. 3, 8; RBI Prov. 4, 22.—
Plut. Gryll. 9. Plato Phedr. 248. ἃ.

ἴασπις, Sos, }, jasper, (Heb. ABD") a
precious stone of various colours, as purple,
cerulean, but mostly green; Rev. 4, 3. 21,
11. 18. 19. See Rosenm. Bibl: Alterthk.
IV. i. p. 43. Sept. for ppt Ez. 28, 13.—
᾿ Plato Phedo 110. d.

᾿Ιάσων, ονος, 6, Jason, a kinsman of
Paul, Rom. 16, 21; and his host at Berea,
Acts 17, 5. 6. '7. 9.

ἰατρός, od, 6, (ἰάομαι,) a physician,
Mark 5, 26 πολλὰ παϑοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ia-
τρῶν. Matt. 9, 12. Mark 2, 17. Luke 4, 23.
5, 31. 8,43. Col. 4,14. Sept. for xp5 2 Chr.
16, 12.—Hdian. 3.15.4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51.

ie, once ἐδέ Gal. 5,2 Rec. ἴδε being
the later form instead of id¢ Imperat. aor. 2
of εἶδον to see; comp. in εἴδω I. init.—In
N. T. asa particle of exclamation, see, lo, be-
hold,e.g. 8) Ascalling attention to some-
thing present, Matt. 25, 20. 22. 25. Mark
11,21. Addressed to several or many, Mark
3, 34. John 1, 29. 48. 7, 26. 11,36. 19, 4.
5.14. Ὁ) In the sense of behold, observe,
sonsider! Mark 15, 4. John 5, 14. Gal. 5, 2.
c) With an acc. retaining its verbal power,
John 20, 27 ἴδε τὰς χεῖράς pov. Rom. 11,
22.
ἰδέα, as, ἡ, (εἴδω,) aspect, appearance,
Matt. 28,3. Sept. for my Dan. 1, 13.
15.—Diod. Sic. 1. 12. Thuc. 6. 4.
ἴδιος, ia, ov, own, one’s own, i. 6.
1. one’s own, as pertaining to a private
person and not to the public, private, parti-
cular, individual ; opp. to δήμιος Hom. Od.
3. 82; to δημόσιος Xen. Vect. 4. 21; to
κοινός Jos. Β. J. 4. 4.1. Xen. Hi. 11: 1.
Hence in N. T. adverbially; 4) Dat.
ἰδίᾳ, individually, severally, (opp. δημοσίᾳ
Xen. Hi. 11.9; κοινῇ Mem. 2. 6. 38,) 1 Cor.
12, 11 διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καϑὼς Bovde-
ται. See Buttm. ὁ 11. 4. So Lue. Tox. 49.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 84. b) κατ᾽ ἰδέαν, pri-
vately, by oneself, apart from others ; so of
an individual, alone, Matt. 14, 13. 23 ἀνέβη
εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. 17, 1. Mark 6, 31.
al. Of several as apart from all others,
Matt. 17, 19. Mark 4, 34. 9,2. 28. Acts 23,
19. Gal. 2, 2. al. So Jos. B. J.4.5.5. Pol.
4. 84. 8; opp. κοινῇ 2 Mace. 4, 5.
2. one’s own, as belonging to oneself and
not to another, own, proper, peculiar ; opp.

343

ἴδιος

to ἀλλότριος Epict.. Ench. 1. 8. Plut. de
Defect. Orac. 34 init. Thus ἡ

a) Implying ownership, that of which
one is himself the owner, possessor, pro-
ducer, my own, thy own, his own, etc. α)
Of things Matt. 22,5 εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν.
25,15 ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν. Mark -
15, 20 ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ ἱμάτια τὰ ἴδια.
Luke 6, 41. 44. John 5, 48 ἐν ὀνόματι τῷ

. ἰδίῳ. 7, 18. 10, 8. 4. Acts 20, 28. 28, 80.

Rom. 10, 8 τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην. 14, 5.
1 Tim. 3, 4. 5. 2 Pet. 1,20 ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως
(see in ἐπίλυσις). 3, 17. al. So εἰς τὴν

ἰδίαν πόλιν, one’s own city, where one re-

sides Matt. 9,1; or the seat of one’s family
Luke 2, 3; ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι John 4, 44.
Pleonast. with a genit. of person added.
John 10, 12 οὗ οὐκ εἴσι τὰ πρόβατα ἴδια.
2 Pet. 8, 8. 16. (Sept. Job 2,11. Hdian. 4.
11. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.13; with gen. added,
Dem. 1244. 24. Plato Menex. p. 247. b.
Gorg. p. 502. 6. See Lob, ad Phryn. p. 441.)
Hence ra idza, one’s own things, genr.
possessions, property, Luke 18, 28 in Mss.
(Xen. Hi. 10. 5.) Spec. one’s own house,
home, John 19, 27 ἔλαβεν 6 μαϑητὴς αὐτὴν
εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 16, 32. Acts 21,6. (Sept. for
‘im.a Esth. 5, 10. Pol. 2. 57.5.) Also, own
nation, people, John 1, 11 ἦλϑεν εἰς τὰ ἴδια.
Farther, πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια to do one’s own
business, duties, 1 Thess. 4, 11 (comp.
Phryn. et Lob. p. 441) ; λαλεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων
to speak out of one’s own thoughts, heart,
character, John 8, 44. 8) Of persons,
marking with emphasis their peculiar rela-
tion; 6. g. ἴδιος ἀδελφός John 1, 42; ἴδιος
ἀνήρ own husband 1 Cor. 7, 2; δεσπότης
1 Tim. 6,15; δοῦλος Matt. 25, 145; κύριος
Rom. 14, 4; πατήρ John 5, 18; vids Rom.
8,32; συμφυλέται own countrymen 1 Thess.
2, 145; ἴδ. προφῆται their own prophets,
of their own country, 1 Thess. 2, 15; and
with a genit. added, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης
Tit. 1, 12; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 441.
Winer § 22. 7. (Paleph. 31. 5. Hdian. 2.
6.19.) Hence of ἴἔδεοει, one’s own house-
hold, family, 1 Tim. 5,8; own friends, com--
panions, John 13,1. Aéts 4, 23. 24, 23;
own people, countrymen, John 1, 11. Neut.
collect. τὸ ἴδιον, its own, of persons, John
15,19. So genr: 2 Mace. 12, 22. Jos. B.
J. 4. 4, 6—Sometimes ἔδιος is thus put in-
stead of a possessive pronoun, without em-
phasis, e. g. Matt. 22, 5 (parall. αὑτοῦ). ᾿
25,14. John 1, 42. 1 Pet. 3, 1. 5. See
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 441. Winer § 22. 7.

b) own, in the sense of peculiar, particu-
lar, as distinguishing one person or thing .
from others, 6. g. ἰδία διάλεκτος Acts 1, 19,

ἰδιώτης | 344

2, 6.8; ἰδ. δεισιδαιμονία 25,19; ἰδ. χά-
ρισμα 1 Cor. 7, '7.—Hdot. 4. 18. Diod. Sic.
11. 26. Plato Gorg. 481. ο.

6) As denoting that which in its nature
or by appointment pertains in any way to a
person or thing, own, proper, appropriate ;
e.g. Acts 13, 36 Δαβὶδ μὲν yap ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ

ὑπηρετήσας, his own generation, in wed
he lived.’ 1 Cor. 3, 8 τὸν ἴδιον μισϑόν....
πον. 15, 28. Jude 6. Acts 1, 25 εἰς τὸν

ἴδιον τόπον to his own place, i.e. appropriate

and appointed for him. (Ignat. ad Magn. § 5,
ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν ἴδιον τόπον μέλλει χωρεῖν.)
So καιρὸς ἴδιος, καιροὶ ἴδιοι, own time, i. e.
due, proper time, as determined of God, Gal.
6,9. 1 Tim. 2, 6. 6,15. Tit. 1,3. +

ἰδιώτης, ov, 6, (ἴδιος,) α private citizen,
opp. to one ina public station, Al. V. H.

4. 5. Xen. Ag. 11. 6; ἃ private soldier, —

Xen. An. 1. 3. 11.—In N. T. one untaught,
unlearned, ignorant; Acts 4, 13 ἄνδρ. ἀ-
γράμματοι καὶ ἰδιῶται. 1 Cor. 14, 16... 23.
24; c. dat, 2 Cor. 11, 6 ἰδιῴτης τῷ λόγῳ,
rude in speech. So Ail. V. H. 4. 15. Xen.
Mem. 3. 7.7; c. gen. Plato Prot. 345. a.

Xen. Mag. Eq. 8.1. See Wetst. N. T. II. .

p. 161, 206.

ἰδού, a demonstr. particle, Jo! behold!
(pr. for ἰδοῦ imperat. of aor. Mid. εἰδόμην,)
serving to call attention to some fact, action,
or event ; usually put at the beginning of
a clause or only with καί before it, but some-
times in the middle of a clause before words

‘which are to be particularly noted, 6. g.
Matt. 23, 34. Luke 13, 16. Acts 2, 7.

1. Usually before a nominative and finite
verb, Matt. 1,20 ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου Kar
dup ἐφάνη αὐτῷ. 2, 1.13. Mark 3, 32.
Luke 2, 10. John 4,35. Acts 9,11. al. sep.
So in quotations from the O. T. Matt. 1,23.
21,5. Mark 1,2. Rom. 9,33 ; comp. respect-
ively Is. '7, 14. Zech. 9, 9. Mal. 3,1. Is, 28,
16, in all which Sept. and 5353.—Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 20. 10. Plato Rep. 440. a.

2. From the Heb. with a nominative sim-
ply, where however the verb of existence
is implied; Matt. 3,17 ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν
οὐρανῶν. Luke 5,12. John 19, 26. 27. Acts
8, 27. 36 ἰδοὺ ὕδωρ. 2 Cor. 6, 2. Rev. 6, 2.
So Sept. and 3 Josh. 9, 25, and so 737
Num. 23,17. Gen. 47, 1. 8]. where Sept. in-
setts efvar.—Before ἐγώ or an’ equivalent
word, expressing resignation, obedience,
Luke 1, 38 ἰδού, ἡ δούλη κυρίου. Heb. 2, 13
quoted from Is. 8, 18 where Sept. for 727
"238. So in answers, Acts 9, 10 ἰδοὺ é syd

Sept. for "30 Gen. 22,11. 1 Sam. 3,8
s. 6, 8. 4

ἱεράτευμα ᾿
᾿Ιδουμαία, as, ἡ, Τάϊιπιοα, only Mark
8, 8. Heb. poy Edom, and “yy sh
Mount δεῖν, the name Idumea being the
softened Greek pronunciation for nosy, Jos.
Ant. 2.1.1. This country lay to the S. E.
of Palestine along the great valley el-Ara-

bah, which extends from the Dead Sea to
the gulf of ’Akabah,and chiefly onitseastern .

side which is rough and mountainous. Here
dwelt the descendants of Esau, who were
always hostile to the Jews; they were con-
quered by David, 2 Sam. 8, 14; but were

first completely subdued by John Hyrcanus °

about 125 B. C. Jos. Ant. 13.9.1. During
the Jewish exile they had taken /osses-
sion of the southern parts of Palestine as
far as Hebron, so that the later name Idu-
mea sometimes includes this region; comp.
1 Mace. 5, 65 with Ez. 36,5. Jos. Ant. 12.
8.6. B. J. 13.9.1. 6. Ap. 9 [10]. Fora
description of Idumea, see Reland Palest. p.
66 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 506-580 ;
espec. p. 555sq. Ritter’s Erdkunde, Th.
XII. p. 111-140. Th. XTV. Ῥ. 1103—1141.

ἱδρώς, ὥτος, 6, (ἶδος,) sweat, Luke 22,
44. Sept. for myx Gen. 3, 19.—Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 15. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.

᾿Ιεζάβελ, ἡ, indec. Jezebel, Heb. >3t°8
(non-cohabited, intacta, comp. mod. Agnes,)
pr. n. of the impious and idolatrous queen
of Ahab; put in N. T. as the emblem of
false and idolatrous teachers, Rev. 2, 20.
Comp. 1 K. 16, 31. 18, 4. 19, 2. 21, 5 sq.
2K. 9, 30 sq.—Some compare the mod.
Isabella, Germ. Isabel; which however
prob. comes from Elisabeth, corrupted in
Germ. into Isebee, Ilse ; see Adelung’s Lex.

“Ἱεράπολις, ews, 4, Hierapolis, a city
of Phrygia celebrated for its warm baths,
now called Pambuk Kaléh; Col. 4,13. It
was situated above the junction of the rivers
Lycus and Meander, not far from Colosse
and Laodicea, towards the north. See Strabo
13. p. 629. Plin. H. N. 2. 95. ib. 5. 29.
Hamilton’s Res. in Asia Minor, I. p. 514,
‘517sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. L ii. p. 207, 229.

iepareia, as, ἧ, (ἱερατεύω,) priesthood,
priest’s office, Luke 1, 9. Heb. 7, 5. Sept.
for 232 Ex. 29, 9. Num. 3, 10.—Aristot
Polit. 7. 8.

ἱεράτευμα, aros, τό, (ἱερατεύω,) priest-
hood,meton. and collect. for priests, i. 6.
Christians, who are said ἀνενέγκαι πνευμα-
τικὰς ϑυσίας 1 Pet. 2,5; and also are called
βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα ν. 9, in allusion to Ex.
19, 6 where Sept. for D{2D M2292 ;
comp. Is. 61, 6. Rev. 1, 6. 5, 10. 20, 6.

ἱερατεύω

ἱερατεύω, f. evow, (ἱερεύς,) to be a
priest, to act as priest, Luke 1,8. Sept. for

02 Ex. 28, 1. 3. 4.—Jos. Ant. 3, 8.1. ;

Hidian. 5. 6. 6.

“Ἱερεμίας, lov, 6, Jeremias, Jeremiah,
Heb. 72°97 or 357097 (whom Jehovah
setteth up), a celebrated prophet of the O.
T. Matt. 2, 17. 16, 14. In Matt. 27, 9 a
quotation is referred to Jeremiah, διὰ “Iepe-

᾿ μίου τοῦ προφήτου, which is not found in his
writings, but in Zech. 11, 12.13. Some
Mss. here read Ζαχαρίου, others simply διὰ
τοῦ προφήτου. This last is prob. the cor-
rect reading; to which some early copyists
added Ζαχαρίου, while others inserted ‘Iepe-
piov, in allusion to Jer. 18, 2 sq.

ἱερεύς, ws, ὃ, (iepds,) a priest, one who
performs the sacred rites, τὰ ἱερά. So οὗ
heathen priests, 6 δὲ ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διός Acts
14,13. Sept. & τοῦ Βάαλ for 119 2 K.
11,18. 2 Chr. 23,17. So Hdian. 1. 9. 5.
Xen. Conv. 8. 40.—Of the Jewish priests,
the descendants of Aaron, genr. Matt. 8, 4
σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ. 12, 4. 5. Mark 1,
44, 2,26. Luke 1, 5. 5, 14. 6, 4. 10, 31.
17,14. John 1,19. Acts 6,7. Heb. 9, 6.
Acts 4, 1 of ἱερεῖς, the priesis then on duty.
They were divided into 24 classes for the
service of the temple, 1 Chr. c. 24; and the
heads’ of these classes were sometimes call-
ed ἀρχιερεῖς ; see in ἀρχιερεύς no. 2. Sept.
every where for }3, as Lev. 1, 5 sq.—
Spec. of the high priest, ὁ ἱερεύς, or

ἱερεὺς μέγας (Heb. 10, 21), Acts 5, 24. ,

Heb. 7, 21. 23. 8,.4 bis. 10, AAs Sept. and
172 Ex. 35,18; 38, 21 ὁ i. ὁ μέγας for
>53 M2 Lev. 21,10. Num. 35, 25.28. So
of Melchisedec asa high priest of God, Heb.
7, 1.3. Of Jesus as a spiritual high priest,
Heb. 5, 6 comp. v. 5. '7,11. 15.17.21. 10, 21.
—Trop. Christians also are called ἱερεῖς τῷ
Se, priests unto God, as yielding him spi-
ritual sacrifices, Rev. 1, 6. 5,10. 20, 6.
Comp. 1 Pet. 2, 5, and see in ἱεράτευμα.
“Ιερυχώ, ἡ, indec. Jericho, Heb. "9°
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Benjamin,
about 20 miles east of Jerusalem and 5 from
the Jordan, situated at the foot of the moun-
tains which border the valley of the Jordan

and Dead Sea on the west. It was destroyed —

by Joshua, Josh. 6,26; but was afterwards
rebuilt 1 K. 16, 34, and became the seat
of a school of the prophets 2 K. 2, 5. 15.
The land around Jericho was exceedingly
fertile, abounding in palm-trees and roses,
(BM WD, πόλις φοινίκων, city of palm-
trees, Deut. 34, 33 ὡς φυτὰ ῥόδου ἐν Ἵερι-

χῷ Ecclus. 24, 14 ) and yielding large quan-

345

e ,
ἱερὸν

tilies of the opobalsam, or balsam of Gilead,
so highly prized in the East; Jos. Ant. 4. 6.
1, Ἱεριχὼ πόλις εὐδαίμων αὕτη, φοινίκας τε
φέρειν ἀγαϑή, καὶ βάλσαμον νενομένη. Its
site is still occupied by a miserable village
called Rtha; and only a single palm-tree
now remains to the ancient ‘ City of Palms.’
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Il. p. 272-302.
Reland Palest. p. 829.—Matt. 20, 29. Mark
10, 46 bis. Luke 10, 30. .18, 35. 19, 1.
Heb. 11, 30.

ἱερόϑυτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ἱερός, ϑύω,)
offered in sacrifice, sacrificed, spoken of the
flesh of victims, 1 Cor. 10, 28 Lachm. for
the common ¢iSwAdSvroy.—Aristot. Cc. 2.
20. Plut. Symp. 8. 8. 3. See Lob. ad
oN P. 159.

ἱερόν, ov, τό, (neut. of ἱερός.) α neg

i.e. a consecrated place, including the proper
temple or fane, ναός, and all its courts and
appurtenances ; comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 15.
Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 178sq. Thus of a
heathen temple, once Acts 19, 27 ᾿Αρτέμιδος
ἱερόν. So 1 Macc. 10, 84. Luc. Ver. Hist.

1. 32. Xen. Ag. 11. 1.—Elsewhere only of
the temple in Jerusalem, Heb. M072 m2
Sept. οἶκος κυρίου 1 K. 6, 1. 37. η, 12. Is.

66,1; DTN MD Sept. οἶκος τοῦ ϑεοῦ
Ezra 3, 8. In N. T. always in reference
to the temple as rebuilt by Herod the Great,

and minutely described by Josephus, Ant.
15.11. 3 sq. B. J. 5. 5. 1-6; see also genr.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 416-452.:° The
temple stood upon a rocky eminence on the
eastern part of the city, the hill Moriah, over
against Zion towards the northeast, and se-
parated from Zion by the valley of the Ty-
ropeon. On three sides of this hill walls of
huge stones weré built up from the bottom,
and filled in with cells or earth, quite toa
level with the summit of the hill; so as to
form an area on which to erect the temple.
These external walls, or at least their sub-
structions, remain to this day; and are in
some places towards the south still sixty feet
in height. The enclosure thus formed was a
quadrangle, measuring according to Jose-
phus, a stadium on each side, or four stadia
in circumference. The interior of this en-
closure was surrounded by porticos or lofty
covered colonnades, along the walls; and
the open part was laid or paved with varie-
gated stones. This large outer court was
a great place of resort for Jews and stran-
gers ; and here animals and things necessary
for the sacrifices and worship of the temple
were exposed for sale; Matt. 21, 12. Luke
19,45. This is sometimes called by Chris-

-

ἱερόν 340

dan writers the Court of the Gentiles;
Lightf. Opp. I. p. 415, 590.—Not far from

the middle of this court an ornamented wall:

or balustrade of stone, three cubits high,
formed the boundary of the second and
smaller interior enclosure; beyond which
limit- neither foreigners nor the unclean
might pass. Within it an inner wall, forty
cubits high from its foundation, surrounded
the second or inner court (τὸ δεύτερον ἱε-
pov Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 2); but was encom-
passed on the outside by fourteen steps,
leading up to a level area around it ten cu-
bits wide ; from which again five other steps
led up through the gates to the interior.
This is called by Josephus 1. c. ἅγιον, since
none but the clean were permitted to enter
it. The principal gate of this second court
was on the east; and there were several
others on all the sides except the west. A
portion of it was set off as the court of the
women ; to which there. was access by
three gates.—Still within this second court
and yet more elevated was the third or most
sacred enclosure, which none but the priests
might enter (comp. Luke 1, 9. 10); con-
sisting of the ναός or fane itself, and the
small court before it, where stood the altar
of burnt offerings; Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 5 ult.
comp. Matt. 23, 35. To this there was an
ascent from the second court by twelve
steps; Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 4.—The ναός or fane
was divided into two parts, viz. the outer
sanctuary (τὸ ἅγιον) with the candelabra,
the altar of incense, and the table of shew-
bread; and the inner sanctuary, the holy of
holies (ἅγια ἁγίων), separated from the
former by a vail, and containing the ark.
Into the outer sanctuary the priests entered
daily to burn incense, Luke 1, 9. Heb. 9,
6; while into the holy of holies only the high
priest entered once a year, Heb. 9, '7.—On
the north of the whole precincts of the tem-
ple, and connected with them, was the for-
tress Antonia (παρεμβολή Acts 21, 34), a
quadrangle equal in extent to the enclosure

of the temple itself; see Bibl. Res, in Pa-

lest. I. p. 431-436. Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p.
616 sq.—Hence in N: Τὶ τὸ ἱερόν is put:

1. Genr. for the whole temple and its
precincts ; Matt. 24, 1 bis, τὰς οἰκοδομὰς
τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Mark 13, 1, 8. Luke 21, 5. 22,
52.—Prob. Matt. 4, 5 et Luke 4, 9 τὸ πτε-
ρὕγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, the pinnacle of the temple,
referring to the elevation of the middle por-
tion of the triple portico or colonnade along
the southern wall, which at its eastern end
impended over the valley of the Kidron ; so
that “ if from its roof one attempted to look

ἱεροσυλεω

down into the gulf below, his eyes became
dark and dizzy before they could penetrate
the immense depth ;” Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 5.
The actual height above the bottom of the
valley was prob. not less than 310 feet ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 429. Josephus also
describes the eastern colonnade, the work
of Solomon, as rising 400 cubits above the
same valley ; which doubtless is merely an
exaggerated estimate ; Ant. 20. 9. 7.

2, Synecd. 4) For the courts gene-
rally, Matt. 12, 5 οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ σάβ-
βατον βεβήλουσι. Mark 11,11. Luke 2, 27.
37. 18, 10. Acts 2, 46. 3, 1 sq. 21, 26 sq.
ἃ]. b) For the outer court, where things
were bought and sold, Matt. 21, 12 τοὺς πω-
λοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. v. 14,
15. Mark 11, 15. 16. al. Here too Jesus
disputed and taught, Matt. 21, 23. 26, 55.

Mark 11, 27 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ.

Luke 2, 46. John 5, 14. 7, 14. 28. al. So
the apostles Acts 5, 20. 21.25.42. +

ἱεροπρεπής, έος, ods, ὃ, 7), adj. (ἱερός,
πρέπω,) pr. becoming to a sacred place or
person; hence becoming to religion, holy,
reverent. Tit. 2,3 ἐν καταστήματι ἱεροπρε-
πεῖς, i. e. in their conduct adorning the
christian profession ; comp. 1 Tim. 2, 2.—
Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 5. init. Plut. de Lib. educ.
14 fin. Xen. Cony. 8. 40.

ἱερός, ά, d6v, sacred, consecrated to God,
Hdian. 5. 5. 5. Xen. An. 4,'7. 21.—In N. Τ'.

1. sacred, given from God; 2 Tim. 8,
15 τὰ ἱερὰ γράμματα, the sacred writings,
holy Scriptures, i.e. the O. Test. comp. v.
16.—2 Macc. 8, 23. Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 5 ἐν
ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις. Plato Tim. 27. Ὁ, ἡ
τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων φήμη.

2. Neut. τὰ ἱερά, sacred things, sacred
rites; 1 Cor. 9,13 of τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι,
those performing: the sacred rites, minis-
tering in holy things.—Luc. Pseudol. 12.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.1.

“Ἱεροσόλυμα, Hierosolyma, Jerusalem,
see in Ἱερουσαλήμ.

“Ἱεροσολυμίτης, ov, ὃ, ἃ Jerusalemite,

«one from Jerusalem, Mark 1, 5. John 7, 25.
—Jos. de Vita sua § 65.

ἱεροσυλέω, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (ἱερόσυλος,) to
rob temples, to commit sacrilege, trop. to rob
God of what belongs to him, as sacrifice,
honour, worship, obedience, Rom. 2, 22;
comp. v. 23, and Mal, 1, 8. 12. 13. 14. 3, 8.
9. Jos, Ant, 18. 3. 5. Others refer it lite-
rally to the robbing of heathen temples, i. 6.
the stealing of their dva%éyara, which was
forbidden by the Mosaic law, Deut. 7, 25

———— ἀν» έωι

ἱερόσυλος

Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 10; comp. Acts 19, 37.—
So pr. Pol. 31. 4. 10. Plato Rep. 575. b.

ἱερόσυλος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ἱερόν, συλάω,)
robbing temples, sacrilegious ; as Subst. a
temple-robber, Acts 19, 37.—2 Mace. 4, 42.
Pol. 13. 8. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 62.

ἱερουργέω, &, f. ἡ ἥσω, (ἱερουργός ; ; ἱερόν,
obsol. ἔργω,) i,q. τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργάζω, lo per-
form sacred rites, espec. sacrifice, to offici-
ate as priest, Jos. Ant. 6. 6.2. Hdian. 5.
5. 13. Plot. Numa 14.—In N. T. trop. in
the christian sense; Rom. 15, 16 iepoup-
yoorra τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ministering as a priest
[in respect to] the gospel. Buttm. § 131. 7.
So Jos. de [4] Mace. '7.8 τοὺς ἱερουργοῦντας
τὸν νόμον ἰδίῳ αἵματι.

“ερουσαλήμ, ἡ, indec. Jerusalem,
Chald. pbtsans , Heb. potas (for peta
dwelling “of peace, Heb. Lex. s. v.) in the
earlier books; so once in Matt. 23, 37 and
Mark 11, 1, often in the writings of Luke
and Paul, and usually i in Sept. Also ‘Te-
ροσόλυμα;, oy, τά, Heb. dual prdwans in
the later books; so in all the Gospels, in in
Acts, and thrice i in. Galatians ; also in Jose-
phus. Further EA fea ἡ, indec.
only Matt. 2, 3. 3, 5, meton. for the inhab-
itants.—This celebrated city, the capital of
Palestine, was the seat of the true religion
under the Jewish theocracy, and also the
chief scene of our Saviour’s ministry and
the central point from which his gospel was
promulgated. Hence it is often called the
Holy City (Is. 48, 2. Neh. 11, 1. Matt. 27,
53), and among the Arabs of the present
day its current name is el-Kuds, the Holy.
It is situated near the middle of Palestine,
upon the mountains, about thirty-five miles

distant from the Mediterranean, and some.

twenty-five from the Jordan and Dead Sea.

The mean geographical position is Lat. 31°
47' N. and Long. 35° 13’ Εἰ. from Green-
wich. Its elevation is 2610.5 feet above
the Mediterranean, and 3927.2 feet above
the Dead Sea, as determined by the level of
Lieuts. Lynch and Dale ; see their Sect. Map.
It lay on the confines of Judah and Benja-
min, mostly within the limits of the latter,
but was reckoned to the former. Its most
ancient name was Salem, Heb, δῷ, Gen.

14,18. Ps. 76, 3; then Jebus, pant, as be-
longing to the Jebusites, Judg. 19, 10. 11.

David first reduced it, 2 Sam. 5,6. 9, and
made it the capital of his kingdom ; whence
the hill Zion is also called the city of David,
TI TD, 1 K. 3,1. 8,1. It was destroyed
by the Chaldeans, 2 K. ο. 24, 25, but rebuilt
by the Jews on their return from exile ; and

347

ἱερωσύνη.

at ἃ later period Herod the Great expended
large sums in its embellishment. Jerusa-
lem, as it existed in the age of Christ, is de-
scribed by Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 1sq. The
city was built chiefly on three hills: Zion on
the south, which was the highest, and con-
tained the citadel, the palace, and the upper
city, called by Josephus ἡ ἄνω πόλις (B. J.
5. 4. 1); Moriah, on which stood the tem-
ple, a lower hill on the northeast quarter of
Zion, and separated from it by the ravine οὗ
of the Tyropeon; Acra, lying north of “i

on, separated from it also by the Tyropwen,
and covered by ἡ κάτω πόλις, the most con-
siderable portion of the whole city. Aiter
the destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans
about A. Ὁ. 70, they endeavoured to root out
its very name and nature as a sacred place,
from the hearts and memory of the Jewish
nation. The emperor Adrian, about A: D.
136, after having utterly subjugated the
Jews in the revolt of Barcochba, driven
them from their land, and forbidden even
their approach to their ancient capital, re-
built the city and erected a temple of Jupiter
on the site of the Jewish temple. The city
was now called after the emperor, lia
Capitolina ; and it was only in the begin-
ning of the fourth century, after Constan-

‘tine had embraced Christianity, that the

name Jerusalem was again restored. See
Jos. B. J. lib. 5,6. Reland Palest. p. 832 sq.
Minter Der Jiid. Krieg unter Trraj.u. Hadr.
Altona 1821; Engl. in Biblioth. Sac. 1843,
p. 393 sq. Fora full account of the ancient
topography of Jerusalem, of its subsequent
history, and of the modern city, see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. II. p. 1 sq. Biblioth.
Sac. 1846, p. 413 sq. 605 sq.—In Ν, T.

1. Pr. the city itself, as ἡ Ἱερουσ. Mark
11,1. Luke 2, 25. 38. Rom. 15, 19. 25. al.
Also τὰ ‘Iep. Matt. 2,1. 4, 25. Mark 3, 8.
Gal. 1, 17. 18. 2, 1. al.

2. Meton. for the inhabitants of Jerusa-
lem, in fem. Matt. 2,3 πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα.
Also ἡ Ἱερουσαλήμ Matt. 23, 37. Luke 13,
34. So. once Ἱεροσόλυμα without art. or
adj. Matt. 3, 5.

3. Trop. Jerusalem for the Jewish state,
church, dispensation, e.g. 4) Of the for-
mer or Mosaic dispensation, Gal. 4, 25 ἡ
νῦν Ἱερουσαλήμ. Ὁ) Of the latter or Chris-
tian dispensation, the Redeemer’s kingdom,
of which the spiritual Jerusalem is the seat ;
Gal. 4, 26 ἡ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ. Heb. 12, 22
ἀαρῦνσι Pts: Rey. 3,12 ἡ Kee ‘Tep.
21, 2.1 +

ἱερωσύνη, ns, ἧ, (iepds,) priesthood,

- priest’s office, Heb. 7, 11. 12. 14. 24.—~

Ἱεσσαί

1 Mace. 2, 54. Hdian. ὅ. 7. 2. Plato Lege.
759. d.

Ἰεσσαί, 6, indec. Jesse, Heb. "Ὁ" (firm,
strong,) pr. n. of the father of David, Matt.
1, 5. 6. Luke 3, 32. Acts 13, 22. Rom.
15, 12.

Ἴεφϑάε, ὃ, indec. Jephthah, Heb, ΙΒ"
(he sets free), a leader or judge (wp) of
Israel, whose rash vow fell upon his daugh-
ter, Heb. 11, 32. See Judg. c. 11. 12.

᾿Ιεχονίας, ov, 6, Jechonias, Heb, 7321
and 4911354 Jechoniah, fully ἡ ἡ (whom
Jehovah appoints) Jehoiachin, a king of Ju-
dah about B. C. 600, son’ of Jehoiakim ‘and
grandson of Josiah, Matt. 1, 11.12. See
1 Chr. 3, 15, 16. 2 K. 24, 8 sq. 2 Chr. 36,
8 sq. 2 K. 25, 27.—In Matt. 1. ο. he is said
to be the son of Josiah; the name of Jehoia-
kim, Ἰωακείμ, being omitted in the gene-
alogy ; see Gr: Harm. p. 184. i

᾿Ιησοῦς, οὔ, ὃ, dat. οὔ; acc. οὖν, Jesus,
Heb. sxteJeshua, Joshua, (see note below,)
pr. n. of three persons in N. T.

1. Jesus, the Messiah, the Saviour of
men, Matt. 1, 1. 16. sepiss. See in Ἰάκω-
Bos no.3. +

2. Joshua, the successor of Moses and
leader of Israel, twice Acts '7, 45. Heb. 4,8.

3. Jesus, surnamed Justus, a’ fellow-la-
bourer with Paul, once, Col. 4, 11.

Nore. The original name of Joshua was
sein (he saves) Hoshea Num. 13, 8. 16.
This was changed by Moses into yt¥rm
(Jehovah his help or salvation), Engl. Vers.
Jehoshua Num. 13, 16. 1 Chr. '7,27; else-
where Joshua. After the exile he is call-
ed pats Jeshua Neh. 8,17; whence the
Greek Ἰησοῦς. This last form ϑη" differs
little from the abstr. myrw help, deliverance,
salvation, and seems to have been so un-
derstood; since in Matt, 1, 22 the name
Ἰησοῦς is said to be given to the Messiah
for this reason: αὐτὸς yap σώσει τὸν λαὸν
αὑτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. In like
manner in Ecclus. 46,1 it is said of Joshua :
ὃς ἐ ἐγένετο κατὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μέγας
ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ. :

ἱκανός, 7; Ov; (ikw, ἱκάνω.) pr. ‘coming
to, reaching to.’ Hence ;

1. sufficing, sufficient, e.g. a) Of per-
sons, sufficient, adequate; able ; so 6. πρός
τι; 2 Cor. 2,16 πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός ; (Pol.
23.17.4.) With an inf. aor. 2 Cor. 3, 5 οὐχ
ὅτι ἱκανοί ἐσμεν... λογίσασϑαί τι. 2 Tim.
. 2,2. (Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 1. Xen. Cie. 5. 8.)
Spec. competent, worthy, c. inf. aor. Matt.
3,11 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑπ. βαστάσαι.

348

Ικόνιον

Mark 1,7. Luke 3, 16; inf. pres. 1 Cor.
15,9 od εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος.
(Hot. 8. 36; absol. Isocr. 360. 4.) With
iva, Matt. 8, 8, Luke 7,6. 8) Of things,

sufficient, enough, 2 Cor. 2, 6 ἱκανὸν τῷ
τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, where for the adj.
neut. see Buttm. §129. 8. Luke 22, 38
ἱκανόν ἐστι; it is enough, i. e. enough of this,
ye understand me not. Sept. for "3 Is. 40,
16. Ex. 36,5. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 10, 1
Epict. Ench. 24, 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 38.
c) Neut. τὸ ἱκανόν, sufficiency, satisfac-
tion, 6. g. τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι; to make salis-
faction to any one, to satisfy, Mark 15, 15.
(Pol. 32, 7.13. App. Punic. §'74.) Also
τὸ ἱκανὸν λαβεῖν, to take satisfaction or secu-
rity, Lat. satis accipere, Acts 17, 9.

2. abundant, great, much, in Plur. many,
6. g. a) Of number or magnitude ; Matt.
28, 12 ἀργύρια ἱκανά. So ὄχλος ἱκανός
a great multitude Mark 10, 46. Luke 7, 12.
Acts 11, 24. 26. 19, 26; λαὸς ἱκανός Acts
5, 37; also Luke 7, 11. 8, 32. 23, 9. Acts
12,12. 14,21. 19,19. 20, 8. 37. 22,6:
1 Cor. 11, 30. Sept. for 59 Ez. 1,24. So
πλῆϑος ἱκανόν Jos. Ant. 5. '7. 4. Pol. 1. 53.
8; Plur. 1 Macc. 13,49. Xen. An. 4. 8. 25.
Ὁ) Of time, ἱκαναὶ ἡμέραι, many days, Acts
9, 23. 48. 18, 18. 27,'7; ἱκανὸς χρόνος, a
long time, gen. Acts 27,9; dat. Acts 8,
11; acc. 14, 3; Plur. acc. χρόνους ἱκανούς
Luke 20, 9. So ὁ ἐκ χρόνων ἱκανῶν of long
time Luke 8, 27; ἐξ ἱκανοῦ id. Luke 23, 8 ;
ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν a long while Acts 20, 11. So
Paleph. 28. 2. Hdian. 1. 14. 93 ix. χρόνος
Plato a 234. d. Legg. 786. c.

ixavorns, nTos, 7), (ixavds,) sufficiency,
competency, ability, 2 Cor. 3, 5.—Lysias
Frag. 27. 35. Plato Lys. 215. a.

ἱκανόω, ὦ, f. dca, (ixavés,) to make
sufficient, competent, worthy ; c. acc. 2 Cor.
3, 6. Col. 1, 12.—Pass. to be sufficient, sa-
tisfied, Sept. for "3 Mal. 3, 10. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 2. 7. 4.

ἱκετηρία, as, 1, (ἱκετήριος, ἱκέτης.) pr.
the suppliant-branch, i. e. the olive-branch
which suppliants bore in the hand, ἐλαία or
ῥάβδος being impl. Hdot. 5. 51. Diod. Sic.
17. 22, 102.—In N. T. supplication, Heb.
5,'7 δεήσεις καὶ ἱκετηρίας. So 2 Macc. 9,
18. Luc. Tox. 48. Pol. 3. 112. 8.

ixpds, ddos; ἡ; moisture, e. g. of the
earth, Luke 8,6. Sept. for >25" Jer. 17,8.
—Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 3. Hdot. 4. 185. Plut.
Symp. 8. 10. 3 pen.

Ἰκόνιον, ov, τό, Iconium, a large and
populous city of Asia Minor, now Konieh

=

ἱλαρός 849

or Koniyeh. It lay near the confines of
Phrygia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia, and is reck-
oned to Phrygia, Xen. An. 1. 2. 19; to
Lycaonia, Strabo 12. p. 568, Plin. H. N. 5.
25; to Pisidia, Amm. Marc. 14. 2. 6; pro-
bably on account of the shifting boundaries
of these provinces. See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. I. ii. p. 201, 227. Hamilton’s Res.
in Asia M. II. p. 205 sq.—Acts 13, 51. 14,
1. 19. 21. 16, 2. 2 Tim, 3, 11.

ἱλαρός, d, dv, (ἴλαος,) Lat. hilaris, i. e.
cheerful, joyous, 6. g. id. δότης 2 Cor. 9, 7.
Sept. for 729 232 Prov. 22, 8—Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 18. 2. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12.

ἱλαρότης, ητος, ἧ; (Aapéds,) cheerfulness,
alacrity ; Rom. 12, 8 ἐν ἱλαρότητι, i. q. ἷλα-
pas, cheerfully. Sept. for jiZ2 Prov. 18,
22.—Diod. Sic. 16. 11 init. Plut. Agesi. 2.

ἱλάσκομαι, f. ἅσομαι, (iAaos,) a Mid.
verb without an Active except .in a late
age, see Passow ; to reconcile oneself to any
one by expiation, fo appease, to propitiate,
tov σεόν Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 4; τοὺς Seovs Xen.
Qic. 5. 20.—In N. T. c. acc. ras ἁμαρτίας,
to propitiate AS TO sins, to make propitiation

for sins, Heb. 2, 17. . (Sept..c, dat. for |

"82 Ps. 65, 4. 79, 9.) Pass. aor. 1, Impe-
rat. ἱλάσϑητε in the pass. sense, be propi-
tious, be merciful, c. dat. Luke 18, 13;

comp. Buttm..§113. n. 6. Sept. for md

Ps. 25, 11. Dan. 9,19. So Phavorin. δά.
σϑητι" ἵλεώς μοι γένοιο. Ἶ

ἵλασ͵ μός, ov, 6, (Ἱλάσκομαι,.) propitiation,
expiration, for concr. @ propitiator, 1 John 2,
2. 4,10. Sept. pr. for M720 Ps. 130, 4;
p82 Num. 5, 8; NUH Ez. 44, 27.—
2 Mace. 3, 33. Plut. Solon 12 pen.

iiaor ἥριος, a, ov, (iAdoKopat,) propi-
tialory, expiatory, 6. g. ἵλ. μνῆμα Jos. Ant.
16. 7. 1.—In N. T. only Neut. τὸ ἱλαστή-
ριον as Subst.

1. an expiatory sacrifice, propitiation ;

Rom. 3, 25 ὃν προέϑετο 6 Beds ἱλαστήριον
κτὰ. Comp. Heb. 9, 15. 26. 1 Cor. 5, '7.
Eph. 5, 2.—Dion Chrysost. Orat. 11. 1.

* p. 355 ed. Reisk. ἱλαστήριον ᾽Αχαιοὶ τῇ
᾿Αϑηνᾷ τῇ Ἰλιάδι. Hesych. ἱλαστήριον" κα-.

ϑάρσιον, ϑυσιαστήριον.

2. From the Sept. the mercy-seat, Heb.
9,5; pr. the lid or cover of the ark, over
which appeared ἡ δόξα τοῦ κυρίου Ex. 25,
17-22; and on which the high priest once
a year sprinkled the blood of an expiatory
victim, Lev. 16, 13-16. Heb. msb>, Sept.
ἱλαστήριον, Ex. Lev. 1]. ec. see Heb. Lex.

ἵλεως, w, ὁ, ἣ, adj. (Att. for ἵλαος.) ap-
peased, propitious, of the gods, Xen. Cyr.

ἱμάτιον

—

2.1. 13 of men, kindly, cheerful, JE). V.H.
2. 10.—In N. T. of God, propitious, merci-
ful, c. dat. Heb. 8,12 ἵλεως ἔσομαι ταῖς
ἀδικίαις i, 6. I will pardon them. Sept.
ἵλεως εἰμί for nbd Jer. 31, 34. 36. Soc.
dat. of pers. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6..3.—From the
Heb. ἵλεώς σοι sc. ἔστω ὁ Yeds, God be
merciful to thee, God forgive thee, i. 4. μὴ
γένοιτο, be it far from thee! as an excla-
mation of aversion, Matt. 16, 22.. Sept. for
2 M2" 2 Sam. 20, 20. 23, 17. 1 Chr.
11, 19. So 1 Mace. 2, 21.

_ Ἶλλυρικόν, οὔ, τό, Mlyricum, now {1-
lyria, a country of Europe on the eastern
shore of the Adriatic gulf, north of Epirus
and west of Macedonia. It was a province
of the Roman empire ; and Dalmatia formed
a parti of it. Rom. 15, 19.

ἱμάς, ἄντος, ὃ, a thong, strap, of leather,
genr. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32.—In N. T. spec.

1. @ shoe-latchet, the thong by which a
shoe or sandal was fastened to the foot,
Mark 1, 7. Luke 3,16. John 1, 27. Sept.
for 7iMB 15. 50, 27.—Plut. Symp. 4. 2. 8.
Xen. An. 4, 5. 14.

2. Plur. the thongs, i. q. a whip, a scourge,
made of leather thongs, and often having
two or more lashes; Acts 22, 25 ὡς δὲ
προέτειναν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἱμᾶσι, as they extend-
ed him for (before) the scourge ; see below.
Dict. of Antt. art. Flagrum, Flagellum ;
comp. ‘ horribile flagellum’ Hor. Sat. 1. 3.
119. So Artemid. 2. 53 αἰεὶ δὲ ἀγαϑὸν ξύ-
λοις ἢ χειρὶ παίεσϑαι, πονηρὸν δὲ ἱμάντι.
Plut. Cato Maj. 21. Dem. 402. ult.—The
person to be scourged was sometimes sus-
pended with weights at his feet ; or other-
wise was bound with thongs to a post or the

like; see Adam’s Rom. Antt. p. 38, 272.

Jos. de Macc. 9:11 διαῤῥήξαντες τὸν χιτῶνα,
διέδησαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς βραχίονας
ἱμᾶσιν ἑκατέρωϑεν" ὡς δὲ τύπτοντες τοῖς μά-
στιξιν ἐκοπίασαν κτλ. Hence some prefer
to render in Acts ]. c. as they extended him
with thongs. But in this way the force of
πρό in προέτειναν is lost; while also τοῖς
ἱμᾶσι with the art. is definite.

ἱματίζω, f. ica, (ἱμάτιον,) to clothe ;
Pass. perf. part. ἱματισμένος, clothed, Mark
5,15. Luke 8, 35.—Suid. ee ἱμά-
τια ἀπδυβήνοι.

ἱμάτιον, ov, τό, (Gua, εἶμα, Evy.) a
garment, e. g.

1. Genr. any garment, Matt. 9,16 ἐπὶ
ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ. 11, 8. Mark 2,21. Luke 5,
36. 7,25. Heb. 1, 11. al. Plur. ra ἔμα-
ria, the garments, clothing, raiment, includ-
ing the outer and inner garment, mantle

ἱματισμός ᾿

and tunic; Matt. 17,2 τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ
ἐγένετο λευκά. 24, 18. 27, 81. 35. Mark
15,24. James 5,2. Rev. 4,4.al. So in
the phrase to rend the clothes, Matt. 26, 65.
Acts 14, 14. 16, 22. 22,23; see in διαῤ-
ῥήγνυμι. . Sept. Sing. for saa Ps. 102, 27.
Is. 50,9. Plur. Gen. 27, 27. 2 Sam. 1, 2.
3, 31.—Luc. Dial. Meretr. 8. 1. A®schin.
26. 14. Xen. An. 7. 5. 5.

2. Spec. the outer garment, mantle, pal-
lium, different from the tunic or χιτών and
worn over it; comp. Acts 9, 39. Ail. V. H.
4, 22. Diod. Sic. 4. 38 init. It was a large
piece of woollen cloth, nearly square, which
was wrapped around the body or fastened
about the shoulders, and served also to wrap
oneself in at night; hence it might not be
taken by a creditor, Ex. 22, 26, 27; see
Jahn’s Archeol. § 122. Dict. of Antt. art.
Pallium. Miller Arch. d. Kunst § 337.
So Matt. 9, 20, 21. 14, 36. John 19, 2.
Acts 12, 8. al. Plur. ra iparia, outer
garments, which were often laid aside, Acts
7, 58. 22,20. John 13, 4. 12. Matt. 21, 7.
8. al. Sept. for nda and madly Ex. 22,
26. 27. Is. 3, 6. '7.—Luc. D. Mort. 10. 11.
Paleph. 52. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 5... +

ἱματισμός, od, 6, (ἱματίζω,) clothing,
‘raiment, i.e. genr. clothes, garments, Luke
7, 25 οἱ ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὑπάρχοντες.
9, 29 comp. Mark 9,8. Acts 20,33. 1 Tim.
2, 9. So Matt. 27, 35 et John 19, 24 quoted
from Ps. 22, 19 where Sept. for 53 ;
Sept. also for 5°33 1 K. 22,30. 2K. Π, 8.
—Pol. 6. 15. 4. Plut. Alex. M. 39 pen.

ἱμείρω and ἱμείρομαι depon. (ἵμερος.)
a defective verb, see Passow in voc. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 114; to long for, to have a
strong affection for; c. gen: 1 Thess. 2, 8
Rec. ἱμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν. Others ὁμειρόμενοι
q. ν. Sept. for Ham Job 3, 21.—So c. gen.
Hom. Od. 1. 41. Act. Pol. 1. 66. 8. Dem.
422. 6. Plato Crat. 418. c.

ἵνα, that, a particle final and demonstra-
tive; construed usually with the Subjunc-
tive, seldom with the Optative, often with
the Indicative; pr. τελικῶς or final, as
marking the end or purpose for or on ac-
count of which any thing is done, TO THE
END THAT, IN ORDER THAT it might or may
be so and so; but also ἐκβατικῶς, ecbatic,
as marking simply the event, result, upshot
of an action, that in which the action ter-
minates, so THAT it was, is, will be so and
so. Of late some writers have denied this
ecbatic use of iva, 6. g. Fritzsche Comm.
in Matt. p. 886. Beyer in Winer’s Neue

350

ἵνα

krit. Journ. IV. 418. Lehmann ad Lucian,
T. I. p. 71. Meyer and De Wette on Matt.
1, 22. On the other hand it has been main-
tained by Steudel in Bengel’s Neue Archiv
IV. p. 504 sq. Ewald Apoc. p. 233; and
especially by J. A. H. Tittmann De usu
Particularum in N. T. subjoined to his
work De Synon. in N. T. Lib. IL Lips.
1832. p. 32 sq. English in Bibl. Repos. for
Jan. 1835. See genr. Matth. ὁ 620. Kiih-
ner § 330; Ausf. Gr. § 772-774. Herm. ad
Vig. p. 847 sq. p. 556 sq. Winer Gr. ed. 5.
§ 42. Ὁ. p. 332. § 57. p. 537. That the ec-
batic use has sometimes been pressed too
far, there can be no doubt; still, to deny it
altogether is to go to an opposite extreme.
The two significations are sometimes near-
ly related; and the distinction may then be
said to consist mainly in a different mode
of conception.

I. Pr. τελικῶς, as marking the final end
or purpose, to the end that, in order that ;
Hm with a negat. iva μή, in order that not,
est.

1. With the Supsuncrive: a) Preceded
by the present, or.an aorist of any mood ex-
cept the Indicative, or by the perfect in a
present sense, John 6, 38. Here the Sub-
junct. marks what it is supposed will really
take place; comp. Winer § 42. b. p. 333.
Matth. § 518. Herm. ad Vig. p. 791, 848. -
So Matt. 9, 6 ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε... τότε λέγει, to
the end that ye may know, comp. Mark 2, 10
et Luke 5, 24. Matt. 18,16. 19, 16. Luke
8, 10. 12, 36. John.1, 7 οὗτος ἦλϑεν εἰς
μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περί κτὰ. 5, 34
ταῦτα λέγω, ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωϑῆτε. 6, 88 κατα-
βέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ 5έ-
λημα τὸ ἐμόν. 11, 4. 17, 21 ἵνα ὁ κόσμος
πιστεύσῃ. Acts 10, 80. Rom. 1,11. 1 Cor.
9, 12. 2 Οογ. 4,7. 10.11. Gal. 6,13. James
4, 3. al. sep. Neg. iva μή Luke 8, 12.
John 7, 23. Rom. 11, 25. al—Hom. Od. 2.
111. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 9.

Ὁ) Preceded by the Imperative, the Sub-
junct. signifying as in lett.a. EH. g. after
an Imper. pres. Luke 21, 36 ἀγρυπνεῖτε...
iva καταξιωδῆτε κτὰ. John 7, 3. 1 Cor. 7,
5 bis. Eph. 4, 28. 6, 3. 1 Tim. 5,7. al. So
iva μή Matt. 7,1. John 5, 14. 1 Cor. 11,
34. al. After an Imper. aor. Matt. 14, 15
ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους, ἵνα ameASdvres ἀγο-
ράσωσιν κτλ. Mark 15, 32. Luke 16, 9.
1 Ὅον. 8, 18. Eph. 6, 18, ἃ]. So ἵνα μή
Matt. 17, 27. John 4,15. Heb. 12, 18. al.
Further, after an exhortation, e. g. ἄγωμεν
Mark 1, 38; also Luke 20, 14. Rom. 3, 8.
After an Imperat. implied Matt. 26, 5. John
1, 22. 1 Pet. 4, 11.—Sept. for 73> Josh.

ἵνα 1.585] ᾿ Wi

4, 6. Hom. Od. 1. 302. ib. 5. 91. Plut. Mor.
Il. p. 26.

c) Preceded by the future, the Subjunct.
signifying as in lett. a. Luke 16, 4 ἔγνων ri

᾿ ποιήσω, iva δέξωνταί pe κτὰ. 1 Cor. 16, 6.

2 Cor. 12, 9. Eph. 6,21. 2 Thess. 2, 12. al.
Interrog. Matt. 19, 16. John 6, 5. Also
iva μή Luke 18, 5.—Hom. Od. 2. 307;
comp. iva μή Luc. de Dom. 21.

d) Preceded by a past tense; here the
Subjunct. strictly stands instead of the Opt.
and marks an action which in itself or its
consequences is still continued, or which
the speaker regards as certain ; comp. Wi-
ner § 42. Ὁ. p. 333, 334. Matth. § 518. 1.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 848. α) Genr. Mark
3, 14 ἐποίησε δώδεκα, ἵνα ὦσι per αὐτοῦ
καὶ ἵνα κτὰ. Luke 1,4 ἔδοξε... σοι γράψαι;
ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς κτὰ. Matt. 12, 10. John 1, 31.
3, 16. 17. 8,6. Acts 27, 42. Rom. 1, 13.

1 Cor. 1, 27. 28. 2 Cor. 9, 4. Gal. 1,16. 2,

4. 5. Heb. 2,14. 17. al.sep. Neg. ἵνα μή
1 Cor. 12, 25. Eph. 2,9. Heb. 11,28. El-
liptically, John 1, 8 ἀλλ᾽ [ἦλθεν] ἵνα κτλ.
9,3 ἀλλ᾽ [τοῦτο ἐγένετο] ἵνα φανερωϑῇ κτλ.
So Hom. Il. 1. 203. Od. 8. 17. Hdian. 8. 5.
11. 8) In simple narrative, where Thu-
cydides and later writers employ also the
Subjunct. Winer l.c. Matth. ᾧ 518. p. 996.
Matt. 27, 26 Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν, iva orav-
ρωϑῇ. Mark 6, 41 καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαϑηταῖς,
ἵνα παραδῶσιν αὐτοῖς. 9, 18. 22. 10, 18.
Luke 19, 4 ἀνέβη ἐπὶ συκομορέαν, ἵνα ἴδῃ
αὐτόν. v. 15. John 1, 19. al. sep. Neg.
iva μή John 18,28. 19,31. So Al. V.H.
12. 3, 30. Hdot. 1. 29.

2. With the Oprative, preceded by the
present, where purpose or intent is ex-
pressed; see Passow ἵνα no. 2. Here are
often referred Eph. 1, 17 and 3, 16; where
however iva does not mark purpose, but
belongs under III. 1. b, below; where see.
Winer § 42. p. 336.

3. With the Inpicative, but in N. T.
only the Indic. future and present, and not
with a past tense as often in classic writers ;
see Matth. ἡ 519. Herm. ad Vig. p. 848.
Passow in ἵνα no. 3.

a) With an Indic. future, in the same
sense as the Subjunctive in no. 1. a, above,
and preceded only by the present. 1 Cor.
13,3 ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμα pov iva καυϑήσομαι
or καυϑήσωμαι ; where καυϑήσωμαι, as also
1 Pet. 3,1 iva... κερδηϑήσωνται, is a corrupt

’ form of the later Greek, as if of a future Sub-

junctive, Winer ὁ 13. 1. e. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
721. Also with fut. and Subj. together, Rev.
22,14 ἵνα ἔσται ἡ ἐξουσία aitar. .. καὶ εἰσ-
ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Eph. 6,3 ἵνα εὖ σοι

γένηται, καὶ ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος, where how-
ever some take ἔσῃ independently of ἵνα,
i.e. and thou shalt live long, etc. Winer
§ 42. p. 335.—Act. Thom. §§'7, 37, 39, 45;
comp. Thilo ad p. 61. Epiphan. II. p. 332.
b. Classic writers here oftener use ὅπως,
Winer § 42. p. 335.

b) With the Indic. present, in the same ἡ
sense, preceded by the present; twice, Gal.
4,17 ζλοῦσιν ὑμᾶς... ἵνα αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε.
1 Cor. 4, 6 ἵνα μὴ φυσιοῦσϑε. This is a
corruption of the later age, not found in
classic Greek, Winer 1. c. Herm. ad Vig. p.
849.—Geopon. 10. 48. 3 iva μὴ εἰς τοῦτο
ἀσχολοῦνται. Himer. 15. 3.

Il. Spec. ἐκβατικῶς, ecbatic, as marking
simply the event, result, upshot of an action,
so that, so as that, in N. T. only with the
Susysuncrive implying something which ac-
tually takes place; in classic writers oftener
with the Indic. of a past tense; Tittmann
1. 6. p. 37. See note below.

a) Preceded by the present; Luke 22, 30
καὶ διατίϑεμαι ὑμῖν... βασιλείαν, ἵνα éoSinre
καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου κτὰ. here
the feasting is not the end or purpose of the
kingdom to be given, but a resuld or conse-
quence. John 6, 7 ἄρτοι οὐκ ἀρκοῦσιν αὐ-
τοῖς, ἵνα ἕκαστος αὐτῶν βραχύ τι λάβῃ.
Mark 4, 12 et Luke 8, 10, comp. Matt. 13.
13 where it is ὅτι. Rom. 3,19 6 νόμος τοῖς
ἐν τῷ νόμῳ λαλεῖ, iva πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ. 15,
6. Rev. 14,18 καὶ, λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα, ἵνα ἀνα-
παύσωνται κτὰ. comp. Winer § 57. p. 542.
Negat. ἵνα μή; Gal. 5,17 ταῦτα δὲ ἀλλή-
λοις ἀντίκειται, ἵνα μὴ ἃ ἂν ϑέλητε, ταῦτα
ποιῆτε. Acts 2, 2ὅ ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν,
ἵνα μὴ σαλευϑῶ, quoted from Sept. Ps. 16,8.
where there is no particle in the Heb—
Sept. ἵνα ὅταν for "2 Josh. 4,6; for 37>
Jer. 44, 8. Hom. Od. 13. 157. Jos. B. J. 4.
3. 10 (p. 276 ult. ed. Haverc.) πρὸς τοσοῦ-
Tov ἥκομεν συμφορῶν, iva ἡμᾶς ἐλεήσωσι
καὶ πολέμιοι. Mare. Antonin. 11. 8 τὸ δὲ
ἕτοιμον τοῦτο, ἵνα ἀπὸ ἰδικῆς 'κρίσεως ἔρχη-
ται, μὴ κατὰ ψιλὴν παράταξιν κτλ. Sext.
Empir. Pyrrh. IL 50 ἐπιμίγνυται τὸ κώνειον
παντὶ μέρει τοῦ ὕδατος, Kal mapexreiverat
αὐτῷ ὅλῳ, ἵνα οὕτως ἡ κρᾶσις γένηται. Just.
Mart. p. 508. See Tittm. 1. ο. p. 39.

b) Preceded by the Imperative; Acts 8,
19 δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην; iva...
λαμβάνῃ κτὰ. James 1, 4. 1 Pet. 4, 18.--
Aristoph. Νὰ. 58 δευρ᾽ AS ἵνα κλάῃς.
Comp. Tittm. 1. 6. p. 37.

c) Preceded by the future; John 5, 20
μείζονα τούτων δείξει αὐτῷ ἔργα, ἵνα ὑμεῖς
ϑαυμάζητε. Luke 11, 50 ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτε-
νοῦσι καὶ ἐκδιώξουσιν. ἵνα ἐκζητηϑῇ τὸ αἷμα

ἵνα 352 Α ἵνα

πάντων τῶν προφ. John 16, 24. Phil. 1, 26.
al.—Marc. Antonin. '7. 25 πάντα ὅσα ὁρᾷς
μεταβαλεῖ ἡ τὰ ὅλα διοικοῦσα φύσις... ἵνα
ἀεὶ νεαρὸς 7 ὁ κόσμος. Just. Mart. p. 504
οὐχ οὕτως ἔσται σου τὸ δυνατόν, iva μου κι-
νήσῃς τὴν προαίρεσιν. Tittmann 1. ¢.

d) Preceded by a past tense ; comp. above
in I, 1. ἀ. John 9, 2 ris ἥμαρτεν ... ἵνα
τυφλὸς γεννηϑῇ; Rom. 5, 20. 11,11 μὴ
ἔπταισαν, iva πέσωσι; ν. 81. So Aristoph.
Vesp. 311, 312. Marc. Antonin. ῶ.. 11 ἡ
τῶν ὅλων φύσις οὔτε παρεῖδεν οὔτε ἥμαρτεν
ενν ἵνα τὰ ayaa καὶ τὰ κακὰ ἐπίσης τοῖς τε
ἀγαϑοῖς καὶ τοῖς κακοῖς πεφυρμένως συμβαί-
vy. Agath. Ep. 74 (Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 31)
οὔ τις ἀλοιητῆρας ἰδεῖν τέτληκεν ὀδόντας ὑμε-
τέρους, ἵνα σοῖς ἐν μεγάροις rekdon.—Here
belongs the frequent phrase ἕνα πληρω-
37 ἡ γραφή. τὸ ῥηϑέν, or the like, used.as a
formula of quotation, and implying that
something took place, not in order that a pro-
phecy might be fulfilled, but so that it was
fulfilled ; not in order To Make the event
correspond to the prophecy, but so that the
event WOULD AND DID correspond to the
prophecy; comp. Tittm. 1. ὁ. p. 48, 44.
Matt. 1, 22 τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν, ἵνα πλη-
ρωϑῇ τὸ ῥηϑέν. 2, 15. 4,14. 21, 4. 26, 56.
27, 8ὅ. John 12, 38. 15,25. 17, 12. 19,
36. With a past tense implied, Mark 14,
49. John 13,18. 18, 9. 32. 19,24. See
in πληρόω.

Nore. Passages like the above would
seem to place the ecbatic use of ἵνα in the
N. T. beyond reasonable doubt. Those
who urge in all cases the elic use, are con-
strained to admit that the supposed purpose
is often not that of the subject of the clause,
but the eternal purpose of God; e.g. Rom.
11,11 μὴ ἔπταισαν, ἵνα πέσωσι. But this is
to introduce a new element of interpreta-
tion, and destroy the force of language.—In
iva πληρωϑῇ, in like manner, it is said
that ἵνα is telic; since the fulfilment must
take place (Acts 1, 16) in accordance with
the divine plan; the later event having been
as it were fixed and predestined by the ear-
lier prophecy or declaration ; see De Wette
on Matt. 1, 22. But even could this view
be admitted (unnecessarily) in the case of
direct prophecy ; yet it has no bearing upon
the more frequent instances of historical or
typical parallel in which the phrase occurs ;
e. g. Matt. 2, 15. John 18, 32. 19, 36.
Comp. contra, Winer § 57. p. 537. ,

ΠῚ. In the later Greek iva came to be

_used after various classes of words, not as
marking either purpose or event, but sin-
ply as a demonstrative particle, like Engl.

that, i. e. merely pointing out that to which
the preceding words refer, or introducing
some thing already implied in the preceding
words. In this way ἵνα with the Subjunct.

was often employed (and twice with the ©

Opt.) where earlier writers used the Infini-
tive or other particles, 6. g.

1. Instead of the construction with the
Infinitive, originally perhaps because the
Infin. also often implies purpose; comp.
Buttm. § 140. 3. Matth. §531.1. Thus

a) After words and phrases implying
command and the like, as in Engl. “1 com-
mand that you do it, for, ‘I command you
to do it; comp. Matth. 1. c. Winer § 45. 2.
ἃ. $45. 9. ἃ ; comp. ᾧ 44. 4. Tittm. 1. e. p.
46 sq. E. gy ἐντέλλομαι, Mark 13, 34 τῷ
“υρωρῷ ἐνετείλατο, ἵνα γρηγορῇ. John 11,
57 δεδώκεισαν ἐντολὴν, ἵνα κτὰ. 18, 84.
Acts 17, 1ὅ λαβόντες ἐντολήν, ἵνα κτλ. So
iva after ἀγγαρεύω Matt. 27, 32; ἀπαγγέλλω
Matt. 28, 10; ἀποστέλλω Acts 16, 36 ; ypd-
go Mark12, 19; διαστέλλομαι Mark 13, 34;
εἶπον Matt. 4, 3. Mark 3, 9.. Rev. 6,11
(c. inf. Mark 5, 48. 10, 49. Luke 12, 13) ;
ἐξορκίζω Matt. 26, 63; ἐπιτιμάω Matt. 12,
16. Mark 3, 12; λέγω Acts 19, 4. John
13, 29. 1 John 5, 16; παραγγέλλω Mark
6, 8 (c. inf. Mark 8, 6); συντίϑεμαι
John 9, 22. So also ἐδόϑη αὐτοῖς ἵνα
Rev. 9, 5; οὐκ #puev ἵνα Mark 11, 16.
With, some word of exhortation implied
Eph. 5, 33.—Test. XII Patr. p. 543, 671
ἐντέλλομαι iva. p. 529 προστάσσει iva. An-
thol. Gr. I. p. 3 εἶπε iva. Arr. Epict. 4..11.
29 ἄπελϑε καὶ χοίρῳ διαλέγου, ἵν᾽ ἐν βορβόρῳ
μὴ κυλίηται. Ε

b) After verbs of entreating; persuading,
and the like; where there is a slighter
trace of purpose; see Winer § 45. 9. b.
Matth. 1. c. Tittm. 1. 6. E. g. δέομαι, Luke
9,40 καὶ ἐδεήϑην τῶν μαϑητῶν σοὺ iva ἐκβά-
λωσιν αὐτό. 22, 32. (So c. inf. 2 Cor. 8, 4.
10, 2.) After διαμαρτύρομαι 1 Tim. 5, 21;
ἐρωτάω Mark 7, 26. Luke 7, 36. John 17,
15 bis. al. παρακαλέω Matt. 14, 36. Mark 5,
10. Luke 8, 31. 82. al. προσεύχομαι Matt.
24, 20; also Rom. 15, 31. 32. (So εὔχομαι
c. inf. 2 Cor. 13,7.) So δέομαι οἱ ἵνα 1 Esdr.
4,46. Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 1, 2. Dion. Hal. II.
p- 666; c. infin. 3 Mace. 1,16. Jos. Ant.
9, 14. 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. ὃ. 46; ο. ὅπως
Thue. 5. 86. Hdot. 9.117; παρακαλῶ iva
Chariton. 3. 1.—Also after 7 εἰ o Matt. 27,
20, where Greek writers usually put ὡς or
the infin. see Matth. § 531. n. 1. ὁ 533. 3.
—Twice iva after words of entreaty is fol-
lowed by the Orr. as the modus optandi ;
Eph. 1, 17 et 3, 16 ἵνα ὁ Seds δῴη ὑμῖν. Bul

a6 —

ἵνα

In 3, 16 Lachmann reads δῷ. See Winer
$42. 6. 1 ult. p. 336.

. 0) After verbs of desire, and the like;
comp. as above, and Winer ᾧ 4. 9. ὁ. E.g.

ϑέλω, Matt. 7, 12 πάντα ὅσα ἂν ϑέλητε va

ποίωσιν ὑμῖν κτλ. Mark 6, 25. Luke 6,
81. 18, 41. John 17, 24. ale So ϑέλημά
ἐστι ἵνα, Matt: 18,14. John 6, 39. 40.
1 Cor. 16, 123 ζητεῖται iva 1 Cor. 4, 2.
With ϑέλω or the like impl. Gal. 2, 10.—
So ϑέλω iva Test. XII Patr. p. 704. Arr.
Kpict. 1.18.14. Also βούλεται ἵνα, Dion.
Hal. de Comp. Verb. p. 296 sq. and ἐπιϑυ-
pew ἵνα, Teles ap. Stob. 95. p. 524. Comp.
Schefer Melet. p. 121.

d) After ποιέω in the sense to cause,
where in earlier Greek the infin. is used,
Matth. § 531. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. '759; or
also ὅπως Hdot. 1. 209. ib. 5. 109. In this
use of iva there lies perhaps a trace of its
ecbatic power. John 11, 37 οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗ-
Tos ποιῆσαι, ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποϑάνῃ ; Col.
4,16. So in an attraction, Rev. 8, 9. 13,
12. 15. 16; comp. Buttm. §151. 1.6. In
Rev. 3, 9 the future also is joined with the
Subj. after iva.

e) After words implying fitness, suffi-
ciency, need, and the like ; where also there
is perhaps a trace of ecbatic power; e. g.
ἀξιός, John 1, 27 ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀξιός εἰμι ἵνα λύ-
σω κτὰ. After ἱκανός Matt. 8, 8. Luke 7,
6; ἀρκετός Matt. 10, 25; χρείαν ἔχειν ἵνα
John 2, 25. 16, 30..1John 2, 27. Rev. 21,
23. For the construction of all these with
an infin. see Matth. ᾧ 533. 3, also in ἀξιός,
ἱκανός, ἔχω no. 2. ἃ. 8.—Also after impers.
συμφέρει, Matt. 5,29 cup. γάρ σοι, iva
ἀπόληται ἕν κτὰ. Vv. 30. 18, 6. John 11, 50.
16, 7; ¢. infin. see in συμφέρω. After
λυσιτελεῖ Luke 17, 2; ο. infin. Tob. 3, 6.
Comp. Matth. § 532. d. .

f) After a word or phrase followed by a
defining or explanatory clause, this latter is
sometimes introduced by ἵνα, where the
classic construction would be with the infin.
see Matth. §532. d. comp. §280. EK. g.
John 4, 34 ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστι, ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ
ϑέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός pe. John 18,89 ἔστι
δὲ συνήθεια ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἕνα ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω.
1 Cor. 4, 3 ἐμοὶ δὲ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν, ἵνα
ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀνακριδῶ. Espec. after οὗτος,
αὕτη, τοῦτο, used emphatically or δεικτικῶς
in reference toa following clause ; comp.
Winer ᾧ 4 pen! p. 394. Luke 1, 43 πόϑεν
μοι τοῦτο, iva EAB.) μήτηρ τ. κι πρός με;
more usual in John 6. g. 6,29 τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ
ἔργον τοῦ ϑεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύσητε. V. 39 τοῦτο
δέ ἐστι τὸ σέλημα. ... ἵνα πᾶν κτὰ. 17, 3.
1 John 3, 11. 23. 4, 21. 2 John 6. (Test.

23

353

Ἰόππη

XII Patr. p. 606.) So ἐν τούτῳ ἵνα, 1 John
4,17. John 15,8 ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσϑη ὁ πα-
τήρ, ἵνα καρπὸν φέρητε, i. 4. classic ἐν τῷ
ip. καρπὸν φέρειν. ΑἾδο John 15, 19 μεί-
(ova ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις σῇ
κτλ. 3 John 4. So with οὗτος or ἐν τούτῳ
implied, 1 Cor. 9, 18 τίς οὖν μοί ἐστὶν ὁ
μισϑός ; [οὗτος v. ἐν τούτῳ] ἵνα κτλ.----
Comp. Wisd. 13,9 εἰ γὰρ τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσαν
εἰδέναι, ἵνα κτλ. Arr, Epict. 2. 1.1 εἰ ἀληϑές
ἐστι τόδε, ἵνα ἦ κτλ.

2. Instead οὗ ὅπως, after verbs of taking
care, endeavouring, and the like, Matth.
$531. n. 1, 2, ᾧ 628. 2; comp. §519. E.g.
βλέπειν, 1 Cor. 16, 10 βλέπετε, iva ἀφόβως
γένηται. Cok 4,17. 2 John 8; ζηλόω 1 Cor.
14,15 ¢yrém 1 Cor. 14, 12 ; μεριμνάω 1 Cor.
7, 34; φυλάσσεσϑε ἵνα μή 2 Pet. 3, 17.
So with a verb of this kind implied, 2 Cor.
8, 7—Comp. σπουδὴν ἔχω with ὅπως and
ἵνα Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. p. 398; (η-
τεῖν ὅπως Luc. de Merc. Cond. 41.

3. Instead of ὅτι, e. g. after γράφω, Mark
9, 12 καὶ πῶς γέγραπται... ἵνα πολλὰ πάϑῃ
κτλ. So c. ὅτε Rom. 4, 28. 1 Cor. 9, 10.
Xen. An. 2. 8.1. Comp. Winer §57. p.
542.—Prob. to be so taken. after ἀγαλλιάω,
John 8, 56 ἠγαλλιάσατο, iva ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν
τὴν ἐμήν. Comp. the frequent construction
χαίρω ὅτι in N. T. Luke 10, 20. John 11,
15. al. also Sept. Ex. 4, 31.

4. Of time, but only in John, after ὥρα
instead of the more usual ὅτε or ἐν 7. John
12, 23 ἐλήλυϑεν ἡ ὥρα, ἵνα δοξασϑῇ ὁ vids
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 18, 1. 16, 2. 32. So in
Engl. the hour is come THAT the.son of man
should be glorified, for when or in which.
With ὅτε John 4, 21.23. 5,25; ἐν 9 5,28.
—Or we may take iva here as ecbatic, so
that he shall be glorified ; comp. Tittm. 1. c.
Ρ. 49 sq. Winer ᾧ 45. p.394. Others regard
iva here as an adverb of place, used trop. of
time, like Engl. wherein ; comp. Aristoph,
Nub. 1235. Hom. Od. 6. 27. Tittm. 1. ¢.
Passow va B. +

ἱνατί or ἵνα τί, as an interrog. parti-
cle, elliptically for ἵνα ri γένηται, in order
that what may take place? i. q. to what
end? why? wherefore? Buttm. ὁ 149. m. 2.
Winer § 25. 1 ult. Herm. ad Vig. p. 847.
Matt. 9, 4 ἱνατί ὑμεῖς ἐνθυμεῖσϑε πονηρά ;
27, 46. Luke 13, 7. Acts 4, 25. 7, 26
1 Cor. 10, 29. Sept. for > Ps. 2, 1
ΤΆΤ. Num. 22, 32.—Aristoph. Eccles.
718. Arr. Epict. 1. 24. Plato ‘Apol. Soc. 14.
p- 26. c.

᾿Ιόππη; ns, ἡ, Joppa, so in N. 1". and
Josephus, in classic writers Ἰώππη, Heb.

Ἰορδάνης 354

S155 or 1D" Japho, now Jafa, YAfa, a cele-
brated and very ancient city and port of Pa-
lestine on the Mediterranean, about W. N.W.
of Jerusalem. Acts 9, 36. 38. 42. 43. 10,
5. 8. 23. 32. 11, 5. 13.—Sept. Josh. 19, 46.
Jos. B. J. 1. 20. 3. Strabo 16. 2. 28. p. 759.
See Reland Palest. p. 864. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. ii. p. 339.
᾿Ιορδάνης, ov, 6, Jordan, Heb. 7772
(the Rowing), now esh-Sheri’ah, ‘ the water-
ing-place,’ the celebrated river of Palestine.
Its remotest perennial source is a large
fountain near Hasbeiya in the valley west
of Mount Hermon ; but it is usually descri-
bed as rising from two far more copious
fountains in the vicinity of Banias, the an-
cient Paneas or Cesarea-Philippi, at the
southeastern base of the same mountain.
The streams very soon enter the vast marsh
on the north of the lake Haleh, the ancient
Merom of Scripture (Josh. 11, 5.'7), and
Samochonitis of Josephus (Ant. 5. 5. 1);
the lower end of which lake is some twelve
miles from Banias. ‘Thence the river runs
through a narrow and rocky ravine, with a
very rapid descent, about eight miles to the
lake of Tiberias ; see art. Τεννησαρέτ. From
the southern end of this lake in Lat. 32°
452, 21” N. the Jordan flows through its
own proper valley to the Dead Sea; which
it enters in Lat. 31° 45’ 46” N. The di-
rect distance between the two lakes is there-
fore 56;'; geogr. miles; along which the
river winds extremely, with many strong
rapids; so that the length of its actual
channel is estimated at more than 150 miles.
Its breadth is usually from 80 to 100 feet ;
the depth is various, but in many places
great. It receives from the east the ancient
Hieromax ; and the much smaller stream
of the torrent Jabbok. The first descent of
the Jordan in a boat was partially made by
Lieut. Molyneux of the British navy in
1847; the next and more successful one
was accomplished in 1848 by Lieuts. Lynch
and Dale of the U. 8. navy, in metal boats,
for the express purpose of making a sur-
vey of the river and the Dead Sea.—The
valley of the Jordan bears in Arabic the
name el-Ghér; and the same general de-
pression continues on towards the south
beyond the Dead Sea, under the name of
el-’Arabah, quite to the eastern gulf of the
Red Sea. It is every where skirted by
mountains ; which in some parts are high
and abrupt, while in others they sink down
‘to hills. 'The Ghér between the two lakes
is in general five or six miles in breadth.
Through this broad plain the Jordan flows

᾿Ιορδάνης

in a still deeper valley; which is usually
from 80 to 100 rods wide, and from 40 to
60 feet lower than the rest of the Ghér. In
many places there is yet another slight de-
scent from this lower valley to the actual
banks of the stream, by a strip of alluvia or
marshy ground covered with canes or other
vegetation. The course of the river is
skirted by a narrow border of trees and
bushes on each side; never extending be-
yond the outer banks of the lower valley ;
and sometimes confined to the marshy tracts.

The river rarely, if ever, overflows its banks
beyond the border of vegetation ; and in no
possible case do its inundations rise beyond
the lower valley. ‘The general surface of
the Ghér, above this lower valley, is there-
fore a desert ; except where watered by the
many fountains which burst forth at the
foot of the mountains on each side. These
occasion in many parts luxuriant vegetation
and fertility ; as for instance around Jeri-
cho.—Recent investigations, begun in 1837
and continued by different persons almost
yearly since, have brought to light the re-
markable fact, that the whole great valley
of the Jordan with its two lakes lies in a
deep depression below the level of the Me-
diterranean. In respect to the Dead Sea,
the measurement of the English engineers
in 1841, by vertical angles, showed a de-
pression of 1312.2 feet ; and the engineer’s
level run by Lieuts: Lynch and Dale in
1848, from the Dead Sea to the Mediterra-
nean at Joppa, gave the same at 1316.7 feet.
Various observations with the barometer
afford results differing from these by less
than 100 feet. For the lake of Tiberias,
the like measurement of the English engi-
neers brought out a depression of only
328.1 feet. Here however later barometrical
measurements display a greater discrepancy.
That of Mr. Wildenburch gives the depres-
sion at 793.3 Paris feet; that of Lieuts.
Lynch and Dale, as reckoned back from the
Dead Sea, at 735.4 feet. The difference of
level between the two lakes, as found by
each of these three observations, is 984.1
feet; 558.3 feet; 581.3 feet. This gives
for the fall of the Jordan in each mile of
the direct distance, the respective proximate
amounts of 17 feet, 10 feet, and 10} feet.
These results and the analogy of other ra-
pid streams would seem to make it doubtful,
whether the true level of the lake of Tibe-
rias is yet ascertained. See genr. Bibl. Res.

in Palest. II. p. 257 sq. IIL. Ὁ. 309 5ᾳ. 347 sq.

Biblioth. Sacra, 1848, p. 397sq. 764 sq.

Lynch and Dale’s Sect. Map.—Matt. 3, 5.

ios 355

Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῆν: Sept. for NN Esth, 8, —
17.—Ignat. ad Magnes. 10. Plut. Cic. 7.

6. 13. 4, 15. 25. 19, 1. Mark 1, 5. 9. 3,8.
10, 1. Luke 3, 3. 4,1. John 1, 28. 3, 26.
10, 40. :

ids, οὔ, ὃ, (μι, or ἐέναι;) pr. something
sent out, emitted ; hence a missile weapon,
arrow, Hom. Il. 15. 451. Sept. Lam. 3, 13.
—In N. T.

1. rust, as emitted on metals, James 5, 3.
Sept. for ANN Ez. 24, 6—Theogn. 451.
Pol. 6. 10. 3. Plato Tim. 59. c.

2. poison, venom, as emitted espec. by ser-

-pents, James 3, 8. Rom. 3, 13 ἰὸς ἀσπίδων,

quoted from Ps. 140, 4 where Sept. for
man .—All. H. A. 5. 31. Luc. Fugit. 19.

᾿Ιούδα, ἡ, indec. Juda, perh. a softened
form for Heb. 585"; HB, Juiah, Juitah, a
city assigned to the priests, and therefore
the residence of Zacharias; Luke 1, 39 εἰς
πόλιν Ἰούδα. Comp. Josh. 15, 55. 21, 16.
Reland Palest. p. 870.. Now Yutta, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL. p. 190, 195, 628.—
Usually taken as genit. of Ἰούδας.

*Tovdala, as, 4, (lovdaios,) Judea, Heb.
M57" Judah, pr. n. strictly of the territory
of the tribe of Judah, the boundaries of
which are given in Josh. c. 15; but usually
employed in a broader sense. After the
secession of the ten tribes, it was applied to
the dominions of the kingdom of Judah, in
distinction from that of Israel; and of course
included the whole southern part of Pales-
tine, comprising the territories of Judah
and Benjamin, and apparently also that of
Simeon. After the captivity, as most of the
exiles who returned were of the kingdom of
Judah, the name Judea (Judah) was given
generally to the whole of Palestine west of
the Jordan, Hag. 1, 1. 14. 2,2. Under the
Romans, in the time of Christ, Palestine

‘was divided into Galilee, Samaria, and Ju-

dea, (John 4, 4. 5,) which last included the
whole southern part west of the Jordan, and
constituted a portion of the kingdom of
Herod the Great. It afterwards belonged
to Archelaus (q. v.) and was then made a
Roman province dependent on Syria and
governed by procurators ; see in ἡγεμών.
For a time also it belonged to Herod Agrip-
pa the elder ; comp. in Ἡρώδης no. 3. See
Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 5. Reland Palest. p. 31,
174, 178. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p.
149.—Matt. 2, 1: 5. 22. 3, 1. 4,25. 19, 1.
Luke 1,65. al. Meton. the people of Judea,
Matt. 3,5. +

᾿Ιουδαΐζω, f. ἰσω, (Ἰουδαῖος.) to Juda-
ize, to live like the Jews, to follow their man-
ners. customs, rites, Gal. 2, 14; parall. to

Ἰούδας,

For such verbs see Buttm. ᾧ 119. 3. d.

᾿Ιουδαϊκός, ἡ, bv, Jewish, current among
the Jews, e. g. μύϑοι Tit. 1, 14.—2 Mace. 8
11. Jos. Ant. 20. 11. 1, 4.

᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς, adv. Jewishly, in the Jewish
manner, Gal. 2, 14.—Jos. B. J. 6.1. 3.

᾿Ιουδαῖος, aia, ον, (Ἰούδα, Ἰούδας,) pr.
adj. Jewish ; 6. g. τόπος Ἰουδαῖος, 3 Mace.
3, 29.—In N. T.

1. Fem. 8) Pr. adj. ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα
V. γῆ; the land of Judah, Judea, i. q. simpl.
ἡ Ἰουδαία, Mark 1, 5. John 3,22. So Jos,
Ant. 11. 1. 1. b) Subst. @ Jewess, in
appos. with ἡ γυνή, Acts 16, 1. 24, 24. non
al. So Sept. 1 Chr. 4, 19.

2. Masc. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος, Subst. a Jew, pr.
one of ‘the country or kingdom of Judah,
Sept. 2 K. 16, 6; but in later usage applied
to all the inhabitants of Judea or Palestine
and their descendants, Esth. 3, 6. 10. Dan.
8, 8. 2 Macc. 9,17. Soin N. T. John 4, 9,
Acts 18, 2. 24. al. (Sept. Esth. 2, 5. Plut.
Cic. 7.) Usually Plur. of Ἰουδαῖοι, the
Jews, Matt. 2,2. 28,15. John 19, 21. Acts
10, 22. 20, 19. al. sep. Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ "EXAn-
ves Acts 14,1. 18, 4. 19, 10. 1 Cor. 1, 23.
24; 566 ἰη Ἕλλην no. 2. Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ προσ-
ἤλυτοι Acts 2, 5.. Spec. and by synecd. oi
Ἰουδαῖοι is put in John for the chief men,
elders, leaders, of the Jews; John 1, 19. 5,
15. 16 sq. 7,1..11. 13. 9, 22. 18, 12, 14.
Acts 23, 20, comp. v. 14 sq.—Sing. in app.
with another noun, 6. g. ἀνὴρ Ἰουδαῖος Acts
10, 28. 22,3; Plur. 2,14; ψευδοπροφή-
ts Acts 13,63; ἀρχιερεύς Acts 19,14. +

᾿Ιουδαϊσμός, οὔ, ὃ, Judaism, the Jew-
ish religion and institutes, e. g. as opposed
to heathenism, 2 Macc. 2, 21. 14, 38.—In
N. T. as opp. to Christianity, Gal. 1, 13. 14.

*Tovdas, a, 6, Judas, Heb. MTN (re-
nowned) - Judah, Sept. Ἰούδα, Engl. Vers.
Judah, Judas, Jude, pr. n. of nine persons
in N. T.

1. Judah, the fourth son of Jacob and
head of the tribe of Judah, Matt. 1, 2. 3.
Luke 3, 33.—Meton. the tribe or posterity of
Judah, Matt. 2,6 bis. Heb. '7, 14, Rev. 5,
5. 7, 5. Also οἶκος Ἰούδα, the house (king-
dom) of Judah, opp. to that of Israel, Heb. 8,
8. For Luke 1, 39 see art. Ἰούδα.

2, 3. Judas or Judah, two of the ances-
tors of Jesus, elsewhere unknown, Luke 3,

26. 30.
4. Jude,an apostle, called also Lebbeus and

Thaddeus (Matt. 10,3), brother of James
the Less and cousin of our Lord, see in Ἰά-

a

᾿Ιουλία

κωβος no. 2. He also wrote the Epistle of
Jude. Luke 6, 15. John 14,22. Acts 1, 13.
— 1.

5. Judas, a son of Mary and brother of
Jesus, Matt. 13, 55. Mark 6,3. Others re-
fer these passages to no. 4; but see’ in Ἰά-
κωβος no. 3.

6. Judas, surnamed Iscariot i.e. man of
Kerioth, an apostle, and the traitor who be-
trayed our Lord. He seems previously to
have been dishonest, though he had the con-
fidence of the other apostles ; comp. John
12, 6. On the manner of his death, see in
art. λάσκω. Matt. 10, 4. 26, 14. 25. 47. 27,
3. Mark 3, 19. 14, 10. 43. Luke 6, 16. 22,
3. 47. 48. John 6, 71. 12, 4. 13, 2. 26. 29.
18, 2. 3. 5. Acts 1, 16. 25.

7. Judas,surnamed Barsabas, a Chris-
tian teacher sent from Jerusalem to Anti-
och with*Paul and Barnabas, Acts 15, 22.
27. 32.

8. Judas, a Jew living in Damascus,
with whom Paul lodged at his conversion,
Acts 9, 11.

9. Judas, surnamed the Gialilean, ὁ Ταλι-
Aaios, Acts 5, 87. So called also by Jose-
phus, Ant. 18.1. 6. ib. 20.5. 2. B. J. 2.8. 1,
but likewise ὁ TavAovirns Ant.18.1.1. In
company with one Zadok or Sadducus, he
attempted to raise a sedition among the
Jews, but was destroyed by Cyrenius (Qui-
rinus) then proconsul of Syria and Judea.
See Josephus Il. ce.

᾿Ιουλία, as, ἡ, Julia, pr. τι. of a female
Christian, Rom. 16, 15.

᾿Ιούλιος, ov, 6, Julius, pr.n. of the cen-
turion who conducted Paul to Rome, Acts
27,1. 3.

᾿Ιουνίας, a, ὃ, Junias, pr. n. of a Jew-
ish Christian, a kinsman and fellow-prisoner
of Paul, Rom. 16, 7.

᾿Ιοῦστος, ov, 6, Justus, 1. Pr. ἢ. of a
Christian at Corinth, with whom Paul
lodged, Acts 18, 7.

τ, As surname: a) Of Joseph called
also Barsabas, nominated as an apostle,
Acts 1,23. Ὁ) Of Jesus a friend and fel-
‘ow-labourer of Paul, Col. 4, 11.

ἱππεύς, éws, 6, (ἵππος,) a horseman ;
Plur. ἱππεῖς, horsemen, cavalry, Acts 23, 23.
32. Sept. for al) Gen. 50, 9. Ex. 14, 9.
—Hdian. 4. 13. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 1.

ἱππικός, ἡ, dv, (ππος,) equestrian, opp.
to πεζικός Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 185 skilled in
riding, a horseman, Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 6,
12.—In N. T. Neut. τὸ immcexdy, collect.
the horsemen, cavalry, as in Engl. the horse,

356

tooTns

Rev. 9, 16. So Pol. 2. 66. 7. Ken. Ag. 1.
15, 23.

ἵππος, ου, ἐδ, James 3, 3. Rev. 6,
2. 4. 5.8. 9,7. 9. 17 bis. 19. 14,20. 18, 13.
19, 11. 14. 18. 19. 21. Sept. for px Gen.
47, 17. al.—Hdian. 8. 7. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5.
2. 1.

ipus, wos, ἡ, (Ipts a goddess,) acc.
ἴριδα and ἶριν, comp. Buttm. § 44; @ rain-
bow, iris, Rev. 4, 3. 10, 1.—El. V. H. 4.
17. Luc. de Dom. 11. Plut. de Pyth. orac.
30.

Ἰσαάκ, ὃ, indec. Isaac, Heb. paz
(sporting), pr. n. of the son of Abraham’ by
Sarah, Matt. 1, 2. 8, 11. 22, 32. al. Comp.
Gen.c.21 sq. +

ἰσάγγελος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (ἴσος, ἄγγελος.)
like to angels, angel-like, Luke 20, 36.—
Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 12. Comp. the Ho-
meric ἐσόϑεος Il. 2. 565.

᾿Ισαχάρ or ᾿Ισασχάρ, 6, indec. Is-
sachar, Heb, "2¥W", Keri 722° (there is
reward), pr. n. of the ninth son of Jacob by
Leah, Gen. 30, 18.—In N. T. meton. ‘he
tribe of Issachar, Rev. "7, '7.

ἴσημι, an old root to which the forms
ἴσμεν, ἴστε, ἴσασι, were formerly referred ;
see in οἶδα under art. εἴδω II. Comp. Pas-
SOW 5. V.

᾿Ισκαριώτης, ov, 6, Iscariot, surname
of Judas the traitor, Heb. nip WN,
man of Kerioth, a town in the territory of
Judah, Josh. 15, 25.—Matt. 10, 4.° 26, 14.
Mark 3, 19. 14,10. Luke 6, 16.° 22, 3.
John 6, 71. 12, 4. 13, 2. 26. 14, 22.

ἶσος, ἴση, ἶσον, equal, like, alike, spoken
of measure, quantity, condition, and the like.
Matt. 20,12 ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας.
Luke 6, 34 ἵνα ἀπολάβωσι τὰ ἶσα. Acts 11,"
17. Rev. 21,16. Sept. for smx Ez. 40,
5. 86. So Diod. Sic. 1. 20. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.
1.—Also of nature and condition; John 5,
18 ἶσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Sep. Phil. 2, 6
οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν...τὸ εἶναι ἶσα Sem, where
plur. ἶσα may be either for neut. sing. see
Matth. ἡ 443. 1. Buttm. § 129. 7. Greg.
Cor. ed. Schefer p. 130, 1055; or adverb-
ially, Matth.§ 446. 7. Buttm. ᾧ 115. 4 ult.
Winer ᾧ 27.3 ult. See in dpmaypds. Comp.
toa Seois Hom. Od. 11. 303. Diod. Sic. 1.
89.—Spec. alike, consistent, 8. g. μαρτυριαι
Mark 14, 56. 59.

ἰσότης, nros, ἡ, (ἶσος,) equality, like-
ness, i. e. like state or proportion, 2 Cor.
8, 13 ἐξ ἰσότητος. v.14. So Luc. Zeux. 5.
Plato Legg. 684. d.—Spec. equity, what is

ἰσοτίμος

equitable, Col. 4,1. So Plut. de Fortuna 1
οὐδὲ δικαιοσύνη, οὐδ᾽ ἰσότης. ς

ἰσότιμος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἶσος; τιμή.)
alike honoured, held in equal honour, Luc.
Ὁ. Mort. 24. 3. Xen. Hi. 8. 10.—In N. T.
alike precious, having like honour and pri-
vilege, c. dat. 2 Pet. 1, 1 τοῖς ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν
λαχοῦσιν πίστιν. Buttm. § 133.2. f. Comp.
Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 1 ἰσοτίμους πῖνε: Μακε-
δόσιν κτλ.

ἰσόψυχος, ov, ὅ, ἣ, adj. (Zoos, ψυχή,
of like spirit, like-minded, Phil. 2, 20.—Sept.
Ps, 54, 14. Adschyl. Ag. 1470.

᾿Ισραήλ, ὁ, indec. Israel, Heb, 2820"
(warrior of God), a name given to Jacob

after wrestling with the angel, Gen. 32,

24 sq.—In N. T. spoken only in reference
to his_posterity, 6. g. ὁ οἶκος I. Matt. 10, 6.
Acts 7, 423; 6 λαὸς “I. Acts 4, 10. 13, 17;
υἱοὶ “I. Acts 7, 23. 37. 9, 15. al. Also
genr. Israel for the Israelites, the children
of Israel, spoken in O. T. of the kingdom
of Israel in opp. to that of Judah; but in
N. 'T. applied to all the descendants of Is-
rael then remaining, and synonymous after
the exile with of Ἰουδαῖοι, see in. Ἰουδαῖος
no. 2. Matt. 2, 6. 20. 21. 8,10. 15,31.
Rom. 10,1.19. +

TI σραηλίτης, ov, 6, an Israelite, in N.
T. i. q. 6 Ἰουδαῖος, see in Ἰσραήλ. John 1,
48. Acts 2, 22. 3,12. 5,35. 13, 16. 21,
28. Rom. 9, 4. 11, 1. 2 Cor, 11, 22.—
Genr. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 1.

σ΄ ᾿ »”
ἱστημί, f. στήσω, aor. 1 ἔστησα, aor. 2

᾿ ἔστην, perf. ἕστηκα, plupf. ἑστήκειν Luke 8,

20 and εἱστήκειν Matt. 12,46, Buttm..§ 107.
ἢ. I, 7; perf. infin. éornxévat, contr. ἑστά-
vat; perf, part. ἑστηκώς, contr. ἑστώς, doa,
ὡς, Buttm. § 107. If. 3; Pass. aor. 1 ἐστά-
Snv, fut. 1 σταϑήσομαι. See in general,
Buttm. ἡ 107.—A less usual form is pres.
ἱστάω Rom. 3,31 Rec. Buttm. ᾧ 106. n. 5.
ἢ 107. n. I, 2. Hdot. 4. 103; in later edi-
tions also ἑστάνω Rom. 1. c. a late form,
Arr. Epict. 3. 26.17. Buttm. § 112. 10;
comp. in ἀποκαϑίστημι. Pluperf. 3 pers.
plur. ἑστήκεσαν Att. for ἑστήκεισαν Rev.
7,11; see in Mattaire Dial. p. 65, ed. Reitz.
—The significations of this verb are divid-
ed between the trans. to cause to stand, to
place, and intrans. to sland; see Buttm.
ᾧ 107. m. 21. ,

I. Trans. in the Act. present, imperfect,
fut. and aor. 1, to cause to stand, to set, to
place.

1. Pr. c. acc. and with an adjanet bu!
plying place where ; e. g. εἰς αὐτούς before
them, Acts 22, 30 Παῦλον ἔστησαν εἰς av-

357 ἵστημι

τούς. So ἐκ δεξιῶν Matt. 25, 33; ἐν
μέσῳ, comp. in ἐν no. 4, Matt. 18,2. Mark 9,
36. John 8,8. Acts 4,7; also ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ
Acts 5,27 (Dem. 1370. 25) 3 ἐνώπιόν τινος
Acts 6, 6. Jude 24 (comp. Lev. 27,11); ἐπί
c.acc. Matt. 4,5 ἵστησιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύ-
yor. Luke 4, 9; (ἐπί τινι Paleph. 9;)
παρά c. dat. Luke 9, 47. Genr. to cause
lo stand forth, Acts 1,23 καὶ ἔστησαν δύο.
6,13. Trop. to cause to stand upright, opp.
to falling, Rom. 14, 4. . Sept. for 23H
Gen. 47, 7. 1K. 6, 14; ospn Ex. 40, “2.
16. Josh. 4, .9.—Hdian. 1. 14. 18. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 2. 6.

2. to make stand fast, to establish, to con-*
Jirm, c. acc. Rom. 3,31 νόμον. b0,3. Heb.
10,9. Acts 7, 60 μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρ-
τίαν ravtny, establish not this sin to them,
lay it not to their charge. Sept. for npn
Ex. 6, 4. 1 K. 6, 12.—So of time, to fix, to
appoint, ἡμέραν Acts 17, 31.

3. to place in a balance, “is q. to weigh,
ὁ. ace. et dat, Matt. 26,15 ἔστησαν αὐτῷ
τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, they weighed out to him.
Sept. for pw} Ezra 8, 25. 26. 33. Is. 46, 6.
—Diod. Sic: 1. 83. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 9.
Fully ἱστᾶσι σταϑμῷ πρὸς ἀργύριον τὰς
τρίχας Hdot. 2. 65.—Trans. non al.

Il. Inrrans. in the Act: perfect, pluperf.
and aor. 2; in the Mid. and also in Pass.
aor. 1 and fut. 1 as Mid. (comp. Buttm.
§113. n.2,3,) to stand; and so perf. ἔστη-
ka as present, whence plupf. ἑστήκειν as
impf. Buttm. § 107. II. 2.

1. Pr. and absol. 6. g. as opp. to falling,
1 Cor. 10, 12 ὁ δοκῶν ἑστάναιψ βλεπέτω μὴ
πέσῃ. Soin prayer or sacrifice Matt. 6, 5.
Heb. 10, 11—With an adjunct implying
place where, 6. g. an adv. Matt. 12, 46 ἔξω.
Mark 11, 5 ἐκεῖ. 13,14. Luke 9, 27..17,
12. 18,13. al. With εἰς c. acc. see in εἰς
no. 4; εἰς τὸ μέσον John 20,19; ἐκ δεξιῶν
Luke 1, 11 (Sept. 1 Chr. 6, 39); ἐν c. dat.
of place, Matt. 20, 3 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ. John 11,
ὅθ. Acts 5, 20. '7, 33; impl. Matt. 20, 6
comp. v. 3. John 7, 37 comp. v. 28; (Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2.175) ἐν αὐτοῖς among i. e. before
them Acts 24, 21; ἐνώπιόν twos Acts
10, 30. Rev. 7,9; ἐπί c. gen. of. place
Luke 6,17 ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ. Rev.
10, 5; (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6653) and so ἐπί in
the sense before, Acts 25, 10 ἐπὶ rod βήμα-
tos. 24, 20 ἐπὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου. Mark 13, 9;
ἐπί c. ace. of place Matt. 13, 2. Rev. 7,1;
(Sept. 2 Chr. 23, 19;) also ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας
to stand upon the feet, Acts 26, 16; impl.

Acts 3, 8. (Sept. 2 Chr. 3,12.) werd τινος

John 18, 5; mapa c. ace. Luke 5,1. 7,38.

(2 Chr. 9,18.) πέοαν τῆς Sad. John &

ἱστορέω

22; πρὸ τῶν ϑυρῶν Acts 5,23; πρὸς τῇ
ϑυρᾷ John 18,16; (Sept. Judg. 9, 8 3) c.
acc. πρὸς τὸ μνημεῖον 20,11; σὺν αὐτοῖς
Acts 4,14. Also κύκλῳ τινός round about
any one Rev. 7,11; μέσος ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν
John 1, 26.—Without an adjunct of place
expressed, but in the sense 10 stand by, near,
to stand there, according to the context, i. q.
to be present; Matt. 26, 18 προσελϑόντες
οἱ ἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτρῳ. Luke 19, 8.
23, 35. John 1, 35. 8, 29. 18, 18. Acts 2,
14, al. Joined with an adj. or pajticip.
Acts 9, 7 εἱστήκεισαν évveoi. Eph. 6, 14.
(Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.) Spec. of persons
«standing before a judge; either as accusers
Luke 23, 30; or as accused, Acts 26, 6
ἕστηκα κρινόμενος. Matt. 27, 11 ἔμπροσϑεν
Tov ἡγεμόνος ; comp. also above in constr.
with ἐπί. So before Christ as Judge, where
it is i, q. to stand erect, firm, in the conscious-
ness of acquittal and final approval, Luke 21,
36; comp. v. 28.—Spoken of fishing-boats,
to stand, to be stationed, in Engl. to lie, Luke
5, 2.

2. Trop. to stand fast, i.e. to continue, to
endure, to persist, e. g. of things, ἡ βασιλεία
Matt. 12,25, Luke 11,18; ϑεμέλιος 2 Tim.
2,19. Of persons, Acts 26, 22 aype τῆς
ἡμέρας ταύτης ἕστηκα. 1 Cor. '7, 37 ἕστηκα
ἑδραῖος. Col. 4, 12. John 8, 44 ἐν τῇ ἀλη-
“cia οὐχ ἕστηκεν. Rom. 5, 2. 1 Pet. 5, 12
εἰς ἣν ἑστήκατε; comp. in εἰς no. 4. 2 Cor.
1,24, So Sept. and m9 2 K. 23, 3. Is.
66, 22; pap Is. 46,10. Josh. 2,11. So
Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 23.—Spec. to stand fast
against an enemy, opp. to φεύγω, Eph. 6,
13; c. πρός rev. 11. Sept. for 29 Ex. 9,
12. Nah. 2, 8. (Pol. 1.19.15. Xen. An. 1.
10. 1.) So against evils, i. 4. to endure, to
sustain, Rev. 6, 17.—In the sense to be es-
tablished, confirmed, Matt. 18, 16 et 2 Cor.
13,1 ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν
σταϑῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα, in allusion to Deut. 19, 15
where Sept. for pap.

3. In the Aorists ἔστην and ἐστάϑην,
to stand still, to stop, 6. g. of persons, Matt.
20, 32 καὶ στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Mark 10, 49.
Luke 7, 14. 18, 40 σταϑεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
Of things, Matt. 2,9. Acts 8, 38; to cease,
Luke 8, 44. Sept. for tap Hab. 3, 11.
Jon. 1, 15.—Hdian. 1. 13. 10. Xen. Cyr.
7.1.3.0 +

ἱστορέω, &, f. now, (ἴστωρ, εἰδέναι.) to
learn or know by inquiry and personal ex-
amination, Pol. 9. 14. 3. ib. 10. 7.1; to
‘know, to have seen personally, Jos. Ant. 8.
2. 5. Paleph. prom. 7.—In N.T. to see,
10 go to see, to visit a person in order to

358 dats

make his acquaintance; Gal. 1, 18 teropy-
σαι Πέτρον. So Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8. Arr.
Epict. 2. 14. 28. Hesych. ἱστορεῖ - ὁρᾷ.
See Wetst. in loc.—More freq. to narrate,
to tell what one has seen, Pol. 1. 37. 3.
Hdian. 3. 7. 15.

ἰσχυρός, d, dv, (ἰσχύω;) strong, mighty,
powerful, e. g.

1, Of persons, spoken of the powers both
of body and mind, physical and moral, Matt.
3,11 ἰσχυρότερός pov ἐστίν. Mark 1, 7.
Luke 3, 16. Heb. 11, 34 ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέ-
po, and so Matt. 12, 29 bis εἰσέλϑειν εἰς
τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ. Mark 3, 27 bis.
Luke 11, 21. 22. 1 Cor. 10,22; also 1 Cor.
1,25. 1 John 2,14 strong, i. 6. firm in
faith. Of angels Rev. 5, 2. 10,1. 18, 21;
of God Rey. 18, 8. Sept. for “jas Judg. 5,
13. Josh. 10,2; of God Deut. 10, 17; dx
of God Neh. 1, 5. 9, 32. So Al. V. H. 2.
24. Xen. Mem, 1. 7. 4. ib..1. 6.'7.—Trop.
strong in influence and authority, mighty,
honourable, 1 Cor, 4, 10. Rev. 6,15 Grb. 19,
18. 1 Cor. 1,27 ra ἰσχυρά for concr. of
ἰσχυροί. Sept. οἱ ἰσχ. τῆς γῆς for pdx
2 K. 24, 15; also for "4a, 1 Chr. 7, 7. 40.
So Xen. Ath. 1. 14. ;

2. Of things, strong, vehement, great, as
ἄνεμος Matt. 14, 30; λιμός Luke 15, 14;
κραυγή Heb. 5,'7; φωνή Rey. 18, 2 Grb.
βρονταί Rev. 19,6. Sept. Gen. 41, 31. Ex.
19, 19. Dan. 6, 20. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 39
χειμών. Hell. 4. 2. 11 ῥεῦμα.) Trop. firm,
sure, as ἰσχ. παράκλησις Heb. 6, 18 (Pol.
31. 20. 8); powerful, grave, severe, e. g.
ἐπιστολαὶ ἰσχ. 2 Cor. 10,10; so Xen. Cyr.
3. 3. 48.—Of a city, strong, fortified, Rev.
18, 10 Βαβ. ἡ πόλις ἡ ἰσχ. Sept. for pin
Ez. 26,17. So Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 7, 8.

ἰσχύς, vos, 7, (is, ἴσχω,) strength, might,
power, spoken of the powers both of body
and mind, physical and moral; e. g. once
physical, Rev. 18, 2 Rec. ἔκραξεν ἐν ἰσχύϊ
i. 6. mightily, vehemently ; comp. Sept. Is.
58, 1. Sept. for 5m Dan. 3, 4. 4,11. So
Hdian. 6. 8. 2 ἰσχ. σώματος. Xen. Ven. 13.
14.—Of mental and moral power, might,
ability, faculty. Mark 12, 30 ἐξ ὅλης τῆς
ἰσχύος σου with all thy might. v. 33. Luke
10, 27. 1 Pet. 4,11. (Sept. for m5 Gen.
31,6; T8922 K. 23,25.) Also genr. pow-
er, potency, pre-eminence ; 6. g. along with
δύναμις, 2 Pet. 2,11 ἄγγελοι ἰσχύϊ καὶ δύνα-
pet μείζονες. Eph. 1, 19 et 6,10 κράτος τῆς
ἰσχύος i. q. κράτος ἰσχυρόν, mighty power.
2 Thess. 1,9. Spec. in ascriptions to God,
Rey. 5,12. 7,12. Sept. for m5 Jer. 10, 12.
32, 17; M7938 Is, 11, 2.

ἰσχύω 359

ἰσχύω, f. tow, (ἰσχύς,) to be strong,
i. e. to have strength, ability, power, both
physical and moral, e. g.

1. Pr. physical, to be strong, robust ;
Matt. 9, 12 et Mark 2, 17 of ἰσχύοντες the
strong, i. 6. the well, not the weak and sick.
Sept. for pn Josh. 14, 11.—Ecclus. 30, 14
ὑγιὴς καὶ ἰσχύων. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 4.

2. Genr. to be able, I can, c. infin. Matt.
6, 28 ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελϑεῖν. 26,
40. Mark 5, 4. 14, 37. Luke 6, 48. 8, 43.
14, 6. 29. 30. 16, 3. 20, 26. John 21, 6.
Acts 6, 10. 15,10. 25,7. 27,16; inf. impl.
Mark 9, 18, Luke 13, 24. Phil. 4, 13 πάν-
ra ἰσχύω, I can do or endure all things.
Better perhaps πάντα as acc. of manner etc.
Buttm. ὁ 131. '7.—Sept. 2 Chr. 2, 6. Diod.
Sic. 1. 83 ult.

3. Spec. to have efficacy, to avail, to have
force and value; Gal. 5, 6 et 6, 15 οὔτε
περιτομή τι ἰσχύει. Heb. 9,17. James 5,
16; εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει it has no value, is good
for nothing, Matt. 5,13. (421. V. H. 2. 38.
Plato Polit. 294. a.) Spec. to prevail, 6. σ΄.
κατά τινος, against or over any one, Acts
19, 16; absol. Rev. 12,8. So Sept. with

πρός for 85" Dan. 7, 21: Ps. 13, 5. So’

1 Macc. 10, 49; comp. ἰσχύειν ὑπέρ Luc.
Navig. 42.— Trop. to prevail, to spread
abroad, to gain strength and efficacy ; Acts
19, 20 ὁ λόγος τοῦ x. ηὔξανε καὶ ἴσχυεν.

ἴσως adv. (ἶσος,) pr. equally, alike, Dem.
35.26. Plato Legg. 805. a; equitably, fairly,
Dem. 59. 19.—In N. T. as it would seem,
it may be, perhaps, Luke 20,13. Sept. for
bax Gen. 32,21; 4 Dan. 4, 24 [27]. So
Hil. V. H. 11. 8, Xen. Cyr. 2.71. 13.

Ἰταλία, ας, ἣ, Italy, Acts 18, 2. 27,1.
6. Heb. 13, 24. .

- Ἰταλικός, ἡ, dv, Ialian, 6. g. σπεῖρα
q. v- Acts 10, 1—Arr. Tactic. p. 73. 5.
See Wetst. N. T. in loc.

Ir ουραία, as, ἣ, Iturea, Heb. "30" Je-
tur (1 Chr. 5,19), a region which made
part of Ceele-Syria in its wider acceptation,
Plin. H. N. 5. 19.—Lyke 3, 1 Φιλίππου τε-
τραρχοῦντος τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Tpaywviridos
χώρας, Philip being tetrarch of Iturea and
Trachonitis. But Josephus describes Phi-
lip’s tetrarchy as composed of Trachonitis,
Batanea, and Auranitis, without any men-
tion of Iturea, Ant. 15.10.15; comp. 17.11.
4. B. J. 2.6.3. Hence Reland and others
supposed Iturea to be the same with Aura-
nitis; Rel. Palestina p. 106 sq. Cellarii No-
tit. Orb. II. p. 529. More prob. it was nearly
the same with the modern Jeidiir, a province
lying south of the territory of Damascus,

"Toavyrs

and bounded east by Trachonitis and Hau-
ran; south by Bashan; and west by Gau-
lonitis and Mount Hermon; see Burck-
hardt Trav. in Syr. p. 286. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. App. p. 149.—The Itureans
were celebrated as skilful archers and dar-
ing robbers, Cic. Phil. 2. 44. ib. 13. 8.
Virg. Georg. 2. 448, Strabo 16. 2. 18. p.
755 τὰ μὲν οὖν ὀρεινὰ ἔχουσι πάντα Ἴτου-
ραῖοί τε καὶ "ApaBes, κακοῦργοι πάντες. See
also Minter de Reb. Iturzor. Hafnia 1824.

ἰχϑύδιον, ov, τό, (dim. of ἰχϑύς,) a
small fish, Matt. 15, 34. Mark 8, '7.—Plut.
de Solert. anim. 27 mid.

ἰἐχϑύς, tos, 6, α fish, Matt. 15, 36. 17,
27. Luke 5, 6. John 21, 6. 9. 4]. Sept. for
a3 Gen. 9, 2.—Luc. D. Mar. 11. 2. Xen.
Hell. 4.1.16. +

ixvos, εος; ovs, τό, (ikaw, ἱκνέομαι,) a
footstep, Xen. An. 7. 3. 42.—In. N. T. only
trop. in the phrase ¢o walk or follow in one’s
footsteps, i. 6. to imitate his example ; Rom.
4, 12 στοιχοῦσι τοῖς ἴχνεσι τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ.
2, Cor, 12,18. 1 Pet. 2,21. So Ecclus. 21,
6. Pol. 4. 42. 7.

"TwdSap, ὃ, indec. Jotham, Heb. ΘΓ"
(Jehovah is upright), pr. n. of a king of
Judah, the son and successor of Uzziah, r.

. 159-743 B.C. Matt. 1, 9 bis. See 2 K. 15,

7. 32 sq. 2 Chr. ὁ. 27.

*Iwaxeip, ὃ, indec. Joachim, Heb.
p»prin (Jehovah hath set up) Jehoiakim,
pr. n. of a king of Judah, r. 611-600 B. C.
added in some Mss. after Josiah, Matt. 1,
11 bis. See 2 K. 23, 34. 36. 24, 1.

᾿Ιωάννα, ns, 7, Joanna, fem. οἵ Ἰωάν-
νης, pr. ἢ. of the wife of Chusa, steward of
Herod Antipas, Luke 8, 3. 24, 10.

᾿Ιωαννᾶς, ἃ, 6, Joannas, i. 4. Ἰωάννης,
one of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke 3, 27.

᾿Ιωάννης, ov, ὃ, John, Heb. 427" Joha-
nan (for BT, whom Jehovah hath gra-
ciously given, comp. Θεοδῶρος), pr. n. of
four persons in N. T.

1. John the Baptist Matt. 3, 1, the son of
Zacharias and forerunner of Christ, be-
headed by order of Herod Antipas, Luke 1,
13. 60. 63. Matt. 3,4. 13.14. 14,2. 3. 4.
8. 10. al. sep. Comp. Jos. Ant. 18. 5. 2. ©

2. John the apostle, the son of Zebedee
and brother of the elder James, especially
beloved of our Lord, Matt. 4, 21. 10, 2. 17,
1. Mark 1, 19. 29. Luke 5, 10. al. sep.

3. John, one of the ‘ kindred’ of the high
priest and a member of the Sanhedrim ;
once Acts 4, 6.

Ἰώβ

4. John surnamed Mark, the companion
of Paul and Barnabas, and writer of the
second Gospel; only Acts 12, 12. 25. 13,
5.13.15, 37. > +

᾿Ιώβ, 5, indec. Job, Heb. 2178 (the per-
secuted,) the patriarch of the Ο. Τ'. whose
afflictions and patience are celebrated in the
book of Job. James 5, 11.

᾿Ιωήλ, ὃ, indec. Joel, Heb. 819 (Jeho-
vah is his God), one of the minor Hebrew
prophets, Acts 2,16. Comp. Joel 1, 1.

᾿Ιωνάν, ὃ, indec. Jonan; 1. 4. Ἰωνᾶς, one
of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke 3, 30.

᾿Ιωνᾶς, ἃ, 5, Jonas, Heb. 35" (dove)
Jonah, pr. τι. of two persons in N. T.

1, The noted prophet of the O. Τ'. Matt.
12, 39. 40. 41 bis. 16,4. Luke 11, 29. 30.
32 bis. See Jon. 1, 1 sq.

2. The father of the apostle Peter, John
1, 43. 21, 15. 16. 17. Comp. in Βαριωνᾶς,

᾿Ιωράμ, ὃ, indec. Joram, Heb. S70"
(whom Jehovah exalted) Jehoram, pr. n. of
a king of Judah, the son and successor of
Jehoshaphat, τ. 891—884 B. C. Matt. 1, 8
bis. See 2 K. 8, 16 sq.

᾿Ιωρείμ, 6, indec. Jorim, perh. i. q.
Ἰωράμ, one of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke
3, 29.

᾿Ιωσαφάτ, 6, indec. Josaphat, Heb.
DEON! (whom Jehovah judgeth, sustain-
eth) Jehoshaphat, a pious king of Judah,
ihe son and successor of Asa, r. 914-889
B.C. Matt. 1, 8 bis. See 1K. 15, 24. 22,
41 sq.

᾿Ιωσή, ὃ, indec. Jose; i. q. Ἰωσῆς, one
of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke 3, 29.

"Twos, ὃ, indec. Joses, pr. n. of three
persons in N. T.

360

καδαίρεσις

1. A brother of James the Less, ἃ kins-
man of Jesus, Matt. 27, 56. Mark 15, 40.
47. ’

2. A son of Mary and brother of Jesus,
Matt. 13, 55. Mark 6, 3. Others refer these
passages to no. 1 ; but see in Ἰάκωβος no. 3.

3. Of Barnabas, the companion of Paul,
Acts 4, 36.

᾿Ιωσήφ, ὁ, indec. Joseph, Heb. 90%"
(he will add), pr. n. of seven persons in
N. T.

1. The patriarch, the eleventh son of
Jacob and head of the half-tribes of Manas-
seh and Ephraim, John 4, 5, Acts 7, 9. 18
bis. 14. 18, Heb. 11, 21. 22. Rev. 7, 8 φυ-
An Ἰωσήφ, put for the half-tribe of Ephraim,
comp. v. 6. See Gen. 30, 22 sq. Pts

2, 3,4. Three of the ancestors of Jesus,
Luke 3, 24. 26. 30.

5. The husband of Mary the mother of
Jesus, Matt: 1, 16. 18. 19. 20. 24. 2, 13.
19. Luke 1, 27. 2, 4. 16. 33. 43. 3, 23. 4,
22. John 1, 46. 6, 42.

6. Joseph of Arimathea, a member of the
Sanhedrim, βουλευτής, a disciple of Jesus,
who assisted at his burial, Matt. 27, 57. 59.

‘Mark 15, 43. 45. Luke 23, 50. John 19, 38.

7. Joseph, called also Barsabas and Jus
tus, nominated as an apostle in the place of
Judas, Acts 1, 23.

Ἰωσίας, ov, 6, Josias, Heb. 37258"
(whom Jehovah heals) Josiah, ΡΥ. ἢ. of a
pious king of Judah, the son and successor
of Amon, τ. 642—611 B. C. Matt. 1,10. 11.
See 2 K. 22, 1 sq. 2 Chr. c. 34, 35.

ἰῶτα, τό, indec. iota, Heb. yodh (*)
the smallest letter of the Heb. alphabet,

trop. for the minutest part, Matt. 5,18. For ᾿ς

the Rabbinic usage see Wetstein N. T. ad
Matt. 1. c.

K. :

κἀγώ crasis for καὶ ἐγώ, dat. κἀμοί,
acc. κἀμέ, απᾶ.1, and to me, and me; the
καί every where retaining its own distinct
puwer, just as if written separately ; see in
καί. Matt. 2, 8. Luke 2, 48. John 1, 34.
2 Cor. 11,22, al. Dat. Luke 1, 3. Acts 8,
19. 1 Cor. 15, 8. non. al. Acc. John 7, 28.
1 Cor. 16, 4. non al.—lIt is often written
with iota subscript, κῴγω, but. improperly ;
see Buttm. §29. n. 2.b,andn.7. +

κάδος, ov, ὁ, Lat. cadus, a pail, jar, cask ;
Luke 16, 6 Lachm. ἑκατὸν κάδους ἐλαίου, for

Rec. Barovs.—Anacr. Fr. 16. 3. Plato Rep
616. d.

Kad, adv. for ca¥ ἅ, Buttm. § 115. n.
5; lit. ‘according to what things,’ i. e. ac-
cording as, or simply as, Matt. 27, 10 καϑὰ
συνέταξέ μοι ὁ x. Sept. for "88D Gen. 7,
9; for 3 Gen. 19, 8.—Pol. 3. 107. 10. Xen.
(Ec. 15. 3.

Kavalpects, ews, 7), (καϑαιρέω,) ἃ pull-
ing down, demolition, e. g. of a fortress,
2 Cor. 10,4. So Pol. 23. 7. 6. Xen. He...

Kayatpew 361

2, 2. 15—Trop. in respect to religious
knowledge and experience, demolition, de-
struction, opp. to οἰκοδομή, 2 Cor. 10, 8. 13,
10. Comp. 1 Mace. 3, 43. Hdian. 2. 4. 9.
κα ναιρέω, ὦ, f. how, (κατά, αἱρέω,) aor.
2 καϑεῖλον. ἣ

1. to take down, sc. froma higher place,
e. g. from the cross, c. acc. Mark 15, 36 εἰ
ἔρχεται Ἠλίας καϑελεῖν αὐτόν. v. 46. Luke
23, 53. Acts 13,29. Sept. for T7 Josh.
8, 29. 10,27.—Philo in Flace. p. 977. a.
Pol. 1. 86. 6. :

2. With the idea of force, violence, to
pull down, to demolish, c. acc. as buildings
Luke 12, 18. (1 Mace. 5, 6ὅ.. Xen. Cyr.
6. 1.20.) Soa people, /o overthrow, to con-
quer, lo destroy, c. acc. Acts 13,19 καθελὼν
é3vn ἑπτά. (Sept. for ὉΔῚ Jer. 24, 6. 42,
10. Hdian. 6. 2. 3.) Also princes, potentates,
to cast down from their thrones, fo dethrone,
Luke 1; 52. So Atl. V. H. 2. 25. Hdot. 2.
152.—Trop. fo subvert, to destroy, as τὴν
μεγαλειότητα Acts 19, 27; λογισμούς 2 Cor.
10, 4. Sept. καϑ. τὴν ὕβριν for M22 Zech.
9,6. So Jos. Ant. 6.9.2 τὴν ἀλαζονείαν.
Diod. Sic. 4. 8.

kayalpo, f. αρῶ, (kaSapds,) to cleanse
from filth, c. acc. e. σ΄. ἃ pers. Luc. Necyom.
7; grain by winnowing, Sept. 2 Sam. 4, 6.
Xen. Cie. 18. 6.—In N. T. Ξ

1. to cleanse a tree or vine from useless
branches, fo prune, c. acc. John 15, 2.—
Philo de Agric. p. 189. a. Id. de Somn. p.
1116. 6. Comp. Leesner Obs. p. 155.

2. Trop. to cleanse from sin, to purify, by
expiation, Heb, 10, 2. Sept. for W25 Jer.
13, 27.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1:14. Xen. An. 5.
T. 35. : ἢ

καϊδάπερ adv. (καθά strengthened by
περ,) according as, i. q. as, even as, Rom. 4,
6 καϑάπερ καὶ Δαβὶδ λέγει. 2 Cor. 1, 14. 3,
13.18. 1 Thess. 2,11. 3, 6. 12. 4, 5. Heb.
4,2. 5,4. Ina protasis, followed by οὕτως
or οὕτω, so, Rom. 12, 4. 1 Cor. 12, 12.
2 Cor. 8,11. Sept. for “882 Gen. 12, 4.
Ex. 7, 6. 10.—Luc. de Mort. peregr. 25.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29.

κα άπτω, f. άψω, (κατά, ἅπτω.) to adapt,
to fit down upon any thing; and so do bind
or fasten upon, ὁ. acc. Pol. 8, 8. 3. Xen.
Ven. 6. 9.—In N. T. intrans. or with éav-
τόν impl. i. q. Mid. καϑάπτομαι, to fix oneself
upon, to fasten on, c. gen. Acts 28, 3 ἔχιδνα
νον καπῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, Buttm. § 132.
5. 6. Comp. also in ἄγω no. 2.—This is a_
later Active to the earlier and more usual
Mid. depon. καϑάπτομαι, Passow sub vy.

καδαρισμός

κα δαρίξω, f. ἰσω, (καξαρός,) a later
verb instead of the earlier καϑαίρω.

1. to make clean, to cleanse ; c. acc. Matt.
23,25 καϑαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωϑεν τοῦ ποτηρίου.
v. 26. Luke 11, 39. (Sept. Ps. 12, 7.)
Spec. of lepers afflicted with a filthy dis-
ease and accounted as unclean, fo cleanse,
to heal, c. acc. Matt. 8, 2. 10, 8. Mark 1,
40. Luke 5, 12. Pass. Matt. 8, 3 bis, καϑα-
ρίσϑητι" καὶ εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ
λέπρα, his leprosy was cleansed, i. e. was
healed (comp. Luke 5, 13 et Mark 1, 42),
Matt. 11, 5. Mark 1, 41. 42. Luke 4, 27. 5,
13. 7, 22. 17, 14.17. So Sept. and "2
Lev. 14, 7. 8,11. 15, 27.

2. Trop. to cleanse, in a moral sense, i. 6.
a) From sin or pollution, by expiation, to
purify, Pass. Heb. 9, 22. 23; ὁ. acc. et ἀπό
twos, 1 John 1, 7 τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ ... καϑα-
ρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας, i. 6. from the
guilt of sin and its consequences. v. 9.
(Sept. for 772 "710 Ps. 51, 4; "BD Ex. 29,
37.) . With ace. and dat. Tit. 2, 14 ἵνα κα-
Sapion ἑαυτῷ λαόν, that he might purify,
sanctify, for himself. Ὁ) Genr. and with-
out expiation, to cleanse, to purify, to free from
moral uncleanness; c. acc. et ἀπό τινος,
2 Cor. 7,1 καϑαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς
μολυσμοῦ σαρκός. With acc. simply, Acts
15, 9. Eph. 5, 26. Heb. 9,14. James 4, 8.
So c. ἀπό Ecclus. 38, 10 ; simpl. Jos. Ant.
11. 5. 4 ult. de Mace. §1.

3. In the Levitical sense, to cleanse, to
make lawful, δ. acc. a) Genr. Mark 7,
19 πᾶν τὸ ἔξωϑεν εἰσπορευόμενον. .. εἰς τὸν
ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται, Ka%apitoy πάντα τὰ
βρώματα, cleansing all meats, by separating
what is unclean, and thus making what re-
mains clean and lawful; here the part.
καϑαρίζον refers to the preceding clause by
way of apposition; comp. Winer ᾧ 48. 1. b.
Buttm. § 131. n. 13. Ὁ) Spec. to declare
clean, c. acc. Acts 10,15 ἃ ὁ ϑεὸς ἐκαθάρισε,
σὺ μὴ κοίνου. 11,9. So Sept. and ΠΏ
Lev. 13, 6. 23. 28. 34.

καδαρισμός, od, 6, (kaSapito,) 1. a
cleansing, purification ; e. g. of the Jewish
washings before meals, John 2, 6; comp.
Matt. 15, 2. Trop. of the ceremonial puri-
fication of lepers, Mark 1, 44. Luke 5, 14;
see Ley. c. 14. Also of a woman after
child-birth, Luke 2, 22; see Lev. c. 12.
Sept. for "1% Lev. 14, 32; MIND Lev. 15,
13. So of baptism as a rite of purification,
John 3, 25 ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις... περὶ Kas
Sapirpov.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 6.

2. Trop. in a moral sense, purification
from sin; expiation, Heb. 1, 3, 2 Pet. 1, 9.

κάδϑαρμα

Sept. Ex. 80, 10. Job 7, 20; an expiatory
offering Luc. Asin. 22.

κάδαρμα, see περικάϑαρμα.

κα δαρός, a, dv, clean, pure, i.e. un-
soiled, unalloyed; see Tittm. de Syn. N. T.
p. 26. It is a primitive word having no
affinity with αἴρω, Passow 5. v. Comp.
Sanscr. cudh to be purified ; also Lat. cast-
us, Engl. chaste, Germ. keusch.

1. clean, pure, physically, Matt. 23, 26.
27, 59 ἐντύλιξειν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ. Heb.
10, 22 ὕδατι καϑαρῷ. Rev. 15, 6. 19,8. 14.
21, 18 bis. 21. 22,1. Trop. Luke 11, 41,
see in ἔνειμι. Sept. for “inw Ez. 36, 25.
Ex. 25, 31. 36. So Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 5 otpa-
vos. fel. V. H. 13.1 mid. ὕδατα. Xen.
Εἴς. 10. 7, 12—Trop. in a Levitical or
symbolical sense, John 13, 10 ἐστὲ xaSapds
ὅλος. So of meats, clean, lawful, not for-
bidden, Rom. 14, 20. Tit. 1, 15 bis, πάντα
καϑαρά, οὐδὲν καθαρόν.

2. In ἃ moral sense, clean, pure, i. 6.
a) guiltless, innocent, Acts 18, 6 καϑαρὸς
ἐγώ. With ἀπό τινος, Acts 20, 26 kad. ἐγὼ
ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος. Sept. for "P2 Gen. 44,
13; c. ἀπό for 72 ΤΡ Gen. 24, 8. So
El. V. H. 8. 5. Dem. 199. 17. b) sin-
cere, upright, void of evil, Matt. 5, 8 of κα-
Sapo; τῇ καρδίᾳ. John 13, 10 ὑμεῖς xaSapoi
ἐστε. v.11. 1 Tim. 1, 5. 3, 9. 2 Tim. 1,3.
2, 22. Tit. 1,15 τοῖς καθαροῖς. James 1, 27.
1 Pet. 1, 22. So John 15, 3, the figure
being taken from the vine, cleansed, pruned ;
see in καϑαίρω. Sept. for sa Ps. 24, 4;
“ine Ps. 51,11; pin Gen. 20, 5.6. So
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20; 23.

Kayaporns, τος, 7, (ka%apds,) clean-
ness, pureness, in the Levitical sense, Heb.
9, 13.—So phys. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22; mor.
Arr. Epict. 4. 11. 5. Plato Legg. 778. ο.

Kayédpa, as, 7, (xa%éCoua,) a seat ;
Matt. 21, 12 et Mark 11, 15 τὰς x. τῶν πο-
λούντων. Trop. Matt. 23, 2 καϑίζειν ἐπὶ
τῆς καθέδρας Μωῦσέως to sit in Moses’ seat,
i. e. to occupy his place as an expounder of
the law. Sept. for awit 1 Sam. 20, 17. 24;
mat} 1 K. 8, 13.—Pol. 1. 21. 2. Hdian. 2.
3.17.

καϊδϑέζομαι," (κατά, Sopa) impf. éxa-
ϑεζόμην, for the augm. see Buttm. ᾧ 86. n. 2;
pr. ‘to seat oneself, i. 6. 10 sit down, to sil,
Matt. 26, 55. Luke 2, 46. John 4, 6. 20,
12. Acts 6, 15. (20, 9.] John 11, 20 ἐν τῷ
οἴκῳ ἐκαδϑέζετο i e. continued sitting, Buttm.
§ 187. 4. Sept. for avs Ez. 26, 16.—
Hdian. 4. 2. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 8.

καὶ εἴς, i.e. καϑ᾽ εἷς, see in εἷς no. 1.b. y.

362 °

κάδημαι

κα εξῆς, adv. (κατά, ἑξῆς,) in succes-
sion, in order, i. 6. successively, consecutive-
ly; Luke 1,3 καϑεξῆς σοι γράψαι, i. 6. to
write a connected narrative. Acts 11, 4.
18, 23, (So Al. V. H. 8. 7. Plut. Symp.
1. 1. 5 fin.) With the art. ὁ καθεξῆς,
Successive, i. 6. subsequent, following, οἱ
pers. Acts 3, 24 καὶ τῶν καϑεξῆς sc. προφη-
τῶν. Of time Luke 8, 1.—Classic writers
prefer ἐφεξῆς, see Passow. Plut. 1. c. pen.

καδεύδω, (κατά, εὕδω,) impf. ἐκάϑευδον,
for the augm. see Buttm. ὁ 86. n. 2; pr.
to lie down to sleep, Hom. Il. 1. 611. Od. 4.
304, Sept. for 33%) 1 Sam. 3, 2. 3. 5 sq.
—In N. T. genr. to sleep, to go to sleep,
and impf. to be asleep, intrans. a) Pr.
Matt. 8, 24. 13, 25. 25, 5. 26, 40. 43. 45.
Mark 4, 27. 38. 13, 36. 14, 37 bis. 40. 41.
Luke 22, 46. 1 Thess. ὅ, 7 bis. Sept. for
yw Cant. 5, 3; 238 Gen. 28, 13. So
Hdian. 7. 1. 22. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 42. 8)
Spec. to be in a deep sleep, in a state of un-
consciousness like one dead; Matt. 9, 24
ov yap ἀπέϑανε.. ἀλλὰ καϑεύδει. Mark 5,
39. Luke 8,52. Hence once of those really
dead (like κοιμάω), 1 Thess. 5, 10 etre ypn-
γορῶμεν etre ka%evdapev. So Sept. for ἸΏ"
Dan. 12,2. 0) Trop. i. gq. to be slothful,
secure, not vigilant, Eph. 5, 14 ἔγειρε ὁ
καϑεύδων. 1 Thess. 5, 6.
3. 11.

κα! δηγητής, ov, 6, (καϑηγέομαι,) a lead-
er, guide; in N. 'T. in the sense of teacher,
master, i. q. paBBi, Matt. 23, 8. 10 bis.—
Diog. Laert. 1. 13, 27. Plut. Alex. M. 5.

καϊδήκω, (κατά, ἥκω,) to come or reach
down to, as mountains to the sea, Hdian. 8.
1.12. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 17.—In N. T. im-
pers. καϑήκει, i is becoming, it is fit,
right, absol. Acts 22, 22 οὐ καϑῆκεν (Rec.
καϑῆκον) αὐτὸν ζῆν. Part. neut. τὸ καϑῆ -
κον, what is meet, right; Rom. 1, 28 τὰ μὴ
καϑήκοντα, things not meet, i, e. abominable.
So Ecclus. 10, 23. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 4. Part.
2 Mace. 6, 4. Luc. Gall. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1.
2. 5.

κάϑδημαι, (κατά, ἣμαι,) 2 pers. κάϑῃ
Acts 28, 3 and imperat. κάθου Heb. 1, 13,
later forms instead of κάϑησαι and κάϑησο,
Buttm. § 108. IL. 3. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 359.

1. to sit down, to sit still, to sit, intrans.
and more common than ἧμαι, Buttm. 1. c.
a) Pr. to sit down, Matt. 15, 29. 27, 36.
John 6, 3. al. Sept. for aus Gen. 21, 16.
So Hom. Il. 1. 569. Ὁ) ~Genr. to sit, ab-
sol. i. e. to sit there, to sit by, Matt. 13, 2.
Luke 5, 17. 1 Cor. 14,80. With an ad-

junct of place, e. g. ἐκεῖ Mark 2,6; οὗ Acts |

So Xen. An. 1..

-- ---

ΠΝ ε΄

ῥ

καϑημερινός 363

2,2; ὧδε James 2, 3; also with a prep.
8. g. ἀπέναντί τινος Matt. 27, 61 (Sept. Gen.
21, 16) ; eis c. acc. of place Mark 13, 3,
comp. in εἰς no. 4; ἐκ δεξιῶν Matt. 22, 44.
Acts 2, 34, comp. in ἐκ no. 1. b; ἐν 6. dat.
of place Matt. 11, 16. Mark 4,1. Luke 10,
13 (Sept. 2 K. 6, 32. Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 3);
ἐν δεξιᾷ v. ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς Col. 3, 1. Mark
16, 5; ἐπάνω τινός Matt. 28,2. Rev. 6,8;
ἐπί c. gen. Matt. 24, 3. Acts 8, 28. Rev.
4,2. 9,17 (Sept. 1 Sam. 1, 9. Diod. Sic.
1.52); ἐπί c. dat. of place Acts 3, 10 (Sept.
Is. 36, 12. Xen. An. 4. 2. 6); c. acc. Matt.
9, 9. Mark 2, 14. John 12, 15. Rev. 6, 2
(Sept. Jer. 25, 30); perd c. gen. of pers.
Matt. 26, 58; παρά c. acc. of place Matt.
13,1. Mark 10, 46; περί c. acc. of pers.
around whom, in whose circle, one sits,
Mark 3, 32. 34 (Xen. An. 4. 2. 5 ἀμφὶ
mip); πρὸς τὸ φῶς Luke 22, 56; ὑπὸ τὸ
ὑποπόδιον James 2, 3 ; so Sept. Judg. 4, 5.
1 K. 13, 14.
in public, 6. g. a judge Matt. 27, 19. Acts
23, 3; a queen, βασίλισσα, Rev. 18,7. So
Sept. Ex. 18,14. Dem. 507. 26. Plato Apol.
35. 6.

2. Spec. to abide, to dwell, to be ;- with ἐν
c. dat. of place, Matt. 4, 16 bis, τοῖς καϑημέ-
vows ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ Savdrov, quoted from
Is. 9, 1 where Sept. κατοικέω for aH".
Luke 1, 79. Acts 14,8. (So Sept. for ab"
Neh. 11, 6. 25. Ecclus. 50, 26; so sedeo
Οἷς. ad Div. 16. 7.) With ἐπί c. gen. of
place Rev. 14, 6 xaB. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, where
Rec. κατοικοῦντας ; also with ἐπί c. acc.
Luke 21, 35 καϑ. ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς.
So Alciphr. I. Ep. 25 ἐπί τινι. = +

Kasnpeptvos, n, ὄν, (κατά, ἡμέρα.) dai-
ly; Acts 6,1 ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ Kad. in the
daily ministration of alms.—Judith 12, 15.
Polyen. 4. 2. 10. Plut. Pyrrh. 14. A word
of the later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p, 53.

καδίζω, (κατά, ἵζω,) f. katiow Matt. 25,
31, instead of fut. καϑιζήσω or Att. καϑιῶ,

see Buttm. ᾧ 114 ἵζω. Matth. §181.n.3. Pas-

sow sub v. Aor. 1 ἐκάϑισα, for the augm.
see in Buttm. ᾧ 86. ἢ. 2.—Trans. to cause to
sit down, to seat; also intrans. to sit down,
to sil.

1. Trans. to cause to sit down, to seat, to
set; with ἐν of place, Eph. 1, 20 καὶ ἐκάϑι-
σεν [αὐτὸν] ἐν δεξιᾷ αὑτοῦ. Sept. for sin
1 K. 2, 8. 2 Chr. 23,20. So Luc. Nigr. 18.
Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 6.—Spee. io cause to sit, to
set, as judges, 1 Cor. 6, 4 τούτους καϑίζετε
sc. κριτάς ν. δικαστάς. So fully Luc. Tox.
62 οὐ yap ἐκαϑίσαμέν twa δικαστὴν τοῦ λό-
you. Plato Legg. 873. 6.

6) Ofa dignitary who sits

καϊδιστημι

2. Intrans, or with ἑαυτόν impl. and alse
Mid. to seat oneself, i. 6. to sit down, to sit ;
see in ἄγω no. 2, and Buttm. § 130. n. 2.

a) Pr. and genr. Matt. 5, 1 ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ
ὄρος" καὶ xa%icavros αὐτοῦ κτὰ. 13, 48.
Mark 9, 35. Luke 4, 20. 5, 8.. 14, 28. 31.
16, 6. John 8,2. Acts 13,14. 16,13. 1 Cor.
10,7. Sept. for ati Gen. 37, 24. Neh. 1,
4, So Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 2.—With an adjunct
of place, 6. g. αὐτοῦ here Matt. 26, 36; ὧδε
Mark 14, 32. So with prepositions, eis
τὸν ναὸν τοῦ 3. 2 Thess. 2,4, comp. in εἰς
no. 4 (Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 1); ἐκ δεξιῶν
Matt. 20, 21. 23. Mark 10, 37. 40. 16,19;
ἐν c. dat. ἐν τῷ ϑρόνῳ Rev. 3, 21 bis; ἐν
δεξιᾷ Heb. 1, 3. 8, 1. 10, 12. 12,2 (Sept.
Jer. 39, 3); ἐπί c. gen. ἐπὶ Spdvov Matt.
19, 28 bis. 25, 31. Luke 22, 30. Acts 2,30
(Sept. 1 K. 2,12. 8,20. Xen. Eq. 7. 5);
ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, of a judge, etc. John 19, 13.
Acts 12, 21. 25, 6. 17; (Diod. Sic. 1. 92.
Plato Legg. 659. b;) ἐπὶ τῆς Μωῦσέως κα-
ay τὴ Matt. 23, 2, see in καϑέδρα ; also ἐπί
c. dat. ἐπὶ αὐτῷ sc. τῷ πώλῳ Mark 11,7;
ἐπί c. acc. ἐφ᾽ ὅν Mark 11,2. Luke 19, 30.
John 12, 14. Rev. 20,4; trop. Acts 2, 3.
(Sept. Gen, 48,2. Thuc. 1. 136.) κατέ-
ναντί twos Mark 12,41; μετά τινος Rev.
3, 21 bis; σύν τινι Acts 8, 31.

b) Spec. to abide, to continue, e. g. ἐν τῇ
πόλει Luke 24, 49; absol. Acts 18, 11.
Sept. for saa Jer. 49, 32; a3 Ex. 16, 29.
Judg. 9, 41.—1 Mace. 2, 7. 29; comp. se-
deo Cic. de Diy. 16. 7.

- καπίημι, f. καπήσω, (κατά, ἵημι,) aor. 1
καϑῆκα, Buttm. ᾧ 108.1; pr. zo send or throw
down, i.e. in N. T. to let down, c. acc. et εἰς,
Luke 5, 19 καθῆκαν αὐτόν... εἰς τὸ μέσον.
Acts 9, 25 xa3. διὰ τοῦ τείχους. (Paleph.
13. 3.) Pass. or Mid. part. καϑιέμενος foll.
by ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Acts 10, 11; ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
11, 5.—Sept. 1 Sam. 2, 16. Jos. Ant, 2. 8.
4,c. eis. Plato Phad. 61. c.

κα ίστημι, also καϑιστάω Acts 17,
15. Plut. Cato Min. 70 fin. (comp. in ἵστημι
init.) fut. καταστήσω, aor. 1 κατέστησα.----
To set down, i. q. gent. to set, to place, in N. T.
found only in the trans. forms ; also Pass.
or Mid. to be set, to be, ete. See in ἵστημι,
and comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 5.

1. to set down, to place, to cause to stand,
pr. Hom. ἢ. 9. 202. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 10.
Mid. or Pass. to set or place oneself, to be
placed, to stand, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 2.—Hence
in N. T. Act. καϑίστημι, to cause to be, to
render, to make ; c. acc. impl. et adj. 2 Pet. 1,
8 ταῦτα... οὐκ ἀργοὺς [ὑμᾶς] ... καϑίστησιν
werd. Pass. to be or become, to be rendered,

Kayo 364 ° καί

made; James 8, 6 οὕτως ἡ γλῶσση καϑί-
σταται ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν. 4, 4. (Thuc. 4. 92
καδίσταται.) Rom. 5, 19 bis, ἁμαρτωλοὶ κα-
τεστάϑησαν of πολλοὶ krA.—Act. Jos. Ant.
6. 5. 6 τὸν Sedv αὐτοῖς εὐμενῆ καταστῆσαι.
Xen. An. 6. 3. 18.

2. to set, to constitule, to appoint, sc. per-
sons; so 6. acc. et ἐπί c. gen. to set one
over any thing, Matt. 24, 45 ὃν κατέστησεν
ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς ϑεραπείας αὑτοῦ. 25,
21. 28. Luke 12, 42. Acts 6,33 ἐπί ο. dat.
Matt. 24, 47. Luke 12, 44; ἐπί α. acc.
Heb. 2,7. So ἐπί c. gen. Sept. for 19
Gen. 41, 41. 43; ἐπί c. acc. Sept. Jer. 1,
10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 9.—With two acc. of
pers. and station, to. constitute, 10 make;
Luke 12, 14 ris pe κατέστησε δικαστὴν ἢ
μεριστὴν ep ὑμᾶς; Acts 7, 10. 27. 35.
Heb. 7, 28. So with acc. of pers. omitted
Tit. 1, 5. (Xen. An. 8: 4. 30.), Pass. c,
acc. of manner Heb. 5, 1, see Buttm. ὁ 131.
8; c. εἴς τι 8, 8. Sept. for pa Ex. 2, 14.
Gen. 47, 6. al. So genr. Paleph. 23. 4.
Diod. Sic. 19. 15. Xen. Ag. 3. 5.

3. to set one down on ἃ journey, i. e. to
accompany, to conduct, out of respect or for
security, c. acc. Acts 17,15 of καϑιστῶντες
τὸν Παῦλον. Sept. for x»arm 2 Chr. 28, 15.
—Hodian. 2. 8. 10. Xen. An. 4. 8. 8.

Kay0 ady. (for xa% δ.) lit. “according
to what,’ i. 6. according as, as, i. 4. καϑά.
Rom. 8,26 καϑὸ δεῖ. 2 Cor. 8, 12 bis, καϑὸ
ἐὰν ἔχῃ τις KTA. in proportion as. 1 Pet. 4,
13. Sept. for "tx my Lev. 9, 5.—Plut.
comp. Agesi. cum Pomp. 4. Comp. Phryn.
et Lob. p. 425.

KANONLKOS, ἡ, dv, (κατά, ὅλος.) catholic,
i.e. general, universal, found in many edi-
tions in the titles to the epistles of James,
Peter, John, and Jude, i. e. the catholic epis-
tles; so called as being addressed not to
any particular church, but to Christians at
large.-.-Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 2. Pol. 8. 4. 11.

καϊδόλου adv. (καϑ᾽ ὅλου!) pr. through-
out the whole, i.e. wholly, entirely; and κα-
όλου μή, not αἱ all, Acts 4,18. . Sept. c.
neg. for "mbad Ez. 13,3. 22. 17, 14.—Diod.
Sic. 4. 5. Xen. Eq. 8. 1.

κα) οπλίζω, f. iow, (κατά intens. ὁπλί-
ζω!) to arm fully, to equip ; Pass. to be fully
armed, equipped, Luke 11, 21.—Sept. Jer.
46, 9. Adsehin. 75. 33. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 11.

κα οράω, ὦ, (κατά, ὁράω.) to look down
upon, from a higher place, to behold, Sept.
for 89 Num, 24, 2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 10.—
In N. T. genr. and trop. to perceive, to see
clearly, Pass Rom. 1 20. So 3 Mace. 3,

11. Luc, Pseudom. 25; pr. Hdian. 4. 15,
14. Xen. An. 1. 8. 26.

KaSOTL adv. (xa ὅ τι.) lit. ‘according
to what,’ i. 6. how, in what manner, Thuc.
4, 118.—In N. T.

1. according as, as, Acts 2, 45 et 4, 35
kasdre ἄν τις χρεῖαν εἶχε. Sept. for WWRD
Ex.1,12.17; 3 Lev. 27, 12.—Diod. Sic. 4. 5:

2. for that, because that, inasmuch as,
Luke 1, 7 καθότι ἡ ἜἘλ. ἣν στεῖρα. 19, 9.
Acts 2, 24. [17, 31.]—Sept. for Chald. 95
Dan. 2, 8. Pol. 18. 21. 6. Thue. 6. 8.

Kaas, ady. (κατά, ὥς.) a later form in-
stead of xa%d, Phryn. et Lob. p. 425 sq.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.'74; according as,
as ; comp. the simple ὡς.

1. Pr. implying manner: 8) Genr.
Matt. 21,6 xa%as προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ "I.
Mark 11, 6. Luke 11, 1. John 1, 23. Acts
10, 47. 1 Cor, 4, 17. Gal. 2, 7. al. sepiss.
Pregn. Mark 15,8 ἤρξατο aireioSat, καθὼς
ἀεὶ ἐποίει αὐτοῖς, began to demand [that he
should do] as he had ever done to them. John
6, 58. With εἰμί, i. q. such as, 1 Thess. 2,
13 ἀλλά, καϑώς ἐστι ἀληδῶς. 1 John 3, 2;
comp. in εἰμί II. 7. In a protasis, with ov-
tws in the apodosis, John 3, 14. 2 Cor. 1,
5. 1 Thess. 2,4; also ὁμοίως Luke 6, 31.
Sept. for 13 Ex. 10, 29, comp. 1 Chr. 24,
31. 26,12. So Paleph. 52. 7. Plut. de
Pyth. Orac. 21. Comp. Greg. Cor. p. 319.
ed. Schef. Ὁ) After verbs of speaking,
etc. how, Acts 15, 14 Συμεὼν ἐξηγήσατο,
kaSas πρῶτον κτλ. 3 John 3. 0) In the
sense of proportion, comparison, Mark 4, 33
Kaas ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν. John 5, 30. Acts
11,29. 1 Pet. 4,10. So Sept. Num. 26,
54. Pol. 7. 9. 15.

2. In a causal sense, as, i. e. even as,
inasmuch as, since; John 17, 2 καδὼς ἔδω-
kas αὐτῷ κτὰ. Rom. 1, 28. 1 Cor. 1,6. 5,7.
Eph. 1, 4. Phil. 1,7.

3. Of time, as, when, Acts 7, 17 xa%as δὲ
ἤγγιζεν 6 xpévos.—2 Macc. 1,31. +

Kal, conjunct. and, also, one of the most
frequent words in the Greek language ; and
as used in N. T. taking a strong colouring
from the Hebrew; see Winer §57. 2, 3.
Matth. §620. Buttm. §149. τη. 8. Kiihner
$321.

1. Simply copulative,and. 8) Connect-
ing single words and clauses ; 6. g. Nouns,
Matt. 2, 11 χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν.
13, 55. 23, 6. 7. Luke 6, 38; and so when
the latter noun is in place of a genitive, by
Hendiadys, Acts 23, 6 περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ
ἀναστάσεως. Rom. 2,20, (Sept. Gen. 1, 14.

«κοχἰὐκν

Ae τς eS EIS a

καὶ 365

3,16.) Pronouns, Matt. 8, 29 ri ἐμοὶ καὶ
σοί, see in ἐγώ no. 3. Adjectives, Rom. 7, 12
ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή. Verbs,
Mark 4, 27 καϑεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται ... βλα-
στάνῃ καὶ μηκύνηται. Acts 1,21. 7, 17. 9,
28 : and so where one verb is taken adverb-
ially, Luke 6, 48 ἔσκαψε καὶ ἐβάϑυνε, see
fully in βαϑύνω. John 8, ὅθ. Rom. 10, 20.
Col. 2,5.al. Adverbs, Heb. 1,1 πολυμερῶς
καὶ πολυτρόπως. Also clauses, Matt. 7, 25
καὶ κατέβη ἡ βροχὴ; καὶ ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοί,
καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, κτλ. Matt. 1, 17.
Johri 1, 1. Rom. 14, 7. al—Hence καί is
mostly a simple continwative, marking the
progress of a consecutive discourse ; 6. g.
Matt. 1, 23 ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει, καὶ τέξεται υἱόν,
καὶ καλέσουσι κτὰ. 2,11. Mark 4, 32. Luke
2, 34. i1, 44. 1 Cor. 12, 5. 6. al. (Hdian.
3. 32. ὃ. Xen. An. 4. 1. 158q.) In like
manner as connecting negative clauses,
where the negative particle may be omitted
in the latter, which is then rendered nega-
tive by the continuative power of καί, 6. g.
James 3, 14 μὴ κατακαυχᾶσϑε καὶ ψεύδεσϑε
κτὰ. 2 Cor. 12, 20. Gal. 3, 28 οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν
καὶ ϑῆλυ. Matt. 13, 15. Mark 4, 12. John
12,40. Acts 28,27; comp. Sept. Is. 6, 9 sq.
See Winer § 59.7 pen. Passow no. 13. [VIL]
(Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 5 init.) But in two ex-
amples after οὔτε, the καί does not thus
carry forward the negative ; as John 4, 11
οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ Badd.
8 John 10. So Luc. D. Mar. 14. 1 οὔτε τὴν
παῖδα ἠδίκησεν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἤδη τέϑνηκε. Arr.
Alex. M. 4. 7. 6. See Winer ]. c—The
use of καί in this continuative sense takes a
strong colouring from the Heb. use of 3,
espec. 1 conversive both of fut. and pret.
which is also continuative, see Heb. Lex.
arts. Ἢ and -3. Heb. Gr. ὁ 48 b. Ewald Heb.
Gr. p. 547. Thus: _ a) The simple καί
is put very frequently in N. Τ'. particularly
in the narrative style, where classic writers
either put nothing, or use some other parti-
cle, as δέ, ἀλλά, τότε, and the like; so es-
pec. in Matt. Mark, Luke, and Rev. e. g.
Matt. 14,9sq. 27, 28sq. Mark 1, 31 sq.
3, 13 sq. Luke 2, 25 sq. 4, 14 sq. “Rev. 11,
7 sq. al. sep. So 3 and Sept. καί 1 Sam.
15, 3sq. Is. 11, 12sq. Ez. 5, 1 sq. comp.
1 Macc. 1,1 sq. For καὶ ἐγένετο, see be-
low in lett.b. | 8) From the simplicity of
the Heb. καί with a demonstr. pron. is some-
times written where’ Greek usage employs
the relative ; 6. g. Luke 6, 6 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄν-
Spwrros, καὶ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά.
11, 44. 16, 19. 1 Οογ. 7, 13. So Sept.
and * Is. 13, 14; so 1, Sept. ds, Job 29, 12.

-

΄
και

See Heb. Lex. art. } πο. 1. ee.—The case
where καί with a demonstr. pron. follows a
relative clause, instead of another relative, is
a frequent Greek construction ; see Matth.
§472. 3. Kiihner §334. 1. Buttm. § 151. II,
4. Winer §22. p. 173. So Luke 17, 31.
Acts 3, 13 ὃν ὑμεῖς μὲν mapedaxare, καὶ ἦρ-
νήσασϑε αὐτόν κτὰ. 1 Cor. 8,6. 2 Pet. 2, 3
Rev. 2, 18. 17,2. So Dem. 123. 7. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 38.

b) Continuative in respect to time, 1. 6
connecting clauses and sentences in the
order of time. Thus α) At the begin
ning of a sentence, where any thing is nar
rated as done immediately or soon after that
which the preceding context narrates ; here
καί is equivalent to the more usual τότε,
then, after that, Matt. 3,16. 4, 3.21 καὶ
προβὰς éxeisev. 10, 1. 14, 12. 14. Mark 1,
29. 4, 21. 24. 26. al. comp. τότε Matt. 15,
12. (Xen. Hi. 1. 8. Cyr. 1. 3.11.) Here
belongs the phrase καὶ ἐγένετο and (then)
it came to pass, corresponding to the Heb.
7"), see Heb. Lex. art. TT no. 1. Heb.
Gram. §126 b. 2. Usually with a nota-
tion of time; 6. g. with ὅτε Matt. 7, 28.
10, 1. 19, 1; ὡς Luke 2, 15; ἐν c. dat.
Mark 1, 9. 4, 4. Luke 1, 59. 9, 18. 14,1
al. μετά Luke 2, 46; with gen. absol. Matt
9,10; with acc. and inf. Mark 2,23. Else
where ἐγένετο δέ id. Luke 3, 21. 5,1. 6, 1.
8). In an apodosis, 6. g. where any thing is
said to follow at once, immediately upon
that which is contained in the protasis, i. q.
and immediately ; Mark 1, 27 τοῖς πνεύμ.
ἀκαῦ. ἐπιτάσσει kal ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ. Luke
8, 25. Matt. 8, 15. Mark 2, 14. Luke 4, 86.
Matt. 26, 53. Also where the time is less
definite, i. q. and then, and afterwards, with-
out any notation of time, Mark 12,1 καὶ
ἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς. Luke 1, 56 ἔμεινε
dé... μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν κτὰ. John
4,40. Acts ὅ,7. (Theocr. Id. 7. 10-12;
comp. Passow in καί no. 5.) So with a
notation of time, Matt. 28,9 ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύ-
οντο. .. καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ Ἰησοῦς κτλ. (Xen. An.
1.10. 15 ὅτε.) After καὶ ἐγένετο or ἐγέ-
vero δέ with a note of time, see above in a.
Matt. 9, 10 καὶ ἰδού. Mark 2, 15. Luke
5, 1. 2,15. 21. 9, 28. 51. Spec. in the
construction ἤγγικεν ἡ Spa καί κτὰ. Matt.
26, 4 ; also ἦν δὲ ὥρα τρίτη καί κτὰ. Mark
15, 25. Luke 23, 44; where some need-
lessly take καί as in the place of a relative.
So Thuc. 1. 50 ἤδη δὲ ἦν oe... καὶ οἱ
Κορίνϑιοι κτλ. Xen. An. 6. 4. 26 ἤδη. per
ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἦν, καὶ of Ἕλληνες κτὰ
See Matth. ὁ 620 p. 1257

καὶ

6) Continuative in respect to sense, i. 6.
vefore the apodosis ani connecting it as a
consequent with the protasis as its antece-
dent, e.g. α) Where the apodosis affirms
what will take place provided that is done
which is contained in the protasis, i. q. and
so, and thus, and then, usually followed by

a fut. or pres. in a future sense. So with.

Imperat. in the protasis; Matt. 4, 19 δεῦτε
ὀπίσω μου, kal ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλεεῖς ἀνπρώ-
πων. 5,15. 7,'7. 9,18 ἐπίϑες τὴν χεῖρά
σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, καὶ ζήσεται. 11, 29. Mark 6,
22. 11, 29. Luke 6, 35. John 2, 19. 4, 35.
7, 33. Acts 9,6. 2.Cor. 13,11. James 1,
5. al. sep. (Sept. and 1 1 Sam. 15, 16.
Epict. Ench. c. 21, 23. Xen. Mem. 2. 3.
16 μὴ ὄκνει. .. καί κτλ.) Also genr. Matt.
27, 64 καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς
πρώτης. Luke 12, 19. Heb. 8, 19 “καὶ βλέ-
πομεν. 12,9. (Sept. and 1 Gen. 24, 40.)
After ei or ἐάν in the protasis, then; James
4, 15 ἐὰν 6 κύριος SeAnon καὶ ζήσωμεν, καὶ
ποιήσωμεν κτὰ. if God will and we live,
THEN we shall do this or that. Rey. 3,20
ἐὰν...καί. Sept. ἐάν... καί for Ἢ... ἘΝ
Lev. 26, 3. 4: εἰ... καί Judith 5, 20. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 22.—Once followed by an In-
perat. John 7, 52 ἐρεύνησον καὶ ide, where
the second Imperat. is equiv. to a fut. and
so thou shalt see; Winer ᾧ 44. 2. Gesen.
Heb. Gr. § 127. 2. So Baruch 2, 21;
comp. Luc. D. Deor. 2. 2 βαῖνε καὶ ὄψει.
Lat. divide et impera. 8) Where the apo-
dosis affirms what is or will be done in con-
sequence of, because of that which is con-
tained in the protasis, i. q. and so, and there-
fore, i. q. so that, therefore, wherefore.
E. g. [01]. by a fut. Acts 7,43 καὶ μετοικιῶ
ὑμᾶς κτὰ. quoted from Amos 5, 27 where
Sept. and ἢ. Rom, 11, 35. Foll. by a pres.
Matt. 11, 18. 19 καὶ λέγουσιν. John 7, 22.
Foll. by a pret. Rom. 4, 3. Gal. 2, 16. 3,
6. James 2, 23. Sept. and} 1 Sam. 15, 23.
So Xen. ic. 7. 22.

d) As an explicative copula, i. ᾳ. namely,
to wit, even, between words and clauses,
see Viger. et Herm. p. 525, 835. a) Be-
tween nouns which are strictly in apposi-
tion, 6. g. Matt. 21, 5 ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ πῶλον
υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου. So in ὁ Seds καὶ πατήρ
when alone, 1 Cor. 15,24. James 1, 27.
3, 9; but in the phrase 6. 3. x. πατὴρ τοῦ
κυρίου I. X. it is merely copulative, 2 Cor.
1, 3. 11, 31. Eph. 1, 3. al. Also Matt.
13, 41 πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα καὶ τοὺς κτλ.
Rom. 1, 5. Comp. ἢ 1 Sar. 28, 3. 17, 40.
So Luc. Tox. 26. Xen. An. 4. 5.9 yuvai-
κας καὶ κόρας. 8) Before a clause added
by way of explanation, (καί enexegetical,)

366 καί

6. g. Matt. 1, 25 ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν
αὐτῷ... καὶ παρέλαβε τὴν γυναῖκα. Luke 5,
35 ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ ὅταν ἀπαρϑῇ κτλ.
John 2, 16 καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος. 1 Cor.
3,5. So Xen. An. 2. 5. 88 ἔχει τὴν δίκην
καὶ réSynxev. Comp: Winer ᾧ 57. 2..note c.

e) It has an intensive or cumulative force,
viz. a) Where two or more words are
connected by καί, and καί is then also in-
serted emphatically before the first word,
Kai...xai, Lat. et..:et, Engl. both... and.
Matt. 10, 28 φοβήϑητε τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ
Ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι. Mark 9, 29.
Acts 26,29. Rom. 14. 9 bis. Phil. 4, 12.
16. So Hdian. 3. 6. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.15.
ib, 2.3.1. 8) Before comparatives, and
even; Matt. 11,9 vai, καὶ περισσότερον mpo-
φήτου. Luke 7, 26. John 10, 10. Comp.
Passow καί no. 6. Matth. ᾧ 620. p. 1258. d.
So Hom. Il. 10. 556. Xen. An. 6. 6. 35.
y) Before interrogations, where in strict-
ness it is simply copulative, and, but serves
to add strength and vivacity to the question,
and, and then, then; comp. Viger. p. 524.
Matth. § 620. p. 1258. c. So before a pron.
or adv. Mark 10, 26 λέγοντες καὶ ris δύνα-
ται σωδϑῆναι ; who then (in that case) can
be saved? Luke 3, 14. 10, 29. 2 Cor. 2, 2;
καὶ méSev Mark 12, 37; καὶ πῶς Luke 20,
44. John 14,9; genr. Acts 23, 3. 1 Cor.
5,2. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 1. 2 καὶ τί πλέον
ἕξω ; Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 113 καὶ πῶς Hi.
7.11. δ) Before an Imperat. καί is often
intensive in the classic writers; see Viger.
et Matth. 1. c. Some apply this also to
several passages in N. T. as Matt. 23, 32.
Mark 11, 29. Luke 12, 29. 1 Cor. 11, 6.
But in all these καί is simply copulative,
and may be referred to some of the signifi-
cations above given; see Winer § 57. 2.
note ἃ. ¢) Where a part is subjoined to
a whole by way of emphasis, καί may be
rendered and especially, imprimis. Mark 1,
5. 16, 7 εἴπατε τοῖς μαϑηταῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ
Πέτρῳ. Matt. 8, 33. Comp. Passow, καί
no. 6 ult. [II. 3.] So Aéschyl. Pers. 749
Seot καὶ Ilooesdeav.—Vice versa, where a
whole is, subjoined to a part, as in a sum-
ming up of particulars, i. q. and in a word,
yea. Matt. 26,59 of ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύ-
τεροι καὶ τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the chief priests
and the elders, and [yea] the whole Sanhe-
drim. Mark 15, 1. See Winer § 57. 2.
note ἃ. So Dem. 36 ult. Comp. Plato Phed.
13. p. 69. b, καὶ ἀνδρεία καὶ σωφροσύνη καὶ
δικαιοσύνη καὶ ξυλλήβδην ἀληϑὴς ἀρετή.

f) Apparently adversative, but only where
the antithesis of the thought is clear in itself,
without the aid of an adversative particle

;

. καὶ 367 καίγε

E.g. α) and yet, and nevertheless ; Matt.
6, 26 ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν. .. καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν
τρέφει αὐτά. 10, 29. 12, ὅ οἱ ἱερεῖς τὸ σάβ-
Barov βεβηλοῦσι, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσι. John 1,
10. 6,70. 7,19. 9,30. 17, 25 πάτερ δίκαιε,
καὶ ὃ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω, righteous Father,
and yet the world hath not known thee, has
not acknowledged thee as such; Winer
§ 57. 4. p. 522. Gal. 4, 14. 1 John 2, 4.
Rev. 3, 1. Sept. and 1 2 Sam. 3, 8. Mal. 2,
14. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45. Mem. 1. 2. 32.)
So Heb. 3,9 ἐδοκίμασάν pe, καὶ εἶδον τὰ
ἔργα pov, they proved me, and yet (al-
though) they saw my works, quoted from
Ps. 95, 9 where Sept. καί for px; comp.
Heb. Lex. py no. 4. 8) Where it con-
nects a negative antithetic clause with a
preceding positive one, where we often
though not necessarily use but; e. g. Matt.
12, 39 σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δο-
Ξήσεται αὐτῇ. 13, 14.17. 17,16. 26, 60
καὶ οὐχ εὗρον. Mark 9,18. 14,55. 56. John
10, 25. al. sep. In all these passages the
rendering but is admissible but not neces-
sary; in others it would destroy the true
sense, 6. g. ἔλεον ϑέλω καὶ οὐ ϑυσίαν i. e.
Twill have mercy and not merely sacrifice
Matt. 9, 13 et 12, 7, quoted from Hos. 6, 6
where Heb. 4 and Sept. ad sensum, ἔλεος
ϑέλω [μᾶλλον] ἢ ἢ ϑυσίαν. See Passow in
καί no. 13. [VII.] Winer § 57. 2. note Ὁ.
y) Rarely in a strong antithesis without a
negative, xai may be given by but, though
not necessarily, 6. g. Acts 10, 28 καὶ ἐμοὶ
6 Seds ἔδειξε. Mark 12, 12 ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν
κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήϑησαν τὸν ὄχλον, where
we may also render and yet, and neverthe-
less, as in a. 1 Cor. 12, 5, comp. v. 6.
Winer |. c.

2. Copulative and emphatic, also, too;
implying increase, addition, something more ;
6. g. always so in the connection δὲ καί or
καὶ δέ, and also, i. e. and in addition, and
likewise, see in δέ no. 2. d. Buttm. § 149.
m. 10. Salmon] $91.2: 5. Comp. Passow
καί no. 3. [II.]

a) Genr. Matt. 5, 39 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ
τὴν ἄλλην. 6, 12. Mark 2, 16. 28. Luke 1,
35. 6, 16 ds καί. John 8, 19 εἰ ἐμὲ ἤδειτε,
καὶ τὸν πατέρα pov ἤδειτε ἄν. Rom. 1, 15.
1 Cor. 14, 12. al. sep. So Hdian. 1. 1. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 5.1.2 ᾧ καὶ τὴν στολὴν ἐκδὺς
ἔδωκε. Mem. 2. 8. 1.—For πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα
V. ἕτερα, See ἄλλος πο. 1. ἃ.

b) In comparisons, 6. g. οὕτω καί, so also,
after ὡς, ὥσπερ, MaSas, 1 Cor. 11, 12 Serindp
yap ἡ γυνὴ .. - οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἁνίρ. 15, 32.
With οὕτω impl. Matt. 6,10 ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ,
καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Luke 6, 31. John 13, 15.

Acts 7, 51. Gal. 1,9. So Xen. Mem. 1. 6.
35 οὕτω impl. Hdot. 7. 128 ὡς δὲ ἐπεπύμη-
σε, καὶ ἐποίεε ταῦτα. Plut. Mor. II. p. 9.
Thue. 8. 1 ult.—Also caSas καί, as also,
even as also, 1 Cor. 13, 12. 14, 343 ὡς
cai, as also, 1 Cor. '7,'7. Acts 11,17. So
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1.

c) In interrogations, e. g. τί καί ; why
also? why too? 1 Cor. 15, 30; ware καί,
why moreover? Luke 13, '7.—Jos. Ant. 18.
6. 6 τί καὶ ἔχοι λέγειν. Eurip. Phen. 1373

'πῶς καί. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 834.

d) Before a participle καί implies an em-
phatic antithesis with what precedes, and
may be rendered even, although ; Matt. 26,
60. Luke 18, 7 καὶ μακροϑυμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς,
though he bear long with them. 1 Cor. 16, 9.
Comp. Passow καί no. 4. [Π. 2.] Herm. ad
Vig. p. 835.— Bl. V. H. 1. 21 καὶ μὴ προσ-
κυνήσαντι. Theogn. 1114 σὺν σοὶ; καὶ κα-
κὸς ὧν, γίγνομαι ἐσϑλὸς ἀνήρ. Xen. Cyr. 4.
1. 17 φεύγουσι καὶ πολλαὶ οὖσαι.

6) Intensive, even, even also, yea. Matt
10, 30 ὑμῶν δὲ καὶ ai τρίχες, i. 6. the very
hairs, etc. Mark 1, 27 καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασι. 4,
25 et Luke 8, 18 καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρϑήσεται. Rom.
8, 28 καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτοί. 1 Cor. 2, 10 καὶ τὰ
βάϑη. 11, 6 καὶ κειράσθω let her be even also
shorn. 2 Cor. 8,3 ὅτι κατὰ δύναμιν, καὶ ὑπὲρ
δύναμιν, yea above their ability. Mark 9, 13
ὅτι καὶ Ἠλίας éAndv%e that Elias is even al-
ready come——Sept. Esth. 7, 8. Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 5. 4. Xen. Cic. 18. 9 ἐπιστάμενος
καὶ πάλαι. Mem. 4.2.12. Comp. Winer
§ 57. 2. note 6. Passow καί no. 6. [II. 3.]

3. With other particles, chiefly καὶ δέ
and also, but also; likewise δὲ καί, but also,
Matt. 3,10. John 15, 24; see in δέ no. 2. ἃ.
Buttm. §149. m. 10; re καί, see in τέ,
Buttm. § 149.m.8.—Others are: ἀλλὰ καί
but also, see in ἀλλά no. 3. 6; yap καί see
in γάρ no.1; ἐὰν δὲ καί, see in ἐάν Il. 1;
ei καί, εἰ γὰρ καί, εἴ ye καί, εἰ δὲ καί,
see in εἰ III. 2. ο. d, and γέ no. 2. ο. B;
ἢ καί, seein ἢ 1V.b; καὶ γάρ see in γάρ
no. 1; καί ye, see in γέ no. 2. 6; καὶ δέ
see above; καὶ εἰ, καὶ γὰρ εἰ, καὶ γὰρ εἴ-
περ, 568 ἴῃ εἰ 1Π. 1.8. β. +

Καϊάφας, a, 6, Caiaphas, Aram, 8512
(depression, Buxt. Lex. Ch. 1076,) pr. n. of
a high priest, Ἰώσηπος ὁ καὶ Καϊάφας Jos.
Ant. 18. 2. 2. _He was appointed by Vale-
rius Gratus the predecessor of Pilate, A, D.
26, and deposed by Vitellius in A. D. 35; Jos.
Ant. 18. 4. 3. See fully in ”Avvas.—Matt.
26, 3. 57. Luke 3, 2. John 11, 49, 18, 13.
14. 24, 28, Acts 4, 6.

Kalyeé, see in γέ no. 2. e.

Κάϊν

Κάϊν, δ, indec. Cain, Heb. ἸΏ (pos-
session), pr. ἢ. of the first-born of Adam
and the first homicide, Heb. 11, 4. 1 John
3,12. Jude 11. See Gen. c. 4.

Kaivay, ὃ, indec. Cainan, Heb. 92"?
(possession) Kenan, pr. n. a) A son of
Enos, Luke 3, 37; comp. Gen. 5, 9 sq.
b) A son of Arphaxad according to the
Sept. Gen. 10,24. 11,12; but not found in
the Hebrew. Luke follows the Sept. c. 3,
36, where several Mss. omit Kaivap.

Kavos, 7, dv, new, not old. 1, Pr. newly
made, not impaired by time or use, as ἀσκοί
Matt. 9,17. Mark 2,22. Luke 5,38; (Sept.
and ©7353 Josh. 9, 13 ;) μνημεῖον Matt. 27,
60. John 19, 41; ἱμάτιον Luke 5, 36. (Sept.
1K.11, 29 sq.) So Matt. 13, 52 καινὰ καὶ
παλαιά, pr. garments new and old. Mark 2,
21. Luke 5, 36 bis.—2 Macc. 2, 29. Xen.
Hell. 3. 4. 28.

2. Also new, newly introduced, not before
known or current, novel, strange; e. σ΄, δὲ-
δαχή Mark 1, 27. Acts.17, 195; ἐντολή John
13, 34. 1 John 2, 7. 8. 2 John 5. (Hdian.
3. 13. 15. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10.) Comparat.
Acts 17, 21 λέγειν τι Kal ἀκούειν καινότερον
to tell or hear something newer ; comp. Wi-
ner § 36. 3. So Dem. 48. 7. ib. 160. 2;
comp. Hdot. 1.27 εἴ τι εἴη νεώτερον περὶ τὴν
Ἑλλάδα. In the sense of other, foreign;
Mark 16, 17 γλώσσαις λαλήσουσι Kawvais,
with new (other) tongues, new tothem. So
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.

3. Spec. new.as opp. to old or former (τὸ
παλαιόν, τὸ πρῶτον); and hence belier; e. σ΄.
καινὴ διαθήκη, a new and belter covenant,
see in διαθήκη no. 2. c; Matt. 26,28. Mark
14, 24. Luke 22, 20. 1 Cor, 11, 25. 2 Cor.
3, 6. Heb. 8, 8. 13. 9, 15. (Sept. for ὉΠ
Jer. 31,21.) So οἶνον πίνειν καινόν, to drink
wine new, in reference to the future renova-
tion of all things at Christ’s coming,in opp.
to present imperfection, Matt. 26, 29. Mark
14, 25; comp. Luke 22, 16. 30. Rom. 8,
21. So too ᾧδη καινή a new song, amo-
bler, loftier strain in the Redeemer’s king-
dom, unheard before, Rev. 5,9. 14,3. Sept.
and 84M Ps, 33,3. 40, 4. Is. 42,10. Also
ὄνομα καινόν, a new name, unknown under
the old dispensation, Rev. 2, 17. 3, 12.
Sept. for ΤΙ Is. 62, 2. Further, in the
sense of renewed, made new, and therefore
superior, more splendid; 6. g. καινοὶ ovpa-
νοὶ καὶ καινὴ γῆ 2 Pet. 3, 13 bis. Rev. 21,1;
‘Sept. Is. 65, 17. 66, 223) ἡ καινὴ Ἵερου-
σαλήμ Rev. 3, 12. 21,2. So Rev. 21, 5
καινὰ πάντα mow.—Trop. of Christians as
renewed and changed from evil to good by the

368

καιρὸς

Spirit of God ; 2 Cor. 5, 17 bis, καινὴ κτίσις.
Gal. 6, 15 x. ἄνϑρωπος: Eph. 2,15. 4, 24.
Sept. καρδία καινή for oon ΞὉ Ez. 18, 31.
36, 26.

KQLVOTNS, nros, ἡ, (καινός,) newness, 6. g.
in a moral sense, Rom. 6, 4 ἐν καινότητι
ζωῆς comp. in ζωή no. 2. Rom. 7, 6.—Pr.
Luc. Zeux. 1, 2. Thuc. 3. 38.

καΐπερ conjunct. i. 6. καί strengthened
by πέρ, and indeed, used in antithesis before
a participle, chough indeed, although; see
in καί no. 2, d. Matth. § 566. 8, So Phil. 3,
4, Heb. 5, 8 7, 5. 12, 17. 2 Pet. 1,12.
Once before a finite verb, Rev. 17, 8 Rec.
καίπερ ἐστίν, where later editt. read καὶ παρ-
éorat.—With part. Xen. Ag. 1. 11. Cony.
2. 12.

καιρός, od, ὃ, pr. right proportion, just
measure, Theogn. 401. Xen. Mem, 1. 3. 6,
7.—In N. T. only of time, season, i. e.

1, a fit measure of time, fit time, proper
season. a) Genr, i. q. opportunity, occa-
sion, Acts 24, 25 καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβών. Rom.
12, 11 Grb. καιρῷ δουλεύοντες, 566 in δου-
λεύω no. 2. Gal. 6, 10, Eph. 5, 16 et Col.
4, 5 see in ἐξαγοράζω. Heb. 11, 15.—1 Mace.
15, 34. Pol. 1. 36. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8.

b) an appointed time, set time, certain sea-
son, i. e, a fixed and definite time or season ;
soc, gen. Matt. 13, 30 ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ Sepi-
σμοῦ in the time of harvest, i. 6. the usual
season. 21, 84. 41. Mark 11, 13 καιρὸς σύ-
κων. Luke 1, 20. 8, 13. Acts 3, 20 καιροὶ
ἀναψύξεως times of refreshing appointed of
God. Luke 19, 44. 2 Tim. 4, 6. Heb. 9, 10.
11,11. (Sept. for "2 Ecc. 3, 1 sq. Xen.
Apol. Socr. 7.) With gen. of pers. or a
pron. as ὁ καιρός μου V. 6 ἐμός, my time, as
appointed of God, 6. g. in which Iam to suf-
fer, Matt. 26, 18; or fulfil any duty, John 7,
6.8; also v. 6 ὑμέτερος καιρός. Luke 21,
24 καιροὶ eSvav. 2 Thess. 2, 6. Rev. 11,
18. So ἴδιος καιρός one’s own due time,
Gal. 6, 9. 1 Tim. 2, 6. 6,15. Tit. 1, 3.
With the art. or pron. demonstr. as 6 viv,
οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, this present lime, that time,
definitely marked out and expressed, Matt.
11,25. 12, 1. 14, 1. Mark 10, 30. Luke
13, 1. 18, 30. Acts 12, 1. Rom. 3, 26. 8,
18. 11, 5. 2 Cor. 8,14. Eph. 2,12. Also
καιρὸς ἔσχατος 1 Pet. 1, 53 x. ὕστεροι 1.
Tim. 4, 13 x. ἐνεστηκώς Heb. 9, 9.—Genr
Acts 17, 26 προτεταγμένους καιρούς. 2 Cor.
6,2 bis, καιρῷ δεκτῷ ... καιρὸς εἰπροσδεκτός,
quoted from Is. 49, 8 where Sept. καιρὸς
δεκτός for jiS72 73. Gal. 4,10. 2 Tim. 4,3
ἔσται γὰρ καιρός, sc. appointed of God
Rev. 12, 12, Dat. τῷ καιρῷ, at the proper

Καῖσαρ

season, Mark 12,2. With Prepositions, 6. g.
ἀχρὶ καιροῦ, for or during a cerlain season,
Luke 4,13. Acts 13,11. (So pexpi Diod.
Sic. 1. 3.) ἐν καιρῷ in due time Matt. 24, 45.
Luke 12, 42. 20, 10. 1 Pet. 5,6; ἐν @ και-
o@ Acts 7, 20. (Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 8.) κατὰ
καιρόν αἱ the set time John 5, 4. Rom. 5, 6;
vara τὸν x. τοῦτον Acts 19, 23. Rom. 9, 9.
(Paleph. 41. 6. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 32:) πρὸ
καιροῦ before the proper time 1 Cor. 4, 5;
πρὸς καιρόν for a season Luke 8, 13.
1 Cor. 7,53 πρὸς x. Spas, i. 6. for a short

time, 1 Thess. 2, 17.—Spec. of the set time’

for the coming of the Messiah in his king-
dom or for judgment, Matt. 8, 29. 16, 3.
Mark 1, 15. 13,33. Luke 12, 56. 21, 8.
Acts 1, 7. Rom. 13, 11. 1 Cor. 7, 29. Eph.
1, 10. 1 Thess. 5, 1. 1 Pet. 1,11. 4,17.
Rev. 1, 3. 22, 10.—Plur. καιροί, times,
seasons, circumstances, appointed of God,
2 Tim. 3, 1.

2. time, season, generally, i. q. χρόνος.
a) Pr. Luke 21,36 ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ. δεόμενοι.
Eph. 6,18. _b) Spec. a season of the year,
as καιροὶ καρποφόροι fruitful seasons Acts
14,17. 06) In the prophetic style put for
a year ; Rey. 12,14 ter, καιρὸς καὶ καιροὶ καὶ
juiov καιροῦ, i. 6. three years and a half
(comp. v. 6); in allusion to Dan, 7, 25
where Sept. for Chald. j3 , and where και-
poi stands as here for the dual, two years ;
comp. Winer ᾧ 27. 2 fin—So χρόνος in later
writers for a year, see Passow in χρόνος no.
4. [II] Winer 1. c.

Καῖσαρ, apos, 6, Cesar, pr. the surname
of the Julian family at Rome, but applied,
after Julius Caesar, to his successors of the
same family as the usual title of imperial
dignity ; hence Germ. Kaiser. At a later
period, it became the title of the heir appa-
rent; see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 170.—In
N. T. the title Cesar is applied to Augustus
Luke 2, 1; to Tiberius Luke 3, 1. 20, 22.
24. 25; to Claudius Acts 11, 28; to Nero
Acts 25, 8 sq. Phil. 4,22. Caligula who
succeeded Tiberius is not mentioned. +

Καισάρεια, as, ἡ, Caesarea, pr. n. of
two cities in Palestine.

1. Caesarea Philippi, a city of Upper
Galilee, near the sources of the Jordan at
che foot of Mount Hermon, called also Pa-
neas; Matt. 16,13. Mark 8, 27. It was
rebuilt and enlarged by Philip the tetrarch,

and named in honour of himself and Tibe- "

rius, Jos. Ant. 18. 2.1. It bore afterwards

for a time the name of Neronias, in honour

of Nero, Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 4. At present the

village Banias occupies the site of its ruins.
24

369

καίω

The more ancient Leshem or Laish, after-
wards Dan, (Josh. 19,47. Judg. 18, 27-29,) .
lay further west, at the other fountain of
the Jordan, the modern Tell el-Kady. See
Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 187 sq. 211 sq.
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, p. 38 sq.
Reland Palest. p. 918 sq.

2. Caesarea of Palestine, on the coast of
the Mediterranean, southward from Mount
Carmel. Its ancient name was Στράτωνος
πύργος Jos. Ant. 15. 9.6. Strabo 16. 2. 27.
p. 758; Stratonis turris Plin. H. N. 5. 14.
Herod the Great rebuilt it with great splen-
dour and strength; created an artificial har-
bour; and named it Caesarea, in honour of
Augustus, Jos. 1. c. and 16. 5.1. Josephus
calls it one of the largest cities in Pales-
tine, and says the inhabitants were mostly
Greeks; B. J. 3.9.1. It was the seat of .«
the Roman procurator, and after the de-
struction of Jerusalem became the capital
of Palestine. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II.
ii. p. 326 sq. Reland Palest. 670 sq.—Acts
8, 40. 9, 30. 10,1. 24. 11,11. 12,19. 18,
22. 21, 8.16. 23; 23. 33. 25, 1. 4. 6. 13.

καΐτοι or καί τοι, and yet, nevertheless,
although ; Heb. 4,3 εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν
κατάπαυσίν μου" καίτοι τῶν ἔργων ἀπὸ Ka-
ταβολῆς κόσμου γενηϑέντων, they shall not
enter inio my rest, the works nevertheless
having been finished from the foundation of
the world, i. e. the reason why they did not
enter into God’s rest was not that this rest
did not then exist; for it had existed from
the foundation of the world, v. 4. Gen. 2, 2.
As they did not enter in, God ever renews’
his invitation, v. 6.'7—Luc. D. Deor. 12. 2.
Xen. Ag. 8. 8. Comp. Kiihner §.322. 7.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 837.

καΐτουγε, see in γέ no. 2. f.

καίω, f. καύσω, Pass. aor. 1 ἐκαύϑην,
comp. Buttm. § 114; for the anom. fut.
Subj. καυϑήσωμαι 1 Cor. 13, 3 in some edi-
tions, a corrupt form of the later Greek, see
Winer ᾧ 13. 1. 6. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 721.

1. to burn, i. e. causat. to make burn, to
kindle, to light, e. g. a fire, lamp, light ; Pass.
part. καιόμενος burning, flaming. So c.
acc. Matt. 5,15 οὐδὲ καίουσι λύχνον. Pass.
Heb. 12, 18 ὄρει κεκαυμένῳ πυρί, the mount’
which burned with fire, comp. Deut. 9, 15.
Pass. part. pres. Luke 12, 35. Rev. 4,5. 8,
8. 10. 19, 20. 21, 8. Sept. Lev. 24, 3. 4;
Pass. for "35 Deut. 4, 11. 5, 23. So
Plut. Lucull. 15. Xen. An. 4. 1. 11. Pass.
part. Plut. C. Mar. 22.—Trop. Pass. λύχνος
καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων, a burning and shin-
ing light, spoken of John the Baptist as a

κἀκεῖ

distinguished teacher, John 5, 35; comp.
Ecclus. 48, 1. Also to burn, i. q. to be
greatly moved, of the heart, Luke 24, 32 ;
comp. Sept. and "23 Ps. 39, 4. Test. XII
Patr. p. 671 ἐκαιόμην τοῖς σπλάγχνοις.

2. to burn, to burn up, to consume with
fire; Pass. John 15, 6 καὶ καίεται sc. τὰ
κλήματα. Matt. 13, 40 Grb. 1 Cor. 13, 3.
Sept. for yy Lev. 4,12; dox Is. 5, 24.—
Luc. Tim. 9. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2, 33.

κἀκεῖ, crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖ, and there, each
word retaining its own signification; see
καί and ἐκεῖ. Buttm. ὁ 29. n. 7. ib. n. 2. Ὁ.
Matt. 5, 23. 10, 11. 28,10. Mark 1, 35. 38.
John 11,54. Acts 14,7. 17,13. 22,10. 25,
20. 27,6. Sept. for pty Ruth 1, 17.—Xen.
Hell. 1, 2. 9.

κἀκεῖδνεν, crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖϑεν, and
thence, and from thence; comp. in κἀκεῖ
above. Mark 10,1. Acts 7, 4. 13, 21. 14,
26." [16, 12.] 20, 15. 21, 1. 27,4. 12. 28,
15. Sept. for DW 2 K. 2, 25.—Lue. Ὁ.
Deor. 7. 4. Xen. Hell. 1. 6.8.

κἀκεῖνος, ἡ, 0, crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖνος, ἡ,
o, where each word retains its own separate
pewer ; see καί and ἐκεῖνος. Buttm. ᾧ 29. n.
7. ib.n. 2. b. Matt. 15,18. 20,4. 23, 23.
Luke 20, 11. 22,12. John 7, 29. 14, 12.
al.—Lue. Ὁ. Deor. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5.
29. +
. κακία, ας i), (κακός,) badness, bad quali-
ty, 6. g. of water Jos. Ant. 3.1.1, 2; ofa
soldier, cowardice, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27.—In
N. Τ΄. badness, evil, in a moral sense.

1. Subj. evil of heart, life, character,
wickedness, depravity; Acts 8, 22 μετανόη-
σον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας σου ταύτης. James
1,21. 1 Pet. 2,16. 1 Cor. 14, 20 τῇ κακίᾳ
νηπιάζετε. Opp. ταῖς φρεσί, comp. Matt. 18,
3. Sept. for πρὶ Ex. 32,11. 13; 7x Is.
29, 20.—Luc. quom. Hist. 6. Plato Crat.
386. d. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28.

2. Act. evil, i.e. malice, malignity, the
desire of evil to others; espec. where joined
with πονηρία, Rom. 1, 29. 1 Cor. 5, 8 ἐν
ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας. Eph. 4, 31. Col.
3, 8. Tit. 3, 3. 1 Pet. 2,1. Sept. for 99
Proy. 1, 16; mp4 Nah. 3, 19.—Diod. Sic.
* 1. 1 ult. Soph. ‘Ged. R. 512.

3. Pass. evil suffered, i. e. trouble, care ;
Matt. 6, 34 ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς.
So Sept. and ΠΡ Eccl. 7, 14.—1 Macc.
10, 46. Thuc. 3. 58.

KaxonSela, as, ἡ, (κακοήθης : κακός,
_ ἦδος.) mischief, malice, malignity, the desire
of evil to others, Rom. 1, 29.—3 Macc. 3,
22. Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 1. Plut. de Curios. 1.

370

κακός

In the sense of bad morals, wickedness, Xen,
Ven. 13. 16.

κακολογέω, & ὦ, f. Now, (κακολόγος ; Ka-
κός, A€yw,) to speak evil of, to revile, c. acc.
Mark 9, 39. Acts 19,9. So 2 Mace. 4, 1.
Plut. de Herodot. malign. 3. Isocr. p. 136.
c.—Spec. opp. τιμάω, i. q. to dishonour, to
contemn, c. acc. Matt. 15, 4 et Mark 7, 10
ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, quoted from
Ex. 21, 17 where Sept. for 55p zo curse;
as also Prov. 22, 20. Ez. 22, '7.—The ear-

_lier form was κακῶς Nevis see Lob. ad

Phryn. p. 200.

κακοπάδεια, as, ἡ, (κακοπαδϑέω,) a suf
fering of evil; hence genr. suffering, afflic-
tion, James 5, 10, Sept. for mxdm Mal. 1,
13.—Dem. 1412. 25. Thuc. 7. 71.

κακοπταϊ δέω, ὦ, f. how, (κακοπαϑής;
κακός, πάϑος, πάσχω,) to suffer evil, to be
afflicted, intrans. 2 Tim. 2, 9, James 5, 13.
So Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 3. Lys. 226. 6. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 11.—Spec. of soldiers and others,
to endure hardships, trop. 2 Tim. 2, 3 κακο-
πάϑησον ws καλὸς στρατιώτης. 4, 5. So
Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1. Hdian. 8. 7. 14. Diod.
Sic. 19. 16.

κακοποιέω, ὦ, f. now, (κακοποιός,) ta
do evil, 6. g.

1. To others, i. ᾳ. to injure, to harm, ab-
sol. Mark 3, 4. Luke 6, 9; comp. Matt. 12,

12. Sept. for 9°77 Gen. 31, '7. 1 Sam. 25,

4.—So c. ace. Diod. Sic. 15. 45; absol.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 14.

2. Genr. and absol. i. q. to do wrong, to
commit sin, 1 Pet. 8, 17. 3 John 11. Sept.
for MISH 2 Sam. 24, 17.—M. Antonin. 1. 3.
Xen. Ee. 3. 11.

κωκοποιός, οὗ, 6, 9, (κακός, ποιέω,) an
evil-doer, 1 Pet. 3, 12. 14. 3,16. 4,153; a
malefactor, John 18, 30.—Sept. Prov. 24,
18. Pol. 15. 25. 1; adj. Plut. de Anim. pro-
creat. 6 bis.

κακός, ἡ, dv, bad, worthless, of bad qua-
lity, e. g. a breastplate, Xen. Mem. 3. 10.
14; soil Gic. 16.7; of a soldier, coward,
craven, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27.—In N. T. bad.
ill, evil.

1. In a moral sense, evil, wicked, bad, in
heart, conduct, character. Matt. 21, 41 κα-
Kovs κακῶς ἀπολέσει, 586 iN κακῶς no. 1. 6.
24, 48. Phil. 3, 2. Rev. 2,2 κακούς, i. 6.
impostors. Of thoughts, words, deeds ;
Mark 7, 21 διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοί. Rom. 13,
8 κακῶν sc. ἔργων. 1 Cor. 15, 33 ὁμιλίαι
κακαί. Col. 3,5. Sept. for 5 Prov. 15, 3;
18 Prov. 6,18. So Luc. Parasit, a: Ran.
Mem. 1. 2. 20 bis—Neut. rd κακόν, Plur

κακοῦργος

τὰ κακά, evil, evil things, i. 6. wickedness,

, crime, Matt. 27, 23 ri yap κακὸν ἐποί-
noev. Mark 15, 14. Luke 23, 22. John 18, 23.
Acts 23,9. Rom. 1, 30. 2, 9. 3, 8. '7,.19.
21. 9,11. 13, 4 bis. 16,19. 1 Cor. 10, 6.
2 Cor. 5, 10. 13,'7. 1 Tim, 6, 10. Heb. 5,
14. James 1, 13. 1 Pet. 3,12. 3 John 11.
Sept. for 57 1 K. 3, 9. Prov. 8, 7. al. So
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4.

2. Act. causing evil, i. 6. hurtful, ποα-
tous ; Rom. 14,20 ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ
κτλ. Rev. 16, 2 ἕλκος κακόν. Tit. 1, 12 κα-
κὰ Snpia evil beasts, ravenous. Sept. for 34
Am. 6, 3. Prov. 16, 5. So Xen. Mem. 4.
1, 4.—Neut. τὸ κακόν, evil, i. 6. cause or
source of evil, James 3,8; evil done to any
one, harm, injury, Acts 16, 28. 28, 5. Rom.
12, 17-bis. 21 bis. 13, 10. 1 Cor. 13, &.
1 Thess. 5, 15 bis. 1 Pet. 3, 9. 11. In
words, evil-speaking, 1 Pet. 3, 10. Sept.
for 59 Mic. 7, 8. Also Plur. τὰ κακά,
evils, i. 6. troubles, afflictions, Luke 16, 25
Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά Sc. ἀπέλαβε. Acts
9,18 ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησε. 2'Tim. 4,14. Sept.
for 5 Gen, 44, 84. 48, 16; ΓΞ Is. 46,7.
Jer. 14, 8. So Epict. Ench. 27. Xen. Cyr.
8. 4. 14.

κακοῦργος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, (κακός, obsol. ἔργω,)
an evil-worker, malefactor, genr. 2 Tim. 2,
9. Sept. for Ἴ 532 Prov. 21, 15. So
Hdian. 1. 10. 2. Xen. An. 1. 9. 13.—Spec.
Plur. robbers, λῃσταί, Luke 23, 32. 33. 39;
comp. Matt. 27,38. So All. V. H. 3. 44.
Diod. Sic. 20. 81.

κακουχέω, ὦ, f. How, (κακός, ἔχω,) to
hold or treat ill, to maltreat ; in N. T. only
Pass. part. kaxovyotpevos, maltreated, afflict-
ed, Heb. 11, 37. 13,3. Sept. for 735 1 K.
2, 26. 11, 39.—Diod. Sic. 3. 23 ult. Plut.
Consol. ad Apoll. 26.

KAKOO, &, f. ὠσω, (κακός.) to affect with
evil, i. 6.

1. Physically, to do evil to any one, to
maltreat, to afflict ; c. acc. of pers. Acts 7,
6. 19 ἐκάκωσε τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν. 12, 1.
18, 10. 1 Pet. 3,12. Sept. for 933 Ex, 5,
22; 73> Gen. 15, 13.—Hdian. 6. 6. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 23.

2. In N. T. and Josephus in a moral
eense, 10 make evil-affected, to exasperate,
Ο. acc. 6. g. τὰς ψυχάς Acts 14, 2.—Jos.
Ant. 16. 1. 2. ib. 16.'7. 3 Ἡρώδης ἐκακοῦτο
ὑποψίαις. ib. 16. 8.6. See Krebs Obs. e
Jos. p. 224.

κακῶς, adv. (xaxés,) badly, ill, evil, ete.

1. Physically, in phrases: 8) κακῶς
ἔχειν, to be sick, see in ἔχω no. 5; Matt.

371

καλεω
4, 24. 8,16. 9,12. 14,35. Mark 1, 32. 34.

| 2,17. 6,55. Luke 5, 31. 7,2. So AL

H. An. 11. 34. Xen. Gic. 3.11. ΒΒ) κα-
κῶς πάσχειν; to suffer badly, i. e. griev-
ously, Matt. 17,15. So Hom. Od. 16. 275.
Pol. 8. 90. 183. 0) κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπο-
λέσαι, malos male perdere, i.e. to destroy
miserably, utterly, Matt. 21,41. For the
paronomiasia see Winer ᾧ 62. 1. So Jos.
Ant. 12. 5. 4 ult. κακοὶ κακῶς ἀπώλοντο.
Ceb. Tab. 32 ἀπόλλυται κακὸς κακῶς. Luc.
Icar. 33. d) Genr. in the sense of griev-
ously, Matt. 15, 22 κακῶς δαιμονίζεται. So
Hesych. κακῶς - δεινῶς.

2. Morally,e. g. a) κακῶς ἐρεῖν; to
speak evil of any one, to revile, c. acc. Buttm.
$131. 5. Acts 23, 5 ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σοὺ οὐκ
ἐρεῖς κακῶς, quoted from Ex. 22, 28 where
Sept.. for ἍΝ 5 also Is. 8, 21. So Luc.
Pisc. 6. Xen. Ath. 2. 18, Comp. in εἶπον
no. 1. ᾧ 6) Genr. κακῶς Addegvy to
speak evil i. e. amiss, absol. John 18; 23.
James 4, 3 κακῶς αἰτεῖσϑε, ye ask amiss.
Comp. Luc. Mere. cond. 5 κακῶς βεβουλεῦ-
σϑαι. -

κάκωσις, ews, ἣ, (κακόω,) evil condition,
affliction; Acts '1, 34 εἶδον τὴν x. τοῦ λαοῦ
μου, quoted from Ex. 3,'7 where Sept. for
"23; also v. 17.—Hdian. 6. 6. 11. Thuc.
7. 82.

καλάμη, ns, ἡ, α stalk, 6. g. of grain,
Xen. An. 5. 4. 27.—In N. T. collect. stalks,
stubble, straw, after the ears are removed,
1 Cor. 3, 12. Sept. for BP Ex. 15, 7. Joel
2,5. So Theocr. 5. 7. Xen. Ven. 5. 18.

κάλαμος, ov, ὃ, a reed, cane, calamus,
i. e. a, plant with a jointed hollow stalk
growing in wet grounds.

1. Pr. the plant itself, a reed, Matt. 11,
7. Luke 7, 24. Matt. 12, 20 κάλαμον συντε-
τριμμένον, quoted from Is. 42, 3 where
Sept. for 22.—Luc. Hermotim. 68. Xen.
An. 1. 5. 1. ν

2. Of the stalk as cut for use, a reed, i. 6.
a) As a mock sceptre, Matt. 27, 29. 30.
Mark 15, 36. Ὁ) α stalk or stem of hys-
sop, Matt. 27, 48. Mark 15, 19; comp.
John 19,29. 0) A measuring reed, meas-
ure, Rev. 11,1. 21,15.16. Sept. and "3p
Ez. 40, 3.5.6. ἃ) A reed for writing,
calamus, 3 John 13. Sept. for > Ps. 45, 2.
Lat. calamus, see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 508.
So Themist. II. 31. c. Liban. Ep. 849. Plato
Phedr. 276. c.

καλέω, ὦ, f. ἔσω, aor. 1 ἐκάλεσα, perf.
κέκληκα ; Pass. aor. 1 ἐκλήϑην ; see Buttm.
§ 114. ὁ 110. 11. 2.

καλέω 372

1. to call, i. 6. to call to any one, in order |

that he may come or go, or the like.

a) Pr. with the voice, as a shepherd his
flock, c. acc. John 10,3 τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα
καλεῖ κατ᾽ ὄνομα. So too Luke 19, 13 κα-
λέσας δὲ δέκα δούλους ἑαυτοῦ i. e. calling
them together. Matt. 20, 8. Matt. 4, 21 et
Mark 1, 20 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς, sc. to follow
him and become his disciples.—1 Macc. 1, 6.
Hdian. 3. 11.20. Xen. Conv. 2. 12.

b) Genr. to call in any way, e.g. a) to
call for, to cause to come, to send for ; c. acc.
Matt. 2, '7 λάϑρα καλέσας τοὺς Μάγους.
With ἐκ c. gen. of Place, Matt. 2,15 ἐξ
Αἰγύπτου. Pass. c. ἐκ impl. Heb. 11, 8.
Comp. ΝΡ Hos. 11, 1, Sept. peraxadéa.
So Xen. An. 1. 3. 4. Mem. 2. 10. 5. B)
With the idea of authority, to call forth, to
summon, e. g. before a judge, c. acc. Acts
4,18. Pass. 24,2. (Hdian. 7. 3.5. Dem.
406. 27. Ken. Apol. Socr. 1 εἰς τὴν δίκην.)
Trop. of God, Rom. 4, 17 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ
ὄντα ὡς ὄντα, calling forth and disposing of
things that are not, even as though they
were, i. e. calling them into existence.
Sept. and xp Is. 41, 4. 48, 13. So Philo
de Creat. Princip. p. 728. b, τὰ μὴ ὄντα
ἐκάλεσεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι. See more in Leesner
Obss. 6 Phil. in loc.

c) Spec. to call, i. q. to invite, c. acc.

as εἰς τοὺς γάμους Matt. 22, 3.9; εἰς τὸν ἡ

γάμον Pass. John 2,2; acc. simpl. Luke 7,
39. 1 Cor. 10,27; Pass. absol. Matt. 22, 8.
Luke 14, 8 bis. 17. So Dem. 402. 15. Luce.
Jup. Trag. 15; ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Xen. Mem. 2.
3. 11.—Trop. to call, to invite, to any course
of life or conduct, to privileges, or the like ;
e. g. of Jesus, x. εἰς μετάνοιαν to call to re-
pentance, i. q. to exhort, Matt. 9,13; and
so Mark 2,17. Of God, Rev. 19, 9 eis τὸ
δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ ἀρνίου κεκλημένοι,
see in γάμος no. 1. 1 Tim. 6, 12 εἰς τὴν
ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ἃ Thess. 2,14. 1 Pet. 2, 9.
5,10. Pass. 1 Cor. 1,9. So καλεῖν eis
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Seov, to the duties,
privileges, and final bliss of the Christian
life here and hereafter, 1 Thess. 2,12; and
so impl. Rom. 9, 24. 1 Cor. 7, 15. 17 sq.
Gal. 5, 8. 13. 2 Tim. 1, 9. Heb. 9, 15.
1 Pet. 2, 21. al.

d) Spec. to call to any station, i. 4. ἐο ap-
point, to choose, Ο. acc. impl. Gal. 1,15. Pass.
Heb. 5, 4 ἀρχιερεὺς... καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ
ϑεοῦ, Comp. Sept. and Νὴ Is. 49, 1.
51, 2.

2. to call by name, i. 4. to name, fo give
name to any person or thing.

a) Pr. and genr. a) Of a proper name
or surname, foll. by τὸ ὄνομα and the name

in apposit. Matt. 1,21 καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα
αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν, thou shalt call his name Jesus.
ν. 23. 25. Luke 1, 13. 2, 21. Rev. 19, 13.
Pass. with ri (ὄνομα) Luke 1, 62. Comp.
Matth. § 420. Ὁ. p. 769. Sept. and sop
Gen. 27, 36. 29, 34. (Comp. Plato Craty].
init. 383. a.) With acc. of pers. and the
name in apposit. Matt. 10, 25 Rec. εἰ τὸν
οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκάλεσαν, others
ἐπεκάλεσαν. Pass. Luke 1, 60 ἀλλὰ κληϑή-
σεται Ἰωάννης. Acts 1, 28, Rev. 12, 9., So
of places, Matt. 27,8. Luke 2, 4 ἥτις καλεῖ-
ται Βηϑλεέμ. Acts 3, 11. 28, 1. Rev. 1, 9.
Sept. for yup Gen. 31, 47. 2 Κ. 18, 4.
(Jos. B. J. 1.1.1. Hdian. 4. 12. 2. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1.26.) With ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι added,
i. e. afler the name of any one, Luke 1, 59;
see in ἐπί II. 3..c. 8. Pass. with dat. ro
ὀνόματι, by name, Luke 1, 61. 19,2 ; with
ἔν τινι, Rom. 9, 7 et Heb. 11, 18 ἐν Ἰσαὰκ
κληϑήσεταί σοι σπέρμα, i. 6. in and through
Isaac, in his line, shall thy seed bear name,
quoted from Gen. 21,12 where Sept. for
2892; comp. in ἐν no. 3.d.a. 8) Of
an epithet or appellation, e. g. of persons,
Matt. 2,.23 Ναζωραῖος κληϑήσεται. 22, 43
πῶς οὖν Δαβὶδ κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ 3.23, '7. 8
μὴ κληϑῆτε ῥαββί. v. 10. Luke 6,15. 15,
19. 21. Acts 14, 12. Rom. 9, 26. James 2,
23. 1 John 3,1. Of a band, cohort, Acts
10,1. So Paleph. 12. 2, 8. Xen. (θυ. 7.
2, 3. Cyr. 1. 2. 13.—Hence

b) Pass. to be called, i. q. to be; since
men and things are called that which they
are, or at least seem to be; Matt. 5, 9. 19
bis, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Bac. τῶν
οὐρ. κτλ. Luke 1, 32. 35. 36. 716. 2, 23.
15, 19. 1 Cor. 15, 9. Heb. 3,13. Matt. 21,
13 et Mark 11, 17 οἶκος προσευχῆς κληϑή-
σεται, quoted from Is. ὅθ, 7 where Sept. for
NP? ; also Is. 35, 8. 47, 1. 5. 48,8. See
Heb. Lex. 82? Niph. no. 2. γ. Passow in
καλέω no. 2 ult—Hom. Il. 4. 61. Od. 7.
313. Pind. Pyth. 3. 119. Soph. Elect.
366. + :

καλλιέλαιος, ov, ὃ, ἡ; adj. (καλλι- i. ᾳ.
καλός, ἔλαιον.) pr. ‘rich in oil,’ and hence
ἡ καλλιέλαιος (ἐλαία), a good olive-tree,
the garden olive, opp. to ἀγριέλαιος, Rom.
11, 24.—Aristot. de Plant. 1. 6.

καλλίων, ovos, 6, ἧ, adj. (compar. of κα-
és,) better; in N. T. Neut. κάλλιον once as
compar. of καλῶς, Buttm. ὁ 115. 4, 5. So
Acts 25,10 ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις,
as thou also better knowest, i. 6. better than
thou seemest to know. Comp. in βελτίων.

καλοδιδάσκαλος, ov; 65 ἧ, adj. (καλός
διδάσκαλος,) teaching that which is good.

— >

Καλοὶ λιμένες

and as Subst. a teacher of good, Tit. 2, 8.
Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 123. 5. Not found in the
classics.

Καλοὶ λιμένες, (καλός, λεμήν,) Plur. pr.
n. Fair Havens, ἃ port on the southern coast
of the island of Crete, Acts 27, 8. Comp.
Engl. Fairhaven.

καλοποίέω, &, f. jaw, to do well, to live
virtuously, 2 Thess. 3,13. Sept. in Cod.
Alex. for a*am Lev. 5,4.—A later form
tor the earlier τὸ καλόν (καλῶς) ποιέω, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 199, 200.

καλός, ἡ, dv, fair, goodly, beautiful, pr.
as to external form and appearance. Sept.
for MB} Gen. 12, 14. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12.
—In N. T.

1. good, goodly, excellent,e.g. a) As
to quality and character. a) Genr. γῆ
Matt. 13, 8. 23. Mark 4, 8. 20. Luke 8,
15; δένδρον Matt. 12, 33. Luke 6, 43;
σπέρμα Matt. 13, 24. 27. 37. 38; μέτρον
Luke 6,38. Negat. οὐ καλόν not good, bad,
worthless, 1 Cor. 5, 6. Sept. for sim Gen.
1,4. Ez. 17, 8. So Xen. Cyr. 1.. 6. 6,
8) Also good, choice, excellent, e. g. καρπός
Matt. 3,10. 7,17. 18.19. 12, 33. Luke
3, 9. 6,43; οἶνος John 2, 10 bis (Hdian.
5. 5. 16); papyapira Matt. 13, 45; λίϑοι
Luke 21, 5; also Matt. 13, 48. 1 Tim. 3,
1.13.19. Sept. for aim Gen. 27,9. 30,
20. Zech. 1, 13. So Hdian. 1. 16. 7. Xen.
Mem. 3.1.9. —y) Spec. fair, worthy, hon-
ourable, 1 Tim. 1, 18. 3,'7. James 2, '7 τὸ
καλὸν ὄνομα. So Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11.

b) good, as to effect and influence, useful,
profitable; 6. g. ἅλας Mark 9, 50. Luke 14,
34; also 1 Tim. 1,8. 4,4. Sept. for aiv
Gen. 2,9. So Ecclus. 14,3. Xen. Mem.
3.8. 4 sq.—Hence καλόν ἐστι, it is good,
profitable, juvat, c. acc. et infin. Matt. 17, 4
et Mark 9, 5 et Luke 9, 33 καλόν ἐστι ἡμᾶς

. ὧδε εἶναι. So with dat. of pers. and inf. as
subj. Matt. 18, 8. 9. Mark 9, 43. 45. 47.
1 Cor. 7, 1. 26 bis. 9,15. With dat. and
εἰ, Matt. 26, 24 et Mark 14,21. 9, 42 καλόν
ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ κτὰ. it were better for
him if, etc. 1 Cor. 7, 8 c. ἐάν.

2. Ina moral sense, good, right, worthy,
noble, spoken of the heart and life, and of
what pertains to them. 8) Of thoughts,
feelings, emotions ; Heb. 13,18 καλὴ συνεί-
δησις a good conscience. Luke 8, 15 ἐν καρ-
δίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαϑῇ. Ὁ) Of precepts re-
quiring what is good and right; Rom. 7, 16
ὁ νόμος x. Heb. 6, 5 κ. Seod ῥῆμα. 1 Tim.
4,6 ἡ x. διδασκαλία. 2 Tim. 1, 14 τὴν x.
παραθήκην. 06) Of life and actions, good,
right, noble; so καλὴ ἀναστροφή James 3,

373

καλῶς

13. 1 Pet. 2,12; «. ἀγών 1 ‘Tim. 6, 12.
2 Tim. 4,'7; x. ὁμολογία 1 Tim. 6, 12. 13;
k. ϑεμέλιον 1 Tim. 6, 19, comp. v. 18; also
1 Tim. 2, 3 et 5,4 τοῦτο yap καλὸν ενώπιον

- τοῦ Seod, comp. in ἐνώπιον no. 3.—Spec.

ἔργον καλόν, ἔργα καλά, a good deed,
good works, comp. in ἔργον no. 2. 6. 8; so
genr. i. q. well-doing, virtue, Matt. 5, 16.
1 Tim. 5, 25. Tit. 2,'7..14. Heb. 10, 24.
1 Pet. 2,12; 6. ἔργα impl. Rom. 12, 17.
2 Cor. 8, 21. Tit. 3, 8 τὰ καλά. (Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 32. Conv. 8. 10, 32; ἔργα impl.
Mem. 2.1. 27.) Also i. 4. useful work,
benefit, Matt. 26, 10. Mark 14, 6. John 10,
32. 33. 1 Tim. 5, 10. 6, i8. Tit. 3, 8. 14.
d) Neut. τὸ καλόν, abstr. the good, the
right, what is good and right; Rom. 7, 18.
1 Thess. 5, 21. Heb. 5, 14. Hence τὸ
καλὸν ποιεῖν, to do good, i.e. to do well,
to act virtuously, Rom. 7, 21. 2 Cor. 183, 7.
Gal. 6,9. James 4,17. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 2.)
Also καλόν ἐστι, it is good, it is right,
c. inf. Matt. 15, 26. Mark '7, 27. Rom. 14,
21. Gal. 4,18. Heb. 18,9. e) Of per-
sons in respect to the performance of duty ;
6. g. 6 ποιμὴν ὁ καλός John 10, 11 bis. 14;
κ. διάκονος 1 Tim. 4, 6; x. στρατιώτης
2 Tim. 2,3; κι οἰκονόμοι 1 Pet. 4,10. So
Δ. V. H. 3. 10. Luc. Alex. 30. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 16.

κάλυμμα; ατος, τό, (καλύπτω,) a cover-
ing, veil, 2 Cor. 8, 18 : trop. v. 14. 15. 163
see in ἀνακαλύπτω. Comp. Ex. 34, 33 sq.
where Sept. for mo .—Hom. Il. 24. 93.
AEschyl. Agam. 1178.

KANUT TO, f. ψω, (kindr. κελύφη, κρύπτω,
κλέπτω,) to cover over, to cover up, to hide ;
6. acc. Matt. 8,24. Luke 8, 16 καλύπτει αὐ-
τὸν σκεύει. 23,30. Sept. for ΌΞ Gen. 7, 19.
(Lycurg. 197. 9. Xen. Eq. 12. δ. Cyr. 5.
1.4.) Trop. Matt. 10, 26 οὐδὲν κεκαλυμ-
μένον. 2 Cor. 4, 8 bis. James 5,20 et 1 Pet.
4,8 καλύψει πλῆϑος ἁμαρτιῶν, shall cover
a multitude of sins, i. e. cause them to be
overlooked, not punished. Comp. Sept. and
nop Ps. 32, 1. i

καλῶς, adv. (kadds,) pr. beautifully ; in
N. T. morally, well, righily. E. g.

1. As to manner and external character,
well, i.e. rightly, suitably, properly. John
18, 23 εἰ δὲ καλῶς sc. ἐλάλησα. Acts 10,
33. 1 Cor. 7, 37. 38. 14,17. Phil. 4,14. Heb.
13,18. James 2, 8.19. 2 Pet. 1,19. 3J hn 6.
Negat. od καλῶς not well Gal. 4,17. Sept.
for sso 1K. 8, 18. (Al. V. H. 14. 25.
Xen. Mem. 3. 8.6.) In regard to office or
duty, well, faithfully, 1 Tim. 3, 4. 12. 13.
5, 17.. So 1 Mace. 8, 23. Xen. Cyr..4. 5.

κἀμέ

45.—Emphat. very well, excellently, Mark 7,
37. Gal. 5, '7 ἐτρέχετε καλῶς. Ironically,
Mark 7, 9 καλῶς dSercire τὴν ἐντολὴν τ.
Seov. 2 Cor. 11, 4. (AL. V.H. 1.16.) In
the sense of well, honourably, James 2, 3
σὺ κάϑου ὧδε καλῶς.

2. As to effect, influence, tendency, well,
righily, aptly, as of declarations or prophe-
cies, Matt. 15, '7 καλῶς προεφήτευσε περὶ
ὑμῶν. Mark 7,6. 12,28 ὅτι καλῶς ἀπεκρίϑη.
v. 32. Luke 20, 39. John 4, 17. 8, 48. 13,
13. Acts 28,25. Rom. 11, 20.—Xen. Mem.
257 ΔῈ:

3. In phrases,e.g. a) καλῶς εἰπεῖν;
to speak well of, to praise, c. acc. Luke 6,
26; comp. in εἶπον no. 1. ζ. Buttm. § 131.
3, b) καλῶς ἔχειν, to be well, to reco-
ver from sickness, Mark 16,18; see in ἔχω
no. 5. Comp. Xen. Cyr.'7.5.47. ο) κα-
λῶς ποιεῖν with accus. or dat. to do well
to any one, to benefit, Matt. 5,44. Luke 6,27;
absol. Matt. 12,12. Comp. Buttm. § 131. 2.

κἀμέ, see in κἀγώ.

κάμηλος, ov, ὃ, 4, a camel, Matt. 3, 4.
Mark 1,6. Sept. for a3 Gen. 12, 16. 24,
10sq. So Diod. Sic. 3.43. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.
30.—Spec. in proverbs,e.g. a) Matt. 19,
24 et Mark 10, 25 et Luke 18, 25 εὐκοπώ-
repdv ἐστι κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήματος ῥαφίδος
διελεῖν, applied to that which is extremely
difficult or impossible; so the Rabbins of
an elephant, see Buxtorf Lex. 1722. Lightf.
et Scheettg. Hor. Heb. in Matt. 1.c. The
same expression occurs in the Koran, Sur,
7.38; but doubtless imitated from the N. T.
Ὁ) Matt. 23, 24 of dwaAilovres τὸν κώνωπα,
τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες; spoken of those
who are formal and diligent in the observ-
ance of lesser duties, but negligent in the
discharge of higher ones; comp. Buxtorf
l.c. 1516.

κάμιλος, ov, 6, a rope, cable ; so in some
Mss. instead of κάμηλος Matt. 19,24. Luke
18, 25.—Suid. κάμιλος δὲ παχὺ σχοινίον.
Schol. in Aristoph. Vesp. 1030. The word
is not found elsewhere; and was perh. in-
vented to evade the supposed difficulty of
the reading κάμηλος ; see Passow s.v. But
see Gesenius in Heb. Lex. art. dan.

κάμινος, ov, ἡ, a furnace, for smelting
metals, burning pottery, baking, or the like ;
genr. Matt. 13, 42. 50 eis τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυ-
pés i.e. a burning furnace. Rev. 1,15. 9,2.
Sept. for 725 Gen. 19,28; “ἢ. Jer.11,3,
TAR Dan. 3, 6 sq.—Diod. Sic. 5.27. Xen.
Veet. 4. 49.

καμμύω, f. bow, (for καταμύω.) to shut
down, to close the eyes so as not to see; 6.

374

s

Κανᾶ

acc. Matt. 18,.1 et Acts 28, 27 τοὺς ὀφ5.
αὑτῶν ἐκκάμμυσαν, quoted from Is. 6, 10
where Sept. for »3%) Hiph—Trop. Philo
de Somn. p. 589..e. This is a later form,
not used by Atti¢ writers, Phryn. et Lob. .
p- 339 sq. Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 173 sq.

κάμνω, f. καμῶ, aor. 2 ἔκαμον, perf.
κέκμηκα, Buttm. § 110. 11. 2.

1. to be weary, faint, as from labour, in-
trans. Rev. 2, 3 κεκοπίακας καὶ οὐ κέκμηκας.
Heb. 12, 3.—Sept. Job 10, 1. Hdian. 8. 4.
16. Xen. An. 3. 4. 47.

2. to be sick, James 5, 15 ἡ εὐχὴ της
πίστεως σώσει Kauvovra.—Diod. Sic. 1. 25.
Dem. 1364. 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51.

κἀμοί, see in κἀγώ.

κάμπτω, f. ψω, to bend, c. acc. ἴτυν
Hom. Π. 4. 486; ξύλον Plato Prot. 325. d.
—In N. T. spoken of the knees, to bend, to
bow, i. e.

1. Trans. κάμπτειν τὸ γόνυ, to bend the
knee, in homage, worship, ὁ. dat. Rom. 11,
4; so Sept. for >322 1K. 19,18. With
πρός c. acc. Eph. 3, 14.—So genr. Hom.
Il. '7. 118; comp. Xen. Eq. 1. 6.

2. Intrans. πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει, every knee

| shall dow, shall bend itself, in homage, wor-

ship; c. dat. Rom. 14, 11 quoted from Is.
45, 23 where Sept. for "282372. With
ἕν τινι Phil. 2, 10.

κἄν, crasis for καὶ ἐάν, and if, also if;
sometimes written «dv but improperly,
Buttm. § 29. n. 2. b, and n. 7.

1. and éf, with Subj. aor. or perf. and in
the apodosis the fut. or οὐ μή with Subj.
James 5, 15. Mark 16, 18 κἂν ϑανάσιμόν τι
πίωσιν κτὰ. Luke 13, 9 κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ Kap-
πόν, 50. καλῶς.---Χοη. An. 3. 1. 86.

2. also if, even if, although, with Sub-
junct. a) Genr. with Subj. aor. and the
apodosis with fut. Matt. 21, 21 κἂν τῷ ὄρει
τούτῳ κτὰ. John 11,25 κἂν ἀποϑάνῃ, ζήσεται.
Heb. 12, 20. Also with Subj. pres. and
the apodosis with pres. or fut. or Subj. aor.
Matt. 10, 23 Grb. 26, 35. John 8, 14. 10,
38. Comp. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 15. b) if
even, if but, at least, where καί is intens. by
way of diminution, Passow in καί no. 8. [II.
3.b.] Herm. ad Vig. p. 836, So with Subj.
aor. and in the apodosis the fut. Mark 5, 28
κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι, σωθήσομαι.
Ellipt. without apodosis, Mark 6, 56. Acts
5, 15. 2 Cor.11, 16. So genr. Hdian. 4. 4.
15. Lue. D. Deor. 5. 2.

Κανᾶ, ἡ, indec. Cana, Heb. ΠΡ, a vil-
lage of Galilee eight or ten miles north οι
Nazareth: John 2, 1. 11. 4, 46. 21,2. Not

:
Sa

Kavavaios

mentioned in O. T. but always called Ka-
va τῆς Ταλιλιιίας to distinguish it from a
Cana in Asher not far from Tyre, Josh. 19,
28. It is now in ruins ; and is still called
Kana el-Jelil, Cana of Galilee. See Bibl.

Res. in Palest. ILI. p. 204 sq. comp. p. 384. *

—Jos. B. J. 1. 17. 5.

Kavavaios, ov, 6, (Kava,) a Canaite,
one born at Cana; so Lachm. Matt. 10, 4.
Mark 3, 18, for Kavavirms 4. v.— Act.
Thom. § 1.

Kavavirns, ov, 6, the Cananite,’an
epithet derived from Heb. 82 Aram. j82P
zeal, and signifying i. 4. ζηλωτής 4. ν.
Hence Σίμων ὁ Kavavirns, the name of one
of the apostles, Matt. 10, 4. Mark 3,18 ; see
fully in arts. ζηλωτής no. 2, and Σίμων no. 2.

Κανδάκη, ns, ἡ, Candace, a name com-
mon to the queens of Ethiopia (Meroé) in
the age of Christ, Acts 8,27. This coun-
try was then governed by females; Strabo
17. p. 786, 820 sq. Dion Cass. 54. 5. p. 335.
Plin. H. N. 6. 35. See in Ai3ioy.

κανών, ὄνος, ὃ, (κάνη, κάννα,) a reed, rod,
staff, employed to keep any thing stiff,
erect, asunder, Hom. Il. 8. 193. ib. 13. 407;
a measuring rod, rule, line, Aischin. 82. 25,
26, 27. Plato Phil. 56. b.—In N. Τ᾿, trop. a
canon, i. 6. a slandard, rule, 6. g. of life and
doctrine, Gal. 6, 16 ὅσοι τῷ κανόνι τούτῳ
στοιχήσουσιν. Phil. 3,16Rec. (So Enurip.
Hec. 602 κανὼν τοῦ καλοῦ. Dem. 324. 27.
Xen. Ag. 10. 2.) Meton. limit, district,
sphere, of action or duty assigned (mea-
sured off) to any one, 2 Cor. 10,13 κατὰ τὸ
μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος κτλ. V. 15. 16. Comp.
Jos. c. Ap. 2. 17 init.

- Καπερναούμ, ἡ, indec. Capernaum,
written also Καφαρναούμ, Heb. prob. “22
B32 (village of Nahum), a town or city of
Galilee in the confines of Zebulon and
Naphtali, on the western shore of the lake
of Tiberias ; comp. Matt. 4, 13 εἰς Kar. τὴν
παραϑαλασσίαν ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Ne-
φϑαλείμ. It was for atime the residence
of Jesus (Matt. 1. 6.) and was much fre-
quented by him; hence called ἡ idia πόλις,
Matt. 9, 1 comp. Mark 2, 1 sq. Capernaum
is not mentioned in the O. T. and only once
by Josephus, de Vit. sua ᾧ 72. It probably
was situated on the shore, at the north end
of the plain of Gennesareth (see art. Γεννη-
capér), at the place now called Khén Min-
yeh, near the large fountain *Ain et-Tin ;
which then would be the fountain Caphar-
naum mentioned by Josephus, B. J. 3. 10.
8. Comp. espec. John 6, 24. 25, with Matt.
13, 34 and Mark 6, 53. See Bibl. Res. in

375

καρδία
Palest. II. p. 288 sq. Reland Palast. p
682.—Matt. 4, 13. 8, 5. 11, 23. 17, 24.
Mark 1, 21. 2,1. 9, 33. Luke 4, 23.
31. 7,1. 10,15. John 2, 12. 4, 46. 6, 17.
24, 59.

καπηλεύω, f. evow, from ὁ κάπηλος a
retailer, huckster, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 42; an
inn-keeper, publican, Al. V. H. 10. 9; see

more in ἔμπορος. The κάπηλοι were noto-

rious for adulterating their commodities,
Sept. Is. 1, 22. Luc. Hermot. 59 ὥσπερ oi
κάπηλοι, κερασάμενοι καὶ δολώσαντες καὶ
κακομετροῦντες. Hence καπηλεύω pr. to
be a retailer, vintner, Hdot. 1. 15. Plato Rep.
525. ἃ. Hesych. καπηλεύει " μεταπωλεῖ, oi-
νοπωλεῖ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὰς τροφὰς καὶ πόσεις.
—In N. T. trop. to adulterate, to corrupt, c.
acc. 2 Cor. 2, 17 καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγο»
τοῦ Seod. So Philostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 13.
ib. 5. 36. Pallad. 72 (in Anthol. Gr. III. p.
130) τύχη καπηλεύουσα πάντα τὸν βίον.

καπνός, od, 6," smoke, Acts 2, 19. Rev.
8, 4. 9, 2 ter. 3. 17. 18. 14, 11. 15, 8. 18,
9:18. 19,3. Sept. for 789 Ex. 19, 18.
Josh. 8, 20.—E1. V. H. 12. 37. Xen. Cyr.
6. 3. 5.

Καππαδοκία, as, ἡ, Cappadocia, an
eastern province of Asia Minor, bounded N.
by Pontus and Galatia, W. by Lycaonia, S.
by Cilicia, and E. by Syria and Armenia
Minor; Acts 2, 9. 1 Pet. 1,1. The coun-
try was celebrated for its wheat and its pas-
tures ; for the excellence of its horses ; and
for the dulness and vice of the inhabitants ;
comp. the verb Καππαδοκίζειν, and the viru-
lent Greek epigram preserved by Constan-
tine Porphyr. Them. 1. 2, in Lat. thus:

Vipera Cappadocem nocitura momordet ; at illa

Gustato periit sanguine Cappadocis.

In the time of the N. T. Cappadocia was
a Roman province. Strabo 12. p.539. Dion
Cass. 57. 17. Tac. Ann. 2. 42:

καρδία, as, 4, (kindr. κέαρ, κῆρ.) the
heart, Lat. cor, as the seat of life, Hom. Il.
10. 94. ib. 13. 282—InN. T.

1. the heart, the human heart, only trop.
for the mind, the inner man, Lat. animus.

a) As the seat of the desires, feelings,
affections, emotions, passions. a) Genr.
Matt. 5, 8 of xaSapot τῇ καρδίᾳ. v. 28. 6,21.
Mark 4, 15. Luke 1, 17. John 14, 1. Acts
11, 23. Rom. 2, 5. 1 Cor. 4, 5 ras βουλὰς
τῶν καρδιῶν. 2 Tim. 2, 22. Heb. 3, 8. 12.
10, 22. al. sep. Sept. for 32 Ps. 51, 12.
Prov. 31, 11. So Plut. Artax. 6. Xen.
Conv. 4. 28. 8) In phrases: ἐκ v. ἀπὸ
καρδίας, from the heart, i. 6. willingly,
freely, sincerely, Matt. 18, 35. Rom. 6. 17:

καρδιογνώστης

ἐξ ὅλης τῆς x. and ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ, from or
with the whole heart, Matt. 22, 87. Mark 12,
30. Sept. for 227>23 Deut. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 34.
(Lue. Jup. Trag. 19. Philopatr. 18. Theocr.
Id. 29. 4. M. Antonin. 2.3.) So ἡ καρδία καὶ
ἡ ψυχὴ pia one heart and one soul, i. 6. en-
tire unanimity, Acts 4, 32; ἐνϑυμεῖσϑαι v.
διαλογίζεσθαι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὑτοῦ, to consider

in one’s mind, with oneself, Matt. 9, 4. Luke.

3,15; συμβάλλειν ἐν τῇ κι to ponder in mind
Luke 2, 19; ἀναβαίνειν ἐν τῇ x. Ὑ. ἐπὶ τὴν
x. to come up in or into one’s heart, mind,
Luke 24, 38. Acts 7, 23. (Sept. Is. 65, 17.
Jer. 3,16.) Also βάλλειν εἰς τὴν κι to put
into one’s heart, to suggest, John 13, 2; δὲ-
δόναι ἐπὶ καρδίας to place upon the hearts,
i. 6. to put into them, Heb. 10, 16 comp. 8,
10. Rev. 17,17. (Sept. Neh. 7,5.) Fur-
ther, ἔχειν ἐν καρδίᾳ, to have in one’s heart,
i. 6. to love, to cherish, Phil. 1, 7; εἶναι ἐν τῇ
x. τίνος, to be in one’s heart, to be the object of
his love, 2 Cor. 7, 3; ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν τι-
νός ὦ man afler one’s own heart, i.e. like-mind-
ed and therefore approved and beloved, Acts
13, 22; ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνξρωπος i. q.
ὁ ἔσω ἄνδρωπος | Pet. 8,4. γ) Synecd.
put for the person himself, in cases where
various affections, passions, emotions, are
ascribed to the heart or mind; comp. Ge-
sen. Lehrg. p. '752, '753. John 16, 22 χαρή-
σεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία. Acts 2, 26 εὐφράνϑη
ἡ κ μου. 14,17. Col. 2, 2. 2 Thess. 2, 17.
James 1,26. 5,5. Soin εἰπεῖν v. λέγειν ἐν
τῇ καρδίᾳ to say in one’s heart, i, e. in one-
self, to think, see in εἶπον no, 1. ¢. Matt. 24,
48. Rom. 10, 6. Rev. 18,'7. See Heb. Lex.
“AS no. 2.

b) As the seat of the intellect according
to the Heb. views, the heart, mind, under-
standing ; Matt. 13, 15 bis, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ
συνιῶσι. Mark 6, 52. Luke 24, 25. John
12, 40. Rom. 1, 21. 2 Pet. 1, 19. Eph. 1,
18 Grb. but Rec. dcavoia. Sept. and ΞὉ Is.
6, 10. Job 12, 3; comp. Heb. Lex. 225 no.
l.e. (Hom. Il, 21. 441.) Also ϑέσϑαι v.
διατηρεῖν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, to lay up or keep in
mind, Luke 1, 66. 2, 51.—Spec. for con-
science, Rom. 2, 15. 1 John 3, 20 bis. 21.

2. Trop. the heart, for the middle, midst,
the central part of any thing, e. g. x. τῆς
γῆς Matt. 12, 40. Sept. and 32 Ez. 27, 4.
Jonah 9,4. +

καρδιογνώστης,; ov, ὃ, (καρδία, γινώ-
σκω,) hear!-knower, searcher of hearts, Acts
1, 24. 15,8. Found only in N. T.

καρπός, od, 6, 61. fruit, produce, of
trees, plants, and of the earth; Matt. 3,10
δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν. 18, 8. Luke

376 κάρφος

12, 17 οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς
pov. 18,6. 7. 9. John 12,24, 2 Tim. 2, 6.
al. Allegor. John 15, 2 ter. 5. 8. Spec.
ἀποδιδόναι καρπούς to pay over the fruits,
i.e. a share of them as rent, Matt. 21, 41.
Luke 20, 10. Sept. for "8. Ps. 1, 3. Jer.
12,2. So Diod. Sic. 2.. 36, 49 init. Xen.
Vect. 4. 6, 9.—By Hebr. of children, off-
spring, as καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας fruit of the
womb Luke 1, 423 x. τῆς ὀσφύος fruit of
the loins Acts 2, 30. So Sept. and "8
Gen. 30, 2. Mic. 6, 7. al.

2. Trop. fruit, i. e. a) For deeds,
works, conduct ; Matt. 3,8 ποιήσατε καρπὸν
ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας. '7,16.20, 21,43. Luke
3, 8. al. Sept. for SN83H Prov. 10, 16.
b) Tor effect, result; Rom. 15, 28. Gal. 5,
22 6 καρπὸς τοῦ πνεῦματος. Eph. 5, 9. Heb.

12,11. James 3,17, Sept. and 8 Jer.

17,10. Mic. 7,18. 0) For profit, advan-
tage, good result; John 4, 36 καὶ συνάγει
καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Rom. 1,13. 6, 21.
22. James 3, 18. al. Sept. and "8 Ps. 58,
12. So Hdian. 8. 3. 15. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.
11. 4) Also καρπὸς τῶν χειλέων, fruit of
the lips, i. e. praise, Heb. 13, 15, in allusion
to Sept. Hos. 14, 3 καρπὸς χειλέων for "78.
where the Heb. now reads 57°18 calves, bul-
locks. Comp. Sept. and Heb. Prov. 12, 14.
Is. 57,19. +

Kaprros, ov, 6, Carpus, pr. τι. of a man
2 Tim. 4, 13.

καρποφορέω, ὦ, f. how, (kapmospos,)
to bear fruit, intrans. \

1. Pr. Mark 4, 28 αὐτομάτη yap ἣ γῆ Kap-
ποφορεῖ. Sept. for 122 Hab. 3, 16.—Diod.
Sic. 2. 49. Xen. Vect. 1. 3.

2. Trop. of life and conduct ; Col. 1, 10
καρποφοροῦντες ev παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ. Matt.
18, 23. Mark 4, 20. Luke 8, 15. With
dat. 6. g. τῷ SeG Rom. 7, 4, τῷ ϑανάτῳ v. 5,
to bear fruit unto God or unto death, i. 6.
acceptable to God or worthy of death—Also
of the gospel as effectively preached, Mid
Col. 1, 6. ‘

καρποφόρος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (καρπός, φέ-
ρω,) fruit-bearing, fruitful. Acts 14, 17 και-
pol καρπ.--δορί. Ps. 107, 84 γῆ. Diod. Sic
1. 74 χώρα. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22 φοίνικες.

καρτερέω, ὦ, f. now, (καρτερός, κάρτος,
κράτος.) to be strong, steadfast, to endure,
intrans. Heb. 11, 27 τὸν ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν
exaptépnoe.—LEcclus. 2, 2. Diod. Sic. 3.
5 ult. Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 17.

κάρφος, eos, ovs, τό, (κάρφω,) pr. some-
thing dry, i. e. any small dry particle, as of
chaff, wood, or the like, a twig, mote; put

lee el

τ le ap RIS

.

Ἀν

Kapyndwv

as the emblem of lesser faults, opp. δοκός,
Matt. 7, 3. 4. 5. Luke 6, 41. 42 bis. For
the Heb. proverb see Buxtorf Lex. Rab.
2080.—Sept. Gen. 8, 11. Luc. Astrol. 29.
Plat. de Solert. anim. 10.

καρχηδών, ὄνος, ἡ, (pr. Carthage,) in
N. T. @ carbuncele; Rey. 21, 19 in Mss.
for χαλκηδών chalcedony. Comp. Theophr.
Fragm. 2. 18, et ibi Schneider.

κατά, a prep. governing the genitive and
accusative, with the primary signif. down,
i. e. down from, down upon, down in, etc.
Buttm. ᾧ 147. n. 1. Kiihner §292. Matth.
§581. Winer § 51. k. p. 457. § 53. d. p. 476.
Passow s. v.

I. With the Genitive. 1. Of Place,i.e.
a) Of motion down from a higher to a lower
place, e. g. κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ eis ϑάλασσαν
down from (along) @ precipice into the sea,
Matt. 8, 32. Mark 5,13. Luke 8, 33. So
κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχειν to have depending from
the head, 1 Cor. 11, 4 ; see in ἔχω no. 3. a.
B.—Jos. B. J. 1. 7. ὅ κατὰ τῶν κρημνῶν
ἐῤῥίπτουν ἑαυτούς. ib. 2. 8. 3. Xen. An. 4.
2. 17.

b) Of motion down upon a lower place,
upon, Mark 14, 3 κατέχεεν αὐτοῦ κατὰ τῆς
κεφαλῆς. So Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 2 κατὰ κεφα-
λῆς αὐτῶν ἠφίεσαν τὰ βέλη, i. 6. from the
porticos. All. V. H. 8. 14. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.
5.—Trop. ἡ κατὰ βάϑους πτωχεία, lit. pov-
erty down to the very depths, i. 6. deepest
poverty, 2 Cor. 8, 2. So pr. Strabo 9. p.
419 ἄντρον κοῖλον κατὰ βάϑους. Winer
§ 55. 2. f.

c) Genr. of motion or direction upon, to-
wards, through, any place or object. @) Pr.
upon, against, Acts 27, 14 ἔβαλε κατ᾽ αὐτῆς
ἄνεμος ᾿φὐφωνηδδρ So Hdian. 6. 7. 18.
Dem. 403. 8. Comp. Matth.l-c. 8) Also
through, throughout, where κατά ἃ. acc. is
more usual. Luke 4, 14 φήμη ἐξῆλθε Kad
ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου. 23,5 διδάσκων xa¥
ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας. Acts 9, 31. 42. 10, 37.
For adv. xa’ ὅλου, see art. καϑόλουι So
Hom. Od. 6. 102. Ail. V. H. 1.14. Pol. 1.
17.10.. γὴ After verbs of swearing, i. e.
to swear upon or by any thing, at the same
time stretching out the hand over, upon, to-
wards the object. Matt. 26, 63 ἐξορκίζω ce
κατὰ τοῦ Seov. Heb. 6, 13 bis, ὥμοσε καὶ
ἑαυτοῦ. v. 16. Sept. for 3 ΞΘ ΞΘ 2 Chr.
36,13. Is. 45,23. So Dem. 553. 17. ib.
1268. 24. Thue. 5. 47.

2. Trop. of the object towards or upon
which any thing tends, aims, is directed,
upon, in respect of ; 1 Cor. 15, 15, Jude 15
ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων. So Plut. de
Puer. educ. 4 init. ὃ κατὰ τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ

377

νὼ

τῶν ἐπιστημῶν λέγειν εἰώθαμεν. Xen. Cyr.
1. 2. 16. Apol. Socr. 13. Comp. Matth. 1. ὁ.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 272.—Spec. against, af-
ter words of a accusing, warring,
and the like; Matt. 5,11 πᾶν πον. ῥῆμα
kad ὑμῶν. v. 23 ray a κατὰ σοῦ. 10, 35.
12, 14 συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ. v. 30
ὁ μὴ dv per’ ἐμοῦ, κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐστι. 26, 59.
Mark 11, 25. 14, δδ 5ᾳ. Luke 28,14 ὧν
κατηγορεῖτε κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ. John 18, 29. Acts
4, 26. 16, 22. 21,28. 2 ΟοΥ. 13, 8. Gal.
5, 17. al. sep. So Paleph. 6. 8. Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 12. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. ᾿ 1. Comp.
Passow no. 5. [II. 3.]

If. With the Accusative, shee the pri-
mary and general idea is down upon, out
over, throughout. See the grammarians as
above cited, and Winer § 53. d. p. 476.

1. Of Place,i.e. a) Of motion or ex-
tension, out over, through, throughout a
place; Luke 8, 39 καϑ᾽ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν κη-.
ρύσσων. 15, 14 ἐγέμετο λιμὸς κατὰ τὴν χώ-
pay ἐκείνην. Acts 5,15. 8,1. 11,1 ὄντες
κατὰ τὴν Ιουδαίαν who were throughout Ju-
dea. 15, 23. 24,12. So πορευέσϑαι κατὰ
τὴν ὅδόν to travel through i. 6. along the
way Acts 8, 36; and genr. κατὰ τὴν ὅδον
along or BY the way, while travelling upon
it, Luke 10, 4. Acts 25, 3. 26, 13. So
Diod. Sic. 1.72 of xara τὴν Αἴγυπτον. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5.11 ἀριστεύοντες καὶ κατὰ γὴν
καὶ x. Sad. Thue. 5. 8 καϑ᾿ 6ddv.—F rom
this idea of motion throughout every part of
a whole, arises the distributive sense of
kara, in no. 3 below.

b) Of motion or position upon, at, near
to, adjacent to; Luke 10, 32 γενόμενος κατὰ
τὸν τόπον. V. 33 ἦλξε κατ᾽ αὐτόν. Acts 2,
10 τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην. 16,7. 27,
2 τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ᾿Ασίαν τόπους, i. e. places
on and near the coast of Asia Minor. y. 7.
—Diod. Sic. 1. 22. Xen. An. 5. 2. 16, 23.

6) Of motion or direction’ upon, i. 6. to-
wards any place; Acts 8, 26 πορεύου κατὰ
μεσημβρίαν. 27,12 λιμένα βλέποντα κατὰ
AiBa. Phil. 8, 14 κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω. So
Thuc. 7. 6 ὅπερ xa¥ αὑτοὺς ἦν, i. e. over
against. Xen. An. 7. 2. 1—Spec. κατὸ
πρόσωπον ἀντιστῆναι, to withstand one to
(over against) his face, Gal. 2,11. So Xen.
Hi. 1. 14 κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμούς.

d) Of place where, i. 6. of being at, in,
within a place, where sometimes ἐν might
be employed though not strictly synony-
mous ; just as in Engl. “αὐ a house’ and
‘in a house’ may be used interchangeably ;
comp. Winer 1. c. p. 476 marg. a) With
ace. of place; Rom. 16,5 τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον
αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν the church atv or IN their

κατά.

house, i. e. accustomed to meet there. 1 Cor.
16,19. Philem. 2. Acts 13,1 ἦσαν κατὰ
τὴν ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται κτὰ. So Luc. D.
Deor. 20. 18 κατ᾽ ἄστυ ζῆν. Diod. Sic. 2.
28 τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν. Paleph. 5. 8 κρύ-
ψαι κατὰ γῆν. 8) With Acc: of pers. im-
plying place, in, with, among; Acts 21, 21
τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔϑνη Ιουδαίους the Jews dis-
persed among (throughout) the Gentiles.
26, 3 τῶν κατὰ Ιουδαίους ἐπῶν. 17, 28 τινὲς
τῶν καϑ᾿ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν, certain of your own
poets. 18,15. Eph. 1, 1ὅ τὴν xa ὑμᾶς πί-
στιν. (Diod. Sic. 4. 8 ἐκ τοῦ Kad’ αὑτοὺς
βίου. Χροη. “σγτ. 5. 1. 11.) Spec. καϑ᾽
ἑαυτόν in or with oneself, pr. in one’s own
house, chez soi; and hence genr. by or for
oneself, alone; Acts 28,16 μένειν xa ἑαυ-
τόν. Rom. 14, 22. James 2, 17. Comp.
Matth. 1. c. p. 1155. So Xen. An. 6. 2. 11.
Cyr. 7.4.15. γὴ With acc. of thing im-
plying place, e. g. κατὰ πρόσωπόν twos in
the presence of, before any one, Luke 2, 31.
Acts 3, 13; and so Acts 25, 16. 2 Cor. 10,
1. Also κατ᾽ dpSadpovs sc. ὑμῶν Gal. 3, 1.
Trop. of a state or condition in which any
thing is or is done, thus implying manner ;
6. g. kar’ ὄναρ in or by a dream, Matt. 1, 20.
2,12.13. (Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1 κατὰ τοὺς
ὕπνους.) 1 Cor. 2,1 ἦλθον οὐ καϑ᾽ ὑπεροχὴν
λόγου I came not in excellency of speech._—
Adverbially, Mark 1, 27 κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν, see
in ἐξουσία no. 3; so κατὰ κράτος strongly,
vehemently, Acts 19, 20 (Thuc. 1. 64);
κατ᾽ idiav.in private, see in idios no. 1. Ὁ;
κατὰ μόνας, see art. καταμόνας. So kad
ὑπερβολήν, exceedingly, Rom. 7,13. Gal. 1,
13. 2 Cor. 4, 17, see in ὑπερβολή ; or ex-
cellenily, par excellence, 1 Cor. 12,31. Also
οἱ κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν those in dislinction, i. q. the
distinguished, Acts 25,23; comp. Buttm.
§ 125. 6.

2. Of Time, i. e. of a period or point of
time throughout, during, in or at which, any
thing takes place; e. g. κατὰ τὸ αὐτό, at the
same time, together, Acts 14, 1; see in av-
τός no. 3. a. γι Rom. 5,6 κατὰ καιρόν in
due time. Acts 12, 1 κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν
during (about) that time. 19,23. Rom. 9, 9.
Acts 13, 27. 16,25 κατὰ τὸ μεσονύκτιον
about midnight. 27, 27. Heb. 1,10 σὺ κατ᾽
ἄρχας in the beginning, of old. 3,8 κατὰ τὴν
ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ during the time of
temptation. 9,9. Sept. for 2 Gen. 18, 10 ;
comp. Heb. Lex. 9 B. 3. So 2 Mace. 12,
15. Diod. Sic. 4. 9. Thuc. 3. 99.—Also
distributively, see in no. 3. b.

3. In a distributive sense, derived strictly
from the idea of pervading all the parts of a
whole; e.g. a) Of place: Matt. 24, 7

378

Rey. 22, 2 x. μῆνα ἕνα ἕκαστον.

κατά

κατὰ τόπους throughout all places, in various
parts. Luke 8,1 διώδευε κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κὠ-
μην; throughout city and village, i. 6. every
one, generally. v. 4. 9,6. 13,22. Acts 2,46
κλῶντές τε Kat’ οἶκον ἄρτον i. 6. from house
to house. 8, 3. 14,23. 1ὅ,21. 86. 22,19. al.
So Paleph. 39. 2. Diod. Sic. 2. 28 κατὰ κώ-
pas. Hdot. 1. 196 κατὰ κώμας ἑκάστας. Xen.
Hell. 6. 8.19. Ὁ) Of time; 6. g. καϑ᾽
ἡμέραν daily, every day, Matt. 26, 55. Mark
14, 49; also τὸ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν Luke 11, 3.
19, 47; κατ᾽ ἔτος, kar’ ἐνιαυτόν, yearly, every
year, Luke 2, 41. Heb. 9, 25. 10,1. 3;
κατὰ ἑορτήν at each passover Matt. 27, 15.
Luke 23, 17; κατὰ καιρόν at certain times,
from time to time, John 5,4; κατὰ μίαν
σαββάτων every first day of the week 1 Cor.
16,2. Also Acts 17,17 κατὰ πάσαν ἡμέ-
ραν. 18, 4. Heb. 3, 13 xa® ἑκάστην mp.
So Sept.
1 Sam. 7,16. Luc. D. Deor. 24.2. Xen.
An. 3.2.12. 0) Genr. of any parts, num:
ber, or the like; e. g. κατὰ μέρος, part for
parl, particularly, Heb. 9,5. (2 Macc. 2,
30. Pol. 1. 4. 3,6.) Of number, κα ἕνα
one by one 1 Cor. 14, 31, see in εἷς no. 1.
b. y; as likewise for of καθ᾽ ἕνα, xa’ ἕν, εἷς
ka®’ εἷς, see ibid. Also κατὰ δύο by twos,
two and two, 1 Cor. 14, 27. Comp. Matth.
l.c. Winer l.c. So Ail. V. H. 2.1. Xen.
An. 4. 7. 8.

4. Trop. of fitness, accordance, conformi-
ty, expressing the relation of one thing to-
wards another. Thus

a) Of a rule, measure, standard of com-
parison, according to, conformably to, after,
secundum, see Matth. 1. ο. p. 1153. Winer
lic. p.477. α) Genr. Matt. 9,29 κατὰ
τὴν πίστιν tov γενηθήτω ὑμῖν. 23,3 κατὰ
τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε. Mark 7,5. Luke
2, 22 κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μ. v. 39. 23,56. John
8, 15 κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε, i. e. from ex-
ternal circumstances. 19,7. Acts 22,12. 23,
31. 26,5. Rom. 2,2 ἐστὶ κατὰ ἀλήϑειαν,
ig. ἐστὶ ἀληθής. v. 6. 7. 8, 4. 5 κατὰ σάρ-
κα, κατὰ πνεῦμα, i. 6. according to the will
of the flesh or of the Spirit. 10, 2. 14, 15.
Gal. 1,4. Eph. 4, 22. Col. 2, 8. al. sep.
Sept. for > Ps. 7, 9. al. (Paleph. 32. 11.
Luc. Bis ace. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 15, 16. ib.
5.5.6.) With the idea of proportion ; Matt.
2,16. 25,15 ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν.
Rom. 12, 6. 1 Cor. 3, 8. 2 Cor. 10,18. So
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 1. B) With acc. of
person, i. e. according to the will of any one,
Rom. 8, 27 κατὰ Sedv. 2 Cor. 7, 9. 10. 11.
1 Pet. 4,6. Rom. 15, 5. 1 Cor. 12, 8; by

. command of any one 2 Cor, 11,17; accord-

ing to the narrative or writing of any one,

.

ΕῚ
4

on CERES

κατά 379

only in the inscriptions of the Gospels,
(2 Mace. 2,13. Plato Phzedr. 1. p. 227. b,
κατὰ Πίνδαρον ‘as Pindar says.’ Cratyl. 18.
Ρ. 401. d.) Gal. 1,11 οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ ἄνϑρω-
πον, is not according to man, not such as
man would have made. _—y)_~Adverbially,
Luke 10, 31 κατὰ συγκυρίαν by chance, ac-
cidentally. (Hdot. 8. 87 xara τύχην.) John
10, 3 κατ᾽ ὄνομα. Acts 18, 14 κατὰ λόγον,
reasonably. (Luc. Icarom. 18.) 1 Cor. 14,
40. Eph. 6, 6. 1 Pet. 8, 7 κατὰ γνῶσιν, dis-
creelly. So κατὰ ri, how? Luke 1, 18.

b) Of an occasion, by virtue of, because
of, for, by, through, where the idea of ac-
cordance, adaptedness, lies at the bottom ;
comp.. Winer 1. c. p. 478. Matth.1.c. Matt.
19, 3 ἀπολύσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὑτοῦ κατὰ πᾶ-
σαν αἰτίαν for any cause. Acts 3,17 κατὰ
ἄγνοιαν, because of ignorance, ignorantly:
Rom. 2, 5. 2 Cor. 8, 8. Gal. 2, 2. Eph. 1,
5. 7.9. 3, 3. Phil. 2, 3. 4,11. 2 Thess. 2,
9. 1 Tim. 1,1. Philem. 14 κατ᾽ ἀνάγκην.
Heb. 7, 5. al. sep—2 Macc. 6,11. Luc. D.
Deor. 13.1. Diod. Sic. 20. 40 κατ᾽ ἀνάγκην.
Xen. An. 7. 3. 39.

c) Of any general relation, reference,
allusion, in respect to, as to; Winer and
Matth. 1. c. a) Genr. Rom. 1, 3 ἐκ
σπέρματος Δαβὶδ κατὰ σάρκα. 9. 5. 11, 28.
Phil. 3, 5. 6 κατὰ νόμον... κατὰ ζῆλον...
κατὰ δικαιοσύνην. Tit. 1, 4. Heb. 9, 9 κατὰ
συνείδησιν. 1 Pet. 4, 14. So Jos. B. J. 4.4.
3 κατ᾽ ἐμαυτόν. Paleph. 32. 5 κατὰ γένος
AlSiores. Hdot. 1. 49. Plato Prot. 317. a.
3) Spec. κατά c. acc. with a preced. article
forms a periphrase for the kindred adjective ;
e. g. Rom. 11, 21 of xara φύσιν, natural
branches. Col. 3; 22 τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυ-
pios. Also τὰ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον Paul’s
affairs, bis cause, Acts 25,14; τὰ κατ᾽ ἐμέ
my affairs Eph. 6, 21. Col. 4,'7. So2 Macc.
3,16. Diod. Sic. 1.10 ἡ κατὰ φύσιν βῶλος.
ἘΠ... H. 2. 42. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 16 ra
cas’ ἡμᾶς. ὙΥ Also in phrases; 6. g.
κατὰ πάντα in all respects, in all things,
Acts 3, 22. Heb. 2,17 (Thue. 4. 81); κατὰ
πάντα τρόπον in every respect, every way,
Rom. 3, 2; with negat. 2 Thess. 2, 3.
Buttm. ᾧ 147. n. 1. (2 Mace. 11, 31. Pol. 1.
88.11.) καϑ᾽ ὅσον by how much, i.e. in-
asmuch, quatenus, Heb. 3, 3. 7, 203; κατὰ
τοσοῦτον by so much 7,22. Spec. rd κατ᾽
εμέ, lit. ‘ what relates to me,’ so far as in
me lies, Rom. 1, 15. So Dem. 1210, 20 τὸ
κατ᾽ ἐμέ. Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 5 τὰ κατ᾽ ἐμέ.
Comp. Matth. § 283. Buttm. ᾧ 125. n. 8.

5. Of likeness, similitude, manner, like,
after, in the manner of ; 2 Cor. 1, 17 et 10,
2 κατὰ σάρκα. i. 6. like a frail and feeble

καταβαίνω

man. Heb. 5, 6. 10 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχι-
σεδέκ, i. 6. after the order or rank of Mel-
chisedec, comp. 7, 15, and see in art. τάξις.
Acts 13, 22 see in καρδία no. 1. ἃ. 8. Sept.
for 5 Deut. 4, 82. Lam. 1,12. (Luc. Muse.
Enc. 1. Hdot. 2.92 μέγαϑος κατὰ μῆλον.)
With acc. of pers. Gal. 4, 28 κατὰ Ἰσαάκ
like Isaac, as Isaac. Rom. 3, 5 et Gal. 3, 15
κατὰ avSpwrov λέγω I speak as a man ; also
with the idea of a common man, not a be-
liever, 1 Cor. 3,3. For 1 Cor. 15, 32 see

in ϑηριομαχέω. So Lue. Pisc. 12. Arr.

Exp. Alex. 3. 27.10. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 30.
—Adverbially, καϑ᾿ ὃν τρόπον lit. ‘after
what manner,’ i. 4. as, even as, Acts 15, 11;
κατὰ ταὐτά, thus, so, Luke 17, 30. 6, 23.
26 ; καϑ᾽ ὁμοιότητα, like, like as, Heb. 4, 15.

6. Of the end, aim, purpose, towards
which any thing is directed, for, in behalf
of, by way of; 2 Cor. 11, 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν
[ἐμὴν] λέγω, I say it by way of disparage-
ment, to my own reproach. 1 Tim. 6,3 78
κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν διδαχή, the doctrine which is
for godliness, tends to promote it. 2 Tim.
1,1, Tit. 1,1. See Kihner Ausf. Gr. § 607.
3. a.—Jos. Ant. 3.11.4 κατὰ τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ
Seov τοῦτο ποιῶν. Paleph. 43. 4. Thue. 6,
31 κατὰ ϑέαν ἥκειν. Hdot. 2. 152.

Nore. In composition xara implies:
a) Motion downwards, as καταβαίνω, καϑαι-
péw, καταπίπτω. Ὁ) Direction against, in
a hostile sense, as καταγινώσκω, κατηγορέω,
καταλαλέω. 0) Distribution, as κατακλη-
ροδοτέω. d) It serves to strengthen the
notion of the simple word, and is then often
simply intensive, as καϑοπλίζω, καταλαμ-
βάνω. 6) Sometimes it gives to an in-
trans. verb a transitive sense, as καταργέω
Comp. Buttni. §147.n.6. +

καταβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (βαίνω,) aore2
κατέβην, imper. κατάβηϑι and κατάβα Mark
15, 80. Buttm. ᾧ 107. n. 1.14, ὁ 114 βαίνω.

1. 10 go or come down, to descend, from a
higher to a lower place; 6. g. of persons,
with ἀπό c. gen. of place whence; Matt.
8,1 καταβάντι δὲ αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους. 17. 9.
Mark 9,9. Matt. 14, 29 ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου.
Mark 15, 30 κατάβα ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. Sept.
for ἡ “19 Ex. 34, 29. Judg. 4, 14. (Xen.
Cyr. 5. 5.6.) With εἰς c. acc. of place
whither, Mark 13, 15 μὴ καταβάτω eis τὴν
οἰκίαν. Acts 8, 38. Eph. 4, 9. Sept. for
“yx Job 7,9. Jonah 9, 1. (Hdian. 8. 2. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 5.) With ἐπί c. acc. as
ἐπὶ τὴν ϑάλασσαν down upon the sea-shore,
sc. from the mountain John 6,16. (Xen.
Ag. 1.18.) Also πρός τινα Acts 10, 21.
14, 11. Sept. for 4 Ex. 19,14. Absol.

καταβάλλω 380

Matt. 24, 17. Luke 6,17. John 5,7. (Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 8.) Of those who go from a
higher to a lower region of country, 6. ὃν
ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλήμ Mark 3, 22. Luke 10, 30;
with εἰς, John 2,12 εἰς Καπερναούμ. Acts
1,15 εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 14,25. 16, 8. al. Ab-
sol. Luke 2, 51. John 4, 47. Acts 8, 15.
24, 1. Sept. for ΨΗ Gen. 12, 10. 42, 3.
So Hdot. 5. 106 fin. Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 11.—
Spoken of those who descend, come down,

from heaven; e. δ. God as affording aid to.

the oppressed, Acts 7, 34 quoted from Ex.
3,8 where Sept. for ty: Of the Messiah,
c. ἐκ John 6, 38. 42; c. ἀπό 1 Thess. 4,
16. Of the Holy Spirit, c. ἐκ John 1, 32;
ἐπί τινα Luke 3, 22. John 1, 33. Of an-
gels, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Matt. 28,2; ἐν c. dat. of
place whither John 5, 4, see in ἐν no. 4;
ἐπί twa John 1, 52 see in ἀναβαίνω no. 1 fin.
Sept. for ™ Gen. 28,12. Of Satan as
cast down from heaven, Rev. 12, 12; comp.
-v. 9, 10.

2. Of things, e. g. a way leading down
from a higher to a lower tract of country,
Acts 8, 26 ὁδὸν τὴν καταβ. ἀπὸ Ἱερουσ. eis
Τάζαν. So 5:5 Sept. κατάγω Prov. '7, 27.
Of things descending from heaven, i. e. let
down or sent down from God; e. g. a ves-
sel Acts 10, 11. 11, 5; spiritual gifts, c.
ἀπό James 1, 17; the new Jerusalem ἡ
καταβ. ἐκ τοῦ ovp. ἀπὸ τ. Yeod Rev. 3, 12
in an anacoluthon. So of phenomena from
the heavens, the clouds, io fall, e. g. ἡ
βροχή Matt. '7, 25. 27 (Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 8);
λαῖλαψ Luke, 8, 23 ; πῦρ. ἀπὸ τοῦ ovp. Luke
9,543; πῦρ ἐκ rod ovp. Rev. 13, 13. So
Sept. and 45 2 K. 1, 10. 12.—Genr. 1. q.
to fall, to drop, 6. g. sweat, ὡσεὶ SpduBor
αἵματος kataB. emt τὴν γῆν Luke 22, 44.
So Ecclus. 32 or 35,15 δάκρυα ἐπὶ σιαγόνα
κἁταβαίνει.

καταβάνλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,.) 1. Lo
cast down, 6. δ. from heaven, Pass. Rev. 12,
10 κατεβλήϑη ὁ κατήγωρ. So Pol. 1. 24. 12.
Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 41.—Spec. to prostrate,
2 Cor. 4,9. Sept. for dan Ps. 73, 18.
So Luc. D. Deor. 14. 2. Plato Hipp. min.
374. a.

2. Mid. to lay down, 6. δ. a foundation,
c. acc. Heb. 6, 1.—Jos. Ant. 15. 11. 3.
Pol. 10. 27. 9. Plato Legg. 803. a.

καταβαρέω, ὦ, f. iow, (Bapéw,) to
weigh down, as a burden; in N. 'T. trop. to
burden in a pecuniary sense, c. ace. 2 Cor.
12, 16; comp. Sept. and sap 2 Sam. 13,
25.—Genr. Diod. Sic. 19. 24. Pol. 18. 4. 4.

καταβαρύνω, i. 4ᾳ. καταβαρέω, to weigh
down, to oppress; Pass. of the eyes, Mark

καταγγέλλω

14, 40 of 63. καταβαρυνόμενοι in some editt.
for βεβαρημένοι in Rec.—Pr. Sept. Joel 2,
8. 2 Sam. 14, 26.

κατάβασις, ews, ἧ, (καταβαίνω,) a go-
ing down, e. g. towards the coast Xen. An.
7. 8. 26.—In N. T. a descent, i. 6. place of
descending, a declivity, Luke 19, 37 xara.
τοῦ ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν. Sept. for t 47 Josh.
10, 11. Mic. 1, 4. So Pol. 11. 15. 8. Xen.
An. 3. 4. 37.

καταβιβάζω, f. dow, (βιβάζω.) to cause
to go down, to bring down, 6. g. ἕως ἄδου,
Pass. Matt. 11, 23. Luke 10, 15. Sept. for
sin Ez. 31, 16. 18.—Hdot. 8. 119. Plut.
Themist. 4. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 18.

καταβολή, js, 7, (καταβάλλω,) α casi-
ing down, i. e.

1. a laying down, founding, foundation ;
in N. T. only in the phrase: καταβολὴ τοῦ
κόσμου, the foundation of the world, i. e. the
creation, beginning of the world, Matt. 13,
35. 25, 34. Luke 11, 50. John 17, 24.
Eph. 1, 4. Heb. 4, 3 (see in καίτοι). 9, 26.
1 Pet. 1, 20. Rev. 13, 8. 17, 8.—Plut. Aq.
et Ignis comp: 2 ἅμα τῇ πρώτῃ καταβολῇ
τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Diod. Sic. 12. 32. “Pol. 13.
6. 2.

2. Of seed, a casting in, trop. Heb. 11,
11 δύναμιν ἔλαβεν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος,
lit. strength for the casting in (implanting)
of seed, i. e. strength for conception, pro-
creation.—Hippocr. Aphorism. 4, τὰ xvov-
μενα ἐν μὲν τῷ πρώτῳ χρόνῳ THs καταβολῆς
τοῦ σπέρματος. Arr. Epict. 1. 18, 3 υἱὸς
ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν σπερμάτων καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἄνω-
Sey καταβολῆς. So καταβάλλειν σπέρματα,
8. g. M. Antonin. 4. 86 σπέρματα εἰς γῆν ἢ
μήτραν καταβαλλόμενα. Galen. de Potent. 1:
comp. Wetst. N. T. in loc.

καταβραβεύω; f. εύσω, (BpaBevo,) to

give the prize against any one, to deprive of
the palm, Zonar. in Can. 35. Cone. Laod.
καταβραβεύω ἐστὶ τὸ μὴ τὸν νικήσαντα ἀξιοῦν
τοῦ βραβείου, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρῳ διδόναι αὐτὸ ἀδι-
κουμένου τοῦ vixnoavros.—In N. 'T, trop. to
deprive of a due reward, to defraud, ὁ. acc.
Col. 2,18. So Dem. 544 ult.

καταγγελεύς, éws, 6, (καταγγέλλω,) an
announcer, proclaimer ; Acts 17, 18 ξένων
δαιμονίων δοκεῖ κατ. εἶναι.

καταγγένλω, f. γελῶ, (κατά intens.)
Pass. aor. 2 κατηγγέλην Acts 17, 13, see
Buttm. § 101. n. 4; pr. το bring word down,
to any one, i. 4. to bring it home to him;
hence, to announce, to publish, to show forth,
6.866. Acts 3,24 τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. 1 Cor.
11, 26 Sdvarov τοῦ κυρίου. Pass. Acts 13,
38 ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται.

Sg

καταγέλαω 381

Rom. 1,8. So Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 6. Pol. 4.
53.2. Xen. An. 2. 5. 38.—Spec. to an-
nounce, to set forth, to preach, inculcate ;
c. acc. Acts 4, 2 καταγγέλειν τὴν ἀνάστασιν
τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 13, 5. 15, 36. Ph 17. 21.
17, 3. 23. 26, 23. 1 Cor, 2,1. 9, 14. Phil.
1, 16 [17]. Χριστὸν καταγγ. Col. 1, 28.
Pass. Acts 17, 13. Phil. 1, 18

καταγελάω, ὦ, f. dow, (γελάω,) to
laugh at in scorn, 0 deride, c. gen. Matt. 9,
24 καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. Mark 5, 40. Luke
8, 53; comp. Buttm. § 132. 10. 6.. Sept. for
a5 Job 21,3; PMY Job 30, 1.—Zl. V. H.
9. 37. Xen. An. 2. 6. 23.

καταγινώσκω, f. γνώσομαι, (γινώσκω,)
lo know or note against any one, to his dis-
advantage, Sept. for spn Prov. 28, 11.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10—In N. T. to judge or
think ill of, to condemn, to blame, c. gen.
1 John 3, 20 ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ Kap-
dia. v.21. Pass. Gal. 2,11 ὅτε κατεγνωσμέ-
vos ἦν because he had been blamed, sc. by
others, prob. by Christians of Antioch ; not
‘because he was to be blamed;’ a sense
which the participle does not admit. So
Ecclus. 14, 2. Dem. 1402. 24. Hdian. 5. 2.
12. Plato Dem. 382. e

κατάγνυμι, f. κατάξω, (ἄγνυμι,) aor. 1
κατέαξα, Pass. aor. 2 κατεάγην, both with syll.
augm. prob. to distinguish them from the
forms of κατάγω, see Winer ᾧ 12. 2. Buttm.
§ 84. n. 5. Anom. fut. Att. κατεάξω Matt.
12, 20, prob. for the like reason. Passow
in ἄγνυμι. Buttm. ᾧ 114 ἄγνυμι. Matth. ᾧ 222.
p. 429.—To break down, to break off or in
two, c. acc. Matt. 12,20 κάλαμον συντ. ov
κατεάξει. John 19, 32. 33. Pass. John 19,
31 iva κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη. Sept.
for 512 Jer. 48, 25. So Pol. 1. 37. 2.
Xen. An. 4. 2. 20.

κατάγω; f, ἄξω, (ἄγω,) 1. to lead down,
e. g. persons, fo bring or conduct down,
from a higher to a lower place or region;
with acc. and eis, Acts 9, 30 κατήγαγον ai-
τὸν eis Καισάρειαν. 23, 20. 28; acc. c. πρός
τινα 23,15; acc. simpl. 22,30. Rom. 10,6.
Sept. for min c. εἰς 1 K. 1, 335 6. πρός
Gen. 44, 21.—Hdian. 8. 1. 3 εἰς. Luc. D.
Deor. 7. 4. Xen. Ag. 1. 18.

2. Spec. as a nautical term, fo bring down
a ship éo land, c. acc. Luke 5, 11 καταγά-
γοντες τὰ πλοῖα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. So Sext. Em-
pir. adv. Phys. 2. 68 νῆες εἰς ἑτέρους κατά-
yovrat λιμένας. Xen. An. 6. 6. 3—Hence
Pass. aor. 1 κατήχϑην; to come to land,
to land, to touch, Acts 21, 3. 27, 3. 28, 12.
So Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 3 εἰς Βρεντήσιον κατ-
dverat ‘he (Herod) landed at. Brundusium.’

καταϊδϑεματίζω

καταγωνίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(ἀγωνίζομαι,) to contend against, to prevaii
against, to subdue, 6. acc. βασιλείας Heb. 11,
33.—Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2. All. V. H. 4. 8.
Pol. 2. 45. 4.

καταδέω, f. δήσω, (δέω,) to bind down,
.0 bind fast, 6. g. ἐν δεσμῷ καταδῆσαι Hom.
Od. 15. 443. Luc. Asin. 16.—In N. T. fo
bind together, to bind up, e. g. wounds, c.
acc. τραύματα Luke 10, 34. Sept. for wan
Ez. 34, 4.16. So Ecclus. 27, 21.

κατάδηλος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (κατά intens.
δῆλος.) very clear, quite evident, Heb. '7, 15.
—Plut. Romul. 39. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 14.

καταδικάζω, f. dow, (δικάζω,) to give
judgment against, to condemn, c. acc. of
pers. Matt. 12,'7,37; absol. Luke 6, 37 bis.
James 5, 6. Sept. for psuinn Ps. 37, 33.
—Jos. Ant. 7.11. 3. Diod. Sic. 14. 4. In
Gr. writers oftener c. gen. Xen. Hell. 7.
4. 33. ;

καταδίκη, ns; ἡ; (δίκη,) judgment a-
gainst, condemnation, Acts 25, 15 Lach. fon
Rec. dixn.—Luc. D. Mort. 17. 2. Plut.
Themist. 21.

καταδιώκω, f. ἕω, (κατά intens.) to
pursue closely, an enemy Xen. An. 4. 2. 5.
Sept. for #79 Judg.'7,25—In N. T. to
follow closely, in order to find, c. acc. Mark
1, 36. So Sept. and 7" Ps. 23, 6.

καταδουλόω, &, f. ὦσω, (δουλόω,) to
bring down under bondage, to enslave, c. acc.
2 Cor. 11, 20. Gal. 2,4 ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδου-
λώσουσιν, where others καταδουλώσωνται
Mid. depon, Sept. for a9m Ex. 1, 14.
6, 5.—1 Mace. 8, 10. Toe. Pseudosoph. 12.
Thue. 3. 70.

καταδυναστεύω, f. evoa, (δυναστεύω,
δυνάστης.) to exercise power against any
one, i. 6. fo overpower, to oppress; c. gen.
James 2, 6 οὐχ of πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύ-
ουσιν ὑμῶν ; Pass. part. Acts 10,38. Sept.
c. gen. for wap 2 Sam. 8, 11; c. acc. for
nzin Jer. 22, 3.—So ὁ. gen. Diod. Sic. 13.
73; ο. acc. Xen. Conv. 5. 8.

κατάδεμα, aros, τό, in N. T. prob.
corrupted for κατανάϑεμα i. 4. ἀνάϑεμα but
stronger, a curse, Rev. 22, 3 in later editt.
for κατανάϑεμα in Rec. Comp. for the sense,
Zech. 14, 11.

καταδεματίζω, f. iow, (κατάϑεμα,) to
curse, absol. Matt. 26, 74 in later editt. in-
stead of καταναϑεματίζω in Rec. from which
it is corrupted—Chrysost. in Ps. 77. Tren.
c. Her. 1. 13. 4. ib. 1. 16. 3. See Wetst.

N. T. in loc.

KATALOYUV®

KATALTYX OVO, f. υνῶ, (αἰσχύνω,) to bring
down shame upon, i. 6.

1. to dishonour, to disgrace, c. acc. κατα-
sox: THY κεφαλήν 1 Cor. 11, 4. 5, i. 6. offends
against decorum.—Ecclus. 22, 5. Hdian. 5.
1. 17. Xen. An. 3. 1. 30. -

2. to shame, to put to shame, i. q. αἰσχύνω
but stronger; 6. acc. a) Pr. Luke 13,
17. 1 Cor. 1, 27 bis, ἵνα τοὺς σοφοὺς καται-
σχύνῃ. 11, 22. 2 Cor.'7, 14. 9, 4. 1 Pet. 3,
16. Sept. for 8°37 2 Sam. 19, 5. So Arr.
Epict. 2. 8. 21. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 28.
b) From the Heb. by meton. of cause for
effect, to bring to nought one’s hope, to dis-
appoint, Pass. Rom. 5, 5 ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καται-

σχύνει. 9, 33 et 10, 11 et 1 Pet. 2, 6 πᾶς ὁ.

πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ov καταισχυνϑήσεται,
quoted from Is. 28, 16,where Sept. for
wm, Sept. for "3 Ps, 22, 6. 44, 8.
al. So Ecclus. 2, 10.

κατακαίω, f. καύσω, (kato,) Pass. aor.
2 κατεκάην, fut. 1 κατακαυϑήσομαι, Rev. 18,
8, and also in the later usage Pass. fut. 2
κατακαήσομαιν 1 Cor. 3, 15. 2 Pet. 3, 10;
comp. Winer $15. p. 98. Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. § 114 xaio— To burn down, to
consume utterly, Engl. to burn up, ὁ. ace.
Matt. 3, 12 τὸ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ

ἀσβέστῳ. 18, 30. 40. Luke 8, 17. Acts 19,

19. 1 Cor. 3,15. Heb. 13,11. 2 Pet. 8,10.
Rev. 8,7 ter. 17, 16. 18,8. Sept. for 20
Ex. 32, 19. Lev. 6, 30.—Luc. D. Mar. 11.
1. Diod. Sic. 1. ὅθ. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1.

KATAKONUTTO, f. ψω, (καλύπτω,) to
cover with a veil which hangs down, and
hence to veil; in N. T. only Pass, or Mid.
to be veiled, to wear a veil, absol. 1 Cor.
11, 6 bis; also c. acc. τὴν κεφαλήν v. 7;
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6, or § 135. 5. Sept.
for MD Gen. 38, 15. Is. 6, 2.—Jos. Ant.
7.10. 5. Hdot. 1.119. Act. Xen. Cyr. 6.
4.11.

᾿κατακαυχάομαι, Spar, f. hoopar, Mid.
depon. (kavydopuat,) 2 p. pres. κατακαυχᾶ-
σαι Rom. 11, 18; see Buttm. ᾧ 108. IIL.
Winer ᾧ 13. 2. b.— To boast oneself against,
to glory over, 6. gen. Rom. 11, 18 bis, μὴ
κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων κτλ. So 6. κατά
James 8,14. Hence James 2,13 κατακαυ-
χᾶται ἔλεος [ὁ ἐλεῶν] κρίσεως, i.e. the mer-
eiful man glorieth (rejoiceth) against judg-
ment, fears not condemnation. So Sept. Jer.
50, 10. 38. ΄

κατάκειμαι, f, εἰσομαι, (Keipat,) to lie

down, to lie, intrans. Comp. κεῖμαι, Buttm.
ὁ 109. II.

1. Of the sick, foll. by a particip. Mark
1 80 κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα, she lay sick of a

382

™

κατακλυσμός

fever. Acts 28,8; with ἐπί ο. dat. Mark 2, 4,
Luke 5, 25. Acts 9,333; with ἐν John 8,3:
absol. v. 6.—Luc. Icarom. 31 κατάκειται vo-
σῶν. Dem. 1265. 23 ἡνίκα ἀσθενῶν ἐγὼ κα-
τεκείμην.

2. to recline at table, see in ἀνάκειμαι no.
2. Mark 14, 3. Luke 5, 29; c. ἐν οἰκίᾳ
Mark 2, 15. 1 Cor. 8, 10.—Plut. J. (55.
63 mid. Xen. Conv. 1. 14; c. ἐν Luc. Tox.
44. Xen. An. 6. 1. 4.

κατακλάω, &, f. dow, (κλάω,) to break
down, to break off or in pieces, 6. g. τοὺς
ἄρτους Mark 6, 41. Luke 9, 16.—Jos Ant.
2. 14. 4. Dem. 1251. 23. Plut. Pomp.
48 init.

KATAKNELO, f. εἰσω, (κλείω,) to shut toa
door, to close, Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 10.—In N.
T. of a person, pr. to shut down in a subter-
ranean prison; hence, as in Engl. to shut
up, to confine, e. g. τινὰ ἐν φυλακῇ Luke 8,
20. Acts 26, 10 where Rec. c. dat. φυλα-
kais. Sept. c. ἐν for nb> Jer. 32, 3.—Wisd.
17, 2 c. dat. Hdian. 3. 7. 5 c. ἐν. Xen. An.
5. 2. 18 ¢. εἰς.

κατακληροδοτέω, ὦ, f. how, (κληροδο-
τέω, KAnpoddrns,) to give by lot to each, tw
distribute by lot, c. acc. Acts 13, 19 Rec.
where others κατακληρονομέω. Sept. for
"M295 Deut. 21, 16 et Josh. 19, 51 in ed.
Ald. et Compl.—1 Mace. 3, 36.

KATAKANPOVOMED, ὦ, f. ἤσω, (KAnpovo-
μέω,) to let each get by lot, to distribute by
lot, c. ace. Acts 13, 19 in later editt. for xa-
τακληροδυτέω in Rec. So Sept. for ΘΠ
Josh. 18,2; ΤΙΣΙ Num. 33, 54. Josh. 14,
1.—Used by Greek writers only in the
sense to inherit down from an ancestor, c.
gen. In later writers c. acc. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 129.

κατακλίένω, f. vd, (κλίνω,) pr. to make
incline, to make lie down, genr. 1 Mace. 1,
3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 11.—In N. T. only of
the posture at meals, to make recline, c. acc.
Mid. to recline at a meal; see in ἀνάκειμαι
no. 2. Luke 9, 14 κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλισί-
as. Pass. aor. 1 as Mid. Luke (7, 36.] 14,
8. 24,30. So Act. 41. V. H. 8. 7. Xen
Cyr. 2. 3. 21. Mid. Xen. Conv. 1. 8.

κατακλύζω, f. tow, (κλύξω,) ἰο dash
down upon, to overflow, to overwhelm ; Pass.
2 Pet. 3, 6 6 τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυ-
σϑεὶς ἀπώλετο. Sept. for ῃρῦ 100 14, 19.
Jer. 47, 2.—Diod. Sic. 1.19. Plato Tim.
22. d.

κατακλυσμός, οὔ, ὃ, (κατακλύξω,) a
flood, deluge, 6. g. Noah’s flood, Matt. 24,
38. 39. Luke 17,27. 2 Pet. 2,5. Sept. for

κατακολουδέω

bana Gen. 6, 17. 7, 6 sq.—Jos. Ant. 1. 3.
6. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. Plato Tim. 23. b.

κατακολουϑέω, ὦ, f. now, (κατά in-
tens. ἀκολουϑέω,) to follow closely, c. dat.
Acts 16,17; absol. Luke 23, 55.—Pol. 6.
42. 2; trop. Jos. Ant. 6. 7. 4. Plut. adv.
Colot. 3 fin.

κατακόπτω, f. ψω, (κόπτω,) to cut or
hew down, to cut in pieces, Pol. 5. 25. 3.
Xen. Hell. 1. 5. 3.—In N. T. genr. and in-
tens. to beat, to cut, to wound, c. acc. Mark
5, 5 κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίϑοις. So Diod. Sic.
2. 44, Xen. Mag. Eq. 4. 5.

κατακρημνίζω, f. iow, (κρημνίζω, κρη-
μνός,) to throw down a precipice, to cast down
headlong, c. acc. Luke 4, 29 ἕως ὀφρύος τοῦ
ὄρους ... ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν. Sept,
for ΡΠ 2 Chr. 25, 12.—Diod. Sic. 4.
31. Pol. 3. 116. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.7.

κατάκριμα; ατος, τό, (κατακρίνω,) judg-
ment against, condemnation, Rom. 5, 16.
18, 8, 1—Hesych. κατάκριμα κατάκρισις,
καταδίκη.

κατακρίνω, f. νῶ, (κρίνω,) to give judg-
ment against, to condemn, in Greek writers
with a gen. of pers. and acc. of punishment,
Matth. §378. p. 694 pen.—In N. T. with
acc. of pers. and dat. of punishment ; Matt.
20, 18 κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν ϑανάτῳ, they shall
condemn him to death. Mark 10, 33. 2 Pet.
2,6; acc. of pers. and infin. Mark 14, 64
κατέκρινον αὐτὸν εἶναι ἔνοχον Savarov. (Hist.
of Sus. 41. Xen. Hi. 7. 10.) With acc. of

rs. the crime or punishment being im-
plied ; John 8, 10 οὐδείς σε κατέκρινεν ; Υ.
11. Rom. 2,1; absol. Rom. 8, 34; Pass.
Matt. 27, 3. James 5,9 Rec. Of the last
judgment Mark 16, 16. 1 Cor. 11,32. Trop.
Rom. 8, 3 κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρ-
xii. e. hath condemned, passed sentence
upon, all carnal lusts and passions, in antith.
to v. 1; comp. 6, 1sq. So Hist. of Sus.
48. Hdian. 7. 6. 7. Plut. C. Gracch. 18.—
Spec. to condemn by contrast, i. e. to show
by one’s conduct that others are guilty of

misconduct and deserve condemnation ; c.

acc. Matt. 12, 41. 42. Luke 11, 31. 32.
Heb. 11,7. Pass. Rom. 14, 23.

κατάκρισις, ews, 3}, (kaTakpivw,) con-
demnation, 2 Cor. 3,9; also censure, blame,
7, 3.

κατακυριεύω, f. εὐσω, (kupteta,) to lord
it against or over any one, i. Θ.

1. Genr. to exercise authority over, c. gen.
Matt. 20, 25 of ἄρχοντες τῶν éSvav κατακυ-
ριεύουσιν αὐτῶν. Mark 10, 42. 1 Pet. 5, 3.
Sevt. for 553 Jer. 3, 14; 99 Ὁ Ps. 19, 14.

383

_ ἐπαυτοφώρῳ μοιχευομένη.

καταλαμβάνω
—Ecclus. 17, 4. Not found in Gr. writers
in this sense. ;

2. Spec. to get the mastery of, to over-
power, to subdue, c. gen. Acts 19,16. Sept.
for 822 Gen. 1, 28. Num. 32, 29.—Diod.
Sic. 14. 64.

καταλαλέω, ὦ, f. How, (λαλέω,) to speak
against, to speak evil of, to slander, c. gen.
James 4, 11 ter, μὴ καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων
κτὰ. 1 Pet. 2,12 ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν.
8,16. Sept. for 28 Ps. 44,17; "29 Ps.
78, 19.—Luce. Asin. 12. Diod. Sic. 11. 44;
c. acc. Pol. 3. 90. 6.

καταλαλία, ας, ἡ, (καταλαλέω,) a speak
ing against, evil speaking, slander, 2 Cor.
12, 20. 1 Pet. 2, 1.—Wisd. 1, 11. Test.
XII Patr. p. 678. A word of the later
Greek, Thom. Mag. p. 565.

κατάλαλος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj.- (καταλαλέω.)
speaking against; as Subst. a slanderer,
backbiter, Rom. 1, 30.

καταλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (κατά in-
tens.) aor. 2 κατέλαβον, to take, to receive,
with the idea of eagerness or the like. E. g.

1. Pr. to lay hold of, to seize, with the
idea of eagerness, suddenness, 6. g. a crim-
inal, John 8, 3. 4 αὑτὴ ἡ γυνὴ κατειλήφϑη
(461. H. An. 11,
15 quoted in airépapos. Luc. Conv. 32.)
Of an evil spirit which seizes, takes posses-
sion of a demoniac, Mark 9,18. So él.
V. H. 3. 9.—Trop. of darkness, evil, fo
come suddenly upon, John 12, 35 ἵνα μὴ
σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ. 1 Thess. 5,4 ἡ ἡμέρα.
Sept. for P23 Gen. 19,19; 839 1K. 18,
44. So Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 5. 17. Pol. 9.
18. 3. Plato Rep. 387. e.

2. In allusion to the public games, to lay
hold of, to obtain the prize, with the idea of
eager and strenuous exertion, fo atiain to ;
c. acc. Rom. 9, 30. 1 Cor. 9, 24 οὕτω τρέ-
χετε, ἵνα καταλάβητε sc. τὸ βραβεῖον. Phil.
3, 12 bis, διώκω δέ, εἰ καὶ καταλάβω ἐφ᾽ ᾧ
καὶ κατελήφϑην ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, if also I
may lay hold of that for which too I have
been laid hold of by Christ, i. e. τὸ γνῶναι
αὖτόν crv. in v.10. Sov. 13.—Comp. Hdot.
6. 39. Thuc. 3. 30.

3. Trop. to seize with the mind, to com-
prehend, ο. acc. John 1, 5 ἡ δὲ σκοτία ov
κατέλαβεν αὐτό. (Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 16
καταλαμβάνειν τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀληϑείας.)
Mid. to comprehend for oneself, to perceive,
to find, c. ὅτι, Acts 4, 13 καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι
ἄνπρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἶσι. 10, 34; 6. ace.
et inf. 25, 25; τί indir. Eph. 3, 18.—So 6.
ὅτι Arr. Epict. 1. 5.6; c. acc. Plato Ax.
370 a

καταλεγω

καταλέγω, f. ξω, (λέγω,) to lay down,
Mid. to lie down for sleep, Hom. Od. 14.
520. ib. 19. 44; to lay down or out, apart
from others, to pick out, to select, Plut. C.
Gracch. 6 init. Plato Legg. 762. e; spec.
of soldiers, to choose, to enlist, to enrol, Pol.
2. 24. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3. 4. 11.—Hence in
N. T. genr. to reckon lo a number, to enrol,
Pass. 1 Tim. 5, 9.

κατάλειμμα, aros, τό, (καταλείπω,) a
remnant, remainder ; Rom. 9, 27 κατάλειμμα
σωϑήσεται, a remnant only shall be saved,
i. e. a small part, few; quoted from Is. 10,
22 where Sept. for 78Y.—Ecclus. 44, 17.
1 Mace. 3, 35.

καταλείπω, f. Wo, (λείπω,) aor. 1 κατέ-
λειψα Acts 6, 2,a later form, Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 718 sq. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 114 λεί-
πω. Pr. to leave down to one’s heirs, to
leave behind so as to descend to them, Hom.
Od. 1. 243, Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10.—Hence
genr. and in N. T.

1. to leave behind, at one’s departure, e. g.
a) At death, c. acc. Mark 12, 19 καὶ xaré-
λιπε γυναῖκα. Luke 20,31. So Sept. Deut.
28, 54. Paleph. 32. '7. Plato Legg. 773. 6.
b) Genr. in any place, c. acc. Mark 14, 52
καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα. John 8,9. With

ἐν c. dat. of place, Luke 15, 4 οὐ καταλείπει᾽

τὰ ἐνν. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 1 Thess. 3, 1 ἐν ᾿Αϑή-
vas. Tit. 1,53 with αὐτοῦ there Acts 18,
19; with εἰς ddov Acts 2, 31 see in εἰς no.
4. So with acc. and predicate of condition,
Acts 24,27 κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον.
25, 14. Sept. for 339 Gen. 39, 12. 18.
Josh. 8,17. So Jos. Ant. 2.4.5; ἐν Hdian.
3. 14. 17. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17; with pred.
‘Hdian. 8. 8. 16.

2. to leave, to quit wholly, to forsake, i. q.
λείπω but stronger. a) Of place, c. acc.
Matt. 4, 18 καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρέϑ. Heb.
11,27. With acc. and predicate, Acts 21,
3. Sept. for =35 1 Sam. 31,7. So Hdian.
8. 2.10. Xen. An. 4. 2. 7. Ὁ) Of persons
and things, io leave, to forsake, so as to have
nothing more to do with them, c. acc. Matt.
19,5 κι τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Mark
10,7. Eph. 5, 31. Matt. 16,4. 21,17; with
predic. μόνος Luke 10,40. Of things; Luke
5, 28 καταλιπὼν ἅπαντα. Acts 6, 2. 2 Pet.
2,15. Sept. for 319 Gen. 2, 24. Deut. 31,
17.—Hdian. 3. 3. 12. Xen. An. 3. 1. 2.

3. to leave remaining, to have left, to re-
serve, c. acc. Rom. 11, 4 κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ
ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας, quoted from 1 K. 19,
18 where Sept. for "827. Pass. Heb. 4,
1.—Plut. M. Ant. 65. Xen. Ag. 5. 1. Mem.
1. 4nd:

384

καταλύω

καταλίϑαξω, f. dow, (λιϑάζω,) tv stone
down, to stone to death, c. acc. Luke 20, 6.—
Comp. Sept. Ex. 17, 4. Num. 14, 10.

καταλλαγή, ἧς, ἡ, (καταλλάσσω,) ex-
change, espec. of money Dem. 1216. 18.—
In N. T. @ change from enmity to friend-
ship, reconciliation, spec. restoration to the
divine favour; Rom. 5,11 8¢ οὗ νῦν THe
κατ. ἐλάβομεν. 2 Cor. 5, 18. 19. Rom. 11
15 καταλλαγὴ κόσμου, i. e. the means or oc-
casion of reconciling the world to God. Soa
genr. 2 Macc. 5, 20. Dem. 10. 15, Auschy:.
Theb. 767.

καταλλάσσω Vv. -ττω, f. Ew, (ἀλλάσ
σω,) to change against any thing, to e»
change for,e. δ. money Hdian. 2. 13. 12°
genr. Plato Phed. 69. a.—In N. T. to change

« ἃ person towards another, from enmity to

friendship, to reconcile to any one, (thus
differing from διαλλάσσω which implies
mutual change, Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p.
101 sq.) c. ace. et dat. 2 Cor. 5, 18. 19
κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ. Pass. aor. ὥ
κατηλλάγην, lo be or become reconciled te
any one, c. dat. Rom. 5, 10 bis, κατηλλάγη-
μεν TO ϑεῷ κτλ. 1 Cor. 7, 11. 2 Cor. 5,20.
—2 Mace. 1, 5. Al. V. H. 2. 21. Xen. An.
1. 6. 2.
᾽7

κατάλουπος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (λοιπός,) lef?
over, remaining, Plato Tim. 39.e.—In Ν, T.
οἱ κατάλοιποι the rest, the residue, Acts
15, 17 quoted from Am. 9, 12 where Sept.
for τ ; also for “ND Ezra 3,8. So
Neut. Pol. 2. 11. 6.

κατάλυμα, aros, τό, (καταλύω.) α place
of halt, lodging-place, inn, khan, caravanse-
rai, see in καταλύω no. 2. Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. IIL p. 431. Luke 2,'7 οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τό-
mos ἐν τῷ καταλύματι. By synecd. Mark 14,
14 et Luke 22, 11 ποῦ ἐστι τὸ κατάλυμα;
ji. e. ἃ room where we may sup, a lodging.
Sept. for 71> Ex. 4,24; M2W> 1 Sam. 9,
22.—Ecclus. 14, 25. Pol. 2. 36. 1. Diod.
Sic. 14. 93.

καταλύω, f. dow, (Ad@,) to loosen down,
apart, i. e.

1. to dissolve, to break down, to disunite
the parts of any thing; hence spoken of
buildings or the like, fo throw down, to de-
siroy, c. ace. Matt. 26,61 καταλῦσαι τὸν
ναόν, and so 27, 40. Mark 14, 58. 15, 29.
Acts 6, 14; also Matt. 24, 2. Mark 13, 2.
Luke 21,6. 2 Cor. 5,1; trop. Gal. 2, 18.
Sept. for Chald. "© Ezra 5,12. So Hdian.
8. 4. 4. Plut. Poplic..10. Trop. to destroy,
to put an end to, to render vain, 6. g. τὸν νό-
μον Matt. 5,17 bis; ἔργον Acts 5, 38. 39.

ΟΝ

Say

/
KaTapavSave

dom. 14, 20. So 2 Mace. 2, 22. Diod. Sic.
+2, 80. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14.

2. to let lose, to unbind, 6. g. τοὺς ἵππους
irom a chariot Hom. Od. 4, 28. Hence of
travellers and caravans, to halt for rest or
for the night, to put up for the night, when
the beasts of burden are unloaded, Sept. for
7352 Gen. 42, 27. 43,21. Xen. An. 1. 8. 1.
—In N. T. genr. to lodge, to take lodging,
intrans. Luke 9, 12; with παρά τινι, 19, 7
εἰσῆλϑε καταλῦσαι xrd. Sept. for 13» Gen.
24,23. 25, So Luc. Asin. 17; παρά τινι Dem.
252. 24. Plato Prot. 311. a.

/, , ,
καταμαν δ άνω, f. μαθήσομαι, (κατά.

intens.) to learn thoroughly Xen. C&c. 11.
6.—In N. T. to note accurately, to observe, to
consider, c. acc. Matt. 6, 28 x. τὰ κρίνα τοῦ
ἀγροῦ. Sept. for O87 Gen. 34, 1. Arr. Alex.
M. 5. 11. 2. Dem. 660. 22. Xen. Mem.
1. 4. 2.
΄

KATALAPTUPED, ὦ, f. How, (μαρτυρέω,)
to witness against, to testify against, c. gen.
Buttm. §132. 10. g. Matth. § 378. Matt. 26,
62. 27, 13. Mark 14, 60. 15, 4. Sept. for
3 1 K. 21, 10. 13; 3723 Job 15,
6.—Lys. 132. 23. Dem. 836. 25.

καταμένω, f. vd, (κατά intens.) 10 re-
main fixedly, to abide, to dwell, intrans. Acts
? 13, Sept. for 283 Num. 20, 1. Plut.
Numa 21. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 45.

καταμόνας, adv. (κατά, pdvos,) alone,
by oneself, Mark 4; 10. Luke 9, 18. Sept.
for 732 Jer. 15, 17; 5725 Mic. 7, 14.—

Pol. 4. 15, 10. Thuc. 1. 87. Comp. Buttm.
§115.n. 5.

κατανάδϑεμα, aros, τό, (κατά intens.)
a curse against any one, ὦ curse, i. 4. ἀνά-
Sena but stronger, Rev. 22, 3 Rec. Comp.
Zech. 14, 11, and see in κατάϑεμα.

καταναδεματίζξω, f. ἰσω, (κατά intens.)
to uller curses against, to curse, i. q. ava%e-
ματίζω but stronger, Matt. 26, 74 Rec. See
in καταϑεματίζω.

καταναλίσκω, f. λώσω, (κατά intens.)
to consume utlerly,i. q. ἀναλίσκω but strong-
er, 6. g. of a fire, absol. Heb, 12, 29 πῦρ κα-
ταναλισκον. Sept. for >28 Ley. 6, 10.—Pol.
32. 7. 15. Plato Phed. 72. d. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 29.

καταναρκάωυ, ὦ, f. how, (ναρκάω,) to be-
come torpid against any one, to his detri-
ment, i. q. to be slothful, heavy, burdensome
to any one, 6. g. in a pecuniary sense, c.
gen. 2 Cor. 11, 8. 12, 13. 14 οὐ καταναρκή-
σὼ ipav.—Hesych. κατεναρκήσα " ἐβάρυνα.
“b. οὐ κατενάοκησα" οὐ κατεβάρησα. Ac-

25

385

κατανυσσω

cording to Jerome the use of this word is ἃ
Cilicism of Paul ; Algas. Qu, 10. See Wet-
stein N. Τὶ, ad 1 Cor. 11, 8.

κατανεύω, f. ebow, (νεύω,) to nod or
wink towards any one, to make signs to any
one, with the head, eyes, or hands, to beckon,
c. dat. Luke 5, 7.—Luc. Asin. 48, Pol. 39.
1. 3.

κατανοέω, &, f. how, (κατά intens. νοέω.)

1. to see or discern distinctly, to perceive
clearly, c. acc. Matt.'7,3 δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς ;
Luke 6, 41. Acts 27, 39. Trop. Luke 20,
23 x. τὴν πανουργίαν. Sept. for 2°32 Ps.
91, 8.—Plut. Pyrrh. 34. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 2;
trop. Xen. An. 7. '7. 45. J

2. Trop. fo mind accurately, to observe, to
consider, c. acc. Luke 12, 24 x. τοὺς κόρακας.
ν. 27 ra κρίνα. Acts'7, 31. 32. 11,6. Heb. 3,
1, James 1, 23. 24. Sept. for ON) Is. 5,
12. Num.. 32, 8. 9. So Luc. Demon. 20.
Xen. Hi. 1. 22.—Spec. to have respect to,
to regard, c. acc. Rom. 4, 19 οὐ κατενόησε
τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα κτὰ. Heb. 10, 24. Sept.
for "33 Is. 57, 1.

KATAVTAO, &, f. now, (ἀντάω, ἀντί,) lit.
to come down over against, i. e. to come
downto or upon, to arrive at a place; Acts
20, 15 κατηντήσαμεν ἀντικρὺ Χίου we came
over against Chios. Elsewhere in Ν. T.
with εἰς c. ace. Acts 16, 1 κατήντησε εἰς
Δέρβην. 18, 19. 24. 21, 7. 25, 13. 27, 12.
28, 13. (2 Macc. 4, 44. Paleph. 15. 2.
Diod. Sic. 3. 34.) Of things, to come or be
brought to any one, 6. eis 1 Cor. 14, 36; to
come upon, to happen to, i. e. in the time of
any one, 6. εἰς 1 Cor. 10, 11. So Pol. 6. 4.
12.—Trop. to atiain to the possession of
any thing, ἐο obtain, c. εἰς Acts 26, 7 εἰς ἣν
(ἐπαγγελίαν) ... ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι. Eph.
4,13. Phil. 3,11. Soc. πρός 2 Mace. 6,
14; eis Pol. 4. 34. 2.

κατάνυξις, ews, ἡ, (κατανύσσω,) pr. a
piercing through, trop. vehement pain, grief,
Hesych. κατάνυξις ἡ λύπη. But Sept. has
the verb κατανύσσω for Heb. 927 to be si-
lent, dumb, Levy. 10,3. Ps. 4, 5; for poy}
id. Dan. 10, 15; and for 53°}? to lie in deep
sleep, stupor, Dan. 10, 9. So also Sept
κατάνυξις for Heb. MBIA deep sleep,
stupor, Ps, 60, 3. Is. 29, 10.—Hence in N.
T. from the Sept. slumber, stupor, Rom. 11,
8 ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Seds πνεῦμα κατανύξεως,
quoted from Is. 29, 10 where Sept. for
QIN as above. Some derive it in this
sense from κατανυστάζω.

κατανύσσω V.-TT@, f. ξω, (κατά in-
tens.) to prick through, to pierce; Pass.

καταξίοω 980

trop. to be greatly pained, to be deeply moved ;
Acts 2,37 κατενύγησαν τῇ καρδίᾳ. Sept. for
3822 Ps. 109, 16.--Ecclus. 14, 1. Hesych.
κατενύγησαν " κατελυπήϑησαν.

καταξιόω, &, f. dow, (κατά intens.) to
count worthy of any thing; in N. 'T. only
Pass. to be counted worthy, c. gen. τῆς βασι-
λείας τοῦ Yeod 2 Thess. 1,5; c. infin. Luke
20, 35. 21, 36. Acts 5, 41.—So c. gen.
Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 8. Diod. Sic: 2. 60; c. inf.
Dem. 1383.:11.

καταπατέω, ὦ, f. now, (raréw,) to tread
down, to trample down, c. acc. Matt. 5, 13.
7, 6 μήποτε καταπατήσωσιν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τοῖς
ποσὶν αὑτῶν. Luke 8, ὅ. 12,1. Sept. for
0727 2 Chr. 25, 18. Ez. 34, 18. So Pol. 1.
34, 5. Xen. Ag. 1. 15,—Metaph. as a mark
of scorn and contempt, Heb. 10, 29 τὸν υἱὸν
Tov σεοῦ. Sol Macc. 3,51. Hom. Il. 4. 157.

κατάπαυσις, ews, 7), (καταπαύω,) a resi-
ing down, rest, Sept. for mina 1 Chr. 6, 16
[31]. 2 Mace. 15, 1.—In ΝΟ Τ. from the
Heb. a rest, resting-place, dwelling, pr. after
wandering and disquiet ; comp. in καταπαύω
no. 1. Ὁ. So Acts 7, 49 ris τόπος τῆς κα-
tar. pov, and what the place of my rest,
abode? i. 6. of Gdd in allusion to temples,
quoted from Is. 66, 1 where Sept. for
M39, as also Ps. 132,14; comp. Ecclus.
24,6sq. Also of the promised land as the
rest or abode of the Israelites after their
wanderings, Heb, 3, 11. 18 et 4,3. 5 εἰ εἰσ-
ἐλεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου, my rest,
i.e. which I have promised; quoted from
Ps..95, 11 where Sept. for m7 , as also
Deut. 12, 9; see in καίτοι. —Trop. the rest,
quiet abode, of those who shall dwell with
God in heaven, in allusion both to the rest
of Israel and to the sabbath, Heb. 4, 1. 3.
10.11. Comp. Wisd. 4, 7. Act. Thom.
§ 36. :

καταπαύω, f. vw, (rave,) to rest or
quiet down, i.e. ..

1. Trans. a) Pr. to cause to cease, to
make rest or desist, to restrain, c. acc. Acts
14, 18 μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους. So
Sept. Job 26, 12 where Heb. 539; for pox
Ps. 85,4. So Pol. 1. 9. 8. Dem. 808. 14.
Plato Polit.294.e. Ὁ) Spec. to cause to rest,
to give rest to, i.e. to bring into the rest and
happiness of those who- dwell with God,
Heb. 4, 8; comp. v. 1. 9. usion is
to Joalran"s giving rest, i. 6. quiet posses-
sion and dwelling, to the Israelites in the
_ promised land after their wanderings. Sept.
for "25 Josh. 1,13. 15. 22,4. So genr.
Hom. Il. 16. 618. Xen. Ven. 7. 2.

καταπλέω

2. Intrans. to rest from, to cease rom,
with ἀπό ο. gen. Heb. 4, 4 κατέπαυσεν ὁ
Beds ἀπὸ π. τ. ἔργων αὑτοῦ. v. 10. Sept. for
2.73% Gen. 2, 2..3; M2 Gen. 49, 32.
—Test. XII Patr. p- 541 καταπαύσει ἡ γῆ
ἀπὸ ταραχῆς. Eurip. Hec. 908 μολπᾶν δ᾽
ἀπὸ... καταπαύσας. The more common
Gr. ‘usage is xaramaveoSal twos, Matth.
ᾧ 355. 4.

καταπέτασμα; ατος, τό, (καταπετάν-
vupt,) a covering, veil, which hangs down,
Act. Thom. § 11 τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ vup-
φῶνος. In Sept. a veil, curtain, of the
tabernacle and temple, of which there were
two, viz. one at the entrance of the outer
sanctuary, Heb. 392 Sept. καταπέτασμα
Ex. 26,36. 40,5. Jos. B. J..5. 5.43 and
the other before the holy of holies separat-
ing it from the outer sanctuary, Heb. ὨΞῚΒ
Sept. καταπέτασμα Ex. 26, 31. 27, 21. 40,
3. Jos. B. J. 5.5. 5. Comp. Wetst.'N. T.
ad Matt. 27, 51.—In N. T. the veil, curtain,
of the inner sanctuary, which was rent at
Christ’s death, τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ
Matt. 27, 51. Mark 15, 38.. Luke 98, 45;
comp. Heb. 9, 8. 10, 19. 20. Also τὸ ded
τερον καταπέτασμα id. Heb. 9, 3. Trop.
Heb. 6, 19 τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος
that within the veil, i.e. the inner sanctuary,
the holy of holies, in the heavenly temple ;
comp. v. 20 and 10,19. So Heb. 10, 26
where it is a aad of the body and death
of Jesus.

καταπίνω, f. πίομαι, (πίνω!) to drink
down, to swallow down as in drinking ; Engl.
often to swallow up.

1. Of persons, c. acc. Matt. 23, 24 τὴν
δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. 1 Pet. 5, 8. Sept.
for 32a Jon, 2,1. So Ail. V. H: 1. 3.
Luc. D. Marin. 14, 3. Plato Euthyphr. 6. a.

2. Of things, e. g. the earth, to swallow
up, to absorb, c. acc. Rev. 12, 16. (Diod.
Sic. 1.32.) The sea, to overwhelm, to drown,
Pass. Heb. 11, 29. (Pol. 2. 41. 7.) Trop.
2 Cor, 5, 4.

3. Trop. to overwhelm, to destroy, 6. acc.
1 Cor. 15, 54. Pass. 2 Cor. 2,'7 λύπῃ κατα-
ποϑῇ ὃ Totovros—Auschin. 13. 39 x. τὴν
πατρῴαν οὐσίαν.

καταπίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, (πίπτω, to
fall down, 6. g. prostrate, εἰς τὴν γῆν Acts
26, 14; νεκρόν 28, 6. Sept. for 585 Ps.
145, iATae. Nigrin. 36. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.
54. Mem. 3. 3. 5.

καταπλέω, f. ciow, (πλέω,) to sail
down from the high sea to land (comp. in
κατάγω no. 2); hence to sail to any place, ta

es

καταπονέω

come by ship to, c. eis Luke 8, 26,—Pol. 1.
_ 53. 2. Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 11.

καταπονέω, ὦ, f. how, (πονέω,) to work
down, to wear down by labour, Plut. Alex.
M. 4—In N. T. Pass. trop. to be weary,
oppressed, afflicted, Acts 7, 24. 2 Pet. 2, 7.
So 2 Mace. 8, 2. 4. V..H..3. 27. Diod.
Sic. 13. 51.

καταποντίζω, f. tow, (ποντίζω,. πόν-
τος.) to cast or sink down in the sea; Mid.
or Pass. to sink, to be sunk, to be drowned ;
Matt. 14, 30. 18, 6 καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πε-
Adyet τῆς ϑαλάσσης, where only a sure
mode of death is pointed out, prob. without
allusion’ to*the punishment of drowning
(καταποντισμός) practised by the Egyptians,
Greeks, and Romans, but not by the Jews ;
see Casaubon ad Sueton. Octav. c. 67.
Wetst. N. T. 1. p. 441. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
Ρ. 274.—Diod. Sic. 16. 35.rovs δ᾽ ἄλλους
ὡς ἱεροσύλους κατεπόντισε. Plat, Timol.
13 fin. Pol. 2. 60. 8. Dem. 677. 6.

κατάρα, as, 7; (κατά intens. ἀρά,) pr.
imprecation against, i. 6.

1. Pr. and genr. wmprecation, cursing.
James 3,10 ἐκ. τ. a. στόματος ἐξέρχεται
εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα. Sept. for m>>p Gen.
27, 12. 13.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5. Plut. ‘Timol.
5. Plato Alcib. 143. b.

2. From the Heb. ἃ curse, i. e. a devot-
ing or dooming to utter destruction, see in
ἀνάϑεμα ; and hence curses condemnation,
doom; Gal, 3,10 ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσί are sub-
ject to the curse, i. q. ἐπικατάρατοι. v. 13 bis,
ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ
ἡμῶν κατάρα, i. 6. from the curse, doom,
which the law. threatens, being himself
made ὦ curse for us, i. 6. meton. accursed,
i. ᾳ. ἐπικατάρατος. 2 Pet. 2, 14 κατάρας
τέκνα, i, 6. on whom the curse abides. So
Sept. for 528 Dan. 9, 11; ΠΡΌ Iudg. 9,
57. Deut. 28, 15.45; IND Prov. 3, 33.
Mal. 2, 2.—Also of the earth, Heb. 6, 8
γῆ ---κατάρας ἐγγύς near to the curse, almost
accursed, doomed to sterility. So Gen. 3,

17 ΠΝ MIN, Sept. ἐπικατάρατος,
comp. 5, 29. 8, ὯΙ.

καταράομαι, Spat, f. άσομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (ἀράομαι, apd,) to wish or pray against
any one, to wish evil lo, tocurse. a) Pr.
and c. ace. 6. g. opp. to εὐλογεῖν, Matt. 5, 44
τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς. Luke 6,28. Rom.
12,14. James 3,9. So Sept. for "4x Gen.
12, 3. Num. 24,9. So ὁ. 866. impl. Xen.
An. 5.6.4 comp. Luc. Asin. 27; oftener
6. dat. Lue. Ὁ. Mort. 27.'7. Xen. An. 7.7
48. Ὁ) From the Heb. to curse, to devote
to destruction; so a fig-tree Mark 11, 21,

387

καταρτίζω

comp. in κατάρα το. 2 ult. Pass, part. κα-
τηραμένος accursed, i. 4. ἐπικατάρατος,
Matt. 25, 41; comp. Buttm. § 113. n. 6.
Sept. for nbbp Deut. 21, 23; dpm Job
24,18, So Wisd, 12,11. Ecclus. 3, 16.

καταργέω, 6, f. now, (ἀργέω,) to let
be idle, unem; e. g. the hands Eurip.
Phen. (758) 765.—In N. T. to make idle,
useless ; to bring to nought.

1. Pr. 6. g. Jand, to spoil, ο. acc. Luke
13,7 ἵνατι καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ. Comp.dpyds
of land, Aristot. ic. 2. Diod. Sic. 19. 42..----
Trop. to make without effect, to make vain,
void, fruitless, 6. g. τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Yeod
Rom. 3, 3; νόμον v. 31. Eph. 2, 15; ἐπαγ
γελίαν Rom. 4, 14. Gal. 3,17. Spec. to
bring to nought, to debase, c. acc. 1 Cor. 1,
28; and so Pass. 1 Cor. 2, 6.

2. Genr. to make to cease, to do away, to
put-an end to; 1 Cor. 13, 11 κατήργηκα τὰ
τοῦ νηπίου I put away childish things. (Sept.
for Chald. St to make desist, Ezra 4, 21.
23.) Hence to abolish, to destroy, Rom. 6,
6 τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 Cor. 6, 13. 15,
24 ὅταν καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχήν κτλ. v.26.
2 Thess. 2, 8. 2 Tim. 1,10. Heb. 2, 14.
So Test. XII Patr. p. 731 καταργήσει Βε-
λίαρ καὶ τοὺς ὑπερετοῦντας αὐτῷ. Just. Mart.
de Resurr. p. 242.—Pass. καταργέομαι,
ovpat, to cease, to be done away, 1 Cor.
13, 8 bis, εἴτε προφητεῖαι, καταργηϑήσονται
κτὰ. v. 10. 2 Cor. 8, 7. 11.13. 14. Gal. 5,
11. So καταργέομαι ἀπό τινος, to cease
from, to cease being under or connected with
any person or thing; 6. g. ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου
to be freed from a law Rom. 7, 2. 6, i. q.
ἐλευϑέρα ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου in v. 3; also
Gal. 5, 4 κατηργήϑητε ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ye
have ceased (withdrawn, apostatized) from
Christ. .Theophyl. well, οὐδεμίαν. κοινωνίαν
ἔχετε μετὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

καταριίδ μέω, &, f. now, (ἀρισμέω,) to
number under or among ; Pass. Acts 1, 17
κατηριϑμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν. Sept. for Omnn
2 Chr. 31, 19.—Diod. Sic. 4. 85. Plato Po-
lit. 266. a.

καταρτίζω, f. iow, (ἀρτίζω, Pinions to
make quite ready, to put fully in order, to
make complete.

1. Pr. of what is broken, injured, to refit,
to repair, to mend, and this is the more
common classic usage; 6. acc. 6. g. τὰ
δίκτυα Matt. 4,21. Mark 1,19. Sept. for
Chald. 553%) Ezra 4, 12. 13.16. So Arr.
Epict. 3. 20. 10. Diod. Sic. 12.3. Hdot. 5.
106.—Trop. of a person ir error, 10 restore,
to set right, c. acc. Gal. 6,1. So Plut. Mar-
cell. 10.

KATAaPTLOUS

2. Spec. to furnish fully, to make perfect,
i. e. such as one should be, deficient in no
part; so of persoris, Ὁ. acc. 1 Pet. 5,10 ὁ
δὲ Beds... καταρτίσει ὑμᾶς. Pass. or Mid.
2 Cor. 13, 11 xaraprifeo%e be ye perfect.
Luke 6, 40 κατηρτισμένος δὲ πᾶς ἔσται ὡς ὁ
διδάσκ. αὐτοῦ, every one completed ( perfect-
ed) shall be as his master, not more. Also
with ἔν τινι in any thing, Heb. 13,21 xarap-
τίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν π. ἔργῳ ayas@. Pass. 1 Cor.
1,10. Of things, 6. g. τὰ ὑστερήματα, to
fill out, to supply, 1 Thess. 8, 10.—Comp.
Pol. 5. 2. 11 Μακεδόνες ταῖς ἐρεσίαις κατηρ-
τισμένοι.

3. Genr. to prepare, to set in order, to
frame; in N. T. only in Pass. and Mid.
Rom. 9,22 σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισμένα εἰς
ἀπώλειαν. Matt. 21,16 x. αἶνον, from Ps. 8,
3 where Sept. for 7872. Heb. 10,5 σῶμα
δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι, a body hast thou prepared
for me, as a sacrifice to thee, quoted from
Ps. 40, 7 Sept. where the Heb. is different.
Heb. 11, 3 κατηρτίσϑαι τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι
Seov, were framed, were created and set in
order; comp. Sept. Ps. 74, 16 σὺ κατηρ-
τίσω ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην for Heb. y325. Ps.
89, 38.—Diod. Sic. 11.'75. Pol. 1, 21. 4.

κατάρτισις, ews, 7, (καταρτίζω,) perfec-
tion, i.e. the being made or becoming per-
fect, 2 Cor. 13, 9; comp. in καταρτίζω no.
2.—Plut. Alex. M. 7.

καταρτισμός, ov, 6, (Καταρτίζω,) a per-
fecting, i.e. the act of making perfect, Eph.
4, 12.

κατασείω, f. cicw, (celw,) to shake
down, e. g. buildings A. V. H. 3. 16.
Thuc. 2. '76.—In N. T. to shake the hand
at any one, to wave the hand, to beckon, as
a sign for silence, c. acc. Acts 19, 33 κατα-
σείσας τὴν χεῖρα waving the hand; c. dat.
Acts 13, 16 κατασείσας τῇ χειρί waving
with the hand. Also c. dat. of pers. 21, 40
k. τῇ χ. τῷ λαῷ. 12,17. So τὴν x. Philo
Leg. ad Cai. 1018. Ὁ; τῇ x. Jos. Ant. 8.11.
2. Pol. 1.78.3; ὁ. dat. of pers. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4. 4.

κατασκάπτω, f. ψω, (σκάπτω,) pr. to
dig down, to undermine ; and hence to over-
throw, to destroy, to rase, e. g. cities, build-
ings, Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 46. Hdian. 8. 4. 24.
Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 23.—So in N. T. as quoted
from Sept. 6. g. Rom. 11, 3 τὰ ϑυσιαστήριά
gov κατέσκαψαν, they have digged down
thine altars, destroyed them, quoted from
1 K. 19,10 where Sept. for ont. Part.
Pass. Acts 15, 16 τὰ κατεσκαμμένα, the
ruins, from Am. 9, 11 where Sept. for
iowa.

388

κατασοφίζομαι

κατασκευάζω, f. dow, (κατά intens.) to
prepare fully, to put in readiness, c. acc. 6. g.
a way before an oriental monarch, τὴν ὁδόν
Matt. 11,10. Mark 1,2. Luke 7, 97, quoted
from Mal. 3,1 where Heb. map, Sept. ém-
βλέπομαι ; see in ἑτοιμάζω no. 1. a. Luke 1,
17 λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον a people fully pre-
pared, for the coming of the Messiah. (Genr.
Diod. Sic. 1. 1. Dem. 14. 26, Xen. Mem. 3.
11.4.) Spoken of buildings, i. q. to build,
to construct, e. g. οἶκον Heb. 3, 3.43 σκηνήν
9, 2.63; κιβωτόν the ark of Noah 11, 7.
1 Pet. 3,20. So Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4. Hdian.
5. 6.14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 27.—Of God, to
create, e.g. ra πάντα Heb. 3,4. Sept. for
nia Is. 40, 28. 43, 7. So Wisd. 9, 2.

KATATKNVOM, &, f. dow, (σκηνόω,) to
fix down a tent, to pitch tent, to encamp,
Diod. Sic. 14. 62. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 2.—In
N. T. genr. to sojourn, to dwell, and spoken
of birds, to haunt; so ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις Matt.
13, 32. Luke 13, 19; ὑπὸ τὴν σκίαν Mark
4, 32. Sept. for 720 Ps. 104,12. So Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 5. Diod. Sic. 19. 94 ult. πλὴν τοῦ
κατασκηνοῦν ἐν οἰκίαις. Pol. 8. 2.4.—Trop.
to rest, to remain; Acts 2, 26 ἡ σάρξ μου
κατασκηνώσει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι, quoted from Ps,
16, 9 where Sept. for 3).

κατασκήνωσις, ews, ἧ, (κατασκηνόω.)
the pitching of a tent, building, Sept. for
mioa 1 Chr. 28, 2; @ tent pitched, quarters,
Diod. Sic. 17*95.—In N. T. ἃ lodging,
dwelling, abode, and spoken of birds, a
haunt, Matt. 8, 20. Luke 9, 58. In Sept.
only of the dwelling of God, for maw
2 Chr. 6, 21. Symm. for j202 Ps. 46, 5.
So Tob. 1,4. 2 Macc. 14,35. Comp. Pol.
11. 26. 5.. Plut. Demetr. 26.

κατασκιάζω, f. dow, (σκιάζω,) to sha-
dow down upon, i. e. to overshadow, to cover,
c. acc. Heb. 9, 5.—Plut. Artax. 18 fin. Plato
Tim. 74. d.

KATACKOTED, &, f. now, (σκοπέω,) to
view accurately, to contemplate, Xen. Mem.
2. 1. 223 to inspect, Pol. 10. 20.2; to recon-
noitre, Plut. Aum. Paul. 16.—In N. T. with
sinister intent, to spy out, to explore, c. acc
Gal. 2,4 κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευϑερίαν ὑμῶν
So Sept. for d34 2 Sam. 10, 3. 1 Chr. 19,8

κατασκοπός, od, 6, (κατασκοπέω,) a
scout, spy, Heb. 11, 31. Sept. for a9
Gen. 42, 9. 11.—Pol. 14..3. 7. Xen. Cyr.
8.3: δ.

κατασοφίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(σοφίζω,) pr. to be wise against any one,
i.e. to deal subtilely with, insidiously, deceit-
fully, c. ace. Acts 7, 19 κατασοφισάμενος τὸ

καταστέλλω

γένος ἡμῶν, in allusion to Ex. 1, 10 where
Sept. for ppnnn .—Judith 5,11. Lue. Ὁ.
Deor. 1. 2. Diod. Sic. 15. 74.

καταστέλλω, f. Ad, (στέλλω,) to put
or let down, to lower, 6. g. ras ῥάβδους the
fasces Dion. Hal. 8. 44.—In N. T. trop. to
put down, to quell, to appegse, c. acc. τὸν
ὄχλον Acts 19, 35. 36. So 2 Mace. 4, 31.
Jos. Ant. 14.9.1. Plut. Moral. Π. p. 95.

κατάστημα, aros, τό, (καϑίστημι,) po-
sition, i. 6. condition, character, deportment ;
Tit. 2, 3 ἐν καταστήματι iepompercis. —
3 Macc. 5, 45. Jos. B. J. 1. 1. 4. Plut.
Marcell. 23 pen.

καταστολή, ἧς, }, (καταστέλλω,) a let-
ting down, i.e. the letting fall of a garment,
the adjustment of it, on and around one’s
person, x. περιβολῆς Plut. Pericl. 5.—In
N. T. meton. dress, raiment, apparel, 1 Tim.
2,9 ἐν καταστολῇ κοσμίῳ. Sept. for ΠΩΣ Ὦ
Is. 61, 3. So Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 4.

καταστρέφωυ, f. ψω, (στρέφω, to turn
down, to turn under, e. g. with a plough
- Xen. Ce. 17. 10.—In N. T. to overturn, to
overthrow, to upset, c. acc. Matt. 21, 12 ras
τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν. Mark 11, 15.
Sept. for 7277 Job. 28, 9. Hag. 2,22. So
Anthol. Gr, III. p. 88. Also κ. ras πολεῖς
to destroy Plut. Pericl. 23. Hdian. 8. 4. 22.

καταστρηνιάω, ὦ, f. ἄσω, (στρηνιάω.)
to revel against; to run riot against any one,
6. gen. 1 Tim. 5, 11 ὅταν yap καταστρηνιά-
σωσι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, against Christ, i. e. they
lead a life of voluptuous luxury in neglect
of Christ, to the detriment of his cause.—
Basil. Ep. ad Amphik 1Π. p. 28. c. Nicet.
Annal. XIX. 4. 368. d. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 381; see more in στρηνιάω.

καταστροφή, ῆς, ἧ; (καταστρέφω,) ca-
tastrophe, i. e. overthrow, destruction, of ci-
ties ; 2 Pet. 2,6 ἃς wodeis ... καταστροφῇ
xatéxpwe. Sept. for moen Gen. 19, 29;
738 Job 15, 21. So Plut. Instit. Lacon.
42. Thue. 1. 15.—Trop. subversion, opp.
τὸ χρήσιμον, 2 Tim. 2, 14.

καταστρώννυμι, f. στρώσω, (στρών-
vupt,) to spread down, to strew down, 6. g.
persons, Pass. 1 Cor. 10, 5 κατεστρώϑησαν
ἐν ἐρήμῳ, they were strewed as corpses in
the desert, were destroyed. Sept. for ST
Num. 14, 16.—Judith 14, 4. 38]. H. An. 7.
2. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 of Πέρσαι ... wod-
λοὺς κατεστρώννυσαν.

κατασύρω, f. pa, (σύρω,) to drag down,
to force along, e. g. as a torrent τοὺς λίϑους,
ξύλα, τὴν ἅμμον Test. XII Patr. p. 643.

389

καταφέρω
Plut. Symp. 1. 9. 33 τὸ δίκτυον Alciphr.
Ep. 1. 1.—In N. T. of a person, to drag ot
haul along, c.. ace. τινὰ πρὸς κριτήν Luke
12, 58. So Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010 διὰ
μέσης κατέσυρον ἀγορᾶς. Comp. detrahere
in judicium, Οἷς. pro Milon. 14.
κατασφάζω v. -ἄττω, f. ἄξω, (opd-
ζω, σφάττω,) to slaughter down, i. 6. genr.
to butcher, to kill, ὁ. ace. τοὺς éx3povs Luke
19,27. Sept. for 337 Zech. 11, 5—AEl.
V. H. 13. 2. Xen. An. 4. 1. 23.

κατασφραγίζω, f. icw, (κατά intens.)
to seal up, οἱ acc. 6. g. τὸ βιβλίον a book or
roll, Rey. 5,1. Sept. for 59M Job 9, 7.—
Wisd. 2, 5. Luc. Alex. 49. Plut. de Defect.
Orac. 45.

κατάσχεσ. US; ews, ἧ, (κατέχω,) a holding
fast, possession; in N.'T. meton. ἃ posses-
sion, thing possessed, 6.8. ἃ dwelling, land.
Acts 7, 5 δοῦναι eis κατάσχεσιν αὐτήν SC.,
τὴν γῆν. ν. 45 ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει, see in ev
no. 4. Sept. for MINX Gen. 17, 8. Ps. 2, 8.
—Judith 9, 13. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 2.

κατατίϑημι, f. Show, (τίϑημι,) 1. to
put or lay down, to deposit, e. g. in a tomb,
c. ace.. Mark 15, 46 κατέθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνη-
peio.— El. V. H. 13. 2. Plut. Lysand. 29 ;
genr. Xen. Eq. 6. 7.

2. Mid. to deposit for oneself, to lay up for
use, genr. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 34. An. 7. 6. 34.
—In N. T. trop. κατατίϑεσϑθαι χάριν v. χάρι-
tas, Ο. dat. to lay up favour with any one,
to win his favour, to curry favour with ;
Acts 24, 27 ϑέλων re χάριτας καταϑέσϑαι
τοῖς “Iovd. ὁ Φῆλιξ. 25, 9.. So 1 Mace. 10,
23. Dem. 416. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 26.

κατατομή, js, ἧ, (κατατέμνω,) concision,
i. 6. ὦ cutting off, mutilation; so Phil. 8, 2,
contemptgously for the Jewish circumcision,
in contrast with the true spiritual circumci-
sion in v. 3. Comp. in ἀποκόπτω.

κατατοξεύω, f. cic, (τοξεύω,) 10 shoot
down with an arrow or dart; Pass. c. dat.
βολίδι Heb. 12, 20, in allusion to Ex. 19, 13
where Sept. for 7791.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 19.
2. Hdot. 3. 36.

κατατρέχω, aor. 2 κατέδραμον, (rpéxo.)
to run down trom a higher to a lower place ;
Acts 21, 32 κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς he ran
down upon them, from the fortress Antonia. .
Sept. for 739 1 K. 19, 20.—Hdot. '7. 192.
Xen. An. 7. 1.20. In a hostile sense Seot.
Lev. 26, 37. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 5.

καταφάγω, see in κατεσϑίω.
καταφέρω, f. κατοίσω, (φέρω,) Pass.
aor. 1 κατηνέχϑην, to bear or carry down from

καταφεύγω

a higher to ἃ lower place, Paleph. 10. 2.
Dem. 1158. 15; to bring down with vio-
lence, as a blow, Luc. Tim. 53; to throw
down Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 7. Hdian. 4. 15. 9.—
Hence in N. T.

1. Pass. καταφέρεσϑαι; to be borne or
thrown down; Acts 20,9 xarevexSeis ἀπὸ
τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσε, being borne down from
the sleep, i.e. he sunk down from sleep, lost
his balance and fell. (Atul. V. H. 8. 4. Hdian.
i. 11. 3.) Trop. to be borne down, oppressed,
e. g. with sleep, ὕπνῳ Acts 20, 9. So
Symm. for 533 Ps. 76, '7; εἰς ὕπνον Jos.
Ant, 2. 5. 5, Diod. Sic. 3. 57.

2. Spec. καταφέρω ψῆφον (κατά intens.)
to bring down or deposit a vote, to vole,
i. q. φέρω ψῆφον but stronger, implying
alacrity, zeal. Acts 26, 10 κατήνεγκα igor
I gave my vote, assented ; comp. 22, 20.—
So φέρω ψῆφον Dem. 271. ult. Plut. Co-
riol. 15 τῆς ἡμέρας ἐν ἣ τὴν ψῆφον ἔδει φέ-
ρειν ἐνστάσης.

καταφεύγω, f. ona, (φεύγω,) to flee
down to any place, to flee for refuge, e. g.
eis τὰς πόλεις Acts 14, 65 trop. c. inf.
Heb. 6, 18. Sept. for 553 Num. 35, 26.
Deut. 4, 42.—Hdian: 7. 11. 12. Xen. Hell.
4. 8. 28.

Katap yelp, f. ep, (κατά intens.) to
spoil utlerly, to corrupt, ὁ. ace. Luc. Tim.
36; καταφϑ. τὴν χώραν to lay waste, Diod.

. Sic. 1. 56. Pol. 2. 64. 3.—Hence in.N. T.

1. Trop. to corrupt, to deprave; Pass.
2 Tim. 3, 8 κατεφϑαρμένοι τὸν νοῦν, Buttm.
§131. 7. Comp. Sept. καταφϑ. τὴν ὁδόν for
ὍΛ Gen. 6, 12.

2. to destroy, Pass. to perish, 2 Pet. 2,12.
Sept. for 539 Ex. 18, 18; ΠΌΤ Gen. 6,
17.—2. Mace. 5, 14. Eschy). Pers. 345.
Diod. Sic. 1. 16. 2

καταφίλέω, ὦ, f. now, (κατά intens.)
to kiss tenderly, deosculor, stronger than φι-
λέω, c. acc. Matt. 26, 49. comp. v. 48.
Mark 14, 45.. Luke 7, 38. 45. 15,20. Acts
20, 37. Sept. for PY? Gen. 31, 28. 55.
Ruth 1, 9. 14.—Luc. Asin. 51. Xen. Mem.
2. 6. 33.

καταφρονέω, &, f. hae, (φρονέω,) pr.
to think down upon, i. q. to look down upon
any one, to think lightly of, to despise,
6. gen. Buttm. § 132. 10. 6. Matt. 18, 10 μὴ
καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων.
Rom, 2, 4. 1 Cor. 11, 22. 1 Tim. 4, 12.
Heb. 12, 2. 2 Pet. 2,10, So Wisd. 14, 30.
Diod. Sic. 1. 67. Xen. Mem. 3, 4. 12.—
Spec. to neglect, not to care for, Matt, 6, 24
et Luke 16, 13 opp. to ἀνϑέχεσθαι. 1 Tim.
6, 2. So Hdian. 5. 4. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 8.

390

| καταχρώμενοι.

κατεξουσιάξω

καταφρονητής, οὔ, ὁ, (καταφρονέω,) a
despiser, contemner, Acts 13, 41, quoted
from Sept. Hab. 1, 5 where Heb. 07152.
Sept. for 7352 Hab. 2, 5.—Jos. Ant. 6. 14.
4. Plut. Brut. 12 init.

καταχέω, f. εύσω, (χέω,) to pour down
upon, and gene to pour upon, 6. 8. ἐπὶ τὴν
κεφ. Matt. 26, 7; κατὰ τῆς κεῴ. Mark 14,
3.—Sept. Job. 41,.1ὅ. Hdian. 8. 4. 26.
Plato Rep. 398. a.

- KATAXSOVLOS, iov, 6, 4, adj. (χϑών,)
under-ground, subterranean, put for ἅδης
and its inhabitants, Phil. 2, 10,—Anthol.
Gr. IV. p. 257. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.10. Hom..
Il. 9. 457.

καταχράομαι; dua, f. ήσομαι, Mid,
depon. (xara intens.) 10 use overmuch, to
over-use, and so to misuse, to abuse, c. dat.
1 Cor. 7, 31 of χρώμενοι τῷ κόσμῳ ὡς μὴ
9, 18—El. ὙΠ. H..3.. 13.
Hdian. 8. 4. 22. Plato Menex. 247. a.

καταψύχω, f. ξω, (ψύχω,) to cool down,
to cool, to refresh by cooling, c. acc. τὴν
γλῶσσαν Luke 16, 24.—Sept. Ez. 26, 19.
Diod. Sic. 3.8 pen. Theophr. C. Pl. 4. 12. 9.

κατείδωλος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (κατά intens.
εἴδωλον.) full of idols, given to idolatry ;
Acts 17; 16 κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν.----
Comp. the forms. τόπος κατάδενδρος Diod.
Sic. 16. 315; τόπος κατάφυτος Pol. 18. 3. 1.

κατέναντι, adv. (@vavrt,) pr. down over
against ; hence genr. i. q. over against, op-
posite to, ἃ. gen. 8) Genr. Mark 11, 2
κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν. 12, 41. 13, 3.
[Matt. 21,2. 27,24.) Also with art. ὅ,
ἡ κατέναντι, adj. opposite, Luke 19, 30 εἰς
τὴν κατέναντι κώμην. Buttm. § 125. 6.
Sept. for: 22 Ex. 19, 2; 733.1 Chr. 5,
11; "287>¥. Zech. 14, 4. So Ecclus, 22,
18. 'b) Spec. before, in the sight of,
Rom. 4, 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσε Seod,
by attract, for κατέναντι Seod ᾧ ἐπίστευσε,
comp. in art. ὅς IL. A, 3. b. 8. Buttm. ὁ 148,
14. Winer § 24. 2. n. Sept. for "28°P8
Ex. 32,10; ἜΞ5 2 Chr.2, 6. Ex, 32, 5.

κατενώπιον, adv. (ἐνώπιον;). pr. down
in the presence of, in the very presence of ;
hence gent. before, in the sight of, c. gen.
2 Cor. 2,17 κατενώπιον τοῦ Seov. 12, 19.
Eph. 1, 4. Col. 1, 22. Jude 24 κατ. τῆς
δόξης αὑτοῦ, before, in the presence of. Sept.

for "28-M8 Ley. 4,17; 7222 Josh. 21, 46;

"2B> Josh. 1, 5.

κατεξουσιάξω, f. dow, (dbamaadden) to
exercise authority against or over any one,
c. gen. Matt. 20, 25. Mark 10, 42.

> hs ha eatin’ |,

κατεργάζομαι

-«κατεργάζομαι, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. depon.
(κατά. intens. ἐργάζομαι.) Pass. aor. 1 κατ-
εἰργάσϑην with Pass. signif. 2 Cor. 12, 12,
comp. Buttm. ὁ 113. n. 6.

1. to work out, to bring about, e. 5. 8)
Of persons, i. 4. to work, to effect, 10 accom-
plish, to do; so of Christ, c. ace. Rom. 15,
18. (Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11.) So actions,
conduct, ο. acc, Rom. 1, 27 τὴν ἀσχημο-
σύνην κατεργαζόμενοι. 2,9 x. τὸ κακόν. 7;
15. 17. 18. 20. 1 Cor. 5, 3. 1 Pet. 4, 3.
(Xen. Hiero 1. 32.) Also miracles, σημεῖα;
Pass. 2 Cor. 12,12; so Hdot. 9. 108. Spec.
io form, to make ; so of God, Ὁ. acc. et dat.
arCor. 5, 5. Sept. for yp Ex. 15, 17.
b) Of things, to cause, to produce, to work,
to be the cause or author of, c. acc. Rom. 4,
15 ὁ νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται. 5, 3. '7, 8.
13. ἃ Cor. 4, 17. 7,10 bis.11. 9, 11. Phil.
2, 12. James I, 3. 20. So Plato Legg.
791. a.

2. to work out to the end, to bring to an
end, Hdian. 8. 12. 12, Plut, M. Crass. 10.—
Hence in N. Τὶ. to make an end of, to van-
quish, ο. acc. ἅπαντα Eph. 6, 13. So Jos.
Ant. 2. 4. 2. Hdian. 1. 9. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4.
6. 4 τὸν λέοντα.

κατέρχομαι, aor. 2: κατῆλθον, (έρχο-
μαι.) to go or come down, to descend, e. g.
of persons’ going from a higher to a lower
region of country, to the sea-coast, or the
like; with εἰς c. acc. of place Luke 4, 31.
Acts 8, 5. 13, 4. [21,3]; ἀπό c. gen. of
place Luke 9, 37. Acts 15,1. 18,5. 21,10;
with εἰς and ἀπό Acts 11, 27. 12,195; with
πρός C. acc. of pers. Acts 9, 32. (So c. εἰς
2). V.H. 4. 25. Hdian. 1. 16. 3.) Of per-
sons coming from the high sea down to
land, 6: εἰς Acts 18, 22. 27, 5. So Hdian.
4. 8.1.—Trop. of divine gifts, James 3,
15 σοφία ἄνωϑεν κατερχομένη, see in ἄνωϑεν
no. 1. :

KaTeo So, aor. 2 κατέφαγον, (€o3ia,) to
eat down, to devour, Engl. usually to eat up.

1. Pr, as animals, Ὁ. acc. 80 κατέφαγον,
Matt. 13, 4 ἦλθε τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ “κατέφαγεν
αὐτό. Mark 4,4. Luke 8, 5. Rev. 12, 4.
Sept. for sx Gen. 37, 19. Ex. 10, 15.
(Palaph. 4. 1 xareo3.) Of persons; e. g.
BiBrapidiov καταφαγεῖν, to devour a book,
as emblematic of an eager and full know-
ledge of its contents, Rev. 10, 9.10; comp.
Ez. 3, 1: 3, where Sept. for bon. So
Xen. Lac. 15. 4 xara. Diod. Sic. 1. 90
xareo3.—Trop. καταφαγεῖν τὸν βίον; to de-
vour one’s substance, to squander, Luke15,
30. So Hom. Οἀ. 1ὅ. 12. Aischin. 13. 38
καταφαγεῖν τὴν πατρῴαν οὐσίαν. ᾿

‘

391

κατέχω

2. ΤΊΟΡ. 6. σ. of things, as fire, to consume,
Rev. 11, 5 xareo3. 20,9 xarep. Sept. for
>2N, xareod. Is. 29, 6. Joel 2,5; Kare.
Ley. 10, 2. Of zeal, John 2, 17 ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ
οἴκου σου κατέφαγέ pe, quoted from Ps. 69,
10 where Sept. for. 52x. So Test. XII
Patr. p. 538 ὁ ζῆλος αὐτὸν κατεσϑίει. Jos.
Ant. 7. 8. 1.—Of persons, e. g. Gal. 5, 15
ἀλλήλους κατεσϑίειν, i. 4. to consume or de-
stroy one another. (Comp. Sept. for d2x
Ts. 9; 12. Xen. An. 4, 8. 14.) In the sense
to pillage, to plunder, by extortion, oppres-
sion, as κατεσῶ. τινά 2 Cor. 11, 203, τὰς oi-
κίας τῶν χηρῶν Matt. 23, 13. Mark 12, 40.
Luke 20, 47. Comp. Hom. Od, 2. 237.

κατευδύνω, f. wa, (ev3vve,) to guide
straight towards or upon any thing ; hence
genr. to guide, to direct, e. g. one’s way or
journey to a place, c. acc. 1 Thess. 3, 11
6 κύριος κατευϑύναι (optat.) τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν
πρὸς ὑμᾶς. So Plut. Alex. M. 33 init.
Plato Tim. 44. b.—Trop. τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὴν
ὁδὸν τῆς εἰρήνης Luke 1, 79 ;..ras καρδίας
εἴς τι 2 Thess. 3, 5. Sept. «. τὴν ὅδόν for
“0? Hiph. Ps. 5,9; κ' τὴν καρδίαν for 1.31
2 Chr..12,14. 19,3. So Plut. ad Princ. in-
erud. 2. Plato Legg. 847. a.

κατευλογέω, &, f. How, (κατά intens.)
to bless. much, c. acc. Mark 10, 16 in Mss.
—Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 25.

κατεφίστημι, f. στήσω, (ἐφίστημι,) in
N. T. only in aor. 2 κατεπέστην, intrans. to
stand forth against ; hence in a hostile sense
i. 4. to rush upon, to assault, c. dat. τῷ
Παύλῳ Acts 18, 12. Comp. ἐφίστημι no. 2.

κατέχω, f. καϑέξω, (κατά intens.) aor. 2
κατέσχον, to have and hold fast, to hold
jirmly.

1. Genr. in various senses. a) 10 hold
fast or back, to retain, to detain a person,
6. 866. Luke 4, 42 καὶ κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ
πορεύεσθαι. Philem. 13. Sept. for =my Pi.
Gen. 24, ὅθ. (Jos. Ant.'7. 4.1. Xen. Mem.
2. 6. 9,11.) In the sense to hinder, to re-
press, 2 Thess. 2, 6.'7; some also Rom. 1,
18, see in lett. b. So Plut. Pericl. 18.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6.4 bis. 66) to have in pos-
session, to possess, c. acc. 1 Cor. 7, 30 καὶ
οἱ ἀγοράζοντες ὡς μὴ κατέχοντες. 2 Cor. 6,

10. Rom. 1, 18 τῶν τὴν ἀλήϑειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ

κατεχόντων, holding the truth in unright-
eousness, i. e. having a knowledge of the
truth but living in idolatry and unrighteous-
ness, as is explained in the next verses.
Sept. for Chald. Aph. }Q"% Dan. 7, 18. 22.

So A). V. H. 7.1. Pol.1. 2. 3. Xen. Mem.

3. 5. 26. . c) Trop. to hold fast in one’s
mind and heart, to keep in mind, c. ace. 6. g

κατηγορέω

τὸν λόγον Luke 8, 15; τὰς παραδόσεις 1 Cor.
11, 2; τὸ καλόν 1 Thess. 5, 21; also Heb.
3, 6. 14. 10, 23; in memory 1 Cor. 15, 2.
So Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 29. Theophr. Char.
26, or 8 ed. Tauchn. 4) Pass. to be held
fast, i. e. trop. to be bound by a law, ἐν ᾧ
κατειχόμεϑα Rom. 7, 6; comp. Sept. for
"ὋΝ Gen. 39, 20. Of disease, John 5, 4
ᾧ δήποτε κατείχετο νοσήματι by whatever
disease he was held bound. Sept. and tnx
Jer. 13, 21. So Hdian. 1.12.1. ib. 1. 4. 19.
Xen. Cony. 1.10. 6) As a nautical term,
κατέχειν [τὴν ναῦν] εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν, to
hold a ship firm towards the land, i. 6. to
steer towards the land, Acts 27, 40. So
Hdot. 7. 188 κατέσχε... ἐς τὸν αἰγιαλόν.
Plut. Thes. 21. Thue. 8. 23; fully Hom.
Od. 11. 455.

2. Spec. to lay fast hold of, to get posses-
sion of, to seize, ὁ. acc. Matt. 21, 38 xard-
σχῶμεν τὴν κληρονομίαν. So to take eagerly,
τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον Luke 14,9. Sept. for
WIS 2 Sam. 4, 10. 20, 9.—Hdot. 5. 72.
Diod. Sic. 12. 82. Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 2.

κατηγορέω, ὦ, f. how, (κατά, ἀγορεύω,)
to speak against, espec. before judges, to ac-
cuse.

1. Pr. ina judicial sense, with gen. of per-
son; Matt. 12, 10 iva κατηγορήσωσιν αὐ-
rod. Mark 3, 2. Luke 11, 54. 23, 2. 10.
John 8, 6. Acts 24, 2. 25, 5. Rev. 12, 10;
gen. impl. Acts 24,19. (1 Macc. ἢ, 6. Luc.
Necyom. 11. Xen. An. 5. 8. 1.) With
gen. of pers. and acc. of thing, Matth. § 370.
n.2. Mark 15, 3 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ πολλά.
|v. 4.] Acts 28, 19. (1 Mace. 7, 25. Xen.
Hell. 1.7. 14.) Or with gen. of thing by at-
tract. Acts 24,8. 25,11. With περί c. gen.
of thing Acts 24, 13. (Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 2.)
With κατά c. gen. of pers. and gen. of thing
by attract. Luke 23, 14.—Pass. where the
subject is a person, Acts 25, 16 ὁ xarnyo-
povpevos κτλ. and with ὑπό τινος Matt. 27,
12. (Hdot. 7. 205.) Where the subject is
a thing, c. παρά twos, Acts 22, 30 τὸ ri
κατηγορεῖται mapa τῶν “Iovd. So Thue.
1. 95.

2. Genr. to accuse, to complain of, c. gen.
of pers. John 5, 45 bis, μὴ δοκεῖτε ὅτι ἐγὼ
κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν κτλ. Rom. 2, 15.—Hdian.
6. 9. 1. Xen. Hi. 1. 14.

κατηγορία, as, ἡ, (κατηγορέω,) an ac-
cusation, 6. g. judicial, Luke 6, 7 iva εὕρωσι
κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ. John 18,29. 1 Tim. 5,
19. So Jos. Ant. 2. 4.3. al. V. H. 11.
10. Plato Apol. 19. a.—Also i. q. complaint ;
Tit. 1,6 ἐν κατηγορίᾳ ἀσωτίας. So Xen.
Hell. 2.1. 31.

392

κατοικέω

κατήγορος, ov, 6, (κατηγορέω.) an ace
cuser, John 8, 10. Acts 23, 30. 35. 24, 8.
25, 16. 18; of Satan Rey. 12, 10 Rec.
comp. in didBodos.—2 Mace. 4, 5. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 9.

KATHY OP, opos, 6, (κατηγορέω.) an ac-
cuser, i. 6. Satan, Rev. 12, 10 in later edi-
ditions for κατήγορος 4. v. Not found in
Gr. writers, but gxpressed by the Rabb.
“ia"DP.an accuser, Buxtorf Lex. 2009.

κατήφεια, as, ἡ, (κατηφής, φάος,) deyec-
lion, sadness, James 4, 9.—Plut. de vit. Pu-
dore 1. Thue. 7. 75.

κατηχέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἠχέω,) ἰο sound
out towards any one, in his ears, Luc. Jup.
Trag. 39.—Hence trop. and in N. T.

1. to teach, to instruct, orally, by the
sound of the living voice; spoken of the
oral instruction, preaching, of the apostles
and early christian teachers; with acc. of
pers. 1 Cor. 14, 19 iva καὶ ἄλλους κατηχήσω.
So 6. acc. impl. Gal. 6,6. (Act. Thom. § 16.)
Pass. c. acc. of thing, Buttm. ὁ 134. 6. Acts
18, 25 κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κυρίου.
Gal. 6,6. Also with περί c. gen. Luke 1,
4; exc. gen. Rom. 2, 18.—Jos. de Vit. 65
ult. Luc. Asin. 48.

2. Genr. to inform, to apprize of ; Pass.
to be informed of, to hear by report; with
περί c. gen. Acts 21,21; τὶ περί τινος ν. 24.
—So κατηχηϑεὶς περὶ τῶν συμβεβηκότων
Plut. de Fluv. 17. 1. ib. 21. 4.

κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, see in ἴδιος no. 1. b.

κατιόω, f. baw, (ἰόω, ἰός.) to cause to
rust, to corrode with rust; Pass. to rust out,
to be corroded, hyperbol. James 5, 3 6 χρυ-
σὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται. Comp.
Ep. of Jer. 24. Lam. 4, 1.—Arr. Epict. 4.
16. 14 ὡς ὁπλάριὰ ἐπικείμενα κατίωται.

κατισχύω, f. dow, (ἰσχύω,) to be strong
against any one, 8. g. a) In a hostile
sense, to prevail against or over, to overcome,
to vanquish, c. gen., Matt. 16, 18 οὐ xari-
cxovow αὐτῆς. So Wisd. 7, 80 Alex. ΖΕ].
V. H. 12. 9. Diod. Sic. 1.24. Ὁ) Genr
to prevail, to get the upper hand, absol
Luke 23, 23. So Jos. Ant. 16.3.1. Pol
6. 51. 6. .

κατοικέω, ὦ, f. how, (οἰκέω,) to house
down in a place, to dwell.

1. Pr. with an accus. of place, to dwell
Sixedly in, to inhabit ; Acts 1,19 τοῖς κατοι-
kovow Ἱερουσαλήμ. 2,9. 14. 4, 16. 9, 32.
35 τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδαν. 19, 10. 17.
Rev. [12, 12.] 17,2. Sept. for 383 Gen.
13,7. 34, 29. So Luc. D. Deor. 18. 1.
Diod. Sic. 5.16. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 38.—Trop.

a) 7a

κατοικησις. 393

of God as manifesting his constant presence
in the temple, Matt. 23, 21.

2. Intrans. to dwell fixedly, to inhabit, to
reside ; so with eis c. acc. see in εἰς no. 43
Matt. 2,23 ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν dey.
Ναζαρέτ. 4,13, Acts 7,4. With ἐν c. dat.
Luke 13, 4 κατοικοῦντας ἐν Ἱερουσ. Acts 1,
20. 2,5. 7, 2..4.. 9,22. .11, 29.: 13, 27.
Heb. 11, 9. Rev. 13,12... With ἐπέ c. gen.
ἐπὶ ris γῆς Rev. 3,10: 6,10. 8,13. 11,
10 bis. 13, 8. 14 bis. [14,6.] 17,8; 6. acc.
ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς Acts 17, 26.
With ποῦ, ὅπου, Rev. 2,13 bis. With ἐκεῖ
Matt. 12, 45. Luke 11, 26; impl. Acts 22,
12. Sept. for 22 c. ἐν Gen. 13, 12. 19,
29; c. ἐπί Lev. 20, 22. 25, 18. 19; ἐκεῖ
Gen. 11,2. Soc. ἐν Diod. Sic. 4. 58. Xen.
An. 5. 3.'7; αὐτοῦ Paleph. 31. 11.—Trop.
of God, see above in no. 1; c. ἐν Acts 7, 48.
17, 24. (Sept. and 387 Ps. 2, 4. 9, 12.
Test. XII Patr. p. 652.) Of Christ as be-
ing ever present by his Spirit in the hearts
of Christians, ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν Eph. 3,
17; andso τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς ϑειότητος which
was in Jesus, c. ἐν Col. 2, 9. 1,19. Of
the spirit or disposition of mind, James 4, 5.
Also ἡ δικαιοσύνη 2 Pet. 3,13 ; comp. Sept.
Jer. 32, 16.

κατοίκησ. ἐς, eas, 7, (κατοικέω.) a dwell-
ing, habitation, abode, Mark 5,3. Sept. for
ΞΘ Gen. 10, 30.—Plut. Lysand. 28 med.
Plato Tim. 11. ὃ.

κατοικητήριον, ου, τό, («arounto,) a
dwelling-place, dwelling, e. g. τοῦ ϑεοῦ, as
being ever present by his Spirit in the
hearts of Christians, Eph. 2, 22; x. δαιμό-
νων Rev. 18,2. Sept. for 7i>%2 Nah. 2,11;
ΞΘ Ex. 12,20; M3 2 Chr. 6, 30.

κατοικία, as, ἡ, (κατοικέω.) a dwelling,
habitation, abode, Acts 17, 26. Sept. for
avin Ex. 35, 3. Lev. 3,.17.—Pol. 5. 78. 5.
Plut. M. Anton. 16 bis.

κατοπτρίζω, f. iow, (κάτοπτρον, comp.
ἔσοπτρον,) to show as in a mirror, Plut. de
placit. Philosoph. 3. 5 ult. Mid. to look in
a mirror, to behold as in a mirror, Diog.
Laert. de Plat. 3. 39 τοῖς μεϑύουσι συνεβού-
Neve κατοπτρίζεσθαι. Artemid. 2. '7.—In
N. T. Mid. to behold as in a-mirror, c. acc.
2 Cor. 3,18 τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτριζό-
μενοι, i. 6. beholding the glory of the Lord
as reflected and radiant in the gospel, in
antith. to v. 15. So Philo 2 Alleg. Ρ. 79. 8,
μηδὲ κατοπτρισαίμην ἐν ἄλλῳ τινὶ τὴν σὴν
ἰδέαν ἣ ἐν σοὶ τῷ ϑεῷ. Leesner Obs. p. 804,

KaTopY@pa, ατος, τό, (karop%da,) any
thing rightly done, a righ action, Lat. recte

καῦσις

factum, Plut. de Stoic. repugn. 11, 15. Cie.
de Fin. 3.'7.—In N.'T. any thing success-
fully done or arranged, a worthy deed or
measure ; Acts 24, 3 κατορϑωμάτων γινομέ-
νων τῷ ἔϑνει τούτῳ κτλ. many excellent
arrangements having been made for this
nation, i. e. in reference to the government
and institutions, spoken in flattery to Felix.
So 3 Macc. 3, 23 καταστρέψαι τὰ κατορϑώ-
para.—Oftener of military deeds, achieve-
ments, Pol. 1. 19, 12. Diod. Sic. 5. 20.
Plut. Camill. 37 bis. Not used by earlier
writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 250 sq.

KATO, adv. (κατά,) down, downwards.
Comparat. κατωτέρω Matt. 2, 16.

1. Of place. a) Place whither, imply-
ing motion down ; Matt. 4, 6 βάλε σεαυτὸν
κατώ. Luke 4, 9. John 8, 6. 8. Acts 20, 9.
Sept. for 422 Ecc. 3, 21. Is. 37, 31.—
Hdian. 3. 11. 5. Xen. An. 4. 8. 20. ,

b) Place where, below, underneath ; Mark
14, 66 ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ Karo. Acts 2, 19. Matt.
27, 51. Mark 15, 38. Sept. for "t2> Ez.
1, 27; "FI Ez. 31,16. So Hdian. 8. 3.1.
Xen. Mem. 3. I. 7.—With art. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ xara,
as adj. that which is below, the low, earthly,
John 8,23. Buttm. § 125. 6. So Jos. B. J. 5.
4.1 ἡ κατὼ πόλις. Diod. Sic. 1. 49. Thuc.
1, 120.

2. Of time, comparat. Matt. 2, 16 ἀπὸ
διέτους καὶ κατωτέρω of two years old and
under, q. d. lower down. Sept. κατώ for
ΓΙῸ 1 Chr. 27, 23.—Diod. Sic. 1. 3 κατω-
τέρω. AL). V. H..3. 17 caro.

κατώτερος, a, ον, comparat. (κατώ,)
lower down, lower. Eph. 4, 9 κατέβη εἰς τὰ
κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς he descended into the
lower parts of the earth, i. 6. to Gdns, div,
implying that Christ became subject to death;
comp. 1,20. Sept. εἰς ra κατώτατα τῆς γῆς
for VIN MPAA, i.e. Sheol, Ps. 63, 10;
comp. Ez. 26,20. Also Sept. κατώτερος for
jinn 1 K. 9, 17.

κατωτέρω, see in Karo.

Καῦδα, as, ἡ, Vulg. Cauda, pr. n. of an
island near Crete, Acts 27, 16 Lachm. for
Rec. KAavdn, where see more.

καῦμα; aros, τό, (καίω.) a burning, glow,
heat, Rev. 7,16. 16,9. Sept. for Ἐπ᾿ Gen.
8, 22.—Epict. Ench. 29. 2. Xen. Mem. 4.
3.9.

καυματίζω, f. iow, (καῦμα,) to burn, to
scorch, c. acc. Rev. 16, 8; Pass. Matt. 13,

6. Mark 4, 6. Rev. 16, 9.—Arr. Epict. 1. 6.

26. Plut. conjug. Prec. 12.
καῦσις, €@S,; ἡ; (καίω,) α burning, burn-
ing up. Heb. 6,8 ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσινε

καυσοομαι

i.e. the end of which is to be θατπϑά. Sept.
for "22 Pi. inf. Is. 40,16. 44, 15.—Plut.
de tuend. Sanit. Prec. 9. Plato Rep. 406. d.
Kava όομαι, ovpat, (καῦσις;) only Pass.
to be set on fire, to burn, 2 Pet. 3, 10. 12.—
Trop. of a fever, Gal. et Dioscor.
καύσων, ὠνος, 6, (καίω, καύσω,) a burn-
ing, heat, 6. g. of the sun, Matt. 20, 12.
Luke 12, 55. James 1,11. So Ecclus. 18, 16.
Luc. Philops. 25. Artemid. IIL. p. 78. b.—
Others in James 1]. 6. a scorching wind, i.e.
the wind from the Arabian desert, as Sept.
for 8°71 Job 27, 21; also ἄνεμος καύσων
for 8") ΤῊ Jer, 18, 17. Ez. 17, 10.
The Arabs also call this wind Shurkiyeh
(Sirocco) pr. ‘east wind,’ though it comes
mostly from the southern quarter ; see Heb.
Lex. art. "32. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.

_ 305, comp. Ρ, 287.

καυτηριάζω, f. dow, (καντήριον, καίω,)
to cauterize, to brand with a hot iron; Pass.
1 Tim..4, 2 κεκαυτηριασμένοι. τὴν ἰδίαν συν-
εἰδησιν branded in their own consciences,
having the marks, stigmata, of their guilt
burnt in upon their consciences ; i. 6. being
ever conscious of their guilt like branded
criminals.—Hesych. κεκαυτηριασμένοι" μὴ
ἔχοντες τὴν συνείδησιν ὑγιῆ. Comp. Diod.,
Sic. 20. 54 ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἔνδον ὥσπερ
καυτήριά τινα προσῆγε. Cic. de Off. 3. 21,
‘qui conscientiz labes et vulnera in animo
habent.”

καυχάομαι, ὥὦμαι, f. ἡσόμαι; Mid. depon.
(kindr. αὐχέω.) 2 pers. pres. καυχᾶσαι Rom.
2,17. 23; see Buttm. §103. ΠΠ. 1, marg.
Winer § 13. 2. Ὁ. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 360.—
To boast, to vaunt oneself, to glory, to exull,
to rejoice, both in a‘ good and bad sense ;
e. g. absol. 1 Cor. 1, 29. 31 ὁ καυχώμενος.
4,'7. (13, 3.] 2 Cor. 10,13: 17. 11,18. 30. 12,
1. 6.11. Gal. 6,14. Eph. 2,9. With accus,
of thing as to which or of which one boasts,
comp. Buttm. ᾧ 131. 7, 8. 2 Cor. 9,2 ἣν...
καυχῶμαι Μακεδόσιν. 11, 80 ; acc. of de-
gree 11, 16. With ἐν c, dat. of that in
which one glories, e. g. of things Rom. 2,
23 ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι. 5, 3, 2 Cor. 5, 12.
10, 15. 16. 11, 12. 12,9, Gal. 6, 13. James
1, 9. 4,16; of persons, Rom. 2, 17 ἐν Seq.
5, 11. 1 Cor. 1,31. 3,21. 2 Cor. 10, 17.
Phil. 3, 3. 2 Thess. 1,4. With ἐπί c. dat.
Rom. 5,2 én’ ἐλπίδι. So with κατά c.acc.
as to any thing, 2 Cor. 11,18; περί c.
gen. 2 Cor. 10,8; ὑπέῤ 6. gen. 2 Cor. 7,
14 ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν x. 9, 2. 12, 5 bis. Sept. ab-
sol. for 33% 1 Sam. 2, 8; for SEAN
6: acc. Prov. 27,1; ο. ἐν Jer. 9, 22. 23;
c. ἐπί Prov. 25, 14,—Pind. Ol. 9. 58; ¢.

394

- Κεδρών
ἐπί Eeclus. 30,2. Diod. Sic. 16.'70 ; 6. aces
Lucian. Ocyp. 120; \c. dati’ Hdot. 7. 39.

καυχήμα, aros, τό, (καυχάσζιαι,) a boast-

ing, glorying, exulting, rejoicing. i. 6.
' 1. Pr. the’act-of glorying, exulting, re-
joicing, in any thing; ὁ. gen. Heb. 3, 6 τὸ
καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος; i. 6. the hope in which
we rejoice. So ὑπέρ τινος 2 Cor. 5, 12.
9, 3; absol. 1 Cor, 5, 6.—Plut. Agesi. 31.
Pind. Isth. 5. 65.

2. Meton: boast, object of boasting ; ground
of glorying, of exultation, of rejoicing ; Rom.
4, 2 ἔχει καύχημα. 1 Cor. 9, 15. 16. 2 Cor.
1,14. Gal. 6,4. Phil. 1,26. 2,16. Sept.
for nbnn Deut. 10,21. Jer. 17,14; raxpp
Prov. 17, 6.—Ecclus. 10, 22. yee

καὔχησις, εὡς, 7, (καυχάομαι,) a boasi-
ing, glorying, exulling, rejoicing, i. q. καῦ-
xnpa, but found only in late writers.

1. Pr. the act of glorying, exulting, re-

joicing, in any thing; 2 Cor. 7,14 ἡ καύχη-

σις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου. 2 Cor. 7, 4. 9,4. 11,
17. 1 Thess. 2, 19 στέφανος καυχήσεως,
i.e. the crown in which we glory, rejoice.
James 4,16. So ὑπέρ τινος 2 Cor. 8, 24.
Sept. στέφ. καυχήσεως for ΝΒ Prov. 16,
31. Ez. 16, 12. 23, 42. ~

2. Meton. boast, object of boasting ; ground
of glorying, of exultation, of rejoicing ; Rom.
3, 27 ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις; 2 Cor. 1,12. 11,
10; ἐν Χριστῷ Rom. 15, 17; ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν
2 Cor. 7,4. So 1 Cor, 15, 31 νὴ τὴν ὑμε-
τέραν καύχησιν ἣν ἔχω, i..g. τὴν καύχησιν
ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ν. ἐν tyiv.—Sept. Jer. 12, 13.
Etymol. Mag. 400. 38.

Καφαρναούμ, see Καπερναούμ.

Κεγχρεαΐ, ὧν, ai, Cenchrea, the east-
ern port of Corinth, about '70 stadia from
the city; Acts 18, 18, Rom. 16,1. Comp.
Strabo 8. p. 380.

KESPOS, ov, ἡ, the cedar, Heb. ΤῊΣ, i. 6.
cedrus coniferus or pinus cedrus, a tree
celebrated in Ο. T. and growing chiefly on
Mount Lebanon; at the present day the
number is greatly reduced ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. Ill. p. 440. (Hom. Od. 5. 60. 22].
V. H. 5.6.) . Not found in N, T. except in
the false reading τοῦ χειμάῤῥου τῶν κέδρων
John 18,1. θο. See in Κεδρών.

Κεδρών, 6, indee. Cedron, Heb. ἸΥΤΡ
(the turbid) Kidron, Josephus Κεδρών, ὥνος.
Ant. 8.1.53 pr.n. of a winter-torrent (yei-
pappos) which begins a little northwest of
Jerusalem, and flows through the valley of
Jehoshaphat between the city and the mount
of Olives, φάραγξ rod Κεδρῶνος Jos. Ant.
9. 7. 3. B. J. 5.4.2. The valley continues

ὃ
teal

κεῦμαι 395

some distance directly south and then south
eastwardly by the convent of St. Saba to
the Dead Sea. It is always dry except in
the rainy season after very heavy rains.
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 396-402.—
InN. T. John 18,1 6 χείμαῤῥος τοῦ Kedpar,
the brook (torrent) of Cedron. So Sept. ὁ
χείμ. Κεδρών for Heb. yinap 2 K. 15, 13.
23,6. 12. 2 Chr. 29, 10... al. Jos. Ant. ὁ
χείμ. Κεδρῶνος Ant. 8. 1. 5.—Out of. this
name, later transcribers unacquainted with
the Hebrew have made 6 χείμαῤῥος τῶν
κέδρων, the brook of cedars, John 18,1 Ree.
and also in Sept. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K. 15, 13.

κεῖμαι, f. κείσομαι, Lo lie ; also to be laid,
i. q. Perf. Pass. of riSnpt, see Buttm. ᾧ 109.
IL..4.

1. to lie, to recline, of persons, 6. g. an
infant ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ Luke 2, 12.16; a dead
body Matt. 28, 6. Luke 23, 53. John 11, 41.
20, 12. (Hdian. 2.1.19. Xen, An, 1. 8. 27.)
Of things, Luke 24, 12 τὰ ὀϑόνια. κείμενα
μόνα. John 20, 5. 6.7. 21,9; with ἐπί c.
acc. 2 Cor. 3,15. Soc. ἐν Paleph. 46. 3.
Luc. Pisce. 41.

2. As Perf. Pass. of τίϑημι, to be laid, set,
placed, 6. δ. as a foundation 1 Cor. 3, 11;
a throne Rev. 4, 2; vessels John 2,6. 19,
29. (Xen. An.'7. 3. 23.). With πρός τι to be
laid io or at, as the stroke of an axe, Matt.
3,10. Luke 3;9. Also to be laid up, repo-
sited, Luke 12,19. (Xen. Gic.7.36.) Of
a place, to be set, situated, to lie, Rev. 21,16
πόλις τετράγωνος κεῖται. Matt. 5, 14. 5ὸ
2 Mace. 4, 88. Hdian. 8. 1..11. Xen, An.
5. 4. 15.—Trrop. of persons, to be set, ap-
pointed, c. εἰς final, for any thing Luke 2,
34. Phil. 1, 16. 1 Thess. 3,3. Of laws, fo
be given, made, Ο. dat. 1'Tim. 1,9. So Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 16.

3. to be laid, situated, in any state or
condition durably, i. 4. to lie, to be; c. ἐν,
1 John 5, 19 6 κόσμος κεῖται ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ,
is wholly given to wickedness.—2 Macc. 3,
11. 4,31. Hdot. 2. 171 ; comp. Hom. Seay
ἐν γούνασι κεῖται Od. 1. 267, 400,

κειρία, as, 7, α band, bandage, for swath-
ing infants or dead bodies, Moscoph. xetpia
ὁ τῶν νηπίων δεσμός, ἤγουν ἡ κοινῶς φασκία,
καὶ ἣ δεσμοῦσι τοὺς vexpovs.—In N.T. only
of ἃ dead body, Plur. John'11,44; comp. τὰ
ὀπόνια John 20, 5. So Origen ad Joh. lic:
κειρίαι νεκρῶν εἰσι δεσμοί. ᾿ ἶ

κεῖρω, f. κερῶ, pr. to shear, to clip, 6.
acc. 6. δ. a sheep Acts 8, 32, from Is. 58,7
where Sept. for 173. Spec. the head, to cut
off the hair, Acts 18, 18 Ketpdpevos τὴν ke-
φαλήν having shorn his head, i.e. having

KEVOS

had it shorn. 1 Cor. 11, 6 bis. So Sept.
for 113 Job 1,20. Jer. 7,28; mb; 2 Sam. 14,
26.— bl. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 8.

κέλευσμα; aros, τό, (κελεύω.) α call,
ery, shout, of command, incitement, urging
on; 1 Thess. 4, 16 ὁ κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι,
ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι ϑεοῦ,
καταβήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ.---ΟΥ the shout of
sailors at the oar Luc. Catapl. 19; of sol-
diers rushing to battle Thuc. 3.14; of a
multitude Diod. Sic. 3. 15; of a huntsman
to his dogs Xen. Ven. 6. 20.

κελεύω, f. εύσω, pr. ἰο urge or drive on,
μάστιγι κελεύειν Hom. Il. 23. 642; comp.
Passow 8. v.—In N. T. and genr. to exhort,
to command, to order something to be done ;
so with acc. and infin. aor. Matt. 14, 19 κε-
λεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνακλιϑῆναι. V. 28. 18,
25. 27, 58. 64. Luke 18, 40. Acts 4, 15.
8, 38. 22,30. 23, 10. 25, 6. 17; acc. impl.
Matt. 8, 18. 14, 9. Acts 5, 34. 12, 19.21,
33. (Judith 12, 1. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9; acc.
impl. Diod. Sic. 4.61.) With acc. and inf.
pres. Acts 21, 34 ἐκέλευσε ἄγεσϑαι αὐτόν.
22, 24. 23, 3. 86. 24,8. 25, 21. 27, 43;
ace. impl. Acts’16,22. (Xen. Cyr. 1.4.17;
6: acc. impl. Hdian. 2. 3, 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.
2.) With dat. and inf. aor. Matt, 15, 35
καὶ ἐκέλευσε τοῖς ὄχλοις ἀναπεσεῖν. Absol.
Acts 25, 23: So Xen. Cyr. 1. 8.9; absol.
1. 4. 18.

κενοδοξία, as, ἡ, (κενόδοξος,) vain-glo-
ry, empty pride, Phil. 2, 3—Wisd. 14, 14.
Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8. Pol. 3. 81. 9.

κενόδοξος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (κενός, δόξα,)
vain-glorious, full of empty pride and ambi-
tion, Gal. 5, 26.—Pol. 27. 6. 12. ib. 39. 1.1.

κενός; ἡ, dv, empty, opp. to πλήρης full,
6. g. πόλις ἀνϑρώπων κενή Hdian. 8. 1. 9.
Xen. An. 1. 8. 20.—In N. T.

1. Pr. as αὐτὸν... ἀπέστειλαν κενόν, i.e.
with empty hands, having nothing, Mark
12, 3. Luke 1, 53. 20, 10. 11. Sept. for
op" Gen. 31, 42. Deut. 15, 13.—Judith
1, 11. Plut. Camill. 11. Plato Rep. 370. 6,

2. Trop. empty, vain, i. e. a) fruitless,
without utility or success, Acts 4, 25 καὶ
λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά. 1 Cor. 15,10 ἡ χά-
pis od κενὴ ἐγενήϑη. 15, 14 bis. 58. 1 Thess.
2,1. So eis κενόν in vain 2 Cor. 6, 1.
Gal, 2,2. Phil. 2, 16 bis. 1 Thess. 3, 5.
Sept. for pps Is, 55, 113 ODN Job 7, 6;
εἰς x. for xyed Jer. 6, 29. 18, 15. So Plut,
de aud. Poet.1 pen. Dem. 306. ult. εἰς «.
Diod. Sic. 19. 9.6. b) Of that in which
there is nothing of truth or reality, empty,
false, fallacious, 6. g. κενοὶ λόγοι Eph. 5,6;

s
᾿ς

᾿κενοφωνία

x. ἀπάτη Col. 2, 8: Sept. for “pd Ex. 5,9;
513 Hos. 12,1. (Dem. 19. 11. Plato Legg.

683. 6.) Of persons, vain, foolish, James ἡ

2,20. So Arr. Epict. 2. 19. 8.

κενοφωνία, as, ἡ, (κενός, φωνή,) empty
words, vain babblings, fruitless disputation,
1 Tim. 6, 20. 2 Tim. 2,16. Some Mss.
read xavohavia.—Hesych. κενοφωνίας " pa-
ταιολογίας.

κενόω, ὦ, ἴ. dow, (κενός,) to empty; to

make empty, Pass. Jer. 14,2. Luc. Alex. 36
ai οἰκίαι ἐκενώϑησαν.. Thuc. 8. 57.—In N.
T. only trop.
_ 1. In the phrase κενοῦν ἑαυτόν, to emply
oneself, i. e. to lay aside rightful dignity and
attributes by descending to an inferior con-
dition, to humble oneself ; Phil. 2,'7 ἐκένωσε
ἑαυτόν, i. q. ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτόν in v. 8. So
Sept. κενός for py Neh. 5,13. Orig. Ho-
mil. in Jer. +1, 7.

2. to make empty, vain, fruitless; Pass.
Rom. 4, 14 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις. 1 Cor. 1,17.
Hence to make void, to falsify, i. e. to show
to be without ground, fallacious, 6. g. xav-
xnua 1 Cor. 9, 15. Pass. 2 Cor. 9, 3.—
Hesych. xevo%y" μάταιος ἀποφανϑῇ.

κέντρον, ov, τό, (κεντέω,) ἃ point, prick,
sung, 6. g. }

1. ὦ sting, as of locusts, scorpions, Rev.
9,10. So of bees, Zl. V. H. 1. 60. Plato
Phed. 91. c.—Trop. as a thing of venom,
venomous weapon, ascribed to death per-
sonified ; 1 Cor. 15, 55. 56 ποῦ cov, Savare,
ro κέντρον 3... τὸ δὲ κέντρον τοῦ Savarov ἡ
ἁμαρτία, i. 6. the sting, that by which death
destroys, viz. sin; quoted laxly from Sept.
clos. 13, 14 where Heb. sup plague, pes-
_ tilence ; comp. Hos. 5, 12.

2. a goad, stimulus, i.e. a rod or staff
with an iron point for urging on horses,
oxen, etc. pr. Hom. Il. 23. 387, 430. Xen.
vyr. 7. 1. 29.—In N. T. only in the pro-
verbial expression πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν, to
kick against the goads, i.e. to offer vain and
rash resistance, Acts 9, 5. 26,14. So in
Greek and Rom. writers, Auschyl. Agam.
1624. Pind. Pyth. 2.174. Lat. adversum
stimulum calcare Terent. Phorm. 1. 2. 28;
contra acumina calcitrare Amm. Marc.
18. 5.

KevTuplov, «vos, ὁ, Lat. centurio, a
certurion, originally the commander of a
. hundred foot-soldiers, i. 4. ἑκατόνταρχος,
Mark 15, 39. 44. 45. See Adam’s Rom.
Ai... p. 370. Dict. of Antt. art. Evercitus,
p. 504.

κενῶς, adv. (kevds,) vainly, in vain, to
no purpose, James 4, 5. Sept. for p™>

396 κέρας

Is. 49, 4.—Arr. Epict. 2.17. 6. Plut. de
rect. rat. audiend. 6.

ἦ κεραία, as, ἧ, (κέρας,) pr. a little horn;
hence a point, extremity, e. g. of a sail-yard
Lue. Navig. 4. Pol. 14.10.11; of anisland
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1.21. 2.—In N. T. a
point, apex of a letter, 6. g. of 3,5, ayo,"
put for the least particle, tittle, Matt. 5, 18.
Luke 16, 17.—Philo in Flace. p. 984. b.
Plut. non posse suav. viv. sec. Epic. 18
ζυγομαχεῖν περὶ συλλαβῶν καὶ κεραιῶν.

κεραμεύς, ἕως, 6, (κέραμος.) α potter,
Matt. 27,11. 10. Rom. 9,21. Sept. for szis
Is. 29, 16.—Pol. 15. 35. 2. Plato Rep.
421. a.

κεραμικός, 1, ὄν, (kepapevs,) of or made
by a potter; Rev. 2,27 σκεύη τὰ κεραμικά
a potter’s vessels, quoted from Ps. 2,9 where
Sept. σκεῦος κεραμέως for szi5 "> .—Plut.
de genio Socr. 20 mid. κεραμικοὶ τροχοί.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 147.

κεράμιον, ov, τό, (pr. neut. of adj. κερά-
pos earthen Xen. An. 3. 4. '7,) an earthen
vessel,.i.e. a pot, pitcher, jar; e. δ. κερά-
μιον ὕδατος, a jar of water, Mark 14, 13.
Luke 22,10. Sept. for pas Jer. 35, 5.—
Plut. Cato Min. 46. Xen. An. 6. 1.15.

κέραμος, ov, 6, (perh. κεράννυμι;) pr.
potier’s clay, Hdian. 3. 9.10; an earthen
vessel i. q. κεράμιον Hdot. 3. 6.—In Ν. T.
a tile, of burnt clay, for covering roofs,
Luke 5,19. So Hdian. 7. 12.11. Xen.
Mem. 3. 1. 7.

κεράννυμι, f. κεράσω, Pass. perf. κεκέρα-
copa Buttm.}§114. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 582;
to mix, to mingle, genr. Diod. Sic. 2. 26.
Xen. Ath. 2. 8; spec. wine with water or
spices, Sept. for 7072 Is. 5, 22. Prov. 9, 2.
5. Xen. An. 1. 2. 13.—In N. T. trop. of
the wine of God’s wrath, which is mingled,
prepared, poured out ina cup; see in Supds
and Heb. Lex. art. o>; so Rev. 18, 6 bis, ἐν.
τῷ ποτηρίῳ, ᾧ ἐκέρασε, κεράσατε αὐτῇ δι-
πλοῦν, comp. 17, 2. 4.—Spec. to pour out,
to fill a cup, with the wine already prepared ;
Pass. Rev. 14, 10 πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ
Supod τοῦ ϑεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου
ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ κτλ. Comp. Hom. Od. 5. 98
κέρασσε δὲ νέκταρ ἐρυϑρόν. where Eustath.
οὐ δηλοῖ κρᾶμά τι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνέχεε κεῖ-
Tal.

κέρας, ατος, τό, Plur. τὰ κέρατα που.
tracted, Buttm. ᾧ 54. n. 1; @ horn.

1. Pr. of a beast, Rev. 5, 6. 12, 3. 13,
1 bis, 11. 17, 8. 7.12. 16. Sept. for T2P
Gen. 22,13. Dan. 7,7. 8. So Ail. H. An.
12. 19,20. Xen. Cyr. 2. 8. 9.—From the

κεράτιον 397

Heb. ἃ horn is put as the symbol of strength,
power, the figure being taken from the bull
and other animals that push with the horns,
Sept. and 1 Jer. 48, 25. Ps. '75, 11. Ee-
clus. 47, 5.7.11. Hence meton. Luke 1,
69 κέρας σωτηρίας a horn of deliverance,
i. 4. @ strong deliverer. Sept. and Heb.

- ἈΦ PIP Ps. 18, 3. 2 Sam. 29, 3. See

Heb. Lex. 1 -

2. Trop: of any extremity, projecting
point, resembling a horn,.e. g. upon the
four corners of the Jewish altars, Rev. 9,
13. Comp. Ex. 27, 2 sq. where Sept. and
J2P; see Heb. Lex. ΒΡ c.—Of the wing
of an army 2 Macc. 15, 20. Xen. Cyr. 2.
4. 29.

κεράτιον, ov, τό, (dimin. of xépas,) pr.
a little horn ; in N.'T. a pod, carob-pod, Luke
15, 16, i. 6. the fruit of the carob tree, Rabb.
amr, Arab. kharitb, Gr. xepareia (horn-
tree), the ceratonia siliqua of Linn. Germ.

Johannisbrod-baum. This tree is common in:

Syria and in the southern parts of Europe,
and sometimes grows very large. It produces
long slender pods shaped like a horn or sic-
kle, containing a sweetish pulp and several
small brown shining seeds like beans. These
pods are sometimes eight or ten inches long
and a finger broad. They are eaten with
relish by the poorer classes in the East ;
and swine are often fed with them. See
Buxtorf. Lex. 821. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III.
p. 58. Celsii Hierob. I: p. 226.—Galen. de
fac. Aliment. IT.

κερδαίνω, f. av@, (κέρδος.) later fut.
κερδήσομαι, aor. 1 ἐκέρδησα, Buttm. ᾧ 114.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 740; Pass. fat. 1 xepdy-
ϑήσομαι. For the anom. 3 plur. fut. Subj.
κερδηϑήσωνται 1 Pet. 3, 1 in some editions,
a corrupt form of the later Greek, see Wi-
ner § 13. 1. 6. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 721—To
gain, to acquire as gain, fo win.

1. Pr. of things, 6. acc. 6. g. τὸν κόσμον
ὅλον, the wealth of the whole world, Matt.
16,26. Mark 8,36. Luke 9,25. In trade, c.
acc. Matt. 25, [16.] 17. 20. 22s; absol. James
4,13. So 4. V. H. 2.19. Xen. Mem. 2.
9. 4.—Spoken of avoiding any loss or evil,
to gain, i. e. to save, to be spared from, to
avoid, c. acc. Acts 27, 21 κερδῆσαι (ἔδει)
γὴν ὕβριν ταύτην κτλ. and so to have saved
(avoided) this loss. So Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 2.
Heliodor. 4. 10. Luc. Tyrann. 8.

2. Trop. of persons, fo gain, to win any
one, i.e. a) Asa friend or patron, 6. g.
Χριστόν Phil. 3,8; τὸν ἀδελφόν Matt. 18,
15. Ὁ) to gain over to one’s side; in N.
T. to win over to Christ and thus bring to

κεφαλή

salvation, 1 Cor. 9,19. 20 bis, 21. 22, wnere
it is i. q. σώζω in v. 22. 1 Pet. 3, 1, comp.
1 Cor. 7, 16 where it is σώζω.

κέρδος, eos, ovs, τό, gain, profit, Phil. 1,
21. 8,7. Tit. 1, 11—Luc. de Mere. cond.
40. Plato Legg. 835. b.

κέρμα, ατος, τό, (keip@,) pr. α small
piece, bit; hence collect. small coin, change,
John 2, 15.—Jos. B. J. 2. 14. 6. Dem.
549. 27.

κερματιστής, οὔ; 6, (κερματίζω, κέρμα.)
ἃ money-changer, broker, John 2, 14, i. 4.
κολλυβιστής in Matt. 21,12. The annual.
tribute of each Jew to the temple was a
Jewish half-shekel, Ex. 30, 13 sq. and this
the money-changers, sitting in the porticos
of the outer court, furnished to the people
as they came up, in exchange for Greek
and Roman coins. At the present day, in
oriental cities, money-changers are found
in,the most public places, sitting at little
tables covered with various coins. Comp.
art. τραπεζίτης, also Buxtorf. Lex. Rab.
2032.

κεφάλαιον, ov, τό, (κεφαλαῖος, κεφαλή.)
a small head, capitulum, 6. g. of a bird
Diod. Sic. 3. 28.—In N. T. and genr. trop.
the head, i. e.

1. the chief thing, main point. Heb. 8, 1
κεφάλαιον δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις, i. 6. the
great and essential point in what is now
said. So Suidas in reference to this pas-
sage, κεφάλαιον ἐκεῖ τὸ μέγιστον λέγεται.----
Luc, Vit. Auct. 23. Dem. 520. 27. Plato
Legg. 643. c, κεφάλαιον δὴ παιδείας λέγο-
μεν τὴν ὀρθὴν τροφήν.

2. the sum, amount, in computing, ΒΌΓΩΣ
ming up, Theophr. Char. 25 [14]. Thuc. 1.
36. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18.—Hence of money,
a sum, capital; Acts 22, 28 πολλοῦ κεφα-
λαῖου τῆν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. Sept.
and ty" Lev. 5, 24 [6,5]. So Jos. Ant.
12. 2. 3 med. AUschin. 68. 26.

κεφαλαιόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (κεφάλαιον,) to
sum up, Thue. 3. 67.—In N. T. i. q. κεφα-
λίζω, to smile or wound on the head, c. acc.
Mark 12, 4 κἀκεῖνον λιϑοβολήσαντες ἐκεφα-
λαίωσαν, comp. Luke 20, 12 where it is
τραυματίσαντες. See Lob. ad Phyrn. p. 95.

κεφαλή, iis, ἡ, the head. 1. Pr. of

man, Matt. 6, 17. 8, 20. 27, 30. Luke 7,

38; as cut off Matt. 14,11. Mark 6,27; of
“animals Rev. 9, 17. 19. 12, 3. al. Sept.
"for UN" Gen. 3, 15. 40, 19. So Hdian.
4. 8. 4. Xen. An. 2. 6. i.—Synecd.
as the principal part, put emphatically for
the whole person, Acts 18, 6 τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν

κεφαλίς

ἐπι τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν, your blood be on your
own heads, the guilt of your destruction rest
upon yourselves. Sept. and 8" 2 Sam. 1,
16. 1 Καὶ. 2, 33.38. Also Rom, 12, 20,
quoted from Proy. 25, 22 where Sept. and
ON". So Aristoph. Plut. 526 εἰς κεφαλήν
σοι for εἰς σέ. Comp. Hom. Il. 11. 55.
Od. 1. 343. 4. V. H. 12. 8.—Trop.. of
things, the head, the foremost, chief, e. g.
κεφαλὴ γωνίας, the head of the corner, i, e.
the chief corner-stone, the main foundation,
Matt. 21, 42. Mark 12, 10. Luke 20, 17.
Acts 4, 11. 1 Pet. 2, 7, all quoted from Ps.
118, 22 where Sept. for 28 SN"; see in
ἀκρογωνιαῖος. Heb. Lex. xn no. 4.

2. Trop. of persons, i. e. the head, the
chief, one to whom others are subordinate ;
e. g. a husband in relation to a wife, 1 Cor.
11, 3 κεφαλὴ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ. Eph. 5, 23.
Of Christ in relation to his church, which is

his body, σῶμα, and its members his mem- Ὁ

bers, μέλη, (comp. 1 Cor. 12, 27,) 1 Cor.
11,3. Eph. 1, 22. 4, 15. 5, 23. Col. 1, 18.
2, 10. 19. Of God in relation to Christ
1 Cor. 11, 3. Sept. and 8&" Judg. 11, 8.
11. 2 Sam. 22,24. Ἢ

κεφαλίς, idos, ἡ, (κεφαλή,) pr. a Titile
head; e. g. a bulb of garlic Luc. Dial. Me-
retr. 14.33 the head, knob, of a column, etc.
Philo de Vit. Mos. IL p. 146. 50. Jos. Ant.
12. 2. 8.—In N. T. the head, knob of the
wooden rod on which Hebrew manuscripts
are rolled; and hence meton. for a roll,
volume; Heb. 10, 7 κεφαλὶς βιβλίου, quoted
from Ps. 40, 8 where Sept. for “pO-NE3.

κημόω, ὦ, f. doa, ζκημός,) to muzzle,
i. q. φιμόω for which it stands in some Mss.
1 Cor. 9, 9.—Xen. Eq. 5. 3.
κῆνσος, od, 6, Lat. census, in Greek ἀπο-
γραφή q. Vv. pr. an enumeration of the peo-
ple and valuation of property, see Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 79, 128 sq. Dict. of Antt. art.
Census.—In N, T. tribute, poll-tax, paid by
each person whose name was taken in the
census, Matt. 17, 25. 22, 17 et Mark 12,
14 δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι. Matt. 22,.19 νό-
μισμα τοῦ κήνσου, the tribute-coin, i. q. dy-
νάριον in Mark 12, 15,—Hesych. κῆνσος-
εἶδος νομίσματος, ἐπικεφάλαιον.
κῆπος, ov, 6, a garden, any place plant-
ed with herbs and trees, Luke 13, 19. John
18, 1.26. 19, 41 bis. Sept. for 18 Deut. 11,
10. Am. 4, 9.—Luc. Asin. 1. Xen. ic.
4, 13. P
KNTOUPOS, οὔ, ὃ, (κῆπος, οὖρος.) a gar-
- den-keeper, gardener, John 20, 15.—Pol, 17.
6. 4. Plato de Legg. 316. e.

398

Knpiccw

κηρίον, ov, τό, (κηρός,) a honey-comb,
full of honey, Luke 24, 42. Sept. for ΓΒ
Proy. 24, 13. 19, 11—Diod. Sic. 5. 26.
Xen. An. 4. 8. 20.

κήρυγμα, aros, τό, (κηρύσσω,) procla-
mation by a herald, Dem. 917. 24; Xen.
Cyr. 4. 5. 57.—In N. T. preaching, public
discourse.

1. Of prophets, e. g. the denunciation of
Jonah against Nineveh, τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ
Matt. 12, 41. Luke 11, 82. Sept. . for
ANP Jon. 3, 2. ;

2. Of Christ and his apostles, the preach-
ing of the gospel, public instruction, 1 Cor.
1, 21. 2,4. 15,14. Tit. 1,8. Meton. for
the gospel preached, Rom. 16, 25. 2 Tim.
4, 17.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 5, 6.

κήρυξ, υκος, 6, α herald, public crier,
Diod. Sic. 18. 8..An. 5: 7. 3, 4.—In N. T.
a preacher, public instructor, e. g. of the
divine will and precepts, as Noah, 2 Pet. 2,
5; of the gospel, as Paul, 1 Tim. 2, 7.
2 Tim. 1, 11.

κηρύσσω V. -TTO, f. Ea, (κήρυξ,) to be
a herald or public crier, Hom. Il. 17. 325.
Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 24. 1; to make proclamation
by a herald, Diod. Sic. 17. 109. Xen. Hell.
7. 2, 23.—In N. T. to proclaim, to announce
publicly, to publish.

1. Genr. c. acc. Matt. 10, 27 κηρύξατε
ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. Luke 12, 3.. Acts 10, 42.
Rev. 5, 2. Sept. for SIP Ex. 32,.5. Esth.
6, 9. 11: =" Joel 2,1. So Hdian. 1..7.
2. Aischin. 75. 30.—Also to publish abroad,
to laud publicly ; Mark 1,45 ἤρξατο κηρύσ-
σειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν. 5, 20. 7, 36.
Luke 8, 39. So Pol. 80. 20. 6. Xen. Cyr.
8. 4. 4.

2. Espec. to publish, to announce, to preach
religious truth, the gospel with its privileges
and obligations, the gospel dispensation.
a) Pr. e. g. of John the Baptist, Matt. 3, 1
κηρύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ λέγων. Mark 1,
4. 7. Luke 3,3. Acts 10, 37. Of Jesus,
Matt. 4, 17. 23. 9, 35. 11, 1. Mark 1, 14.
38. 39. Luke4, 44. 8, 1. 1 Pet. 3,19. Of
apostles and teachers, Matt. 10, 7. 24, 14."
26,13. Mark 3, 14. 6,12. 13,10. 14, 9.
16, 15. 20. Luke. 9, 2. 24,47. Acts 20,
25. 28, 31. Rom. 10, 8.14.15. 1 Cor. 9,
27. 15,11. 08]. 2, 2..Col. 1, 23. 1,Thess.
2, 9. 2 Tim. 4, 2 x. τὸν λόγον. (Act. Thom.
ὁ 1, τὸν λόγον.) So τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσ-
σειν; to preach Christ, i. e. to announce him
as the Messiah, and exhort to the reception
of his gospel, Acts 8, 5. 9, 20. 19, 13.
1 Cor, 1, 23. 15, 12. 2 Cor. 1,19. 4, 5 οὐ
γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν, ἀλλὰ Χριστόν. 11,

4

κῆτος

4 bis. Phil. 1,15. 1 Tim. 8.16: Ὁ) In

allusion to the Mosaic and prophetic institu- .

tions, to preach, to teach; Acts 15, 21 Μωῦ-
σῆς... τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει. Rom.
2,21 ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν. Gal. 5, 11
εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω. Luke 4, 18. 19,
quoted from Is. 61, 1 where Sept. for ἐλ.

κῆτος, eos, ous, τό, α huge fish; sea-
monster, Matt. 12, 40. Sept. for 772 ἢ
Jon. 2, 1.—Paleph. 38. 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 42.

Κηφᾶς, a, 6, Cephas, later Heb. 82"
(a rock, Buxt. Lex. 1032,) a surname of
Simon Peter, i. q. Gr. Πέτρος, John 1, 43.
1:Cor'1,°12. 8, 22. 9, 5 15,5. Gal. 2, 9.
fl, 18. 2, 11. 14.]

κιβωτός, οὔ, 7, an ark, i, e. a wooden
chest, coffer, Ail. V. H. 9. 13. Lysias 121.
5.—In N. T. spoken of the ark of the cove-
nant, Heb. 9, 4. Rev. 11, 19. Sept. for
ΠΝ Ex. 25, 10. Lev. 16, 3.4]. (Jos. Ant.
4. 8. 44.) Of Noah’s ark, Matt. 24, 38.
Luke 17, 27. Heb. 11, 7.1 Pet. 3, 20.
Sept. for "3h Gen. 6, 14 sq. 7, 1sq. In
like manner Josephus calls the latter Adp-
vag, Ant. 1. 3. 9 56.

κι άρα; as, ἡ, (xiZapis,) whence Lat.
cithara, Ital. ghitara, Engl. guitar, though
the modern instrument is different. The
ancient cithara and lyre were on the same
plan, a sounding base or bottom, (larger in
the lyre,) from which rose two horns as
from the head of a stag. A cross-bar con-
nected the two horns near the top; between
which and the base the strings were stretch-
ed. The lyre was larger, and when played
stood upright between the knees ; while the

cithara stood upon the knees of the player.,

Both were held with the left hand, and
played with the right, sometimes with a
plectrum or key. See Dict. of Antt. art.
Lyra, 2). V. H. 14. 23. Lue. Imag. 14.
Plato Rep. 399. d—In N. T. cithara, q. ἃ.
a lyre, harp, 1 Cor. 14, 7. Rev. 5, 8. 14, 2.
15,2. Sept. for =i25 Gen. 31, 27. 1 Chr.
9,11. Josephus describes the Heb. "23,
κινύρα, as having ten strings and as struck
with a key, Ant. 7. 12. 3. Comp. Heb.
Lex. art. “35.

κι αρίζω, f. iow, (κίϑαρις,) to play upon
the cithara, i.e. genr. to play the lyre, to
harp, 1 Cor. 14, 7. Rev. 14,2. Sept. for
4523 Is. 23, 16.— EI. V. H. 3. 32. Xen. Mem.
3. 1. 4.

aida ῳδός, ov, 6, (poe, ἀοιδός, ὠδός,)
a lyrist, harper, one who plays on the lyre
or harp and accompanies it with song, Rev.
14, 2. 18, 22.—/El. V. H. 3. 43. Plato
Conv. 179. d.

399

KUXPN LL

Κιλιυκία, as, ἡ, Cilicia, a province of
Asia Minor, bounded N. by Cappadocia,
Lycaonia, and Isauria; S. by the Mediter-
ranean ; E. by Syria; and W. by Pamphy-
lia. The western part was called τραχεῖα,
aspera, and the eastern πεδινή, campestris.
This country was the province of Cicero
when proconsul, and its chief town Tarsus
was the birthplace of Paul. Acts 6,9. 15,
98. 41.. 21, 39.. 22,3. 23, 34. 27,5. Gal.
1,21. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p.
196. Winer Realw. art. Cilicia.

κινάμωμον, ov, τό, cinnamon, the aro-
matic bark of the Laurus cinnamomum,
which grows in Arabia, India, and espe-
cially in the island of Ceylon. The ancients
employed it in their incense and perfumes.
Rey. 18, 13. Sept. for }22). Ex, 30, 23 ;
aivh mp Jer. 6, 20.—Diod. Sic. .2.. 49.
Hdot, 3.111. Comp. Plin. H. N. 12. 42.

κινδυνεύω, f. εύσω, (κίνδυνος,) to be in
danger, in peril, absol. Luke 8, 23: 1 €or.
15, 30; ὁ. inf. Acts 19, 27. 40.—Ecclus.
31 [34], 12. Pol. 4.12. 13. Xen. Hell. 1.
4. 15.

κίνδυνος, ov, ὃ, (perh. κινέω,) danger,
peril, Rom. 8, 35. 2 Cor. 11, 26 octies.
Sept. for "22 Ps, 116, 3.—Hdian. 3. 3. 6.
Xen: Cyr. 1. 4. 8.

κινέω, &, f. how, (κίω,) to move, to put
in motion, ὁ. acc. Matt. 23,4 οὐ ϑέλουσι
κινῆσαι αὐτά sc. τὰ φορτία. Sept. Pass. for
B49 Is. 41,7; 5132 Job 13,25. (Xen. Conv.
2. 22.) So κινεῖν τὴν κεφαλήν to move or
shake the head, in derision, Matt. 27, 39.
Mark 15, 29. Sept. for UNV IT 2 K.
19, 21. Ps. 22, 8. (Keclus. 12, 18. 13, 7.)
Mid. to move oneself, to move, intrans. Acts
17, 28 ζῶμεν καὶ KwovpeSa. (Sept. Gen. 7,
21. Al. V. Η. 1.6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19.)
Trop. to move, to slir up, to excile, 6. g.
στάσιν Acts 24, 5. 21,30 ἐκινήθη ἡ πόλις
ὅλη. So Hdian. 7. 3. 4. Xen. Ag. 1.37.—
With ἐκ τοῦ τύπου, i. 4. to move away, to
remove, c. ace. Rev. 2,5. 6,14. Soe. ἀπό
Xen. An. 3. 4. 28; absol. Hdian. 6.1. 6.

κίνησις, ews, 4; (κινέω.) movement, mo-
tion, John 5, 3 τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κίνησιν.----
Diod. Sic. 1. 7. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.

K&, ὁ, indec. Kis, Web. 8"P Kish, pr.
n. of the father of king Saul, Acts 13, 21;
comp. 1 Sam. 9, 1.

κίχρημι, f. xpnow, (xpd, see Buttm.
§114,) to supply with, to lend, ο. ace. et dat.
Luke 11, 5 χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς aprovs.—Sept.
Ex. 12, 36. 3. V. H. 14. 10. Xen. Mem
3. 11. 18.

κλάδος

κλάδος, ov, 6, (kAdw,) α shoot, sprout,
tvanch, pr. young and easily broken off.
Matt. 24, 32 ὅταν ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένη-
rat ἁπαλὸς καὶ τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ. 13,32. 21,
8. Mark 4, 32. 13, 28. Luke 13,19. Sept.
for M853 Jer. 11, 16. Ez. 31,7. So Al.
V. H. 2. 14. Theophr. H. Pl. 1. 8. 5.—
Trop. and allegor. of κλάδοι branches for
offspring, posterity, Rom. 11, 16. 17.18.19.
21. So Theophr. Char. 5 or 21 κλάδος Me-
Χιταῖος.

/
κλάζω, see κλάω.

κλαίω, f. κλαύσομαι Buttm. §114; in
N. T. fut. κλαύσω Luke 6, 25, comp. Winer
1 ; to weep, to wail, to lament, implying
not only the shedding of tears, but also every
xternal expression of grief.

1. Intrans. and absol. Matt. 26, '75 ἔκλαυ-
χε πικρῶς. Mark 14,'72. Luke 6, 21. '7, 13.
8, 52. John 11, 31. 33. 1 Cor. '7, 30. al.
With ἐπί c. dat. to weep for or over any one,
duke 19, 41; ἐπί c. ace. Luke 23, 28 μὴ
κλαίετε ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ xtA. Joined with ἀλαλάζειν
Mark 5, 38; with SopvBeiv Mark 5, 39;
Spynveiv John 16,20; κόπτεσϑαι Rev. 18,9;
ὀλολύζειν James 5,15; wevSetv Mark 16, 10.
Luke 6, 25. Rey. 18, 15.19; so ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ
v.11. Sept. for "23 Gen. 33,4. Num. 14,
1; ἐπί τινα Judg. 14, 17. 2 Sam. 19, 1.—
el. V. H. 12. 1 init. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13.

2. Trans. c. ace. to beweep, to bewail, to
weep or lament for, e. g. the dead, Matt. 2,
18 Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὑτῆς. Sept.
for 32 Gen. 37, 34. Deut. 34, 8.--- 2.0.
H. 6. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.32. +

κλάσις, ews, 9, (κλάω,) α breaking, i.e.
act of breaking, 6. g. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρ-
του Luke 24, 35. Acts 2, 42.—Theophr.
Caus. Pl. 2. 14. 4 κλάσις ἀμπέλων. Plato
Tim. 43. d.

κλάσμα, ατος, τό, (κΚλάω,) α fragment,
bit, 6. g. of food, Matt. 14,20. 15,37, Mark
6, 43. 8, 8. 19. 20. Luke 9, 17. John 6, 12.
13. Sept. for ΓΒ Lev. 2, 6. Judg. 19, 5.
—Diod. Sic. 17. 13. Ken. Ven. 10. 5.

. Κλαύδη, ns, ἡ, Clauda or Claude, now
Gozzo, a small island off the Κ΄. W. coast
of Crete, Acts 27, 16; see Kavda.—lIt is
also called Κλαύδος Ptol. 8. 7 ; and Gaudos,
Mela 2. 7. Plin. H. N. 4.20. See Pococke
Descr. of the East, II. i. p. 240.

Κλαυδία, as, 7, Claudia, pr. n. of a
christian female, 2 Tim. 4, 21.

Κλαύδιος, ov, 6, Claudius, pr. n.

1. Tiberius Claudius Nero Drusus Ger-
manicus, the fourth Roman emperor, suc-
cessor of Caligula, τ. A. Ὁ. 41-54. Acts

400

κλειω

11,28. 18,2. In the fourth year of his
reign occurred the famine foretold by Aga-
bus Acts 11, 28; see Jos. Ant. 20. 2. 6.
ib, 20. 5. 2. Dion Cass. 60. 11. Tac. Ann.
12. 43. Sueton. in Claud. 28. Krebs Obs.
in N. T. p. 210. At first he was favoura-
ble to the Jews, Jos. Ant. 20. 1. 2; but in
his ninth year he banished all the Jews from
Rome, Acts 18,2; comp. Sueton. in Claud.

5.

2. Claudius Lysias, a Roman tribune,
tAiapxos, commanding in Jerusalem, Acts
3, 26.

κλαυδμός, οὔ, 6, (κλαίω,) a weeping,

wailing, Matt. 2,18. 8, 12. 13, 42. 50. 22,
13. 24, 51. 25, 30. Luke 13, 28. Acts 20,
37. Sept. for "23 Gen. 45, 2. Ezra 3, 13.
—Eschyl. Agam. 1554. Plut. Romul. 19.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 325.

KAA, f. κλάσω, to break, i.e. to break
off or in two, Hom. Il. 11. 584. Diod. Sic.
4.35. Plut. Romul. 28 mid.—In N. T. only
in the phrase κλάσαι τὸν ἄρτον, to break
bread, i. e. for distribution as preparatory to
a meal, the Jewish bread being in the form
of thin cakes; also genr. Matt. 14, 19. 15,
36. Mark 8, 6. 19. Luke 24, 30. Acts 27,
35. Sept. and Heb. pm oop Jer. 16, 7;
comp. Is. 58,7. Also in ‘the Lord’s supper
and the agape, Matt. 26, 26. Mark 14, 22.
Luke 22, 19. Acts 2, 46. 20,'7.11. 1 Cor.
10, 16. 11, 24. (Act. Thom. § 27, 29.)
Metaph. of the body, σῶμα, of Christ, as
typically broken in the eucharist ; 1 Cor. 11,
24 τὸ σῶμα τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κλώμενον, where
the allusion is to the death on the cross.

So pr. Jos. B. J. 2. 8, 10.

κλείς, κλειδός, ἡ, ace. κλεῖν and κλεῖδα,
Plur. δος. κλεῖδας and contr. κλεῖς, Buttm.
§ 44. §58. Winer § 9. 2.n; a key, for lock-
ing and unlocking, in N. T. as the symbol
of power and authority. Matt. 16, 19 δώσω
σοι Tas κλεῖς τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ δεοῦ, i. 6.
the power of opening or shutting, of admit-
ting to or excluding from, the kingdom of
God. Rev. 3,7 ὁ ἔχων τὴν κλεῖν τοῦ Aa-
βίδ, in a like sense, in allusion to Is. 22, 22
where Sept. τὴν κλεῖδα οἴκου Δαβίδ for
ὙΠ mia ΠΩΣ. Ιον.1,18 τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ
ἄδου. 9,1. 90, 1. Trop. Luke 11, 52 τὴν
κλεῖδα τῆς γνωσέως, the key of knowledge,
i. e. the means of attaining to the knowledge
of the kingdom of God, the way of salvation;
comp. Matt. 23, 13.—Pr. Sept. for nmpa
Judg. 3,25. Luc. Tim. 13. Plato Ax. 371. b.

κλείω, f. oa, Pass. perf. κέκλεισμαι,

aor. 1 ἀλείοδην, for the o see Buttm. ᾧ 98
n. 6. § 112. 20. ¢.

κλέμμα

1. to shut, to shut up, to clese, c. acc.
Matt. 6, 6 κλείσας τὴν ϑύραν σου. 25, 10.
Luke 11, 7. John 20, 19. 26. Acts 5, 23.
21, 30. Rev. 20, 3. 21,25. Sept. for “30
Gen. 7,16. Josh. 2, 7. (Hdian. '7. 11. 12.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27.) So the heavens, τὸν
οὐρανόν, i. e. the windows of heaven so that
no rain can fall, Luke 4, 25. Rev. 11, 6;
comp. Gen. 7, 11. 8, 2. Job 38, 37.

2. Trop. 4) Matt. 23, 13 [14] κλείετε
τὴν Bao. τῶν οὐρ. to shut up the kingdom of
heaven, i. e. willingly to prevent men from
entering; comp. in κλεῖς. So of authority
to exclude or admit, Rev. 8, 7 bis. 8. Ὁ)
1 John 3,17 κλεῖσαι τὰ σπλάγχνα ἀπό τινος,
to shut up one’s bowels from any one, i. 6.
not to let one’s compassion flow out, to be
hard-hearted ; comp. in σπλάγχνον no. 2. a.

κλέμμα, aros, τό, (κλέπτω,) theft, Rev.
9, 21.—Dem. 736. 5. Xen. Cic. 14. 5.

Κλέοπας, a, ὃ, Cleopas, one of the two
disciples to whom Jesus appeared on the
way to Emmaus, Luke 24, 18. Contracted
for Κλεόπατρος Plut. Arat. 40; like ᾿Αντί-
mas for ᾿Αντίπατρος. Different from Κλωπᾶς
q. v.

κλέος, gous, τό, errr καλέω.) pr. re-
port, rumour, Hom. 1]. 2. 486. Od, 13.415.
—In N. T. and genr. fame, renown, glory,
1 Pet. 2,20. Sept. for sn} Job 28, 22.
So AY. V. H. 2. 32. Plato Legg. 625. a.
κλέπτης, ou, 6, (κλέπτω,) α thief, Matt.
6, 19. 20. 24, 43. Luke 12, 33. 39, John
10, 1. 12,6. 1 Cor. 6,10. 1 Thess. 5, 2. 4.
1 Pet. 4, 15. 2 Pet. 3,10. Rev. 3,3. 16,15.
Sept. for 333 Ex. 22,2. Joel 2,9. So Dem.
1120. 14. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6.—Trop. of
false teachers, deceivers, who steal men
away from the truth, John 10, 8. 10. Sept.
and 323 Hos. 7, 1.

κλέπτω, f. κλέψω Matt. 19, 18. Rom.
13, 9, instead of the more usual fut. κλέψο-
μαι Buttm. ὁ 113. 5,andn.7. Winer §15.—
To steal, absol. Matt. 6, 19. 20 διορύσσουσι
καὶ κλέπτουσι. Mark 10, 19. Luke 18, 20.
John 10,10. Rom. 2, 21 bis. Eph. 4, 28 bis.
Fut. od κλέψεις as imperat. Matt. 19, 18,
Rom. 13, 9; see Winer ᾧ 44. 3: Matth.
§ 498. 6. Sept. for 223 Ex. 20, 15. Deut.
5,19. (Dem. 422. 9. ‘Xen. Mem.. 4. 2. 15.)
Spec. to steal away, to take by stealth, ¢. ace.
e. g. a dead body, Matt. 27, 64. 28, 13.
Sept. and 323 2 Sam. 21, 12. So Hdian.
2.1. 5. ᾿

κλῆμα, ατος, τό, (κλάω,) a shoot, sprout,
branch, i. 4. κλάδος, pr. such as are easily
hroken off; in N. T. only of the vine, a

26

401

κληρονόμος

shoot, tendril, John 15, 2. 4. 5.6. Sept. for
miss Ez. 12,6. 7; mar Ez. 15, 2.—Luc.
D. Deor. 18. 2. Xen, (Ee. 19. 8.

Κλήμης, evtos, 6, Clement, pr. ἢ. of ἃ
Christian Phil. 4,3; not improbably Cle-
mens Romanus.

κληρονομέω, &, f. how, (κληρονόμος,)
to have and hold a portion by lot, Sept. for
dma Num. 26, 55. Josh. 16, 4. - Hence, as
an inheritance might also be distributed by
lot (Ecclus. 14, 15), to inherit, to be heir to
any person or thing; in Gr. writers c. gen.
6. g. of pers. Luc. D. Mort. 9. 4. ib. 11. 35
of thing Dem. 171. 25. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 129.—In N. T. genr.

1. to inherit, to be heir, absol. Gal. 4, 30
οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσῃ 6 vids τῆς παιδίσκης
μετά xrA. quoted from Gen. 21, 10 where
Sept. for Ὁ; as also Gen. 15,4. Num.
27, 11.—Plato Legg. 923. e.

2. In .ater usage simply to obtain, to ac-
quire, to possess; in N. T. only trop. of
the friends of God as receiving admission
to the kingdom of heaven and its privileges ;
c. acc. Matt. 5,5 κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν
they shall possess the land, i.e. primarily the
land of Canaan, but here put in a spiritual
sense for the Messiah’s kingdom; comp.
Sept. and Heb. yay 675 Ps. 37, 9. 11. 22.
29. 25, 13—Also Kr. τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
Seod Matt. 25, 34. 1 Cor. 6, 9. 10. 15, 50.

. Gal. 5, 21; κλ. ξωὴν αἰώνιον Matt. 19, 29.

Mark 10,17. Luke 10,25. 18,18; ἀφϑαρ-
σίαν 1 Cor. 15, 50; also Heb. 1, 4. 14. 6,
12, 12, 17. 1 Pet. 3, 9. Rev. 21,7. Sept.
for 027 Gen. 15,7. Deut. 1,21.—So genr.
c. acc. Jos. Ant. 8.13.8 κλ. rod Ναβούϑου
ἀμπελῶνα προῖκα. Diod. Sic. 1. 24. Pol. 2.
27. 5. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 129.

κληρονομία; as, ἧ, (κληρονομέω,) a por-
tion by lot, an inheritance.

1. Pr. from one’s ancestors, a patrimony,
Matt. 21, 38. Mark 12, 7. Luke 12, 13. 20,
14. Sept. for 7272 Num. 27, 7. 8. 9. 10.
11.—Isocr. 393. a. Hdian. 5. 1. 13.

2. Genr. α portion, possession, espec. the
land of Canaan as the possession of the Is-
raelites, Acts 7, 5. Heb. 11,8. Sept. and
mbm3 Deut. 4, 38. Josh. 11, 23.—Hence
trop. of admission to the kingdom of God
and its privileges, Acts 20, 32. Gal. 3, 18.
Eph. 1, 14. 18, 5, 5, Col. 3, 24, Heb. 9,
15. 1 Pet. 1, 4.

κληρονόμος, ov, ὃ, (κλῆρος, νέμομαι,)
pr. having and holding a portion by lot,
hence in N. T. and genr. av heir, see above
in κληρονομέω.

κλῆρος

1. Pr. Matt. 21, 38. Mark 12, 7. Luke
20, 14. Gal. 4,1. Sept. for S72" Jer. 8,
10. 2Sam. 14, 7. So Al. V. H. 13. 10.
Lysias 907. 5. Plato Rep. 331. d.—Trop.
κληρονόμος Seod, an heir of God, i. e. a par-
taker of the blessings which God bestows
upon his children, implying admission to the
kingdom of heaven and its privileges, Rom.
8, 17 bis. Gal. 4,7. So Gal. 3, 29 κληρο-
νόμοι (τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμλ), i. 6. heirs of the bless-
ings promised to Abraham.

2. Genr. a possessor, sc. of any thing re-
ceived as a portion or possession, e. g. the
kingdom of heaven, Rom. 4, 13. 14 εἰ yap
of ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι κτὰ. Tit. 3, 7. Heb.
1, 2. 6, 17. 11, 7. James 2, 5.

κλῆρος, ov, ὃ, (peth. κλάω,) a lot, i. 8.

1. Pr. a lot, die, any thing used in deter-
mining chances, comp. Potter's Gr, Antt.
I. p. 333. Dict. of Antt. art. Sortes. E. g.
κλῆρον βάλλειν, Engl. to cast lots, Matt. 27,
35 bis. Mark 15, 24. Luke 23, 34. John 19,
24, Acts 1, 26 bis, ἔδωκαν κλήρους ... καὶ
ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος. Sept. for 713 Ps. 22, 19.
Jon. 1,7.—Luc. Hermot. 40. Plut. M. Crass.
16 bis. Plato Legg. 946. b.

2. Meton. a lot, i. 6. a part, portion, as-
signed by lot, Acts 8, 21 οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς
οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ. Sept. and
dain Deut. 10, 9. 12, 12. Of an office to
which one is appointed by lot or otherwise ;
Acts 1, 17. 25 λαβεῖν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακο-
vias, comp. v. 26.—Hence genr. a@ portion,
possession, heritage, trop. Acts 26, 18 κλῆ-
ρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις. Col. 1, 12. Plur. id.
1 Pet. 5, 3 μηδ᾽ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλή-
pov, not as lording it over the possessions,
heritage, of God or Christ, the church. . So
Wisd. 5, 5. Pr. of an estate, farm, A‘l. V.
H. 12. 61. Plato Crit. 118. e; also Plur.
᾿ Hdot. 1. 76. Plato Crit. 119. a.

κληρόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (κλῆρος,) to lot, to
choose by lot, Hdot. 1. 94. Isocr. 144. a. Mid.
to obtain by lot, A&schin. 26. 36; genr. to
obtain, to receive, All. H. An. 1. 13.—In N.
T. only Pass. aor. 1 ἐκληρώϑην, to be al-
lotied, to be chosen by lot, and so genr. to be
chosen, appointed of God, absol. Eph. 1, 11
ἐν @ καὶ ἐκληρώϑημεν ... εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς
κτὰ. in whom we have been allotted, chosen,
etc. Comp. Eurip. Hec. 98 4104] ἵν᾽ ἐκλη-
ρώϑην ... δούλη.

κλῆσις, ews, ἧ, (καλέω,) α call, sum-
mons, Xen. Cyr. 3.2.14; an invitation to ἃ
banquet, 3 Macc. 5, 14. Xen. Conv. 1.'7.—In
N. T. trop. α call, calling, invitation, to the
kingdom of God and its privileges, i. e. that
divine cal. by which Christians are introdu-

402

ἀν.

us into the privileges of the gospel; Ron.

11, 29 ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ ϑεοῦ. Eph. 4,1. Phil. 3,
14, 2 Thess. 1, 11. 2 Tim. 1, 9, Heb. 3, 1.
2 Pet. 1, 10. Eph, 1, 18 et 4, 4 ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς
χαρτί i. 6. the glorious hope of him whom
God has called. (Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 17.)
So 1 Cor. 1, 26 βλέπετε τὴν κλῆσιν ὑμῶν,
i, e. the manner of your call, how ye were
called. 1 Cor. 7, 20 ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει ἡ
ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω, i. 6. as he was

called, so let him remain.

κλητός, ἡ, dv, (καλέω,) called, invited,
e. g. to a banquet, Sept. for SIP 1K. 1,
41. 49. Auschin. 50. 1.—In N. T. trop.
called, invited, to the kingdom of heaven
and its privileges; genr. Matt. 20, 16 et
22,14 πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσι κλητοί, ὀλιγοὶ δὲ
ἐκλεκτοί. Emphat. of those who have obeyed
this call, the called, i. q. saints, Christians ;
Rom. 1, 6. '7 κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Xp. ... κλητοὶ
ἅγιοι. 8,28. 1 Cor. 1,2. 24. Jude 1. Rev.
17, 14. Comp. Heb. ΝΗΡ Is. 48, 12.—
Spec. called, appointed, chosen, of God as an
apostle; Rom. 1, 1 et 1 Cor. 1,1 κλητὸς
ἀπόστολος, comp. Gal. 1, 15.

κλίβανος, ov, 6, an oven, for baking
bread, Matt. 6, 30. Luke 12, 28. Sept. for
Heb. "2H Ex. 8, 3. Lev. 26,26. So Hdot.

~ 2.92. Artemid. 2.10. The Attic form was
᾿ κρίβανος, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 179.—The Heb.

“AEE, Gr. κλίβανος, was a large round pot
of earthen or other materials, two or three
feet high, narrowing towards the top; this
being first heated by a fire made within, the
dough or paste was spread upon the sides to
bake, thus forming thin cakes. See Nie-
buhr’s Arabien p. 51. D’Arvieux Mem. III.
p. 270 sq. Jerome on Lam. 5, 10 “ Cliba-
nus est coquendis panibus znei vasculi di-
ducta rotunditas, que sub urentibus flam-
mis ardet intrinsecus.””

κλίμα, ατος, τό, (KAlve,) inclination,
slope, Pol. 2. 16. 8 κλίμα τῶν ὀρῶν. Α.50
of the supposed inclination of the earth
towards the poles in ancient geography,
whence the northern hemisphere was divi-
ded into κλίματα, climates or zones, by lines
parallel to the equator, according to the dif-
ferent lengths of the longest day; Vitruv.
1..1. Dict. of Antt. art. Clima.—Hence in
N. T. and genr. a climate, a clime, region,
Gal. 1, 21 εἰς τὰ κλίματα τῆς Συρίας. Rom.
15, 28. 2Cor. 11,10. So Pol. 5. 44. 6.
Hdian. 2. 11. 8. Plut. Aumil. Paul. 5.

κλινάριον, ov, τό, (dim. κλίνη,) a small
bed, couch; Acts 5,15 Lachm. ἐπὶ κλιναρί-
ov, Vulg. in lectulis, for Rec.. ἐπὶ κλινῶν.-τε
Aristoph. Fr. 33.

κλίνη

κλίνη, ns, ἡ, (κλίνω, α bed, couch, on
which one lies, reclines, rests. In the east,
the poor sleep on mats or on the ground
wrapped in their outer garment ; those more
wealthy on quilts or mattresses filled with
cotton, which are spread on the floor or on
the low sofas (divans) around the room, bed-
steads being now unknown. See Bibl. Res.
in Pal. IIT. p. 32. Russell’s Aleppo I. p. 144.
—In N. T.

1. a bed, in N. T. only as used for the
sick, Mark 7, 30 et Rey. 2, 22, see in Bad-
Aw no, 1. f. Sept. and “Y2 Gen. 48, 2.
49,3; genr. 2 Sam. 4.7. 1 K.17,19. So
Luc. Asin. 3. Iseus ὅθ. 39. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.
15.—Of a bed in which the sick are borne,
prob. a quilt or mattress, perh. on a light
frame or bedstead, Matt. 9, 2. 6. Luke 5,
18. Acts 5,15. So Lys. 101. 24 ἐν κλίνῃ πε-
ριφερόμενος. Comp. Sept. and 782 Cant.
8,7. See Dict. of Antt. art. Lectus.

2. a couch, sofa, divan, for sitting or
reclining ; Luke 17,34 ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλί-
vas μιᾶς, i. e. two persons shall be sitting
or reclining together ; comp. the expression
in Matt. 24,40. Sept. and "22 Am. 6, 4,
comp. 3,12. .So Luc. Alex: 15 ἐπὶ κλίνης
καϑεζόμενος. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 16. Plato

Prot. 317..d, e.—Spec. @ triclinium, i. 6. the -

couch on which they reclined at meals, see
in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2; Mark 7, 4 βαπτισμοὺς
ποτηρίων ... καὶ κλινῶν. Prob. Mark 4, 21
et Luke 8, 16 ὁ λύχνος... ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην.
Sept. and M¥2 Esth. 7, 8. Ez. 23, 41. So
Luc. Catapl. 16. Plato Rep. 373. a; also
Luc. Tox. 28 ὑπὸ κλίνῃ. Dem. 609. 15 ὑπὸ
κλίνην.

κλινίδιον, ov, τό, (dimin. κλίνη,) a little
bed, Luke 5, 19. 24; comp. v. 18 where it
is κλίνη q. v.—Luc. Asin. 2. Plut. Coriolan.
24. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 180.

κλίνω, f. va, perf. κέκλικα; to incline, to
bend any thing from a straight position,
whether downwards or horizontally.

1. to incline, to bow, to bow down, c. acc.
6. δ. τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τὴν γῆν, iN Teverence,
Luke 24, 5; τὴν κεφαλήν, as one dying,
John 19, 30; also genr. τὴν κεφαλήν, to re-
cline or lay the head, for rest, Matt. 8, 20.
Luke 9, 58. Comp. Sept. and "22 2 K.

19,16. So Diod. Sic. 15. 32. Xen. Eq. 5.

5.—Intrans. to incline, to decline, spoken of
the day, Luke 9, 12. 24, 29 κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέ-
pa. So Sept. for T3 Judg. 19, 11; 7)
Judg. 19, 8; 728 Jer. 6,4. So Pol. 3. 93.
7; also ἐγκλίνω Arr. Alex. M. 3. 4. 4.

2. to turn aside, to turn to flight, Lat. in-

‘clinare aciem, c. acc. Heb. 11, 34 παρεμβο-͵

403

κοδραντης

Aas ἀλλοτρίων ἔκλιναν .----[ο5. Ant. 14. 1ὅ, 4
Hom. 1. 5. 37; intrans. Pol. 1. 27. 8.

κλισία, as, ἡ; (κλίνω.) pr. place for re
clining ; hence a hut, cot, tent, Hom. Od.
16. 1. Il. 1. 322; a@ triclinium, couches, for
reclining at a meal, Pind. Pyth. 4. 237; a
table-party, a company reclining around a
table, Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 11.—In N. T. accus.
κλισίας adverbially, by table-parties, in com-
panies ; Luke 9, 14 κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλι-
σίας ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα. Comp. Buttm. §115. 4.

κλοπή, js, ἡ, (κΚλέπτω,) theft, Matt. 15,
19. Mark 7, 22. Sept. for inf. of 333 Gen.
40, 15. Hos. 4, 2.—Dem. 1113. 17. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 6.

κλύδων, wvos, 5, (κλύζω,) α dashing of
the sea, surge, billows, Luke 8, 24. James

1,6. Sept. for "20 Jon. 1, 4. 11. 12.—

Pol. 1. 27. 4. Diod. Sic. 3. 21; trop. Plato
Legg. 758. a.

κλυδωνίζομαι, Pass. depon. (κλύδων)
to surge, to be tossed in billows ; trop. to
Sluctuate. Eph. 4, 14 κλυδωνιζόμενοι παντὶ
ἀνέμῳ διδασκαλίας. Sept. for 7233 Is. 57,
20.—Jos. Ant. 9.11. 3 ὁ δῆμος ταρασσόμε-

‘vos καὶ κλυδωνιζόμενος. Aristen. 1. ep. 27.

Ky ras, a, 6, Clopas, pr. n. John 19,
25; elsewhere called Alpheus, see in ᾿Αλ-
φαῖος no. 1. *

κνήδω, 1. κνήσω; (κνάω,) on this form
see Buttm. §112. 12. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
254 ; to rub, to scraich ; Mid. κνήσασϑαι τὸ
οὖς to scratch one’s own ear, Luc. bis Acc.
1; τὴν κεφαλήν Plut. Pomp. 48 ult. Hence
to tickle, Anthol. Gr. III. p. 86. 8, εἰς γὰρ
ἀμοιβήν, ὡς λέγεται, κνήϑειν oidev ὄνος τὸν
évov.—In N. T. only Pass, to be tickled, to
feel an itching, trop. 2 Tim. 4, 3 κνηϑόμενοι
τὴν ἀκοήν, lit. being tickled, itching, as to the
ears, i. e. having an itching to hear some-
thing pleasing ; for the accus. see Buttm.
181. 7. Winer ᾧ 32. 5.. So Hesych. κνη-
ϑόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν " ζητοῦντες τὶ ἀκοῦσαι Kad
ἡδονήν. Comp. κνῆσις ὥτων Plut. de Su-
perst. 5. ᾿.

Κυίδος, ov, ἡ, Cnidus or Gnidus, a town
and peninsula of Doris in Caria, jutting out
from the southwestern part of Asia Minor
between the islands of Rhodes and Cos,
celebrated for the worship of Venus. Acts
27,'7. See Strabo 14. p. 653. Plin. H. N.
36. 4. 5.

Koopa » ov, 6, Lat. quadrans, 4. ἃ.
a farthing, the fourth part of an as, ἀσσά-
prov, q. v. It was a small brass coin, equal
to two λέπτα; i. e. nearly to two-fifths of
one cent, or three-fourths of one farthing

κοιλία

sterling ; Matt. 5, 26. Mark 19, 42. See
in ἀσσάριον. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 492.

Kotla, as, 4, (koidos,) the belly, 6. g.
the exterior, Sept. for 123 Judg. 3, 21. Pol.
39. 2.'7.—In N. T.

1. Genr. the belly, the bowels, as the re-
ceptacle of food; often as in Engl. for the
stomach, either in men or animals, Matt. 12,
40 ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους. 15, 17. Mark
7,19. Luke 15, 16 γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν αὗ-

τοῦ. Rom. 16, 18. 1 Cor. 6, 18 bis, Bpapa- ©

τα τῇ κοιλίᾳ κτὰ. Phil. 3, 19. Rev. 10, 9.
10, Sept. for 5°52 Jon. 2, 2. Num. 5, 22.
—Luce. Cynic. 6. Hdian. 1.17. 23. Thue.
2.49. Ξ

2. From the Heb. by synecd. the womb ;
Matt. 19, 12 ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός. Luke 1, 15.
41. 42. 44, 2, 21. John 3, 4. Acts 3,2. 14,
8. Gal. 1,15. Personified, for the woman
herself, Luke 11,27. 23,29. So Sept. and
783 Gen. 25, 24. Is. 44,2; 0°32 Gen. 25,
23. Ruth 1, 11; ἘΠῚ Job 3, 11. 10, 18.

3. Trop. from the Heb. for the inward
parts, the inner man, as in Engl. the breast,
the heart. John 7, 38 ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας
αὐτοῦ κτλ. So Sept. and 723 Job 15, 35.
Prov. 20, 27; "372 Ps, 40, 9.

κοιμάω, &, f. how, (kindr. xeipat,) to
make sleep, to put to sleep, Hom. Tl. 14. 236 ;
trop. ib. 12, 281.—In N. T. and genr. Pass.
kotpdopat, ὥμαι, with fut. Mid. ἥσομαι.

1. to be put to sleep, to fall asleep, to sleep,
intrans. Matt. 28,13. Luke 22, 45 κοιμωμέ-
vous ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης. John 11, 12. Acts 12, 6.
Sept. for 727 Is. 5, 27; 32% 1 Sam. 3, 15.
—l. V. H. 9. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 9.

2. to sleep the sleep of death, i. q. to die,
to be dead ; Matt. 27,52. John 11, 11. Acts
7, 60 τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. 13, 36. 1 Cor.
7, 39. 11,30. 15, 6.18. 20. 51. 1 Thess.
4, 13. 14.15. 2 Pet 3,4. So Sept. often
for 328 1K. 2,10. 11, 43. Is. 43, 17.—
2 Mace. 12, 45. Hom. Il. 11. 241. Soph.
Electr. 509:

κοίμησις, ews, 4, (κοιμάω.) a sleeping,
sleep; meton. rest, repose, John 11, 13.—
Plut. Symp. 8. 7. 4. Plato Conv. 183. a.

κοινός, n; ὄν, 1. common, shared alike
by all; Acts 2, 44 εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά. 4,
32: Tit. 1,4. Jude 3.—Wisd. 7, 3. Hdian.
7 8.13. Xen. An. 3. 1. 48.

2. In the Levitical sense, common, not set
apart and sacred; hence ceremonially i. q.
unlawful, unclean, profane. Mark'7,2 κοιναῖς
χερσὶ, τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις. [v. 5.] Acts 10,
14 οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάϑαρτον.
v. 28. 11,8. Rom. 14,14 ter. So 1 Macc.

404

κοινωνία

1, 47. 62. Jos. Ant. 13.1.1 κοινὸν Biov.—
Trop. under the gospel dispensation, unholy,
unconsecrated ; Heb. 10, 29 τὸ αἷμα τῆς δια-
ϑήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος, i. e. unconsecrat-
ed, common, and therefore having no atoning
efficacy. Rev. 21, 27 in later edit,

KOWO®, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (κοινός,) to make com-
mon, to communicate with others, Pol. 8.
18.1. Thuc. 1. 39.—In N. T. in the Levit-
ical sense, to make common, i. 6. to render
unlawful, unclean, to defile, ceremonially, c.
acc. Matt. 15, 11 bis. 18. 20 bis, τὰ κοινοῦν-
ta τὸν ἄνϑρ. κτλ. Mark "7, 15 bis. 18. 20. 23.
Heb. 9, 13. Also to regard as common, to
call unclean, Acts 10,15. 11, 9. (Hesych
μὴ κοίνου - μὴ ἀκάϑαρτον λέγε.) Hence

‘genr. to profane, to desecrate, to pollute, α..

acc. Acts 21, 28 τὸν ἅγιον τόπον. Absol.
Rey. 21, 27 Rec.

κοινωνξω, &, f. Now, (kowevds,) to have
in common with: others, to partake of or in
a thing or person.

1. Of things, c. gen. to partake of any
thing ; Heb. 2, 14 κεκοινώνηκε σαρκὸς καὶ
αἵματος. (2 Macc. 5, 20. Hdiari. 3. 10. 15.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6.22.) With dat. to partake
in any thing ; Rom. 15,27 εἰ yap τοῖς mvev-
ματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ yn. 1 Tim.
5, 22. 1 Pet. 4,13. 2 John 11. Rom. 12, 13
ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, sharing
in the necessities of the saints, i. e. aiding
them. So Wisd. 6, 23. Plut. Arat. 8. Dem.
1436. 11.

2. Of persons, to partake with any one,
c. dat. et ἐν, Gal. 6, 6 κοινωνείτω δὲ 6 κατη-
χούμενος τὸν λόγον τῷ κατηχοῦντι ἐν πᾶσιν
ἀγαϑοῖς, let him that is taught share with
his teacher in all good things, i. e. let him
communicate to his teacher of his good
things. With εἰς Phil. 4, 15.—So dat. of
pers. and gen. Pol. 2. 42. 5. ul. V. H. 3.
17; dat. and εἰς Act. Thom. § 26.

κοινωνία; as, ἧ, (κοινωνέω,) a partaking,
sharing, i. 6.

1. participation, communion, fellowship,
Acts 2, 42; 1 Cor. 1, 9. 10, 16 bis, οὐχὶ
κοινωνία τοῦ aipatos....K. τοῦ σώματος τοῦ
Xp. 2 Cor. 6,14. 8,4 κ. τῆς διακονίας, a part,
share, in transmitting this alms. 13, 13 x.
τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. Gal. 2, 9 δεξιὰ κοινω-
vias the right hand of fellowship, the pledge
of communion. Eph. 3, 9 Rec. Phil. 1,5
k. ὑμῶν εἰς TO εὐαγγέλιον, i. e. your partici-
pation in the gospel, accession to it. 2, 1.
3,10. Philem. 6. 1 John 1, 3 bis. 6. 7.—
Jos. Ant. 2.5.1 x. τῆς ὁμοίας συμφορᾶς.
Hdian. 8. 2. 11. Plato Soph. 252. Ὁ.

2. communication to others, distribution

,
KOLY@VLKOS

genr. Hdian. 1. 10. 3—In N. T. meton. a
contribution, a collection of money in behalf
of poorer churches, Rom. 15, 26. 2 Cor. 9,
13. Heb. 13, 16. So Phavor. κοινωνία" ἡ
ἐλεημοσύνη.

κοινωνικός, ή, Ov, (κοινωνός.) communi-
cative, social, Pol. 2. 41. 1.—In N, T. com-
municating, ready to give, liberal, 1 Tim.
6,18. So Luc. Tim. 56 πρὸς ἄνδρα, οἷόν
σε, ἁπλοϊκὸν καὶ τῶν ὄντων κοινωνικόν. M.
Antonin. 7. 52.

κοινωνός, od, ὃ, ἡ, (κοινός, a partaker,
partner, companion, absol. 2 Cor. 8,23 ὑπὲρ
Τίτου, κοινωνὸς ἐμός. Philem. 17. So Ec-
clus. 41, 18. Hdian. 2. 8. 5. Plato Rep.
333. b—With gen. of pers. of whom one
is the companion, with whom he partakes
in any thing, Matt. 23,30. 1 Cor. 10, 20.
Heb. 10, 33. (Sept. for "35 Is. 1, 23.
Hdian. 4. 14. 4.) With dat. of pers. to or
with whom one is partner, Luke 5,10 κοι-
νωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι. Comp. Xen. Mem. 2. 6,
24.—-With gen. of thing, 1 Cor. 10, 18 κοι-
νωνοὶ Tod ϑυσιαστηρίου, i. e. of the victims
sacrificed, 2 Cor. 1, 7. 1 Pet. 5,1. 2 Pet.
1,4. So Ecclus. 6, 10. Hdian. 1. 8. 6.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 26.

κοίτη, ns; 7); (κεῖμαι,) a lying down, for
rest or sleep, Hdot. 1. 10 ὥρη τῆς κοίτης
bed-time.—Hence genr. and in N. T.

1. a place of repose, a bed; Luke 11,7
τὰ παιδία per ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην. So Jos.

_ Ant. 6. 4. 2. Pol. 4. 57. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.
1.—Spec. the marriage-bed, and meton. for
marriage itself, Heb. 13, 4. So Jos. Ant.
2. 4. 5. Plut. de Fluv. p. 18 μὴ ϑέλων puai-
νειν τὴν κοίτην τοῦ γεννήσαντος. Eurip. Med.
152.

2. a lying with a woman, cohabitation,
whether lawful or unlawful. Rom. 13, 13
περιπατήσωμεν ... μὴ κοίταις, i. 6. not in
lewdness. Sept. for a5t Lev. 18, 22.
Num. 31, 17. 18. 35. So Wisd. 3, 13. 16.
Pind. Pyth. 11. 39. Eutip. Hippol. 154.—
Hence from the Heb. meton. emissio semi-
nis as necessary for conception ; Rom. 9,
10 ἐξ ἑνὸς κοίτην ἔχουσα, having conceived
sy one. So Sept. εἰ ἔδωκέ τις τὴν κοίτην

αὑτοῦ ἐν σοί for Heb. nash ἸΏ Num. 5,

20. Lev. 18, 23; comp. . 18, 20.
KOLTOV, ὥνος, 6, (κοίτη,) a bed-chamber ;
Acts 12,20 6 ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασι-
λέως, the king’s chamberlain, his chamber
attendant, valet-de-chambre; see in Βλά-
eros. Sept. for 59 Ὁ Ex. 8, 5; ; 3280 ὙΠ
2 Sam. 4, '7.—Lue. ‘Asin. 2. Diod. Sic. 11.
69. Not used by the best writers, Lob. ad

Phryn. p. 252 sq.

405

,
κολλάω

KOKKWOS, η, ον, adj. (κόκκος,) pr. refer
ring to the coccus ilicis of Linn. or kermes,
a small insect found adhering to the shoots
of a species of oak, quercus ccecifera, in
Spain and western Asia, in the form of
smooth reddish-brown or blackish grains,
about the size ef a pea. These grains or
berries, as they were thought to be, were
used by the ancients for dying a crimson or
deep rose color; but have been superseded
in modern times by the cochineal insect,
coccus cacti, which gives a more brilliant
but less durable colour; see Rosenm. Bibl.
Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 447. Plin. H. N. 9.
65. ib. 16. 12.—Hence κόκκινος; coccus-
dyed, crimson; Matt. 27, 28 χλαμύδα κοκ-
κίνην, for whieh in Mark 15, 17 πορφύραν.
Heb. 9, 19. Rev. 17,3.4. 18,12.16. Sept.
for mo>in Ex. 25, 4. 28,5; "» Josh. 2,
18. 21. So Plut. Fab. Max. 15.

κόκκος, ov, 6, a kernel, grain, seed.
Matt. 13, 31 x. σινάπεως. 17, 20. Mark 4,
31. Luke 13,19. 17,6. John 12, 24 x. τοῦ
σίτου. 1 Cor. 15, 37.—Hdot. 4. 143. Plut.
Mor. Il. p. 3. See also in κόκκινος.

κολάζω, f. doopat, (kindr. κόλος, Ko-
λούω,) pr. to curtail, to prune, 6. g. τὰ δέν-
Spa Theophr. Caus. Pl. 5. 9. 11; trop. to
correct, to moderate, A‘l. V. H. 11.3. Xen.
(Ec. 20. 12. —Hence in N. T. and genr.
to chastise, to punish, c. acc. Acts 4,21 mas
κολάσωνται αὐτούς. 2 Pet. 2, [4.] 9 κολαζο-
μένους τηρεῖν i.e. to reserve as subject to
punishment, see Winer § 46. 5. n. So
2 Macc. 6, 14. Hdian. 3. 5.13. Xen. Mem.
3. 13. 4.

κολακεία, as, ἡ, (κόλαξ,) flattery,
1 Thess. 2, 5.—Jos. B. J. 4. 4.1. Dem,
1099. 9. Plato Gorg. 466. a. -

, κόλασις, eas, ἧ, (κολάζω,) α curtailing,
pruning, e.g. κόλασις τῶν δένδρων Theo-
phr. Caus, Pl. 2. 4. 4.—In N. T. punish-
ment, Matt. 25, 46 eis κόλασιν αἰώνιον.
1 John 4, 18 see in ἔχω no. 2..d.a. So
Wisd. 16, 2. 24. Al. V. H. 7. 15.. Plato
Rep. 380. b.

Konaccail, see Κολοσσαί.

κολαφίζω, f. iow, (κόλαφος, κολάπτω.)
to smite with the fist, to buffet, c. acc. Matt.
26, 67 et Mark 14, 65 ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν.
Genr. to buffet, to maltreat, c. acc. 2 Cor.
12,'7. Pass. 1 Cor. 4,11. 1 Pet. 2, 20.—
Test. XII Patr. 708 κολαφίξει τὰ τέκνα.
Unknown to the Attics, who used xovdv-
λίζω, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 175.

κολλάω, &, f. how, (κόλλα glue,) to
glue together, to make cohere, Luc. Hist.

κολλούριον

consc~. 51. Plato Tim. 82. d—In N. T.
Mid. κολλάομαι, Spat, and Pass. aor. 1

ἐκολλήθην with Mid. signif. Buttm. ᾧ 136. .

1, 2; to adhere, to cleave to, pr. of things, c.
dat. Luke 10, 11 τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν KodAn-
Sévra ὑμῖν. Pregn. in later edit. Rev. 18,
5 exodAnSnoav αὐτῆς ai ἁμαρτίαι ἀχρὶ τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ. Sept. for pay Ps. 102,.6. Job
29,10. (Anthol. Gr. I. p. 231.) Trop. of
persons, to join oneself unto, ὁ. dat. of
thing, 6. g. ἅρματι, to follow, to accompany,
Acts 8, 29; τῷ dya%@, to cleave to, Rom.
12, 9. Sept. and pas 2 K. 3,3. With dat.
of pers. to join oneself to any one, to become
his servant, Luke 15,15; to follow, to cleave
to,e. g. to a wife, so Lachm. Matt. 19, 5;
also τῇ πόρνῃ 1 Cor. 6, 16 (Ecclus. 19;
2); τῷ κυρίῳ v. 17 (Sept. and pas 2 K.
18, 6); to follow the side or party of any
one, to associate with, Acts 5, 13. 9,26. 10,
28. 17, 34. Sept. and pas 2 Sam. 20, 2.
So 1 Mace. 3, 2. Plut. de Amicor. mult. 4.

κολλούριον ν. κολλύριον, ov, τό,
(dim. of κολλύρα coarse bread, cake,) pr. ὦ
small cake, cracknel, Sept. for ἘΠῚ 1 K.
14, 3 Alex.—In N. T. collyrium, eye-salve,
made up in small cakes, κολλῦραι, Rev. 3,
18. So Arr: Epict. 3. 21.21. Lue. Alex.
21 κολλυρίου - σκευαστὸν δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐκ
πίττης Βρυττίας, καὶ ἀσφάλτου, καὶ λίϑου
τοῦ διαφανοῦς τετριμμένου, καὶ κηροῦ, καὶ
μαστίχης, κτλ. Other kinds are described
in Cels. de Med. 6. 2 sq. ‘ib. 7. 4. Dioscor.
822;

κολλυβιστής, οὔ, 6, (κόλλυβος a small
coin, Aristoph. Pax 1196, 1200,) @ money-
changer, broker, i. q. κερματιστής, Matt. 21,
12. Mark 11,15. John 2, 15. They had
their seats in the porticos of the outer court
of the temple; see more in κερματιστής.
Comp. in art. τραπεζίτης, and Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 501; also Rabb. yiadip Buxt. Lex.
2032.—Lysias Fragm. 34 ult. The gram-
marians condemn this word, Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 440.

κολλύριον, see κολλούριον.

κολοβόω, &, f. ὦσω, (κολοβός, κόλος.)
to dock, to cut off, as members of the body,
c. acc. Sept. 2 Sam. 4, 12. Diod. Sic. 1.
78 fin—TIn N. T. trop. of time, to cut off,
to make short, Pass. Matt. 24, 22 bis, et
Mark 13, 20 bis, κολοβωϑήσονται ai ἡμέραι.

So Heb, "ZP Prov. 10, 27, Sept. ὀλιγοπή- |

σονται.

Κολοσσαί or Κολασσαί, ὧν, αἱ, Co-
losse, a city of Phrygia Major, situated near
the Lycus some distance above (S. E.) of

406

' κόλπτος

its junction with the Meander; and nut far
from Hierapolis and Laodicea, east of the
latter ; Col. 1, 2.. With these cities it was
destroyed by an earthquake about A. D. 62.
A modern village near the site is called

‘Konos or Chone. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.

I. ii. p. 204, 228. Pococke Deser: of the
Kast, II. ii. p. 78. Hamilton’s Res. in Asia
Minor, I. p. 508, 510.

Κολοσσαεύς, ews, ὃ, a Colossian ;
Plur. Κολοσσαεῖς, Colossians, only in the
spurious subscription to the epistle.

κόλπτος, ου, ὃ, the bosom, the lap, e. g.

1. Genr.: the bosom, breast, of a man;
John 13,23 ἀνακείμενος ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ
Ἰησοῦ, reclining on Jesus’ bosom, i. 6. next
to him on the triclinium at supper, so that
his head was near to Jesus’ bosom ; comp.
in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
436. So Lat: in sinu recumbo Plin. Ep.
4, 22.—Trop. to be in or on the bosom of
any one, i. 4. to be in his embrace, to be
cherished by him as the object of strong
affection and care; comp. in Engl. bosom-
friend, etc. John 1, 18 6 ἂν εἰς τὸν κόλπον
Tov πατρός, i. 4. ὁ μονογενὴς vids. So Luke
16, 22 eis τὸν κόλπον τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ, and v. 23
Λάζαρον ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ, i. 6. in inti-
mate communion with Abraham, as one of
his beloved children; for the Plur. see Al.
V. H. 13. 30, Winer § 27. 3; comp. Engl.
embraces. So Josephus de Macc. ὁ 13
[4 Mace. 13, 16] οὕτω yap Savdvras, ἡμᾶς
᾿Αβραὰμ Kal Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ὑποδέξονται
εἰς τοὺς κόλπους αὐτῶν. Comp. Lightfoot
Hor. Heb. in loc. Sept. ἡ γυνὴ ἐν τῷ κόλ-
πῷ cov for Heb. AR" MYX Deut. 13, 7.
28, 54. 56; comp. 2 Sam. 12, 3. 8. Is. 40,
11. So Ecclus. 9,1. Plut. Cato Min: 33 ult.
Γαβίνιον, ἐκ τῶν Tlourniov κόλπων ἄνϑρω-
mov. Οἷο. ad Div. 14. 4 “tu vero sis in

| sinu semper et complexu meo.”—Others

refer Luke 1. c. to a banquet in the king-
dom of heaven, comp. Matt. 8,11. Luke
13, 29; see in ἀνακλίνω no. 2. But the
scene is here laid in ἅδης, and not in the
Messiah’s kingdom.

2. Spec. the bosom of an oriental gar-
ment, which falls down over the girdle, and
is used for carrying things, as a sort of
pocket. Luke 6, 38 δώσουσι eis τὸν κόλπον
ὑμῶν. Sept. and ΤᾺ Is. 65,6. Jer. 32, 18.
—Luc. D. Mar. 12.1. Pol. 3. 33. 2. Hdot.
6. 125. Comp. Hor. Sat. 2. 3, 172. Liv. 21.
18 “tune Romanus, sinu ex toga facto.”

3. Put for a bay, gulf, inlet of the sea,
Acts 27, 39.—Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 5. Hdian. 8.
1. 12. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 9.

κολυμβάω

“κολυμβάω, ἢ, f. how, to dive, to swim,
absol. Acts 27, 43.—Hierocl. Facet. 1.
Plut. Quest. nat. 1. Plato Lach. 193. c.

κολυμβήϑρα, as, ἡ, (KokvpBde,) pr.
a swimming-place , hence a pool, pond, any
reservoir of water for swimming, bathing,
fish, or the like; genr. ἧ KoA. τοῦ Σιλωάμ
John 9,'7. 11; a healing bath or pool, see
Βηϑεσδά, John 5, 2.4.7. Sept. for ma9a
2K. 18,17. Is. 7, 3.—Diod. Sic. 11. δ.
Plato Rep. 453. d.

κολωνία, as, ἡ, Lat. colonia, i. 6. a Ro-
man colony, Acts 16,12; see Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 72 sq. Dict. of ‘Antt. art. Colonia.
Philippi is here so called, because Augustus
had colonized thither many of the partisans
of Antony, Dion Cass. 51. 4. p. 445.

κομάω, &, f. how, (kdpn,) to have long
hair, to wear the hair long, 1 Cor. 11, 14.
15.—Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. Lue. D. Deor. 15. 1.
Xen. Lac. 11. 3.

κόμη; ns, 4, the hair, head of hair, 1 Cor:
11,15. Sept. for 45 Num. 6, 5.—Hdian,
1. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2.

κομίζω, f.*icew, Att. f. 16, (κομέω,) to
take care of, to provide for, Hom. Il. 24. 541;
so of one fallen in battle, to take up and
bear away Hom. Il. 13. 196; hence genr.
to take up, to carry off, e. g. as booty Hom.
Il. 2. 875. ib. 11. 738.—In N. T. genr.

1. to bear, to bring, trans. Luke 7, 37
κομίσασα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου.---Ἰ Esdr. 4, 5.
Arr. Alex. M. 7. 22. 8. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 2.

2. Mid. κομίξομαι, Att. f. κομιοῦμαι,
to bear or bring to oneself, to take for one-
self, i. 6. to acquire, to obtain, to receive ;
6. acc. Matt. 25, 27 ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμόν.
2 Cor. 5,10. Col. 3,25 κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησε.
Heb. 10, 36 x. τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. 11, 39.
1 Pet. 1,9. 5,4. 2 Pet. 2,13; with παρά
c. gen. Eph. 6, 8.. So 2 Mace. 8, 33. Arr.
Alex. M. 5. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 10.—
Spec. to receive back, to recover, c. acc. Heb:
11,19. Sept. for mp> Gen. 38,20. So
2 Mace. 10, 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 80.

κομψότερον, adv. compar. (κόμψως,)
better, in the phrase κομψότερον ἔχειν, se
melius habere, to be better, to mend, John’4,
52; see in ἔχω no. §.—Arr. Epict. 3. 10.
13 κόμψως ἔχειν. Cic. ad Div. 16. 15 belle
habere. Ὁ

to whiten, with lime, Pass. Matt. 23, 27
τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις, whited sepulchres, in
accordance with an annual custom of the
Jews on the 25th day of the month Adar ;
see Wetst. N. T. in loc. Acts 23, 3 γρὰ

,

407

᾿ πορίας.

κονιάω, ὦ, f. dow, (κονία!) to whilewash,

κόπος

κεκονιαμένε, thou whited wall, i. 6. thou hy
pocrite, fair without and foul within. Sept.
for 4" Deut. 27, 2. 4.—Diod. Sic. 19. 94.
Plut. Cato Maj. 4 pen.

κονιορτός, οὔ, 6, (κονία, ὄρνυμι,) dust,
pr. as excited, flying, Matt. 10,14. Luke
9, 5. 10, 11. Acts 13, 51. 22,23. Sept. for
P38 Nah. 1, 3; "22 Deut. 9, 21.—Pol. 5.
85. 1. Xen. An. 1. 8. 8.

κοπτάζω, f. dow, (κόπος,) pr. ‘to be
beat out, weary,’ i. q. xomtdw; hence to
relax, to abate, to cease, intrans. e. g. of the
wind, Matt. 14, 32. Mark 4, 39. 6, 51.

Sept for 3} Gen. 8,1; PMY Jon 1, 11.

12.—Ecclus. 23, 17. Hdot. ἢ. 191.
KOTETOS, οὗ, ὃ, (κόπτομαι,) lamentation,
wailing, as accompanied with beating the
breast, and the like; Acts'8,2. Sept. for
380% Gen. 50, 10. Zech. 12, 10. 11.—
Dion. Hal. Ant. 11.31. Plut. Fab. Max. 17.

KOT, ῆς; ἡ; (κόπτω,) slaughter, carnage,
Heb. 7,1; in allusion to Gen. 14, 17 where
Sept. for inf. mizn; Sept. for m2 Josh.
10, 20.—Judith 15, 7. :

κοπιάω, &, f. dow, (κοπία, xézros,) pr.
as Engl. to be beat out, i. 6,

1. to be weary, tired, to faint, absol. Matt.
11, 28 δεῦτε πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες.
Rev. 2, 3;-c. ἐκ John 4,6 x. ἐκ τῆς ddot-
Sept. for 335 Is. 40, 31.—Jos. B.

J.'3. 10. 2. Aristoph. ‘Thesm. 795. Athen. ἢ

10. p. 416.

2. Spec. in N. T. to weary oneself with
labour, like Heb. 93°, i. e. to labour, to work
hard, to toil, absol. Luke 5, 5 δ ὅλης τῆς
νυκτὸς κοπιάσαντες οὐδὲν ἐλάβομεν. Matt.
6, 28 et Luke 12, 27 τὰ κρίνα ... οὐ κοπιᾷ
οὐδὲ νήϑει. Acts 20,35. 1 Cor. 4, 12. Eph.
4, 28. 2 Tim. 2, 6. Trop. of a teacher who
labours in the gospel, John 4, 38 bis. 1 Cor,
15, 10. 16, 16. Sept. for Heb. 9373 Josh.
24, 13; bay Ps. 127, 1. (Anthol. Gr. IV.
p- 134. 2 μὴ τρέχε, μὴ κοπία.) With ἐν to
labour in, trop. ἐν λόγῳ 1 Tim. 5,17; ἐν κυ-
pig i. 6. in the work of the Lord, Rom. 16,
12 bis; ἐν ὑμῖν among you, 1 Thess. 5, 12.
(Comp. Ecclus. 6,19.) With εἰς ὁ. acc.
of pers. upon or for whom, eis ἡμᾶς Rom.

16,6; εἰς ὑμᾶς Gal. 4,11. (Ecelus. 24, 34.) |

With εἰς final, as εἰς τοῦτο ὅτι d Tim. 4,105
εἰς 6 Col. 1; 29; εἰς κενόν in vain Phil. 2,
16. Sept. x. εἰς κενόν for 237 Is. 65, 23.
Jer. 51, 53.

κόπος, ov, ὃ, (κόπτω,) pr. a beating,
then wailing, grief, as accompanied with
beating the breast, i’ q. κοπετός, Sept. for
Δ. Jer. 45, 3; also the being beat out, wea-

.

KoTT pla

riness, Xen. An. 5. 8. 3—Hence in N. T.
toil, labour, wearisome effort, genr. John 4,
38 ὑμεῖς eis τὰν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύϑατε.
1 Cor. 8, 8. 15, ὅ8 ὁ κόπος ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ.
2 Cor. 6, 5. 10,15. 11, 23. 27. 1 Thess. 1,
8 ὁ κόπος τῆς ἀγάπης, the labour of love, work
of beneficence. 2,9. 3,5. 2 Thess. 3, 8.
Heb. 6, 10. Rev. 2,2. 14,13. Sept. for
3°37 Gen. 31, 42. So Ecclus. 14, 15.
Arr. Epict. 2, 14. 2. Plut. de Superst.
7 mid.— Spec. trouble, vexation, in the
phrase κόπους παρέχειν τινί, i. 4. to
trouble, to vex any one, Matt. 26,10. Mark
14, 6. Luke 11, 7. 18, 5. Gal. 6, 17. Sept.
κόπος for 222 Job 5, 6. Jer. 20,18. So
κόπους παρέχειν Aristot. Probl. sect. 5. 38,
Comp. πόνον παρέχειν Ecclus. 29, 4. Hdot.
1. 177; πράγματα παρέχειν Hdot. 1. 155,
175.

κοπρία, as, ἧ, (κόπρος,) pr. a dung-hill
Sept. for MBUN 1 Sam. 2, 8. Arr. Epict. 2.
4.4 sq.—In N. T. dung, manure, Luke 14,
35. 18, 8 Rec. Sept. for M24 2 K. 9, 37.
Jer. 25, 33. So Arr. Epict. 1, c: Artemid. 2. 9.

κόπριον, ov, τό, (κόπριος, κόπρος.) dung,
manure; Plur. κόπρια Luke 13, 8 Grb.—
Arr. Epict. 2.4.5. Plut. Pomp. 48 init.

pet. sone κόφινος.

κόπτω, f. Wa, to strike, to beat, to cut by
a blow.

1. 10 cut off or down, e. g. branches of
. trees, c. acc. Matt. 21,8. Mark 11, 8. Sept.
for ΓΞ Num. 13, 24.—Plut. Pericl. 33 mid.
Xen. An. 4. 8, 2.

2. Mid. κόπτομαι, to beat or cut oneself, i. 6.
the breast and body in the loud expression
of grief; hence, i. q. to lament, to wail, to
bewail, absol. Matt. 11, 17. 24, 30. Luke
23, 27; c. acc. Luke 8, 52; with ἐπί τινα
Rev. 1, 7; ἐπί τινι 18, 9. Sept. for 80
absol. 2 Sam. 1, 12; c. acc. Gen. 23, 2.
50, 10; ἐπί τινα for 59 ἼΒΌ 2 Sam. 11,26;
ἐπί τινι Zech. 12, 10.—So absol. Hdot. 6,
58. Jos. Ant. '7. 1. 6. Plato Phed. 60. a.
Act. κόπτειν τὴν ϑύραν Luc. Nigr. 2. Dem.
1156.°18.

'κόραξ, axos, 6, a raven, Luke 12, 24.
Sept. for 225 Gen. 8, 7.—/El. H. An. 1.
35, 47. Hdot. 4.15.

κοράσιον, tov, τό, (dim. κόρη) a girl,
maiden, damsel, Matt. 9, 24.25. 14, 11.
Mark 5, 41. 42. 6, 22. 28 bis. Sept. for
M92 Ruth 2, 8. 22. 1 Sam. 25, 42—An.
Epict. 3. 2. 8. Luc. Asin. 6,36. The word
᾿ belongs rather to the style of familiar dis-
course, like Germ. Méidel, Lob. ad Phryn.
Ὁ. 78 sq,”

408

Κορνήλιος

κορβᾶν, ὃ, indec. and KopBavas, a, ὁ,
corban, Heb. 29%; i. e. an offering, obla-
tion, gift to God ; so Ley. 2,1. 4. 13, where
Sept. Sépov.—In N. T.

1. Pr. κορβᾶν, something devoted to
God, Mark 7, 11 κορβᾶν, 6 ἐστι δῶρον, κτλ.
—Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. of κορβᾶν αὑτοὺς ὀνομά-
σαντες τῷ Sew, δῶρον δὲ τοῦτο σημαίνει κτλ.

2. Spec. κορβανᾶς, spoken of money
offered in the temple, the sacred treasure ;
hence by meton. the treasury, i. q. γαζοφυ-
λάκιον 4 Υ. Matt. 27, 6.—Jos. B. J. 2. 9. 4

τὸν ἱερὸν θησαυρόν, καλεῖται δὲ κορβανᾶς.

Κορέ, ὃ, indec. Core or Kore, Heb M2
(ice) Korah, pr. n. of a Levite who rebelled
against Moses, Jude 11; see Num. c. 16.

Kopévvupt, f. κορέσω, Pass. perf. κεκό-
ρεσμαι, aor. 1 ἐκορέσϑην, to sate, to satisfy,
to fill with food and drink; Pass. or Mid.
to be sated, to be full, i. e. to have eaten and
drunk enough; with gen. of thing, Pass.
Acts 27, 38 κορεσϑέντες δὲ τροφῆς. Trop.
absol. 1 Cor. 4, 8.—/Bl. V. H. 4. 9. Xen.
Mem. 3. 11. 13; trop. Hdian. 1. 13. 10.

KopivS10s, a, ov, Corinthian, a Corin-
thian, Acts 18, 8. 2 Cor. 6, 11.

Κόρινϑος, ov, ἡ, Corinth, a celebrated
Grecian city, the capital of Achaia proper,
situated on the isthmus between the Pelo-
ponnesus and the main land, and hence
called bimaris, Hor. Od. 1. 7. 2. It lay
between the gulfs of Lepanto and Egina,
on each of which it had a port, Leche-
um on the former and Cenchrea on the lat-
ter. A lofty rock bore the citadel, called
Akrocorinth. The city- was famous for the
worship of Venus and for every species of
expensive debauchery ; whence the Hora-
tian proverb: Non cuivis homini conlingit
adire Corinthum, Hor. Ep. 1. 17. 36. Co-
rinth was destroyed by L. Mummius during
the Achaian war, about 146 B. C. It was
restored by Julius Cesar, and became the
capital of the Roman province Achaia and
the seat of the proconsul, Acts 18,12. Here
Paul resided for more than 18 months (Acts
18, 11. 18) and gathered a large church,
which was afterwards not wholly exempt
from Corinthian vices. See Cellarius Not.
Orb. I. 949 sq. Neander Gesch. d. Apost:
Zeitalters I. p. 270 sq. 311 sq. edit. 3—
‘Acts 18, 1. 19, 1. 1 Cor. 1, 2. 2 Cor. 1,1.
23. 2 Tim. 4, 20.

Κορνήλιος, ov, 6, Cornelius, pr. τι. of a
Roman centurion at Cesarea, the first con-
vert from the Gentiles, Acts 10,1. 3. 7, 17.
21. 29. 94. 9ὅ..30. 31. ὄ . “-

κορος 409

κόρος, ov, 6, corus, Heb. => cor, the

° largest Hebrew dry measure, equal to the

sah, i.e. to ten baths or ephahs, Ez. 45,
14; and therefore containing about 11}
bushels or 88} gailons; see in βάτος II,
and comp. Beeckh’s Metrol. Untersuch. p.
259 sq.—Luke 16, '7 ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου.
Sept. for "5 2 Chr. 2, 10. 27,5; for san
Ez. 45, 13.

KOT HEM, ὦ, f. ήσω, (κόσμος,) to order,
to arrange, as an army, to set in array, to
draw up Hom. Il, 14. 388.—In N. T.

1. to put in order, to prepare, e.g. lamps,
to trim, c. acc. Matt. 25,7 ἐκόσμησαν ras
λαμπάδας. So Sept. κοσμεῖν τὴν τράπεζαν
for ΠΡ Ez. 23, 41.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 6
τράπεζαν.

2. to decorate, to adorn, to garnish, 6.

acc. 6. g. τὸν οἶκον as for a new dweller

Matt. 12,44. Luke 11, 25; a bride, νύμφην
Rey. 21, 2; genr. 1 Tim. 2,9. Luke 21, 5.
Rey. 21, 19; Sept. for mp Jer. 4, 30. Ez.
16, 11. (Hdian. 5, 3. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.
4.) Also Matt. 23,29 κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα,
ye decorate the sepulchres, i.e. with garlands
and flowers, or by adding columns or other
ornaments. So Diod. Sic. 11. 33. Xen.
Hell. 6. 4. 7. Comp. All. V. H. 12.7 ᾿Αλέ-
Eavdpos τὸν ᾿Αχιλλέως τάφον ἐστεφάνωσε.
—Trop. to adorn, to dignify, to display.the
worth and dignity of; c. acc. Tit. 2,10 τὴν
διδασκαλίαν. 1 Pet. 3,5 αἱ ἅγιαι γυναῖκες...
ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς. So Ecclus. 48,11. Hdian.
6. 3. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 38.

κοσμικός, ἢ, dv, (κόσμος,) worldly, ter-
restrial, opp. ἐπουράνιος. Heb. 9, 1 ἅγιον
κοσμικόν, comp. vy. 23.. So Plut. Consol. ad
Apoll. 34 κοσμικὴ didraéts.—Trop. worldly,
as conformed to this world, belonging to
the men of this world; Titus 2,12 ἐπιϑυ-
pia κοσμικαί worldly lusts. So Clem. Alex.
Ped. 1.16 λόγος:. «Ths κοσμικῆς συνηϑείας
ἐξαρπάζων τὸν i

κόσμιος, ov, 6, ἣ, adj. (κόσμος,) well-
ordered, decorous, modest, in‘a moral respect,
1 Tim. 2, 9 γυναῖσας ἐν καταστολῇ κοσμίῳ.
3, 2 τὸν ἐπίσκοπον... κόσμιον.----Ῥ0}. 8, 11.
7. Xen. Hi. 5.1. οἷ

κοσμοκράτωρ, opos, ὃ, (κόσμος, Kpa-
τέω,) pr. lord of the world, Schol. in Aris-
toph. Nub. 397 Σεσάγχωσις ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν

ίων, κοσμοκράτωρ γεγονώς xrh.—In

N. T. of Satan; the prince of this world, i.e.
of worldly men; Plur. Eph. 6, 12 πρὸς
τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τοῦ ai-
ὥνος τούτου, i. 6. Satan and his angels;
comp. John 12, 31. 2 Cor. 4, 4. So Ignat.
1. 1 διάβολον, ὃν καὶ κοσμοκράτορα κα-

κόσμος

λοῦσιν. The Rabbins also have the epithet,
“iD IPyariP; see Buxt. Lex. Ch. 2006.

κόσμος, ov, 6, (prob. κομέω,) order, i. 6.
regular disposition and arrangement, Hom
Od. 13. 77 κόσμῳ καϑίζειν. Pol. 1. 21. 11.
Xen. Cc. 8. 20.—Hence in N. T.

1. decoration, ornament, 1 Pet. 3, 3 οὐχ
ὁ ἔξωϑεν... κόσμος. Sept. for 1p Ex. 33,
4. 5. 6.—Hdian. 3. 6. 19. Xen. Cyr. 8.

4. 24.
2. order of the universe, the world, Lat.

mundus, first so used by Pythagoras and
then as a technical term of philosophy, see
Passow in voc. So Plato Gorg. 63. p. 508.
a, φασὶ δὲ οἱ σοφοί, καὶ οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν Kat
Seods καὶ ἀνθρώπους τὴν κοινωνίαν συνέχειν
καὶ φιλίαν καὶ κοσμότητα καὶ σωφροσύνην
καὶ δικαιότητα, καὶ τὸ ὅλον τοῦτο διὰ ταῦτα
κόσμον καλοῦσι. Plin. H. N. 2. 3, “nam
quem κόσμον Greci, nomine ornamenti, ap-
pellaverunt, eum nos a perfecta absolutaque
elegantia mundum.” Comp. Cic. de Nat.
Deor. 2. 22.—Hence

a) Genr. the world, the universe, the hea-
vens and earth, Matt. 13, 35 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς
κόσμου. 24,21 ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κόσμου. Luke 11,
50. John 17, ὅ. 384. Acts 17.24. Rom. 1,
20. Heb. 4, 3. (2 Macc. 7,23. All. V. H.
8. 11. Luc. Icarom. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11
ὅπως ὁ καλούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν σοφιστῶν κόσμος
ἔχει.) Meton. the universe, for the inhabit-
ants of the universe, 1 Cor. 4, 9 ϑέατρον
ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀν-
Spemots.—Trop. as in Engl. α world of any
thing, for an aggregate, congeries. James
3, 6 ἡ γλῶσσα... κόσμος ἀδικίας, a world of
iniquity. Comp. Sept. Prov. 17, 6 rod
πιστοῦ ὅλος ὁ κόσμος τῶν χρημάτων, τοῦ δὲ
ἀπίστου οὐδὲ ὀβολός.

b) Synecd. the earth, this lower world, as
the abode of δῆ. a) Pr. Mark 16,15
πορευβέντες eis τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα. 10
16, 21. 28. 21, 25. 1 Tim. 3, 16. 1 Pet. 5,
9. 2 Pet. 8, 6 ὁ τότε κόσμος. So ἔρχεσϑαι
εἰς τὸν κόσμον and the like, to come or be
sent into the world, i. e. to be born John 1,
9; or to go forth into the world, to appear
batore men, John 3,19. 6,14. 1 Tim. 1,15.
Heb. 10,5; also 1 John 4, 1. 2 John 7.
John 3,17. 1 John 4, 9. Hyperbolically,
Matt. 4, 8 πάσας ras βασιλείας τοῦ κόσμου.
Rom. 1, 8. Comp. Luc. de Astrol.12. β)
Meton. the world, for the inhabitants of the
earth, men, mankind; Matt. 5,14 ὑμεῖς ἐστε
τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. 13,38 ὁ δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν
ὁ κόσμος. John 1, 29. 3, 16 οὕτω γὰρ ἠγά-
πησεν ὁ ϑεὸς τὸν κόσμον. Rom. 3, 6. 19.
1. Cor. 4, 18..3 ΟοΥ. 5, 19. Heb. 11, 7
2 Pet. 2, 5 dpxaiov κόσμον. 1 John 2, 2

ουάρτος

(Wisd. 10,1. 14, 6.14.) So nyperb. the
world for the multitude, every body, Fr. tout
le monde. John 7, 4 φανέρωσυν σεαυτὸν τῷ
κόσμῳ, Opp. ἐν κρυπτῷ. 12,19. 14, 22. 18,
20. 2 Cor. 1,12. 2 Pet. 2,5 κόσμος ἀσε-
Bay. Put also for the heathen world, i. q.
ra ἔσνη, Rom. 11, 12. 15; comp. Luke
12, 30.

c) In the Jewish mode of speaking, the
present world, the present order of things,
as opposed to the kingdom of Christ ; and
hence always with the idea of transientness,
worthlessness, and evil both physical and

moral, the seat of cares, temptations, ἀπά.

irregular desires. It is thus nearly i. q. 6
αἰὼν οὗτος, min ὈΞΊΣΓΙ, see fully in αἰών
no. 2.b. a) Genr. and with οὗτος, John
12, 25 ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ ἐν τῷ
κόσμῳ τούτῳ, Opp. εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 18, 36
bis, ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου
τούτου κτλ. 1 Cor. 5,10. Eph. 2,2. 1 John
4,17. Without οὗτος, 1 John 2, 15. 16. 17.
3,17. Spec. the wealth and enjoyments
and cares of this world, this life’s goods ;
“Matt. 16, 26 τί yap ὠφελεῖται ἄνδρωπος,
ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ ; Mark 8, 36.
Luke 9, 25. 1 Cor. 3, 22. '7, 31. 33. 84.
Gal. 6, 14. James 4, 4. 1 John 2,17. 8)
Meton. for the men of this world, worldlings,
as opp. to those who seek the kingdom of
God; so with οὗτος, John 12, 31 ἡ κρίσις
τοῦ κι τούτου. 1 Cor. 1,20 σοφία τοῦ x.
τούτου. 8, 19. Gal. 4, 8. Col. 2,8 ; as sub-
ject.to Satan, John 12, 31 6 ἄρχων τοῦ x.
τούτου. 14, 30. 16, 11.. Without οὗτος,
John 7, 7 οὐ δύναται ὃ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς.
14, 17. 19. 27. 31..16, 8.. 17, 6. 9. 1 Cor.
1, 21. 2 Cor. 7, 10. Phil. 2,15. James 1,
27. +

Kovdpros, ov, ὃ, Lat. Quartus, pr. n.
of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 23.

κοῦμι, cumi, Heb. imperat. fem.. "δ
arise, expressed in Greek letters, Mark 5,
41.

κουστωδία, ας, ἡ; Lat. custodia, custo-
dy; in N. T. meton. @ watch, guard, sc. of
Roman ‘soldiers at the sepulchre of Jesus,
Matt. 27, 65. 66. 28, 11.—Hesych. κουστω-
δία" βοήϑεια στρατιωτηκή:

ἢ κουφίζω, f. iow, (κοῦφος,) to be light,
intrans. Hes. Op. 461. Soph. Philoct. 78.
—In N. T. trans. to lighten, e. g. a ship by
throwing things overboard, c. acc. Acts 27,

_ 38. Sept. for >RM Jon. 1,5. So Pol. 1.39.
_ ἀκ. ras vats. Xen, Mem. 2. 7. 1.
κόφινος, ov, 6, a basket, wicker-basket,
Lat. cophinus ; Matt. 14, 20 δώδεκα κοφί-
vous mAnpeis. 16, 9, Mark 6, 43. 8, 19.

410

κράζω

Luke 9, 17, John 6, 18. Sept. for πῆ
Ps. 81,5; do Judg. 6,19. So Aristoph.
Ay. 1310. Plut. Pomp. 48 init. Xen. Mem.
3. 8. 6.—The κόφινος was proverbially the
Jewish travelling-basket; comp. Juv. Sat.
3.15 “Judeis, quorum cophinus foenum-
que supellex.” 6. 542. -

κράββατος, ov, 6, Lat. grabatus, a
small couch, bed, bedstead, which might
easily be carried about, or for travelling ;
called by the Greeks σκίμπους, τκιμπόδιον.
Mark 2, 4. 9. 11. 12. 6, 55. John 5, 8. 9.
10. 11. 12. Acts 5,15. 9,33. Comp. Mark
l. c. with Luke 5, 18. 24.—Act. Thom.
§ 50, 51. Arr. Epict. 1.24. Poll. Onom. 10.
35. A Macedonian word, used only by very
late writers, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 175.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 62. See in κλίνη and
Dict. of Antt. art. Lectus.

κράζω, f. κεκράξομαι, aor. 1 ἔκραξα,
perf. 1 xéxpaya with the signif. of the pre-
sent, Buttm. ᾧ 818. 7, and n. 13. 114 κράζω.
Passow s. voc. This is strictly an onoma-
topeetic verb imitating the hoarse cry of the
raven, to croak, Germ. kréchzen; hence
genr. and in N. T. ;

I. to cry, to cry out, intrans. 6. g. of in-
articulate cries, clamour, exclamation; so
from fear, ἀπὸ rod φόβον Matt. 14, 26;
from pain Matt. 27, 50. Mark 15, 39 comp.
v. 37. Rey. 12,2; from abhorrence Acts
7, 57. Of demoniacs Mark 1, 26. 5, 5. 9,
26. Luke 9, 39. (Sept. for poy 2 Sam. 13,
19. Jer. 25, 34.) Also in joy, by hyperb.
Luke 19, 40 of λίϑοϊ κεκράξονται. Sept. for
2" Josh. 6, 16. Ps. 65, 14. So Arr.
Epict. 3. 4. 4 κόραξ ὅταν μὴ αἴσιον κεκράγῃ.
Luc. Tim. 11. Xen. An. 7. 8. 1ὅ.

2. Of any thing uttered with a loud voice,
to cry, to exclaim, to call aloud ; so followed
by the words uttered, Mark 10, 48 6 δὲ πολ-
λῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν" υἱὲ Δαβίδ κτλ. 15, 13.
14. Luke 18, 39. John 12, 18 καὶ ἔκραζον"
a@ocavva. Acts 19, 32.34. 23, 6. al. So with
φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Acts 7, 60; ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ
Rev. 14,15. Followed by ἃ tense or particip.
of λέγω or the like; e. g. ἔκραξε λέγων
Matt. 14, 30. Mark 3, 11. John 1, 15;
ἔκραξαν λέγοντες Matt. 8, 29. 27, 23; κρά-
(ov καὶ λέγων Mark 5, 7. Luke 4,41; κρά-
(ovres καὶ λέγοντες Matt. 9, 27. 21, 15;
κράξας καὶ εἶπε Mark 9, 24; so with φωνῇ
μεγάλῃ Rev. 6, 10. 7, 2. 10. 19, 17.

3. Of urgent prayer, entreaty, impreca-
tion, to cry, to cry out; Rom. 8,15 ἐν ᾧ
'κράζομεν᾽ ἀββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ. Gal. 4, 6. Trop.
James 5, 4 ὁ μισϑὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν...
κράζει (πρὸς κύριον) i. 6, for vengeance.

KpatTrany -

Sept. for P>¥ Ps. 28, 1. 30,9; pth tere
19, 28. Jer. 11, 11. 12. +

κραϊπάλη, ns, 4, (prob. ἁρπάλη, ῥαπά-
An, dprd{w,) pr. a seizure of the head;
hence intoxication, debauch, and its conse-
quences, giddiness, headache, nausea, Lat.
crapula. Luke 21, 34 ἐν κραιπάλῃ καὶ μέϑῃ
in revelling and drunkenness.—Hdian. 1.
17. 7, 22. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 20.

κρανίον, ov, τό, (dim. κρᾶνον,) a skull,
Lat. cranium, Matt. 97, 33. Mark 15, 22.
Luke 23, 33. John 19,17. Sept. for nph>s
Judg. 9, 53. 2K. 9, 35.—Luc. Ὁ. Mort.
23. 3. Hdian. 7.'7. 8. Plato Euthyd. 299. 6.

κράσπεδον, ov, τό, (kindr. κροσσός,
κρόσσαι,) the edge, margin, skirt, 6. g. of a
mountain Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 8; of a garment
Theocr. 2. 53.—In N. T. @ fringe, Heb.
m"'x"X Num. 15, 38 sq. where the Jews
are directed to wear fringes on the corners
of the outer garment; Matt. 9, 20. 14, 36.
23, 5. Mark 6, 56. Luke 8, 44: Sept. for
ms" Num. |. c.

anal alos, d, dv, (Kpdros,) strong, mighty,
8, δ. ἡ κι χεὶρ τοῦ Seod 1 Pet. 5,6. So
Sept. and PI] Ex. 3,19. Deut. 8, 24—
Esdr. 8, 47. Pol. 2. 69. 8. Plut. Μ΄ Crass. 24.
κραταιόω, f. dow, (κραταιός,) to make
strong, to strengthen, found only in Sept.
the N. T. and later writers, for the earlier
iv, Passow 5. v. Act. Sept. for P24
1 Sam, 23, 16. 2K. 15,19.—In N. T. only
Pass. to become strong, to grow strong, Luke
1, 80 et 2,40 ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι. Eph.
3, 16. 1 Cor. 16,13. Sept. for PII intr.
2 Sam. 10, 12. 2 Chr. 21,4; γὴν Ps. 31,
25. So 1 Mace. 1, 62.

κρατέω, &, f. how, (κράτος,) to be strong,
mighty, powerful; hence to hold sway, to
rule, absol. Hom. Od 13. 275; 6. gen. to
rule over, Hom. Il. 1. 79, 288.—In N. T.
genr. to be or become master of, i. e.

1. tg lay hold of, to lay hands on, to take,
to seize. a) Genr. and c. acc. 6. σ΄, a per-
son, Matt. 14, 3 6 yap Ἡρώδης κρατήσας
τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτόν. 18, 28. 21, 46.
99, 6. 26, 4. 48. 50. 55. 57. Mark 3, 21.
6, 17. 12, 12. 14, 1. 44. 46. 49. 51. Acts
24, 6. Rev. 20,2. So of an animal, Matt.
12,11. Sept. genr. for tmx Cant. 3, 4.
2 Sam. 6, 6. So Paleph. 2. 7, 9. ib. 32.2.
Xen. An. 4. 7. 15; animals Arr. Epict. 2.
7. 12. Xen. Ven. 5. 29. Ὁ) Spec. to lay
hold of, to take by the hand or other member ;
with acc. of pers. and also gen. of the part,
Buttm. } 132. 5. e,andn. 10. Mark 9, 27 Ἰη-
σοῦς κρατήσας αὐτὸν τῆς χειρὸς κτὰ. (Test.

411

κράτος

ΧΠ Patr.p. 590.) So withthe wt. of pers,
suppressed, κρατεῖν τῆς χειρός Twos, to take the
hand of any one, to take by the hand, Matt. 9,
25. Mark 1, 31. 5, 41. Luke 8, 54; comp.
Buttm. 1. c. So Sept. and PIM Gen. 19, 16.
2 Sam. 1,11. Once 6. acc. of the part,
Matt. 28, 9 ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας.
So Sept. for ΡΠ Judg. 16, 26. ὁ)
Trop. 6. gen. of thing, to lay hold of, to ob-
tain, to win; Acts 27,13 τῆς προϑέσεως.
Heb. 6, 18 xp. τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος.
So Sept. Prov. 14, 18. Diod. Sic. 16.20 xp.
τῆς προϑέσεως.

2. to hold, to hold fast, not to let go, i. 6.
a) Of things, c.-acc. Rev. 2,1 6 κρατῶν
τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὑτοῦ, comp.
1, 16 where it is ἔ ἔχων. Rey. 7, 1 x. τοὺς
τεσσ. ἀνέμους iva μὴ κτλ. Pass. Luke 24,
16 οἱ df3adpol αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο. So Plut.
Cato Min. 13. Luc. Amor. 44; c. gen. τῆς
γλώττης Plut. de Lib. educ. 14. p. 22. _b)
Of persons, to hold in subjection, Pass. Acts
2, 24 καϑότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσϑαι av-
τὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ sc. ϑανάτου. (Comp. Plut.
Mor. II. p. 99.) So to hold one fast, i. e. -
to hold fast to him, to cleave to him, c. acc.
e.g. in person Acts 3,11 κρατοῦντος δὲ
αὐτοῦ τὸν ἸΤέτρον κτὰ. or in faith Col. 2, 19
τὴν κεφαλήν 1. 6. Christ. 6) Trop. 6. g.
of sins, to retain, not to remit, c. ace. John
20, 23 bis, see in δέω. Also to keep to one-
self, 6. g. τὸν λόγον Mark 9,10. (Sept. xpa-
τούμενα for enigmas Dan. 5,12. Test. XT
Patr. p. 683 ἐν ψυχῇ σου μὴ κρατήσῃς δό-
λον.) Genr. to hold fast in mind, to observe,
ὃ. acc. Mark '7, 3 κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν
τῶν πρεσβυτέρων. v. 4. 8. 2 Thess, 2, 15.
Rey. 2, 13. 14, 15. 25. 3, 11. (Test. XTi
Patr. p. 665 κρατεῖν τὸ ϑέλημα τοῦ Yeod.)
Once'c. gen. Heb, 4, 14 κρατῶμεν τῆς ὅμο-
λογίας, let us hold fast our profession, not
swerve from it; so Plut. de vit, Pudor. 18
κρατῶν τῆς παραινέσεως κτλ.

κράτιστος, η, ον, adj. superl. (κρατύς:
κράτος.) used as superl. of ἀγαϑός, Buttm.
§ 68. 1. §69. n. 15 most excellent, most no-
ble, in addressing persons of rank and autho-
rity; Luke 1, 3 κράτιστε Θεόφιλε. Acts 23,
26. 24, 3. 26, 25.—Jos. Vit. 76. Longin.
39 init. So genr. Plut. de Trang: An. 1. Xen
Cyr. 8. 3. 3.

κράτος, eos, ovs, τό, strength, physical
Hom. Il. 16. 524. ib. 24, 293.—In N. T.
1. might, vigour, power; Acts 19, 20
κατὰ κράτος, mightily, vehemently, see in κατά
If. 1.d. γι (Xen. Ag. 2. 3.) Eph. 1, 19
Κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἰσχύος
αὐτοῦ, of his mighty power. Eph. 6,10. Col.

κραυγάζω

1.11. Sept. for Ὑ 3 Is. 40,26; comp.
Sept. for MANS Ps, 89, 10.—Meton. might,
collect. mighty deeds, Luke 1, 51 ἐποίησε
κράτος ἐν βραχίονι κτλ. Comp. Heb. mB
on. Sept. ποιεῖν δύναμιν Ps. 118, 16.

2. Spec. power, dominion. 1 Tim. 6, 16
@ τιμὴ καὶ κράτος αἰώνιον. Heb. 2,14. 1 Pet.
4,11. 5,11. Jude 25. Rev. 1, 6.5, 13.—
Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 1. Hdian. 7. 7. 12. Plato
Legg. 118. a.

κραυγάζω, f. dow, (kpavyn,) to cry, to cry
oul, iq. κράζω, absol. Matt. 12, 19 οὐκ ἐρίσει,
οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, see in ἐρίζω. 15, 22. John
11, 43 φωνῇ pey. ἐκραύγ. 18, 40. 19, 6. 15.
Acts 22, 23. Sept. for 2°93 Ezra 3, 13.—
Arr. Epict. 3. 4. 4. Dem. 1258, 26. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 337.

κραυγή, is, ἡ; (κράζω,) @ cry, out-cry,
e. g. as giving public notice, Matt. 25,
6. Rev. 14, 18. (Xen. An. 2. 2. 17.)
Of tumult or controversy, clamour, Acts
23, 9. Eph. 4, 31. (Pol. 2.70.6.) Of
sorrow, wailing, Rev. 21,4. Sept. for APS
Ex. 12, 30. (Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 16.) Of sup-
plication, Heb. 5, '7; and so Sept. for MP2
Job 34, 28.

Kpéas, aros, aos, τό, Plur. τὰ κρέατα,
contr. κρέα Buttm. § 54; meat, flesh, sc. of
animals slaughtered, Rom. 14, 21. 1 Cor.
8,13. Sept. for "®2 Ex. 12, 8. Deut. 12,
15.—Luc. Prom. v. Cauc. 10. Xen. Mem.
4. 3. 10.

κρείσσων V. -TTOV, ovos, ὃ, ἣ, compar.
(pr. κραίσσων, κρατύς,) used as comparat.
of ἀγαϑός, better, Buttm. § 68. 1. Passow s.
v. Comp. in κράτιστος.

1. better, more useful, more profitable,
only Neut. τὸ κρεῖσσον, 1 Cor, 7, 9. 11, 17.
12, 31. Phil. 1,23. Heb. 11, 40. 12, 24.
2 Pet. 2,21. As adv. 1 Cor.'7,38. Sept. for
siv Ex. 14, 12. Prov. 25, 25.—Arr. Epict.
1. 29, 13. Thue. 4. 10.

2. better in value or dignity, nobler, more
excellent ; Heb. 1,4 τοσούτῳ κρείττων γε-
vopevos. 6,9. 7, 7. 19. 22. 8, 6 bis. 9, 23.
10, 34. 11, 16, 35. 1 Pet. 3,17. Sept. for
310 Judg. 8, 2. Prov. 8, 11.—Hdian. 3. 2.
6. Xen. Ag. 11. 15.

κρεμάννυμι, f. κρεμάσω, Pass. aor. 1
ἐκρεμάσϑην, fo hang up, to suspend; Mid.
κρέμαμαι after the form ἵσταμαι; to hang,
to be suspended, intrans. A pres. form xpe-
μάω is found only in very late writers, Pas-
sow s. v. Buttm. §114.

1. Act. with acc. impl. and with ἐπί c.
gen. Acts 5, 30 et 10, 39 κρεμάσαντες (av-
τὸν) ἐπὶ ξύλου. Pass. c. eis Matt. 18, 6.

412

κριμα

Absol. Luke 23, 89. Sept. c. ἐπί for mdm,
Act, Gen. 40, 19, 22. Pass, Esth. 5, 14. 7,
10.—Luc. Asin. 39. Xen. An. 1. 2. 8.
Pass. Xen. Eq. 10. 9.

2. Mid. Acts 28, 4 κρεμάμενον τὸ Snpiov
ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, hanging from his hand.
With ἐπὶ ξύλου Gal. 3, 13. Trop. c. ἐν,
Matt, 22,40 see in ἐν no. 3. ¢ a. Sept.
κρεμάμενος for 2) Deut. 21, 23. 2 Sam,
18, 10; trop. Deut. 28, 66.—Jos. Ant. 7,
10, 2. Hdian. 1. 14. 1; ο. ἐκ Xen. Mem. 3.
10, 13. Trop. Philo T. II. ed. Mang. p.
420 ὧν ai rod ἔϑνους ἐλπίδες ἐκρέμαντο.

κρημνός, od, ὅ, (κρεμάννυμι,) a steep
place, precipice, pr. overhanging, Matt. 8,
82. Mark 5, 13. Luke 8, 33. Sept. for
320 2 Chr. 25, 12.—Diod. Sic. 1. 33. Plato
Legg. 944. ἃ.

Κρής, ητός, ὃ, α Cretan, Acts 2, 11. Tit.
1, 12 Κρῆτες del ψεῦσται, quoted from Epi-
menides, see in γαστήρ; comp. Pol. 4. 8.
11.—Atl. V. H. 1. 10 of Κρῆτές εἰσι το-
ξεύειν dya%oi. Xen. An. 1. 2. 9.

Kpnorns, nvros, 6, Crescens, pr. n. of a
Christian at Rome, 2 Tim. 4, 10.

Κρήτη, ns; ἧ, Crete, now Candia, ἃ ce-
lebrated island of the Mediterranean, oppo-
site to the Egean Sea. It was anciently
celebrated for its hundred cities, whence the
epithet ἑκατόμπολις, Hom. Il. 2.649. The
Cretans were celebrated archers, robbers,
and liars ; see in Κρής and espec. Pol. 4. 8.
11. Here a Christian church was left by
Paul in charge of Titus. Tit. 1,5. Acts 27
7. 12. 13. 21.

Kpiyn, js, ἡ, barley, Rev. 6, 6. Sept. for
M50 Deut. 8, 8—Paleph. 4. 1. Xen. An.
1.2. 22.

KptSwos ἡ, ov, (κριϑή,) of barley, as
ἄρτοι κρίδινοι barley loaves John 6, 9. 13,
Sept. for 5°95 2K. 4, 42.—Pol. 54. 9.15.
Xen. An. 4. 5. 26, 31.

κρίμα, ατος, τό, (kpive,) judgment, i: 6.

1, The act of judging, giving judgment,
i. q. κρίσις, spoken only in reference to fu-
ture reward and punishment. John 9, 39
εἰς κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν κόσμον HASov for judg-
ment am I come inio the world, i. 6. in
order that the righteous may be approved
and the wicked condemned, as is figuratively
said in the next clause. 1 Pet. 4,17. So
of the judgment of the last day, Acts 24, 25
τὸ κρίμα τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσϑαι. Heb. 6, 2. .
Meton. for the office or power of judgment
Rey. 20, 4. So Heb. 0BY2 Sept. κρίσις
Ley. 19, 15. Deut. 1, 17. Heb. Ez 21, 32.

2. judgment rendered, decision, award.

Kptvov

a) Genr. Matt. '7, 2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε,
κριϑήσεσϑε. Rom. 5, 16. Plur. Rom. 11,
33 τὰ κῤίματα αὐτοῦ, the judgments of God,
his ordinances, acts of his providence, pa-
~-rall. with ai ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ. Sept. for B02
Zech. 8,16. Ps. 17, 2. Plur. of God Ps.
19,10. 119,75. So Pol. 24. 1.12 ἐγκα-
λοῦντες τοῖς κρίμασιν ὡς παραβεβραβευμέ-
νοις. Plut. de Stoic. repugn.27. Ὁ) Often-
er, condemnation, sentence, implying also
punishment as a-certain consequence, Matt.
23,13 διὰ τοῦτο λήψεσϑε περισσότερον Kpi-
μα. Mark 12,40. Luke 20, 47. 23, 40. 24,
20. Rom. 2, 2. 3 τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Seod. 3, 8.
13,2. 1 Cor. 11, 29.34. Gal. 5,10. 1 Tim.
3, 6. 5,12. James 3,1. 2 Pet. 2, 3. Jude
4. Rev. 17, 1. 18, 20 see in ἐκ no. 1. b.
Sept. and ©8822 Deut. 21, 22. Jer. 4, 12.
So Ecclus. 21, 5.

3. From the Heb. a law-suit, cause, some-
thing to be judged, 6. g. κρίματα ἔχειν, to
‘have law-suits, to go to law, 1 Cor. 6,7.
Sept. and 882 Job 23, 4. 31, 13.

κρίνον, ov, τό, a lily, Matt. 6, 28. Luke
12,27. Sept. for F8IW Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5.
—Theophr. Ὁ, Pl. 6. 6. 3. Plut. de rect. rat.
aud. 15.

κρίνω, f. wa, aor. 1 ἔκρινα, perf. κέκρι-
κα, Pass. aor. 1 ἐκρίϑην, i. ᾳ. Lat. cerno by
transp. of the vowel, pr. to separate, Hom.
Il. 2. 362. ib. 5. 501 ; to distinguish, to dis-
eriminate between good and evil, Xen. Mem.
3. 1. 9. ib. 4. 8. 11 ; to select, to choose out
the good, Xen. An. 1. 9. 30.—Hence genr.
and in N. T. to decide, to judge, i. e. to form
or give an opinion after separating and con-
sidering the particulars of a case.

1. to judge in one’s own mind, as to what
is right, proper, expedient, i. q. to decide, to
determine ; so with the infin. Acts 15, 19
διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτὰ. 3,
13 κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν, i. 6. having
decided in his own mind, not judicially. 20,
16. 25,25. 1 Cor. 2,2; 5,3. Tit. 3, 12.
With τοῦ c. inf. Acts 27, 1 ὡς δὲ ἐκρίϑη τοῦ
ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς κτὰ. (3 Mace. 1,6. Xen. An.
3.1.17.) With acc. and infin. Acts 21, 25
κρίναντες μηδὲν τοιοῦτον τηρεῖν αὐτούς. So
infin. εἶναι impl. comp. Matth. ὁ ὅ84. n. 1.
Acts 13, 46 καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς
τῆς αἱ. ζωῆς, and judge yourselves unworthy
of eternal life. 16,15. 26,8. Rom. 14, 5 bis,

ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν [εἶναι] map’ ἡμέραν, ὃς.

δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, one man judgeth
one day to be above another ; another judg-
eth every day sc. to be alike, for so we must
supply from the force of the antithesis,
comp. Matth. §634. 3. (So c. inf. Arr.

A13

κρίνω

Epict. 8. 29. 50. Xen. An. 1. 9. 5, 20; inf,
impl. Wisd. 2, 22. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.2 κριϑεί-
τε εὐδαιμονέστατοι. Xen. An. 3. 1. 12.)
With acc. of thing, to determine on, to de-
cree, Rev. 16, 5 ὅτι ταῦτα ἔκρινας. Acts 16, -
4 τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα. (Isocr. Paneg.
Ρ. 50. ἃ. Pol. 8. 6. 7.) With accus. τοῦτο
as introducing the infin. ὁ. art. τό, Rom. 14,
13 ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιϑέναι
κτὰ. 2 Cor. 2,1. 1 Cor. 7, 87 τοῦτο κέκρι-
κεν, τοῦ τηρεῖν κτλ. So τοῦτο ὅτι, 2 Cor. |
5, 14.

2. to judge, i. e. to form and express ἃ
judgment, opinion, as to any person or thing,
more commonly unfavourable ; so with acc.
of pers. John 8,15 ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα.
Rom. 2, 1. 3. 8, 7. 14, 3. 4. 10. 13. Col. 2,
16; with acc. of thing, 1 Cor. 10, 15.
(Xen. Vect. 5. 11.) Absol. Matt. 7, 1 bis.
2 bis. Luke: 6, 37 bis. John 8, 16, 26. Rom.
2, 1 bis. 1 Cor. 4,5. Pass. 1 Cor. 10, 29.
With interrog. 6. g. εἰ, Acts 4,19; genr.
1 Cor, 11, 13. (So ei Thuc. 4.130; πότε-
pov Xen. Cyr. 4.1.5.) With an adjunct
of manner, e. g. κρίνειν κρίσιν John 7, 24,
comp. Buttm. ὁ 131.4; xp. τὸ δίκαιον Luke
12, 57; ὀρθῶς Luke 7, 43 (Arr. Epict. 2.
15. 6); κατ᾽ ὄψιν John 7, 24; κατὰ σάρκα
8, 15.—Spec. to condemn, c. acc. Rom.
2, 27.. 14, 22. James 4, 11 ter. 12.. So
Sept. and 2°73 Job 10, 2.

3. to judge, in a judicial sense, viz. 8)
to sit in gudgment on a person, to put on
trial, to try, c. acc. John 18, 31 κατὰ τὸν
νόμον ὑμῶν κρίνατε αὐτόν. Acts 23, 3. 24,
6. 1 Cor. 5,12 bis. (Pol. 5. 29.6. Xen.
An. 6. 6. 16.) Pass. κρίνομαι, to be
judged, to be tried, to be on trial; Acts 25,
10 οὗ pe δεῖ κρίνεσϑαι. Rom. 3, 4. (Sept.
for VEY Ps. 51,6.) With περί τινος for

_ any thing Acts 23,6. 24,21; ἐπί τινι for,

Acts 26, 6; ἐπί τινὸς before any one Acts
25, 9.20. So Dem. 407. 20. Xen. Hell. 1.
7. 1; α. περί ib. 3. 5. 25; c. ἐπί τινος
comp. Max. Tyr. 9. 4. Wetstein N. T. II.
p- 120.—Spoken in reference to the gospel
dispensation, to the judgment of the great
day, e. g. of God as judging the world
through Christ, John 5, 22. 8,50. Acts 17,
31 κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην. Rom. 3,6 πῶν
κρίνει 6 Seds τὸν κόσμον. 2,16 τὰ κρυπτά
1 Cor. 5, 13. James 2, 12. 1 Pét. 1,17. 2
23. Rev. 11, 18. 20,12.13. Of Jesus ar
the Messiah and Judge, John 5, 30. 16, 11.
2 Tim. 4, 1 “L Xp. rod μέλλοντος κρίνειν
ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. 1 Pet. 4, 5. Rev. 19, 11.
Figuratively of the apostles, Matt. 19, 28.
Luke 22, 30. 1 Cor. 6, 2.35 ἐν ὑμῖν κρί-
νεται 6 κόσμος 1 Cor. 6,2; comp. in Bact

᾿ κρίσις

λεύω no. 2. a. Wisd. 8, &. Ecclus. 4, 15.
So c. ἐν Diod. Sic. 19. ὅ1. b) In the
sense to ‘pass judgment upon, to condemn,
6. acc. John 7, 51 μὴ 6 νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει
τὸν ἄνϑρ. κτὰ. Luke 19, 22. Acts 13, 27.
As implying also punishment, 1 Cor. 11,
31, 32. 1 Pet. 4,6. (Genr. ASL. V. H. 8. 3.
Dem. 215. 4. Xen. An. 5. 6. 33.) So of
the condemnation of the wicked and includ-
ing the idea of punishment ἃ5 a certain con-
* sequence, i. 4. to condemn, to punish, c. ace.
e. g. of God as judge, Acts 7, 7 καὶ τὸ €Svos

-.Kpw@ ἐγώ, quoted from Gen. 15, 14
where Sept. for 13. Rom. 2, 12. 2 Thess.
2,12. Heb. 13, 4 καὶ μοιχοὺς κρινεῖ ὁ eds.
Rey. 6, 10. 18, 8. ib. v. 20 see in ἐκ no. 1.
b. 19,2. Of Jesus, John 3,17 od... ἵνα
κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον. ν. 18 bis. 12, 47 bis: 48
bis. James 5,9. Sept. and LEY Is. 66, 16.
Ez. 38,22. 0) Once from the Heb. i. 4.
to vindicate, to avenge, Heb. 10, 30 κύριος
κρινεῖ τὸν λαὸν αὑτοῦ, the Lord will avenge
his people i. e. by punishing their enemies,
quoted from Deut. 32, 26 or Ps. 135, 14
where Sept. for "3; also Gen. 30, 6. Ps.
54, 3.

4. Mid. or Pass. κρίνομαι, to have a
controversy with any one, to contend, 6. g.
a) Genr. c. dat. Matt. 5, 40 τῷ ϑέλοντί σοι
κριϑῆναι. Sept. for 3" Jer. 2,9. Job 9,3;
Mic. 6,1. So Hdot. 3.120. Aristoph. Nub.
66. 5) Before a court, i. q. to go to law,
to have a law-suit; so c. μετά τινος with
1 Cor. 6.6; ἐπί τινος before any one 1 Cor.
6,1. 6. Sept. c. μετά τινος for Heb. ἘΦ 13
Εἰοο. 6, 10 ; 6. πρός τινα for ἘΞ 31 Job 31,
13. Comp. Eurip. Med. 609. Plut. Symp.
1. 2.3.

κρίσις, ews, ἡ, (kpive,) pr. separation,
trop. division, dissension, Hdot. 5. 5. ib. 7.
26 ; decision, i. 6. the decisive moment, cri-
sis, turn of affairs, Pol. 9. 5. 4. ib. 16. 4. 8.
—In N. T. judgment, i. e.

1. Genr. judgment, opinion, formed and
expressed. John 7, 24 τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν
κρίνατε. 8,16. Comp. in κρίνω no. 2.—
Jos. c. Ap. 1. 24 of ὑγιαίνοντες τῇ κρίσει.
Pol. 17. 14. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 10. -

2. judgment in a judicial sense,i.e. 8)
The act of judging, in reference to the final
judgment, 6. g. ἡ ἡμέρα κρισεως the day of
judgment, Matt. 10, 15. 11, 22.24. 12, 36.
Mark 6,11. 2 Pet. 2,9. 8, 7. 1 John 4,
17; ὥρα κρίσεως Rev. 14,7; κρίσις μεγά-
λης ἡ ἡμέρας Jude 6; also simply κρίσις for

- κρίσις pey. Te. Matt. 12, 41. 42. Luke 10,
14. 11, 31.32. Heb. 9,27. So John 12,
81 νῦν ‘kia ἐστὶ Tot κόσμου. now is this

414

Κρίσπος
world judged. 16, 8..11. John 5,27 et Jude

15 κρίσιν ποιεῖν i. ᾳ. κρίνειν, comp. John 5,
30 and in κρίνω no. 8. ἃ. Metoh. for the

office and power of judgment, John 5, 22.
Sept. for YBW2 Lev. 19, 15. Deut. 1, 17.
Is, 28, 6.—Luc, Abdic. 11. Hdian. Ν 11. 12.
Xen. An. 6. 6, 20.

b) judgment given, sentence pronounced,
genr. John 5, 30. 2 Pet. 2, 11 βλάσφη-
μον κρίσιν, also Jude 9 κρίσις βλασφημίας
(Dem. 322. 15.) Spec. sentence of punish-
ment, condemnation, 6. g. to death Acts 8,
33, quoted from Is. 53, 8 where Sept. for
DEW as also Jer. 39, 5; see in αἴρω no. 4.
b. (Zl. V. H. 13. 37. Diod. Sic. 1. 82 pen.)
Usually implying also punishment, as a cer-
tain consequence, 6. g. from God, δίκαιαι ai
κρίσεις αὐτοῦ, his judgments, punishments,
Rev. 16, 7. 19, 2. 18, 10 comp. v. 8.
2 Thess. 1,5 comp. v.6. So Sept. and
wea Jer. 1, 16. Of Christ as Judge of
the world condemning the wicked, judg-
ment, condemnation, 6. g. Matt. 23, 33 xpi-
σις τῆς γεέννης. Mark 3,29. John 5, 29 ἀνά-
στασις κρίσεως. John 3, 19. 5, 24. Heb.
10, 27. James 2, 13 bis, see in xaraxavyd-
ona. 5,12 comp. v. 9. 2 Pet. 2,4.—Trop.
of moral judgment, condemnation; 1 Tim.
5, 24 τινῶν avSporeyv αἱ ἁμαρτίαι προδηλοί
εἶσι, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν; i.e. some men’s
sins are manifest, leading on to condemna-
tion, i. e. accusing them, crying for con-
demnation ; in others, they follow after, are
only known afterwards.

3. Meton. a gudgment-seat, tribunal, put
for a court of justice, judges, i. e. the
smaller tribunals established in the cities
of Palestine, subordinate to the Sanhedrim ;
comp. Deut. 16, 18. 2 Chr. 19, 5. Accord-
ing to the Rabbins they consisted of 23
judges; but Josephus expressly says the
number was seven, Ant. 4. 8. 14, 38. B. J.
2. 20. 5; see Krebs. Obss. p. 19.—Matt. 5,
21. 22 ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει. Comp. Sept.
and ὍΘΙ Ὁ Job 9, 32, 22, 4. ᾿

4. From the Heb. right, rectitude, jus-
tice, what is just and conformable to law,
Matt. 23, 23. Luke 11, 42 παρέρχεσϑε τὴν
κρίσιν. So Sept. and YBY2 Deut. 32, 4.
Gen. 18, 25. Jer. 22, 15.—Spec. the law,
statutes, i. 6. the divine law, the religion of
Jehovah as revealed in the Gospel, Matt.
12, 18. 20, quoted from Is. 42, 1. 3. 4, where
Sept. and 82. See Gesen. Comm. on
is, ty?

Κρίσπος, ov, ὁ, Crispus, pr. n. of the
ruler of a synagogue at Connie Acts 18, 8.
1 Cor. 1, 14,

κριτήριον

κριτήριον, ov, τό, (κριτής,) α criterion,
rule of judging, Arr. Epict. 1. 11. 9 sq.—
InN. T. a judgment-seat, tribunal, put for
a court of justice, judges. a) Genr. |
James 2,6 ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια. So
Sept. Judg. 5, 10. Susann. 49. Pol. 16.
27.2. Plato Legg. 767. θ. δ) Meton. a
‘ law-suit, cause, before a tribunal, 1 Cor. 6, 2.
4. Others take it as in lett. a.

κριτής, od, ὃ, (kpivo,) a judge, i. e. one
who decides or gives an opinion in respect
to any person or thing.

1. Genr. James 2," 4 κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν
πονηρῶν; see in διαλογισμός. Matt. 12, 27.
Luke 11, 19. In an unfavourable sense
James 4, 11. Sept. for Ἴ53 1. Sam. 24, 16.
Pol. 9. 33. 12. Xen. Conv. ὄὅ. 1, 9,10. ᾿᾽

2. In a judicial sense, one who sits to
dispense justice, diff. from ὁ δικαστής where
see fully ; Matt. 5,25 bis. Luke 12, [14.]
58 bis. 18, 2. 6. Acts 18, 15. 24,10. Of
Christ the final Judge, Acts 10, 42 κριτὴς
τῶν ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. 2 Tim. 4, 8. James
5,9 comp. v.8. Of God, κριτῇ ϑεῷ πάντων
Heb. 12, 23. James 4,12. Sept. for 193
Ezra 7,4; S58 Deut. 16,18. Job 9, 24;
of God Ps. 7, 12. 50, 6—Diod. Sic. 1. 92.
Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 3. ,

3. From the Heb. i. q. a leader, ruler,
chief, Heb, B58, spoken of the Hebrew
judges so called, from Joshua to Samuel,
Acts 13, 20. Comp. Judg. 2, 16 sq. Heb.
Lex. art. 85% no. 2.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 4.

κριτικός, ἡ, dv, (κριτής,) skilled in judg-
ing, quick to discern and judge of any thing,
6. gen. Heb. 4, 12 κριτικὸς ἐνπυμήσεων κτλ.
—Luc. de Saltat. 74. Plato Polit. 292. b.

Kpovo, f. aw, to knock, to rap, e.g. ata
door for entrance, c. acc. τὴν σύραν Lnke.
13, 25. Acts 12,13; absol. Matt. 7; '7. 8.
Luke 11, 9. 10. 12,36. Acts 12, 16. Rev.
3,20. Sept. for. P23 Judg. 19,22. Cant.
5, 13.—Judith 14, 143 x. τῆν σύραν Aris-
toph. Eccl. 317. Plato Prot. 310. a. Xen.
Conv. 1. 11. The more usual Attic phrase
was κόπτειν τὴν ϑύραν, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
177. ;

κρυπτή, ἧς, 9, (κρυπτός,) ἃ crypt, vault,
secret cell; Luke 11, 33 εἰς κρύπτην τίϑη-
ot.—Athen. 5. p. 205. a. Juvenal. 5. 106
crypla, 6 εὔδιον οι

κρυπτός, ἡ, dv, (κρύπτω,) hidden, con-
cealed, and therefore secret, Matt. 10, 26 οὐ-
δέν ἐστι... κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται.
Mark 4, 22. Luke 8, 17. 12,2; ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ, in secret, where one cannot. be
seen of others, Matt. 6, 4 bis. 6 bis. 18 bis;

Al5

κρύσταλλος

ἐν κρυπτῷ, in secret, privately, John 1, 4. -
10. 18, 20. 1 Cor. 4, 5 τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκό-
τους, the secret works of darkness. 2 Cor. 4,
2 see in αἰσχύνη no. 3. Sept. for "hO2
Jer. 49, 9. (Hdian. 5. 6. 7. Xen..Mag. Eq. .
4. 10.) Trop. τὰ κρυπτά twos, the secrets ot
one’s heart, secret thoughts, Rom. 2, 16.
1 Cor. 14, 25. 1 Pet. 3, 4 ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς
καρδίας ἄνϑρωπος, i. 6. the internal man.
Rom. 2, 29 ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ “Iovdaios, a
Jew at heart.—Ecclus. 1, 30. 4, 18.

κρύπτω, f. ψω, to hide, to conceal ; Mid.
or Pass. to hide oneself, to be hid; Pass. aor.
2 ἐκρύβην as Pass. to be hid, Matt. 5, 14.
Luke 19, 42; and with Mid. signif. to hide
oneself John 8,59. 12,36. Buttm. §113.n.6.
§136. 1,2. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 317 sq.
—Matt. 5, 14 οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι. 13,
35. v. 44 ὃν εὑρὼν ἔκρυψε. (25, 18.] 1 Tim.
5, 25. Heb: 11, 23. Rev. 2,17 rod μάννα rod
κεκρυμμένου, of the hidden manna, as symbo-
lical of the enjoyments of the kingdom of
heaven ; in allusion to the manna laid up in
the ark, of which the antitype is in the true
temple in heaven, Ex. 16, 33 sq. Rev. 11,
19; comp. Heb. 9, 4. 11. Others unne-
cessarily suppose an allusion to the Jewish
tradition, that the ark with the pot of man-
na was hidden by order of king Josiah, and
will again be brought to light in the reign
of the Messiah; comp. Wetst. N. T. and
Schettg. Hor. Heb. in loc. With ἔν τινι,
Matt. 13, 44 ϑησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ
ἀγρῷ. 25,25; trop. Οὐ]. 8,8. With εἴς τι
Rev. 6,1 ; ἀπό τινος to hide from, John 12,
36 Ἰησοῦς ἀπελϑὼν ἐκρύβη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, hia
himself from them. Luke 18, 34. 19, 42,
Rey. 6, 16; so John 8, 59 Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἐκρύ-
Bn, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, i. 6. Jesus
hid himself and afterwards went out of the
temple; or we may render ἐκρύβη adverbial-
ly, he secretly went out, comp. in dmorod-
pdw. Part. perf. κεκρυμμένος, hidden, as
adv. secretly, John 19, 38, see Buttm. § 123.
6. Sept. for 8"35F] Gen. 3, 8.10; "MON
Gen. 4, 13.—Hdian. 1. 14. 7. Plato Legg.
958.e; c. ἐν Hdian. 3. 4.14; eis Diod. Sic,
4. 33; ἀπό Hom. Od. 23. 110.

κρυσταλλίζω, f. ίσω, (κρύσταλλος,) ἰο
be as crystal, clear and sparkling, Rev. 21,
11

κρύσταλλος, ov, 6, ἧ, (κρύος, κρυσταΐνω
to ἔγθ6Ζ6,) crystal, pr. any thing congealed
and pellucid, 6, g. ice Sept. for M22 Job 6
16. Plato Tim. 59. e—In N. T. prob. rock-
erystal, Rev. 4,6 22,1. So Diod. Sic. 2,
52 init. Strabo 15. p. 717. Comp. Plin.
Η. Ν. 37. 9.

κρυφαῖος

κρυφαῖος, a, ov, (κρύπτω,) hidden, se-
cret, Matt. 6, 18 bis Lachm. ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ,
for ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Rec. Sept. for "2
Jer. 23, 24.—Xen. Hi. 10. 6.

κρυφῆ, adv. (κρύπτω,) secretly, not open-
ly, Eph. 5,12. Sept.for "W223 Deut. 28,
57.—Soph. Ant. 85. Xen. Cony. 5. 8. Comp.
Buttm. § 115. n. 3.

κτάομαι; Gua, f. Arona, Mid. depon.

to get for oneself, to acquire, to procure, by
purchase or otherwise; perf. κέκτημαι as
pres. to have got, to possess, see Buttm.
§113. 7; so c. acc. Matt. 10, 9. Luke 18,
12 πάντα ὅσα κτῶμαι.. 1 Thess. 4, 4 τὸ ἑαυ-
τοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσϑαι, lo acquire his own ves-
sel i. e. a wife, in the oriental manner by
purchase ; see in σκεῦος no. 3. With an

adjunct of price, 6. g. gen. Acts 22,28; διά,

c. gen. 8, 20 ; ἐκ c. gen. 1, 18 οὗτος ἐκτήσατο
χωρίον ἐκ Tod μισϑοῦ κτλ. 1. e. was the occa-
sion of purchasing; comp. Rom. 14, 15.
1 Tim. 4,16. With ἐν ὁ. dat. trop. Luke
21,19 ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν κτήσασϑε τὰς
ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, through your patience gain
your own souls, secure your salvation ;
comp. Matt. 10, 22 et 24, 13. Sept. for
MP Gen. 4, 1. 25, 10.—Ecclus. 51, 28.
#). V. H. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3.

κτῆμα, aros, τό, (kéxrnpat,) @ posses-
sion, property, any thing acquired and pos-
sessed, estate; Matt. 19, 22 et Mark 10, 22
ἦν yap ἔχων κτήματα πολλά. Acts 2, 45. 5,
1 comp. v. 3 where is χωρίον. Sept. for
mbm Job 20, 29; IW. Prov. 23, 10.—
Luc. Tox. 62. Hdian. 7.12. 13. Xen. Mem.
3.11.5.

κτῆνος, eos, ovs, τό, (κτάομαι;) pr. i. 4.
κτῆμα, a possession, property ; spec. in Plur.
flocks and herds of every kind, Pol. 12. 4.
14. Xen. An. 4. 5. 25.—In N. T. ἃ beast,
domestic animal, e. g. as bought or sold
Rey. 18, 18 ; as yielding meat 1 Cor. 15,
39; as used for riding or burden Luke 10,
34. Acts 23,24. Sept. for 7273 Ex. 9, 20;
ἜΣ Num. 20,8; 37% Gen. 13,2.'7; Ἰδὲ
Gen. 30, 44.—Hdian. 4. 15. 13 of horses
and camels. Luc. Asin. 13.

KTHTOP, opos, 6, (κτάομαι,) ὦ possessor,
᾿ς owner, Acts 4, 34 xrnropes xwpiav.—Diod.
Sic. VI. p. 196.

Krife, f. ἰσω, (kindr. κτάομαι,) pr. to
people and till a land, Hom. I. 20. 216; to
found a city, Hom. Od. 11. 263, Diod. Sic.
1.12. Plato Prot. 322. b—In N. T. to found,
* to create, to form, 6. g. of God as creating
the universe or any of its parts, c. acc.
Mark 13,19 ἧς ἔκτισε ὁ Seds. Eph. 3, 9.

416

κυβερνήτης

Col. 3, 10. 1 Tim. 4, 3. Rey. 4,11. 10,6;
absol. Rom. 1,25; Pass. 1 Cor. 11, 9. Rev.
4,11. Of Christ, Pass, Col. 1,16 bis. Sept.
for 83 Deut. 4, 32. Ps. 89,13. (Wisd. 11,
17, Ecclus. 17, 1. Auschyl. Suppl. 172.)
Trop. of a moral creation, renovation, Epk.
2,10 κτισϑέντες ἐν X. Ἶ. ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαϑοῖς
v. 15. 4, 24. So Sept. and 873 Ps, 51, 12.

κτίσις, ews, ἧ, (κτίζω,) a founding of
cities Jos. c. Ap. 1. 2. Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Thuc.
1. 18.—In N. T. creation, i. e.

1. The act of creating, Rom. 1, 20 ἀπὸ
κτίσεως kdopov.—Psalt. Salom. 8, 7.

2. Genr. a created thing, and collect. cre-
ated things ; Rom. 1,25 ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτί-
oe παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα. 8, 39. Heb. 4, 13.
So Wisd. 2, 6. Ecclus. 49, 16.—Spec. and
collect! a) creation in general, the uni-
verse, Θ. g. ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως Mark 10, 6.
13, 19. 2 Pet. 3, 4. Col. 1, 15 πρωτότοκος
πάσης κτίσεως. Rey. 3,14. So Rom. 8,
19. 20. 21. 22. Spec. the vigible creation,
Heb. 9,11. So. genr. Judith 9,12. 16, 14.
b) Meton. for man, mankind, Mark 16, 15
κηρύξατε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει. Col.
1,28. Trop. 2 Cor. 5, 17 et Gal. 6, 15
καινὴ κτίσις a new creature in a moral sense,
i. q. καινὸς GvSpwros in Eph. 4, 24.

3. Spec. an ordinance, institution, 1 Pet.
2,13 ὑποτάγητε οὖν πάσῃ ἀνϑρωπίνῃ κτίσει,
i. 6. every institution among men, as govern-
ment, magistrates, etc.

κτίσμα; aros, τό, (κτίζω,) a place found-
ed, a colony, Strabo 7. p. 315.—In N. T. a
created thing, creature, 1 'Tim. 4, 4. James
1,18. Rev. 5,13. 8,9. So Wisd. 9,2. 13, 5.

κτίστης, ov; ὁ, (κτίζω,) the founder of a
city, Diod. Sic. 11. 66 fin. Plut. Camill. 1.

; —In N. T. a creator, spoken of God, 1 Pet.
4,19... So Ecclus. 24, 8. 2 Mace. 1, 24.
κυβεία, as, 7, (κύβος cube, die,) dice-
playing, Athen. 10. p. 445. a. Xen. Mem. 1.
3. 2. Cie. 1. 20.—In N. T. trop. gambling,
sleight, artifice; 6. g. ἐν κυβείᾳ ἀνϑδ)ρώπων,
through the sleight of men, Eph. 4, 14. So
Rabb. 8735p Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1984. The-
odoret. κυβείαν yap τὴν πανουργίαν καλεῖ.
κυβέρνησ. tS, ews, (κυβερνάω,) pr. a steer
ing, pilotage, Plato Rep. 488. b.—In N. T
a governing, direction, put for concr. govern
ors, directors, in the primitive churches,
1 Cor. 12, 28. Sept. for mi>3a"M Prov.
11,14. So Plut. Phocion 2 pen. Pind. Pyth
10. 112.
; κυβερνήτης, ov, 6, (κυβερνάω, Lat. gu-
berno,) the governor of a ship, i. 6. the steers-

man, pilot, Lat. gubernator, who had the

Ὑ

κυκλευω 417

sole direction of the ship; Acts 27, 11. Kev.
18, 17. See Potter’s Gr. Antt. II. p. 144.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 406. Sept. for 531
Ez, 27, 8. 27. 28.—Pol. 1. 37. 4. Xen. Mem.
1. 7. 3.

κυκλεύω, f. εὐσω, (κύκλος,) to encircle,
to surround, to compass, as besiegers a city
or camp, c. acc. Rev. 20, 9 Lachm. for Rec.
xueddo.—Strabo 6. p. 283.

κυκλόϑεν, adv. (κύκλος,) from around,
round about, Rev. 4, 3. 4. 8; c. gen. Rev.
5,11 Rec. Sept. for 2°39 Judg. 8, 34.
1 K. 4, 24.—Lys. 283. 14. Dio Chrys. Or.
6. 216. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 9.

κύκλος, ov, 6, @ circle, in N. T. only in
dat. κύκλῳ as. adv. around, round about,
comp. Buttm. §115.4. Mark 3, 34 περι-
βλεψάμενος κύκλῳ. 6, 6. 36. Luke 9, 12.
Rom. 15, 19; 6. gen. Rev. 4, 6 κύκλῳ τοῦ
Spdévov. 5,11 Grb. 7,11. Sept. for 3°39
Gen. 23,17. Ex. 30,3; 6. gen. for inf. >
Josh. 6, 3—Hdian. 1. 15. 5. Xen. Hell. 6.
5. 17; c. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 5.

KUKNO®, &, f. dow, (κύκλος.) to encircle,
to surround, c. ace. John 10, 24. Acts 14,
20. Of besiegers, to surround, to compass,
c. acc. Rev. 20, 9. Pass. Luke 21, 20
κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων τὴν Ἵερουσ.
Heb. 11, 30. Sept, for ΞΞῸ 1 Κ. 7,15; m2n
Is. 29, 3.—Pol. 1. 17. 13. * Zl. Hi. An, 2 8.
Thue. 4. 32.

κυλίω, f. iow, a later form i. q. κυλίνδω,
Buttm. $114; to roll, c. acc. 6. g. λίϑους
Sept. for 553 Josh. 10,18; mi%ov Luc. Hist.
conscr. 2. —In N..T. ‘Mia. to roll oneself, to
wallow, Mark 9, 30 ἐκυλίετο ἀφρίζων. So
Arr. Epict. 4. 11. 29. Diod. Bic. 1. 87.

KUNG HA, aros, τό, (κυλίω,) pr. some-
thing rolled, a wheel, Symm. for 5353 Ez.
10, 13.—In N. T. a rwallowing-place, i i. 4.
κυλίστρα, 2 Pet. 2,22 ὗς... εἰς κύλισμα Bop-
βόρου; see in βόρβορος. So Poll. Onom. I.
183; comp. κυλίστρα Xen. Eq. 5. 3.

κυλλός, 7, Ov, (kindr. κοῖλος.) pr. bent,
crooked, e. g. the hand as held out in beg-
ging, Aristoph. Eq. 1083 ; also of the limbs,
as κυλλοποδίων of Vulcan, Hom. Il. 18. 371.
—Hence genr. and in N. T. crippled, lame,
espec. in the hands, Matt. 15, 30. 31. 18,8.
Mark 9, 43. So Aristoph. Av. 1379. Hipp.
de Off. med. 6. p. 14. Poll. On. 4. 188.
See Kypke I. p. 79.

κῦμα, aros, τό, (κύω,) a wave, dillow,
Matt. 8, 24. 14, 24. Mark 4, 37. Acts 27,
41. Jude 13. Sept. for 3 Job 38, 11. Is.
48, 18.—Pol. 10. 10. 3. Plato Tim. 43. Ὁ.

27

Κυρηνιος

κύμβαλον, ου, τό, (κύμβος.) a
1 Cor. 13,1. Sept. for nox 1 Chr. 13, 8.
—Luce. Alex. 9. Xen. Eq. Ἵ. 8.

κύμινον, ov, τό, cummin, cuminum sa-
tivum Linn. Heb. 123, Germ. Kiimmel, an
umbelliferous plant with aromatic seeds of
a warm and bitterish taste, very similar to
caraway-seeds ; they were used by the an-
cients as a condiment, as they still are by
the common people of Germany ; Matt. 23,
23. Sept. for 133 Is. 28, 25. 27.—Theophr.
H. Pl. 7. 3. 2, 3. Comp. Plin. H. N. 20. 57.
Celsii Hierob. I. p. 516 sq.

κυνάριον, ov, τό, (dim. κύων,) α little
dog, puppy, Matt. 15, 26. 271. Mark 7, 27.
28.—Arr. Epict. 2. 22. Plato Euthyd. 27.
p- 298. d. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.20. Comp. Lob
ad Phryn. p. 180.

Κύπριος, ov, 6, α Cyprian, Cypriot,
from Cyprus, Acts 4, 36. 11, 20. 21, 16.

Κύπρος, ov, ἡ, Cyprus, a large and
celebrated island of the Mediterranean, not
far from the coasts of Syria and Asia Mi
nor, extremely fertile, and abounding in
wine, oil, alhenna, and mineral productions.
The inhabitants were luxurious and effemi-
nate. The presiding divinity of the island
was Venus, who had a famous temple at
Paphos, and is hence often called the Pa-
phian goddess. Of the Cyprian cities, Sa-
Jamis and Paphos. are mentioned in N. T.
It was governed by a proconsul; see in
dy3vmaros. Acts 11, 19. 13, 4. 15, 39. 21,
3. 27,4. Comp. Cellar. Notit. Orb. II. p.
225 sq. Pococke Descr. of the East, II. i. p.
210 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 378 sq.

κύπτω, f. ψω, to bend forwards, to stoop
down, absol. Mark 1,7. John8,6.8. Sept. for
TIP 1 Sam. 24, 9. 1K. 1, 16. 31.—Plaut.
Agesil. 12 med. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7.

Κυρηναῖος, ov, ὁ, a Cyrenian, from
Cyrene in Africa, spoken of Jews born or
residing there, Matt. 27, 32. Mark 15, 21.
Luke 23, 26. Acts 6, 9: 11,20. 13, 1.

Κυρήνη, ns, ἡ, Cyrene, a large and
powerful city of Libya Cyrenaica in north-
ern Africa, situated in a plain a few miles
from the Mediterranean coast. It was the
resort of great numbers of Jews, who were
here protected by the Ptolemies and by the
Roman power. Acts 2,10. See 1 Mace.
15, 23. Jos. Ant. 14. 7.2. ib. 16. 6. 5. ὁ.
Ap. 2. 4. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 367.

Κυρήνιος, ov, 6, Cyrenius, Lat. Quiri-
nus, Luke 2,2, i. e. Publius Sulpitius Qui-
rinus, ἃ Roman senator, of an obscure

κυρία

family, but raised to the highest honours
by Augustus, Tacit. Ann. 3. 48. He was
sent as governor or proconsul to Syria;
and as such took a census of the whole
province With a view to taxation, which
was completed in A. D. 8, according to the
usual chronology, Acts 5,37. Jos. Ant. 18.
1. 1. ib, 18. 2, 1—The census spoken of
in Luke |. c. was perhaps a mere entrol-
ment of persons (see in ἀπογραφή), and is
therefore mentioned by no other historian ;
but how could it have been made by Cyre-
nius, who first came as proconsul several
years later? and when too at the time spe-
cified by Luke, Saturninus or Varrus and
not Cyrenius was proconsul of Syria? Not
improbably Cyrenius may have been at that
time joined with Saturninus, either as a
commissioner, or as his procurator, and is
therefore called ἡγέμων, just as Volumnius
had before been procurator and was called
ἡγέμων, Jos. Ant. 16. 9. 1. ib. 16. 10. 8;
and just as Coponius afterwards was joined
as procurator with Cyrenius himself, and so
was called ἡγέμων, Jos. Ant. 18. 1.1. Pro-
fane history does not indeed assert that
Quirinus had thus been procurator of Syria
at a period some years before he was sent
thither as proconsul ; but it does relate that
he had been before sent into the east as
imperial commissioner; Tacit. 1. c. comp.
2. 42, and Jos. Ant. 18.1.1. The hypo-
thesis is therefore a probable one, and is fa-
voured also by the mode of expression in
Luke: This census took place First (as the
first) under Cyrenius. See Ideler Chronol.
II. p. 894 5ᾳ. Credner Beitr. z. Einl. in
N. T. I. p. 230 sq. Miinter Stern d. Wei-
sen 88 sq.—Others take πρώτη for compar.
πρότερα, and render before Cyrenius ; but
without sufficient authority; see Tholuck
Glaubwiirdigk. p. 182 sq. Huschke ib. d.
Census, p. 89 sq.

κυρία, as, 7, (fem. of κύριος.) mistress,
lady, used as an honorary title of address to
a female, as in English, 2 John 1.5; comp.
in κύριος I. 8. So Epict. Ench. 40 αἱ y-
vaikes κυρίαι καλοῦνται ἀπὸ τεσσαρεσκαί-
δεκα ἐτῶν. Genr. Sept. for m3 Gen. 16, 4.
2K. 5,3. Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 12.—Others re-
gard it as a fem. pr. n. Cyria, which was
not unusual among the Greeks ; comp.
Gruteri Inscript. p. 1127. no. ΧΙ. Liicke
Comm. in Joh. IIT. p. 351. ed. 2.

κυριακός, 7, Ov, (κύριος.) pertaining to
the Lord, to the Lord Jesus Christ; 6. g.
κυριακὸν δεῖπνον the Lord’s supper 1 Cor.
11, 20; κυρ. ἡμέρα the Lord’s day Rev. 1,

418 κύριος

10.—Act. Thom. ᾧ 31. Clem. Alex. Strom.
7. 10. ;

κυριεύω, f. εύσω, (κύριος,) to be lord
over any person or thing, to have dominion
over, c..gen. Luke 22, 25 of βασιλεῖς τῶν
eSvav κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν. Rom. 14,9. 2 Cor.
1,24. Part. 6 κυριεύων, a lord, potentate,
1 Tim. 6, 15 κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων Lord
of lords ; comp. in βασιλεύς no. 1. Trop. of
things, Rom. 6, 9. 14 ἁμαρτία yap ὑμῶν οὐ
κυριεύσει. 7,1. Sept. for 282 J udg. 9, 2.
Is, 19, 4.—Pol. 5. 34. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11.

κύριος, ov, 6, (κῦρος,) lord, master, owner.

I, Generally: 1. The possessor, owner,
master, e. g. of property, Matt. 20, 8 ὁ xv-
plos Tov ἀμπελῶνος. 21,40. Gal. 4,1. Sept.
ὁ κύριος τοῦ ταύρου Heb. 553 Ex, 21, 28.
29. 84. (Pol. 8. 98. 10. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 44.)
So the master or head of a house, Mark 13,
35 κύριος τῆς οἰκίας. Matt. 15,27. (Sept.
and >33 Ex. 22, 7.) The master or pos-
sessor of persons, servants, slaves, Matt. 10.
24. 24,45 δοῦλος... ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος
αὐτοῦ κτὰ. ν. 46. 48. 50. Acts 16, 16. 19.
Rom. 14, 4. Eph. 6, 5. 9. Col. 3, 22. 4, 1.
al. Sept. for ΠΥ ΝΣ Judg. 19, 11. Gen.
24,9sq. (Luc. Nigr. 26. Diod. Sic. 4. 63.
Xen. Conv. 6.1.) Spoken of α husband,
1 Pet. 3, 6 ὡς Σάῤῥα ὑπήκουσε τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ,
κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα. Sept. for ἽΝ Gen.
18, 12. So Plut. Mor. IL. p. 210.—With
gen. of thing, and without the art. lord,
master of any thing, as having absolute au-
thority over it, 6. g. κύριος τοῦ Sepiopov
Matt. 9, 38. Luke 10, 2; «. rod σαββάτου
Matt. 12, 8. Mark 2,28. So Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 19 κύριος εἶναι ra φυτὰ καρποῦσϑαι. Dem.
36. 27. Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 22.

2. Of a supreme lord, sovereign, 6. g. the
Roman emperor Acts 25, 26. So Philo
Leg. ad Cai. II. p. 587. 42. Arr. Epict. 4.
1. 12. Plut. Brut. 30.—Of the heathen gods,
1 Cor. 8.5 ὥσπερ εἰσὶ Seot πολλοὶ καὶ κύ-
ptot πολλοί, i. e. gods superior and inferior.
So Pind. Isth. 5. 67 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων Kiptas.
Diod. Sic. 1. 65.

3. As an honorary title of address, espe-
cially to superiors, as Engl. Master, Sir,
Fr. Sieur, Monsieur ; Germ. Herr ; e, g.
from a servant to his master Matt. 13, 27.
Luke 13, 8; a son to his father Matt. 21,
30; to a teacher, master, Matt. 8,25. Luke
9, 54, (comp. in ἐπιστάτης.) and so doubled
Matt. 7, 21. 22. Luke 6, 46; to a person of
dignity and authority, Mark 7, 28. John 4,
11. 15. 19. 49; to the Roman procurator
Matt. 27, 63. Also in the respectful inter
course of common life, John 12,21. 20,15

κύριος
Acts 16,30. Comp. Seneca Ep. 3, ‘ obvios,
si nomen non succurrit, dominos appella-
mus.’ Sept. and i798 Gen. 19, 2. 23, 6.
11. 15. al.—Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 30. ib. 3. 10.
15. Pol. 7. 9. 5.

II. Spec. of God and Christ.

1. Of God as the Supreme Lord and
sovereign of the universe, usually in Sept.
for Heb. M357 Jehovah. With the art. ὁ
κύριος, Matt. 1, 22. 5, 33. Mark 5, 19.
Luke 1, 6. 28. Acts. 7, 33. Heb. 8, 2. 10.
James 4, 15. al. sep. Without the art.
κύριος Matt. 27, 10. Mark 13, 20. Luke
1, 58. Acts 7, 49. Rom. 4, 8. Heb. 7, 21.
1 Pet. 1, 25. al. sep. So Sept. for 5%,
ὁ κύρ. Job 1,7; κύρ. Gen. 11, 5. 18, 33;
ΩΣ, ὁ κύρ. Is. 49,14; κύρ. 1 K. 22, 6;
MIM "2X, ὁ κύρ. Ps. 73,28; κύρ. 1 K. 2,
26; DE, ὁ κύρ. 1 Sam. 23,7; κύρ. Gen.
21, 2. 6; >, ὁ κύρ. Job 8,33; κύρ. Num.
23, 8; πῶ, cup. Job 6, 4. 14.—With ad-
juncts, without the art. 6. g. κύριος ὁ Se-

és twos Matt. 4,7. 10. 22, 37. Luke 1,:

16. al. Sept. for TIN "258 15, 25, 8. Ez.

“4, 14; (so Judith 8, 14. 16;) κύριος σα-

Baws Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. Sept. and
Heb. MINSE MIN 1 Sam. 15, 2. Is. 1, 9.
So κύριος παντοκράτωρ 2 Cor. 6, 18,
and κύριος ὁ Seds 6 παντοκράτωρ Rev. 4, 8.
11,17. al. Sept. for PINAY FIN 2 Sam.
7,8. Nah. 2,14. Also κύριος τῶν κυ-

ριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Tim. 6, 15,

comp. in βασιλεύς no. 1. Further, κύριος
οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς Acts 17, 24; and so ap-
plied also to God as the Father of our Lord
Jesus Christ, Matt. 11, 25 πατέρ, κύριε τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ κτὰ. Luke 10, 21. Comp. Heb.
prawn WSR HIN? Sept. κύριος ὁ Yeds τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ 2 Chr. 36,23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh. 1, 5.

2. Of the Lord Jesus Christ. a) In
reference to his abode on earth as a master
and teacher, where itis i. q. ῥαββί, and ἐπι-
στάτης, comp. Matt. 17, 4 with Mark 9, 5
and Luke 9, 33; comp. also John 13, 13.
14. So chiefly in the evangelists before the
resurrection of Christ, and with the art.
ὁ κύριος THE Lord emphat. Matt. 21, 3 ὁ
κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει. 28, 6. Luke 7, 13.

-10, 1. John 4, 1. 20, 2. 13. Acts 9, 5.

1 Cor. 9, 5. al. sep. With adjuncts, e. g.
ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος John 13, 13. 14;
ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς Luke 24, 3. Acts 1, 21.
4,33.al. Ὁ) As the Supreme Lord of the
gospel dispensation, Head over all things to
the church Eph. 1, 22; Lord of all, 6 yap
αὐτὸς κύριος πάντων Rom. 10, 12; comp. 9,
5. 1 Cor. 15, 25 sq. Heb. 2, 8. 8, 1. Rey.
17,14. With the art. ὁ κύριος Mark 16,

419

KUpO@

19. 20. Acts 8,25. 19,10. 2 Cor. 3, 17.
Eph. 5, 10. Col. 3,23. 2 Thess. 3, 1. 5.
2 Tim. 4, 8. James 5, 7. al.sep. Soc
gen. of pers. 6 κύριός pov, Matt. 22, 44.
Eph. 6, 9. Heb. '7, 14. Rev. 11, 8. With-
out the art. κύριος Luke 1, 76. 2 Cor. 3,
16. 17. Col. 4, 1. 2 Pet. 3,10. For ἐν xv-
ρίῳ see below.—With adjuncts, ο. art. ὁ κύ:
ptos Ἰησοῦς or Ἰησοῦς ὁ x. 1 Cor. 5, 5. 11,
23. Rom. 4, 24; 6 κύρ. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς Heb.
13, 20; 6 x. ἡμῶν Χριστός once Rom. 16,
18; ὁ x. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, or “I. Xp. 6. κύρ.
Acts 16, 31. Rom. 13, 14. al. Rom. 1, 4.
1 Cor. 1,9. al. ὁ κύρ. ἡμῶν Ἶ. Xp. 1 Cor. 1,
2. 10. Gal. 6, 18. al. sep. "I. Xp. 6. Kup.
ἡμῶν Eph. 8; 11. 1 Tim. 1,2. 2 Pet. 1, 2.
So without the art. κύριος Ἰησοῦς Rom. 10,
9. 1 Cor. 12, 3. Phil. 2,19. al. Χριστὸς κύ-
ptos, the Messiah, Luke 2, 11; κύριος Ἰη-
σοῦς Χριστός, or “I. Xp. κύριος, Rom. 1,
7. 2 Cor. 1, 2. Phil. 1, 2. al. 2 Cor. 4, 5;
κύριος ἡμῶν “I. Xp. Gal. 1, 3.—Spec. in
the phrase ἐν κυρίῳ, in the Lord, without
the art. found only in the usage of Paul ex-
cept once Rey. 14, 13, and to be explained
from the fact, that believers are represented
as one with Christ; as members of his
body Eph. 5, 30, comp. 1 Cor. 12, 27; or
also of one spiritual body of which Christ is
the Head Col. 3, 19, comp. Eph. 2,20; and
are therefore in Christ ; see espec. in ἐν no.
l.c.a. Hence ἐν κυρίῳ is: a) in the
Lord, after verbs of rejoicing, trusting, and
the like, genr. Phil. 3, 1. 1 Cor. 1, 31.
Phil. 2, 19. 8) in or by the Lord, by
his authority, Eph. 4, 17. 1 Thess. 4, 1.
y) in or through the Lord,through his aid and
influence, by his help, 1 Cor. 15, 58. 2 Cor.
2,12. Gal. 5,10. Eph. 2,21. Col. 4, 17.
8) in the work of the Lord, in the gospel-
work, Rom. 16, 8. 13. 1 Cor. 4, 17. 9, 2.
Eph. 6, 21. 1 Thess. 5,12. ε) As mark-
ing condition, one in the Lord, i. 6. united
with him, his follower, a Christian, Rom.
16,11. Phil. 4,1. Philem. 16. ὦ As
denoting manner, in the Lord, i. e. as be-
comes those who are in the Lord, Chris-
tians, Rom. 16, 2. 22. 1 Cor. 7, 39. Eph.
6,1. Phil. 2, 29. Col. 83,18. +

κυριότης, τητος, ἧ, (κύριος,) lordship,
dominion, for concr. lords, princes, rulers,
Eph. 1,21. Col. 1, 16. 2 Pet. 2, 10. Jude
8.—Not found in classic writers.

κυρόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (Kipos,) to make valid,
sure, lo confirm, c.acc. 6. g. διαθήκην Gal.
3,15. 2 Cor. 2, 8 κυρῶσαι eis αὐτὸν ἀγάπην.
Sept. Pass. for psp Gen. 23, 20.—Jos. Ant
10. 11. 6. Pol. 1. 11. 1, 3. Thue. 8. 69.

κυὼν

κύων, κυνός, 6, ἡ, a dog ; Plur. οἱ κύνες,
dogs; Luke 16, 21. 2 Pet. 2, 22. Sept. for
509 Ex, 22,31. Judg.7, 5. (Ail. H. An.
8.9. Xen. Mem. 2. 7.13.) In the east
dogs are mostly without masters; they
wander at large in the streets and fields,
often in troops, and feed upon offal and
even corpses; comp. 1 K. 14,11. 16, 4.
21, 19. Ps, 59, 6.14 sq. They are held
as unclean, and to call one a dog is a
stronger expression of contempt than even
with us; 1 Sam. 17, 43. 2K. 8,13. The
Jews called the heathen dogs, just as Mu-
hammedans do Christians at the present
day ; comp. Schesttgen Hor. Heb. p. 1145.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Alterthk. IV. ii. p. 95.
—Trop. for an impudent, shameless person,
including the idea of uncleanness ; 50 Phil. 3,
2, where it is spoken of Judaizing teachers,
‘comp. Is. 56, 11. (Hom. Il. 6. 344, 356. Od.
22. 35.) Soin the proverb, Matt. 7, 6 μὴ
δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσί, lit. give not that
which is holy unto dogs, i. e. genr. proffer
not good and holy things to those who will
spurn and pervert them.—Plur. also for
Sodomites, catamites, Rev. 22, 15; so Sept.
and 33 Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18.

κῶλον, ov, τό, (perh. κέλλω,) α limb,
member, of the human body Eurip. Phen.
1185 [1201]. Apollodor. Bibl. 3. 5; of an
animal Diod. Sic. 3. 28.—In N. T. Plur.
τὰ κῶλα, the limbs, for the carcass, corpse,
as in Engl. the bones, Heb. 3,17. So Sept.
for "28 Num. 14, 29, 32. Is. 66, 24.

κωλύω, f. dow, (κόλος, kindr. κολάζω,
κολούω,) pr. to cut short; hence genr. lo
hinder, to prevent, to restrain, pr. with acc.
of pers. and gen. of thing, Acts 27, 43 ἐκώ-
λυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος. So Sept.
for }2 322 1 Sam. 25, 26. (Pol. 2. 8. 8.
Xen. Ag. 2. 2.) With ace. of pers. and inf.
Acts 8, 36 ri κωλύει με βαπτισϑδῆναι. 16, 6.
24, 23. 1 Thess. 2,16. Heb. 7, 23; acc.
impl. Luke 23,2. 1 Tim. 4, 3. Matt. 19,
14; inf. impl. Mark 9, 38. 39. 10, 14. Luke
9, 49. 11, 52. 18,16. Acts 11,17. Rom. 1,
13. 3 John 10; absol. Luke 9, 50. (Hdian.
1, 12.5. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.43 ace. impl. Jos.
ὁ. Ap. 1. 22 κωλύουσι of νόμοι ξενικοὺς ὅρ-
κους ὀμνύειν. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 26; inf.
impl. Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 26; 4050]. Xen. An.
4. 2. 25 ult.) With acc. of thing, 1 Cor.
14, 39 καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν γλώσσαις μὴ κωλύετε.
2 Pet. 2, 16. (Hidian. 3. 1. 13. Xen. Mem.
. 4.5.5.) With ace. of thing and τοῦ ὁ. inf.
Acts 10, 47 pire τὸ ὕδωρ κωλῦσαι ... TOU
μὴ Barrio Svat τοῦτους, comp. Buttm. § 140.
n, 10. Winer § 45. 4. b.—By Hebr. with acc.

421)

Kas
of thing and ἀπό c. gen. of pers. Luke 6,

29 ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός cov τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν
χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς. So Sept. for 72822
Gen. 23,6; 72 272 2 Sam. 13, 13.

κώμη, nS, ἧ; (κείμαι, κοιμάω,) a village,
hamlet, country-town, without walls, opp. to
a fortified city.

1. Genr. 6. g. τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὰς κώμας
Matt. 9, 35. 10, 11. Luke 8,1. 13, 22;
ἀγροὶ καὶ κῶμαι fields and villages Mark 6,
36. Luke 9,12; κῶμαι ἢ πόλεις ἢ aypor
Mark 6, 56; 4 κώμη, ai κῶμαι; simply, Matt.
14, 15. 21,2. Mark 6,6. 11,2. Luke 5,
17. 9, 6. 52. 56. 10,38. 17, 12. 19, 30.
24,13. 28. John 11, 1. 30. So John 7, 42
of Bethlehem, i. e. before the time of Reho-
boam, who fortified it, 2 Chr. 11, 6. Meton.
villages for the inhabitants of villages Acts
8, 25. Sept. for "23 1 Chr. 27, 25. Cant.
7,12. So Pol. 2. 17. 9 @xovy κατὰ κώμας
ἀτειχίστους. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 28.—Spec.
Mark 8,27 αἱ κῶμαι Καισαρείας, the villages
of Cesarea, i. 6. lying around and depend-
ent upon it. Sept. Plur. for miza Josh. 15
45. 17,11; “xn Josh. 18, 31 sq. 19, 6 sq

2. Apparently of a large town or city
perhaps without walls, or partly in ruins
e. g. the northern Bethsaida (Julias), Mark
8, 23. 26 bis; comp. v. 22. Sept. for ἊΣ
Josh. 10, 37. 15, 9.—Hdian. 3. 6. 19 of
Byzantium, πᾶσά τε ἡ πόλις Kareoxady’
καὶ... «παντός τε κόσμου καὶ τιμῆς ἀφαιρεϑέν.
τὸ Βυζάντιον κώμη δουλεύειν Περινϑβίοις δῶ-
ρον ἐδόϑη.

κωμόπολις, cas, 7, (κώμη, πόλις,) 6
village-city, town, i. 6. “ἃ large village οἱ
town like a city, but without walls, Mark
1, 38.—Strabo 13. p. 887. b, καὶ τὸ Ἴλιον͵
ὃ νῦν ἐστι, κωμόπολίς τις ἦν.

κῶμος, ov, ὃ, a revel, carousal, Lat. co
missatio, a merry-making or rioting after
supper, the guests often sallying into the
streets with torches, music, frolic, and songs
in honour espec. of Bacchus ; Rom. 13, 13.
Gal. 5,21. 1 Pet. 4, 3.—2 Mace. 6, 6. Diod.
Sic. 17. 72. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.25. Comp.
Adam’s Rom, Ant. p. 434. Dict. of Antt.
art. Comissatio.

κώνωψ", wmos, ὃ, }, α gnat, culex, as
found in acid wine and vinegar, Matt. 23,
24; see in xdpndos.—Aristot. H. An. 5. 19
of δὲ κώνωπες ἐκ σκωλήκων, οἱ γίνονται ἐκ
τῆς περὶ τὸ ὄξος ἰλύος. Plut. adv. Stoic. 28 ;
genr. Hdot. 9. 9ὅ. Comp. Buxt. Lex. 1516.

Kas, ἡ, gen. Ka, acc. Κῶν and Ka,
Buttm. § 37. n. 2; Cos or Co, now Slan-
ko or Stanchio, a small and fertile island of

Κωσάμ,

the Egean sea, near the coast of Caria in
Asia Minor, almost between the promonto-
ries on which the cities Cnidus and Hali-
carnassus were situated. It was celebrated
for its wine, silks, and cotton of a beautiful
texture. Acts 21, 1 εἰς τὴν Kav.—1 Mace.
15, 23 εἰς Κῶ. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2. See
Strabo 14. p. 657.

Κωσάμ, ὃ, indec. Cosam, prob. Heb.
nop, pr. n. of a man Luke 3, 28.

κωφός, ἡ, dv, (κόπτω.) pr. blunted, dull,
ὃν 5. a weapon comp. Hom. Il. 11. 390.—
{n N. T. trop. of the senses and faculties.

A.

λαγχάνω, f. λήξομαι, aor. 2 ἔλαχον,
gerf. εἴληχα.

1. to obtain by lot, to have fall to one’s
lot; c. gen. Luke 1, 9 ἔλαχε τοῦ ϑυμιάσαι,
the different portions of the daily service
being assigned by lot, see Wetst. N. T. in
loc. Matth. § 328. Soc. gen. Plut. de Fac.
in orbe Lun. 20; absol. Jos..B. J. 3. 8. 7.
Diod. Sic. 4. 63. Xen. Cyr. 6. 8. 34.—
Spec. to lot, to distribute by lot, to cast lots,
with περί c. gen. John 19, 24 λάχωμεν περὶ
αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται. So absol. Diod. Sic. 4.
63 ἔλαχον, καὶ συνέβη τῷ κλήρῳ λαχεῖν
Θησέα.

2. Genr. to obtain, to receive, c. acc. Acts
1, 17 ἔλαχε τὸν κλῆρον, see in κλῆρος no. 2.

2 Pet. 1,1. Comp. Matth. 1. c. p. 637.—
3 Macc. 6,1. Lue. Hermot. 57. Xen. An.
4. 5. 24.

Ad , ov, 6, Lazarus, pr.n. ἃ)

The brother of Mary and Martha of Beth-
any, raised by Jesus from the dead, John

11, 1. 2. δ. 11. 14. 43. 12, 1.2. 9: 10. 17.

b) The poor man in our Lord’s parable,
Luke 16, 20. 23. 24. 25. Hence the mod-
ern Lazaretto.

λάϑρα, «ἀν. (λαϑεῖν, AavBdve,) secretly,
privately ; Matt. 1,19 λάϑρα ἀπολῦσαι. 2,
7. John 11, 28. Acts 16, 37. Sept. for
“MSD Deut. 13,7; 02 1 Sam. 18, 22.—
Diod. Sic. 14. 75. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 16.

λαΐλαψ,, amos, ἡ, α storm, tempest, of
wind with rain, Mark 4, 37. Luke 8, 23.
2 Pet. 2,17. Sept. for ago Jer. 35, 32;
mpio Job 21, 18.—Pol. 30. 14. 6. Plut.
Timol. 28.

λάκω, see λάσκω.

λακτίζω, f. ἰσω, (λάξ,) to kick, to strike

with the heel, 6. g. πρὸς κέντρα Acts 9, 5.

421

λαλέω
1. As to the tongue, the speech, blunted,
lame, dumb; Matt. 9, 32. 33 ἐλάλησεν ὁ
κωφός. 12, 22 bis. 15, 30. 31. Luke 1, 22.
11, 14 bis, δαιμόνιον κωφόν, comp. in ἄλα-
os. Sept. for pbx Hab. 2, 18.—Hdot. 1. 34
comp. 85. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 20.

2. As to the hearing, blunted, dull, deaf ;
Matt. 11, 5 καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσι. Mark 7, 32
comp. v. 33. v. 37 τοὺς κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν.
9, 25 πνεῦμα ἄλαλον καὶ κωφόν, see in ἄλα-
os. Luke 7,22. Sept. and Θ ΠΤ Ps. 38, 14.
Is, 35, 5. 43, 8.—Luc. Vitar. Auct. 27
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 19.

26, 14; see in κέντρον no. 2.—Luc. Her-
mot. 33. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 7.

AGNEW, &, f. how, to speak, to talk, pr.
to use the voice, without any necessary
reference to the words spoken, and thus
differing from εἰπεῖν and λέγειν ; see Tittm.
de Syn. N. T. p. 79, 80.. So espec. of
children, to talk much, to prattle, Germ.
lallen, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12 παιδάριον ὦν,
δεινότατος λαλεῖν ἐδόκουν εἶναι. Plut. de
Garrul. 1; also of monkeys, to chatier, io
babble, Plut. de Placit. Philosophor. 5. 20 ;
of birds, to twitter, to chirp, Mosch. 3, 113.
Theocr. 5. 34. Comp. Heb. "ὮΝ and “a5,
Gesen. Lex.—In N. T. gent. to speak, to
talk ; less frequent in profane writers..

1. Pr. of persons, to speak, absol, Matt.
9,33 ἐλάλησεν 6 κωφός. 12, 22. 15, 31.
Mark 5, 35 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος. Luke 7,
15. Acts 18, 9. James 1,19. al. sep. Sept.
for sas 1 Sam. 3, 9. 10. Is. 1, 2, (Luc. de
Domo 3 ult. Hdian. 2. 4. 14 ἔτι λαλοῦντα
τὸν... φονεύουσι.) With an adv. John 18,
23 εἰ κακῶς ἐλάλησα. 1 Cor. 13,11 ὡς νή-
mos ἔλάλουν. So ὀρθῶς Mark 7, 35; ov-
τως Acts 7,6. Heb. 6,9; στόμα πρὸς στόμα
mouth to mouth, i.e. face to face, 2 John 12.
(Sept. for πρὸς np sat Num. 12, 8;
ἡδέως Dem. 578. 16.) With other -adjunets
of manner, e. g. with dat. παῤῥησίᾳ boldly,
openly, John 7, 26. Acts 2,6 ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ.
6, 10. 1 Cor. 13, 15; genr. γλώσσαις
λαλεῖν see in γλῶσσα no. 2. d. Also with
a prep. 8. g. εἰς ἀέρα 1 Cor, 14,9 see in.
ἀήρ; ἐκ c. gen. of manner cr source Matt.
12, 34; ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ, John 8, 44; ἐν
c. dat. 1 Cor. 12,3 ἐν πνευματι 3. λαλῶν.
With a particip. of manner, Luke 1, 64 καὶ
ἔλάλει εὐλογῶν. 2 Cor..11, 23.—In various
constructions marking the person (or thing)

χαλέω 422

to or of whom one speaks, e. g. a) With
dat. of pers. to speak to or with any one,
Matt. 12, 47 ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. Luke
1, 22. John 9, 29. 19,10. Acts'7,38. Rom.
7,1. (Sept. and a3 Gen. 18, 33. Arr.
Epict. 3. 13. 7. Dem. 578. 16.) With an
adjunct of manner added, 6. g. dat. παῤῥη-
gia John '7, 13. Eph. 5, 19 λαλοῦντας Eav-
τοῖς ψαλμοῖς, i.e. singing together; ἐν c.
dat. 1 Cor. 14, 6. 21; περί τινος Luke 2,
38. With particip. λέγων, giving defi-
niteness to the idea of λαλεῖν, Matt. 14, 27
ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς 6 "I. λέγων. 23, 1. 28, 18.
Luke 24, 6. al. sep. So Sept. for siaxd “a3
Gen. 17, 3. 84,8; “ioxd “vay Gen. 22, 42.
See Heb. Lex. art. sax no. Ϊ. b) With
μετά twos, to speak with, John 4, 27. 9,
87 6 λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ. With λέγω, Mark
6, 50 ἐλάλησε per αὐτῶν καὶ λέγει. Rev.
21,9 λέγων. Sept. for 5 927 Num. 11,
17; PS 7 Gen. 35,13. ο) With πρός
τινα, to speak to, found only thrice except in
Luke’s writings (1 Thess. 2, 2. Heb. 5, 5.
11, 18; see below). Acts 4, 1 λαλούντων
δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν. 21, 39. Sept. for
> 42% Gen. 18, 27. 29. (Luc. Asin. 5.
Plut. de Garrul. 1.) Followed by evayye-
Aigoua Luke 1, 19. Acts 11, 20; λέγων
Acts 8, 26, 26, 31. 28,25. With λέγων
impl. Heb. 5, 5. 11, 18. So Sept. for
DR “ADT c. sand impl. 1 K. 21, 5. 2K. 1,
1; comp. Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32, 7. See
Heb. Lex. art. "33 Pielno.1.c. d) With
περι twos, to speak about or of any one,
John 8, 26. 12, 41. Sept. for 3 723
Ez. 33,30. 6) With acc. of a kindred
noun or of a pronoun, in a general or ad-
verbial sense, and thus differing from λέγειν

c. acc. which implies a definite object or is.

followed by the express words spoken ; see
Buttm. § 131. 4 and 8; comp. in Engl. to
talk nonsense, i. e. foolishly, to talk strange
things, i. 6. strangely, Matt. 12, 34 πῶς
δύνασϑε dya3a λαλεῖν. John 8, 20 ῥήματα.
Rom. 15, 18 ri. 1 Cor. 9, 8 ταῦτα. 14, 9.
2 Cor. 12, 4. 1 Tim. 5, 13. So Mark 2, 7
λαλεῖ βλασφημίας. Acts 6, 13 ῥήματα
βλασῴ. John 8, 44 τὸ ψεῦδος. Jude 15.
16. Sept. and -a5 Ex. 4, 12. (Luc. De-
monax 51 ὀλίγα μὲν λαλῶν, πολλὰ δὲ ἀκού-
ov. Plut. de Garrul. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 1.)
With other adjuncts added, e. g. acc. et dat.
of pers. Matt. 9,18. John 14, 25. 15, 11.
(Sept. Gen. 28, 15.) Or also dat. of man-
ner, Mark 8, 32 τὸν λόγον παῤῥησίᾳ ἐλάλει.
1 Cor. 14, 2; Sed ὁ. gen. of manner 1 Cor.
14,9; ἐν c. dat. of manner 2 Cor. 11, 17;
ἐν Χριστῷ i.e. by his authority 2 Cor. 12,

λαλέω

/

19. Also τὶ κατά twa '. 6. according to

°2 Cor. 11, 17; τὶ μετά τινος Eph. 4, 25

(Sept. Gen. 31, 29); τὶ περί τινος Luke
2, 33; τὶ πρός τινα Acts 11, 14. Luke
24, 443; πρὸς τὸ οὖς Luke 12, 3. Sept. for
ἘΣ "34 Gen. 18, 19.

2. As modified by the context, where the
sense lies not so much in λαλεῖν as in the
adjuncts, e. g. a) Of one teaching, for
to teach, to preach, absol. Luke 5, 4. 1 Cor.
14, 34. 35. 1 Pet. 4, 113 with an adv. John
12, 50. Acts 14, 1. Eph. 6, 20; with ἀπό
v. ἐκ c. gen. of source or occasion John 7,
17. 18. 12, 49; ἐκ c. gen. of manner,
John 3, 31; with a dat. of manner, γλώ σ-
oats λαλεῖν, Mark 16, 17. Acts 2, 4. al.
see in γλῶσσα no. 2. d. Also with an ad-
junct of pers. to whom, e. g. dat. John 15,
22, 1 Cor. 3,1; adv. παῤῥησίᾳ John 18,
20; ἐν c. dat. of manner Matt. 13, 10 διατί
ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς. 13, 34; ἐπὶ
τῷ ὀνόματί τινος Acts 4,17. 5, 40, see in
ἐπί IL. 3. c. 8B. So περί τινος Luke 9,
11; πρός τινα Acts 11, 20. Further, with
an acc. of the thing taught; absol. John 3.
11. 8, 30. 40. 18, 20. Acts 16, 14. 20, 30.
Tit. 2,1; and so in reference to the doc:
trines of Jesus, John 8, 28. 38. 12, 50.
Acts 5, 20. 17,19. 1 Cor. 2, 6. '7 ; λαλεῖ»
καὶ διδάσκειν Acts 18,25. With pers. to
whom, 6. g. dat. Mark 2,2 ἐλάλει. αὐτοῖς
τὸν λόγον. 4, 33. John 6, 63. Acts 8, 25;
also with ἐν c. dat. of manner John 16, 25;
λέγων Matt. 13, 3; τὶ πρός τίνα Acts 3, 22.
1 Thess, 2,2 λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ evay-
γέλλιον. Ὁ) Of those who tell, relate, de-
clare, announce any thing, John 1, 37;
πρός twa et ady. Luke 2, 20; περί τινος
John 9,21. (So c. dat. Theophr. Char. 7
or 24.) With acc. of thing, Acts 4, 20.

-Matt. 26,13; acc. of thing and dat. of pers.

Acts 23, 28, and with λέγων impl. Matt. 13,
33. Also περί twos Luke 2, 17. Acts 22,
10; xa% ὃν τρόπον 27, 25; παρά τινος
Luke 1, 45. —_c) Of prophecy, predic-
tions, for to foretell, to declare, 2 Pet. 1, 21.
James 5, 10. Acts 3, 24. 26, 223 πρός τινα
Acts 28, 25; with acc. of thing, Luke 24,
25 οἷς by attr. for ἅ. Acts 3,21; acc. et
dat. of pers. John 16,1. 4. So of a divine
promise, Luke 1, 55.70. ἀ) Of what is
said with authority, for to direct, to charge,
to prescribe, c. dat. Mark 16, 19; acc. et
dat. John 15, 11; acc. et εἰς et περί Heb.
7, 14. For to publish, to promulgate, au-
thoritatively, Heb. 3, 5. 9, 19. e) Trop.
to speak by writing, by letter, 2 Cor. 11, 17
bis. Heb, 2,5. 2 Pet. 3,16 ὡς καὶ ἐν πάσαις
ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς, λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς. Of one

a,

λαλιά

dead who speaks, exhorts, by his example
and faith, Heb. 11, 4.

8. Meton. of things as speaking, e. g.
a) Of a law, to speak, to prescribe, Rom. 3,
19. δ) Of the expiatory blood of Jesus,
Heb. 12, 24 κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν
"ABeX, speaking better than the blood of Abel,
since this latter cried only for vengeance,
Gen. 4, 10. 0) In the imagery of the
Apocalypse, spoken of a voice, Rev. 1, 12.
4,1. 10,43 of thunders, which are said λα-
λεῖν τὰς ἑαυτῶν φωνάς Rev. 10,3. 4; of a
beast, Rev. 13, 5. 11. 15. So Heb. ‘V8,
Sept. εἶπεν, of the serpent,Gen. 3,1.4. +

λαλιά, as, ἡ, (Aadéw,) a talking, gos-
sip, Aristoph, Nub. 931 ; talkativeness, Plut.
Je rect. rat. aud. 18. Plato Def. 416.—In
Ν. Τ'. speech, utterance, i.e. 8) A manner
of speaking, a dialect, Matt. 26,73. Mark 14,
70. Sept. for "2°12 Cant.4,3. Ὁ) Meton.
what is uttered, a saying, words, John 4,
42. 8,43. Sept. for "33 Job 33, 1; comp.
Sept. Is. 11, 3. So Pol. 32. 9. 4.

λαμά or Nappa, lama, i. 6. Heb. 1722
or >, why? wherefore? Matt. 27, 46 et
Mark 15, 34, from Ps. 22, 2 where Sept.
ἱνατί.

λαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, aor. 2 ἔλαβον,
perf. εἴληφα ; to take, and also 10 receive.

1. t0 take, to lay hold of, to grasp, to seize,
to take and keep hold of.

a) Pr. with the hand, to or with oneself ;
Ὁ. acc. expr. or impl. a) Genr. 6. acc.
Matt. 14, 19 καὶ λαβὼν rods πέντε ἄρτους.
25, 1 λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας. 26, 26. 52.
27, 6. 30.48. Mark 9, 36. Luke 22, 17.
John 12, 3. 13. 13, 4. 12. 30. 1 Cor. 11,
23. Rev. 5, 8. 22, 17; with ἔκ τινος added,
John 16, 14. Rey. 5, 7. Sept. for Mp?
Gen. 18, 8. Num. 16, 17. 18; 882 Josh. 6,
4. Is. 2,4. (Hdian, 8. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 6.
4.4.) Trop. τιμὴν ἑαυτῷ λ. Heb. 5, 4;
δύναμιν Rev. 11, 17. (Xiphilin. Galb. p.
187 νομίζων οὐκ εἰληφέναι τὴν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ
δεδόσϑαι αὐτῷ.) Part. λαβών is often used
before other verbs by a species of pleonasm,
in order to express the idea more fully and
graphically, comp. in ἀνίστημε II. 1. a. Pas-
sow in λαμβάνω ult. Matt. 13, 31 ὃν λαβὼν
ἄνπρωπος ἔσπειρεν. V. 33; acc, impl. Luke
24, 43. Acts 16, 3. So Sept. Josh. 2, 4.
Luc. Scyth. 6. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6, 7.
8) Of taking food or drink, c. acc. John 19,
30. Acts 9, 19 καὶ λαβὼν τροφήν. 1 Tim.
4,4; absol. Mark 15,23. So Heb. mp> 5
see Heb. Lex. also Piut. Pomp. 2 pen.
ὙἹ to take lo or with any one, 6. ace. 6. g.

423

λαμβάνω

Matt. 16, 5 ἐπελάϑοντο ἄρτους λαβεῖν. ν. 7
25,4. John 18, 3; also c. pe ἑαυτῶ»
Matt. 25,3. (Xen. Cyr. 2, 4. 22.) Spec.
λαμβάνειν γυναῖκα to take a wife, to
take as a wife, Mark 12,19. 20. 21. 22.
Luke 20, 28 sq. Sept. for M22 Gen. 6, 2.
11,29. So Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Plut. T.
Gracch. 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.16. ὃ) to
take upon oneself, to bear, trop. Matt. 10,
38 τὸν σταυρόν. 8, 17 τὰς doSeveias ἡμῶν.
quoted from Is. 53, 4 where Heb. δὲ),
Sept. φέρειν. ε) to take up, to gather up,
Matt. 16, 9. 10 πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε.
comp. Mark 8, 19. 20, Trop. λαβεῖν τὴν
ψυχήν, opp. τίϑημι, John 10,17. 18. So
pr., Xen. C&c. 8. 2. ib. 9. 10.

b) to take out from a number, to choose, c.
acc. Acts 15, 14 λαβεῖν ἐξ eSvav λαόν.
Pass. Heb. 5, 1.—Sept. Amos 2,11. Pol. 5. -
63. 1. Xen. An. 1, 1. 6.

6) to take, i.e. to seize, to lay hold of,
with the idea of force, violence. αἱ) Pr. 6.
acc. Matt. 21, 35 καὶ λαβόντες τοὺς δούλους
αὐτοῦ, ὃν μὲν ἔδειραν κτλ. ν. 39. Mark 12, 3.
8. John 19,1; 8050]. 2 Cor. 11, 20. (Luce.
Ὁ. Deor. 21.2. Xen, Cyr. 2. 4. 23.) So
in hunting or fishing, to take, to caich, Luke
5, 5; trop. 2 Cor. 12, 16 δόλῳ ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον
comp. Matt. 4, 19. So Paleph. 28. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 1.4.9. 8) Trop. of any strong af-
fection or emotion, to seize, to come or fale
upon any one, Cc. acc. 6. g. ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν
ἅπαντας Luke 5, 26; φόβος 7, 16; πειρα-
σμός 1 Cor. 10, 13. Sept. for 738 Ex. 15,
15. (2 Mace. 9, 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 8. Xen.
Conv. 1. 15.) So of an evil spirit, demon,
Luke 9, 39; comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5.

d) to take away, e. g. from any one by
force, 6. acc. Matt. 5, 40 καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σοι
λαβεῖν. Rev. 3, 11 ἵνα μηδεὶς λάβῃ τὸν ore-
φανόν σου. 6, 4 ἐκ V. ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. Sept. for
Mp? Gen. 27) 35. 31, 1—Pol. 4. 3, 11.
Xen. An. 2. 1. 10.

e) to take up a person, i. 6. fo receive him
as a friend or guest into one’s house or so-
ciety, i.g. δέχομαι. a) Genr. c. ace. John
19, 27 ἔλαβεν 6 μαϑητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια.
2 John 10 εἰς οἰκίαν. John 6, 21 εἰς τὸ πλοῖ-
ov. (Hom. Od. 7. 255.) Trop. of a teacher
or the like, to receive, to acknowledge, to
embrace and follow his instructions, John
1,12. 5,48. 13, 20. 14, 17. So of doc-
trine, 10 receive, to embrace, e. g. τὸν λόγον
Matt. 13, 20. Mark 4, 16; τὴν μαρτυρίαν
John 3, 11. 32. 33. 1 John 5,9; τὰ ῥήματα
John 12, 48. 17, 8. 8) From the Heb.
λαμβάνειν πρόσωπόν τινὸς, to accept
the person of any one, Heb. 5°28 803, pr.

λαμβάνω 424

spoken of a king or judge who receives or
admits the visits of those who bring him sa-
lutations and presents, and favours their
cause, see espec. Job 13, 10; hence to fa-
vour any one, both in a good and bad sense,

see Heb. Lex. art. 8¥2 no. 3.b. In N. T.-
only in a bad sense, to accept one’s person,

i. q. to be partial towards him, absol. Luke
20, 21; c. gen. Gal. 2, 6 πρόσωπον Seds ἀν-
σρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει. So Sept. for XB2
B22 Ps. 82, 2. Lev. 19, 15.

f) Trop. in phrases, where λαμβάνειν
with its accus. is often equivalent to the
verb corresponding to the accus. e. g. ἀρ-
χὴν λαμβάνειν i. q. to begin, Heb. 2, 3.
(421. V. Η. 2. 28. Hdian. 7.11.1.) ἀφορ-
μὴν λαμβ. to take occasion, Rom. 7, 8. 11.
(Diod. Sic. 4. 32 καιρόν.) σ“άρσος λαμβ.
to take courage, i. q. Sappéw, see in Sdpaos,
Acts 28,15; ἵκανον λαμβ. to take security,
Acts 17,9; λήϑην X. to forget, 2 Pet. 1, 9.
(El. V. Η. 3. 18. Jos. Ant. 2. 9/1.) pop-
φήν τινος Ἃ. to take the likeness or form
of any one, to liken oneself to him, Phil. 2,
7; πεῖραν λαμβ. to make trial of, i.e. to
attempt, Heb. 11, 29; (Hdian. 1. 8. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54;) or also i. q. to have
trial of, to experience, Heb. 11, 36. (Xen.
(£c. 17. 1.) συμβούλιον AapB. to take
vounsel, i. q. to consult, Matt. 12, 14. 27, 1.
7. 28,12; ὑπόδειγμ ά τινα λαμβ. to take
any one as an example, James 5,10; ὑπό-
avnotv λαμβ. to recollect, to remember,
2Tim. 1,5; ydpaypa τινος dap. to take
or adopt the mark of any one, Rev. 14, 11;
and with ἐπί c. gen. 14, 9. 20, 4.

2. to have given me, to receive, to obtain,
to partake of. ;

a) Genr. and 8050}. Matt. 7, 8 πᾶς γὰρ ὃ
αἰτῶν λαμβάνει. 10, 8. John 16, 94. 1 Cor,
4,1: with acc. Matt. 20,9 ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνά-
ριον. v.10. 2ὅ, 16 πέντε τάλαντα λαβών.
Mark 10, 80. 11, 24. John 4,36. Acts 3, 3.
Rom. 4, 11. 1 Cor. 9, 24. Gal. 3, 14. Phil.
3, 12 comp. in καταλαμβάνω no. 2. Heb.
11, 35. James 1,12. 1 Pet. 4,10. Rev. 4,
11. (4). V. Η.9. 31. Xen. Cyr. 3. 8.7.)
With ἔκ τινος partitively, see in ἐκ no. 1. d.
Joh 1, 16. Rev. 18, 4 ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς
iva μὴ λάβητε. (Paleph. 52.3.) With an
adjunct of the source added, 6. g. ἀπό c.
gen. from, 1 John 2, 27; παρά c. gen.
from any one Acts 2, 33. James 1, 7. Rev.
2,27; (Hdian. 4. 7. 3;) or spoken de co-
natu, John 5, 34. 41 δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπου
- οὐ λαμβάνω. v. 44; ὑπό c. gen. 2 Cor. 11,
24 ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων . . . ἔλαβον (πληγάς), comp.
Luc. Cronos. 16, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16.

b) Of an office or dignity, to receive, to

Aaym pos

obiain, either as committed or transmitted,
Ὁ. acc. 6, g. ἐπισκοπήν Acts 1, 20; κλῆρον
v. 25; ἱερατείαν Heb. 7,5; βασιλείαν Luke
19, 12. 155 ὁ. παρά τινος Acts 20, 24. So
Hdian. 3. 15, 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 2.—Also
of a successor in office, λαβεῖν διάδοχον
Acts 24, 27, comp. διαδέχομαι. So Lat.
Successorem accipere Plin. Ep. 9. 13.

c) Spec. to receive tribute, rent, i. q. to
collect, to exact, c. acc. Matt. 17, 24 of ta
δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες, i. 6. the receivers,
collectors. 21, 34. Heb. 7, 8; so 6. ἀπό
τινος Matt. 17, 25. 3 John 7.—Xen. Mem.
1. 6.33 παρά τινος Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 22. 1.
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 6.

d) Trop. to receive instruction, i. 4. to be
instructed, to learn, absol. Rev. 3, 3 μνημό-
veve οὖν πῶς εἴληφας καὶ Feoveas.—Diod.
Sic. 2. 29 βεβαίως ἕκαστα λαμβάνουσιν, i. 8.
pavSdvovew.

e) Trop. in phrases, comp. above in no. 1.
f. E.g. ἐντολὴν λαμβάνειν, to receive com-
mandment, παρά τινος John 10,18. 2 John 4;
περί τινος Col. 4,10; πρός τινα Acts 17,15.
(Act. Thom. §36.) καταλλαγὴν λαμβ.
i. q. to be reconciled, Rom. 5, 11; κρίμα
λαμβ. to receive condemnation, i. 4. to be
condemned, Matt. 23,13. James 3,1; c. dat.
reflex. Rom. 13,2; οἰκοδομὴν λαμβ. to
receive edification, i. q. to be edified, 1 Ccr.
14,5; παραγγελίαν λαμβ. to receive a
charge Acts 16, 24; περιτομὴν λαμβ.
i. q. to be circumcised John 7,23. +

Adpex, ὃ, indec. Lamech, Heb. 72>,
pr. ἢ. of a patriarch, the father of Noah,
Luke 3, 36; see Gen. 5, 25 sq.

λαμμᾶ, see λάμα.

λαμπάς, ἀδος, ἡ, (ἀάμπω, Heb. 5>,)
a light, 6. g. a torch, lamp, or lantern;
genr. Acts 20,8 λαμπάδες ixavai. Rev. 4, 5.
(Sept. for “Bd Gen. 15, 17. Ex. 20, 18.)
Prob. a torch, Rev. 8,10. John 18,3. Sept.
and "82 Judg. 15, 4.5. So Hdian. 4. 2
20. Plato Ax. 372. a.—Also a lamp, fed
with oil, Matt. 25, 1. 3. 4. 7. 8. Sept. and
‘p> Judg. 7, 16..20. On the form of
ancient lamps see Dict. of Antt. art. Lu
cerna.
λαμπρός > a, ὄν, (λάμπω.) shining, brig. ht,
radiant, e. g.

1. Pr. of a star, Rev. 22,16 ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ
λαμπρὸς 6 mpwivds. So Ep. Jer. 51. Hom.
Il. 4.77. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. '7.—Of raiment,
radiant, and hence white, spoken of angels
Acts 10, 30. Rey. 15, 6. 19,8. Of the
robe put by Herod upon Christ in mockery,
as Pilate’s soldiers afterwards put on him a
purple robe, Luke 23, 11; comp. Mark 15,

SS tae ee

λαμπτροτης

17. etc. (Pol. 10. 4. 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 91.)
Hence splendid, sumptuous, of raiment,
James 2, 2. 3 ἐσθὴς λαμπρά. Also genr.
Rev. 18, 14 τὰ λαμπρά, costly things. So
Diod. Sic. 20. 7. Xen. Conv. 1. 4.
. 2. Spec. clear, limpid, Rev. 22,1 ποταμὸν
λαμπρὸν ὡς κρύσταλλον.---- δοῦν}. Eum.
695. Xen. Hell. 5. 3. 19.

λαμπρότης, τητος, ἡ, (λαμπρός,) bright-
ness, splendour, X. τοῦ ἡλίου Acts 26, 13.
Sept. for 7123 Is. 60,3; 47 Dan. 12, 3—
Pol. 11. 9. 1. Xen. An. 1. 2. 18.

λαμπρῶς, adv. (λαμπρός,) splendidly,
sumptuously, Luke 16, 19.—Jos. Ant. 6. 1.
3. Plut. Pomp. 46. Plato Tim. 27. b.

λάμπω, f. yw, (comp. Heb. 5B>, see
Heb. Lex.) to give light, to shine, to be bright ;
c. dat. Matt. 5,15 λάμπει πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ
οἰκίᾳ. Absol. 17, 2 ἔλαμψε τὸ πρόσωπον
αὐτοῦ. Luke 17, 24. Acts 12,7. 2 Cor. 4,
6 ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι. Trop. Matt. 5,
16. 2 Cor. 4,6. Sept. for 23 Prov. 4,18;
“THT Dan. 12, 3.—Plut. Symp. 6. 7. 2 pen.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7. 1

AavYavea, f. λήσω, aor. 2 ἔλαϑον, to be
hid, concealed, unknown ; absol. Mark '7, 24
οὐκ ἠδυνήϑη λαϑεῖν. Luke 8,47. (ALL. V. H.
4, 20 init.) With acc. of pers. to be hid as
TO any one, i. e. from him, to escape his no-
tice, Lat. latere aliquem; Acts 26, 26 ὅτι
οὐκ ade yap αὐτόν τι τούτων. 2 Pet. 3, 5.
8; see Matth. § 412. 5, comp. Buttm. § 131.
2. So Hdian. 5. 8. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13.
—Joined with the participle of another verb
it has the force of an adverb, i. q. secretly,
unawares ; Heb. 13,2 ἔλαϑόν τινες ξενίσαν-
τες ἄγγελους. Buttm. § 144. n. 6. Winer
§58.4. So Hdian. 5. 8.6. Xen. An. 1.1.9.

λαξευτός, ἡ, dv, (λαξεύω ; λᾶς, E€e,)
stone-hewn, rock-hewn, of ἃ sepulchre hewn
in the rock, Luke 23,53 ; comp. in λατομέω.
—Sept. Deut. 4, 49. Aguil. Num. 21, 20.
23, 14.

* Aaodixera, as, ἧ, Laodicea, the chief
city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia Minor,
_ situated on the river ‘Lycus some distance
above its junction with the Meander, south
of Hierapolis and west of Colosse. _ Its ear-
lier name was Diospolis ; it was enlarged
by Antiochus II, and called by him Laodicea
after his wife. About A. D. 62 it was de-
stroyed by an earthquake, along with the
two cities just named ; but was rebuilt by
Marcus Aurelius. It is now in ruins, and
the place bears the name of Eski-hissar.
See Strabo 12. p. 578.° Plin. H. N. 5, 29.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii p. 205, 228.

425

λασκω

Ο. v. Richter p. 521. Hamilton’s Res. in
Asia Minor, I. 514 sq.—Col. 2, 1. 4, 18, 15.
16. Rey. 1, 11. [3, 14.]

“αοδικεύς, ἕως, 6, a Laodicean, Col. 4,
16. Rev. 3, 14.

λαός, od, 6, people, the people at large,
the mass, not like δῆμος a body politic.

1. Pr. and genr. @ people, nation, tribe,
i.e. the mass of any people; Luke 2, 10
ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ. Rev. 5,9. Plur.
Luke 2, 31. Acts 4, 25 quoted from Ps. 2,
1 where Sept. for 58>. Sept. for 52 Job
36, 31. Ez. 20,41. So Hom. Od. 6. 194,
Hdot. 5. 42. Strabo 14. p. 984. a—Spec. of
the Jews as the people of God’s choice, only
Sing. Matt. 1, 21. 2, 4. 6. Mark 7,6. Luke
2, 32. John 11, 50. Heb. 7, 5. al. sep. So
Sept. and 62 Ex. 1, 20. 8, 1. Deut. 2, 4. al
sep.—Trop. of Christians as God’s spiritual
Israel, Sing. Tit. 2, 14. Heb. 2, 17. 4, 9.
13, 12.

2. In a more limited sense, the people, i. e. ©
the many, the multitude, the public, either
indefinitely or of a multitude collected in
one place. Luke '7, 29 καὶ mas ὁ λαὸς ἀκού-
σας. 8, 47. 9, 13 εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον
for ail this multitude. 18, 48. 23,27 πλῆ-
Sos τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν. Acts 3, 9. 11.
12. 5,37. 18,10. So Hom. Il. 18. 502.
ib. 23. '728.—Spec. the common people, the
populace, the inhabitants of any city or ter-
ritory, 6. g. Jerusalem Acts 2, 47. 21, 30.
36; of Galilee Matt. 4, 23. 9, 35. Sept.
and ©3 Gen. 19,4. 23,7. 12. 13. (Hom.
Od. 13. 156. Plut. Romul. 26.) As distin-
guished from magistrates and the higher
classes, Matt. 26, 5 ἵνα μὴ ϑόρυβος γένηται
ἐν τῷ λαῷ. 27, 25. 64. Mark 11, 32. Luke
19, 48. 20,6. 23,13. Acts 6,12.al. Sept.
and 09 Ex. 18, 22. 26. Josh. 6, 8.10. +

λάρυγξ, vyyos, 6, larynx, the throat,
gullet, as an organ of the voice, Rom. 3, 13,
quoted from Ps. 5,10 where Sept. for 173.
—Ecelus. 6, 5. Aristoph. Ran. 575 [683]. ᾿
Eurip. Cycl. 157. On the diff. between
λάρυγξ and φάρυγξ, see Lob. ad Phryn. pp.
65, 470.

Aacaila, as, i, Lasea, a maritime city
of Crete, on the southern coast, not men-
tioned in profane writers. Acts 27, 8.

λάσκω, f. λακήσω, to sound, to' ring,
Hom. Il. 14. 25. ib. 20. 277; in aor. 2, to

‘crack, to knack, to snap, in breaking, Hes.

Theog. 694. Hom. Il. 13. 616.—In Ν, T.
and later, fo crack open, to burst, intrans.
Acts 1, 18 ἐλάκησε μέσος, he burst asunder
in the midst, i. 6. Judas having hanged hin-

λατομέω 426 eyo

self (Matt. 27, 5), the rope broke and the
fall caused the bursting of the abdomen.
So Act. Thom. ᾧ 38 ὁ δὲ δράκων φυσηϑεὶς
ἐλάκησε. Zonar. Lex. 691 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐσχίσϑη.

λατομέω, &, f. now, (λᾶς, τέμνω,) to cut
stone, to hew.in stone, 6. g. μνημεῖον, ὃ ἔλα-
τόμησεν ev τῇ πέτρᾳ Matt. 27, 60. Mark 15,
46. Sept. and 3 Is. 22, 16, Deut. 6, 11.
—Jos. Ant. 12. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. 5, 39.

λατρεία, as, ἡ, (λατρεύω,) service, pr.
for hire, or as a slave, AS]. V. H. 3. 9. Soph.
Ajax 503.—In N. T. service of God, wor-
ship, John 16, 2. Rom. 9, 4. 12, 1. Heb. 9,
1. 6. Sept. and M359 Ex. 12, 25. 26.
Josh. 22, 2'7.—Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 12.
Plato Pheedr. 49. p. 244. e.

λατρεύω, f. evow, (Aarpis one hired,)
to work for hire or as a slave, to serve, Pa-
leph. 45. 1, 4. Xen. Cyr. 3, 1. 36, i. 4. δου-
λεύειν ib. §41.—In N. T. in respect to God,
to serve, to worship. 8) Genr. c. dat. Matt.
4, 10 et Luke 4, 8 κύριον τὸν Sedv . . . αὐτῷ
μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. Luke 1, 74. 2,37. Acts
7, '7. 42. 24,14. 27,23. Rom. 1, 9. Phil.
3, 3. 2 Tim. 1, 3. Heb. 9,14. 12, 28. Rev.
22,3; absol. Acts 26,7. Sept. and 729
Deut. 6, 18. 10,12. Josh. 24,15. Once
of idol-worship, Rom. 1, 25 ἐλάτρευσεν τῇ
κτίσει κτλ. Sept. and 723 Deut. 4, 28.
Judg. 2, 11.13. So Eurip. Jon 152. Plut. de
Pyth. orac. 26. Ὁ) Spec. of an external
ritual worship, i. 4. to serve as priest, to offi-
ciate, c. dat. τῇ σκηνῇ Heb. 8, 5. 13,10; and
so in the celestial temple Rev. 7, 15. Also
genr. for to offer sacrifice, to worship, absol.
Heb. 9,9. 10,2; comp. Sept. and 739 Ex.
3, 12. 7, 16. “ate

λάχανον, ov, τό, (λαχαίνω,) pr. “ἃ plant
in tilled ground; hence ὦ garden-planl,
herb, vegetable. Matt. 13, 32 μεῖζον τῶν λα-
χάνων πάντων. Mark 4, 32, Luke 11, 42.
Rom. 14,2. Sept. for 21K. 21,2; P7}
Gen. 9, 3.--- πιο. Philopseud. 8. Plato Rep.
372. α.

AcBBaios, ov, 6, Lebbeus, a name of
the apostle Jude, also called Thaddeus,
Matt. 10, 3; see in Ἰούδας no. 4.

λεγεών, ὥνος, 6, Lat. legio, a legion, the
largest division of troops in the Roman ar-
my, varying greatly in number at different
periods, as 3000, 4200, 5000, 6600, etc.
See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 366 sq. Dict. of
Antt. art. Legio.—In N. T. a legion, for an
indefinitely great number, e. g. of angels
Matt. 26, 53; οἵ demons Mark 5, 9. 15.
Luke 8, 30. So Rabb. 1139, Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 1123.

λέγω, f. ξω, primarily so lay, Germ
legen; Pass. or Mid. to lie, Germ. liegen.
E. g. to lay or let lie down for sleep Hom.
Il. 24. 635, and Mid. to-lie down for sleep
Od. 17. 102; to lay together, to collec. Lat.
lego, colligo, Hom. Il. 23. 239. Od. 24. 72;
Mid. to gather for oneself, to choose, to pick
out, Hom. Il. 21. 27. Od. 24.108. Also to
lay down or before, i.e. to relate, to recount ;
and hence the prevailing Attic and later
signif. to say, to speak, i. e. to utter definite
and connected. words, to discourse; thus
differing from λαλεῖν q. ν. and also from
εἰπεῖν in so far as this latter refers only to
words spoken and not to their connected
sense ; see Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 79,
80 sq. Sept. usually for sax .—tIn N. T.

1. to lay before, to relate, 6. g. παραβολήν.
to put forth, to propound, with acc. and dat.
of pers. Luke 18, 1 ἔλεγε δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν
αὐτοῖς. 13, 6; with πρός τινα Luke 12, 41.
14,7. So of events or the like, to narrate,
to tell, 6. g. τοῦτο, ταῦτα, c. dat. Luke 9, 21;
πρός twa 24, 10.—Paleph. 7. 2. Hdian. 1.
11. 2. ib. 7. 12. 20 ra δὲ ἑπόμενα ἐν τοῖς
ἑξῆς λεχϑήσεται. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 13.

2. to say, to speak, to discourse, see above;
genr. and construed :

a) With an adjunct of the object, i. e.
the words spoken, the thing or person spo-
ken of, ete. α) Followed by. the words
uttered, Matt. 1, 20 ἄγγελος... ἐφάνη αὐτῷ,
Aéyov’ Ἰωσὴφ κτλ. 8, 2. Mark 6,2. Luke
2,13. 12, 54. John 1,29 καὶ λέγει" ἴδε ὁ

ἀμνὸς Tov Seov. v. 36. Acts 4, 16. Rom. 9,-

25. Heb. 1, 6. 8,13. James 3, 23. al. sep.
(Xen. Cony. 4. 1.) So with ὅτε before the
words quoted, Matt. 9, 18, Mark 2, 12 λέ-
yovras’ ὅτι οὐδέποτε οὕτως εἴδομεν. 3, 21.
Luke 4, 41. 23, 5. John 8, 33. Acts 2, 13.
6,11. Rom. 3, 8. al. sep. Comp. Buttm.
ᾧ 139: τη. 58, 61. (Paleph. 6. 7. Hdian. 8.
3.4.) Hence particip. λέγων, λέγοντες,
saying, is often put after other verbs or nouns
implying speech, like Heb. sox, as intro-
ducing the exact words, q. d. in these words,
e.g. Matt. 5,2 ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς, λέγων"

μακάριοι κτὰ. 6, 31° μὴ οὖν μεριμνήσητε...

λέγοντες" τί φάγωμεν κτὰ. 9, 30. 12, 38.
160,7. Mark 1, 7. 24. 11, 31. Luke 4, 35.
36. 7, 39. 20, 5. John 4, 31. 51. Acts 2,
13. 40. 24, 2. Heb. 12, 26. Rev. 6, 10. al.
sep. but not found in the acknowledged
epistles of Paul. Sept. and “ἰῷ ν᾽ Gen. 1,
22. 2,16. Lev. 1,1. al. sep. So Paleph.
7.7. 8) With acc. of thing or person,
e. g. the thing spoken, Matt. 21, 16 dxovess
τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν ; Mark 11, 23. Luke 8, 8
ταῦτα λέγων. John 5,34. Rom. 10, 8. Eph,

Ee

λέγω 427 λέγω

5, 12 al. sep. Hence τὰ λέγομενα Luke
18, 34. Acts 8,6. (Hdian. 4. 14. 7 ἔλεξε
τοιάδε. Xen. An. 7. 7. 43.) With acc. of
person spoken of, but only in attraction
with ὅτι, see Buttm. § 151. I. 6. Winer
§ 63. 4. a. John 8, 54 ὁ πατὴρ... ὃν ὑμεῖς
λέγετε, ὅτι Beds ὑμῶν ἐστι. 9,19. Comp.
Xen. Cony. 4. 46 λέγειν τε τοὺς φίλους,
οἵτινές εἰσι. γ) With acc. and inf. comp.
Matth. § 537. p. 1056. John 12, 29 ἔλεγε
βροντὴν γεγονέναι. Matt. 16, 13. Luke 11,
18. Acts 4, 32. 5, 36. Rom. 15, 8. 2 Tim.
2,18; eivae impl. Rev. 2,20. So Hdian.
1.7.9. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.1. 8) With ὅτε
instead of the accus. and inf. comp. in ὅτι
no. 3. Buttm. § 141. n. 2. Winer § 45. 2.
Mark 9,11. Luke 9, 7. John 4, 20 καὶ
ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἐν Ἱεροσ. ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος κτλ.
1 Tim. 4,1. So with ὅτε and the apodosis
impl. in the phrase σὺ λέγεις, Matt. 27,
11. John 18, 37; comp. Luke 22, 70 ὑμεῖς
λέγετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἶμι. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.17.
e) With an ady. or adverbial phrase, John
13, 13 καὶ καλῶς λέγετε. (Xen. Mem. 2. 7.
11.) Rom. 3, 5 et Gal. 3, 15 λ. κατ᾽ ἄνϑρω-
πον. Metaph. Rev. 18, 7 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὑτῆς
λέγει, and Matt. 3,9 λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, to

say in one’s heart, in or among themselves,

i. 6. to think, comp. in εἶπον, no. 1. ᾧ Heb.
Lex, "V28 no, 2.

b) With a further adjunct of the person
to whom one speaks, in the dat. or with
μετά, mpds; and also of whom, with εἰς,
περί, ὑπέρ. The adjunct of the object is
then always present or implied, in some one
of the preceding constructions. a) With
dat. of pers. e. g. with the words uttered,
Matt. 8, 36 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ri δειλοί ἐστε
κτλ. 14,4. Mark 2, 5.14. 2 John 10. 11.
al. sep. So with dat. of thing personified
Matt. 21,19. Rev. 6,16. Also with ὅτε be-
fore the words quoted, comp. above in lett.
a. ὃ. Luke 8, 49. John 4, 42. So too καὶ
ἔλεγε αὐτῷ or the like is put after other verbs
of speaking, like λέγων, comp. in lett. a. a.
Mark 9, 31. 14,61 ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν καὶ λέγει

ὑτῷ᾽ σὺ εἶ ὁ Xp. κτλ; With an acc. of
thing, John 16, 7. 2 Thess. 2,5. Rev. 2,7;
ace. of pers. of whom, as object, John 8, 27.
Phil. 3,18. With ὅτι instead of acc. et inf.
Matt. 16,18. John 16, 26. With an ad-
verbial construction of manner, as Mark 3,
23 ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς. 4, 2. 12,
38. With περί τινος Matt.11,7. 8) With
per ἀλλήλων, with one another, followed
by the words spoken, John 11, 56. γ)
With πρός 6. acc. of pers. to whom, 6. g.
with the words uttered, Mark 10, 26. Luke
14,7. John 4,15. Heb. 7, 21. (Xen. Cyr.

1. 3. 14.) With ὅτι of citation, Luke 4, 21;
with an acc. of thing, 11, 53; with περί
τινος 7, 24.—Further with an adjunct of
person of whom one speaks: δ) With
εἰς c. ace. of, concerning any one, genr
Eph. 5, 32; with the words uttered, Acts
2, 25; with an acc. of thing Luke 22, 65.
So Xen. Mem. 1. 5.1. ε With περί
c. gen. of pers. with the words uttered,
John 1, 48. Matt. 11, 7; with acc. of thing
Acts 8, 34. John 1, 22. 9,17. Tit. 2, 8;
with ὅτε for inf. Luke 21,5. ὦ With
ὑπέρ σεαυτοῦ, to speak for oneself, Acts
26, 1.

c) Meton. of things, 6. 5. α) A voice,
φωνὴ λέγουσα Matt. 3,17. Rev. 6, 6; 6.
dat. Acts 9, 4. Rev. 16, 1; dat. of manner
Acts 26,14. 8) A writing, scripture, ἡ
γραφή, with the words quoted John 19, 37.
James 4, 5.6; ri Rom. 4, 3. Gal. 4, 30;
with ἡ γραφή impl. Gal. 3, 16. Eph. 4, 8.
So Hdot. 1. 124. ib. 8.22. Υ} A law, 6
νόμος, 6. acc. 1 Cor. 9, 8; absol. v. 10. 14,
34. δ) Genr. 6 χρηματισμός Rom. 11, 4;
ἡ δικαιοσύνη, as personified, 10, 6.

d) Trop. for to mean, to have in mind, to
mean to say, comp. above in lett. a. ε. Heb.
Lex. “2% no. 2; so 6. imper. Gal. 5, 16;
c. ace. of thing, 1 Cor. 10, 29 συνείδησιν
δὲ λέγω κτλ. 1,12. Gal. 3,17; acc. of pers.
John 6, 71 ἔλεγε δὲ τὸν Ἰούδαν. Mark 14,
71.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 8. 1.
Xen. Cc. 17. 8.

3. Spec. to say; to speak, as modified by
the context, where the particular sense lies
not so much in λέγω per se, as in the ad-
juncts,e. g. a) Before questions, for to
ask, to inquire, followed by the words spo-
ken, Matt. 9, 14. Mark 5, 30. 14,14. Luke
7,20. John 7, 11 καὶ ἔλεγον" ποῦ ἐστιν
ἐκεῖνος ; Rom. 10,19; 6. dat. of pers. Mark
6, 37. Luke 16, 5. 22, 11. ὁ With εἰ whe-
ther, Acts 25, 20; c. dat. of pers. 21, 37.
b) Before replies, for to answer, to reply,
followed by the words spoken, e. g. after a
direct question, Matt. 17, 25. John 18, 17;
c. dat. of pers. Matt. 18, 22. 20, 7. 21;
also with ὅτε of citation Matt. 19, 8. John
20,13; preceded by ἀποκριϑείς Mark 8, 29.
Luke 3,11. Without a preceding question,
with dat. of pers. and the words spoken,
Matt. 4, 10. 26, 35. Luke 16, 29. John 2,
4; with ἀποκριϑείς etc. Mark 9,19. J.nke
11,45. 6) In affirmations, for /o affirm;
to maintain, to declare, e. g. with the words
uttered, Mark 14, 31 6 δὲ ἐκ περισσοῦ
ἔλεγε μᾶλλον" ἐὰν κτὰ. Gal. 4, 1. 1 John
2,4; with acc. and inf. Matt. 22,23. Luke
24, 23 of λέγουσιν αὐτὸν ζῆν. 23,2; ace

λέγω 428

impl. James 2, 14. 1 John 2, 6. 9; with ὅτι
instead of acc. et inf. Matt. 17,10. Rom.
4,9. With a dat. of pers. in the phrases
λέγω σοι V. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, and the
like, in solemn affirmations, genr. Matt. ta
22. Mark 11, 24. Luke 4, 25; c. ἀμὴν
Matt. 5,18. 25,12. al. ἀμήν, ἀμήν, John
1, 52. 3, 3. 8, 51. al. comp. in ἀμήν no. 3.
So in the middle of a clause, Matt. 11, 9
vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου.
Luke 7, 14. 11, 51. 15,10. With ὅτε for
ace. 6. inf. Matt: 3,9. Mark 9,13. Luke
4,24. John 3,11. ἀ) Of teaching, for to
teach, to inculcate, so with the proposition
taught, Matt. 15, 5; c. acc. Acts 1, 3;
acc. et infin. Acts 21,21; acc. impl. 15, 24;
ace. et dat. of pers. Matt. 10,27. John 8,
16. 16,12. So absol. Xen. Cony. 4. 13.
6) Of predictions, to foretell, to predict, c.

acc. et dat. Mark 10, 32; acc. Luke 9, 31;

‘dat. John 13,19. f) Of what is spoken
with authority, to command, to direct, to
charge, absol. Matt. 23, 3 λέγουσι γάρ, καὶ
οὐ ποιοῦσι. So c.acc. Luke 6, 46; acc. et
dat. Mark 13, 37. John 2, 5; dat. of pers.
and imperat. Matt. 5, 44 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν"
ἀγαπᾶτε κτὰ. 8, 4. 20,8. Mark 5, 41. 6,
10. Luke 5, 24. John 2, 7. 8 ; c. dat. et inf.
Rev. 13,14; c. inf. Rom. 2, 22; with ἵνα
Acts 19,4. (So c. inf. Xen. An. 1. 3. 8.
ib, 7.1. 40.) Also to charge, to. exhort,
c. dat. Acts 5, 38; ¢. dat. et inf. Acts 21,
4; c. τοῦτο et inf. Eph. 4,17. 5) Of
calling out, i. q. to call, to exclaim, etc.
Matt. 25, 11 λέγουσαι" κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον
ἡμῖν. Luke 13,25. Acts 14,11. 8) Trop.
to say or speak by writing or message, e. g.
with the words written, Luke 1, 63 ἔγραψε,
λέγων κτὰ. 20,42; c. acc. 1 Cor. 7, 6, impl.
Philem. 21 ; acc. et dat. 1 Cor. 15,51; c. dat.
1 Cor. 6, 5. 10, 15. 2 Cor. 6,133 with ὅτι
for acc. and inf. Gal. 5,2; τοῦτο ὅτι 1 Thess.
4, 15; with an adv. or the like, 2 Cor. 7,3.
11,16. Phil. 4,11. So Sept. and "Ὁ
2K. 10, 6. Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 1. Hdot. 3. 40.

4. to call, to name, i. q. καλέω, pr. to
speak of as being or being called so and so;
always with two accus. one the direct ob-
ject, and the other an epithet or predicate ;
so Matt. 19, 17 ri pe λέγεις ἀγαϑόν ; Mark
15, 12 ὃν λέγετε βασιλέα τῶν ᾿Ἰουδαίων.
Luke 20, 37. John 5, 18. 15, 1ὅ. Acts 10,
28. al. Pass. Matt. 13, 55 ἡ μητὴρ αὐτοῦ
λέγεται Μαριάμ. Heb. 11, 24. Part. λεγό-
μενος; called, named, Matt. 2, 23 eis πό-

_ Aw λεγομένην Ναζαρέϑ. 9, 9 ἄνϑρωπον

Ματϑαῖον λεγόμενον. 26, 3.14. Mark 15,7.
John 4, 5. 9, 11. 22,1. Acts 3,2. Eph. 3,

11; also surnamed, Matt. 4, 18 Σίμωνα τὸν

λειτουργία

λεγόμενον Πέτρον. 10,2. 4,11. (Esdr. 8,
41. Jos. Ant. 12. 3, 2. Palaph. 7.6. Plato
Pheedr. 272. b.) With the idea of transla-
iton into another language, 6. g. fully, John
‘1, 39 ῥαββί, ὃ λέγεται ἑρμηνευόμενον, διδά-
σκαλε. 19,17 ὃς λέγεται ἑβραϊστί, Τολγοϑᾶ.
Acts 9, 36. Simply, John 4, 25 Μεσσίας,
ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός, i. 6. in Greek. 11, 16
Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος. 20, 16 ῥαββου-
vi, ὃ λέγεται διδάσκαλε, comp.1,39. +

λεῖμμα, aros, τό, (λείπω.) α remnant,
remainder, what is left, meton., of pers.
Rom. 11, 5. Sept. for "2 Josh. 13, 12;
mad 2K. 19, 4—So genr. Plut. Nicias
17. Hdot. 1.119.

λεῖος, a, ov, Lat. levis, smooth, level,
even, opp. τραχύς. Luke 3, 5 εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας,
quoted from Is. 40, 4 where Heb. M2P2>,
Sept. εἰς wédia—l. V. H. 3. 1. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 20 λείη 686s. Plato Legg. 718. 6.

λείπω, f. Wo, to leave, to forsake, ο. acc.
Hdian. 1. 10. 2. Xen. Ven. 3. 3.—In N. T.

1, Pass. to be left, forsaken of any thing,
i. 6. to be destitute of, to lack; c. gen. James
1, 5 εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν λείπεται σοφίας. 2, 15.
Comp. Buttm. §132.10.a. With ἐν μηδενί
James 1, 4, i. e. to be wanting in nothing,
i. q. τέλειος, OASKANpos.—Comp. Jos. Ant. 9.
11. 2 οὐδὲ μιᾶς ἀρετῆς ἀπελείπετο.

2. Intrans. to fail, to lack, to be wanting,
c. dat. of pers. Luke 18, 22 ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει.
Tit. 3,13. Part. τὰ λείποντα Tit. 1, 5.—
Wisd. 19, 4. Pol. 13. 2. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 5.
Plato Legg. 728. a. On the derivation of
the intrans. from the transitive signif. see
Passow s. Ὑ.

λειτουργέω, ὦ, f. now, (Aecroupyés,) pr.
to do public service, to serve the public, at
one’s own expense, intrans. Dem. 833. 25.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 6.—In N. T. genr. to serve,
to minister, 6. g.

1. Publicly in religious worship, as the
priests of the O. T. absol. Heb. 10, 11; of
christian teachers, c. dat. τῷ κυρίῳ Acts 13,
2. Sept. for MY Num. 18,2. Deut. 10, 8.—
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.22. Plut. an seni sit ger.
Resp. 17 τῷ Πυϑίῳ λειτουργοῦντα.

2. Spec. in ἃ more private sense. fo mi-
nister to any one, to supply pecuniary aid, c.
dat. Rom. 15, 27.—Test. XII Patr. p. 689
οὐκ οἰκτείρει λειτουργοῦντα αὐτῷ ἐν κακῷ.
Plut. 1. 6. 17 ὡς λελειτουργηκότα (σοι) πὸ-
λὺν χρόνον.

λειτουργία, as, 7, (λειτουργός,) public
service, public office, i. e. such as in Athens
and elsewhere were administered by the ci-
tizens in turn and at their own expense, as

λειτουργικός

a part of the system of finance, 45]. V. H.
6. 6. Dem. 1209. 2; Plato Legg. 949. c;
comp. Xen. Cic..2. 6. Béckh Staatshaush.
der Ath. I. p. 480, comp. II. p. 62. Potter’s
Gr. Ant. 1, p. 85. Dict. of Antt. art. Lei-
tourgia.—In N. Τ᾽. genr. service, ministry,
Official charge, e. g.

1. Of the public ministrations of the Jew-
ish priesthood; Luke 1, 23 ai ἡμέραι τῆς
λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ. Heb. 8,6. 9,21. Trop.
of the ministry of a christian teacher in
bringing men to the faith, Phil. 2, 17 λει-
τουργία τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν. Sept. and n3a9
Ex. 38, 21. Num. 8, 22.—Jos. Β. J. 1. 1. 4.
Diod. Sic. 1. 21.

2. In a wider sense, friendly service, kind
office, genr. Phil. 2, 30. (Luc. Saltat. 6.
Plut. an seni sit ger. Resp. 6.) Spoken of
alms, i. 6. public collections in the churches,
2 Cor. 9, 12.

λειτουργικός, ἡ, dv, (λειτουργός,) per-
taining to the public service, €. . of the
temple, Sept. σκεύη X. for M78 "22 Num.
4, 12; M7272 Num. 4, 26.—In N. T.
Act. ministering, rendering service to others,
Heb. 1, 14 λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς διακο-
νίαν κτλ. See on the ministry of angels
Ps. 34, 8. 91, 11 sq. Matt. 18, 10, Luke 1,
19. 2,9. 13. Acts 12, 7. 27, 23. Philo de
Gigant. p. 286.

λευτουργός, ov, 6, (λέϊτος V. λεῖτος, λα-
és, ἔργον.) α public servant, minister, such
as in Athens performed or administered the

λειτουργίαι at their own expense ; see in |

λειτουργία, and the authorities there cited.
—In N. T. α minister, servant, viz.

1. Genr. 6. g. τοῦ ϑεοῦ, Rom. 13, 6.
Heb. 1,7 ὁ ποιῶν τοῦς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ
πυρὸς φλόγα, quoted from Ps. 104, 4 where
Sept. for M282; comp. 1 K, 10,5. So Ec-
clus. 10,2. Philo de Charitat. 3. p. 700. d.
Plut. de defect. Orac. 13,—Spec. Phil. 2,
25 λειτουργὸν τῆς χρείας pov, ἃ minister for
my wants, i. e. one who ministers to my
wants.

"2. Spec. of a priest in the Jewish sense,
Heb. 8, 2 τῶν ἁγίων λειτουργός. So Sept.
and M77 Neh. 10, 39. Jer. 33, 21. Of
Paul as a minister of Christ, of the gospel,
Rom. 15, 16 εἰς τὸ εἶναι με λειτουργὸν ‘I. X.
εἰς τὰ €3vn.—Philo Allegor. 3. 46. p. 86.
a, A. τῶν ἁγίων. Ὰ

λέντιον, ov, τό, Lat. linteum, a linen
cloth, e. g. @ towel, apron, worn by servants
and persons in waiting, John 13, 4. 5.—
Galen. de Comp. Med. 9. Sueton. Calig. 26
‘ succinctos linteo.’ See Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 449.

429

λευκαίΐίνω

λεπίς, ἰδος, ἡ, (λέπος, λέπω,) a scale,
flake, 6. g. from the eyes Acts 9, 18.
Sept. of fish, for MOAPLP Lev. 11, 9. 10.
—Of fish Plut. de Solert. anim. 28 bis. Diod.
Sic. 20. 91 of thin plates, lamine.

λέπρα, as, 7), (λεπρός,) leprosy, in which
the skin becomes scaly ; see Jahn § 188 sq.
Matt. 8,3. Mark 1, 42. Luke 5, 12. 13.
Sept. for "32% Lev. 13, 2. 3 sq.—Jos. Ant.
3.11. 3, 4. Hdot. 1. 138: ;

λεπρός, od, ὃ, (λέπος, λεπίς.) pr. “ scaly,
scabby ;’ hence a leper, one diseased with
leprosy, Matt. 8,2. 10,8. 11, 5. Mark 1,
40. Luke 4, 27. 7,22. 17,12. Σίμων ὁ
λεπρός, Simon the leper, who had been a
leper, Matt. 26, 6. Mark 14, 3. Sept. for
SANE Lev. 13, 44.45; 39% 2 Sam. 3, 29.
2K. 7, 3—Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4. Aristoph. -
Achar. 723.

λεπτόν, od, τό, (λεπτός, λέπω,) the
name of the smallest Jewish coin, like Engl.
mite. Its value was half a κοδράντης q. v-
or the eighth part of an ἀσσάριον 4. v. It
was therefore equal to about one fifth of
one cent, or three eighths of one farthing.
Mark 12, 42. Luke 12, 59. 21, 2.—Pr.
λεπτὸν κέρμα Alciphr. I. Ep. 9; λεπτὸν νό-
μίσμα Pollux On. 9. 92.

Aevi or Aevis, ace. Aeviv, Winer § 10.
1, Levi, Heb. "73 (a joining), pr. n. of four
persons in N. T.

‘1. The third son of Jacob and Leah, the
head of the tribe of Levi, Heb. '7, 5. 9. Rev.
np

2, 3. Two of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke
3, 24. 29.

4. One of the apostles, Aevis, the son of
Alpheus, called also Matthew, Mark 2, 14.
Luke 5, 27. 29; comp. Matt. 9. 9.

Aevirns, ov, 6, @ Levite, one of the pos-
terity of Levi, spoken in N. T. of the de-
scendants of the three great families into
which this tribe was divided, the heads of
which were Gershom, Kohath, and Merari,
Num. 3, 17 sq. These were appointed by the
Mosaic law to be the ministers and servants
of the priests, and to perform the menial offi-
ces of the temple and temple-service. Luke
10, 32. John 1, 19. Acts 4,36. See Num.

1, 50 sq. 4, 1 sq. 8,5 sq. Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3.

“Δευϊτικός, ἡ, ὄν, Levitical, pertaining to
the Levites, Heb. 7, 11.

λευκαίνω, f. avd, (λευκός,) to whiten, tc
make white, 6. g. τὰς στολάς Rey. 7, 14;
absol. Mark 9,3. Sept. for 92> Ps. 51,
9. Is. 1, 18—Hom. Od. 12. 172) Eutip.
Cycl. 17.

λευκός 439

λευκός, 1 Ov, (λεύσσω, λύκη, Lat. luceo,)
pr. light, emitting light, shining, glitlering,
radiant; hence radiant white.

1. Pr. of raiment, espec. that of angels,
Mark 16, 5. John 20, 12. Acts 1, 10. Rev.

a, 45°. 18; 4,4, 6, VS. ΘΒ. 99514.
Luke 9, 29 ὁ ἱματισμὸς αὐτοῦ λευκὸς ἐξ-
αστράπτων. Matt. 17, 2 λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φώς.
28, 3 et Mark 9, 3 A. ὡσεὶ χιών, comp. Dan.
7, 9 where Sept. for "3M. Of a throne
Rey. 20, 11—Hom. Od. 6. 45. Il. 14. 185
κρήδεμνον λευκὸν ἠέλιος ὥς.

2. Genr. white, 6. g. hair Matt. 5, 36.
Rev. 1, 14; a stone Rev. 2,17; acloud 14,
14; a horse 6,2. 19, 11. 14; a field ripe
for the harvest John 4, 35. Sept. for 5
Lev. 13, 8. 4. Zech. 1, 8. 6, 3—Hom. Il.
10. 437. Hdian. 5. 6. 16. Xen. Ag. 1. 28.

λέων, ovros, 6, α lion, Heb. 11, 88.
1 Pet. 5,8. Rev. 4, 7. 9, 8. 17. 10,3. 13,
2. Sept. for "8 1 Sam. 17, 34. 36. 37;
ΓΝ Judg. 14, 5. 8.9. So Pol. 5. 35. 13.
Xen. Ven. 11. 1.—Trop. for a hero, power-
ful deliverer, Rev. 5,5 6 λέων ὁ dv ἐκ φυλῆς
Iovda, comp. Neh. 2, 13. Jer. 49,18. Also
proverbially for great danger; 2'Tim. 4, 17
ἐὀῥύσϑην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος, i. e. from im-
minent danger of life; see Ps. 22, 22. Jer. 2,
15; comp. Dan. 6, 22 sq.

λήϑη, ns, ἧ, (λανϑάνω,) forgetfulness,
rblivion, 6. g. λήϑην λαμβάνειν i. 4. to forget,
2 Pet. 1,9; comp. in λαμβάνω no. 1. f.—
Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 10. Aul. H. An. 4. 35. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 21.

᾿ληνός, οὔ, ὃ, 4, @ trough, e.g. for drink-
ing, watering, Sept. for SFT] Gen. 30, 39.
42. Hom. Hymn. in Merc. 104.—In N, T.
α wine-trough, wine-vat, viz.

1. The upper vat or press, Heb. ™3, into
which the grapes were cast and trodden by
men, Rev. 14, 19. 20 bis. 19, 15. Sept. for
Mm Neh. 13, 15. Is. 63,2. So Diod. Sic. 3.
63. Anacr. 52. 4.—It was sometimes hewn
in a rock, and had a grated opening near
the bottom through which the liquor flowed
off into a lower vat; see Kempfer Am@-
nitatt. p. 377. d’Arvieux Mem. III. p. 327
sq. Atthe present day on Mount Lebanon
the grapes are trodden out in baskets ; Bib-
lioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 385 sq.

+ 2. The lower vat or trough, dug in the
rock or earth as above, Matt. 21, 33, i. q.
ὑπολήνιον Mark 12, 1; comp. also Is. 5,
2 where Heb. 323, Sept. προλήνιον. Sept.
ληνός for =P Prov. 3, 10. Joel 2, 24—
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 259. 3. Schol. in Ari-
stoph. Eccl. 154. Wetstein N. T. I. p. 466.

ABeptivos

λῆρος, ov, 6, tattle, idle talk, Luke 24,
11.—Aaschin, 34. ult. Xen. An. 7. 7. 41.

λῃστής, οὗ, 6, (Anis; ληΐζομαι,) a plun-
derer, robber, Matt. 21, 13 σπήλαιον λῃστῶν.
26, 55. Mark 11, 17. 14, 48. Luke 10, 30.
36. 19,46. 22,25. John 10,1. 18,40. 2Cor.
11, 26. Matt. 27, 38. 44 et Mark 15, 27,
comp. Luke 23, 33 κακοῦργοι. Trop. John
10, 8, comp. in κλέπτης. Sept. σπήλαιον
λῃστῶν for DSB MIVA Jer. 7, 11.—
Hdian. 1. 10. 3. Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 35.

λῆψις, ews, ἡ, (λαμβάνω,) a receiving,
receipt, only Phil. 4, 15, for which see in
δόσις no. 2.—Ecclus. 41, 19. 42,'7. Plato
Rep. 332. a, ἡ ἀπόδοσις καὶ ἡ λῆψις.

λίαν, adv. much, very, exceedingly ,.sv
with a verb, Matt. 2,16 éSupo%n λίαν. 27,
14. Luke 23, 8. 2 Tim. 4, 15. 2 John 4.
3 John 3. Sept. for 782 Gen. 4, 5. 1 Sam.
11,15. (A&schin. 6. 21. Xen. An. 6. 1. 28.)
With an.adj. Matt. 4, 8 ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν.
8, 28. Mark 9, 3. Sept. for 48 Gen. 1,
31. (Paleph. 28. 1. Xen. Ag. 5. 4.) With
other adverbs, Mark 1, 35 πρωΐ ἔννυχον λίαν,
see in ἔννυχος. 6, 51. 16,2. (Luc. Pisce. 34.)
For the phrase οἱ ὑπὲρ λίαν 2 Cor. 11, 5.
12, 11, see in ὑπερλίαν.

λιβανός, οὔ; 6, (Heb. 7223,) pr. arbor
thurifera, the tree which produces frankin-
cense, growing chiefly in Arabia; Hdot. 4.
75. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 187 sq. Comp. Plin.
H. Ν. 32. 30 sq. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 231 sq.
Rosenm. Bibl. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 153 sq.
—Later and in N. T. frankincense, i. 4.
λιβανωτός, a transparent and fragrant gum
which distils from incisions in the above
tree, and was used by the ancients as in-
cense, comp. Ex. 30,34. In modern times
it is classed among drugs, and is sometimes
called olibanum. Matt. 2,11. Rev. 18, 13.
Sept. for Heb. 255 Ex. 1. c. Lev. 2,1. 5,
11.—Diod. Sic. 5. 41. Hdian. 4. 8. 20.
Theophr. H. Pl. 9. 1. 2, 6.

λιβανωτός, οὗ, ὃ, (λιβανός,) pr. frank-
incense, 28}. V. Ἡ. 11. 5. Hdian. 5. 5. 12.—
In N. T. meton. @ censer for burning in-
cense, thuribulum; Rev. 8,3 ἔχων λιβανω-
τὸν χρυσοῦν. v. 5.

Διβερτῖνος, ov, 6, Lat. libertinus, a
Libertine, a freed-man of Rome, either per-
sonally made free or born of freed parents,
see Adam’s’Rom. Ant. p. 34, 41 sq. Dict.
of Antt. arts. Ingenui, Libertus. In N. a.
Acts 6,9 τινὲς τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς
λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων, certain of those be-
longing to the synagogue of the Libertines
so called. These were probably Jews, who

Αιβύη

_maving been carried as.captives to Rome,
and there freed by their masters, had settled
down as residents in that city, i.e. they and
their descendants as Roman freed-men. The
term Λειβερτῖνοι thus became for them ἃ
sort of proper name, at least among the
Jews at Jerusalem. Philo expressly affirms
that a large section of the city beyond the
Tiber was occupied by Jews of this charac-
ter, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014. c, or Opp. IL. p.
568. ‘Tacitus also relates, that under Ti-
berius 4000 freed-men who professed the
Jewish religion were at once transported to
Sardinia, Annal. 2. 85; comp. Sueton. Ti-
ber. 36. See Lesner Obs. in N. T. p. 180.
—Some read by conject. Λιβυστίνων, “Li-
byans.

Διβύη, ns, ἡ, Libya, Acts 2, 10,a region
of Africa, west of Egypt along the coast of
the Mediterranean, and extending back inde-
finitely into the desert. The tract along
the coast was divided under the Romans
into two parts ; on the east Libya Marmari-
ca; and towards the west Libya Cyrenaica,
so called from its chief city Cyrene, and
called also Libya Pentapolis from the five
cities which it contained, Apollonia, Arsi-
noé, Berenice, Cyrene, Ptolemais. In all
these cities there dwelt many Jews. Plin.
H. N. 5. 5. Jos. Ant. 14.'7. 2. Comp. in
Κυρήνη. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 361,
367.

λιίϑάζω, f. dow, (AZos,) to stone, to pelt
with stones, in order to wound or kill, c. acc.
Jobn [8, 5.] 10, 31. 32. 33. 11,8. Acts 5, 26.
14,19. 2 Cor. 11,25. Heb. 11,37. Sept. and
>pd 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13.—Intrans. Pol. 10.
29. 5. Strabo 15. p. 705 λ. ἐπὶ σκοπόν.

λίϑινος, ἡ; ov, (λίϑος,) stone, of stone,
made of stone; John 2, 6 ὑδρίαι λίϑιναι.
2 Cor. 3, 3. Rey. 9, 20. Sept. for j38
Gen. 35, 14. Ex. 31, 17.—Luc. Demon. 67.
Xen. An. 3. 4. 7, 9.

λιϑοβολέω, ὦ, f. how, (λίϑος, βάλχω,)
fo throw stones at any one, to stone, in order
to wound or kill, i. q. AwWdago, c. aceus.
Matt. 21, 35. 23, 37. Mark 12, 4. Luke 13,
34. Acts 7, 58. 59. 14, 5. As a Mosaic
punishment, John 8, 5; comp. Lev. 20, 10
et Dent. 22, 22, also v. 21 where Sept. and
Spd. Heb. 12, 20, comp. Ex. 19, 13 where
Sept. and >P2. Sept. also. for 539 Lev.
20,27. 24, 14. 16.—Plut. Platon. Quest. '7.
Dio Cass. 999. '7. .

AlYos, ov, 6, a stone, small or large.

1. Pr. e. g. of small stones, Matt. 4, 3
iva οἱ λίϑοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. ν. 6. 7, 9.

431

MSogTpwTos

Mark 5, 5. al. Sept. and Ἰ3ὲ 1 Chr. 12, 2.
2 Chr. 1, 15. (Xen. An. 5. 2. 14.) Of
stones for building, Matt. 24, 2. Mark 13, 1
ἴδε moramot AiSou. v. 2. Luke 19, 44; here
for the size and beauty of the stones with
which the temple was built, see Jos. Ant.
15. 11. 3. B. J. 5. 5. 1 sq. Ezra 5, 8 where
Sept. λίθοι ἔκλεκτοι for 524 J2N. (Xen.
Mem. 8.1. 7.) Ofa mill-stone A. μυλικός
Mark 9, 42. Rev. 18, 21. (Hdian. 3. 1. 14.)
Of a stone for covering the mouth of a se-
pulchre, Matt. 27, 60. 66. 28, 2. Mark 15,
46, Luke 24, 2. John 11, 38. al. Sept. and
JAN Gen. 29, 2. 3. 8.10. (Luc. de Luctu
19.) Of stone tablets 2 Cor. 3,'7; comp.
Ex. 31,1.4. Of idols carved in stone, i. e.
statues of marble, Acts 17, 29; so Sept.
and j28 Deut. 4,28. 28,36. Of precious
stones, 6. g. AiSos τίμιος Rev. 17, 4. 18,
12. 16. 21, 11. 19; trop. 1 Cor. 3, 12;
λίϑος ἰάσπις Rev. 4,3. 21,11. Sept. and
72R, A. riz. 2 Sam. 12, 30. 1 K. 10,2. 11;
A. op. Ex. 35, 25. Ez. 10,1. So Jos. Ant.
10. 2. 2. Hdian. 4. 8. 21.

2. Trop. spoken a) Of Christ, as ὁ
λίϑος ἀκρογωνιαῖος, Eph. 2, 20. 1 Pet. 2,6;
see in dxpoywuaios. As 6 AiSos ζῶν 1 Pet.
2, 4, see in (d@ no. 1. 6. As ὁ λίϑος προσ-
κόμματος, the stone of stumbling, Rom. 9,
32. 33. 1 Pet. 2, 7, i. 6. the occasion or
cause of fall, destruction, to the Jews, since
they took offence at his person and charac-
ter, and thus rejected their spiritual deliv-
erer; comp. Is. 8, 14 et ibi Gesen. Comm.
b) Of Christians, as λίϑοι ζῶντες 1 Pet. 2.
5, see in ξάω no. 1.6. =

λιϑόστρωτος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (AiSos,
στρώννυμι,) stone-strowed, paved, Sept. for
MBL Esth. 1, 6. 2 Chr. 7, 3. App. Bell.
Civ. 3.26 ἐν λιδοστρώτῳ πόλει. Arr. Epict.
4. Ἴ. 37 σοὶ μέλει πῶς ἂν ἐν λιϑοστρώτοις
[οἰκήμασι] οἰκήσητε, i. 6. houses decorated
with tesselated or Mosaic pavements, as
was customary at Rome after the time of
Sylla, Plin. H. N. 36. 60, 64. Sueton. Ces.
46. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 529.—In N. T.
Neut. rd λιϑόστρωτον, the Pavement,
John 19, 13, as pr. name of a place (τό-
mos) in Jerusalem, where Pilate gave 56}}-
tence against Jesus ; in Aramwan Gabbatha
(ridge), see in γαββαϑᾶ. It was just with-
out the pretorium ; and there Pilate set up
his tribunal or seat in public, before all the
people, as was not unusual; see Jos. B. J.
2. 9. 3. ib. 2.14.8. Not improbably there
may have been on this spot an elevated
space or permanent platform paved with
marble for this very purpose ; whence the

λικμάω 432

name. Suetonius relates (1. 6.) that Julius
Cesar in his military expeditions took with
him pieces of marble ready fitted, in order
that wherever he encamped they might be
laid down in the pretorium.—Others sup-
pose the similar pavement in the outer court
of the temple to be meant, Sept. 2 Chr. 7, 3.
Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8. ib. 6.3.23 but a Roman
magistrate could hold no such proceedings
in the temple.—See Wetstein N. T. in loc.
Krebs Obs. in N. T,yp. 158.

λικμάω, ὦ, f. how, (λικμός,) to winnow
grain ; in the East this is done by throwing
it up with a fork against the wind, which
scatters the straw and chaff, Hom. Il. 5.
500. Xen. Chic. 18. 2, 6; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 277, 371. Hence, to scatter,
to disperse, Sept. Is. 17, 13. Amos 9, 9.
Wisd. 11, 19.—In N. T. trop. Matt. 21, 44
et Luke 20, 18 ἐφ᾽ ὃν δ᾽ ἂν πέσῃ (6 λίϑος),
λικμήσει αὐτόν, it shall scatter him to the
winds, i. e. crush him in pieces, make. chaff
ef him; comp. Sept. for Chald. #80 Aph.
Dan. 2, 44; "2 Job 27, 21.

λιμήν, évos, 6, α haven, harbour, port,
Acts 27, 12 bis. v. 8 see in art. Καλοὶ λιμέ-
ves. Sept. for 12 Ps. 107, 30.—Diod. Sic.
3. 38. Xen. An. 6. 4. 1.

λίμνη, ns, 7); (λείβω,) pr. water left
standing or stagnant; hence a pool, lake,
8. g. the lake of Gennesareth, Luke 5, 1
mapa τὴν Δ. Τεννησαρέτ. 5, 2. 8, 22. 23. 33.
Of a lake of burning sulphur, 6. g. γέεννα
q. v. Rev. 19,20. 20, 10. 14 bis. 15. 21, 8;
comp. in ἅδης. Sept. for B28 Ps. 107, 35.
114, 8.—Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Xen. Hell. 3. 2.
19.
λιμός, ov, 6, (λείπω, λέλειμμαι,) also
Dor. ἡ λιμός in Mss. Luke 15, 14. Acts 11,
28, comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 188; pr. fail-
ure, want of food; hence hunger, famine.
1. Of single persons, hunger, 2 Cor. 11,
27 ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει. Luke 15, 17. Rom. 8,
35. Sept. for 35 Lam. 5, 10.—So λιμὸς
ἢ δίψος Luc. Tox. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 13.
.2. Of cities or countries, famine, scarcity
of grain, Matt. 24, '7 ἔσονται λιμοὶ καὶ λοι-
pot. Mark 13,8. Luke 4, 25, 15, 14. 21,
11. Acts 7,11. 11, 28. Rev. 6,8. 18, 8.
Sept. for 32° Gen. 12, 10. Ruth 1, 1. al—
Diod. Sic. 1. 84 init. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 7.
λίνον, ov, τό, flax, the plant, Sept. for
πῦρ Ex. 9, 31. Xen. Ath. 2.11, 12—
_In N. T. and genr. what is made of flax,
linen, e. g. raiment, Rev. 15, 6 ἐνδεδυμένοι
λίνον καθαρόν. Sept. and mw Is. 19, 9.
So Hom, Il. 9. 661. Od. 13. 73.—Put also

λογίζομαι

for the wick of a lamp, i. 6. a strip of linen ;
Matt. 12, 20 λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, the
smoking wick he will not quench, i. e. the
faint and just expiring light he will not ex-
tinguish, quoted from Is. 42, 3 where Sept.
and ΠΣ, Sense: the Messiah will com-
fort the oppressed, and not add to their sor-
rows.

Δῖνος, ov, 6, Linus, pr. τι. of a Chris
tian, 2 Tim. 4, 21.

λυπαρός, a, dv, (λίπος,) fatty, oily, oint
ed, Hom. Od. 15. 352. Xen, Mem. 2. 1. 31;
fat, 6. g. Snpia Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11, ἡ γῆ
Sept. Neh. 9, 35; full, fresh, ruddy, e. g.
the goddess Θέμις, Hes. Theog. 901 ; λιπα-
poi τὰ πρόσωπα Plut. Agesi. 29.—In N. T.
trop. of things, espec. as belonging to orna-
ment and luxury, bright, precious, sump-
tuous ; Rev. 18, 14 πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ
λαμπρὰ ἀπώλετο. So Hom. Il. 22. 406.
Pind. Olymp. 8. 108 λιπαρὸς κόσμος.

λίτρα, as, ἡ, Lat. libra, a pound, in
weight ; John 12, 3 λαβοῦσα λίτραν μύρου.
19, 39. So Pol. 22. 26. 19. Plut. Poplic.
15.—The λίτρα varied in different coun-
tries ; the Roman libra was divided into 12
ounces, and was equivalent to nearly 12
ounces avoirdupois. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
490, Beeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. p. 160 sq.
170 sq. Dict. of Antt. art. Libra. Rabb.
su"), Buxt. Lex. 1138 sq.

Ains, λιβός, ὃ, pr. n. for the south or
south-west wind, Africus, Pol. 10. 10. 1.
Hdot. 2. 25. Sept. for 72" Ps. 78, 26.—
In N. T. meton. the south, the southern
quarter, Acts 27, 12.. Sept. for 332 Gen.
13,14; 72° Num.2,10. So Pol. 9.27. 5.

λογία, as, 7, (λέγω,) α collection, 6. g.
of money, 1 Cor.-16, 1.2. Suid. λογίαν"
τὴν συλλογήν. So Theodoret and others ir.
loc. Not found in classic writers.

λογίζομαι, f. iowa, Mid. depon. (λό-
γος.) aor. | ἐλογισάμην ; also Pass. aor. 1
ἐλογίσϑην Mark 15, 28, al. and fut. 1 Aoy:-
σϑήσομαι Rom. 2, 26, in the Passive sense,
comp. Buttm. ὁ 113. n. 6. Matth. § 495. e.
So too even pres. λογίζομαι is sometimes

Passive, Rom. 4, 4. 5.24. 9, 8;-see Winer

§39.7 c. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. ὁ 113. n. 7.
—Pr. to reason, i.e. to use the reason;
hence to reckon, to count, to compute, espec.
in numerical calculations, Hdot. 7. 28. Luc.
D. Mort. 4. 1—Hence in N. T.

1. to reckon or count to any one, pr. to
put to one’s account; 6. dat. Rom. 4, 4 τῷ
δὲ ἐργαζομένῳ 6 μισϑὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ
χάριν. So Dia Chrysost. 48. p. 534. b,

, Ω͂Ν

λογίζομαι

οὐδὲ οἱ γονεῖς τοῖς τέκνοις ἀντὶ τῶν ἀνα-

τὰς εὐχὰς λογίζονται. ΖΕ. H. An.
8.11 ult. Dem. 1148, 20.—Trop. to count
to any one, to impute, to attribute, pr. ὁ. dat.
_ of pers. and ace. of thing, but often in the
Pass. construction: a) Genr. Rom. 4,6
@ ὁ Seds λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων.
γ. 11. So of evil, ἐο impute, to lay to one’s
charge, and with a negat. not to impute, i. e.
to overlook, lo forgive; Rom. 4, 8 μακάριος
ἀνὴρ ᾧ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν,
quoted from Ps. 32, 2 where Sept. for
Ὁ atin. 2 Cor. 5,19 (comp. Col. 2, 13).
2 Tim. 4, 16. 1 Cor. 13, 5. Sept. and ΞῈΠ
2 Sam. 19, 20. b) With eis τι, Θ. ge
Rom. 4, 5. 9 ἐλογίσϑη τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἡ πίστις
εἰς δικαιοσύνην, i. 6. Abraham’s faith was
impnted to him as righteousness, he was
treated on account of it as if righteous.
With ἡ πίστις or the like Rom. 4, 3. 22.
Gal. 3, 6. James 2, 23; εἰς impl. Rom. 4,
10, 23. 24. Comp. Gen. 15, 6 where Sept.
and > 3m. So 1 Mace. 2, 52.

2. to reckon, to reason, to think, to consi-
der; absol. Mark 11,31 καὶ ἐλογίζοντο πρὸς
ἑαυτούς. With ὅτε Heb. 11, 19. [John 11,
50]; τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor. 10, 7. . With ace, of
thing, to think upon, to consider, Phil. 4, 8
ταῦτα λογίζεσθε. So Wisd. 2, 1. Isocr, p.
79. Ὁ. Xen. Hi. 1. 11; c. ὅτι Xen: Hell. 2.
4.28; ταῦτα Thuc. 7. 73.—Spec. to reason
out, to think out, to find out by thinking, c.
acc. 2 Cor. 3, 5 οὐκ ἱκανοί ἐσμεν ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν
λογίσασϑαί τι κτλ. Comp. Sept. and 28
Jer. 11, 19. 50, 45. So Liban. 44. p. 914.
d, ad’ ἑαυτῶν αὐτὰ λογιζόμενοι καὶ σκοποῦν-
τες οἱ δικασταί κτλ.

3. to reckon, to count, to judge, to sup-
pose, as the result of reasoning, c. ace. et
inf. Rom. 3, 28 λογιζόμεϑα γάρ, δικαιοῦσϑαι
πίστει ἄνπρωπον. Phil. 3, 13. 2 Cor. 11, 5.
Rom. 6, 11. 14,14. With ὅτι instead of
acc. et inf. Rom. 8, 18 λογίζομαι γάρ, ὅτι
οὐκ ἄξια κτλ. and with τοῦτο ὅτι 2,3. 2 Cor.
10, 11; absol. 1 Pet. ὅ, 12. Sept. and stim
Is. 53, 4. (Hdian. 2. 11. 14. Diod. Sic.
13. 112. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 6; ¢. ὅτε Hdian.
3.8.6.) Genr. fo reason, to judge, absol.
1 Cor. 13, 11 ὡς νήπιος ἐλογιζόμην. With
εἴς τινα ἃ Cor. 12, 6. Also i. 4. to purpose,
2 Cor. 10, 2 λογίζομαι τολμῆσαι. Sept. and
stm Neh. 6,2. So Xen. An. 2. 2. 13.

4. to reckon as or for any thing, to count,
to regard, to hold, c. ace. et ὡς 1 Cor. 4, 1
οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνϑρωπος, ὡς ὑπηρέ-

ras Xp. 2 Cor. 10,2ult. Rom. 8, 86 quoted |

from Ps. 44, 23 where Sept. and atin, as

also Am. 6, 5. (So ο. dupl. acc. Wisd. "6, 4,

15,15.) With eis c. acc. for or as any
28

433

λογος
thing, see εἰς no. 8, ἃ. Acts 19, 27 εἰς οὐ-
δὲν λογισθῆναι. (Wisd. 9, 6.) Rom. 2, 26.
9,8 τὰ τέκνα... λογίζεται eis σπέρμα, where
λογίζεται is either Pass. or we may supply
ὁ Seds, ἡ γραφή, or the like. Rept. for
> Sti 1 Sam. 1,13. With μετά c. gen.
to reckon with or to, i. 6. to count as ; Mark
15,28 et Luke 22, 37 μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσϑη,
quoted from Is. 53, 12 where Sept. for
MN M22 Niph. So Heb. 09 2M, Sept.
προσλογίζεσϑαι μετά, Ps. 88,5.

λογικός, 7, dv, (Adyos,) reasonable, ra-
tional, pertaining to the reason, mind, un-
derstanding, not material or physical; Rom.
12, 1 λογικὴ λατρεία, comp. John 4, 23 et
Rom. 7, 25. 1 Pet. 2,2 τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον
γάλα, i. e. rational (spiritual) and pure nou-
rishment for the soul_—Test. XII Patr. p.
547 προσφέρουσι κυρίῳ λογικὴν προσφοράν.
Arr. Epict. 1..1. 4 ἡ δύναμις ἡ λογική i. 6.
reason. Plato Locr. 99. e.

λόγιον, ov, τό, (neut. of λόγιος,) pr.
something uttered, effatum ; 6. g. from God,

απ oracle, a divine communication; so of
‘oracles in

the O. T. Acts 7, 38; espec.
those relating to the Messiah, Rom. 3, 2.
So through Christ, the doctrines of the gos-
pel, Heb. 5,12. 1 Pet. 4, 11. Sept. for
MBN Ps. 12, 7.—Diod. Sic. 2.14. Hedot.
4. 178.

λόγιος; ov, 6, 4, adj. (Adyos,) Att. learned,
erudite, i. 4. πολυίστωρ, Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.
7. Hdot. 2. '77.—In N. T. skilled in speech,
eloquent, an. orator, i. 4. λεκτικός, Acts 18,
24 ἀνὴρ λόγιος. So Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 2.
Luc. Psendol. 24. Epict. Ench. 44. Plut.
Cic. 49. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 198.

λογισμός, οὔ, ὃ, (λογίζομαι,) pr. reckon-
ing i.e. the art, arithmetic; Xen. Mem. 4.
7. 8.—In N. T. reasoning, thought, cogita-
tion, e. g. of conscience Rom. 2,15. (Genr.
Wisd. 9, 14. Dem. 127. 24. Plato Tim.
34. a.) Spec. thought, imagination, con-
ceit, 2 Cor. 10, 5 λογισμοὺς καϑαιροῦντες.
Sept. for matin Prov. 6,18. Jer. 11, 19.

λογομαχέω, ὦ, f. now, (λόγος, μάχη,)
to strive about words, to dispute about tri-
fles, 2 Tim. 2, 14.

λογομαχία, as, ἧ; (λογομαχέω,) word-
strife, dispute about trifles, 1 Tim. 6, 4.

λόγος, ov, 6, (λέγω,) word, as spoken,
any thing spoken ; also reason, as manifest-
ing itself in the power of speech ; hence
both Lat. oratio and ratio. See Passow s. v.

I. Word, both the act of speaking and
the thing spoken, Lat. oratio.

1. Pr. word, not in the grammatical sense

λόγος

Ke ἔπος and ῥῆμα, but as uttered by the
living voice, a speaking, speech, utterance,
Lat. vox. Matt. 8, 8 μόνον εἰπὲ λόγον. Luke
7, '7. 23,9. 1 Cor. 14,9. Heb. 12, 19. al.
Sept. for a5 Gen. 44, 18. (Hdian. 8. 6.
16. Hdot. 1. 61. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 5.) So
εἰπεῖν λόγον κατά τινος, to speak a word
against any one, Matt. 12, 32; εἴς τινα id.
Luke 12, 10. (Jos. Ant. 15. 3.9.) Also ὁ
λόγος τοῦ Seod, the word of God, his
omnipotent voice, decree, 2 Pet. 3,.5. 7.
Sept. and "5: Ps. 33, 6; comp. Gen. 1, 3.
Ps. 148, 5.

2. word, emphat. i. e. a saying, declara-
tion, sentiment uttered, Lat. dictum, effatum.
a) Genr. John 6,60 σκληρός ἐστιν οὗτος 6
᾿ λόγος. Luke 20, 20. Matt: 7,24 ὅστις ἀ-
κούει ov τοὺς λόγους τούτους. V. 26. 10,
14. Luke 4, 22. al. Sept. and "34 Prov.
4, 4. 20. (All. V. H. 14. 15 τοὺς Σωκράτους
λόγους.) So in reference to words or de-
clarations, 6. g. which precede, Matt. 15, 12
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον, i. 6. in

v. 8 54ᾳ. 19,22 comp. v. 21. Mark 7, 29.
comp. v.28. John 2, 22. 4, 50. 7, 40 comp.;

v. 37. 10, 19. Acts 5, 24. Tit. 3,8. Rev.
19,9. (Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32.) Or which
follow, John 12, 38. Acts 20, 35. Rom.
13,9. 1 Cor. 15, 54. 1 Tim. 3,1. Sept.
and “as 1K. 2,4. With gen. of thing,

6. g. λόγος ἐπαγγελίας Rom. 9,9; A. τῆς.

ὁρκωμοσίας Heb. 7, 28. Also ὁ λόγος
Tov προφήτου, etc. the word, declaration,
of the prophet, i. e. the prediction, prophecy,
Luke 3,4. John 12,38. Acts 15,15. 2 Pet.
1,19. Rev. 1,3. Spec. a proverb, maxim,
John 4, 37. So Al. V. H. 1.19. Plato
Symp. 195. b. Ὁ) In reference to reli-
gion, religious duties, i.q. doctrine, precept ;
Acts 18,15 εἰ δὲ ζήτημά ἐστι περὶ λόγου
κτλ. 15, 24. Tit. 1,9. Heb. 2,23 λόγοι τῆς
πίστεως 1 Tim. 4, 6; λόγος δικαιοσύνης
(see in ἄπειρος) Heb. 5,13; λόγος av3pa-
mov 1 Thess. 2, 13. 2 Tim. 2, 17; of a
teacher John 15, 20. Sept. and “35 Ex.
34, 27..28. (1 Macc. 2, 33.34.) Espec. of
God, λόγος τοῦ Seod, the word of God,
divine declaration, oracle; John 10, 35 πρὸς
ods ὁ X. τοῦ ὅ. ἐγενέτο. 5, 38. As an-
nouncing good, the divine promise, Rom. 9,
6. Heb. 4,2; (Sept. and "23 Ps. 33, 4.
56, 5;) or evil, Heb. 4, 12. Rom. 3, 4 from
Ps. 51,6 where Sept. and "33. Rom. 9,
28 from Is. 10, 22. 23, where Sept. for
yi"bD. (Bar. 2, 1.) . In relation to duties,
a precept, John 8, 55. 5,24. Mark 7, 13.
Sept. and 933 Ex. 35,1. So of the divine
declarations, precepts, oracles, relating to

434

λόγος

the instructions of men in religion, the word
of God, i. e. the divine doctrine, tne doc-
trines and precepts of the Gospel, 14: Gos-
PEL itself. Luke 5, 1 ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ
ϑεοῦ. John 17, 6. Acts 4, 29. 31. 8, 14.
1 Cor. 14, 36. 2-Cor. 4, 2. Col. 1, 25.
1 Thess. 2, 13. Tit. 1,3. Heb. 13,7; with
τοῦ Seod impl. Mark 16, 20. Luke 1, 2.
Acts 10, 44. Phil. 1,14. 2 Tim. 4, 2 κή-
ρυξον τὸν λόγον. James 1, 21. 1 Pet. 2, 8,
Rev. 12, 11. So 6 λόγος τῆς ἀληϑείας Eph.
1,13. 2 Tim. 2; 15; λόγον ζωῆς Phil. 2,
16; A. τῆς ca@rnpias Acts 13, 26; λ. τῆς
βασιλείας Matt. 13,19, and with τῆς β.
impl. v. 20 sq. Mark 4, 14; X. rod εὐαγγε-
λίου Acts 15,'7; A. rod σταυροῦ 1 Cor. 1,
18; ὅλ. τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ Acts 20,32. In
the ‘same sense of Christ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ
Xp. John 5,24. 14, 23. 24. Col. 3, 16;
λ. τοῦ κυρίου Acts 8, 25; ὁ λ. τῆς χάριτος
αὐτοῦ Acts 14, 3.

3. word, words, i.e. talk, discourse, speech,
Lat. sermo, the act of discoursing, a holding
forth, harangue. 8) Pr. and genr. Matt.
22, 15 ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ.
Luke 9, 28. Acts 14, 12. ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ
λόγου. 2 Cor. 10, 10; ἐν λόγῳ in word, in
discourse, James 3, 2. 1 Tim. 4,12; ἐν
λόγῳ κολακείας, in flattering words, 1 Thess.
2, 5; διὰ λόγου, by word, by discourse,
orally, Acts 15, 27. 2 Thess, 2,2.15. In
antith. λόγος and ἔργον, word and deed, Col.
3, 17. 2 Cor. 10, 11; comp. in ἔργον no. 2.
b. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 87 ult. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 59.) So λόγος and δύναμις 1 Cor. 4,
19. 20. 1 Thess. 1; 5. - Also περὶ οὗ πο-
hos ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος of whom we have much
to say, Heb. 5,11. “With a gen.1 Tim. 4,
5 διὰ λόγου ϑεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως through the
word of God and supplication, i. 6. through

prayer to God, comp. v. 4. So genr. Jos.

Ant. 4. 8. 24. Hdian. 1. 4. 1. Dem. 319. 9;
c. περί Paleph. 21, 2.— Spec. a) Ot
teachers, discourse, teaching, preaching, in-
struction. Matt. '7,28 ὅτε συνετέλεσεν 6 I.
τοῦς λόγους τούτους. 26, 1. Luke 4, 32.
36. John 4, 41. Acts 2,41. 13,15. 20, 7
mapérewe τὸν λόγον. 1 Cor. 1,17. 2,1. 4.
1 Tim. 5, 17 ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ. 1 Pet.
3,1. So in antith. λόγος and ἔργον Luke
24,19. Acts 7, 22; comp. above. (Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 6.) Also 6 λόγος dAnSeias
2 Cor. 6, 7. James 1, 18; 6 A. καταλλαγῆς
2 Cor. 5, 19 comp. v. 18. 8) Of, those
who relate any thing, a narrative, story,
John 4, 39. Acts 2,22. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.
16,or 3. 1.) Meton. α history, treatise, i. e.
a hook of narration περί τινος Acts 1, 1.
S¢ Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 74. All. V. H.7. 14.

Xen. Ag. 10.3. _ γ) In the sense οἵ con-
versation, colloquy, Luke 24, 17. °(AEl. V.
H. 13. 31. Xen. Ag. 3. 5.) Hence answer,
reply, Matt. 5, 37.

-b) Meton. the power of speech, utterance,
delivery, eloquence; 2 Cor. 11, 6 ἰδιώτης
τῷ λόγῳ. 1 Cor. 12, 8. Eph. 6, 19.—Isocr.
p. 27. b. Plato Rep. 376 ; i. q. δύναμις λόγων
Hdian. 7. 5. 10. ;

c) Μοίοῃ. for the subject οἵ discourse, a
lopic, matter, thing, e.g. a) Genr. Matt.
19, 11. Luke 1, 4 iva ἐπιγνῷς περὶ ὧν κα-
τήχϑης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. Acts 8, 21
comp. v. 12. Sept. and "33 szpiss. 6. g.
2 Sam. 3, 13. 11,18. So Pol. 8. 14. 5.
Hdot. 1. 21. Plato Apol. 34. e. 8) Spec.
matter of dispute, discussion, a question, e. g.
judicial, Acts 19, 38 (Dem. 942. 17); mo-
ral, Matt. 21, 24 ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον
ἕνα. So Diog. Laert. Stilpo II. 11 θτοιοῦ-
τόν τινα λόγον ἐρωτῆσαι.

4. word, i. e. talk, rumour, report; Matt.
28,15 καὶ διεφημίσϑη 6 λόγος οὗτος κτλ.
Mark 1, 45. John 21, 23; with περί τινος
Luke 5,15. 7,17. Acts 11, 22. Sept. and
"2% 1 K. 10, 6. So Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 7.
Xen. An. 1. 4.'7; c. περί ib. 6. 6. 13.—
Hence for mere talk, pretence, show, Col. 2,
23 λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας. So Diod. Sic.
13. 4, opp. ἀλήϑεια. Dem. 93. 5 λόγοι ταῦτα
καὶ προφάσεις.

II. Reason, the reasoning faculty, as that
power of the soul which manifests itself in
speech, Lat. ratio; Dem. 783. 2 μηδέποτ᾽
ἐκ λόγου ταῦτα σκοπεῖτε. Arr. Epict. 1.
12. 26. Plato Phedr. 270. c, ὁ ἀληδὴς λό-
yos.—In N. T.

1. α reason, ground, cause. Matt. 5, 32
παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας. Acts 10, 29.
Sept. ἐπὶ λόγου for Heb. "277>2 2 Sam.
13, 22. (Pol. 28. 11. 7. Xen. An. 6. 2. 10.)
Spec. κατὰ λόγον i. 4. with reason, rea-
sonably, for good cause, Acts 18, 14. So
3 Mace. 3, 14. Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 30. 3. Thuc.
3. 39.

2. reason, reasons, as demanded or given,
i. 6. ὦ reckoning, account. a) Pr. συναί-
ρειν λόγον μετά τινος to take up an account
with any one, i. e. to reckon with, Matt. 18,
23. 95, 19 ; ἀποδιδόναι λόγον, to render an
account, 6. g. τῆς οἰκονομίας Luke 16, 2;
also Phil. 4, 15. 17, see in δόσις. So Diod.
Sic. 1. 49. Luc. Abdic. 8. Plut. Camill. 13.
b) Trop. account, i. e. the relation and rea-
sons of any transaction, an explanation ; so
ἀποδιδόναι v. διδόναι λόγον, to give
account, 6. g. τῆς συστροφῆς Acts 19, 40;
with περί τινος Matt. 12, 36. Rom. 14, 12;
absol. Heb, 13. 17. 1 Pet. 4,5. So λόγον

» 435

λόγος

αἰτεῖν περί τινος 1 Pet. 8, 1 ; also Heb. 4,
18 πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος. Sept. ἀποδιδ. λό-
γον for Chald. 8222 Dan. 6,3. So Diod.
Sic. 1.37 ἀποδιδ. λόγον περί. Dem. 227. 26
διδόναι λόγον. Xen. (0. 11.22. 06) Trop.
λόγον ποιοῦμαι; to make account of,
i. 6. to regard, to care’for ; Acts 20, 24 ov-
devds λόγον ποιοῦμαι, i. 6. 1 make account
of none of these things, am not moved by
them. So Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 3. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 9. 50 λόγον οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν ποιησάμενος.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 8. 26 τῶν ἄλλων μείων μοι
λόγος.

If. With the art. ὁ Adyos, the Word,
the Logos, only in the writings of John,
John 1, 1 ter. 14. 1 John 1, 1. [5, '7.] Rev.
19,13. It here stands for the divine pre-
existent nature of the Messiah, which “ be-
came flesh and dwelt among us” as Jesus
Christ, the God-man ; John 1,14. This use
of ὁ λόγος by John may perhaps be account-

- ed for from the following considerations. In

the Ο. Τ'. the word of Jehovah (TIN"-35,
Sept. ῥῆμα v. λόγος) sometimes appears as
personified, or at least is used for Jehovah
himself; Gen. 15, 1. 4. 5. 7-9. 1 K. 13, 9.
17. 19, 9. 11 sq. Among the later Jews
this usage became more definite and fre-
quent, especially in the Chaldee Targums ;
in which the word of Jehovah (Chald.
mins ὙΠ N77) is often put where the
Hebrew reads M152 Jehovah, or DDN
God; so Gen. 19,24. 20,3. Ex. 17, 16.
Lev. 26, 12. Is. 45, 11. al. See Buxtorf
Lex. Chald. 125. In like manner the wis-
dom of God (23, σοφία) appears in the
O. T. as personified, Prov. 8, 12. 22-31;
also Ecclus. c. 24. Wisd. 7, 21 sq. Later
Jewish writers identify or at least connect
this σοφία with ὁ λόγος τοῦ Seod; so Ecclus.
1,5 Complut. πηγὴ σοφίας λόγος ϑεοῦ ἐν

εὑψίστοις, comp. Philo de Profugis ᾧ 20. p.

466. This Adyos also appears as personi-
fied and as the agent in creation, Wisd. 9,
1. 18, 15. More developed is this doctrine
of a λόγος τοῦ Yeod in Philo; whether from
any reference to the νοῦς or λόγος of Plato
is uncertain; see Plato Phileb. p. 30. b.
Epinom. p. 986.. Of this hypostasis Philo
speaks as ὁ δεύτερος Leds, ὅς ἐστιν ἐκείνου
[Seod] λόγος, Fragm. in Euseb. Prep.

Evang. 7. 13, also in Phil. Opp. ed. Mang.

If. p. 625. He calls him ὁ πρεσβύτατος τοῦ
ὄντος λόγος, as also 6 πρωτόγονος αὐτοῦ λό-
γος, and ὁ πρωτόγονος vids; de Prof. ᾧ 20. p.
466; de Somn. 1. 37. p. 597; de Agricult.
§ 12. p. 195. b.. Of him he also says:
λόγος δέ ἐστιν εἰκὼν Seod, δ οὗ σύμπας ὁ
κόσμος ἐδημιουργεῖτο, de Monarch. 2. 5. p._

λογχη

828. b; comp. Col. 1, 15. 16. 2 Cor. 4, 4.
Heb. 1, 2. 3. It would hence appear, that
in the Jewish philosophy of that age there
was much subtle speculation respecting this
divine Word, "2", λόγος ; and therefore
the apostle John, in the very beginning of
his Gospel, sets out with declaring the real

and true Logos, in opposition to the unreal

and false hypostasis of a prevailing philoso-
phy, perh. of the Gnostics; John 1; 1 ἐν
ἀρχῆ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ 6 λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Se-
Ov, καὶ Seds ἦν 6 λόγος, comp. v. 14. See
genr. Liicke, Tholuck, Wetstein, on John
-1, 1. Bleek Hebraerbr. I. p. 41. Neander
Gesch. d. Apostol. Zeitalt. ed. 2, II. p. 503.
[Engl. IT. p. 64.] Hagenbach’s Dogmen-
gesch. I. §40 sq. Dorner Lehre von d.
Person Christi, 1845, Th. 1. Dahne Gesch.
Darstell. der Jiid. Alexandr, Religionsphi-
los. I. p. 114 sq.—Some here take 6 λόγος
for ὁ λεγόμενος the promised, i. 4. 6 ἐρχόμε-

vos; others for ὁ λέγων, the teacher ; but”

both these interpretations are without any
philological support.

λόγχη, ns, ἡ, the point of a weapon, pr.
the triangular iron head of a lance or jave-
lin Hdot. 7. 69. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16.—In N.
T. a lance, spear, John 19, 34. Sept. for
m2 Neh. 4, 13. 16. So Plut. Pyrrh. 33 fin.
Xen. An. 2. 2. 9.

λοιδορέω, @, f. now, (λοίδορος.) to rail
at, to revile, c. acc. John 9, 28 ἐλοιδόρησαν
αὐτόν. Acts 23, 4. Pass. 1 Cor. 4, 12.
1 Pet. 2,23. Sept. for a4 Deut. 33, 8.—
Diod. Sic. 20. 33. Xen. An.,3. 4. 49.

λοιδορία; as, 4, (λοιδορέω,) a railing,

reviling, 1 Tim. 5,14. 1 Pet. 3, 9 bis, λοιδο-
ρίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας. Sept. for 2° Prov.
20, 3.—Luc. Tim. 55. Xen. Hi. 1.14.

λοίδορος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. railing, reviling ;
as Subst. a railer, reviler, 1 Cor. 5,11. 6,
10. Sept. for 7i72 Prov. 25, 25.—Luc.
Fugit. 27. Plut. Mor. Il. p. 15 ult.
- λοιμός, od, 6, ἃ pestilence, plague, Matt.
24, '7 et Luke 21, 11 λοιμοὶ ἔσονται. Sept.
for "23. Jer. 27, 6. 28, 8. So 41. V. H.
6. 10. Plato Cony. 201. d.—Trop. of a ma-
lignant and mischievous person, a pest ;
Acts 24, 5° εὑρόντες γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον
λοιμόν. Sept, for >3722 1 Sam. 2,12; 72
Ps. 1,1; 389 Ez. 7,21. So Dem. 794. 5;
also pestis Cic. in Catil. 2. 1.

λουπός, 4, dv, (λείπω,) left, remaining,
other, e. g.

1. Plur. Matt. 25, 11 ai λοιπαὶ παρϑένοι.
Acts 2, 37 τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους. Rom.
1, 13. 2 Cor. 12, 13. 2 Pet. 3, 16. al. Ab-

436

λουτρον

sol. οἱ λοιποί, the rest, the others, Matt.
22, 6. Mark 16,13. Luke 18, 9. Rom. 11,
7. Rev. 2, 24, Neut. ra λοιπά Mark 4, 19.
Luke 12, 26. 1 Cor. 11, 34. Sept. for "77
Josh. 13, 27. 2K. 1,18; 943 Josh. 17, 2;
“NW Ezra 4,'7.—Luc. Vit. Auct. 27. Hdian.
4. ἃ. 20. Plato Polit. 289. ἃ; τά A. Xen.
Ag. 2. 22.

2. Adverbially:* a) Gen. rod λοιποῦ
Sc. χρόνου, pr. for the rest of the time, i. 6.
in future, henceforth, Gal. 6, 17. Comp.
Buttm. ὁ 132. 5. b. Herm. ad Vig. p. 706.
So Hdian. 8. 4. 17. Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 10.
Ὁ) Neut. acc. τὸ λοιπόν, for the rest, as
to the rest; spoken of time, henceforward,
henceforth, 1 Cor. 7, 29. Heb. 10,13. (Plut.
Mor. II. p. 64. 4. Xen. An. 2. 2. 5.) Also
further, still further ; Matt. 26, 45 et Mark
14, 41 xateddere τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσϑε ;
do ye sleep on still further and take your
rest? (Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 7 of μὲν οὖν ἄλλοι
τοῦ καϑ᾿ αὑτοὺς ἀπηλλαγμένοι δεοῦς, ἐν τῇ
περὶ τὸν Βενιαμὶν φροντίδι τὸ λοιπὸν ἦσαν.
ib. 18. 8. 8 pen. comp. Plato Ῥμεάγ. 256. c.)
Others in Matt. and Mark 1. c. render hence-
forth, with or without irony; but against
the next clause, espec. in Mark.—Spec. τὸ
λοιπόν in a transition, at the beginning of a
clause, as to the rest, furthermore, finally,
Eph. 6,10. Phil. 3, 1. 4,8. [1 Thess. 4,
1.] 2 Thess. 3, 1. ὦ Acc. λοιπόν,
also ὃ δὲ λοιπόν 1 Cor. 4, 2, as to the rest,
further, furthermore, finally, 1 Cor. 1, 16.
4, 2. 2 Cor: 13, 11. 1 Thess. 4, 1. 2 Tim.
4, 8. Acts'27, 20. So Paleph. 52. 7. Arr.
Epict. 1.24. 1. Ael. V.H. 8.14. +

Δουκᾶς, ἃ, ὃ, Luke, contr. from Lat.
Lucanus, the writer of the Gospel of Luke
and of the Acts of the Apostles. He was

' the companion of Paul in several of his

journeys and: came with him to Rome;
comp. Acts 16, 10. 40. 28, 16. He is pro-
bably the same who is called ὁ ἰατρός Col.
4,14; but must not be confounded with
Λούκιος Lucius in Acts 13, 1—2 Tim. 4,
11. Philem. 24. Col. 4, 14.

Aovx10s, ov, ὃ, Lucius, the Latin name
of a teacher in the church at Antioch, a
Cyrenian, Acts 13, 1. Rom. 16, 21.

λουτρόν, ov, τό, (λούω,) a bath, place
for bathing, Hdian. 3. 6. 19. Xen. Ath. 2.
10; water for bathing, washing, Hdian. '7.
2. 12. Diod. Sic. 1. 84.—In N, T. @ wash-
ing, ablution, i. 6. the act, spoken of bap-
tism Eph. 5, 26. Tit. 3, 5. So Act. Thom.
§25; pr. Sept. for 7272 Cant. 4,2. Hdian.

7.85)

1.17. 19. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 59.

» σεν [αὐτοὺς] ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν.

λούω

λούω, f. aw, to bathe, to wash, but only
a person or the whole body; not merely
the hands and face, which is expressed by
νίπτω. Soc. acc. Acts 9, 37 λούσαντες δὲ
αὐτήν. Acc. impl. et ἀπό, Acts 16, 33 ἔλου-
Pass. John
13, 10. 2 Pet. 2, 22. Heb. 10,23 λελου-

᾿ μένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καϑαρῷ, where for the

acc. comp. Buttm. § 131. 7. ᾧ 134. n. 2.
Sept. for 71) Lev. 8, 7. Ruth 3,3. So
Luc. Luct. 11. Plato Phed.115.a. Xen.
Mem. 3. 13. 3.—Trop. to cleanse, to purify,
c. acc. et ἀπό, Rev. 1, 5 λούσαντι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ
τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν κτλ.“ Comp. Sept. and 71}
Is. 1, 16.

Avésda, ns, ἡ, Lydda, a large village
situated ten or twelve miles southeast from
Joppa, Acts 9, 32. 35. 38.—Jos. Ant. 20.
6. 2 Λύδδα κώμη, πόλεως τοῦ μεγέϑους οὐκ
ἀποδέουσα. Heb. 45 Lod 1 Chr. 8, 12;
called also by the Greeks Diospolis. See
Reland Palest. p. 877. Bibl. Res. in Pal.
III. p. 49 sq.

Avésia, as, ἡ, Lydia, pr. τι. of a woman
of Thyatira residing at Philippi, a dealer in
purple, Acts 16, 14. 40.—Also the name of
a province on the western coast of Asia
Minor, the former kingdom οἵ Croesus; of
which the cities Thyatira, Sardis, and Phila-
delphia, are mentioned in N. T. but not the
province itself.

Avkaovia, as, ἡ, Lycaonia, a region in
the interior of Asia Minor, bounded N. by
Galatia, E. by Cappadocia and Cataonia,
S. by Cilicia and Isauria, and W. by Phry-
gia. It was adapted to pasturage ; and of
its. cities, Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra are
mentioned in N. T. Acts 14, 6.—The Ly-
caonians spoke a peculiar dialect (v. 11),
which Jablonsky supposes to have been
derived from the Assyrian, Opusc. ed. te
Water III. p. 3 sq. Others regard it as
corrupted from the Greek. -

“Ουκαονιστί, ady. Lycaonieé, in the a
caonic dialect, Acts 14,113; see in Avxaovia.
Comp. Buttm. § 119. 15. ¢.

«Λυκία, as, ἡ, Lycia, a province on the
S. W. coast of Asia Minor, bounded E. by
Pamphilia, N. by Phrygia, W. by Caria,
and §. and S. W. by the Mediterranean.

Of its cities only Patara is mentioned in

N. T. Acts 27,.5.

λύκος, ov, 6, @ wolf, Matt. 10,16. Luke
10, 3. John 10, 12 bis. Sept. for ΞῈΤ Is.
11, 6. (Xen. Mem. 2.7. 14.) Trop. of a
rapacious and violent person, wolf-like, Matt.
7,15. Acts 20, 29. So Act. Thom. ᾧ 25;
comp. Sept. and S81 Zeph. 3, 4.

437

Avotpa

λυμαίνομαι, Mid. depon. (Adya,) pr.
to stain, to disgrace, by msult, indignity,
i.e. to insult, to treat with mndignity, to mal-
treat, c. acc. Hdot. 8. 28; c. dat. Hdot. 9.
79.—In N. T. fo injure, to make havoc of,
to destroy, c. acc. Acts 8, 3 Σαῦλος δὲ ἐλυ-
paivero τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Sept. for IY Jer.
48,18. Am. 1, 11.. So Diod. Sic. 1. 60.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 24.

λυπέω, ὦ, f. How, (λύπη,) to grieve, to
distress, to make sad; Pass. or Mid. to be
grieved, to be sad, sorrowful. So c. ace.
2 Cor. 2, 2. 5 bis. 7, 8 bis. Pass. or Mid.
Matt. 14,9. 17, 23 ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα. 18, ᾿
31. 19, 29% 26, 22. 37. Mark 10, 22. 14,
19. John 16, 20. 21, 17. 2 Cor. 2,2. 4. 6,.
10. '7,9 ter. 11. 1 Thess. 4, 13. 1 Pet. 1, 6,
Sept. for 537 Deut. 15, 10. Jon. 4, 1; 329
2 Sam. 19, 2. So Hdian. 6. 7. 7. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 8.—Spec. to aggrieve, to offend,
c. acc. Eph. 4, 30. Pass. Rom. 14, 15 εἰ διὰ
βρώματα ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται. So All.
V. Η. 12. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 10.

λύπη, ns; 9, grief, sorrow, John 16, 6.
20. 21. 22. Luke 22, 45. Rom. 9, 2. 2 Cor.
2,1. 3.7. '7, 10 bis. 9,7. Phil. 2, 27 bis.
Heb. 12, 11. Sept. for 712: Gen. 42, 38;
M39 Jonah 4,1. So Hdian. 3. 15. 5. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9, 8.—Meton. cause of grief, grie-
vance, trouble, 1 Pet. 2, 19. So Sept.
Proy. 31, 6. Xen. Lac. 7. 6.

Avodyias, ov, ὃ, Lysanias, pr. n. of a
tetrarch of Abilene, Luke 3, 1; see fully
in ᾿Αβιληνή.

Avoias, ov, ὁ, Lysias, i. 6. Claudius
Lysias, a Roman tribune, χιλίαρχος, com-
manding in Jerusalem, Acts 23, 26. 24,
7. 22.

λύσις, ews, }, (Adw,) a loosening, dis-
junction, pr. of or from any tie or con-
straint; spoken in N. T. of the conjugal
tie, separation, divorce, 1 Cor. 7, 27.—
Comp. A. τῶν κακῶν Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4. Pol.
15. 15. 4. Thue. 2, 102.

λυσιτελέω, ὦ, f. how, (λυσιτελής; vo,
τέλος,) pr. ‘to pay or make good expenses
incurred ;’ hence to make oneself useful, to
be useful, profitable, better ; so impers. 8 pers.
pres. Luke 17, 2 λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ ... ἢ κτλ,
i. 6. it were better for him:—Ecclus. 29, 11.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12; genr. Al. V. H. 13.
39. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15.

Adar pa, as, ἡ, also τὰ Avorpa, gen. wy,
Lysira, a city in the southern part of Ly-
caonia in Asia Minor; so 7 A. Acts 14, 6.
21. 16,1; ra A. Acts 14, 8. 16,2. 2'Tim.
3,11. Pliny refers it to Lycaonia, 5, 32

λύτρον

but Ptolemy assigns it to Isauria, 5. 4;
comp. in Ἰκόνιον. Perh. at the modern
Bin Bir Kilisseh ; see Hamilton’s Res. in
Asia M. II. p. 317-320.

λύτρον, ov, τό, (λύω,) loosing-money, a
ransom, the price paid for the release of any
one; trop. Matt. 20, 28 et Mark 10, 45
δοῦναι τὴν Ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολ-
λῶν, to give his life a ransom for the deli-
verance of many, i. e. from the conse-
quences of sin and guilt. Sept. for δ ΝᾺ
Ley. 25, 24. 51; “D2 Ex. 30,12. Num.
35, 31. 32.—Hdian. 4. 6. 12. Thue. 6. 5.
Plato Rep. 393. d. e

AUT POO, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (λύτρον;) to ransom,
to let go free for a ransom, Diod. Sic. 19.
73 ult. Plato Theet. 165..e.—In N. T. only
Mid. λυτρόομαι, f. ὠσομαι, to release by
payment of ransom, i.e. to ransom, to re-
deem, to deliver ; trop. 6. acc. Luke 24, 21
λυτροῦσϑαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ, i. e. from the power
of the Romans and genr. from their present
fallen state. Also with ἀπό, Tit. 2, 14
A. ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πασῆς ἀνομίας, i.e. from the
power and consequences of iniquity. Pass.
aor. 1. ἐλυτρώσϑην in Pass. sense, 6. ἐκ
1 Pet. 1, 18. Sept. for DNS Is, 44, 22 sq. also
for 72 ΓΒ c. ἀπό Ps. 119,134; ἐκ Ps. 130,
8.—1 Macc. 4,11; pr. Plut. Cimon 9 ult.
Diod. Sic. 5. 17.

λύτρωσ. ἐξ, ews, ἧ; (λυτρόομαι,) a ran-
soming, Plut. Arat. 11—In N. T. trop.
redemption, deliverance, from evils, Luke 1,
68. 2, 38; from sin and its consequences,
Heb. 9, 12. Sept. for MENS Lev. 25, 48 ;
ΤῊΒ Ps. 111, 9. 130, 7.

AVTPOTIS, οὗ, 5, (Avrpdopat,) a redeem-
. er, deliverer, Acts ἢ, 35 τοῦτον 6 Seds...
λυτρωτὴν ἀπέστειλεν. Sept. for dxk Ps.
19. 15. 78, 35.—Act. Thom. §§ 10, 57. —

λυχνία; as, ἡ, (Λύχνος,) a light-stand,
iamp-stand, candlestick, a word of the later
Greek for the earlier τὸ λυχνίον Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 313 sq. Matt. 5, 15 ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ
τὴν λυχνίαν. Mark 4, 21. Luke 8, 16. 11,
33. Heb. 9, 2. Sept. for T2522 Ex. 25,
31. Lev. 24, 4. So Ecclus. 26,17. Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 2. Luc. Asin. 40.—Symbolically
- in the Apocalypse, of a christian church
Rey. 1, 12. 13. 20 bis. 2, 1. 5; of a chris-
tian teacher or prophet Rey. 11, 4, in allu-
sion to Zech. 4, 2 sq. where Sept. and
mina, “2
λύχνος, ov, 6, α light, i. e. portable, as
a candle, lamp, lantern; Matt. 5, 15 οὐδὲ
καίουσι λύχνον. Mark 4, 21. Luke 8, 16.

438

λύω
11, 33. 86. 12, 35 ἔστωςαν ὑμῶν... οἱ
λύχνοι καιόμενοι let your lamps stand burn-
ing, i. e. be ye ready, watch. (Comp. Matt.
25, '7 sq.) Luke 15, 8. 2 Pet. 1,19. Rev.
18, 23. 22, 5. So ὁ λύχνος rod σώματος,

for the eye, Matt. 6, 22. Luke 11, 34.

Sept. for "3 Ex. 25, 37. Zech. 4,2. (Arr. —
Epict. 2. 17. 37. Diod. Sic. 3. 12 pen.
Plato Cony. 218. b.) Trop. of John the

| Baptist as a distinguished teacher, John 5,

35; of the Messiah, τὸ ἀρνίον, Rev. 21, 23.
Comp. Sept. and "3 Ps. 119, 105. Prov.
6, 23.

AV, f. dow, 1. ἰο loose, to loosen, what
is fast, bound, i. q. 10 unbind, to untie; spo-
ken of a ligature or any thing fastened by it.
a) Genr. and ο. acc. Mark 1,'7 λῦσαι τὸν
ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ. Luke 3, 16.
John 1, 27. Acts 7, 33. 13, 25. (Sept. for
55 Ex. 3,5. Hdian. 1. 11. 12 τὴν ζωνήν.)
Trop. τὸν δεσμὸν τῆς γλώσσης, the impedi-
ment, Mark '7, 35; τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ Savdrov
Acts 2, 24, see in ὠδίν no. 2. (Comp. All.
H. An. 12.5.) Here belongs also the phrase
ὃ ἐὰν λύσης ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Matt. 16, 19 bis. 18, 18
bis, i.e. whatsoever ye shall loose on earth;
see fully in δέω no. 1. b) Of animals
tied, 6. g. τὸν πῶλον Mark 11, 2. 4. 5.
Luke 19, 30. 31..33 bis. Absol. Matt.
21, 2; ἀπὸ τῆς φατνῆς Luke 13, 15. Sept.
for 718 Job 39, 5. So Xen. An. 3. 4. 8ὅ.
c) Of a person swathed in bandages, grave-
clothes, 6. g. Lazarus, John 11,44.

2. Of persons bound or confined, fo Jet go

loose, to set free, 6. acc. e. g. prisoners,

Acts 22, 30 ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν δεσμῶν.
24, 26. Rev. 9, 14. 15. 90, 8. Ἴ ἐκ τῆς φυ-
λακῆς. Trop. Luke 13, 16. 1 Cor. 7, 27
λέλυσαι ἀπὸ γυναικός, i. 6. art thou free from
a wife,in antith. with δέδεσαι. Sept. for
“"nn Ps. 105, 20. 146, '7.—Plut. M. An-
ton. 15. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 123 ἐκ δεσμῶν
Plato Rep. 360. c.

3. to loosen, to dissolve, i. 6. to sever,
to break, to break up; Ὁ. ace. 6. g. τὰς
σφραγῖδας Rev. 5, 2. 5: Acts 27, 41 ἡ δὲ
πρύμνα ἐλύετο, but the stern was broken up,
went to pieces, from the violence of the
waves. (Plut. Pyrrh. 6 τὴν ἐπιστολήν. Id.
Dion 53 τὸν τάφον.) Trop. of an assembly,
τὴν συναγωγήν Acts 13,43. So Diod. Sic.
19. 25 τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Hom. Il. 1. 305 dyo-
pnv:-—Hence

4. Of any thing built up, an edifice, to
break down, to demolish, to destroy, ¢. acc.
John 2,19 λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον. Eph.
2,14. Trop. 1 John 8,8. Also of the world

Δως

to melt, 2 Pet. 3, 10.11.19. So Esdr. 1,
5 X. τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσ. Hom. Tl. 2. 118. ib. 16.
100.— Trop. of a law, institution, ἐο break,
i, 6. 8) to make void, to do away ; John
10 35 οὐ δύναται λυϑῆναι ἡ γραφή. Matt. 5,
19. So Dem. 31. 12. Β) to transgress, to
violate, John 7, 23 iva μὴ λυϑῇ ὁ νόμος M.
5, 18 τὸ σάββατον.

7 439
as to be destroyed by fire, q. d. to dissolve,

So Thue. 6. 14 τοὺς

μαδητής͵
νόμους. Xen. An. 8. 2. 10 τὰς σπονδὰς kal
τοὺς ὅρκους.

Ais, ἰδος, ἡ, Lois, pr. n. of ἃ christian
matron, the grandmother of Timothy, 2 Tim.
1, 5.

Ar, 6, indec. Lot, Heb. 24> (veil), pr.
ἢ. of Abraham’s nephew, Luke 17, 28. 29.
32. 2 Pet. 2, 7. See Gen: 11, 31. 13, 5
sq. 14, 12 sq. 19, 1 sq.

M.

Maa’; ὃ, indec. Maath, pr. n. of an
ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3, 26.

ΜΜαγαδάν, ἡ, indec. Magadan, Matt.
15, 39 Lachm. for Rec. Μαγδαλά q. v.

ΜΜαγδαλά, n, indec. Magdala, Heb.
332 (tower) Migdal, Chald. 82732, a
place on the western shore of the jake of
Gennesareth, about three miles north of Ti-
berias ; now a small village called Medel ;
see Biblical Res. in Pal. IIT. p. 298. Comp.
Josh. 19, 38.—Matt. 15, 39. Mark 8, 10.

Marsarnv%, js, ἡ, Magdalene, i. e. of
Magdala, a fem. appellative, spoken of one
of the women called Mary, i. e. Mary of
Magdala, Matt. 27, 56. 61. 28, 1. Mark
15, 40. 47. 16,1. 9. Luke 8, 2. 24, 10.
John 19, 25. 20, 1. 18. Pomp. in Mapia
no, 3.

'Μαγεδών, indec. pr. n. “Magedo, Me-
giddo; so Matthezi Rev. 16, 16. for Rec.
᾿Αρμαγεδδών q. v.

μαγεία, as, i, (μάγος,) magic; Plur.
μαγεῖαι, magic arts, sorceries, Acts 8, 11.—
Jos. Ant. 2.13.3. Plut. de Superst. 12.
Plato Alc. 122. a.

μαγεύω, f. evow, (μάγος.) to practise
magic, sorcery, absol. Acts 8, 9.—Luc. Asin.
4. Plut. Numa 15 med.

Μάγος, ov, 6, Magus, Plur. Μάγοι,
Magi, the name for priests and wise men
among the Medes, Persians, and Babylon-
ians, pr. great, powerful, Heb. 5 ; and from
the same stem comes Gr. péyas, Lat. magis,
magnus. Comp. Jer. 39, 3. Heb. Lex. art.
aa. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. ὅ1. ib. 7. 5. 57.
il. V. H. 2.17. Hdian. 4. 12. 6,8. Cie.
de Divinat. 1. 23. Wetstein N. T. 1, p.
240.—Their learning was connected with
astrology and enchantment, whence Sept.
μάγος for Chald. HEN enchanter, magician,
Dan. 1,20. 2,2. 27. 5,'7; 1. 4. Chald, ΒΞ]
Sept. σοφός Dan. 2, 12. 18. 24. 27. ὅ, Ἴ. 8;
comp. 5, 11. 12—In N. T.

1. Plur. the Magi, wise men, from the
East, i. e. from Persia or Arabia, who came
to salute the new-born Messiah, Matt. 2, 1.
7. 16 bis.

2. ὦ magician, sorcerer, diviner, Acts 13,
6. 8. Sept. for FY as above —Hdian. 4.
12. 6,8. Aschin. 78. 18 τοιοῦτος payos
καὶ γόης.

Marywy, 6 6, indec. Μὰ; Heb. ain,
pr. n. of a son of Japhet Gen. 10, 2; but in
N. T. put symbolically for remote heathen
nations ; see fully in Péy. Rev. 20, 8.

Masiav, Μαδιάμ, δ, indec. Madian,
Heb, 37°32 Midian, pr. n. of an Arabian
tribe descended from Abraham by Keturah,
Acts 7, 29; comp. Gen. 25, 2. They
would seem to have dwelt in the region
extending from the eastern shore of the
Gulf of ’Akabah, (where Josephus and the
Arabian geographers place a city Madyan)
to the borders of Moab on the one side, and
to the vicinity of Sinai on the other. They
were nomadic in their habits; and bands
of them moved about to different places;
comp. Ex. 3,1. 18, 5. Num. c. 31. Judg.
c. 6-8. Jos. Ant. 2.11.1. See Heb. Lex.
art. }779.

pats, ov, 6, (kindr. μάζα, μάσσω,) the
breast, pap, Rev. 1,13 Lachm. for μαστός
Rec.—Hom. Il. 5. 393. Eurip. Bacch. '700.

Luc. Tragop. 110.

parnteva, f. εύσω, (μαϑητής,) to disci-
ple, i. e.

1, Intrans. to be the disciple of any one,
6. dat. Matt. 27, 57 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαϑήτευσε
τῷ “Incov.—Plut. X. Orator. Vit. 1 init. Ib.
4. p. 140, ἐμαϑήτευσε δ᾽ αὐτῷ καὶ Θεόπομπος.

2. Trans. to train as a disciple, to teach,
to instruct, c. ace. Acts 14, 21 μαϑητεύσαν-
τες ἱκανούς. Matt. 28, 19. Pass. Matt. 13,
52. Comp. ϑριαμβεύω no. 2. *

μαϑητής, od, ὃ, (μανϑδάνω,) a disciple,
scholar, follower of a teacher, genr, Matt.

μαδϑήτρια

10, 24; of the Pharisees Matt. 292,16: of
John the Baptist Matt. 9,14. Mark 2, 18.
Luke 5, 33. John 3, 25; of Jesus Matt.
5, 1. Mark 8, 27. Luke 8, 9. John 3, 22.
al. sepiss. Spec. the twelve apostles, Matt.
10, 1. 11, 1. 20, 17. Luke 9, 1. Plur.
emphat. for true disciples, John 13, 35. 15,
8. After Christ’s death the term disciple
takes the broader sense of follower, believer,
i. q. Christian, Acts 6, 1.2. 11, 26.—Jos.
Ant. 6. 5.4. Luc. Tim. 51. Dem. 928. 7.
Xen. Mem. 1.2.27. +

μαϑήτρια; as, ἧ, (μαϑητής:) a female

disciple, i. e. a female Christian, Acts 9, 36. -

—Diod. Sic. 2. 52. Diog. Laert. Speus. 4.
2. Meeris, paSyrpis, ἀττικῶς" μαϑήτρια, ἕλ-
ληνικῶς.

ἹΜαδουσάλα, ὃ, indec.. Mathusala,
Heb. Τβ 9. (dart-man) Methuselah, the
oldest of the patriarchs, having lived 969
years ; see Gen. 5, 21 sq.—Luke 3, 37.

Maivay, ὁ, indec. Mainan, pr. n. of an
ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3, 31.

μαίνομαι, f. μανοῦμαι, Mid. depon. to be ἡ
mad, to rave, spoken of persons who 50,

speak and act as to seem out of their senses,
absol. John 10, 20. Acts 12, 15. 26, 24.
25. 1 Cor. 14, 23.—Sept. Jer. 29, 26.
Hdian. 7. 8. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11.
μακαρίζω, f. ica, (μάκαρ,) Att. fut. 1,
Buttm. § 95. 9; to pronounce happy, to call
Liessed, c. acc. of pers. Luke 1, 48. James
5,11. Sept. for “WR Gen. 30, 13. Is. 3,
11.—Diod. Sic. 13. 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 9.

μακάριος, a, ov, (collateral form of
poet. μάκαρ.) happy, blessed, 6. g. of God
1 Tim. 1,11. 6,15. Genr. Matt. 5, 3 sq.
Luke 1, 45. 6, 20 sq. Rom. 4, 7. al. sep.
With μᾶλλον, Acts 20, 35 μάκαριόν ἐστι
μᾶλλον, more blessed is it. Compar. μακα-
' pea@repos, happier, 1 Cor. 7, 40. Sept.
for "208 Ps. 1,1. Deut. 33, 29.—Ceb.
* Tab. 11. Hdian. 2. 4.17. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
14. +

μακαρισμός, od, ὃ, (μακαρίξω,) a pro-
nouncing happy, blessedness ; hence λέγειν
τὸν μακαρισμόν Twos, i. 4. μακαρίζειν, Rom.
4,6. 9. Gal. 4, 1ὅ τίς οὖν ἦν 6 p. ὑμῶν, how
ye then called yourselves blessed.—Plut. So-
lon 27 fin. Plato Rep. 591. d. On nouns
ending in σμος, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 511.

Μακεδονία, as, ἡ, Macedonia, a country
lying north of Greece proper, joining S. on
Thessaly and Epirus; E. on Thrace and
the ASgean; W. on the Adriatic and Illy-
ricum; and N. on Dardania and Mesia.
Tt was the original kingdom of Philip and

440

μακροδυμέω.

Alexander ; and was afterwards subdued by
the Ronis under P, Aumilius, who divi-
ded the country into four districts; comp.
in Θεσσαλονίκη, and Liv. 45. 29. The
Romans afterwards divided the whole of
Greece into two great later provinces, Ma-
cedonia and Achaia; see in ᾿Αχαΐα. ΟἹ
the cities of Macedonia proper, there are
mentioned in N. T’. Amphipolis, Apollonia,
Berea, Philippi, and Thessalonica.—Acts
16, 9. 10.12. 18,5. 19, 21.22. 20,1. 3.
Rom. 15, 26. 1 Cor. 16, 5 bis. 2 Cor. 1,
16 bis. 2,13. 7,5. 8,1. 11,9. Phil. 4,
15. 1 Thess. 1, 7. 8. 4,10. 1 Tim. 1, 3.

Μακεδών, ὄνος, 5, a Macedonian, Acts
16, 9. 19, 29. 27,2. 2 Cor. 9, 2. 4.

μάκελλον, ov, τό, Lat. macellum, i. 6.
a meat-market, shambles, where also all
kinds of provisions were exposed for sale,
1 Cor. 10, 25.—Luc. Diss. c. Hes. 7. Plut.
Quest. Rom. 54. See Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p- 569. Dict. of Antt. art. Macellum.

μακράν, ady. (waxpés,) strictly for pa-
κρὰν ὁδόν, a long way, Buttm. § 115. 4; i.e.
as in Engl. a great way, far, far off. Luke
15, 20 μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος. Acts 22, 21.
So 6. ἀπό τινος, Matt. 8, 30 ἢν δὲ μακρὰν
ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Mark 12, 34. Luke 7, 6. John
21,8. Acts 17,27. Sept. for PIM? Josh.
9, 22. Judg. 18, 7. So Pol. 3. 45. 2. Xen.
An. 3. 4. 42.—With the art. of μακράν,
those far off, those remote from God, i. e. the
Gentiles as opp. of ἐγγύς the Jews; Eph. 2,
13. 17; comp. Is. 57, 19 where Sept. and
PIM; see in ἐγγύς no. 1. So of εἰς μακράν
Acts 2, 39, comp. in εἰς no. 4. See Buttm.
§ 125. 6.

μακρόδϑεν, adv. (μακρός) from far,

afar off; Mark 8, 3 μακρόϑεν ἥκουσιν. 11,

18. Luke 18,13. 22,54. 23, 49. Sept.
for Pina Gen. 22, 4. 37,17. 2K. 2,7.
So Philo quod somn..a Deo mitt. p. 575. b.
ΖΔ. H. An. 2.15. ib. 15. 12. The form be-
longs to the later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 93.
—Still less pure is the synon. ἀπὸ pa-
κροϑέν, from far, afar off, Matt. 26, 58
ἠκολούϑει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόϑεν (comp. Luke
22,54). Matt. 27,55. Mark 5, 6. 14, 54.
15, 40. Luke 16, 23. Rev. 18, 10. 15.
17. Sept. for PIN 2 K. 19, 25; ῬΠΠ
Ps. 138, 6. So Polemo Physiogn. 1. 6.
Greg. Naz. Or. 25. p. 484. c. See Lob. ad
Phr. p. 46 ult. Comp. the like use of Heb.
j2, Heb. Lex. art. 13 no. 3. ἢ.

μακροδυμέω, a, f. ἤσω, (μακρός, Su-
pos,) pr. to be long-minded, i.e. slow to
anger, passion, excitement. Hence

μακροδυμία

“1. tobe long-suffering, forbearing, to bear
patiently ; absol. 1 Cor. 13, 4 ἡ ἀγάπη pa-
κροϑυμεῖ. With εἴς τινα 2 Pet.3,9; ἐπί
τινι, Luke 18, 7 μακροθυμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, 1. 68.
though he bear long with them, is slow to
avenge them (comp. Ecclus. 32 or 35, 18).
Matt. 18, 26. 29; πρός τινα 1 Thess. 5,
14. Sept. for S328 FMT Prov. 19, 11.—
So c. ἐπί τινε Ecclus. 18, 11. 32 [35], 18;
absol. 2 Macc. 6, 14. Plut.de Gen. Socrat.
23 ven.

2. to wait patiently, to be patient, absol.
Heb, 6, 15 οὕτω μακροϑυμήσας ἐπέτυχε τῆς
ἐπαγγελίας. James ὄ, Ἴ. 8 ; ὁ. ἐπί τινι James
5, 7.—Artemid. 4. 12 πάντα μακροϑυμεῖν κε-
λεύει, καὶ μὴ κενοσπουδεῖν.

μακροδυμία, as, ἧ, (μακροϑυμέω,) lon-
ganimity, slowness to anger, passion, excite-
ment, i. 6. long-suffering, forbearance, patient
endurance ; genr. Rom. 2, 4 τῆς μακροϑυ-
μίας Tod Seod καταφρονεῖς ; 9,22. 2 Cor. 6,
6. Gal. 5, 22. Eph. 4,2. Col. 3,12. 1 Tim.
1,16. 2 Tim. 3,10. 4, 2. 1 Pet. 3, 20.
2 Pet. 3, 15. Sept. and 5°BN FIN Prov.
25, 15. Jer. 15, 15. So Plut. Lucull. 33
ἀρετὴν μὲν ἐπεδείκνυτο καὶ μακροϑυμίαν ἧγε-
μόνος ἀγαϑοῦ. Menand. p. 203.—Spec. pa-
tient endurance of evil, patience, Col. 1, 11.
Heb. 6, 12. James 5,10. So Sept. Is. 57,15.

μακροδύμως, adv. (μακροϑυμέω,) ρα-
tienily, i.e. with indulgence, with clemency,
Acts 26, 3.

μακρός, ά, ὄν, (μᾶκος, μῆκος.) long, ex-
tended in space or time.

1. Of space, e. g. from one point to ano-
ther ; hence far, far distant ; Luke 15, 13
et 19, 12 εἰς χώραν μακράν. Sept. ὁδὸς
μακρά for PiMI2 WI Prov. 7, 19. So
Hdian. 6. 7. 10. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 42.—Acc.
μακράν as Ady. see in its order.

2. Of time, 6. g. μακρῷ χρόνῳ Hdian. 5.
3. 5.—In N. T. only Neut. Plur. μακρά as
Ady. long, 6. δ. μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι pray-
ing long, making long prayers, Matt. 23, 14
[13]. Mark 12, 40. Luke 20, 47.—Jos. Ant.
6. 11. 10. Luc. Tim. 38. Plato Prot. 334, ἃ.

μακροχρόνιος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (μακρός,
xpévos,) pr. ‘long-timed,’ i. 6. long-lived ;
Eph. 6, 3 iva p. γένῃ, quoted from Ex. 20,
12 et Deut. 5, 16 where Sept. for S982
Va: |

for timidity Pol. 8. 79. 4; delicacy, effemi-
nacy, Luc. D. Deor. 10. 6, 8. Plato Rep.
410. d—In N. T. weakness, disease, e. g.
of body Matt. 4, 23 ϑεραπεύων πᾶσαν μαλα-
κίαν. 9,35. 10,1. Sept. for "2M Deut. 7,

441

μαλακία, as, ἡ, (ulti softness, trop.

μῶλλον

15. 2Chr. 16, 12.—Comp. μαλακίζεσϑαι to
be weakly, sickly, Zl. V. H. 3. 19; pada-
κῶς ἔχειν Luc. D. Deor. 9. 1.

μαλακός, d, dv, soft, pr. to the touch;
spoken of raiment as made of soft materials,
of fine texture, ἱμάτια μαλακά Matt. 11, 8 bis.
Luke 7, 25. So Luc. Saturn. 1 ἐσθῆτας
evavSeis καὶ μαλακάς. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 30.
—Trop. effeminate, spoken of a catamite,
scortum virile, 1 Cor. 6,9. So Dion. Hal.
Ant.7.2. Plut. de capiend. ex inim. util. 4,

Μαλελεήλ, ὃ, indec. Maleleel, Heb.
N32 (praise of God) Mahalaleel, pr. n.
of the son of Cainan, Luke 3, 37; comp.
Gen. 5, 12. :

μάλιστα, «ἄν. superl. (μάλα,) most, —
most of all, especially. Acts 20, 88 ὀδυνώ-
μενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ κτλ. 25, 26. 26,
3. Gal. 6,.10. Phil. 4, 22. 1 Tim. 4, 10. 5,
8. 17. ὃ Tim. 4, 13. Tit. 1,10. Philem. 16.
2 Pet. 2, 10.—Luc. Somn. 18. Xen. Cyr.
1. 4. 4.

μᾶλλον, adv. comparat. (udda,) more,
rather, Lat. potius ; in various connections.

1. Genr. 1 Cor. 14, 1 ζηλοῦτε τὰ πνευμα-

“rikd, μᾶλλον δὲ [ζηλοῦτε] ἵνα κτὰ. v. 5.

2. Cor. 5,8; before a gen. 1 Cor. 14, 18
πάντων ὑμῶν μᾶλλον γλώσσαις λαλῶν. (Xen.
An. 8. 12. 1.) ΑἸβδο πολλῷ μᾶλλον;
much more, Matt. 6, 30. Mark 10, 48. Luke
18, 39. Rom. 5, 9. 10. 15. 17. 1 Cor. 12,
22. ὃ Cor. 3, 9. 11. Phil. 2, 12. Heb. 12, 9.
25; πόσῳ μᾶλλον, how much more, Matt.
7, 11. 10, 25. Luke 11,13. 12, 24. 28.
Rom. 11, 12. 24. Philem. 16. Heb. 9, 14;
τοσούτῳ p. so much the more Heb. 10, 25;
μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον, more and more,
Phil. 1,9 ἔτει μ. καὶ p. περισσείῃ. (Diog.
Laert..9. 10.2; ἔτι μ. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 6.)
With # or ἤπερ, ie. μᾶλλον ἤ, more than,
rather than, Matt. 18,13 χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς κτλ. John 3, 19. Acts 4,
19. 5,29. 27,11. 1 Tim. 1,4. 2 Tim. 3,4;
μᾶλλον ἤπερ John 12, 43. (Xen. Mem. 4. 4.
17; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 719.) So
ellipt. where # and its verb are to be sup-
plied in thought, 6. g. Philem. 9 μᾶλλον
παρακαλῶ 50. ἢ ἐπιτάσσω. 2 Cor. 2,7 ὥστε
μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς χαρίσασϑαι 56. ἢ ἐπιτιμᾷν.---
Intens. the more, the rather, much more.
Matt. 27, 24 ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ϑόρυβος γίνεται,
ig. μᾶλλον ϑορυβεῖται, comp. v. 23, i. e.
but that there was the more a tumult. Mark
14, 31 comp. v. 29. Luke 5, 15. John 5,18
διὰ τοῦτο οὖν μᾶλλον ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖ-
ναι, comp. v. 16. John 19, 8. Acts 5, 14.
9, 22. 22, 2 comp. 21, 40. 2 Cor. 7, 7. 12,

9, Phil.1,12. 3,4. 1 Thess. 4, 1.10. 2 Pet.

Μάλχος

1, 10. (Thue. 5. 44.) So οὐ μᾶλλον in
interrogat. 1 Cor. 9, 12. 2 Cor. 3, 8 comp.
v. ἢ

2. Joined with a word in the positive,
μᾶλλον forms a periphrase for the compara-
tive, like Engl. more; Matth. §458. So
before 7, Acts 20, 35 μακάριόν ἐστι μᾶλλον
διδόναι, ἢ λαμβάνειν, it is more blessed. 1 Cor.
9, 15. Gal. 4, 27; before εἰ, Mark 9, 42
καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον, εἰ kTA.—So ο. gen.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 80.

3. Emphat. with another comparative, ei-
ther in form or sense; comp. Matth. 1. c.
Winer ᾧ 86. 3. n. 1. Mark 7, 36 μᾶλλον
περισσότερον. ἃ Cor. 7, 13. Phil. 1, 23
πολλῷ yap μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον. (Hdot. 1. 31,
32. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 ult.) Also with
verbs of comparison, Matt. 6, 26 οὐχ ὑμεῖς
μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν ; Heb. 11, 25 μᾶλ-
λον ἑλόμενος. So μ: ἑλέσϑαι Dem. 946. 7.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 4.

4. After a negative clause or prohibition
expr. or impl. rather; so δὲ μᾶλλον, but
rather, Matt. 10, 6 πορεύεσϑε δὲ μᾶλλον
κτλ. v.28. 25, 9. Mark 5,26. Luke 10, 20.
Eph. 4, 28. Heb. 12,13. (Thue. 1. 123.)
ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, hut rather, Rom. 14, 13:
μηκέτι οὖν ἀλλήλους κρίνωμεν - ἀλλὰ τοῦτο
᾿ κρίνατε μᾶλλον. Eph. 5, 4. 1 Tim. 6, 2.
1 Cor. 7, 21 μή σοι μελέται" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ Kal...
μᾶλλὸν χρῆσαι. Impl. Mark 15,11 ἵνα [μὴ
τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀλλὰ] μᾶλλον τὸν Β. ἀπολύσῃ
αὐτοῖς, comp. v. 9. S6 οὐχὶ μᾶλχον in
interrog. 1 Cor. 5, 2. 6, 7 bis.

5. Intens. μᾶλλον δέ before an anti- Ὁ

thetic clause, ar rather, yea more ; Rom. 8,
34 Xp. 6 ἀποϑανών ; μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐγερϑείς ;
Gal. 4, 9. Eph. 5, 11—El. V. H. 2. 13.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 49. :

Μάλχος, ov, ὁ, Malchus, Heb. 732
(counsellor) Malluch, pr. n. of a servant,
John 18, 10.

μάμμη, ns, 4, a grandmother, 2 Tim. 1,
-§.—Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 2. Hdian. 5. 3. 7.
Plut. Agis 19 fin. A word of the later
Greek instead of the earlier τήϑη, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 133 sq.

μαμωνᾶς, μαμμωνᾶς, a, 6, mammon,
i. e. wealth, riches, Chald. 7122, 825727,
(τ. }28,) pr. that in which one trusts, see
Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1217 sq,
9. 11; and personified like Gr. πλοῦτος,
Matt. 6, 24, Luke 16, 13.—Suid, μαμωνᾶς -
πλοῦτος γήϊνος, χρυσός.

ἹΜαναήν, ὁ, indec. Manaen, pr. τι. of a
christian teacher at Antioch, Acts 13, 1.

“Μανασσῆς, ἢ, 6, δος, ἢ, Manasses, Heb.
ΓΙΌΣ (making forget’ Manasseh, vr, n,

442

So Luke 16, -

μάννω
1, The son of Joseph, adopted by Jacob,
Rev. 7, 6.

2. A king of Judah, son of Hezekiah, r.
699-644 B.C. noted for his idolatry and
cruelty, Matt. 1, 10 bis: See 2K. c. 91.
2 Chr. c. 33.

pavSdva, f. μαϑήσομαι, Aor. 2 ἔμαϑον,

‘to learn.

1. Genr. by inquiry from others, or from
teaching, study, observation, to learn, to be
taught ; absol. Matt. 9, 13 πορευϑέντες δὲ
μάξετε, τί ἐστι κτὰ. John 6, 45: 1 Cor. 14,
31. 1 Tim. 2,11. 2 Tim. 3,'7; with ἀπό
twos Matt. 11, 29. With acc. of thing,
Rom. 16,17 ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάϑετε. 1 Cor. 14,
35. Phil. 4,9. 2 Tim. 3,143 with ἀπό rivos

Matt. 24, 32 et. Mark 13, 28. 1 Cor. 4, 6

iva ἐν ἡμῖν μάϑετε τὸ μὴ ὑπέρ κτὰ. in us,
i. e. by our example. Also with acc. impl.
John 7,15; ο. ἀπό τινος Col. 1,7; παρά
τινος 2 Tim. 8,14. With acc. of person,
to learn any one, i. e. his doctrines, precepts,
Eph. 4, 20. Sept. c. acc. for > Ps. 119,
71. 18. Deut. 5,1. So absol. Hdian. 8. 7.
8; 6. inf. 2. V. H. 3. 32; c. acc. Xen.
Mem. 3.9.33 ἔκ τινος Clic. 13. 6; παρά
τινος Cyr. 2. 2. 6.—Spec. to learn by infor-
mation, to be informed, c. ὅτι Acts 23, 27;
ἀπό τινος Gal. 3, 2. (ABI. V. H. 2. 42. Xen.
Cyr. 6.1.31.) Also to understand, to com-
prehend, Rev. 14,3. So Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10.

2. to learn by experience, i. q. to do habit-
ually, to be wont, with an inf. expr. or impl.
Phil. 4, 11 ἐγὼ γὰρ %ua%ov... αὐτάρκης
εἶναι. 1 Tim. 5, 4. 13. Tit. 3,14; 6. ace.
Heb. 5,8 ἔμαϑεν τὴν ὑπακοήν.---Χοη. An.
3. 2. 25.

μανία, as, ἡ; (μαίνομαι,) mania, mad-
ness, Acts 26, 24.—Wisd. 5, 4. Hdian. 1.
15. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 50.

μάννα, τό, indec. manna, the miraculous
food of the Israelites in the desert, Heb. 772,
Sept. rd μάν Lev. 16, 31. 35; τὸ μάννα
Num. 11, 6. Josephus ἡ μάννα Ant. 5.1. 4.
—In N. T. John 6, 31, 49. 58. Ileb. 9, 4;
symbolically Rey. 2, 17 see in κρύπτω.
Comp. Ex. 16,31 sq. Jos. Ant. 3.1.5. Jose-
phus relates that in his day manna was still
found around Mount Sinai, Ant. 3. 1. 6;
and the same fact has also been abundantly
ascertained by modern travellers. The mo-
dern manna, manna Arabica, is a sweet
resin similar to honey, which in the desert
of Sinai and some other oriental countries,
exudes in summer chiefly from the leaves
of the tamarisk or Turfa, Tamarix gallica
mannifera, This the Arabs collect, and

μαντευομαΐν

regard it as the greatest dainty which their
country affords. But the quantity is tri-
fling, not amounting to more than five or
six hundred pounds each year. ΤῈ has been
ascertained within the present century, first
by English naturalists and more fully by
Ehrenberg, that the manna flows out from
the leaf in consequence of the puncture of
an insect nearly allied to the cimex genus,
called coccus manniparus ; see Ehrenb.
Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829. But the charac-
teristics of the modern manna correspond
in scarcely a single particular with the an-
cient manna as described in the Old Testa-
ment ; nor is it a possible supposition, that
there could have been a supply of it suffi-
cient for a host like that of Israel, amount-
ing to at least two millions of persons. See
genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 170, 550.
Niebuhr’s Arabien p. 145, Burckhardt’s
Tray. in Syr. p. 599 sq. Heb. Lex. art. 123.

μαντθύομαι, f. εύσομαι, Mid. depon.
(μάντις, μαίνομαι) to utter responses as from
an oracle, to divine, to foretell, Acts 16, 16.
Sept. for nop Deut. 18,10. 1 Sam. 28, 8.
—l. V..H. 2.17. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2.
Plato Tin. 72. Ὁ.

μαραίνω, f. ava, pr. to put out, to
quench fire, Hom, H. Merc. 140. Pass. to
go oul, to die away, of fire, Hom. Il. 9. 212.
Hence to make pine away, to dry up, cause
to wither, Sept. for wa Job 15, 30. Meleag.
104, in Anthol. Gr. I. p. 30. Pass. to wither,
to fade away, pr. of roses Wisd. 2,8; of the
body, person, Jos. B. J. 6. 5. 1.—In N. T.
Pass. trop. of a person in prosperity, to fade
away, 6. 5. 6 πλούσιος James 1,11. So
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 35. Plut. Marcell. 24 init.
τῇ ῥώμῃ μαραινομένῃ.

Μαρὰν asd, Maran-atha, Aramzan
nox 12, i 4: κύριος ἔρχεται, the Lord
cometh to judgment, 1 Cor. 16, 22. Buxt.
Lex. Chald. 1248. -

μαργαρίτης, ου, ὁ, ΒΝ οὶ a pearl,
Matt. 13, 45. 46 ἕνα πολύτιμον papya-
ρίτην. 1 Tim. 2, 9. Rev. 17, 4. 18, 12. 16.
* 21,21bis. Trop. Matt.'7,6 comp. in κύων.
—El. H. An. 10. 13 6 ἐν ταῖς γυναιξὶ Sav-
μαστὸς μαργαρίτης. Theophr. Fragm. 2. 86.
Comp. Plin. H. N. 9. 53, 54.

Map%4, jjs, ἡ, Martha, a sister of La-
zarus, Luke 10, 38. 40. 41. John 11, 1. 5..

19. 20. 21. 24. 80. 39. 12, 2.

Μαρία, as, 7}, OF Μαριάμ, ἡ ἡ, indec.
Maria, Mary, Heb. p49 (rebellion) ὍΝ
am, pr. n. of several females.

1. Mary the mother of Jesus, written

443

_mony.
| Winer § 45. 2. ult. John 1, 34 καὶ μεμαρ-

MapTupew

Mapia Matt. 1, 16. 18. 2,11. Mark 6, 3,
Luke 1, 41. Acts 1,14; Μαριάμ Matt. 1,
20. 13, 55. Luke 1, 27. 30. 34. 38. 39. 46
ὅθ. 2, 5. 16. 19. 34.

2. Mary, Μαρία, the mother of James
the Less and Joses, sister to Jesus’ mother
(John 19, 25) and wife of Alpheus or Clo-
pas; see in ᾿Αλφαῖος no. 1, and Ἰάκωβος
no. 2. Matt. 27, 56. 61. 28,1. Mark 15,
40. 47. 16, 1. Luke 24, 10. John 19, 25.

3. Mary Magdalene, i. e. of Magdala,
Mapia, Matt. 27, 56. 61. 28,1. Mark 15,
40. 47. 16,1. 9. Luke 8, 2. 24,10. John
19, 25. 20, 1. 11. 16. 18.

4. Mary, Mapia, a sister of Lazarus and

᾿ Martha, Luke 10, 39. 42: John 11, 1.2. 19.

20. 28. 31. 32.°45. 12, 3.

5. Mary, Mapia, mother of John sur-
named Mark, Acts 12, 12.

6. Mary, Μαριάμ, a christian female at
Rome, Rom. 16, 6.

Ma ἄρκος, ov, 6, Marcus, Mark, the wri-
ter of one of the four Gospels, pr. John sur-
named Mark, Acts 12, 12. 25. 15, 37; the
nephew of Barnabas Col. 4, 10; the com-
panion of Paul and Barnabas on their first

‘journey, and of Barnabas on his second

after separating from Paul, Acts 15, 39
comp. 12, 25. He is later again mentioned
among the companions of Paul, Col. I. c.
Philem, 24. 2 Tim. 4,11; and is also af-
fectionately called son by Peter, just as Ti-
mothy is by Paul, 1 Pet. 5,13; comp. Acts
12, 12. 2 Tim. 1, 2.

μάρμαρος, ov, ὃ, 9, (μαρμαίρω,) stone,
rock, Hom. Il. 12. 380.—Later and in N. T.
i. q. Lat. marmor, marble, Rev. 18, 12. So
Ep. Jer. 72. Diod. Sic. 3. 14.

μάρτυρ, see in μάῤτν:,
μαρτυρέω, ὦ, f. now, (μάρτυς,) to wil-
ness, i. 6.

1. to be a witness, to be able or ready to
testify, ¢. dat. commodi, John 3, 28 αὐτοὶ
ὑμεῖς μοι μαρτυρεῖτε, ὅτι κτὰ. Acts 22, 5.—
Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 31.

2. to bear witness, to testify, to the truth
of what one has seen, heard, knows. 8)
Pr. and: genr. with περί ὁ. gen. to bear
witness of or concerning any person or thing;
John 1,7. 8 ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ Paros.
v.15. 2,25. 5, 31.32. 8, 13. 14. 18. 15,
26. 21,24; 6. ὅτι Ἴ, 7; c. περί impl. 15,
27 comp. 26. 18,23 μαρτύρησον περὶ. τοῦ
κακοῦ, i. 6. show it, prove it, by your testi-
With ὅτε as equiv. to acc. et inf. .

τύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν κτὰ. 4,44. 12, 17.
1 John 4, 14. Luke 11, 48; also c. dat

᾿μαρτυρεω

comm. v. incomm. Matt. 23, 81 μαρτυρεῖτε
ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι κτὰ. Rom. 10, 2 μαρτυρῶ yap
αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ζηλὸν Yeod ἔχουσιν. Gal. 4, 15
μαρτυρῶ ὑμῖν, ὅτι κτλ. Col. 4, 18 ; κατά τι-
vos, 1 Cor. 15, 1ὅ ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ
Yeov. (Soc. ὅτε et dat. Xen. Cyr. 8, 8. 1.)
Followed by the words testified, after λέγων,
εἶπε, ὅτι Of quotation, or the like; John 1,
32 καὶ ἐμαρτύρησεν ᾿Ιωάννης λέγων᾽ ὅτι κτλ.
4, 39. 13,21; ο, dat. comm. Acts 13, 22.
[Rev, 22, 18.] With an accus. expr. ΟΥ̓
impl. e. g. of a kindred or synon. noun, John
5, 32 ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ,
comp. 1 John 5,.9..10. 801 Tim. 6,13 μ.
τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν. (Arr. Epict. 4. 8. 32.
Dem. 1131, 4.) With acc. of thing genr.
to testify any thing, to bear witness of or con-
cerning any thing ; John 3,11 ὃ ἑωράκαμεν
μαρτυροῦμεν. v. 32. 1 John 1, 2. Rev. 1, 2
ds ἐμαρτύρησε τὸν λόγον Tod Seod. 22, 20 ὁ
μαρτυρῶν ταῦτα, in a causative sense, comp.
v. 16; acc. et dat. Rev. 22, 16 μαρτυρῆσαι
ὑμῖν ταῦτα. With an acc. impl. from the con-
text, e.g. τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ Acts 23, 11; τοῦτο
or the like, John 19, 35 καὶ ὁ ἑωρακὼς μεμαρ-
τύρηκε. Acts 26, 5. Heb. 10, 15. 1 John 5, 6.
7.8. So genr. Ail. V. H. 9.11. Dem. 1131.
23; 6. ace. et dat. Arr. Epict, 4. 1. 145.—
With a dat. of pers. or thing to or for whom,
in favour of whom one bears testimony ;
John 3,26 ᾧ σὺ pepapripykas. 5, 33. 18,
37. 3 John 3. 6; dat. impl. 2 Cor. 8, 3.
3 John 12 μαρτυροῦμεν. Pass. c. ὑπό Rom.
3,21; ὁ. ὅτε Heb. 7,8. So Xen..Cyr. 8.
8.1,27. Ὁ) Trop. of God as testifying
by his Spirit, by signs, miracles, works; c.
srepi John 5, 37. 8,18. 1 John 5, 9. 10;
ὅτι of quot. Heb. 7, 17; τῷ λόγῳ, to, in
favour of, Acts 14,3. Of the Scriptures
and prophets, c. περί John 5, 39; with a
dat. and inf. c. acc. Acts 10, 43. (Hdian.
3.12.5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20.) Also of
one’s deeds, works, 6. περί John 5, 36 τὰ
ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ. 10, 25.
_So Sept. Gen. 31,48. Plut. Pericl. 22 init.
Xen. Hi. 9. 8.6. ὁ) Emphat. to testify
strongly, to bear honourable testimony. Pass.
to be well testified of, to have good witness ;
ὁ. dat. Acts 15, 8 eds ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς
xt. Heb. 11, 4 ἐπί τινι. Pass. 6. inf. Heb.
11, 4 δὲ ἧς ἐμαρτυρήϑη εἶναι δίκαιος. v. 5.
Hence genr. to speak well of, to applaud, ο.
dat. Luke 4, 22 πάντες ἐμαρτύρουν αὐτῷ.
(Jos. Ant. 14.10, 2. 24]. V. H. 1. 30.)
Pass. to be lauded, to be of good report, Acts
6, 8; 6. ὑπό Acts 10, 22. 16,2. 22, 12.

‘3 John 12; ὁ. ἐν 1 Tim. 5,10. Heb. 11, 2;

6, διά v. 39. So Jos. Ant, 3.2. 5. M. An-
tonin. 7. 62.

444

μαρτυρία

3. Mid. μαρτυρέομαι, οὔμαι, only
twice in N. T. 4) With dat. Acts, 26, 22
Rec. μαρτυρούμενος μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ,
bearing My testimony both to small and
great. Not thus found in Gr.. writers ;
hence some read μαρτυρόμενος. Ὁ) Spec.
to call to witness, to invoke, like μαρτύρομαι,

_80.Dion. Hal. 7. 49 ult. μαρτυρούμενος Seovs
τε καὶ dv3porous. Diod. Sic. 4. 54 τῆς γυ-
ναικὸς τοὺς Seovs μαρτυρουμένης. Hence in
N. T. to invoke, to obtest, to charge, c. ace.
impl.,1 Thess. 2, 12 παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ
παραμυϑούμενοι kal μαρτυρούμενοι κτλ. Sept.
for 3°23 Gen. 43, 8. Lam. 2, 13.

μαρτυρία, as, 4, (μαρτυρέω,) witness,
testimony, as borne, given; comp. in pap-
τύριον.

1. Of judicial testimony, Mark 14, 56. 59
οὐδὲ οὕτως ton ἣν ἣ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν. Luke
22,71. John 8,17; μαρτ. κατά τινος Mark
14, 55. Sept. for 79 Prov. 25, 18.—Dem.
846, 24. Plato Legg: 937. a.

2. Genr. testimony to the truth of any

thing. a) Pr. John 19, 35 καὶ 6 ἑωρακὼς
μεμαρτύρηκε, kal ἀληϑινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ pap-
τυρία. 21,24. 1 John 5,9 τὴν μ. τῶν ave
ϑρώπων. 3 John 12. Also of a poet Tit. 1,
18. So Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 86. Diod. Sic.
3. 78 ['72]. Plato Cony. 179.b. δ) Spec.
in reference to Jesus and his doctrines, i. e.
to the truth of his mission and gospel ;
genr. John 5, 34 οὐ mapa dySpamou τὴν μ.

λαμβάνω. 1 John 5,10 μ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ. So
from John the Baptist, John 1,'7. 19. 5,36;
from other teachers Rey. 11, 7. 12, 11 διὰ
τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὑτῶν i.e. the
word, gospel, to which they testified. Acts
22, 18 μ. περὶ ἐμοῦ. Also from God, John
5, 32. 1 John 5, 9 bis. 10. 11. Of Christ’s
testimony respecting himself, John 3, 11.
32. 33. 5, 31. 8,13. 143 also in the phrase
ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, the testimony of
Jesus, i. e. what he testified and taught re-
specting himself and his gospel, and hence
equiv. to the gospel; Rev. 1, 2 ὃς ἐμαρτύ-
ρῆσε τὸν λόγον τοῦ ϑεοῦ καὶ τὴν pap. I. X.
v. 9. 20, 4. 19,10 ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰ.
ἔστι τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας, for the testi-
mony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy, i. 6.
implies the prophetic spirit in those who are
its ministers, and thus makes them fellow-
servants with the angel. Also ἔχειν τὴν μ.
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, to have and hold fast the testi-
mony of Jesus, Rev. 12,17. 1§, 10; impl.
6,9; comp. John 14, 21 et 2 John 9. ὁ)
Emphat. honourable testimony, good report,
1 Tim. 3,7. So Ecclus. 31 [34], 23. Jos.

Ant. 6. 10. 1.

μαρτύριον 445

μαρτύριον, ov, τό, (μαρτυρέω,) witness,
testimony, as borne, given, ir 4. μαρτυρία.

Thom. Mag. μαρτύριον κρεῖττον ἢ μαρτυρία.

1. Genr. testimony, 2 Cor. 1, 12 τὸ μ.
τῆς συνειδήσεως. So historically, Acts 4, 33
τὸ μ. τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου i. 6. of, con-
cerning his resurrection. Heb. 3, 5 εἰς μ. τῶν
λαληϑησομένων, for testimony, for testifying.
(El. V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Conv. 8. 34.) In
reference to Jesus and his doctrines, e. g.
from teachers, 2'Thess. 1,10. Also τὸ pap-
τύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the testimony of
Christ, i. e. what he testified and taught
respecting himself and his gospel, and hence
equiv. to the gospel, 1 Cor. 1,6. 2 Tim..1,
8. 1 Cor. 2,1 τὸ μ. τοῦ Seod id.—Genr. in
the sense of testimony, evidence, proof, e. g.
eis μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς, as a testimony
unto them, Matt. 8, 4. 24,14. Mark 1, #4.
Luke 5, 14. 21,13; also against them Matt.
10, 18. Mark 6, 11. 13, 9. James 5, 3,
and so ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς Luke 9, 5. Also.1 Tim.
2, 6 τὸ μαρτύριον καιροῖς ἰδίοις, the testimony
in due time, i. e. to be made known in its
time, in apposit. with the preced. participial
clause, comp. Tit. 1,3. Sept. for.7¥ Deut.
31, 26. Josh. 22, 27. So Hdot. 8. 120.
Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 4.

2. From the Sept. ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου,
the tabernacle of witness, put for the taber-
nacle of the congregation, Heb. 122 Hk ,
Acts 7, 44. Rev. 15, 5.. So Sept. for

‘gia ἘΠῚ Ex. 29, 42. 44. 40, 22. 24, |

deriving 7342 from 49 to testify, instead of
from 73% to assemble; see Heb. Lex. art.
ἜΣΤΩ no. 2. a.

μαρτύρομαι; f. μαρτυροῦμαι, Mid. de-
pon. (uaprus,) to call to witness, to invoke as
witness, 6. g. the gods Dem. 799. 6. Plato
Phil. 12. b.—Hence in N. T. genr. 10 invoke,
to obtest, to protest, to make an earnest and
solemn appeal 6. ὅ. a) By way of affirm-
ation, protestation, c. dat. et ὅτι, Acts 20,
26 μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ὅτι xrd. 4. d. 1 sol-
emnly affirm, I call God to witness. Gal.
5, 3. So Jos. Β, J. 3. 8. 3. Plut. Lysand.
6 πρός τινα. Ὁ) By way of exhortation, éo

. obtest, to exhort solemnly, to charge, c. ace.

et inf. Eph. 4, 17. Acts 26, 22 in some
editions, see in paprupéw no. 3. So Pol.
13. 8. 6. Thuc. 6. 80.

μάρτυς, υρος, 6, ἧ, α witness, dat. μάρ-
Tupt, acc. μάρτυρα, Plur, dat. μάρτυσι. The
nom. μάρτυρ belonged only to the Aolic
dialect, and is not found in N. T. but be-
came current in later ecclesiastical writers
in the sense of martyr; see Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. ᾧ 58. p. 230.

30, 4.

᾿μαστίζω

1. @ witness, in a judicial sense ; Matt.
18, 16 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν
σταϑῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. 26, 65. Mark 14, 68.
Acts 6, 13. 7, 58. 2 Cor. 18,1. 1 Tim.
5, 19. Heb. 10, 28. Sept. for 72 Deut,
17, 6. Prov. 24, 28.—Dem. 1025. 22.
Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 6. ᾿

2. Genr. a witness,.one who testifies or
can testify to the truth of what he- has seen,
heard, knows. 1 Thess. 2, 10 ὑμεῖς μάρ-
τυρες καὶ ὃ Seds, ὡς ὁσίως κτλ. 1 Tim. 6,
12; μάρτυς ἐστὶν 6 Seds Rom. 1, 9. Phil.
1,8. 1-Thess. 2,5; μάρτυρα τ. Sedv ἐπι-
καλεῖν ἃ Cor. 1,23. Soin allusion to those
who are spectators at a public game, ‘Heb.
12, 1. ‘Sept. and 73 Gen. 31, 50; comp.
Sept. Is. 43, 10. So Jos. Ant. 15. 5. ὃ,
Luc. Phalar. 1. 1. Xen. Ag. 4.5; in a
public game, Longin. de Subl. § 14—
Espec. of those who witnessed the life,
death, and ‘resurrection of Jesus, who bear
witness to the truth as it is in Jesus; Luke
24, 48 ὑμεῖς δέ ἐστε μάρτυρες τούτων. - Acts
1, 8. 22. 2,32. 3,15. 5,32. 10, 39. 41.
13, 31. 26,16. 2 Tim. 2,2 ἃ ἤκουσας παρ᾽
ἐμοῦ διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων, i. e. confirmed
by many other witnesses, With adat. Acts
22,15. 1 Pet. 5,1. So of one who bears
witness for God, and testifies to the world
what God reveals through him, i.e. a teach-
er, prophet, genr. Rev. 11, 3; of Jesus, ὁ
μάρτυς ὁ πιστός Rey. 1, 5. 3, 14; comp.
John 1, 19. 14, 6.

3. a martyr, one who by his death bears
witness to the truth; Acts 22, 20 Στεφάνου

τοῦ μάρτυρός gov. Rey. 2, 13. 17, 6.—

Euseb. H. Εἰ. 2.1. Frequent in ecclesias-
tical writers; see Suicer Thes. Eccl. s.
week Ss
μασσάομαι, ὥμαι, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. de
pon. (udoow,) to chew, to gnaw, e. δ. τὰς
γλώσσας in pain, Rev. 16, 10.—Sept. Job
Jos. B. J. 6. 3. 83. Lue. Ocyp.
122. In Gr. writers oftener μασάομαι,
Theophr. H. Pl. 4. 9. Aristoph. Eq. 717.
μαστιγόω, ὦ, f. doe, (μάστιξ,) to
scourge, C. acc. 6. g. persons as criminals,
Matt. 10, 17. 20, 19. 23, 34. Mark 10,
34. Luke 18, 33. John 19, 1; see in ἱμάς
no. 2. Sept. for 53 Ex. 5,14. Deut. 25,
3. So Al. V. H. 12. 62. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.

18.—Trop. of God, to chastise, to correct
‘ce. acc. Heb. 12, 6 μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃι

παραδέχεται, quoted from Sept. Prov. 3, 12
where Heb. 383, i. 6. asa father. Sept.
and 43° Prov. 17,10. So Tob. 13, 2. 5. .

μαστίζω, f. ito, (μάστιξ,) to scourge,
0. acc. 6. g. a person as Criminal Acts 22, 25.

μάστιξ
Sept. for 35 Num. 22, 5.—Luc. Tim. 23.
Plut. Alex. M. 42 ult.
μάστιξ, tyos, 7, α whip, scourge, see in
ἱμάς no. 2; Acts 22, 24. Heb. 11, 36.
Sept. for wiv) 1 K. 12,11.14. So Lue.
Asin. 44. Xen. An. 3. 4. 25.—Trop. a
scourge from God, i. 6. disease, plague ;
Luke 7, 21 ἀπὸ νόσων καὶ μαστίγων. Mark
3,10. 5,29. 34. Sept. for 832 Ps. 32, 10;

522 Ps. 39, 12. 89, 33. So Hom. Il. 12. 37.
Zischyl. Theb. 608.

μαστός, ov, 6, (collat. μαζός,) the breast,
pap; Luke 11, 27 μακάριοι of μαστοὶ ods
eSjdacas. 23, 29. Rev. 1, 13. Sept. for
8 Job 3, 12. Cant. 1, 12—Pol. 15. 31.
13. Xen. An. 4. 3. 6.

ματαιολογία, ας; 7), (ματαιολόγος,) vain
talk, emply jangling, 1 Tim. 1, 6.—Por-
phyr. de Abstin. 4. 16. Plut. de Lib. edu-
cand. 9 mid.

ματαιολόγος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (μάταιος,
λέγω,) given to vain talking ; Subst. a vain
talker, empty wrangler, Tit. 1, 10.—Athen.
617. a. :

μάταιος, a, ov, (μάτην;) vain, empty,
ulle, fruitless, Tit. 3, 9; πίστις 1 Cor. 15,
17; Ὡρησκεία James. 1, 26; ἀναστροφή
1 Pet. 1, 18. So 1 Cor. 3, 20 ὅτι εἰσὶ μά-
ταιοι, quoted from Ps. 94, 11 where Sept.
for. >34, as also Zech. 10,2; for JIN Is. 31,
2. So Hdian. 6. 7. 934. Xen. Vect. 4. 41.
Plato Tim. 40. d—From the Heb. ra μά-
Tata, vanities, nothing's, for idols, idolatry,
Acts 14,15. Sept. and 5311 K. 16, 13.
2 K. 11, 15. Jer. 2, 5. 8, 19.

ματαιότης, τος, 7, (uaraos,) vanity,
emptiness ; 2 Pet. 2, 18 ὑπέρογκα yap pa-
ταιότητος φϑεγγόμενοι. (Sept..for p 5 Ps.
4, 3.) Spec. frailty, transientness ; Rom. 8,
20 τῇ yap ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη.
Sept. for >2 Ps. 39, 6. 62,10. Ecc. 1,2.
14.—From the Heb. for folly, perverseness,
wickedness, Eph. 4, 17. Sept. and δῶ
Ps. 26, 4. 119, 37. 144, 8. 11:

ματαιόω, ὦ, f. dow, (μάταιος,) pr. to
make vain, Sept. for dan Jer. 23, 16.
—In N. T. from the Sept. only Pass. to be-
come vain, i. 6. foolish, perverse, wicked ;
Rom. 1, 21 ἐματαιώϑησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογι-
σμοῖς αὑτῶν, in reference espec. to idola-
try; comp. v. 23, and see in μάταιος fin.
So Sept. and 524 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5;
-comp. Sept. for D202 2 Sam. 13, 13.
26, 21. ἜΣ

μάτην; adv. (μάτη,) in vain, to no pur-
pose, fruitlessly ; Matt. 15,9 et Mark 7,7

446 ©

᾿ μάχομαι

μ- δὲ σέβονταί με. Sept. for NTU Jer. 2,

30.—Hdian. 1. 4. 7. Xen. CEe. 7. 40.
Maraios, ov, δ, Matthew, (i. q. Mar-

tazias,) one of the apostles, the writer of

the first Gospel, called also Levi, and ori-

ginally a publican, ὁ τελώνης, Matt. 10,3. 9,

8. Mark 3, 18. Luke 6, 15. Acts 1, 13.

Comp. Mark 2, 14. Luke 5, 27.

Mardy, ὁ, indec. Matthan, Heb. 372
(gift), pr. n. m, Matt. 1, 15 bis.

Mara, ὃ, indec. Maithat, pr. n. ot
two men, Luke 3, 24. 29.-

MarSias, a, 6, Matthias, (i. q. Marra-
Sias,) pr. n. of the apostle chosen in the
place of Judas, Acts 1, 23. 26.

Marra%d, 6, indec. Mattatha, Heb.
MAN (gift of Jehovah), pr. ἢ. m. Luke
3, 31. '

Marra%ias, ov, 5, Mattathias, Heb.
MME (gift of Jehovah) Mattithiah, pr. n.
of two men, Luke 3, 25. 26.

μάχαιρα, as, 4, a large knife, slaughter
knife, worn by Homer’s heroes along with
the sword, Il. 3. 271. Hdot. 2. 61. ALI. V.
Η. 8. 3.—In N. T. ἃ sword, pr. for cut-
ting; Matt. 26, 47 μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύ-
λων. v.51 ἀνέσπασε τὴν μάχαιραν αὑτοῦ. v.
52 ter. ὅδ. Mark 14, 43. 47. 48. Luke 21,
24, 22,36. 38. 49. 52. John 18, 10. 11.
Acts 16, 27. Heb. 4,12. Rey. 6, 4. 13,10
bis. 14; trop. Eph. 6, 17. Sept. for 227
Gen. 34, 25. Judg. 3, 16. (Diod. Sic. 16.

‘94, Xen. An. 1. 8.6.) Spec. for the sword

of justice, i, e. of the executioner, Acts 12,
2. Rom. 8, 35. Heb. 11, 34. 87; φορεῖν
μάχαιραν, to bear the sword, i. 6. to have the
power of life and death, Rom. 13,4. So
schin. 38. 11. Philostr. Vit. Apollon. 7.
16; comp. Sueton. Vitell. c. 15.—Meton.
the sword for war, opp. εἰρήνη, Matt. 10, 34.
Sept. and 233 Jer. 14, 13; 23% Sept. πό-
λεμος Lev. 26, 6.

μάχη, nS, 7, (μάχομαι,) ἃ fight, battle,
Hdian. 8. 5. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 29.—In N.
T. gent. strife, conflict, controversy ; 2 Cor.
7, 5 ἔξωϑεν μάχαι. ἃ Tim. 2, 23. Tit. 3, 9
μάχας νομικάς, i. 6. strifes about the Mosaic
law. James 4,1. Sept. for 3% Gen. 13,
7; ΤᾺ Prov. 15, 18.—Arr. Epict. 4. 5. 3.
Xen. Cyr. '7. 5. 38.

μάχομαι, f. ἔσομαι, Mid. depon. to fight,
pr. in war, battle, Hdian. 4.15. 15. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 29, 30.—In N. T. genr. 10 strive,
to contend, e. g. physically in a private
quarrel, Acts 7, 26. (Sept. for 2%? Ex.

μεγαλαυχέω

21, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 6.) Also in words, to
strive, to dispute, 6. g. πρὸς ἀλλήλους John
6, 52; recipr. 2 Tim. 2, 24. James 4, 2.
Sept. for 2°" Gen. 31, 36. Neh. 13, 25. So
Agr. Epict. 4. 1. 146. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 16.

μεγαλαυχέω, ὦ, f. how, (μέγας, αὐχέω,)
to boast largely, to play the braggart, James
8, 5—2 Mace. 15, 32. Plut. Consol. ad
Apoll. 6 pen. Diod. Sic. 15. 16.

Hey αλεῖος, a, OV; (μέγας ᾽ μεγάλη.) great,
glorious, ; 8. g. τὰ μεγαλεῖα,
great things, wonderful works, Luke 1, 49.
Acts 2, 11. Sept. for M1573 Ps. '71, 19.—
Pol. 8. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 2.

μεγαλειότης, ητος,ἧ; (μεγαλεῖος,) great-
- ness, majesty, glory, 6. g. τοῦ ϑεοῦ Luke 9,
43; τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pet. 1,16; τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος
Acts 19,27. Sept. for ΤΠ ΒΩ Jer. 33, 9.
—1 Esdr. 1, 5. Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 3. "iG

μεγαλοπρεπής, έος, ods, 6, 7, adj. (μέ-
yas, πρέπω,) befitting a great man, mag-
nanimous, Xen. Mem. 3. 10. Ese yal

ni , most splendid, of things, 2 Pet.

ΤῊ mee μεγ. δόξης. So 2 Mace. 15,
13. Luc. D. Mar. 15. 1. Xen. Hi. 2. 2.

μεγαλύνω, f. wa, (μέγας,) to make
great, to enlarge. ᾿

1. Genr. c. ace. 6. g. τὰ κράσπεδα τῶν
ἱματίων Matt. 23, 5; τὸ ἔλεος μετά τινος, to
show one great mercy, do him great Εἰπά-
ness, Luke 1, 58. Sept. and Heb. Dn
‘10M Gen. 19, 19; comp. Ps. 57, 11.—Plut.
Themist. 27. Thuc. 5. 98.

2. Spec. to magnify, to extol, to praise,
c. acc. Luke 1, 46 τὸν κύριον. Acts 5, 13.
"10, 46. 19,17. 2 Cor. 10, 15. Phil. 1, 20.
Sept. for 38 Ps. 34, 4. 2 Sam. 7, 26.—
Diod. Sic. 1. 20. Xen. Ap. Socr. 32.

μεγάλως, adv. (uéyas,) greally, much ;
Phil. 4, 10 ἐχάρην peyddkos.—Sept. 1 Chr.
29, 10. Pol. 4. 61. 5. Xen. Hi. 4. 5.

μεγαλωσύνη, ns, 9 (μέγας,) greatness,
majesty, i. e. the divine majesty, meton. for
God himself, Heb. 1,3. 8, 1; also in ascrip-

tions, Jude 25. Sept. for 44 Deut. 32, 35.

mbsta 1 Chr. 29,11. Ps. 145, 6.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 586; meton. for God, Lib,
Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T. p. 187.
The usual word in Greek writers is péye-

Sos. :

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, Gen. μεγάλου, ns,

ov. Compar. μείζων, Superl. μέγιστος
once 2 Pet. 1, 4. Α double compar. is μει-

{érepos 3 John 4, see under ἔλαχιστότερος. ᾿

—Great, large, pr. of physical magnitude,
1. Of men or animals, great in size, stat-

447

δεῖπνον. 2 Tim. 2, 20. Heb. 9, 11.

2. Sept. Gen. 50, 10.

μέγα: ᾿

ure, John 21, 11 ἰχϑύς. Rev. 12, 8 δράκων.
v. 14. Of persons, i. q. full-grown, Heb.
11, 24 μέγας γενόμενος ; and so μικρὸς καὶ

_ μέγας, small and great, Acts 8,10. 26, 22.
Heb. 8, 11. Rev. 11, 18. Sept. for 5178 Ez.

29, 3. 17, 3. Gen. 19, 11. So Paleph.
40. 1, 2. Hdian. 2. 9. 6; of pers. Luc. Tox.
44. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14, 17.—Hence of age,
ὁ μείζων, the greater, the elder, Lat. major ~
natu, Rom. 9, 12, quoted from Gen. 25, 23
where Sept. for22. Comp. Xen. Ven. 9. 8.
2. Of things, great,e.g. a) Insize, ex-
tent, Matt. 27, 60 λίθον. Mark 13, 2 οἰκί-
as. Luke 12, 18. 16, 26 χάσμα. (Paleph.
29. 5.) Luke 22,12. Acts 10, 11. 1 Cor.
16, 9 ϑύρα. Rev. 8,10. 11, 8. 14, 19. 18,
21. al. Trop. of guilt John 19,11. Sept.
for 5143 Josh. 10, 2. 11; trop. 2 Sam. 13,
16. So Hdian. 3.'7. 5. ib. 4. 16. 14. b) In
measure, e. g. tal, large, Luke 13, 19 d&
dpov. Matt. 13, 32. Mark 4,32; or long,
Rey. 6, 4 μάχαιρα; or large, broad, Rev.
9, 14 πόταμος. 20,1 ἅλυσις. So Hdian. 3.
3. 10. ib. 3. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17 χιτών.
6) Of number or amount, Mark 5, 11 ἀγέλη.
1 Tim. 6, 6. Heb. 10, 35; trop. John 15,
13. Acts 4, 33 χάρις. James 4,6. Sept. and
i531 K. 8, 66. 2 Chr. 7, 8. So Hdian.
7. 4. 9 πλῆθος. ἀ) In price, cost, great,
costly, splendid, Luke 5, 29 δοχή. 14, 16
Sept.
and >173 Gen. 21, 8. Jer. 52, 13. Ofa
day, celebration, great, solemn, John 7, 37.
19, 31; elsewhere of the day of judgment
Acts 2, 20. Jude 6. Rey. 6, 17. 16, 14.
So Sept. and 5173 Mal. 4, 5. Joel 2,11. 31.
e) Trop. great in estimation, weight, impor-
tance; Matt. 22, 36. 38 ἐντολή. Eph. 5,
32 et 1 Tim. 3, 16 μυστήριον. 1 John 5, 9
μαρτυρία. 1 Cor. 9,11. So μείζων greater,
more important, Matt. 23, 19. 1 Cor. 13,
13. Heb. 11,26 ; μέγιστος 2 Pet. 1; 4. Sept.
for 2173 1 Sam. 22, 15.. So Dem. 1366.
22. Diod,: Sic. 3.'72. Xen. An. 2. 6. 14.
8. Trop. great in force, intensity, effect,
e.g. .8) As affecting the external senses,
great, vehement, violent, Matt. 8,24 σεισμὸς
μέγας. Luke 21, 11. (441. V. H. 6. 9.)

Mark-4, 37 λαῖλαψ. v. 39 γαλήνη. John 6,

18 ἄνεμος. (Dem. 1213. 27.) Rev. 11, 19
χάλαζα: 16,21. So likewise πτῶσις Matt.
1,27; ῥῆγμα Luke 6, 49; φωνή Matt. 24,
31 (Hdian.\1. 8. 12); κραυγή Acts 23, 9.
Rev. 14, 18; κράζειν μεῖζον adv. more
vehemently, Matt. 20, 31 (Hdot. 2. 141. 4).
Also πυρετός Luke 4, 38; κοπετός Acts 8,
b) As affecting the
mind, causing emotion, 6. g. Matt. 2, 10 ya-

μεγεῖδδος

pay μεγ. 3 John 4. Mark 5, 42 ἔκστασιν μ.
Luke 2, 9 φόβον. Rom. 9,2 λύπη. Rev. 12,
12 ϑυμὸς μ.. (Atschin. 63. 10 ὀργή. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 2. 10 φόβος.) So of events, Matt.
24, 21 ϑλῖψις. Luke 4, 25 λιμός. 21, 23.
Acts 8, 1 διωγμός. James 3,1 κρίμα. Rey.
16, 21 πληγή. (Sept. Job 2,13. Aschin.
55. 10. Xen. An. 5. 8.17.) Of things ex-
citing admiration, great, mighty, wonderful,
8. g. σημεῖα p. great signs, mighty deeds,
miracles, Matt. 24,24. Luke 21,11. Acts
6, 8; δυνάμεις Acts 8, 135 δύναμις p. Acts
4, 33. 8,10. So peifova sc. ἔργα John
1, 51. 5, 20. 14,12. Joined with ϑαυμα-
στός Rev. 15,1. 3. 2 Cor. 11, 15 τί μέγα οὖν

what wonder then? comp..v. 14. Sept. and 1

δὴ Dent. 6, 22. 10, 21. 29,3. So Dem.
1046. 10. Auschin. 79. 13.

4. Trop. great in power, dignity, autho-
rity, 6. g. of: μεγάλοι the στοαί, i. e. nobles,
princes, Matt. 20,25. Mark 10, 42. Matt.
5, 35 τοῦ pey. βασιλέως. (AL. V. Ἡ. 12.1.
Hdian. 6. 4. 8.) Heb. 4, 14 ἀρχιερέα μ. 10,
21. 138,20. Of God, Tit. 2,13. Rev. 19,
17; of Diana Acts 19, 27. 28. 34. 35.
Genr. great, distinguished, Matt. 5,19 οὗτος
μέγας KAnSnoera. Mark 10, 43. Luke. 7,
16 προφήτης. Acts 8,9. So μείζων c. gen.
Matt. 11, 11. Luke 7, 28. John 13, 16.
1 Cor. 14, 5; simply Matt. 18,1. Luke 22,
24. 2 Pet. 2,11. Sept. and dit 2 Sam.
7,9. Neh. 11, 14. So Dem. 116. 8. Hdian.
1.6.17. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10.—In a bad sense,
great, noted, ἣ πόρνη Rev. 17, 1. 19, 2. So
ZEsch. 22. 28 πόρνος.

5. Implying censure, i. q. too great, lofty,
boasiful, arrogant. Rev. 13,5 στόμα λαλοῦν
μεγάλα καὶ βλασφημίας. So Sept. and
Chald. }2722 Dan. 7, 8. 20. Heb. 5118
Sept. μεγαλοῤῥήμων Ps. 12, 4—Hom, Od.
22. 288 μέγα εἰπεῖν. Dem. 1124. 25 μέγα
λαλεῖν. Plato Phed. 95.b. +

μέγεδος, εος, οὐς, τό, (uéyas,) greal-
ness, trop. Eph. 1,19 τὸ μ. τῆς δυνάμεως
αὐτοῦ. Sept. for δῇ Ex. 15, 16.-- ΖΦ Βο ἢ η.
82. 16. Plato Polit.290.d. So phys. Hdian.
8. 2.10. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12.

ἐστῶνες, wv, ol, (μέγας, μέγιστος,)
the great, Lat. magnates, i. e. chiefs, nobles,
princes, Mark 6, 21. Rev. 6,15. 18, 23.
Sept. for B'W5N Jer. 14, 3. Nah. 2, 5;
pxdith Jon. 3, '7; OY 2 Chr. 36, 18.—
Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 2. ib. 20. 2. 8. Artemidor.
1,2. ib. 3.9. It is a word of the later
Greek, Phryn. et Lob. p. 196 sq. Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p. 180 sq. Sing. dat. μεγιστᾶνι
occurs once Ecclus. 4, 7.

μέγιστος, see in μέγας init. and no. 2. 8.

448

4

μεϑυσκω

μεδερμηνεύω, £. εύσω, (μετά, ἑρμη-
νεύω,) to interpret over from one language
into another, 10 translate; in N. T. only
Pass. Matt. 1, 23 ὅ "ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον.
Mark 5, 41. 15, 22. 34. John 1, [39]. 42.
Acts 4, 36. 13, 8.—Jos. ὁ. Ap. 1. 10. Diod.
Sic. 1. 11. Pol. 6. 26. 6.

. μέϑη, ns, ἡ, (kindr. μέσυ, comp. Germ.
Meth,) strong drinking, drunkenness, - a
_drunken-frolic, Luke 21, 34. Rom, 13, 13.
Gal. 5, 21. Comp. in κραιπάλη. Sept. for
7720 Ez. 23,33. 39, .19.--- 5}. V. H. 8. 14.
Xen. Ag. 5.1.

μεδϑέστημι, f. μεταστήσω, (μετά, ἵστη-
μι) also μεδιστάνω 1 Cor. 13,2; comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 106. n. 5. § 112. 10.—To set or
move over from one place to another, to
transfer, to remove; in N. 'T. only in the
transitive forms, for which see in torn.

‘1. to remove, c. acc. 1 Cor. 13,2 ὥστε
ὄρη μεϑιστάνειν. Of persons, to translate,
Ὁ. acc. et εἰς Col. 1,13. Sept. for ving
Is. 54, 10. So Jos. Ant. 9, 11.°1 ult.
Hdian. 6. 4. 14.—Trop. to draw over to an-
other side or party, to seduce, to turn away,
Cc. acc. ὄχλον ἱκανόν Acts 19, 26. Sept. for
"OF Is. 59,15. So Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 5.

2. Of persons, to remove from office, e. g.
a king, to depose, c. acc. Acts 13, 22, comp.
1 Sam. c. 163 a steward, fo dismiss, Pass.
Luke 16, 4 ὅταν peracraé τῆς οἰκονομίας,
where for the genit. comp. Matth. § 353.
Winer § 30. 6. Sept. for sso 1 K. 15,13.
—So c. ἀπό Pol. 4. 87. 9.

μεδοδεία, as, 7), (μεϑοδεύω ; μετά, ὁδός.)
art, artifice, wile, only in Ν. T. Eph. 4, 14.
6, 11.—Hesych. peSodeias* τέχνας. So pe-
Θοδεύω to use artifice Pol. 38. 4. 10.

μεϑόριος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (μετά, ὅρος.)
bordering upon, border, frontier, 6. g. πόλις
Jos. B. J, 4. 11. 2; γῆ Thuc. 2. 27.—In
N. T. Plur. neut. τὰ peSdpra sc. χωρία,
the borders, confines, Mark'7,24 ra μ. Τύρον
καὶ Σιδῶνος. So Hdian. 5. 4.10. Xen. Cyr.
1. 4. 16.
ῃ Yi, ; , soo
HESUCKO, f. vow, (μέϑυ, comp. in μέϑη.)
to make drunk ; Mid. to become drunk, to be
drunken, like Engl. to get drunk ; hence to
carouse ; Pass. aor. 1 ἐμεσύσϑην in Mid.
signif. Buttm. §136.1,2; comp. §112.n.6.
Absol. Luke 12, 45 πίνειν καὶ peSvoxeoSat.
John 2,10. 1 Thess. 5,'7; ¢. dat. οἴνῳ Eph.
5, 18. Trop. ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας Rev.
17,2. Sept. Act. for "28 Jer. 51,'7. Hab.
2,15; Mid. for MB Prov. 4, 17—Luc.
de dea Syr. 22. Pol. 4. 57. 3. Plato Conv

176. c; trop. ib. Legg. 649. d.

rr ©

μεϑυσος

μέδϑυσος, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (μέϑυ,) drunken;
Subst. a drunkard, 1 Cor. 5, 11. 6, 10.

Sept. for Nad Prov. 23,21; ἰϑῷ Prov. 26, |

9.—Luc. Tim. 55 μ. καὶ mapowos. Plut.
Cato Min. 24. Earlier writers used μέϑυ-
gos only of females, later ones also of men,

~ Lob. ad Phryn. p. 151 sq.

μεϑύω, (μέϑυ,) only in pres. and im-
perfect; all other forms belonging to pe-
ϑύσκω 4. v. Buttm. § 114— To be drunk, to
get drunk; hence to carouse; absol. Matt.
24, 49 pera τῶν μεϑυόντων, wilh the drunken.
Acts 2,15. 1 Cor: 11,21. 1 Thess. ὅν 7.
Trop. ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος Rev. 17,6. Sept. for
"20 1 Sam. 1,13. Job 12,25; trop. od ἀπὸ
οἴνου for 72 928 Is. 51, 21. So Al. V. H.
2. 40. .Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 21.

μείζων, μειζότερος, see in μέγας init.

μέλαν, avos, τό, (neut. of μέλας.) black
colour or dye, ink; 2 Cor. 3, 3 ἐπιστολὴ
ἐγγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι. 2 John 12. 3 John
13.—Dem. 313. 11. Plato Phedr. 276. c.
See Plin. H. N. 35. 25. Dict. of Antt. art.
Atramentum.

μέλας, awa, αν, black ; Matt. 5, 86 Spié.
Rev. 6, 5.12. Sept. for “nt Lev. 13, 37.
Cant. 1, 5.—Luc. Paras. 41. Xen. An. 4.
5. 13.

ἹΜελεᾶς, ἃ, δ, Meleas, pr. τι. m. Luke *

3, 31.

μέλει, impers. see in pedo.

μελετάω, ὦ, f. how, (μέλω, pédet,) to
care for, to take care of any thing, i. e.
so as to be able to perform it, Hes. Op. 314,
441; comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 176.
—Hence in N. T. Lat. meditare, to me-
ditate, to revolve in mind; c. acc. of thing,
Mark 13, 11. 1 Tim. 4,15 ταῦτα μελέτα.
Acts 4, 25 ri ἐμελέτησαν κενά ; quoted from
Ps, 2,1 where Sept. for ΤΩΡ, also for TWH
Ps. 119, 148. So Dem. 1129. 9. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 21. ‘

μέλε, ιτος, τό, honey, Lat. mel, Rev. 10,
9. 10. Matt. 3, 4 et Mark 1, 6 μέλε ἄγριον,
see in ἄγριος. Sept. for B23 Judg. 14, 8.
18.—Diod. Sic. 19. 94. Xen. Hell. 5. 3.19.

μελίσσιος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (μέλισσα,) of
bees, made by bees; Luke 94, 42 ἀπὸ μ.
κηρίου of bee-comb, honey-comb.

Μελίτη, ns, ἡ, Melita, now Malta, an
island of the Mediterranean, lying south of
Sicily, Acts 28, 1. It was anciently a Car-
thaginian colony (Diod. Sic. 5. 12); and
the Phenician language still exists there in
a corrupt dialect; comp. Acts 28,2. Gesen.
Monumm Phen. p. 11. Here Paul was

29

449

μέλλω

shipwrecked, after being driven up and
down for fourteen days in the Adriatic Sea,
between Sicily and Greece; see ᾿Αδρίας

- and Acts 27, 27 sq. Hence he sailed again

on a direct course by Syracuse and Rhe-
gium to Puteoli, Acts 28, 11 sq.—There
was another Melita, a small island in the
Adriatic Gulf, on the Illyrian coast, now
called Meleda, which some have thought to
be the place of Paul’s shipwreck; but its
position does not accord with the subse-
quent voyage to Puteoli; nor can we well
suppose a vessel bound from Alexandria to
Puteoli to have wintered in this island;
comp. Acts 28, 11.

μέλλω, f. How, (kindr. μέλω,) impf.
ἔμελλον and ἤμελλον Buttm. § 83. n. 5; to
be about to do or suffer any thing, to be on
the point of, constr. with an infin. of that
which one is about to do or suffer, mostly
the inf. future (in N. T. least of all), often
inf. present, and rarely inf. aorist ; which
latter Phrynichus condemns p. 336, though
it is found in the earliest writers and even

in Ionic and Attic prose, Lob. ad Phryn.

p- 745 sq. Comp. Winer § 45. 8 pen. For
the force of the inf. pres. and aor. after μέλ-
A, as implying duration or transientness,
see Buttm. § 137. 5.

1, Genr. to be about to do, etc. a) So
with inf. pres. Luke 7, 2 ἔμελλε τελευτᾷν,
was about to die, was at the point of death.

‘John 4, 47. Acts 21, 27. 27, 33. With inf

aorist, Rev. 3, 2d μέλλει ἀποϑανεῖν. 12, 4.
So c. pres. 2 Macc. 9,18. Ail. V.H. 1. 11;
6. aor. Hdian. 2. 10. 9. Thuc. 6. 31.
b) Also as implying purpose, i. 4. to have in
mind, to intend, to will, c. inf. pres. Matt. 2,
13 μέλλει yap ἮἬρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον.

Luke 10, 1. John 6,6. Acts 3, 3. 12, 6.

Rev. 10, 4; c. inf. aor. Rev. 2, 10 ἰδοὺ μέλλει
βαλεῖν. 3,16. Soc. pres. Xen. An. 5. 7.
5; c. aor. Al. V. H. 3. 27. Xen. Cyr. 1
4. 16.

2. Spec. ought, should, must, as implying
necessity, accordance with the nature of
things or with the divine appointment, and
therefore certain, destined to take place ; so
c. inf. pres. Matt. 11, 14 Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων
ἔρχεσθαι. 20, 22. Mark 10, 32. Luke 9,
31. 44. John 11, 51. Acts 28, 6. Rom. 4,
24. 8,13. Heb. 1,14. James 2,12, Rev.
2,10 ἃ μέλλεις πάσχειν. With inf. aor.
Rom. 8, 18 τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυ-
φϑῆναι. Gal. 8, 23. With inf. fut. Acts 11,
28 λιμὸν μέγαν μέλλειν ἔσεσϑαι. 24, 15. So
ὁ. pres. Diod. Sic. 2.31. Xen. Lac. 1.3;
c. aor. Xen. 6. 1. 40; c. fut. Xen. Mem. 2.
2. 5—Hence particip. μέλλων, ovea, ον,

μέλος
impending, coming, future ; Matt. 8, '7 ἀπὸ
τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς. 12, 32. Rom. 5, 14.
1 Tim. 4,8. Heb. 9, 11. 13, 143; ra μέλλοντα
things to come, Rom. 8, 38. 1 Cor. 3, 22;
εἰς τὸ μέλλον, in future, hereafter, Luke 13,
9. 1 Tim. 6,19. So Luc. D. Mort. 3. 1.
Hdian. 1. 14. 3. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 13.

3. Also, may, can, will, implying possibili-
ty, probability, what one hopes or fears; c.
inf. pres. Matt. 24, 6. Luke 22, 23 ὁ τοῦτο
μέλλων πράσσειν who might or could do this.
Acts 20, 38. 1 Tim. 1, 16. With inf. fut.
Acts 27, 10 ϑεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως... μέλ-
Aew ἔσεσϑαι τὸν πλοῦν. Soc. pres. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 3. 3; 6. fut. Xen. An. 4. ἢ. 16.

4. to be ever about to do a thing, i. e. to
linger, to delay. Acts 22, 16 καὶ νῦν ri μέλ-
λεις ;—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. Hdian. 2. 2. 21.
Xen. Cyr. 1.3.15... 4

μέλος, εος, ovs, τό, 1. a limb, member;
of the body ; Matt. 5, 29. 30 ἕν τῶν μελῶν
σου. Rom. 12, 4 bis. 1 Cor. 12, 12 bis. 14.
18. 19. 20. 22. 25. 26 quater. James 3, 5. 6.
So Hdot. 1. 119. Al. V. H. 14. 7. Plato
Tim. 76. e.—Plur. τὰ μέλη, the members,
collect. for the body, as the seat of the de-
sires and passions, Rom. 6, 13 bis, τὰ μέλη
ὑμῶν ὅπλα ἀδικίας V. δικαιοσύνης. Vv. 19
bis. 7, 5. 23 bis. Col. 3, 5. James 4, 1.
1 Cor. 6, 15 ter, τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη
Χριστοῦ ἐστιν ... πόρνης μέλη, i. e. your
bodies are Christ’s bodies, they belong to
Christ and not to a harlot.

2. Trop. a@ member of the church, of
which Christ is‘the Head, 1 Cor. 12, 27.
Eph. 5, 30; ἀλλήλων μέλη members of one
another, i. e. as intimately united in chris-
tian fellowship, Rom. 12, 5. Eph. 4, 25.

Μελχί, 6, indec. Melchi, Heb, "222
(my king) Maichi, pr. n. of two of Jesus’
ancestors, Luke 3, 24. 28.

Μελχισεδέκ, 6, indec. Melchisedek,
Heb. P'3%™"2>2 (king of righteousness),
pr. n. of a king of Salem or Jerusalem, and
a patriarchal priest of Jehovah, cotemporary
with Abraham ; comp. Gen. 14, 18 sq. Jos.
Ant. 1. 10. 2.—Heb. 5, 6. 10. 6, 20. 7, 1.
10. 21, ῦ.. 1712}.

μέλω, f. μελήσω, to be for care and con-
cern to any one; as ἀνθρώποισι μέλω Hom.
Od. 9. 20.—Hence in N. T. Impers. μέλει,
impf. ἔμελε, imperat. μελέτω 1 Cor. 7, 21,
it is for care, it concerns, with dat. of per-
son; but so that it may usually be rendered
personally, he cares for, he taketh care of.
So pr. c. gen. of the object, Buttm. ᾧ 132.
5. 6. 1 Cor. 9,9 μὴ τῶν βόων μέλει Seg ;
doth God take care of oxen? c. gen. impl.

450 έ

μέν

1 Cor. 7, 21. So Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Lue.
D. Mort. 22. 3. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 30.—With
περί c. gen. Matt. 22, 16 od μέλει σοι περὶ

. οὐδενός, i. 6. thou carest for no one, art im-

partial. Mark 12,14. John 10, 13. 12, 6.
1 Pet. 5,'7. So 1 Mace. 14, 43. Jos. Ant.
12. 4. 2. Xen. Hi. 9. 10.—Once with a
Neut. nominat. Acts 18, 17 οὐδὲν τούτων

Ταλλίωνι ἔμελεν, i. 6. none of these things

was matler of concern to Gallio, he cared
for none of them ; see Matth. § 348. ἢ. 2;
comp. Buttm. § 129. 18. So Hom. Il.
5. 490. Eurip. Hippol. 104.—With ὅτε,
Mark 4, 38 od μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἀπολλύμεϑα;
Luke 10, 40. Soc. ὡς Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 18.

μεμβράνα, ns, ἡ, Lat. membrana, i. 6.
membrane, skin, parchment, 2 Tim. 4, 13

φέρε ... μάλιστα tas pepSpavas—Comp.
Plin, H. N. 13. 21.

μέμφομαι, f. ψομαι, Mid. depon. to find

* fault with, to blame, to censure, c. dat. Heb.

8, 8 μεμφόμενος yap αὐτοῖς λέγει. Absol.
Rom. 9, 19. Mark 7,2 Rec.—Jos. c. Ap. 1.
20. Luc. D. Deor. 5. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20

μεμψίμοιρος, ov, 5,7, adj. (μέμφομαι,
potpa,) finding fault with one’s lot, repin-
ing, complaining, Jude 16.—Plut. de cohib.
Ira 13. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 4.

4 οἷς . : .
μέν, a conjunctive particle expressing

affirmation or concession, truly, indeed, and

at the same time pointing forward to some-
thing antithetic or different, which is then
commonly subjoined with δέ or an equiva-
lent particle; so that μέν and δέ correspond
to each other, and mark the protasis and
apodosis. Where there is antithesis, μέν
... δέ may be rendered indeed... but; in
many instances, however, they merely mark
transition, and cannot well be given in
English. See genr. Buttm. § 149. m. 11.
Kiihner ὁ 322. Matth. ᾧ 622. Herm. ad Vig.
p- 838 sq. The place of μέν is after the
word to which it belongs in sense, i. e.
usually after one, two, three, or even four
words in a clause (John 16, 22), never at
the beginning ; see Winer § 65. 5.

1. Where there is a definite antithesis,
and μέν retains its concessive power, in-
deed, e. g. a) Followed by δέ in the
apodosis, so that μέν... δέ isi. q. indeed...
but ; Matt. 3,11 ἐγὼ μὲν βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς ἐν
ὕδατι... 6 δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος. 9, 37
6 μὲν ϑερισμὸς πολύς, of δε ἐργάται ὀλίγοι.
Mark 1, 8. John 16,22. Acts 1,5. Rom.
2, 7.8. 1 Cor. 12,20. Phil. 3,1. Heb. 3,
5. 6. 1 Pet. 1, 20. al. sepiss. Placed irre-
gularly, i. e. before the word to which it
refers, Acts 22, 3. Tit. 1, 15 Rec. Comp.

αν ΌΣΓ ΨΥ "ὦν ἈΝ γὼ

μέν
Winer 1. c. note. (Sept. Job 42, 5. All. Η.
A. 2.31. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 11.) So too
μὲν γάρ and μὲν ody, where each parti-
cle retains its own proper force, 6. g. μὲν
yap ... δέ, for indeed ... but, Acts 13, 36
Δαβὶδ μὲν yap ... ὃν δὲ 6 Beds ἤγειρεν κτλ.
for David indeed... but. 23, 8. 25, 11.
Rom. 2, 25. 1 Cor. 11, 7. Heb. '7, 18. al.
Inverted Acts 28, 22. (Wisd. 7, 30. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 5.) Also μὲν οὖν... δέ,
where οὖν is illative and μέν refers to δέ,
indeed therefore, then ... but, Acts 18, 14 sq.
εἰ μὲν οὖν ἦν ἀδίκημά te... εἰ δὲ ζήτημα
κτὰ. 19, 38 sq. 1 Cor. 9,25. Phil. 2, 23.
So Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40.

b) With some other particle in the apo-
dosis, Buttm. 1. c. Matth. 1. c. Winer §64.
2. 6. fin. E. g. μέν... ἀλλά Rom. 14, 20;
μὲν γάρ... ἀλλά Acts 4, 16 54ᾳ. 1 Cor. 14,
17. ope Ὁ. Deor. 8 pen. Xen. ic. 3. 6.)
μέν... ἔπειτα John 11, 6 sq. James 3,

si comp: Matth. 4 622. 6. (Xen. Mem. 1.
4.11.) pév...xai Acts 27,21 sq. 1 Thess.
2,18. (Luc. D. Deor. Marin. 8.1.) μέν...
πλήν Luke 22, 22, (Hdian. 6. 7. 11, 20.)
So μὲν οὖν... καί Acts 26, 4 comp. v. 6;
μὲν οὖν... τανῦν Acts 17, 30.

¢) The adversative particle (δέ or the
like) is sometimes wanting after μέν, either
because the antithesis is expressed in some
other way, as Heb. 12,9; or because the
apodosis itself is omitted,e.g. α) Where
the apodosis is obviously implied, Winer
1. ο. init. Matth. § 622. 6. Acts 19, 4 Ἰωάν-
νης μὲν ἐβάπτισε βάπτισμα μετανοίας κτλ.
supp. ‘ but not so Jesus.’ Rom. 7, 12 ὥστε
ὁ μὲν νόμος ἅγιος, supp. “ but not this abuse
of it,’ comp. v. 7 sq. Col. 2, 23. Heb. 6,
16. So Soph. Antig. 1336. 8B) Where
through a change of construction the writer
neglects the apodosis, Winer ]. c. Acts 1,
1 τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον κτὰ. where the apo-
dosis would regularly come in before v. 3,
‘but in this second book; but the writer

neglects it and turns to something else. -

Rom. 1, 8. 10, 1. 2 Cor. 12, 12; μὲν γάρ
11,4. γ) Or sometimes the apodosis is
as it were obliterated, and then μέν serves
to insulate some person or thing, and so to
exclude every thing else which might other-
wise be expected, Lat. quidem, Buttm. 1. c.
So espec. with a pers. pron. as ἐγὼ μέν, I
indeed, 1 at least, 1 Cor. 3, 4. Rom. 11, 13.
1 Thess. 2, 18; ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν Acts 26, 9.
Also μὲν γάρ, a8 πρῶτον μὲν γάρ Rom, 8,
2. 1 Cor. 11, 18. So Xen. ise 1. 4, 12.
Conv. 2. 5.

d) Vice versa, δέ sometimes stands in
the apodosis without μέν in the protasis,

451

a7

μέν
6. g. Luke 11, 47; οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὅτι... οἱ 3e
πατέρες ὑμῶν κτλ. See Matth. ᾧ 288, 4.

2. Where the antithesis is less definite,
so that pév...d€ serve to mark transition
or are merely continuative ; here the force
of μέν cannot well be given in English,
while δέ is to be rendered but, and, etc.
Thus >

a) Simpl. pév... δέ, Matt. 25, 33 στήσει
τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, ra δὲ épi-
φια κτλ. he shall set the sheep on his right
hand, but (and) the goats on his left. Luke
13, 9. 23, 56 comp. 24, 1. Acts 14, 12.
Rom. 8, 17. 1 Cor. 1, 23. 2 Tim. 4, 4.
Jude 8. Comp. Buttm. 1. c. Matth. ᾧ 622.
So 2 Macc. 3, 40 comp. 4, 1. Xen. Cyr. 2.
1. 10. ib. 4. 5. 15.

b) With οὖν, i. 6. μὲν οὖν, in Engl.
only therefore, then, e.g. a) Followed by
δέ, Mark 16, 19 ὁ μὲν οὖν κύριος ἀνελήφϑη

εν ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἐξελθόντες κτλ. John 19, 24 sq.
Acts 1, 6 5ᾳ. 2, 41 comp. 42. 5, 41 comp.
6, 1. 8,4sq. 9, 31 sq. 12,5. 13,4 comp. 6.
14, 3sq. 15, 8 5ᾳ. 23, 18 sq. 28,5sq. 8)
Without δέ, where μὲν ody then serves as a
continuative, with a certain degree of illa-
tive force, Engl. then, therefore, Lat. et qui-
dem, comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 842. n. 342.
Acts 23, 22. 1 Cor. 6,4. Heb. 7,11. (Xen.
Mem. 1. 1. 2. ib. 4. 3. 1.) Followed by
kai, Acts 1, 18. 26, 4 comp. 6. Comp.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. Or also with an affirm-
ative power, yea then, indeed, certainly, verily, .
comp. Viger. p. 541 et Herm. p. 842. ἢ, 343.
Acts 26, 9. Heb. 9,1. 1 Cor. 6, 7 ἤδη μὲν
οὖν ὅλως ἥττημα ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ὅτι κτὰ. now
assuredly there is wholly a fault among you,
that etc. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.37.) So ἀλλὰ
μὲν οὖν Phil. 3, 8; see in ἀλλά no. 3. ἃ.

3. In clauses expressing partition or dis-
tribution : a) With the art. 6, 4, τό, or
the relat. ὅς, 7, 6, Buttm. §126. 2,3. E.g.
followed by δέ, as 6 μέν... ὁ δέ, the one

. the other, this... that, Phil. 1, 16, 17.
Heb. 7, 5. 6. 21 sq. also one... another, and
Plur. some... others, Matt. 22, 5. 6. Acts
14, 4. 17,32; ὁ μέν... ἄλλος δέ, one..
another, Matt. 16,14. John '7,12. So és
pév...ds δέ, the one... the other, Luke
23, 33. 2 Cor. 2,16; ὃς μέν... ὁ δὲ dode-
νῶν, the one...but the weak, Rom. 14, 2;
also one... another, Plur. some... others,
Matt. 13, 8. Acts 27, 44. Rom. 9, 21. Jude
22. 1 Cor. 12, 28 ods μέν, where the writer
falls out of the construction and proceeds
ae πρῶτον, δεύτερον, τρίτον. Further, ds

.. ἄλλος δέ, one... another, Matt. 18,
Sey “Mark 4, 4. 5. i ‘Cor. 12, 8 sq. Fol-
lowed by καί, as ὃς pév... καὶ ἕτερος, one

μενοῦν

...a@nd_ another, Luke 8, 5sq. Ὁ) With
other pronouns, as ἐγὼ μέν... ἐγὼ δέ ter
1 Cor. 1,12; ἄλλος μέν .... ἄλλος δέ 1 Cor.
15, 39; ris μέν... ris δέ Phil. 1,155 τοῦτο
péev... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, Heb. 10,
33, comp. Matth. §288. n. 2. Herm. ad
Vig. p. 702. So Isocr. Panegyr. p. 44. d.
Hdot. 3. 106. . ὁ) With an adv. as ὧδε
μέν... ἐκεῖ δέ Heb. 7, 8, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 149.
m. 14. Genr. John 16, 9. 10. 11... +

μενοῦν, better μὲν οὖν, see in μέν" ΠΟ:
1. ἃ, Ὁ, and no. 2. b. Later ecclesiastical
writers place it first in a clause, contrary to
earlier usage, Phryn. et Lob. p. 342 ; comp.
in μέν init.

Pevoovye, i. q. μὲν οὖν but stronger,
yea then rather, yea indeed, yea verily, comp.
in μέν no. 2.b. 8; Luke 11,28. Rom. 9,
20. 10, 18.[Phil. 3, 8.] Comp. Viger. p.
541. So Nicet. Annal. 21. 11. p. 415.—In
N. T. and ecclesiastical writers it is placed
first in a sentence, contrary to earlier usage ;
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 203. Lob. ad Phryn.
Ρ. 342. Comp. in μενοῦν.

μέντοι conjunct. (μέν; τοι enclit.) pr. i. q.
μέν affirmative or concessive, but stronger,
indeed then, truly, certainly, forsooth, espec.
in négative clauses and answers, see Buttm.
§ 149. m. 27. Kithner § 316. n. Matth. § 622.
So Plato Phed. p. 68. Ὁ. p. 73. ἃ. Xen.
Lac. 1. 1.—Hence in N. T.

1. indeed then, indeed therefore ; or, the
force of μέν being lost in English, therefore,
then, i. q. μὲν οὖν, see in μέν no. 2. Ὁ;
so followed by δέ, James 2, 8.— Xen. Hell.
4. 8. 5. Hi. 1. 25.

2. As marking exception or contrast, yet,
yet still, nevertheless, howbeit, John 4, 27
οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπε" τί ζητεῖς ; Π, 13. 12,42
ὅμως μέντοι. 20,5. 21, 4. 2 Tim. 2, 19.
Jude 8.—Jos. Ant. 1. 18. 6. Xen. Cyr. 2.
1. 5; ὅμως μέντοι Ceb. Tab. 33. Xen. Cyr.
2, 3. 22. |

μένω, f. μενῶ, aor. 1 ἔμεινα, perf. μεμέ-
mxa, Buttm. §101. n. 9. §112. 6; plupf.
3 plur. μεμενήκεισαν 1 John 2, 19, see
Buttm. ὁ 83. n. 7. Winer ᾧ 12. 8.

1. Intrans. to stay, to remain, to abide,
Lat. maneo.

a) Ina place, i. e. of persons remaining or
dwellirig in a place ; soc. adv. Matt. 10, 11
κἀκεῖ μείνατε. 26, 38. John 2,12. With
ἐν c. dat. of place Luke 8, 27 ἐν οἰκίᾳ οὐκ
ἔμενεν. John 7, 9. 8, 35. Acts 20,15. 27,
31. 2 Tim. 4,20; ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ impl. John 8,
35. Acts 16, 15. With pera c. gen. of
person Luke 24, 29, and with the notion of
help John 14,16. With παρά e. dat. of

452

μενω

pers. John 14, 25. Acts 18, 3. 20, and with
the notion of help John 14, 17. Also xa3
ἑαυτὸν μένειν to dwell by oneself Acts 28,
16 comp. 30. With σύν. ὁ. dat. of pers.
Luke 1, 56. Spec. i. q. to lodge, c. ποῦ
John 1, 39, 40 ; ἐν c. dat. of place Luke 19,
5; παρά c. dat. of pers. John 4, 40. Acts 9,
43, comp. 10, 6, Sept. c. μετά for 30"
Gen. 24, 55. So c. adv. 1 Mace. 11, 40.
Xen. An. 1. 3.11; ἐν Hdian. 4. 3. 10; μετά
Plut. Mor. II. p. 25. παρά Ceb. Tab. 9.—
Of things, with ἐπί c.. gen. John 19, 31 ἵνα
μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα. (Comp.
Hdian. 4. 4. 9.) Trop. with ἐπί c. dat.
2 Cor. 3, 14.

b) In any state or condition, c. adv. 1 Cor.
7,8. 40 ἐὰν οὕτω μείνῃ. With ἐν c. dat.
John 12, 46 ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ. 1 Cor.
7, 20. 24. 1 John 3,14; ὁ. ἐν impl. Phil. 1,
25 comp. 34. (Hdian. 2.1.15.) With dat.
of pers. to remain to one, i. e. in his power, -
Acts 5, 4. (Sept. Dan. 4, 23 ; comp. .Hdian.
3. 7. 6.) With a subst. or adj. implying
condition or character ; 1 Cor. 7,11 μένετω
ἄγαμος. 2'Tim, 2, 13 ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει.
Heb. 7, 8 μένει ἱερεύς. Also things, John
12, 24 αὐτὸς [ὃ κόκκος] μόνος μένει, i. 6.
sterile. Acts 27, 41 ἡ μὲν πρώρα ἔμεινεν
ἀσάλευτος. With an adj. impl. 6. g. ἀσά-
Aevros, firm, stedfast, Rom. 9, 11; opp. to
κατακαίεσϑαι 1 Cor. 3,14. Part. μένον opp.
mpazev, i.e. remaining unsold, Acts 5, 4
οὐχὶ μένον, σοὶ ἔμενε; comp. above. So
Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen. Soph. ‘Trach. 176,
Hdian. 8. 5..1.—With an. adjunct of time
during or to which a person or thing re-
mains, continues, endures; 1 Cor. 15, 6 οἱ ©
πλείους μένουσιν ἕως ἄρτι. Matt. 11, 23
μεχρὶ τῆς σήμερον. John 21, 22. 23 ἐὰν αὐὖ-
τὸν ϑέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι. (Xen. An. 2.
3. 24.) Rev. 17, 10 ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι,
i. 6. retain his power, opp. πεσεῖν. John 12,
34 eis τὸν αἰῶνα, and so 2 Cor. 9, 9. 1 Pet.
1, 25. (Sept. Ps. 9, 8. 112, 6.9.) So εἰς
ζωὴν αἰώνιον John 6, 27. Hence absol.
with the idea of perpetuity, i. gq. to remain
or endure forever, to be perpetual, e. g. chris-
tian graces, rewards, institutes, and the like ;
1 Cor. 13, 13 νῦν δὲ μένει πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγά-
πη. Heb. 13,1. John 15, 16. Heb. 10, 34.
12,27. 2 Cor. 3, 11. *

9) Of the relation in which one person
or thing stands to another, chiefly in John’s
writings ; thus, to remain in or with any
one, is i. 4. to be and remain united with
him, one with him, in heart, mind, will ;
e. g. with ἐν ὁ. dat. of pers. John 6, 56 ἐν
ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ. 14, 10. 15, 4. 5.
6.7. 1 John 2,6. 8, 34. 4, 1. 16 ; μετά

μερίζω

twos 1 John 2,19. So to remain in any
thing, is i. q. to remain stedfast, to persevere
in it, 6. g. with ἐν c. dat. John 8, 31 ἐν τῷ
λόγῳ. 15,9 et 1 John 4,16 ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ.
1 John 2,10 ἐν τῷ φωτί. 2 John 9 ἐν τῇ
διδαχῆ. So 1 Tim. 2,15 ἐὰν μείνωσιν ἐν
πίστει. (2 Macc. 8,1.) Vice versa, and in
a like general sense, the same things are
said to remain in a person, 6. g. with ἐν c.
dat. of pers. John’5, 38 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ
ἔχετε μένοντα ἐν ὑμῖν. 15,11. 1 John 2, 14,
3, 17 πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ ϑεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ ;
2. Τοῦ 2. Comp. in ἔχω no. 2. d. β, ult.—
In a kindred sense, spoken of divine gifts,
privileges, with ἐπί Twa, John 1, 32. 33 τὸ
πνεῦμα. καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 1 John
3,15 ἐν αὐτῷ. So of evils, John 3, 36 ἡ
ὀργὴ τοῦ 5. μένει ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 9, 41 ἡ οὖν
ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει sc. ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, i. 4. ye re-
main in your sin.

2. Trans. to stay for any one, to wait for,
to await; c. acc. Acts 20,5 οὗτοι ἔμενον
ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρωάδι. v. 23 δεσμά pe καὶ ϑλίψεις
μένουσι. Sept. for 52M Is. 8,'17.—Dem.
50. 26. Xen. An. 4. 4.20. +

μερίζω, f. ico, (μερίς,) to part, to divide
into parts, c. acc. Plato Parm. 181. ὁ ; Pass.
Xen. An. 5. 1. 9.—Hence in N. T.

1. to divide out, to distribute, c. acc. e. g.
τοὺς iy3éas Mark 6, 41. Sept. for pon
Ex. 15, 9. Josh. 14, 5. So Hdian. 1. 17. 3.
—Hence genr. ἐδ distribute, for to assign,
to grant, to bestow ; so of God Rom. 12, 3.
1 Cor. 7, 17. 2 Cor. 10, 13; genr. Heb.
7,2. So Sept. Job 31,2. Ecclus. 45, 20
or 28,

2. Mid. μερίζομαί τι μετά twos, to divide
any thing with another, to share with ; Luke
12, 13 μερίσασϑαι per’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν.
Comp. 53 P2 and Sept. Prov. 29, 24.—
Dem. 913.1; comp. Jos. Ant. 1.8.3. Hdian.
.8. 10. 12.

3. Trop. Pass. of persons, to be divided into

ies and factions, to be disunited; Matt.
12, 25 bis. 26. Mark 3, 24. 25. 26. (Pol.
8. 23. 9.) Spec. 1 Cor. 1,13 μεμέρισται 6
Χριστός ; is Christ divided ? i.e. are there
parts or divisions in Christ 7.1 Cor. 7, 34
μεμέρισται ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ἡ παρϑένος, a wife
and a virgin are divided, different, sc. in
their interests. So Hdian. 3. 10. 6.

μέριμνα; as, ἡ, (μερίς, pepito,) care,
anxiety, anxious thought, as dividing up and
distracting the mind ;»Matt. 13, 22 et Mark
4,19 μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, i. e. for
this world’s goods, worldly cares. Luke 8,
14. 21,34. 2 Cor. 11,28. 1.Pet. 5,7.—
Sept. Ps. 55, 23. Auschyl. Eum. 360. Plut.
de Virt. et Vit. 2.

453

HE pos

μεριμνάω, ὦ, f. how, (μέριμνα,) to care, "
to be anxious, troubled, to take anxious
thought; absol. Matt. 6, 27 ris δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν
μεριμνῶν δύναται κτλ. v. 31. Luke 12, 25.
Phil, 4, 6. (Plato Rep. 607. c.) With dat,
of that for which, Matt. 6, 25 μὴ μεριμνᾶτε
τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν. Luke 12, 225 εἰς τὸ αὔριον
Matt. 6, 34; περί c. gen. Matt. 6,28. Luke
12, 26; περί c. acc. Luke 10, 41; ὑπέρ c.
gen. 1 Cor. 12, 25; πῶς Matt. 10, 19. Luke
12,11. (Dem. 576. 23 μεριμνᾷν τὰ δίκαια
λέγειν.) With accus. of thing, pr. as 10 or
for which one cares, Buttm. § 131. 7;
hence to care for, to take care of, 1 Cor. η,
32. 33. 34 bis, μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου... τὰ
τοῦ κόσμου. Matt. 6, 84 τὰ éavrijs.~Phil: 2,
20 τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν. So Wisd. 12, 22. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 12 καὶ τὸ πολλὰ μεριμνᾷν.᾿

μερίς, iSos, 1s (μέρος.) ὦ part, 6. δ.

1. Of a country, i. 6. a division, province,
Acts 16, 12; see in Μακεδονία. So Sept.
and P 2" Josh. 18, 6. Comp. μεριδάρχης
1 Mace. 10, 65. Jos. Ant. 12. 5. 5.

2. Genr. a part assigned, portion, share,
trop. Acts 8, 21 οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς ... ἐν
Sept. and P2n Gén. 31,

So pr. Plut. Agesil. 17.

τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ.
14. Deut. 12,12.

‘Dem. 1039. 22.—Also portion, lot, destiny,

as assigned of God, Luke 10, 42 τὴν ayaSiy
pepida ἐξελέξατο. Sept. and PM Ecc. 3,
22. 9, 9. Dan. 4, 12.

3. As implying. participation, fellowship.
2 Cor. 6, 15 τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου ;
Col. 1, 12 εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου, i. 6. so
as to be partakers of the inheritance, etc.
Sept. for 8 2M Deut. 10, 9. Ps. 50, 18.

μερισμός, οὗ, ὁ, (μερίζω,) partition, di-
vision, separation, Heb. 4, 19. So Plut.

‘Rep. ger. Prec. 15. p. 85. Plato Legg.

903. b.—Also distribution, and so for gift,
Heb. 2, 4 πνεύματος ἁγίου μερισμοῖς, comp
in μερίζῶ no. 1. So genr. Pol. 31. 18. 1.

μεριστής, ov, ὃ, (μερίζω,) a divider, dis-

tributor, Luke 12,14.

μέρος, eos, ous, τό, (kindr. μείρομαι,) a

part, 6. g.

1. In respect to a whole, a part, a por-
tion, piece. a) Genr. and absol. John 19, 23
bis, τέσσαρα μέρη κτὰ. Rev. 16,19. With
gen. of the whole, Luke 15, 12 rd ἐπιβάλ
λον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. 24, 42 ἰχϑύος
ὀπτοῦ μέρος. Soc. gen. impl. Luke 11, 36
μὴ ἔχον τι μέρος σκοτεινόν, SC. τοῦ σώματος,
and so Eph. 4, 16. (In full Hdian. 8. 4,
27.) Acts 5, 2 supp. τῆς τιμῆς. 23, 6 supp.
τοῦ συνεδρίου comp. v. 1, and so v. 9; or it
may in v. 9 be rendered party. 19,27 τοῦτο

κινδυνεύει τὸ μέρος, this part, this branch of, ἡ΄

«3!

γ΄

μεσημβρια

* labour, this our trade. So genr. Diod. Sic.
1, 28; ὁ. gen. Hdian. 7. 12. 13. Xen. Cyr.
1.6. 14; gen. impl. 8. 4. 29.—Hence often
in adverbial significations, 6. g. accus. μέ-
pos τι in some part, partly, 1 Cor. 11, 18;
Buttm. ᾧ 131. 7. (Thuc. 2. 64.) ἀπὸ μέ-
ρους, in part, parily, in some degree, 2 Cor.
1, 14. 2, 5. Rom. 11, 25. 15, 15. 24. (Diod.
Sic. 13. 108.) ἐκ μέρους, in part, parily,
i. e. imperfectly, 1 Cor. 13, 9 bis. 12. v. 10
τὸ ἐκ μέρους this in part, this piecemeal
knowledge ; also in particular, individually,
1 Cor. 12, 27; κατὰ μέρος particularly, in
detail, Heb. 9, 5, see in κατά II. 3.-c. So Pol.
1.4.3. Thuc. 4. 926. b) Of a country,
the earth, a part, tract, region ; Matt. 2, 22
eis Ta μέρη τῆς Ταλιλαίας. 15, 21. 16, 13.
Mark 8, 10. Acts 2, 10 ; absol. 19, 1. 20, 2.
So Eph. 4, 9 τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς; see
in κατώτερος. Sept. for 28 Neh. 3, 15.
(Hdian. 2. 11. 8. ib. 6.5. 15.) So of a ship,
a part, side, quarter; John 21,6 τὰ δεξιὰ
μέρη τοῦ πλοίου. Sept. and 9% Ex. 96, 35.
So 1 Macc.9,12. ὁ) Trop. a part of a gen-
eral topic, a particular ; Col. 2, 16 ἐν μέρει
ἑορτῆς ἢ νουμηνίας κτλ. in the particular of
a festival, i.e. in respect of. Also ἐν τῷ μέρει
τούτῳ, in this particular, in this respect,
2 Cor. 3, 10. 9, 3. 1 Pet. 4,16. So Philo
in Flace. p. 989. d. Al. V. H. 8. 3.

2..a part assigned, portion, share ; Rey.
22, 19 ἀφαιρήσει 6 ϑεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ.
Ady. ἀνὰ μέρος pr. each in his part or turn,
by course, one after another, 1 Cor. 14, 2'7.
(Pol. 3. 55. 8.) Also portion, lot, destiny,
as assigned of God; Matt, 24, 51 καὶ τὸ pe-
pos αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν Soe. Luke
12, 46. Rev. 21,8. Sept. for p2n Ece. 5,
18; comp. in pepis no. 2.—Soph. Antig.
147. Thue. 1. 127.

3. As implying participation, fellowship ;
John 13, 8 οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Rev.
920,6. Comp. in μερίς πο. 8... 5

μεσημβρία, as, 7), (μέσος, ἡμέρα, Buttm.
ἡ 19. n. 1,) mid-day, noon, Acts 22,6. Sept.
for DUNE Gen. 43, 16. 25. So Hdian. 1.
17. 1. Xen. Hell. 5. 3. 1.—Meton. the mid-
day quarter, the south, Acts 8, 26. So Jos.
‘Ant. 4. 5.2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.

Mecias, in some Mss. for Μεσσίας.

μεσιτεύω, f. evow, (μεσίτης,) to be a
mediator, arbiter, Jos. Ant. 16. 4. 3 ult.
Diod. Sic. 19. 71; to mediate for any one,
to intercede, Jos. Ant. '7. 8. 5.—In N. T.
io intervene with any thing, i. e. to inter-
pose ; Heb. 6, 17 ὅρκῳ ἐμεσίτευσε he inier-
posed with an oath, i.e. between himself
and the other party, by way of confirmation,

454

μεσος

ratification, pledax. Comp. μεσίτη; Jos.
Ant. 4. 6. 7.

μεσ ἔτης, ov, 6, (μέσος, εἶμι to go,) a
go-between, a mediator, one who intervenes
between two parties, e. g.

1. Asan interpreter, internuntius, a mere ἢ
medium of communication, e. g. Moses,
Gal. 3, 19. 20.—Jos. Ant. 16. 2. 2. Diod.
Sic. 4. 54.

2. As an intercessor, reconciler; so of
Christ, 1 Tim. 2, 5 μεσίτης Seod καὶ ἀνϑρώ-
πων. Heb. 8,6. 9,15. 12,24. Sept. for
mia Job 9, 33.—Plut. Is. et Osir. 46.
The earlier Greeks used μέσος δικαστής
Thue. 4. 83; or μεσίδιος Aristot. ‘Polit. 5.
6. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 121 sq.

μεσονύκτιον, ίου, τό, (μεσονύκτιος ;
μέσος, νύξ,) midnight, Luke 11, 5. Acts
16, 25. 20,7. Put forthe midnight watch
Mark,13, 35; comp. in φυλακή. Sept. for
mb" "4M Judg. 16,3. Ruth 3, 8.—Lue.
Merc. cond. 26. Diod. Sic. 20,48. Used by
the later prose writers, although Phrynicus
assigns it to poetry ; Lob. ad Phryn. p. 53.

Mecorrotapila, as, ἡ, (μέσος, rorapds,)
Mesopotamia, pr. ‘ Mid-river,’ the fertile
tract of country lying between the rivers
Euphrates and Tigris, extending from the
northern mountains to Babylon and below,
Acts 2,9.'7,2. The Hebrew name was
ὉΠ DIN Syria of the two rivers Gen.
24,10; also SUN 135 the Plain of Syria,
Gen. 25, 20. 28,2. It now belongs to the
Turkish dominion, under the name el-Jezi-
rah, the peninsula. See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. Π. ii. p. 133, 155. Ritter Erdk.
Th. XI.

μέσος, ἡ, dv, (kindr. with perd,) mid,
middle, midst.

1. Adj. 6. g. μέση ἡμέρα mid-day, μέση
νύξ mid-night, Acts 26, 13. Matt. 25, 6.
This is a later form instead of the earlier
μέσον ἡμέρας (comp. Acts 27, 17), μεσοῦσα
ἡμέρα, μεσημβρία, comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 53 sq. 465. So Sept. Ex. 11,4. 1K.
3, 20. Esdr. 9, 41.—In an adverbial sense,
Buttm. §123. 6. Luke 23, 45 ἐσχίσϑη τὸ
καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον. John 19, 18.
Acts 1,18. With a gen. John 1,26 μέσος
δὲ ὑμῶν ἕστηκε in the midst of you, among
you. Matt. 14,24 τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον
τῆς ϑαλάσσης ἦν, the vessel was now mid-
way of the lake. Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 132. 5. ὃ.
Matth. §354. η. Sept. for 7392 Gen. 15,
10. So Luc. Cony. 43; ο. gen. Jos. B. J.
3. 8. 1. Hdian. 3. 9. 5.

2. Neut. τὸ μέσον as Subst. the middle,

μεσότοιχον

the midst, only with prepositions. a) ἀνὰ
μέσον, in the midst of, among, ὁ. gen. of
pers. or thing, Matt. 13, 25. Mark 7, 31.
1 Cor. 6, 5. Rev. 7, 17. See more in ἀνά
no. 1. b) διὰ μέσου, through the midst
of,c. gen. of pers. or place, Luke 4, 30.
17, 11. John 8, 59. Sept. for 7iM2 Jer.
37,4. So Plut. Solon 14. Xen. An. 1. 4.
4. οὐ els μέσον, εἰς τὸ μέσον, into the
midst of an assembly, ete. Mark 3, 3 ἔγειραι
εἰς τὸ μέσον. Luke 4, 35. 5,19. Also by
attraction in Mark 14; 60. Luke 6, 8. John
20, 19. 26; see in εἰς no. 4. Sept. for
qinms Ex. 14, 23; 7iM3 Ex. 11,4. So
Lue. adv. Indoct. 29. Xen. An. 1. 5. 14.
4) ἐκ μέσου, out of the midst, c. gen. of
pers. from among Matt. 13, 49. Acts 17,
33. 23, 10. 1 Cor. 5, 2. 2 Cor. 6,17. Sept.
for 7irv2 Ex. 7, 5; 222 Ex. 31,13. Ab-
sol. αἴρειν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου to take away from
the midst, tollere e medio, i. e. to abolish, to
destroy, Col. 2,14; also γίνεσϑαι ἐκ μέσου id.
neut. 2 Thess. 2, 7. So Xen. An. 1. 5. 14 ἐκ
τοῦ μέσου ἐξίστασθαι. 6) ἐν μέσῳ, ἐν τῷ
μέσῳ, inthe midst, absol. Matt. 14,6 ὠρχήσατο
ἐν τῷ μέσῳ i.e. before Herod and his guests.
John 8, 9, comp. v. 2. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 46.)
With gen. of thing or place, Mark 6, 47 ἐν
p. τῆς ϑαλᾶσσης. Luke 21, 21. 22, 55.
Acts 17, 22. Heb. 2, 12. Rev. 1, 13. 2, 1.
[2, 1.1 4, 6. 5,6. 6, 6. 22,2. With gen.
of pers. in the midst of, among, Matt. 18, 20.
Luke 2, 46 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων. 22,
97. 55. 24, 36. Acts 1, 15. 2, 22. 27,
21. 1 Thess. 2,7. Phil. 2,15. Rev. 5, 6.
Also by attract. in Matt. 10, 16. 18, 2.
Mark 9, 36. Luke 8, 7. 10, 3. John 8, 3.
Acts 4, '7; see in ἐν no. 4. Sept. for
Jina Gen. 1, 6. 23,10; 53 Deut. 29,
11. So Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 8. ib. 8. 6. 22.
f) κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτός, about midnight,
Acts 27,27. Sept. for 2923 Josh. 1, 11.
So Xen. An. 6. 2. 17 κατὰ μ. τῆς Θρᾷκης,
comp. Cyr. 5. 3. 52.

μεσότοιχον, ov, τό, (μέσος, τοῖχος,) a
middle-wall, partition, trop. of the Mosaic
law as separating the Jews and Gentiles,
Eph. 2,14. Some suppose here an allusion
to the wall between the inner and outer
courts of the temple ; see in ἱερόν and Jos.
B. J. 5. 5. 2; comp. Rev. 11, 1. 2.—Clem.
Alex. 6. 13. Athen. 7. p. 281. ἃ, τὸν... με-
σότοιχον.

μεσουράνημα; ατος, τό, (μέσος, οὐρα-
νός,) mid-heaven, the midst of the heavens,
Rev. 8, 13. 14, 6. 19, 17.—Eustath. ad II.
8. 68. Comp. μεσουρανέω Porph, de Ab-

" gtin. IV. 8. Strabo 2. p. 169. c.

455

μετα

μεσόω, &, f. dca, (μέσος,) to be in the
middle, in the midst, mid-way, intrans. John
7, 14 τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης, i. 6. at the mid-
dle of the festival—Sept. Ex. 12,29. Thuc.
5. 57. Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 24.

Meocias, ov, ὁ, Messias, Heb. ΤΙ
Messiah, i. 6. the Anointed, to which Χριστός
Christ corresponds in Greek; John 1, 42.
4, 25.

μεστός, ἡ, dv, full, filled, stuffed, with a
gen. of that of or with which a person or
thing is full, Buttm. § 132. 10. a. John 19,
29 bis, σκεῦος ὄξους μεστόν κτλ. 21, 11.
James 3,8. Sept. for Nba Ez. 37,1. Nah.
1,10. So Hdian. 5. 4. 4. Xen. An. 1. 4.19.—
Trop. Matt. 23,28 μεστοί ἐστε ὑποκρίσεως.
Rom. 1,29. 15,14. James 3,17. 2 Pet.
2,14. So Sept. Prov. 6,34. Xen. Conv.
1. 13. :

μεστόω, &, f. dow, (μεστός, to fill,
Pass. to be filled, to be full, c. gen. Acts 2,
18 γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι. eioi.—3 Mace.
5, 10; trop. Soph. Antig. 780. Plato Legg.
649. b.

μετά, prep. (kindr. pécos,) governing
the genitive and accusative, in the poets
also the dative; with the primary signif.
mid, amid, Germ. mit, i, e. in the midst,
with, among, implying accompaniment, and
thus differing from σύν which expresses
conjfnction, union. See Matth. ᾧ 587. Wi-
ner § 51. 5. ἢ. p. 451. Buttm. ᾧ. 147. n. 1.
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 176.

_ I. With the Genrrive, implying compan-
ionship, fellowship. E. g.

1. with, i. e. mid, amid, among, in the
midst of, as where one is said to sit, stand,
or be with or in the midst of others, with
gen. plur. of pers. or thing. Matt. 26, 58
ἐκάθητο μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν. Mark 1, 13.
14, 54. 62 ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ. Luke 24, 5. John 18, 5. Acts 20,
18. Rev. 21, 3. al. 1 John 4, "7. Comp.
Matth. et Winer 1]. c—Hom. Od. 10. 320.
Eurip. Hec.'209. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 16.

2. with, i. e. together with, along with.

a) Pr. and with gen. of pers. a)
Where one is said to go, remain, sit, stand,
or be with any one, in his company ; so with
a notation of place added, Matt. 5, 25 ἕως
ὅτου εἶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ per αὐτοῦ. Luke 11, 7.
22, 21. John 3, 26. 11, 31. Rev. 3, 21. al.
Often without notation of place, 6. g. μένειν,
διαμένειν, περιπατεῖν, οἰκεῖν μετά τινος, to
abide, walk, dwell with any one, Luke 24,
29. 22,28. John 6, 66. 1 Cor. '7, 13; trop.
μένειν μετά twos, lo continue on the side
of any one, of his party, 1 John 2,19. So

μετά 456

εἶναι μετά τινος, to be with any one, i. 6.
in his company ; Matt. 9,15 ἐφ᾽ ὅσον per
αὐτῶν ἐστιν 6 νυμφίος. Mark 5, 18, Luke
15, 31. John 7, 33. 2 Tim. 4, 11; also
γενέσϑαι μετά τινος id. Acts 7,38. 9,19;
εἶναι impl. Mark 9, 8. John 18, 26; trop.
2 John 2. Hence oi ὄντες v. γενόμενοι μετά
τινος, of μετά τινος, those with any one, his
companions, Matt. 12,3. 4. Mark 16, 10.
Luke 6, 3, 4. Tit. 3,15. (Ceb. Tab. 14.
Xen. Cyr. 8.1. 25.) Trop. to be of one’s
side or party. Matt. 12, 30 6 μὴ dv per’ ἐμοῦ,
kar ἐμοῦ ἐστι. (Thuc. 3.56. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.
7.) Also to be present with any one for aid,
e. g. God, John 3, 2 ἐὰν μὴ 7 ὁ Beds per ad-
τοῦ. 8, 29. Acts 7, 9. ἃ Cor. 13,113; εἷ-
vat impl. Matt, 1, 23. Rom. 15, 33; trop.
ἡ χεὶρ κυρίου Luke 1, 66.° Acts 11, 21.
Also Jesus, Matt. 28, 20; εἶναι impl.
2 Thess. 3, 16; the Holy Spirit John 14,
16. Also with εἶναι. impl. to be ever with
any one, i. e. to be ever bestowed, given,
e. g. the divine favour, blessing, as in the
closing benedictions of the epistles, Rom.
16, 20. 24. 1 Cor. 16, 23. 24. Heb. 13, 25.
2 John 3. Rev. 22, 21. B) Where one
is said 10 do or suffer any thing with another,
implying joint or mutual action, influence,
suffering ; Matt. 2, 3 Ἡρώδης ἐταράχϑη καὶ
, πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα per αὐτοῦ. 5, 41. 12, 30
μὴ συνάγων per ἐμοῦ. ν. 41. 18, 23. Mark
3,6. 7. Luke 5, 29. 30. John 11, 16. 19,
18. Acts 24,1. Rom. 12, 15 bis. 1 Thess.
3, 13. Heb. 13, 23. "Rev. 3, 20. al. (Hdian.
3. 4. 12. Xen. Cyr. 2.1.12.) So where
with is equivalent to and, as often in
English, 1. 6. where καί might stand; Matt.
22,16 ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς μαϑητὰς
αὑτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡ ρωδιανῶν, i. q. their own
disciples and the Herodians. 2,11. 19, 10.
1 Cor. 16,11. γὴ With gen. of a pers.
pron. after verbs of having or taking with
oneself ; Matt. 15, 30 ἔχοντες μεϑ᾽ ἑαυτῶν
χωλοὺς err? 25, 3. Mark 14, 33. 2 Tim. 4,
11. So Diod. Sic. 20.4; δ) Where the
accompaniment implies only nearness, con-

tiguity ; Matt. 21, 2 καὶ πῶλον μετ᾽ αὐτῆς. |

Rev. 14,1. Acts 2, 28 πληρώσεις pe evppo-
σύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου cov, in thy pre-
sence, near thy person; quoted from Ps.
16, 11 where Sept. for ΘΝ, ~—e) Af-
ter the verb ἀκολουδέω, to follow, Luke 9,
49 οὐκ ἀκολουϑεῖ pe? ἡμῶν. Rev. 6, 8.
14,13. This is a construction of the later
Greek instead of the dat. see Phryn. et
Lob. p. 353; comp. Matth. § 403. p. 738.
So Dem. 608. 13. After verbs com-
pounded with σύν, instead of the more
usual dative, Matt. §405. Acts 1,26 ovyxa-

μετα

τεψηφίσϑη μετὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων. 2 Cor. 8,
18. Gal. 2, 12. Matt. 17, 3. 20, 2. So
Diod. Sic. 13. 62, Dem. 330, 2. Aristoph.
Acharn. 277. See Lob. ad Phryn, p. 353,
354,

Ὁ) Trop. with gen. of thing,e. g, . a)
As expressing the state or emotion of mind
which accompanies the doing of any thing,
with which one acts; Matt. 28, 8 ἐξελϑοῦ-
σαι ταχὺ μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης.
Mark 3, 5. Luke 14, 9. Acts 20,19. 34, 8.
Eph. 4, 2 bis. 2 Thess. 3, 12. 1 Tim. 2, 9,
Heb, 10,22. al. sep. Comp. Matth. 1. c. So
1 Mace. 7, 28. Hdian. 2. 13. 4. Diod. Sic.
13. 108, Xen. Ven.13.15. 8) As mark-
ing an external action, circumstance, or

condition with or by which another action or

event is accompanied, 6. g. Matt. 14, '7 pe?
ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ. 24, 31 ἀποστελεῖ
τοῦς ἀγγέλους αὑτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς
μεγάλης. Matt. 27, 66 together with the walch.
Mark 6, 25. 10, 30 comp. Winer 1. ὁ. p.
451. Luke 9, 39. 17,20. Acts 5,26. 13,
17. 14, 23, 24, 18. 2 Cor. 8, 4. 1 Tim. 4,
14. Heb. 5,7. 7, 21. al. sep. (Hdian. 3.6.
7. Thuc. 1. 18 ult. 6. 28. Xen. Hi. 1. 33.)
Also often where it is equivalent to καί, as
in English ; comp. above in a. B, ult. Eph.
6, 23 εἰρήνη .. καὶ ἀγάπη μετὰ πίστεως κτλ.
Col. 1, 11. 1 Tim. 1, 14. 2,15. 3,4. 2'Tim.
2,10. Heb. 9, 19. al. y) With gen. of
thing which one has or takes along with
him, or with which he is furnished, comp.
above in a. y. Matt. 24, 30 μετὰ δυνάμεως
καὶ δόξης. Mark 14, 43 ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ
μαχαιρῶν κτὰ. John’ 18, 3. Acts 26, 12;
comp. 9, 2 et 22,5. So Luc. Philops. 8.
Thue. 6. 28. Lys. 101. 17 per’ οἴνου ἐλ-
Seiv. δ) After the verb μίγνυμι to min-
gle, Matt. 27, 34 ὄξος μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμέ-
νον. Luke 13,1 ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πιλάτος ἔμιξε
μετὰ τῶν ϑυσιῶν αὐτῶν. So Plato Tim. p.
35. ἃ, μιγνὺς δὲ μετὰ τῆς οὐσίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν
τριῶν ποιησάμενος ἕν. The more usual
construction is with the dat. Matth. § 403.
b; comp. Hdian. 5. 5. 16.

c) From the Heb. μετά is sometimes put
like 03,8, where the common Greek
construction is different, espec. after verbs
and nouns implying joint or mutual action,
influence, suffering, where in Engl. also we
say with; e.g. a) After words imply-
ing accord or discord, Luke 23, 12 ἐγένοντο
δὲ φίλοι... μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων. (So c. dat.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33.) Rom. 12, 18 μετὰ
πάντων avepwrav εἰρηνεύοντες. (Sept. 1 K.
22,45; ἃ. dat. Job 5, 28. Ecclus. 6, 6.)
Heb. 12, 14. John 3, 25-{yrnow ...
pera τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 Cor. 6, 6. 7. Rev. 2,

Sh ed ΨΥ ee ae

μετά 457

16 πολεμήσω per αὐτῶν. 11, 7. 12,17.
13, 7. Here the dat. is more common,
Matth..§404.c. β) After μοιχεύω; πορ-
vedo, and the like; Rev. 2, 22 τοὺς μοιχεύ-
ovras μετ᾽ αὐτῆς. 17, 2. 18,3. 9; also 14,
4, So Heb. 733 c. M8 Jer. 23, 17; ο. 3
Sept. ἐν Ez. 16,17. Heb. Lex. 2% no. 1.
The common construction is c. accus. see
under these verbs. γ) After words signi-
fying participation, fellowship; 2 Cor. 6,
15. 16 ris μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου κτλ.
John 13,8 οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος per ἐμοῦ. 1 John
1, 3. 6. 7. Commonly c. dat. as τί σοι καὶ
ἐμοί Matt. 8,29; comp. Matth. ᾧ 389. i. a.
Also λογίζεσϑαι μετά twos, to be reckoned,
counted, with any one; Mark 15, 28 et
Luke 22, 37 καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσϑη; quo-
ted from Is. 53, 12 where Heb, ΤΙ 43222,
Sept. ἐν. So c. dat, Hdot.8. 136. δ) Af-
ter verbs implying to speak or ialk with any
one ; Mark 6, 50 καὶ εὐθέως ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽
αὐτῶν. Rey. 4,1; also John 6, 43. 16, 19.
So 735 ο. BY Sept. μετά Gen. 31, 29; ὁ.
MN Sept. πρός Gen. 23, 8. 42,30. For the
more usual dat. see in λαλέω, διαλέγω, etc.
€) ποιεῖν τι μετά τινος, to do with any
one, i. e. to or towards him, corresponding
to Heb. 59 NBS; Luke 1,72 ποιῆσαι ἔλεος
μετὰ τῶν πατέρων. 10,37. Acts 14, 27. 15,
4. So Heb. and Sept. Gen. 24, 12. Sept.
ἐν Gen. 40,14. Also μεγαλύνειν τι pe-
τά twos Luke 1, 58, for Heb: 52 DIM;
see in μεγαλύνω. For the more usual acc.
or dat. see in ποιέω no. 2. d.

II. With the Accusative, μετά strictly ἢ

implies motion towards the middle, into the
midst of any thing, Hom, Il. 2. 376; and
then also motion afler any person or thing,
i, 6, either so as to follow:and be with a
person, or to fetch a person or thing; see
Passow μετά Ὁ. 1. Winer § 53. f. Hence
also spoken of succession either in place or
time, afler. InN. T.

1. Of succession in place, after, behind ;

once, Heb. 9, 3 pera τὸ δεύτερον καταπέ-᾿

racpa.—Hom. Od. 2, 406. Paus. 3. 1. 1.
Thue. 7. 58.

2. Of succession in time; e. g. with a
noun of time, Matt. 17,1 μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας ἕξ
after six days. 25,19 μετὰ δὲ χρόνον πολύν.
Mark 8, 31. Acts 12, 4. 28, 11. Gal. 1, 18)
So μετ᾽ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας Luke 15, 13; οὐ
μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας Acts 1,5 ; comp.
in οὐ, and Winer ᾧ 23. 5. π. (Palwph. ὅ. 3.
Hdian. 5. 6.2. 3. V. H. 9.21.) With a
noun of person, Acts 5, 37 μετὰ τοῦτον ἀν-
ἔστη “Iovdas. 19, 4. (Hdian. 6. 2. 18, Xen.
Cyr. 2.2.4.) With a noun marking an

μεταδίδωμι

event or point of time; Matt. 1, 12 μετὰ δὲ

τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος. Mark 13, 24. '
Luke 9, 28. John 13, 27. 2 Pet. 1,15. Sc
Hdian. 4. 9, 3.—Also pera ταῦτὰ Vv. τοῦ-
to after these things, after this, Mark 16, 12.
Luke 5, 27. John 3, 22. al. (Diod. Sic. 1.7.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.22.) With an adj. Luke
22, 58 μετὰ βραχύ, see in βραχύς no. 1.
Acts 27,14 μετὰ οὐ πολύ. (Jos. 1. 12. 2.)
With an infin. c. art. Matt. 26, 32 μετὰ δὲ
τὸ ἐγερϑῆναί pe, i. 6. afler that Iam risen
again. Mark 1,14. Luke 12, 5. Acts 1, 3.
1 Cor. 11, 25 pera τὸ δειπνῆσαι. Heb. 10

26. So Hdian. 2. 9. 6.

Nore. In composition μετά implies: a)
Fellowship, partnership; as μεταδίδωμι, pe
τέχω, μεταλαμβάνω. Ὁ) Proximity, con
tiguity; as μεθόριον. 06) Motion or direc-
tion afler, as μεταπέμπομαι. 4) Sequence
in time; as μετέπειτα. 6) Transition,
transposition, change, over, away, Lat. trans,
as μεταβαίνω, μετατίϑημι, peSiornu. +

μεταβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (Balvo,) to go
or pass over from one place. to another, to
remove; 6. δ΄. ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν Luke 10,7 ;
trop. John 5, 24. 1 John 8,14. So Lue.
Vitar. Auct. 5 és ἄλλο [σῶμα] μεταβήσεαι.
Trop. 2 Macc. 6, 9.24. Plut. Thes. 5.—
Hence genr. to pass over or away, to depart,
6. ἀπό Matt. 8, 84: ἐκ et πρός John 13,1;
c. adv. Matt. 11,1 μετέβη éxeidev. 12, 9.
15, 29. 17, 20 bis. John 7, 3. Acts 18, 7.
So Pol. 21. 10. 12. Plato Crat. 438. a.

μεταβάλλω, f. add, (βάλλω,) to throw,
or turn over, e. g. with a plough c. acc.
Xen. ic. 16. 13; to turn about, Hom. Il.
8. 94; to change, Diod. Sic. 1. 12.—In N.
T. Mid. to change oneself, to change one’s
mind, Acts 28, 6. So Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1.
Dem. 205. 19. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 31.

μετάγω, f. ξω, (ἄγω,) to lead over from
one place or country to another, to transfer,
Pol. 5. 1. 9. Diod. Sic. 20. 3 fin—In N. T.
to move or turn about, from one place to
another, James 3, 3. 4.

μεταδίδωμι, f. δώσω, (δίδωμι,) to give
to any one as his share, to share with, i. 6.
to impart, to communicate ; c. dat. Luke 3,
11 ὁ ἔχων δύο χιτῶνας, μεταδότω τῷ μὴ ἔχον-
τι. Eph. 4,28. Part. absol. ὁ μεταδίδους,
one who distributes alms, an officer of the -
primitive church, Rom. 12,8. With ace.
and dat. Rom. 1, 11 ἵνα τε μεταδῶ χάρισμα
ὑμῖν πνευματικόν. 1 Thess. 2, 8.—So ὁ. dat.
Lue. Paras. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 1; ¢. dat. et
ace, Hdot. 9, 34. Xen. An, 4.5, 5. See
Matth. § 326, n.

μετάϑεσις 458

μετάδϑεσις, ews, ἡ, (μετατίϑημι;) mela-
thesis, transposition, ἃ setting in another
place. Hence

1. Pr. translation, removal from one
place or state to another, Heb. 11, 5—
Diod. Sic. 1. 23.

2. mutation, change; Heb. 7, 12 νόμου
μετάϑεσις. 12, 27.—2 Mace. 21, 24. Thuc.
5. 29.

μεταίρω, f. apd, (αἴρω,) pr. to lift away,
to take away, from one place to another,
Dem. 395 ult. Sept. for 9237 2 K. 25, 11.
—In Ν. T. intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. to
take oneself away, i.e. to go away, to depart ;
Matt. 13, 53 μετῆρεν ἐκεῖϑεν. 19, 1. Comp.
Buttm. § 113. n. 1. § 130. n. 2. So Aquil.
Gen. 12) 8 καὶ μετῆρεν ἐκεῖϑεν for PRYT
bw, Sept. ἀπέστη.

μετακαλέω, ὦ, f. ἔσω, (kadéw,) to call
away from one place to another, Sept. Hos.
11, 1. Aéschin. 49. 30; to call back, to re-
call, Pol. 14. 1. 3. Thue. 8. 11.—In N. T.
Mid. to eall away to oneself, to call for, to
invite c. acc. Acts 7, 14 μετεκαλέσατο τὸν
πατέρα αὑτοῦ Ἰακώβ. 10, 32. 20, 17. 24, 25.
So Achill. Tat. 4. p. 243 καὶ δεῖται τὸν τοῦ
στρατοπέδου ἰατρὸν μετακαλέσασϑαι.

μετακινέω, ᾧ, f. How, (κινέω,) to move
from one place to another, to move away, to
remove; Pass. trop. Col. 1,23 μὴ μετακι-
vovpevor ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος, not moved away
from the hope, not fallen away, not waver-
ing.—Pr. Hdot. 1. 51. Luc. Contempl. 6.
Xen. Eq. 7. 6.

μεταλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λαμβάνω!)
to receive with others, to take a share of any
thing, to partake of, to share; c. gen, 2'Tim.
2, 6 τῶν καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν. Heb. 6, 7.
12, 10. Spec. τροφῆς μεταλαμβάνειν, to
partake of food, to take food, Acts 2, 46. 27,
33.34. So Al. V. H. 9.5. Xen: Hell. 3.
5. 2.—Hence genr. to take, to have, c. acc.
Acts 24, 25 καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβῶν. Comp.
Matth. §325.n.2. So Pol. 2. 16. 15 καιρόν.

μετάληψις, ἕως, ἧ; (μεταλαμβάνω,) a
partaking of any thing; 1 Tim. 4, 3 εἰς με-
τάλγψιν, i. e. to be partaken of, enjoyed.—
Pol. 31. 21. 8 μετάληψις τῆς ἀρχῆς. Plato
Parm. 131. a.

μεταλλάσσω ν. -TTO, f. fo, (ἀλ-
. Adoow,) to exchange one thing for another,
e. ace. et ἐν, Rom. 1,.25; eis ν, 26.—Plut.
Cic. 31 τὰ ἱμάτια. So c. εἰς Diod. Sic. 4.
51. Plato Polit. 291. b.

μεταμέλομαι,; f. ἤσομαι, Pass. depon.
«μέλω, pedduat,) Pass. aor. 1 μετεμελήϑην,
Buttm, ὁ 113. 4 and ἢ, 5; pr. to transfer or

μετανοια

change one’s care; hence, to change one’s
mind or purpose, after having done any
thing; Matt. 21,29 ὕστερον δὲ μεταμελη-
Seis. v. 32. Heb. 7,21 quoted from Ps. 110,
4 where Sept. for 572. Oftener with the
idea of regret, sorrow, to repent, to feel sor-
row, remorse; Matt. 27, 3 of Judas. 2 Cor.
7, 8 bis—1 Mace. 11, 10. Diod. Sie. 15, 9.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5.

μεταμορφόω, &, f. ὠσω, (μορφόω!) to
transform, to transfigure, 6. g. ἑαυτόν AR.
V. H. 1. 1.: Athen. 8. p. 334. c.—In N. T.
Mid. to change one’s form, to be transfigured,
Matt. 17, 2. Mark 9, 2. (AE. V. H. 14. 8.)

Trop. to be transformed in mind and heart, —

Rom. 12, 2 μεταμορφοῦσϑε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει
τοῦ νοός. 2 Cor. 3, 18.

μετανοέω, &, f. How, (voéw,) pr. to per-
ceive afterwards, to have an-afterview ; hence
to change one’s view, mind, purpose; Sept.
for ἘΠῚ Zech. 8, 14. Diod. Sic. 15, 47.
Xen. Cyr. 1.1. 3.—In N. T. to change one’s
mind, to repent, implying the feeling of re-
gret, sorrow; genr. Luke 17, 3 καὶ ἐὰν pe-
ravonon, apes αὐτῷ. Vv. 4; with ἐπί c. dat.
2 Cor. 12, 21. So Jos. Ant. 2.15. 3. Epict.
Ench. 34. Diod. Sic. 13. 53.—In a religious
sense, implying sorrow for unbelief and sin,
and the turning from them unto God and
the gospel of Christ; absol. Matt. 3, 2
peravoeire, ἤγγικε γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρα-
νῶν. 4, 17. 11, 20. Mark 1, 15. 6. 12.
Luke 13, 3. 5. 15, 7. 10. 16,30. Acts 2,
38. 3, 19. 17, 30. 26, 20 μετανοεῖν καὶ
ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Sedv repent and turn to
God, i. e. from idolatry. Rev. 2, 5 bis. 16.
21. 3,3. 19. 16,9. Praegn. c. ἀπό, Acts
8, 22 μετανόησον ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας repent [and
turn] from this evil; see in ἀπό no. 1. b. ¢.
With ἐκ, Rev. 2, 21 ἐκ τῆς πορνείας. v. 22.
9, 20. 21. 16, 11. Sept. 6. ἀπό for 3 pra
Jer. 8,6. (Jos. Ant. 7. 7. 3, ο. περί.) As
attended with acts of external sorrow, pen-
ance, Matt. 11, 21 ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ
μετανόησαν. 12,41. Luke 10, 13. 11, 32;
comp. Jonah 3, 5-10. For eis in Matt. 12,
41 et Luke 11, 32, see in εἰς no. 3. 6. a.
So Test. XII Patr. p. 520, 607; called also
μετάνοια τῆς σαρκός p. 611.

μετάνοια, as, ἣ, (μετανοέω,) change of
mind or purpose, repentance ; genr. Heb.
12, 17 μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρε, he
found no place for a change of mind, i. 8.
in his father Isaac; comp. Gen, 27, 34. 37
sq. So Jos. Ant. 4.6.1. Pol. 4. 66.'7.—
In a religious sense, repentance, penitence,
implying sorrow for unbelief and sin, and a
turning from them unto God and the gos-

μεταξυ

pel of Christ. Matt. 3,8 καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς
μετανοίας. Υ. 11. 9,13. Mark 1,4. 2, 17.
Luke 3, 3. 8. 5, 32 καλέσαι... ἁμαρτωλοὺς
εἰς μετάνοιαν. 15, 7. 24, 47. Acts 5, 31
δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν
ἁμαρτιῶν. 11,18 τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωήν.
18,24. 19,4. 20,21 τὴν εἰς Sedv μετάνοιαν.
26, 20. Rom. 2, 4. 2 Cor. 7,9. 10. 2 Tim.
2, 25. Heb. 6, 1.6. 2 Pet. 3,9. So Wisd.
12,19. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 10 fin.

μεταξύ, adv. and prep. (uerd,) in the
midst, between.

1. Adv. e. g. of place, between, Wisd. 18,
23. Hom. Il. 1. 156.—In N. T. only of time,
mean time, mean while, 6. g. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ
(χρόνῳ), in the mean time, John 4, 31;
comp. Buttm. § 125. 6. (Xen. Conv. 1. 14;
fully Hdian. 3. 8.20.) Also 6 μεταξύ,
pr. intervening, intermediate, put for next
following, next, as Acts 13, 42 τὸ μεταξὺ
σάββατον, the next Sabbath ; Buttm.1.c. So
Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2 AaBidou τε καὶ Σολομῶνος,
ἐτὶ δὲ τῶν μεταξὺ τούτων βασιλέων. Plut.
Instit. Lacon. 42 οἱ μεταξὺ Μακεδονικοὶ βα-
σιλεῖς. '

2. Prep. with gen. of place or pers. Matt.
23, 35 μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ ϑυσιαστη-
ρίου. Luke 11, 51. 16, 26. Acts 12, 6. So
Jos. Ant. 7.10.4. Gl. V. H. 3.1. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 1. 10.—Trop. of pers. Matt. 18, 15
μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου, Engl. between
thee and him alone. Acts 15, 9. Rom. 2,15
μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, between one another, i. e.
in turn, alternately. So Plut. de Amic. et
Adulat. 1.

μεταπέμπω, f. Wo, (πέμπω!) to send
after, to send for, Thuc. 4. 30. ib. 7. 15.—
InN. T. Mid. μεταπέμπομαι, f. ψομαι, to send
for to oneself, to invite to come, Acts 10, 5.
22. 29. 11, 13. 24, 24. 26. 25, 3. Pass. Acts
10, 29. Sept. for 735 Num. 28,7. So
2 Macc. 15, 31. Hdian. 3. 5. '7. Xen. Mem.
8. 9. 11.

μεταστρέφω, f. spo, (orpépa,) to turn
about, from one direction to another, Plut.
Otho 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 28.—In N. T. to
turn into something else, to change, Pass.
6. eis James 4, 9. Acts 2, 20 ὁ ἥλιος pera-
στραφήσεται εἰς σκότος, quoted from Joel
3, 4 [2, 31], where Sept. for 72° Niph.
(1 Mace. 9, 41.) In a bad sense, to change
for the worse, to pervert; 6. acc. Gal. 1, '7
μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. So Ecclus. 11,
31. Test. XII Patr. p. 688.

μετασχηματίζω, f. iow, (σχηματίζω,
σχῆμα.) to transform, to change the form or
appearance of any thing, c. acc. Phil. 3, 21
ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώ-

4δ9

μετεωρίζω

σεως. Mid. c. εἰς, to transform oneself into

‘another shape or character, 2 Cor. 11, 13

μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους. Vv. 14;
c. ὡς ν. 1ὅ. So Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 5 pen.
Diod. Sic. 3. 12 pen. Plato Legg. 903. e.
Mid. Test. XII Patr. p. 530.—Trop. to
transfer figuratively, to apply metaphoric-
ally, c. εἴς τινα 1 Cor. 4,6. So Plato Legg.
906. c.

μετατίϑημι, f. ϑήσω, (τίϑημι,) Lo trans-
pose, to put in another place. Hence

1. to transport, to transfer, to translate ;
Pass. Acts 7, 16 καὶ μετετέϑησαν εἰς Συχέμ.
Heb. 11, 5 bis, Ἐνὼχ μετετέϑη sc. εἰς τὸν
οὐρανόν κτὰ. comp. 2 K. 2,11. So Sept.
Gen. 5,24. Diod. Sic. 17.29. Plato Conv. —
191. c.—Mid. to transfer oneself, to go over
from one side or party to another; hence,
with ἀπό and eis, to fall away from one to
another, Gal. 1,6. So2 Macc. 7,24. Athen
7. p. 281. 6. Pol. 3. 111. 8.—Trop. to trans-
fer to another use or purpose, fo pervert,
to abuse, c. acc. Jude 4 τὴν χάριν τοῦ
ϑεοῦ μετατιϑέναι εἰς ἀσέλγειαν, so as to
pervert the grace of God unto licentious-
ness. -
"2. to change, by putting one thing in
place of another; Pass. Heb. 7, 12 μετατι-
ϑεμένης τῆς ἱερωσύνης, the priesthood being
changed. So Plato Minos 316. ο, τοὺς νό-
μους. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14.—Others, being
transferred, as in no. 1.

μετέπειτα, adv. (ἔπειτα,) after then,
i.e. thereafler, aflerwards, Heb. 12, 17.—
Judith 9, 7. Plut. C. Mar. 4. Plato Ep.
353. c.

μετέχω, f. μεϑέξω, (ἔχω,) aor. 2 μετέ-
σχον, pr. to have with another, i. e. to par-
take of, to share in, to be a partaker ; c. gen.
Buttm. §132. 5.d. 1 Cor. 9, 10. 12 εἰ ἄλ-
λοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν. 10, 21.
30 impl. Heb. 2,14. 7,13 φυλῆς ἑτέρας
μετέσχηκεν, he had part in another tribe,
belonged to another tribe. With ἐκ 1 Cor.
1017, comp. in ἐκ no. 1. d. 8. So to par-
take of food, 6. gen. γάλακτος Heb. 5, 13.—
2 Mace. 5, 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 5. Xen. Mem.
2. 2. 3.

μετεωρίζω, f. low, (μετέωρος ; μετά,
ἐώρα, αἰώρα,) to lift on high, to raise in the
air, A). H. An. 11. 33 ἑαυτὸν τοῖς πτεροῖς
μετεωρίσας. Xen. Cyr. 6. 8. 5. Trop. to
élate, as with pride, 2 Macc. 5, 17. Diod.
Sic. 4. 70 ; also to render hesitating, fluctu-
ating, to make of doubtful fidelity, as if
floating in the air, Pol. 5. 70. 10. Diod. Sic.
17. 5 μετεωρίζεσθαι πρὸς ἀπόστασιν. ----
Hence in N. T. Pass. or Mid. μετεωρίζο-

μετοικέσια

pat, to be in suspense, to be of doubtful mind,

anxious, fluctuating between hope and fear,

«Luke 12, 29. So μετέωρος ταῖς διανοίαις
Pol. 3. 107.6. ib. 5. 18.5.

μετοικεσία; as, }, (μετοικέω, μετοικίζω.)
change of abode, migration, and hence for
the Babylonish exile, Matt. 1, 11. 12. 17
bis. Sept. for M248 2K. 24,16. 1 Chr.

22.—Leonid. Tar. 79, in Anthol. Gr. I. p.
175. See Munthe Obss. p. 1.

μετοικέζω, f. icw, (οἰκίζω, οἶκος.) Att.
fut. 16, Buttm. § 95.9; to cause to change
one’s abode, to make remove or migrate;
hence to remove, to carry away, ὁ. acc. Acts
7,4 μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην. Υ.

43 μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβ. Sept. for .

35 1 Chr, 5, 6. Am. 5, 27.—-Diod. Sic.
11. 88 pen. All, V. H. 1. 11. Thuc. 1. 12.

μετοχή, ἧς; 7, (μετέχω,) participation,
partnership, fellowship, 2 Cor. 6, 14: pa-
rall. with xowevia.—Psalt. Salom. 14, 4.
Plut. Amator. 15. p. 485. Plato Ep. 345. a.

μέτοχος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (ueréxo,) parta-
king of; Subst. α partaker, Heb. -3, 1 κλή-
σεως ἐπουρανίου μέτοχοι. V. 14. 6, 4. 12,
8. So Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 263. Plato Phadr.
262, d.—Absol. a partner, companion, fel-
low, Luke 5, '7. Heb. 1, 9 quoted from Ps,
45, 8, where Sept. ἦν "211. So Dem.
1411. 4.

μετρέω, ὦ, f. noe, ta, to measure,
in any way, 6. 5. 48) Of capacity, with
an adjunct of manner, in the proverbial
phrase ᾧ V. ἐν @ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηϑῆσε-
ται, Matt. '7, 2 bis. Mark 4, 24 bis. Luke 6,
38 bis. Sept. for 772 Ez. 16, 18. So
Dem. 918. 11. Plut. Marcell. 25 pen.
b) Of length or distance, as measured by

the rule, κάλαμος, 6. acc. Rev. 11, 1 μέτρη-"

σον Tov ναὸν τοῦ Seov. V. 2. 21, 15. 16. 17.
Sept. and 772 Num. 35,5. So Xen. Hell.
3. 2, 10. Mem. 4. 7. 3. 0) Trop. for to
estimate, to Judge of, ο. acc. 2 Cor. 10, 12
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες. So Hdian.
i. 6.2. Dem. 824. 34. Comp. metior Hor.
Ep. 1. 7 fin.

μετρητής, οὔ, 6, ious pr. ὦ mea-
surer; then a metretes John 2, 6, i. 6. the
Attic ‘amphora, a measure for liquids con-
taining 12 χόες or 72 ξέσται, and equal to
ἢ of an Attic μέδιμνος. Hence the μετρητής
was equivalent to the Hebrew bath, or about
8: gallons. The Roman amphora was
smaller, being only equal to § of the perpy-
τής. See in βάτος II, and Beeckh Metrol.
Untersuch. p. 200, 278, 284, 290. ἀξῶως

400

μέχρι
for M2 2 Chr. 4, 5. Pol. 2.15.1. Dem.
1045. 6.

| PET PLOT avéo, &, f How, (μετριοππιαξης,
μέτριος, πάϑος,) to be moderate in one’s pas-
sions; hence to be gentle, indulgent, com-
passionate, c. dat. towards any one; Heb.
5, 2 μετριοπαϑεῖν δυνάμενος τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσι
κτὰ.---Ρ 0 de Joseph. II. p. 45. 37. Jos.
Ant. 12. 3.2. So μετριοπαϑής τα" Hal.
8. 61.

μετρίως, adv. (μέτριος, pérpov,) mea-

suredly, moderately, i. e. with moderation,
Pol. 3. 85. 9. Xen. An. 2. 3. 20.—In N.'T.
moderately, litile, and οὐ μετρίως not a litile,
much, greatly, Acts 20, 12. So Hdian. 1.
3.12. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1.

μέτρον; ov, τό, measure, in the widest
sense.

1. Pr. and genr. a) Of capacity, in
the proverbial expression Matt. 7, 2. Mark
4,24, Luke 6, 38 bis. Trop. measure of
sins, Matt. 23, 32. Sept. for M2 2 Chr. 2,
10; MB"& Ley. 19, 36. Deut. 25,14. So
Hdot. 4. 198. Xen. An. 3.2.21. δ) Of
length or surface, a measure, i.e. a measur-
ing-rod, κάλαμος, Rev. 21,15 in later edit,
21,17 μέτρον ἀνϑρώπου, a man’s measure,
i. e. common, current, ordinary. Sept. for
m7 Ex. 26, 2. 8. Ez. 42, 16 sq; Ἵ 2 K.
21,13. So Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 2. ὁ) Ad-
verbially, ἐκ μέτρου by measure, i. 4. μετρί- -
ws, i. 8. moderately, sparingly, John 3,34;
see in ἐκ no. 3. ἢ.

2. Meton. @ measure, a portion as mea-
sured off or allotted, allotment, proportion ;
Rom. 12, 8 ὡς ὁ Seds ἐμέρισε μέτρον πίστεως.
Eph. 4, 7. 13. 16. 2 Cor. 10, 13 bis, see in
xavov.—Luc. Imag. 7. Plato Rep. 621. a,
πλέον μέτρου.

μέτωπον, ov; τό, phar ὦψ.) the fore-
head, Rey: 7,3. 9,4. 13,16. 14,1. 9. 17,
5. 20,4. 22,4. Sept. for P22 Ex. 28, 33.
1 Sam. 17, 49.—Hdian..1. 15.7. Xen. Cyr.
1, 4. 8. :

μέχρι, and μέχρις, (kkindr. μῆκος, pa-
xpds,) the former also sometimes before a
vowel, Buttm, § 26. 4. Winer § 5. 1. b. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 14; a particle serving to mark
a terminus ad quem, both of place and time.
It differs therefore from ἄχρι; in that ἄχρι
fixes the attention. upon the whole duration
up to the limit, while μέχρι refers solely to
the limit, implying that the action there
terminates. See Tittm: de Synon. N. T.
p- 33 sq.

1. Prep. with the genitive, unto, until,

μή 401 μή

a) Of ἡδςθ, unio, as far as to; Rom. 15,
19 μέχρ- τοῦ Ἰλλυρίκου, Sept. for np-s3
Job 38, 11.—Paleph. 21. 1. Hdian.1, 12. 15.
Xen. An. 2. 2. 6.

b) Of time, until. a) With gen. of a
subst. Matt. 13, 30 μέχρε τοῦ ϑερισμοῦ.
Acts 10, 30. 90, 7. Rom. 5, 14 μέχρι Μωῦ-
σέως, i.e. death reigned from Adam until
Moses without there being any revealed law,
but not so afterwards; comp. Tittm. 1. c.
1 Tim. 6, 14. Heb. 8, 6. 14. 9, 10. Sept.
for MP ἪΡ Ps, 105,19. So Hdian. 1. 1. 5.
Xen. Venat. 4.11. 8) μέχρις οὗ sc.
χρόνου, until what time, i. 6. until, as a
Conjunct. with the Subjunctive, where the
matter is uncertain, Mark 13, 30 μέχρις οὗ
πάντα ταῦτα γένηται. See Buttm. § 146. n. 2.
Matth. ᾧ 480. b. So Hdot. 4.119; c. impf.
Indic. Xen. An. 5.4.16. γ) μέχρι τῆς
σήμερον, until this day, Matt. 11, 23. 28,
15. Here ἄχρε might properly have been
used; but the writer employs μέχρι prob.
as not looking at all beyond the present
time; comp. Tittm. 1. c. p. 35. So μέχρι
τοῦ νῦν Paleph. 17.2; μέχρι τῶνδε τῶν και-
ρῶν Diod. Sic. 4. 19.

9) Trop. of degree or extent; 2 Tim. 2,
9 κακοπαϑῶ μέχρι δεσμῶν. Heb. 12, 4 μέ-
xpts αἵματος. Phil. 2, 8 μέχρι Savdrov. v.
30.—2 Macc. 13, 14. Hdian. 1. 15. 16.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 3.

2. Conjunct. until, before a verb in the
Subjunct. where the matter is either pres.
or fut. and therefore uncertain, Buttm. § 146.
n. 2. Eph. 4,13 μέχρι καταντήσωμεν ... εἰς
ἄνδρα τέλειον krh.— Xen. Hell. 1. 3. 11 πε-
ριέμενεν ... μέχρις ἔλθῃ. So c. impf. In-
dic. Thuc. 3. 10.

μή, a negative particle, not, expressing
a dependent and conditional negative, i. e.
depending on the manner in which one con-
‘ceives of a thing, and therefore sulyective ;
while ov expresses a direct negation, inde-
pendently and absolutely, and is therefore
objective. That is, μή implies that one con-
ceives a thing not to be, while οὐ expresses
that it actually is nor; hence μή refers to
the*predicate, od to the copula. The same
distinction holds good in all the compounds
of μή ἀπά ov. See Buttm..§148. Kihner
§318, 3.. Winer ᾧ ὅθ. Herm. ad Vig. p. 795
sq. 802 54. Matth. § 608. 5

I. As. a NEGATIVE pasties not, non,
where the following special uses all flow
from the general: principles above stated.
E. g. μή, and not οὐ, is used :

1, In all negative conditions and supposi-
tions; in N. T. after ἐάν and εἰ, Buttm,

ὁ 148. 2.b. E.g. ἐὰν μή, Matt. 5, 20 ἐὰν
μὴ περισσεύσῃ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμῶν κτλ.
Mark 3, 27. Luke 13, 8. ὅ. Tit. 1, 6. al.
see in ἐάν Il. 2. So εἰ μή, Matt. 24, 22
εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώϑησαν ai ἡμέραι. Mark 2, 7.
John 3, 13. Acts 21, 25. al. see in. ei 1Π.
2.e. With ἐάν or εἰ implied, Mark 12, 19.
Luke 10, 10. John 12, 47. 1 Cor. 13, 1. 2.
3. James 2, 14.—Sometimes εἰ is followed
by od, where ov then refers not to the condi-
tion, but to the verb alone, which it renders
negative ; as Matt. 26, 24 καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ,
εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη, i. e. the not being born
would have been. better for him; here μή
would have implied uncertainty as to his
having been born. Mark 11, 26. Luke 14,
26. 18, 4 εἰ καὶ Sedv οὐ φοβοῦμαι, i. 6. to
not fear, i. q. to contemn. John 10, 37 εἰ
οὐ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρός pov, i. 6. to not
do, i. q. to leave undone. 11, 8. James 2,
11. See Buttm. § 148. 2. Ὁ, and marg. Wi-
ner }59. 5. Herm. ad Vig. p. 831. Comp.
in οὐ no. 5, ᾿

2. After particles implying purpose, also
result anticipated or supposed, i. 6. in Ν, Τ'.
after iva, ὅπως, Sore, Buttm. ᾧ 148. 2. c.
Matth. ᾧ 608. 5. a. Winer §60. 2. E.g.
ἵνα μή, Matt. 26, 5 ἵνα μὴ ϑόρυβος γένηται.
Luke 8, 10. John 3, 16. Acts 5, 26. Heb.
13, 17. al. So Matt. 5,29. 80. Mark 4, 12.
John 11, 50. al. see ina I. 1, and Π. ἃ. So
ὅπως μή, Matt. 6, 18. Luke 16, 26. Acts
20,16. 1 Cor. 1, 29.—Also before an infin.
expressing purpose, either inf. simply, or
with ὥστε, εἰς, πρός, διά, see below in no. 4.

3. After relative pronouns, as ὅς, ὅστις,
ὅσος, wherever they refer not to definite
antecedents, but to such as are indefinite
and general, or implied, Buttm. § 148. 2. e.
Matth. ᾧ 608. 5. c. Winer ᾧ ὅθ. 4. E. g.
Matt. 10, 14 ὃς ἐὰν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς. 11, 6.
Luke 8, 18, 1 Pet. 2,9. Mark 6,11 ὅσοι.
ἂν μὴ δέξωνται ὑμᾶς. Luke 9, 5. Acts 3,23
ἥτις ἂν μὴ ἀκούσῃ. Rev. 13, 15.—But od is
put after ὅς, doris, where these refer to a
definite antecedent, as Luke 14, 33; or
where any thing is said actually not to be
or to be done, as Matt. 10, 38. 13, 12. Mark
9, 40. Luke 14, 27.

4. With the Infinitive as being dependent
upon another finite verb or word expressed
or implied ; here the infin. may usually ei-
ther itself be resolved into a supposition, or
the verb on which it depends expresses
supposition, condition, thought, purpose;
Buttm. § 148. 2. σ΄. Winer § 59. 2. Herm. ad
Vig. p. 806 ult. Thus 4) Inf. simpl.
Matt. 22, 23 οἱ λέγοντες μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν,
i.e. as they suppose and believe. Luke 2,

μη 402 μη

26. 20,7 21,14. Acts 15, 19. 88. 23, 8.
25, 24. 27 ἄλογόν μοι Sox... μὴ καὶ τὰς
κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. Rom. 18, 8 5έ-
λεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσϑαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν. 1 Cor.
7,1. 1 Tim. 1, 20. 2 Pet. 2, 21. After
δεῖ, ὀφείλω, and the like, Buttm. |. c. Matt.
23, 23 ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα ‘pr ἀφι-
έναι. Luke 18, 1. Acts 27, 21. Rom. 15, 1.
1 Tim. 3, 3 δεῖ οὖν ἐπίσκοπον. . . μὴ πάροι-
νον, μὴ πλήκτην (εἶναι). ν. 8. Tit. 1,7. 2,
3.9.10. After ὄμνυμι, implying future
purpose, Heb. 3,18 τίσι δὲ ὦμοσε μὴ εἰσ-
ἐλεύσεσϑαι κτὰ. see Herm. ad Vig. p. 805.
After verbs of commanding, entreating, 6. g.
with inf. pres. as continued, Acts 1, 4 παρ-
ἠγγεῖλεν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ ‘Iepoo. μὴ χωρίζεσθαι.
21,4. Rom. 2, 21. 22. Eph. 3, 13 διὸ αἰτοῦ-
μαι μὴ ἐκκακεῖν. 2 Tim. 2, 14. (Comp.
Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 1. 4.) With inf. aor. as
transient, Matt. 2,12. 5, 34. Luke 22, 40.
Heb. 12, 19. By pleonasm after verbs im-
plying a negative, e. g. of denying, Luke
20, 27 οἱ ἀντιλέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι.
22,34, See Matth. ὁ ὅ84. π. 4. Winer § 67.
l.n. Vice versa after οὐ δύναμαι, where
the negatives have each its proper power,
and constitute an emphatic affirmative ; Acts
4,20 οὐ δυνάμεθα ἃ εἴδομεν... μὴ λαλεῖν,
i. e. we cannot but speak. Buttm. ᾧ 148. n.
7.b. After ὥστε, in N. T. marking ἃ
result anticipated or supposed on the part
of the speaker or writer; Matt. 8,28 ὥστε
μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ mapedSeiv. Mark 3, 20.
1 Cor. 1, 7. 2 Cor. 8,7. 1 Thess. 1,8. So
Xen. Conv. 4. 54. b) Infin. c. τοῦ, e.g.
as dependent on a Subst. Rom. 11,8 ὀφϑαλ-
μοὶ Tod μὴ βλέπειν κτλ. et 1 Cor. 9, 6 οὐκ
ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ μὴ ἐργάζεσϑαι ; i. 6.
implying possibility, but not the will. After
verbs of hindering or being hindered, Luke
4,42. 24,16. Acts 10, 47 ὕδωρ κωλῦσαι
... τοῦ μὴ βαπτισϑῆναι τούτους. 14,18. 20,
27. Rom. 11, 10. 1 Pet. 3,10; also Luke
17, 1. Heb. 11, 5. James 5,17. As mark-
ing purpose or result, where ὥστε might
stand instead of rov, comp. below in lett. d.
Rom. 7, 3 ἐλευδέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου,
τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα. Comp. Winer
ἡ 46. 4. p. 879. b. Buttm. §140.n.10.- ο)
Infin. c. τῷ, 2 Cor. 2,12 τῷ μὴ εὑρεῖν με
Τίτον, i.e. marking a cause as existing in
the mind of any one.) Infin. c. τό,
where the infin. is then equivalent to a
Subst. Rom. 14, 21 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα,
i. g. if one would eat no meat, Buttm. § 148.
2. g. 1 Cor. 4, 6. 10,2; preceded by rov-
ro, Rom. 14, 13. 2 Cor. 2, 1. 1 Thess. 4, 6
comp. v. 3. So with the prepositions εἰς
and πρός as marking purpose or supposed

result ; e. g. els rd μή Acts 7, 19. 1 Cor
9, 18. 10, 6. Heb. 11, 3. 1 Pet. 3, 7;
πρὸς τὸ μή 2 Cor. 3,13. 1 Thess. 2, 9.
2 Thess. 3,8. With 8:4 as marking the
probable or supposed cause of any thing,
Matt. 13, 5 διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάϑος γῆς. ν. 6.
Mark 4, 5. James 4,2. So Ceb. Tab. 24.
5. With participles, when they stand ellip-
tically for any of the above constructions,
or refer to an indefinite subject ; or, in gen-
eral, where they imply supposition, condition,
purpose, or any thing subjective; Buttm.
§ 148. 2. f. § 144. 2. Kithner § 318. 5. Winer
§59. 3. E.g. a) When the participle
may be resolved into the construction with
ei, ἐάν, or the like, comp. above in no. 1.
Buttm. 1. 6. Luke 11, 36 εἰ οὖν τὸ σῶμά
σου ὅλον φωτεινόν, μὴ ἔχον TL μέρος κτλ.
Rom. 5, 13. Gal. 6, 9 καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ ϑερί-
σομεν, μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι. Col. 1,28. 1 Pet, 8,6.
b) Where the participle, either with or with-
out the article, is equivalent to a relative
referring toa general or indefinite antece-
dent ; comp. above in no. 2. Buttm. 1. c.
E. g. ὁ μή c. part. Matt. 12, 30 6 μὴ ὧν
μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, whosoever, i. 4. if any one, where
ov would only have referred to some parti-
cular and definite individual. Luke 11, 23.
John 3, 18 ὁ μὴ πιστεύων, comp. Winer
§59. 1. John 10, 1. 12, 48. 1 Thess. 4, 13.
al. Matt. 25, 29 ἀπὸ rod μὴ ἔχοντος. Luke
3, 11. 19, 26.-27. Rom. 4,20. James 4, 17.
1 Cor.'7,37. Also πᾶς μή c. part. 1 Thess.
2, 12 πάντες of μὴ πιστεύσαντες. 1 John 3,
10. Matt. 3,10. 13,19 παντὸς ἀκούοντος...
kat μὴ συνιέντος. John 15, 2. So genr.
Matt. 9,36 ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα.
10, 28. Luke 12, 47. Acts 20, 22 ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ
νιν μὴ εἰδώς, where the subject is indeed
specific, but the part. expresses a subjective
doubt, uncertainty. Rom. 2, 14. 1 Cor. 7,
29sq. 9, 21. 1 John 2, 4. al. Here too
belong such phrases as τὰ μὴ δέοντα, τὰ
μὴ καϑήκοντα, i. 4. ἅτινα μὴ δεῖ, etc. 1 Tim.
5, 13. Rom. 1, 28. (Ceb. Tab. 25.) τὰ μὴ
ὄντα, i. 4. ἅτινα μὴ ἐστί, Rom. 4,17; trop.
1 Cor. 1, 28. Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 148. 2. f.
Winer §59. 4. p. 562. c) Where the
part. with μή expresses the supposed or
apparent cause or occasion of any thing,
Buttm. §144. 2. Matt. 1,19 Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ
ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὧν καὶ μὴ ϑέλων κτλ.
18, 25 μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, ἐκέ-
λευσεν κτὰ. Mark 2, 4. 12,24. Luke 5, 19.
9, 33. Acts 9, 26. 12, 19. 2 Cor. 8, 14.
Heb. 4,2. So Eurip. Herac. 283 or 284.
ἃ) Where the part. with μή expresses a
supposed or apparent result, like ὥστε μή Cc.
infin. comp. above in no. 4. a. Luke 7, 30

eS ae --- ι:

μή
Acts 20, 29 εἰσελεύσονται... λύκοι βαρεῖς
εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου. 2 Cor.
4,2. Phil. 1,28. So Acts 9,9 ἦν ἡμέρας
τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων, καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν, he was for
three days apparently blind, so as not to see,
i.e. he was supposed to be a blind man;
but οὐκ ἔφαγε relates a specific fact. Also
with καί as equiv. to ὥστε, comp. in καί no.
1. c. 8. Luke 1, 20 ἔσῃ σιωπῶν, καὶ μὴ δυ-
νάμενος λαλῆσαι. 13,11. Acts 27, 15.

6. In all negative expressions of wish,
entreaty, command, where μή then often
stands at the beginning of a short independ-
ent clause, the idea of wishing and the like
not being expressed, but retained in the
mind; Buttm. ᾧ 148. 2. c,and n. 5. Herm.
ad Vig. p- 802. Matth. §608. n. 1. Thus
to express a negative wish, μή is construed
with the Optative ; in negative entreaty and
command, with the Imperative and Subjunc-
tive, as follows: a) With the Optative,
implying a negative wish, in the frequent
exclamation μὴ γένοιτο, may it not be!
let it not happen! Luke 20, 16. Rom. 3, 4.
6. 31. 1 Cor. 6,15. Gal. 2, 17. (Arr. Epict.
1. 1. 13. ib. 1. 5. 10.) So Gal. 6, 14.
2 Tim. 4, 16 μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισϑείη. So Hom.
(Od. 1. 386. ib. 20. 344. “ b) With the
Imperative always, (which never takes ov,)
usually with the Imp. present implying con-
tinued action, and forbidding what one is
already doing; Buttm. §148. 3. ᾧ 137. 5.
Winer ᾧ 60. 1. Matt. 6,16 μὴ γίνεσϑε ὥσ-
περ οἱ ὑποκριταί. ν. 19. 25. 17,7. 24,6
ὁρᾶτε, μὴ ϑροεῖσϑε, beware, be not troubled.
Mark 9, 39. Luke 23, 28. John 2, 16. Acts
10, 15. 1 Pet. 4, 12. al. sep. Imperat.
3 pers. pres. Rom. 6, 12 μὴ οὖν βασιλευέτω
ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ ϑνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι. 14,16.
1 Cor. 7, 12. 13. Col. 2,16. 1 Tim. 6, 2.
James 1,-'7. al. Also Imper. impl. Luke
13, 14. John 18, 40. Gal. 5, 13. Rom. 12,
11. 16. 19. (Luc. Tox. 56.) So in antithe-
tic clauses, as Col. 3,2 ra ἄνω φρονεῖτε, μὴ
τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς. James 1,22. 1 Pet. 3,9. 2 Cor.
9,'7; μή... ἀλλά Luke 22, 42. John 6, 27.
Phil. 2, 12.—Very rarely μή is found with
the Imper. aorist, (in N. T. only 3 pers.)
implying transient action, and forbidding
that which one may be about to do, e. g.
Matt. 6,3 μὴ γνώτω 4 ἀριστερά σου κτλ.
24,18. Mark 18, 1ὅ μὴ καταβάτω εἰς τὴν

"οἰκίαν. ν. 16. Luke 17,31. Comp. Buttm.
Winer, l. c. So Hom. Od. 16. 301. Xen.
Cyr. 7.5.73. ¢) With the Subjunctive in
negative entreaties, commands, exhortations,
where the action is to be expressed as tran-
sient and momentary ; Buttm. |. c. and §139.
τη. 4. Winer l.c. Εἰ, g. in 1 pers plur.

463

oe? Aa.

μη

Subj. present, when it stands as for 1 pers.
Imperat. comp. above in lett. b. Gal. 5, 26
μὴ γινώμεϑα κενόδοξοι. 6, 9. 1 Thess. 5, 6.
1 John 3, 18; aorist, John 19, 24 μὴ σχί-
σωμεν αὐτόν. Buttm. §139. m. 4. Winer
§42.4. In 2and 3 pers. Subj. aorist, Matt.
1, 20 μὴ φοβηϑῇς. 3,9 μὴ δόξητε λέγειν
5, 17. 6, 18. 10,5. 9. 10. Mark ὅ, 7. 14, 2.
Rom. 10, 6. 1 Cor. 16,11. Col. 2,21. Heb.
3, 8. 10, 35. James 2, 11. al. sepiss. So
with yevn27 or the like impl. Matt. 26, 5.
Mark 14, 2. ὃ

7. Genr. in any construction, where the
negation is from the nature of the case sub-
jective, conditional, or a matter of supposi-
tion. Matt. 19, 9 ds ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα
αὑτοῦ, μὴ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ. Mark 12, 14 δῶμεν,
ἢ μὴ δῶμεν ; John 3, 18 ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν,
because by the very supposition he has not
believed, comp. Herm. ad Vig. Ρ. 804. (Lue.
D. Marin. 5. 1.) Rom. 3, 8 ri ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς
ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι ; καὶ μή; κτλ. hypothe-
tically, and why not rather? Col. 2,18 ἃ μὴ
ἑώρακεν ἐμβατεύων, i. 6. into what he can-
not possibly be supposed to have seen;
here οὐ would have expressed that he had
not seen them though he had the power.
1 Thess. 4, 5 μὴ ἐν πάϑει ἐπιϑυμίας, where
μή refers to the preceding infin. κτᾶσϑαι.
Rom. 14, 1.

8. Coupled with οὐ, in the order od μή,
as an intensive negative, (μή οὐ is in N. T.
only interrog. see in no. III,) in emphatic
assertions and assurances referring to the
future, not at all, by no means, construed
pr. with the Indic. future, or more com-
monly with the Sudj. aorist, Buttm. ᾧ 148.
n. 6. §139. m. 6. Kiihner ᾧ 318. 7. Winer §
60. 3. Herm. ad Soph. Cid. Col. 853. 8)
With Indic. ful. Matt. 16, 22 οὐ μὴ ἔσται
got τοῦτο. 26, 35 οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι.
Luke 22, 34. John 8, 12. 20, 35. Rev. 3, 5.
9, 6. al. So in emphatic interrogation, Luke
18,7. John 18,11. 8) With Subj. aorist,
e. g. aor. 1 Pass. Matt. 24,2 od μὴ ἀφεθῇ
ὧδε λίϑος. Luke 22, 16. 18. Heb. 8, 12.
1 Pet. 2,6. al. Aor. 2 Act. and Mid. Matt.
5, 18. 20. 18, 3. Luke 1, 15. John 6, 37.
Rey. 3, 3. 12. al. Mid. Mark 13,19. So as
strengthened by οὐκέτι Matt. 14, 25. Luke
22, 16; ovdé Matt. 24,21. In emphatic
interrog. John 11, 56. 18, 11.—Further,
contrary to the doubtful rule of Dawes,
with aor. 1 Act. Matt. 10,23 οὐ μὴ τελέ-
onre τὰς πόλεις κτὰ. Mark 9, 41. John 4, 14.
48. Acts 13, 41. Heb. 8, 11. 2 Pet. 1, 10;
c. οὐκέτι Rev. 18,14. Mid. Matt. 16, 28.
Rom. 4, 8. See Buttm. § 139. m. 46, marg
Winer § 60. 3. n.

μή 464

ii. As a Consunction, that not, lest, Lat.
ne, in N. ἼΤ᾽, only after verbs expressing fear,
anxiely, foresight, with which both the
Greeks and Latins connect a negative so as
to imply a wish that the thing feared may
not be or happen; Buttm. § 148. 4. § 139.
m. 50, Herm. ad Vig. p. 796. Matth. § 520.
Construed variously :

1. With the Suljunct. ‘where the pre-
ceding or governing verb is in the present;
see Buttm, 1. c. Winer ᾧ 60. 2, So after
verbs of fearing and the like, Acts 27, 17
φοβούμενοί re μὴ εἰς τὴν Σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσι.
2 Cor. 12, 21, comp. v. 20. So ὁ," φοβού-
pevos impl. 2 Cor. 12,6. Or, out of the
Indicative, the preced. verb may be a past
tense ; as Acts 23, 10 εὐλαβηϑεὶς ὁ x. μὴ
διασπασϑῇ ὁ Παῦλος. Comp. Plato Apol.
Soc. init. χρῆν εὐλαβεῖσϑαι μὴ im ἐμοῦ
efararnznre.—After verbs of foresight, or
caution, the prec. verb being in the present 4
Matt. 18, 10 ὁρᾶτε, μὴ καταφρονήσητε évds
κτλ. Mark 13, 5. 36. 2 Cor. 8, 20. Gal.
6, 1. Heb. 12, 15. 16. Rev. 19, 10 et 22,
9 dpa μή SC. ποιήσῃς τοῦτο.

2. With the Optative, where the pre-
ceding verb is in a past tense of the Indica-
tive; see Buttm. Winer, 1. c. So after a
verb of foresight, Acts 27, 42 τῶν δὲ orpa-
τιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο, iva τ. ὃ. ἀποκτείνωσι,
μή τις ἐκκολυμβήσας διαφύγοι, where how-
ever later editions read διαφύγῃ in Subj. see
Winer. } 60. 2.

3. With the Indicative, less often, and
implying that the thing feared already exists
or is about to happen, Winer §60.2.b. So
Indic. pres. Luke 11,35 σκόπει οὖν μὴ τὸ φῶς
τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν. Indic. fut. Col. 2, 8
βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν.

4, With the Infinitive in negative wishes
or admonitions, implying a fear of the con-
trary ; so c. acc. et infin. 2 Cor. 6, 1 παρα-
καλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν THY χάριν τοῦ ϑεοῦ
δέξασϑαι ὑμᾶς. 18, '7. Buttm. §148. n. 2. g.
—Hom. Od. 9. 530.

IiI. As an emphatic InrERROGATIVE Par-

ticle, which has lost its own negative power,
but serves to express a degree of fear or
anxiety, and implying the expectation of a
negative answer; while οὐ interrog. de-
mands an affirmative answer. Buttm. § 148.
5. Kiihner ὁ 345. 5. d. Matth. ᾧ 608. n. 3.
’ Winer ὁ 61. 3.b. Construed with the Indic.
of all the tenses. rh

1, Simply, with the Indic. pres. Matt.
᾿ 9,15 μὴ δύνανται of viol τοῦ νυμφῶνος πεν-
δεῖν κτὰ. John 8, 4. Acts 7, 28. 1 Cor. 12,
29. 30. James 2,14; with ἐστί or the like
impl. Rom. 3, 5. 9, 14. 1 Cor. 12, 29 sq.<—

“μηδείς

Indic. aor. Luke 22, 35 μὴ τινὸς ὑστερήσατε.
John 7, 48. Rom. 11,1; perf. John 7, 41;
fut. Matt. 7, 9. 10, Rom. 3, 3.

2. Used before οὐ, i. 6. μὴ οὐ, where μή
is interrogative, and οὐ belongs solely to
the following verb, Winer 1." 6. Rom. 10,
18 ἀλλὰ λέγω" μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν; have they
not heard? is it so then that they have’ not
heard? γ. 19 μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω; hath
then Israel not known ? is he then ignorant ?
1 Cor. 9, 4. 5. 11,22. So Xen. Mem, 4
2.12. +

μήγε, see in γέ no. 2. d.

μηδαμῶς, adv. (undapds ; μηδὲ ἀμός,)
by no means, Acts 10, 14 et 11, 8 ϑῦσον καὶ.
φάγε᾽ ὁ δὲ εἶπε μηδαμῶς 50. τοῦτο γένοιτο.
Comp. in μή I. 6. a. Sept. for ΠΡ ΡΤ Gen.
18, 25.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 4.2. Xen. Conv.
2. 3.

μηδέ, conjunct. (un, δέ,) differing from
οὐδέ as μή from ov, and having the same
general signification as μή ; pr. and not, also
not, and hence neither, not even, as connect-
ing whole clauses or propositions. Buttm.
§149. τη. 15. Matth. ᾧ 609. Winer § 59. 6.

1. In a continued negation, at the begin-
ning of a subsequent clause, neither, nor,
mostly preceded by μή. Matt. 10, 14 ὃς ἐὰν
μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους
ὑμῶν. Mark 6,11. Luke 16, 26. John 4,
15. Rom. 14, 21. 1 Tim. 1, 4; prec. μήπω
Ror. 9, 11. So Hdian. 1. 10. 8. ib. 6. 2.
9.—Also in a continued prohibition, usually
after μή, and then it takes the same con-
struction as μή with the Imperat. or Sub-
junct. see in μή no. 1. 6. b,c. So with
Imperat. pres. expr. or impl. Matt. 6, 25 μὴ
μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν... μηδὲ [μεριμνᾶτε]
τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν. Mark 13, 11 μὴ προμερι-
μνᾶτε... μηδὲ μελετᾶτε. Rom. 6, 13. Heb.
12, 5; μηδείς... μηδέ 1 Tim. 5, 22; aor. 1
Pass. 1 Pet. 3,14. With Subjunel. pres.
1 pers. plur. in exhortations 1 Cor. 10, 8. 9.
1 John 3, 18; aor. 2 and 3 pers. Matt. '7, 6
μὴ δῶτε... μηδὲ βάλητε. Mark 13, 15. Col.
2,21. 2 Tim. 1, 8; μηδέ... μηδέ Mark 8,
26; μηδείς... βηδέ Luke 3, 14. With an
Infin. depending on a verb of prohibition
Acts 4, 18. 1 Tim. 1, 4.—Once in antithe-
tic apodosis, with Imper. 2 Thess. 3, 10 εἴ
τις ov ϑέλει ἐργάζεσϑαι, μηδὲ ἐσϑιέτω.

2. In the middle of a clause, not even ;.
Mark 2, 2 ὥστε μηκέτι χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς
τὴν σύραν. 1 Cor. 5, 11. Eph. 5, 8. Buttm.
§ 149. m. 15. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2. Xen. Hi.
4.4, +

μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν, (μηδέ, εἷς,) ποὶ
even one, no one, i.e. no one whoever he

πω ee Eee ee ὐ ΔΝΣΝ ΔΝ ἃ ἐὼν
‘ Ἂν δ νων Bg
ar ν

μηδέποτε 465 -

may be, from the indefinite and hypothetic
power of μή, differing from οὐδείς as μή

_ from οὐ ; see in μή init.

1. Genr. Matt. 16, 20 iva μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν.
Mark 6, 8 iva μηδὲν aipwow εἰς ὁδόν. John
8,10. Acts 4, 21. 1 Cor. 1, 7. Heb. 10, 2.
al. (Xen. Hell. 5.4.20.) With μή, μηκέτι,
or μηδείς repeated, in a strengthened nega-
tion, comp. Buttm. § 148. 6. 1 Pet. 3, 6 μὴ
φοβούμενοι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν. Mark 11, 14
μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι. Acts 4,
17. ἃ Cor. 6,3. So Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 39.

2. In prohibitions, e. g. with Imper. pres.
Luke 3, 13 μηδὲν πλέον...πράσσετε. 1 Cor.
3, 18. 21. Tit. 2,15. James 1, 13; Imper.
impl. Matt. 27,19. Phil. 2,3; with a dou-
ble neg. Rom. 13, 8. (Luc. D. Deor. 24. 1.)
With Subjunct. aor. Matt. 17, 9 μηδενὶ εἴ-
mre τὸ ὅραμα. Acts 16,28. (Luc. Ὁ. Deor.
1. 2.) Matt. 8, 4 dpa, μηδενὶ εἴπης. So
with a double neg. Mark 1, 44.

3. Neut. μηδέν, nothing. 8) As adv.
not at all; in no respect, 6. g. μηδὲν διακρι-
vépevos Acts 10, 20. 11,12. James 1, 6.
After verbs of profit or loss, deficiency, or
the like, Mark 5, 26 καὶ μηδὲν ὠφεληϑεῖσα.
Luke 4, 35. 2Cor. 11,5. Phil. 4,6. Comp.
Passow in μηδείς. (Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 1. 2.
Xen. Ec. 11.9.) So ἐν μηδενί in nothing,
in no respect, 2 Cor. 7, 9. Phil. 1, 28.
James 1, 4. Ὁ) Trop. μηδὲν ὦν, being
nothing, i. e. of no account, no weight of
character, Gal. 6,3. Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 129. 8.
So Dem. 562. 23. +

μηδέποτε, adv. (μηδέ, ποτέ,) not even
ever, never, 2 Tim. 3, '7.—Luc. adv. Indoct.
28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10.

μηδέπω, adv. (μηδέ, πω.) even not yet.
not yet, Heb. 11,'7—Luc. pro Lapsu 15.
Zschyl. Pers. 435.

Μῆδος, ov, 6, a Mede, Acts 2, 9. The
country of Media, Μηδία, lay between the
Caspian sea on the north and northeast, and
Persia on the south, extending on the north-
west and west to Armenia, It was incorpo-
rated with the kingdom of Persia; and com-
prised the following provinces of modern
Persia, Shirvan, Adzerbijan, Ghilan, Mazan-
derAn, and Irak Ajami. See Strabo 11. p.
522 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 276.

μηκέτι, adv. (μή, ἔτι, like οὐκέτι.) no
more, no further, no longer, in the general
sense of μή; and construed in the same man-
ner; see μῆ init. E. g. after iva, comp.
in μή 1.2. 2 Cor. 5, 15. Eph. 4, 14 ta
μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι. With the Infin. comp.
μή 1. 4. Acts 4, 17. 25, 24 ἐπιβοῶντες μὴ
δεῖν ζῆν αὐτὸν μηκέτι. Eph. 4, 17. (Xen.

30

Pe oe

μήποτε

Mem. 4. 8. 8.) With an inf. after ὥστε
Mark 1, 45. 2,2; inf. et rod Rom. 6,6,
εἰς τὸ μή c. inf. 1 Pet. 4,2. With Parti-
ciples, a8 expressing a cause, comp. μή I.
5. c. Rom. 15,23 νυνὶ δὲ μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων
κτλ. 1 Thess. 8,1. 5. (Hdian. 1. 15. 1.)
As expressing a result, Acts 13, 34; comp.
μή 1. 5. d. So Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 6. 1.—In
negative expressions of wish, entreaty, com-
mand, see μή I. 6; so with the Opt. imply-
ing a negative wish, Mark 11, 14 μηκέτι ἐκ
σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι. With the Imper.
pres. John 5, 14 et 8, 11 μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε.
Eph. 4, 28..1 Tim. 5, 23. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 2.
13.) With the Subjunct. pres. 1 pers. plur.
Rom. 14,13; aor. 2 and 3 pers. Mark 9, 25.
Matt. 21,19. Comp. in μή 1. 6.:e.

μῆκος, cos, ous, τό, length, Rev. 21, 16 bis.
Trop. Eph. 3,18. Sept. for 478 Gen.
6,15. al.— ALL. V. H. 3.1. Xen. ic. 19. 2.

: μηκύνω, f. wa, (μῆκος.) to make long,
to extend, Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5.—In N. T.
Mid. μηκύνομαι to lengthen oneself, spoken
of plants, to grow up, absol. Mark 4, 27.
So Sept. Act. for 5318 Is. 44, 14.
μηλωτή, jis, 7, (μῆλον,) a sheep-skin,
as used for clothing, Heb. 11, 37. - Sept. for
MAIN spoken of a prophet’s mantle 1 K.
19, 13.19. 2K. 2, 8. 13. 14.—Poll. Ono-
mast. 10.176, 181. Clem. Rom. Ep. 1 ad
Cor. 17.
- μήν; a particle of strong affirmation, yea,
assuredly ; in N. T. only in the connection

-ἦ μήν, the usual formula with oaths ; see

in #, and Buttm. ᾧ 149. m. 29.

μήν, μηνός, 6,. 1. a month, Luke 1, 24.
26. 36. ὅθ: 4,25. Acts 7,20. 18,11. 19,
8. 20, 3. 28,11. James 5,17. Rev. 9, 5.
10. 15. 11,2. 13, 5. 22,2. Sept. for Bh
Gen. 7, 11. 8, 4. 5.—Hdian. 1. 14. 17.
Xen. Mem. 4.8.2. ,

2. Meton. the new-moon, which was the
first day of the month and a festival, Gal. 4,
10. So Heb. WIM Sept. veounvia Num.
28, 1. Ps. 81, 4. See Num. 10, 10. 28,
11 sq. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 24 sq. Winer Realw.
art. Newmond.

μηνύω, f. dow, to make known, to show.
to disclose, pr. something before unknown ;
c. acc. Luke 20, 37. John 11, 57 ἐάν τις
γνῷ ποῦ ἐστι, μηνύσῃ. 1 Cor. 10, 28; c. dat
Acts 23, 30.—2 Mace. 3, 7. Jos. Ant. 1.
11.2. Thue. 2. 42.

μὴ οὐ, see in μή ΠΙ. 2.
μήποτε, neg. partic. (μή, ποτέ.) in the
same general sense and uses as μή.

μήπω

1. As a negative Particle, not ever, never,
in no supposable case ; Heb. 9, 17 ἐπεὶ μή-
more ἰσχύει [διαθήκη] ὅτε ζῇ ὁ Siadépevos.
—Luc. Fugit. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.

2. As a Conjunction, that not ever, that
never, lest ever, i.e. lest at some time or
other, indefinite, i. q. lest perhaps; comp.
μή Il. So after verbs implying purpose;
with the Subjunct. and preceded by a fu-
ture, a present or aorist, or an Indic. past
tense; as in ἵνα I. 1. a,c,d. Soc. fut.
preced. Matt. 4, 6 ἀροῦσί σε, μήποτε mpoo-
κόψῃς κτλ. Luke 4, 11; pres. or aor. pre-
ced. Matt. 5, 25 ἴσϑι εὐνοῶν ... μήποτέ σε
παραδῷ κτλ. 7, 6. 13, 29. 27, 64. Mark 4,
12. Luke 12, 58. 14, 8. 12; ἵνα μήποτε
Luke 14, 29; pret. preced. Matt. 13, 15.
Acts 28,27. With the Indic. fut. Mark 14, 2
μήποτε ϑόρυβος ἔσται τοῦ λαοῦ, comp. in μή
Il. 3.-- ΑΘΓ verbs implying fear or caution,
with the Subjunct. Matt. 15, 32. Luke 21,
84 προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς, μήποτε βαρηϑῶσιν
κτλ. Heb. 2,1. 4, 1; with prec. verb impl.
Matt. 25, 9. Acts 5,39. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
10.) With Indic. fut. Heb. 3, 12, comp. in
μή Il. 3.

3. As an Interrogative Particle; e. g. in
a direct inquiry implying a negative answer,
John 7, 26 μήποτε ἀληϑῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρ-
xovres; do the rulers then certainly know 3
—Indirect, whether perhaps, if perhaps ;
with the Opt. Luke 3, 15 διαλογιζομένων
mdvrov...pnmote αὐτὸς εἴη 6 Χριστός. With
the Subjunct. 2 Tim. 2, 25. See Herm. ad
Vig. p. 808. Matth. § 514. ο.

μήπω, adv. (un, πω,) not yet, Rom. 9,
11. Heb. 9,8. [Acts 27, 29.]|—Plut. Mor.
II. p. 81. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 23.

μήπως, conjunct. (μή, πως.) that in no
way, that by no means, i. 6, lest in any way,
lest perhaps ; so after verbs implying pur-
pose, with the Subjunct. and preceded by the
present, comp. in μή I. 1. 1 Cor. 9, 27
ὑπωπιάζω μου τὸ σῶμα ... μήπως ἄλλοις κη-
ρύξας αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι. 2 Cor. 2, 7.
9, 4; preceded by an aor. Gal. 2, 2, comp.
Winer ὁ 60. 2. n.—After verbs implying fear
or caution; e. g. with the Indic. comp. in
μή IL. 8. Gal. 4,11 φοβοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μήπως
εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς. With Subjunct.
aor. Acts 27, 29. Rom. 11, 21 [βλέπετε]
μήπως οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσηται. 1 Cor. 8, 9. 2 Cor.
11, 3. 12, 20 bis, where supply at the end
εὑρεσῶσι. (Hom. Od.-4. 775.) Once con-
strued with both Indic. and Subjunct.
1 Thess. 3, 5 ἔπεμψα εἰς τὸ γνῶναι τὴν πί-
στιν ὑμῶν, μήπως ἐπείρασεν ὑμᾶς ὁ πειράζων
καὶ εἰς κενὸν γένηται 6 κόπος ἡμῶν, i. 6.

406.

μήτι

[fearing] lest perhaps the tempter have tempt-
ed you and our labour be in vain; see in
Winer 1. c.

μηρός. οὔ, ὃ, the thigh, Rev. 19, 16 ἔχει
... ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὑτοῦ ὄνομα γεγραμμένον,
for which custom see Cic. Verr, 4. 43.
Pausan. Eliac. extr. Hdot. 2. 106. Wetst.
N. T. in loc. So Sept. for 777 Gen. 24, 2.
9.—Luc. D. Deor. 9.1. Xen. Cyr..7. 3. 6.

μήτε, conj. (un, τε;) marking a conti-
nued negative, and referring commonly to
a part or member of a proposition or clause,
while μηδέ refers to a whole clause; pr:
and not, also not; hence neither, not even.
See Buttm. ᾧ 149. m. 15. Kiihner § 321.
2. Winer § 59. 7. .

1. In a continued negation, at the begin-
ning of a subsequent clause, after μή, nei-
ther, nor. Eph. 4, 27 6 ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ...
μήτε δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. 2 Thess. 2,
2. (Hdian. 4. 15. 19.) Repeated, μήτε ...
μήτε, neither ... nor, before different parts
of the same clause, Matt. 5, 34 sq. μὴ ὀμό-
σαι ὅλως, μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ... μήτε ἐν TH
γῇ» ++» μήτε εἰς Ἵεροσ. κτὰ. Acts 23, 8. 12.
21. 1 Tim. 1, 7. James 5, 12. al. So Xen.
Lac. 15. 3.

2. Alone in the middle of a clause, not
even, Mark 3, 20 ὥστε μὴ δύνασϑαι αὐτοὺς
μήτε ἄρτον payciv.—Xen. Lac. 10.7. +

μήτηρ, épos, τρός, 4, comp. Buttm. § 47.

1. ὦ mother, -Matt. 1, 18. 2, 11. 13. 20.
al. sep. .Trop. of one in the place of a mo-
ther, Matt. 12, 49. 50. Mark 10, 30. John
19, 27. Rom. 16, 13. Sept. for 58 Gen.
2, 24. 44, 20.—Hdian. 1. 10. 11. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2. 1; trop. Hom. Il. 6. 429.

2. Genr. for a parent, ancestor, progeni-
trix. Gal. 4, 26 ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἵερουσ. ἐλευϑέρα
ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶ [Σάῤῥα] μήτηρ πάντων
ἡμῶν, i. 6. which represents Sarah our com-
mon mother; comp. v. 22. 24. 28. So
Sept. and 58 Gen. 3,.20.—Trop. of a city
as the parent or source of wickedness and
abominations, Rev. 17, 5 Βαβυλὼν ἡ μήτηρ
τῶν πορνῶν kal τῶν βδελυγμάτων. So Test.
XII Patr. p. 539. p. 788. +

μήτι, neg. partic. (μή, τὲ indef.) not at
all, not perhaps, see Buttm. § 150. m. 6.
In N. T.

1. As Negat. only in the connection εἰ
μήτι, if not perhaps, unless perhaps, Luke
9, 13. 1 Cor. 7, 5. 2 Cor. 13, 5.—Also μή-
τιγε, i. 4. μήτι, but stronger, not at all then,
i.e. for Engl. not to say then, much more
then, 1 Cor. 6, 3. Comp. Buttm. 1. c.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 801.

ΑΝ aa ee

μήτιγε

2 As Interrog. whether at all? whether
perhaps? i. 6. is or has perhaps? but often
not to be expressed in English. Matt. '7, 16
μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλήν;
12, 23. 26, 22. 25. Mark 4,21. 14, 19 bis.

Luke 6, 39. John 4, 29. '7, 31. 8, 22. 18,-

35. 21, 5. Acts 10, 47. 2 Cor. 12, 18.
James 3, 11; μήτι ἄρα ἃ Cor. 1,17. Sept.
for % Mal. 3,8; 72 Gen. 20,9.

μήτιγε; see in μήτι no. 1.

μήτις, pron. interrog. (μή, τὶς indef.)
whether any one? is or has any one? John
4, 33. 7, 48. Comp. μή III.

μήτρα; as, ἧ, (μήτηρ,) the matria, womb,
Luke 2, 23. Rom. 4, 19. Sept for O°)
Num. 3, 12 ; 5572 1 Sam. 1, 5. 6.—2El. V.
Η. 10. 3. Plato Tim. 91. b, d.

μητραλῴας, ov, 6, Att. μητραλοίας,
(μήτηρ, ἀλοιάω,) a smiter of his mother, a
matricide, 1 'Tim. 1,9; comp. Rom. 1, 30.

—Thom. Mag. p. 695. Attic form, Luc. Ἢ

Deor. Concil. 12. Lys. 116. 43. Plato
Pheedr. 62. p. 114. a.

PNT, ρόπ' ONS, ews, ἧ, (μήτηρ, πόλις.) me-

tropolis, 1 'Tim. 6, 28 in the spurious sub-

scription.—Xen. An. 5. 2. 3.

μία, see in εἷς.

μιαίνω, f. avd, Pass. perf. μεμίασμαι
Tit. 1, 15, Buttm. §101. n. 8; id. 3 pers.
sing. μεμίανται Tit. 1, 15, Buttm. § 101. n.
7; Pass. aor. 1 ἐμιάνϑην, Buttm. ᾧ 101.7;
pr. to colour, to tinge, Hom. Π. 4. 141. An-
thol. Gr. II. p. 153; to siain, to pollute,
Hdian. 1. 15. Luc. Phalar. 1. 12.—In N. T.
to defile, to pollute.

1. In the Levitical sense, Pass. John 18,
28 ἵνα μὴ μιανϑῶσιν, GAN ἵνα φάγωσι τὸ
πάσχα. Sept. for 820 Lev. 5, 3. 22, 5. 8.
—Tob. 2,9; comp. Plato Legg. 82. c.

2. In a moral sense, c. acc. Jude 8 σάρκα
μὲν μιαίνουσι. Pass. to be polluted, corrupt,
Tit. 1,15 bis. Heb. 12, 15.—Hdian. 2. 5.
10. Thuc. 2. 102.

μίασμα, aros, τό, (μιαίνω,) pr. “ἃ colour-
ing, staining, Suid. βαφή.---ἰ N. T. pollu-

tion, defilement, in a moral sense ; 2 Pet. 2, |

20 τὰ p. τοῦ κοσμοῦ. So Judith 9, 2. Dem.
1374. 11. Plato Euth. 4. c.

μιασμός, οὗ, 6, (μιαίνω,) pollution, de-
filement, in a moral sense ; 2 Pet. 2, 10 ἐν
ἐπιϑυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ, i. 6. in polluted desire,
unclean lust. Buttm. ᾧ 132. n. 12.—Wisd.
14, 26. Plut. de εἰ ap. Delph. 20 fin.

μίγμα, ατος, τό, (μίγνυμι,) α mixture ,

John 19, 39 μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ αλόης.----
Ecclus. 38, 8. Plut. de profect. in Virt. 8 fin.

467

Minnrtos

μίγνυμι, f. μίξω, to mix, to mingle,
Lat. misceo, Germ. mischen; c. accus. et
dat. and in Pass. c. dat. Rev. 8, 7 μεμι-
γμένα αἵματι. 15,2. See Matth. § 403. b.
So Diod. Sic. 1.2 pen. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 6.—
Also 6. ace. et μετά τινος, Luke 13, 1 ὧν τὸ
αἷμα Πιλάτος ἔμιξε μετὰ τῶν ϑυσιῶν αὐτῶν.
Matt. 27, 84. So Plato Tim. p. 35. b.

μικρός, d, dv, small, little; eomparat.
μικρότερος, smaller, less ; pr. opp. of pé-
yas large. ;

1. Of magnitude, Matt. 13,32 μικρότερος
πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων. Mark 4, 31. James
3,5. So Paleph. 52.1. Xen. Ake, 8. 11.
—Of stature, Luke 19, 3 τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς
ἦν. Sept. for dBW Ez. 17, 6. (Xen. Cyr.
8. 4. 20.) Hence also of age, small, young,
not grown up; Acts 8, 10 ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως
μεγάλου. 26, 22. Heb. 8,11. Rev. 11, 18.
13, 16. 19, 5.18. 20,12; comp. in μέγας
no. 1.—In a compar. sense for less, younger,
Lat. minor natu; Mark 15, 40 rod “lak. τοῦ
μικροῦ, of James the less.

2. Of quantity, @ little, 1 Cor. 5, 6 μικρὰ
ζύμη. Gal. 5,9. (Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 1, 3.)
Trop. Rev. 3, 8. Adv. μικρόν τι 2 Cor. 11,
‘1.16. Sept. for 03 Job 10, 20. Prov. 6,
10.—Also of space, Neut. μεκρόν as adv.
a little, προελθὼν μικρόν Matt. 26, 39. Mark
14, 35. So Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 6.

3. Of number, little, few, Luke 12, 32 τὸ
μικρὸν ποίμνιον. Sept. for 32 Gen. 30.
30. 47, 9.—Xen. Εἴς. 2. 8.

4. Of time, John 7, 33 μικρὸν, χρόνον. 12,
35. Rev. 6,11. 20,3. Hence absol. pi-
Kpov 8c. χρόνον, α little while, pr. acc. of
time how long, John 13,33. 14, 19. 16, 16
bis. 17 bis. 18. 19 bis. Heb. 10, 37. So pera
puxpov, afler a while, a little after, Matt.
26, 73. Mark 14, '70.—Jos. Ant. 4. 7. 1.
Xen. Eq. 7. 15. ib. 8. 7.

5. Trop. of dignity, authority, little, low-
ly, humble; Matt. 10, 42 ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν
τούτων, spoken of the disciples. 18, 6. 10,
14. Mark 9, 42. Luke 17, 2. Matt. 11, 11
ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἐν. τ. B. Luke 7, 28. "9,
48.---2 1. V. H. 2. 27. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10.

Minnros, ov, ἡ, Miletus, an ancient ma-
ritime city in the southern part of Ionia on
the confines of Caria, south of the Meander,
and about thirty miles distant from Ephesus.
It was celebrated for a temple of Apollo,
and as the birth-place of Thales and Anaxi-
mander. Miletus became the chief seat of
commerce in Asia Minor. A few ruins
now mark its probable site, near a vil
called Palatia or Palatch. See Plin. H. N.
5. 31. Strabo 14. p. 635. Rosenm. Bibl.

μίλιον 468

Geogr. I. ii. p. 187.— Acts 20, 15. 17.
2 Tim. 4, 20,

μέλιον, tov, τό, a mile, Matt. 5, 41, i. 6:
the Roman mille passuum, milliarium, the
mile of 1000 paces of 5 feet, whence its
name. The Roman foot is estimated at
11.6496 inches English; by Beckh at
131.15 lines French. . This gives 1618 or
1619 yards as the length of the Roman
mile ; being 142 or 141 yards less than the
English mile of 1760 yards. See Beckh
Metrol. Untersuch. p. 199. Dict. of Antt.
art. Milliare. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 503.—
Pol. 84. 11. 8. Strabo 5. p. 332.

μιμέομαι, f. σομαι, Mid. depon. (uipos.)
pr. to mimic, but in a good sense, i. e. to
imitate, to follow as an example, | 6. acc.
2 Thess. 3,'7 πῶς δεῖ μιμεῖσϑαι ἡμᾶς. v. 9.
Heb. 13,7. 3 John 11.—Wisd. 4, 2. Hdian.
4. 9.'6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10.

μιμητής, οὗ, 6, (μιμέομαι,) an imitator,
follower ; in N. T. only in the phrase μιμη-
τὴς γίνομαι, to become an imitator, i. e. to
imitate, i. q. μιμέομαι, 1 Cor. 4, 16. 11, 1.
Eph. 5, 1. 1 Thess. 1,6. 2, 14. Heb. 6, 12.
1 Pet. 3, 13.—Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 12. Hdian. 6.
8. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 3.

μιμνήσκω, f. μνήσω, to put in mind of,
io remind, Hom. Od. 12. 38. Il. 1. 407.—
In N. T. only as Mid. depon. μειμνήσκο-
pat, f. μνήσομαι, aor. 1 ἐμνήσϑην both as
Mid. and Pass. Buttm. §136.1, 2. §113.n. 6;
perf. part. μεμνημένος 2 Tim. 1, 4, as pres.
Buttm. ᾧ 114 ; comp. Matth. § 495.

1. to call to mind, to recollect, to remem-
ber, usually c. gen. Buttm. §132. 10. d.
Pres. Heb. 2, 6 ὅτε μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ, quoted
from Ps. 8, 5 where Sept. for "23. Heb. 13,
3. Aor. 1 as Mid. Matt. 26,75 ἐμνήσθη ὁ
Πέτρος fod ῥήματος. Luke 1, 54 ἐλέους.
v. 72. 23,42, 24,8. Acts 11, 16.-1-Cor.
᾿ 11,2. 2 Tim. 1, 4. 2 Pet.'3, 2: Jude 17.
Heb. 8, 12 et 10, 17 τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ
μὴ μνησϑῶ ἔτι, i. 6. I will pardon them,
quoted from Jer. 31, 34 where Sept. for
"21 8>, and so Sept. for M20 Jer. 33, 8.
(Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33.)
With ὅτι, Matt. 5, 23. 27, 68. Luke 16, 25.
John 2, 17. 22. 12, 16; ὡς; Luke 24, 6
μνήσϑητε, ὡς ekddnoe ὑμῖν. So Ecclus.
7,16 or 18. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 27.

2. Aor. 1 ἐμνήσϑην as Pass. Buttm. § 113.
ἢ. 6. Matth. ᾧ 49. e; to be remembered, to
. be had in remembrance, followed by ἐνώπιον
τοῦ Seov, either for good, as prayers Acts
10, 31 comp. v.43; or for punishment, Rev.
16,19. Sept. ie "212 Ez. 18, 22; comp.
Num. 10, 9. Ps. 109, 14.

pus

μισέω, &, f. joe, (μῖσος,) to hate ; Pass.
to be hated, odious.

1. Genr. to hate, c. acc. of pers. usually
implying active ill will in words and con-
duct, a persecuting spirit ; Matt. 5,43 μισή-
σεις τὸν ἐχϑρόν cov. Vv. 44. 10, 22 ἔσεσσε
μισούμενοι. Mark 13, 13. Luke 1, 71. John
7, 7 bis. 15, 18 bis. Eph. 5, 29. Tit. 3, 3.
1 John 2, 9. 11. al. Sept. for 828 Gen.
37, 3. Lev. 26, 17. (Hdian. 1. 13. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 7.) Spec. i. q. to persecute, Rev.
17, 16 οὗτοι μιδήσουσι τὴν πόρνην. Sept.
and δὲ 2 Sam. 5, 8. 22, 18—With ace.
of thing, i. 4. to detest, to abhor ; John 3, 20.
Rom. 7, 15 ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. Heb. 1, 9.
Jude 23. Rev. 2, 6 bis. 15. 18,2. So Tob.
4, 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 37.

2. Spec. in antith. with ἀγαπάω it is i. q.
not to love, to. love less, to slight, c. acc. of
pers. Matt. 6,24 τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν
ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει. Luke 14,26. 16,13. John
12, 25. Rom. 9, 13. So Sept. and 820
Gen. 29, 31. Deut. 21, 16. Mal. 1, 3. 4s

pio Satrosocla, as, ἡ, (uso Sarodédrns.)
pr. ‘a paying off of wages ;’ hence recom-
pense, requital, e. g. in the sense of reward
Heb. 10, 35. 11, 26; also punishment Heb.
2, 2.—Constit. Apostol. 6. 11 ; comp. μισϑο-
δοσία Thue. 8. 83.

μισϑαποδότης, ov, ὃ, (μισϑός, ἀποδί-
δωμι;) pr. “ἃ payer off of wages ;’ hence a
requiter, rewarder, Heb. 11, 6—Constit
Apostol. 4. 6.

μίσϑιος, ἰ ia, τον, (μισθός) hired, sala-
ried, 6. g. παιδαγωγοί Plut. Lycurg. 16.—
In N. T. as Subst. one hired, a hired servant,
Luke 15, 17. 19. Sept. for "28 Lev. 25,
20. Job 7,1. So Tob. 5, 11. Ecclus. 7, 20.

μισϑός, οὔ, 6, 1. hire, wages, recom-
pense, Matt. 20, 8. Luke 10,'7 ἄξιος yap ὁ
ἐργάτης Tod μισϑοῦ αὑτοῦ ἐστιν. Acts 1, 18
μισϑὸς ἀδικίας, i. 6. the wages of his crime.
Rom. 4,4. 1 Cor. 3,8. 1 Tim. 5, 18. James
5,4. 2 Pet. 2,15 μισϑὸς ἀδικίας, i. e. wages
got by iniquity. Jude 11 μισϑοῦ, i. 6. for
hire or gain, comp. Buttm. § 132. 10. b, c.
Sept. for "2W Gen. 30, 28. Mal. 3, 5;
m2 Gen. 31, '7.—EL V. H. 8. 8. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 5.

2. Spec. reward, Matt. 5, 12 6 μισϑὸς

ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ν. 46. 6, 1. 2. _

5. 16. 10, 41 bis. 42. Mark 9, 41. Luke 6,
23. 35. John 4, 36. 1 Cor. 8, 14. 9,17. 18.
2 John 8. Rev. 11, 18. 22,12. Sept. and
“2 Gen. 15, 1.—Hdian. 1. 3. 5. Xen. An.
2.2. 20.

3. Spec. retribution, punishment, 2 Pet.

μισϑοω

2,13 μισϑὸς ddexias.—2 Mace. 8, 33. Callim.
Hymn. in Dian. 264 οὐδὲ yap ᾿Ατρείδης ὀλί-
YO ἐπεκόμπασε μισϑῷ.

Miao, ὦ, f. doo, (μισϑός,) to hire
out, to let out for hire, El. V. H. 6. 1. Diod:
Sic. 12. 56—In N. Τ᾿. only Mid. μισϑό-
Opat, odpat, f. ὦσομαι, to let hire out to one-
self, i. q. simply to hire, see Buttm. ᾧ 135. 8;
6. acc. Matt. 20,1 μισϑώσασϑαι ἐργάτας.
v. 7. Sept. for "28 Judg. 9, 4. 2 Chr. 24,
12. So All. V. H. 14. 17. Xen. An. 6.
4. 13.

μίσϑωμα, aros, τό, (μισϑόω.) hire, wa-
ges, rent, Sept. for j27% Deut. 23, 19. ΖΕ].
V. H. 4. 12. Isocr. 145. c.—In N. T. ἃ
thing hired or rented, 6. g. a lodging, hired
dwelling, Acts 28,30. So Philo, ἐν μισϑώ-
ματι οἰκεῖν.

paws, οὗ, 6, (μισϑόω,) one hired, a
hired servant, hireling, Mark 1,20. John 10,
12. 13 bis. Sept. for "30 Ex. 12, 45.
Lev. 19, 13.—Luc. de Mere. Cond. 36.
Dem. 1199. 21. Plato Lys. 208. a.

ἹΜιτυλήνη, ns, ἡ, Mitylene, the cele-
brated capital of the island of Lesbos, Acts
20,14. It was the birth-place of Sappho,
Alczus, Pittacus. Now called Castro. See
Strabo 13. p. 617. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
ΠῚ. p. 372.

"Μιχαήλ, ὃ, indec. Michael, Heb. 58272
(who as God 3) pr. n. of an archangel, the
patron of the Jewish nation, Jude 9. Rev.
12, 7; see in ἀρχάγγελος.

μνᾶ, ἂς, ἡ, Lat. mina, pr. a Greek weight,
the 60th part of a talent, containing 100
δραχμαί, and larger than the Roman libra
or pound nearly in the proportion of 4 to 3.
The Roman libra is reckoned at nearest
11} ounces avoirdupois ; and the Greek
mina at nearest 15£ ounces, or a little less
than the English pound avoirdupois. See
Beeckh Metrol. Untersuch. p. 122-124. Dict.
of Antt. arts. Mina, Libra. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 490. So 1 Mace. 14, 24, Hedot. 2.
180.—In N. T. μνᾶ is a sum of silver reck-
oned by weight, containing 100 δραχμαί,
and being itself the 60th part of a talent.
Hence according to the value of the drachma
under the Romans, the μνᾶ was equal to
£3. Qs. 6d. sterl. or $15; see in δραχμά
and ἀργύριον no. 2. Luke 19, 13. 16 bis.
18 bis. 20. 24 bis. 25. So genr. Dem. 1231,
13. Xen. Mem, 2. 5. 2 sq.

μνάομαι, see μιμνήσκω.

Μνάσων, wvos, 5, Mnason, pr. n. of a
Christian, Acts 21,16. For the construc-
tion see in art. ὅς IL. A. 3. a. B.

469

4 EP ee ee ea |

“μνημονεύω

μνεία, as, 4; (μιμνήσκω,) recollection,
remembrance, Phil. 1,3 ἐπὶ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν.
So μνείαν ἔχειν to have remembrance of,
i. q. to recollect, to remember, 1 Thess. 3,
6. 2 Tim. 1,3. Also μνείαν ποιεῖσϑαι
to make remembrance of, i. e. to bear in mind,
to make mention of, Rom. 1, 9. Eph. 1, 16,
1 Thess. 1, 2. Philem. 4. Sept. genr. for
723 Is. 26, 8; pv. ποιεῖσθαι for “ΞῚ HYD
Ps. 111,4; for "3% Job 14, 13.—/E1. V. H.
6.15 μν. ἔχειν Isocr. p. 89. d. Plato Menex.
244. a; pv. ποιεῖσϑαι Aschin. 23. 5. Plato
Phedr, 254. a.

μνῆμα, aros, τό, (μιμνήσκω,) pr. @ me-
mortal, monument, to keep in memory any
person or thing, Hom. Od. 15. 126; hence
sepulchral monument, cenotaph, Hom. Il. 23.
619. Dem. 1310. 15.—In N. T. meton. a ἡ
tomb, sepulchre, see in μνημεῖον, usually
hewn in the rock; Mark 5, [3]. 5. Luke
8, 27. 23,53 ἔϑηκαν αὐτὸ (τὸ σῶμα) ἐν μνή-
ματι λαξευτῷ. 24, 1. Acts 2, 29. 7, 16.
Rey. 11, 9. Sept. for "32 Ex. 14, 11.
Ez. 37,12; 3p Ez. 32,23. So Diod.
Sic. 13. 86. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 11.—On the
Hebrew tombs see the next article.

μνημεῖον, ov, τό, (μιμνήσκω,) pr. a me-
morial, monument, i. q. μνῆμα, Xen. Ag. 6.

‘2; hence a sepulchral monument, cenotaph,

Dem. 1125. 16. Thuc. 5. 11.—In N. T.
meton. a tomb, sepulchre, Matt. 8, 28. 27,
52 καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχϑησαν. Vv. 53. 28, 8.
Mark 5, 2. al. So Matt. 23, 29 κοσμεῖτε
τὰ μνημεῖα, and Luke 11, 47 οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ
μνημεῖα, i.e. ye adorn or build up (repair)
the sepulchres of the prophets ; see in κοσ-
μέω no. 2, and κονιάω. Comp. 1 Macc. 13,27.
Jos. Ant. 13.6.6. Sept. for "22 Gen. 23,
6. 9. 49, 30; MAP Gen. 35, 20. So
Plut. Lysand. 28,29. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 14,
15.—The sepulchres of the Hebrews were
often caverns, Gen. 23,9 sq. or were hewn
out by art in rocks on the sides of hills, in
various forms and sizes, sometimes with

‘several compartments. They were closed

by a door or layer of stone, and the entrance
was often decorated with ornaments and
whitewashed. On the ancient sepulchres
around Jerusalem, see Bibl. Res. in Palest
I. p. 517, 523 5ᾳ. +

μνήμη, ns, 4, (μιμνήσκω,) remembrance,
recollection ; 6. g. μνήμην moveioZat, to call
to mind, to bear in recollection, 2 Pet. 1, 15.
Sept. for "33 Ps. 30, 5.—Azl. V. H. 5. 3.
Diod. Sic. 1. 2 init. py. ποιεῖσθαι Thuc.
2. 54.

μνημονεύω, f. ebow, (μνήμων, pepye-
σκω,) to call to mind, i. e.

μνημόσυνον

1. to remember, to bear in mind ; 8050].
Mark 8,18. With a gen. comp. Buttm.
§132. 10. d. Luke 17, 32 μνημονεύετε τῆς
‘yuvatxds Λώτ. John 15, 20 rod λόγου. 16,
4. 21. Acts 20, 35. Gal. 2, 10. Col. 4, 18.
1 Thess. 1, 3. Heb. 11, 15. 18,7. Sept.

for "23 Ps. 68,7. So 1 Macc. 12, 11. Luce.:

Ὁ. Deor. 4. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 21.—With an
accus. comp. Matth. § 347. n.2. Winer § 30.
7. c. Matt. 16,9 τοὺς ἄρτους. 1 Thess. 2,
9 τὸν κόπον. 2 Tim. 2, 8; also God is said
to remember sin, i. e. to punish it, c. acc.
Rev. 18, 5. Sept. for "23 Ex. 13, 3. Is.
43,18. So 2 Mace. 9, 21. Hdian. 6.1.16.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. '7.—With ὅτε Acts 20, 31.
Eph. 2,11. 2 Thess. 2, 5; wé%ev Rev. 2,
5; πῶς 3, 3.

2. to call to another’s mind, to mention,
to speak of, δὲ περί, Heb. 11, 22 περὶ τῆς
ἐξόδου... ἐμνημόνευσε. ---- - Heian. i dir
Xen. Veet. 4. 25.

μνημόσ ὍὍΨΟΨ, ov, τό, (μνημόσυνος,) a
memorial, monument, i. q. μνημεῖον, Hdot.
2. 136, 148.—In N. T. genr. a memorial,
i. e. any thing serving to keep a person or
thing in remembrance; Matt. 26, 13 et
Mark 14, 9 εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς for a me-
morial of her, i. e. in memory of her, to her
honourable remembrance. Acts 10, 4 ai
προσευχαί σου... ἀνέβησαν εἰς py. ἐνώπιον
τ. 3. thy prayers...are come up as a me-
morial, into remembrance, before God. Sept.
for "31 Ex. 17,14; ji021 Ex. 12, 14—
Ecclus. 10, 17. 24, 20.

μνηστεύω, f. evoopat, (μνάομαι,) to ask
in marriage, to woo, c. acc. Hom. Od. 18.
276. Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 37. Mid. id. 381. V.
Η. 10. 15.—In N. T. only Pass. pr. to be
asked in marriage ; hence, to be betrothed,
affianced, c. dat. of pers. Matt. 1, 18 μνη-
στευϑδείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ
Ἰωσήφ. Luke 1,27. 2,5. Sept. for Pu.
Wik Deut. 22, 23. 25. 27. 28. So Artemid.
2. 12. Eurip. Elect. 313.

μογιλάλος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (μόγις, λαλέω.)
speaking with difficulty, a stammerer, Mark
7, 32. Sept. for bdx tongue-tied Is. 35, 6.
So Atius 8. 38. Phavor. μόλις τὸ φϑέγμα
διορθοῦν Suvdpevos.—Some Mss. read μογ-
γιλάλος, (poyyds, λαλέω,) speaking with
a hoarse hollow voice. This form is found
in no lexicon. ; ἃ

μόγις, adv. (udyos,) with difficulty, hard-
ly, Luke 9, 39.—3 Macc. 7, 6. Luc. Ὁ
Mort. 6. 2. Xen. An. 3. 4. 48.

168108, ov, ὃ, Lat. modius, the chief
Roman measure for things dry, Matt. 5, 15.

470

μουχεύω

Mark 4,21. Luke 11,33. It was equal te
one-third of the Roman amphora, and te
one-sixth of the Attic medimnus; and was
therefore equivalent to two-iinths of an At-
tic μετρητής. Hence it is reckoned at 1 gall.
7.8576 pints Engl. or nearly one peck. See
Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch. p. 200. Dict.
of Antt. art. Modius. Adam’s Roman Ant.
p. 505.—Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 5. Dinarch. 95. 37.
μοιχαλίς, ἰδος, ἡ, (i. 4. μοιχάς fem. of
μοιχός.) an adulteress, Rom. ἢ, 8 bis. 2 Pet.
2, 14 dp%adpol μεστοὶ μοιχαλίδος, eyes full
of an adulteress, i. e. gazing with desire
after such persons. Sept. for M822 Prov.
30, 20. Hos. 3,1. So Plut. Plac. Philo-
soph. 1. 7. p. 245. A late form, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 452.—Trop. from the Heb. one
faithless towards God, as an adulteress to-
wards her husband; in O. T. chiefly of
those who forsook God for idols, Sept. Ez.
16, 38. 23, 45. Mal. 3, 5; see in ζῆλος no.
2. In N. T. genr. of those who neglect
God and yield themselves up to their
own lusts and passions, James 4, 4; also
γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλίς, where μοιχαλίς
is in apposit. for adulterous, i. 6. faithless,
apostate, Matt. 12, 39. 16, 4. Mark 8, 38.
μουχάω, ὦ, f. now, (potxds,) to commit
adultery with a woman; trop. ¢. acc. τὴν
ϑάλασσαν, to have dalliance with the sea, to
get possession of it covertly and without
right, Xen. Hell. 1. 6..15.—In N. T. only
Mid. μοιχάομαι, ὥμαι, genr.. to commit
adultery, used of both man and woman;
absol. Matt. 5, 32 bis, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν potya-
σϑαι" καὶ 6s...porxarat. 19,9 bis. Mark
10,11. 12. Sept. for 82 Jer. 3, 8. 9, 2.
—Different is Thom. Mag. p. 619, μοιχᾶται
ὁ ἀνήρ, porxeverat δὲ ἡ γυνή. !
μοιχεία, as, ἣ, (μοιχεύω,) adultery,
Matt. 15, 19. Mark 7, 21. John 8, 3. Gal.
5,19. Sept. for 5°28? Jer. 13, 27.—Wisd.
14, 26. Hdian. 5.'7. 6. Plato Rep. 443. a.
μουχεύω, f. εύσω, (uorxds,) to commit
adultery. 8) Act. genr. and absol. Matt.
5, 27 οὐ μοιχεύσεις. 19, 18. Rom. 13, 9.
Mark 10, 19 μὴ μοιχεύσῃς. Luke 18, 20.
James 2, 11 bis; all in allusion to Ex. 20,
13. Deut. 5, 17, where Sept. for *82-
Luke 16,18 bis. Rom. 2, 22 bis. (Diod.
Sic. 1. 78. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.5.) With ace.
to commit ἀάϊδίον with any one, Matt. 5, 28
ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτήν. Sept. for #8? trop.
Jer. 3,9. (Luc. D. Deor. 6. 3. Plato Rep.
360. b.) Symbol. once c. μετά twos, Rev.
2, 223; comp. in μοιχαλίς fin. Ὁ) Mid.
absol. to commit adultery, Lat. -mechari ;

μοιχὸς 471 ἫΝ μονος.

Pass. aor. 1 as Mid. Matt. 5, 32 John 8, 4.
Lachm.

μοιχός, οὗ, 6, an adulterer, Luke 18,11.
1 Cor. 6, 9. Heb. 13, 4. Sept. for 583
Job 24,15. Prov. 6, 32. So Al. V. H.
10. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5.—Trop. from
the Heb. one faithless towards God, as an
adulterer towards his wife, see in μοιχαλίς
fin. James 4,4. So Sept. and #829 Is.
57, 3.

μόλις, adv. (μῶλος, pdXos,) i. 4. μόγις
but less Attic, Buttm. Ausf. Spr. § 16. n. 2;
with difficulty, hardly, scarcely, Acts 14, 18.
27, 7. 8.16. Rom. 5, 7. 1 Pet. 4, 18.—
Hdian. 3. 6. 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 37.

ΜΜολόχ, ὃ, indec. Moloch, Heb. 422
(king) Molek Jer. 32, 35; also poba Milcom
1K. 11,5. 2K. 23,13; and baba Mal-
cam Jer. 49, 1. 3; pr. n. ‘ot an idol of the
Ammonites, to which the Hebrews from
the time of Solomon onwards sacrificed in-
fants in the valley of Hinnom, 1 K. 11, 7.
2K. 23,10. Jer. 7, 31. 32. 32. 35; comp.
in yéevva. The Rabbins describe the statue
of Moloch as of brass, in the form of the
human body, but with the head of an ox;
it was hollow within, was heated from be-
low, and the children to be immolated were
placed in its arms. Similar to this was also
the statue of Saturn among the Carthagi-
nians, see Diod. Sic. 20. 14. Hence it
has been held that Moloch represented the
planet Saturn, which was regarded as a κα-
κοδαίμων to be appeased with human sacri-
fices. According to Jer. 32, 35 and 19, 5
Moloch would seem to be no other than
Baal (7237), to whom also children were
sacrificed in the region of Carthage and
Numidia, prob. as the seproreutatine, of the
same planet. See Heb. Lex. arts. 2% and
223 no. 5. Gesen. Comm. on Is. II. p. 343.
Minter Relig. der Karthag. p- 19.—In N.
ys only Acts 7, 43 καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκη-
νὴν τοῦ Μολόχ, comp. in ἀναλαμβάνω no.
2; quoted from Amos 5; 26 where Sept.
Μολόχ for Heb. 52232 ‘your king,’ i. q.
22.

μολύνω, f. υνῶ, to soil, to stain, to defile,
Sept. for 52% Gen. 37, 30. Luc. Anachar.
1.—In N. T. symbol. Rev. 3, 4 οὐκ ἐμόλυναν
τὰ ἱμάτια. 14, 4. Metaph. 1 Cor. 8, 7 ἡ
συνείδησις αὐτῶν.... μολύνεται, their con-
science is defiled, i. e. by the feeling of
wrong, is no longer pure. So Eeclus. 21,
28. Artem. 2. 26. Porph. de Abstin. 1. 42.

μολυσμός, od, ὃ, (μολύνω,) a soiling,
stain, Plut. Mor. V. p. 8.—In N. T. defile-

ment, pollution, in a moral sense, 2 Cor. 7,

8, 33, 2 Macc. 5, 27.

μομφή, jis, ij, (μέμφομαι,) fault found,
blame, complaint, i. e. occasion of complaint,
Col. 3, 13.—Eurip. Orest. 1068. Plato Ep.
323. b.

μονή, ῆς, 7, (μένω,) pr. stay, in a place
Xen. An. 5.1.5.—In N. T. an abode, dwell-
ing, mansion, John 14, 2. Spec. ποιεῖν
μονὴν παρά τινι, to make one’s abode with
any one, i. e. to abide or dwell with him,
trop. John 14, 23; comp. Rev. 21, 3. So
pr. Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 7. Thuc. 1. 131.

μονογενής, eds, ods, 6, ἡ, adj. (μόνος,
γένος, γίνομαι,). only born, only begotten,
i. e. an only child, Luke 1, 12 μονογενὴς τῷ
μητρί. 8, 42 ϑυγάτηρ μον. ἦν. 9, 38. Heb.
11,17. So Tob. 3, 15. 6, 9. Diod. Sic. 4.
73. Plato Crit. 113. d—In John’s writings
spoken only of the Messiah, 6 Λόγος in the
flesh, as the only begotten Son of God (Luke
1, 35) in the highest sense, as alone know-
ing and revealing the essence of the Father,
John 1, 14. 18. 3, 16. 18. 1 John 4, 9.
Others here most dear, only beloved, as Sept.
for ‘TIT Ps. 22, 21. 35, 17.

μόνος, 7; ov, only, alone. 1. Pr. With-

out others, without companions, e. g. of
persons, Matt. 14, 23 μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. Mark
6, 47 καὶ αὐτὸς μόνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 9, 2 κατ᾽
ἰδίαν μόνους. v. 8. Luke 10, 40. John 8, 9.
Rom. 11, 3. 16, 4. Heb. 9, 7. 2 John 1. al.
Sept. for 3325 Gen. 2, 18. 32, 23. (Hdian.
3. 5. 15, Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36.) Trop. of
one acting by his own authority, alone, John
8, 16; or as destitute of help from another
John 8, 29. 16, 32. (Ail. V. H. 9. 40.)
Of things, Luke 24, 12 τὰ ὀϑόνια κείμενα
μόνα, by themselves without the body of
Jesus. John 12, 24 ὁ κόκκος... μόνος μένει,
i. e. sterile, barren.—tIn an adverbial sense,
of persons and things, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 123.
6. Matt. 4, 4 οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται
ὁ ἄνϑρ. John 5, 44 τὴν δόξαν παρὰ τοῦ μό-
νου ϑεοῦ οὐ ζητεῖτε. Jude 4. Rev. 15, 4.
(Xen. Mem, 4. 5. 9.) So after εἰ μή,
Matt. 12, 4 εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις (comp.
Acts 11, 19). Matt. 17, 8. 24, 36. Luke 5,
21. Phil. 4, 15. Rev. 9, 4.

2. alone of many, one out of many ; Luke
24, 18 σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἱερουσαλήμ κτλ.
1 Cor. 9, 6. 2 Tim. 4, 11.—Eurip. Alc. 460,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.

3. Neut. μόνον as adv. only, alone,
Buttm. §115. 4. E. σ΄. simply, Matt. 5, 47
τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν μόνον. 9, 21 ἐὰν μόνον

ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ. Mark 5, 36. Actes

1. Sept. for 22 Jer. 23,15. So Esdr.

i αδι ,...

μονόφϑαλμος 472

18, 25. 1 Cor. 7, 39. Gal. 1,23. Heb. 9, 10.

(Hdian. 3. 4. 19. Xen. Conv. 5. 2.) After -

εἰ μή, Matt. 21, 19 εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον.
Mark 6, 8. Acts 11, 19. With negatives,
8. g. μὴ μόνον not only, simply Gal. 4, 18.
James 1, 22; in antith. or gradation, c. ἀλλά
Phil. 2, 12; with ἀλλὰ καί, but also, John
13, 9 μὴ τοὺς πόδας pov μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς
χεῖρας xt. (Ηάΐαη. 2. 5. 10.) οὐ μόνον;
- not only, comp. in, οὐ no. 3; simply James
2, 24; in antith. or gradation, c. ἀλλά Acts
19, 26; (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 163) with ἀλλὰ
καί but also, Matt. 21, 21. John 5, 18 ὅτι οὐ
μόνον ἔλυε τὸ σάββατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πατέρα
ἴδιον ἔλεγε τὸν σεόν. 11, 52. Acts 21, 18.
Rom. 1, 32. Heb. 12, 26. al. So Hdian. 1.
12. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.17. +
μονόφϑδαλμος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (μόνος;
ὀφϑαλμός,) one-eyed, having one eye, Matt.
18, 9. Mark 9, 47.—Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 3.
The earlier Greeks said ἑτερόφθαλμος, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 136. +
μονόω, ὦ, f. dow, (udvos,) to leave alone,
Pass. to be left alone, e. g. as a widow, to be
solitary, prob. childless, 1 Tim. 5, 5.—Diod.
Sic. 19. 39. Xen. Ven. 9. 9.
μορφή, jis, ἡ, form, shape, Mark 16, 12
ἐν ἑτέρᾳ μορφῇ- Sept. for 33 Ὁ Is. 44, 13.
(Luc. Hermot. 27. Xen. Gc. 6. 16.) Phil.
2,'7 μορφὴν δούλου λαβών i. e. appearing in
a humble and despised condition. (Comp.
Test. XII Patr. p.'744 τὸν βασιλέα τῶν οὐρ.
τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα ἐν μορφῇ ἀνδρώπου
ταπεινώσεως, i. 4. p. 644 Sedv ἐν σχήματι
dv3pérov.) Also Phil. 2,6 ὃς ἐν μορφῇ ϑεοῦ
ὑπάρχων who being in the form of God, i. 6.
as God, like God, where the force of the
antithesis refers most naturally to the divine
majesty and glory; so Sept. for 1" Dan. 4,
33; comp. 5,6.9. 10. Or μορφή may here
have the sense of φύσις nature ; hence ἐν
μορφῇ ϑεοῦ ὑπάρχων, being in the nature of
God, of the same. nature with God; comp.
Eurip. Bacch. 54 μορφήν τ᾽ ἐμὴν μετέβαλον
εἰς ἄνδρος φύσιν. Plato Rep. 381. ο, ϑεὸς
κάλλιστος καὶ ἄριστος dv... μένει ἀεὶ ἁπλῶς
ἐν τῇ αὑτοῦ μορφῇ. ae
μορφόω, &, f. dra, (μορφή!) to form,
to fashion, c. ace. Sept. for "8H 15. 44, 13.
Plut. Platon. Quest. 2. 2.—In N. T. Pass.
to be formed; trop. Gal. 4, 19 ἄχρις οὗ pop-
pot Xp. ἐν ὑμῖν, i. 6. until Christ in his
full form and life live in you; comp. 2, 20.

_ μόρφωσις, cos, ἧ, (μορφόωρ) pr. a form-
ing, training, p. τῶν δένδρων Theophr. C.
Pl. 8. 7. 4.—In N. T. form, appearance ;
either mere external form, 2 Tim. 3, 5 ἔχον-

μῦϑος

τες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας ; or a prescribed-
form, Rom. 2, 20 ἔχων τὴν μ. τῆς γνώσεως.
Comp. genr. Test. XII Patr. p. 742 ἰδεῖν τὴν
μ- τῆς ὄψεως αὐτοῦ. ;

μοσχοποιέω, 6, f. Hoa, (μόόσχος,
ποιέω,) to make a calf, i. e. the image of a
calf or bullock, found only Acts 7, 41.
The allusion is to the golden calf made by
Aaron in imitation of the Egyptian Apis;
comp. Ex. 32, 454. where Sept. ἐποίησαν
μόσχον.

poo 0S, ov, 6, pr. @ shoot of a plant,
young and tender, Hom. Il. 11. 105, Dios-
cor. ΤΥ, 108; hence a young animal, and
espec. in prose and N. T. a calf, a young
bullock, Luke 15, 23. 27. 30. Heb. 9, 12.
19. Rev. 4,7. Sept. for >39 Ex. 32, 4. 8.
19; "8 Ex. 29, 10sq. "RZ Gen. 12, 16.—
fi). H. An. 14, 11. Plato Crat. 393. c.
Hdot. 3. 28 of the god Apis, i. e. a young
bullock.

μουσικός, ἡ, dv, (μοῦσα,) devoted to the
muses, i. e. to the liberal arts and sciences,
learned, a scholar, 7A). V. H. 4. 15. Plato
Soph. 253. b.—In N. T. skilled in music, a
musician, Rev. 18, 22 φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν καὶ
μουσικῶν καὶ αὐλητῶν, perh. here singers.
So 1 Macc. 9, 39. 41. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 88,

μόχϑος, ov, 6, (μογέω, μόγος.) toil,
wearisome labour, travail, including the idea
of painful effort, sorrow; in N. T. only as
coupled with κόπος. 2 Cor. 11, 27 ἐν κόπῳ
καὶ μόχϑῳ. 1 Thess. 2, 9. 2 Thess. 3, 8.
Sept. for bay Deut. 26, 7. Ecc. 2, 18 sq.—
Wisd. 10, 10. Adschin. 80. 16. Xen. Conv.

8. 40.

PLVENOS, οὔ, 6, marrow, Heb. 4, 12.—
Sept. Gen. 45, 18. Luc. Tim. 8. Plato
Tim. 91. a.

μυέω, &, f. How, (μύω,) to initiate, to in-
struct, in things before unknown, Pass. Phil.
4, 12, paral. with μανϑάνω in v. 11.—Diod.
Sic. 4. 7 μυεῖν τοὺς ἀνϑρώπους " τοῦτο δ᾽

ἐστίν, τὸ διδάσκειν τὰ καλὰ καὶ συμφέρον- -

τα, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων ἀγνοούμενα.
Spec. to initiate into the heathen mysteries,
Diod. Sic. 5. 48. Dem. 1351. 26.

μῦϑος, ov, 6, speech, discourse, Hom.
Od. 11. 561. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 58; a tale,
story, Hom. Od. 3. 94.—In N. T. @ myth,
fable, legend, a mythic tale, mythic dis-
course; 1 Tim. 1, 4. 4, 7 τοὺς δὲ βεβήλους
kal ypawdets μύϑους maparov. 2 Tim, 4,
4. Tit. 1, 14 μὴ προσέχοντες Iovdaixois
μύϑοις. ἃ Pet. 1,16. So Hdian. 1. 11. 6
Dem. 1219. 14. Plato Rep. 350. 6.

sete

Pee ae eg νυ

“Ὁ μυκάομαι 473

μυκάομαι, Spar, f. ἠσομαι, Mid. depon.
(μύ,) onomatop. to moo, to low, pr. as the
cow or ox, Hom. Il. 18. 580. Luc. Ὁ, Mar.
15. 2; to bellow Il. 21. 237; of other ani-
mals, Plut. de esu carn. 1. 1. Theocr. 26.
20.—In N. T. of a lion, to roar, Rey. 10, 3
ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται. So Anthol. Gr. 1. p.
246. :

μυκτηρίζξω, £. iow, (μυκτήρ, μύζω, ni.)
to turn up the nose, to sneer at; hence to
mock, to deride; Pass. Gal. 6, 7 Seds οὐ
μυκτηρίζεται, i. 6. God will not let himself
be mocked. Sept. for 32> Job 22,19. Ps.
80, '7.—1 Mace. 7, 34. Lys. Fragm. 36.

μυλικός, ἡ, dv, (μύλη,) belonging to a
mill; e.g. Nios pudixds, a mill-stone,
Mark 9, 42. Luke 17, 2 Lachm.

μύλος, ov, 5, (μύλη, μύλλω, μύω,) pr. a
grinder, hence a mill, a mill-stone. The
mills used by the Hebrews are still com-
mon in the East; they are composed of two
stones, of which the lower is fixed, and the
upper is turned round upon it (Heb. 233
rider), having a hole in the middle for re-
ceiving the grain, which is usually dropped
in by hand. The grinding was and is mostly
done by hand by female slaves, who sit or
kneel at their work, and relieve each other.
The grating sound of the mill is often heard
at a distance. Larger mills were turned by
an ass; whence the upper mill-stone was
called Rinks Matt. 18, 6; or also ὄνος,
Hesych. ὄνος + 6 ἀνώτερος λίϑος τοῦ μύ-
λου. Xen. An. 1. 5. 53 comp. Luc. Asin.
28, 42. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. IT. p. 180
sq. 385, 471.—Hence in N. T.

1. a mill, Rev. 18, 22 καὶ φωνὴ μύλου,
the sound of the mill, i. e. its grating sound,
which marks the presence and prosperity of a
household ; comp. Jer. 25, 10. [Matt. 24, 41.]
Sept. for O17 Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47, 2—Plut.
de vitand. Aire alien. ἢ mid. Hesych. 1. ο.

2. pices a mill-stone, the upper one or
rider; 6. g. μύλος ὀνικός Matt. 18, 6, [Mark
9, 42.) Luke 17, 25 p. μέγας Rev. 18, 21.
Sept. for 23°) Judg. 9, 53. 2 K. 11, 21.—
Anthol. Gr. IIE. p. 46, 51.

μύλων, wvos, 5, (uidy,) α mill-house,
pistrinum, place where the mill is, Matt.
24, 41.—Luc. Asin. 42. Dem. 1111. 27.
Thue. 6. 22. See in μύλος.

Μύρα, wy, τά, Myra, one of the six prin-
cipal cities of Lycia, on the S. W. coast of
Asia Minor, Acts 27, 5. See Strabo 14, p.
665, 666. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 192.

μυριάς, ddos, 4, (uvpios,) ἃ myriad, ten
thousand, Acts 19, 19. Sept. for 8329

μυστήριον

Ezra 2, 64; 237 Deut. 33,17. So ALL.
V.H. 2. 25. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 6.—Put as in
Engl. for any indefinitely large number,
Luke 12, 1, Acts 21, 20. Heb. 12, 22.
Jude 14. Rev. 5,11. 9,16, So Sept. and
M339 Gen. 24, 60. 1 Sam, 21, 11.

μυρίζω, τ, ἰσω, (μύρον, to rub with oint-
ment, to anoint, 6. σ΄. for burial, c.acc, Mark
14, 8 προέλαβε pupica pov τὸ copa—
Aristoph. Plut. 529. Hdot. 1. 195.

μυρίος, a, ov, very many, innumerable,
Pind. Nem. 10. 84. Theocr. 16. 22. Plur.
μυρίοι id. Hom. Od. 8. 110.—In N. T. only
Plur. μυρίοι; ten thousand, pr. Matt. 18, 24
μυρίων ταλάντων. Sept: for D°D28 nib
Esth. 3, 9; 129 1 Chr. 29, 7. ‘So Diod.
Sic. 15. 59. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5—Put as in
Engl. for any indefinitely large number ;
1 Cor. 4, 15 ἐὰν μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε.
i. 6. ten thousand masters. 14, 19. So Jos.
Ant. 5. 3, 2. Hdian. 2. 3. 14. Xen. Cyr. 5.
1, 13.

μύρον, ov, τό, (kindr. μύρω,) any aro-
matic balsam distilling of itself from a tree
or plant; espec. myrrh, pippa, σμύρνα,
ffl. V. H. 12. 31, comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 41.
—InN, T. genr. ointment, unguent, i.e. per-
fumed, Matt. 26, 7 ἀλάβαστρον μύρου. v.
9. 12. Mark 14, 3. 4. 5. Luke 7, 37. 38. 23,
56. John 11,2. 12,3 bis. 5. Rev. 18, 13.
Opp. to ἔλαιον, Luke 7, 46 ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφ.
μου οὐκ ἤλειψας - αὕτη δὲ μύρῳ ἤλειψέ pov
τοὺς πόδας, comp. Xen. below. Sept. for
ΔΙῸ ἸῺ Ps. 133, 2; Ya Prov. 27, 9.
Cant. 1,2. So Al. V. H. 9.9. Pol. 31.4,
1, Xen. Conv. 2. 3, 4 opp. ἔλαιον.

Mucia, as, ἡ, Mysia, the north-western
province of Asia Minor, lying between the
Propontis and Lydia, and including the
Troad, Acts 16,7. 8. It formed part of the
Roman proconsular Asia. The Mysian ci-
ties Assos, Pergamus, and Troas, are men-
tioned in N. T. See Rosenm. Bibl. eee
I. ii. p. 173.

μυστήριον, : iov, τό, (μύστης, μυέω,) a
mystery, i. 6. something into which one
must be initiated, something of itself not
obvious and above human insight. In N.
T. spoken of facts, doctrines, principles,
not fully revealed.

1. Genr. Matt. 18,11 ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ
μυστήρια τῆς Bac. τῶν οὐρ. to know the mys-
teries (mysterious things) of the kingdom of
heaven, i. e. in a deeper and more perfect
manner than they were made known to
others. Mark 4, 11. Luke 8, 10. 1 Cor. 14, 2.
Eph, 5, 32 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν

μνυωπάζω 474

2 Thess. 2, 7 τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ἀνομίας, the
hidden wickedness, as yet unknown to
Christians, opp. dmoxadtrrecZat in ν. 8.
(Jos. B. J. 1. 24. 1 κακίας μυστήριον.) Rev.
1, 20 τὸ μυστ. τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων. 10,7. 17,
δ. '7.—Wisd. 2, 22. Hdian. 8. 7. 8. Of the
Eleusinian mysteries, e. g. the lesser, ra
puxpa Diod. Sic. 4. 14; the greater, Diod.
Sic. 4. 25. Dem. 29. ult. Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 14.

2. Spec. the mystery of the Gospel, the
Christian dispensation, as having been long
hidden and first’ revealed in later times.
Eph. 3, 9 et Col. 1, 26 τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀπο-
κεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ See.
Eph. 6, 19 τὸ μ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. Col. 2, 2
τὸ μ. τοῦ Seod. 4, 3 et Eph. 8, 4 τοῦ Xp.

1 Tim. 3, 9 τῆς πίστεως. Rom. 16, 25..

1 Cor. 3, 7. 4,1. 13, 2.. Eph. 3, 3. Col. 1,
27. So of particular doctrines or parts of
the gospel, Rom. 11, 25. 1 Cor. 15, 51.
Eph. 1, 9. 1 Tim. 3, 16.

μυωπάζω, f. dow, (μύωψ; pio, dy,
pr. to shut the eyes; then to contract the
eyelids, to blink, to twinkle, like one who
cannot see clearly; hence to see dimly, to
be near-sighted, trop. 2 Pet. 1, 9.—Aristot.
Probl. Sect. 31. Suid. euvamracev: ἄκροις
τοῖς ὀφϑαλμοῖς προσέσχε, μυωπάζω γὰρ τὸ
καμμύω,

μώλωψ, ὠπος, ὃ, (kindr. μῶλος, μῶλυς.) -

a slripe, weal, the mark of a stripe or blow;
trop. 1 Pet. 2, 24 οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάϑητε, i. 6.
collect. stripes, quoted from Is. 53, 5 where
Sept. for T7535 .—So pr. Luc. Philopseud.
20. Plut. Aim. Paul. 19 fin.

μωμάομαι, Spat, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. depon.
(μῶμος,) to find fault with, to carp at, to
blame, c. ace. 2 Cor. 8, 20. Aor. 1 ἐμωμήϑεν
as Pass. 2 Cor. 6, 3 ἵνα μὴ μωμηϑῇ ἡ διακο-
via ἡμῶν, comp. Buttm. § 113. ἢ. 6.—Wisd.
10, 14. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 2. Plato Prot.
346. c.

μῶμος, ov, ὃ, fault, i. e. fault-finding,
blame, censure, Ecclus. 18, 15. Plut. Reip.
gerend. Prec. 27. p. 102.—In N. T. fault as
found, a blemish, trop. stain, disgrace,
2 Pet. 2, 13 σπῖλοι καὶ μῶμοι. So pr.
Sept. for © of a bodily defect, Lev. 12, 16
sq. Deut. 15,21. Anthol. Gr. 1, Ρ. 74, '75.

μωραίνω, f. avd, (μωρός,) pr. to make
dull, sluggish, see in μωρός. Hence

1. Of impressions on the taste, Pass. fo
become insipid, tasteless, to lose its savour,
ες e. g. salt, Matt. 5, 13 et Luke 14, 34 ἐὰν δὲ
τὸ ἅλας μωρανϑῇ. See μωρός.

2. Of the mind, to make foolish, silly, i. e.
to show to be foolish; c. ace. 1 Cor, 1, 20
ἐμώρανεν 6 Beds τὴν σοφίᾳν τοῦ κόσμον,

ΜΜωῦσῆς

Pass. Rom. 1, 22 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ
ἐμωράνϑησαν, they became foolish, acted like
fools. Sept. for be» Is. 44, 15. Pass. for

O22; 2 Sam. 34; 10; "2 15. 19, 11.— ᾿

In profane writers μωραίνω in this sense is
intrans. ‘ to be foolish, to act foolishly,’ Luc.
D. Mort. 13. 8: Xen, Mem. 1. 1. 11.
μωρία, as, 4, (uapds,) folly, foolishness,
absurdity, spoken of what seems foolish and

absurd, 1 Cor. 1, 18 ὁ λόγος... τοῖς μὲν

ἀπολλυμένοις μωρία ἐστι. V. 21. 23. 2, 14.
8, 19.—Ecclus. 20, 31. Dem. 128. 10.
Thue. 5. 41.
/ ε ,
μωρολογία, as, 7, (μωρόλογος ; μωρός,
λέγω!) foolish talk, vain discourse, Eph. 5, 4.

—Aristot. H. A. 1.11.5, Plut. de Garrulit. -

4, pen.

μωρός, d, dv, pr. dull, not acute, 6. g.
of impressions on the taste, insipid, taste-
less, Dioscor. 4. 18. p. 122. Hippocr. de Dieta

} 2. 27. 2.—In N. Τ'. of the mind, dull, stu-

pid, foolish, and Subst. ὁ μωρός, a fool;
e. g. of persons, Matt. 7, 26 ὁμοιωπήσεται
ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ. 28, 17 μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί. v. 19.
25, 2 αἱ πέντε μωραί sc. παρϑένοι. v. 8. 8.
1 Cor. 3, 18. 4,10. Sept. for 532 Deut.
82,6: 5᾽ῸΞ Ps. 94, 8, (Luc. Paras. 25.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 45.) From the Heb. with
the accessory idea of wickedness, impiety,
Matt. 5, 22; so Heb. 532 Sept. ἄφρων Ps.
14, 1. 53, 2.. Job 2, 10; see Heb. Lex. >32
no. 2. Comp. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 85. Plato
Legg. 857. d—Of things, 1 Cor. 1, 25 τὸ
μωρὸν τοῦ ϑεοῦ i.e. what men count foolish
though coming from God, comp. v. 23. 24.
v. 27 τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου. 2 Tim. 2, 23 et
Tit. 3, 9 ζητήσεις μι So Luc. Epigr. 1.
Xen. 1]. c.

ἹΜωὺῦσῆς or Μωσῆς, ὃ, gen. éas, dat.
ei et ἢ, acc. éa et ἣν, Moses, Heb. ΠΡ
(drawn out, saved), pr. n. of the great He-
brew prophet and legislator; on the forms
and flexion, see Winer ὁ 10. The form
Mooj7s,-comes from Heb. nun, and is
found in Text. rec, chiefly in the Evan-
gelists, Matt. 8, 4. 17, 3. 23,2. Mark 1,
44. 9, 4. 5. Acts 3, 22. al. The form
Moitojs, also in Sept. and Josephus, and
in several later editions every where in N.
T. is derived from the Egyptian etymology:
see Heb. Lex. art. nti. Jos. Ant. 2. 9.6 τὸ
γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶ of Αἰγύπτιοι καλοῦσιν, dons
δὲ τοὺς ἐξ ὕδατος σωϑέντας, comp. 6. Apion.
1.31. ϑονῃ Rec. Μωῦσῆς, Acts 6, 14. 7, 35.
37, al. Gen. Μωῦσέως Acts 15, 1. 5. Dat.
-εἴ 2 Tim. 3, 8. al—Meton. for the books or
Moses, the Pentateuch, Luke 16, 29. 31. 24,
27, = ae Ὸς

Ναασών

ΝΝαασών, ὁ, ἱπάος. Nahson, Heb. ΘΝ
(enchanter) Nahshon, pr. n. of a chief of
Judah, whose sister was the wife of Aaron,
Matt. 1, 4 bis. Luke 8, 32. See Ex. 6, 23.
Num. 2, 3.

Naryyat, 6, indec. Nagge, pr. n. of an
ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3, 25.

NafapéS, Nafapér, ἡ, indec. Naz-
areth, prob. Heb. "%2 (a sprout, branch),
Aram. mx7x3, see Hengstenb. Christol.
Il. p. 1 sq. pr. n. of a small city in Gali-
lee, just north of the great plain of Esdrae-
lon, and about mid-way between the lake
of Tiberias and the Mediterranean. It lies
at the foot and on the lower slope of a hill
facing the E. and S. E. along a small valley
or basin entirely shut in by hills, except a
narrow rocky gorge toward the south lead-
ing to the great plain. From the summit

of the western hill is one of the finest views.

in Palestine. The cliff now wrongly shown
as the place where the men of the city were
about to cast Jesus down from the preci-
pice (Luke 4, 29), is nearly two miles from
the city, adjacent to the plain. See, Bibl.
Res. in Pal. III. p. 183-200.—Matt. 2, 23.
4, 13. 21, 11. Mark 1, 9. Luke 1, 26. 2, 4.
39. 51. 4, 16. John 1, 46. 47. Acts 10, 38.

Nafapnvos, οὔ, ὃ, a Nazarene, i. e. an
inhabitant of Nazareth; spoken of Jesus,
Mark 1, 24. 14, 67. 16, 6. Luke 4, 34

Ναζωραῖος, ov, 6, a Nazarean, Naz-
arene, an inhabitant of Nazareth; in some
editions written Ναζαραῖος in Matt. 2, 23.
26,71. John 18,7.—Spoken of Jesus, Matt.
26, 71. Mark 10,.47. Luke 18, 87. 24, 19.
John 18, 5. 7. 19,19. Acts 2, 22. 3, 6. 4,
10. 6, 14. 22, 8. 26, 9. Matt. 2,23 ὅτι Ναζω-
patios κληϑήσεται, he shall be called a Naz-
arene, i. e. looking to the etymology of the
name (see in Ναζαρέϑ), he shail be called a
shoot, branch, in allusion to such
as Is. 11,1. 53,2. Jer. 23,5. 33,15. Zech.
3, 8. 6, 12; see Hengstenb. Christol. Vol.
II. p. 1 sq.—Once of Christians in con-
tempt, as the followers of Jesus of Naz-
areth, Acts 24, 5.

Nady, 6, indec. Nathan, Heb. 33
(given sc. of God), pr. n. of ἃ son of David,
Luke 3, 31; comp. 2 Sam. 5, 14.—Not the
prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 7, 2 sq. 12, 1 sq.

NaSavann, ὃ, indec. Nathanael, Heb.
dams (given of God, i. q. Θεόδωρος Theo-

475

423 sq. So Arr. Epict.

dore), pr. n. of a disciple of Christ, probably
the same with the apostle BapoAopaios
q. v. John 1, 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 21, 2.

vat, adv. of affirmation, yea, yes, cer-
tainly.

1. Pr. yea, in answer to a question ;
Matt. 9,28 πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆ-
σαι; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ" vai, κύριε. 13, 51. 17,
25. 21,16. John 11, 27. 21, 15. 16. Acts
5, 8. 22, 27. Rom. 3, 29.—ABl. V. H. 13.
4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 20.

2. As expressing assent to the words or
deeds of another. Matt. 11, 26 vai, ὁ πατήρ,
[ὀρϑῶς ποιεῖς,] ὅτι οὕτως κτὰ. Luke 10, 21.
Rev. 16, 7. 22,20 ναί, ἔρχου κύριε, in some
edit. So Act. Thom. § 17, 18. Xen. Mem.
2. '7. 14—With καί introducing a subse-
quent limitation or modification ; Matt. 15,
27 et Mark '7, 28 vai, κύριε" καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνά-
pta xrX. comp. in γάρ no. 1. b. Viger. p.
2. 10. 20. Plato
Soph. p. 226. e.

3. Intens. in strong affirmation, yea, veri-
ly; Luke 11, 51 vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐκζητηϑήσε-
ται κτὰ. 12, 5 vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβή-
ϑητε, yea, I say unto you, fear him. Phil. 4,
3. Philem. 20. Rev. 1, ἢ vai, ἀμήν. 14, 13.
22, 20 vai, ἔρχομαι ταχύ. (Arr. Epict. 2. 13.
21; comp. Hom. Il. 1. 234. Pind. Nem. 11.
30. Vig. p. 424.) Also with καί, yea and
more also, Matt. 11,9 et Luke 7, 26 vai,
λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου, yea,
and more than a prophet. (Xen. Conv. 8. 4.)
With the art. rd vai, yea, i. e. the word
yea. 2Cor. 1,17 ἵνα ἦ παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ τὸ vai,
ναί, καὶ τὸ οὔ, οὔ. V. 20. James 5, 12; art.
impl. 2 Cor. 1, 18. 19 bis. Matt. 5, 37.

N. aiv, 7, indec. Nain, a town of Galilee
situated according to Eusebius about two
miles south of Mount Tabor, near Endor,
Luke 7,11. Now Nein, a small hamlet;
see Bibl. Res. in Pal. HE-p.-218,-226. =.

ναός, οὗ, 6, (vatw,) a dwelling, spec. of a
god, a temple, fane ; in classic writers most-
ly i. q. ἱερόν, though sometimes spoken of
the interior and most sacred part of a tem-
ple (iepdv), where the image of the god was
set up, Hdot. 1. 183.—Hence in N. T.

1. Genr. of any, temple, ἐν χειροποιήτοις
ναοῖς Acts ['7; 48.] 17,24. (Hdian. 7. 3. 13.
Xen. Mem. 3.8.10.) Acts 19, 24 ποιῶν
ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς ᾿Αρτέμιδος, silver shrines of
Diana, i. e. miniature copies of the temple
of Diana at Ephesus, containing a small

Naovp
image of the goddess. Such shrines of
other gods were also common, made of gold,
silver, or wood, and were purchased by pil-
grims and travellers, probably as memorials,
or to be used in their devotions ; much like
the models of the Holy Sepulchre at the
present day among pilgrims to Jerusalem.
See Wetstein N. T. in loc. So Artemid.
IV. 34 Κρατῖνος ὁ ἡμέτερος, apyupéov. ναοῦ
ἐργεπιστάτης δόξας εἶναι.
97. ib. 20. 14 ἔπεμψαν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν
ἱερῶν χρυσοῦς ναοὺς τοῖς ἀφιδρύμασι πρὸς
τὴν ἱκεσίαν. Hdot. 2. 63 τὸ δὲ ἄγαλμα, ἐὸν
ἐν νηῷ μικρῷ ξυλίνῳ κατακεχρυσομένῳ κτλ.
Comp. Dion. Hal. 2. 12 τὰ τῆς ᾿Ἐφησίας
᾿Αρτέμιδος ἀφιδρύματα παρ᾽ Ἕλλησιν.

' 2. Of the temple at Jerusalem, or in allu-
sion to it, but only of the fane or edifice it-
self, in distinction from ἱερόν, which in-
cluded also the courts and other appurten-
ances ; see in ἱερόν. a) Pr. Matt. 23,16
bis, ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ ... ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ
τοῦ ναοῦ. V. 17. 21. ν. 35 μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ
καὶ τοῦ ϑυσιαστηρίου; i. 6. the altar of burnt
offerings which stood in the court of the
priests before the entrance of the vads, see
in ἱερόν. 27,5 ῥίψσας τὰ ἀργύρια ἐν τῷ ναῷ,
prob. in the entrance of the ναός, since Judas
could not enter within it. 26, 61 et 27, 40.
Mark 14, 58 et 15, 29. Luke 1, 9. 21. 22.
John 2, 20. 2 Thess. 2,4. Also τὸ xara-
πέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ Matt. 97, 51. Mark 15, 38.
Luke 23, 45; see in καταπέτασμα. Sept.
for 2°) 1 K. 6, 5.17. Ps. 5,8. 11,4. So
Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1. ib. 11.4.3. Ὁ) Symbol.
of the temple of God in heaven, to which

that of Jerusalem was to correspond (comp.

Heb. 8, 5. 9, 11); Rev. 3, 12. 7,15. 11,
1. 2. 19 bis, ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Seod ἐν τῷ
οὐρανῷ κτλ. 14, 15. 17. 15, 5. 6. 8 bis. 16,
1,17.21,.22 bis. So Test. XII Patr. p. 550;
comp. Wisd. 8, 14.. 0) Trop. of persons
in whom God or his Spirit is said to dwell
or act, e. g. the body of Jesus, John 2, 19.
21; of Christians 1 Cor. 3, 16. 17 bis. 6,
19. 2 Cor. 6, 16 bis. Eph. 2,21. So Act.
Thom. § 12 γίνεσϑε ναοὶ ἅγιοι.

' Ναούμ, 6, indec. Nawm, Heb, D4m3
(consolation) Nahum, pr. n. of an ancestor
of Jesus, not the prophet, Luke 3, 25.

vapoos, ov, ἡ, nard, the oriental or In-
dian spikenard, andropagon nardus Linn.
Heb, 792, Sanscr. narda, Plin. H. N. 12.
26; see Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 1 sq. Jones
on the Spikenard of the Ancients, in Asiat,
Researches Vol. IV. The ancients ex-
tracted from it an oil or ointment which was
highly prized, Theophr. H. Plant. 9. 7. 2,

ζ

+

470

Diod. Sic. 1.15,

νεανίσκος

3. Dioscor. 1. 66; comp. Tibull. 2. 2. 7
Hor. Epod. ἄν 59.—Hence in N. T. μύρον
νάρδου πιδτικῆς, ointment of pure spike-
nard, i. e. the most precious, Mark 14, 3.
John 12, 3. So Sept. for 793 Cant. 1, 12.
4, 13. 14.

Ni apKic: aos, ov, 6, Narcissus, (pr. a
flower,) pr. n. of a man at Rome, Rom. 16,
11. He is supposed by some to have been
the well known freed-man and favourite of
the emperor Claudius; comp. Sueton. Claud.
28. Tacit. Annal. 12. 57.

vavayew, &, f. joo, (vavayés ; vais,
ἄγνυμι, to suffer shipwreck, to be shipwrecked,
intrans. 2 Cor. 11,25 τρὶς ἐναυάγησα. Trop.
1 Tim. 1,19 περὶ τὴν riorw.—Dem. 910.
1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 24; trop. Philo de Somn.
p- 1128. d.

ναύκληρος, ου, 6, (ναῦς, κλῆρος,) a ship-
owner, ship-master, nauclerus, i. e. the mas-
ter or owner of a trading vessel, who took
passengers and freight for hire, Acts 27,
11. Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 406.—Jos.
Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol. 4. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2.
6. 38.

ναῦς, νεώς, 7}; (véw, vaiw,) ace. ναῦν, see
Buttm. §58; a ship, vessel, Acts 27, 41.
Sept. for ἊΝ 1 Κ. 9, 26. PDN Job 9, 26.
—Hian, 1. 11. 11. Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 19.

ναύτης, ov, 6, (ναῦς,) α ship-man, sailor,
seaman, Acts 27, 27. 30. Rev. 18, 17.—Jos.
Ant. 9. 10. 2. Pol. 1. 49. 2. Xen. Hell. 7.
1. 12.

Naxwp, 6, indec. Nachor, Heb. M3
(snorting) Nahor, pr. n. of the grandfather
of Abraham, Luke 3, 34; comp. Gen. 11
22 sq.

νεανίας, ov, 6, (vedy, νέος.) a youth, a
young man, Acts 20, 9. 28, 17. 18. 22.
Sept. for "22 Judg. 16, 26. So Hdian. 1.
9. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 2.—Spoken of Saul
(Paul) Acts 7, 58, where however it deter-
mines nothing definitely as to his age; since
νεανίας, like νεανίσκος, was applied to men
in the vigour of manhood, up to the age-of
40 years ; see in νεανίσκος. So of warriors,
Sept. for "772 2 Sam. 6, 1. 1 Chr. 19, 10;
also Hdian. 6. 8. 7. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 6.

- "i

7
νεανίσκος, ov, 6, (νεάν, νέος.) a youth, a

young man, Mark 14, 51 εἷς. τις νεανίσκος.
16, 5. Luke 7,14. Sept. for "22 1 Sam.
17, 55. Is. 35:35 atm Ezra 10,1. So Jos.
Ant. 6. 9. 2. al. V. H. 9. 39. Xen. An. 7.
2. 33.—Of young men in the prime and vi-
gour of manhood, up to the age of 40 years,
Matt. 19, 20. 22, comp. Luke 18, 18 where
it is ἄρχων. Acts 5, 10 of νεανίσκοι; i. 6. the

Νεάπολις

younger members of the community, 1. q.
νεώτεροι inv. 6. Opp. to πρεσβύτεροι or
πατέρες, Acts 2,17. 1 John 2,13. 14. Of
police-men, Mark 14, 51. Sept. for "22 Gen.
41, 12. Josh. 6,23; Θὲ Josh. 2, 1. 23.
So Pol. 5. 25. 3. Hdian. 7. 6. 3. Xen. Cyr.
5. 1. 9, 13. Phavorin. νεανίσκος ἀπ᾽ ἐτῶν
εικοσιτριῶν ἕως ἐτῶν τριακοντατεσσάρων, ἢ
τεσσαράκοντα ἑνός. :

Νεάπολις, ews, ἡ, (νέος, πόλις.) Neapo-
lis, a city and port of Macedonia near the
Sinus Strymonicus, 12 Rom. miles E. 8. E.
of Philippi, on the confines of Thrace, Acts
16, 11.—Strabo 7. p. 330. Plin. H. N. 4. 18.
Now Kavalla; see Leake’s Trav. in N.
Greece, III. p. 180, 224.

Νεεμάν, ὃ, indec. Naaman, Heb. 233
(pleasantness), pr. n. of a Syrian warrior
and captain, Luke 4,27. See 2 K. c. 5.

νεκρός, od, 6, (véxvs,) dead, both as
Subst. and Adjective.

1. Subst. one dead, a dead person, only of
mankind, and this is the Homeric and early
usage ; see Passow in voc.

‘a) a dead body, corpse, Matt. 23, 27 γέ-
povow ὀστέων νεκρῶν. Rev. 20, 13. Sept.
for 7232 Deut. 28, 6. Jer. 7, 31.—Hdian. 4.
15. 16. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5.

b) Genr. a dead person, Plur. the dead,
e. g. | a) As yet unburied, Matt. 8, 22
Sdyat τοὺς νεκρούς. Luke 7,15. Heb. 9,
17. Also for one slain Rev. 16,3. Sept. for
ΤΙ Gen. 22, 3 sq. So Pol..2. 34. 12. Plato
Rep. 639. e. 8) As buried, laid in a se-
pulchre, and therefore as being in ddys 4. v.
and see also Heb. Lex. art. 218%. Luke 16,
30 ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς ai-
τοῖς. John 5, 25 οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσονται τῆς
φωνῆς τ. υἱοῦ τ. 5. Acts 10, 42. Rom.
14, 9. Heb. 11, 35. Rev. 1,18. So of νε-
κροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ i. 6. those who have died in
the Christian faith, 1 Thess. 4,16. Sept.
for noma Ecc. 9, 5. Is. 8,19. (Luc. D.
Mort. 3. 1, 2. ib. 22.2. Hom. Od. 11. 34.)
In reference to being raised again from the
dead, resurrection, 6. g. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν

trop. Rom. 6, 13; ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν trop. 11,

15, see in (a7 no. 1. a. So ζωοποιεῖν τοὺς
y. Rom. 4,17; ἐγείρειν τοὺς νεκρούς Matt.
10, 8. John 5, 21. Acts 26, 8. 2 Cor. 1,
9; ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἀπὸ. (ἐκ) νεκρῶν Matt. 14,
2. 27, 64. Acts 3, 15. Gal.1, 1. 1 Thess. 1,
10; ἀναστῆναι ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν Matt. 17, 9.
Luke 16, 31. John 20, 9; trop. Eph. 5,
14; ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Matt. 22, 31.
Acts 17, 32. Rom. 1, 4. 1 Cor. 15, 13. 21.
42; ἀν. ἡ ἐκ νεκρῶν Acts 4, 2; ἐξανάστασις
τῶν ν. Phil. 3, 11. :

477

νεκρωσις

c) Emphat. οἱ νεκροί, the dead i.e. utterly
dead, extinct, Matt. 22, 32 οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Beds
νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. Mark 12, 27. Luke
20, 38. 1 Cor. 15, 29. ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν, see
in βαπτίζω no. 2. a.y. Trop. νεκροί, those
dead to Christ and his Gospel, spiritually
dead; Matt. 8, 22 ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς κτλ.
let the spiritually dead bury their dead, i. 6. let
no lesser duty keep you from the one great
duty of following me. Luke ὃ, 60. Comp.
Rom. 6, 13. 11, 15. Eph. 5, 14; see in lett.
b, above.

2. Adj. νεκρός, a, dv, dead, in Attic and
later usage ; usually of mankind, but also
of an animal, Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 7. 4 χελώνην
που νεκρὰν εὑρῶν. |

a) Pr. Matt. 28, 4 ἐγένοντο ὥσει νεκροί.
Acts 20, 9 καὶ ἤρϑη νεκρός was taken up dead,
i. 6. for dead. 28, 6. Rev. 1, 17. Rom. 8,
10 τὸ σῶμα νεκρὸν δι’ ἁμαρτίαν, the body is
dead because of sin, i. 6. remains subject to
death ; parall. is ra ϑνητὰ σώματα v. 11.
Sept. for ™2 2 Sam. 19, 6. Is. 27, 36. So
Lue. Philops. 31. Arr, Epict. 3. 10. 15.—
Trop. for lost, perished, given up as dead,
6. g. the prodigal son, Luke 15, 24. 32;
parall. with ἀπολωλώς. So Aristoph. Ran.
420. Achill. Tat. 5. p. 553. ἦν ἂν ἔτι σοι
Δευκίππη νεκρά.

b) Trop. in opp. to the life of the Gos-
pel, 6. 5. a) Of persons, dead to Christ
and his gospel, and so exposed to punish-
ment, spiritually dead, Rev. 3, 1. With
dat. of cause or manner, Eph. 2, 1 ἡμᾶς ὄν-
Tas νεκροὺς παραπτώμασι. Vv. 5; ἐν c. dat.
Col. 2, 13. Vice versa, νεκρὸς εἶναι τῇ
ἁμαρτίᾳ, to be dead to sin, no longer willingly
subject to it, Rom. 6, 11, i. gq. ἀποθανεῖν τῇ
ἅμ. inv. 2. 8) Of things, dead, inactive,
inoperative, 6. g. ἁμαρτία Rom. 7, 8 ; πίστις
James 2, 17. 20. 26; also ἔργα νεκρά,
dead works, i. e. external righteousness, not
proceeding from a living faith, and therefore
fruitless, sinful, Heb. 6,1. 9,14. +

νεκρόω, ὦ, f. dow, (vexpds,) to make
dead; Pass. io die, pr. Anthol. Gr. IV. p.
276.—In N. T. trop. to deaden, to mortify,
to subdue, c. acc. 6. g. τὰ μέλη Col. 3, 5.
Pass. part. νενεκρωμένος, ἡ, ov, deadened,
i. 6. dead, powerless, impotent, as σῶμα ve-
vexp. Rom. 4,19. Heb. 11,12. So Plut.
de prim. Frig. 21; comp. ἀπονεκροῦσϑαι Arr.
Epict. 4. 5. 21. i

νέκρωσις, ews, ἧ; (vexpdw,) pr. a putting
to death ; hence in N. T.

1. death, i. e. violent death, 2 Cor. 4, 10
τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι
ἡμῶν περιφέροντες, i. Θ. ever exposed for

νεός 478

thé cause of Christ to the same death which
he suffered.

2. Trop. deadness, impotency, Rom. 4,
19.——Astrampsych. Oneirocrit. in Suid, ve-
κροὺς ὁρῶν νέκρωσιν ἕξεις πραγμάτων. Comp.
ἀπονέκρωσις Arr. Epict. 1. 5. 4.

νέος; a, ov, young, new ; Compar. ve o-
TEpos, younger.

1. Pr. of persons, young, youthful. 'Tit.
2, 4 ἵνωασωφρονίζωσι τὰς νέας, Opp. πρεσβύ-
τιδας. Sept. for "22 Gen. 37, 2. Prov.
22, 15. So Luc. D. Mort. 12. 4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 5, 31.—Compar. νεώτερος;
younger, e. g. of two or more, Luke 15, 12.
13, ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν, 6 v. vids. Sept. for
JRP Gen. 9,24. 42,13. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.
1. An. 1. 1. 1.) Genr. for a young person,
Plur. the younger, the young, in opp. to
those older; John 21, 18 dre ἧς νεώτερος.
Acts 5, 6 of vedrepot, i. 4. of νεανίσκοι in v.
10. 1 Tim. 5, 1.2.11. 14. Tit. 2, 6. 1 Pet.
5, 5. Implying inferior dignity, Luke 22,
26. Sept. for "92 Ps. 148, 12. Jer. 1, 6.
7. So Ceb. Tab. 2. Dem. 242. 15. Thuc.
1. 42.

2. Of things, new, recent, 6. g. οἶνος,
ἀσκοί, Matt. 9, 1'7 bis. Mark 2, 22 ter. Luke
5, 81 bis. 38. 39. Sept. for 83M Lev. 23,
17. Cant. 7,13. So Hdian. 1. 5. 26. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 38.—Trop. of the heart, disposi-
tion, nature, as renewed and therefore bet-
ter; 6. g. 1 Cor. 5,7 ἵνα ἦτε νέον φύραμα.
Col. 3, 10. Heb. 12, 24 διαϑήκη νέα.

νεοσσός, οὗ, ὃ, (veds,) a youngling, the
young of animals, espec. of birds. Luke 2,
24 δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, Where some
Mss. have the later form νοσσούς, see Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 206. Sturz Dial. Alex. p. 185.
Sept. for 2 Lev. 5,7. Prov. 30,17; O°M55N
Deut. 22, 60.---2 8}. V. H. 1. 6. Xen. Géc.
7. 34.

VEOTHS, ητος, ἡ, (véos,) youth, youthful
age. Matt. 19,20 ἐκ νεότητός pov. Mark 10,
20. Luke 18, 21. Acts 26, 4. 1 Tim. 4, 12

“μηδείς σου τῆς v. καταφρονείτω let no one
despise thy youth, i. e. conduct thyself with
the wisdom of riper age. Sept. for B12
Gen. 8, 21; M994 Ece. 11, 9. 10—Hdian.
1. 3. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31,

VEOPUTOS, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (νέος, φύω,)
newly planted, Suid. νεόφυτον" τὸ νεωστὶ
gurevsév. Sept. for 522 Job 14, 9. Ps. 144,
12.—In N. T. as Subst. trop. @ neophyte,
new convert, 1 Tim. 3, 6.

Népwr, wvos, ὃ, Nero, the Roman em-
peror, only in the spurious subscription
2 'Tim. 4, 23.

νεωκόρος

΄ ᾿ Ss
vev@, f. vevow, to nod, to beckon, as a

sign to any one; c. dat. John 13, 24 νεύει

οὖν αὐτῷ Σίμων. Acts 24, 10.—Sept. Prov.
4, 25. All. V. H. 14. 22. Plato Pheed. 117. a.

νεφέλη, ns, ἡ, (dim. νέφος,) pr. a small
cloud, nebula, perh. Luke 12, 54; comp.
1K. 18,44. Genr. a cloud, Jude 12 νεφέ-
Aas ἄνυδροϊ. [2 Pet. 2,17.] Sept. for 139
Gen. 9, 13.14; PIM Ps. 36,6; 39 Judg.
5,4. So Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4. Xen. An. 1.
8. 8.—Accompanying supernatural appear-
ances and events, as the pillar of cloud in
the desert, 1 Cor. 10, 1. 2; comp. Sept.
and }22 Ex. 13,21. 22. In connection with
Christ, as with a voice from heaven Luke
9,35; or at his transfiguration, νεφέλη ho
ren, Matt. 17, 5 bis. Mark 9, '7 bis. Luke
9, 34 bis ; as receiving him up at his ascen
sion, Acts 1, 9; as surrounding him at his
second coming, Matt. 24, 30. 26, 64. Mark
13, 26. 14, 62. Luke 21, 27. Rev. 1,7. 14,
14 bis. 15. 16. As surrounding ascending
saints or angels, 1 Thess. 4, 17. Rey. 10,1.
11,12. Sept. of God, Ps. 18, 8 sq. 97, 2.
Is. 19, 1. y

Νεφϑαλείμ, δ, indec. Nephthalim, Heb.
“DAD? (my wrestling) Naphtali, pr. n. of
the sixth son of Jacob, born of Bilhah, comp.
Gen. 30, 8.—In N. T.. only meton. the tribe
of Naphtali, Matt. 4, 13. 15. Rev. 7, 6.

νέφος, εος; ους, τό, ἃ cloud, pr. Hdian.
1. 14. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 38.—In N. T. trop.
for a crowd, throng, Heb. 12, 1 νέφος pap-
τύρων. So Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4. 397. Hdot.
8. 109 νέφος τοσοῦτο ἀνπρώπων. Diod. Sic.
3. 29 τὰ νέφη τῶν ἀκρίδων.

νεφρός, οὔ, 6, a kidney; Plur. of ve-
pot, the kidneys, reins, loins, Sept. for
mino> Ex. 29, 13. 32. Job 16, 13.—In N. T.
trop. for the inmost mind, the seat. of the
desires and passions, Rev. 2, 23 ἐρευνῶν ve-
φροὺς καὶ καρδίας. Comp. Sept. and minds
in the similar phrase Ps. 7, 10. Jer. 11, 20.
17, 10. 20, 12.

νεωκόρος, ov, 6, (ναός, Att. νεώς, κορέω.)
pr. temple-sweeper ; hence α' temple-keeper,
prefect of a temple, who had charge also of
the decorations, Jos. Ant. 1. 7. 6. Xen. An.
5. 3. 6; also @ worshipper, one who fre-
quents a temple, e. g. said of the Israel-
ites in the desert, Jos. B. J. 5.9.4 ods ὁ
Seds ἑαυτῷ νεωκόρους ἦγεν, and 50 νεωκορεῖν
ib.—In N. T. a title assumed by cities noted
for the worship of a particular deity, to
whom they had built a temple; 6. g. of
Ephesus, a worshipper, devotee of Diana,
Acts 19, 35 νεωκόρος τῆς μεγάλης ᾿Αρτέμι-

νεωτερίκος

δος. So in inscriptions and on the coins of
several cities ; see in Wetstein N. T. II. p.
588.

νεωτερικός, n, ὄν, (νέος, νεώτερος,)
youthful, pertaining to youth; 2 Tim. 2, 22
τὰς v. ἐπιϑυμίας pedye.—3 Mace. 4, 8. Pol.
10. 24. 7. Plut. Dion 8.

νεώτερος, a, ov, see in νέος.

νή, a particle of strong affirmation, with
an accus. of that to which one appeals,
whether with or without an oath; 1 Cor.
15, 31 νὴ τὴν dp. καύχησιν, I protest by
the rgoicing in you, which I have in Christ.
Sept. for "71 Gen. 42, 15. 16.—Luc. D. Deor.
19. 1. Al. V. H. 1. 33. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.10.

νήϑω, f. νήσω, (νέω, Buttm. §114,) to
spin, absol. Matt. 6,28 et Luke 12, 27 οὐδὲ
νήϑει, sc. τὰ κρινά. Sept. for HO Ex. 35,
25. 38, 18.—Anthol. Gr. III. p. 63. Plato
Polit. 289. c.

νηπιάξω, f. dow, (νήπιος,) to be as a
child, childlike, intrans. 1 Cor. 14, 20 τῇ
κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, i. e. be ignorant of it; comp.
Matt. 18, 3—So the Greek prov. διαφέρει
δὲ τοῦ νηπίου καϑ᾿ ἡλικίαν οὐδὲν ὁ ἐν ταῖς
φρεσὶ νηπιάζων, in Wetstein ad loc.

νήπιος, ia, ιον, Att. os, ον, (νη-, ἔπος.)
pr. not speaking, Lat. infans ; hence subst.
an infant, child, babe, without any definite
limitation of age.

1. Pr. Matt. 21,16 ἐκ στόματος νηπίων
᾿ καὶ ϑηλαζόντων, quoted from Ps. 8, 8 where
Sept. for >d49. 1 Cor. 13, 11 quing. ὅτε
ἤμην νήπιος κτλ. Spec. a minor, one not
yet of age, Gal. 4,1. Sept. genr. for >219
and >>4> of a child playing in the streets
Jer. 6, 11. 9, 20; asking for bread Lam. 4,
4; borne in the arms Lam. 2, 20; once of
the foetus Job 3, 16.—Hdian. 2. 15. '7. Diod:
Sic. 1. 74. Plato Ax. 866. d.

2. Trop. a babe, for one unlearned, unen-
lightened, simple; e. g. in a good sense,
Matt. 11,25 ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις. Luke
10, 21. Rom. 2, 20. [1 Thess. 2, 7.1] ἴπι-
plying censure, 1 Cor. 3,1 ὡς νηπίοις ἐν
Χριστῷ. Gal. 4, 3. Eph. 4, 14. Heb. 5, 13.
Sept. for "72 Prov. 1, 32. Ps. 19,8.—Hom.
Od. 9. 44. Luc. Halcy. 5. Plato Ax. 367. a.

ΝΝηρεύς, ἕως, 5, Nereus, pr. n. of a
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 15..

Nypi, 6, indec. Neri, pr. n. of an ances-
tor of Jesus, Luke 3, 27.

νησίον, ov, τό, (dim. νῆσος;) a small isl-
and, islet, 6. g. Κλαύδη q. v. Acts 27, 16.

νῆσος, ov, ἡ, (kindr. véw, vdw,) an island,
Acts 13, 6. 27, 26. 28, 1.°7. 9. 11, Rev. 1,

479 νῆστις

9. 6,14. 16,20. Sept. for "δὲ Ps. 72, 10
Ez. 26, 15. 18.—Diod. Sic. 3. 44. Xen.
Hell. 4,89 ὦ.

νηστεία, as, ἡ, (νηστεύω,) fasting, ἃ
fast, abstinence from eating. ;

1. Genr. 6. 5. for want of food, 2 Cor.
6, 5. 11, 27 ἐν λίμῳ καὶ δίψει, ἐν νηστείαις
modAdkis.—Diod. Sic. 1.82. Plut.C. Mar. 86.

2. In a religious sense, as of the private
fastings of the Jews, Matt. 17, 21 et Mark
9, 29 ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ. Luke 2, 37.
Acts 14, 23. 1 Cor. 7,5. Τὸ this kind of
fasting the Pharisees ascribed great merit
and practised it often, sometimes twice a
week; see Matt. 9, 4. Luke 18, 12. Dan. 9, 3.
Is. 58, 3 sq. Tob. 12,8. In their longer fast-
ings they abstained only from the bette~
kinds of food, Dan. 10, 2 sq. Sept. for niz
Dan. et Is. 1. c. Ps. 69, 11.—Spec. the fast,
i. e. the annual public fast of the Jews, the
great day of atonement, held on the tenth
day of the seventh month (Tisri), five days
before the festival of Tabernacles; see Lev.
16, 29 sq. 23, 27sq. 34. The seventh
month began with the new moon of Octo-
ber; and hence this fast served to indicate
the season of the year after which the navi-
gation of the Mediterranean became dan-
gerous, Acts 27, 9. So Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 3,
comp. 4 τρεπομένου τοῦ καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν
χειμέριον ὥραν. Philo de Vit. Mos. 2. p.
657. c; also genr. Plut. Symp. 4. 6. 2 init.
Al. V. H. 5. 20.

UA

νηστεύω, f. evow, (νῆστις,) to fast, to
abstain from eating, in N. T. only of priv-
ate fasting, see in νηστεία ; Matt. 6, 16 bis.
17. 18. 9,14 bis. Mark 2, 18 ter. 19 bis.
Luke 5, 33. 18,12. Acts 10, 30. 13, 2. 3.
Sept. for nix Judg.'20, 26. 1 Sam. 7, 6.
(441. V. H. 5. 20. Plut. Demosth. 30.)
With the notion of grief, mourning, with
which fasting was often connected, Matt.
9, 15 πενϑεῖν..᾿, νηστεύσουσιν. Mark 2, 20.
Luke 5, 34. 35. Comp. 2 Sam. 12, 16.
Ezra 10, 6. Neh. 1, 4; where Sept. and
Heb, 05%.—Of the Saviour’s supernatural
fast of forty days, Matt. 4,2; comp. Luke
4,2. Others suppose his fasting may have
consisted in abstaining from all ordinary
food, and subsisting only on the scanty sup-
plies of the desert; comp. Dan. 10, 2 sq.
1 Sam. 31, 13. Act. Thom. § 20 νηστεύει

- συνεχῶς; καὶ ἄρτον ἐσϑίει μόνον μετὰ ἅλα-

Tos, καὶ τὸ ποτὸν αὐτοῦ ὕδωρ.

νῆστις, tos, 6, ἡ; adj. (η-: ἐσϑίω,) not
having eaten, fasting, Plur. acc. νήστεις
Matt. 15, 32. Mark 8, 3.—Plut. Cato Maj.
23 νῆστιν. Dion. Hal. Rhet. 9. 16 νήστεις.

νηφάλιος

Also acc. plur. νήστιδες Athen. 7. 79. Ῥ.
126. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 326.

νηφάλιος, ia, τον, (νήφω,) sober, tem-
perate, espec. in respect to wine, Jos. Ant.
, 8. 12.2; comp. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 13
pen.—In N. T. trop. sober-minded, watchful,
circumspect ; 1 Tim. 3,2 δεῖ οὖν ἐπίσκοπον
εἶναι νηφάλιον κτλ. v.11. Tit. 2,2; comp.
1 Thess. 5, 6. So Plut. de Garrulit. 4 mid.
Phavorin. νηφάλιός ἐστιν 6 ἀεὶ νήφων καὶ

σύνεσιν ἔχων τῇ ἡλικίᾳ κατάλληλον .----ΤοΧί,

Rec. in 1 Tim. 8; 2. 11, has the later sy-
non. form νηφάλεος, a, ov, comp. Pas-
SOW 8. V.

νήφω, f. ψω, to be sober, temperate, ab-
stinent, espec. in respect to wine, Jos. B. J.
5. δ. Ἵ ἀπὸ ἀκράτου νήφοντες. Xen. Cyr. 7.
5. 20.—In N. T. trop. to be sober-minded,
watchful, circumspect, absol. 1 Thess. 5, 6
γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν. v. 8. 2 Tim. 4, 5
σὺ δὲ νῆφε ἐν πᾶσι. 1 Pet. 1, 13. 4, 7. 5, 8.
So Jos. B. J. 2.12.1. Luc. Hermot. 47
νῆφε καὶ μέμνησο. ἀπιστεῖν. Plato Legg.
918, d.

Νίγερ, 6, indec. Niger, surname of
Simon a teacher at Antioch, Acts 13, 1.

Νικάνωρ, opos, 6, Nicanor, pr. n. of
one of the seven primitive deacons, Acts
6, 5.

VIKA, &, f. how, (νίκη,) to be victorious,

3
2

1. Intrans. to come off victor, to pre-
vail; Rom. 3, 4 ἵνα νικήσῃς ἐν τῷ κρίνεσϑαί
σε, quoted from Sept. Ps. 51, 4 where Heb.
M21 to be pure. With an infin. Rev. 5, 5.
—Dem. 1436. 18. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17.

2. Trans. to overcome, to‘conquer, to sub-
due, c. acc. Luke 11, 22 ὁ ἰσχυρότερος...
νικήσῃ αὐτόν. Rom. 12, 21 bis, μὴ νικῶ
(Pass.) ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ
ἀγαϑῷ τὸ κακόν. So Diod. Sic. 4, 57. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 10. 4. Mem. 2. 6. 35.—Of Jesus
and his followers as victorious over the
world, over evil, over all the adversaries of
his kingdom; with an acc. expr. or impl.
1 John 5, 4 bis, νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον κτλ. Vv. 5.
Rev. 3, 21. 6, 2 bis. 12, 11. 17, 14. Perf.
for pres. or fut. John 16, 33 ἐγὼ νενίκηκα
τὸν κόσμον. 1 John 2, 13. 14. 4,4. Hence
Part. absol. ὁ νικῶν, the victor, he that
overcometh, Rev. 2, 7. 11.17. 3, 5. 21,7;
as Nom. absol. Rev. 2,26. 3,12.213; comp.
Buttm. ὁ 145. n. 4. Winer § 28. 8. Pregn.
before ἐκ rod ϑηρίου Rev. 15, 2, see in ἐκ
no. 1. b—Also of the adversaries of Christ’s
kingdom as temporarily victorious, Rev. 11,
WaIS)ERTS ;

480 νῖκος

νίκη, ns; ἣ, victory, metcn. for the ground
or pledge of victory, 1 John 5, 4 αὕτη ἐστὶν
ἡ νίκη... ἡ πίστις tpov.—Pr, Jos. B. J. 1.
27. 3. Hdian. 3. 8. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.
10.

Νικόδημος, ov, 6, Nicodemus, (victor
populi,) pr. n. of a Pharisee and member of
the Sanhedrim, who came to Jesus by night,
prob. as a serious though timid inquirer.
John 3, 1. 4. 9. 7, 50. 19, 39. ᾿

Νικολαύτης, ov, 6, a Nicolaitan, pr. ἃ
follower of Νικόλαος, Rev. 2, 6. 15. This
was prob. an heretical sect sprung from
some leader of that name; but whether
connected with the Nicolaitans of the second
century and later, is very doubtful. Some
regard the word as symbolical, ‘referring to

those who are called in v. 14 τοὺς kparodv-’

tas τὴν διδάχην Βαλαάμ; since the Greek
name Νικόλαος corresponds to the Heb.
bY>43, if this latter be taken as compounded
from 522 (or 923) 1, 4. νικάω, and DY λαός;
so Eichhorn in Comm. ad loc. Hengstenb.
Bileam p. 22 sq. Comp. the symbolical
use of Ἰεζάβελ in Rey. 2,20. But a com-
parison of vv. 14. 15, seems to show that
the Nicolaitans and the followers of Balaam
were two distinct sects. See genr. Winer
Realw. 5. voc. Neander Apostol. Zeitalt. II.
p. 533. ed. 3. [Engl. IL p. 50 sq.]

Νικόλαος, ov, 6, Nicolas, (victor popu-
li,) pr. n. of a proselyte of Antioch, one of
the seven primitive deacons, Acts 6, 5.

Νικόπολις, ews, ἡ, Nicopolis, (pr. city
of victory,) a city where Paul proposed to
winter, Tit. 3, 12; also in the spurious
subscription. Prob. Nicopolis ad Nestum v.
Nessum, on the river Nessus (now Mesto),
which was here the boundary between
Thrace and Macedonia ; and hence the city
is sometimes reckoned to the latter. Ptol.
3. 11.—Another Nicopolis was built by
Augustus in Epirus, near the Sinus Am-
bracius, in honour of the battle of Actium ;

Strabo 7. p. 325. Dion Cass. 51. 1. Other .

cities of this name existed in Cilicia, Arme-
nia, Egypt, etc.

νῖκος, cos, ovs, τό, (νίκη,) victory, a later
form for νίκη, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 647. 1 Cor.
15, 55 ποῦ σου, ἅδη, τὸ νῖκος; v. 57. So
eis νῖκος adv. victoriously, triumphantly,
Matt. 12, 20; see in ἐκβάλλω no. 2. b, and
κρίσις no. 4. 1 Cor. 15, 54, comp. Is. 25, 8,
where Heb. 9222. Sept. for mx2> 2 Sam.
2, 26. Job 36, '7; comp. Buxtorf Lex.
Chald. 1379.—Sept. genr. Ez. 3, 8. An-
180], Gr, III. p. 242. Ἶ

Νινευΐ 481

Νινευΐ, ἡ, indec. Nineveh, Heb. 773"2,
i. 6. dwelling of Ninus, the ancient capital
of the Assyrian empire, Luke 11,32; comp.
Gen. 10, 11, and the book of Nahum. It
was situated on the eastern bank of the
Tigris, opposite to the modern Mosul ; and
appears to have comprised a large tract of
country, including various fortresses and
temple-palaces several miles distant from
each other. Those at Khorsabad and Nim-
roud have been excavated. The Greeks
and Romans called it Nivos, Ninus, Hdot.
1.193. Plin. H. N. 6. 30. It was finally
destroyed B. C. 606. See Niebuhr Reise-
beschr. II. p. 353. Rich’s Koordistan, II.
p. 29 sq. Ritter Erdkunde-XI. p. 221 sq.
Layard’s Nineveh and its Remains, passim.

Nuwvevirns, ov, 6, a Ninevite, Matt. 12,
41. Luke 11, 30. [32.]

νιυπττήρ; ρος, ὁ, (νίπτω,) a wash-basin,
John 13, 5.—Pollux Onom. 10. 78 ποδα-
γιπτηρ.

νίπτω, f. vo, a later form, for which
earlier writers used vif, f. yo, Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. § 114. p. 249; to wash, but
only some part of the body, as the face,
hands, feet. Ablutions of the hands and
feet were common with the Jews, e. g. of
the hands before eating, see Matt. 15, 2.
Mark 7, 3; of the feet, as a mark of hospi-
tality offered to a guest on his arrival, and
performed by menial servants or slaves, see
1 Sam. 25, 41. Gen. 18, 4. 19, 2. 24, 32.
43 24, Judg. 19,21. The usual mode of
ab.ution in the east is by pouring water
upon the hands ; this is done by a servant ;
comp. 2 K. 3,11, See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 451. IIL p. 26. Winer Realw. art. Reinig-
keit—Hence, to wash, 6. acc. e. g. the face,
τὸ πρόσωπον Matt. 6, 17 ; impl. the eyes, τοὺς
ὀφϑαλμούς John 9, 7 bis. 11 bis. 15; the
hands, ras: χεῖρας Matt. 15,2. Mark 7, 3;
the feet, τοὺς πόδας John 13, 5. 6. 8 bis. 10.
12. 14 bis. 1 Tim. 5,10. Sept. for 717
of the face Gen. 43, 31; the hands Ex. 30,
20. Deut. 21,6; the feet 1 Sam. 25, 41.
Gen. 18, 4. So the face Plut. conjugal.
Prec. 29; the hands, id. C. Mar. 26; the
feet, id. Thes. 10. Hdot. 6. 19.

νοέω, &, f. now, (νόος, νοῦς.) lo see with
the eyes, fo perceive; 6. g. ὀφθαλμοῖς νοεῖν
Hom. Il. 24, 294. ib. 3. 396. Xen. An. 3. 4.
44,—In N. T. trop. to see mentally, i. 6.

1. to» perceive, to understand, to compre-

ε΄ hend, absol. Matt. 16, 9 οὔπω νοεῖτε; Mark

8, 17; τῇ καρδίᾳ John 12, 40. With an

acc. expr. or impl. Eph. 3, 4 ἀναγινώσκοντες

νοῆσαι σύνεσίν pov. Vv. 20. 1 Tim. 1, 7.
31

νομίζω — Nek.

Rom. 1, 20.. With infin. Heb. 11, 3; with
ὅτι Matt. 15, 17.16, 11. Mark 7,18. Sept
for 7°35 Prov. 1, 2. 6.—Diod. Sic. 5. 31.
Plut. Thes. 3. Xen. An, 3. 4. 44.

2. to think of, to consider, to give heed to,
c. acc. 2 Tim. 2, '7 νόει, ἀλέγω. Absol. Matt.
24,15 et Mark 13, 14 6 ἀναγινώσκων νοεΐτω.
—Ecclus. 11, 7. Hom. Il. 9. 533 [537].
Arr. ΤῊΣ 3. 1. 18.

νόημα, atos, τό, (voéw,) α perception,
thought, i. 6.

1. Pr. what is thought out, excogitated;
hence a purpose, project, device. 2 Cor. 2,
11 οὐ yap αὐτοῦ (τοῦ Σατανᾶ) τὰ νοήματα
ἀγνοοῦμεν. 10, 5.—Baruch 2, 8. Hom. ἢ.
10. 104. Plato Polit. 260. d.

2. Meton. for the gift or power of thought,
the mind; 6. g. the understanding, 2 Cor.
3,14 ἐπωρώϑη τὰ νοήματα αὐτῶν. 4, 4; also
the affections, disposition, 2 Cor. 11, 3 οὕτω
φϑάρῃ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν. Phil. 4, '7.—Hom.
Od. 20. 82, 346. Pind. Pyth. 6. 29. Plato
Conv. 197. e.

VOSOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. bastard, spurious,
Heb. 12, 8.—Jos. Ant. 5. 7. 1. Luc. Tox.
51. Xen. An. 2. 4. 25.

νομή, ἧς, ἡ, (νέμω,) pasture, pasturage.

1. The act of feeding, pr. Xen. Cc.
7. 20; in N. T. trop. a feeding, eating,
spreading, as of a gangrene; and hence
νομὴν ἔχειν, i. 4. to eat, to spread, 2 Tim. 2,
17 ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει.
So of an ulcer Pol. 1. 81. 6; of fire Jos. Β.
J. 6. 2. 9. Pol. 1. 48. 5.

2. pasturage, pabulum, trop. John. 10, 9
νομὴν εὑρήσει, i.e. he shall have enjoyment,
shall find happiness. Sept. for ny-7 Gen.
47, 5; ΤΣ Ps. 74, 1 _—Trop. Plato
Phedr. 248. Ὁ. Pr. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 20.

νομίζω, f. ἰσω, (νόμος,) to acknowledize
as custom, to do customarily, i. e.

1. Pr. i. q. to do by custom, to be accus-
tomed, to be wont; Pass. id. Acts 16, 13 οὗ
ἐνομίζετο προσευχὴ εἶναι, where according to
custom was the proseucha, i. e. παρὰ mora-
μόν ; see in προσευχή no. 2,—Jos. Ant. 11.
1. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1.
2.27. Also Act. Hdian. 6. 1. 9. Dem.
1077. 25.

2. Genr. to regard or acknowledge as any
thing, i. 6. in its customary character, or in
the customary or prescribed manner, e. g.
τινὰ Sedv νομίζειν Dinarch. 102. 13; τὴν
αἰχμαλωτὸν γυναῖκα ἐνόμιζεν Conon. Narrat,
44. So Pass. Luke 3, 23 ὡς ἐνομίζετο, as”
he was regarded, reckoned, i. e. according to

Jewish custom. (Dem. 1022. 16 of vope-

νομίκος

ζόμενοι μὲν υἱεῖς, μὴ ὄντες δὲ γένει ἐξ αὐτῶν.
Hdot. 4. 180.) Hence simply to regard, to
think, to suppose, e. g. with inf. and acc.
Luke 2, 44 νομίσαντες δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ συνοδίᾳ
εἶναι. Acts 7, 25. 8, 20. 14, 19. 16, 27. 17,
29. 1 Cor. 7, 26. 1 Tim. 6, 5; inf. simpl.
1 Cor. '7, 36. With ὅτι, Matt. 5, 1'7 μὴ vo-
μίσητε ὅτι ἦλϑον κτλ..10, 34. 20, 10. Acts
21, 29. So inf. c. acc. Al. V. H. 8. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.5; inf. Xen. Ag. 2. 3; ὅτι
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 22.

νομικός, ή, ὄν, (νόμος,) pertaining to law.

1. Genr. Tit. 8,9 μάχαι νομικαί, i. 6. dis-
putes relating to the Mosaic law.—Ady.
νομικῶς according to law, Plut. de. vitios.
Pud. 10.

2. Of persons, one skilled in the law, a
lawyer. Tit. 3,13 Ζηνᾶν τὸν νομικὸν πρόπεμ-
ψον. So Plut. Sulla 36. Strabo 12. p. 813. c,
of παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις νομικοί. Arr. Epict. 2. 13.
7.—In the Jewish sense, an interpreter and
teacher of the Mosaic law, so called in Luke,
(once in Matt.) elsewhere νομοδιδάσκαλος
and γραμματεύς, see in γραμματεύς no. 2.
Matt. 22, 35 et Luke 10, 25 νομικός τις
(comp. Mark 12, 28 γραμματεύς). Luke 7,
30. 11, 45. 46. 52. 14, 3. So Jos. B. J. 2.
21. 7.

νομίμως, adv. (νόμιμος, vdpos,) law-
fully, according to law and custom, 1 Tim.
1, 8. 2 Tim. 2, 5.—Arr. Epict. 8. 10. 8 εἰ
νομίμως #ZAnoas. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 1.

νόμισμα, aros, τό, (νομίζω,) any thing
sanctioned by law or usage, a custom, Ais-
chyl. Theb. 269.—Hence in N. T. current
money, coin, Lat. numisma ; Matt. 22, 19
τὸ v. τοῦ Knvoov. So Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 1.
Hdian. 2.15. 9. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 12.

νομοδιδάσκαλος, ov, 6, (νόμος, διδά-
σκαλος.) α law-teacher, lawyer, i. e. ἃ teach-
er and expounder of the Jewish law, i. q.
νομικός and γραμματεύς, Luke 5, 17. Acts
5, 34; see in γραμματεύς no. 2.—Spoken
also of perverse Christian teachers, who ob-
truded themselves upon the churches as
expounders of the Mosaic law; 1 Tim. 1, 7
-ϑέλοντες ἐἶναι νομοδιδάσκαλοι.
νομοδεσία; ας; ἢ; (νομοϑετέω,) ἰάιο-
giving, legislation, the giving of a code of
laws, Pol. 4. 81. 12 ἀπὸ τῆς Λυκούργου vo-
po%ecias. Plato Rep. 427. b—In N. T.
meton. legislation, i. q. the laws given, code
of laws, the law, e. g. the Mosaic code,
Rom. 9, 4 ὧν ai διαϑῆκαι καὶ ἡ vopoSecia.
“So 2 Mace. 6, 23. Lys. 186. 33. Plut. In-
stit. Lacon. 42 pen. ἕως οὗ παντάπασιν ὗπερ-
ἰδόντες τὴν Λυκούργου νομοϑεσίαν.

482

νομος

νομοϑετέω, ὦ, f. How, (νομοϑέτης,) to
make, or give laws, to legislate.

1. θην. and c. dat. for any one, Xen.
Apol. Socr. 15 Λυκούργου τοῦ Λακεδαιμονί-
ots νομοδϑετήσαντος. Sept. for 179 Ex. 24,
12. Hence in N. T. Pass. to be legislated
for, to receive laws, where the dat. of the
active construction becomes the nom. to the
passive, Buttm. § 134.5. Winer ᾧ 40. 1
Heb. 7, 11 ὁ λαὸς yap ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ νενομοϑέτητο
for the people received the (Mosaic) law upon
this condition, sc. of sqogiyang the Levitical
priesthood.

2. Spec. to establish, to sanction, pr. as
law, or by law, Pass. Heb. 8, 6 ἥτις (δια-
ϑήκη) ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοϑέ-
τηται.---[ο5. Ant. 8. 15. 3. Act. c. acc.
Diod. Sic. 1. 27. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 25.

νομοδϑέτης, ov, 6, (νόμος, τίϑημι,) alaw-
giver, legislator, James 4, 12.—Jos. Ant. 3.
7.7. Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31.

νόμος, ov, 6, (νέμω to allot,) pr. ‘any
thing allotted, apportioned,’ that which one
has in use and possession; hence ὦ usage,
custom, Sept. and "7M 2 Sam. 7, 19. Luc.
Ὁ. Mort. 14. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 28.—In N.
T. a law, ordinance, as prescribed by cus-
tom or authority,

1. Genr. law, without reference to a par-
ticular people or state. Rom. 4, 15 οὗ yap
οὐκ ἔστι νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις. 5, 13. 7, 8.
1 Tim. 1, 9. So Dem. 774. 18. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 41 sq.—Spec. of particular laws, sta-
tutes, ordinances ; in N. T. mostly of the
Mosaic statutes, viz. 8) Of laws relating
to civil rights and duties, John 7, 51 μὴ ὁ
νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνϑδρωπον κτλ. John
8, 5 comp. Lev. 20,10. John 19, 7 comp.
Lev. 24, 16 et Deut. 13, 5. Acts 23, 3. 24,
6. Also the law of marriage Rom. 7, 2. 3.
1 Cor. 7, 39; of the. Levitical priesthood
Heb. 7, 16. Also Heb. 9,19 κατὰ νόμον i. 6.
according to the ordinance or command
respecting the promulgation of the law,
568 Ex. 20, 18.19. 24, 2 sq. Sept. for
mim Num. 19, 14. So of particular civil
laws among the Greeks, Dem. 325. 13. ib.
599. 24. Xen. Hell. 3.3.2. 0) Of laws
relating to external religious rites, e. g. pu-
rification Luke 2, 22, Heb. 9, 22; circum-
cision John 7, 23. Acts 15,5 (comp. 21,
20. 24); sacrifices Heb. 10,8. So Sept.
and MM Ley. 6,9. 14. al. 0) Of laws
relating to the hearts and conduct of men,
Rom. 7, '7 6 νόμος ἔλεγεν " οὐκ emisupnoess. :
James 2, 8. Heb. 8, 10 et 10, 16 διδοὺς vd
μοὺς μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, quoted from
Jer. 31,33 where Sept. for πῶ, ὦ Put

“ἌΧ, ᾳ.ᾳΕΝ

voos 483

tor @ wruten law, a law expressly given, i. 4.
6 νόμος + ἔγγραπτος. Rom. 2, 14 ἔϑνη τὰ μὴ
νόμον ἔχοντα ... ἑαυτοῖς εἰσι νόμος. So
Diod. Sic. 1. 94 νόμοι ἔγγραπτοι.

2. the law, i. 6. @ code or body of laws, in
N. T. only of the Mosaic code. 4) Pr.
Matt. 5, 18 ἰῶτα ἕν... οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ
τοῦ νόμου. 22, 86 ποία ἐντολὴ μεγάλη ἐν
τῷ νόμῳ; Luke 16, 17. John 1, 17 ὁ νόμος
διὰ Μωῦσέως ἐδόθη. 7,19. Acts '7, 53. Rom.
2, 13 sq. 5, 13. 1 Cor. 15, 56. Gal. 3, 10
sq. Phil. 3, 5. 1 Tim. 1, 8. James 2, 9. 11.
al. Hence ἔργα νόμου, see in ἔργον no. 2.
c. ὃ, Rom. 2, 15. Gal. 2, 16. 3,10; of ἐκ
νόμου, of ἐν νόμῳ, of ὑπὸ νόμον, those un-
der the Mosaic law, Rom. 4, 16. 3, 19.
1 Cor. 9, 20; ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ id. Rom. 2, 12.
Sept. and "01M Deut. 1, 5. 4, 44.al. Ὁ)
Synecd. for the Mosaic dispensation, Rom.
10, 4 τέλος yap νόμου Χριστός. Heb. 7, 12.
10,1. ¢) Meton. for the book of the law,
i. 6. pr. the books of Moses, the Pentateuch,
Matt. 12, 5. Luke 2, 23 (comp. Ex. 13, 2).
Luke 10, 26. 1 Cor. 9,8. 9 (comp. Deut.
25, 4). 1 Cor. 14, 34 comp. Gen. 3, 16.

Sept. and MIM Neh. 8, 2. As forming

part of the Old Test. 6 νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆ-
rat, Matt. 5, 17. Luke 16, 16. John 1, 46.
Acts 13, 15: 28,23. Rom. 3, 21. (Jos. de
Macc. 18.) Also νόμος καὶ προφ. καὶ ψάλ-
pos Luke 24,44. Simply ὁ νόμος for the
Old Testament, John 10, 84. 12, 34. 15,
25 comp. Ps. 35,19. 1 Cor. 14, 21 comp.
Ts. 28, 11. 12. So 2 Mace. 2, 18.

3. Trop. 6 νόμος τέλειος, the more perfect
law, put for the Christian dispensation, in
contrast with that of Moses; comp. above
in no. 2. Ὁ. James 1, 25 ὁ δὲ παρακύψας eis
νόμον τέλειον τὸν THs ἐλευϑερίας. So with-

out τέλειος, James 2, 12. 4, 11.—Also of

the laws, precepts, established by the gos-
pel; 6. g. ὁ νόμος Χριστοῦ Gal. 6,2; absol.
Rom. 13, 8. 10 πλήρωμα οὖν νόμου ἡ ἀγάπη.
Gal. ὅ, 28. ©

4. Trop. a law, rule, standard of judging
or acting; Rom. 3, 27 διὰ ποίου νόμου"
τῶν ἔργων; οὐχί ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως:
7, are 8, 2. 9, 31-—Arr. Epict. 1. 26.
1,

νόος, see νοῦς.

νοσέω, ὦ, f. How, (νόσος,) to be sick, to
ail, pr. Hdian. 3. 15. 3. Thue. 1. 138.—In

-T. trop. νοσεῖν περί τι, to be sick
with longing for any thing, to pine after,
to dote about ; 1 Tim. 6, 4 νοσῶν περὶ ζητή-
σεις καὶ Aoyouaxias—So περί τι Plut.
de Ira cohib. 14. Id. de seipsum citra Invid.
laud. 20 τοῖς περὶ δόξαν νοσοῦσιν. Plato
Pheedr. 228. 6.

a [
vouSecia

νόσημα, atos, τό, (νοσέξω,) sickness, dis
ease, i. q. νόσος, John 5, 4.—Luc. Abdicat.
18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 27.

νόσος, ov, ἧ, sickness, disease ; Matt. 4,
23 ϑεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον. v.24. 9, 35.
10,1. Mark 1,34. 3,15. Luke 4, 40. 6,
17. 7, 21. 9, 1. Acts 19, 12. Sept. for
"bm 2 Chr. 21, 19; M392 Ἔκ. 15,26. So
Hdian. 1. 3. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 4, 13.—Me-
taph. for pain, sorrow, evil; Matt. 8,17 καὶ
τὰς νόσους [ἡμῶν] ἐβάστασεν, translated
from Is. 53, 4, Heb. 3 ΝΞ Ὦ.

νοσσιά, as, 4, (νεοσσός,) a later contr.
form for Att. νεοσσιά, ἃ nest with the young,
Sept. for ἽΡ Ps. 84, 4. Pausan. 9. 30. Hdot.
8.111 ; see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 206 sq. Sturz
de Dial. Alex. p. 185.—In N. T. a@ nest of
young birds, brood ; Luke 13, 34 ὃν τρόπον
ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτὴν νοσσιάν. So Sept. and jp
Deut. 32, 11.

f ° ,
νοσσίον, ov, τό, (dim. νεοσσός,) contr.

for Att. νεοσσίον, see in voooid ; ἃ young

bird, Plur. τὰ νοσσία, a brood of young birds,
Matt. 23, 37. Sept. for O°M4EN Ps. 84, 4.
—NSo τὰ veorria Aristot. H. An. 9. 29. El.
V. ἘΝ, 10. 3.

vooe os, see νεοσσός.

voodpifw, £. ica, (νόσφι;). pr. to put
apart, to separate ; Mid. to separate oneself,
to go away, Hom. Od. 11. 73. Act. to take
or snatch away, to rob, Pind. Nem. 6. 106.—
In N. T. Mid. to take away for oneself, to
keep back what belongs to another, to em-
bezzle, to purloin; absol. Tit. 2,10; with
ἀπό ¢. gen. partitively, Acts 5, 2. 3 νοσφί-
σασϑαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς. So c. ἀπό Sept.
Josh. 7,15 οὐδὲν ἐκ τινός Philo de Vit. Mos.
1. p. 641. 6; c. acc. 2 Macc. 4, 32, Xen.
Cyr. 4, 2. 42.

νότος, οὐ, 6, the south wind ; strictly the
south-west wind, Lat. notus.

1. Pr. Luke 12, 55 νότον πνέοντα. Acts
27,13. 28,13. Sept. for Bins Job 37,17;
y2°H Cant. 4, 16.—Plut. M. Anton. 7. Xen.
An. 5. 7. 7.

2. Meton. the south, the southern quarter
of the heavens and earth; Matt. 12, 42 et
Luke 11, 31 βασίλισσα νότου (comp. 1 K.
6.10). Luke 13,29. Rev. 21,13. Sept. for
pins Ecc. 1, 5. Ez. 40, 25; 332 Josh. 15,
2; jem Ex. 26, 35.—Plut. Camill. 16.
Plato Crit. 118. b.

vouSecia, as, ἡ, (vov%eréw,) a putting
in mind, warning, admonition ; 1 Cor. 10,
11 ταῦτα ἐγράφη πρὸς νουϑεσίαν ἡμῶν. Eph.
6, 4. Tit. 8, 10.—Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 1. Diod.
Sic. 15. 7. Plut. Solon 25. The firm νους.

νουδετέω

Serta was regarded as more Attic, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 512.

VOUYETED, &, f. How, (νοῦς, τίϑημι;) to
put in mind, to remind, to warn, to admon-
ish, c. acc. Acts 20, 31 οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην...
νουϑετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. Rom. 15, 14. 1 Cor.
4, 14. Col. 1, 28. 3;16. 1 Thess. 5, 12. 14.
2 Thess.-3, 15. Sept. for "©? Job 4, 3.—
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24. Luc. Tim. 48. Xen. Cyr.
8. 2. 15. ,

νουμηνία, as, ἡ, (νέος, μήν;) Att. contr.
for νεομηνία, pr. the new-month, i. e. the new-
moon, as a festival, Col. 2,16; see in μήν
no. 2. Sept. for BIH WN Ex. 40, 2. 15;
‘m x8" Num. 10, 10. 28, 11.—Jos. Ant. 4.
4. 6. Dem. 799 ult. Xen. An. 4. 6. 23.

νουνεχῶς, adv. (νουνεχής ; νοῦς, ἔχω,)
with understanding, discreetly ; Mark 12,
34 νουνεχῶς ἀπεκοίϑη.---Ῥο]. 2. 13. 1. Plut.
de Solert. Anim. 29 pen. See Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 604.

VOUS, νοῦ, 6, acc. νοῦν, Att. contr. for
νόος, νόου ; but in N. T. and the Fathers
only with genit. νόος, dat. νοΐ, Winer ὁ 8.
2. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 453 ; pr. the seer, per-
ceiver, i. 6. the intelligent or intellectual
principle, the mind.

1. the mind, as the seat of emotions and
affections, modes of thinking and° feeling,
the disposition, moral inclination, in Engl.

i. q. the heart; Rom. 1, 28 παρέδωκεν αὖὐ-

τοὺς ὁ ὅ. εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν. 12,2. 1 Cor. 1,
10. Eph. 4, 17. 23. Col. 2, 18. 1 Tim. 6, 5
διεφθαρμένων τὸν νοῦν. 2 Tim. 3, 8. Tit. 1,
15. So for firmness or presence of mind,
2 Thess. 2,2. As implying heart, reason,
conscience, in opp. to fleshly appetites, Rom.
7, 23.25. Sept. for 23> Is. 10, 7. 12.—
Hom. Od. 1. 3. Luc. de Salt. 85. Xen. Cyr.
5. 2. 17.

2. the understanding, intellect ; Luke 24,
45 διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν. 1 Cor. 14, 14.
15 bis. 19. Phil. 4, 7. Rev. 13,18 ὁ ἔχων
τὸν νοῦν, i.e. wise. Sept. for 23> Josh.
14, '7.—Diod. Sic. 3. 6. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 7.

3. Meton. the mind, for what is in the
mind, i.e. thought, counsel, purpose, opin-
ion; e. g. of God or Christ, Rom. 11, 34
τίς yap ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, quoted from Is.
40, 13 where Sept. for TA. 1 Cor. 2, 16 bis.
Of men, Rom. 14, 5.—Judith 8, 14. Plut.
de rect. rat. audiend. 13. p. 102. Xen, An.
3. 3. 2.

4. Trop. of things, the sense, meaning.
Rev. 17,9 ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν, i. 6.
the deep or hidden sense.—Synes. Ep. 103
σὺ κακῶς ἐπεδέξω τὸν νοῦν τῆς ἐπιστολῆς.

Plut. Demosth. 6 pen. Hdot. 7. 162.

7

484 pop

Νυμφᾶς, a, δ, Nymphas, pr. n. of a
Christian, Col. 4, 15.

νύμφη, ns, H, (obsol. νύβω, Lat. nubo,)
a bride, spouse, newly married.

1. Pr. John 3, 29 6 ἔχων τὴν νύμφην νυμ-
dios ἐστί. Rev. 18, 23. 21, 2.9. 22, 17.
Sept. for nbp Jer. 2,32. 7, 32. Joel 2, 16.
— il. V. H. 4. 1. Xen. Conv. 9. 3. :

2. Spec. as opp. ἡ πενϑερά, it is put for
a daughter-in-law, Matt, 10, 35. Luke 12, 53
bis. Sept. and M32 Mic. 7, 6. Gen. 38,
11. Ruth 1, 6.'7.—Tob. 11, 16. 17. Jos.
Ant. 5. 9. 1. :

νυμφίος, ov, 6, (νύμφη,) a bridegroom,
spouse, newly married, Matt. 9, 15 bis. 25,

-1. 5. 6. 10. Mark 2, 19 bis. 20. Luke 5, 34.

35. John 2,9. 3,29 ter. Rev. 18,23. Sept.
for {M1 Ps. 19, 6. Jer. 7, 32.—Hdian. 4. 1}.
7, Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 5. |

νυμφών, ὥνος, 6, (νύμφη.) a bridal
chamber, where the nuptial bed was pre-
pared, usually in the house of the bride-
groom whither the bride was brought in
procession; in N. T. only in the phrase
viol τοῦ νυμφῶνος, sons of the bride-chamber
Matt. 9,15. Mark 2,19. Luke 5,34. These
were the companions of the bridegroom,
bridemen, called by the Greeks παρανύμφιοι,
just as the bride had also her companions
or bridemaids. Rabb. D 228i, Buxtorf
Lex. Chald. 2535. Comp. Judg. 14,11. Ps.
45,14 sq.—Tob. 6, 13.17. Act. Thom. §j 9,
11. Suid. vuppavos* κοιτῶνος.

νῦν, ady. also νυνί as strengthened by
the demonstr. i, Matth. § 607. Buttm. § 80.
2; now, Lat. nunc, Germ. nun.

1. Pr. of Time, now. a) Of the actual
present, as opp. both to time past and future. .
Luke 6, 21 of πεινῶντες νῦν. v. 25. John 4,
18 καὶ νῦν ὃν ἔχεις κτλ. 12, 27 viv ἡ ψυχή
μου τετάρακται, for the perf. as present see
Buttm. § 113. 7. John 16, 22. 17, 5. 7.
Acts 2, 33. 10, 33. 26,6. 1 Cor. 16, 12.
Gal. 2, 20. 1 John 2, 18. al. sep. Sept. for
ΠῺΣ Josh. 14, 11. Is. 48, 7. So Hdian. 1.
4.7. Diod. Sic. 1.10. Xen. Cie. 20. 24.—
In direct antith. to something done in time
past, 6. g. νῦν δέ Luke 16, 25. Gal. 4, 9.
Eph. 5, 8. Phil. 3,18. Heb. 9, 26. James
4,16; νυνὶ δέ, in which connection chiefly
is νυνί found, Rom. 3, 21. 6, 22. 1 Cor. 5,
11 comp. v. 9. 2 Cor. 8, 11. Philem. 11;
ἀλλὰ νῦν Luke 22, 36. In antith. to some-

' thing future, emphat. Mark 10, 30 νῦν ἐν

τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ, Opp. ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχο-
μένῳ. So Xen. Cony. 8. 4 viv ἐν τῷ παρόντι.
—With the art. 6, 7, τὸ νῦν, as adj. the

νῦν . 485

now existing, present, see Buttm. § 125. 6.
Acts 22,1 τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ ἀπολογίας.
Rom. 3, 36 ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ. 8, 18. 2 Cor.
8, 13. Gal. 4, 25 τῇ νῦν Ἵερουσ. 1 Tim. 4,
8. 2 Tim. 4,10. 2 Pet. 8, 7. (Diod. Sic.
2.5 fin. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6.3. ib. 6. 6. 13.)
So ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν sc. χρόνου, from now,
henceforth, Luke 1, 48. 2 Cor. 5,16; ἄχρι
τοῦ νῦν until now, Rom. 8, 22. Phil. 1, 5;
ἕως τοῦ νῦν id, Matt. 24,21. Mark 13, 19.
Also τὰ νῦν or τανῦν adv. now, at pre-
sent, Buttm. § 125. n. 8. Acts 4, 29. 5, 38.
17, 30. 20, 32. 27, 22. non al. (Soph.
Elect. 421. Hdot. 7. 104. Xen. Mem. 3.
10. 15.) Further, τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as tt now
is, for the present, Acts 24, 25; see in ἔχω
no. 5.

b) In reference to time just past, now,
i. 6. just now, even now; comp. Viger. p.
425. E.g. with a perf. John 14, 29 καὶ
νῦν εἴρηκα ὑμῖν πρὶν γενέσϑαι. Acts 7, 52;
with an aor. Matt. 26, 65. John 13, 31. 21,
10. Rom. 5,11; with an imperf. John 11,8
νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιϑάσαι of "Iovdator.—Perf.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 27; impf. ib. 4. 5. 48,

c) In reference to future time just at
hand, now, i. 6. even now, presently, imme-
diately ; comp. Viger. p. 426. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 19. Matth. ᾧ 607. E. g: with a fut. John
12, 31 νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τ. ἐκβληϑήσεται
ἔξω. Acts 13,11. Phil. 1, 20. (Aristoph.
Vesp. 151. Xen. Cyr. 4.1. 23.) Witha
pret. for fut. as implying what is imme-
diately to'take place, Winer § 41. 2. Matth.
§ 504. 3. John 4, 23 ἔρχεται Spa, καὶ viv
ἐστιν. 16, 32. John 12, 31 νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶ
τοῦ κόσμου. 16, 5 νῦν δὲ ὑπάγω πρός κτλ.
Acts 26, 17.

2. Asa particle of TRANsITION or con-
tinuation. a) Genr. now, as marking a
present condition, i. e. in the present state
of things, as things are.. Luke 2, 29 viv
ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν gov. 11,39. Rom. 5, 9.
2 Cor. 7,9. Col. 1, 24; καὶ νῦν Acts 3,
17. 20,25. In antithesis, νυνὶ δέ 1 Cor.
13, 13; and so νῦν δέ preceded by εἰ, Luke
19, 42. John 8, 40. 1 Cor. 7,14; νυνὶ δέ
after ᾿εἰ, Rom. 7, 17. Heb. 8, 6. 11, 16. al.
—Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 16; after εἰ, Hdot. 3.
25. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 14.

b) As implying that one thing follows
now out of another, thus marking a conclu-
sion, inference, i. 4. now then, now therefore,
i. e. since these things are so; Acts 12, 11
viv οἶδα ἀληϑῶς. 22, 16 καὶ νῦν τί μέλλεις ;
1 Cor. 14, 6 νυνὶ 8€. So νῦν οὖν Acts
16, 36. 23, 15; interrog. Acts 15, 10;
viv dpa Rom. 8, 1.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 54
νῦν οὖν.

νυχϑήμερον

3. ΕΜΡΗΑΤ. in commands and exhorta:
tions, implying that what is to be done should
be done now, at once, on the spot; comp.
Passow s. v. Viger. p. 426. So with an
Imperat. Matt. 27, 42 καταβάτω viv ἀπὸ τοῦ
σταυροῦ. v. 43. John 2, 8. James 4, 13
ἄγε viv. 5,1. 1 John 2, 28. Acts 7, 34 νῦν
dedpo.—Hom. Il. 23. 485. Aristoph. Pac.
513. Eurip. Phen. 101. +

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ, 1. night, Lat. nox;
pr. Matt. 14, 2ὅ τετάρτῃ φυλακτῇ τῆς νυκ-
τός. Mark 6, 48. Luke 2, 8. Rev. 8, 12
καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως. 21, 25. 22,5; trop. John
9,4. Sept. for 7252 Gen. 1, 5. Job 3, 6.
7. (Hdian.'4. 6.8. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4.)
In specifications of time, comp. in ἡμέρα
no. 1. a. 8) Genit. of time when, inde-
finite and continued, Buttm. § 132. 5. b.
E. g. νυκτός by night Matt. 2,14. 27, 64.
John 3,2; ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, by day and by
night, i. e. continually, Luke 18,7. Acts 9,
24, Rey. 4, 85 νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμ. 2 Tim. 1, 3.
(Xen. Hell. 1. 1.11; ἡμ. κι v. Xen. Mem.

2. 2..8; νυκ. x. Hu. Conv. 4. 48.) So μέ-

ons δὲ νυκτός Matt. 25,6; κατὰ μέσον τῆς v.
Acts 27,27; dia τῆς νυκτός, during the
night, i. e. either the whole night Luke 5,
5, or by night Acts 5,19. 16,9. 5) Da-
tive of time when, definite, Buttm. ᾧ 133. 4. 6.
E. g. Luke 12, 20 ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, this very

might. Acts 12, 6. (Xen. An. 6. 1. 13.)

Also ἐν νυκτί by night Acts 18, 9; ἐν τῇ v.
Matt, 26, 31. John 11,10. So Xen. Conv.
1.9. 0) Accus. of time how long, Buttm.
§.131. 9. Matt. 4, 2 νύκτας τεσσαράκοντα.
12, 40 τρεῖς νύκτας. Also τὰς νύκτας the
nights, i.e. during the nights, Luke 21, 37;
νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν night and day, continu-
ally, Mark 4,27. Luke 2, 37. Acts 26, 7.
2 Thess. 3,8. al. So Xen. Conv. 4. 54 τὰς ν.
Hiero 7. 10 νύκτα x. ἡμ.

2. Trop. night, for a time of moral and
spiritual darkness, the opposite of gospel
light and day; Rom. 13, 12 ἡ νὺξ mpoe-
κοψσε. 1 Thess. 5,5. +
᾿ νύσσω v. -ττω, f. ἕω, to prick, to
pierce, 6. g. τὴν πλευράν John 19, 34.—
Ecclus. 22, 20. Luc. Epist. Saturn. 38.
Plut. Aimil. Paul. 20 pen.

νυστάζω, f. ξω, (νεύω,) pr. to nod;
hence to nap, to slumber, intrans. Matt. 25,
5 ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάϑευδον. Trop.
2 Pet. 2,3. Sept. for Ἐ55" Ps. 121, 3. Nah.
3, 18.—Luc. Merc. cond. 29. Xen. Cyr. 8.
3. 43. :

΄ ΄ ea

VUXSNMEPOV, ov, τό, (νύξ, ἡμέρα.) α
day and night, twenty-four hours, 2 Cor.
11, 25.—Geopon. 5. 8. 8. ib. 12. 19. 18.

/

Νωέ

Found only in very late writers, see Sturz
de Dial. Alex. p. 186.

Nwé, ὃ, indec. Noe, Heb. 1% eae
Noah, pr. n. of the patriarch preserved from
deluge, Matt. 24, 37. 38. Luke 3, 36. 17,
26. 97. Heb. 11,7. 1 Pet. 3, 20. 2 Pet.
2,°5. ;

νωδρός, ά, ὄν, (νωϑῆς, νόϑος,) slow,
sluggish, dull, pr. physically, Ecclus, 4, 29.
Luc. de Astrol. 21.—In N. T. trop: of the
mind, dull, slothful; Heb. 5, 11 νωϑροὶ γε-

ἴῃ

ξενία, as, ἡ; (ξένος,) pr. guest-right, an
alliance of hospitality, Lat. hospitium, Pol.
33. 16. 2. Xen. Ag. 8, 3,4; 566 Potter’s
Gr. Ant. II. p. 416 sq. .Adam’s Rom. Ant.
Ρ. 446. Dict. of Antt. art. Hospitium, Then,
hospitality, entertainment, AN. V. H. 9, 1.
Dem. 81. 20.—In N. T.. place for a guest,

‘and genr. a lodging ; Acts 28, 23 ἧκον πρὸς

αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν. Philem. 29, So Jos.
Ant. 5. 2.8 pen. Hesych. ξενία- ὑποδοχή,
κατάλυμα; καταγώγιον.

ξενίζω, f. ἰσω, (ξένος,) 1. to receive as
ὦ guest, to entertain; Pass. to be entertained,
to lodge with any one; Acts 10, 6 ξενίζεται
παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. v. 18. 28. 32. 21,
16. 28, 7 ἡμᾶς φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. Heb.
18, 9... V. H. 18..26. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2.
3 ξενισϑέντες τότε παρὰ Κύρῳ. :

2. to appear strange ἴο. ΔΗ͂ nee to sur
prise, ὁ. ace. Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 4 τὸν Sedv ἐξέ-
νισεν τὸ πραττόμενον: InN. T. Part. plur.
ra ξενίζοντα, strange things, i. e. novel,
surprising, Acts 17, 20. (2 Mace. 9, 6.
Diod. Sic. 12. 53.) Also Mid. ξενίζομαι,
to be surprised, to. think strange of, with
dat. of cause or object, 1 Pet. 4,12 μὴ ξε-
νίζεσθε τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει, comp. Winer
§31.. 1. Buttm. ἡ 133. 4. c. So with ἐν ᾧ
1 Pet. 4,4. So ἐπί run Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 2.
Pol. 2, 27, 4. ’

ξενοδοχέω, ὦ, f. now, (ξενοδόχος ; ξέ-
νος; δέχομαι.) to entertain strangers, to prac-
tise hospitality, absol. 1 Tim. 5, 10.—Max.
Tyr. Diss. 32. 133. Dion Cass. 78. 8. The
Atticists prefer ξενοδοκέω, Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 307.

ξένος, ἡ; ον, pr. adj. not of one’s Family,
stranger. Hence

1. Subst. 6 ξένος, a ine stranger.
a) Pr. a friend allied in hospitality, hospes,
such an alliance being usual among friends

who lived in different cities or countries,

486

ξέστης
γόνατέ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς. 6, 12 ἵνα μὴ νωϑροὶ

γένησθε. So Sept. Prov. 22, 99, Pol. 4.
5. Plato Theet. 144. b.

V@TOS, ov, 6, the back, of men and ani-
mals; Rom. 11,10 τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν σύγ-
χαμψὸν; from Ps. 69, 24 where Sept. for
p.3M2 the loins. Sept. for 33 1 K. 7, 32;
Hid ἃ K. 17, 14.—Plut. C. Mar. 33. Pan-
san. 10.27. Athen. 9.39. The earlier and
more Attic form was τὸ νῶτον, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 290.

who then were entertained at each other’s
houses, see Potter’s Gr. Ant. IT. p. 416 sq.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 446. Dict. of Antt.
art. Hospitium. As the relation was mutual,
ὁ ξένος is used, like Lat. hospes, both of the
entertainer and the entertained; e. g. of the
former, the host, Rom. 16, 23 Τάϊος ὁ ξένος
μου καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὅλης. So Dem. 194.
19. Diod. Sic. 17. 47. Xen. An. 8. 1. 4.

b) Gent. a stranger, foreigner, as coming
from another place or country ; Matt. 25,
35 ξένος ἤμην. v. 38. 43. 44. 27, εἰς τάφον
τοῖς ξένοις. Acts 17, 21 of ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι
resident strangers, foreigners. Heb. 11, 13.
3 John 5. Sept. for "33 Ruth 2, 10. 2 Sam.
15, 19; "3 Job 31, 82. So Ceb. Tab. 2.
Hdian. 5. 7. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17.—Trop.
as not belonging to the christian communi-
ty, an alien, c. gen. Eph. 2, 12 ξένοι τῶν
διαϑηκῶν, aliens from the covenants ; comp.
Winer § 30. 6. Buttm. § 132. 8. (Soph.
Cid. Tyr. 218 sq.) Absol. a stranger, not
a Christian, Eph. 2,19 οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ξένοι καὶ
πάροικοι.

2. Adj, strange, i, e. foreign, unknown, as
coming from another country; Acts 17, 18
δαιμόνια ξένα. Trop. Heb. 13,9 διδαχαῖς
ξέναις, strange doctrines, foreign to the
christian faith. So Wisd. 16, 2. Ail. V. H.
2.13 ξένοι δαίμονες. Xen. Ven. 11. 1.—
Trop. strange, novel, unheard of, causing
wonder, 1 Pet. 4, 12 ὡς ξένου ὑμῖν συμβαί-
vovros. So Wisd. 19, 5. Luc. Contempl.
13. Diod. Sic. 3. 52.

ξέστης, ov, é, Lat. sextarius, pr. a mea
- sure of things liquid and dry, the 16th part
of ἃ modius, and therefore containing nearly
one pint English; see in μόδιος. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 504. Boeckh Metrol. Unter-
such, p. 200 sq. Later Heb, ROOP see
Buxt. Lex, Chald. 2076.—In N. T. genr.
for any small measure or vessel, ὦ cup,

ξηραινω 487

, Mark 7, 4. 8. So pr. Jos. Ant. 8.

2.9. Arr. Epict. 1. 9. 33.
Enpaivo, f. ava, (Enpds,) aor. 1. ἐξή-
pava James 1, 11, comp. Buttm, § 101. 4;
Pass. perf. ἐξήραμμαι Mark 3, 1. 3, comp.

- Buttm. § 101. n. 8; also 3 pers. sing. ἐξή-

pavrac Mark 11, 21, comp. Buttm. }101.
n.'7.—To dry, to make dry; Pass. to be
dried up, to become dry. E. g. of plants,
Act. c. ace. 10 dry up, to wither, once James
1,11 6 ἥλιος... ἐξήρανε τὸν χόρτον. Pass.
to wither away, Matt. 18, 6 et Mark 4, 6 διὰ
τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνϑη. Matt. 21, 19. 20.
Mark 11, 20. 21: Luke 8, 6. John 15, 6.
1 Pet. 1,24. Also of the harvest, to be dry,
ripe, as 6 ϑερισμός Rev. 14,15. Sept. for
®3" Jer. 12, 4. Hos. 9,19. So Dem. 1278.
22. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8.—Of fluids, Pass. to
be dried up, Rev. 16, 12 τὸ ὕδωρ. Mark 5,
29 ἡ πηγή. Sept. for 837 Gen. 8, 7. 1 K.
17,1. Is 19, 5.—Of the body or its members,
Pass. to wither, to pine away; Mark 3, 1
ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα. V. 3. 9, 18 καὶ
ξηραίνεται and he pineth away. Sept. and
wa7 1 K. 13, 4. Prov. 17, 22. So Act.
Thom. § 48. ;

Enpos, ά, ὄν, 1. dry, 6. g. of a tree,
dry, withered, Luke 23, 31 εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύ-
λῳ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται ;
i.e, ἃ green or dry tree as emblematic of
the righteous and the wicked, drawn from
Ez. 20, 47 comp. 21, 3. Sept. for U3"
Is. 56, 3. Ez. 17, 24. So Diod. Sic. 20.
42. Xen. CEc. 7. 36.—Of the body or its
members, John 5,3; ἡ χείρ Matt. 12, 10.
[Maik 3, 3.] Luke 6, 6. 8. Comp. Sept. for
Heb. pr Hos. 9, 17. So Test. XIL
Patr. p. 535 ἡ χείρ.

2. Spec. ἡ ξηρά sc. γῆ; the dry land, as
opp.’ ἡ Saddoon, Matt. 23, 15. Heb. 11,
29. Sept. and 823 Gen. 1, 9, 10. Jonah
1, 9.—Strabo 3. p. 143.

ξύλινος, n, ov, (ξύλον,) wooden, made of
wood. 2 Tim. 2, 20 σκεύη ξύλινα. Rev. 9,

6, ἡ, TO, gen. rod, τῆς, τοῦ, see Buttm.
§'75. 2; originally a demonstrative pronoun,
this, that; but in Attic and later usage
mostly a prepositive article, the; Buttm.
ὁ 126. 1. Kihner § 247. § 244 sq. Matth,
§ 264. § 286.

I. As a DemonsTRATIVE Pronoun, this,
that; see the grammarians just cited, and
Winer. § 20. Ν

ε e la
ὃ, ἢ, TO

20. Sept. for 72 Lev. 11, 32. Deut. 10, 1.
—Hdian. 4. 7. 8. Xen. An. 5. 2. 5.

ξύλον, ov, τό, (ξέω, ξύω,) wood, 1. 6.

1. Genr, for fuel, timber, ornament, etc.
1 Cor. 3, 12 AiSous τιμίους, ξύλα, χόρτον.
Rey. 18, 12 bis, see in Svivos. Sept. and
Υϑ Gen. 22, 3. .6 sq.—AEl. V. H. 5. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 49. :

2. Spec. any thing made of wood, 6. g.
a) ἃ staff, club, as μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων
Matt. 26, 47. 55. Mark 14, 48. 48. Luke
22, 52. So Jos. B. J. 5.3.1. Hdian. 7. 7.
8. Dem. 645.16. Ὁ) stocks, Lat. nervus,

‘a wooden block or frame put on the neck of

a prisoner; sometimes also a block with
holes in which the feet and hands were con-
fined; comp. Adam’s Rom. -Ant. p. 272.
Acts 16, 24 τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν ἠσφαλίσατο
εἰς τὸ ξύλον. Sept. for T Job 33,11. So
Luc. Tox. 29 ra σκέλη ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ κατακε-
κλεισμένα. Plut. de genio Socr. 32 οἱ δὲ
τοὺς πόδας ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ δεδεμένοι τὰς χεῖρας
ὀρέγοντες ἐβόων. Lys. 117. 82. ο0)) a stake,
pale, cross, i. 4. σταυρός, Acts 5, 80 et 10,
39 κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. 13, 29. Gal. 3,
13 see in ἐπικατάρατος. 1 Pet. 2,24. Sept.
and 72 Deut. 21, 22. 23. Esth. 5,-14;
comp. Josh. 10, 26. 27.

2. Of living wood, a tree; Luke 23, 31
ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, see in ξηρός no. 1. Rev. 2,
7 & τῆς ζωῆς, see in ζωή no. 1. b. 22, 2 bis.
14.19. Sept. for 72> Gen. 1, 11. 12. 2, 9.
—Paleph. 34.4. Xen. An.\6. 4. 4, 5.

ξυράω, &,f. how, (ξυρόν, ξύω.) to shear,
to shave, pr. the locks or beard; Mid. Acts
21, 24 ἵνα ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν that
they may shave their heads, may cut off their
hair. Pass. perf. part. fem. ἐξυρημένη 1 Cor.
11, 5. 6. Sept. for M24 Gen. 41, 14. Num.
6, 9. 19.—Paleph. 33. 1. Luc. Cynic. 14.
Plut. Mor. II: p, 22.10. Some of the gram-
marians regard ξυρέω as the better form,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 205; so Hdot. 2. 65. Plato
Rep. 341. c.

Ο.

1. Simpl. once in the words cited from
the poet Aratus, Acts 17,28 rod γὰρ καὶ
γένος ἐσμέν, for of THIS ONE (him) we are
also the offspring. Buttm. § 126. n. 7. Kiih-
ner § 247. 2, 3. Matth. §286.—Hom. 1]. 1.
12. Soph, Cd. Tyr. 1082 τῆς yap πέφυκα
μητρός. Xen. Ath. 2. 8.

2. In distinctions and distribution, with
μέν, δέ, 6. g. ὁ pev... ὁ δέ, the one... the

6, ἡ, τό 488

other, that one... this one. Phil. 1, 16. 17
οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἀγάπης... οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἐριδείας. Heb.
7, 5. 6 οἱ μὲν... 6 δέν. 23. 24. So dis-
tributively, one... another; Plur. some...
others. Matt. 13, 23 6 μὲν. ἑκατόν, ὁ δὲ ἑξή-
κοντα. 22, 5. 63 of pev... of δέ Acts 14, 4.
17, 32. 28, 24; τοῖς μὲν ... τοῖς δέ Rom. 2,
7.8; τοὺς μὲν ... τοὺς δέ Eph. 4,11. Also
οἱ μὲν ... ἄλλοι δέ Matt. 16, 14. John 7, 12;
καί τινες ... of δέ Acts 17,18. See Buttm.
§ 126. 2, and n. 4. Kiihner § 247. 3. d.
Matth. § 288, and n. 6. Winer § 20. 1—So
Matt. 28, 17 of δέ ἐδίστασαν, but some

doubted, i. 6. in antith. to all as impl. in,

προσεκύνησαν. See Meyer Comm. in loc.

3. In the narrative style, ὁ δέ is used by
way of transition to another person or party
already mentioned, without a preceding 6
pev, but this one, i.e. but he, and he, etc.
Matt. 2, 5 of δὲ εἶπον. 16,14. Mark 8, 28
οἱ δὲ ἀπεκρίϑησαν. Luke 7, 40 ὁ δέ φησι.
8, 80. 48. John 6,20. 8,11. ἃ]. sep. So
with a participle intervening, Matt. 2, 9 οἱ
δὲ dxovoartes...émopevsnoay. Vv. 14, 21 6
δὲ ἐγερϑεὶς παρέλαβε τὸ παιδίον. 4, 4 ὁ δὲ
ἀποκριϑεὶς εἶπε. ν. 20. 12, 39. Mark 1, 45.
Luke 6, 8. John 8, 9. al. sep. See Buttm.
§ 126, 4. Kiihner § 247. 3. a. Matth. § 289.
ult. Winer § 20. 2.—Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 9.
Xen. An. 2. 3.2; with part. Jos. B. J. 4.
1.1;

II. As the PrepositivE ARTICLE, origin-
ally a demonstrative as above, but having
its demonstrative power gradually softened
down so as simply to mark an object as de-
Jinite ; not as a class, but as a definite mem-
ber of a class. It corresponds in many
respects to the English the, and French /e,
la, but more nearly to the Germ. der, die,
das; though it is sometimes used where
we still say dhis, often where we employ no
article, and sometimes even where we put
the indefinite a, an. Usually it is omitted
where the English omits it. The usage
of languages varies much in respect to
their articles; and, in Greek especially, the
usage seems in many cases never to have
become fixed, but to have been left to the
taste and judgment of the writer or speak-
er; as is also in ‘some measure the case
with our English ¢he. Further, to the wri-
ters of the N. T. the use of the Heb. article
(-4) was vernacular; and this could hardly
fail to impart a shade of colouring to their
mode of employing the article in Greek ;
though probably not to such an extent as
is often supposed. See Buttm. § 124 sq.
Kithner ὁ 244-246. Matth. ᾧ 264-285. Wi-
ner § 17 sq.

6, ἡ, τό
A) With Substantives, or words standing
for substantives.

1. Simply, i. e. without adjectives or
other adjuncts, where the Subst. is to be
expressed as definile.

a) Genr. where the noun refers to a per-
son or thing as well known, i. e. either as
already mentioned, or as of common ‘noto-
riety;soin English. E.g. a) Asalready
mentioned, Matt. 1, 24 ὁ ἄγγελος, comp. γ.
20. Matt. 2, '7 τοὺς μάγους, comp. v. 1.
Matt. 5, 1 τοὺς ὄχλους, comp. 4, 25. Matt.
13, 25. 26 τοῦ σίτου, 6 χόρτος, τὰ ζιζάνια͵
sc. there spoken of. v. 30. (But v. 27
ζιζάνια indef.) 19,14. Mark 5, 39. Matt.
21, 18 εἰς τὴν πόλιν, i. e. Jerusalem, but in
John 4, 8 εἰς τὴν π. i. 6. Sichem. Acts 19,
17 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, comp. v. 11. Also, Matt.
2,11, comp. v. 9. ἃ]. ΒΡ. 8) As of com-
mon notoriety ; Matt. 1, 22 διὰ rod προφή-
του, i. 6. Isaiah, but 2, 15 διὰ τ. +. Hosea.
Matt. 2, 4 τοῦ λαοῦ i. 6. the Jewish people.
2,'7 rod παιδίου, for which the Magi were
inquiring. 5,1 εἰς rd ὄρος, i. e. near by.
5, 25 ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, sc. to the judge. 9, 28 εἰς
τὴν οἰκίαν, i. e. where he was to lodge. 8,
12 6 κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν 68. sc.
which are well known as belonging to that
place. 12,41 ἐν τῇ κρίσει, i. 6. the day of
judgment. 21,8 ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, which
etew there. 13,2 τὸ πλοῖον, which was
there, or which he had bespoken. 26, 27
τὸ ποτήρίον, sc. usually served at table.
Mark 2, 24 et 3,2 ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν, i. 6.
on a certain sabbath. (But Matt. 12,2 ἐν
σαββάτῳ indef.) Luke 5, 14 τῷ. ἱερεῖ, i. 6.
the proper priest. v. 16 ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις, sc.
near the city. 12, 54 τὴν νεφέλην, the har-
binger of rain. 16, 21 of κύνες, sc. of that
city. John 3, 10 ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσρ.
with emphasis (see Winer § 17. 4. p. 125).
13, 5 εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα, which belonged to
the chamber. 21,20 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ, comp.
13, 23 sq. Acts 11,13 6 ἄγγελος, comp.
10,3. Acts 21, 38 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, i. 4. in
Engl. that Egyptian. Rom. 4, 3 ἡ γραφή,
the Scriptures. 5, 15 of πολλοί, the many,
the great mass. 1 Cor. 10,1. 2 ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ
καὶ ἐν τῇ Yaddoon, i. 6. the pillar of cloud
and the Red Sea. James 2, 25 τοὺς ayyé-
λους, the spies sent by Joshua. Rev. 5, 13
τῷ ἀρνίῳ ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα κτλ.

i.e. the glory which belongs to God and

to none other; comp. v. 12. Rom. 11, 36.
al. sep. Winer § 17. 1. Buttm. ᾧ 124. n. 6,
—Here however it often depends on the
taste or feeling of the writer, whether the
object shall be expressed as definite or not ;
as Matt. 12, 1 τίλλειν στάχνας, i. e. some

€ id ,
ὃ, ἢ, TO

ears, indef. but Mark 2, 23 et Luke 6,1
τίλλειν τοὺς στάχυας i. 6. of the grain just
before mentioned. Mark 6, 8 ἵνα μηδὲν at-
poow εἰς ὁδόν i. 6. for journeying, for this
or any other journey ; but Luke 9,3 εἰς τὴν
ὁδόν, i. 6. for this journey.

b) With proper names of persons or
places. Here the usage is various, and
seems to depend mostly on the will of the
writer, or on some special idiom. aa) Of
persons, as 6 Ἰησοῦς, Matt. 3, 13. 15, and
so almost universally in Matthew, and gen-
erally in the other gospels, but less fre-
quently elsewhere; also αὐτὸς ὁ Ἰησοῦς
Luke 24, 15; without art. 6. g. Ἰησοῦς
Luke 2, 52. 4,1. 1 John 2, 22. al. sep.
So ὁ Ἰωάννης Matt. 3,13. 11, 1; without
art. Matt. 3, 4. 9, 14. 11, 2.453 ὁ Πιλάτος
Matt. 27, 13. 17. 22, and so more usually ;
but without art. Luke 13, 1. 23, 6. Acts
13, 28; ὁ Παῦλος Acts 14,11. 19. 15, 2;
without art. 13, 16. 15, 36; 6 Παῦλος καὶ
ὁ Βαρνάβας Acts 13, 43. 46; without art.
15, 2. 12. 25; ὁ Στέφανος Acts 6, 9. 7, 59.
8, 2; without art. 6, 5. 8. etc. ete. So be-.
fore the compound pr. ἢ. for Jehovah, Rev.
1, 4 ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν κτλ. Where the
proper name has an adjunct of title, office,
family, or the like, and is thus made defi-
nite, the article is omitted; as Ἰωάννης ὁ
Βαπτιστής Matt. 3,1. Mark 8, 28; Πιλάτῳ
τῷ ἡγεμόνι Matt. 27,25; Ἰάκωβον τὸν dded- ᾿
ov τοῦ κυρίου Gal. 1, 19; Σίμων ὁ κανανί-
της Matt. 10, 4. Acts 18, 8. 17. al. sep.
Where the pr. n. is indeclinable, the article
would seem to be more necessary, in order
to mark the case; but the usage is here
equally variable, e. g. 6 Ἰωσήφ Matt. 1, 18,
24; without art. Luke 2, 33. 4, 22; τὸν
Δαβίδ Acts 13, 22. Matt. 22, 42; usually
without art. Matt. 1, 20. Mark 2, 25. al.
sep. Comp. the genealogies in Matt. 1,
1 sq. Luke 3, 23 sq. Buttm. ᾧ 124. 3. Wi-
ner § 17. 8. bb) With geographical
names ; where as a general rule names of
countries take the article more frequently
than those of cities, Winer, ᾧ 17. 7. Gener-
ally also where two or more names follow ©
each other, only the first takes the article,
as Matt. 4,25 ἀπὸ τῆς Ταλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπ.
καὶ Ἵεροσ. καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίας κτὰ. Luke 3, 1.
Acts 1, 8. 2,9. 6,9. 9,31. 14,21. 1 Thess.
1,8. But see Acts 2, 9 τὴν Ασίαν, and
1 Thess. 1,7.—Spec. a) Names of coun-
tries, as ἡ “Agia Acts 19, 10, 22. 26, 27,
and so always except Acts 6,9. 1 Pet.1,1,°
by the above rule. So ἡ ᾿Αχαΐα Acts 18,
12. 27, and usually ; but without art. 2 Cor.

9, 2; ἡ Γαλατία 1 Cor. 11, 1, Gal. 1,2;

489

e ε »"
05) ἢ) TO

without art. 2 Tim. 4,10; ἡ Γαλιλαία Matt
2, 22. 4,12, and so always except Matt
4, 15, and Luke 17,11. Acts 9, 31, by pre
ced. rule. Also ἡ Ἰουδαία Matt. 2, 1. 5,
and so always except Matt. 4, 25. Acts 2,
9; ἡ Ἰταλία Acts 18,2, and always; ἡ Κύ-
προς Acts 13, 4. 21,35; without art. 15,
39; ἡ Μακεδονία Acts 16,10. 19,21; with-
out art. 16,9. 1 Cor. 16, 5; ἡ Συρία Matt.
4,24. Acts 18,18; without art. Acts 21,3.
The name Αἴγυπτος never has the article.
Comp. in Engl. the Crimea, the Dekkan,
Germ. die Turkey, die Schweitz, Fr. la
France, la Suisse, la Prusse. Winer 1. c.
8) Names of cities have the article least
frequently, espec. after the prep. ἐν, εἰς, ἐκ.
KE. g. ἡ ᾿Αντιοχεία only Acts 15, 23; ἡ Aa--
μασκός only Acts 9, 3. 22, 6; once εἰς τὴν
A. 26, 12; ἡ Ἔφεσος only Acts 18, 21.
19, 17. 20, 163 ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις twice
John 5,2. 10,22; ἡ Ἱερουσαλήμ once Acts

5,28; ὁ. adj. Gal. 4, 25. 26; ἡ Καπερναδύμ

once Luke 4, 23; ἡ Natapé3. twice Matt.
4,13. Luke 4, 16; ἡ Ῥώμη twice, Acts
18, 2 ἐκ τῆς Ῥ. 28, 14. So Hdian. 1. 6. 14,
but often without art. see Irmisch Index ad
Hdian. Τύρος has not the art. in N. T. but
ἡ Τύρος Hdian. 3. 3. 6. Comp. Winer ]. c.
y) Names of rivers take the art. as in Engl.
6. g. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, the Jordan, always, Matt.
3, 5. 6. al. ὁ Εὐφράτης Rev. 16,12; c. adj.
9, 14. So Hdian. 6. 5. 3—Names of moun-
tains do not occur in N. T. except in con-
nection with τὸ ὄρος, see in ἐλαία no. 1,
and Σινᾶ. Names of nations belong pro-
perly under lett. d, below.—The rule is
sometimes laid down for geographical
names, that where first mentioned they are
without the article, but take it afterwards ;
yet the converse of this is just as often
true. E. g. Acts 17,10 εἰς Βέροιαν, v, 13
ἐν τῇ B. Acts 20, 15 εἰς Μίλητον, v. 17. ἀπὸ
τῆς M. But also ib. v. 13. 14 εἰς τὴν "Ασ-
gov, comp. v. 16. 18; also 17, 1. 11. 13.
18, 1 et 19,1. So εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν Acts
10, 24. 12, 19; elsewhere without art.

6) With nouns implying a person or
thing as alone, the only one of the kind, ei-
ther as pre-eminent above all others, or as
alone existing; thus approaching the na-
ture of a proper name, and sometimes pass-
ing over into one. Εἰ. g. 6 Χριστός, the
Christ, the Messiah, Matt. 1, 17. 2, 4, and
so almost always where it stands alone;
since as a pr. name without the art. it oc-
curs very rarely in the Gospels and’ Acts,
as Luke 23, 2. John 9, 22; though oftener
in the Epistles, Rom. 5, 6. 6,4. 1 Cor.

‘ 1, 17, 23. (Winer ἡ 17, 4, ἢ. 1.) So ὁ υἱὸς

, ὁ, ἡ, τό
τοῦ Yeov V. τοῦ ἀνϑδρώπου, see in υἱός. Also
6 διδάσκαλος Mark 14, 14. Further ὁ διά-
Bodos, the devil, κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν Matt. 4, 1.5.8,
and always except Acts 13, 10, comp. 1 Pet.
5,8; 6 πονηρός the evil one Matt. 6, 13.
13, 19. 253; ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 John 2, 18; ὁ
πειράζων 1 Thess. 3,5; 6 ϑάνατος Rev. 6,
8. 20, 13.14; ὁ ἅψινϑος Rev. 8,11. (Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 4. An. 6. 6. 7.) So ὁ Σεβαστός,
Augustus, pr. the august, Acts 25, 21. 25.
Comp. Winer § 17. 6. Matth. ᾧ 268.—The
names of God, Seds and κύριος; (the latter also
of Christ,) often have the article, but more
frequently omit it,espec. in the oblique cases ;
see in Seds no. 1, and κύριος II. 1, 2. The
name πατήρ applied to God’ has usually the
art. and a genitive, but also simply 6 πατήρ
Matt. 28, 19. Luke 10, 22; also παρὰ πα-
τρός John 1,14, So τὸ πνεῦμα and τὸ πνεῦμα
ἅγιον, almost as pr. n. Matt. 28, 19. Acts
1, 8. 10,19. Rom. 15, 30. 1 Cor. 2, 10.
2 Cor. 13,3; without art. 1 Pet. 1, 2. Acts
8,15. 1 br, 12, 3. Jude 20. See Winer
ἡ 18. p. 138, 141. Buttm. ᾧ 124. n. 7.—
Also with nouns or names of single objects,
concrete or abstract, where also the article
is often omitted when they are otherwise
so definite that no ambiguity can arise.
E. g. 6 ἥλιος Matt. 13, 43. Mark 1, 32;
without art. Matt. 13, 6. Luke 21, 25; and
80 too ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου Rev. 7, 2. 16,
12. al. (Al. V. Η. 4.1. Xen. An. 1. 10.
15.) So 6 οὐρανός, of οὐρανοί, Matt. 3, 2.
16, and usually in the Gospels and Apoca-
lypse ; without art. Matt. 5, 45. 6, 20.
1 Cor. 8, 5, and more usually in the Epis-
tles. Also ἡ γῆ Matt. 5, 13. 18; without
art. 1 Pet. 8, 5.10. Acts 17, 24. al. So
too κόσμος, ϑάλασσα, μεσημβρία, νύξ, and
others, see Winer § 18. p. 188 sq. (But
ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου always without art.
Matt. 13, 35. al.) Also ἡ ἀγορά Matt. 20, 3.
Acts 16, 19; but Mark 7, 4 ἀπὸ ἀγορᾶς,
comp. Engl. from market. Luke 7, 32; ὁ
νόμος the law of Moses, Matt. 5,18. 22, 36.
John 1, 17; without art. Rom. 2, 23. 3, 20.
21. 31. Gal. 2,21. 3,25 rod ἀγροῦ Matt.
6, 28. 30; but ἀπ᾽ ἀργοῦ as opp: to the city,
Mark 15, 21. Luke 15, 25. Comp. Winer
1. c.—Further, with abstract nouns, in re-
spect to which languages vary, e. g. in
Engl. virtue always without art. but truth
or the truth; Germ. usually die Tugend,
die Wahrheit, French, la vertu, la vérité,
rarely without the article ; while the Greek
inserts it, or also omits it where no ambi-
guity can arise. E. g. ἡ ἀρετή ἃ Pet. 1,5
‘bis; without art. v. 3; ἡ ἀγάπη Rom. 13,
10 bis. 1 Cor. 13, 4. 8; without art. ν, 2.

490

6, ἧ, TO

3. 2 Cor. 2,8; ἡ ἁμαρτία Rom. 5, 12. 6
1. 2. 17. 18; without art. Rom. 3, 9. 20.
5, 135 ἡ δικαιοσύνη Rom. 5,17. 6, 18. 19.
20; without art. Rom. 4, 9. 5, 21. 9, 30;
ἡ πίστις Rom. 3, 30.31. 4,93 without art.
Acts 6, 5. Rom. 1, 17. 3, 28) al. ete. etc.
See also Matt. 15, 19. Gal. 5, 19 sq. Col.
3,8. Comp. Matth. § 264. p. 545. Winer
$18.1. Buttm. § 194. n. 7.

d) With nouns implying a definite genus
or class of individuals, distinct from all
others, Matth. ᾧ 264. p. 544. Winer § 17. Le.
E. g. a) Genr. in Plur. ai ἀλώπεκες
Matt. 8, 20; of aleroi 24, 28.

1 Cor. 15, 29.42; but more frequently also
without the article, espec. in connection
with words referring to a rising from the
dead, as ἐγείρειν, ἀναστῆναι, ἀνάστασις, etc.
Matt. 17, 9. Luke 24, 46. Acts 3, 15. Rom.
10,7. al. (So of ν. Luc. Necyom. 17. Ὁ.
Mort. 17. 2; without art. D. Mort. 3. 1. ib.
20. 3.) Here belong also the plural names
of nations, which take the article as generic,
6. g. of Ἰουδαῖοι, the Jews, the whole na-
tion, Matt. 2, 2. Luke 7, 3. John 5, 1;
sometimes also spoken of certain individuals
or a particular class as representing the
whole, Mark 7, 3. John 2, 18. 20; but Ἰου-
δαῖοι Jews indef. Acts 2, 5.10. So οἱ Ἕλ-
Anves John '7, 35; of Ῥωμαῖοι John 11, 48.
B) In the Sing. where the noun expresses
a generic idea, or stands as the representa-
tive of a class; where in English also we
commonly one the. Matt. 12, 35 ὁ dya%os
ἄνθρωπος ... καὶ ὃ πονηρός. Mark 3, 27.
Luke 10, ἢ ὃ ὁ ἐργάτης. John 10,11 ὁ ποιμὴν
ὁ καλός. Rom. 1, 17 6 δίκαιος. Gal. 3, 20.
4,1. Here too ἐρᾷ may refer 6 σπείρων,
the sower, Matt. 13, 3. Mark 4, 3; so in
Engl. ‘the farmer sows his seed, etc. Also
ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον, Matt. 7, 24.
26. See Buttm. ὁ 194. n. 6. So Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 16 bis——For participles in a si-
milar sense, see below in D.

e) With nouns in themselves indefinite,
which yet become definite as standing in
some certain relation to the definite person
or thing there spoken of; Buttm. ὁ 124. n.
6. § 127. 8. Winer §17.2. E. g. Luke 18,
15 τὰ βρέφη i. 6. their own children. John
5, 36. Acts 14, 10 εἶπε μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ.
26, 24. (Luc. Saturn. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 83.)
1 Cor, 11, 5 ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ, so in

_ Engl. with the head uncovered, i.e. her head.

Heb. 7, 24. Rev. 4, '7.—The definiteness of
such nouns is often strengthened by the
genit. of a pronoun; 6. g. Matt. 3, 4 ὁ Ἰω-
ἄννης εἶχε τὸ ἔνδυμα αὑτοῦ. Mark 8, 17,

So οἱ νεκροί
the dead Matt. 14,2. 22, 81. Mark 12, 96.

© e ,
ὃ, ἢ, TO

John 19, 2. Rev. 2, 18. Also τὸ ὄνομα αὖ-
τοῦ Matt. 1, 21. 23. Luke 1, 13. al. So
FE). H. An. 13. 15 ὀλιγὴν ἔχει τὴν οὐράν.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 4 ὁμοίαν ταῖς δούλαις εἶχε
τὴν éoSqra.—The article may also be omit-
ted before such nouns, when otherwise de-
finite; as 1 Tim. 2, 8 énaipovras ὀσίους
χεῖρας. 2 Pet. 2, 14. Winer ᾧ 18. 2.

f) Where two or more nouns in the same
case are connected by καί or the like, if the
first have the article, the second takes or
omits it in certain circumstances, viz.
a) If the nouns are of different genders the
article is by rule repeated; as Matt. 15, 4
τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα. V. 5. Matt.
8, 26. Luke 14, 26. Acts 13, 50 τὰς σεβο-
pevas γυναῖκας ... καὶ τοὺς πρώτους κτλ. 15,
20. Rom. 8, 2. 1 Cor. 2, 4. Eph. 2, 8. Col.
2,13. al. So connected by οὔτε 1 Cor. 3,
7. Winer §18. 3. (Diod. Sic. 1. 50. Plato
Charmid. 17. p. 160. b, τὰ rod τάχους τε καὶ
τῆς ὀξύτητος.) ‘But sometimes the article is
here omitted, espec. where the nouns ex-
press kindred ideas ; Col. 2, 22 τὰ ἐντάλμα-.
ra καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν avsp. Luke 1, 6. 14,
23. 23, 49. Rev. 5, 12. So Plato Rep. 586.
e, rn ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ λόγῳ. Legg.784.e. 8) If
the nouns are of the same gender, but express
different and independent objects, the article
is repeated, as Mark 2, 16 οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. ν. 18 of μαϑηταὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου
καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. 12, 13. Luke 1, 58. 11,

39. 12,11. 23,4. Acts 6, 4. Rev. 22, 1. al. ’

sep. So with re... καί, Acts 17, 10.14. al.
Also where the art. is necessary for dis-
tinctness, as 1 Cor. 1, 28. See Winer § 18.
5. So Diod. Sic. 1. 30 διὰ τὴν ἀνυδρίαν
καὶ τὴν σπάνιν κτλ. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 2. Ath.
1.4. y) But if the nouns be of the same
gender and stand in near relation to each
other, the article is more commonly not re-
peated. E. g. when they are all parts of one
general idea, or of a whole; Mark 15,1 οἱ
ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ypap-
ματέων, where the elders and scribes stand
as one division over against the priests.
Luke 14, 3. 21. Phil. 2,17. Col. 2, 8. 19.
1 Tim. 4, 7. 1 Pet. 2, 25. al. (Plato Phado
78. Ὁ, τῷ μὲν συντεϑέντι Te καὶ συνβέτῳ ὄντι
κτὰ. Hdot. 1. 65 fin. Matth. § 268. n. 1.)
Or where a noun is added for nearer expla-
nation, Col. 3, 17 εὐχ. τῷ ϑεῷ καὶ πατρί.
Eph. 1, 3. Phil. 4, 20. 2 Pet. 1, 11. 2, 20.
al. Or where with the first noun and its
article there is connected a genit. or other
adjunct which refers also to the second }
Phil. 1, 25 eis τὴν ὑμῶν προκοπὴν καὶ χαρὰν
τ. π. 1 Thess. 2, 12, 8, 7. Eph. 3, 5. Acts
1,25 τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς.

491

eo. ,
0, ἢ; TO

Winer §18. 4. (1. H. An. 7. 29. Diod.
Sic. 1. 86 fin.) Or where the nouns thus

. connected are adjectives or other predicates .

referring to one subject; Acts 3, 14 ὑμεῖς
τὸν ἅγιον Kat δίκαιον ἠρνήσασϑε. 2, 20.
Mark 9, 25. John 21, 24. Phil. 8, 8.
1 Thess. 2,15. So with ἀλλά John 10, 1.
(Δ. H. An. 2. 32. Diod. Sic. 3. 27.). Also
in proper names, when they all stand in like
relation, Acts 1,13. 15, 23..

g) With the subject or predicate of a sen-
tence ; here a common rule is, that the sub-
ject takes the article and the predicate omits
it, Matth. § 264. n. p. 546. Winer 17. 5.
But this is true only in so far as the former
is more frequently definite than the latter ;
and the case may be inverted; or both may
be definite or indefinite; so that strictly
speaking the subject and predicate as such
neither take nor reject the article, but are
governed in respect to it by the same prin-
ciples as other nouns. E.g. +a) The
sulyect takes the article, but not the predi-
cate. John 1, 1 Seds ἦν ὁ λόγος. 4, 24 πνεῦ-
pa ὃ Seds. 6, 63 τὰ ῥήματα. .. πνεῦμά ἐστι
καὶ ζωή ἐστιν. Rom. 6, 21. 23. 1 John 8,
15. 4,8 ὁ ϑεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν. So Luke 1,
35. al. sepiss. 8) Both subject and pre-
dicate have the article. E. g. Matt. 6, 22
ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν 6 ὀφϑαλμός.
John 1, 4 ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν avp. 6, 63.
1/Cor. 15, ὅθ. 2 Cor. 8, 17 ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ
πνεῦμά ἐστιν. Phil. 8, 19 ὧν ὃ ϑεὸς ἡ κοι-
λία. 1 John 2, 7. 8, 4 ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ
ἀνομία. Rev. 18, 23. al. sep. So Matt. 13,
19-23, where the subject c. art. is repeated
by otros. Comp. Matth. Winer 1. c.
y) The predicate has the article, where the
subject is without it. E. σ΄. where the sub-
ject is a proper name, 1 John 4, 15. 3, 1. 6;
ora pronoun, as ἐγώ, John 6, 51 ἐγώ εἰμι
6 ἄρτος. Acts '7, 32; ὑμεῖς, 2 Cor. 3,2 ἡ
ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε. Matt. 5, 13. 14;
οὗτος, Matt. 3, 17 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ vids μου κτλ.
Mark 6, 8. John 1, 19 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυ-
βία κτὰ. Acts 4, 11. 1 Cor. 11, 24.25. So
where the predicate is a. participle with the
article, the subject being still a pronoun,
8. g. ἐγώ εἶμι 6 μαρτυρῶν John 8, 18 ; οὐ
γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε of λαλοῦντες Matt. 10, 20;
οὗτος Mark 4, 16. John 9, 8; ἐκεῖνος Mark
47,15. So Luke 8, 21, where the subject
without the art. is repeated by οὗτος. Once
the predicate has two nouns, one without
and the other with the article, John 8, 44
ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστί, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ sc. τοῦ
ψεύδους, see in αὐτός 2. ". β. δ) Butsome-
times both subject and predicate are without
the article; Matt. 20, 16 πολλοὶ γάρ εἶσι

ε e la
ὁ, ἡ, TO

KAnrol, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί. 22, 14. Winer
ᾧ 17. 5 ult. Matth. ᾧ 264. note. So Al. H.
An. 3. 23 αἰτία τούτων φύσις ἀγαϑή. Isocr.
ad Demon. p. 8. b, καλὸς ϑησαυρὸς παρ᾽
ἀνδρὶ σπουδαίῳ χάρις ἀφειλομένη.

h) With a noun in the nominative, where
it stands for the vocative, Winer ᾧ 29. Matth.
§312. Buttm. §45. 1. Matt. 27, 29 χαῖρε,
ὁ βασιλεῦς τ. I. Mark 9, 25. 10, 47 ὁ vids
A. ἐλέησόν pe. Luke 8, 54 ἡ “παῖς, ἐγείρου.
12, 32. John 8, 10. Acts 13, 41. Rom. 8,
15. al.—Plato Symp. 172. a. Xen. Mem. 3.
14. 4.

2. With nouns as accompanied by ad-
juncts. Here the use of the article depends
on the definiteness of the noun, either in it-
self, or as affected by the adjunct. The ad-
junct may stand before the noun, i. e. be-
_ tween it and the article, if it have one; or
also after the noun, and then if the noun
have an article, this may be repeated before
the adjunct, or not, according to circum-
stances. See Buttm. ὁ 125. Kiihner § 245. 3.

a) With a Subst. as adjunct, either in
the genit. or in apposition. a) In the
genit.-and here each noun, both the leading
and the governed, takes or omits the art. ac-
cording to the general rules in no. 1 above.
E. g. between the art. and the noun, 1 Pet.
3, 20 ἡ τοῦ Seod paxpoSupia. 2 Pet. 3, 20;
here the two articles stand side by side,
comp. Buttm. § 125. 2. More freq. the gen.
is put last, as Matt. 3, 2 ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ-
pavav. 3, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς ᾿Ἰουδ. ν. 8 τὴν
ὁδὸν κυρίου. 6, 22. sep. In such ἃ con-
struction the art. is sometimes for the sake
of emphasis repeated, as Matt. 26, 28 τὸ ai-
pa μου τὸ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης. Mark 14,
24. 1 Cor. 1, 18 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ.
Winer §19. 1. Buttm. § 125. 3. Matth.
§ 278. So Plat. Gorg. p. 481. 6, ὁ δῆμος ὁ
’ASnvaiov.—Where the leading noun is rea-
dily understood from the connection, it is
very commonly omitted, and then its article
stands alone before the genitive of the ad-
junct; so espec. the words γυνή, μητήρ,
mais, vids, ἀδελφός, and the like; comp.

Buttm. ᾧ 125. 4,5. E. ο΄. Matt. 1, 6 ἐκ τῆς

τοῦ Οὐρίου (γυναικός). 4, 21 τὸν τοῦ ZeBe-
δαίου (υἱόν). In N. T. this occurs mostly
in apposition, see below. | 8) In apposi-
tion, and here the leading noun takes or
omits the art. as in no. 1; while with the
adjunct the article is inserted or omitted,
according as the latter is or is not intended
to distinguish the leading noun from all
others of the like kind or name; comp.
Matth. ὁ 274. Winer ᾧ 19. 3. Εἰ g. Rom.
8,23 υἱοϑεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύ-

492

διὰ ,

0, ἢ, TO

τρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν. John 16, 13
ὅταν δ᾽ ASH ἐκεινός, τὸ πνεῦμα κτὰ. More
usually with pr. names, which then them
selves commonly omit the art. as Matt. 2, 1.
3 Ἡρώδης 6 βασιλεύς. 3, 1 Ἰωάννης ὁ Ba-
πτιστής. 4, 21 Ἰωάννην τὸ νἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ.
21,11 Ἰησοῦς ὁ προφήτης. 27,2. Mark 10,
47. Acts 21, 8, 25, 18. Eph. 3, 1. al. sep.
(Hdot. 1. 107. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5.2.) Here
too the article often stands without its sub-
stantive ; see above in a, fin. Matt. 10, 2
Ἰάκωβος 6 τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου (vids). v. 3. Mark
2,14. 16, 1 Μαρία ἡ rod Ιακώβου (μήτηρ),
comp. 15, 40; also Μαρία Ἰακώβου Luke
24,10, comp. Acts 1, 13. John 19, 25 M.
ἡ τοῦ Κλωπᾶ (γυνή). Acts 13, 22. al. Comp.
Matth. 1. c. So Hdot. 7. 204, Xen. An. 3.
3. 20.—But where the noun in apposit. is
not thus meant for definite distinction, it
omits the article; as Luke 2, 36”Avva mpo-
iris, ϑυγάτηρ Φανουήλ. 3, 1 Τιβηρίου xai-
capos, comp. Winer ᾧ 19. 3. Acts 6, 5 bis.
7,10 Φαραὼ βασιλέως. Matt. 12, 24. Rom.
1, 1 Παῦλος δοῦλος “I. Xp. Jude 1. al. So
Luke 4, 31 Καπερναούμ, πόλιν τῆς Tad. 23,
51. Matth.1.c. So Hdot: 1.1. Thue. 1. 1.
—Sometimes a pr. name is thus added in
apposition, espec. names of rivers, either
with or without the art. Rev. 16,12 ἐπὶ
τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν μέγαν τὸν Ἑὐφράτην, but
9, 14 ἐπὶ τῷ π. τῷ μεγάλῳ Ἑὐῤφράτῃ. Or
the name is put between the art. and ποτα-
pos, as Mark 1, 5 ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ,
comp. Matth. 1. c. p. 559 ult. So Hdot. 1,
72 ὁ ἽΛλυς ποταμός. Thuc. 6. 50. Xen. An,
2. 5. 1.

Ὁ) With an Adject. as adjunct. a)
Pr. as expressing an essential or intrinsic
quality of the noun, and forming with it one
idea. Here if the subst. have no art. the
adject. takes none, and is put either before or
after the noun, as Matt. 14, 14 εἶδεν πολὺν
ὄχλον. 26, 47 ὄχλος πολύς. Luke 11, 13 ἀγα-
σὰ δόματα. Matt. 7,11 δόματα dyaSa. But
if the nontn have the article, the adjective
may stand between the noun and its article
(i. 6. before. the noun) ; or after the noun,
and then the article is repeated before the
adjective. Buttm. § 125. 1, 3. Kiihner § 245.
3. a. Matth. § 277. a. Winer § 19. 1. a. E.g.
Matt.'7, 13 διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης. 12, 35 ὃ
ἀγαϑὸς dy3p. 28, 19 τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος.
Mark 6, 39. Luke 1, 35. John 4, 23. sep.
More commonly after the noun; Acts 12,
10 ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν. Luke 8, 8
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν. Mark 13, 11 τὸ
πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Luke 21, 3 ἡ χήρα ἡ πτω-
χή. John 6, 13. 10,11. James 1, 9. 8, 7.
sepiss. So where the noun has also a ge

al

@ e ,
ὁ, ἡ; TO

nit. as Matt. 1,25 τὸν υἱὸν αὑτῆς τὸν πρωτό-
τόκον. 3, 17. 6, 6. Tit. 2, 11. 8B) Where
the adject. is the predicate of a clause or
sentence, it naturally stands without the
article as being indefinite, comp. in no. 1. g.
Its place is then usually before the subject ;
as Matt. 7, 18 πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη, Kal εὐρύχω-
pos ἡ ἁδός. Heb. 5, 11 περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ
λόγος κτλ. But also after the subject, as
Matt. 9,37 6 μὲν ϑερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ
ἐργάται ὀλίγοι. James 2, 26. Comp. Matth.
§277.b. γ)ὴ Where an adject. connected
with a noun having the article, expresses,
not an intrinsic quality belonging to the
noun, but a circumstance or condition pre-
dicated of it, the adject. then stands without
the art. either after the noun, or before the
noun and its article, and constitutes a spe-
cies of indirect predicate ; see Buttm. § 125.
n. 4. Kiihner § 245. 3. b. Matth. §277. Ὁ.
E. g. John 5, 36 ἐγὼ δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν
μείζω τοῦ Ἰωάννου. So where an adj. has
an adverbial sense, Luke 23, 45 ἐσχίσϑη τὸ
καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον. (Luc. D.
Ῥέον. 8. 1 ἔχων τὸν πέλεκυν ὀξύτατον.)
Also. the adjectives of quantity ὅλος and
πᾶς, 6. g. Matt. 4,23 ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν.
Luke 4, 14. 5, ὅ 8¢ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός. Rom.
8, 36; also Matt. 16, 26 τὸν κόσμον ὅλον.
Mark 1, 33 ἡ πόλις ὅλη. John 4, 53. Winer
$19. 1, marg. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 24 ὅλαις
ταῖς τ. 2. 4.26 ὅλην τὴν νύκτα. 2. 1. 30 τὴν
a. ὅλην κτλ.) So πᾶς, Matt. 6, 29 ἐν πάσῃ
τῇ δόξη. Acts 1,.18. James 1, 8; also Matt.
9, 35 ras πόλεις πάσας. Luke 12, 7. Rev.
13, 12. Adj. ἅπας follows the same rule,
Matt. 28, 11. Luke 3, 21. Mark 16, 15.
Luke 19, 48. See Buttm. § 127. 9. Kiihner
§ 246. 5. Math. §277. p. 564. §265. 2. Wi-
ner ᾧ 17. 10. (Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 12, 16.)
Less frequently πᾶς stands between the art.
and subst. and is then emphatic, Acts 20,
18 τὸν πάντα χρόνον. Gal. 5, 14. 1 Tim. 1,
16. Buttm. Matth. 1. c—To the above rule
belong apparently the following: 1 John 5,
20 Rec. ἡ ζωὴ αἰώνιος. Luke 12, 12 Rec. τὸ
πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 1 Cor. 10,3 τὸ βρῶμα πνευ-
ματικόν. Gal. 1, 4 τοῦ αἰῶνος πονηροῦ. But
in all these the adj. expresses. an intrinsic
quality ; and the construction is rather to
be referred to the later Greek usage, which
began in such cases to omit the article;
comp. Winer §19. 1. a. δ) Numerals
follow the general rule, e. g. as in ὦ above;
cardinals, Matt. 10, 1 τοὺς δώδεκα ἀποστό-
λους. 20, 21 of δύο vioi pov. Mark 6, 41;
ordinals, Matt. 20, 6 τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν.
Mark 14, 12. Luke 1, 59; also Mark 15,
34 τῇ Spa τῇ ἐννάτῃ. John 2, 1. Heb. 4, 4.

493

U, ἡ, TO

Also as in y; Lake 2, 2 αὕτη ἡ ἀπογραφὴ
πρώτη ἐγένετο κτλ. i. e. took place first, as
the first, under Cyrenius; see Meyer Comm.
in loc.

c) With a Pron. as adjunct,e.g. a)
Personal pronouns in the genit. used in-
stead of possessives, follow the same gen-
eral rule as the gen. of nouns, see above in
lett. a. a. Buttm. ᾧ 127. 7. E. g. Matt. 5,
30 ἡ δεξιά σου χείρ. Romi. 6, 12 ἐν τῷ ϑνη-
τῷ ὑμῶν σώματι. Oftener after the noun,
Matt. 8, 17 ὁ vids μου ὁ ἀγαπητός. Acts 2,
89 ὁ Seds ἡμῶν. 8) Possessive pronouns
follow the rule of adjectives, see above in
lett. b. a. Matt. 18, 20 εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα.
John 4, 42. Rom. 15, 4; and so where the

᾿ subst. is implied, as Luke 5, 33 οἱ δὲ σοί sc.

paSnrai. 22, 42. 1 John 2, 2; also c. art.
after the noun, John 5, 30 ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή.
6, 38. 10, 27. 14, 27. 1 John 1,3. Here
the art. is essential to definiteness, Buttm.
§124.n.4. y) Demonstrative pronouns
are either put between the art. and noun;
as 2 Cor. 12, 8 τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄνϑρωπον.
Mark 9, 37; or more commonly either be-
fore the article and noun or after the noun,
as αὐτός, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, which being definite
usually require the article along with the
noun which they qualify. Matt. 3,4 αὐτὸς
δὲ 6 Ἰωάννης. John 5, 36 αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα.
Acts 16,18 αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ. John 16, 27. 1 Cor.
15, 28; also Gal. 6, 13 of περιτεμνόμενοι
αὐτοί. So Matt. 20, 21 οὗτοι of δύο υἱοί
pov. Luke 7, 44. 9, 48. John 6, 51. 58;
also Matt. 3, 9 ἐκ τῶν λίϑων τούτων. 26, 8.
31. John 2, 19.20. So Matt. 27, 63 ἐκεῖνος
ὁ πλάνος. 18, 1 ἐκείνῃ τῇ Spa. 24, 19; also
Matt. 7, 25 τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Mark 3, 24. 25.
sep. See Buttm. §127. 9. Kihner § 246.
3. Matth. § 265. 1. Winer § 17. 9—But
genit. αὐτοῦ instead of a possessive pron.
stands like the genitives in a above, and in
lett. a. a; except that it is put before both
the noun and article, as Matt. 2, 2 cidoues
αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα, comp. Buttm. § 127. 7.
For ὁ αὐτός see below in C, and in art,
αὐτός.

d) With ἃ Particip. as adjunct, where
the construction is nearly the same as with
adjectives. - The particip. sometimes stands
between the noun and article; 6. g. Matt.
2, 2 6 τεχϑεὶς βασιλεύς. v. 7. 3,'7 τῆς μεὰλ-
λοῦσης ὀργῆς. 4, 18. al. More commonly
it stands after the noun; and then if the
noun be definite, the participle also takes the
article, when a definite, well-known, or spe-
cial relation is to be expressed ; Winer § 19.
1. c. Matth. ᾧ 275. Matt. 7,18 ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπά-
γουσα. 20 12. 26, 28 τὸ αἷμά μου... τὸ

ε ,
0, ἢ) TO

περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόμενον. Luke 22, 19.
Acts 9,'7 of δὲ ἄνδρες of συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ.
Rom. 1, 3. 2 Tim. 3,15. 1 Pet. 1,21 εἰς
Sedv, τὸν ἐγείραντα. 3, 5. 5, 10. sep. (Luc.
D. Mort. 11. 1. Pol. 3. 48. 6.) Elsewhere
the article is not repeated, and thus there
arises the participial construction, in which
the participle merely expresses a predicate
like a finite verb; Buttm. § 125. n. 3. ὁ 144.
Winer 1. c. John’4, 6 ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς, Kexore-
ακὼς κτλ. v. 39. Acts 3, 26. 23, 97 τὸν ἄν-
dpa τοῦτον συλληφϑέντα ὑπὸ τῶν I. 26, 4.
Rom. 2, 27. 16, 1. 1 Pet. 3,5. sep.—Luc.
D. Mort. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 5. 34.

6) With a Preposit. and its case as ad-
junct, i. e. as periphrase for an adject. or the
like. Here if the leading noun be indefinite
the adjunct in general is so likewise, and is
put after the noun; as 1 Tim. 4, 3 εἰς pe-
τάληψιν μετὰ εὐχαριστίας. 1, 5 ἀγαπὴ ἐκ
καϑαρᾶς καρδίας. Rom. 14, 17. Winer ᾧ 19.
4. So Plato Rep. 3878. d.—But if the lead-
ing noun have the article, or be in itself
definite, then the adjunct sometimes stands
between it and the article, but more com-
monly after it, with the article repeated or
not according to circumstances. E. g. Matt.
15, 1 οἱ ἀπὸ Ἵεροσ. γραμματεῖς. Rom. 9, 11
ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόϑεσις τοῦ ϑεοῦ. 11, 27 ἡ
map ἐμοῦ διαθήκη. Luke 1, 70. Acts 27, 2.
After the noun, with art. repeated, Matt.
6,6 τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. ἢ, 3.
Mark 4,.31. John 12, 21. Acts 4, 2. 927, 5.
2 Cor. 8, 4. 1 Thess. 1, 8. seep. Winer § 19.
1. b. So for the sake of definiteness or dis-
tinction, where the leading noun has not the
article; as Acts 26,18 πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ.
2 Tim. 1,13 ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν X. "I.
Tit. 3, 5. Winer ᾧ 19. 4.—But vice versa
the adjunct sometimes omits the article
when it stands before the leading noun; as
Rom. 9, 3 τῶν συγγενῶν pou κατὰ σάρκα.
2 Cor. '7,'7 τὸν ὑμῶν ζῆλον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. Eph.
2,11 τὰ evn ἐν σαρκί. 1 Cor. 10, 18 τὸν
Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκας. So Col. 1. 4 τὴν πί-
στιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ I. Eph. 1, 1ὅ. See
Winer ᾧ 19. 2, espec. par. 3. So Pol. 5.
64. 6. Xen. An. 1.4. 4 τὸ μὲν ἔσωϑεν [τεῖχος]
πρὸ τῆς Κιλίκιας, opp. τὸ δὲ ἔξω τὸ πρὸ τῆς
Συρίας. ν

f) With an Adverb as adjunct, i.e. as
placed between the art. and noun, and thus
forming a periphrase for an adjective.
Buttm. § 125. 6. Acts 13, 42 τὸ μεταξὺ
᾿χάββατον. Rom. 7, 22 κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνϑρω-
πον. 2 Pet. 1, 9. See also in ἄνω, xara,
etc.

Note. In cases like many of the pre-
ceding, where the article is repeated with

494

ὅ, ἢ, τὸ

the adjunct after the noun, there is somes
times ascribed to it the nature and name of
a relative pronoun, especially before parti-
ciples, comp. in lett. d; on the ground
that in English and other languages it is
usually rendered by a relative. But this is
to confound the idioms of different langua-
ges. In a still greater number of like cases
the article is not used at all; and in no case
can the Greek relative be substituted for it,
without also changing the adjunct into a
finite verb.—This remark has no bearing
upon the use of the article instead of the
relative in the epic language ; see Kiihner
ᾧ 941. 4.

B) With Adjectives. 1. As connected
with nouns; see above in A. 2. b.

2. Used as nouns, and then the article is
employed or not, precisely as with nouns.
a) Genr. as ὁ dyads the good man, generic,
Rom. 5, 7; of τυφλοί Matt. 9, 28; οἱ σο-
hoi, of συνετοί, 1 Cor. 1, 19. 97 ; of τέλειοι
2, 6. al. John 8, '7 ὁ ἀναμάρτητος ὑμῶν, defi-
nite. So 2 Cor. 8,15 ὁ τὸ πολὺ ... καὶ ὅ
τὸ ὀλιγόν sc. συλλέξας, quoted from Sept.
Ex. 16, 18, with allusion to ν. 17. Comp.
Buttm. § 123. 5, Matth. § 269. (Luc. D.
Deor. 16..1 of ἀνόητοι. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. &
οἱ σοφοί. An. 7.'7. 36 τὸ πολύ.) In some
adjectives, a difference of signification is
thus produced, as ἄλλος other, ὁ ἄλλος the
other, see in ἄλλος ; also ἕτερος, πλείων, πο-
Aus, mas, etc. δ) Neut. adjectives with
the art. are often put as. abstract nouns;
6. g. Sing. Rom. 1, 19 τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ
Seov. 2,4 τὸ χρηστὸν τ. 9. 8, 3. 1 Cor. I,
25. 2 Cor. 4, 17. 8, 8. Heb. 6, 17. 7, 18. al.
sep. Matth. § 269. Buttm. ᾧ 128. 2. Winer
§34. 1. Sing. as collect. Heb. 7, 7 τὸ ἔλατ-
τον; τὸ κρεῖττον, the less, the greater, Matth.
§445. 5. Plur. 6. gen. as τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν
dvZp. ν. τῆς καρδίας Rom, 2, 16. 1 Cor. 14,
25. 4, 5. 2 Cor. 4,5; τὰ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ Rom.
1,20. So Luke 18,27 ra ἀδύνατα παρὰ
ἀνϑρώποις.. Trop. for persons 1 Cor. 1,
27.28. So Neut. accus. as adverb, rod-
ναντίον for τὸ ἐναντίον, 2 Cor. 2, '7. Gal.
2,7. 1 Pet. 8,9. See Buttm. § 131. n. 14;
comp. § 115. 4. Matth. ὁ 446.7. c) Nu-
merals used as nouns follow the same rule,
e. g. Card. of δέκα Matt. 20, 24; of δώδεκα
Luke 8, 1. Ord. of πρῶτοι Matt. 20,10; ὁ
δεύτερος Kal ὁ τρίτος 22,26. Also Neut.
as ady. with or without the art. Matth.
$446.7; e.g. τὸ πρῶτον John 10, 40.
12, 16. 19, 39 ; more comm. πρῶτον Matt.
6, 23. 1 Cor. 12, 28; τὸ δεύτερον 2 Cor.
13, 2. Jude 5; δεύτερον John 3, 4. 4, 54.
1 Cor. 12,18; τὸ τρίτον Mark 14, 41.

“a

6, ἡ, TO 495

John 21, 17 bis ; τρίτον Luke 20, 12. 1 Cor.
12, 28. al. So Xen. ic. 2. 13 τὸ πρῶτον.
Cyr. 2. 2. 2 τὸ δεύτ. Cc. 4, 15 πρῶτον,
δεύτερον.

C) With Pronouns. a) Pron. posses-
sive, as connected with nouns, see above in

. A.2.c. When put for nouns, these take or

omit the article like nouns; 6. g. τὸ ἐμόν
lit. the mine, what is mine, Matt. 25, 27; ra
ἐμά id. 20, 15. Luke 15, 31. John 17, 10;
comp. Buttm. §128. 1. So τὸ σόν Matt.
20, 14. Luke 6, 30; of σοί thy family Mark
5, 19; of ἡμέτεροι, our fellow Christians,
Tit. 3,14. δ) With demonstratives, e. δ.
ὁ τοιοῦτος; either as a generic idea, every
or all such, as a class, Matt. 19, 14. Acts
22, 22. aipe ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον. Rom.
16, 18 οἱ τοιοῦτοι. 1 Cor. 5, 11. 2 Cor. 10,
11 6 τοιοῦτος. Acts 19, 25 τὰ τοιαῦτα. Rom.
1, 32; or as a definite person already men-
tioned, 2 Cor. 12, 2. 3. 5. Comp. Buttm.
§ 124. n. 2. Matth. §265. 7. Winer § 17. 11
ult. With αὐτός the art. affects the signifi-
cation, 6 αὐτός the same, see in αὐτός no.
3. For nouns with οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, see
above in A. 2. ὁ. γ'

Ὁ) With Participles.. 1. As connected
with nouns, and serving as an adjective or
predicate; sée above in A. 2. d.

2. Absol. in the place of nouns, and then
the use of the article corresponds to the
usage with nouns; Matth. } 270, 271. ᾧ 570.
p. 1126. Winer ὁ 17. 8. 8) Genr. Matt.
4, 3 6 πειράζων, the tempier. 13, 3 ὁ σπείρων,
generic. Mark 5, 14 οἱ δὲ βόσκοντες αὐ-
τοῦς, the herdsmen. Luke 7, 14. Rom. 4, 4.
Rev. 15, 2. Matth. §271. So Neut. as
abstr. τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τ. σαρκός John 3,
6; c. gen. Phil. 3,8. Buttm. ᾧ 128. 1. 8)
Where the idea of Verbal action still re-
mains in the participle, corresponding in
Engl. to he who, those who, or the like.
Here the participle in itself is indefinite and
general, but the action which it expresses
is thus made definite and becomes limited
to certain specified individuals or a class,
which themselves thus become definite and
specific. Matth. ᾧ 268 init. Winer § 17. 3.
Εἰ. g. of δὲ ἐσθίοντες lit. those eating, those
who ate, not ‘ the eaters,’ Matt. 14, 21. 15,
38. So Mark 4, 9 ὁ ἔχων Gra ἀκούειν,
ἀκούετω. 10, 42. John 5, 29 bis. v. 32 ἄλλος
... 6 μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμέ. Acts 2, 47. Rom.
10, 5. 14, 3. 16, 17. 1 Cor. 9, 13 of τὰ ἱερὰ
ἐργαζόμενοι. 2 Cor. 10, 17. 11, 4. Gal. 1,
23. al. sep. (Soph. Electr. 194 or 200.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 6.) As followed by οὗτος
emphat. Matt. 26,23. Mark 12, 40. Luke
8, 14. John 6, 46, al. As limiting a more

oe
0, ἢ; TO

general word, 6. ρ΄. πᾶς ὁ αἰτῶν, πᾶς 6 ζητῶν,
Luke 11, 10; πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιϑότας
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς Luke 18, 9. Gal. 1, 7. In ap-
posit. with a personal pron. impl. Matt. 7,
23. Rom. 2, 1. Comp. Matth. § 276. p. 561.
—For the occasional omission of the article
in such. cases in the classics, see Matth.
§271.n. c) With Neut. accus. as: adv.
6. g. τὸ viv ἔχον, for the present, Acts 24,
25; see in ἔχω no. 5.

E) Before Prepositions with their cases,
which then form a periphrase for a subst.
or adjective ; comp. Matth. ᾧ 272. b. Buttm.
ᾧ 12: 5. Winer ᾧ δδ.. a) Genr. of pers.
as οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, those from Italy, -
Heb. 13, 24. Phil. 4, 22 οἱ ἐκ τῆς καίσαρος
οἰκίας. Rom. 4, 14 of ἐκ νόμου, they of the
law. 2, 8 of ἐξ éepiSeias the contentious.
Mark 3, 21 of map’ adrod.—Spec: before
περί c. acc. of pers. 6. g. of περὶ τὸν ΠΠαῦ-
λον, i. 6. Paul and his companions, Acts
13, 13; comp. Buttm. § 150. m. 25. Kiih-
ner § 263. d. Matth. § 583. c. 1. (Pol. 5. 1.
7. Xen. An. 7. 4. 16.) Or, αἱ περὶ Μάρϑαν
καὶ Μαρίαν, i. 6. simply Martha and Mary,
John 11,19. Buttm. 1. c. Matth. 1. c. no. 2.
(Hdian. '7. 9. 1. Xen. Mem. 3.5.10.) Or
also, of περὶ αὐτόν, those around him, his
companions only, Mark 4,10. Luke 22, 49 ;
comp. Matth. 1. c. no. 3. So Xen. Hell. 7.
5.12. Ὁ) Neut. τό, τά, see Matth. § 283.
E. g. ra ἔν τινι, as Eph. 1, 10 τὰ ἐν τοῖς
οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, the things celes-
tial and terrestrial. Luke 25, 33 τὰ ἐν ὁδῷ,
the events in the way. Also τὸ ἔκ twos,
as Rom. 12,18 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, as far as de
pends on you. 1 Cor. 13,10 τὸ ἐκ μέρους,
comp. v. 9; τὸ v. ra ἐπί Rom. 16, 19.
Eph. 1, 10; rd κατά adverbially, Rom. 9,
5. Luke 11,3. Acts 4, 18. (Matth. ᾧ 283.
Buttm. § 125. n. 8.) τὰ περί τινος, the
things concerning any one, Luke 24, 19.
Acts 23, 15. Phil. 1,27; ra περὶ ἐμέ, my
affairs, my state, Phil, 2,23; τὰ mepi τὸν
τόπον, the environs, Acts 28, 7; comp.
Matth. § 583. n. p. 1161. (Diod. Sic. 1. 50.
Isocr. ad Phil. p. 92. 6.) τὰ πρός twa,
as Heb. 2, 17 et 5, 1 ra πρὸς τὸν Sedv di-
vine things. Luke 14, 28. 32. 19,42; ro
ὑπέρ twos Phil. 1, 29. 4, 10.

F) Before Adverbs, which then usually
stand in place of a noun or adjective, Buttm.
§125.6,7. E.g. a) As Subst. Phil. 3,
14 τὰ ὀπίσω ἐπιλανϑανόμενος. Matt. 11, 23
μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. Mark 5, 1 εἰς τὸ πέραν.
15, 1 ἐπὶ τὸ πρωΐ. Luke 10, 35 ἐπὶ τὴν αὔ-
ριον. John 1, 29. Rom. 8, 22. Eph. 2, 17.
Col. 3,.1.2. 1 Tim. 4, 8.al. 8) With
the adverbial sense retained, as τὰ νῦν or

δι τ δ 4
0, ἢ) TO

τανυν, now, at present, Acts 4, 29.4]. Buttm.
§ 125. n. 5. See in νῦν no. 1. a.

G) The Neuter of the article, τό, τά,
is prefixed :

1. Absol, to the Genitive of a. noun, and
thus expresses the abstract idea of some-
thing having relation or reference to that
noun, as pertaining to it or derived from it,
as done by or to it, and the like; Buttm.
ᾧ 128. n. 2. Matth. ὁ 284. E. g. Sing. τό,
Matt. 21,21 τὸ τῆς συκῆς the thing of the
Jig tree, done to it. 1 Cor. 10, 24 τὸ ἑαυτοῦ,
τὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου. James 4, 14. 2 Pet. 2, 22.
(Plato Parmen. 136. 6. Xen: C&c. 16. 7.)
More freq. Plur. τά, Matt. 22, 21 ἀπόδοτε
τὰ Kaicapos, καίσαρι" καὶ τὰ τοῦ Seod, τῷ
Sep. 16, 23. Luke 2,49. Rom. 8, 5. 14,
19 ra τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν. 1 Cor. 2,11.
13, 11.:Phil. 2, 4 ra ἑαυτῶν, τὰ ἑτέρων.
So 2 Cor. 11, 80 τὰ τῆς doSeveias pov
καυχήσομαι, things pertaining to my infirm-
ity; or perhaps as a periphrase for my in-
Jirmity, comp. Buttm. § 128. n. 5. Matth.
§ 285. So Hdian. 3.2.10. Plato Phedo
§ 44. p. 95. a. Thuc. 8. 31 τὰ ᾿Αϑηναίων
φρονεῖν.

2. Sing. τό is prefixed to single words
and to whole clauses when they are to be
taken as independent, or as themselves con-
stituting an object, Buttm. § 125. 8. 2.
Kiihner § 244. 11. Matth. § 280. E. g.
with single words, Gal. 4, 25 τὸ yap “Ayap,
i.e. the name Agar, as here used. 2 Cor.
1,17 τὸ ναὶ vai, καὶ τὸ od οὔ. James 5, 12.
(Dem. 255. 4. Plato Gorg. 496. d, τὸ
διψῶντα) So with a phrase or clause,
Luke 22, 2 ἐζήτουν...τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐ-
τόν. Mark 9,28. Luke 1, 62. 9, 46. 19, 48.
22, 24. 87. Acts 4, 21. 22, 30. Rom. 8, 26
al. -So Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 4. Plato Phdo
8 init. p. 62. b. Rep. p. 327. ο.

3. Sing. τό is prefixed to the Infinitive
when taken as a noun, which is then em-
ployed in all the constructions that occur
with real substantives ; Buttm. § 125. 8. 1.
§ 140. 5. Kiihner § 308. Matth. § 540. Wi-
ner § 45. 4, comp. 1. a, and 2. c. Thus

a) As Nominative with τό, Phil. 1, 21 ἐμοὶ
γὰρ τὸ ζῆν, Χριστός" καὶ τὸ ἀποϑανεῖν, κέρδος.
v. 29. 1 Cor. 7, 26. 2 Cor. 8, 11 τὸ ἐπιτε-
λέσαι. Gal. 4,18. sep. Matth. 1. c. p. 1060.

b) As Genitive with rod, and this is
the most frequent construction: a) As
depending on nouns and verbs which else-
where govern the genitive, e. g. on a
"noun, Acts 20,3 ἐγένετο γνώμη τοῦ ὑπο-
στρέφειν κτλ. Rom. 15, 23 ἐπιποϑίαν δὲ
ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 Cor. 9, 6. 10.
2 Cor. 8,11 ἡ προθυμία τοῦ ϑέλειν. Heb.

496

6, ἡ, TO

5,12. 1 Pet. 4, 17. al. sep. So in a laxer
use of the genit. Luke 1, 57. 2, 21 ἡμέραι
ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν, Rom. 11, 8.
Phil. 3, 21. On an adj. as ἄξιος 1 Cor. 16,
. Bpadis Luke 24, 25; ἕτοιμος Acts 23,
; also Luke 17,1. On a verb, Luke 1,

9) eNshe τοῦ ϑυμιάσαι. So after verbs of
restraining, hindering, Luke 4, 42. 24, 16

| οἱ δὲ ops. αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶ-

vat αὐτόν.. Acts 10, 47. 14, 18 μύλις κατέ-
mavoav τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ ϑύειν αὐτοῖς.
20, 27. Rom. 15, 22. 1 Pet. 8, 10: al. Wi-
ner § 45.4. 8) As Teferring to a whole
sentence and expressing purpose, where
the old grammarians unnecessarily supply
ἕνεκα, χάριν, or the like, Buttm. ᾧ 140. n. 10.
Matth. § 540. π. 1. Winer § 45. 4. b. Here
it nearly accords with the Engl. infin. pre-
ceded by lo, i. ᾳ. in order to, that; and so
τοῦ pn, in order not to, that not, lest. Matt.
2, 13 μέλλει yap ‘H. ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον, τοῦ
ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. 3,13. 13,3 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπεί-
pov τοῦ σπείρειν. Luke 1, 78 comp. v. 68.
Luke 1, '79 comp. v. 78. 5, 1. 7. Heb. 10,
7. al. sep. So negat. Acts 21, 12 παρεκα-
Aodpev... τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν κτλ. Rom. 6, 6.
James 5,17. al. sep. Here it sometimes
alternates with the simple infin. as Luke
1,77 comp. v. 76. 2, 24 comp. v. 22. Once
with ἕνεκα expressed in a sequence of
clauses, 2 Cor.'7,12. (Thue. 1. 45.) In
this sense also after verbs of deciding, com-
manding, and the like, which of course im-
ply purpose; Acts 27,1 ὡς δὲ ἐκρίϑη τοῦ
ἀποπλεῖν κτλ. 1 Cor. 7, 37. Luke 9, 51.
4,10 rots ἀγγέλοις αὑτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ
σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε. Acts 15, 20. Wi-
ner § 45. 4. p. 378.—This Infin. with τοῦ
occurs on every page of the Sept. where it
very generally stands for the Heb. Infin. ο.
Hence it is sometimes held to be He-
braism; but although prob. more frequent
in N. T. from a Heb. influence, yet it is
also not uncommon in Greek writers; e. g.
Strabo 15. p. 717. Arr. Alex. 2.21. Thuc.
1, 23 ras αἰτίας ἔγραψα... τοῦ μή τινας ζη-
τῆσαί ποτε κτλ. ib. 2. 22. Plato Gorg. 457.
6, τοῦ καταφανὲς γενέσϑαι. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
40 rov de μηδ᾽ ἐντεῦϑεν διαφεύγειν, σκοποὺς
τοῦ γιγνομένου καδίστης, κτὰ. Winer ]. c.
Buttm. § 140. n. 10,11. Kiihner ὁ 808. 2. b.
y) In a laxer sense expressing more the
notion of result, (like the later use of iva,
comp. ἵνα no. II, III,) and put by way of
explanation, or epexegetically, where the
simple infin. or ὥστε c. infin. might stand ;
see Winer § 45. p. 379 sq. Here it also
accords with the Engl. infin. after so as to,
so that; see above in β, ult. Acts 7,19

ὀγδοήκοντα.
οὗτος ἐκάκωσε τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, τοῦ ποι-
εἴν ἔκϑετα τὰ βρέφη κτλ. Once after ποιεῖν,
Acts 8, 12 ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς... πεποιη-
κόσι τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν ; comp. in ἵνα
(if. 1.d. So Rom. 1, 24 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς
6 eds... εἰς ἀκαϑαρσίαν, τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσϑαι τὰ
σώματα κτλ. 7, 3. 1 Cor. 10, 13. Here too
prob. oelongs the difficult construction in
Rev. 12, 7, ἐγένετο πόλεμος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ"
ὁ Μιχαὴλ καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ τοῦ πολεμῆ-
σαι μετὰ τοῦ δράκοντος, where after 6 Mix.
and οἱ ἄγγελοι we may supply ἐγένοντο, ac-
cording to the frequent Heb. construction
of the Inf: c. >, and the clause is equivalent
to ὥστε πολεμῆσαι τὸν M. καὶ τοὺς dyy.
μετὰ xrh. see Gesen. Lehrgeb. ᾧ 211. Wi-
ner § 45. p. 380. Text. Rec. has ἐπολέμη-
σαν. δ) After a preposition, as ἀντί
James 4,15; ἐκ 2 Cor. 8, 11; πρό Matt.
6, 8. James 17, 5. So él. V. H. 2. 34.

c) As Dative with τῷ, as implying cause
2 Cor. 2, 12; purpose 1 Thess. 3, 3; after
ἐν, see ἐν no. 2. a, fin. Matth. § 541. Winer
ᾧ 45. 5.

d) As Accusative with τό, as depending
on a verb, Luke 7, 21 τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχα-

“ρίσατο τὸ βλέπειν. 1 Cor. 14, 39. 2 Cor. 8,
11 τὸ ποιῆσαι ἐπιτελέσατε. Rom. 14, 13.
As governed by δεά, εἰς, πρός, see in διά
IL. 1. Ὁ; εἰς no. 3.a,¢,d; πρός UL 3.d. +

ὀγδοήκοντα, οἱ, ai, τά, (ὀκτώ.) eighty,
Luke 2, 37. 16, 7.—Xen. An. 4. 8. 15.

ὄγδοος, η, ov, ordin. (ὀκτώ,) the eighth,
Luke 1, 59. Αοἴβ 7, 8. Rev. 17,11. 21, 20.
(Xen. An. 4. 6.1.) In 2 Pet. 2,5 ὄγδοον
Νῶε... ἐφύλαξε," Noah the eighth person,
as the eighth, Noah and seven others;
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 20; see Winer § 38. 2.
Matth. § 469. 9. Comp. Plato Legg. 695. c,
(Δαρεῖος) ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ λαβὼν
αὐτὴν ἕβδομος, διείλετο κτὰ. Dem. 261. 3.
The Greeks usually add αὐτός, Thuc. 1. 46.
Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 17.

ὄγκος, ov, ὁ, pr. bulk, mass, weight,
#l. V. H. 14. 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32; α tu-
mor, swelling, Diod. Sic. 2. 36—In N. T.
weight, burden, impediment, Heb. 12, 1
ὄγκον πάντα ἀποϑέμενοι. So Xen. Ven.
8. 8.

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, demonstr. pron. from
6, }, τό, ἃ5 pron. and enclit. de, Buttm. ᾧ 76,
1; this, that; hic, hec, hoc; genr. equiva-
lent to οὗτος, but in some cases stronger ;
Buttm. ᾧ 127. 1. b, Matth. § 470. 1.

1. As referring to the person or thing
last before mentioned. Luke 10, 39 τῇδε
ἦν ἀδελφή. 16, 25. 2 Cor. 12, 19 Gb.
Comp. Matth. 1. c—Xen. Apol. 29.

32

497

ὁδός
2. As introducing what follows, ‘his,
those, the following. Acts 15, 23 γράψαντες
... τάδε" of ἀπ. κτὰ. 21,11. Rev. 2,1. 8.
12. 18, 8,1. 7. 14. Comp. Matth. 1. c.

3. Spec. δεικτικῶς, instead of an adv. of
place, i. q. here, there ; see Matth. ᾧ 471. 12.
Buttm. ᾧ 127. 1. James 4, 13 πορευσώμεϑα
εἰς τήνδε τὴν πόλιν, i. 6. into this city here —
Plut. Symp. 1. 6. 1 τήνδε τὴν ἡμέραν.

ὁδεύω, f. cia, (686s,) to be on the way,
to re to travel, absol. Luke 10, 838.
Sept. for ὭΞ 1 K. 6, 12—Hdian. 7. 3. 9.
Plut. Timol. 12.

ὁδηγέω, &, f. naw, (ὁδηγός,) to lead the
way, Plut. Conjug. Prec. 6.—In N. T. to
lead, to guide, c. ace, Matt. 15, 14 τυφλὸς
δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ. Luke 6, 39. Rev. 7.
17. Sept. for 72 Ex. 13, 17; 472 Ps. 80,
2; 72M Josh. 24, 3. So Hdian. 3. 3. 13.
Diod. Sic. 11. 8. A&schyl. Prom. 730.—
Trop. of a teacher, John 16, 13 ὁδηγήσει
ὑμᾶς εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήϑειαν. Acts 8, 31.
Sept. for ΠΛ Ps, 86,11; FM Ps. 25,
5. So Wisd. 9, 11.

ὁδηγός, od, 6, (ὅδός, ἡγέομαι;) @ way-
leader, a leader, guide, Acts 1,16. Trop. of
a teacher Matt. 15, 14. 23, 16. 24. Rom.
2, 19.—2 Mace. 5, 15. Pol. 5. 5. 15; trop.

fisd. 7, 15.

ὁδοιπορέω, ὦ, f. μὰ (ὁδοιπόρος ; ὁδός,
πορεύομαι,) to be on the way, to journey, to
travel, absol. Acts 10, 9.—Jos. de Vit. § 32.
Ail. V. H. 10. 4. Hdian. 5. 4. 13.

e f 7 .

ὁδοιπορία, as, 7), (ὁδοιπορέω,) a jour-
neying, travel, John 4, 6. 2 Cor. 11, 26.—
1 Mace. 6, 41. Hdian. 2. 15. 11. Xen. Cyr.
1. 2. 10.

ὁδοποιέω, &, f. now, (ὁδός, ποιέω,λ to
make or level a road, Xen. An. 4. 8. 8.—
In N. T. to make one’s way, to go, to journey,
absol. Mark 2, 23 Lachm. for Rec. ὁδὸν
ποιεῖν, see fully in ὁδός no. 2. a.

ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ, 1. @ way, in respect of
place, a high-way, road, street. a) Genr.
Matt. 2,12 δ ἀλλῆς ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώρησαν. 7,
18. 14. 8, 28. 13, 4. 19. John 14, 4. ὅ.
Acts 8, 26. Heb. 10, 20. James 2, 25. al.
Sept. for 23 Num. 21, 4. Deut. 28, 7.
(Hdian, 3. 3. 1, 2. Xen. An. 5.3.1.) Ofa
street in a city, Matt. 22, 9 ἐπὶ τὰς διεξό-
Sous τῶν ὁδῶν. v. 10. Luke 14, 23. So
Sept. for ὙΠ Jer. 5, 1. 7,16. (Hdian. 2.
9. 6. Xen. An. 5. 2. 22.) Also κατὰ τὴν
ὁδόν, along or on the way, Luke 10, 4.
Acts 8, 36. So Hdian. 2. 12. 2. Xen. An.
4. 6. 11. 8) With a gen. of place ἐς

ὁδός

which a way leads, comp. Matth. ᾧ 567.
Heb. 9, 8 ἡ τῶν ἁγίων ὁδός the way, entrance,
into the sanctuary. Sept. ἡ ὁδὸς rod ξύλου
τῆς ¢. for Heb. ΥῈΠ 13 Gen. 3, 24. (Comp.
Hdian. 8. 5. 10.) Meton. for the region to
or through which a way leads; Matt. 10, 5
els ὁδὸν ἔσνων into the way (country) of the
Gentiles. 4, 15 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, way of the
sea, i. 6. the region around the sea of Gali-
lee, quoted from Is. 8, 23 where Sept. for
ἘΠ 77h. 6) In the phrases €rocpa-
ζειν Vv. κατασχευάζειν τὴν ὁδόν, to
prepare the way, for a king, see in ἑτοιμάζω
no. 1; pr. Rev. 16, 12; trop. Matt. 3, 3.
11, 10. Mark 1, 2. 3; also evSuvew τὴν
ὁδόν John 1, 23; ‘all in allusion to 15. 40, 3
where Sept. for 72728. Comp. ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ
βασιληΐα Hdot. 5.53. ἀ) Meton. of Je-
sus as the way, i. e. the author and medium
of access to God and eternal life, John 14, 6.

2. In respect of action, way, i. e. a being
on the way, a going, journey, progress,
course. a) Genr. eis τὴν ὅδόν for the way,
journey, Matt. 10,10. Mark 6, 8. Luke 9,
3; ἐξ ὁδοῦ Luke 11, 6; ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, in or by
the way, on the journey, Matt. 15, 32. Mark
8, 3. 27. Acts 9, 17. 273 κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, by
or on the way, Acts 25, 3. 26, 13. So
1 Thess. 3, 11 κατευϑύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν.
Sept. for 77 Gen. 21, 24. 40. (Hdian 2.
11. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5.) Acts 8, 39
πορεύεσϑαι τὴν ὁδόν, to go on one’s way, to
continue one’s journey ; comp. Buttm. }131.
4. (Sept. for 773 ΠῈΣ Prov. 7, 19. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 2. 22.) Also Mark 2, 23 καὶ ἤρ-
Eavro of μαϑηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὁδὸν ποιεῖν τίλλοντες
τοὺς στάχυας, and his disciples began to go
plucking the ears of grain, i. e. they went
along plucking the ears; comp. Matt. 12,
1.Luke 6, 1. Here ὁδὸν ποιεῖν is Hebraism
for 773 MWS, as Sept. and Heb. Judg. 17,
8, corresponding to the Lat. iter facere.
The more classic Greek is Mid. ποιεῖσϑαι
τὴν ὁδόν Jos. Ant. 18. 4. 3. Xen. Ag. 2. 1;
though very late writers employ the Act.
e. g. ποιεῖν ὁδόν Xenoph. Ephes. lib. 3
init. comp. ποιεῖν τὴν πορείαν Polyen. 1.
49.3. 0) With a gen. of time, as Luke
2, 44 ἡμέρας ὁδόν, a day's journey. Acts 1,
12 σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν, a sabbath-day’s
journey, i. e. according to the Rabbinic limi-
tation, 2000 larger cubits or minor paces;
see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Luc. 24, 50.
Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1197. According to
Epiphanius, himself once a Jew, the sabbath
day’s journey was 6 stadia or 750 Roman
paces; Her. 66. 82. This accords best
with Acts 1. c. and Josephus ; since the lat-

498

ὀδυνάω

ter also gives the distance of the mount of
Olives in one place at 6 stadia, and in ano-
ther at 5 stadia; B. J. 5. 2.3. Ant. 20. 8.
6. See Reland Palest. p. 398, 399. Wi-
ner Realw. art. Sabbathsweg.—Sept. 6d.
τριῶν Hu. for Heb. 373 Gen. 30, 36, 31,
23. So Jos. Ant. 5. 3. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1 3.

3. Trop. @ way, manner, means, i. ὁ.
8) ὦ way or method of proceeding, of doing
or effecting any thing; 1 Cor. 4, 17 ras
ὁδούς μου τὰς ἐν Xp. 12, 31. (Dem. 733. 20,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.) So αἱ ὁδοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ,
the ways of Giod, his mode of proceeding, ad-
ministration, counsels, Acts 13, 10. Rom.
11, 33. Rev. 15,3. Sept. and 773 Ps. 18,
81. b) @ way or means of arriving at or
obtaining any thing. Luke 1, 79 ὁδὸς εἰρή-
vns, i. 6. the way of peace and salvation.
Acts 2, 28 ὁδοὺς ζωῆς. 16, 17. 2 Pet. 2, 21.
Sept. and M28 Proy. 10, 17. So Luc.
Hermot. 14 ὁδὸς ἡ ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίαν ἄγουσα.
6) a way of thinking, feeling, acting, man-
ner of life and conduct ; James 5, 20. Matt.
21, 32 ἦλθε Ἰωάννης ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, i.e.
living a just and holy life. Rom. 8, 17 ὁδὸν
εἰρήνης, peaceful life, quoted from Is. 59, 8
where see Gesen. Comm. With a gen. of
pers. the way or ways of any one i. 6. his
mode of life, conduct, actions, Acts 14, 16.
Rom. 3, 16. James 1, 8. 2 Pet. 2,15. Jude
11. (Sept. for 72 Job 23, 10.) But the
way of God or of the Lord, is also the way,
walk, life which God approves and requires,
Matt. 22, 16. Luke 20, 21. Acts 18, 25.
26. Heb. 3,10. (Sept. and ἢ. Job. 23,
11. Ps. 25, 4.) Hence absol. for the gospel
way, the Christian life, Acts 9, 2. 19,9. 23.
22, 4, 24, 14.22. Also 2 Pet. 2,2 ἡ ὁδὸς
τῆς ἀληϑείας the way of truth, the gospel.
So Judith 5, 8. 18; comp. a way or sect of
philosophy, Luc. Hermot. 46. +

ὀδούς, δόντος, ὃ, a tooth, Matt. 5, 38. 8,
12 6 βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 13, 42. 50. 22,
13. 24, 51. 25, 30. Mark 9, 18. Luke 13,
28. Acts 7, 54. Rev. 9, 8. Sept. for ju)
Ley. 24, 30. Job 16, 9.—Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 6.
2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.

ὀδυνάω, ὦ, f. now, (ὀδύνη.) to pain, tc
distress, in body-or mind, c. acc. Jos. Ant.
7.2.1. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 112—In N. T.
only Pass. or Mid. to be pained, distressed,
to sorrow. Luke 2, 48. 16, 24 ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν
τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ. v.25 σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι, for
which 2 pers. sing. see in καυχάομαι. Acts
20, 38. Sept. for Hiph. 5°73 Zech. 9, 5.
So Luc. Lexiph. 13. Aischin. 9. 3. Plato
Rep. 515. e. buss

/
: πολύς

edie
ὀδύνη, nS; ἡ, pain, distress, sorrow, of
belly ὦ fnind, Rom. 9, 2. 1 Tim. 6, 10.
Sept. for jin Jer. 8,18; ΒῺΣ Job 7, 3.—
Lue. Tox. 61. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12.
ὀδυρμός, ov, ὃ, (ὀδυρόμαι,) wailing,
lamentation, mourning. Matt. 2,18 κλαυ-
Suds καὶ ὀδυρμὸς μέγας, quoted from Jer. 31,
15 where Sept. for Ὁ ἡ. 2 Cor. 7, 7.
—2 Mace. 11, 6, Al. V. H. 14. 22. Plato
Rep. 398. d.

’Ofias, ov, 6, Ozias, Heb. MD (might
of Jehovah) Uzziah,a pious king of Ju-
dah, r. 811-759 B. C. Matt. 1,8. 9. See
2 Chr. c. 26; and comp. 2 K. c. 15, where
he is called Md , ᾿Αζαρίας, Azariah, prob.
another form of the same name; see Heb.
Lex. art. ney .

ofa, f. now or ἔσω, to smell, to have a
scent, intrans. 6. g. fragrant, A). V. H. 13.
16. Xen. Conv. 2. 3.—In N. T. of a corpse,
to smell, to stink, absol. John 11, 39. Sept.
for txa Ex. 8,14. So Arr. Epict. 4. 11.
15, 18. Plut. Phocion 22.

OSev, relat. adv. whence, see Buttm.
§ 116. 4.

1. Of place, Acts 14, 26 ὅθεν ἦσαν πα-
ραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ 5. 28, 13. Matt.
12, 44. Luke 11, 24. Heb. 11, 19. Sept.
for x Ps. 121,1. So Xen. An. 2. 3.
14, 16.—Spec. i. q. ἐκεῖϑεν ὅπου, thence
where, Matt. 25, 24. 26 συνάγω ὅϑεν οὐ
διεσκόρπισα ; comp. Matth. ᾧ 473. n. 2.
So Thue. 1. 89.

2. Of a source, means, whence, whereby,
1 John 2,18 ὅϑεν γινώσκομεν.--- 105. Ant.
2. 3. 4. Hdian. 1. 16. 4.

3. Illative, as referring to a cause, ground,
motive, i. q. wherefore, whereupon; Matt.
14, 7 ὅθεν pe’ ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν. Acts 26,
19. Heb. 2,17. 3,1. 7, 25. 8, 3. 9, 18.—
Judith 8, 20. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2.

ὀδόνη, ns, ἡ, pr. fine white linen Hom.
Od. 7. 107.—In N. T. genr. @ linen cloth,
e. g. a sheet, sail, Acts 10,11 σκεῦος ὡς
ὀϑόνην μεγάλην. 11, 5. So Luc. Jup. Trag.
46. Hdian. 5. 6. 21.

ὀδϑόνιον, ov, τό, (dim. ὀθόνη,) a smaller
linen cloth, bandage ; in N. T. only of ban-
dages in which dead bodies were swathed
for burial, Luke 24, 12. John 19, 40. 20, 5.
6. 7. Sept. for 7°79 Judg. 14, 13; HAGE
Hos. 2, 7. 11. [2, 5. 9.]—Poll. On. 4. ‘181
ὀδϑόνιον * 7 ἐπίδεσμον. Luc. Philops. 34;
sail-cloths Pol. 5. 89. 2. Dem. 1145. 6.

οἶδα, see in εἴδω II.
οἰκειακός, 7s dv, see in οἰκιακός.

499

οἰκητήριον

οἰκεῖος, α, ον, (οἶκος,) belonging to the
house, domestic, Luc. Eun. ἢ. Xen. Cyr. 8.
1. 15.—In N. T. belonging to a family;
only Plur. of oe twos, those of une’s
house, relatives, 4. household, family,
1 Tim. 5, 8. Trop. for associates, kindred,
6. g. τοῦ ϑεοῦ, i. 4. τέκνα τοῦ ϑεοῦ, Eph. 2;
19; τῆς πίστεως Gal. 6, 10. Sept. pr. for
“gd Lev. 18, 6. 21,2. So pr. Al. V. H.
14. 32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 48; trop. Diod
Sic. 13. 91.

οἰκετεία, as, ἧ, (οἰκέτης,) α household.
i.e. thé servants, Matt. 34, 45 Lachm. for
ϑεραπεία Rec.—Luc. Mere. cond. 15.

οἰκέτης, ov, 6, (οἶκος,) house-companion,
one living in the same house, Ecclus. 6, 11.
Hdot. 8. 106.—In N. T. α domestic, a ser-
vant, slave, Luke 16, 13 οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύ-
ναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν. Acts 10, 7.
Rom. 14, 4. 1 Pet. 2,18. Sept. for 33
Gen. 9, 25. 27,37. So Hdian. 7. 4. 10.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 9, 16.

οἰκέω, @, f. now, (oikos,) to house, to
dwell, to abide, 6. g.
1, Intrans. with ἐν, to dwell in, trop. of

_ the Holy Spirit abiding i in Christians, Rom.

8, 9 πνεῦμα ϑεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. vy. 11. 1 Cor.
3, 16. .Of sin ora sinful propensity abiding
in men, Rom. 7, 17 ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρ-
tia. ν. 18.20. Sept. c. ἐν pr. for aus Gen.
4,15. 19. 19, 30. So Al. V. H. 12. 64;
pr. Luc. Merc. cond. 3. Xen. Cyr, 2. 1. 5.
—With μετά c. gen. to dwell with any one,
and spoken of man and wife, to live with, to
cohabit, 1 Cor. 7, 12. 13. So Sept. and
aus Prov. 21, 19; comp. 1 K. 3,.17.

2. Trans. to dwell in, to inhabil, c. ace.
1 Tim. 6,16 φῶς οἰκῶν dmpdocrov.—Sept.
Gen. 24, 13. Hdian: 2. 10. 15. Xen. Mem.
1, 1. 8.—For Particip. ἡ οἰκουμένη, see in
its order.

οἴκημα, aros, τό, (oixéw,) a dwelling, a
house, building, Thuc. 4. 115. Xen. An. 7.
4. 15.—In N. T. and espec. in polite Attic
usage, ὦ prison, Acts 12, 7 φώς ἔλαμψεν
ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι. So Plut. Solon 15 τοὺς
᾿ΑΞηναίους λέγουσι «+» ἀστείως ὑποκορίζε-
σϑαι ... οἴκημα δὲ τὸ δεσμωτήριον καλοῦντας. ἡ
Dem. 789. 2. Thue. 4. 48.

οἰκητήριον, ov, τό, (οἰκητήρ, οἰκέω,) a
dwelling, habitation, abode, e. g. heaven, as
the abode of angels, Jude 6. Many of these
the later Jews supposed to have relinquished
heaven out of love for the daughters of men,
Gen. 6, 2; see Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod
pseud. V. T. I. p. 179 sq. Test. XII Patr.
p. 529 sq. Jos. Ant. 1. 3.1. Trop. of the

of.
OLKLEa

tuture spiritual body as the abode of the
soul, 2 Cor. 5, 2.—Sept. for iva Jer. 25,
30. Pr. 2 Macc. 11, 2. Cebet. Tab. 17.
Plut. Lucull. 39.

οἰκία, as, ἡ, (οἶκος.) 1. a house, dwell-
ing, habitation; Matt. 2, 11 ἐλθόντες εἰς
τὴν οἰκίαν. 7, 24 sq. John 12, 3. al. Matt, 5,
15 of ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, those in the house, i. 6. the
household. Sept. for maa Gen. 19, 4. Ex.
1,21. (Hdian. 2. 4. 18. Xen. Mem. 3. 6.
14.) Of, heaven as the«dwelling of God,
Tohn 14, 2 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός κτλ.
Comp. Ps. 11, 4. Is. 63, 15. Am. 9, 6. Ar-
temid. 2. 68 ὁ οὐρανὸς Sedv ἐστὶν oikos.—
Trop. of the body as the habitation of the
soul, 2 Cor. 5, 1 bis; comp. v. 2.

2. Meton. a household, a family, those
who live together in a house, Matt. 10, 13.
12, 25 οἰκία μερισθεῖσα xa ἑαυτῆς. John
4,53 αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ. ὅλη. 1 Cor.
16, 15. Sept. for mea Gen. 50, 8. So
Dem. 1358. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. '7. 6.—Spec.
prob, domestics, servants, attendants, Phil.
4, 22 of ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. So Sept.
and mg Gen. 24,2; comp, Jos. Ant. 17.
5. 8 (Αντίπατρον) as... τοῦ Καίσαρος διε-
φϑαρκότα τὴν οἰκίαν.

3. Meton. goods, property, i. e. one’s
house and what is in it. Matt. 23, 14 [13]
κατεσδίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν. Mark 12,
40. Luke 20, 47. Soma, Sept. τὰ ὑπάρ-
χοντα, Gen. 45, 18.---- 1}. V. Η. 4. 2. Xen.
Mem. 4.1.2. «-Ἡ

οἰκιακός, ἡ, dv, (oikia,) belonging to the
house, domestic, i. 4. οἰκεῖος ; in N. 'T. only
Plur. of οἰκιακοί τινος those of one’s
house, i. e. household, family, Matt. 10, 25.
36. Some Mss. have the doubtful form
οἰκειακός.--- Ὀ] αἴ, Cicero 20.

οἰκοδεσποτέω, ὦ, ἴ. How, (οἰκοδεσπό-
tns;) pr. to be house-master; genr. to be
head of a family, to rule a household, absol.
1 Tim. 5, 14.—So trop. Luc. Astrol. 20.
Plut. Placit. philos. 5. 18. A word of the
later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 373.

οἰκοδεσπότης, ov, ὃ, (οἶκος, δεσπότης.)
a house-master, head of a family, paterfamil-
ias, Matt. 10, 25. 13, 27. 52. 20, 1. 11. 21,
33. 24, 43. Mark 14, 14. Luke 12, 39. 13,
25. 14, 21; pleonast. 22,11 οἰκοδεσπ. τῆς
oixias.—Jos. c. Apion. 2. 11. Poll. On. 10.
21. Plut. Qu. Rom. 30. A later form, for
which the earlier writers said οἴκου V. οἰκίας
δεσπότης, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 373.

οἰκοδομέω, ὥ, f. how, (οἰκοδόμος,) pr.
to build a house, and genr. to build, to con-

500

οἰκοδομή
struct, to erect ; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 487
sq. 587.

1. Pr. to build, ὁ. acc. 6. σ΄. οἰκίαν Luke 6,
48 ; πύργον Matt. 21, 33. Mark 12, 1. Luke
14, 28; ναόν Mark 14, 58. Luke 12,18;
so 6. dat. commodi, Luke 7, 5 τὴν συναγω-
γὴν αὐτὸς φκοδόμησεν ἡμῖν. Acts 7, 47. 49.
With ἐπί c. gen. to build upon, Luke 4, 29 ;
ἐπί c. acc. Matt. 7, 24. 26. Luke 6, 49.
Absol. Luke 14, 30. 17, 28. John 2, 20.
Part. of οἰκοδομοῦντες the builders, Matt.
21, 42. Mark 12, 10. Luke 20, 17. Acts 4,
11. 1 Pet. 2,7. Sept. for 722 Gen. 4, 16.
8, 20; c. ἐπί Ez. 16, 31. So Diod. Sic. 3.
55. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 8; acc. et dat. Diod.
Sic. 4. 80.—Trop. of a system of instruc-
tion, doctrine, precepts, Rom. 15, 20. Gal. 2,
18. So Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 15.

2. Spec. to rebuild, lo renew, 6. g. a build-
ing decayed or destroyed, Matt. 23, 29 τοὺς
τάφους τῶν προφητῶν. Luke 11, 47. 48. So
Matt. 26, 61. 27, 40. Mark 15, 29. So
Sept. and 722 Josh. 6,26. Job 12,14. Am.
9, 14.

3. Trop. to build up, to establish, to con-
jirm, spoken of the christian church and
its members ; who are thus compared to a
building, a temple of God, erected upon the
one only foundation Jesus Christ, and ever
built up progressively and unceasingly more
and more from the foundation ; 1 Cor. 3, 9.
10. Eph. 2,20. 21. E.g. a) Externally,
Matt. 16, 18 ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω
μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 1 Pet. 2, 5. Acts 9, 31.
b) Internally, in a good sense, to build up
in the faith, to edify, to cause to advance in
the divine life, absol. 1 Cor. 8, 1 ἡ ἀγάπη
οἰκοδομεῖ. 10, 23; 6. acc. 14, 4 bis. 17.
1 Thess. 5,11; acc. impl. 1 Cor. 20, 32
Lachm, In a bad sense, /o embolden, Pass.
1 Cor. 8, 10.

οἰκοδομή, js, ἡ, (οἶκος, Soun,) a later
word used for both οἰκοδόμησις and oixodd-
μημα, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 487, 490.

1. a building up, the act of building, e. g.
ἡ oik. τῶν τειχέων 1 Macc. 16,23. Sept.
‘1 Chr. 26, 27. Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 8 init—In
N. T. only metaph. a building up in the faith,
edification, advancement in the divine life,
spoken of the christian church and its mem-
bers ; see in οἰκοδομέω no. 8. Rom. 14, 19 d:-
oxere ... τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς. 15,2. 1 Cor. 14,
5. 12. 26. 2 Cor. 10, 8. 12,19. 13, 10. Eph.
4, 12. 46. 29. 1 Tim. 1, 4 in Mss. So
1 Cor. 14, 3 λαλεῖ οἰκοδομήν i. 6. τὰ τῆς
οἰκοδομῆς. f

2. a building, an edifice, i. q. οἰκοδόμημα,
see Lob.].c. and p. 421. Matt. 24,1 ras oi-
κοδομὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Mark 13, 1. 2. Trop.

οἰκοδομέα

ef the christian church as the temple of
God, see in οἰκοδομέω no. 3. 1 Cor. 3, 9
Seod οἰκοδομή ἐστε. Eph. 2,21: Also of
the future ey body as the abode of the
soul, 2 Cor. 5, 1.

οἰκοδομία, ας, 7}; (oteoBouce,) a building
up, act of building, Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 7, 8.
Xen. Mem. 3. 1. '7.—In N. T. trop. edifica-
tion, christian improvement, 1 Tim. 1, 4
Rec. Others οἰκοδομή, also οἰκονομία.

οἰκοδομος, οὔ, ὁ, (οἶκος, δέμω,) α house-
builder, i. 6. genr. a builder, architect, Acts
4, 11 Lachm. for Part. οἰκοδομῶν Rec.
Sept. for ΓΞ 2 K. 12, 12.—Jos. Ant. 11. 5.
8. Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 20. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 487 sq. 587.

οἰκονομέω, ὦ, f. how, (οἰκονόμος,) to be
manager of a household; genr. to be ma-
nager, steward; to manage, to administer,
absol. Luke 16, 2.—So c. acc. Diod. Sic.
12. 15 τὰ χρήματα. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 10 τὸν
ἑαυτοῦ οἶκον.

οἰκονομία, ας, ἡ, (οἰκονομέω,) economy,
pr. management of a household or of house-
hold affairs. Εἰ. g.

1. stewardship, administration, the office
of a manager or steward. Luke 16,2 ἀπό-
dos λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας. V. 3. 4. So Sept.
15. 22,19. Arr. Epict..1. 9. 11. Xen. Εἴ.
1. 1.—Trop. of the apostolic office, 1 Cor.
9, 17. Col. 1, 25. Eph. 3, 2.

2. an economy, i. e. a disposition or ar-
rangement of things, a dispensation, plan,
scheme. Eph. 1, 10 εἰς τὴν οἰκονομίαν rod
πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν. Eph. 3, 9 et
1 Tim, 1. 4 in later edit—H«dian. 6. 1. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 25.

οἰκονόμος, ov, ὃ, (οἶκος, νέμω.) 1. a
house-manager, overseer, steward, pr. one
who had authority over the servants or
slaves of a family, to assign their tasks and
portions ; with which was also united the
general management of affairs and accounts ;
Luke 12, 42. 16, 1. 3. 8. Gal. 4,2. Such
persons were themselves usually slaves,
Luke 12, 42, comp. v. 43. 45. 46; so Elie-

zer Gen. 15, 2. 24,2; and so Joseph is
" called the οἰκονόμος of Potiphar, Test. XII
Patr. p.'715, comp. Gen. 39,4; see D’Or-
ville ad Chariton p. 127 sq. But free per-
sons appear also to have been thus em-
ployed, Luke 16, 3.4. The οἰκονόμοι had
also some charge over the sons of a family,
prob. in respect to pecuniary matters, thus
differing from the ἐπίτροπϑι or tutors, Gal.
4,2. Comp. Gen. 24, 3.—Lue. Tim. 14 ὡς
κατάρατος οἰκέτης, ἢ οἰκονόμος, ἢ παιδότριψ,.

501

οἶκος

Plat. de Lib. educ. 7. Diod. Sic. VI, p. 228,
γίνεται δὲ τούτων [οἰκετῶν] ἀρχηγὸς ’ASn-
νίων ... οἰκονόμος dy δυοῖν ἀδελφῶν μεγαλο-
πλούτων. Xen, Mem. 2. 10. 4.

2. In ἃ wider sense, for one who adminis-
ters a public charge or office, a steward, mi-
nister, agent, genr. 1 Cor. 4, 2. Also of
the fiscal officer of a city or state, a treasu-
rer, questor, Rom. 16,23 οἰκονόμος τῆς πό-
Aews. So Diod, Sic. 1. 62. Xen. Mem. 3
4, 7,11; of royal questors, 1 Esdr. 4, 49.
Jos. Ant. 11. 6. 12.—Trop. of the apostles
and other teachers as stewards, ministers of
the gospel, 1 Cor. 4, 1. Tit. 1,'7. 1 Pet.
4, 10.

οἶκος, ov, ὁ, 1. ahouse, dwelling, home,
Matt. 9,6 ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου. ν. 1.
Mark 3, 20. Luke 1,40. John 7, 53. 11,
20. Acts 10, 22. al. Soév οἴκῳ αἱ hock
1 Cor. 11, 34. 14,35; κατ᾽ οἶκον, κατ᾽
οἴκους, foots house to house, in private houses,
Acts 2, 46. 5,42. 8,3. 20,20; ἡ κατ᾽ οἷ-
κόν τινος ἐκκλησία, Rom. 16, 5. 1 Cor. 16,
19. Col. 4, 155. see in ἐκκλησία no. 2.
Sept. genr. for nhs Gen. 39, 2. 16. sexpiss.
So Hdian. 1. 17. 7. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 4.—
Spoken of various kinds of houses, edifices,
as 6 οἶκος τοῦ βασιλέως ν. τοῦ ἀρχιερέως,
i. 6. @ palace, Matt. 11, 8. Luke 22, 54.
Sept. for ΓΞ Gen. 12, 15; ἘΞ 2 K. 20,
18. Dan. 1, 4. (Hdian. 3. 10. 9.) Also οἷ-
kos + SAS be, hohe of traffic, bazar, John 2,
16. Spec. οἶκος τοῦ Seod house of God,
i. 6. the tabernacle or temple where the pre-
sence of God was manifested, and where
God was said to dwell, e. g. the tabernacle
Matt. 12, 4. Mark 2, 26. Luke 6, 4. (Sept.
and M72 1 Sam. 1, 7, 24. al.) The temple
at Jerusalem, Matt. 21, 13. John 2, 16. 17.
Acts 7, 47. 49. ἃ]. Once for 6 ναός alone,
Luke 11, 51, comp. Matt. 23, 35. Also
οἶκος τῆς προσευχῆς id. Matt. 21, 13. Mark
11,17. Luke 19, 46. Sept. and 72 or
the temple 2 Sam. 7, 13. Ezra 1, 2. 3 sq.
—Synecd. put for a room or part of a house,
e. g. the cenaculum or large room for eat-
ing, Luke 14, 23 ; for the ὑπερῴον or place
of prayer, Acts 2,2. 10,30. 11, 13. So
Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 2, Xen. Cony. 2. 18.—
Trop. of persons, e. g. Christians as the
spiritual house or temple of God, 1 Pet. 2,
5; comp. in οἰκοδομέω no. 3. Of those in
whom evil spirits dwell, Matt. 12, 44. Luke
11, 24.

2. In a wider sense, a pope Samer ὅε- ha
bitation, abode, as a city or country, Matt.
23, 38 ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος ἀφίεται. Luke
13, 35.—Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 10.

> ,
οἰκουμένη

3. Meton. a household, family, those who
live together in a house, Luke 10, 5 εἰρήνη
τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ. Acts 10,2. 11, 14 σὺ καὶ
πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου. 16, 15. 1 Cor. 1, 16.
2 Tim. 1,16. Tit. 1, 11. ἃ]. Including also
the idea of household-affairs, Acts '7, 10.
1 Tim. 3,4. 5. 12. Sept. and 12 Gen. 7,
1. 12, 17. al. So Al. V. H. 4. 27. Arr.
Epict. 4. 6. 31. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17; comp.
Mem. 1. 5. 3.—Trop. ὁ οἶκος τοῦ Seov,
the household of God, i. 6. the Christian
church, Christians. 1 Tim. 3, 15 ἐν οἴκῳ
Seod ... ἥτις ἐστὶ ἐκκλησία Seod ζῶντος.
Heb. 3, 6. 10, 21. 1 Pet. 4,17. So of the
Jewish church, Heb. 3, 2. 5. Sept. and
mim? ma Num. 12, 7.

4. Meton. a family, lineage, posterity, de-
scended from one head or ancestor; Luke 1,
27 ἐξ οἴκου Δαβίδ. v. 69. 2,4. Sept. and
ma 1K. 12, 16.19. So Dem. 1058. 18,
20. Xen Cyr. 3. 6. 2.—By Hebraism ex-
tended to a@ people, nation, as descended
from one ancestor, 6. g. οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, house
or people of Israel, Matt. 10, 6. 15, 24; oi-
kos Ἰακώβ id. Luke 1, 333; οἶκος Ἰούδα
Heb. 8, 8. So Sept. for >89W1M"2 Ley.
10, 6; ΞΡΞῚ M72 Ex. 19, 3; My ὯΔ
1K. 12,23, +4

οἰκουμένη, ns, ἡ, (οἰκέω, Pass. part.
pres.) sc. yn, the inhabiled earth, the world, i.e.

1. In Greek usage, as inhabited by Greeks,
opp. to barbarian lands, Dem. 85. 17. Xen.
Vect. 1.6; and later by Greeks and Ro-
mans. Hence in N. T. put for the Roman
world, the Roman empire; Acts 17, 6. 24,
5 τοῖς “Iov8aiots τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην.
Luke 2, 1 ἀπογράφεσϑαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκου-
μένην, comp. in Κυρήνιος. Acts 11, 28 see
in Κλαύδιος. In these last two passages the
writer prob. had chiefly in view the regions
in and around Palestine-—Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 1.
B. J. 5. 5. 1. Hdian. 5. 2. 5.

2. Genr. in later usage, the habitable
globe, the earth, the world, as known to the
ancients. a) Pr. Matt. 24, 14 κηρυχϑήσε-
ται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον... ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ oikov-
μένῃ. Luke 21, 26. Rom. 10, 78. Heb. 1,6.
Rey. 16, 14. *Hyperbol. Luke 4, 5 πάσας
τὰς βασιλείας τῆς οἰκουμένης, i. 4. τοῦ κό-
σμου in Matt. 4,8. Sept. for 78 Is. 23,
17; 3m Ps. 19, 4: 24, 2. So Jos. Ant.
4. 8.2. Pol. 1.1.5. Diod. Sic. 1.1. b)
Meton. the world, for the inhabitants of the
earth, mankind; Acts 17, 31 κρίνειν τὴν
oik. ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ. 19, 27. Rey. 3, 10. 12,
9. So Sept. and >3M Ps. 9,9. 98,9. ὁ)
Trop. Heb. 2,5 ἡ οἰκουμένη ἡ μέλλουσα,
i. q. ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μέλλων, see in αἰών πο. 2. b.

502

olvos

οἰκουργός, od, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (οἶκος, ἔργον;
doing house-work, fem. a housewife, Tit. 2,
5 Lachm. for οἰκουρός. Not found else-
where. ὁ ᾿ :

οἰκουρός, od, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (οἶκος, οὖρος.)
pr. guarding the house, Artemid. 2. 11.
Aristoph. Vesp. 970 κύων oixovpdés.—In N.
T. keeping at home, domestic, spoken of
females Tit. 2, 5. Comp. 1 Tim. 5, 13.
So Philo de Exsecr. p. 932. d, ὄψονται καὶ
γυναῖκας... σώφρονας, οἰκουρούς, καὶ φιλάν-
δρους. Dion Cass. 56. p. 391 γυνὴ σώφρων,
oixoupds, οἰκονόμος, παιδοτρόφος. Dinarch.
100. 37. ;

οἰκτείρω, f. ἐρῶ, (οἶκτος,) later fut.
οἰκτειρήσω, see Passow s. v. Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 741; to pity, to have compassion on, c.
acc. Rom. 9, 15 οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω,
quoted from Ex. 33,19 where Sept. fut.
now for prs, as also 2 K. 13, 23. Mic. 7,
19.—So f. now Test. XII Patr. p. 632.
Jos. de Macc. § 5; f. ερῶ Paleph. 23. 4.
Luc. Tim. 42; pres. Plut. Lucull. 19. Xen.
An, 8. 1. 19.

OKT LPHLOS, od, ὃ, (oixreipw,) pity, com-
passion, mercy, i.e. the feeling ; less strong
than ἔλεος 4. v. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p.
69 sq. Col. 8, 12 σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, but
Rec. om. οἰκτιρμῶν. Elsewhere only Plur.
Rom. 12,1. 2 Cor. 1,3. Phil. 2,1. Heb.
10,28. Sept. for Heb. "2197, Sing. Zech.
1, 16. 7,9; Plur. 2 Sam. 24, 14. Ps. 144,
9.—Sing. Bar. 2, 21. Ecclus. 5, 6.. Plur.
1 Mace. 3, 45. Pind. Pyth. 1. 164.

οἰκτίρμων, ovos, 6, ἡ, adj. (οἰκτείρω,)
pitiful, compassionate, merciful, Luke 6, 36
bis. James 5,11. Sept. for ΘΠ Ex. 34,
6. Neh. 9, 17.—Theocr. Id. 15.'75. Anthol.
Gr. IV. p. 219.

οἶμαι, see οἴομαι.

οἰνοπότης, ov, 6, (οἶνος, πότης, πίνω.)
a wine-drinker, wine-bibber, Matt. 11, 19.
Luke 7, 34. Sept. for 772 830 Prov. 23,
20.—Luc. Asin. 48. Pol. 20. 8. 2.

οἶνος, ov, 6, 1. wine; 6. σ΄. οἶνος νέος,
new wine, not yet fully fermented and ripe, .
Matt. 9, 17 ter. Mark 2, 22 quater. Luke 5,
37 bis. 38. Genr. Mark 15, 23 ἐσμυρνισμέ-
νον οἶνον. [Matt. 27, 34.] Luke 1, 15 οἶνον
καὶ σίκερα ov μὴ πίῃ. "7,33. 10,34. John 2,
3 bis. 9.10 bis. 4,46. Rom. 14,21. Eph. 5,
18. 1 Tim. 3, 8. 5, 23. Tit. 2,3. Rev. 18,
13. Sept. for 772 Gen. 9, 21. 24. 14, 18;
winsn Gen. 27, 28. Judg. 9, 13. (Hdian.
5. 5.16. Xen. Cc. 17. 9.) Meton. for
the vine and its fruit, Rev. 6,6. Sept. and

οἰνοφλυγία
ΟΥ̓ ΠὮ Joel 1, 10.—On the present modes
of preparing wine on Mount Lebanon, see
an article by E. Smith in Biblioth. Sac.
1846, p. 385 sq.

2. Symbol. οἶνος rod Supod τοῦ ϑεοῦ,
wine of God’s wrath, i. 6. the intoxicating
cup which God in wrath presents to the
nations, and which causes them to reel and
stagger to destruction, see espec. in Supds.
Rev. 14, 10. 16,19. 19,15. Comp. Jer.
25,15. Is. 51, 17. Ez. 23, 31 sq. Heb.
Lex. art. 013.—Also symbol. οἶνος τοῦ Sv-

"pod τῆς πορνείας, wine of wrath of forni-
cation, i. e. a love-potion, philter, with
which a harlot seduces to fornication (idol-
atry), and thus brings upon men the wrath
of God, Rev. 14, 8. 18, 3; ellipt. οἶνος τῆς
πορνείας id. Rey. 17,2. Comp. Jer. 51, 7.

οἰνοφλυγία, ας, ἧ, (οἰνόφλυξ ; οἶνος,
φλύω.) wine-drinking, vinolency, 1 Pet. 4,
3.—ZEl. V. H. 3. 14. Xen. Ac. 1. 22.

οἴομαι, contr. οἶμαι, Buttm. ὁ 114;
to suppose, to think, to be of opinion, pr. fol-
lowed by the Infin. c. acc. 6. g. inf. aor.
John 21, 25 οὐδὲ αὐτὸς οἶμαι τὸν κόσμον
χωρῆσαι τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία. With an
inf. simply, when the subject of both verbs

. is the same, Phil. 1,16 [17] οἰόμενοι ϑλῖψιν
ἐπιφέρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς uov. With ὅτε in-
stead of inf. James 1, 7; comp. Matth.

ᾧ 539.—So c. inf. et acc. Hdian. 4. 15. 15.

Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10; ο. inf. 2 Macc. 7, 24.

Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15.

οἷος, a, ov, a correlative relat. pron. cor-
responding to ποῖος, τοῖος, Buttm. ᾧ 79;
pr. of what kind or sort, what, such as,
qualis.

1. Pr. in a dependent clause, with τοιοῦ-
ros ora like word corresponding; 1 Cor.
15, 48 bis, οἷος ὁ χοϊκός, τοιοῦτοι of χοϊκοί,
κτὰ. 2 Cor. 10,11; with 6 αὐτός Phil. 1,
30. So with τοιοῦτος impl. Matt. 24, 21
σλῖψις μεγάλη, ofa od γέγονεν. Mark 9,
8. 13, 19. 2 Cor. 12, 20 bis. 2 Tim. 3, 11
οἷά μοι ἐγένετο. Rev. 16, 18.—So c. τοιοῦ-
ros Ecclus. 49, 14. Xen. Hi. 6. 8; impl.
Hdian. 5. 5. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 5, 27.

2. In an independent clause it has the

nature of an exclamation, implying some-
thing great or unusual, what, what manner
of, how great; Luke 9, 55 οὐκ οἴδατε οἵου
πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς. 1 Thess. 1,5. 2 Tim.
3, 11 ult—Jos. Ant. 10. 3. 2. Hdian. ἢ.
4, 2.

3. Neut. οὐχ οἷον adverbially, not so
as, not so; ellipt. for οὐ τοῖον δὲ λέγω, οἷον
ὅτι. Hence Rom. 9, 6 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι
ἐκπέπτωκεν ὃ λόγος τοῦ ϑεοῦ, bul not so

503

ὀλυγοπιστία —

(would I reason) as that the promise of God
is become without effect. Comp. the οἷον
ὅτι of late writers, ‘so as that,’ Greg. Cor-
inth. ed. Schef. p. 105; also ὡς οἷον, οἷον
ὥσπερ, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 427. See Winer
§ 66. 5.—Others here take οὐχ οἷον as i. 4.
non modo; but in this sense it is elsewhere
followed not by ὅτι, but by an antithesis, as
ἀλλά or the like; Pol. 1. 20. 12. ib, 18. 18.
11. Others again prefer the common signif.
before an infin. it is not possible, and regard
ὅτε as put instead of an infinitive; Al. V
H. 4.17. But neither of these senses ac-
cords well with the context.

οἴω, obsol. theme, see φέρω.

> ΄ :

OKVEM, ὦ, f. now, (dkvos,) to be slow,
tardy, to delay, c. inf. Acts 9,38 μὴ ὀκνῆσαι
εἰσελθεῖν ἕως αὐτῶν. Sept. for >¥32 Judg.
18, 9.—Luc. D. Deor. 6..1. Xen. Mem. 2.
3. 14.

ὀκνηρός, a, dv, (ὀκνέω,) slow, tardy,
slothful, of persons, Matt. 25, 26 πονηρὲ
δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ. Rom. 12, 11. Sept. for
2&> Prov. 6,6. 9. So Dem. 777.5. Hdian.
2. 4. 10. Thue. 1. 142.—Neut. of things,
tedious, tiresome; Phil. 3,1 τὰ αὐτὰ ypd-
ew...€ uot μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν. So Theocr.
Id. 24. 35. Soph. Cid. R. 834. :

ὀκταήμερος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ὀκτώ, ἡμέρα,
an eighth-day person or thing; Phil. 3, 5
περιτομῇ ὀκταήμερος, as to circumcision an
eighth-day man, i. e. circumcised on the
eighth day.—Comp. Gregor. Naz. Orat.
25. p. 465. d, Χριστὸς ἀνίσταται τριήμερος,
Λάζαρος terpanuepos. On such compound
words see Buttm. ᾧ 70. n. 3. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 676.

ὀκτώ, οἱ, ai, τά, indec. card. num. eight,
Luke 2, 21. 9, 28. 13, 4. 11. 16. John 5,
5. 20, 26. Acts 9, 33. 21, 6. 1 Pet. 3, 20.

ὀλεϑρεύω, see ὀλοϑρεύω.

ὀλέϑριος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ὄλεϑρος,) de-
siructive, deadly, Plato Rep. 389. d.—In N.
T. Neut. τὸ ὀλέθριον, destruction, death,
i. q. ὄλεθρος, for which it is read by Lachm.
2 Thess. 179.

dre pos, ov, ὃ, (ὄλλυμι.) destruction,
ruin, death; 1 Cor. 5, 5 εἰς ὄλεϑρον τῆς
σαρκός. Of divine punishments, 1 Thess.
5, 3 αἰφνίδιος ὄλεωῶρος. 2 Thess. 1, 9.
1 Tim. 6, 9. Sept. for ssx~ Ob. 13; 4
Proy. 21, 7.—Hdian. 8. 8. 10. Xen. An. 1.
2. 26.

ὀλιγοπιστία, ας, ἧ, (ὀλιγόπιστος,) lite
tle faith, want of faith, Matt. 17, 20 Lachm.

for ἀπιστία Rec.

ὀλυγόπιστος
ὀλιγόπιστος, ov, ὃ, 9; adj. (ὀλίγος, πί-
στις,) of little faith, unbelieving, Matt. 6, 30.

8, 26. 14,31. 16,8. Luke 12, 28.—Act.
Thom. § 28. Not found in classic writers.

ὀλέγος, η, ov, little, pr. opp. of πολύς
much.

1. Of number, small, in N. T. only Plur.
ὀλίγοι; at, a, few. Matt. Π, 14 ὀλίγοι ... of
εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. 9, 37 of δὲ ἐργάται ὀλί-
γοι. 15, 84. 20, 16. 22, 14. 25, 21. 23.
Mark 6, 5. 8,7. Luke 10, 2. 12, 48 δαρή-
σεται ὀλίγας 86. πληγάς. (Buttm. ὁ 134. n.
2.) Luke 13, 23. Acts 17, 4. 12. Heb. 12,
10 πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡρέρας. 1 Pet. 3, 20. Rev.
2, 14. 20. 3,4. Sept. for 02° Num. 13,
19. Is. 10, 7. So Hdian. 4. 13. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1.3.—Hence 1 Pet. 5, 12 δὲ ὀλίγων
ἔγραψα, i. e. in few words, briefly ; comp.
Thue. 4. 95 δὲ ὀλίγου.

2. Of magnitude, amount, Jitile, small, in
N. T. only in Sing. Luke 7, 47 ὀλίγον ἀφί-
erat. Acts 12, 18 τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος. 15, 2.
19, 23. 24. 27, 20. 2 Cor. 8, 15. 1 Tim. 4,
8 πρὸς ὀλίγον ὀφέλιμος profitable for litile.
5, 23. Jumes 3,5. Sept. for 03 1 K. 17,
10.12. So Hdian. 1. 14. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5.
4, 25.—Hence Eph. 3, 3 ἐν ὀλίγῳ προέ-
γραψα, in brief, briefly. So Aristot. Rhet.
8.11.

3. Of time, little, short, brief; Acts 14,
28 χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον. James 4, 14 πρὸς ὀλί-
γον sc. χρόνον. Rev. 12, 12. Also ἐν ὀλί-
ye sc. χρόνῳ Acts 26, 28. 29.—Hdian. 2.
14.10. Xen. Ath. 3..11; ἐν ὀλίγῳ Xen.
Hell. 4. 4. 12.

4. Neut. ὀλίγον as.adv. spoken of space,
amount, time; Mark 1, 19 προβὰς ὀλίγον.
6,31. Luke 5, 3. 7, 47 ἀγαπᾷ ὀλίγον. 1 Pet.
1, 6. 5,10. Rev. 17, 10 ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ
μεῖναι. Sept. for 032 Ps. 37, 10.—AEl. V.
H. 12. 9. Xen. Cony. 1. 14.

ὀλιγόψυχος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ὀλίγος, ψυ-
xn.) feeble-minded, faint-hearted, 1 Thess. 5,
14. Sept. for 1" ΣΡ Prov. 14, 29.—Ar-
temid. 3. 5; so ὀλιγοψυχέω Isocr. p. 392. Ὁ.

ὀλυγωρέω, ὦ, f. how, (ὀλίγωρος ; ὀλί-
γος, ὥρα.) to care little for, 10 make light of,
to despise; c. gens Heb. 12, 5 μὴ ὀλιγώρει
παιδείας κυρίου, quoted from Proy. 3, 11
where Sept. for ON2F">% —Hdian. 1. 1. 1.
Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 3.

ὀλέγως, adv. little, but a litle, not yet
fully, 2 Pet. 2, 18; where Rec. dvras.—

Hippocr. Aphor. lib. 1, quickly, speedily.
᾿ς ὀλοϑευτής, οὔ, ὁ, (ddo3peda,) a de-
slroyer, 1 Cor. 10, 10; comp. Num. 14,
2 sq. 24, 4 sq.

504

ὅλος

ὀλοδρεύω, f. evow, (ὄλεϑρος,) fo destroy,
only mm particip. ὁ. ace. Heb. 11, 28 ὁ édo-
Zpevov τὰ πρωτότοκα. Sept. for MMW
Ex. 12, 23; comp. 1 Chr. 21, 12. 15.16 ; also
for ὥστ Josh. 3,10. So Wisd. 18, 25.—
Lachm. reads ὀλεϑρεύω; a form not found in
lexicons.

ὁλοκαύτωμα, aros, τό, (ὁλοκαυτόω, ὁλό-
καυτος; ὅλος, καίω,) α holocaust, whole burnt-
offering, pr. in which the whole victim was
burned; but genr. a burnt-offering, Mark
12, 33. Heb. 10,6. 8. Sept. for nby Ex.
18, 12. 24, 5; MWR Ex. 30,20. Lev. 4.
35.—Comp. ὁλοκαυτόω Jos. Ant. 3. 9.1;
ὁλοκαύτωσις ib. 9. 7. 4.

ὁλοκληρία, as, ἡ, (ὁλόκληρος,) whole.
ness, soundness Of body, Acts 3,16. Sept.
for 079 Is. 1, 6.

ὁλόκληρος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (ὅλος, κλῆρος.)
pr. whole in every part; hence genr. whole,
entire, perfect; 1 Thess. 5, 23 ὁλόκληρον
ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ Ψυχὴ Kal τὸ σῶμα;
your whole spirit, soul, and body, i. e. your
whole man. Trop. in a moral sense, James
1, 4 ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι. Sept.
pr. for 02% Dent. 27, 6; DM Ez. 15, 5.
—Pr. Luc. Philops. 8, Plato Tim. 44. ὁ;
trop. Wisd. 15, 3. Pol. 18. 28. 9.

ὀλολύζω, f. Ew, an onomatopeetic verb,
pr. to cry aloud to the gods; espec. of
prayers and hymns of joy uttered by fe-
males on festival days, accompanied with
shouts and shrieks, Hom. Il. 6. 301. Od
8. 450. ib. 22. 408, 411. In later usage,
genr. to cry aloud, Lat. ululare, 6. g. in joy,
to shout, Theocr. 17. 64.—In N. Τ᾽. in com-
plaint, 10 shriek, to howl, absol. James 5, 1
κλαύσατε ὀλολύζοντες. Sept. for DMD Ts.
13, 6. 15,3. 16,7. So Diod. Sic. 3. 59.
Dem. 313. 20, 21.

ὅλος, 7, ov, whole, the whole, all; for
the construction with nouns having the

article, see in 6, 7, τό, p. 293. b. γ. E.g. of 4

space, extent, amount, or the like; Matt. 4,
23 ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 5, 29 ὅλον τὸ σῶμα.
16, 26 κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ. 21, 4 τοῦτο
δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν. 22, 40. Mark 1, 33 πόλις
ὅλη. Luke 1, 65. John 4, 53. 1 Cor. 5, 6.
Rey. 6,12.al. Neut. ὅλον the whole mass,
Matt. 13, 33. Luke 13,21; δι᾿ ὅλου through-
out, in every part, John 19, 23. Sept. for
55 Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 4, 2; b»bD Ex. 28,
27. So Hdian. 4.4.9. Xen. Cyr. 2, 8. 17.—
Of time, Matt. 20, 6 ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. Luke
5,5 Ov ὅλης τῆς νυκτός. Acts 11, 26 ἐνιαυτὸν
ὅλον. 28, 30. al. Sept. and 85 Ex. 10, 13;

1

3

ὁλοτελής δ0ὅ

>9b2 Num. 4,6; 5°29 Lev. 25, 30. So
Hdian. 8. 4. 3. Plato Conv. 219. c.—Of an
affection, emotion, condition, Matt. 22, 37
ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ
σου, κτὰ. quoted from Deut. 6, 5 where
Sept. and 55. Luke 10, 27. John 9, 34
ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήϑης ὅλος. John 13,
10. So Jos. B. J. 1. 2. 4 ὅλος τοῦ πάϑους
ἦν. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.28. +

ὁλοτελής, έος, οὖς, 6, ἧ, adj. (ὅλος, τέ-
λος,) guile complete, perfect, whole. 1 Thess.
5, 23 ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, i. 6. wholly, in
every part, comp. Buttm, § 123. 6.—Aquil.
ὁλοτελῶς for D723 Deut. 13, 17. Plut. de
Placit Philos. 5. 21. :

᾿Ολυμπᾶς, a, ὁ, Olympas, pr. n. of a
Christian, Rom. 16,15. ,

ὄλυνδϑος, ov, ὃ, an untimely fig, winter
Jig, grossus, i. e. such as are later and do
not ripen at the usual season, but hang up-
on the trees during winter and often until
spring, Rev. 6,13. Sept. for 38 Cant. 2, 13.
So Dioscor. 1. 186. Theophr. H. Pl. 5. 9.
12. Hdot. 1. 193.—For the diff. kinds of figs
see in συκῆ.

OAWS, adv. (ὅλος,) wholly, altogether,

1 Cor. 6, 7 ὅλως ἥττημα ὑμῖν ἐστιν. Also’

everywhere, commonly, 1 Cor. ὅ,1. Νοραῖ.
ov Vv. μὴ ὅλως, not at all, 1 Cor. 15, 29.
Matt. 5, 34.—Luc. Tim. 13. Xen. Géc. 20.
20; negat. Paleph. 3. 5. Hdian. 1. 1. 5.

ὄμβρος, ov, 6, @ shower, heavy rain,
with thunder and tempest, Lat. imber, Luke
12, 54. Sept. for D°"3Y Deut. 32, 2.—
Hdian. T. 14. 4. Xen. Cie. 5. 18.

ὁμείρομαι, to long for, to have strong
affection for, i. q. ἱμείρομαι ; c. gen. 1 Thess.
2, 8 in later edit—Symmach. Ps. 62, 2
ὁμείρεται. Hesych. ὁμειρόμενοι" dpeipovrat,
ἐπιϑυμοῦσι. Photius p. 331. 9 dpeipovra "
ἐπιϑυμοῦσι. Omitted in most modern lex-
icons.

ὁμιλέω, ὦ, f. how, (ὅμιλος,) to be in a
crowd or in company with, to have inter-
“ course with, Luc. Tim. 45. Xen. Conv. 2.
10.—In N. T. to converse, to talk with, absol.
Acts 20, 11. Luke 24, 15; c. dat. Acts 24,
26; πρὸς ἀλλήλους Luke 24, 14. So c.
dat. Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
153 πρός τινα Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 2.

ὁμιλία, as, ἡ, (ὁμιλέω,) a being toge-
ther, companionship, Xen. Mem. 3. 7. 5.—
In N. ΤΡ. inlercourse, converse, 1 Cor. 15,
33 φϑείρουσιν ἤξη χρήσϑ᾽ ὁμιλίαι κακαί, from
Menand. Fr. p. 75. Mein. So Diod. Sic.
16. 54 ταῖς πονηραῖς ὁμιλίαις διέφϑειρε τὰ
ἤθη τῶν ἀνπρώπων. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 19.

ὁμοδυμαδόν

ὅμιλος, ov, ὃ, (ὁμός, ὁμοῦ, ἴλη,) a crowd-
ing together, a crowd, multitude, Rev. 18,
17 Rec.—Hdian. 1. 1.1. Thue. 4. 112,

optyrn, ns, 4, (kindr. ὀμέχω,) a mist, fog ;
2 Pet. 2, 17 ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνό-
μεναι, where Rec. νεφέλαι. Sept. for B22
Job 38, 9. Joel 2, 2.—Diod. Sic. 1. 7. Ken.
An. 4. 2. 7.

ὄμμα, ατος, τό, (ὄψομαι, ὦμμαι,) pr. a
sight, thing seen, Plato Phedr. 253. e—
Usually and in N.T. an eye, Plur. τὰ ὄμ-
ματα, the eyes, Mark 8, 23. [Matt. 20, 34,]
Sept. for 572" Prov. 6, 4. 10, 27. So
Luc. D. Mort. 28. 1. Xen. Cony. 1. 9.

ὄμνυμι and ὀμνύω, f. ὀμοῦμαι, aor. 1
épooa, Buttm. ὁ 106. n. 5. §114. Meeris
ὀμνύναι, ᾿Αττικῶς - ὀμνύειν, Ἑλληνικῶς.

1. to swear, to take or make oath, absol.
Matt. 26, '74 et Mark 14, 71 ἤρξατο ...
ὀμνύειν. Matt. 5, 34 μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως. So
Xen. C&c, 4. 10.—The person or thing
by which one swears is put in various
constructions, e. g. in accus. as τὸν ovpa-
νόν James 5,12; comp. Buttm. §131. 2,
Matth. § 413. 10. (Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 1. Xen,
An. 7. 6. 18.) With κατά c. gen. Heb. 6,
13 bis, ἐπεὶ ... ὥμοσε καϑ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ. ν. 16.
Sept. for 3 5329 Is. 45, 23. Am. 4, 2. (Luc.
Conv. 32. Dem. 1306. 21.) Once with εἰς
Ἱερουσαλήμ Matt. 5,35; see in εἰς no. 1. b.
(Hdian. 2. 13.4.) By Hebraism with ἐν
6. dat. see in ἐν no. 3. 6. a, ult. Matt. 5, 34
ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ἐν τῇ yi. V. 36. 23, 16 bis.
18 bis. 20 bis. 21 bis. 22 bis. Rev. 10, 6.
Sept. for 3 paw Ps. 63, 12. Jer. 5, Ἴ.

2. Spee. i. q. to declare with an oath, 6. g.
followed by the words of the oath; Heb. 3,
11 et 4, 3 ὡς ὥμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ pov: εἰ
εἰσελεύσονται, see in εἰ I. 2. ἢ. 8. Heb. 7,
21; 6. inf. 3, 18. So c. inf. Plut, Galb. 22
fin. Xen. Ag. 1. 10.—Hence, fo promise
with an oath, c. dat. et ὅτι, Mark 6, 23;
with ὅρκῳ c. dat. et infin. Acts 2,30 ὅτι
ὅρκῳ ὥμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Beds... ἀναστήσειν.
With accus. and dat. Acts 7,17 τῆς ἐπαγγε-
Nias ἧς ὥμοσεν ὁ Seds τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, where ἧς
is by attr. for ἥν. So with πρός τινα, Luke
1, 73 ὅρκον ὃν ὥμοσε πρὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, comp.
Gen. 26, 3 ὅρκον ὃν ὥμοσε τῷ ᾿Α. Deut. 7,
8. So ec. dat. et inf. Xen. An. 7. 7. 40;
πρός twa Hom. Od. 14, 331.

ὁμοδυμαδόν, adv. (ὁμόϑυμος ; duds, Sv-
pés,) with the same mind, with one accord,
all together. Acts 1, 14 οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν
προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοϑυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ.
2,1. 46. 4, 24. 5,12. 7, 57. 8, 6. 12, 20.
15, 25. 18, 12. 19, 29. Rom. 15, 6. Sent.

*

ὅμοιάξω ο΄ δθ6

for 1357 Ex. 19, 8. Jer. 46, 21.—Hdian. 2.
3. 6. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 17.

ὁμοιάζω, f. dow, (dpotos,) to be likes
absol. Mark 14, 70 ἡ λαλιά σου ὁμοιάζει.
—The simple verb is not elsewhere found ;
but comp. παρομοιάζω Matt. 23, 27; προσο-
μοιάζω Geopon. 2. 21. 6.

ὁμοιοπαϑδής, έος, ovs, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ὅμοιος,
md%os, πάσχω.) like-affected, suffering like
things, like, i. e. of like nature, affections,
condition ; c. dat. Acts 14,15 ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπα-
Seis ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι. James 5, 17.
Buttm, § 133. 2. f—Wisd. 7, 3. .Theophr.
Fragm. 5. 35. Plato Tim. 45. c.

ὅμοιος, a, ov, (Guds,) once ὅμοιος, ὃ, ἡ;
with two endings, Rev. 4, 8 ἶρις ὅμοιος in
later edit. see Winer § 11. 1.

1. like, resembling, Lat. similis; e. g. in
external form and appearance, John 9, 9.
‘Rev. 1, 13 ὅμοιον υἱῷ ἀνϑρώπου. v. 15. 2,
18. 4, 3 bis. 6. 7 ter. 9,'7 bis. 10.19. 11,1.
13, 2.11. 14, 14. 16,13. 21,11. 18.. (Xen.
Hell. 3. 2.27.) In kind or nature, Acts
17, 29. Gal. 5, 21. (Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7.)
In conduct, character, Matt. 11,16 [ἡ γενεὰ
αὕτη] ὁμοία ἐστὶ παιδίοις κτὰ. 13, 52. Luke
7, 31. 82. 12, 86. @Xen. Ath. 8. 10 ὅμοιοι
τοῖς ὁμοίοις εὖνοί εἰσι.) In condition, cir-
cumstances, Matt. 18, 81 ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Bac.
τῶν οὐρ. κόκκῳ σιναπέως. V. 38. 44. 45. 47.
20,1. Luke 6, 47. 48. 49. 13, 18. 19. 21.
1 John 3, 2. Rev. 18, 18. So Hdian. 4. 13.
17, Xen. Hi. 1. 27.

2. just like, equal, the same Nitin: 8. g.
in kind or nature, Jude v. 7 τὸν ὅμοιον τού-
τοις τρόπον. (Paleph. 29. 3.) In conduct,
character, once ὁ. gen. John 8, 55 ἔσομαι
ὅμοιος ὑμῶν, ψεύστης. (Comp. Eeclus. 13,
16. Xen. An. 4. 1. 17.) In authority,
dignity, power, Matt. 22, 39. Mark 12, 31.
Rev. 13, 4. So Ecclus. 44,19. Jos. Ant.
8. 14. 1 οὐκ dy ὅμοιος αὐτῷ τῇ στρατιᾷ.

ὁμοιότης, τητος, ἡ (ὅμοιος,) likeness,
similitude, Heb. 4, 15. 7, 1ὅ. Sept. for
"2 Gen. 1, 11. 12.—Plut. Galb. 9. Plato
Theet. 158. c.

ὁμοιόω, &, f. dca, (ὅμοιος,) to make
like, e. g.

1. Pass. aor. 1 ὁμοιώϑην, to be or
become like, c. dat. e. g. in external form,
Acts 14, 11 οἱ ϑεοὶ... ὁμοιῳϑέντες ἀνϑρώ-
ποις. Sept. for 723 Is. 40,18. (Diod. Sic.
4. 18.) In conduct, character, Matt. 6, 8.
(Ecclus. 13,1. Thuc. 3.82.) In condition,
_ circumstances, Heb. 2, 17 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς
᾿"ὁμοιωϑῆναι. Once c. ὡς, Rom. 9, 29 ὡς
Τόμοῤῥα ἂν ὡμοιώϑημεν, quoted from Is. 1,

ὁμολογέω
9 where Sept. so for > 523.—So Thue.
5. 103.

2. Genr. in comparisons, to liken, to com-
pare, c. acc. et dat. Pass. to be likened, to
be like, c. dat. Matt. ἢ, 34 ὁμοιώσω αὐτὸν
ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ. V. 26 ὁμοιωϑήσεται ἀνδρὶ
μωρῷ. 11,16, 13, 24. 18, 28. 22, 2. 25,1.
Mark 4, 30. Luke 7, 31. 13, 18. 20. Sept.
for ΓΞ Cant. 2,17. 7,7. Ps. 102, 7.—
Ecclus. 25, 14. Philostr, Vit. Sophist. 2.

27.3 καί που καὶ τῷ Πολέμωνι ὁμοιούντων
αὐτόν.

ὁμοίωμα, ατος, τό, (ὁμοιόω,) pr. “ some-
thing made like,’ a likeness, i. 6.

“1. ἃ form, shape, image ; Phil. 2, 7 ἐν
ὁμοιώματι ἀνϑρώπου γενόμενος, parall. with
μορφή. Rev.. 9, 7. Sept. for M27 ὁ Κὶ,
16, 10; BE 1 Sam. 6, 5; NBM Deut. 4,
16; Προ Ex. 20, 4.—Aristot. Eth, 8. 10.
Plato Phedr. 250. a, b.

2. Abstr. likeness, resemblance, simili-
tude; Rom. 1, 23 ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος
φϑαρτοῦ ἀνϑρώπου, i. 4. ἐν εἰκόνι ὁμοίᾳ κτλ.
an image like to corruptible man. ὅ, 14 ἐπὶ
τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως ᾿Αδάμ, i. 6.
a transgression like that of Adam. 6, 5.
8, 3.

ὁμοίως, ady. (povos,) in like manner,
likewise ; Matt. 22,26 ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ δεύτερος.
Mark 4, 16. Luke 5,10. John 6,11. 1 Cor.
7, 3.4. al. Also ὁμοίως ποιεῖν Luke 3, 11.
10, 37. al—Sept. Esth. 1,18. Hdian. 1. 10.
14, Xen. Mem. 4.7.8. +

ὁμοίωσις, ews, 4, (ὁμοιόω,) pr. a liken-
ing, comparison, Luc. pro Imag. 19. Plato
Rep. 454. c.—In N. T. likeness, resem-
blance; James 8, 9 τοὺς dv3p. τοὺς Kad
ὁμοίωσιν ϑεοῦ γεγονότας, in allusion to Gen.
1, 26 where Sept. for ™72; also for
mat Ez. 1, 10. Dan. 10,16; "725m Ez.
8, 10.

ὁμολογέω, ὦ, f. now, (ὁμόλογος ; ὁμός,
ὁμοῦ, λέγω.) pr. to speak or say together,
in common, i. e. the same things; hence to
hold the same language, i. q. to assent, to
accord, to agree with, c. dat. Jos. Ant. 8. 6.
2. Hdot. 1. 23, 171. Xen. Cyr. 3: 3. 19.—
Hence in N. T.

1. to accord with, to agree to do any
thing; hence i. 4. to promise, c. dat. et infin.
Matt. 14, 7 pe®” ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ
δοῦναι ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται. [Acts 7, 17.]—Jos.
Ant. 8. 4. 8. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 5.
Xen. An. 7. 4. 22.

2. to concede, to admit, to confess, e. g. a
charge, c. aéc. et dat, Acts 24, 14 ὁμολογῶ
δὲ τοῦτό σοι, ὅτι κτὰ. - Also of sins, c. acc

ὁμολογία

τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 John.1, 9.—Ecclus. 4, 29.
Hidian. 1. 6. 8. Xen. An. 1. 6. 7.

3. to confess publicly, to acknowledge
openly, to profess ; so c. acc. of kindr. noun,
1 Tim. 6, 12 ὡμολόγησας τὴν x. ὁμολογίαν,
comp. Buttm. § 131.4. With accus. genr.
Acts 23, 8 Φαρισαῖοι δὲ ὁμολογοῦσι τὰ ἀμ-
φύτερα. Rev. 3, ὃ in later edit. Also c. inf.
᾿ Tit. 1,16 Sedv ὁμολογοῦσιν εἰδέναι. (Xen.
Mem. 2. 3.9.) With particip. for infin.
Buttm. § 144. 6. b. Matth. § 555. n. 2.
1 John 4, 2 πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν
Xp. ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυϑότα. v. 3. 2 John 7;
particip. ὄντα impl. John 9, 22. Rom. 10, 9
ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς .... κύριον [ὄντα] Ἰησοῦν.
Absol. but with acc. and particip. impl.
John 12, 42. Rom. 10, 10. (Al. V. H. 2.
44; impl. 2.4.) With δὴν instead of infin.
Matth. § 539.1. Heb. 11,13 ὁμολογήσαντες
ὅτι ξένοι καὶ π. εἰσίν. 1 John 4,15. (A).
V. H. 12. 2.) With ὅτι as citing the ex-
press words, Matt. 7, 23. John 1, 20 bis.—
Peculiar is the construction ὁμολογεῖν
ἔν τινι, to confess in behalf of any one, i. 6.
to profess or acknowledge him, see in ἐν
no. 3. c. a. Matt. 10, 32 bis. Luke 12, 8 bis.
—By Hebraism, with dat. of pers. to acknow-
ledge to any one, 6. σ΄. benefits, i. q. to give
thanks, to praise, Heb, 13,15 χειλέων ὅμο-
λογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ. So Heb.
> min, Sept. ἐξομολογέω, Ps. 75, 2.
1 Chr. 29, 13; ἀνβομολογέω Ez, 3, 11.
Comp. in ἀνθομολογέω and ἐξομολογέω
no. 1.

ὁμολογία, as, 7, (ὁμολογέω,.) assent,
accord, ag , Luc. Paras. 30. Thuc.
5.21; an admission, confession, Plato Gorg.
461. c—In N. T. confession, profession,
subjective; 1 Tim. 6, 12. 13 τὴν καλὴν
ὁμολογίαν, comp. in ὁμολογέω no. 3. 2 Cor.
9,13 ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν
κτλ. your subjection (as the effect) of your
profession. Heb. 10, 23 κατέχωμεν ὁμολο-
γίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος, i. 6. our profession of hope
(comp. 3, 6. 14). Heb. 3,1. 4,14. Sept.
for "12 vow Jer. 44,25. So Philo de Somn.

I. p. 654, 16, ὁ μὲν δὲ μέγας ἀρχιερεὺς τῆς

ὁμολογίας κτλ. :

ὁμολογουμένως, adv. “(ὁμολογέω,) by
consent of all, confessedly, without contro-
versy, 1 Tim. 3, 16.—Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 6.
Diod. Sic. 13. 26. Xen. C&e. 1. 11.

ὁμότεχνος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (Suds, τέχνη.)
of the same trade, Acts 18, 3.—Jos. Ant.
18. 13. 4. Luc. Demon. 23. Plato Theag.
125. e. Ἶ

ὁμοῦ, ady. (genit. of ὁμός,) at the same
place or time, ogether ; 6. g. of place, John

507

ονειδίζω
21, 2; of time John 4, 36. 20,4. Sept. of
time for 133 Job 34, 29.—So of place Ais-
chin. 21, 12, Xen. Conv. 1. 3; of time
Hdian. 1. 11. 13. Xen. An, 1. 10. 8.
ὁμόφρων, ovos, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ὁμός, φρήν. .)
of the same mind, like-minded, 1 Pet. 3, 8 ;
comp. Rom. 12, 16.—Hes. Theog. 60. Plut.
de Def. Orac. 40. .

ὀμόω, obsol. theme, see ὄμνυμι.

Ψ .

ὄμως, advers. part. (ὁμός,) pr. as Engl.
at the same lime, i. e. nevertheless, notwith-
standing, yet ; so as strengthened by μέντοι,
John 12, 42 ὅμως μέντοι καὶ κτὰ. Engl. yet
nevertheless. So simpl. 2 Macc. 15, 5.
Hdian. 7.7.4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2.215; with
μέντοι ib. 2. 3. 22. Cebet. Tab. 33.—In the
usage of Paul, ὅμως is put before a refer-
ence to something inferior, out of which
there then follows a conclusion a minore
ad majus, i. q. yet even; 1,Cor. 14, '7 ὅμως
τὰ ἄψυχα φωνὴν διδόντα κτλ. yet eben as to
inanintate musical instruments you require
them to give forth distinct sounds; how
much more then, etc. Gal. 3, 15 yet even a
man’s covenant, duly confirmed, no one an-
nulleth. Others assume a trajection of
ὅμως, see Winer § 65. 4.

ὄναρ, τό, only Sing. in nom. and accus
a dream; in N. T. only κατ᾽ ὄναρ, ina
dream, Matt. 1, 20. 2, 12. 13. 19. 22. 97,
19. Heb. D152, Sept. καθ᾿ ὕπνον, Gen.
20, 6. 31, 11.—So κατ᾽ ὄναρ Strabo 4.1. 4.
p- 179. Artemid. 1.2. 9. Al. V. H. 1. 13.
Earlier writers used simply ὄναρ, Dem. 429.
18: Xen. Cony. 4. 33. See Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 421 sq.

ὀνάριον, ov, τό, (dim. ὄνος,) a young
ass, John 12, 14, comp. v. 15.—Athen. 13
Ρ. 582. c.

ὀνειδίξζω, f. iow, (dverdos,) to defame,
to disparage, to reproach.

1. Genr. i. q. to rail at, to revile, to assail
with opprobrious words, in later usage with
acc. of pers. Matt. 5,11 μακάριοί ἐστε, ὅταν
ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς. 27, 44. Mark 15, 32.
Luke 6, 22. 1 Tim. 4, 10. 1 Pet. 4, 14.
Rom. 15, 3, quoted from Ps. 69, 10 where
Sept. for $2"); as also Ps. 42,11. 2 Sam.
21, 21.—Ecclus. 22, 20. Plato Apol. 30. e;
absol. Hom. Il. 1. 211.

2. Spec. to reproach with any thing, i. q.
to upbraid, to chide; 6. g. 6. acc. pers. et
ὅτι, Matt. 11, 20 τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς
πόλεις...ὅτι οὐ μετενόησαν. With acc. of
thing for which, Mark 16, 14 τὴν ἀπιστίαν
αὐτῶν. (So τινὰ διότι Luc. Tox. 613 τινί τι
Hdian. 8. 8. 12; τινά Plato Phedo 18. p.

»

ὀνειδισμός 508

81. ἃ; ὅτι ib. 17. p. 29. 6.) Absol. io up-
braid sc. with benefits conferred, James 1,
5. SoEcclus. 41, 29; τινί τι Pol. 9. 31. 4.

ὀνειδισμός, οὗ, 6, (ὀνειδίζω,) a reviling,
reproach, contumely. Rom. 15,3 of ὀνειδι-.
σμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων ce, see in ὀνειδίζω no.
1. 1 Tim. 8,7. Heb. 10, 33. 11, 26 τὸν ὀνειδ.
τοῦ Xp. reproach like that of Christ. 13, 13.
Sept. for naqn Ps. 69,10. Joel 2, 19.—
1 Mace. 10, 70. Menand. Prol. p. 118. d.
A late word, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 512.

ὄνειδος, cos, ovs, τό, pr. fame, name, re-
port, good or bad; e. g. good fame, renown,
Eurip. Phen. 835 κάλλιστον ὄνειδος.----
Usually and in N. 'T. ill fame, reproach, dis-
grace; Luke 1, 25 ἀφελεῖν τὸ ὄνειδός pov,
spoken of sterility, in allusion to Gen. 30,
23 where Sept. for mpyn; comp. Is. 4, 1.
So Diod. Sic. 1. 93. Xen. Ven. 13. 8; also
reproach in words, Luc. Alex. 45. Dem.
19.8. @

ὄνημι, see ὀνίνημι.

᾿᾽Ονήσιμος, ov, 6, (ὀνίνημι, pr. profitable.)
Onesimus, pr. n. of a slave of Philemon,
converted under Paul’s preaching at Rome,
and sent back by him to Philemon with an
epistle ; Col. 4, 9. Philem. 10.

> /

Ονησίφορος, ov, ὁ, (ὄνησις, φέρω, pr.
profit-bringing,) Onesiphorus, pr. n. of a
Christian, probably at Ephesus, 2 Tim. 1,
16. 4, 19.

ὀνικός, ἡ, dv, (ὄνος,) pertaining to an
ass 6. g. μύλος ὀνικός, an ass-millstone,
i.e. turned by an ass, a large upper-mill-
stone, Matt. 18, 6. Luke 17, 2. Mark 9, 42
Lachm. See in μύλος.

ὀνίνημι, f. ὀνήσω, to be of use, to profit,
c. acc. All. V. H.7.14. Xen. An. 3. 1. 38 ;
to gratify Xen. An. 6. 1. 32.—In N. T.
only Mid. ὀνίναμαι, aor. 2 Opt. ὀναίμην, to
have profit, to have joy, c. gen. of or from
any one; Phil. 20 val, ἐγώ σου ὀναίμην.
Buttm. §132. 10. i. Matth. § 327.4. So
Aristoph. Thesm. 469 ὀναίμην τῶν τέκνων.
Dem. 842. 10. On the forms, espec. aor.
2 Indic. ὠνήμην or ὠνάμην, see Buttm. 1114.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 12 sq.

ὄνομα, aros, τό, the name of a person or
thing ; Heb. nw.

1. Pr. and genr. name; Matt. 10, 2 τῶν
80d. ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστι ταῦτα.
Luke 1, 63 Ἰωάννης ἐστὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.
10, 20. Acts 13, 8. Phil. 4, 3. Rey. 13, 1

- ὄνομα βλασφημίας, a blasphemous name.
17, 8. 21,14. al. So Mark 6, 14 φανερὸν
yap ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, his name had

ὄνομα

become known abroad; others fame, but un-
necessarily, comp. Matt, 14,1. The verb
καλέω to call sometimes takes ὄνομα with
the name in apposit. Matt. 1,21 καλέσεις τὸ
ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν. v. 23. 25; so Mark 3,
16 ἐπέϑηκε τῷ Σίμωνι ὄνομα Πέτρον. v. 17.
Also καλεῖν twa τῷ ὀνόματι. τούτῳ, i. 6. by
this name, Luke 1, 61; x. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι
afler the name of any one, Vv v. 59; see in
καλέω no. 2.a, and ἐπί II. 3. ¢. 8. Further,
οὗ τὸ ὄνομα [ἐστί] Mark 14, 32; τὸ ὄνομα
αὐτοῦ ν. αὐτῆς [ἐγένετο] Luke 1, ὅ ; ὄνομά
Hot, σοι; αὐτῷ, i, 6. my, thy, his name, Mark
5, 9. Luke 2, 25. John 1, 6. 3, 1. al. Matth.
§308. (Hdian. 4. 12. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.
1. An. 1. 5.4.) Acc. ἄνϑρωπος ... τοὔ-
νομα Ἰωσήφ sc. καλούμενος, Matt. 27, 57.
(Paleph. 40. 3 τοὔνομα. AE. V. H. 13. 27
init. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 11.) But also dat.
ἄνδρωπος. «. ὀνόματι Σίμων, Simon by name,
Matt. 27, 32. Mark 5, 22. Luke 1, 5. Acts
5, 1. Buttm. § 133. 4..b. (Paleph. 2. 4.
Xen, An. 1. 4,11.) Adv. κατ᾽ ὄνομα, by
name, severally, John 10, 3. 3 John 15.—
Meton. name is put for the person or per-
sons bearing that jhame, Θ. g. Luke 6, 22
καὶ ἐκβάλωσι τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρόν,
see in ἐκβάλλω no. 1. Acts 1, 15 ἦν τε
ὄχλος ὀνόματων κτλ. Rev. 3, 4.11, 13. So
Sept. ἐξ dpr3pyod ὀνομάτων for mira “Bona
Num. 26, 53. 55. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 19.
10 ra [pecora] ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματι τῷ Ἰακώβου
τικτόμενα. Lat. ‘nomen Caeninum’ for
Ceninenses, Liv. 1. 10; ‘nomen Etrus-
αμην the Tuscan nation, ib. A ity A

2. Implying authority, 6. » ‘to come or
to do any thing in or by a name of any
one,’ i. e. using his name; as his messen-
ger, envoy, representative ; by his author-
ity, with his sanction. E. g. ἐν ὀνόματί
τινος, see ἐν no. 3. c. B. Acts 4, 7 ἐν ποίᾳ
δυνάμει, ἢ ἐν ποίᾳ ὀνόματι κτὰ. Matt. 21, 9
ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν dv. κυρίου. 23, 39. John 5,
43 bis. 10, 25 ἐν τῷ ov. rod πατρός. Mark
16, 17 ἐν τῷ dv. pov δαιμόνια ἐκβαλοῦσι.
Luke 10, 17. 24, 47. John 14, 26. Acts 3,
6 ἐν τῷ dv. I. Xp. [λέγω σοι] ἔγειρε κτλ.

. 9, 27. 28. 1 Cor. 5, 4. 2 Thess. 3, 6. James

5, 14: αἰτεῖν ἐν τῷ dv. Ἰησοῦ John 14,
13. 14. al. Comp. below in no. 4. b.—So
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί twos, id. see in ἐπί II. 3.
c. B. Mark 9, 39 és ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ
ὄν. pov. Luke 9, 49; λαλεῖν v. διδάσκειν
ἐπὶ τῷ dv. Ἰησοῦ, Acts 4, 17. 18. 5, 28. 40,
Of impostors, Matt. 24, 5. Mark 13, 6.
Luke 21, 8.—Dat. τῷ ὀνόματί τινος, id.
Matt. 7, 22 τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι προφητεύσαμει
κτὰ. Mark 9, 38; comp. in δαιμόνιον no. 2
d.—So ἐπὶ τῷ dv. Jos, Ant. 4. 1. 1. Dem

ὄνομα

495 7. ib. 917. 27: ἐκ τοῦ dv. Jos. Ant. 7.
1. 5.

3. As implying character, dignity, i.e. the
name and dignity to which one is entitled ;
Matt. 10, 41 bis, 6 δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς
ὄνομα προφήτου, i. 6. in the character of a
prophet, as a prophet. v. 42; see in εἰς no.
3. 6. Matt. 18, 5 ds ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον ἕν
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, i. e. in the character of
being mine, as my disciple. Mark 9, 37.
Comp. the fuller expression in v. 41 ἐν
ὀνόματι ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε. So Eph. 1, 2]
ὑπεράνω ... παντὸς ὀνόματος κτὰ. Phil. 2,
9 ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα. Acts 4, 12.
Heb. 1, 4. Rev. 19, 16. So Act. Thom.
§27. Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 1 φέρνης ὀνόματι.----
Hence, mere name, as opp. to reality, Rev.
3, 1 ὄνομα ἔχεις Gre ζῇς Kal νεκρὸς εἶ, i. 6.
thou art said to live, thou livest in name
only. So Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 6. Hom. Od. 4.
710; opp. ἔργον Eurip. Pheen. 512.

4. Emphat. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ϑεοῦ, τοῦ
κυρίου, τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the name of God, of
Christ, as a periphrase for God himself,
Christ himself, in all their being, attributes,
relations, manifestations; genr. Matt. 28,
19 βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πα-
τρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος,
see in βαπτίζω no. 2. ἃ. γι Spec. ἃ)
Of God, where his name is said to be hal-
lowed, revealed, invoked, honoured, and the
like; Matt. 6,9 ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου,
i. e. all that the name of God includes, God
himself in all his attributes and relations.
Luke 11, 2. 1, 49 ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.
John 12, 28. 17, 6 ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα
τοῖς dv3p. Rom. 9,17. Heb. 2, 12 (comp.
Sept. and pt} Ex. 9,16). After ἐπικαλέω
to irivoke, Acts 2, 21. 9, 14. Rom. 10, 13;
also 2 Tim. 2,19. So of praise, homage,
Rom. 1ὅ, 9 τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ. Heb. 6,
10. 13, 15. Rev. 11, 18; so Matt. 28, 19.
Acts 15, 14 λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν τῷ ὀνό-
ματι αὐτοῦ, i. 6. in honour of his name, of
himself, comp. v. 17; here Rec. has ἐπί,
see in ἐπί II. 8. ἢ. John 17, 11. 12 τηρεῖν
αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, i. 6. in the know-
ledge and ‘observance, enjoyment of thy
name, of thyself. Vice versa Rom. 2, 24
τὸ ὄν. τοῦ Seod δι ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται κτλ.
1 Tim. 6, 1. (2 Macc. 8, 4.) So genr.
Sept. and Ὁ Gen. 4, 26. Ps. 5, 12. Is. 26,
8. al. See Heb. Lex. art. pw no. 2. Ὁ)
Of Christ, as Messiah and Lord, where his
name is said to be honoured, revered, be-
lieved on, invoked, and the like. Acts 19,
17 ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ.
Phil. 2, 10. 2 Thess. 1, 12. Rom. 1, 5. Rev.
2, 13. 3, 8. Matt. 12.21 ἐν τῷ dv. αὐτὸῦ

509

ὀνομάξω
ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσι. John 1,12 τοῖς πιστεύουσιν»
εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. 2, 23. 8, 18. Acts 3, 16.
1 John 3, 23. 5,13. After ἐπικαλέω to in-
voke, 1 Cor. 1, 2. Acts 9,21. 22,16. After
βαπτίζω, 6. g. εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Tod K. Ἰησοῦ
Acts 8, 16. 19, 5. Matt. 28,19; β. ἐπὶ τῷ
ὁν. "I. Acts 2, 385 8. ἐν τῷ dv. τοῦ x. Acts
10, 48; see in βαπτίζω no, 2. ἃ. y; comp.
Rom. 6, 3 Bar. eis Χριστόν. (Hence by
antith. also Bar. εἰς τὸ ὄν. Παύλου 1 Cor. 1,
13. 15.) Where benefits are said to-be re-
ceived in or through the name of Christ,
John 20, 31 iva πιστεύοντες ζωὴν ἔχητε ἐν
τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ. Acts 4, 10. 30. 10, 43.
1 Cor. 6, 11. 1 John 2, 12. Where any
thing is done in his name, i. e. in and
through him, through faith in him, Eph. 5,
20 εὐχαριστοῦντες... ἐν τῷ ov. τοῦ k. Ἰ.
Xp. τῷ Sed καὶ πατρί, comp. Col. 8, 17 πάν-
τα [ποιεῖτε] ἐν dv. κυρίου "I. εὐχαριστοῦντες
τῷ ϑεῷ καὶ π. δ αὐτοῦ. Here might also
be referred the phrase αἰτεῖν ἐν ὀνόματι Xp.
see abéve in no. 2.—Espec. the name of
Christ stands for Christ as the Head of the
gospel dispensation, i. q. Christ and his
cause, as Acts 8, 12 εὐαγγελιζόμενος τὰ ...
τοῦ ov. I. Xp. 9, 15. Matt. 18, 20 συνηγμέ-
νοι eis τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, see in εἰς no. 3. d. a.
So where evils and sufferings are endured
διὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Xp. Matt. 10, 22 μισούμε-
νοι διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου, i. 6. on account of me
and my cause, as believing on me. Mark
13, 13. John 15, 21. Rev. 2,3; ἐν dv. Xp.
1 Pet. 4, 14; ἕνεκεν τοῦ dv. Xp. Matt. 19,
29. Luke 21, 123; ὑπὲρ rod ὀνόμ. Χριστοῦ.
Acts 5, 41. 9, 16. 91, 13. 3 John 7. al.
Or where one opposes and blasphemes τὸ
ὄνομα τοῦ Xp. Acts 26, 9. James 2, 7.
c) Of the Holy. Spirit, in the formula of
baptism, Matt. 28, 19; see above, no. 4.
init.

ὀνομάζω, f. dow, (Svopa,) 1. to name,
to call by name, 6. acc. ὄνομα, tv name the
name of any one, do call or pronounce his
name, with ἐπί twa Acts 19, 13. (Sept. for
32 Lev. 24,16.) Also do call upon, to in-
voke, to profess the name of any one, 2 ‘Tim.
2,19 πᾶς ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου. Sept.
for “9330 Is. 26, 13. Jer. 20, 9. (Hdian. 5.
5. 13. Xen. Apol. Soc. 24.) Pass. to be
named, i. e. to be mentioned, heard of,
known; Rom. 15, 20 ὅπου ὀνομάσϑη Χρι-
στός, i. 6. where Christ is already known
and professed. Eph. 1, 21. 5, 3 μηδὲ dvo-
μαζέσϑθω ἐν ὑμῖν let it not be so much as
named among you. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Comp.
Sept. for st} Esth. 9,4.—Genr. Act. Lue,
Halc. 5. Hdot. 1. 86. Xen. Conv. 6. 1.
Pass. Hdian. 2. 3. 15.

>

ὄνος δ10 ὀπίσω

2. Spec. to name, to call, to give a name
or appellation, with two acc. Luke 6, 13.
14 ὃν καὶ ὠνόμασε ἹΠέτρον. Pass. 1 Cor. 5,
11. With ἔκ τινος, to be named from or
afler any one, Eph. 3,15. Sept. for xp
Gen. 26, 18. Jer. 25, 29.—Paleph. 4. 3.
Hdian. 3: 10. 9; ἔκ τινος Soph. Cid. R.
1036. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 12.

ὄνος, ov, 6, ἣ, an ass, male or female,
Matt. 21, 2. 5. '7. Luke 13, 15. 14, 5. John
12,15. Sept. for “ion Gen. 12, 16; jinx
Judg. 5, 10.—Lue. Asin. 51. Xen. An. 2.
1. 6.

ὄντως, adv. (ὦν, εἰμί.) really, truly, in
very deed; Mark 11, 32 ὅτι ὄντως προφήτης
ἦν. Luke 23, 47. 24, 84. John 8, 36. 1 Cor.
14, 25. Gal. 3, 21. 2 Pet. 2,18 Rec. With
the art. 6, ἡ ὄντως as adj. real, true, 1 Tim.
5,3.5.16. [6,19.] Buttm. 125.6. Sept. for
pax Num. 22, 37.—Hdian. 4. 12. 9. Xen.
Cony. 9. 5; ὁ. art. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 5. All.
V. H. 2. 10.

ὄξος, cos, ous, τό, (ὀξύς,) pr. sharp wine,
vinegar, Pol. 12. 2. 8. Xen. An. 2. 3. 14;
genr. vinegar, sour wine, posca, vinum cul-
palum, i. e. cheap poor wine, which mixed
with water was a common drink, espec. for
the poorer classes and soldiers ; see Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 393. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 535.
Dict. of Antt. art. Posca. Sept. and "ἘΠ
Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2, 14. Plut. Cato Maj. 1
fin. ὕδωρ δ᾽ ἔπινεν ἐπὶ τῆς στρατείας, πλὴν
εἴποτε διψήσας περιφλεγῶς ὄξος ἤτησεν.
Comp. Ulpian 12. 38. Mingled with myrrh
or bitter herbs it was given to persons about
to be executed in order to stupefy them ;
Babyl. Tr. Sanhedrin fol. 43. 1. c. 6, “ Dixit
R. Chasda, Qui ducitur ad mortem, ei da-
tur bibendum granum ‘turis in poculo vini,
ut distrahatur mens ejus,” in allusion to
Prov. 31, 6. Comp. Galen. Simpl. Med.
15. 19.—So in N. T. genr. vinegar, pos-
ca, Matt. 27, 48 λαβὼν σπόγγον, πλήσας
τε ὄξους. Mark 15, 36. Luke 23, 36. John
19, 29 bis. 30. Also Matt. 27, 34 ὄξος
μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον, i. 4. in Mark 15, 23
ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον.

ὀξύς, cia, ὑ, 1. sharp, keen, having a
sharp edge; 6. g. ῥομφαία, δρέπανον, Rev.
1,16. 2,12. 14, 14. 17. 18 bis. 19, 15.
Sept. for 3 Is. 49, 2. Ez. 5, 1.—Lne. Ὁ.
Deor. 8. 1 bis. Hdot. 3. 8.

2. quick, swift, from the idea of sharp-
ness, eagerness, vehemence; Rom. 3, 15
ὀξεῖς of πόδες αὐτῶν, comp. Is. 59,7. Sept.
for >P Amos 2, 15.—Hdian. 1. 9:.20. Plut.
Romul. 10. Xen. Eq. 1. 13.

ὀπή, ἢ ἧς, ἡ, an opening, hole, 6. g. ἃ fis-
sure in the earth or rocks, Heb. τῇ 38 ;
a fountain, James 3,11. Sept. for 72P2
Ex. 33, 22; 5°35 Obad. 3.—Athen. 13. p.
569. b. Al. V. H. 4, 28, Plut. de Solert.
Anim. 16 pen.

ὄπισϑεν, adv. (Smis,) pr. from behind,
Buttm. §116. 1.—In N. T. only of place,
behind, after, at the back of any person or
thing. (In the classics also of time, Hom.

‘Tl. 9. 515. Pind. Nem. 7. 149.)

1. Ady. behind, at the back; Mark 5, 27
ἐλϑοῦσα ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισϑεν, i. 6. from be-
hind. Matt. 9, 20. Luke 8, 44. Rev. 4, 6.
5, 1 βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωϑεν καὶ ὄπι-
σϑεν, ὦ scroll wrilten within and on the back.
—Arr. Alex. M. 1. 15. 12. Xen. An. 5. 6. 9.

2. Prep. with a genit. Buttm. ὁ 146. 3;
behind, after, Matt. 15, 23 κράζει ὄπισϑεν
ἡμῶν. Luke 23, 26. Sept. for “298 Gen.
18, 10. Ruth 2, '7.—Paleph. 29. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 3.3. 25.

ὀπίσω, adv. (ὄπις, comp. Buttm. § 115.
6,) behind, back, backwards, of place and
time.

1. Adv. behind, back, in N. T. only of
place; Luke 7, 38 στᾶσα ὀπίσω. Matt. 24,
18 μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω, sc. to his
house. Sept. for MINN 1 K. 18,37. So
Luc. Asin. 51. il. V. H. 13. 3. Plato
Phedr. 254. e-—With the art. ra ὀπίσω,
pr. ikings behind, also εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω i. 4.
backward, back ; comp. Buttm. § 125. 6.
So ἀπέρχ. eis τὰ ὀπίσω; to go back, to fall
back, pr. John 18, 6; trop. from a teacher,
6, 66; βλέπω εἰς τὰ ὁπ. Luke 9, 62; στρέ-
Τα θαι εἰς τὰ ὁπ. to turn back i. 6. about,
John 20, 14; ἐπιστρεψάτω eis ta ὁπ. to
turn back, sc. to one’s house, Mark 13, 16.
Luke 17, 31. Trop. Phil. 3, 14 τὰ ὀπίσω
ἐπιλανϑανόμενος, i. e. former attainments in
Christian life and holiness. Sept. εἰς ra
ὁπ. for “8 2 Sam, 1, 22; “AS Gen. 19,
17. 26. So εἰς τοὐπίσω ‘Hater: δι Ὁ. 17.
Thue. 4. 4.

2. Prep. with a genit. Buttm. ὁ 146. 3.
often in N. T. and Sept. but not usual in
the classics ; spoken both of place and time.
a) Of place, behind, after ; e.g. place where,
Rey. 1, 10 ἤκουσα ὀπίσω pov φωνήν. he-
hind me. (Sept. for "8 Cant. 2, 9. 15.
57, 8.) With verbs implying. motion after
any one, i. e. a following as a disciple, par-
tisan, or otherwise; 6. g. ἀκολουϑεῖ ὀπίσω
μου Matt. 10, 38; δεῦτε ὀπίσω pov 4, 19.
Mark 1, 17; €ASeiv, ἀπελϑεῖν, Matt. 16, 24.
Mark 1, 20. 8, 34. Luke 9, 23. 14, 27.
John 12,19. So Luke 19, 14. 21, 8. Acts

A
*s5)

me

»

ὁπλίζω 511

5, 37. 20, 30. Trop. 1 Tim. 5, 15, 2 Pet.
2,10. Jude 7. Rev. 12,15. Pregn. Rev.
13, 3, see in ϑαυμάζω no. 2.d. Sept. pr. for
noms 1 Sam. 13, 7. 2 K. 6, 195 trop.
Deut. 4,3. 2K. 13, 2. (Paleph. 32. 2.)
Also implying motion behind any one, to
his rear, in expressions of aversion ; so ὕπα-
γε ὀπίσω μου, get thee behind me, i. 68.
away, avaunt thee, Matt. 4, 10 in later
edit. 16, 23. Mark 8,33. Luke 4,8. Sept.
and “278 1 K. 14, 9. Is. 38, 17. b) Of
time, after, as 6 ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος Matt.
3, 11. Mark 1, 7. John 1, 15. 27. 30. Sept.
for "TIN Neh. 13,19; "278 1 K. 1, 24.

ὁπλίζω, f. iw, (ὅπλον;) to make ready,
to prepare, e. g. food or drink, Hom, Il. 11.
641; a chariot, ships, to equip, ib. 24. 190.
Od. 17. 288 ; to equip with arms, to arm,
Hdian. 1. 13. 5. Xen. Ag. 2. 7; Mid. to
arm oneself, to take arms, Hom. Il. 8. 55.
Hdian. 6. 9. 6—In N. T. only Mid. to arm
oneself, trop. in a moral sense, c. acc. 1 Pet.
4,1 ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασϑε. So
Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 4. Soph. Elect. 996 ϑράσος
ὁπλίζεσϑαι.

ὅπλον; ov, τό, a tool, implement, e. g.
of an artisan Od. 3. 433; of a ship, plur.
ropes, tackle, Hom. Od. 15. 288. Hdot. 9.
115—In N. T. only Plur. τὰ ὅπλα, in-
struments, implements, e. g.

1. Of war, weapons, arms, armour, John
18, 3; trop. 2 Cor. 6, 7. 10, 4 ra ὅπλα τῆς
'στρατείας ἡμῶν ov σαρκικά. Rom. 13, 12.
Sept. pr. for nD Jer. 21, 4; j22 Jer. 46,
3; Mt} 2 Chr. 23, 10.—Hdian. 2. 11. 9.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 14.

2. Trop. instruments, with which any .

thing is effected or done ; Rom. 6, 13 bis,
ὅπλα ἀδικίας, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης.--- ϑορί. Prov.
14, 7.

ὁποῖος, ofa, οἷον, relat. pron. correlat.
with ποῖος, τοῖος, Buttm. §79. 5; what, of
what kind or sort, qualis ; hence with ros-
οὗτος, i. 4. as, Acts 26, 29 τοιούτους, ὁποῖος
κἀγώ εἰμι. (Xen. Cyr. 1.6.36.) Simpl.
1 Cor. 3, 13 ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστι. Gal. 2, 6.
1 Thess. 1, 9. James 1, 24.—Hdian. 6. 1,
1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 13.

ὁπότε, compound relat. particle, (dre,)
of time, when, αἱ what time, see Buttm. § 116.
4, comp. § 79. 5; with an Indic. of what ac-
tually took place at a certain time, Luke 6,
3; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 902, 916.—Luc.
D. Deor. 5. 5. Xen. An. 2. 1. 1.

ὅπου, relat. adv. (ποῦ,) of place, pr.
where, in which or what place, see Buttm.

£116. 4, comp..§ 79. 5.

> 7
ὀπώρα

1. Pr. and after express mention ot a
place, where ; so with Indic. Matt. 6, 19. 20
ἐν οὐρανῷ, ὅπου οὔτε σὴς κτὰ. Mark 9, 44.
Luke 12, 33. John 1, 28. ἃ]. With ἐκεῖ
added pleonast. Rev. 12, 6 ὅπου ἔχει ἐκεῖ
τόπον. v.14; or also ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν 17, 9. Sept.
for ἘΦ ἜΝ Judg. 18,10. (Paleph. 15. 2.
Hdian. 2. 7. 5.) With Subjunct. of that
which is indef. Mark 14, 14; comp. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 741.—With ἐκεῖ emphat. in
the corresponding clause ; Matt. 6,21 ὅπου
γάρ ἐστιν 6%. ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία
ὑμῶν. Luke 12, 84. 17, 37. John 12, 26.—
Simpl. and including the idea of a demon-
strative, there where, Matt. 25, 24 ϑερίζων
ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας. ν. 26. Mark 5, 40. John
3, 8. 7, 34. Rom. 15, 20. al. So Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 16.—With ἄν, as ὅπου ἄν, where-
soever, comp. in ἄν II. 1. b; so with Sub-
junct. Mark 9, 18 ὅπου ἂν αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ.
14,93; ὅπου ἐάν id. Matt. 24, 28. Mark 6,
10. With Indic. impf. Mark 6, 56. So Xen.
Cyr. 4. 5. 41, c. Subj.

2. Trop. in a wider sense, including also
time, manner, circumstances, etc. Col. 3,
11 ὅπου οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην κτλ. 2 Pet. 2,11;
6. ἐκεῖ emphat. James 3,16. Simpl. i. q.
there where Heb. 9,16. 10,18. So Sept.
Proy. 26, 20. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 11. ib. 6. 1.
7.—Also in reasoning, where, <vhereas, i. q.
since, 1 Cor. 3, 3 ὅπου yap ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος...
οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 149.
m. 6. So Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2 fin. Hdian.
2. 10. 133; ὅπου ye Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 31.

3. By attract. after verbs of motion, in-
stead of whither, Buttm. § 151. I. 8. Winer
§58.7. E. g. with Indic. John 8, 21. 22
ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω. 14, 4. Heb. 6, 20. So
ὅπου ἄν c. Subjunct. Luke 9, 57 ὅπου ἂν
ἀπέρχῃ. James 3, 4. Rev. 14,4; ὅπου ἐάν
id. Matt. 8, 19.—Hdian. 2. 11. 8. Xen. Cyr.
8..3. 23. +

ὀπτάνω, see ὁράω.

ὀπτασία, as, ἡ, (ὀπτάνω, ὀπτάζω,) a
sight, appearance; espec. a vision, appari-
tion, Luke 1, 22. 24, 23 ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων
ἑωρακέναι. 26, 19. 2 Cor. 12,1. Sept. for
ANY Dan. 9, 23. 10, 1. '7. 8.—Anthol. Gr.
I. p. 121. |

ὀπτός, ἡ; ov, (ὀπτάω,) roasted, broiled,
cooked by fire ; Luke 24, 42 ἰχϑύος ὀπτοῦ
μέρος. Sept. for ὋΣ Ex. 12, 8. 9. Is. 44,
16.—Plut. Mor. II. p. 79. Plato Rep. 404. c.

ὄπτω. obsol. theme, fut. ὄψομαι, see in
ὁράω.

ὀπώρα, as, ἧ, pr. late summer, dog-days,

᾿ that season of the year which followed τὸ

ὅπως 512

S€pos, and in which Sirius or the dog-star
ruled; in the east this is also the season of
fruit, fruit-time; Hom. Il. 22. 27. Xen.
Hell. 3. 2. 10. Comp. Il. 5. 5 and Heyne’s
note ; also Ideler’s Kalendar der Griech. u.
Rom. Ῥ. 15. Id. Handb. der Chron. I. p. 243.
Dict. of Antt. art. Astronomia III.—In N.
T. meton. and collect. fruits; Rev. 18, 14
ἡ ὀπώρα τῆς ἐπιϑυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς, i. 6. the
fruits in which thou hast delighted. Sept.
and ὙῊΡ Jer. 40,10. 12. So Hdian. 1. 6.
3. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 25.

ὅπως, relat. adv. of manner, in what
manner, how, Buttm. ὁ 116.4. Jt passes
over also into a conjunction, in the manner
that, so that.

I. Relat. Adv. in what manner, how;
once in N. T. with Indic. aor. in the narra-
tion of an actual event; Luke 24, 20 ra
περὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ.. «ὅπως te παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν oi
ἀρχιερεῖς xtA.—Jos. B. J. procem. ὁ 2 ὅπως
κατέστρεψεν. Hom. Il. 10. 545. Xen. An.
1. 6. 11.

II. Conjunct. pr. in such manner that,
and then genr. so that, that, in the various
senses of ἵνα, with which it may be com-
pared throughout, viz. τελικῶς, final, as
marking end or purpose, fo the end that, in
order that; but also ἐκβατικῶς, ecbatic, as
marking the event, result, upshot of an ac-
tion, so that it was or is so and so. This
latter use of dm@s-has been denied and sup-
ported in the same manner and by the same
writers, as in ἵνα ; see in ἵνα init. and note.
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. lib. Il. p. 53 sq.
Winer § 57. ult—In N. T. ὅπως is found
only with the Subjunctive; though in the
classics it is construed with. other moods,
like ἵνα. Buttm. § 139. m. 45, 46.

1. As final, τελικῶς, to the end that, in
order that; and ὅπως μή, in order that not,
lest; with the Subjunctive.

a) Simply, without ἄν. a) Preceded by
the present, or aorist of any mood except the
Indicative ; and then the Subjunct. marks
what it is supposed will really take place ;
comp. in ἵνα 1. 1. ἃ. E. g. pres. Matt. 6, 2
ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν... ὅπως δοξα-
σϑῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἄνϑρ. v. 16. Heb. 9, 1 ;
impl. 1 Pet. 2,9. Aor. Mark 5, 28 ἐπιϑῇς
αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας, ὅπως σωϑῇ. Luke 16, 28.
John 11, 57. Acts 9, 12. 2 Cor. 8, 14.
2 Thess. 1, 12; ὅπως μή Acts 20, 16.
1 Cor. 1,29. So Xen. Cyr. 1.2.5. Conv.
8.25. 8) Preceded by the Imperative ;
comp. in ἵνα I. 1. Ὁ. E. g. Imper. pres.
Matt. 5, 45 ἀγαπᾶτε... ὅπως γένησϑε υἱοὶ
κτλ. Aor. Matt. 2,8 ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι, ὅπως

ὅπως

κἀγὼ ἐλϑὼν κτλ. 5, 16. 6, 4. Acts 23, 15.
23. 2 Cor. 8, 11; ὅπως μή Matt.6,18. So
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10. y) Preceded by the
future; comp. in ἵνα I. 1. 6. Acts 24, 26.
5) Preceded by a past tense, see in ἵνα I. 1.
d. Matt. 26, 59 ἐζήτουν ψευδομαρτυρί. ίαν.
ὅπως ϑανατώσωσιν αὐτόν. Acts 9, 17. 94.
25, 26. Rom. 9, 17 bis. Gal. 1, 4: So
Hdian. 4. 5. 8. Thue. 2. 3.

b) With ἄν, i.e. ὅπως ἄν, see in ἄν IL. 2.
FE. g. preced. pres. Matt. 6, 5 in later edit.
Rom. 3, 4.impl. (Plato Gorg. p. 481. a.
Isocr. ad Phil. c. 49.) Preced. Imper. Acts
3,19 ὅπως ἄν ἔλθωσι καιροί xtd. that so
perhaps may come the times. Preced. fut.
Acts 15, 17.—Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6.

2. As echatic, éxBarixas, so that, so \as
that ; with the Subjunct. see in ἵνα II. a)
Preced. by a pres. or pret. as pres. Luke
16, 26 χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως κτλ.
so that, with the result that. So Hdot. 1. 8.
B) Preced. fut. Matt. 23; 35 διώξετε.... ὅπως
ἐλϑῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον κτλ. y)
Preced. prat. Heb. 2,9 βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν

««ἐστεφανωμένον" ὅπως χάριτι Yeod ὑπὲρ
παντὸς γεύσηται Savarov, we see Jesus...
for the suffering of death crowned with glory
and honour, so as that (with the result that)
by the grace of God he might taste death
for every man. Here belongs the phrase
ὅπως πληρωϑῇ τὸ ῥηϑέν, preceded by a
past tense or by τοῦτο γέγονεν implied, Matt.
2, 23. 8, 17. 12,17. 13, 35. It is wholly
equivalent to iva πληρωϑῇ, which see in’
ἵνα Π. d. 8) Once ὅπως ἄν, Luke 2,
35. Comp. above in no. 1. b.

3. After verbs of asking, entreating, ex-
horting, and also of deciding, commanding,
which in themselves imply a purpose, ὅπως
became equivalent to a demonstrative con-
junction, like our that, simply pointing out
or introducing that to which the preceding
words refer; comp. iva. Ill. The same
verbs often take after them the infin. or also
iva. E. g. δέομαι in imperat. Matt. 9, 38
δεήθητε οὖν.. «ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας κτλ.
Luke 10, 2. Acts 8, 24. (Hdot. 9. 117.)
So with inf. and with ἕνα: see in iva III. 1. b.
After ἐρωτάω, pret. Luke 7, 3. 11, 37;
aor. inf. Acts 23, 20; comp. in iva ]. c.
After εὔχομαι and προσεύχομαι, James 5,
16. Acts 8,15; impl. Philem. 6; παρακα-
λέω Matt. 8, 34.—After verbs of deciding,
Matt. 12, 14 συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ

οὐὅπως αὐτόν ἀπολέσωσιν. 22,15. Mark
3,6; comp. Matt. 27,1 where it is ὥστε
c. inf. So after verbs or phrases implying
decision, authority, command ; as ἡτήσατο
ἐπιστολὰς... ὅπως κτὰ. Acts 9, 2. airov-

ὅραμα

μενοι χάριν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅπως κτὰ. Acts 25, 8.
Comp. in iva III. 1. ἃ.

ὅραμα, ατος, τό, (ὁράω,) pr. ‘thing
seen, a sight, spectacle, genr. Acts 7, 31 6
δὲ Μωῦσῆς ἰδὼν ἐθαύμασε τὸ ὅραμα. Matt.
17, 9, comp. Mark 9, 9. Sept. for maya
Ex. 3,3. Deut. 28, 84. So Al. V. H. 2.
13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 66.—Spec. of a super-
natural appearance, ὦ vision, Acts 9, 10. 12.
10, 3.17.19. 11, 5. 12,9. 16,9. 10. 18,9.
Sept. for S872 Gen. 46,2; 711% Dan. 8.2;
mim Gen. 15, 1.

ὅρασ tS, ews, 7, (ὁράω,) pr. the sight,
sense of seeing, Wisd. 15, 15. Diod. Sic.
4. 59. Demad. 178. 41:—In N. T.

1. appearance, aspect, external form;
Rev. 4, 3 bis, ὅμοιος ὁράσει AiS@ ἰάσπιδι
κτὰ. i. 6. in his appearance etc.—Ecclus.
1], 2.

2, a sight, vision, presented to the mind,
i. q. ὅραμα, Rev. 9, 17. Acts 2, 17 ὁράσεις
ὄψονται, quoted from Joel 3, 1 [2,28] where
Sept. for ji3. Sept. for 77 Is. 1, 1.
Jer. 14, 14.—Tob. 12, 19.

ὁρατός, ἡ, dv, (Spdw,) seen, visible, Col.
1,16 τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ddpara.—Sept. Job 34,
26. Arr. Epict. 1. 6. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 2.

ὁράω, &, also ὀπτάνω, f. ὄψομαι; aor.
1 ὠψάμην see below; perf. ἑώρακα, plupf.
ἑωράκειν, for which double augm. see
Buttm. § 84. n. 8; Pass. aor. 1 ὥφϑην.----
Fut. ὄψομαι is from obsol. OMT, comp.
Buttm. § 113. 5; for 2 pers. sing. ὄψει
John 11, 40. al. see Winer § 13. 2. Buttm.
§ 103. ΠΙ. 3. Aor. 1 ὠψάμην is late and
rare ; in Subjunct. Luke 13, 28, also Liban.
Decl. IV. p. 611; in Opt. Anna Comn. XI.
342; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 734. Pres.
ὀπτάνω is also from the same theme,
comp. Buttm. ᾧ 112. 11; only Pass. Acts
1, 3, also 1 K. 8, 8. Tob. 12, 19.—For the
3 plur. perf. ἑώρακαν instead of ἑωράκασι,
in Mss. Luke 9, 36. Col. 2,1, see Buttm.
ἢ 103. V. 3. Ausf. Sprachl. ᾧ 87. n. 4. Wi-
ner } 13. 2. c.—Aor. 2 is made throughout
by εἶδον q. v. in εἴδω 1.

1. to see, to perceive with the eyes, to look
at; implying not the mere act of seeing,
but also the actual perception of some ob-
ject, and thus differing from βλέπω, comp.
Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 114 sq. So with
accus. of person or thing, comp. in εἴδω I.
1; e.g. ὁράω, Luke 16,23 ὁρᾷ τὸν ABpa-
ap ἀπὸ μακρόϑεν. 1,22 ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν.
9, 36. 24,23. John 4, 45. 5, 37. 6,2. 9,
87. 20, 18. 25 29 Acts 7, 44. 22; 15.
1 John 1, 1. al. ὄψομαι, Matt. 28,7 ἐκεῖ

33

513

υ ἡ
ὁράω

αὐτὸν ὄψεσϑε. v. 10. Luke 3, 6 ὄψετα,
πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Seov (comp. Is,
40, 5). Luke 13, 28. John 11, 40. Acts 2,
17. (Joel 2, 28, or 3, 1.) Rev. 1, 7. al.
With acc. impl. 6p. John. 1, 34. 1 Pet. 1,8.
Sept. for AN), ὁράω Ex. 2,12. Gen. 13,
15; ὄψομαι Is. 35, 2. Jer. 4, 21. So
ὁράω Dem. 168.1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.315 dy.
Luc. Tim. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10.—Alsc
with acc. and particip. Buttm. § 144. 1, and
6.b. Heb. 2, 8 οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα
ὑποτεταγμένα. Matt. 24, 30 ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν
τοῦ ἀνῶρ. ἐρχόμενον. Mark 14, 62. Luke
13, 28. John 1, 52. Sept. dpd for ay
Ex. 2, 6. 11. So ὁράω Hdian. 1. 4. 2. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 8; dy. Luc. Tim. 6. Xen. Hell.
3. 2. 9.—Spec. in modified senses: a) to
look upon, to behold, to contemplate, once 6.
εἰς, John 19, 37 ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν,
from Zech. 12,10 where Heb. &"3°, Sept.
ἐπιβλέπομαι. Sept. dy. c. acc. for ΓΝ
Ps. 8, 4. Is. 17, 8. So ὁράω c. εἰς Hom. I.
24. 633. Xen. Conv. 5.6. 6) to see face
to face, to see and converse with, i. e. to
have personal acquaintance and intercourse
with ; e. δ: ὁράω, John 6, 36. 8, 57 καὶ
᾿Αβραὰμ ἑ ἑώρακας ; 14, 9 ὁ ἑώρακας ἐμέ. 15,
24; ὄψομαι John 16, 16. 17. 19. 1 John 3,
2. With. τὸ 91 pale τίνος, to see one’s
face, id. épaw Col. 2 : 13; dp. Acts 20, 25.
(Test. XII Patr. p. 636.) So to see God,
ὁρᾷν, trop. for to know him, q. d. to be ac-
quainted with him, to know his character ;
only in John’s writings, John 1, 18. 6, 46.
14, 7. 9. 15, 24. 1 John 3,6. 4,20. 3 John
11. (Ecclus. 43, 31.) Ina wider sense to
see God, i. q. to be admitted to his presence,
to enjoy his intercourse and special favour;
the figure being drawn from the customs of
oriental courts, see in βλέπω, no. 2.a; Matt.
5,8 ὄψονται. τὸν Sedv. Heb. 12, 14. Rev. 206"
4 ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. Comp. 1K.
10,8. Also to come to see, to visit, dy. ὑμᾶς
John 16, 22. Heb. 13, 23. So Heb. BN,
Sept. ἰδεῖν, 2 Sam. 13,5. 2 Κα. 8,39. 0) to
see take place, to witness, 6. g. ὄψ᾽. τὴν ἡμέραν
τινός, Luke 17, 22; see in εἴδω 1. 1. ἃ.

2. Trop. of the mind, to see, to perceive
with the mind or senses, e.g. 8) Genr.
to be aware of, to observe, c. accus. et parti-
cip. Acts 8, 23 σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε
ὄντα. With ὅτι James 2, 24. Sept. c. ὅτι
for “87 Gen. 26, 28. Soc. acc. et part.
Diod. Sic. 13. 58; ὅτε M. Antonin. 9. 27.
b) Of things, to see and know, i. e. to come
to know, to learn; John 3, 11 ὃ οἴδαμεν λα-
λοῦμεν, καὶ 6 ἑωράκαμεν μαρτυροῦμεν. v.
82. 8,38. Also, to perceive, to understand ;
Col. 2,18 ἃ μὴ ἑώρακεν ἐμβατεύων. Ror.

NE 4
opaw

15, 21, parall. with συνίημι. So Ecclus.
43, 32. Eurip. Pheen. '757 εἷς ἀνὴρ οὐ wavs’
ὁρᾷ. Xen. Mem. 4.'7. 3, 5.

3. By Hebr. to see, to eaperience, e. g.
good, to altain to, to enjoy, ὁ. acc. John 3,
36 οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν.
for FRI Ps. 49, 20; comp. in εἴδω 1. 3.—
Lycophr. Cassandr. 1019 βίον.

4. Absol. to see to it, to take care, to
take heed, only in Imperat. phrases. ἃ)
ὅρα, 6. g. Heb. 8, 5 ὅρα yap, φησί, ποιήσῃς
πάντα κτὰ. quoted from Ex. 25, 40 where
Sept. for 787; strictly for ὅρα ὅπως, comp.
Matth. ᾧ 519. 7. p. 999. Elsewhere only as
followed by pj or its compounds, or an
equivalent phrase, 6. g. dpa μή; ὁρᾶτε μή,
take heed lest, beware; before the Subjunct.
Matt. 8, 4 ὅρα, μηδενὶ εἴπῃς. Mark 1, 44.
1 ‘Thess. 5,15. Rev. 19, 10 ὅρα μή sc. ποίῃς.
22,9. Before the Imperat. Matt. 9, 30. 24,
6. (Epict. Ench. 19. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 27.)
So before another like imperative, with ἀπό,
i. q. beware of ; Matt. 16, 6 ὁρᾶτε καὶ mpoo-
ἔχετε ἀπὸ τῆς Couns κτλ. Mark 8,15, Luke
12,15. Ὁ) Fut. od ὄψ ει; ὑμεῖς ὄψεσϑε,
see. thou to it, look ye to it, a milder form for
the imperat. Winer ὁ 44.3. Matth. ᾧ 498. c.
Matt. 27, 4 τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς ; σὺ ὄψει. ν. 24.
Acts 18,15. So Arr. Epict. 2. 5. 80. ib. 4.
6. 11. M. Antonin. 11. 13.

5. Pass. aor. 1 ὦ φ ὅην, once fut. 1 ὀφϑή-
σομαι Heb. 9, 28, and once pres. part. ὀπτα-
νόμενος Acts 1, 3, c. dat. to be seen by any
one, fo appear to any one, Buttm. ἡ 134. 4
a) Pr. and spoken of things, with ἐν of place
Rev. 11, 19 καὶ ὥφϑη ἡ κιβωτὸς ... ἐν TO
ναῷ αὐτοῦ. 12, 1. ὃ; with dat. of pers.
Acts 2,3 καὶ ὥφϑησαν αὐτοῖς ... γλῶσσαι
ὡσεὶ πυρός. 16,9. Sept. and A872 Gen. 8,
5. 9,14. Spoken of persons, with dat. of
pers. e. g. angels, Luke 1,11 ὥφϑη δὲ αὐτῷ
ἄγγελος. 22, 43. Acts 7, 30. 35; of God
Acts 7, 2; of persons dead, Matt. 17, 3
ὥφϑησαν αὐτοῖς Μωῦσῆς κτλ. Mark 9, 4;
with ἐν of manner, Luke 9, 31 οἱ ὀφθέντες
ἐν δόξῃ. Of Jesus after his resurrection,

Luke 24, 34. Acts 1, 3. 9,17. 13, 31. 26,

16. 1 Cor. 15, 5. 6. 7: 8. 1 Tim. 3, 16; or
in his second coming, Heb. 9, 28. Also
Acts 26, 16 μάρτυρα ... ὧν [rovrey a] re
ὀφϑήσομαί cot, a witness of those things as
to which I will yet appear unto thee; here
some render, which I will cause thee lo see,
but against all analogy. Sept. for 7832,
of angels Ex. 3, 2. Judg. 6,12; of God
Gen. 12, 7. 17, 1. So Hdian. 2. 11. 5.
Luc. ἢ. Mort. 23. 1; ¢. ὑπό τινος Al. V.
H. 2. 26. Xen. Ven. 12. 20. ὃ) As Mid.
to show oneself, to present oneself fo or be-

514

Sept. οὐκ ὄψεται φῶς ᾿

ὀργίω = _

fore any one; Acts.'7, 26 ὥφϑη αὐτοῖς ua-
χομένοις. Sept. for TYING 2 K. 14, 8. So
Hdian. 1. 16. 8,123, +

ὀργή, fis, ἡ, (ὀρέγω,) pr. “ἃ reaching
after,’ propension, natural impulse, i. 6. the
character or disposition as resulting from
impulses, Hes. Op. 302. Pind. Pyth. 9. 76.
Hdot. 6. 128.—Hence genr. and in N. T.
passion,i.e. any violent commotion of mind,
indignation, anger, wrath, espec. as inclu-
ding desire of vengeance, punishment, and
therein differing from ϑυμός ; see in Supds
and comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p. 131
sq. 255. So Zeno in Diog. Laert. 7. 113
ὀργή ἐστιν ἐπιϑυμία τιμωρίας τοῦ δοκοῦντος
ἠδικηκέναι οὐ προσηκόντως. ;

1. Pr. and genr. Mark 3, 5 περιβλεψάμε-
vos αὐτοὺς per ὀργῆς, i. 6. indignantly.
Rom. 12, 19. Eph. 4, 31. Col. 3,8. 1 Tim.
2, 8. James 1, 19, 20, ἔστω πᾶς ἄνϑρωπος
... βραδὺς eis ὀργήν - ὀργὴ yap κτλ. Sept
for 8 2 Sam. 12, 5. Job 16,9; 2% Prov.
21,14; ΣΡ Josh. 9,20. So Gnom. Poet.
μονόστ. 354. p. 183, Tauchn. γίγνου δ᾽ és
ὀργὴν μὴ ταχύς γ᾽, ἀλλὰ βραδύς. Hdian. 4.
8. 8. Xen. Eq. 9. 2. Mem. 2. 6..63.—
Spoken of God, as implying utter abhor-
rence of sin and aversion to those who live
in it; Rom. 9, 22 εἰ δὲ ϑελὼν ὁ Beds evdei-
facta: τὴν ὀργήν. Heb. 3,11. 4,3. Sept.
and δ Ex. 4, 14. Deut. 29, 20; 521 Is.
10,5; 739%; Ex. 32,12. So Jos. Ant. 8, 7. 6.

2. Meton. wrath, as including the idea of
punishment, e. g. as the penalty of law,
Rom. 4,15 ὁ yap νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται.
13, 4. 5. So Ecclus. 7, 16. Dem. 528. 4
τῷ δράσαντι δ᾽ οὐκ ἴσην τὴν ὀργὴν ... ἔτα-
ev ὁ vépos.—Also of the punitive wrath of
God, the divine judgments to be inflicted
upon the wicked, e. g. ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης
ὀργῆς Matt. 8, 7. Luke 3, 7. 1 Thess. 1,
10; ὀργὴ ϑεοῦ ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ Rom. 1, 18;
ὀργὴ ἐν ἡμέρα ὀργῆς 2, 5 bis. Rev. 6, 17;
also Luke 21, 23. John 3, 36. Rom. 2, 8.
3,5. 5,9. 9, 22 σκεύη ὀργῆς. Eph. 2, 3
τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς. Eph. 5, 6, Col. 3, 6.
1 Thess. 2,16. 5,9. Rev. 6,16. 11, 18.
For. the phrase οἶνος τῆς ὀργῆς V. τοῦ 5υ-
μοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Seov, see in ϑυμός. and
οἶνος, Rev. 14, 10. 16, 19. 19, 15. So
Psalt. Salom. 15, 6 φλὸξ πυρός καὶ ὀργὴ
ἀδίκων.

ὀργίξω, f. ἰσω, (ὀργή,) to make angry,
to provoke, c. ace. Aischin. Dial. Socr. 2. 1.
Xen. Eq. 9. 2—In N. T. only Pass. or
Mid. dpyiCopas, aor. 1 ὠργίσϑην, to be or
become angry, provoked; absol. Matt. 18,
84. 22,7. Luke 14, 21. 15, 28. Rev. 11,

ὀργίλος 515

18. Eph. 4, 26 ὀργίζεσϑε καὶ μὴ duaprdvere
(comp. Sept. Ps. 4, 5), i.e. in your anger
sin not, repress your anger ; comp. Heb. and
Sept. Prov. 16,32. With a dat. Matt. 5,22
πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ. With
ἐπί τινι, Rev. 12, 17. Sept. for 3 Gen,
31,36; c. dat. Num. 25, 3; c. ἐπί Num.
32, 13; 28, c. dat. Is. 12,1; 6. ἐπί 1 K.
11, 9.—Dem. 514. 10.*Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 30;
c. dat. Hdian. 5. 8. 15. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 5.

ὀργίλος, ἡ, ov, (ὀργήῆ.) prone to anger,
passionate, Tit. 1, '7; Sept. for MOM Ox

Prov. 22, 24; an ΡΝ 29, 22.—Hdian. 4.

9. 6. Xen. Eq. 9. 7.

ὀργυία, as, ἡ, (ὀρέγω,) a fathom, pr.
the space which one can measure by ex-
tending the arms laterally ; Acts 27, 28 bis.
—l. V. H. 2. 22. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 19.

ὀρέγω, f. ξω, to reach or stretch out, es-
pec. τὴν χεῖρα Hom. Il. 15. 371. Jos. B. J.
1. 2. 4; genr. Xen. An. 7. 3. 29.—In N. T.
only Mid. ὀρέγομαι, to stretch oneself, to
reach after any thing; hence trop. to long
after, to desire, to covet; c. gen. Heb. 11, 16
πατρίδος κρείττονος ὀρέγεται. 1 Tim. 3, 1.
6,10. So Hdian. 2. 15. 8. Xen. Mem. 1.
2.15; pr. Hom. Il. 5. 851. Hes. Scut. 456.
ὀρεινός, 7, ὄν, (ὄρος!) mountainous, as
ἡ ὀρείνη (χώρα) mountainous country, Luke
1, 39.65. Sept. for sm Gen..14, 10. Deut.
11, 11.—Pol. 3. 17. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 3.

ὄρεξις, ews, ἡ, (ὀρέγομαι.) pr. a reaching
after, trop. longing, lust, Rom. 1, 27.—
Ecclus. 23, 6. Hdian. 3. 13. 14. Ἶ

ὀρϑοποδέω, ὦ, f. now, (ὀρϑός, πούς,)
pr. to foot it straight, to walk straight ; trop.
to walk (live) uprightly, ἅπ. λεγομ. Gal. 2,
14.

Opes, ἡ, dv, straight, right. 1. In
height, upright, erect, Acts 14, 10 ἀνάστηϑι
ὀρϑός, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 123. 6.—1 Esdr. 9,
46. Luc. Rhetor. prec. 19. Xen. Mem. 1.
4. 11.

2. Horizontally, straight and level, not
crooked or uneven, trop. Heb. 12, 13 rpo-
χίας ὀρθὰς ποιήσατε. Sept. for suis Prov.
12, 16. 16, 25.—Pr. ὁδὸς ὀρθή Jos. Ant. 6.
1. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 25. 2.

ὀρϑοτομέω, ὦ, f. how, (ὀρϑοτόμος ; ὁρ-
5ός, τέμνω,) to cut straight, 6. g. ὁδόν, Lat.
viam recte secare, to cut (make) straight
one’s way, to direct, Sept. for “ws Prov.
8, 6.11. ὅ ; comp. ὁδοὺς edSetas ἔτεμε Thuc.
2. 100.—In N. T. trop. 6. acc. λόγον instead
of ὁδόν, 2 Tim. 2, 15 ὀρϑοτομοῦντα τὸν λό-
yov τῆς ἀληϑείας, pr. culling straight the

ὁρίζω

word of truth, i, 6. rightly and skilfully
teaching it. Comp. Constitut. Apost. 7,
30 ὀρϑοτομεῖν ἐν τοῖς τοῦ κυρίου δόγμασιν.
Euseb, H. E. 1. 8 τὴν εὐθεῖαν καὶ βασιλικὴν
ὁδὸν ὀρβοτομοῦσα ἡ ἐκκλησία τοῦ ϑεοῦ.

ὀρϑρίζω, f. ica, (Sp3pos,) to rise early,
to do early in the morning; so _Pregn.
Luke, 21, 38 πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὥρϑριζε πρὸς αὐτὸν
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ κτλ. all the people éame early in
the morning to him in the temple. Sept. for
Daun Gen. 19, 27; snw Job 7, 21.—
1 Mace. 11, 67. Tob. 9,4. The Attic form
was ὀρϑρεύω; Meeris p. 272 ὀρϑρεύει ᾽Αττι-
κῶς, ὀρϑρίζει Ἑλληνικῶς. Thom. Mag. p.
656.

ὀρϑρινός, ἡ n, ov (ὄρϑρο-.) morning, early,
6. δ. ἀστὴρ λαμπρὸς καὶ ὀρϑρινός Rev. 22,
16 Rec. Luke 24, 22 Lachm. Sept. for

| ὈΞΘΏ Hos. 6, 4. 13, 3.—Luc. Gall. 1.

Antip. Sidon. in Anthol. Gr. IT. p. 12. Posi
dipp. ib. p. 42. This form is condemned
by the Atticists, who prefer ὄρϑριος ; see
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 186. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 51.

ὄρϑριος, a, ov, (ὄρϑρος,) morning, early,
matutinus, as adv. Luke 24, 22 γενόμεναι
ὄρϑριαι ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 123.
6.—Sept. Job 29, 7. Plut. Cato Min. 41.
Plato Prot. 313. b, dp3ptos ἥκων. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 51.

Oppos, ov, ὁ, (kindr. ὄρνυμι, ὀρϑός,
orior, ortus,) day-break, morning, pr. the
time at and immediately after day-break,
while one still needs a light; but later in-
cluding also the morning twilight until near
sunrise ; Phryn. et Lob. p. 275.

1. day-break, dawn, Luke 24, 1 ὄρϑρου
Bazéos, comp. John 20, 1; see in βαϑύς
lett. b.—Aristoph. Vesp. 216 ὄρϑρος Bais
κτὰ. Theocr. 18. 14; genr. Diod. Sic. 14.
104. Xen. Ven. 6. 6.

2. morning twilight, early morn, i. q. ἕως
or ἠώς, comp. Phryn. L. c. John 8, 2 ὄρϑρου
δὲ πάλιν παρεγένετο εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. Acts 5,
21. Sept. for spa Judg. 16,2; smd Josh.
6, 15. Joel 2. 2.

opSas, adv. (dp%ds,) straight, right, i. e.
erectly, Xen. Eq. 7. 5.—In N. T. of man-
ner, rightly, correctly, Mark 7, 35 ἐλάλει dp-
Sas. Trop. in a moral sense, Luke 7, 43
ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας. 10, 28. 20, 21. Sept. for
πο Gen. 40,16; a:um Deut. 5,28.—Luc.
Cynic. 5. Xen. An. 1. 9. 30.

ptf, f. ἰσω, (ὅρος,) to bound, to make
or set a boundary, Sept. for Dash Josh. 13,
27. Hdot. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 21.—In N.
T. and usually, to mark out, to limit, to de

Vt «

ὅριον 516

termine, to appoint; c. acc. of thing, Heb.
4, Ἵ πάλιν τινὰ ὁρίζει ἡμέραν. Acts 17, 26.
Part. perf. Pass. ὡρισμένος; ἡ; ον; deter-
mined, decreed, Luke 22, 22. Acts 2, 23.
So Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 3. Hdian. 1.10. 11. Xen.
An. 1. 7. 36.—With acc. of pers. as ap-
pointed to an office or station, Acts 17, 31
ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ [ὃν] ὥρισε. Pass. with a noun
of office in apposit. Acts 10, 42 αὐτός ἐστιν
6 ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ ϑεοῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ
νεκρῶν. (Meleag. in Anth, Gr. 1. p. 9, σὲ
σεὸν Spice.) So Rom. 1, 4 τοῦ ὁρισϑέντος
υἱοῦ Seovd κτλ. i. 6. marked out, declared ;
Chrysost. δειχϑέντος ; comp. Phil. 2, 8 sq.
Eph. 1, 20 sq. With an inf. Acts 11, 29
ὥρισεν ἕκαστος ... πέμψαι κτλ.

ὅριον, ov, τό (dpos,) a bound, border ;
usually Plur. τὰ ὅρια, the borders, Plut.
Aristid. 11 pen. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 1.—In N. T.
only Plur. and by Hebraism, for a space
within certain boundaries, terrifories, coun-
iry, district; Matt. 2, 16 ἐν By&Aeeu καὶ ἐν
πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῆς. 4, 13. 8, 34, 15, 22.
39. 19, 1. Mark 5, 17. 7, [24.] 31 bis. 10, 1.
Acts 13, 50. On Matt. 4,13 see Bibl. Res.
in Pal. IIL p. 288 sq. So Sept. and d:2
Gen. 23, 17. Ex. 8, 2; for mob Judg.
20, 6. ;

ὁρκίζω, f. ίσω, (ὅρκος.) to put to anoath,
to make swear, c. acc. Sept. for prawn
Gen. 50, 25. Dem. 678. 5. Xen. Conv. 4.
10.—In N. T. to adjure, to charge on oath ;
with two acc. of person whom and by whom ;
Mark 5, '7 ὁρκίζω σε τὸν ϑεόν. Acts 19, 13.
1 Thess. 5,27. See Buttm. § 131. 2, comp.
6. Matth. §413. 10. So Sept. ἐξορκίζω
Gen. 24, 3.—The Atticists condemn this

_ word, though found in the best writers, and

prefer ὁρκόω, Phryn. et Lob. p. 360 sq.

ὅρκος, ov, 6, (kindr. ἕρκος, Lat. Orcus,)
an oath, Matt. 14, 7. 9. 26, '72. Mark 6, 26.
Luke 1, 73. Acts 2, 30. Heb. 6, 16. 17.
James 5,12. Sept. for M338 Gen. 24, 8.
26,3. So 1 Macc. 7, 18. Pol. 3. 68. 13.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 12.—Meton. what is pro-
mised with an oath; Matt. 5, 33 ἀποδώσεις
τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου. ;

ὁρκωμοσία, as, 7, (ὁρκωμοτέω ; ὅρκος,
ὄμνυμι.) pr. the swearing of an oath, the
laking of an oath; hence a swearing, an
oath, Heb. 7, 20. 21 bis. 28, Sept. for m>x
Ez. 17, 18. 19.—1 Esdr. 8, 93; τὰ ὁρκω-
μόσια Plato Phedr. p. 241. a.

ὁρμάω, ὦ, f. how, (ὁρμή!) to make rush
on, to impel, io incite, c. acc. Hom. Il. 6.
338. Diod. Sic. 3. 53. Xen. Eq. 7. 17, 18.
—Often and in N. T. intrans. fo rush on,

ΙΑ
ορύσσω

to move forwards impetuously; 6. g. ἐπί
twa, Acts 7, 57 ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοϑυμαδὸ» ἐπ᾽
αὐτόν. With εἴς τι, Acts 19, 29 εἰς rd
Séarpov. Matt. 8, 32. Mark 5, 13. Luke 8,
33. Soc. ἐπί 2 Macc. 12,20. Hdian. 3.5.1;
ets twa Xen. Cyr. 7..1. 17; ets re Thuc.
1. 87.

ὁρμή, js, ἡ, (ὄρνυμι,) a rushing on,
onset, assault; Acts 14, 5 ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο
ὁρμὴ ..-. ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιδοβολῆσαι αὐτούς. So
Sept. Jer. 47, 23. Hdian. 2. 5. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 2. 6.—Trop. of. the mind, impulse,
purpose, will, James. 3,4. So Epict. Ench.
1. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 2.

ὅρμημα, aros, τό, (ὁρμάω,) pr. impe-
tuous movement, a rushing on, Sept. Deut.
28, 49. 1 Macc. 6, 47.—Hence in N. T.
impetus, violence; e. g. as dat. of manner,
Rey. 18, 21 ὁρμήματι βληϑήσεται, i.e. with
violence. So Etym. Magn. 618. 10. Comp.
Hom. Il. 13. 356. 590. Buttm. Lexil. Il.
p- 4 sq.

ὄρνεον; ov, τό, (pus;) a bird, fowl, e. g-
carnivorous, Rev. 18, 2. 19, 17. 21. Sept.
for ἘΠ Gen. 6, 20; 2"2 Gen. 15, 11. Ez.
39, 4.—Luc. Demon. 66. Xen. An. 6.
1. 23. Pitney;

ὄρνις, ios, 5, ἡ, a bird, fowl, gerr. Luc.
Merc. Cond. 17. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 9.—In
N. T. only of poultry, che hen, gallina,
Matt. 23, 37. Luke 13, 34. So Pol. 12.
26. 1. Xen. An. 4. 5. 25.

opoYecia, as, 7, (6po%eré@; ὅρος, τίϑη-
μι.) pr. ἃ setting of bounds ; meton. a bound,
limit; Acts 17,26 épicas...ras ὁροϑεσίας
τῆς κατοικίας av’t@v.—Glossar. Hdot. p. 174.
Wessel. odpor’ dpo%eoia. Comp. Greg. Cor.
p- 390. n. 58. Scheefer.

ὄρος, eos, ous, τό, Plur. τὰ ὄρη, gen. τῶν
ὀρέων Rev. 6,.15. Sept. Is. 13, 4; see
Buttm. ᾧ 49. n..3. Winer} 9.2.¢; @ moun-
tain, hill, Matt. 5,1 ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος. v. 14.
8, 1. Mark 5, 5. Acts 7, 30. al. So τὸ ὄρος
τὸ Kad. ἐλαιῶν, the mount of Olives, Luke
19, 29. 21, 37. Acts 1,12; see in ἐλαία
no. 1. (Jos. Ant. 20. 8, 6.) Proverbially,
to remove mountains, i. q. ‘to accomplish
great and difficult things, 1 Cor. 13, 2.
Matt. 17, 20. 21,21; so the Rabbins, comp.
Buxt. Lex. 1653. ᾿ Sept. ὄρος for "I Gen.
8, 4. 5.—Hdian. 2. 11. 16. Xen. An. 1. 9.
25. +

> 4 .

opvadw ν. -TTM, f. Ew, to dig, c. acc.
Matt. 21, 33 ὥρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ λῆνον. Mark
12, 1; absol. Matt. 25, 18. Sept. for 337
Is.5,.2; "25 Gen. 21, 30.—Diod. Sic. 1.
50. Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 10. ΄

ὀρφανός
ὀρφανός, ἡ, dv, (kindr. ὄρφνη, ὀρφνός,)
orphan, bereaved, 6. g. children bereaved
of parents, James 1, 27 ὀρφανοὺς καὶ χήρας.
Trop. of disciples without a. master John
14,18. Sept. for tIM? Ps. 68, 6. Jer. 7,
5.—Dem. 1320. 19. Xen. An. 7. 2. 32;
trop. Lys. 196. 13.

ὀρχέω, ὦ, f. now, (kindr. ὄρνυμι,) to lift
up, to raise aloft, a rare and post-Homeric
form, i. q. μετεωρίζειν, Plato Cratyl. p. 406. 6.
—Earlier and more common was Mid. depon.
ὀρχέομαι, f. ἤσομαι, to leap sc. by rule, to
dance, intrans. Matt. 11, 17 et Luke 7, 32
ηὐλίσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασϑε. Matt. 14,
6. Mark 6,22. Sept. for 727 1 Chr. 15, 29.
Ecce. 3, 4. So Luc. Ὁ, Deor. 18. 1. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 10.

ὅς, ἥ, é, genit. οὗ, ἧς, ob, see Buttm.
§'75. 2; originally a demonstrative pronoun,
this, that, (like 6, ἡ, τό,) but in Attic and
later usage mostly a postpositive article or re-
lative pronoun, who, which, what, hat; Buttm.
ὁ 126.1. Kithner ᾧ 331. Matth. ᾧ 289. π. 7.

I. As a Demonstrative Pronovy, this,
that; only in» distinctions and distribution,
with μέν, δέ, a8 ὃς pév...ds δέ, that one
...this one, the one...the other; less fre-
quent in Attic writers than ὁ μέν... ὁ δέ,
but equally common with it in later writers
anc in N. T. comp. Buttm. ᾧ 126. 8. Kah-
ner § 331. n. 1. Matth. 1. c. Winer § 20.1.
E. g. ἃ Cor. 2 16. οἷς μέν... οἷς δέ, to the
one...to the other. Matt. 21, 35 ὃν μὲν ἔδει-
ραν, ὃν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, i. Θ. one...another.
13,8 ὃ μέν...ὃ δέ. 25,15. Luke 23, 33.

Rom. 9, 21. al. sep. So Luc. Asin. 23.
Pol. 1. 7. 3. Dem. 248. 18.—Further, és
μέν... ἄλλος δέ Matt. 13, 4 sq. ὃς pév...
ἄλλος δέ... ἕτερος δέ 1 Cor. 12, 8 sq. ὃ μέν
... καὶ ἕτερον Luke 8, 5 sq.

Il. As the postpositive article, or Reia-

TIVE Pronoun, who, which, what, that; qui,

, quod. ‘The construction with the re-
lative strictly implies two clauses; in the
first of which there should stand with the
verb a noun (the antecedent), and in the
second the corresponding relative, each in
the case which its own clause demands, the
relative also agreeing with the anteced< at
in gender and number; see Buttm. § 123.
1.3. §143. Kithner § 332.1. But in usage,
the form and power of the relative is often
varied, both in construction and in signifi-
cation, as also by connecting with it other
particles. E. g.

A) In Consrruction. 1. As to Gender,
the relat. agrees regularly with its antece-
dent; Matt. 2, 9 ὁ ἀστὴρ ὃν εἶδον. Luke 5,

517

ὅς, ἥ, 6

3. John 6, 51. sepiss. So where it relates
to a remoter antecedent, as 1 Cor. 1, 8 ὃς
καὶ βεβαιώσει ὑμᾶς, i. 6. ὁ eds in v. 4,
comp. v. 9. But from this rule there are
two departures in form: a) Where the
relat. with the verb εἶναι or the like con-
forms in gender to the following noun,
Buttm. § 143. 4. Kiihner § 332. 5. Ὁ. Wi-
ner § 24. 3.n.1. So Gal. 3, 16 σπέρματί
σου, ds ἐστὶ Χριστός. Eph. 1; 14. 6,17
μάχαιραν, ὅ ἐστι ῥῆμα ϑεοῦ. 1 Tim. 3, 15.
So Hdot. 5. 108. Plat. Legg. 699. 6. 8)
Where by the constructio ad sensum the
relat. takes'the gender implied in the ante-
cedent, and not that of its external form ;
Rom. 9, 23 sq. σκεύη ἐλέους, ἃ mponroipa-
cev...ods καὶ ἐκάλεσεν. Gal. 4, 19. Phil. 2,
15. 2 Pet. 3, 16 ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς
[i ᾳ. γράμμασι], ἐν οἷς κτὰ. 2 John 1.
Buttm. § 148. ὅ. ο. Matth. ᾧ 484. 1.b. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 708. (Eurip. Suppl. 12.) Neut.
6 often refers toa masc. or fem. antece-
dent, taken in the general sense of thing,
Kihner § 332. 5. n. 2. Matth.§439; comp.
Buttm. ὁ 129. 8. So in explanations, Matt.
1, 23 ᾿Ἐμμανουὴλ, 6 ἐστι μεϑερμηνευόμενον
κτὰ. 27, 33. Mark 3,17. 12,42 λεπτὰ δύο,
ὅ ἐστι κοδράντης. 15, 16. 42. John 1, 39.
Col. 1, 24.: Heb. 7, 2. al. ‘(Otherwise Acts
9, 39.) Also where Neut. 6 refers to a
whole preceding clause, Mark 15, 34.
1 John 2, 8.

2. As to Number, the relat. agrees regu-
larly with its antecedent, as in the exam-
ples above cited. The departures from this
rule are rare,e.g. a) Relat. Sing. after
a plural antecedent, once Phil. 3, 20 ἐν ov-
pavois...é€& οὗ κτλ. where however οὗ may
be taken as an adverb; see below in B. 7.
b) Relat. Plur. after an anteced. Sing. col-
lect. Phil. 2, 15 ἐν μέσῳ γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς...
ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε κτὰ. here the construction
is ad sensum, both in number and gender,
Matth. §434.2.b. §475.a. Buttm. §143.5.b;
comp. above in 1. b. (Judith 4, 8 ἡ γερου-
σία... οἱ ἐκάθηντο. 2,3; comp. Hom. Il. 16.
368. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 31.) So where the
anteced. includes in any way the idea of
plurality, Acts 15, 36 κατὰ πᾶσαν πόλιν, ἐν
ais κτλ. 2 Pet. 3, 1 δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν
ais κτλ. i. 6. in both which, the first and
second.

3. As to Case; here the general rule is,
that the relative stands in that case which
the verb of its own clause demands, Buttm.
§ 143. 1. Kihner § 332. 1. Matth. § 473.
E. g. as subject, John 1, 9 τὸ has... φω-
rite: πάντα dv3p. v. 30 ἀνήρ, ὃς ἔμπροσϑέν
μου γέγονεν. Acts 8, 27. Matt. 10, 26. seep.

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ
As object, Acc. Matt. 2,9 ὁ ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον.
Acts 6, 3. 6. 22,9. sep. As Dat. Acts 8,
10 ἀνήρ... ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες. Col. 1, 27.
1 Pet. 1,12. 5, 9. al. But the departures
from this rule are frequent, viz.

a) By Attraction, i. e. where the relative
in respect to its own verb would stand in
the accus. but the antecedent stands in the
Genitive or Dative, and then the relative is
attracted by the antecedent into the same
case with itself; Buttm. § 143.13. Kiihner
§ 332. 6.. Matth. § 473. Winer § 24. 1.
E. g. Genit. Matt, 18, 19. John 4, 14 ὕδα-
Tos, οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω. 7, 31 τούτων, ὧν οὗτος
ἐποιήσεν. V. 39. Acts 1,1. Acts 24, 21.
Eph. 4,1. Jude 15. (Sept. Zeph. 3,11.) Rev.
1,20. al. sep. Neglected, Heb. 8,2 τῆς σκη-
vis, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος. (Sept. Jer. 51, 64.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 10.) Dative, Mark '7, 13.
Luke 2, 20 ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἤκουσαν. 5, 9.
John 4, 50 τῷ λόγῳ, ᾧ εἶπεν ᾿Ιησοῦς. Acts
7,16. 20, 38. 2 Cor. 12, 21. 2 Thess..1,
4. al. sep. So Sept. Jer. 15, 14. Xen. An.
5. 4. 33.—Here the antecedent is often
omitted, espec. the demonstr. pron. odros,
ἐκεῖνος, comp. below in no. 4; and then the
relative stands alone in a case not properly
belonging to it; Buttm. §143. 15. Matth.
§ 473. b. Winer § 23.2. The relative it-
self then stands like Engl. what, for that
which, he who, etc. E. g. Luke 9, 36 οὐδὲν
ὧν ἑωράκασιν, for οὐδὲν τούτων ὧν [a] éwpd-
κασιν. 23, 41 ἄξια yap [ἐκείνων] ὧν ἐπρά-
ἔαμεν κτλ. Acts 9, 34, 22, 1ὅ. 26,16. Rom.
15, 18. 2 Cor. 12, 17. al. sep. So Jos. Ant.
3. 8. 2 ὑπήκουον οἷς ἐκέλευσε. Xen. Mem.
1. 4. 26.

b) By inverted Altraction, i.e. where the
antecedent is attracted by the relative into
the same case with itself, viz. a) Where
the anteced. remains connected. with its
own clause, and before the: relative. Matt.
21, 42 λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν, οὗτος κτλ.
Luke 1,78 ὅρκον [for ὅρκου] ὃν ὥμοσε. 20,
17. 1 Cor. 10,16 τὸν ἄρτον ὃν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ
κοινωνία κτὰ. See Buttm. ὁ 1ὅ1. 1.4. Matth.
ᾧ 414. Winer ὁ 24. 2.a. So Hippoc. Morb.
4. 11 τὰς πηγὰς ds ὠνόμοσα, αὕται κτλ.
Plato Men. 96. ἃ, ¢ ὡμολογήκαμεν δέ γε,
πράγματος οὗ μήτε διδάσκαλοι μήτε μα-
ϑηταὶ εἶεν, τοῦτο: διδακτὸν μὴ εἶναι. Comp.
Virg. Ain. 1. 577 ‘urbem quam statuo,
vestra est.?. 8) Where the antecedent it-
self is attracted over into the clause of the
relative, and by ‘ransposition stands after it
in the proper case. of the relative; see
Buttm. ὁ 143. 12. Kiihner § 332. 8. Matth.
ἡ 414. a. Winer ᾧ 24. 2. b. Mark 6, 16
Ἡρώδης εἶπεν" ὅτι ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα

518

os, ἥ, 6 -

Ἰωάννην, οὗτός ἐστιν, for οὗτός ἐστιν "lady
νης; ὃν ἐγὼ amex. Luke 1, 4. Acts 21, 16
ἄγοντες παρ᾽ ᾧ ξενισϑῶμεν, Μνάσωνι «rr. for
ἄγοντες Μνάσωνα, παρ᾽ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν. So
most commentators ; others take it for ἄγον-
τες παρὰ Μνάσωνα παρ᾽ ᾧ kth. bringing us
to Mnason, etc. Winer § 81. 2. p. 242. (Plato
Phed. 116. b, ἠνέχϑη map’ αὐτὸν τὰ παιδία.)
Rom. 6,17. Philem. 10. 1 John 2,25. Rey.
17, 8 βλεπόντων for βλέποντες. So Soph.
Trach. 676 ᾧ ἔχριον.... πόκῳ, τοῦτ᾽ ἠφάνι-
σται. Xen. An. 1. 9. 19 ἧς ἄρχοι χώρας,
y) This transposition may also take place
when the antecedent would already stand.
in the same case with the relative; comp,
Winer § 24. 2. n. Buttm. §143. 14. ἘΠ, σ΄.
John 11,6 ἔμεινεν ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ, for ἐν τόπῳ
ἐν ᾧ ἦν. Matt.'7,2 ἐν ᾧ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ,
for ἐν τῷ κρίματι ᾧ κτλ. 24, 44. Mark 15,
12. (Hdot. ὅ. 106.) Here belongs the ad-
verbial phrase ὃν τρόπον, xa ὃν τρόπον,
for κατὰ τὸν τρόπον ὅν, pr. ‘in the manner
which, in the same manner as,’ hencei. 4. as,
Matt. 23, 37. Luke 13, 34; xad ὃν τ. Acts
15,11. Comp. Buttm. §131. 7, 10. §115. 4.
So Sept. Is. 14, 19. 24. 2 Mace. 15, 39.
Xen. An. 6.3.1... δ) Sometimes the ante-
cedent is attracted over to the second clause
in such a way, that it together with the rela-
tive remains in the case required by the
word on which it depends; Rom. 4, 17
κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσε Seov, for κατέναντι
Seod ᾧ ἐπίστευσε. Buttm. ᾧ 148. 14. Wi-
ner ᾧ 24. 2. n. Soph. Gid. Col. 333 ἦλθον ξὺν
ὧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν πιστῷ μόνῳ.

9) The case of the relative often depends
on a preposition with which the verb is
construed ; e. g. a) Genr. Matt. 3, 17
ὁ vids pov, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα. 10, 11. 11, 10
οὗτος γάρ ἐστι, περὶ οὗ γέγραπται. Luke 1,
4, Rom. 10, 14. 1 Cor. 8, 6 bis, εἷς Seds ὁ
πατήρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα κτλ. So Xen. Mem.
2.2.8. 8) Sometimes the prep. which
stands with the anteced. is repeated before
the relative; John 4, 53 ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ, ἐν 7 εἶ-
πεν κτὰ. Acts 7, 4. 20,18. Comp. Winer
ἡ 54. 7. τ. (Dem. 1203. 9 ἐν τοῖς χρόνοις ἐν
οἷς γέγραπται κτὰ. Plato Soph. 257. ἀ.
Xen. Vect. 4. 13.) More commonly when
the prep. stands before the antecedent, it is
omitted before the relative, Winer 1. c.
Matth. § 474. 6. §595 ult. Τὰ. g. Matt. 24,
50 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἣ ov προσδοκᾷ. Luke 1, 25.
12, 46. Acts 13, 2 εἰς τὸ ἔργον, ὃ προσκέ-
κλημαι αὐτούς. ν. 39. So Plato Phedo 21.
p. 76. b, διδόναι λόγον περὶ τούτων ὧν νῦν
δὴ ἐλέγομεν. Xen. Conv. 4. 1. An. 5.7. 17.
y) By Attraction the relative is put with
the preposition belonging to the omitted an-

ΕΣ

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ 519

tecedent ; comp. above in no. 3. a. John 6,
29 ἵνα πιστεύσητε cis ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος,
for εἰς τοῦτον ὃν κτλ. 19, 37. Rom. 14, 22.
1 Cor. 7, 1. Gal. 1, 8. 9. Heb. 5, 8. 2 Pet.
2, 12.

d) Sometimes the relative is not depen-
dent on the verb, but on some noun con-
nected with the verb, and then the relative
is put in the genitive; Matt. 3, 11 οὗ οὐκ
εἰμὲ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι. v. 12
οὗ τὸ πτύον. Mark 14, 32. Luke 13, 1 ὧν
τὸ αἷμα. John 1, 27. 4, 46. 11, 2. Acts 16,
14. Rom. 2, 29. Col. 1, 25, Rev. 13, 12.—
Sept. Dan, 2, 11. Hdian. 8. 3. 20 ᾿Απόλ-
λωνα, οὗ καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα ἔλεγόν τινες κτλ.

4. As to Position ; here the relative with
its clause regularly follows the antecedent,
as in most of the preceding examples. But
for the sake of emphasis, the relative clause
may be put first, espec. where a demonstr.
αὐτός, οὗτος, or the like, follows; as Matt.
26, 48 ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστι. John 3,
26 ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ ... οὗτος βαπτίζει. Heb.
13, 11. 2 Pet. 2,19. Comp. Buttm. § 148.
10. Kiihner }332. 8. Matth. ὁ 478—In
both these positions, the antecedent, espec.
the demonstr. pron. αὐτός, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, is
very frequently omitted ; so that the relative
then stands like Engl. what, for ‘that which,
he who; comp. above in no. 3. a. Buttm.
§143. 15. Matth. § 473. b. ᾧ 478. Winer } 23.
2. E. g. genr. Matt. 13, 17 ἀκοῦσαι ἃ
dxoverey for ταῦτα ἅ. 14, '7. Mark 2, 24.
Luke 8, 17. John 4, 22. al. So in the in-
verted position, Matt. 7, 2. 10, 38 καὶ ds οὐ
λαμβάνει ... οὐκ ἔστι pou ἄξιος. 13, 12 καὶ
ὃ ἔχει, ἀρϑήσεται. 19, 6. 25, 29. Mark 9,
40. Luke 4, 6. 12, 40. John 8, 38 bis, ἐγὼ
ὃ ἑώρακα, λαλῶ krr. 13, 27. Rom. 2, 1.
Heb. 2, 18. 1 John 1, 1. 8. Comp. Matth.
§ 478.—Here too belongs the elliptic use of

Neut. ὅ with its clause before another pro--

position, in the signif. as to that, in that,
quod altinet ad; the corresponding τοῦτ᾽
ἐστι, τοῦτ᾽ ἐστι ὅτι, or the like, being omit-
ted before the latter clause. Rom. 6, 10 bis,
ὃ yap ἀπέϑανε, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέϑανεν ἐφάπαξ"
ὃ δὲ ζῇ. τῷ SeG. Gal. 2,20. See Matth.
ᾧ 478. Buttm. § ‘151. IV. 10. So Plato
Euthyd. 271. c, ὃ δὲ σὺ ἐρωτᾷς τὴν σοφίαν
αὐτοῖν κτὰ. Xen. Hi. 6. Qc. 15. 4. An.
2. 3. 1,

B) In Stenrricatioy, The relative strictly
serves simply to introduce a dependent clause
and mark its close relation to the leading pro-
position ; as Matt. 2, 9 ὁ ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ
ἀνατολῇ. προῆγεν αὐτούς. But in common use
it was employed in a wider extent, both asa

general connective particle,.and also some-

ὅς, ἢ ὃ

times as implying purpose, resull, cause, ot
the like, which would properly be ex-
pressed by a conjunction. See Buttm.
ᾧ 143. π. 2, 3, 4. Matth. ᾧ 479 sq. For the
sense what, that which, he who, see above
in A. 4.

1. As a general connective, e. g. a)
Genr. John 4, 46. 11, 2 ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ
ἀλείψασα τὸν κύριον μύρῳ ... ἧς ὁ ἀδελφὸς
Δ. ἠσθένει. In this way it is not uncom-
mon for Paul, and also Peter, to connect
two, three, or more clauses by_ relatives,
referring to the same or also to different
subjects ; 6. g. Acts 26,7. Eph. 3, 11. 12.
Col. 1. 18 54. 24-29. 1 Pet. 1, 8. 10. 12.
2, 22 sq. 3, 19 sq. 4, 4..5. 2 Pet. 2, 2. 3. 3,
16. al. Comp. Winer § 24. n. 2. - b)
Where it is equivalent to a demonstrative,
and this, these; and he, they, etc. Luke 12,
24 οἷς οὐκ ἔστι ταμεῖον, and they have no
slore-house, Acts 6, 6 ods ἔστησαν, and
these they set before, etc. '7, 45. 11, 30.
Gal. 1,7. 1 Pet. 1, 12. 2,4; ἐφ᾽ 6 Phil. 3,
12; ἐν ois i. 4. ἐν τούτοις δέ Luke 12,1;
εἰς δὶ, q. εἰς τοῦτο δέ Col. 1,29. This is
rare in early Greek writers, but more fre-
quent in later ones, Buttm. § 143. 6. Matth.

§ 441. So Apollodor. 1.1.3 “Κρόνος κατέ-

πιεν Ἑστίαν, εἶτα Δήμητραν καὶ Ἥραν - pes’
ἃς Πλούτωνα κτλ. Jos. Ant. 14. 13.7. Plato
Apol. Socr. 35.a. 6) In the formula ὃν
τρόπον, see above in A. 3. b. y.

2. As implying purpose, equiv. to iva,
Matt. 11, 10 ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἀγγέλόν
μου ... ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου κτλ.
Mark 1, 2. Luke 7, 27. Comp. Buttm.
§ 143. m. 34. Matth. ὁ 481. So Heb. “WN
Sept. ἵνα, Gen. 11, 7. 22, 14. Deut. 4, 40;
comp. Gesen. Lehrg. Ρ. 771. Heb. Lex.’
art. “wi B. 2.—Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 14 ὅπλα
κὐῶχαι, οἷς ἀμυνοῦνται τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας.

3. As marking result, or consequence,
equiv. to ὥστε. So after ris, Luke 7, 49
tis οὗτος ἐστιν, ds καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησι, who
is this, that he should also forgive sins? 5,
21. Matth. § 479. a, and n. 1. Buttm. § 143.
m. 35 "ἢ. ‘So Judith 8, 12. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.
14 τίς οὕτως ἰσχυρύς, ds δύναιτ᾽ ἂν κτλ.

4. As implying cause, or a reason, equiv.
to ὅτι, because. Luke 8, 13 οὗτοι ῥίζαν οὐκ
ἔχουσιν, of πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύουσι, Lat. ul
qui, because. Luke 4, 18. So in the con-
structions dv’ ὧν, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see in ἀντί no. 1.
ce. ἐπί IL. 3.f. Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 143. m. 35a.
Matth. ᾧ 480. c. So more freq. ὅστις, see
that art. in B. 3.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 13.

5. Once ἐφ᾽ ὅ in direct interrog. for ἐπί
τι, Matt. 26, 50 ἑταῖρε, ἐφ᾽ ὃ παρεῖ; So
Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 95. Comp. Aristoph.

ὁσάκις : 520

Lysistr. 1101 er 1103 ἐπὶ τί πάρεστε δεῦ-
po ,—This direct use belongs to the later
Greek, although earlier writers employed
és indirectly like ris, as Plato Men. 80. ὁ»
περὶ ἀρετῆς, ὅ ἐστιν, ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 46. See Winer ᾧ 24. 8. Matth.
ᾧ 48ὅ. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 57.

6. Including the notion of a particle of
time, as ὅτε, ὅταν. Soa’ ἧ ς ἡμέρας, i. 4.
ἀπὸ τῆς nu. ὅτε, Col. 1, 6. 9. Enllipt. ἀφ᾽
ἧς, i. ᾳ. ἀπὸ τῆς Hp. ν. ὥρας, ὅτε, Luke 7,
45. 2 Pet. 8,4. So ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας, and
ἄχρι οὗ, see in ἄχρι no. 1.a,b; ἐν ᾧ; see
in ἐν no.2.a; ἕως od, seein ἕως III. 1.b;
μέχρις od, see in μέχρι no. 1. bd. β.
Comp. Matth. § 480.

7. Neut. genit. οὗ, as adv. of place, where,
Matth. § 486. 1. Buttm. §116.4. 4) Pr.
Luke 4, 16 οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος. 23, 53. Acts
1,13 οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες. Col. 3,1. Heb.
8, 9. Rev. 17,15 τὰ ὕδατα... οὗ ἡ πόρνη κά-
ϑηται. Trop. Rom. 4,15. 5, 20. Also with
ἐκεῖ emphat. corresponding, Matt. 18, 20 οὗ
γάρ εἰσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς... ἐκεῖ κτλ. 2 Cor. 3, 17.
So Sept. Gen. 13, 4. Δ, V. H. 3. 19.
Xen. An. 2. 1.6; ὁ. ἐκεῖ Arr. Epict. 2. 2.
14.—With prepositions, as ἐπάνω οὗ Matt.
2,9; ἐξ οὗ whence Phil. 3, 20; see Winer
§ 54. 7. n. 1. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq. Ὁ)
In attraction with verbs of motion, for whi-
ther; as in Engl. often where, see Buttm.
§ 151. I. 8. So Luke 10, 1 εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν
καὶ τόπον, οὗ ἔμελλεν αὐτὸς ἔρχεσϑαι. 22,
10.° 24, 28, Matt. 28, 16. Also οὗ ἐάν
whithersoever 1 Cor. 16,6; see ἐάν (for ἄν)
2.b. So Xen. Cyr. 5.4.15; οὗ ἐάν 1 Macc.
6, 36.

C) Connected with other particles: a)
ὃς ἄν, ὃς ἐάν, whosoever, comp. Buttm. § 139.
τη. 14; see in ἄν II. 1. a; ἐάν II. 1. b)
ὅς ye, once Rom. 8, 32; see in γέ no. 1.
b. 0) ὃς δήποτε, once John 5, 4; see
in δή no. 3. ἀ4) ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ, who
indeed, who namely, i. q. ὅς but stronger
and more definite; once Mark 15, 6 ἕνα
δέσμιον, ὅνπερ ἠτοῦντο, i. e. whom namely
they demanded. Buttm. §75.3. So Jos.
Vit. § 18. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 8. 1. ib. 10. 2.
6) ὅστις; 566 in its order, +

ὁσάκις, adv. (ὅσος,) how many times,
how often; in N. 'T. only with ἄν, i. 6. ὁσά-
kus ἄν, however oflen, so often as, 1 Cor. 11,
25, 26; ὁσάκις ἐάν Rev. 11,6. See in ay
IL. 1. b, and ἐάν II. 2. c.—Plut. Alex. M. 5.
Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 3.

ὅς γε, see in γέ no. 1. b.
ὅσιος, a, ov, also once ὅσιος, 6, ἧ:
1 Tim, 2, 8 ὅσίους χεῖρας, see Winer § 11.

οσμὴ

1. Matth. ᾧ 486. 2; holy, pure, sanctus, pr.
right as conformed to God and his laws;
thus distinguished from δίκαιος. which re-
fers more to human laws and duties; e. g.
Pol. 23. 10. 8 τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δί-
kata, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς σεοὺς ὅσια. Hdian. 2.
13. 16. Xen. Hell. 4. 1. 33. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 25.—In N. T.

1. Of persons, holy, hallowed ; so of God,
as the personification of holiness and purity,
Rev. 15, 4 ὅτι μόνος ὅσιος. 16, 5. (Sept. for
"OM Ps. 145, 17; WW? Deut. 32, 4.) Ot
men, holy, pious, godly, careful of all duties
towards God; Tit. 1, 8 δεῖ yap ἐπίσκοπον
εἶναι... σώφρονα, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, κτὰ. Else-
where of Christ, Heb. 7, 26. Acts 2, 97 et
13, 35 οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν τὴν
διαφϑοράν, quoted from Ps. 16, 10 where
Sept. for OM ; as also Deut. 33,8. 2 Chr.
6,41. Ps. 4, 4.—Arr. Epict. 9. 4. 2. Xen.
Ag. 3. 5.

2. Of things, holy, sacred; e. g. 1 Tim.
2, 8 ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας, i. 6. pure,
spotless. (Sept. ὁσία καρδία for "192 Prov.
22,11.) Acts 13, 34 δώσω ὑμῖν ra ὅσια
Δαβὶδ τὰ πιστά, pr. I will give you the holy
promises of David, the sure, i. e. the things
inviolably promised of God to David ; in al-
lusion to Is. 55, 3 where Sept. for "JON
‘IY}, mercies, favours promised.

ὁσιότης, τητος, ἡ; (ὅσιος,) holiness, god-
liness, piety, careful observance of all duties
towards God; distinguished from δικαιοσυ-
vm as ὅσιος from δίκαιος, see above in ὅσιος.
Luke 1, 75 ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώ-
mov αὐτοῦ. Eph. 4, 24. Sept. for 7°
Dent. 9,5; SF 1 K. 9, 4.—Plut. Alcib.
84, Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47.

ὁσίως, adv. (ὅσιος,) holily, piously, godly,
1 Thess. 2, 10 ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως, comp.
above in ée10s.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 5. 26.

ὀσμή, js, ἡ, (ὄζω,) a smell, odour, 6. g.
bad 2 Macc. 9, 10. 12; of the hare, Xen.
Ven. 8.2.—In N. T. only of fragrant odour,
John 12, 3 ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώϑη ἐκ τῆς
ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου. Sept. for 12 Cant. 1,
3.11. 2,13. (Al. V. H. 14.39 ὀσμὴ τῶν
ῥόδων. Xen. Conv. 2. 3.) By Hebr. ὀσμὴ
εὐωδίας, an odour. of fragrance, i.e. sweet
odour, as accompanying an acceptable sa-
crifice, Eph. 5, 2. Phil. 4,18. Sept. and
min? m9 Lev. 1,9. 13.17. 2,2. 9. al—
Trop. 2 Cor. 2,14 τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως
αὐτοῦ φανεροῦντι Oe ἡμῶν. y. 16 bis, ὀσμὴ
ϑανάτου ... ὀσμὴ ζωῆς, comp, the Rabb, 59

mY arama v. pulvis mortis, OTF} CO

—"

ὅσος 521

aroma Υ. pulvis vile, Wetstein N. T. in
loc, Buxtorf. Lex. :494. Comp. also Atis-
tot. de mirab. Auscult. λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς
γύπας ind τῆς τῶν μύρων ὀσμῆς ἀποϑνή-
σκειν. 2]. Η. An. 8. Π εὐωδία δὲ καὶ μύρον
γυψὶν αἰτία ϑανάτου.

ὅσος; η, ov, relat. pron. corresp. to τό-
gos, and in N. T. to τοσοῦτος or the like ;
Buttm. ᾧ 79. 3,5; i. q. Lat. quantus, a, um,
i.e. how great, how much, how many ; as
great as, as much as, etc.

1. Of magnitude, how great, as great as,
Rev. 21, 16 τὸ μῆκος αὐτῆς [τοιοῦτόν ἐστι

Rec.] ὅσον καὶ τὸ mAdros.—Xen. An. 3. "

1. 19.

2. Of time, how long, as long as, 6. g.
ὅσον χρόνον Mark 2, 19; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον xpd-
vov Rom. 7, 1. 1 Cor. 7, 39. Gal. 4,1;
also ἐφ᾽ ὅσον Matt. 9, 15, see in ἐπί III. 2.
a. So Act. Thom. § 36. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 8.—
Repeated and so intens. Heb. 10, 37 ἔτι
μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, like Engl. yet a very
very little while; comp. Herm. ad ‘Vig. p.
726. Matth. § 486. n. 1 fin. So Sept. Is.
26, 20. Aristoph. Vesp. 213 οὐκ ἀπεκοιμή-
ϑημεν ὅσον ὅσον στίλην. Arr. Indic. 29. 15.

3. Of quantity, number, multitude, how
much, how many, etc. a) Sing. as much
as; John 6, 11 ἐκ τῶν ὀψαρίων ἱτοσοῦτον]
ὅσον ἤϑελον. So Al. V.H. 1. 4. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 2. 26; with τοσοῦτον expr. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 3. 6. b) Plur. ὅσοι; ὅσαι, as
many as, all who; Neut. ὅσα, as many as,
all that or which, all what. Matt. 14, 36 καὶ
ὅσοι ἥψαντο, διεσώθησαν. Mark 3, 10.
Acts 4, 6. 34. Rom. 2, 12. 2 Cor. 1, 20.
Gal. 3, 10. Rev. 2, 24. Neut. Luke 12,

.8 ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε. John 15, 14.

Acts 9, 39. Jude 10. (Hdian. 4. 9. 16. Xen.
An. 2.1.1.) Preceded by πάντες, where
πάντες ὅσοι is i. 4. ὅσοι, but stronger, Matt.
13, 46. 22, 10. Mark 12, 44. Luke 4, 40.
al. (Hdian. 1. 10.11. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 27.)
With οὗτος or αὐτός corresponding, Rom. 8,
14 ὅσοι γὰρ... οὗτοί εἰσιν κτλ. Gal. 6, 12.
John 1, 12 ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν
αὐτοῖς κτὰ. Gal. 6, 16. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9.
Hi. 4.10.) With ay, as ὅσος ἄν, ὅσος ἐάν,
whosoever, whatsoever, seein ἄν If. 1.a; ἐάν
(for ἄν) no. 1. Matt. 18, 18 ὅσα, ἐὰν δήσητε
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Mark 6,11 ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέξωνται
ὑμᾶς. Luke 9,5. John 11, 22. Rev. 3,19.
Strengthened by πάντες, Matt. 7, 12. Acts 3,
22. So Xen. Cyr. 1.4.5. ὁ) Neut.éca
sometimes expresses also admiration, how
many and great things, as in Engl. what
things, q. d. what great things. Acts 9,13
ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησε τοῖς ἁγίοις σου. Vv. 16. 15,
12 ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ ϑεὸς σημεῖα κτλ. So

ὅστις

genr. of great or unusual deeds, Mark 6, 80.
Luke 4, 23. 9,10. John 21,25; of benefits
conferred, Mark 3,8. 5, 19.20. Luke 8, 39.
Acts 14, 27. 15, 4. 2 Tim. 1, 18. Comp.
Buttm. § 1ὅ0. πι. 8. Matth. §445.c. *

4. Of measure, degree, extent. a) Be-
fore a comparative, as xa’ ὅσον... κατὰ To-
σοῦτον, by how much...by so much, Heb.
7, 20. 22; ὅσῳ.. τοσούτῳ id. Heb. 1, 4.
(Xen. Mem. 1. 4.10.) So ὅσῳ, by how
much, with τοσούτῳ impl. Heb. 8,6. (Plut.
Alex. M. 5.) With μᾶλλον omitted after
ὅσῳ, Heb. 10, 25 καὶ τόδούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ
βλέπετε κτλ. Comp. Matth. § 455. n. 7.
Ὁ) Neut. ὅσον, adv. how much, by how
much, Mark '7, 36 ὅσον δὲ αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς διε-
στέλλετο, μᾶλλον κτὰ. Plur. ὅσα id. with
τοσοῦτον, Rev. 18,7. Also ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, inas-
much as, Matt. 25, 40. 46. Rom. 11, 13;
καϑ ὅσον, by how much, as, with οὕτω, Heb.
9,27. +

ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ, see in ὅς C. d.

ὀστέον, contr. ὀστοῦν, οὔ, τό, Plur.
uncontr. ὀστέα, gen. ὀστέων, comp. Winer
§ 8. 2.d; α bone, John 19, 36 ὀστοῦν οὐ ᾿
συντριβήσεται. Luke 24, 39 σάρκα καὶ
ὀστέα. Matt. 23,27 γέμουσιν ὀστέων, and
so Eph. 5, 30. Heb. 11, 22. Sept. for nx,
ὀστοῦν Gen. 2, 23. Num. 9, 12; ὀστέα
Lam. 3, 4. 4, 8; usually ὀστᾶ Gen. 50, 25.
Ex. 13, 19; ὀστέων Gen. 2, 23. Prov. 16,
24.—Luc. Pisc. 36 ὀστοῦν. Luc. Amor. 46
ὀστέα, usually dora D. Mort. 18. 1. Xen.
Eq. 1. 4, 5; ὀστέων Luc. Necyom. 15.

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ,τι, compound relat. pron.
i. 6. ds strengthened by ris, Buttm. ᾧ 77. 3.
Kijhner ᾧ 93. Neut. ὅ,τι is so written to
distinguish it from conj. ὅτι, Buttm. § 15. 2.
Gen. οὕτινος does not occur in N. T. but only
gen. ὅτου in the phrase ἕως ὅτου, see be-
low in B. 4. Buttm.1.c. The only other
forms in N. T. are Plur. nom. οἵτινες, at-
τινες, ἅτινα, and Neut. acc. ὅ,τι, drwva.—Pr,
any one who, some one who, whosoever, what-
soever ; differing from és in referring to a
subject only generally, as one of a class,
and not definitely, thus serving to render a
proposition general ; see Passow s. v. Matth.
§ 483. It has mostly the regular relative
construction, Buttm. ᾧ 143.1; for instances
where it conforms in gender and number
to the following noun, see below in A. 1,
and B. 3. Buttm. § 143. 4.

A) In the proper relative sense. 1. Pr.
and genr. who, i. e. one who, some one who,
whoever, whosoever, etc. Matt. 2, 6 ἐκ σοῦ
ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμαινεῖ τὸν
λαόν μου; i. 6, one who. ἢ, 24 ἀνδρὶ φρονί:

ὅστις

Pe, ὅστις φκοδόμησε. ν. 26. 13, 52. Luke
2,10 χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ
'λαῷ. 7,37. 12,1. Acts 16,16 παιδίσκην τινὰ
οὐνῆτις κτλ. 24,1. Rom. 16,6. 12. 1 Cor. 7,
13. Phil. 2,20. Plur. Matt. 16, 28 εἰσί
Tives...oirwes ov μή κτὰ. 25, 13 ἅτινα,
things which, 1 Cor. 6, 20. Col. 2, 23. So
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16.—In 1 Cor. 3, 17 οἵτινες
agrees with the subsequent ὑμεῖς instead of
ναός. Buttm. § 143. 4.

2. every one who, all who, whosoever,
whatsoever, where the relative clause often
stands first; comp.4in ds A. 4. 48) Genr.
c. Indic. Matt. 5, 39 ὅστις σε ῥαπίσει...

στρέψον αὐτῷ κτλ. v. 41. 13, 12. 23, 12.”

Mark 8, 34. Luke 14, 27. (Xen. Mem. 1.
6. 13.) With the Subjunct. Matt. 18, 4,
but this is unusual;. also James 2, 10
Lachm. where Rec. and others have the
Indic. future ; see Winer § 43. 3. b, fin.
Plur. Mark 4, 20 καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν... οἵτινες
ἀκούουσι τὸν λόγον κτὰ. Luke 8, 15. Gal.
5, 4. Rey. 1. 7. So Xen. Cyr.1.5.11. Ὁ)
Strengthened by πᾶς, but only in Sing. the
plural form being always πάντες ὅσοι and
not πάντες οἵτινες, see Passow 5. v. Matth.
§ 483. b, init. So Matt. '7, 24 πᾶς οὖν ὅστις
κτὰ. 10, 32. Col. 3, 17. al. So by Hebr.
πᾶσα ψυχή. ἥτις ἄν κτλ. Acts 3,23; comp.
Deut. 1,39. So Jos. Ant. 14.9.4. οὐ With
ἄν, which strengthens the indefiniteness ;
comp. in ἄν II. 1. a; whosoever, whatsoever,
in N. T. only with the Sing. c. Subjunet.
Matt. 10,33 ὅστις δ᾽ ἂν ἀρνήσηταί pe. Luke
10, 35. John 2, 5. 1 Cor. 16, 2. Gal. 5, 10.
al. So ὅ,τι ἐάν Col. 3,233; ὃ ἐάν re for ὅ,τι
ἐάν Eph. 6, 8; comp. ἐάν (for ἄν) no. 1.
Matth. § 483. p. 906. So Lysias p. 160 ult.

3. Sometimes ὅστις refers toa definite
subject, and is then apparently i. q. ὅς, 6. g.
Luke 2, 4 eis πόλιν Δαβίδ, ἥτις καλεῖται
Βηϑλεέμ. John 8, 53. Acts 11, 28. 16, 12.
Rev. 1, 12. 11, 8. But in all these in-
stances the ultimate reference may perhaps
be to a general idea, as in Luke 2, 4 to a
city of David, one which is called Bethlehem ;
and so of the rest. John 8, 53 rod πατρὸς
ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέϑανε, Abraham, a
man who is dead. Comp. Passow ὅστις
lett. g. (7.) Matth. § 483. p. 906. Hom. I].
23. 43 οὐ μὴ Ζῆν᾽ ὅστις τε SeGv ὕπατος κτλ.
Hdot. 2. 151.

B) Ὅστις, like the simple és, is employed
in a wider extent, both as a connective, and
as implying result, cause, or the like, where
a conjunction might also stand; comp. in
és B. Buttm. §139. m. 84 5ᾳ. Matth. § 477.

~1. Asa general connective; Luke 1, 20
avs ὧν οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς Adyots pov,

522

οἵτινες πληοωθήσονται κτὰ. 23, 19. John
21,25. Rom. 9,4. Gal. 4,24. Heb. 2, 3.
8, 5. 10, 11. al. Comp. in és B. 1.

2. As marking result, event, or the like,
equiv. to ὥστε. So after τοιοῦτος, 1 Cor. 5,
1 τοιαύτη πορνεία, ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔϑνεσιν.
Comp. in és, Β. 8. Matth. ᾧ 479, n.1.—Dem.
181. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5. 12.

3. Implying cause, ground, or reason,
equiv. to ὅτι because; comp. in ὅς B. 4.
Matth. ᾧ 480. c. So Matt. 7, 15 προσέχετε
δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχον-
ται πρὸς ὑμᾶς κτλ. Lat. ut qui, as those who,
i, e. because such, for. such come to you.
25, 3. Acts 10, 41. 47. 17,11. Rom. 6, 2.
So ἥτις Col. 3, 5. 14. Heb. 10, 35. Here
it sometimes takes the number and gender
of the following noun, Buttm. § 143. 4;
comp. in és A. 1. a. Eph. 3,13 μὴ ἐκκακεῖν
ἐν ταῖς ϑλίψεσί pov ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶ
δόξα ὑμῶν. Phil. 1, 28. 1 Tim. 1, 4. Gal.
5, 19,—Eurip. Med. 221, 222. Xen. Cyr. 4.
5. 39 fih.

4. Including the notion of a particle of
time, as ὅτε, ὅταν, only in the phrase ἕως
ὅτου, until when, until; see in ἕως III. 1.
b. 8.. Comp. in ὅς B. 6. Matth. § 480. b,
and.note. +

ὀστράκινος, η; ov, (ὄστρακον, ὄστρεον,)
Lat. testaceus, i. 6. earthen, made of clay,
2 Tim. 2, 20. Trop. as an emblem of frail-
ty, 2 Cor. 4,7. Sept. for ΘΠ Lev. 6, 28.
15, 12.—Arr. Epict. 3. 9. 18. Diod. Sic.
See

ὄσφρησις, εως, ἡ, (ὀσφραίνομαι.) the
smell, sense of smell. 1 Cor. 12, 17 εἰ ὅλον
[rd σῶμα] ἀκοή, ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις ;—Plut.
de Fortun. 8. Plato Phed. 111. b. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 117.

ὀσφύς, vos, ἡ, Plur. ai ὀσφύες, the loins;
the lower region of the back, lumbar region,
the hips, as opp. to the shoulders and thighs,
Epict. Ench. 29. 5. Arr. Epict. 3. 15. 9
ἰδού σου τοὺς Spovs, τοὺς μηρούς, τὴν ὀσφύν.
Luc. Lexiph. 8; of animals Xen. Eq. 1. 12.
Ven. 4. 1.—In N. T. only as correspond-
ing to Heb. p29 and ΠΑΝ ΘΓ, che loins,
external or internal.

1. External, the loins, the hips, where the
girdle is worn, Matt. 3, 4 et Mark 1,6 Cony
δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν airod.—The
orientals, in order to run or labour with
more ease, are accustomed to gird their long
flowing garments close about them; hence
to have the loins girded, i. q. to be in readi-
ness, prepared for any thing, Luke 12, 35.
Eph. 6, 14. Trop. 1 Pet. 1, 13; comp. in
ἀναζώννυμι. Comp. Sept. and 07213 Ex,

“,
οταν

12, 11. 2 K. 4, 29. 9,1; D°S3M Job 38, 3.
40, 7.

2. Internal, as the seat of procreative
power in men; Heb. 7, 5 ἐξέρχεσϑαι ἐκ τῆς
ὀσφύος τινός, see in ἐξέρχομαι no. 2. Heb.
7, 10. Acts 2, 30 καρπὸς τῆς ὀσφύος, i. 6.
children, offspring ; comp. Sept. καρπὸς κοι-
Aas Gen. 30, 2. Ps, 132, 11.—Sept. for
nrx>m Gen. 35, 11. 2 Chr. 6, 9.

ὅταν, adv. (ὅτε, dv,) when, with the ac-
cessory idea of uncertainty, possibility, i. q.
whensoever, if ever, in case that, so often as ;

Buttm. ᾧ 139. m. 14,37; comp. in ἄν IL. 1. 6. ©

Construed regularly with the Subjunctive,
referring to an-often repeated or possible
action in the present or future time; in
Greek writers sometimes with the Optative ;
and in a few yery late instances with the
Indicative. Buttm. 1. c. Kihner § 337. 6.
Matth. § 521. p. 1005. Winer § 43. 5.

1. Pr. with the Subjunctive, as above.
a) In general propositions, c. Subj. pres.
Matt. 15, 2 ὅταν dprov ἐσθίωσιν. Luke 11,
21. John 16, 21. 2 Cor. 13, 9. ἃ]. Aor.
Matt. 5, 11 ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς. Mark 4,
15. 16. John 2,10. 1 Tim. 5,11. Rev. 9,
5. al. (Pres. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 11. 2. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4.15; aor. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8. Hi.
2. 15, 17.) So in general exhortations, 6.
pres. Matt. 6,5.6 σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσεύχῃ.
Mark 11, 25. Luke 14, 12; aor. i. ᾳ. Lat.
fut. exact. Luke 14, 8 ὅταν κληϑῇς ὑπό τινος.
17, 10.—In a general comparison, c. pres.
Luke 11, 36 ὡς ὅταν κτὰ. Matth. 1. c. n. 3.
p. 1008. Passow 5. v. So Hom. Il. 11. 269.

b) Inreference to a future action or time,
Matth. 1. 6. p. 1006. E. g. c. Subj. pres.
Matt. 26, 29 ἕως τῆς jp. ἐκ. ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω
ued’ ὑμῶν κτὰ. Mark 13, 4. John 7, 27.
Rev. 10, 7. 18, 9; ο: τότε corresp. 1 Thess.
5, 3. Subj. aor. i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Matt.
19, 28 ὅταν xaSion 6 vids τοῦ ἀνϑρ. Mark 8,
38. Luke 13, 28. John 5, 7. 15, 26. Acts

923, 35. 1 Cor. 16, 2. 3. 5. Rev. 12, 4. al.
So c. rére corresp. Matt. 9, 15. 24, 15.
John 8, 28. al. (Pres. Plato Gorg. p. 526. e.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14; aor. Sept. Jer. 34,
14. Thuc. 4. 60.) Once ec. Indic. fut. Rev.
4,9 καὶ Grav δώσουσι τὰ ζῶα κτὰ. where
Mss. read δῶσι and δώσωσι. See Winer
ᾧ 48. 5. n.

2. With the Indic. imperf. in narrating
an actual event; once Mark 3, 11 καὶ πνεύ-
ματα τὰ axdSapra, ὅταν αὐτὸν éSewpet, i. 8.
whenever, as often as. Here Greek writers
would employ the Opt. Matth. § 521. p.
1006 init. p. 1007. n. 1. Winer } 43. 5, pen.
—Sept. Gen. 38, 9 ὅταν εἰσήρχεζα. Dan,

3, 7.

523

ὅτι

8. Spec. ὅταν is sometimes causal, like
Engl. since, i. .q. because, in that, inasmuch
as; soc. Subj. John 9, 5 ὅταν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ
ὦ, φῶς εἶμι κτὰ. 1 Cor. 15, 27.—Aristot.
de Mund. 4 μάλιστα ὅταν τὸ μὲν τάχιστον ἦ
τῶν ὄντων. Plato Soph. 241. a. Xen. Hi. 6.
13,14. So ὅτε in Greek writers, Herm.
ad Vig. p. 916. Hom. Il. 16. 433; also ὅτε
ye Hdot. 5. 92. +

ὅτε, adv. of time, when, correl. with

ποτέ, τότε, Buttm. § 116. 4; construed re-
gularly with the Indicative as relating to an
actual event, Herm. ad Vig. p. 903, 915.
Rarely with the Subjunct. see below in
no. 3.
- 1. With Indic. pres. in general proposi-
tions, when; John 9, 4 νύξ, ὅτε οὐδεὶς δύ-
vara “ἐργάζεσθαι. Heb. 9,17. Comp.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 916.

2. Usually of time past; so with Indic.
pres. in an historical sense, Mark 11, 1,
comp. Matt. 21, 1. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 6.)
Imperf. Mark 14, 12 ὅτε τὸ πάσχα ἔϑυον.
15, 41 ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Tadidaia, John 17, 12
where Jesus speaks by anticipation. 21, 18.
Rom. 6, 20. 1 Cor. 13, 11. Jude 9. With
ποτέ corresp. Col. 3,7. 1 Pet. 3, 20. (Xen.
An. 2. 6. 20.) Aor. Matt. 7,. 28 ὅτε συνετέ-
λεσεμ ὁ Ἶ. τοὺς λόγους. 12, 3. Mark 1, 32.
Luke 2, 21 sq. 22,14. John 1, 19. 6, 24.
Acts 1,13. 1 Cor. 13,11. Gal. 2; 11 sq .
Rev. 1, 17. 6,3. al. sep. So with τότε
corresp. Matt. 21, 1. John 12, 16. (Xen.
Cyr. 8. 4. 13.) Perf. 1 Cor. 13, 11 ὅτε δὲ
γέγονα ἀνήρ.

3. Of future time; so with Indic. fut.
Luke 17, 22 ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι, ὅτε ἐπι-
ϑυμήσετε κτὰ. John 4, 21; 23. 5,25. 16, 25.
Rom. 2, 16. 2 Tim. 4, 3. Comp. Passow
ὅτε no. 3. So Hom. Od. 18. 272. Il. 17.
728. al—Once with Subjunct. Aor. instead
of Indic. fut. Luke 13, 35 ἕως ἂν ἥξη Gre
εἴπητε κτλ. So Hom. Il. 23. 323. ib. 12.
286; see Matth. §521. n. 1. In the later
ages of the Greek, the aor. Subjunct. was
thus very commonly employed for the fut.
Indic. Lob. ad Phryn. p.'722sq. +

ὅ,τε, i.re, τότε, i. 6. the prepositive art.
with τέ, so written to distinguish it from
the adverbs ὅτε, τότε, etc. It thus ex-
presses simply the article in connection
with the different senses of ré, for which
see in art. ré 4. d.

ὅτι, conjunct. demonstrative and causal,
like Engl. that; originally Neut. of ὅστις.
As demonstrative it stands pr. for τοῦτο ὅ,τι,
as pointing out or introducing that to which
the preceding words refer i. e. their object,

ὅτι 524 ὅτι

contents, anzument. As causal it is pr. i. q.
διὰ τοῦτο ὅ,τι, and assigns the cause, reason,
motive, ground of any thing, for that, be-
cause, for, etc. Construed in N. T. with
the Indicative ; once by anacoluthon before
the Infin. Acts 27, 10, see below in I. 3. c;
in Greek writers sometimes also with the
Optative, Matin ὁ 529. 2.

I. Conjunct. szMonsTRATIVE, that, viz.

1. Pr. after a demonstr. pron. as τοῦτο
or the like expr. or impl. John 3, 18 αὕτη
δέ ἐστιν ἣ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυϑεν κτλ.
Rom. 2, 8. 2 Cor. 5, 14. Rev. 2, 6 ἀλλὰ
τοῦτο ἔχεις, ὅτι κτὰ. impl. v. 4. So ἐν
τούτῳ ... ὅτι, 1 John 3, 16. 4. 9. 10. 13 ἐν
τούτῳ ... ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὑτοῦ δέδω-
κεν ἡμῖν. Also John 16, 19 περὶ τούτου

. ὅτι εἶπον" Impl. Matt. 16, 7 διελογί-
ζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες - [ταῦτά ἐστι ἃ
λέγει,] ὅτι ἀρτοὺς οὐκ ἐλάβομεν. ν. 17 τί
διαλογίζεσϑε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς [ταῦτα]. ὅτι ἄρτους
οὐκ ἐλάβετε; Mark 8, 16. 17. Comp.
Mark 9, 8.

2. After a pron. interrog. e. g. ris, τί, as
John 14, 22 ri γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις κτλ.
So τί ὅτι for τί ἐστι ὅτι, pr. what cause is
there, that? Mark 2, 16. Luke 2, 49. Acts
5,4. 9. (Luc. Tim. 28.) So with a pron.
or subst. Mark 4, 41 ris ἄρα οὗτός ἐστι, ὅτι
κτλ. Luke 8, 25. Heb. 2, 6 τί ἐστιν ἄνϑρω-
_ πος, ὅτι μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ; i. e. what cause
is there in man, that? quoted from Sept.
Ps. 8, 5. 144, 8. Comp. Ex, 16, 7 ἡμεῖς δὲ
τί ἐσμεν, ὅτι κτλ. Num. 16, 11. Job 15, 14.
—Also after ποταπός Matt. 8, 27. Mark
4, 41.

3. Most freq. ὅτε c. Indic. is put after
certain classes verbs, to express the
object or reference of the verb; and is then
equiv. to an Infin. c. acc. or to the corres-
ponding participial construction, and often
alternates with these in one and the same
verb; comp. Buttm. § 141. n. 2. Kiihner
ᾧ 329. Matth. §.539. n. 1. § 624 mid. Winer
§45.2.n. In Engl. with the same classes
of verbs it is likewise often optional whether
to employ that with the Indic. or simply an
Infinitive ; in Lat. the regular construction
is the Infin. c.accus. The tendency of the
later Greek was to multiply particles, and
hence it often preferred ὅτι to an infinitive ;
see Winer 1. c,

a) After verbs signifying to say, to speak,
and all verbs including this idea; which
are put also c. infin. Matth. § 537. p. 1056.
§ 534. b, and n. 2. Comp. in Engl. “1 say
that it is so,’ or ‘I say it to be so.’ E. g.
after λέγω Matt. 3,9. 12,6. Mark 3, 28.
Luke 10, 24. 2 Cor. 11, 21 ὡς ὅτι. 1 Tim.

4,1; for the attract. in John 8, 54. 9, 19,
see Buttm. §151. 1.6. After εἶπον Matt.
28, 7. 13. John 7, 42. 1 Cor. 1, 15. al.
Also after ἀναγγέλλω Acts 14, 27; γράφω
Mark 12, 19. 1 John 2, 12. 133; διδάσκω
1 Cor. 11, 14; διηγέομαι Acts 9, 27; pap-
τυρέω Matt. 23, 31. John 4, 44, μάρτυρα
ἐπικαλοῦμαι 2 Cor. 1,23; ὄμνυμι Rev. 10.
6; ὁμολογέω Heb. 11,13; σφραγίζω John
3, 33.—Sometimes λέγω or the like is im-
plied in the preceding verb or words; e. g.
παρακαλέω Acts 14, 22. John 7, 35 ποῦ
οὗτος μέλλει πορεύεσϑαι, [λέγων] ὅτι ἡμεῖς
οὐκ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν ; comp. Winer § 42. 4,
c. Acts 1,5. So after a Heb. formula of
swearing, like "5, 6. g. ζῶ ἐγώ, ὅτι Rom.
14, 11, in allusion to Is. 45, 23, comp. 49,
18; see Heb. Lex. "> B.1,a. Here also
belongs οὐχ ὅτι, not that, at the beginning
of a clause, i. ᾳ. οὐ λέγω ὅτι. used by way
of explanation or limitation of something
previously said ; John 6, 46 οὐχ ὅτι τὸν πα-
τέρα tis ἑώρακεν. 7,22, 2 Cor. 1, 24. Phil.
3, 12. 4, 11.17. So ody οἷον δὲ dre Rom.
9, 6, see in οἷος. Comp. Buttm. «ᾧ 150.
m. 1, 2. Matth. § 624. 4.

b) After verbs signifying to show, to make
known, and the like, which elsewhere are
construed with a Particip. Matth. § 549. 5.
and note ; or with an Infin. Matth. ὁ 549. 6.
n. 2. Comp. in Engl. ‘I show that it is so,
or ‘I show it fo be so.’ E. g. after δεικνύω
Matt. 16, 21. John 2, 18; ἀποδείκνυμι
2 Thess. 2,4; δηλόω 1 Cor. 1, 113 δῆλον
ὅτι 1 Cor. 15, 27. Gal. 3,11. 1 Tim. 6,7.
(Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 24.) Also after ἀποκα-
λύπτω 1 Pet. 1, 12; ἐμφανίζω Heb. 11, 14;
φανερόω 2 Cor. 3, 3. 1 John 2, 19.

c) After verbs signifying to hear, to see, and
trop. to perceive, to know, and the like; else-
where with a Particip. Matth. § 548. 1, 2,
and notes. § 549. 3,4, and notes; or with an
Infin. Matth. § 549. 6. n. 2. So also in
Engl. ἘΠ. g. after ἀκούω Matt. 20, 30.,
Mark 2,1. 10, 47. John 14, 28. al. (Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3.18.) After βλέπω Rev. 17, 8.
2Cor.7, 8. James 2,22; εἶδον Mark 9,
25. John 6, 22. Matt.2, 16; ὁράω James 2,
24; Yedoua John 6,5; Sewpéw John 9, 8.
Acts 27,10 5. ὅτι... «μέλλειν ἔσεσϑαι τὸν
πλοῦν, where for ὅτι c. Infin. in anacolu-
thon, see Winer § 45 pen. § 64. 2. c. Matth.
§ 631. p. 1299. After γινώσκω Matt. 21,
45. Mark 12, 12. Luke 10, 11; γνωστόν
ἐστι Acts 28,283; ἀναγινώσκω Matt. 12, 5.
19, 4: ἐπιγινώσκω Mark 2, 8. Luke 1, 22;
οἶδα Matt. 6, 32. Mark 2,10. 2 Cor. 11,
31. Also after ἀγνοέω Rom. 6, 8. 7, 1
ἐπίσταμαι Acts 15,7; καταλαμβάνω Acts 4

4

ὅτι

13. 10, 34: νοέω Matt. 15, 17; συνίημι
Matt. 16, 12.

d) After verbs signifying to remember, to
care for; elsewhere with a Particip. Matth.
§ 549. 6, and n. 1. E.g. after μεμνήσκω
Matt, 5, 23. John 2,22; ὑπομίμνησκω Jude
53, μνημονεύω John 16, 4; μέλ εἰ μοι Mark
4. 38. Luke 10, 40.

e) After verbs signifying fo hope, to be-
lieve, to think, to consider, and the like;
elsewhere c. infin. Matth. § 534. Ὁ, and n.
2. SoinEngl. E. g. after ἐλπίζω Luke
24, 21. Acts 24, 26; πιστεύω Matt. 9,
28. Mark 11, 23. Luke 1, 45; πέποιϑα, πέ-
πεισμαι, Phil. 2, 24. Rom. 8, 38. 15, 14.
(Xen. CEc. 15. 6.) Also after δοκέω Matt.
6, '7. 26,53; λογίζομαι Heb. 11,195; διαλο-
γίζομαι John 11, 50; νομίζειν Matt. 5, 17;
οἶμαι James 1,7; ὑπολαμβάνω Luke 7, 43.

4. Spec. ὅτι serves also to introduce
words quoted without change, chiefly after
verbs implying fo say and the like, and is
then merely a mark of quotation, not to be
translated into English; see Buttm. ᾧ 139,
m. 61. Kiihner § 329. n. 3. Matth. § 624. p.
1270. E. g. Matt. 2, 23 τὸ pydev... ὅτι
Ναζωραῖος κληϑήσεται. 5, 31. 7, 23. 26, 14.
Mark 3,21. 22. 9,28 of pad. ἐπηρώτων αὐ-
τὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ NSvynSnpev ἐκβα-
λεῖν αὐτό; where Miss. read διατί and ὅτι
διατί, comp. Matt. 17, 19; also Luke 1, 25.
61. John 1, 20. 32. Acts 11, 3. 15,1. Heb.
10, 8. Rev. 3,17. al. So Sept. and Heb.
"2B Gen. 29, 33. Josh. 2, 24; comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 846. Heb. Lex. art. "2 B. 1.—Pol.
1. 80. 9. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 8.

II. Conjunct. causat, for that, because.
. 1. Pr. after a demonstr. pron. as τοῦτο or

the like, for that, because, 6. g. διὰ τοῦτο
ὅτι, Matt. 13, 13. John 8, 47. 10, 17. 12, 39.
1 John 3,13; ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι Luke 10, 20;
also οὕτως ὅτε Rev. 3, 16.—Comp. τούτῳ v.
ταύτῃ ὅτι Xen. Hi. 1,17. ic. 18. 10.

2. After apron. interrog. as ris, ri, e. g.
διατί; ὅτι Rom. 9, 32. 2 Cor. 11,11. So
χάριν τίνος, ὅτε 1 John 3, 12.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
3. 15, comp. 11.

3. Simply, ὅτι is put after certain classes
of verbs and also genr. to express the
cause, reason, motive, occasion of the action
of those verbs, or of any action or event
mentioned, that, i. q. seeing that, because,
for, ete. a) After verbs or words signify-
ing an emotion of the mind, as wonder, joy,
pity, sorrow, 6. g. ϑαυμάζω Luke 11, 38.
John 3,7. Gal. 1, 6. al. (Xen. Ven. 1. 3.)
Also ἐξίσταμαι Acts 10, 45; χαίρω 4. v.
Luke 10, 20. John 14, 28. 2 Cor.'7, 9; συγ-
χαίρω Luke 15, 6.9; σπλαγχνίζομαι Matt.

525 οὐ

9, 36. Mark 6, 34; κλαίω Rev. 5, 4 : κλαίω
καὶ mevSéw Rev. 18,11. Ὁ) After verbs
or words expressing praise, thanks, and the
like, 6. δ. ἐπαινέω Luke 16,8. 1 Cor. 11, 17.

- (Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41.) Also οὐκ ἐπαινέω

1 Cor. 11, 2; ἐξομολογέω Matt. 11, 25. 26;
εὐχαριστέω Luke 18, 113; χάρις ὅτε Rom. 6,
17. 1 Tim. 1,12. So Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 8.
(Ec. 8.16. ο) Genr. Matt. 2,18 οὐκ ἤϑελε
παρακληϑῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσί. Mark 1, 27. 5,9
λεγεὼν ὄνομά por’ ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. Luke
4,36. 11, 42 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὅτι κτλ. ν. 48 sq. 16,
3. 23, 40 οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν ϑεόν, ὅτι κτλ. i.e.
seeing that. John 1, 30, 51. Acts 1, 17.
Rom. 6, 15. 1 Cor. 3, 13. 2 John 7. Rev. 3,
4. 8. al. saep. (Plato Euth. 10. a. Xen. Mem.
2. 9. 1.). Repeated by way of resumption,
1 John 3, 20 ὅτι, ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν 7
καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ 5. i. 6. for, if our
own heart condemn us,—for God is greater
than our heart ; comp. Eph. 2, 11. 12. Xen.
An. 7. 4.5; see Liicke and De Wette in
loc. +
ὅτου, see in ὅστις init. and B. 4.
οὗ adv. where, see in ὅς B. 7.

ov, also οὐκ or οὐχ before a vowel ac-
cording as it is smooth or aspirated, Buttm.
§26.5; usually without accent, but written
οὔ when standing alone or at the end of a
sentence, Buttm. ᾧ 13. 3,4; a negative par-
ticle, not, no, non, expressing direct and full
negation, independently and absolutely, and
hence objective; thus differing from μή
which implies a conditional and hypothetical
negative, and is therefore subjective. On
this distinction both in meaning and use be-
tween ov and μή, which holds good also in
all their compounds, see more fully under py
init. and in the authors there cited. Εἰ, g.

1. Before a verb, where it then renders
the verb and proposition negative in respect
tothe subject, a) Genr. Matt. 1, 25 καὶ
οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτήν. Mark 3, 25 οὐ δύνα-
ται σταϑῆναι ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη. ν. 26. 14,68.
Luke 6, 43. 44. John 1,10. 11. 7,8. 8, 50.
Acts 2, 15 οὐ γὰρ οὗτοι μεϑύουσιν. v. 84.
Rom. 3.111. Rev. 2, 2. 8. saepiss: δ)
With the 2 pers. future in prohibitions,
where the neg. fut. thus stands for a neg.
imperative, precisely as in Engl. thou shalt
not do it, which is stronger than the direct
imperat. doit not; Winer ᾧ 44. 3. ᾧ 60. 1. n.
Matth. ᾧ 498. c. p.942, Matt. 6, 5 οὐκ ἔσῃ
ὥσπερ of ὑποκριταί. Elsewhere only in
citations from the Sept. and Heb. Luke 4,
12 comp. Deut. 6, 16. Acts 23, 5 comp.
Ex. 22,28. 1 Cor.9, 9 comp. Deut. 25, 4.
So from the decalogue, Matt. 5, 21 οὐ de

οὐ 526 ou

vetoes. v.27. 33. Rom. 7, 7. 13,9.al. So
in Heb. all neg. imperatives are made by the
fut. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 771. Comp. Xen.
Hell. 2. 3.34. Cyr. 8.3. 41. c) Where

the subject is πᾶς or also εἷς, and οὐ is °

joined, not with πᾶς (see below in no.
5. Ὁ), but with the verb; here by He-
braism πᾶς... οὐ, or also ov...2ds, is
equiv. to οὐδείς, not one, none; see Winer
§26.1; comp. Heb. 45 xd Gesen. Lehrg.
p. 831. Heb. Lex. 55 no. 3. So Matt. 24,
22 οὐκ dv ἐσώϑη πᾶσα σάρξ, lit. not saved
would be all flesh, i. e. no flesh would be
saved. Mark 13,20. Rom. 3, 20. Gal. 2,16.
Eph. 5,5 πᾶς πόρνος... «οὐκ ἔχει. Luke 1,
37 οὐ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τῷ Sed πᾶν ῥῆμα.
2 Pet. 1,20. 1 John 2,21. Rev. 22,3. For
1 “Gor. 15, 51, see below ἢ ‘in no. 5.c. So
Sept. and 5 xd Ps. 49, 18; 85 a5 Ecc.
1, 9.—Also εἷς. οὖ, not one, none, Matt.
10, 29 ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται.
6. Sept. and &> MMN Is. 34, 16. d)
Where ov with its verb is followed by
ἀλλά, 1.. 6. οὐ.. «ἀλλά, pr. Matt. 9, 12 od
χρείαν ἔχουσιν of ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ
κακῶς ἔχοντες. 15, 11. John.7, 16. 1 Cor.
7,10.al. In other passages some suppose
ov is to be taken in a modified or compara-
tive sense, i, q. not so much as, or the like;
but this is unnecessary ; e. g. Matt. 10, 20
ov γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ
πνεῦμα κτλ. i. ᾳ. Engl. itis not you at all
who speak, but the Spirit ; and this is far
stronger than: it is not so much you, as the
Spirit. John 12, 44. al. see more in no. 2.
Comp. Winer § 59.7. Also οὐχ ὅτι... ἀλλ᾽
ὅτι, John 6, 26. 12, 6. 1 John 4,10. e)
Sometimes οὐ stands in a conditional sen-
tence after εἰ, where the usual negative is
μή; see fullyinpy 1. Ὁ As strength-
ened by other negative particles ; e. g. μὴ
οὐ “only in interrog. see in μή IIL 2; οὐ
μή as an intensive | negative, see in μή I. 8.
Strengthened also by compounds of οὐ, e.g.
οὐκ οὐδέ, not even, Luke 18, 13 οὐκ sede
οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφ5. ἐπᾶραι. Rom. 8,10; οὐκ
οὐδείς, οὐκ οὐδέν, πὸ one whatever, nothing
atall, Mark 5, 37 καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν οὐδένα κτλ.
Luke 4,2. John 6, 68. 8,15. 2 Οοτ. 11,8 ;
οὐκ οὐδέπω οὐδείς Luke 23, 533 οὐκ ‘dare
Acts 8,39. "See Buttm. ᾧ 148. 6. Winer
§ 59. 8. b—Very rarely two negatives de-
stroy each other, and thus imply an affirm-
ative; 1 Cor. 12, 15 οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ
ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος ; For Acts 4, 20, see
in μή 1. 4.a. Comp. Buttm. § 148. n. 7, 8.
Winer § 59. 8. a. Matth. § 609. p. 1227.

τῷ, Before the object of a verb, where it
then renders the proposition negative in re-

Luke-12, |

spect to the' olject:; e. g. gen Matt. 9,13
ἔλεον ϑέλω, καὶ οὐ ϑυσίαν. 1 Cor. 4, 15.
Heb. 2, 16. More freq. as followed by
ἀλλά, i. 6. οὐ. εἀλλά, see above in no. 1.
d. Mark 9, 37 οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν
κτὰ. Acts 5, 4. 10, 41. 1 Cor. 1,17. 14, 22.
= 6, 12. 1 Thess. 4, 8. al. So οὐχ ὅτι

. ἀλλ᾽ ὅ ὅτι, 2 Cor. 7, 9. Also οὐχ ἵνα as
marking object, purpose 5 John 6, 38 κατα-
βέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ κτλ.
2 Cor. 2, 4. 8,13. For οὐχ ὅτι at the
beginning of a clause, by way of correction
or limitation, see in ὅτι I. 3. a.

3. Before the adjunct of a verb, adver-
bial or the like, where it then renders the
proposition negative in respect to the ad-
junct; 6. g. before a noun implying man-
ner, 2 Cor. 3,3 od μέλανι, ἀλλὰ πνεύματι
κτλ. 2 Pet. 1, 21. 2 Cor. ὅ, 7. John 3,34
ov γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν ὁ %..Gal. 2, 16.
James 2, 25. 1 Cor. 1, 17 οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ κτλ.
Acts 5,26. Before an adject. as δάν. Rom.
8.20 οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 123. 6.
So before an .adverb, 1 Cor. 5, 10 ἔγραψα
ὑμῖν... οὐ πάντως, i. 6. not altogether ;
comp. Winer ᾧ 65. p. 639. John 7, 10 οὐ
φανερῶς, ἀλλά. 2 Cor. 8, ὅ. 12.—Spec. οὐ
μόνον... ἀλλά ν. ἀλλὰ καί; not only .
but also, expressing a gradation of meaning,
comp. in μόνος no. 3; so pr. as referring to
place, time, manner, Acts 19, 26 οὐ μόνον
᾿Εφέσου, ἀλλὰ κτλ. Rom. 9,24. 2 Cor. 7, 7.
Eph. 1,21. 1 Thess. 1. 8..1 John ὅ,6. Also
as referring to the subject, Acts 19, 27.
Rom. 1, 32. 1 Tim. 5,13; or to the object,
Acts 21, 13. Rom. 4, 12. 2 Cor. 8, 10. al.
So to the subj. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 7; obj. Mem,
2. 7. 6.

4. Before Participles, where a direct and
absolute negative is to be expressed ; other-
wise μή, see in μή I. 5. Winer § 59. n.
Matth. § 608. d. So 2 Cor. 4,8 ϑλιβόμενοι,
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ στενοχωροῦμενοι, κτὰ. Gal. 4, 27.
Eph. 5, 4. Phil. 3, 3. Heb. 11, 35. 1 Pet. 1,
8, 2, 10.—Luc. Philops. 5. Al. V. H. 10.
11. Diod. Sic. 19. 97.

5. As affecting single words, οὐ not only
renders them. negative, but often gives
them the directly contrary sense, some-
times as a sort of compound, like Eng. non,
un; see Buttm. § 148. n. 2, 3. Matth,
§ 608. 1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 831, 887. Wi-
ner §59. 5. E.g. 4) With Verbs, as
οὐκ ἀγαπάω to not love, i. q. to be careless
of, Rey. 12, 113 οὐκ ἀγνοέω to not be igno-
rant, i,q. to know well, 2 Cor. 2, 11; οὐκ
édw to not permit, i. q. to restrain, Acts 16,
™, (Hom. Il. 5. 256.) Also οὐκ ἀμελέω,
i q. to be careful, 2 Pet. 1, 125 οὐ ϑέλω.

οὐά υ2 ; οὐδέ

nolo, co be unwilling, Matt. 28, 37. 1 Cor.
10, 1; οὐκ εἰμὲ ἄξιος v. ἱκανός, to be un-
worthy, Matt. 3, 11. Acts 13, 25. b)
With Nouns, as οὐκ @vos, οὐ λαός, 4. d. @
non-people ; 1 Pet. 2,10 of ποτὲ οὐ λαός,
νῦν δὲ λαὸς Seod. Rom. 9, 26. 10,19. So
Heb. &> , Sept. οὐ, Hos. 2, 25. Deut. 32,
21; comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 832. Heb.
Lex. 8? no. 6. b. Buttm. § 148. n. 3. Wi-
ner §58. 1.n. So Thuc. 1. 137 ἡ οὐ διά-
λυσις. οὐ With Adjectives, e. g. with πᾶς,
where in the form οὐ πᾶς, ov πάντες, it
merely takes away the positive force, i. q.
. not every one, not all; Matt. ἢ; 21 οὐ πᾶς ὁ
λέγων. 19, 11. Rom. 9, 6. 10, 16. 1 Cor.
15, 39. al. (But mas... od, i. q. no one,
see above inno. 1. 6.) Once through the
force of the antith. πάντες... οὐ is i. 4. οὐ
πάντες, 1 Cor. 15, 51; see Winer § 26. 1.
With other adjectives, it expresses the con-
trary, 6. g. οὐκ ἄσημος, not mean, i. q.
renowned, Acts 21, 39; οὐκ ὀλίγοι, no few,
i. 6. many, Acts 17, 4. 12; od πολλαὶ ἡμέ-
pa, not many, i. e. a few, Luke 15, 13.
John 2, 12. Acts 25, 6. d) With Ad-
verbs, οὐ μετρίως Acts 20, 12; οὐκ εὐθέως
Luke 21,9. .

6. In negative answers, no, nay, not, not
at all; Matt. 13, 29 ὁ δὲ ἔφη - οὔ. John 1,
21. 2 Cor. 1,17. James 5,12 ; οὔ οὔ intens.
Matt. 5,37. With the art: τὸ οὔ, i. 6. the
word οὐ, 2 Cor. 1, 17. James 5, 12; comp.
in vai no. 8.—Strengthened. by other parti-
cles, as οὐ γάρ Acts 16, 37, see in γάρ no.
3.b. Also οὐ πάντως, not at all, Rom.
3,9, see Winer ὁ 6ὅ. 4. p. 638; comp. οὐ
πάντως Theogn. 299 or 305. Epiph. Her.
38. 6; ov πάνυ Xen. An. 6. 1. 26.

7. In negative questions, nonne? is nol?
are not? where an affirmative answer is
always presupposed, so that the neg. ques-
tion stands instead of a direct affirmation ;
see Buttm. § 148. 5. Winer §61. 3. E. g.
simply, Matt. 6,26 οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέ-
ρετε αὐτῶν; 12, 8. ὅ. Mark 4, 13. 21. John
6, 42. 1 Cor. 6, 2. 8. Also οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ
οὐδέν ; Mark 14, 60. 15,4. So Xen. Cyr.
5. 5. 13.—With other particles,as οὐκ dpa
Acts 21, 38, see in ἄρα no. 2; οὐ μή, see
in μή 1. 8. a; μὴ od, see in μή IIT. 2; ἀλλ᾽
ov, as Heb. 3, 16 who now did provoke
God? ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κτὰ. but were they not all
those who came out of Egypt? comp. in ἀλλά
no. 2.by +

ovd, interj. ah! aha! Lat. vah! pr. of
admiration, but uttered in derision, Mark 15,
29.—Arr. Epict. 3. 23. 24, 32. Dion Cass.
63. 20.

οὐαί, interj. wo! alas! Lat. ve, Heb,
"ix, “in, uttered in grief, indignation, or
the like.

1. Pr, and in the later usage c. dat.
Matt. 11, 21 οὐαί σοι, Xopagiv. 23, 13 sq.
Mark 13, 17. Luke 6, 24 sq. Jude 11. Rev.
12, 12; dat. impl. Luke 17,1. Thrice
repeated intens. οὐαί, οὐαί, οὐαί Rev. 8, 13
comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 670. Before a voc
ἡ πόλις, With σοί impl. Rev. 18, 10. 16. 19.
Sept. genr. for "ix Num. 21, 29; sin Is.
10,1. 5; "9 Ecce. 10, 16.—Arr. Epict. 3.
22. 24. soi oot

2. As Subst. indec. 1 Cor. 9, 16 οὐαί μοι

ἐστί, Engl. wo is me! So Sept. οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς.

ἐστί for ΠΡ "8 Hos. 9, 12, comp. Prov.
23,.29.—Hence with the art. fem. ἡ οὐαί,
@ wo, calamity, Rev. 9, 12. 11,14. Here
one might expect the neut. τὸ οὐαί, like rd
“Ayap Gal. 4, 25; but the writer assigns
the gender ad sensum, as if i. q. ἡ σλῖψις
ἡ ταλαιπωρία; comp. Winer §27 fin, +

οὐδαμῶς, adv. (οὐδαμός, οὐδὲ ἀμός,) in
no wise, by no means, Matt. 2, 6—3 Mace.
1, 11. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 15.

οὐδέ, conjunct. (od, δέ.) denying abso
lutely and objectively, and differing from
μηδέ as οὐ from μή ; pr. continuative, ana
not, also not; hence nor, neither, not even,
usually as connecting whole clauses or pro-
positions, and thus differing from οὔτε q. v.
Buttm. ᾧ 149. πι. 15. Kiihner § 321.2. Winer
ᾧ 59. 6. Matth. § 609.

1. Ina continued negation, at the begin-
ning of a subsequent clause, viz. 4) and
not, nor, neither, genr. preceded by οὐ, Matt.
5, 15. 6, 20 ὅπου κλέπται οὐ διορύσσουσιν,
οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν. ν. 26 ὅτι od σπείρουσιν,
οὐδὲ σερίζουσιν, οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν κτὰ. ν. 238.
Mark 4, 22. Luke 12,33. John 1,13. 6, 24.
Acts 8, 21. Gal. 1, 1. Rev. 21, 23. al. (Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 5.) Also od... οὐδέ ε.. οὔτε
1 Thess. 2, 3; οὔπω... οὐδέ interrog. Mark
8,17. Matt. 16, 9sq. Preced. by οὐδείς,

- Matt. 9, 17. Rev. 5, 3; so in apposit. with

οὐδείς, 6. σ΄. οὐδέ... οὐδέ, neither...nor Mark
18,82 ; ἵνα μή.. οὐδέ Rev. 9,4. Once οὐδὲ
μή; preced. by οὐ, οὐδέ, Rev.'7,16. Ὁ) also
not, neither, ἴῃ ἃ stronger transition or anti-
thesis, 6. g. preced. by ov, Matt. 21, 27 οὐκ
οἴδαμεν... οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν κτὰ. Mark
12, 21 comp. v. 20. Luke 16, 31 εἰ M. οὐκ
ἀκούουσιν. οὐδὲ... πεισθήσονται. John 15, 4.
Rom. 4, 15. 1 Cor..15, 13. 16. (Hdian. 1.
9. 8: Xen. Cyr. 1.5.11.) Also οὐδείς...
οὐδέ John 8,11. 1 Tim. 6, 16; οὐδείς...
οὐδέ... οὐκέτι Matt. 22, 46; ἐὰν yy... οὐδέ
Matt. 6,15. So with preced. neg. imp! m

~—

οὐδείς 528 οὐκ

απιστέω, Mark 16,13 οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπίστευ-

gay.—With γάρ and ἀλλά, after ἃ pre-
ced. neg. expressed or implied in the con-
text; 6. g. οὐδὲ γάρ, for not also, for
neither, where od denies, δέ connects, and
γάρ assigns a reason; John 7, ὅ οὐδὲ yap
οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον κτὰ. Acts 4, 34.
Rom. 8, 7; strengthened by οὐδείς, John 5,
22 οὐδὲ yap 6 πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα. Gal. 1,
12 οὐδὲ γὰρ:.. οὔτε. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12.)
So ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, yea neither, where ἀλλά
merely strengthens the negation, comp. in
ἀλλά no. 3. 6. Matth. ὁ 613. Luke 23, 15
οὐδὲν εὗρον... ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ Ἡρώδης. 1 Cor. 3,
2. Gal. 2, 8. So Xen. Mem. 2.3.8. Αη.1.
3. 3; fully od μόνον... ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ Jos. Β. J.
4, 2. 3.

2. Spec. not even, not so much as, e. g.
a) In the middle of a clause, comp. Buttm.
Matth. 1. c. Matt. 6,29 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι
οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὑτοῦ κτλ.
Mark, 6, 31. Luke 7,9. John 21,25. 1 Cor.
5,1 (Hdian. 1. 12. 13. Plut. Timol. 5 pen.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11,12.) As strengthen-
ing ov, i. 6. οὐκ οὐδέ Luke 18, 13, comp. in
ov no. 1.f. For οὐδὲ εἷς, see in εἷς no.
1.8. Also ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, yea not even, comp.
above in no. 1. Ὁ. Acts 19,2 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ εἰ
πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστι, ἠκούσαμεν. 1 Cor. 4, 3.
So Hdian. 2.13.13. δὴ In interrog. Mark
12,10 οὐδὲ τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε;
Luke 6, 3. 23, 40; comp. in οὐ πο. 7. +

οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, (οὐδέ, εἷς.)
declined like εἷς q. v. Neut. οὐδέν a later
form, twice 1 Cor. 13,2. 3 Lachm. also once
masc. genit. οὐδενός 2 Cor. 11,8 Lachm.
Sept. Gen. 41, 44. Is. 41, 28; see Buttm.
§'70. 1. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 181 sq.—Neg.
adject. denying absolutely and objectively,
and differing from μηδείς as od from μή,
genr. no one, nothing, i. e. none at all; pr.
emphat. not even one, not the least, but in
this sense it is commonly written separate-
ly, οὐδὲ εἷς, οὐδὲ ἕν, see ‘in εἷς no. 1. a.
Buttm. 1. 6.

1. Adj. with a subst. no one, no, Luke’

4, 24 οὐδεὶς προφήτης. John 16, 29 παροι-
μίαν οὐδεμίαν. 18, 38. 1 Cor. 8,4. al. Neut.
Luke 23, 4 οὐδὲν αἴτιον. John 10, 41. Acts
17, 21. al. So Hdian. 4. 2.11. Luc. Asin.
13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 2.—Partitively, with
gen. of a whole, Buttm. § 132. 5. a. Matth.
§ 318; 6. g. Luke 4, 26 πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐ-
τῶν. Vv. 27 οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν. Acts 5,13. 18,17
οὐδὲν τούτων. 1 Cor. 1, 14. 9,15. So od-
dels ἐξ αὐτῶν John 7, 19. 17, 12. 18, 9.

2. Absol. as subst. οὐδείς, no one, no
man, no person, Matt. 6, 24 οὐδεὶς δύναται
δυσὶ κυοίοις δουλεύειν. Mark 5, 4. Luke 5,

36. 37. 39. John 5, 22 6 πατὴρ κρίνει οὗ-
deva. Acts 9, 8. Eph. 5,29. Rev. 2, 17. al.
So Hdian. 7. 6.8. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45.—
With other negatives, for strength, Buttm.
§ 148. 6; 6. σ΄. after od, Matt. 22, 16 οὐ
μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός. John 8,15. Acts
4,12. 2 Cor. 11, 8. (Comp. Xen. An. 1. 6.
11.) Also οὐδέπω οὐδείς Luke 23, 53;
οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι Mark 12, 34.

3. Neut. οὐδέν absol. nothing, genr.
Matt. 10, 26 οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστι κεκ.λυμμένον.
27, 24. Luke 22, 35. John 8, 28. Acts 15,
9. Gal. 2, 6. Heb. 2, 8. al. sep—With
other negatives for strength, Buttm. ὁ 148.
6; 6. g. after ov, Mark 14, 60 οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ
ovdév; Luke 4, 2. John 3,27. Acts 26, 26.
(Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36.) Also οὐκέτι... οὐ-
δέν Mark 7, 12; οὐδέπω οὐδέν 1 Cor. 8, 2;
ovdev...o0 μή Luke 10,19. Spec. accus.
οὐδέν ady. i.e. in no way, in no respect,
Acts 25, 10 Ἰουδαίους οὐδὲν ἠδίκησα. 1 Cor.
13, 3. 2 Cor. 12, 11. Gal. 4, 12; with ov,
John 6, 63 οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν. So Hdian.

1. 3.10. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 9.—Trop. no-.

thing, i. e. of no account, weight, value,
authority ; comp. Matth. § 437. n. 1. So
Matt. 23, 16 ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν
ἐστιν. v. 18. John 8, 54. 1 Cor. 7, 19. 13,
2. 2 Cor. 12,11. al. Also εἰς οὐδὲν γίνε-
σϑαι, to come to nought, Acts 5, 36 ; εἰς ov-
δὲν λογισθῆναι, to be set at nought, to be
contemned, Acts 19, 27; comp. in εἰς no.
3.a. So Sept. Is. 14, 23. Plato Rep. 556.
ἃ, ἄνδρες of ἡμέτεροι πλούσιοι εἰσὶν οὐδέν».
Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 4 οὐδέν ἐσμεν. +

οὐδέποτε, adv. (οὐδέ, ποτέ.) not ever,
never, comp. in ov init. So before the pres.
in general propositions; 1 Cor. 13, 8 7
ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε ἐκπίπτει. Heb. 10, 1. 11.
(Hom. Od. 10. 464.) Before a pret. comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 457 sq. Buttm. § 149.
m. 21. Matt. '7,23 ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς.
9, 33. Mark 2,12. Luke 15, 29 bis. John
7,46. Acts 10,14. 11,8. 14,8. (Xen. Mem.
1.4. 16.) Before a fut. comp. Lob. 1. c.
Matt. 26, 33.—In interrog. Matt. 21, 16
οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε; v. 42. Mark 2, 25.
Comp. in οὐ no. 7.

οὐδέπω, adv. (οὐδέ, enclit. w,) pr. also
not ever, i. q. not ever yet, not yet, before a
pret. John 7, 39 οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσϑη. 20, 9.
So Hdian. 1. 3. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 1.—
Strengthened with οὐδείς Buttm. § 148. 6;
6. g. οὐδέπω οὐδείς Luke 23, 53. John 19,
41; οὐδέπω οὐδέν 1 Cor. 8,2. Comp. m-
Seis no. 2, 3.

> I .
οὐδείς, od%év, see in οὐδείς.
οὐκ, see οὐ.

οὐκέτι

οὐκέτε, also οὐκ ἔτι, adv. no more, no
further, no longer, in the general sense of
ov; see ov init. So genr. Matt. 19,6 ὥστε
οὐκέτι εἰσὶ δύο. Mark 10, 8. Luke 15, 19.
John 4, 42.@Rom. 7, 17. 20. 2 Cor. 1, 23.
Rey. 10, 6. So Hdian. 2. 8. 10. Xen. Cyr.
1. 4. 5. —With other negatives for strength,
Buttm. ᾧ 148. 6; 6. g. οὐκ... οὐκέτι Acts 8,
39; οὐδέ... οὐκέτε Matt. 22, 46; οὐδείς...
οὐκέτι Rev. 18,)113; οὐκέτι... οὐδείς Mark
7, 12. 15, 5. Luke 20, 40. So οὐκέτι ov
μή intens. Mark 14, 25. Luke 22,16. Rev.
18,14 +,

οὐκοῦν, adv. (οὐκ οὖν.) pr. interrog.
nonne ergo? Germ. nicht wahr? not so
then? implying an affirmative answer, comp.
in ov no. 7; hence used by the Attics
as an affirmative illative particle, therefore,
then; see Buttm. § 149. m. 18. ΚΌΠΟΥ
§ 324: π. 7. Herm. ad Vig. p. 798 sq. Pas-

Ἂς sow in ovxody.—In N. T. once, John 18, 37

οὐκοῦν βασὶλεὺς εἶ σύ, interrog. nc? so then?
thou art a king. So best; others without
interrog. thou art then a king. Comp. Wi-
ner § 61 fin.—Interrog. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 1;
genr. #1. V. H. 11. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19.

ov μή, see in μή 1. 8.

οὖν, conj. thereupon, then, therefore, de-
noting the sequence of one clause upon an-
other ; or also the consequence of one clause
or member upon another. It is put after
one or more words ina clause. See Passow
s. voc. Matth. § 625. Kiihner § 324. 3. b.
Winer § 57. p. 522, 534.

1. Denoting the mere sEQuENCE of one
clause upon another, and thus marking ‘ran-
sition or continuation, thereupon, then, now ;
comp. Passow I. c. Matth. § 625. Ρ. 1274.

8) Genr. Luke 6, 9 εἶπεν οὖν 6 "I. πρὸς
αὐτούς. then said Jesus unto them. John 12,
1. 9. 18, 11. 16. 19, 29 σκεῦος οὖν ἔκειτο
ὄξους μεστόν now there was sel a vessel. 21,
5. Rom. 11, 1. 11. 15,17. al. (Hdian. 3.
5.11.) So where, after introductory mat-
ter, a transition is made to the thing itself,
Matt. 13,18. Luke 20,29 ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ
ἦσαν, comp. v. 28. John 4, 5. 19, 40. Acts
2, 33. 1 Cor. 7,26. So Paleph. 32. 11.—
Also μὲν ody, comp. in μέν no. 1,2; 6. σ΄.
with δέ following, Mark 16,19 6 μὲν οὖν
κύριος... ἐκεῖνοι δέ, so then the Lord. Acts
1,6 sq. 8,4 sq. 19, 38 sq. 23, 18. 31. al.
(Diod. Sic. 16. 31 pen.) Without-dé, Acts
93, 22. 26, 4.9. 1 Cor. 6,4. Heb. 7, 11.
So Xen. An. 1. 7. 17.

b) Joined with a particle of time, or words
unplying time, Matth. p. 1274. E. g. ὅταν
οὖν Matt. 21, 40, but otherwise Matt. 6, 2.

-

529

οὖν

Luke 11, 84 ὅτε οὖν John 2, 22. 19, 6.
8. 23. 30; ὥς οὖν John 4, 1. 40. 20, 11.
(Plato Protag. 19. p. 316. a.) Also ἐξαυ-
τῆς οὖν Acts 10, 33; νῦν οὖν ibid. πάλιν
οὖν, οὖν πάλιν, John 8, 12. 21. 10, 7. 19.
81. 39; τότε οὖν John 11, 14. 20, 8.
(Hdian. 1. 15. 11 οὖν ποτε.) So with a
participle which may be resolved by a par-
ticle of time, as ὅταν, ὅτε, ὡς, with a finite
verb; John 6,14 of οὖν ἄνϑρωποι ἴδοντες
κτλ. then those men, when they had seen, etc.
v. 15. 11, 17. 19, 13. Acts 15,2. Rom,
15, 28. al. Comp. Matth. § 565. 1. Buttm.
ᾧ 144. 2.

2. Denoting the consEQUENCE of one
clause upon another, as an effect from a
cause, therefore, then, consequently, viz.

a) Where any thing is said to be done
in consequence of what is ‘previously nar-
rated. a) Genr. Luke 15, 28 ὠργίσϑη δέ,
kal οὐκ ἤϑελεν εἰσελϑεῖν" ὁ οὖν πατὴρ αὐτοῦ
ἐξελθὼν κτὰ. John 9, 7. 19, 24. Acts 17,
20. Rom. 9, 19. Eph. 4,1. 1 Tim. 5, 14,
1 Pet. 2, 7. al. So frequently, espec. in
John, in the phrases εἶπεν οὖν, εἶπον οὖν,
John 4, 33. 8,13. 11, 12. 21, 7.1. But
such passages may often be referred to
no. 1. a. So Diod. Sic. 16. 91 εὐπὺς οὖν
ϑυσίας κτλ. B) In exhortations founded
on what precedes; Matt. 5, 48 ἔσεσϑε οὖν
ὑμεῖς τέλειοι. Mark 13, 35 "γρηγορεῖτε οὖν.
Luke 6, 36. Acts 8, 19. 13, 38. Rom. 11,
22. 1 Cor. 16, 11. Col. 3, 5. Heb. 4, 1.
James 5,7. al. So Eurip. Orest. 647 or
648. Luc. Conv. 36. γυ) Where the
consequence is connected with a condi-
tional or causal clause, 6. g. ἐὰν οὖν, if
therefore, Matt. 5, 23. Luke 4, 7. Rom. 2,
26. John 6, 62; εἰ οὖν Matt. 6, 23.
Luke 16,11. John 18,8; etre οὖν 1 Cor.
10, 31. So ἐπεὶ οὖν Heb. 2, 14. 4, 6.
(Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 5.) Likewise with par-
ticiples equiv. to ἐπεί with a finite verb,
Matth. §565. 2. Buttm. ᾧ 144. 2. Acts 17,
29 γένος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ ϑεοῦ, οὐκ ὀφεί-
λομεν κτὰ. Rom. 5,1. 2 Cor. 7, 1. Heb. 4,
14. 1 Pet. 4, 1.

b) Illative, expressing an inference or
conclusion from what precedes. a) Genr.
Matt. 8, 10 ἡ ἀξίνη... κεῖται" πᾶν οὖν δέν-
dpov κτὰ. Mark 10, 9. Luke 20, 44. John 3,
29. 8, 38. Rom. 6,4. Heb. 9, 23. James 4,
17. 3 John 8. al. Also in dpa οὖν, for
which see in dpa no 1. 6. 8. So Xen.
Mem. 1.2.10. 8) After an enumeration
of particulars, expressing the general re-
sult or conclusion; comp. Passow in οὖν.
Matth. § 625. p. 1272. So Matt. 1, 17 πᾶ-
σαι οὖν ai γενεαὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ κτὰ. Ichn 7.

οὔπω 530

43. 12, 17, comp. ν. 954. Also Luke 3, 18.
John 20, 30. So Xen. Mem. 1.1.16. — y)
Where the conclusion is connected with a
conditional or causal clause, 6. g. εἰ οὖν in
the sense of ἐπεὶ οὖν, see in εἰ I. 2. g. β.
Matt. 7,11 εἶ οὖν ὑμεῖς οἴδατε κτλ. John 13,
14, Acts 11, 17.

c) Where asentence has been interrupt-
ed by a parenthesis or intervening clauses,
and is again taken up; equiv. to I say, Lat.
inquam, or the like; Passow s. v. Matth.
p. 1273 sq. Winer § 57. p. 523. So Matt. 7,
24 πᾶς οὖν ὅστις κτλ. comp. ν. 21. 10, 32
comp. v. 22. Mark 3, 31 comp. v. 21.
John 6, 24 comp. v. 22. 18, 12 comp. v. 3.
1 Cor. 8, 4 comp. ν. 1. Gal. 3, 5 comp. v.
2. Heb. 4, 11 comp. v. 6.—Xen. Mem. 1.
1.20 comp. §1. Cyr. 5. 1. 3 comp. 2.

d) In interrogative sentences, referring
back to a previous assertion, supposition, or
other circumstances; genr. Matt. 13, 28
ϑέλεις οὖν améABovres συλλέξομεν αὐτά ;—
After interrog. particles: τί οὖν, Matt. 17,
10 ri οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν κτλ. where
οὖν according to some may refer to the cir-
cumstanees of the transfiguration, comp. v.
3. 4; better as referring tov. 9. Matt. 19,
7. Mark 12, 9. Luke 3, 10. John 1, 21.
Rom. 3,1. 4,1. 1 Cor. 14, 15. 26; πόϑεν
οὖν Matt. 13,27.56; πῶς οὖν Matt. 12,
26. 26,54. John 6, 42. 9,19. Rom. 10, 14.
So πῶς οὖν Luc. D. Deor. 2. 2. Xen.
Conv. 3.10. +

οὔπω, adv. (οὐ, enclit. πω,) not even yet,
not yet, comp. οὐ init. So before a pres.
Matt. 24, 6 ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος. John
9, 4. 8, 57. Heb. 2, 8. Before a_praet.
John 3, 24. 7, 39. 11, 30. Heb. 12, 4; οὔπω
οὐδείς Acts 8, 16. So ὁ. pres. Hdian. 1.
8. 4. Xen. An. 1.5.12; c. pret. Xen. An.
1. 8. 8.—In interrog. Matt. 15, 17 οὔπω
voucire ; ὅτι KTA. 16, 9. Mark 8, 17. Comp.
inovno. 7. +

οὐρά, Gs, ἡ, the tail of an animal, Rev.
9, 10 bis. 19 bis. 12,4. Sept. for 391 Deut.
28,13. Job 40,12.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 22. 1.
Xen. Eq. 5. 7.

οὐράνιος, a, ov, Att. and inN. T. οὐρά-
vios, 6, ἧ, (ovpavds,) heavenly, of or from
heaven, dwelling in heaven; a8 6 πατὴρ 6
οὐράνιος, heavenly Father, Matt. 6, 14. 26.
82. 15,13; [5,48. 18,35. 28,93] arparid
οὐράνιος heavenly host, angels, Luke 2, 13,
comp. in οὐρανός no. 4. Also as from hea-
ven, ὀπτασία οὐρ. Acts 26, 19.—2 Macc. 7,
34. Hdian. 1. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 3.

οὐρανόδεν, adv. (odpavds,) from hea-
ven, Acts 14, 17, 26,13 —Hom. Il. 1. 195,

᾽ r
ovpavos

208. Jos. de Macc. §4..Aischin. 73. 5. A
poetic form, used in prose only by fate
writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 93, 94.

> , n~ ¢ x. .
ovpavos, οὔ, ὃ, Plur. οὐραν οἱ, dy, of, in
imitation of Heb, 678, heaven*the heatens.

' Plur. of οὐρανοί is thus used most frequent-

ly in Matthew, and always in the phrases
6 πατὴρ 6 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν
οὐρανῶν ; less often in’ Mark and the Epis-

tles of Paul and Peter ; in Luke’s writings

only six times, Luke 10, 20. 11, 2. 12, 33.
21, 26. Acts 2,34. 7,56; and not at all in
the writings of John including the Apoca-
lypse, nor in James.—Pr. the expanse of
the sky, the apparent concave hemisphere
above us, which was regarded by the He-
brews as solid, Heb. spn, Sept. στερέωμα,
Vulg. firmamentum, the firmament, Gen. 1,
8. 14; and poetically as resting on columns,
2 Sam. 22, 8. Job 26, 11; but in common
usage including also the regions above the
sky, where God is said to dwell, Ps. 2, 4;
and likewise the region underneath and next
the firmament, the atmosphere, where the
clouds are gathered and the birds fly, Gen.
1, 20. 26.—In N. T.

1. Pr. and genr. heaven, as including the
visible heavens and their phenomena; so
where heaven and earth are spoken of to-
gether, e. g. opp. 1 Cor. 8, 5 etreey οὐρανῷ,
εἴτε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Heb. 12, 26. 2 Pet. 3, 5.
Also ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ; the heaven
and the earth, the universe, Matt. 5, 18.
Mark 13, 31. Luke 10, 21. Acts 4, 24. Rev.
10, 6. 14,'7 τὸν ovp. καὶ τὴν γῆν Kal τὴν 5ά-
λασσαν. Col. 1, 16 τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρ. καὶ τὰ
ἐπὶ τῆς γι Sept. and PINT] ΘΠΘ ΕΠ Gen.
1,1. 2, 1. So τὸ ἄκρον οὐρανοῦ,
τὰ ἄκρα οὐρανῶν, the extremities of the
heavens, where they seeth to touch the
earth, Matt. 24, 31. Mark 13, 27; ὑπὸ
τὸν οὐρανόν under heaven, i. e. on
earth, Acts 4,12; of ὑπὸ τὸν ovp. Acts
2, 5. Col. 1; 23. (Plato Tim. p. 23. d.)
So ἡ ὑπ᾽ οὐρανόν sc. χώρα, i. q. the earth or
region of the earth, Luke 17, 24 ἐκ τῆς ὑπ᾽
οὖρ. εἰς τὴν ὑπ᾽ οὐρ. i. e, from one part
of the earth to another. Further, οἱ νῦν
οὐραναί 2 Pet. 8, 7, and ὁ πρῶτος οὐρανός
Rev. 21, 1, the present heavens, which are
to be destroyed at the final consummation of
all things, after which new heavens are to
appear, καινοὶ οὐρανοί 2 Pet. 3,13. Rev. 21,
1. Sometimes more than one heaven is
spoken of, Eph. 4,10. Heb. 4, 14. 7, 26:
see more fully below in no. 4. So genr.
Hom. Il. 18. 483. Hes. Theog. 517. Xen.
Gc 19. 9—Trop. tiparijvar ἕως τοῦ οὐ"

᾿ later edit.

ovpavos

ρανοῦ, Lat. ad celum efferri, to be exalted to
heaven, to be highly distinguished, re-
nowned, Matt. 11,23. Luke 10,15. Pregn.
κολλᾶσϑαι ἄχρι Tod οὐρανοῦ Rev. 18, 5 in

Plut. de Hdot. Malig. 31 fin.

2. Spec. heaven, of the firmament itself,
the starry heaven, in which the sun, moon,
and stars are fixed; Mark 13, 25 of ἀστέρες
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Heb. 11,12. Sept. and p28
Gen. 1, 14. 15. 17.. So Hom. -Il. 6. 108.
Xen. Mein. 4. 3. 8.—Hence, ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ Acts 7, 42, and ai δυνάμεις τῶν
οὐρανῶν ν. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Matt. 24, 29.
Mark 13, 25. Luke 21, 26, the host or hosts
of heaven, i. e. the sun, moon, and stars;
so ge a and pat Naz Is, 34, 4. Jer. 33,

2. Zeph. 1, 5; comp. "Heb. Lex. art. NaS
no. 2. a. 8. Further, the stars are said
πίπτειν ἀπὸ Tov οὐρανοῦ, to fall from heaven,
as emblematical of great commotions and
revolutions, Matt. 24, 29. Rev. 6, 13. 8, 10.
9,1; comp. Is. 34, 4 et ibi Gesen. Comm.
The firmament itself, which is spread out

. over the earth as a tent or curtain (Is. 40,

22. Ps. 104, 2), is likewise said to be rolled
together as a scroll, Rev. 6, 14; comp.
Heb. 1, 10 sq. Is. 1. c—Trop. Luke 10,
18 ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα, where the form of ex-
pression is in allusion to Is. 14, 12, the
lightning being emblematic of swiftness ;
for the sense, q. d. the power of Satan is
broken, comp. John 12, 31. Rev. 12, 7-9.
20, 2.3. Others here refer οὐρανός to the
atmosphere or air, of which Satan is said to
be prince ; see in ἀήρ and δαιμόνιον no. 2.

3. Spec. also of the lower heaven, or re-
gion below the firmament, i. q. the air,
atmosphere, where clouds and tempests are
gathered and lightning breaks forth, and
where the birds fly. E. g. of clouds, Matt.
16,2 πυῤῥάζει yap ὁ ovp. v. 3. Luke 12,
56. Matt. 24, 30 ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρ.
26, 64. Mark 14, 62; of rain and hail, Rev.
16, 21; of lightning or fire from heaven,
Luke 9, 54. 17, 29. Rev. 20,9; of signs,
prodigies, Matt. 16, 1. Mark 8, 11. Luke
11, 16. 21, 11. Acts 2,19. Rev. 12, 1. 3.
Also of birds, Matt. 6,26 εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ. 8, 20. Luke 8, 5. 9, 58; comp.
Gen. 1, 20. 26. 28. 30. So Thuc. 2. 77
ὕδωρ πολὺ οὐρανοῦ. Xen. An. 4. 2. 2. Cyr.
4. 2. 15—Trop. κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, to
shut up the heavens, i. 6. to withhold rain,
Luke 4, 25. Rev. 11, 6, i. q. ὈΠῸΣ
Sept. συνέχειν τὸν οὐρ. Deut. 11, 17. 2 Chr.
6, 26; comp. Gen. 7 11. Is. 24, 19 et ibi
Gesen. Comm.

Comp. ἀρϑῆναι πρὸς τὸν οὐρ.

531

7

ovpavos

4. Oftener, heaven, the heavens, of tne
upper or superior heaven, beyond the visible
firmament, the abode of God and his glory
of the glorified Messiah, the angels, the
spirits of the just after death, and generally
of every thing which is said to be with God.
a) Genr. 6. g. of God, Matt. 5, 84 μήτε ἐν
τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι ϑρόνος ἐστι τοῦ ϑεοῦ. 23,
22. Acts 7,49. Heb. 8, 1. al.. Hence God
is called ὁ Seds rod ovp. Rev. 11, 13. 16,
11. (1 Macc. 3, 18.) κύριος τοῦ οὐρ. Matt.
11, 25. Luke 10, 21. (Sept. Gen. 24, 3.)
k. ἐν τοῖς ovp. Eph. 6, 9. Col. 4, 1. . Also
ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς in the first
three gospels, Matt. 5, 16. 45. 48. 6, 1.
10, 32. Mark 11, 25. 26. Luke 11, 2; ὁ
πατὴρ 6 ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Luke 11, 13. Of the
Messiah, the Son of God, as coming from

heaven, John 3, 13. 31. 6, 33. 38. 413; or

as returning thither after his resurrection,
Mark 16, 19. Luke 24, 51. Acts 1, 10. 11:
whence he will again come to judge the

world, 1 Thess. 1, 10. 4, 16. 2 Thess. 1, 7.
Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 3, 16. John 1, 32.
1 Pet. 1, 12. [1 John 5, 7.] .Of angels,
Matt. 18, 10. 24, 36. Mark 12, 25. Luke
22, 43. Gal. 1, 8. al. (Gen. 21, 17. 22, 11.)

’ Hence the angels are called τὰ στρατεύματα

τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ ‘Rev. 19, 14, comp. Heb. Nix
ὈΠῸΣ and Sept. of angels,.1 K. 22, 19.
2 Chr. 18, 18. Ps. 148, 2. Heb. Lex. ὩΣ
no. 2.a. Of the righteous after death, as
the seat of their final and glorious reward,
Matt. 5, 12 ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς
οὐρανοῖς. 6, 20 Ξϑησαυρὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ. Luke
10, 20. 12, 33. 2 Cor. 5,1. Col. 1, ὅ. 1 Pet.
1, 4. ἃ]. In heaven also is the spiritual
temple with its sacred utensils, Heb. 9, 23.
24. Rev. 11, 19. 14, 17. 15, 5. 16,17; and
there also the new Jerusalem is prepared
and adorned, Rev. 3, 12. 21, 2. 10.—Hence
to be or to be done ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, i. 4. among
or by those who dwell in heaven, Luke 15,
7 χαρὰ ἔσται ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Matt. 6, 10
γενηϑήτω τὸ ϑέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Matt. 16, 19. 18,18. Luke 11, 2.
Also ra ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, i. q. the
higher spiritual world, Eph. 1, 10. Col. 1,
16. 20; and so Eph. 3, 15 πᾶσα πατρία ἐν
οὐρανοῖς. So poetically, where the heavens
are said to rejoice, Rev. 12, 12. 18, 20;
comp. Sept. and Heb. Is. 49, 13. Ps. 96,
11.—In various phrases etc.e. g. a) fo
look wp to heaven, as the abode of God, dva-
βλέπειν εἰς τὸν ovp. Matt. 14, 19. Mark 6,
41. 7, 34; ἀτενίζειν eis τὸν ovp. Acts 1, 10.
7,55; ἐμβλέπειν εἰς τὸν odp. Acts 1,11,
ἐπᾶραι τοὺς dp. eis τὸν ovp. Luke 18, 13.
John 17, 1. B) to ascend or be taken up

οὐρανός 809 οὔτε

mto heaven, ἀναβαίνειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. John 3,
13. Acts 2, 34; ἀναληφϑῆναι εἰς τὸν οὐρ.
Mark 16, 19. Acts 10, 16; ἀνασπᾶσϑαι
Acts 11, 10; ἀπέρχεσϑαι Luke 2, 15; πο-
ρεύεσϑαι 1 Pet. 3,22. +) to come or be
sent from heaven, ἀποσταλῆναι ἀπ᾽ οὐρ.
1 Pet. 1, 12; ἔρχεσϑαι ἐκ ovp. John 3, 31;
καταβαίνειν ἐκ V. aw ovp. John 6, 33. 38.
1 Thess. 4, 163; καϑίεσϑαι ἐκ τοῦ ovp. Acts
11,5. So with γίνεσθαι expr. or impl. τὸν
ἀπ᾿ οὐρανῶν Heb. 12, 25; φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν
οὐρανῶν Matt. 8, 17, comp. Mark 1, 11
φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν ovp. Luke 3, 22. al.
5) Also heaven is said to be opened, so as
to let pass in or out, to lay open the inte-
rior, 6. g. of οὐρ. ἀνεῴχϑησαν, ὃ op. ἀνεῳ-
yas, οἱ ovp. ἀνεῳγμένοι, Matt. 8, 16. Luke
8, 21. John 1, 52. Acts 7, ὅθ. 10, 11. Rev.
4,1. 19, 115 of ovp. σχιζόμενοι Mark 1, 10.

b) Spec. ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ, unio the
third heaven, 2 Cor. 12, 2, prob. in allusion
to the three heavens as above specified, viz.
the lower, the middle or firmament, and the
superior ; hence i. q. the highest heaven, the
abode of God and angels and glorified spir-
its, the spiritual paradise, v. 4; comp. Eph.
4,10. Heb. 4, 14. 7, 26. Comp. also Heb.
as “20, Sept. 6 οὐρανός τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,
Dent. 10, 14. 1K. 8, 27. Ecclus. 16, 18.
So the pseudo-Lucian makes a Christian
say, ἐς τρίτον οὐρανὸν depoBarnoas Luc.
Philopatr. § 12.—Others suppose the apostle
refers to the views of the later Rabbins, who
describe seven heavens, of which the first
is below the clouds; the second is the re-
gion of clouds and tempests and the abode
of evil spirits; in the third are the hosts of
heaven, the stars; while the other four
above this are assigned to the saints, the
various orders of angels, and the throne of
God; see Test. XII Patr. in Fabric. p. 546.
Wetstein ad 2 Cor. 12, 2. But then 6
τρίτος οὐρανός could not well be i. q. ὁ πα-
ράδεισος in v. 4.

c) Meton. and from the later Heb. ovpa-
vés, οὐρανοί, like Engl. heaven, as being the
abode of God, is often put for God himself ;
6. g. εἶναι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ i. q. ἐκ τοῦ Seov, Matt.
21,25. Mark 11, 30. 31. Luke 20, 4. 5;
δεδομένον ἐκ τοῦ ovp. John 3, 273 ἥμαρτον
εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν Luke 15, 18. 21. Also in
the formula so freq. in Matthew ἡ βασιλεία
τῶν ovp. Matt. 3, 2. 4, 17. 5, 3. 10. al.
elsewhere ἡ Bao. rod ϑεοῦ or the like, see
in βασιλεία no. 3. So Chald. 83729, Sept.
ἐξουσία οὐράνιος, Dan. 4, 23 [26]. Comp.
Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. 2440. Wetstein ad Matt.
21,25. Luke 15.18 +

OdpBavos, οὗ, 6, Urban, pr u. of a
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 9.

Οὐρίας, ov, 6, Urias, Heb, ΓΝ
(flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. ἢ. of the

. husband of Bathsheba, Matt. 1,6; see 2 Sam.

11, 3 sq.

ous, ὠτός, τό, an ear, Plur. τὰ ὦτα
the ears; Mark , 33 ἔβαλε τοὺς δακτ. αὗ-
τοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ. 8, 18. Luke 22, 50.
Acts 7, 57. 1 Cor. 12,16. Sept. for jt,
DIN, Ex. 29,20. Deut. 15,17. So Hdian.
7. 8.7. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.—In_ phrases,
6. g. 6 ἔχων ὦτα V. εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς ἀκούειν,
ἀκούετω, i. e. whoever hath ears to hear
and understand, let him hear and attend!
Matt. 11, 15. 13, 9. 43. Mark 4, 9. 23. ἢ,
16. Luke 8,8. 14, 35. Rev. 2, 7. 11. 17.
29. 3, 6. 13. 22. 13,9. So τιϑέναι εἰς τὰ
ὦτα, to let sink into the ears, to fix deep in
the mind, Luke 9, 44; comp. Ex. 17, 14.
Also to come εἰς τὰ ὦτά twos, to or into the
ears of any one, to be heard, Luke 1, 44.
Acts 11, 22. James 5, 4. (Sept. Ps. 18, 7.

Is. 5, 9.) So λαλεῖν v. ἀκούειν εἰς τὸ obs,

to speak or hear in the ear, i. 6. privately,
Luke 12, 3. Matt. 10, 27. (Ex. 11,2.) Or
to do any thing ἐν τοῖς ὠσίν τινος, i.e. ἿῊ
his hearing, presence, Luke 4,21. (Sept.
Josh. 20, 4. Judg. 17, 2.) Spec. ὦτα ees
δέησιν, i. 4. ὦτα τοῦ Yeod ἐστιν εἰς ὃ. 1. 6.
God listens to prayer, 1 Pet. 3, 12, quoted
from Ps. 34, 16 where Sept. for nz;

comp. 2 Chr. 6, 40. Neh. 1,6. For Matt.
13, 15 bis, and Acts 28, 27 bis, see in art.
βαρέως. Rom. 11, 8 see in μή 1. 4. b. Acts
7, 51 see in dmepitunros.—Poetically, ods
as the organ of hearing is put forsthe per-
son who hears; Matt. 13, 16 μακάριοι...
Ta ὦτα ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἀκούει. 1 Cor. 2,9. Comp.
in καρδία no. 1. a. γ.

οὐσία, as, ἡ, (εἰμί, part. dv, οὖσα,) en-
tity, essence, nature, Epict. Ench. 19. 2 ἡ
οὐσία τοῦ dya%od. Arr. Epict. 2. 8.1; being,
life, Soph. Trach. 913 ἄπαις ovoia.—In N.
T. and usually, what is to any one, what he
has, i. 6. substance, property, Luke 15, 12.
13. So Tob. 14, 18. Pol. 20. 5. 14. Xen.
Mem. 2. 8. 3.

οὔτε, conj. (od, enclit. re,) a continua-
tive, and not, also not, i. e. neither, nor, not
even; referring commonly to a part of a
proposition or clause, and thus differing
from οὐδέ q. v. Buttm. ὁ 149. m. 15. Kiih-
ner § 321. 2. c. Winer § 59. 6.

1. As introducing a neg. clause, with or
without a preceding negation, neither, nor,
e.g. οὔτε γάρ, Luke 20, 36. Acts 4, 12

οὗτος

(ildian. 3.5.11.) So οὔτε...καί, as John
4,11 κύριε, οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ
κτὰ. 3 John 10; see espec. in καί no. 1. a.
(Eurip. Iph. in Taur. 595.) More freq.
repeated, οὔτε... οὔτε, neither...nor, be-
fore different parts of a clause, Matt. 6, 20.
Luke 20, 35. John 5,37. Acts 15,10. Gal.
5, 6. al. (Xen. Lac. 14. 7.) Also three
times or more, οὔτε, οὔτε, οὔτε, Acts 25, 8.
Rom. 8, 38. 39. 1 Cor. 6,9. 10. Rev. 9, 20.
21.—After another negative, as ov... οὔτε
John 1, 25. Rev. 20, 4. 21,45 οὐδέ... οὔτε
Gal. 1, 12. 1 Thess. 2, 3.

2. Spec. not even; Mark 5,3 καὶ οὔτε
ἁλύσεσιν οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι. Luke
12, 26. 1 Cor. 3,2 Rec. So Hdian. 4. 6. 1
οὐδέ τις ἦν φειδὼ ἡλικίας, οὔτε μέχρι νηπίων.
—But Mss. in Mark and Luke ]. 6. and
later edit. in 1 Cor. l.c. read οὐδέ. +

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen. τούτου, ταύτης,
τούτου, pron. demonstr. this, that; pr. for
6 αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, this same, Buttm.
ᾧ 76. 2, and n. 1.

1. Pr. as referring to a person or thing
before. mentioned, i. e. to something preced-
ing ; Buttm. § 127. 1. b. Kiihner ᾧ 303. 1.
Matth. § 470.1. a) Pr. to that next pre-
ceding, Luke 1, 32 Ἰησοῦν" οὗτος ἔσται
μέγας. 2,25. John 1,2 Seds ἦν ὁ λόγος"
οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ κτὰ. 3, 2. 6, 71. Acts 1,
14. 10, 36. Rom. 14, 18 ἐν τούτοις. 1 Tim.
6, 8. 2 Pet. 2, 20. 1 John 5, 6. 20. al. sep.
(Hdian. 4. 8. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 28.)
Neut. Plur. ταῦτα sometimes refers only to
one thing; 3 John 4. Luke 12, 4. [John
15, 17. So κατὰ ταῦτα i. q. οὕτω Luke 6,
23. 26, where later edit. read κατὰ ταὐτά.
Comp. Winer §23 pen. So Xen. An. 7. 6.11.
b) Sometimes οὗτος refers not to the nearest,
but to another person or thing, as being the
chief topic of discourse ; Winer § 23. 1.
Matth. 1. c. Matt. 3,3 οὗτὸς γάρ ἐστιν, sc.
Ἰωάννης in v. 1. Luke 13, 2, comp. v. 1.
John 1, 42. 11, 37 καὶ οὗτος even this man,
Lazarus. 21, 24. Acts 4,11 οὗτός ἐστιν ὃ
AiBos, sc. Χριστός. 7,19. Gal. 4,26. 2 John
7. So Xen. Mem. 1.2.14. 0) As refer-
ring generally to the preceding discourse ;
Matt. 7,28 ὅτε συνετέλεσεν ὃ Ἶ. rods λόγους
τούτους. Mark 4, 13, comp. v. 3 sq. Luke
1, 29. 24, 21. John 2, 11. Acts 19, 17.
Rom. 11,27. 1 John 2, 1.26. So Xen. Cyr.
1. 3. 15.

2. As referring to or introducing what
follows, with emphasis, as in Engl. this,
i. q. the following; Passow |. 6. Winer
$23. 4. Matth. § 472. ¢, d. So as followed
by the express words, 6. g. τοῦτο, Gal. 3,17
τοῦτο δὲ Aéyw* διαθήκην κτὰ. 1 John 4, 2;

533

οὗτος

or with a Subst. Matt. 10,2 τὰ ὀνόματά
ἐστι ταῦτα. Luke 2, 12. Acts 8,32 ἡ δὲ
περιοχὴ ...ἦν αὕτη" ὡς KTA. 1 Cor. 9,3. Or
followed by a noun simply, as the predicate,
2 Cor. 18, 9 τοῦτο δὲ edydueda, τὴν ὑμῶν
κατάρτισιν. 1 John.5,4. (Luc. Navig. 3.)
Or by an infin. e. g. without art. Acts 24,
16. 26,16. James 1,27; comp. Winer l. c.
Matth. ᾧ 472. Ὁ. (Plato Apol. Soc. 29. p. 38.
9.) Inf. c. art. Rom. 14, 13 τοῦτο κρίνατε
μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιϑέναι κτὰ. 2 Cor. 2, 1.
(Plato Apol. Soc. 24. p. 35. c. Xen. CKe.
8. 2.) So διὰ τοῦτο before a particip. of
cause, Mark 12, 24; ἐν τούτῳ 2 Cor. 5,
2.—Also before ὅτε and ἵνα, comp. in
ὅτι I. 1, and ἵνα ΠΙ. 1. f. Winer § 23. 4;
e. g. before ὅτι, John 21, 23 ἐξῆλθεν οὖν 6
λόγος οὗτος... ὅτε ὁ μαϑητὴς κτὰ. Acts 20,
29. Rom. 6, 6. 1 Cor. 1,12. 1 John 1, ὅ.
al. sep. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 25.) Before iva,
6. g. of purpose, eis τοῦτο ἵνα Rom. 14, 9.
1 Pet. 3, 9. 4,6; διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα John 1, 31.
2 Cor. 13, 10. 1 Tim. 1, 16; or after a
word of command, John 15, 17. 1 John 3,

᾿ 23. 4,21; or genr. John 6, 29 τοῦτό ἐστι

τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Seod, iva πιστεύσητε κτλ. V. 39.
40. 17, 8 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ἵνα γι-
νώσκωσι κτλ. 1 John 4, 17. ὅ, 8. al.

3. Put δεικτικῶς, i. e. as pointing to ἃ
person or thing present either to the eyes
or to the mind, Passow I. c. Matth. ὁ 471.
12. 4) Genr. Matt. 3,17 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
vids μου κτὰ. 17,5. Mark 9,7. Luke 9, 35.
Matt. 17, 20. 26,26 τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σῶμά
pov. v.28. Mark 14, 22. 24. 1 Cor. 11,
24, 25. al. Mark 12, 43. 14,69. John 1,
15. 7,46. Acts 2, 7. Matt. 8, 9 ἡ copia
αὕτη. 26, 34 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί. Luke 12,
26 καιρὸν τοῦτον. 21, 6. Acts 1, 5. al. sep.
So Sept. for my 1 Sam. 29, 3. (Xen. An,
4. 8, 14, 26.) So with a numeral referring
to time; Luke 24, 21 τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν
ἄγει, see in ἄγω no. 3. 2 Cor. 13, 1 τρίτον
τοῦτο ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Comp. Winer
§ 38. ὅ. π. 1. Matth. ᾧ 470. 8. Sept. τρίτον
τοῦτο for 9539 ὍΡ ΠῚ Num. 22, 98, 32.
33. So Luc. D. Mort. 13.3 ἐν, Βαβυλῶνι

κεῖμαι τρίτην ἡμέραν ταύτην. Hdot. 5. 76
τέταρτον τοῦτο ἀπικόμενο. Ὀ) In admira-

tion, Matt. 8, 27 ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι

κτλ. 12, 23. Luke 4, 22. John 6,14. ¢)

More usually in contempt or aversion, i. q.
Engl. ‘this fellow,’ or the like; Matt. 9, 3
otros βλασφημεῖ. 12, 24. 13,54. Mark 6,
2. 3. Luke 5, 21. John 6, 42. Acts 7, 40.
al. Also τοῦτο 1 Cor. 5, 2. 3. So Xen.
An. 3. 1. 30. Cyr. 1. 3. 11.

4. Inserted foremphasis: a) After the
subject or object of a verb, i. e. between

οὗτος.

this and the verb, Winer ᾧ 23. 8. E. g.
after a noun, Matt. 13, 38 τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρ-
μα, οὗτοί εἶσιν of υἱοί rd. 21, 42 λίϑον dv
νον οὗτος ἐγενήθη κτλ. Luke 8, 21. Acts 4,
10. Rom. 7, 10. 1 Cor. 6,4. 1 Pet. 2,7. al.
(Pol. 3. 20. 2. ib. 5. 111. 2.) After a re-
lative pron. comp. below in no. 5; Matt. 5,
19 és ἂν ποιήσῃ... οὗτος μέγας KAnS. κτλ.
where in the preced. clause οὗτος is omit-

ted. Mark 3, 35. Luke 9, 24. John 1, 33. .

Rom. 8, 30. Phil. 4, 8. al. sep. (Xen.
Mem. 2. 6.8. An. 1. 6.6.) After a parti-
ciple, comp. Matth. § 472. 2. Matt. 13, 20
ὁ δὲ... σπαρείς... οὗτός ἐστιν κτλ. Mark 12,
40. Luke 9, 48. John 6, 46. Acts 17, 6.
So Pol. 1. 67. 12. Dem. 522.20. b) In
apodosis after εἰ, Rom. 8, 8 εἰ δέ τις πνεῦμα
Xp. οὐκ ἔχει, οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ. 1 Cor.
3, 17. Philem. 18. James 3, 2. 1 Pet. 2, 20.
Comp. Winer § 139. 3. Matth. § 610. fin.

c) After a parenthesis or intervening sen-
~ tence, when the writer again returns to the
leading subject; Acts 7, 35 bis, τοῦτον τὸν
Μωῦσῆν... τοῦτον 6 Seds κτὰ. comp. v. 31.
So v. 37. 38.--- 2. V. H. 3.17 Ξενοφῶν
...00TOS ἐκεῖνος ἦν..

5. Where οὗτος is followed by a relative
sentence, οὗτος... ὅς, i. 4. this who, he who,
that which; Luke 9,9 ris δέ ἐστιν οὗτος,
περὶ οὗ κτλ. 1 Pet. 5,12. 1 John 5, 9.—

But both before and after a relative οὗτος is .

frequently omitted; and the relative then
implies it, and stands for he who, that which,
Engl. what;-see in és A. 4. Matth.
§ 473. Ὁ.

6. As strengthened by αὐτός, i.e. ad-
τοὶ οὗτοι, these men themselves, δεικτικῶς
for ‘they themselves,’ Acts 24,15. 20. Of
tener Neut. αὐτὸ τοῦτο, τοῦτο αὐτό, this
very thing etc. 6. g. as referring to what
precedes, 2 Cor. 2, 3 ἔγραψα ὑμῖν τοῦτο av-
τό. Eph. 6, 18; with relat. ὃ... αὐτὸ τοῦτο
Gal. 2,10; comp. Matth. ὁ 472. p. 881 sq.
As referring to and introducing what fol-
lows; before an infin. c. τό, 2 Cor. '7, 11;
ὅτι Phil: 1,6; iva Eph. 6, 22. Col. 4, 8;
ὅπως Rom. 9, 1'7.—Also αὐτὸ τοῦτο, on this
very account, for this very reason, i. 4. διὰ
ταῦτα, ἃ Pet. 1,5; comp. Matth. § 470. 7.
Greg. Cor. p. 29, 30. So Xen. An. 1. 9.
21; αὐτὰ ταῦτα Plato Protag. 310. 6.

7. After καί, as καὶ οὗτος, often genr.
in the foregoing senses, e. g. and this man,
and he, Luke 16, 13 he also 20, 303 δεικτι-
κῶς Luke 22, 56. 59.—Spec. καὶ οὗτος,
καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα, and he too, and this too,
and that indeed, i. e. where a particular
stress is to be laid upon the connection of
two circumstances, οὗτος is thus joined with

534 οὕτως

καί, and then always refers back to the
former; see Matth. ᾧ 470. 6. Buttm. § 150.
τη. 16. Viger. p. 177. So 1 Cor. 2, 2 εἰ μὴ
Ἶ. Χριστόν, καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον. (Hdot.
6. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 2.) Oftener Neut. καὶ
τοῦτο, Rom. 13, 11 καὶ τοῦτο εἰδότες.
comp. Υ. 8. 1 Cor. 6, 6. Eph. 2,8; καὶ
ταῦτα, 1 Cor. 6, 8 ἀλλὰ ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε,...
καὶ ταῦτα ἀδελφούς. Heb. 11, 12. So Plur.
Jos. Ant. 10. 10. 4. Luc. D. Deor. 8 med.
Xen. Giec. 11. 3.

8. In distribution, τοῦτο pév...rodro
dé, pr. as lo this...as to that, i.q. partly...
partly, Heb. 10,33. See in μέν no. 3. Ὁ.
Matth. § 288. n. 2.—Hdot. 3. 106. Isocr.
Ρ. 44. d. Dem. 474. 25.

9. Neut. ταῦτα acc. as adv. so, thus,
i. q. οὕτως, Buttm. § 128. n. 5. Matth. § 471.
13; so after καϑώς John 8, 28; altern. with
οὕτως Mark 2,8; ταῦτα εἶναι, to be thus,
such, 1 Cor. 6,11. As referring to what fol-
lows, Luke 18, 11 ταῦτα προσηύχετο" 6 ϑεός
xrA.—Soph. Ajax 1346. Hom. Il. 11. 694.

10. In gender and number, the use of
οὗτος exhibits some anomalies of syntax,
e.g. 8) Where οὗτος refers in sense to
a preceding noun, it yet sometimes takes
the gender and number of a noun follow-
ing; comp. Matth. § 434. 1. b, and 2. b.
Matt. 18, 88 τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσεν
οἱ υἱοί κτὰ. comp. above inno. 4. Luke 8,
14. 15. So Matt. 7,12. Gal. 4,24. Ὁ) By
Hebraism, the fem. αὕτη stands twice for
neut. τοῦτο, Matt. 21, 42 et Mark 12, 11
mapa κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη (i. 6. τοῦτο), quot-
ed from Ps. 118, 23 where Sept. for Heb.
Mt. For the Heb. idiom, see Gesen. Lehrg.
p- 661. + :

οὕτως, also οὕτω before a consonant,
demonstr. adv. (odros,) in this manner, on
this wise, i. 6. so, thus ; to which corresponds
relat. ὡς, Buttm. § 116. 7, and n.7. On
the final s, see Buttm. § 26. 4. Winer
§5. 1. Ὁ.

1. Pr. as referring to what precedes, and
in complete sentences preceded by a rela-
tive adverb or adverbial word. a) Witha
preced. relat. adv. 48... 80, 6. 5. kaSazep...
οὕτως, Rom. 12, 5, comp. v. 4. 1 Cor. 12,
12 καθάπερ yap τὸ σῶμα ἕν ἐστι... οὕτω καὶ
ὁ Χριστός. 2 Cor. 8,11. (Plut. de Sanit.
tuend. 10.) Also καϑώς... οὕτως, Luke
11, 30. John 3, 14, 2 Cor..1, 5. 1 Thess.
2,4; @s...ovrws Acts 8, 32. Rom. 5, 15
οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτω Kal τὸ χάρισμα.
2 Cor. 7, 14. 1 Thess. 2, 7. 8. (Xen. Cyr.
8.2.12.) So ὥσπερ... οὕτως Matt. 12
40. John 5,21. Rom. 6,4. 1 Cor. 11 12

οὕτως

al. Further, cad’ ὅσον... οὕτως Heb. 9, 27.
28; ὃν tpdrov...otrws 2 Tim. 3, 8; κατὰ
τὴν ὁδὸν... οὕτως Acts 24, 14; ἅ [ὡς]...
οὕτως Acts 3, 18, comp. Matth. ἡ 480. ὁ.
p- 899. 0) Alone, and as referring gener-
ally to the preceding discourse. Matt. 3, 15
οὕτω yap πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶ-
σαν δικ. i.e. by being baptized, comp. v. 13.
Matt. 5, 12. 6,30 comp. v. 29. 30. Matt. 9,
33. 17, 12. 18, 14. Luke 1, 25. John 11,
48. 1 Cor. 2,11. '7, 26. 40, comp. v. 24.
Rev. 2,15. al.sep. Interrog. John 18, 22.
(Hdian. 7. 5.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 32.) Also
εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει, i. 6. so as they appear,
are reported, Acts 7,1. 17, 115; comp. in
ἔχω no. 5. So Cebet. Tab. 4. Xen. An.
7.7.51. ο In emphatic affirmation or
prohibition, οὕτως ἔσται, so shall it be;
Matt. 12, 45 οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύ-
ty. 13, 49. 24, 39; οὐχ οὕτως ἔσται ἐν
ὑμῖν Matt. 20,26. Mark 10, 43; with ἔσται
impl. Luke 12, 21. 22, 26. So Hom. Od.
16. 31. ib. 21. 257.

2, As referring to and introducing what
follows ; in complete sentences followed by
a relat. ady. or adverbial word. a) With
a following relat. adv. so... as, 6. g. οὕτως
... kates, Luke 24, 24 καὶ εὗρον οὕτω κα-
Sas καὶ ai γυναῖκες εἶπον. Rom. 11, 26;
οὕτως... as, John 7, 46 οὐδέποτε οὕτως
ἐλάλησεν ἄνθρωπος, ὡς οὗτος ὁ ἄνϑρ. 1 Cor.
4, 1. James 2,12. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 3.) So
οὕτως... ὥστε c. inf. Acts 14, 1. (Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 1.) οὕτως... ὃν τρόπον Acts 1,
113; καϑ᾿ ὃν tp. 27, 25. b) Alone, e. g.
as followed by direct narration or quotation,
Matt. 1, 18 rod Ἰ. Xp. ἣ γέννησις οὕτως ἦν"
μνηστευϑείσης κτὰ. 2,5 οὕτω yap γέγραπται
νον καὶ σὺ Βηϑλεέμ. John 21, 1. Heb. 4, 4.
Rev. 9,17. Or followed by an infin. 1 Pet.
' 2,15. Also by ὅτε of quotation, Luke 19,
31. Acts 7, 6. 13,34; comp. in ὅτε A. 4.
Or by ἵνα, 1 Cor. 9, 24 οὕτω τρέχετε, ἕνα
καταλάβητε.

3. Put δεικτικῶς, see in οὗτος no. 3.
Acts 21, 11 τὸν ἄνδρα -.. οὕτω δήσουσιν ἐν
Ἵερουσ. κτὰ. Rom. 9,20. With the idea of
aversion, 1 Cor. 5, 3 τὸν οὕτω τοῦτο κατερ-
γασάμενον, comp. in οὗτος no. 3. 6.

4. Inserted for emphasis: a) After
participles, before the following verb, like
οὗτος, see in οὗτος no. 4. a. Matth. § 610.
p. 1235. Buttm. ᾧ 144. n. 13; e.g. Acts
20, 11 ὁμιλήσας ἄχρις αὐγῆς οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν.
27,17. Perh. John 4, 6 6 οὖν Ἰησοῦς κε-
κοπιακώς ... ἐκαϑέζετο οὕτως ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ;
for οὕτως ἐκαθέζετο, so he sat, wearied as he
was ; but Chrysost. ἁπλῶς ὡς ἔτυχε, just as
it happened. So Hdot. 6. 104 fin. Plato

535

OevreTns

Gorg. p. 457. a. Xen. Cyr. eek ὯΝ
In apodosis, after εἰ, ὅτι, comp. Matth. 1. c.
So after ei, 1 Thess. 4,14. Rev. 11,5 εἴ
τις αὐτοὺς Seder ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτω δεῖ αὐτὸν
ἀποκτανϑῆναι. But both these passages
may be perhaps better referred to no. 1. b,
above. (Xen. Cyr. 8.1.3 in most edit.)
With ὅτε causal, Rev. 3, 16 οὕτως, ὅτι χλι-
αρὸς ef, ... μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόμα-
τός μου, for ὅτι... οὕτως μέλλω κτλ. So
Hdot. 9. 6, ο. ἐπεί.

5. Spoken of degree, extent, so, so much,
to such a degree, in such a manner; so
with adjectives and adverbs, Heb. 12, 21
οὕτω φοβερὸν ἦν τὸ φανταζόμενον. Rev. 16,
18; οὕτω ταχέως Gal. 1, 6. Interrog.
Mark 7, 18 οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε;
4, 40 τί δειλοί ἐστε οὕτω; Gal. 3,3. So
Luc. D. Deor. 4. 4. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 16; ¢.
adv. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 7.—With a verb,
1 John 4, 11 εἰ οὕτως ὁ ϑεὸς ἠγάπησαν
ἡμᾶς. Followed by ὥστε c. Indic. John 8,
16. Interrog. Matt. 26, 40 οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύ-
gure μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι ; are ye then so
unable? 1 Cor. 6, 5.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11;
c. ὥστε Luc. D. Deor. 2. 1; interrog. ib.
5.2. +

οὐχ, see in ov.

οὐχί, adv. not, a strengthened form of
ov, used espec. by the Attics for emphasis,
Buttm. § 117. 2.

1. Genr. John 13, 10 ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ πάντες
but not all, i.e. by no means all. v. 11.
1 Cor. 6, 1; οὐχί... ἀλλά 1 Cor. 10, 29.
2 Cor. 10, 13.—Luc. Ὁ. Meretr. 12. 3.
Xen. Athen. 2. 18.

2. In neg. answers, no, nay, by no means,
comp. in od no. 6; only as followed by
ἀλλά, Luke 1, 60 ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν"
οὐχί: ἀλλὰ κτλ. 12, 51. 18, 8. Rom. 8, 27.
So Sept. for "5 xd Gen. 18, 15. 19, 2.—
Xen: Cyr. 1. 3. 4.

3. Often in neg. questions, nonne? is
not? are nol? implying an affirmative an-
swer, comp. in οὐ no. 7. Matt. 5, 46 οὐχὶ
καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι; 20, 13.
Luke 12, 6. 17, 17. John 11,9. Rom. 3,
29. al. Luke 17, 8 ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ;
yea will he not rather say to him? Sept.
for xbm Gen. 40, 8. Judg. 4, 6.—Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 46; ἀλλ᾽ οὐχί ib. 2. 2. 1. +

ὀφειλέτης, ov, ὁ, (dpeidw,) 1. a debtor,
Matt. 18, 24 εἷς dd. μυρίων ταλάντων.
Trop. of one indebted for favours, Rom. 15,
27. So Plut. C. Mar. 12. Plato Legg.
736. d.

2 Trop. @ debtor, one. morally bound te
the performance of any duty; so c. infin

οφειλή

Gal. 5, 8 ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν ὅλον τὸν νόμον
ποιῆσαι, i. 6. he is bound to keep the whole
law. With dat. and inf. Rom. 8, 12; inf.
impl. Rom, 1, 14 “Ἑλλησί re καὶ βαρβάροις
... ὀφειλέτης εἰμί, SC. εὐαγγελίσασϑαι V. 15,
So c. dat. Soph. Ajax 590.

8. From the Aramezan, a debtor, a delin-
quent, one who fails in the performance of
duty ; Matt. 6, 12 τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν, i. 6.
those who fail in their duties towards us.
Hence genr. a transgressor, sinner, i. 6.
ἁμαρτωλός, Luke 13, 4 comp. v. 2.—Lib.
Henoch. in Fabr. p. 180, ὀφειλέτης ἁμαρ-
τίας μεγάλης. So Targ. sam debiors for
Heb. p's sinners, Ps. 1, 1. Onk. Shia)
for 339 Gen. 18,23. See Buxt. Lex. Ch.
715.

ὀφειλή, Fs, ἡ, (ὀφείλω,) indebtedness,
debt ; Matt. 18, 82 πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἀφῆ-
κά σοι. ‘Trop. @ due, duty, obligation,
Rom. 13, 7. 1 Cor. 7, 3 in later edit.—Ety-
mol. Magn. as from Xen. Vect. See Sturz
Lex. Xenoph. sub v. - Lob. ad Phryn. p. 90.

ὀφείλημα, ατος, τό, (ὀφείλω.) what is
owed, a debt, Sept. Deut. 24, 10. 1 Macc.
15, 8. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 463, ὀφείλημα - ὃ
ἐδανείζετό tis.—In N. T. trop.

1. a due, duty, obligation. Rom. 4, 4 οὐ
λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα.
—Thuc. 2. 40 οὐκ ἐς χάριν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐς ὀφεί-
λημα. Plato Legg. 717. b.

2. From the Aramean, a delinquency,
fault, sin. Matt. 6, 12 ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφει-
λήματα ἡμῶν, i. 4. τὰ παραπτώματα v. 14,
and τὰς ἁμαρτίας Luke 11, 4. So Targ.
Rain debi, for Heb. MRon sin, Ps. 25, 18.
al. Comp. Buxt. Lex. Chald. 715, and in
ὀφειλέτης no. 3.—Greek writers said ἀφίη-
pe τινὶ τὰ χρέα, Luc. Saturnal. 5. Ll. V.
Η. 14. 24.

ὀφείλω, f. ὀφειλήσω, 1. to owe, to be
- indebted ; pr. in a pecuniary sense, c. acc. et
dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 18, 28 bis, ds ὥφει-
λεν αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια κτλ. Luke 7, 41.
16, 5. 7. Rom. 18, 8. Philem. 18. Sept.
for mt; Hiph. Deut. 15, 2. Is. 24,2. So
Luc. D. Mort. 4. 1. Xen. Ag. 4. 4.—Pass.
particip. neut. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον, what is owed,
a debt, due, Matt. 18, 30. 34. So Xen. An.
7.7. 34.

2. Trop. to owe, to be bound, obligated,
sc. to the performance of any duty, i. q. I
ought, I must ; so of what is required by law
or duty in general, e. g. c. inf. impl. Matt.
23,16 ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ... ὀφείλει 50. ἀποδοῦ-
ναι. V. 18. Elsewhere c. inf. Luke 17, 10
ὃ ὀφείλομεν ποιῆσᾳι, πεποιήκαμεν. John 13,
14. 19,7 ὀφείλει ἀποϑανεῖν he ought to die.

δῶ0.

ὀφϑαλμος

Rom. 15, 1. 27. 2 Cor. 12, 14. Eph. 5, 28.
2 Thess. 1, 3. 2,13. 1 John 2, 6. 8; 16. 4,
11. 3 John 8. Particip..1 Cor. 7,3 Rec.
So Wisd. 12, 15. Pol. 6. 37. 5. Thue. 4.
19.—Also of what the circumstances of
time, place, person, etc. render proper, i. q.
to be fit and proper, I ought, Acts 17, 29.
1 Cor. 7, 36 καὶ οὕτως ὀφείλει γίνεσϑαι.
11,7. 10. 2 Cor. 12, 11. Heb. 2, 17. 5, 3.
12. Or of what is from the nature of the
case necessary, I must or should, 1 Cor. 5,
10 ἐπεὶ ὀφείλετε ἄρα ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελϑεῖν.
9, 10.

3. From the Aramzan, to fail in duty, to
be delinquent, to be in fault towards any one,
c. dat. Luke 11, 4. See in ὀφειλέτης no. 3,
and ὀφείλημα no. 3.

ὄφελον, epic and later form for Att.
ὥφελον aor. 2 of ὀφείλω, pr. I ought, but
used only in the sense of wishing, would
that, utinam; see Passow ὀφείλω no. 2. b.
[If. 2.] In earlier Greek writers it is still
a verb, c. 6. infin. and often preceded by ὡς;
εἰ, ei%e, Hom. Il. 3. 173. Eurip, Med. 1.
Plato Rep. 432. c. Xen. An. 2.1.4. See
Matth. § 513. n. 3. Buttm. § 150. τη. 20.—
In later writers and N. T. ὄφελον is an
indec. particle of wishing, or interject. O
that! would that! utinam, c. c. Indic. see
Winer § 42. 5. n. 2. Sturz de Dial. Mac.
Ρ. 186. Buttm. 1. c. So 1 Cor. 4, 8 καὶ
ὄφελόν ye ἐβασιλεύσατε. 2 Cor. 11,1. Gal.
5, 12. Rev. 3, 15. Sept. for jh? 2 Ex. 16,
3; ἢ Num. 14,2. 20,3; “BON 2K. 5, 8,
So Arr. Epict. 2. 18.15; comp. Luc. Philo-
pseud. 1 fin.

ὄφελος, cos, ovs, τό, (ἀφέλλω,) further
ance, advantage, profit, 1 Cor. 15, 32 ri μοι
ὄφελος ; James 2, 14.16. Sept. for basin
Job 15, 3.—Diod. Sic. 13. 53. Xen. Mem.
3. 1. 9.

ofSarpodovrcla, as, ἡ, (ὀφπαλυός,
δουλεία,) eye-service, rendered only under
the master’s eye, Eph. 6, 6. Col. 3, 22.—
Not found elsewhere.

ὀφϑαλμός, οὔ, 6, (ὄψομαι, Part. aor.
ὀφϑείς,) an eye ; Plur. of ἀφϑαλμοί, the eyes,

1. Pr. and genr. Matt. 5, 29 ὁ dds. σου
ὁ δεξιός. v. 38. Mark 8, 25. Luke 24, 16.
Acts 9, 18. 1 Cor. 12, 16. 15, 52 ἐν ῥιπῇ
ὀφθαλμοῦ. Rev. 3, 18. al. Sept. for 922
Gen. 29, 17. 48, 10. (Pol. 12. 27. 1. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4.5.) Spec. ὀφϑ. ἁπλοῦς,
6p3. πονηρός, i. e. sound, or unsound, dis-
eased, Matt. 6, 22. 23; but op3. πονηρός
see also below in no. 2. For acc. τοὺς
ὀφϑπαλμούς in phrases after the verbs

ὄφις

ἀνοίγω, διανοίγ», ἐξορύσσω, ἐν αίρω, καμ-
μύω, see under these verbs respectively.
For 1 Pet. 3, 12, see in ἐπί IL. 1. b. β.
For 2 Pet. 2, 14, see in μοιχάλις. For
Heb. 4, 13, see γυμνός no. 4.

2. Poet. the eye, as the organ of seeing,
_ is put for the person who sees; Matt. 13,
16 μακάριοι of ὀφϑ. Luke 2, 30 εἶδον of
ὀφϑ. μου κτὰ. 10, 23. Rev. 1, 7. Sept.
and Heb. Deut. 3, 21. Is. 30, 20. sep.—
Further, as affections of mind are mani-
fested through the eyes, hence that is at-
tributed to the eyes which strictly be-
longs only to the person; e. g. envy, as
Matt. 20, 15 6 63. σου πονηρός ἐστιν; ὅτι
ἐγὼ ἀγαϑός εἶμι ; Mark '7, 22 ép3. πονηρός,
an evil eye, envy. So Heb. 722 572, Sept.
βάσκανος, Prov. 23,6. 28, 22; comp. Heb.
Lex. 729 no. 1. So Ecclus. 14, 10 63.
πονηρὸς φϑονερός.

3. Trop. eye of the mind, the power of
perceiving and understanding ; so 63. τῆς
διανοίας Eph. 1,18 Rec. others 63. τῆς
καρδίας. Elsewhere absol. Luke 19, 42 νῦν
δὲ ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου. Acts 26, 18,
comp. in ἀνοίγω πο. 4.b. John 12,40. Rom.
11, 8. 10. al. (Act. Thom. § 28 τοὺς τῆς
ψυχῆς ὀφϑαλμούς.) By Hebr. ἐν ὀφϑαλμοῖς
τινος Matt. 21, 42 et Mark 12, 11, see in ἐν
no. 1. 6; ἀπέναντι τῶν 63. Rom. 3, 8, see
in ἀπέναντι no. 2. +

ὄφις, ews, 6, a serpent; Matt. 7, 10 μὴ
ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ ; Mark 16, 18 et Luke
10, 19 comp. Ps. 91, 18. Luke 11, 11.
1 Cor. 10,9. Rev. 9,19. Of*the brazen
serpent, John 3,14. Sept. for wm? Gen.
3, 1. Ex. 4, 3. (Luc. Tim. 29. Dem. 786.
4. Hdot. 8. 4.1.) As the emblem of wis-
dom or cunning, e. g. ina good sense, Matt.
10, 16; in a bad sense, 23, 33. Comp.
Gen. 3, 1. Psalt. Salom. 4, 11 ὡς ὄφις δια-
λύσαι copiav.—Hence symbolically for
Satan, 2 Cor. 11, 3; in allusion to Gen. 3,
1 sq. which the later Jewish writings also
explain of Satan, comp. Wisd. 2, 23. 24.
Act. Thom. §} 31, 32. Also Rev. 12,9 ὁ
ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος... ὁ Σατανᾶς. v. 14. 15. 20,
2; comp. in δράκων.

| ὀφρύς, vos, ἡ, brow, pr. eye-brow, Sept.
Ley. 14,9. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6—In N. T.
the brow of a hill, edge of a precipice, Luke
4,29; see in Nafape3. So Hom. Il. 20.
151. Pol. 7. 6. 3. Plut. Mor. II. p. 201.
ὀχλέω, ὦ, f. how, (ὄχλος.) pr. to harass
with crowds, to mob, c. acc. Hdot. 5. 41.
Zschyl. Prom. 1001.—In N. T. genr. to
harass, to vex, only Pass. Luke 6,18 ὀχλού-
μενοι ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων. Acts 5,

*

537

> ,

ὀχύρωμα

16. So Tob. 6, 7. Hdian. 6. 3. 9. Plut. de
Trang. anim. 8 fin.

ὀχλοποιέω, &, f. now, (ὄχλος, ποιέω,)
to gather a crowd, to raise a mob, intrans.
Acts 17, 5.—Not found elsewhere.

ὄχλος, ov, 6, 1. a crowd, throng, mul-
titude; pr. a confused multitude, populace,
opp. to δῆμος a regular assembly, Plato Polit
304. c. So Sing. Matt. 9, 23 ἰδὼν... τὸ;
ὄχλον ϑορυβούμενον. v. 25. Mark 2, 4. Luke
5, 1. John 5, 13. Acts 14, 14. al. sep. So
πολὺς ὄχλος Matt. 14, 14. Mark 6, 34; ὄχλος
πολύς Matt. 20, 29. Mark 4,1; ὁ πολὺς
ὄχλος Mark 12, 37; 6 πλεῖστος 6. Matt. 21,
8; πάμπολυς 6. Mark 8,1; πᾶς ὁ 6. Matt.
13, 2. Mark 4,1; 8. τοσοῦτος Matt. 15, 33;
6. ἱκανός Mark 10, 46; of μυριάδες τοῦ 6.
Luke 12,1. Sept. for ΠῚ 1K. 20, 13;
ὮΣ Num. 20, 20. So Luc. Amor. 12. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 5.393; πολὺς ὅ. ib. 6.1.15 ὁ πᾶς ὅ.
fl. V. H. 2.6.—Plur. of ὄχλοι intens. in
the same sense, like Engl. crowds, multi-
tudes. Matt. 5,1 ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους. 7, 28.
Mark 10, 1. Luke 4, 42. 5, 3. John 7, 12.
Acts 8, 6. al. So ὄὅ. πολλοί Matt. 4, 25.
Luke 5, 15; πάντες of 3. Matt. 12, 23.
Sept. for ἘΠΡ Ez. 16,40. So Al. V. H.
14. 8. Hdian. 7. 12. 11—Once Plur. oi
ὄχλοι of throngs or multitudes out of dif-
ferent nations, and thus i. q. nations, tribes;
Rey. 17, 15 λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσί, καὶ ἔϑνη
καὶ γλῶσσαι. So Hdian. 7. 7. 2.

2. Spec. the common people, the rabble,
plebs ; Matt. 14, 5 ἐφοβήϑη τὸν ὄχλον. 21,
26. Mark 12, 12. John 7, 12. 49 comp. 48.
Acts 16, 22. 24,12. Plur. of ὄχλοι Matt.
21, 46. Acts 17, 13.—Ecclus. 7, 7. Luce.
Herod. 8. Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 13.

3. Genr. a multitude, a great number ;
c. genit. of a class, Luke 5, 29 ὄχλος τελω-
νῶν πολύς. 6,17. Acts 1, 15. 6,7. With
ἐκ c. gen. John 12,9; 6. ἱκανός Acts 11,
24. 26. 19, 26 μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον.----
So c. gen. Jos. Ant. 3. 4.1. Luc. Necyom.
4. Xen. An. 4. 1. 20.

4. Meton. a mob, tumult, uproar; Luke
22,6 ἄτερ ὄχλου. Acts 24, 18 οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου
ovdé pera SopvBov.—Suid. ὄχλου " ταραχῆς.
Xen. Hell. 4.4.11. +

ὀχύρωμα, aros, τό, (ὀχυρόω, ὀχυρός,
ἔχω.) @ fortress, strong-hold, pr. Sept. for
"¥32 Josh. 19, 29. Is. 34, 13; MAID
2 K: 22,2. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 3—In N. T.
trop. of strong arguments or imaginations
with which one fortifies himself against the
gospel, 2 Cor. 10,4; comp. v. 5 and 1 Cor.
3,20. So Sept. for 19 Prov. 21, 22; 19%
Proy. 10, 29.

οψάριον

ὀψάριον, ov, τό, dim. from τὸ ὄψον,
(ἔψω,) Lat. opsonium, i. 6. any thing cook-
ed and eaten with bread, as meat, etc. Tob.
7,8. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 4; later espec. fish,
Sept. for 53 Num. 11, 22. Plut. Symp. 4:
4. 2, πολλῶν ὄντων ὄψων, ἐκνενίνηκεν 6 ἰχϑὺς
μόνον, ἢ μάλιστά γε, ὄψον καλεῖσϑαι. Thuc.
1.138. See Dict. of Antt. art. Opsonium.
—Hence in N. T. τὸ ὀψάριον, a fish;
John 6,9 δύο ὀψάρια (comp. Luke 9, 13).
John 6, 11. 21, 9. 10. 13. So Plut. de
tuend. Sanit. 7.. Athen. IX. p. 385. b,
ἰχϑύος μεγάλου... καὶ εἰπόντος tus ἥδιστον
εἶναι ὀψάριον κτλ.

ὀψέ, ady. (kindr. ἕπομαι; ὀπίσω,) late,
after long time, Hom. Od. 7. 155. ib. 23. 7.
Hesych. ὀψέ" μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον, βραδέως.
Also ο. gen. ὀψὲ ἡλικίας, late in life, Δ.
V. H. 2. 23; ὀψὲ τῆς ἡμέρας Thuc. 4. 93;
absol. date in the day or evening, late even-
ing, Dem. 1303. 14. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3.
Ammonius p. 108, ἑσπέρα, ἡ μετὰ τὴν δύσιν
ἡλίου ὥρα" ὀψὲ δέ, ἡ μετὰ πολὺ τῆς δύσεως,
καὶ καϑδόλου μετὰ πολὺν xpdvov.—Hence in
bs Wl

1. Absol. late, late evening ; Mark 11,19
kat Ore ὀψὲ ἐγένετο. Put for the evening
watch, Mark 13, 35; see in φυλακή no. 4.
Sept. for say my Gen. 24, 11. See above.

2. With a genit. i. q. at the end of, at the
close of, afler. Matt. 28,1 ὀψὲ δὲ σαββά-
των, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν κτλ. at the
end of the sabbath, i. 6. after the sabbath,
the sabbath being now ended, i. ᾳ. Mark
16, 1 διαγενομένου τοῦ σσββάτου. For the
gen. see Buttm. § 132. 5. b.—Philostr. Vit.
Apoll. 4.18 ὀψὲ μυστηρίων afler the myste-
ries. Philostr. de Ludis Pythiis, εἶτα τὴν
ἀγωνίαν παρέχειν τὴν γυμνήν, ὀψὲ τούτων.
ib. ὀψὲ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν. Wetst. ad loc.

ὄψιμος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (ὀψέ,) late, lalter.
James 5, '7 ἕως ἂν λάβῃ “ὑετὸν πρώϊμον καὶ
ὄψιμον, the early and latter rain; i. 6. the
first or autumnal showers, which begin to
fall in Palestine after the middle of October
at the beginning of the rainy season; and
the latest or vernal showers, which fall in
March and April before the harvest ;, see
Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 97. Sept. for
wipbar mys Dent. 11, 14. Jer. 5, 24.
Joel 2, 23.—Hom. Il. 2. 325. Diod. Sic. 1.
10. Xen. Cic. 17. 4, 5. It is strictly poetic
for ὄψιος, but is used by later prose writers,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 51, 52.

ὄψιος, a, ον, (ὀψέ, 1. late, Mark 11,
11 ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς Spas, i. 6. it being
now late evening ; comp. in dyé.—Pol. 7.
16. 4. Dem. 1301. pen. Thue. 3. 74.

538

ὀψώνιον

2. Subst. fem. ἡ ὁψ ία (sc. dpa) evening
pr. late evening. The Hebrews reckoned
two evenings ; so in the phrase ἘΣ ΞἼΣΤΙ 13
between the two evenings, as marking the in-
terval or portion of the day during which
the paschal lamb was to be killed, Ex. 12, 6.
Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9, 3.53 and also the even-
ing sacrifice was to be offered, Ex. 29, 39.
41. Num. 28,4. The time thus marked was
regarded by the Karaites and Samaritans as
being the interval between sunset and
dark; Reland de Samar. § 22, in Diss.
Misc. T. II. But the Pharisees and Rab-
binists, according to the Mishnah (Pesach
5. 3), held the first evening to commence
with the declining sun; and the second
evening with the setting sun. This latter
view was the prevailing one in the time of
our Lord; the hour of evening sacrifice .
and prayer being then the ninth hour, or 3
p- m. Acts 3, 1; and the paschal lamb
being regularly killed between the ninth
and eleventh hours, Jos. B. J. 6.9.3. A
like distinction of two evenings was made
by the Greeks, viz. δείλη πρωΐα, δείλη ὀψία,
Hdot. 8. 6, 9. Hesych. δείλη πρωΐα- ἡ μετ᾽
ἄριστον Spa: Seihn ὀψία, ἡ περὶ δύσιν
ἡλίου. Eustath. ad Od. 17. p. 285, ἡ ὀψία
δείλη, τὸ περὶ ἡλίου δυσμῆς " δείλη πρωΐα.
τὸ εὐθὺς ἐκ μεσημβρίας. See Heb. Lex.
art. say. Gr. Harm. p. 211 sq—tIn N. T.
ἡ ὀψία marks: 4) The former evening,
δείλη πρωΐα, in Matt. 14,15 (comp. v. 23
et Mark 6, 35). Matt. 27, 5'7. Mark 4, 35.
15, 42. b) The latter evening, δείλη
ὀψία, in Matt. 8,16 et Mark 1, 32. Matt.
14, 23 comp. 15. Matt. 16, 2. 20, 8. 26, 20.
Mark 6, 47. 14, 17. John 6, 16. 20, 19.

ois, ews, ἧ; (ὄψομαι,) the sight, faculty
of seeing, Pol. 3. 99. 7. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. -
14; α sight, appearance, thing seen, Jos.
Ant. 14. 15. 11. Xen. An, 6. 1. 9.—Hence
in N. T. aspect, looks, i. e.

1. the visage, face, countenance ; John
11, 44 ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο.
Rev. 1,16 ἡ ὅ. αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος. Sept. for
τὰς γ΄ Gen. 34,16. 29, 17.--- 25}. V. Ἡ. 4.
28. Dem. 413 pen.

2. external appearance, show, John 7, 24 |
μὴ κρίνετε κατὰ ὄψιν.---[ο5. B. J. 3. 5. 2.
Thue. 6. 46.

ὀψώνιον, ου, τό, (ὀψωνέω ; ὄψον, ὠνέο-
μαι.) Lat. opsonium, pr. ‘ whatever is bought
to be eaten with bread,’ see in ὀψάριον, and
comp. ὀψωνέω Jil. V. H. 3. 34. Xen. Mem.
3.14.1. Hired soldiers were at first paid
partly in rations of meat, grain, fruit; see
Ces. B. Gall. 1. 23. 1. Pol. 6. 89. 12 sq,

?

παγιδεύω

Dict. of Antt. art. Stipendium. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 393.—Hence in N. T. τὸ ὀψώνιον,
a stipend, wages, rations, pr. of soldiers,
Luke 3, 14 ἀρκεῖσϑε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν.

539

παιδευτής
1 Cor. 9, 7. (1 Macc. 8, 28. Pol. 6. 39. 12.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 17.) Trop. and genr.
wages, recompense, 2 Cor. 11, 8. Rom. 6,
23 τὰ ὀψ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας.

IT.

.

παγιδεύω, f. etow, (παγίς.) to lay a
snare for, to snare; to trap; pr. Sept. Ecc.
9, 12.—In N. T. trop. to ensnare, to entan-
gle, e. g. by difficult and perplexing ques-
tions, c. acc, Matt. 22, 15 iva παγιδεύσωσιν
αὐτὸν ἐν λόγῳ: So Symm. Prov. 6, 2 ἐπα-
γιδεύθης ἐν ῥήμασι στόματός cov, for Heb.
ὩΣ 9, Sept. 1 Sam. 28, 9.

maryis, iSos, 4, (πήγνυμι,) pr. ‘any thing
which fixes and holds fast.’-—In N. T.

1. a snare, trap, gin; Luke 21, 35 ὡς
παγὶς yap ἐπιλεύσεται, as a snare shall i
come upon them, i. e. suddenly, unexpect-
edly. Sept. for "2 Ecc. 9, 12. Am. 3,
5. So Ecclus. 27,20. Anthol. Gr. IV. p.
38. Aristoph. Av. 194, 527.

2. Trop. παγὶς τοῦ διαβόλου, snare of the
devil, i. e. wile, stratagem, 1 Tim. 3, 7.
2 Tim. 2, 26; absol. 1 Tim. 6, 9.—Spec.
a cause of destruction, Rom. 11, 9 γενηπή-
τω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν els παγίδα, quoted from
Ps. 69, 23 where Sept for "8; also Josh.
23, 13. Is. 24,18. So 1 Mace. 5, 4.

πάδημα; aros, τό,(πάσχω, παϑεῖν,) what
is suffered, suffering, i. q. πάϑος.

1. Pr. evil suffered, affliction, distress ;
once Sing. Heb. 2, 9 διὰ τὸ πάϑημα τοῦ 3a-
νάτου, i. 6. a suffering even unto death, the
genit. being explanatory. (Xen. Hi. 1. 36.)
Elsewhere only Plur. τὰ παθήματα, suffer-
ings, calamilies, Rom. 8, 18. 2 Cor. 1, 5
καθὼς περισσεύει TA παϑήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ
cis ἡμᾶς, i.e. the sufferings of Christ as the
mystical head of the church, of whom
Christians are members, with whom they
suffer; comp. Phil. 3,10. Rom. 8,17. Also
2 Cor. 1, 6.7. Phil..3, 10. Col. 1,24. 2 Tim.
3,11. Heb. 2,10. 10, 32.1 Pet.1, 11. 4,13.
5,1. 9. So Jos. Ant. 2. 14.2. Xen. Eq.
9. 4.

2. Meton. passion, an affection of mind,
emotion ; Gal. 5, 24 τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς πα-
σήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιϑυμίαις. Rom. 7, 5.—
Plut. Pomp. 8 fin. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 17.

παδητός, od, ὃ, ἡ. at μον τ παϑεῖν,)

i to suffering, Plut. Pelop. 16 τὸ ϑνη-
τομάς μὲ. abi Id. Numa Tn N. T.
destined to suffer; Acts 26, 23 λέγων... εἰ
παϑητὸς ὁ Χριστός, that Christ must needs

suffer, i. e. according to the prophets ; comp.
Luke 24, 26.

TAOS, cos, ous, τό, (πάσχω, παϑεῖν;,)
suffering, affliction, calamity, Jos. Ant. 2.
14. 2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33.—In N.T. pas-
sion, i. e. affection of mind, emotion, espec.
lust, concupiscence. ,.Rom. 1, 26 πάϑη ἀτι-
μίας, vile affections, infamous lusts, Col. 3,
5. 1 Thess. 4, 5. So Test. XII Patr. p.
610. Jos. Ant. 2. 4.5; genr. Hdian. 5. 4.
2. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 8.

παιδαγωγός, οὗ, 6, (παῖς, ἀγωγή, ἄγω,)
a pedagogue, i.e. usually ἃ slave or freedman

_to whose care the boys of a family were

committed at the age of six or seven years,
who watched over their physical and moral
training, and accompanied them to the pub-
lic schools and elsewhere, or provided them
with teachers, but did not himself instruct
them ; i. q. ἐπίτροπος 4. v. Plut. de Puer.
educ. ᾧ 7. Xen. Lac. 2. 1,2. ib. 3.1. Comp.
Dict. of Antt. art. Pedagogus. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 37, 511.—In N. T. genr. a tutor,
guardian, with the idea of authority, 1 Cor.
4, 15. Trop. of the Mosaic law, Gal. 3,
24, 25.

παιδάριον, iov, τό, (dim. παῖς,) a boy,
lad, John 6, 9. Matt. 11, 16 Rec. Sept. for
53" Gen. 42,22; 722 Gen. 22, 5. 12.—Pol.
10. 47. 7, 9. Plato. Conv. 207. d; of a
servant boy 48). V. H. 2. 2.

παιδεία, as, 4, (παιδεύω,) the training
of a child, schyl. Theb. 18. Plato Phed.
107. d—In N. T. genr.

1. education, discipline, instruction, as
consisting in teaching, admonition, rewards,
punishment. Eph. 6, 4 ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν
παιδείᾳ... κυρίου, i. e. such training as the
Lord approves and requires. 2 Tim. 3, 16
π. ἡ ἐν Stkacoovvn.—Hdian. 5. 7. 13. Dem.
938. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 6.

2. By Hebr. correction, chastisemewt, Heb,
12, 5. 7. 8. 11. Sept. and "052 Prov. 3,
11. 22, 15.—Ecclus. 18, 14. See in παι-
δεύω no. 2.

παιδευτής, od, 6, (παιδεύω,) α teacher,
master, tutor, pr. of boys, Plut. de Puer. edue,
§7. Plato Legg. 835. a.—In N. T.

1. Genr. a teacher, instructor; Rom. 2,

παιδευω

20 παιδευτὴν Rca 13, 19.
Plato Rep. 492. d.

2. By Hebr. a dabresdons chastiser, Heb.
12,9. Sept. for "05 Hos. 5, 2.—Psalt.
Salom. 8, 35. See in παιδεύω no. 2.

παιδεύω, f. εὐσω, (rais,) to bring up or
rear a child, Soph. Fragm. 433 αὐτὴν ἐπαί-
δευσε ydda.—In N. T. and genr.

1. to train up, to educate, to teach; so c.
dat. of thing or manner, Pass. Acts 7, 22
ἐπαιδεύϑη Maions πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων.
So c. κατά 22, 3, see in ἀκριβεία. (Jos. c.
Apion 1. 4 γράμμασιν ἐπαιδεύδϑησαν. Soc.
acc. rei Diod. Sic. 1. 81. Xen. Mem. 4. 2.
23.) Spec. to teach, to admonish, by word
or deed, 6. acc. of pers. 2 Tim. 2, 25 ἐν
πραότητι παιδεύοντα. Tit. 2,12. Pass. ὁ.
inf. 1 Tim. 1, 20 ἵνα παιδευϑδῶσι μὴ βλασφη-
μεῖν, comp. Sept. Ps. 2, 10. So Wisd. 6,
25. El. V. H. 1.34. Xen. Hell. 6. 3. 11.

2. By Hebr. to correct, to chastise, to
chasten, e. g. as children, Heb. 12, 7. 10.
(Sept.. and "67 Prov. 19, 18. 29, 17.)
Spoken of chastening from God by afflic-
tions, calamities, 1 Cor. 11, 32. 2 Cor. 6, 9.

Rev. 3, 19. Heb. 12; 6; comp. Prov. 3, 12. |

(Sept. and "0" Lev. 26, 18. Jer. 10, 24.)
Hence of prisoners, fo scourge, Luke 23,
16. 22 παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολύσω. Comp.
Acts 16, 22._This use of the word is found
only in Sept. and N.'T. So Phavorin. παι-
δεύειν - ἀντὶ rod κολάζειν οὐδεὶς τῶν ῥητόρων
εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ μόνῃ τῇ ϑείᾳ γραφῇ τοῦτο
εὑρίσκεται.

παιδιόϑεν, adv. (παῖς, παιδίον!) from a
child, from childhood, Mark 9, 21.—So παιδό-
Sev, Synes. de Proy. p. 91. 6. Joann. Zonar.
IV. 184. a. Earlier writers said ἐκ παιδός
Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.2; or ἐκ παιδίου Sept. Is.
46,3. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 8. Comp. Lob. ad

Phryn. p. 93.

παιδίον, ov, τό, (dim. παῖς.) αὐ με
child, either male or female; Plur. τὰ παι-
Sia, litile children.

1. Pr. and genr. e. g. of a child or chil-
dren recently born, a babe, infant; Luke 18,
16. 17 τὰ παιδία, comp. v. 15 where it is
τὰ βρέφη. Matt. 19, 13. 14. Mark 10, 13.
14. 15. John 16, 21. Also of those more
advanced, Matt. 11, 16 in later edit. 14, 21.
15, 38. 18, 2. 3. 4. 5. Mark 7, 28. Luke 7,
32. 9,47. 48. 11, 7. Sept. for 72% Gen.
30,26. 1 Sam. 1,2; Ξ53)Ὡ Gen. 45,19. So
Hdian. 7. 9. 19. Luc. D. Mort. 10. 12.—
Spec. a male child, boy, e. g. recently
born, Matt. 2, 8. 9. 11. 13 bis. 14. 20 bis. 21.
Luke 1, 59. 66. 76. 80. 2, 17. 21. 27. 40.
Heb. 11, 23. (Sept. for "32 Ex. 2, 8. 9.)

540

παῖς

Also more advanced, Mark 9, 24. 36. 37
John 4, 49, comp. v. 47. Sept. for ar
Gen. 21, 14. 15; "22 Gen. 21,17.18. So
il. V. H. 1.34. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 10.—Also
of a female child, a girl, maiden, partly
grown, Mark 5, 39. 40 bis. 41.

2. Trop. 1 Cor. 14, 20 μὴ παιδία γίνεσϑε
φρεσίν, be not babes in understanding, i. 6.
weak, puerile.—As an endearing appellation
for the followers of Christ, Heb. 2, 13. 14;
comp. Is. 8,18. So in direct address, Voe.
παιδία, childr®n, q. ἃ. carissimi, John 21, 5.
1 John 2, 13 [14]. 18.

παιδίσκη, ns, ἡ, (dim. παῖς.) a girl,
young maiden, free-born Sept. Ruth 4, 12.
Pol. 14. 7. 6. Xen. An. 4. 8. 11.—In N. T.
a handmaid, bond-maid, a female slave or
servant, Matt..26, 69. Mark 14, 66. 69.
Luke 12,45. 22, 56. John 18, 17. Acts 12,
13. 16, 16. Gal. 4, 22 ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης,
καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευϑέρας. ν. 23. 30 bis. 31.
Sept. for 728 Gen. 21,10; MMBW Gen. 16,
1.2; espec. 1 Sam. 25,41. So Dem. 1351.
3. Hdot. 1.93. See Phryn. et Lob. p. 239.

-παίζω, f. παίξομαι, (rais;) aor. 1 ἔπαισα,
later form ἔπαιξα, Buttm. § 114; pr. to play
or sport as a child, Luc. D. Deor. 4. 3.
Xen. Mag. Eq. 5. 10.—In N. T. to play, to
sport, with singing, leaping, dancing, as
connected with worship ; 1 Cor. 10, 7 ἐκά-
Surev 6 λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν, καὶ ἀνέστησαν
παίζειν, quoted from Ex. 32, 6 where Sept.
for PS. Sept. also for pnt Judg. 16, 25.
2 Sam. 6,5. So Hom. Od. 23. 147. Hes.
Scut. 277. 282. Aristoph. Ran. 410.

παῖς, παιδός, 6, ἣ, @ child, male or fe-
male; a boy, youth; a girl, maiden; Plur.
oi παῖδες, children; spoken of all ages
from infancy up to full grown youth; see
Matt. 2, 16, also Acts 20, 12 comp. v. 9.
*1. Pr. and genr. Matt. 2,16 ἀνεῖλε πάν-
τας τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηϑλεέμ .... ἀπὸ
pre καὶ κατωτέρω. 21, 15. Sing. 6 παῖς
att. 17, 18. Luke 2, 43. 9, 42. John 4,
51 ὁ παῖς σου ζῇ, comp. v. 46 where it is
vids. Acts 20, 12, comp. v. 9 where it is
νεανίας. Also ἡ παῖς Luke 8, 51. 54,
comp. v. 42 where it is Svydrnp ὡς ἐτῶν
δώδεκα. Sept. genr. for 455 2 K. 2, 24; ὁ
π΄ for 13. Prov. 4,13 9 7. “for ἜΣ Ruth 2,
6; πῆϑ Gen. 24, 28.57. 34, 12.—Jos, Ant.
9. 7. 5 καὶ ἄῤῥενες αὐτῷ καὶ ϑηλεῖαι παῖδες
ἐγένοντο. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 80; ὁ παῖς
Hdian. 1. 17. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.15 ἡ παῖς
Luc. D. Deor. 22. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5, 2. 8.
2. Like Engl. boy, Lat. puer, put for a
servant,e.g. 8) Pr. and genr. i. 4. δοῦ-

ean

παίω 541

Ros, @ servant, slave, Matt. 8, 6. 8. 13,
comp. v. 9 where it is δοῦλος. Luke 7, 7,
comp. v. 3. 12, 45. 15, 26. Sept. for "3
Gen. 9, 26. 27. 26,15. So 4}. V. H. 4.
22. Xen. Mem. 3.13.6. δ) an attendant,
minister, as of a king, Matt. 14, 2 εἶπεν
[Ἡρώδης] τοῖς παισὶν αὑτοῦ. Sept. and
“a9 Gen. 41, 38. Jer. 36,24. So 1 Mace.
1, 6. Diod. Sic. 17. 36. ¢) 6 mats τοῦ
Seod, the servant of God, i. q. HIN T39,
see Heb. Lex. "ay no. 2; spoken of a min-
ister or ambassador of God, called and be-
loved of God and sent by him to perform
any service; e. g. of David, Luke 1, 69.
Acts 4, 25; of Israel, Luke 1, 54, comp.
Sept. and stay Is. 41, 8. 9. 44, 1. 2. 45, 4.
Also of Jesus the Messiah, Matt. 12, 18
ἴδου 6 παῖς pov, in allusion to Is. 42, 1
where Sept. and ‘ta; also Acts 3, 13. 26.
4, 27. 30. Sept. and tap Is. 49, 6. 52,
13. al. 4

Talo, f. παιήσω and παίσω, to strike, to
smite, e. g. with the fist, a rod, sword; c.
acc. Matt. 26, 68. Luke 22, 64. Mark 14,
47 et John 18, 10 ἔπαισε τὸν δοῦλον. Sept.
for non Num. 22, 28. 2 Sam. 20,10. So
Hdian. 4. 13. 11. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 6.—Of a
scorpion, tu strike, to sting, Rev. 9, 5.

Tlaxatiavy, ἧς, ἡ, Pacatiana, i. e.
Phrygia Pacatiana, the western part of
Phrygia as divided by the Romans, see in
Φρυγία; only in the spurious subscription
1 Tim. 6, 22. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
I. ii. p. 202. Cellarii Notit. Orb. Ant. Il. p.
144, 149.

πάλαι, adv. 1. long ago, of old, former-
ly; Matt. 11, 21. Luke 10, 13. Heb. 1,1
πάλαι ὁ Beds λαλήσας τοῖς πατράσιν. Jude
4. Hence of πάλαε as adj. the old, former,
2 Pet. 1,9; comp. Buttm. ὁ 125. 6—Jos.
Ant. 11. 3. 1. Hdian. 1. 1.1. Xen. Vect.
4. 2; c. art. Xen. Mem, 1. 6. 14.

2. Of time just past, as related to the
present moment, now long, already long, a
while; Mark 15, 44 ὁ δὲ Πιλάτος ... ἔπη-
ρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ πάλαι aréSavev.—Hdian. 7.
5. 1. Plat. Phedo § 27. p. 79. c. Xen. Cyr.
37. 2.

παλαιός, d, dv, (πάλαι,) old, aged, not
new.

1. In age or time, old, former, not recent,
6. δ. οἶνος Luke 5, 39 bis; ζυμή 1 Cor. 5,
7. 8; διαθήκη 2 Cor. 3, 14; ἐντολή 1 John
2,'7 bis; 6 mad. ἄνδρωπος Rom. 6, 6. Eph.
4, 22. Col. 3,9; see in ἄνθρωπος no. 3. b.
Sept. for 71 Lev. 25, 22.—2 Mace. 6, 21.
Hdian. 5. 5. 16. Xen. Mem, 2. 1. 33.

πάλιν

2. From use, old, worn out, e. g. ἱμάτιον
Matt. 9, 16. Mark 2, 21 bis. Luke 5, 36
bis; doxot Matt. 9, 17. Mark 2, 22. Luke
5, 37; genr. Matt. 13, 52. Sept. for mba
Josh. 9, 4. 5. Jer. 38, 11.—Soph. Cid. R.
290. Lys. 179. 37.

παλαιότης, τητος, 4, (wadatés,) oldness,
antiquatedness ; Rom. 7, 6 [ἐν] παλαιότητι
γράμματος, i. 4. ἐν γράμματι τῷ παλαιῷ,
comp. in γράμμα no. 2. ἀ.---ΟΥ̓ extreme old
age, second childhood, Eurip. Helen. 1065.
#éschin. 33. 34.

παλαιόω, ὦ, f. daw, (παλαιός,) to make
old; Pass. to wax old, to become old; pr. in
age, Act. Sept. Job 9, 5. Pass. Athen. I. p.
33. a, οἶνος πεπαλαιωμένος. Luc. Philopatr.
22.—In N. T. from use, Pass. tv wax old,
to be worn out; Luke 12, 33 βαλάντια μὴ
παλαιούμενα. Heb. 1, 11 quoted from Ps.
102, 27. Heb. 8, 13 τὸ δὲ παλαιούμενον καὶ
γηράσκον, comp. Sept. Lam. 3, 4. So
Sept. Pass. for ΓΞ Dent. 29, 5. Josh. 9,
13. Ps. 102, 27. Is. 50, 9.—Trop. to make
old or antiquated, to declare obsolete, 6. g.
a law or covenant, c. acc. Heb. 8, 13 πεπα-
λαίωκε τὴν πρώτην sc. διαθήκην. Comp.
Lat. antiquare legem Liv. 5. 80. Cic. de
Off. 2. 21. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 93.

πάλη, ns, 9, (πάλλω,) @ wrestling, pr.
il. V. H. 4. 15. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27.—In
N. T. trop. struggle, conflict, Eph. 6, 12.

παλιγγενεσία, as, ἡ, (πάλιν, γένεσις.)
new birth, regeneration, reproduction, Luc.
Muse. encom. 7. Plat. de esu Carn. 2. 4.
—Hence in N. T.

1. Trop. in a moral sense, new birth, i.e.
regeneration, a change by grace from a car-
nal nature to a christian life, from sinful to
holy affections, Tit. 3, 5. Comp. in dvaxai-
vats, ἀναγεννάω, γεννάω.

2. Spec. renovation, restoration, restitu-
tion, pr. from decay or ruin to a former
state, equiv. to ἀποκατάστασις 4. v. In N.
T. spoken of the complete external mani-
festation of the Messiah’s kingdom, when
all things are to be delivered from their
present corruption and restored to spiritual
purity and splendour; comp. in βασιλεία
no. 3. Matt. 19, 28 ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ, ὅταν
καδίσῃ ὁ vids τοῦ avBp. ἐπὶ ϑρόνου δόξης
αὑτοῦ, comp. Acts 3, 21.---Ἴο5. Ant. 11. 3.
9 παλιγγ. τῆς πατρίδος, i. 6. the re-occupa-
tion of Judea after the exile. So Cicero
calls the restoration of his dignity and for-
tune παλιγγενεσία, ad Att. 6. 6.

πάλιν, adv. back, back again, again, pr.
as implying a return baik toa former place,

παμπληδεί 542

state, act, or the like, iq. re- in Lat. and
Engl.

1. Of place, espec. after verbs of motion,
back, again; Mark 2,1 καὶ πάλιν εἰσῆλθεν
εἰς Kam. 5, 21. John 6, 15 ἀνεχώρησεν
πάλιν eis τὸ ὄρος. 11, '7. 14, 3 πάλιν Epxo-
μαι I come again,1 will return. Acts 18,
21. 2 Cor. 1, 16. 13, 2 ἐὰν ἔλθω εἰς τὸ πά-
λιν. Phil. 1, 26 διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς παρουσίας πά-
λιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Gal. 1, 17. 4, 9. al. So
Ceb. Tab. 29. Dem. 346. 19. Xen. An. 4.
3, 20.—Also λαμβάνειν πάλιν, to take back
again, John 10, 17. 18. Acts 10, 16. (Xen.
An. 4. 2. 18.) Acts 11, 10; οἰκοδομεῖν πά-
Aw Gal. 2, 18.

2. Of time, again, another time, once
more. a) Genr. Matt. 4,8 πάλιν παρα-
λαμβάνει αὐτὸν 6 διάβολος. 20, 5. Luke
23, 20. John 4,°13.. 16, 16. Acts 27, 28.
Rom. 8, 15. Heb. 5, 12. 6, 6. James 5, 18.
al. sep. Pleonast. πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου,
Engl. again the second time, Matt. 26, 42.
Acts 10, 15. (Δ. V. H. 1. 4. dian. 6. '7.
1. Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 15.) Also, at another
time, genr. John 1, 35. 8, 12. 21. Acts 17,
32. Including also perhaps the idea of
place, i. q. ‘again in another place,’ Matt.
4, 7. John 12, 39. Rom.’ 15, 10. 11.° 12.
Heb, 2, 13. b) Hence as a continuative
particle, connecting circumstances which
refer to the same subject, again, once more,
further; Matt. 5, 33 πάλιν ἠκούσατε. 13,
44 sq. 18, 19. Luke 13, 20. John 12, 22.
2 GOR Pe Oo eps. OO, yal hoe. ἐν
(Diod. Sic. 13. 25. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 18.)
Also where there is an implied opposition
or antithesis, again, on the other hand, con-
tra, Matt. 4, '7. 2 Cor. 10, 7. Gal. 5, 3.
1 John 2, 8. So Hdian. 4. 8. 10. Pol. 10.
9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 2.3.18. +

παμπληδεί, adv. (παμπληϑής; πᾶς,
πλῆδϑος.) the whole multitude together, all at
once, Luke 23, 18.—Plato Crit. 111. a, si
sana lect. Suid. παμπληϑεὶ καὶ παμπληϑές,
ἀντὶ τοῦ πολύ.

; πάμπολυς, παμπόλλη, πάμπολυ, (πᾶς,
πολύς.) very much, very great; vast, Mark
8, 1 παμπόλλου ὄχλου dvros.—Jos. Ant. 7.
5. 3. Luc. Hermot. 61. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3.

ΤΠΙαμφυλία, as, ἡ, Pamphylia, a district
of Asia Minor, bounded E. by Cilicia; N.
by Pisidia ; W. by Lycia; and 8. by a part
of the Mediterranean here called the Sea of
Pamphylia. Of its cities only Perga is
mentioned in N. Τ', Acts 2, 10. 13, 13. 14,
24. 15, 38.27, 5. See Strabo 14. p. 667.
Plin. H. N. 5. 26. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I.
ii. p. 193. Ἷ

πανοῦργος

πανδοχεῖον, ov, τό, (πανδοχεύς,) pr
‘ place where all are received,’ i. e. an inn
in the East a menzil or meditfeh, khan, cara-
vanserai, Luke 10, 34. Comp. in κατά-
λυμα, and see Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 122.
ΠῚ. p. 431.—Epict. Ench. 11. Luc. Philo-
patr. 9. Pol. 2. 15. 5. The better Attic
form was πανδοκεῖον, see Phryn. et Lob. p.
307.

πανδοχεύς, ἕως, ὃ, (πάνδοκος ; πᾶς, δέχο-
pat,) pr. ‘one who receives all,’ i. 6. the
keeper of an inn or caravanserai, a host,
Luke 10, 35; see in ravdoxetov.—Pol. 2. 15.
6. Plut. de San. tuend. 15. .The’more At-
tic form was πανδοκεύς, see Phryn. et Lob.
p. 307.

πανήγυρις, wos, 7, (πᾶς, ἄγυρις, ἀγορά,)
pr. an assembly or convocation of the whole
people in order to celebrate any public fes-
tival or solemnity, as the public games or
sacrifices ; hence genr. a high festival, pub-
lic convocation, joyful assembly, Jos. Ant.
2. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 2. 55. Xen. Hi. 1. 11.—
In N. T. only Heb. 12, 23 καὶ μυριάσιν,
ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτό-
kav kr. and to counilless throngs, even the
Joyful assembly of angels, sc. as hymning
the praises of God around his throne ; comp.
Rev. 5, 11 sq. Ps. 148, 2. Dan.'7,10. Sept.
for 13 Ez. 46, 11. Hos. 2,11; "232
Am. 6, 21.

πανοικί, adv. (πᾶς, οἶκος,) with all one’s
household, Acts 16, 84. Sept Vat. for ma
Ex. 1,.1.—Jos. Ant 4. 4. 4. Auschin. Dial.
Soc. 2.1. Plato Eryx. 392. c. The Atti-

᾿ cists hold this to be a later form instead of

πανοικίᾳ and πανοικησίᾳ, Lob. ad Phryn.
Ρ. 514 sq.

πανοπλία, as, 7; (πάνοπλος 3 πᾶς,
ὅπλον,) panoply, complete armour, offensive
and defensive, Luke 11, 22. Trop. of spi-
ritual armour, Eph. 6, 11. 13.—Sept. 2 Sam.
2,21. Ab. V. 3. 24. Thue. 3. 114.

7 wh
πανουργία, as, n, (mavodpyos,) shrewd-

“ness, cunning, craftiness, Luke 20, 23 κατα-

νοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν. 1 Cor. 3,
19. 2 Cor. 4,2. 11,3. Eph. 4,14. Sept.
for 7729 Josh. 9,4. So Luc. D. Deor. 7.
1. Xen. An. 7. 5. 11.—In late writers also
in a good sense, Sept. for 77292 Prov. 1, 4.
Al. V. H. 2. 40.

πανοῦργος, ov, 6, 7, adj. (πᾶς, ἔργον,)
pr. ‘doing every thing ;’ hence shrewd,
cunning, crafty, 2 Cor. 12,16. Sept. for
ἘΠῚ Job 5,12. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 2. 1.
Xen. An. 2. 5. 39.—In late writers also in
a good sense, wise, Sept. for ©2377 Prov,

----

i
2
5
ΐ
a
ὃ
x
:
εἴ
ἢ
a

τοῦ Ws PER a

νὰ ν᾿
Pah ΩΣ

ma as

aN Amy
eee

=

πες οὐ ς ς ees

πανταχῆ

13, 1; OS Prov. 14, 8. 15; also Ecelus.
21, 12. 20.

πανταχῆ, adv. (was,) every where, i. q.
πανταχοῦ, for which it is read Acts 21, 28
Lachm.—Soph. Cid. Col. 122. Plato Phad.
109. b.

πανταχόδεν, τἂν. (mas,) from all
sides, from every quarter, Mark 1, 45.—
Hdian. 2. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 25.

πανταχοῦ, adv. (was,) in all places,
every where, Mark 16, 20. Luke 9, 6. Acts
17, 30. 21, 28. 24, 3. 28, 22. 1 Cor. 4, 17.
—Jos. B. J. 1. 8. 4.. Cebet. Tab. 7. Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. 2. See Buttm. § 116. n. 5.

παντελής, gos, οὖς, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (πᾶς, τέ-
λος,) wholly ended, all complete; hence
genr. perfect, entire, Jos. Ant. 10. 9. 3 παν-
τελὴς ἀπωλεία. Diod. Sic. 15. 17. Plato
Legg. 698. a.—In N. T. only eis τὸ παντε-
λές, pr. to completeness, i. 6. adverbially,
completely, entirely, perfectly, Heb. 7, 25;
μὴ εἰς τὸ παντελές, not at all, Luke 13, 11.
See in cig no. 3. b. So Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 3.
El. V. H.-12. 20.

πάντη, adv. (πᾶς,) every where, Pol. 6.
23.14. Xen. Hell. 1. 3. 21.—In N. T. of
manner, in every way, in all ways; Acts
24,3 κατορθωμάτων γινομένων... «διὰ τῆς σῆς
προνοίας πάντη καὶ πανταχοῦ. So Pol. 25. 5.
9. Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 5.

TaVTOSEV, adv. (was,) from every side
or quarter; hence on every side, round
about, Luke 19, 43. Heb. 9,4. John 18, 20
Rec. Mark 1, 45 Lachm.—Ecclus. 51, 10.
Jos. B. J. 4. 10. 1. Xen. Hi. 6. 8.

παντοκράτωρ, opos, ὃ, (πᾶς, kparéw,)
the Omnipotent, the Almighty, only of God,
9 Cor. 6,18. Rev. 1,8. 4,8. 11,17. 15,3.
16, 7. 14. 19, 6. 15. 21,22. Sept. where
Heb, MIRSE 2 Sam. 5, 10. 7, 26. 27; for
S32 Job 5,17. 8,5.—Wisd. 7,25. 2 Macc.
1, 25. Anth. Gr. IV. p. 151.

παντότε, ady. (was,) always, at all
limes, ever, Matt. 26,11. Mark 14,7. Luke
15, 31. 18, 1. John 6, 34. 2 Cor. 2, 14. al.
sep.—Wisd. 19, 18. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11.
14. Hdian. 3. 9. 13. Only in later writers,
for the earlier ἑκάστοτε, Sturz de Dial. Mac.
p. 187 sq. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 103. +

πάντως, adv. (πᾶς) wholly, altogether,
entirely; 1 Cor. 5,10 καὶ od πάντως. 9, 10.
16, 12. So Al. V. H. 5. 14. Hdian. 2. 10.
11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 13.—Spec. by all means,
at all events, assuredly ; Luke 4, 23 πάντως
᾿ἐρεῖτέ por. Acts 18, 21 δεῖ pe πάντως τὴν
ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι els Ἵεροσ. 21, 22. 28, 4.

543

παρα

1 Cor. 9, 22 ἵνα πάντως τινὰς σώσω. ἴῃ ἃ
neg. reply, emphat. Rom. 8, 9 οὐ πάντως,
not at all, not in the least. So Tob. 14, 8
21. V. H. 1. 32. Plato Gorg. 497. c; ina
reply, Xen. Cyr. 8. 4: 10.

παρά, a prep. governing the genitive,
dative, and accusative, with the primary
signif. beside, near by; expressing thus the
relation of immediate vicinity or proximity.
See Passow in παρά. Buttm. ὁ 147. n. 1.
Kihner § 297. Matth. § 588. Winer § 51.
Ρ. 437 sq.

I. With the Genitive, where as com-
bined with the force of the genitive itself,
it has the sense from beside, from near,
from with, Fr. de chez, comp. Buttm. § 132.
3.° In prose writers and in N. T’. only
with a gen. of person, implying a going
forth or proceeding from the side or pre-
sence of any one; thus taking the general
sense from; comp. Viger. p. 580. Winer
l. 6. p. 438.

1. Pr. after verbs of motion, as of going,
coming, sending, and the like, from with,
from; Mark 14,43 παραγίνεται Ἰούδας... καὶ
ὄχλος πολὺς... παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων. Luke
8, 49. John 15, 26. 17,8. So after εἶναι, to
be from, to come from, John 6, 46. 7, 29;
impl. 1,14. Of things, Luke 6, 19 δύναμις
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλϑεν, a virtue went out from
him.—Sept. Is. 57,16. Luc. D. Deor. 24. 2.
Xen. An. 2. 2. 1.

2. Trop. after verbs of asking, receiving,
or those which imply these ideas, from ;
e. g. after verbs of asking, seeking, and the
like, Matt. 2, 4 ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ αὐτῶν. v.7.
20, 20 αἰτοῦσά τι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Mark 8, 11.
Luke 12, 48. John 4, 9. Acts 3,2. 9,2.
James 1,5. al. So 42]. V. H.'7. 2. Xen.
An. 1. 3. 16.—After verbs of hearing or
learning from any one, John 1, 41 ἀκου-
σάντων παρὰ Ἰωάννου. Acts 24, 8. 28, 22.
Gal. 1, 12. 1 Thess. 2, 13. 2 Tim. 1, 13.
2, 2. 3, 14 παρά τινος ἔμαϑες. 2 John 4. al.
sep. So Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 13. 4. Hdian. 1. 1. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 6.—After verbs of receiving,
obtaining, buying, being promised, and the
like, from any one; Matt. 18, 19 γενήσεται
αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ πατρός. (Xen. An. 7.2. 2ὅ.)
Mark 12,2 ἵνα παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λάβῃ κτλ.
Luke 6, 34. John 5, 84. Acts 7, 16 ᾧ ὠνή-
σατο ᾿Αβραὰμ... «παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἔ,μμόρ. 9,
14. 26, 12. Rom. 11, 27. Eph. 6,8. 2 Pet,
1,17. Rev. 3,18. al. sep. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor.
5.2. 1. V. H. 9. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 25,
—After εἶναι expr. or impl. to be from .
any one, i. e. to come, be given, bestowed,
from or by any one, John 17,'7 πάντα ὅσα
δέδωκάς pot, mapa σοῦ ἐστι. Acts 26, 22

παρα

3. John 8. So of hospitality or gifts, Luke
10, 7. Phil. 4,18 τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν. (Luc. D.
Mort. 13. 4 τὰ παρὰ τῆς τύχης. Xen. Hell.
3.1.6.) Or genr. to come, to be derived or
possessed, from any one, Mark 5, 26 ra παρ᾽
αὐτῆς πάντα, i.e. all she had from herself,
all her own property. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 13.)
Also of persons, of παρά τινος pr. those from
near any one, i.e. his kindred, relatives,
Mark 3,21. So Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. Luc.
Tox. 51.

3. Trop. c. gen. of pers. as the source,
author, director, from whom any thing pro-
ceeds; is derived. a) Genr. Matt. 21, 42
παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, quoted from Ps.
118, 22 where Sept. for P82. Luke 1, 45.
2, 1 ἐξῆλθε δόγμα παρὰ Καίσαρος. John 1,
6. Comp. Matth. § 588. So Luc. D. Mort.
1.3. Plato Menex. 236. 6. Xen. Hell. 2.
1.27. b) Hence after passive verbs in-
stead of imdé,-more espec. in later writers.
Acts 22,30 τὸ τί κατηγορεῖται mapa τῶν
ἸΙουδαίων. Buttm. ᾧ 184. 3. Winer § 51. p.
438. So Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Plato Cony.
175. e. Xen. An. 1. 9. 1.

II. With the Dative, both of person and
thing, expressing rest or position by the side
of, near by, at, with; and with a dat. Plur.
among ; see Passow, Buttm. Matth. 1. c.
Winer § 52. p. 470.

1. Of Place, after verbs implying rest or
remaining inaplace. a) Genr. and c. dat.
of thing, John 19, 25 εἱστήκεισαν δὲ παρὰ τῷ
σταυρῷ τοῦ ᾿ησοῦ. With dat. of pers. as
indicating place, Matt. 6,1 μισϑὸν οὐκ ἔχετε
παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν κτλ. 22, 25 ἦσαν δὲ παρ᾽
ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί, i. 6. with or among: us.
28, 15. John 1,40. 8, 38. 14, 17. 23. 17,
5 bis [ὄντα] παρὰ σεαυτῷ .. 7) εἶχον παρὰ σοί.
Acts 10, 6. 1 Cor. 16, 2 παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ τιϑέτω,
with himself, Fr. chez soi, at home. Acts
21,16 παρ᾽ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν. Col. 4, 16 παρ᾽
ὑμῖν among you, in your presence. 2 Tim.
4,13. Rey. 2,13. al. So Jos. Ant. 1. 11.
2 éxadi¢ero παρὰ τῇ Supa. Luc. D. Deor.
23. 2. Xen. Cyr. 5.1. 15,26. Ὁ) Rarely
after verbs of motion, and only when subse-
quent rest is also implied, comp. in ἐν no. 4;
so in Engl. by, with. Luke 9, 47 Ἰησοῦς...
ἐπιλαβόμενος παιδίου, ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρ᾽
ἑαυτῷ. 19,7. Comp. Matth. §588.b. So
Xen, An. 2. 5. 27 si sana lect.

2. With dat. of Person, the reference
being to the person himself without regard
to place. a) Pr. and genr. with, among,
Matt. 21, 25 of δὲ διελογίζοντο παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς.
Luke 1, 30 εὗρες yap χάριν παρὰ τῷ eG.
2,52. 2 Cor. 1,17. 1 Pet.2,20. SoLuce.
D. Deor. 22. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 6. Xen. Cyr.

544

Tapa

8. 2.28. Ὁ) Trop. with or before any one,
i. e. in his sight, presence, judgment, he
being judge, Acts 26, 8. Rom. 2, 13 δίκαιοι
παρὰ τῷ Sed. 11, 25. 1 Cor. 3, 19. Gal. 3,
11. James 1, 27. 1 Pet. 2,4. 2 Pet. 3, 8.
So 2 Pet. 2, 11 mapa κυρίῳ before the Lord,
as judge. (Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 2. Al. V. Ἡ. 10.
15 παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ. Hdot. 3. 160.) Also
of what is in the power of any one; Matt.
19, 26 bis, παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο ἀδύ-
νατόν ἐστι" παρὰ δὲ SeG πάντα δυνατά. Of
moral qualities which are with any one, i. 6.
belong to his character, Rom. 2, 11 οὐ γάρ
ἐστι προσωποληψία παρὰ τῷ BG. 9, 14,
Eph. 6, 9. James 1, 17. So Sept. Job 12,
13. Dem. 318. 13 εἰ δ᾽ οὖν ἐστι καὶ παρ᾽
ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία τοιαύτη. 6) Trop. 1 Cor.
7, 34 ἕκαστος ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήϑη, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω
παρὰ τῷ Seq, with God, i. 6. in union and
fellowship by faith with him, devoted to him
as Christians, i. g. ἐν κυρίῳ v. 22.

ΠῚ. With the AccusativE, pr. expressing
motion alongside of, near by, near to; see
Passow, Buttm. Matth. 1. c. Winer § 53. g.

1. Pr. implying motion along or by the
side of any thing, i. e. near, by, along, after
verbs of motion; ὁ. acc. of thing, Matt. 4,
18 περιπατῶν δὲ 6 Ἶ. παρὰ τὴν ϑάλασσαν,
i. e. by the sea, along the sea-shore. Matt.
13,4, Mark 2,13. 4, 15 of mapa τὴν ὁδὸν
(σπείρονται) by the way-side. Luke 8, 5.
So Jos, Ant. 2. 5. 5 παρὰ ποταμὸν βαδίζων».
Xen. An. 6. 2. 1,18.

2. Expressing motion to a place, i. 6,
place whither, to the side of, near by, near
to, at, after verbs of motion, and so equiy. to
πρός or eis 6. acc. Matt. 15,29 peraBas..
HAS παρὰ τὴν ϑάλασσαν, he came near by
(to) the sea, approached the sea. v. 30 ἔῤῥι-
way αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, αἱ

his feet. Luke 8, 41. Acts 4, 8ὅ. 7, 58.—

Hom. I. 1. 347 τὼ δ᾽ αὖτις ἴτην παρὰ νῆας

᾿Αχαιῶν. Luc. D. Deor. 9. 2. Plato Phad.
116. b, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14 ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμὲ
εἴσοδος.

3. Sometimes also with the idea of rest
or remaining near a place, near, by, at, i. q.
παρά c.dat. Here however the idea of pre-
vious motion or coming to the place, is
strictly implied; comp. in εἰς no. 4. 8)
Pr. after verbs of rest or remaining, Matt
13, 1 ἐκάϑητο παρὰ τὴν Sddaccay, i. 6. he
went and sat by the sea-side. Mark 5, 21.
Luke 5, 1. 7, 38 στᾶσα παρὰ τοὺς πόδας
αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω. 10,39. Ellipt. with a verb
impl. Mark 4, 1. Acts 22, 3. Heb. 11, 12.
So Ail. V. H. 8.16. Hdot. 8.140. Thue. 7.
39. b) Trop. of the ground or reason by
or along with which a conclusion follows, ὃ,

παρα

veason of, because of, Lat. propter, e.g. παρὰ
εοῦτο, thereby, therefore, on this account;
1 Cor. 12, 15. 16 οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν
ix τοῦ σώματος ; comp. Matth. Winer l. c.
Sept. for "237>2 Deut. 23, 5. So a. τοῦτο
Plut. Camill. 28. Xen. Mag. Eq. 1. 5; παρ᾽ ὅ
Jos. B. J. 3. 3.5; genr. Pol. 1. 32.4. Dem.
545. 22.

4. Denoting motion dy or past a place,
i. e. along by, by, beyond, Thuc. 7. 13. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 2. 29 παρ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν Βαβυλῶνα δεῖ
παριέναι.----ἶτι N. T. only trop. as implying
a failure to reach the exact point of aim, a
going beside or beyond the mark, a miss;
comp. Passow, Winerl.c. a) i.q. Engl.
aside from, not coincident with, not con-
formable to, i. 6. contrary lo, against. Acts
18, 13 παρὰ τὸν νόμον, pr. aside from the
law, contrary to law. Rom. 1, 26 παρὰ φύ-
ow. 4, 18 map ἐλπίδα. 11, 24. 16, 17.
6]. 1, 8. 9. So Jos. Ant. 6.13.2. Hdian.
6. 3. 6. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18. b) i 4.
Engl. beside, in the sense except, save, 2 Cor.
11, 24 τεσσαράκοντα παρὰ μίαν forty stripes
save one. So Jos. Ant. 4. 8.1 τεσσαράκοντα
ἐτῶν παρὰ τριάκονϑ᾽ ἡμέρας. Dem. 688. 25.
Hdot. 9. 33. ὁ) i. ᾳ. Engl. past, in the
sense. beyond, besides, more than; so genr.
Heb. 11, 11 παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας ἔτεκεν, past
the proper age, beyond the usual age. (Jos.
Ant, 14.-14. 3. Thue. 3. 54 παρὰ δύναμιν.)

More commonly i. 4. more than, above, be- |

yond; so genr. Luke 13, 2 ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ
πάντας. Vv. 4. Rom. 1, 25, 12,3 παρ᾽ ὃ δεῖ
φρονεῖν. 14, 5 see in κρίνω no. 1. Heb, 1,
9. (Diod. Sic. 12. 13 init. Plato Ion 539. e.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4.14.) Also after compara-
tives, where παρά c. acc. is equiv. to ἢ κατά c.
acc. Matth. ᾧ 588. p. 1174; 6. g. Luke 3, 13
μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον nothing
more beyond what is appointed, i. 4. no more
than is appointed. Heb. 1,4. 2,7. 9. 3,3.

9,23. 11,4. 12,24. (1 Esdr. 4,35. Hot, |

7.103. Thuc. 1. 23.) After ἄλλος, 1 Cor.
3, 11 ϑεμέλιον ἄλλον .. παρὰ τὸν κείμενον,
other ..than; comp. Matth.1.c. So Plato
Pheed. 42. p. 93. a, οὐδὲ μὴν ποιεῖν τι οὐδέ τι
πάσχειν ἄλλο, παρ᾽ ἃ ἂν ἐκεῖνα ἢ ποιῇ ἢ
πάσχῃ.

Nore. In composition παρά implies:
a) Nearness, proximity, alongside of, beside,
near, by; as παρακαδίζω, παρίστημι, mapa-
Saddoows. Ὁ) Motion or direction to the
side of, near by, near to, by; as παραβάλλω,
παραδίδωμι, παρέχω, mapareivw. 6) Mo-
sion along by or past any place, a going be-
yond; aS παράγω, παρέρχομαι, παραπλέω.
d) Trop. a going beside or beyond, going
amiss, i.q. Engl. ex's e. wrongly, falsely,

545

παραβιᾶζομαι

ϑπαρακούω;παραϑεωρέω ; or like Lat. preter,
trans, implying transgression, violation, as
mapaBaive, παρανομέῳ ; also by stealth, as
παρεισάγω.

παραβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, aor. 2 παρέβην,
(βαίνω,) pr. to go by.the side of, to accom-
pany, sc. as one of the warriors in a chariot,
Hom. Il. 11. 522. ib. 13. 708. Hdot. 7. 40;
to pass by or over in silence, Dem. 298. 11.
—Usually and in N. T. only trop. to go aside
from, to overstep, to transgress, c. accus.
Matt. 15, 2.3 ὑμεῖς mapaBaivere τὴν ἐντολὴν
τοῦ Seov. Absol. 2 John 9. Pregn. Acts 1,
25 ἐξ ἧς [ἀποστολῆς) παρέβη ᾿Ιούδας i. e.
from which he by transgression fell away,
which he deserted by transgression; so
Sept. c. ἐκ for 13 "90 Ex. 32,8. Sept.
genr. for "23 Num. 14,41. Josh. 7,11. 15.
—Dem. 624. 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 21.

παραβάλχω, f. βαλῶ, (Bdddw,) to
throw near, to cast before,as food to ani-
mals, Luc. D. Deor. 12. 1. Pol. 1. 84. 8.—
In N. T. ᾿

1. to throw or place side by side, trop. to
compare, τὶ ἔν τινι Mark 4, 30.—So τί τινι
Jos. Ant. ὅ. 1. 21. Hdot. 1. 198 : τὶ πρός
τι Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5.

2. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. to threw
oneself near, i. 6. to betake oneself any whi-
ther, to go or come to a place, to arrive at;
see Buttm. § 130. n. 2. § 113. 2. Matth,
ἢ 496. Winer § 39. 1.- Espec. by ship, as
a nautical term, c. εἰς Acts 20, 15 παρεβά-
λομεν εἰς Sdpov.—Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 4. Diod.
Sic. 1. 44. Hdot. 7. 179.

παραβάσις, ews, 7, (παραβαίνω,) trans
gression, 6. g. rod νόμου Rom. 2,23; absol.
4, 15. 5, 14. Gal. 3, 19. 1 Tim. 2, 14.
Heb. 2, 2. 9,15. Sept. for 5°80 Ps. 101
3.—2 Macc. 15, 10 π. τῶν ὅρκων. Plut.
Mor. II. p. 152.

παραβάτης; ov, 6, (παραβαίνω,) an ac-
companier, companion, sc. as one of the
warriors in a chariot, Diod. Sic. 20. 41.
Xen. Cyr, 7. 1. 29.—In N. T. @ transgres-
Sor, 6. g. τοῦ νομοῦ Rom. 2, 25. 27. James
2,11; absol. Gal. 2,18. James 2,9. So
Symm. for 7778 Ps. 17, 4. Ez. 18, 10.

παραβιάξομαι, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. depon.
(Biafo,) to force, to do violence to, contrary
to nature and right, Jos. Ant. 13.4.9. Pol.
26. 1. 3. Plut. ed. Reisk. X. p. 118 pen.
μὴ παραβιάζεσϑαι ταῖς ἡδοναῖς τὴν piow.—
In N. Τ'. to compel, to constrain, by over-
much entreaty, c. acc. Luke 24, 29. Acts
16, 15. Sept. for "28 2K. 2,17; 728
1 Sam. 28, 23.

παραβολευομαι

παραβολεύομαι, f. εύσομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (παράβολος, mapaBadXopat,) to expose
oneself, to venture; Phil. 2, 30 Grb. παρα-
βολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ exposing himself as
to his life, regardless of his life; for the
dat. see Winer § 31. 3. Matth. 5 400. 6.—
Chrysost. 1 Thess. Hom. 9. Hesych. πα-
ραβολευσάμενος" εἰς ϑάνατον ἑαυτὸν ἐκδούς.
See Wetstein N. T. not. crit. in loc.

ἶ παραβολή, ἧς, 7), (παραβάλλω!,) pr. a

placing side by side, as of ships in battle,
Pol. 15. 2. 13. Diod. Sic. 14. 60.—In N.
T. trop.

1. α comparison, similitude ; Mark 4, 30
ἐν ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παραβαλῶμεν αὐτήν ;
Heb. 11, 19 ἐν παραβολῇ. i. 6. figuratively.
So 2]. V. Η. 3. 38. Pol. 1. 2. 2.—Spec.
an image, figure, symbol, i. q. τύπος, Heb.
9, 9 ἥτις [ἦν] παραβολὴ εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν
ἐνεστηκότα, i. e, a symbol or type of spirit-
ual things in Christ; comp. v. 11.

2. Spec. a parable, a short discourse or
comparison, usually a narrative, under which
something else is figured, or in which the
fictitious is employed to represent and illus-
trate the real. This is a favourite mode of
oriental teaching, and was much employed
by our Saviour; so often in the first three
Gospels, but not elsewhere in N. T. E. g.
Matt. 13, 24 ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέϑηκεν.
vy. 31. 33. 53. 15, 15. 21, 33. 45. Mark 4,
10. 13 bis..7, 17. 12,12. Luke 5,36. 6, 39.
8, 9. 11. 12, 16. 41. 13, 6. 15, 3. 18, 1. 9.
19, 11. 20,9. 19. 21,29; ἐν παραβολαῖς in
parables, through or by means of parables,
Mark 4, 11. Luke 8, 10; λαλεῖν, λέγειν, εἰ-
πεῖν ἐν παραβολαῖς, Matt. 13, 3. 10. 13. 34.
22,1. Mark 3,23. 12,1; διδάσκειν ἐν παρα-
βολαῖς Mark 4,2; εἶπε διὰ παραβολῆς Luke
8, 4; dat. of manner, Mark 4, 33. Also
χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς Matt. 13,
84. Mark 4, 34; ἀπὸ τῆς συκῆς μάϑετε τὴν
παραβολήν, i. 6. drawn from the fig-tree,
Matt. 24, 32. Mark 13,28. With gen. of
the object whence the parable is drawn,
Matt. 13,18 π. rod σπείροντος. Υ. 36 π. τῶν
ζιζανίων. Once of a series of comparisons,
including also a parable, Luke 14, 7, comp.
v. 7-11. 12-14. 16-24. Sept. and Heb. 5.9
Ez. 17, 2. 24,.3.

τς 3. In a wider sense, figurative discourse,
a dark saying, apothegm, i. e. obscure and
of deep meaning 5 Matt. 13, 35 ἀνοίξω ἐν
παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα pov, quoted from Ps.
78, 2 where Sept. for dui a sententious or
didactic poem; comp. Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 12,

9.—Hence i. q. a proverb, adage, Luke 4, 23.

Sept. and >%2 1 Sam. 10,12. Ez. 18, 2.

546

παραγινομαι

παραβουλευομαι, f. εύσομαι, (βου-
λεύω,) to misconsull, to not regard, a doubt-
ful form, c. dat. Phil. 2, 30 Rec. where
other editions and Mss. read παραβολεύομαι
4. v- Not found elsewhere.

παραγγελία, ας, ἧ (rapayyédrAw,)
announcement, declaration, ΣῪ 9¢ ion, by
authority, Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 4.—In N. T. a
command, charge, precept, e. g. from magis-
trates, c. dat. emphat. Acts 5, 28 οὐ mapay-
yeria παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν; 16,24. Or as
pertaining to religion, 1 Thess. 4, 2 παραγ-
γελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ.
1 Tim. 1, 5. 18. So genr. Pol. 6. 27. 1.

παραγγέλλω, f. γελῶ, (ἀγγέλλω,) to
bring or send word near to any one, to pass
the word along, to announce, Hdian. 1. 5. 3.
Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 4.—Hence in N. T. and
comm. to give the word, to command, to
charge; also παραγγέλλω μή, to forbid ;
c. dat. of pers. expr. or impl. the thing com-
manded being put in the accus. or infin. or
with ἵνα and the like. a) With dat. and
accus. 2 Thess. 3, 4 ἃ παραγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν.
v. 10 τοῦτο mapayy. ὑμῖν, ὅτι κτὰ. c. dat.
impl. 1 Cor. 11,17. 1 Tim. 4,11. 5, ἢ ταῦ-
τα παράγγελλε, iva κτλ. So Xen. Cyr. 4.
2.19. Lac. 13.5. 8) With dat. and infin,
see for the use of the infin. aor. as well as
inf. pres. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 747 sq. Winer
§ 45. 8. E. g. infin. aor. Mark 8, 6 παρήγ-
yete τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. [Matt.
15, 35.] Luke 5,14. 8, 29. 56. Acts 10, 42.
16,18. 23,22. 1 Cor.'7, 10. Inf. pres. Luke
9,21 αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλε μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο.
Acts 1, 4. 4, 18. 5, 28. 40. 16,23. 17, 30.
23,30. 2 Thess. 3, 6. 1 Tim. 1, 3. 6,17;
with acc. and inf. pres. 1 Tim. 6, 13; dat.
impl. Acts 15,5. So aor. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 26.
Hdian. 6. 8.15. Xen. Ag. 1.31; pres. Luc.
Nigr. 34. Xen. Cyr. 2.4.4. Inf. 6. ace.
Xen. An, 1.2.1. sy) Further, with dat.
and ἵνα, see in ἵνα III. 1. a. Mark 6, 8.
2 Thess. 3, 123; dat. and καϑώς 1 Thess. 4,
11; with λέγων before the express words
Matt. 10, 5.

παραγίνομαι, f. γενήσομαι, (yivopat,)
Pres. and Impf. to become near, to become
present, i. e. to come, to approach, to arrive,
Matt. 3, 1.13. Mark 14, 43; Impf. once
John 8, 23; elsewhere only Aor. 2 mape-
γενόμην, to be near, to be present, i. e. to
have come or arrived; see in γίνομαι.

1. Genr. and absol. John 3, 23 mapeyi-
vovro καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο. Luke 14,21. 19, 16.
Acts 11, 23 ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδών. 25,
7. 1 Cor. 16, 3.al. Sept. for 813 Gen. 26,
32. Ex. 2, 16.17. sep. So Al. V. H. 12.

παραγω 547

1 inity Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 3.—With an adjunct
of place whither, e. g. εἰς c. acc. of place,
Matt. 2,1. John 8,2. Acts 13, 14. 15, 4.
(Sept. Josh. 24, 11. Hdot. 2. 4.) With
ἐπί c. acc. of place, Matt. 3, 13 (Plut.
Mor. II. p. 35) ; ἐπί c. acc. of pers. to come
upon or against any one, Luke 22, 52.
(Sept. Josh. 10,9. Thuc. 2. 95.) With
πρός c. acc. of pers. Luke 7, 4. 11, 6.
Acts 20,18. So Sept. Ex. 2,17. 18, 6.
Diod. Sic. 2. 13.—With an adjunct of place
whence, 6. g. ἀπό c. gen. Matt. 3,13; ἐξ
ὁδοῦ Luke 11, 6; mapa τινος Mark 14, 43.

2. Spec. to come or appear publicly, e. g.
John the Baptist, Matt. 3,1; Jesus, Luke
12, 51. Heb. 9, 11.—1 Mace. 4, 45. Test.
XII Patr. p. 745. +

παράγω, f. dé, (ἄγω,) to lead along
near, to lead by or past, Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 11.
—Hence in N. T.

1. Mid. tapdyopat, to pass along, to
pass away; absol. 1 John 2, 8 ἡ σκοτία
mapayerat. ‘Trop. i. 4. to disappear, to per-
ish, 1 John 2,17 ὁ κόσμος mapayerat. Only
in N. T.

2. Intrans. παράγω; to pass along, to
pass by, comp. in ἄγω no. 2. Matt. 20, 30
ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει. Mark 2, 14.
1ὅ, 21. John 9,1. Sept. for say 2 Sam.
15, 18. Ps. 129, 8. So Pol. 5. 18. 4—
Spec. to pass on by, tv pass away, Matt. 9,
9 καὶ παράγων ὃ ᾿Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν. ν. 27,
John 8,59. Trop. i. q. to disappear, to per-
ish, 1 Cor. 7, 31 τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τού-
του παράγει. Sept. and say Ps. 144, 4.
So Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 44.

παραδευγματίζω, f. iow, (παράδειγμα,
mapadeixvupt,) to make an example vf, to put
to open shame, c. acc. Matt. 1, 19 μὴ ϑέλων
αὐτὴν παραδειγματίσαι. Heb. 6, 6 coupled
with dvacravpdo. So Sept. for >»pin
Num. 25, 4—Plut. de Curiosit. 10. Pol.
29. 7. 5. 4

παράδεισος, ov, ὁ, paradise, comp.
Sanscr. paredéca, a region of beauty; Ar-
men. pardes, a garden or park around the
house, planted with grass, herbs, trees, for
use and ornament, see Schreeder Diss.
Thesaur. Ling. Armen. premiss. p. 56.
In the Heb. form oy79 and Gr. παράδεισος,
it is applied to the pleasure gardens and

parks with wild animals around the country’

residences of the Persian monarchs and
princes, Neh. 2, 8; comp. Ecc. 2, 5. Cant.
4,13. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. Hell. 4. 1. 33.
(ἔς. 4. 13. Diod. Sic. 16. 41. In like

- manner of the parks and gardens of the

Jewish kings, Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 14. ib. 8. 7.

παραδίδωμι

3. Hence in Sept. of the garden of Eden,
παράδεισος for Heb. 43 Gen. 2, 8 sq. Jos.
Ant. 1.1.3. See Heb. Lex. oa. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 173 sq.—Hence
in the later Jewish usage and in N. T. par-
adise is put for the abode of the blessed
after death, viz. "

1. The inferior paradise, or the region ot
the blessed in Hades, Luke 23, 43; see art.
a@éns. Comp. Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 3.

2. Spec. 6 παράδεισος. rod Seod, the
paradise of God, the celestial paradise,
where the spirits of the just dwell with
God, 2 Cor. 12, 4, i. q. ὁ τρίτος οὐρανός in
v. 3; see in οὐρανός no. 4. b.. So Rev. 2,
7, where the imagery is drawn from Gen.
2, 8 sq.—Psalt. Salom. 14, 2. Test. XII
Patr. p. 586 αὐτὸς [ὁ vids τοῦ 3.] ἀνοίξει
τὰς ϑύρας τοῦ παραδείσου σου, kal... δώσει
τοῖς ἁγίοις φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς.

παραδέχομαι, f. ξομαι, Mid. depon.
(δέχομαι,) to take near or to oneself, i. 6. to
receive to oneself, pr. from the hands of any
one, Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 1.—In N. T. trop. to
receive, to admit, to approve, 6. g. things, 6.
acc. Mark 4, 20 τὸν λόγον. Acts 16, 21
ἔϑη. 22,18. 1 Tim. 5,19. Sept. for xiv?
Ex. 23, 1. (Arr. Epict. 1. 7. 6. Lue. D.
Mort. 28. 2.) Also persons, Acts 16, 4
Lachm. By Hebraism, to delight in, Heb.
12, 6 υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται, parall. with dya-
πάω, quoted from Prov. 3, 12 where Sept.
for 337,

παραδιατρίβη, ns, ἡ, (διατριβή, Siarpé:
βω,) misemployment, useless occupatior,
busy meddling; 1 Tim. 6, 5 Rec. This
reading has less authority than διαπαρα-
τριβή, though some prefer it ; see Tittm. de
Synon. N. T. p. 233. Winer § 16. 4. n.

παραδίδωμι, f. παραδώσω, (δίδωμι,) to
give near or over to any one, to deliver over
or up, into the possession or power of any
one.

1. Of persons, to deliver over with evil
intent into the power or authority of others;
e. g. to magistrates for trial, condemnation,
6. 866. et dat. Matt. 5,25 μήποτέ σε παρα-
δῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ. Mark 15, 1 παρέ-
δωκαν αὐτὸν τῷ Πιλάτῳ. Luke 20, 20. John
19, 11; dat. impl. Matt. 27, 18. Acts 3, 13.
(Dem. 515. 6.) To lictors or soldiers for
punishment or ward, Matt. 5, 25 καὶ ὁ
κριτής σε παραδῷ τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ. 18, 34 παρέ-
δωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανισταῖς. 20, 19 et
Luke 18, 32 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, i. 6. the Roman
soldiers. Acts 12, 4; with eis final, Matt.
20,19. With acc. and εἰς final, Luke 24,
20 παρ. αὐτὸν els κρίμα ϑανάτου, i. 6. to be

παραδίδωμι

punished with death. With ἵνα, Matt. 27,
26 Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν, ἵνα oravpo%7. Mark
15, 15. (Dem. 1327. ult. Xen. An. 4. 2. 1.)
Also in general to the power and pleasure
of one’s enemies; c. acc. et dat. Matt. 26,
15 κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν. Luke 23,
25. Mark 10, 33. 1 Tim. 1, 20; acc. simpl.
Matt. 10, 4 Ἰούδας 6 καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν.
24, 10, Mark 3, 19. 14, 11. Luke 22, 21.
al. Pass. Matt. 4, 12. Mark 1, 14.
(1 Mace. 14, 33. Ceb. Tab. 9. Xen. Hell.
2. 4. 41.) Instead of dat. put with εἰς
συνέδρια, unto (before) councils, Matt. 10,
17. Luke 21,12. (Dem. 1230. 18.) Also
εἰς χεῖράς twos, into the hands (power)
of any one, Matt. 17, 22. Mark 14, 41.
Luke 24,'7. Acts 21,11. With εἰς final,
Matt. 24, 9. 26,2 6 vids τοῦ ἀνῶρ. mapadi-
Sora εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. Acts 8, 3 εἰς φυ-
λακήν. Mark 18, 12 et 2 Cor. 4, 11 εἰς
Savarovy, and so with εἰς Sdvaroyv imp).
wherever the reference is to the death of
Jesus, Rom. 4, 25. 8, 32. 1 Cor..11, 23;
also where Jesus is said ἑαυτὸν παραδιδόναι,
Gal. 2, 20. Eph. 5, 2. 25. (Act. Thom.
§ 52.) Once genr. τινά τινι εἰς, 1 Cor. 5, 5.

2, Of persons or things delivered over to
do or suffer any thing, to give up or over, to
surrender, to permit, Ὁ.. acc. Acts. 15, 26
avSpwmos παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὑτῶν,
men who have given up (jeoparded) their
lives. Soc. acc. et ἵνα, 1 Cor. 13, 3 ἐὰν
παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά pov iva καυϑήσωμαι. Sept.
for Chald. 3777 Dan. 3,28. (Luc. Tim. 12.
Plut. Mor. IL p. 32. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 47.)
Of persons given over to follow their pas-
sions or appetites; with acc. and dat. of
thing, Eph. 4, 19 ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ
ἀσέλγείᾳ. Acc. and infin. Acts 7, 42; ace.
and εἴς τι into any thing, i. e. into the pow-
er or practice of it, Rom. 1, 24. 26.28. So
Ecclus. 23, 6.

3. Of persons and things delivered over
to the charge, care, kindness of any one, to
give up or over, to commit, to intrust, mostly
c. acc. et dat. Matt. 11, 27 πάντα μοι παρα-
δόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός. 25, 14. Luke 4, 6.
10, 22. Acts 27, 1 παρεδίδουν τὸν ἸΤαῦλον...
ἑκατοντάρχῃ KTA. 1 Pet. 2,23. 2 Pet. 2, 4.
(Diod. Sic. 5. 36. Xen. An. 4.6. 1.) So
παραδιδόναι τινὰ TH χάριτι TOV Beov, to com-
mit (commend) to the favour of God, Acts 14,
26. 15, 40; παραδιδόναι τὸ πνεῦμα SC. τῷ
%e@, to give up the ghost, John 19, 30, comp.
Ps. 31, 5. Ecc. 12, '7.—Spec. to deliver up,
to render up, 6. g. τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ ϑεῷ
1 Cor. 1ὅ, 24. So Xen. Hell. 2. 8..7.

4. Of things delivered orally or by writ-
ing, i. q. to deliver, to declare, to teach, c. acc.

548

. the. sea-side, on the sea-coast ;

Tapayewpéw

et dat. expr. or impl. Mark’7, 13. Luke 1, 2.
Acts 6, 14 τὰ &3n ἃ παρέδωκεν ὑμῖν Μωῦσῆς
16,4. 1 Οοτ. 11, 2. 28 ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν
15, 3. 2 Pet. 2,21. Jude 8. Pass. Rom. 6
17 εἰς ὃν παρεδόϑητε τύπον διδαχῆς, for εἰς
τὸν τύπον διδ. ὃν παρεδόϑητε, see Buttm.
§ 131. 5, and ὁ 184. 6. Winer ὁ 94. 2.—Jos.
ce. Apion. 1. 12. Hdian..1. 1. 3. Diod. Sic.
ἃ. 3;

5. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. see in
παραβάλλω no. 2, to deliver’ up oneself, to
yield oneself, e. g. as the harvest presents
itself for the sickle ; Mark 4,29 ὅπαν δὲ πα-
ραδῷ ὃ καρπός. = +

παράδοξος, ου; ὅ, ἡ, τἀ]. (δόξα,) ραγαάοα-
ical, strange, pr. aside from opinion, Luce. D.
Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 19.—In N. T.
strange, wonderful, Luke 5,26. So Ecclus.
43, 25. Hdian. 1. 1. 5. Plut. Alex. M. 17.

παράδοσις, ews, ἧ, (παραδίδωμι,) de-
livery, the act of delivering over from one to
another, Thuc. 1. 9; the surrender of a city,
Jos. B. J. 1. 8. 6. Thuc. 3.53.—In N. T.
meton. ‘any thing orally delivered, a pre-
cept, ordinance, instruction.

1. Of precepts or doctrines aambeited down
from age to age, tradition, traditional law;
Matt. 15, 2 παραβαίνουσι τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν
πρεσβυτέρων. v. 3. 6. Mark 7, 3. 5. 8. 9.
13. Gal. 1, 14. Col. 2,8. See Jos. Ant. 13.
10. 6.—Pol. 12. 6. 1. Plato Legg, 803. a.

2. Genr. a precept, doctrine, 1 Cor. 11, 2
καϑὼς παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, τὰς παραδόσεις κατέ-
χετε. 3 Thess. 2,15. 3, 6.—Jos. Ant. 10.
4.1. Arr. Epict. 2. 23. 40. Pol. 11. 8: 2.

παραζηλόω, &, f. dc, (ζηλόω,) pr. to
make miszealous, i. e. to make jealous, to pro-
voke to jealousy or emulation, trop. of Israel
whom God would make jealous of their own
high privileges and cause to set a right value
upon them, by bestowing like privileges on
other nations; c. acc. Rom. 10, 19 παραζη-
λώσω ὑμᾶς ἐπ᾽ οὐκ ἔϑνει, quoted from Deut.
32, 21 where Sept. for 82P, 83PN. Rom.
11,11. 14. Also in respect to God, to pro-
voke God to jealousy and wrath by rendering
to idols the homage due to him alone, 1 Cor.
10,22. Sept. for ἈΞ 1K. 14, 22; Sonn
Ps. 37, 1. 7. 8. So Ecclus. 30, 3.

παραδαλάσσιος, a, ον, (Sddracea,) by
Matt. 4, 13
εἰς Καπερν. τὴν παραϑαλασσίαν. Sept. for
po mpw->y 2 Chron. 8, 17.—Pol. 1. 20.
6. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 24.

παραϊδϑεωρέω, ὦ, f. now, (Sewpéw,) to
look αἱ ἃ thing beside another, to compare, .
Xen. Mem. 4. 8. '7.—In N. T. to look by οἱ

παραϑήκη

beyond any thing, to overlook, to neglect ;
Pass. Acts 6, 1 ὅτι παρεϑεωροῦντο ai χῆραι
αὐτῶν. So Dem. 1414. 22. Diod. Sic. 35.
T. VI. p. 218.

παραϑήκη, ns, ἧ, (παρατίϑημι,) a de-
posit, trust, something committed to one’s
charge, 2 Tim. 1, 12; also 1 Tim. 6, 20 et
2 Tim. 1, 14 in later edit. for παρακαταϑήκη
in Rec. Sept. for ΡΒ Lev. 6, 2. 4—
Hdot. 9. 45. Pol. 33. 12. 4,9. The Atti-
cists regard this as a later form for the earlier
παρακαταϑήκη, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 312.

παραινέω, 6, f. ἔσω, (αἰνέω,) pr. to
praise by or before any one ; hence to recom-
mend, to exhort, to admonish, absol. Acts
27,9; c. acc. et inf. Acts 27, 22 παραινῶ
ὑμᾶς edSupeiv.—2 Macc. 7, 25. Luc. Pisc.
51; 6. inf. Pol. 1.80.3. Xen. Mem. 1. 8. 8.

παραιυτέομαι, odpa, f. ήσομαι, Mid.
depon. (airéw,) to ask at the hands of any
one, to beg of or from, to obtain by asking,
Pind. Nem. 10. 56. Hdot. 1. 24, 90.—In
N. T. to beg off from any thing, to avert by
entrealy, to deprecate.

1. Genr. to entreat that something may
not take place ; ο. inf. Acts 25, 11 οὐ παραι-
τοῦμαι τὸ ἀποϑανεῖν Ido not deprecate death,
do not refuse todie. Followed by μή c. inf.
Heb. 12, 19; comp. in μή L. no. 4.—Jos.
Vit.§29 Saveiv od παραιτοῦμαι. Plut. Romul.
3. Thuc. 5. 63.

2. Spec. to excuse oneself, to beg off from
an invitation, absol. Luke 14, 18 #péavro..
παραιτεῖσθαι πάντες. Pass. particip. perf.
as Pass. ib. ἔχε με παρῃτημένον. v.19. See
Buttm. ᾧ 113. n. 6.—Jos. Ant. 7. 8.2. Plut.
Jul. Ces. 68 Κίννας. .. ἐδόκει ὑπὸ Καίσαρος
_ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλεῖσϑαι" παραιτούμενος κτὰ.
Plato Prot. 358. a.

3. Spec. not to receive, i. e. to refuse, to
reject, c. acc. Heb. 12, 25 bis, μὴ παραιτή-
onoZe τὸν λαλοῦντα κτλ. 1 Tim. 4, 7. 5,
11. So Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 8. Philo 2 Alleg.
p. 87.a. Diog. Laert. 4. 42.—Also, to avoid,
to shun, 6. acc. 2 Tim. 2, 23. Tit. 3,10. 50
2 Mace. 2, 31. Philo in Flace. p. 968. d.

παρακαδίξω, f. iow, (kaif no. 2,) to
sit down by or at, to seat oneself near, with
παρά c. acc. Luke 10, 39. Sept. for 285
Job 2,13.—Arr. Epict. 2. 6.23. Mid. id.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 7.

παρακαάλέω, ὦ, ἔ. ἔσω; (kadéw,) to call

to one’s side or presence, to call for; not
found in John’s writings.

1. Pr. to call for, to invile, c. ace. Acts
28, 20 διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν παρεκάλεσα
ὑμᾶς, ἰδεῖν κτὰλ.--- 2}. V. H. 3. 37. Dem.
1265. ult. Xen. An. 5. 6. 16.

549

παρακαλύπτω

2. to call for or upon for aid, to invoke,
e. g. God, Jos. Ant. 13. 5. 8. Arr. Epict.
3. 21..12. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 17.—Hence in
later usage and N. T. genr. to entreat, to be-
seech, c. acc. Matt. 18, 32. Acts 16, 39.
2 Cor. 12,18. Along with the accus. expr.
or impl. are also put other adjuncts, e. ¢
Part. λέγων or the like, Matt. 8, 5 προσῆλξεν
ἑκατόνταρχος, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων.
v. 81 οἱ δὲ δαίμονες παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν λέ-
yovres. Mark 1, 40. 5, 23. Acts 16, 1ὅ.
25, 2. Also with acc. and inf. aor. Mark
5, 17 ἤρξαντο παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελξεῖν kth.
Acts 8, 31. 9, 38. 19,31. 24, 4; acc. et
inf. c. τοῦ 21, 12. (1 Macc. 9, 35. Arr.
Epict. 1. 10. 10; inf. pres. Xen, Cyr. 4. 5.
53.) _ Also c. iva, Mark 5, 18. Luke 8, 31:
1 Cor. 16, 12. 2 Cor. 12, 8; c. ὅπως Matt.
8, 34. (Plut. Demetr. 38 pen.) Soc. περί
twos Philem. 10; comp. Jos. Ant. 1. c.
See Suid. παρακαλεῖν... ἄκυρον yap τὸ dé-
εσϑαι. Thom. Mag. p. 684.

3. to call upon to do any thing, to exhort,
to admonish, c. acc. of pers. Acts 15, 32
Ἰούδας καὶ Σίλας... παρεκάλεσεν τοὺς ἀδεὰ-
φούς. 1 Cor. 14, 31. 2 Cor. 10,1. 1 Thess.
2,11. Tim. 5,1. Heb. 3, 13. (1 Mace.
12, 50. Pol. 1. 61.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15.)
Also with acc. and further adjuncts ; 6. g.
with the express words, 1 Cor. 4, 16.
1 Pet. 5, 1; with inf. pres. Acts 11, 23
παρεκάλει πάντας... «προσμένειν τῷ κυρίῳ.
Phil. 4, 2 bis. 1 Pet. 2,11. (Plut. “Mor. II.
Ρ. 22. Tauchn.) With inf. aor. Acts 27,

‘33 παρεκάλει 6 11. ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τρο-

φῆς. Rom. 12,1. 2 Cor. 2,8. Eph. 4,.1.
Heb. 13, 19. (Hdian. 6. 9. 10.) - With ἵνα
1 Cor. 1, 10. 2 Cor. 8, 6. 1 Thess. 4, 1.—
Absol. c. ace. of pers. impl. Luke 3, 18.
Rom. 12, 8 ὁ παρακαλῶν. 2 Cor. 5, 20. 13,
11. Tit. 1,9. Heb. 10, 25; 6. λέγων Acts
2,40. Also c. inf. pres. 1 Tim. 2, 1; inf.
et acc. 2 Cor. 6,1. So ταῦτα δίδασκε καὶ
παρακάλει 1 Tim. 6, 2. Tit. 2, 15.

4. to exhort in the way of consolation,
encouragement, i. 4. to console, to comfort,
c. ace. of pers. Matt. 2,18 Ραχὴλ κλαίουσα

«καὶ οὐκ Gaede παρακληϑῆναι. 5,4. ἃ (ον.
1, 4 ter, 6 παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ
ϑλέψει κτλ. v. 6. 2, 1. Ἴ,1.1 Thess. 8,7.
4,18. So παρ. τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν, Eph. 6.
22. Col. 2, 2, 4, 8. 2 Thess. 2, 17; comp.
in καρδία no. 1. ἃ. y. Sept. often for om "
Gen. 24, 67. 37,34. Deut. 32, 36. al—
Spec. to make glad, Pass. to be glad, to re-
joice, Luke 16, 25. Acts 20,128, +

παρακαλύπτω, f. ψω, (καλύπτω,) to
cover over, to veil, by putting any thing be-
side or before an object; 6. g. rods ὀΦϑαλ-

παρακαταδήκη:

μούς Sept. for O°>3 Ez. 29, 96 Mid. id.
Plut. Pomp. 60.—In N. T. trop. Luke 9,
45 (τὸ ῥῆμα) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ᾽ ad-
τῶν. So Plato Rep. 503. ἃ.

παρακαταδήκη; ns, }, (παρακατατίξη-
pt,) a deposit, trust, something committed
to one’s charge, 1 Tim. 6, 20 and 2 Tim.
1, 14 Rec. where later edit. have the later
form παραϑήκη 4. ν. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 312.
—Jos. B. J. 3.8.5. Diod. Sic. 1ὅ. 76. Xen.
An. 5. 3. 7.

παράκειμαι, f. σομαι, (Keipat,) to lie
near, to be adjacent, Hdian. 3. 4.11. Xen.
An. 7. 3. 22.—In N. T. trop. to be at hand,
to be present, prompt, Rom. 7, 18 τὸ yap
σέλειν παράκειταί μοι. Vv. 21. So pr. Judith
3, 2. 3. 3

παράκλησ ὑφ, ews, ἧ; (παρακαλέω,) pr. ὦ
calling for, invitation, Dem. 275. 20 οἱ μὲν
ἐκ παρακλήσεως συγκαϑήμενοι.---ἶη N, T.

1. entreaty, persuasion; 2 Cor. 8, 4 μετὰ
πολλῆς παρακλησέως δεόμενοι ἡμῶν. ν. 17
comp. v. 6.—Jos. Ant. 8.1. 5. Pol. 22. 7.
2. Thue. 4. 61.

2. exhortation, admonition; Rom. 12, 8
εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει. 1 Cor.
14, 3.. 1 Tim. 4,13. Heb. 12, 5. 18, 22.
So 2°Mace. 7,24. Diod. Sic. 15. 56. AXs-
chin. 16. 33.—Spec. instruction, teaching,
i, e. hortatory, Acts 13,15 εἴ. ἐστι λόγος
ἐν ὑμῖν παρακλήσεως. 15,31. 1 Thess. 2,
3. So Acts 4, 36 vids παρακλήσεως, i. ἢ.
Aram. M85337"2 Βαρνάβας, where παρα-
κλήσις is then equiv. to προφητεία.

3. consolation, comfort; Rom. 15, 4 ἵνα
διὰ... τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν γραφῶν τὴν ἐλ-
πίδα ἔχωμεν, i. 6. the consolation afforded
by the Scriptures. 2 Cor. 1, 4. 5. 6 bis. 7.
7, 4. '7. 13. Phil. 2, 1. 2 Thess. 2, 16. Phi-
lem. 7. Heb. 6,18; ὁ Seds τῆς παρακλήσεως
Rom. 15, 5. 2 Cor. 1, 3. So Sept. for
pam Is. 57,18; DANI Jer. 16, 7. Is.
66, 11. (1 Macc. 12, 9.) Including the
idea of spiritual aid, assistance, i. q. ‘ aid
and comfort,’ Acts 9, 31 ἡ 2. τοῦ ἁγίου
avevparos.—Meton. for the author of spirit-
ual aid and consolation, the Messiah, Luke
2,25; so Sept. for 0722 Nah. 3,7. So
the Rabbins DMm32 often as a name of the
Messiah, see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Joh.
14, 16.—Spec. solace, joy, cause of joy,
* Luke 6, 24.

παράκλητος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (παρακαλέω,)
pr. called to one’s aid, assisting ; hence as
Subst.

1. Lat. advocatus, an advocate, interces-
sor, who pleads the cause of any one before
a judge; 1 John 2, 1 ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παρά-

550

παραλαμβανω

κλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, i. 6. Christ.
—Dem. 343.10. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11.37. So
Rabb. w)p4p or RUdp p for γγ 9 ἼΧΡὮ
intercessor, angel of intercession, Job 33,
23. oid

2. a consoler, comforter, bestowing spi-
ritual aid and consolation ; spoken of the
Holy Spirit, the Paraclete, John 14, 16. 26
15, 26. 16,7.

παρακοή, ἧς, ἧ, (παρακούω,) a@ πιῖ5-
hearing, what is heard amiss, Plato Ep.
341. b—In N. T. neglect to hear, disobe-
dience; Rom. 5,19 διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ
ἑνὸς ἀνδρώπου. 2 Cor. 10,6. Heb. 2, 2. So
Just. Mart. de Resurr. p. 213, ἀποῦνήσκο-
μεν τῇ τοῦ avSp. παρακοῆ.

παρακολουδέω, &, f. How, (ἀκολου-
S€@,) to accompany side by side, to follow
closely, c. dat. Diod. Sic. 20. 29. Xen.
Conv. 8. 23.—In N. T. trop.

1. Of things, to accompany anyone, i. q.
to be done by him, c. dat. Mark 16, 17 ση-
μεῖα δὲ τοῖς πιστεύσασι ταῦτα παρακολου-
Snoet.—Comp. 2 Mace. 8, 11.

3. to follow out closely in mind, to trace
out, to examine, c. dat. Luke 1, 3 παρακ.
πᾶσι axpiBas.—Pol. 1. 12. 7. Dem. 285.
21.

3. to follow, to conform unto, c. dat. 6. g.
τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Tim. 4, 6. 2 Tim. 3, 10.—
2 Mace. 9, 27.

παρακούω, f. cw, (ἀκούω,) to mishear,
to hear amiss, AQl. V. H. 5.9. Pol. '7. 11. 9.
Plato Prot. 330. e—In N. T. to neglect to
hear, not to obey, c. gen. Matt. 18, 17 bis,
ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν κτὰ. Sept. for
daw ND Is, 45,12; MWS PR Esth. 3, 8.
So Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 4. Pol. 26. 2. 1.

παρακύπτω, f. ψω, (κύπτω,) to stoop
down by or to any thing, to bend forward in
order to look at any thing more closely ;
absol. Luke 24, 12 παρακύψας βλέπει τὰ
ὀδόνια. John 20, 5; with εἴς τι, John 20,
11 παρέκυψεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον. Sept. for
pun Prov. 7, 6. 1 Chr. 15, 29. So Ec-
clus. 21, 23 εἰς οἰκίαν. Luc. Tim. 13; ab-
sol. Aristoph. Pax 983. Arr. Epict. 1. 1.
16.—Trop. to look into, to know, c. εἰς,
James 1, 25. 1 Pet. 1,12.

παραλαμβάνω, ξιλήψομαι, (Aap Bdve,)
Aor. 3 pers. Plur. παρελάβοσαν 2 Thess. 3,
6, see Buttm. ᾧ 103. m. 25; to take with or
to oneself; also /o receive with or to oneself;
comp. in λαμβάνω.

1. to take io oneself, e. g. a city, to take
in possession, to seize, Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 11.
—In N. T. only of persons, ta take to or

παραλέγω

with oneself, as an associate, companion ;
6. accus. Matt. 1, 20 μὴ φοβηϑῇς παραλα-
βεῖν Μαριὰμ τὴν γυναῖκά σου. v. 24. (Sept.
Cant. 8, 2.) Matt. 17, 1 παραλαμβάνει ὁ
Ἰησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον κτὰ. 20, 17. 26, 37.
Mark 4, 36. 5,40. 9,2. 10,32. Luke 9,
10. 28. 11, 26. 18,31. Acts 15, 39. Also
with eis c. acc. of place, Matt. 4, 5. 8. 27,
27; μετά c. gen. of pers. Matt. 12, 45.
18,16. Mark 14,33; πρός c. acc. of pers.
John 14, 3. Sept. for mpd, ὁ. εἰς Num.
23, 14; 6. μετά Gen. 22,3. So Hdian. 3.
14. 17. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.15; ὁ. εἰς Ail. V.
H. 2. 18—Part. παραλαβών is some-
times used by partial pleonasm before other
verbs, in order to express the idea more
fully and graphically, comp. in λαμβάνω
no. 1. a. Acts 16, 33 καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς
...€doveev ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν. 21, 24. 26. 32.
23,18. So too the verb itself with καί be-
fore another verb; Matt. 2,13 παράλαβε τὸ
παιδίον Kai φεῦγε. v.14. 20. 21. John 19,
16. So Sept. and ΠΡ 1 Sam. 17, 31. 57.
See Heb. Lex. art. MP? no. 1—Trop. of
those whom Christ will take with him, or re-
ceive into favour at his coming, Pass. Matt.
24, 40 ὁ εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ ὁ εἷς ἀφί-
erat. v. 41. Luke 17, 34. 35. 86. Alsoofa
veacher, i. 4. to receive, to acknowledge, to
embrace and follow his instructions, John
1, 11; comp. in λαμβάνω no. 1. 6.

2. to receive with or to oneself, what is
given, imparted, delivered over; see λαμ-
βάνω no. 2; 6. g. to receive (take) from
another into one’s own hands, Xen. Cyr.
7. 2. 14.—In N. T.

a) Pr. to receive in charge, as an office,
dignity, 6. g. διακονίαν Col. 4, 17; βασι-
λείαν Heb. 12,28. Sept. for Chald. dap
Dan. 5, 33.—Jos. Ant. 15. 2. 2. Diod. Sic.
11. 68. Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 35.

b) Trop. to receive into the mind, i. 4. fo
be taught, to learn, c. acc. of thing, Mark
1,4 ἃ παρέλαβον κρατεῖν. 1 Cor. 15, 1. 3.
Gal. 1, 9. Phil. 4,9 ἃ καὶ ἐμάϑετε καὶ παρε-
λάβετε. Col. 2,6 τὸν Χριστόν meton. for
the gospel of Christ. With acc. and ἀπό
twos 1 Cor. 11, 23; παρά τινος Gal. 1, 12.
1 Thess. 2, 13. 4, 1. 2 Thess. 3, 6.—
Routh Fragm. Patr. L 464, τὴν πίστιν ἣν
ἐξ ἀρχῆς παρελάβομεν. Diod. Sic. 1. 5.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 22.

παραλέγω, f. ξω, (λέγω.) to lay beside
or near; Mid. to lie near or with any one,
Hom. Il. 2. 515. ib. 14. 237.—In N. T.
Mid. παραλέγομαι, as a nautical term,
to lay one’s course near, i. Θ. to sail near,
by, along a place or coast, i. q. παραπλέω ;

551

παραμένω

so 6. acc. depending on παρά in composit.
Buttm. § 147. n. 9. Matth. ἡ 426. Winer
§ ὅθ. 2. c. Acts 27, 8. 13 mapehéyorro τὴν
Kpnrnv.—Diod. Sic. 13. 3 κἀκεῖϑεν ἤδη παρ-
ἐλέγοντο τὴν ᾿Ιταλίαν. ib. 14. 55.

παράλιος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (παρά, GAs,) in
Gr. writers also παράλιος, a, ov, near or by
the sea, maritime. Luke 6, 17 ἀπὸ τῆς πα-
ραλίου [χώρας] Τύρου, i. e. the sea-coast.
Sept. for pi pin Gen. 49, 13; 05 Josh. 11,
2. 3.—Jos. c. Ap. 1. 12 τὴν παράλιον Φοι-
νίκης κατοικοῦντες. Pol. 3. 39. 3. Thue.
2. 56.

παραλλαγή, ῆς, ἡ, (παραλλάσσω,) α
passing from hand to hand, transfer, is-
chy]. Agam. 490.—In N. T. change, alter-
nation, vicissitude, e. g. of celestial bodies,
trop. James 1, 17 wap’ ᾧ [Sea] οὐκ ἔνι πα-
ραλλαγή, see in ἀποσκίασμα. So Plotin.
Enn. 6. 6. 3 ἡμερῶν πρὸς νύκτας τῇ παραλ-
λαγῇ.

παραλογίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(λογίζομαι,) to misreckon, Luc. D. Mort. 4.
1. Dem. 822. 25.—In N. T. pr. to deceive
by false reasoning ; hence genr. to deceive,
to circumvent, c. acc. of pers. Col. 2, 4.
James 1, 22. Sept. for mm Josh. 9, 2.
1 Sam. 19,17. So Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 7.
Diod. Sic. 20. 8. Pol, 1. 11. 4.

παραλυτικός, 1}, Ov, (παράλυσις, παρα-
λύω,) paralytic, palsied, Matt. 4, 24. 8, 6. 9,
2bis. 6. Mark 2, 8. 4. ὅ. 9. 10. [Luke 5, 24.]
—Act. Thom. ὁ 12. Comp. Celsus de Me-
dic. 3. 27, “ Resolutio nervorum interdum
tota corpora, interdum partes infestat. Ve-
teres auctores illud ἀποπληξίαν, hoc παρά-
Avow nominarunt ; nunc utrumque παράλυ-
ow nominari video.”

παραλύω, f. iow, (Ab@,) to loosen at
or from the side, i. e. things joined side by
side, to diyoin, Sept. for nap Lev. 13, 45.
Pol. 8. 6. 9. Diod. 13. 106 τὰ od«xca.—In
N. T. to dissolve, i. e. genr. to relax, to en-
feeble; only Perf. part. Pass. mapade- .
λυμένος. ἡ, ov, relaxed, enfeebled, feeble.

1. Pr. Heb. 12, 12 παραλελυμένα γόνατα,
in allusion to Is. 35, 3 where Sept. for
dua. Sept. for mxd Gen. 19, 11.—Pol.
20. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 20.'72; comp. Plato
Ax. 367. b.

2. Spec. paralyzed, paralytic, i. q. mapa-
λυτικός 4. v. Luke 5, 18. 24, Acts 8, 7 πολ-
Rot δὲ παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοί. 9, 33.—
1 Macc. 9, 55. δοίη. Dial. Soc. 8. 9.
Ariswt. Eth. N. 1. 13. 15.

παραμένω, f. νῶ, (μένω.) to remain
near, by, with any one; so with πρός twa,

παραμυϑέομαι

1 Cor. 16, 6 πρὸς ὑμᾶς δὲ τυχὸν παραμενῶ..
ΠΆΒ50]. Heb. 7, 23 κωλύεσθαι παραμένειν,
i. e. in the priest’s office. (Judith 12, 7.
Plut: Romul. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 3.)
Trop. 10 continue in any thing, to persevere
therein, absol. James 1, 25. So: Diod. Sic.
2. 29 π. ἐν τῷ μαϑήματι.

παραμυϑδέομαι, οὔμαι, f. ἤσομαι, Mid.
depon. (μυϑέομαι, μῦϑος,) to speak beside or
with any one, kindly, soothingly, i. 4. to
soothe, to pacify, Plut. Agesil. 3'7. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 23.—Hence in N. T.

1. to exhort, to encourage, c. acc. expr.
or impl. 1 Thess. 2, 11 παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς
καὶ παραμυϑούμενοι. 5, 14.—2 Mace. 15, 9.
Plut. Camill. 31. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 28.

2. to console, to comfort, c. acc. John 11,
19 ἵνα παρ. αὐτὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῶν.
v. 81.---ἰο5. Ant. 6. 8. 4. Pol. 1ὅ. 29, 10.
Xen. Conv. 1. 16.

παραμυδία, as, 4, (παραμυϑέομαι,) ex-
hortation, encouragement, Xen, Ag. 5. 3.—
In N. T. consolation, comfort, 1 Cor. 14, 3.
So Wisd. 19, 12. Ail. V. H. 12. 1 fin.
Plato Ax. 365. a.

παραμύϑιον, ίου, τό, (παραμυϑέομαι,)
exhortation, encouragement, Plato Legg.
773. e.—In N. T. consolation, comfort, sol-
ace, Phil. 2,1. So Wisd. 3,18. Luc. D.
Marin, 9. 1. Thuc. 5. 103. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 517.

παρανομέω, &, f. How, (παράνομος,
νόμος.) to act aside from law, to violate
law, to transgress, absol. Acts 23, 3.
Sept. for vad Ps. 119, 51.—Diod. Sic. 1.
75. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 4.

παρανομία, as, 7, (παρανομέω.) viola-
tion of law, transgression, 2 Pet. 2, 16.
Sept. for mara Ps.. 37, '7—-Pol,, 1. ἢ, 4:
Thue. 4. 98.

παραπικραίνω, f. avd, (πικραίνω,)
aor. 1 παρεπίκρανα, comp. Buttm. §101. 4;
found only in Sept. and N, T. pr. to show
bitterness with or towards any one, to deal
bitterly with, Sept. Lam. 1, 20 παραπικραί-
νουσα παρεπικράνϑην. Oftener i. 4. to im-
bitter, to provoke, e. g. God by disobedience,
Sept. c. acc. for 72 to rebel, Ps. 5, 12.
78, 17. 40. 56. Ez. 20, 13. 21.—Hence in
N. T. absol. to provoke God, Heb. 3,16. So
Esdr. 6, 15.

παραπικρασμός, od, ὃ, (παραπικραί-
vo,) an imbitlering, provocation, 6. g. of
God by disobedience, Heb. 3, 8. 15. Sept.
for many Ps. 95, 8. Not found in the
classics.

552

παράπτωμα

παραπίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, (πίπτω,) adr.
2 παρέπεσον, to fall beside or at the side,
Plut. Lysand. 25; to fall in-with, to meet,
Pol. 15. 28, 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10; to fail
aside from, to swerve or deviate from, e. g.
τῆς ὁδοῦ Pol. 3. 54. 5; comp. Buttm. ὁ 182.
4.—Hence in N. T. trop. to fall away from
the path of duty, from the: faith, to aposta-
tize, absol. Heb. 6, 6. Sept. for >32-Ez.
18, 24. 20,27. So Pol. 12. 7. 2 τῆς ἀληϑεί-
as. Xen. Hell. 1.6. 4.

παραπλέω, f. εύσομαι, (πλέω.) to sail
by or past a place, 6, g. τὴν Ἔφεσον Acts
20, 16; for the acc, depending on παρά,
see Buttm. ᾧ 147. n. 9. Matth. § 426. Winer
ᾧ 46. 2. c.—Lue. Nigrin. 19. Xen. An. 6. 2.1.

παραπλήσιον, ady. (neut. of παρα-
πλήσιος, πλησίος,) near by, nigh to, trop. c.
dat. Phil. 2,27 ἠσθένησε παραπλήσιον ϑανά-
t@.—Absol. Pol. 4. 40, 10. Thue. ἡ. 19.

παραπλησίως, adv. (παραπλήσιος,)
pr. near to, nigh by; and hence like, in like -
manner, Heb. 2, 14.—Jos. Vit. ὁ 37. Dem.
36. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25.

παραπορεύομαι, f. εύσομαι, Pass. de
pon. (πορεύομαι,) to go near or by the side of
any one, to accompany, Pol. 10. 29. 4. Dion,
Hal. 7. 9.—In N. T. to pass by, to pass along
by, intrans. Mark 11, 20 καὶ pot maparo-
ρευόμενοι, εἶδον τὴν συκῆν κτὰ. Part. of πα-
ραπορευόμενοι, the passers-by, Matt. 27, 39.
Mark 15, 29. With διά ὁ. gen. of place
through which, Mark 2, 23 διὰ τῶν σπορί-
pov. 9, 30. Sept. for say Gen. 37, 27.
Josh. 6,7; c. διά for 2 Deut. 2,4. So Pol.
2. 27. 5. Plut. Camill. 32.

᾿ παράπτωμα; ατος, τό, (παραπίπτω,) a
misfall, mishap, Diod. Sic. 19. 100.—In
N. T.

1. @ falling aside or away from right,
truth, duty, a lapse, error, fault; pr. unin-
tentional, arising from ignorance or inadver-
tence. Matt. 6, 14 ἐὰν yap ἀφῆτε τοῖς av3pa-
mols Ta παραπτώματα αὐτῶν. y. 15 bis.
Mark 11, 25. 26; also Matt. 18, 35. Rom.
11, 11. 12. Gal. 6, 1. Sept. for mxsyy
Ps, 19, 13; Chald. ndsan Dan. 6. 22.—Pol.
Ὁ. 40 9 ἢ

2. By Hebr. genr. for transgressiun, sin.
Rom. 4, 25 ὃς παρεδόϑη διὰ τὰ παραπτώ-

τ ματα ἡμῶν. Rom. 5, 15. 16. 20. 2 Cor. 5,

19. Eph. 1, 7. 2, 1.5. Col. 2, 13 bis. James
5, 16. Of Adam’s transgression and fall,
Rom. 5, 15. 17. 18. (Wisd. 10, 1.) . Sept.
for 53 Ez. 14, 13; >32 Ez. 3, 20; 308
Job 36, 9. Ez. 14, 11—Act. Thom. § 38,
56.

παραῤῥέω

παραῤῥέω, f. ῥεύσομαι, (ῥέω.) Pass.
aor. 2 παρεῤῥύην in signif. like the Act.
Buttm. ὁ 114 ῥέω ; to flow near, to flow by,
pr. of a river, Hdian. 1.11. 7. Xen. Cyr. 4.
5. 4; trop. to glide away, to escape from the
mind, Symm. Prov. 4, 21. Lue. Disp. c. Hes.
5 εἴ τι ἐν τῷ τῆς ποιήσεως δρόμῳ ponchony
λάξῃ. Plato Legg. 781. ἃ ; of a person, fo
glide along, to slip in by stealth, as a thief,
Plut. de Solert. Animal: ᾧ 13 med. παραῤ-
ῥυεὶς yap ἄνϑρωπος εἰς τὸν νεὼν τοῦ ᾿Ασκλη-
mwov.—In N. T. once of persons, trop. to
glide aside, lo miss, to fatl of any thing;
absol. Heb. 2, 1 δεῖ ἡμᾶς προσέχειν τοῖς
ἀκουσϑεῖσι, μήποτεπαραῤῥυῶμεν, lest we glide
aside, lest we fail to profit by the things
heard (τοῖς ἀκουσϑεῖσι) and so miss of the
great salvation ; parall. with ἀμελήσαντες
σωτηρίας Υ- 3; comp. Heb. 4,1. So Sept.
υἱέ, μὴ παραῤῥυῇς, τήρησον δὲ ἐμὴν βουλήν;
for Heb. τηῦ, Prov. 3, 21. So: too Clem.
Alex. Pedag. III. p. 246 ἵνα μὴ παραῤῥυῶσι
τῆς ἀληϑείας διὰ χαυνότητα. Eupol. ap. Stob.
Serm. 4. Ρ. 53 μαίνεταί τε καὶ παραῤῥεῖ τῶν
φρενῶν τῷ σῷ Adyo.—Others, to glide aside,
to stumble and fall, to perish ; so Chrysost.
μὴ παραῤῥυῶμεν, τουτέστι, μὴ ἀπολώμεϑα, μὴ
ἐκπέσωμεν. But this sense is not supported
by any usage.

παράσημος, ov; 0, ἡ, adj. (σῆμα,) by-
marked, having a mark, sign, stamp; e. g.
as bad, of false stamp, base, so of coin, Dem.
766. 6. Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 24; trop.
of pers. notorious, Βο ῥητώρ Dem. 307. 26;
also as good, trop. of pers. noted, distinguish-
ed, Plut. Brut. 2. Hdian. 5. 8. 15—Hence
in N. T. of a ship, having a sign, badge,
emblem; Acts 28, 11 ἐν πλοίῳ... παρασήμῳ
Διοσκύροις, in a ship... δαάσοα with the Dios-
curoi, having Castor and Pollux as its sign
or emblem. So Neut. τὸ παράσημον as
Subst. the sign, badge, emblem of a ship, by
which it was distinguished from others;
commonly a picture or image on the prow,
and different from the tutela or figure of the
tutelar god of the ship upon the stern;
though sometimes the parasemon and tutela
would seem to have been the same, as in the
present case ; comp. Potter's Gr. Ant. II. p.
128 sq. Adam’ 5. Rom. Ant. p. 401. Dict.
of Antt. art. Navis no. 1, 2. Plut. Sept.
Sap. Conv. 18 pen. πυϑόμενον τοῦ re vav-
κλήρου τοὔνομα... καὶ τῆς νεὼς τὸ παράσημον.

πα ρασκευάζω, a doa, (σκευάζω,) to make

ready fore or for any one, to prepare at
hand, e. g. food, absol. Acts 10, 10 éyévero
δὲ rpdorewos ... παρασκευαζόντων δὲ ἐκείνων.
So 2 Macc. 2,27 συμπόσιον. Hdot. 9. 82
δεῖπνον. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 1, 2.—Mid. or

553

παρατίϑημι

Pass. to prepare oneself, to be prepared,
ready, 2 Cor. 9, 2. 8 ; εἰς πολέμον 1 Cor. 14,

8. Sept. for 29 Jer. 50, 42. So Jos.
Ant. 5.7. 5. Hdian. 2. 14.2. Xen. Cyr.
1, 5. 9.

παρασκευή, ἧς, ἡ, (σκευή:) a making
ready at hand, preparation, 2 Macc. 15, 21
τῶν ὅπλων. Jos. B. J. 1. 11. 8 τοῦ δείπνου.
Hdian. 8. 5.'7.—In N. T. in the Jewish sense,
ihe preparation, i e. the day or hours before
the sabbath or other festival, when prepara-
tion was made for its celebration, the eve of
the sabbath, Matt. 27, 62. Mark 15, 42.
Luke 23, 54. John 19, 14. 31. 42. So 705.
Ant. 16. 6. 2 ἐν σάββασιν i τῇ πρὸ ταύτης
παρασκευῇ. The same is called προσάββα-
τον Mark 15, 42. Judith 8,6; and προεόρτιον
Philo de Vit. contempl. p. 616. See Gr.
Harm. p. 219.

παρατείνω, f. évw, (τείνω,) to stretch
out along, near, by; to extend near, Sept.
Gen. 49, 13. Plut. Pyrrh. 20. Xen. An. 7.
3. 48.—In N. Τ'. trop. to extend, to prolong
to continue, in time, c. acc. Acts 20, '7 mapé-
τεινέ τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. Sa
Jos. Ant. 1. 8. 9 τὸν χρόνον. Polyzn. 8. p.
265, τὸν ἀκροβολισμὸν ἄχρι δείλης παρέτεινε.
Intrans. of time Diod. Sic. 2. 18. Plut, Χ
Orat. Vit. 5.

παρατήηρέω, ὦ, f. how, (rnpéw,) 1. Le
watch closely, e. g. the actions of any one
with sinister intent, c. acc. Mark 3, 2 πα-
pernpouv αὐτόν, εἰ τοῖς σάββασιν ϑεραπεύ-
σει αὐτόν. Luke 6, 7. 14, 1. 230, 20; so
τὰς πύλας Acts 9, 24. Sept. for 533 Ps.
37, 12.—Pol. 17. 3. 2; genr. Xen. Mem. 3.
14. 4.

2. Of times, to observe carefully, to keep
superstiliously, 6. g. ἡμέρας, μῆνας, Gal, 4,
10.—Jos.. Ant. 3. 5. 5 ras ἐβδομάδας.

παρατήρησις, eas, ἧ; (παρατηρέω,)
close watching, accurate observation. Luke
17, 20 οὐχ ἔρχεται ἡ βασιλ. τοῦ 5. μετὰ
παρατηρήσεως; not with observation, i, 6. not
so that its progress may be watched.—Arr.
Epict. 3. 16. 16. Pol. 16. 22.8. Diod. Sic. "
1. 28.

παρατίϑημι, f. show, (τίϑημι,.) 1. to
put or place near any one, 8. g.

a) Of food; to set or lay before any one,
6. acc, of thing and dat. of pers. expr: or impl.
Mark 6, 41 iva παραϑῶσιν αὐτοῖς. 8, 6 bis.
7. Luke 9, 16. 10,8. 11, 6 ody ἔχω ὃ παρα-
Show αὐτῷ. Acts 16, 34 τράπεζαν. Pass.
1 Cor. 10, 27 πᾶν τὸ παρατιϑέμενον ὑμῖν
ἐσθίετε. Sept. for mpd j™2 Gen. 18, 8;
nbd DAD Gen. 24, 33.—Lne Ὁ. Deor. 24,
1. Xen. Conv. 2. 2 δεῖπνον.

παρατυγχε νὼ

b) Trop. 85 a teacher, éo set or lay before,
to propound, to deliver, c. acc. et dat. Matt.
13, 24 ἄλλην παρἀβολὴν μήκη" αὐτοῖς.
v. 81. Mid. ce. ὅτι Acts 17, Sept. for
"98> pi Ex, 19,7. 21, 1 Ὁ Did. Sic. 1.
6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 14. Mid, Jos. Ant. 4.
8. 2 init.

2. Mid. παρατίϑεμαι, aor. 2 mapede-
μὴν, aor. 2 imper. παράϑου 2 Tim. 2, 2, not
mapa%ov, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 107. m. 19; pr. to
place for oneself with any one, i. 4. to give in
charge, to commit, to intrust, c. acc. et dat.
Luke 12, 48 καὶ 6 παρέϑεντο πολύ. 1 Tim.
1, 18. 2 Tim. 2,2. 1 Pet. 4, 19. Also
Luke 23, 46 εἰς χεῖράς σου παραϑήσομαι τὸ
πνεῦμά μου, comp. Ps. 31, 6 where Sept.
for 'Β ‘13 ™PEN. So Tob. 4,1. Pol. 33.
12. 3. Diod. Sic. 17. 23. —Spec. to commit,
to commend, c. acc. et dat. Acts 14, 23 mapé-
Sevro αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ. 20, 32.—Jos. Ant.
4. 8.2 med. παρατιϑέμενος ὑμᾶς νόμῳ σω-
φροσύνης.

παρατυγχάνω, aor. 2 παρέτυχον, (τυγ-
χάνω,) to happen near, to fall in with any
one, Part. of maparvyxavovres, Acts 17, 17.
~—Jos. Ant. 2.9.5. Pol. 10.15. 4. Xen.
Apol, Socr. 11.

παραυτίκα, adv. (αὐτίκα, αὐτός.) pr. at
this very instant, instantly, forthwith ; equiv.
to παρ᾽ αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα V. τὰ γινόμενα,
Tob. 4, 18. Pol. 1. 60. 1; comp. Tittm. de
Synon. N. T. p. 184. Herm. ad Vig. p.'781.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47.—In N. T. once ce. art.
ὁ, 7, τὸ παραυτίκα, as adj. instant, present,
momentary, 2 Cor. 4, 17; comp. Buttm.
§ 125. 6. So Dem: 72. 16 ἡ mapavriy’
ἡδονή. Thuc. 2. 64. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 9.

παραφέρω, aor. 2 παρήνεγκον, (φέρω,)
to bear along to, to bring on before, e. g.
food, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.6; to bear along by,
to bear away, as does a stream, Act. Diod.
Sic. 17. 55; Pass. Hdian. 8. 4. 7. Diod.
Sic. 18. 35.—Hence in N. T.

1. Act. trop. to let pass away, to avert,
e. g. evil, c. acc. of thing, Mark 14, 36

᾿ παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον am ἐμοῦ τοῦτο. Luke
22, 42. Comp. Matt. 26, 39. 42, where it is
mapépxeoSat.—Plut. Arat. 43 τότε μὲν οὖν
παρήνεγκε τὸ ῥηϑέν. Xen. Ven. 5. 27.

2. Pass. pr. to be borne along by, to be
borne or carried away, e. g. clouds, Jude
12 νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερό-
μεναι, i.e. driven rapidly along. So Plut.
Arat. 12 πρὸς δὲ μέγα πνεῦμα... -«παραφερό-
μενος μόλις ἥψατο τῆς ᾿Αδρίας.---- ΤΊΟΡ. to
be borne or carried away in mind; Heb. 13,
9 διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις... μὴ παραφέρεσϑε. So
Plat. Timol. 6 οὕτως αἱ κρίσεις... σείονται

554

πάρειμε

καὶ παραφέρονται ῥᾳδίως ὑπὸ κτὰ. ΖΕ. Υ͂,
Η. 9. 41.—In both these examples Rec. has
περιφέρομαι q. ν.

παραφρονξω, &, f. how, (φρονέω) pr.
to think amiss, i. e. to be beside oneself, to be
foolish, to act foolishly ; absol. 2 Cor. 11, 23
παραφρονῶν kaha.—Sept. Zech. 7, 11. El.
V. H. 12. 51. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 6.

παραφρονία, as, 7), (παραφρονέω,) a
being beside oneself, folly, madness, 2 Pet.
2, 16.—Not found elsewhere.

παραχειμάζω, f. dow, (χειμάζω,) tc
winter near or at a place, with a person, in-
trans. Acts 27, 12. 28,11. 1 Cor, 16,6.
Tit. 3, 12.—Dem. 909. 14. Diod. Sic. 19.
34. Pol. 2. 64. 1.

παραχειμασία, as, 4, (παραχειμάζω,)
a winlering near or at a place, Acts 27, 12.
—Pol. 3. 34. 6. Diod. Sic. 19. 68.

παραχρῆμα, adv. (pr. παρὰ τὸ χρῆμα,)
lit. ‘ with the thing itself,’ i. 6. on the spot,
forthwith, straightway ; Matt. 21, 19 καὶ
ἐξηράνθη παραχρῆμα ἡ συκῆ, i. 6. imme-
diately after being cursed. v. 20. Luke 1,
64. 4, 39. 5, 25. 8, 44. 47. 55. 13,13. 18,
43. 19, 11. 22, 60. Acts 8,7. 5,10. 9,18.
12, 23. 13, 11. 16, 26. 33. Sept. for pxnB
Num. 6, 9. Is. 30, 13.---1}}, V. H. 10. 3;
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.17.

πάρδαλις, ews, ἧ, (πάρδος.) a leopard,
Rev. 13,2. Sept. for 723 Is. 11, 6. Jer.
5, 6—ABl. V. H. 12. 39. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.7.

παρεδρεύω, f. evow, (πάρεδρος, ἕδρα,
€{ouat,) to sit near, i.q. to wait near, to
serve; Ο. dat. τῷ ϑυσιαστηρίῳ 1 Cor. 9, 13
Lachm. for mpooedpeda.—Pol. 29. 11. 10.
Dem. 572. 10.

πάρειμι, f. ἔσομαι, (εἰμί,) to be near by,
to be present, to have come, absol. John 7, 6
ὁ καιρὸς ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν. 11, 28 ὁ διδά-
σκαλος πάρεστι. Acts 10,21. 17, 6. 1 Cor.
5, 8.bis. 2 Cor. 10, 2. 11. 13, 2.10. Rev.
17, 8 in later edit. So 2 Pet. 1,12 ἐν τῇ
παρούσῃ dAn%eia, i. 6. the truth which is
with you, which ye have received. With
ἐν c. dat. of time Luke 13, 1. (Xen. Cyr.
1, 2. 4.) With eis ὁ. acc. of pers. Col. 1,
6, comp. in εἰς no. 4; ἐπί ο. gen. of pers.
before whom, Acts 24, 19; ἐφ᾽ ὅ Υ. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ
of purpose Matt. 26, 50; ἐνώπιόν τινος
Acts 10, 33; πρός c. acc. Acts 12, 20.

'2 Cor. 11, 8. Gal. 4, 18. 20. Sept. for xia

Num. 22, 20, Lam. 4,18. (Diod. Sic. 17.8.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 23; 6. εἰς Jos. Ant. 1. 19.
4, Xen. An. 1. 2.2; ἐπί c. acc. Xen. Ag.
1. 32.) Part. τὸ παρόν, the present time,
Heb. 12, 11 πρὸς τὸ παρόν. So Jos. Ant. 6

παρεισαγω 555

5.1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 29.—-Spoken of things,
c. dat. of pers. to be present with or toa
person, i. e. the person has the thing, 2 Pet.
1, 9 ᾧ yap μὴ πάρεστι ταῦτα, i. e. he who
has not these things. 2,8 Lachm. (Wisd.
31,1.) Hence Part. ra πάροντα, things
which one has, i. e. property, fortune, condi-
tion, Heb.-13, 5 ἀρκούμενοι τοῖς παροῦσιν.
So Phocylid. 4 ἀρκεῖσϑαι παρεοῦσι, καὶ ἀλ-
λοτρίων ἀπέχεσϑαι. Xen. Conv. 4. 42.—For
Part. παρειμένος see in παρίημι.
παρεισάγω, f. tw, (εἰσάγω.) to lead in
by one’s side, to introduce, Diod. Sic. 1. 87.
ib. 3. 2.—In N. T. to lead or bring in by
stealth, to smuggle in, c. acc. 6. g. τὰς aipé-
σεις into the church, 2 Pet. 2,1. So Pol. 1.
18. 3. Plut. Pyrrh. 29. Diod. Sic. 12. 41.
παρείσακτος, ou, 6, 7), adj. (παρεισάγω,)
brought in by stealth, smuggled in, e. g.
into the church, Gal. 2, 4 διὰ τοὺς π. ἀδελ-
gbovs.—Hesych. παρείσακτον᾽ ἀλλότριον.

παρεισδύνω, f. dow, (εἰσδύνω,) aor. 2
-ἔδυν, to go or come in by stealth, to creep in
unawares, 6. g. into the church, Jude 4.—
Jos. B. J. 1. 24. 1. Hdian. 7. 9. 18; trop.
ib. 1. 6. 2. Plut. Agis 3.

παρεισέρχομαι; (Zpxouat,) aor. 2 παρ-
εισῆλϑον.

1. to go or come in beside or with any
thing, to enter in therewith, thereby, thereto ;
Rom. 5, 20 νόμος δὲ παρεισῆλϑεν (εἰς τὸν
κοσμόν), but the law entered wn thereunto,
(v. 12 ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰσῆλϑε,) i. 6. the law
supétvened upon the state of transgression
from Adam to Moses; comp. Gal. 3, 19.—
Test. XII Patr. p. 608 γίνεται μέϑη, καὶ
παρεισέρχεται ἡ ἀναισχυντία. Philo de Te-
mul. p. 243. c, ἄγνοια... μήτε φῶς μήτε
λόγον παρεισελϑεῖν ἐῶσα. Id. de Opif. p.
34. d. ,

2. to go or come in by stealth, to enter un-
awares, 6. g. into the church, absol. Gal.
2, 4 οἵτινες παρεισῆλϑον κατασκοπῆσαι.---
Plut. Coriolan. 23. Pol. 2. 55.3. Diod. Sic.
12. 27.

παρεισφέρω, (φέρω,) aor. 1 παρεισή-
νεγκα, to bear or bring in beside or there-
unto, to bring forward therewith, e. g. νόμον
Dem. 484. 1, 12.—In N. T. trop. to bring
forward along with, to exhibit therewith,
e. δ. σπουδὴν πᾶσαν 2 Pet. 1, 5.

παρέκτος, adv. (ἐκτός.) pr. near by
without, out by, found in very late writers
and only trop. besides ; so c. art. τὰ παρεκ-
rés, the things besides, over and above, 2 Cor.
11,28 χωρὶς τῶν παρεκτός. Buttm. § 125. 6.
Also with a gen. besides, except, Matt. 5, 32
παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας. [19, 9.] Acts 26,

παρέρχομαι

29.—Aquil. for 51 Deut. 1, 36. Gr. in-
cert. for 723 Lev. 23, 38. So Pamphil.
in Geopon. 13. 15. 7.

παρεμβολή, js, ἡ, (παρεμβάλλω, βάλ-
λω,) a throwing in beside, interpolation, 6. g.
of sentences, Auschin. 23. 41. ib. 83. 21.
As a military word, juxta-array, παράταξις,
a certain methed of drawing up troops, by
placing some in the intervals between
others, Pol. 10. 21. 5. ib. 11. 32. 6; see
En. Tactic. 31, in Wetst. ad Act. 21, 34.
—Hence in N. T.

1. Meton. an array, for an army, host,
as drawn up in battle-array; Heb. 11, 34
παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων, see in κλίνω
no. 2. Rey. 20, 9. Sept. for 7272 Ex. 14,
24. Judg. 4, 16.—Pol. 3. 73. 8. Ail. V. H.
14. 46.

2. In late usage, an encampment, pr.
juxta-arrangement in a camp, Pol. 6. 28. 1.
ib. 6. 31.7. Hence genr. a camp, spoken
of a standing camp, castra stativa, Engl.
quarters, barracks, e. g#the quarters of the
Roman soldiers in Jerusalem, in the fortress
Antonia, which was adjacent to the temple
and commanded it, Acts 21, 34. 37. 22,24.
23, 10. 16. 32; see in art. ἱερόν. Also of
the encampments of the Israelites in the
desert, Heb. 13, 11; and in the same con-
nection trop. v. 13. See Lev. 4,12. 21. 16,
27, where Sept. for 3772; as also 1 Sam.
4,5. 6. 2K. 7, 5.'7—Jos. Ant. 7. 4.1.
Pol. 3.74. 5, 9. Plut. 1. (5. 45, Phrynichus
says this use of the word is δεινῶς Μακε-
Sovixdy, ed. Lob. p. 377; comp. Sturz de
Dial. Maced. p. 30.

παρενοχλέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐνοχλέω,) fo
trouble besides, further ; c. dat. of pers. Acts
15, 19 κρίνω, μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν
ἐθνῶν. Sept. for myn Mic. 6, 3; yn
Job 16, 3.—1 Macc. 12, 14. Pol. 1. 8.1.
Diod. Sic. 14. 27.

παρεπίδημος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (ἐπίδημος,
ἐπιδημέω,) a by-resident, sojourner, among
a people not one’s own, Heb. 11, 13. 1 Pet.
1, 1. 2, 11. Sept for aim Gen. 23, 4.
Ps. 39, 13.—Pol. 32. 22. 4 Ἕλληνες παρε-
πίδημοι.

παρέρχομαι; f. παρελεύσομαι, (ἔρχο-
pat,) aor. 2 παρῆλθον; on the fut. see
ἔρχομαι. ;

1. 10 come near to any person or thing,
to draw near, to come, e. g. to a table or the
like; Luke 12, 37 παρελθὼν διακονήσει αὐ-
τοῖς. 17, 7. (Ecclus. 29, 9.) Also in a
hostile manner, absol. Acts 24, 7.—So
genr. Jos. B. J. 3. 8.2. All. V. H. 12. 39.
Xen. Cony. 1. 7.

πάρεσις

2. to go or pass near, to pass along by.
a) Pr. and absol. Luke 18, 37 ὅτι ὁ Ἰησοῦς
ὁ Nag. παρέρχεται. With acc. of pers. or
place, depending on παρά, Buttm. § 147. n.
9. Matth. § 426. 3; so Mark 6, 48, Acts
16, 8 παρελθόντες δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν. Also
διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ Matt. 8, 28, Sept. for ray
Ex. 15, 16. Judg. 11, 17. 19. So Xen.
An, 2. 4. 25; c. ace. Ceb. Tab. 9. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 2. '7.—Of time, io pass by, to be
past, absol. Matt. 14, 15 ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλ-
Sev. Acts 27, 9. 1 Pet. 4, 3 ὁ παρεληλυ-
Sas χρόνος. Sept. for say Job 17, 11.
Cant. 2,11. So Dem. 40. 13. Xen. An. 1.
7. 18.

Ὁ) Trop: i: q: to pass away, to ‘perish,
absol. a) Genr. Matt. 5, 18 ἕως ἂν παρ-
ἔλθῃ 6 οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ. 24, 34. 35. Mark
13, 30. 31. Luke 16, 17. 21, 32. 33. 2 Cor.
5, 17. James 1, 10, 2 Pet. 3, 10. Rev. 21,
1. ‘Sept. and 923 Ps. 37,36. So Theocr.
27. 8 τάχα γάρ σε παρέρχεται; ὡς ὄναρ, ἥβη.
Dem. 291. 15. +8) Of words, declara-
tions, and the like, to pass away without
fulfilment, fo be in vain; Matt. 5, 18. 24,
35 οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου od μὴ παρελϑῶσι. Mark
18, 31. Luke 21, 33.

c) Trop. of evils, to pass away from any
one, to be removed, averted; with ἀπό c.
gen. of pers. Matt. 26, 39 παρελθέτω ἀπ᾽
ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο. ν. 42. Mark 14, 35.
—Pr, Sept. Cant. 8, 4. All. V. H. 13. 38.

d) ‘Trop. to pass by or over, to neglect, to
transgress, c. acc. see in lett. a; Luke 11,
42 τὴν κρίσιν. 15,29 ἐντολήν. Sept. and
“ay Deut. 26, 13. Jer. 34, 18.—Dion. Hal.
Ant. 1. 58. Lys. 107. 42 νόμον.

πάρεσις, ews, 7}, (παρίημι,) α΄ letting
pass, pretermission, remission, in the sense
of overlooking, not punishing, Rom. 3, 25;
. diff. from ἄφεσις, which implies pardon,
forgiveness ; comp. Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p.
185.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 37 τὴν μὲν ὅλο-
σχερῆ πάρεσιν οὐχ εὕροντο. Comp. παρίημι
Ecclus. 23, 2.

παρέχω, f. ἔξω, (ἔχω,) Mid. fut. 2 pers.
παρέξει, see below in no. 2; to hold near
by, beside any one, Hom. Od. 18. 317. IL.
18. 556.—Hence in N. T. to hold out to or
towards any one, e. g.

1. to present, to offer, c. acc. Luke 6, 29
παρέχε Kal τὴν ἄλλην, sc. ovaydva.—Luc.
D. Deor. 4. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 54.

2. Trop. to present, to occasion, to give,
to show, towards or in behalf of any one;
- with acc. of thing and dat. of pers. expr.
orimpl. E. g. κόπον v. κόπους mapé-
χειν τινί, to give one trouble, i.q. to trouble,

556

map yévos

to vex, see fully in κόπος fin. Matt. 26, 10.
Mark 14, 6. Luke 11, 7. 18, 5. Gal. 6, 17.
(Pol. 1. 20. 10 δυσχερείαν παρέχειν.) Also
ἐργασίαν παρέχειν τινί, to make or
bring gain to any one, Acts 16, 16, (Jos.
Ant. 8. 2. 6 μίσϑον.) Acts 17, 31 πίστιν
παρασχὼν πᾶσιν, Lat. omnibus jfidem faci-
ens; causing belief in all, i. e. proving, con-
firming to all. (Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4. Plut. C.
Mar. 17. Pol. 4. 88. 7.) Acts 22, 2 παρέ-
σχον ἡσυχίαν, they gave silence. (Sept. for
mpun Job 34, 29. Dion. Hal. Ant.-11.
32.) Acts 28, 2 π. φιλανϑδρωπίαν. 1 Tim.
1, 4. 6, 17, So Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 5. 28.—Mid. παρέχομαι, to do or
show for one’s self, for one’s own part;
Luke 7, 4 ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξει τοῦτο, for
whom thou shouldst on thy part do this,
where for 2 pers. fut. παρέξει see Buttm.
§ 103. m. 18; others read παρέξῃ. Acts 19,
24. Col. 4,1 τὸ δίκαιον... τοῖς δούλοις παρέ-
χεσϑε, Show on your part towards servants
what is just. (Dem. 228. 26. Ken. An. 7.
6.11.) With two ace. ἑαυτόν τι, Tit. 2,7
σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον καλῶν ἔργων.
So Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 39; Act. Plut. de Lib.
educ. 20.

παρηγορία, as, ἡ, (παρηγορέω, παρή-
γορος, ἀγορεύω.) an addressing, exhortation,
Apoll. Rh. 2. 1281.—In N. T’. consolation,
comfort, Col. 4,11. So Jos. Ant. 4.8. 8,
Plut. de Exil. 1.

Tapyevia, as, ἡ, (map%évos,) virginity,
virgin age; Luke 2, 36 ζήσασα ἔτη μετὰ
ἀνδρὸς ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ παρϑενίας αὐτῆς, i. ἜΠΗ
the husband whom she had married as a
virgin. Sept. for pss Jer. 3, 4.—Ec-
clus. 15, 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70. Plut.
Brut. 13.

TApYEVOS, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. virgin ; SO γυνὴ
mapsévos Hes. Theog. 514; τῇ παρϑένῳ
ϑυγατρὶ Αἰγύπτου Sept. for mains Jer. 46,
11; ἡ παρϑένος γῆ Jos. Απί. 1. 1. 2; maps.
πηγή Aaschyl. Pers. 613.—In N. T.

1. Fem. ἡ παρϑένος, Subst. a virgin,
maiden. a) Pr. one who has not known
man; e. g. Luke 1, 27 bis, πρὸς παρϑένον
μεμνηστευμένην ... Μαριάν κτὰ. comp. v.
34. Trop. 2 Cor. 11,2. Sept. for m>ana
Gen. 94,16. 1K. 1,2. So Hdian. 1. 11.
12, 13. Plut. Romul. 22.—Matt. 1, 23 4
map%évos ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει, quoted from Is. 7,
14 where Sept. for m953 ; apparently there
referring to the youthful spouse of the pro-
phet, comp. Is. 8, 3. 4. 8. 10. 18. 7, 3. 10,
21. So mbsma, Sept. νύμφη, as lamenting
for the husband of her youth, Joel 1, 8.
Sept. also νεᾶνις for M252 Ps. 68, 26; as

Τάρϑος

also Aquil. Symm. Theod. in Is. 7, 14. So
too # παρϑένος for youthful spouse, bride,
νύμφη, Hom. Il. 2. 514 ods τέκεν ᾿Αστυόχη,
παρϑένος αἰδοίη. Soph. Trach. 1221. The
sense then in Matt. 1. ὁ. would be: ‘Thus
was fulfilled in a strict and literal sense,
that which the prophet spoke in a wider
sense and ona different occasion.’ See
Heb. Lex. m3. b) Genr. of a mar-
riageable maiden, damsel, Matt. 25, 1. 7.
11. Acts 21, 9. 1 Cor. 7, 25. 28. 84 pepe-
ptorat ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ἡ παρϑένος, i. 4. ἡ ἄγαμος.
v. 36. 37. [38] ἡ παρϑένος αὑτοῦ, i. 4. his vir-
gin daughter, marriageable but unmarried.
Sept. and maby, Gen. 24,43; for m2
Gen. 24, 14. 55. 34, 3 of Dinah after she
was defiled. So Diod. Sic. 5.73. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 6. 9. Mem.1. 5. 2.

2. Masc. as adj. Rev. 4, 14 οὗτοί εἰσιν, of
μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνϑησαν " παρϑένοι γάρ
εἰσιν, for they are virgins, i. 6. chaste, pure,
free from all whoredom and uncleanness as
the symbols of idolatry ; see.in.¢jAos no. 2,
and sropvevw.—Suid. "ABed - οὗτος παρϑένος
καὶ δίκαιος ὑπῆρχε. Photii Amphil, Quest.
188. p. 785, τοῦ παρϑένου καὶ εὐαγγελιστοῦ
Ἰωάννου. So of Joseph, Lib. Asseneth p.
92, 98, in Fabr. Cod. pseud. V. T. Tom. II.

Πάρϑος, ov, 6, @ Parthian, spoken of
Jews born or living in Parthia, Acts 2, 9.
So Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 7. Hdian. 6. 5. 15.—
Parthia proper ‘was a region of Persia, on
the northeast of Media and Hyrcania, and
north of Aria, wholly surrounded by moun-
tains ; Plin. H. N.6. 29. Strabo 11. p.511 sq.
In the later period of the Roman republic,
the Parthians extended their conquests and
became masters of a large empire, including
all the provinces of the former Persian king-
dom, and extending to the Euphrates ; Plin.
6. 30. Strabo 16. p.'748.. They were es-
teemed the most expert horsemen and ar-
chers in the world ; and the custom of dis-
charging their arrows while in full flight, is
particularly celebrated by the Roman poets ;
comp. Hor. Od. 2.13.17. Virg. Geor. 3. 31.
See genr. Cellar. Notit. Orb. II. p. '700 sq.

, ᾽
παρίημι, f. παρήσω, (ἴημι,) Pass. perf.
παρεῖμαι, Buttm. ᾧ 108. I. 1; to let by, to let
pass along, Hdot. 3. 72 ; trop. to let pass,
to pretermit, to neglect, Luc. Hermot. 15.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 12; καιρόν Pol. 1. 33. 5;

also to let go loose, to relax, Θ. g. ropes, τοὺς.

τερϑρίους Aristoph. Eq. 440 or 442, comp.
437.—Hence in N. T. trop. Pass. rapie-
μαι, to be relaxed, enfeebled ; only Part. perf.
as χεῖρες παρειμέναι, hands enfeebled, hang-
ing down from weariness and despondency,

557

παρΐστημι
Heb. 12, 12. Sept. for mp9 Zeph. 3, 17.

—Diod. Sic. 14. 105. Pol.'I. 58. 9. Plato
Legg. 931. d.

παριστάνω, see in παρίστημι.

παρίστημι, ἔ. παραστήσω, (ἵστημι;)
aor. 2 παρέστην ; also Pres. παριστάνω,ἃ
later secondary form, Rom. 6, 13.16. Dem.
28.9. Pol. 3..113. 8; comp. Buttm. § 112.
10. ᾧ 106. n. 5.—Trans. to cause to. stand
near; intrans, to stand near; see in ἵστημι
init. Buttm. ᾧ 107. II.

I. Trans. in the Pres. impf. fut. and aor.
1 of the Active, to cause to stand near, to
place near by, 1. V. H. 12. 1. post med.
Pol. 3. 113. 8—Hence in N. T.

1. to place or set before any one, to pre-
sent, to exhibit; c. acc. et dat, expr. or
impl. Acts 23, 33 παρέστησαν! καὶ τὸν Παῦλον
αὐτῷ. Luke 2, 22 τῷ κυρίῳ, in the temple.
2 Cor. 4, 14 καὶ παραστήσει [ἡμᾶς] σὺν
ὑμῖν, sc. τῷ βήματι τοῦ Xp. So with two
acc. of object and predic.rwa τι, Acts 1, 3.
9, 41. Rom. 6, 13 bis. 16 ᾧ παριστάνετε
ἑαυτοὺς δούλους. ‘ve 19 "bis. 12; 1. 2 Cor.
11; 2. Eph. 5,27. Col. 1, 22. 28. 2 ‘Tim.
2,15. Sept. for M23 Lev. 16,7; 725
Gen. 47, 2.—Luc. Icarom. 24. 2. H. An.
7.44. Hdian. 5. 5. 11.

2. to place at hand, lo provide, to furnish ;
c. acc. et dat. Matt. 26,53 παραστήσει μοι
πλείους κτὰ. Acts 23, 24 «rjvn—Luc. D.
Mar. 6.2. Pol. 30. 9. 3.

3. Spec. to commend, οἱ acc. et dat. 1 Cor.
8, 8 βρῶμα δὲ ἡμᾶς οὐ παρίστησι τῷ ϑεῷ.---
Jos. Ant. 15.'7: 3. Arr. Epict. 1. 16 αὐτὰ
ἐπαινέσαι ἢ παραστῆσαι.

4. Trop. to set forth by arguments, i. 6. ἐὸ
show, to prove, absol. Acts. 24, 13 οὔτε πα-
ραστῆσαι δύνανται; περὶ ὧν krA.—Jos. Ant.
8. 2. ὅ. Arr. Epict. 2.23. 47. Xen, (ἔς.
13. 1.

Il. Inrrans. in the perf. plupf. and aor.
2 of the Active, and in Mid. to stand near,
to stand by.

1. Genr. to stand by, to be present ; c. dat.
expr. or impl. Acts 1, 10. 9, 39 καὶ παρέ-
στησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι ai χῆραι, i. 6. stood
around him. 27, 23. Mark 15, 39 ὁ παρε-
στηκὼς ἐξεναντίας, who stood by over against
him. John 18, 22. 19, 263 ἐνώπιόν τινος
Acts 4, 10.° Part. of παρεστηκότες,
contr. of παρεστῶτες, (Buttm. ᾧ 107. τη.

22, 23,) the by-standers, Mark 14,47. 69. 70.
15, 35. Acts 23, 2.4. Sept, for 32) Gen.
45, 1. 1 Sam. 22, 6. 7; 722 Gen.- 18, 8.
Judg. 3,19. So Hdian. 8. 3. 6. Xen. Mem.
3. 11. 2—Trop. in a friendly sense, o stana
by, to aid, c. dat. Rom. 16, 2 καὶ παραστῆτε

ΤΠαρμενᾶς

αὐτῇ. 2 Tim. 4, 17. (Epict. Ench. 32.
Dem. 366. 20. Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 33.) Trop.
also in a hostile sense, absol. Acts 4, 26
παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, quoted from
Ps, 2, 2 where Sept. for 2829 ; so Ecclus.
51, 3.—Of time, a season, i. 4. to be present,
to have come, Mark 4, 29 παρέστηκεν. ὁ Se-
ρισμός. So Dem. 255. 25.

2. to stand by or before any one, in his
presence, e. g. in a forensic sense, before a
judge. Acts 27, 24 Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παρα-
στῆναι. Rom. 14,10. So genr. Hdian. 1.
4. 1.—Spoken of attendants, ministers, who
wait in the presence of a superior, e. g.
Luke 1,19 ἐγώ εἰμι Ταβριὴλ 6 παρεστηκὼς
ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ. With dat. Luke 19, 24
comp. v. 13. Sept. and "28> 722 Deut. 1,
38. 1 Sam. 16, 21. 22. So Luc. D. Deor.
24. 1 δεῖ..

ITappevas, ἃ, ὁ, Parmenas, pr. n. of one
of the seven primitive deacons, Acts 6, 5.

πάροδος, ov, 4, (ὁδός,) a way by, pass-
age-way, in place Jos. B. J. 1. 1. 5. Thue.
3.21. Xen. An. 1. 7. 16.—In N. T. in
action, the way by, a passing by; 1 Cor.
16,7 ἐν παροδῷ, by the way, in passing. So
Luc. D. Deor. 24. 2. Pol. 5. 68. 8. Thue.
1. 126.

παροικέω, ὦ, (oixéw,) to dwell near, to
be neighbour, Luc. D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen.
Vect. 1. 5.—In N. T. to be a by-dweller, to
sojourn, to dwell as a stranger, πάροικος ;
c. ἐν, Luke 24, 18 σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς ἐν
Ἱερουσαλήμ; With εἰς, Heb. 11, 9 παρῴκη-
σεν εἰς τὴν γῆν, i. e. he came and sojourned ;
comp. in εἰς no. 4. Sept. for ἢ Gen. 20,
1; 33 Gen. 24, 37. So Dio Chrys. 46. p.
521. d, πολὺ γὰρ κρεῖττον φυγάδα εἶναι, καὶ
παροικεῖν ἐπὶ ξένης, ἢ τοιαῦτα παϑεῖν.

΄ a ΕἸ
«παρεστάναι τῷ Aut.

παροικία, as, ἧ, (ταροικέω.) a dwelling Ὁ

near, neighbourhood, Psalt. Salom. 12, 3.—
In N. T. α sojourning, residence in a for-
eign land without the right of citizenship,
Acts 13, 17 ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ.
Sept. for 153 Ezra 8, 84. (Wisd. 19, 10.)
Trop. of human life, 1 Pet. 1, 17; comp.
Heb. 11,13. Sept. and “49 Ps. 119, 54.

πάροικος, ov, 6, ἧ; adj. (οἶκος,) dwelling
near, neighbouring, c. dat. Plut. Pyrrh. 10.
Hdot. 7. 235.—In N. T. ὁ πάροικος, Subst.
a by-dweller, sojourner, without the rights
of citizenship, a foreigner, Acts 7, 6. 29
πάροικος ἐν γῇ Madu. So Sept. for ma
Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. . (Ecclus. 29, 26.
27.) Trop. of human life, 1 Pet. 2, 11;
comp. 1,17. Also in respect to the church
and kingdom of God, Eph. 2, 19.

558

παροξυσμός

παροιμία, ας, }, (πάροιμος, oipos,) pr.
‘what is by the way;’ hence, α by-word, by-
speech, 6. 5.

1. Pr. a proverb, adage, 2 Pet. 2, 22 τὸ
τῆς ἀληϑοῦς παροιμίας. Symmach, for >
Ez. 12, 22.—Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 8.1. AD. V.
H. 12. 22. Plato Soph. 231. c.

2. In John’s Gospel, i. q. παραβολή, which
word is not used by John; comp. in mapa-
βολή. E. g. a) Genr. figurative dis-
course, dark saying, i. e. obscure and full of
deep meaning, John 16, 25 bis, ἐν παροιμί-
ats λαλεῖν. v.29; comp. in παραβολή no. 3.
Sept. and >%72 of short and sententious max-
ims, Prov. 1, 1. 25,1. So Ecclus. 6, 35.
39,8. b) @ parable, in the usual sense,
John 10, 6; comp. in παραβολή no. 2.

πάροινος, ov, ὃ, 9, adj. (οἶνος,) by wine,
i. e. spoken of what takes place by or over
wine, revelry, as τὰ πάροινα (μέλη) drinking-
songs, Boeckh Pind. Fr. p. 555.—In N. T,
of persons, pr. siting long by wine, given to
wine, 1 Tim. 3, 3. Tit.1,7. So Luc. Tim.
55. Lysias 101. 20.

παροίχομαι; f. χήσομαι, (otxopat,) pert.
παρῴχημαι; to go along by, to pass along,
Hom. Il. 4. 272.—In N. T’. of time, to pass
away, only Part. perf. παρῳχημένος, by-, gone ;
Acts 14, 16 ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς.
So Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 8. Hdot. 2. 14. Xen. An.
2. 4.1.

παρομοιάζω, f. dow, (ὁμοιάζω,) pr. lo
be near like ; genr. to be like, to resemble,
6. dat. Matt. 23, 27. See in ὁμοιάζω.

παρόμοιος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (ὅμοιος,) pr.
nearly like; genr. like, similar, Mark '7, 8.
13 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα mokAd.—Poll. On. 9.
130 παρόμοιος" παρ᾽ ὀλίγον ὅμοιος. Diod.
Sic. 4. 26. Dem. 12. 8. Xen. Hell. 8.
4. 13.

παροξύνω, f. wa, (ὀξύνω, ὀξύς,) to
sharpen by or on any thing, to whet, e. g.
τὴν μάχαιραν Sept. for 128 Deut. 32, 41;
to sharpen by or along with, i. e. with and
for some other act or purpose, trop. τὸν
ἦχον Plut. Marcell. 20. Trop. to sharpen
the mind, temper, courage of any one, 10
incite, to impel, Jos. Ant. 15. 3.5. Xen.
Mem. 8. 3. 13.—Hence in N. T. trop. to—
provoke, to stir up, to rouse to anger, indig-
nation, only Pass. or Mid. Acts 17, 16 πα-
ρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ κτλ. 1 Cor. 13, 5.
Sept. for 0°33 Deut. 9,18; ΧΡ Deut.
1,34. So Dem. 10. 24. Thuc. 6. 56.

παροξυσμός, οὔ, 6, (παροξύνω,) pr. a

sharpening, i. e. trop.
1. provocation, incitement, to action or

παροργίζω
feeling ; Heb. 10, 24 εἰς παροξ. ἀγαπῆς καὶ
x. ἔργων.

2. @ paroxysm of anger, sharp conten-
tion, angry dispute, Acts 15, 39. Sept. for
AXP Deut. 29, 28. Jer. 32, 37.—Dem. 1105.
24.

παροργίζω, f. iow, (ὀργίζω,) Att. fut.

παροργιῶ Buttm. ᾧ 9. 754. Winer ᾧ 13. 1.¢;
to make angry by or along with something
else, fo provoke thereby, therewith ; ο. acc.
Eph. 6, 4 μὴ mapopyifere τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν.
(Col. 3, 21.] Rom. 10, 19 quoted from Deut.
32, 21 where Sept. for 0°23", as also Judg.
2,12. 1 K. 14, 15.—Ecclus. 3, 16. 4, 2. 3.
Pass. Dem. 805. 19. The Act. is found in
profane writers only Triclin. ad Soph. An-
tig. 350.

παροργίισ͵ μός, ov, 6, (παροργίζω,) pro-
vocation, Sept..for 022 1 K. 15, 30. 2 K.
23, 26.—In N. T. a being provoked, anger,
wrath, Eph. 4,26. So Sept. for ἘΞ Jer.
21,5. Not found in classic writers.

παροτρύνω, f. wa, (ὀτρύνω,) to urge
on by or along with something else, to stir
up, to incite, thereby, therewith; c. acc.
Acts 13, 50.—Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 1. Luc. Tox.
35. Plut. de sui Laud. 15.

παρουσία, as, ἡ, (πάρειμι,) pr. the being
or becoming present, 6. g.

1. presence ; 2 Cor. 10,10 ἡ δὲ παρουσία
τοῦ σώματος ἀσϑενής. Phil. 2, 12.—Hdian.
1. 3. 13. Dem. 674. 24. Plato Phad.
100. d.

2. a coming, advent, genr. 1 Cor. 16, 17.
2 Cor. 7, 6 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ Τίτου. v. 7.
Phil. 1, 26 παρουσία πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, a
coming again, return. So 2 Macc. 15, 21.
Pol. 23. 10. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 29.—Spoken
of the coming of Christ for the destruction
of the Jewish state and Jewish dispensation,
Matt. 24, 3. 27. 37. 39; also to judgment,
to receive the saints to their reward, 1 Cor.
15, 23. 1 Thess. 2,19. 2’'Thess. 2,8. 2 Pet.
3,4. 1 John 2,28; παρ. rod κυρίου 1 Thess.
3,13. 4,15. 5,23. 2 Thess. 2,1. James
5, 7. 8. 2 Pet. 1, 16. In a like sense,
2 Pet. 3, 12 παρ. τῆς τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡμέρας.---Οἵ
the coming i. 6. manifestation of the man
of sin, 2 Thess. 2, 9; comp. v. 3.

mapowris, i8os, ἡ, (ὄψον,) a side-dish,
consisting of dainties set on as a condiment
or sauce, Athen. 9. 2. p. 367. b. Pollux
Onom. 6. 56. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 4.—In later
usage and Ν, Τ᾿. @ side-plate, i. 6. a plate,
platier, dish, pr. in which dainties are served
up. Matt. 23,25 τὸ ἔξωϑεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ
τῆς παροψίδος. v. 26. So Arr. Epict. 2. 20.
Plut. de adulat. et Amic. 9 The Atticists

559

πᾶς

condemn this use of the word, Phryn. et
Lob. p. 176. Sturz Lex. Xen. s. v.

παῤῥησία, as, ἧ; (πᾶν, ῥῆσις.) pr. ‘the
speaking out all,’ freespokenness, as char-
acteristic of a frank and fearless mind ;
hence meton. and genr.

1. freeness, frankness, boldness, as of
speech, demeanour, action; Acts 4, 13
Sewpovvres δὲ τὴν rod Πέτρου παῤῥησίαν,
i.e. his freespokenness, boldness. . 2 Cor.
3, 12. So Sept. Prov. 13, 5. Diod. Sic. 1.
53. Dem. 1397. 1. Plato Conv. 222. c.—
In adverbial phrases, 6. g. παῤῥησίᾳ, 1. q.
freely, frankly, boldly, John 7, 13. 263; or
i. q. openly, plainly, without concealment
or ambiguity, Mark 8, 32. John 10, 24. 11,
14. 16,25. 29; also of actions, openly, done
in the sight of all, not privately, John 11,
54 οὐκέτι παῤῥησίᾳ περιεπάτει κτλ. 18, 20.
So ἐν παῤῥησίᾳ, in or with “boldness,
i. q. freely, boldly, Eph. 6,19. Phil. 1, 20;
also openly, publicly, opp. ἐν κρυπτῷ, John
7,4. Col. 2,15 ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παῤῥησίᾳ. °
(Wisd. 5, 1.) Also μετὰ παῤῥησίας,
with boldness, i. q. freely, boldly, Acts 2, 29.
4,29. 31. 28, 31. So 1 Macc. 4, 18. Luc.
Hermot. 51. Dem. 95. 28.

2. Spec. as implying frank reliance, con-
fiding hope, i. q. confidence, assurance.
2 Cor. '7, 4 πολλή μοι παῤῥησία πρὸς ὑμᾶς
κτὰ. Eph. 3, 12. 1 Tim. 3,13. Philem. 8.
Heb. 3, 6. 4, 16. 10, 19. 35. 1 John 2, 28.
3, 21.4, 17. 5, 14.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 13
παῤῥησίαν λαμβάνει πρὸς τὸν Sedv. Diod.
Sic. 14. 65. :

παῤῥησιάζομαι, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. depun.
(παῤῥησία,) to be freespoken ; to speak freely,
openly, boldly; to be free, frank, bold, in
speech, demeanour, action; e. g. joined
with verbs of speaking, Acts 13, 46 παῤῥη-
σιασάμενοι δὲ ὁ Il. καὶ 6 B. εἶπον. 19, 8.
26, 26. Genr. and with ἐν, 6. g. of place,
ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ Acts 18, 26; or of thing,
object, i. q. in behalf of, ἐν αὐτῷ Eph. 6,20;
or of person, παῤῥησ. ἐν Seq, i. 6. in faith
and trust in God, 1 Thess. 2, 2, comp. 1,
1; also ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί τινος, in one’s name,
by one’s authority, Acts 9,27. 28. With
ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ Acts 14, 3, see in ἐπί II. 8.
6. a.—Sept. Job 22,6. Luc. Tim. 11. Plato
Gorg. 487. d; with ἐν of place Plut. Mar-
cell. 205 πρός τινα Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 8.

πᾶς, πᾶσα, wav, Gen. παντός, πάσης,
παντός, all, Lat. omnis.

1. With the idea of oneness, a totality,
all, the whole, Lat. totus, i. q. ὅλος. In this
sense, the Singular is put with a noun
having the article ; and the Pluralalsois put

[ἴω
Tas

with the article where a definite number-is -

implied, or without the article where the
number is indefinite, See in 6, 4, τό, IL. A.
2. b. y. Winer § 17.10. Buttm. ᾧ 127. 9.
Kihner ὁ 246. 5. Matth. ὁ 277.

A) Since. a) Before a Subst. with the
article, Matt. 6,29 οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ
τῇ δόξῃ αὑτοῦ. 8, 82 πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη. Mark
5, 33. Luke 1,10 πᾶν τὸ πλῆϑος. 4, 25.
John 8, ἃ πᾶς ὁ λαός. Acts 1,8. Rom. 3,
19. 4, 16. al. sep. So with the names of
cities or countries, meton. for the inhabit-
ants, Matt. 3, 5.. Mark 1, 5. Luke 2, 1. al.
(Hdian. 6. 4.1, 2]. V. H. 6.11. Xen. Ag.
1. 25.) With proper. names, sometimes
without the article, Matt. ἃ, 8. Acts 2, 36.
Rom. 11, 26; comp. Winer § 17. 10. ἃ.
b) After a Subst. c. art. John 5, 22) τὴν
κρίσιν πᾶσαν. δέδωκε τῷ. υἱῷ. Rev. 13, 12.
Comp. in 6, ἡ, τό, 1. ¢.. Buttm. § 127. 9.
c) Rarely between the art. and Subst.
where πᾶς is then emphatic, comp. in 6, 7,
τό, 1. c. Buttm. loc. Acts 20, 18 τὸν πάντα
χρόνον. Gal. 5, 14:.1 Tim. 1, 16.

B) Prur. a) Before a Subst. or other
word, viz. a) Subst..c. art. implying a
definite number, Matt. 1, 17 πᾶσαν ai yeveat
ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἕως Δαβίδ. 4, 8. Mark 3, 28.
Luke 1, 6. Acts ὅ, 30. Rom. 1, 5. al. sep.
Comp. Winer ᾧ 17. 10. Ὁ. Buttm. § 127. 9.
Matth. § 265. 2. (Xen. An. 5. 3. 9.) With-
out art. where the idea of number is then
indefinite, Winer, Matth. l.c. E. g. πάν-
τες ἄνδρωποι all men, all mankind, indef.
Acts 22, 15. Rom. 5, 12. 18. al. (Auschin.
1.18.) So πάντες ἄγγελοι Seod, all angels
of God, Heb. 1, 6; πάντα ἔδνη Rev. 14, 8.
Comp. Winer, Matth.l.c. 8) Particip.
c. art. as Subst. Matt. 4, 24 πάντας τοὺς
κακῶς ἔχοντας. 11, 28 πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες.
Luke 1, 66. 71. John 18, 4. Acts 2, 44. al.
sep. So Hdian. 1. 4.17. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6.
y) Before other words and periphrases with
the art. in place of substantives, e. g. Pron.
possess. as πάντα τὰ ἐμά Luke 15,31; Pre-
posit. with its case, Matt. 5,15 πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν
τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Luke 5,9. John 5,28. Acts 4,
24. 8]. Adv. Col. 4, 9.

-b) Aftera Subst. or other word. α)
Subst. c. art. as definite, comp. Winer
Buttm. Matth. 1. c. Matt. 9,35 ras πόλεις
πάσας sc. of that region. Luke 12,,7. Acts
16, 26. Phil. 1, 13. Rev. 8, 3. (Hdian. 3. 1.
3. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 19 fin.) ‘Without art.
with a pr. name, Acts 17, 21 ᾿Αϑηναῖοι δὲ
πάντες. So genr. Hdian. 4. 2. 5. β[,
Particip. c. art. as Subst. Acts 20, 32 ἐν
τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. Heb. 5,9. γ)
Before other words or perivhrases with the

560

πᾶς

art. in place of a Subst. e.g. Pron. possess, Ὁ
as τὰ ἐμὰ πάντα John 17, 10; Preposit.
with its case, Gal. 1, 2 οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες.
Tit. 8, 15. Col. 4,7. Mark 5, 26.

c) Between the art. and subst. as em-
phatic, Acts 19, 7. 21, 21. 27,37. Comp.
Buttm. § 127. 9.

d) Joined with a Pronoun pers. or de-
monstr. either before or after it, as ἡμεῖς
πάντες John 1, 163 πάντες ἡμεῖς Acts 2,
325 π. ὑμεῖς Matt. 23, 8; ὑ. π. Luke 9,
48 ; οὗτοι π. Acts 1, 14; π. αὐτούς Acts 4,
33; avr. π. 1 Cor. 15, 103 ταῦτα πάντα
Matt. 4, 9. Luke 12, 30. 31; π. ταῦτα
Mark. 7, 23. al. sep.

6) Absol. a) With art. of πάντες,
they all, i. e. all those definitely mentioned,
Mark 14, 64 οἱ δὲ πάντες κατέκριναν αὐτόν
κτλ. Rom. 11, 32. 1 Cor. 10, 17. Eph. 4,
13. Phil. 2, 21. al. sep.—Neut. τὰ πάντα;
all things, i. q. aa) the universe, the
whole creation, Rom. 11, 36 ἐξ αὐτοῦ ..
καὶ eis αὐτὸν τὰ πάντα. 1 Cor. 8, 6. Eph, 3,
9. Col. 1, 16. Heb. 1, 3. Rev. 4,11. Trop.
of the new spiritual creation in Christ,
2 Cor. 5, 17. 18. (Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11, 14.)
Meton. for all created rational beings, all
men, i. 4. of πάντες, Gal. 3, 22. Col. 1, 20.
1 Tim. 6,13; put also for all the followers
of Christ, Eph. 1, 10.23. al. 88) Genr.
all things before mentioned or implied, 6. g.
the sum of one’s teaching Mark 4, 11; all
the necessaries and comforts of life, Acts
17, 25. Rom. 8, 32. So1 Cor. 9, 22. 12,
6 comp. v. 5. 6. 2 Cor. 4, 15. Eph. 5, 13.
Phil. 3, 8 comp. v. 7. Col. 3, 8. al. vy)
As predicate of a pr. name, e. g. ὁ Seds τὰ
πάντα ev πᾶσιν, all in all,i. e. in all persons
or beings, above all, supreme, 1 Cor. 15,
28. Col. 3,11. 8) Without art. πάντες,
all, i. q. πάντες GvSpwrot, all men. Matt.
10, 22 μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων. Mark 2, 12.
10, 44. Luke 2, 3 ἐπορεύοντο πάντες, all
went, i. e. all the inhabitants of Judea. 3
15. John 2, 15. 24—Neut. πάντα, ail
things, Matt. 8, 33 ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα. Mark
4, 34. Luke 3, 20. John 4, 25. 45. Acts
10, 39. 1 Cor. 16,14 πάντα ὑμῶν i.e. all
your actions, whatever ye do. Heb. 2, 8.
James 5,12. al sep. Accus. πάντα as adv.
as to or in all things, in all respects, wholly,
Acts 20, 35. 1:Cor. 9;.25..10, 33. 11, 2.
(Jos. Ant. 9. 8. 3. Xen. An. 1. 3.10.) So
κατὰ πάντα as to all things, in all respects,
Acts 3,22. υἱῦ }...8, 90. Hebia Qik
(2 Mace. 1, 17.) εἰς πάντα id. 2 Cor. 2, 95
ἐν πᾶσιν, in all things, in all respects,
2 Cor. 11, 6. Eph. 1, 23. 1 Tim. 3, 11.
2 Tim. 2, 7. Tit. 2, 9. 1 Pet. 4, 11. al. sep.

πᾶς

2. Sine. πᾶς without the art. implies
plurality, αἰ taken singly, every, each one
of all, i. ᾳ. ἕκαστος, comp. Buttm. § 127. 9.
Winer §17.10.a. a) With nouns, Matt.
3, 10 πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπόν.
4, 4. Mark 9, 49. Luke 2, 23. 4, 13. 37. 10,
1. John 1, 9. 2, 10. al. sepiss. b) Be-
fore a relat. Pron. it is intensive, e. g. πᾶς
ὅστις, i. 4. ὅστις but stronger, see in ὅστις
A. 2. b. Matt. 7, 24 πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει every,
one whosoever. Col. 3, 17. 23 ; πᾶς ὃς dy id.
Acts 2, 21. Rom. 10, 13. 1 Cor. 6, 18; mas
ὅς Gal. 3,10; πᾶν ὅ Rom. 14, 23; meton.
John 6, 37. 39. 17,2. c¢) Before a Par-
ticiple, 6. g. with the art. where the particip.
6. art. may be rendered he who, and becomes
a subst. expressing a class ; see in 6, ἡ, τό,
Ὁ. b. 8. Winer § 17. 10. a. Matt. 5, 22 πᾶς
ὁ ὀργιζόμενος, every one who is angry. Luke
6, 47. John 6, 45. Acts 10, 43. Rom. 2, 10.
al. sep. So after the particip. 6. g. τῷ
ἔχοντι παντί Matt. 25, 29, Without the
art. where the participial sense then re-
mains, as Matt. 13, 19 παντὸς ἀκούοντος
every one hearing. 2 Thess. 2,4. In Luke
11, 4 some Mss. have the art. Winer ὁ 17.
10. n.d) Absol. Mark 9, 49 πᾶς γὰρ
πυρὶ ἁλισϑήσεται. Heb. 2, 9 διὰ παντός sc.
χρόνου, continually, see in διαπαντός. So
ἐν παντί in every thing, in every respect,
1 Cor. 1, 5. 2 Cor. 4, 8. 6, 4. 7, 5. 11. 16.
11, 9. Eph. 5, 24. Phil. 4, 6. 12.

3. Sra. collect. all, i. e. of all kinds, of
every kind and sort, including every possible
variety, i. 4. παντοδαπός, παντοῖος, Herm.
ad Vig. p. 727. Passow s. v.

a) Genr. Matt. 4, 23 ϑεραπεύων πᾶσαν
νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. Acts 7, 22 πάσῃ
σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων. Rom. 1, 18. 29. 2 Cor.
1, 4. Col. 3, 16. 1 Pet. 2, 1. al—Pol. 1.
15. 6 τῆς πάσης ἀλογίας πλῆρες. Xen. An.
3. 2. 8. ib. 6. 4. 6.

Ὁ) Spec. all possible, i. 4. the greatest,
ulmost, supreme; Matt. 28, 18 ἐδόθη μοι
πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. Acts
5, 23. 17, 11 μετὰ πάσης προϑυμίας. 23, 1.
2 Cor. 12, 12. Phil. 1, 20. 2, 29. 1 Tim. 2,
92.2 Tim. 4, 2. James 1, 2. 1 Pet. 2, 18.
Jude 3.—Pol. 1. 39. 3. Plut. Timol. 5.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.22 εἰς πάντα κίνδυνον ἦλϑον.

4. With a negative, 6. g. οὐ πᾶς, οὐ

πάντες, not every one, not all, the negative

here belonging to was and merely denying
the universality, see in dv no. 5. 6. Matt. 7,
21 οὐ πᾶς 6 λέγων. 19, 11 οὐ πάντες. Rom.
9,6. 10,16. 1 Cor. 15,39. 8].---Βυϊ πᾶς...
ov, where ov belongs to the verb, is by Hebr.
i. q. οὐδείς, not one, no one, nothing, none,
see fiiily in od πο. 1. ν᾿ Luke 1, 37. Rom.
3

hol

πασχὰ

8, 20. Gal. 2, 16. 1 John 2,21. Rev. 22
3; so Acts 10, 14 οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοι-
νόν. 2 Pet. 1,20. Also πᾶς. ..μή, 1 Cor.
1, 29 ὅπως μὴ καυχήσηται πᾶσα σάρξ. Eph.
4, 29. Rev. 7, 1; and so πᾶς... οὐ μή Rev.
21,27. See οὐ]. ο. Winer §26.1. Comp.
Heb. 55 85 Gesen. Lehrg. p. 831. Heb.
Lex. art. 92 no. 3. So c. μή, 1 Mace. 5,
42 μὴ ἀφῆτε πάντα ἄνϑρωπον παρεμβαλεῖν.
Ecclus, 20,30. +

πάσχα; τό, indec. the passover, i. q. Heb.
MOB and Aram. NOB (a passing over, a
sparing,) Sept. usually for MOB, as Ex. 12,
11. 21. al. But Sept. in 2 Chr. φασέκ, 30,
15. 35,1. 11; Josephus φάσκα, Ant. 5. 1.
4. The passover, the great sacrifice and
festival of the Jews, was instituted in com-
memoration of God’s sparing the Hebrews
when he destroyed the first-born of the
Egyptians ; it was celebrated on the even-
ing following the 14th day of the month
Nisan (Num. 33, 3), which began with the
new-moon of April, or, according to the
Rabbins, of March, between the two even-
ings; see in ὀψία no. 2. For the institu-
tion and particular laws of this festival, see
Ex. c. 12 sq. Lev. 23,4 sq. Num. 9, 1 sq.
The later Jews made some additions; in
particular they drank at intervals during the
paschal supper four cups of red wine usu-
ally mingled with one fourth part of water ;
the third of which was called 23935 iD,
the cup of blessing, τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας
1 Cor. 10, 16; comp. Matt. 26, 27. See
espec. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26,
26. 27. Othon. Lex. Rabb. p. 504 sq. Gr.
Harm. p. 214.—In N. T. τὸ πάσχα is
spoken of the victim, the supper, and the
festival.

1. The paschal lamb, passover, i. 6. a
lamb or kid of a year old, slain as a sacri-
fice (Ex. 12, 3 sq. 27) between the two
evenings after the 14th of Nisan; see in
ὀψία no, ἃ. According to Josephus the
number of lambs provided at Jerusalem in
his time, was 256.500, which were slain be-
tween the 9th and 11th hour, i. e. from 3 to
5 oclock, in the afternoon before the even-
ing or commencement of the 15th day of
Nisan, B. J. 6. 9. 8. a) Pr.as ϑύειν rd
πάσχα, lo kill the pdssover, Mark 14, 12.
Luke 22,7. Sept. for MOEN ONY Ex, 12,
21; MOB M3 Dent. 16,2.5.6. 5) Trop.
of Christ, 1 Cor. 5, '7.

2. Thepaschal supper, passover, which was
eaten on the evening following the 14th of
Nisan, and was itself the commencement of
the seven days’ festival of unleavened bread ;
so ἑτοιμάζειν τὸ πάσχα, to make ready the

πάσχω

passover, Matt. 26, 19. Mark 14, 16. Luke
22, 8.13; φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα, to eat the pass-

over, to celebrate the paschal supper, Matt. .

26,17. Mark 14, 12. 14. Luke 22, 11. 15;
ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα id. Matt. 26,18. Once
in reference to the first institution, Heb. 11,
28.—Sept. Num. 9, 5. 33, 3. Josh. 5, 10.
11.

3. The paschal festival, passover, i. 6. the
festival of unleavened bread, τὰ ἄζυμα, which
began with the paschal supper and contin-
ued seven days, until the close of the 21st
day of Nisan; Ex. 12, 15 sq. Lev. 23, 5 sq.
comp. Num. 28, 17. Deut. 16, 3.4. Jos. Ant.
3. 10. 5.; see Gr. Harm. p. 212.. So Matt.
26; 2. Mark 14, 1. Luke 2, 41 τῇ ἑορτῇ τοῦ
πάσχα. 22,1 ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν ἀζύμων, ἡ deyo-
μένη πάσχα. John 2, 18. 23. 6,4. 11,55
bis. 12,1. 13,1. 18,39. 19, 14. Acts 12,
4. Meton. John 18, 28 φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα,
i, e. the sacrifices offered on the first day of
the passover, the Chagiga, etc. see Gr.
Harm. p. 218, comp. p. 213. Sept. 2 K.
23, 22. 23. Ez. 45, 21.—Jos. B. J. 2. 1.3
τῆς τῶν ἀζύμων ἐνστάσης ἑορτῆς, πάσχα
παρὰ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις καλεῖται. Hence the
whole passover is sometimes called ἡ ἑορτὴ
τῶν ἀζύμων, see in ἄζυμος no. 2. Jos. B. J. 5.
3 1

πάσ χω, f. πείσομαι, aor, 2. ἔπαϑον,
perf. rérov%a ; to suffer, inthe most general
sense, pr. to be affected by any thing from
without, to be acted upon, fo experience
either good or evil.

1. Of good, to be affected by, to experience,
i. 6. to have happen to oneself, to receive ;
6. acc. Gal. 8, 4 τοσαῦτα ἐπάϑετε εἰκῇ ; i.e.
have ye experienced such things, such bless-
ings, in vain? comp. v. 2. 5.—Theoer. Id.
15. 138. Jos. Ant. 3.15. 1 ὑπομνῆσαι, ὅσα
παϑόντες ἐξ αὐτοῦ [Seo], καὶ πηλίκων evep-
γεσιῶν μεταλαβόντες κτὰ. Xen. Mem. 2. 2.
3 ἀγαϑά.

2. Of evil, to suffer, to be subjected to
evil, to calamity, pr. with κακῶς, κακόν τι,
Matt. 17, 15 καὶ κακῶς πάσχει. Acts 28, 5.
(El. V. H. 13.17. Hdian. 3. 2. 10. Xen.
Hell. 4. 5. 17.) Absol. in the same sense,
to suffer, 1 Cor. 12, 26 εἴτε πάσχει ἕν μέλος.
1 Pet. 2, 20. 28. 3,17. 4,1 ὁ παδὼν ἐν
σαρκί. v. 19. Heb. 2, 18, where comp.
Meleag. οἶδα ra%ev ἐλεεῖν, in Anthol. Gr. I.
p. 14. So. Hdian. 4. 18. 1. Xen. An. 1. 9.
8,.—With an acc. of manner, Buttm. ὁ 131.
7, 8; 6. g. πολλά, τὰ αὐτά, ταῦτα, ἅ, etc.
Mark 9,12. Luke 13,2. 2. Cor. 1,6. 2 ΤΊηι.
1, 12. Rev. 2, 10; by attract. Heb. 5, 8.
(Ecclus. 38, 16. Xen. Mem. 2.1. 5.). With
a preposit. marking source, manner, cause ;

562

πατέω

6. g. ἀπό τινος, Matt. 16, 21 πολλὰ παϑεῖν
ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβ. κτὰ. Mark 8, 31. Luke 9,
22; ὑπό τινος, Matt. 17, 12 μέλλει πάσχειν
tm αὐτῶν. Mark 5,26. 1 Thess. 2, 14:
διά τινα Matt. 27,19; διά τι 1 Pet. 3, 14.
(2 Mace. 7, 32.) ὑπέρ τινος, Acts 9, 16.
Phil. 1,29. 2 Thess. 1,5. With an adv.
1 Pet. 2, 19 ἀδίκως. 4,15. 5, 10.—Spoken
of the suffering and death of Christ; Luke
22,15 πρὸ τοῦ pe ma%eiv. 17, 25 πολλά.
24,26 ταῦτα. v.46 οὕτως. Acts 1,3. 3,18.
17, 3. Heb. 9, 26. 13,12. 1 Pet. 2, 21 ἔπα-
Sev ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 3, 18 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν. 4, 1
ὑπὲρ nuav.—So genr. Hdian. 5.7.1. Iseus
35. 19. Plato Conv. 222. e.

ITazr apa, wy, τά, Patara, a maritime
city of Lycia in Asia Minor, east of the river
Xanthus, Acts 21,1. It was celebrated for
an oracle of Apollo, who was hence called
Patareus, Hor. Od. 3. 4. 64. Virg. Ain. 4.
144, where see Heyne Excurs. II. Strabo
14. p. 980, 981. Plin. 5. 28.

πατάσσω, f. déo, pr. intrans. to stroke,
to beat, Lat. pulso, e. g. as the heart, Hom.
Il. 7. 216. Soph. Phil. '748.—Later and in
N. T. trans.

1. to strike, to smite, 6. g. with violence,
so as to wound, c. acc. Matt. 26, 51 πατάξας
τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. Luke 22, 50;
with ἐν of instrum. v. 49. Sept. for 724
Ex. 21, 12. 18 sq. So Pol. 11. 18. 4.
Thuc. 8. 92. Xen. Eq. '7. 5.—Also more
gently, i. q. to touch, to tap, c. acc. Acts 12,
Ἴ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου.

2. From the Heb. to smite, i. q. to kill, to
slay, to destroy. a) Pr. and c. ace. Acts
7,24 πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον. Rev. 19, 15.
(Ex. 2, 12.) Matt. 26,31 et Mark 14, 27
πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, quoted from Zech. 18,7
where Sept. for ΓΞ; as also Ex. 12, 12.
2 Chr. 33,25. See Heb. Lex. 22 Hiph. no.
2. Ὁ) Trop. and from the Heb. to smite,
i.e. to inflict evil, to afflict with disease,
calamity ; spoken only of God or his angel,
Acts 12, 23 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυρίου.
Rey. 11, 6. Sept. for [25 Gen. 19, 11.
Num. 14, 12; 92) Ex. 12,23. So 2 Macc.
9,5. See Heb. Lex. art. 833 no. 1. ce.

TATEW, ὦ, f. how, (πάτος,) to tread with
the feet.

1. Trans. c. acc. to tread :lown, to tram-
ple under foot, i. q. to profane and lay waste ;
Rev. 11, 2 τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν πατήσουσι..
Luke 21, 34. Sept. for 027 Is. 1, 12. So
Luc. de Merc. cond. 17. Hdian. 8. 5, 24.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 37.—Spec. do tread out, 6. g.
grapes, τὴν Anvdv, Rev. 14, 20. 19, 15;
comp. in Anvds. Sept. and 327 Neh. 13,

πατὴρ

1ὅ. Is. 16, 10. So Anacr. Od. 17. 14.
Xen. Εἴς. 18. 4 τὸν σῖτον.

2. Intrans. to tread, to plant the foot;
6. ἐπάνω, Luke 10, 19 πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων,
to tread upon serpents, i. e. without harm.
Sept. for 53 M>¥ Is. 32, 20; also for 725
to walk, Is. 42, 5.

πατήρ, τέρος, τρός, 6, α father, Lat.
pater; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 47. Spoken genr.
of men, and in a special sense of God.

A) Genr. 1. Pr. @ father, genitor, by
whom one is begotten, Matt. 2, 22 ἀντὶ
Ἡρώδου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. 19, 5. Mark 5,
40. Luke 2, 48. John 4, 53. Heb. 7, 10.
al. sep. (Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 14,15.) Plur.
of πατέρες, parents, both father and mo-
ther, Heb. 11, 23 Μωῦσῆς ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον
ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων αὑτοῦ. Eph. 6, 4, comp.
ν. 2. So Parthen. Erot. 10 παρὰ τῶν πατέρων
αἰτησάμενος, αὐτὴν ἠγάγετο γυναῖκα. ver
Tox. 8.—Of a reputed father, Luke 2

2. Of a remoter ancestor, i. q. reese ;
also as the head or founder of a tribe or
people, a patriarch. Sing. Matt. 3, 9 πατέρα
ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ. Mark 11, 10. Luke 1,
32. 73. John 4, 12. Acts 7, 2. Rom. 4, 17.
18. al. sep. Trop. in a spiritual and moral
sense, 6. g. of Abraham, Rom. 4, 11 eis τὸ
εἶναι αὐτὸν πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων.
vy. 12.16. Also trop. of Satan as the father
of wicked and depraved men, John 8, 38.
41. 44 bis. Sept. for 28 Gen. 17, 4. 5.
19, 37. (Tropel Macc. 2, 54.) Plur. of
πατέρες, fathers, i. 6. forefathers, ances-
tors, Matt. 23, 30 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πα-
τέρων. v. 32. Luke 6, 23. 26. John 7, 22.
Acts 3, 13. Rom. 9, 5. Heb. 1,1. al. Sept.
and Mia8 Deut. 1,11. 1 K. 8, 21. So Jos.
c. Apion. 1. 31. Hdian. 2. 15, 2.

3. Asa title of respect and reverence,
either honorary, or towards one who is re-

ed in the light of a father; 6. σ in
direct address, Luke 16, 24 πάτερ ᾿Αβραάμ.
v. 27. 30. (Hom. Od. 7. 48.) So of a
teacher, as exercising paternal care, author-
ity, affection, Matt. 23, 9 καὶ πατέρα μὴ κα-
λέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 1 Cor. 4, 15;
comp. Phil. 2,22. 1 Thess. 2,11. Sept. and
28 of prophets, 2 K. 2, 12. 6, 21. 13, 14.
Comp. Schoettg. Hor. Heb. p. 745 sq.—
Plur. voc. πατέρες, fathers, as an honorary
title of address,. Buttm. § 129 a. 1. Winer
§29. 1; 6. g. used towards elder persons,
1 John 2, 13. 14; also towards magistrates,
members of the Sanhedrim, Acts 7,2. 22,1.
“(Plut. Romul. 13 πατέρες συγγεγράμμενοι,
Lat. patres conséripti, i. e. senators.) With
the art. of πατέρες id. Eph. 6,4. Col. 3, 21;
see Buttm. § 129 a. 2. Winer I. c.

563

πατήρ
4. Trop. c. gen. of thing, the author
source, beginner of any thing. Rom. 4, 12
πατὴρ περιτομῆς, i. 6. Abraham. John 8, 44
ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστί, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ sc. τοῦ
ψεύδους. Sept. and 38 Job 38, 28.—Plato
Menex. 10. ite 240. 6, πατέρες τῆς ἔλευϑερίας.

B) Of God, as the creator, preserver,
governor of all men and things, over whom
he watches with paternal love and care; so
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 24 καὶ αὐτὸς [Seds] πατὴρ
τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους. Diod. Sic.
ὅ. 2. Hom. Od. 4. 341.—In N. T. God
is called Father in various relations.

1. By the Jews, John 8, 41 ἕνα πατέρα
ἔχομεν, τὸν Sedv, v. 42. So Sept. and ax
Is. 63, 16. 64, 8.—Wisd. 2, 16.

2. By Christians and all pious persons,
who are also called τέκνα Seod John 1, 12.
11,52. Rom. 8, 16. al. Thus Jesus in speak-
ing with his disciples calls God πατήρ σου
ν. ὑμῶν, 6. g. Matt. 6, 4 ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέ-
Tov ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. V. 6.8 6 π. ὑμῶν. ν. 1.
18. 10, 90. 29. 13, 43. Luke 6,36. 12,30.
32; once in John, 20,17. With the further
adjunet, ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς
Matt. 5, 16. 45. 48. 6,1. 9. 7,11. Mark 11,
25. 26. Luke 11, 2; 6 οὐράνιος Matt. 6, 14.
26.32; ὁ ἐπουράνιος Matt. 18,35; ὁ ἐξ ov-
pavod Luke 11, 13.—So the apostles speak-
ing for themselves and other Christians call
God πατὴρ ἡμῶν and the like; Rom. 1, 7
εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ϑεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν. 1 Cor. 1, 3.
2 Cor. 1, 2. Gal. 1,4. Eph. 1, 2. Phil. 1,2.
4, 20. al. sep. Hence absol. in the same
sense, Rom. 8,15 ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοϑεσίας,
ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν" ἀββᾶ, ὁ πατήρ. Gal. 4, 6.
Eph. 2, 18. Col. 1, 12. James 1, 27. 3, 9.
1 John 2, 1. 15. 16.. 3, 1. al. sep. Comp.
Ps. 89, 26. So Heb. 12,9 τῷ πατρὶ τῶν
πνευμάτων, in antith. with rods τῆς σαρκὸς
ἡμῶν πατέρας, i.e. the Father of our spirits,
our spiritual Father; comp. Num. 16, 22.
27, 16.

3. Spec. God is called the Father οἱ
our Lord Jesus Christ, in respect to that
peculiar relation in which Christ is the Son
of God; see in vids. So where the Father
and Son are expressly distinguished, as
Matt. 11, 27 οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν υἱόν, εἰ
μὴ ὁ πατήρ κτὰ. 28,19. Mark 13, 32 οὐδεὶς
οἶδεν... οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ 6 πατήρ. Luke 9
26. 10, 22. John 1, 14. 18. 8, 35 ὁ πατὴρ
ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱόν. 5, 26. 1 Cor. 8, 6 εἷς Seds
ὁ marnp...kal εἷς κύριος “I. Xp. 1 Thess
1,1. Heb. 1, 5. 1 Pet. 1,2. 1 John 1, 3
2,22. 4,14. 2 John 3. 9. al—Where Jesus
calls God πατήρ pov, 6. g. Matt. 11, 27
πάντα pot παρεδόϑη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός pov.
16,27. Mark 8, 38. Luke 2, 49. John 10,

Πάτμος

18. 25. 29. Rev. 2,27. 3, 5. 21. al. sep.
So ὁ πατήρ pov ὁ ἐν οὐρανοῖς Matt. 7, 21.
10, 82. 33. 12,50; ὁ οὐράνιος Matt. 15, 13.
Absol. in the same sense, Matt. 24, 36 οὐ-
dels οἶδεν... εἰ μὴ 6 πατὴρ μόνος. Mark 14,
36. Luke 10, 21. 22, 42. 28, 84. John 4,
21, 23. 6, 27. 37. 44 sq. 10,17. 13,1. 3.
14,6. Acts 1,4. Rom. 6, 4. al. sepiss—
Also John 17, 25 πάτερ δίκαιε, καὶ 6 κόσμος
κτλ. see fully in καί no. 1. f. a—The apos-
tles also speak of God as 6 πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου
ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. Rom. 15,6. 2Cor. 1, 3. 11,31.
Eph. 1, 3. 3, 14. Col. 1, 3. 1 Pet. 1, 3.
Rev. 1, 6. al. Absol. 1 Cor. 15, 24 ὅταν
παραδῷ τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Bed καὶ πατρί.
Gal. 1,1. Eph. ὅ, 20. Col. 3, 17. 2 Pet. 1,
17. Jude 1. al. sep. So Eph. 1, 17 6 ϑεὸς
τοῦ Kup. ἡμῶν "I. Xp. ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης, the
Father of glory, gen. of qual. who.dwells
in glory, comp. Acts 7, 2. 2 Cor. 1,3 6 π.
τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἶ. Xp. 6 πατὴρ τῶν oixrip-
μῶν.

4. Trop. c. gen. of thing, James 1, 17
ἀπὸ [Seod] τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων, the Fa-
ther of lights, i. e. the author, creator, of
the heavenly luminaries ; but not like them
subject to change; comp. Job 38, 28. ++

ITarpios, ov, ἡ, Patmos, Rev. 1,9, now
Patimo or Patmosa, a small sterile island
of the Augean sea, lying S. W. of Samos
and reckoned to the Sporades. Hither
according to tradition the apostle John was
banished, some say by Domitian ; see Iren. 5.
30. Euseb. H. E. 3. 14.—Strabo 10. p, 488.
Plin. H. N. 4. 23, Pococke Descr. of the
East II. ii. p. 31. Schubert’s Reise IIT. p.
425 sq.

πατραλῴας, ov, ὃ, (πατήρ, ἀλοιάω,) Att.
πατραλοίας, a smiler of his father,a parri-
cide, 1 Tim. 1,9; comp. in pyrpad@as.—

Thom. Mag. p. 695. Pollux On. 6. 152
πατραλῴας kat πατραλοίας. Attic form, Aris-
toph. Nub. 1327. Dem. 732. 14. Plato Phe-
do § 62.

πατριά, ἃς, ἡ, (πατήρ,) paternal descent,
lineage, Hdot. 3.'75; α family, race, caste,
Hdot. 1. 200.—In N. T.

1. a family, Heb, 912%, as the subdi-
vision of a Jewish tribe, φυλῇ, 03%, which
family comprehended several households,
οἶκοι, mink ma, see Heb. Lex. M72 no. 11.
Luke 2, 4 ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαβίδ. Trop.
Eph. 3, 15. Sept. and mmpwea Ex. 6,15.
1 Sam. 9, 21. al.—Judith 8, 2. Jos. Ant.
6. 4. 1. ib. ΑΙ 7.

2. In a wider sense, for a tribe, people,
nation, like φυλή. Acts 3, 25 πᾶσαι αἱ πα-
τοιαὶ τῆς γῆς, in allusion to Gen. 12, 3

564

Παῦλος

where Heb. πΠΒ 8, Sept. φυλη. So
Sept. πατριαὶ τῶν eve for minpwa 1 Chr,
16, 28. Ps. 22, 28. 96, 7.

TT ατριάρχης, ov, 6, (πατριά, ἀρχή.) @
patriarch, the father and founder of a family
or tribe, as Abraham, Heb. 7, 4; the sons
of Jacob as heads of the twelve tribes, Acts
7, 8.9. (Jos. de Macc. §16 fin.) So of
David as the head of a family, πατριά,
mpd, Acts 2,29; comp. Luke 2, 4 and
see in marpid no. 1. Sept. for miax Ox
1 Chr. 9, 9. 2 Chr. 19, 8; comp. 1 Chr.
27, 22.

. πατρικός, ἡ, dv, (πατήρ!) paternal, per-
taining to one’s father, 6. g. ξένος Pol. 2.
48.4; φίλος Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 4.—In N. T.
received from one’s fathers, ancestral, handed
down from ancestors, e. g. παραδόσεις Gal.
1,14. So Luc. Abdic. 23. Dem. 410. 10.
Diod. Sic. 1. 88 π. ἱερωσύναι.

πατρίς, ίδος, ἡ, adj. (πάτριος, πατήρ,)
pr. father-land, native country, 2 Mace. 4, 1.
Dem. 296. 15. Xen: Cyr. 1. 2. 7.—In N. Ty
one’s paternal city, native place, home, e. g.
Nazareth as the city of Jesus, because he
was brought up there, Matt. 13, 54. 5'7.
Mark 6, 1. 4. Luke 4, 23. 24. John 4, 44
see in yap no. 1.b. Trop. of a heavenly
home, Heb. 11, 14, comp. v. 16.—Jos. Ant.
6. 4. 6 εἰς ῬῬαμαδὰν πόλιν " πατρὶς γὰρ ἦν
αὐτῷ. Hdian. 8. 3. 2.

ITarpoBas, a, ὃ, Patrdbas, pr. τι. of a
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 14.

πατροπαράδοτος, ov, 6,4, adj. (πατήρ,
παραδίδωμι.) delivered down from one’s
fathers, ancestral. 1 Pet. 1, 18 ἀναστροφὴ
marpor. i. 6. a way of life derived from one’s
ancestors.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 48. Diod.
Sic. 17. 2, 4.

πατρῷος, ga, Gov, (πατήρ,) paternal,
pertaining to one’s father, e. g. φίλοι Luc.
Tim. 12. Hdian. 3. 15. 13; patrimonial,
transmitted from father to son, Xen. An. 1.

. 6.—In N. Τ'. received from one’s fathers,
ancestral, handed down from ancestors, e. g.
νόμος Acts 22, 3; é30s Acts 28, 17. 24,
14 λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ ϑεῷ i. Θ. our ances-
tral God, the God whom our fathers wor-
shipped and made known to us.—So νόμος
2 Mace..6, 1; Seds Jos. Ant. 2. 13. 1. Plut.
Alcib. 2.. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 17.

Παῦλος, ov, 6, Paulus, Paul, pr. τι. of
two persons in N. T.

1. Sergius Paulus, a Roman proconsul
in Cyprus, residing at Paphos, Acts 13, 7.
See in ἀνθύπατος.

2. Paul, the apostle of the Gentiles.

Παῦλος

originally called Σαῦλος q. v. He was οἵ
the tribe of Benjamin and of purely Hebrew
~descent, Phil. 3,5; but born at Tarsus in
Cilicia, Acts 21, 39. 22, 3, where his father
enjoyed the rights of Roman citizenship, of
which privilege Paul several times availed
himself, 6. g. Acts 16, 37. 22,27sq. At
Tarsus, which was a celebrated seat of
learning (Strabo 14. p. 673), he probably
gained that general acquaintance with
Greek literature which appears in his writ-
ings, and which was so important to him as
a teacher of the Gentiles among nations of
Greek origin. His Jewish education was
completed at Jerusalem, where he devoted
himself to the severest discipline of the
Pharisaic school, under the instructions of
Gamaliel; Acts 22, 3, comp. 5, 34. Ac-
cording to the custom of learned Jews, he
appears also to have learned a trade, viz.
that of ἃ tent-maker, σκηνοποιός, by which
he afterwards sometimes supported himself,
Acts 18, 3. 20, 34; see Pirke Aboth c. 2.
ἡ 2, comp. Neander Gesch. der Pflanz. ἃ.
chr. Kirche, I. p. 238 sq. [Engl. p. 211.]—
Paul, in the fierceness of his Jewish zeal,
was at first a bitter adversary of the Chris-
tians ; but after his miraculous conversion,
he devoted all the powers of his ardent and
energetic mind to the propagation of the
gospel of Christ, more particularly among
the Gentiles. His views of the pure and
‘ofty spirit of Christianity, in its worship
and in its practical influence, appear to have
been peculiarly deep and fervent; and the
opposition. which he was thus led to make
to the mere rites and ceremonies of the
Jewish worship, exposed him to the hatred
and malice of his countrymen. On their ac-
cusation, he was put in confinement by the
Roman officers ; and, after being detained
for two years or more at Cesarea, was sent
to Rome for trial, having himself appealed
to the emperor. Here he remained in par-
tial imprisonment two whole years, Acts 28,
30. Later accounts, mostly traditionary and
doubtful, relate that he was soon after set at
liberty; and, that after new journeys and
labours in the cause of Christ, he was again
imprisoned and at last put to death by order
of Nero. See Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. § 5.
Neander ib. I. p. 429 sq. [404 sq.] See
genr. Neander ib. p. 104 sq. [90 sq.] Hem-
sen’s Leben Pauli, Gétting. 1830. For the
chronology of Paul’s life and the: probable
dates of his epistles, see Neander ]. c. pas-
sim. Hemsen p. 744. De Wette Einl. ins
N. T. passim.—Acts 13, 9. 13. 18, 5. 19,
11. 23,1. Rom. 1,1. 1Cor1,1. +

565

πέδη
,

παύω, f. παύσω, comp. Engl. to pause.
1. Trans. 10 make pause or cease, lo re
frain from any thing, with acc. and ἀπό c.
gen. 1 Pet. 3,10 παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ab
τοῦ ἀπὸ κακοῦ, in allusion to Ps. 34, 14 [18]
where Sept. c. ἀπό for 13 "%).—So c. ἐκ
Eurip. Electr. 987 παῦσον ἐκ κακῶν ἐμέ.
The usual Greek construction is with acc.
and gen. Xen. Mem. 1.2.2. Comp. Matth.
§345. 4, and ἡ. 1. ᾿

2. Mid. intrans. to pause, to cease, to re-
frain, from any thing ; so ce. gen. of thing,
1 Pet. 4,1 mémavrat ἁμαρτίας hath ceased
from sin. Buttm. § 132. 4. Winer. § 30. 6.
For this use of the Pass. perf. see Buttm.
§136.3. Sept. c. gen. for πῆ Ex. 32, 11.
Josh. 7,26. So Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3. Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36.—With a
particip. instead of infin. Buttm. § 144. 6.
Winer § 46. 1. Luke 5, 4 ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο
λαλῶν, as in Engl. when now he left speak-
ing. Acts 5, 42 οὐκ ἐπαυσάντο διδάσκοντες,
they ceased not teaching. 6,13. 13,10. 20,
31. 21, 32. Eph. 1, 16. Col. 1, 9. Heb. 10,
2; part. impl. Luke 11, 1. Sept. for 539
Gen. 11,8; %>D Gen. 18, 33. So Lue. D.
Deor. 6. 4. Hdian. 1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 2.
—Absol. 1. 4. to cease, to come to an end,
Luke 8, 24. Acts 20, 1..1 Cor. 13, 8 εἴτε
γλῶσσαι, παύσονται. Sept. for 53 Ex. 9,
34. 35. So Hdian. 1. 16. 6. Xen. Cony.
4. 10.

Πάφος, ov, ἡ, Paphos, a maritime city
of Cyprus near the western extremity of the
island, the station of a Roman proconsui,
Acts 13, 6.13, About 60 stadia from the
city was a celebrated temple of Venus, hence
called the Paphian goddess, Hom. Od. 8.
363. Hor. Od. 1. 30.1. ‘See Strabo 14. p.
683. Pococke Descr. of the East, IL. i. p.
225.

παχύνω, f. wa, (παχύς,) to make fat,
Xen. (ic. 12. 20; Pass. to become fat and
thick, Luc. Ver. Hist. 22. Xen. Conv. 2. 17.
—In N. T. trop. in Pass. to become gross,
dull, callous, as if from fat; Matt. 13, 15 et
Acts 28, 27 ἐπαχύνθη yap ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ
τούτου, quoted from Is. 6, 10 where Sept.
for 32 (22; comp. Deut. 32, 15. So
Philostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 8 παχύνειν νοῦν.
Comp. παχὺς τὴν διανοίαν Al. V. H. 13. 15.
Hdian. 2. 9. 15.

πέδη; ns, 4, (méla.) a fetter, shackle for
the feet; Plur. πέδαι, fetiers, Mark 5, 4 bis
διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι
δεδέσϑαι κτὰ. Luke 8,29. Sept. for BHM
2 Sam. 3, 34; 833 Ps. 105, 18—Pol. 3.
82. 8. Xen. An. 4. 3. 8.

“πεδινός

πεδινός, ἡ, ὄν, (πεδιόν, πέδον.) plain,
level, of the ground; Luke 6, 17 ἔστη ἐπὶ τό-
που πεδινοῦ, he stood upon a level place, i. e.
upon the plain. Sept. for "10"72 Deut. 4, 43 ;
mY Josh. 9, 1.—Pol. 1. 84. 4. Xen. Cyr.
1. 6, 43.

πεζεύω, f. εὐσω, (πέζα,) to foot it, to
travel on foot, i. 6. by land and not by water,
intrans. Acts 20, 13.—Pol. 16.29.11. Xen.
An. 5. 5. 4 μέχρις ἐνταῦϑα ἐπέζευσεν ἡ
στρατιά.

πεζῇ, adv. (dat. fem. of adj. πεζός,) on
foot, Matt. 14, 13, Mark 6, 33. For this
dat. as ady. see Buttm. ὁ 115. 4.—Jos. Β. J.
4. 11. 5. Dem. 1046. 18. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3.
22.

πειδαρχέω, &, f. how, (πείδαρχος ;
πείϑομαι, ἀρχή) pr. to obey a ruler, one in
authority; hence genr. to obey, c. dat. τῷ
%e@ Acts: 5, 29, 32; absol. Tit. 3, 1. So
Jos. c. Ap. 2. 41 τοῖς νόμοις. Pol. 1. 45. 4.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19.—Spec. to obey or fol-
low one’s advice, c. dat. of pers. Acts 27, 21.
So Pol. 3. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 27.

πειδός, ἡ; 6v, (πείϑω,) a form elsewhere
unknown, i. 4. πείϑανος or miSavos, persua-
sive, winning ; 1 Cor. 2, 4 οὐκ ἐν πειϑοῖς
ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ᾽ κτλ. Some
suppose it to be a contraction or corruption
of meiZavos ; more prob. it belonged to the
language of common life. Others read by
conject. οὐκ ἐν πειϑοῖ ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας, as
if from subst. πειϑώ, but against analogy.

TELS@, dos, ods, 9, (πείϑω,) pr. n. Pitho,
Lat. Suadia, the goddess of persuasion,
Hdot. 8. 111. Pollux On. 4. 22, 142.—In
N. T. persuasion, persuasive discourse, in
Mss. 1 Cor. 2, 4, see in πειῶός. So Pol. 2.
1. 7. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 5.

πείϑω; f. πείσω, perf. 2 πέποιϑα ; Pass.
perf. πέπεισμαι, Pass. aor. 1 émeioSnv; to
persuade, pr. to move by kind words and
motives.

I. Act. to persuade. 1. Genr. 8. g. to
the belief and reception of the truth, i. q. to
convince, and in this sense mostly de conatu ;
pr. with acc. of pers. Acts 18, 4 ἔπειϑε τοὺς
Ἰουδαίους κτλ. i. 6. he sought to persuade
and convince them. 2 Cor. 5, 11. Also
with two acc. of pers. and thing, Acts 28,
23 meiS@y τε αὐτοὺς Τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.
Buttm. ᾧ 131. ὅ. So with ace. of pers. impl.
Acts 19, 8 πείϑων [αὐτοὺς] τὰ περί κτλ.
Also to persuade to error, absol. Acts 19, 26.
So τινά Wisd. 16, 8. Ail. V. H. 9. 14 ἐμὲ μὲν
οὖν To λεχϑὲν od πείϑει. Diod. Sic. 4. 26;
τινά te Xen. Chic. 26. 15; τί Thuc. 3. 43

566

πεΐδω

πεῖσαι τὰ δεινότατα. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. ὅ.---
With acc. of pers. ὁ. infin. to persuade to
do eny thing, to induce, Acts 13, 43 ἔπειϑον
αὐτοὺς ἐμμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Yeod. 26, 28.
So Jos. Β. J. 5. 13. 1. Diod. Sic. 11. 15.
Xen. An. 1. 3. 19.—Spec. to instigaie, c
acc. of pers. and iva, Matt. 27, 20; acc
impl. Acts 14, 19.

2. to persuade, to conciliate, to bring over
to kind feelings. a) Genr. i. 4. to pacify.
lo quiet, e. g. an accusing conscience, τὰς
καρδίας 1 John 3, 19, comp. v. 20; see ir
ὅτι II. 3.c. So Sept. 1 Sam. 24, 8. Xen.
Hell. 1.'7.'7 τὸν δῆμον, comp. §4, 5. — b)
i. q. to win over, to make friends with, to con-
ciliate, c. acc. of pers. Gal. 1, 10 ἀνθρώπους
πείϑω, ἢ τὸν Sedv; parall. is ζητῶ ἀρέσκειν.
(Xen. Ath. 2.11.) Prob. by presents, bribes,
Matt. 28, 14. Acts 12, 20 πείσαντες τὸν
Βλαστόν. So 2 Macc. 4,45. Jos, Ant. 14.
16. 4 Ἡρώδης πολλοῖς χρήμασι weiter τὸν
᾿Αντώνιον. Xen. Hell. 7. 3. 4.

II. Pass. and Min. to let oneself be per-
suaded, to be persuaded. Hence

1. Genr. e. g. of any truth, i. q to be con-
vinced, to believe, absol. Luke 16, 31 οὐδὲ
ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισϑήσονται.͵
Acts 17, 4. Heb. 11,13 Rec. With dat. οἱ
thing Acts 28, 24; c.inf. 26,26. (Jos. Ant.
8. 6. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 21. 1; 6. dat. Xen.
Cyr. 1.5.3.) Pass. perf. πέπεισμαι as
pres. I am persuaded, convinced, see Buttm.
§113.'7; soc.inf. et acc. Luke 20,6; 6. ὅτε,
Rom. 8,38. 14,14. 15,14. 2Tim. 1, ὅ. 12;
c.acc. ra Heb. 6,9; comp. Buttm. § 134. 6.
So ὁ. inf. 2 Macc. 9, 27; ο. ὅτι Xen. ic.
15.6; ὁ. τοῦτο Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19.—Also
to be persuaded to do any thing, to be indu-
ced, absol. but c. inf. impl. Acts 21, 14 μὴ
meiSopevov δὲ αὐτοῦ 50. μὴ ἀναβαίνειν κτλ.
So c. inf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 8.

2. Spec. to assent to, to obey, to follow,
c. dat. of person, Matth. § 362. n. 2. Acts
5, 36. 37. 40. 23,21. 27,11 ὁ δὲ ἐκ. τῷ
κυβερνήτῃ ... ἐπείδετο μᾶλλον. Rom. 2, 8.
Gal. [3, 1.] ὅ, 7. Heb. 18, 17. James 3, 3.
—AEl. V. H. 3. 23. Hdian. 3. 12. 13. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 8.

It. Perr. 2 πέποιδϑα, intrans. to be
persuaded, to trust, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 113. n. 3.
II. Hence

1. to be confident, assured, c. acc. et inf.
Rom. 2, 19 πέποιϑάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶ-
ναι κτλ. With ὅτι Heb. 13,18. Phil. 2,24;
τοῦτο ὅτι Phil. 1, 6.25; ἐπί τινα ὅτι, in
respect to any one, 2 Cor. 2, 3. 2 Thess. 3,
4; εἴς τινα ὅτι, id. Gal. 5,10. With the
further adjunct ἐν κυρίῳ in or through the
Lord, Gal. 5, 10. Phil. 2, 24. 2 Thess. 3,

πεινάω

4,—Sept. genr. for nua Prov. 10, 9. Deut.
33, 28; comp. Job 12, 6.

2. to confide in, to rely upon, c. dat. Phil.
1,14. Philem. 21 πεποιθὼς τῇ ὑπακουῇ σου.
2 Cor. 10, 7 ἑαυτῷ. Sept. for ΠΏΞ Prov.
14, 16. 2 K. 18, 20; ΠΌΤ. Is. 28, 17.
(2 Mace. 8, 18. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 50.
Hdot. 9. 88.) With ἐν c. dat. to trust or
have confidence in any thing, Phil. 3,3 ἐν
σαρκί. v.43 ἐπί τινι id. Mark 10,24. Luke
11, 22. 18, 9. 2Cor. 1, 9. Heb. 2, 13.
(Sept. for 3 M¥2 Ps, 25, 2. Prov. 11, 28;
2 HOM Ps. 2,12.) So ἐπί τινα id. Matt.
27, 43. Sept. for MVD 2 K. 18, 21. 22.

πεινάω, ὦ, f. dow, aor. 1 ἐπείνασα ;
the Attic contraction was πεινῷ, ps, ἢ ; but
later writers have πεινῷ, Gs, ᾷ, inf. πεινᾶν ;
see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61, 204. Winer § 13.
3; comp. Buttm. § 105. n. 5.

1. to hunger, to be hungry, absol. Matt.
4, 2 wnorevoat ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα...
ὕστερον ἐπείνασε. 12, 1. 3. 21, 18. 25, 35.
37. 42. 44. Mark 2, 25. 11, 12. Luke 4, 2.
6, 3. Rom. 12, 20. (Prov. 25, 22.) 1 Cor.
11, 21. 34. Rev. 7, 16. Sept. and 55
Proy. 25, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29.—So. πεινᾷν
Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 6. Plut. Aristid. 25; πει-
νῇν Luc. D. Mort. 17. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.

30.
2. Trop. to famish, to be without food,

i. q. to be poor, needy, Luke 1, 53 πεινῶντας
ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαϑῶν. 6, 21. 25. 1 Cor. 4, 11.
Phil. 4, 12. Sept. and 239 Ps. 107, 9; 355
Jer. 31, 12. 25.—Ecclus. 4, 2.

3. Trop. to hunger afler any thing, to
long for; c. ace. τὴν δικαιοσύνην Matt. 5, 6;
comp. in διψάω no. 2. Winer § 30. 7.—
Absol. of longing after spiritual nourishment,
aliment, John 6, 35. So Ecclus, 24, 21;
c. gen. Xen. (Ec. 13. 9 π. τοῦ ἐπαινοῦ.
Conv. 4. 36.

πεῖρα, as, 7, (πειράω,) α trial, essay,
Pind. Nem. 3. 122.—In N. T. only in the
phrase πεῖραν λαμβάνειν ris, pr. to
take (make) trial of any thing, i. q. πειράζω ;
comp. in λαμβάνω no. 1.f. E. g.

1. to make trial of, to attempt, τῆς Saddo-
ons Heb. 11, 29. Sept. for 2 Deut.
28, 56.—Hdian. 2. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 1.
4, 18.

2. lo have trial of, to experience, τῶν ἐμ-
παιγμῶν Heb. 11, 36.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1.
Pol. 28. 9. 7. Xen. An. 5. 8. 15.

πειράζω, f. dow, (πεῖρα!) to make trial
of, to try, 6. δ.

1. Of actions, i. 4. fo attempt, to assay,
c. infin. Acts 16, 7 ἐπείραζον εἰς τὴν Βιϑυ-
νίαν πορεύεσϑαι. 24, 6. Sept. for mo»

567

πειρασμός

Judg. 6, 39.—2 Mace. 2, 28. Jos. B. J. 1.
8. 4. Polyb. Fragm. 60. ‘

2. Of persons, i. q. to tempt, to prove, to
put to the test, c. acc. a) Genr. and ina
good sense, in order to ascertain the char-
acter, views, feelings of any one; Matt.
22, 35, comp. Mark 12, 28-34. John 6, 6
τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε πειράζων αὐτόν. 2 Cor. 13, 5
ἑαυτοὺς πειράζετε. Rev. 2, 2. Sept. for
M02 1K. 10,1; 49% Ps. 17, 3. So Jos.
B. J. 1.10. 4. Plut. Cleom.7. b) Ina
bad sense, with ill intent, Matt. 16, 1 πειρά-
ζοντες ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν. 19, 3. 22, 18.
Mark 8, 11. 10,2. 12,15. Luke 11, 16.
20, 23. John 8,6. Spec. to try one’s vir-
tue, to tempi, to solicit to sin; Gal. 6, 1 ἵνα
μὴ πειρασϑῇς Kat ov, lest thou also be tempt-
ed, yield to temptation. James 1, 13 ter. 14.
Rey. 2, 10; espec. of Satan, Matt. 4, 1
πειρασϑῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. v. 3. Mark
1, 13. Luke 4, 2. 1 Cor. 7, 5. 1 Thess. 3,
5 bis. c) From the Heb. where God is
said to iry, to prove, by adversity, to try the
faith and confidence of Christians in him;
1 Cor. 10, 13 ὃς οὐκ ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασϑῆ-
vat ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασϑε. Heb. 2, 18 bis. 4, 15.
11, 17. 37. Rev. 3, 10. Sept. and ΓΘ)
Gen. 22, 1. Ex. 20, 20. (Wisd. 11, 9.)
Vice versa, men are said to prove or tempt
God, by doubting and questioning his power
and aid, by murmuring against him, etc.
Acts 5,9 πειράσαι τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου. 15, 10
τί πειράζετε τὸν Sedvy; 1 Cor. 10, 9. Heb.
3, 9 οὗ ἐπείρασάν pe οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, quoted
from Ps. 95, 9 where Sept. for ΓΘ), as also
Ex. 17, 2. 7. Is. '7, 12. So Wisd. 1, 2.

πειρασμός, od, 6, (πειράζω,) 1. trial,
proof, a putting to the test; only of per-
sons. 8) Genr. trial of one’s character
and faith; 1 Pet. 4,12 πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν,
i. e. to try or prove you. So Ecclus. 6, 7.
27, 5 πειρασμὸς ἀνϑδρώπου ἐν διαλογισμῷ
αὐτοῦ. Vv. 7. b) trial of one’s virtue,
templation, solicitation to sin, espec. from —
Satan, Luke 4, 13. 1 Tim. 6, 9.

2. From the Heb. trial, temptation, comp.
in πειράζω no. 2.c. 8) Of a state of trial
into which God brings his people by ad-
versity and affliction, in order to excite and
prove their faith and confidence in him ;
Matt. 6, 13 et Luke 11, 4 μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς
ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, i. e. bring us not into a ᾿
state of trial, lay not trials upon us, Matt.
26, 41. Mark 14, 38. Luke 8, 13. 22, 40
46. 1Cor. 10,13 bis. James 1, 2.12. 1 Pet.
1, 6. 2 Pet. 2,9. Sept. and [S22 Deut. 7,
19, 29, 2. (Eeclus. 2, 1. 36,1.) Meton.
i. q. adversity, affliction, sorrow, Luke 22,
28. Acts 20,19 δουλεύων τῷ κυριῷ μετὰ

πειράω 568

δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν. Gal. 4,14. Rev. 3,
10, 0) Vice versa, temptation of God by
man is distrust in God, complaint and mur-
muring against him; comp. in πειράζω no.
2. 6. Heb. 3, 8 κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρα-
σμοῦ SC. τοῦ ϑεοῦ, quoted from Ps. 95, 8
where Sept. for igh as also Ex. 17, 7.
Deut. 9, 22.

πειράω, &, f. dow, to try; usually and
in N. T. Mid. πειράομαι, to try for one-
self, for one’s own part; to attempt, to as-
say to do any thing; c. infin. Acts 9, 26
ἐπειρᾶτο κολλᾶσϑαι τοῖς μαϑηταῖς. 26, 21.
—2 Macc. 10, 12. Hdian. 2. 11. 13. Xen.
An. 4. 3. 5. Act. Luc. Hermot. 36. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 29.

πεισμονή, ἧς, ἡ, (arei%e,) persuasion,
i.e. Pass. the being persuaded, credulity;
Gal. 5, 8 τίς ὑμᾶς ἐνέκοψε τῇ ἀληϑείᾳ μὴ
πείϑεσϑαι;; ἡ πεισμονὴ οὐκ ἐκ TOU καλ. κτλ.
On the paronomasia see Winer § 62. 1 fin.
So Eustath. ad Il. a, p. 99. 45. Od. x, p.
785. 22. Chrysost. ad 1 Thess. 1, 3.—Others
take it as Act. persuasion, act of persuad-
ing, and refer it to the Judaizing teachers.
Eustath. ad Il. a, p. 21.46. ες p. 637. 5.

πέλαγος, €os, ous, τό, the sea, pr. the
Ligh or open sea, the deep, the main, remote
from land ; intens. Matt. 18, 6 ἐν τῷ πελά-
yet τῆς ϑαλάσσης. So Aristot. Probl. sect.
23. 3, ἐν τῷ λιμένι ὀλίγη ἐστὶν ἡ ϑάλασσα,
ἐν δὲ τῷ πελάγει βαϑεῖα. Apoll. Rhod. 2.
608 πέλ. τῆς ϑαλάσσης. Diod. Sic. 4. 77.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 16.—Spoken of the high
sea adjacent to a country; Acts 27, 5 τὸ x.
κατὰ τὴν ἹΚιλικίαν, the sea of Cilicia. So
Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 5. Thuc. 5. 110 τὸ Κρητι-
κὸν πέλαγος.

πελεκίζω, ξ, ἰσω, (πέλεκυς,) to hew with
an axe, Sept. for bop 1K. 5,18.—In N.
T. to behead with an axe, Pass. Rev. 20, 4
τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πεπελεκισμένων. So Jos.
Ant. 20. 5. 4. Pol. 1. 7. 12. Diod. Sic. 19.
101. Found only in late writers, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 341.

πέμπτος, a ov, ord. adj. (aévre,) the
Fifth, Rev. 6, 9. 9,1. 16,10. 21,20. Sept.
for "92h rey 1, 23 —Dem. 260. 20.
Xen. An. 4. 7. 21.

πέμπω, f. a, 1. 10 send, to cause to
go, spoken of persons. a) Genr. and c.
acc. Matt. 22, 7 πέμψας τὰ στρατεύματα
αὑτοῦ. Acts 25, 25. Phil. 2, 23. With
acc. and also dat. of pers. to whom, ‘1 Cor.
4, 17 ἔπεμψα ὑμῖν Τιμόϑεον. Phil. 2, 19;
εἰς ὁ. acc. of place, Matt. 2, 8; εἴς τινα in-
to one’s body Mark 5, 12; πρός twa Acts

mevSepa

25, 21. Eph. 6, 22. Col. 4, 8. Tit. 3, 12.
So Xen. An. 4. 6. 19 ; τινί Hdian. 7. 9. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22; eis Luc. Asin. 45;
πρός Pol. 2.11.4. Ὁ) Spec. of messen-
gers, agents, ambassadors; c. ace. Matt.
11, 2 πέμψας δύο τῶ; μαϑητῶν αὑτοῦ. Luke
16, 24. John 1, 22. 13, 16. 1 Thess. 3, 2.
1 Pet. 2, 14, Pass. part. of πεμφξέντες,
those sent; the messengers, Luke 17, 10.
With εἰς c. acc. of place Luke 16, 27,
Acts 15, 22; πρός τινα Luke 4, 26. Acts
15, 25; c. infin. of purpose, 1 Cor. 16, 3.
Rev. 29, 16 ἔπεμψα τὸν ἄγγελόν βου μαρτυ-
ρῆσαι κτλ. (Hdian. 3. 14. 8; εἰς ib. 1. 11.
9; πρός ib. 6. 4. 6.) Also acc. of pers.
impl. and with εἰς c. infin. of purpose,
1 Thess. 3, 5 ἔπεμψα eis τὸ γνῶναι, as in
Engl. I sent to know; also εἰς 6. acc. of
place, Acts 10, 32. 20,17; πρός τινα
Acts 10, 33. 19,31. 23,30. (With εἰς and
πρός Xen, Cyr. 1. 5. 4.) So Particip. πέμ-
Was before a finite verb, implying that one
does a thing by an agent or messenger,
Matt. 14, 10 καὶ πέμψας ἀπεκεφάλισε τὸν
Ἰωάννην, comp. Mark 6, 27. (Hdian. 1. 9.
19 νύκτωρ 6 Κόμμοδος πέμψας ἀποτέμνει
τὴν κεφαλήν. Plut. de Puer. δάπο, 14 fin.

Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.5.) Spoken of teachers, .

ambassadors, sent from God or in his name,
e.g. John the Baptist, c. acc. et inf. John
1, 33 6 πέμψας pe βαπτίζειν. Jesus as sent
from God, John 4, 34. 5, 23. 24. 6, 38 sq.
7, 16. 28. Rom. 8, 3, al. sep. The Spirit,
John 14, 26. 15, 26. 16,7. The apostles
as sent out by Jesus, John 13, 20. 20, 21.

2. Of things, to send, to transmil. a) Pr.
c. acc. of thing and dat. of pers. Rev. 11,
10 δῶρα πέμπουσιν ἀλλήλοις. With acc.
of thing impl. τινὶ [re] εἴς re Acts 11, 29.
Phil. 4,16. So Hdian. 8. 7. 2. Xen. Cyr.
Suche aie b) Trop. to send upon or
among, c. acc. et dat. 2 Thess. 2,11 πέμ-
Wet αὐτοῖς ὁ Seds ἐνέργειαν πλάνης. Also
io send forth, c. acc. 6. g. τὸ δρέπανον, i. q.
to thrust in, Rev. 14, 15. 18.—Wisd. 12,
25. Hom. Il. 1ὅ. 109. “+

πένης, ητος,; 6; 7), adj. (πένομαι,) pr. “ one
who works for his daily bread ;’ hence,
poor, needy, 2 Cor. 9,9. Sept. fe ira
Ex. 23,6; "Ὁ Deut. 25, 11.—Hdian. 2. 1.
10. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 3.

mevYepa, ἃ Gs, ἡ, (πενβερός,) a mother-in-
law, e. g. the wife’s mother, Matt. 8, 14.
Mark 1, 30 ἡ δὲ π. Σίμωνος. Luke 4, 38.
Also the husband’s mother, in antith. to
νύμφη, Matt. 10, 35. Luke 12, 53 bis.
Sept. for nian Ruth 1, 14. 2,11. 3, 1--
Lue. Alex. 35. Dem. 1123. 1.

mevYepos

meVSepds, οὔ, ὃ, a father-in-law, John

18;13 Sept. for om Gen. 38, 13. 25; jon

Ex. 3, 1—Pollux On. 3. 3. 2. Hom. Ih 6.
170. Soph. CEd. Col. 1302.

πενϑέω, ὦ, f. ἡ now, {πένϑος,) to mourn,

to lament, i. e.
. 1. Trans. 6. ace. of pers. to beroail any
one, to grieve for him, 2 Cor. 12, 21 πενϑή-
σὼ modX\ovs.—Comm. for one dead, Sept.
for bax Gen. 37, 33; 153 Gen. 50, 3. Luc.
D. Deor. 14. 1. Xen. Hell. 2. 2. 3.

2. Intrans. to mourn, to lament, pr. at the
death of a friend, joined with κλαίω, Mark
16,10. (Sept. for m23 Gen. 23, 2.) So
genr. to be sad, sorrowful, to mourn, absol.
Matt. 5, 4 μακάριοι of πενβοῦντες. 9, 15.
Mid. for oneself, 1 Cor, 5, 2; joined with
κλαίω Luke 6, 25. James 4, 9. Rev. 18,
11. 15.19; ἐπί τινι 18,11. Sept. for day
Neh. 8, 11. Ez, 7, 27.—A&schin. 84. 14,
Plato Phedr. 258. b.

méVYOS, cos, ovs, τό, (kindr. πάϑος,)
mourning, grief, sadness, genr. James 4,9 6
γέλως ὑμῶν eis πένϑος μεταστραφήτω. Rev.
18, 7 bis. 8.21, 4. Sept. and 53x Lam.
5, 15; nan Prov. 14, 13. —Wisd. “19, 3.
Dem. 1399. 12. More comm. for one dead,
Lue. Ὁ. Deor. 25. 2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6.

πενυχρός, d, dv, (πένομαι,) like πένης,
poor, needy, Luke 21,2. Sept. for "29 Ex.
22, 25; 53 Prov. 28, 15.—Pol. 6. ‘21. 7.
Dem. 422. 19. Plato Rep. 578. a.

πεντάκις, adv. (πέντε) five times,
2 Cor. 11, 24.—Sept. 2 K. 13, 19. Plut.
Marcell. 1 init.

πεντακισχίλιοι, at, a, (χίλιοι!) five
thousand, pr. five times one thousand, Matt.
14, 21. 16, 9. Mark 6, 44. 8, 19. Luke 9,
14. John 6, 10.—Sept. 2 Chr. 35, 9. Xen.
Hell. 1. 2. 1.

πεντακόσιοι, at, a, five hundred, Luke
7,41. 1 Cor. 15,6. Sept. for mixa ton
Num. 1, 21. 33.—Luc. Icarom. 1. Xen.
Hell. 1. 4. 21.

πέντε, οἱ, ai, τά, card. num. indec. jive,
Matt. 14, 17. 19. 16, 9. 25, 2. Luke 1, 94.
Acts 4,4. al. As an indef. small number
1 Cor. 14, 19. Sept. for ton, owen,
Gen. 18, 28. Ex. 22, 1.—Luc. ἜΣ
48, Xen. Ag. 1.36. +

πεντεκαιδέκατος, η, ov, ord. adj. (rev
rexaidexa,) the fifteenth, Luke 3, 1.—Sept.
Num. 28, 17. Plut. adv. Stoic. 45 fin.

πεντήκοντα; of, al, τά, indec. fifty,
Mark 6, 40 et Luke 9, 14 ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα,
by fifties. Luke 7, 41. 16, 6. John 8, 57.

569

Tepav
21, 11. Acts 13, 20. Sept. for oda
Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 26, 5.—Lue. D. Marin. 6.
1. Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 21.

πεντηκοστή, ἧς; ἧ, (πεντηκοστός,) a fif-
tieth part, a species of impost of two per cent.
Dem. 568. 12. ib. 738. 5; see Boeeckh Staatsh.
d. Ath. I. p. 337. Dict. of Antt. art. Pente-
coste.—In N. T’. Pentecost, the day of Pente-
cost, one of the three great Jewish festivals,
in which all the males were required to ap-
pear before God; Acts 2, 1. 20, 16. 1 Cor.
16, 8. (Tob. 2, 1. 2 Mace. 12, 32. Jos. Ant.
14. 13. 4. al.) It was so called because
celebrated on the fiftieth day, ἡ πεντηκοστὴ
ἡμέρα, counting from the second day of the
festival of unleavened bread or passovey
i. e. seven weeks after the 16th day of N:
san; comp. Lev. 23, 15 sq. Deut. 16, 9 sq.
Jos. Ant. 3. 10.6. Hence called in Heb.
Midas am, Sept. ἑορτὴ ἐβδομάδων, festival
of weeks, Deut. 16,10. It was a festival of
thanks for the harvest, which began directly
after the passover, Deut. 16, 9 sq. and was
hence called also pasa oi, Sept. ἡμές
pa τῶν νέων, day of the first-fruits, Num.
28,26. Josephus relates that in his day
great numbers of Jews resorted from every
quarter to Jerusalem wu \eep this festival ;
Ant. 14, 13. 4. ib. 17. 10. 2. B. J. 2. 3.1.

πεποίϑησις, ews, ἡ, (πείϑω, πέποιϑα,)
trust, confidence, so in Paul’s writings, 2 Cor.
1,15. 3,4. 8, 22. 10, 2. Eph. 3, 12; ἕν
τινι Phil. 3, 4. Sept. for jimwa 2 K. 18,
20. Aquil. et Theod. for 72 Hos. 2, 18.—
Jos. Ant. 1. 3. 1. Philo de Nobil. p. 910. a.
Sext. Empir. Pyrrh. 3. 24. Found only in
late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 294 sq.

περ; an enclitic particle, adding force
and emphasis to a word ; pr. shortened from
adv. πέρι or its strengthened form περισ-
σῶς, Buttm. ὁ 117. n. 3. Kihner § 317. 1.
Matth. § 594; much, very, ever; in N. T.
only as joined with a pronoun or particle,
see Herm. ad Vig. p.'791. See διόπερ, ἐάν-
περ, εἴπερ, ἐπείπερ, ἐπειδήπερ, ἤπερ, καϑάπερ,
καίπερ, ὅσπερ, ὥσπερ.

περαιτέρω, adv. compar. of πέραν, be-
yond, further; Acts 19, 39 Lachm. εἰ δέ r
περαιτέρω ἐπιζητεῖτε, where Rec. περὶ ἑτέ-
pov.—Eurip. Phen. 1681. Plato Phed.
107. b.

πέραν, adv. (obs. πέρα, πέρας,) beyond,
over, on the other side; as prep. goverring
the genit. Buttm. § 146.1, 3. So πέραν τοῦ
Ἰορδάνου Matt. 4, 15. 25. 19, 1. Mark 3, 8.
John 1, 28. 3, 26. 10, 40; πέραν τῆς Sa-
λάσσης John 6, 1. 17. 22. 25; π- τοῦ χειμ.

TrEpas

τοῦ Κέδρων John 18, 1. Sept. for "32
Gen. 50, 10.11. Num. 34,15. So Thue.
5. 6. Xen. An. 4. 3. 3.—With neut. art. τὸ
πέραν, pr. that beyond, the other side, i. e.
the region beyond, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 125. 6,'7;
so διὰ rod πέβαν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου Mark 10,
1; εἰς τὸ π. τῆς ϑαλάσσης 5,1; εἰς τὸ 7.
τῆς λίμνης Luke 8, 22; absol. Matt. 8, 18.
28. 14, 22. 16, 5. Mark 4, 35. 5, 21. 6,
45. 8, 13. Sept. for "32 Num. 21, 13.
Deut. 1,4. So Pol. 2. 32. 9. Diod. Sic. 3.
64 or 65; c. gen. Xen. An. 3. 5, 2.

πέρας, ατος, τό, (005. πέρα.) an end, ea-
tremily, 6. g. τῆς γῆς; of the earth, the re-
motest regions, Matt. 12, 42. Luke 11, 31.
Rom. 10,18. Sept. for PIS "OES Ps. 2,
8; PIRI ΠΕΡ Ps. 61, 3, comp. 19, 5.
So Diod. Sic. 3. 53 init. Xen. Ag. 9. 4 ra π.
τῆς yjs—Trop. an end to which any thing
comes, conclusion, termination; Heb. 6, 16
ἀντιλογίας πέρας. Sept. for MP Nah. 3, 9.
So Pol. 1. 41. 2. Xen. Vect. 4. 26.

Πέργαμος, ov, ἡ, Pergamus, now Ber-
gamo, a celebrated city of Mysia in Asia
Minor, Rev. 1,11. 2, 12. It was situated
near the river Caicus ; and was the metrop-
olis of the powerful kingdom of Pergamus,
so long famous under the Attali. The kings
of this race collected here a noble library of
200,000 volumes; which was afterwards
given by M. Antony to Cleopatra, and added
to the library at Alexandria. Here also
parchment was first perfected; hence called
pergamena. There was at Pergamus a cel-
ebrated and much frequented temple of
Esculapius, who was usually represented
under the image ofa serpent ; whence prob.
the allusion in Rev. 2,13. See Plut. M.
Anton. 58. Plin. H. N. 5. 33, ib, 13. 21.
Strabo 13. p..623 sq. Ο. v. Richter Wallf.
p. 488 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p.
175; 219.

Πέργη, ns, 9, Perga, the metropolis of
Pamphylia in Asia Minor, situated on the
river Cestus about 60 stadia from its mouth,
and celebrated for a splendid temple of
Diana; Acts 13, 13. 14. 14, 25.—Strabo
14. 3. 2. p. 667. Plin. H.N. 5. 26.

περί, prep. governing in N. T’. the gen-
itive and accusative ; in Gr. writers also the
dative; with the primary signif. around,
about, in a local sense, implying a surround-
ing and inclosing on all sides. So with the
dative, 6. g. ϑώρηκα περὶ στήϑεσσιν ἔδυνε
Hom. Il. 3. 332; δακτύλιον περὶ τῇ χειρὶ
φέρειν Plato Rep. 359. d. Comp. Winer
ὑδ1. p. 446. .

I. With the Genrrive, where the genit.

570

περι

then marks the centre from around which
an action proceeds, about which it is exert-
ed; see Passow s. v. Winer 1. c. Buttm.
§ 132. 3. But in prose writers and usually
in the poets, περί c. gen. is used only trop.
about, concerning, respecting ; and so in N.'T.

1. Where the genit. denotes the object
about which an action is exerted, as in Engl.
to speak or hear about or of athing; Matth.
§ 589. Buttm. § 147. n. 1. So after verbs
of speaking, asking, teaching, writing, and
the like; e. g. εἶπον, Matt. 17, 13 dru περὶ
Ἰωάννου τ. B. εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. John 1, 30. 7,
39; λαλέω Luke 2, 17. 33. 38; λέγω Matt.
11, 7. 21, 45. al. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 13.)
ἐρωτάω Luke 9, 45. John 18, 19; διδάσκω
1 John 2, 27; γράφω Matt. 11, 10. John 5,
46; and so Matt. 12, 36. John 1,7. 8. 6, 41.
Acts 1, 1. 16. 7, 52. 1 Cor. 1, 11. 1 Tim.
1, 7. al. sep. (Plut. Mor. IL. p. 25. Aal.
V. H. 2. 10. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 1.2. Xen. An.
1,7.2. Cyr. 6.1.6.) So after nouns of
like signification, where the simple genit.
might sometimes stand; Luke 4, 14 φήμη
περὶ αὐτοῦ. ν. 37 ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ. Acts 11,
22. 2ὅ, 16. Rom. 1,8. Heb. 5,11. So Ceb.
Tab. 38. Hdian. 2. 1. 6—After verbs of
hearing, learning, knowing, and the like;
e. g. ἀκούω Mark 5, 27. Luke 7, 3. 9,9;
κατήχϑην Acts 21, 21.24; ἐπίσταμαι Acts
26, 26; γνωστόν ἐστι 28, 22. So ἀκούω
Plut. Mor. If.p. 40. Plato Phad. 58 init.
p. 108. c. Xen. An. 6. 6. 34.—After verbs
of inquiring, deliberating, doubting, and the
like; 6. g. ζητέω, John 16,19. 1 Pet. 1,10;
ἐξετάζω Matt. 2, 8; πυνϑάνομαι Acts 23,
20 ; διενϑυμέομαι Acts 10,193; διαλογίζομαι
Luke 8, 19; διαπορέομαι Luke 24, 4. Acts
5, 24; δοκεῖ μοι Matt. 22,42. After like
nouns, as ζήτησις John 3, 25, Acts 18, 15.
So auv3. Luc. Alex. 33. Ceb. Tab. 33;
δοκεῖ μοι Luc. D. Deor. 6. 4; σκοπέω Xen.
Mem. 1. 1. 15.

2. Where the genit. expresses the ground,
motive, occasion of the action, i. q. on account
of, because of,in Engl. often for. ἃ) Genr.
e. g. after verbs of reproving, accusing,
being tried, and the like, c. gen. of thing;
as ἐλέγχω, Luke 3, 19 Ἡρώδης... ἐλεγχό-
μενος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἣ ρωδιάδος κτλ. John
8, 46. 16,8. Jude 15; ἐγκαλέω Acts 19, 40,
26,2; κατηγορέω 24, 12: κρίνομαι 23, 6. al
So κατηγορέω Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 2 ; κρίνομαι
ib. 3. ὅ. 25.—After verbs signifying an affec-
tion of the mind, 6. δ. σπλαγχνίζομαι Matt.
9, 36 ; ἀγανακτέω Matt. 20, 24. Mark 10, 41;
Savpatw Luke 2, 18; καυχάομαι 2 Cor. 10,
8. Spec. εὐχαριστέω and the like,1 Cor 1,
4, 1 Thess. 1,2. 2 Thess. 2, 13; εὐχαρι-

περί

στίαν ἀποδιδόναι 1 Thess. 3,9. (So χάριν
ἀποδιδόναι Diod. Sic. 1. 88.) Also μέλει
μοι Matt. 22, 16. Mark 12, 14; μεριμνάω
Matt. 6, 28. Luke 12, 26.—Also genr. after
various verbs and nouns, e. g. John 10, 33
περὶ καλοῦ ἔργου οὐ λιϑάζομεν σε κτὰ. John
19, 34 λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται.
Matt. 16, 11. Mark 1, 44. Luke 2, 27. Acts
15, 2. 19, 23 τάραχος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ. Col.
2, 1. So Hdian. 1. 11. 4. Dem. 10. 16.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 22 φιλονεικίαι περί τινος.
b) Where the action is exerted in favour of
the person or thing denoted by the genitive,
i. q. on account of, in behalf of, for, e. g.
Matt. 4, 6 τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὑτοῦ ἐντελεῖται
περὶ σοῦ. Luke 22, 82 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ
σοῦ, ἵνα κτὰ. John 16,26. Eph. 6,18. Philem.
10. Heb. 11, 40. 1 Pet. ὄ, 7 ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλει
περὶ ὑμῶν. After verbs of offering sacri-
fice and the like in behalf of any one ; Matt.
26, 28 τὸ αἷμά pov... τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνό-
μενον. Mark 14, 24. Gal. 1, 4. Heb. 5, 8.
So Euyip. Phen. 534; comp. Cic. de Off,
3. 21. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 13. ib. 3. 3. 44.
c) Where the action is exerted against a
person or thing; soc. gen. of pers. after
words of accusing, Acts 25, 18 περὶ od...
of κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἐπέφερον, comp.
v.27 τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας. ib. v. 15 περὶ
οὗ... ἐνεφάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς. comp. v. 2
κατά τινος. (Comp. Jos. Ant. 14. 10. 12.)
Soin the phrase περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, περὶ
ἁμαρτιῶν, on account of sin, for sin, i. 6.
for doing away or expiating sin; Rom. 8,
3 τὸν υἱὸν πέμψας... περὶ ἁμαρτίας. 1 Pet.
3, 18 Xp. ἅπαξ περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἔπαϑε. Also
προσφωράν. ϑυσία περὶ du. Heb. 10, 18. 26;
αἷμα 13, 113; ἱλασμὸς περὶ ἅμ. 1 John 2, 2.
4,10. Ellipt. περὶ ἁμαρτίας for Sucia περὶ
dp. Heb. 10, 6. 8, comp. v. 26, quoted from
Ps. 40, 6 where Sept. for MNT; comp.
Lev. 5,8. 9,10. 2 Chr. 29,24. See Winer
Ρ. 447.
3. Where there is only a more general
reference or allusion to the person or thing
denoted by the genitive, concerning, as to,
touching, in relation to. 8) Genr. Matt.
18, 19 ἐὰν δύο ὑμῶν συμφωνήσωσιν περὶ
παντὸς πράγματος κτὰ. Luke 11, 53. John
9, 18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν of Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ αὐτοῦ
ὅτι τυφλὸς ἦν. 11, 19. 15, 22. Acts 28, 21
ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα περὶ σοῦ ἐδεξάμεϑα.
Rom. 15, 14. 1 Cor. 7, 37. Col. 4, 10 περὶ
od ἐλάβετε ἐντολάς. Heb. 11, 20. al. sep.
So Dem. 12. 9. Plut. Galb. 23. Diod. Sic.
19. 36. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.15. Ὁ) Absol. or
independ. usually at the beginning of a sen-
tence, e. g. Matt. 22, 31 περὶ τῆς ἀναστά-
σεως τῶν νεκρῶν κτλ. as to or touching the

571

περί

resurrection of the dead, have ye not read,
Mark 12, 26. Acts 28, 22. 1 Cor. 7, 1. 25.
8,1. 4. 12,1. 1 Thess, 4, 9.13. 5,1. al.
Comp. Winer p. 447. Matth. § 589. So
Diod. Sic. 1. 6, 9. Plato Phadr. p. 250. c.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3.15. ὁ) With neut. art.
Plur. τὰ περί τινος, c. gen. of thing, the
things relating or pertaining to any thing,
as τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τ. ovp. Acts 1, 3.
8, 12. 19,8; also 24, 22. With gen. of
pers. i. q. one’s circumstances, state, pros-
pects, Luke 22, 37. 24,19. 27. Acts 23, 11.
15. Eph. 6, 22. Phil. 1, 27. Col. 4,8. So
Xen. An. 2. 5. 37. Hell. 7. 4. 1.

4. Spec. from the primary idea of sur-
rounding and including, in the phrase περὶ
πάντων, pr. including all, and hence more
than all, above all, Hom. Il. 1. 287. Pind.
Ol. 6. 84. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 45. In N. T.
once, 3 John 2 περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐ-
οδοῦσϑαι....καϑὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή,
above all things I wish that thou mayest
prosper. So usually; but taken in connec-
tion with the next clause, it is better to ren-
der: as to all things I wish that thou may-
est prosper, even as thy soul prospereth; as
above in no. 3.a; see Liicke Comm. in loc.
Winer p. 447 sq.

Il. With the Accusative; where the
accus. then marks the object around or
about which any thing moves, comes, or
finally remains.

1. Of Place, around, about, e. g. place
whither, after a verb of motion, Luke 13, 8
ἕως ὅπου σκάψω περὶ αὐτήν. (Hom. Il. 21. .
11. ed. Wolf.) More freq. of place where,
implying the coming and remaining around ;
6. g. with acc. of thing, Matt. 3, 4 6 Ἰωάν-
νης εἶχε... ζώνην Sepp. περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν ai-
τοῦ. Mark 9; 42 λίϑος μυλικὸς περὶ τὸν
τράχηλον αὐτοῦ. Rev. 15,6. With acc. of
pers. Matt. 8, 18 ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς πολλοὺς
ὄχλους περὶ αὑτόν. Mark 8, 82. 34. Acts
22, 6. See Buttm. Κ 147. n. 1. Matth. ᾧ 589.
c. Winer ἡ 53. i. Soc. acc. rei Luc. D.
Deor. 11. 2. Diod. Sic. 12. 44. Xen. Cyr.
1. 2. 9; pers. Diod. Sic. 19. 36. Xen. Cyr.
7. 5. 59.—With the art. of, ai, ra περί,
c. acc. of place, Mark 3, 8 of περὶ Τύρον καὶ
Σιδῶνα, they about Tyre and Sidon, i.e
dwelling in and around these cities. Acts
28, 7 ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον, i. 6.
in the parts around, the environs. Jude 7.
(Strabo 12. p. 571. AGL. V. H. 12. 44.
Hdot. 6. 105.) With acc. of pers. of περί
τινα, of a person and his followers, Mark
4,10. Luke 22, 49. John 11, 19. Acts 13,
13; see fully in 6, 4, rd, E. a.

2. Trop. of that about which an action is

περιάγω 572

exerted, ubout, concerning, respecting, i. 4.
περί c. gen. Winer, Matth.].c. a) Ofa
matter or business about which one is occu-
pied; Acts 19, 25 τοὺς περὶ τοιαῦτα ἐργά-
ras, lit. workmen about like things, of like
occupation. Luke 10, 40 ἡ δὲ Mdp3a περι-
εσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν. v.41. 1 Tim.
6, 4. Comp. Viger. p. 656, marg. So
ἔχειν περί τι Luc. D. Deor. 19, 2. Δ...
Η. 8. 42: εἶναι περί τι Diod. Sic. 1. 74.
Xen. An. 8. ὅ. 7. δ) Genr. i. ᾳ. as to,
touching, 1 Tim. 1,19 περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυ-
dynoay. 6, 21, 2 Tim. 2, 18. 3, 8. Tit.
2,7. So Jos. Ant. ὅ. 7. 8. Aul. V. H. 3.
31. Xen. Mem. 4. 3.2. ο) With art.
neut. τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, my circumstances, af-
fairs, state, Phil. 2,23. So Xen. Cyr. 6.
1. δά τὰ περὶ τοὺς πύργους. Comp. above
in I. 3. ¢.

3. Of Time, i. e. of a point of time not
entirely definite, about, Matt. 20, 3 περὶ τῆν
τρίτην ὥραν. v. 5. 6. 9. 27, 46. Mark 6,
48. Acts 10, 9. 22,6. Comp. Matth. Wi-
ner, 1. c.—E]. V. H. 5. 13. Hdian. 3. 4. 8.
Xen. An, 1. 7. 1.

Nore. In composition περί implies in N.
T. a) A moving, being, spreading around
on all sides as from a centre, around, round
about; as περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.
b) Trop. as around and including an object,
and therefore more than, over, above; as
περίειμι, περιουσία. 0) Emphasis, a com-
pleteness or strengthening of the simple
idea, Lat. per, i. q. completely, very, exceed-
ingly ; as περίλυπος, περιπείρω. +

περιάγω, f. ἄξω, (dyo,) 1. to lead
about; e. g. those whom one takes as com-
panions, c. acc. 1 Cor. 9,5 ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα
περιάγειν. Sept. for 7°21 Am. 2, 10.—
Dem. 958. 15 τρεῖς παῖδας ἀκολούϑους περι-

, ἄγεις. Xen. Cyr. 1. 8. 8.

2. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. see ἄγω
no. 2; to go about, to go up and down, ab-
sol. Acts 13,11. With ace. of place, de-
pending on περί in composit. Buttm. § 147.
n. 9. Matth. §426. Winer §56.2.c. Matt.
4, 23 περιῆγεν ὅλην τὴν Ταλιλαίαν, he went
about all Galilee. 9,35. 23,15 ὅτι περιά-
γετε THY ϑάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηράν. Mark 6,6.
—So absol. Cebet. Tab. 6; comp. περιάγων
ἑαυτόν Plut. Solon 3.

περιαιρέω, ὦ, f. ow, (αἱρέω,) aor. 2
περιεῖλον. ; :

1. to take away what is round about ; ¢.

_ acc. Acts 27, 40 τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες,
taking (cutting) away the four anchors
round about the ship; comp. v. 29 and see
in ἐάω no. 1. So of a veil, Pass. 2 Cor. 3,

περιβάνλω

16 περιαιρεῖται τὸ -κάλυμμα, in allusion te

Ex. 34, 34 where Sept. for "OF, as also’

Gen. 41, 42; for "330 Jon. 3, 6. So
2 Macc. 4, 38; ὅπλα Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 47;
τὰ τείχη Dem. 125. 26. Xen. Hell. 2.
2. 22.

2. Trop. to take away wholly, all around.
Heb. 10, 11 περιελεῖν ἁμαρτίας, wholly to
take away sins, to make complete expiation
for sins, comp. v. 4. Pass. Acts 27, 20
περιῃρεῖτο πᾶσα ἐλπίς. Sept. for “"On
Zeph. 3, 16; "33 Ps. 119, 39.—Dem.
942 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 21.

περιαστράπτω, f. ψω, (ἀστράπτω!)
to flash around, to shine around, with acc.
of pers. Acts 9,3; see above in περίάγω
no. 2. Fully with περί τινα Acts 22, 6;
see Buttm. § 147. n. 9. Winer § 57. 2.

περιβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to cast
or throw around, to put around.

1. Genr. to cast around, c. acc. et dat.
Luke 19, 43 περιβαλοῦσιν χάρακά σοι.
Sept. for 72 Ez. 4, 2.—Pol. 5. 20.°5 οὔτε
τάφρον οὔτε χάρακα τῇ παρεμβολῇ περιέ-
βαλον. AK. V. H. 6.12. Xen. Mem. 2
1. 14,

2. Spec. of clothing, to throw around, to
put on, to clothe, e. g. a) Act. c. ace. of
pers. expr. or impl. Matt. 25, 36 γυμνός, καὶ
περιεβάλετέ pe. ν. 38.43. (Sept. Is. 58, 7.)
With two acc. of pers. and thing, to put a
garment around or upon any one, to clothe
with any thing; Luke 23, 11 περιβαλὼν
αὐτὸν ἐσθῆτα λαμπράν. John 19, 2; see
Buttm. ᾧ 131. 5. Sept. for M82 Ez. 18, 7.
16. So τινά re Test. XII Patr. p. 648.
Hdian. 2. 8. 10 τὴν Bac. πορφύραν [αὐτὸν]
περιβαλόντε. Ὀ) Mid. and Pass. to put
on one’s own garments, to clothe oneself,
to be clothed; absol. Matt. 6, 29 οὐδὲ Σολο-
μὼν. «περιεβάλετο ws ἕν τούτων. Luke 12,
27. Rev. 3, 18. 19, 8. With accus. of
garment, comp. Buttm. § 135. 5. ᾧ 134. 6.
Acts 12, 8 περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱματιόν cov. Matt.
6, 31. Part. perf. Mark 14, 51 περιβεβλη-
μένος σινδόνα. 16, 5. Rev. 7, 9. 13. 10, 1.
11, 3. 12, 1. (17, 4.) 18, 16. 19,13. Sept.
for ΞΘ 1 Sam. 28, 8; HOD 2K. 19, 1.
2. (1 Mace. 8, 14. Atl. V. H. 12. 1. p. 156
ult. Tauchn. Xen. Cie. 2. 4.) With ἔν
τινι, Rey. 3, 5 περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευ-
κοῖς. 4,4, Sept. for 3 ΠῸΞ Deut. 22, 12.
Ps. 147, 8; comp. Ps. 45, 14.—Once c.
dat. of garment, Rev. 17, 4 Rec. περιβε-
βλημένη πορφύρᾳ καὶ κοκκίνῳ. So Sept. for
352 1 Κὶ 1, 1. 11, 29. Wisd. 19, 6;
trop. ὀνείδει Dem. 740. 28. Diod. Sic. 12,
25. See Matth. ὁ 402. d.

—

περι @

ν περιβλέπ. ω, f. yo, (βλέπω,) to look
around upun, c. acc. Plut. Marcell. 7. Xen.
Cyr. 5.1. 2—In N. T. only Mid. περι-
βλέπομαι, f. ψομαι, to look round about
oneself, 6. g.

1. Intrans. to look around, round about,
absol. Mark 9, 8 περιβλεψάμενοι, οὐκέτι
οὐδένα εἶδον. 10, 23; c. inf. of purpose
Mark 5, 32. Sept. for nyp Ex. 2, 12.—
Ecelus. 9, 7. Arr. Epict. 3. 14. 3. Plut.
Cato Min. 37.

2. Trans. to look around upon, c. acc.
Mark 3, 5 περιβλεψάμενος αὐτούς. ν. 34.
11, 11. Luke 6,10. Sept. for su Job 7,
8.—Pol. 9. 17. 6.

περιβόλαιον, ov, τό, (περιβάλλω,) pr.
‘something thrown around ;’ hence a cover-
ing, garment, spoken of the outer garment,
manile, pallium ; comp. ἱμάτιον no. 2. Heb.
1, 12 ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτούς, in
allusion to Ps. 102, 27 where Sept. for
wand ; also for ΤῸ Ex. 22, 27; mes
Ez. 27,7. So Paleph. 52. 4. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 3. 61. Plut. Alex. 67—Spec. a cover-
ing for the head, a veil, 1 Cor. 11, 15.

περιδέω, f. δήσω, (δέω,) Pass. perf. πε-

Oa eb to bind around ; Pass. John 11,

ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο. Sept.

εἰς for "ox Job 12, 18.—Jos, Ant. 5. 4.
2. Hdot. 4. 176. Plato Legg. 830. b.

περιδρέμω, see περιτρέχω.

περιεργάζομαι, f. άσομαι, Mid. depon.
(περίεργος, ἐργάζομαι.) pr. to work all
around a thing, on every side, to work
carefully, sedulously, to do with great and
even excessive pains, Ail. V. H. 2. 44—
Hence in N. T. to overdo, to be a busy-body ;
so in the paronomasia 2 Thess. 3, 11 μηδὲν
ἐργαζομένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους, doing
nothing, but over-doing ; not busy in work,
but busy-bodies. So Ecclus. 3,23. Dem.
150. 24 ἐξ ὧν ἐργάζῃ καὶ περιεργάζῃ. Plat.
Apol. Socr. 8. p. 19. ὃ.

περίεργος, ov, 6, ἣ, adj. (ἔργον,) “pr.
working all around, i. e. doing carefully,
sedulously; comp. in meptepya¢onat.—In
N. T. over-doing, doing with care and pains
what is not worth the pains, i. e.

1. Of persons, a busy-body, intermeddler ;
1 Tim. 5, 13 οὐ μόνον ἀργαί, ἀλλὰ καὶ φλύ-
ἀροι καὶ περίεργοι.----Αττ. Epict. 3. 1. 21.
Plut. T. Gracch. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 3, 1,

2. Of things, ra περίεργα, pr. over-
wrought, curious; spoken of magic arts,
sorcery, Acts 19, 19 ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περί-
epya πραξάντων.---ἴτοη. adv. Heres. 1. 20.
Tsidor. ILL. 139 οὐ τὴν παρὰ Χαλδαίοις περί-

573

περίϑεσις

epyov παίδευσιν ἔμαϑον of παῖδες of τρεῖς
καὶ ὁ Δανιήλ. Genr. Dem. 145.17. Comp.
Lat curiosus Hor. Epod. 17. 77.

περιέρχομαι, Mid. depon. (€pxopat,)
aor. 2 περιῆλϑον, to go about, to wander up
and down, absol. Acts 19, 13. Heb. 11, 37
Of a ship sailing on an irregular cours:
with unfavourable winds, Acts 28, 13
With acc. of place, dependent on περί in
composit. see in mepidyw no. 2; so 1 Tim.
5, 13 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας, going about
to houses, from house to house. Sept. ο."
ace. for wiz} Job 1, '7—Absol. Wisd. 6,
16. Xen. Εἴς. 6. 13; c. acc. Diod. Sic. 1.
83. Xen. Ag. 9. 3.

περιέχω, f. ἕω, (ἔχω,) aor. 2 περιέ-
σχον, intrans. pr. to have or to hold oneself
around, to be around; comp. in ἔχω no. 5;
hence i. q. io surround, to environ, as a
mountain Dem. 1274. 15; 6. acc. Xen. An
1. 2. 22.—In N. T. /o inclose, to embrace.

1. to clasp around} to seize, c. acc. of
pers. trop. Luke 5, 9 ϑάμβος περιέσχεν ai-
τόν.----ὦ Macc. 4, 16. Jos. B. J. 4.10.1;
pr. ib. 6. 3. 1. Luc. Tox. 14.

2. to include, to contain, as a writing, c.
acc. Acts 23, 25 γράψας ἐπιστολὴν περι-
έχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον. So 1 Mace. 15,
2. Diod. Sic. 1. 4. Plato Menex. 87. d.—
Impers. 1 Pet. 2, 6 διότι περιέχει ἐν τῇ
γραφῇ " ἰδοὺ κτλ. where supply ἡ περιοχή
or the like; see Buttm. ᾧ 129. 16,17. So
Jos. Ant. 11. 4. '7 βούλομαι yiveoSat πάντα
καϑὼς ἐν αὐτῇ [ἐπιστολῇ] περιέχει.

περιζώννυμι, f. ζώσω, (ζώννυμι,) to
gird around, Sept. for “1x trop. Ps. 18,
40. 30, 12.—In N. T. only Mid. or Pass.
to gird oneself around, to be girded around,
spoken in reference to the long flowing
garments of the orientals, which they gird
up around them while engaged in any busi-
ness; see in ἀναζώννυμι. Mid. absol. Luke
12, 37 περιζώσεται καὶ ἀνακλινεῖ αὐτούς.
17, 8. Acts 12, 8; 6. ace. trop. τὴν ὀσφὺν
ἐν ἀληϑείᾳ Eph. 6, 14. Sept. c. ace. for
sam Is. 32, 11; “te Jer. 1,17; 6. ἐν for
5 Sept. 1 Chr. 15,27. (1 Mace. 3, 58.
Pol. 30. 13. 10.) Pass. perf. part. περιε-
ζωσμένος, girded around; absol. Luke 12,
35 ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν ai ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι,
i. 6. be ye ready, prepared; comp. in dva-
ζώννυμι. Sept. and 93m Ex. 12,11. With
acc. of thing or girdle, Buttm. § 134. 6.
Rev. 1,13 περιεζωσμένον ... ζώνην χρυσῆν.
15,6. So Diod. Sic. 1. 72.

περίϑεσις, ews, 7, (περιτίϑημι,) @ pute

‘ting around, wearing, 6. g. of golden orna-

ments, 1 Pet. 3, 3 περίϑησις χρυσίων.----

περιΐστημι

Comp. Diod Sic. 12°21 μηδὲ περιτίϑεσθαι
χρυσία.

περιΐστημι, f. περιστήσω, (ornpt,)
trans. fo cause to stand around, to place
around, Hdian. 7. 10. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
1.—In N. T. only intrans. in Aor. 2, Perf.
and Mid. ;

1. to stand around, absol. John 11, 42 διὰ
τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα. Acts 25,'7 περιέ-
στησαν οἱ ἀπὸ Ἵεροσ. i.e. around the tribu-
nal. Sept. for 382 2 Sam. 13, 31.—Judith

' 6, 1. Hdian. 5. 5. 19. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 41...
« 2. Mid. περιΐσταμαι, to stand round
about, at a distance from, so as not to come
near ; to stand aloof from, to avoid, ο. acc.
depending on περί in composit. see in mepi-
ayo no. 2. 2 Tim. 2,16 ras de βεβήλους
κενοφωνίας περιΐστασο. Tit. 3, 9.—Jos.
Ant. 1.1.4 φεύγει... καὶ meptiorarat. ib.
4. 6. 12. Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. 31. Luc.
Hermot. 86. ;
περικάδαρμα; aros, τό, (περικαϑαίρω,)
. ἦν q. κάθαρμα; but stronger, cleansings, sweep-
ings, off-scouring, filth; Phavorin. περικα-
Sdppara, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀποψήγματα, καὶ ὥσπερ
ἀποσαρώματα. Also an expialory victim,
ransom, as cleansing from guilt and punish-
ment, comp. scape-goat; so Sept. for "22
Prov. 21, 18 περικάϑαρμα δικαίου ἄνομος.
Hesych. περικαϑάρματα" ἀντίλυτρα;...περι-
καϑαίροντες τὰς πολεῖς, in allusion to the
custom by which, in times of public calam-
ity, malefactors or other worthless persons
were immolated as victims, to make expia-
tion for the state ; comp. κάϑαρμα; Schol. in
Aristoph. Plut. 454 xa%dpyara ἐλέγοντο of
ἐπὶ τῇ καϑάρσει λοιμοῦ τινος ἤ Twos ἑτέρας
νόσου, ϑυόμενοι τοῖς ϑεοῖς. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἔϑος
καὶ περὶ Ῥωμαίοις ἐπεκράτησε. See Wet-
stein N. T. Il. p. 114. Munthe Obs. in
N. T. e Diod. Sic. p. 321 sq. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 326. Dict. of Antt. art. Sacrificium.
J. Ces. Bell. Gall. 6. 16. See also art. πε-
oiyynpa.—Hence genr. and in Ν, T. meton.
for a vile and worthless person, @ scape-goat,
outcast, 1 Cor. 4, 13 ὡς περικαϑάρματα τοῦ
κόσμου, where some Mss. read ὥσπερ v.
ὡσπερεὶ ka%dppara in the same sense. So
Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 78; comp. κάθαρμα Jos.
B. 1.4. 4.3. Lue. Ὁ. Mort. 2.1. Dem. 574.
14. Lat. ‘purgamentum servorum’ Q. Curt.
10. 2. 7. :

περικαλύπτω, f. καλύψω, (καλύπτω.)

1. to cover around, α. acc. τὸ πρόσωπον,
to blindfold, Mark 14, 65; ο. acc. of pers.
id. Luke 22,64. Sept. genr. for 929 1K.
8,'7—Genr. Plato Tim. 34. 6; trop. Plut.
de Anim. procreat. 4.

574

περιλείπω

2. tv quile cover, lo overlay, 6. g. with
gold, Pass, Heb. 9, 4. Sept. for γΞῶ Ex.
28, 20. '

περίκειμαι, f. κείσομαι, (κεῖμαι,) to lie
around, to be circumjacent, e. σ΄. mountains
Hdian. 2. 11. 16.—In N. T. to lie around,
also to be laid around, i. q. Perf. Pass. of
περιτίϑημι, see Buttm. § 109. II. 4; hence

1. to surround, to encompass, c. dat. of
pers. Heb. 12, 1 περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος
μαρτύρων. Comp. Matth. ᾧ 402. d.—Hdian.
5. 6. 16. ib. 6. 1. 2.

2. For Pass. perf. of περιτίϑημι, Buttm.
1. c. to be laid or put around, to be hung
around, as about the neck; Mark 9, 42 εἰ
περίκειται λίθος μυλικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον
αὐτοῦ. Luke 17, 2. So Hdian. 3. 5. 11.
Xen. Eq. 5. 3.—With acc. of thing in the
manner of passive verbs, Buttm. ᾧ 134. 6,7.
Acts 28, 20 τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι, I
am hung around with this chain, bound with
it. Trop. Heb. 5, 2 ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς περί-
κειται ἀσϑένειαν, is compassed with infirmily,
clothed with it. So Jos. de Macc. 12.3 ra
δεσμά. Hdian. 2. 13.17; trop. Theocr, Id.
23. 14 ὕβριν.

περικεφαλαία, as, ἣ, (περικεφάλαιος,
κεφαλή,) @ head-piece, helmet, trop. Eph. 6,
17 et 1 Thess. 5, 8, in allusion to Is. 59, 17
where Sept. for 32353; also 1 Sam. 17, 5.
2 Chr. 26, 14.—Pol. 3. 71. 4. ib. 6. 23. 8.

TEPLKPATNS, os, ods, 6, ἧ, Adj. (xparéw,)
strong round about any thing, all powerful,
Anthol. Gr. I. p. 137 γαμφηλῇσι περικρα-
τέεσσιν éepupvov.—tn N. T. having wholly

- in one’s power, being master of ; hence mepi-

Kpatijs γίνεσϑαι, to become master of, 10 mas-
ler, to come by, c. gen. Acts 27, 16 περικρα-
τεῖς γενέσϑαι τῆς σκάφης, to become masters
of the boat, to come hy the boat, i. 6. to se-
cure it so as to hoist it into the ship, comp.
v. 17. 30. So Hist. of Sus. 39 in Cod. Alex.
περικρύπτω, f. ψω, (κρύπτω,) to hide
all around, wholly; to hide carefully, 6. g.
ἑαυτήν Luke 1, 24.—Luc.-D. Deor. 10. 8.
TEPLKUKAO®, ὦ, f. dow, (κυκλόω,) to
encircle round about, to surround, e. g. as
besiegers a city, Luke 19, 43. Sept. for
ὨΛΡΠ 2K. 6, 14; 220 Josh. 7, 9.—Mid.
Aristoph. Av. 346. Xen. An. 6. 3.11.
περιλάμπω, f. ψω, (λάμπω.) to shine
around, c. ace. see in περιάγω no. 2; Luke
2, 9. Acts 26, 13.—Jos. B. J. 6.5.3. Plut.
Camill. 17. Diod. Sic. 3. 12.
περιλείπω, f. ψω, (λείπω,) to leave over;
Pass. to be left over, to remain over, i. q. πε-
ριγίνομαι ; comp. in περί note. Part. of

περίλυπος

περιλειπόμενοι, those remaining over,
the survivors, 1 Thess. 4, 15, 17.—2 Mace.
1, 31. Hdian. 2. 1. 16. Pol. 1. 37. 2.

περίλυπος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (λύπη,) pr.
‘environed with grief, i. 6. wholly grieved,
very sorrowful, Matt. 26, 38 περίλυπός ἐστιν
ἡ Ψυχή μου ἕως Savdrov. Mark 6, 26. 14,
34. Luke 18, 23. 24. Sept. for ΣΙΝ
Ps, 42, 6. 12.—Aristot. Eth. 4. 8. Plut.
Thes. 20, 26. Isocr. 11. b.

περιμένω, f. vd, (μένω,) pr. to wait
round about any thing, i. e. to wait for, to
await earnestly, 6. g. τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν Acts
1, 4. Sept. for MP Gen. 49, 18.—Dem.
1314.6. Xen. An. 2. 1. 3.

περίξ, (περί strengthened,) round about,
gen. Pol. 1. 45. 8.—In N. T. as adv. c. art.
6, ἡ, τὸ πέριξ, surrounding, circumjacent,
comp. Buttm. § 125. 6. Acts 5, 16 τὸ πλῆ-
Sos τῶν πέριξ πόλεων. So Jos. Ant. 11.2.1.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 2; genr. Xen. An. 4. 4. 7.

περιοικέω, @, f. now, (περίοικος,) to
dwell around, c. acc. see in περιάγω no. 2.
Luke 1, 65 τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς, i. 6.
their neighbours. —Plut. Pomp. 34 init.
Xen. An. 5. 6. 16.

περίοικος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (οἶκος,) one
dwelling around or near, a neighbour, Luke
1,58. Sept. for ἸΞῷ Deut. 1,7.— El. V. H.
8.1. Thue. 8. 6, 22.

περιούσ LOS, ov, 6, 9, adj. (περιουσία,
περίειμι,) over and above, superabundant,
Hesych. περιούσιον: πολὺ, περιττόν. ---- ἴῃ
N. T. spec. one’s own, peculiar; as λαὸς
περιούσιος Tit. 2, 14, i. 4. λαὸς εἰς περι-
ποίησιν 1 Pet. 2,9. Sept. λαὸς περιούσιος
for 230 Ex. 19, 5. Deut. 7, 6. 14, 2. 26,
18. So Hesych. περιούσ᾽ tov. . « περιποίητον.
Theophylact. περιούσιος" οἰκεῖος.

περιοχή, ῆς, ἡ, (περιέχω,) a circumfer-
ence, circuit, compass, Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 3.
Diod. Sic. 1. 91; the contents of a writing,
argument, Hesych. περιοχή - καὶ ὑπόϑεσις.
—Hence in N. T. the argument or contents
within certain limits, α a period, section, pass-
age, Acts 8, 32 ἡ δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς
κτὰ. So Stobeus in Ecl, Phys. p. 164. a.
Dion. Hal. de Thue. 25. Cic. ad Attic. 13.
25.

περιπατέω, ὦ, f. now, (πατέω,) to tread
about, lo walk about ; hence

1. Genr. to walk, to be walking ; Matt.
9, 5 ἔγειραι καὶ περιπάτει. 11,5 χωλοὶ περι-
πιτοῦσι. Mark 2, 9. 8, 24. 16, 12. Luke
24,17. John 1, 36. Acts 3, 8. 9. 1 Pet. 5,
8. Rev. 9, 20. al. Sept. for 324 Prov. 6,
22. So Al. V. H. 2. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 13.

575

περιπύπτω

5. Conv. 9. 7.—With an adjunct of place
or manner ; c. adv. ὅπου Luke 11, 44. John
21, 183 6. adj. γυμνός as adv. Rev. 16, 15.
With Prepositions, 6. g. δεὰ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐ-
τῆς Rev. 21, 24; ἐν ο. dat. of place, Mark
11, 27 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. John 10, 23. Rev. 2, 1.
(Sept. Gen. 3, 8. Cebet. Tab. 1. Dem.
1258. 22.) John 7, 1 περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰ. ἐν τῇ
Γαλιλαίᾳ, i. 6. went about, remained in Gal-
1166 ; so John 11, 54; ἐν c. dat. genr. Mark
12, 38 ἐν στολαῖς. John 11, 9 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. v.
10 ἐν τῇ νυκτί. 12, 35; trop. John 8, 12.
1 John 1, 6. 7. 2, 11; ἐπί ο. gen. as ἐπὶ
τῆς θαλάσσης Matt. 14, 25. Mark 6, 48.
49. John 6,19. (Sept. 2 Sam. 11, 2. Ec-
clus. 9,13.) Also émic.acc. as ἐπὶ τὴν
ϑάλασσαν Matt. 14, 26, 29; μετά c. gen.
of pers. i. 4. to accompany, to associate with,
John 6, 66. Rev. 3, 4. (Comp. ‘Job 34, 8.
Prov. 13, 20.) So παρά 6. acc. as mapa
τὴν ϑάλασσαν Matt. 4,18. Mark 1, 16.

2. Trop. and from the Heb. to walk, i. q.
to live, to pass one’s life; always with an
adjunct of manner or circumstances ; comp.
Heb. ym Heb. Lex. no. 3. E. g. c. adv
Rom. 13, 13 εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσω.
1 Cor. '7,17 ὡς. Eph. 4, 1. 17. 5, 8. 15.
Phil. 3, 17 οὕτως. Col. 1, 10 ἀξίως,
2 Thess, 3, 6. 11. (Sept. for 9m 2 K.
20, 3.) With dat. of rule or manner, Wi-
ner § 31. 3.b; comp. Buttm. § 133. 4. b.
Acts 21,21 τοῖς ἔθεσι περιπατεῖν. 2 Cor.
12, 18 τῷ πνεύματι. Gal. 5,16. With pre-
positions, e. g. διά 6. gen. as διὰ πίστεως
2 Cor. 5, 7; ἐν c. dat. 6. g. of state or
condition, as ἐν σαρκί 2 Cor. 10, 3; also of
rule or manner, Rom. 6, 4 ἐν καινότητι
ζωῆς mw. 2 Cor. 4, 2. Eph. 2,2. Col. 3, 7.
Heb. 13, 9; ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 2 John 4. 3 John
3, 4; ἐν Χριστῷ Col. 2, 6. (Sept. for
3 727 Proy. 8, 20. Ecc. 11, 9.) Also
κατά c. acc, implying manner or rule,
Mark 7, 5 οὐ π. κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν κτλ.
Rom. 8, 1. 4 κατὰ σάρκα. 14, 15. 1 Cor. 3,
3. Eph. 2, 2. 2 John 6. +

περιπείρω, f. περῶ, (reipw,) pr. ‘to put
round a spit ;’ hence to pierce through, to
transfix, so that the weapon is wholly sur-
rounded and covered; c. acc. or Pass. Jos.
B. J. 3.'7. 31 πολλοὶ δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις περιεπεί-
ροντο ξίφεσιν. Luc. Zeux. ᾧ 10 bis. Diod.
Sic. 16. 80.—In N. T. trop. 1 Tim. 6, 10
ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς. So
Philo in Flace. p. 96ὅ. ἃ, [αὐτοὺς] ἀνηκέ-
στοις περιέπειρε κακοῖς.

περυπίπτω, (πίπτω,) aor. 2 περιέπε-
σον, to fall around any one, to embrace, Xen.
An. 1. 8. 28.—In N. T. to fall into the mids!
of any thing, so as to be wholly surrounded

περυποιέω

by it; to fali into or among, c. dat. Luke
10, 80 λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν. James 1, 2 πει-
pacpois περιπέσητε. With εἰς τύπον Acts
27,41. So λῃσταῖς περιέπεσε Diog. Laert.
4.50. Al. V. H. 13. 463 κακοῖς 2 Mace.
10, 4. Isocr. de Pac. p. 176. a. Plato Legg.
877. c.

περιποιέω, 6, f. how, (ποιέω,) to make
remain over and above, i. 6. to lay up, to-ac-
quire, Jos. Ant. 17. 10. 2 ult. Plut. Phoc.
6. Xen. (πο. 2. 10; to preserve, 6. g. life,
shy ψυχήν, Isocr. p. 408. b. Xen. Cyr. 4.
4. 10.—In N. T. only Mid. to acquire for
oneself, to obtain, to purchase, c. acc. Acts
20, 28 ἣν περιποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου aipa-
ros. 1 Tim. 3, 13 βαϑμὸν ἑαυτοῖς καλὸν πε-
ριποιοῦντα, where for ἑαυτοῖς with the Mid.
see Winer § 39. 6. p. 298. Sept. for B29
Gen. 31,18; mb> Prov. 6, 32. So Diod.
Sic. 1. 74. Xen. Mem, 2. 7. 3.

περιποίησις, ews, ἧ; (περιποιέω,) pr.
a making remain over, a laying up; hence
in N. T.

1. Genr. acquisition, i. e. a) an ob-
taining, gaining possession, 1 Thess. 5, 9
οὐκ @ero ἡμᾶς ὁ Beds εἰς ὀργήν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς
περιποίησιν σωτηρίας. 2 Thess. 2,14. Ὁ)
Meton. the thing acquired, a possession,
1 Pet. 2, 9 λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν, a people
for a possession, i. e. peculiar, one’s own,
i. 4. λαὸς περιούσιος Tit. 2, 14. Eph. 1, 14
els ἀπολύτρωσιν τῆς περιποίησεως, for the
redemption of his possession, as in 1 Pet. 2,
9. So Sept. for bao Mal. 3, 17. Aquil.
περιουσίιον. ᾿

2. preservation, a saving of life; Heb.
10, 39 εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς; Opp. ἀπώλεια.
Sept. for mira 2 Chr. 14, 12.—Test. XII
Patr. p. 633 iva γένηται περιποίησις τῷ
Ἰωσήφ. Comp. in περιποιέω. *

περιῤῥήγνυμι, f. περιῤῥήξω, (ῥήγνυμι,)
to tear from around any one, 6. g. fetters
Diod. Sic. 4. 44—In N. T. only of gar-
ments, fo tear off, e. g. the clothes of per-
sons about to be scourged, τὰ ἱμάτια Acts
16, 22. So 2 Mace. 4, 38. Diod. Sic. 17.
35. Plut. Poplic. 6 of δὲ [ὑπηρέται] εὐθὺς
συλλαβόντες τοὺς νεανίσκους, περιεῤῥήγνυον
τὰ ἱμάτια, τὰς χεῖρας ἀπῆγον ὀπίσω, ῥάβδοις
ἔξαινον τὰ σώματα.

περισπάω, ὦ, f. dow, (σπάω,) to draw
off from around, to draw or strip off, as
περισπάσας τὸ διάδημα Plut. de Garrul. 12;
τὴν τιάραν Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 18; to draw
about or away, 6. g. a stream into other
channels, Plut. Camill. 4; persons to
another object, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 33.
lind. Sic. 19. 10.—In later usage and

576

περ. τῆς κακίας.

περισσευω

N. T. Pass. περισπάομαι, ὥμαι, trop.
to be drawn about in mind, to be distracied,
over-occupied, with cares or business; with
περί c. acc. Luke 10, 40 ἡ δὲ Μάρϑα περι-
εσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν. So c. περί
Ecclus. 41, 2. Pol. 3. 105. 1. Diod. Sic. 1.
74 ἰδεῖν ἐστι τοὺς τεχνίτας περὶ πολλὰ τῇ
διανοίᾳ περισπωμένους. In this sense found
only in late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 415.

περισσεία, as, 7), (περισσός,) more
than enough, superabundance; Rom. 5, 17
τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος, i. q. τὴν χάριτα
τὴν περισσήν, superabounding grace.
2 Cor. 8, 2. 10, 15 εἰς περισσείαν adv.
superabundantly, exceedingly. So of evil,
excess, overflow, excrescence; James 1, 21
Comp. Sept. for =i
Ecce. 6, 8; jinn Ecce. 1, 3. 5, 8.

περίσσευμα, aros, τό, (περισσεύω,)
what is over and above; 6. g.

1. What is left over, a remainder, resi-
due; Mark 8,8 ἦραν περισσεύματα τῶν κλα-
σμάτων.

2. What is laid up, superabundance,
wealth, affluence; 2 Cor. 8, 13. 14 καὶ τὸ
ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν
ὑστέρημα. Trop. Matt. 12, 84 et Luke 6, 45

ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας.

περισσεύω, f. evow, (περισσός,) to be
over and above, to overgo, to exceed in num-
ber or measure, Xen. An. 4. 8. 11. Conv.
4. 35.—In N. T. to be more than enough ;
hence

1. to be left over, to remain; absol. John
6,12 τὰ περισσεύσαντα κλάσματα. With
dat. v. 13 ἃ περίσσευσε τοῖς βεβρωκόσιν.
Part. τὸ περισσεῦον, the remainder, resi-
due, 6. g. τῶν κλασμάτων Matt. 14, 20. 15,
37; so τὸ περισσεῦσαν Cc. dat. Luke 9, 17.
—Jos, Ant. 3. 9. 2 ἃ δ᾽ ἂν περισσεύσῃ,
κατακαίουσι. ;

2. 1ο swperabound, to abound richly. 8)
Of persons, i. 4. to have more than enough,
to have superabundance, absol. Phil. 4, 12.
18; 6. gen. Luke 15, 17 περίσσουσιν ἄρ-
rev, comp. Buttm. ὁ 132. 10. a. With εἴς
τι to or for any thing, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαϑόν
2 Cor. 9, 8; ἔν τινι in or in respect to any
thing, Rom. 15, 13. Phil. 4, 12. Col. 2, 7.
So c. dat. Sept. Ecclus. 11, 12 πτωχείᾳ πε-
ρισσεύει. Jer. 30,10; 6. ἐν 19,24. 8) Of
things, i. q. to abownd, to have abundance, ᾿
intens. c. dat. Luke 12,15 οὐκ ἐν τῷ περισ-
σεύειν τινὶ ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. Part. τὸ mepto-
σεῦόν τινι, one’s abundance, wealth, Mark
12, 44. Luke 21,4. (Tob. 4,16. Xen. Cyr.
6. 2. 80 τὰ ἐπιτήδεια περισσεύοντα.) With
εἴς τινα, to abound unto any one, to happen

δά Εἰ

περίσσος 577

to him abundantly, Rom. 5, 15. 2 Cor. 1, ὄ
bis, see in πάϑημα. So εἴς τι, unto any
thing, 2 Cor. 8,2. Also with the idea of
increment, to abound more and more, i. 4.
to increase, to be augmented, c. dat. Acts
16, 5 ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριϑμῷ, and with ἔν
rive Phil. 1, 9; διά τινος 2 Cor. 9,12. Phil.
1,26. cc) Spec. in a comparative sense,
to be more abundant, to exceed, to be better,
to excel; e.g. foll. by πλεῖον and a gen.
Matt. 5, 20 ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ἡ δικαιοσύνη
ὑμῶν πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων κτλ. With ἔν
τινι tn or in respect to any thing, 1 Cor. 15,
58 περισσεύοντες ἐν TH ἔργῳ τοῦ κυρίου.
2 Cor. 3, 9. 8, 7 bis. Absol>Rom. 3,7 εἰ
yap ἡ ἀλήϑεια τοῦ ϑεοῦ... ἐπερίσσευσεν,
i. 6. has been made more conspicuous.
1 Cor. 8, 8 οὔτε yap ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισ-
cevopev. 14, 12. 1 Thess. 4, 1. 10. So
1 Mace. 3,30. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3.11. Thuc.
2. 65.

3. Trans. to make superabundant, to cause
to abound, see Buttm. ᾧ 113. 2 sq. Matth.
§ 496. 2. So of persons, 1 Thess. 3, 12

ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι

᾿ τῇ ἀγάπῃ. Of things, 2 Cor. 9, 8 δυνατὸς

6 ϑεὸς πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς.
4, 15 ἵνα ἡ χάρις... τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισ-
σεύσῃ εἰς τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ϑεοῦ, where others
take περισσεύσῃ intrans. as above in no. 2.
b. Eph. 1,8. Pass. of persons, to be made
to abound, to have more abundantly, Matt.
13, 12. 25, 29.—Aquil. for Hiph. fut. sin
Prov. 12, 26 περισσεύων τὸν πλησίον δί-
καιος.

περισσός, ny ov, (περί I. 4,) over and
above, more than enough.

1. Pr. as exceeding a certain measure,
c. gen. more than, Matt. 5, 37 τὸ δὲ περισ-
σὸν τούτων, whatsoever is more than these ;
comp. Matth. § 334. Sept. for “FY} Ex. 10,
5. 2K. 24, 31; M2 1 Sam. 30, 9. (Jos.
Ant. 10.4.2 τὸ περισσὸν τῶν χρημάτων.
Zl. V. H. 14. 32. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 21.)
Also superfluous, 2 Cor. 9, 1 περισσόν μοί
ἐστι τὸ γράφειν ὑμῖν. So 2 Macc. 12, 44.
Hdian. 5. 1. 3. Xen. Gic. 18. 2—For the
adv. ὑπὲρ ἐκ περισσοῦ, see art. ὑπερ-
ἐκπερισσοῦ.

2. Genr. svperabundant, i. 6. abundant,
much, great. ἃ) In the posit. degree ad-
verbially ; 6. g. neut. περισσόν, abundanily,
in superabundance, John 10,10 ἵνα ζωὴν
ἔχωσι, καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν. Also ἐκ πε-
ρισσοῦ, beyond measure, vehemently, Mark
6, 51. 14, 31; comp. in ἐκ no. 8. ἢ. So
Test. XII Patr. p. 711 ἐκ περισσοῦ ἐποίησε.
b) Spec. in a comparative sense, more abun-
dant, excellent, better, eee 5, 47 τί περισ-

3

περιτεμνω

σὸν ποιεῖτε; hence Neut. τὸ περισσόν
excellence, pre-eminence, Rom. 8,1. Sept.
for Chald. ἌΣ Dan. 5,12. 6,4. So Isoer.
Panegyr. 1. Plut. Romul. 12 bis. Diod. Sic.
12. 15 ὁ νόμος οὐδὲν ὁρᾶται περιέχων σοφὸν
ἢ περιττόν. 6) Comparat. περισσότε-
pos, ἡ: ov, more abundant, more, greater ;
e. 5. in number, Luke 12, 4; in degree,
Matt. 23, 13 περισσότερον κρίμα. Mark 12,
40. Luke 20, 47. 1 Cor. 12, 23 bis. 24.
2Cor. 2,7; of dignity, more, beiter, greater,
c. gen. Matt. 11, 9. Luke 7, 26.—Neut.
περισσότερον as ady. more abundantly,
more, the more; absol. Luke 12, 48 περισ-
σότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν. 2 Cor. 10, 8 ἐὰν
kal περισσότερόν τι καυχήσωμαι κτὰ. Heb. 6,
117. 7, 15; with a gen, 1 Cor. 15,10; with
μᾶλλον Mark 7, 36, comp. in μᾶλλον no. 3.
Winer § 36. 3. n. 1.

περισσοτέρως, τἀν. in the compar.
degree, instead of the more usual περισσό-
τερον, Buttm. ὁ 115. 5. Matth. § 262; more
abundantly, more, more vehemently ; comp.
in περισσός no. 2.c. The comparison is
every where made with something implied ;
see Winer ᾧ 36. 3. Mark 15, 14 Rec. πε-
ρισσοτέρως ἔκραξαν they cried out the more
vehemently, i.e. more than before. 2 Cor.
1, 12 περισσοτέρως δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, more
abundantly towards you, sc. than towards
others. 2,4 ἣν ἔχω περ. eis ὑμᾶς, sc. than
have others. 7, 15. 11,23 bis. 12,15. Gal.
1,14. Phil. 1, 14. Also the more abun-
danily, the more, 1 Thess. 2, 17. Heb. 2, 1.
13, 19; with μᾶλλον 2 Cor. 7, 13, comp. in
μᾶλλον no. 3.—Test. XII Patr. p. 721 πε-
ρισσοτέρως ἠγάπησαν αὐτούς. Isocr. 35. ο.

περισσῶς, adv. (περισσός,) abundantly,
exceedingly, vehemenily, Matt. 27, 23 περισ-
σῶς ἔκραξαν. Mark 10, 26. (15, 14.) Acts
26,11. Sept. for "2 Dan. 8, 9.—2 Mace.
8, 27. Plut. Consol. ad Apollon. 28 fin.
Hdot. 2. 37.

περιστερά, as, ἡ, a dove, pigeon, Matt.
3, 16. 10, 16. 21,12. Mark 1, 10. 11, 15.
Luke 3, 22. John 1, 32. 2, 14. 16. Luke
2, 24 δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν two young
doves, the offering of the poor ; see Lev. 5,
7. 14, 22, where Sept. for 31" "22; also
for M2i" Is. 38, 14. Neh. 2, 7.—ZEl. H.
An. 3. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4. 9.

περιτέμνω, f. τεμῶ, (τέμνω,) aor. 2
περιέτεμον, to cut around, to circumcise ;
Mid. to let oneself be circumcised, comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 135. 8.—In N. T. only in the Jew-
ish sense, 10 circumcise, to remove the pre-
puce; c. acc. of pers. Luke 1, 59 ἦλθον
περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον. 2, 21. John 7, 22.

περιτίδημι

Acts 7, 8. 15, 5. 16, 3. 21,21. Mid. Acts
15, 1. 24. 1 Cor. 7,18. Gal. 2, 3. 5, 2. 3.
6, 12. 13 bis. Pass. perf. part. mepererpn-
μένος 1 Cor.'7,18. Sept. for >¥2 Gen. 17,
27, 21,4. Mid. ib. 34, 15.17. (Jos. Ant.
1. 10. 5. Diod. Sic. 1. 28. Hdot. 2. 36.)
Trop. in a spiritual sense, i. q. to put away
impurity, iniquity ; Col. 2, 11 περιετμήϑητε
περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, comp. Rom. 2, 29.
Sept. and 472 Deut. 10, 16. Jer. 4,4. So
Philo Abr. I. p. 450.

περιτίδημι, f. περιϑήσω, (τίϑημι,) 3
plur. pres. περιτιϑέασι Mark 15, 17, see
Buttm. §107. m. 1; to put around, to place
around any person or thing; with acc. and
dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 21, 33 φράγμον
αὐτῷ περιέϑηκεν. Mark 12, 1. Matt. 27, 28
περιέθηκεν αὐτῷ χλαμύδα. 27, 48 περιϑεὶς
[τὸν σπόγγον] καλάμῳ, i. 6. putting it around
the end of a rod. Mark 15, 17. 36. John 19,
29. Sept. for B32 Ruth 3,3; Ya>h Gen.
27, 16. So Jos. Ant. 3.7.1. Hdian. 1. 3.7.
Xen. Eq. 5. 1, 3.—Trop. to put around, to
bestow upon, 6. acc. et dat. 1 Cor. 12,23 rov-
τοις τιμὴν περισσοτέραν περιτίϑεμεν. Sept.
for 3 Esth. 1, 20. Job 39,19. So Hdian.
5. 1. 11. Dem. 1417. 2. Xen. Athen. 1. 2.

περιτομή, js, h, (περιτέμνω,) circum-
cision, in the Jewish sense, the removal of
the prepuce, as the distinctive sign of the
Jewish nation from Abraham onwards;
practised also by several ancient oriental
nations, as the Egyptians aud Ethiopians
(Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28), and by all
Muhammedans; see Gen. 17, 10 sq. Lev.
12, 3. Luke-1, 59. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 5. 6.
Apion. 1. 22. Barnab. Epist. c. 9.

1. Pr. e.g. a) The act or rife of cir-
cumcision, John 7, 22. 23 περιτομὴν AapBa-
νειν, to receive circumcision, to be circum-
cised. Acts 7, 8. Rom. 4, 11. Gal. 5, 11,
Phil. 3, 5. So Sept. thrice for 542, M3,
Gen. 17, 12. Ex. 4, 26. Jer. 11,16. b)
The state of circumcision, the being circum-
cised, Rom. 2, 25 bis. 26. 27. 4, 10 bis, ἐν
περιτομῇ ὦν, i. 6. being circumcised. 3, 1.
1 Cor. 7, 19. Gal. 5, 6. 6,15. So οἱ ἐκ
περιτομῆς, those of the curcumcision, the cir-
cumcised, put for the Jews, Rom. 4, 12;
for Jewish Christians, Acts 10, 45. 11, 2.
Gal. 2,12. Col. 4,11. Tit.1,10. ο) Meton.
and collect. ἡ περιτομή; the circumcision, for
the circumcised, the Jews, the Jewish peo-
ple, Rom. 3, 30 ds δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ
πίστεως. 4, 9. 12. 15, 8. Gal. 2, '7. 8. 9.
Eph. 2, 11. Col 3, 11.

2. Trop. circumcision in a spiritual sense,
i. a, the putting away of impurity from the

578

περίχωρος

— Rom. 2, 28. 29 περιτομὴ καρδίας.
ol. 2, 11 bis, περιετμήϑητε περιτομῇ ἀχει-
ροποιήτῳ.... ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. i. 6.
the circumcision which has Christ for its
author and object. Collect. and emphat.
Phil. 3, 3 ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν ἡ περιτομή, i. 6.
we are the true spiritual circumcision, the
true people of God.

περιτρέπω, f. Wo, (τρέπω,) to turr
about, e. g. a person, Plato Axioch. init. p.
364. a. p. 370. b; to turn upside down, to
overturn, Wisd. 5, 24. Plut. Marcell. 7.
Luc. Contempl. '7.—In N. T. trop. to turn
about into any state, to cause to become any
thing, ἐο make, c. eis, Acts 26, 24 σὲ els μα-
νίαν περιτρέπει, i. e. turns thee about into
madness, makes thee mad. So Jos. Ant. 2.
14. 1 εἰς ὀργὴν περιτραπέν. Comp. Lys.
210. 2. ᾿

περιτρέχω, aor. 2 περιέδραμον, (rpexa,)
to run around in a circle, Xen. Chic. 13. 8.
—In N. T. to run about in a place; ¢. acc.
Mark 6, 55 περιδραμόντες ὅλην τὴν περίχω-
ραν, comp. for the acc. in περιάγω no. 2.
Sept. for war} Pol. Jer. 5, 1. Am. 8, 12.
So Cebet. Tab. 14. -Lys. 185. 13. Xen.
Hell. 7. 2. 15.

περιφέρω, f. περιοίσω, (φέρω,) to bear
or carry around, pr. ina circle or at table,
Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 2.—In N. T.

1. to bear or carry about, hither and thith-
er, to various places, c. acc. Mark 6, 55
τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας περιφέρειν. 2 Cor. 4,
10 τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ περιφέροντες ἐν
τῷ σώματι, see in νέκρωσις no. 1.—2 Macc.
7,27. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50.

2. Pass. to be carried or driven about,
hither and thither ; 6. g. clouds by the wind,
Jude 12 Rec. νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων
περιφερόμεναι, but later edit. read παραφε-
ρόμεναι, see in παραφέρω no.2. (Of a ship
Maxim. Tyr. 31. p. 306.) Trop. Eph. 4,
14 περιφ. παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας.
Heb. 18, 9 Rec. see in παραφέρω no. 2.

‘4

περιφρονέω, ὦ, f. How, (φρονέω,) to
think round about a thing, to consider it on
all sides, AS]. V. H. 12. 52. Aristoph. Nub
225.—In N. T. to think over a thing, to past
over in thought, to overlook, to despise, c. gen
Buttm. § 132. 5. 3, Matth. § 378. n. 2
Tit. 2,15 μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω, comp
1 Tim. 4,12. So Plut. Thes. 1. Plato Ax
372. b.

περίχωρος, ov, ὁ ἧ, adj. (χῶρος.) rouna
about α place, circumjacent, neighbouring,
il. V. H. 1. 34.—Hence in N. T. fem. ἡ
περίχωρος sc. γῆ; the country round about,
circumjacent region, Matt. 14, 35. Mark 1,

περίψημα

28. 6, ὅδ. Luke 8, 3. 4, 14. 37. 7,17. 8,
37. Acts 14,6. Meton. of the inhabitants,
Matt. 3, ὅ. Sept. for 5311 Dent. 3, 13. 14;
“22 Gen. 13,10. Sora περίχωρα id. 1 Chr.
5, 16. Paleph. 21. 2.

περίψημα, aros, τό, (περιψάω.) pr.
scrapings, scum, filth, Hesych. περίψημα"
περικατάμαγμα. Also, like περικάϑαρμα, an
expiatory victim, ransom, espec. a human
victim, see in περικάϑαρμα ; so Hesych. περί-
Ψψημα- ἀντίλυτρον, ἀντίψυχον. Suid. οὕτως
ἐπέλεγον [οἱ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι] τῷ κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν συν-
έχοντι τῶν κακῶν (al. πάντων ᾿κακά) " περί-
Ψψημα ἡμῶν γένου, ἤτοι σωτηρία καὶ ἀπολύ-
τρωσις" καὶ οὕτως ἐνέβαλλον τῇ ϑαλάσσῃ,
ὡσανεὶ τῷ Ποσειδῶνι ϑυσίαν ἀποτίννυντες.
᾿ Tob. 5, 18 ἀργύριον. ..περίψημα τοῦ παι-
δίου ἡμῶν yévorro.—Hence in N. Τ', meton.
for a vile and worthless person, as in Engl.
scrapings, offscouring, scum, 1 Cor. 4, 13
πάντων περίψημα ἕως aprt.. So Symm. for
342 Jer. 22, 28.

περπερεὔομαι, Mid. depon. (πέρπερος,)
to boast or vaunt oneself, absol. 1 Cor. 13, 4.
—M. Antonin. 5. 5 καὶ τὸ σωμάτιον καται-
τιᾶσϑαι, καὶ ἀρέσκεσϑαι, καὶ περπερεύεσϑαι.
Liban. Or. 14. Ῥ. 427. ἃ.

Περσίς, ἰδος, ἡ, Persis, pr. n. of a fe-
male Christian, Rom. 16, 12.

πέρυσι, adv. (mépas,) the past year, a
year ago, Xen. Hell. 3. 2.'7.—In N. T. only
with ἀπό, i. 6. ἀπὸ πέρυσι, from or since
a year ago, 2 Cor. 8,10. 9,2; see in ἀπό
ao. 2. c. B. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47. So
πρὸ πέρυσι Dem. 467. 14 ; ἐκ πέρυσι Luc.
Soleec. ᾧ 7. ᾿

“πετάομαι, see in πέτομαι.

“πετεινόν, οὔ, τό, (πετεινός, méropat,) a
bird, fowl, in N.'T. only Plur. ra πετεινά,
Matt. 6, 26. 8, 20. 13, 4. 32. Mark 4, 4.
32. Luke 8, 5. 9, 58. 12, 24. 13, 19. Acts
10, 12. 11, 6. Rom. 1, 23. James 3, 7.
Sept. Plur. for D> Gen. 1, 26. Deut. 14,
19. 20; Sing. for #22 Ez. 39, 4.—Plur.
Paleph. 23. 1. Hdot. 2. 123.

πέτομαι; f. πετήσομαι or πτήσομαι,
Mid. depon. to fly; so with εἰς ὁ. acc. of
place whither, Rev. 12, 14 ἵνα πέτηται εἰς
τὴν ἔρημον. Part. πετόμενος, flying, in later
edit. Rev. 4, 7. 8, 13. 14,6. 19,17. Sept.
for #53, FED, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 31, 5. So
Paleph. 13. 2. Luc. Solecist.'7. Xen. An.
1. 5. 3.—A later present form merdopat,
Gpat, whence part. rer opevos, is found in
Text rec. in the four passages above quoted ;
it belonged to the poets and to the later
prose ; Buttm. ᾧ 114 under πέτομαι. Lob. ad

579

Πέτρος

Phr, p. 581. So Diod. Sic. 4. '77 fin. comp.
Lue. Ὁ. Marin. 15. 3 παραπετώμενος.

πέτρα, as, ἡ, 1. a rock, cliff, ledge, pr.
a mass of live rock. Rev. 6, 15 els τὰς πέ-
tpas τῶν ὀρέων. v.16. In such, sepulchres
were hewn, Mark 27, 51.60. Mark 15, 46;
see in μνημεῖον. On such also houses and
villages were fou.ded for security, Matt. 7,
24. 25. Luke 6, 48 bis. Spoken of a soil
underlaid with rock, i. q. πετρώδης, Luke 8,
6. 18. Sept. for 29 1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 2,
21; "8X Prov. 30, 19, Is. 2, 10.—Ceb.
Tab. 15. Hdian. 8. 1. 13. Xen. An. 4.7. 4.

2. Trop. of firmness and energy of faith,
like a rock, Matt. 16,18; here said in allu-
sion to the earnestness of Peter’s reply v.
16, and in paronomasia with the pr. n. Πέ-
tpos. Comp. Sept. and »bp 2 Sam. 22, 2.
—Of Christ, in allusion to the rock whence
the waters flowed in the desert, 1 Cor. 10,
4 bis; comp. Ex. 17, 6. Num. 20, 8 sq.
where Sept. for “5%, 90; see in ἀκολου-
ϑέω. So too of Christ as ἡ πέτρα σκανδά-
λου, @ rock of offence or stumbling, i. e. as
the occasion of destruction to those who
reject him, Rom. 9, 33 et 1 Pet. 2, 8, quot-
ed from Is. 8,14 where Sept. for "ὩΣ;
comp. in AiZos no, 2.

Πέτρος, ov, ὁ, (wérpa,) pr. @ piece of

‘rock, a stone, Luc. Navig. 44. Xen. An. 4.

7.12; also a rock, Soph. Phil. 272. Plato
Legg. 843. a. In N. T. only as pr. ἢ. Peter,
(Aram. 8®"2 Κηφᾶς 4. v.) the surname of
Simon one of the Apostles, son of Jonas,
and brother of Andrew, a fisherman of Beth-
saida, Matt. 16,18. John 1, 43. 45. He
afterwards lived at Capernaum, and was
married, Mark 1, 29. 30, comp. v.21. Luke
4,38. This name was given him by Jesus
at the first interview, John 1, 43, prob. on
account of the boldness and usual firmness
of his faith in Jesus as the Messiah. He
was of an ardent, impulsive, unequal tem-
perament ; at one time expressing unbound-
ed devotedness to Jesus, and then denying
him ; Matt. 26, 33 sq. 69 sq. Although the
first to preach the gospel directly to the
Gentiles (Acts 15, 7. 14, comp. ο. 10), yet
he wavered in respect to the introduction
of Jewish observances among them, for
which he was openly reproved by Paul,
Gal. 2, 11 sq.—In Jater years he is said ἐσ
have gone abroad, and to have preached
the gospel in the Parthian empire, whence
some suppose his first epistle was written ;
but this rests on no historical foundation.
A still later tradition relates that he went
to Rome, and at last suffered martyrdom in

πετρώδης

that city along with Paul; see Neander
Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit. der Kirche etc.
II. p. 460 sq. 472 sq. (Engl. Il. 24 sq.
36 sq.) +

πετρώδης, €0s, ous, 6, 7), adj. (πέτρος,
eidos,) rock-like, stone-like, having the form
of a rock, Diod. Sic. 8. 45.—In N. T. rocky,
stony; hence τὸ πετρῶδες, rocky ground,
stony soil, Mark 4, 5; τὰ πετρώδη id. Matt.
13, 5. 20. Mark 4,16. So Jos. B. J. 2. 6.
1. Plut. Sylla 16. Plato Rep. 612. a. On
the form comp. Buttm. § 119. 14. b.

πήγανον, ov, τό, (πήγνυμι;) rue, a plant,
ruta graveolens Linn. Luke 11, 42.—The-
ophr. H. Plant. 1. 15. Plut. Symp. 3. 1. 3.

πηγή, jis, ἡ, 1. a fountain, source,
James 3, 11. [12.] Sept. for [2 1K. 1,
9. So Hdian. 1. 6. 5. Xen. An. 1. 2. '7.—
From the Heb. πηγαὶ ὑδάτων, fountains of
water, Rev. 8, 10. 14,'7. 16, 4. Sept. and
ὉΠ mind Ex. 15, 27; Oa "2952 2 K.
3, 19. 25. (Judith 12, 7.) Trop. of life-
giving doctrine, John 4, 14; also as an em-
blem of the highest spiritual enjoyment,
Rev. 7, 17. 21,6; comp. in ζωή no. 1. b.
Sept. and “ip? Prov. 13, 14. 14,29. So
KEceclus. 21, 13.

2. a well; John 4, 6 bis, ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ Ἴα-
κώβ xrA. comp. v. 11 where it is τὸ φρέαρ.
2 Pet. 2, 17.

3. Spec. an issue, flux, πηγὴ τοῦ αἵματος
Mark 5, 29, i. ᾳ. ἡ ῥύσις rod aip. Luke 8,
44. So Sept. for 5°23 “ipa Lev. 12, 7.

πήγνυμι, f. πήξω, to fix, to fasten, to
make fast and firm, Luc. Philopatr. 17.
Xen. Ven. 6. 7, 9; to fix or fasten together,
to construct, to build, Pol. 3. 46. 1. Hdot.
5. 83.—In N. T. of a tent, to set wp, to pitch,
Heb. 8, 2 ἣν (σκηνὴν) ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος.
Sept. for ΠῸ3 Gen. 26, 25. 1 Chr. 16, 1.
So Pol. 6. 27. 2. Plato Legg. 817. c.

πηδάλιον, tov, τό, (πήδον, méSov,) a
helm, rudder, Acts 27, 40 ἀνέντες τὰς Cev-
κτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων. James 3, 4.—ZAil. V.
H. 9. 40. Xen. An. 5, 1. 11.

πηλίκος, ἡ, ov, pron. correl. how great,
quantus, corresponding to ἡλίκος, τηλίκος,
Butt. § 79. 5. Gal. 6,11 ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν
γράμμασιν ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ xelpt, ye see with
how large an epistle I have written unto you ;
for Plur. γράμμασιν comp. Acts 28,21, and
see in γράμμα no. 2. Others? with how
large letters Ihave written; or also: with
what letters, what a hand; but both less
well. Trop. of dignity, Heb. 7, 4. Sept.
for "82D Zeph. 2, 6 [2].—Luc. Haley. 2.
Pol. 1. 2. 8.

580

πιδανολογια

πηλός, οὗ, ὃ, clay, mire, moriar ; John
9, 6 bis, ἔπτυσε χαμαὶ καὶ ἐποίησε πηλὸν ἐκ
τοῦ πτύσματος κτλ. Vv. 11.14.15. Sept.
for 2M Job 30,19; 2° 2 Sam. 22, 43.
(Pol. 3. 79. 9. Xen. An. 1. 5. 7,8.) Spec.
potter’s clay, Rom. 9,21. Sept. for "2h
Is, 29,16; "2 Is. 41,25. So Pol. 12, 15.
6. Dem. 313.17. .

πήρα; as, ἡ, a bag, sack, wallet, Lat.
pera, of leather, in which shepherds and
travellers carried their provisions. Matt. 10,
10 μὴ πήραν eis ὁδόν. Mark 6, 8. Luke 9,
3. 10, 4. 22, 35. 36.—Judith 13, 10. Lue.
Ὁ. Mort. 10. 2. Plut. Quest. Gr. 13.

πῆχυς, eas, ὃ, (kindr. παχύς,) Plur.
gen. πήχεων, later contr. πηχῶν John 21, 8.
Rev. 21, 17. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16; comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 245sq. Buttm.}51. n. 5;
pr. the fore-arm, from the wrist to the el-
bow, 2. V. H. 5. 19. Hom. Od. 17. 38.—
In N. T. α cubit, the common ancient mea-
sure of length, strictly the distance from
the elbow to the tip of the middle finger,
but reckoned at 14 foot; hence the Greek
cubit was equal to 1.5169 f. Engl. and the
Roman cubit to 1.4562 f. Engl. See Dict.
of Antt. art. Cubitus, Measures, and App.
Tab. II. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 503. So
Matt. 6,27 πῆχυν ἕνα. Luke 12, 25. John
21,8. Rev. 21,17. Sept. for aba Gen.
6, 15. 16.—Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 9. Pol. 5. 89.
9. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16.

πιάζω, f. dco, (Dor. for σιέζω,) pr. ἐς
press, to hold fast; hence to lay hold of, to
take, to seize.

1. Of persons, to take one by the hand,
c. acc. et gen. of the part, Acts 3,'7 πιάσας
αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 132.
5. 6. (Theocr. 4. 35.) In ἃ judicial sense,
to take, to arrest, John 7, 30 ἐζήτουν οὖν
αὐτὸν πιάσαι. Vv. 32. 44. 8, 20. 10,39. 11,
57. Acts 12, 4. 2 Cor. 11, 32. So Ecclus.
23, 21.

2. Of animals, to take in hunting or fish-
ing, to catch, c. acc. John 21, 3 ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ
ἐπίασαν οὐδέν. v. 10. Rev. 19, 20 ἐπιάσϑη
τὸ Snpiov. Sept. for FIX Cant. 2, 15.

πιέζω, f. ἔσω, (kindr. βιάξω,) to press,
to hold fast, e. g. one’s hand Pol. 32. 10. 9.
—In N. T. to press down, to make com-
pact, 6. g. μέτρον Luke 6, 38. Sept. for
W273. Mic. 6,15. So Pol. 18. 1. 10. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 13.

πιδανολογία, as, 7, (πιϑανός, λόγος.)
persuasive discourse, enticing words, Col. 2,
4.—Fabr. Cod. apocr. N. T. 1Π. p. 694.
Plato Theet. 162. 6; πιϑανολογέω Diod.
Sic. 1. 39.

ἂ

πικραίνω

miKpalve, f. avi, (mxpés,) pr. to make

sharp, acrid, bitter ; 6. g. water, Pass. Rev. -

8, 11; comp. Ex. 15, 23. Meton. of the
pain caused by bitter and poisonous food or
drink, fo cause bitter pain, c. acc. Rev. 10,
9 πικραινεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν. vy. 10. Comp.
Sept. and “58 Hiph. Job 27, 2.—Trop. of
the feelings, to imbitier, Pass. to be or be-
come bitter, to be harsh, angry, Col. 3, 19.
Sept. Pass. for ὮΣΡ Ex. 16, 20. Jer. 37,
14. So Esdr. 4, 31. Dem. 1464. 18.
πικρία, as, ἧ, (πικρός,) bitlerness, with
the accessory idea of venom, the two being
often connected in the mind of the He-
brew ; comp. the Heb. Deut. 29, 17 [18].
32, 24. Am. 6, 12. Rev. 8,11. Soasa
genit. of quality, equiv. to an adj. Winer

$34. 2. b. Buttm. § 132. n. 12. Heb. 12, 15

ῥίζα πικρίας i. q. ῥίζα πικρά, comp. Deut.
29, 17 [18]. Acts 8, 23 εἰς χολὴν πικρίας,
i. q. x. mexpav. (Comp. πικρόχολος Anthol.

. Gr. IIL. p. 208.) Trop. bitterness of spirit,

of speech; Eph. 4, 31 πᾶσα πικρία καὶ
Supds. Rom. 3,14 ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ
πικρίας γέμει, quoted from Ps. 10, 7 where
Sept. for masa deceit. Sept. for “2 Job
7, 11. 15. 38, 17, So Pol. 8.12. 1. Dem.
1482. 21.

πικρός, d, dv, pr. pricking, pointed,
sharp, as πικρὸς ὀΐστός Hom. Il. 4. 118,
134; π. βέλεμνα 22. 206.—Hence genr.
and in N. T. of taste, biiter, acrid; e. g.
opp. to γλυκύς, James 3, 11. Sept. for sa
Prov. 27, 7. Ex. 15,23. (Al. V. H. 1.
34. Xen. An. 4. 4. 13.) Trop. of the
feelings, spirit, bitter, harsh, cruel, James
3, 14 ζῆλον πικρόν. So Diod. Sic. 1. 78.
Pol. 7. 14. 3.

πικρῶς, adv. (mixpés,) bitterly ; in N. T.
of bitter weeping, Matt. 26, '75 et Luke 22,
62 ἔκλαυσε πικρῶς. Sept. for 2 33
[s. 33,7; “v9 Pi. Is. 22, 4.—Aristen. 1.
21 or 22; genr. Arr. Epict. 3. 11. 3. Pol.
9. 34. 1.

Πίλατος, ov, 6, Pilate, i. 6. Pontius
Pilatus, the fifth Roman procurator of Ju-
dea, see in ἡγεμών no. 2, The first was
Coponius, sent out with Quirinus after the
banishment of Archelaus, see in Κυρήνιος ;
the second was Marcus Ambivius; the
third, Annius Rufus; the fourth Valerius
Gratus; who was succeeded by Pilate
about A. D. 26; see Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 2.
Pilate continued in office about ten years;
and being hated by both Jews and Samari-
tans for the caprice and cruelty of his ad-
ministration, he was accused by them be-
fore Vitellius then governor of Syria, and

581

πιμπρημι
.

sent by him to Rome to answer to these
complaints before the emperor; Jos. Ant.
18. 3. 1. ib, 18. 4. 1,2. Tiberius was dead
before the arrival of Pilate; and the latter
is said to have been banished by Caligula to
Vienna in Gaul, and there to have died by
his own hand about A. D. 41; Euseb. H.
E. 2. 7, 8. For the part taken by Pilate in
the condemnation of Jesus, comp. Jos. Ant.
18. 3. 3. A spurious tract called Acta Pi-
lati was current in the early ages of Chris-
tianity, purporting to be a full report from
Pilate to Tiberius of the whole matter con-
cerning Jesus. This tract however is ap-
parently the same with the apocryphal Gos-
pel of Nicodemus ; or, at least, is contained
in this latter; which, together with Pilate’s
pretended letters, may be seen in the Co-
dex Apocr. N. T. I. p. 214 sq. ed. Fabric.
or I. p. 487 sq. ed. Thilo; see also Thilo’s
Prolegom. p. cviii sq.—Matt. 27, 2 sq.
Mark 15, 1 sq. Luke 18,1. 23, 1 sq. John
18, 29 sq. 19, 1 sq. Acts 3, 13. 4, 21. 13.
28. 1 Tim. 16,13. +

f ΄ ΕἾ
πίμπλημι, f. πλήσω, aor. 1 ἔπλησα,
Pass. aor..1 ἐπλήσϑην, all from obsol.
IIAAQ, whence also the intrans. form πλή-

- 3, not found in N. T. see Buttm. ὁ 114.—

To fill, to make full, 6. g. aor. 1 ἔπλησα,
c. acc. Luke 5,'7; also c. gen. of that with
which, Matt. 27, 48. John 19, 29 πλήσαντες
σπόγγον ὄξους. Pass. c. gen. Matt. 22, 10;
comp. Buttm. ᾧ 132. 10.a. Sept. for xbo
Gen. 21, 19. 24, 16. So Antho]. Gr. IV.
89. Luc. Nigr. 16. Xen. An. 1. 5. 10.—
Trop. Pass. aor. 1 ἐπλήσϑθην, to be filled,
to be full,e. g. 8) Of persons, fo be filled
with any thing, fo be wholly imbued, affected,
influenced, with or by any thing ; with gen.
of thing, as τοῦ πνεύματος ἁγίου Luke 1, 15.
41. 67. Acts 2, 4. 4, 8. 31. 9,17. 13,9;
Supod Luke 4, 28; φόβου 5, 26; ἀνοίας 6,
11; also Acts 3, 10. 5, 17. 13, 45. Meton.
of a place, Acts 19, 29. Sept. for δὰ Ὦ)

, Gen. 6, 11. 13. Prov. 12,22. So Ecclus.

37, 27. Comp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 28.
σοφίης πληϑόμενος. Act. Dem. 1491. 9.
b) Of prophecy, to be fulfilled, accom-
plished; Luke 21,°22 rod mAnoSiva τὰ
γεγραμμένα, in later edit. So Heb. xbn,
Sept. πληρωθῆναι, 1 K. 2, 27. c) Of
time, to be fulfilled, completed, to be fully
past; Luke 1, 23 ὡς ἐπλήσϑησαν αἱ ἡμέραι
τῆς λειτουργίας. v. 57. 2, 6. 21. 22. So
nba, Sept. πληρωθῆναι, Gen. 25, 24.

THAT PHL, f. πρήσω, to set on fire, to
burn, Al. V. H. 12. 23; comp. Buttm.
§114—In N. T. Pass. only trop to be in-

"
πινακίδιον
΄

"flamed, lu swell, to become swollen, 6. g.
from the bite of a serpent, Acts 28, 6 προσε-
δόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασϑαι. So Ail.
H. An. 8. 18. Luc. Dipsad. 4 ὄφις... ἐκκαίει,
καὶ σήπει, καὶ πίμπρασϑαι ποιεῖ.

πινακίδιον, ov, τό, (dim. πίναξ,) a small
tablet, writing-tablet, pugillaris, Luke 1, 63.
Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 510, 511.
Dict. of Antt. art. Tabulae—Symm. for
mop Ex. 9, 2. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 14. Plut.
Eumen. 1.

πίναξ, axos, ὁ, (πλάξ.) a board, table,
spec. a writing-table, tablet, covered with
wax, Jos. de Macc. 17. Dem. 1055. 16;
comp. in mwwaxidvoy.—In Ν, T. pr. a wooden
trencher, and hence a plate, platter, dish, on
which food and the like was served up.
Matt. 14, 8 ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ ἼἸω-
dvvov. v.11. 23, 25. Mark 6, 25. 28. Luke
11, 39. So Jos. Ant. 8, 3. 8. Athen. 6. ὃ.
Hom. Od. 1. 141.

πίνω, f, πίομαι Buttm. § 114. § 95. n.
18; 2 pers. πίεσαι Buttm. ᾧ 103. m. 16;
aor. 2 ἔπιον, perf. πέπωκα.

1. to drink, e. g. of persons, absol. Matt.
27, 34 οὐκ ἤϑελε πιεῖν. Luke 12, 19. Acts 9,
9. 1 Cor. 11, 25; trop. John 7,37, comp. in
διψάω no. 2. As infin. final, 6. g. δοῦναι
πιεῖν to give to drink, Matt. 27, 34. John 4,
7.10. Rev. 16, 6; αἰτεῖν πιεῖν John 4, 9,
Sept. for MMW Gen. 24,14. 18sq. So Luc.
Ὁ. ρου. 7. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18; as infin.
final Antiph. 114. 15. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 8.—
With adjuncts: a) Foll. by ἐκ c. gen. of
the drink, or meton. of the vessel containing
the drink, i.e. to drink of any thing, a part
of it; Matt. 26,27 πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ sc. τοῦ
ποτηρίου, v. 29. John 4, 12. 13. 14. 1 Cor.
10, 4. Rev. 18, 3. 14, 10 καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ
τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ ϑυμοῦ Tod ϑεοῦ, see espec. in
Supds. Sept. for 78 ΠῚ Gen. 9,21. 2 Sam.
12,3. So Al. V.H. 1.4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.
4. b) Foll. by ἀπό c. gen. of the drink;
Luke 22, 18 οὐ μὴ πίω ἀπὸ τοῦ γενν. τῆς
ἀμπέλου. Sept. for 7HY Jer. ὅ1,7. ὁ)

With accus. of the thing drank, todrink any

thing, to use as drink, Luke 1,15 σίκερα οὐ
μὴ πίῃ. Rom. 14, 21. 1 Cor. 10, 4: to drink
of Matt. 26,29. Trop. John 6, 53. 54. 56,
see in αἷμα πο.1. Sept. for OMY Ex. '7, 18.
21. 1K. 13, 18. 16 sq. Is. 5, 22. (Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 4. 3 καὶ νέκταρ πίῃ. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.
10.) Meton. τὸ ποτήριον πίνειν, to drink a
cup, e. g. of wine, pr. 1 Cor. 10, 21; trop.
of suffering, to drink the cup which God
presents, to submit to the allotments of his
providence, Matt. 20, 22. 23. 26, 42. Mark
10, 38. 39. John 18, 11; see in worjprov.—

582

πίπτω

For the phrase ἐσ δέειν v. φαγεῖν καὶ πί-
νειν, in its various senses, see in éo3iw no.
2. For τρώγειν καὶ πίνειν Matt. 24, 38,
see in τρώγω.

2. Trop. of the earth, to drink in, to im-
bibe, c. acc. Heb. 6, 7 ἡ γῆ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν...
ὑετόν. Sept. and “MY Deut. 11, 11.—
Hdot. 3. 117. Xen, Conv. 2. 25. Comp.
sat prata biberunt Virg. ἘΠ]. 3.111, +

πιότης, τητος, 4, (πίων,) fal, fatness ;
Rom. 11, 17 τῆς π. τῆς ἐλαίας. Sept. for
ἸΏ 5 Judg. 9, 9. Job 36,16; 3487 Zech. 4,
14.—Luc. Amor. 14.

πιπράσκω, (περάω,) perf. πέπρακα,
Pass. perf. πέπραμαι, Pass. aor. 1 ἐπράϑην;
to traffick away, pr. beyond sea, in other
lands; hence genr. ¢o sell, c. acc. Matt. 13, -
46 πέπρακε πάντα ὅσα εἶχε. Acts 2, 45.
Pass. Matt. 18, 25 ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ... mpa-
ϑῆναι. Mark 14, 5. Acts 4,34. 5,4. With
gen. of price, Matt. 26, 9 πραϑῆναι πολλοῦ.
John 12,5. Buttm. ὁ 132. 10. ¢.. Sept. for
"2 Gen. 31, 15. Lev. 27,27; c. gen. Deut.
21,14. So Hdian. 2. 6.22. Xen. Conv. 4.
1; 6. gen. Xen. An. 7. 7. 26.—Trop. Pass.
to be sold to or under any one, i. 4. to be his
slave; ὑπό c. acc. Rom. 7, 14 πεπραμένος
ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, i. 4. to be the slave of sin,
devoted to it. Comp. Sept. and "22 1 K.
21, 25. Is. 50,1. So 1 Macc. 1,15. Dem.
215. 6.

πίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, aor. 2 ἔπεσον, aor.
1 ἔπεσα, Rev. 1, 17. 5, 14; comp. Buttm.
§96. n. 9. § 114. Winer §13.1.a. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 724.— To fall, to fall down ; Sept.
for Heb. 553.

1. Pr. to fall from a higher to a -ower
place, spoken of persons and things; in N.T.
always with an adjunct of place whence or
whither ; 6. g. with ἀπό, to fall from, Matt.
15, 27 ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης. Luke 16, 21. Acts
20, 9. Matt. 24, 29 see in οὐρανός no. 2.
With ἐκ, to fall out of or from, Luke 10, 18
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Acts 27, 34. Rev. 8, 10 et
9, 1, see in οὐρανός no. 2. (Sept. and 583
Job 1,16.) Also ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανϑῶν,
among, Luke 8,7; ἐπί ὁ. acc. to fall upon
any pers. or thing, Matt. 10,29 ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν.
13, 5.'7.8. 21,44 bis. Mark 4, 5. Luke 8,
6. 8. 20, 18 bis. 23, 30. Rev. 6, 16. 8, 10.
Rev. 7, 16 οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥλιος,
i. e. the burning sun shall not injure them.
Trop. π. ἐπί τινα, Rev. 11,11 Rec. καὶ φόβος
μέγας ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς κτλ. With εἴς τι; to
fall into, among, upon, any thing, Matt. 15,
14 els βόϑυνον. 17, 15. Mark 4, 7. 8. Luke
6, 39. 8,14. John 12,24. Rev. 6,13. (Diod.
Sic. 4.'77 eis ϑάλασσαν. Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 7.)

πίπτω

With παρά c. acc. of place, to fall at, by,
near, Matt. 13, 4. Mark 4, 4. Luke 8, 5.

2. Of persons, to fall down, to fall pros-
trate, absol. Matt, 18,29 πεσὼν οὖν ὁ σύνδου-
λος, in later edit. Acts 5, 5. Joined with
προσκυνεῖν, Matt. 2, 11 πεσόντες προσεκύνη-
σαν. 4, 9. 18, 26. Rev. 5,14. 19,4. Sept.
and 583} 2 Sam. 1,2. Dan.3, 5.6. (Anthol.
Gr. I. p. 92.) Oftener with an adjunct of
place or manner, 6. g. with ἐνώπιόν τινος
Rev. 5, 8; with προσκυνεῖν 4, 10; with εἰς
c. acc. εἰς ἔδαφος Acts 22, 7, comp. 9, 4;
eis τοὺς πόδας τινός John 11, 32. Matt. 18,
29 Rec. (Diog. Laert. 2.79.) With ἐπί ο.
gen. of place, Mark 9, 20 ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 14,
353 ἐπί c. acc. of place or manner, ἐπὶ τὴν
γῆν Acts 9,4; ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας τινός 10, 25.
(Sept. 1 Sam. 25, 24.) Also ἐπὶ πρόσω-
mov, upon the face, Matt. 17,6. 26, 39. Luke
5, 12; with παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Luke 17, 16;
with προσκυνεῖν 1 Cor. 14, 25. Rev. 7, 11.
11, 16. (Sept. and 5891 Sam. 25,23; ἐπὶ
τὴν ὄψιν Jos. Ant. 6. 9. ὅ ; ἐπὶ στόμα Xen.
Venat. 10. 18.) So ἴοο παρὰ τοὺς πόδας
τινός Luke 8, 41. Acts 5, 10, comp. Luke
17, 16; πρὸς τοὺς πόδ. Mark 5, 22. Rev.
1,17; ἔμπροσϑεν τῶν ποδῶν, C. προσκυ-
νέω Rev. 19, 10. 22,8; with χαμαί John
18, 6. (Sept. Job 1,20.) Spoken of those
who fall dead, to fall, to perish; Luke 21,
24 πεσοῦνται στόματι μαχαίρας. 1 Cor. 10,
8. Heb. 3, 17. Rev. 17, 10; comp. Acts 5,
5. 16. Comp. Sept. and 583 Num. 14, 43.
Ex. 32, 27. Num. 14, 19. 332. So Hdian.
3. 7. 10. Xen. An. 1. 8. 28.—Trop. to fail
from any state or dignity, c. πόϑεν Rev. 2, 5.

3. Of edifices, walls, or the like, to fall,
to fall down in ruins, Matt. 7, 25. 27. Luke
6, 49. 13, 4. Heb. 11,30. Trop. Luke 11,
17. Acts 15, 16; comp. in σκηνή. So in
prophetic imagery, Rev. 11,13. 14,8 ἔπεσε;
ἔπεσε Βαβυλών. 16,19. 18,2. [3.] Sept. for
3 Is. 21, 9.—Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 5.

4. Of a lot, to fall to or upon any one,
with ἐπί c. acc. Acts 1, 26. So Sept. and
bp3 Jon. 1, 7. Ez. 24, 6.

5. Metaph. of persons, to fall into or un-
der any thing, e. g. condemnation, ὑπὸ xpi-
ow James 5, 12. (Diod. Sic. 19. 8 π. ir
ἐξουσίαν τῶν ἐχθίστων.) Absol. to fall un-
der temptation, into sin, i. q. fo transgress,
lo sin, Rom. 11, 22. 14, 4. 1 Cor. 10, 12.
Hence jo fall into destruction, i. q. to be
made miserable, to perish, Rom. 11, 11 μὴ

ἔπταισαν, ἵνα πέσωσι; Heb. 4, 11. Sept.

and 952 Prov. 11, 28. 24,16. So Ecclus.

1, 27. 2,7; comp. Hdot. 8. 16. Diod. Sic.
13. 37.—Of things, i. q. to fall to the ground,

583 4

πιστεύω

to fail, Luke 16, 17 ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κεραίαν
πεσεῖν. [1 Cor.13,8.] Sept and 553 Josh.
23, 14. 1 Sam. 3, 19.—Plato Euth. 17. p.
14. d, οὐ χαμαί ποτε πεσεῖται, ὅ,τι ἂν εἴπῃς.
Comp. Liv. 2: 31 ‘irrita cadunt promissa.’

Πισιδία, as, ἡ, Pisidia, the country ot
the Piside, a district of Asia Minor lying
mostly on Mount Taurus, between Pam-
phylia, Phrygia, and Lycaonia. Its chiet
city was Antioch. Acts 13,14. 14,24. See
Strabo 12. p. 569. Plin. H. N. 5. 24. Cellarii
Not. Orb. II. p. 159 sq.

πιστεύω, f. εύσω, (πίστις,) aor. 1 ἐπί
στευσα, perf. πεπίστευκα, plupf. πεπιστεύ-
key without augm. Acts 14, 23, comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 83. n.'7. Winer ὁ 12. 12.— To have
faith, to put faith in, to believe, to trust.

1. As to things, to have faith, to believe ; so
c. infin. Rom. 14, 2 ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν
πάντα. With ὅτι Mark 11, 23. Rom. 10,9.
James 2, 19; absol. ibid. (So c. inf. Hdian. 5.
4. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 45.) Also with the
idea of hope and certain expectation, c. inf.
Acts 15, 11; ὅτε Rom. 6, 8. So Xen. An. ©
7.'7. 47.—More commonly of words spoken
and things, e. g. with dat. of a person speak-
ing, whose words one believes and trusts ;
Mark 16,13 οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπίστευσαν. John
5, 46 εἰ yap ἐπιστεύετε Motion, ἐπιστεύετε
ἂν ἐμοί. Acts 8,12. 1 John 4, 1; 6. ὅτι.
John 4, 21. (Hdian. 2. 1. 23. Luc. Her-
mot. 17.) With an adjunct of the words
or thing spoken; e. g. dat. Luke 1, 20 οὐκ
ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις pov. John 4, 50.
Acts 24, 14. 2 Thess. 2, 11. (Hdian. 4. 9.
10.) With ἐπί c. dat. Luke 24, 25 ἐπὶ πᾶ-
ow. With évc. dat. Mark 1, 15 ἐν τῷ εὐ-
αγγελίῳ, in the glad tidings, i. e. believe
and embrace the glad tidings, the gospel ;
so Sept. c. ἐν for 2 JAN Jer. 12,6. Ps.
78,22. (Dion. Hal. de Comp. verbor. p.
150. ed. Schef.) With an adjunct of the
thing believed, e. g. dat. Acts 13, 41 ἔργον,
ᾧ ov μὴ πιστεύσητε. (Hdian. 8. 3. 10.)
With accus. of thing, John 11,26 πιστεύεις
τοῦτο; 1 Cor. 13, 7. 1 John 4, 16. Hence
Pass. 2 Thess, 1, 10 ὅτι ἐπιστεύθη τὸ pap-
τύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, comp. Winer ᾧ 40. 1.
(Hdian. 8. 3. 22. Pass. ib. 2. 9. 4.) With
ets rt, 1 John. 5, 10 εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν.
With ὅτι instead of acc. and infin. John 14,
10 πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ κτλ. Rom. 10, 9 περί
τινος, ὅτι John 9, 18. Soc. ὅτε Hdian. 1. 14.
10. Xen. Hi. 1. 37.—Absoh where the case
of pers. or thing is implied from the con-
text, Matt. 24,23. Mark 13, 21. John 12,
47. Acts 8, 13 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσε, 50. τῷ
Φιλίππῳ τῷ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ, comp. v. 12.

πιστεύω

Acts 15, 7 καὶ πιστεῦσαι, sc. τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ
evayy. 1 Cor. 11, 18. So Hdian. 4. 4. 10.
Thue. 1.1.

2. As to persons, /o have faith in, lo be-
lieve in or on, to trust in,e. g. 8) In re-
spect to God, to believe on God, to trust in
him, 6. g. as able and willing to help, to
listen to prayer; with dat. of pers. and ὅτι,
Acts 27, 25 πιστεύω yap τῷ ϑεῷ ὅτι οὕτως
ἔσται. (So c. dat. Ecclus, 2, 6. 8.) With
eis, John 14, 1 πιστεύετε eis τὸν ϑεόν. Ab-
sol. Matt. 21, 22 πιστεύοντες, i. 4. εἰ. πι-
orevere. 2 Cor. 4,13. Also as faithful to
his promises, c. dat. Rom. 4, 3 ἐπίστευσε
᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ ϑεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσϑη κτὰ. quoted
from Gen. 15,6 where Sept. for 7287}.
Gal. 3,6. James 2, 23. Rom. 4, 17 xaré-
ναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσε Seov, by attract. see in
art. ὅς A. 3. b. δ. p. 518. Absol. Rom. 4, 18.
Heb. 4, 3.—Or genr. to believe in the de-
clarations and character of God as made
known in the Gospel, c. dat. John 5, 24.
Acts 16, 34 of πεπιστευκότες TO ϑεῷ.
1 John 5, 10; with εἰς ὁ. acc. pregn. i. q.
to believe and rest upon, to believe in and
profess ; see Winer § 31. 2. n. 1 Pet. 1,21
τοὺς δι᾽ αὐτοῦ πιστεύοντας εἰς Sedv. With
ἐπί c. acc. id. Rom. 4, 24, comp. Winer
l.c. Absol. Luke 8, 12. 13, comp. v. 11.
Acts 13, 48.

b) As toa messenger from God, to believe
on and trust in him as coming from God
and acting under divine authority. α) Of
John the Baptist, c. dat. αὐτῷ, Matt. 21, 25.
32. Mark 11, 31. Luke 20, 5. β) Of
Jesus es the Messiah; e. g. as able and
ready to heip his followers, c. εἰς John 14,
1; or to heal the sick and comfort the af-
flicted, c. ὅτε Matt. 9, 28; absol. 8, 13.
Mark 5,36. John 4,48. Genr. as a teacher
and the Messiah sent from God; c. dat. of
pers. John 5, 38 ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, Tov-
τῳ ὑμεῖς ov πιστεύετε. 8, 31. 10, 37. 38.
Acts 5,14. 2 Tim. 1, 12; with ὅτι, John
11,27 ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα, ὅτι od εἶ ὁ Χριστός.
20, 31. 1 John 5, 1. 5. John 8, 24 ἐὰν γὰρ
μὴ πιστεύσητε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 13, 19. 16,
27. 30. 17, 8. 21. al. sep. So with γινώ-
oxew John 6,69. 10,38.—With εἰς c. acc.
of pers. pregn. i. q. to believe and rest up-
on, to believe in and profess, comp. Winer
ὁ 31.2. n. Matt. 18, 6 τῶν μικρῶν τούτων,
τῶν πιστευόντων eis ἐμέ. Mark 9, 42. John
2,11. 3,15. 16, 4, 39. 6, 35. 7, 5, 38. 8,
30 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. 17, 20.
Acts 10, 43. 19,4. Rom. 10,14. Gal. 2,
16. 1 Pet. 1,8; trop. εἰς τὸ φῶς John 12,
36. So with eis τὸ ὄνομα ᾿Ιησοῦ ina
like nse, see in ὄνομα no. 4, i. 4. ‘to be-

584

πίστις

lieve on Jesus and profess his name,’ John
1, 12 rots πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.
2,23. 1 John 5,13; with τῷ ὀνόματι αὐ-
τοῦ, id. 1 John 3,23.—With ἐπί c. acc. o.
pers. i. q. ets τινα, comp. Winer § 81. 2. ἢ.
Acts 9, 42. 11,17, comp. v. 21. So ἐπι
ce. dat. 1 Tim. 1, 16. (Matt. 27, 42.) Trop.
Rom. 9, 33 et 1 Pet. 2,6 τίϑημι ἐν Σιὼν
λίϑον... καὶ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κτλ.
quoted from Is. 28, 16 where Sept. for
PONT. Pass. 1 Tim. 3,16 ἐπιστεύϑη ἐν»
κόσμῳ. (Dem. 464. 20. Xen. An. 7. 6.33.)
Heuce absol. to believe, i. 6. to believe’ and
profess Christ, to be or become a Christian,
Mark 15, 32. Luke 22, 67. John 1, 7. 12,
39. Acts 4,4. 14,1. 17,12.34. Rom. 4,11.
1 Cor. 1, 21.al.sep. Part. of πιστεύον-
τες, οἱ πιστεύσαντες, believers, Chris-
tians, Acts 2, 44. 4, 32. 19,18. Gal. 8, 22.
1 Thess. 1, 7. 1 Pet. 2, 7. al. 1 Cor. 14,
22 see in σημεῖον no. 2. a.

3. Trans. to intrust, to commit in trust
to any one; c. acc. et dat. Luke 16, 11 τὸ
ἀληϑινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; John 2, 24.
So Wisd. 14, 5. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 25.2. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 17.—Pass. πιστεύομαί tt,
to be intrusted with any thing, to have com-
milted to one’s charge, c. acc. see Buttm.
§ 134. 7. Winer ὁ 40. 1. Rom. 3, 2. Gal.
2,'7 πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. 1 Cor. 9,
17 οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι. 1 Thess. 2, 4.
I'Pims 192): Tit. 1,138.9 80 Tosh Ants 2;
9. 5. Diog. Laert. '7. 1. 29 πιστευϑέντος τὴν
ἐν Περγάμῳ BiBdtoSnxnv. Polyen. 2. 36.
Diod. Sic. 20. 19,27. +

πιστικός, ἡ, dv, (πίστις) causing be-
lief or persuasion, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.103; faith-
ful, trustworthy, γυναῖκα πιστικήν Artemid.
2. 33. p.121.—In N. T. tiop. true, genuine,
pure, 6. δ. vapdod πιστικῆς Mark 14, 3.
John 12, 3. So Theophylact ad ἢ. 1. ἡ
ἄδολος καὶ μετὰ πίστεως κατασκευασϑεῖσα,
and so all the ancient interpreters. See
Liicke on John 1. c. Winer § 16. 3.

πίστις, ews, ἡ, (πείϑω, πείϑομαι,) faith,
belief, trust, pr. firm persuasion, confiding
belief in the truth, veracity, reality of any
person or thing.
_I. As in classic Greek. 1. Pr. and
genr. faith, belief; Acts 17, 31 πίστιν πα-
ρασχὼν πᾶσιν, see in πταρέχω no, 2. Rom
14, 22 od πίστιν ἔχεις, thou hast faith,i.e .
art firmly persuaded. v. 23 bis. Heb. 11, 1.
So with the idea of hope and certain ex-
pectation, 2 Cor. 5, '7 διὰ πίστεως yap περι-
πατοῦμεν, ov διὰ εἴδους. So Diod. Sic. 1.
39, 86. Plut. Romul. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.19
Hi. 4. 1.

i

πίστις 58

2. good-faith, fidelity, sincerity, Matt. 23,
23 τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου, τὴν κρίσιν καὶ
τὸν ἔλεον καὶ τὴν πίστιν. Rom. 8, 3 τοῦ
Seov. Gal. 5, 22. 1 Tim. 1,19 ἔχων πίστιν,
i.e. being faithful, sincere. 2, 7. 2 Tim. 2,
22. 3,10. Tit. 2,10 πίστιν πᾶσαν ἀγαϑήν
all. good fidelity. Rev. 2,19. 13,10. .So
in the usage of Sept. for 77°28 1 Sam. 26,
23. Hab. 2, 4. Prov. 12, 22.—Ecclus. 1,
26, Hdian. 8. 9. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 79. Xen.
An. 3. 3. 4.

Il, In Ν. T. πίστις is used specially in
referénce to God and divine things, to Christ
and his gospel, and thus becomes in some
sense a technical word, particularly in the
writings of Paul; denoting that faith, that
confiding belief, which is the essential trait
of Christian life and character, i. e. gospel
faith, Christian faith, comp. Rom, 3, 22 sq.

1. Of God, i. e. faith in, on, towards God,
e. g. ἐπὶ ϑεόν Heb. 6, 15 πρὸς τὸν Sedv
1 Thess. 1, 8; εἰς Sedv, c. ἐλπίς, 1 Pet. 1,
21; 6. gen. Seov Mark 11, 22. Col. 2, 12.
Absol. Matt. 17, 20. 21, 21. Luke 17, 5.6;
comp. Mark 11, 22. Heb. 4, 2. 10, 22. 38
ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται, in allusion
to Hab. 2, 4 where Sept. for mzvay fidelity.
v. 39. James 1, 6 αἰτείτω δὲ ἐν πίστει, i. e.
in filial confidence, nothing doubting. 5, 15
ἡ εὐχὴ miotews.—Spoken analogically of the
faith of the patriarchs and pious men under
the Jewish dispensation, who looked for-
ward in faith and hope to the blessings of
the gospel; comp. Gal. 3,7 sq. Heb. 11,
13. So of Abraham, Rom. 4, 5. 9 ἐλογίσϑη
τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην. v. 11.
12. 13. 14. 16 bis. 19. 20. Heb. 6, 12.
Genr. of others, Heb. 11, 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 bis.
8. 9. 11. 13. 17. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 27, 28.
29. 30. 31. 33. 39; also Luke 18, 8.

2. Of Christ, faith in Christ,e.g. ἃ)
As able to work miracles, to heal the sick,
and the like; absol. Matt. 8, 10 οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ
Ἰσραὴλ τοσαντὴν πίστιν εὗρον. 9, 2. 22. 29.
15, 28. Mark 2, 5. 5, 34. 10, 52. Luke 5,
20. 7, 9. 50. 8, 48. 17, 19. 18, 42. Acts
3,16 bis. So mediately, Acts 14,9. b)
Of faith in Christ’s death, as the ground of
justification before God, i. q. saving faith,
only in Paul’s writings; Rom. 3, 22 δικαι-
οσύνη δὲ ϑεοῦ διὰ πίστεως “I. Xp. v. 25 διὰ
πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι. ν. 26 ἐκ π. Ἰη-
gov. So from the connection, 8050]. y. 27.
28. 30 bis. 31. 1 Cor. 15, 14. 17; genr,
Rom. 1, 17 bis, see in ἀποκαλύπτω no. 1.
Rom. 5, 1. 2. 9, 30. 32. 10, 6. 17. Gal. 2,
16 bis. 20. 3, 2. 5. 7. 8. 9: 11. 12. 14. 22,
24. 5,5. 6. Eph. 2, 8, 3,12 διὰ τ. πίστεως
αὐτοῦ Phil. 3, 9 bis. So of the faith of

iy

Ὁ πίστις ἡ

Abraham, see above in πο. 1. 0) Genr.
as the Messiah and Saviour, the Head of
the gospel dispensation ; c. εἰς, Acts 20, 21
πίστιν τὴν eis-rov κι "I. Xp. 26, 18. Col. 2,
5; ἐν Χριστῷ Gal. 3, 26. Eph. 1, 15. Col.
1, 4. Tim. 1, 14, 3,13. 2 Tim. 1, 13. 3,
15; τοῦ κυρίου I. Xp. James 2, 1. Eph. 4,
13; 6. gen. μοῦ Rev. 2, 13, i. 6. thy faith
toward me. 14, 12. Absol. Mark 4, 40:
Luke 8, 25. 22, 32. Acts 6, 5 ἄνδρα πλήρη
πίστεως καὶ mv. dy. v. 8. 11, 24. Eph. 3,
17. Col. 2, 7 comp. v. 5. So Eph. 6, 16
Supedy τῆς πίστεως. 1 Thess. 5, 8,

3. Genr. e. g. 6. gen. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγε-
λίου, the faith of or in the gospel, gospel-
faith, Phil. 1, 27; ἡ π. τῆς ἀληϑείας, faith
in the truth, in the gospel, 2 Thess. 2, 13.
—Absol. in the same sense, i. 6. Christian
faith, a firm and confiding belief in Jesus
and his gospel; genr. 1 Cor. 2, 5 iva ἡ
πίστις ὑμῶν μὴ ἢ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώπων κτλ.
2 Cor. 4, 13. Phil. 1, 25. 2, 17. 1 Thess.
1, 3. 1 Tim. 1, 5. 6, 11. 12. 2 Tim. 1, 5.
2, 18. Tit. 1, 1. Philem. 6. Heb. 12, 2.
James 2, 5. 1 Pet. 1, 5.7. 9. 5,9. Else-
where also πίστις marks various predomi-
nant traits of Christian character as arising
from and combined with Christian faith, -
without implying however any sharp dis-
tinction ; e. g. Christian knowledge, espec.
in Paul and James, Rom. 12, 3 μέτρον τῆς
πίστεως. V. 6. 14, 1 ἀσϑενῶν τῇ πίστει.
1_Cor.. 12, 9. 13, ΣΤᾺ Tit: 1,.13.-2 Pet.
1, 5; also in James, as opp. to ἔργα, James
2, 14 bis. 17. 18 ter. 20. 22 bis. 24. 26. So
of the Christian profession, the faith pro-
fessed, Acts 13, 8 ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν
ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. 14, 22. 15, 9.
16, 5. 1 Cor. 16, 13. 2 Cor. 1, 24 fin. Gal.
6, 10. 1 Tim, 2, 15. 2 Tim. 4, 7. Or
Christian zeal, ardour in the faith, Rom. 1,
8 ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται κτὰ. 11,
20, 2 Cor. 8, 7. 10, 15. 13, 5. Eph. 6, 23.
2 Thess. 1, 4.°11. Of Christian Jove, as
springing from faith, Rom. 1, 12 ἡ ἐν ἀλλή-
λοις πίστις, i. 6. mutual faith and love.
2 Thess. 1, 3. Philem. 5 πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις
πρὸς τὸν κύριον καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους. Of
Christian life and morals, practical faith,
1 Tim. 4, 12 τύπος γίνου .. . ἐν ἀναστροφῇ,
ἐν ἀγαπῇ, ἐν πίστει, ἐν ἁγνείᾳ. 5, 8. 12. 6,
10. Tit. 2, 2. Of constancy in the faith,
Col. 1, 23. 1 Thess. 3, 2. 5. 6. 7. 10. Heb.
13, 7. James 1, 3. :

4. Meton. the object of Christian faith,
the faith, the doctrines received and be-
lieved, Christian doctrine, and genr. the
system of Christian doctrines, the gospel,
the Christian religion ; Acts 6, '7 ὑπώκουον

“πιστός

ry πίστει, were obedient to the faith, em-
braced the gospel. Rom. 1, 5. 16, 26. Acts
14, 27 Svpa πίστεως, i.e. access for the
gospel. 24, 24. Rom. 10, 8. 2 Cor. 1, 24
init. Gal. 1, 23. 3, 23 bis. 25. Eph. 4, 5.
1 Tim. 1, 4. 19. 3, 9. 6, 21. 2 Pet. 1, 1.
1 John 5,4. Jude 3 τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοϑείσῃ
τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει. v. 20, So Tit. 3, 15
φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει i. 6. in the gospel,
as Christians. 1 Tim. 1, 2 τέκνον ἐν πίστει.
Tit. 1, 4. Emphat. the true faith, true doc-
trine, 2 Thess. 3, 2. 1 Tim. 4, 1. 6. 2 Tim.
3, 8.

πιστός, ἡ, dv, (welSw,) faithful, worthy
of faith, belief, trust; i. e.

1. faithful, trustworthy, true; 1 Tim. 1,
12 ὅτι πιστόν pe ἡγήσατο. 2'Tim. 2, 2 ταῦτα
παράϑου πιστοῖς ἀνϑδρώποις. 1 Pet. 4, 19.
Rev. 19,11. Sept. for yax2 1 Sam. 3, 20;
ΜΝ Prov 20, 6. So Al. V. H. 8. 6.
Thuc. 3. 10. Xen. An. 1. 6. 3.—Hence
i. q. true, sure, verax, worthy of credit 5 as
ὁ μάρτυς ὃ πιστός Rey. 1, 5. 2, 13. 3, 14;
see in μάρτυς. Sept. for 3x Prov. 14, 5;
Tae; Ps. 89, 38. Is. 8, 2. (AL. V. H. 3.
18 fin. εἴ τῷ πιστὸς ὁ Χῖος λέγων. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 42.) Of things, true, sure, verus,
6. g. λόγος 1 Tim. 1, 15. 3, 1. 4, 9. 2 Tim.
2. 11. Tit..1, 9. 3, 8. Rev, 21, 5. 22, 6,
Also Acts 13, 34 τὰ ὅσια Δαβὶδ τὰ πιστά,
see in ὅσιος no. 2. So Dem. 377. 27.
Thuc. 5. 14 ἐλπὶς πιστή.

2. faithful in duty to oneself and to
others, of true fidelity ; Col. 4, 9 et 1 Pet.
5, 12 ἀδελφὸς πιστός. Rev. 2,10. Of God
as faithful to his promises, 1 Cor. 1, 9 m-
στὸς 6 eds. 10, 13. 1 Thess. 5, 24, 2 Thess.
3, 3. Heb. 10, 28. 11,11. 1 John 1,9. Of
Christ 2 Tim. 2, 13. (Sept. for ΓΝ
Deut. 32, 4; 2 Deut. 7, 9.) Once mi-
στὸς δὲ ὁ Seds as an obtestation or oath, as
God is faithful, 2 Cor. 1,18; comp. Heb.
yan sr>xa Is. 65, 16.—Spec. of servants,
ministers, who are faithful in the perform-
ance of duty; Matt. 24, 45 ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος.
25, 21. 23. Luke 12, 42 ὁ π. οἰκονόμος.
1 Cor. 4, 2. Eph. 6,21. Col. 1,'7. 4, '7. Heb.
2,17. So. m.. ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγα Matt. 25, 21. 23;
ἔν τινι Luke 16, 10 bis. 11. 12. 19, 17.
1 Tim. 3, 11. Heb. 3, 5; ο. dat. of pers.
Heb. 3, 2.. Sept. for jax; Num. 12, 7.
1 Sam, 22, 14. So Hdian. 2. 8. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 2. 23.

3. Act. faithful, believing, dresiieng, ἷς 6.
firm in faith, confiding, i. 4. ὁ πιστεύων.
John 20, 27 μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός.
Gal. 3, 9. So Theogn. 283. Soph. Cid.
Col. 1031.—With dat. τῷ κυρίῳ Acts 16,

586

-v. 21, 22. 2 'Tim..3,.13 bis.

Twravn

15; also ἐν κυρίῳ, i. 6. faithful to or in the
Lord, believing in him, i. q. a@ believer,
Christian, 1 Cor. 4,17. Eph. 1, 1. Col. 1,
2; eis Sedy id. 1 Pet. 1,21 πολυ, Absol.
id. Acts 10, 45. 16, 1. 1Cor.'7,25. 2 Cor.
6,15. 1 Tim. 4,3. 10.12. 5,16 bis. 6,2 bis.
Tit. 1, 6. Rev. 17,14. Adv. πιστὸν ποιεῖν,
to do faithfully, ina believing manner, as a
Christian, 3 John 5.. Sept. for Ὑ3 13 Ps.
101, 6. So Ecclus. 1, 14. 1 Macc. 3, 13.

πιστόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (πιστός,) pr. to make
faithful, trustworthy, e. g. by an oath,
πιστοῦν τινα ὅρκοις, Jos. Ant. 15. 7. 10.
Thuc. 4. 88. Pass. or Mid. to be made
trustworthy, to give a pledge, to bind one-
self, Pol. 18. 22. 6. Hom. Od. 15. 436.—In
N. T. Pass. aor. 1 ἐπιστώϑην, to be made
confiding, believing, to be assured, comp. in
πιστός no 3; hence i. 4. to be assured of, to
believe, 2 Tim. 3, 14 μένε ἐν ois ἔμαϑες καὶ
ἐπιστώϑης, by attract. for ἐν τούτοις ἅ. So
moraseis Soph. Aid. Col. 1039, i. ᾳ. πιστός
ib. 1031.

πλανάω, ὃ, f. how, (πλάνη:) 1. to make
wander, to lead astray; Pass. to wander, to
go astray ; 6. g. of persons, Heb. 11, 38 ἐν
ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι. Of flocks, 1 Pet. 2,
25 ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενα. Matt. 18, 12 bis.
13. Sept. for "9M Gen. 37, 14. Ex. 23, 4.
—Cebet. Tab. 6. Atl. V. H. 5. 7. Xen. An.
1. 2, 25.

2. Trop. to mislead, i.e. a) to deceive,
to cause to err; Pass. to err, to mistake, to
form a wrong judgment; c. acc. Matt. 24,
4 et Mark 13, 5 βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς
πλανήσῃ. Matt. 24, 5.11. 24, Mark 13, 6.
1 John 1,8. 8,7. Rev. 13,14. Pass. Matt.
22, 29 πλανᾶσϑε. Mark 12, 24. 27. Luke
21, 8 μὴ πλανηϑῆτε. John '7, 47. 1 Cor. 6.
9. 15, 33. Gal. 6, 7. Heb. 3,10. James 1
16. Sept. and ΠΡ Prov. 12, 27. So Jos.
B. J. 6. 5. 4. Mosch. 14. 1.25. Plut. Thes.
27. b) to deceive, to seduce, e. g. a people
into rebellion, c. acc. John 7, 12 πλανᾷ τὰν
ὄχλον. Rev. 20,8. 10. Also to seduce from
the truth, Pass. to be seduced, to go astray;
1 John 2, 26 περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς, comp.
Pass. James 5,
19 ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηϑῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληδϑείας.
2 Pet. 2, 15. Part. οἱ πλανώμενοι, those
seduced, gone astray, Tit. 3, 3. Heb. 5, 2.
Spec. to seduce to idolatry, Rev. 2, 20. 12,
9. 18, 23. 19, 20. 20, 3. Sept. for ΠΡ
2 K. 21, 9. Ez. 44,10.15. So Ecclus. 9, δι

πλάνη, ns, ἡ, (kindr. πλάξω,) a wander-
ing, Sept. Ez. 34, 12. Agl. V. H. 5. '7.—In
N. T. only trop. error, i. e.

1. Genr. delusion, deceit, false judgment

πλανήτης

or opinion; 1 Thess. 2, 3 ἡ παράκλησις

ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης. 2 Thess. 2, 11.—Sept.

roa 23,17. Diod. Sic. 2. 18. Plato Phed.
i. ἃ.

2. .Meton. error of conduct, perverseness,
wickedness, Rom. 1, 27. James 5, 20. 2 Pet.
2, 18 τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους. Jude
11. Sept. for 388 Ez. 33, 10.—Wisd. 1,
12. 12, 24.

3. Act. deceit, fraud, seduction to error
and sin; Eph. 4, 14 peSodcia τῆς πλάνης.
2 Pet. 3, 17. 1 John 4, 6 τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς
πλάνης α spirit of error, i.e. a deceiving
spirit, a teacher who seeks toseduce. Also,
a deception, fraud, Matt. 27, 64. Sept. for
92 Prov. 14,8.—Hesych. πλάνη: ἀπάτη.

πλανήτης, ov, ὃ, (πλανάω,) a wanderer,
roamer, Sept. for part. 173 Hos. 9,17. Xen.
Ven. 5. 17.—In N. T. ἀστὴρ πλανήτης a
wandering star, planet, trop. of a false teach-

er, Jude 13, comp. v. 4. So pr. Jos. Ant..

3. 6. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 81. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 5.

πλάνος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, Δα]. (πλάνη,) wander-
ing about; Subst. a wanderer, vagabond,
juggler, Athen. 14. p. 615. e—In N. T.
Act. deceiving, seducing, 1 Tim. 4, 1 προσέ-
xovres πνεύμασι πλάνοις. Subst. a deceiver,
impostor, Matt. 27, 63 ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος.
2 Cor. 6, 8. 2 John 7 bis.—So adj. Jos. B.
J. 2.13. 4 πλάνοι ἄνθρωποι καὶ ἀπατεῶντες.
Subst. Act. Thom. § 45. Diod. Sic. Tom.
VI. p. 199.

TAGE, ακός, ἡ, any broad and flat sur-
face, 6. g. of the sea, πλάκα πόντου βαϑείαν
Pind. Pyth. 1. 46; comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 36.—
In N. T. and genr. α able, tablet, of wood
or stone on which any thing was inscribed,
e. g. the two tables of the decalogue given
to Moses, Heb. 9, 4 πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης.
2 Cor. 3,3. Sept. and mimad Ex. 31, 17.
32, 14 sq. So Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 4. Luc.
Somn. 3:—Trop. 2 Cor. 3, 3 ἐν πλαξὶ καρδί-
as gapxivas, Comp. Rom. 2, 15 et Heb. 8,
10: Sept. and m4 Prov. 3, 3. Jer. 17, 1.

πλάσμα, ατος, τό, (πλάσσω,) α thing
formed, moulded, 6. g. ὍΥ a potter, Rom. 9,
20 μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα τῷ πλάσαντι ; quoted
from Is. 29,16 where Sept. for ἸΏ ΠΏΣ,
—Artem. 1.56. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 6.4. Trop.
a figment, Dem. 1110, 18.

πλάσσω, v. -ττω, f. πλάσω, Comp.
Buttm. ὁ 92. n. 2. §95. 35 to form, to mould,
e. g. any soft substance, as a potter the
clay; absol. Rom. 9, 20 see in πλάσμα.
Pass. 1 Tim. 2, 13 ᾿Αδὰμ yap πρῶτος ἐπλά-
σϑη. Sept. for ἼΣ: Gen. 2, 7. 8; nbs 15.
29, 16.—Luc. D. Deor. 1. 1. Xen. Mag
Eq. 6. 1.

587

πλεῖστος
πλαστός, ἡ, dv, (πλάσσω,) formed,
moulded ; trop. feigned, false, deceitful ;
2 Pet. 2, 3 πλαστοῖς Aéyors.—Plut. Thes,
20 γράμματα πλαστὰ προσφέρειν. Plato
Soph. 219. ἃ. :

πλατεῖα, see in πλατύς πο. 2. .

πλάτος, ews, τό, (πλατύς,) breadth, Rev.
21,16 bis. Trop. Eph. 3, 18. Sept. for
=" Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 37,1. So Hdian. 8.
4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 8.—Spec. Rev. 20, 9
τὸ πλάτος τῆς γῆς; the breadth of the land,
the whole extent of it; comp. Sept. for
3172 Hab. 1, 6.

πλατύνω, f. υνῶ, (πλατύς;) Pass. aor. 1
ἐπλατύνϑπην, Pass. perf. πεπλάτυμαι, 3 pers.
sing. πεπλάτυνται 2 Cor. 6, 11, see in Buttm.
$101. n. 7.

1. to make broad, to enlarge, c. acc. Matt

23, 5 πλατύνουσι δὲ φυλακτήρια αὑτῶν.
Sept. for =" Ex. 34, 24—Plut. Μ.
Anton. 36. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34.
* 2. Trop. of the heart or mind, Pass. to be
enlarged, 2 Cor. 6,11 τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγε
ον ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται, our heart is
enlarged towards you, so as to receive you
all with warm affection, comp. v.12. Sov.
13 πλατύνϑητε καὶ ὑμεῖς, be ye also enlarged
in your hearts, so as to receive us; comp.
in art. ἀντιμισϑία. Comp. Sept. and Heb.
a> ΞΡ Ps. 119, 32.

πλατύς, εἴα, ὑ, 1. broad, wide, Matt. 7,
13 πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη. Sept. for 31 Neh. 9,
35.—Hdian. 4. 1. 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 36
ὁδὸς πλατεῖα. ᾿

2. Subst. ἡ πλατεῖα se. ὁδός, a broad
way, wide street in a city; Matt..6, 5 ἐν ταῖς
γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν. 12, 19. Luke 10, 10.
13, 26. 14, 21. Acts 5, 15. Rev. 11, 8. 21,
21. 22,2. Sept. for 2% Judg. 19, 15. 20.
Zech. 8, 4. 5; 777 Is. 15, 3.—Tob. 13, 17.
Artemid. 3. 62. Plut. Thes. 27. id. Dion 46.

πλέγμα, ατος, τό, (πλέκω.) any thing
plaited, braided, 6. g. πλέγμα βύβλινον, the
ark or basket in which Moses was exposed
Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4; α nel, toil, Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 28.—In N. T. a@ braid of hair, braided
hair; 1 Tim. 2,9 μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν, comp.
1 Pet. 3, 3 ἐν ἐμπλοκῇ τριχῶν. So Aquil.
and Theodot. for ΠΕΣ diadem, Is. 28, 5.

πλεῖστος, η, ov, (πλείων,) the most, the
greatest, very great, the usual superlative
to πολύς, Buttm. ᾧ 68. 6; in N. T. only of
number, Matt. 11, 20. 21, 8 ὁ πλεῖστος
ὄχλος, a very great multitude. So Jos. Ant.
5. 1. 24. Xen. Ag. 3.1. Hell. 7. 1. 23,—
Neut. τὸ πλεῖστον adv. at most, 1 Cor. 14,
27; comp. Buttm. § 128. n. 4.

πλείων

πλείων, ovos, 6, ἡ, Neut. πλεῖον Matt.
5, 20. 6, 25. Thuc. 7. 63. Xen. (Ke. 7. 24,
25; usually Neut. πλέον Luke 3, 13. Acts
15, 28. Luc. Parasit. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2.7;
comp. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 68. 6. Matth.
§ 135. Piur. contr. πλείους, also πλείονες

Heb, 7, 23. Xen. Hell. 4. 2.113 accus. .

πλείους, also πλείονας Matt. 21, 36. Thuc.
2.37. Xen. Mem. 3. 13.5; Neut. acc. πλεί-
ova Matt. 20,10. Xen. Apol. 22.—Pr. more,
the usual comparative to πολύς, comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 68. 6.

1. Pr. of number, more ; but also of mag-
nitude, and in comparison expr. or impl.
E. g. before a gen. Matt. 21, 36 πλείονας
τῶν πρώτων, more than the first or former
ones. Mark 12,43. Luke 21, 3. John 7,
31. (Diod. Sic. 12. 21.) Before #, than,
Matt. 26, 53 πλείους ἢ δώδεκα. John 4, 1.
(Diod. Sic. 1. 79. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27.) Be-
fore a numeral, 7 is oftener omitted, Acts
4, 22 ἐτῶν πλειόνων τεσσαράκοντα. 23, 13.

21. 24,11. 25,6; comp. Lob, ad Phryn..

p. 410 sq. Matth. § 455. n. 4. (Plato Apol.
Socr. 17. d.) Once πλέον ἢ πέντε Luke 9,
13; comp. Lob. l. c, Matth. 1. ὁ. and § 437.
n. 2. (Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 5,6.) Before παρά,
Luke 3, 13; see in παρά IIL. 4. c.. Once
before πλήν c. gen. Acts 15, 28.—Also
when the object of comparison is implied,
Matt. 20, 10. Luke 11, 53. John 4,41. 15,
2. Acts 2, 40. 18, 20. 28, 23. Luke 7, 43
τὸ πλεῖον the more, i. 6. the greater debt.
So Hdian. 8. 3.11. Xen. Vect. 4. 32.—
Hence genr. and emphat. i. q. many, very
many, Acts 13, 31 ὃς ὥφϑη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας
πλείους. 21, 10. 24, 17. 25,14. 27, 20.
Also Heb. 7, 23 of μὲν πλείονές εἰσι ἱερεῖς,
opp. to one. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1; comp.
Xen. Venat. 5. 7.

2. Plur. c. art. of πλείονες, of πλείους,
_ the more, the most, the many, comp. Matth.
§ 266. Acts 19, 32 of πλείους οὐκ ἤδεισαν
κτὰ. 27, 12. 1 Cor. 9, 19 ἵνα rods πλείονας
κερδήσω, i, 6. that I may gain, if not all, yet
the greater part. 10, 5. 15, 6. 2 Cor. 2, 6.
4, 15. 9, 2. Phil. 1, 14.—Jos. Ant. 10.7. 3.
Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 34.

3. Trop. of worth, importance, dignity,
more, greater, higher; before a gen. Matt.
6, 25 ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς. 12,
41. 42 πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε. Mark 12, 33.
Luke 11, 31. 32. 12,23. Heb. 8, 3 πλείονα

τιμὴν ἔχει τοῦ οἴκου. Rev. 2,19. Pleon. —

with περισσεύειν, Matt. 5,20. Before τ:
Ueb. 3, 3. 11, 4.—Absol. Hdian. 8. 4. 1.
‘Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 43. Ag. 2. 24.

4. Neut. πλεῖον as adv. more, 6. g.
_) Before a gen. John 21,15 ἀγαπᾷς pe

588

πλεονεξία

πλεῖον τούτων ; impl. Luke 7,42. So Hdian.
5.2.7. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.7. ΒΒ) ἐπὶ πλεῖ-
ov, further, longer ; spoken of space 2 Tim.
3,9. Acts 4,17; before a gen. ἀσεβείας,
i. e. further as to or in ungodliness, 2 Tim.
2, 16; comp. Matth. § 340, 341. Winer
§ 30. 4. (Xen. Eq. 1. 9.) Spoken of time,
Acts 20, 9. 24, 4. So Pol. 3. 58. 8.

πλέκω, f. Eo, to plait, to braid, Lat.
plico, plecto; 6. acc. Matt. 27,29 πλέξαν-
tes στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν. Mark 15, 17.
John 19, 2.—Sept. Is. 28, 5. Xen. An. 3.
3. 18.

/ .
πλέον, see in πλείων.

πλεονάζω, f, dow, (πλείων; πλέον,) pr.
to do or be more, sc. than enough.

1. Of persons, to do or have more than
enough, to have an excess; 2 Cor. 8, 156
τὸ πολύ, οὐκ ᾿ἐπλεόνασε, quoted from Ex.
16,18 where Sept. for *)"7251.—Aristot.
Pol. 1. 9. 7.

2. Of things, to abound more, to be abun-
dant, to increase ; Rom. 5,20 bis, ἵνα πλεο-
vaon τὸ παράπτωμα κτλ. 6,1. 2 Cor. 4,15.
2 Thess. 1, 3. 2 Pet. 1,8. With εἴς re, to
abound unto any thing, to redound, to con-
duce, Phil. 4,17. Sept. for 39 2 Chr. 24,

11; 5331 Chr. 4, 27—Pol. 4. 3. 12.

Diod. Sic. 1. 40. Plato Loer. 103. a.

3. Trans. to cause to abound, to increase ;
c. acc. 1 Thess. 3, 12 ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ κύριος
πλεονάσαι [Ορί.]... τῇ ἀγάπῃ κτὰ. Sept.
for ΠΞΠ Num. 26, 54. Ps. 71, 21.—
1 Macc. 4, 35. Pass. Thue. 2. 35.

πλεονεκτέω, &, f. now, (πλέον, ἔχω.)
to have or claim more than another, i. 4.
πλεῖον ἔχω, Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.7, 113; to have
an advantage, to be superior, Jos. B. J.
proem. 5. Xen. An. 3. 1. 37; to be ὁ
πλεονέκτης, to covet more, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.
18 ; to take advantage, to seek unlawful gain,
Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 31.—In
N. T. trans. to take advantage of any one,
to make gain of, to defraud, c. acc. 2 Cor.
7, οὐδένα ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν. 12, 17. 18.
1 Thess. 4, 6. Pass. Cor. 2,11. So Act.
Thom. § 12 χήρας πλεονεκτοῦντες. Plut
Marcell. 29. Pass. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 2.

πλεονέκτης, ov, 6, (πλέον, ἔχω.) pr.
‘one who will have more,’ i. 6. a covetous
person, a defrauder for gain, 1 Cor. 5, 10.
11. 6,10. Eph. 5, 5.—Ecclus. 14, 9. Pol.
15. 21. 1. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 3.

πλεονεξία, as, ἡ, (πλέον, ἔχω,) pr.
a having more, i. e. advantage, superiority,
Jos. Ant. 5.1.20. Pol. 2.19.3. Xen. Mem.
1, 6. 12.—In N. T. pr. ‘the will to have

πλευρά

more, 1. 6. covelousness, greediness for gain,
which leads a person to defraud others.
Mark 7, 22 πλεονεξίαι, i. 6. covetous thoughts,
plans of fraud and extortion. Luke 12, 15.
Rom. 1, 29. Eph. 4,19. 5, 3. Col. 3, 5.
1 Thess. 2, 5. 2 Pet. 2,3. 14. 2 Cor. 9,5
οὕτως ὡς εὐλογίαν, καὶ μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν, as
bounty and not as covetousness, i. e. not ἃ
parsimonious gift ; parall. is φειδομένως v. 6.
Sept. for 32 Jer. 22, 17. Hab. 2, 9—AEl.
V. H. 3.16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28.

πλευρά, Gs, ἣ, the side, pr. of the body,
John 19, 34. 20, 20. 25. 27. Acts 12, 7.
Sept. 7% Num. 33, 55. 2 Sam. 2, 16. Pol.
5. 26. 6. Xen. An. 4. 1. 18.

πλέω, f. πλεύσομαι, usually uncon-
tracted, Buttm. ᾧ 105. n. 2; to sail, absol.
Luke 8, 23. Acts 27,24. With εἰς c. acc.
of place, Acts 21, 3 ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν.
27, 6; ἐπί c. ace. Rev. 18, 17 in later edit.
With acc. of place by or near which, i. e.
of the way; Acts 27,2 πλεῖν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν
Ασίαν τόπους, i. 6. to sail along or by the
coast of Asia Minor; see Matth. § 409. 4.—
Xen. An. 5. 1. 4; 6. eis Xen. Hell. 1.1.8;
c. ἐπί Luc. Alex. 54; c. acc. Pol. 3. 4. 10
πλεῖν τὰ πελάγη. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 6.

πληγή, ῆς, ἡ, (πλήσσω,) 1. a stroke,
stripe, blow; Luke 12, 48 ἄξια πληγῶν.
Acts 16, 23. 2 Cor. 6, 5. 11, 23. Sept. for
. 32 Deut. 25, 3; mat) Prov. 29, 15.—
Luc. D. Deor. 24. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16.

2. Meton. a wound, caused by a stripe or
blow, Luke 10, 30. Acts 16, 33 ἔλουσεν
[αὐτοὺς] ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, i, 6. from the
blood and filth of their wounds ; comp. v.
23. Rev. 13,14. v. 3. 12 ‘chev τοῦ Sava-
του, deadly wound, comp. Winer § 84. 2.
Sept. and 522 1K. 22, 35. Is. 1, 6—
Luce. D. Deor. 14. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 20.

3. From the Heb. like %232 a stroke or
blow inflicted from God, a plague, cala-
mity. Rev. 9, [18.] 20. 11,6. 15, 1 πληγὰς
ἑπτὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας. v. 6. 8. 16, 9. 21 bis.
18, 4. 8. 21, 9. 22, 18. Sept. and nox
Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59. 61. 29, ane
1 Macc. 13, 32. Philo de Vit. Mos. p. 624.
Jos. Ant. 6. 5.6.

TAN YOS, eos, ous, τό, (πίμπλημι, πλήϑω,)
pr. fulness ; hence

1. a multitude, a great number, Luke 5, 6
πλῆϑος ἰχθύων πολύ. John 21,6. Acts 28, 3.
Heb. 11,12. James 5,20. 1 Pet. 4,8. Sept.
and 54 ‘Get 27, 28. Is. 1, 11—Hdian. 7.
10. 3. Xen. An. 4. 7. 26.

2. Of persons, a multitude, throng; c.
gen. of class, etc. Luke 2, 13. Acts 4, 32.

589

πλὴν

6, 2 τὸ πλῆϑος τῶν μαθητῶν. Acts 5, 14
πλήϑη ἀνδρῶν κτλ. i. 6. multitudes. So c.
gen. impl. Acts 2,6 comp. v. 5. 23,7. (Ceb.
Tab. 1.) Also πολὺ πλῆϑος c. gen. Luke
6, 17. 23, 27. John 5, 3. Acts 14, 1. 17, 4;
πᾶν πλῆϑος c. gen. Luke 1, 10. Acts 25
24; gen. impl. Acts 15, 12 comp. v. 6. 15,
30 comp. v. 22. Acts 6, 5 comp. v. 23 ἅπαν
πλῆϑος 6. gen. Luke 19, 37; ὁ. gen. impl.
Luke 23, 1 comp. 22, 66; c. gen. of place,
Luke 8, 37 ἅπαν πλῆϑος τῆς περιχώρου.
Acts 5, 16. Collect. with a verb» plur.
Mark 3,7. 8. Sept. for jim 2K. 7, 13.
Is. 17, 12.—Hdian. 4. 6. 11. Xen. Hell. 4.
4. 12.

3. Spec. the multitude, the people, popu-
lace, Acts 14, 4 rd πλῆϑος τῆς πόλεως. 19,
9. 21, 22. 36. Sept. and yen Ez. 30, 15.
—Hdian. 2. 7. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 42.

πληδϑύνω, f. vvd, (πληϑύς, πλῆϑιος,) pr.
to make full ; hence

1. Trans. to multiply, to increase, c. acc.
2 Cor. 9, 10. Heb. 6, 14 bis, πληϑύνων
πληϑυνῶ σε, quoted from Gen. 22, 17 where
Sept. for Heb. maw maw, of which
Hebrew idiom this is an imitation ; comp.
Gen. 3, 16. 16, 10. Winer § 46. 7. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. '778.—Pass. πληϑύνομαι, to be
multiplied, increased, 6. g. in number, Acts
6, 7 καὶ ἐπληϑύνετο 6 apiSpds. 7, 17. 9, 31.
Sept. for A345 Deut. 11, 21. Also in mag-
nitude, extent, Matt. 24, 12 πληϑυνϑῆναι
τὴν ἀνομίαν. Acts 12, 24. Sept. for m3
Gen. 7, 17. 18. With dat. of person, to be
multiplied to any one, to abound to him,
I Pet. 1, 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληϑυν-
Sein. 2 Pet. 1,2. Jude 2.

2. Intrans. to multiply oneself, to increase ;
Acts 6, 1 πληϑυνόντων τῶν μαϑητῶν. Sept.
for ma Ex. 1,20; 324 1 Sam. 14, 19.—
Theophr. C. Pl. 1. 19. 5: Hdian. 8. 8. 14.

πλήϑω, see πίμπλημι.

πλήκτης, ov, 6, (πλήσσω,) α striker,
one apt to strike, a quarreler, 1 Tim. 3, 3.
Tit. 1, '7.—Plut. Marcell. 1. id. Pyrrh. 30.

πλημμύρα, as, ἡ, (πλήν, μύρω, or pro-
longed from πλῆμα, πλήμη, comp. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl: § 7. no. 1'7,) the flow of the
sea, tide, flood-tide ; and hence flood, inun-
dation, Luke 6, 48, comp. Matt. 7, 27.—
Hesych. πλημμύρα" τὸ ὅρμημα τῆς ϑαλάσ-
σης, ἢ ἐπίῤῥυσις. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 135.
Plut. Romul. 3.

πλήν, prep. and adv. (contr. πλέον,) pr.
more than, over and above; hence besides,
except, but.

1. In the middle of a clause, e. g. a)

mAnpns

Prep. ὁ. gen. besides, except, Mark 12, 32
οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ, there is no
other besides him, but he. John 8,10. Acts
8, 1 πάντες ... πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων. 15,
28. 27, 22. Sept. for ΞΡ Deut. 4, 35;
dex Is. 45, 14. So Pol. 3. 54. 4. Plut.
Mor. IL. p. 32. Xen. An. 1.9.9. Ὁ) Adv.
or Conj. but; so before ὅτι, Acts 20, 23
μὴ εἰδώς, πλὴν ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα κτλ. except
that, pr. knowing nothing more than that;
comp. Buttm. §146. n. 2. So πλὴν are
Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verbor. p. 176.

2. Adv. at the beginning of a clause, i. 4.
much more, rather, besides, passing over
into an adversative particle, i. q. but rather,
but yet, nevertheless; Matt. 11, 22, 24 πλὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν. 18, 7. 26, 39. 64. Luke 6, 24.
35. 10, 11. 14. 20. 11, 41. 12, 31. 13, 33.
[17, 1.] 18, 8. 19/27. 22, 21. 42. 23, 28.
1 Cor. 11, 11. Phil. 1,18. 3,16. 4,14. Rev.
2,25. Sept.and opx Num. 22, 35. Judg. 4,
9. So Hdian. 1. 12. 6. Xen. An. 1. 8. 25.
—Also where the -writer returns after a
digression to a previous topic, Eph. 5, 33,
comp. v. 25, 28. (Pol. 11. 17. 1.) Once
corresponding to μέν, Luke 22, 22; comp.
in μέν no. 1. b.

π λήρης, εος, ous, 6, 9, adj. (πλέος,) full,
filled.

1. Pr. of hollow vessels, foll. by a gen.
of that of or with which any thing is full,
expr. or impl. Buttm. § 132. 10. a. Mark 6,
43 καὶ ἦραν κλασμάτων δώδεκα κοφίνους
πλήρεις. 8,19; impl. Matt. 14, 20. 15, 87.
Sept. for xb Num. 14, 20. Deut. 6, 11.
So Hdian. 3. 13. 9. Xen. An. 2. 3. 10.—
Of a surface, full, fully covered, c. gen.
Luke 5, 12 ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας. Sept.
and 832 2 K. 6,17. 7,15. So Xen. An.
1. 5. 1 πεδίον ayrwSiov πλῆρες. Chic, 4. 8.

2. Trop. full, filled, fully imbued, furnish-
ed, abounding in any thing, c. gen. Luke 4,
1 et Acts 7, 55 πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου.
John 1, 14. Acts 6, 3. 5. 8. 9, 86 πλήρης
dyazaév ἔργων. 11, 24. 13, 10. 19, 28.
Sept. and Nba Is. 51, 20. Jer. 5,277.—Dem.
1445. 13.. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 13.

3. Trop. full, complete, perfect. Mark 4,
28 σῖτος πλήρης. 2 John 8 μισϑὸς πλήρης.
Sept. and 822 Gen. 41, 7. 22. Ruth 2, 12.
—Dem. 776. 9. Xen. An. 7. 5, 5 μισϑὸς
πλήρης.

πληρ οφορέω, ὦ, joo, (πλήρης, φορέω.)
pr. to bear or bring out fully, in full meas-

ure ; hence
"1. Of persons, to give full assurance, to
persuade fully ; Pass. to be fully assured, per-
suaded ; Rom. 4,21 πληροφορηδϑείς, ὅτι κτλ.

590

TANpOw

14,5. [Ὁ]. 4,12.] Sept. for δ᾿ Ecc. 8, 11.
—Clem. Rom. Homil. 11. 17. Ctesias Ex-
cerpt. 38 πολλοῖς οὖν λόγοις καὶ ὅρκοις πλη-
ροφορήσαντες Μεγάβυζον. Isocr. Trapez. 6.
p- 17. 8, si lect. sana.

2. Of things, to make fully assured, to
give full proof of, to accomplish fully ; ο. acc.
2 Tim. 4, 5 τὴν διακονίαν σου πληροφόρησον.
Pass. v. 17.. (Comp. Acts 12, 25. Rom. 15,
19.) Pass. Luke 1, 1 περὶ τῶν πεπληροφο-
ρημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων, of those things
(which are) fully assured among us, are
fully believed.—See Bleek on Heb. 6, 11.

πληροφορία, as, ἧ, (πληροφορέω,) full
assurance, firm persuasion, 1 Thess, 1, 5 ἐν
πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ. Col. 2, 2. Heb. 6, 11
mi. τῆς ἐλπίδος. 10, 22.—Not found in pro-
fane writers.

πληρόω, &, f. doe, (wAnpns,) 1. to
make full, to fill, to fill up; e. g. a vessel,
hollow place, or the like, Pass. Matt. 13, 48
ἣν, ὅτε ἐπληρώϑη sc. ἡ σαγήνη. Luke 3, 5
πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωϑήσεται, quoted from Is.
40, 4 where Sept. for€®2. Trop. c. acc.
Matt. 23, 32 πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πα-
τέρων ὑμῶν i. 6. the measure of their sins ;
comp. in ἀναπληρόω lett. a. Sept. pr. for
nD7 Jer. 13,12. 2K. 4,4. So Hdian. 3.
9.10. Diod. Sic. 2. 39. Xen. Eq. 1. 5.—
Genr. of a place, fo fill, by diffusing any thing
throughout; c. acc. Acts 2, 2 ἦχος... ἐπλή-
ρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον. With ἐκ c. gen. of
thing fom or with which, John 12, 8 ἡ δὲ
οἰκία ἐπληρώϑη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς, comp. Matth.
§ 574. p. 1188. Trop. 6. ace. et gen. Acts
5, 28 πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδα-
xis ὑμῶν, comp. Winer ᾧ 30. 8.b. Sept.
and 83% 2 Chr. 7; 1. Hagg. 2,8. (Comp.
Liban. Epist. p. 721 πάσας [πόλεις] ἐνέπλη-
σας τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν λόγων.) ‘Trop. πληροῦν
τὴν καρδίαν τινός, to fill the heart of any one,
to take possession of it, John 16, 6. Acts
δ: yee

2. Trop. to fill, i. q. to furnish abundantly
with any thing, to impart richly, to imbue
with, c. acc. and often also with an adjunct
of that with which any one is filled or fur-
nished. E. g. 4) With acc. and gen.
Matth. § 352. Acts 2,28 πληρώσεις pe εὐ-
φροσύνης. 13, 52. Luke 2, 40 πληρούμενον
σοφίας. Rom. 15, 13. 14. 2 Tim. 1, 4.
Phil. 1, 11 Rec. see end of lett. 4. So
Hdian. 4, 5. 17. Plut. Fab. Max. 5. δ)
With acc. and dat. or Pass. c. dat. Rom. 1,
29 πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ. 2 Cor. 7,
4. Comp. Matth. § 352. n. So 2 Macc. 7,
21; pr. Diod. Sic. 2. 39. Eurip. Herc.
Fur. 372. ¢) With ἐν c, dat. instead of

πληρόω

the simple dat. Matth. ᾧ 396. n. 2. Winer
§31. 6. Eph. 5, 18 πληροῦσϑε ἐν πνεύματι.
d) With acc. simply, 6. g. mA. πᾶσαν χρείαν
ὑμῶν, i. 4. to supply fully, Phil. 4, 19. Also
mA. τὰ πάντα Eph. 1, 23 et 4, 10, spoken of
Christ as filling the universe. with his in-
fluence, presence, power. Hence Pass.
πληροῦμαι absol. to be filled, full, to be
fully furnished, to abound, Phil. 4, 18. Col.
2, 10 ἐν αὐτῷ i.e. in Christ, in his “work.
Eph. 3, 19 iva wAnpoSijre εἰς πᾶν τὸ πλήρω-
pa τοῦ Seov, unto all the fulness of God,
that the fulness of all heavenly gifts and
graces from God may rest upon you. Also
Pass. c. ace. Col. 1,9 iva πληρωθῆτε τὴν
ἐπίγνωσιν κτὰ. Phil. 1, 11 πεπληρωμένοι
καρπὸν (Rec. καρπῶν) δικαιοσύνης. See
Buttm. ᾧ 134. 5. Kiihner § 281. 8. Winer
ἢ 40. 1.

3. to fulfil, to perform fully. 8) Spoken
of duty, obligation, c. acc. Matt. 3, 15 πλη-
paca πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Acts 12, 25 πλη-
ρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν. Rom. 8, 4. 13, 8.
Gal. 5, 14. Col. 4,17. Sg 1 Mace. 2, 55.
Hdian. 3. 11. 9 π. ἐντολάς. Pol. 4. 63. 3.
b) Of a declaration, prophecy, to fulfil, to
accomplish, c. acc. Acts 13, 27 ras φωνὰς
τῶν mpopyray...érAnpwcay. 3,18. Often-
er Pass. to be fulfilled, accomplished, to have
an accomplishment ; Matt. 2,.17 τότε ἐπλη-
ρώϑη τὸ pnsév. 27, 9. 26, 54. Mark 15, 28
ἐπληρώϑη ἡ γραφή. Luke 1,20. 4,21. (21,
22.) 24, 44. Acts 1,16. James 2,23. Here
belongs the frequent phrase ἵνα rAn po},
for which see in ἵνα II. d. Matt. 1, 22.
2,15. 4,14. 21, 4. 26, 56. [27, 35.] Mark
14, 49. John 12, 38. 13, 18. 15,25. 17, 12.
18, 9. 32. 19, 24. 36. Also ὅπως πλη-
p37, see in ὅπως II. 2. Matt. 2,23. 8,17.
12, 17. 13,35. Sept. for 822 1 K. 2, 27.
2 Chr. 36, 21. So Hdian. 2. 7. 9 π. ras
ὑποσχέσεις. ;

4. to fulfil, to bring to a full end, to ac-
complish, to complete. a) Pass. of time, to
be fulfilled, completed, ended ; Mark 1, 15 πε-
πλήρωται ὁ καιρός. Luke 21, 24 ἄχρι πλη-
ρωβῶσι καιροί. John 7,8. Acts 7, 28. 80.

9, 23. 24,27. Once Act. Rev. 6, 11 Grb.’

ἕως οὗ πληρώσονται SC. τὸν καιρόν V. χρόνον,
comp. also in lett. b. Sept. and 832 Gen.
25, 24. 29,21. So Tob. 8,20. Jos. Ant.
6. 4. 1 wAnpw%évros αὐτοῦ sc. τοῦ χρόνου.
5) Of a business, work, fo accomplish, to
finish, to complete, c. acc. Luke 7, 1 ἐπεὶ δὲ
ἐπλήρωσε πάντα τὰ ῥήματα αὑτοῦ. 9, 31.
Acts 13, 25. 14, 26 εἰς τὸ ἔργον, ὃ ἐπλήρω-
σαν. 19, 21. Rom. 15, 19 πεπληρωκέναι τὸ
εὐαγγέλιον, i. 6. the preaching of the gospel,
Col. 1, 25. (Sept. and 832 1K. 1, 14.

591

πλήρωμα
Comp. Lat. implere messem Pallad. Jun. 2.)

Rev. 6, 11 Rec. ἕως mAnpw%aor καὶ of σύν-

δουλοι, i. 6. until their number is full, is
completed. So Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.3. ὁ)
Spec. to fill out, to complete, to make perfect,
c. acc. Matt. 5, 17, opp. καταλῦσαι. Phil. 2,
2 πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαράν. 2 Thess. 1, 11.
Pass. to be made full, complete, perfect, e. g.
ἡ χαρά John 3, 29. 15, 11. 16, 24. 17, 13.
1 John 1, 4. 2 John 12; τὸ πάσχα Luke ,
22, 16; ὑπακοή 2 Cor. 10, 6; ἔργα Rev. 3,
2. Of persons, Col. 4, 12 ἵνα στῆτε τέλειοι
kal πεπληρωμένοι ἐν παντὶ ϑελήματι τοῦ Seov.

πλήρωμα, ατος, τό, (πληρόω,) fulness,
filling.

1. Pr. fulness, that with which any thing
is filled, of which it is full, the contents ;
1 Cor. 10, 26. 28 ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ ἡλήρωμα ad-
τῆς, i. e. all that it contains; quoted from
Ps. 24, 1 where Sept. for xbxa, as also
Ps. 50, 12. 96,11. So Mark 8, 20 πόσων
σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε;
how many baskets full of fragments? i. q.
πόσας σπύριδας πλήρεις, Winer § 34. 2.
So Philo Quod omnis prob. p. 871. c, of a
ship’s ballast. Vit. Mos. p. 451, of the ani-
mals in Noah’s ark. Philostrat. Heroic. 10.
§ 12, of the Greeks in the Trojan horse.—
Spec. a filling up, a supplement, that which
fills up; hence i. q. ἐπίβλημα, a patch,
Matt. 9, 16. Mark 2, 21.

2. Trop. fulness, i. e. full measure, abun-
dance. a) Genr. John 1,16 ἐκ rod πλη-
ρώματος αὐτοῦ. Eph. 3, 19 see in πληρόω
no. 2. d. Eph. 4, 13. Col. 2, 9 τὸ πλήρωμᾳ
τῆς ϑεότητος, i. 6. the fulness, plenitude of
the divine perfections; and so absol. Col.
1,19. Rom. 15, 29 ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας
τοῦ evayy. i. 6. in the full, abundant bless-
ings of the gospel; comp. Winer l.c. So
of a state of fulness, abundance, opp. ἥττη-
pa, Rom. 11, 12, ὃ) Cf persons, full
number, complement, multitude. Rom. 11,

25 τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν éSvay, i. 6. the full

number, all the multitude οἵ. the Gentiles.
So of a ship’s complement, crew, Pol. 1. 21
1. Xen. Hell. 5. 1. 11; of the inhabitants
of a city, Plato Rep. 371. e.

3. Meton. fulness, for that which is filled
with any thing, i. 4. τὸ πεπληρωμένον ; 6. g.
of the church of Christ, Eph. 1,23 ἡ ἐκκλη-
σία, ἥτις ἐστι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα
τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι πληρουμένου, Comp.
in πληρόω no. 2. d.—So of ἃ ship‘as filled
with men, Luc. V. H. 2. 37 ἀπὸ δύο πληρω-
μάτων ἐμάχοντο. ib. 2. 38. Also Philo de
prem. et pen. p. 920, of the soul: γενο-
μένη δὲ πλήρωμα ἀρετῶν.

4. Trop. fulfilment, a fulfilling, full per-

πλησίον

formance, i. q. ἡ πληρώσις, 6. g. τοῦ νόμου
Rom. 13, 10; comp. πληρόω no. 8. ἃ.---
Philo de Abr. p. 387 πλήρωμα ἐλπίδων.

5. Of time, fulness, full end, completion,
full period; Gal. 4, 4 ἦλθε τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ
χρόνου. Eph. 1, 10 πλ. τῶν karpav.—Hdot.
8. 22 ὀγδώκοντα δ᾽ ἔτεα ζόης πλήρωμα ἀνδρὶ
μακρότατον προκέεσϑαι.

πλησίον, adv. (πλησίος, πέλας, πελάζω,)
' near, near by; c. gen. John 4,5 π. τοῦ
xopiow comp. Buttm. ὁ 146. 3. Sept. for

ZN Deut. 11, 30; >4 Deut. 1,1. (Hdian.
1. 7. 4. Xen, Mem. 1. 4. 6.) Trop. εἶναι
πλησίον τινος, to be near any one, to be
neighbour to him, i. q. ὁ πλησίον, Luke 10,
29. 36; see Winer § 18. fin—With the
art. ὁ πλησίον, one near, a neighbour,
fellow, another person of the same nature,
country, class. a) Genr. a fellow-man,
any other member of the human family; so
in the precept, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου
ὡς σεαυτόν, quoted from Ley. 19, 18 where
Sept. for 32, Matt. 19, 19. 22, 39. Mark
12, 31. 33. Luke 10, 27. Rom. 13, 9. 10.
Gal. 5, 14. Eph. 4, 25. James 2, 8. [4, 12.]
Heb. 8, 11 Rec. Sept. and 3) Ex. 20, 17.
Deut. 5, 19 sq. So Luc. Contempl. 15.
Pol. 12. 4.13. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.2. β)
One of the same people or country, a fellow-
countryman, Acts 7, 27, comp. v. 24. 26.
y) One of the same faith, a fellow-Christian,
Rom. 15,2. δ) From the Heb. a friend,
associate, like 33, opp. ὁ ἐχϑρός, Matt. 5,
43. So, Sept. φίλος, Job 2, 11. 19, 21.
Proy. 17, 17. ξ

πλησμονή, ἧς, ἡ, (πίμπλημι;) α filling,
satisfying, espec. ‘with food, Sept. for 530
Ex. 16,8; 220 Ex. 16, 3. El. V. H. 9.
26. Xen. Ag. 5. 1.—In N. T. genr. fulness,
a satisfying, satiety; Col. 2, 23 πρὸς πλη-
σμονὴν σαρκός. So Plato Legg. 837. ¢, τὴν
περὶ τὸ σῶμα... «πλησμονήν.

πλήσσω ν. -TTW, f. ἕω, to strike, to
smite, Paleph. 12.2. Xen. An. 5. 8. 2, 4.
—In N. T...from the Heb. to smite, to plague,
to afflict with disease, calamity, evil, Pass.
Rev. 8, 12 ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου.
Sept. for 727 Ex. 9, 32. 33. Ps. 102, 5.
Comp. πατάσσω no. 2. ὃ.

πλοιάριον, ov, τό, (dim. πλοῖον;) a
small vessel, boat, spoken of the fishing
boats on the lake of Galilee, Mark 3, 9
comp. 4,1. Mark 4, 36. John 6, 22 bis. 23.
21,8.—Aristoph. Ran. 139. Diod. Sic.2. 55.

πλοῖον, ov, τό, (πλέω,) α ship, vessel,
genr. Acts 20, 18. 38. 21, 2. 8. 97,2. 6.
10 54. James 8, 4. 81. In the Gospels spok-

592

πλουτίζω

en also of the small fishing vessels (boats)
on the lake of Galilee, Matt. 4,21. 22. Mark
4,1. 36. Luke 5, 2.3. John 6, 17. 19. al.
Sept. for 5738 Gen. 49, 13. Jon. 1, 3. 4. 5.
—Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2. Ken. ie. 8. 11,
ἁλιευτικὰ πλοῖα Xen. Hell. 5.1.23. +

πλόος, contr, πλοῦς, gen. dov, οὔ,
but in later writers also gen. πλόος, Acts
27,9» Arr. Peripl. Eryth. p. 176, see Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 453; a sailing, navigation, voy-
age, Acts 21, 7. 27, 9. 10.—Wisd. 14, 1.
fil. V. H. 2. 14. Xen. An. 6. 1. 33.

πλούσ. tOS, ta, ον, (πλοῦτος,) rich,
wealthy, in N. T. only in masc,

1, Pr. Matt. 27,57 ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος
ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαϑαίας. Luke 12, 16. 16, 1. 19.
Luke 14, 12 μηδὲ γείτονας πλουσίους. 18,
23. 19,2. Sept. for ὩΣ 2 Sam. 12, 1.
Prov. 28, 11. So Paleph. 35. 2. Hdian. 1.
8.10. Xen. Ath. 2. 18.—Subst. ὁ πλού-
atos, Plur. of πλούσιοι, a rich man, the
rich, Matt. 19,23. 24 ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τ. Bac.
τοῦ &. eioeASeity, Mark 10, 25. 12, 41 ποὰλ-
Aol πλούσιοι. Luke 6, 24. 16, 21. 22. 18,
25. 21,1. 1 Tim. 6,17. James 1, 10. 11.
2, 6. 5, 1. Rey. 6, 15. 13, 16. Sept. and
"WY Prov. 22, 2. 7. Jer. 9,22. So Luc.
Kron. 15. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 37, 39.

2. Trop. rich, prosperous, wanting in no-
thing, 2 Cor. 8, 9.-Rev. 2, 9. 8,17. Also
rich in any thing, abounding in, with ἐν
c. dat. Eph. 2, 4 Seds πλούσιος ὧν ἐν ἐλέει.
James 2, 5 πλ. ἐν πίστει.

πλουσίως, ady. (πλούσιος,) richly,
abundantly, largely, Col. 3,16. 1 Tim. 6,
17. Tit. 3,6. 2 Pet. 1, 11.—Hdot. 2. 44.
Philo de Alleg. II. p. 100.

πλουτέω, ὦ, f. How, (πλοῦτος,) 1. to
be rich, absol. Luke 1, 53 πλουτοῦντας ἀπέ-
στειλε κενούς. 1 Tim. 6,9. With ἀπό of
source, Rey. 18, 15; ἐκ Rev. 18, 3. 19.
Sept. for “ws Jer. 5, 27. Hos. 12, 8.—
Judith 15, 6. 45]. V. H. 2.11. Xen. An.
7.7. 28; c. ἀπό Luc. D. Deor. 16. 1.

2. Trop. 16 be rich, prosperous, wanting

in nothing; 6. g. εἴς τινα, Luke 12, 21 μὴ

πλουτῶν εἰς Sedv, not rich toward God, i. 6.
laying up no treasure in heaven. Absol.
1 Cor. 4, 8. 2 Cor. 8, 9. Rev. 3, 17. 18.—
Also to be rich in any thing, to abound,
c. ἐν, 1 Tim. 6, 18 πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις ἀγα-
σοῖς. Absol. Rom. 10, 12 κύριος πλουτῶν
els πάντας, i.e. rich in gifts and spiritual
blessings towards all.

πλουτίζω,. ἴ. ἰσω, (πλοῦτος,) to make
rich, to enrich; in Ν. Τὶ. only trop. to bestow
richly, to furnish abundantly ; 2 Cor. 6, 10

πλοῦτος

᾿ὡς πτωχοΐ, πολλοὺς δὲ πλουτίζοντες. Pass.
to be enriched, richly furnished, ἃ. ἐν παντί
1 Cor, 1, 5. 2 Cor. 9, 11.—Sept. Prov. 13,
7. Xen. Mem. 4.2.9. Pr. Sept. for ast
Gen. 14, 23. Xen. Ag. 1. 17.

πλοῦτος, ov, 6, (kindr. πολύς, πλέων,)
also τὸ πλοῦτος in Mss. see Winer § 9. n. 2.

1. riches, wealth ; Matt. 13, 22 ἡ ἀπάτη
τοῦ πλούτου. Mark 4, 19. Luke 8, 14.
1 Tim. 6,17. James 5, 2. Rev. 18, 16.
Meton. as a source of power and influence,
in ascriptions, Rev. 5,12. Sept. for =>
1 K. 3, 11. Prov. 8,183 jim 28, 8; bon
Is. 30, 6.—Hdian. 3. 14. 13. Luc. Tim. 5.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 44.

2. Trop. 6 πλοῦτος τοῦ Seod ν. τοῦ Xpi-
στοῦ, i. 6. the rich gifts and blessings im-
parted from God or Christ, Phil. 4, 19. Eph.
3,8. Also, good, prosperity, welfare, Rom.
11, 12 bis. Heb. 11, 26.

3. Trop. riches, richness, abundance, usu-
ally before the genit. of another noun, where
it may be rendered as an adj. rich, abundant,
pre-eminent ; Buttm. $132. n. 12. Winer
§34. 2. Rom. 2, 4 τὸν πλοῦτον τοῦ χρηστό-
τητος, i. 4. his rich goodness. 2 Cor. 8, 2.
Eph. 1, 7 πλ. τῆς χάριτος. 2,'7. Col. 2,2. So
πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης i. 6. the abundant, pre-
eminent glory of God, as displayed in his
beneficence, Rom. 9, 23. Eph. 1,18. 3,16.
Col. 1, 27; comp. in δόξα no. 2. Ὁ. Rom.
11,33 ὦ βάϑος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώ-
σεως, O the deep richness both of wisdom
and knowledge !—Plato Euth. 13. p. 12. a,
τρυφᾷς ὑπὸ πλούτου τῆς codias.

πλύνω, f. υνῶ, to wash, to rinse, espec.
clothes, c. acc. Rev. 7, 14 ἔπλυναν ras στο-
Ads αὑτῶν. 22, 14,in Mss. Sept. for pap
Gen. 49, 11. Ex. 19, 10.—Artemid. 2. 4.
Plato Charm. 161. 6, τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἱμάτιον.
But Xen. Eq. 5. Π οὐρὰν καὶ χαίτην πλύνειν.

πνεῦμα; ατος, τό; from πνέω to breathe.

I. A breathing, breath. 1. Of the mouth
or nostrils, a breathing, blast, 2 Thess. 2,
8 πνεῦμα τοῦ στόματος, breath of the mouth,
the destroying power of God’; so Sept. and
pinay min Is. 11, 4; comp. Ps. 33,6. Of
the vital breath, Rev. 11, 11 πνεῦμα ζωῆς,
breath of life; so Sept. and Heb. ow min
Gen. 6, 17. 7,15. 22.—Hdian. 2. 13. 9.
Diod. Sic. 2. 12. Xen. Ven. 7. 3.

2. breath of air, air in motion, a breeze,
blast, the wind; John 3, 8 τὸ πνεῦμα, ὅπου
σέλει, πνεῖ. Heb. 1,7 ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους
αὑτοῦ πνεύματα, quoted from Ps. 104, 4
where Sept. for man; as also Gen. 8, 1.
Is. 7, 2.—Hdian. 5. 4. 22. Dem. 48. 94.

Xen. An. 6. 1. 14.
38

593

πνεῦμα

II. The spirit of man, i, e. 1. The vital
spiril, life, soul, Lat. anima, the principle
of life residing in the breath, breathed into
man from God and again returning to God,
comp. Gen. 2, 7. Ecc. 12, 7. Ps. 104, 29,
—Matt. 27, 50 ἀφῆκε τὸ πνεῦμα he gave up
the ghost, expired.. John 19, 30. Luke 23,
46 εἰς χεῖράς σου παραϑήσομαι τὸ πνεῦμά
pov, comp. Ps. 31, 5. Acts 7, 59. Luke 8,
55 ἐπέστρεψε τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς καὶ ἀνέστη.
James 2, 26. Rev. 13,15. Sept. and man
Gen. Ecc. Ps. ll. cc. Gen. 45, 27. Judg.
15, 19. al. So Ecclus. 38, 23. Eurip. Hec.
571 ἀφῆκε πνεῦμα. Diod. Sic. 3. 40 τὸ πνεῦ-
pa τῇ δούσῃ φύσει πάλιν ἀνταπέδωκαν. An-
thol. Gr. IV. p. 284.—Trop. John 6, 63
bis, τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστι τὸ ζωοποιοῦν κτλ. i. 6.
as the spirit in man giveth life to the body,
so my words are spirit and life to the soul.
Also 1 Cor. 15, 45 ἐγένετο ... ᾿Αδὰμ εἰς
ψυχὴν ζῶσαν 6 δὲ ἐσχ. ᾿Αδὰμ [ἐστι] εἰς
πνεῦμα ζωοποιοῦν, a life-giving spirit, i. 6.
a spirit of life, as raising the bodies of his
followers from the dead into immortal life ;
comp. Phil. 3, 21.

2. The rational spirit, mind, soul, Lat.
animus. a) Genr. as opp. to the body
and animal spirit ; 1 Thess. 5, 23 τὸ πνεῦμα
καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα, as a periphrasis
for the whole man. Luke 1, 47 μεγαλύνει ἡ
ψυχή μου τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἠγαλλίασε τὸ πνεῦ-
μα pov. Heb. 4, 12 ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς
τε καὶ meer Rom. 2, 29. 8, 10 τὸ od-
pa νεκρόν. . τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ζωή. 1 Cor. 5,
3 ἐγὼ ὡς ἀπὼν τῷ σώματι, παρὼν δὲ τῷ
πνεῦματι. v. 4. 5 εἰς ὄλεϑρον τῆς σαρκὸς ἵνα
τὸ πνεῦμα σωϑῇ. 6, 20. 7, 34. 2 Cor. 7, 1.
Phil. 3, 3. Col. 2, 5. 1 Pet. 4, 6. Heb. 12,
96 πατὴρ τῶν πνεύματων, opp. οἱ πατέρες
τῆς σαρκός. (Comp. Sept. and min Num.
16, 22. 27, 16; also Zech. 12, 1.) So
where Ψυχή or σῶμα are not expressed ;
Rom. 8, 16 αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα (τοῦ ϑεοῦ) συμ-
μαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the divine spirit
itself testifielh with or to our spirit, mind.
Gal. 6, 18. 2 Tim. 4, 22. Philem. 25.
Also Rom. 1, 9. John 4, 23. 24 προσκυνεῖν
τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληϑείᾳ in spirit
and in truth, with a sincere mind; comp.
Phil. 3, 3, and see in ἀλήϑεια no. 1. a. So
Wisd. 2, 3 opp. σῶμα. 16, 14 opp. ψυχή.
Plato Ax. 370. c, εἰ μή τι ϑεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν
πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ. Ὁ) As the seat of the
affections, emotions, passions of various
kinds; e. g. of humility, Matt. 5, 3 πτωχοὶ
τῷ πνεύματι poor in spirit, lowly in mind.
(Comp. Sept. and man Ps. 34,19.) So of
enjoyment, quiet, 1 Cor. 16, 18 ἀνέπαυσαν
yap τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα. 2 Cor. 2, 12. 7, 13;

πνεῦμα

of joy, Luke 10,21 ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πνεύ-
ματι 6 Ἰησοῦς. Of ardour, fervour, Acts
18, 25 et Rom. 12, 11 ζέων τῷ πνεύματι.
Luke 1, 17 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει ᾿Ηλίου,
i. 6. in the powerful, energetic spirit of
Elijah ; comp. Ecclus. 48, 1 ἀνέστη Ἤλίας
προφήτης ὡς πῦρ, καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ὡς
λαμπὰς ἐκαίετο, and v. 12 καὶ ᾿Ελισαιὲ ἐνε-
πλήσϑη πνεύματος αὐτοῦ. Of perturbation,
6. g. from grief, indignation, Mark 8, 12
ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ. John 11,
33. 13, 21. Acts 17, 16 παρωξύνετο τὸ
πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. Comp. Sept. and
man Gen. 26, 35. Is. 65,14. So Wisd. 5,
8. c) As referring to disposition, feel-
ings, temper of mind, Engl. spirit. Luke 9,
55 οὐκ οἴδατε οἵου πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς.
Rom. 8, 1ὅ πνεῦμα δουλείας a slavish spirit,
opp. τὸ mv. υἱοϑεσίας, see below in III. D.
2. 6. Rom. 11, 8. 1 Cor. 4, 21-et Gal. 6.1
nv. πρᾳότητος, a mild, gentle’ spirit. 1 Cor.
14, 14 τὸ πνεῦμά pou προσεύχεται, ὁ δὲ νοῦς
μου ἄκαρπός ἐστι, my spirit prays, i. e. my
own feelings thus find utterance in prayer,
but what I mean is not understood by otuers.
v. 15 bis. 16. 2 Cor. 4, 13. 11, 4. 12, 18.
Eph. 4, 23. Phil. 1,27. 2,1. 2 Tia. 1, 7.
1 Pet. 3,4. Comp. Sept. and mya Ez. 11,
19. 18, 31. Num. 5, 30. &o0 Soph. Cid.
Col. 612. d) As implying will, counsel,
purpose; Matt. 26,41 et Mark 14, 38 τὸ
μὲν πνεῦμα πρόϑυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσϑενής.
Acts 18,5 Rec. συνείχειυ τῷ πνεύματι. 19,
21 €Sero Παῦλος ἐν τῷ rv. 20, 22 see in
δέω no. 2. b. 8. Sept. and man 1 Chr. 5,
26. Ezra 1,1. So 1 Esdr. 2, 2. e) As
including the understanding, intellect, Mark
2, 8 ἐπιγνοὺς τῷ πνεύματι. Luke 1, 80 et 2,
40 τὸ δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανε καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο
πνεύματι πληρούμενον σοφίας. 1 Cor. 2,11.
12 wv. τοῦ κόσμου, comp. my. τοῦ ἀνῶρ. in
v. 11. Sept. and Τὴ Ex. 28, 3. Job 20,
3. Is. 29,24. So Plato Ax. 370.c. ἢ)
For πνεῦμα signifying the mind or disposi-
tion as affected by the Holy Spirit, see below
in IIL. Ὁ. 2. e. -

Ill. A spirit, i. e. a simple, incorporeal,
immaterial being, possessing higher capaci-
ties than man in his present state.

A) Of created spirits. 1. The human
spirit, soul, after its departure from the body
and as existing in a separate state; Heb.
12, 23 προσεληλύξατε... πνεύμασι δικαίων
τετελειωμένων, i. 6. to the spirits of the just
advanced to perfect happiness and glory,
1 Pet. 3,19 ἐν ᾧ καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύ-
μασι πορευϑεὶς ἐκήρυξεν, in which [spiritual
nature | also he once preached [through Noah]
to those spirits now in prison, comp. 2 Pet.

594

πνεῦμα

2, 4. 5; others refer this to the supposed
descent of Christ into Hades after his cruci-
fixion, and his there preaching the gospel.
Acts 23, 8... So of the soul of a person re-
appearing after death, α spirit, ghost, Luke
24, 37. 39. Acts 23, 9.

2. an evil spirit, demon, i. q. δαιμόνιον,
δαίμων, 4. v. mostly with the epithet dxaSdp-
τον, see in ἀκάθαρτος no. 3. Εἰ. g. πνεῦμα
ἀκάϑπ. Matt. 10,1. 12, 43. Mark 1, 23. 26.
27. 3,11. 30.. 5, 2.8.13. 6,7. 7,25. 9,
25. Luke 4, 36. 6,18. 8, 29. 9, 42. 11,24.
Acts 5, 16. 8, 7. Rev. 16,13. 18,2. Alse
mv. δαιμονίου axdSaprov Luke 4, 33; πνεύ-
ματα δαιμονίων Rev. 16, 14; πνεῦμα πονη-
pov Acts 19, 15. 16, and τὰ τινεύματα wovnpa
v. 12. 18. Matt, 1%. 45. Luge 7, 21. 8, ὦ.
11, 26; πνεῦμα Gradov Mark ὅσ, 17. 25;
πνεῦμα doevetus, α spirit of infirmity, caus
ing disuase, Luse 13, 11, comp. v. 163 πν.
TUS.0v0s, a spirit of divination, a soothsaying
cemun, Acts 16, 16. 18. Absol. Matt. 8,
15. Mark 9, 20, Luke 9, 39. 10, 20. Eph.
2, 2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, τοῦ
πνεύματος τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος κτλ. i. 6. Satan,
the gen. πνεύματος being an anacoluthon
for τὸ πνεῦμα. Others here take rod mvev-
ματος in the sense of disposition, as above in

“IL ἃ. ¢; see Winer § 65. 8.—Test. XII

Patr. p. 657 ἀπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ καὶ τῶν πνευ-
μάτων αὐτοῦ. p.'729 τὰ mv. τοῦ Βελιάρ.

3. Less often in Plur. of angels, 5 God’s
ministering spiri/s; Heb. 1, 14 οὐχὶ πάντες
εἰσὶ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα; Rev. 1, 4 ἀπὸ
τῶν ἑπτὰ πνεύματων ἅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ
Spdvov αὐτοῦ, i. e. the seven archangels, see
in dpxdyyedos. Rey. 3,1. 4,5. 5, 6.—Jos.
Ant. 4. 6. 3 ἄγγελος... ϑεῖον πνεῦμα.

B) Of God in referente to his immateri-
ality ; John 4, 24 πνεῦμα ὁ Beds.

C) Of Christ in his exalted spiritual na-
ture, in distinction from his human nature.
1 Pet. 3, 18 Savarw%eis μὲν σαρκί, ζωοποιη-
Sele δὲ πνεύματι, referring to the spiritual
exaltation of Christ after his resurrection to
be Head over all things to the church, comp.
Eph. 1, 20. 21. 22; in which spiritual (pre-
existent) nature also he preached (v. 19)
through Noah, see above in A. 1. Rom.
1,4 κατὰ πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, Opp. κατὰ σάρκα.
1 Tim. 3,16 see in δικαίοω no. 23. ἃ. So
too some take πνεῦμα αἰώνιον in Heb. 9, 14,
in opp. to the perishable beasts in v. 13,
comp. 7, 16.24; better, the Holy Spirit, the
divine influence, which rested on Jesus with-
out measure and with an eternal efficacy ;
comp. John 3, 34, and see below in D. 2 b.
—For 1 Cor. 15, 45 see in II. 1; and 2 Cor
3, 17 see in D. 1. α.

πνεῦμα

D) Of the Spirit of God, Heb. FIN 9,
OWN MN, in N. T. τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ϑεοῦ
V. κυρίου ; also τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, the Holy
Spirit ; and absol. τὸ πνεῦμα, the Spirit, κατ᾽
ἐξοχήν ; called likewise the Spirit of Christ
as being sent or communicated by him after
his resurrection and ascension, 6. g. τὸ mv.
Ἰησοῦ Acts 16, 7; Χριστοῦ Rom. 8, 9.
1 Pet. 1, 113 Ἰησοῦ Xp. Phil. 1, 193; rod
κυρίου 2 Cor. 3,17; τοῦ υἱοῦ ϑεοῦ Gal. 4, 6.
For the Heb. usage, see Heb. Lex. art. 7"
no. 4. In N. T. this Spirit is every where
represented as in intimate union with God
the Father and Son, as proceeding from and
sent forth by them, as possessing the same
attributes and performing the same acts
with God the Father and Son.—The pas-
sages in N. T. in which πνεῦμα is to be re-
ferred to this signification, may be divided
into two classes, viz. those in which being,
intelligence, and agency are predicated of
the Spirit; and meton. those in which the
effects’ and consequences of this agency are
spoken of. - '

1. The Holy Spirit, as existing, as ἃ di-
vine agent, etc.

a) Joined with ὁ Seds v. ὁ πατήρ, and ὁ
Χριστός, 6 κύριος, ὁ vids, with the same or
with different predicates. Matt. 28, 19 Ba-
πτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς Kai
τοῦ υἱοῦ rat τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, see in
ὄνομα BO. 4. 1 Cor. 12, 4, comp. 5. 6, τὸ δὲ
αὐτὸ πνεῦμα... καὶ 6 αὐτὸς κύριος... ὁ δὲ αὐ-
τὸς Seds. 2 Cor. 13, 13 ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου
Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ ϑεοῦ, καὶ ἡ
κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων
ὑμῶν. 1 Pet. 1, 2 κατὰ πρόγνωσιν ϑεοῦ πα-
τρὸς ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πῳιεύματος, εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ
ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Jude 20
ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι, ἑαυτοὺς ἐν
ἀγάπῃ ϑεοῦ τηρήσατε, προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος
rou. κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ζωὴν
αἰώνιον. [1 John 5, 7.]

b) Spoken in connection with or in refer-
ence to God, 6 Seds, 6 πατήρ. E. g. where
intimate union or oneness with the Father
is predicated of τὸ πνεῦμα. John 15, 26 τὸ
πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληϑείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπο-
ρεύεται, comp. below in lett. d. Where the
same omniscience is predicated of τὸ πνεῦμα
as of 6 Seds. 1 Cor. 2, 10 τὸ yap πνεῦμα
πάντα ἐρευνᾷ, καὶ τὰ βάϑη τοῦ ϑεοῦ. Vv. 11
οὕτω καὶ τὰ τοῦ ϑεοῦ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ τὸ
πνεῦμα τοῦ ϑεοῦ. Where the same things
are predicated of τὸ πνεῦμα which in other
places are predicated of ὁ 3eds, e. g. Ananias
and Sapphira are said to lie to the Holy
Spirit, ete. Acts 5,3 ψεύσασϑαί σε τὸ πνεῦ-
μα τὸ ἅγιον, and so v. 9; comp. v. 4 οὐκ

595

πνεῦμα
ἐψεύσω ἀνϑδρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ SeG.—As speak-
ing through the prophets of the O. T. Αοίβ..

1, 16 γραφήν... ἣν προεῖπε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ
ἅγιον διὰ στόματος Δαβίδ, comp. 4, 24. 25

, σὺ ὁ Seds...6 διὰ στόματος Δαβὶδ... εἰπών,

and comp. 3, 21 et Heb. 1, 1. Acts 28, 25
καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐλάλησε διὰ “Hora-
ἴου, comp. Is. 6, 8. 11 where it is "278 ΒΡ.
Heb. 3, 7 καθὼς λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον,
comp. Ps. 9ὅ, 7 where it is nuns dp.
Heb. 10, 15 μαρτυρεῖ δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα
τὸ ἅγιον, comp. Jer. 31,31 where it is MIM.
So Heb. 9, 8, comp. 1, 1. Also genr. as
speaking and warning men through prophets
and apostles, Acts 7, 51, comp. v. 52.—
Where a person is said to be born of the
Spirit, spoken of the moral renovation, the
new spiritual life imparted to those who sin-
cerely embrace the gospel. John 3, 5. 6. 8
ὁ γεγενημένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος, comp. John
1, 13 ἐκ τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐγεννήϑησαν.---- ΠΘΤΘ τὸ
πνεῦμα is said to dwell in or be with Chris-
tians, as Rom. 8, 9 εἴπερ πνεῦμα ϑεοῦ οἰκεῖ
ἐν ὑμῖν. v.11 bis, εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγεί-
pavros ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν... διὰ
τὸ ἐνοικοῦν αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 Cor. 3,
16 οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς ϑεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ
πνεῦμα τοῦ Seow οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ; 6,19 τὸ σῶμα
ὑμῶν ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἁγίου πνεύματός ἐστιν.
2 Tim. 1, 14 διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου, τοῦ ἐνοι-
κοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν. Compare 2 Cor. 6, 16
ὑμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς σεοῦ ἐστε ζῶντος - καϑὼς εἶπεν
ὁ ϑεός - ὅτι ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς κτὰ. comp.
John 14, 23. Eph. 2, 22.—Where τὸ πνεῦμα
and ὁ Seds are interchanged; as 1 Cor. 12,
11 πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἕν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ
πνεῦμα, spoken of miraculous gifts; comp.
v. 7 where it is 6 Seds 6 ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν
πᾶσιν. So Eph. 6, 17 μάχαιρα τοῦ πνεύμα-
τος; 6 ἐστι ῥῆμα ϑεοῦ.

c) Spoken in connection with or in refer-
ence to Christ ; 6. g. joined with ὁ Χριστός
in emphatic affirmation, Rom. 9, 1 ἀλήϑειαν
λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ" ov ψεύδομαι....ἐν πνεύ-
ματι. Ina solemn obtestation, Rom. 15, 80
παρακαλῶ δὲ ὑμᾶς... διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν
Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ
πνεύματος. In the renovation and sanctifi-
cation of Christians, 1 Cor. 6,11 ἀλλὰ ἀπε-
λούσασϑε, ἀλλὰ ἡγιάσϑητε, GAN ἐδικαιώϑητε,
ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ
πνεύματι τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡμῶν. 2 Cor. 3, 17 bis,
ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν (comp. ν. 8),
οὗ δὲ τὸ πνεύμα κυρίου, ἐκεῖ ἐλευξερία. v.
18. Heb. 10, 29.—So τὸ πνεῦμα and ὁ
Χριστός are said to be or dwell with men;
compare the examples cited above in lett. b,
with John 14, 23. 15,4. 2 Cor. 13,5. Eph.
3, 17.—Also where τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον is

πνεῦμα

said to descend, σωματικῷ εἴδει, upon Jesus
after. his baptism, Luke 3, 22. Matt. 3, 16.
Mark 1, 10. John 1, 32. 33.

d) As. coming to and acting upon men,

Christians, exerting in and upon them an.

enlightening, strengthening, sanctifying in-
fluence. Thus where the H.S. is repre-
sented as the author of revelations to men,
8. g. through the prophets of the Ὁ. T. see
above in lett. b; or as communicating a
knowledge of future events, Acts 10, 19
εἶπεν αὐτῷ (Πέτρῳ) τὸ πνεῦμα" ἰδοῦ ἄνδρες
τρεῖς ζητοῦσί σε. 20, 28. 21, 11. 1 Tim.
4,1. Or as directing or impelling to any
act, Acts 11, .12.—As communicating in-
struction, admonitions, warnings, invitations
through the apostles ; Rev. 2,'7 ἔχων οὖς
ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλη-
σίαις. ν. 11, 17. 29. 3, 6. 18. 22. 14, 13.
22, 17 καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ νύμφη λέγουσιν"
ἔρχου, i.e. the Spirit and the whole church.
So 1 Cor. 2, 10, comp. above in lett. b.—
As speaking through the disciples when
brought before rulers, etc. Matt. 10, 20.
Mark 13, 11. Luke 12, 12. As qualifying
the apostles powerfully to propagate the
Gospel, λήψεσθε δύναμιν emeASdvros τοῦ
dy. mv. ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς Acts 1, 8; or aiding in
building up and comforting the churches,
9,31; or directing in the appointment of
church-officers, 20, 28 ; or assisting to speak
and hear the Gospel aright, 1 Cor. 2, 13 ἐν
διδακτοῖς πνεύματος ἁγίου (λόγοις) in words
taught, suggested by the Holy Spirit. v. 14.
ψυκικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ov δέχεται τὰ τοῦ
πνεύματος τοῦ ϑεοῦ. Emphat. as the Spirit
of the Gospel, 2 Cor. 3, 17; see above in
lett. c, and comp. in no. 2. 6, below.—Also
as coming to Christians and remaining with
them; imparting to them spiritual know-
ledge, aid, consolation, sanctification ; mak-
ing intercession with and for them, and the
like. John 14, 17. 26 ὁ δὲ παράκλητος, τὸ
πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον... ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάν-
ra. 15,26 6 παράκλητος...τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς
ἀληδείας, i.e. that divine Spirit who will
impart the knowledge of divine truth; as
16, 13 τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληϑείας ὁδηγήσει
ὑμᾶς εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήϑειαν. Rom. 8, 14
ὅσοι γὰρ πνεύματι ϑεοῦ ἄγονται, οὗτοί εἰσιν
υἱοὶ Seod. ν. 16 αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα κτὰ. V. 26
bis. 27. 14,17. 15, 13. 16. 2 Cor. 1, 22 et
5, 5 ἀῤῥαβὼν τοῦ πνεύματος. Eph. 3, 16.
6, 18. 1 Thess. 1,6. 2 Thess. 2,13. James
4, 5 see in ἐπιποθέω. 1 Pet. 1, 22.—So
where any one is said to grieve the Holy
Spirit ; Eph. 4, 30 μὴ λυπεῖτε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ
ἅγιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσϑητε, i. e. by
whose gifts and influences ye are strength-

596

πνεῦμα

ened and confirmed ; comp. Is. 63, 10 where
Sept. for ΣῚΡ mn.

2. Meton, the Holy Spirit, put for the
effects and consequences of the agency and
operations of the Spirit of God, i. e. a di-
vine influence, a divine energy or power, an
inspiration, resulting from the immediate
agency of the Holy Spirit, i. q. δύναμις rod
ἁγίου πνεύματος Acts 1, 8.—Spoken

a) Of that physical procreative energy
exerted in the miraculous conception of
Jesus ; Luke 1, 35 πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσε-
ται ἐπὶ σέ, where it is i. gq. δύναμις ὑψίστου
in the next clause. Matt. 1,18. 20. Soin
respect to the conception of Isaac out of the
course of nature, Gal. 4, 29.

b) Of that special divine. influence, in-
spiration, energy, which rested upon and
existed in Jesus after the descent of the
Holy Spirit upon him at his baptism. Luke
4, 1 Ἰησοῦς δὲ πνεῦματος ἁγίου πλήρης,
comp. 3, 22. John 3, 84 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου
δίδωσιν ὁ ϑεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα, i. e. the divine
influence, energy, resting upon Christ was
not measured and occasional, like that of
prophets and apostles, but ever abundant
and constant. Acts 1, 2. Matt. 12, 18 dya-
πητός μου... ϑήσω τὸ πνεῦμα μου ἐπ᾽ αὐ-
τόν, quoted from Is. 42, 1 where Sept. for
"in. Luke 4,18 πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ,
quoted from Is. 61, 1 where Sept. for
nine "258 m9. Acts 10, 38 Ἰησοῦν... ὡς
ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Seds πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ dv-
νάμει. 1 John 5, 6 bis. 8 τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ
ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα, i.e. that divine spirit,
energy, which was in Jesus; by which also
he was sealed as a spotless victim for his
atoning sacrifice, Heb. 9, 14; comp. above
in C.—As prompting him to various actions,
e. g. to go into the desert to be tempted,
Matt. 4, 1. Mark 1, 12. Luke 4, 1 ἤγετο ἐν
τῷ πνεύματι eis τὴν ἔρημον, and afterwards
to return into Galilee Luke 4, 14.—As en-
abling him to cast out demons; Matt. 12,
28 εἰ δὲ ἐν πνεύματι ϑεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ
δαιμόνια, comp. Luke 11, 20 where it is εἰ
δὲ ἐν δακτύλῳ Seod ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια.
In this connection τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον is
said to be blasphemed, Matt. 12, 31. 32.
Mark 3, 29. Luke 12, 10; comp. Matt. 12,
28. Mark 3, 30.

c) Of that divine influence by which
prophets and holy men were excited, when
they are said to have spoken or acted ἐν
πνεύματι V. διὰ πνεύματος, in or through the
Spirit, i. e. by inspiration; Matt. 22, 43
πῶς οὖν Δαβὶδ ἐν πνεύματι κύριον αὐτὸν Ka-
λεῖ; Mark 12, 36. So 2 Pet. 1,21 ὑπὸ πνεύ-
ματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν. 1 Pet. 1,

πνεῦμε

11 τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ. Of John
in the Apocalypse, as being ἐν πνεύματι,
i. 6. rapt in prophetic vision, Rev. 1,110, 4;
2. 17, 3. 21, 10; also Rev. 19, 10; see in
μαρτυρία no. 2. b. —Of the inspiration rest+
ing upon John the Baptist, Luke 1, 15;

Zacharias 1, 67; Elizabeth 1, 41; Simeon
2, 25. 26. 27,—So of that diving infuanien
and inspiration imparted to Christians, by
which they are taught, enlightened, guided,
in respect to faith and practice ; John 7,39
bis, τοῦτο δὲ εἶπε περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος... οὔ-
πω γὰρ ἣν πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὅτι ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς οὐδέ-
mw ἐδοξάσϑη, comp. John 16, 18. 14. So
Luke 11, 13. Rom. ὅ, 5. 1 Cor. 12, 3 bis,
οὐδεὶς ἐν πνεύματι ϑεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει ἀνάϑε-
μα Ἰησοῦν᾽ καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν κύριον
Ἰησοῦν, εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 2 Cor. 3, 8
ἐπιστολὴ ... ἐγγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ
πνεύματι ϑεοῦ ζῶντος. Gal. 5,5. Tit. 8, ὅ
ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς διὰ λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας καὶ
ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου, οὗ ἐξέχεεν
ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως. Heb, 6, 4. 1 Pet. 4, 14.
So when the disciples of Christ are said to
be baptized with the Holy Spirit, i. e. to be
richly furnished with all spiritual gifts, see
in βαπτίζω no. 2. b. Matt. 3,11 αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς
βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί. Mark
1, 8. Luke 3, 16. John 1, 33. For Acts 1,
5 et 11, 16, see below in lett. d. (So τὸ
ἅγιον πνεῦμα Wisd. 9, 17.) Emphat. as the
Spirit of the Gospel, put for the Gospel in
opp. to the letter of the Mosaic law, 2 Cor.
3, 6 bis. 8; comp. v. 17, and above in no.
1. de

d) Of that influence of the Spirit by
which the apostles were originally qualified
to act as founders and directors of the
church of Christ ; John 20, 22 ἐνέφυσε καὶ
λέγει αὐτοῖς" λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον, comp.

v. 23.—Spec. of that powerful energy and
inspiration imparted by the Holy Spirit on
the day of Pentecost and afterwards, by
which the Apostles and early Christian
teachers were endowed with high super-
natural qualifications for their work ; e. g.
a full knowledge of gospel truth, the power
of prophesying, of working miracles, of
speaking with tongues, etc. E, g. where
they are said to be baptized with this Holy
Spirit Acts 1, 5 et 11,16, comp. 1,8. 1 Cor.
12, 13 bis, comp. Vv. 8. 9.—Acts 2, 4 bis,
καὶ ἐπλήϑησαν ἅπαντες πνεύματος ἁγίου"
καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καϑὼς
τὸ πνεῦμα ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἀποφϑέγγεσϑβαι, i.e.
as the Spirit impelled them. 2, 17. 18, quot-
ed from Joel 3, 1. 2 [2, 28. 29], where
Sept. for man. Acts 2, 33 Ἰησοῦς... τήν
re ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαβὼν

597

πνεῦμα
παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ἐξέχεε τοῦτο. ν. 388. ὅ, 3%.
8, 1ὅ. 17. 18..19. 9, 17. 10, 44. 45. 41.
11, 15. 24, 13,9. 15,8. 19,2 bis, etre πρὸς
αὐτούς" εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαν-
res; οἱ δὲ εἶπον πρὸς αὐτόν" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ εἰ
πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν, i. 6. they
did not know that the Holy Spirit had yet
been given. Acts 19, 6. Rom. 15, 19 ἐν
δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων, ἐν δυνάμει
πνεύματος ἁγίου, i. 6. through the power of
the internal influences and revelations of
the Spirit. 1 Cor: 2, 4. 7,40. 12,7. 8 bis.
9 bis. 14, 2. 32 καὶ πνεύματα προφήτων
προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται, the spirits of the
prophets are subject to the prophets, i. e. in-
spiration and self-possession go hand in
hand, holy inspiration can never cause con-
fusion and disorder, comp. v. 33. Eph. 1, 13.
Gal. 3, 2. 3. 5. 14. 1 Thess. 1, 5. 4, 8. 5,
19 (comp. 2 Tim. 1,6). Heb. 2, 4. 1 Pet.
1, 12.—So as prompting to or restraining
from particular actions or conduct; Acts
8, 29. 39 πνεῦμα κυρίου ἥρπασε τὸν Φίλιπ-
πον, i. 6. the divine influence, afflatus, which
rested on Philip, hurried him away, comp.
Matt: 4,1; so Acts 13, 2.4. 15, 28. 16,6.
7.—As prompting to holy boldness, energy,
zeal, in speaking and acting. Acts 4, 8 τότε
Πέτρος πλησϑεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, εἶπε πρὸς.
αὐτούς. Vv. 81. 6, 8 ἄνδρας ἑπτά, πλήρεις
πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ σοφίας. v. ὅ. 10, comp.
v. 8.—As the medium of divine communi-
cations and revelations, Acts 11, 28 "Aya-
Bos ἐσήμανε διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος κτλ. 21, 4.
Eph. 8, 5.—As the source of support, com-
fort, Christian joy and triumph, Acts 7, 55.
13, 52. Eph. 5, 18. Phil. 1, 19.—Plur.
πνεύματα, spirilual gifis, 1 Cor. 14, 12.

6) Of that divine influence by which the
temper or disposition of mind in Christians
is affected ; or rather, the spirit, temper, dis-
position of mind produced in Christians by
the influences of the Holy Spirit, which cor-
rects, elevates, ennobles, sanctifies their
views and feelings; fills the mind with
peace and joy; and is the pledge and fore-
taste of everlasting happiness. E.g. a)
As opposed to ἡ σάρξ, which includes the
idea of that which is earthly, grovell.ng,

imperfect, sinful ; John 3, 6 τὸ γεγεννημένον
ἐκ τῆς σαρκός, σάρξ ἐστι - καὶ τὸ γεγεννη-
μένον ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος, πνεῦμά ἐστι, put
for πνευματικόν ἐστι, is spiritual, i. e. has
those dispositions and feelings which are
produced by. the Spirit of God. Rom. 8, 1
μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ
πνεῦμα, i. 6. not indulging the depraved
affections and lusts of our carnal natures
and unrenewed hearts, but following those

πνευματικός

holy and elevated affections and desires

which the Spirit imparts and cherishes. v.
2. 4. 5 bis. 6. 9 ἐν πνεύματι. v. 13. 1 Cor.
6, 17 ὁ δὲ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ, ἕν πνεῦμά
ἐστιν, i. 6. through the influence of the
Spirit such an one has the same disposition
and the same temper of mind with Christ.
Gal. 5, 16 πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε, καὶ ἐπιϑυ-
'μίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε. V. 17 bis. 18.
22. 25 bis. 6,8 bis. β) Genr. Rom. 8,
9 πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ i. 6. the same mind as
Christ possessed, wrought in us by the
Spirit, comp. Eph. 3, 17. Rom. 7, 6. 8, 15
ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοϑεσίας a spirit of sonship,
i. e. a filial spirit. v. 23. 1 Cor. 2, 12. 2 Cor.
6, 6. Gal. 4, 6 (comp. Rom. 8, 15). Eph.
1, 17 δῴῃ ὑμῖν πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύ-
Wews, a spirit of wisdom and illumination,
imparted through the Holy Spirit. 2, 18. 22.
4, 3. 4. [5, 9.1 Col. 1, 8.1 Tim. 4, 12.
1 John 3, 24. 4, 13. Jude 19.

3. Meton. of a person or teacher acting
or professing to act under the inspiration of
the Holy Spirit, by divine inspiration, i. q.
πνεύματα προφητῶν 1 Cor. 14, 34, of λαλοῦν-
τες ἐν πνεύματι 1 Cor. 12,3. So 1 Cor.
12, 10 διακρίσεις πνεύματων the irying of
spirits or teachers, i. e. the judgment as
quickened by the Holy Spirit, including not
only the power of discerning who was a
prophet and who was not, but also of dis-
tinguishing in the discourses of a teacher
what proceeded from the Holy Spirit and
what did not. 1 John 4, 1 bis, μὴ παντὶ
πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμάζετε τὰ
πνεύματα. v. 2 bis. 3. 6 bis. 1 Thess. 4, 1.
2 Thess. 2,2 μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, i. 6.
neither by any one professing to be inspired.

πνευματικός, ἡ, dv, (πνεῦμα,) belong-
ing to the breath, breathing, as 6 mv. τόπος
the breast, Theophr. Fr. 7. 12. ib. 10. 7;
windy, Theophr. Caus. Pl. 4. 12. 5; spirit-

ual, mental, opp. σωματικόν, Plut. de tuend.

San. prec. 13. —In N. T.

1. spiritual, pertaining to the nature’ of
spirits, see πνεῦμα III. A. 1 Cor. 15, 44
bis, σῶμα πνευματικόν a spiritual body, hav-
ing the nature of a spirit, opp. σῶμα ψυχι-
κός the animal body. v. 46 bis.—Abstr. for
concer. Eph. 6, 12 τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονη-
pias, i. 4. τὰ πνεύματα πονηρά, comp. Winer
§ 84. n. 8. Matth. §445. 5. So τὰ λῃστικά
for rods λῃστάς Polyaen. 5. 14.

2. spiritual, as pertaining to or proceed-
ing from the Holy Spirit, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον,
> see in πνεῦμα ΠΠ. D. 4) Of persons,
spiritual, i.e. enlightened by the Holy Spirit,
enjoying the influences, graces, gifts of the

598

πνίγω

Holy Spirit; 1 Cor. 2, 15. 3, 1 ὑμῖν ὡς
πνευματικοῖς. 14, 37. Gal. 6, 1. 5) Of
things spiritual, i. e. communicated or im-
parted by the Holy Spirit, Rom. 15, 27
1 Cor. 2, 13 bis, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ
ovykpivovres, see in συγκρίνω no. 1. 1 Cor.
9,11. Eph. 1, 3. Col. 1, 9. 1 Cor. 12, 1 et
14, 1 τὰ πνευματικά spiritual gifls, miracu-
lous powers. Eph. 5, 19 et Col. 3, 16 φδαῖς
πνευματικαῖς in spiritual songs, composed
in the Spirit, on spiritual and religious sub-
jects. Rom. 7, 14 6 νόμος rv. ἐστιν, the law .
is spiritual, both as proceeding from the .
Holy Spirit and as adapted to the spiritual
nature and wants of man. Rom. 1, 11 χά-
ρισμα πνευματικόν, some spiritual gift, i. 6.
a gift pertaining to the mind or spirit of
Christians as enlightened and quickened by
the Holy Spirit ; comp. in v. 12, and see in

᾿ πνεῦμα ΠΙ. D. 2. e—Also of things in a

higher and spiritual sense, i. e. not literal,
not corporeal, including also a reference to
the Holy Spirit ; 1 Pet. 2, 5 bis, οἶκος πνευ-
parixés ... πνευματικὰς ϑυσίας. 1 Cor. 10, 8.
4 bis, βρῶμα πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον, πόμα πν.
ἔπιον, κτὰ. spiritual food, spiritual drink,
i. 6. supernatural, given by miraculous
power, and intended to affect their faith and
spiritual life ; comp. vv. 1. 2. 5.

πνευματικῶς, τἂν. (πνευματικός,) spi-
ritually, i. e. in accordance with the Holy
Spirit, in or through the Spirit, 1 Tor. 2,
14. Also Rev. 11, 8 ἥτις καλεῖται mv. Σό-
Sopa καὶ Αἴγυπτος, i. e. speaking in the
Spirit, prophetically, allegorically, not liter-
ally.—Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 1. § 47 mvev-
ματικῶς ἐπέστειλεν ἡμῖν, 50. Παῦλος.

πνέω, f. πνεύσομαι, aor. 1 ἔπνευσα,
Buttm. ᾧ 114; not usually contracted, see
Buttm. § 105. n. 2. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 220;
to breathe, to breathe out, Hom. Il. 17. 447.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 129. 2; trop. Plut. Aris-
toph. et Menand. comp. 1.—In N. ΤΊ to
blow, only of the wind, absol. Matt. 7, 25.
27 καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι. Luke 12, ὅδ.
John 3, 8. 6, 18. Rev. 7,1. Acts 27, 40 τῇ
πνεούσῃ SC. αὔρᾳ. Sept. for 32 Ps. 147,
18; 583 Is. 40, 24. So Paleph. 47. 2.
Xen. An. 4. 5. 3.

πνίγω, f. Ew, to choke, to strangle, e. g.
by drowning, Pass. Mark 5,13. So Jos.
Ant. 10. 7. 5. Plut. de Liber. educ. 13.
Xen. An. ὄ. 7. 25.—Spec. to seize by the
throat, to throttle, to choke, c. acc. Matt. 18,
28 κρατήσας αὐτὸν ἔπνιγε. So Antiph. 125.
39. Aristoph. Nub. 1376. Comp. ἄγχω
Lue. D. Mort. 19. 1. ib. 22. 1.

πνικτος

πνικτός, ή, Ov, (πνίγω,) strangled, pr.
Athen. 4. p. 147. d, κεφάλαιον ... πνικτᾶς
ἐρίφου rapeSnxe.—In N. T. meton. τὸ mv-
κτόν, strangled meat, i.e. the flesh of ani-
mals killed by strangling, without shedding
their blood, Acts 15, 20. 29. 21,25. This
was forbidden to the Jews, Lev. 17,13. 14;
comp. 7, 26. 27. Deut. 12, 16. 23.

πνοή, ἧς, ἡ, (mvéw,) breath, i. 6.

1. α breathing, breath of life, respiration,
Acts 17, 25 ζωὴν καὶ πνοήν. Sept. for
M282 Gen. 2, 7. Is. 42, 5.—2 Mace. 7, 9.
Hom. I]. 23. 380. Soph. El. 719.

2. breath of air, a blast, wind, Acts 2, 2.
Sept. for 5382 Job 37, 10.—Hom. Il. 16.

rT:

149. Thuc. 4. 100 blast of a bellows.

ποδήρης, εος; ovs, 6, ἡ, adj. (πούς, obs.
dpw,) reaching to the feet, spoken of long
flowing robes, Rev. 1,13 ἐνδεδυμένον πο-
δήρη sc. ἐσθῆτα. Sept. for 558 Ex. 28,
4.—Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 8. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 2
χιτῶνα ποδήρη.

TONEY, interrog. adv. whence? correl.
with ποῦ, πότε, etc. comp. Buttm. § 116. 4.

1. Pr. of place, whence? from what place
or quarter? Matt. 15, 33 πόϑεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρη-
pia ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι κτὰ. Mark 8, 4. John
4, 11. 6, 5. Rev. 7,13. Also indirect, as
often in N. T. comp. Winer § 61. 2. n.
Luke 13, 25 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πόϑεν ἐστέ. v.
27. John 3, 8. 8, 14 bis. Trop. of state,
condition, indir. Rev. 2,5. Sept. for ix
Num. 11, 13. Gen. 29, 4. Judg. 19, 17.—
Hom. Od. 16. 57. Plato Parm. 137. a. Xen.
CEe. 16. 8.

2. Of the source, author, cause, also of
manner, whence? how? Matt. 13, 27 πόϑεν
οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια ; v. 54. ὅθ. 21,25. Mark 6,
2. John 1, 49. 19,9 πόϑεν ef σύ ; James 4, 1.
Indirect, Luke 20, '7 μὴ εἰδέναι πόϑεν. John
2, 9. Ἴ, 27 bis. 28. 9, 29. 30. Sept. and
ἘΝ 2°K. 6, 27. (Dem. 241. 17. Xen.
Conv. 2. 5.) Spoken in surprise, admira-
tion, Luke 1, 43 καὶ πόϑεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα
κτὰ. (Epict. Ench. 22.) Implying strong
negation, comp. Matth. § 611. 1. Mark 12,
37 καὶ πόϑεν vids αὐτοῦ ἐστι; So Al. V.
H. 13. 2. Dem. 749. 10. »

ποία, as, ἡ, (Dor. for πόα, Ion. ποίη.)
grass, herb, herbage; so some James-4, 14
ποία yap ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν, comp. 1,10. Better
ποία as fem. of ποῖος q. v.—Theocr. Idyll.
5. 34; ποίη Hdot. 8. 115. Hom. Od. 18.
369. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 496.

TOW, ὦ, f. how, aor. 1 ἐποίησα, perf.

πεποίηκα, pluperf. πεποιήκειν, without augm.
Mark 15, 7, see Buttm. ᾧ 83. n.'7. Aor. 1

599

ποιέω

Opt. 3 pers. plur. ποιήσειαν Luke 6, 11,
see Buttm. ᾧ 108. 11. 4. Winer ὁ 13. 2. d.
—The various significations of this verb
may all be classed under the two primary
ones, to make, to do, implying action as
completed or as continued. Sept. usually
for NBD,

1. to make, i. e. to form, to produce, to
bring about, to cause, pr. of something ex-
ternal to oneself, something tangible, corpo-
real, obvious tu the senses ; see Passow s. v.
init. Here the Middle is sometimes used
with only a remote reference to the subject;
which not seldom wholly vanishes, so that
the Mid. does not apparently differ from the
Active; see Passow l. c. Buttm. § 135. 6,7,
8, and espec. n. 4. Matth. §492. Winer
§39.6. °

a) Genr. a) Pr. and c. acc. Matt. 17,
4 ποιήσομεν ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνάς. John 9, 11
πηλὸν ἐποίησε. 18,18 avZpaxiay πεποιηκό-
τες. 19, 23. Acts 7, 40 Seovs. v. 43. 9, 39
ἱμάτια. 19, 24. Rom. 9, 20. Heb. 12, 13.
Rey. 13,14. With ἐκ c. gen. of material,
John 2, 15 ποιήσας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων.
9,6. Rom. 9,21. With κατά τι of man-
ner, model, Acts 7, 44. Heb. 8, 5. Mid.
Acts 1, 1 τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην
περὶ πάντων κτλ. see above. Sept. for MU?
Gen. 6, 14 sq. Ex. 25, 9; c. ἐκ Gen. 6, 14.
So Hdian. 1. 11.2. Xen. Mem. 2. 7.5; c.
ex An. 4. 5.14. _ 8) Of God, to make, i. q.
io create, c. acc. Acts 4, 24 6 ποιήσας τὸν
οὐρανὸν kth. 7, 50. 14,15. 17, 24. Heb. 1,
2. 12,27. Rev. 14, 7. So Luke 11, 40;
6. dupl. acc. Matt. 19, 4 ἄρσεν καὶ ϑῆλυ
ἐποίησεν αὐτούς. Mark 10, 6. Sept. for
MH Gen. 1, 7. 16. 25. 31; 893 Gen. 1,1.
1, 1. 21. 27. Is. 42, 5.

b) Trop. of a state or condition, or of
things abstract and incorporeal, and genr.
of such things as are produced by an act of
the mind or will; to make, i. 6. to cause, to
bring about, to occasion; see Passow. a)
Genr. c. acc. Luke 1, 68 ἐποίησε λύτρωσιν
τῷ λαῷ αὑτοῦ. Acts 15, 3 ἐποίουν χαρὰν
μεγάλην πᾶσι τ. ἀδελφοῖς. 24, 12 ἐπισύστα-
σιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου. Rom. 16, 17. 1 Cor.
10, 13. Eph. 2, 15 ποιῶν εἰρήνην. 4, 16.
Heb. 8,9. Mid. Rom. 15, 26. Heb. 1, 3.
So Hom. Od. 1. 250. Xen. An. 1. 8. 18.
Ag. 1. 7 εἰρήνην. Mid. Hdot. 5. 30. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4.14. 8) Spec. ποιεῖν with its
accus. like Engl. to make, often forms here
a periphrasis for the kindred verb. So Acr.
ἐκδίκησιν ποιεῖν to make defence of one’s
cause, i. 4. ἐκδικεῖν to defend, to right, Luke
18, 7. 8. Acts 7, 24; comp. Luke ib. ν. 3.
5. Sept. for Dr? nbs Mic. 5, 15. (Pol. 3.

“ποιέω

8.10.) ἐνέδραν ποιεῖν to make an ambus-
cade, i, q. ἐνεδρεύειν to lie in wait, Acts 25,
3. (Paleph. 1. 10. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 35.)
τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν to make satisfaction, i. 4.
ἱκανοῦν to satisfy, to gratify, Mark 15, 15.
(Pol. 32. 7.13.) μονὴν ποιεῖν to make one’s
abode, i. q. μένειν to abide, to dwell, John
14, 23. (Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 1.) ὁδὸν ποιεῖν to
make one’s way, to go, i. 4. ὁδοποιοῦμαι,
Mark 2, 23, comp. in ὁδός no. 2. a; πόλε-
pov ποιεῖν to make war or fight, i. q. πολε-
μεῖν to war, to fight; construed by Hebr. c.
μετά τινος instead of the dat. Rev. 11, 7.
12, 17. 13, 7. 19, 19. Sept. for πῶϑ
ὌΝ man Gen. 14, 25 συμβούλιον
ποιεῖν to make a consultation, i. q. συμβου-
λεύεσϑαι to consult together, Mark 3, 6.
15, 1. (Plato Prot. 313. b.) συνωμοσίαν
ποιεῖν to make a conspiracy, i. q. συνόμνυμι
to conspire, Acts 23, 13. (Hdian. 7. 4. 7.
Pol. 1. 70. 6.) συστροφὴν ποιεῖν to make
a combination, conspiracy, i. q. συστρέφε-
σϑαι to combine, Acts 23,12. Sept. for
“OP Am. 7, 10; comp. συστρέφομαι for Ῥ
2 Sam. 15, 31. 2 K. 21, 22.---μκτὸ. often
with only a remote reference to the subject ;
comp. above under no. linit. E.g. dvaBo-
λὴν ποιεῖσϑα: to make delay pr. on one’s
part, i. q. ἀναβάλλεσϑαι to delay, Acts 25, 17.
(Polyb. Spic. Fragm. T. V. p. 44. Schweigh.)
δεήσεις ποιεῖσϑαι to make prayers, i. q. δεῖ-
σϑαι to pray, Luke 5, 33. Phil. 1, 4. 1 Tim.
2,1; ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσϑαι Lo make a casting
out, i. q. ἐκβάλλειν to cast out. Acts 27, 18.
(Pollux On. 1. 99.) κοπετὸν ποιεῖσϑαι to
make lamentation, i. 4. κόπτεσϑαι to lament,
Acts 8, 2. (Comp. πένϑος π. Sept. Gen.
50, 10. Hdot. 2. 1.) A ὄγον ποιεῖσϑαι to
make account of, i. q. λογίζεσϑαι, Acts 20,
24. (Diod. Sic. 20. 36. Pol. 25. 1. 3.)
μνείαν ποιεῖσϑαι, i. 4. μιμνήσκω, see in
μνεία; μνήμην ποιεῖσϑαι, see in μνήμη ;
πορείαν ποιεῖσϑαι to make progress or a
journey, i. q. πορεύεσϑαι to journey, Luke
13, 22. (2 Macc. 3,8. Xen. An. 6. 2. 11.)
πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσϑαι to make provision for,
i. q. προνοεῖσϑαι to provide for, Rom. 13,
14. (Pol. 4. 6. 11. Diod. Sic. 5. 1; comp.
Dem. 1433. 5.) σπουδὴν ποιεῖσϑαι lo
make diligence, to give diligence, i. q. σπου-
ddtew, Jude 3; so Pol. 1. 46. 2. Plut. de
Liber. educ. 7.

c) Spec. of a feast, banquet, to make, i. q.
to give, to hold, to celebrate, c. acc. Luke 5,
29 ἐποίησε δοχὴν μεγάλην. 14, 12 ὅταν ποιῇς
ἄριστον κτλ. Vv. 18. 16; ὁ. dat. of pers. to or
‘for whom, in honour of whom, Matt. 22, 2.
Mark 6,21. John 12,2. Sept. π. δοχὴν pey.
for Heb. 5173 Ha ΓΙῸΣ Gen. 21, 8. So

600

_ πτοιέω

c. dat. 1 Esdr. 8,1; δεῖπνον ποιεῖσσαι Xen.
Cyr. 3. 8, 25.—Hence of a festival, i. q. to
keep, to hold, to celebrate; Matt. 26, 18 πρός
σε ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα. Acts 18, 21, In the
sense of instiluting, Heb. 11, 28. Sept.
and MHS genr. Ex. 12, 48. Josh. 5, 10.
So Jos. Ant. 2.15. 8 π. τὰς ϑυσίας. Xen.
Hell. 7. 4. 28 ποιεῖν τὰ ᾽᾿ολύμπια.

4) Also i. q. to make exist, to cause to be,
pr. spoken of generative power, to beget, to
bring forth, to bear; as παῖδας ποιεῖσϑαι
Dem. 1312. 7, i. q. παιδοποιεῖσθαι, see Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 200. InN. T. α) Of trees
and plants, 0 make grow, to bear or bring
forth fruit, to yield; as καρπὸν ν. καρποὺς
ποιεῖν Matt. 3, 10. 7, 17 sq. 13, 23. 26.
Luke 3, 9. Rev. 22, 2. al. Trop. Matt. 3,
8. 21, 43. Luke 3, 8. James 3, 12 μὴ δύνα-
Tat συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι. So of branches,
i. 4. Lo shoot forth, Mark 4, 32. Once of a
fountain, James 3, 12 οὔτε ἁλυκὸν γλυκὺ
ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ. Sept. for ΓῺ of plants,
Gen. 1, 11. 12. Is, 5, 2.4. So Jos, Ant.
11. 8. δ, Theophr. Caus. Pl. 4. 11. Aristot.
de Plant. 2. 10. | 8) Trop. of persons, ée
make for oneself, to get, lo acquire, to gain
c. acc. Luke 12, 33 ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλάν:
Tla...3noaupey ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς ovp. 16,
9 φίλους. John 4,. 1 pa&nrds. Sept. and
MB Gen. 11, 4. (Diod. Sic. 11. 39 δόξαν
pey. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 12 φίλους.) In a
pecuniary sense, to gain, Engl. to make, Matt.
25, 16 ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πεντε τάλαντα. Luke
19,18. So Pol. 2. 62, 12, Dem. 1045. 5.

e) Causat. to make do or be any thing, to
cause to do or be; Passow no. 1. c. Herm.
ad Vig. p.'759. α) With an ace, and infin.
Matt. 5, 32 ποιεῖ αὐτὴν potyaa%er, Mark 1,
17. 7, 37 rods κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν. 8, 25.
Luke 5, 34. John 6,10. Acts 17, 26. Rev.
13, 135 also inf. ο. rod, Acts 3, 12. πεποιή-
κοσι τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν, see in 6. ἡ, τό.
Il. 6. 8.}.γ. . Comp. Winer § 4. 4. p, 378.
Matth. § 540, So genr. Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 5.
Hdian, 8. 3, 22, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 40. β)
With iva c. Subjunct. to make or cause that,
566 in ἵνα III. 1. d. John 11, 37 οὐκ ἐδύνατο
οὗτος ποιῆσαι... «ἵνα οὗτος μὴ ἀποϑάνῃ. Col.
4, 16. Rey. 13, 15. By attract. ποιήσω
αὐτοὺς ἵνα κτλ. Rev. 3, 9. 13, 12. 16.
Comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6.

f) Causat. to make be or become any thing,
to cause to be or become so or so, to make
into any thing; with two accus. of object
and a predicate of that object, either subst.
or adj. or adv. strictly with εἶναι implied.
a) With a Subst. as predicate; e. g. of
things, Matt. 21, 13 αὐτὸν (οἶκον) ἐποιήσατε
σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. John 4, 46 ὅπου ἐποίησε

ποιέω . 601

τὸ ὕδωρ οἷνον. 1 Cor. 6, 15. Heb. 1, 7.
(Hdian. 4. 10. 5.) Of persons, Matt. 4, 19
ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνυρώπων, comp. Mark
1, 17 fully π. ὑμᾶς γενέσϑαι ἁλιεῖς. Matt.
23, 15 ποιεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γεέννης. Luke 15,
19. Sept. for 139 Gen. 37, 37. So to

make, i. q. to constitute, to appoint ; John 6,

15 ἵνα ποιήσωσιν αὐτὸν βασιλέα. Acts 2,
36. Rev. 1, 6. 3, 12. 5, 10; with predic.
impl. Heb. 3, 2, comp. v. 1; with iva instead
of ace. Mark 3, 14 καὶ ἐποίησε δώδεκα, iva
ὦσι per αὐτοῦ. Sept. for 123 Ex. 18, 25.
(Hdian. 8. 4. 25. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.18.) Spec.
to make, i. q. to declare, to give oul as any
one. John 8, 53 τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς ; 10,
33 ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Sedv. 19, 7. 12. 1 John
1,10. So Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 2 ποιεῖται αὐτὸν
υἱόν i. e. declares him a son, adopts him;
comp. ib. 3. 12. 4. B) With an Adj. as

' predicate; 6. g. of persons, Matt. 20, 12

ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς émoinoas. 28,14. John
16, 2. Rev. 12,15. Inthe sense of declaring,
John 5, 18, comp. above ina. (Hdian. 5. 1.
8. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 15.) Of things, Eph.
2,146 ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν. (AR. V. H.
14.32. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.22.) Once to make
by supposition, i. 4. to suppose, to judge, to
assume, Matt. 12,33 ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον
καλόν, καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν κτλ. i. 6.
either assume the tree to be good and its
fruit good, or the contrary. Comp. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 759. So Hdot. 7. 186. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 4.6. Xen. An. 5. 7.9 ποιῶ δ᾽
ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατηϑέντας... ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἥκειν eis Φᾶ-
ow.—In this construction also ποιεῖν, with
the ace. of the adj. often forms a periphrasis
for the kindred verb; 6. g. Act. δῆλον
ποιεῖν to make manifest, to betray, i. q. δηλοῦν
to manifest, Matt. 26,'73 (Xen. An. 3. 5.
17) 3 ἔκϑετον ποιεῖν, i. q. ἐκτιϑέναι, to ex-
pose infants, Acts 7, 19; edSelas ποιεῖν
τὰς τρίβους to make straight and level the
ways, i. 4. εὐθύνειν, Matt. 3, 3. Mark 1, 3.
Luke 3, 4; comp. John 1, 23; Aeukdy v.
μέλαν ποιεῖν to make white-or black, i. ἃ.
λευκαίνειν V. μελαίνειν, Matt. 5, 36; ὑγιῆ
ποιεῖν to make whole, to heal, i. q. ὑγιάζειν,
John 5, 11. 15. 7, 23. (Paleph. 27. 3.)
φανερὸν ποιεῖν to make known, to betray,
i. 4. φανεροῦν, Matt. 12, 16. Mark 3, 12.
(Hdian. 2. 8. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.34.) Mm.
βέβαιον ποιεῖσϑαι to make firm, sure, i. q.
βεβαιοῦσϑαι, 2 Pet. 1,10. y) With an

Adv. as predicate, ποιεῖν τινα ἔξω, to make.

one be or go out, to cause to go out, to put
forth; comp. Viger. p. 283. n. Acts 5, 34
ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω βραχύ τι τοὺς ἀποστόλους
ποιῆσαι. So All. V. Ἡ. 10. 8 τὰ τῶν περδί-
κων νεόττια, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα τοὺς πόδας ἔξω

“τοιξω

ποιήσῃ τοῦ λέμματος. Xen Cyr. 4.1. 8 ἔξω
βελέων τὴν τάξιν ποιήσας.

2. to do, expressing an action as conti-
nued or not yet completed; what one does
repeatedly, continuedly, habitually; like
πράσσω. Comp. Passow s. v.

a) With an acc. of thing, and without
reference to a person as the remote object ;
comp. below in lett.d. = a) With acc. of
pron. or the like, to do, genr. Matt. 5, 47 ri
περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mark 11, 3 τί ποιεῖτε
τοῦτο; 14, 8 ὃ ἔσχεν αὕτη, ἐποίησε. Luke
6, 2. 3. Matt. 8, 9 ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ.
Luke 7, 8. 20, 2 ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα
ποιεῖς ἢ John 19, 24. Acts 1, 1. 14, 1:
1 Cor. 7, 36. 15, 29. Gal. 2, 10 αὐτὸ τοῦτο
ποιῆσαι. Eph. 6; 9. Phil. 2,14 πάντα ποι-
εἴτε. Col. 3,17. 1 Tim. 5, 21 μηδὲν ποιῶν.
James 4, 15. al. With a participle follow-
ing, Mark 11, 5 ri ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶ-
Aov, asin Engl. what do ye loosing the colt?
Acts 11, 30. 21, 13. Sept. genr. for niby
1 K. 7, 23. 2 K. 6, 21. sep. So Hdian. 4
8, 10 τὶ τοιοῦτο. Xen. An. 1. 4. 17 ταῦτα
Mem. 1.3.1. 8) With ace. of a Subst
commonly of particular deeds, acts, works,
done repeatedly or continuedly, to do, to
perform, to execute, to work; 6. δ. ποιεῖν
τὰ €pya tov ᾿Αβραάμ John 8, 39. 41; τὰ
πρῶτα ἔργα Rev. 2, 5; ra ἔργα τοῦ ϑεοῦ
i.e. the works which God requires, John
10, 37. 383; ἔργον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Tim. 4,
5; m. ἔλερς to do mercy, to show mercy,
James 2, 13; π᾿. ἐλεημοσύνην to do alms,
to give alms, Matt. 6, 2.3. Acts 10, 2. 24,
17; π. δικαιοσύνην id. Matt. 6,1. So of
mighty deeds, wonders, miracles, e. g. δυνά-
pecs Matt. 7, 22. 13, 58; ἔργα John 5, 36.
10, 253 κράτος Luke 1, 51; σημεῖα John
2, 11. 23. 4, 54. 6, 30. 11,47; τέρατα καὶ
σημεῖα Acts 6, 8. 7, 36. 15, 12; genr.
Matt. 9, 28. Acts 14, 11. al. Sept. and
mvs Ex. 4, 17. Ps. 72, 18. 77, 15.—Also
of the will, precept, requirement of any
one, 10 do, to perform, to fulfil; as Matt.
21, 31 ris ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίησε τὸ ϑέλημα τοῦ
πατρός; 23, 8. Mark 6,20 καὶ ἫἩρώδης....
πολλὰ ἐποίησε; i. 6. which John admonished
him to do. Luke 17, 9.10. John 2, 5. Acts
16, 21. Eph. 2, 3. Rev. 17, 17. (Hdian. 6.
1. 23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 5.) So of the pre-
cepts of God or of Christ, Matt. 5, 19. 7,
21 ὁ ποιῶν τὸ ϑέλημα τοῦ πατρός pov. Vv. 24.
26. Luke 6, 46. 8,21. John 7, 19 τὸν νό-
pov. Acts 13, 22. Rev. 22,14. Of that
which one asks, entreats, promises ; John
14, 13 ὅ,τι ἂν αἰτήσητε... ἐγὼ ποιῶ. Vv. 14,
Rom. 4, 21 ὃ ἐπήγγελται, δυνατός ἐστι καὶ
ποιῆσαι. Eph, 8, 20. 1 Thess. 5, 24; with

ποιέω

dat. of pers. Mark 10, 35 ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσω-
μεν, ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν. v. 36. Of a purpose,
plan, decree, Acts 4, 28. Rom. 9, 28 λόγον
συντετμημένον ποιήσει κύριος the Lord will
execute his word decreed, the judgment
threatened. 2 Cor. 8, 10. 11. Gal. 5, 17,
Eph. 8,11. γ)ὴ Spoken of a course of
action or conduct, ἐο do, i. 4. to execule, to
exercise, to practise; 6. g. κρίσιν ποιεῖν Lo
do judgment, to act as judge, i. 4. κρίνειν,
John 5,27. Jude 15. (Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 6,
8.) Also τὴν ἐξουσίαν τινὸς ποιεῖν, to exer-
cise the power of any one, Rey. 13, 12.
Spec. of right, duty, virtue; Rom. 2, 14 ra
τοῦ νόμου ποιῇ. 10,5; τὴν ἀληϑείαν John
8,21. 1 John 1, 6; τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 John
2, 29. 8, 7; ποιῶν χρηστότητα Rom. 3, 12.
Also Matt. 19, 16 τί dya%év ποιήσω ; John
5, 29. 8,29 τὰ ἀρεστά. Rom. 7, 19.° Eph.
6, 8. James 4, 17 καλὸν ποιεῖν. 3 John 5.
So Xen. Cyr. 3.1.15 τὰ δίκαια ποιῶν. 5.
3. 48 καλόν τι ποιοῦντες. Sept. and πῶ
Ps. 14, 3. Gen. 18,19. al. δ) Of evil
deeds or conduct, to do, to commit, to prac-
lise, e. g. ἁμάρτημα 1 Cor. 6,183 τὴν ἅμαρ-
τίαν John 8, 34. 2 Cor. 11, 7. 1 John 3,4;
τὴν ἀνομίαν Matt. 13, 41. 1 John 3,4; ἄξια
πληγῶν Luke 12, 48; αὐτά Rom. 1, 32. 2,
3; βδέλυγμα Rev. 21, 27; τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο
1 Cor. 5, 2. 3 John 10; τὰ μὴ xaSnxovra
Rom. 1, 28; οὐδὲν ἐνάντιόν τινι Acts 28,
17; κακόν Matt. 27, 23. Luke 23,22; κακά
Rom. 3, 8. 1 Pet. 3,12; πονηρά Luke 3,
19; φόνον Mark 15, 7; ψεῦδος Rev. 22,
15; genr. John 7, 51. 18, 35. Acts 21, 33.
1 Tim. 1,13. al. Sept. and MW2 Ps. 51, 6.
Gen. 34, 7. al. So Hdian. 1. 16. 13 μηδὲν
ἀνάξιον. Luc. Pisce. 9 πολλὰ ἄδικα. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 3. 48 αἰσχρόν τι ποιεῖν. ᾿
Ὁ) Intrans. to do, to act,e.g. a) Absol.
i. 4. lo be active, to work, Matt. 20, 12 οὗτοι
of ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν. Rev. 13, 5
ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία ποιῆσαι μῆνας κτλ.
Sept. and ΠῺΣ Ruth 2, 19; comp. Xen.
An. 1. 5. 8. Mem. 3. 9.9. Others refer
both these passages to lett. 6, below. β)
With an adv. of manner, ¢o do so and_so, do
act in any manner, e. g. καλῶς Matt. 12, 12.
1 Cor. 2 37; and so c. particip. Acts 10,
33 καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. Phil. 4,
14. 3 John 6. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13 καλῶς
ἐποίησας προειπών.) With κρεῖσσον 1 Cor.
7, 38; οὕτω John 14, 31. 1 Cor. 16, 1;
φρονίμως, Luke 16,8; ὡς Matt. 1, 24. 28,
15. Also κατά τι ποιεῖν Matt. 23, 3. Luke
2,27; πρός τι Luke 12, 47. So Dem. 17. 9
ὧν καλῶς ποιοῦντες κέκτηνται. 141. 19.
Luc. D. Mort. 11. 8 εὖ ἐποίησαν.
. Ὁ) Spec. ποιέω, like Engl. to do, is often

602

- Tov@

used in the latter member of a sentence,
instead of repeating the verb of the preced-
ing member; see Passow s. vy. Εἰ, g. with
ace. of thing, Matt. 5, 46 ἐὰν γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε
τοὺς. ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, τίνα μισδὸν ἔχετε;
οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν ; Luke
6, 10. Rom. 12, 20 ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν"
τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν κτὰ. Heb. 6,3. With an
adv. as οὕτω, Matt. 5,47 ἐὰν ἀσπάσησϑε
τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς... οὐχὶ καὶ of ἐδνικοὶ οὕτω
ποιοῦσιν; 24, 46 comp. 45. Luke 9, 15.
Acts 12, 8; ὁμοίως ποιεῖν Luke 3, 11. 10,
37; ὡς, Matt. 6, 2 μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσϑέν
σου, ὥσπερ of ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν. Luke 9,
54; ὡσαύτως Matt. 20,5; καῦσώς 1 Thess.
5, 11.—So c. ace. Dem. 1148. 13 ῥᾳδίως
ἐπιορκήσειν, ὅπερ Kal ἄλλοις πεποίηκε. Luc.
de Mere. cond. 7 ὡς ποιήσουσι.

d) Spoken in reference to a person, to do
to or as to any one, i.e. either for or against
him; the person being the remoter object.
a) With acc. of person, also c. acc. of thing;
Matt. 27, 22 ri οὖν ποιήσω ᾿Ιησοῦν ; Mark
15,12. With an adv. εὖ ποιεῖν τινα, Engl.
to do one good, Mark 14,'7; comp. Buttm.
ᾧ 131. 5. Matth. § 415. So Xen. Mem. 2.
2. 8 αὐτὴν οὔτ᾽ εἶπα οὔτ᾽ ἐποίησα οὐδέν.
An. 1. 9.11. Mem. 2. 1. 19 τοὺς φίλους
εὖ ποιῶσι. 8) With dat. of pers. see
Matth. § 415, n. 1. Viger. p. 289. ἢ. E. g.
to or ‘for any one, in his behalf, c. acc. of
thing. Matt. 20, 32 ri ϑέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν.
Mark 5,19 ὅσα σοι ὁ κύριος πεποίηκε. Vv. 20.*
Luke 1, 49. John 9, 26. 12,16; acc. impl.
Matt. 25, 40. 45. With an adv. Matt. 5, 44
καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς. Mark 15,
8. Luke 1, 25. John 13,15. Sept. and
ΠῺΣ Gen. 21, 1. (Plato Apol. Socr. 17
ταῦτα καὶ νεωτέρῳ καὶ πρεσβυτέρῳ... .ποιή-
σω, καὶ ξένῳ καὶ ἀστῷ. Xen. Mem. 8. 10.
8.) Also against any one, to his detriment,
6. acc. of thing, Acts 9,13 ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησε
τοῖς ἁγίοις. John 15,21. Heb. 13,6. With
an ady. Matt. 21, 36. Luke 2, 48. Sept.
and MWY Gen. 20, 9. (Dem. 855. 15. Xen.
(Ec. 2. 9.) Or, genr. in respect to any
one, in his case; c. acc. of thing, Matt. 7,
12. 21, 40. Mark 9, 13. Acts 4, 16; c.
adv. Matt. '7, 12. Luke 6, 23.26. 31.. Comp.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2.16 ποιεῖν τι πρός τινα.
y) With ἐν ὁ. dat. of pers. to do in respect
to any one, in his case; 6. acc. of thing;
Matt. 17, 12 Ἠλίας ἤδη ἦλϑε.... ἀλλ᾽ ἐποίη-
σαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅσα 7%éAnoav. Luke 23, 31.
Comp. Winer 31. 6. So Sept. Gen. 40,
14 π. ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔλεος. Luc. Philopatr. 18 μὴ
ἑτερεῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί. δ) With μετά
c. gen. of pers. to do with any one, by He-
braism; see in μετά I. 2. c. «. Luke 1, 72

ποίημα

ποίησαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων. 10, 37.
Acts 14, 27. 15, 4. Sept. for ny ΠῺΣ
Gen. 24, 12. 14. Ps. 119, 65. 85 Tob. 12,
6. Judith 8, 26.

e) Spec. with an accus. of time, pr. in-
trans. fo do or act for a certain time, or as
in comm. Engl. to do up a certain time, i. q.
to spend, to pass; comp. Lat. transigere vi-
tam Sall. Cat. 2. Acts 15, 33 ποιήσαντες
δὲ χρόνον. 18, 23. 20, 3 ποιήσας τε ἡμέρας
τρεῖς. 2 Cor. 11,25 νυχϑήμερον ἐν τῷ βυϑῷ
πεποίηκα. James 4, 13. Perhaps Matt. 20,
12. Rev. 13, 55 better as above in no. 2. Ὁ.
a. Sept. for BS Ecc. 6, 12.—Sept. Prov.
13, 24. Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 4 π. μῆνας τέσσαρας.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 5. Dem. 392.°18 οὐδ᾽
ἐποίησαν χρόνον οὐδένα. This usage ap-
pears to belong to the later Greek, see
Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 189. Viger. p. 281.
n; contra, Stallbaum ad Plat. Phileb. p.
158. +

/ » Zz
ποίημα; aros, τό, (ποιέω;) a thing made,

work. Rom. 1, 20 τὰ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ... τοῖς
ποιήμασι νοούμενα καϑορᾶται. Trop. Eph.
2,10. Sept. for ΠΏΣ Ecc. 3,11; "3

Is, 29, 16.—Luc. de Dea Syra 29, 49.
Plato Menex. 97. e.

ποίησις, ews, ἧ, (ποιέω,) a making, Jos.
Ant. 18. 8.1 ; νεῶν ποίησιν ‘Vhuc. 3, 2.—
In N. T. a doing, keeping of a law ; James
1, 25 ἐν τῇ ποιήσει sc. τοῦ vopov. So Ec-
clus. 19, 17 ποίησις νόμου. Test. XII Patr.
p. 681.

ποιητής, οὔ, 6, (ποιέω,) 1. a maker
of any thing, inventor, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 38
π. pnxamparov.—in N. T.

1. a doer, keeper of a law or acti
Rom. 2, 13 of ποιηταὶ τοῦ νόμου. James 1,
22. 23. 4, 11. ib. 1,25 π. ἔργου intens. a
doer of the deed, i. q. a doer indeed of the
law.—1 Mace. 2, 67.

2. a poet, maker of a poem, Acts 17, 28.
—Ceb. Tab. 13. Aischin. 20. 4. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 56.

ποικίλος, ἡ, ov, pr. many-coloured,
spotted, variegated, Sept. for 2 Gen. 31,
8. 10. 12. Ceb. Tab. 21. Xen. Mem. 3. 10.
14.—In N. T. various, divers, manifold ; as
ποικίλαις νόσοις Matt. 4, 24. Mark 1, 34.
Luke 4, 40; ἐπιϑυμίαις ποικ. 2 Tim. 3, 6.
Tit. 3, 3. Heb. 2, 4 ποικ. δυνάμεσι. 13, 9.
James 1, 2. 1 Pet. 1, 6. 4, 10 ποικίλης χά-
ptros ϑεοῦ, i. 6. of his manifold grace, vari-
ous gifts. So 2 Macc. 15, 21. Hdian. 4.
2. 13. Xen. αὔς. 16. 1.

ποιμαίνω, f. avd, (ποιμήν,) 1. to feed
a flock or herd, to let feed, to pasture, to tend,

603 ᾿

ποίμνιον

c. ace. Luke 17,7 δοῦλον ἔχων ... τοιμαί-
vovra. 1 Cor. 9, 7. Sept. for πρὸ Gen.
30, 31. 36. Ex. 3, 1.—Luce. Ὁ. Deor. 4. 4.
Dem. 1155. 3. Plato Rep. 345. c.

2. Trop. to feed, to cherish, to provide for,
e. g. kings and princes their people, Matt.
2,6 ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν pov. Rev. 7,
17; and so pastors and teachers the church,
John 21, 16. Acts 20, 28 ποιμαίνειν τὴν
tisdijollio. 1 Pet. 5, 2. Sept. for myn
2 Sam. 5, 2. 1 Chr. 11, 2. (So Anacr. Od.
60. 8. Plato Lys. 209. a.) Spec. to rule,
to govern, with severity; Rev. 2,27 ποι-
pavet αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ. 12, 5. 19,
15, Sept. and πρὸ Mic. 5, 6. 7, 14.—In
a bad sense, ποιμ. φυτόν; to feed or cherish -
oneself, to take care of oneself, at the ex-
pense of others, Jude 12. Comp. Sept.
Prov. 29,3. Ez. 34,8 ἐβόσκησαν of ποιμένες
€auTous.

ποιμήν, évos, 6, 1. a herdsman, shep-
herd, one who tends herds or flocks ; Matt.
9, 36 πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. 25, 32.
Mark 6, 34. Luke 2, 8. 15. 18. 20. Sept.
for πρὸ Gen. 4, 2, Num. 27, 17.—Dem.
1155. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 9.

2. Trop. 4) Of Jesus, as the Great
Shepherd, who watches over and provides
for the welfare of the church, his flock ;
Matt. 26, 31 et Mark 14, 27 πατάξω τὸν
ποιμένα κτὰ. quoted from Zech. 13, '7 where
Sept. for mp5. John 10, 2. 11 bis. 12. 14. 16.
1 Pet. 2, 25. Heb. 13, 20. Sept. ἰὴ ns
of the Messiah, Ez. 34, 23. 37, So
Act. Thom. § 25 ποιμὴν ἀγαϑός, Py Christ
Also of a king as ποιμὴν λαῶν Hom. Π, 1.
263. Xen. Mem. 3.°2. 1. b) Spec. a pas-
ior, the teacher and spiritual guide of a par-
ticular church, Eph. 4,11. Sept. and nh
Jer. 2, 8. 3, 15. Ez. 34, 2. 5 sq.

ποίμνη, ns, ἡ, (ποιμήν, @ flock, espec.
of sheep, Matt. 26, 31. Luke 2, 8. 1 Cor.
9,7 bis. Sept. for sa Gen. 32,17. So
Dem. 1155. 5. Plato Rep. 415. e.—T'rop.
the flock of Christ, his disciples, church,
John 10, 16; comp. in ποίμνιον. So Act.
Thom. § 25.

ποίμνιον, ου, τό, (eyne. for ποιμένιον,
ποιμήν,) @ flock, i. q. ποίμνη, Sept. for "ΠΣ
Gen. 29, 2. 3; jkx Gen. 31, 4. 1 Sam. 14,
32. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2, 3. Plato Rep. 416.
a.—lIn N. T. only trop. the flock of Christ,
his disciples, church, Luke, 12,32. Acts’20,
28, 29. 1 Pet. 5, 2.3. Comp. Sept. τὸ x.
κυρίου for “39 Jer. 13, 17. Zech. 10, 8:
So Psalt. Salom. 17, 45. Themist. Orat.

"98, p. 289, i. q. disciples.

ποῖος

ποῖος, ποία, ποῖον, interrog. correl. pron.
corresponding to οἷος, τοῖος, Buttm. ᾧ 79.

1. Pr. what? of what kind or sort? Lat.
qualis ; Mark 4, 30 ἐν ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παρα-
βάλωμεν αὐτήν. Luke 6, 32 ποία ὑμῖν χάρις
ἐστί; v. 33. 84. 24, 19. John 12, 33 ποίῳ
Θανάτῳ. 18, 32, 21,19. Acts 7, 49. Rom.
3, 57. 1 Cor. 15, 35. James 4, 14 ποία yap
ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν; comp. in ποία. 1 Pet. 1, 11.
2,20. So ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ by what authori-
ty, i. q. by whose authority, Matt..21, 23.
24, 27. Mark 11, 28, 29. 33. Luke 20, 2.
8. Acts 4, 7 bis, ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει, ἢ ἐν ποίῳ
ὀνόματι ; Adv. Luke 5,19 ποίας, or as in
Rec. διὰ ποίας, (sc. ὁδοῦ.) what way, how ;
comp. 8? ἐκείνης 19, 4. Sept. for my 5%
1 Κ. 22, 24.—Ceb. Tab. 12. Hdian. 1. 17.
13. Xen. Mem. 3. 12. 8.

2. what one? sc. out of a number, i. q.
what? which? Matt. 19, 18. 22, 36 ποία
ἐντολὴ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ νόμῳ; 24, 42 ποίᾳ
ὥρᾳ. v. 43. Mark 12, 28. Luke 12, 39.
John 10, 82 διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργων. Acts
23, 34. Rev. 3, 8. Sept. for πὶ "x 2 Sam.
15, 2. Jonah 1, 8.—1 Mace. 2, 10. Ceb.
Tab. 6. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 5.

πολεμέω, ὦ, f. How, (πόλεμος,) to war,
to make war, to fight, with κατά c. gen. Rev.
12,'76 Μιχαὴλ... τοῦ πολεμῆσαι κατὰ τοῦ
δράκοντος, (later edit. μετὰ τ. δ.) see in 6, ἧ,
τό, G. 8. Ὁ. γ. By Hebr. with μετά c. gen.
Rev. 2, 16 πολεμήσω per αὐτῶν. 13, 4.
17,14. So Sept. μετά for Heb, ὩΣ ΓΙῸ)
Judg. 11, 5. 20. 2K. 14, 15; 22 Judg.
11, 25; see in μετά I. 2,c.a. (The usual
Greek construction is c. dat. Matth. ᾧ 404. c.
Buttm. ὁ 133. 2. a.) Absol. Rev. 12, 7;
once joined with κρίνω, 19, 11 ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ
κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ, in righteousness doth he
judge and make war, i. e. upon those whom
he condemns, in order to punish them ;
comp. Jer. 21, 5, also πόλεμος Seay Xen.
An. 2. 5.'7. So c. dat. Jos. c. Ap. 1. 29.
Hdian. 2. 11.'7. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 10.—Hyper-
bol. once to war, i. q. to strive violently, to
wrangle, to quarrel, James 4,2 μάχεσϑε καὶ
πολεμεῖτε, οὐκ ἔχετε διὰ τὸ μὴ κτλ. Sept.
and part. ἘΠῚ Ps. 56, 2. 3, comp. v. 6. So
Diod. Sic. 13. 84.

πόλεμος, ov, 5, (πέλομαι, kindr. Lat.
pello, bellum.) pr. agitation, tumult ; hence
Sight, battle, war.

1. a fight, battle, 1 Cor. 14, 8 ris mapa-
σκευάσεται eis πόλεμον ; Heb. 11, 34 ἰσχυ-
pot ἐν πολέμῳ. Rev. 9, 7. 9. 12, 7. 16, 14.

"20, 8. So ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετά τινος, to do
batile, to. fight, to make war with any one,
i. 4. wodeueiv, Rey. 11, 7. 12, 17. 18, 7.

* 604

πόλις

. 19, 19; see in ποιέω no. 1. b, and πολεμέω

Sept. and 729139 Ex. 13,17. 2Sam. 19, 10.
Job 39, 25.. So 28]. V. H. 3.9. Diod. Sic.
13. 79. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 4.—Hyperbol. once
for violent strife, wrangling, quarrel, James
4,1. So Hdian. 1. 11. 4. Plato Phedo 11.
p- 66. ο.

2. Genr. war, Matt. 24, 6 bis, ἀκούειν πο-
λέμους kal ἀκοὰς πολέμων. Mark 13, 7 bis.
Luke 14, 31. 21, 9. Sept. and Handa
Ex. 1,10. 2 K. 3,7.—Pol. 3.7. 1,2. Xen.
Mem. 4, 4. 14.

πόλις, €ws, H, (πολέω, πέλομαι,) ὦ City,
pr. enclosed with a wall, a walled town.

1. Pr. and genr. a city ; Matt. 2,23 κατῴ-
κησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην Ναζαρέτ. Mark
6, 56. Luke 8,1. John 11, 54. 2 Cor. 11,
26. al. sep. Sept. for "> Gen. 4, 16. 11,
4. sep. So Hdian. 3. 1. 10, 14. Xen.
Mem. 3. 1. 1.—In various constructions :
a) With the art. ἡ πολίς, the city, i. 6. known
or before mentioned, as Matt. 21, 17. 18,
comp. v. 10. Mark 11, 19 comp. v. 1. John
4, 8. 28. 30, comp. v. 5. Acts 8, 9, comp. v.
5. al. Or κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, the city, i.q. the chief
city, metropolis, e. g. Jerusalem Matt. 26,
18. Luke 7, 37. 24, 49. Acts 12,10. (Jos.
Ant. 10. 3. 1,2.) So of Gadara Matt. 8,
33 comp. v. 28. Mark 5, 14. Luke 8, 34.
b) With an adj. or like adjunct, Matt. 10, 14.
15 τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. Acts 19,29 ἡ π. ὅλη. 26,
11 εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. Rev. 16,19 ἡ πόλις ἡ
μεγάλη sc. Βαβυλών. 18,10. 21. Son ἰδία
πόλις one’s own city, i. 6. in which one
dwells, Matt. 9,1 comp. 4, 13; or, the chief
city of one’s family, Luke 2, 3; ἡ ἁγία πό-
hus, the Holy City, i. 6. Jerusalem as the
public seat of God’s worship, Matt. 4, 5.
Rev. 11, 2. Sept. and WIA 7D Neh. 11,
1. Is. 52,1. Called also ἡ πόλις ἡ ἠγαπημένη
in a like sense, Rev. 20,9. ὁ) With gen.
of pers. the city of any one, i. e, one’s native
city, π. Δαβίδ Luke 2,4. 11. (2 Chr. 8, 11.)
Or in which one dwells, Luke 4, 29. John
1, 45. Rev. 16,19; π. rod μεγάλου βασιλέως,
i. 6. where God dwells, Matt. 5, 35, comp.
Ps. 48, 2. Tob. 13, 15. With gen. of a
gentile name, Matt. 10, 5 εἰς πόλιν Σαμαρει-
τῶν. ν. 23. Luke 23, 51. Acts 19,35. 2 Cor
11,32. ἃ) With the pr. n. of the city sub-
joined; 6. g. in apposit. in the same case,
Luke 2, 4 ἐκ πόλεως Ναζαρέτ. ν. 39.-Acts
11, 5. 27, 8; so prob. Luke 1, 39 eis πόλεν
Ἰούδα, i. 6. Jutah or Juttah; see in art.
Iovda. Or in the genit. Acts 16,14. 2 Pet.
2,6 πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Τ'. comp. Winer
§48.2. So Apollon. Argon. 2. 654 or 656
πτόλιν ᾿Ορχομενοῖο. 6) With a gen. of
region or province, Luke 1, 26 εἰς πόλιν ris

δύ»...

πολιταρχης

Γαλιλαίας. John 4, 5. Acts 21, 39; impl.
Matt. 14,13. Luke 5,12. So some Luke
1, 39 εἰς πόλιν Ἰούδα, α city of Judah; but
see in lett. d.

2. Meton. for the inhabitants of a city,
Matt. 8, 34 πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν. 21, 10.
Mark 1,33. Acts 13, 44. 21, 30. al—Hdian.
2. 11. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25.

3. Symbol. the city, spoken of the celes-
tial or spiritual. Jerusalem, the seat of the
Messiah’s kingdom, described as descending
out of heaven; Rev. 3, 12. 21,2 τὴν πόλιν
τὴν ἁγίαν, Ἵερουσ. καινήν, εἶδον καταβαίνου-
σαν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. ν. 10. 1454. 22, 14. 19.
Heb. 11, 10. 16. 12,22. See Schoettgen’s
Dissert. in Hor. Heb. I. p. 1205 sq. +

TONLT: ἄρχης, ov, 6, (πόλις, ἄρχω,) a cily-
ruler, prefect, magistrate, Acts 17, 6. 8.—
Greek writers use the form πολίταρχος,
#Eneas c. 263; or better πολίαρχος Pind.
Nem. 7. 125. Plut. Themist. 19.

πολιτεία, as, ἡ, (πολιτεύω,) pr. ‘the
being a free citizen,’ the relation of a free
citizen to the state; hence

1. citizenship, the right of citizenship,
freedom of a city, Acts 22, 28.—3 Macc. 3,
21. 23. Dem. 161. 16. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 26.

2: the state itself, a communily, common-
wealth, Eph. 2,12 π. τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.----ἃὦ Mace.
4,11. Pol. 6. 14. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13.

πολίτευμα, ατος, τό, (πολιτεύω.) αἄ-᾿

sninistration of the state, any public measure,
Dem. 107. 25. Plato Legg. 945. d—In
N. T. the state itself, a communily, common-
wealth, trop. of Christians in reference to
their spiritual community, the new Jerusa-
lem in heayen, Phil. 3, 20. (So pr. 2 Mace.
12,7. Jos. Ant. proem. 3. Pol. 2. 41. 6.)
Others : walk, life, conduct ; comp. πολιτεύω
Phil. 1, 27.

TONLTEVO, f. εύσω, (πολίτης, to admin-
ister the state, Thuc. 2. 37, 65; to live asa
free citizen Pol. 4. 76, 2. Xen. Hell, 3. 1.
21.—Oftener and in Ν, T. Mid. depon. πο-
λιτεύομαι, f. εύσομαι, to be a citizen of a
state, to live as a good citizen, to conduct
oneself according to the laws and customs

* of a state, pr. Dem. 665. 20. Hence in

N. T. genr. éo live, to order one’s life and
conduct, sc. according to a certain rule, c.
ady. Phil. 1, 27 ἀξίως τοῦ εὐαγγελίου πολι-
reveoSe. With dat. of manner and dat. of
pers. Acts 23, 1 πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ
πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Seq, i. e. to or for God, ac-
cording to his will ; comp. in Θεός no. 1. 6.
So 2 Macc. 6, 1 τοῖς τοῦ ϑεοῦ νόμοις, 3 Mace.
3, 4. Jos. de Vit. §2. de Mace. ᾧ 4 τῷ ma-
τρίῳ νόμῳ.

605 πολύς

πολίτης, οὐ, ὁ; (πόλις,) α citizen, a πιδῆν-
ber of ἃ city or state, a@ freeman; Acts 21,
39 οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης. Luke 15,
1ὅ. So 2 Mace. 5, 23. 94. Hdian. 8. 2. 9.
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 14.—With gen. αὐτοῦ, i. 4.
fellow-citizen, Luke 19, 14; also Heb. 8,
11 in later edit. where Rec. τὸν πλησίον.
Sept. for %27j2 Gen. 23, 11; 27 Jer. 31,
34. Prov. 24, 28. So Hdian. 3. 10. 11.
Xen. Hell. 6. 3. 6.

πολλά; see πολύς.

πολλάκις, adv. (πολύς,) many tumes,
often, Matt. 17, 15 bis. Mark 5, 4. 9, 22.
John 18, 2. Acts 26, 11. Rom. 1,13. [15,22.]
2 Cor. 8, 22. 11, 23. 26. 27 bis. Phil. 3, 18.
2 Tim. 1, 16. Heb. 6, 7. 9,25. 26. 10, 11.—
Paleph. 21. 2. Xen. Mem. 8. 12. 6.

πολλαπλασίων, ovos, 6, ἡ, adj. (πο-
λύς,) manifold, many times more, Luke 18,
30.—Test. XII Patr. p. 640. Pol. 35. 4. 4.
The form πολλαπλάσιος is more common,
Jos. B. J. 5, 18. ὅ. Xen. Mem. 2. 9, 7.
Comp. Buttm. ὁ 71. 3.

πολυεύσπλαγχνος, see in πολύ-
σπλαγχνος.

πολυλογία, as, 7, (πολυλόγος ; λυ,
λέγω.) much speaking, loquacity, Matt. 6,
7. Sept. for pas 34 Prov. 10, 19.—Plut.
de Curiosit. 9 init. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 3.

πολυμερῶς, adv. (πολυμερής ; ; πολύς,
μέρος.) in many parts, in manifold ways,
Heb. 1, 1.—Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9 ταῦτα πάντα
ὁ Σολαμὼν εἰς τὴν Seod τιμὴν πολυμερῶς
καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς κατεσκεύασε. Comp.
πολυμερής Aristot. Part. An. 4. 6. 1.

πολυποίκίλος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (πολύς,
ποικίλος.) much variegated, πε. φάρεα Soph.
Iph. Taur, 1155.—In N. T. very various,
manifold, mullifarious, 6. g. ἡ π. σοφία
τοῦ ϑεοῦ Eph, 3, 10.

πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, Genit. πολλοῦ, ἧς,
od, see Buttm. ᾧ θά. 1. Comparat. πλεί-
ev, Superl. πλεῖστος; see in their order.
—Many, much, pr. of number, quantity,
amount. For the usual construction with
the article, see in 6, 7, τό, I. A. 2. b.

1. Sing. pr. many, much; and with a
noun implying number or multitude, great,
large. 8) Without art. John 6, 10 χόρ-
tos πολύς. 15, 5 καρπὸν πολύν. Acts 15,
32 διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ with much discourse,
many words, 20, 2. 16,16 ἐργασίαν πολλήν.
22, 28. Matt. 13, 5 γῆν πολλήν much earth,
soil. So with a noun of multitude, Acts
11, 21 π. dpiSpds α great number. 18, 10
λαὸς πολύς. Mark 5, 24 ὄχλος π. John 6,
2. Acts 14, 1 πολὺ πλῆϑος, 17, 4. Trop.

“πολύς

Matt. 9, 37 ὁ μὲν ϑερισμὸς πολύς, comp. ν.
36. al. (Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 1.) Absol. Neut.
πολύ, much, 6. g. Luke 12, 48 ᾧ ἐδόϑη
πολύ, πολὺ ζητηϑήσεται κτλ. 16, 10 bis, ἐν
πολλῷ πιστός, ἐν πολλῷ ἄδικος. Acts 26,
29. Matt. 26, 9 πραϑῆναι πολλοῦ; to be sold
for much. So Xen. Mem. 1. 2.60. Ὁ)
With art. Heb. 5, 11 περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ
λόγος of whom we have much to say, many
things. Mark 12, 37 ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος, i. 4.
Engl. the great multitude, the common peo-
ple. (Hdian. 1. 1. 1 6 πολὺς ὅμιλος. Xen.
An. 3. 2. 36 ὁ π. ὄχλος. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 193, 390.) Absol. Neut. τὸ πολύ,
the much, 2 Cor. 8,15 ὁ τὸ πολύ sc. ἔχων
v. συλλέξας, quoted from Sept. Ex. 16, 18,
comp. v. 17; see Winer § 66. 3. n. So
' Xen. An. 7. 7. 36 ὁ ὁρίζων τὸ πολὺ καὶ
ὀλίγον.

2. ῬΙυτ. "πολλοί, αἰ, ἀ, many, and with
nouns of multitude, great, large. a) With-
out artic. Matt. 8, 16 δαιμονιζομένους mod-
Rots. 24, 11. Mark 2,15 πολλοὶ τελῶναι.
Luke 7, 21. 12, 7. 19 πολλὰ dyaSd. v. 47
seein δέρω. John 3, 23 ὕδατα πολλά, many
waters, many fountains. Acts 2, 43. Heb.
2, 10. al. So with a noun of multitude,
Matt. 4, 25 ὄχλοι πολλοί. Luke 14, 25.
(Xen. An. 4. 7. 14.) With another Adj.
ἕτεροι πολλοί Matt. 15, 30; fem. Luke 8,
33; neut. 22, 65; ἄλλαι πολλαί Mark 15,
41; neut. 7, 4. John 21, 25; πολλοὺς ἄλ-
λους Mark 12,5. Coupled by καί, as x,
καὶ ἕτερα Luke 3, 18; π. καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα
John 20, 30; π. καὶ βαρέα αἰτιάματα Acts
9ὅ, Ἴ.. Tit. 1, 10. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 13 ¢.
καί Xen. Conv. 1. 6. Mem. 1. 2. 24.) Ab-
sol. πολλοί, many, Matt. 7, 13 καὶ πολλοί
εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι. V. 22 πολλοὶ ἐροῦσί
μοι. Luke 4, 41 ἀπὸ πολλῶν. John 8, 30.
Acts 10,27. 2 Pet. 2,2. Spec. many, i. 4.
a multitude, all, Matt. 20, 28 λύτρον ἀντὶ
πολλῶν. Mark 10, 45. 14, 24. Heb. 9, 28,
comp. Sept. Is. 53, 12. Neut. πολλά,
many things, much, Matt. 13, 3 καὶ ἐλάλη-
σεν πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς. Mark 5, 26.
Luke 10, 41. John 8, 26. 2 Cor. 8, 22 ἐν
πολλοῖς. 2 John 12. al. (Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.
50.) With gen. partit. Matt. 3, '7 πολλοὺς
τῶν Φαρισαίων. Luke 1, 16. John 6, 66.
Acts 4, 4. al. With ἐκ c. gen. partit. John
6, 60 πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μαϑητῶν. 10, 20. Acts
17, 12. So c. gen. Xen. An. 1. 7. 20.
Apol. Socr. 13. b) With the art. as
referring to something well known; c.
Subst. Luke 7,47 ai ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς ai mod-
Aai, comp. v. 37. 39. Rev. 17, 1, comp. v.
15. Acts 26, 24 τὰ πολλὰ γράμματα, the
much learning’ which thou hast, q. d. thy

606 .

πολύς

much learning. (Luc. Cynic. 16. Plato
Apol. Socr. 1 init.) Absol. of πολλοί,
the many, i. e. those before spoken: of, in-
cluding the idea of all; as Rom. 5, 15. 19,
i.e. the many of whom the apostle had been
treating as having all suffered through
Adam. So the many who receive Christ,
all who receive him, v. 15. 12, 5. 1 Cor.
10, 17. v. 33 τὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἵνα σωϑῶσι,
the many, all to whom I preach. (Xen. An.
8. 1. 10.) Also the many, the most, the
greater number, but implying exceptions.
Matt. 24, 12 ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν. 2 Cor.
2, 17 ὡς οἱ πολλοί, as the most do, i. 6. the
Judaizing teachers. Comp. Winer ᾧ 17. 1.
n. p. 119. Matth. §266. So Xen. Cyr. 3.
1. 3.

3. Trop. and intens. of amount, degree, .
much, great, vehement, comp. Passow s. v.
Matt. 2, 18 ὀδυρμὸς πολύς. 5, 12. Luke 10,
40. Col. 4, 13 ζῆλον πολύν. Matt. 24, 30
δόξης πολλῆς. Mark 13, 26. John 7, 12
γογγυσμὸς m. Acts 15, 7. 21, 40 πολλῆς
σιγῆς. 24, 3. Ἴ. 25, 23. 27, 10. 21. Rom.
9, 22. 1 Cor. 2, 3 ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ. 2 Cor.
8, 4. Eph. 2, 4. al. sep. Sept. for d¥5a
Gen. 41, 29. Dan. 11, 44.—Hdian. 7. 1. 2.
Dem. 23. 31. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 25. .

4. Of time, much, long, Plur. many.
Matt. 25,19 μετὰ δὲ χρόνον πολύν. Mark

_ 6,35 ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης. Luke 8, 29.

John 5, 6. Luke 12, 19 ἔτη πολλά, many
years. Acts 24,10. Rom. 15, 233; ἐπὶ πολύ
for a long time Acts 28, 6; per od πολύ
not long after Acts 27,143 μετ᾽ od πολλὰς
ἡμέρας Luke 15, 13. Acts 1, 5. Sept. ἡμέ-
ραι π. for Heb. pas Hos. 3, 3. 4—Xen.
An. 5. 2. 17 πολλοῦ χρόνου. Plato Apol.
Socr. 2 πολλὰ ἔτη.

5. Neut. πολύ. πολλά, adverbially,
Buttm. §115. 4. Matth. §446. 84) Sing.
πολύ, much, greatly, Mark 12, 27 πολὺ
πλανᾶσϑε. Luke 7, 47 ἠγάπησε πολύ. Acts
18, 27. Rom. 3, 2. James 5, 16; with a
compar. 2 Cor. 8, 22 πολὺ σπουδαιότερον.
Dat. πολλῷ id. with compar. John 4, 41;
πολλῷ μᾶλλον Matt. 6, 30. Mark 10, 48.
So Sept. genr. Dan. 6, 14. 23. Hdian. 2.
3. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11; with compar.
Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2;
πολλῷ with compar. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9.
Ὁ) Plur. πολλά without artic. many times,
often, Matt. 9, 14 νηστεύομεν πολλά. James ©
3, 2. (Lue. D. Deor. 19, 2 fin. Xen. Cyr.
1.5. 14.) Also much, greatly, Mark 1, 45
ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλά. 3, 12. 5, 10 παρε-
κάλει αὐτὸν πολλά. 1 Cor. 16, 12. Rev. 5
4 ἔκλαιον πολλά. (Sept. 2 K. 10, 18. Is.
23, 16. Hdian. 1. 16. 11. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3

> ae

>
>

πολύσπλαγχνος 607

47 fin.) With the art. τὰ πολλά, these
many times, for the most part, greatly, Rom.
15, 22. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 16. 1. Xen.
Hell. 6.2.30. +

πολύσπλαγχνος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (πολύς,
σπλάγχνον.) very compassionate, of greal
mercy, James 5, 11;.where some Mss.
read πολυεύσπλαγχνος id.—Not found else-
where.

TOAUTEANS, gos, οὖς, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (πολύς)
τέλος.) very expensive, very costly, sump-
tuous, e. g. vapdos Mark 14, 3; ἱματισμός
1 Tim. 2,9. Sept. for "R72 Prov. 1, 13.
So Hdian. 6. 4. 7. Xen. An. 1. 5. 8.—
Trop. very precious, excellent, 1 Pet. 3, 4.
So Diod. Sic. 14. 30.

πολύτιμος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (πολύς, τιμή,)
of great value or price, very costly, very pre-
cious,e. g. μαργαρίτης Matt. 13, 46. [26,7] ;
vapdos John 12,3; comparat. 1 Pet. 1,7 in
later edit.—Hdian. 1. 17. 5.

πολυτρόπως, adv. (πολύτροπος; πολύς,
τρόπος, Tpérw,) in many ways, in diverse
manners, Heb. 1, 1.—4 Mace. 3, 21. So
πολύτροπος Thue. 2. 44.

π' ὁμα, ατος. τό, (πίνω, πέπομᾳαι,) drink,
1 Cor. 10, 4. Heb. 9,10. Sept. for PY
Ps, 102,10; "82 Dan. 1, 16.—Ceb. Tab.
6. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 9. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 455 sq.

πονηρία, as, 7, (πονηρός,) evil nature,
badness, ina physical sense, Sept. for 37
Jer. 24, 2. 3. 8—Usually and in N. T. ina
moral sense, evil disposition, wickedness,
malice, Lat. pravitas; Matt. 22, 18 γνοὺς
δὲ 6 Ἰησοῦς τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτῶν. Luke 11,
39. Rom. 1, 29. 1 Cor. 5, 8. Eph. 6, 12
τὰ mvevp. τῆς πονηρίας, i. 4. τὰ πονηρά,
Winer ᾧ 34. 2. Plur. αἱ πονηρίαι, wicked
counsels Mark 7, 22; wicked deeds, iniqui-
ties, Acts 3, 26. Sept. for 539 Ex. 32,11;
>" Ps. 28, 5; Plur. for ΤῚΣ Jer. 32, 32.
33, 5. So Luc. D. Mort. 12. 6. Plut. de
aud. Poet. 4. Xen. Gic. 1. 19. Plur. Dem.
521. 6.

πονηρός, ά, ὄν, (πονέω, πόνος.) com-
parat. πονηρότερος Matt. 12, 45. Luke 11,
26; pr. ‘causing or having labour, sorrow,
pain ;’ hence evil, both Act. and Pass.

1. Act. evil, causing evil. a) Physic-
ally, hurtful, painful, grievous; Rev. 16, 2
ἕλκος κακὸν καὶ πονηρόν. Sept. for 39
Deut. 28, 23. (Hdian. 2. 12. 11. Plato
Prot. 313. d.) Neut. τὸ πονηρόν, evil as
inflicted, calamity, affliction, Matt. 6, 13.
Luke 11, 4; see in lett. b. a.

πονηρός
b) Ina moral sense, evil-disposed, male-
volent, malignant, wicked. a) Of persons,

Matt. 5, 45 ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαϑούς. 7, 11
ei ὑμεῖς, πονηροὶ ὄντες κτὰ. 12, 34. 35. 13,
49. 18, 32. 22,10 comp. 14. Luke 6, 35.
45. 11, 13. Acts 17, 5. 2 Thess. 3, 2.
Sept. and 59 Esth. 7,6. Job 21,30. (Hdian.
5. 2.5. Xen. Mem. 2. 6.20.) So πνεύ-
para πονηρά, evil spirits, malignant demons,
Matt. 12, 45. Luke 7, 21. 8, 2. 11, 26.
Acts 19, 12. 13. 15. 16. (Sept. and 55
1 Sam. 16, 14sq. 18,10.) Hence 6 rovn

pés the Evil one, κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν, i. 6. Satan,
Matt. 13, 19. 38, comp. 39. Eph. 6, 16.
1 John 2, 13. 14. 3, 12. 5, 18. Some also
refer here Matt. 5, 37. 6, 13. Luke 11, 4.
John 17, 15.°1 John 5, 19; see in lett. a,
and in no. 2. b. 8. So Act. Thom. § 45.
Barnab. Ep. 21. β) Of things, e. g.
ὀφϑαλμὸς πονηρός, an evil eye, envy, Matt.
20, 15. Mark '7,22; comp. in ὀφθαλμός no.
2; διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί Matt. 15,19. James
2, 4, see in διαλογισμός. 1 Tim. 6, 4. Matt.
12, 35 et Luke 6, 45 ἐκ rod πονηροῦ ϑησαυ-
pov τῆς καρδίας, i. 4. ϑησαυρ. τῆς πονηρίας.
(Hdian. 1.8.5. 2}. V. Η. 2. 11 πον. δεῖπνα,
ᾳ. d. Thyestez epule.) Also as causing
pain or hurt, e. g. words, evil, hurtful, inju-
rious, mischievous, as πᾶν πονηρὸν ῥῆμα
Matt. 5,11. Acts 28, 21. 3 John 10; also
τὸ ὄνομά τινος ὡς πονηρόν Luke 6, 22, comp
Matt. 5,11. Sept. ἀπά > Gen. 37,1. Ps. 64,
6. (Judith 8, 8.) Neut. τὸ πονηρόν, evil,
i. 6. evil intent, malice, wickedness ; Matt.
5, 37 τὸ δὲ περισσὸν τουτῶν, ἐκ τοῦ πονηρου
ἐστιν. Vv. 39. John 17, 15. 2 Thess. 3, 3.

2. Pass. evil, in nature or quality, made
evil, dad, ill.

a) Physically, of quality and condition, bad,
ill; 6. g. καρποὶ πονηροί, bad fruit, Matt. 7,
17. 18; dp3adyds πονηρός, ill, diseased, Matt.
6, 23. Luke 11,34. Sept. and 5 Lev. 27,
10. 2K.2,19. Soa. δίαιτα Plato Rep. 425. c.

b) In a moral sense, wicked, corrupt.
a) Of persons, one wicked, an evil-doer ;
1 Cor. 5, 13 ἐξαιρεῖτε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν.
2 Tim. 3,13. So γενεὰ πονηρά Matt. 12,
39. 45. 16,4. Luke 11, 29; αἰὼν πονηρός
Gal. 1,4. Sept. for 5. Deut. 21, 21; 5%
Is. 1, 4. 9,17. (Hdian. 5. 2. 5. Xen. Ath
1.1.) Of a servant, bad, remiss, slothful,
Matt. 25, 26. Luke 19, 22. So Ecclus. 42,
5. Hdian. 1. 13. 6. Xen. Gic. 7.41. 8)
Of things, wicked, corrupt, flagitious, e. g.
ra ἔργα, John 3,19 ἦν yap πονηρὰ αὐτῶν
τὰ ἔργα. 7, 7. Col. 1, 21. 2 Tim. 4, 18.
1 John 3, 12. 2 John 11; ῥαδιούργημα πον.
Acts 18, 14. 1 Thess. 5, 22 ἀπὸ παντὺς ei-

πόνος

δους πονηροῦ, see in 6, 7, τό, A. 2. b. y. Heb.
8,12. 10, 22. James 4,16. So Sept. and
>" Deut. 17, 5. 2 K. 17, 13. Prov. 26, 23.
(Jos. Ant. 2. 8.1. Hdian. 3. 6. 9.) | Also
of times, as full of sorrow and afiliction,
evil, sorrowful, calamitous; 6. g. ἡμέραι
πονηραί Eph. 5,16. 6,13. Sept. and »4
Gen. 47, 9. Ps. 94, 13.—Neut. τὸ πονη-
pov, evil, wickedness, guilt, Luke 6, 45,
Rom. 12, 9. 1 John 5,19. Plur. ra πο-
νηρά, evil things, wicked deeds, Mark 1,
23; πονηρά Matt. 9, 4. 12, 35. Luke 3,19.
So Sept. for ἢ, 8. g. τὸ a. Deut. 17, 2.
Judg. 2,11; τὰ π. Gen. 6,5. 8,213 πονηρά
Ps, 97,10. Hos. 7, 15.

πόνος, ov, ὃ, (πένω, πένομαι.) 1. work,
labour, toil, travail, Col. 4, 13 in later edit.
for ¢jAov.—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 3. Hdian. 2. 10.
17. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 3.

2. Spec. the consequence of toil, distress,
pain, suffering, anguish ; Rev. 16,10 éuac-
σῶντο τὰς γλώσσας αὑτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πόνου.
v.11. 21,4. Sept. for 312 Is. 65,143 πρὸ
Job 4, 5—AB): V. H. 5. 6. Xen. Mem: 2.
2. ὅ.

ἸΠοντικός, ἡ, ὅν, belonging io Pontus,
a Pontian, Acts 18, 2.

ITovr.os, ov, ὁ, Pontius, the preanomen
of Pilate, see in Πιλάτος. Matt. 27, 2. Luke
3, 1. Acts 4, 27. 1 Tim. 6,13. See Dict.
of Antt. art. Nomen.

Πόντος, ov, ὃ, Pontus, the north-east
ern province of Asia Minor, Acts 2, 9.
1 Pet. 1, 1.. It was bounded N. by the
Euxine; W. by Paphlagonia and Galatia ;
S. by Cappadocia and part of Armenia ; and
E. by Colchis. The kingdom of Pontus
became celebrated under Mithridates the
Great, who waged a long war with the
Romans; in which he was at last defeated
by Pompey, and his kingdom made a Ro-
man province, in B. C. 66. See Strabo 12.
p- 541 sq. 562.

Πόπλιος, ov, 6, Lat. Publius, pr. n.
ot a wealthy inhabitant of Malta, Acts 28,
7. 8.

πορεία, as, 4, (πορεύω,) a going, way,
journey ; Luke 13, 22 πορείαν ποιούμενος
making his way, i. e. journeying. Sept. for
a2 Jon. 3,3. 4. So Jos. de Vit. § 52.
Pol. 4. 69. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5.—Plur.
from the Heb. goings, ways, journey of life,
James 1,11. So Sépt. for 72 Prov. 2,7.

πορεΐω, f. evorw, (πόρος, πείρω, περάω.)

to cause to pass over by land or water, to
transport, Eurip. Med. 182. Pind. Ol. 1.

608

πορεύω

185. Ail. V. H. 8, 2.—Oftener and in Ν.
T. only Pass. depon. πορεύομαι, f. εὖ-

Gopuat, aor. 1 ἐπορεύϑην; pr. to transport
oneself, to betake oneself, to pass from one

"place ἐο another, intrans.

1. Pr. to pass, to go, implying motion
from the place where one is; hence often
i. 4. to pass on, to go away, to depart; found
chiefly in Matt. Luke, John, and Acts.
ἘΞ g. absol. Matt. 2, 9 of δὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ
βασιλέως, ἐπορεύϑησαν. Mark 16,10. Luke
4, 30. Acts 5, 20. 1 Cor. 10, 27. (Xen.
An. 3. 4. 41.) Once c. acc. Acts 8, 39
ἐπορ. τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, see in ὁδός no. 2. a.
With inf. of object, Luke 2, 3 ἐπορεύοντο
πάντες ἀπογράφεσϑαι. John 14, 2. Comp.
Buttm. ὁ 140. 3.—Usually with an adjunct
of place whence or whither; 8. g. with a
Preposition and its case: ἀπό c. gen. Matt.
24, 1 ἐπορεύετο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Luke-4, 42.
Acts 5,41. (Xen. An. 4.4.17.) διά ¢. gen.
Matt. 12,1 διὰ τῶν σπορίμων. (Xen. Cyr. 2.
4,24.) eis c. ace. of place, Matt. 2, 20 εἰς
γῆν Ἰσραήλ. Mark 16, 15. Luke 4, 42. al.
(Xen. Hell. 7. 4.10.) also c. acc. of state
or condition, Luke 22, 33 eis Savarov. 7; 50
eis εἰρήνην; see in εἰς no. 4 fin. ἔμπροσϑεν
6. gen. of pers. John 10,4; ἐν c. dat. of
state or manner, Acts 16, 36, comp. in εἰς
no. 4 fin. ἐπί ὁ. acc. of place, Matt. 22, 9
ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους κτλ. Acts 8, 26. 9, 11.
(Xen. Ag. 1. 16.) c. acc. of pers. Acts 25,
12; also c. ace. of thing sought, object,
Luke 15, 4 π. ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλός. (Xen. Cyr.
5. 3.16. Hell. 7. 4.10.) ἕως 6. gen. of
place, ἕως Καισαρείας Acts 23,23; κατά
c. acc. of place towards which, Acts 8, 26;
of way along which, 8, 36; ὀπίσω c. gen.
of pers. by Hebr. to go after any one, to
follow, Luke 21, 8. (Sept. for “InN ΡΠ
Judg. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 6,12.) πρός 6. ace.
of pers. Matt. 10, 6 πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα κτλ.
Luke 11, 5. Acts 27, 3. al. Sept. for
ἘΝ TPM Gen. 26, 26. (Xen. Hell. 7. 3. 6.)
σύν c. dat. of pers. Luke 7, 6. ἐπορεύετο
σὺν αὐτοῖς. So with Adverbs: éxei%ev Matt.
19, 15; ἐντεύϑεν Luke 13, 31; οὗ for ὅποι
Luke 24, 28; ποῦ John '7, 35.—By a sort
of pleonasm, πορεύομαι is often prefixed,
espec. in the participle, to verbs which ot
themselves imply the idea of going, in order
to render the expression more full and com-
plete; comp. in ἔρχομαι no. 2. a, and ἀνί-
στημι II. 1. a. So Part. Matt. 2,8 πορευϑέν-
τες ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσατε. 9,13. 10,7 πορευό-
μενοι δὲ κηρύσσετε. Luke 7, 22. 14,10. 22,
8. 1 Pet. 8, 19. Imperat. Luke 10, 37
πορεύου, καὶ ov ποίει ὁμοίως. Sept. and

πορϑέω 609

32h 2K. 5,10. 1K. 9, 6 Josh. 23, 16.
So Jos. Ant. 7. 13.1 προσέταξεν ᾿Ιωάβῳ
a τὸν ὄχλον ἐξαριδμῆσαι.
2. Spec. to depart this life, to die, Luke
22, 22. So Heb. bo Gen. 15, 2. Ps. 39,
14, Sept. ἀπολύομαι, amépxopat.—So οἴχο-
pat Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.13. Comp. Wisd. 3,
2. 3. °
3. Genr. to go, to walk, pr. Xen. Mem.
1. 4.11. In N. T. only trop. and from the
Heb. to walk, i. q. to live, to conduct oneself,
joined with an adjunct of manner; e. g.
c. dat. of rule or manner, Acts 9, 31 πο-
ρευόμεναι τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κύριου. 14,16. Jude
11. Matth. § 399. n. 2. Winer § 31. 8. b.
(1 Mace. 6, 23.) With a preposition and
its case: ἐν 6. dat. of rule or manner, Luke
1, 6 ἐν π. ταῖς ἐντολαῖς. 1 Pet. 4, 3. 2 Pet.
2,10. Sept. for 3 92 1 K. 8, 61. Prov.
28, 6. (Ecclus. 5, 2.) xardc. acc. of
rule or manner, 2 Pet. 3,3 κατὰ ras ἰδίας
αὑτῶν émupias. Jude v. 16.18. (Sept.
Num. 24,1. Wisd. 6,4.) ὀπίσω c. gen.
of rule or manner, 2 Pet. 2, 10 ὀπίσω σαρ-
κός, comp. above in no. 1; ὑπό 6. gen.
under or among, Luke 8, 14 ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν
--mopevduevot κτλ. Absol. Luke 13, 33
πλὴν δεῖ pe onpepor...mopeverSats to walk
i. 6. to act, to fulfil my duties. +
πορϑέω, ὦ, f. now, (πέρϑω,) to lay
waste, to ravage, to destroy, 6. g. τὴν ἐκκλη-
σίαν Gal. 1,13; τὴν πίστιν v.23; τούς κτλ.
Acts 9, 21.—Pr. a city, country, Jos. Ant.
10. 8. 2. Hdian. 6. 7. 5. Xen. Mei. 3. 5. 4.
- πορισ, μός, ov, 6, (πόρος, πορίζω,) a pro-
viding, procuring, Pol. 3. 112. 2.—In N. T.
acquisition, gain, meton. a source or means
of gain, 1 Tim. 6, 5. 6. So Wisd. 13, 19.
14, 2. Plut. M. Crass. 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 4.
Πόρκιος, ov, 6, Porcius, the prenomen
of the procurator Festus, Acts 24,27. See
in Φῆστος, and comp. Dict. of Antt. art.
Nomen.
πορνεία, as, 4, (πορνεύω,.) 1. fornica-
tion, lewdness ; Matt. 15, 19 μοιχεῖαι, πορ-
vera. Mark 7,21. Rom. 1, 29. 1 Cor. 6, 13.
18. 7,2. 2 Cor. 12,21. Gal. 5,19. Eph.

δ, 3. Col. 3, 5. 1 Thess. 4, 3. Rev. 9, 21.

John 8,41 ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεϑα
we are not born of fornication, we are not
spurious children, born of a concubine, but
are the true descendants of Abraham. Sept.
for 5°53 Gen. 38, 24. Hos. 1,2. So Pa-
leph. 53. 6. Dem. 403. 26.—Spec. adulte-

τὰ, Matt. 5, 32. 19,9. (Ecclus. 23, 23.)

Also incest, incestuous marriage, 1 Cor. 5,

1 bis. Prob. also as including marriages

prohibited by the Mosaic law, and genr. all
ca

ToOpposev

such intercourse as that law interdicted,
Acts 15, 20. 29. 21, 25. Comp. Lev. ς. 18,
and 20, 10 sq.

2. Symbol. from the Heb. for idolatry,
the forsaking of the true God in order to
worship idols; comp. in πορνεύω no, 2.
Rey. 2, 21. 14, 8. 17,2, 4. 18,3. 19, 2.
So Sept. and 5253} Hos, 2, 2, 4,12; ΤῊΣ)
Jer. 3, 2.9; MINIM Ez. 16, 15. 22. 32 sq.

πορνεύω, f. evow, (πόρνος, πόρνη.)

1. to commit fornication, to play the har-
lot, intrans. 1 Cor. 6, 18 ὁ δὲ πορνεύων.
10, 8 bis, comp. Num. 25,1. 9. Sept. for’
M23 Hos. 3, 3—Luc. Alex. 5. Demosth.
612. 5.

2. Symbol. from the Heb. of idolatry ;
the relation existing between God and his
church being shadowed forth under the
emblem of the conjugal union, which is
broken by those who worship idols ; see
Heb. Lex. art. m2t no. 2, comp. in ζῆλος
no. 2. Rev. 2, 14. 20; with μετά c. gen.
Rev. 17, 2. 18, 3. 9. So Sept. and ΓΟ
1 Chr. 5, 25. Ez. 23, 19. Hos, 9, 1.

πόρνη, ns; ἧ; (πόρνος, περνάω, πέρνημι.)

1. α harlot, prostitute, Matt. 21, 31. 32.
Luke 15, 30. 1 Cor. 6,15. 16. Heb. 11, 31.
James 2, 25. Sept. for m2it Gen. 38, 15.
Josh. 2, 1.—Ecclus. 19, 2: El. V. H. 4.
14. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 4.

2. Symbol. from the Heb. of Babylon
(Rome), ἡ πόρνη μέγαλη, the great harlot, as
being the chief seat of idolatry, Rev. 17, 1.
5. 15. 16. 19, 2. Sept. and 357 Is, 1, 21.
Ez. 16, 29 sq. See in πορνεύω no. 2.

πόρνος, ov, 6, (περνάω, πέρνημι.) a male
prostitute, catamile, Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 13.—
In N. T. @ fornicator, 1 Cor. 5, 9. 10. 11.
6, 9. Eph. 5, 5. 1 Tim. 1, 10. Heb. 12, 16.
13, 4. Rev. 21, 8. 22,15. So Eeclus. 23,
16. 17.

πόῤῥω, adv. (πρό,) for Att. προσω, Dor.

᾿ πόρσω, Buttm. § 115. 6; pr. forwards, far

forwards; hence far, far off, Lat. porro;
Luke 14, 32 ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόῤῥω ὄντος. With
ἀπό ο. gen. Matt. 15,8 et Mark 7, 6 ἡ x.
αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, quoted from
Is. 29, 13 where Sept. for P9. Sept. for
Pina Jer. 12, 2. So Luc. *Anachar. 27.
Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 4 ; c. ἀπό Xen. Hell. 1. 1.
16.—Comparat. ποῤῥωτέρω, farther, Luke
24,28. So Luc. Tox. 63. Xen. Hell. 4.
2.11. See Buttm. |. c.¢

πόῤῥωδεν, adv. (πόῤῥω!) from afar,
from a distance, Buttm. ᾧ 116. 1. Heb. 11,
13 π. αὐτὰς Wovres. Sept. for PIN Job
2,12. Is. 49,12; So Jog. B. J. 3. 6. 1.

ποῤῥωτέρω

Xen. Mem. 2.. 6. 31.—Also, far off, at a dis-
tance, Luke 17, 12 of ἔστησαν πόῤῥωθεν.
Sept. and Pi72 Jer. 23, 23; PIN Is. 33,
13. So Hdian. 2. 6. 20 ἑστῶτες πόῤῥ. Comp.
in ἐκ no. 1. b. Heb. Lex. art. 2 no. 3. ἢ.

ποῤῥωτέρω, see in πόῤῥω.

πορφύρα, as, 4, Lat. purpura, i. e. the
purple-muscle, a species of shell-fish found
on the coasts of the Mediterranean, which
yields a reddish-purple dye, much prized by
the ancients, AU]. H. Anim. 7. 31, 34;
comp. Plin. H. N. 9.36 or 60. Heb. 72298;
different from the 22M or helix iantha
Linn. which yields the bluish or cerulean
purple ; see Heb. Lex. under these words.
Braun de Vestit. Sacerdot. p. 201 sq. Bo-
chart Hieroz. II. 740 sq.—In N. T. meton.
purple, i. e. «ny thing dyed with purple,
purple cloths, robes of purple, worn by per-
sons of rank and wealth, Luke 16, 19 éved:-
δύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον. Rev. 17, 4
Rec. 18,12. Sept. and }2398 Ex, 25, 4.
26, 1. 31. (1 Macc. 4, 23. Jos. B. J. 6. 8. 3.
Hdian. 7. 1.21: Plato Legg. 847. c.) Spec.
@ purple robe, put upon Christ as a mock
emblem of royalty, Mark 15, 17. 20; comp.
ἡ πορφύρα βασιλική Hdian. 1. 16.8. 2 Mace.
4,38. In Matt. 27, 28 the same is called
xAapds κοκκίνη i. 6. coccus-dyed, crimson ;
justas in English the expressions purple-red

and crimson are often interchanged ; so too-

Hor. Sat. 2. 6. 102 ‘rubro cocco tincta
vestis,’ i. q. ‘ vestis purpurea’ in v. 106.
πορφύρεος ous, έα ἃ, éov ovr, adj. (πορ-
φύρα,) purple, i. 6. reddish-purple ; John 19,
2. 5 ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν, comp. in πορφύρα
fin. Rev. 18, 16 περιβεβλημένη πορφυροῦν
sc. περιβόλαιον. Rev. 17, 4 in later edit.
Sept. for 72298 Judg. 8, 26. Esth. 1, 6—
Hdian. 7. 5. 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 2.
πορφυρόπωλις, ews, 4}, (πορφύρα, πω-
λέω,) a seller of purple cloths, a dealer in
purple, Acts 16. 14. Comp. in Θυάτειρα.

ποσάκις, «ἂν. interrog. (πόσος,) how
many times? how often? Matt. 18, 21. 23,
37. Luke 13, 34.—Ecclus. 20, 17. Luc.
Tim. 4. Plato Epist. 353. d. Comp. Buttm.
571. 2.

πόσις, eas, ἡ, (πίνω,) a drinking, Luc.
Ὁ. Deor. 18. 2.—In N. T. drink, John 6, 55.
Rom. 14, 17 βρῶσις καὶ πόσις. Col. 2, 16.
Sept. for 2 Nan. 1, 10. So Hdian. 1.
17. 17. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 15.

πόσος, ἡ; ov, interrog. pron. correlative
to ὅσος, τόσος: Buttm. ᾧ 79. 8, ὅ ; how great?
σιιατιίιι 1

610

πότε

1. Of magnitude, quantity, how great?
how much? Luke 16,5 πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ
κυρίῳ pov; v. Ἴ. Intens. Matt. 6, 23 τὲ
σκότος πόσον; 2Cor.'7,11. Dat. πόσῳ by
how much, before a coniparat. e. g. μᾶλλον,
how much more, Matt. 7, 11. 10, 25. Luke
11, 13. 12, 24,28. Rom. 11, 12. 24. Philem.
16. Heb. 9, 14; χεῖρων Heb. 10, 29; δια-
φέρει Matt. 12,12. So Wisd. 12,21. Xen.
Mem. 2. 5. 4; πόσῳ μᾶλλον Diod. Sic. 1. 2.
—Of an amount of time, how much? how
long? πόσον χρόνον Mark 9,21. So Isoer.
Panath. p. 424 π. χρόνος. Plato Rep. 540. a.

2. Plur. of number, how many? Matt. 15,
34 πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; 16, 9. 10. Mark 6,
38. 8, 5. 19. 20. Luke 15, 17. Acts 21, 20
πόσαι μυριάδες. Intens. Matt. 27, 13 et
Mark 15,4 πόσα cov καταμαρτυροῦσιν; i.e.
how many and great things, what things.
Sept. for 722 Gen. 47, 8. 2 Sam. 19, 35.
—Eschin. 2. 20. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 35.

ποταμός, οὗ, 6, (perh. πότος, πίνω, 4. d.
πότιμον ὕδωρ.) a river, stream; Mark 1, 5
ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ. Acts 16, 13.*Rev.
8,10. 9, 14 τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ μεγ. Εὐφράτῃ.
160, 4. 12. Allegor. John 7, 38. Rev. 22, 1.
2. Sept. for "92 Gen. 2, 10. 15,18; "ik"
Gen. 41, 1. Ex. 1,22. So Hdian. 7. 1. 13,
17. Xen. An. 4. 1. 2—Spec. of a stream
as swollen, overflowing, i. q. a torrent, flood,
Matt. 7, 25. 27. Luke 6, 48. 49. 2 Cor. 11,
26. Rev. 12,15.16. Comp. Sept. and 718"
15. 59, 19.

TOTALOPOPHTOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (wora-
pos, hopéw, φέρω,) borne away by a flood,
Rev. 12, 15.—Hesych. ἀπόερσεν" ἀπέπνιξε,
τουτέστι ποταμοφύρητον ἐποίησεν.

ποταπός, ή; ov, interrog. adj. what? of
what kind, sort, manner ? spoken of disposi-
tion, character, quality, i. q. ποῖος.“ Matt. 8,
27 ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ; what manner of
man is this? Mark 13, 1 bis, a. λίϑοι καὶ π.
οἰκοδομαί; Luke 1, 29. 7, 39. 2 Pet. 3, 11.
1 John 3, 1.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 7. ib. 4.
66. Luc. Parasit. 22. So once ποδαπός
Dem. 782. 8. The form ποταπός is for πο-
dards, which the earlier Greeks used only
in the sense: from what country? whence? ἡ
Lat. cujas? as if from ποῦ, πόϑεν, and obs.
δάπος, i. 4. ἔδαφος, δάπεδον. Buttmann de-
rives it from ποῦ ἀπό οἵ πόδεν ἀπό; see
Lexil. I. 125, 802. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 56 sq.
Passow in ποδαπός.

πότε, interrog. adv. correl. to τότε, ὅτε.
Buttm. 116.4; when? at what time? e. g.
direct, Matt. 24, 3 πότε ταῦτα ἐστί; 25, 37
more oe εἴδομεν πεινῶντα ; V. 38. 39. 44.
Mark 13, 4. Luke 17, 20. 21, 7. John 6, 25

ποτέ

10, 34. Rev. 6, 10. So ἕως πότε, until
when? how long? Matt. 17, 17 bis, ὦ γενεὰ
ἄπιστος, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι ped ὑμῶν κτλ.
Mark 9, 19 bis. Luke 9, 41. Sept. πότε for
"2 Job 7,4; ἕως πότε for "M277 Ps, 80,
5. Jer. 4, 14.21. So Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 32;
ἕως π. 1 Macc. 6, 22.—Indirect, Mark 13,
33 οὐκ οἴδατε γάρ, more 6 καιρός ἐστι. V. 35.
Luke 12, 36. So Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 1 μένειν,
wor ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Αβεσάλωμος ἔλθῃ.

ποτέ, indef. and enclitic, correl. to τότε,
ὅτε, Buttm. ᾧ 116. 4; pr. when, whenever, i. 6.

1. at some time, one time or other, once,
both of time past and future. E. g. of the
past, once, formerly, John 9, 13 τὸν ποτὲ
τυφλόν. Rom. 7, 9 χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ. 11,
30. Gal. 1, 13. 23 bis. Eph. 2, 2, 3. 11. 13.
5, 8. Phil. 4, 10 ὅτε ἤδη ποτέ that now once,
now at length. (Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 32,
51.) Col. 1, 21 ὑμᾶς ποτε ὄντας κτλ. 3, 7.
Tit. 3, 3. Philem. 11. 1 Pet. 2, 10. 3, 5. 20.
2 Pet. 1,21. So Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 1.
15. 11. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 2.—Of the future,
once, one day, at last, Luke 22, 32. Rom. 1,
10 εἴπως ἤδη ποτὲ εὐοδωϑήσομαι. So Hdian.
2. 2. 18.

2. at any time, ever; Eph. 5, 29 οὐδεὶς
yap πότε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα ἐμίσησεν.
1 Thess. 2, 5 οὔτε γάρ ποτε. 2 Pet. 1,.10.
With negat. μή it takes the form μήποτε,
which see in its order. So Luc. D. Deor.
10. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 19.—Intens. in an
interrogation, like Engl. ever, now, express-
ing surprise, Buttm. ᾧ 149. m. 31. 1 Cor.
9. 7 ris στρατεύεται idiots ὀψωνίοις ποτέ;
Heb. 1, 5. 18. Indirect, Gal. 2, 6 ὁποῖοί
more ἦσαν. So Ceb. Tab. 2, 3. Xen. Mem.
1. 1. 1, 2; indir. ALL V. Η. 2. 8 ὅς ris ποτε
οὗτός ἐστιν.

πότερος, η, ov, interrog. pron. which of
the two? Buttm. ᾧ 78. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 4,
—In N. T. only Neut. πότερον as Adv.
whether ? utrum ? indirect, and followed by
#, or, in a question containing two contrary
propositions; John 7, 17 πότερον ἐκ τοῦ
ϑεοῦ ἐστιν, ἢ ἐγὼ κτλ. Sept. for πὶ Job 7,
12. So Jos. Ant. 6. ὅ. 1. Plut. Sept. Sap.
Conv. 3 pen. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4.

ποτήριον, ov, τό, (ποτήριος, ποτήρ, πό-
τος, πίνω.)

1. a drinking vessel, a cup; Matt. 10,
42 ποτήριον Ψυχροῦ μόνον. 23,25 τὸ ἔξω-
ὅεν τοῦ ποτηρίου. v. 26. 26, 27. Mark 7, 4.
ἃ. 9, 41. 14, 23. Luke 11, 39. 22, 17. 20.
1 Cor. 11, 25. Rev. 17,4. Sept. for ofp
Gen. 40, 11. 13. 21. 2 Chr. 4, 5.—Ceb.
Tab. 5. Luc. Jup. Trag. 42. Plut. Mor. II.
Ρ. 13.

611

Ποτίολοι

2. Meton. a cup for the contents of a
cup, cup-full, 6. g, a cup of wine; so of
the wine drank at the eucharist, Luke 22,
20 et 1 Cor. 11, 25 τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ
καινὴ διαθήκη. 1 Cor. 10,16 τὸ π. τῆς εὐλο-
γίας, see in πάσχα. So πίνειν τὸ ποτήριον
to drink the cup; 1 Cor. 10, 21 bis, τὸ
ποτήριον κυρίου... καὶ τὸ π. δαιμονίων, i. 6.
consecrated to the Lord or to idols. 11, 26.
27. v. 28 πίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου, comp.
John 4, 14.

3. Trop. from the Heb. lot, portion, un-
der the emblem of a cup which God pre-
sents to be drank, either for good, as Ps.
16, 5. 23, 5; or also for evil, Ps. 11, 6. 75,
8. Ez. 23, 31 sq.—tIn N. T. the cup of sor-
row, the bitter Jot, which awaited the Sa-
viour in his sufferings and death, Matt. 20,
22. 23. 26, 39. 42. Mark 10, 38. 39. 14,
36. Luke 22, 42. John 18, 11. Spoken
also of the cup of which God in his wrath
causes the nations to drink, so that they
reel and stagger to destruction, see espec.
in Supds, Rev. 14, 10. 16, 19. 18, 6—
Arabian writers use the same figure, 6. g.
‘cup of death ’ Hamasa ed. Schult. p. 440;
‘cup of destruction’ Abulf. Ann. I. 352;
see Heb, Lex. art. pip.

ποτίζω, f. isw, (πότος, πίνω,) 1. to
let drink, to give to drink, c. acc. of pers.

_ Matt. 25, 35. 42 ἐποτίσατέ με. 27, 48. Mark

15, 36. Rom. 12, 20; acc. impl. Matt. 25,
37. Luke 13, 15. Trop. Rev. 14,8. Pass.
trop. 1 Cor. 12, 13. Sept. for "PYM Gen.
21, 19. 24,18. (Ceb. Tab. 5.) With two
acc. of pers. and thing, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 131.
5. Winer § 32. 4. Matt. 10, 42 ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ
ἕνα TOY μικρῶ τ. ποτήριον ψυχροῦ. Mark 9,
41. Trop. 1 Cor. 3,2. Sept. and Apwn
Gen. 19, 32 sq. Judg. 4,19. Job 22,7. ‘See
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 810 sq.—Ecclus. 15, 3.
Cebet. Tab. 19 ; acc. of thing Plato Phedr.
247. e.

2. Of plants, fo water, to irrigate, only
trop. of instruction, absol. 1 Cor. 3, 6 ἐγὼ
ἐφύτευσα, ᾿Απολλὼς ἐπότισεν. ν. '7. 8.—Pr.
Sept. for npwin Gen. 2, 6. Ez. 17,7. Xen.
Cony. 2. 25.

Ποτίολοι, wy, oi, Puteoli, now Puzzu-
oli, a maritime town of Italy on the northern
shore of the bay of Naples. 115. ancient
Greek name was Δικαιάρχεια. It was a
favourite place of resort for the Romans, on
account of the adjacent mineral waters and
hot baths; and its harbour was defended
by a celebrated mole, the remains of which
are still to be seen. Here Paul landed on
his way to Rome. Acts 28, 13. Comp.

πότος

Strabo 5. p. 245. ib. 17. p.'793. Plin. H. N.
86. 14. Jos. Ant. 17. 12. 1.

πότος; ov, ὃ, (πίνω,) pr. a drinking, act
of drinking, Xen. An. 2. 3. 15.—Oftener
and in N. T. a drinking together, a drinking-
bout, 1 Pet. 4, 3 ἐν κώμοις καὶ πότοις. Sept.
for πρῶ Gen. 19,3. 40,20. So Jos. Ant.
5: 8.6. All. V. H. 3. 28. Xen. Conv. 8.
4.1.

ποῦ,, interrog. adv. (correl. to πού indef.
and od,) where? in what place? Buttm.
§ 116. 4. Matth. § 611. 3.

1. Pr. and genr. where? 4) Ina di-
rect question, before the Indic. Matt. 2, 2
ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχϑεὶς βασιλεύς. Mark 14, 14.
Luke 17, 17. 87. 22, 11. John 1, 39. 7, 11.
8, 10. 19. 9, 12. 11, 34. 1 Pet. 4, 18.
With σέλειν before the Subj. Matt. 26, 17
ποῦ SéAets ἐτοιμάσωμέν σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πά-
σχα. Mark 14, 12. Luke 22, 9. Sept. for
"x Gen. 4,9; mex Gen. 18,9. So Luc.
D. Deor. 4. 4. Xen, Mag. Eq. 7.14. Ὁ)
Indirect, often in N. T. see Winer § 61.
2.n. Before the Indic. Matt. 2, 4 émruv3a-
veto παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, mov 6 X. γεννᾶται. Mark
15, 47. John 1, 40 καὶ εἶδον ποῦ μένει. 11,
57. 20, 2. 13. 15. Rev. 2,13. Before the
Subj. Matt. 8,20 ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ.
Luke 9, 58. 19,17. ο0) Ina direct ques-
tion implying a negative, i. e. that a person
or thing is not present, does not exist ;
comp. Matth. ὁ 611. 3. Luke 8, 25 ποῦ
ἐστιν ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ; Rom. 3, 27, 1 Cor.
1, 20 ter. 12, 17 bis. 19. [Gal. 4, 15.] 2 Pet.
3, 4. 1 Cor. 15, 55 bis, quoted from Sept.
Hos. 13, 14, where Heb. “Ts . Sept. and
MR Judg. 9, 38. Job 17, 15. Joel 2, 17.
So Luc. D. Deor. 4. 2. Eurip. Pheen. 558
or 562.

2. By attract. after verbs of motion,
where? i. q. whither? to what place? as
often in English ; comp. Buttm. § 151. 1. 8.
So in a direct question, John 7, 35 ποῦ οὗ-
ros μέλλει πορεύεσϑαι; 13, 36 κύριε, ποῦ
ὑπάγεις ; 16, ὅ.. Sept. for 728 Gen. 16, 8.
Deut. 1, 28. Cant. ὅ, 18. (Luc. D. Mort.
3.2.) Indirect, John 8, 8 οὐκ οἶδας... ποῦ
ὑπάγει. 8, 14bis. 12,35. 14,5, Heb. 11, 8.
1 John 2, 11.

πού, indef. ‘particle, enclitic, (correl.
with ποῦ, οὗ.) somewhere, in some place or
other; see Buttm. §116. 4. § 149. m. 31.
Viger. p. 446. Heb. 2, 6 διεμαρτύρετο δέ πού
τις. 4,4. So Jos. B. J. 6.3.3. Xen. Conv.
4. εἶπε γάρ που “Opnpos.—Joined with
numerals, somewhere about, nearly, Rom. 4,
19 éxarovraérns που ὑπάρχων. So All. V.
Η. 13. 4. Xen. Gic. 17. 2.

612

πούς

ἸΠούδης, δεντος, 6, Pudens, pr. n. of ἃ
Christian, 2 Tim. 4, 21.

πούς, πόδος, ὃ, the foot ; for the accent
πούς instead of ποῦς, see Lob. ad Phryn
p. 453, 765. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. ὁ 41. 7.
E. g. of men, Matt. 10, 14. 18, 8 bis, ἢ ὁ
πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε. .. ἢ δύο πόδας
ἔχοντα. 22, 13. Luke 15, 22. 24, 39. 40.
John 20,12. Acts 21,11. Rev. 2,18. al.
sep. Of animals, Matt. 7, 6. Anthropo-
path. of God Matt. 5, 35. Acts'7,49; comp
Is. 66,1. Sept. for >39 Gen. 8, 9. Jude.
1,6.'7.sep. So Luc. D. Deor. 19. 1. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3.193; of anim. Hdian. 1. 15. 11.
Xen. Venat. 4. 1 fin.—The following spe-
cial uses of πούς may be noted: a) παρὰ
τοὺς πόδας τινός, spoken of what is αἱ
one’s feet, 6. g. to cast or lay at one’s feet,
i. q. to give over into one’s care and charge,
as sick persons, Matt. 15, 30; money, pro-
perty, Acts 4, 35. 37. 5, 2. 7, 58. Also to
sit at the feet of any one, as disciples were
accustomed to sit on the ground before their
master or teacher, see Schoettgen Hor. Heb.
I. p. 477. Luke 8, 35. 10, 39 ἡ παρακαϑί-
σασα παρὰ τοὺς π. τοῦ I. Acts 22, 3 παρὰ
τι π. Ταμαλιὴλ πεπαιδευμένος. But Luke
7, 38 στᾶσα παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω,
i.e. standing behind the triclinium at the
feet of Jesus as he reclined upon it; see also
in lett.d, below. Ὁ) ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τινός,
to put or subdue under one’s feet, 1ο make
subject to any one, in allusion to the an-
cient manner of treading down or putting
the foot upon the necks of vanquished ene-
mies, see Josh. 10, 24. Lam. 5,5; comp. ©
Ps. 8,7. So Rom. 16, 20 ὁ Seds...cur-
τρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς π. ὑμῶν. 1 Cor.
15, 25. 27. Eph. 1, 22. Also Heb. 2, 8
πάντα ὑπετάξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ,
quoted from Ps. 8, 7 where Sept. for “MA
9239. Ina like sense put after ὑποπόδιον
q. v. Matt. 22, 44 fas ἂν ϑῶ τοὺς ἐχϑρούς
σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου, and so Mark
12, 36. Luke 20, 43. Acts 2, 8ὅ. Heb. 1,
13. 10,13, all quoted from Ps, 110, 1 where
Sept. for 7237? oy. 06) Spoken of
the oriental mode of making supplication,
or of doing reverence and homage to a su-
perior, by prostrating oneself before him,
comp. Esth. 8, 3. Gen. 44, 14. Ruth 2, 10.
2Sam. 1,2. E. g. to fall at one’s feet, in
supplication, πεσὼν οὖν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ad-
τοῦ Matt. 18, 29; πρὸς τοὺς πόδας Mark 5,
22. '7,25. Sept. πρὸς τοὺς π΄. for sna nbd
Esth. 8, 3. In reverence and homage, zre-
σεῖν els τοὺς πόδας John 11,32; ἐπὶ τοὺς π΄
Acts 10, 25; παρὰ τοὺς π. Luke 17, 16

δὲ “,Φ;σον

πρᾶγμα

ἐνώπιον τῶν π. Rev. 8, 9, and ἔμπροσϑεν.

Rey. 19,10. 22, 8; comp. Heb. “ἢ "29>
Esth. 8,3. Ina like sense, κρατῆσαι τοὺς
πόδας τινός Matt. 28,9. d) In allusion to
the custom of washing the feet of strangers
and guests, and also of anointing the feet ;
here the washing was usually done by the
lowest slaves, see 1 Sam. 25, 41, and comp,
Gen. 24, 32. 43, 24; but sometimes appar-
ently by the master himself in token of re-
spect, comp. Gen. 18, 4. 19,2; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. 1ΠΠ. p. 26. E. g. Luke 7,
44 ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας μου οὐκ ἔδωκας.
John 13, 5 (Ἰησοῦς) ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς
πόδας τῶν p. ν. θ. 8. 9. 10. 12. 14 bis. So
of Mary, who washed Jesus’ feet with her
tears, and kissed and anointed them in token
of affection, Luke 77, 38 ter. 44. 45. 46. John
11,2; comp. in ἀλείφω. 6) Meton. to the
feet as the instrument of going, walking, is
sometimes ascribed that which strictly be-
longs to the person who goes, walks ; comp.
in ὀφθαλμός no. 2. Luke 1, 79 xarev3v-
vat τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν eis ὁδὸν εἰρήνης. Heb.
12, 18." (Ps. 119, 110. Prov. 4, 26.) Acts
5,9 of πόδες τῶν ϑαψάντων κτὰ. Rom. 3,
15. 10,15 ὡς ὡραῖοι of πόδες τῶν εὐαγγ.
«rA. quoted from Is. 52,7, where see Ge-
sen. Comment. Comp. 1 K. 14, 12. Prov.
1,16. Job 31,5. +

πρᾶγμα; aros, τό, (πράσσω,) pr. a thing
done or to be done, e. g.

1. Something done, a deed, act, fact, mat-
ter. Luke 1, 1 διήγησιν περὶ τῶν....ἐν ἡμῖν
πραγμάτων, i. 6. things done, events. James
3, 16 πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. Heb. 6, 18. 10,
1. 11,1. Sept. for a3 Gen. 24, 50. Judg.
6, 29.—Hdian. 7. 5. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 7.

2. Something doing or to be done, a mat-
ter, business, affair. Matt. 18,19 ἐὰν δύο
ὑμῶν συμφωνήσωσιν περὶ παντὸς πράγμα-
ros. Acts ὅ, 4. Rom. 16,2. 2 Cor. 7, 11.
i Thess. 4,6. Sept. for ὙΠ Ecc. 3, 1.
So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 6.2. Diod. Sic. 2. 2.
Xen. An. 5. 6. 28.—Spec. in a judicial
sense, πρᾶγμα ἔχειν, to have a matler at
law, a lawsuit, 1 Cor. 6,1. So Xen. Mem.
2.9. 1.

πραγματεία, as, iH, (πραγματεύομαι,)
a doing, business, affair, 2 Tim. 2, 4. Sept.
for ΠΝ 1 Chr. 28, 21.—2 Mace. 2, 32.
Dem. 101. 22. Plato Gorg. 501. b.

πραγματεύομαι, f. εύσομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (mpaypa,) to be doing, to be busy, oc-
cupied, Luc. Philops. 36. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.
26.—In N. T. like Engl. lo do business, i. 6.
to trade, to traffick, absol. Luke 19, 13; i. q.
ἐργάζομαι in Matt. 25,16. So mpaypared-

613

πράκτωρ
τῆς, @ business-man, merchant, Plut. de cus
pid. Div. 4. Id. de non foener. 2; comp.
Rabb. piaizasnp, a merchant, Buxt. Lex.
1799.

πραιτώριον, ov; τό, Lat. pretorium,
i.e. in Latin usage, the general’s tent in a
camp, Liv. 3.5. Cic. de Divin. 1.33; comp.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 373; Dict. of Antt.
s.v. Also the house or palace of the gov-
ernor of a province, whether a pretor or other

Officer, Οἷς. Verr. Act. II. 4. 28. ib. 5. 35;

any large house, palace, Sueton. Calig. 37.
Aug. 63, 72. Tit. 8.—Hence in N. T. a
pretorian residence, governor’s house, pa-
lace; spoken

1. OF the palace of Herod at Jerusalem,
built with great magnificence at the north-
ern part of the upper city (Zion), westward
of the temple and overlooking the létter ;
to which there was also access from the
palace over the open place called the Xys-
tus anda bridge across the valley of the
Tyropeon; see Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 3. ib. 20.
8.11. B. J. 1.21.1. ib. 2. 16.3. With
the palace were connected the three towers
Hippicus, Phasaél, and Mariamne, Jos. B. J.
5. 4. 3, 4. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. 1. p. 453-
458. In this palace the Roman procurators,
whose: head-quarters were properly at Cesa-
rea (Acts 23, 23 sq. 25,1), took up their
residence when they visited Jerusalem ;
their tribunal, βῆμα, being sometimes set
up in the open place or area before it;
Jos. B. J. 2. 14.8, Φλῶρος (Florus) δὲ τότε
μὲν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις αὐλίζεται" τῇ δὲ ὗστε-
ραίᾳ βῆμα πρὸ αὐτῶν ϑέμενος καϑέζεται κτλ.
comp. ib. 2. 9. 3. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
373 ; comp. art. λιϑόστρωτος. So John 18,
28 bis. 33. 19,9; in Matt. 27, 27 et Mark
15, 16, it seems to refer to the court or part
of the palace where the procurator’s guards
were stationed. So Act. Thom. § 3 πραιτώ-
pta βασιλικά. ib. § 17, 18, 19, where it ‘al-
ternates with τὸ παλάτιον.

2. Of the palace of Herod at Cesarea,
perhaps in like manner the residence of the
procurator, Acts 23, 35.

3. Of the pretorian camp at Rome, i. e.
the camp or quarters of the pretorian co-
horts, Phil. 1,13. These were privileged
troops instituted by Augustus to guard his
person, and to have charge of the city; but
they soon became the most powerful body
in the state ; see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 563.
Dict. of Antt. art. Pretoriani. Comp. in_
στρατοπεδάρχης.

πράκτωρ, opos, 6, (πράσσω,) a doer,
Soph. Trach. 864. Antiphon. 121. 39.—
In N. T. an exactor, collector, a public off-

πρᾶξις

cer who collected debts, fines, penalties,
taxes, Luke 12, 58 bis; comp. ὑπηρέτης in
Matt. 5,25. Sept. for viss Is. 3,12. So
Dem. 718. 18. ib. 1337. 26. See Boeckh
Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p. 167, 403.

πρᾶξις, ews, ἧ, (πράσσω,) pr. a doing,
action, i. e.

1. Something done, an act, deed, practice ;
Plur. acts, works, conduct. Matt. 16,27 dzo-
δώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὑτοῦ. Luke
23, 51. Acts 19, 18. Rom. 8, 13. Col. 3, 9.
So Πρᾶξεις τῶν ᾿Αποστόλων, Acts of the
Apostles, as the title of the book of Acts.
Sept. for 723 2 Chr. 13, 22. 27, '7.—Jos.
Ant. 10. 4, 5, Hdian. 2. 15. 12. Xen. Cyr.
Todo ἃ

2. Something to be done, business, office,
function ; Rom. 12, 4 τὰ δὲ μέλη πάντα οὐ
τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει mpagéiw.—Ecclus. 11, 10, Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 6.

πρᾶος, ον, only in masc. and neut. Sing.
and masc. Plural ; the rest being from pais,
Buttm. §64. 2; meek, mild, gentle, Matt.
11, 29 πρᾶός εἶμι. So 2 Macc. 15, 12.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 13, Xen. Ag. 11. 10.—
Sometimes written πρᾷος, Passow s.v. The
form πραῦς is earlier, but not better; see
Passow in πραῦς [Engl. in πρᾶος]. Lob. ad
Phryn. 403.

πραότης, τητος, ἡ; (πρᾶος,) meekness,
mildness, forbearance ; 1 Cor. 4,21 ἐν πνεύ-
pari te πραότητος. 2 Cor. 10, 1 διὰ τῆς
πραότητος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Gal. 5, 23. 6, 1.
Eph. 4, 2. Col. 3,12. 1 Tim. 6,11. 2 Tim.
2,25. Tit. 3,2. Sept. for 7235 Ps. 45, 6.
—Ecclus. 1, 24. Dem, 1405. 15. Xen. Cyr.
3. 1. 41.

πρασιά, as, ἡ, a bed ina garden, gar-
den-plat, Ecclus. 24, 31. Theophr. H. Plant.
4. 4, 3.—In N. T. an area, plat, square, like
a garden-bed ; Mark 6, 40 πρασιαὶ πρασιαί,
plat-wise, by plats, like beds in a garden.
The repetition without xai denotes distribu-
tion, i. q. ἀνὰ πρασιάς, comp. Sept. and Heb.
Ex. 8, 10 [14]. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 668. Wi-
ner §58. 1; see also in δύο. So μυρία μυ-
pia, i. q. κατὰ μυριάδας, Aischy). Pers. 981.

πράσσω ν. ττω, f. ἕω, aor. 1 ἔπραξα,
perf. πέπραχα, to do, expressing an action
as continued or not yet completed; what
one does repeatedly, continuedly, habitually ;
like ποιέω no. 2. So John 3, 20. 5, 29;
elsewhere only in the writings of Luke and
Paul.

1. Trans. 10 do, with acc. of thing, without
reference to a person as the remote object ;
see belowinno.3. 8) Of particular deeds,
acts, works, done repeatedly or continually,

614

πραὐπάδεια

to do, to perform, to execute ; Acts 19, 19
ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πραξάντων. v. 36
μηδὲν προπετές. 26, 26. 1 Thess. 4, 11
πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια. Once put instead of re-
peating a preceding verb, 1 Cor. 9,17 εἰ
ἑκὼν τοῦτο πράσσω, comp. v. 16; see in
ποιέω no. 2. c. So Hdian. 3. 6. 1. Xen.
Mem. 2. 9. 1 τὰ ἑαυτοῦ. Cyr. ὅ. 4. 11. b)
Of a course of action or conduct, espec. of
right, duty, virtue, to do, to exercise, to prac-
lise; Acts 26, 20 ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα
πράσσοντας. Rom. 2, 25 νόμον, i. 6. τὰ τοῦ
γόμου. Ἴ, 15. 9, 11. 2 Cor. ὅ, 10. Phil. 4,9.
Sept. and M9 Prov. 21,7. So Dem. 310.
19. Xen. Mem. 2.6.17 καλά. 6) Oftener
of evil deeds or conduct, to do, i. q."to com-
mit, to practise ; Luke 22, 23 6 τοῦτο μέλ-
λων πράσσειν. 23,15 οὐδὲ ἄξιον Yavarov
ἐστὶ πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 184.
4. Luke 23, 41 bis. John 3, 20 ὁ φαῦλα
πράσσων. 5,29. Acts 25,11. 25. 26, 31.
Rom. 1, 32 bis. “2, 1. 2. 3. 7, 19. 13, 4.
2 Cor. 5, 10. 12, 21. Gal. 5, 21. Sept.
and ΓΙῸΣ Prov. 10, 24; 555 Job 36, 23.
Proy. 30, 20. So Hdian. 7. 6. 10. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 29 φαῦλα.

2. Intrans. to do, comp. Buttm. § 113. ἢ.
3fin. E.g. a) to do, to act, with an ad-
junct’ of manner; Acts 3, 17 κατὰ ἄγνοιαν
ἐπράξατε, comp. v. 14.15. Acts 17,'7 οὗτοι
πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν Soyp. Καίσαρος πράτ-
τουσι. Sept. and ΠῺΣ Gen. 31, 28. Prov.
14,17. So Pol. 8. 69. 8. ib. ὅ. 71ὅ.9. b)
Like Engl. to do, to fare, to be in any -
of good or ill, with an adjunct of mannef ;
Eph. 6, 21 ri πράσσω, how I do, how I fare.
Acts 15, 29 see in εὖ. So 2 Mace. 9, 19.
Diod. Sic. 11. 54. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8.

3. In reference to a person, to do to or
in respect to any one ; in N. T. only of harm
or evil. a) Genr. with acc. of thing and
dat. of pers. Acts 16, 28 μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυ-
τῷ κακόν. So ἐπί τινα, as to, Acts 5, 35;
πρός twa, against, Acts 26,9. So c. dat.
Luce. Tim. 50. Xen. An. 5.7. 29; ο. dupl.
ace. Xen. Gc. 12.'7; comp. Buttm, § 131.
5. Ὁ) Spec. q. d. to do from any one, i. 6.
to exact, to collect, to extort money from
any one; in N. T. only c. ace. of thing,
Luke 3, 13 μηδὲν πλέον... πράσσετε. 19,
23 ἐλθὼν σὺν τόκῳ ἂν ἔπραξα αὐτό. So
Jos. Ant. 9. 11. 1. Dem, 617. 24. Xen. Hell.
1. 3. 8; ὁ. dupl. ace. Luc. Vitar. Auct. 18.
Xen, An. 7. 6. 17 ἐὰν πράττητε αὐτὸν τὰ
χρήματα. :

TpavTasea, as, ἡ, (mpais, πάσχω!)
pr. a suffering meekly, i. q. meekness, mild-
ness, gentleness, once 1 Tim. 6, 11 Lachm.

πραῦς 615

—Philo de Abr. p. 379. b. Zonaras Lex.
1576.

mpais, cia, v, Gen. éos ods, είας, ἐος οὖς ;
meek, mild, gentle; Matt. 5, 5 μακάριοι of
πραεῖς. (11, 29.] 21, 5. 1 Pet. 8,4. Sept.
for "2 Job 24, 4; 122 Ps. 37, 11.—Ecclus.
10, 14. Hdian. 7. 1. 3. Xen. ας. 19. 7
See in πρᾶος fin.

TpauTns, τητος, ἡ, (πραῦς,) meekness,
mildness, forbearance, James 1, 21. 3, 13.
1 Pet. 3,15. Sept. for ΠΣ Ps. 45, 6.—
Ecclus. 3, 17. 4, 8.

πρέπω, pr. to be conspicuous, distin-
guished, to excel, Hom. Il. 12. 104. Od. 8.
172.—Usually and in N. T. impers. πρέ-
met, it becomes, it is right, proper; Part.
πρέπον ἐστί, it is becoming ; constr. with
, dat. of pers. and an infin. as subject, see
Buttm. ᾧ 129. 18; 6. g. Heb. 2, 10 ἔπρεπε
yap αὐτῷ... τελειῶσαι. Matt. 3, 15 πρέπον
κτὰ. (Luc. Imag. 22.) With dat. simpl.
Eph. 5, 3 καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις. (Xen. An.
1. 9. 6.) With accus. and infin. 1 Cor. 11,
13. So Luc. D. Deor. 20. 16.—Also in
the personal construction with a nominative,
Buttm. 1. ο. 1 Tim. 2, 10 ὃ πρέπει γυναιξίν.

Tit. 2,1. Heb. '7, 26 τοιοῦτος ἡμῖν ἔπρεπεν᾽

ἀρχιερεύς. Sept. for HIN? Ps. 33, 1. 93, 5.
So Luc. Nigrin. 15. 21. V. H. 12. 1 pen.

T peo, Beia, as, ἡ, (πρεσβεύω.) age, sen-
iority, primogeniture, ZEschyl. Pers. 4. Pau-
san. 3. 1. 4—In N. T. an embassy, concr.
ambassadors ; 6. δ. πρεσβείαν ἀποστέλλειν
‘Luke 14, 32. 19, 14; comp. Lob. δὰ Phryn.
p. 469.—2 Mace. 4, 11. Hdian. 2. 8. 12.
Xen. Cyr. 2.4.1. .

mpea Bevo, f. evaw, (mpeoBis,) to be
aged, elder, Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. πο. Hdot. 7.
2.—In N. T. to be an ambassador, to act as
ambassador, absol. 2 Cor. 5, 20 ὑπὲρ Χρι-
στοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν. Eph. 6, 20. So
Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 2. Dem. 421. 16. Xen. Cyr.
ὅς 1. 1. ,

πρεσβυτέριον, ίου, τό, (mpeaBurepos,)
an assembly of aged men, council of elders,
senate ; hence Engl. presbytery; spoken of
the Jewish senate, Sanhedrim, συνέδῥιον
q. v. Luke 22, 66. Acts 22, 5; see im art.
γερουσία. Of the elders of the Christian
church, 1 Tim. 4, 14.

πρεσβύτερος; a, ov, pr. comparat. to
πρέσϑυς an old man, see Buttm. ᾧ 69. 3.

1. Comparat. Adj. older, elder ; Luke 15,
25 ὁ vids αὐτοῦ ὁ πρεσβύτερος, Sept. for
“i33 Job 1, 13. 18: ἼΒῚ Job 32, 4. So
Jos, Ant. 6.3.2. El. V. H. 9. 42. Plato
Conv. 219. d.—Subst. an older person, sen-

πρηνής

ior; Plur. old men, seniors, theaged; 1Tim
5, 1 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς. v. 2. Acts
2,17 of mp. ὑμῶν. 1 Pet. 5,5. Sept. for
je? Gen. 18, 11. 12. 24, 1. (Jos. ¢. Apion.
2.27. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.2.) Also οἱ πρεσβύ-
Tepot, the ancients, the fathers, ancestors ;
Matt. 15,2 ai παραδόσεις τῶν πρεσβυτέρων.
Mark 7, 3. 5. Heb. 11, 2.

2. Subst. in the Jewish and Christian
usage, as a title of dignity, a presbyter, elder,
Plur. presbyters, elders, i. e. persons of ripe
age and experience who were called to take
part in the management of public affairs ;
so in the O. Test. Sept. and Heb. n»zpr,
see Ex. 18,12. 19, 7. 24,1. 9. Num. 1],
16. al. comp. Gen. 50,7. In N. T. spoken:
a) Of members of the Jewish Sanhedrim
at Jerusalem, genr. John 8, 9, comp. v. 3.
Acts 24,1; oras one of the classes of mem-
bers, 6. g. 6 ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ of γραμματεῖς καὶ
οἱ πρεσβύτεροι Matt. 26, 57; oftener οἱ
ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ of yp. καὶ of πρεσβ. Matt. 16,
21. 26, 3. 27, 41. Mark 8,31. 11, 27. 14,
43. 53. 15, 1. Luke 9, 22. 20,15; comp. in
ἀρχιερεύς no. 2. Also ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ πρεσβ.
Matt. 21, 23. 26, 47. ὅ9. 27,1. 8. 12. 20.
28, 12 comp. v. 11. Luke 22, 52. Acts 4,

23. 23,14. 25,15; of πρεσβ. καὶ of γραμμ.

Acts 6, 12 ; οἱ ἄρχοντες καὶ oi πρεσβ. καὶ oi
ypaup. Acts 4, 5. v. 8 ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ
καὶ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ Ἰσραῆλ. Ὁ) Of the
elders in other cities, e. g. Capernaum, Luke
7, 3; comp. in κρίσις no. 3. But more
prob. these were elders of the synagogue ,
see in ἀρχισυνάγωγος. 6) Of the elders of
Christian churches, presbyters, to whom was
committed the direction and government of
individual churches, pr. i. 4. ἐπίσκοπος q. V.
Acts 11, 30. 14,23. 15, 2. 4. 6. 22. 23. 16,
4, 20,17. 21, 18. 1 Tim. 5,17. Tit. 1, 5.
James 5, 14. 1 Pet. 5,1. Sing. 6 πρεσβύ-
repos 1 Tim. 5, 19. 2 John 1. 3 John 1.
d) Symbol. of the 24 elders around the
throne of God in heaven, Rev. 4, 4. 10. 5,
δ. 6. 8. 11. 14. 7,11. 13. 11, 16. 14, 3.

19, 4. ,

πρεσβύτης, ov, 6, (mpéoBus,) an old
man, one aged, Luke 1, 18. Tit. 2, 2. Philem.
9 ὡς Παῦλος πρεσβύτης. Sept. for ]RI Ex.
10, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 19.—Hdian, 4, 12.1. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 6. 1.

πρεσβύτις, wos, ἧ, (fem. to πρεσβύτης,)
an aged woman, Tit. 2, 3.—Jos. Ant. 7. 7.
2. Hdian. 5. 3. 6. Plato Hipp. maj. 286, a.

πρήϑω; see πίμπρημι.

πρηνής, έος, οὖς, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (kindr, πρό.)
Lat. pronus, i. 6. bent forwards, head-fore-
most, headlong ; Acts 1, 18 πρηνὴς γενόμε:-

πρίζω

vos, falling headlong ; see more in art. λάσχω.
—3 Macc. 6, 23. Jos. B. J. 6. 1.6. Hom.
Od. 5. 374. The form is Ionic, for Att.
mpavns Xen. An. 1. 5.8; comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 431.

πρίζω ν. πρίω, f. iow, to saw, to saw
asunder, Pass. Heb. 11,37; here spoken of
a cruel punishment inflicted on captives in
war, see 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3;
comp. in διχοτομέω. Sept. for was Am. 1,
3.—Susann. 59. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T.
p- 1088; genr. Diod. Sic. 3. 27. Plato
Theag. 124. a.

πρίν, adv. of time, (kindr. mpé,) before,
formerly, in independent clauses, opp. vir,
Hom. Il. 2. 112. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 36—Usu-
ally and in N. T. ina relative or conjunctive
sense, connecting its clause with a preced-
ing one, and having the force of a compar-
ative, before, sooner than; comp. Passow
s. v. Buttm. ᾧ 139, m. 41. ᾧ 149, m. 20.
Matth. § 522. 2. Viger. p. 442.

1. Simply, defore, with an Infin. aor. c.
acc. when something new is introduced, not
before mentioned; Matt. 26, 34. 75 πρὶν
ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι. Mark 14, 72. Luke 22,
61. John 4, 49 κατάβηϑι πρὶν ἀποϑανεῖν τὸ
παιδίον pov. 8, 58. 14, 29. Sept. for "yb>
Ez. 33, 22. Joel 2, 31.—Hdian. 1. 9. 7.
Epict. Ench. 48. 2. Plato Euthyphr. § 4.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4, 10.

2. With ἢ, i.e. πρὶν ἤ, sooner than, be-
fore, a usage unknown to the earliest Attic
writers, as the tragedians and Thucydides,
but current in the middle Attic and later;
see Passow s. v. Elmsley Eur. Med. 179.
Reisig Comm. Crit. de Soph. OC. 36. Con-
strued: a) With an Infin. aor. c. ace.
where something new is introduced; Matt.
1,18 πρὶν ἢ συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εὑρέϑη κτλ.
Mark 14, 30. Acts 2,20. 7,2. So Tob.
14, 15. Al. V. H. 1. 5, 21. Plut. Crass.
29 fin. Plato Rep. 501. a, μηδὲ γράφειν νό-
μους, πρὶν ἢ παραλαβεῖν καϑαρὰν (πόλιν), ἢ
αὐτοὶ ποιῆσαι. Ὁ) With the Subjunct. aor.
where the reference is to something future ;
Luke 2, 26 μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον, πρὶν ἢ ἴδῃ τὸν
Χριστόν. 22,34. So Hdot. 1.195 πρίν Jos.
Ant. 7. 9. 7. Plato Phedo §6 fin. c) With
the Opt. where the preceding clause con-
tains a negative ; Acts 25, 16 οὐκ ἔστιν ἔϑος
...mpw h}...cata πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατη-
γόρους. Comp. Winer ᾧ 42. 3. p. 844.
Matth. ᾧ 522. 2.b. So πρίν Xen. Cyr. 1.
4. 14.

Πρίσκα, ns, ἡ, Prisca, 2 Tim. 4, 19.
Rom. 16,3; and dimin. IpeoxidXa, ns, 9,
Priscilla, Acts 18, 2. 18. 26. [Rom. 16, 3.]

616

πρό
1 Cor. 16, 19; pr. ἢ. of the wife of Aquila,
see in ᾿Ακύλας.

Πρισκίλλα, see in Upicxa.

πρίω, see in πρίζω.

πρό, a prep. governing the genitive,
with the primary signif. before, Lat. pro,
prae, both of place and time ; comp. Winer
§51. d. p. 446. Matth. § 575. Buttm. ᾧ 1471
n. 1. Passow s. v.

1. Of Place, before. in front of, in pres-
ence of, in advance of ; opp. to μετά c. acc.
‘behind.’ E. g. c. gen. of place, Acts 5, 23
ἑστῶτας πρὸ τῶν ϑυρῶν. 12, 6. 14 πρὸ τοῦ
πυλῶνος. 14,13. James 5,9. So Jos. Ant.
10. 1. 2 πρὸ τῶν τειχῶν. Ceb. Tab. 15 πρὸ
τῆς 2vpas. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 33 πρὸ τῶν πυ-
Adv.—OfF person, from the Heb. πρὸ προ-
σὠπου τινός, i. 4. Heb. "282, before the face
of any one, but used pleonast. instead of πρό
simply, before any one; Matt. 11,10 ἀπο-
στέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν pov πρὸ προσώπου Tov,
i. q. πρὸ σοῦ. Mark 1,2. Luke 1,76. 7, 27.
9, 52. 10,1. See Winer § 67. 1. ἢ. 6.
Sept. for "25> Ex. 33, 2. 34,6. Mal. 3, 1.
14, Greek writers here used simply πρό c.
gen. of pers. Diod. Sic. 16. 93 πρὸ τοῦ Ba-
σιλέως στάς. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 33.

2. Of Time, before, i. e. earlier than, prior
to. a) With gen. of a noun of time, Matt.
8, 29 πρὸ καιροῦ before the time appointed.
John 11, 55 πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα. 13, 1. Acts 5.
36. 21, 38. 1 Cor. 2,7. 4,5. 2 Cor. 12, 2
πρὸ ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων. 2'Tim. 1, 9. 4, 21. .
Tit. 1, 2. Jude 25 in some edit. Sept. for
"28> Zech. 8, 10. Neh. 13, 19. So Hudian.
2.2.3. Plut. Crass. 29 bis. Xen. Cyr. 4.
5. 14.—By inversion, John 12, 1 πρὸ ἐξ
ἡμερῶν rod πάσχα, for ἐξ ἡμ. πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα.
six days before the passover. Similar inver-
sions are: Sept. Am. 1, 1 πρὸ δύο ἐτῶν τοῦ
σεισμοῦ. Jos. c. Apion. 2. 2 πρὸ ἐτῶν τρια-
xogiav...Aavaod φυγῆς. Plut. Symp. 8. 1.
1 mpd μιᾶς ἡμέρας τῶν yeveZAiov. Luc.
Macrob. 12 πρὸ δυοῖν ἐτοῖν τῆς τελευτῆς.
2. Η. An. 11. 19. Comp. Winer § 65. 4.
b) With gen. of a noun implying an event,
as marking a point of time; Matt. 24, 38
πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ. Luke 11], 38 πρὸ τοῦ
ἀρίστου. 21, 12. John 17, 24 πρὸ καταβολῆς
κόσμου. Eph. 1, 4. Heb. 11, 5. 1 Pet. 1, 20.
Sept. πρό for "28> Is. 18,5. (Plato Phedo
init. πρὸ rod Savarov. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21
πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου.) By Hebr. Acts 13, 24
πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ, i. 4. πρὸ
εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ, see above in πο. 1. Comp.
"b> , Sept. πρό, Am. 1,1. ὁ) With gen.
of pers. or thing, before one in time; John
5, Ἴ πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει, before me, i. 6.

Ms

προάγω
sooner than I. 10, 8 ὅσοι πρὲ ἐμοῦ ἦλϑον.
Col. 1, 17. Also.of πρό τινος those before
any one, who preceded him, were earlier
than he, Matt. 5, 12. Rom. 16,7. Gal. 1, 17.
So Paleph. 53. 2. Hdian. 1. 5. 13 of mpd
ἐμοῦ. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 11 mpd ἡμῶν. ἃ)
Before τόδ c. infin. expressing an event;
Matt. 6,8 πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι. Luke 2,
21. 22, 15. John 1, 49. 13, 19. 17, 5.
Acts 23, 15. Gal. 2, 12. 3, 23. Sept. for
"28> Gen. 13, 10. 27,7.10. So Zl. V.H.
2. 34, Plato Crit. 48. d.

3. Trop. of precedence, preference, before,
above; as mpd πάντων before all things
James 5, 12. 1 Pet. 4, 8.—3 Macc. 2, 21
Seds πρὸ πάντων ἅγιος. Hdian. 5. 4. 2.
Plato Menex. 249. e, πρό ye ἄλλων. Xen.
Mem. 2. 5. 3.

Note. In composition πρό implies in
N. T. 4) Place, fore, before, forward,
forth; as προάγω, προβαίνω, προβάλλω.
b) Time, fore, before, beforehand, Lat. prae ;
aS προεῖπον, προλέγω, προμεριμνάω. _C)
Preference, as προαιρέομαι.

προάγω, f. 0, (ἄγω,) 1. Trans. to
lead forth, to bring forth, 6. g. a prisoner
out of prison, c. acc. Acts 16,30 προαγα-
yar αὐτοὺς ἔξω. So in a judicial sense,
Acts 12, 6 ὅτε δὲ ἔμελλε αὐτὸν προάγειν ὃ
Ἡρώδης. 25, 26 διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽
ὑμῶν, i. 6. before you as judges.—So genr.
2 Mace. 5, 18. Xen. Gc. 11. 15; in a judi-
cial sense, c. eis, Jos. Ant, 16. 11. 6. Arr.
Exp. Alex. 4. 14. 3.

2. Spec. in N. T. to go before, to precede,
in place or time; the signif. of the prep.
and verb intrans. being combined into one
general idea; comp. in ἄγω no. 2. Winer
§56. 1. It thus may take an accus. by vir-
tue of the composition; although πρό by
itself governs only the genitive; see Matth.
ἢ 426. fin. Winer 1. c. compare also Buttm.
§ 147. n. 8. ;

a) Of place, to go before, in front, in ad-
vance ; absol. Matt. 21, 9 of προάγοντες καὶ
of ἀκολουθοῦντες ἔκραζον. Mark 11, 9. Luke
18, 39. With ace. of pers. see above ;
Matt. 2, 9 6 ἀστὴρ ... προῆγεν αὐτούς.
Mark 10, 32. So Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 6 προῆγε
δὲ πολὺ πάντας.

b) In time, i. q. to go first, to precede;
absol. Mark 6, 45 καὶ προάγειν els τὸ πέραν.
Trop. 1 Tim. 5, 24 see in κρίσις no. 2. b.
With acc. of pers. see above; Matt. 14, 22
καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 21, 31. 26,
32. 28, 7. Mark 14, 28. 16,7. So Jos. ὁ.
Apion. 2. 15 προάγειν apyatérnrt.—Particip.
προάγων. ovga, ov. foregoing, former, pre-
vious; 1 Tim. 1, 18 κατὰ τὰς mpoayovoas

617

προβάλλω
ἐπί σε πὶ eias. Heb. 7,18. So Hdian.
8. 8. 8.

προαιρέω, ὦ, f. how, (aipéw.) to take
forth out of any place, to bring forward,
Judith 13, 15 προελοῦσα τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐκ.
τῆς πήρας. Luc. Rhetor. Praec. 17. Oftener
Mid. to take one before another, i. e. to pre-
fer, to choose, Hdian. 6. 8. 18. Xen. Lac. 9.
6 προαιρεῖσϑαι Savarov ἀντὶ τοῦ Biov.—In
N. T. Mid. προαιρέομαι, odpat, to take
or have before oneself, to propose to oneself,
to purpose, absol. 2 Cor. 9, 7 καθὼς προαι-
ρεῖται τῇ καρδίᾳ. So Pol. 3. 107. 15. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 2.

προαιτιάομαι, spat, f. ἄσομαι, Mid.
depon. (airsdopat,) to accuse or charge be-
forehand; Aor. 1 to have already accused,
Yo have already brought a charge, c. acc. et
inf. Rom. 3, 9; see in ch. 1. 2.

προακούω, aor. 1 προήκουσα, (axove,)
to hear beforehand; Aor. to have heard of
before, already, c. acc. Col. 1, 5 ἣν [ἐλπίδα]
mponkovoare.—Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 3 προα-
κηκοὼς τὰ μέλλοντα. Pol. 10. 5. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 3. 21.

προαμαρτάνω, f. how, (ἁμαρτάνω,)
perf. προημάρτηκα, to have sinned already,
heretofore, ἃ Cor. 12, 21. 13, 2.—Hdian. 3.
14, 8.

προαύλιον, ov, τό, (add},) piace before
a court; spec. the large gateway of an ori-
ental house leading through the front into
the inner court (αὐλή no. 2), i.e. a gateway,
entrance, Mark 14, 68; comp. Matt. 26, 71
where it is muvkov.—Suid. προαύλιον - ra,
ἔμπροσϑεν τῆς αὐλῆς. )

προβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (βαίνω,) to go
forward, to advance, intrans. Matt. 4, 21 et
Mark 1, 19 προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν. So Jos. B. J.
6. 1.'7.:Hdian. 7. 12. 10. Xen. Ag. 6. 7.
—Trop. Part. perf. προβεβηκώς, via, ds,
advanced in life, years ; with ἐν c. dat. Luke
1, 7 προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμεραῖς. v. 18, 2,
36. Sept. 6. dat. for ἘΞΞ xa Josh. 23,
1.2. 1K, 1,1. Soc. é& 2 Macc. 8, 8; c.
dat. Diod. Sic. 13. 89.

προβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) 1. to
cast or thrust forward, to put forward, c.
acc, Acts 19, 33 προβαλλόντων αὐτὸν τῶν
Ἰουδαίων, the Jews thrusting him (Alexan-
der) forward.—Sept. Jer. 46, 4. Hdian. 7.
6.19. Luc. Catapl. 25 πρόβαλλ᾽ αὐτὸν és τὸ

σον.

2. Of plants and trees, to put forth, e. g.
leaves, blossoms, fruit, Luke 21, 30 ὅταν
προβάλωσι sc. τὰ φύλλα, comp. Matt. 24,
32.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 19 καρπόν. Arr. Fpict.
1. 15. 7.

προβατικός 618

προβατικός, 7); όν, (πρόβατον) pertain-
ing to cattle or sheep. John 5, 2 ἐπὶ τῇ προ-
βατικῇ sc. πύλῃ, by the sheep-gate. So
Sept. for j8an ἜΣΘ Neh. 3, 1. 32. 12, 39.
This gate was near the temple; and was
prob. so called as the place where sheep
were sold for the sacrifices of the temple;
see Bibl. Res. in Pal. 1. p. 507 sq.

πρόβατον, ov, τό, (προβαίνω,) pr.
‘what walks forwards ;’ hence in Ionic and
Doric usage spoken of quadrupeds, in distinc-
tion from things flying, creeping, swimming;
genr. τὰ πρόβατα, beasts, cattle, Hom. 1].
14. 124. Hdot. 1. 203. ib. 2. 41; espec.
smaller cattle, sheep and goats, Hdot. 1.
133. ib. 8. 137.—In Attic usage and N. T.
a sheep, Plur. sheep, as distinguished from
goats, Matt. 25, 32 ὥσπερ 6 ποιμὴν ἀφορί-
ζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων. So genr.
Matt. 7, 15 see in ἔνδυμα. 9, 36. 10, 16.
12, 11. 12. 18, 12. Mark 6, 34. Luke 15,
4. 6. John 2, 14. 15. 10, 1. 2. 3 bis. 4
bis. 12 ter. 13. Acts 8, 32. Rom. 8, 36.
1 Pet. 2, 25. Rev. 18, 13. Sept. for ix
Gen. 12, 16. 13.5; my Ex. 12,3sq. So
Pol, 5. 35. 13. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9.—Trop.
of those under the care and watch of any
one, as sheep under a shepherd, Matt. 10,
6. 15, 24. 25,33. 26,31. Mark 14, 27. John
10, 7. 8. 11. 15. 16. 26. 27. 21, 16.17.
Heb. 13, 20.

προβιβάξω, f. dw, (βιβάζω. Baive,)
to make come forward, to lead or bring forth,
c. acc. Acts. 19, 33 ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου προεβί-
Bacay ᾿Αλέξανδρον they led (drew) forth
Alexander out of the crowd, prob. in order
to speak in behalf of the Jews. So Pol. 24.
3. 7.—Trop. to put forward, Pass. to urge

on, Matt. 14, 8 προβιβασϑεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μη- |

tpos αὐτῆς. So Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1.

προβλέπω, f. ψω, (βλέπω,) to foresee,
Sept. for FN Ps. 37, 13.—In N. T. Mid.
προβλέπομαι, to provide, Lat. provideo,
c. ace. Heb. 11, 40.

προγίνομαι, perf. 2 mpoyéyova, (yivo-
μαι.) to have been before, to be done before ;
Rom. 3, 25 τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων
sins before done, former sins.—2 Mace. 14,
13. Hdian. 1. 14. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 9.

προγινώσκω, f. γνώσομαι, (γινώσκω.)
to know before, i. 6.

1. Genr. i. ᾳ. to know already, to be be-
fore acquainted with, c. acc. Acts 26, 5 mpo-
γινώσκοντές pe ἄνωθεν, comp. for the pleonast.
ady. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 10. . Soc. acc: impl.
2 Pet. 3, 17.—Wisd. 18, 6. Hdian. 1. 8. 13.

Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 12.

πρόδηλος
2. Spec. i. q. to foreknow, to foresee, pr.
τὰ μέλλοντα Xen. Apol. 80, In N. T. only
of God, to foreknow, perh. with the idea of
approval ; spoken Of the perfect foreknow-
ledge of God as connected with his eternal
counsels; so Rom. 8, 29 ὅτι ots προέγνω.
καὶ προώρισε, and Rom. 11, 2 λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν

προέγνω. 1 Pet. 1, 30. Comp. γινώσκω
1 Cor. 8, 3. Gal. 4, 9.

πρόγνωσ. ἐς, ews, 7); (σρογινώσκω,) Jore-
knowledge of future things, πρόγν. τῶν ἐσο-
μένων Jos. c. Apion. 1. 26. Hdian. 2. 9. 4;
of a prophetic gift, Judith 11, 19. Jos. Aint
8. 8. 5.—In N. T. only of God, foreknow-
ledge, as connected with his eternal coun-
sels; Acts 2,23 τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προ-
γνώσει τοῦ ϑεοῦ. 1 Pet. 1,2. See in προ-
γινώσκω no. 2.

πρόγονος, cv, ὃ, ἡ, (προγίνομαι, προγέ-
γονα,) pr. earlier born, older, Hom. Od. 9.
221.—In N. T. of πρόγονοι, progenitors,
ancestors, and genr. forefathers, 2 Tim. 1, 3

ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων. So 2 Mace. 8,
19. Hdian. 3. 5. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 3.—
Spec. parents, 1 Tim. 5, 4 ἀμοιβὰς διδόναι
τοῖς προγόνοις. So Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 1.

προγράφω, f. ψω, (γράφω,) to write
before, e. g.

1. In reference to time past, in the preter
tenses, to have wriiten before, at a former
time, Eph. 3, 3 καϑὼς προέγραψα ἐ ἐν ὀλίγῳ.
Rom. 15, 4 bis.—Paleph. 53.6 ὡς προγέ-
γραπται.

2. In reference to time future, to declare
in writing beforehand, to announce by put-
ling up a wrilten tablet, Aristoph. Av. 450
or 452 σκοπεῖν δ᾽ ὅ,τι ἂν προγράφωμεν ἐν
τοῖς πινακίοις. Dem. 1257. 5 φρουρᾶς mpo-
γραφείσης. ZEschin. 35. pen. Plut. Camill.
11.—Hence in Ν. T.

a) Genr. to announce, to declare, to set
forth; as by a public notice or tablet;
Pass. Gal. 3, 1 οἷς κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς
Xp. προεγράφη ἐν ὑμῖν ἐσταυρωμένος, before
whose eyes Jesus Christ hath been set forth
among you crucified, i. 6. set forth as ina
public written tablet. Ὁ) Spec. to pro-
scribe, to appoint, to ordain, Pass. Jude 4 oi
πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα. So
Appian. B. Civ. 4. 1 bis, Σύλλα τοῦ πρώτου
τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐς ϑάνατον προγραψάντος κτλ.
Pol. 32. 22. 1; comp. Lat. proscribere.

πρόδηλος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, (δῆλος.) manifest
beforehand, Dem. 293. 25. Xen. Hell. 6. 4.
9.—In N. T. emphat. manifest before all,
well-known, conspicuous, 1 Tim. 5, 24. 25.
Heb. 7,14. So Judith 8, 29. Plut. ΣΕ ν μὰς
25. Plato Phedr. 238. Ὁ.

ee ee

προδίδωμι

προδίδωμι, f. δώσω, (δίδωμι,) to give
“beforehand, lo give Jirst, ο. dat. Rom. 11,
35 ris προέδωκεν αὐτῷ xrh.—Pol. 8. 17. 7.
Xen. Hell. 1. ὅ. 7. ἴῃ Ὅτ. writers oftener
to give forth or over, to betray, Hdian. '7. 2.
14. Xen. Hell. 1. 3. 16, 19.

προδότης, ov, 6, (προδίδωμι,) a bde-
trayer, traitor, Luké 6, 16. Acts 17, 52.
2 Tim. 3, 4.—2 Macc. 5, 15. Ceb. Tab.
34. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 23.

προδρέμω, see προτρέχω.

πρόδρομος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (προτρέχω,
mpodpapeiv,) running before, φυγάδα πρό-
δρομον Soph. Antig. 108. Hdot. 9. 14.—In
N. T. Subst. α fore-runner, precursor, spo-
ken of Jesus as entering before his follow-
ers into the celestial sanctuary, Heb. 6, 20
ὅπου πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς.
So Diod. Sic. 17. 17, of light troops sent for-
ward as scouts, Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.25; comp.
Wisd. 12, 8.

προεῖδον aor. 2, (εἶδον, see εἴδω,) to see
before oneself, afar off, Sept. for AN Gen.
37, 18. Xen. An. 1.8. 20.—In N. T. ἰο fore-
see, as things future, absol. Acts 2, 31 (Aa-
Bid) προϊδὼν ἐλάλησε xrd. Gal. 3, 8 6. ὅτι.
So Wisd. 19, 2. Hdian. 7. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr.
2. 4. 21.

προεῖπον aor. 2, perf. mpocipnka, see in
εἶπον init. to say before, i. e.

1. In reference to time past, to have said
before, to have already declared, e. g. Aor.
Gal. 5, 21; c. dat. 1 Thess. 4, 6 προείπα-
μεν ὑμῖν, for this form comp. in εἶπον init.

Perf. Gal. 1, 9. Heb. [4, 7.] 10,15; 6. dre

2 Cor. 7, 3.—Perf. 3 Macc. 6, 35. Hdian. 8.
4. 27. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15.

2. In reference to time future, to say be-
forehand, to oretell, to predic, 6. g. Aor. c.
acc. Acts 1, 16 ἣν ἱγραφὴν] προεῖπε τὸ
πνεῦμα. Perf. Rom. 9, 29; c. ὑμῖν Matt. 24,
25; ὑμῖν πάντα Mark 13, 23; ὅτι 2 Cor.
13, 2; τῶν ῥημάτων προειρημένων 2 Pet. 3,
2. Jude 17.—Aor. Pol. 6. 3. 2. Xen. Hell.
3. 4. 20, 21. Perf. Hdian. 6. 8. 13 ; g προ-
εἰρημένα Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 4.

προείρηκα, see in προεῖπον.

προελπίζω, f. iow, (ἐλπίζω,) to hope
beforehand, in respect to things predicted ;
Eph. 1, 12 ἡμᾶς... τοὺς προηλπικότες ἐ ἐν
τῷ Χριστῷ, i. 6. before his manifestation ;

spoken of the Jews as having of old had the

hope and promise of the Messiah, in opp. to
the Gentiles who have now first heard of
him, ὑμεῖς ἀκούσαντες v. 13; comp. Rom.
3, 1 sq. 9, 4 sq—Athen. 9. p. 377. c. So
προκατελπίζειν Pol. 2. 4. 5, ib: 14. 3.1.

019

προέχω

προενάρχομαι; f. ξομαι, (ἐνάρχομαι,)
to begin before; Aor. to have begun before,
already, 2 Cor. 8, 6-10.—Not found else-
where.

προεπαγγέλλω, f. cha, (ἐπαγγέλλω,
to announce beforehand, Dion Cass. 40. 32.
—In N. T. Mid. to promise before, of old;
c. acc. Rom. 1, 2 ὃ [εὐαγγέλιον ὁ Seds]
προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν κτλ. i. 6.
aforetime, of old. 2 Cor. 9, ὅ in some edit.
So Pass. Dion Cass. 478. 45.

προέπω, see προεῖπον.

προέρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, aor. 2 προ-
ἤλϑον ; see in ἔρχομαι.

1. to go forward, to go further, to pass on,
intrans. Matt. 26, 39 et Mark 14, 35 προ-
eASav μικρόν. With acc. of the way, Acts
12, 10 προῆλϑον ῥύμην μίαν, comp. Matth.
§ 409. 4. Buttm. § 131. 9. Winer §32. 6.
—Jos. B. J. 6. 2.5. Plut. Thes. 11 μικρὸν
mpoeAS@v. Xen. Eq. 7. 9; 6. acc. τὴν ὁδόν
Xen. Cyr, 2. 4. 18.

2. to go before any one, as referring either
to place or time, e. g.

a) Of place, to go before, in advance of

any one, as a fore-runner, messenger, c
ἐνώπιόν twos Luke 1,17; or as a leader,
guide, c. acc. Luke 22,47 Ἰούδας προήρχετο
αὐτούς 50. τὸν ὄχλον. For this acc. see in
mpody no. 2.—Ecclus. 35, 10. Comp.
Sept. c. ἔμπροσϑέν τινος for "255 “29 Gen.
33, 3.
’ b) In time, i. 4. to go first, to precede, to
set off before another; Acts 20, 5 οὗτοι
προελϑόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρωάδι. 20, 13
προελϑόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον. 2 Cor. 9, 5 εἰς
ὑμᾶς. So c. gen. Luc. D. Mort. 6. 5 ἅπαν-
τες προελεύσονται av’tov.—Spec. to oulgo, to
arrive first, Mark 6, 33 Rec.

προερέω, see προεῖπον.

προετοιμάζω, fr dow, (ἑτοιμάζω), to
prepare beforehand, Wisd. 9, 18. Pausan.
4. 22. 1. Hdot. 8. 24.—In N. T. to appoint
or ordain beforehand, to predestine, 6. acc.
et eis, Rom. 9,23 ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν.
Also by attract. c. dat, Eph. 2, 10 οἷς [é-
yous] προητοίμασεν ὃ Seds, ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς πε-
ριπατήσωμεν. Comp. Philo de Opif. p. 17,
ὁ Beds τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ πάντα προητοιμάσατο els
ἔρωτα καὶ πόϑον αὐτοῦ.

προευαγγέελίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid
(εὐαγγελίζω.) to announce glad tidings
beforehand, to foretell glad news, c. dat. Gal.
3, 8 προευαγγελίσατο τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, ὅτι κτλ.
Comp. Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18.

προέχω, f. ἕξω, (ἔχω!) to hold forth or
forward, 6. g. the hands Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 10,

προηγέομαι

trop. to use as a pretext, to allege, Hdot. 8.
3. Thuc. 1. 140. Trop. to have before an-
other, to have preference or pre-eminence,
to excel, to be superior, better, Jos. Ant. 7.
10. 2 ῥώμῃ προέχοντες. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 41
γνώμῃ mpoéxev.—Hence in N. T. Mid.
προέχομαι;, to excel, to be superior, beiter,
sc. on one’s own part; Rom. 3, 9 τί οὖν;
mpoexopeSa; are we belter? have we a pre-
ference above the Gentiles? sc. in respect
to being sinners before God.

προηγέομαι, οὔμαι, f. ἤσομαι, (ἡγέο-
μαι,) to lead forward or onward, to go on
before, to take the lead, 2 Mace. 11,8. Diod.
Sic. 1. 87. Xen, Cyr. 4. 2. 27.—In N. T.
trop. to lead on by example, with acc. and
dat. of that in or as to which, Rom. 12, 10
τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι in mutual
respect taking the lead one of another, giving
example to each other. For the acc. comp.
in mpody no. 2.

πρόϑεσις, ews, }, (προτίϑημι,) a setting
before or forth, a setting or laying out, e. g.
of a dead body, Dem. 1071. 21. Plato Legg.
p. 959. a.—In N. T.

1. Pr. as of food, but only of the shew-
bread, as being set out before Jehovah on a
cable in the sanctuary, Heb. D°280 pnd
the bread of presence, later 121333 pnd
the bread of rows or of piles, Vulg. panes pro-

positionis ; see Lev. 24, 5-9.—So as a genit.

of quality, in an adjective sense, in the phra-
ses: of ἄρτοι τῆς προϑέσεως Matt. 12, 4.
Mark 2, 26. Luke 6, 4, and ἡ mpd%eots τῶν
ἄρτων Heb. 9, 2, both equivalent to of ἄρτοι
οἱ προτιϑέμενοι, the shew-bread, see Winer
§ 34. 2. Buttm. ᾧ 132. n. 12, Lehrg. p. 643
sq. So Sept. ἄρτοι τῆς mpo%écews for OTD
ἘΠΕ Ex. 35,12. 1K.'7,48.al. M2392 “>
1 Chr. 9, 32. 23, 29% πρόϑεσις ἄρτων for
p> “2 2 Chr. 13, 11. Comp. 2 Mace.
10, 3.

2. Trop. of what one sets before his mind,
proposes to himself, Lat. propositum, i. q.
purpose, counsel; Acts 27, 13 δόξαντες τῆς
προϑέσεως κεκρατηκέναι. Emphat. firm pur-
pose, firm resolve, Acts 11, 23. 2 Tim. 3,
10. Elsewhere of the eternal purpose and
counsel of God; Rom. 8,28 τοῖς κατὰ πρό-
Seow κλητοῖς. 9, 11 see in ἐκλογή no. 1.
Eph. 1, 11. 3, 11. 2 Tim. 1, 9.—2 Mace.
3, 8. Pol. 1. 54. 1. Diod. Sic. 20. 102 init.

7 poSéopios, ia, tov, (Seopds, τίϑημι,)
set beforehand, appointed, spoken of time ;
hence ἡ mpo%ecpia sc. ἡμέρα, a set day,
appointed time, Gal. 4, 2.—Jos, Ant. 12. 4.

620
Mid. to hold before oneself, Hdot. 2. 423;

προκαλέω

7 τῆς προῦ. ἐνισταμένης. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1.
86. Ζβομίη. 6. 14.

προϑυμία, ας; οἧ, (πρόϑυμος,) predis-
position, readiness, willingness, alacrily of
mind; Acts 17, 11 ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον pera
πάσης προϑυμίας. 2 Cor. 8,11.12.19. 9,2.—
Ecclus. 45,23. Dem. 1457.8. Xen. Ven. 2. 1.

πρόϑυμος, ov, ὃ, 7), adj. (ϑσύμος,) predis-
posed, ready, willing, eager ; 68. 2. τὸ πνεῦμα
πρόϑυμον Matt. 26, 41. Mark 14, 38. Sept.
for 3953 1 Chr, 28, 21. 2 Chr. 29, 31. So
Pol. 4. 7. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 22.—Neut.
TO πρόϑυμον, readiness, alacrity, Rom.
1,15 rd κατ᾽ ἐμὲ πρόϑυμον (ἐστί), there is
readiness on my part, I am ready ; comp.
Eph. 1, 15. (3 Mace. 5, 26. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
13 τὸ περὶ αὐτοὺς πρόϑυμον τοῦ Seov. Eur.
Iph. Taur. 996.) Others: τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμέ,
πρόϑυμον (ἐστί), as much as in me is, there
is readiness ; comp. Dem. 1210. 20.

προδύμως, adv. (πρόϑυμος,) readily,
willingly, with alacrity, 1 Pet. 5, 2.—Tob.
7, 8. Hdian. 1. 5. 24. Xen. Conv. 4. 50.

προΐστημι, f. προστήσω, (ἵστημι,) aor.
2 προέστην, perf. part. contr. προεστώς.
Trans. to cause to stand before, to set over,
Hdian. 5. '7, 13. Pol. 1. 33. 7. See in ἵστη-
pe, comp. Buttm. § 107. I.—In N. T. only
in the intrans. tenses, e. g. Act. aor. 2 and
perfect; Mid. or Pass. pres. to stand be-
fore, e. δ.

1. to be over, to preside, to rule, absol.
Rom. 12, 8 6 προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ.
1 Tim. 5, 17 of καλῶς mpoeorares.. With

‘a gen. like other verbs of ruling, through

the force of πρό in compos. 1 Tim. 3, 4

tov ἰδίου οἴκου καλῶς προϊστάμενον. ν. 5
τοῦ id. οἴκου προστῆναι. v. 12. 1 Thess.

5, 12.—So c. gen. 1 Macc. 5, 19. Jos.
Ant. 8. 12. 3. Hdian. 7. 4. 4. Xen. Mem.
3. 4. 3.

2. Spec. to care for any thing, to be dili-
gent in, to practise, to maintain; c. gen.
καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασϑαι Tit. 3, 8. 14.—
Athen. 13, p. 612. a, Σόλωνος τοῦ νομοϑέτου
οὐδ᾽ ἐπιτρέποντος ἀνδρὶ ταύτης προΐστασϑαι
τέχνης. Plut. Pericl. 24 οὐ κοσμίου προε-
στῶσαν ἐργασίας, οὐδὲ σεμνῆς. Comp. Xen.
Mem. 3. 2. 2.

προκάλέω, ὦ, f. έσω, (καλέω,) to call

forth, to invite to stand forth, Pol. 28. 9.2.

Oftener Mid. to call forth to oneself, to in-

‘vite, Plato Conv. 217. ¢ ; espec. to combat,

to challenge, Diod. Sic. 4. 58. Xen. Cyr. 1.
4. 4.—Hence in N. T. Mid. προκαλέομαι;
otpa, Lat. provoco, to provoke, to excite, c.
acc. Gal. 5, 26. So Hdian. 6. 1. 12. Diod.
Sic. 1. 21.

ee Νῃ

n ροκαταγγέλλω 621

προκαταγγέλλω, f. ελῶ, (καταγγέλ-
λω,) 10 announce beforehand, 6. g. future
events, (0 foretell, Acts 3, 18. 24. 7, 52.
Pass. Part. perf. rpoxarnyyeApévos,
announced beforehand, promised, 2 Cor. 9,
5 Rec.—Jos. Ant. 2. 9. 4 τοῖς mpoxarnyyeA-
μένοις ὑπὸ Tod ϑεοῦ πίστιν παρεῖχε. ib. 1.
12. 8.

προκαταρτίζω, f. iow, (καταρτίζω,) to
make ready beforehand, c. acc. 2 Cor. 9, 5.
—Not found in Gr. writers.

T POKEL LAL, Part. mpoxeipevos, (κεῖμαι,)
to lie before, to be laid or set before any one,
intrans. pr. Sept. Lev. 24, 7. Luc. Nigr. 2.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5, 25, 27.—In N. T. only
trop.

1. to lie or be before the mind of any one,
1. 4. to be present to him; 2 Cor. 8, 12 εἰ
γὰρ ἡ προϑυμία mpdxecrat.—Philo de Vit.
Mos. p. 626. a, προύκειτο ἕν αὐτῷ τέχος.
Diod. Sic. 20. 43. Xen. Cony. 2. 7.

2. Put instead of Pass. perf. of προτίϑημι,
comp. in κεῖμαι no. 2; fo be laid or set be-
fore one’s mind, e. g. a duty, reward, exam-
ple; Heb. 6, 18 τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος
κρατῆσαι. 12,1. 2. Jude'7 ὡς Σόδομα καὶ
Τόμοῤῥα. .. πρόκεινται Setypa.—Jos. Ant.
15. 8. 1. Diod. Sic. 3. 26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.
2, 8.

“προκηρύσσω ν. -TTW, f. ξω, (κηρύσ-
σω,) to proclaim beforehand, by a herald,
Jos. B. J. 6. 8. 2. Pol. 5. 60. 3. Xen. Lac.
11. 1.—In N. T. genr. to announce or
preach beforehand; in the past tenses, to
have before announced, preached; 6. ace.
Acts 13, 24 προκηρύξαντος ᾿Ιωάννου...
βάπτισμα μετανοίας. Pass. Acts 3, 20 Rec.
—Jos. Ant. 10. 5. 1 Ἱερεμίας τὰ μέλλοντα
τῇ πόλει δεινὰ προεκήρυξε.

προκοπή; ἧς, i, (προκόπτω.) pr. a going
forward, progress ; in N.'T. only trop. pro-
gress, advancement, furtherance ; Phil. 1,12
els προκοπὴν τοῦ évayyeAtov. v. 25. 1 Tim.
4, 15.—2 Mace. 8, 8. Pol. 2. 37. 10. Diod.
Sic. 16. 6. A word of the later Greek,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 85.

προκόπτω, f. ψω, (κόπτω,) to beat or
drive forwards, as if with repeated strokes ;
hence, to forward, to further, Thue. 4. 60.
ib. 7. 56. Also intrans. or with ἑαυτόν
impl. see in ἄγω no. 2, to beat forward, as
in Engl. a ship is said to beat ahead ; hence
genr. to go forward, to make progress, to
proceed, on one’s way, journey, Jos. Ant. 2.
16. 13. Β. J. 4.2.4. Comp. in Engl. ‘to
push forwards,’ both trans, and intrans.—In
N. T. only intrans. and trop.

1. to make progress in any thing, to ad-
vance, to increase ; 6. g. with dat. of that in

προμαρτύυρομαι

or as towhich, Luke 2, 52 καὶ Ἰησοῦς προέ-
korre σοφίᾳ, comp. Winer §31. 3. Matth.
§400.7. With ἐν ο. dat. Gal. 1,14 ἐν τῷ
Ἰουδαϊσμῷ, comp. Matth. 1. 6. note. With
ἐπί C. acc. 6. g. ἐπὶ Td χεῖρον, 10 Wax worse
and worse, 2'Tim. 3,13 ; ἐπὶ πλεῖον further
2 Tim. 2, 16. 3,95; comp. in πλείων no. 4.
—So c. dat. Diod. Sic. 11. 87; ς. ἐν, as
προκεκοφὼς ἐν παιδείᾳ Diod. Sic. VI. p. 30.
Arr. Epict. 2. 10. 30; ἐπὶ τὸ κακόν Test.
XII Patr. p. 614; ἐπὶ πλεῖον Diod. Sic.
14, 98.

2. Of time, aor. to be advanced, to be far
spent, Rom. 13, 12 ἡ νὺξ mpoéxowev.—Jos.
B. J. 4.4. 6 τῆς νυκτὸς προκοπτούσης. App.
B. Civ. 2. p. 181 ἡμέρα προύκοπτε.

πρόκριμα, ατος, τό, (προκρίνω,) a pre-
judgment, prejudice, prepossession, 1 Tim.
5, 21.

προκυρόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (κυρόω,) to esta-
blish or confirm before, previously, Pass.
perf. Gal. 3, 17.

προλαμβάνω, aor. 2 προέλαβον, (λαμ-
βάνω,) to take before, i. 6.

1. to take before another, to anticipate an-
other in doing any thing, ¢. acc. 1 Cor. 11,
21 ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλάμβανει,
i. e. the rich man eats the provisions he has
brought, without waiting for the poorer
members to come in; comp. in ἀγάπη no.
2. So Diod. Sic. 20. 107 προλαμβάνειν τὸ
χρήσιμον. Dem. 32. 27. ib. 79. 2 βούλεται
γὰρ ὑμῶν τοῦτο προλαβεῖν.

2. Before an infin. to take up beforehand,
to do before the time, lo anticipate the time
of doing; c. inf. Mark 14, 8 προέλαβε μυρί-
σαι μου TO σῶμα κτλ. i. e. she hath anoint-
ed my body by anticipation against my bu-
rial; comp. Winer §58. 4. Gesen. Lehrg.
Ρ. 823.—Aristot. de Gener. Anim. 4. 1 καὶ
προλαμβάνοντες ὡς οὕτως ἔχον, πρὶν γινόμε-
νον οὕτως ἰδεῖν. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 8 οἱ δὲ Περ-
σικοὶ νόμοι προλαβόντες ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως
κτλ. Comp. καιροὺς προλαμβάνειν Diod.
Sic. 14. 63.

3. Pass. aor. 1 προελήφϑην, of persons,
to have been before taken, overiaken, surpri-
sed; Gal. 6,1 εἰ καὶ προληφϑῇ ἄνϑρωπος ἐν
τινὶ παραπτώματι, if aman be overtaken in
a fault, i. e. by surprise, before he thipks of
it.—Wisd. 17, 17.

προλέγω, f. Ew, (λέγω,) to say before-
hand, to foretell, to forewarn, 2 Cor. 13, 2.
Gal. 5, 21. 1 Thess. 8, 4. Sept. for 3m
Is. 41, 26.—Diod. Sic. 1. 50. Xen. An. 7.
7. 3.

προμαρτύρομαι, Mid. depon. (μαρτύ-
popa,) pr. to call to wilness beforehand,

προμελετάω

only in Ν, T. to testify beforehand, to de-
clare beforehand, 1 Pet. 1,11. See διαμαρ-
TUpopat.

“προμελετάω, ὦ, f. now, (μελετάω,) to
practise beforehand, Pol. 10. 47. 3. Xen.
Ath. 1. 20.—In N. T. to premeditate, c. inf.
Luke 21, 14 μὴ προμελετᾷν ἀπολογηϑῆναι.
Comp. Mark 13, 11.

προμεριμνάω, ὦ, f. how, (μεριμνάω,)
to care or take thought beforehand, Mark
13, 11.

προνοέω, &, f. how, (voew,) to foresee,
to perceive beforehand, Hom, Il. 18. 526.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 13.—In N. T. trop. to see
to beforehand, to care fon, to provide for, Lat.
provideo, c. gen. 1 Tim. 5,8. So Wisd.
13, 16. Al. V. H. 2. 31. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.1.
—NMid. to provide for in one’s own behalf,
C. ACCUS. 6. 2. προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιόν
twos, providing for what is good in the
sight of any one, taking care to walk up-
rightly, Rom. 12,17 and 2 Cor. 8, 21, in
allusion to Sept. Prov. 3,4 mpovood καλὰ
ἐνώπιον Kuptov. Comp. Xen. Mem. 4. 3.
12; c. gen. Sext. Empir. adv. Eth. 104
προνοεῖσϑαι Tov καλοῦ. Jos. Ant. 9. 1. 1.

πρόνοια, as, 4, (προνοέω,) foresight,
providence, provision, Acts 24, 3. Rom. 13,
14 mpovoiay μὴ ποιεῖσϑαι, see in ποιέω No.
1. Ὁ. 8B.—2 Mace. 4, 6. Pol. 3. 106. 9. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 23.

προοράω, ὦ, (ὁράω.) perf. προεώρακα,
to foresee, Jos. c. Ap. 128. Xen. Conv. 4.5;
to see before oneself, Thuc. 7. 44. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4. 49.—In N. T. 10 see before, i. 6.

1. Mid. lo see before oneself, to have be-
fore one’s eyes, trop. of what one has vividly
in mind, c. acc. Acts 2, 25 προωρώμην τὸν
κύριον ἐνώπιόν pov, quoted from Ps. 16,8
where Sept. for 5% to set.

2. Perf. to have seen before, in time, Acts
21, 29. .

προορίζω, f. ἰσω, (épitw,) to bound or
limit beforehand, trop. of price, Dem. 877.
7 si sana lect—In N. T. trop. to predeter-
mine, to predestinate, spoken of the eternal
counsels and decrees of God; with acc. c.
infin. expr. or impl. Acts 4,28 ὅσα... ἡ
βουλή σου προώρισε γενέσϑαι. Rom. 8, 29.
80. t Cor. 2,7; c. acc. et εἰς Eph. 1, 5.
Pass. v. 11. ?

προπάσχω, aor. 2 προέπαϑον, (πάσχω.)
lo be affected beforehand, to experience before,
6. g. good Hdot. 7. 11. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5.
—In N. T. of evil, to suffer before; Aor.

to have suffered before, previously, 1 Thess. -

2,2. So Thue. 3. 67, 82. Plato Rep. 376. a.

622

πρὸς

προπάτωρ, ορος, ὃ, (πατήρ!) a forefa-
ther, ancestor, Rom. 4,1 Lachm. for πατήρ
Rec.—Hdot. 2. 161. Luc. Alex. 43. Plato
Legg. 717. 6.

προπέμπω, f. Wo, (πέμπω.) to send on
before, Jos. Ant. ἢ. 8. 5. Xen. Cyr. 2.4.18;
to send forwards or forth Wisd. 19, 2. Hdot.
4. 33, 121.—In N. T. to send forward on
one’s journey, to bring one on his way, to
accompany for some distance in token of
respect and honour; c. acc. Acts 20, 38

_ προέπεμπον αὐτὸν eis τὸ πλοῖον. 21,5. So

Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 4 προπέμψας Aavidny μέ-
χρι τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Diod. Sic. 13. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 25.—Hence genr. to bring one on
his journey, to help one forward, c. acc.
1 Cor. 16, 6. 11. Tit. 3,13. 3 John 6. Pass.
Acts 15, 3. Rom. 15, 24. 2 Cor. 1,16. So
1 Esdr. 4, 47. 1 Mace. 12, 4. :

προπετής, gos, ods, ὃ, ἡ, (adj. (προπί-
πτω,) falling forwards, Lat. prociduus, Xen.
Eq. 1. 8; trop. prone, inclined, ready to do
any thing, Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 24.—In N. T.
trop.*in a bad sense, precipitate, headlong,
rash ; Acts 19, 36 μηδὲν προπετὲς πράττειν.
2 Tim. 3,4. So Ecclus. 9, 23. Hdian. 1,
8. 11. Aischin. 27. 8.

προπορεύομαι; f. ebcopat, Pass. depon.
(πορεύομαι,) to pass on before, to go before
any one, e. g. as a leader, guide, c. gen. Acts
7, 40 Seovs of προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν, quoted
from Ex. 32, 1. 22, where Sept. for 72.
(1 Macc. 9, 11. Pol. 18. 2. 5.) Also as a
forerunner, herald, Luke 1, 76 προπ. πρὸ
προσώπου κυρίου, see in πρό no. 1. Sept. for
"252 ἼΘΙ Ps. 97, 3; Ὁ DIP Ps. 89, 15.
So Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 23 spor. ἔμπροσθεν.

πρός, a prep. governing the genitive,
dative, and accusative ; coinciding in its prim-
ary signif. with the primary force of these
cases respectively, viz. with the gen. imply-
ing motion or direction from a place hither ;
with the dat. rest or remaining by, at, near
a place; with the accus. motion or direction
towards or to a place. Buttm. ὁ 147. n. 1.
Kiihner §298. Matth. §590. Winer § 51. f.
p- 448. § 52. 6. p. 471. § 53. ἢ. p. 481.

I. With the Genitive, pr. from a place
hither, Hom. Od. 8. 29 ξεῖνος... ἵκετ᾽ ἐμὸν
δῶ, ἠὲ πρὸς ἠοίων, ἢ ἑσπερίων dy3paHrev.
Then, of a place or region from which a
person or thing seems to come, in or /owards
which he appears; 6. g. πρὸς Βορέαο, πρὸς
Nérov, Engl. northward, southward, Od. 13.
110, 1113 πρὸς τοῦ ποτάμου, at or by the
river, Xen. An. 4. 3.26. Comp. Heb. 72
Gen. 2, 8. 13,11. Heb. Lex. 13 πο. 8. h.

πρός

Trop. of the source, agent, cause, from
which any thing comes or proceeds, e. g.
λαβεῖν τι πρός τινος Hdot. 2. 139, 152; and
so after neuter or passive verbs, from, of, by,
Lue. D. Deor. 14. 1. Hdian. 1. 2. 5. Xen.
An. 1. 9. 20. Buttm. § 134. 3. Also mark-
ing dependence from, relation with or fo, i. e.
the pertaining or belonging in any way to a
person or thing, 6. g. πρὸς δίκης according
to right Soph. Cd. T. 1014. Hdot. 7. 153;
ἄτοπα λέγεις καὶ οὐδαμῶς πρὸς σοῦ Xen.
Mem. 2. 8. 15.—Hence in Ν. T. once, trop.
pertaining to, with the idea of advantage,
1. 6. helpful to, for; Acts 27, 34 τοῦτο yap
«υὺς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει. ΜΑΙ,
ν ὅθ0. Kiihner ᾧ 298. Winer ᾧ 51. p. 448.
So Luc. D. Deor. 20. 8. Diod. Sic. 18, ὅ0
tin. Pilato Gorg. 459. c. Thue. 3. 38.

il. With the Dative, πρός marks a place
or object by the side of which a person or
thing is, by, at, near; as if in answer to the
question where? in N. T. only five (or six)
times, 6, g. Mark 5, 11 πρὸς τῷ ὄρει, where
Rec. has πρὸς ra ὄρη. Luke 19, 37 πρὸς τῇ
καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους. John 18, 16 ὁ Πέτρος
εἱστήκει πρὸς τῇ σύοᾳ. 20,[11.] 12. Rev. 1,
18. Matth. §590. b Buttm. ᾧ 147. π. 1.
Kiihner §298. Winer ᾧ 5%. p. 471.—Jos. Ant.
2. 16. 1. Hdian. 5. 3. 24. Xen. An, 1. 8. 4.

ΠΙ. With the Accusative. mods marks
strictly the object towards or to which any
thing moves or is directed, see above, init.

1. Of Place, towards, to, unto, as if in an-
swer to the question whilher? c. acc. of
place, thing, person; comp. Matth. § 591.
Buttm.1.c. Kiihner ᾧ 298. Winer ᾧ 53. p. 481.

a) Pr. of motion or direction, e. g. after
verbs of going, coming, departing, return-
ing, and the like, and also after like nouns ;
Matt. 2, 12 μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρώδην. 3,
5 ἐξεπορεύοντο πρὸς αὐτόν. Vv. 14 καὶ od
ἔρχῃ πρός pe; 10,13. 11, 28. 25, 9. Mark
1, 33 ἡ πόλις ὅλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν πρὸς τὴν
Svpav. 6, 25. 45 προάγειν... πρὸς Βηϑσαϊ-
dav. 10,1. Luke 8, 4. 19. 24, 12 ἀπῆλθε
πρὸς ἑαυτόν, i. 6. to their lodgings. John 3,
20 οὐκ ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς. 6, 37. 7, 33.
Acts 3, 11. 28, 30. Rom. 1, 10. Gal. 1,17.
al. sep. (Hdian. 1. 13. 2. Plut. Galb. 13
init. Xen. Hell. 4.1.2.) So after γίνεσθαι,
John 10, 35. Acts 7, 31. 13, 32. 2 Cor. 1,
18; see in γίνομαι I. 4. Ὁ. ¢. (Comp. Xen.
An. 3. 4. 24.) After verbs of sending, c.
acc. of pers. Matt. 21, 34 ἀπέστειλε τοὺς
δούλους αὑτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς γεωργούς. Luke
23, 27. John 16, 7. Acts 15, 25. Eph. 6, 22.
Tit. 3,12. Hence ἐπιστολὴ πρός τινα Acts

9,2. 22, 5. 2 Cor. 3,1. (Hdian. 2. 12.10. -

Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 33; ἐπιστολὴ πρός 2 Mace.

623

15; ἀπολογία Acts 22, 1. etc.

πρός

11,27. Luc. Nigr. 1.) After verbs of lead-
ing, bringing, drawing, by force or otherwise ;
Matt. 26, 57 of δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν “I. ἀπή-
yayov πρὸς Καϊάφαν. Mark 9, 17.19 φέρετε
αὐτὸν πρός pe. 11, 7. Luke 12, 58. John

12, 32 πάντας ἕλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν. 14, 3.

Acts 23, 15. Rev. 12, 5. Pregn. Acts 23,
24 see in διασώζω. So Hdian. 4. 3. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 1.—Also after verbs imply-
ing motion Zo a place and a subsequent re-
maining there, where in Engl. we mostly
use at, upon, but also to, unto. E. g. verbs
of falling, πίπτειν ν. προσπίπτειν πρὸς τοὺς
πόδας τινος, to fall at one’s feet, Mark 5, 22.
7, 25. (Sept. Ex. 4,25.) So verbs of lay-
ing, putting, casting, and the like ; as Matt.
3, 10 ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν κεῖται. Luke 3,
9. 16, 20 ὃς ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα ad-
τοῦ. Acts 3, 2. So Mark 10, 7. Matt. 4, 6.
For the use of πρός c. ace. after verbs com-
pounded with πρός, see Winer § ὅθ. 4. 13.
Genr. Acts 5, 10 ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς
τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς. Acts 13, 36.—After verbs
and words implying mere direction, as a.
turning, reaching, looking, and the like:
Luke 7, 44 στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα. Acts
9, 40. 2 Cor. 3, 16. Rom. 10, 21 ἐξεπέτασα
Tas χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαόν κτὰ. Eph. 3, 14
κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. Trop.
James 4,5 see in ἐπιποϑέω. (Hdian. 6. 4. 8.)
So by Hebraism, 6. g. βλέπειν τι πρόσωπον
πρὸς πρόσωπον, face to face, 1 Cor. 13, 12:
So Sept. for 5°35 DN Ὁ ΒΒ Gen. 32, 31.
Deut. 34, 10. Also λαλεῖν στόμα πρὸς στό-
pa, mouth to mouth, 2 John 12; 80 Sept.
for MB">N HB Num. 12, 8. ‘Comp. Matth.
$427. b.

b) Put with all verbs and words which in-
clude the idea of speaking to any one, most-
ly c. acc. of pers. Comp. Matth. Winer,
l.c. α) Genr. 6. g. after εἶπον Matt. 3,
15. Luke 1,13. 18. 34; AeA€w Luke 1, 19.
55. 2, 18. 20; λέγω Luke 5. 36, 7, 24.
Acts 3,25; φημί Luke 22, 70. Acts 2, 38.
al. So with verbs of answering, as ἀποκρί-
νομαι Acts 3,12. 25,16; of accusing, as
κατηγορέω John 5, 45; of praying, entreat-
ing, as Bodw Luke 18, '7 (Sept. 1 Sam. 12,
10) ; δέομαι Acts 8,24; δέησις Rom. 10, 1;
εὔχομαι 2 Cor. 13,73 προσευχή Acts 12,
5, Rom. 15, 30; so by Hebr. αἴρειν φωνὴν
mpos Tov Sedv Acts 4, 24; comp. Heb.
bp ΝΣ Is. 24, 14, and Heb. Lex. art. 82
no. 1. 6. With words of declaring, making
known, as ἀναδείξις Luke 1, 80; γνωρίζω
Phil. 4, 6; ἐμφανίζω Acts 23, 22; of com-
mand and the like, 6. g. ἐντολή Acts 17,
(Sept.
1 Sam. 14, 19. Hdian. 3. 6.2. Plato Hipp

πρός

Min. 370. d. Xen. Cyr. 1. 8. 14. Mem. 1.
3. 2 εὔχομαι πρός.) Once c. acc. of mem-
ber, as λαλεῖν πρὸς τὸ ods i. 6. to speak to
one in his ear, privately, Luke 12,3. β)
Of mulual words and sayings; Acts 2, 12
ἴλλος πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες. So πρὸς ἀλλή-
λους to one another, one to another, Mark 8,
16. 9, 33. 15, 31. John 6, 52. 16, 17.
Acts 2, 7. 4,15. (Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 5.
2. 14.) πρός ἑαυτούς id. Mark 1, 27. 9, 16.
33. 14, 4. 16,3. Luke 22, 23. y) After
verbs of swearing to any one, i. q. to pro-
mise with an oath; Luke 1, 73 ὅρκον ὃν
dpooe πρός ᾿Αβραάμ. So Hom. Od. 14.
331. ib. 19.288. δ) After verbs of speak-
ing, communing, 10. or with oneself; Luke
18, 11 6 Φαρασαῖος orazeis πρὸς ἑαυτὸν
ταῦτα προσηΐχετο, i. 6. standing he prayed
thus with himself. So Luc. Contempl. 18
πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν ye ἐννοῶ. Aristenet. Ep. 1. 6
πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν ἔφην.

6) Trop. after verbs and words implying
direction of the mind or will, an affection or
disposition towards any one; 6. g. α)
Favourable, implying good-will, confidence ;
2 Cor. 3, 4 πεποίθησιν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν
Sedv. ‘7,4 παῤῥησία πρὸς ὑμᾶς. v. 12. Gal.
6, 10 ἐργαζώμεϑα τὸ ἀγαϑὸν πρὸς πάντας.
Eph. 6, 9. Phil. 2, 30. 1 Thess. 1, 8 ἢ πί-
στις ἡ πρὸς τὸν Sedv. ὅ, 14. 2 Tim. 2, 24.
Tit. 3,2. Philem. 5. Also Col. 4, 5 ἐν σο-
dia περιπατεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω. 1 Thess. 4,
12. So Jos. Vit. 25 ἡ πρός pe πίστις.
Plut. Demetr. 39 περὶ φιλίας πρὸς αὐτόν.
Hdian. 8. 6. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 8.10. =)
Unfavourable; i. q. against; Acts 6, 1 yoy-
γυσμὸς πρὸς τοὺς “Ἑβραίους. 23, 30 λέγειν
τὰ πρὸς αὐτόν. 24, 19. 25, 19. 1 Cor. 6, 1.
Eph. 6, 11 στῆναι πρὸς xrd. Col. 3, 13. 19
μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς αὐτάς. Heb. 12, 4.
Rev. 13,6. Comp. Matth. § 591. ε. Buttm.
l.c. Kiihner 1. c. So Hdian. 3. 8. 3. Dem.
143. 27. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 7.

2. Of Time,e.g. a) Pr. of adefinite
time when, towards, near; Luke 24, 29
πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστί, καὶ κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέρα.
Comp. Matth. § 591. ε, fin. Winer 1. c.
So Jos. Ant. 5. 4. 3 πρὸς €or. Thuc. 4.
135 πρὸς ἔαρ ἤδη. Xen. An. 4. 5. 21 πρὸς
ἡμέραν. 8) As forming with the accus.
a periphrasis for an adverb of time how long,
q. d. at, for; as πρὸς καιρόν, for a season, a
while, briefly, Luke 8, 13. 1 Cor. 7, 5; πρὸς
καιρὸν Spas 1 Thess. 2, 17; πρὸς ὥραν
John 5, 35. Gal. 2, 5. So Heb. 12, 10
πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας. V. 11 πρὸς τὸ παρόν, for
the present, αὐ present. James 4, 14 πρὸς
ὀλίγον sc. χρόνον. Comp. Winer l.c. So
Pol. 1. 61. 4 πρὸς καιρόν. Luc. Ὁ, Deor. 18.

624

προς

1 πρὸς ὀλίγον. Δ]. V. H. 12. 68. Hdian. 1,
3. 13 πρὸς τὸ παρόν. Thuc. 2. 22.

3. Trop. as denoting the direction, refer-
ence, relation, which one object has towards
or to another, 6. g.

a) towards, i. e. in reference to, in respect
to, as to, implying the direction or remote
object of an action. a) With ace. of
pers. Mark 12, 12 ἔγνωσαν ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς
τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπε. Acts 24, 16 amp. συνεί-
Snow ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Sedv κτὰ. Rom. 4, 2.
Heb. 1, 7 πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει. ν.
8. ἃ]. So τί πρός σε; τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς ; Matt.
27, 4. John 21, 22.23. Comp. Matth. § 591.
y- Buttm. Kihner, Winer, 1. c. So Al. V.
Η. 12. 64. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 15. Dem. 232.
7 οὐδέν ἐστι τούτων δήπου πρὸς ἐμέ. β)
With ace. of thing, Heb. 9, 13 ἁγιάζει πρὸς
THY τῆς σαρκός καϑαρότητα. Luke 18, 1 ἔλεγε
παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ δεῖν πάντοτε προσ-
εύὔχεσϑαι κτὰ. 2 Cor. 4,2. After verbs of
replying, Matt. 27, 14 οὐκ ἀπεκρίϑη αὐτῷ
πρὸς οὐδὲ ἕν ῥῆμα. Rom. 8, 31 πρὸς ταῦτα.
So genr. Plato Hipp. maj. 295. c. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 3 ; πρὸς ταῦτα Hdian. 3. 12. 23.
Xen. Mem. 3. 9.12. γ) In the construe-
tion τὰ πρός τινα Vv. τι, things relating
or pertaining to any person or thing, e. g.
Ta πρὸς εἰρήνην, pr. conditions of peace Luke
14, 32; trop. Luke 19, 42; ra πρὸς τὴν
χρείαν, things necessary, Acts 28, 10; ra
πρὸς Conv 2 Pet. 1, 33; τὰ πρὸς τὸν Sedy
things pertaining to God, divine things,
Rom. 15, 17. Heb. 2, 17. 5,1. Comp. in
ὃ, ἡ, τό, Ἐπ Ὁ. So Sept. Ex. 18,19 τὰ
πρὸς ϑεόν. Diod. Sic. 1. 72 τὰ πρὸς τὴν τα-
φήν. Xen. Ογτ..1. 3. 10 τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλε-

OV. } 7

Ὁ) Of.a rule or standard of action, accor-
ding .to, in conformity with; Luke 12, 47
μηδὲ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ ϑέλημα αὐτοῦ. 2 Cor.
5, 10 πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν. Gal. 2. 14. Eph. 3,
4. Comp. Matth. § 591. 6. Winer 1. c—
Luc. Hist. conscr. 38 init. Plato Cony.
199. Ὁ. Xen. An. 6. 1. 5. ὦ

6) Of the motive, ground, occasion of an
action, on account of, because of, for, e. g.
Matt. 19,8 Μωῦσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν
ὑμῶν ἐπέτρεψεν κτλ. Mark 10, ὅ. Comp.
Matth. ᾧ 591. 8. Kiihner 1. c—Hdot. 1. 38.

Plato Rep. 331. a. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5.

d) As marking the end or result, the aim
or purpose of an action, 6. g. πρὸς τί; for
what, why ? i. 6. to what end, for what pur-
pose, John 13, 28. Comp. Matth. § 591. ὃ.
Kihner 1. c. (Soph. Aj. 40. Xen. Mem. 3.
7.2.) After verbs, as expressing the -end,
aim, tendency of an action or quality, e. g.
Acts 3, 10 οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην

προς

καϑήμενος κτλ. Rom. 8, 26. 15, 2. 1 Cor. 6,
5 πρὸς ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν λέγω. '7, 35. 10, 11.
2 Cor. 1, 20. Eph. 4, 12. 1 Tim. 1, 16. 4,
᾿ ἢ γυμνάζε δὲ σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν. Heb.
5, 14. 6,11. 1 Pet. 4,12. Espec. with τό

. infin. to the end that, as Matt. 5, 28 was?

ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιϑυμῆσαι ad-
τῆς. 6, 1 πρὸς τὸ ϑεαϑῆναι αὐτοῖς. 13, 30
συλλέξατε ... καὶ δήσατε ... πρὸς τὸ κατα-.
καῦσαι αὐτά. 23, 5. Mark 13, 22. Eph. 6,
11. James 3, 3. (3 Macc. 1, 19. Hdian. 3.
14. 2. Thue. 7. 8; c. inf. Sept. Jer. 27, 10.
Plato Phedo 60. b.) So after nouns and
adjectives, John 11, 4 ἀσϑένεια πρὸς Sava-
τον. Eph. 4, 14. Col. 2,23. (Jos. B. J. 4.
9. 11 φάρμακον πρὸς σωτηρίαν. Luc. Merc.
Cond. 40 πρὸς κέρδος.) John 4, 35 ὅτι λευ-
kai εἰσι πρὸς ϑερισμὸν ἤδη. Acts 27, 12
ἀνευϑέτου τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παρα-
χειμασίαν. 2 Cor. 2, 16. 10, 4. Eph. 4, 29. ,
1 Tim. 4, 8. 2 Tim. 3, 17. Tit. 1,16. 1 Pet.
3,15. So Diod. Sic. 5. 37. Plato Menex.
247. 6, πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν φέροντα.,
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 12.—Also of a tendency
and result, as 2 Pet. 3,16 ἃ στρεβλοῦσιν
εὐ ς πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὑτῶν ἀπώλειαν. 1 John
5, 16 τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι μὴ πρὸς ϑάνατον.
Also ἁμαρτία πρὸς ϑάνατον, v. 16. 17.

6) Of the relation in which one person or
thing stands /owards another, towards, with ;
comp. Matth. § 591. ε. Luke 23, 12 προῦ-
πῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχϑρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς.
(Hdian. 8. 2.14.) Rom. 5,1 εἰρηνὴν ἔχομεν
πρὸς τὸν Sedv. (Xen. Hi. 2.11.) Acts 2,47
ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν. Acts 28,
25 ἀσύμφωνοι ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους. (Diod.
Sic. 4. 1.) 2 Cor. 6, 1ὅ τίς δὲ συμφώνησις
, Χριστῷ πρὸς Βελίαρ; Hence διατίθεσθαι
διαθήκην πρός τινα, to make a covenant with
any one, Acts 3, 25. Heb.10, 6. 9,20 see
in ἐντέλλομαι. So Diod. Sic..11. 44 συντίϑε-
ora φιλίαν πρός twa. Zl. V. H. 9. 41. Xen.
Vect. 5. 13.—In a comparison, as compared
with; Rom. 8, 18 οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παϑήματα τοῦ
νῦν καιροῦ «τρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν. Matth.
Ἰ. c. y. So Ecclus. 24,29. Plato Hipp. Maj.
281. d, εἶναι τῶν ἀρχαίων τοὺς περὶ τὴν σο-
φίαν φαύλους πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 52.

4. Sometimes πρός 6. acc. is used after
verbs which express simply rest at, by, in
a place, i. q. πρός c. dat. But in such in-
stances, for the most part, the idea of a pre-
vious coming to or direction towards that
place is either actually expressed, or is im-
plied in the context; comp. εἰς no, 4.
Matth. § 591. 7. Winer § 53. ἢ. Thus
a) Genr. c. ace. of place, Mark 11, 4 εὗρον
τὸν πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς τὴν ϑύραν. 14,
54 ϑερμαινόμενος “rs τὸ φῶς, i.e. at or

4

625

προσάγω

towards the fire. Luke 22, 56. John 20, 11.
So ὁ. ace. of person, i. 4. with, by, among,
Matt. 26, 18 πρός σε ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα. v. 55
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐκαϑεζόμην διδάσκων, pr. I seated
myself to or among you. Mark 14, 49 ἤμην
πρὸς ὑμᾶς... διδάσκων. Acts 12, 20. 13, 31
οἵτινες viv εἶσι μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν
λαόν, to or towards the people. 1 Cor. 2, 3.
16, 7 ἐλπίζω χρόνον τινὰ ἐπιμεῖναι πρὸς
ὑμᾶς. 2 Cor. 1, 12. 5,8. Gal. 1, 18. 2, 5.
4, 18. Phil. 1, 26. 2 Thess, 2, 5. Philem.
13. Sept. for >¥8 Is, 19, 19. So ZEschyl.
Prom. 348 és πρὸς ἑσπέρους τόπους ἕστηκε.
Eurip. Ion. 916. Orest. 468 πρὸς δεξιὰν
αὐτοῦ ords. Soph. Elect. 931. Xen. Hell.
6. 5. 8 ὑπὸ τὸ πρὸς Μαντίνειαν τεῖχας. ib.
2.1. 2δ6.ἁ Ὁ) Rarely and only in later
usage is the idea of previous motion or di-
rection wholly dropped, and πρός c. acc. is
then i. q. παρά c. dat. comp. Passow. Mark
2,2 ra πρὸς τὴν Svpay, i.e. the space at the
door or gate, the vestibule. 4, 1. Matt. 13,
56 ai ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς
εἰσι ; Mark 6, 8. John 1, 1 ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς
τὸν Sedv. See ἴῃ Brunck ad Apoll. Rh. 2. 496.

Nore. In composition πρός implies: 8)
Motion, direction, reference, towards, to,
al; as προσάγω, προσεγγίζω, προσέρχομαι,
προσδοκάω. Ὁ) Accession, addition, ¢here-
to, over and above, more, further ; as προσ-
αιτέω, προσαπειλέω, comp. Herm. ad Vig.
p- 861. no. 426; hence intens. as πρόσπει-
vos, προσφιλής. 6) Nearness, a being or
remaining near, at, by; as προσεδρεύω,
προσμένω. :

προσάββατον, ov, τό, (πρό, σάββα-
tov,) the fore-sabbath, eve of the sabbath, i. 4.
παρασκευή, Which see; Mark 15, 42.—Ju-
dith 8, 6. See Gr. Harm. p. 219.

προσαγορεύω, f. evow, (ἀγορεύω,) to
speak to any one, to address, to salute, Luc.
Asin. 4. Hdian. 1. 16.'7; to call by name,
to name, Jos. Ant. 15. 8. 5. Xen. Mem.
3. 2. 1.—Hence in N. T. to address as any
one, to call by a name or title; Pass. Heb.
5, 10 προσαγορευϑεὶς ὑπὸ Seod ἀρχιερεύς.
Matth. ᾧ 420. Winer ᾧ 32. 4. b. Comp.
Jos. Ant. 3.7. 1 ἣν ὁ νόμος ἅγνειαν προσα-
γορεύει.

προσάγω, f. ξω, (ἄγω,) aor. 2 προσύ-
γαγον.

1. to lead or conduct to any one, to bring
near; c. acc. Luke 9, 41 προσάγαγε ὧδε
τὸν υἱόν σου. With acc, and dat. Acts 16,
20 προσαγάγοντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς,
comp. Matth. ᾧ 402. Sept. for 8°33 1 Sam. 1,
25; 2PM Ex. 99, 4, 40, 12. (Hdian, 1
5. 1. Dem. 234. 205 τινά τινε Xen. Cyr, 3.
2.12.) Implying admission or access to

προσαγωγή

any one, 6. g. to God, to bring near, to pre-
sent before, c. acc. et dat. 1 Pet. 3, 18. So
toa king, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 8.

2. Intrans. see ἄγω no. 2, to come or
draw near, to approach, 6. dat. as above.
Acts 27, 27 ὑπενόουν of ναῦται προσάγειν
τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν, the sailors deemed that
some country drew near to them, i.e. accord-
ing to the usual optical illusion on board a
ship. Sept. for ΞΡ Ex. 14, 10. Is. 34,1.
—il. V. H. 3. 21. Epict. Ench. 29. 7; of
a ship Pol. 1. 46. 9. Comp. Achill. Tat. 2.
2. 823 τὴν γῆν ἑωρῶμεν ἀπὸ τῆς νηὸς κατὰ
μικρὸν ἀναχωροῦσαν, ὡς αὐτὴν πλέουσαν.
Cie. Quest. Ac. 4. 25 fin.

προσαγωγή, js, ἡ, (προσάγω,) a lead-
ing or bringing to, accession, Pol. 9. 41. 1.
Thue. 1. 82.—In N. T. approach, access,
admission, εἴς τι Rom. 5,2; πρός τινα Eph,
2,18; absol. 3,12. So Plut. Lucull. 15.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45.

προσαιυτέω, &, f. how, (airéa,) to ask
in addition, to demand more, Xen. An. 1. 3.
21.—In N. T. intens. to ask repeatedly, to
beg, absol. Mark 10, 46. Luke 18, 35,
John 9, 8. So Sept. Job 27,14. Luc. Con-
templ. 15. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29.

προσαίτης, ov, 6, (προσαιτέω,) a beg-
gar, John 9, 8 in later edit. for rupAds.—
Diog. Laert. 6. 56. Plut. Quest. Gr. 13.

προσαναβαίνω, aor. 2 προσέβην, (ἀνα-
Baive,) to go up further, higher; so with
ἀνώτερον pleon. Luke 14, 10 φίλε, προσ-
ανάβηδι ἀνώτερον, i. 6. take a higher seat, a
more honourable place. Sept. pr. for mds
Ex. 19, 23. Josh. 11, 17.—Judith 13, 10.
Diod. Sic. 1. 37; of a stream, zo rise, Pol.
3. 72. 4.

προσαναλίσκω, ἴ, λώσω, (ἀναλίσκω,)
to consume besides, to expend further, c. acc.
Luke 8, 43 ἥτις ἰατροῖς [Rec. εἰς ἰατρούς]
προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν Biov.—Dem. 460.
2. Plato Prot. 311. d.

προσαναπληρόω, &, f. ὠσω, (ἀναπλη-
ρόω,) to fill up further, to supply fully, c. ace.
ra ὑστερήματα 1 Cor. 9, 12. 11, 9.—Wisd.
19, 4. Diod. Sic. 5.71. Mid. id. Plato Men.
84. d.

προσανατίδημι, f. how, (dvarisnu,)
pr. to lay up or upon in addition; Mid. to
take upon oneself besides, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 8.
—In N. T. only Mid. aor. 2 προσανεϑέ-
pny, trop. to lay before in addition, to set
forth further, on one’s own part, 6. g.

1. to impart further, to communicate, c.
acc. et dat. Gal. 2, 6 ἐμοὶ yap of δοκοῦντες
οὐδὲν προσανέϑεντο, i. 6. on their part.
Comp. ἀνεϑέμην in v. 2.

626

προσδοκαὼω

2. Spec. c. dat. by way of consultation,
i. q. 40 confer with, to consult; Gal. 1, 16
οὐ προσανεδέμην σαρκὶ καὶ aipart.—Diod.
Sic. 17. 116 Γ ᾿Αλέξανδρος] τοῖς μάντεσι
προσανϑέμενος περὶ τοῦ σημείου. Luc. Jup.

WT'rag. 1 ἐμοὶ προσανάϑου᾽ λάβε με σύμβου-

λον πόνων.

προσανέχω, f. ξω, (ἀνέχω,) in Ν. T.
only intrans, to rise wp, to come forth; 6. g.
out of the sea, as land, an island, io jut forth,
to shoot forward ; Acts 27,27 Lachm. ὑπη-
voovv... προσανέχειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν,
where Rec. προσάγειν 4. v.—So ἀνέχειν
of a headland, Hdot. 7. 123. Thue. 1. 46.

προσαπείλέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀπειλέω,)
to threaten further, absol. Acts 4,21; comp.
v. 18.—Dem. 544. 26.

προσδαπανάω, ὦ, f. how, (δαπανάω,)

to spend more, in addition, c. acc. Luke 10,

*35.—Luc. Ep. Sat. 39. Themist. Or. 23.
Ρ. 289.

_ προσδέομαι, f. ἥσομαι, Pass. depon.
(δέομαι,) to need further, in addition, ¢. gen.
Acts 17, 25. Sept. for “ὉΠ Prov. 12, 9.—
Ecclus. 4, 3. Dem. 14. 22. Thue. 2. 41.
προσδέχομαι, f. ona, Mid. depon.
(δέχομαι,) to receive to oneself, to admit, i. 6.
1. Of things, trop. to admit, to allow, c
acc. as τὴν ἐλπίδα Acts 24,15. Negat. Heb.
11, 35 οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν,
not accepting, i. e. rejecting ; comp. 2 Macc.
c.7. So Sept. Job 2, 9. Pol. 1. 16. 6.
Plato Rep. 561. b.—Of evils, i. q. to put up
with, to endure, c. acc. Heb. 10, 34 τὴν dp-
παγὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων. Sept. for niga
Ex. 10, 17. r
2. Of persons, to receive, to admit, to
one’s presence and kindness; c. acc. Luke
15, 2 οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται. Sept.
for SX Mal. 1, 8. Ez. 43,27. So Diod.
Sic. 18. 54. Thuc. 2.12. Xen. Hell. 1. 5.
9.—Also in hospitality, to receive kindly, to
enterlain, as a guest, c. acc. Rom. 16, 2.
Phil. 2,29. Sept. for >2P 1 Chr. 12, 18.
3. Of things future, fo wait for, to ex
pect, c. acc. Luke 12, 36 ἀνθρώποις προσ-
δεχομένοις τὸν κύριον αὑτῶν πότε κτὰ. Acts
23,21. Soa future good, with the idea of
faith, confidence, e. g. τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
Seov Mark 15, 43. Luke 23, 51; παράκλη-
ow Luke 2,25; λύτρωσιν 2, 38 ; τὴν μακα-
ρίαν ἐλπίδα Tit. 2, 18 ; τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ κυρίου
Jude 21.—2 Mace. 8, 11. -Pol. 21. 8. 7.
Hdian. 3. 1. 2. Xen. Apol. 33.

προσδοκάω, ὦ, f. now, (δοκεύω, δοκά-
ζω!) to watch toward or for any thing, i. 6.
1. to look for, to expect, whether in fear

“~

in ar

Pl

προσδοκία 627

or in hope, e.g. ἃ) With fear, absol.
Matt. 24, 50 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 7 οὐ προσδοκᾷ. Luke
12, 46. Acts 28, 6; also c. inf. ibid. of δὲ
προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλχειν πίμπρασϑαι. So
ce. inf. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 5. Hdian. 2. 2. 9.
Xen. An. 7. 6. 11. +b) With doubtful”
hope, absol. Luke 3, 15. Acts 27, 33; also
4. inf. 3, 5. Soc. inf. Hdian. 2. 1.21. Xen.
An. 6. 1. 16.

2. Genr. fo expect, to wait for, to await,
c. acc. 6. g. persons, Matt. 11,3 σὺ εἶ ὁ
ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν ; Luke 7,
19. 20. 1, 21 προσδοκῶν τὸν Ζαχαρίαν. 8,
40. Acts 10,24. With acc. of thing, 2 Pet.
3, 12 τὴν παρουσίαν. vy. 13. 14.—Sept. Ps.
119, 165. Hdian. 4. 11. 7. Plato Ep. 319. ¢.

προσδοκία, as, 7, (προσδοκάω,) a look-
ing for, expectation, in N. T. only of evil;
Luke 21, 26 ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ π. τῶν ἐπερχο-
μένων. Meton. Acts 12, 11 καὶ (ἐκ) τῆς
προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ, and from all the ex-
pectation of the people, from all that which
the Jews expected to accomplish against
me. Sept. meton. for Heb. FP" Gen. 49,
10.—Pr. Jos. Ant. 15. 3. 4. Pol. 1. 31. 3;
of good, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 19.

προσδρέμω, see προστρέχω.

προσεάω, ὦ, f. dow, (ἐάω.) to permit or
suffer further, c. dat. Acts 27,'7 μὴ mpoce-
ὥντος ἡμῖν ἀνέμου, i. 6. the wind not suffer-
ing us to sail further on that course.

προσεγγίζω, f. ἰσω, (eyyitw,) to come
near unto any one, c. dat. Mark 2,4. Sept.
for 833 Gen. 33, 6.7; 22 Josh. 3, 4.—
Pol. 39. 1. 4. %

προσεδρεύω, f. εὔσω, (πρόσεδρος, ἕδρα,)
to sit near, to sit by, Lat. assideo, 6. g. by
other persons Dem. 313. 11; by a city as
besiegers, c. dat. Jos. Β. 1. 7. 2. 1 init—
In N. T. to sit or wait near, to attend, to
serve ; 6. dat. 1 Cor. 9,13 of τῷ ϑυσιαστη-
pio προσεδρεύοντες, i. p. of τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζό-
μενοι ibid. comp. in παρεδρεύω. So Jos. c.
Ap. 1.7 τῇ ϑεραπείᾳ τοῦ Seod προσεδρεύ-
οντας. Diod. Sic. 5. 46 π. ταῖς τῶν ϑεῶν Se-
ραπείαις.

προσεργάζομαι, f. ἄσομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (ἐργάζομαι,) to work or do besides, Eu-
rip. Herc. F. 1013; to work out thereto, to
get more by labour, Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 28.—
In N. T. genr. fo gain thereto, besides, in
addition, c. acc. Luke 19, 16 ἡ μνᾶ σου προσ-
εἰργάσατο δέκα μνᾶς.

προσέρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, (ἔρχομαι,)
to come to or near to any place or person, to

approach.
1, Pr. and with a dat. after πρός in comp.

προσευχή

see Matth. ᾧ 402; 6. g. dat. of place, Heb.
12, 18 οὐ yap προσεληλύϑατε ψηλαφωμένῳ
ὄρει. v. 22. (Hdian. 2.6.11.) With dat.
of pers. Matt. 4, 3 καὶ προσελϑὼν αὐτῷ ὁ
πειράζων, εἶπε. 8,5. Mark 14, 45. Luke
23, 52. John 12, 21. Acts 9,1. Absol. or
with dat. impl. Matt. 4, 11 ἄγγελοι προσ-
ἤλϑθον καὶ κτὰ. Mark 1, 31. Luke 8, 24. 10,
34. Acts 7, 31. 28, 9. al. Sept. usually c.
πρός, for 832 Gen. 29, 10. 43, 19; 5
Num. 9, 6. Deut. 1, 22. Soc. dat. El. V.
H. 9.3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.—Spec. i. q. to
visit, to have intercourse with, Acts 24, 23.
10, 28.

2. Trop. a) In respect of God or
Christ, to come to God, to draw near unio,
in prayer, sacrifices, worship, devotion of
heart and life; 6. dat. Heb. 7, 25 τοὺς προσ-"
ἐρχομένους δὲ αὐτοῦ τῷ ϑεῷ. 11, 6; with
τῷ Seo impl. Heb. 10, 1. 22. So Heb. 4,
16 προσερχώμεϑα οὖν ... τῷ Spdve@ τῆς χά-
ριτος. (Sept. pr. of those who approach the
altar, for 032 Lev. 21, 21. Deut. 21, 5;
ΞΡ Lev. 21,16.) Also to Christ, 1 Pet.
2, 4 πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι to whom coming,
i. e. whom embracing, becoming his disci-
ples, followers. So of disciples, c. dat.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47. ib. 1. 6. 1. For πρός
6. acc. comp. Winer § ὅθ. 4.13. Ὁ) With
dat. of thing, to assent to, to embrace ; 1 Tim.
6, 3 μὴ προσέρχεται ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις.
So Philo de Gigant. p. 289. a, μηδενὶ προσ-
έρχεσϑαι γνώμῃ τῶν εἰρημένων. Migr. Abr.
Ρ. 401. d, προσελϑόντες ἀρετῇ. -ἢ

προσ εὐχή, ῆς, ἡ, (προσεύχομαι.) prayer
offered to God.

1. Pr. as προσευχὴ πρὸς τὸν Sedv Acts 12,
5. Rom. 15, 30; προσευχὴ τοῦ Seov prayer
τὸ God, Luke 6, 12. Genr. and absol. Matt.
17,21 εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ. 21,
22. Mark 9, 29. Luke 22, 45 ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ
τῆς προσευχῆς. So οἶκος προσευχῆς house
of (for) prayer, Matt. 21, 18. Mark 11,
17. Luke 19, 46. Acts 1, 14 προσκαρτε-
peiv τῇ προσευχῇ. 6,4; Spa τῆς προσευχῆς
Acts 3, 1, see in ἔννατος. 10, 31. Rom. 12
12. 1 Cor. 7, 5. Eph. 6, 18. Col. 4,2. Phil
4,6. 1 Tim. 5, 5. Dat. of manner emphat
James 5, 17. Plur. Acts 2, 42 προσκαρτε
ροῦντες ... ταῖς προσεύχαις. 10, 4. Rom. 1,
10. Eph. 1,16. Col. 4. 12, 1 Thess. 1, 2.
1 Tim. 2, 1. Philem. 4. 22. 1 Pet. 3,7. 4
7. Rev. 5, 8. 8, 3.4. Sept. for nden Ps
4,2. 2 Chr. 6, 19. sep—Tob. 13,1. Ee-
clus. 3, 5. 7, 10. 14. Not found in classic
writers.

2. Meton. a proseucha (Juv. Sat. 3.
296), i. 6. οἶκος V. τόπος προσευχῆς, ΤᾺΣ

προσεύχομαι

mben » ἃ house or place of prayer, an orato-
ry. Acts 16, 13 οὗ ἐνομίζετο προσευχὴ εἶναι,
where according to custom was the proseucha.
v.16. Comp. 3 Mace. 7, 20; and see the
decree of the city Halicarnassus in Jos. Ant.
14. 10. 23, by which the Jews were per-
mitted τὰς προσευχὰς ποιεῖσϑαι πρὸς τῇ Sa-
λάσσῃ κατὰ τὸ πάτριον ἔδος. These Jew-
ish proseuche were places for social prayer
and devotion outside of those towns where
the Jews were unable or not permitted to
have a synagogue ; they were usually near
a river or the seashore, for the convenience
of ablution; see Jos. 1. c. Sometimes the
προσευχή was a large building, as at Tibe-
rias ; Jos. Vit. ὁ 54 εἰς τὴν προσευχήν; μέγι-
στον οἴκημα πολὺν ὄχλον ἐπιδέξασϑαι δυνά-
ἔμενον. But often it appears not to have
been a building, and was prob. some retired
place in the open air or in a grove; so Ter-
tullian speaks of the “orationes litorales ”
of the Jews, ad Nationes c. 13; also de Je-
juniis o 16, “Judaicum certe jejunium
ubique celebratur, quum omissis. templis
per omne litus quocunque in aperto aliquan-
do jam precem ad coelum mittunt.” Comp.
Juv. Sat. 3. 11 sq. 296. See Wetstein
N. T.'I. p. 692. Winer Realw. art. Syna-
gogen.
προσεύχομαι, f. Eopat, Mid. depon.
(εὔχομαι,) impf. προσηυχόμην, aor. 1 προσ-
ηυξάμην ; to pray to God, to offer prayer or
vows to God; pr. c. dat. τῷ ϑεῷ or the like
after πρός in comp. see Matth. § 402. 1 Cor.
11, 13 τῷ ϑεῷ προσεύχεσϑαι. Matt. 6, 6
πρόσευξαι τῷ πατρί σου ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. So
Sept. for Sb5pnnm Is. 44, 17; oftener Sept.
c. πρὸς Sedv Gen. 20, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 10.
(Luc. Hermot. 40 τῷ Aci. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
1 τοῖς Seois.) Absol. or τῷ Seg impl. Matt.
6, 5 καὶ Grav προσεύχῃ. V. 6. 7. 14, 23.
Mark 1, 35. Luke 3, 21. Acts 6, 6. 1 Cor.
11, 4. 1 Thess. 5,17. 1 Tim. 2, 8. James
5, 13. 18. al. Joined with αἰτεῖσθαι Mark
11, 24. Col. 1, 9. So Hdian. 1. 11. 12.
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10.—The manner in which
one prays is expressed by the dat. 1 Cor.
11, 5 γυνὴ προσευχομένη ... ἀκατακαλύπτῳ
τῇ κεφαλῇ. 14,14. 15 γλώσσῃ, τῷ πνεύματι,
τῷ νοΐ. James 5,17 προσευχῇ προσηύξατο
emphat. he prayed earnestly. Also by ἐν,
Eph. 6, 18 ἐν πνεύματι. Jude 20.—The mat-
ter of one’s prayer, the words uttered, are
put after οὕτως Matt. 6, 9; λέγων Matt. 26,
89, 42; εἶπον Acts 1, 24. (Sept. ὁ. λέγων
Is. 37, 15; εἶπον 2K. 6,17.) Or in the
accus. Rom. 8, 26 ri προσευξώμεϑα καϑὸ
δεῖ. So μακρά adv. long, Matt. 23, 13 [14].
Mark 12, 40. Luke 20, 47; ταῦτα Luke 18,

628

προσέχω

11, see in πρός IIT. 1. Ὁ. 8; τοῦτο ἵνα Phil.
1, 9.—The object or thing prayed for is put
after iva v. iva μή, Matt. 24, 20 προσεύχεσϑε
δέ, ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ Φυγή κτὰ. Mark 13, 18.
14, 35. 38. 1 Cor. 14,13; εἰς ὃ ... ἵνα
2 Thess. 1,11. With inf. final, Luke 22,
40 προσεύχεσϑε μὴ εἰσελϑεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν.
James 5, 17 τοῦ c. inf. see in 6, ἡ, τό, G. 3.
b. B.—The subject or person for whom one

‘prays is put with a preposition; as περί c.

gen. Col. 1, 3 περὶ ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι.
Heb. 13, 183; περί τινος ἵνα Col. 4, 3.
2 Thess. 3,1; περί τινος ὅπως Acts 8, 15.
Sept. Gen. 20, 7. Jer. 42,20. Sotmépe.
gen. Matt. 5, 44; ὑπέρ τινος ἵνα Col. 1, 9.
Sept. Jer. 42,4. Also ἐπί c. acc. James
5, 14 προσευξάσϑωσαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, let them
pray over him, in his behalf. So prob. impl.
Matt. 19, 13 καὶ mpoonvénra. Sept. Jer.
14,11. τὴ ἢν

προσέχω, f. Ew, (ἔχω!) to have in addi-
tion, Dem. “887. 26; to hold towards any
one, 6. g. τὸ οὖς, Sept. for mum Jer. 7, 24.
26; τὴν ἀσπίδα c. πρός Hdot. 4. 200. As
a nautical word, to hold a ship towards a
place, to sail towards, Hdot. 9. 99 ras νῆας ;
also intrans. to hold one’s course towards a
place, by ship, c. dat. Pol. 1. 24. 2 mpoo-
σχόντες τῇ Σικελιᾷ. Diod. Sic. 20. 105; fully
Dem. 1285. 25 τῇ νηΐ προσέχειν εἰς Ῥόδον.
—In N. T. only trop.

1. Absol. with τὸν νοῦν impl. to apply
one’s mind to any thing, to attend to, to give
heed to; so fully. προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν τινΐ
Luc. D. Deor. 5.1. Plut. Galb. 13. Xen.
Mem: 4. 7. 2.

a) Genr. and with dat. of something spo-
ken; Acts 8, 6 προσεῖχόν τε of ὄχλοι τοῖς
λεγομένοις κτλ. Heb. 2, 1. 2 Pet. 1, 19.
Sept. for ym Ps. 141, J. Deut. 1, 45.
(Diod. Sic. 2. 25. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6 οἷς ὁ
Σωκράτης λέγει προσέχων.) Spec. to yield
assent, to believe, to embrace, c. dat. Acts
16, 14 προσέχειν τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑιτὸ τοῦ
Τιαύλου. 1 Tim. 1, 4. Tit. 1, 14. So
1 Mace. 7, 11. Jos. Ant. 8. 9. 1. 2. V. H.
12. 1 med. p. 157.—With dat. of pers. i. q.
to care for, to watch over ; Acts 20, 28 προσ-
éxere οὖν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ. So Epict.
Ench. 51. 1 pes ἃς [ἡμέρας] προσέξεις
σεαυτῷ.

b) With dat. reflex. προσέχειν ἑαυτῷ ν.
ἑαυτοῖς, to take heed to oneself, to beware,
mostly Imperat. Luke 17, 3. Acts 5, 35.
(Comp. Plut. Pelop. 9 fin.) Foll. by ἀπό
τινος, Luke 12, 1 προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ
τῆς ζύμης κτλ. By μήποτε Luke 21, 34.
Also ellipt. with ἑαυτοῖς impl. before μή c.
inf. Matt. 6, 1 προσέχετε ... μὴ ποιεῖν.

προσηλόω

(Epict. ap. Stob. 74. 22.) With ἀπό τινος,
Matt. 7,15 προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν Ψψευδοπρο-
φητῶν. 10, 17. 16, 6. 11. 19. Luke 20, 46.
—Sept. fully c. μή, for Heb. 7202 Gen.
24, 6. Ecclus. 29, 23; ellipt. c. μή Ecclus.
13, 11; with ἀπό τινος, Sept. for 4 ὉΠ
2 Chr. 35, 21. Ecclus. 11, 34. Comp. Xen.
Venat. 6. 23 προσέχειν ὅπως μή.

2. Intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. see in
ἔχω no. 5; pr. to hold to any person or
thing, fo apply oneself, to give or devote one-
self to any thing; e. g. with dat. of thing,
οἴνῳ πολλῷ 1 Tim. 3,8; τῇ ἀναγνώσει 4,
13; τῷ ϑυσιαστηρίῳ i. q. to give attendance,
to thinister, Heb. 7, 13. So Polyen. 8.
56 τρυφῇ καὶ μέθη. Hdian. 2. 11. 6 yewp-
yia. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 2.—With dat. of pers.
to adhere to, to follow, Acts 8,10.11. 1 Tim.
7 1 Fag! I ati πνεύμασι mavots.

τπροσήλλα δ ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ἡλόω, $dos,) to
nail to any thing, to affix with nails, c. acc.
et dat. Col. 2,14 προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυ-
e@.—3 Mace. 4, 9. Diod. Sic. 4. 47. Dem.
549. 1; trop. Plato Phed. 83. d.

προσήλυτος, ov, ὃ, 4, (προσέρχομαι.)
pr. ‘one who comes to another country or
people,’ @ stranger, syourner, Sept. for ma
Ex. 12, 48. 49. 20, 10.—In N. T. only in
the later Jewish sense, a proselyte, a con-
vert from Paganism to Judaism, Matt. 23,
15. Acts 2,10. 6,5. 13,43. (The same
are called of σεβόμενοι τὸν Sedv Acts 13,
16. 50. Jos. Ant. 14. 7. 2; also Ἰουδαΐζον-
res Jos, B. J. 2. 18.2; comp. B. J. 2. 20.
2. Tac. Hist. 5.5.) The Rabbins speak of
two kinds of proselytes ; a distinction which
does not appearin N.T. a) P23 "3
the proselytes of righteousness, i. e. complete
proselytes, who embraced the Jewish reli-
gion in its full extent, and enjoyed all the
rights and privileges of Jewish citizenship ;
comp. Ex. 12, 48. Jos. Ant. 20.2.5. Ὁ)
avin “1a proselytes of sojourning, called
also ΣΌΣ “a proselytes of the gate, 1. 6.
foreigners dwelling among the Jews, who
without being circumcised conformed to
certain Jewish laws and customs, espec.
those which the Rabbins call the “seven
precepts of Noah,” viz. to avoid blasphemy
against God, idolatry, homicide, incest, rob-
bery, resistance to magistrates, and the eat-
ing of blood or things strangled. See Bux-
torf Lex. Chald. 407 sq. Michelis Mos.
Recht IV. p. 12 sq. or Comment. on the
Laws of Mos. IIL. p. 64 sq. Winer Realw.
art. Proselyten—On the baptism of prose-
lytes and its probable antiquity, see Buxt.
lc. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 3, 6.

629

προσκεφαλαίον

Selden de Jure Nat. et Gent. II. 2. Winer
le.

πρόσκαιρος, ov, 6, ἧ, adj. (καιρός,) for
a@ season, transient, temporary, Matt. 13, 21.
Mark 4, 17. 2 Cor. 4, 18 opp. αἰώνιος. Heb.
11, 25.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 4. Hdian. 1. 1. 6,

προσκαλέω, &, f. ἔσω, (καλέω,) to call
to, to summon, to send for, Sept. Esth. 8, 1.
Xen. Lac. 13. 5.—In N. T. only Mid.
προσκαλέομαᾶι, ovat, to call any one to
oneself, to call for, to summon, c. acc. of
pers. Matt. 10, 1 καὶ προσκαλούμενος τοὺς
δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ. 15,10. 32. 18,2. 32.
20, 25. Mark 3, 13. 23. 6, 7. 7,14. 8,1.
34, 10,42. 12, 48. 15,44. Luke 7, 19.
15, 26. 16,5. 18, 16. Acts 5, 40. 6, 2.
13, 7. 20,1. 23, 17. 18. 28. James 5, 14.
Sept. for S9P Gen. 28, 1. Esth. 4,5. So
2 Mace. 8, 1. Luc. Pisc. 39. Xen. An. 7.7.
1.—Trop. of God, to call, to invite, e. g.
sinners to embrace the gospel, Acts 2, 39.
Also to call one to any office or duty, i. q.
to appoint, to choose; so in Pass. perf.
προσκέκλημαι as Mid. Buttm. § 136. 3. Acts
16,10. 13,2 εἰς τὸ ἔργον [eis] ὃ προσκέκλη-
μαι αὐτούς, where for eis omitted see in ds II.
A.3.c.8. Sept. and 83P Joel 3,5 [2,32].

προσκαρτερέω, ὦ, f. now, (καρτερέω,)
to be strong, steadfast, towards or for any
thing, e. g.

1. Of a work, business, fo continue in, to
persevere in, to be constantly engaged, oc-
cupied ; c. dat. as τῇ προσευχῇ Acts 1, 14.
6, 4. Rom. 12, 12. Col. 4,23; τῇ διδαχῇ
Acts 2,42. With εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, for this
very purpose, Rom. 13, 6. So Jos. Ant. 5.
2.6. Pol. 1. 55. 4. Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 14.—
Once of place, ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Acts 2, 46. So
Susann. 6 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ.

2. In respect to a person, i. 4. to remain
near, to wait upon, so as to be in readiness,
c. dat. Mark 8,9 ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ
αὐτῷ. Hence, to wait upon, to attend upon,
to adhere to any one, as an attendant, fol-
lower ; 6. dat. Acts 8, 13 τῷ Φιλίππῳ. 10,
7.—Pol. 24. 5. 3. Dem. 1386.16. For the
dat. after πρός in comp. see Matth. ὁ 402.

προσκαρτέρησις, ews, i}, (προσκαρτε-
ρέω.) perseverance, continuance in any thing.
Eph. 6,18 ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεή-
cet, i. 4. προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ δεήσει, comp.
Rom. 12, 12.

προσκεφάλαιον, ov, τό, (προσκεφὰ-
λαιος, κεφαλή, a cushion for. the head, a
pillow, Mark 4, 38. Sept. for MINOD Exek.
13, 18. 20.—1 Esdr. 3, 8. Theophr. Char.
2. Plato Rep. 328. c.

προσκληροω

προσ. κληρόω, ὦ, f. dow, (κληρόω,) to
lot out to any one, to give by lot, to allot,
ὃ. g. fortune, destiny, Luc. Amor. 3. Diod.
Sic. 3. 18.—In N. T. Pass. aor. 1 προσε-
κληρώϑην as Mid. 20 allot oneself to any
one, 4. d. ‘to join one’s lot to his lot,’ to
consort with, to adhere to; c. dat. Acts 17,
4 ἐπείσθησαν καὶ προσεκληρώϑησαν τῷ Παύ-
Aw κτλ. Comp. Buttm. §136.1,2, For the
dat. after πρός in comp. see Matth. ἡ 402.
So Plut. Symp. 9. 3.1 ἡ δὲ ἑβδομὰς τῷ
Movonyérn προσκεκλήρωται. Philo de For-
tit. p. 741. ο, τῷ ποιητῇ καὶ πατρὶ τῶν ὅλων
προσκεκληρωμένοι. Leg. ad Cai. p. 1001. d.

πρόσκλησ lS, ews, ἧ, (προσκαλέω,) a
summons, citation, accusation, a judicial
word, Dem. 1054. 21 sq.—In N. T. genr.
accusation, charge, 1 Tim. 5, 21 Lachm.
_ μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ πρόσκλησιν, i. 6. by rea-
son of accusation, or by way of accusation.
Rec. κατὰ πρόσκλισιν.

προσκλίνω, f. vd, (κλίνω,) to make in-
cline towards, to let lean upon or against,
Hom. Od. 21. 138, 165. Intrans. or c. €av-
τόν impl. to incline towards, to favour, 6.
dat. Pol. 4. 51. 5.—In N. T. Pass. aor. 1
mpowekAiSnv as Mid. to incline oneself
towards, to join oneself to any one, to adhere
to, c. dat. Acts 5, 36 ᾧ προσεκλίϑη ἀριϑμός
in later edit. where Rec. προσεκολλήϑη.
Comp. Buttm. § 136. 1,25; and for the dat.
Matth. § 402.

πρόσκλισις, ews, 4, (προσκλίνω,) in-
clination towards, a leaning against, Diod.
Sic. 3.27 πρόσκλισις τοῦ ζώου πρὸς τὸ δέν-
dpov.—In N. T. trop. a leaning towards,
partiality, 1 Tim. 5, 21. So Clem. Rom.
Ep. ad Cor. 47. Pol. 5. 51. 8. ib. 6. 10. 10.

προσκολλάω, ὦ, f. How, (κολλάω,) to
glue upon; Pass. to become glued, to ad-
here to any thing, 6. g. ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος
προσκολληϑδῆναι τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ τῇ
δεξιᾷ, Jos. Ant. 7. 12. 4 ; to join to, to unite
with, τὴν βασιλικὴν τῇ ἀγορᾷ προσεκόλλη-
σεν Phat. J. Ces. 29.—In N. Τ', Pass. aor. 1
προσεκολλήϑην as Mid. Buttm. ὁ 136.
1, 2, to join oneself to any one, as a com-
panion, follower, c. dat. Acts 5, 36 Rec.
For the dat. see Matth. § 402. Sept. for
p23 Ruth 2, 23. (Ecclus. 6,34. Plato Legg.
728. Ὁ) Also Fut. Pass. προσκολ-
ληϑήσομαι, to be joined with, or to join
oneself unto, after the analogy of the aor. 1,
from which it is formed; hence to cleave
unio, e.g. a husband to his wife, c. dat.
Matt. 19, 5 mpooxodAnShoera τῇ γυναικὶ
αὑτοῦ, quoted from Gen. 2, 24 where Sept.
for 2 P33. With πρὸς γυναῖκα id. Mark

630

προσκυνεῶ

10, 7. Eph. 5, i
4. 13.

πρόσκομμα; τος, τό, (προσκόπτω,) a
stumbling, 6. g. ξύλον προσκόμματος a
stumbling-block Ecclus. 84, '7.—In N. T.
trop. 8. g. 6 λίϑος τοῦ προσκόμματος, the stone
of stumbling, spoken of Christ as the occa-
sion of fall and perdition to those who reject
him, Rom. 9, 32. 33. 1 Pet. 2,8; comp.

Comp. Winer § 56.

_Is. 8, 14, and see more in art. λίδιος no. 2.

—Meton. a stumbling-block, trop. a cause
of falling, an occasion of sinning; Rom.
14,13 μὴ τιϑέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ.
1 Cor. 8,9. Rom. 14,20 διὰ προσκόμματος,
i. e. so as to place a stumbling-block ; see
in διά 1. 4. a. Sept. for Wpin Ex. 23,
33. 34,12. So Ecclus. 17, 25. 39, 24.

προσκοπή, ἧς, 4}, (mpookénte,) pr. a
striking against, a stumbling ; trop. offence,
i. e. a being offended, indignation, Pol. 6. 7.
8. ib. 30. 20. 8.—In N. T. meton. offence,
i. e. a cause of offence, occasion of falling
into sin; 2 Cor. 6,3 μὴ διδόντες προσκοπήν,
i.e. giving no occasion for despising and
rejecting the Gospel.

προσκόπτω, f. «ψω, (κόπτω,) to beat
towards, to strike upon or against, e. g.

1. Intrans. to beat upon, lo strike against,
6. dat. Matt. 7, 27 καὶ [οἱ ποταμοὶ καὶ oi
ἄνεμοι] προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Comp.
Matth. § 402.—Theophr. H. Pl. 4. 8. 8 μὴ
προσκόψῃ τῷ ὀφϑαλμῷ. Plut. Lycurg.
9 ult.

2. Spec. to strike, the foot against any
thing, to stumble, absol. John 11, 9. 10.
(Sept. Prov. 3, 23. Tob. 11, 10; c. dat.
Xen. Eq. 7. 6.) With acc. of instrum. and
πρός c. acc. Matt. 4,6 et Luke 4, 11 μή-
more προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίϑον τὸν πόδα cov,
quoted from Ps. 91, 12 where Sept. for
532; comp. Winer § 56. 4. 13. Comp.
Aristoph. Vesp. 275 ἢ προσέκοψ᾽ ev τῷ
σκότῳ τὸν δάκτυλόν mov.—Trop. to stumble
at any thing, to take offence at, so as to fall
into error and sin, absol. 1 Pet. 2;8 of mpoo-
κόπτουσι, TO λόγῳ ἀπειϑοῦντες. Also 6.
dat. τῷ ito Rom. 9,32; ἐν ᾧ Rom. 14, 21.
So Ecclus. 35 [32], 21; to be offended, in-
dignant, Pol. 1. 31. 7. Diod. Sic. 13. 80.

προσκυλίω, f. iow, (κυλίω,) to roll to,
upon, against; 0. acc. 6. g. λίϑον ἐπὶ τὴν
σύραν Matt. 27, 60. Mark 15, 46.—Dion.
Hal. Ant. Rom. 8. 53. Aristoph. Vesp.
202.

προσκυνέω, ὦ, f. noe, (κυνέω,) pr. to

kiss the hand towards any one, i. e. one’s
own hand, in token of respect and homage.

"““ροσκύυνέεω

‘According to Herodotus (1. 184) the an-
cient oriental and espec. Persian mode of
salutation was, between persons of equal
rank, to kiss each other on the lips ; when
‘the difference of rank was slight, they kiss-
ed each other on the cheek ; when one was
much inferior, he fell upon his knees and
touched his forehead to the ground or pros-
trated himself, kissing at the same time his
hand towards the superior. This latter
mode Greek writers express by προσκυνέω,
see espec. Hdot. |. c. ἣν δὲ πολλῷ ἢ οὕτερος
ἀγενέστερος, προσπίπτων προσκυνέει τὸν
ἕτερον. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 18 ἐξῆλθε πρὸς τὸν
Κῦρον, καὶ τῷ νόμῳ προσκυνήσας, εἶπε.
Comp. Luc. Enc. Demosth. 49 καὶ τὴν χεῖρα
τῷ στόματι προσαγαγόντος, οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾽ ἢ
προσκυνεῖν, ὑπελάμβανον. Wetstein N. T. I.
p. 242.—Hence in N. T. and genr. to do
reverence or homage to any one, usually by
kneeling or prostrating oneself before him ;
Sept. every where for minmun to bow
down, to prostrate oneself in reverence, ho-
mage, 6. g. Gen. 19, 1. 48, 12; see Heb.
Lex. art. nnd.

1. Genr. to do reverence, to do homage,
towards a person as superior, or from whom
one implores aid; from the Heb. always
with the idea of bowing down, kneeling,
prostration. KE. g. absol. with words ex-
pressing prostration added, Acts 10, 25 6
Κορνήλιος πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύ-
νησεν. Simpl. Matt. 20, 20 προσκυνοῦσα
καὶ αἰτοῦσα. (Sept. for “HHA Gen. 33,
6.7. Xen. An. 1. 6.10.) With dat. of
pers. in later usage, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 463.
Winer § 31. 1. n; so. with words express-
ing prostration, Matt. 2, 11 καὶ πεσόντες
προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ sc. τῷ παιδίῳ. 4, 9 ἐὰν
πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι 80. Satan. 18, 26.
28, 9 ἐκράτησεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ προσ-
εκυνήσαν αὐτῷ. Mark 15, .19 mSevres τὰ
γόνατα προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ. Simpl. Matt. 2,
2 καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. v. 8. 8, 2.
9,18. 14,33. 15,25. 28,17. Mark 5, 6.
John 9, 38. Sept. for ΠΆΓΗ ΘΓ Gen. 27, 29.
43, 26.28. sep. So Heliodor. IX. 366. Pol.
5. 86. 10.—With acc. in the earlier Greek
usage, Matth. 412. Lob. |. c. Luke 24, 52
καὶ αὐτοὶ προσκυνήσαντες αὐτόν. Sept. for
’ntin Gen. 37, 6. 8. So Jos. Ant. 2. 2. 2.
ib. 6. 13. 4 ἐπιστραφέντος δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως
προσκυνεῖται αὐτὸν πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον,
ὡς ἔθος. Al. V. H. 1. 21: Pol. 10.17. 8.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 14.—From the Heb. con-
strued with ἐνώπιόν τινος Luke 4,'7; ἐνώ-
πιον τῶν ποδῶν τινος Rev. 3,9. So Sept.
for "2b> MynMtn Ps. 22, 30. 86, 9.

2. Spec. of those who pay reverence and

631

προσλαμβάνω

homage to the Deity, who render divine
honours, ¢o worship, to adore, primarily with
the idea of prostration, which however is
often dropped; comp. Sept. and minnin
Gen. 47; 31, 1 K..1, 47. 4) Τὸ God, ab-
sol. John 4, 20 bis, of πάτερες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ
ὄρει τούτῳ προσεκύνησαν κτὰ. V. 24 δεῖ
προσκυνεῖν. 12, 20. Acts 8, 27. 24, 11.
Rev. 11, 1. Sept. and ‘muin Ps. 95, 6.
138, 2. (Jos. Ant. 8. 4.4.) Pregn. Heb.
11, 21 καὶ προσεκύνησαν ἐπὶ. τὸ ἄκρον τῆς
ῥάβδου αὑτοῦ, he worshipped [bowing] upon
the top of his staff, in allusion to Gen. 47,
31 where Sept. for FIRM, comp. 1 K.
1,47. Witha dat. see in no. 1; so with
words expressing prostration, 1 Cor. 14, 25
πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον προσκυνήσαι TO ϑεῷ.
Rev. 4, 10. 5, 14 Rec. 7,11. 11,16. 19, 4.
Simply, John 4, 21 προσκυνήσετε τῷ πατρί.
v. 23. Rev. 14,7. 19,10 τῷ ϑεῷ προσκύ-
νησον. 22,9. Sept. and ‘mum Gen. 24, 26.
Is. 27,13. (Jos. Ant. 6. 7. ὅ τῷ ϑεῷ.) With
accus. see above in no. 1; Matt. 4, 10 τὸν
Sedv σου προσκυνήσεις. Luke 4, 8. John 4,
22 bis. 23. 24. (Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 2 τὸν ϑεόν.
Xen. An. 3. 2. 9 τὸν Sedv.) With ἐνώπιόν
σου Rev. 15, 4, see above in no. 1. fin.
b) To the Messiah, c. dat: Heb. 1,6. ὁ)
To angels, with ἔπεσον ἔμπροσϑεν, Cc. dat

Rev. 19, 10; absol. 22, 8. d) To false
gods, idols; with dat. see in no. 1; Acts 7,
43 ods ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς. Rev

16, 2. 19,20. 20,4. With accus. see in
no. 1; Rev. 9, 20 προσκυνήσωσι τὰ δαιμό-
για. 13, 4 bis. 8. 12. 15. 14, 9. 11. So
Xen. An. 3. 2. 13 τοὺς Seovs.

“π᾿ οσκυνήτης, ov, 6, (προσκυνέω,) a
worshipper of God, John 4, 23.—Chandler
Inscript. App. X. 3 τοῖς προσκυνηταῖς sc.
of Augustus. ἡ

προσλαλέω, ὦ, f. how, (λαλέω,) to
speak to or with any one, 6. dat. Acts 13, 43;
absol. 28, 20. Comp. Matth. ἡ 402.—Wisd.
13, 18. Luc. Nigr. 7. Plut. Conj. Prec. 37.

προσλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λαμβά-
νω,) to take besides, in addition, Xen. Mem.
3. 14. 4; to receive besides, Xen. An. 7. 3.
13 ; fo take to or with oneself, in one’s com-
pany, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16.—In N. T. Mid
προσλαμβάνομαι, to take lo oneself:
also to receive to oneself.

1. to take to oneself, e. g. food, ¢. gen.
Acts 27, 36 καὶ αὐτοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς.
ν. 34 Rec. Buttm. §132. 5. d, and 10. i.
With ace. μηδέν Acts 27,33. (Comp. Xen.
Mem. 3. 14.4.) With ace. of pers. to take lo
oneself, to take by the hand and draw aside,
Matt. 16, 22. Mark 8, 32. Also to take to

πρόσληψις

one’s company, intercourse, house; Acts
17, 5 καὶ προσλαβόμενοι... τινὰς ἄνδρας
πονηρούς. 18, 26. 28,2. So 2 Mace. 8, 1.
Jos. B. J. 2. 21. 1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 24.

2. to receive to oneself, to admit to one’s
society and fellowship, to receive and treat
with kindness, c. ace. of pers. Rom. 14, 1
τὸν δὲ ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει προσλαμβάνε-
σϑαι. ν. 8. 15,7 bis. Philem. 12, 17. Sept.
for aap Ps. 65, 4.---ῶὦ Macc. 10, 15.

πρόσληψις, ews, ἣ, (προσλαμβάνω,) a

taking or assuming besides, Plato Theet.
210. a; an. assumption, the second member
of a syllogism, Cic. de Divin. 2. 53. Diog.
Laert. 7. 82.—In N. T. ἃ receiving, admis-
sion to oneself, Rom. 11, 15.

προσμένω; f. vd, (μένω,) to remain αἱ
a place, with a person, 4. d. to remain there ;
of place, absol. Acts 18, 18; ἐν Ἐφέσῳ
1 Tim. 1,3. (Jos. de Vit. 12. Hdian. 4.
15, 15. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 7.) Of persons,
to continue with any one, c. dat. Matt. 15,
32. Mark 8,2. Also io remain faithful to
any one, fo adhere to, Acts 11, 23; for the
dat. after πρός, see Matth. ᾧ 402. So Wisd.
3, 9. Jos, Ant. 14. 2. 1.—Trop. to continue
in any thing, to be constant in, to persevere,
ὁ. dat. 1 Tim. 5,5 ταῖς δεήσεσι. Acts 13,
43 in later edit. for Rec. ἐπιμένειν.

προσορμίζω, f. ίσω, (ὁρμίζω, ὅρμος.)
to bring a ship to anchor at or near ἃ place,
to cast anchor, to land at, c. dat. Plut. Parall.
2 Ἐέρξης ... ᾿Αρτεμισίῳ mpocoppiocas.—In
N. T. Mid. to come to anchor, to draw in to
shore, absol. Mark 6,53. So Arr. Exped.
Al. M. 6. 20. 7 προσορμισϑεῖς τῷ αἰγιαλῷ.
El. V. H. 8. 5. ‘

προσοφείλω, f. iow, (ὀφείλω,) to owe
besides, in addition, Philem. 19 σεαυτόν μοι
mporodeiders.—Dem. 650. 23. Xen. Cyr.
3. 2. 16.

προσοχϑίζω, f. ἰσω,. (ὀχϑίζω, ὀχϑέω,
ἄχϑος,) to be grieved towards any one, to be
indignant, angry, wroth at, implying detes-
tation, loathing, c. dat. Matth. § 402. Heb.
3, 10. 17 διὸ προσώχϑισα τῇ γενεᾷ ἐκείνη,
in allusion to Ps. 95, 10 where Sept. for
wap to loathe. Sept. also for ΕΣ Lev. 26,
15. 43.—Ecclus. 6, 25. 25, 2.

πρόσπεινος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, (πρός intens. πεῖ-
va,) very hungry, Acts 10, 10.—Not found
elsewhere.

προσπήγνυμι; τι ἠξω, (πήγνυμι) tof
or fasten to any thing, to affix, c. acc. Acts

2,23 rodrov... προσπήξαντες [τῷ σταυρῷ]
ἀνεΐλετε.

032

προστάσσω

προσπίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, (πίπτω,) to
fall towards or upon any thing, Xen. Eq.
7. 6.—In N. T. with the idea of purpose :

1. to fall upon, to rush upon, to dash
against, as the wind, c. dat. Matt. 7, 25°
oi ἄνεμοι προσέπεσον τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Comp.
Matth. § 402.—Of a hostile assault, c. dat.
Pol. 1. 28. 9. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 3.

2. Of persons, to fall down to or before
any one, at his feet or knees in reverence
or as a suppliant ; c. dat. of pers. Mark 3,
11 προσέπιπτε αὐτῷ. 5, 33. Luke 8, 28. 47.
Acts 16, 29; also τοῖς γόνασίν τινος Luke
5,8. Sept. c. αὐτῷ for 12 Ps. 95, 6. So
2 Mace. 5, 10. Pol. 10. 18. ἢ; τοῖς γόνασι
Diod. Sic. 17. 13 ; absol. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2.
—With πρὸς τοὺς, πόδας τινός Mark 7, 25.
Sept. for p»am Ex. 4, 25,

προσποιέω, ῶ, f. now, (ποιέω,) to make
to or for any one, to gain for, Dem. 1393.
15. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 28 π. φίλην Λέσβον τῇ
πόλει. Usually Mid. depon. προσποιέ-
Opal, odpat, to make to oneself, to acquire
for oneself, Hdot. 9. 37. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 28
π. Xadxndoviovs φίλους. Also to take or
claim to oneself, to pretend to, Thue. 1. 137 +
to pretend, to affect, Xen. An. 2. 1. 7.—
Hence in N. T. Mid. depon. to make as 4f,
to make a show of being or doing any thing,
to affect, c. inf. Luke 24, 28 προσεποιεῖτο
ποῤῥωτέρω πορεύεσϑαι. So Jos. Ant. 7. 8.
1 νοσεῖν. Plut. Timol. 5 χαίρειν. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2. 5, 12.

προσπορεύομαι, odpa, f. εύσομαι,
Pass. depon. (aropevw,) 10 go or come to any
one, c. dat. Mark 10, 35; comp. Matth.
§402. Sept. for a2 Ex. 24, 14.—Ecclus.
12,18. Pol. 4. 3. 13.

προσρήγνυμι, f. ἠξω, (ῥήγνυμι:) to
break or burst towards or upon any thing,
to dash upon or against, as waves, a flood,
intrans. c. dat. Matth. § 402. Luke 6, 48.
49 προσέῤῥηξεν ὁ ποταμὸς τῇ oixig.—So c.
acc. Aquil. Ps. 2, 9. Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 8. ib. 9.
4. 6.

προστάτις, wos, ἡ, (προστάτης, mpo-
ἵἴσταμαι,) a female curator, and genr. a pa-
troness, helper, succourer, Rom. 16, 2.—
Luc. Charid. 10 Sea... mpoordris οὖσα.
Bis accus. 29.

προστάσσω, V.-TTO, f. Ew, (τάσσω,)
to arrange or set in order at a place, to post
at, τόπῳ FEschy). Theb. 527.—In N. T. to
order towards or to any one, to command, to
prescribe to; c. dat. of pers. Matt. 1, 24 ὡς
προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος. 21, 6; impl.
Luke 5, 14. Pass. c. dat. Acts 10, 33 mav-
τα τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ ϑεοῦ.

προστίδημι 633

Impl. Matt. 8, 4 ὃ προσέταξε Μωῦσῆς.
Mark 1, 44. Also inf. c. acc. Acts 10, 48.
Sept. for max c. dat. Gen. 50, 2. Num. 5,
2; acc. et dat. Lev. 10,1. Deut. 17, 3; 6.
inf. Esth. 3,2. Soc, dat. Dem. 363. 26;
acc. et dat. Xen. Lac. 6. 2; c. inf. 2 Mace.
15, 5.—Spoken of times or seasons, /o pre-
scribe or appoint to any one, Pass. Acts 17,
26 dpicas προστεταγμένους καίρους, where
Rec. προτεταγμένους.

προστίϑημι, f. ϑήσω, (τίϑημι,) impf.
προσετίϑην Acts 5, 14; also 3 pers. προσ-
erizec Acts 2,47. 4. V. H. 3. 18; comp.
Buttm. § 106. n. 5.

1. to set, put, lay unto or with any thing ;
Pass. with πρός c. acc. Acts 13, 36 καὶ
προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, 56.
Δαβίδ. Winer § 58. 4. 13. Sept. for ἸΌΝ
Judg. 2, 10.—1 Macc. 2, 69. Comp. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 30.

2. Genr. to join unto, to add unto, e. g.

a) Of persons, 6. acc. et dat. Acts 2, 47 ὁ |

δὲ κύριος προσετίϑει τοὺς σωζ. Ka ἡμ. τῇ
ἐκκλησίᾳ. ὅ, 14 et 11, 24 τῷ κυρίῳ. Pass.

Acts 2, 41. Sept. for 5722 Num. 18, 2.

Is. 14,1. So 1 Macc. 2, 43. Jos. Vit. 25.
Plut. Brut. 23. ὃ) Of things, 6. acc. et

dat. Luke 17, 5 πρόσϑες ἡμῖν πίστιν. Pass.

c. dat. Matt. 6, 33 καὶ ταῦτα πάντα mpoore-
Shoera ὑμῖν. [Mark 4, 24.] Luke 12, 31.
Heb. 12, 19. With ace. and ἐπί c. dat. Luke
8, 20; ἐπί c. acc. Matt. 6,27. Luke 12,
25. Pass. absol. Gal. 3,19 Rec. Sept. for
HO" Lev. 26, 21; ἐπί re Deut. 12, 32. So
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 88. Plut. Galb. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4. 14; ἐπί τι Ecclus. 3,26. 0)
By Hebr. like 5/27 before an infin. or some-
times a finite verb, to add to do any thing,
i. q. to do again, to do further; see Heb.
Lex. art. F/O? no. 3. Winer § 58. 5. E. g.
Mid. aor. 2 προσετεϑέμην c. inf. Luke 20,
11. 12 καὶ προσέϑετο πέμψαι ἕτερον, τρίτον,
i. 6. again he sent. Acts 12, 3 προσέϑετο
συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον he further seized also
Peter. Part. προσϑείς before a finite verb,
Luke 19, 11 προσϑεὶς εἶπε παραβολήν. So
Sept. and FO} Gen. 4, 2. 18, 29. 25, 1. sep.
—Ecclus. 18, 4 [5] ; comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 13.
4 προσϑεμένος διώκειν. Pol. 81. 7. 4 προσ-
“έμενος ἐξηγεῖτο. :

προστρέχω, aor. 2 προσέδραμον, (τρέ-
x@,) lo run to or towards any one, to run up,
absol. Mark 9, 15. 10, 17. Acts 8, 30.
Sept. for 73" Gen. 18, 2. 33, 4—1 Mace.
16, 21. Hdian. 4. 13. 11. Xen. Cyr. 7.
1. 15.

προσφάγιον, ov, ro, (προσφαγεῖν,) pr.

‘ what is eaten thereto,’ with bread; hence

προσφέρω

genr. any thing to εαΐ, ἃ8. meat, flesh, 1.°q.
ὄψον, and also fish, i. q. ὀψάριον q. v. John
21, 5.—The Attic word was ὄψον, while
προσφάγιον is found only in late writers,
Eustath. ad Il. \. 629. p. 867. 54. Meeris p.
274 ὄψον ᾿Αττικῶς - προσφάγιον Ἑλληνικῶς.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 191.

πρόσφατος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (obs. φάω,
φένω, πέφαμαι,) pr. slain thereto or thereby,
newly killed, just dead, Hom. Il. 24. '757.
Hdot. 2. 89; of flesh, just killed, fresh, as
κρέα Hippocr. de Vict. Ac. LX. 317; of

: vegetables, fresh, recent, as ἄλφιτα Hipp. de

Vict. San. Il. 5; ἄνϑος Plut. Alex. M. 36.
—In N. T. genr. recent, new, as ὁδὸς πρόσ-
φατος Heb. 10, 20. Sept. for 835 Ecc. 1, 9.
So Plut. Otho 8. Pol. 1. 21. 9. Dem. 551
15. See more in Lob. ad. Phryn. p. 874 sq.

προσφάτως, adv. (πρόσφατος.) recent-
ly, lately, Acts 18, 2.—2 Mace. 14, 36. Pol.
3. 37. 11.

προσφέρω, (φέρω,) aor. 1 προσήνεγκα,
aor. 2 imperat. προσένεγκε Matt. 8, 4. Mark
1,44; perf. προσενήνοχα, Heb. 11,17; see
Buttm. ᾧ 114 φέρω.---- ΤῸ bear or bring to
any place or person.

1. Genr. e. g. of things, with acc. and
dat. of place, to bring near or put to, John
19, 29 προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ στόματι 56.
τὸν σπόγγον. (Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 5. 8. Xen.
Eq. 6. 7.) So c. dat. of pers. to bring ἃ
thing fo any one, Matt. 22, 19 of δὲ προσή-
veyxav αὐτῷ δηνάριον. With acc. simpl.
Matt. 25, 20 προσήνεγκαν ἄλλα πέντε τά-
λαντα. Sept. and 8"3 Gen. 27, 31. Ex.
36, 6. So ri τινε Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 2; ri Jos.
B. J. 1. 24. '7. Plut. Galb. 12. Xen. Conv.
5. 2.—Of persons, c. acc. et dat. 6. g. the
sick as brought to Jesus, Matt. 4,24 προσ-
ἤνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας. 8,
16. 9,2. 82. 12, 22. 14, 8ὅ. 17, 165 παι-
δία Matt. 19,18. Mark 10, 13 bis; βρέφη
Luke 18, 15. (Xen. Ag. 2. 18 τετρωμένος
προσηνέχϑη πρὸς τὴν φάλαγγα.) So to
bring or conduct to or before any one, c. acc.
et dat. Matt. 18, 24. Luke 23, 14; ἐπί τινα
12, 11. :

2. to offer, to present to any one, 6. acc. et
dat. 6. g. ὄξος Luke 23, 36; χρήματα money
Acts 8, 18; δῶρα gifts Matt. 2,11. Sept.
προσφ. δῶρα for 8"353 Gen. 43, 26. Judg.
3,7. So Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 14.—Of things
offered to God, oblations, sacrifice ; 6. acc.
et dat. τῷ Se@ or the like, 6. g. ϑυσίας Acts
7,42. Heb. 11,4; λατρείαν John 16,2; ἑαυ-
τόν Heb. 9, 14. Once πρὸς τὸν ϑεόν, 86.
δεήσεις, Heb. 5, 2. Elsewhere with acc.
and τῷ Seq ΟΥ̓ πρὸς τὲ » Sedy impl. Matt. 5,

προσφιλής
23, 24 πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου. 8, 4. Heb.
8S big, 4. 9) 25s 0} 21 21 abs,

Pass. Heb. 9, 9. 28. 10, 2.8. The person
or thing for or on account of which offering
is made, is put with ὑπέρ v. περί; 6. g.
ὑπέρ τινος c. acc. Heb. 5, 1 προσφ. δῶρά
τε καὶ Svoias ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν. 9,7. 10, 12;
acc. impl. 5, 3. Pass, Acts 21,26; περί
τινος c. acc. Mark 1, 44 προσενέγκε περὶ
τοῦ καϑαρισμοῦ σου ἃ κτλ. Acc. impl. Luke
5, 14. Heb. 5, 3. Sept. genr. for 8°35
Lev. 2, 8. Mal. 1,13; APH Lev. 2,11. 12.
Num. 15, 4. So Jos. B. i 3. 8. 3 προσφ.
τῷ ϑεῷ εὐχήν. Ant. 3. 9. 3 ἔριφον.

3. Mid. c. dat. trop. to bear oneself towards
any one, /o conduct towards, to deal with
any one so and so; Heb. 12, 7 ὡς υἱοῖς
ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Yeds.—Jos. B. J. 7. 8.
1. Hdian. 7. 4. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 11.

προσφιλής, €os, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (πρός,
φιλέω,) pr. dear to any one, beloved, Jos.
Ant. 1. 18. 1 Ἰάκωβος δὲ τῇ μητέρι mpoo-
φιλὴς ἦν. Hdot. 1. 163.—In N. T. of things,
acceptable, pleasing, Phil. 4,8. So Hdian.
5. 1. 7. Pol. 22. 5.7. Xen. Cie. 15. 4.

προσφορά, as, 4, (προσφέρω,) an offer-
ing, otlation, i. 6.

1. Pr. the act of offering to God. Heb.
10, 10 διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἶ.
Xp. ν. 14. Trop. Rom. 15, 16.—Ecclus. 46,
16 ἐν προσφορᾷ ἀρνὸς γαλαϑηνοῦ.

2. Meton. for the thing offered, an offer-
ing, oblation, strictly without blood, opp. to
ϑυσία and ὁλοκαυτώματα ; Eph. 5, 2 προσφ.
καὶ Svoia. Heb. 10, 5. 8. Sept. for M22
Ps. 40,7. So Song of 3 Child. 14.—Also
a sacrifice, with blood, i. q. ϑυσία, Acts 21,
26 ἕως οὗ προσηνέχϑη ... ἡ προσφορά, see
Num. 6, 13 sq. Acts 24, 17 comp. 21, 26.
So too προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας Heb. 10,
18; comp. Lev. c. 4. 6. 9; so Kcclus. 31,
18. 19.

προσφωνέω, ὦ, f. now, (φωνέω,) pr. to
utter sounds towards any one, i. e.

1. to speak to, to address any one ; with
dat. expr. or impl. Luke 13, 12 προσεφώ-
moe καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ. 23, 20. Acts 21, 40.
22,2, (So 1 Esdr. 2, 21. Diod. Sic. 4. 48
init.) Spec. to call out to any one, to exclaim,
c. dat. Matt. 11, 16. Luke 7, 32.—The
earlier construction was προσφωνεῖν τινα,
Matth. § 402. b, note. Diod. Sic. 4. 48 pen.

2. to call any one 10 oneself, c. acc. Luke
6,13 προσεφώνησε τοὺς panras.—Jos. Ant.
7.1. 4 προσφωνήσας ἕνα τῶν οἰκετῶν.

προσ yuo 1S; ews, 7, (προσχέω,) α pour-
ing out towards, i. q. affusion, sprinkling,

634

προσωπον

π. τοῦ αἵματος Heb. 11, 28; see Ex. 12,
722:

προσψαύω, f. avow, (ψαύω.) to touch
upon, to touch, ¢. dat. Luke 11, 46 οὐ spoo-
ψαύετε τοῖς poprious.—Soph. Philoct. 1054.
Pind. Fr. 86. 2 Beeckh.

TPOTWTOANT TED, ὦ, f. How, (προσω-
πολήπτης.) to accept or respect the person of
any one, /o show partiality, absol. James 2,
9.—Found only in N. T. and i. q. πρόσωπον
λαμβάνειν Luke 20, 21; see in λαμβάνω
no. 1. 6. 8. Heb. Lex. art. SW? no. 3. b.

προσωπολήπτης, ov, ὃ, (πρόσωπον,
λαμβάνω.) a respecter of persons, Acts 10,
34 οὐκ ἔστι mp. ὁ Seds.—Found only in
N. T. see in προσωποληπτέω.

προσωποληψία, as, 4, (προσωπολη-
πτέω,) respect of persons, partiality, Rom.
2,11. Eph. 6, 9. Col. 3, 25. James 2, 1.—
Found only in N. 'T.

πρόσωπον, ov, τό, (πρός, BY,) pr. ‘the
part at or about the eye;’ hence genr. the
face, visage, countenance; Sept.everywhere
for Heb. 8°28. Not found in the writings
of John.

1. Pr. the face; Matt. 6, 16. 17 τὸ πρόσ-
ὠὡπόν σου νίψαι. 17,2. 26, 67. Mark 14,
65 περικαλύπτειν τὸ mp. αὐτοῦ. Luke 9, 29.
22, 64. 24,5. Acts 6,15 bis. 2 Cor. 3,7
bis. 13. 18. 4,6 comp. 8, 7. 11, 20. Gal.
1, 22 dyvootpevos τῷ προσώπῳ, unknown
by face, Engl. by sight. James 1, 23. Rey.
4,7. 9,7 bis. 10,1. Sept. and 5°38 Gen:
38,15. 40, 7. 43,31. So Jos. Ant. 6. 7.
2. Hdian. 1. 7. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 29.—In
phrases: πίπτειν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, Matt. 17,
26, 39. Luke 5, 12. 17, 16. 1 Cor. 14, 25.
Rev. 7,11. 11, 16; seein πίπτω no. 2. Also
πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, face to face,
nothing intervening, 1 Cor. 13,12; so Sept.
and 6°38 DN 0°28 Gen. 32, 31, comp. Deut.
34, 10. “Sé.xorad πρόσωπον ἔχειν, before
the face, face to face, present, Acts 25, 16.
2 Cor. 10, 1, opp. ἀπών. 2 Cor. 10,7 τὰ
κατὰ πρόσωπον; pr. the things before the face,
i.e. external things. (Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 15.
Diod. Sic. 19. 46. Pol. 25, 5. 2; comy
Sept. Deut. 34,10.) Further, κατὰ πρόσ-
ὠπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην Gal. 2, 11; comp.
Heb. Lex. 478 no. 1. b.—Trop. and by
Hebr. Luke 9, 51 καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ πρόσωπον
αὑτοῦ ἐστήριξε τοῦ πορεύεσϑαι κτλ. he
steadfastly set his face to go, he set forth
with fixed purpose ; comp. Sept. and Heb.
pirp pic. inf. Jer. 42, 15.17. 2K. 12,

eb. Lex. 438 no. 1. c. Ellipt. in the
same sense, Luke 9, 53 τὸ ap. αὐτοῦ ἦν

πρόσωπον

πορευόμενον εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. So 1 Pet. 3,
12 mp. τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά, comp.
Lev. 26, 17. Jer. 21, 10. Heb. Lex. 28
no. 1. 6, f—Trop. in antith. with καρδία,
as 1 Thess. 2, 17 προσώπῳ, od καρδίᾳ, pr.
in face, not in heart, in body, not in spirit.
2 Cor. 5, 12 ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ οὐ
καρδίᾳ, i. e. externally, in appearance, and
not in reality.

2. Meton. the face, put for the presence,
person of any one, chiefly in phrases. bor-
rowed from the Hebrew: 4) With pre-
positions and followed by a genit. of pers.
it forms like Heb. 5°22 a periphrasis for a
simple preposition, e. g. ἀπὸ προσώπου
τινός, from the face, presence of any one,
i. q. from before, from ; Acts 3, 19 ὅπως ἂν
ἔλθωσι καιροὶ ἀν. ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ x. 5,
41 ἀπὸ mp. τοῦ συνεδρίου. 7,45. 2 Thess.
1,9. Rev. 6,16. 12, 14. 20, 11. Sept.
and "289 Gen. 16, 6. Deut. 2, 22; "2822
Gen. 41, 46. 1 Chr. 19, 18; eis πρόσω-
πον τῶν ἐκκλησίων, i. 4. before or to the
churches, 2. Cor. 8, 24; ἐν προσώπῳ
Χριστοῦ, in the presence of Christ, i. 6. be-
fore him, as a formula of asseveration,
2 Cor. 2, 10; so Sept. and "25> Prov. 8,
30; κατὰ πρόσωπόν τινος, in the pre-
sence of any one, before him, Luke 2, 31.
Acts 3, 13 κατὰ mp. Πιλάτου. Sept. for
"2D Gen. 32, 21; "28752 Gen. 25, 18.
(Test. XII Patr. p. 683.) Also μετὰ τοῦ
προσώπου σου, with or in thy presence,
with thee, Acts 2, 28, quoted from Ps. 16,
11 where Sept. for "22 "8; πρὸ mpoo-
tov τινός, before the face of any one, i. 4.
simpl. πρό τινος, before any one; so of
place, Matt. 11, 10 ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν
pov mpd προσώπου σου. Mark 1, 2. Luke
1, 76. 7,27. 9,52. 10,15 once of time,
Acts 13, 24. Winer 67. 1. ἢ. 6. Comp.
genr. Heb. Lex. 28 lett. A, B, C, ete.
b) In construction with verbs, with or with-
out an intervening preposition, and with a
genit. of pers. expr. or implied; here too it
forms a periphrasis for the person designated
by the genitive. So in the phrase ὁρᾷν v.
ἰδεῖν τὸ πρόσωπόν twos, to see the face
of any one, i. q. to see him face to face, to
see and converse with any one, Acts 20, 25.
38. Col. 2, 1. 1 Thess. 2,17. 3,10. Sept.
éy. τὸ mp. αὐτοῦ for "22 MX) Gen. 32, 20.
Comp. in ὁράω no. 1. b, and εἴδω 1. 1. ¢.
Hence also βλέπειν Vv. ὁρᾷν τὸ πρόσ-
ὠπον τοῦ ϑεοῦ, to behold the face of God,
i. q. to have access to God, to be admitted to
his presence, Matt. 18, 10. Rev. 22, 4; see
fully in βλέπω no. 2. a, and ὁράω no, 1. b.

635

πρότερος

In a like sense, Heb. 9, 34 ἐμφανισϑῆναι τῳ
προσώπῳ Tod ϑεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, before God ;
see in ἐμφανίζω. Elsewhere including the
idea of external condition and circumstan-
ces; so βλέπειν εἰς rp. τινος, lo regard
the person, i. e. the external appearance, of
any one, Matt. 22, 16. Mark 12,14; see in
βλέπω no. 1.8. β. AlsoSaupa tery πρόσ-
ὡπόν τινος Jude 16, see in θαυμάζω no. 2.
For λαμβάνειν πρόσωπόν τινος, Luke
20, 21. Gal. 2, 6, see fully in λαμβάνω no.
1. e. β. c) Once 8050]. as in the later
Greek, a person; 2 Cor. 1,11 ἐκ πολλῶν
προσώπων τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα, the gift to
us from many persons. So Pol, 5. 107. 8
ἐζήτουν ἡγεμόνα καὶ πρόσωπον. 15. 25. 8.
Longin. ᾧ 1:. Artemid. 2. 36. See [ω00. δὰ
Phryn. p. 380.

3. Of things, the face, surface, Luke 21,
35 ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. Acts 17,
26. So Sept. and 29 Gen. 2, 6. 11, 4. 8.
—Spec. the surface, the exterior, external
appearance, Matt. 16,3 τὸ μὲν mp. τοῦ οὐρα-
νοῦ. Luke 12, ὅθ. James 1,11. Sept. and
p28 Ps. 104, 30,

προτάσσω V. -ττῶ; f. £0, (τάσσω,) ἰο
arrange or set in order before, in front, Jos.
Ant. 2. 16. 3.:Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 15.—In
N. Τ'. of time, to appoint before, Pass. Part.
perf. καιροὶ mporeraypévot, times before ap-
pointed, prescribed, Acts 17, 26 Rec.

Comp. in προστάσσω fin.—2 Mace. 8, 36.

Soph. Trach. 16+.

προτείνω, f. ενῶ, (τείνω.) to protend, to
stretch forth or out, 6. g. the hand, Dem.
332. 9: Xen. 7. 5. 39; to stretch forward,
lo prolong, 6. g. a bridge, Pol. 3. 46. 2.—
In N. T. to stretch out, or extend before,
e. g. a person before the scourge, in order
to be scourged ; 6. 806. et dat. Acts 22, 25
ὡς δὲ mporeivay αὐτὸν τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν, see fully
in ἱμάς. So Soph. Aj. 1270. Xen. Eq. 6. 11.

πρότερος, a, ov, comparat. formed from
πρό, Buttm. ᾧ 69. 2. Matth. § 132; before,
fore, forward ; of place, Hom. Od. 19. 228
πόδες πρότεροι the fore-feet.—Usually and
in N. T. of time.
1. before, former, prior ; Eph. 4, 22 κατὰ
τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφήν. Sept. for 25>
Jer. 28, 8; yitte Lev. 26, 45. Deut. 4,
32.—Hdian. 4. 14. 18. Xen. Vect. 4. 12.

2. Neut. πρότερον as adv. before, first;
comp. Buttm. §115.4. 4) Genr. John 7,
[50.] 51 ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ πρότερον.
2 Cor. 1, 15. 1 Tim. 1, 13. Heb. 4, 6. 7,
27. Sept. for πὰ Ἢ Neh. 13, ὅ; ηἸῶν:"
Deut. 9, 18. 10,3. So Jos. Ant. 7. 11.1, ,

προτίδημι

Pol. 2. 55. 5. Xen. An. 1. 3. 18... .. Ὁ)
With the art. ὁ, ἡ πρότερον as adj. for-
mer, Buttm. ἡ 125. 6. Heb. 10, 32 τὰς πρό-
τερον ἡμέρας. 1 Pet. 1,14 ταῖς mp. ἐπιϑυ-
pias. (Sept. Num. 6, 12. Luc. de Sacrif.
5. Diod. Sic. 17. 69.) Neut. τὸ πρότερον
as adv. before, formerly, John 6, 62 ὅπου ἦν
τὸ πρότερον. 9, 8. Gal. 4, 13. So Sept.
Deut. 2, 12. Josh. 11, 10. Xen. Mem. 3.
8.1.

TPOTUSN LL, f. Show, (τίϑημι;) to set or
put before, 2 Macc. 1, 8. Eurip. Iph. Taur.
1226 ; to propose, Plato Soph. 226. c.—In
N. T. only Mid. προτίϑεμαι, i. 6.

1. Trop. to set before oneself, to propose to -

oneself, to purpose, ὁ. inf. Rom. 1, 13 mpo-
eSéunv ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. With an ace.
Eph. 1, 9.—Jos. c. Ap. 2. 40. Pol. 6. 12.
8. Plato Legg. 638. c.

2. to set forth before the world, publicly,
sc. on one’s own part; c. acc. Rom. 3, 25
ὃν προέϑετο Seds ἱλαστήριον.----ἶϑο προτίϑημι
ffl. V. Η. 14. 8. Hdian. 8. 6. 6. Diod. Sic.
16. 27.

προτρέπω, f. ψω, (τρέπω,) to turn one
forwards, to make go forwards, Pass. Hom.
_ I. 5. 700. Od. 11. 18; to urge on, to im-
pel, Soph. Elect. 1193. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 64.
—Oftener and in N. T. Mid. προτρέπο-
pat, to urge on, to impel, on one’s own
part, i. 4. ἐο exhort, absol. Acts 18, 27 mpo-
τρεψάμενοι ἔγραψαν.
Pol. 2. 22. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 82.

προτρέχω; adr. 2 προέδραμον, (rpéxe,)
to run before, in advance Ὁ. adv. comparat.
John 20, 4 προέδραμε τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου.
Sept. for "39> yan 1 Sam. 8, 11. (An-
tiph. 122. 1. Xen. An. 5. 2. 4.) Pleon.
Luke 19, 4 προέδραμεν ἔμπροσϑεν. So
Tob, 11, 2; comp. προπορεύεσϑαι ἔμπρο-
oev Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.23. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 10.

mpovTrapYe, f. Ew, (idpxe,)pr. to be-
gin before, to be beforehand in, Dem. 314.
9. Thuc. 3. 40; to be or exist before, to pre-
cede in time, Hdian. 1. 14. 4. Thue. 1. 138.
—In N. T. impf. rpotmijp x ov, to have been
before, only with a participle of another
verb, thus forming a periphrasis for a finite
tense of that verb; comp. in ὑπάρχω no.
2, and Winer § 46. 11. Matth. §551. 6.
§ 559. a. Viger. Ρ. 308. So Luke 23, 12
προῦπῆρχον ἐν ἐχϑρᾷ ὄντες, pr. who before
were being in enmity, who before were at
enmity. Acts 8, 9 προῦὔπῆρχεν payevov,
who before practised sorcery. So Jos. Ant.
4.6.5 dre προὐπῆρξεν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσϑεν
᾿ χρόνοις γενόμενα τοῖς ἀνβρώποις.

090

So 2 Macc. 11, 7.

προφητειω
πρόφασις, ews, ἧ, (προφαίνω.) pr.

what is shown before ; hence, show, pretence,
pretext, put forth to cover one’s real intent.
Matt. 23, 14 προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι.
Mar k 12, 40. Luke 20, 47. Acts 27, 30 προ-
φάσει ὡς κτλ. Phil. 1, 18. 1 Thess. 2, 5
οὔτε ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, a prelext
(cloak) for covetousness. So Sept. Hos.
10, 4. Jos. Vit. § 14. Hdian. 3. 9. 1. Xen.
An. 1. 2. 1—Hence προφ. ἔχειν to have a
pretext, cloak; i. e. a pretended excuse ;
John 15, 22 πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσι περὶ τῆς
ἅμ. So Dém. 526. 18. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 27.

προφέρω, f. προοίσω, (pépw,) to bear
or bring forth, out of any place, with acc.
and ἐκ 6. gen. Luke 6, 45 bis.—Sept. Prov.
10, 4. Isocr. p. 11. 6, ὥσπερ ἐκ ταμείου
προφέρειν. Plato Legg. 936. a, εἰς τὸ μέσον.

προφητεία, ας, ἡ, (προφητεύω,.) a pro-
phesying, prophecy, i. e.

1. Pr. prophecy, a foretelling of future
events, prediction, but including also from
the Heb. the idea of prophetic revelations,
declarations, exhortations, warnings, uttered
by the prophets while acting under divine
influence ; see in προφήτης. E. g. of the
prophecies. of the O. T. Matt. 13, 14 dva-
πληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἡσαΐου.
2 Pet. 1, 20 πᾶσα προφητεία γραφῆς. ν. 21.
So of the revelations and warnings of the
Apocalypse, Rev. 1, 3 rods λόγους τῆς mpo-
φητείας. 22, '7. 10. 18. 19. Rev. 19, 10 see
in μαρτυρία no. 2. Sept. and myya3 2 Chr.
15, 8. Neh. 6,12. So Ecclus. "39, 1, 44,
3. Jos. Ant. 7.9. 5. B. J. 3. 8. 3 ras προ-
φητείας τῶν ἱερῶν Bi8dov.—In 1 Tim. 1,
18 et 4,14 προφητεία refers to prophetic
declarations respecting the labours and suc-
cess of Timothy, made by those having the
gift of prophecy, on occasion of his being
sent forth; comp. Acts 13, 2. 20, 28.
1 Cor. 12, 4-8 sq. Comp. Chrysost. and
Theophyl. διὸ rd παλαιὸν ἀπὸ τῆς mpody-
τείας ἐγίνοντο οἱ ἱερεῖς, τουτέστιν aird πνεύ-
ματος ἁγίου: οὕτω ὁ Τιμόϑεος ἡρέϑη ἐπὶ
τὴν ἱερωσύνην.

2. Meton. prophecy, the prophetic office,
the prophetic gift, spoken in N. T. of the
peculiar Charisma or spiritual gift imparted
to the primitive teachers of the church ; see
in προφήτης no. 3. Rom. 12, 6 ἔχοντες δὲ
χαρίσματα ... εἴτε προφητείαν. 1 Cor. 12,
10. 13,2. 8. 14, 22.—So genr. Ecclus. 46,
1. Jos. Ant. 3. 8.1 ᾿Ααρὼν διά τε τὸ γένος
kai τὴν προφητείαν. Plut. Pelop. 16 τὴν
προφητείαν ᾿Εχεκράτους ἔχοντος, i. e. having
Echecrates as prophet. Luc. Alex. 60.

3. Meton. a prophesying, the exercise of

προφητευω

the prophetic office, the acting as an ambas-
sador of God and the interpreter of his
mind and will, Rev. 11, 6. Sept. and
MNS) Ezra 6, 14. So Ecclus. 46, 20.—
Spec. the exercise of the, prophetic gift or
Charisma in the primitive church, 1 Cor.
14, 6 ἐὰν μὴ ὑμῖν λαλήσω... ἐν προφητείᾳ.
1 Thess. 5, 20.

προφητεύωυ, f. εύσω, (προφήτης,) to act
as prophel, 6. g. to prophesy, to foretell fu-
ture events, /o predict ; but often including
also from the Heb. the idea of exhorting,
reproving, threatening, or indeed the whole
utterance of the prophets while acting un-
der divine influence as ambassadors of God
and interpreters of his mind and will; see
in προφήτης. Sept. everywhere for xa3,
22MM, see Heb. Lex. 5. v. So of the pro-
phets of the O. T. Matt. 11, 13 πάντες yap
of προφῆται καὶ 6 νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου mpo-
εφήτευσαν. 15, 7 et Mark 7, 6 περὶ ὑμῶν.
1 Pet. 1,10. Jude 14. Ina like sense, of
persons acting by a divine influence as pro-
phets and ambassadors of God under the N.
T. Rev. 10,11 δεῖ σε πάλιν προφητεῦσαι
ἐπὶ λαοῖς κτλ. 11,8. Also Acts 2, 17. 18,
quoted from Joel 8,1 [2, 28] where Sept.
for 822. Sept. genr. for 822, RBIN5, 1 K.
22, 12. 18. Ezra 5,1. Jer. 11, 21. Ex. 11,
4. sep. (Ecclus. 47, 1. Jos. Ant. '7. 9. 5. ib.
10. 2. 2.) Including the idea of praise to
God accompanied by prediction, Luke 1,
67; comp. Sept. and 823, 83207, 1 Sam.
10, 5.6.11. 19, 20.21. Spec. John 11,
51 (Καϊάφας) ἀρχιερεὺς ὧν ... προεφήτευ-
σεν, comp. 18, 14 where it is συμβουλεύσας,
i. e. his counsel was prophetic, though not
as he meant it; comp. 11, 52. The gift of
prophecy was not held to belong to the
office of high priest; Josephus expressly
separates the two; Ant. 3. 8. 1. B. J. b. 2.
8.—Of false prophets, Matt. 7,22. Sept.
and 833 Jer. 14, 14. 15; and so of heathen
prophets, Diod. Sic. 17, 51 ὁ μὲν προφητεύ-
wv ἀνήρ. Hdian. 5. 5. 21. Plut. de Def.
Orac. 5 ’Exexpdrovs mpodnrevovros. —
Spoken in mockery by the soldiers to Je-
sus, 4. d. ἐο divine, to give a response, c. dat.
Matt. 26, 68. Mark 14, 65. Luke 22, 64.
Compare προφητεία Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1,
spoken of the response of the prophet to
Saul respecting the lost asses.

2. Spec. of the prophetic gift or Charis-
ma imparted by the Holy Spirit to the pri-
mitive Christians; Acts 19, 6 ἦλθε τὸ πν.
dy. ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ
προεφήτευον. 21, 9. 1 Cor. 11, 4. 5. 13, 9.
14, 1. 3. 4. 5 bis. 24. 31. 39. See in προ-

φήτης no, 3.

637

προφήτης

π ροφήτης, ov, 6, (πρόφημι,) a prophet,
a foreleller of future events; so in Greek
writers, Anacr. 43. 11. Plato Charm. 46. p.
174. c, τοὺς δὲ ὡς ἀληϑῶς μάντεις ... mpo-
φήτας τῶν μελλόντων. Hence also i. 4. 6
μάντις, pr. one who utters raving the re-
sponses of an oracle, as Plato ]. c. Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 13. 1. Hdot. 8. 36, 37; comp. Diod.
Sic. 16. 26; likewise an interpreter of the
gods or of 6 μάντις, i. e. one’ who explains
the obscure oracles uttered by 6 pavris,
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.73; espec. Plato Tim.
72. b; comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 2. In Sept. and
N. T. 6 προφήτης corresponds to Heb.
"32, pr. one who speaks from a divine in-

fluence, under inspiration, whether as fore-

telling future events, or as exhorting, re-
proving, threatening individuals or nations,
i. e. as the ambassador of God and the in-
terpreter of his will to men; comp. Ez. c.
2. Heb. Lex. art. 8°32. With the Jewish
use of 8°33 and προφήτης was connected
the idea, that the prophet spoke not his own
thoughts, but what he received from God,
retaining however his own consciousness
and self-possession ; see Philo Opp. IV. p.
116, Pfeiff. προφήτης yap ἴδιον μὲν οὐδὲν
ἀποφϑέγγεται ἀλλότρια δὲ πάντα ὑπηχοῦντος
ἑτέρου. See also Ex. 7, 1. 2. 2 Pet. 1, 20.
21; espec. 1 Cor. 14, 32.—In a wider
sense, Heb. 8°32, Sept. προφήτης, is put
for any friend of God, to whom God makes
known his will, e. g. of Abraham, Gen. 20,
7; of the patriarchs, Ps. 105, 15.—Hence
in N. T.

1. Of the prophets of the O. T. 8) Pr.
as Isaiah, Matt. 1, 22. 3, 3. Luke 3, 4.
John 1, 23. al. Jeremiah, Matt. 2, 17. 27,
9; Joel, Acts 2, 16; Micah, Matt. 2, 5;
Jonah, Matt. 12, 39. Luke 11, 29; Zecha-
riah, Matt. 21, 4; Daniel, Matt. 24, 15.
Mark 13, 14. So of Samuel, Acts 13, 20;
David, Acts 2, 30; Elisha, Luke 4, 27;
Asaph, Matt. 13, 35; also of Balaam, 2 Pet.
2, 16, comp. Num. c. 22. Plur. genr. Matt.
2, 23. 5,12. 23,29 sq. Mark 8, 28. Luke
1,70. Rom. 1, 2. Heb. 1, 1. James 5, 10.
1 Pet. 1, 10. al. So Sept. and "321K.
16, 7. 12. Is. 38, 1. sep. So Ecclus. 48, 1.
22. 2 Macc. 15, 14. Jos. Ant. 6. 2.1. ib.
6. 3.1 6 δὲ προφήτης Σαμούηλος. Ὁ) Me-
ton. a prophetic book, the prophetic books of
the O. T. i. q. af γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν
Matt. 26, 56. So genr. Matt. 5,17 xara-
λῦσαι τὸν νόμον, ἢ τοὺς προφήτας. Mark 1,
2. Luke 16, 29. 31. 24,27. 44. Acts 28,
23. Rom. 3, 21. Acts 8, 28 ἀνεγίνωσκε
τὸν mpod. Ἡσαΐαν. Synecd. put for the
doctrines and declarations contained in the

προφητης

prophetic books, Matt. 7, 12. 22, 40. Acts
26, 27. (2 Macc. 15, 9.) Here ὁ νόμος καὶ
of προφῆται comprise the whole Ὁ. T. and
the latter therefore include the Psalms ;
which elsewhere are also distinguished, as
Luke 24, 44 νόμος καὶ προφῆται καὶ Ψψαλμοί:;
see in νόμος no. 2. 6.

2. Genr. of persons acting by ἃ divine
commission as prophets and ambassadors of
God under the new dispensation, i. q. a
teacher sent from God; e. g. Matt. 10, 41
ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου
κτὰ. 138, 57. Mark 6, 4. Luke 4, 24. 13,
33. John 7, 52. Rev. 11, 10. 16,6. 18,20.
24. al. Spec. of John the Baptist, Matt.
11, 9. 14, 5. Mark 11, 32. Luke 1, 76. 20,
6. al. Of Jesus, Matt. 21,11 οὗτός ἐστιν
ὁ Ἶ. ὁ προφήτης: v. 46. Luke 7, 16. 39.
24,19. John 9,17. Of the Messiah as 6

προφήτης 6 ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον John’

6, 14, in allusion to Deut. 18, 15; so John
1, 21. 25. 7, 40. Acts 3, 22. 28. 7, 37.
Comp. 1 Macc. 4, 46. 14, 41.

3. Spec. of those who possessed the pro-
phetic gift or Charisma imparted by the
Holy Spirit to the primitive churches, a
prophet, i. e. a class of instructors or preach-
ers, who were next in rank to the apostles
and before the teachers, διδάσκαλοι, 1 Cor.
12,28. They seem to have differed from
the διδάσκαλοι in this, that while the latter
spoke in a calm, connected, didactic dis-
course, adapted to instruct and enlighten
the hearers, the prophet spoke more from
the impulse of immediate inspiration, from
the light of a sudden revelation at the mo-
ment (ἀποκάλυψις 1 Cor. 14, 30 comp. 26),
and his discourse was probably more adapt-
ed by means of powerful exhortations to
awaken the feelings and conscience of the
hearers. The idea of speaking from an
immediate revelation seems here to be fun-
damental, as relating either to future events
or to the mind of the Spirit in general ;
comp. Acts 11, 27. 21,10. So Acts 13, 1
προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι. 1 Cor. 12, 28
ἔθετο ὁ Beds ἐν TH ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶτον ἀποστό-
λους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκά-
λους κτλ. Vv. 29. 14,29. 32.37. Eph. 2,20.
3, 5. 4,11. See Neander Gesch. der apostol.
Zeitalt. I. p. 194 sq. [Engl. I. p. 154 sq.]

4. In the Greek usage, (see init.) @ pro-
phet, spoken of the Cretan poet Epimenides,
Tit. 1,12; so called as one of the seven
wise men of Greece; as sent for by Solon
to aid in the preparation of his laws; and
especially also as ϑεοφιλὴς καὶ σοφὸς περὶ
τὰ ϑεῖα τὴν ἐνπουσιαστικὴν καὶ τελεστικὴν
σοφίαν, Plut. Solop 15 Ὁ

638

πρωΐ

προφητικος, ἡ, dv, (προφήτης,) pro-
phetic, belonging to or uttered by prophets,
Rom. 16, 26. 2 Pet. 1,19.—Luc. Alex. 60.

προφῆτις, wos, 4, (προφήτης,) a pro-
phetess, i. 6. in the Greek sense the inier-
preter or priestess of a god, oracle, Diod.
Sic. 16. 26. Plut. de Pyth. Orac. 7.—In
Sept. and Ν, Τὶ i. ᾳ. 8732, comp. in mpo-
φήτης init.

1. Pr. a prophetess, as speaking and act-
ing from a divine influence, an ambassadress
from God, Rey. 2,20. Sept. and mys?
Judg. 4, 4. 2 K. 22,14, 2 Chr. 34, 22.

2. Spec. a female friend of God, one who
lives in communion with God, to whom

᾿ God reveals himself by his Spirit, Luke 2

36.—So Abraham is called προφήτης, =
Gen. 20, 7; comp. Ps. 105, 15. Tob. 4, 12.

mpopyavo,” f. dow, (φϑάνω,) to come
or get before, to anticipate one in doing any
thing,.e. g. in speaking, c. acc. Matt. 17,
25. Sept. for S3P 2 Sam. 22,19. Ps. 17,
13.—ZEschyl. Agam. 1028 προφϑάσασα
καρδία γλῶσσαν. Plato Rep. 500. a.
προχειρίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(xetpi{@, χεῖρ.) to hand forth, to take in
hand, to make ready, Dem. 45. 10. Diod.
Sic. 15. 15.—In N. T. trop. to prepare, to
choose, to appoint, c. acc. et inf. Acts 22,
14 προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ ϑέλημα av-
τοῦ. 26, 16 προχειρίσασϑαί σε [εἶναι] ὑπη-
ρέτην. Pass. perf. in passive sense, c. a
Acts 3, 29 in later edit. comp. Buttm. § 113.
n. 6.. Sept. for MP? Josh. 3,12. So 2 Mace.
3, 7. Pol. 1.11. 3. Diod. Sic. 12. 27. Pass.
perf. Pol. 3. 40. 14.

προχειροτονέω, @, f. now, (χειροτο-
véw,) to choose before, first, Dem. 703. 18.
Plato Legg. 765. b, c—In N. T. to choose
beforehand ; Pass. Acts 10,41 μάρτυσι τοῖς
προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ ϑεοῦ, i. 6. fore-
chosen.

IT poyopos, ov, 6, Prochorus, pr. n. of
one of the seven primitive deacons at Jeru-
salem, Acts 6, 5.

πρύμνα, ns, ἧ; (πρυμνός,) i. 4. ἡ πρυμνὴ
ναῦς, the hindmost part of a ship, the stern,
Mark 4, 38. Acts 27, 29. 41.—Pol. 1. 49.
11. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 331.

πρωΐ, ady. (πρό,) 1.-early, early in the
day, early morn, Lat. mane ; pr. between
day-break and sunrising (Mark 1, 35 comp.
John 20. 1), parall. ὄρθρος Luke 24, 1.
Absol. Matt. 16, 3. Mark 1, 35. 11,20. 16,
9. John 20, 1. On Mark 16, 2, see also in
ἥλιος. Sept. for "221 K. 3,21. Is. ὅ, 11:

πρωΐα 639

oftener τὸ πρωΐ Ex. 8, 20. Is. 37, 36. al.
So 421. V. H. 3. 23. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 10;
τὸ wp. Hell. 1. 1. 30.—With prepositions :
ἅμα πρωΐ Matt. 20, 1, see in ἅμα no. 2;
ἀπὸ πρωΐ Acts 28, 23, see in ἀπό no. 2. c.
8; ἐπὶ τὸ πρωΐ Mark 15, 1, comp. Buttm.
§125. 7. So Sept. εἰς τὸ mp. Ex. 16, 19.
Lev. 7, 5; ἐν τῷ mp. Ecc. 11, 6. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 sq.—According to
Theophr. Fr. 6. 1. 9, πρωΐ was the forenoon,
between sunrise and noon. _

2. Meton. the morning watch, beginning
at the 9th hour of'the night or day-break,
Mark 13, 35; see in φυλακή no. 4.

mpwia, see in πρώϊος.

πρώϊμος, η, ov, (πρωΐ,) early, spoken of
the early rain, ὑετὸς mp. James 5,7; see
fully in ὄψιμος. Sept. ὑ. mp. for I BBs
Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5, 24.—Arr. Peripl.
Eryth. p. 157. Xen. Εἴς. 17. 4. A poetic
and later form instead of Att. πρώϊος, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 52.

πρωινός, ἤ, Ov, (πρωΐϊ,) early, morning
Rev. 2, 28 τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν. Rev
22, 16 in later edit. for Rec. ὀρϑρινός. Sept.
for “pa Ex. 29, 49. Hos. 6, 4—Athen. 1.
41. Plut. Symp. 8. 6. 5. A late form, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 52.

Tpwios, ia, ἴον, (rpwi,) early, morning,
Aristoph. Pax 1001, 1164. Hdot. 8. 6;
comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 52.—In N. T. only
ἡ πρωΐα (dpa), the morning hour, morning,
pr. between day-break and sunrise, (Matt.
28, 1. Mark 16, 2. Luke 24, 1. John 20, 1);
Matt. 21, 18 πρωΐας δὲ ἐπανάγων εἰς τὴν πό-
λιν. 27, 1. John 18, 28 Rec. 231, 4. Sept.
for “pa 2 Sam. 23, 4. Lam. 3,23. So Jos.
Ant. 7. 8. 1; fally Lue. Amor. 39 πρωΐας
ὥρας.

πρώρα, as, ἧ, (πρό,) the forward part of
a ship, the prow, Acts 27, 30. 41.—Hdian.
1. 11. 12. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20.

πρωτεύω, f. εύσω, (πρῶτος,) to be the
first, chief, to hold the first rank, highest
dignity, ἐν πᾶσιν Col. 1, 18.—2 Mace. 6,
18. Hdian. 8. 7. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24.

TmpwtoKxayedpia, as, i, (πρῶτος, καϑέ-
Spa.) the first seat, the chief seat, Matt. 23, 6.
Mark 12, 39. Luke 11, 43. 20, 46.—Not
found in the classies.

πρωτοκλισία, as, ἡ, (πρῶτος, κλισία,)
pr. the first reclining-place at table, the chief
place at meals, the middle place on each
couch of the triclinium, Matt. 23, 6. Mark
12, 39. Luke [11, 43.] 14, 7. 8. 20, 46.
See in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 436. Dict. of Antt. art. Triclinium.

πρῶτος
πρῶτος; η, ον, superlat. from πρό, com
par. πρότερος, as if contr. for πρότατος, πρό-
" aros, Buttm. § 69. 2; pr. foremost.

1. Genr. first, the first, of place, order,
time. a) Pr. and without art. Mark 16,
9 πρώτῃ σαββάτου sc. ἡμέρᾳ. Phil. 1, 5
ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας. Luke 2, 2 see in Κυρή-
vos. Phil. 1,5. 1 Cor. 15, 3 ἐν πρώτοις,
i. q. first of all. Foll. by δεύτερος Acts 12,
10. Sept. for JIM, Ex. 12, 15. Josh. 21,
10; ἐν πρώτοις Gen. 33, 2. 1 Chr. 11, 6.
So Hdian. 4. 15. 10. Dem. 328. 25.—With
the art. comp. in 6, 7, τό, A. 2. b. 8; Matt.
26,17 τῇ δὲ πρώτῃ τῶν ἀζύμων, sc. ἡμέρᾳ.
Mark 14,13 τῇ mp. ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζ. (Sept.
Lev. 23, 35. 40. Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 17. An. 4.
8.1.) Acts 1, 1 τὸν πρῶτον λόγον. 1 Cor.
15, 45. Heb. 9, 2 ἡ πρώτη σκηνή. V. 6. 8.
Rev. 1, 17 ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, see in
ἔσχατος no. 2. c. Rev. 4, 1. 7. 8, 7. al. So
oi πρῶτοι the first Matt. 20, 8. 10. 21,
36; τὰ πρῶτα pr. the first things, i. 6. the
first or former state, condition, Matt. 12,
45. 2 Pet. 2, 20. Rev. 21,4. Also 1 Tim.
5, 12 ἡ πρώτη πίστις, ἷ. e. first or originally
professed. Rev. 2, 4 ἀγάπην τὴν πρώτην. ν.
5. Opp. καινός Heb. 8, 13. Rev. 21, 1.
Sept. for 1. 2 Chr. 3, 8. Dan. 8, 21.
2 Sam. 18, 27. (Hdian. 1. 17. 17. Xen. An.
6. 5. 2, 5.) In division or distribution, ὁ
πρῶτος ... 6 δεύτερος Matt. 22, 25; ὁ mpa-
tos ... 6 ἕτερος Luke 14, 18. 19, 16; so
where only two are spoken of, Matt. 21,
28. John 19, 32. 1 Cor. 14, 30. Heb. 8, 7.
So Diod. Sic. 1. 50 fin. Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 17.
b) In an adverbial sense, comp. Buttm. § 123.
6. Matt. 10, 2 πρῶτος, Σίμων κτλ. 17, 27.
John 1, 42 εὑρίσκει otros πρῶτος τὸν ἀδελφόν
κτλ. 8,7. Acts 26, 23. Rom. 10, 19. 1 John
4,19. So Hdian. 1. 8. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 50
init. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.2. c) In ἃ compara-
tive sense, instead of πρότερος, adverbially
as in lett. b; so before a gen. John 1, 15.
30 ὅτι πρῶτός pov ἦν. 15,18 ἐμὲ πρῶτον
ὑμῶν. Comp. Herm. ad.-Vig. p. 717 sq.
Passow no. 3. Matth. § 464. Winer § 36. n.

-4, So AEL H. An. 8.12 of πρῶτοί μου ταῦ-
τα ἀνιχνεύσαντες. Athen. 14. 28. p. 630. c.
Dion. Hal. de Comp. 17. p. 228 Schaef.
Schol. ad Aristoph. Nub. 552. p. 242 Din-
dorf. .

2. Trop. of rank, dignity, first, chief; so
without the art. Matt. 20, 27 ds ἐὰν ϑέλῃ ἐν
ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος. 22, 38. Mark 12, 30.
Acts 16, 12. Eph. 6, 2. With a gen. partit.
Mark 10, 44. 12, 28 πρώτη πάντων ἐντολή.
v. 29. 30. 1 Tim. 1,15. So Sept. Ez. 27,
22. Dem. 1263. 25. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 6; ¢.

gen. part. 28]. V. H. 7. 14. Dem 13. 38.

πρῶτος

—With the art. Acts 17, 4 γυναικῶν τε τῶν
πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. Luke 15, 22.
Jer. 52, 21. Pol. 11. 10. 2.) So ὁ πρῶτος,
of πρῶτοι, the first, the chief, before a
gen. of a country or people; Acts 28, 7
τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου. Mark 6, 21 τοῖς πρώ-
τοις τῆς Ταλιλαίας. Luke 19, 47 οἱ πρῶτοι
τοῦ λαοῦ. Acts 18, 50. 25,2. 28,17. Sept.
for OX Neh. 12, 45. So Jos. Ant. '7. 9.
8. ib. 10. 4. 5. Pol. 1. 31. 5. Xen. Ven. 1.
9.—In the proverbial phrase : πολλοὶ ἔσον-
ται πρῶτοι, ἔσχατοι" καὶ ἔσχατοι, πρώτοι:
also ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι, πρῶτοι " καὶ οἱ πρῶ-
τοι, ἔσχατοι ; the first shall be last, and the
last first,-i. e. those who seem or claim to
be first, shall be last, Matt. 19; 30. 20, 16.
Mark 10, 31. Luke 13, 30.

3. Neut. πρῶτον as adverb, Buttm.
§115.4. 8) Pr. of place, order, time, usu-
ally without the article; Matt. 17,10 ri...
λέγουσιν; ὅτι Ἠλίαν δεῖ ἐλϑεῖν πρῶτον ; v.
11. Mark 7, 27. Luke 9, 59. 61. John 18,
13. Acts 15, 14. 1 Cor. 11,18. 1 Pet. 4, 17.
2 Tim. 2, 6, comp. Winer § 65. p. 640.
Acts 7, 12 i. q. the first time. (Pol. 1. 43. 2.
Hdian. 1. 11. 3. Xen. An. 3. 4. 32.) Em-
phat. i. q. first of all, before all, Matt. 23, 26
καϑάρισον πρῶτον τὸ "ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου.
Acts 18, 46. Rom. 1, 8 πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαρι-
στῶ τῷ Sed. 1 Cor. 11, 18, (Hdian, 2. 1.
8. Xen. Cyr. 4..1. 2.) In division or dis-
tribution, as referring to a’ series or succes-
sion of circumstances, and followed by other
adverbs of order or time expressed or im-
plied ; here some assign to it a comparative
sense, i. 4. πρότερον, but unnecessarily; see
Herm. ad Vig. p. 718, E. σ᾿ foll. by δεύτερον
1 Cor. 12, 28; εἶτα, Mark 4, 28 πρῶτον
χόρτον, εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα κτὰ. By ἔπειτα
1 Thess. 4,16. James 8, 17; μετὰ ταῦτα
Mark 16, 9, comp. v. 123 καὶ τότε Matt. 5,
24. 7,5. Mark 3, 27. Luke 6, 42. John 2,
10. Ina like sense, πρῶτον ... καί, Rom. 1,
16. 2, 9. 10. 2 Cor. 8, 5; πρῶτον ... δέ
Matt. 13, 30. Luke 10, 5. ἃ Tim. 1,5. (So
foll. by εἶτα Hdian. 2. 1. 223; ἔπειτα Xen.

Cyr. 7. 2.24. Hi, 11.85 pera ταῦτα Xén..

An. 6. 1. 5, comp. 7; δέ Cyr. 8. 1. 16.)
Rarely with art.rd πρῶτον, first, at jirst,
formerly, comp. Buttm. § 125. n. 8. John 10,
40 ὅπου ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων.
12, 16. 19, 39. So Hdian. 6. 8. 11. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 5. 1. 68) Trop. of importance,
dignity, firsl, first of all, chiefly, especially ;
Matt. 6, 33 ζητεῖτε δὲ πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν
τοῦ ϑεοῦ. Rom. 8, 2. 2 Pet. 1, 20. 3, 3;
πρῶτον πάντων 1 Tim. 2,1. +
πρωτοστάτης, ov, 6, (πρῶτος, ἵστημι,)
pr. one who stands first, in the front rank of

640

(Sept.

πτερύγιον

an army, Sept. Job 15, 24. Pol. 18. 12. 5,
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 57.—In N. T. trop. a lead-
er, ringleader; τῆς αἱρέσεως Acts 24, 5.

πρωτοτόκια, ὧν, τά, (πρωτοτόκος,) the
right of the first-born, birthright, “Heb. 12,
16. Sept. Vatic. for M33 Gen. 25, 32.
33. 34; other copies πρωτοτόκεια.

πρωτότοκος; ov, 6, 4, adj. (πρῶτος,
τίκτω,) first-born, i. 6.

1, Pr. the first-born of a father or mo-
ther ; Matt. 1,25 υἱὸν αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον.
Luke 2,7; also of animals, Heb. 11, 28.
The first-born son, besides his other prero-
gatives, received a double portion of the
inheritance, Deut. 21,17. Sept. for sina
Gen. 27, 19. 32; of animals Ex. 1, 5. 12,
12, 29.—Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 236. Tsidon 3.
31; comp. Wetstein N. T. II. Ὁ. 282.

2. Trop. first-born, i. q. the first, the chief,
one highly distinguished and pre-eminent ;
so of Christ, as the beloved Son of God,
Col. 1, 15 comp. v. 16. Heb. 1, 6 comp. v.
5. Or in relation to his followers, Rom. 8,
29 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτ. ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδεὰλ-
φοῖς, comp. Col. 1, 18. ΟΥ as the first to
rise from the dead, the leader and prince of
those who shall arise unto eternal life, Col.
1, 18. Rev. 1,5. So Sept. for “i323 of the
Messiah, Ps. 89, 27.—Of the saints in hea-
ven, prob. those formerly distinguished on
earth by the favour and love of God, as pa-
triarchs, prophets, apostles ; Heb. 12, 23
ἐκκλησία πρωτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Sept. for "933. of Israel Ex.
4, 22; of Ephraim Jer. 31, 9. So Psalt.
Salom. 13, 8. 18, 4.

mT ate, f. ἰσω, to stumble, to fall, Hdian.
5.6.18. Sept. for 22 1 Sam. 4,2. 2 Sam.
18, '7.—In N. T. trop. to stumble, i. 6.

1. to err, to fail in duty, to offend, with
ἐν c. dat. James 2, 10. 3,2 εἴ τις ἐν λόγῳ
ov πταίει. Absol. Rom. 11,11 μὴ ἔπταισαν,
ἵνα πέσωσι; with πολλά adv. James 3, 2.
Sept. for SPi3 Deut. 7, 25.—Ecclus. 37,
12. M. Antonin. 7. 15 ἴδιον ἀνθρώπου φιλεῖν
καὶ τοὺς πταίοντας.

2. to fail, to fall short of success and
happiness, 2 Pet. 1, 10.—Pol. 1. 35. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 26.

πτέρνα, 9) ἥ, the heel; John 13, 18
emnpev er ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν, see in ἐπαίρω,
quoted from Ps. 41, 10 where Heb. 323,
Sept. πτερνισμόν. Sept. for 322 Gen. 3,
15. 25, 26.—Hom. Il. 22. 397. Dem. 88. 2.
Aristot. H. A. 1. 15. 6.

“πτερύγιον; lov, τό, (dim. πτέρυξ,) a little
wing, winglet, Sept. for #22 1 K. 6, 23;

πτέρυξ

and so of the feather of an arrow Pol. 27.
9.4. Then any thing like a wing, running
to a point, e..g. a fin, Sept. for ""820 Lev.
11, 9. 10. 12; the corner or skirt of a gar-
ment, Sept. for 922 Num. 15, 36. 1 Sam.
24, 5.—In N. Τ'. a pinnacle, spoken of the
highest point of the temple-buildings, prob.
the elevation of the middle portion of the
southern portico impending over the valley
of Jehoshaphat ; see in ἱερόν no. 1. Matt.
4, 5. Luke 4, 9.

πτέρυξ, vyos, ἡ, (πτερόν,) a pinion,
wing, Matt. 23, 27. Luke 13, 34. Rev. 4, 8.
9,9. 12,14. ᾿ Sept. for "38 Ps. 55,7; °22
Ex. 19, 4. Ez. 1,6.—Dem. 1259. 21. Xen.
An. 1. 5. 3.

TTHVOS, ἡ, dv, (πτῆναι, πέτομαι,) flying,
winged, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11 καὶ ai μὲν ἔλα-
got, ὥσπερ mrnvai.—tn N. T. Plur. neut.
ra πτηνά, the birds, fowls, 1 Cor. 15, 39.
So Hdian. 3. 9. 10. Xen. Hell. 4. 1. 16.

πτοέω, &, f. How, to terrify, to frighten ;
Pass. to be terrified, agitated with fear;
Luke 21, 9 μὴ πτοηδῆτε. 24,37. Sept. for
Tn Ex. 19,16; "M1 Chr. 28, 30.—Jos.
B J. 1. 80. 4. Plut. Alcib. 10. Pol. 10. 42. 4.
. TTONTIS, ews, ἡ, (πτοέω,) a frightening,
terror, fear ; 1 Pet. 3, 6 μὴ φοβούμενοι μη-
δεαίιν πτόησιν, fearing no fear, no fright-
ening; comp. φοβ. φόβον μέγαν in Mark
4, 41. Buttm. 8131. 4. Sept. for 7B
Prov. 3, 25.—1 Mace. 3, 25. Diod. Sic. 20.
66. Plut. de Isid. et Osir. 14.

Πτολεμαΐς, ίδος, ἡ, Ptolemais, a mari-
time city of Palestine, reckoned to Galilee
(Jos. B. J. 2. 10. 2), situated on the bay
north of Mount Carmel, Acts 21,7. Heb.
432 Acco, Sept. ᾿Ακχώ, Judg. 1, 31; called
also by the Greeks “Axn Diod. Sic. 19. 93.
Strabo 16. 2. 25. p. 758. The name Ῥίο-
lemais was prob. introduced about the time
of the Romans; Strabo 1. c. Jos. Ant. 13.
12.2. B. J. 2.10.2. Now called *Akio
by the Arabs ; and by Europeans Acre, St.
Jeand Acre. See Reland Palest. p. 534 sq.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 60.

πτύον, ov, τό, (πτύω,) α winnowing-
fork, winnowing-shovel, fan, Lat. pala, with
which grain was thrown up against the
wind in order to cleanse it, Matt. 3, 12.
Luke 3,17. At the present day in Syria
the instrument used is a large wooden fork ;
Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 277, 371. Dict. of
Antt. art. Pala.—Hesych. πτύον - Spivaé,
ξύλον ἐν ᾧ διαχωρίζουσι τὸν σῖτον ἀπὸ τοῦ
ἀχύρου. Artemid. 2. 24. Theocr. 7. 156.
The later Attic form was mréov, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 321. Σ:

1

641

πτωχος

πτυρω; f. pa, (kindr. πτοέω,) to terrify,
lo frighten, Pass. Phil. 1, 28.—Plut. Fab.
Max. 3. Diod. Sic. 17. 34, 57, 58. Plato
Ax. 370. a.

πτύσμα, aros, τό, (πτύω,) spittle, John
9, 6.—Pol.-8, 14. 5.

πτύσσω, f. Ew, to fold, to fold or roll
together, 6. g. τὸ βιβλίον 4. ν. Luke 4, 20.
—Jos. Ant. 10. 1. 4. Hdian, 1. 17. 1. Plut
Romul. 14 med.

πτύω, f. cw, to spil, to spit out, absol.
Mark 7, 33; εἴς τι 8, 23; χαμαί John 9, 6.
Sept. c. εἴς re for P72 Num. 12, 4.—So
εἴς τι Jos. Ant. 5. 9. 4. Luc. Navig. 15;
absol. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 42.

πτῶμα; aros, τό, (πίπτω,) a fall, Zl. V.
H. 9. 31; trop. downfall, ruin, Sept. Job
18, 12. Plut. Agesi. 33. Meton. any thing
fallen, ruins, e. g. of a wall, building, Pol.
16. 31. 8. Diod. Sic. 18. '70 bis.—In N. T.
a dead body, carcass, corpse. Matt. 24, 28
ὅπου yap ἐὰν 9 τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχϑήσον-
ται οἱ ἀετοί. Mark 6,29. Rev. [14, 12.] 11,
8.9. Sept. for "38 Ez. 6,5. So Jos. Ant.
7.1.3. Hdian. 4. 6. 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 39.
Eurip. Orest. 1195. Phrynichus says this
word was used absol. in this sense only in
late writers, instead of the earlier πτῶμα
νεκροῦ, comp. Phryn. ‘et Lob. p. 375 sq.
Thom. Mag: p. 765.

πτῶσις, ews, ἡ; (πίπτω, a fall, down-
fall, crash, e. g. of a falling building, Matt.
7,27. So Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Pol. 2. 16. 3.
—Trop. downfall, ruin, Luke 2, 34 εἰς rra-
σιν, i. e. a cause of fall and ruin, comp. in
ἀνάστασις no. 1. So Ecclus. 5,13 γλῶσσα
dvipomov πτῶδις αὐτῷ. Genr. Sept. Jer.
6, 15. Ecclus. 3, 31. Anth. Gr. III. p. 130,
137. :
πτωχεία, as, ἧ; (πτωχός,) begging, beg-
gary, Lys. 898. 9.—In N. T. poverty, want ;
2 Cor. 8, 2 ἡ κατὰ βάϑος πτωχεία, deep po-
verty. Also a state of poverty and humilia-
tion, 2 Cor. 8, 9. Rev. 2, 9. Sept. for
mi2309 Deut. 8,9; "22 2 Chr. 22, 14.---
Ecclus. 10, 31. 11,12. Plato Legg. 936. b.

πτωχεύω, f. evow, (πτωχός,) to beg, ta
be a beggar, Luc. Necyom. 17. Plut. Moral.
IL. p. 169.—In N. T. to be or become poor,
to be in a state of poverty and humiliation,

_absol. 2 Cor. 8, 9; comp. Phil. 2,'7. Sept.

for DdD3 Ps. 79, 8; 7 Ps. 34, 11. So
Tob. 4, 21. Plato Eryx, 394. Ὁ.

πτωχός, ἤ, Ov, (πτώσσω,) begging, beg-
garly, poor, pr. crouching, cringing in the
manner of beggars.

1. Pr. and often as Subst. a) ὁ rre-

πυγμή

χός, a beggar, mendicant, Luke 14, 13. 21.
16, 20 πτωχὸς δέ τις ἦν ὀνόματι Λάζαρος.
v. 22. John 9, 8 in Erasm. ed. 2. Trop.
Rey. 3,17. So Luc. Somn. s. Gall. 14.
Dem. 574. 19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29 προσαι-
τεῖν ὥσπερ τοὺς πτωχούς. b) of rrwxol,
the poor, the needy, those destitute of the
necessaries of life and subsisting on the
alms of others ; Matt. 19, 21 δὸς πτωχοῖς.
26,9 δοϑῆνα: τοῖς πτωχοῖς. v.11. Mark 10,
21. 14, 5. 7. Luke 18, 22. 19, 8. John 12,
5. 6. 8. 13,29. So Sept. and i738 Esth.
9, 22. Prov. 31, 20; 8" Proy. 28, 27.
c) Genr. poor, needy, i. ᾳ. πένης, spoken of
honest poverty as opp. to the rich, without
the idea of mendicity ; 6. g. pia χήρα πτωχή
Mark 12, 42. 43. Luke 21,3; and so Rom.
15, 26. 2 Cor. 6, 10. Gal. 2, 10. James 2,
2. 3. 5. 6. Rev. 13,16. Sept. and >3 Lev.
19, 15. Prov. 29, 14; δ Proy. 22,7. So
Ecclus. 13, 3. 30, 14.

2. Spec. and from the Heb. poor, low,
humble, of low estate, including also the
idea of being afflicted, distressed. Luke 4, 18
ἔχρισέ με εὐαγγελίσασϑαι πτωχοῖς, quoted
from Is. 61,1 where Sept. for 8°122. Matt.
11, 5 et Luke 7, 22 πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται.
Sept. for }i°38 Ps. 109, 16; 12> Ps. 69, 33.
Is, 29, 19.—Trop. Matt. 5, 3 of πτὠχοὶ τῷ
πνεύματι, the poor in spirit, those who feel
themselves spiritually poor and afflicted, the
lowly in mind and heart. Luke 6, 20. Comp.
"2, Sept. ταπεινός, Is. 66, 2.

3. Trop. of things, beggarly, poor, imper-
fect; Gal. 4, 9 πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα.

πυγμή, Fs, ἡ, (πύξ,) the fist, Sept. for
mimaN Ex. 21, 8. Is. 58, 4. Hom. Il. 23.
669 ; also fisting, boxing, i. q. mvypaxia,
Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. '7.—In N. T. Mark 7, 3
ἐὰν μὴ πυγμῇ νίψονται τὰς χεῖρας, lit. unless
they wash their hands (rubbing them) with
the fist, i. e. not merely dipping the fingers
or hand in water as a sign of ablution, but
rubbing the hands together as a ball or fist,
in the usual oriental manner when water is
poured over them (2 K. 3, 11), see in νί-
mrw; hence ad sensum, sedulously, care-
fully, diligently ; so the Syr. Version, using
the same word by which it expresses émipe-
λῶς in Luke 15,8. The Vulg. has crebro,
as if from a reading πυκνῇ, i. 4. πυκνά or
πυκνῶς, of which there is io other trace.
An early interpretation makes it, to the
elbow, Theophylact. ad loc. νίπτεσϑαι mvy-
Bh, τουτέστιν ἄχρι τοῦ ἀγκῶνος. Euthym.
ad Matt. 15, 1. 2

Πύϑων, avos, ὁ, Python, in Greek my-
thology the name of a serpent or dragon

642

πυλη

slain by Apollo, Al. V. Ἡ, 3. 1; then trans
ferred to Apollo himself, Anthol. Gr. I. p.
55; later, spoken of a diviner, soothsayer,
held to be inspired of the Pythian Apollo
Plut. de Defect. Orac. 9; τοὺς ἐγγαστριμύ-
Sous, Ἐὐρυκλέας πάλαι, νυνὶ Ἰτύϑωνας προσ-
ayopevopevovs. These ἐγγαστρίμυϑοι or
Πύϑωνες, i. 6. ventriloquists, were so called,
because the god or spirit was supposed to
be in them and to speak from their bellies
without any motion of the lips; Plutareh
1. 6. τὸν Sedv αὐτὸν ... ἐνδυόμενον εἰς τὰ
σώματα τῶν προφητῶν ὑποφϑέγγεσϑαι.
Galen. Glossar. Hippoc. ἐγγαστρίμυϑοι - οἱ
κεκλεισμένου τοῦ στόματος φϑεγγόμενοι,
διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν ἐκ τῆς γαστρὸς φϑέγγεσϑαι.
Hence Sept. ἐγγαστρίμυϑος for Heb. six
Lev. 19, 31. 1 Sam. 28, 3. 8, 9; comp.
Heb. Lex. art. aix.—In N. T. Acts 16, 16
ἔχουσα πνεῦμα Lv3wvos,,having a spirit of
Python, i. 6. a soothsaying demon.

πυκνός, ἡ, dv, (kindr. πύξ,) thick, firm,
solid, 3 Macc. 4, 10. Hom. Od. 14. 12;
thick, dense, close together, Hdian. 8. 1. 13.
Xen. An. 2. 3. 3.—In N. T. frequent, often,
1 Tim. 5, 23 διὰ ras πυκνάς σου ἀσϑενείας.
(Thue, 1. 23. Xen. Eq. 9. 6.) Plur. neut.
πυκνά as adv. frequenily, often, Luke 5, 33
νηστεύουσι πυκνά. Comparat. πυκνότε:
ρον, adv. Acts 24, 26 ; comp. Buttm. ὁ 115.
5. So πυκνά Al. V. H. 2.21. Xen. Cony.
2. 26; πυκνότερον 2 Macc. 8, 8. Dem.
1035. 14.

TUKTEVO, f. εὕσω, (πύξ,) to fist, to box,
to fight as a boxer; absol. 1 Cor. 9, 26
οὕτω πυκτεύω ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων, see in
anp.—Dem. 51. 24. Xen. Lac. 4. 6.

πύλη, ns, ἧ, @ door, gate, pr. one wing or
door of a folding gate at the entrance of an
edifice or city; diff. from ἡ ϑύρα a common
door. a) Genr. e. g. of the temple, ὡραίᾳ
πύλῃ Tov ἱεροῦ Acts 3, 10; of a prison, 12,
10; of acity, Luke 7, 12 τῇ πύλῃ τῆς πόλε-
ws. Acts 9,24. [16, 13.] Heb. 13,12. Trop.
Matt. 7, 13 bis. 14. Luke 13, 24 (comp.
Cebet. Tab. 15). Sept. of a building, for
nny Jer. 43, 9; ofa city, for ΡΞ Josh. 6,
26. 2 Chr. 8,5; zu Gen. 34, 20. 24.—
So of an edifice, Hdian. 7. 10. 9. Xen. Cyr.
7. 5.27; of a city Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 50.
Xen. Mem, 3. 9. 7. b) Spec. πύλαε
ἅδου, the gates of Hades, meton. for Hades
itself, see in adys, i. 6. Hades with its pow-
ers, Satan and his hosts; Matt. 16, 18 τὴν
ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πύλαι ἅδου ov κατισχύσουσιν
αὐτῆς. The Hebrews, as well as the
Greeks and Romans, ascribed gates to
Sheol or Hades; so Heb. ἴδ “330,

͵

©

πυλών 643

Sept. πύλαι ddov, Is. 38, 10, comp. Ps. 9,
14; also Wisd. 16, 13. 3 Macc. 5, 51.
Hom. Il. 5. 646. Eurip. Alcest. 124. Luc.

Necyom. 6. Lucret. 3. 67 Lethi portas.

πυλών, dvos, ὁ, (πύλη,) a large door,
gate, at the entrance of a building or city.

1. Genr. 6. g. of a house, Acts 10, 17
ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα. 12, 13 see in
ϑύρα no, 1. v. 14 bis. Of a city, Acts 14,
13. Rev. 21, 12 bis. 13 quater. 15. 21 bis.
25. 22,14. Sept. for mmp, of a building,
1 K. 14, 27; of a city 1 K. 17, 10.—Jos.
Ant. 18. 2. 2. Luc. Hermot. 11. Plut. Ti-
mol, 12 fin,

2. Synecd. a gate-way, portal, vestibule,
the deep arch or passage under which a gate
opens, Matt. 26,71. Luke 16,20. Sept. for
"38 Judg. 18, 16. 17.—Jos. Ant! 8. 3. 2.
Ceb. Tab. 1. Pol. 4. 18. 2.

πυνάνομαι, f. πεύσομαι, aor. 2 ἐπυ-
ϑόμην, Mid. depon.

1. to ask, to inquire ; foll. by παρά τινος
from or of any one, 6. σ΄. 6. ace. John 4,
52 ἐπύϑετο οὖν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν κτλ.
Also with an indirect interr. Matt. 2,4 ἐπυν-
Sdvero παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, mov ὁ Xp. γεννᾶται.
Acts 10,18. Sept. for ὅπ Gen. 25, 22.
(With acc. Jos. Vit. § 39. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.
3. Mem. 1. 1. 9; indir. Luc. Nigr. 1.) Ab-
sol. with a direct interr. Acts 4,'7. 10, 29
πυνθάνομαι οὖν, tiv λόγῳ κτὰ. 23, 19.
Also hefore an indir. interrog, with the Opt.
after a preter, comp. Winer § 42.\ 4. c.
Luke 15, 26 ἐπυνθάνετο, ri εἴη ταῦτα; 18,
36. John 13, 24. Acts 21, 33. So Xen.
An. 7. 1. 14.—In a judicial sense, fo in-
quire, to examine, c. acc. et περί τινος, Acts
23, 20. So Pol. 23. 14. 2. Lys. 909. 8.

2. to inquire out, to find out, to learn;
c. ὅτι, Acts, 23, 34 πυϑόμενος, ὅτι ἀπὸ Κιλι-
xias.—Paleph. 41. 4. Hdian. 2. 1. 11.
Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 11.

πῦρ, πυρός, τό, fire. 1. Pr. and genr.
Matt. 3, 10 καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. v. 12. 7,
19. 13, 40. 17, 15. Mark 9, 22. Luke 3, 9.
17. 22, 55. John 15, 6. Acts 28, 5. Heb. 11,
34. James 3, 5. 5, 3. 1 Pet. 1, 7. 2 Pet. 3,
7. Rev. 3, 18. 8, 5 ἐκ rod πυρὸς τοῦ ϑυσια-
στηρίου i. 6. upon the altar. v. 8. 9, 17. 18.
11, 5, 14, 18. 15, 2. 16, 8. 17, 16. 18, 8.
Sept. for Hx Gen. 22, 6. 7. Ex. 32,19. So
Jos. B. J. 3..4. 1. Pol. 5. 8.9. Xen. Mem. 4.
3.'7.—Genit. πυρός often expresses quality
and takes the place of an adj. Buttm. § 132.
n. 12. Winer §34. 2; so φλὸξ πυρός flame
of fire, i. q. fiery flame, Acts 7, 30. Rev. 1,
14. 2, 18. 19, 12, Sept. for Bx and Is.
29, 6; ond ὧν Ps. 104,4. So ἄνϑρακας

πυρα

πυρός, burning coals, Rom. 12, 20, comp,
in GSpagé and Sept. Lev. 16, 12; γλῶσσαι
ὡσεὶ πυρός Acts 2, 3 ; λαμπάδες πυρός Rev.
4, ὅ ; στύλοι πυρός fiery pillars Rev. 10,1;
comp. Sept. Ex. 13, 21. 22.—Spoken of
fire from heaven, lightning ; 8. g. ἀπὸ τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ Luke 9, 54. 17, 29; ἐκ τοῦ οὐρ.
Rey. 13, 13. 20, 9; absol. Heb. 1,7. 12, 18.
Rev. 8, 7. Acts 2,19 quoted from Joel 9,
3 [2, 30] where Sept. for tig. So Eurip.
Pheen. 1191 πῦρ Acdés.—Spec. of that fire
with which Christ is to appear in his com-
ing to judgment, which also is to purify and
refine ; 2 Thess. 1,8 ἐν πυρὶ φλογός. Also
1 Cor. 3, 13 bis, ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται [ἡ
ἡμέρα] - καὶ ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστι,
τὸ πῦρ δοκιμάσει. Hence also of the builder
(teacher) himself, v. 15 αὐτὸς δὲ σωϑπήσεται,
οὕτω δὲ ὡς διὰ πυρός, he shall be saved so as
through the fire, i.e. as escaping through
the fire which destroys his work. The ex- °
pression is proverbial, implying ‘ with diffi-
culty, scarcely ;’ Aristid. in Apell. p. 126
ἐκ μέσου πυρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα σώζειν. Comp.
genr. 2 Pet. 3, 7.

2. Symbolically : a) Of God as in-
flicting punishment, Heb. 12, 29 ὁ Seds
ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον. Comp. Deut. 4,
24. b) Of strife, disunion, Luke 12, 49.
So of the tongue as kindling strife and dis-
cord, James 3,6. 6) Of evils, calamities,
trials, which purify the faith and hearts of
professed Christians, as the fire tries and
purifies the precious metals; comp. 1 Pet.
1,7 et Rev. 3,18. Sept: Is. 10,17. So
Mark 9, 49 see in ἁλίζω. Jude v. 23 see in
ἁρπάζω no. 2; comp. in no. 1 fin. d)
Of the infernal fire, the place of punishment
and abode of demons and the souls of wicked
men in Hades, represented under various

images, 6. g. 6 κάμινος τοῦ πυρός, a fiery
furnace, Matt. 13, 42. 50, in allusion to
Dan. 3, 6.11.15 sq. where Sept. for Chald.
xu pMX. Also ἡ yéevva τοῦ πυρός, see
in yéewva, Matt. 5, 22. 18, 9. Mark’9, 47;
τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον Vv. ov σβέννυται Mark
9, 43. 44. 4δ. 46. 48; comp. Is. 66, 24; τὸ
mip τὸ αἰώνιον Matt. 18, 8. 25, 41. Jude 7;
ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρός Rev. 19, 20. 20,10. 14 bis
15. 21, 8. Simpl. Rev. 14,10; and so Matt
3, 11 et Luke 3, 16, see in βαπτίζω no. 2.
b.—Judith 16, 17. Ecclus, 7, 17.

3. Trop. a burning, i. 6. ardour, vehe-
mence ; Heb. 10, 27 πυρὸς ζῆλος, see in
(ros no. 3. b.

πυρά, as, ἡ, (πῦρ,) a fire, i.e. as kin-
dled and burning, burning fuel, Acts 28, 2.
3.—Judith 7, 5. 2 Mace. 1, 22. Hdian. 4

πύργος

8. 12; of a burning funetal pile, Xen. An.
§. 4. 9.

πύργος, ov, 6, α tower; comp. Germ.
Burg, Engl. burgh.

1. Pr. for defence, as in the wall of a
city, Luke 13,4 ὁ πύργος ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ,
ji. 6. in the wall of the city near Siloam.
See on the towers of Jerusalem, Jos. B. J.
5. 4.2, 3. Sept. for daan Judg. 9, 46 sq.
So Jos. 1. c. Hdian. 8. 8. 7. Xen. Hell. 3.
1. 22.—Spec. the watch-tower or turret of a
day int Matt. 21, 33. Mark 12,1. Sept.
and $29 Is. 5,2. See Bibl. Res. in Pal.
I. p. 314.

2. Meton. of any building with one or
more towers, @ castle, fortress, palace,
Germ. Burg, Luke 14, 28.—Hom. Il. 22.
447 comp. 440. Pol. 26. 4. 1. So Lat. tur-
ris, Liv. 33. 48.

πυρέσσω ν. -ττω, f. Ew, (auperds,)
to be feverish, to be sick of fever, absol.
Matt. 8, 14. Mark 1, 30.—Luc. Quom.
Hist. 1. Aéschin. 69 pen.

πυρετός, οὔ, ὃ, (wip,) fiery heat, as of
Sirius, Hom. Il. 22. 31—In N. T. feverish
heat, a fever, Matt. 8,15. Mark 1,31. Luke
4, 38. 39. John 4, 52. Acts 28, 8. Sept. for
MMIP Deut. 28,22. So Jos. Vit. 11. Luc.
Philops. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 3. ;

πύρινος, ἢ; ον, (πῦρ.) fiery, . burning,
Sept. for OX Ez. 28,14. 16; ἵππων πυρί-
νων Ecclus. 48, 9, comp. ῶ K. 2, 11.—In

N. T. fiery, flaming, glittering, Rev. 9, 17°

πώραμας mupivovs. Comp. θώρακας πεπυρω-
μένοι Hdian. 8. 4. 27.

πυρόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (πῦρ,) to fire, to set
on fire, 2 Macc. 10, 3. Eurip. Phoen. 584.
Hdot. 8. 102,—In N. T. only Pass. πυρό-
opal, ovpat. :

1. to be fired, set on fire, kindled, i. q. to
burn, to flame; Eph. 6,16 see in βέλος. 2 Pet.
3, 12 οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυϑήσονται. Rev.
1, 15. So Apollod. Bibl. 2. 4 βέλη πεπυρω-
μένα. ABschin. Dial. Socr. 3. 21.—Trop. to
burn, to be inflamed, e. g. with anger, to be
incensed, 2 Cor. 11, 29. (2 Macc. 4, 38.
14, 45.) With sexual desire, 1 Cor. 7, 9
κρεῖσσον γαμῆσαι ἢ πυροῦσϑαι. So Sept.
Hos. 7,4 Vat. ἐκπυροῦσϑαι εἰς τὸ μοιχεύειν.
~ Comp. πῦρ Ecclus. 23, 16. Lat. uror Virg.
Ain. 4. 68. :

2. to be tried with fire, purified, as metals,
Rev. 3,18. Sept. for “713 Prov. 10, 20;
FIs Zech. 13, 9. Ps. 11, 7.

πυῤῥάζω, f. dow, (πυῤῥός,) to be flame-
coloured, red; absol. Matt. 16, 2 a. 6 ovpa-
νός. Vv. 3.—Not found elsewhere.

644

. πωρόω

πυῤῥός, d, dv, (πῦρ,) flame-coloured,
fiery-red, red, Lat. rufus; Rev. 6, 4 ἵππος.
12, 3 δράκων. Sept. for S38 Zech. 1, 8.
Num. 19, 2.—Diod. Sic. 1.88. Xen. Venat.
4.7.

Πύρῥος, ov, ὁ, Pyrrhus, pr. τι. m, Σώ-
matpos Πύῤῥου Sopater [son] of Pyrrhus
Acts 20, 4 in later edit. Rec. omits ᾿πύῤῥου.

πύρωσ. WS, ews, ἧ, (πυρόω.) a being on
ἥτε, burning, conflagration, Rey. 18,9. 18.
So Jos. Ant. 1.11.4. Theophr. H. Pl. 5.
9.—Trop. fiery trial, calamity, suffering,
1 Pet. 4, 12, comp. in ξενίζω no. 2.

7@, enclit. partic. yet, even, in N. T.
only in composition; see μήπω, μηδέπω,
οὔπω, οὐδέπω, also πώποτε.

πωλέω, &, f. now, (kindr. πέλω, πέλο-
pat,) pr. to trade away wares, to barter ;
hence to sell, c. acc. Matt. 13, 44 ὅσα ἔχει
πωλεῖ. 19, 21. 21,12 τῶν πολούντων τὰς
περιστεράς. Mark 10, 21. 11,15. Luke 12,
33. 18, 22. 22,36. John 2,14. 16. Acts
5,1. Pass. c. gen. of price; comp. Buttm.
§ 132.10, c. Matt. 10, 29 οὐχὶ δυὸ στρουϑία
ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται ; Luke 12, 6. Absol.
Matt. 21, 12 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζον-
τας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. 25, 9. Mark 11, 15. Luke
17, 28. 19, 45. Acts 4, 84. 37. 1 Cor. 10,
25. Rev. 13,17. Sept. for 132 Neh. 5, 8.
Joel 3, 3. Ez. '7, 13.—Dem. 784. 9. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4, 32; c. gen. of price, Al. V. H.
10. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 10.10.

πῶλος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, a foal, Lat. pullus, i. e.
genr. a young animal, youngling, Sept.
Prov. 5,19. Atl. V. H. 4.9. Spec. of the
horse, a colt, Al. V. H. 7,13. Xen. An. 4.
5. 24.—In N. T. of an ass, a foal, a roll,
joined with ὄνος or the like ; Matt. 21, 2. 5.
7. John 12, 15; absol. Mark 11, 2. 4. 5.'7.
Luke 19, 30. 33 bis. 35. So Sept. for ">
Gen. 32, 16. Judg. 10, 4: mizvingja
Zech. 9, 9. ἢ

πώποτε, adv. (πω, ποτέ,) yet ever, ever,
at any time; in N. T. only after a negative,
not yet even, never; Luke 19, 30 ἐφ᾽ ὃν οὐ-
dels πώποτε ἐκάϑισε. John 1; 18. 5, 37. 6,
35. 8, 33. 1 John 4, 12.—Sept. 1 Sam. 25,
28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 4.

πωρόω, ὦ, f. dow, (πῶρος tufa,) pr. to
make hard like stone, to petrify, Suid. πωρόω
καὶ λιϑοποιῶ. Then genr. to make hard,
callous, to indurate, 6. g. ὀστέα Dioscor. 1.
c. 90; διὰ τῆς πεπωρωμένης σαρκός LE).
V. H. 9. 13.—In N. T. trop. to harden, to
make dull, stupid, 6. δ. τὴν καρδίαν John
12, 40. Pass. to be hardened, dull, stupid,

, e.g. ἡ καρδία Mark 6, 52. 8,17; τὰ von-

πώρωσις

para 2 Cor. 3, 14; of persons, Rom. 11, 7.
So Sept. of the eyes;Job 17, 7.

πώρωσις, ews, ἡ, (πωρόω,) pr. a hard-
ening, induration ; Hesych. πώρωσις" ἐξ
ὀστέων σύμφυσις καὶ civderpos.—In N. T.
trop. hardness of heart or mind, dullness,
stupidity, mop. τῆς καρδίας Mark 3, 5. Eph.
4, 18; absol. id. Rom. 11, 25.

πῶς, interrog. partic. correl. to πώς,
ὃς, ὅπως, Buttm. ᾧ 116.4; how? in what
way or manner? by what means ?

i. Pr. how? in a direct question ; mostly

a) With the Indicative. a) Genr. and
simply, Luke 10, 26 πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις ;
John 7,15. 9,10 πῶς ἀνεῴχϑησάν σοι of
ὀφϑαλμοί; 1 Cor. 15, 35. Mark 9, 12 Rec.
καὶ πῶς γέγραπται κτὰ. where others read
xasos. So Ceb. Tab. 34. Luc. D. Deor.
22. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.13. 8) Implying
surprise, wonder, admiration, Matt. 22, 12
πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε; John 3, 9. 6,52. So
with the fut. expressing what may or can
take place, Winer § 41. 6. Matt. 7, 4 πῶς
ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου. Luke 1, 34. With
intensive particles, e.g. καὶ πῶς and how?
John 12, 34. 14,9; πῶς οὖν John 6, 42.
In the same expression of surprise, πῶς
may often be rendered how is it that? how
comes it? why? Mark 12, 35 πῶς λέγουσιν
οἱ γραμματεῖς, ὅτι ὁ Xp. xrA. Luke 20, 41.
John 4, 9. 1 Cor. 15, 12. Gal. 2, 14. 4,9;
also καὶ πῶς Acts 2,8; πῶς οὖν Matt. 22,
43. John 9,19; πῶς οὐ, Matt. 16, 11 πῶς
et νοεῖτε; Mark 4, 40. Luke 12, 56. So
Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 4. 1. Plato Phileb. p. 133.
ed. Stalb. πῶς οὖν Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 2. 2.
Xen. Cony. 2.10; πῶς οὐ Plato Crito 1.
Xen. Ag. 9.7. γ) Often in questions
which serve to affirm the contrary ; 6. g. a
negative, Matt. 12, 29. 34 γεννήματα éysd-
νῶν, πῶς δύνασϑε ἀγαϑὰ λαλεῖν ; i. e. ye
cannot. Mark 3, 23. John 8, 4. 1 John 3,
17. 4,20; καὶ πῶς intens. Luke 20, 44.
John 14, 5. So with the fut. see above in
lett. 8. Luke 11, 18 πῶς σταϑήσεται ἡ
βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ; Rom. 3, 6..1 Cor. 14,7. 9.
Heb. 2, 3. (Plut. de aud. Poet. 12.) Hence
πῶς οὐχί implying strong affirmation,
Rom. 8, 32. 2 Cor. 3, 8; comp. Matth,
§ 610. 6. Viger. p. 444. So Xen. Hi. 1. 36,
ib. 6. 4.

Ὁ) With the Subjunctive, in a question
expressing doubt, comp. Matth. § 516. 2, 3.
Winer § 42. 4. Matt. 23, 33 πῶς φύγητε
ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γεέννης ; 26, 54.

645

πῶς ᾿"

9) With the Optative c. ἄν, expressing a
negative subjectively, as Acts 8,31 πῶς yap
ἂν δυναίμην ; for how can I? Comp. Buttm.
§ 139. m. 15. Matth. § 514 fin. Winer § 43.
1. b. For πῶς γάρ emphat. see Matth.
§611. 4. Keen. ad Greg. Cor. p. 144 Schetf.
So Hdian. 4. 3. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 29,
36.

2. In an indirect question, with the Indi-
cative expressing what is real and of actual
occurrence ; comp. Winer ᾧ 42. 4. Matth.
ᾧ 507. 3. John 9,15 ἠρώτων αὐτὸν... πῶς
ἀνέβλεψεν ; So Plut. Moral. II. p.20. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 15,—Oftener in oblique discourse
after verbs of considering, finding out, know-
ing, making known, and the like; here the
interrogative force is dropped, and πῶς is
equiy. to its correlative ὅπως how, in what
way, see in ὅπως. Buttm. ὁ 116.4. E. g.
a) With the Indic. as above, see Winer,
and Matth. ll. cc. Matt. 6, 28 καταμάϑετε
τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ, πῶς αὐξάνει. 12, 4 οὐκ
ἀνέγνωτε... πῶς εἰσῆλξιεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ
Seov xrA. Mark 5, 16. 12, 41. Luke 8, 18.
36. 12, 27. 14,7. Acts 9, 27. 11, 13. 12,
17. 15, 36. 1 Cor. 3,10. 1 Thess. 1, 9.
Rev. 3, 3. So Paleph. 21. 3. Plut. de
Liber. educ. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.16. 6)
With the Subjunct. where any thing is ex-
pressed as_objectively possible, see Winer
lc. Herm. ad Vig. p.'741. Matt. 10, 19
μὴ μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε. Mark
14, 1 ἐζητοῦν...-πῶς αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνωσιν.
v. 11. Luke 12,11. 22,2. 4. Acts 4, 21.
c) With the future Indic. instead of the
Subjunct. as above, Matth. § 516. n. 2.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 747. Mark 11,18 ἐζητοῦν
πῶς αὐτὸν ἀπολέσουσιν. 1 Cor. 7, 32. 33.
34. So Hdian. 5. 4. 16 ἠγνόουν τε, πῶς
χρήσονται τῷ πράγματι. Plut. Mor. II.
Ρ. 399. :

3. As an intensive exclamation, how !
how very! how greatly! E. g. before an
adj. or adv. Mark 10, 24 πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστι
κτλ. Matt. 21, 20 πῶς παραχρῆμα eEnpav2n
ἡ συκῆ. Mark 10, 23. Luke 18, 24. Before
a verb, Luke 12, 50 πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως οὗ
τελεσϑῇ. John 11,36 ἴδε, πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν.
—So c. adj. Paleph. 31. 5. M. Antonin. 8.
27. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.11; ¢. adv. Xen. Mem.
4.2.23. +

πώς, enclit. part. indef. any how, in ang
way, in some way or other ; in N. 'T’, only
in the compounds εἴπως, μήπως, 4. v. Comp.

᾿ πῶς. Buttm. § 116. 4.

᾿Ῥαάβ

“Pad, ἡ, indec. Rahab, Heb. 377, pr.
n. of a harlot at Jericho, who received the
Hebrew spies, Heb. 11, 31. James 2, 25;
see Josh. c. 2.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2 Ῥαχάβη.
See more in ‘Payaf.

Ραββί, ὃ, indec. Rabbi, Heb. 37,
comm. "21, pr. a great one, vir ἀριρευνεν,
a title of honour in the Jewish schools fora
teacher, master, q. d. doctor ; continued also
in modern times; Matt. 23,'7. 8. 26, 25. 49.
Mark 9, 5. 11, 21. 14, 45. John 1, 39. 50.
3, 2. 26. 4, 31. 6,25. 9,2. 11,8. In
Matt. 23, 8 it is explained by καϑηγητής, in
John 1, 39 by διδάσκαλος, in reference to its
use as a title, rather than to signification. See
Heb. Lex. 2" no. 2. d—This title was em-
ployed in the Jewish schools under a three-
fold form, viz. a) 3 Rab, Master, as
the lowest degree of honour. 8) With
suff. of 1 pers. "2, Ῥαββί, Rabbi, i. e.
my Master, of higher dignity. y) 13;
and as if with suff. Ῥαββονί, Rabboni, q. d.
my great Master, the most honourable of all,
which was publicly given to only seven
persons, all of the school of Hillel and of
great eminence. This was about the time
of Christ; but when the more general title
Rabbi was introduced, is unknown. See
Buxtorf. Lex. 2176 sq. Lightfoot Hor. Heb.
ad Matt. 23,7. Winer Realw. art. Rabbi.

‘PaBBovi ν. ‘PaBBovvi, indec. Rab-
boni, a title of high honour in the Jewish
schools; see in Ῥαββί. Mark 10, 51. John
20, 16.

ῥαβδίζω, f. iow, (ῥάβδος,) to beat with
a rod or stick, absol. Acts 16, 22. 2 Cor. 11,
25 τρὶς ἐῤῥαβδίσϑην, where on v. 24 comp.
Deut. 25, 3 and Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21, 28.
Sept. for 20" Judg. 6,11. Ruth 2, 17—
Diod. Sic. 19. 101. Aristoph. Lys. 587.

ῥάβδος, ov, 7, 1. @ rod, stick, staff,
genr. Heb. 9, 4 ἡ ῥάβδος ᾿Ααρών. Rev. 11, 1.
Sept. and 2 Ex. 4, 2. 4. (Ceb. Tab.
4. Luc. D. Mort. 23. 3.) For chastising,
scourging, 1 Cor. 4, 21. Sept. and 7072
Is. 9,3; 028 Prov. 10, 13. Ex. 21, 20.
So Plut. Poplic. 6. Xen. Eq. 8. 4.—For
leaning upon, walking, a staff, Matt. 10,
10. Mark 6, 8. Luke 9, 3. Heb. 11, 21
ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τῆς ῥάβδου, in allusion to
Gen. 47, 31 where Sept. as if for ΠΏ,
not ΓΙ as the Hebrew reads ; comp. 1 K.

,

646

Papa

P.

1,47. Sept. also for "82 Gen. 38, 13;
ΤΩΣ Ex. 20, 19.

2. "Spec. a@ sceptre, as if the staff or wand
of office ; Heb. 1, 8 bis, ῥάβδος εὐθύτητος ἡ
ῥάβδος ie Hic taias σου, quoted from Ps.
45,'7 where Sept. for ¥23. Rev. 2, 27. 12,
5. 19, 15. So Sept. and paw Ps. 2, 9;
MQ Ps. 110, 2.

ῥαβδοῦχος, ov, ὃ, (ῥάβδος, ἔχω.) α rod-
holder, α lictor, Acts 16, 35. 38. The lic-
tor was an officer or sort of sergeant who
attended on the superior magistrates of Ro-
man cities and colonies and executed their
decrees; so called as bearing the Roman
fasces or bundle of rods; comp. Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 178. Dict. of Antt. arts. Fas-
ces, Lictor—Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 5. Plut.
Marcell. 29. Hdian. '7. 8. 10.

‘Payad, ὃ, indec. Ragau, Heb. 37
(friend sc. of God) Reu, pr. n. m. Luke 3,
35; see Gen. 11, 18 sq.

ῥᾳδιούργημα, ατος. τό, (ῥᾳδιουργέω, ῥᾳ-
διουργός, from ῥᾷδιος, ἔργον.) pr. what is
done lightly, recklessly ;’ hence in a bad
sense, a reckless deed, wickedness, crime, Acts
18, 14.—Luc. Calumn. 20. ‘Plut. Pyrrh. 6.

padioupyia, as, ἡ, (see ῥᾳδιούργημα,)
ease or lightness of doing, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
34; levity in doing, indolence, effeminacy,
Xen. Ag. 11. 6. Lac. 14. 4.—In N. T.
recklessness, wickedness, mischief, Acts 13,
10. So Pol. 12. 10. & Diod. Sic. 5. 11.
Plut. Cato Min. 16.

pakd, indec. raca, a word of contempt,
Matt. 5, 22; prob. from Chald. 82") (Heb.
P™) empty, worthless, foolish, which occurs
often in the Talmudic writings as a term of
reproach and contempt ; Buxtorf. Lex.
Chald. 2254. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. et Wetst.
in Matt. 1. ¢.

ῥάκος, εος; ous, τό, (ῥήσσω, ῥήγνυμι.) 4
piece torn off, α rag, a torn garment, Sept.
Is. 64, 6. Ceb. Tab. 10. Aristoph. Plut.
540.—In N. T. genr. a piece, remnant, of
cloth; Matt. 9, 16 et Mark 2, 21 ἐπίβλημα
ῥάκους ἀγνάφου, i. q. ἐπίβλημα ἱματίου και-
νοῦ in Luke 5, 36. So Hdot. 7. 76.

“Papa, ἡ, indec. Ramah, Heb. 72%
(a height), pr. n. ofa city of Benjamin, five
or six Roman miles north of Jerusalem, be-
tween Gibeah and Bethel; Matt. 2, 18,
quoted from Jer. 31,15. It seems to have

ῥαντιζω 647

been the rendezvous where Nebuzaradan
collected the Jewish captives for their de-
parture into exile, Jer. 40, 1; see in Ραχήλ.
—Comp. Judg. 19,13. Jos. Ant. 8. 12,3
‘Papatav, πόλις σταδίους ἀπέχουσα Ἵεροσο-
λύμων τεσσαράκοντα. § 4. Bibl. Res, in Pa-
lest. II. p. 315. Now er-Ram.

ῥαντίζω, f. ἰσω, (ῥαντός, paive,) to
sprinkle, to besprinkle, c. acc. Heb. 9, 13
σποδὸς δαμάλεως ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς κεκοινω-
μένους, in allusion to Num. 19, 2 sq. 17.
Heb. 9, 19. 21, comp. Ex. 24, 6. 8. Sept.
for 732 Lev. 6, 20 [27]. 2K. 9, 33. So
Athen. 12. p. 521. a—Symbol. for to purify,
to cleanse, in a moral sense; Heb. 10, 22
ἐῤῥαντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως
πονηρᾶς, for the accus. comp. Buttm. § 131.
7. So Sept. for SOF Ps. 51, 9.

ῥαντισμός, ov, 6, (ῥαντίζω,) pr. a
sprinkling, meton. purification, cleansing ;
Heb, 12, 24 αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, blood of (for)
sprinkling, cleansing ; so Sept. ὕδωρ ῥαν-
τισμοῦ for Heb. 32 Num. 19,9. 13, 20.21.
—1 Pet. 1, 2 ἐκλεκτοῖς ... εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ
ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος “I. Xp. and unto sprink-
ling with the blood of Jesus, to be cleansed
through his blood, comp. 1 John 1,7. Not
found in Greek writers,

ῥαπίξω, f. iow, (amis, ῥάβδος.) to beat
with a rod or stick, Hdot. 7. 35, ib. 8. 59.
—Later and in N. T. io slap with the open
hand, to smite, espec. the cheeks or ears,
c. acc. Matt. 5, 39 ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει ἐπὶ τὴν
δεξιάν cov. Absol. Matt. 26, 67. So Sept.
Hos. 11, 4. Luc. D. Meretr. 8. 1, 2. Dem.
787. 23. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 175 sq.

ῥάπισ͵ a, ατος, τό, (ῥαπίζω,) a blow
with the open hand, a slap, cuff, espec. on
the cheeks or ears, Mark 14, 65 of ὑπηρεταὶ
ῥαπίσμασι αὐτὸν ἔβαλλον. John 18, 22. 19,
3.—Sept. Is. 50, 6. Alciphr. III. Ep. 6, '70.
Luc. D. Meretr. 8.2. Found only in late
writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 175 sq.

pais, ios, ἡ, (ῥάπτω,) a needle, Matt.
19, 24. Mark 10, 25. Luke 18, 25.—Hip-
pocr. de Morb. 2. 26. Nicet. Annal. 8. 4.
p. 136. a. Poll. On. 10. 31. The earlier
word was βελόνη, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 90.

“Ραχάβ, ἡ, indee. Rachab, Heb. 37
Rahab, the wife of Salmon, Matt. 1, 5.
Prob. the same with Rahab of Jericho, see
in Ῥαάβ ; since Nahshon the father of Sal-
mon was the leader of the tribe of Judah at
the breaking up from Mount Sinai, Num.
10, 14; and therefore his son would be
contemporary with the fall of Jericho about
forty years later. _The express mention of

“Ῥήγιον

ἡ Ῥαχάβ in the genealogical table as an
historical person, as also of ἡ “Pov® after-
wards, is in favour of this supposition.

“Ῥαχήλ, ἡ, indec. Rachel, Heb. ἘΠῚ
(ewe-lamb), the younger wife of Jacob, and
mother of Joseph and Benjamin. Matt. 2,
18 φωνὴ ἐν Papa ἠκούσϑη ... Ῥαχὴλ κλαί-
ουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, quoted from Jer. 31,
15, where Rachel, the ancestress of the
tribe of Benjamin, is introduced as bewail-
ing the departure of her descendants into
exile, from Ramah their place of rendez-
vous ; see Jer. 40, 1—On the sepulchre
of Rachel, on the way from Jerusalem to
Bethlehem, and 25 minutes from the latter
place, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322.
Il. p. 157.

“Ῥεβέκκα, ys, ἡ, Rebecca, Heb. R37
(a noose) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac, Rom.
9, 10. :

ῥέδη, ns, ἡ, Lat. rheda, a carriage with
four wheels for travelling, a chariot, Rev.
18, 13.—So rheda Cic. pro Mil. 10. The
word is of Gallic origin, Quinctil. 1. 5. 68.
Ces. B. Gall. 1. 51. Comp. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 554. Dict. of Antt. art. Rheda.

“Ῥεμφάν v. “Peddy, ὃ, indec. Rem-
phan, Rephan, Acts 7, 43, quoted from
Amos 5, 26 where Sept. ‘Paspay for Heb.
72 Chiun. The LXX held }'*2 to be
the pr. name of an idol ; and changing 5 to ἢ
wrote it ‘Pasay, ἹῬηφάν, which by the fur-
ther corruption of transcribers became ‘Pep-
φάν, ‘Pepav. It has been assumed, on
doubtful authority, that ‘Parpay was an
Egyptian word denoting Saturn. The Sy-
rian Version translates }'*> directly by Sa-
turn, i.e. the planet Saturn, which the
Semitic nations worshipped along with
Mars as an evil demon ; see Gesen. Comm.
on Is. Il. p. 348. Others more correctly
hold }5*2 to be simply i. 4. @ statue or sta-
tues, and read, the statues of your idols, the
star of your god, i. e. some planet is under-
stood, which Jerome conjectured to be Lu-
cifer or Venus. See Heb. Lex. art. 4352.
Winer Realw. art. Remphan. Jablonski
Opusce. ed. te Water, II. p. 1.

ῥέω, f. ῥεύσω, Att. fit. ῥεύσομαι, Winer
ἡ 15. Buttm. ὁ 114. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 739;
to flow, absol. John 7, 38 ποταμοὶ... ῥεύσου-
σιν ὕδατος ζῶντος. Sept. for 351 Lev. 15, 3;
d12 Jer. 9, 17.—Hdian. 7. 1. 17. Xen. An.
1. 2. 7, 8.

ῥέω, obsol. to speak, see in εἶπον.

“Ῥήγιον, ov, τό, Rhegium, a city on the
coast near the S. W. extremity of Italy,

ῥῆγμα
now Rheggio, opposite Messina in Sicily,
Acts 28, 13.—Comp. Diod. Sic. 4. 85.
Plin. H. N. 3. 14.

ῥῆγμα, ατος, τό, (ῥήγνυμι.) a rend-
mg, breach, ruin, Luke 6,49. Sept. for

B"s"pa Am. 6, 11.—Pol. 13. 6. 8. Dem.
294. 21.

ῥήγνυμι, £. £o, also ῥήσσω a poetic
and later form, Mark 2, 22. 9, 18. Sept.
1 K. 11, 31. Hom. Il. 18.571; comp. Me-
ris p. 337. Thom. Mag. p. '788.—To rend,
to break, to tear.

1, Of things, to rend, to burst, e. g. lea-
ther bottles or skins, c. acc. Mark 2, 22.
Luke 5, 37 ῥήξει ὁ νεὸς οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς.
Pass, Matt. 9,17. Sept. for 523 Num. 16,
31. Josh. 9,13; 5} Job 2, 12.—Lue. Ὁ.
Deor. 17. 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 59. Xen. Cyr.
1. 6. 16.

2. As to persons, to rend, to tear, to lace-
rate, as dogs, Matt.'7,6. Also to tear down,
to dash to the ground, as a demon one pos-
sessed, Mark 9, 18. Luke 9, 42 ἔῤῥηξεν
αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ συνεσπάραξεν. Sept.
for το Is. 13, 16.—Wisd. 4,19. Artemid.
1. 60 ῥῆξαι τὸν ἀντίπαλον, of a wrestler.

3. Trop. and absol. to break forth, e. g.
into rejoicing and praise, Gal. 4, 27 ῥῆξον
καὶ βόησον κτλ. quoted from Is. 54,1 where
Sept. for "£8 .—Usually c. acc. of manner
or thing, as Sept. ῥῆξαι εὐφροσύνην for
MM MLB Is. 49,13. 52,95; ῥῆξαι φωνήν,
Lat. rumpere vocem, Hdot. 5. 93. Artemid.
2. 12. Aristoph. Nub. 960 or 963.

ῥῆμα, aros, τό, (ῥέω, see in εἶπον,) whal
15 spoken, word, saying.

1. Pr. a@ word, as uttered by the living
voice, Plur. ra ῥήματα, words; Acts 6, 11
ῥήματα βλάσφημα. ν. 13. 10, 44. 26, 25.
Heb. 12,19. Sept. for "3 Gen. 27, 34. 42;
“78 Ps. 5, 1.—Hdian. 1.8. 12. Dem. 1457.
18. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 34.

2. Collect. word, also Plur. words, i. q.
ἃ saying, speech, discourse.

a) Genr. Matt. 12,36 πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργόν,
see inwpyds no. 2. 26,75 καὶ ἐμνήσϑη ὁ I.
τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Mark 9, 32. 14,72.
Luke 1, 38. 2, 17. 19. 50. 51.. 7,1. 9, 45
bis. 18, 34. 20, 26, 24, 8.11. John 8, 20.
Acts 2, 14. 11, 16. 16, 38. 28, 25. 2 Cor.
12, 4. Rom. 10, 18 quoted from Ps. 19, 5
where Sept. for 6°22. Sept. and "23
Job 15, 3. 31, 40.—Paleph. 50. 1. Dem.
1462. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 15.

Ὁ) In the N. T. usage, often like Heb.
“33, in special senses depending on the
adjuncts or context; comp. in εἶπον no. 2.

ζ΄

648 ῥησσω

E. g. a) α charge, accusation, Matt. 5,
11. 27,14. So Matt. 18,16 et 2 Cor. 13,
1, in allusion to Deut. 19, 15 where Sept.
for "23; comp. Num. 14, 36. β)} a pre-

rr?)
diction, prophecy, 6. g. ῥήματα προειρημένα,
2 Pet. 3,2. Jude 17. So ῥήματα rod ϑεοῦ
Rev. 17,17 Rec. γ)ὴ α promise, 6. g. from
God, Luke 2, 29. Heb. 6, 5 καλὸν yevod-
μενοι Seov ῥῆμα. So Sept. and "371 K.
8, 20. 12,16. 8) a command, Luke 5, 5;
ῥῆμα τοῦ Seod, word of God, his omnipotent
decree, Heb. 11, 3; impl. Heb. 1,3. Also
Matt, 4, 4 et Luke 4, 4 οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ
ζήσεται ὁ ἄνδρωπος, GAN ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι
ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος ϑεοῦ, i. 6. upon
every thing which God supplies through
his creative word, quoted from Deut. 8, 3
where Sept. λα ΣΝ
spoken in reference to the manna. Sept. for
"237 Josh. 1, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 29; M29
Ῥτον. 8,1. ¢) Spoken of a teicher, word
or words, discourse, teaching, doctrine, 6. σ΄.
τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς Acts 5, 20, see in ζωή
no. 3. b. Acts 10, 22 ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ
σοῦ. 11,14 ds λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε. 13,
42. So ῥῆμα, ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως, ῥῆμα ϑεοῦ
v. κυρίου, the word, word of faith, word of
God, i. 6. the doctrines arid promises re-
vealed and taught from God, the gospel as
preached, Rom. 10, 8 bis, comp. Deut. 30,
14 where Sept..for ἈΞ of the Mosaic dis-
pensation. Acts 10, 37 comp. 36. Rom. 10,
17. Eph. 5, 26. 6,17. 1 Pet. 1, 25 bis.
Of Jesus, ra ῥήματα, John 5, 47 πῶς τοῖς
ἐμοῖς ῥήμασι κτὰ. 6, 63. 68. 10,21. 12,47.
48. 14, 10. 1,7; τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ ϑεοῦ, the
words or doctrine received from God, John
3, 34. 8, 47. 17, 8 ὦ Luke 3, 2 ἐγένετο
ῥῆμα Seov ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωάννην, the word of God, an
oracle, effatum, from God, corresponding to
Heb. bs mint "27 MN, Sept. ῥῆμα, Gen.
15, 1. Jer. 6, ‘10, comp. ᾿ 1; oftener Sept.
λόγος Jer. 1, 4. 11. Ez. 3, 16. 6, 1.

3. Meton. from the Heb. something spo-
ken of ; hence genr. a thing, matter, affair.
Luke 2, 15 ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ yey
vos. 1, θὅ διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα.
Acts 5, 32. So Sept. and "23 Gen. 21, 11.
1 Sam. 4,17. 12,16; Plur. Gen. 20, 8.
40, 1. Ezra 7, 1. So 1 Macc. 5, 37.—Also
οὐ... «πᾶν ῥῆμα, the neg. ov being joined
with the verb, see in οὐ no. 1. c; equiv. to
nothing at all, nothing whatever; Luke 1,
37 οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τῷ ϑεῷ πᾶν ῥῆμα.
Comp. Sept. Gen. 18, 14. Deut. 17, 8.

“Pnod, 6, indec. Rhesa, pr. n. m. Luke
3, 27.

es ἢ :
βήσσω, see in ῥήγνυμι.

ῥήτωρ 649 “Ροδη.

| ρήτωρ, opos, ὃ, (obs. ῥέω,) α΄ speaker,
orator, advocate, Acts 24, 1.--- Ζ}. V. Η. 9.
19. Dem. 303. 15. Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 15.
ῥητῶς, adv. (ῥητός, obs. ῥέω,) in express
words, expressly, 1 Tim. 4, 1.—Sext. Em-

pir. adv. Log. 1. 8 6 Ξενοφῶν ῥητῶς φήσιν.

Strabo 1. p. 4. b. Pol. 2. 23. ὅ.

ῥίζα, as, ἡ, 1. α root; Matt. 3, 10 et
Luke 3, 9 ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δέν-
δρων κεῖται. Mark 11, 20 ἐκ ῥιζῶν from the
roots, wholly. Also od ἔχειν ῥίζαν, to have
no root, to not take deep root, Matt. 13, 6.
Mark 4, 6; trop. of those not rooted and
established in faith and doctrine, Matt. 13,
21. Mark 4, 17. Luke 8, 13. Sept. for
ws Ez. 17,6. 7. 9; ἐκ ῥιζῶν Job 28, 9.
So Luc. Amor. 33. 45}. V. H. 2. 14. Xen.
Ec. 17. 12, 13.—Trop. the root, cause,
source of any thing, 1 Tim. 6, 10 ῥίζα τῶν
κακῶν. (Ecclus. 1, 6. 20. Wisd. 15, 3.)
Also retaining the figure of a root, Rom.
11, 16. 17. 18 bis; where Paul makes
Abraham and the Jewish people the root
from which the gospel dispensation with its
blessings has sprung, into which root and
stem the Gentiles are ingrafted. Heb. 12,
15 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας, lest some root of bit-
terness, i. e. a wicked person whose exam-
ple is poisonous (comp. v. 16), in allusion
to Deut. 29, 17 where Sept. for 87%; comp.
in πικρία.

2. Meton. from the Heb. ὦ sprout, shoot,
from the root; only trop. for offspring, a
descendant ; Rom. 15, 12 ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί,
in allusion to Is. 11,10 where Sept. and
tin; comp. Is. 11, 1. Also Rev. 5, 5.
22, 16.—Ecclus. 47, 22. 1 Mace. 1, 11.

ῥιζόω, ἃ ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ῥίζα,) to root, to let
take root; Pass. or Mid. to be or become
rooted, to take root, Theophr. Hist. Pl. 2. 5.
6. ib. 8. 5. 4. Later intrans. to take root,
Sept. for Po. win Is. 40, 24. Jer. 12, 2.—
In N. T. only Pass. trop. to be rooted,
strengthened with roots, to be firmly fixed,
constant. Eph. 3,18 ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἐῤῥιζωμένοι.
Col. 2, 7. So Hdot. 1. 60, 64. Plut. de
Liber. educ. 9 ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν τις ῥιζώσῃ τὴν δύ-
ναμιν κτὰ. Plato Ep. 336. b.

ῥιπή, ῆς; ἡ: (ῥίπτω.) a throw, cast, jerk,
as of a stone or weapon, Hom. Il. 12. 462.
Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4. 851; @ rush or gust
of wind, Hom. Il. 15. 171. Soph. Antig.
137. Plat. non posse suav. viv. 23.—In
N. T. a jerk of the eye, a wink, twinkling ;
1 Cor. 15, 52 ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφϑαλμοῦ, in a mo-
ment of time, Germ. Augenblick; comp.
Luke 4, 5. So Eustath. in Il. 6. p. 1024,

24 ἐν βραχυτάτῃ χρόνου ῥιπῇ.

ῥιπίζω, f. iow, (ῥιπίς, ῥίπτω,) pr. “ to
put in motion ;’ hence, to fan, to blow, to
blow up, e. g. fire, fuel, Aristot. de Admi-
rand. τινὰς λίϑους of καίονται; ... ῥιπιζό-
μενοι σβέννυνται ταχέως. Anthol. Gr. IL.
Ρ. 20. 6; to πῆ ἃ person, Anthol. Gr. IIL.
Ρ. 42. 5..Plut. M. Anton. 26.—In N. T.
genr. to move to and fro, to toss, to agitate,
as καρ λρως Pass. James_1, 6 κλύδωνι ϑαλάσ-
- ῥιπιζομένῳ. So Philo in Wetst.
N. T. ad loc. εἰ μὴ πρὸς ἀνέμου ῥιπίζοιτο τὸ
ὕδωρ. Dio Chrys. 33. p. 368. b.

ῥυπτέω, &, (collat. ῥίπτω,) only in pres.
and imperf. as a frequentative, to throw or
cast repeatedly, Hdot. 4. 188. Pol. 1. 47. 4.
Xen. Conv. 2. 8; see Buttm. ᾧ 112. n. 4.
§ 114. Passow s. voc.—In N. T. only Acts
22, 23 ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱματία, throwing up
or tossing their outer garments in the air,
as also dust, in approbation and furtherance
of the uproar. This was customary in
theatres and other assemblies, e. g. Luc.
de Salt. 83 réye Séarpov ἅπαν .. . ἐπήδων
καὶ ἐβόων καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας ἀπεῤῥίπτουν.
Aristenet. I. 26 ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἀνέστηκε ...
καὶ τὼ χεῖρε κινεῖ, καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα σοβεῖ.
Ovid. Amor. 8. 274 ‘et date jactatis un-
dique signa togis.’

ῥίπτω, f. ψω, 1. to throw, to cas,
with a sudden motion, fo hurl, to jerk, with
acc. and eis c. acc. Luke 4, 35 ῥίψαν αὐτὸ
τὸ δαιμόνιον εἰς μέσον. 17, 2; ἐν τῷ ναῷ
Matt. 27, 5. With acc. and ἐκ 6. gen. to
cast oul, Acts 27, 29 ἐκ πρύμνης ῥίψαντες
ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας, SC. ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου. Vv. 19.
For Acts 22, 23 see in ῥιπτέω. Sept. for
jen Gen. 37, 19. 23. Ex. 1, 22. Judg.
9,53. Soc. eis Ceb. Tab. 10. Xen. An. 3.
3.13; ἐκ Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 13. 2. Dem. 798.
25.—In a milder sense, /o put or lay down,
as sick persons, ὦ. ace. Matt. 15, 30 ἔῤῥι-
Wav αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ "I. Comp.
Sept. and 77>wn 2K. 2, 16. So Wisd.
11, 14. Dem. 413. 11 οὐκ ἔχειν ὅπου τὰ éav-
τοῦ ῥίπτει.

2. to cast forth, to throw apart, to scatler,
Pass. Part. perf. ἐῤῥιμμένος, cast forth,
scattered, Matt. 9, 36.—Diod. Sic. 13. 9
τῶν Συρακουσίων ... κατὰ τὸν διωγμὸν
ἐῤῥιμμένων. Pol. 5. 48. 2.

‘PoBodp, 6, indee. Roboam, Heb.
Dea (he enlarges the people) Rehoboam,
pr. n. of the son and successor of Solomon,
from whom the ten tribes revolted, Matt. 1,
7 bis. See 1 K. 6. 12. Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 1 sq.

“Ρόδη, ης, ἡ, Rhoda, pr. n. of a hand.
maid, Acts 12, 13.

“Ρόδος

“Ῥόδος, ov, ἡ, Rhodes, Acts 91, 1; ἃ
celebrated island, the southeasternmost of
the Sporades, lying off the coast of Caria
in Asia Minor. Its capital was also.called
Rhodes, and was remarkable for the famous
Colossus. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III.
p- 375. Pococke Descr. of the East, II. i.
Ρ. 237.

ῥοιζηδόν, adv. (ῥοιζέω, poitos,) with
rushing sound, with great noise, with a
crash, 2 Pet. 3, 10.—Hesych. ῥοιζηδόν "
σφοδρῶς nynrixéy. Hero ap. Musaeum
339 ῥοιζηδὸν προκάρηνος ἀπ᾽ ἠλιβάτου πέσε
πύργου. Lycophr. 66.

ῥομφαία, ἃς, ἡ, a sword, sabre, pr. ἃ
long and broad sword used espec. by the
Thracians, and-carried on the right shoul-
der, Plut. Paul. Aim. 18 πρῶτοι δὲ of Θρᾷ-
kes... ὀρϑδὰς δὲ ῥομφαίας βαρυσιδήρους
ἀπὸ τῶν δεξιῶν ὥμων éemioeciovres.—In N. T.
genr. a sword, Rey. 1, 16 ῥομφαία δίστο-
μος ὀξεῖα. 2, 12. 16. 6,8. 19, 15, 21. Trop.
Luke 2, 35 σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύ-
σεται ῥομφαία, i, 6. anguish of soul shall
come upon. thee. Sept. for am Ex. 32,
26. Ez. 5, 1. So Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 4 ἡ
ῥομφαία τοῦ Τολιάϑου. 7. 12. 1.

“Ρουβήν, ὃ, indec. Reuben, Heb. sa
(see, a son!) pr. n. of the eldest son of Ja-
cob, born of Leah, Gen, 29, 32 sq.—In
N. T. the tribe of Reuben, Rey. 7, 5.

Pow, ἡ, indec. Ruth, Heb. ny (female

friend), pr. n. of a Moabitess, afterwards
the wife of Boaz, Matt. 1, 5.

“Ῥοῦφος, ov, ὁ, Rufus, pr. ἢ. of a Chris-
tian, Mark 15, 21. Rom, 16, 13.

ῥύμη, ης, ἡ, (obs. ῥύω, ἐρύω.) impetus, im-
pulse, onset, i. q. ὁρμή, Jos. Ant. 7. 10. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31.—In the later usage and
N. T. a street, lane, alley of a city, in dis-
tinction from ἡ πλατεῖα q. v. Matt. 6, 2.
Luke 14, 21 εἰς τὰς πλατείας καὶ ῥύμας τῆς
πόλεως. Acts 9,11. 12, 10. Sept. for sh
Is. 15,3. So Ecclus. 9,7. Pol. 6.29. 1!
See Lob, ad Phryn. p. 404. Sturz de Dial.
Mac. p, 29. Wetstein N. T. 1. p. 319.

ῥύομαι, f. ῥύσομαι, Mid. depon. (obs.
pve, ἐρύω,) pr. to draw or snatch to oneself,
from danger, i. q. fo rescue, to deliver ; see
Passow sub v. Buttm. § 114. Aor. 1 ἐῤῥύ-
σϑην as Pass. Luke 1, 74. al. see Buttm.
§113.n.6—E.g. α) With acc. simpl.
Matt. 27, 43 ῥυσάσθω viv αὐτόν. 2 Pet. 2,
7. Absol. Rom. 11, 26 6 ῥυόμενος, the de-
liverer, quoted from Is. 59, 20 where Sept.
for >xi. Sept. genr. for dyg Is. 48, 20 ;
bn Ex. 2, 19. Is. 5,30. So All. V. H.

650

“Ῥωμαῖος
4. 5. Hdian. 1. 1ὅ. 12. β) With an ad-
junct from whence ; e.g. with ἀπό c. gen.
Matt. 6, 13 ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ.
[Luke 11, 4.1 Rom, 15, 31. 1 Thess. 1, 10.
2 Thess. 3, 2. 2 Tim. 4, 18. Sept. for
72 2°82 Sam. 19, 9. Prov. 11, 4; 2°8in
3 Ez. 37, 23. With éx.c. gen. Rom. 7,
24 ris pe ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος κτλ.
2 Cor. 1, 10 ter. Col. 1, 13. 2 Tim. 8, 1),
2 Pet. 2,9. Pass. Luke 1, 74. 2 Tim. 4,
17. Sept. for 7a buy Gen. 48,16; d93n
yo Judg. 8,34. 2 Sam. 22,49. So c. ἐκ
Jos. Vit. 15. Diod. Sic. 12. 53. Hdot. 5. 49.
ῥυπαρεύομαι, Mid. depon. (ῥυπαρός,)
to be filthy, trop. Rev. 22,11 Grb. and later.
The form is of very doubtful authority ; see
Passow.

. ῥυπαρία, as, ἡ, (ῥυπαρός,) filth, filthi-
ness, trop. ina moral sense, James 1, 21.
—Plut. de Adul. et Amic. 19. Id. Critias
47.

ῥυπαρός, d, dv, (ῥύπος,) filthy, foul,
dirty, James 2, 2 πτωχὸς ἐν ῥυπαρᾷ ἐσθῆτι.
Trop. in a moral sense, Rev. 22, 11 Grb.
Sept. for xix Zech. 3, 3. 4.—Jos. Ant. 7.
11. 3 pumapdy ἐσθῆτα. Ceb. Tab. 10. El.
V. H. 14.10. Trop. Act. Thom, 13 ῥυπαρὰ
ἐπιϑυμία.

ῥύπος, ov, ὁ, filth, filthiness, 1 Pet. 8,
21 οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόϑεσις ῥύπου. Sept. for
xnav Job 14, 4; mx Is. 4, 4.—Lue. Ana-
char. 29. Pol. 82. 7. 8. Plato Parm. 130, c.

ῥυπόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ῥύπος, poet. for ῥυ-
πάω,) to be filthy, trop. in Rec. Rev. 22, 11
bis, ὁ ῥυπῶν, ῥυπωσάτω ért.—Hom. Od. 23.
115. Act. Thom. § 52 ἐσθὴς ῥερυπωμένη.

pio tS, ews, 7, (péw,) a flowing, flux,
8. δ. τοῦ αἵματος Mark 5, 25. Luke 8, 43.
44. Sept. for ait Lev. 15, 24 sq.— El. V.
H. 6. 6 τὴν ῥ. τοῦ αἵματος. Pol. 2. 16, 6 of
a current. Plato Legg. 944. b.

ῥυτίς, i8os, ἡ, (obs. ῥύω, ἐρύω,) a fold,
wrinkle, which draws together, contracts ;
trop. Eph. 5, 27.—Aristoph. Plut. 1051.
Diod. Sic. 4. 51. Plato Conv. 190. e.

ῥύω, see pvopat. ‘
“Ῥωμαϊκός, ἡ, dv, (Ῥώμη,) Roman, Luxe
23, 38.—Jos. de Vit. '71. Hdian. 5. 5. 6.

“Ρωμαῖος, ov, 6, (Ῥώμη,) a Roman, a
Roman citizen, Acts 2, 10. 16, 21. 37. 38.
22, 25. 26. 27. 29. 23,27. Genr. of ‘Po-
patio, the Romans, John 11, 48. Acts 25,
16. 28, 17.—Sing. Hdian. 4, 10. 11. Plur.
Jos. Vit. 71. Hdian, 1. 12. 11. Plut.
Pomp. 1. ΜΝ *

“Ρωμαϊστί 651

“Ρωμαϊστί, adv. (Ῥώμη,) in the Roman
tongue, in Latin, John 19, 20 καὶ ἦν γεγραμ-
μένον Ἕβραϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί, ‘Popaiori. On
the signification of adverbs in -ἰστί see

. Buttm. § 119. 15. ¢.

Ῥώμη, ns, 4, Rome, the city, Acts 18,
2. 19,21. 23, 11. 28, 14. 16. Rom. 1, 7.
15. 2 Tim. 1, 17.—Hdian. 2. 14. 10. Plut.
Pomp. 27. .

ῥώννυμι, f. ῥώσω, to strengthen, to
onake firm, Plut. Camill. 37 pacas τὸ σῶμα

caBaxSavi,sabachthani,Chald."3np 3%,
thou hast forsaken me, from τ. P29 to leave,
to forsake, 2 pers. Sing. c. suff. Matt. 27,
46 et Mark 15, 34, quoted from Ps. 22, 2
where Chald. for Heb. "28312 id.

σαβαώδ, Sabaoth, Heb. MINS, i. 6.
hosts, armies, Plur. of wax host. Hence
Sept. κύριος ca8ad3 i. ᾳ. Heb. MINIS HIN,
Lord of Hosts, i. e. of the angelic hosts ;
comp. 2 Chr. 18, 18. Ps. 103, 21. Luke 2,
13.—In N. T. in the like sense, κύριος
σαβαώϑξ, Lord of Sabaoth, Lord of Hosts,
James 5, 4. Rom. 9,29 quoted from Is. 1,9
where Sept. for Heb, “S M}M, as also 2, 12.
6, 3. al. The general sense is Jehovah
Omnipotent, and the LXX often translate it
by παντοκράτωρ q. v. See more in Heb.
Lex. art. 83 no. 2. Ὁ.

σαββατισμός, ov, ὁ, (σαββατίζω, σάβ-
Barov,) sabbatism, pr. a keeping sabbath, a
lying by from labour, rest ; in N. T. only
of an eternal rest with God, Heb. 4, 9.
The Rabbins employ the same figure, see
Scheettg. Hor. Heb. ad loc,—Plut. de Su-
perst. 8.

σάββατον, ov, τό, the sabbath, Heb.
maw, pr. rest, a lying by from labour, see
Heb. Lex. τ. 28. Plur. ra σάββατα,
mostly for the Singular ; originally perh.
an imitation of the Aramean form 892%;
or else after the analogy of other names of
festivals, as τὰ ἐγκαίνια, τὰ γενέσια, τὰ ἄζυ-
pa, also οἱ γάμοι, nuptials ; see Winer, ὁ 27.
3. n. Plur. dat. τοῖς σάββασι, Matt.
12, 1. 5. al. Meleag. 83. 4; as if from a
nominat. σάββατ, "3%; Winer ᾧ 8. 2. n.

1. Pr. the sabbath, the Jewish sabbath, the
seventh day of the week, kept originally by
a total cessation from all labour, even to

σάββατον

διαγωνίσασϑαι. Pass. Plut. Coriol. 94 εὐτὺς
ἤσϑετο ῥωννύμενον αὑτοῦ τὸ σῶμα. id. Ro-
mul. 25. Oftener Pass. perf. ἔῤῥωμαι as
present, to be strong, well, 8 Mace. 3, 13.
Luc. Somn. 5. Gall. 23. Xen. Cic. 10. 5.
Comp. Buttm. §113. 7. °§114.—In N. T.
only imperat. ἔῤῥωσο; as a formula at the
end of a letter, like Lat. vale, Engl. fare-
well ; Acts 23, 30 ἔῤῥωσο. 15,29 ἔῤῥωσϑε.
So 2 Mace. 11, 21. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 33.
Artemid. 3. 44 ἴδιον πάσης ἐπιστολῆς τὸ
χαῖρε καὶ ἔῤῥωσο λέγειν.

the kindling of a fire ; but apparently with-
out any public solemnities except an addi-
tion to the daily sacrifice in the tabernacle
and the changing of the shew-bread; see
Ex. 20, 8 sq. 31, 12 sq. Lev. 24, 8. Num.
15, 32 sq. 28, 9. Jos. Ant. 13. 1.3. ib. 13.
8. 4. ib. 14. 4.2. Β..1. 1.7. 8. The cus-
tom of reading the Scriptures in the public
assemblies and synagogues, appears to have
been introduced after the exile ; Neh. ὁ. 8.
Luke 4, 16 sq. E. g.

a) Sing. τὸ σάββατον as Nom. Mark
2,27 τὸ σάβ. διὰ τὸν ἄνϑρ. Luke 23, 54.
John ὅ, 9. 10. 9,14;-as Acc. Matt. 12, 5
τὸ σάβ. βεβηλοῦσι. Mark 2,27 οὐχ ὁ ἄνϑρ.
διὰ τὸ σάββατον. Luke 23, 56. John 5, 18.
9, 16. Acts 13, 27. 42. 15,21. 18,43 τοῦ
σαββάτου Matt. 12, 8. Mark 2, 28. 6, 2.
16, 1. Luke 6, 5. Acts 1, 12 see in ὁδός no.
2. b; also ἡμέρα τοῦ σαββάτου Luke 13,
14. 16. 14,5. John 19,31. Dat. τῷ σαβ-
βάτῳ Luke 13, 14. 15. 14, 1. 3. Acts 13,
44; ἐν σαββάτῳ Matt. 12, 2. 24, 20. Luke
6, 1. 6.'7. John 5, 16. '7, 22. 23 bis. 19, 31.
So genr. Sept. for M2Y Ex. 31, 13. 2K.
4, 23. Neh. 10,31. 13, 15.—Jos. B. J. 2.
17. 10. de Vit. §32.

b) Plural. a) In a plural signif. Acts
17, 2 ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία. Col. 2, 16. So
Sept. Is. 1,13. Hos. 2,11. 8) Elsewhere
only in Gen. and Dat. i. q. Sing. see above
init. E. g. Gen. ray σαββάτων, Matt.
28, 1 ὀψὲ δὲ σαββάτων see in ὀψέ πο. 2;
also ἡμέρα τῶν σαββάτων Luke 4, 16. Acts
13,14. 16,13. Dat. rots σάββασι, see
above init. Matt. 12,1. 5. 10. 11. 12. Mark
1, 21. 3, 2. 4. Luke 6,9; ἐν τοῖς σάββασι
Mark 2, 23. 24. Luke 4, 31. 6,2. 13,10,
—Jos. Ant. 1. 1. 15 ἡμέρα τῶν caf. Sept.
Ex. 35, 3. Deut. 5, 12. 1 Mace. 2, 34. Jos,
Ant. 12. 6 23; τοῖς σάββασι 1 Mace, 2, 38,

σαγηνὴ

Jos, Ant. 18. 8. 4. B. J. 1. 7. 3; but Sept.
Ae σαββάτοις Num. 28, 10. 2 Chr. 2, 4.
, 13.

2. Meton. a sabbath, put for the interval
‘from sabbath to sabbath ;’ hence a se’nnight,
week ; so espec. Luke 18, 12 νηστεύω dis
τοῦ σαββάτου. Elsewhere only after nu-
merals marking the days of the week;
Mark 16,9 πρώτῃ (ἡμέρᾳ) σαββάτου. Plur.
Matt. 28, 1 εἰς μίαν σαββάτων. Mark 16,2.
Luke 24, 1. John 20, 1. 19. Acts 20, 7.
1 Cor. 16, 2.—So Heb. MiMaY Sept. ἐβδο-
padas Lev. 23,15, comp. Deut. 16, 9; also
the Syriac Vers..Luke 18,12. In the Tal-
mudists the days of the week are written :
MII INN, “wasn, “wa wsdw, i. 6.
the first, second, third day in the sabbath
(week) ; see Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Matt.
28,1. Comp. Ideler Handb. der Chronol.
I. p. 481.

σαγήνη, ἢ 9) ἡ, (σαγή, σάττω.) a net,
drag-net, seine, used in fishing and drawn
to the shore, Matt. 13,47. Sept. for Dan
Kz. 26,5. 14.—Luc. Pisc. 51. 28}. H. A.
11. 12. Plut. de Superst. 8 fin.

Saddoveaios, ov, ὁ, α Sadducee ; Plur.
οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι, the Sadducees ; a sect of the
Jews, in opposition to the Pharisees and
Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2. ο. 8. Some derive
the name from Heb. ΡΞ or ΡΣ, gq. d. the
Just ; the Talmudists refer it to a certain
P1t% Sadok, who according to them lived
about three centuries before Christ and was
the founder of the sect. The Sadducees
rejected all traditions and unwritten laws,
which the Pharisees prized so highly ; and
held the Scriptures to be the only source
and rule of the Jewish religion. They de-
nied the existence of angels and spirits, as
well as an overruling providence ; and held
that the soul of man dies with the body,
rejecting of course the idea of a future state
of rewards and punishments. In their lives
and morals they were more strict than the
Pharisees ; and although their tenets were
not generally acceptable among the common
people, yet they were adopted by many of
the higher ranks. See espec. Jos. ]. c. and
also Ant. 13. 5. 9. ib. 13. 10. 6. ib. 18. 1.
4. ib. 20. 9.1. B. J. δ. 8. 14. Trigland de
tribus Judzor. Sectis Syntagma, Delft
1703, in Ugolini Thesaur. XXII. Winer
Realw. art. Sadducter. Descendants of
the Sadducees are apparently the modern
Karaites ; see Henderson’s Bibl. Research-

es and Travels.in Russia, p. 233 sq. 306 sq.
Trigland |. c. de Secta Karezorum, Delft
1703, in Ugolini 1. c—Matt. 3,7. 16, 1.

652

Σαλαμίς

6. 11. 12, 22, 23. 34. Mark 12,18. Luke
20, 27. Acts 4,1. 5, 17. 23, 6. 1. 8.

Σαδώκ, ὁ, indec. Sadok, Heb. Pir,
pr. n. of one of Jesus’ ancestors, Matt. 1,
14 bis.

σαίνω, f. ανῶ, (kindr. ceiw,) to wag, to
move to and fro, pr. of dogs and other ani-
mals which wag their tails in fondness,
££). V. H. 13. 41 [42]. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 12.
2; trop. to caress, to flatter, Luc. Mere.
Cond. 20. A&schy]. Choeph. 194.—In N. T.
trop. to move in mind, to disturb; Pass.
1 Thess. 3,3 τῷ μηδένα σαίνεσϑαι ἐν ταῖς
ϑλίψεσι ταύταις. So Diog. Laert. 8. 1. 21
οἱ δὲ σαινόμενοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ἐδάκρυον.
Eurip. Rhes. 55 σαίνει μ᾽ ἔννυχος φρυ-
κτώρια.

σάκκος, ov, 6, Heb. pv, Engl. sack-
ing, sackcloth, i. e. coarse black cloth com-
monly made of hair (Rev. 6, 12) and used
for straining (Heb. PRY), for sacks, and
for mourning-garments ; in the latter case
it was worn instead of the ordinary gar-
ments, or bound around the loins, or spread
under a person on the ground; see Jos.
Ant. 8. 14. 4. ib. 5. 1. 12. ib. 10. 1. 3. ib.
7.7.4, .Sept.,Gen. 37, 34. 1K. 20, 32.
Is. 58, 5. Joel 1, 8. Jon. 3, 5sq. Such
garments were also worn by prophets and
ascetics, Is. 20, 2. Zech. 13, 4; comp.
2K. 1, 8. Matt. 3, 4.—Hence in N. T.
genr. sackcloth, Rev. 6,126 ἥλιος ἐγένετο
μέλας ὡς σάκκος Tpixwos, comp. Is. 50, 3.
Ecclus. 25, 17. Of mourning-garments,
Matt. 11,21 ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ. Luke 10,
13. Of a prophet’s garment, Rev. 11, 3.
Sept. genr. for PW ll. cc. So Aristoph.
Acharn. 745, 822. The correct orthography
is every where σάκκος, not σάκος, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 257; comp. Thom. M. p. 789.
Moeris p. 354.

Σαλά, ὃ, indec. Sala, Heb. "38 (a
dart) .Shelah, Salah, pr. n. of a son or
grandson of Arphaxad, Luke 3, 35. See
Gen. 10, 24. 11, 13; comp. in Kaivay.

Σαλαδϑιήλ, 6, indec. Salathiel, Heb.
bx Mb (Lasked him of God) Shealtiel,
pr.n. 8) Ason of Jechoniah, an ances-
tor of Jesus in the royal line, Matt. 1, 12
bis. See 1 Chr. 3,17. Ezra 3,2. Ὁ) An-
other ancestor of Jesus, not of the royal
line, Luke 3, 27. See Gr. Harm. p. 186.

Σαλαμίς, ivos, ἡ, Salamis, one of the
chief cities of Cyprus, on the S. E. coast
of the island, Acts 13, 5. Afterwards call-
ed Constantia; and now Old Famagusta.
See Pococke Deser. of the East, Π. i. p. 214

Σαλείμ

Σαλείμ, ἡ, indec. Salim, pr. ἢ. of a
place, John 3,23. Prob. the place men-
tioned by Jerome, eight Rom. miles south
of Bethshean in or near the valley of the
Jordan. Onomast. art. Salim, “In octavo
quoque lapide ἃ Scythopoli in campo vicus
Salumias appellatur.” Comp. Judith 4, 4.

σαλεύω, f. εύσω, (σάλος,) 1. to move
lo and fro, to shake, to toss, i. 6. to put into
a state of waving, rocking, vibratory mo-
tion; c. acc. Luke 6, 48. Heb. 12, 26 οὗ ἡ
φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσε. Pass. Matt. 11,7
et Luke 7, 34 κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευό-
μενον. Matt. 24, 29. Mark 13, 25. Luke
21, 26. Acts 4, 31. 16, 26. Luke 6, 38 pé-
τρον σεσαλευμένον i. e. shaken down. Sept.
for U32 Ps. 18,18; 012 1 Chr. 16, 30.
So Jos. Ant. 8. 5.2. Diod. Sic. 12. 47.
Plato Tim. 79. e.—Trop. of things ready
to fall and perish ; Heb. 12, 27 bis, τὰ oa-
λευόμενα, things shaken, perishable, i. 6.
things created, as an emblem of the Mosaic
dispensation, opp. τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα; the
new heavens and new earth, the Christian
dispensation. Comp. Plut. Dion. 8 τὴν
τυραννίδα σαλεύουσαν. Hdian. 5. 1. 7.

2. Trop. to. move in mind, to agitate, to
disturb, c. acc. Acts 17, 13 τοὺς ὄχλους
σαλεύειν, to excite the people, to cause a
tumult. Pass. 2 Thess. 2, 2. Acts 2, 25
quoted from Ps. 16, 8 where Sept. for
wi2a.—1 Mace. 6, 8. Ecclus. 29, 18.
48, 19. ’

Σαλήμ, ἡ, indec. Salem, Heb. pe
(peace), the ancient name ,of Jerusalem,
Heb. 7, 1. 2; see in ‘Iepoveaknp.—Jos.
Ant. 1. 10. 2 SdAvpa.

. Σαλμών, 6,indec. Salmon, Heb. yiaby
(clothed), pr. n. of the father of Boaz, Matt.
1, 4. 5. Luke 3, 32. See in ‘Paya.

Σαλμώνη; ns, ἡ, Salmone, pr. τι. of a
promontory, the eastern extremity of the
island of Crete, Acts 27, '7—Strabo 10. p.
472 Σαμώνιον.

σάλος, ov, ὃ, pr. motion to and fro, agi-
tation, tossing, i.e. any waving, rocking,
vibratory motion; in N. T. only of the sea,
and hence put for the rolling sea, billows,
Luke 21, 25. Sept. for #23 Jon. 1,15; for
win of an earthquake Is. 24, 20.—Luc. Tox.
19. Plut. Thes. 20. Diod. Sic. 20. 74.

σάλπιγξ, vyyos, 7}, @ trump, trumpet,
1 Cor. 14, 8. Rev. 1,10. 4,1. 8, 2. 6. 13.
9, 14. As announcing the approach or
presence of God, Heb. 12,19 (Ex. 19, 13.
16. 19, comp. 1 K. 1, 34. 39); or also the
final advent of the Messiah, Matt. 24, 31.

653

᾿ Σαμάρεια

1 Cor. 15, 52 ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι
1 Thess. 4, 16 σ. ϑεοῦ, see in Seds no. 1. Ὁ
Sept. for "B18 Ex. 1. c. 1 Sam. 13, 3
mizsm 2K. 12, 14—Ail. V. H. 2. 44
Pol. 15. 12. 2. Xen. An. 4. 2. 1.

σαλπίζω, f. ἰσω, (σἀλπιγξ,)᾽ aor. 1
éodAmoa; but with earlier aor. 1 ἐσάλ-
πιγξα, Xen. An. 1, 2.17; comp. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 191. Buttm. § 114. Winer ὁ 15.—
To trumpet, to sound a trumpet, to sound,
absol. Matt. 6, 2 μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσϑέν
gov. Rey. 8, 6. 7. 8. 10. 12, 13. 9, 1. 13.
10, 7. 11,15. Impers. or with subject im-
plied, of the’ final trump sounded before the
Messiah; 1 Cor. 15, 52 σαλπίσει γάρ.
Winer § 39. 1. n. Buttm. § 129. 16. Sept.
for ΞΘ Num. 10,3 sq. Is. 27, 13. Joel
2, 1.—El. V. H. 1. 26. Pol. 12. 4. 4.
Xen. 1. ο. :

σαλπιστής, οὔ, ὃ, (σαλπίζω,) α trum-
peter, Rev. 18, 22.—Theophr. Char. 29. or
25. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 17. Pol. 1. 45. 13.
The earlier and better form was σαλπιγκτής
Dem. 284. 26. Xen. An. 4. 3. 29. See
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 191.

Σαλώμη, ns, ἡ; Salome, pr. τι. of the
wife of Zebedee, the mother of the apostles
James and John, Mark 15, 40. 16; 1; comp.
Matt. 27, 56. δ

Σαμάρεια, as, ἡ, Samaria, Heb. jiv38
(watch-height), pr. n. of a celebrated city
situated near the middle of Palestine, built
by Omri king of Israel, on a hill of the same
name in the midst of a beautiful region of
country. It was the metropolis of the king-
dom of Israel or the ten tribes; and after.
being several times destroyed and restored,
it was enlarged and beautified by Herod the
Great, and named by him Sebaste in honour
of Augustus. It is now an inconsiderable
village, still called Sebiistieh, with remains
of ancient temples and an extensive colon-
nade. See 1 K.16, 24. 2 Κ' 6. 17. Am.
6, 1. Mic. 1, 5 sq. Jos. Ant. 8. 12. 5. ib.
13. 0. 2, 3. ib. 14. 5. 3. ib. 15.°7. 1. ib.
15. 8. 5. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p.
112 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 139-
149.—In N. T.

1. Pr. the city of Samaria, Acts 8, 5.
Meton. for the inhabitants, Acts 8, 14.

2. In a wider sense, the region of Sama-
ria, the district of which Samaria was the
chief city, lying between Judea and Galilee
or the plain of Esdraelon ; see Jos. B. J. 3.
3.4. E.g. Luke 17,11. John 4, 4. 5. 7.
Acts 1, 8. 8, 1. 9. 9, 31.° 15, 3. So
Sept. and jit98 2K. 17, 26. 23, 19—~
Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 3. ΓΤ

Σαμαρείτης

Σαμαρείτης, ov, 6, α Samaritan, an
inhabitant of the city or country of Sama-
ria; spoken in N. T. of the descendants of
a people, sprung originally from the heathen
colonists sent into the country by Shalma-
neser, possibly with an intermixture from
straggling Israelites ; 2K. 17,24. Jos. Ant.
9. 14.1. ib. 10.4.7. This people, although
priests were sent to teach them the Jewish
religion, and although they adopted the.
books of Moses, continued in gross idolatry,
and were always regarded as Gentiles by
the Jews; 2 K. 17, 26-41. When the
Jews, after their return from exile, began to
rebuild Jerusalem and the temple, the Sa-
maritans also laid claim to a descent from
Ephraim and Manasseh, and requested per-
mission to aid the Jews in their work; but
this being refused, they turned against them
and calumniated them before the Persian
kings; Ezra 4, 1 54. Neh. 4, 1 sq. Jos.
Ant. 11. 4. 8 56ᾳ. They afterwards erected
a temple on Mount Gerizim, in allusion to
Deut. 27, 11 sq. where they instituted sa-
cred rites in accordance with the law of
Moses ; and Shechem at the foot of Geri-
zim became their chief city; Jos. Ant. 11.
8. 2, 4. From these and other circum-
stances, the national hatred between. the
Jews and Samaritans was continually fos-
tered and augmented ; the name Samaritan
became to the Jews a term of reproach,
and intercourse with them was carefully
avoided ; see John 4, 9. 8, 48; comp. Jos.
Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib. 12. 5. 5. ib. 13.3.4. The
temple on Gerizim was destroyed by Hyr-
canus about 129 B. C. but the Samaritans

still held the mountain as sacred and the
proper place of national worship, John 4,
20. 21. The same is the case with the
small remnant of the Samaritans existing
at the present day ; who still go three times
a year from Nablis, the ancient Shechem,
to worship on Mount Gerizim; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 96-136. Winer
Realw. art. Samaritaner—The Samaritans
like the Jews, expected a Messiah, John 4,
25; and many of them became the disciples
of Jesus, comp. John 4, 39 sq. Acts 9, 31.
15, 3—On the Samaritan Pentateuch and
the Samaritans generally, see Gesen. de
Pent. Sam. etc. Hal. 1815. Winer de Vers.
Pent. Sam. etc. Lips. 1817. Stuart on Sa-
mar. Pent. and Lit. in Bibl. Repos. 1832.
p. 681. Cellarii Collectan. Hist. Samarit.
Cize 1688. De Sacy Correspondence des
-Samaritaines, in Notices et Extraits des
Mss. etc. T. XI. Paris 1829. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. 1. c.—In N. T. Matt. 10,5. Luke

654

Σαούλ

9, 52. 10, 838. 17, 16. John 4,9. 39. 40.
8, 48. Acts 8, 25.

Σαμαρείτις, os, 4, a Samaritan wo-
man, John 4, 9 bis. ἷ

x αἀμοδ ράκη, Ss Ms Samothrace, an
island in the Ν. E. part of the ASgean sea,
north of the Hellespont, with a lofty moun-
tain, Acts 16, 11. It was anciently called
Dardana, Leucania, and also Samos ; and
to distinguish it from the other Samos, the
name of Thrace was. added, i. 6. Σάμος
Θράκης, whence contr. Sayo%paky. The
island was celebrated for the mysteries of
Ceres and Proserpine, and was a sacred
asylum. Still called Samotraki or Saman-
drachi, with a single village, Castro. See
Diod. Sic. 3. 55. ib. 5. 47. Plin. H. Nv 5.
12. Miss. Herald 1836. p. 246. O. v. Rich-
ter Wallf. p. 438 sq. ᾿

Σάμος, ου, ἡ, Samos, an island of the
σθαι, near the western coast of Asia Mi-
nor, southwest of Ephesus. It was cele-
brated for the worship of Juno, for its valu-
able pottery, and as the birth-place of Py-
thagoras. Acts 20, 15.—Diod. Sic. 5, 81.
Strabo 14. p. 636. Pococke Descr. of the
Kast IT. ii. p. 24 sq.

Σαμουήλ, ὁ, indec. Samuel, Heb,
ἈΝ ΛΟ. (heard of God, or, name of God), pr.
n. of the celebrated Hebrew prophet, the
son of Elkanah and Hannah, the last of the
B"EH or judges, who anointed Saul and
after him David as king; see his history
in 1 Sam. c. 1-25.—Acts 3,24. 13,20. Heb.
11, 32. 7 .

Σαμψών, ὁ, indec. Sampson, Heb.
Fao (sun-like), pr. ἢ: of a ΘΒ Ὁ or judge
of Israel, famous for his strength, Heb. 11,
32. Comp. Judg. c. 13-16.

σανδάλιον, ov, τό, (dim. of σάνδαλον,)
a sandal, a sole of wood or hide, covering
the bottom of the foot, and bound on with
thongs, Mark 6, 9. Acts 12,8. Sept. for
532 Josh. 9, 5. Is. 20, 2.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
23. Hdot. 2. 91, Luc. Herod. 5 ὁ δέ τις,
μάλα δουλικῶς ἀφαιρεῖ τὸ σανδάλιο» ἐκ τοῦ
ποδός, ὡς κατακλίνοιτο ἤδη. See more in
ὑπόδημα.

Tavis, ἰδος, ἡ, a board, plank, 6. g. of ἃ
ship, Acts 27, 44. Sept. for Γῆ Ez. 27,
5.—Jos. Ant. 8. 5. 2. Pol. 2. 5. 5. Plut
Pericl. 28.

Σαούλ, 6, indec. Saul, Heb. daw
(asked for, desired), pr. n. ἃ) Of the
first king of Israel, Acts 13, 21; comp.
1 Sam.c.9sq. δὈ) The Jewish name of

΄

σαπρός

the apostle Paul, which with a Greek end-
ing became Σαῦλος q. v. Acts 9, 4. 17. 22,
7. 13. 26, 14. ic
campos, d, dv, (σήπω) 1. bad, de-
cayed, rotlen; of vegetable or animal sub-
stances, as a tree and its fruit, fish, Matt. 7,
17. 18. 12, 33 bis. 13, 48. Luke 6, 43 bis.
—Arr. Diss. Epict. 4. 4. 25. Dem. 615.11.

2. Trop. in a moral sense, corrupt, foul,
e. g. Adyos Eph. 4, 29.—Arr. Epict. 3. 22.
61 δόγμα. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 377 sq.

Σαπφείρη, ns, ἡ, Sapphira, pr. n. of
the wife of Ananias, Acts 5, 1.

σ. ἄπφειρος, ov, ἧ, the sapphire, a pre-
cious stone, next in hardness and value to
the diamond, mostly of a blue colour in va-
rious shades, Rev. 21,19. Sept. and Heb.
""BO Ex. 24,10. 28, 18.—Aél. V. H. 14.
84. Theophr. Fragm. de Lap. 23, 37. See
Rosenm. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 35.

capyavn, ns, Hj; (comp. Heb. 32%,
Aram. 3°79, to interweave, to braid,) pr. ‘any
thing braided, twisted, interwoven,’ 6. δ. a
cord, ZEschyl. Suppl. 788 or 801.—ln N.
T. a rope-basket, network of cords, 2 Cor. 11,
33; comp. Acts 9, 25 σπυρίς. So Suid.
σαργάνη " οἱ μὲν σχοίνιόν τι, of δὲ πλέγμα τι
ἐκ σχοινίου. Athen. 8. p. 119. b. . ib, 9. p.
407. e.

Σάρδεις, wv, ai, Sardis, the metropolis
of Lydia in Asia Minor, situated at the foot
of Mount Tmolus on the banks of the river
Pactolus, celebrated for its wealth and vo-
luptuous debauchery. Rev. 1, 11. 3, 1. 4.
—Diod. Sic. 13. 70. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 11, 12.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 180, 222.
Hamilton’s Res. in Asia M. I. p. 146 sq.

σάρδινος, ov, ὃ, i.q. σάρδιος q. ν. Rev.
4, 3 Rec.

σάρδιος, ov, 6, sardius, sardian, the
Sardian stone, a precious stone of a blood-
red or sometimes of a flesh-colour, more
commonly known as the carnelian; Rev.
4, 3 in later edit. 21,20 where Lachm. τὸ
σάρδιον. So Sept. σάρδιον for Heb. S38
Ex. 28, 17. Ez.28,13. Theophr. Fragm.
de Lap. 30. See Rosenm, Alterthk, IV. i. p.
30 sq.

σαρδόνυξ, υχος, ἡ, sardonyz, a precious
stone exhibiting a milk-white variety of the
onyx or chalcedony, intermingled with
shades or stripes of sardian or carnelian ;
Rev. 21, 20.—Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Plin. H.
N. 37. 12. See Rosenm. Alterthk. IV, i. p.
36 sq.

Σάρεπτα, wv, τά, Sarepta, Heb. MBX

bl hg

Zarephath, now Surafend, a Phenician

655 «

σάρξ

town mid-way between Tyre and Sidon,
Luke 4, 26. Comp. 1 K. 17, 9. 10. Obad.
20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p, 413
sq.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2.

σαρκικός, ἡ, ὄν, (σάρξ!) of flesh, fleshy,
Plut. de placitis Philosophor. 5. 3.—In N.
T. trop. only in the Epistles, fleshly, carnal,
pertaining to the flesh or body, opp. πνεὺυ-
ματικός ; comp. in σάρξ no. 2.

1. Genr. of things, τὰ σαρκικά, carnal
things, i.e. external, temporal, relating to
this life, Rom. 15, 27. 1 Cor. 9, 11. So
Heb.'7, 16 Rec. οὐ κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρ-
κικῆς.

2. Implying weakness, frailty, proneness
to sin; e.g. a) Of persons, carnal, sen-
sual, worldly ; 1 Cor. 3, 1 Rec. ὡς σαρκι-
κοῖς, ὡς νηπίοις ἐν Χριστῷ. Vv. 3 bis. 4. Of
things, carnal, worldly, human, ἃ Cex 1, 12
οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ. 10, 4 ὅπλα οὐ σαρκι-
κά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ κτλ. Ὁ) Emphat. οἵ sin-
ful propensity, carnal, e. g. of persons,
Rom. 7, 14 ἐγὼ δὲ σαρκικός εἶμι, i. e. under
the influence of carnal and sinful desires
and affections. Of things, 1 Pet. 2,11 τῶν
σαρκικῶν ἐπιϑυμιῶν, fleshly lusts, carnal de-
sires, i. e. having their seat in the carne!
nature. Comp. in σάρξ no. 2. c.

σάρκινος, ἡ, ov, (σάρξ,) fleshy, corpr-~
lent, Pol. 39. 2. '7.—In N. T.

1. fleshy, of flesh, and therefore soft,
yielding to an impression, opp. λίϑινος,
2°Cor. 3, 3 ἐν πλαξὶ καρδίας capxivats.
Sept. καρδία σαρκινή, Heb. "02, Ez. 11,
19. 36, 26.—Plut. adv. Colot. 27 init.

2. fleshly, carnal, as pertaining to this
life; Heb. 7,16 Grb. see in σαρκικός no. 1.

3. Implying weakness, frailty, proneness
to sin; of persons, carnal, worldly, 1 Cor. 3,
1 Grb. Emphat. Rom. 7, 14 Grb. See in
σαρκικός no. 2. a, b.

σάρξ, σαρκός, 7, Aol. σύρξ, (perh.
σαίρω, σύρω,) pr. ‘that which may be strip-
ped off ;’ hence, flesh, the flesh of a living
man or animal.

1. Pr. flesh, as one of the constituent
parts of the body, Sing. Luke 24, 39 πνεῦμα
σάρκα καὶ ὄστεα οὐκ ἔχει. 1 Cor. 15, 39
quater. So Sept. for "82 Gen. 2, 21.
2 K. 5, 10. 14. (Hom. Od. 19. 450, ARI. V.
H. 4. 28. ib, 9. 13.) More*commonly Plur.
ai σάρκες, the fleshy parts, comp. Pas-
sow 5. v. Rey. 19, 18 quing. ἵνα φάγητε
σάρκας βασιλέων κτλ. ν. 21; so trop. and
hyperbol. i. q. to consume, to destroy, James
5, 3; to maltreat Rev. 17, 16. Sept. for
"ba Gen. 41, 2.3. 2K.9,36. So Al. V.H.
9. 13. Diod. Sic. 3.16. Plato Phedo 98. d.

᾿σαρξ

2. Meton. flesh, i. q. the body, corpus, the
animal or external nature, as distinguished
from the spiritual or inner man, τὸ πνεῦμα,
Jos. B. J. 6.1.5. Arr. Epict. 3. 7. 2.sq.
Plut. adv. Colot. 20 μεχρὶ τῶν περὶ σάρκα
τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεων. Aschyl. Sept. 604
or 623 γέροντα τὸν νοῦν, σάρκα δ᾽ ἡβῶσαν
φέρει. Eur. Here. F. 1269 or 1272.—In
N. T. this usage of σάρξ is far more fre-
quent than in profane writers, prob. in imi-
tation of Heb. "22. So genr.and without
any good or evil quality implied.

a) Opp. to πνεῦμα expr. 1 Cor. 5, 5 εἰς
ὄλεϑρον τῆς σαρκός, iva TO πνεῦμα σωϑῇ κτλ.
2 Cor. '7, 1. Col. 2, 5. 1 Pet. 4,6; comp.
Sept. and "®2 opp. 23 Is. 10, 18. Job 14,
22. Also σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα as a periphrasis for
the whole physical nature of man, Heb. 2,14.
(Ecclus. 14, 18.) Simply, John 6, 52,comp.
trop. below. 2 Cor. 12,'7 oxddo τῇ σαρκί,
i. e. some bodily infirmity. Col. 1, 24. 2, 1
πρόσωπόν pou ἐν τῇ σαρκί. V. 23. Gal. 4, 13.
14. 1 Pet. 3, 21. 4,1. Jude 8. 23. Acts 2,
26. 31 ἡ σάρξ pov, my body, i. e. I, quoted
from Ps. 16,9 where Sept. for siya. Trop.
John 6, 51 καὶ ὁ ἄρτος ... ἡ σάρξ pov ἐσ-
τίν, i. 6. Jesus himself is the bread (princi-
ple) of life and nutrition to the regenerated
soul, v. 53. 54. 55. 56; comp. Matt. 26, 26
et parall. where it is σῶμα. Sept. genr.
for “ya Ez. 26, 36. Prov. 14, 30. (For the
classic usage see above.) Spec. the mortal
body, in distinction from a future and spirit-
ual existence ; 2 Cor. 4, 11 ἡ ζωὴ ... ἐν τῇ
Sytn σαρκὶ ἡμῶν. Gal. 2, 20. Phil. 1, 22.
24. 1 Pet. 4,2; also σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα id. parall.
with ἡ φϑορά, 1 Cor. 15, 50,

b) Put for that which is merely external,
or also only apparent, in opp. to what is
spiritual and real; John 6, 63 τὸ πνεῦμά
ἐστι τὸ ζωοποιοῦν, ἡ σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεῖ ov-
δέν. 8, 15. 1 Cor. 1,26 σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρ-
κα. 2 Cor. 5, 16 bis, κατὰ σάρκα, i. 6. with
respect to outward circumstances and rela-
tions. Eph. 6, 5 et Col. 3, 22 κυρίοις κατὰ
σάρκα, i. e. externally, as to outward cir-
cumstances. So of Levitical ordinances
and purifications, Heb. 9,10. 133; of out-
ward afflictions, trials, 1 Cor. '7,.28 σλῖψιν
δὲ τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν. 2 Cor. 7, 5. Spec. of
eircumcision® in the flesh, i. e. the external
rite, as the symbol of Judaism; Rom. 2,
28 οὐδὲ ἡ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ, ἐν σαρκί. περιτομή -
ἀλλ᾽... περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν πνεύματι κτλ.
2 Cor. 11, 18. Eph. 2, 11 bis, ἔϑνη ἐν σαρκί
+. περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκί. Gal. 3, 3 viv σαρκὶ
ἐπιτελεῖσϑε; i. 6. by circumcision, external
rites, Judaism, comp. v. 2. Gal. 6, 12. 13.
Phil. 3, 3. 4 bis. Col. 2, 13.

656

σάρξ

c) As the medium of natural generation
and descent, and so of kindred; John 1, 13
οὐδὲ ἐκ ϑελήματος σαρκὸς ... ἐγεννήδησαν.
Rom. 9, 8 τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός. Heb. 12, 9.
Eph. 5, 29, 30 ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκ
τῶν ὀστέων αὐτοῦ, in allusion to Gen. 2, 23.
29, 14, where Sept. and Heb. "2. Of
one’s countrymen, Rom. 11,14; of the re-
lation of a slave or freedman to his master,
Philem. 16. So κατὰ σάρκα, according
to the flesh, as to outward kindred, by natural
descent, Acts 2, 30. Rom. 9, 3. Gal. 4, 23.
29. 1 Cor. 10,18 τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα,
Israel after the flesh, by natural descent, in
implied antith. with Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ πνεῦμα,
comp. Rom. 2, 28. Gal. 3, 29. So Sept.
and "&2 Gen. 37, 27; comp. Judg. 9, 2.
2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14.

3. Spec. the flesh, the body, with the ac-
cessory idea of frailty and proneness to sin,
as the seat of carnal and sinful appetites
and passions ; comp. the influence ascribed
by the Greeks to τὸ σῶμα, Plato Phedo
§§ 10, 11, 27, 30. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 20; comp.
‘Wisd. 9, 15 φϑαρτὸν yap σῶμα βαρύνει
ψυχήν κτλ. E. σ΄.

a) Of man’s carnal nature in general, as
fallen, frail, corrupt, full of weakness, and
prone to error and sin; 6. g. opp. τὸ
πνεῦμα expr. Matt. 26,41 et Mark 14, 38
τὸ πνεῦμα πρόϑυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσϑενής.
Opp. τὸ av. ἅγιον, John 3, 6 bis, τὸ yey. ἐκ
τῆς σαρκός, σάρξ ἐστι - καὶ τὸ yey. ἐκ τοῦ
mv. «tr. Simply, Rom. 6, 19 διὰ τὴν ἀσϑέ-
νειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. 2 Cor. 1, 17. 10, 2
ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντος. Vv. 3 bis.
Also σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα id. opp. ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐν
ovp. Matt. 16, 17. Spec. Rom. 4, 1 τί οὖν
ἐροῦμεν ᾿Αβραὰμ.. .. εὑρηκέναι κατὰ σάρκα,
hath found according to the flesh, parall.
with ἐξ ἔργων in v. 2, i. e. works are called
the flesh as proceeding from the carnal
mind claiming reward, and not from τὸ
πνεῦμα or the mind as enlightened by the
Spirit; see Tholuck, De Wette, Meyer in
loc. Sept. genr. for siya Gen. 6, 3. Ps.
78, 39.—Ecclus. 28, 5. Plut. adv. Colot.
30. T. VI. p. 264, τῆς κατὰ σάρκα ἡδονῆς.
Tb. Non’ posse suav. vivend. 3. p. 180, μι-
κρὸν εἶναι τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδύ. ib. 14. p. 198.

b) Emphat. of man’s carnal nature, as
an active principle of corruption and sin,
ever at war with his higher spiritual nature
as affected by the Spirit of grace through
faith. So as opp. τὸ πνεῦμα, i. 6. to the
Holy Spirit or his influences, Rom. 8, 1 μὴ
κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦ-
pa. v. 4. 5 bis. 6. 9. 13. Gal. 5, 16. 17 bis.
19. 24. 6, 8 bis. Simply, Rom. 7, 5 dre

Ὁ.»

Σαρούχ

γὰρ ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί. ν. 18. 25. 8, 3 ter. 7. .
8, 12 ns. 13, 14. Gal. 5, 13. Eph. 2, 3 bis.
Col. 2, 11. 18. 2 Pet. 2, 10. 18. 1 John 2,
16.—Comp. Sept. and “ba Ecc. 2, 3.5, 5.
Theon. Alex. in Anthol. Gr. III. p. 226
νόον παϑέων ev τοῖσι πόνοις ἐκάϑῃρας, ἔξω
σαρκὸς ἔβης κτλ.

4. Meton. flesh, the. human nature, man,
homo, like Heb. “ia. Mati. 19, 5. 6
ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν... ἀλλὰ σὰρξ
pia. Mark 10, 8 bis. 1 Cor. 6, 16. Eph. 5,
31. (So Sept. and “ba Gen. 2, 24.) Jude
7 σὰρξ ἑτέρα, other flesh, of a different sex,
male; comp. Gen. 19, 5. Rom. 1,27. In
like manner, σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα, flesh and blood,
i.e. man, other men, Gal. 1, 16. Eph. 6,
12.—Also πᾶσα σάρξ all flesh, all men,
all mankind, Luke 3, 6. John 17, 2. Acts
2, 17. 1 Pet. 1, 24. Negat. od... πᾶσα
σάρξ, no flesh, no man, where ov qualifies
the intervening verb, see in ov no. 1. 6.
Matt. 24, 22. Mark 13, 20. Rom. 3, 20.
Gal. 2, 16; also μὴ ... πᾶσα σάρξ id.
1 Cor. 1, 29. So Sept. and iya-bD Gen.

6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. Is. 40, 5. '7. Jer. 25, 31; ἢ

6. μή Ecclus. 30, 20. 29.—Spec. of the in-
carnation of Christ, his human nature ; John
1, 14 ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο. 1 John 4, 2. 3
Xp. ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυϑότα. 2 John 7. Rom. 1,
3 κατὰ σάρκα. 9, 5. Eph. 2,15 ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ
αὑτοῦ. 1 Tim. 3, 16. Heb. 5, 7. 10, 20.
1 Pet. 3, 18. 4, 1. Col. 1, 22 ἐν τῷ σώματι
τῆς σαρκὸς αὑτοῦ, in the body of his flesh, of
his human nature. Comp. Ecclus. 23, 16.

Zapovy, 6, Saruch, see Σερούχ.

σαρόω, &, f. dow, (σαίρω.) to sweep,
with a broom, c. ace. Luke 15, 8 καὶ σαροῖ
τὴν οἰκίαν. Pass. Matt. 12,44. Luke 11, 25.
—Artemid. 2. 33. p. 119. Pamphil. in Geo-
pon. 13. 15. 4. A later form instead of the
earlier σαίρω, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 83, Sturz
de Dial. Maced. p. 192.

Σάῤῥα, ας, ἡ, Sarah, Heb. 8 and
mw (princess), pr. n. of the wife of Abra-
ham, Rom. 4, 19. 9, 9. Heb. 11,11. 1 Pet.
3, 6.

Σάρων, vos, 6, Saron, Heb. 11
Sharon, pr. n. of the plain of Palestine
along the sea-coast between Cesarea and
Joppa, celebrated for its rich fields and pas-
tures, Acts 9, 35. Comp. Is. 33, 9. 65, 10.
1 Chr. 27, 29. See Relandi Palzst. p. 188,
370. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p. 31.

Σατανᾶς, ἃ, ὁ, once Σ᾽ ατᾶν, ὁ, indec.
2 Cor. 12, 7, Satan, Heb. j2, an adver-
sary ;.in N.T. mostly c. art. the Adversary,
as the Heb. proper name for the devil, Gr.

42

657

σεαυτοῦ,

ὁ διάβολος, the prince of the fallen angels ;
see fully in διάβολος, and comp. Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 1464, 1495. Matt. 4, 10. 12, 26 bis.
Mark 4, 15. Luke 10, 18 comp. in δαιμό-
νιον no. 2. Luke 22, 3. 31. John 13, 27.
Acts 26, 18. al. So Heb. j0WH Sept. διά-
Bodos 1 Chr. 21,1. Job 1, 6 sq. (Ecclus.
21, 27. Test. XII Patr. p. 650, 657 ἀπὸ
τοῦ Σατανᾶ καὶ τῶν πνευμάτων αὐτοῦ.) As
present in men tempting them to evil ; Matt.
16, 23 et Mark 8, 33 ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov,
Σατανᾶ, comp. Luke 22, 3. Acts 5,3. Others
here refer it directly to Peter in the sense
of adversary, seducer, filled with Satan; as
Sept. for 7#W 1 K. 11, 14. 23. 25, comp.
2 Sam. 19, 23 where Sept. ἐπίβουλος. +

σάτον, ov, τό, satum, a measure, Heb.
AR seah, Aram. δ Ὁ Buxt. Lex. Chald.
1413, a Hebrew measure for things dry,
Matt. 13, 33. Luke 13, 21." According to
the Rabbins it was the third part of an
ephah ; and according to Jerome on Matt.
Ἰ, 6. was equal to a modius and a half;
hence it was equivalent to nearly 14 peck
English ; comp. in pédios.—Jos. Ant. 9. 4.
5 pen.

Zadros, ov, ὁ, Saul, i. q. Σαούλ with a
Greek termination, the Jewish name of
Paul, Acts 7, 58. 8,1. 3. 9,1. 8. 11. 19.
22. 24. 26. 11,25. 30. 12,25. 13,1. ἃ.
7. 9. |

σαυτοῦ, ἧς, οὔ, see in σεαυτοῦ.

σβέννυμι, f. σβέσω, 1. to quench, to
put out; e. g. a light, fire, c. acc. Matt. 12,
20 λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, see in λίνον.
Eph. 6,16. Heb. 11,34. Pass, to be quench-
ed, to go out, Matt. 25,8 ai λάμπαδες. Mark
9, 44. 46. 48, Sept. for 43D Is. 42, 3.
Lev. 6, 12. 13; 9423 Job 21, 17.—Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 10. 1. Thue. 2. 77.

2. Trop. to quench, to dampen, to hinder,
to prevent any thing from exerting its full
influence ; c. acc. 1 Thess. 5,19 τὸ πνεῦ-
pa μὴ σβέννυτε. Sept. σβέσαι τὴν ἀγάπὴν
for 33 Cant. 8, 7.---[ο5. B. J. 6.1. 4 of.
τὴν χαράν. Al. V. H. 6.1 ϑυμόν. Plut.
Lycurg. 20. Plato Legg. 888. a.

σεαυτοῦ, jis, οὔ, also contr. σαυτοῦ.
fs, οὔ, (σύ, αὐτός.) reflexive pers. pron.
2 pers. Sing. genit. of thyself, dat. σεαυτῷ,
ἢ» @, to thyself, ete. Gen. John 1, 22. Acts
26, 1. al. Dat. Acts 9, 34. 16, 28. al. Acc.
Matt. 4, 6. 8, 4. Luke 10, 27. al. See
Buttm. ᾧ 74. 3.—Where a special emphasis
is to be expressed, αὐτός is written sepa-
rately, 6. g. Luke 2, 35 καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς.
See Matth. ᾧ 148, η. 3. Buttm. §127.3. +

“σεβάξομαι

σεβάζομαι, f. ἀσομαι, Pass. depon. (σέ-
Bas, σέβομαι.) to be afraid of doing, to be
timid, to fear, Hom. Il. 6. 167, 417.—In N.
T. to stand in awe of any one, fo reverence,
to venerate, to worship; c. dat. Rom. 1, 25
ἐσεβάσϑησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει. So
Hesych. ἐσεβάσθησαν᾽ σεβάσμασι προσε-
κύνησαν.

σέβασμα, τος, τό, (σεβάζομαι,) an ob-
ject of worship, any thing venerated and
worshipped, e. g. a god, an altar, a temple ;
Acts 17, 23. 2 Thess. 2, 4—Wisd. 14; 20.
Bel and Drag. 27; comp. Dion. Hal. Ant.
1. 30. ib. 5. 1.

σεβαστός, ἡ, dv, (σεβάζομαι,) pr. vene-
rated, august, Lat. augustus, Hesych. σε-
Baorés* προσκυνητός, tiuntés—In N. T.
ὁ Σεβαστός, Lat. Augustus, as an hono-
rary title, and then pr. n. ε

1. Pr. ἃ title first assumed by Cesar Oc-
tavianus, and retained by his successors as
a personal appellation; comp. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 169. Dict. of Antt. art. Augustus.
In N. T. only of Nero, Acts 25, 21. 25.—
Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1012. d. Hdian. 2.
10. 19.

2, Adj. Augusian, pertaining to Augus-
tus, as σπειρὴ Σεβαστή, the Augustan co-
hort, Acts 27,1. Several Roman legions
bore this honorary title, though no such
name of a cohort is mentioned ; Claudian. .
de Bell. Gild. 422. Ptolem. 2. 3 λεγεὼν
δευτέρα Σεβαστή. 4. 3, 9; comp. Tacit.
Ann. 14. 15.—Others suppose it to be a.
Samaritan cohort, so called from Σεβαστή,
Sebaste, the name given by Herod the
Great:to Samaria in honour of Augustus ;
so Josephus mentions troops called Σεβα-
στηνοί, prob. from Sebaste or Samaria, Ant.
20. 8. 7. B. J. 2. 4.3. But then it would
read: σπειρῆς καλουμένης Σεβαστηνῶν ; 50
Josephus, μίαν ἴλην καλουμένην Σεβαστη-
νῶν, B: J. 2. 12. 5. Ant. 20. 6. 1.

σέβω; defect. Buttm. Ausf. Spr. ὁ 114;
to honour, to worship, c. ace. Pind. Ol. 14.
17. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 19. Plato Legg. 647.
a. 777. d. Commonly Pass. depon. σέβο-
pat, lo be filled with awe, to shame oneself,
Hom. Il, 4. 242.—In N. T. σέβομαι; only
in Pres. to stand in awe of, to reverence, to
worship God; c. acc. Matt. 15, 9 et Mark
7,7 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί pe, quoted from Is.
29,13 where Sept. for 9873. Acts 18, 13.
19, 27. Sept. for 8723 Josh, 4, 24. Job 1,
9. So Jos. Ant. 9, 10. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 35.
Xen. Ag. 3. 2.—Spec. Part. σεβόμενος;
ἡ; ov, absol. or with τὸν σεόν, i.e. worshipping
God, religizus, devout, spoken of proselytes

658

σεληνή
to Judaism from the heathen, in distinction

from the Jews, Acts 13, 43. 50. 16, 14.
17, 4,17. 18, 7.

σειρά, Gs, ἡ, (εἴρω, Lat. sero,) a cord,
band, Hdot. 7. 85.—In N. T. @ chain,
2 Pet. 2, 4, comp. in ζόφος. So Jos. Ant.
3. 7. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 21. 1. Plato Theet.
153. ο.

σειρός, οὗ, 6, (i. 4. σιρός,) α pit, cavern,
2 Pet. 2, 4 Lachm. σειροῖς ζόφου, for Rec.
getpais—So σιρός Dem. 100. ult. Eurip.
Phryx. 4.

σεισμός, od, ὁ, (Gelw,) 1. motion, a
shaking, concussion; 6. g. ἐν τῇ ϑαλάσσῃ;
i. q. @ ἱοηιρεβί, tornado, Matt. 8,24. Sept.
for MFO, MISH, Jer. 23, 19. Neh. 1, 3.

2. Spec. an earthquake, Matt. 24,'7 ἔσονται
σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους. 27, 54. 28,2. Mark
13, 8. Luke 21,11. Acts 16,26. Rev. 6,
12. 8, 5. 11, 13 bis. 19. 16, 18 bis. Sept.
for BD" Is. 29,6. Am. 1,1. Zech. 14,5.
—El. V. H. 4. 17. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 24.

σείω, f. σείσω, 1. to move to and fro,
to shake, with the idea of shock, concus-
sion; Pass. Rev. 6, 13 συκῆ ... ὑπὸ pey.
ἀνέμου σειομένη. Of earthquakes, Matt. 27,
51 ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη. Act. c. acc. Heb. 12, 26
σείω ov μόνον τὴν γῆν; ἀλλὰ Kal τὸν οὐρανόν.
in allusion to Hagg. 2, 6 where Sept. for
ws1.—Luc. Bacch. 2. Pausan. 3. 5. 8.
Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 4.

2. Trop. to move in mind, fo agitate, to
put in commotion and perturbation; Pass. ἡ
Matt. 21,10 ἐσείσθη ἡ πόλις. 28, 4. Sept.
for U3 Is. 14, 16. Ez. 31, 16.—Pind.
Pyth. 4. 484 πόλιν. Antiph. 146. 22. Plato
Eryx. 397. d.

Σεκοῦνδος, ov, ὁ, Lat. Secundus, pr. n.
of a Christian, Acts 20, 4.

Σελεύκεια, as, 4, Seleucia, a city cf
Syria, situated west of Antioch on the sea-
coast just north of the mouth of the Oron-
tes; called sometimes Seleucia Pieria, from
the neighbouring Mount Pierius, and also
Seleucia ad Mare, in order to distinguish it
from several other cities of the same name
in Syria and the vicinity, all so called from
Seleucus Nicanor. Acts 13, 4.—1 Macc.
11, 8. Jos. Ant. 18. 9. 8. Pol. 5. 59. 1.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 261.
Biblioth. Sacr. 1848. p. 450 sq.

σελήνη, ns, 9, (σέλας!) the moon, Matt.
24, 29. Mark 13, 24. Luke 21, 25. Acts 2,
20. 1 Cor. 15, 41. Rev. 6,12, 8, 12. 12,
1. 21,23. Sept. for A Gen. 37, 8. Joel
2, 31.—H4dian. 5. 6. 11. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4

σεληνιάζομαι 659

σεληνιάξζομαι, Pass. depon. (σελήνη;)
to be moon-struck, lunatic ; in Greek usage,
i. q. to be epileptic, to be afflicted with epi-
lepsy, the symptoms of which were sup-
posed to become more aggravated with the
increasing moon ; comp. Luc. Tox. 24
where a certain woman ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ κατα-
πίπτειν πρὸς τὴν σελήνην αὐξανομένην. The
symptoms of this disease are ascribed in N.
T. and elsewhere to the influence of un-
clean spirits, demons ; see in δαιμόνιον, δαι-
μονίζομαι, also Luc. Philops. 16. Act.
Thom. § 12. Isidor. Origg. 4. 7 “cadens
ger spasmam patiatur. Hos etiam vulgus
lunaticos vocat, quod per hunc cursum co-
mitetur eos insania demonum.”—Matt. 4,
24. 17,15 ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς πά-
oxet, comp. v. 18 et Mark 9, 17 et Luke 9,
39 where it is referred to a δαιμόνιον,
πνεῦμα. So Act. Thom. § 12. Manetho 4.
81, 216.

Σεμεΐ, δ, indec. Semei, Heb. "320 Shi-
mei, pr. n. m. Luke 3, 26.

σεμίδαλις, ews, ἡ, fine flour, the finest
wheaten flour, Rev. 18,13. Sept. often for
nbd Ex. 29, 2. 40. Lev. 2, 1.—Ecclus. 38,
11. Jos. Ant, 3.9.4. Athen. 1. p. 28. a.
ib. 4. p. 172. b.

σεμνός, 4, dv, (σέβομαι,) venerable, re-
verend, Lat. venerandus, 2 Macc. 8, 15.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 37.—In N. T. of things,
honourable, reputable, Phil. 4, 8 ; of persons,
grave, dignified, 1 Tim. 3, 8. 11. Tit. 2, 2.
So Luc. D. Most. 12. 3. Hdian. 1. 2. 6
σεμνῷ ἤϑει καὶ βίῳ σώφρονι. _Diog. Laert.
2. 24 (Σωκράτης) αὐτάρκης δὲ ἦν καὶ σεμνός.

σεμνότης, ητος, ἧ, (σεμνός,) venerable-
ness, sanctity, 2 Macc. 8,12. Jos. B. J. 6.
5.1.—In N. T. gravity, dignity, probity;
1 Tim. 2, 2 ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι.
8,4. Tit. 2,7. So Jos. Vit. § 49.. AEl. V.
H. 2. 13 σεμνότης βίου. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 1.

Σέργιος, ov, 6, Sergius, i. 6. Sergius
Paulus, a Roman proconsul in command at
Cyprus, converted under the preaching of
Paul and Barnabas, Acts 13, 7. See in
ἀνϑπύπατος.

Σερούχ. 6, indec. Seruch, Heb. 55} Ὁ
Serug, pr. ἢ. of the father of Nahor, Luke
3, 35; see Gen. 11, 20.—Rec. has Sapovy.

᾿ 3S, 6, indec. Seth, Heb. MY (a re-
placing), pr. n. of the third son of Adam,

_ Luke 3, 38.

Σήμ, 6, indec. Sem, Heb. SY (name,
renown) Shem, pr. n. of the eldest son of
Noah, Luke 3,36; comp. Gen. 5, 32. 10,1 sq.

σημεῖον

σημαίνω, f. avd, (σῆμα,) aor. 1 ἐσήμᾶνα.
Acts 11, 28. Rev. 1, 1, instead of the more
Attic ἐσήμηνα ; as also Esth. 2, 22. Judg.
7, 21. Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 28; comp. Buttm.
§101. n. 2. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 24. Winer p.
81. To give a sign or signal, i. e. public.
Sept. for 3°77] Num. 10, 9. Xen. An. 5. 2.
12.—In N. T. to signify, to make known, to
declare, before an indir. clause, John 12, 33

id , ᾿ » Ul
σημαίνων, ποίῳ ϑανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποϑνήσκειν.

18, 32. 21, 19; or with ace. and inf.
Acts 11, 28; acc. simpl. Acts 25, 27 ras
κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας onpava. Absol. Rev. 1,
1. Sept. for ™3 Esth. 2,22. So Jos.
Ant. 4. 6. 8. Pol. 2.27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4.

σημεῖον; ov, τό, (σῆμα,) a sign, signal,
Hdian. 4. 11. 8; an ensign, standard, Sept.
for 03 Is. 11, 12. Hdian? 8. 5. 22. Xen.
Cyr. 7.1. 4; @ sign of something past, a
memorial, monument, Sept. for M8 Josh.
4,6. Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 3.—In N. T. a sign,
mark, token, 6. g.

1. Pr. a sign, token, by which any thing is
known or distinguished ; Matt. 26, 48 ἔδωκεν
αὐτοῖς σημεῖον κτὰ. Rom. 4, 11 σημ. ἔλαβε
περιτομῆς, i. 6. circumcision as τὸ σημεῖον
τῆς διαθήκης, comp. Gen. 9, 12. 13. 17, 11,
where Sept. and MIX. So Plato Soph. 262.
a.—Spec. a sign by which the character
and truth of any person or thing is known,
a token, proof; Luke 2, 12 τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ
σημεῖον. ἃ Cor. 12, 12 τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀπο-
στόλου. 2'Thess, 8, 17 ὅ ἐστι σημ. ἐν πάσῃ
ἐπιστολῇ. Sept. ἀπά MIX 1 Sam. 14, 10.
2K. 20, 8. So Aéschin. 67. 42. Pol. 3.
30. 2. Xen. Conv. 8. 34.

2. a sign, by which the divine power and
majesty is made known, a supernatural
event or act, a token, wonder, miracle, by
which the power and presence of God is
manifested, either directly or through the
agency of those whom he sends. ἃ) As
wrought of God, 1 Cor. 14, 22 ὥστε ai
γλῶσσαι εἰς σημεῖον εἰσίν, od τοῖς morev-
ουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις, i. 6. the gift of
tongues is a sign, a supernatural token, in-
tended not for churches of believers at
home, where it is unnecessary, but for un-
believing heathen in other Jands. Also τὸ
σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ, the sign of Jonah, the won-
der which God wrought in the case of Jo-
nah, Matt. 12, 39, comp. v. 40. Matt. 16, 4.
Luke 11, 29. Meton. of persons sent from
God, whose character and acts are a mani-
festation of the divine power; Luke 11, 30
kaSas ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς σημεῖον τοῖς Nuwevi-
ταις. 2, 84 οὗτος κεῖται... εἰς σημεῖον ἀντι-
λεγόμενον. Also of signs, wonders, mira-

σημειόω

ces which God is said ποῖειν διά τινος, to do
through any one; joined with répara, e. g.
' Acts 2, 22. 43. 4, 30. 5, 12. 14, 3. 15, 12.
(So σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα AL). V. H. 12. 57. Pol.
3. 112. 8.) Spec. as foreshowing future
events, a sign of future things, a portent,
presage; Matt. 16, 3 σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν,
i. 6. the miraculous events and deeds which
foreshow the coming of the Messiah in his

kingdom; comp. Ecclus. 33 [36], 6. 8."

Matt. 24,3 τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς mapov-
σίας ; v. 30. Mark 13, 4. Luke 21, 7. 11
σημεῖα am οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα. v. 25. Acts 2,
19. Rev. 12, 1.3. 15,1. Sept. and nix
Deut. 13,1. 2. So Jos. B. J. procem: § 11.
1. V. H. 1. 29. Plut. Timol. 8. b) Of
signs, wonders, miracles, wrought by Jesus
and his apostles in proof and furtherance of
their divine mission ; Matt. 12, 38 ϑέλομεν
ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν. v. 39 bis, 16, 1.4
bis. Mark 8,11 σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.
γ..12. bis. 16, 17. 20. Luke 11, 16. 29 bis.
23, 8. In John only in this sense, e. g. 2,
11. 18. 23. 3, 2. 4, 54, 6, 2. 14. 26. 30. 7,
31. 9,16. 10, 41. 11,47. 12, 18. 37. 20,
30. Acts 4, 16. 22. 8, 6. 1 Cor. 1, 22.
Joined with τέρατα, δυναμεῖς, John 4, 48.
Acts 6, 8. '7, 36. 8, 13. Rom. 15, 19. 2 Cor.
12,12. Heb. 2,4. Sept. and mix Ex. 4,
8 sq. 17. 28.30. 0) Spoken by analogy
of signs, wonders, professedly wrought by
false prophets claiming to act by divine
authority, Rev. 13, 13. 14. 16,14, 19, 20;
ὁ. τέρατα Matt. 24, 24. Mark 13, 22.
2 Thess. 2, 9.

σημειόω, ὦ, f. dow, (σημεῖον, σῆμα!)
io sign, to mark, to note with marks, Pol.
8. 39. 8.—In N. T. only Mid. to mark for
oneself, to note; c. acc. 2 Thess. 3, 14
τοῦτον σημειοῦσδϑε, nole that man, q. d. set
a mark upon him as one to be shunned.’ So
Pol. 22. 11. 12. ib. 1. 47. 1.

σήμερον, adv. Att. τήμερον, (as if τῇ
ἡμέρᾳ.) to day, this day.

1. Pr. Matt. 6, 11 δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον. v.
30. 16, 3. 21, 28. 27, 19. Mark 14, 30.
Luke 2, 11. 5, 26. 12, 28. 19, 5. 9. 22, 34.
23, 43. 24, 21. Acts 27, 33. Heb. 13, 8.
James 4, 13. Luke 13, 32. 33 σήμερον καὶ
αὔριον, see in αὔριον. Sept. for pitt Gen.
4, 13. 40, 7. Ex. 16, 25. So Hdian. 7. 5.
11. Luc. Paras. 8.—With the art. as adj. ἡ
σήμερον (ἡμέρα), this very day, Acts 19,
40. See Buttm. § 125. 6, 7.

2. Spec. at this time, now, Luke 4, 21
σήμερον πεπλήρωται ἣ γραφὴ αὕτη. Acts
4, 9. 13, 33. 22, 3. 24, 21. 26,2. 29; Heb.
1, 5. 3,7. 13. 15. 4, 7 bis. 5, 5. 2 Cor. 3,

660

cuydo

15 ἕως σήμερον. So Sept. and pis Deut.
1, 39. 1 Sam. 12, 17.—With the art. as
adj. ἡ σήμερον (ἡμέρα), Buttm. 1. c. Acts
20, 26 ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ. So ἄχρι τῆς
σήμερον, unto this day, until now, 2 Cor. 3,
14; μεχρὶ τῆς σήμερον id. Matt. 11, 23. 28,
15; ἕως τῆς σήμερον id. Matt. 27, 8. Rom.-
ἘΝ δ.

ONTO, f. ψω, ta make rotten, to corrupt,

to destroy, Sept. for πη Job 40, 12. Dion.

Hal. 11. 37. Plato Theet. 153. c.—Usually
and in N. T. Pass. oj ropat, 2 perf. σέση-
ma, intrans, Buttm. ὁ 97. 5. n. 5. ὁ 113. n.

|. 3) 00 rot, to be corrupted, to perish ; James

5, 2 ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπε, i. 6. your
hoarded stores. Sept. for Pp, Niph. Ps.
38, 6. So Jos. B. J. 6.2. 9. ABI. V. H. 19.
40. Xen, Εὔο. 19. 11.

ONPLKOS, ἡ, dv, (σήρ silkworm,) silken,
of silk, Jos. B. J.'7. 5. 4 éo3noeot σηρικαῖς.
Plut. Conjug. Prec. 48 pen—In Ν, T.-
Neut. τὸ σηρικόν Subst. silk, silken stuffs,
Rev, 18, 12.

σής; σητός, 6, (Heb. 0d.) a moth, cloth-
worm, Matt. 6, 19. 20. Luke 12, 33. Sept.
for 08 Is. 51,8; ὋΣ Is. 50, 9.—Theophr.
HPL 4: 1640060 δ πρὸς τοὺς σῆτας ἐν
τοῖς ἱματίοις ἀγαϑόν. Luc. Epist. Sat. 21.

σητόβρωτος, ov, ὃ, ts adj. (ons, βιβρώ.
σκω,) moth-eaten; James 5,2 ἱμάτια ὑμῶν
σητόβρωτα. So Sept. for Gy ἴρϑα Job
13, 28. Comp. ‘ tinearum epule’ Hor. Sat.
2. 3.119.

TYEVOM, &, f. daw, (σϑένος,) to strength-
en, to confirm; absol. 1 Pet. 5,10 σϑενώ-
oe, or as in Rec. Opt. σϑενώσαι, comp. Wi-
ner § 45. '7.—Hesych. σϑενώσει" ἐνισχύσει,
δυναμώσει. A late word, not found else-
where.

σιαγών, dvos, 7), pr. the jaw-bone, jaw,
Sept. for "m5 Judg. 15, 15 sq. Xen. Eq. 1.

8.—In N. ye synecd. the cheek, Matt. 5,
39. Luke 6,29. Sept. and "> 1 K. 22,
24. Lam. 3, 29. Cant. 5, 14.

συγάω,, ὦ, f. now, (σίζω,) ἴο be silent,
still.

1. Intrans. to keep silence, to hold one’s
peace; absol. Luke 9, 36 αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν.
[18, 39.] 20, 26. Acts 12,17. 15, 12. 13.

1 Cor. 14, 28. 30.34. Sept. for 5 Ex.
14, 14; NUM Eee. 3, 7.—Dem. 291. 20.
Xen. Mem. "3. 5. 6.

2. Trans. to keep in silence, to keep secre,
Pass. Rom. 16, 25 μυστηρίου χρόνοις aio-
νίοις oeovynpéevov.—Eurip. Med. 80 σίγα
λόγον. Pass. Pind. Ol. 9. 156. Plato Epist.
310. d, 6.

~~

σιγὴ 661

OLY, ἧς, ἡ, (σιγάω,) silence, Acts 21,
40 πολλῆς σιγῆς. Rev. 8, 1.—Wisd. 18,
14. Plut. Dion 43. Xen, Cyr. 7. 1. 25
πολλὴ σιγή.

σιδήρεος, éa, cov, contr. σιδηροῦς, ἃ,
vv, (σίδηρος.) tron, of iron. Acts 12, 10
πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν. Rev. 2, 27. 9, 9. 12, 5.
19, 15. Sept. for 5¥92 Lev. 26, 19. Deut.
3, 11.—Dem..778. 20. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 30.

σίδηρος, ov, ὃ, iron, Rev. 18,12. Sept.
for ΤῊ Gen. 4, 21.—Dem. 645. 16. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 23.

Σ ίδων, ὥνος, ἡ, Sidon, Heb. Ji9"¥ Zidon,
a celebrated commercial city of Phenicia,
situated on the sea-coast northward of Tyre,
and now called Saida; in N. T. every
where coupled with Tyre except twice,
Acts 27, 3. Luke 4, 26 eis Σάρεπτα τῆς Σι-
δῶνος, i. 6. the country or territory of Sidon.
So Matt. 11, 21 ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι. v. 22.
15, 21. Mark 3, 8. '7, 24. 31. Luke 6, 17.
10,13. 14.—The name ji7"%.is pr. fishing,
jishery, and such is the etymology given
by Justin 18.3; comp. Heb. Lex. s. voc.
But Josephus derives it from Sidon the
eldest son of Canaan, Gen. 10,15. Jos. Ant.
1.6.2. Sidon is a very ancient city, older
than Tyre Gen. 10, 19. 49,13; and was
assigned by Joshua to the tribe of Asher,
but never subdued by them, Josh. 19, 28.
Judg. 1, 31. 10,12. Jos. Ant. 15. 4.1 ἐκ
προγόνων ἔλευβέρα. It afterwards surren-
dered to Salmanassar king of Assyria ; and
was destroyed by Artaxerxes Ochus king
of Persia about 350 B. C. Jos. Ant. 9. 14.
12. Diod. Sic. 16. 41 sq. It was again re-
built, and not long after was taken by Alex-
ander the Great, before the siege of Tyre,
Jos. Ant. 11.8. 3. Arr. Alex. M. 2. 15.
After his death it was subject alternately to
the kings of Syria and of Egypt, and then
to the Romans. At present the population
of Saida is estimated at from 5000 to 7000,
mostly Muhammedans, See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. i. p. 20 sq. Bibl. Res. in Pal. ΠῚ.
p. 416-428. ὃ

Σιδώνιος, ia, ov, Sidonian, and of 313 ὠ-
νιοι the Sidonians, inhabitants of Sidon,
Acts 12,20. Also Luke 4,26 Lachm. Σά-
penta τῆς Σιδωνίας (yHpas).—Jos. Ant. 17.

12.1.

, TLKAPLOS, ov, 6, Lat. sicarius, (sica, a
dagger,) pr. a dagger-man, cssassin, robber,
Acts 21, 38°; see Jos. Ant. 20. 8.6. B. J.
2. 13. 5.—Bands of robbers and outlaws of
this name and character were common in
Judea under the procurators; Jos. B. J. 2.
13. 3 εἶδος ληστῶν οἱ καλούμενοι σικάριοι

Σιλωάμ

+. ταῖς ἐσθήσεσιν ὑποκρύπτοντες μικρὰ ξε
φίδια. Ant. 20. 8, ὅ ; comp. Β. 1. 7. c. 8-11.

σίκερα; τό, Heb. “3, indec. (Gen. σί-
xepos Euseb. Prep. Evang. 6. 10,) sikera,
i. e. strong drink, any intoxicating liquor,
whether wine Num, 28, 7, or more usually

. as prepared from grain, fruit, honey, dates,

or the like; Luke 1, 15 οἶνον καὶ σίκερα
od μὴ πίῃς So Sept. and "28 Lev. 10, 9.
Deut. 29, 6. Judg. 13,4. 7. 14.—Hieron.
ad Nepot. Opp. IV. p. 364. Mart. * Sikera
Hebrezo sermone omnis potio, que inebriare
potest, sive illa que*frumento conficitur,
sive pomorum succo; aut.cum favi deco-
quuntur in dulcem et barbaram, potionem ;

aut palmarum fructus exprimuntur in liquo- ©

rem, coctisque frugibus aqua pinguior colo-
ratur.” Plin. H. N. 14. 19, “ Fierent vina
et a pomis, primumque e palmis quarum
Palestina feracissima fuit, quo Parthi. et
Indi utuntur, et Oriens totus.” The Egyp-
tians prepared a similar drink from barley,
Hdot. 2. 77. Diod. Sic. 1. 20, 31.

Σίλας, see in Σιλουανός.

Σιλουανός, od, 6, contr. Σ᾿ ἴλας, ἃ, 6,
Silvanus, Silas, pr. n. of a distinguished
Christian teacher, the companion of Paul in
his journeys in Asia Minor and Greece.
The former name only is found in the Epis-
tles ; the latter only in Acts; e. g. Σιλουα-
vos, 2 Cor. 1, 19. 1 Thess. 1,1. 2 Thess.
3,1. 1 Pet. 5, 12; Σίλας, Acts 15, 22. 27.

32. 34. 40. 16, 19. 25. 29. 17, 4. 10. 14. ᾿

15. 18, 5.

Σλωάμ, ὁ ν. τό, indec. Siloam, Heb.
ΤΡ (sent, a sending, i. 6. an aqueduct)
Shiloah, Siloah, pr. n. of a fountain in the
valley by Jerusalem, John 9, 7. 11 κολυμ-
βήϑρα τοῦ SA. Luke 13, 4 ὁ πύργος ἐν τῷ
Σιλ. see in πύργος. So Sept. for Heb, πϑἢ

_Is. 8,6. Josephus usually ἡ Σιλωάμ, once

τοῦ Σιλωάμ B. J. 6.'7. 2, and once τοῦ Σι-
od ib. 2.16.2. See Heb. Lex. art. >.
—The fountain of Siloam is on the south-
eastern part of Jerusalem, near the foot of
Mount Zion, having Moriah on the north.
In this quarter there are two fountains so
called. The upper or northern one (now
known as the Fountain of the Virgin) issues
into a small reservoir twenty feet or more
below. the surface of the ground under the
western wall of the valley ; to which reser-
voir there is a descent by two flights of 26
stepsinall. From this place it is carried by
a winding passage cut beneath the mountain
for more than a quarter of a mile to another
reservoir in the mouth of the valley of the
Tyropeon ; whence it flows as a beautiful

.

σιμικινίδιον

rill winding its way down into the valley of
Jehoshaphat towards the south-east. The
water is soft, of a sweetish taste, and plea-
sant, though slightly brackish ; according
well with the description of Josephus, yAv-
κεῖα καὶ πολλὴ πηγή, B. J. 5.4.1. The
second or lower reservoir is doubtless the
Siloam of Scripture.—From a misappre-
hension of the language of Josephus (B. J.
5. 4. 1, 2), Reland and some other modern
writers have sought for Siloam on the south-
western side of Zion. Rel. Pal. p. 858;
comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 494. See
genr. ibid. I. p. 493-508.

σιμικίνδδλιον, ov, τό, Lat. semicinetium,
i. 6. an apron, pr. covering half the person,
and worn by artisans and servants, Acts
.. 18. 18,

> ίμων, vos, 6, Simon, Heb. visa
(a hearkening) Simeon, pr. n. of several
persons.

1. Simon Peter, the apostle, see in Πέ-
rpos, Matt. 17,25. Mark 1, 16. Luke 4, 38.
22,31. al. Elsewhere also, Σίμων ὁ λεγόμε-
vos V. ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος, Matt. 4, 18. 10,
2. Acts 10,18. 11,133 Σίμων ὄνομα Πέτρος
Mark 3, 16, comp. Luke 6, 14; Σίμων Πέ-
rpos Matt. 16,16. Luke 5, 8. John 1, 41.
6, 8. 13, 6.93 Σίμων ὁ vids Ἰωνᾶ John 1,
43; Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ Matt. 16, 17; Σίμων
Ἰωνᾶ John 21, 15.16.17. +

2. ‘Simon, also an apostle, surnamed ὁ
Ζηλωτής Luke 6, 15. Acts 1, 135 or 6 Ka-
vavirns Matt. 10, 4. Mark 3, 18; see these
articles. Not improb. he may have been
the brother-of James the Less and Jude ;
at least, he is mentioned next to them in all
the lists of the apostles, Matt. 10, 4. Mark
3, 18. Luke 6, 15.

3. Simon, a son of Mary and brother of
Jesus, Matt. 13, 55. Mark 6, 3. Others
regard him as the brother of James the Less
and Jude, and only a kinsman of Jesus ; but
see in Ἰάκωβος no. 3. .

4. Simon, the father of Judas Iscariot,
John 6, 71. 12, 4. 13, 2. 26.

5. Simon a Pharisee, who invited Jesus
to his house, Luke '7, 40. 43. 44.

6. Simon ὁ λεπρός; i. e. formerly a leper,
Matt. 26, 6. Mark 14, 3.

7. Simon the Cyrenian, Kupnvaios, who
was compelled to aid in bearing the cross
of Jesus, Matt. 27, 82. Mark 15, 21. Luke
23, 26.

8. Simon 6 μαγεύων, a sorcerer in Sama-
ria, Acts 8, 9. 13. 18. 24.

9. Simon ὁ βυρσεύς, a tanner at Joppa,
Acts 9, 43. 10, 6. 17. 32.

662

owowv

Σινᾶ, τό, indec. Sinai, Heb. "2" ; Sept.
τὸ Σινά Judg. 5, 5. Ex. 19, 1. 2; Josephus
τὸ Σιναῖον (ὄρος) Ant. 3. 5.1; pr. n. of a
mountain or rather cluster of mountains in
the Arabian peninsula between the two
gulfs of the Red Sea, celebrated as the place
where the Moésaic law was given; Acts 7,
30. 38. Gal. 4, 24. 25.—The proper Sinai
is a lofty ridge between two deep and very:
narrow valleys ; the northern end impends
perpendicularly towards the north over a
narrow plain er-Rahah ; the southern rises
into a higher summit, the modern Jebel
Misa. Inthe 8S. W. beyond the deep valley
is another ridge, on which is the summit St.
Catharine. The place of the giving of the
law was prob. the northern end of the first
ridge ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1849. p. 381 sq.
The Arabic name for the whole mountain
is now Jebel et-Tur. See a full description
of Sinai with a Map in Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 129 sq. 139 5α. 8148 5ᾳ. 167 5ᾳ. 175 sq.
Comp. also Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria-etc.
4to. p. 565sq. Riippell’s Reisen in Nub.
τί. dem petr. Arabien, p. 257sq. Id. Reise
in Abyssinien, I. p. 117 sq. Ritter Erdkunde
XIV. p. 517-638.

σίναπι, ews, τό, mustard, sinapis orien-
talis, a plant often Srowing in the fertile
soil of Palestine to a very considerable size,
Matt. 13, 31. Mark 4, 31. Luke 13, 19.
See Buxt. Lex. Chald. 823. Irby and Mangles
found it “growing wild, as high as the
horses’ heads ;” p. 355 [108]. ‘The phrase
κόκκον σινάπεως, a grain of mustard, is pro
verbial, i. q. che least, the smallest particle
Matt. 17, 20. Luke 17, 6. So Rabb.
bya "293, Buxt. 1. ο. 822.—Othersre-
gard the civam of the N. T. as the shrub
or tree Salvadora Persica, found by Irby
and Mangles on or near the peninsula of the
Dead Sea. Its fruit hangs “in bunches re-
sembling the currant, with the colour of the
plum; it has a pleasant, though strong
aromatic taste, exactly resembling mustard,’
and produces a like irritability in the nose
and eyes; see Irby and Mang. p. 354 [108].
Royle in Journ. of Sacr. Lit. 1849. p. 271.
sq.—So σίναπι Archipp. in Athen. 9. 68. p.
498 ; σινάπεως Nicet. Annal. 17. 5. p. 337;
other late forms are σίνηπι Artemid. 5. 5. p.
401; σίναπυ Athen. 2. 78. p. 264. The
early and Attic form was νάπυ ; see Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 288.

σινδών, ὄνος, ἡ, sindon, i. e. fine linen,
muslin; from India, Hdot. 1. 200, ib. 2. 95;
σινδὼν βυσσίνη, Hdot. 2. 86. ib. 7. 181;
also genr. linen cloth, used as a signal, Pol

ἊΣ

σινιάζω . 663

2. 66.10. Passow derives it from Ἰνδός,
Sind; some (as Etym. M.) from the city
dev; while Pollux regards it as of Egyp-
tian origin, Onom, 7. 172,—In N. T. linen
cloth, fine linen, e. g. a loose linen garment,
linen, worn at night instead of the usual
garments ; Mark 14, 51 νεανίσκος... περι-
βεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ. v. 52. Used
also for wrapping around dead bodies, Matt.
27,59. Mark 15, 46 bis. Luke 23; 53.
Sept. for "70 Judg. 14, 12. 13. Prov. 31,
24. So Galen. μὴ γυμνὸς κομιζέσϑω, ἀλλὰ
περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα, in Wetst. I. p. 631.
Hdot. 2. 95 ἢν μὲν ἐν ἱματίῳ ἐνελιξάμενος
εὕὔδῃ ἢ σινδόνι. Thuc. 2. 49. ;

σινιάζω, f. dow, (σίνιον a riddle,) to sift,
to shake, as grain in a sieve or riddle.
Trop. c. acc. of pers. impl. Luke 22, 31
6 Σατανᾶς ἐξητήσατο ὑμᾶς, τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς
τὸν σῖτον, i. e. to agitate and prove you by
trials and afflictions—Hesych. σινιάσαι -
σεῖσαι, κοσκινεῦσαι. Not found in classic
writers.

σιτευτός, ή, Ov, (σιτεύω, σῖτος.) fed up
with grain, fatted; Luke 15, 23 τὸν μόσχον
τὸν σιτευτόν. v.27. 30. Sept. for P32 δ»
Jer, 46, 21; D158 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23].—
Pol. 39. 2. 7. Xen. An. 5. 4. 32.

σιτίον, ov, τό. (viros,) grain, corn, pro-
vision of grain, Acts 7,12 Lachm. for Plur.
oira.—Plur. ra σιτία Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 1.
Pol. 8. 37. 1.

σιτιστός, 7, ὄν, (σιτίζω, σῖτος.) fed up
with grain, fatied; Subst. τὰ σιτιστά, fat-
lings, Matt. 22; 4.—Jos. Ant. 8. 2. 4.
Athen. 14. p. 656. c. The form σιτευτός
was more Attic, Thom. Mag. p. 794.

σιτομέτριον, ov, τό, (σῖτος, μετρέω,)

grain measured out, an allowance, portion,

ration, Luke 12, 42.—Greg. Naz. Orat. 2.
29. Basil. Ep. 393, 404. A word of the
later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 383. Comp.
σιτομετρία Diod. Sic. 2. 41.

σῖτος, ov, 6, Plur. ra σῖτα, wheat, and
genr. for grain, corn; Matt. 3, 12 συνάξει
τὸν σῖτον αὑτοῦ. 13, 25. 29. 30. Mark 4,
28. Luke 3, 17. 16,7. 22,31 comp. in
σινιάζω. John 12, 24. Acts 7, 12 see in o-
riov. 27, 38. 1 Cor. 15, 37. Rev. 6, 6. 18,
13. Sept. for "2 Gen. 41, 49; 121 Gen.
27, 28. Is. 36, 17.—ABl. V. H. 6. 12.

*Pol. 5. 1. 11. Xen. Anab. 2. 4. 27.

= txap, > ὑχέμ, see Suxdp, Συχέμ.

Σιών, ὃ v. τό, indec. Sion, Heb, 7i*%
(sunny place) Zion, the southernmost and
highest of the hills on which Jerusalem
was built, containing the citadel, the palace

σκανδαλίζυ

and the upper city, ἡ ἄνω πόλις v. ἀγορά
Jos. Β. J. 5. 4. 1 ; see in ‘TepovoadAnp.—In
N. T. synecd. for the whole of Jerusalem,
as the holy city, the seat of the worship ot
the true God, where his presence is said to
dwell; 6. g. ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος Σιών Rev. 14, 1;
ἐν Σιών Rom. 9, 33. 1 Pet. 2, 6; ἐκ Σιών
Rom. 11, 26; ϑυγάτηρ Σιών Matt. 21, 5.
John 12, 15, see in Svydrnp no. 3. Of the
spiritual or celestial Zion, Heb. 12, 22; see
in Ἱερουσαλήμ no. 3. Ὁ. y
σιωπάω, ὦ, f. how, (σιωπή,) to be si-
lent, still, intrans. ;

1. Pr. of persons, to keep silence, to hold
one’s peace, absol. Matt. 20, 31. 26, 63 ὁ δὲ
Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. Mark 3, 4. 9, 34. 10, 48.
14, 61. Luke 18, 39. 19, 40. Acts 18, 9.
Of one unable to speak, dumb, Luke 1, 20.
Sept. for 023 Job 29, 21; BHM Is. 36,
21.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 21. 2. Dem. 1126. 27.
Xen. An. 1. 3. 2.

2. Trop. of a sea or lake, to be still; calm,
hushed; Mark 4, 39 σιώπα, πεφίμωσο----
Comp. Anth. Gr. I. p. 169. 1 σεσίγηκεν δὲ
ϑάλασσα. Theocr. Id. 2. 38. So sileat mare,
Valer. Flace. 8. 452.

σκανδαλίζω, f. iow, (σκάνδαλον,) pr. to
make stumble ; Pass. to stumble; not found
in classic writers. So trop. of external cir-
cumstances or character, to cause to fail,
to bring to ruin, Aquil. for 583, 9032,
Proy. 4,12. Is. 8,15. 40, 30. Ps. 64,9;
also Ecclus. 9, 5. 23, 8. 35, 15.—In N. T.
trop. ina moral sense, to make stumble at or
in any thing, i. e.

1. Genr. to give or cause offence to any
one, i. 4. to offend, to vex, pr. to scandalize,
6. acc. of pers. Matt. 1'7,.27 iva δὲ μὴ σκαν-
δαλίσωμεν αὐτούς. John 6, 61. 1 Cor. 8,
13 bis. Pass. Matt. 15, 12. Rom. 14, 21.
2 Cor. 11, 29. Also Pass. σκανδαλίζεσϑαι
ἔν τινι, to be offended in or at any one, to
take offence at his character, words, con-
duct, so as to desert and reject him; Matt.
11, 6 μακάριός ἐστιν, ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλι-
σϑῇ ἐν ἐμοί. 13, 57. 26, 31. 33 bis. Mark
6,3. 14, 27. 29. Luke 7, 23.

2. Causat. to cause to offend, to lead
astray, to lead into sin, i. e. to be a stum-
bling block, or the occasion of one’s sin-
ning; c. acc. of pers. Matt. 5,29 εἰ δὲ ὁ
bf3. σου σκανδαλίζει σε. v. 30. 18, 6 ὃς δ᾽
ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ Eva τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Υ. 8.
9. Mark 9, 42. 48. 45. 47. Luke 17,2. So
Psalt. Salom. 16, '7 γυναικὸς πονηρᾶς σκαν-
δαλιζούσης appova—Hence Pass. to be
made to offend, to be led astray or into sin,
i. q. to fall away from the truth, from the

σκάνδαλον

gospel ; Matt. 13, 21. 24, 10. Mark 4, 17.
John 16, 1.

σκάνδαλον, ov, τό, (σκάζω or σκαμβός.)
a later form for σκανδάλησϑρον, pr. a trap-slick,
a bent stick on which the bait is fastened,
which the animal strikes against and so
springs the trap; Pollux On. 7. 114 ἐργά-
ζοιτο δ᾽ ἂν ὁ τέκτων καὶ pudypas, ὧν τὸ ἱστά-
μενόν τε καὶ σχαζόμενον παττάλιον " τὸ δὲ τῇ
σπαρτίνῃ προσηρτημένον σκανδάληϑρον κα-
λεῖται. ib. 10. 166. Aristoph. Achar. 687,
Schol. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 302. He-
sych. cxavdado%pioras, καὶ σκάνδαλον τὸ ἐν
ταῖς μυάγραις. Synecd. a trap, gin, snare,
Sept. for Pi trop. Josh. 23, 13. 1 Sam.
18, 21. Hence genr. ‘any thing which one
strikes or stumbles against,’ a stumbling-
block, impediment, as Sept. for i832,
Lev. 19, 14 ἀπέναντι τυφλοῦ οὐ προσϑήσεις
σκάνδαλον, comp. Judith 5, 1.—In N. T. ἃ
stumbling-block, offence, only trop. in a mo-
ral sense.

1. Genr. a cause of stumbling, falling,
ruin, morally and spiritually ; e.:g. of Christ,
as πέτρα σκανδάλου, a rock of stumbling,
Rom. 9, 33. 1 Pet. 2,8; see in πέτρα no.
2, and λίϑος no. 2. Also genr. Rom. 11, 9
γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν.... εἰς σκάνδαλον,
quoted from Ps. 69, 23 where Sept. for
wpi2, comp. above. Sept. for "59

Ps. 119, 165.—Ecclus. 27, 23. 1 Macc. 5,4. .

2. As a cause of offence and indignation,
i. q. offence, a scandal ; Matt. 16, 23 σκάν-
δαλόν μου ei 1 Cor. 1, 28. Gal. 5, 11.---
Judith 12, 2.

3. As a cause or occasion of sinning or
of falling away from the truth, Matt. 18, 7
ter. Luke 17, 1 ἀνενδεκτόν ἐστι μὴ ἐλϑεῖν
τὰ σκάνδαλα. Rom. 14,13. 16,17. Rev. 2,14.
1 John 2, 10 καὶ σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν,
i.e. there is in himself nothing to lead him
into sin; comp. v. 11 and John 11,9. Me-
ton. of persons, Matt. 13, 41. Sept. for wpira
Judg. 2, 3. Ps. 106, 36.—Wisd. 14, 11.

σκάπτω, f. Wa, to dig, to delve, 4050].
Luke 6, 48 ὃς ἔσκαψε καὶ ἐβάϑυνε, see in
Ba%ive. 13,8. 16,3 σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω.
Sept. Is. 5, 6, Heb. "ἼΣΣ .---Ατίβίοριι. Av.
1432 σκάπτειν yap οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι. Hdian.
4. 7. 6. Xen. Cic. 16. 14.

σκάφη, ns, ἡ, (σκάπτω,) pr. ‘any thing
dug out,’ 6. ρ΄. a channel, trench, Hdot. 4.
133 a bowl, Bel and Drag. 33; α bath Arr.
Epict. 3. 22. '71.—In N. T. ἃ skiff, boat,
Acts 27, 16. 30. 32. So Dion. Hal. Ant.
8. 44. Pol. 1. 28. 7. Plut. Mor. Il. p. 17.

σκέλος, eos, ovs, τό, Plur. τὰ σκέλη, the
leg, the legs, from the hip to the foot, John

664 =. σκεῦος

19, 31. 32. 33. Sept. for 0°37 Lev. 11,
21. Am. 3, 12.—Aristot. H. An. 1. 15. 5.
Pol. 1. 80. 13. Xen. An, 4. 2, 20,
σκέπασμα, ατος, τό, (σκεπάζω, σκε-
πάω,) covering, clothing, raiment, 1 Tim. 6,
8 ἔχοντες δὲ διατροφὰς καὶ σκεπάσματα, κτλ.
—Jos. B. J. 2.8.5 ξζωσάμενοι σκεπάσμασι
λινοῖς. Plut. Lucull. 27. Plato Pol. 279. ἀν

Σ κευᾶς, ἃ, 6, Sceva, pr. n. of a Jew
who had been a chief priest, Acts 19, 14.
See in ἀρχιερεύς no. 2.

σ. κευή, ῆς, ἡ, (oKevos,). apparatus, equip-
ment, 6. g. for war, Diod. Sic. 11. 715 ap-
parel, equipage, trappings, Hdian. 6. 4. 11.
Xen. An. 4. 7. 27.—In N. T. of a ship,
furniture, implements, effects; Acts 27, 19
τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἐῤῥίψαμεν. So Diod.
Sic. 14. 79. Of household furniture, moy-
ables, Pol. 2. 6. 6.

σκεῦος, cos, ovs, τό, (kindr. κυέω, κεύϑω,)
a vessel, utensil, implement.

1. Genr. of the furniture and utensils of
a house,e.g. 8) Pr. of a hollow vessel
for containing things, Luke 8, 16 οὐδεὶς de
λύχνον ἅψας, καλύπτει αὐτὸν σκεύει. John
19, 29. Acts 10, 11. 16. 11, ὅ. Sept. and
“b> 2K. 4, 3. 4. 6. (Al V. Η. 12. 8.
Hdian. 4.7. 8.) Of α potter’s vessel, Rom.
9,21. Rev. 2,27. Sept. and "b> Lev. 6,
28. 14,50. 0) Of any vessel or imple-
ment; Mark 11, 16 οὐκ ἤφιεν iva τὶς διε-
νέγκῃ σκεῦος διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 2 Tim. 2, 20.
Heb, 9, 21 τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας. Rev.
18, 12 bis. Sept. and "b> 1 Chr. 9, 28.
Num. 1, 50. Ex. 3,22. So Diod. Sic. 17.
66. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 5. 6) Plur. τὰ
σκεύη, household stuff, goods, furniture,
Matt. 12, 29. Mark 3, 27. Luke 17,31 τὰ
σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Sept. Gen. 31, 37.
Neh, 13, 8. So Paleph. 38. 3. Hdian. 2.1.2.
Xen. Εἴς. 8.12. d) Spec. ina ship, collect.
τὸ σκεῦος, the tackling, espec. the sails, as the
implements of sailing ; Acts 27,17 χαλά-
σαντες τὸ σκεῦος, Engl. they strake sail.
So τὰ σκεύη genr. of the implements and
tackle of a ship, Dem. 1145. 1. Al. V. TL.
6. 12. Xen. Εἴς. 8. 11, 12.

2. Trop. of persofis,e. g. ἃ) As the
instrument or agent of any one; Acts 9,
15 σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς, α chosen vessel, instru-
ment. 2 Tim, 2, 21. Comp. Sept. and "Ὁ
Jer. 50,25. So Pol. 13. 5.'7 Δαμοκλῆς...
ὑπηρετικὸν ἦν σκεῦος εὐφυές. δ) In a mo-
ral respect ; Rom. 9, 22. 23 σκεύη ὀργῆς.
σκεύη ἐλέους, vessels of wrath, of mercy,
i.e. those on whom the divine wrath or
mercy is to be exercised ; in allusion to the
vessels of the potter in v.21. Comp. in

σκηνή

an active sense, Sept. σκεύη ὀργῆς, Heb.
ὮΣῚ "22 » i.e. instruments of wrath, Jer.
50,25. 6) Of the human body as formed
of clay, and therefore frail and feeble ; 2 Cor.
4,7 ἔχομεν τὸν ϑησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρα-
κίνοις σκεύεσιν. ᾿

3. Spec. in the later Hebrew usage, Heb.
"2, Gr. σκεῦος, is put for a wife, as the
vessel of her husband ; see Scheettg. Hor,
Heb. p. 827. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 801. So
1 Pet. 3,7 ὡς ἀσϑενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναι-
κείῳ, the female vessel as the weaker. 1 Thess.
4, 4 τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσϑαι, see in κτάο-
μαι; comp. 1 Cor. 7, 2.—C&cumen. τινὲς
τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος τὴν ὁμόζυγον ἡρμήνευσαν.

σκηνή, ἧς. ἡ, (kindr. σκεῦος, oxia,) a
booth, hut, tabernacle, tent, pr. any covered
or shaded place, Heb. 739.

1. Pr. as built of green boughs and the
like, α booth; Matt. 17, 4 ποιήσωμεν ὧδε
τρεῖς σκηνάς. Mark 9, 5. Luke 9,33. Sept.
for 29 Gen. 33, 17. Is. 1, 8. Jon. 4, 5.
So Dem. 284. 24. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 25.—
Also of skins or cloth, a tent, tabernacle,
Heb. 11,9 ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικήσας. Sept.and
20 Lev. 23, 43. 2 Sam. 11, 11; for Dek
Gen. 4, 19. 18,1 sq: So All. V. H. 9. 3.
Hdian. 2. 11. 3. Xen. An. 3. 3. 1.—Once
poetically for a house; Acts 15, 16 ἀνοικο-
δομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαβὶδ thy πεπτωκυῖαν,
quoted from Amos 9, 11 where Sept. and
20, metaph. for the family or royal line of
David, fallen into weakness and decay.—
Genr. for abode, dwelling ; Luke 16, 9 εἰς
ras αἰωνίους σκηνάς. Rev. 13, 6 τὴν σκηνὴν
αὐτοῦ SC. Tov ϑεοῦ, i.e. heaven. Sept. and
M20 Job 36, 29. Ps. 18, 12.

2. Spec. the tabernacle, the sacred tent
of the Hebrews, in which the ark was kept,
the earliest seat of the Jewish worship.
The ark however was separated from the
tabernacle long before the building of the
temple, and was kept in Jerusalem; while
the tabernacle itself remained in Gibeon ;
2 Chr. 1, 3. 4. 13, comp. 2 Sam. 6, 17.
1 Chr. 15,1. 8) Pr. and genr. Heb. 8,
5. 9, 1 Rec. 9, 21. 13, 10. Acts 7, 44 ἡ
ax. τοῦ μαρτυρίου; see in μαρτύριον No. 2.
Sept. for 58 Ex. 29, 4.10. 33,7; 7239
Num. 1, 50 sq.—Synecd. spoken of the
outer sanctuary of the tabernacle, Heb. 9,
2. 6. 8; also of the inner sanctuary, the
holy of holies, Heb. 9,3. 8) Symbolic-
ally of the spiritual or celestial tabernacle,
from which the material one is said to have
been copied, Heb. 8, 2. 9, 11; comp. 8, 5.
9,23. 24. Also poetically for the temple
in the heavenly Jerusalem; Rev. 15, 5 4
γαὺς τῆς σκηνῆς TOU μαρτυρίου. 21, 3.

665

-—

σκηνοποιός

3. Spec. Acts 7, 43 ἡ σκηνὴ. τοῦ Moddx,
the tabernacle of Moloch, quoted from Amos
5, 26 where Sept. for Heb. M30, i.e. a
tabernacle or sanctuary which the idolatrous
Israelites constructed in the desert in hon-
our of Moloch, like that in honour of Jeho-
vah; prob. of a small size so as to elude
the notice of Moses ; see in Ῥρψεμφάν. Comp.
the σκηνὴ ἱερά of the Carthaginians Diod.
Sic. 20. 65. Petron. 29 “ praterea grande
armarium in angulo vidi, in cujus edicula
erant lares argentei positi.”

σκηνοπηγία, ας, ἡ; (σκηνή, πήγνυμι,)
pr. a booth-pitching, tent-pitching, i. 6. the
festival of booths or of tabernacles, the third
great annual festival of the Jews, in which
all the mules were required to appear before
God at the tabernacle or temple, the other
two being the Passover and Pentecost
(Deut. 16, 16). John 7, 2 ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν
ἸΙουδαίων, oxnvornyia. So ἡ soxnvornyia
2 Mace. 1, 9. 18; also Heb. nizon a,
Sept. ἑορτὴ τῆς σκηνοπηγίας Deut. 16, 16.
31,10. Zech. 14, 16. 18. 19; also 1 Esdr.
5, 51. 1 Mace. 10,21. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12.
Sept. ἑορτὴ τῶν σκηνῶν Lev. 23, 24. Deut.
16, 13.—This festival was so called from
the booths (tabernacles) of green boughs
and leaves, in which the people dwelt seven
days, on the roofs of the houses and in the
courts and streets. It began on the 15th
day of the seventh month Tisri, which com-
menced with the new moon of October, and
was celebrated for eight days; partly asa
memorial of the 40 years’ wandering in the
desert, where the Israelites dwelt in tents,
Lev. 23, 39-43; and partly as a season of
thanksgiving for the ingathering of the har-
vest, hence called FONT 3M, the festival
of ingathering, Ex. 23, 16. 34, 22. It was
a season of rejoicing and feasting ; particu-
lar sacrifices were offered; and portions ot
the law read in public; Deut. 31, 10 sq.
Neh. 8, 18. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.12. To these
the later Jews added a libation of water
brought from the fountain Siloam, mixed
with wine, and poured upon the altar. Comp.
genr. Lev. 23, 34 sq. 39sq. Neh. 8, 14.
2 Macc. 10, 6 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 4. ib. 4.
8. 12. ib. 8. 4. 1. The first and eighth
days were Sabbaths to the Lord, with holy ~
convocations, Lev. 23, 35.36.39. Num.
29, 12..35; and the eighth especially is .
called the last great day of the festival,
John 7, 37; comp. Neh, 8, 18.

σκηνοποιός, ov, ὃ, (σκηνή, ποιέω,) a
tent-maker, spoken of Paul, Acts 18, 3;
see in IHavAos.—Poll. On. 7. 189; comp.

σκῆνος
σκηνοποιοῦμαι Diod. Sic. 3. 27. Hdian.
7.2. 8.

σκῆνος, cos, ovs, τό, (oxnvy,) a booth,
tent, tabernacle, Anthol. Gr. Il. p. 162.
Hesych. σκήνους " oixyrnpiov.—In N. T.
trop. for the body, as the frail and tempor-
ary abode of the soul; 2 Cor. 5,1 ἡ ἐπί-
γείος οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους, this earthly house,
this tabernacle, the genit. being equivalent
to an apposition, as in Hebrew, Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 677. 2 Cor. 5, 4 of ὄντες ἐν τῷ
σκήνει. So Wisd. 9,15 τὸ γεῶδες σκῆνος.
“βομίη. Dial. Socr. 3. 5. Ζ. H. An. 12.
17. Plato Axioch. 366. a.

σ κηνόω, ὦ, f. dow, (σκῆνος,) to tent, to
pitch tent, Sept. for bmx Gen. 13, 12.
Hdian. 6. 8. 17.—In N. T. to dwell as in
tents, to tabernacle; soc. ἐν ἡμῖν John 1,
14; ἐν c. dat. of place, Rev. 12, 12. 13, 6;
μετά c. gen. Rev. 21,3; ἐπί ο. acc. Rev.
7,15. Sept. c. ἐν for 3428 Judg. 8, 11.
So Xen. An. 5. 5. 11 σκηνοῦν ἐν ταῖς
οἰκίαις.

σ κήνωμα, τος; τό, (σκηνόω,) a booth or
tent pitched, a tabernacle, pr. Xen. An. 2. 2.
17.—In N. T. a dwelling, temple, for God,
Acts 7,46. (Sept. and j2ti Ps. 132, 5.
46,4; dos 1K, 2, 28. 8, 4.) Trop. of
the body, as the frail tenement of the soul,
2 Pet. 1, 13. 14; comp. in σκῆνος.

σκία, δι." He shadow, shade.
a) Pr. Mark 4, 32 ὑπὸ τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ.

Acts 5, 15. Sept. for by Ez. 17, 23.
Judg. 9, 36. So Al. V. H. 2. 14. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 8. 17. b) Spec. for darkness,

gloom, as σκιὰ Savarov death-shade, thickest
darkness, see in Sdvaros no. 4; Matt. 4,
16. Luke 1, 79. Comp. umbra morlis Ovid
Met. 5. 191.

2. Trop. a shadow, i. 6. a shadowing
forth, adumbration, in distinction from τὸ
σῶμα the body or reality, and 6 εἰκών the
full and perfect image; so of the Jewish
rites and dispensation as prefiguring the
future and more perfect things of the gos-
pel dispensation; Col.. 2, 17 ἅ ἐστι σκιὰ
τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα Tod Χριστοῦ.
Heb. 8, ὅ. 10, 1 σκιὰν γὰρ ἔχων ὁ νόμος ...
οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν mpayparav.—Phil-
ostr. Vit. Soph. 1.20. 1 ὅτι σκιὰ καὶ ὀνεί-
para ai ἡδοναὶ πᾶσαι. Comp. Cic. Off. 3.
17 “nos veri juris solidam et expressam
-efigiem nullam tenemus ; wmbra et imagi-
nibus utimur.”

σκιρτάω, ὦ, f. how, to leap, to spring,
espec. of animals, Sept. Mal. 4, 2.. Wisd.
17, 19. Luc. Ὁ. Marin. 15, 2.—In N. T. to
leap for joy, to exult, Luke 6, 23° χαίρετε

666

- things done, hard, dificult ;

σκληρύνω

καὶ σκιρτήσατε. Of the foetus in the womb,
Luke 1, 41. 44; comp. Sept. Gen. 25, 22.
So Aristoph. Plut, 761 σκιρτᾶτε καὶ χορεύ-
ere. Plut. de Liber. educ. 18 fin. σκιρτῶσα
νεότης. Hdian. 4. 11. 5.

σκληροκαρδία, as, ἧ, (σκληρός, καρδία,)
hardness of heart, stubbornness, Matt. 19,

8 πρὸς τὴν ἀρ ας ong a ὑμῶν. Mark 10,
5. 16,14. Sept. for 332 M252 Deut. 10,

°16. Jer. 4, 4.—Ecclus. ‘16, 10. Not found

in classic writers.

σ. Κληρός, d ά, 6v, (σκλῆναι, oxo) pr.
dried up, hard, stiff; so of the voice or
sounds, hoarse, harsh, ocd. ἦχος Jos, Ant.
4. 3.353 σκλ. βρονταί ib. 2. 16. 3. Hdot. 8.
12; or of things, hard, not soft, τὰ σκληρὰ
καὶ τὰ μαλακά Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1.—Hence
in N. T. hard, e.g.

1. Of winds, fierce, violent, James 3, 4
ὑπὸ σκληρῶν ἀνέμων. Comp. in Engl. ‘a
hard wind, a stiff wind.’-—Sept. Prov. 27,
16 βορέας σκληρὸς ἄνεμος. 41]. Υ. Ἢ. 9.
14 σκλ. ἄνεμοι. Arr. Alex. M. 1. 26. 3

2. Of things spoken, hard, harsh, offen-
sive; as λόγος John 6, 60, comp. v. 61.
Jude 15 περὶ πάντων τῶν σκληρῶν ὧν ἐλά-
λησαν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, 4. d. hard speeches.
Sept. for map Gen. 42, 7. 30.1 K. 12, 13.
So Eurip. Fragm. 75 πότερα ϑέλεις σοι
μαλϑακὰ ψευδῆ λέγω ἢ σκληρ᾽ adn37.—OF
Acts 9,5 et 26,
14 σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. Sept.
for Mp Ex. 1,14, Deut. 26,6. So Pol. 4.
21.1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20.

3. Of persons, hard, harsh, stern, austere ,
Matt. 25, 24 ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνδρωπος. So
Sept. for ΠΕΡ 1 Sam. 25, 3. Is. 48, 4.—.
Luc. Somn. 6. “Aristot. Eth, 4. 8 ἄγριοι καὶ
σκληροὶ δοκοῦσιν εἶναι. Athen. 2. p. 55. 6.

σκληρότης, ητος, ἡ, (σκληρός,) dryness,
hardness, τῆς γῆς Jos. Ant. 8, 1. 1; hardi-
ness of the body, Plut. de tuend. San. prac.
15.—In N. T. trop. σκληρότης τῆς καρδίας,
hardness of heart, stubbornness, Rom. 2, 5.
Sept. for "wp Deut. 9, 27.

σκληροτράχηλος, 6, ἡ, adj. (σκληρός,
τράχηλος.) hard-necked, stiff-necked, stub-
born, Acts 7, 51. Sept. for }25"NYp Ex.
33,3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13.—Bar. 2, 22. Ecclus.
16, 12.

σκληρύνω, f. vv, (σκληρός,) to make
dry and hard; trop. to make hard, heavy,
grievous, Sept. for πῶρπ 2 Chr. 10, 4.
Judg. 4, 24; of words 2 Sam. 19, 43.—In
N. T. of persons ina moral sense, 10 harden,
to make. stubborn; so God, c. acc. Rom. 9,
18 ὃν δὲ ϑέλει, σκληρύνει, i. e. gives over

σκολίος : 667

to impenitence and hardness of heart ; comp.
v. 17 et Ex. 7,3. Of men, Pass. or Mid.
to harden oneself, to be hardened, Acts 19,
9. Heb. 3,13. With ras καρδίας Heb. 3,
8. 15 et 4, '7, quoted from Ps. 95, 8 where
Sept. for ΩΣ also for Pin Ex. 9, 12.
10,20. So Hcclus. 30, 12 μήποτε σκλη-
ρυνϑεὶς ἀπειθήσῃ σοι.

σκολιός, ἀ, dv, (σκέλλω,) crooked, bent,
pr. from dryness, 6. g. ξύλον σκολιόν Wisd.
13; 13; ox. σίδηρος Hdot. 2. 86.—In N. T.

1. crooked, of a way, or parts of it, Luke
3, 5 καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐξεῖαν, quoted
from Is. 40, 4 where Sept. for 3P2. Sept.
also for BPP Prov. 2, 15.—Jos. Ant. 3. 6.
2. Heliodor. 1. 6 σκολιὰς yap τινας ἀτραπούς.

2. Trop. crooked, perverse, wicked; as
γενεὰ σκολιά Acts 2, 40. Phil. 2,15. Sept.
γεν. σκολ. for “70 Ps. 78, 8; p> Prov.
32,5. So Wisd. 1, 3. Plato Rep. 506. c.
—Of masters, perverse, peevish, wayward,
opp. ἐπιεικής, 1 Pet. 2, 18. Comp. Sept. for
n2enn Prov. 16, 28.

σ κόλοψ, οπος, 6, (Kindr, σκῶλος,) any
thing pointed, a stake, palisade, Xen, An.
5. 2.5; point of a hook Luc. Mere. cond.
3; a thorn, prickle, Sept. for -"> Hos. 2,
6. Luc. Ver. Hist. 2. 30 διά τινος dxav30-
Sous καὶ σκολόπων μεστῆς ἀτρᾳποῦ. Al. H.
An. 10. 13.—In N. T. 2 Cor. 12,7 σκόλοψ
τῇ σαρκί, a thorn in the flesh, something
which excites severe and constant pain,
prob. some bodily infirmity, ἀσθένεια, comp.
v.10. So Artemid. 3. 33 ἄκανθαι καὶ σκό-
λοπες ὀδύνας σημαίνουσι διὰ τὸ ὀξύ.

σκοπέω, ὦ, f. now, (σκοπός...) to look out,
to watch, to reconnoitre, absol. Léc. D.
Deor. 20. 5. Xen. An. 5. 1. 9.—In N. T.

. to look at or upon, to behold, to regard, c.

acc. 2 Cor. 4,18 μὴ σκοποῦντων ἡμῶν τὰ
βλεπόμενα. Phil»2, 4; c. acc. of pers. i. q.
to mark, to note, Rom. 16, 17. Phil. 3, 17.
So 2 Mace. 4, 5. Dem. 1488, 2. Xen. Cyr,
2. 2. 18.—With a negat. σκοπεῖν pn, pr. to
look to it lest, to take heed lest, Luke 11, 35.
Gal. 6,1. So Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 15.

σκοπός, od, ὃ, (σκέπτομαι,) pr. “ἃ dis-
tant object on which one fixes the eye,’
Lat. scopus, a mark, goal ; Phil. 3, 14 κατὰ
σκοπὸν διώκω. Sept. for 22 Job 16,13.
Lam. 3, 12.—Hdian. 6. 7. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 29.

σκορπίζω, f. iw, to scatter, to disperse,
trans. A later word for the earlier oxe-
δάννυμι, Phryn. et Lob. p. 218.

1. Pr. 6. ace. John 10, 12 6 λύκος...
σκορπίζει τὰ πρόβατα. 16, 32. Sept. for

σκοτίζω

V7BM 2 Sam. 22,15. So Jos. Ant. 6. 6. 8.
il. V. H. 13. 46. Plat. Timol. 4.—Spec.
in the proverbial expression, Matt. 12. 30
et Luke 11, 23 ὁ μὴ συνάγων per ἐμοῦ,
σκορπίζει, he that gathereth not with me,
scaitereth, i. e. wastes, acts against me.

2. Spec. to distribute largely, to be liberal,
bountiful ; absol. 2 Cor.'9, 9 quoted from
Ps. 112, 9 where Sept. for "4B.

σκορπίος, ov, ὁ, a scorpion, Linn. scor-
pio Afer, a large insect, sometimes several
inches long, shaped somewhat like a small
lobster, and furnished with a sting at the
extremity of its tail. Scorpions are found
only in hot countries ; where they lurk in
decayed buildings and among the stones of
old walls. The sting is venomous, pro-
ducing inflammation and swelling ; but is
rarely fatal unless through neglect. Luke
10, 19. 11, 12. Rev. 9,3.5.10. Sept. for
A7P2 Deut. 8, 15. 1 K. 12, 11. 14.—Jos,
Ant. 8. 8.2. il. H. An. 6. 20. Plato Eu-
thyd. 290. a. See Shaw’s Travels p. 190.
Russell’s Nat. Hist. of Aleppo, Π. p, 223.

σκοτεινός, 7, ὄν, (σκότος,) dark, without
light ; Matt. 6,23 ὅλον τὸ σῶμά cov σκο-
rewov ἔσται. Luke 11, 34. 36. Sept. for
FIN Job 10, 21. 15, 23; FMI Ps. 88, 7.
—Ceb, Tab. 10. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1.

σκοτία, as, ἡ, (σκότος,) darkness, ab-
sence of light ; used espec. by late writers
for τὸ σκότος ; Meeris p. 354 σκότος ovderé-
pos, ᾿Αττικῶς " σκοτία, Ἑλληνικῶς. Comp.
Thom. Mag. p. 800.

1. Pr. John 6, 17 σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει,
i. e, it was now dark. 12, 35 ὁ περιπατῶν
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ. 20,1. Sept. for DBR Job 28,
8; ἀν, Mic. 3,6. (Eurip. Pheniss. 346.)
So ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, in darkness, in private,
Matt. 10, 27. Luke 12, 3:

2. Trop. of moral darkness, the absence
of spiritual light and truth, ignorance, blind-
ness, including the idea of sinfulness and
consequent calamity ; John 8, 12. 12, 35
ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβη. v.46. 1 John
1, 5.2, 8. 9. 11 ter. Comp. Fen Job 37,
19,—Meton. of persons in moral darkness,
John 1, 5 bis.

σκοτίζω, f. é iow, (oxéros,) to darken, to
deprive of light; in N. Τ᾿, only Pass. to be
darkened.

1. Pr. Matt. 24, 29 6 ἥλιος σκοτισϑήσε-.
ra. Mark 13, 24. Luke 23, 45. Rev. 8, 12.
9,2. Sept. for 725 Job 3, 9, Ecc. 12,
2.—Plut. adv. Colot. 24. Pol. 12. 15. 10.

2. Trop. of moral darkness, ignorance,

* comp. in σκοτία no. 2. Eph. 4, 18 ἐσκοτι-

σκότος

σμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ. Rom. 1, 21. 11, 10 σκο-
τισϑήτωσαν οἱ ὀφϑαλμοὶ αὐτῶν, quoted from
Ps. 69, 24 where Sept. for 724.—Test. XII
Patr. p. 524 σκοτίζων τὸν νοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλη-
elas. p. ὅ11. Comp. Dion. Hal. de Thucyd.

33 ἡ σκοτίζουσα τὴν διάνοιαν ὄχλησις.

σκότος, ov, 6, also σκότος, eos, ovs, τό,
darkness, the absence of light.—The forms
of Masc. ὁ σκότος are more frequent in
classic writers than those of Neut. τὸ σκό-
ros; see Passow s. v. Porson ad Eur. Hec.
825.

I. Mase. ὁ σκότος, darkness, in N. T.
once, Heb. 12, 18 γνόφῳ καὶ σκότῳ. Comp.
Sept. Deut. 4, 11.—Eurip. Hec. 1. Dem.
315. 22. Luc. D. Mort. 26. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8.
1. 23.

II. Neut. τὸ σκότος, darkness. 1. Pr.
and genr. Matt. 27, 45 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ᾽
ὅλην τὴν γῆν. Mark 15, 33. Luke 23, 44.
Acts 2, 20 eis σκότος. 1 Cor. 4, 5 τὰ κρυ-
πτὰ τοῦ σκότους, the hidden things of dark-
ness, done in darkness, secret things. 2 Cor.
4,6 ὁ Seds ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι,
in allusion to Gen. 1, 8. ΟΥ̓ the darkness
of the blind, Acts 13, 11. Sept. for 78M
Gen. 1, 2. 4. 5. al. So Al. V. H. 3. 18
ὑπὸ σκότους. Dem. 411. 25. Xen. Cyr, 4.
2. 26 σκοτους yevopevov.—Spec. darkness
for a dark place,a place where darkness
reigns, Matt. 8,12. 22, 13. 25, 30 ἐκβάλ-
λειν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον into the outer
darkness, remote from the light and splen-
dour of the feast within, comp. vv. 21. 23;
put as the image of the place of punish-
ment in Hades; comp. in ἐξώτερος. So
2 Pet. 2,17 et Jude 13 ζόφος τοῦ σκότους
εἰς αἰῶνα, spoken also of Hades; see in ¢6-
~ gos and comp. in ἅδης. So οἶκος σκότους
of Joseph’s prison, Test. XII Patr. p. 710 ;
of Sheol, Sept. Job 10, 22 γῆ σκότους. Tob.
4, 10. 14, 10; of the place of punishment
in Hades, Wisd. 17, 21. Psalt. Salom. 14,
“6. Genr. Xen. An. 2. 5. 7 εἰς ποῖον ἂν σκό-
τος ἀποδραίη.

2. Trop. of moral darkness, the absence
of spiritual light and truth, ignorance, blind-
ness, including the idea of sinfulness and
consequent calamity, i. 4. σκοτία no, 2.
a) Genr. Matt. 4, 16 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν
σκότει, εἶδε φῶς μέγα, quoted from Is. 9,
1 where Sept. for 72". Luke 1, 79,
comp. Sept. and 72M Ps. 107, 10. Matt. 6,
23 bis. Luke 11, 35. John 3, 19 ἠγάπησαν
μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος ἢ TO φῶς. Acts 26, 18.

"Rom. 2, 19 comp. v, 17. 20. Rom. 13, 12 et
Eph. 5, 11 ἔργα τοῦ" σκότους, the works of
darkness, wicked deeds. 2 Cor. 6, 14.

668

σκύλλω

1 Thess. 5, 4. 5. 1 Pet. 2,9. 1 John 1, 6.
Sept. and 78M Mich. %, 8. So Act. Thom.
ἡ 28, ϑ4ἃ... b) Abstr. for concr. of per-
sons in a state of moral darkness, wicked
men, under the influence of Satan; e. g.
ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους, Luke 22, 53; perh.
for Satan himself Col. 1, 18. Also Eph. 5,
8 ἦτε yap πότε σκότος. 6, 12.

TKOTOM, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (oKdros,) to darken,
to make dark, to cover with darkness; Pass.
Rev. 16, 10 καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ
ἐσκοτωμένη, i. 6. emblematic of distress, ca-
lamity, destruction. Sept. pr. for 72" Ps.
105, 28.—Ecclus. 25, 17; of blindness,
Soph. Aj. 85; trop. Plato Rep. 518. a.

σκύβαλον, ov, τό, (ἐς κύνας βαλείν,
Suid. κυσίβαλον τὶ ὄν, τὸ τοῖς κυσὶ βαλλό-
μενον ; comp. σκορακίζω from ἐς κόρακας.)
pr. ‘what is thrown to the dogs,’ refuse,
dregs, dross; spoken of the refuse of grain,
chaff, Philo de Carit. p.'712. a; the refuse
of a table, of slaughtered animals, or the

like, offal, Philo de Ab. et Cain. fin. μηδὲν

ἔξω τροφῆς σκυβάλων καὶ δέρματος. Anthol.
Gr. II. p. 180 ; of excrement, dung, Jos.
B. J. 5. 18. '7. Artemidor. 1. 69. Plut. de Is.
et Osir. 4.—In N. T. once Phil. 3, 8 ra
πάντα... ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα εἶναι, i. 6. as
refuse, dross, things worthless.

Σ κύϑης, ov, 6, a Scythian, Col. 3, 11.
The name Scylhian in ancient geography
is applied sometimes to a people, and some-
times to all the nomadic tribes, which had
their seat on the north of the Black Sea and
Caspian, stretching indefinitely eastward
into the unknown regions of Asia; having
much the same general extent as the mo-
dern names Mongols and Tartars, and like
them synonymous’ with barbarian, BapBa-
pos. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 272.
—2 Mace. 4, 47. Jos. 6. Ap. 2. 37 Σκῦϑαι
δὲ φόνοις χαίροντες ἄνθρωποι, καὶ βραχὺ
τῶν ϑηρίων διαφέροντες. Luc. Tox. 5 sq.

σκυδρωπός, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (σκυϑρός»
σκύζομαι, d,) pr. angry-looking, of an an-
gry or. sad countenance ; either affected
Matt. 6, 16; or real uke 24, 17. Sept. for
35 Gen. 40, 7.—Ecclus. 25, 23. Luc. D.
Deor. 14. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12.

σκύλλω, f. υλῶ, pr. to strip, to skin, to
flay, whence τὸ σκῦλον ; also trop. Auschyl.
Pers. 557.—In N. T. trop. to harass, to
trouble, to vex, c. acc. Mark 5, 35 et Luke
8, 49 μὴ σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον. Mid. Luke
7,6 μὴ σκύλλου. Pass. Part. Matt. 9,36 ὅτι
ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι. So Hdian. 4. 13. 8. ib
1. DB. Ὁ:

σκῦλον

σκῦλον, ov, τό, (σκύλλω,) pr. skin, hide,
of an animal as stripped off; Hesych. σκῦ-
λον, δέρμα, κώδιον ; comp. σκυλόδεψος Dem.
781. 18.—Usually and in N. T. spoil, booty,
as stripped from an enemy ; Plur. τὰ σκῦλα,
spoils, Luke 11,22. Sept. for 59% Zech.
14, 1. Is. 53, 12. So Hdian. 8. 4. 28.
Thue. 6. 71.

σκωληκόβρωτος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (σκώ-
ληξ, βιβρώσκω.) worm-eaten, eaten of worms ;
spoken of the disease of Herod Agrippa,
Acts 12, 23; comp. 2 Macc. 9, 5-9. See
Jos. Ant. 19. 8. 2. Wetstein N. T. in Acts
1. c. Bartholin de Morb. Bibl. c. 23.. Bochart.
Hieroz.. 4. 26. 620, comp. 4. 18. 583.
Others wrongly regard it as the φϑειρίασις,
louse-disease, Elsner Obs. in loc.—Of wood,
Theophr. H. Pl. 3. 12. Caus. Pl. 5. 9. 1.

σκώληξ, nxos, 6, α worm, feeding on
dead bodies; Mark 9, 44. 46. 48 ὅπου ὁ
σκώληξ αὐτῶν ov τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ
σβέννυται, in allusion to Is. 66, 24, the lan-
guage of the prophet being applied to the
place of punishment of the wicked; comp.
in art. γέεννα. The same image is found
Judith 16, 17. Ecclus. 7, 17. Sept. for
msdin Is. 1. c. Deut. 28, 39.—2 Mace. 9,
9. Luc. Asin. 25. Plut. de Superst. 1.

σμαράγδινος, η, ov, (σμάραγδος,) of
smaragdus, of emerald; Rev. 4, 3 ὁμοία
ὁράσει σμαραγδίνῳ sc. λίϑῳ.

σμάραγδος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, smaragdus, aname
under which the ancients appear to have
comprehended all gems of a fine green co-
lour, including the emerald; Rev. 21, 19.
Sept. for MPI2 Ex. 28, 17; SM 98, 9.
35, 25.—Ecclus. 35, 6. Plut. M. Anton.
75. Theophr. Fr. de Lap, 2. 23. See Plin.
H. N. 37. 16. Rosenm. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 33.

σμύρνα, ns, }, myrrh, Heb. 2, a sub-
stance distilling in tears spontaneously or
by incisions from a small thorny tree grow-
ing in Arabia, balsatnodendron myrrha ac-
cording to Ehrenberg. These tears soon
harden into a bitter aromatic gum, which
was highly prized by the ancients, and
used in’ incense and perfumes. See Dios-
cor. I. 77, et ibi Sprengel. Plin. H. N. 12.
15 sq. Nees v. Esenbeck Plant. officin. Tab.
357. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 520. Rosenm. Al-
terthk. IV. i. p. 159. So Matt. 2, 11 AiBa-
νον καὶ σμύρναν. John 19, 39. Sept for
"ia Ps. 45, 9. Cant. 3, 6. 5, 5—Diod. Sic.
2.49. Theophr. H: Pl. 9. 3, 4. Hdot. 3, 40.

Σμύρνα, ns, ἡ, Smyrna, an important
maritime city of Asia Minor, situated at the
head of a deep gulf on the western coast,

669

,
aos

still known as a commercial place, though
greatly fallen from its ancient wealth and
power. It was frequented by great numbers
of Jews. Rev. 1,11. 2,8 in later edit—-
Strabo 14. p. 646. Hdot. 1. 16. Pococke IL.
i, p. 34. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p.
183, 224. Hamilton’s Res. in Asia M. I. p.
46 sq. ;

>, μυρναῖος, a, ov, Smyrnean, of Smyr-
na; of Σμυρναῖοι, the Smyrneans, Rev. 2,
8 Rec.—Hdot. 1. 143. :

σμυρνίξω, f. iow, (σμύρνα,) to mingle
with myrrh; Pass. Mark 15, 23 ἐδίδουν
αὐτῷ πιεῖν ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον, myrrhed
wine, wine mingled with myrrh and bitter
herbs ; see fully in 6f0s.—Hesych. ἐσμυρ-
γισμένον " χρίσματα ἔχον σμύρνης.

Σόδομα, wy, τά, Sodom, Heb, ἘΠ’Ὸ
(a burning), pr. n. of one of the four cities
of the vale of Siddim destroyed in the time
of Abraham and covered by the Dead Sea ;
see Gen. 18, 17 Βα. ὁ. 19, Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 601 sq.—Matt. 10, 15. 11, 23.
24. Mark 6, 11. Luke 10, 12. 17,29. Rom.
9, 29. 2 Pet. 2,6. Jude 7. Rev. 11, 8.

Σολομών, also Σολομῶν in Rec.
Luke 12, 27. Acts 7,47; Gen. -avos in
later edit. and Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 1, 2; also
-évros in Rec. see Winer § 10. 1. n; Heb.
n>) (pacific) ; Solomon, pr. n. of the son
and successor of David, celebrated for his
wisdom, wealth, and splendour,. Matt. 1, 6.
7. 6,29. 12, 42 bis. Luke 11, 31 bis. 12,
27. John 10, 23. Acts 3,11. 5,12. 7, 41.---
See 1 K. c. 1 sq. 1 Chr. c. 28. 29. 2 Chr.
c. 1 sq.

copes, od, ἡ, (kindr. σωρός,) an urn,
coffer, coffin, any receptacle for a dead body
or its ashes, Luc. D. Mort. 6. 4. Aaschin.
20. 34. ib. 21. 29. Sept. for pis @ mum-
my-chest Gen. 50, 26.—In N. T. an open
coffin, bier, on which the dead were carried
to burial, Luke 7, 14; comp. 7% Sept. κλί-
ms 2 Sam. 2,31. See Adam’s Rom. Ant.
Ρ. 475. Dict. of Antt. art. Funus.

σός, of, σόν, possessive pron. 2 pers.
Sing. Buttm. ᾧ 72. 4; thy, thine; tuus, a,
um; spoken of what belongs to any one,
or is in any way connected with him; e. g.
by possession, acquisition, Matt.'7,3 ἐν τῷ σῷ.
ὀφϑαλμῷ. V. 22 ter. 18,27 ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ.
Luke 15, 31. Acts 5, 4. 1 Cor. 8,11; and
so τὸ σόν, τὰ od, thine, thine own, what
is thine, Matt. 20, 14. 25, 25. Luke 6, 30.
Also of society, companionship ; Luke 5, 33
of δὲ σοὶ μαϑηταί. Mark 2, 18. John 17, 6. .
9. 10 bis. 18, 35; and so of coi, thy kin-

ὁ ’
σουδάριον

dred, thy friends, Mark ὅ, 19. Of origin, as
proceeding from any one, Matt. 24,3 τῆς
σῆς παρουσίας. Luke 22, 42 τὸ σόν sc. Sé-
λημα. John 4, 42. 17,17 ὁ λόγος ὁ ads.
Acts 24, 3. 4. 1 Cor. 14,16. Philem. 14.—
Hdian. 2. 1. 18. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 2.

σουδάριον, ov, τό, Lat. sudarium, pr.
a sweat-cloth, genr. a handkerchief, napkin,
Luke 19, 20. John 11, 44. 20, 7. Acts 19,
12.—Pollux On. '7.'71. Rabb. 870 Buxt.
Lex. Chald. 1442.

Σουσάννα, ns, ἣ, Susanna, Heb. ΠΡ ΘΙ
(lily), pr. ἢ. of a Hebrew woman, Luke 8, 3.

σοφία, as, ἡ, (σοφός,) wisdom, pr. skill,
tact, expertness in any art, as ἡ σοφία τοῦ
τέκτονος Hom. Il. 15. 412; espec. in the
fine arts, as music, poetry, painting, Pind.
Ol. 9. 16. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 2, 3. An. 1. 2.
8 λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν, νική-
σας ἐρίζοντα οἱ περὶ σοφίας. Lys. 198, 11.

Comp. Heb. 2253 Sept. σοφία Ex. 28, 3.

36, 1. 2.—In N. T.

1. wisdom, skill in the affairs of life, practi-
cal wisdom, wise management, as shown in
forming the best plans and selecting the
best means, including the idea of judgment
and sound good sense; Acts 6, 3 ἄνδρας ἑπτὰ
mAnpeis mv. dy. καὶ σοφίας. 7,10. Col. 1,
28. 3,16. 4,5 comp.6. Luke 21,15 στόμα
καὶ σοφίαν 4. d. wise utterance. So wis-
dom in the ordering of one’s christian life,
James 1, 5. 3, 13. 15. 17. Sept. for ρου
1 K. 9, 6.—Hdian. 1. 5. 23. Plut. Thes. 3.
Xen. Mem. 8. 9: 4, 5.

2. In a higher sense, wisdom, i. q. deep
knowledge, natural and moral, insight, learn-
ing, science; implying cultivation of mind
and an enlightened understanding. Jos. de
Macc. 2 σοφία δὴ τοίνυν ἐστὶν γνῶσις ϑείων
καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων καὶ τὸν τούτων
αἰτίων. Cic., de Off. 1. 43 “ sapientia, quam
σοφίαν Greci vocant...rerum est divina-
rum et humanarum scientia.” a) Genr.
Matt. 12, 42 et Luke 11, 31 τὴν σοφίαν
Σολομῶνος, comp. 1 K. 4, 29. Heb. Lex.
art. D3. Acts 7, 22 πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Aiy-
πτίων. (Jos, Ant. 2.13.3.) So wisdom, i. e.
knowledge, learning, Luke 2, 40. 52; as
exhibited in teaching, Matt. 13, 54. Mark
6,2; or as implying learned research, Ad-
γον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας Col. 2, 23; also a
knowledge of hidden things, of enigmatic
and symbolic language, Rev. 13, 18. 17, 9.
Sept. for 9237 Job 11,6. Prov. 1,2. Dan.
1,17. So Hdot. 4. '77. 4}. V. H. 2. 31.
Xen. Mem. 4. 6.7. b) Spec. of the learn-
ing and philosophy current among the
Greeks and Romans in the apostolic age,

670

σοφίζω

which stood in contrast with the simplicity
of the gospel, and tended to draw away the
minds of men from divine truth; hence
called by Paul σαρκική 2 Cor. 1, 12; 4
σοφία τοῦ κόσμου 1 Cor. 1, 20. 3,19; τῶν
ἀνα ρώπων 2,53; τῶν σοφῶν 1,19. So 1 Cor.
2, 4.13 λόγοι τῆς ἀνϑδρωπίνης σοφίας. 1, 21
ὁ κόσμος διὰ τῆς σοφίας. v. 22. 1 Cor. 1,
17 οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ λόγου not in wisdom of
words, i. e. not with mere philosophy and
rhetoric. 1 Cor. 2, 1. So Hdot. 1. 60. 21.
V. H. 14. 23. Xen. Conv. 3. 4. οὐ In
respect to divine things, wisdom, i. e. know-
ledge, insight, deep understanding, repre-
sented every where as a divine gift, and
including the idea of practical illustration
and application ; thus distinguished from ἡ
γνῶσις or theoretical knowledge ; see fully
in γνῶσις no. 3. Acts 6,10. Eph. 1, 8 ἐν
πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει. ν. 17. Col. 1, 9.
2 Pet. 3,15. 1 Cor. 12, 8 ᾧ μὲν δίδοται
λόγος σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως.
Spec. of insight imparted from God in re-
spect to the divine counsels, 1 Cor. 2, 6 bis,
σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν... σοφίαν οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος
τούτου. v. 7. Meton. of the author and
source of this wisdom, 1 Cor. 1, 30.

3. ἡ σοφία rod Seod, the divine wis-
dom, including the idea of infinite skill, in-
sight, knowledge, purity; Rom. 11, 33 ὦ
βάϑος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ϑεοῦ.
1 Cor. 1, 21. 24 comp. 22. Eph. 8, 10.
Col. 2, 3. Rev. 5, 12. '7,12.—Of the divine
wisdom 15 revealed and manifested in Christ
and his Gospel, Matt. 11, 19 et Luke 7, 35

kal ἐδικαιώϑη ἡ ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὖ-

. τῆς; comp. in δικαιόω no. 2.a. So Luke

11, 49 ἡ σοφία τοῦ ϑεοῦ εἶπεν, i. 6. the di-
vine wisdom as manifested in me, Christ ;
comp. Matt. 23, 34 where it is ἐγώ.

σοφίζω, f. ἰσω, (σοφός,) to make wise,
skilful, expert; Pass. to be skilled, expert,
e. g. THs ναυτιλίης Hes. Op. 647, comp. 658.
—In Ν. T. :

1..Act. to make wise, to enlighten, in re-
spect to divine things, c. acc. of pers. 2 Tim.
3, 15 ra i. γράμματα... τὰ δυνάμενά σε σο-
φίσαι εἰς σωτηρίαν. Sept. for S27 Ps.
19, 8. 105, 22.—Theoph. ad Autol. 2. p. 82
οἱ προφῆται ὑπὸ τοῦ Seod σοφισϑέντες.
Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 14 fin.

2. Mid. σοφίζομαι as depon. c. ace. of
thing, to make wisely, to devise skilfully,
artfully ; Hdot: 2. 66 πρὸς ταῦτα σοφίζον-
ra τάδε. ib, 8, 27.—In N. T. Part. perf.
as Passive, σεσοφισμένοι μῦϑοι, skilfully
devised fables, 2 Pet. 1, 16. Comp. Buttm.
§ 113. n. 6,

>

σοφός

σοῴος, ἡ, dv, 1. wise, skilful, expert,
1 Cor. 3, 10 σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων. Sept. for
82h Is. 3,3. 2 Chr. 2, '7.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor.
20. 1. Auschin. Dial. Socr. 1. 1. Plato Phil.
17. c.

2. wise, skilled in the affairs of life, dis-
creet, judicious, practically wise; comp. in
σοφία no. 1. 1 Cor. 6,5 σοφός, ὃς δυνήσε-
ται διακρῖναι κτὰ. Also wise in the ordering
of one’s christian life, James 3,13. Sept.
and 03% Deut. 1, 13. Is. 19, 11.—Hdot. 7.
130. Luc. Ὁ. Mort, 8. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.1.1.

3. wise, skilled in learning, learned, in-
telligent, enlightened, in respect to things
human and divine; comp. in σοφία no. 2.
a) Genr. as to human things, Matt. 11, 25
et Luke 10, 21 ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν.
Matt. 23, 34. Rom. 1, 14 σοφοῖς re καὶ
ἀνοήτοις. 16,19. 1 Cor. 1,25. Sept. for
tom Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 2,14.16. So Pa-
leph. 53. 6. Hdian. 1. 2.7. Xen. Mem. 1.
6.11. 8) Spec. as to the philosophy cur-
rent among the Greeks and Romans; see
in σοφία no. 2:b. Rom. 1, 22 φάσκοντες
εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνϑησαν. 1 Cor. 1, 19. 20.
. 26.27. 3, 18 bis. 19. 20. So Xen. Mem. 1.
6. 14. ib. 8. 9. 5. 6) In respect to divine
things, wise, enlightened, spiritually, and as
conjoined with purity of heart and life;
comp. in σοφία no. 2. c. Eph. 5, 15.

3. Of God, wise, as being infinite in wis-
dom, skill, insight, knowledge, purity ; Rom.
16, 27 μόνῳ σοφῷ Seg. 1 Tim. 1,17. Jude
25.—Comp. Ecclus. 1, 1.

Σ΄ πανία, as, ἡ, Spain, Lat. Hispania,
pr. n. of the Spanish peninsula, including
modern Spain and Portugal, as constituting
a province of the Roman empire. It was
the native country of Quinctilian, Lucan,
Martial, and other Latin writers ; and many
Jews appear to have settled there. Rom.
15, 24. 28.

σπαράσσω v.-TT@, f. ἕξω, (kindr.
omdw,) lo tear, to rend, to mangle, Plut. Ar-
taxerx. 18. Diod. Sic. 5. 30.—In N. T. to
convulse, to throw into spasms, like epilepsy,
spoken of the effects of demoniacal posses-
sions, c. acc. Mark 1, 26. 9, 20. 26. Luke
9, 39. So Plut. de Gen. Socr. 22. p. 101.
Max. Tyr. Diss. 23.

'σπαργανόω, ὦ, f. dow, (σπάργανον,
σπάργω.) to swathe, to wrap in swaddling-

clothes, c. acc. Luke 2, 7; Pass. v. 12.:

Sept. Pass. for Pu, 52M Ez. 16, 4—Aris-
tot. H. An. '7. 4. Plut. Quest. Rom. 5.
Plato Legg. 782. 6.

σπαταλάωυ, ὦ, f. now, (σπατάλη, σπα-
Saw,) to live in pleasure, voluptuously, wan-

671

σπειρω

tonly, absol. 1 Tim. 5, 6. James 5, 5.—Ec
clus. 21,15. Hesych. σπαταλᾷ" τρυφᾷ. So
κατασπαταλάω, Sept. Proy. 29, 21. Anthol.
Gr. II. p. 22.

σπάω, &, f. doa, to draw, to pull, Xen.
Eq. 7. 13; to draw in the air, to breathe,
Wisd. ‘7, 3—In N. T. to draw out, 6. g.
a sword; Mid. σπασάμενος τὴν μάχαιραν,
drawing wis sword, Mark 14, 47. Acts 16,
27. Sept. for #2 Num. 22, 31. Judg. 9,
54. So Plut. C. Mar. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.
15.

σπεῖρα, as, ἡ, also Ion. gen. ys, Acts
10, 1. al. Arr. Tact. p. 78. Buttm. §34. n.
IV. 1; pr. any thing wound, wreathed, spi-
ral; a coil, Lat. spira, Anth. Gr. IV. p.
176. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 6; @ cord, rope, Luc.
Tox. 19. Diod. Sic. 3.36.—In N. T. @ band,
troop, company.

1. Of Roman foot-soldiers, prob. a cohort,
of which there were ten in every legion,
each containing three maniples or six cen-
turies, but varying in the number of men
at different times and according to circum-
stances, from perhaps 300 to 1000 or more ;
comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 367. Dict. of
Antt. art. Exercitus, p. 500. ed. 2. So
Matt. 27, 27. Mark 15, 16. Acts 10, 1. 21,
31. 27, 1 see in σεβαστός no. 2.—So Jos,
B. J. 3. 4. 2 where of eighteen σπεῖραι five
are said to contain each 1000 men, and the
others 600; ib. 3. 2. 1. Ant. 19. 2. 3. Plut,
Marcell. 25, 26. Perh. a legion Jos. B. J.
2.11.1. In Polybius ἡ σπεῖρα is every
where a maniple, manipulus, the third part
of a cohort; 6. g. Pol. 11. 23. 1 τρεῖς σπεί-
ρας" τοῦτο δὲ καλεῖται τὸ σύνταγμα τῶν πε-
ζῶν παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις κοόρτις, comp. 4. 24. ὅ.

2. Of a band from the guards of the tem-
ple, John 18, 3. 12. These were Levites,
who performed the menial offices of the
temple and kept watch by night, Ps. 134, 1.
2K. 12, 9. 25,°18; espec. 1 Chr. 9, 17.
27 sq. They were under the command of
officers called στρατηγοί, see in στρατηγός
no. 2; or also χιλίαρχοι 1 Esdr. 1,9, comp.
Sept. 2 Chr. 35, 8.9; see in χιλίαρχος no.
8. Jos. B. J. 6.5.3 δραμόντες δὲ οἱ τοῦ
ἱεροῦ φύλακες ἤγγειλαν τῷ στρατηγῷ. Some
understand in John 1. c. a band of Roman
soldiers ; but these would have led Jesus
to their own officers, and not to the chief
priests ; and besides, this was not a band ot
armed soldiers, see Matt. 26, 55. Luke 22,
52.—Genr. Judith 14, 11. 2 Macc, 8, 23.

σπείρω, ἴ. σπερῶ, 1. to sow, to scatter
seed; absol. Matt. 6, 26 τὰ πετεινὰ... οὐ
"σπείρουσιν. 13, 3. 4. Mark 4, 3. 4. Luke

σπεκουλάτωρ

8, 5bis. 13, 24. Part. ὁ σπείρων, the
sower; Matt. 13, 3. 18. Mark 4, 3. 14. Luke
8, 5. 2 Cor. 9,10. With.acc. of the seed
sown, Matt. 13,24 σπείροντι καλὸν σπέρμα.
v. 25. 27. 31. 37. 39..1 Cor. 15, 36. 37 bis.
Pass. of a single seed or grain, Mark 4, 31.
32 κόκκον owdrews ... ὅταν σπαρῇ. So by
analogy, of the body as committed to the
earth, 1 Cor. 15, 42. 43 bis. 44. With pre-
positions of place, 6. g. εἰς c. acc. Matt. 13,
22. Mark 4,18; ἐν c. dat. Matt. 13, 31;
ἐπί c. gen. Mark 4, 31; ἐπί c. acc. Matt.
13, 20. 23; παρά c. ace. vy. 19 παρὰ τὴν
ὁδόν. Sept. genr. for 5.1 Ecc. 11, 4. Gen.
26, 12; c. acc. Ecc. 4, 6. Jer. 12,13; c. ἐν
Ex. 23, 16; c. ἐπί Hos. 2,23. So Hdot.
3.100. Al. V. H. 3. 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 1
13; c. acc. of seed Hdot. 4. 17. Xen. Cic.
17. 5; also c. acc. of the field, Sept. Ex.
23, 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.—Hence in pro-
verbial expressions; Matt. 25, 24. 26, et
Luke 19, 21. 22, ϑερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας
κτὰ. John 4,37 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων κτλ.
2 Cor. 9, 6 bis, ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως κτλ.
Gal. 6, 7 ὃ yap ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνϑρωπος κτλ.
for all which see in ϑερίζω no. 2.

2. Trop. of a teacher, to sow the word of
life, to disseminate instruction, John 4, 36.
Mark 4, 14 τὸν λόγον σπείρει. 1 Cor. 9,11.
Pass. Mark 4,15 bis, ὅπου σπείρεται ὁ λόγος,
TA. vv. 16.20. Matt. 13,19 τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν
τῇ καρδίᾳ. James 3, 18.—Also Gal. 6, 8 bis,
ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα... δ' σπ. εἰς τὸ
πνεῦμα, i. 4. whoever liveth to (acteth for)
- the flesh, or to (for) the Spirit ; see in Sepi-
ζω no. 2.a. Comp. Prov. 22, 8. Aristot.
Rhet. 3. 3. 18 σὺ δὲ ταῦτα αἰσχρῶς μὲν
ἔσπειρας, κακῶς δὲ ἐϑέρισας. Cic. de Or. 2.
65 “ nt sementem feceris, ita metes.”

σπεκουλάτωρ, opos, ὃ, Lat. speculator
v. spiculator, Engl. a pike-man, halberdier,
a kind of soldiers forming the body-guard
of kings and princes, who also according to
Oriental custom acted as executioners, Mark
6, 27.—Senec. de Ira 1. 16 “ centurio sup-
plicio prepositus condere gladium specula-
torem jubet.” Jul. Firmic. 8. 26. Sueton.
Claud. 35. Tac. Ann. 2. 12. 2. Comp.
Wetst. N. T. I. p. 580. Rabb. "iUbprEd,
see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 1533. Heb. Π3Ώ,
see Heb. Lex.s.v. Greek δορυφόρος Haian,
1. 4. 10.
σπένδω, f. σπείσω., to pour ΡῈ to make
a libation, Sept. for 702 Gen. 35, 14. Hdian.
4. 8. 12. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 1.—In N. T. Mid.
σπένδομαι;, fo pour out oneself, i. 6. trop.
one’s blood, to offer up one’s strength and
life, c. ἐπί τινι, upon or for any, thing, Phil.

672 σπεύδω

2,17; absol. id. 2 Tim. 4,6. Comp. Liv.
21. 29 libare vires.

σπέρμα, ατος, τό, (σπείρω,) seed, as
sown, whether of grain, plants, or trees.

1, Pr, Matt. 13, 24 σπείρειν καλὸν σπέρ-
pa. vv. 27. 32. 37. 38. Mark 4, 31. 1 Cor.
15, 38. 2 Cor. 9,10. Sept. for 593 Gen
1,11. 47, 23.— 3}. V. H. 9. 25. Xen. Cc.
17,10.

2. Trop. semen virile, Heb. 11, 11 » see
fully in καταβολή no. 3, ‘Trop. 1 John 8,9
πᾶς ὃ γεγενημένος ἐκ τοῦ ϑεοῦ... σπέρμα
αὐτοῦ (ϑεοῦ) ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, i.e. the germ or
principle of divine life through which he is
begotten of God, τὸ πνεῦμα. Sept. and bal
Lev. 15, 16. 18,21. So M. Antonin. 4.
36. Arr. Epict. 1.13. 3.—Meton. seed, child-
ren, offspring, Matt. 22, 24. 25 μὴ ἔχων
σπέρμα. Mark 12, 19. 20. 21. 22. Luke 20,
28. (Sept. and 533 1 Sam. 1, 11. 2, 22.)
Genr. for posterity, Luke 1, 55 τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ
kat τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ. John 7, 42. 8, 33.
37. Acts 3, 25. 7, 5. 6. 13, 23. Rom. 1, 3.
4,13. 18. 9,7 bis. 11,1. 2 Cor. 11, 22.
Gal. 3, 16 ter. 19. 2 Tim. 2,8. Heb. 2, 16.
11,18. Rev, 12,17. Trop. Christians from
the Gentiles also are called the seed of Abra-
ham, as having the same faith ; Rom. 4, 16
τῷ σπέρματι, οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ
καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως ᾿Αβραάμ. 9,8. Gal. 8,29.
Sept. for 5 Gen. 3,15. 13,16. 15,5. So ἢ
pr. Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6. Soph. Elect. 1508.
Aschyl. Choeph. 474. Thuc. 5. 16; also
in Plur. Auschyl. Suppl. 290. Soph. Cid.
Col. 600. Plato Legg. 853. c. But this
usage in N. ‘I’. comes rather from the He-
brew ; comp. Winer § 3. p. 35. 2.

3. Spec. a remnant, a few survivors, like
seed kept over from a former year; Rom.
9, 29 εἰ μὴ κύριος σαβαὼδ ἐγκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν
σπέρμα, quoted from Is. 1, 9 where Sept.
for ‘7779%.—Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 3. Plato Tim.
23. Ὁ, ἐξ ὧν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐστὶ τανῦν ὑμῶν,
περιλειφϑέντος πότε σπέρματος βραχέος.

σπερμολόγος, ov, 6,4, (σπέρμα, λέγω.)
gathering seeds, a seed-picker, of birds, ὀρνί-
Sev σπερμολόγων Plut. Demetr. 28; asa
name for crows and rooks, Aristoph. Av.
233, 579. Artemid. 2. 20.—In N. T. put
for a trifler, babbler, who picks up and re-
tails scraps of knowledge, trifling things,
Acts 17, 18. So Athen. 8. p. 344. c. Dem.
269. 19; comp. σπερμολογέω Philostr.
Vit. Apoll. 5. 20. Wetstein N. T. II. p.
564.

σπεύδω, f. εύσω, trans. to urge on, to
hasten, Hom, 1]. 13. 236. Hdot. 1. 38, 206.
—Oftener and in N. T. intrans. to urge

ὠς... ἐν τς

σπήλαιον 673 σπόγγος

oneself on, to press on, to make haste, having
respect simply to time, and thus differing
from σπουδάζω, where see; absol. Acts
22, 18; c. inf. Acts 20, 16 ἔσπευδε γὰρ
«++ γενέσϑαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. (Jos. Ant, 7.
9. 7. Hdian. 6. 8, 15. Xen. Hell. 3. 1. 17.)
By Hebr. Part. σπεύσας is put with a verb
of motion adverbially, i. q. hastily, quickly,
e. g. Luke 2, 16 ἦλθον σπεύσαντες. 19, 5.
6. Sept. and sm Gen. 45, 9. Ex. 34, 8.
Josh. 8, 19. See Heb. Lex. “io Pi. no. 1,
—With an accus. 1, q. to hasten after any
thing, to awail with eager desire; 2 Pet. 3,
12 προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας τὴν παρου-
σίαν κτλ. For this accus. see Matth, § 423.
p- 779. Sept. ὁ. acc. for s»rvq_Is. 16, 5.
So Pind. Isth. 4.22 σπεύδειν aperav. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 1..81. Thue. 6. 39, 79.

σπήλαιον, ov, τό, (σπέος,) α cave, cav-
ern, den, Lat. spelunca, Matt. 21, 13. Mark
11, 17. Luke 19, 46. John 11, 38. Heb. 11,
38. Rev. 6, 15. Sept. for masa Gen. 19,
30. Josh. 10, 16. 17.—Luc. Ὁ. r. 4.1.
2. V. H. 12. 39. Plato Rep. 515. a.

σπιλάς, ddos, ἡ, @ rock by or in the sea,
a breaker, on which vessels are shipwrecked,
Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 3. Pol. 1. 37. 2. Diod. Sic. 3.
44,—In N. T. Plur. trop. rocks, breakers, Jude
12; spoken of unworthy persons, through
whom the ἀγάπαι, and the good cause gen-
erally, suffered shipwreck ; comp. 1 Tim.
1,19... Vulg. has macule, spots, as if for
σπῖλοι, which is not read ; see 2 Pet. 2, 13.

σπῖλος, ov, 6, a spol, stain, blemish,
trop. in a moral sense, Eph. 5, 27. 2 Pet.
2, 13.—Pr. Jos. Ant. 13. 11.3. Luc. Amor.
15. Plut. Symp. 3. 10. 3 fin. A late word
used for the Attic κηλίς, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
28.

σπιλόω, ὦ, f. dow, (σπῖλος.) to spot,
to stain, to defile,c. ace. James 3, 6 γλῶσσα
ἡ σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. Pass. Jude 23.
—Wisd. 15, 4. Dion. Hal. 9. 6. Luc. Amor.
15. A late word, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 28.

σπλαγχνίζομαι, f. ισϑήσομαι, Pass.
depon. (σπλάγχνον,) to feel the bowels yearn,
to have compassion, to pity; absol. Matt.
20,34 σπλαγχνισϑεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Mark 1,
41. Luke,10, 33. 15,20. With ἐπί c. dat.
Matt. 14, 14. Luke 7, 13; ἐπί c. acc. Matt.
[14,14 15, 32. Mark 6, 34. 8,2. 9, 22;
περί c. gen. Matt. 9, 36. With gen. sim-
ply, like Lat. miseret, Matt. 18,27 σπλαγ-
χνισϑεὶς ... τοῦ δούλου exeivov.—Symm.
Deut. 13, 8. Gr. Anon. 1 Sam. 13, 21;
also ἐπισπλαγχνιζόμενος Sept. Prov. 17, 5.
Elsewhere only in later books, Test. XIT

43

Patr. p. 640, 641, 642; c. els p. 642 bis;
Ὁ. ἐπί τινὰ p. 636, 641. Act. Thom. ᾧ 38.
The Act. σπλαγχνίζω, occurs once in the
sense of σπλαγχνεύω, to eat the inwards of
victims sacrificed, 2 Macc. 6, 8.

σπλάγχνον, ov, τό, an intestine, bowel,
Eurip. Med. 220. Soph. Aj. 995. Plut. adv -
Colot. 33 σιδηροῦν σπλάγχνον. Usually and
in N. T. only Prur. τὰ σπλάγχνα; the
inwards, bowels, viscera; in profane writers
chiefly spoken of the upper viscera of vic-
tims, as the heart, lungs, liver, which were
eaten during or after the sacrifice, Iiom. Il.
1. 464..Od. 3. 9, 461. -Plut. Marcell. 5.
Hdian. 5. 5. 20.—In N. T. of persons. ἡ

1. che inwards, bowels; Acts 1,18 ἐξεχύϑη
πάντα Ta σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ, See in Adoxw.—
2 Macc. 9, 5. Plut. de vitand. A@re alien. 8.
For the womb Pind. Ol. 6. 73.

2. Spec. the inward parts, as in Engl.
the breast, the heart, as the seat of the emo-
tions and passions; e. g. anger, Aristoph.

~ Ran. 844 πρὸς ὀργὴν σπλάγχνα ϑερμήνῃς.

ib. 1006. Soph. Aj. 995.—In N. T. of the
gentler emotions, as compassion, tender
affection, like Heb. pan; put for the
heart, soul, mind, the inner man, E. g.
a) Genr. 2 Cor. 6, 12 στενοχωρεῖσϑε ἐν
τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν, parall. with ἡ καρδία
in v. 11, Philem. 7 τὰ ond. τῶν ἁγίων ἀνα-
πεπαύεται διὰ σοῦ. v. 20. 1 John 3, 17.
Sept. and pam Prov. 12, 10;. comp.
pxam Gen. 43, 30. 1K. 3,26. So Ec-
clus. 30, 7. Plut de Virt. et Vit. 2. Test.
XII Patr. p. 533, 641. b) Meton. as
the seat of pity, compassion, affection, love ;
2 Cor. 7, 15 καὶ ra σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ περισ-
σοτέρως eis ὑμᾶς ἐστίν. Phil.1,8 ὡς ἐπι-
ποϑῶ πάντας ὑμᾶς ἐν σπλάγχνοις I. Χρ. i. 6.
not with mere personal affection, but with
christian love. Phil. 2,1. Intensive, Luke
1, 78 διὰ τὰ σπὰλ. ἐλέους Seod. Col. 3, 12
om. οἰκτιρμοῦ. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg. p.
671. 3. Genr. pn, Sept. ἔλεος, Deut.
13, 18. Is. 47,6. So Test. XII Patr. 643,
643 ἔχειν σπλάγχνα ἔλέους. 6) Put for
the object of affection, 6. g. Philem. 12 τὰ
ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα; my own bowels, as in Engl.
my own heart, spoken of a person and im-
plying strong affection; here parall. with
τὸ ἐμὸν τέκνον v. 10. So Philostr. Vit.
Soph. 2. 3 οὐκ ἐπαποδύσομαι τοῖς ἐμοῦ
σπλάγχνοις. Artemid. 1. 46 οἱ παῖδες
σπλάγχνα λέγονται, ὡς καὶ ἐντόσϑια.

σπόγγος, ov, 6, @ sponge, Matt. 27,
48. Mark 15, 36. John 19, 29.—Hom. Od.
1.111. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 41. Plato Tim.
70. c.

σποδός

σποδός, οὗ, ἡ, ashes, Heb. 9, 13 σποδὸς
δαμάλεως. Matt. 11, 21 et Luke 10, 13 ἐν
σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ ... μετενόησαν. To lie
down in ashes, or to cast ashes or dust on
the head, was a part of oriental mourning ;
comp. Sept. and “px Esth. 4, 1. 3. Is. 58,
5. Jer. 6, 26. Jon. 3, 6; also 1 Mace. 3,
47. 4,39. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 2. Auschyl. Suppl.
826, 1159. Wetst. N. T. I. 384 sq.—Genr.
Ecclus. 10, 9. Hom. Od. 9. 375. Luce. D.
Mort. 20. 4. Arr. Epict. 3. 13. 18.

σπορά, as, ἡ, (σπείρω,) a sowing, seed-
time, Sept. for τ 2 K. 19, 295 the green
sprout, grain, as growing, 1 Mace. 10, 30.
Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 4.—In N. T. i. ᾳ. σπέρμα,
seed, semen virile, (pr. Justin. Mart. Apol.
2. p. 93,) trop. 1 Pet. 1, 23 ἀναγεγεννημένοι
οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φϑαρτῆς:. So Act. Thom.
ἢ 31 ποίας σπορᾶς καὶ ποίου γένους imap-
χεις. Justin. Mart. Apol. 1. p. 51.

σπ όριμος, ov, 6,7), adj. (σπείρω,) sown,
for sowing, e. δ. σπέρμα Gen. 1, 29. Lev.
11,37; fit for sowing, ἡ γῆ Diod. Sic. 1.
36. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 10.—In N. T. Plur.
Neut. τὰ omdpipa, sown fields, fields of
grain, corn fields, Matt. 12, 1. Mark 2, 23.
Luke 6. 1.

σπόρος, ov, 6, (σπείρω,) a sowing,
seed-time, Sept. for Ham Ex. 34, 21. Xen.
(Ec. 7. 20; the green sprout, grain, as
growing Ecclus. 40, 22.—In N. T. i. ᾳ.
σπέρμα, seed; Mark 4, 26 βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ν. 27. Luke 8, 5. 113 trop.
2 Cor. 9,10. Sept. for yyy Deut. 11, 10.

σπουδάζω, f. dow 2 Pet. 1, 15, (σπου-
δή.) earlier fut. σπουδάσομαι Buttm. § 113.
n.'7; to speed, to make haste, pr. as mani-
fested in diligence, earnestness, zeal; comp.
in σπεύδω.

1. Genr. to make haste, to make effort, to
endeavour ; c. infin. 2 Tim. 4, 9 σπούδασον
eASeiv πρός pe ταχέως. ν. 21. Tit. 3, 12.
Sept. for wan Job 31, 5.—Judith 13, 12.

2. to give diligence, to be in earnest, to be
forward ; α. inf. “Gal. 2, 10 ὃ καὶ ἐσπούδασα
αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. Eph. 4, 8. 1 Thess. 2,
17. 2 Tim. 2, 15. Heb. 4, 11. 2 Pet. 1, 10.
15. 3, 14.—Sept. Is. 21, 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 58.
Xen. Apol. 22.

σπουδαῖος, a, ov, (σπουδή,.) speedy,
hasty, in the sense of earnest, diligent, for-
ward ; 2 Cor. 8, 1'7. 22 bis, σπουδαῖον ὄντα,
νυνὶ δὲ πολὺ σπουδαιότερον. Neut. compa-
rat. σπουδαιότερον as ady. intens. very
earnesily, very diligently, 2 Tim. 1, 17.—
Diod. Sic. 1. 51. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 2.

σπουδαίως, adv. (σπουδαῖος,) speedily,
i. e. earnestly, diligently ; Luke 7, 4 mape-

674 στάμνος

κάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως. Tit. 3,.13. Com
parat. σπουδαιοτέρως, the more speedily,
the sooner, Phil. 2,283; see Buttm. ὁ 115.
5.—El, V. Η. 2. 2. Xen, Cyr 1.3. 9.

σπουδή, ἧς, ἦ, 1. speed, haste, as man-
ifested in earnestness, diligence, zeal; e. g.
pera σπουδῆς, with haste, i. 6. hastily,
eagerly, Mark 6, 25. Luke 1, 39. Sept.
for yirem Ex. 12, 11.—Wisd. 19, 2. Hdian.
3. 4. 1. Xen. Cyr: 2. 4. 6.

2. Spec. diligence, earnest effort, fait
ness; Rom. 12, 8 προιστάμενος ἐν σπουδῇ.
v. 11. 2 Cor. 7,11. 8, 7. 8. 2 Pet..4, 5.
Jude 3 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος. So in
behalf of any one, ὑπέρ twos 2 Cor. 7, 12.
8, 16; 6. πρός final Heb. 6, 11.—Jos. Ant.
20. 9. 2. Xen. Conv. 1. 6; πρός twa Jos.
Ant. 12. 3. 3; περί τι Hdian. 1. 13. 15.
Diod. Sic. 1. 81.

σπυρίς, idos, ἡ, (σπεῖρα,) a basket, for
storing grain, provisions, or the like; Matt.
15, 37. 16, 10. Mark 8, 8. 20. Acts 9, 25.
—Arr. Epict. 4. 10. 21 σπυρίσι δειπνίσαι
Alciphr. 8. ὅθ, Hdot. 5. 16. Comp. Wetst.
N. T. I. p. 426.

στάδιον, ov, τό, (στάω, ἵστημι,) Plur.
by Metaplasm οἱ στάδιοι and τὰ στάδια,
Buttm. ᾧ ὅ6. Θ ; in N. T. only the former ;
a stadium, pr. ‘ the standard’ of measure.

1. Pr. a stadium, furlong, as a measure
of distance containing 600 Greek feet, or
625 Roman feet, equivalent to 6064 feet or
2024 yards English ; the proportion of the
Greek foot to the Roman being as 25 to
24; the former being equal to 12.135 inches

Engl. and the latter to 11.6496 inches. The .

Roman mile, μίλιον, (75 to the degree,)
contained eight stadia; and ten stadia are
equivalent to the modern geographical mile
of 60 to the degree. See Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 503. Dict. of Antt. art. Mensura, also
Append. So Luke 24, 13. John 6, 19. 11,
18. Rev. 14, 20. 21,16.—So οἱ στάδιοι
Jos. B. J. 7. 6. 6. Pol. 2. 14. 9. Xen. Cyr.
7.1.5; ra στάδια Pol. 3. 17. 2. Hdot. 2.
149. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.17.

2. a stadium, circus, in which public
games were exhibited; so called because the
Olympic course was a stadium in length ;
1 Cor. 9, 24 of ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες. See
Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 39. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 340, 567. Dict. of Antt. art. Sia-
dium.—Jos. B. J. 2. 9. 8 ἐν σταδίῳ. Pind.
Ol. 13. 42 σταδίου δρόμον. Also τὸ στάδιον
Fi. V. H. 13. 43.. Pol. 18..29. 4. Xen.
Hell. 1. 2. 1.

στάμνος, ov, ὃ ν. ἡ, (i orbs) an ᾿νῶρῳ
ἐπὶ jar, jug, 6. g. for keeping wine, στάμνοι

epg r

στασιαστής ᾿ς (675

οἴνου Dem. 933. 25. Aristoph. Plut. 545.—
In N. T. ajar, pot, vase, in which the, man-
na was laid up in the ark ; Heb. 9, 4 στάμ-
vos χρυσῆ, comp. Ex. 16, 33, where Sept. for
M2424. See Merris p. 44 ἀμφορέα, τὸν δίω-
Tov στάμνον, ᾿Αττικῶς " στάμνον, Ἑλληνικῶς.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 400.

στασ ιαστής, οὔ, 6, (στασιάζω, στάσις,)
one wha stirs up sedition, makes insurrec-
tion, an insurgent ; Mark 15, '7 Lachm. for
συστασιαστής in Rec.—Jos. Ant. 14. 1. 3
φίλος δέ ris Ὑρκανοῦ ᾿Ιδουμαῖος ᾿Αντίπατρος
λεγόμενος ... δραστήριος δὲ τὴν φύσιν ὧν καὶ
στασιαστής. Ptolem. in Tetrab. p. 165.

στάσις, ews, ἡ, (ἴστημι,) Act. a selling
up, erection, as of a statue, Dion. Hal. Ant.
5. 35. Usually and in N. T. in an intransi-
tive sense.

1. a standing, the act or state of stand-
ing; as στάσιν ἔχειν, to have a standing,
i. q. to stand, Heb. 9, 8 ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκη-
vis ἐχούσης ordow.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 95
μέχρις ἂν οὐρανός τε καὶ γῇ τὴν αὐτὴν στά-
ow ἔχωσι. Pol. 5. 5. 8.

2. a standing up, uprising,e.g. a) Of
a popular commotion, insurrection, sedition,
uproar; Mark 15, 7 οἵτινες ἐν τῇ στάσει
φόνον πεποιήκεισαν. Luke 23, 19. 25. Acts
19, 40. 24,5. So Jos. Vit. § 17. Hdian. 3.
2. 13. Xen. Mem. 1.2.63. δ) Ina more
private sense, dissension, controversy, with
the idea of violence ; Acts 15, 2 γενομένης
οὖν στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως. 238, 7. 10. Sept.
for 2. Prov. 17, 14.—So Pol. 6. 44. 6.
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 11. ,

στατήρ, jipos, ὃ, (ἴστημι,) any weight ;
espec. @ stater, an Attic silver coin of a cer-
tain weight, Matt. 17,27. It was equal to
the Attic tetradrachm, or four silver drach-
mz, originally worth 3s. 3d. sterling or 78
cents; but in the times of the N. T. cur-
rent among the Romans and Jews for about
2s. 6d. sterling or 60 cents ; see in δραχμή
and ἀργύριον no. 2. Boeckh Metrolog. Un-
tersuch. p. 81, 124.—Aquil. et Symm. for
᾿ ‘pe Ex. 38, 24. Num. 3, 47. Josh. 7, 21.
ffl. V. H. 12.1. Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 21. There
was also a orarnp of gold, Jos. Ant. 7. 14.
10. Dinarch. 101, 31; see Dict. of Antt.
art. Svater.

σταυρός, od, 6, a pointed stake, pale,
palisade, Hom. Il. 24. 453. , Jos. B. J. 3.7.
19. Thue. 7.25. Xen. An. 7. 4. 14.—Later
and in N. T. @ cross, i. e. a stake with a
cross-piece, on which malefactors were
nailed for execution, or crucified. This
mode of punishment was known to the an-
cient Hebrews, Deut. 21, 22; to the Egyp-

σταφυλή

tians, Gen. 40, 19; to the Persians, Ezra
6, 11. Esth. 7, 10. Hdot. 6. 30. ib.'7. 194;
and also to the Carthaginians, Pol. 1. 86. 4;
but was most common among the Romans
for slaves and criminals ; and by them was
introduced among the later Jews, Jos. B. J.
2. 14. 9. ib. 5. 11.1. Persons about to be
crucified were first scourged, and then made
to bear their own cross to the place of exe-
cution; comp. Jos. ll. cc. Artemid. 2. 56
ὁ μέλλων αὐτῷ [σταυρῷ] προσηλοῦσϑαι,
πρότερον αὐτὸν βαστάζει. A label or title
was usually placed on the breast or over ,
the criminal. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 274.
Dict. of Antt. art. Crua.

1. the cross, as an instrument of punish-
ment ; Matt. 27, 32 τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν, ἵνα
ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, i.e. Jesus being
faint under the weight of his cross, Simon
was compelled to aid him in bearing it. 27,
40. 42. Mark 15, 21. 30. 32. Luke 23, 26.
John 19, 17. 19. 25. 31. Phil. 2, 8. Col. 1,
20. 2,14. So Philo in Flace. IL. p. 527.
36. c. Luc. de Mort. Pergr. 45. Diod. Sic.
2. 18.—Trop. in the phrases αἴρειν, βαστά-
ζειν, λαμβάνειν τὸν σταυρόν, to take up or
bear one’s cross, i. e. to undergo suffering,
trial, punishment ; to expose oneself to con-
tumely and death ; so with αἴρειν Matt. 16,
24. Mark 8, 34. 10, 21. Luke 9, 23;
βαστάζειν Luke 14, 27; λαμβάνειν Matt.
10, 38.

2. Meton. the cross, for the punishment
of the cross, crucifixion, spoken only of the
death of Christ upon the cross, Eph. 2, 16.
Heb. 12, 2 ὑπέμεινε σταυρόν. So ὁ σταυρὸς
τοῦ Xp. 1 Cor. 1, 17. Gal. 6, 12. 14. Phil.
3, 185; ὁ λόγος τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor. 1, 18;
absol. Gal. 5, 11.

σταυρόω, ὦ, f. dow, (eravpds,) to stake,
to drive stakes, pales, palisades, Thuc. 7. 25.
—Later and in N. T. to crucify, to nail to
the cross; with acc. expr. or impl. Matt.
20, 19 μαστιγῶσαι καὶ σταυρῶσαι. 23, 34.
26, 2. 27, 22 sq. Mark 15,13 sq. Acts 2,
36. al. Sept. for 42M Esth. 7, 10. So
Jos. Ant. 17. 10. 10. Luc. Prometh. 1.
Pol. 1. 86. 4.—Trop. to crucify, to mortify,
i. q. Savaréw, c. acc. Gal. 5, 24 σταυροῦν
τὴν σάρκα, to crucify the flesh, to vanquish,
mortify, destroy the power of the carnal
nature. 6, 14 ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ
τῷ κόσμῳ, i. 6. the world is dead to me and
I to the world, I have renounced the world
and the world me. + |

σταφυλή, iiss ἡ, grapes, a cluster of
grapes; Matt. 7,16 μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ
ἀκανθῶν σταφυλήν. Luke 6,44. Rev. 14,

στάχυς

18. Sept. for 222 Gen. 40, 11. Is. 5, 2.—
Diod. Sic. 4. 5. Xen. Ge. 19. 19.

στάχυς, vos, 6, an ear of grain, Lat.
spica; Matt, 12, 1 τίλλειν τοὺς στάχυας.
Mark 2, 28. 4, 28 bis. Luke 6, 1. Sept.
for N23 Gen. 41,6. 1. Ruth 2, 1.—Eurip.
Hec. 593. Luc. Saturn. 7. Plut. Eumen.
6 bis.

Στάχυς, vos, 6, Stachys, pr. n. of a
Christian, Rom. 16, 9.

στέγη, ns, ἡ; (στέγω:) α covering, roof,
_ Matt. 8, 8. Luke 7, 6. Mark 2, 4 ἀπεστέ-
γασαν τὴν στέγην, comp. in ἀποστεγάζω.
Sept. for 937 Gen. 8, 13.—1 Esdr. 6, 4.
Al. V. H. 9. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 14.

στέγω, f. ξω, to cover, c. ace. Luc. Tim.
18. Thuc. 4. 34—In N. T. to cover over
in silence, to bear in silence, to bear with,
to forbear ; c. acc. 1 Cor. 9, 12 ἀλλὰ πάντα
στέγομεν. 13, 7; absol. 1 Thess. 3, 1. 5.
So Diod: Sic. 11. 32 τὴν βίαν. Pol. 3. 53. 2.
Plato Gorg. 493. c.—Others in 1 Cor. 13,7
render, to cover, to hide, i. 6. to excuse all
wrongs; but not in accordance with Paul’s
usage ; so Ecclus. 8,17. Pol. 4.8. 2. Thuc.
6. 72.
᾿ στεῖρος, a, ov, (στεῤῥός, στερεός, kindr,
ἵστημι,) sterile, barren, pr. of soil, like στεῤ-
ῥός ; trop. only of females, Luke 1, 7. 86,
23, 29. Gal. 4,27. Sept. for ™IP2 Gen.
11, 30. Judg. 13, 2. 3—Luc. D, Mort. 28.
2 bis. Dion. Hal, Ant. 2.25 fin, Eur. Andr.
Fil.
στέλλω, f. στελῶ, pr. Germ. stellen, to
set, to place, to make. stand in order, 6. g.
suldiers in battle-array, Hom. Il. 4. 294;
trop. to put in order, to prepare, to fit out,
as twa ἐς μάχην Hom. Il. 12. 325; orpa-
riav Hdot. 3. 141 ; also to fit or furnish with
garments, to deck, to clothe, Hdot. 3. 14;
and so Pass. Luc. D. Mort. 3. 2. Xen. An.
3.2.7. Hence, from the idea of making
ready and motion to a place, comes the
usual Greek signif. to send, to despatch, im-
plying a previous fitting out, and so differ-
ing from πέμπω, 6. δ. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 4.
Thuc. 3. 86; Pass. or Mid. to be sent, to go,
lo take a journey, Jos. Apt. 1. 19. 1. Hdot.
3. 53. Xen. An. 5.1. 5. Further, as a
nautical word, ἵστια στέλλειν, to send in
the sails, to draw or take in, to furl, Hom.
Od. 3. 11; hence also of astringent medi-
cines, to draw in, to contract, Alex. Aphrod.
τὰ στέλλοντα τὴν κοιλίαν. ‘Trop. to repress,
to diminish, to assuage, Sept. for 328 of
the waters Gen. 8, 1. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3 Av-
πὴν σταλῆναι. ib. 9. 10. 2 ὁ χειμὼν ἐστάλη.

676

στενοχώρεω
Philo de Vit. Mos. III. p. 668. 6, τὴν φνσω-

σαν οἴησιν... στέλλειν καὶ καθαιρεῖν. Of
persons, to repress, to restrain, with ἀπό,
from any thing, Philo de Spec. Legg. p.
772. 6, ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλῶν καὶ ὑπερόγκων ἀν-
τισπῶσα καὶ στέλλουσα. Mid. absol. Plut.
Anim. an corp. 4. Mor. III. p. 343, of κατὰ
Wuxny χειμῶνες, στείλασϑαι τὸν ἄνϑρωπον
οὐκ e@vres.—Hence in N. T.

Mr. or Pass. trop. of persons contract-
ing or restraining themselves from fear, sur-
prise, aversion, to shrink from, to withdraw
from, to avoid, c. acc, 2 Cor. 8, 20 στελλό-
μενοι τοῦτο. With ἀπό, 2 Thess. 3, 6 στέλ-
λεσϑαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀδελφοῦ xrr.—Pol.
8. 22. 4 τὴν ἐκ τῆς συνηϑείας καταξίωσιν
στέλλεσϑαι. With ἀπό, Sept. Mal. 2, 5
ἀπὸ προσώπου ὀνόματός μου στέλλεσϑαι av-
τόν, for Heb. "2872 02.

στέμμα, aros, τό, (στέφω,) a fillet, gar
land, wreath; Acts 14, 13 ταύρους καὶ
στέμματα, i.e. victims adorned with fillets
and garlands, as was, customary in ‘heathen
sacrifices ; comp. Potter Gr. Ant. I. p. 225
sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 323. Dict. of
Antt. art. Serta.—Luc. Alex. 27. Pol. 16.
33. 5. Plato Rep. 617. c.

στεναγμός, οὔ, 6, (στενάζω,) a sigh:
ing, groaning, e. g. of the oppressed, Acts
7,34, quoted from. Ex. 2,24 where Sept.
for MPR), as also Ex. 6,5; for MH Jude.
2,18. Also of prayers to God not expressed
in articulate words, Rom. 8, 26; comp.
Mark 7,35. Sept. for “M28, Ps. 38, 10.
—Luc. Jup. Trag. 2: Aischin. Dial. Soc. 3
3. Plato Rep. 578. a.

στενάζω, f. ξω, (στένω, orevds,) to sigh,
to groan, e. g. of persons in distress, afflic-
tion, 8050]. Rom. 8, 23 καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ ἐν
ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν. 2 Cor. 5, 2. 4. Heb.
13,17; or from impatience, ill humour, i. q.
to murmur, to complain, κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων
James 5,9. Also of fervent though silent
prayer; Mark 7, 34 ἀναβλέψας ... ἐστέ-
ναξε, comp. Rom. 8, 26. Sept. genr. for
ΤΣ 15, 24, 7. Lam. 1, 22.—Wisd 5. 3.
Plut. Agesil. 16. Dem. 835. 12.

στενός, ἤ; ov, strail, narrow, 6. g.
ἡ πυλή ἡ στενή Matt. 7, 13. 14. Luke 13,
24; comp. 2 Esdr. 7, 6 sq. Sept. for "¥
Is. 49, 20.—Ceb. Tab. 10. Hdian. 3. 3. 2
Xen, Mem. 3. 5. 25.

στενοχωρέω, ὦ, f. How, (στενοχωρός
στενός, χώρα!) to straiten for room, Sept
Josh. 17, 15. Luc. Nigr. 13. Pass. Hdian
7. 9. 18, Diod. Sic. 20. 29.—In N. T
Pass. trop. to be straitened, dist essed, no!

a

abr cD HR

eo Aaah

py

δον
" 4 *

στενοχωρία
able to turn oneself, 2 Cor. 4, 8, 6, 12-bis,
*opp. πλατύνω inv. 11. So Arr. Epict. 1.
25. 28 ἑαυτοὺς ϑλίβομαι καὶ στενοχωροῦ-
μεν κτλ.
στενοχωρία, as, ἡ, (στενοχωρέξω,) sirail-
ness of place, want of room, Diod. Sie. 18,
42. Thue. 4. 26—In N. T. trop. straits,
distress, anguish; a8 ἡ ϑλῖψις καὶ στενοχ.
Rom. 2, 9. 8, 3ὅ. 2 Cor. 6, 4 ; ἐν ἀνάγκαις
.. ἐν στενοχωρίαις 2 Cor. 12, 10. Sept. for
PS Is. 8, 22... So Ecclus. 10, 26. Arr.
Upict. 1. 25. 26. Pol. 1. 67. 1.
στερεός, d, dv, (στεῤῥός, kindr. ἵστημι,)
hard, firm, solid; e. g. as opp. to a liquid,
στερεὰ τροφή, solid food, antith. rd γάλα milk,
Heb. 5, 12.14. _ So Arr. Epict. 2. 16. 39 οὐ
ϑέλεις ἤδη ὡς τὰ παιδία ἀπογαλακτισϑῆναι
καὶ ἅπτεσϑαι τροφῆς στερεωτέρας. Diod.
Sic. 9. 4 ; τὰ ὀστᾶ Plato Phed. 98.¢; λίϑος
Hom. Od. 19. 494.—Trop. firm, stable, im-
movable, ἃ Tim. 2, 19 Θεμέλιος τοῦ ϑεοῦ.

1 Pet. 5, 9 στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει. Sept. for
PIN Ps, 35, 12. Jer. 31,11. ‘SoA V.

Η. 5. 8. Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 40.

στερεόω, ὦ, f. dow, (arepeds,) to make
firm, strong, to strengthen; c. acc. Acts 3,
7. 16 τοῦτον ... ἐστερέωσε τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.
Sept. for MBI Ps. 33, 6; SPT 15. 44, 24.
So Diod. Sic. 1. 7. Xen, Cyr. 8. 8. 8.—
Trop. to confirm, to establish, in faith τῇ
πίστει Acts 16, 5. .So Sept. 1 Sam. 2, 1.
Prov. 20, 18.

στερέωμα, aros, τό, (oTepedw,) any
thing made firm, solid ; the firmament, Sept.
for 3"P72 Gen. 1, 6 sq. Ez. 1,22; firm sup-
port, Esdr. 8, 81.—In N. Τὶ firmness, stead-
fastness, 6. g. τῆς πίστεως Col. 2, ὅ. So
1 Mace. 9, 14.

Σ τεφανᾶς, ἃ, ὁ, Stephanas, pr. n. of a
Christian at Corinth, 1-Cor. 1, 16. 16,
15. 17. ;

στέφανος, ov, 6, (στέφω,) α circlet,
chaplet, crown, encircling the head, e. g.

1. acrown, as the emblem of royal dig-
nity; Rev. 6, 2. 12,1 στέφανος ἀστέρων
δώδεκα. 14, 14 στέφ. χρυσοῦν. Ascribed to
saints in heaven, elsewhere called: kings,
Rev. 4, 4. 10: 9, 7 ; comp. in βασιλεύω no.
2. Of the crown of thorns set-upon Christ
in derision, as king of the Jews, Matt.. 27,

29. Mark 15, 17. John 19, 2. 5.» Sept. for

ΤΩΡ 2 Sam. 12,30. Esth. 8, 15.—2 Macc.
14, 4. 2. V. Η. 11. 4. Hdian. 5. 3.12. >

2. achaplet, wreath, as the prize conferred
on victors in the public games and else-
where ; 1 Cor. 9, 25 φϑαρτὸν ore. λάβω-
ew. So Judith 15, 13. Ceb. Tab. 21.

677

στηρυγμός

Xen. Hell. 1. '7..36.—Trop. as an emblem
of the rewards of a future life, i. q. prize,
reward ; 2 Tim. 4, 8 ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέ-
gavos. James 1, 12 στέφ. τῆς ζωῆς. 1 Pet.
5, 4. Rev. 2,10. 3, 11. Comp. Sept. for
MOS Jer. 13, 18. Lam. 5, 16. So i. q.
reward, Diod. Sic. 13. 15.

3. Trop. an ornament, honour, gtory, that
in which one may glory ; Phil. 4, 1. dded-
got μου ... χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου. 1 Thess.
2; 19. Sept. and M722 Prov. 12, 4. 16, 31.
17, 6.—Philostr. Vit. Soph. 1. 21. 2. Lys.
154. 17 στέφ. τῆς πατρίδος. εἶναι τὰς ἕἑαυ-
τῶν ψυχάς.

Στέφανος, ov, 5, Stephen, pr. n. of one
of the seven primitive deacons, the first
Christian martyr. Acts 6, 5. 8. 9. 17, 59.
8, 2. 11, 19. 22, 20.

στεφανόω, ὦ, f. dow, (στέφανος,) Lo
crown, e. g. a victor in the public games,
Pass. 2 Tim. 2,5. Sept. for "@¥ Cant. 3,
11. So Judith 15, 13. Ceb. Tab. 21. Xen.
Ag. 2.11.—Trop. fo honour, to adorn, c. acc.

_ Heb. 2, 7. 9, δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ. ἐστεφάνωσας

αὐτόν, in allusion to Ps. 8, 6 where Sept. for
ΛΞ, So Jos. B. J. 4. 4.4 στεφ. ras πύ-
Aas. Diod. Sic. 20. 84.

OTHYOS, eos, dvs, τό, (kindr. ἵστημι,
στῆναι.) the breast, Plur. τὰ στήϑη, the
breasts ; Luke 18, 13 ἔτυπον eis τὸ στῆϑος.
23, 48. John 13, 25, 21, 20. Rev. 1,6.
Sept. for Chald. "sm Dan. 2, 32; 35 Ex.
28, 23. 26.¢-Luc. D. Deor. 19. 1. Hdian.
4. 4.'7. Thue. 2. 49.

στήκω, a late present form, to stand,
corrupted from ἕστηκα, Perf. of ἵστημι,
Buttm. ὁ 107. UI. 2, marg—lIntrans. and
absol. Mark 11, 25 ὅταν στήκητε mpocev-
χόμενοι. Trop. to stand firm in faith and
duty, o be constant, to persevere ; c. dat. of
pers. Rom. 14, 4 τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ
πίπτει to his own master he standeth or fall-
eth, i. 6. it is for his own master, not for
you, to judge whether he is faithful or an-
faithful. With dat. of thing, Gal. 5, 1 τῇ
ἐλευϑερίᾳ. With ἐν c. dat. 1 Cor. 16, 13 στή-
kere ἐν τῇ πίστει: Phil. 1, 27. 4, 1 ἐν κυρίῳ,
i. 6. in the faith and prefession of Christ.

| 1 Thess. 3, 8; absol. 2 Thess. 2, 15. = Se

Sept. for agin Ex. 14, 13 Cod, Alex. et
Complut. ᾿ς

OTNPLY LOS, ov, 6, (ornpitw,) a selting
fast, fixedness, a standing still, 6. g. of the
stars Diod. Sic. 1. 81. Plut. de profect, in

-'Virt. 3.—In N. T. trop. jixedness, steadfast-

ness in mind and faith, 2 Pet. 8,17 ἵνα μὴ
.. ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ..

στηρίζω

στηρίζω, f. ἰξω, (ἔστημι,) to set fast, to
make steadfast, to fix.

1. Pr. Pass. perf. Luke 16, 26 χάσμα
μέγα ἐστήρικται, i.e. is set fast, is fixed.
Sept. κλίμαξ ἐστηριγμένη for sam Gen. 28,
12. So Ecclus. 3, 8. Luc. D. Marin. 10.
1 τὴν νῆσον. Hesiod. Theog. 498 λίϑον.
Intrans. Plut. Marcell. 15.—From the Heb.
Luke 9, 51 τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐστήριξε τοῦ
πορεύεσϑαι κτὰ. comp. in πρόσωπον no. 1.

2. Trop. to make steadfast in mind, to
confirm, to strengthen, c. acc. Luke 22, 32
στήριξον τοὺς ἀδελφούς gov. Rom. 1, 11.
16, 25. 1 Thess. 3, 2. 13. 2 Thess. 3, 3.
James 5,8. 2 Pet. 1,12. Rev. 3, 2. 1 Thess.
2,17 et 1 Pet. 5, 10 στηρίξαι Opt. in Rec.
where later edit. have fut. στηρίξει. So Sept.
for 3720 Ps. 51,14. 112, 8.—Ecclus. 6, 40.
22, 17. eaiion
στιβάς, ddos, ἡ, (στείβω, Lat. stipo,)
pr. any thing trodden or stuffed; hence a
bed of straw, rushes, boughs, leaves; also
a mattress, Hdot. 4. '71. Pol. 5, 48. 4, Xen.
Hell. 7. 1. 16; made of yew and myrtle
twigs, Plato Rep. 372. b.—In N. T. a green
twig, bough, branch, Mark 11, 8 Lachm.
στιβάδας ἔκοπτον ἐκ τῶν δένδρων, where
Rec. has στοιβάδας ; parall. is Matt. 11, 8
ἔκοπτον κλάδους. See Wetst. N. T. I. p.
609. |

στίγμα, ατος, τό, (στίζω,) ἃ mark, brand,
as pricked or burnt in upon ‘the body, in
allusion to the marks with’ which slaves and
sometimes prisoners were’ branded ;. trop.
Gal. 6, 17 τὰ στίγματα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ
ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω; i. 6. the marks

and scars of wounds received in the service,

of Christ; see 2 Cor. 4, 10 et 11, 23 sq.
comp. Rev. 14, 9.. See Wetst. N. T. II. p.
237. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 37. Potter’s Gr.
Ant. I. p..64 sq.—Pr. Luc. Pisc. 46 ἐπὶ
τοῦ μετώπου στίγματα. AB]. V. H. 2. 9.
Plut. Pericl. 26. Diod. Sic. 14. 30.

στιγμή, ἧς, ἡ, (στίζω,) α prick, point,
Diog. Laert. ἢ. 135 στιγμὴ δ᾽ ἐστὶ γραμμῆς
πέρας, ἥτις ἐστὶ σημεῖον ἐλάχιστον. ‘Trop.
for the minutest particle, Dem. 552. '7.—
In N. T. trop. @ point of time, a moment,
instant, Luke 4, 5 ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου. Sept.
for 378 Is. 29, 5. So 2 Mace. 9, 11. Plut.
de Liber. educ. 17 στιγμὴ χρόνου πᾶς ὁ Bios
ἐστί. Anth. Gr. I. p. 172. Comp. Wetst.
N. T. I. p. 679. rene

στίλβω, f. a, to be bright, to shine,
to glitter; absol. Mark 9, 3 iparia στίλ-
Sovra. Sept. for amy Ezra 8, 26; and
Nah. 3, 3.—Pol. 11. 9. 4. Plato Phedo 59.
p. 110. ¢.

678

στολή

στοά, as, ἡ, (ὥστημι,) a colonnade, pur-
tico, porch, piazza, surrounded and support-°
ed by columns, John 5, 2. Spec. ἡ στοὰ
Σολομῶνος Solomon’s porch, John 10, 23.
Acts 3, 11. 5, 12; see in ἱερόν no. 1. This
was the eastern colonnade or portico of the
temple-area; and is called by Josephus τὸ
ἔργον Σολομῶνος, B. J. 20. 9. 7; comp.
Ant. 8. 3. 9. B. J. 5. 5. 1.—Genr. Dem.
776. 20. Xen. Cic. 7. 1.

στοιβάς, dos, ἡ, prob.. corrupted from
στιβάς, ados, 7, where see, and comp.
στοιβή, στοιβάζω; a green twig, bough,
branch; Mark 11, 8 Rec. στοιβάδας ἔκο-
πτον ἐκ τῶν δένδρων, where Mss. and Lachm.
have στιβάδας ; comp. Matt. 21, 8. See in
στιβάς.

στοιχεῖον, ου, τό, (dim. στοῖχος, στείχω:)
pr. @ little step; then a@ pin, peg, standing
upright, e. g. the gnomon of a dial, meton.
Aristoph. Eccles. 652. Trop. an elemeni,
elementary sound, a letier, Pol. 10. 45. 7.
Luc. Jud. Voc. 12. Plato Crat. 424, d—In
N. T. Plur. τὰ στοιχεῖα, the elements, e. g.

1. Genr. the elements of nature, the compo-
nent parts of the physical world. 2 Pet. 3, 10.
12 στοχεῖα καυσόμενα. Comp. Minuc. Felix
34.2 “ Stoicis... et Epicureis de elemento-
rum conflagratione et mundi ruina eadem
ipsa sententia est.” Senec. de Consol. ad
Marc. 26.—Wisd. 19, 17. Luc. Parasit. 11.
Hdian. 3. 1. 12. Plato Tim. 48. Ὁ.

2. Of elementary instruction, tha elements,
the rudiments; e. g. of Christian instruc-
tion, Heb. 5, 12 ra στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς, i. 6.
the first rudiments, principles; comp. Wi-
ner § 34. 2. So Plut. de Lib. educ. 16
στοιχεῖα τῆς aperhs.—Spoken of philosophy,
and espec. of the Jewish religion in con-
trast with Christianity,7i. q. the first elements,
the mere rudiments, Gal. 4, 3. 9. Col. 2, 8. 20.

στοιυχέω, ὦ, f. now, (στοῖχος,) to sland

-or go in order, to advance in rows, ranks,

Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 84. Mag. Eq. 5. 7.—In
N. T. trop. to walk orderly, and with dat. of
rule, to walk by rule, to live according to any
rule or duty, to follow ; Gal. 6, 16 ὅσοι τῷ
κάνονι τούτῳ στοιχήσουσι. 5, 25. Phil. 3,
16. Rom. 4,12. Absol. Acts 21,24. So
Sext. Empir. 1. 10. 233 στοιχεῖν τῇ συνη-
Selg. Pol. 28. 5. 6 στοιχεῖν τῇ τῆς συγκλύ-
του προϑέσει. -
στολή, ἧς, ἡ, (στέλλω.) α filling out,
apparatus, implements, FEL Vi. 32435
armature, arms, harness, ib. 3. 24. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 8. 42; apparel, attire, dress, Ail. V.
H. 13. 1 med. 14. '7.—In N. T. i. q. Lat.
stola, a robe, vestment, a long flowing robe

στόμα
reaching to the feet, worn by kings Sept.
Jon. 3, 6. Al. V. H. 7.1 ; by priests Sept.
Ex. 28, 2 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1. Hdian. 5. 5.
5; and in N. T. generally by persons of
rank and distinction, Mark 12, 38 ἐν oro-
Aais περιπατεῖν. 16,5. Luke 15,22. 20, 46.
Rev. 6, 11..7, 9.13. 14 bis... Sept. for 733
Ex. 28, 2sq. 2 Chr. 18,9; 5929.1 Chr. 15,
27. SoCeb. Tab. 18. Diod. Sic. 2. 6. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 26.
στόμα, aros, τό, 1. the mouth, of men
and animals ; e. g. of animals, Matt. 17, 27,
2 Tim. 4, 17, comp. in λέων. Heb. 11, 33
comp. Judg. 14,8. James 3, 3. Rev. 9, 17 sq.
12,15. al. Sept. and 78 Gen. 8, 11. Ps.
22, 22. (Paleph. 52. 2. Xen. Eq. 6. 9.)
Of persons, as the organ of breathing, blow-
ing, 2 Thess. 2, 8 τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματι
αὐτοῦ SC. τοῦ ϑεοῦ, comp. Ps. 33, 6. Rev. 1,
16. 2,16. 11,5. Sept. and 5B 2 K. 4, 34,
As receiving food and drink, Matt. 15, 11.
17. John 19, 29. Acts 11, 8. Rev. 10, 9. 10.
Sept. and "8 Neh. 9, 20. (Pol. 12. 9. 4.
Xen. Mem. 3.14.5.) Chiefly as the instru-
ment of speech, Matt. 12, 34 τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ.
Acts 23, 2. Rom. 3, 14. 19. 10, 8sq. Col.
3, 8. James 3, 10. al. Sept. and "8 Ex. 4,
15. Is. 1, 20. (Luc. Calumn. 8. Xen. Mem.
3. 6.9.) So the mouth as speaking, Matt.
15, 8, comp. Is. 29, 13. Matt. 18, 16 et
2 Cor. 13, 1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων,
quoted from Deut. 19,5 where Sept. for
Mp->3. Luke 11, 54. 19, 22 ἐκ τοῦ στό-
ματός σου κρινῶ σε. 21, 15 δώσω ὑμῖν στό-
μα καὶ σοφίαν q. d. wise utterance. Comp.
ΓΒ Sept. λόγος 1 Sam. 15, 24. So Soph.
(Ed. Tyr. 427, '706.—In phrases borrowed
mostly from the Hebrew: a) ἀνοίγειν
τὸ στόμα, to open one’s mouth, to speak,
see fully in ἀνοίγω no. 4; also trop. of the
earth as rent in chasms, Rev. 12, 16 see
ibid. πο. 4.4. δ. 8) τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον
ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, i.e. words utlered, say-
ings, discourse, Matt. 15, 11. 18; comp.
Sept. Num. 30, 3. 32,24. So τὸ ἐκπορ.
διὰ τοῦ στόματος (τοῦ ϑεοῦ), word, precept,
Matt. 4, 4, in allusion to Deut. 8, 3 where
Sept. for 78. γ) λαλεῖν v. εἰπεῖν
διὰ στόματός τινος, to speak through the
mouth of any one, to speak by his interven-
tion, as God by a prophet, messenger ; Luke
1,70 καϑὼς ἐλάλησε διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων
προφήτων. Acts 1, 16. 3, 18.21. 4, 25.
15,7. So Sept. and Heb. "22 2 Chr. 36,
21.22. 8) στόμα πρὸς στόμα λα-
λεῖν, to speak mouth to mouth, orally, with-
out the need of writing, 2 John 12. 3 John
14. Sept. for mp-by mB Num. 12, 8;

679

στρατηγός -

comp. Jer. 32, 4. So Jos, Ant. 10. 8.2
λαλεῖν κατὰ στόμα.

2. Synecd. the fore part, front ; spec. of
weapons, the point, Hom. Il. 15. 389. Hence
in N. T. of a sword, the edge, e. g. στόμα
μαχαίρας Luke 21, 24, Héb. 11,34. Sept.
for Heb. 2""8 Gen. 34, 16. Judg. 20, 37.
38.—Ecclus. 28, 18. Soph. Aj. 661. +

στόμαχος, ov, 6, (ordpa,) pr. a mouth,
opening ; hence, the throat, gullet, Hom. Il.

8. 292. ib. 19. 266.—In N. Τ'. the stomach,

1 Tim. 5,23. So Luc. Chronosol. 17. Hdian.
1. 17. 23. Plut. Cicer. 3.

στρατεία, as, ἧ, (στρατεύω,) military
service, warfare, Hdian. 4. 9. 9. Xen. Cyr.
8. 8.6; a military expedition, campaign,
Pol. 2. 22. 2, 6. Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 19.—In
N. T. trop. of the apostolic office, as con-
nected with hardships, dangers, trials, a
warfare ; 2 Cor. 10, 4 ra yap ὅπλα τῆς
στρατείας ἡμῶν ov σαρκικά. Also 1 Tim.
1, 18, see in orparevw no. 2.a. So Jos. de
Mace. §9 ἱερὰν καὶ εὐγενῆ στρατείαν.

στράτευμα, ατος, τό, (στρατεύω,) a mi-
litary expedition, campaign, i. 4. στρατεία,
Hdot. 3. 49.—In N. T. an armament, army,
troops, host, genr. Matt. 22, 7. Rev. 9, 16.
19, 14. 19 bis. (1 Macc. 9, 34. Hdian. 2.
12. 1. Xen. An. 1.2.18.) Syneed. a band
or detachment of troops, e. g. the garrison
in the fortress Antonia, Acts 23, 10. 27;
also of Herod’s body-guard, Luke 23, 11.
So Hdian. 4. 6. 11, spoken of a part of the
pretorian cohort.

στρατεύω, f. evow, (στρατός,) to serve
in war, to be a soldier, Xen. Cyr. 4. 4. 11;
to wage war, to make an expedition, cam-
paign, Pol. 2. 2. 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. Xen.
An. 2. 1. 14.—Often and in N. T. only
Mid. depon. orparevopar, to serve in
war, as a soldier ; to be a soldier, warrior.

1. Pr. and absol. 1 Cor. 9, 7 ris στρατεύ-
erat ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ; 2'Tim. 2,4. Part.
6 στρατευόμενος, a soldier, Luke 3, 14.—Arr.
Epict. 2. 14. 17. Hdian. 8.'7.20. Xen. Mem.
1. 6. 9.

2. Trop. to war, to wage war,e. g. 8)
Of the apostolic office as connected with
hardships, trials, dangers, 2 Cor. 10, 3 ; also
with acc. of kindred noun, 1 Tim. 1, 18 iva
στρατεύῃ τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν, comp. Buttm.
§131. 4. So Jos. de Macc. ὁ 9 ἱερὰν καὶ

ὑγενῆῇ στρατείαν στρατεύσασϑαι ὑπὲρ τῆς
εὐσεβείας... Ὁ) Of desires and lusts which
war against right principles and moral pre-
cepts, James 4, 1. 1 Pet. 2,11.
στρατηγός, οὗ, ὁ, (στρατός, ἄγω,), pr.
leader of an army, commander, general, Jos.

στρατίια

B. J. 8. 8. 8. Hdot. 7. 88. Diod. Sic. 2. 91,
22. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 3sq. Ag. 3. 5; so of
the ten Athenian commanders chosen annu-
ally, who had charge of the war-department,
with whom the πολεμάρχος was joined, Hdot.
6. 109. AE). V. H. 3. 8,17. Dem, 238. 13
ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγὸς καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς
διοικήσεως. ib. 282. 10. ib. 400. 26.: see
Potter’s Gr. Ant. II. p. 53. Dict. of Antt.
art. Strategus. In other Greek cities, a
chief-magistrate, prefect, Diod. Sic. 16. 56
Φάλαικος ὁ Φωκέων στρατηγός. ib. 14, 93.
Luc. Tox. 17 ἕωϑεν οἱ στρατηγοὶ παρῆσαν
sc. τῶν ᾿Εφεσίων, comp. §12.—Of Roman
officers, 6. g. the consul, ὕπατος, Pol. 1. 7.
12. ib. 1. 52. 5. Oftener of the Roman
pretor, Diod. Sic. T. VI. p. 222 τῶν xara
πόλιν [Ῥώμην] στρατηγῶν. Plut. Cato Min.
44, comp. 39. Arr. Epict. 2, 1. 26. Gruter
Inscript. p. 503 στρατηγὸς κατὰ πόλιν καὶ
ἐπὶ ξένων, pretor urbanus et peregrinus.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 119sq. In Roman
colonie and municipal towns, the chief ma-
gistrates were usually two in number, called
duumviri, (occasionally four or six, guatuor-

viri, seviri, Minut. in Cic. ad Div. 13. 76. -

Gruter Inscript. p. 416. 8. p. 565..3,) who
also were sometimes styled pretors, i. q.
Greek orparnyoi. Cic. de Leg. Agrar. II.
34 “cum ceteris coloniis duwmviri appel-
lentur, hi se pretores appellari volebant.”
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 74. Dict. of Antt. art.
Colonia, p. 318.—Hence in N. T.

1. Of the duumvirt, pretors, magistrates
of Philippi, which was a Roman colonia,
Acts 16, 20. 22, 35. 36. 38.—Sept. for
5"230 i. 6. magistrates of the Jewish people
under Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9; 2. Neh.
2,16. 4,14. 13,11.

2. Spec. ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ, the cap-
tain, governor, prefect of the temple, spoken
genr. of the chief officers of the priests and
Levites who kept guard in and around the
temple ; one of whom apparently held the
chief command ; see in σπεῖρα no. 2; comp.
Jer. 20,1. “Εἰ g. fully, Luke 22, 52 orpa-
τηγοὺς Tod ἱεροῦ. Acts 4,1 ὁ στρ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ.
5, 24; absol. Luke 22, 4. Acts 5, 26.—Jos.
B. J. 6. 5. 3 δράμοντες δὲ οἱ τοῦ ἱεροῦ φύ-
λακες ἤγγειλαν τῷ ατρατηγῷ. Ant. 20. 6. 2.
B. J. 2.17.2 ὁ στρατηγῶν. Called also by
other names, e. g. Sept. ὁ ἡγούμενος οἴκου
Seo) for Heb. D> Ma ὍΣ 1 Chr. 9,
11. 2 Chr. 81,18. Jer. 20, 1; ἐπιστάται
τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Esdr. 1, 8; ἱεροστάται 7, 2;
χιλίαρχοι 1 Esdr. 1, 9, comp. 2 Chr. 35, 8. 9.

στρατιά, ἃς, 4, (orpards,) an army,
host, Sept. for 82¥ 2 Sam. 3, 23. 1K. 11,

68U

στρέφω
15. Hdian. 6. 5..16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.—
In N. T. only by Hebr. στρατιὰ οὐράνιος v.
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, i, 4. BYBU N3Y, the host. of
heaven, the heavenly host, viz.

1. the angelic host, angels, Luke 2, 13.
So Sept. for 572 “S 1 K. 22, 19, comp.
2 Chr. 18, 18. Ps. 148, 2. 108,21. .,

2. Of the host of the firmament, the sun,
moon, and stars, Acts ἢ, 42. So Sept. and
pawn ‘x 2 Chr. 33, 3. 5. Jer. 19,,13.
Zech. 1, 5.

στρατιώτης; ov, 6, (στρατιά,) a soldier,
warrior, spoken of common soldiers, Matt.
8, 9. Mark 15, 16. Luke 7, 8. John 19, 23
sq. Acts 12, 4. al. So 2 Macc. 14, 39.
Hdian. 2. 7.10. Xen. An. 7. 1. 3.—Trop.
of a Christian teacher, 1 Tim. 2,3 ὡς καλὸς
στρατιώτης I Xp. See in στρατεία. +

στρατολογέω, ὦ, f. now, (στρατολό-
γος ; στρατύς, λέγω.) to collect an army, to
levy, to enlist ; Part. ὁ. στρατολογήσας one
who holds a levy or makes an enlistment, a
commander, general, 2 Tim. 2, 4.—Plut.
C. Mar. 9. Diod. Sic. 18. 12.

στρατοπεδάρχης, ov, 6, (στρατόπεδον,
apxo,) Lat. prefectus pretorio, a prefect of
the pretorian camp, or commander of the
emperor’s body-guards (comp. Phil. 1, 13) ;
an officer to whose charge Paul was com-
mitted at Rome, Acts 28,16. The younger
Agrippa was once imprisoned by this officer
at the command of the emperor Tiberius ;
see Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6, comp. 10. Krebs
Obss. in loc. Plin. Epist. 10. 65 “vinctus
mitti ad prefectos pretorii me debet.” See
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.. 149, 563. Dict. of
Antt. art. Prefectus—Genr. Luc. Hist.
conscr. 22.

στρατόπεδον, ov, τό, (στρατός, πέδον.)
pr. the camping-ground of an army ; hence,
@ camp, encampment, Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 6. Ceb.
Tab, 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 27.—In N. T. me-
ton. an army encamped, a host, Luke 21, 20.
Sept. for dm Jer. 34,1. So2Macc. 8, 12.
Hdian. 7. 8. 8. Xen. Hell. 1..1. 21.

στρεβλόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (στρεβλή. στρε-
βλός, στρέφω,) to roll or wind on a windlass,
Hdot. 7. 36 ; to wrench, to turn awry, Hdot.
3. 129; espec. by torture, 3 Macc. 4, 14.
il. V. H. 1. 18. Pol. 2. 59. 1.—In Ν, T.
trop. io wrest, to pervert, 6. g. the sense of
a writing, c. acc. 2 Pet. 3, 16. Comp.
Sept. Pass for RBM 2 Sam. 22, 27.

στρέφω, f. ψω, pr. i. q. τρέπω, the first
and third consonants of the root TPeII being
strengthened by the sibilant and aspirate;
to turn, to turn about or around, trans, Mid.

»

στρηνιάω

στρέφομαι and Pass. aor. 2 ἐστράφην as
Mid. io turn oneself, to turn about, intrans.
Buttm. ᾧ 136. 1, 2.

1. Pr. to turn, ὁ. ace. also with dat. of
pers. towards whom, Matt. 5,39 στρέψον
αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην. Mid. Part. absol. or pa-
eis, στραφέντες, turning, being turned ;
Matt. 7, 6. 16, 23 ὁ δὲ στραφεὶς εἶπε. τῷ
Πέτρῳ. Luke 9, ὅδ. 14, 25. 22, 6]. John
Y,.38. 20,16; ὁ. dat. τινί Luke 7, 9 ; πρός
rwa.Luke 7,44. 10, [22.] 23. 23,28. Also
Mid. c. εἴς τινα, Acts 13, 46 στρεφόμεϑα εἰς
τὰ ἔϑνη, we turn [and go], to the Gentiles.
So with. εἰς c. acc. of place, Acts 7, 39
ἐστράφησαν. ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυ-
πτον, in their’ hearts they turned back to
Egypt. John 20, 14 ἐστράφη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω.
Sept. Act. for "28 Jer. 48, 39; Mid. c.
εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω for 339 Ps, 114, 3. 5.—ALL.
V..H, 14. 15. Epict. Ench. 38. Xen. Lac,
11. 9. Mid. Pol. 1. 40. 13, Xen. An. 3. 5.
1; πρός τινα Luc. Alex. 8; εἰς τὰ δεξιά
Xen. Ἐπ. 7.12. “"

2. Trop. trans. to turn into any thing, i. 4.
to convert, to change, e. δ. c. εἰς, Rev. 11,
6 τὰ ὕδατα εἰς aiva. So Sept. for 725
Ps. 114,8. Jer. 31,13. Ex. '7, 15.—Mid. of
persons, fo turn in mind, lo be converted,
changed, to become a new man; Matt. 18,
8 ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησϑε ὡς παιδία.
Comp. Sept. στραφήσῃ εἰς ἄνδρα ἀλλόν,
Heb. 2", 1. Sam. 10, 6.—Once Act.
στρέφω intrans. or c. ἑαυτόν impl. to turn
oneself, to turn, to change one’s mind and
conduct ; see Buttm. § 130. n. 2. Winer
§ 39. 1. Acts 7, 42 ἔστρεψε ὁ Seds. Comp.
Sept. Is. 63, 10. So pr. Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 5.

στρηνιάω, &, f. dow, (στρῆνος, στρηνής,)
pr. to be over strong, lusty, to live hard;
hence to run riot, to revel, to live voluptu-
ously, absol. Rev. 18, 7. 9.—Hesych. στρη-
νιῶντες ... διὰ πλοῦτον ὑβρίζειν καὶ βαρέως
φέρειν. Sophil. ap. Athen. 8. p. 100. ἃ. An-
tiphan. ib. p. 127. d. Lycophr. ib. 10. p.
420. b. It is a word of the new comedy for
the earlier τρυφάω, Phryn. et Lob. p. 381.
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 195. Wetst. N. T.
II. p. 342.

στρῆνος, εος, ous, τό, (στρηνής, Comp.
Lat. strenuus,) sirength, lustiness, Pallad.
64, in Anth. Gr. IIL p. 128; haughtiness,
arrogance, Sept. for Wee 2K. 19, 28;
eager desire for any thing, e. g. μόρου Ly-
cophr. 438.—In N. Τ᾽, riotous living, re-
velry, voluptuousness, Rev. 18, 3 ἐκ τῆς δυ-
νάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαν, i. 6.
from the abundance, vastness, of her lux-
ury and proud voluptuousness.—A word of

681

Σ τωϊκός

the later Greek, Sturz de Dial. Mac. p
195; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 381.

στρουϑίον, ov, τό, (dim. στρουϑός,) any
small bird, espec. a sparrow, Matt. 10, 29,
81: Luke 12,6. 7. Sept. for "iBZ Ps. 11,
1. Lam. 3, 51—Tob. 2, 10. Hierocl. Fa-
cet. 10. Athen. 14. p. 654. b. -

στρωννύω ν. ὥννυμι, f. στρώσω, (στο-
ῥέννυμι, Buttm. § 114. ὅ 110. η. 7,) to strew,
to spread, c, acc. Matt. 21, 8 bis, ἔστρωσαν
ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ κτὰ. Mark 11,
8 bis. For this custom see 2 K. 9, 13.
Jos. Ant. 9. 6,2 ἕκαστος ἐστρώννυεν αὐτῷ
τὸ ἱμάτιον. Sept. for 23 Esth. 4, 3. Is.
14,11. So Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 26. Luc.
Amor. 12.—Spec. of a bed, couch, Acts 9,
34 στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 8c. κράββατον, κλίνην,
comp. v. 33. Comp. Sept. Job 17, 13. Ez.
28, 7. (Theocr. Id, 21. 7. Artemid. 2. 57
or 62 στρωννύουσα κλίνας.) Pass, of ἃ sup-
per-chamber with couches (triclinia) spread
around the table, i, q. furnished, prepared,
comp. in ἀνάκειμαι no. 2. Mark 14,15 et
Luke 22, 12 ἀνάγαιον μέγα ἐστρωμένον. So
Sept. Ez. 23, 41. Athen. 4. p. 138. c, Xen.
Cyr. 8. 2. 6 ὁ αὐτὸς κλίνην στρώννυσι, τρά-
πεζαν κοσμεῖ. So triclinium stratum Ma-
crob. Sat. 2. 9.

TOS, ἡ, dv, (στυγέω,) hated, hate-

ful, Tit..3, 3.—Philo de Decal. p. 202, 20,
Heliodor. 5. 29. A&schyl. Prom, 592.

στυγνάζω, f. advo, (στυγνός, στυγέω.)

|. to be or become sad, gloomy, to look sad;

6. g. οὗ ἃ person, absol. Mark 10, 22 ὁ δὲ
στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλϑε λυπούμενος.
So Nicet. in Andron, Comnen. 2. 2. p. 207
κατηφιῶντες οὖν of ἄνπρωποι καὶ στυγνά-
(ovres ἐβίωσκον. --- ΤΤορΡ. of the sky, fo
lower, absol. Matt. 16, 3. πυῤῥάζει yap
στυγνάζων ὃ οὐρανός. So Wisd. 17, 5 νὺξ
στυγνή, comp. στυγνότης Pol. 4, 21. 1.

στῦλος, ov, ὃ, (kindr. στήλη.) a column,
pillar, Rey. 10, 1 ὡς στῦλοι πυρός. Sept.
for 29 Ex. 13, 21. 22. 14, 24. So
ZEschyl. Ag. 898. Pol. 1. 22. 4.—Trop. of
any firm support ; 6. g. persons of authority
and influence in the church, Gal. 2, 9 of
δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι SC. ἐν TH ἐκκλησίᾳ.
Rev. 3, 12. Of a doctrine on which the
Christian religion specially rests, 1 Tim. 3,
15. So Ecclus. 36,24. Eurip. Iph. Aul.
57 στῦλοι yap οἴκων εἰσὶ παῖδες ἄρσενες.

Στωϊκός, ἡ, dv, Stoic, also of Prat
κοί, the Stoics, a sect of philosophers found-
ed by Zeno, so called from the στοά, por-
tieo, where he taught; see the works of
Epictetus, Arrian, M. Antoninus, his fol-
lowers. Acts 17, 18.

σι 82

σύ, gen. σοῦ, thou, pers. pron. of the
second person; Plur.ipeis, ye; see Buttm.
§72. 3. The oblique cases of the Sing. are
all enclitic, except after prepositions, Buttm.
ib..n. 2, 3.

1. Nom. σύ, Plur. ὑμεῖς, usually omitted
except where a certain emphasis is requir-
ed; Buttm. § 129, 14. Winer §22.6. In
N. T. inserted: a) With emphasis, e. g.
before a vocative Matt. 2,6. Luke 1, 76.
2 Tim. 2, 1; or in distribution James 2, 3;
with an adjunct between it and the verb
John 4, 9. Also in interrogations, Matt.
27,11. Luke 24,18. John 8, 53. Mark 8,
29; and so at the end of a clause John 1,
21. 8, 48; in answers Matt. 26, 25. Mark
15,2. In antitheses Matt. 3,14. Luke 9,
60. John 3, 2. Luke 11, 48. 22,26. 1 Cor.
3,23; so καὶ ov, καὶ ὑμεῖς, Luke 10, 37.
22, 58. Matt. '7,12.. Genr. Matt. 16, 16.
Mark 1, 11. Luke 3, 22. In a relative
clause ὑμεῖς is sometimes put before the
relative, 1 John 2, 24. 27. So genr. Xen.
Conv. 8.4 σὺ δὲ μόνος. Ὁ) Without special
emphasis, σύ John 21, 15. 16. 17. Luke 4,
7. John 4, 10; ὑμεῖς Matt. 28, 5. See
Winer. 1. c. So Xen. 1. c. ὡς σὺ yap ὁρᾷς.

2. Gen. σοῦ, ὑμῶν, are often used
instead of the corresponding possessives σός,
ὑμέτερος, Buttm. §127.'7; 6. g. σοῦ Matt.
1,22. 4,6. Mark 1,2. sep. ὑμῶν Matt.
5, 10. Mark 2, 8. Rom, 6, 12. sep.—Genr.
σοῦ Matt. 2, 6. 3,14. 5,29. sep. ὑμῶν
Matt. 5,12. Luke 11, 5. sep. For Luke
2, 35 καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς, see in σεαυτοῦ.

8. Dat. σοί, ὑμῖν, genr. Matt. 4, 9.
Mark 5,9. Luke 1,19. Matt. 7, 7. Luke
10,13. 2-Cor. 5,12. sep. As dat. com-
modi Matt. 21, 5. 2 Cor. 5, 13; dat. in-
comm. 2 Cor. 12, 20. Rev. 2,16.al. For
the phrase ri ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, see in ἐγώ. = +

συγγένεια, as, 4, (συγγενής,) pr. kin,
kindred, relationship, Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 1.
Pol. 8. 35. 9. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 21.—In N.
T. meton. kindred, kinsmen, relatives, fami-
ly; Luke 1, 61 οὐδείς ἐστι ἐν τῇ συγγενείᾳ
σου. Acts 7, 8.14. Sept. for MABWA Ex,
12, 21. Josh. 6, 23. So Pol. 15. 30. 7.
Dem. 796. 17. Plato Legg. 627. c.

συγγενής, έος, ovs, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (σύν, γέ-
vos, γίνομαι.) kin, kindred, related ; Subst.
a kinsman, relative, one of the same family ;
Mark 6, 4 οὐκ ἔστι προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ...
ἐν τοῖς συγγενέσι. Luke 1, 36 Ἐλισάβετ ἡ
συγγενής σου. Vv. 58. 2, 44. 14,12. 21,16.
John 18, 26. Acts 10,24. Sept. for O75
Lev. 18,14; MBA Lev. 25, 45. Josh.
21,27. So Tob. 6,10. Hdian. 4. 14. 14.

συγκαλύπτω

Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 8.—In a wider sense, one
of the same nation, a fellow-countryman,
spoken by Paul of the Jews as being all
descended from a common ancestor; Rom.
9,3 τῶν συγγενῶν pou κατὰ σάρκα. 16,7.
11. 21. Comp. Xen. An. 7. 2. 31. Sturz
Lex. Xenophont. s. v. lett. c.
,

συγγνώμη), ns, ἡ, (συγγινώσκω,) con-
sent, concession, permission, leave. 1 Cor.
7,6 τοῦτο δὲ λέγω κατὰ συγγνώμην, ob κατὰ
ἐπιταγήν, this I say by way of permission,
and not of command, i. e. not as an injune-
tion which ye are bound to follow.—Ecclus,
3, 13. Dem. 121. 9. Xen. Ath. 2. 20.

συγκάϑημαι, (κάϑημαι,) to sit down
with, to sit with, c. μετά twos Mark 14, 54;
with dat. depending on σύν in compos. Acts
26, 30; see Winer § 56. 2, 4 fin. Buttm.
ᾧ 147. n. 8, 9. Matth. §405. Sept. for Syia
Ex. 23, 33. Ps. 101, '7.—Absol. Luc. Pseu-
dol. 20. Xen. An. 5.7. 21.

ouyKkasifa, f. iow, (karite,) trans. to
make sit down with, to seat with; intrans.
to sit down with, to sit with.

1. Trans. to make sit together with any
one; with ἐν c. dat. of place, Eph. 2, 6 καὶ
συνήγειρε καὶ συνεκάϑισεν [ἡμᾶς τῷ Χριστῷ
v. δ] ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις.

2. Intrans. of several, to sit down toge-
ther, Luke 22,55. Sept. for 28° Ex. 18,
13. Jer. 16, 6.—Esdr. 9, 6.16. Plut. Arat.
21. Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 35.

_ συγκακοπαδϑέω, ὦ, f. how, (κακόπα-
ϑέω,) to suffer evil with any one, to endure
affliction with, c. dat. commodi, for which,
Winer § 31. 1,3. Buttm. § 133. n. 5. 2 'Tim.
1, 8 συγκακοπάϑησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, suffer
affliction with others for the gospel. [2, 3.]

- συγκακουχέω, ὦ, f. how, (κακουχέω,)
only in Pass. to be maltreated or afflicted
with any one, to suffer affliction with, c. dat.
of pers. Heb. 11, 25 συγκακουχεῖσϑαι τῷ
λαῷ τοῦ Seov.

συγκαλέω, ὦ, f. ἔσω, (καλέω,) to call
together, to convoke, ὁ. acc. Mark 15, 16
συγκαλοῦσιν ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν. Acts 5, 21.
Mid. pr. to call together to oneself; c. acc.
Luke 9, 1 συγκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα.
23, 13. Acts 10, 24, 28,17. In Luke 15,
6.9 the Act. and Mid. alternate in the same
context ; see Winer § 39.6. Sept. for Np,
Act. Ex. 7, 11. Josh. 9, 22; Mid. Zech. 3,
10.—Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 7. Hdian. 1. 4. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.1. Mid. Aristenet. I. 5 ovr
εκαλεῖτο τοὺς φίλους.

συγκαλύπτω, f. Wo, (καλύπτω,) to
cover together, to cover wholly, pr. Sept. for

_ συγκάμπτω

MOD Judg. 4, 18. 19. Jos. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 28.—In N. T. trop. to hide
wholly, to conceal, Luke 12, ἃ οὐδὲν συγκε-
καλυμμένον ἐστίν. So Ecclus. 26, 8. Plut.
Alex. M. 31. Plato Rep. 452. d.
συγκάμπτω, f. ψω, (κάμπτω,) to bend
together, ο. acc. 6. σ΄. τὸν νῶτον τινος, to bow
down wholly, Rom. 11, 10, i. 6. trop. to op-
press, to afflict, quoted from Sept. Ps. 69, 24,

where it departs from the Hebrew.—Pr.

Sept. for V4 2 K. 4, 35. Plato Phed.
98. d.

συγκαταβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (καταβαί-
νω,) to go down with any one, from ἃ higher
to a lower place, as from Jerusalem to Ce-
sarea, absol. Acts 25, 5 συγκαταβάντες sc.
ἐμοί. Sept. for V3? Ps. 49, 18.—Wisd. 10,
14. Pol. 1. 39. 12. Diod. Sic. 11. 18.
Found only in the later usage, instead of
the earlier συγκαδιέναι, Phryn, et Lob.
p. 398. .

_ συγκατάδϑεσις, ews, ἡ, (συγκατατίϑη-
μι.) agreement, assent, accord, 2 Cor. 6, 16.
—Pol. 4. 17.8. Plut. M. Antonin. 51.

συγκατατίδεμαι, Mid. (κατατίϑημι;)
to put or lay down with another, to deposit
together, at the same time; Iseus 59. 25
ypappareiov.—Usually and in N. T. only
trop. to agree with or to, to assent to, to ac-
cord with, c. dat. Luke 23, 51. So Hist.
Sus. 20. Jos. Ant. 20.1.2 συγκαϑέμην τῇ
γνώμῃ ταύτῃ. Pol. 3. 98, 11. Plato Gorg.
501. c.

ean. f. iow, (καταψηφί-
ζω.) pr. to count down with, i. q. to reckon
or number with others; Pass. Acts 1, 26
συγκαταψηφίσϑη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστό-
λων. Hesych. ἐναρίϑμιος, συμψηφισϑείς,
karapt3pnzeis.—Others, Pass. to be chosen
by vole with or among, to be voted in among ;
but against etymology and classic usage,
according to which Mid. καταψηφίζομαι is
to give one’s vote against, to condemn, Dem.
790. 15. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 38.

συγκεράννυμι, f. ράσω, (kepavvupt,) to
mix together, to mingle with, Pass. 2 Macc.
15, 39 οἶνος ὕδατι συγκερασϑείς. Anthol. Gr.
I. p. 15. 2.—In N. T. trop. to mingle together,
to temper, i. e. to mix together so that one
part qualifies another, c. acc. 1 Cor. 12, 24
ὁ ϑεὸς συνεζέρασε τὸ σῶμα. Pass. with two
datives, one depending on σύν in comp. and
the other a dat. commodi; Heb. 4, 2 ὁ λό-
yos... pl) συγκεκερασμένος τῇ πίστει τοῖς
ἀκούσασιν, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 138. n. 5. So
Menand. ap. Stob. Serm. 42. p. 302, τὴν

τοῦ λόγου μὲν δύναμιν ἤϑει χρηστῷ συγκε-

683

συγκρίνω
κραμένην ἔχειν. Plut. Non. poss. suav. viv
20. Thuc. 6. 18; c. dat. pers. Xen. Cyr.
Wid 1.

συγκινέω, &, f. how, (κινέω,) trans. to
move with another; Mid. intrans. to move
oneself with, to move together with others,
Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 7. Epict. Ench.
33.10. Trop. to move in mind with any
one, to incite, to rouse, sc. to like exertion,
to sympathy, Plut. Galb. 1. Pol. 2. 59. 8.
ib. 15. 17. 1.—In N. T. spec. of a popular
commotion, fo move together, to stir up at
the same time, 6. acc. Acts 6, i2 τὸν λαὸν
καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους κτλ. COMP. κινέω."

συγκλείω, f. εἰσω, (κλείω,) to shut up
together, to enclose together, c. acc. Luke 5,
6 συνέκλεισαν πλῆϑος ἰχϑύων word. Sept.
for "390 Ex. 14,3. So I Mace. 5, 5. Pol.
1. 17. 8. Hdian. 7. 10. 6.—Trop. to shut up
or include together, i. q. to make sulyect
alike ; so with eis c. ace. Rom. 11, 32 συν-
έκλεισε γὰρ ὁ ϑεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείϑειαν.
Gal. 3, 23; with ὑπό c. acc. Gal. 3, 22.
Comp. Sept. for 773 "395 Ps. 31,9. Josh.
20, 5; Ps: 7 Ps.78, 50. So Diod. Sic. 19.
19 εἰς τοιαύτην δ᾽ ἀμηχανίαν συγκλεισϑεὶς
᾿Αντίγονος.

συγκληρονοόμος, ov, ὃ, (κληρονομός,)
pr. @ co-heir, joint-heir, i. q. a joint-posses-
sor, copartner, Rom. 8, 17 συγκλ. τοῦ Χρι-
στοῦ. Eph. 3, 6. Heb. 11, 9. 1 Pet. 3, 7.

συγκοινωνέω, ὦ, f. how, (κοινωνέω.)
to be partaker with others, to share with
others in any thing, c. dat. Eph. 5, 11. Phil.
4, 14. Rev. 18, 4.—So ec. gen. Dem. 1299.
20 συγκοινωνεῖν τῆς δόξης.

συγκοινωνός, od, 6, ἡ, (κοϊνωνός,) a
joint-partaker, copartner, c. gen. Rom. 11,
17 συγκ. τῆς ῥίζης κτλ. 1 Cor. 9, 23, Phil.
1,7; ev c. dat. Rev. 1, 9.

συγκομίζω, f. iow, (κομίξω,) pr. to take
up and bear together, to bring together, to
collect, e. g. fruits Sept. Job 5, 26. Xen.
Mem. 2. 8. 3; children Xen. Ag. 1. 21;
dead bodies on a field of battle for burning,
Plut. Agesi. 19. Thuc. 6. 71.—In N. T. of
several persons, 20 bear away together, 6. g.
a corpse for burial, fo help bury, c. acc. Acts
8, 2 συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐ-
λαβεῖς. So Soph. Aj. 1048; comp. Sept.
Job 5, 26. Phavor. συγκομίζειν ἀντὶ τοῦ
Sarrew, ἀπὸ τῶν συναγομένων καρπῶν εἰς
τὰς ἀποϑήκας.

συγκρίνω, f. we, (κρίνω,) pr. to sepa
rate out and put together anew ; hence to
join together, to combine, to compose ; opp.
διακρίνειν ‘to separate between, to decom-

συγκύπτω

pose ;? Plut. Consol. ad ΑΡο]]. 1ὅ, καλῶς ὁ
"Emixappos + ovvexpisn, φησί, καὶ διεκρίϑη,
καὶ ἀπῆλθε ὅϑεν ἦλθε πάλιν, ya μὲν εἰς yar,
πνεῦμα: δ᾽ ἄνω. Luc. Pseudosoph. 5, Plat.
Phedo 71. b:—Hence in N. T.

1. to join together, to.combine, as in clas-
sic usage above; c. ace. et dat. 1 Cor. 2,13
πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες; com-
bining spiritual things with spiritual, i.e.
expressing thoughts taught by the Spirit
in words taught of the Spirit (ἐν διδακτοῖς
πνεύματος), giving to our spiritual teaching
a spiritual form ; not combining things he-
terogeneous,—Others : explaining spiriual
things by spiritual, i. 6. the teachings of the
gospel by those of the O. Test. but against
the context. Others take dat. πνευματικοῖς
as masc. referring to’persons.

2. Spec. to judge of together, to compare ;
6. acc. et dat. 2 Cor. 10, 12 bis, συγκρῖναι
ἑαυτοὺς τισί. ἡ a pay ἑαυτοὺς ἑαυ-
rois.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 21. Lue. Parasit. 51.
Pol. 6. 47. 9; Ὁ. πρός Diod. Sic, 2.°5. 10.
3. 52.

συγκύπτω, f. ψω, (κύπτω,) to Bong or

bow together, as persons putting their heads
together, Hdot. 3. 82. Luc. Bis. Acc. 4;
of things inclining toward each other, Xen.
An. 8. 4. 19.—In N. T. to be bowed toge-
ther, to be bent double, absol. Luke 13, 11
ἦν συγκύπτουσα καὶ μὴ δυναμένη ἀνακύψαι.
So Sept. Job 9,27, Ecclus. 12, 11. The-
mist. Orat. 7 ad Valent. p, 90 det συγκεκυ-
. φώς, ἀεὶ συννεφής, ἐφελκόμενος τὰς ὀφρύς.

συγκυρία, as, ἧ, (συγκυρέω.) pr. “ἃ
happening together,’ i. 6. coincidence, acci-
dent, chance ; Luke 10, 31 κατὰ συγκυρίαν,
by chance.—Eustath. ad Il. 23. 435. So
συγκύρησις Pol. 9. 12. 6; συγκύρημα Pol.
4, 86. 2.

συγχαίρω, (xaipe,) aor. 2 συνεχάρην
from the Pass. form, see in χαίρω ; to rejoice
with any one, to sympathize in another's joy ;
c. dat. depending on σύν in compos. Winer
§56. 2,4 fin. Buttm. § 147. n. 8, 9. Matth.
§ 405: Phil. 2,17 συγχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν. v.
18. Luke 1, 58. 15,6. 9. (Sept. Gen. 21,
6. Plut. Parall. 16 bis, χαρέντων δὲ πάντων,
μόνη ἡ ἀδελφὴ od συνεχάρη ‘Qparia.. Xen.
Hi. 11. 12.) Others in all these passages,
to congratulate, as Act. Dem. 194. 23. Pol.
29. 7. 4. Mid. 3 Macc. 1, 8.—Trop. of
things, 1 Cor. 12, 26 τὰ μέλη. 13, 6 οὐ
χαίρει [ἡ ἀγάπη] ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, ovyxaiper
δὲ τῇ ἀληϑείᾳ, i. e. the truth of the gospel
leads its followers to rejoice in righteous-
ness and 7 ἡ ἀγάπη rejoices with them.

συγχέω; (χέω.) also συγχύνω a later
form disapproved by the grammarians, Lob.

684

συξητέω

ad Phryn. p. 726 ; impf. συνέχεον and συνέ-
xvvov 5 Pass. perf. -συγκέχυμαι, aor. 1 συνε-
χύξην; see fully in ἐκχέω. Buttm. ᾧ 114, χέω.
—Pr. to pour together, Lat. confundo; hence
trop. to confound, to confuse, 8. gs |

1, Of an assembly, multitude, i.. 4. to
throw into confusion, lo excite, to put in an
uproar, Ο. acc. Acts 21, 27 συνέχεον πάντα
τὸν ὄχλον. Pass. 19,32 ἡ ἐκκλησία συγκε-

| χυμένη. 21, 81.---[ο5. Β. J. 6. 2. 6. Pol. 1.

40. 13, Luc. Bis. Acc. 17 καὶ ξυγχεῖν ἡ ἡμῶν
ἐπειρᾶτο τὴν ξυνουσίαν, ἐπιταράξας τῇ βοῇ.
Comp. D. Deor. 25. 1.

2. Of the mind, to confound, to perplea,
e. g. a person in disputation, c. acc. Acts 9,
22. Pass. of persons in amazement, con-
sternation, Acts 2; 6 συνῆλθε τὸ πλῆϑος,
καὶ συνεχύϑη.---Ἰ Mace..4, 27. Arr. Epict.
3. 22. 25. Diod. Sic. 4. 62 συνεχύϑη τὴν
ψυχήν.

συγχράομαι, Spat, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. de-
pon. (χράομαι,) to use with another, to have
in common. use, Pol. 8. 14. 5. ib. 6. 3. 10.
—In N. T. to have usage, dealings, inter-
course with any one, c. dat. John 4, 9 οὐ yap
συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Sapapeiras. So Arr.
Peripl. Mar. Eryth. p. 159 συνεχρήσαντο
δὲ αὐτῇ [τῇ νήσῳ] καὶ ἀπὸ Μούζας τινές,
i. e. some from Muza have commerce with
the island. Comp. ᾿χράομαι Xen. Hi. 5, 2
Mem, 4. 8. 11.

συγχύνω, see συγχέω.

σύγχυσις; ews, ἡ, (συγχέω,) confusion,
tumult, uproar, Acts 19,29. Comp. Sept.
for M3579 1 Sam. 14, 20.—Pol. 14. 5. 8.
Plut. Pyrrh. 25,

auld, &, f. now, (σύν, Caw,) to live
with any one, i. 6. to continue in life, c. dat.
expr. or impl. see in συγχαίρω. 2 Cor. 7, 3
ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἔστε εἰς τὸ συναποϑα-
νεῖν καὶ συζῆν sc. ὑμῖν. Trop. of eternal
life with Christ, Rom, 6, 8. ἃ Tim. 2, 11.
—Aristot. Eth. 8. 6. Dem. 363. 4 οἷς συζῆν
τὸν λοιπὸν βίον ἀνάγκη. Plato Polit. 302. Ὁ.

συζεύγνυμι, f. εὐξω, (ζεύγνυμι,) aor. 1
συνέζευξα, to yoke together, to couple, pr.
animals, Sept. for "3% Ez. 1, 11. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2. 26.—In N. T. trop. ἐο join together, lo
unite, c. acc. e. g. husband and wife, Matt.
19, 6. Mark 10,9. So Jos. Ant. 1. 19.10
Hdian. 3. 10. 4. Xen. Ce. 7. 30.

συζητέω, ὦ, f. noo, (σύν, ζητέω,) 10
seek any thing with another, as Hercules
with Iphitus for his cattle, Apollod. Bibl. 2.

6.—In N. T. trop. to seek together, i.e. to
inquire one of another, to question with, im-
plying two or more persons or parties ; ab-

συζήτησις
sol. Mark 9, 10 συζητοῦντες, τί ἐστι τὸ ἐκ
_vexpav ἀναστῆναι. With πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς Mark
1, 27. Luke 22, 23. (Plato Crat. 384. c.
fd. Meno 90. b.), Also. genr. to. question,
to reason, to dispute with ; absol.. Mark 12,
28 ἀκούσας αὐτῶν συζητούντων. | Luke 24,
15; c. dat. Acts 6,9; πρός τινα, Acts 9,
29 συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς. With
the idea of cavil, captiousness, c, dat. Mark
8, 11. 9,145 πρός τινα, Mark 9, 16.
συζήτησις, ews, 4, (συζητέω,) inquiry
together, reasoning, disputation, Acts. 15,
2.7... 28, 29.—Philo de Opif. Mund. Ρ. 11.
ἀ,. Allegor, 2, p. 85. b.

᾿συζητητής, ov, 6, (συζητέω,) a joint-
inquirer, a reasoner, disputant, a sophist,
1 Cor. 1, 20.

σύζυγος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (συζεύγνυμι,)
yoked-together, paired ; Subst. a yoke-fellow,
trop. a wife, Eurip. Alc. 314, 342.—In N. T.
trop. a fellow-labourer, colleague, Phil. 4, 3.
So Aristoph. Plut. 945 ἐὰν δὲ σύζυγον λάβω
τίνα. Kurip. Iph. Taur. 250.

συζωοποιέω, ὦ, f. now, (ζωοποιξω.) to
make alive with any one, to quicken with,
e. g. trop. into spiritual life with Christ as
risen from the dead ; c. dat. τῷ Xp. Eph. 2,
5... With σύν, repeated Col..2,.13; comp.
Winer § 56. 2, 4 fin.

συκάμινος, ov, ἡ, α sycamine-tree, Heb.
Plur. 2°2P% ; called also the sycamore, ov-
κόμορος, see fully in συκομορέα. Luke 17,
6... Sept. for ὦ 1 K. 10, 27, 1 Chr. 27,
28. Is. 9, 9.—Dioscor. 1. 182, 184 συκό-
μορον, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο συκάμινον λέγουσι.
Theophr. Η. Ρ]. 4, 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 84.

συκέα, contr. συκῆ, gen. éas js; ἡ; (σῦ-
κον,) a fig-tree, ficus carica, Matt. 21,19 bis.
20. 21. 24,32. Mark 11, 13. 20. 21. 13, 28.
Luke 13, 6.7. 21,29. John 1, 49. 51. James
3, 12. Rev. 6,13. Sept. for Πρ Judg.
9,10.11. So LV. H. 3.38. Xen. Ee. 19.
12.—As explanatory of Mark 11, 13, it may
be noted, that in the east the fruit of the
fig-tree is of three kinds: a) Early figs,
Heb. 323, Arab, bokkéreh, Lat. precox
Plin. H. N. 16. 49; ripening about the end
of June. Ὁ) Summer figs, Arab. kermiis,
ripening in August. c) Winter figs,
grossi, ὄλυνϑοι, longer and darker than the
kermits, hanging and ripening late on the
tree even after the leaves are shed; and
sometimes gathered as a delicious motdel in
the spring. See genr. Shaw’s Travels,
Lond. 1757. pp. 144, 342. Columell. de
Arb. 21. Winer Realw. art. Feigenbaum.
Josephus describes the fig-trees near the

685

συχλλαμβάνω

lake of Gennesareth as yielding fruit during
ten months of the year, B. J. 3. 10. 8.

συκομορέα, as, ἡ, (σῦκον, μορέα, μόρον,)

i,q.) συκόμορος, a sycamore-tree, ficus sy-

comoros, pr. ‘the fig-mulberry,”’ Luke 19, 4.
This tree is frequent in Egypt and the level
parts of Palestine, resembling the mulberry-
tree in its leaves, with fruit similar in ap-
pearance to the fig growing directly from
the stem and boughs, and very indigestible.
It is more frequently called the sycamine
tree, ἡ συκάμινος q.v. See Dioscor, I. 182,
184, Theophr. H. Pl. 4. 2, Athen. 2. p.
51. Ὁ. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 310, Rosenm.
Alterthk. IV. i. p. 281,—Hesych. συκομο-
ρέα" συκάμινον. Other forms in Mss. aro
συκομωρέα, συκομοραία, συκομωραία.

σῦκον, ov, τό, a Jig, see in συκέα; Matt.
7, 16. Mark 11, 13. Luke 6, 44. James 3,
12. Sept. for roxm 2 K. 20,7. Neh. 13,
15.— Bl. V. H. 3. 36. Dem. 314. 12. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2. 22.

συκοφαντέω, ὦ ὦ, f, how, (συκοφάντης;
σῦκον, φαίνω,) pr. to be ἃ συκοφάντης, i. 6.
a fig-shewer, fig-informer, one who watched
and informed against persons who exported
figs from Attica contrary to law ; see Suid.
s. voc, Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 121 sq. Dict.
of Antt. art. Sycophantes. Hence. genr. to
inform against, to accuse falsely, to slander,
c. acc. Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 3. Ail. V. H. 2. 13.
Hdian. 2. 14. 7. Xen. Mem. 2. 9, 5.—In
N. T. spec. do extort by false accusations,
to overreach, to defraud, c. acc. pers. Luke
3,143 τινός τι 19, 8, Sept. for. pis Job
35, 9. Ps. 119, 122. Prov. 22,16. Comp.
Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 22 ἀδικώτερα τῶν συκοφαν-
τῶν ποίειν.

συλαγωγέω, ὦ, f. ἡσω, (σῦλον, ἄγω,)
to lead off as prey, to carry off as booty, 6. g.
captives Heliodor. 10. p. 512; to rob, to
spoil, Aristen. 2. 22.—In N. T. trop. to
lead captive, to lead astray, of false teachers,
ec. acc. Col. 2, 8.

συλάω, &, f. now, to strip, to spoil, to
rob, hyperbol. c. acc. 2 Cor. 11, 8 ἄλλας
ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα λαβὼν ὀψόώνιον.---: 085. ᾿
B. J. 1.1. 1. Hdian. 7. 1. '7. Xen. Hi. 4.11.

συλλαλέω, ἢ, f. how, (σύν, λαλέω,) to
speak or talk with, to confer with, c. dat.
Mark 9, 4. Luke 9, 30. 22,4. With pera
τινος Matt. 17, 3. Acts 25, 12; πρὸς ἀλλή-
λοὺς Luke 4, 86. Sept. c. dat. for “a4 Ex.
34, 35.—So c. dat. Pol. 1. 43. 1. ib. 4. 22.
8; πρὸς ἀλλήλους Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 12;
absol. Plut. de Gen. Socr. 32.

συλλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λάμβανω,)
to take together, pr. in the two hands toge

συλλέγω

ther, Lat. comprehendere ; trop. like Engl.
to comprehend, to comprise, Hdot. 3. 82 évi
ἔπεϊ πάντα συλλαβὼν εἰπεῖν. ib. 7. 16. ὃ ;
also to take or bring together, to collect, 6. g.
scattered troops Hdot. 5. 46; to take with
oneself, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 1 ἀπήει συλλαβὼν
τὸ ἕτερον orpdrevpa.—ln N. ἽΝ

1. Lat. comprehendere, of persons, to take
or seize altogether, stronger than λαμβάνω,
from the idea of clasping together or grasp-
ing with the hands clutched together ;
comp. σύν intens.

a) Pr. as of persons taken by authority
or force, to seize, to apprehend, to arrest, Ο.
acc. τὸν Ἰησοῦν John 18, 12. Acts 1, 16.
Matt. 26, 55. Mark 14, 48. Luke 22, 54.
Acts 12, 3 τὸν Πέτρον. 23, 27. Mid. id. Acts
26,21. Sept. for 435 Judg. 7,25; ben
Josh. 8, 23. 1 K. 20,18. So ALL V. H. 5.
18. Hdian. 7.'7. 14, Xen. An. 1. 1. 3.—In
hunting or fishing, to take, to catch, ἄγραν
Luke 5, 9; comp. v. 5, where it is λαμβάνω.
So Eurip. Orest. 1340 οὐχὶ συλλήψεσϑ᾽
ἄγραν. ΚΞ. H. An. 1. 2.

Ὁ) Trop. of females, to conceive, absol.
Luke 1, 24; ¢. acc. υἱόν v. 36; ἐν γαστρί
v. 31; ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ 2, 21. Sept. for man
Gen. 4, 1. 16. 19, 36. So Plut. de vitand.
r. alien. 4. Test. XII Patr. p. 544. Hippocr.
Aphor. 5. 46 ἐν γαστρί. Galen de Sem. 1
συλλαμβάνειν τὸ oméeppa.—Spec. and me-
taph. of irregular desire as exciting to sin,
James 1, 15; comp. Sept. and nan Ps. 7,
15.. So Justin. Mart. de Resurr. p. 327
Eva τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τοῦ. ὄφεως συλλαβοῦσα
παρακοὴν καὶ ϑάνατον ἔτεκε.

2. to take hold with another, to help, to
aid, usually and in N. T. Mid. c. dat. Luke
5, '7 ἐλθόντας συλλαβεῖσϑαι αὐτοῖς. Phil. 4,
3.—Sept. Gen. 30, 7. All. V. H. 2. 4. Xen.
Ag. 2. 31. Act. Hdot. 6. 125. Xen. Mem.
2, 3. 18.

συλλέγω, f. Eo, (Aéyo,) pr. to lay to-
gether, i. e. to gather, to collect ; 6. g. fruits
and grain, c. acc. Matt. 7, 16 ἀπὸ ἀκανϑῶν
σταφυλήν, ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα. Luke 6, 44
ἐξ ἀκανθῶν σῦκα. Matt. 13, 28. 29. 30. 40
ζιζάνια. Genr. τὸ εἰς τί Matt. 13, 48; τὶ
ἔκ τινος Vv. 41. Sept. for upd Lev, 19, 9.
10. Ruth 2, 3. 7sq.—Hdot. 1. 68. Luc.
Tim. 23. Xen. An. 2. 4. 11 χόρτον. 4. 3.
11 φρύγανα ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ.

συλλογίζομαι; f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon.
(λογίζομαι,) to reckon together, to compute,
c. acc. Diod. Sic. 1. 5. Dem. 355 ult—In
N. T. to reason together, io consider, to de-
liberate; absol. Luke 20, 5 συνελογίσαντο
-ρὸς ἑαυτούς, comp. Matt. 21, 25 et Mark

686 συμβάλλω

11,31. Sept. for Part. 492 Is. 43,18. So
Pol. 1. 44. 1. ib. 1. 63. 8. Plut. Brut. 36.
συλλυπέω, ὦ, f. how, (AuTée,)
grieve or afflict with another; Pass. to be
grieved or afflicted with, to condole with; c.
dat. Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Theophr. Char. 1. 1.
Plato Rep. 462. e.—In N. T. Pass. to: be
grieved withal, i. 6. at the same time or
along with some other emotion ; Mark 3, 5
περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς μετ᾽ ὀργῆς, συλλυ-
πούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν.

συμβαίνω, f. βήσομαι, (βαίνω,) aor. 2
συνέβην, to go with the feet close together,
Xen. Eq. 1. 14.—In N. T. of things, events,
to come together in time, to happen together,
to fall out, to come to pass; with dat. of
pers. to whom, Mark 10, 32 τὰ μέλλοντα
συμβαίνειν αὐτῷ. Acts 3, 10. 20, 19. 1 Cor.
10, 11. 1 Pet. 4, 12. 2 Pet. 2, 22. Part.
absol. τὰ συμβεβηκότα, things happened,
events, Luke 24,14. Sept. for map Gen.
42, 4. 29, Esth. 6, 18. So 1 Mace. 5, 25.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 17. Part. absol. 1 Macc.
4, 26. Diod. Sic. 1. 22.—Impers. c. inf. of
the principal verb, the infinitive clause be-
ing strictly the subject ; Acts 21, 35 συνέ-
Bn βαστάζεσϑαι αὐτόν, i. e. he was borne ;
comp. Buttm. §129. 10. Winer §45. 2.
So 2 Mace. 3, 2. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 8. Pol.
1. 22. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 50.

ovpBarX®, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to throw,
send, put together, e. g. of streams flowing
together. ὁ. acc. τὸ ὕδωρ συμβάλλειν Hom.
ΤΙ. 4. 453. Hdot. 4. 50; of warriors, τὰς ἀσπί-
das Xen. Ag. 2.12. Of persons, to send
or bring together, e.g. in strife, Lat. com-
mittere, Hom. Il. 3. 70. Xen. Conv. 4. 9.—
In N. T.

1. to throw or put together, pr. with acc.
λόγους or the like implied, like Lat. conferre
for ‘conferre sermones,’ Engl. to confer
together, intrans. a) Genr. i. q. to dis-
course with, lo dispute with, c. dat. Acts 17,
18 τινὲς δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον
αὐτῷ. So Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3\ συμβαλοῦσα
ποιμέσι. Jambl. Vit. Pyth. c. 2 τοῖς ἐν Μέμ-
get καὶ Διοσπόλει μάλιστα συμβαλεῖν ἱερεῦ-
σι. Fully written συμβ. λόγους τινί Eurip.
Iph. Aul. 830 or 830. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 21.
b) to consult together, Acts 4,15 συνέβαλον
πρὸς ἀλλήλους sc. βουλεύματα. So fully
Eurip. Phen. 700 or 755 συμβ. βουλεύ-
para. 0) Luke 2,19 συμβάλλειν ἐν τῇ
καρδίᾳ sc. ταῦτα, i. 6. to put together in
mind, to compare, to ponder in mind. Comp.
Philostr. Vit. Apoll. 4. 43 ξυμβαλεῖν τὸ εἰ-
ρημένον. Arr. Exp. Alex. 2. 3. 9 τὸ naw
recov. Mid, Hdot. 4. 15, 45.

ae. ay

συμβασιλεύω

2. Mid. to put together one’s own with
another, fo contribute, to help; c. dat. Acts
18, 27 συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσι.
—Wisd. 5, 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 2. Xen. Hell. 7.
1, 35.

8. Intrans. or 6. ἑαυτόν impl. Buttm.
8180. n. 2. Winer § 39. 1; to come together
with another, to encounter, to meet with, c.
dat. a) In a hostile sense, εἰς πόλεμον
Luke 14, 31. So 2 Mace. 8, 23. Jos. Ant.
6. 5. 3 συμβαλὼν εἰς μαχήν. Pol. 10. 37. 4.
Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 22. δ) Genr.i.q. to
meet with, Acts 20, 14 συνέβαλεν ἡμῖν εἰς
τὴν “Acgov. So Jos. Ant. 2. 7. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2. 41.

συμβασιλεύω, f. evow, (βασιλεύω.) to
reign with any one, 6. dat. Luc. Ὁ. Deor.
16. 2. Pol. 30. 2. 4.—In N. T. only trop.
1 Cor. 4, 8. 2 Tim. 2, 12; comp. in βασι-
λεύω no. 2.

συμβιβάζω, f. dow, (βιβάζω,) to make
come together, to bring together, e. g.

1. to join or knit together, to unite, trop.
of Christians as parts of Christ’s spiritual
body the church ; Pass. Eph. 4, 16 ἐξ οὗ
πᾶν τὸ capa... συμβιβαζόμενον. Col. 2,
19; ἐν ἀγάπῃ Col. 2,2.—Genr. Dion Cass. 37.
p. 62. Thuc. 2. 29.

2. to put together in mind, and. hence
pregn. to gather, to infer, to conclude; c.
ὅτι Acts 16,10; also to prove, to demon-
strate, c. ὅτι, Acts 9, 22 συμβιβάζων ὅτι
οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός. Soc. ὡς Aristot.
Rhet. ad Alex. 36; c. περί Plato Rep, 504.
a. See Wetstein N. T. II. p. 109.

3. From the Heb. to teach, to instruct, c.
acc. of pers. 1 Cor. 2, 16 ὃς συμβιβάσει
αὐτόν sc. τὸν κύριον, in allusion to Is. 40,
13 where Sept. for s“tin; also Ex. 18,
16. Deut. 4, 9; jam Is. 40, 14; main
Ex. 4, 12. Lev. 10, 11.

συμβουλεύω, f. evow, (βουλεύω.) fo
counsel with any one, to give counsel, to ad-
vise; c. dat. John 18, 14 Καϊάφας ὁ συμ-
βουλεύων τοῖς "Iovdaiors. Rev. 3, 18. Sept.
for V8? Ex. 18,19. Jer. 38, 15. So Jos. c.
Apion. 1. 34. Luc. Abdic. 5. Xen. Mem.
1. 3. 13 bis.—Mid. spoken of several, to
counsel or consult together, e. g. for evil, to
plot, ο. ἵνα, Matt. 26,4 συμβουλεύσαντο, ἵνα
τὸν Ἰησοῦν κρατήσωσι λόγῳ. John 11, ὅ8 ;
c. inf. Acts 9,23. Sept. for 723 1 Κὶ, 12,
8. 2 Chr. 20,22. So 1 Mace. 9, 59. Pol.
2. 46. 2. Plato Theag. 122. a.

συμβούλιον, ov, τό, (σύμβουλος.)

1. a council, meton. counsellors, Acts 25,
12. Here spoken of persons who sat in
public trials with the governor of a pro-

687

+

συμμαρτυρέω

vince ; called also consiliarii Suet. Tiber
33; assessores Lamprid. Vit. Alex. Sev.
c. 46 ; πάρεδροι Dion Cass. p. 505. 6. Comp.
Jos. B. J. 2. 16. 1. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
162. Dict. of Antt. art. Conventus.—Genr.
Theodot. for 730 Proy. 15, 22. Diod. Sic.
13. 12. Plut. de Virtut. mor. 7. p. 221.

2. counsel, consultation, e. g. λαμβάνειν
V. ποιεῖν συμβούλιον, to take counsel, to make
or hold a consultation ; so συμβ. λαμβάνειν
Matt. 12, 14. 22, 15. 27, 1. 7. 28, 12;
συμβ. ποιεῖν Mark 3, 6. 15, 1—Comp.
συμβουλία Sept. 1 K. 1, 12. Tob. 4, 24.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 4. ᾿

σύμβουλος, ov, 6, (σύν, βουλή.) a coun-
sellor, pr. one joined in counsel; Rom, 11,
34, in allusion to Is. 40, 13 where Sept. for
MXP WN. Sept. also for 72%" 2 Sam. 15,
12. 1 Chr. 27, 32. 33.—Jos. c. Ap. 2, 15.
Hdian. 1. 8. 1. Xen. Conv. 8. 39.

Συμεών, ὃ, indec. Simeon, Heb. ji92%3
(a hearkening), pr. n. i. q. Σίμων.

1. The second son of Jacob, born of
Leah ; also of the tribe descended from him,
Rev. 7, 7. See Gen. 29, 33. Jos. Ant.
δι 19. δ᾽...

2... One of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke
3, 30.

3. A pious Jew, who took the infant
Jesus in his arms and blessed him in the
temple, Luke 2, 25. 34. Some suppose
him to be the same with Shammai, Σαμέας,
mentioned by Josephus along with Pollio,
Ant. 15. 1. 1, et 10. 4; others regard him
as the R. Simeon, the son of Hillel, mention-
ed in the Talmud as the father of Gamaliel ;
see in Ταμαλιήλ. But neither of these con-
jectures has any weight; see Lightf. Hor.
Heb. in Luc. 1. c. Wetst. N. T. 1. p. 665.

4, Simeon, i. q. Simon Peter, elsewhere
Σίμων 4. v. Acts 15, 14. 2 Pet. 1, 1.

5. A Christian teacher at Antioch, sur-
named Niger, Acts 13, 1.

συμμαϑϑητής, οὔ, 6, (μαϑητής,) a fel-
low-disciple, John 11, 16.—Plato Euthyd.
272. c. Poll. On. 6. 159 Πλάτων δέ, συμ-
paznras ἔφη. For some such compound
words disapproved by the Atticists, see
Phryn. ed. Lob. p, 471.

συμμαρτυρέω, ὦ, f. how, (uaprupéw,)
to bear witness with another, to testify with,
i. e. at the same time and to the same ef-
fect ; c. dat. Rom. 8,16 τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρ
τυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν, ὅτι κτλ, 9,13; ab-
sol. 2,15. Rev. 22, 18 Rec. where the bet-
ter reading is paprupéw.—Plut. de Adulat.
et Amic. 23. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 35.

συμμεριζω 688

συμμερίζω, f. iow, (pepitw,) to divide
with others, jointly ; in N. T. Mid. to divide
with others so as to receive part to oneself,
to share with, to partake with, c. dat..1 Cor.
9,18.

συμμέτοχος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (uéroxos,)
partaking with, Subst. a joint-partaker,
Eph. 3, 6. 5, '7.—Justin. Mart. Apol. 1. p.
51 συμμέτοχος τῶν παϑῶν. So συμμετέχω
2 Macc. 5, 20. Xen. An. 7.8. 17.

συμμιμητής, od, ὁ, (μιμητής,.) α co-
imuator, joint-follower, Phil. 8, 17... On
this kind of compounds, see Phryn. et Lob.
p. 471.

συμμορφίζω, f. ἴσω, (σύμμορφος,) to
make of like. form with, to conform, Pass.
trop. c. dat. Phil. 3, 10 Lachm. for συμμορ-
φόω id.

σύμμορφος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (μορφή!)
having like form with, conformed to, like ;
6. dat. Phil.'3, 21 τὸ σῶμα... cdppopov
τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ. With gen.
Rom. 8, 29 προώρισὲ συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκό-
vos τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ. For the gen. after
words compounded with σύν in classic wri-
ters, see Matth. ᾧ 379 fin. = *

συμμορφόω, 4, f. ὠσω, (cvppopdos,)
to make of like form with another, to con-
form, Pass. trop. c. dat. Phil. 3, 10.

TULTAYEM, ὦ, f. ήσω, (συμπαϑής,) to
sympathize with, to feel with another, to be
affected in like manner ; c. dat. Heb. 4, 15
συμπαϑῆσαι ταῖς ἀσϑενείαις ἡμῶν. Pregn.
i. q. to have compassion on any one, to af-
ford sympathizing aid, Heb. 10, 34.—Symm.
for ‘2 Job 2,11. Aristot. Physiog. 4. 1.
Plut. Timol. 19. Isoer. p, 64. b.

συμπαϑής, έος, οὖς, 6, ἡ, adj. (σύν,
πάϑος, πάσχω.) sympathizing, feeling with
another, like-affected; 1 Pet. 8, 8 συμπα-
δεῖς, ie. the same in feeling, mutually com-
passionate.—Jos. Ant. 19. 7. 38. Plut, de
Adulat. et Amic. 9. Pol. 15. 9. 3.

συμπαραγίνομαι, (παραγίνομαι,) to
come with any one, to be present with, to
stand by any one, as a friend and advocate ;
c. dat. 2 Tim. 4, 16 ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπο-
Aoyia οὐδείς μοι συμπαρεγένετο. Sept. for
M22 Ps. 83, 9. So Dem. 1369. 17.—Of a
multitude, to come together, to convene, Luke
23, 48. So Thuc. 2, 82.

-cupTrapaKanko, &, f. ἔσω, (mapaxa-
λέω,) to call for or invite with, at the same
“time, Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 38; to invoke ‘with
others, ib. 3. 3. 213 to exhort with another,
e.g. an army, Pol. 5. 83. 3.—In N. T.

συμπληροω

Pass. to be consoled, comforted, with others
i. e. to receive solace and encouragement
in the society of others; Rom. 1, 12 συμ-
παρακληϑῆναι ἐν. ὑμῖν. See in παρακαλέω
no. 4.

συμπαραλαμβάνω, aor. 2 -ἔλαβον,
(παραλαμβάνω,) to take along with oneself,
as a companion on a journey; 6. acc. Acts
12, 25. 15, 37. 38. Gal. 2, 1.—Sept. Job
1, 4.. Al. V. H. 8. '7. Hdian. 2.2.2. Plato
Phed. 35. p. 84. d.

συμπαραμένω, f. μενῶ, PN wr: :

to remain along with any one, to continue
with, sc. in life; ο. dat. Phil. 1, 25.—Sept.
Ps. 72, 5 συμπαραμενεῖ τῷ ἡλίῳ. Thuc.
6. 89.

TUMTAPELLL, (mdperpe,) to be present
with any one; 6. dat. Acts 25, 24.—Jos.
Ant. 10. 11. 3. Pol. 9. 25. 6. Xen. Hell,
4. 6. 1.

συμπάσχω, f. πείσομαι, (πάσχω,) lo
be affected with or as another, to sympathize
wih, to suffer with; absol. 1 Cor. 12, 26 εἰ
πάσχει ἕν μέλος, συμπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη.
So Rom. 8, 17, i. q. to endure like suffer-
ings.—Pol. 15. 19. 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 11.
Plato ΒΕ}. 605. d.

συμπέμπω, f. ψω, δεῤμῥυὰ. to send
with any one, ὁ. dat. 2 Cor. 8,22. With
pera c. gen. ib. 8,18; comp. Winer § ὅθ.
4 fin—So c. dat. Plut.. Artax. 24. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 31; 6. werd Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 21.

συμπεριλαμβάνω, (περιλαμβάνω,) pr.
to take around dlong with something else,
i. e. to embrace with, to comprehend, to in-
clude, Dem. 235. 16. Diod. Sic. 14.7. Plato
Tim. 74. id—In N. T. to embrace withal,
at the same time, Acts 20, 10.

συμπίνω, aor. 2 συνέπιον, (πίνω,) to
drink with any one; 6. dat. Acts 10, 41 οἵ-
τινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ,
comp. in éo%iw πο. 2. ἀἅ. Sept. for py πρῶ

‘Esth. 7, 1—Dem. 1352. 27, Xen. Cyr. 5.

2. 28.

συμπίπτω, aor. 2 συνέπεσον, (πίπτω,)
to fall together, as a house, to fall in ruins;
absol. Luke 6, 49 in Mss. for éreoe.—Dem.
899. 3. Xen. An. 5. 2. 24. Ὲ

συμπληρόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (σύν intens.
πληρόω,) to fill wp altogether, to fill wholly,
completely.

1. Pr. of a vessel filled by the waves so
as to drench the persons in it, Pass. Luke
8, 23.—Of ships as filled out with a crew,
Pol. 1. 36. 9. Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 7.

2. Of time, Pass. to be fulfilled, complet.

va eo

συμπνίγω

ed, to have fully come; comp. πληρόω πο.
4. a. Luke 9, 51. Acts 2,1.—Hdian.
7.4. 2.

συμπνίγω, f. ἕξω, (σύν, rviyw,) to choke
by pressing together, to suffocate ; hence of
plants, to choke, to hinder, c. acc. Mark 4,
7; trop. Matt. 13, 22 ἡ ἀπάτη rod πλούτου

συμπνίγει τὸν λόγον. Mark: 4, 19, Luke 8,:

14.—Also to choke, to smother, in a crowd;
to crowd, to press upon, Luke 8, 42 of ὄχλοι
συνέπνιγον αὐτόν. Comp. Mark 5, 24
συνέϑλιθον αὐτόν.

συμπολίτης, ov, ὁ, (πολίτης,) a fellow-
citizen, trop. of Gentile Christians admitted
to the privileges of the gospel along with
the Jews, Eph. 2, 19.—Jos. Ant. 19. 2. 2.
Ail. V. H. 3. 44. Auschyl. Theb. 605.
This form is disapproved by the gramma-
rians ; see Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 172, 471.

συμπορεύομαϊ, f. εύσομαι, Pass. depon.
(πορεύομαι.) ᾿

1. 20 go with any one, to accompany, c.
dat. Luke 7, 11. 14, 25. 24,15. Sept. ¢.
pera for Heb. DN 725 Gen. 13, 5. 14, 24;
ev ‘mn Gen. 18, 16.—Tob. 5, 8. Xen. An.
T. 3. 5.

2. Of a multitude, to come together, to as-
semble, πρὸς αὐτόν Mark 10,1. Sept. for
32 Job 1, 4—Pol. 5. 75. 1. Plut. Ly-
curg. 6.

συμπόσιον, ov, τό, (συμπίνω.) a drink-
ing together, Lat. compotatio, Sept. for
ima Esth. 7, 7. Xen. Cyr. 8 4. 13;
a oanquet, feast, 1 Macc. 16, 16. Jos. Ant.
7. 14. 6. Xen. Conv. 9. 7. Meton. α ban-
queting-hall, Luc. D. Deor. 24. 1. Xen. Cyr.
8. 8. 10.—In N. T. meton. a banqueting-
party, tablesarty; Mark 6, 39 ἀνακλῖναι
πάντας συμπόσια συμπόσια, i. 6. adverbially
and distributively, by table-parties ; comp.
Gesen. Lehrg. § 173. b. See in κλισία and
espec. in πρασία.

συμπρεσβύτερος, ov, ὁ, a fellow-pres-
byter, co-elder, 1 Pet. 5,1. See in πρεσβύ-
Tepos no. 2. c.

συμφαγεῖν, see in συνεσϑίω.

συμφέρω, aor. 1 συνήνεγκα, (φέρω.)

1. fo bear or bring together, to collect, c.
acc. Acts 19,19 συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους.
—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 3. Hdot. 7. 152. Xen. An.
6. 5. 6.

2. Intrans. or rather an acc. of thing
oeing omitted, to confer, to contribute, to
conduce ; and with dat. of pers. to be well,
profitable, expedient ; 2 Cor. 8, 10 τοῦτο yap
ὑμῖν συμφέρει. Dat. impl. 1 Cor. 6, 12. οὐ
πάντα συμφέρει. 10, 23. With inf. as

44

689

συμῴφυω

subj. c. dat. 2 Cor. 12,1; dat. impl. Matt.
19, 10. John 18, 14. Impers. c. dat. et iva,
Matt. 5, 29. 30. 18,6. John 11, 50. 16, 7.
Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 129. 18. Winer § 45. 2. p.
266. (Soc. dat. Sept. Prov. 19, 10. Luc.
D. Mort. 14. 5. Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 30; inf. et
dat. Sept. Esth. 3, 8. Xen. Cc. 13. 2.)
Part. Neut. rd συμφέρον, some good,
profit, advantage, 1 Cor. 7, 35. 10, 33. 12,
7. Heb. 12, 10. Plur. τὰ συμφέροντα, things
profitable, Acts 20, 20. So 2 Macc. 4, 5.
Dem. 209. 7. Plur. Baruch 4, 3. Xen.
Conv. 4. 59. ;

σύμφημι, (φῆμι,) to speak with another,
in the same manner, i. 4. to agree with, to
assent to; ¢. dat. Rom. 7,16 σύμφημι τῷ
vopo.—Dem. 668. 14. Eurip. Hipp. 266.
Xen. An. 5. 8. 9.

σύμφορος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (συμφέρω,)
profitable; Neut. rd σύμφορον as Subst.
profit, so Lachm. for τὸ συμφέρον, 1 Cor.
7, 35. 10, 33.—Xen. Hell. 6.°3. 14.

συμφυλέτης, ov, ὁ, (φυλέτης, φυλή,
pr. one of the same tribe or class, Lat. con-
tribulis, Isocr. p. 263. a. Aristoph. Av. 368.
—In N. T. genr. a fellow-citizen, fellow-
countryman, 1 Thess. 2, 14. So Hesych.
συμφυλετῶν - dpoeSvdv. Disapproved of
by the grammarians, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 172.
Wetst. N. T. in loc.

σύμφυτος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (συμφύω,)
brought forth together, grown together,
Sept. Zech. 11,2. Theophr. Caus. Pl. 5.
5. 2. Etymol. Mag. ξύμφυτος - ὁ συγγενής.
Trop. inborn, innate, 3 Macc. 3, 22. Plut.
Pyrrh. 7. Lys. 118. 31—In N. T. grown
logether into one, connate, united, one with.
Rom. 6,5 εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ
ὁμοιώματι τοῦ ϑανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ [σύμ-
φυτοι] τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεϑα, for if we
are grown together with the likeness of his
death, yea also shall we be [grown together]
with his resurrection; for the gen. comp.

_ Plato Phil. 51. d, τούτων ξυμφύτους ἡδονὰς

ἑπομένας. Matth. ὁ 379. fin—Comp. pr. συμ-
πεφυκώς grown together, as man and horse
in the Centaurs, Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 3. 18.

συμφύυ, f. bo, (φύω,) το bring forth
together, to let spring up or grow together,
Plato Conv. 192. e.—In N. T. only Pass.
aor. 2 συνεφύην, to spring up or grow
together ; Luke 8, Π συμφυεῖσαι ai ἄκανϑαι.
This is a later form instead of Act. aor. 2
συνέφυν intrans. see in φύω init. So Philo
de Vit. Mos. II. p. 174. 12 ἡ ψαμμὸς καὶ ἥ
σπορὰς αὐτῆς οὐσία συμφυεῖσα ἡνώϑη. So
συνέφυν, συμπέφυκα, Theophr. H. Pl, 9, 8,

συμφωνέω

Δ. Ν. Ἡ. 8.1 κιττὸς ... συμπέφυκε τοῖς
δένδροις.

συμφωνέω, ὦ, f. how, (σύμφωνος,) to
sound together, to be in unison, accord, pr. of
musical instruments, Plato Rep, 617. b—
«Τὴ N. T. trop. to accord with, to agree with,
intrans.

1. Genr.e. g. 48) Of what is suitable,
congruous, 6. dat. Luke 5, 36 τῷ παλαιῷ
οὐ συμφωνεῖ ἐπίβλημα. So Aristot. Polit.
7. 15 ταῦτα Sei πρὸς ἄλληλα συμφωνεῖν.
b) Of. coincidence, concurrence, c. dat.
Acts 15, 15 τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι
τῶν προφητῶν. So Jos. Ant. 10. 7. 2. Diod.
Sic. 1. 2.

2. Of a compact between two or more, Zo
agree together, to make an agreement; with
περί c. gen. Matt. 18, 19. Pass. c. dat.
Acts 5, 9 τί ὅτι συνεφωνήϑη ὑμῖν, how thal
it is agreed upon by you. So Sept. 2 K.
12, 8; περί τινος Pol. 2. 15. 5; c. inf.
Diod. Sic. 12. 80; πρός τινα Xen. Hell. 1.
3. 8.—With dat. of pers. and genit. of price,
Matt. 20, 13 οὐχὶ Snvapiov συνεφώνησάς
pot; Buttm. §132.10.c. With μετά τινος
and ἐκ c. gen. of price, Matt. 20,2. So
Act. Thom. §2 συνεφώνηϑε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ rpi-
ὧν λιτρῶν ἀργυρίου.

4,

συμφώνησις, ews, 7, (συμφωνέω,) an
agreeing together, accord; 2 Cor. 6, 15 τίς
δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστῷ πρὸς Βελιάλ.----
Comp. συμφωνία Jos. ὁ. Ap. 2. 16 pen.
Hdian. 3. 13. 8.

συμφωνία, as, ἡ, (συμφωνέω,) sym-
phony, a concert of instruments, music,
Luke 15, 25.—Sept. Dan. 3, 5. 10. Pol.
26. 10. 5. Aristot. Polit. 7. 15.

σύμφωνος, ov, 6, ἧ; adj. (σύν, φωνή.)
symphonious, in unison, pr. of sounds, musi-
cal instruments, Luc. Harmonid. 1. Plut.
Conjug. Prec. 11. Plato Legg. 812. d.—In
N. T. trop. consonant, accordant ; Neut. τὸ
σύμφωνον as Subst. accord, agreement,
1 Cor. 7, 5 ἐκ συμφώνου. So Pol. 6. 36.
5; genr. Diod. 6.11. Epict. Ench. 49. 3.
Plato Lach. 188. d.

συμψηφίζω, f. icw, (ψηφίζω,) to reckon
togelher, 1o compute, 6. g. τὰς τιμάς Acts
19, 19.—Mid. ‘to vote with,’ Aristoph. Ly-
sist. 142.

σύμψυχος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (σύν, ψυχή.)
of one mind with others, like-minded, Phil.
2, 2.—Polemo 2. 54. Comp. Tittm. Syn. N.
T. p. 67. .

σύν, prep. governing only the Dative,
with, implying a nearer and closer connec-
tion and conjunction than pera; much as

690

συν

with in Engl. differs from mid, amid, among
See Passow,s. v. Matth, §577. Winer ὁ 52.
Ὁ. Tittm. Syn. N. T. p. 176.

1. Pr. of society, companionship, consort,
where one is said to be, do, suffer witu
any oné, in connection and company with
him; comp.in μετά I. 2. a. So after verbs
of sitting, standing, being, remaining, with
any one; as ἀνάκειμαι John 12, 2 in later
editions; γίνομαι Luke 2, 13; διατρίβω
Acts 14, 28; ἴστημι intrans. Acts 2, 14. 4,
14; ἐφίστημι ἱπίτ. Luke 20, 1. Acts 23, 27;
καδίζω Acts 8, 31; μένω Luke 1, 56. 24,
29. Acts 28,16. Spec. εἶναι σύν τινι,
to be with any one, i. e. present with, in
company with, Luke 24, 44. Phil. 1, 23.
Col. 2, 5. 1 Thess. 4, 17 σὺν κυρίῳ. 2 Pet.
1,18; with εἶναι impl. Luke 8, 1. Acts 21,
29. Phil. 4,21. Or as accompanying, fol-
lowing, Luke 7, 12. Acts 13, '7. 27,2; as
a follower, disciple, Luke 8, 38. 22, 56.
Acts 4,13; as a partisan, to be on one’s
side, Acts 14, 4 bis. (Xen. An. 1.8. 26. Hell.
3. 1. 18 fin.) So of σύν τινι ὄντες,
those with any one, his companions, attend-
ants, followers; fully Mark 2, 26. Acts 22,
9. Oftener with part. dy, ὄντες impl. Luke
5, 9. 8, 45 in later edit. 9, 32. 24, 10. 24.
33. Rom. 16, 14. 15. Gal. 1, 2. 2, 3°
spoken of colleagues, Acts 5, 17.21. 19
38. So Hdian. 5. 4. 11. Plut. Mor. II. p.
40. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.15. Anab. 2. 2. 1—
After verbs of going with any one; e. g.
ἔρχομαι and its compounds, Luke 24, 1.
John 21, 3. Acts 11, 12. 2 Cor. 9, 4;
ἀπέρχομαι Acts 5, 26; εἰσέρχομαι Acts 3,
8. 25,23; ἐξέρχομαι Acts 10, 23. 14, 20.
16, 3. John 18,1; συνέρχομαι Acts 21,
16. Also πορεύομαι Luke 7,6. Acts 10,
20. 23, 32. 26,13. 1 Cor. 16, 4; εἰσιέναι
Acts 21,18; ἐκπλέω 18, 183 παραγίνομαι
24, 24; συνάγομαι 4,27. So Hdian. 2. 14.
1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 13. Hell. 3. 1. 18 init.
—Genr. with neuter and passive verbs, like
Engl. with, where the verb refers to its sub-
ject as in company wi/h others. Matt. 26,
35 κἂν δέῃ pe σὺν σοὶ ἀποϑανεῖν. 27, 38.
τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο Anora.
Mark 9, 4 ὥφϑη αὐτοῖς ᾿Ηλίας σὺν Μωῦσεῖ.
Luke 2, 5 ἀπογράψασϑαι σὺν Μαριὰμ κτλ.
22, 14. 28, 32. Acts 1, 14 bis. v. 17 Rec.
v.22 μάρτυρα yevéoSa σὺν ἡμῖν. Acts 3, 4.
4, 27. 14, 5 ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ trav...
ἸΙουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν. 8, 20. 15, 22

“ἔδοξε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις... σὺν ὅλῃ TH ἐκκλη-

cig. 17, 34. 18, 8. 20, 36. 21, 24. 26.
1 Cor. 1,2. 11, 32. 2 Cor. 1,1. Eph. 3,
18. 4, 31. Phil. 1,1. 2, 22. Col. 8, 3, 4.
1 Thess. 4, 17 ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμε-

συνάγω

Sa. 5,10. So Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 80, An. 1. 9.
2.—Also with dransitive verbs, like Engl.
with, where the verb refers either to its sub-
ject or object as in company with others ;
6. g. to the subject, Mark 4, 10 ἠρώτησαν
αὐτὸν of περὶ αὐτόν, σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα. Luke
5, 19. 19, 23. 23, 11. 35. Acts ὅ, 1. 10,2.
14, 13. 21,5. 1 Cor. 16,19. To the ob-
ject, Matt. 25, 27 ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν
σὺν τόκῳ. Mark 8, 34. 15, 27 καὶ σὺν αὐ-
τῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς. Acts 15, 22
πέμψαι. V. 25. 23,15. [16, 32.] 1 Cor. 10,
13. 2 Cor. 1, 21. 4, 14. Gal. 5, 24. Col. 3,
9. 4,9. 1 Thess: 4,14. So with obj. Pa-
leph. 31. 10. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 7.

2. Trop. of connection, consort, as arising
from likeness of doing or suffering, from a
common lot or event, with, i. q. in like man-
ner with, like; Rom. 6, 8 εἰ δὲ ἀποϑάνομεν
σὺν Χριστῷ. 8, 32. 2 Cor. 13, 4. Gal. 3,
9 εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, i. e.
with and like Abraham, by the same acts
end in the same manner. Col. 2, 13. 20.—
So ὩΣ Sept. μετά Ps. 106, 6. Ecc. 2, 16.

3. Of connection arising from possession,
the being furnished or entrusted with any
thing. 1 Cor. 15, 10 ἡ χάρις τοῦ Seod ἡ σὺν
ἐμοί, i. gq. ἡ δοϑεῖσά μοι in Rom. 12, 3. 6.
2 Cor. 8,19 συνεπέμψαμεν τὸν ἀδελφόν ...
σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ, i. 6. entrusted with this
gift. (Psalt. Sal. 7, 4 ἀποστείλῃς ϑάνατον
σὺν ἐντολῇ.) James 1, 11 ἀνέτειλε γὰρ 6
ἥλιος σὺν τῷ καύσωνι.--- οπι. Od. 24. 198.
Xen. Conv. 2. 22. Cyr. 1. 2. 4.

4. Implying a joint-working, co-opera-
tion, and thus spoken of a means, instru-
ment, with, through, by virtue of ; 1 Cor. 5,
4 σὺν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου “I. Xp.—Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 13. Conv. 5. 18:

5. Implying addition, accession, like Engl.
with, i. q. besides, over and above ; Luke 24,
21 ἀλλά ye σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις τρίτην. ταύτην
ἡμέραν ἄγει σήμερον, wih (besides) all this.
Comp. Heb. ΠῚ ὩΣ Sept. σὺν τούτοις Neh.
5, 18.—3 Mace. 1, 22.

Nore. In composition σύν implies: a)
Society, companionship, consort, in time or
place, with, together, Lat. con-; also there-
with, withal ; 6. g. συνάγω, συνεσϑίω, συγκά-
ϑημαι. δ) Completeness of an action, al-
together, on every side, wholly, and is thus
intensive ; 6. δ. συμπληρόω, συγκαλύπτω.

συνάγω, f. ξω, (ἄγω) 1.10 lead or bring
together, to gather together, to collect, either
persons or things, c. acc. Matt. 22, 10 συν-
ἤγαγον πάντας ὅσους εὗρον. Luke 15, 13
συναγαγὼν ἅπαντα. John 6, 12 τὰ κλάσματα.
15,6. Rev. 13, 10 αἰχμαλωσίαν ovvdyet,i. 4.
to bring together captives, to lead captive.

691

συναγωγή

With acc. impl. Matt. 18, 47 σαγήνῃ ... ἐκ
παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ. Matt. 25, 24,
26. John 6, 13, comp. 12. Sept. for FON
Ex. 23, 10. Num. 19,9. 10. So All. V.
H. 4. 14. Diod. Sic. 3. 56. Xen. Mem. 4.
2. 8. An. 3. 4. 31—Elsewhere with ad-
juncts, e. g. εἰς ὁ. acc. of place, Matt. 3,
12 συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὑτοῦ els τὴν ἀποθήκην.
6, 26. 13, 30. Luke 3,17. John 11, 52 τὰ
τέκνα eis ἕν, i. 6. into one family, church.
(Heraclit. c. 19 τοὺς σποράδην οἰκοῦντας εἰς ἡ
ἕν συναγεῖν. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 45.) So
eis final, John 4,36; ἐκεῖ, ποῦ, Luke 12,
17. 18; μετά twos Matt. 12, 30. Luke
11, 23.

2. Of persons, -an assembly, multitude,
i. q. to assemble, to convene, to convoke.
a) With acc. Matt. 2,4 συναγαγὼν πάντας
τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς κτὰ. John 11,47. Acts 14, 27.
15, 30. Also with ἐπί τινα against any one
Matt. 27, 27; eis τὸν τόπον Rev. 16, 16;
eis πόλεμον Rev. 16, 14. 20, 8. Sept.
genr. for F}O8 Ex. 3, 16. 1 Sam. 5,11. So
Hdian. 4. 3. 11. 2}. V. H. 3. 19. Xen. An.
1. 3.9; an army Paleph. 8.4. Xen. Ag. 1.
25. Ὁ) Pass. or Mid. to be gathered to-
gether, to be assembled, to come. together,
Matt. 22, 41 συνηγμένων δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων.
27, 17. Mark 2, 2. Luke 22, 66. Acts 13,
44, 15, 6. 20,7. 1 Cor. 5, 4. Rev. 19, 19.
Sept. for ἸΌΝ Deut. 33, 5. Neh. 8, 3.
(Plut. Mor. II. p. 31.) With adjuncts of
place, etc. ἔμπροσϑέν τινος Matt. 25, 32;
ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, Matt. 22, 34. Acts 4; 26;
ἐπί twa, to any one Mark 5, 21, also
against any one Acts 4, 27. (Sept. Gen.
34, 30.) So eis c. acc. of place, Matt. 26,
3. Acts 4, 5; εἰς final Matt. 18, 20. Rev.
19, 17; ἐν c. dat. of place, Acts 4, 27. 31.
11, 26; μετά τινος Matt. 28, 12; πρός
τινα, to any one, Matt. 13, 2. 27, 62. Mark
4, 1. 6, 30. 7,1; ἐκεῖ, ὅπου, οὗ, Matt.
18,20. 26,57. John 18,2. 20,19. Acts
20, 8.—Spoken also of eagles, c. ἐκεῖ Matt.
24, 28. Luke 17, 37.

3. From the Heb. pr. to lead or take with
oneself, into one’s house, fo receive to one’s
hospitality and protection, like Heb. ὩῸΝ
DN . Matt. 25, 35 ξένος ἤμην, καὶ συνηγάγετέ
pe. Vv. 38. 43. So Sept. for DE FON Dent.
22, 2. Josh. 2, 18. Judg. 19, 15. 18.

συναγωγή, ῆς, ἡ, (συνάγω,) a collecting,
gathering, as of fruits, Pol. 1. 17. 9; of
people, tribes, Pol. 4. 7. 6; @ mass, multi-
tude, as collected, e. g. λίϑων Sept. Job 8,
17; ὕδατος Is. 37, 25; or of persons, as
the congregation of Israel, Sept. Ex. 12, 3.
19. Lev. 4,13. Ecclus, 24,25. 1 Mace.

συναγωγή

14, 28; or an army, Ex. 32, 22. 28. 38, 4.
15.—Hence in N. T. an assembly, congre-
gation, synagogue; spoken

1. Of a Christian assembly or church,
James 2, 2.

2. Of a Jewish assembly, synagogue,
held in the synagogues, for prayer, reading
the scriptures, and with certain judicial pow-
ers; comp. inno. 3. Luke 8, 41. 12,11. 21,
12 παραδιδόντες [ὑμᾶς] εἰς συναγωγὰς καὶ
φυλακάς. Acts 9,2 ἐπιστολὰς πρὸς τὰς συν-
αγωγάς. 13, 48. 22, 19. 26,11. So Hist.
of Sus. 41. 60, comp. v. 4. 28.—Also Rev.
2,9 et 3,9 συναγωγὴ Σατανᾶ, the synagogue
of Satan, Satan’s assembly ; spoken of Jews
who slander the Christian church; who,

_professing to be true Jews and to worship
God, are not so, but worship Satan; comp.
Rom. 2, 29. Others understand Judaizing
tewchers ; but they are not spoken of as
being in the church. Comp. Sept. συνα-
γωγὴ πονηρευομένων for Heb. maz Ps. 22,
1 Pye Ecclus. 16, 6. 21, 9.

. Meton. of a Jewish place of worship,
a hint later Heb. mood m7a house of
assembly, comp. Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rab.
1055. Synagogues appear to have been
first introduced during the Babylonish exile,

. when the people were deprived of their
usual rites of worship, and were accustom-
ed to assemble on the sabbath to hear por-
tions of the law read and expounded. After

the return from exile the same custom was
continued in Palestine ; comp. Neh. 8, 1 sq.

Originally synagogues would seem not to
have differed from the later proseuche, see
in προσευχή no. 2; being erected without
the cities in the fields, and usually near a
stream or on the sea-shore for the conve-

nience of ablution. Afterwards they were
built in the more elevated parts of every
city, and in the larger cities there were
several, in proportion to the population. In

Jerusalem, according to the Rabbins, were

not less than 480 or 494. Assemblies were
held in these at first only on the sabbath
and festival days; but subsequently also on

the second and fifth days of the. week, i. e.

Mondays and Thursdays. The exercises

consisted chiefly in prayers and the public
reading of the O. T. which was expounded
from the Hebrew into the vernacular tongue,

with suitable exhortation; comp. Luke 4,
16 sq. Acts 18, 14sq. The whole was

closed by a short prayer and benediction, to
which the assembly responded Amen, Neh.

8,6. Comp. generally, Vitringa de Syna-

goga Vet. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 4,

23. Wetst. N. T. 1. p. 278. Winer Realw.

692

συναλίζω

art. Synagogen. So Matt. 4, 28. 6, 2. 5.
9,35. 10, 17. 12, 9. 13, 54. 23, 6. 34.
Mark 1, 21. 23. 29. 39. 3, 1. 6,2. 12, 39.
13, 9. Luke 4, 15. 16. 20. 28. 33. 38. 44.
6, 6. '7, 5. 11, 43. 13, 10. 20, 46. John 6,
59. 18,20. Acts 9,20. 13,14. 14,1. 15,
21.17.17. 18, 4... 19, 26; 19, 8. .24. 19:
συναγωγὴ τῶν Ιουδαίων Acts 13, 5. 42. 17,
1.10; σ. τῶν Λιβερτινῶν Acts 6, 9, see in
ABeprivos.—Jos. Ant. 19. 6. 3. B. J. 2.14.
4, 5. ib. 7. 3. 3.

συναωγωνίζομαι, f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon
(ἀγωνίζομαι,) to contend along with, to com-
bat with, in company with, 6. g. in the gym-
nasia, Atl, V. H. 12. 43; genr. Jos.’ Ant.
5. 3.3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.49.—In N. T. to
strive earnestly along with, to wrestle along
with, c. dat. Rom. 15, 30 συναγωνίσασϑαί
μοι ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς. So Jos. Ant. 12.
2. 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 16. Diod. Sic.
1, 21.

σ vvasréw, ὦ, f. now, (ἀϑλέω,) to con-
tend along with any one, on his side; only
trop. to strive with, together with, i. q. to
help, to aid, c. dat, Phil. 4, 3 ἐν τῷ evayye-
λίῳ συνήϑλησόν μοι. Also mutually, 10
strive together for any thing, c. dat. com-
modi, τῇ πίστει Phil. 1, 27.—Trop. in a
diff. sense Diod. Sic. 3. 4.

συναδροίζω, f. οίσω, (ἀδροίζω, ἀϑρόος,)
to gather together, in a heap, 6. g. things,
Jos. Ant..10. 4. 3—In N. T. of persons,
to gather together, to assemble ; c. acc. Acts
19, 25 τεχνίταις ... οὺς συναϑροίσας. Pass.
Luke 24, 33. Acts 12,12. Sept. for 542
Num. 20,2; ΥΞΡ 2Sam. 2, 25. 30. So
Jos. B. J. 4. 11. 4. Pol. 8. 50. 8. Xen. An.
7. 2. 8. ;

συναίρω, f. ap®, (αἴρω,) to take up to-
gether, Plut. Lysand. 15. Sympos. 3. 10.3;
to help, to aid, as if in taking up and bear-
ing a burden, c. dat. Jos. Ant. 17. 4.°2 συν-
jpev αὐταῖς. Dem. 1449.14. Thue. 4. 10.
—In N. T. only συναίρειν λόγον pera
rivos, to take up an account with any one,
for adjustment, i. 4. to reckon together, Matt.
18, 23. 24. 25,19. So Etym. Magn. éuvd-
ρασϑαι" συναρμόσασϑαι, συγκαταϑέσϑαι.

συναυχμάλωτος, ov, 6, (αἰχμάλωτος,)
a fellow-prisoner, Rom. 16, 7. Col. 4, 10.
Philem. 23.

συνακολουδϑέω, ὦ, f. how, (ἀκολουϑέω,)
to follow with, along with, to accompany,
c. dat. Mark 5, 37. Luke 23, 49.—2 Macc.
2, 4. Plut. Demetr. 36. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 5.

συναλίζω, f. iva, (ἁλίζω, ans, ὅς
ἀδπρόος,) to gather together, in a heap, 6.

συναλλασσω 093

things, Jos. Ant. 8.4.1 τὰ σκευὴ πάντα
ouvadicas.—In N. T. of persons, to gather
together, to assemble, Pass. Acts 1, 4 συνα-
λιζόμενος παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς. So Jos. B. J.
3. 9. 4. Luc. de Luct.'7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.
48. Act. Hdot. 1. 176. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14.

συναλλάσσω, f. ἕω, (ἀλλάσσω,) to
change by bringing together, to bring toge-
ther, to reconcile, c. acc. Acts 7, 26 Lachm.
συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, for Rec.
ouviacev.—Aschyl. Sept. c. Th. 579.
Thue. 1. 24.

συναναβαίνω, aor. 2 συνέβην, (ἀνα-
Saive,) to go up with any one, froma lower
to a higher part of a country; c. dat. Mark
15, 41. Acts 13, 31. Sept. for 922 Ex. 12,
38. 1 Esdr. 8,27. All. V. H. 3. ὙΠ. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 18.

συνανάκειμαι, f. εἰσομαι, (dvdxerpa,)
to recline with any one at table, i. q. to eat
with, to dine or sup with, see in ἀνάκειμαι
no. 2; 6. dat. Matt. 9,10 συνανέκειντο τῷ
Ἰησοῦ. Mark 2,15. Luke 14,10. John 12, 2.
Part. absol. of συνανακείμενοι, guests, Matt.
14, 9. Mark 6, 22. 26. Luke 7, 49. 14,15.
—3 Macc. 5, 39.

cuvavapiyvupt, f. ἕω, (μίγνυμι,) to
mix up together; Pass. or Mid. συναναμί-
γνυμαι, to mingle together with, trop. to have
intercolirse or keep company with, c. dat.

ae μὴ συναναμίγνυσϑαι πόρνοις. V. 11.
2 Thess. 8, 14. Sept. for 522% Hos. 7, 8.
—Plut. Philopem. 21. So συμμίγνυμι,
Dem. 885. 8 συμμίξαι πονηροῖς avSperois.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20.

συναναπαύω, f. αὐσω, (ἀναπαύω,) Mid.
to refresh oneself or be refreshed with any
one, in his company ; c. dat. Rom. 15, 32;
comp. ἀναπαύω no. 2.—So ‘to sleep with,’
c. dat. Plut. de tuend. sanit. Prac. 6.

συναντάω, f. now, (ἀντάω, ἀντί.) to
come together over against one another, to
= together, to meet with, to encounter.

. Pr. c. dat. Luke 9, 37 συνήντησεν
ated ὄχλος πολύς. 22, 10. Acts 10, 25.
Heb. 7, 1. 10. Sept. for "972 Num. 23, 16;
2B Gen. 32, 17; 238 Gen. 32, 1.—Hdian.
1. 17. 8. Xen. An. 7. 2. 5.

2. Trop. of things, events, fo happen to
any one, to befall, c. dat. Acts 20,22 τὰ...
συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς. Sept. and περ
Ecc. 2, 14, 9, 11.

συνάντησις, ews, 4, (συναντάω,) a
meeting with; in N. T. only in the phrase
εἰς συνάντησιν, for meeting with, used for

γμκιδη. συναντᾷν, to meet with, c. dat.
Matt.'8, 34. So Sept. for MPS 8x

Gen. 14,17. Ex. 18, '7.—So Plut. Py,
16 init. Genr. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 66.

rip. Jon. 535 [547]. Ἧι Α

συναντιλαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (ἀν;
λαμβάνω,) only Mid. συναντιλαμβάνομαι,
take hold in turn with any one, to lay ho
along with, i. q. to help, to aid, c. dat. Luke
10, 40. Rom. 8, 26. Sept. for 7133 Ps. 89,
22; 2 Ex. 18, 22.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 4.
Diod. Sic. 14. 8.

συναπάγω, f. tw, (ἀπάγω,) to lead off
or ue! with any one, c. dat. of pers. Sept.
for MP2 Ex. 14,6. Achill. Tat. '7. p. 419.
Xen. Cyr: 8. 3.23; comp. Wetst. N. T.
II. p. 81.—In N. T. only Pass, trop. fo be
led or carried away with any thing ; mostly
in a bad sense, to be led astray, c. dat. Gal.
2, 13 ὥστε καὶ Βαρνάβας συναπήχϑη αὐτῶν
τῇ ὑποκρίσει. 2 Pet. 3,.17. Also in ἃ good
sense, Rom. 12, 16 μὴ ra ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦν-
Tes, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι, Not
minding high things, but led away by lowiy
things, i. e. not withdrawing yourselves
from lowly things in behalf of one another,
cultivating humility. Some here take ra-
mewots as masc. ‘being conformed to the
lowly ; but contrary to the antithesis with
τὰ ὑψηλά.

συναποδνήσκω, aor. 2 συναπέϑανον;
(ἀποϑνήσκω,) to die with any one; c. dat.
Mark 14, 31 ἐάν pe δέῃ συναποθανεῖν σοι.
2 Cor. 7, 8. Trop. of dying with Christ,
i. e. spiritually, in the likeness of his death,
2 Tim. 2,11; comp. σύν no. 2.—Ecclus.
19, 10. Diod. Sic. 117. 28. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 22.

συναπόλλυμι, f. ολέσω, (ἀπόλλυμι,)
to destroy with or together, c. acc. et dat.

Sept. for OS Gen. 18, 23; impl. Plut.-

Phoc. 2. Dem. 917. 14—In N. T. Mid. or
Pass. to be destroyed with any one, to perish
with others, c. dat. Heb. 11, 31 Ῥαὰβ... οὐ
συναπώλετο τοῖς ἀπειϑήσασι. Sept. for
MBO2 Gen. 19, 15. So Ecclus. 8, 15.
Hdot. 7. 221. Plato Lys. 221. b.

συναποστέλλω, f. edd, (ἀποστέλλω,
to send off or away with any one, in compa-
ny, 6. acc. 2 Cor. 12,18. Sept. for mbxj
Ex. 33, 2. 22.—1 Esdr. 5,2. Dem. 53. ὅ.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 8. 4.

συναρμολογέω, ὦ &, f. ἡ rr (dppodoyée ;
ἁρμός, Adyos,) to joint together, to fit or frame
together, to join together parts fitted to each
other ; Pass. Eph. 2,21 πᾶσα οἰκοδομὴ συν-
αρμολογουμένη. 4, 16.

συναρπάζω, f. dow, (ἁρπάζω,) Lat. cor-.

ripere, to seize or grasp altogether, to seize
or catch with the notion of haste and great

συναρπάξω ͵ 4

συναυλίζομαι

violence ; stronger than ἁρπάζω, from the
idea of grasping all around ; comp. in ovA-
λαμβάνω no. 1. a) Of persons, 6. g. a
multitude or mob seizing individuals, c. acc.
Acts 6, 12. 19, 29; of a demon seizing
violently one possessed Luke 8, 29. Sept.
for MP? Prov. 6,25. So Philo de Plant.
N. p. 219. 6, ὅλον τὸν νοῦν ὑπὸ Seias κατοχῆς
συναρπασϑεὶς οἴστρῳ. Luc. D. Deor. 8 fin,
καὶ ἤδη συναρπάσω αὐτήν sc. Minerva. Pol.
5. 41. 9. Hdian. 7.1.20. δ) Of things,
as a ship caught by a tempest, Pass. Acts
27, 15. Comp. Soph. Elect. 1150 πάντα
yap ξυναρπάσας ϑύελλα. So ἀναρπάζεσϑαι
ὑπ᾽ ἀνέμου Thue. 6. 104,
συναυλίζομαι, f. icouat, Mid, depon.
(αὐλίζομαι,) to pass the night with any one,
to lodge or remain with, Acts 1, 4 in Mss.
for cvvadufdpevos.—Sept. Proy. 22, 24, Heb.
R12.
συναυξάνω, f, joe, (αὐξάνω,) to make
grow with, to augment withal, at the same
time, 2 Macc. 4, 4. Pol. 10. 35. 5. Plut.
Philopeem. 1.—In N. T. Mid. συναυξάνομαι,
intrans. to grow together, in company, Matt.
18, 30. So Dem. 107. 27. Hdian. 1. 12. 8.
Xen. Mem. 4, 3. 6.
_ σύνδεσμος, ov, ὃ, (cvvdéw,) what binds
together, a band, bond, copula; Col. 2, 19
διὰ τῶν ἁφῶν καὶ συνδέσμων. Trop. Eph,
4, 8. Col. 8, 14 τὴν ἀγάπην, ἥτις ἐστὶ σύν-
δεσμος τῆς τελειότητος, i. 6. which binds’ to-
gether all the christian graces into one per-
fect whole; comp. Simplic. in Epict. p.
208, καλῶς of Πυϑαγόρειρι περισσῶς τῶν
ἄλλων ἀρετῶν τὴν φιλίαν ἐτίμων, καὶ σὑν-
δεσμον αὐτὴν πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἔλεγον.
So Sept. Dan. 5, 6. 13. Plut. Numa 6. Plato
Rep. p. 616. c.—Trop. Acts 8, 23 εἰς...
σύνδεσμον τῆς ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε ὄντα, I per-
ceive that thou art (fallen) into the bond of
iniquity, an emblem of the bondage of the
wicked ; see in eis no. 4. Comp. Sept. Is.
58, 6.
συνδέω, f. δήσω, (8éa,) to bind together,
Sept. Judg. 15, 4. Plut. Marcell. 14. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 2. 32.—In N. T. of persons, to bind
together with ; Pass. to be bound or in bonds
with any one, dat. impl. Heb. 13, 3 ὡς 'συν-
δεδεμένοι, i. e..as fellow-prisoners. So Jos.
Ant. 2.5.3 συνδεδεμένος τῷ οἰνοχόῳ. Luc.
D. Deor. 17. 2. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 8.
συνδοξάζω, f. dow, (δοξάζω,) to glorify
with any one, i. e. to exalt in dignity and
glory with or as another ; Pass. Rom. 8, 17.
σύνδουλος, ov, 6, (δοῦλος,) α fellow-
slave, fellow-servant. The Atticists prefer

ὁμόδουλος, Thom. Mag. p. 649 ὁμόδουλος.

694

συνέδριον

᾿Αττικόν, οὐ σύνδουλος. Poll. On. 3. 82.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47).

1. Pr. of involuntary service, Matt. 24,
49 τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους airod.—Eurip.
Med. 64. Aristoph. Pac. 74. Hdot. 2. 134.

2. Of voluntary service, spoken of the
followers and ministers of Christ, as fellow-
servants together of Christ, Rev. 6, 11. 19,

10, 22,95 espec. of teachers, a colleague,
. Col. 1,7. 4, '7.—Also of the attendants of

a king, the officers of an oriental court,
Matt. 18, 28. 29. 31. 33; comp. v. 23. So
Sept. for "25 colleagues Ezra 4, '7. 9. 5,
3. 6.

συνδρομή, ἧς, ἡ, (συντρέχω, συνέδρα-
μον,) a running together, concourse, Acts
21, 30.—Judith 10, 18, Pol. 1. 67.2. Diod.
Sic. 13. 87.

δυνεγείρω, f. ερῶ, (ἐγείρῳ,) to wake or
raise up together with any one, from the

‘dead, as Christians spiritually in the like-

ness of Christ’s resurrection, c. dat. Eph.
2,6 καὶ συνήγειρε SC. ἡμᾶς τῷ Χριστῷ (as
v. 5). Col. 8,1; dat. impl. 2, 12.—Pr. to
raise or lift up, Jos. de Macc. 3 τὰ πεπτω-
κότα. Phocylid. 132 κτῆνος ἐχϑροῖο. ‘Trop.
Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 30 τὰς λύπας καὶ
τοὺς ϑρήνους. cvveyei perv.

συνέδριον, ov, τό, (σύνεδρος, ἕδρα,) a
silling together, an assembly, consessus,
Sept. for 0° Ps. 26, 4. Jos. Ant. 17.3.1
συνέδριον ποιεῖται τῶν φίλων. Pol. 2.39.1;
α sitting in council, a council, senate, Jos.
B. J. 6. 4. 3. Plut. Pyrrh. 19. Hdian. 4. 3.
21. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 39.—In N. T. spoken
only of Jewish councils.

1. The Sanhedrim, Talm. "77320, the
supreme council of the Jewish nation, com-
posed of 70 members besides the high-priest,
in imitation of the '70 elders appointed by
Moses, Num. 11, 16sq. comp. Jos. Ant. 9.
1. 1. The members were selected from
the ἀρχιερεῖς, i. e. former high-priests and
the chief-priests or heads of the 24 courses
(see in ἀρχιερεύς no. 2) ; πρεσβύτεροι, el-
ders ; and γραμματεῖς, scribes or lawyers.
The high-priest for the time being was ex

officio president, 8°82 princeps ; and a

vice-president, called 1. MS SR, sat at
his right hand. The Sanhedrim had cogni-
zance of all important causes, both civil and
ecclesiastical ; and appear io have met ordi-
narily in a hall not far from the temple,
called by Josephus βουλή, βουλευτήριον,
B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 6. 6. 3; though on extra-
ordinary occasions they were sometimes
convened in the high-priest’s palace, Matt.
26, 3. 57. Under the Romans the right of

συνείδησις

capital punishment was taken away, John
18, 31; though they might aid in carrying
a sentence into execution, John 19, 6. 16.
See Buxt. Lex. Chald. 514, 1513. Lightf.
Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 2, 4. 23, 2. Winer
Realw. art. Synedrium—So Matt. 5, 22
ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ. 26, ὅθ. Mark 14,
55. 15,1. John 11, 47. Acts 5, 21. 27. 84.
41. 22, 30. 23, 1. 15. 20. 28. 24,20. Me-
ton. as including the place of meeting; the
Sanhedrim as sitting in its hall, Luke 22,
66 ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν eis τὸ συνέδριον ἑαυτῶν.
Acts 4, 15. 6, 12. 15. 23, 6.—Jos. Ant.
14. 9. 4. ib. 20.9.1; de Vit. §12. Includ-
ing the idea of place, genr. Hdian. 2. 3. 5.
Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 23.

2. Genr. συνέδρια, councils, tribunals, i. 6.
the smaller tribunals in the cities of Pales-
tine, subordinate to the Sanhedrim, i. q.
κρίσις, Matt. 10,17. Mark 13,9. See fully
in κρίσις no. 3.

συνείδησις, ews, ἡ, (σύνοιδα, συνειδέ-
ναι.) a knowing with oneself, consciousness ;
and hence conscience, that moral faculty
τς which distinguishes between right and
wrong, and prompts to choose the former
and avoid the latter; John 8, 9 ὑπὸ τῆς
συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχόμενοι. Rom. 2, 15 συμ-
μαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως. 9, 1.
13, 5. 1 Cor. 10, 25. 27. 28. 29 bis. 2 Cor.
1, 12. 4,2. 5,11. 1 Tim. 4, 2. Tit. 1, 15.
Heb. 9, 9. 14. 10, 2. 22. So συνείδησις
ἀγαϑή, α good conscience, consciousness of
right, rectitude, Acts 23,1. 1 Tim. 1, 5. 19.
1 Pet. 3, 16. 21; καλή Heb. 13, 18; καϑα-
pa 1 Tim. 3,9. 2 Tim. 1,3; ἀπρόσκοπος
Acts 24, 16; συνείδησις ἀσθενὴς οὖσα V.
doSevovca, i. e. weak and hesitating in judg-
ing and deciding, 1 Cor. 8, 7. 10. 12. Also
1 Pet. 2, 19 συνείδησις τοῦ Seov, a. conscience
toward \ God, conformed to his will. 1 Cor.
8, '7 συνείδησις τοῦ εἰδώλου a conscience to-
ward the idol, a conscience over which the
idol has power, as if something real; or, a
conscientious horror of an idol.—Wisd. 17,
11. Test. XII Patr. ἡ συνείδησίς μου συνέ-
χει με περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Epict. Fragm. 97.
Luc. Amor. 49. Diod. Sic. 4. 6ὅ ; συν. ἀγα-
$y Hdian. 6. 3. 9.

συνείδω, obsol. in the present, see in
εἴδω.

1. Aor. 2 συνεῖδον, Part. συνιδών, only
trop. to see or perceive with oneself, by the
senses, to be aware; absol. Acts 12, 12.
14,6 συνιδόντες κατέφυγον.--- Mace. 4, 41.
Pol. 1. 23.3. Dem. 1351.6. Plut. Solon 25.

2. Perf. 2 σύνοιδα, Part. συνειδώς, to
know with any one, to be conscious of or
privy to any thing; absol. Acts 5,2 συνει-

695

συνεργέω

δυίας καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ. With ace,
and dat. ἐμαυτῷ, to know with oneself, to be
conscious of, 1 Cor. 4, 4 οὐδὲν yap a
cvvoida—So c. ἑαυτῷ Sept. Job 27,
Hdian. 7. 1. 3. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 6.

σύνειμι, f. ἔσομαι, (εἰμί,) to be with, to
be present with, c. dat. Luke 9, 18. Acts 22,
11.—2 Mace. 9, 4. Atl. V. H. 12. 52. Xen.
Mem. 1. 1. 10.

σύνειμι, Part. συνιών, (εἶμι,) to go. or
come together, to convene, absol. Luke 8, 4.
—Hdian. 2. 9. 7. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 19.

συνεισέρχομαι, aor. 2 -ἤλϑθον, (εἰσέρ-
χομαι,) to go or come in with any one, to
enter with, c. dat. John 18, 15 συνεισῆλθε
τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Into a vessel, to embark with,
6. dat. John 6, 22. Sept. for py xia Esth.
2, 13.—Act. Thom. § 12. Luc. Tox. 18. Xen.
An. 4. 5. 10.

συνέκδημος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (ἔκδημος,)
absent together frum one’s people, a fellow-
traveller, Acts 19, 29. 2 Cor. 8, 19.—Jos.
de Vit. ὁ 14. Paleph. 46. 4. Plut. de Virtut.
et Vit. 2.

TUVEKNEKTOS, ἡ, dv, (ἐκλεκτός,) chosen
along with, co-elect, like-beloved, 1 Pet. 5,
13.—Others here take it as pr. n. fem. Syn-
eclecte, and understand it of the wife of
Peter.

συνελαύνω, f. dow, (ἔλαύνω,) to drive
together, into one place, e. g. wild beasts,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 14; persons, 2 Macc. 4,
26. Pol. 28. 5.6.—In N. T. trop. to urge
or persuade together, to set al one, ©. acc.

Acts 7, 26 συνήλασεν αὐτοὺς els εἰρήνην.
So Ail. V. Η. 4. 15.

συνεπιμαρτυρέω, &, f. hoa, (ἐπιμαρ-
τυρέω,) to bear further witness with any one,
to join in altesting, c. dat. of manner, Heb.
2, 4, comp. v. 3.—Sext. Empir. adv. Log. 2.
a συνεπιμαρτυροῦσαν τῷ λόγῳ. Pol. 26.

συνεπιτίδημι, f. ϑήσω, (ἐπιτίϑημι,) to
put or lay upon together, at the same time,
Sept. Num. 12, 11. Plut. Sympos. 8. 7. 4 fin.
—In N. T. Mid. to set upon or assail with
any one, at the same time, to join in assail-
ing, absol. Acts 24, 9 συνεπέϑεντο in later
edit. comp. v. 2. Rec. συνέϑεντο. So Sept.
Deut. 32, 27. Pol. 1. 31. 2. Xen. Cyr.
4, 2. 3.

συνέπομαι, Mid. depon. (rw, ἕπομαι,)
to follow with, to accompany, c. dat. Acts
20, 4—2 Macc. 15, 2. Plut. Brut. 18.
Xen. Conv. 1. 2.

συνεργέω, ὥ, f. now, (συνεργός,) to
work together with any one, to codperate,
absol. to be a co-worker, fellow-labourer,

συνεργός

1 Cor. 16, 16. 2 Cor. 6,1. (With dat.
pers. 1 Esdr. 7, 2. Plut. de Sanit. tuend.
fin. τῇ ψυχῇ συνεργεῖ τὸ σῶμα καὶ συγκάμ-
νει.) Hence genr. to help, to aid, c. dat.
expr. or impl. Mark 16, 20. James 2, 22 ἡ
πίστις συνεργεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. So
1 Mace. 12, 1. Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 5. Diod. Sic.
4.77. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 18.—Of things, io
work together for any thing, to codperate, to
contribute to any result, c. dat. commodi, et
eis c. acc. Rom. 8, 28 τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν
ϑεὸν πάντα συνεργεῖ εἰς ἀγαϑόν. So Pol.
11. 9. 1. Diod. Sic. 4. 76 ; πρός Plut. Ro-
mul. 21.

συνεργός, οὔ, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἔργον,) working
with, codperating, aiding, Diod. Sic. 13. 70,
Pol. 1. 81. 10; Subst. a co-worker, fellow-
labourer, helper, genr. 2 Macc. 8, 7. Pol. 1.
7. 8. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 3—In N. T. spoken
only of a co-worker, helper, in the Christian
work, i. e. of Christian teachers, c. gen. of
pers. συνεργοὶ τοῦ Seov 1 Cor. 3, 9; cuvep-
yoi μου sc. Παύλου, Rom. 16, 3. 9. 21.
Phil. 2, 25. 4, 3. 1 Thess. 3, 2. Philem. 1.
24; c. gen. of object, 2 Cor. 1,24 συνεργοὶ
τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν, co-workers of your joy, i. 6.
labouring together for your happiness.
With dat. commodi, 3 John 8 συνεργοὶ τῇ
ἀληϑείᾳ. With εἰς c. ace. for or in behalf
of, 2 Cor. 8, 23 εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός. Col.
4, 11.

συνέρχομαι, aor. 2 συνῆλθον, (ἔρχομαι,)
to go or come with any one, to come together.

1. With dat. of pers. to go or come with,
to accompany; Luke 23, 55 αἵτινες ἦσαν
συνεληλυϑυῖαι αὐτῷ ἐκ τῆς Ταλιλαίας. John
11, 33 comp. 31. Acts 9, 39. 10, 23. 45. 11,
12. 15, 38. Also to company or be conver-
sant with, Acts 1,21. Once with σύν rim
Acts 21, 16; comp. Winer § 56 fin. Sept.
for xia Job 22, 4—Wisd. 7, 2; comp.
Thue. 1. 10.

2. Genr. and usually, to come together, to
convene, to assemble, absol. Mark 3, 20 συν-
έρχεται πάλιν ὄχλος. Luke 5, 15. Acts 1, 6.
2,6. 10,27. 16,13. 19,32. 21,22. 22, 30.
28, 17. 1 Cor. 14, 26; c. dat. of pers. with
or to whom, Mark 14, 53; c. adv. of place,
John 18, 20 ὅπου. Acts 25, 17; εἰς 6. ace.
of place, Acts 5, 16; as marking result,
1 Cor. 11, 17. 34; final, v. 33; ἐν c. dat.
1 Cor. 11,18; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 Cor. 11, 20.
14, 23; πρός τινα Mark 6, 33. Sept. for
xia Ez. 33, 30; 4bm Jer. 3, 18; 6. εἰς for
327 Zech. 8, 21; pox3 2 Chr. 30, 13;
πρός twa Ex, 32, 5.—Hdian. 4. 11. 6. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 42; τινί Pol. 1. 78. 4 ; σύν τινι
Luc. Asin. 45; és τὸ αὐτό Luc. Alex. 8.

696

συνευδοκεω

3. Spec. of husband and wife, to come to-
gether in one house, to live together ; Matt.
1, 18 comp. v. 20. 24. So Plut. Amator.
9. Xen. Gic. 10. 4.—Of conjugal inter-
course [1 Cor. 7,5]; and so some Matt. 1.
c. So Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 1. Plut. Thes. 3.
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4.

cuvecSia, aor. 2 συνέφαγον, (ἐσδίω,)
to eat with any one, to eat together, i. 6.
genr. to have intercourse with, to.associate
with, c. dat. E. g. συνεσῶ. Luke 15, 2.
1 Cor. 5, 11; 6. μετά τινος Gal. 2, 12,
comp. Winer § 56 fin. συνέφαγ. Acts 11, 3
10, 41 οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν
αὐτῷ, comp. in éoSia πο. 2. d. Sept. συν-
eo3. for mx bax Gen. 43, 32; absol. Ps.
101, 5; συνέφ. for ny’ Ἔχ. 18, 12.—So
συνεσῦ. Plut. de occult. Viv. init. συνέφ.
Luc. Parasit. 59,

σύνεσις, ews, ἡ, (συνίημι,) a sending
together, conjunction of streams, ξύνεσις
δύο ποταμῶν Hom. Od. 10. 515.—In N. T
‘a putting together’ in mind, i. e.

1. discernment, understanding, intelli-
gence; Luke 2, 47 ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες ..
ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει αὐτοῦ. 1 Cor. 1, 19. Eph. 3,
4. Col. 1,9. 2,2. 2 Tim. 2,7. Sept. for
nova Deut. 4, 6; naan Prov. 2,2; nox
Job 15, 2.—Luc. Alex. 22. Diod. Se 8. ἃ,
Dem. 1394. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 23.

2. Meton. as a faculty of the mind, un-
derstanding, intellect, put for the mind itself ;
Mark 12, 33 τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν [Ξεὸν} ἐξ
ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως.
—Ecclus. 47, 23. El. V. H. 12. 1. Plut.
Thes. 6. Plato Phil. 19. d.

συνετός, ἡ, dv, (συνίημι,) pr. ‘ putting
together’ in mind, discerning, intelligent, sa-
gacious; Matt. 11, 25 ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα
ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν. Luke 10, 21. Acts
13,7. 1 Cor. 1,19. Sept. for 138 1 Chr.
15, 22; 722 Prov. 28,7; 0273 Gen. 41,
33.—Jos. c. Ap. 2. 16. Luc. D. Deor. 26
fin. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 12.

συνευδοκέω, @, f. now, (εὐδοκέω) to
think well of with others, to take pleasure
with others in any thing ; hence éo approve,
to assent to, c. dat. of pers. Rom. 1, 32
συνευδοκοῦσι τοῖς πράσσουσι. Elsewhere
6. dat. of thing in or as to which, Luke 11,
48 συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων.
Acts 8, 1. 22, 20. So 1 Macc. 1, 57.
2 Macc. 11, 24; absol. Demad. 180. 32.
Diod. Sic. 4. 24. —With infin. to be like wiil-
ing, like pleased, to do any’ thing; 1 Cor.
7, 12. 13, καὶ αὐτὸς συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν μετ᾽

αὐτῆς, i. 6. if both are mutually pleased.

“

συνευωχέω 697

συνευωχέω, ὦ, f. now, (εὐωχέω ; εὖ,
ἔχω, ὄχη.) to feast or enterlain with or to-
gether ; Mid. or Pass. to feast with any one,
to revel with, c. dat. ἃ Pet. 2, 13 cvvevo-
χούμενοι ὑμῖν. Absol. Jude 12.—Jos. Ant.
4. 8.'7. Luc. Philopat. 4.

συνεφίστημι, (ἐφίστημι,.) in N. T.
only Aor. 2 συνεπέστην intrans. to
sland upon together, to assail together ; 6. g.
κατά τινος, Acts 16, 22 συνεπέστη 6 ὄχλος
κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, i.e. made an assault together
against them.—Sept. Num. 16, 3 συνεπέ-
στησαν in Codd. Comp. Thuc. 2. 75.

συνέχω, f. Ew, (ἔχω,) to hold together,
to press together, i. e.

1. to hold fast, to shut up, c. acc. as τὰ
ὦτα to slop one’s ears Acts 7,57. Sept.
τὸ στόμα, for PER Is: 52,15. Of a city
besieged, Luke 19, 43 συνέξουσί σε [Ἵερο-
σόλυμα] πάντοϑεν. Sept. and “ 1 Sam.
23, 8. (2 Mace. 9, 2.) Of a crowd, fo press
upon any one Luke 8, 45; of persons hav-
ing a prisoner in custody, lo hold fast, Luke
22, 63.—Hdian. 2. 13. 8. Luc. Tox. 39.

2. Trop. io constrain,i.e. 8) tocompel,
to urge or press on; 6. acc. 2 Cor. 5, 14 ἡ
γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Xp. συνέχει ἡμᾶς, consirain-
eth us, shuts us up so to act; Theophylact.
συνωϑεῖ. Pass. Acts 18, 5 συνείχετο τῷ
πνεύματι ὁ Παῦλος in Rec. see in lett. c.
b) Pass. συνέχομαι, to be in constraint,
to be straitened, distressed, perplexed, absol.
Luke 12,50 πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως οὗ τελεσϑῇ.
Phil. 1, 23. (Comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 11. 8 ; τῷ
πολεμῷ Paleph. 39. 5; τῷ λιμῷ Pol. 3.
62. 4.) Also fo be seized, affected, afflicted,
as with fear, disease, or the like; c. dat.
Luke 8, 37 φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο. Matt.
4, 24 νόσοις ... συνεχομενούς. Luke 4, 38.

- Acts 28, 8. So Sept. Job 3, 24. 31, 23.

Dem. 1484. 23 φόβῳ. Diod. Sic. 3. 33
νόσοις. Plato Theet. 479. a. 0) Pass.
also of a person held fast, pressed, occupied,
with a work or the like; Acts 18, 5 cuvei-
χετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος in later edit. see
above in lett. a; i.e. Paul now gave him-
self wholly to preaching the word; comp.
y. 3. So Wisd. 17, 20 ἔργοις. Hdian. 1.
17. 22 ἡδοναῖς.

συνήδομαι, Pass. depon. (ἥδομαι,) to

joy or rejoice with any one, c. dat. AEl. V.

H. 9. 21. Hdian. 8.6.2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.
7.—In N. T. to delight with (in) oneself in
any thing, like συνεῖδον, c. dat. of thing,
Rom. 7, 22 συνήδομαι yap τῷ νόμῳ, i. 6.
I take delight with myself in the law, I de-
light myself in it. Comp. Eurip. Hippol.
1300 ri τάλας τοῖσδε συνήδῃ.

συνίημι

συνήϑεια, as, ἡ, (συνηϑής ; σύν, ἦϑος,)
α dwelling or living together, ASl. H. An,
16. 36. Dem. 1467. 19; α being wonted to-
gether, familiarity, Jos. de Macc. 13 fin.
Pol. 1. 43. 4. Diod. Sic. 14. 12.—In N. T,
α wont, usage, custom, John 18, 39. 1 Cor,
[8,7.] 11,16. So Jos. Ant. 10.4.5 ἡ πάτριος
συνήϑεια. Arr. Epict. 1. 27. 20. Xen<Ven.
12. 4.

συνηλικιώτης; ov, ὃ, (ἡλικιώτης, ἧλι-
κία,) one of like age, an equal in age, Gal. 1,
14.—Alciphr. Ep. 1. 12. Dion. Hal. Ant.
10. 49. Diod. Sic. 1. 53. On such com-
pounds, which the Atticists sometimes con-
demn, see Thom. Mag. p. 207 sq. Lob, ad
Phryn, p. 172, 471.

συνδάπτω, f. yo, (ϑάπτω,) to bury
with any one; in N. T. trop. with Christ,
in the likeness of his burial ; Pass. c. dat.
Rom. 6, 4. Col. 2, 12 συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν
τῷ Barriopart.—Pr. Hdot. 5. 5 ἡ γυνὴ συν-
ϑάπτεται τῷ ἀνδρί. Plut. M. Anton. 85. .
Thue. 1. 8.

συν )λάω, f. dow, (Sddw,) ἰο crush to
gether, to dash in pieces, Pass. Matt. 21, 44
et Luke 20,18 ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίϑον τοῦ-
τον, συνθλασϑήσεται. Sept. for 233 Ps, 107,
16; 72 Ps. 58, '7.—Plut. Artax. 19. Diod.
Sic. 2. 57.

cw λίβω, f. ψω, (ϑλίβω.) to press to-
gether, to press closely, on all sides, as a
crowd upon a person, c. acc. Mark 5, 24.
31.—Ecclus. 34 [31], 14. Plut. Symp.
6. 6. 2 fin. Plato Tim. 91. e.

cuwSpuTrra, f. yo, (ϑρύπτω,) lo break
together, to crush in pieces; trop. τὴν Kap-
diay τινός to break the heart, intens. i. 4. to
dishearten, to take away one’s fortitude,
Acts 21, 13.—So of dmoreSpuppevor τὰς
ψυχάς Plato Rep. 495. e.

συνιέω, see in συνίημι.

᾿ συνίημι, f. συνήσω, (ἴημι,) aor. 1 συνῆ-

κα, aor. 2 συνῆν ; also Pres. συνεέω, whence
8 plur. συνιοῦσι Matt. 13, 13. 2 Cor. 10,
12; Part. συνίων Matt. 13,23. Rom. 3,11;

, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 106. n. 5. Matth. § 210. 1 sq.

Winer § 14. 3. ἢ. Pr. ἐο send or bring toge-
ther, 6. g. foes in battle, Hom. Il. 1. 8. ib. '7.
210. Trop. to bring or put together in mind,
and so to discern, to perceive, to be aware of,
e. g. a sound, voice, Hom. Il. 2. 182 dra
Seas. ib. 2. 26. Hes. Theog. 831.—In N. T.
genr. to understand, to comprehend, absol.
Matt. 13, 13 ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούίουσιν, οὐδὲ
συνιοῦσι. V. 14 καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε. ν. 1. 19.
23. 1ὅ, 10. Mark 4, 12. 6, 52. 7, 14. 8,
17. 21. Luke 8, 10. Acts 7, 25 οἱ δὲ οὐ συ-

συνιστάω

νῆκαν 28, 26. 27. Rom. 15, 21. 2 Cor. 10,
12 οὐ συνιοῦσι, i. 6. are not men of under-
standing, not wise. With acc. Matt. 13, 51
συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα; Luke 2, 50 τὸ ῥῆμα.
18, 84. 24, 45. Eph. 5, 17. With ὅτι,
Matt. 16, 12. 17, 13. Acts 7, 25. Sept. for
Ps Is. 6,9. 10. 2 Chr. 34, 12; c. acc.
Prov. 2, 5. 9; ¢. ὅτι Is. 43, 10. So Jos.
Ant. 7. 8. 4; c. ace. Ceb. Tab. 3. Xen.
Apol. 10; ὁ. ὅτε Hdian. 4. 15. 15.—From
the Heb. to understand, to be wise, in re-
spect to duty towards God, /o be upright,
righteous, godly; Rom. 3, 11 οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ
συνιών, quoted from Ps. 14,2 where Sept.
for Diab ; also Ps. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 35.
12, 3.

συνιστάω, -ἄνω, see in συνίστημι.

συνίστημι; f. συστήσω, (ἴστημι,) also
Pres. συνιστάω 2 Cor. 4, 2. 6,4. 10,18;
συνιστάνω 2Cor. 3, 1. 5, 12. 10, 12;
see in ἵστημι and ἀποκαϑίστημι. Found in
both the transitive and intransitive significa-
tions, to make stand with, and to stand with ;
see in ἵστημι.

I. Trans. in the Act. present, impf. and
aor. 1, to make stand with, together, to place
or set together, Pol. 3. 43. 11. Hdian. 4. 15.
12.—In N. T. to place or set with or before
any one.

1. Of persons, to introduce, to present to
one’s acquaintance and favourable notice,
and hence to commend, to represent as wor-
thy, c. acc. et dat. Rom. 16, 1 συνίστημι δὲ
ὑμῖν Φοίβην. 2 Cor. 5, 12 ; c. acc. et πρός
τινα 2 Cor. 4, 2; acc. simpl. 2 Cor. 8,1
ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν. 10, 12. 18 bis. Pass.
2 Cor. 12, 11.—1 Macc. 12, 43. Ceb. T'ab.
11. Pol. 31. 20. 9. Xen. Cic. 3. 14: ace.
simpl. Jos. Ant. 6. 13. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7.
3./12.

2. Trop. 10 set forth with or before any one,
to declare, io show, to make known and con-
spicuous, c. acc. Rom. 3, 5 εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικίᾳ
ἡμῶν ϑεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησι. 5, 8.
2 Cor. 6, 4 συνιστῶντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς ϑεοῦ δι-
ἄκονοι. Soc. dupl. ace. Gal. 2, 18 παραβάτην
ἐμαυτὸν συνίστημι. With ace, and inf.
2 Cor. 7,11. Sept. for 7°32 Job 28, 23.—
Jos. Ant. 7. 2.1 συνίστων ἑαυτοὺς ὡς εὔνους.
Plato Theag. 123. b; ὁ. dupl. acc. Philo
Quis rer. div. Her. p. 517 συνίστησιν αὐτὸν
προφήτην. Diod. Sic. 13. 91; c. inf. ib.
14. 45.

II. Inrrans. in the Act. perf. and aor. 2,
to stand with, to stand together.

1. Pr. of pers. c. dat. Luke 9, 32 δύο ἄν-
dpas τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ. Sept. for say
1 Sam. 17, 26.—Pol. 4. 1. 6. Luc. Necyom.
15. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 29. Υ

098

2. Trop. from the transitive signif. to
place together parts into a whole, i. e. to
constitule, to create, to bring into existence,
Diog. Laert. Carnead. 4. 64 ἡ συστήσασα
φύσις καὶ διαλύσει. Plato Tim. 30. 6, τίνι
τῶν ζώων αὐτὸν [τὸν κόσμον] εἰς ὁμοιότητα
ὁ ξυνιστὰς ξυνέστησε. ib. 41. ἀ [ὁ Seds]
ξυστήσας δὲ τὸ wav.—Hence in N. T. in-
trans. to be constituted, created, to exist;
Col. 1, 17 πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκε. 2 Pet.
3, 5 γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος... συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ
ϑεοῦ λόγῳ. So Philo de Plant. Noé p. 215
ἐκ γῆς ἁπάσης καὶ παντὸς ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος
καὶ πυρὸς... συνέστη ὅδε ὁ κόσμος. Max.
Tyr. Diss. 25. p. 253, τῷ Διὸς νεύματι γῆ
συνέστη κτὰ. Aristot. de Mundo c. 5 init.
Comp. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 14.

συνοδεύω, f. εὐσω, (ὁδεύω,) to be on the
way with any one, to travel or journey with,
c. dat. Acts 9, '7.—Wisd. 6, 23. Hdian. 4.
7. 11. Plut, M. Anton. 13..

σ υνοδία, as, 7, (σύνοδος, ὁδός,) ὦ jour=
neying together, Plut. de rect. Rat. aud. 18.
Ρ. 110.—In N. T. meton. a company of
travellers, a caravan, Luke 2, 44. So Jos.
Ant. 6. 12. 1. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 91. Strabo
4. p. 314. ἃ.

συνοικέω, ὦ, f. how, (οἰκέω,) to house
or dwell with any one, to live with, espec.
as husbands with wives in one house and
family, absol. 1 Pet. 3, '7.—Ecclus. 25, 8.
Hdian, 1. 6. 11. Dem. 1374. 21. Xen. Lac.
1.8; genr. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 5.

συνοικοδομέω, &, f. how, (οἰκοδομέω,)
to build with any one, in company with, c.
dat. 1 Esdr. 5, 68; to build together into
one, Plut. comp. ‘Thes. et Romul. 4.—In
N. T. Pass. trop. to be built together with
other Christians into a spiritual temple, Eph.
2, 22; see fully in οἰκοδομέω no. 3.

συνομίλέω, ὦ, f. now, (ὁμιλέω,) to be in
company with, Ceb. Tab. 13.—In N. T. to
converse with, to talk with, c. dat. Acts 10,
27.

συνομορέω, ὦ, f. now, (ὁμορέω, ὅμορος ;
ὅμος, ὅρος.) to border together, to border or
join upon, c. dat. Acts 18, 7 οὗ ἡ οἰκία ἦν

. συνομοροῦσα TH συναγωγῇ: ἷ. 6. joined upon.

—Comp. ὁμορέω Hdian. 6. 7. 5.

συνοχή, jis, ἧ, (συνέχω,) α holding to-
gether, a shutting up, 6. g. of the womb,
Symm. Prov. 30, 16; of a city besieged,
Sept. Jer. 52, 3. Mic. 5,1; also of a circuit,
enclosure, Jos. Ant. 8. 3.2; comp. Hom.
Il. 23. 330.—In N. T. trop. distress, dis-
quiet, anxiety, Luke 21, 25 συνοχὴ Svar.
2 Cor. 2, 4 σ. καρδίας. So Sept. Job 30, 3.

συντασσω

Aquil. for "P3292 Ps, 25, 17. Artemid. 2.3
πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν συνοχῇ οὖσιν.

συντάσσω ν. -ττω, f. ἕω, (τάσσω,)
fo arrange or set in order together, Jos. Ant.
7. 12. 3. Dem. 1378. 26. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.2.
—In N. T. to arrange or set’ in order with
any one, fo order, to appoint, to direct, c. dat.
Matt. 26, 19 ἐποίησαν of μαϑηταὶ ὡς συνε-
τάξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 27,10. [21,6.] Sept.
for 78% Gen. 18, 19. 26, 11. So Pol.
3. 50. 9. Al. V. H. 9.13. Xen. Cyr. 5.
3. 46.

συντέλεια; as, 4}, (συντελέω,) ‘the be-
ing brought to an end together,’ i. e. full
end, completion, Diod. Sic. 13. 14. Pol. 11.
33. 7. Plut. Quest. Rom. 34.—In N. T.
genr. end, consummation, only in the phrase
συντέλεια τοῦ αἰῶνος Matt. 13, 39. 40. 49.
24, 3. 28, 20; συντέλ. τῶν αἰώνων Heb. 9,
26; see in αἰών no. 1. b. a. Sept. for mdp
Neh. 9, 31. Jer. 4,27; YR Dan. 12, 4. So
Eeclus. 11, 27. 21, 10. Pol. 3. 1. 5,9 κατα-
στροφὴ καὶ συντέλεια.

συντέλέω, ὦ, f. ἐσω, (τελέω,) to bring
to an end together, Hdian. 2. 2. 15.—In
N. T.

1. toend altogether, fully, to finish wholly,

to complete, c. acc. Matt. 7, 28 συνετέλεσεν
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους. Luke 4, 13.
Of time, Luke 4, 2. Acts 21,27. Sept. for
M>D Gen. 2,2; 5% Deut. 34,8. So Diod.
Sic. 1. 3. Hdian. 4. 2. 20. Dem. 522.4;
comp. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 50.Spec. of a pro-
mise or propheey, ἐο fulfil, to accomplish, c.
acc. Rom. 9, 28 λόγον yap συντελῶν sc. 6
κύριος, in allusion to Is. 10, 22, see fully in
συντέμνω. Pass. Mark 13, 4. Sept. for
>> Ruth 3, 18; 322 Lam. 2, 17.

2. By Hebr. as in Engl. ἐο finish, to com-
plete, i. 4. to make; c. ace. Heb. 8, 8 συν-
τελέσω ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ... διαϑήκην
καινήν, quoted from Jer. 31,31 where Heb.
M12, Sept. διαθήσομαι. Sept. συντελεῖν
διαθήκην for Heb. M12 Jer. 34, 8.15; ΠῺΣ
Ts. 44, 24. ;

συντέμνω, f. eva, (τέμνω,) perf. συν-
τέτμηκα, pr. to cut together, to contract by
culling, Plat. Demetr. 26. Thuc. 7. 36. Xen.
Hi. 4. 9; of words, discourse, to make con-
cise, ASschin. 32. 23.—In N. T. trop. and
from the Heb. to decide, to delermine, to de-
cree; Rom. 9, 28 bis, λόγον yap συντελῶν
καὶ συντέμνων ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ - ὅτι λόγον συν-
τετμημένον ποιήσει κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; for
his word he doth fulfil, and doth decree in
righteousness ; for his word decreed will the
Lord execute upon the land; quoted from
Sent. Is. 10, 22. 23, where the Heb. reads

699

συντρέχω

thus: destruction is decreed, bringing τα
Justice as a flood ; for destruction and a de-
cree (destruction decreed] doth Jehovah of
hosts execute. So Sept. for ὙΠ Is. 28, 22.
Dan. 9, 26; 397 Dan. 9, 24.

συντηρέω, &, f. How, (τηρέω,) to watch
closely together or with any one, to watch or
keep together with any one.—In N. T.

1, to watch or keep closely, (σύν intens.)
c. acc. Mark 6, 20 συνετήρει αὐτόν, i. 6.
Herod kept John in close custody for the
sake of protection against Herodias, and
often heard him and followed his counsels.
Trop. to keep or lay up in mind, pr. with
oneself, e. δ: ra ῥήματα Luke 2,19. Sept.
ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ for Chald. "2? Dan. 7,28. So
Ecclus. 39, 2. Test. XII Patr. p. 563 ἐν τῇ
καρδίᾳ. Pol. 31. 6.5 συντηρεῖν γνώμην παρ᾽
ἑαυτῷ.

2. to keep or preserve together, from loss
or destruction, opp.. ἀπόλλυμι, 6. g. wine
and the skins in which it is kept, Matt, 9,
17. Luke 5, 38.—1 Mace. 8, 12 φιλίαν μετά
twos. 10, 20. Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod.
Pseud. V. Τ᾿. p. 191 συντηρεῖν τὴν ψυχὴν
εἰς ζωήν. ι

συντίϑημι, f. now, (τίϑημι,) lo set or
put together, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 4. Mem. 3. 1.
7; to compose, ὀνόματα Arr. Epict. 3. 23. 23,
λόγους Dem. 277. 5, πρᾶγμα ib. 275. 26.
Also to set or put with a person, to deliver to
any one, Pol. 5. 10. 4.—In N. T. only Mid.
συντίϑεμαι, to set together with another,
i. e. between oneself and another, to agree
together, to covenant together or with any
one; 6. inf. Luke 22, 5 καὶ συνέϑεντο αὐτῷ
ἀργύριον δοῦναι. Inf. c. rod Acts 23, 20;
see 6,7, τό, G.3.b.8. With ἵνα John 9, 22 ;
comp. in ἵνα no. III. 1. a. Soc. inf. Sept.
Dan. 2, 9. Jos. Ant. 13. 4. 7. Hdian. 1. 17.
16. Xen. An. 4. 2. 13 τοῦ c. inf. Test. XII
Patr. p. 707.—Once in Ree. i. 4. to assent,
absol. Acts 24,9; comp. in ouvemcriSnpe.
So Philostr. Heroic. c. 5 fin. ὀλίγοις τῶν
βουλευμάτων ξυντίϑεσϑαι.

συντόμως, adv. (σύντομος, συντέμνω,)
concisely, briefly, in few words, Acts 94, 4.
—Jos. c. Ap. 1.1 γράψαι συντόμως. Athen.
8. p. 349. a. Xen. Εἴς. 12. 19 ὡς δὲ συντό-
pos εἰπεῖν.

συντρέχω, aor. 2 συνέδραμον, (τρέχω.)

1. to run with others, in company, trop.
εἴς τι, 1 Pet. 4, 4 μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν els
τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν. ---- Dem.
214. '7; pr. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9.

2. Of a multitude, to run together, to flock
together, Mark 6, 33. Acts 3, 11.—Judith 6,
18. Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 8. Xen. An. 5.7. 4,

συντρίβω

συντρίβω, f. ψω, (rpiBw,) to rub toge-
ther, e.g. sticks for kindling fire, τὰ πυρεῖα,
Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 32.—Usually and in N. T.

1. to break or crush together, by rubbing
or striking against, concussion, to break in
pieces, c. acc. Mark 5, 4. 14, 3 see in ἀλά-
βαστρον. John 19, 36. Rev. 2,27 ra σκεύη
τὰ κεραμικά. Sept. for “3Y Ex. 12, 46.
Lev. 6, 28. 26,13. So Ail. V. H. 12. 61.
Diod. Sic. 13. 16. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 29.—
Spec. of a reed, to break together, so as to
have a flaw or crack, but not entirely off ;
Matt. 12, 20 κάλαμον συντετριμμένον ov Ka-
τεάξει, a reed broken together shall he not
break off, quoted from Is. 42,3 where Sept.
for 7%}.

2. Trop. to break together the strength
or power of any one, to crush, to weaken,
c. acc. Luke 9, 39 πνεῦμα... συντρίβει ad-
τόν, i. e. weakens him, breaks him down;
comp. Mark 9,18 where it is ξηραίνεται.
(Hdian. 5. 4. 20.) So of Satan, to break
or crush his power, Rom. 16, 20; comp.
in πούς lett. b. Sept. for 723 Josh. 10, 10.
Am. 3,15. (Pol. 26. 3.6 συντρίψαι τοὺς
᾿Αχαίους.) Pass. Luke 4, 18 συντετριμμέ-
vous τὴν καρδίαν, broken in heart, dispirited,
afflicted, comp. Buttm. ὁ 131. 7. Sept. and
ἜΞΩ Ps. 34,19. 51,19. So Pol. 21.10.2
συντρ. τῇ δινοίᾳ. Diod. Sic. 11. 78 τοῖς
φρονήμασι. 16. 81 ταῖς ψυχαῖς.

σύντριμμα, ατος, τό, (συντρίβω.) a
breaking together, a crushing, fracture, Sept.
for "38 Lev. 21, 18. Is. 30,14. Arist. de
Audib. 34.—In N. T. trop. destruction,
Rom. 3, 16, quoted from Is. 59, 7 where
Sept. for "0; for "38 Jer. 8, 21. 48, 3.
So Ecclus. 40, 11. 1 Macc. 2, 7.

σύντροφος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (συντρέφω,)
nourished or nursed together, Xen. Mem. 2.
3. 4.—In N. T. Subst. one brought up or
educated with another, a comrade, Acts 13,
1. ‘So 2 Macc. 9, 29. AL). V. H. 12. 26.
Pol. 5. 9. 4.

συντυγχάνω, aor. 2 συνέτυχον, (τυγ-
χάνω.) to fall in with, to meet with, to come
to or at any one, c. dat. Luke 8, 19.—Jos.
Ant. 1. 12. 3 συντυχὼν δ᾽ αὐτῇ ϑεῖος ayye-
Nos. Hdian. 2. 14.12. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 16.

Συντύχη, ns, ἡ, Syntyche, pr. n. of a
female Christian, Phil. 4, 2.

συνυποκρίνομαι, Mid. depon. (ὑποκρί-
vouat,) Pass. aor. 1 συνυπεκρίϑην in Mid.
sense, Buttm. § 136. 1, 2; to play the hypo-
crile with any one, to dissemble with, c. dat.

Gal. 2, 13.—Pol. 3. 92. 5. ib. 3. 52. 6. Plut.:

C. Mar. 14.

700

Σύρος
συνυπουργέω, ὦ, f. how, (ὑπουργέω,
ὑπουργός, ἔργον.) to serve, help, aid with any
one, together, at the same time, c. dat. of
manner, 2 Cor. 1, 11.—Luc. Bis accus. 17
συναγωνιζομένης τῆς ἡδονῆς, ἥπερ αὐτῇ τὰ
πολλὰ ξυνυπουργεῖ.

συνωδίνω, f. wa, (ὠδίνω,) to be in tra-
vail together, to bring forth together, of ani-
mals Porphyr. de Abstin. 3. 10.—In N. T.
trop. to travail or be in pain together, absol.
spoken of ἡ κτίσις collect. Rom. 8, 22. So
Eur. Helen. 736 ξυνωδίνει κακοῖς.

συνωμοσία, as, ἡ, (συνόμνυμι,) a swear-
ing together, a conspiracy; Acts 23, 13
συνωμοσίαν πεποιηκότες, comp. in ποιέω
no. 1. b, 8.—Jos. Ant. 15.8.4. All. V. Η.
14. 22. Thue. 6. 27.

Συράκουσαι, ὧν, αἱ, Syracuse, now
Siracusa, the celebrated capital of Sicily,
situated on the eastern coast, with a capa-
cious harbour. It was the birth-place and
residence of Archimedes. Acts 28, 12.—
Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 29, 31.

BY υραφοινίκισσα, see in Συροφοί-
viood.

Συρία, as, ἡ, Syria, Heb. BUX Aram,
Aramea, pr. n. of a large country of Asia,
lying, in the widest extent of the name, be-
tween Palestine, the Mediterranean, Mount
Taurus, and the Tigris; thus including
Mesopotamia, called in Heb. "πὸ DIR
Aramza of the two rivers; comp. Plin. H.
N. 5. 18 sq. Mela 1.11. Gesen. Lex. et
Thesaur. art. ὩΣ. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
II. ii. p. 232 sq. For Cele-Syria, see in
Δαμασκός. Modern Syria includes also
Palestine. At the time of the Jewish exile,
Syria with Palestine was subject to the
empire of Babylon; and later, to the Per-
sian monarchs and Alexander the Great.
After the death of the latter, Babylon and
Syria became a powerful kingdom under
the dominion of the Seleucid ; of which
at a later period Antioch. was the. capital.
Syria was subdued by Pompey as far as the
Euphrates, and made a Roman province ;
including also Phenicia and Judea. In the
time of Christ it was governed by a pro-
consul, to whom the procurator of Judea
was amenable; see in ἡγεμών no. 2. Jos.
Ant, 8.10.3 τὴν Παλαιστίνην Συρίαν ἐδουλώ-
caro.—Matt. 4, 24. Luke 2, 2. Acts 15,
23. 41. 18, 18. 20, 3. 21, 3. Gal. 1, 21.

Σύρος, a, ον, (Συρία,) Syrian, 6. g.
Σύρα φορτία Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 3.—Usually
and in N. T. ὁ Σύρος, a Syrian, Luke 4, 27,
So Sept. 2 K. 5, 20. Jos. Ant. 10. 15. 4.
Hdian. 3. 11. 17.

Συροφοίνισσα

Συροφοίνισσα; as, ἡ, a Syro-Pheni-
cian woman, i. e. a Phenician of Syria,
prob. in distinction from the Λιβοφοίνικες,
Phenicians of Libya, or Carthaginians.
Mark 7, 26 Rec. comp. Matt. 15, 21. 22.—
Pr. fem. to Συροφοίνιξ, as Cadmus is called,
Luc. Deor. Concil. 4; Syrophenix Juv.
Sat. 6. 159; comp. Φοίνιξ. fem. Φοίνισσα
Hom. Od. 15. 417. Hdot. 8. 118.—A later
form is Συραφοινίκισσα, or Συροφοινίκισσα,
in Mss. and some later editions; also Clem.
Rom. Homil. 2. 5. 19.

σύρτις, tos V. ews, 7}, (σύρω,) syrlis, a
sand-bank, shoal, quick-sand, dangerous to
navigation, pr. so called as drawn together
by currents of the sea. Acts 27,17. Two
syrtes or gulfs with quick-sands on the
northern coast of Africa, were particularly
famous among the ancients; one called
Syrtis Major, between Cyrene and Leptis ;
the other Syrtis Minor, near Carthage.
See Sallust Jug. 78. Heyne Excurs. IV.
ad Virg. En. 1. 108 sq. Wetst. N. T. IT.
p. 642.—Jos. B. J. 2.16.4. Luc. Dipsad. 6
τὴν μεγάλην Σύρτιν. Diod. Sic. 3. 49. Strabo
17. p. 1192. c.

σύρω, f. υρῶ, to draw, to drag, to haul,
6. acc. John 21, 8 σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον.
Rey. 12,4. Sept. for 270 2 Sam. 17, 13.
(Luc. Mere. cond. 3. Hdian. 5. 8. 17.) Of
persons dragged by force before magistrates
or to punishment, Acts 8, 3. 14, 19. 17, 6.
So Jos. de Mace. § 6 init. Arr. Epict. 1. 29
σύρῃ εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον. Luc. Lexiph. 10.

συσπαράσσω ν. -ττω, f. ἄξω, (σύν,
σπαράσσω,) pr. to tear or lacerate together ;

in N. T. intens. to convulse altogether, to’

throw into strong spasms, spoken of the ef-
fects of demoniacal possession producing or
resembling epilepsy, c. acc. Luke 9, 42.

Comp. in σπαράσσω. " Mark 4. 20
᾿ ᾿ is .Ν.8.01,33.

σύσσημον, ου, τό, (σύσσημος, σῆμα,
a concerted sign, token, signal, agreed upon
with others; Mark 14, 44 σύσσημον, comp.
Matt. 26, 48 onpyeiov.—Sept. Judg. 20, 40.
Diod. Sic. 13. 45, 46. ib. 20. 52. Strabo 6.
p. 428.c. A late word, unknown to the
earlier Greek writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 418,
421. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 196.

σύσσωμος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (σῶμα!) of the
same body with another, joined in one body ;
trop. in respect to the Christian church as
τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, and of the Gentiles
as partakers in it, Eph. 3, 6.—Not found
elsewhere.

συστασιαστής, οὔ, ὃ, (συστασιάζω,
στάσις.) α companion in sedition or insur-

701

συστρέφω

rection, a fellow-insurgent, Mark 15, 7.—
Jos. Ant. 14. 2.1 κατὰ ᾿Αριστοβούλου καὶ
τῶν συστασιαστῶν αὐτοῦ. Comp. in συμ-
μαϑητής, συμπολίτης.

συστατικός, ἡ, ὄν, (συνίστημι,) pr.
‘ placing with or before, introducing ;’ hence
commendatory, 6. g. ἐπιστολὴ συστατική,
letter of commendation, Ὡ Cor. 3, 1 bis.—
Arr. Epict. 2. 3. 1 γράμματα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ λα-
βεῖν συστατικά. Diog. Laert. 5. 18.

συσταυρόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, (σταυρόω,) to
crucify with any one, c. dat. Matt. 27, 44.
Mark 15, 32. John 19, 32.—Trop. Rom.
6, 6 ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώϑη
(Χριστῷ), our old [former] man was cruci-
fied with Christ, i. e. since by the death of
Christ we are freed from the punishment
of sin, so the power of our former carnal
nature was destroyed, crucified, when he
was crucified. Gal. 2, 20.

συστέλλω, f. λῶ, (oTéAr@,) 1. ἴο
deck or wrap together, to envelope, to wind
in a garment; e. g. of a dead body rolled
up and swathed for burial, Acts 5, 6—
Genr. Eurip. Troad. 382 οὐ δάμαρτος ἐν
χεροῖν πέπλοις συνεστάλησεν. So περι-
στέλλω οὗ a dead body, Sept. Ez. 29, 5.
Jos. Ant. 17. 3. 3 περιστέλλειν ϑανόντα.
Hdot. 2. 90.

2. to send or draw together, to contract,
Ecclus. 4, 31. Luc. Icarom. 12 γῆ és βραχὺ
συνεσταλμένη. Diod. Sic. 1, 41.—In N. T.
1 Cor. 7, 29 ὅτι ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος, the
time is contracted, shortened, short, i. q.
ἐκολοβώϑησαν ai ἡμέραι in Matt. 24, 22 and
Mark 13, 20.

συστενάζω, f. ξω, (στενάζω,) to groan
or sigh together, spoken of ἡ κτίσις collect.
Rom. 8, 22.—Eurip. Ion 935 or 948.

συστοίχξω, ὦ, f. how, (στοιχέω,) to
advance in order together, as soldiers, Pol.
10. 21. 7.—In N. T. trop. to go together
with, to correspond to, c. dat. Gal. 4, 25.
So σύστοιχος corresponding, Pol. 13. 8. 1.
Theophr. Caus. Pl. 6. 4.

συστρατιώτης, ov, 6, (στρατιώτης,) a
fellow-soldier ; trop. of Christian teachers,
Paul’s companions in the labours and dan-
gers of the Christian warfare, Phil. 2, 25.
Philem. 2.—Pr. Hdian. 6. 8. 10. Plut. Pomp.
79. Xen. An. 1. 2. 26.

συστρέφω, f. ψω, (στρέφω,) to turn
about with, at the same time, e. g. a potter’s
wheel, Ecclus. 38, 29.—In N. T. fo turn,
twist, wind together, into one bundle, band,
mass; hence genr. i. 4. to gather together,
to collect, c. acc. Acts 28, 3 συστρέψαντος

συστροφὴ

δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων πλῆϑος. (Comp.

Xen. An. 4. 3. 11 φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ἁ ὡς

ἐπὶ πῦρ.) Sept. for "7%, τίς συνέστρεψε

ὕδωρ ἐν ἱματίῳ, Prov. 30, 4.—Of persons,

troops, Sept. for wponn Judg. 11, 3;

GR Judg. 12, 4. Also Diod. Sic. 3. 36.
en. An. 1. 10. 6.

συστροφή, js, ἡ, (συστρέφω,) aturning
or winding together, as συστροφὴ πνεύμα-
ros a whirlwind, Ecclus. 43, 17.—In N. T.
a gathering together of people, a concourse,
multitude, 6. g.a public tumult, Acts 19,
40. So genr. Sept. for my πάρ. 14, 8.
1 Mace. 14, 44. Pol. 4. 34. 6. Hdot. 7. 9.1.
—Spec. a combination, conspiracy; Acts
23, 12 ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν οἱ ᾿Ἰουδαῖοι,
comp. v. 13; see in ποιέω πο. 1. ὃ. β.
Sept. for swip 2 K. 15, 15; συστρ. ποιεῖν
for stp Am. 7, 10. ;

συσχηματίζω, f. icw, (σχηματίζω,
σχῆμα,) to give the same form with, to con-
form to any thing, Plut. de Prof. in Virt.
12. Aristot. Top. 6. 14. 4.—In N. T. only
Mid. or Pass. fo conform oneself, to be con-
formed to any thing, c. dat. Rom. 12, 2
μὴ συσχηματίζεσϑε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ. 1 Pet.
1,14. So Plat. Numa 20 συσχηματίζονται
πρὸς τὸν ev φιλίᾳ καὶ ὁμονοίᾳ τῇ πρὸς av-
τούς. Plut. de Virt. et Vit. 2.

Συχάρ, Συχάρ, ἡ, indec. Sychar, a
city of Samaria, i. q. Shechem, Συχέμ,
where see fully; John 4, 5. The name
Συχάρ is not found in the Sept. nor in
Josephus; and not improbably it was at
first merely a like-sounding by-name, given
by the Jews in contempt to the city Συχέμ,
p>u, as the seat of the Samaritan worship.
As such it might come from Heb. spy
falsehood, spoken of idols Hab. 2, 18; or
also from 9 drunkard, in allusion to Is.
28, 1.'7. Comp. Ecclus. 50, 26 ὁ λαὸς μω-
pos ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν Σικίμοις. Test. XII
Patr. p. 564 ἔσται γὰρ ἀπὸ σήμερον Σικὴμ
λεγομένη πόλις ἀσυνέτων. Comp. the sim-
ilar change in the name Βεελζεβούλ for
BeedCeBov8; also Bethaven for Bethel, Hos.
4, 15. 5, 8, comp. Am. 5,5. See Wetst.
N. T. 1. p. 858. Reland Diss. Miscell. I.
0. 141. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 118.

Συχέμ, 6, indec. Sychem, Heb. Ὀϑῷ
(shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. of the son ‘of
Hamor, slain by the sons of Jacob because
he had defiled their sister Dinah, Acts 7, 16 ;
see Gen. c. 34.

Συχέμ, Συχέμ, ἡ, Sychem, Heb. prs
Shechem, a city of Ephraim, situated in the

702

σφάζω

valley between Mount Ebat and Mount
Gerizim, Acts 7, 16 ; comp. Sept. Gen. 12,
6, 37, 12. Josh. 20, 7 Συχὲμ ἐν τῷ ὄρει τῷ
*Edpaip.—Called also Σίκιμα, μων, Sept.
2K. 12, 1. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. ib. 11.8.6;
later MaBop%a by the inhabitants, and Ned-
πολις, Neapolis by the Romans, Jos. B. J. 4.
8. 1; also on coins, Φλαουία Νεάπολις,
Flavia Neapolis. For the name Sychar,
see in Suvxap. See fully in Wetst. N. T.
I, p. 858. Reland Palest. p. 1004 sq. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 114-123. The an-
cient Shechem was given to the Levites,
and was one of the cities of refuge, Josh.
20, 7. 21,21. It was destroyed by Abime-
lech, Judg. 9, 45; but rebuilt by Jeroboam
and made the seat of his kingdom, 1 K. 12,
1, 25. Jos. Ant. 8.8.4. Ata later period
it became the metropolis of the Samaritans,
and the seat of their worship, Jos. Ant. 11.
8. 6. John 4, 5, comp. 20, 21; see in Σαμα-
peirns. At present it is an inconsiderable
town, called Nébulus or Ndabiis (Neapo-
olis); and among its inhabitants are the
few remaining descendants of the ancient
Samaritans. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
p- 96 sq.

᾿ σφαγή, ἧς, ἡ, (σφάζω,) a slaughtering,
slaughter, of animals for food or in sacri-
fice ; Acts 8, 32 ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν
ἤχϑη, qroted from Is. 53, 7 where Sept. for
nav. Rom. 8, 36 ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς, i. 6.
for slanghter, quoted from Ps. 44, 23
where Sept. for mmay {Xx 5 comp. Sept.
for mx3m Zech. 11, 4.—James 5, 5 eSpe-

ware ras “καρδίας ὑ ὑμῶν ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς,

i, e. like stalled beasts in the day of slaugh-

ter, without care or forethought. Sept.
εἰς ty. σφαγῆς for M39 DID Jer, 12, 3.
- Οἵ persons, Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 6. Luc. Quom.
Hist. conscr. 31. Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 2.

o payor, ov, τό, (σφάζω.) α victim, as
slaughtered in sacrifice ; Acts 7, 42 μὴ
σφάγια... προσηνέγκατέ μοι, quoted from
Am. 5, 25 where Sept. for ma;.—Plut.
Pyrrh. 6. Pol. 4. 17. 11. Xen. Lac. 13. 3.

chavo, f. Ea, Att. σφάττω, to slaughter,
to kill, to slay; pr. animals for food or sa-
crifice, Pass. Rev. 5, 6 ἀρνίον ἑστηκὸς ὡς
ἐσφαγμένον. ν. 9. 12. 13, 8; comp. Is. 53,
7. Sept. for maw Gen. 43, 16. Ex. 22,1;
unt Gen. 37, 30. Ex. 29,11. (Hom. Od.
1. 92. Paleph. 31. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 24.)
Of persons, fo kill, to slay, c. acc. 1 John
3, 12 bis, ds ἔσφαξε τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ κτλ.
Rev. 6, 4..9. 18, 24. Once hyperbol. of ἃ
deadly wound, Rev. 13, 3 κεφαλὴ ὡς ἐσφα-

σφόδρα
γμενὴ εἰς ϑάνατον. Sept. genr. for wm
Gen. 22, 10. Is. 57, 5. So All. V. H. 13.
2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 14.

σφόδρα, adv. (pr. neut. plur. of σφοδρός.)
vehemently, greatly, very much, Matt. 2, 10.
17, 6. 23. 18, 31. 19,25. 26, 22. 27; 54.
Mark 16, 4. Luke 18, 23. Acts 6, 7. Rev.
16,21. Sept. for "82 Gen. 17, 18.19;
comp. Sept. Jon. 4, 4. 10.—Jos. Ant. 4. 5.
3. El. V. H. 2.16. Xen. Mem. 2. 10. 2.

σφοδρῶς, adv. (σφοδρός,) vehemently,
greatly, very much, Acts 27, 18.—Ecclus.
13, 13. Hdian. 4. 13. 4. Xen. Cée. 5. 4.

σφραγίζω, f. ἰσω, (σφραγίς,) to seal, i.e.

1. to seal up, to close and make fast with
a seal or signet; e. g. letters, writings,
books, so that they may not be read, Sept.
for ΘΠ 1 K. 21, 8. Is. 29,11. Eurip. Iph.
Aul. 38. Polyen. p. 414 τὴν μὲν ἐπιστολὴν
ἐσφραγισμένην σφραγίδι τῇ πολυσπέρχον-
τος. In Ν. T. trop. of words, ἐο keep in si-
lence, not to make known, c. acc. Rev. 10, 4
σφράγισον ἃ ἐλάλησαν ai ἑπτὰ βρονταί, καὶ
μὴ αὐτὰ γράψῃς. 22,10. Sept. for ano
Dan. 8, 26. So Stob. Serm. 34. p. 215
σφράγισον τοὺς μὲν λόγους ovyp.—Genr.
to seal, to set a seal, 6. g. for the sake of
security upon a sepulchre, or prison; Ο. acc.
τὸν λίϑον Matt. 27, 66; ἐπάνω τινος Rev.
20,3. Sept. for 5M Cant. 4, 12. (Bel.
and Drag. v. 11. 14. Diog. Laert. 4. 59 τὸ
ταμιεῖον.) ‘Trop. to secure to any one, to
make sure, i. q. to deliver over safely, Mid.
6. acc. et dat. Rom: 15, 28 σφραγισάμενος
αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον. Comp. Sept.
Deut. 32, 34. 2K. 22, 4. Philo de Vit.
Mos. p. 607. c. See Loesner Obs. e Phil.
Ρ. 269.

2. to set a seal or mark upon any thing,
in token of its being genuine and approved ;
e. g. persons, c. acc. Rev. 7,3 ἄχρις οὗ
σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡμῶν
ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν. Pass. v. 4 bis. 5 ter.
6ter. 7 ter. 8 ter. So Eurip. Iph. Taur. 1383
δεινοῖς δὲ σημάντροισιν ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐφεύ-
γομεν krh.—Oftener of decrees, documents,
to seal, to attest by a seal, Sept. for onn
Esth. 8, 8. 10. Job 7, 14; ἐγγυήν Arre
Epict. 2. 13.7. Plut. Pomp. 5. Hence in
N. T. trop. to attest, to confirm, to establish,
_ Ὅν acc. John 6, 27 τοῦτον yap ὁ πατὴρ
ἐσφράγισεν, i. 6. as. the Messiah ; comp.
5, 36. With ὅτι, John 3, 33 ὁ λαβὼν ai-
τοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν, ἐσφράγισεν ὅτι Seds ἀλη-
Sys ἐστι. So of Christians, whom God
attests and confirms by the gift of the Holy
Spirit as the earnest, pledge, seal of their
election to salvation; Mid. 6. acc. 2 Cor.

703

1,22. Pass. Eph. 1, 13. 4, 30. Comp.
Anthol. Gr. II. p. 147. So ἐπισφραγίζομαι

in Philo often, see Loesner Obs. e Phil. p.
142, 146. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 857.

σφραγίς, i8os, ἡ, 1. a seal, as the in-
strument for sealing, a signet, signet-ring,
Rev. 7, 2.° Sept. for OMIM 1K. 21, 8.
Cant. 8, 6.—Polyen. p. 763 τοῖς Περσῶν
βασιλεῦσι σφραγὶς βασιλικὴ εἰκών ἐστι κτλ.
Pol. 16. 22. 11. Plato Hipp. maj. 868. ¢

2. a seal, as impressed upon letters, books,

‘and the like for the sake of privacy and

and security; Rev. 5, 1 σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά.
v. 2..5. 9. 6, 1. 3. 5.7.9. 12. 8,1. So
Bel and Drag. 17. Hdian. 7. 6. 15, 19.
Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 39.—Also impressed as a
mark or token of genuineness, Rey. 9, 4;
and so of a motto, inscription, 2'Tim. 2, 19.
(Act. Thom. ὁ 26 ὁ Seds διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ
σφραγῖδος ἐπιγινώσκει τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα.)
Trop. a token, pledge, proof; 1 Cor. 9, 2 ἡ
σφραγὶς τῆς ἐμῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε.
Rom. 4,11. So Jos. de Mace. § 7.

σφυρόν, od, τό, (kindr. σφῦρα, σφαῖρα,)
the ankle, comp. Lat. malleolus pedis, Acts
3, 7.—Aristot. H. An. 1.15. Dem. 442. 1ὅ.
Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 58.

σχεδόν, adv. (ἔχω, σχεῖν,) near, pr. of
place, Hom. Il, 3.15. ib. 4. 247.—In Ν. T.
nearly, almost, Acts 13, 44 σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ
πόλις συνήχϑη. 19, 26. Heb. 9, 22. So
2 Macc. 5,2. Hdian. 3. 4. 2. Xen. Cony. 4. 6.

σχῆμα, aros, τό, (ἔχω, σχεῖν.) Lat.
habitus, the form, figure, mien, deportment,
of body, person, 28}. V. H. 2. 44. Hdian.
7. 6.1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.,22.—In N. T. of
external circumstances, fashion, state, con-
dition, 1 Cor. 7, 31 σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου.
Phil. 2, 8 σχήματι εὑρεϑεὶς ὡς ἄνϑδρωπος.
So Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 2 OX: τῆς δουλείας. 5. 1.
28 ἐκ ταπεινοῦ σχήματος εἰς τοῦτο δόξης
καὶ περιουσίας jen Xen. Cyr. 7.
1. 49.

σχίξω, f. icw, to split, to cleave, to rend,
with violence ; e. g. wood, Sept. for »pa
Gen. 22, 3. 1 Sam. 6, 14. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.
49, An. 4. 4.12.—In N. T. genr. as a gar-

ment Luke 5, 36. John 19,24; Pass. rocks

Matt. 27, 51; the veil of the temple εἰς δύο
Matt. 27, 51. Mark 15, 38. Luke 23, 45;
the heavens Mark 1,10; a net John 21, 11.
Sept. and 523 Is. 48,21. Zech. 14,4; 5
Is. 37, 1. (Pol. 2. 16. 11 εἰς δύο. Heot. 2.
17 Νεῖλος μέσην Αἴγυπτον σχίζων.) Trop.
to split into parties, factions, fo divide, Pass.
Acts 14, 4 ἐσχίσϑη δὲ τὸ πλῆϑος. 23, 7.
So Diod. Sic. 12. 66 rod πλήϑους σχιζομέ-
νου. Luc. Asin. 54. Xen. Conv. 4. 59

σχίσμα

σχίσμα, ατος: τό, (σχίζω,) a rent, ina
garment, Matt. 9, 16 et Mark 2, 21 χεῖρον
σχίσμα γίνεται. (So a cleft, of hoofs, Aris-
tot. H. An. 2.1.26.) Trop. a division,
dissension, schism; John 7, 43 σχίσμα οὖν
ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ἐγένετο. 9, 16, 10, 19. 1 Cor.
1,10. 11, 18. 12, 25. :

σχοινίον, ov, τό, (σχοῖνος,) a rush-cord,
and genr. a cord, rope, John 2,15. Acts 27,
32 τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης. Sept. for dan
2 Sam. 17,13. Dem. 1145. 6. Plut. Alex.
M. 265.

σχολάζω, f. dow, (σχολή.) to have lei-
sure, to be free from labour, to have nothing
to do, absol. Sept. for 892 Ex. 5, 8. 17.
Pol. 11. 25. 7. Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 9.—
In N. T.

1. With dat. commodi, to have leisure
for any thing, io give oneself to any thing,
free from other cares and hindrances ;
1 Cor. 7, 5 ἵνα σχολάζητε τῇ νηστεία κτλ.
—Hian. 1. 9. 8. Dem. 594. 16. Xen. Cyr.
7. ὃ. 39.

2. Trop. of place, to be vacant, empty,
absol. Matt. 12, 44 τὸν" οἶκον... εὑρίσκει
σχολάζοντα, i.e. unoccupied, uninhabited.
—Plut. C. Gracch. 12 καὶ τῷ δήμῳ σχολά-
Covra pe ἡμέραν ἀπέδειξε τὸν τόπον.

σχολή, js, ἡ, leisure, rest, freedom from
labour and business, vacation, Luc. D. Deor.
18. 1. Hdian. 1.15.13. Xen. Mem. 3.9.9;
leisure for any thing, i. q. atlention, devo-
tion, study, Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4 μηδὲ πρὸς
ἕν᾿ ἄλλο σχολὴν ποιεῖται xrA.—In later
usage and N. T. meton. a school, a place
of learned leisure, where a teacher and his
disciples came together and held discussions
and disputations; Acts 19, 9 διαλεγόμενοι
ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου τινός. So Plut Arat.
29 τοὺς φιλοσόφους ἐν ταῖς σχολαῖς ζητοῦν-
τας. Plut. de aud. Poet. 7. Strabo 14. ὅ.
p. 463 ἐν ᾧ σχολαὶ καὶ διατριβαὶ τῶν φιλο-
σόφων. Aristot. Pol. 5. 9. Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 401.

colo, f. σώσω, (σῶς, obs. σάος,) Pass.
perf. σέσωσμαι; aor. 1 ἐσώϑην, Buttm. ᾧ 100.
n. 2.§114; to save, to deliver, to preserve
safe from danger, loss, destruction.

1. Genr. to save, e. g. persons, Cc. acc.
Matt. 8, 25 κύριε, σῶσον ἡμᾶς, ἀπολλύμεϑα.
14, 30. 24, 22. 27, 40. 42 bis. Mark 8, 4.
13, 20. Luke 6, 9. Acts 27, 20. 31. al. So
τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ σῶσαι Matt. 16,25. Mark
8, 35 bis. Luke 9, 24 bis. Sept. for 270m
_ Judg. 6, 15; 22 1 Sam. 19, 11; 5924
2 Chr. 32, 14. So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 3. 1.
Pol. 6. 58. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1.—With
ἐκ c. gen. of thing, to save from, to deliver

704

σῶμα

out of any peril, John 12, 27. Heb. 5,'7 σώ-
(ew αὐτὸν ἐκ Savdrov. (1 Mace. 2,59. Xen.
An. 3. 2.11.) Once with. ἐκ ὁ. gen. of
place, pregn. Jude 5 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου
σώσας, i. 6. having brought them out
safely.

2. Of sick persons, fo save from death,
and so to heal, to restore to health; Pass. to
be healed, to recover ; Matt. 9, 21. 22 bis, ἡ
πίστις σου σέσωκέ oe" καὶ ἐσώϑη ἡ γυνή.
Mark 5, 23.28.34. Luke 7, ὅ0. 8,86. John
11, 12. Acts 4,9. James 5, 15. al.—Diod.
Sic. 3. 58. Iseus 36. 12.

3. Spec. of salvation from eternal death,
from the punishment and misery consequent
upon sin, to save, to give eternal life; so
espec. Christ, as the Saviour, with ἀπό
c. gen. Matt. 1,21 σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ
ἀπὸ ἁμαρτιῶν. Acts 2,40. Rom. 5, 9 ἀπὸ
τῆς ὀργῆς. Opp. κρίνειν to condemn, John
3,17. 12,47. Of God, pregn. σώζειν τινὰ
εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν αὑτοῦ, to.bring one safely
into his kingdom, 2 Tim. 4, 18. (Soc. εἰς
pr. Diod. Sic. 3. 48 μόλις εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν
σώζονται, Xen. An. 6. 4. 8.) Genr. Matt.
18, 11 ἦλθε ὁ vi. ἀνδρώπου σῶσαι τὸ ἀπο-
λωλός. Rom. 11, 14. 1 Cor. 1, 21 σῶσαι
τοὺς πιστεύοντας. 1 Tim. 4, 16. Heb. 7, 25.
James 1, 21. Once ἐκ Savdrov James 5, 20.
Pass. Matt. 10, 22 ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, ἡ
οὗτος σωϑήσεται. 19, 25. 24, 13. Mark 10,
26. 18, 18. 16, 16. Luke 8,12. 13, 23,
John 5, 34. 10, 9. Rom. 5, 10. 1 Cor. 5, 5.
1 Tim. 2, 15. al. Hence Part. of σωζόμενοι,
those saved, those who have obtained salva-
tion through Christ, Acts 2, 47. 1 Cor. 1,
18. 2 Cor. 2,15. Rev. 21, 24.—Comp.
Ceb. Tab. 3 αὐτὸς δὲ σώζεται, καὶ μακάριος
καὶ εὐδαίμων γίγνεται ἐν παντὶ τῷ βίῳ.
4.

σῶμα, ατος, τό, a body, as an organized
whole made up of parts and members.

1. Genr. a body, any material substance,
a corporeal frame; e. g. of plants, 1 Cor.
15, 37 οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὸ γενησόμενον σπείρεις.
v. 38 bis. Also of bodies celestial and ter-
restrial, the sun, moon, stars, ib. v. 40 σώ-
para ἐπουράνια, καὶ σώματα ἐπίγεια, comp.

ev. 41.—Diod. Sic. 1. 11 τὸ μὲν ἅπαν σῶμα
τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως ἐξ ἡλίου καὶ σελή-
ys ἀπαρτίζεσϑαι. Plato Phedr. 245. 6, σῶ-
pa ἔμψυχον καὶ ἄψυχον. Id. Tim. 32. ς,
τὸ TOU κόσμου σῶμα.

2. Spec. an animal body, living or dead :

a) Of the human body, diff. from σάρξ
which expresses rather the material of the
body. E. g. α) As living, Matt. 5, 29.
30 iva... μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληϑῇ εἰς
γέενναν. 6, 25 bis. 26, 12. Mark 5, 29. 14,

σῶμα
8. Luke 12, 22. 23. John 2, 21. Rom. 1,
24, 4,19. 1 Cor. 6,13. 15,44 σῶμα ψυ-
χικόν ... πνευματικόν. 2 Cor. 4, 10. 10, 10.
Col. 2, 23. Heb. 10, 5. 1 Pet. 2, 24. al.
Col. 1, 22 see in σάρξ no. 4. In antith.
with ἡ ψυχή, Matt. 10, 28. Luke 12, 4; or
τὸ πνεῦμα, Rom. 8, 10. 1 Cor. 5, 3. 7, 34;
or where σῶμα, ψυχή; πνεῦμα make a peri-
phrasis for the whole man, 1 Thess. 5, 23.
Sept. genr. for "®2 Lev. 6, 10. 14, 10;
M14 Gen. 47, 18; 583 Dan. 4, 30. (Zl.
V. H. 2. 5. Hdian. 1. 6.1. Xen. Mem. 2.
8. 1; c. ψυχή Jos. 6. Ap. 2. 24. Hdian. 6.
5. 18. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19.) As the seat of
sinful affections and appetites; comp. in
odpé no. 3. Rom. 6,6 σῶματῆς ἁμαρτίας. 7, 24
comp. 23. 8,°13. Col. 2,11. Soin Plato
Phado 10, 11, 27, 30. Xen. Cyr. 8.7. 20.
8) Of a dead body, corpse, genr. Matt. 14,
12 ἦραν τὸ σῶμα, καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτό. 27, 52.
58 bis, ἠτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κτλ. ν.
59. Luke 23, 52.55. 24, 3. 23. John 19,
31. Acts 9,40. Jude 9.al. Spec. of the
body of Christ as crucified for the salvation
of men; Matt. 26,26 τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σῶμά
pov. Mark 14, 22, Luke 22,19. Rom. 7,
4 διὰ τοῦ σώματος Χριστοῦ, i. 6. through
Christ crucified. 1 Cor. 10, 16. 11, 24, 27.
29, Sept. genr. for 7713 1 Sam, 31, 10. 12.
Neh. 3, 3; 7222 Josh. 8, 29. 1 K. 13, 22.
24. So 2 Macc. 12,39. Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 4.
Hdian, 4. 2. 2. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 25.

Ὁ) Of beasts, e. g. living, James 3, 3 καὶ
ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν μετάγομεν SC. τῶν ἵππων.
(Paleph. 7. 1 σῶμα ἔχον ὡς κυνός.) Also
of the dead body of a beast, @ carcass,
Luke 17, 37 ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ κτλ. Comp.
Matt. 24, 28 πτῶμα. Of victims slain, Heb.
13, 11; comp. Ex. 29, 14. Num. 19, 3. 5.
So Hom. Π. 23. 169 δρατὰ σώματα. Philo
de Vict. off. p. 851. 6, ἐξ ἱππείων σωμάτων.

3. Meton. to the body, ‘as the external
man, is ascribed that which strictly belongs
to the person, man, individual. a) With
a gen. of pers. thus forming a periphrasis
for the person himself; Matt. 6, 22 ὅλον τὸ
σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται. v. 23. Luke 11,
34. 36. Rom 12,1 παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα
ὑμῶν ϑυσίαν ζῶσαν, i. e. your persons, your-
selves, comp. 6, 13. Eph. 5,28. Phil. 1, 20.
Genr. and absol. 1 Cor. 6, 16 ὁ κολλώμενος
τῇ πόρνῃ, ἕν σῶμά ἐστι (antith. τὸ πνεῦμα
y. 17), ἴῃ allusion to Gen. 2, 24 where Sept.
εἰς σάρκα μίαν for Heb. "82. Comp. in
σάρξ no. 4. So Xen. An. 1. 9. 12 καὶ χρή-
para καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα. Jos.
Ant. 11. 8. 10 γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων σώμα-
τα. Absol. Sept. Gen. 47, 12 κατὰ σῶμα,
ἡ, e. according to the number of persons.

45

705 σωρεύω

Diod. Sic. 18. 14 πᾶς ὁ τόπος ἔγεμε σωμα"
των. With an adj: Aschin. c. Ctes. p. 470.
Dem. 910. 13 ἐλεύϑερα σώματα. Xen. Mem.
3.5. 2 σώματα ἀγαϑά, good soldiers. Espec.
of slaves, c. adj. as σώματα δοῦλα Poll. On.
3. 71 or 78; σωμ. αἰχμάλωτα Dem, 480.
10; o. οἰκετικά Adschin. c. Timarch. p. 42 :
τὰ σ. τῶν οἰκετῶν ib. p. 120. Hence in
later usage and N.T. δ) Absol. a s/ave,
τὰ σὥματα slaves; once Rev. 18, 13 [γό
μον] ἵππὼν καὶ ῥεδῶν καὶ σωμάτων. So Tob.
10, 11 σώματα καὶ κτήνη καὶ ἀργύριον.
2 Mace. 8, 11. Strab. 14. p. 98ὅ. b, σώματ᾽
ἐμπορεῖν. Pol. 18. 18. 6. Plut. Cimon 9.
See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 378.

' 4, Trop. @ body, a whole, aggregate, a
collective mass, spoken of the Christian

church, the whole body of Christians col-

lectively, of which Christ is ἡ κεφαλή, the
head; Col. 1, 18 καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ
τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας. V. 34 ὑπὲρ τοῦ
σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία. Rom.
12, 5 of πολλοὶ ἕν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν Χριστῷ.
1 Cor. 10, 17. 12, 13. 27, Eph. 1, 23. 2,
16. 4, 4. 12. 16 bis. 5, 23. 30. Col. 2, 19.
3, 15.—Comp. Jos. Ant.'7. 3. 2 Aavidns δὲ
THY τε κάτω πόλιν περιλαβών, Kal τὴν ἄκραν
συνάψας αὐτῇ, ἐποίησεν ἕν σώμα, i. Ὁ. one
whole. Diod. Sic. 1. 11 fin. τὸ σῶμα τοῦ
κόσμου συγκεῖσϑαι πᾶν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων.

5. Trop. body, substance, reality, opp. ἡ
σκιά the shadow, type; Col. 2, 17 ἅ ἐστι
σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
—Jos. B. 1.2. 2. 5 σκιὰν αἰτησόμενος βασι-
λείας, Is ἥρπασεν ἑαυτῷ τὸ. δῶμα. Luc.
Hermot. 79. + ,

σωματικός, ἡ, dv, (σῶμα,) bodily, of or
like a body, Luke 3, 22 σωματικῷ εἴδει.
Also pertaining to the body, 1 Tim. 4,8 σ. ©
yupvacia.—Jos. B. J. 6.1. 6 o. ἕξις. Pol.
4.5. 1 σ. ἀσϑένεια. 6. 5.'7. Plato Locr. 96. a.

σωματικῶς, adv. (σῶμα,) bodily, in a
bodily form, clothed in a body, Col. 2, 9.—
Plut. de def. Orac. 26.

Σώπατρος, ov, 6, ϑοραίεγ, pr. n. of ἃ
Christian at Berea, Acts 20, 4. See in Sw-
σίπατρος, also in Πύῤῥος.

σωρεύω, f. εὐσω, (σωρός.) to heap, to
heap up, c. acc. Rom. 12, 20 dvpakas πυ-
pos σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφ. αὐτοῦ, quoted
from Prov. 25, 22 where Sept. for ΠῸΠ
pregn. comp. in ἄνθραξ. So Judith 15, 11.
Pol. 16. 11. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 62.—Also to
heap up with any thing, c. dat. trop. 2 Tim.
3, 6 σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις, heaped up with
sins, laden, burdened. Sopr. c. dat. Hdian.
4. 8. 20 λιβάνῳ τοὺς βωμοὺς ἐσώρευσεν.
Pol. 16. 8, 9 6. gen.

Σωσϑένης

Σωσϑένης, ov, ὁ, Sosthenes, pr. n.
a) Of the chief of a synagogue at Corinth,
Acts 18,17. Ὁ) Of a Christian, the com-
panion of Paul, 1 Cor. 1,1. Many hold
him to be the same as in lett. a.

Σωσίπατρος, ov, ὁ, Sosipater, pr. τι. of
a Christian, a companion of Paul in Corinth,
Rom. 16, 21. Prob. i. 4. Σώπατρος Acts
20, 4.

σωτήρ, ἢρος, ὃ, (σώζω,) a saviour, de-
liverer, preserver, who saves from danger or
destruction and brings into a state of pros-
perity and happiness; so in Greek writers
of the deliverer and benefactor of a state,
Sept. for 2782 Judg. 3, 9. 15. Hdian. 3.

12. 4. Plut. Arat. 53 σωτὴρ τῆς πόλεως.

Xen. Hell. 4. 4.6 σωτῆρες τῆς πατρίδος.
Also of the gods, as Ζεὺς σωτήρ Xen. Cyr.
7.1.10. Plut. Arat. 53; σωτὴρ ᾿Απόλλων
Dem. 1072. 18; Διόσκουροι σωτῆρες AX.
V. H. 1. 30.—In N. T. only of God and
Christ.

1. Of God, a Deliverer, Saviour ; Luke
1, 47 ἐπὶ τῷ ϑεῷ τῷ σωτῆρί pov. 1 Tim. 1,
1. 2,3. 4, 10 ϑεῷ ζῶντι, ὅς ἐστι σωτὴρ
πάντων avSporev. Tit. 1,3. 2,10. 3, 4.
Jude,25 μόνῳ ϑεῷ σωτῆρι ἡμῶν. Sept. for
abstr. SW" Is..17, 10. Hab. 3, 17; M5304
Is. 12,2; ΞΘ Is. 45, 15. 21.—Ecclus.
51, 1. 1 Macc. 4, 30.

2. Of Jesus as the Messiah, the Saviour
of men, who saves his people from eternal
death, from punishment and misery as the
consequence of sin, and gives them eternal
life and happiness in his kingdom ; Luke 2,
11 ἐτέχϑη ὑμῖν σήμερον σωτήρ. Acts 5, 31.
13, 23. Phil..3, 20. 2 Pet. 1, 1.11. 2, 20.
3, 2.18; σωτὴρ ἡμῶν 2 Tim. 1, 10. Tit. 1,
4. 2,13. 3,65 σωτὴρ τοῦ σώματος 50. τῆς
ἐκκλησίας, Eph. 5, 23; σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου
John 4, 42, 1 John 4, 14.

σωτηρία, ας, ἧ, (σωτήριος,) 1. safety,
deliverance, preservation, from danger or
destruction. a) Pr. Acts 27,34 τοῦτο γὰρ
πρὸς τῆς ὑμ. σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει. Heb. 11, 7.
Acts 7, 253; ο. ἔκ τινος, Luke 1, 71 σωτη-
ρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν. ν. 69 κέρας σωτηρίας,
i. g. strong deliverer, see in κέρας no. 1.
Sept. for 383 Hab. 3, 12. Ex.14,13; n31wnm
Prov. 11, 143 ¢. ἀπό for ΓΙῸ 2 Sam. 15,
14. So 2 Macc. 3, 32. Jos. Ant. 7. 1. 1.
Aschin. 83. 38 o. τῆς πόλεως. 4]. V. H.
9. 21. Thuc. 1. 65. b) Genr. welfare,
prosperily, Phil. 1,19 τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται
εἰς σωτηρίαν. 2 Pet. 3, 15. 2 Cor. 6, 2 bis,
quoted from Is, 49, 8 where Sept. for,
myaws. Sept. for DI>Y} Gen. 28, 21. 44,
17. So Wisd. 6, 26. Hdian. 1. 9. 1. Diod.

706

σωφρονίζω

Sic. 16. 43. c) From the Heb. deliver:
ance, victory, Rev. 7, 10. 12, 10. 19,1.
Sept. and Heb. 735887 1 Sam. 14, 45. Heb.
3,8; MPM 2 Sam. 19, 3. 2K. 5,1.

2. Spec. in the Christian sense, salvation,
deliverance from punishment and misery as
the consequence of sin, and admission to
eternal life and happiness in the kingdom
of Christ the Saviour. Luke 1, 77 δοῦναι
γνῶσιν σωτηρίας. 19,9. John 4, 22 ἡ σω-
tnpia, i. 6. salvation by a Messiah. Acts 4,
12 οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία. 13,
26. 16,17. Rom. 1, 16. 10,1. 10. 11,11.
13, 11. 2 Cor. 1, 6 bis, Rec. 7,10. Eph. 1,
13. Phil. 1, 28. 2, 12. 1 Thess, 5, 8. 9.
2 Thess. 2,13. 2 Tim. 2, 10. 3, 15. Heb.
1,14. 2, 3. 10. 5, 9. 6,9. 9, 28. 1 Pet. 1,
5.9. 10. [2,2.] Jude 3. Acts 13,47 τέϑεικά σε
. +. τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς
γῆς, for salvation, to bring salvation, quoted
from Is. 49, 6 where Sept. for 7378".

σωτήριος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (σωτήρ,) saving,
delivering, bringing deliverance and wel-
fare, 3 Macc. 7, 18. Diod. Sic. 14. 30 Act
σωτηρίῳ. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 4. Xen. Mem.
3. 3. 10.—In N. T. only in the Christian
sense, saving, bringing. salvation ; Tit. 2,
11 ἡ χάρις ἡ σωτήριος. Hence Neut. τὸ
σωτήριον as Subst. salvation, Eph. 6, 17 ;
also the doctrine of salvation by Christ, Acts
28,28. Sept. for MP9" Ts, 12, 3. 51, 6.
Meton. for the Saviour, Luke 2, 30. 3, 6.
So Test. XII Patr. p. 542 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατελεῖ
ὑμῖν τὸ σωτήριον Tod Seod. p. 614.

σωφρονέω, &, f. now, (σώφρων,) to be
of sound mind, i. e.

1. to be sane, in one’s right mind, compos
mentis ; Mark 5,15 ϑεωροῦσι τὸν δαιμονιζό-
μενον .. . σωφρονοῦντα. Luke 8, 35. 2 Cor.
5, 13.—Luc. Abdic. 1 τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις σω-
φρονεῖ, κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ δὲ μαίνεται. Plato Alcib.
II. 2. p. 133. c, τὸ μαίνεσϑαι dpa γε ὑπεναν-
τίον σοὶ δοκεῖ τῷ σωφρονεῖν.

2. Spec. to be sober-minded, to think and
act soberly, discreetly, to use sound judgment
and moderation ; Rom. 12, 3 φρονεῖν eis τὸ
σωφρονεῖν. Tit. 2, 6. 1 Pet. 4, '7.—Luc.
Nigrin. 6. Hdian. 4. 14. 9. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.
30. Mem, 1. 2. 17.

cox ὠφρονίζω, f. ἰσω, (σώφρων,) to make
of sound mind ; hence to make sober-minded,
to make think and act soberly, discreetly, to
teach moderation ; Hdian. 3. 10.3 rods υἱεῖς
παιδεύων καὶ σωφρονίζων. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.
27. An. 5. 9. 28.—In N. T. to moderate,
to correct, to teach, c. acc. et inf. Tit. 2, 4
iva σωφρονίζωσι τὰς veds φιλάνδρους εἶναι,
φιλοτέκνους, κιλ.

σωφρονισμος

σωφρονισμός, οὗ, ὃ, (σωφρονίζω,) pr.
a making of sound mind ; hence, a making
sober-minded, moderation, correction ; 2'Tim.
1, πνεῦμα... φοὐῤρυμά μον". Ion. Ant.
17. 9. 2. Plut. de’ Puer. educ. 20 πειρατέον
οὖν εἰς τὸν τῶν τέκνων σωφρονισμὸν mavS
ὅσα κτὰ. Id. Symp. 8. 6. 1

σωφρόνως, adv. (σώφρων, with sound
mind, rationally, Luc. de Saltat. 84. Plato
Rep. 332. a—In N. T. with sober mind,
soberly, with moderation ; Tit. 2,12 ἵνα σω-
φρόνως καὶ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεβῶς ζήσωμεν.
So Wisd. 9, 11. Hdian. 5. 8. 3. Xen. Cyr.
8.4.14. ᾿

σωφροσύνη, ns, 9, (σώφρων,) sound-
ness of mind, i. e.

1. saneness, sanily, the being compos men-
tis; Acts 26, 25 οὐ μαίνομαι... . σωφροσύ-
ms ῥήματα amopSéyyouat.— Xen. Mem. 1. 1.
16 ri σωφροσύνη ; τί μανία ;

2. Spec. sober-mindedness, sobriety of

ταβέρναι, dy, ai, Lat. taberne, taverns ;
only in the phrase Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι, Lat. Tres
Taberne, the Three Taverns, as pr. n. of a
small place on the Appian way, according
to the Itin. Antonin. 33 Roman miles from
Rome towards Brundusium. Acts 28, 15.
See fully in ”Ammtos.

Ταβιϑδά, ἡ, indec. Tabitha, the Ara-
_ mean name of a female Christian, called in
Greek Dorcas ; see further in Aopxds. Acts
9, 36. 40.

τάγμα, ατος, τό, (τάσσω) any thing
arranged in order, an array, e. g. a body of
eats a band, cohort, Sept. 2 ‘Sam. 23, 13.
Jos. B. J. 3. 4. 2. Diod. Sic. 17. 80.—In
N. Sy order, series, succession, i.q. τάξις.
1 Cor. 15,23 ἕκαστος δὲ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι.

TAKT ὅς, ἡ fy Ov, (τάσσω,) pr. set in order,
arrayed ; hence trop. sel, fixed, appointed,
6. g. τακτῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ, upon ἃ set day, Acts
12, 21.—Sept. Job 12, 5 εἰς χρόνον τακτόν.
Dion. Hal. 2. 74 τακτῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Pol. 29. 11.
8. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 86 τ. ἀργύριον.

ταλαίπωρέω, ὦ, ἴ. how, (ταλαίπωρος)
to do hard work, to endure toil and hardship,
as arising from severe bodily effort, intrans.
Jos. Ant, 2. 16. 1. Dem. 156. 25. Xen. Mem.
2. 1. 18, 25.—In N. Τ'. trop. to endure afflic-
tion, distress ; to be afflicted, distressed, mise-
rable; James 4, 9 ταλαιπωρήσατε," afflict

707

ταλαντιαῖος

mind, moderation of the desires, passions,
conduct ; according to Cicero i. q. Lat. tem-
peratio, moderatio, etiam modestia, Tuscul.
3.8. 501 Tim. 2,9 μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σω-
φροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτούς. Vv. 15.—2 Mace.
4, 817." 38]. V. H. 7. 9. Plato Phedo 13.
Ρ. 68. c. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15, 21,23. Comp.
Sturz Lex. Xenoph. s. v. no. 3.

,
σώφρων, ovos, 6, 7), adj. (σῶς, obs. σάος,

᾿φρήν,) pr. of sound mind, sane, compos men-

tis ; hence of one who follows sound rea-
son and restrains his passions, Xen. Mem.
3. 9. 4; comp, Cyr. 3. 1. 15, 16sq.—In
N. T. sober-minded, temperate, moderate, i. e.
having the mind, desires, passions moderat-
ed and well regulated ; 1 Tim. 3, 2 δεῖ οὖν
τὸν ἐπίσκοπον εἶναι"... σώφρονα. Tit. 1, 8.
2, ἃ. ὅ. So All. V. H. 14. 19. Hdian. 2. 1.
8. Aischin. 25. 87 ἐκ παιδὸς εἰς γῆρας σώ-
pov. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20. Comp. Cic.
Tuscul. 3. 8.

yourselves. Sept. for 778 Jer. 4, 13. 20.
Mic. 2,4. So Dem. 22. 24 λυποῦνται καὶ
συνεχῶς ταλαιπωροῦσι. Pol. 3. 60. 3. Thue.
8. 8. Trans. to afflict, Sept. for 778 Ps.
17, 9. Is. 33, 1.

ταλαιπωρία, as, ἡ, (ταλαιπωρέω,) hard
work, toil, hardship, severe bodily effort,
Jos. B. J. 7.8.2. Arr. Epict. 3. 24. 64.
Pol. 3. 17. 8.—In N. 'T. distress, misery,
calamity ; James 5,1. Rom. 3, 16 σύντριμ-
μα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν, quot-
ed from Is. ὅ9, 1 where Sept. for “3.
Sept. for siti Joel 1, 5. Am. 3, 10.—Ai]. V.
H. 13. 37 or 38. Thue. 2. 70. ib. 4. 117.

ταλαίπωρος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (collat. of
ταλαπείριος ; obs. τλάω, τλῆμι, πεῖρα.) pr.
enduring toil and hardship, as from severe
bodily effort, comp. in radaurapéw.—In
N. T. trop. afflicted, wretched, miserable ;
Rom. 7, 24 ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ dvpwros. Rev.
3, 17. Sept. for WW Ps. 137, 8. So
Ceb. Tab. 28. Dem. 548. 12. Plato Euthyd.
302. b.

ταλαντιαῖος, aia, ov, (τάλαντον,) weigh-
ing α talent, a talent in weight ; Rev. 16,
21 χάλαζα μεγάλη ὡς ταλαντιαία, hailstones
weighing each ἃ talent.—Jos. B. J. 5. 6. 3.
Pol..9. 41. 8. Plut. Demetr. 21; comp.
Diod. Sic. 19. 45. On adjectives of weight
and measure as ending in catos, see Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 544.

᾿ τάλαντον

τάλαντον, ov, τό, (obs. τλάω,) pr. the
scale of a balance, Plur. τὰ τάλαντα scales
Hom. Il. 8. 69. Then, something weighed,
a weight; and hence a talent, as a certain
fixed weight for gold, Hom. 1]. 9. 122.
Theocr. 8. 53; also for silver, Hdot. 7. 28 ;
and later in commerce generally, though
varying greatly in different states and coun-
tries. The talent every where contained
60 mina, or 6000 drachme ; and the com-
mon Attic talent as regulated by Solon,
and used in commerce was equivalent to
about 80 105. avoirdupois, But the talent
of silver was reckoned at 80 Roman pounds,
or 57 Ibs. Engl. Pol. 22. 26. 19. Liv. 38. 38.
The Jewish talent, s2>, contained 3000
shekels of the sanctuary, Ex. 38, 25. 26,
comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 6, 7; and was equal to
1333 Rom. pounds, or about 95 Ibs. Engl.
Sept. for “39 Ex. |.c. Zech. 5,7. Jos. Ant.
1. ο. Diod. ‘Sic. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 54.
See Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. p. 52,
298 sq. Dict. of Antt. art. Pondera, also
App.—Further, the talent was also used as
a denoynination for money, which was an-
ciently reckoned by weight; and the value
of the talent therefore varied in proportion
to its various weight. ‘The common Attic
talent is estimated at £243. 15s. sterling,
or about $1170; see Dict. of Antt. art.
Nummus, also App. Tab. XII. So Luc.
Navig. 13 δώδεκα ᾿Αττικὰ τάλαντα. All. V.
H. 1. 20. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2.—In N. T.
genr. a talent, put for an indefinitely large
sum of money, Matt. 18, 24. 25, 15. 16 bis.
20 quater. 22 ter. 24. 25. 28 bis.

TanwYd, Aramean fem. xmbo, talitha,
i. q. κοράσιον, a damsel, maiden, Mark 5,
41. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rabb. 875.

ταμεῖον, ov, τό, (ταμιεύω, ταμίας,) by
sync. for ταμιεῖον, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 493 ;
a store-chamber, store-house, magazine ᾿
Luke 12, 24 οἷς οὐκ ἔστι ταμεῖον, sc. κόρα-
&. Sept. for nox Deut. 28, 8. Prov. 3,
10; =m Prov. 24,4. So Luc. Rhetor.
prec. 17. Diod. Sic. 20. 58. Xen. Mem. 1.
5. 2.—Hence genr. any place of privacy, a
chamber, closet ; Matt. 6,6 ὅταν προσεύχῃ,
εἴσελϑε εἰς TO ταμεῖόν σου. 24,26. Luke 12,
3. Sept. for “4m Gen. 43, 30. 15, 26, 20.
So Test. XII Patr. ρ. 701. Jos. Ant. 8. 15.
4. Trop. Psalt. Sal. 14, 5 ταμεῖα καρδίας.

ταμιεῖον; ov, τό, (ταμιεύω,) i. 4. ταμεῖ-

ov, for which it is read in some editions, |

Matt. 6, 6. Luke 12, 24.—Pol. 6. 13. 1.
Xen. Eq. 4. 1.

an . me
τανυν, see in νῦν no. 1. a.

708

ταπεινοφροσύνη

τάξις, εως, ἡ, (τάσσω,) pr. a setling in
order, hence, order, arrangement, disposi-
tion, Pol. 1. 4. 6. Xen. Cie. 8. 3; espec.
of troops. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6. An. 1, 2.18;
an order, rank, in a state or in society,
Hdian. 5. 1.10 ἐκ τῆς ἱππάδος τάξεως, of
the equestrian order. Dem. 171. 17; rank,
office, post, Jos. Vit. §'71.—In N. T.

1. order, arrangement, series; Luke 1,
8 ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ. 1 Cor,
14, 40 κατὰ τάξιν i. e, in proper order, or-
derly. Trop. good order, well regulated
life, Col. 2, 5.—1 Esdr. 1, 15: Dem. 32, 18
ὕστερον τῇ τάξει, i. 6. in order of time. Plut.
Marcell. 5 παρὰ τάξιν not orderly.

2. order, rank, quality, likeness; so in
the phrase ἱερεὺς κατὰ τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ,
i.e. a priest of the same order, rank, dignity,
as Melchisedek, Heb. 5, 6. 10. 6, 20. 7, 11.
17. 21; quoted from Ps. 110, 4 where
Sept. for Heb. »maqy-by ; and pxplained
by the writer himself, κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα
Μελχισεδέκ Heb. 7,15. Also Heb. 7, 11
ov κατὰφτὴν τάξιν “Aapov.—2 Mace. 9, 18
ἐπιστολὴν ἱκετηρίας τάξιν ἔχουσαν. Dem.
481. 21 ἐν ἐχϑροῦ τάξει in quality of a foe.
505. 17 τὴν τοῦ δικαίου τάξιν. 313. 13.

ταπεινός, ἡ, dv, (perh. τάπης, δάπις
δάπεδον,) low, not high, pr. of things, place,
Pol. 9. 43. 3, 6 ram. ποταμός. Strabo 6. p.
426 ταπεινὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως ἔδαφος.
Xen. Eq. 1. 3. Mag. Eq. 5.'7.—In N. T.
trop.

1. Of condition, lot, low, lowly, humble,
of low degree; Luke 1, 52 ὕψωσε ταπει-
vous; Opp. καθεῖλε δυνάστας. James 1, 9, opp.
ὁ mArovevos.—Sept. Job 12, 21. Pol. 25. 8.
1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 52.

2. Of the mind, lowly, humble, modest,
including the idea of afiliction, depression
of mind; 2 Cor. 10, 1 ταπεινὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, i. 6.
timid, modest, opp. Sappav. Neut. Rom.
12, 16, see in συναπάγω. (Xen. Ag. 11.
11.) Elsewhere with the accessory idea
of humble piety towards God, like Heb.
423, 29, see Heb. Lex. 8. v. James 4, 6 et
1 Pet. 5, 5 rameweis δὲ [ὁ ϑεὸς] δίδωσι ya-
pty, Opp. ὑπερηφάνοις, quoted from Prov. 3,

34 where Sept. for 139. 2 Cor. 7, 6. Matt.

11, 29 ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. So Sept. for
29 Is. 11, 4; 39 Ps. 18, 28. Is. 66, 2
NDI Ps, 34, 19.

ταπεινοφροσύνη, ns, i, (ramewddpay,)
lowliness of mind, humility, modesty of mind
and deportment; Acts 20, 19 δουλεύων τῷ
κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης. Eph.
4, 2. Phil. 2, 3. Col. 3, 12. 1 Pet. 5,5. As

ταπεινόφρων

feigned, Col. 2, 18. 23.—So ταπεινοφρονέω
Sept. for nyt) Ps. 131, 2. Arr. Epict. 1. 9.

ταπεινόφρων, ovos, ὃ, }, adj. (ταπεινός,
φρήν;) low-minded, abject, base, Plut. de
Alex. Fort. 5. Virt. 2. 4—In N. T. of low-
ly mind, humble-minded, modest, 1 Pet. 8,
8 ταπεινόφρονες in later edit, for φιλόφρονες
in Ree. Sept. for myn 55 Prov. 29, 23.

ταπεινόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (ταπεινός.) 1. to
make low, to depress, c. acc. Luke 3, 5
πᾶν ὅρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται, quo-
ted from Is. 40, 4 where Sept. for dow.
—Straho 5. p. 347 ταπεινοῦται τὰ ὅρη.
Diod. Sic. 1. 36 τῶν ποταμῶν ταπεινουμέ-
νων. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 5.

2. Trop. a) As to condition, circum-
stances, to bring low, to humble, lo abase ;
ὁ. acc. ἑαυτόν to humble oneself, to make
oneself of low condition, to be poor and
needy, 2 Cor. 11,7 opp. ὑψόω. Phil. 2, 8.
Mid. or Pass. id. Phil. 4, 12. Sept. for
Quinn Prov. 13, 7; dpw Is. 2, 9. 12.
. So 2 Mace. 8, 35. Diod. Sic. 11. 38, 71.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4. b) In mind and
heart, to make lowly, to humble, sc. one’s
pride and lofty thoughts by disappointment ;
2 Cor. 12, 21 μὴ πάλιν eASdvra pe ταπει-
νώσῃ 6 Seds μου πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Pass. Matt. 23,
12. Luke 14, 11. 18, 14. With acc. ἑαυτόν

and also Mid. to humble oneself, to be hum- .

bled, to exhibit humility of mind and deport-
ment; Matt. 18, 4. 23, 12 καὶ ὅστις ταπει-
νώσει ξαυτόν. Luke 14, 11. 18, 14. So
with the idea of contrition and penitence

towards God; James 4, 10 ramewaSyre

ἐνώπιον τοῦ Yeov. 1 Pet. 5, 6. For this
Aor. as Mid. see Buttm. §136.1,2. Sept.
for Db Is. 5,15. 10,33; 23 Gen. 16, 9.
Is. 58, 3. 5.

ταπείνωσις; ews, ἡ, (ταπεινόω,) a mak-
ing low, humiliation, depression, Psalt. Sal.
2, 39. Pol. 9. 33. 10.—In N. T. ‘the being
brought low,’ low estate, humiliation ; Luke
1,48 ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς Sov-
Ans αὑτοῦ. Acts 8,33. James 1,10 ὁ δὲ
πλούσιος [καυχάσϑαι ἐν τῷ ὕψει αὑτοῦ v. 9]
ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὑτοῦ, i. e. even in his ex-
ternal humiliation. Phil. 3, 21 τὸ σῶμα τῆς
ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν, genit. of quality, i. 4. τὸ
σῶμα τὸ ταπεινόν. Sept. for 2B Ps. 136,
23; "32-2 Sam. 16, 12. Neh. 9, 9. So Ee-
clus. 2, 4. 5. Diod. Sic. 2. 45 τοῖς δὲ ἀν-
ϑράσι ταπείνωσιν καὶ δουλείαν περιάπτειν.
Plato Legg. 815. a. Comp. Lob: ad Phryn.
p. 352. .

ταράσσω y. -TT@, f. ξω, 1. ἰο stir
up, to trouble, to agitate, c. acc. e. δ΄. water

‘709 Τάρσος

in ἃ pool, τὸ ὕδωρ John 5, 4.'7. Sept. for
md3 Ez. 32, 2. 13.—Hom. Od. 5. 291 πόν-
τον. Luc. Lexiph. 4 φάρμακον. Plut. Symp.
8. 8. 3 τὰ πελάγη.

2. Trop. of the mind, fo stir up, to trou-
ble, to disturb, with various emotions ; e. g.
with fear, to put in trepidation; Pass. to be
in: trepidation ; Matt. 2, 8 ὁ βασιλεὺς éra-
ράχϑη. 14, 26. Mark 6,50. Luke 1, 12. 24,

38. 1 Pet.3,14. Act.c.acc. Acts17,8.{13.] -

Sept: for >m332 Gen. 45, 3. Ps. 6, 2. 3.
(Hdian. 2. 5. 4. Xen. An. 2. 4.18.) With
grief, anxiety, to trouble, to disquiet, Pass.
John 12,27 ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται. 13,21.
14,1. 27. So John 11, 33 ἐτάραξε ἑαυτόν,
i. q. ἐταράχϑη τῷ πνεύματι in 13,21. (Sept.
Gen. 43, 30. Ps. 55, 5.) With doubt, per-
plexity, c. acc. Acts 15, 24 ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς
λόγοις. Gal. 1, 7. 5,10. So, Luc. Scyth.
3 τεταραγμένος τὴν γνώμην. Xen. Mem. 2
6. 17. ν

ταραχή, is, 9, (ταράσσω,) 1. α stir-
ring up, troubling, agitation, 6. g. of water
in a pool, John 5, 4.—Luc. Halcy. 4 λαῖλαψ
καὶ ταραχή sc. of the elements. Comp. Sept.
Is, 24, 19.

2. Trop. of popular excitement, a séir,
commotion, tumult; Mark 13, 8 ἔσονται λι-
μοὶ καὶ tapaxai.—2 Macc. 3, 30. Po.. 3. 9.
9. Xen. Vect. 5. 8,

τάραχος, ov, 6, (ταράσσω,) a sitr, com-
motion, confusion, i. q. ἀταξία Xen. CEc. 8.
10, comp. 9.—In N. T. trop. a stir, e. g.
from fear and surprise, consternation, trepi-
dation, Acts 12, 18. Sept. for masna
1 Sam. 5, 9. (Plut. J. Ces. 43. Xen. An.
1. 8. 2.) Also of excitement, tumult, com-
motion, Acts 19, 23.

Ταρσεύς, έως, 6, (Τάρσος,) a man of
Tarsus, a native or inhabitant, Acts 9, 11.
21, 39.—Luc. Macrob. 21. App. B. Civ.
ty ᾿

Τάρσος, ov, ἡ, Tarsus, a celebrated
city, the metropolis of Cilicia in Asia Minor,
on the banks of the river Cydnus, which
flowed through it and divided it into two
parts; hence sometimes in Greek writers
called Τάρσοι, comp. Xen. An. 1. 2. 23..
Tarsus was a celebrated seat of Greek phi-
losophy and literature ; and from the num-
ber of its schools and learned men was
ranked by the side of Athens and Alexan-
dria; so Strabo 14. 5. p. 673 sq. The
city was made free by M. Antony; App.
B. Civ. 5. 7 Λαοδικέας δὲ καὶ Ταρσέας
ἐλευϑέρους ἠφίει καὶ ἀτελεῖς φόρων. Th's

_ seems to have implied the privilege of being
governed by their own laws and. magis-

ταρταρόω

trates, with freedom from tribute ; but not
the right of Roman citizenship ; since the
Roman tribune at Jerusalem ordered Paul
to be scourged though he knew him to be a
citizen of Tarsus, but desisted after learn-
ing that he was a Roman citizen; Acts 21,
39. 22, 24.27 sq. Later Tarsus appears
as a Roman colonia, Cellar. Not. Orb. EH.
p. 216. Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 43, 71.
—In N. T. Acts 9, 30. 11, 25. 22,3. So

Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1 Τάρσος τῶν πόλεων [Κιλι- |

κίας] ἡ ἀξιολογωτάτη καλεῖται, μητρόπολις
οὖσα. Diod Sic. 14. 20. Comp. Wetst.
N. T. IL. p. 511, 608.—Modern Tarsus
contains about 20,000 inhabitants with many
ruins, and is a filthy and miserable place ;
Russegger Reise I. p. 396; comp. Irby and
Mangles p. 502 sq.

ταρταρόω, ὦ, f. ὠσω, a verb formed
from the pr. n. Τάρταρος, Tartarus, which
in Greek mythology was the lower part or
abyss of Hades, where the shades of the
wicked were imprisoned and tormented ; in
Jewish usage i. 4. yéevva, see in Gdns. Jos.
Ant. 18. 1. 8. Comp. Hom. 1]. 8. 13, 16.
Hes. Theog. 807. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll.
36 δεσμωτήριον ὃ δὲ Τάρταρον Kadovow.—
Hence in N. T’. ταρταρόω, to thrust down to
Tartarus, to cast into Gehenna, with acc.

tmpl. 2 Pet. 2, 4 σειραῖς ζόφου ταρταρώσας."

Comp. εἰς Τάρταρον ῥίπτειν Hom. Il. 8. 13;
ἐν Ταρτάρῳ δεδεμένοι Jos. c. Ap. 2. 33.
So xararaprapéw, Sext. Empir. Pyrrh. Hyp.
3. 24 6 δὲ Ζεὺς τὸν Κρόνον κατεταρτάρωσε.

Apollodor. Bibl. I. 1, 2.

τάσσω ν. -ττω, f. ἕξω, to order, to set
in order, to arrange, genr. Sept. 2 Chr. 31,
2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7; spec. to draw up
soldiers in ranks, in array, 2 Mace. 15, 20.
Hdian. 8. 1. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 8,.11.—
In N. T. trop.

1. do set in a certain order, to constitute,
to appoint; c. acc. also c. eis et dat. com-
modi; 1 Cor. 16,15 εἰς διακονίαν τοῖς ἁγίοις
ἔταξαν ἑαυτούς, i.e. have set or devoted
themselves. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 11 -odde εἰς
τὴν δουλείαν αὖ ἐμαυτὸν τάττω.) Pass. c.
εἰς, Acts 13, 48 ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς
ζωὴν αἰώνιον. With ὑπό c. acc. Luke 7, 8
ἄνπρωπός εἶμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος.
[Matt. 8, 9.1 Absol. Rom. 18,1. Sept. for
Ἴ02 Ez. 44,14; ΞΘ 2K.10,24; m0 Jer.
3, 19.—Pol. 5. 63. 4. Arr. Epict. 2. 117. 25;
ὑπό τινα Pol. 5. 65. 7. Diod. Sic. 4. 9.

2. to arrange, to appoint, c. acc. et dat.
Acts 28, 23 ταξάμενοι δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν, i. 6.
on their part. With dat. and inf. Acts 22,
10 ὧν réraxrai σοι ποιῆσαι. Inf. impl.

710

ταχινὸς

Matt. "28, 16. With inf. c. acc. Acts
15, 2 ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Ἰταῦλον κτλ. Sept.
for "3 Job 14, 13; 7399 2 Sam. 90, 5.—
So τινί τι AL). V. H. 11. 9. Xen. Hell. 1.
5. 4; τινί c. inf. Xen. Lac. 11. 6; inf.
1 Mace. 12, 26. Xen. An. 3, 1. 25. Cyr.
4.5.3).

ταῦρος, ov, 6, ὦ bull, bullock, Matt. 22
4. Acts 14,13. Heb. 9,13. 10; 4. Sept.
for "iS Ex, 21, 28. 29.—Hdian. 5. 5. 16.
Xen. An. 2. 2. 9.

ταὐτά, by crasis for τὰ αὐτά, the same
things, 1 Thess. 2, 14; also κατὰ ταὐτά
after the same manner, thus, so, Luke 6,
23. 26. 17, 30. See. in αὐτός πο. 3. a.
Buttm. ᾧ 14. 2.

ταῦτα, see in οὗτος.

ταφή, ῆς, ἡ; (σΘάπτω,) burial; sepulture ;
c. dat. commodi, Matt. 27, '7 εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς
ξένοις, for burial for strangers, to bury
strangers in; see Buttm. § 133. 2. g, and
n. 5sq. Matth. ᾧ 394. Winer §31.1. Sept.
for ΠΡ Deut. 34, 6. Ecc. 6,3; "SR
Ez. 32, 23.—Jos. B. J. 1. 9. 1.° Hdian: 8.
5. 18. Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 1.

τάφος, ov, ὃ, (ϑάπτω,) burial, sepulture,
Jos. Ant, 17. 8. 3. Lys. 190. 17.—In N. T.
and genr. a burial-place, sepulchre, Matt.
93, 27. 29. 27, 61. 64. 66. 28,1. On He-
brew sepulchres, see in μνημεῖον. Sept. for
“3P Gen. 23, 4. 20. 2Sam. 2,31. (El. V.
H. 12. 7. Dem. 1393. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 2.
13.) Trop. Rom. 8, 18 τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος
6 λάρυγξ αὐτῶν, quoted from Ps. 5, 10
where Sept. for "32; see fully in ἀνοίγω
no. 1. b.

τάχα, adv. (ταχύς,) quickly, speedily,
shortly, forthwith, Pol. 18. 20.9. Xen. Hell.
7.4. 34.—In N. T. readily, lightly, possibly ;
hence, peradventure, perhaps, Rom. 5, 17.
Philem. 15. So Wisd. 14,.19. Luc. D.
Deor. 6. 5. Xen. An. 5.2.17. ᾿

ταχέως, adv. (ταχύς,) quickly, speedily,
pr. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 20—In N. T. soon,
shortly; 1 Cor. 4, 19 ἐλεύσομαι δὲ ταχέως
πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Gal. 1,6, Phil. 2,19. 24. 2'Tim.
4,9. Sept. for ὙΠ Judg. 9, 48. Is. 8, 3.
(Jos. Ant. 7. 13, 2. Ceb. Tab. 31. Pol. 1.
61. 6.) Spec. quickly, hastily, Luke 14, 21
ἔξελϑε ταχέως. 16,6. John 11,31. 2 Thess.
2,2. 1 Tim. 5,22. Sept. for ὙΠ Prov.
25, 8. So Wisd. 14, 28.

TAXLVOS, ή, ὅν, (ταχύς,) quick, swift,
e. g. πόδες, Sept. for "12 Is. 59, 7. Wisd.
13, 2; πτέρυγες Anth. Gr. I. p. 168.—In
N. T. trop. swift, speedy, i. e. near at hand,

τάχιον

mpending, 2 Pet. 1, 14. 2, 1 ἐπάγοντες
ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν. So Ecclus..18,
26. Anth. Gr. IL. p. 91 εἰς ταχινὴν ληϑεδόνα.

τάχιον, adv. pr. Neut. of ταχίων later
comparat. to ταχύς, instead of the earlier
ϑάσσων, comp. Buttm. ᾧ 67. 3; condemned
by the grammarians, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 77.
Winer § 11. 2; more quickly, more swifily,
more speedily, c. gen. John 20, 4 προέδραμε
τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, i.e. he outran Peter.
(Diod. Sic. 20, 92.) Elsewhere sooner, the
object of comparison being every where im-
plied, e. g. sooner than one expected or in-
tended, the sooner; John 13, 27 ὃ ποιεῖς,
ποίησον τάχιον. 1 Tim. 3, 14 ἐλϑεῖν πρός
σε τάχιον. Heb. 13, 19. 23. See Matth.
§ 457. Winer § 36. 3. So Wisd. 13, 9.
1 Mace. 2, 40. Test. XII Patr. p. 628.
Diod. Sic. 2. 5.

τάχιστα, adv. (neut. plur. of τάχιστος,
ταχύς.) most quickly, most speedily; 6. δ.
ὡς τάχιστα, the soonest possible, as soon as
possible, with all speed, Acts 17, 15; see
Buttm. § 115. 4, 5.—Luce. Rhetor. Prec. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 14.

τάχος, eos, ovs, τό, (ταχύς,) quickness,
swiflness, speed, Hdian. 1. 15.11. Xen. Cyr.
3. 2. 4—In N. T. only in the phrase ἐν
τάχει with speed, i. e. adverbially, quickly,
speedily, shortly, i. 4. ταχέως, see in ἐν ΠΟ.
3. b. a. Luke 18, 8 ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν
αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει. Acts 25, 4. Rom. 16, 20.
[1 Tim. 3, 14.] Rey. 1,1. 22, 6. Rev. 2,
5 Rec. where later edit. ταχύ. Also with
the idea of haste, Acts 12, 7. 22,18. Sept.
for "12 Deut. 9, 3; 779 11,17; 0392
Ps. 2,12.—Jos. Ant. 17. 5. 1. Diod. Sic.
16. 35. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 12.

ταχύς, εἴα, v, quick, swift, nimble, as

᾿ παχὺς πόδας Hom. Il. 13. 249; ἵππος τ.

Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 25.—In Ν. Τ'.

1. Mase. ταχύς, trop. quick, swift, i. 4.
ready, prompt; James 1, 19 ταχὺς εἰς τὸ
ἀκοῦσαι. Sept. and 7% Prov. 29, 20.—Kc-
clus. 5, 11. Luc. Somn. 1. Hdian. 2. 9, 2.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 31.

2. Neut. ταχύ as adv. i. 4. ταχέως,
comp. Buttm. §115. 45; quickly, speedily,
with haste, Matt. 28, '7 ταχὺ πορευϑεῖσαι. v.

8. Mark 16, 8 Rec. Luke 15, 22 Lachm. |

John 11, 29. Sept. for "739 2 Sam. 17,
16. So Dem. 982. 17. Xen. An. 2. 2.12.
—Also quickly, soon, shortly, Matt. 5, 25;
and with the idea of suddenness, Rev. 2, 5
in later edit. v. 16. 3,11. 11,14. 22,7.
12. 20. Sept. for “72 Ps. 102, 3. So
2 Mace. 3, 31. Xen. An. 1. 9. 29.—Spec.

711 τέ

readily, lightly ; Mark 9,39 ταχὺ κακολογη:
σαί με. So Ecclus. 19, 4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 4.

τέ, an enclitic copulative particle, and,
corresponding to καί as Lat. -que to et,
Buttm. § 149. m. 8. Kiihner § 321.1; found
in N. T. chiefly in the writings of Luke
and Paul, and also the Ep. to the He-
brews; in Matt. four times, 22, 10. 23, 6.
27, 48. 28, 12; Mark once, 15, 36; John
thrice, 2, 15. 4, 42. 6,18; James twice,
3,'7 bis; Jude once, v. 6; in Rev. twice,
1,2. 21,12. In general, καί is used to
couple ideas which follow directly and ne-
cessarily from what precedes; while ré is
employed when something is subjoined
which does not thus directly and necessari-
ly follow; so that strictly speaking, καί
connects and τέ annexes; the former is
conjunctive, the latter adjunctive. Hence
τέ is the most general of all the copulatives ; —
serving merely to show, that the word after
which it stands is to be taken as in some
connection with another either preceding δὶ
following. The place of τέ is usually after
the first word of a clause. See Passow s. v.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 833 ; ad Eurip. Med. p, 331.
Matth. § 626. Winer § 57. 3 sq. § 65. 5. n.

1. Simply, i. 6. without other particles,
where it then serves to annex, as above.
Matt. 28, 12 συναχϑέντες ... συμβούλιόν τε
λαβόντες. John 4, 42 τῇ τε γυναικὶ ἔλεγον.
6,18. Acts 2, 3. 33. 37 εἶπόν τε πρὸς τὸν
Πέτρον. 3, 10. 4, 13. 33. 5, 42. 8, 1. 3. 6.
12,12 συνιδών re ἦλθεν κτλ. 18, 11. 20,
11. 23, 10. 24,27. Rom. 2, 19. 1 Cor. 4,
21. Heb. 1, 3. Jude 6. al. Soin a paren-
thesis, Acts 1,15 ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων κτλ.
Once preceded by μήτε ... μήτε, Acts 27,
20. So Wisd. 8, 19. 3 Macc. 6, 32. Hdian.
1, 2. 8. Xen. Cyr. 2.1.19; with μήτε prec.
Xen. An. 4. 4. 6.—Also repeated as annex-
ing several particulars, τέ ... τέ, and, and,
Lat. que... que; Acts 2, 46. 16,11. 12.
24, 23. Heb. 6, 2 ἐπιϑέσεώς τε χειρῶν, ἀνα-
στάσεώς τε νεκρῶν, καὶ κρίματος αἰωνίου.
Once i. ᾳ. both... and, Acts 26,16. See
Passow no. 2. Matth. § 626 init. Viger p.
518. So Wisd. 7, 13. Hdian. 1. 2. 6. Plato
Phedr. 267. a. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 10.

2. Most freq. as strengthening καί, either
directly before it, as re καί, or with one or
more words intervening, re ... καί, i. q. Lat.
que ... et, implying close connection, not
only ... but also, both ... and; see Passow
no. 3. Buttm. ᾧ 149. m. 8. Kiihner § 321. 1.
Matth. ᾧ 626. So as connecting clauses ;
Matt. 27, 48 πλήσας τε ὄξους καὶ περιϑεὶς
καλάμῳ. Luke 24,20. Acts 9,18. 10, 3.

τέ 712

Heb, 6, 4. al. (Wisd. 4,2. Luc. Ὁ. Deor.
18. 1. Hdian. 6. 6. 1. Thuc. 4. 46.) As
coupling together infinitives depending on
the same verb; Luke 12, 45 καὶ ἄρξηται ...
ἐσϑίειν τε καὶ πίνειν καὶ μεσύσκεσϑαι. Acts
1,1. (Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 19. 2.) As connect-
ing nouns, etc. e. g. re καί, Luke 21, 11
φόβητρά τε kai σημεῖα. Acts 2, 9. 10 Φρυ-
yiay τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν. 26, 8. Rom. 1, 12.
14. 1 Cor. 1, 2. 80. Heb. 2, 4. James 3, 7.
al, Adverbs, Acts 24, 3 πάντη re καὶ παν-
raxov. (Sept. Job 9, 4. Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian,
1.1.1. Plato Legg. 796. d. Xen. Hell. 1.
4. 15, 16.) Also where one or more words
come between τέ and καί, as Luke 2, 16
τήν τε Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν Ἰωσήφ. John 2, 15
τά τε mpdBara καὶ τοὺς βόας. Acts 1, 8.
26, 80. Phil. 1,7. Heb. 9, 2. 19. ἃ. So
Luke 21,11 σεισμοί τε μεγάλοι ... καὶ λι-
μοί. Rom. 1, 16 ᾿Ιουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ
Ἑλληνι. (Hdian. 1. 5. 24. Xen. Mem. 1. 1.
3.) .Here sometimes the word next before
τέ is also implied after καί, i. 6. the τέ marks
it as belonging equally to both members ;
e. g. Acts 2, 43 πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ [πολ-
Aa] σημεῖα. Also the article, Acts 1, 13
6,re Πέτρος καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος κτὰ. 13, 1. Rom.
1,20. Or a relative, Acts 26,22 οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς
λέγων, ὧν re of προφῆται ἐλάλησαν ... καὶ
Μωῦσῆς. Espec. a preposition, Acts 28, 23
ἀπό τε Tod νόμου Μωῦσέως καὶ [ἀπὸ] τῶν
προφητῶν. 25, 23. Comp. Matth. ᾧ 626.
Winer § 65. 5. n. (Hdian. 6. 3. 2. 2}. V.
Η. 3. 1. Plato Legg. 796. d, ets re πολιτεί-
αν καὶ ἰδίους οἴκους.) So two nouns of op-
posite signification are sometimes connected
by re καί, forming then a periphrasis for all ;
Matt. 22, 10 πονηρούς re καὶ dya%ovs. Acts
24, 15. 26, 92. Heb. 5,14. Comp. Matth.
]. ὁ. (Comp. Xen. Hi, 1. 2.) Rarely re καί
is put in the sense of que eliam, and also,
Acts 19, 27; ἔτι re καί, and further also,
Acts 21,28; ὁμοίως τε καί, and in like man-
ner also, Rom. 1, 27. Here καί seems to
be used merely to strengthen ré; comp.
Winer § 57. 3. Herm. ad Soph. Elect. 873.

3. Sometimes τέ corresponds to δέ in a
following clause, where the connection is
then adversative or antithetic, and thus em-
phatic ; 6. g. Acts 19, 3 εἶπέ re πρὸς αὐτούς
... οἱ δὲ εἶπον. 22, 8, comp. 10. 22, 28.
See Passow no. 8 Matth. 1. οἱ p. 1276.
Stallb, ad Plat. Phileb. p. 36.—Plato Rep.
394, c. Xen. Conv. 8. 2.

4, With other particles: a) re ydp,
where re simply annexes and γάρ assigns a
reason, comp. above in no. 1. Rom. 1, 26
ai τε yap ϑήλειαι αὐτῶν. 7,'7. Heb. 2, 11.
So Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3 οὗτοί τε γάρ.

TEKVOV
Ὁ) ἐάν re, pr.and if; repeated cay τε
+. ἐάν Te, i. 4. whether... or, Rom. 14, 8
quater ; ἐάν re γὰρ kai, pr. for: though also,
2 Cor. 10, 8; here the force of τέ cannot
well be given in English ; comp. above in
no. 2 fin. So Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6.

6) etre, see in εἰ ΠΙ. 9. i.

d) é,re, ἥ,τε, τό,τε, i. 6. the art,
with ré, so written to distinguish it from
the adverbs ὅτε, τότε, and simply expressing
the article in connection with the usage ot
τέ as above’ given. . E. g, where τέ merely
annexes, Acts 19, 12 ra re πνεύματα κτλ.
26, 30. 27, 3. 5. Heb. 9,1. Followed by
kai after one or more intervening words;
see above in no, 2; Acts 5, 24 é,re ἱερεὺς
καὶ ὁ στρατηγός. 17,10. 14. Eph. 1, 10.
Heb, 9, 2. Luke 28,12. Also é,re γὰρ...
καί, Heb. 2, 11. Rom. 1, 26; see above in
lett.a. +4

τεῖχος, εος, οὖς, τό, a wall, espec. of a
city; Acts 9, 25 καθῆκαν διὰ τὸ τεῖχος.
2 Cor. 11, 33. Heb. 11, 30 τὰ τείχη Ἱεριχώ.
Rey. 21, 12. 14. 15. 17. 18. 19. Sept. for
main Josh. 6, 5. 20.—Hdian. 8. 2. 13.
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 7.

τεκμήριον, ov, τό, (τεκμαίρομαι, τέκ-
pap,) @ sure sign, certain token, infallible
proof, Acts 1, 3.—3 Macc. 3, 24. Jos. de
Vit. § 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 1. 1.
2. Hesych. τεκμήριον " σημεῖον ἀληϑές.

τεκνίον, ov, τό, (dim. τέκνον,) a Lidtle
child; Plur. trop. as an endearing appella-
tion, rexvia, little children, like Lat. filioli,
carissimi; John 13, 33. Gal. 4, 19. 1 John
2-1. 2. 28.)3, 7.18; 4,-4.5, 21.—Pr. An-
thol. Gr. III. p. 44. no. 78. p. 48. no. 95.

τεκνογονέω, &, f. how, (rexvoydvos ;
τέκνον, Obs. γένω, γίνομαι.) to bear children,
or as in Engl. to be the mother of a family,
including all the duties of the maternal re-
lation, 1 Tim. 5, 14; comp. v. 10, and see
in rexvoyovia.—Pr. Anthol. Gr. II. p. 202.

τεκνογονία, as, ἡ, (τεκνογονέω,) the
bearing of children, and so including all the
duties of the maternal relation; 1 Tim. 2,
15 σωϑήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας, i. e. in
becoming the mother of a family and the
faithful performance of her duties in that
relation, in bringing up her household unto
God, comp. 5,10. This is a privilege of
the woman, to be set off against v. 14.—
Chrysost. ad ἢ. 1. rexvoyoviay φησί, τὸ μὴ
μόνον τεκεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ Sedv ἀγαγεῖν.

τέκνον, ov, τό, (rikrw,) 1. a child,
male or female, son or daughter. 8) Sing.
a child, Luke 1, 7 οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τέκνον.

πολ ς, -.

τέκνον

Acts 7, 5. Rev. 12, 4. Plur. children, Matt.
10, 21 τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς. Mark 12, 19. Luke
20, 31. Acts 21, 5 σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις.
Tit. 1, 6. 2 John 4, 13. al. Sept. Plur.
for 8°22 Gen. 3, 16. 30,1; 5°73" Gen. 33,
6.7. So Plur. Ceb. Tab. 8. Hdian. 8. 3.
2. Xen. Mem. 2.2.4. Ὁ) Spec. @ son,
Sing. Matte 10, 21. 21, 28 τέκνον, ὕπαγε κτὰ.
Phil. 2, 22. Rev. 12, 5. Plur. sons, Matt.
21, 28 ἄνδρωπος εἶχε δυὸ τέκνα. Acts 21,
21. Sept. for ja Gen. 17, 16. 22, '7. 48,
19; D3 Esth. 9, 25. So Sing. Luc.
Tyrann. 20. Hdian. 7. 10. 14. Plur. of
daughters, Xen. Cyr. 7. 4. 5.

2. Plur. τέκνα, children, in a wider
sense by Hebr. i. q. descendants, posterity ;
Matt. 3, 9 ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ. Luke
1, 17. 3, 8. Acts 2, 39. Rom. 9, 7. v. 8 bis,
ig in σάρξ no. 2. c, and in ἐπαγγελία
no. 3. a. Gal. 4, 28. 31. So Sept. for
B32 Ex. 10, 2. Josh. 14, 9. Zech. 10, 7.
9; moan Ps. 109, 13. Jer. 31, 17.—Em-
phat. i. q. ¢rue children, genuine descend-
ants, John 8, 39. 1 Pet. 3, 6.

3. Trop. a child, one who is the object
of parental love and care, or who yields
filial love and reverence towards another.
a) Asa term of endearing address in the
Vocative, like Engl. my child, my son, Lat.
mi fili, carissime; e. g. from a friend or
teacher, Matt. 9, 2 ϑάρσει, τέκνον. Mark 2,
5. Luke 16, 25. 1 Tim. 1, 18. 2 Tim. 2, 1.
Plur. Mark 10,24. So Sept. for 52 1 Sam.
3, 9. 16. So Ecclus. 2, 1. Hdian. 1. 6. 12.
b) From the Heb. genr. for a pupil, dis-
ciple, the spiritual child of any one, see in
γεννάω no. 1. b, and πατήρ A. 3. 2 Tim.
1, Τιμοϑέῳ ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ. Philem. 10.
3 John 4. With ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor. 4, 17; ἐν
πίστει 1 Tim. 1, 23 κατὰ πίστιν Tit. 1, 4.
Plur. 1 Cor. 4, 14. 2 Cor, 6, 13. Comp.
Heb. 43 Rept vids, 1 Κι. 20, 35. 2 K. 2, 3
5. ο) réxva Tov s¢03, children of God,
those whom God loves and cherishes as a
father ; see in πατήρ B. 1,2; also γεννάω
no. 1. 6. So of the Jews, John 11, 52;
comp. Sept. and p72 Is. 30, 1. Hos, 11, 1
sq. Wisd. 16, 21 comp. 20. Genr. of the
pious worshippers of God, the righteous,
saints, Christians ; John 1, 12 ἔδωκεν αὐ-
τοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Seod γενέσϑαι. Rom. 8,
16. 17. 21. 9, 8. Eph. 5,1. 1 John 3, 1. 2.
10. 5, 2. So Sept. Prov. 14, 91. ἀ)
τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου, children of the devil,
his followers, subjects, vassals, opp. τὰ τ.
τοῦ ϑεοῦ, once 1 John 3, 10. Comp. 42
2 K. 16, 7, Sept. vids.

4, By Hebr. joined with the name ofa

713

τέλειος

city or the like, @ native, an inhabitant, one
born or living in that city. Matt. 23, 37
Ἱερουσαλήμ ... ποσάκις 73éAnoa ἐπισυνα-
γαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου. Luke 13, 84. 19, 44.
Gal. 4, 25. Rev. 2, 23. So Sept. and
ἘΞ Joel 2,23. Zech. 9, 13. Is. 60, 4. 9.
—Psalt. Sal. 11, 3.

5. By Hebr. with a genit. of quality or
condition, the child of any thing, i. e. one
connected with, partaking of, or exposed to
that thing ; often put instead of an adjec-
tive. Matt. 11, 19 et Luke 7, 35 ἐδικαιώϑη
ἡ copia ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὑτῆς. Eph. 5, 8
τέκνα φωτός, i. 4. πεφωτισμένοι. 1 Pet. 1,
14 τ. ὑπακοῆς, iq. ὑπήκοοι. Eph. 2, 8 τ."
τῆς ὀργῆς, exposed to the wrath of God.
2 Pet. 2, 14 τ. κατάρας. So Sept. τέκνα
Μὰ στὴν for Heb. 95 "737 Is. 57,43 τ.
ἀδικίας for Heb. nba "72 Hos. 10, 9.
Comp. also 13 Deut. 25, 2. 1 K. 2,26. 2K.
14, 14. Winer ᾧ 34. 2. n, 2. Heb, Lex. art.
ἼΞ no. 4,8; ma no, ἌΡ ΒΡ. Opp. I. Ρ.
380. b, οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς ἀληϑινῆς πίστεως.

τεκνοτροφέω, ὦ, f. how, (τεκνοτρόφος;
τέκνον, τρέφω,) to bring up children, to ful-
fil the duties of a mother, 1 Tim. 5, 10:
comp. in rexvoyovia.—Pr. Aristot. H. An.
9. 40. 32; so Subst. τεκνοτροφία Id. H. An.
S. 4. 5.

τέκτων, ovos, ὃ, (kindr. τέχνη, τεύχω,
τεκεῖν, τίκτω.) pr. an artificer, craflsman ;
spec. a worker in wood, @ carpenter, joiner,
Matt. 13, 55. Mark 6, 3. Sept. τέκτων
ξύλων for Heb. BM 2 Sam. 5, 11. Is. 40,
20; τέκτ. σιδήρου 1 Sam. 13, 19; τ. χαλ-
κοῦ 1 K. ἡ, 14.—Lue. Vit. Awet. 11. Xen.
Ag. 1. 26. Hesych. réxrav+ πᾶς τεχνίτης.

τέλειος, εἰα, ειον, (τέλος,) pr. ‘ having
reached the end, term, limit.’, Hence

1. complete, perfect, full, wanting in no-
thing; James 1, 4 ἔργον τέχειον. v. 17. 25.
1 John 4, 18 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη. Comparat.
Heb. 9, 11 τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς. Sept. mpd-
Baroy red. for pvan Ex. 12, 5. So Aquil.
Prov. 11, 1 στάϑμιον τέλειον. Diod. Sic. 1.
7 τελεία αὔξησις. Pol. 1. 4. 8. Plato Parm.

‘157. e.—Trop. in a moral sense; of per-

sons, Matt. 5, 48 bis, τέλειοι, ὥσπερ ὁ πα-
Tip ὑμῶν .... τέλειός ἐστι, comp. Luke 6,
86. So Matt. 19, 21. Col. 1, 28. 4, 12.
James 1,4 ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι. 3, 2. Of the
will of God, Rom. 12,2. Neut. τὸ τέλειον,
completeness, perfeciness, in knowledge of
the truth, opp. ἐκ μέρους, 1 Cor. 13, 10.
Sept. for 5°92 Gen. 6, 9. 18, 13; >a
1 K. 8,62. 11, 4. So-Ecclus: 44, 17,
Isocr. Panath. p. 239. c, τελείους ἄνδρας

τελειότης 714

εἶναι, καὶ πάσας ἔχειν τὰς ἀρετάς. Plato
Legg. 643. d.

2. Spec. of full age, adult, full grown ;
of persons, pr. Pol. 5. 29. 2. All. V. H. 13.
1, Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6.—In N. T. trop. of
persons full grown, ripe, in mind and under-
standing, ταῖς φρεσί 1 Cor, 14, 20; or in
knowledge of the truth, 1 Cor. 2, 6. Phil.
3, 15. Heb. 5, 14; or in Christian faith and
virtue, Eph. 4,13. —

τελειότης, nros, ἧ, (réAetos,) complete-
ness, perfectness ; Col. 3, 14 σύνδεσμος τῆς
τελειότητος, see in σύνδεσμος. Heb. 6, 1
ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεϑα, i. 6. leaving
the rudiments of Christian doctrine, Jet us

go on to something more complete, perfect. .

—Wisd. 6,15. 12,17. Plato Def. 412. Ὁ, ἃ.

τελειόω, ὦ, f. dow, (τέλειος,) 10 com-
plete, to make perfect, so as to be full, want-
‘ng in nothing.

1. Pr. do bring to a full end, to complete,
to finish, 6. acc. 6. g. a work or duty, τὸ
ἔργον, τὰ ἔργα, John 4, 34. 5, 36. 17, 4.
Mid. with ἔργον impl. Luke 13, 32 καὶ τῇ
τρίτῃ τελειοῦμαι, I finish the'work. Of a
race, τὸν δρόμον Acts 20, 24. Sept. genr.
for BOA 1K, 7,21; 5d% 2Chr. 8,16. So
Ecclus. 50,-19. Pol. 8. 36. 2. Plut. Cons.
ad Apoll. 17.—Of time, Luke 2, 43 τελειω-
σάντων τὰς ἡμέρας. Of declarations, pro-
phecy, i. q. to fulfil, John 19, 28 ἵνα τελει-
ὠϑῇ ἡ γραφή. So Act. Thom. ᾧ 10 ; πρό-
Seow Diod. Sic. 8. 74 fin. Comp. τελείω-
σις.

2. Trop. to make complete, perfect ; to
bring to a state of completeness, perfectness.
a) Genr. John 17, 23 ἵνα ὦσι τετελειωμένοι
els ἕν, pregn. that they may be perfectly
united into one. 2 Cor. 12, 9 ἡ yap δύναμίς
μου [τοῦ ϑεοῦ] ἐν doSeveia τελειοῦται, i. 6.
my power shows itself perfect in weakness,
appears then as the true power of God;
comp. 4,'7. James 2,22. 1 John 2, 5. 4,
12. 17.18. (Ecclus. 7,32.) Of character,
Pass. Phil. 3,12 ody dru... ἤδη τετελείωμαι,
i. e. in Christian character and attainments ;
see in καταλαμβάνω no.2. δ) In the Ep.
to the Hebrews, in a moral sense, to make
perfect in respect to sin, to fully cleanse from
sin, 10 make full expiation for: any one;
Heb. 7, 19 οὐδὲν yap ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος,
i. e. the Mosaic law could make no perfect
expiation ; comp. 7,11. 10,4. Of persons,
Heb. 9, 9 δῶρά re καὶ ϑυσίαι..... μὴ δυνάμε-
ναι κατὰ συνείδησιν τελειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύον-
τ τας i.e. which could never make full expia-
tion for the bringer, so as to satisfy his
conscience. 10, 1. 14.—Also, to make pér-

TEAEUTULW

. fect, pr. to carry through to the end, in re:

spect to condition, happiness, glory ;
bring to a perfect condition of einen
and glory, to make perfect in glory; equiv.
to δοξάζω John ἢ, 39. 12,23. So of Christ
as exalted to be Head over all things, Heb.
2, 10 τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν διὰ
παϑημάτων τελειῶσαι, ἷ. 4. in v. 9 διὰ τὸ
πάϑημα τοῦ ϑανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφα-
νωμένον. 5,9. Ἴ, 28. Also of saints ad-
vanced to glory, 11,40. 12,23.—See Bleek
Hebraerbr. II. p. 298.

τελείως, adv. (rédetos,) completely, per-
fectly ; 1 Pet. 1,13 τελείως ἐλπίσατε, i. 6.
have a full and perfect hope; unwavering
confidence.—2 Mace. 12, 42. Pol. 6. 37. 4.
Plato Def. 411. d.

τελείωσις, ews, ἧ, (τελειόω.) comple-
tion, perfection, genr. Diod. Sic. 2. 29. Plut.
de Virt. et Vit. 2—In N. T.

1. Of a prediction, fulfilment, Luke 1, 45.
—Judith 10, 9.

2. perfect expiation, Heb. Π, 11; comp.
in τελειόω no. 2. b.

TENELWTNS, οὗ, ὁ, (τελειόω,) α completer,
perfecter, finisher, who brings through to
the end; Heb. 12, 2 εἰς τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρ-
xnyov Kal τελειωτὴν Ἰησοῦν, unto the author

and finisher of our faith.
τελεσφορέω, ᾧ, f. how, (τελεσφόρος ;

- τέλος, φέρω,) to bring to perfection or ma-

lurity, e. g. fruit, grain, to ripen, absol. and
trop. Luke 8, 14 οὐ τελεσφοροῦσι, parall.
ἄκαρπος γίνεται Matt. 13, 22.—Pr. of fruits
Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 8.. Philo de Opif. p. 26. d,
αὔξουσι καὶ τελεσφοροῦσι. Diod. Sic. 2. 36.
Theophr. H. Pl. 8. 7. 6

TENEUTAO, &, f. now, (τελευτή,) to end,
to bring about, to finish, to complete, c. acc.
Eurip. Pheen. 1597 ὦ πάτερ, ds ταῦτα τε-
λευτᾷ. Dem. 13. 15. Also τὸν βίον redev-
τᾷν to end one’s life, to die, Jos. Ant. 12. 1.
1. Pol. 2. 28. 10. Xen. Mem. 4. 8.1. In-
trans. to end, Jos. Ant. 8. 1. 1. Thuc. 5.39
τοῦ χειμῶνος τελευτῶντος ἤδη. Xen. Hell.
2. 3. 9—In N. T. intrans: or with τὸν βίον
impl. to end one’s life, to die; Matt. 2, 19
τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Ἡρώδου. 9, 18 ϑυγά-
τὴρ μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύτησεν. 22, 25. Mark 9,
44, 46. 48. (Comp. Is. 66; 24.) Luke 7, 2.
Acts 2,29. 7,15. Heb. 11, 22. [John 11, 39.]
Sept. often for mya Gen. 25, 32. Prov. 11,
7. (ΖΔ... H. 2. 17. Hdian. 8. 5. 18. Xen.
Cyr. 8.7. 1.) Of a violent death, Matt.
15, 4 et Mark 7, 10 Savdr@ τελευτάτω let
him die the death, emphat. quoted from Ex.
21,17 where Sept. in imitation of Heb. inf

τελευτή

absol myo" mira he shall surely die, be put
todeath. Comp. Winer § 58. 3.

τελευτή, ῆς, ἧ, (τελέω, τέλος,) an end,
limit, Baruch 3, 25. Dem. 6ὅ8. ἢ ; τεχευτὴ
τοῦ βίου Dem. 481. 14. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 2.
—In N. T. absol. the end of life, death ;
Matt. 2, 15 ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου. Sept.
for ΤῊ Gen. 27, 2. Josh. 1, 1. Judg, 1, 1.
So 1 Mace. 9, 23. Hdian. 7. 9.10. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 8.

TENEW, ὦ, f. ἔσω, (réAos,) 1. to end, to
Jinish, to complete, to accomplish; 6. acc.
Matt. 13, 53 ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν 6 Ἰ. τὰς mapaBo-
Ads. 19,1 et 26,1 rovs Adyous. Luke 2, 39.
2 Tim. 4, Π δρόμον. Rev. 11, 7. Pass.
Luke 12, 50 ἕως οὗ τελεσϑῇ sc. τὸ βάπτι-
σμα. John 19,28. 80 τετέλεσται, it is finish-
ed! i. 6. the whole work, all things. Rev.
10, ἐτελέσϑη τὸ μυστήριον. 15,1.8. Sept.
for >3, MPD Ruth 2, 21. Ezra 9,1; 52%
Neh. 6,15. So Hdian. 2. 3. 25. Diod. Sic.
4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 3. Cac. 1. 4.—With
a Particip. in the participial construction,
Buttm. § 144. 6. a. Matt. 11, 1 ὅτε ἐτέλεσε
ὁ Ἶ. διατάσσων, as in Engl. when Jesus had
finished commanding. So pregn. with
Part. impl. Matt. 10, 23 οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τὰς
πόλεις τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ye shall not have finished
the cities of Israel, i.e. ye shall not have
finished fleecing or passing through them,
for οὐ μὴ τελέσητε διαφευγόντες V. διαβαί-
νοντες τὰς πόλεις KTA. So Sept. συνετέλεσε
διαβαίνων Josh. 8, 17. 4,1; comp. Luc.
Tox. 52 τριταῖος ἐτέλεσε ἐκ Μαχλύων ἐς
Σκύϑας. Thuc. 4. '78.—Of time, Pass. to be
ended, fulfilled ; Rev. 20,3 τελεσϑῇ τὰ χίλια
ἔτη. V. 5.7.

2. to fulfil, to accomplish, to fully carry
oul, 6. g. a rule, law, c. acc. τὸν νόμον Rom.
2,27. James 2, 8; τὴν ἐπιϑυμίαν τῆς σαρ-
κός Gal. 5,16. So Act. Thom. §5 ἵνα τὸ
σέλημα τοῦ βασιλέως τελέσω. Luc. Piscat.
52 τελῶμεν τὰ παρηγγελμένα .---ΟΥ declara-
tions, prophecy, Luke 18, 31 τελεσϑήσεται
πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα κτὰ. Luke 22, 37.
Acts 13, 29. Rev. 17,17. Sept. and "22
Ezra 1,1. So Apollod. Bibl. 2. 4. 4. Diod.
Sic. 2. 27 νομίσας τετελέσϑαι τὸν χρησμόν.

3. Spec. to finish up, to make an end of
what one owes or what is due, to pay, to
pay in full, e. g. taxes, tribute ; comp. in
τέλος no. 4. Εἰ. g. τὰ δίδραχμα Matt. 17,
24; φόρους Rom. 18, 6. So Jos. Ant. 10.
1. 1 et Diod. Sic. 13. 59 φόρον. Dem. 1067.
27. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 1.

τέλος, cos, ovs, τό, an end, completion,
termination.

1. Genr. of time and condition ; 6. gen.

715

τέλος

Toke 1, 33 rns βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται
τέλος. 2 Cor. 8, 18 εἰς τὸ τέλος τοῦ καταρ-
γουμένου, i. 6. unto the end of the transient
shining of Moses’ countenance, comp. v. 7.
Heb. 7,3 μήτε ζωῆς τέλος. 1 Cor. 10, 11
τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων, and so 1 Pet. 4,'7 wa»
tov τὸ τέλος. Meton. Rom. 10, 4 τέλος
yap νόμου Χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ
πιστεύοντι, i. 6. with Christ the power of
the law has come to an end, that righteous-
ness by faith may be reckoned to every
one who believeth ; comp. Rom. 7, 6. 8, 2.
Others refer this to no. 3, but less well.
Sept. and 7? Is. 9, 7. Dan. 11, 13. (Soph.
Trach. 166; τ. τοῦ βίου Dem. 1306. 25.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 6.) With gen. impl. John 13,
1 eis τέλος ἠγάπησεν κτλ. i. e. unto the last.
Matt. 24, 6 οὔπω ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος 86. τῶν πάν-
τῶν V. τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦτου. ν. 14. Mark 13,
7. Luke 21, 9 ; ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος sc. τοῦ
ζωῆς Vv. τῶν παϑημάτων, Matt. 10, 22. 24,
13. Mark 18, 18 ; ἕως τέλους sc. τῆς ζωῆς
1 Cor. 1, 8. 2 Cor. 1,18 ; μέχρι τέλους id.
Heb. 3, 6. 145; ἄχρι τέλους id. Heb. 6, 11.
Rev. 2, 26. In 1 Cor. 15, 24 εἶτα τὸ τέλος,
i, 6. the end of the work of redemption,
when the whole plan of redemption is com-
pleted. Absol. τέλος ἔχειν, to have an
end, to come to an end, to be destroyed, Mark
3, 26 οὐ δύναται σταβῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει.
So some Luke 22, 37; see below in no. 3.
c. So Xen. An. 6. 5.2. Cyr. 8. 3. 33.—
Adverbially, acc. τὸ τέλος, finally, at last,
1 Pet. 3, 8. (Ail. V. H. 10. 16. Xen. Cyr.
1.4.1.) Also eis τέλος, pr. to the end,
i. e. continually, perpetually, forever, Luke
18, 5. 1 Thess. 2,16. Sept. for 72> Job
14, 20. Ps. 79, 5. 103, 9. So Luc. Navig.
27. Xen. Cc. 17. 10.—Meton. ἡ ἀρχὴ
καὶ τὸ τέλος, i. 4. πρῶτος Kal ἔσχατος,
see in ἀρχή no. 2; Rev. 22,13 ἐγὼ τὸ A καὶ
τὸ Q, πρῶτος καὶ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέ-
λος. 21, 6. }, 8 Rec.

2. Trop.anend,i.e. a) anevent, issue,
result. Matt. 26, 58 éxdSnro... ἰδεῖν τὸ τέ-
hos. James 5,11 τὸ τέλος κυρίου, i. 6. which
the Lord gave to Job. So Test. ΧΙ Patr.
p. 689. Plut. Romul. 28. Luc. Vitar. Auct.
27. Dem. 292. 22 τὸ τούτου τέλος ἐν ϑεῷ
ἦν, οὐκ ἐν ἐμοί. Ὁ) With gen. of pers. or
thing, the end, the final lot, ultimate fate ;
Rom. 6, 21 τέλος ἐκείνων, Savaros. v. 22 τὸ
δὲ τέλος, ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 2 Cor. 11, 15. Phil.
3, 19. Heb. 6, 8. 1 Pet. 1, 9. 4,17. Sept.
for pio Ecc. 7,2. So Wisd. 3, 19. Jos.
Ant. 6. 4. 1. Philo de Charit. p. 717. 28].
V.H. 3.43. οὐ Ofa declaration, prophe-
cy, an end, accomplishment, fulfilment ; Luke
22, 37 καὶ yap τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει, i. @

τελωνης

τελεσθῆναι. So Aischyl. Prom. vinct. 13
ἐντολὴ Διὸς ἔχει τέλος. Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.
19 τέλος ἔχειν σφίσι τὸ ϑεοπρόπιον ὑπέλα-
Bor. ib. 9. 12 καὶ τέλος εἶχε τοῖς Τυῤῥηνοῖς
τὰ μαντεύματα. Athen. 8. p. 341. 6. So τέ-
λος λαμβάνειν Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 3. ib. 4. 6. 5.
—Others in Luke 1. c. render: the things
relating to me (my work, my ministry) come
to. an end, my labours draw to a close; see
in no. 1.

3. Trop. an end, final purpose, that.to
which all the parts tend and in which all
terminate, the chief point, sum. 1 Tim. 1,5
τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν ἀγάπη.
So, according to some, Rom. 10, 4: but
see above in no. 1. Sept. and nid Ece. 12,
13.—Arr. Epict. 1. 12. 5 τέλος ἐστὶ τὸ ἕπε-
σϑαι ϑεοῖς. Diog. Laert. 2. 87. Cic. ad Att.
12. 6.

4. Trop. a tax, toll, custom, tribute, pr.
what is paid for the maintenance and ex-
penses of the state; see in reAéw no. 3.
Matt. 17, 25 τέλη ἢ κῆνσον. Rom. 18, 1 bis.
—1 Macc. 10, 31. Jos. Ant. 12. 3.3. Hdian.
3.1.11. Dem. 745. 15. Xen. Vect. 4. 19,
20. See Dict. of Antt. art. Telos.

τελώνης, ov, ὃ, (τέλος, ὠνέομαι,) pr. α
farmer of the taxes or customs, one who
pays to the government a certain sum for
the privilege of collecting the taxes and
customs of a district, 6 πριάμενος τέλος
Dem. 745. 15; Lat. publicanus, Cic. pro
Plane. 9; whence in Engl. Vers. a publican.
The public revenues of the Greeks and
Romans were usually thus farmed out; and
among the latter the purchasers were per-
sons of wealth and rank, and in the later
periods chiefly of the equestrian order;
comp. Cic. 1. c. Sueton. Octav. 24. Dion
Cass. p. 38 τοὺς imméas..
τελωνίαι δι αὐτῶν ἐγένοντο. Jos. Ant. 12.
4.1, 8, 4 ἐνστάσης δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας, Kad ἣν
ἔμελλε τὰ τέλη πιπράσκεσϑαι τῶν πόλεων,
ἠγόραζον οἱ τοῖς ἀξιώμασιν ἐν ταῖς πατρίσι
διαφέροντες. Comp. Boeckh Staatsh. d.
Ath. I. p. 359, 360 sq.. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 64. Dict. of Antt. art. Publicani. The
farmers-general had also sub-contractors,
or employed agents, who collected the taxes
and customs at the gates of cities, in sea-

ports, on public ways, bridges, and the like.

These too were called τελῶναι, or also ἐκ-
λέγοντες Dem. 745. 15, Lat. portitores.
An agent in the provinces (sub magistro)
had to travel about and superintend the ac-
tual business of collecting the revenues ;
such an one was prob. Zaccheus ὁ ἀρχι-
τελώνης, Luke 19, 2. See Dict. of Antt.l.c.

716
have fulfilment, are fulfilled, i. q. the preced?

«πᾶσαί τε yap”

Τέρτιος

In countries subject to the Romans, these
inferior τελῶναι were objects of hatred and
detestation ; so that none but persons of the
lowest rank and worthless character were
likely to be found in this employment ;
comp. Xeno ap. Dicwarch. πάντες τελῶναι
πάντες εἰσὶ ἅρπαγες. Dio Chrysost. 4. p.
75. Ὁ, καπήλους καὶ τελώνας καὶ πορνοβο-
σκούς. Luc, Necyom. 11 μοιχοὶ καὶ πορνο-
βοσκοὶ καὶ τελῶναι καὶ κόλακες κτὰ. Arte-
midor. 1. 23. ib. 4. 42, 57. See the numer-
ous like passages in Wetst. N. T. I. p. 314
sq—In N. T. in the later sense, a toll-
gatherer, collector of customs, publican, the
object of bitter hatred and scorn to the Jews,
and often coupled with the most depraved
classes of society; Matt. 5,46 οὐχὶ καὶ of
τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι; v.47. 10,3 Mar-
ϑαῖος ὁ τελώνης, comp. 9, 9. Luke 3,12. 5,
27. 29. 7. 29. 18,10. 11. 133 τελῶναι καὶ
ἁμαρτωλοί Matt. 9, 10. 11. 11,19. Mark 2,
15.16. Luke 5, 30. 7, 34. 15,153 éSvexds
καὶ τελώνης Matt. 18, 17; of τελῶναι καὶ ai
πόρναι Matt. 21, 31. 32.

τελώνιον, ov, τό, (τελώνης,) α toll-house,
custom-house, collector’s office, Matt. 9, 9.
Mark 2, 14. Luke 5, 27.—Suid. τελώνιον "
ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ καδίζεται 6 τελώνης. Poll. On.
9. 28 τὰ τελώνια.

τέρας, ατος, τό, Plur. τὰ τέρατα uncon-
tracted, contrary to Attic usage, Merris p.
369. Buttm. § 54. n. 1; @ sign, wonder,
portent, strictly as foreboding something
future; in N. T. only Plur. and always
joined with ra onpeia.

1. Pr. Acts 2, 19 δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐ-
pave ἄνω, καὶ σημεῖα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω.
quoted from Joel 3, 2 [2, 30] where Sept.
for MBi72.—Jos. Ant..2. 12. 1. Artemid. 1.
73. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 15.

2. Genr. σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, Engl. signs and
wonders, spoken of mighty works, miracles
of various kinds, the two words being here
nearly or quite synonymous. So of the
miracles of Moses, Acts 7, 36; of Christ,
John 4, 48. Acts 2,22; of the apostles and
teachers, Acts 2, 48. 4, 30. 5, 12. 6, 8.
14, 3. 15, 12. Rom. 15, 19. 2 Cor..12, 12.
Heb. 2, 4; also of the professed miracles
of false prophets or teachers, Matt. 24, 24.
Mark 13, 22. 2 Thess. 2, 9. Sept. ony.
καὶ τέρατα for Heb. ponpini ninix, of
Moses Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 6, 22. 7,19. Jer.
32, 20.—So onp. καὶ τέρατα, of impostors
Jos. Ant. 20. 8.6; genr. 45]. V. H. 12. 57.
Pol. 3. 112. 8.

Τέρτιος, ov, 6, Tertius, pr. τι. of Pauls
amanuensis, Rom. 16, 22. ry

ye yc es .

Τέρτυλλος 717

Τέρτυλλος, ov, 6, Tertullus, pr. n. of
a Roman orator or advocate employed by

‘the Jews against Paul, Acts 24, 1. 2.

τεσσαράκοντα, oi, al, rd, indec. forty,
Matt. 4, 2. Mark 1, 13. Acts 1, 3. al.
Comp. Buttm. ἡ 70.4. Sept. for p»saye
Gen. 5, 13. Ex. 16, 35.—Luc. Ver. Hist.
2. 40. Xen. An. 2.2.77. +

TETTAPAKOVTAETIS, os, ods, 6, ἡ, adj.
(éros,) of forty years; 6. g. τεσσαρακονταε-
τὴς χρόνος, the time of forty years, forty
years’ time, Acts 7, 23. 13, 18.—Comp.
δεκαέτης χρόνος Max. Tyr. 6. 89; Sexaerns
πόλεμος Thue. 5. 26. On the flexion and
accent of such compounds, see Buttm. ᾧ 70.
n. 3. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 406 sq.

τέσσαρες, οἱ, ai, Neut.-pa, Gen. ay,
Attic rérrapes, Neut. -pa, card. adj. four,
Matt. 24, 31. Mark 2,3. Acts 10,11. Rev.
4, 4. al. Comp. Buttm. § 70.4. Sept. for
3SB9N Gen. 11,16; ΠΣΞῸΝ Gen. 2, 10.—
Hdian. 6. 6. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1, ὅ. 6. +

τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατος; η, ον, ordin. adj.
the fourteenth, Acts 27, 277. 33.—Sept. Gen.
14, 5. Hdian. 6. 2. 2. Plut. Cat.. Min. 3.
On the form, comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 409.
Buttm. § 71.1.

τεταρταῖος, a, ov, (rérapros,) an adj.
marking succession of days, used only ad-
verbially, on the fourth day; John 11, 39
τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστι, he is now the fourth
day dead, four days dead;. see Buttm. § 123.
6. Winer § 58. 2. Comp. devrepaios.—Pol.
3. 52. ἃ ἤδη δὲ τεταρταῖος ὦν. Xen. Cyr.
ὅ. 8. 1. !

τέταρτος, η, ov, ordin. adj. (τέσσαρες,)
the fourth, Matt. 14, 25. Mark 6, 48. Acts
10, 30. Rev. 4, 7. 6,7 bis. 8. 8,12. 16,8.
21, 19. Sept. for "3°39 Gen. 1, 19.—
Hdian. 4. 2. 14. Plato Rep. 544. c.

TET pa-, for réropa, τέσσαρα, four, found
only in derivative and compound words ;
comp. Buttm. ὁ 70. n. 3.

τετράγωνος, ov, 6, 4, adj. (rérpa-, γῶ-
vos, γωνία.) four-cornered, four-square, Rev.
21,16. Sept. for 3539 Ex. 27, 1. Ez. 41,
21.—Hdian. 8. 1. 3. Pol. 6. 27. 2. Xen.
Lac. 12. 1.

τετράδιον, ov, τό, (dim. rerpds,) α tetrad
or quaternion of soldiers, a detachment of

‘four men, the usual number of a Roman

night-watch, relieved every three hours.
Acts 12, 4.—Philo in Flacc. p.'981, or T.
II. p. 533. 22, στρατιώτην δέ τινα τῶν ἐν
τοῖς τετραδίοις φυλακῶν καϑ ὁδὸν εὑρών.
Comp. Pol. 6. 38. 7 τὸ δὲ φυλάκειόν ἐστιν

τετράρχης

ἐκ τεττάρων ἀνδρῶν, ὧν οἱ μὲν πρὸ τῆς σκη
νῆς, οἱ δὲ κατόπιν παρὰ τοὺς ἵππους ποιοῦν
ται τὴν φυλακήν. Veget. R. Μ. 8. 8, “de
singulis centuriis quaterni equites et qua-
terni pedites excubitum noctibus faciant.”
See in φυλακή no. 4. In Acts 1. c. Peter
was therefore guarded by four men at a
time, two within the prison and two before
the doors, comp. v. 6; and the four quater-
nions relieved each other during the night.

τετρακισχίλιοι, at, a, (τετράκις, χί-
λιοι,) four times one thousand, four thou-
sand, Matt. 15, 38. 16,10. Mark 8, 9. 20.
Acts 21, 38. Comp. Buttm. § 70.—Sept.
1 Chr. 12, 26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 6.

TerpaKdc ol, a, a, four hundred, Acts
5, 36. 7, 6. 13, 20. Gal. 3,17. Comp.
Buttm. §70.—Sept. Gen. 23,15. 16. Hdian.
6. 4.10. Xen. An. 7. 1. 27.

TETPAUNVOS, ov, ὃ, ἧ, (rérpa-, μήν,) of
four months; John 4, 35 ἔτι τετράμηνός
ἐστι [χρόνος] καὶ 6 ϑερισμὸς ἔρχεται, i. 8
four months’ time. Rec. has Neut. τὸ re.
τράμηνον in the same sense.—Pol. 18. 22
5. Thue. 5. 63. Neut. Sept. Judg. 19, 2
20,47. On the form comp. Lob. ad Phryn
p. 549.

TETPATFAOOS ods, dn ἢ, dov οὖν, (rérpa-
ἁπλόος,) fourfold, quadruple, Luke 19, 8.
Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 71. 3. § 60. 5. b.—Jos, Ant.
7.7. 3. Xen. An. 7. 6. 7.

τετράπους, οδος, 6, 7, adj. (rérpa-,
movs,) four-foolted, quadruped, Plur. absol.
τὰ τετράποδα; quadrupeds, four-footed beasts,
Acts 10, 12. 11, 6. Rom. 1, 23. Sept. for
M7232 Gen. 1, 24; 439 Num. 35, 5.—Pol.
1. 29. '7; τὰ τ. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 4. Paleph.
34. 1. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 25. On the forms
τετράπους and τετράποδος, see Lob. ad
Phryn. p, 546.

τετραρχέω, &, f. now, (τετρἄρχης,) to
be tetrarch, to rule as tetrarch, spoken of
Herod Antipas, Philip, and Lysanias; c.
gen. Luke 3, 1 ter.—Jos. Vit. § 11. So
TET, χεῖσϑαι Hermog. 268. 22.

τετράρχης; ov, 6, (τετράς, dpyw,) a
tetrarch, pr. the ruler of the fourth part of
a district or province; Strabo 12. p. 567
[850. c], ἕκαστα διελόντες [οἱ Ταλάται] εἰς
δ΄. μερίδας, τετραρχίαν ἑκάστην ἐκάλεσαν,
τετράρχην ἔχουσαν ἴδιον. In later usage it
became among the Romans a common title
for those who governed any part of a pro-
vince or kingdom, subject only to the Ro-
man emperor; Strabo }. 6. πάλαι μὲν οὖν
τοιαύτη τις διατάξις, xa ἡμᾶς δὲ εἰς γ΄, εἶτ᾽
εἰς β΄ ἡγεμόνας, εἶτα εἰς ἕνα ἧκεν ἡ δυναστεία.

τεύχω

Thus Herod the Great and his brother
Phasiiel were at one time made tetrarchs
of Judea by Antony, Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 1.
The former also at his death left half his
kingdom to Archzlaus with the title of eth-
narch, and divided the rest between two of
his other sons, Herod Antipas and Philip,
with the title of tetrarchs, Jos. Ant. 18. 5.
1; comp. in Ἡρώδης no. 1,2. So Lysa-
nias is said to be tetrarch of Abilene, Luke
3,1. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 409.—In
N. T. spoken only of Herod Antipas, Matt.
14, 1. Luke 3, 19. 9, 7. Acts 13,1. Called
also βασιλεύς Matt. 14, 9. Mark 6,14; see
in βασιλεύς no. 2.

τεύχω, see the tenses of τυγχάνων

Teppow, &, f. ὠσω, (réppa,) to turn into
ashes, to’ consume, to destroy, 6. g. cities,
c. acc. 2 Pet. 2, 6.—Lycophr. 227. Nic. Al.
534. Hesych. τεφρώσας - σποδώσας.

τέχνη, ns, hy (τίκτω, τεκεῖν) 1. anart,
trade, craft; Rev. 18, 22 τεχνίτης πάσης

τέχνης. Acts 18, 8 σκηνοποιοὶ τὴν τέχνην, |

for the acc. see Buttm. § 131. 7 sq.—Sept.
1 Chr. 28, 21. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 1.

2. art, skill, Acts 17,29 χαράγματι τέ-
xens. Sept. for 25h 1 K. 7, 14.—Arr.
Epict. 2. 14. 2, 5. Hdian. 3. 3. 11. Xen.
An. 7. 2. 8.

τεχνίτης, ov, 6, (τέχνη) an artisan, ar-
lificer, craftsman; Acts 19, 24 παρεΐχετο
τοῖς τεχνίταις ἐργασίαν. ν. 38. Rev. 18, 22.
Sept. for 89" Deut. 27, 15. Jer. 10, 9. So
Ecclus. 9, 22. Hdian. 3. 4. 20. Xen. Mem.
2.'7. 5.—Trop. of God as the builder, found-
er, of the heavenly Jerusalem, Heb. 11, 10
fis [πόλεως τεχνίτης ... 6 Seds.—So Wisd.
13, 1.

τήκω, f. Ew, to melt, lo make liquid,
Sept. Nah. 1, 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 63. Hdot. 3.
96.—In N. T. Pass. τήκομαι, to be melted,
to melt, ἃ Pet. 3,12. Sept. for Niph. P22
Is. 34, 4. So Diod. Sic. 1. 38 τηκομένη
χιών. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 7.

τηλαυγῶς, adv. (τηλαυγής ; τῆλε, ad-
γή,) radiantly, brightly, clearly, Mark 8, 25
ἐνέβλεψε τηλαυγῶς dravras.—Diod. Sic. 1.
50 πρὸς τὸ τηλαυγέστερον ὁρᾷν. So τη-
Aavyns Sept. Job 37,21. Pind. Ol. 6. 5.
Luc: Hipp. 7. !

τηλικοῦτος, airy, οὔτο, demonstr. cor-
rel. pron. pr. a strengthened form of τηλί-
kos, ἡ, ov, Buttm. § 79. 5; so great, tan-

tus, 2 Cor. 1, 10 ἐκ τηλικούτου ϑανάτου.
’ Heb. 2, 3. James 3, 4. Rev. 16, 18.—
2 Macc. 12, 3. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 5.

718

τηρέω

τηρέω, @, f. now, (τηρός,) to watch, to
watch over, to keep, to guard, e. g.

1. Pr. 10 watch, to observe attentively, to
keep the eyes fixed upon; c. ace. Rev. 1, 3
καὶ τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ [προφητείᾳ] γε-
γραμμένα. i. 6. watching the fulfilment of
the prophecy. 22, 7. 9. Sept. ὁ τηρῶν ἄνε-
μον for WY Ecc. 11, 4; "42 Prov. 23, 26.
So Al. V. H. 2.17 6 μὲν εἱστήκει τηρῶν
τοῦτο. Dem. 836. 5; τὸν ἄνεμον Thuc. 1.
65.—Trop. to observe, to keep, lo/ful/il, 6. g.
a duty, precept, law, custom; c. acc. ras
ἐντολάς Matt. 19, 17. John 14, 15. 21. 15,
10 bis. 1 John 2, 3. 4. 3, 22. 24. 5, 2. 3.
Rey. 12, 17. 14, 12. (Ecclus. 29, 1.) Also
τ. THY ἐντολὴν ἄσπιλον 1 Tim. 6, 14; Ad-
γον, λόγους, John 8, 51. 52. 55. 14, 23, 24.
15, 20 bis. 17,6. 1 John 2, 5. Rev. 3, 8.
10 λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς pov, see in ὑπομονή.
(Sept. 1 Sam. 15, 11.) νόμον Acts 15, 5.
24. James 2, 10; παράδοσιν Mark 7, 9;
τὸ σάββατον John 9, 16. Genr. c. acc. expr
or impl. Rev. 2, 26 ὁ τηρῶν ra ἔργα pov,
i. e. who keepeth (doeth) the works which
I require. Matt. 23, 3 bis. 28, 20. Acts 21,
25. Rev. 3,3. Sept. genr. for "%3 Prov
3, 1. 21; 98 Prov. 8, 34. So Philo Le.
gat. ad Cai. p. 1033 τὴν ϑρησκείαν. Arr
Epict. 2. 25. 15. Pol. 1. 83. 5 δίκαια. Hdian.
6. 6.1.

2. 10 keep, to guard, e. g. a prisoner, ἃ
person arrested, c. acc. Matt. 27, 36. 54 τη:
ροῦντες τὸν Ιησοῦν. Acts 12, 5. 6 φύλακες
«+. ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν, comp. Buttm. § 131.
4. Acts 16, 23. 24, 23. 25, 4. 21 bis. Part.
Matt. 28,4 of τηροῦντες, the keepers, guards.
Of things, ra ἱμάτια Rev. 16,15. Sept.
for "728 Cant. 3, 3; "%2 of things Cant. 8,
11. 12. So of pers. Test. XII Patr. p. 636.
Thuc. 4. 30; things 1 Mace. 6, 50. Aris-
toph. Pac. 201. Pol. 3. 50. '7.—Trop. to
keep in safety, to preserve, to maintain; c.
acc. of thing simpl. Eph. 4, 3 τηρεῖν τὴν
ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος. 2 Tim. 4, 7 τὴν
πίστιν τερήρηκα. Jude 6 μὴ τηρήσαντες κτλ.
i.e. deserting. Sept. τ. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν
for 728 Prov. 16, 17. (Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 4;
νόμους ἢ τὰς ἰδίας ψυχάς Diod. Sic. 11. 11;
πίστιν Pol. 6. 56. 13. Hdian. 7. 9. 7.) So
trop. acc. with adjuncts: with two acc. of
pers. and predicate, 2 Cor. 11, 9 bis, ἀβαρῇ
ὑμῖν ἑμαυτὸν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω. 1 Tim.
5, 22. James 1, 27; impl. 1 John 5, 18 τη-
peiv ἑαυτόν sc. ἁγνόν V. ἄσπιλον, see James
1. c. (Wisd. 10, 5. M. Antonin. 6. 23 or 30
τήρησον σεαυτὸν ἁπλοῦν.) Withadv. 1 Thess
5,23; with dat. of pers. Jude 1 τῷ Χριστῷ
With ἐν c. dat. of state or condition, John

τήρησις
UT, 11. 12 ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόμα-
τί σου. Jude 21; ἔκ τινος John 17, 15.
Rey. 3, 10; ἀπό τινος James 1, 27. Sept.
6. ἀπό τινος for 28 Prov. 7, 5.

3. to keep back, to keep in store, to re-
serve; c. acc. 6. σ΄. things, John 2,10 σὺ
τετήρηκας τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι. 12,7;
τί τινι, 6. g. ζόφος 2 Pet. 2,17. Jude 18.
(Sept. Cant. 7, 13.) τι εἴς τινα 1 Pet. 1, 4.
Of persons, 1 Cor. 7,37 τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ
παρϑένον, i. e. to keep her at home, unmar-
ried, opp. ἐκγαμίζειν in v. 38. 2 Pet. 2, 4 et
Jude 6 εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους. 2 Pet. 2, 9
et 3, 7 εἰς ἡμέραν xpioews.—Test. XII
Patr. p. 529 εἰς κόλασιν τοῦ αἰῶνος τετήρη-
ται. Jos. Ant. 1. 8. '7 c. dat.

τήρησις, ews, ἣ, (τηρέω,) α watching,
keeping, 8. g.

1. Trop. observance, performance, e. g. of
precepts, ἐντολῶν 1 Cor. 7, 19.—Ecclus.
35,23 ; νόμων Wisd. 1, 18; ἀξιώματος Plato
Def. 413. e.

2. guard, ward, 1 Mace. 5, 18. 3 Mace.
5, 44. InN. T. meton. a place of ward,
a prison; Acts 4,3. 5, 18 ἔϑεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν
τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ. So Thuc. 7. 86.

Τιβεριάς, ddos, ἡ, Tiberias, a city of
Galilee built by Herod Antipas and named
in honour of the emperor Tiberius; now
Tubariyeh. It is situated on the S. W.
shore of the Lake of Gennesareth, about an
hour’s distance from the place where the
Jordan flows out, John 6, 23; and the lake
itself is hence sometimes called the Sea of
Tiberias, John 6,1. 21,13; comp. in Te»
νησαρέτ. The city was celebrated on ac-
count of the hot springs in its vicinity
towards the south; and after the destruc-
tion of Jerusalem it became a famous seat
of Jewish schools and learning. See Jos.
Ant. 18. 3. 3. de Vit. §§ 9, 16 sq. Relandi
Palest. p. 1036 sq. Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, p. 320 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. IIL. p.
254-274.

Τιβέριος, ov, ὁ, Tiberius, pr. τι. of thé
third Roman emperor, the son of Livia and
step-son of Augustus, τ. A. D. 14-37. Luke
3, 1. John the Baptist commenced preach
ing in the fifteenth year of his reign; and
the crucifixion of Jesus took place about
four years later. On the relation of this
date to the year of our Lord’s birth, see Gr.
Harm. p. 181.—Sueton. Vit. Tiber. Tac.
Ann. 1. 3 56.

τίϑημει, f. Show, aor. 1 ἔθηκα, perf. ré-
Serxa, see Buttm. ὁ 106, 107. Imperf. éri-
Souv Matt. 5, 15. 2 Cor. 3, 13. al. see
Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 107. πὶ, 6—To ‘set

719

“ἔθου, μὴ ἀνέλῃ -

τίϑημι

to put, to place, to lay; Sept. for nib, mw,
also for 13.

1. Pr. to set, to put, whee a person or
thing is set erect, or is conceived of as
erect, rather than as lying down; c. acc.
Act. 6. g. a light, λύχνον ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον
Matt. 5, 15. Mark 4, 21 ; ὑποκάτω κλίνης
Luke 8, 16 ; εἰς κρυπτήν 11,33. So δὴ in-
scription, ἐπὶ rod σταυροῦ John 19, 9; one’s
foot, ἐπὶ τῆς ϑαλάσσης Rev. 10, 2. Mid. to
set or put for oneself, on one’s own part or
behalf, by one’s own motion or order,
Buttm. §135. 8; e. g. to put persons in
prison, εἰς φυλακήν Acts 12,4; εἰς τήρησιν -
4,3; also ἐν φυλακῇ Matt. 14, 3. Acts 5,
25; ἐν τηρήσει 5, 18; comp. ἐν no. 4. Of
things, do set in the proper place, to assign
a place, 1 Cor. 12, 18 ὁ Seds ἔϑετο τὰ μέλη

εν ἐν τῷ σώματι κτὰ. Sept. genr. for naw
Gen. 80, 42. 48 ; ο. ἐπί Num. 21, 8. Mid.
c. ἐπί 1 Sam. 6,11. 1ὅ; mw 6. ἐπί Ps.
132, 11; yn ὁ. év Gen. 1, 17. 9, 13. Mid.
ἐν φυλακῇ Gen. 40,3. So Al. V. H. 14.
42. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 16. Mid. Pol. 25. 1. 2;
c. ἐπί Xen. An. 7. 3. 23.—Spoken of food
or drink, to set on or out, c. acc. John 2, 10
τὸν καλὸν οἶνον τίθησι. So Bel and Drag.
11 τὸν οἶνον. Plut. Mor. II. p. 13. Xen.
Mem. 3. 14. 1. Lat. pocula ponere Virg.
En. 1. 706,

2. Oftener of things, to put, to lay, to lay
down, where the thing is conceived of as
laid or lying down rather than as erect.

a) Pr. 6. g. ϑεμέλιον Luke 6, 48. 14, 29.
1 Cor. 3, 10. 11. (Sept. Ezra 6, 3.) λίϑον,
πρόσκομμα, Rom. 9, 33. 1 Pet. 2, 6, quoted
from Is. 28, 16 where Sept. for “#1; ¢
dat. incomm. Rom. 14, 18. (Sept. Ps. 109,
110.) Genr. in the proverbial phrase, Luke
19, 21. 22, αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔϑηκας, taking up
what thou hast not laid down, i. e. what is
not thine own. (Diog. Lert. 1. 2.9 ἃ μὴ
εἰ δὲ μή, ϑάνατος ἡ ζημία,
i. 6. a law of Solon. Xen. Εἴθ. 8. 2.)
With ἐπί c. gen. as τοὺς doSeveis ἐπὶ κλι-
νῶν Acts 5, 15. (Hdian. 1. 17. 4.) ἐπί c.
acc. as κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον 2 Cor. 3,
13; τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτά Mark 10, 16. Rev.
1,17 in later edit. (Sept. Job 21, 5. Ps.
139, 4.) So with ἐπί c. acc. impl. τὰ γό-
vara τιϑέναι 80. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, to place the
knees, i. q. to kneel, Mark 15, 19. Luke 22,
41. Acts 7, 60. 9, 40. 20, 36. 21. 5; see in
you. With ἐνώπιόν τίνος Luke 5, 18,
impl. Mark 6, 56. (Sept. 1 Sam. 10, 25;
comp. Ez. 16, 18.) With wap’ ἑαυτῷ
1 Cor. 16, 2% mapa τοὺς πόδας τινός Acts
4, 35. 37. 5,23; πρὸς τὴν ϑύραν Acts 3, 2;

τίδημι

ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τινός 1 Cor. 15, 25, quoted
from Ps. 110, 1 where Sept. for τῷ;
comp. in πούς Ὁ.

Ὁ) Spec. of dead bodies, to Jay in a tomb
or sepulchre, c. acc. Mark 15, 47. 16, 6
ὅπου ἔϑηκεν αὐτόν. Luke 22, 53. 55. John
11, 84... 19, 42. 20, 2.13.15. Acts 9, 37;
cis μνημεῖον Acts 13, 29. Rev. 11, 93 ἐν
μνημεῖῳ Matt. 27, 60. Mark 6, 29. John 19,
41. Acts 7,16. Sept. c. ἐν for pry Gen.
50, 26; mun 1K. 13, 30.31. Soc. ἐν
Test. XII Patr. p. 543. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 25.

c) Spec. to lay off or aside, e. g. gar-
ments, ἱμάτια John 13,4.—Arr. Epict. 1.
24. 12 Sés τὴν πλατύσημον. Diod. Sic. 20.
31, 45 τὰ ὅπλα. Comp. Lat. ponere. vesiem
Ov. Met. 3.1.

d) Trop. 6. g. τιϑέναι τὴν ψυχήν, to lay
down one’s life, John 10,11. 15. 17. 18 bis.
13, 37. 38. 15, 13. 1 John 3, 16 bis. Comp.
Lat. ponere vitam Cic. ad Div. 9. 24 fin.
With ἐπί c; acc. Matt. 12,18 ϑήσω τὸ
πνεῦμά pov ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, i. 6. will give or im-
part unto him, quoted from.Is. 42, 1. where
Heb. 59 902 Sept. ἔδωκα. Mid. ο. év,2Cor.
5, 19 ϑέμενος [ὁ eds] ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς
καταλλαγῆς, i. 6. placing in us, laying upon
us, committing unto us; comp. ws for
2 pd Is, 63, 11.—Mid. with εἰς τὰ Sra
ὑμῶν, to lay up in your ears, i. 4. to let sink
in your ears, minds, Luke 9, 44; εἰς τὴν
καρδίαν, to lay to heart, i. q. to resolve, Luke
21, 14; comp. Sept. Ecc. 7, 22. 1 Sam. 9,
20. With ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, to lay up in heart,
to lay to heart, i. q. to revolve in mind, to
ponder, Luke 1, 66 ; (so Sept. and ada pa
1 Sam. 21, 13;) alsoi.g. to Tesolve, to pur-
pose, Acts 5,4; ἐν τῷ πνεύματι id. 19, 21.
Comp. Sept. Dan. 1, 8.

3. Trop. to. set, to appoint, to constitute,
often i.gq. Engl. to make; 6. g. of time,
Mid. Acts 1, 7 χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς ods 6 πα-
τὴρ ἔϑετο ev τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ, i. 6. which the”
Father hath set by virtue of his own author-
ity. (So ἡμέραν Dion. Hal. Ant. 5.:57:pen.
Dem. 1042. pen.) Also the lot of any one,
τὸ μέρος, C. μετά τινος, Matt. 24, 51. Luke
12, 46. Of a decision, decree, law; Acts
27, 12 οἱ πλείους eSevro βουλήν, gave coun-
sel, advised, determined. Gal. 3, 19 in later
edit. ὁ νόμος... ἐτέθη, the law was. sel,
made; Rec. προσετέθη. So νόμον τιϑέναι
Jos. c. Ap. 2. 21. Dem. 732. 17. Xen. Lac.
1.2. For the difference between τιϑέναι
νόμον to make laws for others, and τίϑεσϑαι
νόμον to make laws to which one is himself
subject, see Buttm. ὁ 135. 6—With two
acc. of pers. or thing and predicate, Winer

720

Τιμαῖος

ᾧ 82. 4. Ὁ; so 1 Cor. 9,18 ἀδάπανον ϑήσῳ
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, I may make the gospel with-
out charge, free of expense; comp. for the
sense 2 Cor. 11, 7. 8. (Luc. Gymnas. 16
τοῦ ἀστέρος... τὸν ἀέρα ξηρὸν καὶ διακαῇ
τιϑέντος Δ Of persons, ἕως dv 5ῶ τοὺς ἐχ-
Spovs σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου, Matt.
22, 44. Mark 12,:36. Luke 20, 43. Acts 2,
35. Heb. 1, 13. 10, 13, all quoted from Ps.
110, 1 where Sept. for ὦ ; comp. in πούς
b. Acts 20, 28 ὑμᾶς... ero ἐπισκόπους.
Rom. 4, 17 πατέρα πολλῶν éSvav τέϑεικά
σε; from Gen. 17, 5 where Sept. for jM3.
1 Cor. 12, 28. Heb. 1, 2. 2 Pet. 2, 6. In
Pass. construction, .c. εἰς ὅ final, 1 Tim. 2,
7. 2 Tim. 1, 11. Buttm. ᾧ 184. 1. Sept. for
in) Jer. 1, 5. Lev. 26, 31; yr2n Job 11,
13. (Al. V. H. 13. 6 ὁ οἶνος τίβησΐ τὰς
γυναῖκας τεκνοποιούς. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 3.)
Once by Hebr. c. acc. et εἴς τι as predicate,

| Acts 13, 47 τέϑεικά σε cis φῶς éSvav, see

in εἰς no. 3. a. Winer ὁ 32. 4. b. Sept. for
2 yn2 Gen. 17, 16; pa Is. 42,15. With
acc. and εἰς final, Mid. 1 Thess. 5, 9 οὐκ
ἔϑετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Seds eis ὀργήν, i. 6. hath not
appointed us 10 wrath. 1 Tim. 1, 12. Pass,
1 Pet. 2, 8. With acc. and ἵνα, John 15,
16 ἔθηκα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπάγητε κτλ.

τίκτω, f. τέξω Hom. Od. 11. 249;
comm. fut. τέξομαι; aor. 2 ἔτεκον, see Buttm,
§ 114.

1. 10 bring forth offspring, to bear ; pr. ot
the mother, c. acc. Matt. 1, 21. 23 τέξεται
δὲ υἱόν. v. 25. 2, 2 ὁ τεχϑεὶς βασιλεύς.
Luke 1, 31. 57. 2, 6. 7. 11. John 16, 21.
Gal. 4, 27. Heb. 11,11 Rec. Rev. 12, 2. 4
bis. 5. 13. Sept. for 729. Gen. 3, 16. 4, 1.
So 4]. V. H. 1. 29. Lue. D. Deor. 10. 1.
Xen. Conv. 5. '7.—Trop. of irregular desire
as exciting to sin; James 1,15 ἐπιϑυμία
συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν, i. 6. leads to sin,
causes sin. So Ecclus. 8,18. Zenob. Cent,
3. 28 δίκη δίκην ἔτικτε καὶ βλάβην βλάβη.
Anthol. Gr. JI. p. 44 ἀφροσύνα τίκτει πολ-
λάκι δυστυχίαν.

2. Of the earth, to bring forth, to produce,
to yield, c. ace. Heb. 6, 7 ἡ γῆ τίκτουσα Bo-
tavnv.—Philo de Opif. p. 30. Eurip. Cyclop.
332 ἡ γῆ... τίκτουσα ποίαν. Of trees, Philo
ib. p. 862. :

τίλλω, f. AG, to pull, to pluck, t pull
out or off, 6. g. ears of grain, c. acc. Matt.
12,1. Mark 2, 23. Luke 6, 1; see Deut.
23, 25. “Sept. τιλ. τρίχας for wy Ezra 9,

3.—Psalt, Sal. 13, 3. Arr. Epict. 3. 1. 29.
Diod. Sic. 5. 21 τοὺς στάχυς.

Τιμαῖος, ov, ὃ, Timeus, pr. n. of ἃ
man, Mark 10, 46.

τιμάω ᾿ 721

τιμάω, 3, f. ἤσω, (τιμή,) to value, to
hold worthy, to estimate, e. g.

1. to esteem, to honour, to reverence, c.
806. a) Genr. 1 Tim. 5, 3 χήρας τίμα.
1 Pet. 2,17 πάντας. Spec. parents Matt.
15, 4. 5. 19, 19. Mark 7, 10. 10, 19. Luke
18, 20. Eph. 6, 2. (Sept. and 723 Ex. 20,
12. Dent. 5,16.) Also kings 1 Pet. 2,17;
God and Christ, John 5, 23 quater. 8, 49;
likewise of feigned piety towards God, Matt.
15,8 et Mark 7, 6 τοῖς χείλεσί με τιμᾷ,
quoted from Is. 29, 13 where Sept. for
722; as also genr. Prov. 3, 9. 14, 33. So
Ecelus, 3, 3. 4. 6. Hdian. 4. 8. 19. Xen. Cyr.
1. 2. 125 τοὺς Seovs AL]. V. H. 2.31. Xen.
Mem. 4. 3. 13. 8) Spec. to treat with
honour, to bestow special marks of honour
and favour upon any one, c. acc. John 12,
26. Acts 28,10 πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν
ἡμᾶς. So 2 Macc. 3,2. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 8
ὑμᾶς τιμᾷν ξενίοις. Xen. An. 1. 9. 14 δώροις
ἐτίμα.

2. Spec. to prize, to fix a value or price
upon any thing; Pass. and Mid. c. acc.
Matt. 27, 9 bis, τὴν τιμὴν rod τετιμημένου,
ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, comp. Zech.
11,12.13; seein Ἱερεμίας. Sept. for F727
Lev. 27, 8. 12. 14.—Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 21.
Dem. 183. 19. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 10.

τιμή, ἧς, ἡ, (τίω,) α valuing, holding
worth; estimation ; hence

1. honour, reverence, worship.
e. g. as rendered or exhibited towards any
person or thing; John 4, 44 προφήτης...
τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει. Rom. 12, 10, 1 Cor. 12, 23.
24. Col. 2, 23 οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι Sc. τοῦ σώ-
ματος. 1 Thess. 4, 4 ἐν τιμῇ i. 6. reputably.
Heb. 8, 8. 1 Pet. 8, 7; σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν
Rom. 9, 21. 2 Tim. 2, 20. 21. So 85 ren-
dered to masters, 1 Tim. 6, 1; to magis-
trates, Rom. 13, 7 bis; to elders, 1 Tim. 5,
17; to Christ, c. δόξα, 2 Pet. 1,17. Rev. 5,
12.13; to God, c. δόξα, 1 Tim. 1,17. 6,16.
Rey. 4, 9. 11. 7, 12. 19,1 Rec. Sept. for
‘in2 Is. 14, 18; "P2 Dan. 4, 27; τ. τῷ
κυρίῳ for 19 Ps. 29,1. 96,7. So Jos. ο.
Ap. 2. 27 γονέων τιμή. Luc. Halcy. 2.
Hdian. 2. 15. 4. Xen. An. 6. 1.20; τῷ ed
Jos. Ant. 1. 3.1. Al. V. H. 3. 1. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3.3. Ὁ) Of a state or condition
of honour, rank, dignity, joined with δόξα,
Heb. 2, δύξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν,
quoted from Ps. 8, 6 where Sept. for "75.
As conferred in reward, v. 9. Rom. 2,7. 10.
1 Pet. 1;'7. 3, 7. Once, an office of hon-
our, Heb. 5, 4. So Jos. Ant. 10. 8. 6.
Fidian. 3. 10. 9. Xen. Mem. 3.1.1. 0)
Meton. an honour, a mark or token of hon-

46

a) Genr. |

Τιμων

our, favour; Acts 28, 10 πολλαῖς τιμαις
ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς. Sept. for "P? Dan. 2, 6.
So Ecclus. 38,1. Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 5. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 2. 18, 20. .

2. value, price; Matt. 27,6 τιμὴ αἵματος
price of blood. ν. 9 see in τιμάω no. 2. Acts
4, 34. 5, 2. 3. '7, 16 τιμὴ ἀργυρίου. 19, 19.
1 Cor. 6, 20. 7,23. Sept. for 779 Lev. 5,
15. 18; ΞῸΞ Job 31, 39; “ὙΠ 15. 55, 1.
So Jos. Vit. §31. Al. V. H. 2. 1. Xen.
An. 7. 5. 2.—Meton. a thing of price, and
hence collect. precious things, Rev. 21, 24.
26; so Sept. for “"P? Ez. 22, 25.

τίμιος, a, ον, (τιμή,) valued, held worth,
estimated, e. g.

1. esteemed, honoured ; estimable, honour-
able; Acts 5, 34 Ταμαλιὴλ.... τίμιος παντὶ.
τῷ λαῷ. Heb. 13, 4. Sept. for ">? Ezra
4,10; “Pt Ps. 116, 15.—Jos. Β. J. 5. 13.1
τῷ δήμῳ τίμιος. Hdian. 6. 9. 14. Xen, Cc.
9. 19.

2. valued, prized, precious. a) Pr. of
high price, costly, as Nios τίμιος a precious
stone, gem, genr. Rev. 17, 4. 18, 12. 16.
21, 11. 19; Plur.’ costly stones, 1 Cor. 3,
12; ξύλον τίμιον costly wood Rev. 18, 12.
Sept. for "P? 1K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1. 10.
So Hdian. 5. 2. 10 λίϑοι τ. Al. V. H. 7. 8.
Xen. An. 1. 2. 27. b) Trop. precious,
dear, desirable ; Acts 20, 24 οὐδὲ ἔχω τὴν
ψυχήν pou τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ. James 5,7. 1 Pet.
1,7. 19. 2 Pet. 1,4. Sept. for 72" Prov.
3, 15. 8,11. So Wisd. 12, 7. Jos. Ant.
17. 9. 4 φίλων re Ἡρώδῃ τιμιώτατος. Hdian,
1. 16. 9. .

TLLLOTNS, Tos, }, (τίμιος,) preciousness,
cosiliness ; meton. precious things, magnifi-
cence; prob. costly merchandize, Rev. 18,
19.—Liban. Ep. 1557 προσαγορεύω τὴν τι-
μιότητά σου.

Τιμόδεος, ov, 6, Timotheus, Timothy,
pr. n. of a young Christian of Derbe, the
son of a Jewish mother and Greek father,
chosen by Paul as the companion of his
journeys and labours in preaching the gos-
pel, Acts 16, 1. 3. Some suppose him to
have been with Paul at Rome, Heb. 13, 23 ;
but his later history is unknown. Acts 16, 1.
17, 14. 15. 18, 5. 19,22. 20,4. 1 Cor. 16,
10. 2 Cor. 1,19. Phil. 1,1. 2,19. 1 Thess.
1,1. 3, 6, 2 Thess. 1,1. 1 Tim. 6, 20
2 Tim. 1, 2. Τιμόϑεος ὁ συνεργός μου Rom
16, 21. T. ὁ ἀδελφός 2 Cor. 1, 1. Col. 1,1.
1 Thess. 3, 2. Philem. 1. Heb. 13, 23. Τιμ.
τὸ τέκνον μου 1 Cor. 4, 17. 1 Tim. 1, 2. 18.

Τίμων, wvos, 6, Timon, pr. τι. of one

_of the seven primitive deacons at Jerusa-

lem, Acts 6, 5.

τιμώρεω

τιμωρέω, &, f. how, (τιμωρός, for τιμή-
opos, τιμάορος ; τιμή; ἀείρω, αἴρῳ,) pr. to
take up one’s honour ; hence to help, to
succour, to vindicate, c..dat. Hdot. 1. 141.
Dem. 1388. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5.°2. 8; to
avenge, to punish in behalf of any one, c.
dat. Hdian. 4, 13. 6, comp. 3.—In N. T.
genr. to punish, c. acc. Acts 26, 11 τιμω-
ρῶν αὐτούς. Pass. Acts 22,5. So Wisd.
12, 20. Pol. 2. ὅθ. 11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 6,
1. q. κολάζειν in ὁ 7.

τιμωρία, as, ἡ, (τιμωρέω,) vindication,
avengement, Jos. Ant. 17. 9. 1. Xen. Cyr.
4. 6.'7.—In N. T. punishment, Heb. 10, 29.
So 2 Macc. 6, 26. Pol. 1.7. 12. Xen. Mem.
4, 4. 24.

/ .
TWO, see in Tia.

τίς, Neut. τί, Gen. τίνος, pron. interrog.
who? which? what? Lat. quis, que, quid?
Sept. ris for ™2, ri for 72. Always writ-
ten with the acute accent on ε, and thus
distinguished from indef. ris, ri, see in τὶς,
and comp. Buttm. § 13. n, 2. §'77. 1. The
place of ris is usually at the beginning of

the interrogative clause, or at most after .

a particle or the like; but see below in
NR TAR 2

A) Direct, usually with the Indicative ;
sometimes with the Subjunct. and Optative,
which then serve to modify its power;
comp. below in no. 6, 7.

1. With the Indic. genr. and in various
constructions: a) Simply, Matt. 3, 7 ris
ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν κτὰ. 21, 23 καὶ ris
σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ; Mark 2, 7.
Luke 10, 29. John 1, 22. 39 τί ζητεῖτε;
13, 25. Acts 7, 27. 19, 3 εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτί-
oSnre, into what? Heb. 3,17. 18. Rev. 6,
17. al.sep. So τί ἐστι τοῦτο ; what is this?
what means this ? Mark 1, 27. 9,10. Eph.
4,9. With a pron. demonstr. in a con-
tracted clause, Matth. § 472. 4. Luke 16, 2
τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ, for τί ἐστι τοῦτο ὃ
κτὰ. comp. John 16, 18. Acts 11,17. For
the phrases: ri πρὸς ἡμᾶς, τί πρὸς σέ, see
in πρός III. 8. ἃ: τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, see in
ἐγώ no. 3; comp. below in lett. d. So
Hdian. 2. 1. 17. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 62; ri
τοῦτο Luc. D. Deor. 5.'7; with a demonstr.
Xen. Mem. 4. 4.13. Ὁ) With a Subst.
or an Adj. taken substantively. Matt. 5, 46
τινά μισϑὸν ἔχετε; Mark 5,9. Luke 14, 31.
John 2,18 τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις ; Rom. 6,21.
Heb. 7,11. Matt. 5,47 ri περισσὸν ποιεῖτε;
Mark 15, 14 τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν ; al.
Comp. Xen. An. ἤ. 6. 4. c) With genit.
of a class or of partition, i. 6. of which τίς,
τίνες expresses a part. Matt. 22, 28 τίνος

722 τίς

τῶν᾽ ἑπτὰ ἔσται; Luke 10, 36. Acts 7, 52
τίνα τῶν προφητῶν; Heb. 1, ὅ. 18. Also
with ἐκ c. genit. partit. Matt. 6, 97 τίς δὲ
ἐξ ὑμῶν κτὰ. John 8,46; also with a Subst.
Matt. 7, 9 τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνδρωπος
κτὰ. Luke 11,11, d) After ris the verb
εἶναι is often omitted, 6. g. τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς
Matt. 27, 4; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί John 2, 4,
Mark 5, 9 τί σοι ὄνομα; Luke 4, 36. Acts
7, 49 ἣ ris τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς pov; 10,
21. Rom. 3, 1. 8, 31:34. James 3, 13. al.
Also γίνεσθαι Matt. 26, 8. John 21, 21.
Comp. Winer ᾧ 66. 2. So Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.
62. e) Sing. ri as predicate sometimes
refers to.a Plural neut. as subject ; John 6,
9 ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσαύτους ; comp. in
lett. f. Acts 17, 20, comp. below in no. 17.
Comp. Matth. § 488. 7. Winer § 25. 1. ἡ.
So Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 11. 1. Plat. Theat. 155.
C, ϑαυμάζω, τί wor ἐστὶ ταῦτα. [) By in-
version, τίς is sometimes put after several
words in a clause; comp. above init: Matt.
6, 28. John 6, 9 ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τί ἐστιν κτλ.
16, 18. Acts 11, 17. 19, 15 ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες
ἐστέ; Rom. 14, 10. Eph. 4, 9. al. Comp.
Matth. §488.2. |g) With other particles :
καὶ τίς, and who? who then? Mark 10, 26.
2 Cor. 2,2; seein Xai no. 1. 6. y; ris dpa,
who then? see in ἄρα no. 2; ri γάρ, what
then? Rom. 3, 3. Phil. 1, 18, see in yap
no. 3; τί οὖν, whal therefore? what then?
see in οὖν no. 2. ἃ; τί ὅτι why? seein
ὅτι πο. 1. 2; Oca τί or διατί, on account of
what 3 wherefore ? why? see in διά II. 1.
b. a3 εἰς ri, for what? to what end?
wherefore ? why ? Matt. 14, 31. Mark
14,4; seein εἰς no. 3.d.a. But Acts 19,
3 see above in lett.a. Also πρὸς ri, for
what? for what intent? wherefore ? John
13, 28; see in πρός III. 3. d. (Xen. Cyr. 6.
3.20.) ivari, that what? to what end?
wherefore ? see in ἱνατί.

2. Neut. τί as adverb of interrogation, or.
as acc. of manner, interrog. a) wherefore?
why? for what cause ? i. 4. διὰ τί. Matth.
§ 488. 8. Matt. 8, 26 ri δειλοί ἐστε; Mark
11, 3. Luke 6, 2. John 7, 19. Acts 26,
14. 1 Cor. 10, 30. al. sep. Sept. for 7
Ex. 14, 15. (Xen. An. 3. 4. 8.) Sori καί,
why then? 1 Cor. 15, 29. 30, see in kat
no. 1. e. y; τί δέ, but why? expressing
surprise Matt. 7, 3. Luke 6, 41; also, and
why? continuative, 1 Cor. 4, 7, comp.
Matth. §488.9; ri οὖν, why then? Matt.
17,10. John 1, 25. Acts 15, 10. al. see in
οὖν no. 2. d. Also why? i. q. to what end?
for what purpose? i. 4. εἰς ri, Matt. 26,
65. Gal. 3, 19 ri οὖν ὁ νόμος; ὄὈ) as-to
what? how? in what respect? i. 4. κατὰ

τίς 723 tis

τί. Matt. 19,20 τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; Matt. 16,
26. Mark 8,36. Luke 9, 25. (Xen. Cyr.
2.1.17.) Also in what way? how? Rom.
8, 24 τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; 1 Cor. 7, 16 bis, τί
yap οἶδας, γύναι, κτλ. Acts 26, 8. So
Matt. 22,17 ri σοι δοκεῖ; Mark 14, 64,
Hence intensive, how! how greatly! Matt.
7, 14 in later edit. τί στενὴ ἡ πύλη. Luke
12, 49 τί ϑέλω, εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφϑη. So Sept.
for 2 Ps. 3,2. Cant. 4, 10. 7, 7.

3. Where two are spoken of, who or
which of the two ? i. q. πότερος. Matt. 21,
31 ris ἐκ τῶν δύο. 27, 21 τίνα ἀπὸ τῶν δύο.
Comp. above in no. 1. c. Matt. 9,5 τί γάρ
ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον κτλ. 23, 17. 19. Luke 7,
42. 1 Cor. 4, 21. See Winer § 25. 1.
Matth. § 488. 4.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17. Plato
Phileb. 52. d; comp. Stalb. in Plat. 1. c. p.
167.

4. Sometimes ris c. Indic. through the
force of the context approaches to the sense
of ποῖος, Lat. qualis, i. 6. of what kind or
sort? Viger. p. 731. Εἰ, g. of persons, Matt.
16, 13 τίνα pe λέγουσι of dyBpwror εἶναι ; ν.
15. Mark 8, 27. 29. 1 Cor. 3, 5 ris οὖν ἐστι
Παῦλος; James 4,12. So ris dpa Luke 1,
66. 8, 25. Neut. Heb. 2, 6 ri ἐστιν ἄνϑρω-
ros; (Soph. Trach. 311.) Of things, Luke
4, 36 ris ὁ λόγος οὗτος ; 24, 17. John 7,
36. 1 Cor. 15, 29. ‘

5. Spec. with Indic. Fut. ris expresses :
a) Deliberation, Matt. 11, 16 τίνι δὲ οἱμοι-
ώσω τὴν κτλ. Mark 6, 24. Luke 3, 10 ri
οὖν ποιήσομεν ; v. 12. 13,18. Acts 4, 16.
Comp. Winer $41.6. In most of these
examples, some Mss. have the Subjunctive.
—So rarely with Indic. Present, John 11,
47. Acts 21, 22. Comp. Winer § 42. 3.
b) Hence implying the idea, shall, may, can;
Matt. 5, 13 ἐν rim ἁλισϑήσεται ; Luke 1,
18 κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; Acts 8, 33.
Rom. 8, 33. 35. Comp. Winerl.c. ὁ)
Sometimes put where a general truth is to

_ be illustrated by a particular example;

comp. Herm. ad Soph. Trach. 451. Matt.
12, 11 τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνϑρωπος, ὃς ἕξει
«td. Luke 14, ὄ. 11,5 where the Subjunct.
alternates with the Fut.

6. With the Suljunct. implying delibe-
ration with the idea of possibility ; comp.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 729. Winer § 42. 4. b. p.
345. Matt. 6, 31 λέγοντες - τί φάγωμεν,
κτλ. Luke 12,17 τί ποιήσω; 16, 3. So
Matt. 20, 32 ri ϑέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν ; 27, 17.
21. 22; see in ϑέλω no. 2.

7. With the Opiat. and ἄν, implying
doubt, uncertainty. Acts 2, 12 ri ἂν ϑέλοι
τοῦτο εἶναι ; 17, 18. Comp. Herm. ad Vig.
Ὁ. 729.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor 7. 1. Vitar. Auct. 12,

B) Invirecr, where it is often equiv. te
ὅστις, ὅ,τι, see Buttm. §127. 5 and n. 8.
“ngs § 344. n. 1. Matth. § 488. 1. Winer

25. 1.

1. With the Indicat. after verbs of hear.
ing, inquiring, showing, knowing, and the
like ; comp. Winer ὁ 42. 4. p. 345 sq.
Matth. § 507.2. So in various constructions
and uses: a) Genr. Matt. 6, 8. μὴ γνώτω
ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου. 9, 13
μάϑετε τί ἐστιν. 10,11. 12, 3. 7. 21, 16.
Mark 14, 36. Luke 6,47. 7, 39. Acts 21,
33. Eph. 5,10. 1 John 3,2. John 19, 24
λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται. So with
a Subst. 1 Cor. 15, 2 τίνι λόγῳ κτλ. 1 Pet.
1,11; comp. in A. 1. Ὁ. With εἶναι im-
plied, comp. in A. 1. d; Rom. 8, 27 ri τὸ
φρόνημα κτὰ. Eph. 3, 18. Heb. 5,12. So.
Hdian. 2. 8. 8 τίνα ἔχετε γνώμην. Xen. An.
4. 8. 5. Mem. 1. 6. 4.—In a double ques-
tion, Luke 19, 15 ἵνα γνῷ ris ri διεπραγμα-
τεύσατο, pr. that he might know, who had
gained what? i.e. who had gained and what
he had gained; comp. Matth. § 488. 12 fin.
Herm..ad Soph. Antig. 20. Aj. 1164. So
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3 τίνας οὖν ὑπὸ τίνων εὕ-
βοιμεν κτλ. ὃ) i. 4. πότερος, comp. in A.
3. Phil. 1, 22 τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ γνωρίζω. So
Xen. Cyr. 1. 8. 17. ¢) 1. 4. ποῖος, comp.
in A. 4. John 10, 6 οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τίνα ἣν ἃ
ἐλάλει. Acts 17, 19. 24, 20.

2. With the Subjunct. implying what
may or can be done, i. e. possibility, Herm,
ad Vig. p. 729, 741. Winer ὁ 42. 4. b. p.
345. Matth. § 516. 3. Matt. 6,25 μὴ μερι-
μνᾶτε τί φάγητε. 10,19. 15, 32. Mark 9,
6 ob γὰρ ἥδει, τί λαλήσῃ. Luke 12, 5. 11.
29. 17, 8. 19, 48. Rpm. 8, 26. 1 Pet. 5, 8.
So in a double question, Mark 15, 24 βάλ-
λοντες κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτά, τίς τί ἄρῃ, comp.
above in no. 1.

3. With the Optat. after a preceding
preterite, and implying doubt, uncertainty ;
Buttm. § 139. m. 63. Herm. ad Vig. p. 740.
Matt. ᾧ 518. Winer ὁ 42. 4.c. p. 346. 48)
Genr. Luke 8, 9 ἐπηρώτων δὲ αὐτόν ... ris
εἴη ἡ παραβολὴ αὕτη ; 15,26 ἐπυνϑάνετο, τί
εἴη ταῦτα; comp. in A. 1. 6. 18, 36. 22.
23. So Hdian. 2. 8. 5 τίνα γνώμην ἔχοιτε.
Xen. An. 4. 5. 10. b) With ἄν, as
strengthening the idea of uncertainty, comp.
Buttm. ᾧ 139. m. 15. Winer § 43. 4. Herm.
ad Vig. 729. Luke 1, 62 τό, ri ἂν ϑέλοι κα-
λεῖσϑαι αὐτόν. 6, 11 διελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλή-
λους, τί ἂν ποιήσειαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 9, 46.
John 13,24. Acts 5,24. 10,17. 17, 20,
21, 33. So Xen, Cyr. 1.4.12. +

τὶς, Neut, τὶ, Gen. τινός, pron. ‘indef,
enclitic, Buttm. ὁ 14. 2. §77. 1. Kiihner’

‘
TU

£93; distinguished by its accent from τίς
interrog. 4. v.

1. one, some one, a certain one, referring
to some person or thing whom one cannot
or does not wish to name or specify more
nearly ; so in various constructions: ἃ)
Simply, Matt. 12, 47 εἶπε δέ τις αὐτῷ. 20,
20 αἰτεῖν τι. Luke 8, 49. 9, 57. 13, 6.
Acts 5, 25. al. Plur. τινές Mark 14, 4.
Luke 13, 1. 24,1. John 13, 29. Rom. 3, 3.

1 Cor. 4,18. 1 Tim. 6, 10. 21. Heb. 4, 6.

1 Cor. 15, 12 τινὲς ἐν ὑμῖν. al. So Hdian.
6.1.15. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 6; τινές Hdian.
1.3.13. Ὁ) Joined with a Subst. or an
Adjective taken substantively, a certain per-
son or thing, some, Buttm. § 124. 2. Matth.
ἡ 487 init. So after a Subst. Mark 5, 25
γυνή τις. Luke 8; 27. 9,19. 10, 31. 38.
John 6, 7 βραχύ τι λάβῃ. Acts 5, 1. 27,
39. al. Plur. Luke 8, 2 γυναῖκές τινες. 24,
22. Acts 9, 19 ἡμέρας τινάς. 17,20. 2 Pet.
3,16 δυσνόητά τινα. (Ceb. Tab. 1 πίναξ τις.
Xen. ic. 8.3.) Also before the Subst. or
Adj. Matth. } 487. 4,6. Matt. 18, 12 ἐὰν
γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ. Luke 17, 12. John
4, 46. Acts 3, 2. 9,36. Gal. 6, 1. al. Plur.
Luke 13, 31 τινὲς Φαρισαῖοι. Acts 13, 1.
15, 2 τινὰς ἄλλους. 27, 1. Jude 4. So εἷς
τις, Mark 14, 51 εἷς ris νεανίσκος, comp. in
eis no. 2. Matth. 1. c. init. (Hdian. 3.11. 2.)
Joined with names, either proper or gentile ;
e. g. before, Mark 15, 21 παράγοντά τινα
Σίμωνα. Acts 9,43; by apposit. John 11,1.
After, Luke 10, 33 Σαμαρείτης δέ τις. So
Hdian. 4. 8. 10. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 3 παρὰ
Χάρωνί τινι. 0) With genit. of a class or
of partition, i. 6. of which ris, τινὲς, expresses
a part. Luke 14, 15 ἀκούσας δέ τις τῶν
συνανακειμένων. 2 Cor. 12, 17; εἷς τις
Mark 14, 47, comp. in lett. "ἢ. Plur. Matt.
9, 3. 27,47. Mark 2,6. Luke 19,39. Acts
6, 9. Rom. 11, 17. 2 Cor. 10, 12. al.
(Hdian. 1. 4. 20; εἷς τις Plato Ion 531.
d. Plur. Hdian. 1.6.2: Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
19.) Ina like sense with ἐκ c. genit. Luke
12,13 εἶπε δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου. John 11,
49. Plur. c. ἐκ, Luke 11, 15 τινὲς δὲ ἐξ
αὐτῶν. John 7, 25. 9, 16. Rom. 11, 14.
So Hdian. 5. 3, 18. d) With numerals,
where it renders the number indefinite,
about, some; Luke '7, 19 προσκαλεσάμενος
δύο τινὰς τῶν μαϑητῶν αὑτοῦ, i.e. some two,
two or three. Acts 28, 23. Comp. Winer
ᾧ 25. 2. Matth. § 487. 4. So Thue. 3. 111
ἐς διακοσίους τινὰς αὐτῶν. '7. 87. 6) Dis-
tributively, τὶς... ἕτερος δέ, ὁη6... ἀΠΟΙ ΝΟΥ,
1 Cor. 8, 4. (Xen. Conv. 2. 6.) Plur.
rivés...ries δὲ Luke 9, 7. 8. Phil. 1, 15.
f) Sometimes ris or τινὲς is omitted where

724 tls

_ the sense requires it to be supplied; Luke

8, 20 καὶ ἀπηγγέλη αὐτῷ, λεγόντων 506. Te
νῶν. Mark 2,1 δι᾽ ἡμερῶν sc. τινῶν. So
before ἃ genit. partit. Acts 21, 16; before
ἐκ c. gen. Matt. 13, 47. Luke 21,16. John
16,17. Rev. 3,9. Comp. Winer § 30. 5.
§ 66, 3.

2. Genr. any one, any body, some one cr
other, in various constructions and uses;
comp. above in no. i. 8ἃ) Simply, Matt.

8, 28. Mark 12, 19 ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀπο-

Savy. Luke 14, 8. John 10, 28. Acts 19,
38. Rom. 5, 7 bis, μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου
τις ἀποϑανεῖται κτὰ. James 2, 18. al. Neut.
τὶ, Matt. 5, 23 ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ. Mark 11,
13. Luke 22, 35. Acts 3, 5. James 1,7. al.
Adv. see below in no. 5. So Xen. Cyr. 2.
3.45; τὶ Hdian. 6.1.4. Ὁ) Joined with a
Subst. or Adj. Rom. 8, 39 οὔτε ris κτίσις
ἑτέρα. Neut. ri, Luke 11, 36 μὴ ἔχων τι
μέρος σκοτεινόν. Acts 8, 34. So espec.
Neut. τὶ before adjectives of quality, char-
acter, etc. Matth. ) 487. 4; 6. g. before the
adj. Luke 24, 41 ἔχετέ τι βρώσιμον. John
1,47. Acts 17, 21. 19, 39; after the adj.
Mark 16, 18 κἂν ϑανάσιμόν τι πίωσιν. John
5,14. Acts 19,32. So Plato Conv. 210. e, ri
ϑαυμαστόν. 0) With genit. of a class or
of partition, comp. in no. 1. c. 1 Cor. 6, 1
τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν. Acts 5, 15. 2 Thess. 3, 8
Neut. ri, Acts 4, 32 καὶ οὐδὲ εἷς τι τῶν
ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ κτλ. Rom. 15, 18. Eph,
5,27. Also with ἀπό c. gen. Luke 16, 30,
ex c. gen. Heb. 3, 13 ris ἐξ ὑμῶν. James 2,
16. d) Also for the Engl. indef. one, some
one, Fr. on, Germ. man, Buttm. ὁ 127, 4.
§129. 19. Matt. 12, 29 πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσ
eASeiv κτὰ. Mark 8, 4. John 2,25. 1Tim.
1,8. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8 ὥστ᾽ eredipec
ἄν τις κτλ. 6) In a similar sense, like
Engl. one, any one, for every one, ἕκαστος ;
John 6, 50 οὗτός ἐστιν 6 ἄρτος... «ἵνα τις ἐξ
αὐτοῦ φαγῇ κτὰ. Acts 2,45. 11,29. 1 Cor.
4,2. Heb. 10,28. So Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.
f) ἐάν ris, if any one, Matt. 21, 3. Mark
11, 3. Col. 3,13. James 2,14. Rey. 22,18;
ἐὰν μή τις, unless one, John 3, 3. 5. Acts
8,31. Plur. dv τινες; if any, i. 4. who-
soever, John 20, 23 bis. So Luc. D. Deor.
23.1 ἢν τις. g) et res, if any one, 566
in εἰ I. 2. g. y. Ina hypothetical clause,
the simple τὶς is sometimes said to be i. q.
εἴ τις, but not accurately; 1 Cor. 7, 18 bis,
περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήϑη, μὴ ἐπισπάσξω
κτὰ. is one called being circumcised, i. 6. be
it so that one is thus called. James 5, 13.
14. Comp. Winer 9 25. 1. n. So Athen. 6.
Ῥ. 223 ὀφϑαλμιᾷ τις. Pluc. Puer. de educ. 4
GAN ἐστί τις ἀπόκροτος κτὰ. 8) Sometimes

τίτλος

τις, any one, is omitted where the sense re-

quires it to be supplied; comp. above in
no. 1. f. Matt. 23,9 καὶ πατέρα μὴ [twa]
καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 1 Pet. 4, 12.

8. Emphat. somebody, something, any
thing, i. e. some person or thing of weight
and importance, some great one; Matth.
ἢ. 481. 5. Winer § 25.2. a) Simply, Acts
5, 36 ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυ-
τόν. (Theocr. 11. 79. Dem. 150. 19 σὲ μὲν
ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινα φαίνεσϑαι. Epict. Ench.
13.) Neut. 1 Cor. 8, 7 οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστί
τι. 10, 19. Gal. 2, 6. 6, 8 εἰ γὰρ δοκεῖ τις
εἶναί τι. Vv. 15.. 1 Cor. 8,2 εἰ δέ τις δοκεῖ
εἰδέναι τι. So Plato Gorg. 88. p. 527. d,
ὥς τι ὄντας. id. Apol. Socr. 6. p. 21. d, οὗ-
Tos μὲν οἴεταί τι εἰδέναι, οὐκ εἰδώς. Ὁ)
With an adjective, Acts 8,9 Σίμων... λέγων
εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν. Heb. 10,27 φοβερὰ
δέ τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως, i. e. a very fearful
looking for of judgment. So Eurip. ap.
Stob. 173. 11 δεινή τις ὀργή. ABschin. Dial.
Socr. 3. 17 γαληνός τις Bios.

4. With a Subst. or Adj. ris sometimes
serves to limit or modify the full significa-
tion, like Engl. somewhat, i. q. in some meas
sure, a kind of ; Winer § 25, 2. Buttm.
§150. τη. 6. Kiihner ᾧ 303.4. Rom. 1,11 iva
Tt μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν. v.13. 1 Cor. 6,11.
James 1, 18 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα
κτὰ. So Luc. D. Deor. 6. 1 συνίημι γάρ,
ὁποῖόν τι τὸ αἰσχρόν κτλ. Hdot. 5. 48 οὐ
γάρ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον.

5. Neut. ri adverbially or as acc. of
manner. 8) Simply, in or as 10 some-
thing, in any way, Phil. 3, 15 καὶ εἴ τι ἑτέ-
pws φρονεῖτε. Philem. 18. Hence i. 4. per-
haps, in the formula εἰ μή τι, unless per-
haps, Luke 9,13. John 5,19. al. see in μήτι
no. 1. Comp. Buttm. ᾧ 150. m. 6. So Lue.
D..Deor. 2.1 εἰ καί τι ἥμαρτον. ib. 7. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 1.2.9; εἰ μή τι Xen. Hell. 7.
4. 35. Ὁ) With another acc. neut. as
Advyerb, thus serving to modify it, comp. in
no. 4; some, somewhat, a little, comp. Matth.
§ 487. 4 fin. E. g. βραχύ τι, some little, a
little, spoken of time Acts 5, 34; of place
or rank Heb. 2,7. Acts 23, 20 τὶ ἀκριβέ-
στερον. 2 Cor. 10, 8. il, 16. So μέρος τί,
in some part, partly, 1 Cor. 11, 18.—Plato
Gorg. 499. b, πάλαι τι. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 12
σχεδόν τι. Hi. 1. 21 τὶ ἥδιον. 3+

TITAOS, ov, ὁ, Lat. titulus, i. e. a title,
inscription, superscription, John 19, 19. 20.
—Hesych. τίτλος" πτυχίον ἐπίγραμμα ἔχον.

Τίτος, ov, 6, Titus, pr. n. of a Christi
teacher of Greek origin, a companion and
fellow-labourer of Paul, Gal. 2, 3; sent by

725 τοίνυν

him to Dalmatia, 2 Tim. 4, 10; and also
left in Crete to establish and regulate the
churches, Tit. 1, 5.—2 Cor. 7, 6.13.14. 8,
6. 16. 12, 18-bis. Gal: 2, 1.3, 2 Tim. 4,
10. Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν pov 2 Cor. 2, 12.
T. κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός
2 Cor. 8, 38. Τίτῳ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ Tit. 1, 4.
Not mentioned in the book of Acts.

Tio, f. ric, to value, to hold worthy ; to
respect, to honour, to reverence, 6. g. ξεῖνον
Hom. Od. 15. 542; Seovs Il. 8. 540. ib. 9.
238 ; also to estimate, to prize, Hom. Il. 23.
703, '705. Hence Act. and Mid. in fut. and
aor. 1 (with Pres. rivw,) to honour by mak-
ing compensation, atonement, i. q. to atone
for, to pay for, with acc. of the wrong done,
e. g. ὕβριν Hom. Od. 24.352; φόνον Il. 21.
134.—In N. T. to atone by, to pay a penalty,
c. acc. of thing offered or suffered in atone-
ment, 6. g. δίκην τίσω to pay or suffer pun-
ishment, to be punished, Lat. solvere penas,
2 Thess. 1,9. So Hom. Od. 14. 84. 21.
V. H. 1. 24. ib. 13.2. Plut. de sera Num.
vind, 8 ἔτισεν ὁ Béooos τὴν δικήν. Plato
Legg. 905. a. So pres. rivw ib. 933. 6.

Tol, enclit. particle, pr. an old dat. for
τῷ, by consequence, accordingly, therefore ;
which signification however is found only
in the strengthened forms τοιγάρ, τοιγαροῦν,
etc. while τοί itself retains only a sort of
confirmatory sense, indeed, forsooth, verily,
etc. Buttm. § 149. m. 27. Matth. § 627.—In
Fe only in the compounds καιτοίγε, τοι-
γαροῦν, τοίνυν.

τουγαροῦν, .i. 6. τοί ‘goohglioned by
the particles. γάρ, οὖν, i. q. by certain con-
sequence, consequently, therefore ; see Buttm.
§ 149. m. 27. 1 Thess. 4, 8 τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἀϑε-
τῶν κτὰ. Heb. 12,1. Sept. for }27>2 Job
22, 10. 24, 22.—Jos. Ant. 10. 1, 2. Ceb.
Tab. 20. Xen. An. 1. 9. 9.

TOUYE, see καιτοίγε in γέ no. 2. f.

τοίνυν, i. 6. τοί strengthened by νύν, i. 4.
indeed now, yel now, therefore; used where
one proceeds with an inference, Buttm.
§149. m. 27. Kithner § 324. 3. c.. Matth.
§627. Usually put after one or more
words in a clause, Luke 20, 25 ἀπόδοτε
τοίνυν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι. 1 Cor. 9, 26.
James 2, 24 Ree. So Wisd. 1,11. Ceb.
Tab. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 6. Xen. Cc. 10. 2.—
More rarely put at the beginning of a
clause, Heb, 13, 13 τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεξα
πρὸς αὐτόν. Sept. for => Is. 3, 10; 135
15. 5, 13. So Jos. Ant, 6.13.4. El. i.
An. 2. 6. Other examples see in Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 342,

?

τοιόσδε

τοιόσδε, τοιάδε, τοιόνδε, ἃ strengthened
furm of τοῖος, demonstr. pron. correlative to
ποῖος, οἷος, see Buttm. ᾧ 79. 4, 5; of this
kind or sort, such, Lat. talis ; 2 Pet. 1, 17
φωνῆς ... toudode.—Jos. Ant. 17. 13. 3
ὄναρ τοιόνδε. Hdian. 7. 4. 2. Xen. Mem.
1.7 1.

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο and τοιοῦτον
Matt. 18, ὅ, ἃ strengthened form of τοῖος,
demonstr. correl. to ποῖος, οἷος, see Buttm.
§'79. 4, 5. Kiihner § 91; of this kind or sort,
such, Lat. talis, more frequent in Attic
usage than τοῖος or τοιόσδε. Not a com-
pound of τοῖος and οὗτος.

1. Genr. such, such an one, 6. g. a)
Without art. or corresponding relative,
Matt. 18, 5 ds ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον τοιοῦτον
év. Mark 4, 33. John 4, 23. Acts 16, 24.
1 Cor. 11, 16. James 4, 16. al. (Hdian. 7.
8. 17. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.1.) With a corres-
ponding relat. e. g. ofos, 1 Cor. 15, 48 bis,
οἷος ὁ xoikds, τοιοῦτοι καὶ of χοϊκοί, KTA.
2 Cor. 10, 113 ὁποῖος Acts 26, 29; ὡς
Philem. 9. So 6. οἷος Ecclus. 49, 16. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6.123 ὅς ib. 2.8.3. ὃ) With
the art. as marking something definite or
already mentioned, Matth. ᾧ 265. 7. Winer
§17 fin. Matt. 19, 14 τῶν yap τοιούτων
ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν ovp. Mark 9, 37. Acts
19, 25. Rom. 1, 32. 1 Cor. 5,11. Gal. 5,
21. 1°Tim. 6, 5. 3 John 8. al. So Hdian.
4. 5. 4. Pol. 8. 2. 5. Xen. An. 5. 8. 20.

2. Spec. such, so great. a) Without
art. or relative, Matt. 9, 8 τὸν δόντα ἐξου-
σίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνϑρώποις. Mark 6, 2.
John 9, 16. (Ceb. Tab. 4.) Neut. Plur.
τοιαῦτα, such things, so great things, 6. g.
good Luke 9, 9; evil, 13, 2. Heb. 12, 3.
With a relat. corresponding, ὅστις 1 Cor.
5, 1; ὅς Heb. 8, 1. Ὁ) With the art.
ὁ τοιοῦτος, such an one, such a person,
one distinguished, e. g. in a good sense,
2 Cor. 12, 2. 3. 5. (Ail. V. HH. 11.9.) In
a bad sense, such a fellow, Acts 22, 22,
comp. 21,.27. 1 Cor. 5, 5. 2 Cor. 2, 6. 7.
Comp. Matth. § 265.7. +

τοῖχος, ov, 6, the wall of a house or
court, paries; Acts 23, 3 see in Kodo.
Sept. for “"p Ex. 30, 3. Lev. 14, 37.—AEl.
V. H. 14. 19. Pol. 5. 33. 5. Xen. Conv. 4.
38. Kindred with τεῖχος ‘the wall of a
city,’ ete.

τόκος, ov, 6, (τίκτω, τέτοκα.) a bringing
forth, birth, Hom. Π. 19. 119; any thing
born, offspring, a child, Athen. 4. 82 τόκος
καλεῖται mas ὁ γενόμενος παῖς. Xen. Lac.
15. 5—In N. T. trop. gain from money
put out, interes!, usury, Matt. 25, 27. Luke

726

TON OS

19, 23. Sept. for 2 Ex. 22, 25. Lev. 25,
36. 37. So Auschin. 68. 26. Dem. 13. 20.
Plato Legg. 742. ο.

τολμάω, ᾧ, f. how, (τόλμα; kindr. obs.
τλάω; Taddw,) to have courage, boldness, con-
jidence to do or undertake any thing; to
venture, to dare, c. infin. Matt. 22, 46 οὐδὲ
ἐτόλμησέτις ... ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτόν. Mark 12,
34. 15, 43. Luke 20, 40. John 21, 12. Acts
5, 13 οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσϑαι αὐτοῖς. 7, 32.
Rom. 5,7. 15,18. 1 Cor. 6,1. 2 Cor. 10, 12.
Phil. 1, 14. Jude 9. Sept. for 3d xd Esth.
7,5. So 2 Macc. 4, 2. Hdian. 2. 6. 19.
Dem. 1377. 12. Xen. Mem, 1. 3. 10.—
Spec. without infin. to be bold, to act with
boldness, confidence ; 80 ἐπί τινα against any
one 2 Cor. 10,2; ἔν τινι in any thing 11,
21 bis. So Hom. Il. 10. 232.

τολμηρότερον, ady. (comparat. of τοὰ-
μηρῶς, Buttm. § 115. 5,) the more boldly,
with greater confidence and freedom, Rom.
15, 15.—Pol. 1. 17. 17. Luc. Icarom. 10 ;
τολμηρῶς Xen. Cony, 2. 12.

τολμητής, οὔ, 6, (τολμάω,) α bold, ven-
turous, daring man, Jos. B. J. 3. 10. 2.
Thuc. 1. 70.—In N. T. in a bad sense, one
over-bold, audacious, presumptuous, 2 Pet.
2, 10.

τομός, n, Ov, (τέμνω,) cutting, sharp,
keen, Plato Tim. 61. e.—In N. T. only com-
parat. τομώτερος; ἢ; ov, sharper, keener,
trop. Heb. 4,12. So Luc. Tox. 11. Pho-
cyl. 116 or 118.

τομώτερος, see in rods.
l4 .
τόξον, ov, τό, a bow, for shooting
arrows, Rev. 6, 2. Sept. oft for nop

Gen. 27, 3. Ps. 7, 13.—Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 7.
1. Hdian. 6. 5. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9.

τοπάζιον, ov, τό, (i. 4. τόπαζος,) the
topaz Rev. 21, 20; ἃ transparent gem of a
golden or orange colour; not the green
topaz of Pliny, which seems to have been
the modern chrysolite, H. N. 37. 8 or 32.
Sept. for THB Ex. 28, 17. Ez. 28, 13.—
Diod. Sic. 3. 39 where see. Strabo 16. p.
769 [1115. a], ra τοπάζια- λίϑος δέ ἐστι
διαφανής, χρυσοειδὲς ἀπολάμπων φέγγος.
See Wetst. N. T. II. p. 845. Braun. de
Vest. sacerdot. p. 508. Rosenm. Alterthk.
IV. i. p. 32.

τόπος, ov, 6, a place, space, locus, 6. g.

1, As occupied or filled by any person or
thing, a place, spot, space, room. ἃ) Pr.
Matt. 28, 6 τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἐκεῖτο ὁ κύριος.
Mark 16, 6. Luke 2,7 οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος
ἐν τῷ καταλύματι. (Sept. Gen. 24, 23.)

te tee, = νος e

ὩΣ ΤΑ

τς eta

(ὦ ων
ΤΟΝ as

ae

τοπος 727

Luke 14, 9. 10. 22. John 20, 7. [25.]
Acts 7, 33. Heb. 8,7. Rev. 2, 5 κινήσω
τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὑτῆς. 6, 14.
20,11. Sept. for ὈῚΡ Gen. 24,23. 1 K.
8, 6. 7. (Luc. Necyom. 17. ὁ. Αἰακὸς ἀπο-
μετρήσῃ ἑκάστῳ τὸν τύπον, δίδωσι δὲ τὸ μέ-
γιστον οὐ πλέον ποδός. Hdian. 2. 14. 10.)
Hence διδόναι τόπον τινί, to give place to
any one, fo make room, Luke 14, 9. Rom.
12, 19. Eph. 4, 27; see fylly in δίδωμε no.
1. 6. .b) Trop. place, condition, part, cha-
racter; 1 Cor. 14, 16 ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν τό-
πον τοῦ ἰδιώτου he who fills the place of one
unlearned, i. e. who is unlearned; comp. in
ἀναπληρόω lett. d. [Acts 1, 25.] .So Philo
Somn. p. 600. 6, τὸν ἀγγέλου τόπον ἐπέσχε.
Jos. Ant. 16. '7. 2 αὐτὸς δὲ πολλάκις ἀπολο-
γουμένου τόπον λαμβάνει. 6) Trop. ρίαςε,
i. q. opportunity, occasion ; Acts 25, 16 πρὶν
ἢ ... τόπον τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι κτλ. Rom.
1ὅ, 23 μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων (τοῦ εὐαγγελίζε-
σϑαι) ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις. Heb, 12, 17.
So Ecclus. 4, 5. Pol. 1. 88.2 τόπος ἐλέους.
schin. 84. 39.

2. Of a particular place, spot, where any
thing is done or takes place; Luke 10, 32
ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Λευΐτης, γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν
τόπον. 11,1. 19, 5. John 4, 20. 5, 13. 6,
23. 10,40. 11,30. 18,2. 19,20. 41. 2 Pet.
1,19. Pleonast. Rom. 9,26 ἐν τῷ τόπῳ
οὗ, in the place where, i. q. simpl. where,
quoted from Hos. 2, 1 [1, 10], where Sept.
for "8 Dip2a. Sept. genr. for ΠΡ
Gen. 28, 16. 17. Ruth 3, 4.—Pol. 4. 72. 5.
Hdian. 1. 8. 11.

3. Of the place where one dwells, so-
journs, belongs, e.g. a) Of persons, @
dwelling-place, abode, home ; Luke 16, 28
els τὸν τόπον τούτου τῆς βασάνου. John 11,
6. 14, 2 πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν.
vy. 3. Acts 1, 25 see in ἴδιος no. 2. 6. Acts
12, 17. Rev. 12, 6. 8. 14. So of a house,
dwelling, Acts 4, 31; also a temple, Acts
7,49 ris τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεως pov, quot-
ed from Is. 66,1 where Sept. for D'P?.
Hence the temple as the abode of God is
called ὁ τόπος ἅγιος Matt. 24, 15. Acts 6,
13. 14. 21, 28 bis. So Sept. and ipa
ftp Ps. 24,3; SIP Ὁ [5. 60, 13. Sept.
genr. for ΞῚΡΏ Gen. 29, 26; M2 1 Sam.
10, 26. 2 Chr. 18, 15. So Luc. D. Mort.
17. 2. de Luctu 2, spoken of Hades as the
abode of the dead. Hdian. 4. 2. 18, i. q.
οἴκημα $16. 5) Of things, che place where
any thing is kept, as a sword, i. e. a sheath,
scabbard, Matt. 26, 52.

4. In a geographical or topographical
sense, a place, a part of a country, of the
earth, etc. a) Of a definite place or spot

τοσοῦτος

in a city, district, country ; Matt. 27, 33 bis,
εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Τολγοϑᾶ, ὅ ἐστι λεγόμε-
vos κρανίου τόπος. Mark 15, 22 bis. Luke
23, 33. John 19,17. So Luke 6, 17. 22,
40. comp. v. 39. John 6,10. 19, 13. Rev.
16, 16. Acts 27, 8. 29. 41. 28,7. Sept.
for DIP Gen. 22, 2. 14. 28,19. So Ceb.
Tab. 16. Diod. Sic. 1. 9. Xen. Cyr. 5.3. 11.
b) Of a place as inhabited, a city, village,
quarter, or the like; Luke 4, 37 εἰς πάντα
τόπον τῆς περιχώρου. 10, 1 εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν
καὶ τόπον. Matt. 14, 35. Acts 16, 3. 27, 2.
Rev. 18, 17 in later edit. Also ἐν παντὶ
τόπῳ, in every place, every where among
men, 1 Cor. 1,2. 2Cor. 2,14. 1 Thess. 1, 8.
[2 Thess. 3, 16.] 1 Tim. 2,8. So Sept.
2 Chr. 34, 6. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 4. Hdian. 3. 4. 6.
Xen. Hell.'7.1.3.. 06) Ofatract of country,
district, region; 6. g. ἔρημος τόπος, ἔρημοι
τόποι, Matt. 14, 13. 15. Mark 1, 35. 45. 6,31.
82. 35. Luke 4, 42. 9, 10.12; 8¢ ἀνύδρων
τόπων Matt. 12, 43. Luke 11, 24; κατὰ τό-
πους, in divers places, quarters, countries,
Matt. 24,'7. Mark 13, 8. Luke 21,11. Also
of a land, country, John 11, 48 ἀροῦσιν ἡμῖν
τὸν τόπον kat τὸ ἔϑνος, i. e. our country and
nation. Heb. 11, 8. Acts '7,'7 λατρεύσουσί
pe ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ, i.e. in this land, in
allusion to Gen. 15, 14, filled out perhaps
from Ex. 3,12. So Hdian. 3. 14. 2. Dem.
49. 5 ταῖς ἄλλαις ταῖς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ τύπῳ
νήσοις. Xen. An. 1. 5.1. ib. 4.2. 4. ἀ)
Trop. of a place or passage in ἃ book ; Luke
4, 17 εὗρε τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον. So
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20. Prob. not found else-
where in this sense, Sturz Lex. Xen. s. v.
Suid. τόπος - ἡ ἑκάστου λόγου περίοδος.

τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτο and τοσοῦ-
τον, ἃ strengthened form for τόσος, ἢ, ον,
correl. to ὅσος, πόσος, Buttm. ὁ 79. 4,5; so
great, so much, so many.

1. Pr. of magnitude, intens. so great,
Matt. 8, 10 οὐδὲ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον.
Luke 7, 9. John 12, 37. Rev. 18,17. Plur.
Neut. τοσαῦτα, so great things, benefits,
Gal. 3, 4. With ὅσος corresponding, Heb.
1, 4. 7,22 comp. 20. 10,25. Rev. 18, 7.
21,16 Rec. So 2 Mace. 4, 3. Hdian. 7. 8.
4. Xen. An. 3. 5.7; ο. ὅσος Hdian. 2. 3.
17. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 4.—Of a specific amount,
so much and no more; Acts 5, 8 bis, εἰ τος
σούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; κτὰ. So Xen
Mem. 1. 3. 5. ib. 2. 4. 4.

2. Of time, so long ; John 14, 9 τοσοῦτον
χρόνον. Heb. 4, '7.—Hdian. 1. 6. 1. Xen.
Hell. 4. 6. 13. .

3. Of number, multitude, collect. or in
Plur. so many, so numerous; Matt. 15, 33
bis, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ... ὄχλον τοσοῦτον.

ΤΟΤΕ

Luke 15, 29. John 6, 9. 21,11. 1 Cor, 14,
10. Heb. 12, 1.—Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 3. Hdian.
1,17. 10. Xen, Cyr. 2. 4. 2.

τότε, adv. demonstr. of time, then, at that
time, correl. to ὅτε, πότε, Buttm. § 116. 4.

1. In general propositions, chen, marking
succession ; e. g. after πρῶτον, as Matt. 5,
24 πρῶτον διαλλάγηδξι ... καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν
πρόσφερε κτλ. 12, 29. Mark 8, 27. John 2,
10; with ὅταν, 2 Cor. 12, 10 ὅταν yap ἀσϑε-
νῶ, τότε δυνατός εἶμι. John 2, 10. Simply,
Luke 11, 26.—So c. ὅταν Hdian. 2. 9. 4.
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 17.

2. Of time past; e. g. with a notation of

time preceding, as dre, Matt. 13, 26 ὅτε δὲ ἡ

ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος ... τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ
ζιζάνια. 21,1. John 12,16; with ὡς John
7, 10. 11, δ: μετά 6. acc. John 13; 27.
So after a participle as noting time, Acts
27, 21. 28, 1 καὶ διασωθέντες, τότε ἐπέγνω-
σαν κτλ. comp. Matth. § 565. 1 sq. Buttm.
§ 144. n. 8. Also as opp. viv, Rom. 6, 21.
Gal. 4 8 comp. 9. v. 29. Heb. 12, 26;
εὐθέως τότε Acts 17, 14. Simply, where
the notation of time lies in the context, and
τότε, then, at that time, is often i. q. there-
upon, after that; Matt. 2, '7 comp. 4. v.
17 τότε ἐπληρώϑη τὸ ῥηθέν κτὰ. 3, 5. 13
τότε παραγίνεται 6 ᾿Ιησοῦς, i. 6. after this,
‘comp. v. 6. 7. Matt. 8, 1ὅ. 4,1. 26, 3.
John 19, 1. 16. Acts 1, 12. 10, 46. 48.
Heb. 10, 7. 9. al. Soc. ὅτε Xen. Cyr. 8.
4. 14 comp. 13; ὡς Hdian. 3. 3. 5. Xen.
Conv. 1. 14; particip. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 6;
opp. νῦν Xen. Cyr. 5.2.8. Simpl. Sept.
Gen. 13, 7. Ezra 4, 23. 24. Ceb. Tab. 29,
Xen. Cony. 1. 14 οὐδὲ rore.—Also in later
usage ἀπὸ τότε, from then, from that time,
Matt. 4, 17. 16, 21. 26,16. Luke 16, 16;
see Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 461. Sturz de Dial.
Mac. p. 211. Sept. for MN [182] Ecclus.
8, 12.—With the art. as adj. ὁ τότε κόσμος
the then world 2 Pet. 3,6; comp. Buttm.
§125. 6. So Hdian 1. 14.10. Xen. An. 9.
2. 20.

3. Of a time future, 6. g. with ὅταν pre-
ced. Matt. 25, 31 ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ ὁ vids rod
ἀνϑρ. ... τότε καδίσει ἐπὶ Spdvov κτὰ. Mark
13, 14. Luke 14,.10. 21, 20. John 8, 28.
1 Cor. 13,10. 16,2. 1 Thess. 5, 3. Pleo-
nast. ὅταν ... τότε ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις
Luke 5, 35. (Comp. Dem. 288. 21 τότε
kar ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν) With πρῶτον,
Luke 6, 42; opp. ἄρτι 1 Cor. 13, 12. Sim-
ply, Mark 13, 21 καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ
_ kth. V. 26. 27, Luke 13, 26. 21, 27. 1 Cor.

4,5. 2 Thess. 2,8. Sept. simpl. for 1%
Ex. 12, 44, 48—Luc. D. Deor. 4. 5 εἰσό-
μεῦδα τότε, τί πρακτέον. Hdian. 3.9.13. +

728

τράπεζα

τοὐναντίον, (ἐναντίος,) crasis for ra
ἐναντίον, Buttm. § 29. n. 35 pr. the opposite,
3 Macc. 3, 22. Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 26.—In N.
T. as adv. on the contrary, contrariwise,
2 Cor. 2, 7. Gal. 2, 7. 1 Pet. 3, 9. See
Buttm. ᾧ 128. ἢ, 4. §131.n.14. So All. V.
Η. 8. 12. Xen. Mem. 2. 7.8.

τοὔνομα, crasis for τὸ ὄνομα, Buttm.
§ 128. n. 4; adverbially i. q. by name, Matt.
27, 57; see in ὄνομα no. 1. See Buttm.
§131.'7.—Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6. Palzph. 40. 3.
Lue. Ὁ. Deor. 3. 1.

τουτέστι, crasis for τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, that is, °
id est, used in explanations; so in Acts 1,
19 Rec. ᾿Ακελδαμά, τουτέστι, χωρίον alpa-
tos. 19,4. Rom. 7, 18. 9,8. Philem. 19.
Heb. 2, 14. 7,5. 9, 11. 10,20. 11,16. 13,
15. 1 Pet. 3, 20. Sept. for 81% Job 40,
19.—In later editions every where written
separately, τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι; and so Rec. in Matt.
27, 46. Mark 7,2. Rom. .10, 6. 7. 8. So
Diod. Sic. 4. 7.

τοῦτο, see in οὗτος.

τράγος, ov, 6, a he-goat, hircus, Heb. 9,
12. 13. 19. 10, 4. Sept. for O° AD Gen.
31,10; ΠΣ Ley. 16, 5.7; 2M Gen. 32,
14.—Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1. Plut. Thes. 18.

τράπεζα, ns, 7, (prob. for τετράπεζα "
τετρα, πέζα,) a table, pr. with four legs.

1. Genr. a table, for setting on food, ta-
king meals. a) Pr. Matt. 15, 27. Mark
7, 28. Luke 16, 21, 22, 21. 30. So of the
table for the shew-bread, Heb. 9, 2, i. q.
ἡ τράπεζα τῆς προϑέσεως 1 Mace. 1, 22;
Sept. for lakh Ex. 25, 23. 27 sq. comp. in
πρόξεσις no. 1. Sept. and JM genr.
1 Sam. 20, 33. 2 Sam. 9, 7. 10. So Pa-
leph. 23. 1. Luc. Asin. 7. Xen. Conv. 2. 1.
b) Meton. like Engl. ‘able, for that which is
set on, food, a meal, banquet; Acts 16, 34
παρέϑηκε τράπεζαν he set a table, made
ready a meal; comp. in παρατίϑημι no. 1. ἃ.
Acts 6, 2 διακονεῖν τραπέζαις, see in διακο-
νέω no, 2. (Al. V. H. 2. 17. Hdian, 4. 7,
8.) Rom. 11, 9 γενηϑήτω ἡ tp. αὐτῶν es
παγίδα, quoted from Ps. 69,23 where Sept.
for 7%. 1 Cor. 10, 21 bis. Sept. and
7224 Ps. 23, 5.. Prov. 9,2. So Jos. Ant.
10. 9, 4. Hdian. 1. 6. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7.2. 26,

2. Spec. the table of a money-changer,
a broker’s table or counter, at which he sat
in the market or public place, e. g. in the
outer court of the temple, Matt. 21, 12.
Mark 11, 15. John 2,15; see in κερματι-
aTis, κολλυβιστής. So Lys. 114. 87. Iseus
105. 119.—Hence genr. a broker’s office,
bank, where money was deposited and

a,

᾿ τραπεζίτης 729

foaned out, Luke 19, 23 διδόναι τὸ ἀργύριον
ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν. See in τραπεζίτης. So
Dem. 895. 5, 15. ib. 1356. 10.

τραπεζίτης, ov, 6, (τράπεζα,) ‘ one who
keeps an exchange-table,’ a money-changer,
broker, banker, in Lat. also called trapezita,
mensarius, argentarius, one who exchanged
money, and who also received money on
deposit at interest in order to loan it out to
others at a higher rate ; see Beeckh Staatsh.
d. Ath. I. p. 139 sq. Dict. of Antt. arts.
Argentarii, Mensarii. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 501. Comp. Dem. p. 816 fin. p. 948 init.
Matt. 25, 27 ἔδει οὖν σε βαλεῖν τὸ ἀργύριόν
μου τοῖς tpame{iras.—Jos. Ant. 12. 2. 3.
Pol. 32. 13. 6. Dem. 1186. 7.

τραῦμα, ατος, τό, (τιτρώσκω, τρώω,) ἃ
wound, Luke 10,.34. Sept. for 538 Gen.
4, 22. Is. 1, 6.—2 Macc. 14, 45. Pol. 2. 69.
1. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 1.

τραυματίζω, f. iow, (τραῦμα,) to wound,
c. acc. Luke 20, 12 τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες
ἐξέβαλον. Acts 19,16. Sept. for >¥8 Cant.
5,'7.—1 Mace. 16, 9. Luc. Epigr. 20. Thue.
4, 12. Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 23.

τρἀχηλίζω, f. ίσω, (τράχηλος,) to seize
by, the neck or throat, to throttle, as a wrest-
Jer his antagonist, so as to bend the head
back, Plut. M. Anton. 33; Pass. Plut. de
Curios. 12 ὁρᾶτε τὸν ἀϑλητὴν ὑπὸ παιδισκα-
ρίου τραχηλιζόμενον. Plato Riv. 182. c;
comp. Aul. V. H. 12. 58. Also of an ani-
mal, Diog. Laert. 6. 61 ἴδε τὸν κριὸν ἀρειμά-
νιον, ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ τύχοντος κορασίου τραχηλί-
¢erat.—Hence in N. T. trop. to lay bare, to
lay open; Pass. part. Heb. 4, 13 πάντα δὲ
γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφϑαλμοῖς
αὐτοῦ. So Hesych. τετραχηλισμένα" πε-
φανερωμένα. Comp. Sueton. Vitell. 17 ‘in
forum tractus est, reducto coma capile, ceu
noxii solent, atque etiam mento mucrone
gladii subjecto, ut visendam preberet faciam.
Plin. Panegyr. 34. See Wetst. N. T. IL
p. 398. Bleek Hebraerbr. II. p. 585 sq.
Others here refer it to the bending back of
the neck of an animal for the slaughter-
knife ; for which there seems to be no au-
thority.

τράχηλος, ov, 6, the neck, throat, Matt.
18, 6. Mark 9, 42. Luke 17, 2. Acts 15, 10
see in ζυγός no. 1. b. Rom, 16, 4 τὸν ἑαυτῶν
τράχηλον ὑπέϑηκαν, sc. under the axe, i. e.
have exposed their lives to peril for my
safety. Luke 15,20 et Acts 20,37 ἐπέπεσον
ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, i. 6. embraced him ;
comp. Gen. 33, 4 where Sept. for “835, as
also 45, 14. Josh. 10, 24; #29 Deut. 10,

τρέφω

16. Is, 48, 4.—Hdian. 1. 17. 25. Dem. 744,
6. Xen. An. 7. 4. 9.

τραχύς, εἴα, v, (kindr. ῥάσσω, ῥήσσω
ῥάχος, ῥῆχος.) rough, uneven, 6. g. ὅδοι
Luke 3, 5. Acts 27, 29 τραχεῖαι τόποι, i.e.
rocks, breakers. Sept. for 5°03") Is. 40, 4.
Sept. Jer. 2,25 ὁδὸς rp. Ceb. Tab. 15. Xen.
An. 4. 6. 12.

Τραχωνῖτις, ios, ἡ, Trachonitis, a part
of the tetrarchy of Philip, Luke 3,1; comp.
in Irovpaia. This was the north-eastern-
most of the districts into which the habita-
ble region east of the Jordan was divided,
bounded easterly by the Arabian desert ;
on the 8. W. by Auranitis and Gaulonitis ;
and extending from the territory of Damas-
cus on the North, to near Bostra on the
South; Euseb. Onom. art. Iturea. The
name according to Strabo is derived from
two mountains called Τράχωνες, which are
not yet identified ; Strab. 16. Ὁ. '755, 756.
Trachonitis included what is now known
as el-Lejah, on the eastern part of Hauran,
a singular rocky region full of chasms and
defiles, and inaccessible to an enemy. The
country in its present state is fully described
by Burckhardt, Travels in Syria p. 51 sq.
211sq. To Trachonitis belonged Kenath,
Canatha, now Kiinawdt, see Euseb. Onom.
art. Canath; also Pheno, now Musmeith,
see Inscr. in Burckh. p. 117. See genr.
Jos, Ant. 17. 8. 1; also ib. 15. 10. 1. ib.
16. 9. 1. Reland Pal. p. 108. Gesen. Notes
on Burckh. p. 510. Winer Realw. 5. voc.—
Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 4. ib. 17. 11. 4.

τρεῖς, οἱ, ai, Neut. τρία, τά, card. num.
three, Matt. 12, 40. 13, 33. 18,20. al. Buttm.
$70.3. So Sept. for 85% Gen. 7, 13. sep.
Xen. An. 6. 6. 36.—For the pr. n. Τρεῖς
Ταβέρναι, see in Ταβέρνα. +

τρέμω, (rpéw,) found only in pres. and
impf. Passow 5. v. to tremble, from fear,
absol. Matt. 5, 33 φοβηϑεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα.
Luke 8, 47. Acts 9,6. Sept. for 27 Jer.
4,24. So Hdian. 6. 9.2. Dem. 314. 24.
Plato Rep. 554. d—Hence, to tremble at
any thing, to fear, to be afraid of ; so with
a particip. 2 Pet. 2,10 οὐ τρέμουσι βλασφη-
μοῦντες, they do not tremble speaking evil,
they are not afraid to speak evi. ; comp.
Buttm. §144. 6. a. Winer §46.1. So 6.
inf. Soph. Cid. Col. 128 ὃς τρέμομεν λέγειν.
With an acc. Sept. for 777 Is. 66, 2. 5.
Plato Parm. 137. a, δ ἐμπειρίαν τρέμοντι
τὸ μέλλον.

τρέφω, f. ϑρέψω, comp. Buttm. §18.2,
pr. to make thick, firm, fast, as a fluid, γάλα

τρέχω 730
ϑρέψαι to curdle milk, Hom. Od. 9. 246.—

Genr. and in N. T.

1. to make thich or fat, by feeding ; hence
to feed, to nurse, to nourish, to cherish; ¢.
acc. Matt. 6,26 ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος
τρέφει αὐτά. 25,37 πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶν-
τα, καὶ ἐδρέψαμεν ; Luke 12, 24. [23, 29.]
Acts 12,20. Rev. 12,6.14. Spec. to pam-
per, τὰς καρδίας James 5,5, comp. in καρδία
no.l.a.y. Sept. for "284 Prov. 25, 22;
ἘΞῸΞ 1 K. 18, 13; ME9 Gen. 48, 15.—
Luc. D. Deor. 20. 13. Dem. 1358. 13. Xen.
Mem. 2.°7. 2. ib. 2. 9. 2.

2. to nurture, to bring up, Luke 4, 16
Naapér, οὗ ἢν τεϑραμμένος.---Ἰ Mace. 3,
33. Hdian. 1. 7. 5. Plato Rep. p. 558. d.
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 1.

τρέχω, f. ϑρέξομαι, aor. 2 ἔδραμον,
Buttm. § 18. 2. § 114.

1. to run, intrans. and absol. Matt. 97,
48 εὐθέως δραμὼν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν. Mark 5, 6.
15, 36. Luke 15, 20. John 20, 2 τρέχει οὖν
καὶ ἔρχεται. V. 4 ἔτρεχον δὲ οἱ δύο. . With
ἐπί c. acc. loc. Luke 24, 12; εἰς final Rev.
9,9; inf. final Matt. 28, 8. Sept. for P47
Gen. 24, 28. 2 Sam. 18, 19; c. ἐπί Gen.
24, 20. Joel 2, 9. So 2 Macc. 5, 2. Pa-
leph. 22. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 9.—Spec. of
those who run in a stadium or public race,
1 Cor. 9, 24 bis, of ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες,
πάντες μὲν τρέχουσιν κτὰ. (Hdian. 5. 6. 17.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 21, δραμεῖν στάδιον.)
Trop. in comparisons drawn from the pub-
lic races and applied to Christians, as ex-
pressing strenuous effort in the Christian
life and cause; 1 Cor. 9, 24 οὕτω τρέχετε
iva καταλάβητε sc. τὸ βραβεῖον. v. 26; εἰς
κενόν, in vain, Gal. 2, 2 bis. Phil. 2, 16;
καλῶς Gal. 5, '7; c. acc. of kindr. noun,
Heb. 12,1 τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν
ἀγῶνα let us run the race set before us; see
Buttm. § 131. 4, and for the Subjunct.
§ 139. τη. 8. Soc. ἀγῶνα Dion. Hal. Ant.
7. 48. Hdot. 8. 102.—Trop. also of strenu-
ous effort in general, Rom. 9,16 οὐ τοῦ
Sedovros, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος. So Anth.
Gr. IV. p. 134 πίνε καὶ εὐφραίνου - τί yap
αὔριον ἢ τί τὸ μέλλον ; οὐδεὶς γινώσκει - μὴ
τρέχε. μὴ κοπία. '

2. Trop. of rumour, word, doctrine, to
run, to spread quickly ; 2 Thess. 3, 1 ἵνα ὃ
λόγος τοῦ κυρίου tpéxn.—Comp. Sept. ἕως
τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ, for "71
ἤπ8: Ps. 147, 15.

τρῆμα, aros, τό, (τιτραίνω, τράω,) pr.
‘that which is pierced through,’ a hole, 6. g.
the eye of a needle, Luke 18, 25 Lachm. for
τρυμαλία Rec.—Genr. Pol. 1. 22. 6. Plato
Gorg. 494. Ὁ. ,

τς φρίζω

τριάκοντα; οἱ, ai, τά, (τρεῖς, τρια,}
thirty, Matt. 18, 8. 23. 26, 15. 27, 3. 9.
Mark 4, 8.20. Luke 3, 23. John 5, 5. 6, 19.
Gal. 3,17. See Buttm. ᾧ 70. 4. Sept. for
εὐθὺ Gen. 5, 3. 5. 16.—Luc. D. Mort. 6.
1. Xen.,Mem. 1. 2. 31.

τριακόσ ol, at, a, (τρεῖς, τρία,) three
hundred, Mark 14, 5. John 12, 5. See
Buttm. 70. Sept. for Mixa 65% Gen.
6, 15.—Luc. Ver. Hist. 2. 13. Xen. An. 3.
4. 43.

/

τρίβολος, 6, ἡ; adj. (τρίς, βέλος.) three-
pointed, three-pronged ; Subst. ὁ τρίβολος,
a caltrop, crow-foot, composed of three or
more radiating spikes or prongs, and thrown
upon the ground to annoy cavalry ; comp.
Dict. of Antt. art. Tribulus. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 542. Veget. 3. 24. Plut. Mor. II. p.
76 τριβόλους σιδηροῦς kxararreipar.—tn
N. T. tribulus, the land calirop, Engl.
Vers. thistle, brier, a low thorny shrub so
called from the resemblance of its thorns
and fruit, to the military caltrop, tribulus
terrestris of Linn. Matt. 7, 16. Heb. 6, 8.
Sept. for ss453 Gen. 3, 18; pws Prov. 22,
5. So Dioscor. 4. 15. Hesych. τρίβολος "
ἀκάνθης εἶδος. Lat. tribulus Virg. Georg. 1.
153.

τρίβος, ov, ἡ, (τρίβω.) a beaten path,
way, high-way, 6. g. εὐδείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρί-
βους Matt. 8, 8. Mark 1, 8. Luke 3, 4, all
quoted from Ts. 40, 3 where Sept. for M202 .
Sept. also for mak Gen. 49, 17; mann
Prov. 1, 15.—Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 18.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 13.

τριετία; as, 9, (τριέτης ; τρεῖς, τρία,
€ros,) α triennium, the space of three years,
Acts 20, 31.—Theophr. C. Pl. 1. 20. 4.
Plut. comp. Demetr. c. Anton. 6.

τρίζω, f. ico, onomatop. to give owt a
stridulous, creaking, grating sound, to
screak, Lat. stridere, intrans. spoken chiefly
of living things, as of the cry or chirping
of young birds, Hom. Il. 2. 314. Luc. Tim.
21; of bats, Hdot. 3. 110. ib. 4. 183; espec.
of the thin stridulous cry attributed to the
manes or shades, Hom. II. 23. 101. Od. 24.
5. Luc. Necyom. 11; of the shrieks of wo-
men, Plut. C. Mar. 19 ; later of the wheez-
ing or snorting of elephants, Luc. Zeux.
10, Also of inanimate things, as the chord
of a lyre, Anth. Gr. IV. p. 57; iron as filed,
Alex. Aphrod.—In N. T. of the teeth, zo
grate, to gnash, c. acc. of part, Mark 9, 18
τρίζει τοὺς ὀδόντας, he gnasheth with his
teeth. For the acc. as defining and qualify-
ing the action of the verb, see Matth. ᾧ 424,
4, Buttm. § 131. 7. :

a cima pe en, oe ee ee ee

τε ῥξνων este <>

τρίμηνος

TPYLNVOS, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (τρίς, μήν.) of
three months, trimestris, Z&schin. 63. 14.—
In N. T. Neut. τὸ τρίμηνον, three months,
trimestre, Heb. 11, 23. Sept. for win

τ Gen. 38, 24; mode ’ m2 kK. 24, 8. -

—Pol. δ. 1. 12. ib: 32. 12. 1.

τρίς, adv. (τρεῖς, τρία,) thrice, three
times, Matt. 26, 34. 75. Mark 14, 30. 72.
Luke 22, 34. 61. John 13, 38. 2 Cor. 11,
25 bis. 12,8. So ἐπὶ τρίς, up to thrice,
thrice, Acts 10, 16. 11, 10; see in ἐπί IIL.
8. Ὁ. Sept. τρίς for ATH Bob 2K. 13,
18. 19.—Luc. Tox. 39. Xen. Cc. 2. 4.

τρίστεγος, ov, ὃ, ἧ, adj. (τρίς, στέγη:)
pr. three-roofed ; genr. three-storied, having
. three floors or stories, οἶκοι τρίστεγοι Jos.
B. J. 5. 5.53 στοαί Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 68.
—In N. T. Neut. τὸ τρίστεγον, the third
floor, third story, Acts 20, 9; comp. in
ὑπερῷον. So Symm. Gen. 6, 16; comp.
ἡ τριστέγη Artemid. 4. 46.

τρισχίλιοι, αι, a, (τρίς, χίλιοι.) three
thousand, Acts 2, 41. See Buttm. ᾧ 70.
Sept. for pypbx mjd) Ex. 32, 28.—Xen.
[oe Se ae

τρίτος, ἡ, ov, ordin. adj.
third, e. g.

1. Genr. Matt. 20, 3 περὶ τὴν τρίτην
ὥραν. 22, 26 ὁ τρίτος. 27, 64. Luke 12, 38.
2 Cor. 12, 2. Rev. 4, 7. al. Sept. for
"O75 Gen. 1,13. 2,14. So Al. V. H.
7. 5. Xen. An. 2. 2. 4.—Spec. τῇ τρίτῃ
ἡμέρᾳ on the third day Matt. 16, 21. Mark
9, 31; τῇ ἡμ. τῇ τρίτῃ John 2,1; τῇ τρίτῃ
se. ju. Luke 13,32. So Xen. Hell. 4. 1.
20; τῇ τρίτῃ Cyr. 8. 7. 5.

2. Neut. τὸ rpirov,e.g. 8) Subst.
with μέρος impl. a third, the third part, c.
gen. of a whole, Rev. 8, 7 τὸ τρίτον τῶν
δένδρων. v. 8. 9 bis. 10. 11. 12 quing. 9,
15. 18.12,4; nonal. So Sept. for msvia>y
Num. 15, 6. 7. 2Sam. 18,2. 0) ‘Ady.
the third time, 6. g. τὸ τρίτον Mark 14, 41.
John 21,17 bis. Simpl. τρίτον id. Luke
20, 12. 23, 22. John 21, 14. 1 Cor. 12, 28;
τρίτον τοῦτο, this third time, 2 Cor. 12, 14.
13, 1; non. al. Sept. τρίτον for D°2>8 bus
Num. 24, 10; τρίτον. τοῦτο for "Β ὁδῷ nt
Judg. 16, 15. So τρίτον Dion Cass. 58. 10.
p. 596.—Also ἐκ τρίτου ady. the third
time Matt. 26,44; see inex no. 2 fin. +

τρίχες, see Spié.
τρίχινος, ἢ: ον, (ρίξ, τριχός,) of hair,
hairy; σάκκος τρίχινος Rev. 6,12. Sept.
for "3% Zech. 13, 4.—Xen. An. 4. 8.3
᾿τριχίνους χιτῶνας.

(rpeis,) the

731

τροποφορέω

τρόμος, ου, ὅ, (τρέμω,) a trembling.
from fear, terror, Mark 16, 8 εἶχε δὲ αὐτὰς
τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις. Sept. for 139 Job
4,14; 78 Ex. 15,15. So 1 Mace. 7, 18.
Plut. M. Crass. 26. Plato Tim. 62. b.—
Coupled with φόβος, e. σ.᾿ φόβος καὶ τρό-
μος, fear and trembling, intens. expressing
great timidity, diffidence, 1 Cor. 2, 3; or
profound respect, reverence, 2 Cor. 7, 15
ὡς μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασϑε αὐτόν.
Eph. 6, 5. Phil. 2, 12. Comp. Sept. Is. 19,
6. Ps. 55, 5.

Τροπ 7, is; ἡ; (τρέπω,) a turning, turn-
ing back, e.-g. of the heavenly bodies in
their courses, as at the solstices, James 1,
17 οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγή, ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα,
see in drocxiacpa.—Sept. Job 38, 33 rpo-
πὰς οὐρανοῦ. Deut. 33,14 ἡλίου τροπῶν.
Hom. Od. 15. 404 τροπαὶ ἠελίοιο. Pol. 9.
15. 2. Also a turning back or rout of ene-
mies, 1 Mace. 4, 35. Xen. An. 1. 8. 25.

τρόπος, ov, 6, (τρέπω,) pr. α turning,
turn, direction; hence genr. a manner, way,
mode, Xen. Cyr. 8.1.19 eis μὲν διδασκαλίας
τρόπος ἦν αὐτῷ .---Τὰ N. T.

1. @ turn, manner, way, mode; in ad-
verbial constructions: a) Acc. 6. κατά,
6. g. καϑ᾿ ὃν τρόπον, in what manner, i. 6.
as, even as, comp. in xara no. 5. Acts 15,
11. 27,25; κατὰ πάντα τρόπον in every way
Rom. 3,2; κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον in no way,
2 Thess. 2,3. So Sept. Num. 18, 7. Pol.
1.87.4. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.5. b) Acc. as adv.
ὃν τρόπον, in what manner, i. e. as, even
as, Matt. 23, 37 ὃν τρόπον ἐπισυνάγει ὄρνις
τὰ νοσσία. Luke 13, 34. Acts 1,11. 7, 28.
2 Tim. 3,8. So too Jude 7 τὸν ὅμοιον rov-
ros τρόπον. See Buttm. §115. 4. § 131.7.
Matth. ᾧ 425. Winer § 32. 6. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 880. Sept. for "RD Gen. 26, 29. Obad.
16. So 2 Macc. 15, 39. Hdian. 1. 2. 3.
Xen. An. 6. 3. 1; ὅμοιον τρόπον Luc. Ca-
tapl.6. c) Dat. παντὶ τρόπῳ, in every
way, Phil. 1, 18; see Buttm. ᾧ 133. 4. Ὁ.
Winer § 31. 4. Also ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ
2 Thess. 3,16; see in ἐν no. 3. b. So dat.
1 Macc. 14, 35. Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 13.

2. Trop. a turn of mind and life, a man’ 5
ways, habits, deportment; Heb. 18, ὅ ἀφι-
Adpyvpos 6 tpémos.—Jos. Ant. 6. 12. 7.
Hdian. 2. 14. 9. Xen. An. 1. 9. 22. .

τροποφόρέω, &, f. how, (τρόπος, φο-
péw,) to bear with the turn of any one, i. e.
with his disposition, habits, maimers, con-
duct, c. acc. Acts 13, 18 Rec. ἐτροποφόρη-
σεν αὐτούς, from Deut. 1, 31 where Sept.
Alex, et Compl. for 8%}. Later edit. ἐτρο-

τροφή

hogs anaev.—Constitut. Apost. 7. 86. Cic.
ad Att. 13. 29.

τροφή, Fs, ἡ, (rpépw,) food, nourish-
ment, sustenance; Matt. 3, 4 ἡ δὲ τροφὴ
αὐτοῦ ἦν ἀκρίδες κτὰ. 6, 25, 24, 45. Luke
12, 23. John 4,8. Acts 2, 46. 9,19. 14,
17. 27, 33. 34. 36. 38. James 2, 15. Trop.
nutriment for the mind, instruction, Heb. 5,
12. 14. Sept. pr. for 528 Job 36, 31; 52
Ps. 136, 25. Prov. 6,8. So Arr. Epict. 1.
11.-12. Hdian. 1. 17. 23. Xen. Mem. 3.
11. 6.—Spec. a stipend, hire, Matt. 10, 10
ἄξιος yap ὃ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ,
comp. Luke 10, 7 et 1 Tim. 5, 18 where
it is rod μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ. So Xen. Cc.
5. 13.

Τρόφιμος, ov, ὃ, Trophimus, pr. n. of
a Christian of Ephesus, Acts 20, 4. 21, 29.
2 Tim. 4, 20.

“Tpodos, οὔ, 6, 7, (τρέφω,) a nurser,
nurse, 1 Thess. 2, 7. Sept. for mp3"
Gen. 35, 8. Is. 49, 23.—Hdot. 6. 61. Pol.
16. 31. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 13.

τροφοφορέω, &, f. now, (τροφοφόρης ;
τροφή, popéw,) to bring nourishment to any
one, to cherish, to care for, c. acc. Acts 13,
18 in later edit. from Deut. 1, 31 where
Sept. Cod. Vatic. for Heb. 8®2; see in
tporropopéw.—2 Macc. 7, 27. Macar. Ho-
mil. 46 ἀναλαμβάνει καὶ περιϑάλπει καὶ τρο-
φοφορεῖ ἐν πολλῇ στοργῇ. Hesych. ἐτρο-
φοφόρησεν᾽ ἔϑρεψεν.

2

TPOXLA, ἃς, ἡ, (τρόχος,) a wheel-track,
rut, Nicand. Theriac. 876 ἁμάξης τροχιά.
—In N. T. in a wider sense, a track, way,
path ; trop. Heb. 12,13 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιή-
gate τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῖν, i. 6. ways of life and
conduct; quoted from Prov. 4, 26 where
Sept. for 53372, as also Proy. 2,15. 4, 11.
So Suid. τροχιάς" πορείας, τρίβους, épya-
σίας.

τροχός, od, 6, (τρέχω,) pr. a runner,
any thing made round for rolling or run-
ning; hence genr. ὦ wheel, as of a chariot,
Sept. for 2% 1K. 7, 32. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.
30; of a potter, Pol. 12. 15. 6; for torture,
Luc. D. Deor. 6. 5. Plut. Phocion 35.—In
N. T. trop. a course, as if run by a wheel, or
perth. a circular course, circuit; James 3, 6
τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως. See in γένεσις nO. 2.
Comp. Anacr. 4. τοοχὸς ἅρματος γὰρ οἷα,
βίοτος τρέχει κυλισϑείς. Wetst. N. T. IL.
p- 670. Some of the grammarians make a
distinction as between τρόχος wheel, and
τροχός course ; see Passow in τροχός fin.

τρύβλιον, ov, τό, a dish, bowl, for eat-
ing or drinking; Matt. 26,23 ὁ ἐμβάψας

᾿

732

Τρωγύλλιον

per ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ. Mark 14, 20.
Sept. for ΠΣ Ex. 25, 839. Num. 4, 7.—
Luc. Tim. 54, 25. V. H. 9.37. Plut. De-
mosth. 23.

τρυγάω, ὦ, f. how, (τρύγη,) to gather
in ripe fruits or grain, to harvest, gent.
Sept. for "SP Hos. 10, 12. 14; κῆπον tp.
Long. 2. 4.—Oftener and in N. T. of ‘vin-

᾿ tagers, to harvest or gather grapes, c. acc,

Luke 6, 44 οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου τρυγῶσι σταφυ-
λήν. Rev. 14, 18. 19. Sept. for "¥3 Dent.
24, 21. Judg. 9,7. So Dioscor. 5. 29 τὴν
σταφυλήν. Luc. Catapl. 20. Xen. Cc.
19. 19.

τρυγών, ὄνος, 4, (τρύζω, τρίζω!) @ tur-
tle-dove, Luke 2, 24; see in περιστερά.
Sept. for "M Lev. 5, '7. 11.--- 2}. V. H. 1.
15. H. A. 1. 35, 39.

τρυμαλιά, as, ἡ, (τρύμη, τρύω,) a hole,
the eye of a needle, i. q. τρύπημα, Mark 10,
25. Luke 18, 25.—Genr. rpup. τῆς πέτρας
Sept. Judg. 15,11. Plut. de Puer. educ. 14.

τρύπημα, ατος, τό, (τρυπάω, τρῦπα,
τρύω,) ἃ hole, the eye of a needle, Matt. 19,
24.—Genr. Aristoph. Pac. 1234. Etymol.
Mag. 726. 55. Meeris p. 289, ὀπήν, ᾿Αττικῶς"
τρύπημα, “EXAnvikas.

Τρύφαινα, ns, ἡ, Tryphena, pr. τι. of
a female Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 12.

Tpupdw, &, f. how, (τρυφή.) to live de-
licately and luxuriously, to live in pleasure,
absol. James 5, 5. Sept. for 772 Neh.
9,25; 22307 Is. 66,11. Al. V. H. 2. 5,
Xen. Ath. 1. 11.

τρυφή, iis, ἡ, (δρύπτω,) delicate living,
luxury, sc. as breaking down the mind and
making effeminate. Luke 7, 25 οἱ ἐν... τρυ-
φῇ ὑπάρχοντες. 2 Pet. 2,13 see in ἡμέρα
no. 1. a. Sept. for 232A Prov. 19, 10.
Cant. '7, 6.—Test. XII Patr. p. 701 ὁ ἐν
τρυφῇ διάγων. Hdian. 5. 2.14. Xen. Mem.
1. 6. 10.

Τρυφῶσα, ns, 4, Tryphosa, pr. n. of ἃ
female Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 12.

Tpwds, ddos, T'roas, strictly Alexan-
dria-Troas, a city of Mysia, situated on the
coast over against the island of Tenedos, at
some distance southward from the site of
Troy. Its solitary ruins are now called
Eski-Sitamboul. Acts 16, 8.11. 20, 5. 6
2 Cor. 2, 12. 2 Tim. 4, 13.—Ptolem. 5. 3
Plin. H. N. 5. 30. The name Trroas or the
Troad strictly belonged to the whole dis-
trict around Troy. See Pococke II. ii. p.
108. O. v. Richter Wallf. p. 462.

Τρωγύλλιον, ov, τό, Trogyllium, pr. n.

of a town and promontory on the western:

6 EIGN RETA

τρώγω
coast of Asia Minor, opposite Samos, at the

foot of Mount Mycale. Acts 20, 15.—Stra-
bo 14. 1. 13. p. 636.

τρώγω, f. Eouar, aor. ἔτραγον, (kindr.
τρώω, τρύω,) to gnaw, to crack, to chew, pr.
fruits, nuts, raw beans, etc. which require
cracking with the teeth, Hdot, 2. 37. ib, 2.
92; hence τρωγάλια, τρωκτά, fruits, nuts,
almonds, and the like, set on as dessert.—In
N. T. genr. to eat, i. q. €oSiw, absol. Matt. 24,
38 τρώγοντες καὶ πίνοντες, eating and drink-
ing, feasting, revelling, comp. in éoSi@ no.
2. c. (Dem. 402. 21 τρώγειν καὶ πίνειν jov-
χῆ. Pol. 32. 9. 9. Xen. Conv. 4. 8.) With
acc. ἄρτον Υ. ἄρτους by Hebr. John 13, 18,
quoted from Ps. 41,10 where Heb. >>,
Sept. ἐσσίω, see fully in ἄρτος no. 2. Trop.
John 6, 58; acc. σάρκα v. 54. ὅθ. 57; see
fully in αἷμα no. 1.

τυγχάνω, f. τεύξομαι, (kindr. τεύχω,)
aor. 2 ἔτυχον, perf. τετύχηκα ; also perf. τέ-
revya Heb. 8, 6. Hdot. 3. 14, and in later
writers, see in no. 1 fin. See Buttm. § 114.
Matth. § 251. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 395.—To
hit, io strike, to reach a mark or object, so of

(ἃ weapon, absol. Hom. Il. 5. 98. Xen. Cyr.

4.6. 4; c. acc. Il. 5. 582; c. gen. Il. 5.

687; il. V. H. 13. 1 fin. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3.

18. Also, fo hit upon, to fall in with, to meet

- casually, of persons, absol. Od. 21.13, Hes.

Theog. 973.—Hence in N. T.

1. Trans. ¢o attain unto, to obtain, to
gain, to receive, c. gen. Luke 20, 35 xara-
ξιωθέντες τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου τυχεῖν. (Dem.
262. 27 κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἄξιός εἶμι ἐπαίνου
τυχεῖν.) Acts 24, 8 πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχά-
νοντες διὰ σοῦ. 26, 22. 27, 3. 2 Tim. 2, 10
iva σωτηρίας τύχωσι. Heb. 11, 35. Perf.
Heb. 8, 6 διαφ. τέτευχε λειτουργίας. ---
2 Mace. 4, 6 εἰρήνης. Diod. Sic. 4. 33 σω-
mpias. Hdian. 2. 3. 25. Xen. Ake. 11. 8.
Perf. rérevya,c. gen. 3 Mace. 5, 35 βοη-
Selas τετευχότες. Pol. 1. 66. 10. Plut. Al-
cib. 1. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 198.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 395.

2. Intrans. to hit, to happen, to fall out, to
chance, 6. δ.

a) Impers. εἰ τύχοι, if so happen, it
may be, i.e. perchance, perhaps, comp. in
εἰ I. 1; 1 Cor. 14, 10 et 15, 37.—Philo de
Nom. mut. p. 1067 μουσικὸν μὲν γάρ, εἰ τύ-
χοι; καὶ γραμματικόν κτὰ. Dion. Hal. 4. 19.
Hdian. 7. 8. 4, 9. Luc. Bis accus. 2.
Comp. Wetst. N. T. IL. p. 160. Viger. p.
301. n. 38.

Ὁ) Part. τυχών, οὖσα, dv. a) As Adj.
happening, any where and at all times, i. q.
chance, casual, common; hence ov τυχών,

733

τυμπανιζω

uncommon, special, Acts 19, 11 δυνάμεις re
οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ἐποίει ὁ Seds. 28,2. So
c. οὐ 3 Macc. 8,7. Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 6. Hdian,
2. 3. 16. Genr. Pol. 1. 25. 6. Xen. Mem.
1.1.14. 8) Neut. τυχόν adv, it may
be, perchance, perhaps; 1 Cor. 16, 6 πρὸς
ὑμᾶς δὲ τυχὸν mapapevd. So Arr. Exp.
Alex. M. 1. 10. 10. Xen. An. 6. 1. 20.
Comp. Viger. p. 365. ὸ

6) Spec. before the participle of another
verb, τυγχάνω is used in an adverbial sense,
much like the Engl. phrase ‘to happen or
chance to be,’ before a participle; e. g. Ceb.
Tab. 1 ἐτυγχάνομεν περιπατοῦντες we hap-
pened to be walking about, we were by
chance walking. Xen. An. 1. 5. 8 ὅπου
ἕκαστος ἔτυχεν ἑστηκώς, where each hap-
pened to be standing. Buttm. ᾧ 144. n. 6.
Kihner § 310. 4. 1. Matth. § 553. ὃ. So
espec. with ὦν, ὄντες, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 11 ἐν
τῇ σκηνῇ ἐτύγχανέ τις dv, in the lent there
happened to be one. Ag. 2. 2 πλὴν ὅσοι αὐ-
τῶν φυγάδες τότε ὄντες ἐτύγχανον. But not
seldom, espec. in later writers, ὧν is here
omitted, particularly before a predicate ;
and then τυγχάνω is equivalent to a condi-
tional to be, which can often be expressed

-in English only by to be or sometimes not at

all; comp. Matth. §533. no. 1. Thus in
the same words of Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 3 πλὴν
ὅσοι αὐτῶν φυγάδες τότ᾽ ἐτύγχανον, except
those who happened to be exiles, Engl. who
were exiles. Plato Hipp. Maj. 300. e, διὰ
ταῦτα τυγχάνει καλή. Aristoph. Eccles,
1141. Paleph. 15. 2 ὅπου ἐτύγχανε ἄρκτος
where there chanced to be a bear, Engl.
where. there was a bear. Jos. Ant. 1. 19.
5 εἴπερ Λαβάνου παῖς τυγχάνεις ; dost thou
happen to be the daughter of Laban? i. e.
art thou perhaps his daughter? ib. 4. 7. 2
Μωῦσῆς δέ, γηραιὸς ἤδη τυγχάνων, Moses
happening now to be an old man, Engl. be-
ing now old. See Matth. 1. c. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 277.—Hence in N. T. Luke 10,
30 ἀφέντες [αὐτὸν] ἡμιϑανῆ τυγχάνοντα,
leaving him happening to be half dead, i. 6.
leaving him as IT WERE half dead.

τυμπανίζω, f. ἰσω, from τύμπανον, tym-
panum, a drum, tabret, timbrel, (τύπανον,
τύπτω,) consisting in the East of a thin
wooden rim covered over with membrane,
and hung round with brass bells or rattles,
used chiefly by dancing women, Sept. for
pit Ex. 15, 20. Judg. 11, 34. Al. V. H. 9.
8. Hdian. 4. 11. 5. But the τύμπανον,
tympanum, was also an instrument of tor-
ture; as to which interpreters are not
agreed whether it was a stick (drumstick)

τυπικῶς

tor beating or ἃ frame resembling a drum
or timbrel, on which criminals were bound
to be beaten to death. The main passage
is 2 Mace. 6, 19. 28, comp. v. 30; and in
Jos. de Macc. the same instrument is. called
τροχός, a wheel, δ) 5,9. This would seem
to imply only a frame or rim on which they
were extended. Phot. in Lex. τύμπανον "
τὸ τοῦ δημίου ξύλον, ᾧ τοὺς παραδιδομένους
διεχειρίζετο. Luc. Catapl. 6 ἐκ τυμπάνου,
ubi Schol. ξύλον ἐν ᾧ τοὺς καταδίκους ἐφό-
vevov.—Hence the verb τυμπανί ζω, genr.
to drum, to beat the drum or timbrel, Diod.
Sic. 3.59. In N. T. spec. to scourge upon
the tympanum, to torture, to beat to death ;
comp. Engl. ‘to break upon the wheel ;’
Pass. Heb. 11,35 ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσϑησαν,
in allusion to 2 Macc. 1. c. So Luc. Jup.
Trag. 19 ἀνασκολοπιζόμενους δέ, καὶ τυμπα-
νιζομένους. Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5. Plut. de
Adul. et Amic. 17; comp. ἀποτυμπανίζω,
3 Mace. 3, 27 αἰσχίστοις βασάνοις ἀπο-τυ-
μπανισϑήσεται. Dem. 126. 17. Plut. Galb. 8.
τυπικῶς, adv. (τύπος,) typically, in
figures, 1 Cor. 10,11 Lachm. for τύποι η Rec.
τύπος, ov, 6, (τύπτω,) a type, i. 6. any
thing caused, produced, made by blows.

1. ὦ mark, print, impression’; John 20, °

25 bis, τὸ τύπον τῶν 7A@v.—Athen. 13. p.
585. ¢, τοὺς τύπους τῶν πληγῶν ἰδοῦσα.
Jos. B. J. 8. 9. 3. Plut. Symp. 8. 7. 4.

2. a figure, form, e. g. a) Of an
image, statue. Acts 7, 48 τοὺς τύπους ods
ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτούς, quoted from
Amos 5, 26 where Sept. for 52%. So
Hdian. 5. 5. 11 τὸν τύπον rod Seod. Diod.
Sic. 1.7. b) Trop. form, manner, e. g.
of the contents of a letter Acts 23, 25; of
a doctrine Rom. 6, 17. So 3 Macc. 3, 30
ὁ μὲν τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τύπος κτλ. Jambl. Vit.
Pythag. c. 23. p. 89, τὸν τύπον τῆς διδασκα-
Alas. Pol. 22. 7. 98. 0) Trop. of a person
as bearing the form and figure of another,
i. e. as having a certain resemblance in re-
lations and circumstances; Rom. 5, 14 és
ἐστι τύπος TOU μέλλοντος.

3. @ prototype, pattern. a) Pr. of a
pattern or model after which any thing is to
be made; Acts 7, 44 ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ
τὸν τύπον κτλ. Heb. 8, 5. Comp. Ex. 25,
40 where Sept. for mayam. So Anthol.
Gr. If. p. 72. δ) Trop. an exemplar,
example, pattern, 6. g. to bé imitated, fol-
lowed, Phil. 3, 17 συμμιμηταί pov γίνεσϑε
+. καϑὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς. 1 Thess. 1, 7.
2 Thess. 3,9. 1 Tim. 4,12. Tit. 2, 7. 1 Pet.
5, 3. Hence also an example for admoni-
tion, warning, 1 Cor. 10, 6. 11.

734

πτόμενος τὰ στέρνα.

Τύρος

τύπτω, f. Yo, 1. to beat, to strike, to
smite, pr. with repeated strokes, e.g. 8)
In enmity, with a staff, club, the fist; c.
acc. of pers. Matt. 24, 49 τύπτειν τοὺς συν-
δούλους. Luke 12, 45. Acts 18, 17. 21, 32
τύπτοντες Tov ἸΤαῦλον. 23, 33 τινὰ ἐπὶ τὴν»
σιαγόνα Luke 6, 29; εἰς τὴν κεφαλήν sc.
αὐτόν Matt. 27, 30; τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ
καλάμῳ Mark 15, 19; αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσω-
mov Luke 22, 64; τὸ στόμα Acts 23,
2. Sept. of pers. for mam Ex. 2, 11.
13. 21,15. So Auschin. 4. 42 τύπτειν τὸν
πατέρα, ἢ τὴν μητέρα. Pol. 3. 53. 4. Xen.
Ath. 1. 8; τινὰ εἴς τι Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 5,
b) Of those who beat upon their breasts in
strong emotion; Luke 23, 48 τύπτοντες
ἑαυτῶν τὰ στήϑη. 18, 13 ἔτυπτεν [ἑαυτὸν]
εἰς τὸ στῆθος. So Jos. Απί. 7. 10.5 τυ-
c) Trop. from the
Heb. to smite, i. 4. to punish, to inflict evil,
to afflict with disease, calamity, spoken
only of God, c. acc. Acts 23, 3 τύπτειν σε
μέλλει ὁ Seds. Sept. and man 2 Sam. 24,
17. ἘΖ. 7,9. So 2 Mace. 3, 39.. Comp.
in rardoo no. 2. Ὁ.

2. Trop. to strike against, to offend, to
wound, e. g. the conscience of any one,’
τὴν συνείδησιν 1 Cor. 8, 12. Sept. and
Pe | Sam. 1, 8.—Hom. Il. 19. 125. Hdot. °
3. 64 init.

Tvpavvos, ov, 6, Tyrannus, pr. n. of a
man at Ephesus, in whose school Paul dis-
puted, and thus taught the Gospel, Acts
19, 9; comp. in σχολή. He was prob. a
Greek sophist; since Paul had left the
Jewish synagogue.

τυρβάζω, f. dow, (τύρβη, Lat. turba,)
to make turbid, to disturb, to stir up, τὸν
πηλόν Aristoph. Vesp. 257.—In N. T. trop.
to disturb in mind, to trouble ; Pass. or Mid.
Luke 10, 41 μεριμνᾷς καὶ τυρβάζῃ περὶ
πολλά. So Aristoph. Pax 1006 sq. Athen.
8. 3. p. 336.

Τύριος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (Τύρος,) Tyrian,
hence 6 Τύριος, a Tyrian, Acts 12, 20.—
Hdian. 3. 3. 3.

Τύρος, ov, 7, Tyre, Heb. “ix (rock),
Aram. 8%, whence Τύρος, pr. n. of the
celebrated ‘emporium of Phenicia, younger
than Sidon, and not mentioned by Moses or
Homer; but soon outstripping the latter
city in commerce, wealth, and power. Tyre
was situated on the coast of the Mediterra-
nean within the limits assigned to the tribe
of Asher; but was never subdued by the
Israelites ; Josh. 19, 29, comp. Judg. 3, 3.
4. 18, 7. On the contrary, under the reigns

eT τω τς...

=

τυφλός

of David and Solomon there was a close
alliance of aid and commerce between the
two nations ; 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1K. 5, 1 sq.
1 Chr. 14, 1 sq. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 9, 10. Jos.
Ant. 8. 2. 6 sq. ib. 8. 3. 4. c. Ap. 1. 17.
The ancient city lay on the continent, and
the more modern part upon an island oppo-
site. It was long besieged by Shalmaneser,
Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 9. 14. 2; and after-
wards for 13 years by Nebuchadnezzar,
Jos. Ant, 10. 11. 1. 6. Ap. 1. 21. Comp.
Ez. c. 26. 27.28 Whether it was actu-
ally captured by, the latter, is matter of
question among critics ; since neither Jose-
phus nor any Greek or Phenician writer
asserts it; Jerome ad Ez. 26,7. At any
rate Tyre appears to have come under the
dominion of the Babylonians; and after-
wards under that of the Persians; in whose
time the Tyrians furnished cedar for the
second temple, Ezra 8, 7. Tyre was taken
by Alexander the Great, after a celebrated
siege, B. C. 332; see Diod. Sic. 17. 40 sq.
Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 2. 16 sq. Q. Curt. 4.
2sq. The ancient part of the city, lying
upon the continent, was destroyed in this
_ siege, and never again rebuilt ; the materi-
als were built up into a causeway or mole
from the main land to the island city. Un-
der the Seleucide and the Romans, Tyre
still retained its importance as a commercial
city. Strabo describes it as situated wholly
upon an island, and as flourishing in trade
and commerce ; Strabo 16. 2. 23. p. 767.
In the fourth century, according to Jerome,
it was still a place of great importance ; ad
Ezech. 26, 7; and such it continued to be
in the time of the crusades. See genr. Re-
land Palest. p. 1046 sq. For the history
and present state of Tyre or Sir, a small
town on a peninsula, connected with the
coast by the enlargement of Alexander’s
mole, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 392~
408. The prophets of the O. T. describe
Tyre as full of wealth, pride, luxury, and
vice ; and denounce judgments against her
for her idolatry and wickedness; see Is. 23,
13. Ez. 26,7. 28, 1 sq. 29, 18—In N. T.
Acts 21, 3.-'7; elsewhere only Τύρος καὶ
Σιδών Matt. 11, 21. 22. 15, 21. Mark 3, 8.
7, 24. 31. Luke 6, 17. 10, 13. 14.
τυφλός, ἡ, dv, (τυφελός, τύφω.) blind,
Matt. 9, 27. 28. 11, 5. 12, 22. Luke 7, 21.
22. John 9, 1 sq. Acts 13, 11. al. Sept.
for ἘΦ Lev. 19, 14. Job 29 15. So Ceb.
Tab. 7. Luc. Tim. 20. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 3.
—Trop. in respect to the mind, blind, ignor-
ant, stupid, dull of apprehension ; Matt. 15,

735

τυχόν
14 ὁδηγοί εἰσι τυφλοὶ τυφλῶν. 23, 16. 17.
19. 24. 26. Luke 4, 18. John 9, 39. 40. 41.
Rom. 2, 19. 2 Pet. 1, 9. Rev. 3,17. Sept.
and “ap Is, 42, 16. 18. 19. 48, 8, So Luc.
Vitar. Auct. τυφλὸς γὰρ εἶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν
ὀφϑαλμόν. ve (id. Tyr. 371; comp.
Xen. Mem. 1. 8. 4. +.

TUPAC, ὦ, f. dow, (rupdds,) to blind,
to make blind, c. acc. 2. V. H. 13. 24.
Hdot. 4. 2.—In N. T. only trop. of the
mind, to blind, to darken, c. acc. John 12,
40 τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς. 1 John 2, 11. 2 Cor.
4,4 τὰ vonpara. Sept. for say Is. 42, 19.
So Test. XII Patr. p. 534 τὸν νοῦν. Jos.
Ant. 8. 2. 2 τῇ διανοίᾳ τετυφλωμένων. Pla-
to Phed. 48. p. 99. 6, τὴν ψυχὴν τυφλω-
Seinv.

TUPOW, ὦ, f. daw, (τῦφος, τύφω,) to
smoke, to wrap in smoke or mist, Jul. Ca-
sares. rupovpeSa ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ, in Riemer
s. v. Trop. to wrap in conceit, to make
conceited, proud, to inflate, Philo Leg. ad
Cai. p. 1015 ὁ δὲ Τάϊος ἑαυτὸν ἐτετύφωσεν.
Jos. Β. 1.2. 17. 9. Hdian. 6. 5. 24.—In N. T.
only Pass. to be conceited, proud, arrogant,
lifted up with pride ; 1 Tim. 3, 6 μὴ τυφω-
Seis εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ. 6, 4. 2 Tim. 3, 4
So Jos. c. Ap. 1. 3. 2. V. H. 3. 28 rerve
φωμένος ἐπὶ τῷ πλούτῳ. Pol. 3.81.1. Dem.
116. 6.

τύφω, f. Siro, Buttm. ὁ 18. 2; to raise
a smoke, with kindr. acc. καπνὸν τύφειν
Hdot. 4. 196 ; to smoke, to fill with smoke,
καπνῷ Tope τὴν πόλιν Aristoph. Vesp. 457,
1079 ; to let burn out in smoke, i. e. slowly
and faintly, c. ace. Diod. Sic. 3.29 τύφουσι
τὸν ἐν τῇ χαράδρᾳ xéoproy.—in N. T. Pass.
to be consumed in. smoke, to smoke ; Matt.
12, 20 λίνον τυφόμενον, a smoking wick, i.e
burning faintly, dimly, quoted from Is. 42, ὃ
where Heb. 12, Sept. καπνίζομαι ; see
fully in λίνον. So Chariton. Aphrod. 6. 3
τυφομένου πυρός. Anth. Gr. 1. p. 7. Plut.
Solon. 1 παρεφύλαξε τυφομένην ddpod πυρὸς
ἔτι ζῶσαν φλόγα.

τυφωνικός, ἡ, dv, (τυφών,) typhonic,
like ἃ whirlwiud, violent, tempestuous, 6. g.
ἄνεμος Acts 27, 14.—So τυφών a whirl-
wind, a Aristot. Meteor. 1. de Mundo
4. 18.

Τύχικος, ov, 6, or Τυχικός, οὔ, Ty-
chicus, pr. n. of a Christian teacher, the
friend and companion of Paul, Acts 20, 4.
Eph. 6, 21. Col. 4, 7. 2 Tim. 4, 12. Tit. 3,
12.—On the accentuation, see Winer ὁ 6.
1. τὴ.

τυχόν, see in τυγχάνω no. 2. b. β.

ὑακίνινος

ὑακίνϑδινος, ἡ, ον, (δάκινϑος;) hyacinth-
me, having the colour of the hyacinth, Rom.
9,17. Sept. for UNM Ex. 25, 5; Mom
Ex. 26, 4.—Hom. Od. 6. 231. Luc. pro
{mag. 5.

VAKWYOS, ov, ὁ, ἡ, the hyacinth, a flower
of a deep purple or reddish blue, Hom. I].
14, 348. Atl. V. H. 13. 1.—In N. T. the
hyacinth, a gem of like colour, nearly related
to the zircon of mineralogists, Rev. 21, 20.
See Plin. H. N. 37. 41. Rosenm. Bibl. Al-
terthk. IV. i. p. 38.

ὑάλινος, 7, ov, (Cados,) of glass, glassy,
transparent ; Rey. 4, θ᾽ ϑάλασσα ὑαλίνη. 15,
2 bis.—Aristoph. Ach. 74.

ὕαλος, ov, 6, ἡ, (ὕω,) pr. ‘any thing clear
like water,’ e. g. any transparent stone or
gem, as rock-salt Hdot. 3.24; crystal, Sept.
. for M"3531 Job 28, 17; a burning-glass or
mirror, prob. of crystal, Aristoph. Nub. 766
or 768 λίϑος διαφανής, ἀφ᾽ ἧς τὸ πῦρ ἅπτου-
σι. «. τὴν vadov.—in N. T. glass, Rev. 21,
18. 21. So Antiphil. 6 in Anth. Gr. II. p.
155. Luc. Quom. Hist. 25. Plato Tim: 61. Ὁ.
The grammarians prefer the form ὕαλος to
the more Ionic ὕελος in Hdot. 1. c. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 309.—On the history of ancient
glass, see Strabo 14. p. 768.

UBpiSe, τ, iow, (ὕβρις,) to act with inso-
lence, wantonness, wicked violence ; to run
riot, Luc. D. Deor. 6. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
30. Cyr. 3. 1. 27; εἴς τινα, towards any
one, Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 12. 1. Dem. 212. 23.—
In N. T. c. accus. to act insolenily as to or
towards any one, i.e. to treat despitefully, to
injure, to abuse; comp. Matth. ᾧ 411. 2.
Winer ᾧ 82. 1. Luke 11, 45 ταῦτα λέγων
καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις. Acts 14, 5; acc. impl.
Matt. 22,6; Pass. Luke 18, 32. 1 Thess.
2,2. Sept. for >EM 2 Sam. 19, 43. So
2 Macc. 14, 42. Pol. 10. 7. 3. Xen. Mem.
2.1, 5.

ef

ὕβρις, ews, ἡ, (kindr, ὑπέρ,) pride,
haughtiness, arrogance, as an affection of
mind, Sept. for M183 Is. 9, 9 ἐφ᾽ ὕβρει καὶ
ὑψηλῇ καρδίᾳ λέγοντες. Prov. 29, 23; Fi3
Prov. 16, 19. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 4. Thue. 1. 38.
—In N. T. as shown in outward acts:

1. insolence, despiteful treatment, an out-
rage ; 2 Cor. 12, 10 ἐν ὕβρεσιν, in outrages,
as heaped upon one. Sept. for Ji83 Is. 16,
6. Nah. 2, 2.—Aristot. Rhet. 2. 2. Dem.
296 11 τοῦ Savdrov φοβερωτέρας ἡγήσεται

736

Y.

7

ras ὕβρεις. καὶ τὰς ἀτιμίας. Xen. Cyr ἃ,
4, 14.

2. Meton. injury, harm, damage, it per-
son or property, as arising from the inso-
lence or violence of any one, and trop. from
the violence of the sea, tempests, Acts 97,
10. 21 τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην καὶ τὴν ζημίαν.----
Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4 τό τε καῦμα καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ
τῶν ὄμβρων ὕβριν ἀπομαχόμεναι. Pind. Pyth.
1.140 ναυσίστονον ὕβριν ἰδών. Comp. Dem
522. ult.

ὑβριστής, ob, 6, (ὑβρίζω,) one insolent,
overbearing, injurious ; Rom. 1, 30 ὕβρι-
ards, ὑπερηφάνους. 1 Tim.1,13. Sept. for
83 Js. 16,6; XA Job 40, 6. Is. 2, 12.—
Paleph. 1. 8 ὑβρισταὶ καὶ ὑπερήφανοι. Luc.
Ὁ, Deor. 6. 1. Xen, Mem. 1. 2. 19.

ὑγιαίνω, f. ava, (ὑγιής,) 1. tobe sound,
healthy, well, to be in good health ; Luke 5,
31 οἱ ὑγαίνοντες those well. ‘7,10. 3 John 2.
Also, to be safe and sound, Luke 15, 27.
Sept. for BW Gen. 29, 6. 43, 27. 28.—
Ceb. Tab. 36. Dem. 1256. 4. Xen. Mem. 2.
2. 10.

2. Trop. to be sound, free from error ;
8. g. of persons, ὑγιαίνειν τῇ πίστει V. ἐν τῇ
πίστει, to be sound in the faith, i. 6. firm,
pure, right, in respect to Christian doctrine
and life, Tit. 1, 13. 2,2, (Pol. 28, 15. 12.)
Of doctrine, διδασκαλία ὑγιαίνουσα, λόγος
ὑγιαίνων, sound teaching, sound doctrine, i. 6.
true, pure, uncorrupted, 1 Tim. 1, 10. 6,3.
2 Tim. 1,13. 4,3. Tit. 1,9. 2, 1—Philo
de Abr. p. 32. 29 τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας λόγους.
Plut. de aud. Poet. 4 ὑγιαίνουσαι περὶ Seav
δόξαι καὶ ἀληϑεῖς.

ὑγιής, έος, οὖς, 6, ἧ, adj. Dat. έει, ef;
Ace. έα, ἢ ; so Acc. ὑγιῆ for the more usual
ὑγιᾶ, John 5, 11. 15. 7,23. Tit. 2,8; also
Sept. Lev. 13, 15. Plato Phed. 39. p. 89. d;
comp. Greg. Cor. p. 163. Matth. § 103. n. 1.
Winer §9. 1.

1. sound, healthy, well, in good health ;
pr. of the body or its parts, Matt. 12, 13.
15, 31 βλέποντας ... κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς. Mark
[3, 5.] 5, 84. [Luke 6,.10.1 John 5, 4. 6.
9. 14. Acts 4,10. So ποιεῖν τινα ὑγιῆ, to
make sound, to heal, i. q. ὑγιάζειν, John 5,
11. 15. 7,23; comp. in ποιέω no. 1. f. β,
—Tob. 12, 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 4. Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 17. Apol. Socr. 7.

2. Trop. λόγος ὑγιής, sound doctrine, i.e.
true, pure, uncorrupted, Tit. 2, 8.—Anth.
Gr. IV. p. 85 λόγος ἔῤῥει οὐχ ὑγιής. M.

Δ Ss ὋἢῸὸ

e ,

ὑγρός
Antonin. 8. 29 or 30. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 90
δόξας οὐχ ὑγιεῖς.

ὑγρός, a, dv, (ὕω, Vdwp,) walery, wel,
moist, Hdian. 6. 6. 2. Xen. CE&c. 19. 6, 7.--
In N. T. of a tree or plant, sappy, i.e. fresh,
green, opp. ξηρός, Luke 23, 31; see in &y-
pés. Sept. for M2 Judg. 16, 7.8. So The-
ophr. H. Pl. 5. 10 λέγω δὲ ὑγρὰ τὰ ἔλαια.

vdpia, as, }, (ὕδωρ,) α water-pol, 6. g. a
large vessel of stone in which water is kept
standing, John 2, 6. 7; also a vessel for
carrying water, a pot, jar, bucket, in the
East mostly of stone or earthen ware, John
4,28. Sept. for > Gen. 24, 14 sq. Judg.
7, 16. 19.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 5. Athen. 13. p-
589. b. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 9.

ὑδροποτέω, ὦ, f. now, (ὑδροπότης 3 ὕ-
dep, πίνω,) to drink water, to be ἃ water-
drinker, absol. 1 Tim. 5, 23.—Athen. 2. p.
44. c. Al. V. H. 2. 38. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 26.

ὑδρωπικός, ἡ, dv, (ὥδρωψ,, ὕδωρ,) hydro-
prc, dropsical, Luke 14, 2.—Pol. 13. 2. 6.
Aristot. Probl. 3. 5. '7.

ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό, (ὕω,) water, Plur. τὰ
ὕδατα, the waters.

1. Pr. and genr. Matt. 27,24 λαβὼν ὕδωρ
ἀπενίψατο «rh. Mark 9, 41. 14,13. Luke
7, 44. John 2, 7. Rev. 16,12. al. As the
instrument of baptism, Matt. 3, 11. Mark
1, 8. Luke 3, 16. John 1, 26. 31. 33. 3, 5.
Acts 1, 5. 10, 47. 11,16. 1 John 5, 6. 8. al.
Sept. every where for 57° Lev. 1,9. Judg.
4,19. sep. So Hdian. 7. 12. 7. Dem. 73.
3. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3.—Spec. in various
connections, e.g. α) ὕδωρ ζῶν, living
water, running, see in ζάω no. 1. d. Also
πηγαὶ ὑδάτων, see in πηγή no.1. 8) Of
medicinal waters, John 5, 3sq. γ) Of
flowing waters, a siream, river, e. g. the
Jordan, Matt. 3, 16. Mark 1, 10; genr.
Acts 8, 36 bis. 38. 39. Also fountains,
ὕδατα πολλά, many fountains, John 3, 23 ;
see in Αἰνών. Sept. Ex. 7,15. Hdian. 3.
3.2. Xen. An. 4. 3.21. δ) Of a lake or
sea, e. g. of Tiberias, Matt. 8, 32. 14, 28.
29. Luke 8, 24. 25; genr. Rev. 1, 15. 14,
2. al. Sept. Gen. 6, 17. Luc. Philopatr. 13.
Xen. Hell. 3.2.19. ε) Of a watery fluid,
serum, which flowed from the wound in
Jesus’ side, John 19, 34.

2. Trop. water, as an emblem of spiritual
nourishment, i. q. the doctrines and bless-
ings of the Gospel, John 4, 14 ter; ὕδωρ
ζῶν 4, 10. 7,38; comp. in ζάω, no. 1. d;
also ὕδωρ ζωῆς Rev. 21, 6. 22, 1. 17; see
in ζωή no. 1. Ὁ. Rev. 7, 17 see ib. Comp.
Ecclus. 15, 3 ὕδωρ σοφίας ποτίσει αὐὖ-
᾿ cor. +

47

737 υἱός

ὑετός, οὔ, 6, (ὕω,) rain; Acts 14, 17
ἡμῖν ὑετοὺς διδούς, i. 6. rains, seasons of
rain. 28,2. Heb. 6,7. James 5, 18. Rey.
11,6. James 5,7 ὑετὸν πρώϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον,
see in ὄψιμος. Sept. for BWA 2 Κὶ, 8,17;
"09 Ex. 9,33. 34.—Lue. Icarom. 25. Xen.
Ven. 5. 3.

viodecia, as, 1, (vids, Serds, τίϑημι,)
pr. the placing as-a son, adoption ; Hesych.
υἱοϑεσία" ὅταν τὶς Serdv υἱὸν λαμβάνει,
comp. Hdian. ὅ. 7. 1 ϑέσϑαι υἱόν. Diod. Sic.
4. 89 ϑετὸν υἱὸν ποιεῖσϑαι.---Ἰ N. T. trop.
adoption, sonship, spoken of the state of
those whom God through Christ adopts as
his sons and thus makes heirs of the pro-
mised salvation ; comp. in vids B. 2. E. g.
of the true Israel, the spiritual descendants
of Abraham, Rom. 9, 4, comp. v. 6.'7; and
so of Christians generally, the followers of
Jesus, Rom. 8, 15 πνεῦμα vio%ecias, see in
πνεῦμα ΠΙ, Ὁ. 2. 6. β. Rom.8, 23. Gal. 4,
ὅ.. Eph. 1, 5. Elsewhere Christians are
called υἱοὶ rod Seod, as Rom. 8, 14. Gal. 3,
26; comp. John 1, 12.

vids; οὔ, ὃ, a son, Sept. every where
for Ἴ3.

A) Genr. 1. Pr. a son,a male child:
a) Strictly only of man; Matt. 1,21 τέξεται
δὲ υἱόν. v. 25. 7,9. Mark 6, 3. 9, 17. al.
sep. Once pleonast. vids ἄῤῥην Rev. 12,
5. Emphat. opp. νόϑος, Heb. 12, 8. Sept.
for 2 Gen. 4, 16. 24. sep. So Hdian. 3. 6.
11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 14.—Spoken of one
who fills the place of a son, John 19, 26
γύναι, ἰδοὺ ὁ vids cov. Also of an adopted
son, Acts 7, 21 et Heb. 11, 24, in allusion
to Ex. 2, 10 where Sept. and 3. So
Hdian. 5.7, 1. 10,11. Diod. Sic. 4. 39.—
Often the case of υἱός is omitted before a
genitive, the article remaining in its place ;
see Buttm. § 125. 5, also in ὁ, 9, τό, A. 2.a.
Matt. 4,21 τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου sc. υἱόν. 10,2.
John 21, 15. al. So 1 Macc. 2, 1. Jos.
Ant. 14. 13. 3. Xen. An. 3.3.20. Ὁ) By
Hebr. of the young of animals, e. g. the foal
of an ass, Matt. 21, 5 πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου,
quoted from Zech. 9, 9 where Sept. for
Mizimaj2. Sept. Ps. 29,1 υἱοὺς κριῶν.
Comp. Heb. "P2272 son of the herd, a calf,
Gen. 18, 7. 8.

2. By Hebr. in a wider sense, @ son, a
descendant; Plur. descendants, posterity ;
comp. in τέκνον no, 2.

a) Sing. Matt. 1, 1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ
Δαβίδ, υἱοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ. v. 20 Ἰωσήφ, vids
Δαβίδ. Luke 19, 9 καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς ᾿Αβραάμ
ἐστι So the Messiah, as descended from
the line of David, is said to be ὁ vids Δαβίδ,

υἱός 798

Matt. 29, 42. 45. Mark 12, 35. 37. Luke
20, 41. 44. Hence vids Δαβίδ, Son of Da-
_ wid, i. q. Messiah, Matt. 9,27. 12, 23. 15,
22. 20, 30. 31. 21, 9. 15. Mark 10, 47. 48.
Luke 18, 38. 39. Comp. Sept. and j2
Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5,1 comp. Zech. 1, 1.

Ὁ) Plur. Acts 7, 16 viol Ἔμμόρ, Heb.
"23 Gen. 33, 19. Heb. 7, 5 υἱοὶ Λευΐ sons
of Levi, the Levites; Sept. Num. 26, 57.
Gal! 3, '7 υἱοὶ ᾿Αβραάμ, emphat. the true or
spiritual posterity of Abraham. Espec. of υἱοὶ
Ἰσραήλ, the sons, descendants, of Israel, i. 4.
the Israelites, Matt. 27, 9. Luke 1, 16.
Acts 5, 21. 7, 23. 37. Rom. 9, 27. 2 Cor.
3, 7. 13. Rev. 21, 12. al. So Sept. for
beri maa Ex. 13,19. 14, 2. sep. ma
Ex. 16, 31.

C) vids ἀνθρώπου, a son of man, a
man; spoken of man, also of Jesus as the
Messiah; see fully in dy%pwros no. 4.

3. Trop. and from the Heb. spoken, of
one who is the object of parental love and
care, or who yields filial love and reverence
towards another, 6. g. a pupil, disciple, fol-
lower, the spiritual child of any one, comp.
in τέκνον no. 3. Ὁ. Heb. 2, 10. 12, 5 bis,
ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται" υἱέ pov, κτλ.
quoted from Prov. 3,11 where Sept. and
ἼΞ. 1 Pet. 5, 13 Μάρκος ὁ vids pov, comp.
Acts 12, 12; others here understand an-
other Mark, the real son of Peter. So of
the disciples and followers of the Pharisees,
Matt. 12,27. Luke 11, 19.—Sept. and 42
1 K. 20, 35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. Prov. 2,1. 3, 1.
4, 10, 20. al. Ecclus. 4, 11. Comp. among
the Greeks ἰατρῶν υἱοί, ῥητόρων viol, for
ἰατροί, ῥήτορες, spoken of classes, castes,
professions, as transmitted from father to
son. See Heb. Lex. Ἴ3 no. 5. Passow in
vids—For vids (viol) rod ϑεοῦ, see
below in B.

4) By Hebr. with a genitive of thing or
quality, genit. the son of any thing, i. e. one
connected with, partaking of, or exposed to
that thing; ofien put instead of an adjec-
tive; Winer ᾧ 34. 2. n.2. Heb. Lex. 3
no. 4,8. E..g, with genit. of place, condi-
tion, connection, viol τοῦ νυμφῶνος, sons of
the bridal chamber, bridemen, Matt. 9, 15.
Mark 2,19. Luke 5, 34; see in νυμφῶν.
Matt. 8,12 υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (τῶν οὐρα-
νῶν.) sons of the kingdom, to whom its pri-
vileges belong of right, here spoken of the
Jews; but also of the true subjects or citi-
zens, Matt. 13, 38; comp. in βασιλεία no.
3.b. Opp. are viol rod πονηροῦ, sub-
jects, vassals of Satan, his followers, imita-
tators, ib. 13, 38; and so υἱὲ τοῦ διαβόλου

τ;
πυινος

Acts 18,10. Comp. Sept. υἱὸς ἐλευθέρων
for ὉΥΥΤῚΣ Ece. 10,11. So 1 Mace. 4,
2 υἱοὶ τῆς dxpas.—With a genit. implying
quality, character, 6. g. viol βροντῆς sons
of thunder Mark 3, 17; see in Boavepyés.
Luke 10, 6 vids εἰρήνης, a son of peace, one
appointed to salvation ; opp. τέκνον ὀργῆς
Eph. 2,3. 1 Thess. 5, 5 υἱοὶ τῆς ἡμέρας,
i.e. enlightened with true knowledge. Acts
4, 36 vids παρακλήσεως, see in παράκλησις
no. 2. John 12, 36 υἱοὶ rod φωτός, i. 6. en-
lightened with the true light; and so 1 Thess.
5, 5. Luke 16,8. Opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τού-
tov, sons of this world, devoted to this world,
ib. 16, 8. 20, 84 ; viol τῆς ἀπειδϑείας, i. ἃ. of
drrecSeis, the disobedient, Eph. 2, 2. 5, 6. Col.

3,6. Comp. Sept. vids δυνάμεως for Danja
2 Sam. 13, 28; vids ἀνομίας for ΤΡῚΣ
Ps. 89, 23.—With genit. of that in which
one is a partaker, to which one is exposed ;

Luke 20, 36 υἱοὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως, sons of
the resurrection, partakers in it. Acts 3, 25
υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῆς διαϑήκης, i. 6. to
whom the prophecies and the coyenant ap-
pertain. Also ‘vids τῆς ἀπωλείας, son of
perdition, devoted to destruction, see in
ἀπωλεία no. 1.b, John 17, 12. 2 Thess. 2,3;
υἱὸς τῆς γεέννης, i. e. deserving everlasting
punishment, Matt. 23, 15. Comp. Sept.
vids Savdrov for Heb. ΙΓ 1 Sam. 20,
31. 2 Sam. 12,5. So Psalt. Sal. 17, 17
υἱοὶ τῆς διαθήκης.

B) In relation to God, υἱὸς τοῦ Seod,
viol τοῦ Seov, son of Giod, sons of God, i.e.

1. Of one who derives his human nature
directly from God, and not by ordinary ge-
neration; 6. g. Adam, impl. Luke 3, 38.
So, according to some, Jesus, Luke 1, 35;
better under no. 3. b.

2. Of those whom God loves and cher-
ishes as a father; see in πατήρ B. 2; yev-
νάω no. 1. ©; comp. in τέκνον no. 3. 6. So
genr. of the pious worshippers of God, the
righteous, the saints. a) Genr. Matt. 27,
54 et Mark 15, 39 ἀληθῶς 6 dp. οὗτος
vids ἦν Seod, comp. Luke 23, 47 where it is
δίκαιος ἦν. Matt. 5,9 μακάριοι of εἰρηνοποιοί,
ὅτι υἱοὶ τοῦ ϑεοῦ κληϑήσονται. So of one
who is like God, 6. g. in eternal life, Luke
20, 36; in disposition, benevolence, Matt.
5, 45. Luke 6, 35 viol τοῦ ὑψίστου. Sept.
and j2 Ps. 73, 15. Deut. 14,1. So Wisd.
2,18. 5,5. Ecclus. 4,10. Psalt. Sal. 13,
7. ὃ) Spec. of the Israelites, Rom. 9, 26.
2 Cor. 6,18. Sept. and 0°23 Is. 1, 2. 43,
6. Jer. 3,14. Sing. Ex. 4, 22. 23. Hos.
11,1. οὐ Of Christians, Rom. 8, 14. 19.
Gal. 3,26 πάντες yap viol ϑεοῦ ἐστε διὰ τῆς

ὕλη

πίστεως ἐν. Xp. “I. 4, 6. 7. Heb. 12, 6 sq.
Rev. 21, 7. Comp. in τέκνον no. 3. 6.

3. Of Jesus Christ, as ὁ vids τοῦ ϑεοῦ,
the. Son of God; also ὁ vids rod ὑψίστου
the Son of the Most High, Luke 1, 32,comp.
Mark 5,7. Luke 8, 28; and simply ὁ vids,
the Son, κατ᾽ ἐξοχήν. a) In the Jewish
sense as the Messiah, the Anointed, ὁ Χρι-
στός, the expected king of the Jewish na-
tion, constituted of God, and his vicegerent
in the world; see fully in βασιλεία no. 3.
So as joined with ὁ Χριστός in explanation ;
Matt. 16,16 σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, ὁ vids rod
Seov. 26, 63. Mark 14,61. Luke 4, 41.
John 6, 69. 11, 27. 20,31. Also John 1,
50 σὺ εἶ 6 vids τοῦ Seov, σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς
τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, comp. Luke 1, 32. So too
Matt. 2, 15, quoted from Hos. 11, 1 where
Sept. for 13 spoken of Israel, Matt. 4, 3 et
Luke 4, 3. Matt. 8, 29 et Mark 5,7 et
Luke 8, 28. Matt. 14, 33. 27, 40. 43. Mark
3, 11. Luke 22, 70. John 1, 34 comp. 42.
9,35. Perhaps Acts 13, 33 et Heb..1, 5
et 5,5 vids μου εἶ σύ, σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε;
quoted from Ps. 2,'7 where Sept. for "23 ;
comp. in γεννάω no. 1. c. But these pus-
sages belong rather to lett. b, below. So
Sept. for 3, 6. g. of Solomon whom God
calls his son, 2 Sam. 7, 14; also for
222 of kings or magistrates, Ps. 82,
6; comp. Ps. 89, 28. b) In the Gospel
sense, as the Messiah, the Saviour, the
Head of the Gospel dispensation ; so called
as begotten in the flesh by the special
power of God, Luke 1, 35; as proceeding
and sent forth from God, as partaking of the
divine nature, and being in intimate union
with God the Father ; comp. in Θεός no. 2;
λόγος ILL; κύριος HI. 2. b; βασιλεία no. 3.
Compare also passages like John 10, 33-
36. Matt. 11, 27. Luke 10, 22. John 1,
14. 18. Heb. 1, 5 sq. 3, 6. Sowhere 6 πα-
rnp and ὁ vids are mentioned in connection
or antithesis, as in most of the above passa-
ges; also Matt. 28, 19. Mark 13, 32. John
5, 26. 1 John 1, 3. 2, 22. 4, 14. 2 John 3,
9. Genr. Matt. 3, 17 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ vids μου
ὁ ἀγαπητός. 17,5. John 3,16 οὕτω yap
ἠγάπησεν ὁ ϑεὸς τὸν κόσμον, ὥστε τὸν υἱὸν
αὑτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἔδωκεν κτλ. ν. 17. 18,
17, 1. Rom. 1,3. 4. 9. 5, 10. 8, 3..29. 32,
1 Cor. 1,9. 15, 28. 2 Cor. 1,19. Gal. 1,
16. 2, 20. Eph. 4, 13. Col. 1, 13. 1 Thess.
1, 10. Heb. 1,2. 6, 6. 2 Pet. 1, 17. 1 John
1,7. 5, 5. Rev. 2,18. sep. +

ὕλη, ns, ἧ, (kindr. ξύλον,) a wood, forest,
Lat. sylva, Sept. Job 38, 40. Hdian, 7. 2.
10. Xen. An. 5. 2. 31—In N. T. wood, ὦ

739

ὑπάγω

Jire-wood, fuel, James 8, ὅ. So Ecclus. 28,

10,,. Pol. 34. 2. 16. Plato Legg. 849. d.

In Greek writers also timber, materiais,

Hdot. 4..10. 2. Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 25.
ὑμεῖς; Plur. of σύ, where see. .

: « “ i

T pevaios, ov, 6, Hymeneus, pr. n. of a
man, an adversary of Paul, 1 Tim. 1, 20.
2 Tim. 2, 17.

__ ὑμέτερος, a, ov, possess. pron. (ὑμεῖς,)
r, Lat. vesiri, vestra, vestrum; comp.

uttm. § 72. 4.

1. Subjective, pr. of that which ye have,
which belongs or pertains to you; John 7,
6 ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος. 8, 17 ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τῷ
ty. Acts 27, 34. Rom. 11, 31. Gal. 6, 13.
So Luke 6, 20 ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία
Tov Seov. 16, 12 τὸ ὑμέτερον your own, that
which belongs to you or is assured to you.
—Sept. Prov. 1, 26. Hdian. 3. 6. 7. Xen.
Hell. 6. 3. 6.

2. Objective, of that which proceeds from
you, of which ye are the source, cause, oc-
casion; John.15, 20 καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον [λό-
γον] τηρήσουσι. 1 Cor. 15, 31. νὴ τὴν ὑμε-.
τέραν καύχησιν ἣν ἔχω, i. e. my boasting as
to you. 2 Cor. 8, 8.—Hdian. 1. 5. 25.
Thue. 1. 33 τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους φόβῳ τῷ
ὑμετέρῳ πολεμησείοντας. Comp. Matth.
ἢ 466. 2.

ὑμνέω, @, f. now, (ὕμνος,) to hymn, i. 6,

1. Pr. c. acc. to sing hymns to any one,
to praise in song, 6. g. τὸν Seov Acts 16,
25. Heb. 2,12, Sept. for 7717 Is,.12, 4;
>bM 2 Chr. 29, 30,—Jos. Ant. 7. 12.3 τὸν
Sedv.. Al. V. H. 2.4, Xen. Cyr. 8,1. 23
τοὺς ϑεούς,

2. Intrans. to sing a hymn or hymns, to
sing praise, absol. Matt. 26, 30 καὶ ὑμνή-
σαντες ἐξῆλθον. Mark 14, 26. Sept. for
myn Neh. 12, 24; 52M 2 Chr, 23, 13;
"HH Ps. 65,14. Is. 42, 10.—Plato Rep.
463. d. ;

ὕμνος, ov, 6, (ὕδω,) @ hymn, song. of
praise ; Eph. 5, 19 ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ
φδαῖς mvevp. Col. 3, 16. Sept. for 78
Is. 42,10; MPAM 2 Chr. Ἢ, 6. Ps. 40, 4,
Arr. Exp. Alex. M. 4. 11. 3 ἐς τοὺς ϑεούς.
Hdian. 4. 2. 10. Plato Legg. 799. Ὁ.

ὑπάγω, f. ἄξω, (ὑπό, ἄγω,) to lead or
bring under, as horses under a yoke, Luc.
Ὁ. Deor. 25. 3. Hom. Il. 16. 148 ; to bring
under a tribunal, i. e. before a judge on his
elevated seat, fo arraign, to accuse, Hdot. 6.
72, 82. Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 28; to bring under
one’s power or will, to subdue, Hdot. 8.
106. Jos. Ant. 5.10.1. Thue. 7. 46; to
lead or bring down, εἰς τὸ πεδίον Jos. Vit.

Conf
uTay@

y 24; to lead or bring away under, i.e. from
under any, thing, Hom. Il. 11. 163 Ἕκτορα
δ᾽ ἐκ βελέων ὕπαγε Zevs.—In N. T. and
later usage intrans. or with ἑαυτόν impl. to
go away, pr. under cover ; strictly with the
idea of stealth, stillness, without noise or
notice ; see in ἄγω no. 2.

1, Pr. to go away, to depart, to withdraw
oneself, so as to be under cover, out of sight ;
absol. of persons, Mark 6, 31 οἱ ἐρχόμενοι
καὶ of ὑπάγοντες. v. 33, John 18, 8; trop.
of persons withdrawing themselves from a
teacher or party, John 6, 67. 12, 11. Im-
perat. ὕπαγε, go thy way, depart, as a word
of dismissal, Matt. 8, 13. 32. 20, 14. Mark
7, 29. 10, 52. Luke 10,3. Once ἄφετε
ὑπάγειν John 11, 44. So ὕπαγε eis εἰρήνην
Mark 5, 34, ἐν εἰρήνῃ James 2, 16; see in
eis no. 4 fin. As expressing aversion, get
thee hence, begone, ὕπαγε Σατανᾶ Matt. 4,
10; elsewhere ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου Matt. 16,
23. Mark 8, 33. Luke 4, 8; comp. in
ὀπίσω no. 2.—With εἰς local, eis τὸν οἶκον
_ Matt. 9,6. Mark 2,11. 5,19. Trop. Rev.

13, 10 εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν. 17, 8. 11 εἰς ἀπώ-
λειαν. With πρός 0. ace. 6. g. πρὸς τὸν
πατέρα John 7, 33. 18, 3. 16, 5. 10. 16.
17; impl. 8, 21 ἐγὼ ὑπάγω. 14, 28 ὑπάγω...
πορεύομαι πρὸς τ. 7. In a like sense with
ποῦ, whither, John 8, 14 bis. 13, 36. 14,
5. 16,5; ὅπου John 8, 21. 22. 13, 33. 36.
14,4. Once of the wind, c. ποῦ, John 3, 8.
Trop. and absol. to depart this life, to die;
Matt. 26,24 et Mark 14, 21 6 vids τοῦ ἀνϑρ.
ὑπάγε:, Kaas γέγραπται xrA.—Thom. Mag.
Ρ. 866 τὸ ὑπάγω μὴ εἴπῃς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέρχο-
μαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἄγω. Arr.
Epict. 3. 16. 10 μακρὰν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου ὑπά-
γετε. Theogn. 917. Anth. Gr. TIL. p. 57.
no. 2, εἰς ἅδην ὑπάγω. Comp. Hdot. 4. 120,
122. Thue. 4. 126.

2. Genr. i. q. to go, to go away to a place;
so with εἰς local, εἰς τὴν πόλιν ν. κώμην
Matt. 26,.18. Mark 11, 2. 14, 13. Luke 19,
30. Matt. 20, 4. '7 εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. John
7, 3. 9, 11 ὕπαγε εἰς τὴν κολυμβήϑραν. 11,
31. 6, 21 εἰς ἣν [γῆν] ὑπῆγον sc. by ship.
With μετά τινος Matt. 5,41. Luke 12, 58;
ἐκεῖ John 11,8; ποῦ John 12, 35. 1 John

“2, 11; ὅπου Rev. 14, 4; with inf. final,
John 21, 3 ὑπάγω ἁλιεύειν. Absol. John 4,
16. 9, '7 comp. 11. Luke 8, 42. 17, 14.—By
a species of pleonasm, ὑπάγω is often pre-
fixed, espec. in the imperative, to verbs
which of themselves imply motion or action,
in order to render the expression more full
and complete; see in πορεύω no. 1; ἀνί-
στημι I. 1. ἃ. John 15, 16 ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπά-
γήτε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε. Matt. 13, 44. Im-

740

ὑπαντάω

perat. Matt. 5, 24 ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλλάγη-
%. 8, 4. 18, 15. 19, 21. 21, 28. 27, 65. 28,
10. Mark 1, 44. 6, 38. 10, 21. 26, "7. Rev.
10, 8, 16, 1—Arr. Epict. 3. 21.6 ὕπαγε,
(yrec κτλ. So, to go forwards, to advance,
slowly, gradually, Pol. 11. 16. 1. Xen. An
3. 4. 48.

ὑπακοή, is, ἡ, (ὑπακούω,) a hearing
atientively, a hearkening, listening, Sept.
for τῆ 2 Sam. 22, 36. Aquil. for ΓΘ
2 Sam. 93, 23.—In N. T. obedience ; Rom.
1, 5 εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, i. 6. obedience
which springs from faith. 5, 19 διὰ ὑπακοῆς
τοῦ ἑνός. 6, 16 bis. 15, 18, 16,19. 26. 2 Cor.
7, 15. 10, 6. Philem. 21. Heb. 5, 8. 1 Pet.
1, 2. v. 14 see in τέκνον no. 5. With ge-
nit, of object, 2 Cor. 10, 5 ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Xpi-
στοῦ, i. 6. to or towards Christ... 1 Pet. 1
22 ὑπ. τὴν adnSeias.—Not found in the
classics.

_ ὑπτακούω, f. ούσω, (ὑπό, ἀκούω,) to hear,
pr. with submissiveness, stillness, attention,
i. 4. to hearken, to listen.

1. Pr. of a porter or door-keeper who
listens and replies to the knock. or call of
any one from without; absol.. Acts 12, 13
κρούσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ... προσῆλθε παιδιο ny
traxovoa.—Dem. 1149, 27. Plut. de Gen.
Socr, 31. Xen. Cony. 1. 11 κρούσας τὴν
ϑύραν εἶπε τῷ ὑπακούσαντι εἰσαγγεῖλαι.

2. Trop. to listen to any one, to obey, ο.
dat. Matth. ὁ 362. no. 2; so c. dat. of pers.
Matt. 8, 27 et Mark 4, 41 ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ
Sad. ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ. Mark 1, 27. Luke
8, 25. 17, 6. Eph. 6, 1. 5. Col. 3, 20. 22.
Heb. 5, 9. 1 Pet. 3, 6; dat. impl. Heb. 11,
8. With dat. of thing, Acts 6, 7 ὑπήκουον
τῇ πίστει. Rom. 6, 12. 16. 10, 16. 2 Thess.
1, 8. 3, 145 dat. impl. Rom. 6, 17. Phil. 2,
12. Sept. .c. dat. for ϑ Ὁ Gen. 39, 10;
comp. Deut. 20, 12. —So c. dat. Jos. Ant.
5. 4. 1 τοῖς νόμοις. Hdian. 3. 12. 15 τῷ
βασιλεῖ. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 3. Mem. 1. 2. 30.
The more usual construction is c. gen.
Sept. Gen. 16, 3. Xen. Cie. 14. 8 ; comp.
Matth. ὁ 362. 4.

ὕπανδρος, ov, ὅ, 9, adj. (ὑπό, ἀνήρ.)
under a husband, sulject to a husband,
spoken of a wife, Rom. 7, 2. Sept. for
tox nnm Num. 5, 29.—Ecclus. 9, 9. Plut.
Pelopid. 9. Pol. 10. 26. 3.

UTAVTAO, ὦ, f. ἡ now, (ὑπό, ἀντάω, ἀντί,)
to come opposite to any one, to encounter, to
meel, pr. with the idea of stealth, unper-
ceived, without noise or notice; c. dat.
Matt. 8, 28 ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζό-
μενοι. Luke 8, 27. John 11, 20. 30. 12, 18

ὑπάντησις

[Mark 5, 2. Luke 14, 31. John 4, 51.J—
Tob. 7, 1. Heian, 1.7.4. Xen. Cyr. 5.3.57.

ὑπάντησις, cas, 2 (ὑπαντάω.) meeting,
encounter ; in N. T. only in the phrase εἰς
ὑπάντησιν, for inf. ὑπαντᾷν, to meet; c. dat.
John 12, 13 ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν αὐτῷ.
[Matt. 8, 34; 6. gen. 25, 1.] Sept. for
PN Ip> Judg. 11, 34.—Genr. Jos. Ant. 11.
8. 4

ὕπαρξις, ews, 7, (ὑπάρχω,) being, ex-
istence, τοῦ aya%od Plut. adv. Stoic. 18.—
In N. T. the being to any one, possession ;
meton. @ possession, property, goods, sub-
stance; Acts 2, 45 ras ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρα-
σκον. Heb. 10, 84. Sept. for winsy 2 Chr.
35, 7; jin Prov. 18, 11. 19, 14.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 583 ἡ γῆ καὶ ἡ ὕπαρξις αὐτῆς.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 8. Pol. 2. 17. 11. ib. 10.
25. 5. In later usage put for the earlier ra
SENEXOOTSs Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 193.

ὑπάρχω, f. ξω, (ὑπό, ἄρχω,) to begin
pr. in some degree, gradually, impercepti-
bly, Hom. Od. 24, 286. Dem. 12. 1; to be-
gin doing, to do first, with particip. Xen.
An, 2, 3. 23. ib. 5. 5. 9; 6. ace. impl. Dem:
1345. 7; to begin to be, to come into exist-
ence, to arise, Dem. 408. 22 τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν
aicxvvnv.—Hence genr. and in N. T.

1. to exist, to be extant, present, at hand ;
absol. Acts 19, 40 μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχον-
τος περὶ οὗ κτὰ. 27, 21. 28, 18 διὰ τὸ μηδε-
μίαν αἰτίαν ϑανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. 1 Cor.
11, 18. So Dem. 82. 20 τοῦτ᾽ οὖν δεῖ προσ-
εἶναι, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα ὑπάρχει. Xen. Ag. 8.1
ὑπαρχούσης μὲν τιμῆς κτλ. Cyr, 8. 3. 52.—
With dat. of pers. to be present to any one,
implying possession, property ; Acts 3, 6
ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι, silver
and gold have I none. 4, 37 ὑπάρχοντος
αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ. 28, 7. 2 Pet. 1,8. (Sept. Job
2, 4, Hdian. 1. 10. 9. Xen. An. 2. 2. 11.)
Hence Particip. ra ὑπάρχοντα, 85 Subst.
things present, things in hand, to any one,
possessions, property, goods, substance, c
dat. of pers. as above, Luke 8, 3. Acts 4,
32; c. gen. of pers. Matt. 19, 21 πώλησόν
σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα. 24, 47. 25, 14. Luke 11,
21. 12, 15. 33. 44. 14, 33. 16,1. 19, 8,
1 Cor. 13, 3. Heb. 10, 34. See Matth.
§570. Lob. ad Soph. Aj. p. 577. Schzf. ad
Greg. Cor. p. 139. Sept. for 7322 Gen.
31, 18. 36, 6. 7; wy Gen. 12, 5. 1 Chr.
28,1. So Ceb. Tab. 7. Pol. 4. 3. 1. Xen.
Vect. 4. 22.

2. Simply, to be, i. q. εἰμί, as a logical
copula connecting the subject and predi-
cate; comp. in evi Il. 4) With a Subst.
as predicate; Luke 8, 41 καὶ αὐτὸς ἄρχων

741

ὑπέρ

τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑπῆρχε. 23, 50. Acts 2,30.
4, 84 ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες ... ὑπῆρχον. 16, 8.
20. 37..17,.24. 29. 21, 20. 22, 3. 1 Cor. 11,
7. 12, 22. Gal. 1,14. 2, 14, 2 Pet. 2, 19.
So Hdian. 6. 7. ἃ. Ὁ) With an adj. as
predic. Luke 9, 48. 11, 13 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς
πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες. 16, 14. Acts 3, 2. 4,
34 οὐδὲ yap ἐνδεής τις ὑπῆρχεν. 7, 55. 14,
8. 27, 12. Rom. 4, 19. 1 Cor. 7, 26. 2 Cor.
8, 17. 12, 16. James 2, 15. 2 Pet. 3, 11.
So Diod. Sic. 4. 11. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1.
c) With a Participle of another verb as
predic. comp. εἰμέ Il. 6. So with Part.
Pass. perf. as Adj. Acts 19, 36. As form-
ing a periphrasis for a finite tense of the
same verb; Acts 8, 16 μόνον δὲ βεβαπτι-
σμένοι, ὑπῆρχον κτλ. only they were baptized,
where ἦν ἐπιπεπτωκός precedes. Comp.
Matth. § 559. Winer ᾧ 46. 8. So Dem. 305.
23 καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς πύλεως οὕτως ὑπῆρχεν
éxovra. d) With an adverb as predic.
Acts 17, 27 τὸν Sedv ... οὐ μακρὰν ... ὑπάρ-
xovra. 6) With a Prep. and its case as
predic. 6. g. ἐν c. dat. where ὑπάρχει then
implies a being, remaining, living in any
state or place; so ἐν c. dat. of state or con-
dition, Luke 7, 25 οἱ ἐν... τρυφῇ ὑπάρχον-
τες. 16, 23. Acts 5, 4. Phil. 2,6. (Jos. Ant.
7.15. 2.) ἐν c. dat. of place, Acts 10, 12.
Phil. 3, 20; πρός c. gen. Acts 27, 34 rov-
To yap πρὸς τῆς tp. σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει.

ὑπείκω, f. ξω, (ὑπό, εἴκω,) to give way
under, to give under, to yield, so pr. to cease
fighting and withdraw, c. dat. Hdian. 1. 15.
16. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 45.—In N. T. vo yield,
to submit to, c. dat. Heb. 13,17. So Jos. de
Macc. 6 τῶν ἡδονῶν κρατεῖν, μηδὲ αὐταῖς ὑπεί-
κειν. Hdian. 2. 13. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 33.

ὑπεναντίος, a, ov, (ὑπό, ἐναντίος.) over
against, opposite to, c. dat. Hes. Scut. 347.
Plato Theet. 176. a.—In N. T. opposed,
contrary, adverse, pr. with the idea of stealth,
covertness, clandestineness ; Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 157. With dat. Col. 2,14 6 ἦν
ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν. Subst. of ὑπεναντίοι, op-
posers, adversaries, Heb. 10,27. Sept. ὁ ὑπ.
for 328 Ex. 23, 27; “% Deut. 32,27. So
2). V. H. 13. 40 ὑπεναντίον τι. Plut. Agesi.
24. Subst. Wisd. 18, 18. Pol. 1. 11. 14.
Xen. Cyr 1. 6. 38.

ὑπέρ, a prep. governing the’genitive and
accusative, with the primary signif. hyper-.
over, Lat. super, Germ. tiber.

I. With the Genrrive, pr. of place where,
i.e. the place over or above which any thing
is or moves, without immediate contact ;
e. g. of rest over, Hdian. 5. 5. 20. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4.6 ra ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀμμάτων. Ot

ὑπέρ

motion over, Hdian. 2. 6.19. Ken. Mem. 3.
8. 9 ὁ ἥλιος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν στεγῶν πο-
ρευόμενος. Soa mountain or hill is said to
be over a place, to overhang, Hdot. 2. 105.
Xen. An. 1. 10.12. Comp. Buttm. § 147.
ἢ. 1. Kiihner §293. Matth. §582. Winer
§51 ult.—In N. T. only trop.

1. With the idea of protection, care, fa-
vour, benefit, over, for, in behalf of, for the
sake of, i. 6. in commodum alicujus ; pr.
as if bending over a person or thing, and
thus warding off what might fall upon and
harm it. a) Genr. John 17,19 καὶ ὑπὲρ
αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν. Acts 21,26 ἕως
οὗ προσηνέχϑη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ
προσφορά: 2 Cor. 13, 8. Col. 1,7. 4, 12
πάντοτε ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς
προσευχαῖς. Heb. 6, 20. 13, 17. al. So
Ail. V. H. 3. 25 ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εὖ καὶ
καλῶς ἀγωνισάμενοι. Ken. Cyr. 2. 1. 21
μαχοῦνται ὑπὲρ τῶν τρεφόντων. An. 7. 7.
21.—Espec. after verbs or words implying
prayer for any one, comp. Engl. to pray
over any one, James 5,14; so 6. gen. of
pers. as δεῖσθαι ὑπέρ τινος Acts 8, 24; εὖὔ-
xeo%a James 5, 16; mpooedyeoSat Matt.
5, 44. Luke 6, 28. Col. 1, 9. (2 Macc. 12,
44.) So δέησις ὑπέρ. τινος Rom. 10, 1.
2 Cor. 9,14. Phil. 1, 4. Eph. 6, 19 where
ὑπέρ τίνος and περί τινος alternate, comp.
Winer §51 fin. προσευχή Acts 12, 5. Rom:
15,30. Genr. 1 Tim. 2; 1.2 δεήσεις, προσ-
εὐχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας ὑπὲρ πάντων
κτλ. After verbs implying speaking, plead-
ing, intercession for any one; Acts 26, 1
ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Rom. 8, 26 τὸ πνεῦμα
ὑπερεντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. ν. 27. 34. Heb.
7,25. 9, 34. ( δομίη. Dial. Socr. 1. 8.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 18 τὶ εἰπεῖν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν.)
After verbs and nouns implying zeal, care,
effort for any person or thing; 1 Cor. 12,
25 adda τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσι
τὰ μέλη. So ζῆλος ὑπέρ τινος 2 Cor. 7, 7.
Col: 4, 18; σπουδή 2 Cor: 7, 12. 8,16; τὸ
φρονεῖν Phil» 4, 10. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 12
ἐπιμελεῖσϑαι ὑπέρ twos.) ἕο εἶναι ὑπέρ
τινος, to be for any one, to take his part ;
Rom. 8, 81 εἰ ὁ Seds ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν [ἐστι]. ris
καϑ ἡμῶν ; Mark 9, 40. Luke 9, 50.—Often
after verbs or words implying the suffering
of evil or death for, in behalf of any one ;
c. gen. of pers. as ἀνάϑεμα εἶναι ὑπέρ τινος
Rom. 9, 3; ἀποθνήσκειν John 11, 50. 51.
52. Rom. 5, 6 Χριστὸς... ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν
ἀπέϑανε. v. Tbis. 8. 14,15. 2 Cor. 5, 14.
15 bis. 1 Thess. 5,10; ἀπολέσϑαι John 18,
14; yeveoSac ϑανάτου Heb, 2, 9; διδόναι
ἑαυτόν ν. τὸ σῶμα Luke 22, 19. Tit. 2, 14.
1 Tim. 2,63; ἐκχύνειν τὸ αἷμα Luke 22, 20 ;

,
;

742 ᾿ ὑπέρ

ϑύειν τὸ πάσχα 1 Cor. ὅ, Ἴ ; κατάρα γίνεσθαι
Gal. 3, 13; κλᾷν τὸ σῶμα 1 Cor. 11, 24;
παραδιδόναι ἑαυτόν Vv. τινά Rom. 8, 32. Gal.
2,20. Eph. 5, 2. 25; πάσχειν τι 1 Pet. 2,
21. 3,18. 4,15 ποιεῖν τινα ἁμαρτίαν 2 Cor.
5, 213; σταυροῦσϑαι 1 Cor. 1, 135 τιϑέναι
τὴν ψυχήν John 10, 11. 15. 13, 37. 38, 15,
13. 1 John 3, 16 bis. With gen. of thing,
John 6, 51. Rom. 16, 4. 2 Cor. 12,15. “So
Ecclus. 29, 15. Xen. An. 7. 4. 9 ἀποϑνή-
σκειν ὑπέρ τινος. — b) Closely allied to the
above is the sense for, instead of any one,
in place of ; comp. Winer § 51 fin. Philem.
13 ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς
τοῦ εὐαγγ. Perh. 2 Cor. 5, 20 bis, ὑπὲρ
Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν, κτλ. Eph. 6, 20.
Here some refer the class of passages cited
in lett. a, fin, So Paleph. 41. 1. Eurip.
Alcest. 701. Pol. 21. 14. 9. Thue. 7. 13.

2. Causal, for, i. q. because of, on account
of, propter, implying the ground, motive,
occasion of an action ; comp. Matth. Winer,
ll. ec. John 11, 4 ἡ doSeveia οὐκ ἔστι πρὸς
Sdvarov, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ ϑεοῦ, for
the glory of God, in order to manifest his
glory. Acts 5, 41 ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ,
for his name, for his honour. 9,16. 15, 26.
21, 13. Rom. 1, 5. 15, 8. 1 Cor. 15, 3 Xp.
ἀπέϑανεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν. v.29 bis.
2 Cor. 1, 6. 12, 10. 19 ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἶκο-
δόμῆς. [Ὁ]. 1, 4.] Eph. 3, 1. 13. Phil. 1,
29 bis. Phil. 2,13 ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας, for
(by virtue of) his own good-pleasure, be-
cause it is his will. Col. 1,24 bis. 2 Thess.
1, 4. 5. Heb. 5, 1 bis. 3. 7,27. 9,7. 3 John
7. So after δοξάζειν Rom. 15, 9; εὐχαρι-
orev Rom. 1, 8. 1 Cor. 10, 30. 2 Cor. 1,
11. Eph. 1, 16. 5, 20.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 6
ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτάδων. Isocr. 301. ¢. Xen. An. 1.
7. 3 τῆς edevepias...imép ἧς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ
εὐδαιμονίζω.

3. As marking an object of speech,
thought, hope, or the like, e.g. 4) After
verbs of speaking and the like, over, upon,
about, concerning ; comp. in Engl. to talk
over a matter, to boast over ; Matth. Winer,
Il. cc. Rom. 9, 27 “Hoaias δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ
τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. 1 Cor. 4, 6. 2 Cor. 5,12. 7,
4 πολλή μοι καύχησις ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν. ν. 14. 8,
93.24. 9,2. 8. 19, δ. 8. So Al. V. H.
12. 52. Pol. 1. 13. 7 ἱστορεῖν ὑπέρ τινος.
b) Also, as to, in respect to; 2 Cor. 1,.6 ἡ
ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν. ν. 8 ἀγνοεῖν
εἰς ὑπὲρ τῆς σλίψεως κτλ. i. 4. ἀγνοεῖν περί
τινος 1 Cor. 12, 1. Phil. 1,7 τοῦτο φρονεῖν
ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν. 2 Thess. 2,1. So Jos. Ant.
15. 3. 6. Pol. 3. 4. 3. Dem. 554. 11 ἡ Bov-
λὴ ὑπὲρ ᾿Αριστάρχου. Xen. Meni. 4. 3. 12
προνοεῖσϑαι ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων.

ὑπεραίρω

II. With the Accusative, pr. of place
whither, implying motion or direction over
or above a place; Hdot. 4. 188 ῥιπτέουσι
ὑπὲρ τὸν δόμον. Eurip. Ion 46. Hdian, 7.
2.13 ὑπὲρ γαστέρα τοῦ ἵππου βρεχομένου.
Pol. 3. 84. 9. Also over, above, beyond,
Xen. An. 1. 1. 9 τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ “EA-
λήσποντον οἰκοῦσι. Comp. Matth. ᾧ 582.
b. Kiihner § 293. Winer ᾧ 53. e—In N. T.
only trop. over, above ; comp. Winer 1]. c.

1. As marking superiority in rank, digni-
ty, worth, oder, above ; Matt. 10, 24 bis, οὐκ
ἔστι μαϑητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, κτλ. Luke
6,40. Eph. 1,22 κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα. Phil.
2,9 ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα. Philem. 16.
—Luce. Vit. Auct. 2-ris ὑπὲρ ἄνδρωπον εἶναι
βούλεται; All. V. Η. 12.1. p. 159 ᾿Ασπασία
...Umep τὰς γυναῖκας βασιλικῶς κτλ.

2. As marking excess beyond a certain
measure or standard, and spoken compara-
tively, over, above, beyond, more than. 8)
Genr. and simply ; Matt. 10, 37 bis, ὁ φιλῶν
πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμέ κτλ. Acts 26, 13
ὑπὲρ τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου ... φῶς.
2 Cor. 1, 8 et 8, 3 ὑπὲρ δύναμιν. Gal. 1,14
προέκοπτον ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ ὑπὲρ πολλούς
κτὰ. Eph. 3,20. Also ὑπὲρ 6, above what,
more than what, 1 Cor. 4,6. 10,13. 2 Cor.
12, 6. Philem. 21. So Sept. 1 Sam. 15, 22.
Ecclus. 7, 1. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 68. Epict.
Ench. 31 et 37 ὑπὲρ δύναμιν. Xen. Mem.
4. 3.8 πῶς οὐχ ὑπὲρ λόγον. Ὁ) Pleonast.
after comparatives ; 6. g. after an Adj. in
the comparat. degree, Luke 16, 8 φρονομώ-
repo. ὑπὲρ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτός. Heb. 4,
12; comp. in παρά IIL. 4... With a verb,
2 Cor. 12, 13, ri γάρ ἐστιν, ὃ ἡττήϑητε ὑπὲρ
ras λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας ; comp. Winer § 53. 6.
So Sept. οὐ κρείσσων εἰμὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πατέ-
pas μου, for Heb. 13 comparat. 1 K. 19, 4;
also Judg. 11,25. Ps. 19,11. 0) With-
out case, where it then stands as an adverb,
i. q. more, much more ; comp. Buttm. § 147.
n. 5. Matth. §594. 1. Winer § 54 ult. ἡ. 2.
2 Cor. 11, 23 διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσι ; ὑπὲρ
ἐγώ. See Kypke ad loc—For the adverb-
ial forms ὑπὲρ λίαν, ὑπὲρ ἐκπερισσοῦ, see
the arts. ὑπερλίαν, ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ.

Nore. In composition ὑπέρ implies: 8)
Motion or rest over, above, beyond a place
or thing ; as ὑπεραίρω, ὑπερβαίνω, ὑπερέχω.
b) Protection, aid, for, in behalf of ; as ὑπερ-
ἐντυγχάνω. 0) Excess, a surpassing, over,
above, more than, often with the idea of cen-
sure; as ine, w, ὑπερεκτείνω, ὑπερ-
περισσεύω, also ὑπεραυξάνω, ὑπερνικάω.

ὑπεραίρω, f. αρῶ, (αἴρω,) to lift or raise
up over, above, any thing, Luc. Amor. 54
ὅσοι τὴν φιλοσοφίας ὀφρὺν ὑπὲρ αὐτοὺς

743

ὑπερβάλλω

τοὺς κροτάφους ὑπερήρκασι. Plato Phedr.
248. ἃ. Intrans. to rise up over, 6. g. of
water overflowing, Dem. 1274. 20; of per-
sons passing over walls, mountains, Pol. 2,
23. 1. Xen. Mag. Eq. 8. 3.—In N. T. only
Mid. ὑπεραίρομαι, trop. to lift up one-
self overmuch, to over-exalt oneself, to be-
come elated, conceited, arrogant; absol.
2 Cor. 12, 7 bis, ἵνα μὴ ὑπεραίρομαι κτλ.
With ἐπί τινα 2 Thess. 2,4. So 2 Macc. 5,
23. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 11. πο. 22. Aristot.
Virt. et Vit. 7. 5.

ὑπέρακμος, ov, ὁ, ἧ, adj. (ἀκμή,) beyond
the flower of life, past the proper age ; 1 Cor.
7, 36 ἐὰν 9 ὑπέρακμος sc. ἡ map%évos—
Suid. ὑπέρακμος᾽" ὑπερδραμὼν τὴν ὥραν.
Found only in N. T.

ὑπεράνω, adv. (inép,-dve,) intens. over
above, Engl. up above, high above ; of place,
c. gen. Eph. 4,10 ὑπεράνω πάντων οὐρα-
νῶν. Absol. Heb. 9, 5. Sept. for 32>
Ex. 8, 2; 923959 Ez. 11,22. Soc. gen.
Jos. Ant. 8. 7.2. Al. V. H. 9.7; absol.
Lue. D. Deor. 4. 2.—Trop. of rank, digni-
ty, 6. gen. Eph. 1,21 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς
Sept. for 17> Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1.

ὑπεραυξάνω, f. ξήσω, (adédve,) in-
tens. to overgrow, i.e. trop. to grow exceed-
ingly, to increase greatly, in a good sense ;
intrans. 2 Thess. 1, 3 ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις
tpav.—Andocid. 32. 23.

ὑπερβαίνω, f. Bnoopat; (βαίνω,) trans.
to let pass over, to transfer, c. acc. Xen. Eq.
7.2. Intrans. fo go or pass over,e. σ΄. ἃ
wall, mountains, c. 866. Sept. 2 Sam. 22,
30. Hdian. 3. 2. 11. Xen. An. 7. 3. 43.
Trop. to overgo, to overpass certain limits,
to transgress, c. acc. τὸ ἴσον καὶ τὸ δίκαιον
Diog. Laert. 8. 18 ; νόμον Diod Sic. 17. 34.
Zschin. 58. 30.—In N. T. trop. and absol.
to overgo, to go too far, to transgress, i. e.
to go beyond right, 1 Thess. 4, 6.

ὑπερβαλλόντως, adv. (ὑπερβάλλων,)
exceedingly, above measure, 2 Cor. 11, 23.
—Sept. Job 15, 11. Pol. 5. 43.8. Xen.
Ag. 1. 36. mate

ὑπερβάλλω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to throw
or cast over, beyond, e. g. beyond a certain
goal or limit in acc. Hom. Od. 11. 595 ἀλλ᾽
ὅτε μέλλοι [λᾶαν] ἄκρον ὑπερβαλέειν, i. 6.
Sisyphus. Il. 23. 848 ; οἵ ἃ kettle, to throw
over, to boil over, Hdot. 1. 59; intrans. to
throw oneself over a mountain or the like,
to pass over, Xen. An. 4. 4.20. Also to
throw beyond or further than another, to
surpass in throwing a weapon, c. acc. of
pers. Hom. Il. 23. 637; hence genr. to

ay

ὑπερβολή

surpass, to exceed, to excel, Jos. Ant. 2. 2.
1 πλούτῳ τε yap ὑπερέβαλλε τοὺς ἐπιχω-
ρίους. Xen. Hell. 7. 8. 6.—In N. T. only
Particip. pres. ὑπερβάλλων, ovea, ον,
surpassing, exceeding, supereminent; 2
Cor. 3, 10 ἕνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης.
9,14 διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν χάριν τοῦ Seod.
Eph. 1, 19. 2, 7. 8,19. So 2 Macc. 4, 13.
Jos. Ant. 4.2.2. Hdian. 3. 10. 12. Xen.
Hi. 11. 2.

ὑπερβολή, js, ἡ, (ὑπερβάλλω,) a throw-
ing, casting, shooting beyond, Soph. Cid.
Tyr. 1196 xa¥ ὑπερβολὰν τοξεύσας. Also,
ὦ passing over, e. g. a river, mountain, Pol.
10. 1. 8. Xen. An. 1. 2.25.—In N. T. trop.
excess, excellence, supereminence; 2 Cor.
4, ἡ ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως. 12,7. So
Jos. B. J. 6. 7. 8 δὲ ὑπερβολὴν ὠμότητος.
Ant. 1. 13. 4. Dem. 97. 3. Pol. 3. 99. 4.—
With a prep. adverbially: καϑ᾿ ὕπερβο-
Any, i.g. exceedingly, supereminenily, Rom.
7,13. 2 Cor. 1, 8. Gal. 1, 13. 2 Cor. .4,
17 see below. Also i. q. Fr. par ,excel-
lence. 1 Cor. 12, 31 καὶ ἔτι καϑ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν
ὁδόν, a way par excellence, a far better way.
Comp. in κατά IT. 1. d. y. (Luc. Luct. 12.

. Pol. 3. 92. 10. Diod. Sic. 17. 47.) εἰς

ὑπερβολὴν id. exceedingly ; hence intens.
by Hebr. καϑ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολήν, q. d.
exceeding exceedingly, in the highest possi-
ble degree, 2 Cor. 4,17; see Gesen. Lehrg.
p. 693.2. So El. V. H. 4. 20. ib. 12. 1.
p- 160, εἰς ὑπερβολὴν τιμᾷν.

ὑπερεγώ, 2 Cor. 11, 23 Lachm. for
Rec. ὑπὲρ ἐγώ.

ὑπερεῖδον, (εἴδω,) as aor. 2 to ὑπερο-
ράω, to see or look out over, 6. g. τὴν ϑάλασ-
σαν Hdot. 7. 36 fin—In N. T. trop. to
overlook, not to regard, i. q. to bear with,
not to punish, c. acc. Acts 17, 30 χρόνους
τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ eds. Sept. for
SEH Lev. 20, 4. So Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 9 [8]
τὸ περὶ μικρῶν ζημιωμάτων ἀφεῖναι τοὺς
πλημμελήσαντας, ἔπαινον ἤνεγκε τοῖς ὑπερι-
δοῦσι. Also to slight, Tob. 4,3. 4. V. H.
3. 22; to despise, Xen. Ag. 8. 4.

ὑπερέκεινα, adv. (ἐκεῖνος, Buttm. ᾧ 115.
ἢ. 5,) pr. ‘ beyond those parts ;’ hence be-
yond, over beyond; and with the art. τὰ
ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν sc. μέρη, the parts beyond
you, 2 Cor. 10, 16; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 125. 6,
7. Bos Ellips. ed. Schef. p. 289.—Thom.
Mag. p. 336 ἐπέκεινα ῥήτορες λέγουσιν"
ὑπερέκεινα δέ, μόνοι οἱ σύρφακες.

ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ, adv. (ὑπὲρ ἐκ περισ-
σοῦ.) intens. more than abundantly, comp.
in περισσός no. 2; i. 6. superabundanily,
very exceedingly, above all measure ; Eph.

744

ὑπερηφανία

8, 20 ὑπὲρ πάντα ποιῆσαι ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ
ὧν αἰτούμεϑα. 1 Thess. 3,10. 5, 13.—Sept.
for Chald. πο Dan. 3, 23.
ὑπερεκπερισσῶς, adv. i. q. ὑπερεκπε-
ρισσοῦ, 1 Thess. 5,13 Lachm.
ὑπερεκτείνω, f. ἐνῶ, (exrelve,) Lo stretch
out overmuch, beyond measure; trop. ¢
ace. of pers. 2 Cor. 10, 14 od ὑπερεκτείνο-
μεν ἑαυτούς we stretch not ourselves out too
far, we do not go beyond our measure,
i. 6. τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος in wy. 13.—Luc.
Eunuch. 2 κεκραγότες καὶ ὑπερεκτεινόμεναι,
Schol. ὑπερφιλονεικοῦντες ; but some edi-
tions read ὑπερδιατεινόμενοι.
ὑπερεκχύνομαι, Pass. (ἐκχύνω, ἐκχέω,)
to be poured out over, as from a vessel, i. 4.
to run over, to overflow, absol. Luke 6, 38
μέτρον ὑπερεκχυνόμενον. Sept. for pn
Joel 2, 24. Sept. ὑπερεκχέομαι for P38
Prov. 5, 16; also Al. H. An. 12. 41.
ὑπερεντυγχάνω, f. τεύξομαι, (ἐντυγχά-
νω,) to intercede for any one, in his behalf;
Cc. ὑπέρ τινος, Rom. 8, 26. Comp. Winer
§ ὅθ. 2. a.

ὑπερέχω, f. Eo, (ἔχω,) to hold over,
e. g. any thing over the fire, Hom. Il. 2,
246; also for protection, τὴν χεῖρά τινι ν.
twos Anth. Gr. I. p. 193. Jos. Ant. 6. 2. 2.
Pol. 15. 31.11. Intrans. pr. to hold oneself
over or beyond, comp. ἔχω no. 5; hence to
be over, to be prominent, to jut out over or
beyond, Sept. Ex. 26,13. 1K. 8,8. All
V. H. 9. 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 8.—In N. T
trop.

1. to hold oneself above, to be superior,
better, to surpass, to excel; see in ἔχω no.
5. E.g. c. gen. of pers. also c. dat. of
manner, Phil. 2,3 ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερ-
έχοντας ἑαυτῶν. Matth. § 358. Buttm. § 132.
10. b. So Hdian. 4.15.11. Diod. Sic. 17.
77. Xen. Venat. 1. 11.—With acc. Phil.
A, Ἴ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα
νοῦν, comp. Matth. § 358 note. So Diod. Sic.
3. 22. Plato Phedo 50. p. 102. d. Xen.
Hell. 6. 1. 4. p. 236.—Part. τὸ ὑπερέχο.
as Subst. excellence, supereminence, i. g
ὑπεροχή; Phil. 3,8 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνὼ
σεως. See Matth. ᾧ 570. Lob. ad Soph. Ay
Ρ. 277. Schef. ad Greg. Cor. p. 139.

2. Of rank, dignity, Part. ὑπερέχων
ovea, ov, superior, higher; Rom. 13, 1
ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις. 1 Pet. 2, 13.—
Wisd. 6, 5. Pol. 28. 4. 9. Hdian. 4. 9. 4.

ὑπερηφανία, as, ἡ, (ὑπερήφανος 4. ν.)
arrogance, haughtiness, pride, Pol. 6.18 5.
Dem. 577. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 27.—In N.
T. from the Heb. arrogance, pride, with the

ΡΥ |

ὑπερήφανος 745

accessory idea of impiety, ungodliness, Mark
7, 22. Sept. for M}83 Ps, 31, 24. Is. 16,6;
7i€a Ps. 59, 13. Prov. 8,13; ji! Dent.
17,12. So Tob. 4, 17. 1 Mace. 1, 23.
Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 1.

ὑπερήφανος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (ὑπέρ, φαί-
vw,) appearing over, conspicuous above
other persons or things; so pr. Xen. Mag.
Kq. 5. 7 τοὺς μὲν dp3a τὰ δόρατα ἔχειν, τοὺς
δ᾽ ἄλλους ταπεινὰ καὶ μὴ ὑπερήφανα (others
ὑπερφανῆ). Elsewhere trop. conspicuous,
distinguished, splendid, as οἰκίας τῶν troX-
λῶν ὑπερηφανωτέρας Dem. 175. 10; usually
of persons, with censure, arrogant, haughty,
proud, 3. V. H. 12. 63. Diod. Sic. 4. 13.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 25.—In N. T. from the
Heb. arrogant, proud, with the accessory
idea of contemning God, impiety, wicked-
ness, Luke 1, 51 διεσκόρπισεν ὑπερηφάνους
διανοίᾳ καρδίας, see in art. διάνοια no. 3.
Rom. 1, 30. 2 Tim. 3, 2 James 4, 6. 1 Pet.
5, 5. Sept. for 783 Ps, 94, 2. 140,6; Ἢ
Ps. 119, 21; 59 Job 38, 15. Is. 2,12. So
Wisd. 14, 6. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 17.

ὑπερλίαν, adv. (λίαν,) overmuch, very
exceedingly, supereminently ; c. art. ὁ ὑπερ-
λίαν adj. the most eminent, the very chief,
τῶν ὑπερλίαν ἀποστόλων 2 Cor. 11, 5. 12,
11; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 125. 6.—On such com-
pounds, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45-48; as
ὑπεράγαν 2 Macc. 10,4; ὑπέρευ Dem. 228.
17. Xen. Hi. 6. 9.

ὑπερνικάω, ὦ, f. now, (νικάω.) to more
than conquer, absol. Rom. 8, 37.— Leo
Tact. 14. 25 νικᾷ καὶ μὴ ὑπερνικᾷ. Socr.
Hist. Ecc. 3. 21 νικᾷν καλόν, ὑπερνικᾷν δὲ
ἐπίφϑονον.

ὑπέρογκος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ὄγκος,) + over-
swollen, much swollen, overgrown, El. V.
H. 13. 1. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 58.—In N. T.
trop. over-tumid, over-swelling, boastful,
with the idea of insolent pride, impiety ; so
of language, 2 Pet. 2, 18 ὑπέρογκα yap pa-
ταιότητος φϑεγγόμενοι. Jude 16 τὸ στόμα
αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα. Sept. for dia Ex.
18, 22; MYp Ex. 18,26; MINSH? Dan. 11,
36. So of style Plut. de Lib. educ. 9;
comp. ὑπέρογκον φρόνημα Plut. Lucull. 21.

ὑπεροχή, ῆς, ἡ, (ὑπερέχω,) α promi-
nence, eminence, 6. g. a mound, hill, Pol. 3.
104. 3; a peak, summit of a mountain, ib.
10. 31. 1.—In N, T. trop. .

1. prominence, eminence, 6. g. of station,
authority, power; 1 Tim..2, 2 βασιλέων καὶ
πάντων τῶν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντων.---ῷ Mac. 3,
11. Pol. 5. 41. 8. Diod. Sic. 4. 41. Plato
Legg. 711. d.

ὑπερῷος
2. Genr. superiority, excellence; 1 Cor. 2,

1 καϑ᾿ ὑπεροχὴν Adyou.—Pol. 5. 41. 1. Plato
Def. 416.

ὑπερπερισσεύω, f. εύσω, (περισσεύω,)
to abound over, much more, to superabound ;
in a comparative sense, absol. Rom. 5, 20
οὗ δὲ ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερπερισσεύ-
σεν ἡ χάρις, comp. v.15. Without compar-
ison, Pass. depon. to superabound overmuch,
greatly, exceedingly, in any thing; c. dat.
2 Cor. 7,4 ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ, i. 6.
I am exceeding joyful—Not found in the

classics.

ὑπτερπερισσῶς, adv. (περισσῶς,) more
than abundanily, very exceedingly, beyond
all measure; ἅπαξ dey. Mark 7, 37 ὑπερ-
περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο.
, ὑπερπλεονάξω, f. dow, (πλεονάζω,) to
superabound, to abound exceedingly, intrans.
1 Tim. 1, 14.—Psalt. Salom. 5, 19.

Utrepupow, , f. de, (ὑψόω,) intens.
to make high above, to raise high aloft;
only trop. to highly exalt, over all, c. acc.
Phil. 2, 9 Seds αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσε. Sept.
Pass. for 222 Ps. 97, 9; comp. Sept. Ps.
37, 35.—So in praise, Sept. Dan. 4, 34,
Song of 3 Childr. 28. 29.

ὑπερφρονέω, ὦ, f. how, (ὑπέρφρων,
φρήν,) to think overmuch of oneself, to be
high-minded, i. q, to be proud, arrogant,
disdainful, intrans. Rom. 12, 3 μὴ ὑπερῴρο-
νεῖν map ὃ δεῖ ppoveiv.—Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 1
of Σοδομῖται πλούτῳ ... ὑπερφρονοῦντες.
Pol. 6. 18. 7. βοῦν]. Agam. 10, 39.

ὑπερῷος, a, ον, (ὑπέρ, as πατρῷος from
maTnp,) over, upper, e. g. of a chamber,
Plut. Pelop. 35 ὁ δὲ ϑάλαμος ἐν ᾧ καϑεύδειν
εἰώϑεσαν, ὑπερῷος ἦν. Philo de Vit. Mos. 2.
Pp. 662 οἰκήματα ἐπίπεδα καὶ ὑπερῷα, in the
ark, Luc. Asin. 45.—Oftener and in N, T.
Neut. τὸ ὑπερῷον, an upper chamber, the
upper part of a house, i. e. a sort of guest-
chamber not in common use, where the
Hebrews received company and held feasts,
and where at other times they retired for
prayer and meditation, i. q. ἀνάγαιον 4. v.
In Greek houses it occupied the upper
story ; among the Hebrews it seems some-
times to have been on or connected with the
flat roof of their dwellings, Heb. ΓΙΌΣ Sept.
ὑπερῷον 1 K. 17,19. 22. 2 K. 4.10; comp.
Acts 10,9. See Jowett’s Chr. Researches
in the Mediterranean, Lond. 1824. p. 67
where he describes the chief room in the
houses of Haivali (opposite Lesbos) as in
the upper or third story, secluded, spacious,
and conmodious, “higher and larger than

« ,
UTTEX@

those below, having. two projecting win-
dows, and the whole floor so much extended
in front beyond the lower part of the build-
ing, that the projecting windows considera-
bly overhang the street ;” comp. Acts 20, 8
864. where the ὑπερῷον at Troas is also ἐν
τῷ τριστέγῳ. For a similar arrangement
of the houses in Palestine, see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 26, 417.—In N. T. Acts 1,
13 εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες κτλ.
9, 37. 39. 20, 8. So Jos. Vit. §30. Luc.
Tox. 61. Lys. 93. 46. ~
ὑπέχω, f. ὑφέξω, (ἔχω,) to hold under,
e. g. the hand, Hom. Il. 7. 188; a vessel,
Hdot. 2. 151. Plut. M. Anton..9. Trop. to
hold out under, i. e. towards or before any
one, 6. g. ovas, to give ear, Simonid. Fr. 7.
16 ; λόγον, εὐθύνας, to render account, Pol.
18. 35. 3. Plut. J. Ces. 335; δίκην τινί, to
render satisfaction, to. make atonement,
Soph. Cid. Tyr. 552.—Hence in N. T.
trop. δίκην ὑπέχειν, lo pay or suffer pu-
nishment ; Jude 7 πόλεις ... πυρὸς αἰωνίου
δίκην ὑπέχουσαι. So 2 Macc. 4, 48., Hdian.
1, 8. 12. Pol. 12. 8. 5 Savarov κρίσιν. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 8 τούτου δίκην ὑπέχειν.
ὑπήκοος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (ὑπακούω.) listen-
ing, obedient, c. dat. Acts 7, 39 ᾧ οὐκ ἠϑέ-
Anoav ὑπήκοοι γενέσϑαι. 2 Cor. 2, 9 εἰς
πάντα. Absol. Phil. 2, 8.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 3
ὑπήκοος γίνομαι. c. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22;
absol. Plut. Pelop. 29. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 9.
ὑπηρετέω, ὦ, f. now, (ὑπηρέτης.) pr. to
serve as an ὑπηρέτης, 6. g. as a rower, Al.
H. An. 13. 2.—In N. T. genr. to act for
any one, to minister, to serve; 6. dat. Acts
13, 36 Δαβὶδ μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας.
20, 34 ταῖς χρείαις pov... ὑπηρέτησαν ai
χεῖρες αὗται. 24,23. So Wied. 16, 21. 24.
Diod. Sic. 1. 70. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7.
ὑπηρέτης, ov, 6, (ὑπό, ἐρέτης, ἐρέσσω,)
pr. an under-rower, genr. a common sailor,
hand, as distinguished from οἱ ναῦται ship-
men, seamen, and of ἐπιβάται mariners,
Dem. 1209. 11, 14 in some editions, where
others read ὑπηρεσία collect. id. Comp.
also Dem. 1208. 20. 1214. 23. 1216. 13.
Pol. 1. 25. 3. Hence genr. a hand, agent,
minister, attendant, who does service under
the direction of any one; in N. T. spoken
1. Of those who wait on magistrates or
public bodies and execute their decrees, a
lictor, officer, like the modern constable, bea-
dle, e. g. as the attendant on a judge, Matt.
5, 25, i. q. πράκτωρ in Luke 12, 58. So of
the attendants or beadles of the Sanhedrim,
Matt. 26, 58. Mark 14, 54. 65. John 7, 32.
45. 46. 18, 3. 12.18.22. 19,6. Acts 5,

746 _ tro

22, 26.—Genr. Jos. 15. 8. 4: Luc. Pisc. 45.
Xen. Hell. 2. 8. ὅ4. ib. 3.1.27. Of the
Roman lictors, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.8. ib. 5. 2.
See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 178 sq. Dict. of
Antt. art. Lictor.

2. Of the attendant, minister, in a syna-
gogue, who handed the volume to the reader,
and returned it to its place, Luke 4, 20.

3. Genr. @ minister, attendant, associate
in any work, John 18, 36. Acts 13, 5 εἶχον
δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην ὑπηρέτην. So of a minister
of the word or of Christ, Luke 1, 2. Acts
26, 16. 1 Cor, 4, 1.—Wisd. 6, 4. Jos, Ant.
3. 1. 4 τὴν ὑπηρέτην ϑεοῦ sc. Moses. Dem.
1285. 2 ὑπηρέται καὶ συνεργοὶ οὗτοι Κλεο-
μένους. Xen. An. 1. 9. 27.

ὕπνος, ov, ὁ, sleep, Matt. 1, 24. Luke 9,
32. John 11, 13. Acts 20, 9 bis. Sept. for
28 Gen..28, 16, So Hdian. 2. 1. 12. Xen.
Hi. 6. 9. —Trop. of spiritual sleep, torpor,
sloth, Rom. 13,11. Comp. Psalt. Sal. 3, 1
ἱνατί ὑπνοῖς ψυχή, καὶ οὐκ εὐλογεῖς τὸν κύ-
i

ὑπό, a prep. governing the genitive and
accusative ; in the Greek classics also the
dative ; with the primary signification under.

I. With the Genitive, pr. of place
whence, i. 6. the place from under which any
thing comes forth, Hom. Od.9 141 ῥέει κρήνη
ὑπὸ omeiovs. Hes. Theog. 669 Ζεὺς... ὑπὸ
χϑονὸς ἧκε φοώσδε.. Also of loosing or
freeing from under any pee? IL. 8. 543
ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑπὸ ζυγοῦ. 9. 248 ἐρύε-
σϑαι ὑπὸ Τρώων. ib. 21. 553. Also of place
where, under which, like ὑπό c. dat. Plato
Legg. 728. a, ὅ τ᾽ ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ ὑπὸ γῆς χρυ-
σός. Trop. after passive and neuter verbs,
to mark the subject or agent from under
whose hand, power, agency, causation, the
action of the verb proceeds, in Engl. from,
by, through ; comp. Buttm. § 134. 1,2. § 147.
n. 1. Matth. § 592. Winer f51. p. 442; see
also in ἀπό note 2. In this sense only is
ὑπό c. gen. found in N. T,

1. With Passive verbs, by; through, From ;
c. gen. of pers. Matt. 1, 22 τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ
κυρίου. 2, 16 τῶ ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων. 8,
6 ἐβαπτίζοντο im αὐτοῦ. 4,1 ἀνήχϑη ὑπὸ
τοῦ πνεύματος πειρασϑῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβό-
λου. 5,13. Mark 1,13. 2, 3. Luke 5, 15.
14, 8. John 10, 14. Acts 4, 36. 23, 27 bis.
Rom. 15, 15. 1 Cor. '7, 25. 2 Cor. 1, 16.
Gal. 1, 11. al. sepiss. With gen. collect.
Luke 21, 20. Acts 15,4 προπεμφϑέντες ὑπὸ
τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 2 Cor. 8, 19. With gen. of
thing, Matt. 8, 34 -ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτε-
σϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων. 14, 24. Luke 7, 24
κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον. 8, 14.
John 8, 9. Acts 2,24. 27, 41. Rom. 12,

“«*

=. . =

ὑπό ᾿ 747

51. 1 Cor. 10,9. 2 Cor. ὅ, 4. James 3, 4.
6. 2 Pet. 1,17 φωνῆς ἐνεχϑείσης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ
τῆς μεγαλοπρεποῦς δόξης, i.e. a voice being
sent forth unto him from (by) the radiant
glory, by the divine Majesty, from God him-
self. 2 Pet. 2, 7. 17. Jude 12. Rev. 6, 13.—
Diod. Sic. 1. 8, 15.’ Hdian. 2.7. 9. Xen.
Mem. 1. 5. 1. ib. 4. 4. 4; ο. gen. of thing,
ΖΔ. V. H. 13. 1 init. “μαζῶν βαρυνομένων
ὑπὸ τοῦ γάλακτος. Hdian. 4. 15. 14. Xen.
An. 1. 5. 5.

2. With Neuter verbs having a passive
power, by, through, from; e. g. after yivo-
μαι and εἶναι signifying to be made; done ;
80 γίνομαι, Luke 9,'7 τὰ γινόμενα ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ.
13, 17. 23, 8. Acts 12, 5. 20, 8. 26, 6.

Eph. 5, 12; εἶναι Acts 23, 30; impl. |,

2 Cor. 2,6. (So yiv. Xen. An. 7. 1. 30;
impl. Xen. Hi. 1. 28. ib. 7. 6.) Also πά-
oxetv τι ὑπό τινος, Matt. 17, 12. Mark 5,
26. 1 Thess. 2,14. So Hdian. 7. 12. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36. Conv. 1. 9—In like
manner after some transitive verbs, where
a passive sense is implied ; 6. g. λαμβάνειν
τι ὑπό Twos to receive by or through, i.e. to
have inflicted by any one, 2 Cor. 11, 24;
ὑπομένειν τι ὑπό τινος id. Heb. 12,33; ἀπὸ"
κτεῖναι... . ὑπὸ τῶν ϑηρίων, to kill by beasts,
i. 6. to cause’to be killed by beasts, Rev. 6,
8. So Hdian. 7. 10. 9 γνόντες [ταῦτα] ὑπὸ
τῆς φήμης. Comp. Buttm. ἢ 147. mn. 1. +

Il. With the Accusative, pr. of place
whither, i. e. of motion or direction. under
a place; but also of place’ where, i. e. of
rest under a place. Buttm.1.c. Matth. § 593.
Winer § 53. k.

1. Of Place whither, after verbs of motion
or direction, wnder, beneath; 6. σ΄. τιϑέναι
λύχνον ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον Matt. 5, 15. Mark 4,
21. Luke 11, 333; ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην Mark 4,
21; ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέρχεσϑαι Matt. 8, 8.
Luke 7, 6; émovvdyew ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας
Matt. 23,37. Luke 13, 34; also Mark 4, 32.
James 2,3. So Paleph. 10. 2 λύχνους κα-
ταφέρων ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν. Diod. Sic. 13. 51.
Xen. An. 1. 10. 14.—Trop. of what is
brought under the power of any one, e. g.
ὑπὸ τὰς πόδας τινος Rom. 16,20. 1 Cor. 15,
25. 27. Eph. 1,22; comp. in πούς Ὁ. Rom.
7, 14, see in πιπράσκω. Gal. 3, 22. 23, see
in συγκλείω. James 5, 12, see in πίπτω no.
5. 1 Pet. 5, 6, see in ταπεινόω no. 2.b. So
Ai. V. H. 6.11. Isocr. p. 142. b, ἁπάσης τῆς
Ἑλλάδος ὑπὸ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ὑποπεσούσης.

2. Of Place where, after verbs implying
a being or remaining wnder a place; 6. g.
εἶναι, John 1,49 ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν. 1 Cor.
10, 1; impl. Luke 17, 24bis. Acts 2, 5
τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. 4, 12. Rom. 3, 13.

eo
ὑπογραάμμος

Col. 1, 23. tude 6 ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήνηκεν. So
Sept. 1 K. 19, 5. Paleph. 10.1 ra ὑπὸ γῆν.
Hdian. 2. 1. 9. Dem. 33. 31.—Trop. of what
is under the power or authority of any per-
son or thing; genr. Matt. 8,9 bis, ἄνπρωπός
εἶμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν στρατι-
ὠτὰς. Luke 7, 8 bis. Gal. 3, 25. 4, 2.
(1 Esdr. 3, 1. Hdian. 3. 14. 17. Xen. Cyr.
1.5.3.) With acc. of thing, implying state
or condition under any thing; 1 Tim. 6, 1
ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι. So ὑπὸ νόμον Rom. 6,
14. 15. 1 Cor. 9, 20 ter. Gal. 4, 4. 5. 21.
5,18; ὑπὸ χάριν Rom. 6, 14.15; ὑφ᾽ duap-
tiav Rom. 3,93; ὑπὸ κατάραν Gal. 3, 10;
ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου Gal. 4,3. So
Hdian. 1. 4. 20.

3. Of Time when, under, at, during, Lat.

sub ; once Acts 5,21 ὑπὸ τὸν ép%pov.—Jos.
Ant. 14. 15. 5 init. ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον.
ΖΔ... H. 14. 27. Thue. 1. 100; ὑπὸ νύ-
κτα Sept. Jon. 4,10. Thuc. 7. 22 ; ὑπὸ τὴν
ἑωϑπινήν Pol. 53. 4... Comp. Matth. § 593.
. Nore. In composition ὑπό implies: 48)
Place, i. e. motion or rest under, beneath ;
as ὑποβάλλω, ὑποδέω, ὑποπόδιον. ὃ) Sub-
jection, dependence, the being under any
person or thing ; as. ὕπανδρος, ὑποτάσσω.
c) The being behind, afler, as ὑπολείπω,
ὑπομένω ; Comp. ὑπειπεῖν to speak after, to
subjoin, Dem. 797. 19; also ὑπό c. ace. be-
hind, Hdot. 1. 12: Pol. 6. 31. 1. Lat. sub-
sequi. ἃ) Something done or happening
under-hand, covertly, by stealth, unperceiv-
ed, without noise or notice; also a little,
somewhat, by degrees like Lat. sub; as
ὑπονοέω, ὑποπνέω, comp. in ὑπαντάω, ὑπεν-
ἀντίος. Lat. subirascor, subridere.—See Vi-
ger. p. 672, marg.

ὑπόβαλχω, f. βαλῶ, (βάλλω,) to cast
or throw under, e. g. under foot, Xen. CEc.
18, 5; under a person, Aira Hom. ‘Od. 10.
353. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. '7; to put or thrust
under, e. g. a child to another mother, to
substitute, Dem. 563. 5. Xen. Venat. 7, 3;
to thrust under one’s notice, to suggest,

Hdian. 7. 10.13. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 55—In

N. T. of persons, fo thrust under, to put
forward by collusion, to suborn, ὁ. ace.
Acts 6,11. So Aristid. de Parathegm. p.
618. App. B. Civ. 1. 27. p. 663 ὑπεβλήϑη-
σαν κατήγοροι. So ὑπόβλητος Jos. B. J.
5. 10. 4.

ὑπογραμμός, od, ὁ, (ὑπογράφω,) pr. a
writing-copy, ὑπογραμμοὶ παιδικοί, Clem.
Alex. see in Passow 8. v—In N. T. trop.
a copy, pattern, example, for imitation,
1 Pet. 2,21. So 2 Macc. 2, 28. Clem. Ep.
I. ad Corinth. p. 40 [Παῦλον] ὑπομονῆς

μέγιστον ὑπογραμμόν.

ὑπόδειγμα

ὑπόδειγμα, ατος, τό, (ὑποδείκνυμι,) pr.
‘ what is shown,’ i. 6.

1. a paltern, example, as set before any
one under his eyes; either for imitation,
John 13, 15 ὑπόδειγμα ἔδωκα ὑμῖν, iva κτλ.
James 5, 10; or for warning, Heb. 4, 11
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποδείγματι τῆς ἀπειϑείας.
2 Pet, 2, 6.—2 Macc. 6, 28. 31. Hdian. 8.
8. 4. Pol. 3, 17. 8. The earlier Attic writ-
ers used παράδειγμα, Phryn. et Lob. p. 12.

2. Meton. a copy, likeness, taken from an
original ; Heb. 8, 5. 9, 23 ὑποδείγματα τῶν
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, i. 4. τὰ ἀντίτυπα in ν. 24.
—Aquil. for Heb. "33H Deut. 4, 17.

ὑποδείκνυμι, f. Ew, (δείκνυμι,) to show
or point out, pr. underhand, by stealth, pri-
vately, i. q. to give to understand, to signify,
to let be known, Sept. “3m Esth. 2, 10.
Hdot. 1. 189. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 13; hence
genr. to show, to let see, Ecclus. 49, 8 épa-
cw δόξης ἣν ὑπέδειξεν αὐτῷ. Andocid. 19.
11. Diod. Sic. 18. 12.—In Ν, T. trop. to
stow, by words or example, to each, to sig-
nify, with acc. and dat. foll. by ὅτι, Acts
20, 35 πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι κκλ. With
dat. of pers. ο. infin. Matt. 8, 7 et Luke 3,
7 τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν rr. With dat.
foll. by an indirect clause, Luke 6, 47. 12,
5. Acts 9,16. Sept. for min 2 Chr. 15,
3. So Ecclus. 48, 25. Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1.
Pol. 3. 6. 1. Plut. Marcell. 20.

ὑποδέχομαι, f. Eouat, Mid. depon. (δέ-
χομαι,) to receive to oneself, pr. as if placing
the hands or arms, under, comp. Engl. un-
dertal.2; hence genr. to receive favourably,
kindly, to admit 6. g. εὐχάς Hes. Theog.
419,—Usually and in N. T. of guests, to
receive hospitably, to welcome, to enlertain ;
6. acc. Luke 10, 38 Μάρϑα ὑπεδέξατο αὐτὸν
eis τὸν οἶκον αὑτῆς. 19,6 ὑπεδέξατο αὐτὸν
χαίρων. Acts 17, 7. James 2, 25. So Tob.
7,8. Paleph. 5.1. Al. V. H. 4. 9. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 13.

ὑποδέω, f. now, (δέω,) to bind under,
as sandals under the feet, to put on sandals,
slippers, to shoe, Plut. Amator. 16. p..488,
ὑποδήσας. τὴν γυναῖκα xpyriot.—In N. T.
only Mid. ὑποδέομαι, to bind under or
put on one’s own, sandals ; Acts 12, 8 ὑπό-
δησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου, Buttm. § 135. 4.
Pass. perf. as Mid. to have bound on one’s
sandals, to be shod; c. acc. Mark 6, 9 ὑπο-
δεδεμένους σανδάλια. Buttm. ᾧ 136.3; comp.
ἡ 134. 0,7. With acc. of the part, Eph. 6,
15 ὑποδησάμενοι τοὺς πόδας. Buttm. ἡ 135.

"6. Sc 6. 806. of sandal Hdian. 4. 8. 5. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 6; acc. of part Al. V. H. 1. 18.
Thuc. 3. 22.

748

ὑποζύγιον

ὑπόδημα, ατος, τό, (ὑποδέω,) a sandal,
pr. what is bound under the foot, a sole of
wood or hide bound on with thongs, i. ᾳ
σανδάλιον 4. ν. In later usage ὑπόδημα κοῖ-
λον, and also ὑπόδημα simply, is put for the
Roman calceus or shoe which covered the
whole foot ; so Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8, of the thick
nailed shoes of the Roman soldiers, caliga ;
see the Commentators on Aristoph. Plut.
983. Passow s. y. Dict. of Antt. art. Cal-
ceus. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 419 sq. Genr.
Matt. 10,10. Luke 10,4. 15,22 ὑποδήματα
εἰς τοὺς πόδας. 22,35, Acts 7, 33 λῦσον τὸ
ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου, loose (put off) the
sandals of thy feet, quoted from Ex, 3, 5
where Sept. for 532; as also Deut, 25, 9.
Josh. 5, 15. Is. 5, 27. So Hdian. 5. 5. 21.
1. V. H. 7.11, Plut. Conjug. Pree. 30 bis.
Plato Alcib. 1. 128. a. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 5.—
Hence τὰ ὑποδήματα τινος βαστάσαι, to
bear the sandals of any one Matt. 8,11 ; also
λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων τινός, lo
unbind one’s sandals, Mark 1,7. Luke 3, 16.
John 1,27. Acts 13,25; expressions imply-
ing inferiority, since this was usually done
only by menial servants or slaves, for their
masters. See Arr. Epict. 3. 26. 1. Lue.
Herod. 5, quoted in σανδάλιον. Plut. Symp.
7. 8. 4 τοῖς τὰ ὑποδήματα κομιζοῦσι παιδα-
ρίοις. Diog. Laert. 6.44 πρὸς τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ
οἰκέτου ὑποδούμενον. Terent. Heauton. 1. 1.
72 ‘domum revertor ... accurrent servi,
soccos detrahent.’ Sueton. Vitell. 2. Comp.
Talm. Babyl. Kiddushin f. 22. 2,‘ Quomodo
emitur servus ? Solvit ementi calceum, por-
tat post eum que ei necessaria ad balneum,
exuit eum, ... induit calceos ac A terra le-
vat.’ Cetuboth f. 90. 1, ‘Omnia opera que
servus prestat hero, etiam discipulus pres-
tat preceptori, preter solutionem calcei
ejus.” See Wetstein N. T. 1. ρ, 266.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt."3, 11. Dict. of
Antt. art, Cena.

ὑπόδικος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (δίκη.) pr. ‘ un-
der process ;’ hence, liable to punishment,
condemned, guilty; Rom. 3, 19 iva ὑπόδικος
γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ ϑεῷ, i. e. before or
in the sight of God, comp. Matth. ᾧ 888. ἃ.
—Luc. Phalar. alt. 13. Dem. 518. 3 ὑπόδε-
kos ἔστω τῷ παϑόντι. Plato Legg. 846. b.

ὑποζύγιον, ov, τό, (ὑποζύγιος, ζυγός.) a
beast for the yoke, ἃ draught-animal, beast of
burden, genr. Jos. B. J. 3. 5. 2. Hdian. 1.
12. 2. Xen. An. 1. 3. 1.—In N. T. spec. an
ass, Matt. 21, 5 quoted from Zech. 9, 9
where Sept. for “jam. 2 Pet. 2, 16, in allu-
sion to Num. 22, 28 5q: where Heb. jinx,
Sept. ἡ ὄνος. So Diod. Sic. 19. 20 ὑποΐυ

᾿ὑποζώννυμι

γίων πλῆϑος, opp. ἵππους. Plato Legg. 936.
6, ὑποζύγιον ἢ ἵππος.

ὑποζώννυμι, ἴ, ζώσω, (ζώννυμι,) to un-
dergird, as. of Persons, to gird under the
breast, ὑπὸ τοὺς μαστούς 2 Macc. 3, 19.
#1). V. H. 10. 22.—In N. T. of a shi
undergird, i. e. to gird around the whole
body of the ship horizontally from stem to
stern with cables, in order to strengthen it
against the waves, Acts 27, 17. Such
cables, ὑποζώματα, made a part of the tack-
ling of a Grecian vessel; see Boeckh Att.
Seewesen p. 133-138. Dict. of Antt. art.
Navis Il. 1. p.'789. So genr. Pol. 27. 3.
3 καὶ μ΄ vais... ὑποζωννύειν. Comp. App.
B. Civ. 5. 91 ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν διαζωννυμένους
τὰ σκάφη. Plato Rep. 616. ο, ra ὑποζώ-
para τῶν ; τριήρων.

ὑποκάτω, adv. (κάτω,) Engl. under-
neath, i. 6. below, under, spoken of place,
6. gen. Mark 6, 11. 7, 28 ὑποκάτω τῆς τρα-
πέζηςφ. Luke 8, 16. John 1, 51 ὑποκάτω τῆς
συκῆς. [Matt. 22, 24.] Rev. 5, 3. 13. 6,9.
12,1. Trop. ὑποτάσσειν ὑποκάτω τῶν πο-
δῶν τινος Heb. 2, 8, 566 in πούς b. Sept. for
man Ez. 24,5; ΤΠ 1 K. 6, 6.—Pol. 3.
55. 2. Diod. Sic. 1.72. Plato Conv. 222. e.

ὑποκρίνομαι, Mid. depon. (xpiva,) pr.
to give judgment under a cause or matter ;
hence genr. fo answer, to reply, used by the
earliest writers instead of the later Attic
ἀποκρίνομαι, Hom. Il. 7. 407. Hdot. 1, 78,
Thuc. 7. 44. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 1; ἐο inter-

et dreams, in answer to inquiries, Hom.
Od. 19. 535, 555. Artemid. 1.9. Then in
Attic usage, to answer upon the stage, 10
speak in dialogue, to play, to act, Luc. de
Merc. cond. 30. Ai]. V. H. 14. 40. Diod.
Sic. 13. 97 ὑποκρίνεσϑαϊ τραγῳδίαν Ἑὐριπί-
δου Sowiooas.—Hence genr. and in N. T.
to play a part, to act the hypocrite, to dissem-
ble, to feign, c. acc. et inf. Luke 20, 20
ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι. So
2 Mace. 6, 21. 24. Epict. Ench. 17. Pol. 2.
49. 7. Dem. 878. 3.

ὑπόκρισις, eas, ἡ, (ὑποκρίνομαι,) an
answer, response, 6. g. of an oracle Hdot.
1. 90, 116. Thom. Mag. p. 874 ὑποκρίνομαι
καὶ τὸ ἀποκρίνομαι, καὶ ὑπόκρισις τὸ αὖτό.
Genr. stage-playing, acting, the histrionic
art, Luc. Piscat, 32. Artemid. 3.13. Anth.
Gr. IV. p. 284 ult. τραγικῆς εἶδος ὑποκρί-
eeos.—In N. T. ἢ isy, dissimulation,
Matt. 23, 28. Mark 12,15 ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν
τὴν ὑπόκρισιν. Luke 12, 1. Gal. 2, 13.
1 Tim. 4, 2. 1 Pet. 2, 1. So 2 Mace. 6, 25.
Jos. Ant. 2.6.10. Luc. Somn. 17. Pol. 35.
2.13.

749

συπομενω ᾿
ὑποκριτής, οὗ, 6, (ὑποκρίνομαι,) a stage
player, actor, Luc. Piscat. 33. El. V. H.
3. 30. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 9.—In N. T. a hy-
pocrile, dissembler, in respect to religion,
piety, Matt. 6, ἃ. 5. 16. 7, 5. 15,7. 16, 3.
22,18. 23, 13. 14. 15. 23. 25, 27.29. 24,
51. Mark 7,6. Luke 6, 42. [11, 44.] 12,
56. 13,15. Sept. for 2 Job 34, 30. 36,
13. So Aquil. et Theod. Job 15, 34. 20, 5.
—Not found in this sense in classic writers ; :
Eustath. in Il. UE p. 564. 8, ὑ ὑποκριτὴς παρὰ

τοῖς ὑστερογενέσι ῥητόρσιν ὁ μὴ ἐκ ψυχῆς
λέγων ἢ πράττων, μηδὲ ὅπερ φρονεῖ.

ὑπολαμβάνω, f. λήψομαι, (λαμβάνω,
to take up by getting under a person or
thing, as the dolphin did Arion, c. acc. Hdot.
1. 24, Plato Rep. 453. d.—Hence in Ν, T.

1. to take or. receive up, c. acc. Acts 1, 9
νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν.
—Plut. Demost. 29. Plato Conv. 212. d.
Comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 48 fin.

2. to take up, to receive, under ore’s. pro-
tection, 3 John 8 Lachm.—Xen. An. 1. 1.7.

3. Trop. to take up-the discourse, to con-
tinue; hence to answer, to reply; 8080],
Luke 10, 30 ὑπολαβὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπε.
Sept. for 23 oft in Job, ο. 2, 4. 4, 1. 6,1.
Dan. 3, 9.— EI. V. H. 14.8 ὑπολαβὼν ἔφη.
Pol. 15. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 29.

4. Trop. to take up in thought, to sup-
pose, to think; absol. Acts 2, 15 οὐ γάρ, ὡς
ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε κτλ. With ὅτι, Luke
7, 43.—Sept. Job 25, 3 c. ὅτι. Jos. Ant.
12. 2. 3 init. Dem. 623. 5. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4.

ὑπολείμμα, aros, τό, (ὑπολείπω,) a rem-
nant, remainder, Rom. 9,27 Lachm. for Rec.
kardAeyupa—Theophr. C. Pl. 1, 11. 3.

ὑπολείπω, f. We, (λείπω,) to leave be-
hind, remaining, see in ὑπό note lett. c;
Pass. to be lef behind, to remain; Rom. 11,
3 κἀγὼ ὑπελείφϑην μόνος, quoted from 1 K.
19, 10. 14, where Sept. for ὙΠ, “M2.
Sept. for "NU? Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 7, 3.—
Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 2. Luc. Mort. Peregr. 14.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.

ὑπολήνιον, ov, τό, (Anvds,) the under-vat
of a wine-press, into which the juice of the
grapes flowed ; see in ληνός ‘no. 2 Mark 12,1.
Sept. for 3)" Is. 16, 10. Joel 3,13. Hagg. 2,17.

ὑπολιμπάνω, a lengthened form for
ὑπολείπω, found only in pres. and impf.
Buttm. § 112. 115; to leave behind, ¢. acc
1 Pet. 2, 21 ὑπολιμπάνων ὑπογραμμόν.---- 0
‘to fail,’ Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.23. Act. Thom.
§ 43 καταλιμπάνω.

ὑπομένω, f. evd, (μένω,) 1. Intrans,
& stay or remain behind, after others are

ὑπομιμνήσκω

gone; see in ὑπό note lett. c, Luke 2, 43
ὑπέμεινεν Ἰησοῦς ὁ παῖς ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ.
Acts 17, 14. éxet.—Jos. Ant. 6.5.2. El.
V. H. 5. 5 αὐτὸς ὑπέμεινε οἴκοι. Dem. 671.
15 ἐν τοῖς τείχεσι. Xen. Cony. 9. 7.

2. Trans. to remain under the approach
or presence of any person or thing, ἐο await,
Tob. 5,'7 ὑπόμεινόν pe. Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 2.
Xen. An. 4. 1, 21; espec. a hostile attack,
to await, to sustain, Jos. Ant. '7. 4. 1 ὑπο-
μένειν τῶν πολεμίων φάλαγγες. Hdian. 5. 3.
26. Xen. An. 6. 5. 26.—Hence in Ν. T,
trop. 8) to bear up under, to be patient
under, to endure, to suffer; c. acc. 1 Cor.
18, 7 πάντα ὑπομένει. 2 Tim. 2, 10. Heb.
10, 32 πολλὴν aSAnow ὑπεμείνατε. 12, 2.7.
y. 3, comp. in ὑπό I. no. 2, James 1, 12.
Sept. for 9252 Mal. 3,2. So Diod. Sic, 1.
3 τὸν πόνον. ALI. V. H. 1. 34. Xen. Mem.
2.1.17. Ὁ) Absol. or neut. to endure, io
be patient, to suffer; 6. g. πᾶς δὲ ὁ ὑπομεί-
vas εἰς τέλος Matt. 10,22. 24,13. Mark
13, 13. 2 Tim. 2,12. James 5, 11. 1 Pet,
2, 20 bis; also with dat. of condition, Rom.
12, 12 τῇ ϑλίψει ὑπομένοντες. Sept. for
M2M Dan. 12,12. So Jos, Ant. 12. 3.1
μέχρι δ᾽ ἐσχάτου πολεμοῦντες ὑπέμειναν.
Luc. Prometh. 21 ὑπόμενε οὖν καρτερῶς.
Thue. 1. 76.

ὑπομιμνήσκω, f. ὑπομνήσω, (μιμνή-
σκω,) to remind, pr. privately, by hints or
suggestions, to suggest; hence genr.

1. Act. to put in mind of, to bring to re-
membrance, in various constructions; so
with two acc. of pers. and thing, John 14,
26 ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα. Winer § 30. 7.
Matth. ᾧ 347. n. 2; comp. Buttm. ᾧ 131. 5.
(Thue. 7. 64. Xen. Hi. 1.3.) With ace.
of pers. and περὶ τούτων, 2 Pet. 1, 12;
comp. Matth. § 347. n.1. With acc. of
pers. c. inf. Tit. 3,1; or c. ὅτε Jude 5. (So
c. inf. Plut. Mor. T. II. p. 28; ¢. ὅτι 24].
V. H. 4.17.) With acc. of thing, e. g.
precepts, duties, 2 Tim. 2, 14 ταῦτα ὑπο-
μίμνησκε. Also evil deeds, with the idea
of censure, reprehension, 3 John 10 ὑπο-
μνήσω αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα. Comp. Matth. ᾧ 347.
n. 2. So Hdian. 6. 2.11. Dem. 316. 10
ὑπομιμνήσκειν τὰς ἰδίας εὐεργεσίας μικροῦ
δεῖν ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ὀνειδίζειν.

2. Mid. to call to mind, to recollect, to
remember, c. gen. Luke 22,61 ὑπεμνήσϑη 6
Πέτρος τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου. Comp. Matth.
§347. Ὁ Buttm. ᾧ 132. 10. d—Luc. Catapl.
4. 7). V. H. ὅ. 19. Plato Phil. 47. 6.

ὑπόμνησις, cos, ἡ, (ὑπομιμνήσκω,) αριιί-
ting in mind, a reminding, remembrance.

1. Trans ἐν ὑπομνήσει by putting in

750

ὑπονοια

mind, by way of remembrance, 2 Pet. 1,13.
3, 1—2 Macc. 6, 16. Thue. 4. 95.

2. Intrans. recollection, remembrance ,
so ὑπόμνησιν λαμβάνειν, to take remem-
brance of, i. q. to remember, 2 Tim. 1, 5;
comp. v. 4.—So ὑπόμνησιν ποιεῖσϑαι Act.
Thom. § 38. Genr. Wisd. 16, 11. Pol. 1.1.
2. Plato Legg. 732. d.

ὑπομονή, ῆς, ἡ; (ὑπομένω,) a remain-
ing behind, abode, Sept. 1 Chr. 29, 1,
Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 44.—In N, T, trop.

1. @ bearing up under, patient endu-
rance, comp. in ὑπομένω no. 2; 80 6. gen.
of thing borne, as evils, persecutions, 2 Cor.
1,6 ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν παϑημάτων.---
Jos, Ant, 2. ῶ. 1 πόνων ὑπομονή. Pol. 4. 51.
1 ὑπ. τοῦ πολέμου. Diod. Sic. 5. 34. Plato
Def. 412. ο.

2. Genr. endurance, patience, constancy,
under suffering, in faith and duty; 4050],
Luke 8, 15 καρποφόρουσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ.
Rom. 8, 25. 2Cor. 6,4. 12,12. Col.1,11.
Heb. 10, 36. 12,1. James 1, 3, 4. 2 Pet.
1, 6 bis. Rey. 2,3. . With gen. of that in
or as to which one perseveres, Rom. 2, 7
ka’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαϑοῦ. 1 Thess. 1, 3
τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος. Winer ὁ 30. 2,
With gen. of pers. Luke 21, 19 ἐν τῇ ὑπο-
μονῇ ὑμῶν κτήσασϑε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν.
2 Thess. 1, 4. 3, 5. James 5,11. Rev. 1,
9. 2,2. 19. 13, 10. 14,12. 3,10 τὸν λόγον
τῆς ὑπομονῆς pov, i. e. the precept which
requires constancy for and in Christ, that
which belongs to Christians, comp. Rey. 1,
9. So genr. Psalt. Salom. 2, 40 χρηστὸς
ὁ κύριος τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις αὐτὸν ἐν ὑπο-
μονῇ. Diod. Sic. 11. 9 τὴν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις
tropovny.—Spec. patience as a quality of
mind, the bearing. of evils and suffering
with tranquil mind, Rom. 5, 3 ἡ ϑλίψις
ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται. v. 4. Rom. 15, 4.5
ὁ eds τῆς ὑπομονῆς, i. 6. who bestows pa-
tience. 1 Tim. 6,11. 2 Tim. 3, 10. Tit.
2,2. So Sept. for patient hope, Heb. ΓᾺΡ Ὁ
Ezra 10, 2; MIPM Ps. 9, 19; comp. Ec-
clus. 2, 13. 16, 13.

ὑπονοέω, &, f. now, (voéw,) Lat. suspr-
cere, suspectare, i. 4. to suspect, io surmise,
Hdot. 9. 99. Diod. Sic. 20. 42. Thue. 7.
73.—In N. T. i. q. to conjecture, to sup-
pose, to deem, c. acc. impl. Acts 25, 18 ὧν
[τούτων ἃ] ὑπενόουν ἐγώ. With acc. et inf.
Acts 13, 25. 27, 27.—Judith 14, 14. Plut.
de Garrul. c. 14 οὐχ ὑπονοοῦντος, ἀλλ᾽ εἰδό-
tos ἐφαίνετο. Xen. Cyr, 3. 3. 20.

ὑπονοία, as, ἡ, (ὑπονοέω,) suspicion,
surmise, 1 Tim. 6, 4 ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί.---
Ecclus. 3, 24, Pol. 5. 15. 1. Dem. 1178. 2

4

UTr07™1aQ@

ὑποπιάζω, Dor. for ὑποπιέζω, (πιέζω,)
to press under, to suppress, to oppress, in
Mss. for ὑπωπιάζω, Luke 18, 5. 1 Cor. 9,

27.—So ὑποπιέζω Clem. Alex. Pad. 3. 16. .

Plut. de Fac. in orb. Lun. 5; alii ὑπωπιά-
few.

ὑποπλέω, f. evooua (πλέω,) to sail un-
der, i. e. under the lee or shelter of an
island or shore; 6. acc. depending on. ὑπό
in composit. Acts 27, 4. 7 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν
τὴν Κρήτην. Matth. ᾧ 426. 3. Buttm. § 147.
n. 8, 9. Winer § 56. 2, 3.—Anthol. Pal. IX.
296.

ὑποπνέω, f. εὐσω, (πνέω,) to blow gent-
ly, softly, of the wind, Acts 27, 13. Comp.
in ὑπό note, lett. d.

ὑποπόδιον, ov, τό, (ὑποπόδιος, πούς,) a
footstool ; James 2, 8 κάϑου ὧδε ὑπὸ τὸ ὑπο-
πόδιόν μου. Anthropopathically of God,
whose footstool is said to be the earth, τὸ
ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ Matt. 5, 35 et
Acts 7, 49; comp. Is. 66, 1 where Sept.
and ἘΠῚ, For the phrase τιϑέναι τοὺς
ἐχϑροὺς ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν τινος, quoted
from Ps. 110, 1 where Sept. for 5753, see
in πούς Ὁ. Matt. 22, 44. Mark 12, 36.
Luke 20, 43. Acts 2, 35. Heb. 1, 13. 10,
13. Sept. genr. for S75 Ps. 99, 5. Lam.
2, 1; ©23 2 Chr. 9, 18.—Sext. Empir.
adv. Math. 1. 246. Chares ap. Athen. 12.
9. Athen. 5. p. 192. 6. Luc. Hist. conscr. 27.
A late word, found in no early writer;
comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 199.

ὑπόστασις, ews, ἡ, (ὑφίστημι,.) any
thing set under, a foundation, substructure,
Sept. Ez. 43, 11 ὑπ. τοῦ οἴκου. Diod. Sic.
1. 66 ὑπ. τοῦ τάφου. 13.82. Then of any
thing which subsides, sediment, Pol. 34, 9.
10; αἵματος ὑπόστασις καὶ iis Galen. de
Temper. 2. 5. Tom. III. p..66. f; also lees,
dregs, excrement, ἡ ἐν πίϑῳ τοῦ οἴνου ὑπό-
στασις, ἐνέδρα, Pacat. in Lob. ad Phryn. p.
73. Trop. foundation, origin, beginning,
Jos. c. Ap. 1.1. Diod. Sic. 1. 3 ὑπ. τῆς ἐπι-
βολῆς. ib. 15.70; purpose begun, under-
taking, Diod. Sic. 16. 32, 33.—In N. T.
, 1. Meton. well-founded trust, firm expec-
tation, confidence, pr. the foundation or
ground of trust and confidence. Heb. 3,
14 τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως, i. e. our first
hope, trust, confidence, in Christ, i. q. τὴν
πρώτην πίστιν 1 Tim. 5, 12; comp. Heb.
10, 35. So Heb. 11,1 ἔστι δὲ πίστις ἔλπι-
ζομένων ὑπόστασις, faith is confidence as
to things hoped for ; so Engl. Vers. marg.
comp. below in no. 3. 2 Cor. 9,4 καται-

oxIapev ἡμεῖς ... ἐν τῇ ὑποστάσει ταύτῃ,

751

in later edit. comp. in πο. 2. So Sept. for
nbrin Ps. 39,8; MPM Ruth 1,12. Ez. 19, 5.

2. Meton. of that quality which leads one
to stand under, endure, or undertake any
thing, firmness, boldness, confidence ; 2 Cor.
11,17 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ὑποστάσει τῆς καυχήσεως,
in this boldness of boasting, this confident
boasting. So 2 Cor. 9,4 Rec. comp in no.
1.—Jos. Ant, 18. 1. 6. Diod. Sic. Tom,
VL. p. 37 ἡ δὲ ἐν βασάνοις ὑπόστασις τῆς
ψυχῆς. Pol. 4. 50. 10. ib. 6. δδ. 2 ὑπόστα-
σις καὶ τόλμα.

3. Trop. hypostasis, Lat. substantia, i. 6.
what really exists under any appearance,
substance, reality, essence, being ; Heb..1, 3
χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ (Seow), i.e.
the express image or counterpart of God’s
essence or being, of God himself. So
Heb. 11, 1, according to Chrysostom and
others; better as above in no. 1.—Wisd.
16, 21. Test. XII Patr. p. 633 πᾶσα ἡ ὑπό-
στασις τῶν σπλαγχνῶν. Artemid. 3. 14
φαντασίαν μὲν ἔχειν πλούτου, ὑπόστασιν δὲ
μή. Aristot. de Mund. 4. 21. Luc. Parasit.
27. Diod. Sic. 1. 38 νέφους ὑποστάσεις, real
clouds.

ὑποστέλλω, f. EAS, (στέλλω,) 10 send
or draw under,’as a sail, to contract, to furl,
Pind. Isth. 2. 59.—In N. T. c. ἑαυτόν and
Mid. to draw oneself back, pr. under cover,
out of sight; hence genr. to shrink or draw
back, to withdraw oneself, from timidity, not
openly and boldly; Gal. 2,12 ὑπέστελλεν
ἑαυτόν. Heb. 10, 38 ἐὰν ὑποστείληται,
quoted from Sept. Hab. 2,4 where Heb.
DBD. (Pol. 1. 16.10 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ὑπεστεί-
λας ἑαυτὸν ὑπὸ τὴν Ῥωμαίων σκέπην. Mid.
Jos. B. J. 8. 8.1.) With ace. of thing, pr.
to draw back as to any thing, i. q. to. keep
back, to suppress, from timidity, clandes-
tinely ; Acts 20, 20 οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην
τῶν συμφερόντων, τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι κτλ.
With οὐδέν impl. ν. 27. So Jos. B. 1.1.
20. 1 μηδὲν τῆς ἀληϑείας ὑπεστειλάμενος
ἀντικρὺς εἶπε. Diod. Sic. 18. 70. Dem. 54,
ult. Plato Apol. Socr. 10. p. 24. ἃ, οὔτε μέ- -
γα οὔτε σμικρὸν ἀποκρυψάμενος ἐγὼ λέγω,
οὐδὲ ὑποστειλάμενος.

ὑποστολή, jis, ἡ, (ὑποστέλλω,) a shrink-
ing or drawing back, from timidity, clan-
destinely, Heb. 10, 39; comp. v. 38.—
Meton. timidity, Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 12. Hesych.
ὑποστολή " δειλία, φυγή.

ὑποστρέφω, f. Wo, (στρέφω,) to turn
behind, back, to turn about, c. acc. 6. g.
ἵππους Hom. Il. 5. 581, comp. 505; see in
ὑπό note, lett. c—In N. T. intrans. ‘or c.
ἑαυτόν impl. to turn back, to return, either

ὑποστρωννύω

from a short distance, or from a journey.
Absol. Mark 14, 40 ὑποστρέψας εὗρεν ai-
τοὺς κτλ. Luke 2, 43. 17, 18. 23, 48. 56.
Acts 8, 28 ἦν δὲ ὑποστρέφων, was returning.
Sept. for 25 Josh. 2, 23. So Jos. Ant.
11. 2.2. Paleph. 1.6. Xen. An. 6. 6. 38.
—With adjuncts of place, etc. εἰς ὁ. acc.
Luke 1, 56. 2, 39. 45. 4,14. Gal. 1,17;

eis c. acc. of condition, εἰς διαφθοράν Acts ἡ

13, 34. (Sept. Gen. 50,14. Xl. V. Η. 3.
29; εἰς of condition ib. 3. 18.) dad c. gen.
Luke 4, 1. Heb. 7,1; ἐκ ο. gen. Acts 12,
25; διά c. gen. Acts 20, 3. So Sept. for
358, c. ἀπό Gen. 50,14; ἐκ Ruth1,6. 9 +

ὑποστρωννύω ν. -ὦννυμι, f. ὑπο-
στρώσω, (στρωννύω,) to strow underneath, to
spread under; c. acc. Luke 19, 36. Sept.
for ΝΠ Is. 58, 5.—Hdian. 4. 2. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 8. 16.

ὑποταγή; jis, ἡ, ὑποτάσσω,) subordina-
tion, ,suljection, submission; 2 Cor. 9, 13
see in ὁμολογία. Gal. 2, 5 οὐδὲ πρὸς ὥραν
εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ; i. e. by or as to subjec-
tion, so as to submit to them. 1 Tim. 2, 11.
3, 4.—Ignat. ad Eph. § 2. In the Greek
Grammarians ὑποταγή is the subordinate
mode, or Subjunctive.

ὑποτάσσω ν.-ττω, f. £0, (réoow.)

1. to arrange or put under, to subordi-
nate, to make sulyect; also in Pass. to be
subjected, to be sulyect, subordinate; con-
strued 6. acc, et dat. expr. or impl. Rom. 8,
20 bis, τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη

. διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα. 1 Cor. 114, 32, see
in πνεῦμα III. Ὁ. 2. d. 1 Cor. 14, 34, comp:
Eph. 5, 24. 1 Cor. 15, 27 ter. 28 ter, comp.
in πούς. Eph. 1,22. 5,24. Phil. 3,21. Heb.
2, 5. 8 ter. 1 Pet. 3,22. Sept. for mW
Ps. 8, 7, comp. in πούς ; "20 Ps, 47, 4;
bavign Dan. 11, 39.—2 Mace. 8, 9. 22.
Hdian. 7.2.20. Pass. Jos, Ant, 1. 19. 8.
So of ὑποτασσόμενοι, soldiers Pol. 3. 13. 8;
subjects ib. 3. 18. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 55.

2. Mid. to submit oneself, to be subject, to
be obedient, c. dat. Luke 2, 51 ἢν ὑποτασσό-
μενος αὐτοῖς. 10, 17. 20. Rom. 8, 7. 10, 3
τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Seod οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν. 13,
1. ὅ. 1 Cor. 16,16. Eph. 5,21. 22 αἱ γυναῖ-
kes, τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν ὑποτάσσεσϑε. Col,
3, 18. Tit. 2, 5. 9. 8,1. Heb. 12, 9. James
4,7. 1 Pet. 2,.13. 18. 3, 1. 5. 5, 5 bis.
Sept. for nas Ps. 62, 6, comp. v. 2.—Pa-
leph. 2. 6. Arr. Epict. 4. 12. 11. Diod. Sic.
16. 46 6 Πρωταγόρας ἑκουσίως ὑποταγεὶς
τοῖς Πέρσαις.

ὑποτίδημι, f. Show, (τίϑημι,) to sed or
pul under, io lay under, e. g. a prop, sup-
port, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 12.—In N. T.

752

#

ὑπωπιάζω

1. Pr. c. ace. τιϑέναι τὸν τράχηλον; to lay
down one’s neck under the sword or axe of
the executioner, i. q. to hazard one’s life,
Rom. 16, 4.—ABl. V. H. 10. 16 ὑποϑήσω
τὴν κεφαλήν, sc. for one to strike. Of
those who place their necks under a yoke,
Arr. Diss. Epict. 4. 1. 77; trop. Ecclus,
51, 26.

2. Mid. ὑποτίϑεμαι, to bring under the
mind or notice of any one, to suggest, to put
in mind of, as a teacher or otherwise ; 6.
acc. et dat. 1 Tim. 4, 6.—Jos. B. J. 2. 8, 7.
Pol. 1. 22. 8. Plato Euthyphr. 11. Ρ 9. d,
σκόπει, εἰ τοῦτο ὑποθέμενος, οὕτω ῥᾷστά με
διδάξεις ὃ ὑ ὑπέσχου.,

ὑποτρέχω, aor. 2 ὑπέδραμον, (τρέχω,)
to run under, 6. g. under ἃ tree, Plut. Mor.
Il. p. 37, ταῖς πλατάνοις, ais ὑποτρέχουσι
χειμαζόμενοι.----ἴτθι N. T. of a ship, fo run
under the lee or shelter of an island or
coast; c. acc. as in ὑποπλέω. Acts 27, 16
νησίον δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες. So c. dat. Plut.
Mor. II. p. 191. Comp. Wetst. N. T. IL
p. 642.

ὑποτύπωσις, ews, ἧ, (ὑποτυπόω,) a
form, sketch, outline, an imperfect delinea-
tion, trop. 2 Tim. 1, 13 ὑπ. ὑγιαινόντων λό-
γων. So Poll. On. 7. 128 ζωγράφων ἔ ἔργα

. τὰ δὲ μέρη τῆς τέχνης ὑποτύπωσις.
σκιὰν ὑποτυπώσασδϑαι. Plotin. Ennead. 6.
37. Strabo 2. p. 182. Ὁ, ἀναλαβόντες ἀπὸ
τῆς πρώτης ὑποτυπώσεως. Comp. Wetst.
N. T. JI. p. 320.—Meton. a sketch, pattern,
for imitation, 1 Tim. 1, 16 πρὸς ὑποτύπω-
σιν. So Hesych. πρὸς ὑπότύπωσιν" πρὸς
σημεῖον.

ὑποφέρω, aor. 1 ὑπήνεγκε, (φέρω,) old
Engl, to underbear, i.e. to bear up from
underneath, 10 support, to sustain; e. g.
ὅπλα, heavy armour, Engl. ‘to be under
arms,’ Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 57.—In N. T. trop.
to bear up under, to endure, 6. g. evils, c.
acc. πειρασμόν 1 Cor. 10, 13; διωγμούς
2 Tim. 3, 11; λύπας 1 Pet. 2,19. Sept.
for xb) Ps. 69, 8. Prov. 18,14. So2 Macc.
2, 28. Pol. 1, 1. 2. Xen. Cony. 8. 40.

ὑποχωρέω, ὦ, f. how, (χωρέω,) to give
place covertly, to withdraw oneself under
cover, without noise or notice; intrans.
Ο. εἰς local, Luke 9, 10 ὑπεχώρησε κατ᾽ ἰδίαν
εἰς τόπον ἔρημον. Soc. ἐν Luke 5, 16, see
in ἐν no. 4.—Sept. Judg. 20, 37. Jos. Vit.
§ 29 ὑπεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Iseus 58.
19 εἰς Σικυῶνα. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 2.

ὑπωπιάξω, f. dow, (ὑπώπιον; ὑπό,
ὦψ,,) to hit under the eye, to give a black
eye, to beat black and blue; Aristoph. Pac.
539 or 541, et ibi Schol. Plut. de Fae. in

*.

ds 753 ὕστερος .

Lun. 4 ἔλεγεν, ὑπωπιάζειν [4]. ὑποπιέζειν)
αὐτοὺς τὴν σελήνην, σπιλῶν καὶ μελασμῶν
ἀναπιμπλάντας. Comp. Wetst. Ν, T.L. p.
779.—In N. T. genr. to maltreat, to. αἰδοῖ:
pline severely, to mortify, c. acc. τὸ σῶμά
pov 1 Cor. 9, 27. Trop. to weary with
prayers, entreaties, Engl. to beat out, c. acc.
Luke 18,-5. Comp. Lat. obtundo Ter.
Adelph. 1. 2. 33.—See ὑποπιάζω.

ts, ὑός, ὃ, ἡ, a swine, 2 Pet. 2; 22; see
in βόρβορος. Sept. for s"ym Deut. 14, 8.
—El. V. Η. 10. 5. Xen. Mem. 4. 3: 10.

ὕσσωπος, ov, ἡ, (Heb. ΞῪΝ 9) hyssop,
a low plant or shrub, put in antith, with the
cedar as growing out of the wall or rocks,
1 K. 5, 13 [4,°33.] Dioscor. 3. 30. Plin.
H. N. 14. 16. The Hebrews, under the
names 31x and ὕσσωπος, appear to have
comprised not only the common hyssop,
hyssopus officinalis, but also other similar
aromatic plants, as lavender and espec. ori-
ganum or wild marjoram, Origanum cre-
tense, called by the Arabs Za’ler (Ocimum
zatarhendi Forsk. p. 109, 110), and found
in great abundance around Mount Sinai
and on Mount St. Catharine ; see Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria p. 570. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 162, 314. According to R.
Tanchum of Jerus. “311% nomen est ori-
gani (satureia, savory) et Kornith, i. e.
steechadis, que est species origani.” See
fully in Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. I. p.
57. Winer Realw. art. Ysop. Celsii Hierob.
[. p. 407sq. Dr. Royle supposes the Heb.
ΤΣ to be the same with the Arabic asuf,
a name still applied to the caper plant, Gr.
κάππαρις, Lat. capparis, which is found in
Egypt, Sinai, and Palestine. oftén growing
on walls; Journ. of the R. Asiatic Soc.
Nov. 1844. Hyssop was much used in the
ritual purifications and sprinklings ‘of the
Hebrews, comp. ait% Sept. ὕσσωπος Ex.
12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. Num. 19, 18: Ps. 51,
8. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6—In N. T. hyssop, spo-
ken of a stalk or stem of hyssop, John 19,
29, i. q. κάλαμος in Matt. 27, 48 et Mark
15. 36. Also of a bunch of hyssop for
sprinkling, Heb. 9, 19; comp. Sept. and
site Ley. 14, 4. 6. 49. 51. 52. So: Jos.
Ant. 2. 14. 6 ὑσσώπου κόμας.

᾿ὑστερέω, &, f. now, (ὕστερος,) to be be-
hind, after, later ; 6. g. in place, ὑστέρησαν
τῇ διώξει Thuc. 1. 134; in time, absol.
Hdot. 1.70; c. gen. Xen. An. 1. 7. 12.--
In N. T. trop. of dignity, condition, strength,
and the like, to be behind, inferior, to lack ;
in later usage also depon. Pass. ore pod-

48

μαι id. On the construction see Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 237. ;

1. Of dignity, ete. absol: i..q. to be behind,
to be the worse ; 1 Cor. 8,8 οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φά-
γομεν vorepovpesa. With a genit. depend-
ing on the idea of comparison contained in
the verb, comp. Matth. § 367. 2 Cors 11, 5
λογίζομαι yap μηδὲν ὑστερηκέναι ‘ray ὑπέρ-

"λίαν ἀποστόλων. 12, 11.—So. ὑστερίζειν

Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 13.

2. Genr. to lack, to fail,e.g. 8) to fail
of any thing, to come short of, to miss, not
to reach, 6. gen. expr. or impl. Rom. 3, 23
πάντες ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ ϑεοῦ, all
have come short of the glory of God, that
which God! bestows. Heb. 4, 1 ὑστερηκόναι
SC. τῆς καταπαύσεως ταύτης. Once with ἀπό
c.gen. pregn. Heb. 12,15. Soc. gen. Pol.
5. 101. 4. Thuc. 3. 31; 6. ἀπό comp. He-
clus. 7, 34. b) to lack, to want, to be with-
out; c. gen. Luke 22, 35 μή twos vorepy-
care; (Jos. Ant. 15. 6. 7 μηδὲ οἴνου μηδὲ
ὕδατος ὑστερηϑῆναι. Diod. Sic. 13. 110.)
With ἐν ὁ. dat. of that in which one is want-
ing, 1 Cor. 1,'7; comp. the usual Greek
construction c. dat, of thing, Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 237, Ecclus,.11,12.. With acc. of thing
as to which, Matt. 19; 20 ri ἔτι. ὑστερῶ ;
what lack E.yet? comp. Mark 10, 21 et
Luke 18, 22. (Sept. ri torepd ἐγώ, for
don Ps. 39, 5; 07 Dent. 15,8.) Absol.
to be in want, to suffer need, Luke 15, 14.
2 Cor..11,.8. Phil. 4, 12. Heb, 11, 37. So
Ecclus..13, 4... ¢) Intrans. of things, ἐο
fail, to be lacking, wanting, absol.. John 2,
3 ὑστερήσαντος oivov.. With dat. Mark 10,
21. ἕν σοι ὑστερεῖ, comp. Luke 18, 22.
Sept. for 207) Neh, 9, 21. Ps. 23, 1.—Di-
oscor. 5. 87 ὑστερούσης σποδοῦ.

ὑστέρημα, ατος, τό, (ὑστερέω,) 1. what
is wanting, want, lack; c. gen. of thing,
Phil. 2, 30 τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα τῆς πρός
με λειτουργίας, and so impl. 1 Cor. 16,
17. Col. 1, 24 τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν ϑλί-
Wewv rod Xp. i. 6. what is yet lacking of
afflictions for Christ. 1 Thess. 3, 10. Sept.
for "OM Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19/20;-70h
Ps. 34, 9.

2. Absol. or c. gen. of pers. want, need,
poverty, Luke 21, 4, comp. Mark 12, 44.
2 Cor. 8, 13. 14. 9, 12. 11, 9.

ὑστέρησις, ews, ἡ, (ὑστερέω.) the, being
in want, want, need, poverty, Mark 12, 44,
comp. Luke 21, 4. Phil. 4, 11 οὐκ ὅτι καϑ᾽
ὑστέρησιν λέγω.

ὕστερος, a, ον, ἃ defeetive comparative,
Buttm. §69. 2. Ausf. Sprachl. § 69. 2;

is ὑφαντός

later, latter, hinder; 6. g. in place Hom. Il.
5. 17; comp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 42.—In N.
T. only of time :

1. Genr. later, latler; 1 Tim. 4, 1 ἐν
ὑστέροις καιροῖς, in the latter times, in after
times ; comp. in ἔσχατος no. 2. Ὁ. Sept. for
yMns 1 Chr. 29, 29.—Pol. 2. 41. 9. Xen.
Hell. 7. 2. 10. K

2. Neut. ὕστερον as adv.
a gen. later, after, last; Matt. 22, 27 et
Luke 20, 32 ὕστερον δὲ πάντων ἀπέϑανέ καὶ
ἡ γυνή, last of all, after all. Sept. for πὰ
Jer. 31, 19.. So Xen. Hell. 3, 9. 99. b)
Absol. aflerwards, at last ; Μαῖϊ. 4. 2 ὕστε-
pov ἐπείνασε. 21,29. 32. 37. 25,11. 26,
60: Mark 16,14. Luke 4, 2. John 13, 36.
Heb: 12,11. Sept. for MON Prov. 5, 4.
—Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 1: El. V. H. 5.13.
Xen. Conv. 1. 14.

ὑφαντός, n, ὄν, (ὑφαίνω,) woven, John
19, 23 χιτὼν ὑφαντὸς δι᾿ ὅλου, see in. ἄῤῥα-
gos: Sept. for 78 Ex. 39, 21..96: Ξ Π
Ex. 26, 32. °28,.6—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4.
Thue. 2. 97.

ὑψηλός, ἡ, dv, (Spt, ὕψος,) 1. high,
lofty, elevated ; as ὄρος ὑψηλόν Matt. 4, 8.
17, 1. Mark 9, 2. Luke 4, 5. Rey. 21, 10;
τεῖχος by. v. 12. Sept. for FA Ts. 2,15;
ὉΠ Is. 2,14. So Paleph. 29.5. Hdian. 5.
6. 21. Xen. An. 3. 4. 25.—From the Heb.
τὰ ὑψηλά, the high places, the heights,
put for the highest heavens, Heb. 1,3; comp.
in οὐρανός no. 4. Ὁ. “So Sept. for pin Ps.
93, 4. Is. 33, 5. In a like sense spoken of
Christ, comparat. ὑψηλότερος τῶν ov-
ρανῶν γενόμενος, being made higher than
the heavens, i. 6. exalted above the heavens,
Heb. 7, 26; comp. Eph. 4, 10 ᾿ἐπάνω πάν-
τῶν ovpavav.—Symbol. by Hebr. Acts 13,
17 μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς
ἐξ Αἰγύπτου; with a high arm, with the arm
up-lifted as if about to destroy the enemy,
emblematic of threatening power. Sept.
for Heb. "903 51 Ex. 6, 6. Deut. 4, 34.
Ez. 20, 33. 34. Comp. Sept. χεὶρ ὑψηλή
for 59 ‘1 Ex. 14, 8. Num. 33, 3. For the
force of the figure, see Is. 5, 25,.9,.12.
14, 26.

2. Trop. high, lofty, i.e. highly esteemed,
regarded with pride; Luke 16, 15 τὸ ἐν
avpamots ὑψηλόν, βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον τοῦ
Seov. Rom. 12, 16 μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦν-
tes, high things, things highly prized by
man, proud things, opp. ra ταπεινά ; comp.
in συναπάγω. Sept. λαλεῖν ὑψηλά, Heb.
M23, 1 Sam. 2,3; comp. Ecc. 7, 8. Is. 9,
8.—Theoer. Id. 16. 98 ὑψηλὸν κλέος. Dion.

754

a) Before *

ὑψόω

Hal. Ant. 10.49: λόγον ὑψηλόν. Luc. Her-

‘mot. 5 ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν.

ὑψηλοφρονέω, ὦ, f. ἥσω, (ὑψηλός,
φρονέω,) to be high-minded, to be proud,
haughty, arrogant, absol. Rom. 11, 20
1 Tim. 6,17. Comp. Rom. 12,16. |

ὕψιστος, 7, ον, (ὕψι, ὕψος,) α defective
superlative, Buttm, §69. η..1. Matth.§ 133;
the highest, most elevated, loftiest ; as ὕψιστον
ὄρος Hdian. 3. 3.2—In N. T. only from
the Heb.

1. τι τὰ ὕψιστα, the highest places, the
heights, put for the highest heavens, comp.
in οὐρανός no. 4. b. Matt. 21,9 ὡσαννὰ ἐν
τοῖς ὑψίστοις. Mark 11,10. Luke 2, 14.
19, 38. So Sept, for 2°27 Job 16,19;
for Sing. ΘΠ Ps. 71, 19.—Ecclus. 43, 9.

2. Trop. ὁ ὕψιστος, the Most High,
spoken of God as dwelling in the highest
heavens, and as far exalted above all other
beings ; see in οὐρανός no. 4; Mark 5, 7.
Luke 1, 32. 35. 76. 6, 35. 8, 28. Acts 7,
48. 16,17. Heb. 7, 1. Sept. for Heb.
7i7>2 Deut. 32, 8. Ps. 9,3; Chald. ΠΙῈΡ
Dan. 7, 25. So Ecclus. 41, 8.. 2 Mace. 3.
31. Philo Leg. ad Cai, IL p. 569. 8, Diog.
Laert, 8.1. So of Jupiter; Pind: Nem. 1.
90. Theocr. Id. 25, 159.

ὕψος, cos, ous, τό, (ὕψι,) 1. height.
elevation ; Eph. 3, 18. καὶ βάϑος, καὶ ὕψος
Rev. 21,16. Sept. for m2 1 Sam. 17, 4,
mip Gen. 6, 15. So Hdian. 4. 2. 3. Xen.
An. 3. 4. '7.—From the Heb. the height, on
high, put for heaven, the highest heaven, the
abode of God, comp. in οὐρανός no. 4. So
ἐξ ὕψους, from on high, from God, Luke 1,
78. 24,49; eis ὕψος io on high, to God,
Eph. 4; 8) quoted from Ps. 68, 19 where
Sept. for Ci782. Sept. ἐξ ὕψους, Heb.
bina, Ps. 18,17. 144,7. So genr. Ecclus.
17, 26. 43, 10. Act. Thom. § 10.

2. Trop. elevation, dignity, of a Christian,
James 1, 9; see also in ταπείνωσις. Sept.
for DIV2 Job 5, 11; 1232 2 Chr. 1,1. 17,
12.—1 Mace. 1, 4. Luc. Tim. 5. Hdian. 1
18. 12.

ὑψόω, &, f. ὠσω, (ὕψος,) 1. to heighten,
i.e. to raise high, to elevate, to lift up, 6. g. of
the brazen serpent and also of Jesus on the
cross, John 3, 14 bis, καϑσὼς Μωῦσῆς ὕψωσε
τὸν ὄφιν, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ
ἀνϑρώπου. 8, 28.. (So Test. XII Patr. p.
739 ἐπὶ ξύλου ὑψωθήσεται. Genr. Sept. for
mn" Gen. 7, 17; 97337 2 Chr. 33, 14.
Anth. Gr. I. p. 241 τάφον ὑψώσαντο. IV.
p- 18 Spdvovs.) Hence Jesus is further
said ὑψωθῆναι ἐκ τῆς γῆς, to be lifted un

MKS

ὑψόω Τοῦ

from the earth and exalted to heaven, with

allusion to the death of the cross, John 12, -

32,34. Also, τῇ δεξιᾷ Tod, ϑεοῦ ὑψωϑθείς,
ewalted to (at) the right hand of God, Acts
2, 33. 5,31; comp. Heb. 7, 26 in, ὑψηλός
no. 1; and see Mark 16, 19. 1 Pet. 3, 22,
Heb. 1, 3. 8,1. 12,2. For this dative of
place whither, comp. ἔρχεσϑαι τῇ πόλει Fa-
bric. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 594; ὑποδέχε-
σϑαι τῇ οἰκίᾳ Luc, Asin. 39. Winer § 31. 2.
p. 243. '

2. Trop. to elevate, to exalt, i.e. 8)
Genr. to raise to a condition of prosperity,
dignity, honour; Luke 1, 52 καϑεῖλε δυνά-
στας ἀπὸ ϑρόνων, καὶ ὕψωσε ταπεινούς. Acts
13, 17. 2 Cor. 11. 7. James 4, 10. 1 Pet.
5,6. Pass. ὑψωθήσεται Matt. 23,12. Luke
14,11. 18,14. Matt. 11, 23 et Luke 10,15
Καπερναούμ, ἡ ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὑψωϑεῖσα,
exalted to heaven, either in external pros-
perity, or more espec. in respect to the pri-
vileges of the Gospel, as the abode of Jesus ;

φαίνω

comp. in Καπερναούμ, also in οὐρανός no. 1.
Sept. for 722 Job 36,7; 9°77) Num. 24,7;
"73 Josh. 3,7. So Ecclus. 15, 5. Diog.
Laert. 1. 3. 2. Pol. 5. 26. 12... 0) Reflex.
ὑψόω ἐμαυτόν, to exalt oneself, to be proud,
haughty, arrogant, Matt. 23, 12. Luke 14,
11. 18, 14. So Sept. Pass. or Mid. for maa

Is. 3,16; comp. ὑψώϑη ἡ" καρδία τινός for

122 M38 Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 12.

ὕψωμα, ros, τό, (ὑψόω,) a high place,
height, elevation ; Rom. 8, 39 οὔτε ὕψωμα,
οὔτε βάϑος, prob. put for heaven, comp. in
ὕψος. (Epiph. adv. Her. 1.1.1.) Trop.
of a proud adversary, under the figure of a
lofty tower or fortress built up proudly by
the enemy, 2 Cor. 10, 5 πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρό-
μενον κατὰ τῆς γνωσέως τοῦ Seov.—Plut.
Sept. Sap. Conv. 8, τοὺς ἀστέρας ὑψώματα
καὶ ταπεινώματα λαμβάνονται ἐν τοῖς τόποις
ods διεξίασι. Trop. exaltation, Judith 10, 8,
13, 6; pride Sept. Job 24, 24.

Φ.

φάγομαι, ἔφαγον, see in ἐσϑθίω.
φάγος, ov, 6, (φαγεῖν,) an eater, a glut-
ton; Matt. 11, 19 ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ oivo-
πότης. Luke 7, 34.—Eustath. in Il. p. 1630.
15. ib. 1737. 50. Written also φαγός, see
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 434. n.
φαιλόνης, ov, 6, by metath. for φαινό-
Ans, Lat. penula, a cloak, travelling-cloak,
a thick upper garment, used chiefly in tra-
velling instead of the toga, as a protection
against the weather. It seems to have been
a long cloak without sleeves, with only an
opening for the head. 2 Tim. 4, 13 Erasm.
See Dict. of Antt. art. Paenula. Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 419. Οἷς. pro Milon, 20. For
the metathesis see Buttm. ᾧ 19. n..2. Matth,
116. 2. ς.. Written also in Mss. and edit,
φαιλώνης, φελόνης, peddvns—Athen. 3. p.
97. 6, οὐ σὺ εἶ, ὁ καὶ τὸν καινὸν φελόνην
(εἴρηται γάρ, ὦ βέλτιστε, καὶ ὁ φάινόλης)
εἰπών᾽ παῖ Λεῦκε, δός μοι τὸν ἄχρηστον φαι-
νόλην, where comp. Schweigh. So φαινόλη
Artemid. 2. 3. Arr. Epict. 4. 8.—Others
less well suppose it to be a cloak-bag, port-
manteau, with books; Hesych. φαιλόνης᾽
εἰλητάριον pepSpdivor, ἢ γλωσσόκομον. —
φαίνω, f. φανῶ, (φάω, φάος, φῶς.) Pass.
aor. 2 ἐφάνην, pr. to lighten, to illuminate.
1..Trans. to bring to light, to make to ap-
pear, to show, 6. acc. τέρας Hom. Il. 2. 324;
σήματα 2. 353. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 13 τὰ ἱερὰ

ἡμῖν οἱ ϑεοὶ paivovow.—Oftener and in N.
T. only Pass. or Mid. φαίνομαι, aor. 2
ἐφάνην, to come to light, to appear, to be or
become visible.

a) Strictly, to shine forth, to shine; ὁ. ἐν
of place, Rev. 18, 23 φῶς λύχνου οὐ μὴ
φανῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι. Trop. Phil. 2, 15 ἐν ois
haiverse ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ. Sept. for
mt Is, 60, 2.—Pr. 2 Mace. 12,9. Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 4. 3. Xen. Conv. 1. 9 ὅταν φέγγος
τι ἐν νυκτὶ φανῇ.

b) Genr. to appear, to be seen, c. dat. of
pers. expr. or impl.. _ a) Of persons, Matt.
1, 20 ἄγγελος κυρίου κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ.
2, 13. 19. Mark 16, 9.. Sept. for mypa
Num. 23, 3. (2 Macc. 3,33. Luc. D. Deor.
20. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.43.) With a particip.
or adj. as predicate in nominat. comp. Matth,
ᾧ 549. 5. p. 1078. Herm. ad Vig. p. 769.
Matt. 6,-16 ὅπως φανῶσι ἄνϑρωποις νη-
στεύοντες. V. 18. 23, 28 ὑμεῖς... φαίνεσθε
τοῖς ἀνπρώποις [ὄντες] δίκαιοι. With dat.
impl. 2 Cor. 13,7; particip. impl. Matt.6, 5
ὅπως ἂν φαινῶσι τοῖς dv3p. SC. προσεύχον-
res. (Soc. part. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1, Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 1; ¢. adj. Hdian. 3. 14. 15. Xen.
Hell. 4. 3.10 ὁ ἥλιος μηνοειδὴς ἔδοξε φα-
νῆναι. Dat. impl. Ceb. Tab. 5. Xen. Cyr.
1. 4.19.) Absol. to appear, to make his
appearance, Luke 9,8. 1 Pet. 4,18. β)
Of things, 6. g. ra ζιζάνια Matt. 13, 26.

Φάλεκ

(2 Mace: 1, 33.) Of δὴ event, Matt. 9, 33
ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ. Sora φαινόμενα, things
visible, apparent to, the senses, Heb. 11, 3.
With a predicate, see above ina; Matt. 23,
27. Rom. 7, 18 ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία. .. κατερ-
γαζομένη ϑάνατον. Espec. of things, phe-
nomena, appearing in the sky or air; Matt.
2, '7 τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου. ἀστέρος.
24, 27. 30. James 4,14. So Hom. Il. 8.
556. Hdian. 2.15.11. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.1
ἀστραπαὶ καὶ βρονταί... τούτων δὲ φανέντων.

6) Trop. as referred to the mental eye,
to appear, to seem, with dat. of pers. and
predic. Mark 14, 64 ri ὑμῖν φαίνεται ; with
ἐνώπιόν τινος Luke 24, 11.—So c. dat.
1 Esdr. 2, 21. Hom. Od. 1. 318. Aristoph.
Eccl. 870; 6. inf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 20.

2. Intrans. to give light, to shine forth,
to shine as a Juminary or light; absol. Rev.
1,16 ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει. 8,12. With ἐν
c. dat. of place, 2 Pet. 1, 19 ὡς λύχνῳ φαί-
νοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ. Rev. 21, 23. Sept.
for "8 Gen. 1, 17. Ex. 13, 22. So
Theocr. Id. 2. 11 Σελάνα, φαῖνε καλόν.
Anth. Gr. I. p. 183. 1. Hom. Il. 11. 64.—
Trop. of spiritual light and truth, comp. in
σκότος no. 2. John 1, 5 τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκο-
tia φαίνει. 5, 35. 1 John 2, 8.

Φάλεις, ὁ, indec. Phalek, Heb. 338
(part) Peleg, pr. ἢ. m. the son οἵ Eber,
Luke 3, 35. Comp. Gen. 11, 16 sq.

φανερός, ά, dv, (φαίνω,) apparent, visi-
ble, conspicuous, Xen. Mem: 1. 1. 10 πλη-
δούσης ἀγορᾶς ἐκεῖ φανερὸς ἦν 56. Socrates.
—Usually and in N. T. apparent, manifest,
known ; 6. δ. φανερὸν εἶναι, to be manifest,
known, Acts 4, 16. Rom. 1, 19. Gal. 5,19.
1 Tim. 4, 15. 1 John 3, 10. (Eeclus. 6, 24.
2 Macc. 6,30. Diod. Sic. 1.10. Xen. Mem.
3.9.2.) So φανερὸν γίνεσθαι to be or be-
come apparent, manifest, well known, Mark
6,14. Luke 8,17. Acts 7,13. 1 Cor. 3,
13. 11,19. 14, 25. Phil. 1,13. (1 Macc.
15, 9. 2 Mace. 1, 33. Pol. 1.18.14.) Also
φανερὸν ποιεῖν τινα, to make one manifest,
known, to disclose, Matt. 12,16. Mark 3,
12. So 2 Macc. 12,41. Jos. Ant. 3. 4. 2.
—Neut. c. prep. els φανερὸν ἐλϑεῖν, to
become manifest, known, to be brought to
light, Mark 4, 22. Luke 8,17. (So εἰς τὸ
φ. Luc. Calumn. 9.) Also ἐν τῷ have-
p@, adverbially, comp. in ἐν no. 3. a. a;
manifestly, openly, Matt. 6, 4. 6. [18]; like-
wise externally, outwardly, Rom. 2, 28 bis.
So Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 31,

φανερόω, ὦ, f. dow, (φανερός,) to make
apparent, manifest, known; to manifest, to
show openly.

756

‘

φανος

1, Of persons: a) Reflex. c. ἑαυτόν, οἱ
Mid. φανεροῦμαι, Pass. aor. 1 ἐφανερώϑην
as Mid, Buttm. § 136. 1,2; to manifest one-
self, to show oneself openly, to appear. So
reflex. c. dat. John 7, 4 φανέρωσον weavroy
τῷ κόσμῳ, show thyself to’ the world, appear
publicly. Mid. with gumpoo%év twos, 2 Cor,
5, 10 πάντας ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπρο-
σϑεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. spec. of
those appearing from heaven or from the
dead’; reflex. c. dat. John 21, 1 bis, ἐφανέ-
βωσεν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν 6 Ἶ. τοῖς μαϑηταῖς,
κτὰ. Mid. c. dat. John 21, 14 τοῦτο ἤδη
τρίτον épavepo%n ὁ Ἴ. τοῖς pad. αὑτοῦ.
1 John 1, 2 καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν. Mark 16,
12. 14; absol. Col. 3, 4 bis, ὅταν 6 Xp. φα-
νερωϑῇ κτὰ. 1 Tim. 3, 16. Heb. 9, 26.
1 Pet. 1, 20. 5, 4. 1 John 1, 2 καὶ ἡ ζωὴ
ἐφανερώϑη, i. 6. Christ as the source of
eternal life. 2, 28. 3,2. 5.8. Ὁ) Pass.
to be manifested, to be made or become mani-
fest, known, ο. dat. John 1,31 ἵνα φανερωθῇ
τῳ Ἰσραήλ. 2 Cor. 5, 11; ἐν ο. dat. ib. 5,
11; ἐν παντὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς 11, 6; with ὅτι,
2 Cor. 3, 3. 1 John 2, 19.—In the sense
‘to become known, conspicuous,’ Hdot. 6.
122, Act. to make conspicuous, Dion. Hal.
Ant. 10. 37.

2. Also in N. T. of things, Act. c. acc.
John 2, 11 ἐφανέρωσε τὴν δόξαν αὑτοῦ.
1 Cor. 4, ὅ. 2 Cor. 2, 14 ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ.
Col. 4, 4. Tit. 1, 3; ¢. acc. et dat. John
17, 6. Rom. 1, 196 yap ϑεὸς αὐτοῖς [τοῦτο]
ἐφανέρωσε. Pass. Mark 4, 22 οὐ γάρ
ἐστί τι κρυπτὸν ὃ ἐὰν μὴ φανερωθῇ. John
3, 21 ἵνα φανερωϑῇ τὰ ἔργα. 9, 3. Rom.
8, 21. 16, 26. 2 Cor. 7, 12. Eph. 5,
13 bis, ra δὲ πάντα... φανεροῦται - πᾶν
γὰρ τὸ φανερούμενον, φῶς ἐστι, whatever is
made manifest, is itself light. 2 Tim. 1, 10.
Heb. 9, 8. 1 John 3, 2 οὔπω ἐφανερώϑη τί
ἐσόμεϑα. Rev. 3,18. 15, 4 ; ἐν τούτῳ 1 John
4,9; ἐν τῷ σώματι 2 Cor. 4, 10. 113 6.
dat. Col. 1, 26. Sept. Act. for mba Jer. 33,
6.—Suid. φανεροῦν - εἰς φῶς ἄγειν.

φανερῶς, adv. (pavepds,) manifestly,
openly ; i. e. elearly, evidently, Acts 10, 3;
publicly, Mark 1, 45 φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσ-
eASeiv. John 7, 10.—Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 2
Hdian, 7. 11. 7. Xen. An. 1. 9. 19.

φανέρωσις, ews, ἧ, (φανερόω.) a making
_ known, manifestation; ἡ ᾧ. τῆς ἀληϑείας
2 Cor. 4, 2; ἡ φ. τοῦ πνεύματος, i. 6. in the
charismata, 1 Cor. 12, 7.

φανός, od, ὁ, (haive,) a light, lantern,
torch; John 18, 3 pera φανῶν καὶ λαμπά-
dev.—Artemid. 5. 20. Dion. Hal. 11. 40
ἐξέτρεχον ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν ἅπαντες ἀϑρόοι͵

Φανουήλ
φανοὺς ἔχοντες καὶ λαμπάδας. Xen. Lac. 5.
7. Comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. ὅ9 sq. Hesych.
*Arrixot δὲ λυχνοῦχον ἐκάλουν, ὃν ἡμεῖς
φανόν.

Φανουήλ, ὁ, indec. Phanuel, Heb.
bx2B (face of God) Penuel, pr. ἢ. of the
father of Anna, Luke 2, 36.

φαντάζω, f. cw, (paive,) strictly a fre-
quentative, implying repeated action, Buttm.
$119. 5. 25; to make appear, lo make visible,
to show ; rare in the Act. Callistr. Stat. 14
φαντάζων τὴν atoSnow. Alex. Aphrod. τοῦ-
to φαντάζοντα ὡς κατ᾽ adnSecav.—Usually
and in Ν. T. Pass. φαντάζομαι, lo appear,
to be seen, to be visible; hence Particip.
neut, τὸ φανταζόμενον i, 4. τὸ φαινόμενον,
the phenomenon, appearance, sight, the spec-
tacle, Heb. 12, 21; comp. Ex. 19, 16 sq.
Buttm. ὁ 128. 2. Winer ᾧ 46. 4. So Wisd.
6, 16. Hdian. 8. 3.,21. Diod. Sic. 1. 12
τοὺς ϑεοὺς φανταζομένους τοῖς avZparors ἐν
ἱερῶν ζώων μορφαῖς. Plato Phil. 88, c.

φαντασία, as, 9, (φαντάζομαι.) an ap-
pearing, appearance, Pol. 11: 27. 7. Diod.
Sic. 20. 11. Plato Theat. 152. c.—In N.
T. appearance, show, pomp, Acts 25, 23.
Sept. for 5°" Zech. 10, 1. So Pol. 10.
40. 6. Athen. p. 212. c. :

φάντασμα, aros, τό, (φαντάζομαι,) a
phantasm, phantom, apparition, spoken of a
spirit, spectre, ghost, Matt. 14, 26. Mark 6,
49.—Jos. Ant. 1) 20. 2. Artemid. 1. 2,
Zschyl. Theb. 710. Of phantasms in
dreams, Wisd. 17, 15. Jos. B. J. 3.8. 3.
Theocr. 21. 30.

φάραγξ, ayyos, ἡ, (kindr. pdpvyé,) a
ravine, chasm, valley, a narrow and deep
pass or valley with precipitous rocky sides;
Luke 3, 5 πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωϑήσεται,
quoted from Is. 40, 4 where Sept. for 8"3,
as also 22, 1. Josh. 15, 8. Sept. for bm
Gen. 26,-17. Deut. 2, 24.—Jos. B. J. 7. 6.
1. Pol. 3. 52. 8. Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 13.

Φαραώ, ὁ, indec. Pharaoh, Heb. 1378,
pr. the king,the common title of the Egyptian
kings down to the time of the Persian inva-
sion; employed in the Scriptures as a pro-
per name ; Acts 7, 10 ἐναντίον Φαραὼ βασι-
λέως Αἰγύπτου. v. 13. 21. Rom. 9, 17.
Heb. 11, 24.—Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 2 ὁ Φαραὼν
κατ᾽ Αἰγυπτίους βασιλέα σημαίνει. The
Heb, 392 is strictly a Coptic word signi-
fying the king ; but prob. was so inflected
by the Hebrews as to appear in a Semitic
form, i. q. 2°28 a leader, prince ; see Heb.
Lex. in ΠΡ.

Φαρές, ὁ, indec. Phares, Heb. 78
(a breach), pr. n. Ὁ one of the sons of Ju-

757

φαρμακεία

dah by Tamar, Matt. 1, 3 bis. Luke 3, 33
See Gen. c. 38.

Φαρισαῖος, ov, 6, a Pharisee, one of the
sect of the Pharisees, Heb. 839, D°5578,
of ἀφωρισμένοι, the Separaled, see Buxtorf
Lex. Chald. Rabb. 1851 sq. .This was a
powerful sect of the Jews, in general op-
posed to the Sadducees (Σαδδουκαῖοι q. v.)
first mentioned by Josephus as existing un-
der Hyrcanus about B. C. 130, and already
in high repute; Jos, Ant. 13. 10. 5, 6.
The Pharisees were rigid interpreters of the
Mosaic law, and exceedingly strict in its
ceremonial observances; but often violated
the spirit of it by their traditional and
strained expositions ; comp. Matt. 5, 20 sq.
12, .2sq. 19, 3sq. 23, 13 sq. They also
attributed equal authority to the traditional
law, or unwritten precepts, relating chiefly
to external rites, as ablutions, fastings,
prayers, alms, and the avoiding of inter-
course with Gentiles, publicans, and the
like; Matt. 9,11. 23,2 sq. Mark 7, 3 sq.
Luke 18, 11 sq. Jos. Ant. 17. 2. 4. Their
professed sanctity and adherence to the ex-
ternal ascetic forms of piety, gave them
great favour and influence with the pecple,
and especially with females; Jos. Ant. 13.
10. 5, 6, ib. 17.2.4. B. J..1.5.2. They
believed, with the Stoics, that all events are
controlled by fate; but yet did not wholly
exclude the liberty of the human will. They
held to thie separate existence of spirits and
of the soul, and believed in the resurrection
of the body; both of which the Sadducees
denied; Acts 23,8. They are sometimes
said to have admitted the transmigration of
souls; but this was only partially the case ;
since they merely held that the souls of the
just pass into other human bodies; Jos. B.
J. 2. 8. 14, See genr. on their character —
and tenets, Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 2sq. B. J. 2. 8.
14. Trigland de tribus Judzor. Sectis
Syntagma, Delft. 1703; in Ugolini The-
saur. XXII. Winer Realw. art. Pharisder.
—In N. T. Jesus is often represented ar
denouncing the great body of the Pharisees
for their hypocrisy and profligacy, e. g.
Matt. 23, 13 sq. Luke 16,14.al. Yet there
were. exceptions, and individuals among
them appear to have been men of probity and
even of a spirit of piety; e. g. Gamaliel
Acts 5, 34; Simeon Luke 2, 25; Joseph
of Arimathea Luke 23, 51; Nicodemus
John 7, 50, comp. 19, 39. εἰν

φαρμακεία, ας; 7), (φαρμακεύω, φάρμα-
κον,) the preparing and using of medicine.
pharmacy, Diod. Sic. 17. 31. Xen. Mem. 4.

φαρμακεύς

2. 173 α poisoning Pol. 6. 18. 4.—In N. T.
magic art, sorcery, witchcraft, Gal. 5, 20.
Rey. 9, 21. 18, 23. Sept. for mown,
c1wb, Ex. 7, 11. 22; D'BWD Is. 47, 9. 12.
So Wisd. 12, 4. Luc. Mere. “cond. 40. Dem.
1012.11; comp. Lat. veneficium Cic. Brut.
60. Plin. H. N. 18. 6.

φαρμακεύς, éws,6, (φαρμακεύω,) a wel
macist, apothecary, one who prepares and
uses medicines, Luc. D. Deor. 13. 1; @
poisoner, Jos. Vit. §31. Plut. Artax. 19.—
In N. T. @ magician, sorcerer, wizard ;
πόρνοις καὶ φαρμακεῦσι Acts 21, 8 Rec.
Others φαρμακός q. ν. So Luc. Mere. cond,
40 μοιχὸν ἢ φαρμακέα σε. See Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 316.

φαρμακός, οὔ, 6, ἡ; (φάρμακον,) i. 4.
φαρμακεύς Lob. ad Phryn. p. 316; α ροῖ-
soner, Jos. Ant. 17. 4. 1. Dem, 794. 4.—In
N. 'T. @ magician, sorcerer, wizard, Rev.
21,8 in later edit. 22,15. Sept. for pinn
Ex. 9,12; 29 Ex. 7,11. Deut. 18, 10.
So Jos. Ant. 9. 6. 3 τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ φαρ-
μακὸν καὶ πόρνην ἀποκαλέσαι. Hippon. 44. 6.

φάσις, cos, ἡ, (φημί,) a saying, word,
report, Acts 21, 31.—So of private report,
information, Dem. 798. 16. Poll. On. 8. 6
47 κοινῶς δὲ φάσεις ἐκαλοῦντο πᾶσαι ai py-
νύσεις τῶν λανϑανόντων ἀδικημάτων.

φάσκω, impf. ἔφασκον, defect. to say, to
affirm, i..g. φημί ; so with inf. and ace. Acts
24, 9. 25, 19. Rev. 2, 2; inf. and nom.
Rom. 1, 22; comp. Buttm. §142. 2. a.
Sept. for "28 Gen. 26, 20.—2 Mace. 14,
27. 32. Hdian. 3, 12. 21. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
29. On φάσκω and φημί comp. Buttm.
§109. I. n. 2.

φάτνη, ns, ἡ; @ crib, manger ; Luke 2,
7. 12. 10. 18, 15 od Aver... τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ
τῆς φάτνης. Sept. for S138 Job 39, 9. Is.
1, 3.—Jos. Ant. 8, 2.4. Luc. Tim. 14 καϑά-
περ τὴν ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ κύνα. Xen. Kq. 4. 1
τοῦ ἵππου σῖτον κλαπῆναι ἐκ τῆς φάτνης.

φαῦλος, η, ov, bad, ill, worthless, Germ.
faul, flau; physically, as food, a garment,
Hdian. 4. 12. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 2. ib. 3.
11. 13.—In N. T. morally, bad, evil, wicked ;
πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα James 3, 16. [Rom. 9,
117 ; τὰ φαῦλα evil deeds John 3, 20. 5,29;
φαῦλον λέγειν Tit. 2, 8. Sept. for nbry
Prov. 22, 8. So Luc. Hermot. 82 φαῦλον
οὐδὲν ποιήσουσιν. Pol. 4. 45. 1. Xen. Mem.
2.°3. 17.

φέγγος, εος, ovs, τό, (kindr. φάος.) light,
brightness, splendour, espec. of the moon,
see Passow 8. v. whence in Mod, Gr. deyyd-
ovov the moon. Matt. 24, 29 et Mark 13, 24

758

ae

pepo

σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὑτῆς, comp. Is.
18,10. Of ἃ lamp, Luke 11, 38. Sept.
for 33 of the stars Joel 2,10; of the sun
2 Sam. 23, 4.—Of fire, 2 Mace. 12,9; of
the moon Xen. Venat. 5. 4. Genr. Tos,
Ant. 2..14. 5. Xen. Conv. 1. 9.

φείδομαι, f, φείσομαι, Mid. depon. to
Spare, e. g. to abstain from using, to wse
sparingly, to save, c. gen. Hes. Op. 603 or
606 σίτου. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.22; ἐξουσίας
Plut. Cato Maj. 8.—In N. T. also

1. to spare, to abstain from doing any
thing, to Forbear ; absol. 2 Cor. 12, 6 @eido-
τ δέ sc. τοῦ καυχᾶσϑαι. Sept. c. inf. for

2°] 2 Sam. 12, 4. 6.—So ce. gen. of action,
Hdian. 7.9.22 rov.et inf. Xen. Hell.'7. 1.24.

2. to spare, i. q. to abstain from treating
with severity, to treat with forbearance, ten-
derness ; c. gen. Buttm. § 132. 10. e. Acts
20, 29 μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου. Rom. 8,
32 ἰδίου υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο. 11, 21 bis. 1 Cor,
7, 28. 2 Cor. 1, 23. 2 Pet. 2, 4. 5; ὁ. gen.
impl. 2 Cor. 18, 2./ Sept. for pam 1 Sam.
24, 11. Neh. 13,22; 52M 2 Chr. 36, 15.
17; FM Gen. 22, 12. 16.—Wisd. 11, 26.
Dion. Hal. Ant..5. 10 ἐγὼ τῶν ἐμῶν οὐ φει-
σάμενος τέκνων. Hdian. 2. 18. 15. Xen. Cyr.
4. 2.1.

φειδομένως, adv. (φείδομαι,) sparingly,
i.e. frugally, not bountifully, 2 Cor. 9, 6 bis.
—Plut. Alex. M. 25 φειδομένως χρῆσϑαι
τοῖς παροῦσι. te

φελόνης, ov, 6, i. q. φαιλόνης where see ;
so 2 Tim: 4, 13 Rec.

φέρω, f. οἴσω, aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, Pass, aor.
1 ἠνέχϑην ; to bear, Lat. fero.

1. Pr. to bear, as a burden or the like, to
bear up, to have or take upon oneself, c.
acc. Luc. Contempl. 11 τί καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων
φέρουσι. Hdian. 2. 11. 18.. Xen: Mem. 3.
13. 6 φορτίον φέρειν... πότερον κενός, ij
φέρων rt. ib, 2. 2. 5.—In N. T. only trop.
a) to bear up under, to bear with, to endure,
e. g. evils, c. acc. Rom. 9, 22 ϑεὸς ἤνεγκεν
σκεύη ὀργῆς. Heb, 12, 20. 13, 13 τὸν ὀνειδι-
σμὸν αὐτοῦ φέροντες. Sept. ὀνειδισμὸν φ.
for x2 Ez. 34, 29. 86, 15; genr. Gen. 36,
7. Deut. 1,12. So Al. V. H. 9. 33 ὀργήν.
Hdian. 4. 18. 4 τὰς ὕβρεις. Xen. Mem. 4.
8,1. b) to bear up afy thing, to uphold,
to sustain, i, e, to have in charge, to direct ;
e. acc. Heb. 1, 3 φέρων τε τὰ πάντα τῷ ῥή-
ματι κτὰ. Sept. and δ) Num. 11, 14.
Deut. 1, 9. Chrysost. ad ἢ. 1. φέρων - κυ-
βερνῶν, διαπίπτοντα συγκρατῶν. So Plut.
Lucull. 6 Κέξηγον ἀνθοῦντα τῇ δόξῃ τότε
καὶ φέροντα τὴν πόλιν. A late usage, comp
Passow φέρω Ὡς no. 2.

φέρω 759

2. lo bear, with the idea of motion, to bear
along or dboul, to carry; c. acc. Luke 23,
26 τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισϑεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.
Sept. for x2 Is. 30, 6. 40,11. So All.
V. H. 3. 22 [Αἰνείας τὸν πατέρα ... τοῖς
ὦμοις ἔφερεν. 10. 21 τὸν Πλατῶνα ἡ Περι-
κτιόνη ἔφερεν ἐν ταῖς ἀγκάλαις. Hdian. 4.
15. 8. Xen. An. 8. 4.32.—Pass. φέρομαι,
to be bé¥iie along,e. g. as ina ship before
the wind, to be driven, Acts. 27, 15. 17.
(Test. XII. Patr. p. 670 χειμαζόμενοι ἐπὶ
τὸ πέλαγος ἐφερώμεϑα. Diod. Sic. 20. 16.)
Trop. i. q. lo be moved, incited, 2 Pet. 1, 21
ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι. So Sept.
Job 17, 1 πνεύματι φερόμενος. Jos. Β. J. 6.
5. 2 φερόμενοι τοῖς Supois. Plat. Alex. M.
4.—Mid. φέρομαι, ἰο bear oneself along,
to move. along, to rush, as a wind; Acts 2,
2 ὥσπερ φερομένης wvons..'Trop. to go on,
to advance, in teaching, ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα
Heb. 6, 1. Sept. pr. ὕδωρ βιαίως ἄνω φερό-
μενον for 813 Jer..18, 14; Hux Is, 28, 15.
18. So Diog. Laert. 10, 104. 25 διὰ τοῦ
πνεύματος πολλοῦ φερομένου. Comp, Xen.
Ven. 10. 21.

3. to bear, with the idea of motion toa
place, fo bear hither, thither, to bring. a)
Of things, c. ace. expr. or impl. Mark 6, 28.
Luke 24, 1 #ASov ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα, φέρουσαι ἃ
ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα. John 19, 39. Acts 4,
34. 37. 5,2. 2 Tim. 4,13 φέρε καὶ ra βι-
βλία. With ἀπό partit. John 21, 10 evéy-
κατε [rt] ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρῤίων. Pass. Matt. 14,
11. Mark 6, 27. Also with dat. of pers. ri
τινι, Matt. 14, 11 καὶ ἤνεκγε [αὐτὴν] τῇ μη-
τρὶ αὑτῆς. Mark 12,15 φέρετέ μοι δηνάριον.
So impl. v. 16. John 2, 8. 4, 33 μήτις ἤνεγ-
κεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ; With ὧδε added, Matt.
14, 183; with εἴς ὁ. acc. of place, Rev. 21,
24. 26. Spoken of the finger or hand, to
reach hither, John 20,27 bis. Sept. genr.
for Seta Gen. 43, 2. Neh. 8, 3. 4; 6. dat.
Gen. 27, 14. 17; δ. εἰς 1 Sam. 31, 12.
(Hdian. 8, 1. 13 προσίασιν οἱ ἱππεῖς τὴν
κεφαλὴν τοῦ Μαξιμίνου φέροντες. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2.9; 6. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2.4.1.) Trop.
of & voice or declaration, Pass: to be borne,
brought, to come, φωνῆς ἐνεχϑείσης 2
... δξ οὐρανοῦ 2 Pet. 1, 17. 18. (Cone
Plut. J. Caes. 1 φωνῆς ἐνεχϑείσης πρὸς
Καίσαρα.) Of good brought to any one,
bestowed on him, Pass. c. dat. 1 Pet. 1,13
ἐπὶ τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν. (Hdian. 5.
6. 22. Xen. An. 2.1.17.) Of-accusations,
charges, or the like, fo bring forward, to
present, with κατά twos, John 18, 29 τίνα
κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ dvBp. τούτου ;
Acts 25, 7. [18.] 2 Pet. 2, 11, comp. Jude 9.
(Comp. Ail. V. H. 3. 14.) Of a doctrine,

φευγω

prophecy, i. q. to announce, to make known,
τὴν διδαχήν 2 John 10; προφητείαν 2 Pet.
1, 21. (Diod. Sic. 13. 97 fin. τῶν δ᾽ ἱερείων
φέροντων νίκην, i. e. announcing, portend-
ing. Dem. 72. 22.) , Of a fact or event as
reported or testified, to adduce, to show, to
prove; Pass. Heb. 9, 16 ὅπου yap διαθήκη,
ϑάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσϑαι τοῦ διαθεμένου.
So Diod. Sic. 1. 89, 90, 97 τῆς δ᾽ Ὃμήρου
παρουσίας ἄλλα σημεῖα φέρουσι, καὶ μάλιστα
τὴν «tA. δ[) OF persons, c. acc. to bear,
to bring, 6. g. the sick, Mark 2,3 ἔρχονται
πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν φέροντες. Luke 5,
18, Acts ὅ,.16; with dat. τινά rei, Matt.
17, 17 φέρετέ μοι αὐτὸν ὧδε. Mark 7, 32.
8, 22; πρός c. acc. Mark 1, 32. 9, 17. 19.
20. Spoken also of any motion to a place,
not proceeding from the person himself,
i. q. to bring, to lead, c. acc. et ἐπί, Mark
15, 22 καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ Τολγοϑᾶ τό-
πον. John 21,. 18 ὅπου. Of beasts, Luke
15, 23. Acts 14,18. Sept. for x3 Neh.
12, 27. Ezra 8, 17; c. πρός 1K. 1, 13.
_4. Absol. of a way, path, gate, to lead to
any place, eis τί, as τὴν πύλην τὴν φέρουσαν
εἰς τὴν πόλιν Acts 12, 10.—Jos. Ant. ὅ. 2.
1. Pol, 8. 82. 6 ἡ πύλη φέρουσα ἐπὶ τὸν
λιμένα. Xen. Hell. 7. 2. 7.

5. to bear, as trees or fields their fruits,
lo yield, 6. g. καρπόν Mark 4, 8. John 12,
24. 15, 2 ter. 4. 5. 8.16. Sept. for ribo
Ez. 17, 8. Joel 2, 22,—Jos. Ant. 15. 4. 2.
Hdian. 4. 2. 16. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28,

φεύγω, f. ξομαι, aor. 2 ἔφυγον, to flee,
to fly, to betake oneself to flight.

1. Pr. and absol. Matt. 8, 33 of δὲ Bé-
σκοντες ἔφυγον. 26,56. Mark 5, 14. 14, 50.
Luke 8, 34. John 10, 12. 13. Acts 7, 29.
With ἀπό c. gen. Mark 16,8 ἔφυγον ἀπὸ
τοῦ μνημείου. 14, δῶ. John 10, 5. James 4,
7 φεύξεται ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν. With ἐκ out of, Acts
27, 30 ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου. With εἰς c. ace,
Matt. 2, 18 φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 10, 23 bis,
Mark 13, 14 εἰς τὰ dpy Luke 21, 21. Rev.
12,6; ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη Matt. 24,16. Sept. for
mya Ex. 14,53 om Gen. 39, 12; c. ἀπό
Ex. 4, 3; ἐκ Jer. 51,6; eis Gen. 14, 10.
Jer. 50, 16. So Hdian, 3. 2. 20. Dem. 33,
7. Xen. An. 1.10. 115 c. ἀπό Xen. Cyr.
7. 2.43 ἐκ Paleph. 43. 3; εἰς Luc. Asin:
18; Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 24; ἐπί Hdian. 3. 4.
11. Xen. Ag. 2. 11.—Poetically of death
as fleeing, ἀπό τινος Rev. 9, 6. Also of
heaven and earth, to flee away, to vanish
suddenly, ἀπό τινος Rey. 20, 11; absol,
16,20, Comp. Ps. 114, 3. 5. !

2. to flee from, to escape; with ἀπό c.
gen. Mat:. 3.7 et Luke 8, φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς

Φῆλιξ

μελλούσης ὀργῆς. Matt. 28, 38. So 6. ἐκ
Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 4.- ἢ acc. Heb. 11,
34 ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρας. Absol. to es-
cape, Heb. 12, 25. So Hom. Il. 2: 401 9ά-
varov. Hdian. 2. 1. 23 κίνδυνον.

3. Trop. to flee, to avoid, to shun, with
ἀπό c. gen. 1 Cor. 10, 14 φ. ἀπὸ τῆς εἰδω-
λολατρείας. (Ecclus. 21,2 φ. ἀπὸ τῆς ἅμαρ-
τίας.) With acc. 1 Cor. 6, 18 @. τὴν πορ-
νείαν. 1 Tim. 6, 11..2 Tim. 2, 92. So 28}.
V. H. 13. 1 post init. τὰς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὁμι-
Lins ἔφευγε. Dem. 498. pen. Xen. Cyr. 8.
1, 31 τὰ αἰσχρὰ φεύγειν.

Φῆλιξ, ixos, Felix, pr. n. of the eleventh
Roman procurator of Judea, about A. D.
51-58, after Cumanus and before Festus.
He was ἃ freedman of the emperor Clau-
dius, or perhaps also of the emperor’s mo-
ther Antonia, and hence is called Claudius
and also Antonius. He first married Dru-
silla, a grand-daughter of Antony and Cleo-
patra ; and afterwards another Drusilla, the
daughter of Herod Agrippa I (see Apov-
aidXa,), by whom he had a son who per-
ished in an eruption of Vesuvius. Sueto-
nius calls him the husband of three queens,
irium reginarum maritus, Suet. Claud. 28.
His administration in Judea was cruel and
vindictive ; and Tacitus says of him: jus
regium servili ingenio exercuit, Hist. 5. 9.
6. He was recalled by Nero, and escaped
punishment only through the influence of
his brother Pallas, the emperor’s favourite.
See Tacit. et Sueton. Il. cc. 105. Ant. 20.
7. 1 sq. ib. 20.8. 5-9. B. J. 2. 13. 2, 7.
Bibl. ‘Repos. 1832.) p.. 382.—Paul was
brought before Felix, and left by him in
prison; Acts 23, 24. 26..24, 3. 22. 24, 25,
27 bis. 25, 14..

φήμη, ns, ἡ, Dor. φάμα, (φημί,) whence
Lat. fama, Engl. fame, i.e. common fame,
word, report, rumour, Matt. 9,26. Luke 4,
14. Sept. for 342% Prov. 16, 1—ZEL. V.
H. 14. 30. Hdian. 1, 4. 19. Thue. 1. 11.

φημί, enclit. and defect. (obs. φάω!)
impf. ἔφην, pr. ‘ to bring to light’ by speech,
genr. to say, to speak, to utter ; see fully in
Buttm. ᾧ 109.1. The other tenses are sup-
plied from εἶπον, where see.

1, Genr, to say, usually followed by the
express words; Matt. 26, 34 ἔφη αὐτῷ 6
Ἰησοῦς" ἀμήν, λέγω σοι κτλ. ν. 61. Luke
7, 44. Acts 8, 36. 10, 28. 31; 6. ace.
1 Cor. 10, 15 κρίνατε ὑμεῖς 6 φημι. So
Hdian. 5.6.9. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 45.—Hence
it is put in the middle of a clause quoted,

like Engl. said I, said he, Lat. inquam; Ὁ

Matt. 14, 8 δός μοι, φησίν, ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι

700

κτλ. Acts 23, 35. 25, 5. 22. 1 Cor. 6, 16,
2 Cor. 10,10. Heb. 8,5. So Hdian. 2. 1.
16. Xen. Cie. 9. 14. Mem. 3. 11. 15. See
Sturz Lex. Xenoph. 5. v. φάναι no. 16,

2. As modified by the context, where the
sense often lies not so much in φημί as in
the adjuncts; e.g... a) Before interroga-
tions, 10. say, to ask, to inquire ; Matt. 27,
23 6 δὲ ἡγεμὼν ἔφη τί γὰρ Kaxovedroincer;
Acts. 16, 30. 21, 37. So Xen. Mem. 1.
2. 41 54ᾳ. ὃ) Before replies, to say, to
answer, to reply; Matt. 4,7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς" Πάλιν γέγραπται κτὰ. 13,29. John
1, 23. Acts 2, 38. al. With ἀποκριϑείς
added, Matt. 8, 8. Luke 23, 3.. So Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq... c) Emphat. i. 4. to
affirm, to assert, to declare, Rom. 3,8. 1 Cor.
7, 29.,10, 19. 15,50. So Hdian. 2. 8. 8.
Diod. Sic. 1.90. Xen, Cyr. 4. 4.2. -

Φῆστ 0S, ov, 6, Festus, i. 6. Porcius
Festus, the twelfth Roman procurator of
Judea, about A.D. 58-62; ‘sent by Nero
to supersede Felix; comp. Jos. Ant. 20. 8.
9 sq. B. J. 2. 13. 7. ib. 2.14.1. Bibl. Re-
pos. 1832. p. 382.—Festus sent Paul to
Rome as a prisoner, on his own appeal ;
Acts 24, 27. 25, 1. 4. 9. 12. 13. 14. 22: 93.
24. 26, 24. 25. 32.

dave, f. dow, aor. 1 €pSaca, fo go or
come before another, in being or doing any
thing, to be beforehand with.

1. Pr. ὁ. ace. i. q. to precede, to antici-
pate, Lat. prevenire, old Engl. to prevent,
to come before; 1 Thess. 4, 15 οὐ μὴ p3d-
σωμεν τοὺς κοιμηϑέντας, i.e. in being ad-
mitted into the divine kingdom. For the
accus. see Matth. § 412. 4.—Plut. Pyrrh. 3.
Hdot. 7. 161. Thue, 3. 5 φϑάσαι δὲ οὐ du-
νάμενοι Tov τῶν ᾿Αϑηναίων ἐπίπλουν. In
Greek writers @Sav with the participle of
another verb may often be rendered adverb-
ially, before, sooner than; Buttm. § 144. n. 6.
On the construction of φϑάνω generally,
see Buttm. § 150. πῃ. 37. Matth. § 533. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 761 sq.

2. Aor. 1 ἔφϑασα, to have come first, al-
ready, by anticipation; with ἄχρι c. gen.
2 Cor, 10, 14 ἄχρι yap ὑμῶν ἐφθάσαμεν ἐν
τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, for even as far as to you
have we already come in preaching the Gos-
pel, comp. v. 16. With εἴς τι, trop. i. 4.
lo have already attained unto, Rom. 9, 31.
Phil. 3, 16. With ἐπί τινα, to have al-
ready come to or upon any one, Matt. 12,
28 et Luke 11, 20 dpa ἔφϑασαν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ
Bao. τοῦ ϑεοῦ. 1 Thess. 2,16 ἡ ὀργή. Sept.
for Chald. 80, c. ἕως Dan. 4, 8. 7, 13;
eis Dan. 4, 18. 193 ἐπί Dan. 4, 21 ; 539

φϑαρτός

Ecce. 8, 14.—So with ἕως c. gen. Test. XII
Patr. p. 530; εἰς pr. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 9.
᾿ φϑαρτός, ἡ, bv, (φϑείρω, ἔφϑαρμαι,)
corruptible, perishable, mortal ; Rom. 1, 23
φ. av%poros. 1 Cor. 9, 25 φ. στέφανος.
15, 53. 64. 1 Pet. 1, 18. 23.—2 Mace. 7,
16. Philo de Cherub. p. 516. Plut. Consol.
ad Apoll. 10 τί Savpaorév...ei τὸ PSaprév
ἔφϑαρτα.

PYéyyouat, f. γξομαι, Mid. depon.
(kindr. φέγγος.) fo sound, pr. to emit a clear
or brilliant sound, clang, tone, as a trumpet,
Xen. An. 7.4. 19; of thunder, Cyr. 7. 1.
3; of the voice, Sept. for 388 Am. 1, 2.
Xen. An. 1. 8. 18.—In N. T. of the voice,
to ulter a sound, to speak, absol. Acts 4, 18.
trofiyiov...év ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ φϑεγξάμε-
vov 2 Pet. 2,16; c. acc. ὑπέρογκα 2 Pet.
2,18. So Hdian. 4. 6. 12. Xen. Conv, 2.
7; c. acc. Ecclus. 13,22. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 6.

φϑείρω, f. epd, Pass. aor. 1 ἐφϑάρην,
to spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, genr. to bring
into a worse state :- 6. acc. 1 Cor. 3, 17 bis,
εἴ τις τὸν ναὸν TOU ϑεοῦ φϑείρει, HIepet τοῦ-
τον ὁ Seds. 2 Cor. 7,2. [2 Pet.2,12.] Mid.
Jude 10. Sept. for MT Gen. 6,11. Is.
54, 16. Jer. 18,9. So Wisd. 16, 27, Plut.
Consol. ad Apoll. 10, see in φϑαρτός. Xen:
Hell. 5. 3. 3; of a virgin dishonoured, Dion.
Hal. Ant. 2. 67.—Trop. in a moral sense, to
corrupt, to deprave; c. acc. 1 Cor. 15, 33
φϑείρουσι ἤδη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί, from
Menander, see below... Eph. 4, 22. Rev. 19,
2, Pregn. 2 Cor. 11, 3 μήπως... οὕτω
φϑαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος
κτλ. . So Menand. in Poet. Gnom.. ed.
Tauchn, p. 187, φϑείρουσιν ἤδη χρήσϑ ὁμι-
λίαι κακαί. Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 8.

φϑινοπωρινός, ἡ, dv, (φϑινοπώρινον;
φϑίνω, ὀπώρα.) autumnal; Jude 12 δένδρα
rv. trees of autumn, stripped of their
fruits and leaves.—Plut. Symp. 8. 10. 2.
Arist. H. An. 5.11.13 φ. ionuepia, the au-
tumnal equinox, Pol. 4. 37. 2.

φϑόγγος, ov, ὁ, (Géyyouat,) a sound,
espec. of a musical instrument, 1 Cor. 14,
7. Poet. for the voice, Rom. 10, 18, quot-
ed from Ps. 19, 5 where Sept. for sp.—
Wisd. 19, 18. Arr. Epict. 3. 6. Plut. Con-
jug. Prac. 11 φϑόγγοι δύο σύμφωνοι.

φϑονέω, ὦ, f. now, (φϑόνος,) to envy,
c. dat. Gal. 5, 26 ἀλλήλοις φϑονοῦντες.
James 4, 2 in some edit. for govetw.—Jos.
Ant. 4. 8. 21. Hdian. 3. 2. 6. Xen. Mem.
5. 3. 16.

φϑόνος, ov, 6, envy, Matt. 27,18. Mark
15, 10. Rom. 1, 29. Phil. 1, 15. 1 Tim. 6,

761

praderdia

4. Tit. 3, 3. James 4, 5. Plur. φϑόνοι;
envyings, bursts of envy, Gal. 5, 21. 1 Pet.
2, 1.—1 Macc. 8, 16. Pol. 6. 9. 11. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9. 8.

φορά, ἃς, ἡ, (φϑείρω,) α spoiling, cor-
ruption, destruction, genr. the bringing or
being brought into a worse state; e. g. of
the ‘air, τοῦ ἀέρος Hdian. 1. 12. 3; of a
female dishonoured, Jos. c. Apion, 2. 24.
Dion. Hal, Ant. 2. 25 $3. τοῦ σώματος.----
InN. T.

1. corruption, destruction, of things which
are consumed and so perish ; Col. 2, 22 εἰς
φϑοράν, for perishing, to perish ; see in
ἀπόχρησις. Put for death, slaughter ; 2 Pet.
2,12 (Ga... els ἅλωσιν καὶ φϑοράν. Als
of mortality, mortal nature, a dying away:
Rom. 8, 21 ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φϑορᾶς..
1 Cor. 15, 42. 50. Sept. for MM@ Ps. 103
4. Jon. 2,7. So Jos. Ant. 7. 13. 3. Diod
Sic. 1. 10. Thue. 2. 47. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 64.
—Trop. of spiritual death, condemnation,
misery, corruption, perdition, Gal. 6, 8.

2. Trop. in a moral sense, corrupiness,
depravity, wickedness, 2 Pet. 1, 4. 2, 12
ἐν τῇ φϑορᾷ αὐτῶν. v. 19.—Wisd.. 14,
12. 2ὅ.

φιάλη, ns, 7, α bowl, goblet, broad and
shallow, Lat. patera; see Dict. of Anitt.
art. Patera. Rev. 5,8 φιάλας χρυσᾶς γε’
μούσας ϑυμιαμάτων. 15,7. 16,1. 2. 3. 4.
8. 10. 12. 17. 17, 1. 21, 9. Sept. for P3392
a bowl for sprinkling, Ex. 27, 3. Num. 7,
13 sq.—Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 6. Luc. Tox. 25.
Xen. Conv. 2. 23.

φιλάγαϑοος, ov, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, dya-
%és,) loving goodness, a lover of good, up-
right, Tit. 1, 8—Wisd. 7,22. Plut. Prac.
conjug. 17. Aristot. M. Mor. 2. 14. 3.

Φιλαδέλφεια, as, ἡ, Philadelphia, an-
ciently the second city of Lydia, situated near
the foot of Mount Tmolus, about 27 miles
S. E. from Sardis; so called from its found-
er, Attalus Philadelphus king of Pergamus ;
with whose kingdom it came under the
power of the Romans. It was subject to
earthquakes ; and was thus destroyed, with
the adjacent cities, in the reign of Tiberius,
A. D. 17; Strabo 13. p. 628. Tac. Ann. 2.
47. It is still a considerable town ; called
by the Turks Allah Sheher ; see Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 181, 223. Arundel’s
Visit to the Seven Churches, p. 167. Ha-
milton’s Res. in Asia Minor II. p. 375.—
Rev. 1, 11. 3, 7.

φιλαδελφία, as, ἡ, (φιλάδελφος.) bro-
therly love, in Ν. 'T. only in the Christian
sense, the mutual love of Christian brethren,

φιλάδελφος

Rom. 12, 10. 1 Thess. 4, 9. ‘Heb. 13, 1.
1 Pet. 1, 22. 2 Pet. 1, 7 bis.—Pr. Jos. Ant.
4,2. 4, Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 26. 2.

φιλάδελφος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, dder-
φός,) loving one’s brethren, in Ν. 'T. only
in the Christian ‘sense; loving each other
as Christian brethren, 1 Pet. 3, 8.—Pr.
2 Macc. 15,14. Plut. Solon 27. Xen. Mem.
23.53 '%

φίχανδρος, ov, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, ἀνήρ.)
loving one’s husband, conjugal, spoken. of
a wife, Tit. 2, 4.—Luc. Halcy. 8. Plut.
Brut. 13. Plut. Amator. 23 φιλότεκνοι καὶ
φίλανδροι.

φιλανδ ρωπία, as, ἡ, (φιλάνθρωπος,)
philanthropy, love of mankind, humanity,
benevolence, Acts 28, 2. ‘Tit. 3, 4.—2.Mace.
6, 22. Hdian. 2. 3.16, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 1.

dirav3porras, adv. (φιλάνϑρωπος,)
philanthropically, humanely, with kindness,
Acts 27, 3-2 Macc. 9,27. Pol. 1. 68. 13.
Dem. 411. 10.

φιλαργυρία, as, ἡ, (φιχάργυρος.) love
of money, covelousness, 1 Tim. 6, 10. Sept.
for >¥2 Jer. 8, 10.—Ceb. Tab. 23. Hdian.
6. 9. 17. Diod. Sic. 5. 26.

φιλάργυρος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, ἃ]. (φίλος, dpyv-
ρος.) money-loving, covetous, Luke 16, 14.
2 Tim. 3, 2.—Jos. de Macc, 3. él. V. H.
9. 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 10.

φίλαυτος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, αὑτοῦ,)
loving oneself, selfish, 2 Tim. 3, 2.—Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 1. Aristot. M. Mor. 2. 14. 3.
Plut. Arat. 1.

φιλέω, ὦ, f. how, (φίλος,) to love, imply-
ing affection generally ; more rarely used
of sexual love, as Hom. II. 9, 40, Hdot. 4.
176. Aristoph.. Ran. 541, Comp. in dya-
πάω.

1. Pr. to love, to have affection for; c.
acc. of pers. Matt. 10, 37 bis, ὁ φιλῶν πατέ-
pa ἢ μητέρα κτὰ. John 5, 20 ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ
rov vidv. 11, 3. 36. 15, 19. 16, 27 bis.
20, 2. 21, 15. 16. 17ter. 1 Cor. 16, 22.
Tit. 3, 15 ἐν πίστει, i. 6. with Christian
love. Rev. 3,19. Sept. for 38 Gen. 37, 3.
Prov. 8, 17. So Hdian. 1. 5. 12. Dem.
1161. 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 9.—Of things,
to be fond of, to like; ὁ. ace. Matt. 23, 6 di-
λοῦσί τε τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν. Luke 20, 46.
Rev. 22,15. With the idea of overween-
ing fondness, ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ John
12, 98ὅ. Sept. for 38 Gen. 27, 4. 9. Prov.
29,3. So Wisd. 8, 2, ASL. V. H. 12. 15
init. Xen. Εἴς. 20. 27, 29.

2. Spec. to show one’s love by a kiss ;

762

Φίλιπποι

hence, to kiss, ο. acc. Matt.-26, 48 ὃν ἂν
φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστι. Mark 14, 44. Luke 22,
47. Sept. for PW Gen. 27, 26. 27. Ex.
18, '7.—Tob. 10, 13. Ail. V. H. 9. 26. Xen.
Mem. 3.11.10. Fully, with στόματι add-
ed, Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 8 καὶ ἐφίλουν δὲ ἡμᾶς
τοῖς στόμασιν.

_. 8, Before an infin, to love to do any thing,
i. e. to do willingly, gladly, and so to be wont
to do, solere. Matt. 6,5 φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς
συναγωγαῖς προσεύχεσϑαι, they love to-pray
in public, are wont to do it. Winer § 58. 4.
So Sept. for > IA ὁ, inf. Is. 56, 10.— 25}.
V. Ἡ. 14. 37 φιλῶ δὲ μηδὲ τὰ ἀγάλματα...
ἀργῶς ὁρᾷν. ey 1,2. 8. Xen, Mag. Eq.
Te

φίλη; ης, ἡ; (fem. of Piros,) a female
friend, Luke 15, 9.—Aquil. for 73" Cant.
1, 15. 2) 2. Xen. Mem. 3, 11. 16.

φιλήδονος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, ἡδονή.)
pleasure-loving ; Subst. a lover οὗ pleasure,
2 Tim. 3, 4.—Pol. 40. 6. 11. -Plut. Cato
Maj.. 9.

φίλημα, ατος, τό, (φιλέω.) ἃ kiss, pr. ἃ
love-token, given in salutation, comp. Ex.
18, 7; also in προσκυνέω. Luke 7, 45 φί-
λημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας. 22, 48.. Sept. for
mp. Prov. 27, 6. Cant. 1,2. So Luc.
Asin. 17 φιλήμασιν ἡσπάζοντο ἀλλήλους.
ΖΝ. Ἡ. 1. 15. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8 54.---
Spec. the sacred kiss given by Christians
to each other as the token of mutual love,
φίλημα ἅγιον Rom. 16, 16. 1 Cor. 16, 20.
2 Cor: 13, 12. 1 Thess. 5, 26 ; φίλημα ἀγά-
ans 1 Pet. 5, 14.

Φιλήμων, ovos, 6, Philemon, pr. n. of a
Christian of Colosse, Philem. 1; comp. v.
10 and Col. 4,9. He was converted under
the preaching of Paul, and a church met in
his house, v. 2.19. Paul sent back to him
his slave Onesimus from Rome, with an
epistle.

Φιλητός, od, or Φίλητος, ov, 6, Phi
letus, pr. n. of an opposer of Paul, 2 Tim.
2. 17.

φιλία, as, ἡ, (φίλος) τῷ, friendship,
fondness, c. gen. of object, James 4,4 ἡ
φιλία τοῦ κόσμου. Sept. for 5338 Prov.
10, 12. 15, 17.—Jos. Ant. 11. 3. 1. Dem.
19 pen. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 4. Hi. 3. 3.

Φιλυππήσιος, ov, 6, α Philippian, Phil.
4, 15.

Φίλιππ. Οὐ, wv, οἱ, Philippi, ἃ city of
proconsular Macedonia, situated eastward
of Amphipolis within the limits of na
Thrace, Acts 16, 12. 20, 6. Phil. 1

Φίλιππος

4 Thess. 2, 2.—It was anciently called
Κρήνιδες, from its many fountains ; ‘but hav-
ing been taken and fortified by Philip of
Macedon, he named it after himself, Philip-
pi. In its vicinity were gold and. silver

mines ; and it became afterwards velebrated |

for the defeat of Brutus and Cassius. In
Acts 16, 12 it is called a coloriy, see in κο-
λωνία. Plin. H. N. 4. 11 intus Philippi co-
lonia. It is there said also to be πρώτη τῆς
μερίδος τῆς Μακεδονίας πόλις, i. e. a chief
city of this part of Macedonia ; not the cap-
ital, for this was Amphipolis, Liv. 45. 29.
Others explain πρώτη of its geographical
position, the first city as one comes from the
east; but Paul had just landed at Neapolis,
still farther east. See Diod. Sic. 16. 8.
Strabo 7. p. 330. Dion Cass. 47. p. 232. See
also Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr, III. p. 393. For
its site and the present state of its ruins,
see W. G. Schauffler in Miss. Herald, 1836.
p. 334 sq. Leake’s Trav. in North: Greece
Ill. p. 214 sq.

Φίλιππος, ov, 6, Philip, pr. n. of seve-
ral persons,

1. Philip, one of the twelve apostles, a
native of Bethsaida, John 1, 44. 45. 46. 47.
49. 6, 5. 7. 12,21. 22 bis. 14,8 9. Matt.
10, 3. Mark 3, 18. Luke 6, 14. Acts 1, 13.
_ 2. Philip the Evangelist, 6 εὐαγγελιστής,
one of the seven primitive deacons at Jeru-
salem, but residing afterwards at Cesarea,
Acts 6, 5. 21,8. After the death of Ste-
phen he preached the gospel at Samaria,
Acts 8, 5. 6. 12. 13; comp. v. 14. It was
he also who baptized the Ethiopian treasu-
rer, Acts 8, 26. 29. 30. 31. 34. 35. 37. 38.
39. 40; comp. v. ὅ 56.

3. Philip, tetrarch of Batanea, Trachoni-
tis, and Auranitis, Luke 3,1. He was.a
son of Herod the Great, by his wife Cleo-
patra, and own brother of Herod Antipas;
at his death, his tetrarchy was annexed to
Syria. From him the city Paneas took the
name of Cesarea Philippi, Matt. 16, 13.
Mark 8, 27 ; see in Καισάρεια no. 1. Comp.
in Ἡρώδης no. 1 fin. Jos. Ant. 17. 1. 3.. ib,
17. 11. 4. ib. 18. 4. 6. B. J. 1. 28. 4. ib. 2.
6. 1, 3.

4. Philip Herod, called by Josephus only
Ἡρώδης, also a son of Herod the Great, by
Mariamne the daughter of Simon the High
Priest. He was the first husband of Hero-
dias, see in Ἡρωδίας ; and lived a private
life, having been disinherited by his father ;
Matt. 14, 3. Mark 6, 17. Luke 3, 19.—See
Jos. B. J. 1. 28. 4, comp. Ant. 17. 1. 2.
Also Ant. 17. 4. 2, comp. B. J. 1. 30. 7.
Ant. 18. 5. 1.

763

φιλοσοφία

φιλόϑεος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, Seds,)
loving God, pious ; Subst. a lover of God,
2 Tim. 3, 4.—Poll. On. 1. 20. Lue. Calumn.
14 πρὸς τὸν εὐσεβὴ καὶ φιλόϑεον.

Φιλόλογος, ov, 6, Philologus, pr. n. of
a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 15.

φιλονεικία, as, ἡ, (φιλόνεικος,) love of
slrife, conentiousness, Dem. 1440. 22. Thuc.
1. 41; emulation, ardour, Pol. 4. 49, 2.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 18.—In N. T. quarrel, con-
tention, strife, Luke 22, 24. So 2 Mace.
4, 4. Pol. 5. 93. 9. Plato Rep. 555. a.

φιλόνεικος, ov, 6, 9, adj. (φίλος; νεῖκος.)
loving strife,contentious, guarrelsome, 1 Cor.
11, 16.—Jos, Ant. 15. 6. 2. Plut. Agesi. 2.
Xen. Eq. 9. 8.

φιλοξενία, as, ἡ; (φιλόξενος,) love to
strangers, hospitality, Rom. 12, 13..Heb. 13,
2.—Plut, Thes. 14, 23. Pol. 4. 20. 1. Plate
Legg. 953. a.

φιλόξενος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, ξένος.)
loving strangers, hospitable, 1 Tim. 3, 2.
Tit. 1, 8. 1 Pet. 4, 9.—Paleph. 5. 1. Plut.
Cimon°10. Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 3.

φιλοπρωτεύω, f. εὐσω, (φιλόπρωτος,)
to love to be first, to strive for pre-eminence,
3 John 9.—Only in N. T. Comp. φιλό-
πρωτος Artemid. 2. 33. Plut. Solon 29.

φίλος, ἡ, ov, pr. Pass. loved, dear, be-
Friended, Hom. Od. 2. 363 φίλε τέκνον. Jos.
Ant, 4. 3. 3 nav” ὅσα φίλα τούτοις ἦν.
Hdian. 7.9.14. Also’ Act. loving, friendly,
kind, Jos. Ant. 6.2. 1 Seds εὐμενὴς ἄρχεται
γίνεσϑαι καὶ φίλος. Dem. 480. 9. Thue. 7.
1.—In N. T. Subst. ὁ φίλος, @ friend,
Buttm. ὁ 123. 5. Luke 7, 6 ἔπεμψε πρὸς ad-
τὸν... φίλους. 11, 5bis. 6. 8. 12, 4. 14,
12. 15, 6. 29. 16, 9. 21, 16. 23, 12. John
11,11. 15, 13. 14. 15. 19, 12 φίλος τοῦ
Καίσαρος, a favourer of Cesar, loyal to him,
Acts 10,24. 19,31 ὄντες αὐτῷ φίλοι, friends
to him. 27,3. James 2,23 φίλος ϑεοῦ. 4,4
d. τοῦ κόσμου. 3 John 15 bis. In the sense
of companion, associate, Matt. 11, 19 φ. τε-
λωνῶν κτλ. Luke 7, 34. John 3, 29 φ. τοῦ
νυμφίου, a brideman, see in γυμφών. As a
word of courteous address, Luke 14, 10.
Sept. for 39% Esth. 5, 10; 32 Ex, 33, 11.
Job 2, 11; "3 companion Dan. 2, 13°17.
18. So Pol. 9. 24. 2: Dem. 113. 27. Xen.
Mem. 2. 4. 13 6. dat. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 33.
—For ἡ φίλη a female friend Luke 15, 9,
see art. φίλη.

φιλοσοφία, as, 7), (φιλοσοφέω, φίλόσο-
gos,) pr. love of wisdom, Hdian. 1. 2. 6;
then, philosophy, knowledge natural and
moral, knowledge of things human and di-

φιλόσοφος

vine, comp. in σοφία no. 2. Auschin. Dial.
Soer. 2. 22. Hdian. 4. 5. 13. Xen. Conv. 1.
4; spoken of the wisdom and. learning of
the Chaldeans, Diod. Sic. 2..29.—In N. T.
philosophy, i. e. the Jewish theology or theo-
logical learning, pertaining to the interpre-
tation of the law and other scriptures, and
to the traditional law of ceremonial observ-
ances, Col. 2,8; comp. v. 16 et 1 Tim. 6,
20. So Philo, πάτριος φιλοσοφία, i. ὁ. Jew-
ish theology, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014. d; de
Somn. p. 1125. d; also Josephus, c. Ap. 2.
4. Ant. 18. 1. 2.

φιλόσοφος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, σοφία,)
pr. loving wisdom ; then as Subst. a philo-
sopher, an inquirer after knowledge natural
and moral, in things human and divine;
spoken in N. T. of Greek philosophers, Epi-
cureans and Stoics, who spent their time in
inquiries and disputations respecting moral
science, Acts 17, 18.—Arr. Epict. 3. 23. 30.
Hdian. 1. 9. 7. Xen. Vect. 5.4 σοφισταὶ
καὶ φιλόσοφοι.

φιχόστοργος, ov, ὁ, ἣ, adj. (φίλος,
στοργή.) loving tenderly, kindly affectioned,
pr. towards one’s kindred ; in Ν, 'T. towards
Christian brethren, Rom. 12, 10.—Pr. Jos.
Ant. 7. 10. 5. Plut. Cleomen. 1. Xen. Cyr.
1. 8.2.

φιλότεκνος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, réxvor,)
ἰουϊηρ᾽ one’s children, Tit. 2, 4.—Luc. Ty-
rann. 4. Plut. Amator. 23, see in φίλανδρος.

φιλοτιμέομαι, odpa, f. noowa, Mid.
depon. (φιλότιμος ; φίλος, τιμή.) to love ho-
nour, to be ambitious, Luc. Icarom. 17. Dem.
1046. 7.—In N. T. with an infin. to be am-
bitious of doing any thing, /o exert oneself,
to strive, pr. from a love and sense of hon-
our; as in Engl. to make it a point of hon-
our todo so and so. Rom. 15, 20 οὕτω δὲ
φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσϑαι κτὰ. 2 Cor.
5, 9. 1 Thess. 4, 11 παρακαλοῦμεν ὑμᾶς...
φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἡσυχάζειν κτλ. So Jos. Ant.
1ὅ. 9. ὅ. All. V. H. 9. 29. Diod. Sic. 1..1
init. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 3.

φιλοφρόνως, «ἀν. (φιλόφρων, in a
friendly-minded manner, kindly, courteously,
Acts 28, '7.—2 Macc. 3, 9. Plut. Solon 5.
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 4.

φιλόφρων, ovos, ὃ, ἡ, adj. (φίλος, φρήν;
friendly-minded, kind, courteous, 1 Pet. 3,
8 Rec. where later edit. ταπεινόφρων..----
Plut. Amator. 19. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6.

φιμόω, ὦ, f. dow, (φιμός,.) 1. to muz-
zle, as oxen treading out grain ; c. acc. 1 Cor.
9,9 et 1 Tim. 5, 18 οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλο-
évra, quoted from Deut. 25, 4 where Sept.
for DOM; see in art. Ἰλοάω.

764

φοβέω.

2. Trop. to muzzle, to stop the mouth, ts
put to silence; Pass. to be silenced, silent,
to hold one’s peace. a) Spoken of per-
sons, Matt. 22, 34 ὅτι ἐφίμωσε τοὺς Σαὃ-
δουκαίους. 1 Pet. 2,15. Pass. Matt. 22, 12.
Mark 1, 25 et Luke 4, 35 φιμώϑητι. So
Jos. B. J. 1. 22. 3. Luc. Mort. Peregr. 15.
Sext. Empir. adv. Logic. IL. 275. Ὁ) Of
winds and waves, Pass. to be still, hushed;
Mark 4, 39 πεφίμωσο. On this Perf. im-
perat. comp. Buttm. § 137. n. 13. So Jos.
de Mace. § 2 fin.

Φλέγων, ovos, 6, Philegon, pr. n. of a
Christian at Rome, Rom. 16, 14.

φλδγίζω, f. ἰσω, (φλόξ) to set on fire,
to burn up, pr. Sept. for OM> Ps. 97, 3.
Ecclus. 3, 80, Soph. Philoct. 1199.—In Ν,
T. trop. to inflame, to fire with ‘passion,
discord, hatred; spoken of the tongue, c.
acc. James 3, 6 bis.

φλόξ, yds, ἡ. (φλέγω,) @ flame, Luke
16, 24 ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ. So φλὸξ πυρός,
a flame of fire, flaming fire, Acts 7, 30.
Rev. 1, 14. 2, 18. 19, 12 ; ἐν πυρὶ φλογός
id. 2 Thess. 1, 8; comp. in πῦρ no. 1.
St for 39> Is. 29, 6; H3M> Joel 1, 19;
M22 Ex. 3,2. So Ecclus. 8, 13 ἐν πυρὶ
φλογός. Al. V. H. 5. 6. Xen. Cony. 2. 24,
—Of lightning, Heb. 1, 7 πυρὸς φλόγα,
quoted from Ps. 104, 4 where Heb. ©&

urd, Sept. Vatic. πῦρ φλέγον. Sept. fo

372 Is. 30, 30.

φλυαρέω, &, f. now, (φλύαρος,) to talk
nonsense, to prate, to trifle, intrans. Xschin.
Dial. Socr. 2. 16. Xen. An. 8. 1, 26.—In
N. T. c. ace. to prate about or against ;
3 John 10 λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς.

φλύαρος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (φλύω, Lat. fluo,)
pr. “ overflowing with talk ; hence Subst.
a silly talker, prater, trifler, 1 Tim. 5, 13.—
Arr. Epict. 3. 25. 8. Luc. Asin. 10. Plato
Ax. 369. b.

φοβερός, 4, dv, (φοβέω!) fearful, terrr-
ble, frightful; Heb. 10; 27 qoBeoa δέ τις
ἐκδοχὴ κρισέως. V. 31. 12,21. Sept. for
752 Gen. 28, 17. Deut. 10, 17.—Dem.
505. 12. Xen. An. 5.°2. 23.

φοβέω, &, f. how, (φόβος,) to put in
fear, to terrify, to frighten, Hdian. 1. 8. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 48 ai κάμηλοι ἐφόβουν τοὺς
tmmovs.—Oftener and in N. T. only Mid.
φοβέομαι, ovpat, Pass. aor. 1 ἐφοβήϑην
and fut. 1 φοβηϑήσομαι often in Mid. sense ;
pr.‘ to put oneself in fear,’ i.e. —

1. to fear, to be afraid, to be terrified, af-
frighted, either from fear simply or from
astonishment ; see Buttm. § 135. 3, 4, 5.

φοβεω

§ 136. 1, 2. In various constructions: ἃ)
Intrans. and absol. Rom. 13, 4 ἐὰν δὲ κακὸν
ποιῇς, φοβοῦ. So μὴ φοβοῦ fear not Mark
5, 36. Luke 1, 13, 30; μὴ φοβεῖσθε Matt.
14, 27. Mark 6, 50; ἐφοβοῦντο Mark 10,
32. 16,8; ἐφοβήθη Matt. 14, 30. Acts 22,
29; ἐφοβήϑησαν σφόδρα Matt. 17, 6. 27,
54. etc. Heb. 13, 6 κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηϑὸς καὶ
od φοβηϑήσομαι, quoted from Ps. 118, 6
where Sept. for 877; as also Gen. 15, 1.
50, 19. Ex. 2,14. (Paleph. 32.2. El. V.
H. 3. 48. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 30.) With ac-
cus. of a kindred noun ; comp. Buttm. ὁ 131.
4, Winer §32. 2; so 1 Pet. 3,14 τὸν δὲ
φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηϑῆτε, fear not their
fear, i. 6. which they would inspire. v. 6 μὴ
φοβ. μηδεμίαν mrénow. Emphat. Mark 4,
41 et Luke 2,9 ehoBn&ncav φόβον μέγαν.
b) Trans. c. acc. comp. Buttm. ᾧ 135. 3, 4, 5.
Winer ᾧ 39. 2. So c.ace. of person, Matt.
10, 26 μὴ οὖν φοβηϑῆτε αὐτούς. 14, 5 ἐφο-
βήϑη τὸν ὄχλον. Mark 12,12. Luke 20, 19.
John 9, 22. Acts 9,26. Rom, 18, 8 τὴν
ἐξουσίαν concr. Gal, 2, 12, al. Sept. for
x77 Num. 21, 34. Deut. 3, 2. (Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 16. 3. Xen. Hi. 2. 18.) With acc.
of thing, τὸ διάταγμα Heb. 11, 23; τὸν Sv-
μὸν τοῦ βασιλέως ν. 27; μηδέν Rev. 2, 10.
So Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2." Plut. Galba 22.
Xen. Hell. 4. 4.8; ri Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 22.
c) With ἀπό ¢. gen. to fear from, to be
afraid of any one; Matt. 10, 28 μὴ φο-
Beige ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτενόντων τὸ σῶμα.
Luke 12,4. Sept. for 12 877 Deut. 1, 29.
Lev. 26,2. Ps. 3, 5; 72 [MM Jer. 10, 2,

d) With “μή, lest ; Acts 27,17 φοβούμενοί.

τε; μὴ εἰς τὴν σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσι. Also c.

μήπως id. vy. 29. 2 Cor. 11, 3. 12, 20, Gal.
4, 11 φοβοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μήπως «rr. i. e. as to
you; 6. μήποτε id. Heb. 4, 1. So c. μή
Hdian. 1. 14. 27. Thue. 1. 36. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 10; μήποτε Sept. Gen. 32, 11. e)
With an infin. to fear to do any thing, to
scruple, to hesitate ; Matt. 1, 20 Bi) φοβη-
ϑῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαριὰμ τὴν γυναῖκά σου. 2,
22. Mark 9, 32. Luke 9, 45. Sept. for
δι Gen. 19, 30. 46, 3. Ex. 34, 30. So
Plut. Galba 27. Xen. An. 1. 3.17.

2. Morally, to fear, to reverence, to honour,
c.accus. a) Genr. Mark 6, 20 ἐφοβεῖτο
τὸν Ἰωάννην. Eph. 5, 33 ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν
ἄνδρα. Sept. and 873 Lev. 19, 3. Josh. 4,
14. So Plut. Galba 3. Hdian. 3. 13. 6.
Ὁ) Spec. τὸν ϑεὸν v. τὸν κύριον φοβεῖσϑαι,
to fear God, to reverence, 6. g. to stand in
awe of God, the punisher of wrong, so as
not to do evil; Luke 18,2 τὸν Sedv μὴ φο-
Bovpevos, καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος. V.
4. 23, 40. Col. 3 22. 1 Pet. 2,17. (Sept.

765

Φοίβη

Ex. 1, 17. 21. Lev. 19, 14.) Also by
Hebr. in the sense of religious awe, piety,
i. 4. to worship, to adore God; Luke 1, 50
καὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ... τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐ-
τόν. Acts 10, 2. 22.35, Rev. 11,.18.. 14,7.
15, 4. 19,5. So οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν ϑεόν,
i. 4. proselytes, Acts 13, 16. 26; comp, in
σέβω. Sept. and 873 Deut. 4, 10, 29.
1 Sam. 12, 14. ete) + Ἵ

φόβητρον, ov, τό, (φοβέω,) something
fearful, a fearful sight, terrible portent ; ;
Luke 21, 11 φόβητρά re καὶ σημεῖα ἀπ᾽ ob
pavov. Sept. for xsm Is. 19, 17.—Anth
Gr, III. p. 45. Luc. Philopatr. 9. Plato Ax.
367. a.

φόβος, ov, ὁ, (φέβομαι,) Ἧ fear, terror,
affright ; Matt, 14, 26 ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου expa-
fay. Luke 1, 12 φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
2, 9 ἐφόβήϑησαν φόβον μέγαν, see in do-
βέω 1.8. 8,37. 21,26. Rom. 8, 15. 2 Cor. 7,
5 φόβοι, fears. v.11. 1 Tim. 5, 20. 1 John
4, 18 ter. With gen. of pers. or thing
feared, i. e. which inspires fear; Matt. 28,
4 ἀπὸ δὲ rod φόβου αὐτοῦ sc. τοῦ ἀγγέλου.
John 7, 18. 19, 88. 20, 19. 1 Pet. 3, 14
comp. in φοβέω no. 1. ἃ. Heb. 2, 15 φ. rod
Savarov. Rev. 18,10. 15. Meton. α terror,
an object of fear, Rom. 13, 8. Sept. for
mx Gen. 9, 2. Jon. 1, 10. 15; amp Deut.
11, 25; φόβοι for p»a5K Job 20, 25. So
Hdian. 1. 14. 19. Dem. '798. 3. Xen. An. 2.
2. 19, 21.—Spec. with the idea of astonis-
ment, amazement ; Matt. 28, 8 μετὰ dB w
καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης. Mark 4, 41. Luke 1, 65.
5, 26. 7, 16. Acts 2,43. 5,5. 11.19, 17.
Rey. 11, 11.

2. Ina moral sense, fear, reverence, re-
spect, honour ; e. g. towards persons, Rom.
13, 7 bis, ἀπόδοτε οὖν πᾶσι τὰς dpedds ...
τῷ τὸν φόβον, φόβον. Elsewhere of God
or Christ, φόβος τοῦ ϑεοῦ ν. κύριου, i. 6. ἃ
deep and reverential feeling of accounta-
bility to God or Christ; 2 Cor. 5,11 εἰδότες
οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου κτλ. 7, 1. Eph. 5,
21 ὑποτασσόμενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ Χρι-
στοῦ. Simply, with rod Seod or the like
impl. 1 Pet. 2,18 comp. Eph. 5, 21. Jude
23. Intens. ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ, 1 Cor.
2, 3. 2 Cor. 7, 1ὅ. Phil. 2, 12, Eph. 6, ὅ.
(Sept. for mays 2 Chr. 19, 9. Ps. 2, 11;
snmp Ps. 36, 1.) By Hebr. i. q. felipe,
piety, φ. τοῦ κύριου Acts 9, 31; φ. τοῦ Seod
Rom. 3, 18; simpl. 1 Pet. 1, 17. 3, 2.15.
Sept. for F757 MX" Ps. 19, 10. Prov. 1, 7.
29. 8,13. So Ecclus. 1, 12. 18. 40, 26.

Φοίβη, ns, ἡ, Phebe, pr. n. of a Chris-
tian female, an almoner (ἡ διάκονος) in the
church at Cenchrea, whom Paul, writing

Φοινίκη

from Corinth, commends to the church at
Rome, Rom. 16, 1.

Φοινίκη, ys, ἡ, (φοίνιξ,) Phenicia,
Phenice, a narrow tract of country on the
éastern shore of the Mediterranean, north
of Palestine ; according to Greek and Ro-
man writers, terminating on the north at
the river Eleutherus, nearly opposite» the
little island Aradus; and extending on the
south as far as Dora, or even to Pelusium ;
though according to the Scriptures all the
country, south of Tyre belonged: to the
Hebrew jurisdiction ;-comp. in Τύρος. The
Phenicians were the most celebrated com-
mercial nation of antiquity; their chief
cities were Tyre and Sidon; and they plan-
ted many colonies, among others Carthage.
Other cities were Byblus, Orthosias, Bery-
tus now Beirat.. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
ΤΙ. i. p. 1 sq. Winer Realw. art. Phdnicien.
—Acts 11, 19. 15, 3. 21, 2,

φοίνιξ, ixos, 6, (sometimes φοῖνιξ.) @
palm-tree, the date-palm, Phenix dactylifera
of Linnzus, one of the princes of the vege-
table kingdom. ‘The palm is a lofty tree,
consisting of a straight scaly trunk, crowned
with a spreading evergreen tuft of long
narrow leaves. It was anciently very abun-
dant in Palestine, particularly around Jeri-
cho, which was thence called the City of
Palms, ΘΙ ΠΣ, Sept. πόλιες φοινίκων,
Deut. 34, 8. Judg. 1,.16. 2 Chr. 28, 1ὅ:;
comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 1. ib. 15. 4. 2. al,
Hence on Jewish and Roman coins, the
palm sometimes appears as the emblem of
Palestine. Its fruit is the date, a great
article of food in oriental countries. The
boughs, called also palms, were borne in
the hands or strewed in the way on seasons
of rejoicing ; so John 12, 13. Rev..7,; 95
comp. 1 Macc. 13,51. Sept. for sam 1].
οὐ. Neh. 8, 17.—2 Mace. 10,7. Jos. B. J. 4.
8. 3. Diod. Sic. 2. 53. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 22.

Φοίνιξ, wos, ἡ, Phenix, a city on the
S. E. coast of Crete, with a harbour, Acts
27, 12. :

φονεύς, ἕως, ὃ; (φονεύω,) a manslayer,
murderer, Matt. 22, '7. Acts 8,14. 7,52.
28; 4. 1 Pet. 4,15. Rev. 21,8. 22, 15.—
Wisd. 12, 5. Hdian, 3. 12. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4.
6. 6.

φονεύω, f. evow, (φόνος,) to kill a per-
son, 26 slay, to murder ; absol. οὐ φονεύσεις
Matt. 5, 21. 19,18. Rom. 13, 93; μὴ φονεύ-
ons Mark 10,19. Luke 18,20. James 2,11.
(Sept. for may Ex. 20, 13. Deut. 5, 17.)

Genr. Matt. 5, 21. James 2, 11. 4,2 see in —

766

φορτίον
(pd no. 8. . With an accus. Matt. 23, 31
τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας. v. 35.
James 5, 6. Sept. for τὴ Deut. 4, 42.
Josh. 20, 5. 65 aan Neh. 4, 11.—Hdian. 1.
17. 25. Diod. Sic. 20. 22. Xen. Mem. 1.
2.11. ;

φόνος; ov, 6, (obs. φένω,) a killing οἱ
men, murder, slaughter; Mark 15, Π φόνον
πεποιήκεισαν. Luke 28, 19. 25 στάσιν καὶ
φόνον. Acts 9,1. Rom. 1, 29. Heb. 11, 37
ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας. Plur. φόνοι, murders
Matt. 15, 19. Mark '7, 21. Gal. 5, 21. Rev.
9,21. Sept. for ἘΠ bloodshed Ex. 22, 2.
Prov. 1, 18; φ. ποιεῖν Deut. 22,8; φ. pa-
xatpas for 33" Ex. 17, 13. Deut. 13,
15.—2 Mace. 4, 35. Ail. V. H. 2. 117. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3. 65.

φορέω, ὦ, f. ἡφω, (φέρω,) pr. frequenta-
tive, implying the repetition or continuance
of the simple action expressed by φέρω,
Passow s. ν. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 585; to bear
about. with or on oneself, to wear, c. acc.
Matt. 11, 8 τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες. John 19,
5 στέφανον. Rom. 13, 4 τὴν μάχαιραν.
1 Cor, 15, 49 bis. James 2, 3 τὴν ἐσϑῆτα.
—Ecclus. 11, 3. Pol. 6. 22. 1. Xen. Cc.
17, 3.

φύρον, ov, τό, Lat. forum, only in pr. n.
Φόρον ᾿Αππίου, Forum Appii, a small town
on the Appian way, Acts 28, 15; see fully
in "Amos,

φόρος, ov, ὃ, (épw,) pr. ‘what is borne,
brought in; hence, a tax, tribute, laid upon
persons and their property annually, in dis-

_ tinction from τέλος toll, which was more usu-

ally levied on merchandise and travellers;
Luke 20, 22 φόρον δοῦναι. 23,2. Rom. 13, 6
φόρους τελεῖτε. ν. 7 bis. Sept. for on
Judg. 1, 30. 2 Sam. 20, 243 ma Ezra 4,
20.—1 Mace. 3, 31 φ. τῶν χωρῶν. Jos. Ant.
17. 11. 2 φόρους ἐπιβαλλομένους ἑκάστοις
τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἔτος. Hdian. 6. 2. 3. Xen. Conv. 4. 32.

φορτίζω, f. ἰσω, (φόρτος,) to burden, to
load, to lay ἃ burden upon any one, pr.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 289. ult.—In N. T. trop.
of the burden of the Jewish ritual, with two
ace. Luke 11, 46 φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
φορτία δυσβάστακτα, comp. Buttm. ὁ 131. 5.
Winer § 32. 4. Pass. Part. Matt. 11, 28
of κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, ye weary
and heavy laden, sc. with the burden of sin
and suffering. |

φορτίον, ov, τό, (φόρτος.) α burden,
load; a dimin. in form but not in. sense,
comp. Buttm. § 119. n, 15.,

1. Spoken of a ship, the lading, freight,
cargo, Acts 27, 10 in later edit. for φόρτοι

φορτος 707

in Rec.—Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 8. Xen. Cc.

$.12. Genr. SepteIs. 46,1. Al. V. A. 9.

14. Xen. Mem. 8. 13. 6..

2. Trop. 4) Of the Jewish ceremo-
nial law as a burden upon its followers
Matt. 23, 4. Luke 11, 46 bis; comp. in
φορτίζω. Of the precepts and requisitions
of Christ, in antithesis, Matt. 11,30; comp.
in ζυγύς. So Act, Thom. § 28. Diog. Laert.
7. 5. 4 αὐτὸς μόνος δύνασϑαι βαστάσαι Σή-
νωνος φορτίον. b) Of the burden of one’s
faults, sins, Gal. 6, 5.. Comp, Sept. and
x2 Ps, 38, 5.

opt 0S, ov, 6, (φέρω,) pr. ‘what is
borne,’ a. burden, load; 6. g. of a :ship,
lading, freight, cargo, Acts 27,10 Ree.
see in φορτίον no, 1.—Luc. Navig. 18 τὸ
πλοῖον... καὶ ὁ φόρτος. Soph. Trach. 537.

Φορτ. ουνάτος, ov, 6, Fortunatus, pr. n.
of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16, 17.

φραγέλλιον, ov, τό, Lat. flagellum, a
whip, scourge, John 2, 15. See in ἱμάς no.
2.—Schol. in Aristoph. Acharn. 724, ἵμαν-
τας δέ, λώρους, φραγελλια. Hesych. σκυ-
τάλαι" τῶν ὄχεων φραγέλλια, λῶροι.

φραγελλόω, ὦ, f. ὦσω, (φραγέλλιον,)
Lat. flagello, to flagellate, to scourge, c. ace.
Matt. 27, 26. Mark 15,15. See in ἱμάς
no. 2.—Test. XII Patr. p. 728 φραγελλώ-
σας pe.

φραγμός, ov, 6, (φράσσω.) a fence, a
hedge, as inclosing any thing ; 6. g. @ thorn-
hedge around a vineyard, besides. which
there was usually a wall; Matt. 21,33 φρα-
γμὸν αὐτῷ περιέθηκε. Mark 12,1; comp.
Is. 5,2. 5 where Sept. for P32 and 35029.
Luke 14, 23 εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς,
into the highways and hedges, i. 6. the nar-
row ways among the vineyards. Trop.
Eph. 2, 14, see in μεσότοιχον. Sept. also
for "3A Num. 22, 24. Ecc. 10, 8,—Plut.
Cimon 10 τῶν ἀγρῶν τοῦς φραγμοὺς ἀφεῖ-
λεν. Xen. Venat. 11. 4.

φράζω, f. dow, to say, to speak, to tell,
to declare in words, c. acc. Luc. D. Deor.
6.2. Plut. Theseus 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.
15.—In N. T. to tell, to explain, to inter-
pret, c. acc. τὴν παραβολήν Matt. 13, 36.
15,15; Sept. for 773 Job 6, 24; Mn
Job 12, 8.—Jos. Vit. § 59. Ceb. Tab. 33.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 11.

TW V. -TTO, f. Ew, to inclose with

a fence, hedge, wall, for protection, to fence
around, to hedge in, c. ace. Sept. for 73
Hos, 2, 6. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 25; a city with
walls, 9 fortifye Hdian. 8. 2.13; a defile
with troops, to shut up, Plat. Cato Maj. 13.

φρίσσω

So the ears with wax, fo slop, τὰ ὦτα, Sept.
for Ὡς Prov. 21,13. Luc. Nigr. 19.—In
N. T. only in reference to the mouth, φράσ-
σειν τὸ στόμα, to slop the mouth, viz.

1. Pr. as of wild beasts, Heb. 11, 33
ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων, ἱ. 6. rendered
them harmless, powerless ; comp. Dan. 6,
22.—M. Antonin. 12. 1, ὁ δὲ Φύλιος περι-
βαλὼν. τὸν βραχίονα τῇ ἐσϑῆτι, ἡ ἐφόρει,
ἔφραξέ τε τὸ στόμα τοῦ λέοντος. Ding.
Laert. 5. 5. ,

2. Trop. i, 4: to silence, to put to silence;
Rom. 3, 19 ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ. So
2 Cor. 11,10 ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγή-
σεται.---ῷ Mace. 14, 86. So ἐμφράσσειν
τὸ στόμα Dem. 406. 5.

φρέαρ, aros, τό, a well, pil, cistern, for
water, dug in the earth, and thus strictly
distinguished from πηγή a fountain; though
a well may also be called a foun/ain ; comp.
in πηγή no. 2, and Heb. Lex. art. ἜΣ.
Luke 14, 5, John 4,11 τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαϑύ.
v. 12, Sept. for "82 Gen. 16, 14. 26, 15.
18 sq. So Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 7. Lue, Demon.
22. Xen. An. 4. 2. 25.—Trop. of any pit,
abyss, e. g. in Hades, the bottomless. pit,
Rev. 9, 1.2 ter. Sept. φρέαρ διαφϑορᾶς
for mind “RA Ps. 55, 24.

φρεναπατάω, ὦ, f. now, (φρήν, ἀπα-
τάω,) to deceive the mind of any one; genr.
to deceive, c. acc. Gal. 6, 3 ἑαυτὸν &.—He-
sych. φρεναπατᾷ᾽ χλευάζει. Not found in
classic writers.

φρεναπάτης, ov, 6, (ppevararda,) a
mind-deceiver; genr. a deceiver, seducer,
Tit. 1, 10.—Etymol. Mag. 811. 3. Not
found in classic writers.

φρήν, evds, ἡ, the diaphragm, midriff,
separating the heart and. lungs from. the
abdomen, βοῦν]. Prom. 881; Plur. Plato
Tim. 70. a. Meton. the heart and parts
about the heart, the breast, Lat. precordia,
Hom. Il. 10. 10. ib. 13. 493.—Hence,. as
the supposed seat of all mental emotions
and faculties, usually and in N.'T. meton.
the mind, the soul, including the intellect,
disposition, feelings ; 3 1 Cor. 14, 20 bis, μὴ
παιδία γίνεσϑε ταῖς pag «ταῖς δὲ φρεσὶ
τέλειοι γίνεσθε. Sept. for = Prov. 7, 7.
9, 4.—Hdian. 3. 11. 17. Dem. 780. 21 νοῦ
καὶ φρενῶν ἀγαϑῶν καὶ προνοίας πολλῆς.
Xen. Cony. 8. 30.

φρίσσω v. -ττω, f. ξω, (φρίξ) to be
rough, ruffled, uneven, with bristling points,
to brisile; e. g. a field with ears of grain,
Hom. Π. 23. 599; an army with spears,
Il. 13. 339, Spec. of the hair, to brisile.

φρονέω

to stand on end, Hes. Op. 538 or 542;
also of animals, 9 bristle up the hair or
mane, Hes. Scut. 391. Plut. Aristid. 18.
—In N. T. of persons, to shudder, to quake,
from fear or aversion, in which the skin
becomes rough and pimpled, and the hair
Stands on end; absol. James 2,19 ra δαι-
μόνια...φρίσσουσι.. So Sept. Dan. 7, 15.
Judith 16, 8. Plut. de Puer. educ. 13... Dem,
332. 11 πεφρικὼς ἀκούω.

φρονέω, ὦ, f. How, (φρήν,) expressing
the action of the φρήν, φρένες, i. e. of the
mind, heart, will; so to have mind, intellect,
to think, to be compos mentis, Hom. Il. 6. 79.
fl. V. H. 14. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 12.—
In N. T. and usually, to mind, to be minded,
to have in mind, to be disposed or inclined
in any way; spoken generally of any act
or emotion of the mind.

1. Genr. to think, to mean, to be of opi-
nion; with ace. of thing implying manner
of thinking, Acts 28, 22 ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς.
Rom. 12, 8 map’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν. 1 Cor. 4, 6.
Gal..5, 10.. Phil. 1, 7 τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ
ὑμῶν. With an adv. or the like, 1 Cor. 13,
11 ὡς νήπιος ἐφρόνουν. Rom. 12, 8 φρονεῖν
εἰς τὸ owppoveiv.—Wisd. 14, 30. Jos. B. J.
5. '7. 4 οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς φρονεῖν. Hdian.4. 4. 1
ra ἐναντία. Dem. 319. 27. Thuc. 6, 36
κακῶς. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8.

2. As including the affections, en
lo be minded, to think, to be disposed in mind,
c. accus. a) Genr. Phil. 2, 5 τοῦτο yap
φρονεῖσϑω ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ ἐν Χριστῷ, i. 6. let the
same mind be in you as in Christ. Phil. 8,
15 bis. Rom. [11, 20.] 12, 16 τὰ ὑψηλὰ
φρονεῖν, see in ὑψηλός no. 2. (So μέγα
φρονεῖν Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 15. 1. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.
26.) In the phrase τὸ αὐτό v. τὸ ἕν φρο-
νεῖν, to be of one mind, one accord, to
think the same thing, Rom. 12, 16. 15,
6.2 Cor. 13, 11.
4,2. So ra αὐτά Jos. B..J. 5. 7.45 τὸ
αὐτό Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 20. .Hdot. 1. 60.
Ὁ) Spec. to think, to mind, to favour, pr. to set
the mind and affections upon; c. ace. Matt.
16, 23 et Mark 8,33 οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Seod,
ἀλλ᾽ τὰ τῶν ἀνπρώπων. Rom. 8,5 φ. ra τῆς
σαρκός. Phil. 8, 19 τὰ ἐπίγεια. Col. 8, 2 τὰ
ἄνω. 8501 Macc. 10, 20 φ. τὰ ἡμῶν. Jos.
Β. J. 5. 18..1. Hdian. 8. 6. 13. Xen, Hell.
4, 8. 24.

3. to mind, to regard, to care fobs with
ὑπέρ τινος Phil. 4, 10 bis. So 2 Mace. 14, 8.
—Spec. of time, to regard, to keep, τὴν ‘ne
pav Rom. 14, 6 quater; comp. Gal. 4, 1

φρόνημα, atos, τό, (φρονέω.) pr. aN
one has in mind, what one thinks, feels,

768

Phil. 2, 2 bis. 3, 16>

φρυασσω
wills ν᾽ hence, mind, thought, will; Rom

8, 27. οἶδε τί. τὸ φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος.

v. 6 bis. 7 τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκός κτλ..----
Jos. B. J. 4..6..1. Diod. Sic. 20.12. Dem.
173; 23. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.:13.

φρόνησις, εως, 7) (φρονέω) a minding,
thinking, intention to do so or so, Soph.
Cid. T. 664.—In N. T.

1. mind, disposition, intention, i. e. the
mode of thinking and feeling ; Luke 1, 17
ἐν φρονήσει Stxaiay.—Luc, Amor. 47 ἡ
Seois γείτων ἡρωϊκὴ φρόνησις.

2. understanding, insight, prudence ; Eph.
1, 8 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ φρονήσει. Sept. for
M372 Prov. 1, 2. 7,4: AZIM Prov. 3, 13.
8,1; ΠΏΞΙ 1K. 3, 28. 4, 29,—Jos. Ant.
8. 7. 5. Luc. Haley. 6. Xen, Mem. 1. 2.
10. Cic. de Off. 1. 43 “prudentia enim,
quam Greci φρόνησιν dicunt, est rerum ex-
petendarum fugiendarumque scientia.”

φρόνιμος, ἡ, ov, (φρονέω,) having mind,
thinking, prudent, wise ; Matt. Ἴ, 24 ὅμοι-
ὦσω αὐτὸν ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ. 10, 16. 24, 45.
25, 2.4.8.9. Luke 12,42. 1 Cor. 4, 10.
10, 15. Comparat. φρονιμώτερος Luke 16,
8. Also παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι; wise in their
own conceit, Rom. 11, 25. 12, 16%» impl.
2 Cor. 11,19. Sept. for 2 1 K. 3, 12;
wap’ ἑαυτῷ Prov. 8,7; nee) Prov. 14, 6.
18, 15.—Ceb. Tab. 3. Plut. Cato Maj. 9.
Xen, Mem. 2. 3. 1. ib. 4. 8. 11.

φρονίμως, adv. (φρόνιμος;). with mind,
thinkingly, prudently, wisely, Luke 16, 8.—
Xen. Ag. 1. 17.

φροντίζω, f. iow, (φροντίς, ppovea,
φρήν.) to take thought, to be thoughiful,
provident; to take care, to be watchful;
c. inf. Tit. 3, 8 ἵνα φροντίζωσι καλῶν
ἔργων προΐστασθαι. Sept. c. gen. for 36M
Ps. 40, 18.—2 Mace. 2, 26. Xen. Mem. 3.
11. 12; c. ἵνα Pol. 2. 8. 8.

φρουρέω, ὦ, f. jow, (φρουρός, προ-
οράω,) to watch, to keep watch, absol. Thuc.

8. 35.—In N. T. and genr.

1. to watch, to guard, to keep; 6. g. of a
military watch, c. acc. 2 Cor. 11, 32 6
eSvdpyns ... ἐφρούρησε τὴν πόλιν. ‘Trop.

as_of a prisoner, Gal. 3, 23.—Judith 3, 6.

Jos. B, J. 3.8. 1.
Cyr. 1. 2. 12.

2. Trop. to keep, to preserve in any state ;
Phil. 4, 7 ras καρδίας ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ.
Pass. 1 Pet. 1, 5 τοὺς φρορουμένους εἰς σω-
tnpiav.—Pr. Eurip. Ion 98.

φρυάσσω v. -ττὼ, f. 2, (kindr. βρύω,
βρνάζω,) in classic writers only Mid. depon

_ Hdian. 2. 13. 8. Xen.

φρύγανον

φρυάσσομαι V. -ττομαι, to rage, to be fierce,
pr. ofanimals, as of horses high-spirited and

fierce, Callim. Hymn. in Lay. Pall, 2. Plut. .

Lycurg. 22 ὥσπερ ἵπποις γαυριῶσι καὶ
φρυαττομένοις πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας. Of per-
sons acting with pride and_insolence,
2 Mace. 7, 34. 3 Mace. 2, 2. Diod. Sic. 4.
74.—In N. T. once in the Active voice,
aor. 1, 0 rage, to make a noise and tumult,
intrans. Acts 4, 25 ivari ἐφρύαξαν ἔϑνη,
quoted from Ps, 2, 1 where Sept. for Ὁ.

φρύγανον, ov, τό, (φρύγω, φρύσσω.) a
dry stick or twig ; Plur. dry. sticks, brush-
wood ; Acts 28, 8 φρυγάνων πλῆϑος. Sept.
for GP Is. 40, 24. 47, 14.—Theophr. H.
Plant. 1. 5. Hdian. 4. 2.21. Xen. An. 4.
3. 11 φρυγάνα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ.

φρυγία, ας, ἡ, Phrygia, an inland pro-
vince of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Bithy-
nia and Galatia; E. by Cappadocia and Ly-
caonia; S. by Lycia, Pisidia and Isauria ;
and W. by Caria, Lydia and Mysia. Acts
2,10. 16,6. 18,23. [1 Tim. 6, 23.] In
early times, Phrygia was divided into Phry-
gia Major on the South, and Phrygia Minor
on the Northwest. The Romans divided it
mto three parts; Phrygia Salutaris on the
East; Phrygia Pacatiana on the West ; and
Phrygia Katakekaumene in the Middle.
The cities of Phrygia mentioned in N. T.
are Laodicea, Hierapolis, and Colosse ; An-
tioch of Pisidia was also within its limits.
Hdian. 1. 11. 3. Xen. An.-1. 2. 6sq. See
Strabo 12. p. 571,576. Cellar. Not. Orb. IL
p. 123 sq. 144-149. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
I. ii. p. 202 sq.

φύγελλος, ov, ὁ, Phygellus, pr. n. of a
man who deserted Paul, 2 Tim..1, 15.

φυγή, is, ἡ, (Pebyo,) a fleeing. light,
Matt. 24, 20. Mark 13, 18. Sept. for Ὁ")
Jer. 49, 23; 0199 Jer. 25, 35.—2 Macc.
12, 22. Hdisn. 7. 12. 10. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28.

φυλακή, fis, ἡἧ, (φυλάσσω,) watch,
guard, i. e.

1. Pr. the act of keeping watch, guard-
ing; Luke 2, 8 φυλάσσοντες φυλακάς,
watching watches, i. e. keeping watch or
guard, excubias agentes ; see Buttm. ὁ 181.
4. Sept. for ΠΛ Θ "28 Num. 1, 53. 3,
7. 29 sq.—So φυλακὰς pudarrew Xen. An.
2. 6. 10. Cyr. 8. 6. 14. Plato Phedr. 240.
e; and genr. Pol. 6. 35.1. Xen. Cyr. 8.2. 3.

2. Meton. of persons set to watch, ἃ
watch, guard, collect. guards; Acts 12, 10
διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν.
—Jos. B. J. 6. 2 ὅ. Dion. Hal. Ant, 1.
86. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 33.

49

769

φυλακή

3. Meton. the place where watch is kept,
e.g. a) ἃ walch-post, station, pr. Sept.
for M7909 Hab. 2, 1. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 49.
Comp. Bar. 3, 34. In N. T. trop. of Baby-
lon as the watch-post, station, haunt of de-
mons and unclean birds, where they resort
and hold their vigils, Rev. 18, 2 bis. Comp.
Is, 34, 11 sq. Jer. 50, 39. 51, 37. Others
i. q. hold, den, cage, in which they are im-
prisoned, as in lett. b; but less well. _b)
Of the place where any one is watched,
guarded, ward, custody, a prison, genr.
Matt. 5, 25 εἰς φυλακὴν βληϑήσῃ. 14, 3
ero ἐν φυλακῇ. V. 10 ἀπεκεφάλισε τὸν Ἰω-
άννην ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ. 18, 30. 25, 36. 39. 43.
44. Mark 6, 17. 28. Luke 3, 20. 12, 58.
21, 12, 22, 33. 23, 19. 25. John 3, 24.
Acts 5, 19 ras Supas τῆς φυλακῆς. v. 22. 25.
8, 3. 12, 4.5.6. 17. 16, 23. 24, 27. 37.-40.
22,4. 26,10. Rev. 2,10. Spec. for im-
prisonment, 2 Cor. 6, 5. 11, 23. Heb, 11,
36. Sept. genr. for "22 Gen. 40, 3 sq.
Ley. 24, 12; "09 Neh. 3, 25; 822 M72
1 K. 22, 27. So Arr. Epict. 1. 29 eis φυ-
λακήν σε βαλῶ. Diod. Sic. 4. 46 αὐτὴν ἐκ
τῆς φυλακῆς ἀφιεῖσαν.---Ῥοοῖ. of the bot-
tomless pit, abyss, Tartarus, as the prison
of demons and the souls of wicked men,
1 Pet. 3,19. Rev. 20,7; comp. 2 Pet. 2,
4 and Jude 6. See in ταρταρόω, and comp.
Act. Thom. § 10.

4. Meton. of time, a watch of the night,
a division of the night during which one
watch of soldiers kept guard, and were then
relieved; Luke 12, 38 bis, ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ
φυλακῇ, καὶ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ. Matt. 14,
25 τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτός. 24, 43.
Mark 6, 48. The ancient Ηθῆγοννβ, and
probably the Greeks, divided the night into
three watches of four hours each, Heb.
MTOR , Sept. φυλακή, Judg. 7, 19. Ps.
90, 6; see Heb. Lex. art. myawx. Bux-
torf Lex. Chald. 2454. Sturz Lex. Xenoph.
art. φυλακή no. 4. Potter’s Gr. Ant. IL p.
74. Wetst. N. T. ad Matt. 14, 25. But
after the Jews came under the dominion of
the Romans, they made like them four
watches of about three hours each. These
were either numbered first, second, third,
fourth, as above ; or were also called ὀψέ,
μεσονύκτιον, ἀλεκτοροφωνία, πρωΐ; see
Mark 13, 35, and these articles respect-
ively. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 333.
Dict. of Antt. art. Castra p. 250. Veget. R.
M. 3. 8, “in quatuor partes ad clepsydram
sunt divise vigilie, ut non amplius quam
tribus horis nocturnis necesse sit vigilare.’

-Censorin. de Die natal. 23. Jerome ad Matt.

14, “ Stationes et vigiliz in terna horarum

φυλακίζω

spatia dividuntur.” See in art. τετράδιον.
—Jos. Ant. 18. 9. 6 περὶ φ. τετάρτην. Arr.
Exp. Al. M. 5. 24. 2. Diod. Sic. 18. 40
περὶ τὴν δευτέραν p. Xen. An. 4. 1. 5.

φυλακίζω, f. ico, (φυλακή,) to put in
ward, to imprison, c. acc. Acts 22, 19.—
Wisd. 18, 4. Act. Thom. § 45 ὁ φυλακι-
ζόμενος ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ. Not found in clas-
sic writers.

φυλακτήριον, ov, τό, (φυλακτήρ, φυ-
λάσσω,) α watch-post, guarded place, Hdot.
5. 52. Pol. 8. 17. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 12.
Trop. protection, safe-guard, Dem. 71. 24.
Plut. Arat. 25; hence, an amulet, Plut. de
Is. et Osir. 65, 68. Horapoll. 1. 24.—In
N. T. Plur. τὰ φυλακτήρια, phylacteries,
Heb. niswiv prayer-fillets, later Heb. y3bpm
prayers, i. e. strips of parchment on which
are written various sentences of the Mosaic
law, (as Ex. 13, 1-10. 11-16. Deut. 6, 4-9.
11, 13-21,) and which the Jews since the
exile are accustomed to bind in different
ways around the forehead and left arm
while at prayer, following a literal interpre-
tation of Ex. 13, 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 18.
The Rabbins have many minute precepts re-
specting them. See Heb. Lex. art. mMipoin.
Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1743. Wetst. N. T. I.
p. 481. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 13.—Matt. 23, 5
πλατύνουσι δὲ τὰ φυλακτήρια, see Lightf.
Hor. Heb. in loc.

φύλαξ, axos, ὁ, (φυλάσσω,) a watcher,
keeper, guard; Acts 5, 23. 12, 6. 19. Sept.
for =} Gen. 4, 9. Is. 62, 6.—Hdian. 3. 3.
12. Xen. Ath. 3. 4.

φυλάσσω ν. -ττω, f. ξω, to watch, not
to sleep, Hom. Od. 20. 53 ; to keep watch by
night, Hom. Od. 5. 466. ib. 22. 195.—In N. T.

1. Intrans. to watch, to keep watch, c. acc.
of the kindred noun; Luke 2, 8 φυλάσσον-
τες φυλακάς. See fully in φυλακή no. 1.

2. Trans. 6. acc. to watch, to guard, to
keep, e. g. a) Persons or things from
escape or violence; persons, Luke 8, 29
edecpeiro ... φυλασσομένος. Acts 12, 4 φ.
αὐτόν sc. τὸν Πέτρον. 28, 16; ἐν τῷ πραιτω-
ρίῳ 23, 35. Acc. ri, Luke 11, 21. Acts
22,20 ra ἱμάτια, Sept. for sav 1 Sam.
19, 11. Gen. 2, 15. 3,24. So τινά Hdian.
1.17. 3. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 40; ri, Paleph.
19. 1. Al. V. H. 2. 4. Xen. Ag. 4. 1.
b) Of persons or things kept in safety,
to keep, to preserve, e. g. persons, John 17,
12 ods δέδωκάς por ἐφύλαξα. 2 Pet. 2, 5;
ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους Jude 24; ἀπὸ τοῦ πονη-

pod 2 Thess. 3,3. Acc. ri, 1 Tim. 6, 20..

2 Tim. 1,14; ¢. εἰς ἡμέραν 2 Tim. 1, 12;
εἰς ζωήν John 12, 25. Sept. for “at

770

φύλλον

Prov. 6, 22, Ex. 23, 20; ¢. ἀπό for ja Ὁ
Ps. 141, 9. So τινά Wisd. 19; 6, Hdian. 4.
4.9; 6. ἀπό Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 7; τί Dem.
25. 233; 6. εἰς καιρόν AB. V. H. 9, 21.
c) Mid. and once Reflex. to keep oneself
from or as to any thing, to be on one’s
guard, to beware of, to avoid; e.g. with
ἀπό τινος, once reflex. 1 John 5, 21 φυλά.
are ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων. Mid. Luke
12, 15. (Reflex. Test. XII Patr. p. 648.
Mid. Ecclus. 22, 26. Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 9.)
Mid. c. accus. to guard against, to beware
of, Acts 21, 25. 2 Tim. 4, 15 ὃν καὶ σὺ φυ-
λάσσου. Winer ᾧ 32. p. 255. (Jos. Β. J. 4.
9. 11. Hdian. 3. 5. 9. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 14.)
With iva py, 2 Pet. 3, 17 φυλάσσεσϑε, iva
μὴ ... ἐκπέσητε κτλ. So ὅπως μή Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 37; μή Epict. Ench, 34.

3. Trop. to keep, to observe, not to violate,
e. g. precepts, laws, c. acc. Luke 11, 28 τὸν
λόγον τοῦ Seod. Acts 7,53. 16,4 τὰ δόγμα-
ta. 21,24 τὸν νόμον. Rom. 2,26. Gal. 6, 13.
1 Tim. 5,21. [John 12,47.] Mid. πάντα ταῦ-
τα ἐφυλαξάμην, all these have I kept of my
self, Matt. 19, 20. Mark 10, 20. Luke 18, 21.
Sept. for "28 Ps. 105, 45. Prov. 4, 4. sep.
ὍΣΣ Prov. 6,20; 320 1K. 11, 36; ΠῺΣ
Deut. 5, 15.—Ecclus. 21, 11. Hidian. 1. 7.
12. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 30.

φυλή, jis, ἡ, (φῦλον, φύω,) a kindred,
race, tribe, descended from a common an-
cestor, i. q. φῦλον.

1. ἃ race, people, nation; Matt. 24, 30
πᾶσαι φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς all the tribes (nations)
of the earth. Rev. 1,7. Pleonast. 5,9 ἐκ
πάσης φυλῆς καὶ γλώσσης καὶ λαοῦ καὶ 23-
vous. 7,9. 11,9. 18, 7. 14, 6. Sept. for
meee Gen. 12, 3. Am. 3,2. Mic. 2,3;
DRS Prov. 14, 34.—Sept. Dan. 3, 4. 30.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 25 κατὰ φυλάς, others κατὰ
φῦλα. ib. 8. 5.7. Comp. Sturz Lex. Xen.
φυλή no. 4.

2. Spec. a tribe, clan, spoken of the tribes
of Israel, as subdivisions of a whole nation :
Matt. 19, 28 et Luke 22, 30 κρίνοντες τὰς
δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Luke 2, 38 ἐκ
φυλῆς ᾿Ασήρ. Acts 13, 21. Rom. 11, 1.
Phil. 3, 5. Heb. 7, 13. 14. James 1,1. Rev.
5, 5. 7, 4. 5 ter. 6 ter. 7 ter. 8 ter. 21, 12.
Sept. for "G2 Ex. 31, 2. 6. sep. 030 Ex.
24, 4. Deut. 1, 13. sep—Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2
ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ιούδα φυλῆς. ib. 10.1.1. So of
tribes, classes, orders in a state, Plut. Ro-
mul. 20. Dem. 556. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 5.
Vect. 4. 30.

φύλλον, ov, τό, (φύω,) a leaf; Plur. τὰ
φύλλα leaves, foliage ; Matt. 21,19. 24, 32.
Mark 11, 13 bis. 13, 28. Rev. 22, 2. Sept.

φύραμα

for "23 Gen. 3, 7. 8,11. Neh. 8, 17.-- 2}.
V. H. 9. 24. Diod. Sic. ῶ. 49. Dem. 615. 10.

φύραμα, aros, τό, (φυράω, φύρω,) a
kneaded mass, genr. a mass, lump ; 6. g. of
potter’s clay prepared for moulding, Rom.
9, 21. (Geoponic. 15, 2. 8.) Of a mass of
dough, proverbially, 1 Cor. 5, 6 et Gal. 5,
9; see in ζύμη. Trop. Rom. 11, 16 see in
"ἀπαρχή no. 2. 1 Cor. 5,7. Sept. for nom
Num. 15, 20.21; PINW2 Ex. 8,3. 12,34.
—M. Antonin. 7. 68 ; a kind of cake Athen.
9. p. 402.

φυσικός, ἡ, dv, (φύσις,) physical, natu-
ral, from or by nature, Test. XII Patr. p.
648 τυφλοῖ τοὺς φυσικοὺς dPIadpods αὐτοῦ.
Arr. Epict. 3. 24; 91. Xen. Mem. 8. 9. 1.—
In N. T. natural, according to nature, φυ-
σικὴ χρῆσις Rom. 1, 26. 27. Of beasts,
ἄλογα ζῶα, φυσικά, i. 6. following their na-
tural bent, sensual, brutish, 2 Pet. 2, 12.
So Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 6 φυσικὴ κοινωνία ἀν-
Spamev πρὸς ἀλλήλους. Luc. Somn. 5. Gall.
27. Diod. Sic. 3. 61 or 62.

φυσικῶς, adv. ( φυσικός,) physically,
naturally, from or by nature ; Jude 10 ὅσα
δὲ φυσικῶς, ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῶα, ἐπίστανται,
naturally, by the hatural senses, sensually.
—Diog. Laert. 10. 137 φυσικῶς καὶ χωρὶς
λόγου. Diod. Sic. 20. 5.

φυσιόω, ὦ, f. dco, in N. T. i. ᾳ. φυσι-
do, (φυσάω, φῦσα, φύω,) pr. to blow, to
puff, to pant ; so φυσιάω intrans. of horses,
Hom. Il. 4. 227. ib. 16. 506.—In N. T.
φυσιόω trop. lo puff up, to inflate with pride
and vanity, absol. 1 Cor. 8, 1 ἡ γνῶσις φυ-
σιοῖ. Pass. or Mid. 1 Cor, 4, 18.°19. 5, 2.
13, 4; ὑπέρ τινος 1 Cor. 4, 6; ὑπό τινος
Col. 2,18. So Test. XII Patr. p. 579 κατὰ
τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ ϑεοῦ φυσιούμενοι. Ignat.
ad Magnes. ὁ 12 οἶδα ὅτι οὐ φυσιοῦσϑε μὴ
προσέχειν τοῖς φυσιοῦσίν με. Hesych. φυ-
σιούμεϑα" ἐπαιρόμεϑα, rupovpesa.—tn clas-
sic writers φυσιόω comes from φύσις, and
signifies 10 make-natural, Simplic. in Epict.
p. 219; see Passow s. v.

φύσις, ews, ἡ, (φύω,) physis, nature,
pr. vis genitrix, generative and productive
power; like Lat. natura from nascor.
Hence,

1. nature, i. e. natural source or origin,

generation, birth, descent ; Gal. 2,15 ἡμεῖς
φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι. Rom. 2, 27 ἡ ἐκ φύσεως
ἀκροβυστία.----Ῥο!]. 8. 12..8 τὸν αὐτοῦ κατὰ
φύσιν υἱόν. Luc. de Merc. cond. 24 εἰ φύσει
δοῦλος ἦσϑα. Plato Menex. 245. d, φύσει
μὲν βάρβαροι ὄντες, νόμῳ δὲ Ἕλληνες.

2. a nature, as generated, produced, na-
turally existing, a being, genus, kind ; James

771

φυτεια

8, 7 bis, πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις ϑηρίων.... δεδάμα-
ora τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνϑδρωπίνῃ. Gal. 4, 8 τοῖς
μὴ φύσει οὖσι ϑεοῖς, i. 4. οἱ λεγόμενοι Seoi
in 1 Cor, 8, 5.—3 Mace. 3, 29 πᾶσα ϑνητὴ
φύσις. Epict. Ench. 27 οὐδὲ κακοῦ φύσις ἐν
κόσμῳ γίνεται. Soph. Cid. R. 869 ϑνατὰ
φύσις ἀνέρων. Xen. Venat. 8. 1.

3. the nature of any person or thing, the
natural constitution, the innate disposition
and qualities. 4) Of persons, in a moral
sense, the native mode of thinking, feeling,
acting, as unenlightened by the influence of
divine truth ; Eph, 2, 8 τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς.
Rom. 2, 14 φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῇ. By
analogy, once of the divine moral nature,
2 Pet. 1, 4 Seias κοινωνοὶ φύσεως, partakers
of the divine (moral) nature, i. e. regenerat-
ed in heart and disposition. So Wisd. 7, 20.
Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 1 φύσει πάντας εἶναι φιλαύ-
τους. Dem. 774. 8, 11 ἡ μὲν φύσις ἂν ἢ πο-
νηρά, πολλάκις φαῦλα βουλεύται. Xen. Mem.
2.1.27. So ina physical sense, Jos. Β. J.
7.6.1 τοῦ χωρίου φύσις. Xen. Ec. 16, 2
τὴν φ. τῆς yis.—Spec. a natural feeling
of decorum, @ native sense of propriety, 6. g.
in respect to national customs in which one
is born and brought up; 1 Cor. 11, 14 οὐδὲ
αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις διδάσκει ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ἀνὴρ μὲν ἐὰν
κομᾷ ἀτιμία αὐτῷ ἐστι ; doth not your own
natural feeling teach you? It was the na-
tional custom among both the Hebrews and
Greeks, for men to wear the hair short, and
women to wear it long. Among the He-
brews, comp. the law of the Nazarite Num.
6, 1 sq. Judg. 13, 5. 1 Sam. 1,113 genr.
Ez. 44, 20; for women, Is. 3,24. Judith 10,
3. Luke 7,38. For the Greek custom, see
espec. Plut. Quest. Rom. 14. Hdot. 1. 82.
Phocylid. 199 sq. Dict. of Antt. art. Coma.
b) Genr. the nature of things, the order and
constitution of nature; 6. g. κατὰ φύσιν,
according to nature, natural, Rom. 11, 21.
24 bis. Also παρὰ φύσιν, contrary to nature,
unnatural, Rom. 1, 26. 11, 24. Comp.
Wetst. N. T. II. p.24sq. So xara @. Luc.
Vit. Auct. 23. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 115; mapa
φ. Athen. 13. p. 605. d, of παρὰ φύσιν τῇ
᾿Αφροδίτῃ χρώμενοι. Philo Leg. Spec. II. p.
806. 17 6 δὲ παιδεραστὴς . . . τὴν mapa φύσιν
ἡδονὴν διώκει. Xen. Hi. 1.22.

φυσίωσις, ews, ἡ, (φυσιόω,) a pufing
up, inflation, trop. with pride and vanity,
2 Cor. 12, 20.—Hesych. φυσίωσις - ἔπαρ-
σις, ὑψηλοφροσύνη.

φυτεία, as, ἡ, (φυτεύω,) a planting, the
act of planting, τῆς ἀμπέλου Sept. Mic. 1, 6.
Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 4. Xen. Cic. 19. 12.—In
N. T. a plantation, plant, i. q. φύτευμα, trop.
Matt. 15, 13 πᾶσα φυτεία κτὰ. referring to

φυτεύω

the teaching and traditions of the Pharisees. |

—Psalt. Salom. 14, 3 ἡ φυτεία αὐτῶν ἐῤῥι-
᾿ Φομένη εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Pr. Athen. 5. p. 207. 6.
φυτεύω, f. εύσω, (φυτόν, φύω,) to plant ;
6. acc. Matt. 21, 33 ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα.
Mark 12, 1. Luke 20, 9. 1 Cor. 9, 7. Luke
13, 6 συκῆν. Absol. 17, 28. Pass. Luke 17,
6. Sept. for 522 Gen. 9, 20. Deut. 6, 11;
bmw Ps. 1, 3. (Diod. Sic. 3.62. Dem. 1275.
9. Xen. Céc. 4. 21.) Trop. Matt. 15, 13,
see in φυτεία. Of a teacher planting the
word of divine truth, absol. 1 Cor. 3, 6. 7. 8.
φύω, f. φύσω, to generale, to produce, to
bring forth, to let grow, e. g. plants, Hom.
Il. 1. 235. Luc. Epist. Sat. 20. Diod. Sic. 1.
10 ; καρπόν Jos. Ant. 3. 1. 1. Hdot. 9. 122;
persons, ἄνδρας φύειν, to beget, to bear,
Hdot. 9. 122. Eurip. Phen. 34. Pass, ᾧ ύο-
μαι, also Act. aor. 2 ἔφυν (as if from a
pres. pops) and perf. πέφυκα as intrans. 10
be generated, produced, to spring up, to grow,
e. g. plants, Sept. Prov. 26, 9. Xen. Mem.
4. 3. 10; ἔφυν Xen. Cc. 19. 8; πέφυκα
’ Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 11; of persons, io be born,
to grow up, to be by nature, Plut. conjugal.
Prec. 42; ἔφυν Luc. Gymnas. 20. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 4; πέφυκα Hdian. 4. 9. 4. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 1. 7. Trop. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 11
σκοπῶν, ὅπως ὁ κόσμος ἔφυ. See Buttm.
§ 114. Kiihner § 192. 11. Matth. §254.—In
N. T

1. Pass. aor. 2 ἐφύην, part. dveis, fo
spring up, to grow ; 6. δ. ἃ plant, see above ;
Luke 8, 6 καὶ huey ἐξηράνϑη, sc. τὸ σπέρμα
v. τὸ φυτόν. v. 8 φυὲν ἐποίησε καρπόν.
This form of the Aor. is used only by late
writers, instead of the earlier ἔφυν, see
above; Buttm. 1. c. Winer § 15.—Schol. in
Apoll. Rhod. 2. 354 ἐξ ἧς [χολῆς] φυῆναι
τὸ καλούμενον ἀκόνιτον φάρμακον. So cup-
φυείς Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 174. 12;
comp. in συμφύω. ;

2. Act. intrans. to spring up, to grow up ;
Heb. 12, 15 ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα,
quoted from Deut. 29, 17 where Sept. for
Heb. nme —Ecclus. 14, 18.

φωλεός, οὗ, 6, a hole, burrow, lurking-
place of animals, Matt. 8, 20. Luke 9, 58.
—El. H. An. 6. 3. Plut. T. Gracch. 9.

φωνέω, ὦ, f. ow, (φωνή,) to sound, to
utter a sound, voice, cry.

1. Intrans. and absol. a) Of animals,
e. g.a cock, lo crow, Matt. 26, 84. 74. '75.
Mark 14, 30. 68. 72 bis. Luke 22, 34. 60.
61. John 13, 38. 18,27. So Asop. Fab.
119; of other birds, Sept. Jer. 17, 11. Is.
38, 14; of beasts, to cry, Zeph. 2, 14; of
a trumpet, Sept. for spm Am. 3, 6. 1 Mace:

772

φωνή

9,12. δ) ΟΥ̓ persons, to cry oul, to ex-
claim, to call out; Luke 8, 8 ἐφώνει. ὅ
ἔχων ὦτα κτὰ. ν. 54 ἐφωνήσε λέγων. 16,
24, Acts 10,18. So with’ dat. of kindred
noun, Luke 23, 46 φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ.
Acts 16, 28. With dat. of pers. to whom
Rev. 14, 18. Sept. for xp Dan. 4, 11;
Nw 1 Chr. 15, 16. So Esdr. 8, 92.
Luc. Jup. Trag. 17. Xen. Cony. 3. 13.

2. Trans. fo cry or call lo any one, to
speak to, to address, to call, ο. acc. a)
Genr. with the words spoken, as a title or
the like ; to call one so or so, fo name; John
13, 13 ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτε με" ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ
ὁ κύριος. Comp. Hom. Od. 4. 77. Ὁ)
As implying invitation to come near or to
the speaker ; Matt. 20, 32 ἐφώνησε αὐτούς.
Mark 3, 31. 9, 35 ἐφώνησε rots δώδεκα.
10, 49 ter. Luke 16, 2. John 1, 49. 2, 9.
4, 16. 9, 18. 94. [10,3.] 11, 28 bis. 18, 33.
Acts 9, 41. 10,7; c.dat. αὑτῷ Luke 19, 15,
i. q. πρὸς αὐτόν, comp. Winer § 31.2. Matth.
§ 401. 3. (Soc. πρός Tob. 5, 8.) With ἐκ,
to call one out of any place, John 12, 17;
comp. 11, 43. Also, to invile to a feast,
Luke 14, 12; to call out to any one for
help, Matt. 27, 47 et Mark 15, 35 Ἠλία»
φωνεῖ. So Soph. Aj. 73 Αἴαντα φωνῶ,
comp. v. 89. ib. 543. Theocer. Id. 2. 109.

φωνή, jis, 7, (obs. φάω, kindr. φημί)
α sound, tone, as given forth or uttered.

1. Genr. and spoken of things, @ sound,
e. g. of a trumpet or other instrument,
Matt. 24, 31. 1 Cor. 14, 7: 8." (Sept. for
>ip Ez. 2, 6. 13. Dan. 3, ὅ. 1. 10.) Οἱ
the wind, John 3, 8. Acts 2, 6 comp. v. 2.
Sept. 1'Sam. 12,18. Of rushing wings,
chariots, waters, Rev. 9, 9. 14,2. 18, 22.
19, 6. (Sept. and >4p Ez. 1, 24. 3, 13.
26, 10. Nah. 3, 2.) Of thunder, φωνὴ
βροντῆς Rev. 6,1. 14, 2. 19,6; davai καὶ
βρονταί Rev. 4, 5. 8, 5. 11, 19. al. (Sept.
and Sip Ex. 19, 16. 20, 18. 1 Sam. 7, 10.

~ Ecclus. 43, 17.) So φωνὴ ῥημάτων, the

sound (resounding) of the words, the thun-
ders in which the words of the law were
proclaimed, Heb. 12, 19; comp. Ex. 19,19.
—Poll. On. 4. 11. p. 397 εἴποις δ᾽ ἂν τὸ
φϑέγμα τῆς σάλπιγγος φωνήν. Jos. Ant. 12.
2. 1 τῶν Σύρων γραμμάτων χαρακτὴρ καὶ
φωνή. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6 τὴν ἀκοὴν δέχε-
σϑαι πάσας φωνάς.

2. Spec. a voice, cry, spoken of persons.

a) Pr. and genr. as in phrases, with verbs
of speaking, calling, crying out, dor} pe-
γάλῃ Matt. 27, 46. 50. Mark 5, 7. 15, 34.
Luke 8, 28. John 11, 43. Acts 8, 7. Rev.

6,10; ἐν μεγάλῃ φωνῇ Rev. 14, 15 ; pera

φωνή ᾿

μεγάλης φωνῆς Luke 17, 1ὅ. Sept. for 5
Neh. 9, 4. Job 2,12; 6. ἐν 2 Sam, 19, 4.
(Hdian. 1. 8.12. Lue, Nigr. 14. Xen. Cyr.

3. 3. 58.) So ἀφιέναι φ. μεγάλην, to utler .
a loud cry, to ery with a loud voice, Mark —

15, 37; αἴρειν v. ἐπαίρειν φωνήν, to lift up
the voice, i. 4. to ery or call aloud, Luke 11,
27. 17,13. Acts 2,14, 4, 24. 14, 11. 22,
22; see in αἴρω, ἐπαίρω. (Dem. 301. 10.)
Luke 23, 23 ἐπέκειντο μεγάλαις φωναῖς.
So where the voice.of one speaking, crying
out, wailing, is,said to be, to come, or the
like ; as φωνὴ ἐγένετο Luke 9, 36. Acts 7,
31; πρός τινα Acts 10,13; φ. φέρεταί τινι
2 Pet. 1,17, comp. in φέρω no. 3; with
ἔκ ς. gen. as φωνὴ ἐγένετο V. ἔρχεται Υ.
ἐξέρχεται ἔκ τινος, 6. g. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ v. ἐκ
τῶν οὐρανῶν, Matt, 3,17. Luke 8, 22. John
12, 28; ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης Mark 9,7. Luke 9,
35; ex πάντων Acts 19, 34; with ἀπό c.
gen. id. Rev. 16, 17. (Sept. c. ἐκ Is. 66,6;
c. ἀπό Zeph. 1,11.) Also ἀκούειν. φωνήν
v. φωνῆς, lo hear a voice, Matt.*2, 18. Acts
9, 4. 7. Rev. 6,6; with ἐκ 6. gen. as ἐξ
οὐρανοῦ 2 Pet. 1, 18; ἐκ τῶν τεσσ. κερ.
Rev. 9, 13; ἐκ τοῦ στόματος Acts 22, 14.
Rev. 1, 10 ἤκουσα ὀπίσω μου φωνὴν pey.
v. 12 βλέπειν τὴν φωνήν, see in βλέπω no.
2. ἃ. Sept. Gen. 8, 8. 10. 4,22. (Dem.
240. 12.) ἢ gen. of pers. Matt. 8, 8
φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 12,19. Mark
1,3. John 5, 25 φ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Seod.
v. 28. 37. Acts 12,14 φ. τοῦ Πέτρου. v.
22. 1 Thess. 4,16. Heb. 12, 26. Rev,.5,
11. 19, 1 φ. ὄχλου. 19, 6. (Sept. Gen. 27,
22. 1 Sam. 24, 17, Paleph. 7. 1. Xen,
Apol. 12.) Also of sdng, c. gen... φωνὴ
κιδαρῳδῶν Rev. 18, 22; φ. νυμφίου καὶ
νύμφης ν. 23. Sept. Jer. 16,8. 25, 10. Of
salutation, ἡ φ. rod ἀσπασμοῦ σου, i. q. thy
saluting voice, Luke 1, 44.—To the voice
as the instrument of speech, is sometimes
ascribed that which strictly applies only to
the person; comp. in <éP%aAyds no. 2.
Thus, ἀκούειν τῆς φωνῆς τινος, to hear [and
obey] one’s voice, i. e. to obey the person
himself, John 10, 16. 27. Heb. 3, 7. 15. 4,
7. So Sept. Gen. 3, 17. 16, 3. 27,13.—
Trop. Gal. 4, 20 ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν pov, to
change my voice, as in Engl. to change one’s
tone, to speak in a different manner and spi-
rit. Comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 10.

b) Meton. what is uttered by the voice, a
word, saying ; Acts 13, 27 ras φωνὰς τῶν
προφητῶν. 24,21.—So All. V.H. 4.8. Plut.
Timol. 5. Diod. Sic. 20, 30. Xen. Ven. 13. 16.

9) Meton. of a manner of speaking, speech,
language, dialect ; 1 Cor. 14, 10 τοσαῦτα
γένη φωνῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. Vv. 11. Sept. and

770.

"27Gen. 11, 1.—Jos. Ant. 8.5.3 ἡ φω-
νὴ “Ἑλληνική. Ceb, Tab, 33. Hdian. 5. 3. 8
Xen. An, 4.8.4. +

φῶς, φωτός, τό, (φάω, contr. for φάος,)
light, pr. with the idea of ‘shining, bright-
ness, splendour.

1. Pr. and genr. 4) Of Tight in itself,
2 Cor. 4,6 ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι.
Matt. 17, 2 λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς. v. ὅ νεφέλη
φωτός, i. 6. a bright cloud; Rec. ved. φω-
rewy.. Sept. and ΠΝ Gen. 1, 3. 4.18. So
Luc. Philopatr. 13. Xen. Conv. 6.7. b)
As emitted from a luminous body; ὃ. g. a
lamp. φ. λύχνου Luke 8,16. Rev. 18, 23;
of the sun, φ. rod ἡλίου Rev. 22, 5. Sept.
for "8 Is. 30, 26. Jer. 25, 10; 39 Is, 4,
5. So Andoc. 9. 38 φ. τοῦ ἡλίου. Diod. Sic.
3. 48. Xen. Conv. 7. 4 λύχνος φῶς παρέχει.
6) Of day-light, day, John 11, 9. 10, opp. ἡ
νύξ. John 3, 20 bis, 6 φαῦλα πράσσων, μι-
σεῖ τὸ φῶς κτλ. ν. 21; ἐν τῷ φωτί, in the
light, openly, publicly, opp. ἐν τῇ okoria,
Matt. 10, 27. Luke 12,3. So Eph. 5, 13
bis, opp. σκότος in v.11; comp. in gave-
poo. Sept. and 8 1 Sam. 25, 34. 36.
Job 3,16. “So 2]. V. H. 10. 3. Pol. 1.
45.6. Xen. An. 6.3.2. ἃ) Of the daz-
zling light, splendour, glory, which sur-
rounds the throne of God, in which God
dwells ; 1 Tim. 6, 16 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον
sc. ὁ 3eds. Rev. 21, 24. Comp. Ps. 104, 2.
Is. 60, 1. 19. 20. Wisd. '7, 26; see in δόξα
no. 8. b. (Comp. Plut. Pericl. 39 τὸν μὲν
τόπον ἐν ᾧ τοὺς Seods κατοικεῖν λέγουσιν...
φωτὶ καϑαρῷ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον ὁμαλῶς
περιλαμπόμενον.) Hence also as surround-
ing those who dwell with or come from
God; e. g. the Lord Jesus Christ, as »ap-
pearing in glory after his ascension, Acts
9, 3 φῶς ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, comp. v. 5. 22,
6. 9. 11. 26, 13; of angels Acts 12, 7.
2 Cor. 11, 143; of glorified saints, Col. 1, 12
κλῆρος τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί. Comp. Xen.
Cyr. 4, 2. 15.

2. Meton. a light, a luminous body, e. g.
a) a lamp or torch, Acts 16, 29 αἰτήσας δὲ
φῶτα. Sept. and i% Ps. 119, 105. So
Xen. Hell. 5.1.8. 8) α fire, Mark 14, 54
ϑερμαινόμενος πρὸς τὸ φῶς. Luke 22, 56.
So 1 Mace. 12, 29. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 27.
c) Of the heavenly luminaries, the sun,
moon, and stars; James 1, 17 ἀπὸ πατρὸς ᾿
τῶν φώτων, see in πατήρ fin. Sept. ἀπά ΄
“i8 Jer. 4,23. So of the sun, Dem. 1396.
15. ἀ) Trop. of intellectual light, τὸ φῶς
τὸ ἐν σοί, i. 6. the mind, reason, judgment,
ὁ νοῦς, corresponding to ὁ λύχνος et ὁ ὀφ-
βαλμός, Matt. 6,23. Luke 11,35. Comp.

φωστήρ
Philo de cond. Mundi I. p. 12 ὅπερ νοῦς ἐν
ψυχῇ, τοῦτο ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν σώματι. ᾿
3. Trop. light, i. e. moral and spiritual
light and knowledge, which enlightens. the
mind, soul, conscience ; including also the
idea of moral goodness, purity, and holiness,
and of consequent .reward and happiness ;
opp. σκοτία ν. σκότος where see. 8) Genr.
light, i. e. the true knowledge of God and
spiritual things, Christian piety ; John 3, 19
bis, ἠγάπησαν μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος ἢ τὸ φῶς.
8,12 τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς. Acts 26, 18 τοῦ ἐπι-
στρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς. Rom. 13, 12.
2 Cor. 6, 14, Eph. 5,9. 1 John 2,8; υἱοὶ τοῦ
φωτός, i.e. Christians, Luke 16,8. John 12,
36. 1 Thess. 5,5; τέκνα φωτός id. Eph. 5,
8; ib. ἦτέ ποτε σκότος, viv δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ,
i. ᾳ. φωτιζόμενοι. So ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι, μέ-
* νεῖν, 1 John 2, 9.10. As exhibited in the
life and teaching of any one; Matt. 5, 16
λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπρ. τῶν av%p.
John 5, 35. (Sept. πορευϑῶμεν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ
κυρίου, for “8 Is.2, 5.) So where the
idea of holiness predominates; as of God
and those conformed to him, 1 John 1, 56
Seds φῶς ἐστι. v.'7 bis. Where the idea
of peace and happiness predominates ; 1 Pet.
2, 9 τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος εἰς τὸ
ϑαυμ. αὑτοῦ φῶς. Matt. 4, 16 bis, ὁ λαὸς ὁ
καθήμενος ἐν σκότει, εἶδε φῶς μέγα, κτλ.
quoted from Is. 9,1 where Sept. for “4x,
Acts 26, 23. Sept. and ix Ps. 36,10. Is.
58, 8.10. So i. q. welfare, deliverance, Anth.
Gr. I. p. 63. 6) Meton. α light; i. q. the
author or dispenser of moral and spiritual
light, a moral teacher; genr. Rom. 2, 19
φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει. Of apostles, Matt. 5,14
ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. Acts 13, 47
τέϑεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, quoted from Is.
49,6 where Sept. and "ἴδ; also 42, 6.
Espec. of Jesus as the great Teacher and
Saviour of the world, who brought life and
immortality to light in his Gospel (2 Tim.
1, 10); Luke 2, 32 φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν
égvov. John 1, 4. 5. 7. 8 bis. 9: 8,12 φ.
τοῦ κόσμου. 9, 5. 12, 35 bis. 36 bis. 46.
So Test. XII Patr. p. 578 τὸ φῶς rod
κόσμου sc. the Messiah. p. 644 ἀνατελεῖ
ὑμῖν αὐτὸς κύριος, φῶς δικαιοσύνης. p.
746 sq. ;

φωστήρ, ρος, ὁ, (φῶς, φώσκω,) pr. a
light, light-giver, in classic writers, i. 4. a
window, Hesych. φωστήρ " Svpis.—In N. T.
a light, luminary ; Phil. 2, 15 aivere ὡς
φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ. Sept. of the heavenly
luminaries, for 382, Gen. 1, 14. 16.
(Wisd. 13, 2 φ. οὐρανοῦ. Psalt. Sal. 18, 12.
Theoph. ad Autol. 2. p. 94.) Meton. brighi-

774

φωτισμός
ness, shining, spoken of the divine glory,
δόξα, Rev. 21, 11; comp. in φῶς no. 1. d.

φωσφόρος, ου, 6, ἡ, adj. (pas, φέρω,)
light-bearing, light-giving, shining, radiant ;
e. g. ὄμματα φωσφόρα, Plut. de Fortun. 3;
ἄστρον aiépiov καὶ φωσφόρον, i. 6. the
moon, Plut de Fac. in Orbe Lun. 4.—In
N. T. Subst. ὁ φωσφόρος, Phosphorus,
Lat. Lucifer, as pr. name of the morning
star, dhe day-siar ; put as emblematic of the
dawn of spiritual light and happiness upon
the benighted mind, 2 Pet. 1, 19; comp. in
φῶς no. 3. So pr. Plut. de Placit. Philos.
2. 15. Plato Tim. Loer. 96. e.

φωτεινός, ἡ, dv, (pas,) light, shining,
bright; Matt. 17, 5 Rec. νεφέλη φωτεινή.
Others ved. φωτός. So Ecclus. 17, 31.
Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 4.—Trop. of the body, full
of light, all light, Matt. 6, 22. Luke 11, 34.
36 bis. Comp. Act. Thom. § 6.

por ito, f. iow, (pas,) to light, to
lighten, i. e.

1. Intrans. to give light, to shine, c. ἐπί
τινα, Rev. 22, 5 κύριος ὁ ϑεὸς φωτεῖ ἐπ᾽ αὐ-
τούς, where for the Attic fut. see Buttm.:
§95.'7,9. Rec. has φωτίζει αὐτούς, as in
no. 2, Sept. for i8, 83, Num. 8, 2.
Prov. 4, 18.—Ecclus. 43, 9. Theophr. Fr.
de Lap. 3. 30 6 ἄνϑραξ οὐ φωτίζει ὥσπερ ἡ
φλόξ.

2 Trans. to give light to, to shine upon, to
enlighten, e. g.

a) Pr. and c. acc. Luke 11, 36 ὡς ὅταν ὁ
λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζει σε. Rev. 21,
23. Pass. Rev. 18,1. Sept. for 8 Is.
60, 19.—Diod. ‘Sic. 8. 48 ὁ ἥλιος ... φωτί-
ζει τὸν κόσμον. ;

Ὁ) Trop. c. ace. of pers. 10 light, to en-
lighten, to impart moral and spiritual light,
to enlighten the mind or mental eyes of any
one; comp. in φῶς no. 3. John 1, 9 ὃ
[φῶς] φωτίζει πάντα ἄνδρωπον. Pass. Eph.
1, 18 πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφϑαλμοὺς τῆς
διανοίας. Heb. 6, 4. 10, 82, Sept. and
ἜΝΙ Ps. 119, 130. . Bar. 1, 8.—Hence, to,
teach, to instruct ; Eph. 3, 9 φωτίσαι πάντας,
ris ἡ οἰκονομία κτλ. Sept. for M75 Judg.
13, 8. 2 Κι. 12, 2. 17, 27. So Diod. Laert.
1. 57. ib. 4. 67. Hesych. ἐφώτισεν" ἐδί-
δαξεν.

c) With acc. of thing, to bring to light,
to make known ; 1 Cor. 4, 5 és καὶ φωτίσει
τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους. 2 Tim. 1, 10 φωτί-
σαντος δὲ ζωὴν κτλ.---Α τ. Epict. 1. 4. 31
τὴν ἀλήϑειαν. Ῥο]. 23. 8. 10.

φωτισμός, od, ὁ, (φωτίζω,) a lighting,
giving light, shining, pr. Sept. for "8 ἐν

φωτισμὸς

φωτισμῷ πυρός Ps. '78, 14, 44, 8. Job 3, 9.
Hesych. φωτισμός - αὐγή, τηλαυγές, καταυ-
yatov.—lIn N. T. trop. of moral and spiri-
tual light, illumination, comp. in φῶς no. 3.
E. g. with gen. of that which illumines,
2 Cor. 4, 4 εἰς τὸ μὴ αὐγάσαι τὸν φωτισμὸν
τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. 2 Cor. 4, 6 πρὸς φωτισμὸν

χαίρω, f. χαιρήσω, later and in N. T,
‘fut. χαρήσομαι Luke 1, 14. John 16, 20.

22. Phil. 1, 18. Sept. Hab. 1, 15. Zeph. 10,
7; aor. 2 ἐχάρην from the Passive; see
geur. Buttm. § 114. Matth. ὁ 225. Wi-
ner § 15. .

1. to joy, to rejoice, to be glad, intrans. in
various constructions : a) Absol. Matt.
5, 12 χαίρετε καὶ dya\\ao%e. Luke 6, 23.
15, 32. 22, 5. 23,8 ἐχάρη λίαν. John 4,
36. 8, 56 καὶ εἶδε, καὶ ἐχάρη. 16, 20. 22.
Acts 11, 23. 13, 48. Rom. 12, 15 bis, χαί-
pew μετὰ χαίροντων. 1 Cor. 7, 30 bis. 2 Cor.
7, 7. 13, 9. 11. Phil. 2,17. 1 Thess. 5,
16. 3 John 3. Rev. 19,7. Once with ἵνα,
to the end that, 1 Pet. 4, 13. Part. χαίρων,
joying, rejoicing, 2 Cor. 6,10 det δὲ χαί-
povres. (Sept. for 08 1 K. 4, 20. 8, 67.)
Joined with another verb or participle, Part.
χαίρων may often be rendered joyfully,
gladly; as Col. 2, 5 χαίρων καὶ. βλέπων,
i. 4. joyfully beholding, by Hendiadys. Luke
15, 5. 19, 6 ὑπεδέξατο αὐτὸν χαίρων. ν. 37.
Acts 5, 41. 8,39. See Buttm. § 144. n. 6.
Sept. for 513 Joel 2, 21. Hab. 1, 15; Mob
1 Sam. 19,5. Zech. 4,10. So Ceb. Tab. 8.
Luc. Philopatr. 24 bis. Dem. 437.7; χαί-
pov adv. Luc. Tim. 34. Xen. An. 5. 6. 32.
b) With the kindred noun χαρά, 6. g. in
acc. intens. Matt. 2, 10 ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν pe-
γάλην. (Sept. for 7253 Mra MW Jon. 4,
6, comp. 1 K. 1,40. See Buttm. § 131. 4.)
In the dat. John 3, 29 χαρᾷ χαίρει, intens.
he rejoiceth greatly ; and so without empha-
sis 1 Thess. 3, 9. See Winer ὁ 58. 3.
Matth. § 408. n. 0) With dat. of cause,
i. e. of that in or over which one rejoices;
Rom. 12, 12 τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες. Buttm.
§133. 4. c. Matth. ᾧ 399. c. This is the
usual Greek construction. So Sept. Prov.
17, 19. Al. V. H. 9. 4... dian. 1. 17. 5.
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 4. d) With acc. of
cause; Phil. 2, 18 τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ ὑμεῖς yai-
pere, for the same cause also do ye joy. Rom.
16, 19 χαίρω τὸ ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν. Comp. Matth.
§ 414. Passow in χαίρω no. 3. So Hom.

775

χαίρω

τῆς γνώσεως, ἷ. 4. πρὸς τὸ φωτίζειν τὴν γνω-
σιν, i. e. in order to make luminous the
knowledge, to impart it to others; comp.
Eph. 3,9. So Sept. for "i Ps. 27, 1. Test.
XII Patr. p. 578 τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου, τὸ
δοθὲν ἐν ὑμῖν πρὸς φωτισμὸν παντὸς ἀν-
ϑρώπου.

Χ.

Il. 21, 347. Dem. 323. 6 τὸ ταὐτὰ λυπεῖσθαι
καὶ ταὐτὰ χαίρειν. 6) With a particip. in
nominat. expressing the occasion of joy ;
also a freq. construction in Greek writers;
comp. Buttm. § 144. 6. a. Matth. § 555.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 775. Mark 14, 11 ἀκού-
σαντες ἐχάρησαν. John 20, 20 ἐχάρησαν᾽
οὖν of μαϑηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν κύριον. Phil. 2,
28. (Hom. Il. 19. 185 χαίρω ἀκούσας. Luc.
D. Mort. 2. 1. Hdian. 1.5.8. Xen. Cyr. 1.
5. 12.) Once c. part. of ‘a kindred verb
intens, imitating the Heb. infin. absol. 1 Pet.
4,13 iva... χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι. Comp.
Winer §46. 7. Ὁ) With ὅτι, marking
cause or occasion, that, because; Luke 10,
20 χαίρετε δὲ, ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα κτὰ. John 14,
28. Acts 5, 41. 2 Cor. 7, 9 νῦν χαίρω, οὐχ
ὅτι ... GAN ὅτι κτὰ. v. 16. 2 John 4. (Sept.
Ex. 4, 31.) So ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι Luke 10, 20;
ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι Phil. 4,10; δὲ ὑμᾶς ὅτε John
11, 15. Comp. below inlett.g. g) With
prepositions expressing the cause or occasion
of joy; 6. g. émivc. dat. Matt. 18, 13 χαίρει
ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ κτλ. Luke 1, 14. 13, 17.
Acts 15, 31. 1 Cor. 13, 6. 16, 17. 2 Cor. 7,
13. Rey. 11, 10. (Sept. Prov. 2, 14. Hab. 3,
17. Diod. Sic. 1. 25. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 35.)
ἐν c. dat. to rejoice in; Phil. 1, 18 bis, ἐν
τούτῳ χαίρω καὶ χαρήσομαι. Col. 1, 24; ἐν
τούτῳ ὅτι Luke 10, 20, comp. above in lett.
f. (Sept. Zech. 10, '7, Jacobs Epigr. Gr. I.
60, ἐν δὲ γάλακτι χαίρων.) Also ἐν κυρίῳ
χαίρειν, to rejoice in the Lord, i. 6. in union
and communion with him, Phil. 3, 1. 4, 4
bis; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι 4,10; διά c.acc. John 3,
29 χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου.
1 Thess. 3, 9: δι’ ὑμᾶς ὅτι John 11, 15.
With ἀπό c. gen. 2 Cor. 2, 3 ἵνα μὴ λύπην
ἔχω ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν, where it is strictly
for χαρὰν ἔχειν corresponding to λύπην ἔχω,
comp. 3 John 4.

2. Imperat. and Infin. as a word of salu-
tation or greeting. 48) Ithper. χαῖρε,
χαίρετε, ἴῃ a personal salutation, pr. joy
to thee! joytoyou! hail! Lat. salve! Matt.
26, 49 χαῖρε Ῥαββί. 27,29 χαῖρε ὁ βασι-

χάλαζα

λεύς. 28,9. Mark 15,18. Luke 1,28. John
19, 3. So Lue. Ὁ. Deor. 22. 1. Al. V. H.
4,17. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.18. Ὁ) Infin. χαί-
pecy, pr. fully λέγω χαίρειν, to wish well, to
bid hail! to salute, 2 John v. 10.11. Ab-
sol. χαίρειν, like Engl. greeting ! to send
greeling, at the beginning of an epistle, Acts
15, 23. 23,26. Jathes 1, 1. Sept. absol.
for ἴθ Is. 48,22. 57,21. So εἰπὼν χαί-
pew Anthol. Gr. II. p. 182; ἀείδω χαίρειν
ib. IV. p. 279; absol. 2 Macc. 1, 10 χαίρειν
καὶ ὑγιαίνειν. Al. V. H. 1. 25. Xen. Cyr.
4.5.27. Comp. Artemid. 3. 44 ἴδιον πάσης
ἐπιστολῆς τὸ χαῖρε καὶ ἔῤῥωσο λέγειν.

χάλαζα, as, ἡ, (χαλάω,) hail, sleet; pr.
‘something let go, let fall;’ Rev. 8, 7. 11,
19. 16, 21 bis. Sept. for ™72 Ex. 9, 18.
19 sq.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. Plut. Timol, 28.
Xen. Cie. 5, 18.

χαλάω, f. dew, (obs. xéo,) Pass, aor. 1
ἐχαλάσϑην, to let go, to slacken, to loosen, 6.
ace. τὰ ἵστια Sept. for ΔΒ Is. 33, 23; τὰ
δεσμά Xen. Eq. 5. 4.—In N. T. to let down,
to lower, 6. acc. Mark 2,4 χαλῶσι τὸν κράβ-
Barov. Luke 5, 4 τὰ δίκτυα. v. 5. Acts 9,
25. 27, 17. 30. Pass. 2 Cor. 11, 33. Sept.
for mbes Jer. 38,6. So Test. XII Patr. p.
578. Alciphr. Ep. I. 1. Pind. Pyth. 1.12.

Χαλδαῖος, ov, ὃ, a Chaldean, Plur. of
Χαλδαῖοι, the Chaldeans, Chaldees, inhabit-
ing Babylonia, including also in a. wider
sense Mesopotamia, comp. Ez. 1,3. 11,24.
Hence Abraham in removing from Ur in
Mesopotamia, is said to come ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαί-
wy, Acts 7,4.. So B"THD WAX, Heb. ἐν τῇ
χώρᾳ τῶν Χαλδαίων, Gen. 11, 98. Sept. γῆ
Χαλδαίων for 9 ΤῊΝ Jer. 24, 5. 25, 12.—
On the origin of the Chaldeans, see Heb.
Lex. art. pee.

χαλεπῦς, ἡ, bv, dificult, hard, Lat. diffi-
cilis, i. e.

1. Of things, hard, burdensome, perilous,
connected with toil, suffering, peril ; 2'Tim.
3, 1 καιροὶ xaderoi.—Wisd. 3, 19. Jos. Ant.
13. 16. 5 νόσον χαλεπήν. Dem. 127. 26.
Xen. An. 3. 2. 2 χαλεπὰ μὲν τὰ παρόντα.

2. Of persons, hard, harsh, stern, cruel,
Hdian. 3. 8.6 ἐχϑρὸς xad. Xen. An, 2. 6. 9.
—Hence in N. T. of demoniacs, fierce, fu-
rious, raving, Matt. 8,28. So of dogs and
wild swine, Xen. An. 5. 8. 24, Venat. 10. 23.

χαλιναγωγέω, ὦ, f. how, (χαλινός,
@yo,) pr. ‘to lead or guide with a bit ;’
hence /o rein in, to bridle, i..q..to check, to
moderate, to restrain, c. acc. James 1,26
μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν γλῶσσαν αὑτοῦ. 3, 2 ὅλον
gapa.—Luc Tyrann. 4 τὰς ἡδονῶν ὀρέξεις

776

χαλκολίβανον

χαλιναγωγεῖν. id. de Saltat. 70. Comp.
Kypke Obs. II. p. 421. Leesner Obs. e Phil.
Ρ. 459.

χαλινός, ov, 6, (xadda,) α bit, his
James 3, 3 τῶν ἵππων τοὺς χαλινοὺς εἷς τὰ
στόματα βάλλομεν. Rev. 14, 20. Sept. for
ary 2K. 19, 28. Is. 37, 29.—2 Mace. 10,
29. Zl. V. H. 9.16. Xen. Eq. 10. 6-13.

χάλκεος, ἐ €a, cov, contr. χαλκοῦς, ἢ,
ovv, (xaAxds,) of copper or brass, brazen,
Rev. 9,20. Sept. for M&M Ex. 26, 11.
37; WIM? 2 Sam. 22, 35. —Hian, 6. 4. 6.
Xen. An. 5. 2. 29.

χαλκεύς, έως, ὁ, (χαλκός,) pr. a brasier,
coppersmith ; Hom. Il. 12. 295. Aristoph.
Av. 480.—In N, T. of any worker in me-
tals, a smith, 2Tim.4,14. Sept. χαλκεὺς
χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου, for ὉΠ. Gen. 4, 22;
Wn 2 Chr. 24, 12. So Arr. Epict. 4. 11.
13 ὁ μὲν χαλκεὺς ἐξιώσει τὸ σιδήριον. Luc.
D. Deor. 17. 2, of Vulcan. Xen. Hell. 8. 4.
17 χαλκεῖς, comp. Ag. 1. 26. where it is o«-
δηρεῖς.

χαλκηδών, ὄνος, 6; chalcedony, a gem
including several varieties, one of which is
the modern carnelian, Rev. 21, 19; later
edit. καρχηδών carbuncle.—Epiphan. dvpaé

εν γίνεται δὲ ἐν Καρχηδόνι τῆς Λιβύης" ἔστι

δὲ ὁ χαλκηδόνος καλούμενος λίϑος παραπλή-
σιος τούτῳ. Plin. H. N. 37. 18. See Ro-
senm. Bibl. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 31.

χαλκίον, ov, τό, (χαλκός,) i. 4. χαλκεῖον,
a copper or brazen vessel, Mark 7, 4.—Poll.
On. 6. 109. Xen. Che. 8. 19.

χαλκολίβανον, ov, τό, Rev. 1, 15. 2,
18, lit. smooth or burnished brass, Vulg.
aurichalcum, a factitious metal, prob. the
ἤλεκτρον, electrum, of the ancients ; not am-
ber, but a mixed metal composed of some
four parts gold and one part silver, and dis-
tinguished for its brilliancy ; see Pausan. 5.
12. 6. Plin. Η. Ν. 33. 4 or 23. Buttmann
iiber das Elektron, in his Mythol. II. p.
337 sq. Passow art. ἤλεκτρον. Suid. χαλ-
κολίβανον... εἶδος ἠλέκτρου τιμιώτερον χρυ-
σοῦ ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἤλεκτρον ἀλλότυπον χρυσίον
μεμιγμένον ὑέλῳ καὶ AuSeia.—In a similar
connection Ez. 1, 4. 27, and espec. Ez. 8, 2,
stands Heb. bain, burnished brass, Sept.
and Vulg. Shgexpor; electrum ; but in Ez.
1,7 it is bop nen id. Sept. ἐξαστράπτων
χαλκός. Hence Gesenius suggests, that
χαλκολίβανον may be a corrupted form for
χαλκὸν λιπαρόν, ig. 220; Heb. Lex.s. v.
Se De Wette Handb. in Apoc. |. c. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 58, 60

| hi eae

χαλκός 777

- XAXKOS, οὗ, ὃ, pr. ore, metal, of any kind,
Hesych. χαλκός ὁ σίδηρος. Id. χαλκοῦς"
τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου ἔλεγον.
Comp. Passow 8. y.—Genr. and in Ν. T,
copper, brass, espec. as wrought and tem-
pered for arms, utensils, and the like.

1. Pr. brass, Rev. 18, 12 πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ

«+ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου. Sept. for men
ἕω. 4, 22. Ezra 8, 26.—Paleph. 10. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 1.

2. Meton. brass, for any thing made of
copper or brass; 6. g. 1 Cor. 13, 1 χαλκὸς
ἠχῶν, sounding brass, i. e. a trumpet or
cymbal. Also brass or copper coin, money,
Matt. 10, 9. Mark 6,8. 12, 41.—Liban. Ep.
1211. Luc. Contempl. 11 οἶδα yap τὸν χαλ-
κόν, ὀβολὸν ἐκλέγων. So χαλκοῦς Pol. 5.
26. 23. Dem. 1283. 4.

χαλκοῦς, see χάλκεος.

χαμαί, ady. Lat. humi, fo or upon the
ground ; John 9, 6 ἔπτυσε χαμαί. 18, 6
ἔπεσον χαμαί. Sept. for ΠΧῸΝ Job 1; 20.
—Judith 12, 14. Luc. Ὁ. Mort. 20. 2. Xen.
Ag. 2. 14.

“Χαναάν, ὃ, indec. Canaan, Heb. 7322,
the ancient name of Judea or Palestine, pr.
‘the low lands,’ in distinction from the
highlands of Libanus and Syria ; comp. the
like distinction in Scotland. Spoken genr.

of the country on this side Jordan, in an-.

tith. to Gilead, Num. 33, 51. Josh. 22, 9.
Jos. Ant. 2. 15. 3. Also spec. of Phenicia,
the northern part of Canaan at the foot of
Mount Lebanon, whose inhabitants call
themselves 4322 on coins, [s. 23, 11 in Heb,
and Sept. So too the Carthaginians; as a
colony of the Phenicians, called themselves
Chanani, August. in Expos. Ep. ad Rom.
ὁ 13. See Heb. Lex. art. j335. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 69—In N. T. genr.
Acts 7, 11. 13, 19 ἔθνη ἑπτὰ ἐν γῇ Χαναάν,
see in Deut. 7,1. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1. 6.
2 Xavavaiay τὴν viv ᾿Ιουδᾳίαν καλουμένην.
“Χαναναῖος, a, ov, (Xavady,) Canaani-
tish; Plur. of Χαναναῖοι, the Canaanites,
Heb. "2323 collect. pr. ‘the lowlanders,’ as
inhabiting ‘the lowlands or plains, opp. to
the inhabitants of the highlands, Num. 13,
29. Josh. 11, 3; see in Χαναάν. Then, as
a general name for the inhabitants of Ca-
naan or Palestine, Gen. 12,6. 24,3. 34, 30.
Josh. 17, 12. Judg. 1, 27sq. Also spec. of
the Phenicians, Judg. 1, 32, comp. v. 31;
see in Χαναάν. See Heb. Lex. art. "2223
no. 1. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. Π i. p. 251 sq.
—In N. T. of a Phenician woman,
Xavavaia Matt. 15, 22; comp. Mark 7, 26

χᾶρακτηρ

where it is Συροφοίνικισσα q.v. Sept. dv3p.
Χαναναῖος for 93322 Gen. 38, 2.

χάαρα; ἅς, 7, (χαίρω, 1. joy, rejoicing,
gladness ; Matt. 2, 10 ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν pe-
γάλην, see in χαίρω no. 1. Ὁ. Luke 1, 14
ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις. 15, 7. 10.
John 3, 29 bis, χαρᾷ χαίρει κτὰ. see in χαί-
po no. 1. b. John 15, 11 bis. 16, 20. 21. 22.
24. 17, 13. Acts 8, 8. 13, 52. 15, 3. Rom.
14, 17 χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, joy in the
Holy Ghost, the joy which the Holy Spirit
imparts by his influences; and so 15, 13.
2 Cor. 1, 24. 2, 3. 1, 4. 13. 8, 2. Gal. 5, 22.
Phil. 1, 25 χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως, joy of faith,
i.e. in and arising from the faith of the Gos-
pel. 2, 2. 29. 1 Thess. 1, 6 μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῦ
πνεύματος, comp. Rom. 14, 17 above.
1 Thess. 3, 9. 2 Tim. 1, 4. [Philem. 7.]
James 4, 9. 1 Pet. 1, 8. 1 John 1, 4. 2 John
12. So ἀπὸ χαρᾶς, from or for joy Matt.
13, 44. Luke 24, 41. Acts 12, 14; μετὰ
xapas, with joy, joyfully, rejoicingly, Matt.
13, 20. 28, 8. Mark 4, 16. Luke 8, 13. 10,
17. 24, 52. Acts 20, 24. Phil. 1, 4. Col. 1,
11. Heb. 10, 34, 12, 11.13, 17; ἐν χαρᾷ in
joy, joyfully, Rom. 15, 32. Sept. for προ
Jer. 15, 16. Jon. 4,7; 6. μετά 1 Chr. 29,

22; piv Zech. 8, 19.—Pol. 11. 33.7

Diod. Sic: 3. 17. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 325 pera
χαρᾶς Xen. Hi. 1. 25.

2. Meton. cause, ground, occasion of joy,
Luke 2, 10. Phil. 4, 1 χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός
pov. 1 Thess. 2,19. 20. James 1, 2. 3 John 4.

3. Meton. enjoyment, fruition of joy, bliss ;
Heb. 12, 2 ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὑτῷ χαρᾶς.
Matt. 25, 21. 23 εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ
κυρίου σου, into the rejoicing of thy Lord,
here put for the bliss of the kingdom of
heaven, represented under the figure of a
banquet ; comp. v. 30 and Matt. 8, 11. 12.
—Aect. Thom. § 53 ἐν τῇ ἀναπαύσει αὐτοῦ
[τοῦ ϑεοῦ] ἀναπαύσῃ., καὶ εἰς τὴν χαρὰν αὐὖ-
τοῦ ἔσῃ. ib. ὁ 1. ᾿

χάραγμα, ατος, τό, (χαράσσω,) pr.
‘something graven, sculptured, 6. g.

1. a graving, sculpture, sculptured work,
as images, idols, Acts 17, 29.—Anthol. Gr.
IV. p. 33.

2. a mark cut in or stamped, a stamp,
sign, Rev, 13, 16. 17. 14, 9. 11. 15, 2. 16,
2. 19, 20. 20, 4.—Anacr. 55. 2 πυρὸς
paypa. So of the stamp on coin, Plut.
Agesi. 15 rod δὲ Περσικοῦ νομίσματος χά-
ραγμα τοξότην ἔχοντος.

χαρακτήρ, ρος, 6, (χαράσσω.) pr
graver, graving tool, Lat. celum, Steph.
Byzant. in Λακεδαίμων 413 ; also of a per-
son, an engraver, Euryph. ap. Stob. p

χάραξ

556. 8. Usually, something graven, cut in,
stamped, a character, 6. g. a letter, mark,
sign, Jos, Ant. 12. 2. 1. Luc. Hermot. 44.
Diod. Sic. 3. 67; the stamp on coin, Arr.
Epict. 4. 2. 17. Diod. Sic. 17. 66.—In
N. T. impress, image, form; Heb. 1, 3 xa-
paxtnp ὑποστάσεως Tod πατρός, the express
image or counterpart of God’s essence or
being; comp. in ὑπόστασις no. 8. So
Hesych. χαρακτήρ " ὁμοίωσις. Philo Quod
det. potior. p. 170 τύπον τινὰ καὶ χαρακτῆρα
Setas δυνάμεως. Id. de Plant. Noé p. 217.
Luc. Amor. 38, 44 οὐδὲ ἔσοπτρα τῶν ἀντι-
udppov χαρακτήρων ἀγράφους εἰκόνας.
Sext. Empir. adv. Log. I. 251. Plato
Phedr. 263. b. Trop. Plut. Thes. 7 ἐμ-
φανῆ χαρακτῆρα τῆς εὐγενείας. Arr. Epict.
3. 22. 80. Comp. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 387.
Elsner Obs. in N. T. IL. p. 333 sq.

χάραξ, ακος, 6, (χαράσσω,) a pointed
slake, pale, e. g. for vines Geopon. 4. 12.
289; in which sense it is oftener fem. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 61; a pale, palisade, Lat. val-
lus, in fortification, Pol. 18. 1. 1. Thue. 3.
70.—In N. T. @ rampart, mound, Lat. val-
lum, Luke 19, 43; i. 6. a. military rampart
around a camp ora besieged city, formed
of the earth thrown out of a trench and
stuck with sharp stakes or palisades; corp.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 373. Dict. of Antt.
art. Vallum. Sept. for mdb Is. 37, 33.
Ez. 4, 2.. So Jos. Vit. §43 Badddpevos xa-
oaka πρὸ τῆς ΠΠτολεμαέων πόλεως. Arr. Exp.
Alex. M. 2. 19. 9. Pol. 1. 29. 3.

χαρίζομαι; f. ἰσομαι, Mid. depon. (χάρις,)
Pass. aor. 1 ἐχαρίσϑην in Pass. see in Acts
8, 14. 1 Cor. 2, 12. Phil. 1, 29; also Pass.
fut. 1 χαρισϑήσομαι Philem. 22; see
Buttm. ὁ 113. n. 6. Pr. to gratify, to do
what is grateful and pleasing to any one, c.
dat. of pers. AX]. V. H. 14. 45. Hdian. 7. 1.
23. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 5.—In N. T.

1. to gratify one with any thing, 6. acc.
et dat. of pers. i. e. to give, to grant, to be-
stow, as a matter of gratification, favour.
Luke 7, 21 τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο τὸ
βλέπειν, unto many blind he granted lo see,
i.e. he gave them sight. Rom. 8, 32. 1 Cor.
2, 12. Gal. 3, 18. Phil. 1,29. 2,9.—2 Mace.
7, 22. Hdian. 1. 17. 3. Pol. 16. 24. 9.

2. to give up any thing fo any one. a)
Persons, i. q. to deliver up or over, in an-
swer to the demand or prayer of any one;
Acts 3, 14 ἡτήσασϑε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισϑῆ-
ναι ὑμῖν. 27, 24. Philem. 22.. Also to the
power and malice of any one for harm or
destruction, Acts 25, 11. 16, eis ἀπώλειαν.
So Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 5. Dion, Hal. Ant. 10.

778

χάρις

θ init. Ὁ) Things, 6. σ. a debt, to remit,
to Forgive, not to exact; Luke 7, 42. 43 ᾧ
δὲ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο. Genr, of wrong, sin,
to forgive, not to punish, 2 Cor. 2,'7. 10 ter.
12,13 χαρίσασϑέ μοι τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην.
Eph. 4, 32 bis. Col. 2,13. 3, 13 bis. So
Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 4 φρονίμων μὲν avapa-
πων ἔργον ἐστὶ ταῖς φιλίαις χαρίζεσϑαι τὰς
ἔχϑρας.

χάριν, adv. see in χάρις no. 5.

χάρις, τος, ἡ, acc. χάριν, (χαίρω,) grace,
Lat. gratia, pr. what causes joy, pleasure,
gratification.

1. grace of external form or manner;
pr. of person, gracefulness, elegance, Ec-
clus, 26, 15. Hom. Od. 2. 12. , Al. V. H.
12. 1 post init. ᾿Ασπασία... χαρίτων μὲν
ἀφϑονίαν eixyev.—In N. T. only of words,
discourse, grace, gratefulness, acceptable-
ness; Luke 4, 22 ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάρι-
τος, the words of grace, gracious words.
Eph. 4, 29 ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσι, i. e.
that it may minister what is acceptable unto
the hearers, δοῦναι χάριν i. q. χαρίεντα εἶναι.
Col. 4, 6 λόγος ἐν χάριτι, i. q. λόγος χαρίεις.
Sept. and 77) Ps. 45, 3. So Ecclus. 21, 16.
Hom. Od. 8. 175. Dem. 51. 9.

2. grace in disposition, feeling, towards
any one, i. 4. favour, kindness, good-will,
benevolence. a) Genr. Luke 2, 40. 52
προέκοπτε χάριτι παρὰ ϑεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις.
(Sept. Ex. 33, 12.) Acts 2, 47 ἔχοντες χά-
piv πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν, having favour with
all the people. 4, 33. 7, 10 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ
χάριν ἐναντίον Φαραώ. (Sept. Gen. 39, 21.)
So εὑρίσκειν χάριν, to Jind grace or favour,
παρὰ Sep Luke 1, 30; ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑεοῦ
Acts 7, 46; impl. Heb. 4,16. (Sept. Gen.
6, 18. 18, 3. Esth. 2, 16. al.) Also κατα-
ϑέσϑαι χάριν τινί, to lay down [Eng]. to lay
up] favour with any one, to gain favour,
Acts 25, 9. 24, 27 χάριτας καταϑέσϑαι τοῖς
Ἰουδαίοις, where for the plur. comp. the
Engl. phrase, ‘to be in one’s good graces.’
Meton. an object of favour, something ac-
ceptable, 1 Pet. 2, 19. 20 τοῦτο χάρις mapa
Yea, i. 6. this is something well-pleasing to
God ; comp. for the sense 1 Tim. 2,3. 5, 4.
Col. 3, 20. So genr. Hdian. 2.15. 9. Diod.
Sic. 13. 101. Xen. Hi. 8. 2, 3, 5; xara’.
χάριν. Hdian. 2. 3. 15. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 26.
b) Of the grace, favour, good-will of God
and Christ as exercised towards men ; 6. g.
where χάρις is joined with εἰρήνη, “stb and
the like, in salutations, including the idea of
every kind of favour, blessing, good, as
proceeding ἀπὸ τοῦ ϑεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου
"I. Xp. Rom. 1; 7. 1 Cor. 1, 3. 2 Cor. 1, 2.

Te |

χάρις

Gal. 1, 3; and so in the introduction to
most of the epistles. Rev. 1, 4. Also ἡ
χάρις τοῦ κυρίου "I. X. in the benedictions
at the close of most of the epistles, Rom.
16, 20, 24. 1 Cor. 16, 23. 2 Cor. 13, 13.
Gal. 6, 18. al. Simpl. ἡ χάρις in a like
sense, Eph. 6, 24. Col. 4,18. 1 Tim. 6,21.
2 Tim. 4, 22. Tit. 3,15. Heb. 13, 25.—
Of Christ, genr. Acts 15,11 διὰ τῆς χάριτος
τοῦ x. “I. Xp. πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι. 2 Cor.
8, 9. 1 Tim. 1, 14—Of God, genr. the
gracious feeling of approbation, benignity,
love, which God exercises toward any of
the human race ; so y.rov ϑεοῦ or the like,
Acts 14,3 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, the
word of his grace, the gospel, i. q. τὸ εὐαγ-
γέλιον τῆς χ. τοῦ ϑεοῦ 20, 24. Acts 14, 26
et 15, 40 παραδοϑεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ ϑεοῦ.
Rom. 8, 24 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ
χάριτι. 1 Cor. 15, 10 ter. 2 Cor. 1, 12. 9,
14. 12, 9 ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις pov. Gal. 1, 15.
Eph. 1, 6. Heb. 2, 9. 1 Pet. 4,10.al. With
τοῦ Seov or the like implied, Acts 18, 27
τοῖς πεπιστεύκασι διὰ τῆς χάριτος. Rom. 4,
16. 11,5 comp. in ἐκλογή. 11, 6 quater.
12,6. 2 Thess. 2, 16. Heb. 2, 9 χάριτι
Seov i. 6. through the gracious counsel of
God. 4, 16. al. Here too belong ‘the
phrases ἐν χάριτι τῇ τοῦ “I. Xp. Rom. 5,15,
ἐν χάριτι Xp. Gal. 1, 6, i.e. the grace of
God through Christ; also Heb. 10, 29 rd
πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος, the Spirit of grace,
the gift and earnest of the divine favour.
c) Spec. of the divine grace and favour as
exercised in conferring gifts, graces, bene-
fits on man; 2 Cor. 4,15 ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεο-
νάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων THY εὐχαριστίαν
περισσεύσῃ. 8,1 τὴν χάριν τοῦ ϑεοῦ τὴν
δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαδς τῆς Max. James
4, 6 bis. 1 Pet. 5, 5—Particularly.as mani-
fested in the benefits bestowed in and
through Christ and his Gospel, Eph. 4, 7.
1 Pet. 1,10 of περὶ τῆς els ὑμᾶς χάριτος
προφητεύσαντες. V. 13. Or as exhibited in
the pardon of sins and admission to the di-
vine kingdom, i. e. saving grace; x. τοῦ
Seov, Rom. 5,15 ἡ χάρις τοῦ Seod καὶ ἡ δω-
ped. Gal. 2,21. Tit. 2, 11. 3,7. 1 Pet. 5,
12; χάρις ζωῆς 1 Pet. 3,7. Simpl. id. Rom.
1, 5. 5, 2.17. 20. 21. 6,1.14.15 οὐκ ἐσμὲν
ὑπὸ νόμον, GAN ὑπὸ χάριν. Gal. 5, 4. Eph.
2, 5.8 xapiri ἐστε σεσωσμένοι. 1 Pet. 1,
13. al.

3. grace in act and deed, an act of grace,
a favour conferred, a kindness, benefit, bene-
faction. a) Genr. Rom. 4, 4 ὁ μισθὸς οὐ
λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα.
Acts 25, 3 αἰτούμενοι χάριν κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, i. 6.
asking a favour against Paul, to his preju-

779 χάρις

dice, viz. that he might be sent for to Jeru-

salem. Also a gift, alms, 1 Cor. 16, 3

ἀπενεγκεῖν τὴν χάριν ὑμῶν eis Ἱερουσαλήμ.

2 Cor. 8, 4. 6. 7. 19. So Dion. Hal. Ant.

2. 15 fin. Hdian. 2. 3. 19. Pol. 1. 31. 6.

Xen. Ag. 4. 3,4. Ὁ) Of the divine fa-

vours, benefits, blessings, gifts conferred on

man through Christ and his Gospel ; espec.

the manifestation of the divine love, John

1,14 πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληϑείας. Vv. 16

bis, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος, see in ἀντί πο. 2. b.

v. 17; comp. 3, 16. 17,23. Genr. Acts 11, .
23 ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τοῦ ϑεοῦ. 1 Cor. 1, 4.

2 Cor. 9, 8. Col. 1, 6. 1 Pet. 4,10 ὡς xa-

λοὶ οἰκονόμοι τῆς ποικίλης χάριτος ϑεοῦ.

Jude 4. So particularly the gift of the

Gospel, salvation by grace in Christ; Acts

13,43 προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ ϑεοῦ. 2 Cor.

6, 1. Phil. 1, 7 συγκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάρι-

τος, i. 6. fellow-partakers with me in the |
grace of the Gospel. Heb. 12,15. 13,9
καλὸν γὰρ χάριτι βεβαιοῦσϑαι τὴν καρδίαν,
οὐ βρώμασιν, it is good that the heart be
made steadfast in grace, not in meats, i.e. in
the grace of the Gospel, the Gospel. doc-
trines ; comp. for the sense, Rom. 14, 15
17. Spec. of the grace or gift of the apos

tleship, the apostolic office, Rom. 12, 3
λέγω yap, διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοϑείσης μοι.
1ὅ, 15. 1 Cor. 8, 10, Gal. 2, 9. Eph. 3, 2.
8. 2 Tim. 2,1. ¢) Meton. gratification,
pleasure, joy, as arising from a favour or
benefit received-; 2 Cor. 1, 15 ἐβουλόμην
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλϑεῖν πρότερον, ἵνα δευτέραν
χάριν ἔχετε, where some Mss. read χαράν.
Philem. 7 in some edit. χάριν γὰρ ἔχομεν
πολλὴν καὶ παράκλησιν, where also others
read yapdv.—Opp. λύπη Tob. 7,18. Eurip.
Helen. 661 or 665 ἐμὰ δὲ δάκρυα. .. πλέον
ἔχει χάριτος ἢ λύπας.

4. grace in return for favours, benefits,
Lat. gratia, Fr. grédces, i. e. gratitude,
thanks ; 6. g. ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστι; what
thank have ye? what thanks do ye de-
serve ? Luke 6, 32. 33.34; χάριν ἔχειν
τινί, Lat. gratias habere, to be thankful,
Luke 17, 9. 1 Tim. 1, 12. 2 Tim. 1, 3.
Heb. 12, 28; comp. in ἔχω no. 2. d. β.
(2 Mace. 3, 33. Jos. Ant. 7. 9. 4. Pol. 5.
104. 1. Xen. Mem. 3.11. 2.) So χάρις
τῷ ϑεῷ Rom. 6,17. 1 Cor. 15, 57. 2 Cor.
2,14. 8,16. 9,15. Dat. χάρετι, with thanks,
thankfully, 1 Cor. 10, 30; ἐν χάριτι id.
Col. 3, 16. So genr. Diod. Sic. 1. 90° τὴν
ἀμοιβὴν τῆς πρὸς τοὺς εὐεργέτας χάριτος.
Lue. Tim. 36 σοὶ μὲν καὶ τῷ Att πλείστη

_ χάρις. Hdian. ὅ. 1. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 3.

5. Accus. χάριεν as adv. or prep. before
a genit. Buttm. ὁ 146. n. 2. § 115. 4; Lat.

χάρισμα

gratia ; pr. in favour of, in behalf of ; hence
on account of, because of, usually put like
gratia after the case it governs, Buttm. ]. ¢.
Luke 7, 47 οὗ χάριν, on which account,
wherefore. Eph. 3,1 et 14 τούτου χάριν;
on this account, for this cause. Gal. 3, 19
τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν. 1 Tim. 5, 14. Tit.
1, 5. 11. Jude 16. Once before its case in
an interrogation, 1 John 3, 12 καὶ χάριν ri-
vos ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν ; comp. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 700. Non al. in N. T.—Ecclus. 35 [32],
2. Hdian. 3. 2. 61. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 54,
Before its gen. Ecclus.. 37, 5.. Pol. 1.
64. 8. +

χάρισ a, ατος, τό, (χαρίζομαι,) a gift,
grant, benefit, a good conferred, Hesych.
χάρισμα" Sapov.—In N. T. only of gifts
and graces imparted from God, 6. g. deli-
verance from peril, 2 Cor. 1, 11; a gift or
quality of the mind, 1 Cor. 7, 7; gifts of
Christian knowledge, consolation, ‘confi-
dence, Rom. 1, 11. 1 Cor. 1, 7; redemp-
tion, salvation through Christ, Rom. 5, 15.
16. 6,23. 11,29. Spee. of the Charis-
mata or miraculous gifts imparted to the

early Christians and particularly to Chris-.

tian teachers by the Holy Spirit, Rom. 12,
6. 1 Cor. 12, 4.9 χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων. v. 28.
30. 31. 1 Pet. 4, 10. As communicated
with the laying on of hands, 1 Tim. 4, 14.
2 Tim. 1, 6. Comp. in πνεῦμα D. 2. d.

χαριτόω, ὦ, f. dow, (xdpis,) to grace,
i. e. to cause to be gracious, acceptable ; Pass.
to be gracious, acceptable, Ecclus. 18, 17.
Liban. 4. p. 1071.—In N. T. to grace, to
favour, spoken only of the divine favour ;
Luke 1, 28 χαῖρε, κεχαριτωμένη, hail, thou
favoured sc. of God. Also of spiritual
graces; Eph. 1, 6 ἐν 9 [χάριτι] ἐχαρίτω-
rev ἡμᾶς with which [grace] he hath graced
us, in which he hath richly imparted grace
unto us, i. e. in the forgiveness of our sins,
comp. v. 7. So Test. XII Patr. p. 698 ἐν
φυλακῇ ἤμην, kal 6 σωτὴρ ἐχαρίτωσέ με ἐν
δεσμοῖς, καὶ ἔλυσέ με.

Xappay, ἡ, indec. Charran, Heb. 174
Haran, also Xappav Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 1; pr.
n. of a city in the northern part of Mesopo-
tamia, where Abraham sojourned for a time
on his way to the land of Canaan, Acts 7,
2.4. Comp. Gen. 11, 31. 12, 5. Jos. Ant.
Ἰ. 6. et 1.19. 4. It was afterwards called
by the Greeks and Romans Κάῤῥαι, Carre ;
was a place of considerable importance ;
and became celebrated by the defeat and
death of Crassus. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
I. ii. p. 149. Ritter Erdk. X. p. 243 sq. XI.
p. 291 sq.

780.

χείμων

χάρτης, ov; 6, (xapdooe,) Lat. charta,
paper, a leaf of paper, made of the layers
of the papyrus, 2 John 12.—Ceb. Tab. 4.
Dioscor. I. 116. See Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 506. Dict. of Antt. art. Liber.

χάσμα, ατος, τό, (χαίνω, χάσκω,) α΄
chasm, gulf, Luke 16,26. Sept. for ΓΗΒ
2 Sam. 18, 1'7.—Paleph. 29. 5. Luc. D.
Mort. 21. 1. Plato Rep. 359. d.

χεῖλος, εος, ovs, τό, 1. alip; Plur.
τὰ χείλη, the lips ; Rom. 3, 13 ἰὸς ἀσπίδων
ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν. Heb. 13,15 καρπὸν
χειλέων, see in καρπός no. 2. d. 1 Pet. 3,
10. As the outward instrument of speech,
the lips, Matt. 15, 8 et Mark 7, 6 ὁ λαὸς
οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσί pe τιμᾷ, i. 6. only with
their lips, in words only, quoted from Is,
29,13 where Sept. for MDW; as also Job 2,
10. Prov. 17, 4. sep. So Paleph. 48. 2.
Luc. D. Deor. 5. 2. Xen. Conv. 5. '7.—Me-.
ton. from the Heb. a language, dialect, like
tongue ; 1 Cor. ΤΆ, 21 ἐν χείλεσιν ἕτέροις,
in allusion to Is. 28,11 where Sept. and
mB. So also Sept. and MSY Gen. 11, 1.
6.9; Heb. ABW, Sept. γλῶσσα, Is. 19, 18.

2. Trop. τὸ χεῖλος τῆς ϑαλάσσης, the lip
of the sea, the shore, Heb. 11,12. Sept. and
ΠΡ Gen. 22, 17. Ex. 14,31; yx. τοῦ ποτα-
pov Ex. 7, 15.—So of a river, Jos. B. J. 3.
10. 7. Diod. Sic. 3. 10. Hdot. 4. 141; x.
τῆς τάφου Thuc. 3.23.

χειμάζω, f. dow, (χεῖμα, kindr. χιών,) to
storm, to raise a storm, Xen. ic. 8. 16:
also 10 winter, to pass the winter, Diod. Sic.
19, 37..Xen. Hell. 1. 2. 15.—In N. T. Pass.
χειμάζομαι, to be slorm-beaten, tempest-tossed
at sea; Acts 27,18 σφοδρῶς δὲ χειμαζομέ-
νων ἡμῶν. So 768. Ant. 12. 8. 8 χειμαζο-
μένης νέως. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2 ναῦται x.
Plato Ion 540. ὃ.

χείμαῤῥος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (χεῖμα, péa,)
winler-flowing, wintry, as x. ποταμός Hom.
Il. 5. 88. Soph. Antig. '712. Epict. Fragm.
1. ed. Schweigh.—In N. T. Subst. 6 χεί-
pappos, a storm-brook, winter-torrent,
which flows in the rainy season or winter,
but is dry in summer ; spoken of the Kidron
John 18, 1; see art. Κεδρών. Sept. and
>M2 of the Kidron, 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K. 2,
38. 15,13. So genr. Luc. Hermot. 86.
Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 7. Strictly poet. for ye
μάῤῥοος, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 234, 669.

χειμών, ὥνος, ὁ, (χεῖμα, kindr. χιών,)
pr. stormy or rainy weather, 6. g.
1. Genr. storm, tempest, foul weather ;

᾿ Matt. 16,3 καὶ πρωΐ: σήμερον χειμών. Acts

27, 20 χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένον.

χείρ

Sept. for 5&3 Ezra 10, 9. Job 37, 6.—Jos.
Ant. 6. 5. 6. 42. V. H. 8. 5. Plat. Timol.
19. 28 τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐπικειμένου. Xen. Mem.
3. 5. 6.

2. Meton. the season of rains and storms,
the rainy season, winter ; for the winter of
Palestine, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p-
96 sq. John 10,22 καὶ χειμὼν ἦν. 2 Tim.
4,21. Genit. as time when, χειμῶνος, in
winter, Matt. 24, 20. Mark 13, 18. Sept.
for © Cant. 2, 11.—Diod/Sic. 1. 41 init.
Dem. 124.3. Xen. Mem. 1.2.1. Genit.
Xen. Conv. 2. 18.

xelp, pds, ἡ, 1. the hand, the human

‘hand ; Plur. ai χεῖρες, the hands ; Matt. 3,

12 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὑτοῦ. 5, 30 εἰ ἡ
δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε. 8,15; τὴν
χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν ν. ἐξηραμμένην 12,10. Mark
3,1.3. Matt. 15,20 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν.
26, 23 ὁ ἐμβάψας per’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ
τὴν χεῖρα, in allusion to the oriental manner
of eating. Matt. 27, 24. Mark 3, 5. Luke 6,
1. 24, 39. John 20, 25. 27. “Acts 3, 7. 17,
25. 28, 3. 4. 1 Cor; 4, 12 et 1 Thess. 4, 11
ἐργάζεσϑαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσί. Gal. 6, 11 et
Philem. 19 ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί. Col. 4,18
ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί. Heb. 12, 12. James
4, 8. 1 John 1, 1. al. sep. So of angels,
Matt. 4,6 ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσί σε. Luke 4,
11. Rev. 1, 16.17. 6, 5. 8, 4. al. Sept.
very often for 73, as Gen. 22, 6. 24, 2.
Prov. 26, 15. Is. 6, 6. (Luc. D. Deor. 26.
1. Hdian. 1. 9. 7. Xen. An. 6. 1. 9. ib. 1.
10. 1.) In phrases; 6. g. ἔργα χειρῶν τι-
vos, the works of one’s hands, idols, Acts ἢ,
41; evil deeds or conduct, Rev. 9, 20; of
God, the works of creation, Heb. 1, 10. 2,
7; comp. below in no. 2, and also in ἔργον
no. 8. For αἴρειν τὴν χεῖρα Rev. 10,5, see
ἴῃ αἴρω no. 1. For other frequent phrases
and constructions, see the following arti-
cles: δέξιος no. 2. a; ἐκτείνω no. 1; ἐπαί-

no. 1; ἐπιβάλλω no. 1; ἐπίϑεσις, ἐπι-
τίϑημι no. 1.b; ἐπιλαμβάνω no. 1.a; κατα-
σείω ; κρατέω no. 1. b; νίπτω.

2. Of God, anthropopathically, i. q. the
powerful hand of God; e. g. Acts 4, 30 ἐν
τῷ τὴν χειρά σου ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν, comp.
in ἐκτείνω no. 1.—Elsewhere to the hand of
God as the instrument of action and of
power, is ascribed that which strictly be-
longs to God himself; comp. in ὀφϑαλμός
no. 2. Acts 4, 28 ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ
ϑουλή σου προώρισε γενέσϑαι. 7, 50 οὐχὶ ἡ
χείο μου ἐποίησε ταῦτα πάντα ; 1 Pet. 5, 6.
So ra ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ ϑεοῦ, see above
in no. 1, and in ἔργὸν no. 3. Comp. Sept.
and ‘7 Is, 66,2. Ps. 103, 22. 8,6, Also
ἡ χείρ κυρίου ἦν per’ αὐτοῦ, the hand of the

, 781

_padidope no. 1.

χείρ
Lord was with him, for help, aid, i. q. the
Lord was with him, Luke 1, 66. Acts 11,
21. Sept. and “Β bY Nin? ἼΔ 1 Sam. 29,
17. 2 Sam. 3, 12.—Further, Acts 13, 11
ἰδού, χεὶρ κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, lo! the hand of the
Lord is upon thee, for punishment. Sept.
for 'Ἔ >> "72 Am. 1,8; 5 “Ἢ Ez. 18,9:
2" 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12,15; comp. Heb. Lex.
ἜΣ no. 1. b,c. Non al.

3. With Prepositions, mostly by Hebra-
ism, where to χείρ as the instrument of ac-
tion and power, is often ascribed what
strictly belongs to the person himself or to
his power; comp. above in no. 2. E.g.
a) διὰ χειρός v. χειρῶν twos, by the
hand or hands of any one, by his interven-
tion, i. 4. διά τινος. Mark 6, 2 δυνάμεις τοι-
avrat Oia τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γίνονται, i. e. are
done by him. Acts 2,23. 5,12 διὰ τῶν χει-
ρῶν τῶν ἀπ. ἐγένετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα. '7,
25. 11, 30. 14,3. 15,23. 19, 11. non 8].
Sept. and Ἔ 373 Ley. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 34,
14. Sept. often ἐν χειρί, 1 K. 2, 25. 12,
15; see below in lett. c. Heb. Lex. ™ aa.
b) eis χεῖράς twos, into the hands of
any one, i. e. into his power; so chiefly
παραδιδόναι eis x. Matt. 17, 22. 26, 45.
Mark 9, 31. 14, 41. Luke 9, 44. 24, 7.
Acts 21, 11. 28,17. non al. Comp. in za-
Sept. for Ἔ 573 109
1 Sam. 23, 4. 12. 14. Job 16, 11. al. Sept.
oftener ἐν χειρί; Judg. 2,14. 6,1. al. Also
with verbs of committing, διδόναι τι εἰς x.
John 13, 3; παρατίϑημι eis x. Luke 23, 46.
Sept. and Heb, Gen. 42, 37. (Pol. 3. 52.7.
Dem. 32. 1.) Once ἐμπίπτειν εἰς χεῖράς
twos, to fall inte the hands of any one, into
his power, for punishment, Heb. 10, 31.
Sept. for “S 73 589 2 Sam. 24, 14. 1 Chr.
21,13. So Ecclus. 2, 18. 38,15. Comp.
ἐλϑεῖν εἰς χεῖρας, Luc. Gymnas. 25. Xen.
Cyr. 2.4. 15. 0) ἐν χειρί τινος, once
i. q. els χεῖράς τινος, comp. ἐν no. 4. John
3, 35 πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ.
(Sept. for '“Β 2 4M} Josh. 2, 24. Jndg. 1,
2.) Elsewhere i. q. διὰ χειρός τινος, see
above in lett. a, i. 6. by or chrough the inter-
vention of any one, Acts 7, 35 ἐν χ. ἀγγέ-
λου. Gal. 3,19 ἐν x. pecirov. Sept. for
‘p ‘92 Num. 15, 23, Jer. 37,2. So Ec-
clus. 48,20. 49,6. ἀ) ἐκ χειρός τινος,
out of the hand of any one, out of his power,
after verbs of freeing, delivering, and the
like; Luke 1, 71 σωτηρίαν ἐκ χειρὸς πάν-
τῶν κτλ. v.74. John 10, 28. 29. 39. Acts
12,11. 24,7 Λυσίας ... [αὐτὸν] ἐκ τῶν χει-
ρῶν ἡμῶν ἀπήγαγε. Sept. for 2 Gen. 32,
11. Ex. 18, 9.10. So Jos. Vit. §15 Seds

+.

χειραγωγέω

ῥύσασϑαί με ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνων χειρός.
Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 11.2. +

χειραγωγέω, &, f. now, (xetpaywyds,)
to lead by the hand, c. acc. Acts 9, 8. 22,
11.—Artemid. 5. 20. Luc. Tim. 30, 32.
Diod. Sic. 13. 20.

χειραγ 0S, οὔ, ὁ, ἣ, adj. (χείρ, ἄγω,
ἀγωγή.) leading by the hand, a hand-leader,
Acts 13, 11.—Artemid. 1. 50 τυφλοὺς ἐποί-
noev, ἵνα χειραγωγοῖς χρήσωνται. Plut, de
Fortun. 2 fin.

χειρόγραφον, ov, τό, (χειρόγραφος ;
χείρ, γράφω.) chirography, hand-writing,
Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 8. Pol. 80. 8. 4.—In
N. T. meton. @ hand-wriling, manuscript,
something written by hand, e. g. the Mosaic
law, the letter in antith. to the spirit, Col.
2,14; comp. Eph. 2, 15. So gent. Pol.
30. 8. 4; and of a written obligation, bond,
Tob. 5, 3. 9, 5. Artemid. 3. 40.

χειροποίητος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (χείρ, ποιέω,)
made with hands, artificial, external, 6. g.
ναὸς χειροποίητος Mark 14, 58. Acts 7, 48.
17, 24. Eph. 2, 11 περιτομὴ x. Heb. 9, 11.
24.—Judith 8, 18. Hdian. 8. 1. 14. Xen.
An. 4. 3. 5.

χειροτονέω, G, f. how, (xetpordvos ;
χείρ, τείνω,) lo stretch out the hand, to hold
up the hand, as in voting ; hence to vote, to
give one’s vote, by holding up the hand, in-
trans. Pol. 9.30. 5.—In N. T. trans. to choose
by vote, to appoint ; c. acc. et dat. Acts 14,
23 χειροτονήσαντες αὐτοῖς πρεσβυτέρους.
Pass. 2 Cor. 8, 19. [2 Tim. 4, 23. Tit. 3,
16.] So Jos. Ant. 13. 2. 2 χειροτονοῦμεν
δέ σε σήμερον ἀρχιερέα. Hdian. 7. 10. 3.
Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 11. :

χείρων; ovos, ὃ, ἧ, worse, irreg. Compa-
rat. to adj. κακός, from an obsol. posit. χέρης,
see Buttm. ᾧ 68. 2; spoken of state, condi-
tion, quality, Matt. 9, 16 et Mark 2, 21
σχίσμα χεῖρον γίνεται. Matt. 12,45 ra ἔσχα-
τα τοῦ ἀνῶϑρ. ἐκείνου γίνεται χείρονα τῶν
πρώτων. 27,64. Mark 5, 26. Luke 11, 26.
John 5, 14. 2 Pet. 2, 20. Of punishment,
worse, more severe, Heb. 10,29. So Wisd.
15, 18. Hdian. 3. 13. 14. Diod. Sic. 20. 57.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 6.—Trop. of persons, in a
moral sense; 1 Tim. 5, 8 ἀπίστου χείρων.
2 Tim. 3,13. So ASschin. 60. 15. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 32.

χερουβίμ, Heb. Plur. "3592, cheru-
bim, from Sing. 372, Sept. χερούβ Ex. 41,
18, a cherub; in N. T. spoken of the golden
figures representing the cherubim and _pla-

Comp.

ced on or over the ark, Heb. 9, 5; comp.’

Sept. and Heb. Ex. 25, 18 sq.-—The cheru-

782

χιλίαρχος

bim, in the theology of the Hebrews, are
beings of a celestial nature, having a form
composed from the figures of a man, eagle,
ox, and lion, as the emblems of wisdom and
strength, with four wings ; comp. Ez. ¢. 1.
10. As to their office, they are first men-
tioned as guarding the gate of Paradise,
Gen. 3, 24; then, as bearing the throne of
God upon their wings swiftly through the
clouds, 2 Sam. 22, 11. Ps. 18, 12. Ez. 1. c.
Golden figures of cherubim were placed on
or over the ark, so as to cover it, Ex. 25,
18 sq. and as the ark was the seat of God’s
visible presence, he is hence said to dwell
between the cherubim, 1 Sam. 4, 4. 2 Sam.
6, 2. Ps. 80, 2. 99,1. When the temple
was built, other like images were placed
over the ark and around the holy of holies,
1 K. 6, 23sq. 8, 6sq. See espec. Heb.
Lex. art. 3492.—Jos, Ant. 3. 6.5 τῷ δ᾽
ἐπιϑέματι αὐτῆς [τῆς κιβωτοῦ] ἦσαν προστυ-
πεῖς δύο" χερουβεῖς μὲν αὐτοὺς “Ἑβραῖοι κα-
λοῦσι. ib. 8. 3. 3

χήρα, as, }, (χῆρος,) a widow, one ve
reaved of a husband; Matt. 23, 13 [14] οἰκίας
τῶν χηρῶν. Mark 12, 40. 42 μία χήρα πτω-
xn. v. 48. Luke 2, 37. 4, 25. 7, 12. 18,3.
5. 20,47. 21,2. 3. Acts 6,1. 9, 39. 41.
1 Cor. 7, 8. 1 Tim. 5, 3. 4. 5. 9. 11. 16 bis.
James 1,27. Sept. for made Gen. 38, 11.
Ex. 22, 22. 24. al. (2 Macc. 3, 10. Soph.
Aj. 653. Luc. de Mort. Peregr. 12.) With
γυνή added ; Luke 4, 26 πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν
to a widvw woman. Sept. γυνὴ χήρα for
mod 2 Sam. 14, 5. 1K. 7,14. So Jos.
Ant. 8. 13. 2. Plut. Mor. II. p. 28. Ausop.
Fab. 24.—Poet. of a city left desolate, Rev.

-18,'7; comp. Is. 47, 8. Lam. 1, 1.

és, adv. yesterday, John 4, 52. Acts
7,28. Heb. 13,8. Sept. for dion Gen. 31,
2. 2 Sam. 3, 17.—Hian. 8. 6. 3. Lue. D.
Deor. 7. 3. Xen. An. 6.4.18. The Attics
wrote also ἐχϑές, comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
323.

χιλίαρχος, ov, 6, (χίλιοι, ἄρχω,) a chi
liarch, captain of a thousand, Sept. for iy
ἘΠῊΝ Deut. 1, 15. 2 Sam. 18, 1. Xen.
Cyr. ee cena pupidpxous καὶ
χιλιάρχους καὶ ταξιάρχους καὶ λοχαγούς .---
In Ν. T. a chiliarch, put for a commander,
captain, a military chief, viz.

1. Genr. Mark 6, 21. Acts 25, 23. Rev.
6,15. 19, 18.—Jos. Ant. 7. 2. 2.

2. Spec. a tribune, a military tribune, an
officer of the Roman armies, six of whom
were attached to each. legion and were its
chief officers. In battle each tribune seems
to have had charge of ten centuries ; wher

χιλιάς

prob. the Greek name χιλίαρχος ; see Ad-
am’s Rom. Ant. p. 369, comp. p. 193. Dict.
of Antt. art. Exercitus, p. 503.—In N. T.
spoken of the tribune Claudius Lysias, who
commanded the garrison in the fortress An-
tonia at Jerusalem, Acts 21, 31. 32. 33. 37.
22, 24. 26. 27. 28. 29. 23, 10. 15. 17. 18.
19. 22. 24, 7.22. So Hdian. 3. 12. 18.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 6..4.

3. Spoken of the captain or prefect of the
temple, John 18, 12; see fully in στρατη-
γός no. 2, and σπεῖρα no. 2.

χιλιάς, ddos, ἡ, (χίλιοι,) a chiliad, a
thousand, the noun of number, Luke 14, 31
bis. Acts 4, 4. 1 Cor. 10, 8. Rev. 5,11. 7,
4. 5 ter. 6 ter. 7 ter. 8 ter. 11, 13. 14, 1.3.
21,16. Sept. for D2 Gen 24,60. Ex.
12, 37.—Luc. Hermot. ὅθ. Plato Phedr.
256. e. Comp. Buttm. § 70.

χίλιοι, at, a, adj. numeral, a thousand,
2 Pet. 3,8 bis. Rev. 11, 3. 12,6. 14, 20,
20, 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.'7. Sept. for 2% Gen. 20,
16. Ex. 38, 25.—Hdian. 1. 15. 19. Xen.
Hell. 1. 4. 21. Comp. Buttm. ὁ 70.

Χίος, ov, ἡ, Chios, now Scio, one of the
larger Greek islands, lying near the coast
of Asia Minor, between Samos and Lesbos,
and celebrated for its mastix and wine. Acts
20, 15.—Diged. Sic. 5. 81. Comp. Hor. Od.
3.19. 5. Pococke Descr. of the East; II.
1. p. 1.

χιτών, ὥνος, 6, (Heb. ΓΞ.) a tunic,
the inner garment, worn next the skin,
mostly with sleeves, and reaching usually
to the knees, rarely to the ancles ; see Heb.
Lex. art. 293. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 416.
Dict. of Antt. art. Tunica. So Matt. 5,40
καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν. Luke 6, 29.
John 19, 23 bis. Acts 9, 39. Jude 23.
Sometimes two tunics seem to have been
worn, prob. of different stuffs, for ornament
or laxury ; Matt. 10, 10. Mark 6, 9. Luke
3, 11. 9, 3. Hence is said of the high
priest, διαῤῥήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ Mark
14, 63; comp. 2 Macc. 4,88, Jos. Ant. 3.
7. 4, where χιτών is the ΘῈΣ Ὦ or outer tunic.
Sept. genr. for "32 Gen. 37, 3. 2 Sam.
15, 32. Cant. 5, 4.—El. V. H. 1. 16 ἐν-
δύντα αὐτὸν τὸν χιτῶνα, Kal ϑοιμάτιον πε-
ριβαλόμενον. Luc. D. Deor. 18. 2. Diod.
Sic. 4. 38. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. 1, 2.

χιών, ὄνος, ἡ, snow, Matt. 28, 3. Mark
y, 3. Rev. 1,14. Sept. for 22% Job 37, 6.
Is. 1, 18.—ABl. V. H. 7. 6. Hdian. 3. 3. 9.

* Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 30.

χλαμύς, vdos, ἡ, chlamys, a wide cloak
worn sometimes by kings, Jos. Ant, 5. 1.

783 χοῖνιξ -

10. Hdian. 7. 5. 7; by military officers,
2 Macc. 12, 35. A). V. H. 14. 10; by sol-
diers and others Plaut. Rud. 2. 2. 9. Xen.
Mem. 2. 7. 5; also by a hunter, Luc. D.
Deor, 11. 2.—In N. T. prob. the Roman
paludamentum, officer’s cloak, usually of
purple, Matt. 27, 28.31 ; see in πορφύρα fin.
The paludamentum was hung loosely over
the shoulders, being fastened across the
breast by a clasp; and reached below the
knees ; see Adam’s Ant. p. 371. Dict. of
Antt. art. Paludamentum, Chlamys.
χλευάζω, f. dow, (χλευή,) to jest, to de-
ride, to scoff, absol. Acts 17, 32; also Acts
2, 13 Rec. where others διαχλευάζω q. v.—
Wisd. 11, 14. Pol. 4. 3. 13. Aristoph. Ran,
376; c. acc. Plut. Timol. 15. Dem. 78. 12.

χλιαρός, ά, όν, (χλιαίνω, χλίω,) warm,
lukewarm, Rev. 8, 16.—Athen. 3. p. 123.
6, ὕδωρ xA. Plut. de Fluv. 25. 3.

Χλόη, ns, }, Chloe, pr. n. of a female
Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor. 1, 11.,

χλωρός, d, dv, (χλόη, xdédos,) pr. pale-
green, yellowish-green, the colour of the first
shoots of grass and herbage, Hom. Od. 16.
17.—In N. T.

1. Genr. green, verdant, like young her-
bage; Mark 6, 39 ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ.
Rey. 8,7. 9,4. Sept. for PT] Gen. 1, 30.
Is. 15, 6; PT? 2 K. 19, 26.— El. V. Η. 13.
16. Plut. Romul. 20. Thue. 4. 6.

2. pale, dun, of a horse, Rev. 6, 8 ἵππος
xAepds.—Artemid. 1. 77 or 79 χλωρὸς γὰρ
ὁ xpvods. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 11 χλωρὴν
σάρκα. Hes. Scut. 231 yA. ἀδάμας.

χξς, six hundred and sixty-six, the
number for which these letters stand, viz.
x 600, ξ΄ 60, ς΄ 6; see Buttm. § 2. n. 3.
Rev. 13, 18.

χοϊκός, ἡ, dv, (χόος, χοῦς.) of earth,
earthy, terrene, 1 Cor. 15, 47. 48 bis. 49.—
Only in N. T.

χοῖνιξ, txos, ἧ, @ chenix, an Attic mea-
sure for grain and things dry, equal to the
48th part of the Attic medimnus, or to the
eighth part of a Roman modius, and conse-
quently nearly equivalent to one quart
English ; see in art. μόδιος. A chen of
grain was the daily allowance for one man,
whether soldier or slave, Hdot. 7. 187; see
Beckh Staatsh. der. Ath. I. p. 99 sq. So
Rev. 6, 6 bis, χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου, καὶ τρεῖς
χοίνικες κριϑῆς δηναρίου, implying excessive
dearness, since the ordinary price of ἃ me-
dimnus of wheat in Attica and Sicily did not
exceed five or six drachme or denarii; see
Beeckh 1. c. p. 102 sq.—Sept. Ez. 45. 10, ἢ

ts
11. Al. V. H. 1. 26. Diod. Sic. 19, 49.
Xen. An. 1. 5. 6.

χοῖρος, ου, 6, ἡ, α swine; Matt. 7, 6,
comp. in κύων. Matt. 8, 30. 31. 32 bis.
Mark 5, 11. 12. 13. [14.] 16. Luke 8, 32.
33. 15, 15. 16.— 2]. V. H. 2. 11. Hdian.
5. 6. 21. Xen. An. 7. 8. 5.

χολάω, ὦ, f. noe, (xoAn,) to be dilious,
melancholy, mad, i. q. μελαγχολάῳ, Aris-
toph. Nub. 833.—Later and in N. T. i. q.
χολοῦμαι, to be full of gall, to be angry, en-
raged, c. dat. pers. John 7, 23 ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε.
So 3 Macc. 3, 1. Mosch. 1.. 10. Artemid. 1.
4. Diog. Laert. 9. 66. Schol. in Aristoph.
Plut. 12, χολᾷν " παρὰ τοῖς ᾿Αττικοῖς. τὸ
μαίνεσϑαι " 4-453 τοῖς κοινοῖς, TO ϑυμοῦσϑαι.

χολή, fis, ἡ, the bile, gall, Paleph. 27.
2. Plato Rep. 564. b; then as the seat of
anger, choler, wrath, Luc, Fugit. 19. Dem.
778. 8.—In N. T. gall, bitterness, viz.

1. poison, venom, trop. Acts 8, 23 εἰς yap
χολὴν πικρίας ... ὁρῶ σε ὄντα, 1. 4. εἰς χο-
λὴν πικράν, bilter gall, venom; see in πικρία
and σύνδεσμος. Sept. pr. for SX" poppy,
poison, Deut. 29, 17. 32, 32.—Plut. Romul.
17 ὥσπερ ἰοῦ καὶ χολῆς ἐνίων ϑηρίων.

2. From the Heb. biter herbs, e. g. worm-
wood, poppy, myrrh, and the like 5 Matt.
27, 34 ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ πιεῖν ὄξος μετὰ χολῆς
μεμιγμένον, comp. Mark 15, 23; see fully
in 6€0s.—Sept. for 292 wormwood, Prov.
5, 4. Lam. 3, 15; and for 88 " PoPPYs Ps.
89, 22. Jer. 8, 14.

00S, 6, (χέω, xdo,) contr. nominat.
χοῦς, gen. xods, dat. χοΐ, acc. χοῦν, comp.
Passow s. v. Buttm. § 58 pen. earth, as
dug out and thrown up, a heap of earth,
mound, Hdot. 1. 150 ὁ χοῦς ὁ ἐξορυχϑεις.
Pol. 4. 40. 7. Thue. 2. '76.—In N. T. genr.
loose earth, dirt, dust; Mark 6, 11 ἐκτινά-
are τὸν γοῦν κτὰ. i. 4. κονιόρτος in Matt.
10, 14; see in ἐκτιύφάσσω. (Sept. for "22
Is. 52, 2.) Rev. 18, 19 ἔβαλον χοῦν ἐπὶ ras
κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν, in token of grief, mourning ;
see in σποδός, and so Sept. for "BY Josh. 7,
6. Sept. genr. for "29 Gen. 2, 7. 2 Chr.
1,9. So Hdian. 8. 4, 11.

Xopativ, ἡ, indec. Chorazin, written
also in Mss. Xopa{aiv, Χωραζίν, or χώρα
Ziv, a place of Galilee mentioned in connec-
tion with Bethsaida and Capernaum, and
probably near them, Matt. 11, 21. Luke 10,
13. According to Eusebius and Jerome in
Onomast. Chorazin was a village (κώμη) of
Galilee, two Roman miles from Capernaum,
already deserted in their day ; see Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. Il. ii. p. 72. Reland Palest. p.
721 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 294.

784

χόρτασμα

χορηγέω, ὦ, f. how, (χορηγός ; χορός,
ἄγω.) to be chorus-leader, to lead a chorus ot
singers and dancers, Anthol. Gr. I. 73;
trop. Luc, Necyom. 16. Plato Theet. 27.
p. 179. d. Then, fo lead out or furnish a
chorus on public occasions at one’s own ex-
pense, for which purpose at Athens persons
called χορηγοί were appointed from each
tribe, Dem. 565. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 3, 6.
Xen. Ath. 1. 13 χορηγοῦσι of πλούσιοι.
Sturz Lex. Xen. art. χορηγός. Potter’s Gr.
Ant. 1. p. 86. Dict. of Antt. art. Choregus.
—Hence genr. and in N. T. to furnish, to
supply, to give, c. acc. 1 Pet. 4, 11 ἐξ ἰσχύ-
os ἧς [ἣν] χορηγεῖ ὁ Seds. 2 Cor. 9, 10 ὁ δὲ
ἐπιχορηγῶν σπέρμα τῷ σπείροντι ... χορη-
γήσαι καὶ πληϑύναι τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν, where
for the Opt. see Matth. ὁ 513. Buttm. § 139.
m. 7. Winer § 42. 5. So Ecclus. 1, 10. 25.
El. V. Η. 4. 19. Hdian. 1. 6. 9. Diod. Sic.
2, 35 χορηγοῦσα τὰς τροφὰς ἀφϑόνως.

χορός, od, 6, a dance, ring-dance, and
in general, dancing as connected with music
and song, S8pec. On festive occasions ; Luke
15, 25 ἤκουσε συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν. Sept.
for npina Ex. 15, 20. Judg. 11, 34.—Hom.
Il. 16. 18. Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 22. 3. Dem. 530.
23. Xen. Hi. 6.2. Meton. a chorus, troop
of dancers and singers, Jos. Ant, 7. 4. 2
Hdian. 4. 2. 9. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 12.

χορτάζω, f. dow, (xépros,) to feed with
grass, hay; to fodder; pr. beasts, c. ace.
Hes. Op. 450 or 454. Plato Rep. 372. d.—
In N. T. genr. to feed, to fill with food, to
satisfy, to satiate; spoken

1. Of birds of prey; Pass. 6. ἔκ τινος,
Rev..19, 21 τὰ aise ἐχορτάσϑη ἐκ τῶν
σαρκῶν.

2. Of persons, in the usage of the later
Greek, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 200. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 64; so 6. accus. expr. or impl.
Matt. 15, 33 ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦ-
τον. Pass. Matt. 14, 20 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες
καὶ ἐχορτάσϑησαν. 1ὔ, 87. Mark 6, 42. 7,

27. 8, 8. Luke 9, 17. John 6, 26. Phil. 4,
12. James 2, 16. Sept. for sa Jer. 5,7.
ἐν 37, 19. (Arr. Epict. 1. 9. 19. Athen.

. p- 99. f. Plut. Symp. 1. 2. 2.) With
a nyt eh adjunct of the material, ¢. gen.
Mark 8, 4 τούτους ... χορτάσαι ἄρτων.
Matth. § 352. With ἀπό τινος, Luke 16,
21 ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασϑῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν Giver.
ag c. gen. for > ya Lam. 3, 15. 30; ¢.
ἀπό for 8 2B Ps. 104,13. Soc. gen.
Anthol. Gr. TIL. p. 22.—Trop. to satisfy the
desire of any one, do fill; Pass. Matt. 5, 6.
Luke 6, 21. ,

χόρτασμα; aros, τό, ( xopratw,) fodder,
forage, green or dry, for animals, Sept. for

χόρτος 785

R1BD2 Gen. 24, 25. 32. Pol. 9. 4. 3. Diod.
Sic. ‘20. 76.—In N. T. genr. food, suste-
nance, for persons, Acts 7,11. So χόρτος
Anth. Gr. I. p. 119.

χόρτος, ov, 6, (kindr. Lat. hortus,) pr.
an inclosure, yard, court, Hom. Il. 11. 773
or 774; espec. for cattle, ib. 24. 640; then
ofa place or range of pasturage, a@ pasture,
range, Eurip. Iph. Taur. 134 χόρτοι εὔ-
δενδροι. ib. Cyclop. 504 or 507. Pind. Ol.
13. 62 χόρτοι λέοντος. Meton. fodder for
animals, green or dry, grass, hay, Hes. Op.
604 or 608. Luc. Asin. 15. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6.
12. An. 1. 5. 10 χόρτον xovgov.—Henve
genr. and in N. T. grass, herbage ; Matt.
6, 30 τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ. 14,19. Mark
6, 39 ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χύρτῳ. Luke 12, 28.
John 6, 10. 1 Cor. 3, 12. James 1, 10. 11.
1 Pet. 1, 24ter. Rev. 8, 7. 9,4. Also of
grain as growing, Matt. 13, 26. Mark 4, 28.
Sept. for "zm Ps. 38, 2. Is. 40, 7. 8;
abs Gen. 2, 5. Prov. 19, 12. So Plat.
Romul. 8. Xen. An. 1. 5. 5 οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρ-
τος, οὐδὲ ἄλλο δένδρον οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἦν

ἅπασα ἡ χώρα.

“Χουζᾶς, a, 6, Chuzas, pr. ἢ. of the
steward of Herod Antipas, Luke 8, 3. See
in ἐπίτροπος no. 1.

χοῦς, see in χόος.

χράω, ὦ, f. now, contracted in η instead
of a, like ζάω, Buttm. § 105. n. 5. The
root χράω under different forms, has in
prose four different significations, viz. ypa@
to uiier an oracle, not found in N. Τ᾿;
κίχρημι to supply with, to lend; xpaopat
to use ; χρή impers. i needs, behooves ; see
in Buttm. ἢ 114. Passow in ypao.—In
N. T.

I. κίχρημι; ἰο lend, see in its order.

Il. χράομαι, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. depon. aor.
1 ἐχρησάμην, Imperat. χρῆσαι 1 Cor. 7, 21;
to use, to make use of, c. dat. Buttm. § 133.
4. a. Matth. §396.1. a) Of things, Acts
27, 17 βοηϑείαις ἐχρῶντο. 1 Cor. 7, 21. 31.
9,12. 15. 2 Cor. 1,17. 3,12. 1 Tim. 1, 8.
5, 23 οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ. So Wisd. 2, 6.
Δ. V. H. 5.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4. b)
Of persons, to use well or ill, ἐο treat, c. dat.
et adv. Acts 27.3 φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ ἸἸού-
λιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος. With adv.
simpl. 2 Cor. 13, 10 ἵνα παρὼν μὴ ἀποτόμως
(ὑμῖν) χρήσωμαι, lest I ireat you sharply,
use sharpness, comp. Sept. Esth. 1, 19. 9,
27. Sept. for 5 πῶ Gen. 16, 6. 19, 8.
So 708. Ant. 2. 15.1 χαλεπῶς. Hdian. 3.13.
8. Xen. Mem. 4.6.5. ᾿

1Π. Impers. χρή, impf. ἐχρῆν, inf. χρῆναι,
Buttm. §114; pr. ‘ there is use for ;’ hence,

50

FY aed

it needs, it behooves, it ought, Germ. es
braucht ; c. inf. James 8,10 οὐ χρὴ ... rad
Ta οὕτω γίνεσϑαι, these things ought not so
to be. Buttm. ᾧ 129. 18.—Jos. Ant. 14. 13.
7 τί χρὴ ποιεῖν. Al. V. H. 2. 12. Hdian. 1.
6. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19, 24.

x pela, as, 7, (χρέος, χράομαι.) 1. use,
usage, employment, the act of using, Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 25 πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἵππου χρείαν.
ib. 2. 4. 1.—In N. T. meton. that in which
one is employed, an employment, affair, bu-
siness ; Acts 6, 3 ods καταστήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆς
χρείας ταύτης. So 2 Macc. 7, 24. Jos. B. J.
2.20. 3 οὐκ ἐπέστησαν [airdy|erais χρείαις.
Pol. 3. 45. 2 τοῖς ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν χρείαν ἐξα-
πεσταλμένοις. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 7 fin.

2. need, necessity, want. a) Genr.
Eph. 4, 29 εἴ τις [λόγος] ἀγαϑὸς πρὸς οἶκο-
δομὴν τῆς χρείας, genit. of qual. for needful.
edification; comp. Winer. § 34.2. Soypeia
ἐστί, there is need, opus est, c. gen. Luke
10, 42 ἑνὸς δέ ἐστι χρεία, one thing is need-
ful; also c. infin. Heb. 7, 11.—Diod. Sic.
1. 19. Plut. Pericl. 8; 6. gen. Ecclus. 3,
22. Pol. 3. 111. 10 οὐκ ἔτε λόγων, ἀλλ᾽
ἔργων ἐστὶν ἡ χρεία. Xen. Mem. 3. 3. 3.

b) Of personal need, necessity, want;
Acts 20, 34 ταῖς χρείας μου ... ὑπηρέτησαν
ai χεῖρες αὗται. Rom. 12, 13. Phil. 2, 25.

_ 4, 19 ; εἰς τὴν χρείαν for one’s need or wants,

Phil. 4, 16; εἰς ras χρείας id. Tit. 3, 14;
τὰ πρὸς χρείαν, things for need, such things
as were necessary to us, Acts 28, 10.—
Ecclus, 29, 2. Plut. Cato Maj. 3. Luc. de
Mere. cond. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10.

c) Elsewhere only in the phrase χρείαν
ἔχω, to have need, to need, to want, 6. g.
a) Genr. and c. genit. to have need of;
Matt. 9, 12 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες
ἰατροῦ. 21, 8. 36, 6ὅ τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν
μαρτύρων ; Mark 2, 17. 11, 3. 14, 63. Luke
5, 31. 9, 11 τοὺς χρείαν ἔχοντας ϑεραπείας.
15, 7. 19, 31. 34. 22, 71. John 13, 39.
1 Cor. 12, 21 bis. 24 οὐ χρείαν ἔχει 56. εὖ-
σχημοσύνης. Heb. 5, 12 bis. 10, 36. Rev.
21, 23. 22,5. With infin. Act. Matt. 14,
16 ov χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελϑεῖν. John 13, 10.
1 Thess. 1, 8. 4, 9; also inf. Pass. Matt. 3,
14. 1 Thess. 5, 1. Comp. Buttm. § 140. 2.
Matth. § 535. n. Winer § 45.n.1, With
ἵνα, John 2, 25. 16, 30. 1 John 2, 27. Sept.
c. gen. for vem Prov. 18, 2. Is. 13, 17.
So 6. gen. Ecclus. 13, 6. Pol. 9. 12. 1
Diod. Sic. 18. 42. 8) Of personal need,
want; c. gen. Matt. 6,8 οἷδε γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ
ὑμῶν, ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε. 1 Thess. 4, 12. Rev.
3,17. Absol. to have need, to be in need, to
he in woant ; Mark 2, 25 τί ἐποίησε Δαβίδ,
ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχε. Acts 2,45. 4, 35. Eph.

χρεωφειλέτης 780

4, 28 μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι. 1 John
3, 17.

χρεωφειλέτης, ov, 6, (χρέος, Att. χρέ-
ws, ὀφείλω,) a debt-ower, debtor, Luke 7,
41. 16, 5.—Sept. Prov. 29, 13. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 6. 22. Plut. J. Caes. 5. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 691. ὃ

χρή; impers. verb, see in χράω III.

χρῇζω, f. now, (χρή: χρεία,) to need, to
have need of, to want, to desire; 6. gen.
Matt. 6, 32 et Luke 12, 30 οἶδε yap ὁ πατὴρ
ipay...6re χρήζετε τούτων πάντων. Luke
11,8. Rom. 16,2. 2 ΟοΥ. 8, 1—Symm.
for ΥῈΠ Job 22, 3. Hdian. 4. 11. 10. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 5. 22.

χρῆμα, ατος, τό, (xpdopat,) pr. some-
thing for use, useful, what one can use,
what one needs, Xen. M&c. 1. '7sq.— Hence
genr. and in N. T. profit, riches, wealth,
usually Plur. τὰ χρήματα, Matt. 10, 23
of τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, i. 6. the rich. v. 24
πεποιδότας ἐπὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν. Luke 18, 24.
Sept. for 5°022 Josh. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 1, 11.
12. (Hdian. 3. 13. 11. Plut. Theseus 3.
Thue. 1.8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 45 τῶν ra
χρήματα ἐχόντων.) Spec. money; once
Sing. Acts 4, 37 ἤνεγκε τὸ χρῆμα, the mo-
ney, the price, i. 4. τιμή in 5, 2. Plur. Acts
8, 18. 20, 24,26. Sept. for 52 Job 27,
17. So1 Macc. 14, 32. Hdian. 5. 4. 4."
Diod. Sic. 13. 106.—In Greek writers also
i. q. a thing, matter, business, πρᾶγμα,
Paleph. 31. 8. Pol. 12,15. 8. Xen. Cyr.
5. 2. 34.

χρηματίζω, f. ἰσω, (χρῆμα!) to do busi-
ness, to be engaged in business, either pri-
vate or public, Sept. 1 K. 18, 27.. Ail. V.
H. 3. 4 χρηματίζων ὑπέρ τινων δημοσίων
καὶ κοινῶν πραγμάτων. Thuc. 1.87; espec.
in trade and money affairs, Mid. to do good
business, to make profit, to gain, Zl, V. H.
4.12. Xen. Lac. 7.1, 5. Of kings and
magistrates, to do business publicly, to give
audience and answer as to ambassadors or
petitioners, fo give response or decision, Jos.
Ant. 11. 8. 2 ὁ βασιλεὺς. ..καδίσας ἐν ᾧ
χρηματίζειν εἰώϑη τόπῳ. Pol 4. 27. 96 δὲ
βασιλεὺς Φίλιππος, χρηματίσας τοῖς ᾿Αχαι-
ois. Dem. 250.10. Xen. Ath. 8. 2.—Hence
in N. T.

1. Spoken in respect to a divine response,
oracle, declaration, to give response, to speak
as an oracle, to warn from God; absol.
Heb. 12,25 τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς παραιτησάμενοι xpn-
ματίζοντα, i. 6. Moses, who consulted God
and delivered to the people the divine re-
sponses, precepts, warnings, and the like.
So Sept. of a prophet, for 923 Jer. 26, 2;

XPNTTOMOY LA

of God, 30, 2. 36,4. (Jos, Ant. 10. 1. 3
ὁ δὲ προφήτης... χρηματίσαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ
Seod. ib. 11. 8, 4 ἐχρημάτισεν αὐτῷ κατὰ
τοὺς ὕπνους ὁ Seds. Diod. Sic. 3. 6 τοὺς
Seovs αὐτοῖς ταῦτα κεχρηματικέναι.) Pass.
of persons, /o receive @ divine response,
warning ; to be warned or admonished of
Good ; absol. Heb. 8, 5 ὡς κεχρημάτισται
Μωῦσῆς. Soc. inf. Matt. 2,12. Acts 10,
22 ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου. With περί τινος Heb. 11,
7; kar ὄναρ Matt. 2,12. 22. Of things,
to be given in response, to be revealed ;
Luke 2, 26 ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ
τοῦ πνεύματος ἁγίου. So Jos. Ant. 11. 8, 4
τὸ χρηματισϑέν, a divine oracle.

2. In the later Greek usage, i. q. ‘ to do
business as any one, under any name;
hence genr. to take or bear a name, to be
named, called; constr. with the name in ap
posit. Acts 11,26 χρηματίσαι τε πρῶτον ἐν
᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαϑητὰς Χριστιανούς. Rom.
7, 8 μοιχαλὶς xpnuari¢er.—Jos. Ant. 13.11.
3 ᾿Αριστόβουλος ... χρηματίσας μὲν Φιλέλ-
λην. Plut. Μ. Anton. 54 fin. Κλεοπάτρα
... νέα Ἴσις ἐχρημάτιζε. Diod. Sic. 1. 44.
Pol. 5. 57. 2.

χρηματισ͵ μός, οὗ, 6, (χρηματίζω,) pr.
‘the doing of business :᾿ hence, business,
profit, gain, Plut. Philopem. 4. Dem. 568.
18; the giving audience, response, decision,
Fl. V. H. 9. 13. Pol. 28. 14. 10.—ia N.
Τ'. a response from God, an oracle, answer,
Rom. 11, 4. So 2 Mace, 2, 4.

χρήσιμος, ἡ, ov, (xpdopar,) good for
use, useful, profilable; 2 Tim. 2, 14 εἰς
οὐδὲν χρήσίμον. Sept. for 553. Gen. 37, 263
mx Ez. 15, 4.—Wisd. 8, 7. Plut. de Ira
cohib. 6 ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ χρησίμῳ. Xen. Mem.
Be ἄν,

χρῆσις, ews, , (xpdopat,) use, a using,
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 5. Hdian. 8. 14. 18. Xen.
Lac. 7. 6.—In N. T. spec. the use of the
body in sexual intercourse, Rom. 1, 26. 27.
So Ocell. Lucan. 4 πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισί-
wv χρῆσιν. Lue. Amor. 25 χρῆσις παιδική,
comp. 19. Isocr. 386. c.

rd

χρηστεύομαι, Mid. depon. (χρηστός,)
to show oneself χρηστός, lo be good-natured,
gentle, kind; 1 Cor. 13, 4 ἡ ἀγάπη paxpo-
ϑυμεῖ, ypnoreverat.—Only in N. T.

χρηστολογία, as, }, (χρηστός, λόγος.)
good-natured discourse, good words, fair
speaking ; Rom. 16, 18 διὰ τὴς χρηστολο-
ylas καὶ eddoyias—Theophyl. ad ἢ. 1. xpy-
στολογία - κολακεία, ὅταν τὰ μὲν ῥήματα φι-
λίας 7, ἡ δὲ διάνοια δόλου γέμουσα. Eu-
stath. in ἢ. y, p. 1437. 55. Comp. χρηστοὶ
λόγοι Hdian. 8. 3. 10.

“ss

χρηστός

χρηστός, i όν, (xpdopat,) useful, pro-
fitable, serviceable, good for any use, 6. g.

1. Of things ; Luke 5, 39 ὁ παλαιὸς [οἷ-
vos] χρηστότερός ἐστι, is beller for drinking ;
comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p. 689 sq. Sept. of
figs, for 218, Jer. 24,2. 5. So Athen. 13.
p. 585. 6, οἶνον χρηστὸν μέν, ὀλίγον δέ.
Theophr. Char. 3. 4; genr. Ηάϊδη. 3. 13. 3.
Dem. 183. 22.—Trop. good, genile, easy to
use or bear; Matt. 11, 30 ὁ yap ζυγός μου
χρηστός. Also morally useful, ood, virtu-
ous, in the proverb 1 Cor. 15, 33 φϑειρού-
ow ἤϑη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί, quoted from
Menand. in Poet. Gnom. p. 187. Tauchn.
So ἤϑη xp. Aristoph. Νὰ. 956 or 959;
ἦδος xp. Luc. Phalar. pr. 7; ἔργα xp.
Hdian. 2. 4. 11. Xen. Ath. 1. 5 ἀκρίβεια
πλείστη εἰς τὰ χρηστά.

2. Of persons, useful towards others ;
hence good-natured, good, gentle, kind;
Luke 6, 35 αὐτὸς [6 Seds] χρηστός ἐστι
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀχαριστοὺς καὶ πονηρούς. Eph. 4,
32. 1 Pet. 2,3. Neut. τὸ χρηστόν, good-
ness, kindness, i. 4. ἡ χρηστότης, Rom. 2,
4.. Sept. genr. for 312 Ps. 34, 9. 86, 5.—
1 Macc. 6, 11. Hdian. 2. 6. 3. Dem. 1345.
10. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20.

χρήηστ OTNS, nros, ἡ, (xpnords,) pr. use-
fulness of persons towards others, i. e.

1. goodness, gentleness, kindness ; Rom. 2,
_ 44 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ...
καταφρονεῖς; 11, 22 ter,.id€ οὖν χρηστ. Seod
... ἐπὶ δέ σε χρηστότητα, ἐὰν ἐπιμείνῃς τῇ
χρηστότητι, i. 6. if thou continue in his good-
ness, if thou fall not away. 2 Cor. 6, 6.
Gal. 5, 22. Eph. 2, 7. Col. 3,12. Tit. 3,4.
Sept. for 350 Ps, 25,7. 31,20. 145, '7.—
il. V. H. 1. 30. Hdian. 1. 4. 11. Plut.
Aristid. 27 fin.

2. Trop. in a moral sense, goodness,
righteousness, uprightness, comp. in χρη-
orés no. 1 fin. Rom. 3, 12 οὐκ ἔστι ποιῶν
χρηστότητα, quoted from Ps. 14, 1. 3,
where Sept. for 3°%.—Hdian. 2. 10. 7.
Plato Def. 412. e.

χρίσμα, ατος, τό, (χρίω,) pr. ‘some-
thing rubbed or smeared on,’ 6. g. oil for
anointing, ointment, unguent, Jos. Ant. 3.
8. 3. All. V. H. 3. 13. Xen. Anab. 4. 4. 13.
Meton. chrism, an anointing, unction, Sept.
for HMB Ex. 29, 7. 30, 25.—In N. T.
trop. as to Christians, an. anointing, unclion
from God, in the gifts and graces of the
Holy Spirit imparted to them; 1 John 2,
20 ὑμεῖς χρίσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου, καὶ
οἴδατε πάντα. v. 27 bis. The allusion is to
the anointing and consecration of kings and
priests, 1 Sam. 10,1. 16,13. 1K. 1,39.

787

Χριστος

Ex. 28, 41. 40, 1ὅ. Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1. This
was emblematic of a divine spirit descend-
ing and abiding upon them from God; as
was afterwards the laying on of hands;
Deut. 34, 9. Joel 3, 1 [2, 28]. Jos. Ant. 6.
8. 2; comp. Matt. 3, 16. 17. Acts 2, 1 sq.
8, 15.17. 1 Cor. c. 12.

Χριστιανός, οὔ, (Χριστός, a Chris-
tian, Acts 11, 26. 26, 28. 1 Pet. 4, 16.—
Act. Thom. 22. Luc. de Mort. Peregr. 12.

χρίιστός, ἡ, dv, (xpiw,) anointed, as
Sept. ὁ ἱερεὺς 6 χριστός for WAN FEN
the high-priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16; also
2 Mace. 1, 10; comp. Ex. 28; 41. 40, 15.
Subst. ὁ χριστός sc. τοῦ κυρίου, the anointed
of the Lord, spoken of the Hebrew kings,
comp. in χρίσμα fin. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 5. 16, 6.
2 Sam. 1, 14. Ps. 18,51. 28,8; once of
Cyrus, Is. 45, 1.

In N. T. ὁ Χριστός, the Christ, the
Anointed, i. q. "18251, the Messiah, the
king constituted of God; pr. an appellative
of Jesus the Saviour, but often passing over
into a proper name or cognomen. On the
character of the Messiah and his kingdom,
see fully in βασιλεία no. 3.

a) Pr. as an appellative: a) Absol. ὁ
Χριστός, the Christ, the Messiah ; Mark 15,
32 ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. John
1, 42 τὸν Μεσσίαν 6 ἐστι μεϑερμηνευόμενον
ὁ Χριστός. 4,42 ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, ὁ
Χριστός. Acts 2, 86 ὅτι καὶ κύριον αὐτὸν
καὶ Χριστὸν ὁ ϑεὸς ἐποίησε τοῦτον τὸν Ἴη-
σοῦν. 9, 22. 18,28. So Matt. 1, 17. 2,4.
16, 16. Mark 12, 35. 13, 21. Luke 2, 11.
26 τὸν Xp. κυρίου. 4,41. 23,2. John 1,
20. 25. Acts 2, 30. 3, 18. Rom. 8, 1].
1 John 2, 22. 5,1. 6. Rev. 11, 15. 12, 10.
al. sepiss. Sept. and "82 Dan. 9, 25.
Ps. 2, 2, comp. 4, 13. So Psalt. Salom.
18, 6 ὁ Xp. τοῦ κυρίου. 17, 86. 18, 8 ὁ Xp.
κύριος. 8) Joined with Ἰησοῦς, 6. σ. Ἴη-
gous ὁ Χριστός Acts 5, 42. 9, 34. 1 Cor.
3, 11. al. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, John 17, 3 ὃν
ἀπέστειλας “I. Χριστόν. Acts 2, 38. 3, 20.
1 John 4, 2. 3. 2 John 7. al. ὁ Χριστὸς Ἰη-
gous Acts 17, 3. 18, 5. 28. 19, 4.

b) As pr. name or cognomen, Christ:
a) Absol. Χριστός or ὁ Χριστός, chiefly in
the Epistles; Rom. 5, 6. 8. 8,10 ὁ ἐγείρας
τὸν Xp. ἐκ νεκρῶν. 1 Cor. 1,12. 3, 23. Gal.
1,6. 7 τὸ evayy. τοῦ Χριστοῦ. 2,20 Χριστῷ
συνεσταύρωμαι. Eph. 4,12. Heb. 8,6. 5,5.
1 Pet. 1,11. 4, 14, al. sep. 8) Oftener
joined with Ἰησοῦς, as Matt. 1, 16 Ἰησοῦς
ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός. So Ἰησοῦς Χριστός,
in the Gospels Matt. 1, 1. 18, Mark 1, 1.
John 1, 17; elsewhere often, Acts 3,6 ἐν

χρίω

τῷ ὀνόματι Ἶ. Xp. 4, 10. 8, 12. 10, 36. 28,
31. Rom. 1, 1.6.8. 1 Cor.1,1. 5,4. al.
sepiss. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς, only in the Epis-
tles ascribed to Paul, 1 Cor. 1, 30. Gal. 3,
14. 26. 4, 14. Phil. 2, 5. 3, 3.8. Col. 1.4.
al. and so Heb. 3, 1 Ree.—For the use of ὁ
κύριος in connection with the names Ἰησοῦς
and Χριστός, see in κύριος 1]. 2. b.

c) Meton. a) For ὁ λόγος τοῦ Xp. the
word or doctrine of Christ, the Gospel,
2 Cor. 1, 19. 21. Eph. 4,20. 8) For τὸ
σῶμα τοῦ Xp. Christ’s body, i. 6. the church,
1 Cor. 12, 12. γὴ For the salvation of
Christ, obtained through him, Gal. 3,27 Xp.
ἐνεδύσασϑε. Phil. 3, 8 ἵνα Xp. κερδήσω.
ὃ) ἐν Χριστῷ, see fully in ἐν no. 1. 6. a;
comp. ἐν κυρίῳ in κύριος Π. 2.b. +

x plo, f. ivw, pr. to touch gently the sur-
face of a body ; hence, to rub over, to oint,
to anoint with oil, ointment, as a shield, ar-
mour, Sept. for 182 2 Sam. 1, 21. Diod.
Sic. 4. 36. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 2; the body, af-
ter bathing, exercise, Plut. Agesi. 34. Xen.
Cony. 1. 7. In Sept. also to anoint, as ἃ
sacred rite, to consecrate by unction to any
office, comp. in χρίσμα fin. Sept. for Heb.
MWe of a priest, Ex. 28, 41. 40,15; of a
prophet, 1 K. 19, 16. Is. 61, 1; espec. a
king, 1 Sam. 10, 1. 15, 1. 2 Sam. 2, 4.
1 K. 1, 34. Ecclus. 46, 13. 48, 8.—Hence
in N. 'T. to anoint, to consecrate as by unc-
tion, fo set apart for a sacred work, 6. acc.
‘e.g. a) Jesus, as the Messiah, the anoint-
ed King, comp. in Χριστός, Acts 4, 27 ὃν
ἔχρισας. As a prophet, c. infin. Luke 4, 18
ἔχρισέ με εὐαγγελίζεσϑαι πτωχοῖς, from Is.
61, 1 where Sept. for M2; see above.
So genr. c. dat. πνεύματι ἁγίω Acts 10, 38 ;
c. dupl. acc. Heb. 1, 9 ἔρχισέ σε ὃ Beds...
ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως, quoted from Ps. 45, 8
where Sept. so for "%2; comp. Buttm.
§ 131. 5 and n. 12. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 812.
b) Of Christians, as anointed, consecrated,
set apart to the service and ministry of
Christ and his gospel by the gift of the
Holy Spirit; comp. in χρίσμα. 2 Cor. 1,
21 ὁ δὲ βεβαίων ἡμᾶς ... καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς,
Seds+ ὁ Kal... δοὺς τὸν ἀῤῥαβῶνα τοῦ
πνεύματος κτλ.

χρονίζω, f. iow, (χρόνος, Att. fut.
xpoua Heb. 10, 37, comp. Buttm. § 95. 7,
9; to spend or while away time, to linger, to
delay, to be long in coming or doing ; intran.
and absol. Matt. 25, 5 χρονίζοντος δὲ τοῦ
_ νυμφίου. Heb. 10, 37. (Sept. Hab. 2, 3.)
So c. ἐν, Luke 1, 21 ἐν τῷ ναῷ. With. inf.
ἔρχεσϑαι Luke 12, 45, ἐλθεῖν Matt. 24, 48.
Sept. for "WIS Judg. 5, 28;.c. inf. Gen, 34,

788

χρόνος
19.—Theophr. Caus. Pl. 4. 10 fin. Diod.

Sic. 2.27. Thuc. 6. 49; ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, Pol.
33. 16. 6.

χρόνος, ov, 6, time, in the abstract, as
perceived and measured by the succession
of objects and events; see Tittm. de Syn,
N. T. p. 39 sq.

1. time, pr. and genr. a) Mark 9, 21
πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; Luke 4, 5 ἐν στιγμῇ
χρόνου. Acts 7,23 τεσσαρακονταετὴς χρό-
vos. 27, 9. Gal. 4, 4, comp. in πλήρωμαι no.
5. Heb. 11, 32. Rev. 2, 21 ἔδωκα αὐτῇ
χρόνον, see in δίδωμι no. 1. c. β, Rev. 10,
6. So διατρίβειν τὸν χρόνον, see in διατρί-
Bo, Acts 14, 3. 28; ποιῆσαι τὸν χρόνον
Acts 15, 33. 18, 23, see in ποιέω no. 2. 6.
(Hdian. 8. 5. 1. Pol. 6. 17. 5 χρόνον δοῦναι.
Dem. 178. 9. Xen. An. 7. 7. 47.) With
prepositions: διεὰ τὸν χρόνον Heb, 5, 12;
ἐκ χρόνων ἱκανῶν, of or from long times,
Luke 8, 27. [28,7]; ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ Acts
1, 21. (Sept. Josh. 4, 24.) ἐπὶ χρόνον, for
a time, Luke 18, 4. Acts 18, 20; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον
χρόνον Rom. 7,1. 1 Cor. 7, 39. Gal. 4,1;
μετὰ χρόνον πολύν, afler long time, Matt.
25, 19. Heb. 4,7. Soc. διά Dem. 615. 10;
c. ἐκ, Diod Sic. 1. 43 c. ἐν, Hdian. 1. 1. 4.
Xen. Vect. 4. 25 ἐν τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ. ὁ. ἐπὶ
Xen. Venat. 5.'7; c. μετά Hdian. 5. 6. 2.
Xen. Venat. 1. 2. Ὁ) Accus. χρόνον,
χρόνους, marking duration, time how
long, Buttm. § 131. 9. Mark 2, 19 ὅσον
xpdévov...€xovot τὸν νυμφίον. Luke 20, 9
ἀπεδήμησε χρόνους ἱκανούς. John 5, 6 πο-
λὺν χρόνον. 7, 38 μικρὸν χρόνον. 12, 35.
14,9. Acts 13, 18. 19, 22. 20,18. 1 Cor.
16, 7. Rev. 6,11. 20,3. Sept. for 2%"
Deut. 12, 19. 22, 19. Josh. 4, 145 xp.
μικρόν for 232 Is. 54,'7. So Ceb. Tab. 2.
Diod. Sic. 1. 4 πλείω χρόνον. Pol. 3. 64.
4 τοσούτους χρόνους. Xen. Mem. 8. 6. 13.
c) Dat. χρόνῳ, χρόνοις; marking time
when, in or during which, comp. Matth.
§406. a. Winer § 31. 5. Buttm. § 133. 4. 6.
Luke 8, 29 πολλοῖς yap χρόνοις συνηρπάκει
αὐτόν, i.e. in, during, since long time, Acts
8,11. Rom. 16, 25 χρόνοις αἰωνίοις, comp.
below in no. 2. So Hdian. 5. 3. 5 μακρῷ
χρόνῳ. Soph. Trach. 599.

2. Spec. by the force of adjuncts, χρόνος
stands for a time, period, season, like καιρός,
comp. Tittm. 1. 6. Εἰ, g. Plur. joined with
καιροί, Acts 1, 7 γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιρούς.
1 Thess. 5,1. With ἃ genit. of event or the
like ; Matt. 2,'7 τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου
ἀστέρος. Luke 1, 57 ὁ xp. rod τεκεῖν. Acta
8, 21. 7, 1'7. 17, 30. 1 Pet. 1, 17. 4,3 6 map-
ἐληλυϑὼς χρόνος τοῦ Biov. With an adjec-

᾿ χρονοτριβέω

tive, pronoun, or the like; Matt. 2, 16 κατὰ
_ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσε. Acts 1, 6 ἐν χρόνῳ
τούτῳ. Jude 18 ἐν ἐσχάτῳ χρόνῳ, and’! Pet.
1,20 ἐπ᾿ ἐσχάτων χρόνων, see in ἔσχατος
no. 2. b. 2 Tim. 1,9 et Tit. 1,2 πρὸ χρό-
νων αἰωνίων, see in αἰώνιος no. 1. 1 Pet. 4,
2 τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ χρόνον. So Sept.
for yar Εἶτα. 3, 1.—Paleph. 52. 1. All. V.
H. 11. 3. Dem. 399. 9. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 12.
rov ἔτους χρόνον. ib. 2. 1. 34 τὸν μέλλοντα
χρόνον τοῦ βίου.

χρονοτριβέω, ὦ, f. how, (χρόνος, τρί-
βω,) ἰο wear away time, to spend or waste
time, to delay, intrans. Acts 20, 16.—Aris-
tot. Rhet. 3. 3. 3. Eustath. in “spin Ψ. 1447.
11. ib. 1450. 38.

χρύσεος, ἔη, εον, contr. χρυσοῦς, ἢ;
odv, (χρυσός,) golden, of gold; ἃ 'Tim. 2
20 σκεύη χρυσᾶ. Heb. 9, 4 bis, στάμνος
χρυσῆ. Rev. 1, 12. 13. 20. 2, 1. 4,4. 5, 8. 8,
3 bis. 9, ['7.] 13. 20. 14, 14. 15, 6. 7. 17, 4.
21,15. Sept. for amt Gen. 41, 42. Ex. 3,
22,—Hdian. 5. 5. 20. Xen. Mem. 8. 8. 6.

χρυσίον, ov, τό, (dim. of χρυσός,) gold,
pr. in small pieces or quantity, espec. as
wrought.

1. Genr. Heb. 9, 4 τὴν κιβωτὸν ... περι-
κεκαλυμμένην πάντοϑεν χρυσίῳ. 1 Pet. 1, 7.
Rey. 3, 18. 21, 18. 21. Sept. for any Ex.
37, 2. 4. 6.—Luc. Tim. 56. Arr. Epict. 1.
1, 5. Hdot. 3. 97.

2. Meton. a) ὦ golden ornament ;
1 Pet. 3, 3 περίϑεσις χρυσίων. Rev. 17, 4
et 18, 16 in later edit. So Sept. Job 27,
16. Dem. 1182. 26 χρυσία πολλὰ ἔχουσαν
καὶ ἱμάτια καλά. Thuc. 2.13 τοῖς περικει-
μένοις χρυσίοις. Ὁ) gold coin, money,
Acts 3, 6. 20, 33. 1 Pet. 1,18. So Ecclus.
40, 27. Hdian. 6. 7. 22. Xen. An. 1. 1. 9.

χρυσοδακτύλιος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (χρυ-
ods, Saxtidwos,) gold-ringed, having a gold
ring upon the hand, James 2, 2.—So Arr.
Epict. 1. 22. 18 χρυσοῦς δακτυλίους ἔχων
πολλούς. Comp. Luc. Tim. 20 χρυσόχειρες.

UTOMSOS, ov, 6, (χρυσός, λίϑος,)
whrysolite, pr. golden stone, a name applied
hy the ancients to all gems of a golden or
yellow colour; but prob. designating par-
ticularly the topaz of the moderns. Rev.
21, 20. Sept. for intian topaz Ex. 28,
20. 39, 11.—Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 5. Diod. Sic.
2. 52. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 42, 43, 73.
Rosenm. Alterthk. IV. i. p. 40.

χρυσόπρασος, ov, 6, (χρυσός, πρά-
σον,) chrysoprase, a precious stone of ἃ
greenish golden colour, like a leek; Rev.
21,20. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 20, 32, 34,

789

χώρα
73. Many suppose the beryl to be meant;
see Winer Realw., art. Edelsteine no. 11.

χρυσός, od, ὁ, 1. gold, Matt. 2, 11
χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον. 23, 16. 17 bis. Acts
17, 29. 1 Cor. 3, 12. Rev. 18, 12. 9,7 Ree.
Sept. for an 2 Chr. 3, 7. Ezra. 1, 6. Prov.
17, 3.—Luc. Contempl. 4. Hdian. 8, 7. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 27.

2. Meton. | a) golden ornaments, 1 Tim.
2,9 i} χρυσῷ ἢ papyapiras. Rev. 17, 4 et
18,16 Rec. So Luc. de Dom. 8 τῷ χρυσᾷ
ἐς τοσοῦτον κεκόσμηται. Dinarch. "95. 40.
b) gold coin, money, treasure, Matt. 10, 9.
James 5, 3. So Hdian. 2. 6. 11. Diet.
122, 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 13.

χρυσοῦς, see χρύσεος.

χρυσόω, &, f. ὠσω, (χρυσός,) to deck
with gold, to gild, Pass. Rev. 17, 4 κεχρυ-
σωμένη χρυσῷ Vv. χρυσίῳ, comp. Engl. ‘to
gild with gold.’ 18, 16. Sept. χρυσόω χρυ-
cig for ant nex Ex. 26, 32. 37. 36, 34;
simpl. 2 K. 18, 16.—Lue. Philops. 19.
Plat. Philopeem. 9. Diod. Sic. 4. 47.

χρώς, χρωτός, ὁ, (kindr. χρόα, xpoia,
χρῶμα,) pr. the surface of a body, espec. of
the human body, the skin, Sept. for “iy
Ex. 34, 29. 30. Xen. Alc. 10. 5; also col-
our, complexion, teint of the skin, Diod. Sic.
2. 6.—Genr. and in N. T. the body; Acts
19, 12 ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς σουδάρια, i. 6. which
had been on his body. Sept. for "¥2 Ley.
13,2sq. So Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 50. Xen. .
Conv, 4. 54.

χωλός, ἡ, dv, (kindr. Lat. claudus,) lame,
halt, crippled in the feet, of persons; Matt.
11, 5 καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσι. 15, 30. 31.

18,8. 21,14. Luke 7, 22. 14, 13, 21. John

5, 3. Acts 3,2. [11]. 8, 7. 14,8. Trop.
Heb, 12, 13, see in ἐκτρέπω no. 1. Once,
lame from the loss of a foot, for dvamnpos,
maimed, Mark 9, 45; comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 474 marg. Sept. for mop Lev. 21,17.
Deut. 15, 21.-- 8}. V. H. 11. 9 δείξας χω-
Adv τινα καὶ ἀνάπηρον. Luc. D. Deor. 15. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 11.

χώρα, as, ἣ, (obs. χάω,) pr. space, which
receives, contains, surrounds any thing;
and so, place, spot, in which one is, where
any thing is or takes place, Luc, D. Deor.
28. 1. Dem. 701. 16. Xen. Mem, 3. 8. 10.
Hell. 4. 2. 20.—Hence genr. and in N. ἽΝ.

1. @ country, land, region, province;
a) Genr. Luke 3, 1 τῆς “Irovpaiag καὶ Tpa-
χωνίτιδος χώρας. 15, 13. 14. 15. 19, 12.
John 11, 54. ὅδ. Acts 8,1 ras χώρας Ἰου-
δαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας. 10, 39. 13, 49. 16, 6—
et 18,23 τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν, the Galatian
country, the region or province of Galatia.

Χωραζίν

28, 20; 6. gen. αὑτῶν Matt. 2, 12. So
genr. Matt. 4, 16 ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ Savarov,

comp. in Sdvaros no. 4. (Is. 9, 1.) Opp. -

the sea, Acts 27,27. Sept. for yax Gen.
42, 9. Job 1, 1. Jon. 1,8; mo" 1 K. 20,
14 5ᾳ. So Jos. Ant. 11. 1. 1 ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ
χώρᾳ. Hdian. 6. 7. 10 τὴν ᾿Ιταλῶν χώραν.
Xen. An. 5. 6. 25. Vect. 1. 8 ὥσπερ δὲ ἡ
γῆ οὕτω καὶ ἡ περὶ τὴν χώραν ϑάλαττα παμ-
φορωτάτη ἐστί. Ὁ) Meton. for the inhabi-
tants of a country or region; Mark 1, 5
ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ ᾿Ιουδαία χώ-
pa. Acts 12, 20. So Ecclus. 47, 18.

2. Put with the name of a town, city, or
people, a district, territory; around and be-
longing to that city; Matt. 8, 28 εἰς τὴν
χώραν τῶν Τεργεσηνῶν. Mark 5, 1. Luke 8,
26; impl. Mark 5, 10. Luke 2, 8.—Hdian,
8. 9. 5,6. Diod. Sic. 1. 56, Xen. Hell. 6.2. 7.

3, Spec. the country, the open country,
fields ; as opp. the city, Luke 21, 21 οἱ ἐν
ταῖς χώραις, Opp. ἡ Ἱερουσαλήμ in v. 20.
(Dem, 255. ult. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 43.) As
sown, tilled, harvested, Luke 12, 16. John
4, 35 ϑεάσασϑε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσι
πρὸς ϑερισμόν. James ὅ, 4. So Ecclus. 43,
3. Jos. Ant. 7. 8. 5. Hdian. 6. 4. 11. Xen.
Mem. 3. 6.11.

Xwpatir, see Xopativ.

χωρέω, ὦ, f. now, (χώρα, χῶρος,) to
make space, place, room, for another ; to
give way, to yield, Hom. Il. 16. 592; 6. gen.
io retire or retreat from, ib. 15. 655.—Hence
in N. T.

1. to make room for oneself, to go for-
ward, to go or come on,i.e. 8) Genr. to

go or come, to pass; C. εἰς, Matt. 15, 17 εἰς -

τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ. ‘Trop. 2 Pet. 3, 9 πάν-
ras εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι. So Aischyl.
Pers. 379 or 385 πᾶς ἀνὴρ... ἐς ναῦν ἐχώ-
ρει. Xen. Ag. 1.29; ο. ἐπί Hdian. 8. 5. 13.
Hesych. χώρει" πορεύου. Ὁ) Trop. to
have place or entrance, to be received, trop.
John 8, 37 ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν,
i.e. among you. So Wisd.'7, 23. Jos. Ant. 6,
3. 1. Hdian. 5.3.21. Others, to have success,
progress ; as 2 Macc. 15,37. Pol. 10.15. 4.

2. Trans. of capacity, to make place or
room for, to take in or receive, to hold, to
contain. 8) Pr. as a vessel, ὁ. acc. of
measure, John 2, 6 ὑδρίαι... χωροῦσαι ἀνὰ
μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς. Genr. of a place,
c, acc. of thing, Mark 2, 2 ὥστε μηκέτι χω-
ρεῖν sc. αὐτοῦς. John 21, 25 οὐ... τὸν κό-
ὅμον χωρῆσαι τὰ γραφ. βιβλία. Sept. of ἃ
vessel, for D"29) 1 Κὶ. 7,25. 2Chr. 4,5;
genr. for 951 Gen. 13, 6. So a vessel,
Luc. Tim. 57. Xen. An. 1. 5. 6; genr.

790

χωρίς

Jos. Β. J. 6. 2. ὅ τὴν Suv. μὴ χωρουμένην
τῷ τόπῳ. Bl. V.H. 1. 3. Thue. 2. 17.
b) Trop. to receive, e.-g. a doctrine, matter,
to admit, to assent to, c. acc. Matt. 19, 1)
ov πάντες Ywpovat τὸν λόγον τοῦτον. Acc
impl. v. 12 bis. (Act. Thom. ὁ 50. Plut.
Cato Min. 64 οὐδὲ τὸ Κάτωνος φρόνημα
χωροῦσι.) Also persons, to receive to one’s
heart, affection ; 2 Cor.'7,2 χωῤῥήσατε ἡμᾶς,
in allusion to c. 6, 11. 12. 13. So Chrysost.
ad ἢ. 1. φιλήσατέ pe.

χωρίζω, f. iow, (χωρίς,) 1. to pul
apart, to separate, to sunder, c. acc. Matt.
19, 6 et Mark 10, 9 ἃ οὖν ὁ Seds συνέζευξεν,
ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. With ἀπό c. gen.
from any thing, Rom. 8, 35 τίς ἡμᾶς χωρί-
oe. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Xp. Vv. 39. Pass.
Heb. 7, 26.—Pol. 6. 31. 4. Plut. Cato Maj.
2. Pass. Hdot. 1. 4; c. ἀπό Wisd. 1, 3;
xe@picpos ἀπό Plato Phedo 12.

2. Mid. χωρίζομαι, and Pass. aor. 1
ἐχωρίσϑην as Mid. to separate oneself, to
depart, 6. g. from a person; ¢. ἀπό, 1 Cor.
7, 10 γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ χωρισϑῆναι.
Absol. v. 11. 15 bis. Philem. 15. (Of a
wife, Iseus 73. 2; genr. Sept. for 813}
Neh. 9, 2. Xen. Cyr. 6.1.8.) From ‘a
place, i.g. to go away, to depart, c. ἀπό,
Acts 1, 4 ἀπὸ Ἱερουσ. μὴ χωρίζεσϑαι. Also
c. ἐκ, Acts 18,1 χωρισϑεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐκ τῶν
᾿Αϑηνῶν. v. 2. So c. ἐκ, Pol. 8, 90.23 c. εἰς,
2 Macc. 5,21. Pol. 5.2.8. Diod. Sic. 19. 65

χωρίον, ov, τό, (χῶρος, χώρα,) dimin.
in form but not in sense, comp. Buttm.
ὁ 119. π. 15; @ place, spot, Hdian. 2. 9. 8.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 26; @ country, region,
Luc. Ὁ. Deor. 20. 5. Xen. Hell. ὅ. 1. 7.--
In N. T. like Engl. place, i. q. a field, farm,
possession; Matt. 26, 36 et Mark 14, 32
els χωρίον λεγόμενον Τεϑσημανῆ, comp. John
18, 1 where it is κῆπος. John 4, 5. Acts 1,
18 ἐκτήσατο χωρίον. v. 19 bis. 5, 3. 8.
Plur. τὰ χωρία, possessions, estates, Acts 4,
34. 28,7. Sept. for 272 1 Chr. 27, 27.—
Jos. Ant. 5. 2. 12. ΑἹ]. V. H. 14. 44.
Thuc. 1. 106. Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 1.

χωρίς, adv. and prep. (obs. χάω, kindr.
χῶρος, χώρα,) apart, separately, asunder ;
Buttm. ὁ 146. 3. Winer § 58. 6.

1. Ady. John 20, '7 χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον.
—Jos. Ant. 17.11. 2. Pol. 6. 26. 3. Xen.
An. 6.6.2. —

2. Prep. 6. gen. see Buttm. and Winer
1. 6. apart from, without. ἃ) Genr. Matt.
13, 34 et Mark 4, 34 χωρὶς παραβολῆς,
without a parable. Luke 6, 49 χωρὶς ϑεμελίου.
John 1,3 χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. 15, 5.
Rom. 8,21 χωρὶς νόμου. v. 28. 4, 6. 7,8. 9.

χωρς ᾿ 791

10,14. 1 Cor. 4,8. 11,11 bis. [2 Cor. 12, 3.]
Eph. 2, 12. Phil. 2,14. 1 Tim. 2, 8. 5, 21.
Philem. 14. Heb. 4, 15 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας, yel
without sin. 7,7. 20.21. 9,'7. 18. 22. 28. 10,
28. 11,6.40. 12, 8.14. James 2, 18. 20. 26
bis. So Luc. Parasit. 17 οὔτε ἱππεύειν χω-
ols ἵππου. Diod. Sic. 3. 34 bis, χωρὶς ὑπο-
δέσεως... χωρὶς πυρός. Xen. An. 1. 4. 13.
b) without, besides, exclusive of ; Matt. 14,
21 et 15, 38 χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων.

ψάλλω, f. ψαλῶ, {(ψάω,) to touch, to
twitch, to pluck, e. g. the hair or beard,
Warr’ ἔδειραν Aischyl. Pers. 1062; also
a string, to twang, e. g. the string of a
bow, τόξου νευρὰν ψάλλειν Eurip. Bacch.
784; and so βέλος ἐκ κέραος Ψάλλειν
Anthol. Gr. If. p. 240; espec. of a stringed
instrument of music, Aristot. Probl. χορ-
δὴν ψάλλειν 10 touch or strike the chords;
Anacr. Fr. 16. 3. ed. Fisch. ψάλλω πη-

xrida. Hence oftenest absol. ψάλλειν,

to touch the lyre or other stringed instru-
ment, to sirike up, to play, Jos. Ant. 11. 3.
9. Plut. Pericl. 1. Luc. Parasit. 17 οὔτε
yap αὐλεῖν eu χωρὶς αὐλῶν, οὔτε ψάλλειν
ἄνεν λύρας. Plato Lys. 209. b. More ge-
neral than κιθαρίζειν and distinguished from
it, Hdot. 1. 155. Dion, Halic. de Comp.
Verbor. 25 pen. p. 30. 43. ed. Sylburg.
So Sept. ψάλλειν ἐν χειρί for j32 1 Sam.
16, 23. 18, 10. 19, 9.—In Sept. and N. T.
to sing, to chant, pr. as accompanying
stringed instruments ; absol.- James 5, 13 ;
6. dat. pers. to or in honour of whom, Rom.
15,9 τῷ ὀνόματί gov ψαλῶ. Eph. 5, 19
ψάλλοντες ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ. So
c. dat. of manner, 1 Cor. 14, 15 bis, ψαλῶ
τῷ πνεύματι...τῷ voi. Sept. often c. dat.
pers. for > "21 Judg. 5, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 50.
Ps. 9, 3. So Psalt, Sal. 3, 2 ὕμνον ψάλλειν
τῷ ϑεῷ.
ψαλμός, οὔ, 6, (ψάλλω,) a touching,
twang, e. g. of a bowstring, τοξοῦ Eurip.
Ton 173 or 175; of stringed instruments,
a playing, music, Anthol. Gr, II. p. 78, 74.
IV. p. 257; tone, melody, measure, as play-
ed, ψαλμὸν Λύδιον Pind. Fr. epinic. 4. T.
ΠῚ. p. 17. Heyne. In later usage, song,
pr. as accompanying stringed instruments,
Jos. Ant. 6.11.3 τῷ ψαλμῷ καὶ τοῖς ὕμνοις
ἐξᾷδειν αὐτόν. Plut. Alex. M. 67 μοῦσα
συρίγγων καὶ αὐλών, ὠδῆς τε καὶ ψαλμοῦ.
ib. Pomp, 24.—In N. ?,
1. a psalm, a song, in praise of God ;

Ψευομαρτυρέω

2 Cor. 11, 28. Sept. for san Gen. 46, 26,
Num. 16,49; 72 722 1K. δ, 16. So Pol
4 8 13. Diod. Sic. 2. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1

XG@pos, ov, ὃ, Lat. Corus, Caurus, the
Latin name of the north-west wind ; Virg.
Georg. 3. 278, 356. (658. B. G. 5. '7. See
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 548.—In N. T. me-
ton. the north-west, the quarter whence Co-
rus blows, Acts 27, 12.

»

1 Cor. 14, 26 ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ψαλμὸν ἔχει.
Eph. 5,19 ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὑμνοῖς καὶ @dais
πνευματικαῖς. Col. 3, 16. So Sept. for
M91 Ps. 95,2; “i232 in superscript, Ps.
3.4. 5sq.—Psalt. Sal. 15,5 ψαλμὸν καὶ αἶνον.

2. Spec. Plur. the Psalms, the book ot
Psalms, as a part of the Ο. T. Luke 20, 42
ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν. 24, 44. Acts 1, 20.
Once Sing. Acts 13, 33 ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ
δευτέρῳ. Comp. in προφήτης no. 1. b, and
νόμος no. 2. c.

ψευδαδελφός, οὔ, 6, (ψευδής, ἀδελφός.)
a false brother, i. 6. a false Christian, a
hypocrite, spoken apparently of Judaizing
professors of Christianity, 2 Cor. 11, 26
Gal. 2, 4.

«ψευδαπόστολος, ov, 6, (ψευδής, ἀπό-
στολος,) a false apostle, ἃ pretended minis-
ter of Christ, 2 Cor. 11, 13.

, Ψευδής, έος, οὖς, 6, 1), adj. (ψεύδομαι,)

- false, lying, deceiving ; Acts 6, 18 μάρτυ-

pas ψευδεῖς. Rev. 2,2. Sept. for =p
1 K. 22, 22. 23. Prov. 12, 23. 19, 5.9.
So Arr. Epict. 8. 7. 15. Plut. de Adul. et
Amic. 24. Thuc. 4. 27.—Spec. false to-
wards God, wicked, ungodly, Rev. 21, 8
εἰδωλολάτραις καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ψευδέσι. Sept.
for UPY Prov. 28, 6; 287 Prov. 8, 7.
ψευδοδιδάσκαλος, ov, 6, (ψευδής,
διδάσκαλος,) a false teacher, one who teach-
es false doctrines, 2 Pet. 2, 1.
ψευδολόγος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (ψευδής,
λέγω.) speaking falsely, lying, spoken of
false teachers, 1 Tim. 4, 2.—Genr. Luc. de
Electr. 3 ψ. ἄνθρωπος. Pol. 32. 8. 9.
ψεύδομαι, see Weide.
ψευδομάρτυρ, upos, ὁ, ἡ, (ψευδής,
μάρτυρ,) α false witness, Matt. 26, 60 bis.
1 Cor. 15, 15.—Plut. Rep. ger. Prec. 29.
Plato Gorg. 472. b.

ψευδομαρτυρέω, ὦ, f. how, (ψευδο-
μάρτυρ,) to bear false witness, 6. g. Kar

ψευδομαρτυρία

αὐτοῦ Mark 14, ὅθ. 57. Absol. μὴ ψευδο-
μαρτυρήσῇς, bear nol false witness, Mark
10, 19. Luke 18, 20; also οὐ ψευδομαρτυ-
οἥσεις, thou shalt not bear false witness,
Matt. 19, 18. Rom. 13, 9; all quoted from
Ex, 20, 16 et Deut. 5, 18 where Sept. for
“ptt iz magn 8b. For the difference,
comp. in μή 1. θ. 6; espec. οὐ no. 1. b.—
Jos. Ant. 3. 5. 5. Dem. 851. 13. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 11.

ψευδομαρτυρία, as, ἡ, (ψευδομαρτυ-
pew,) false witness, Matt. 15, 19. 26, 59.—
Dem, 846. ult. Andocid. 10. 22. Plato Legg.
937. b.

ψευδοπροφήτης, ov, 6, (ψευδής, mpo-
φήτης.) a false prophet, i. e. one falsely pro-
fessing to come as a prophet and ambassa-
dor from God, a false teacher; comp. in
προφήτης no. 2. Matt. 7, 15. 24, 11. 34.
Mark 13, 22. Luke 6,26. Acts 13, 6. 2 Pet.
2,1. 1 John 4, 1. Rev. 16, 13. 19, 20. 20,
10. Sept. for x73) Jer. 6,13. Zech. 13,
2. al_— Test. XII Patr. p. 614. Jos. Ant. 8.
13.1. ib. 10. 7. 3. B. J. 6. 5. 2.

ψεῦδος, eos, ους, τό, (kindr. ψύϑος, ψυ-
28s) Jalsehood, lying, a lie; John 8, 44
ὅταν λάλῃ τὸ ψεῦδος. Eph. 4, 25 comp.
Col. 3, 9. 2 Thess, 2,9 σ. καὶ τέρασι yev-
Sous, genit. of qual. false, deceiving. v. 11.
1 John 2, 21.27. Sept. for arp Ps. 7,7;
“pw Is. 44, 20. Jer. 5, 2. So El. V. H.
5. 21. Pol. 12. 7. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17.—
Spec. falsehood, toward God, wickedness,
ungodviness ; 50 ποιεῖν Ψεῦδος, to do false-
hood, to commit wickedness, Rev. 21, 27
ποιεῖν βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος. 22, 15; comp.
in ποιέω no. 2. ἃ. δ. Rev. 14, 5 in later
edit. for δόλος. Sept. and tim» Hos. 7, 3.
12, 1 [11, 12].—Meton. of false religion,
idolatry ; Rom. 1, 25 μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλή-
Seay τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει. Comp. in
ἀδικία no. 2. So Sept. of false gods, for
“pw, Jer. 3, 10. 13, 25.

ψευδόχριστος, ov, 6, (ψευδής, Χρι-
στός,) a false Christ, a pretended Messiah,
“Matt. 24, 24. Mark 13, 22.

ψεύδω, f. cw, (ψεῦδος,) to speak falsely,
lo lie to any one, to deceive, τινά Soph. Cd.
Col. 628, 1512. Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 13. Pass.
lo be deceived, disappointed, c. gen. Thuc.
4. 108.—Usually and in N. T. only Mid.
depon. ψεύδομαι, f. εύσομαι, to speak
falsely, to lie, to deceive; abso]. Matt. 5,
11. Rom..9, 1 ἀλήϑειαν λέγω, ἐν Χριστῷ "
οὐ ψεύδομωι 2 Cor. 11, 31. Gal. 1, 20.
1 Tim. 2,7. Heb. 6, 18. James 3, 14 κατὰ
τῆς ἀληδείας. 1 John 1, 6. Rev. 3, 9. Also
Ὁ, acc. pers. Acts 5, 3 Ψεύσασϑαί σε τὸ

792

ψηφίζω

πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. With εἴς τινα towards
any one, Col. 3, 9. Sept. for 242 absol.
Prov. 14, 5; ὁ. ace. Is. 57, 11; WMD absol,
Lev. 19,11; 6. acc. Deut. 33,29. So absol.
Hdian. 1. 4. 21. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 36; 6.
ace. Hdian. 2. 11.12. Xen. An. 1. 3. 10;
πρός τινα Xen. An. 1. 3. 5.—Also in N. T.
and Sept. 6. dat. of pers. to lie to any one,
Acts 5, 4 οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ
ἀρ Ν So Sept. for 5 332 Ps. 78, 36. 89,
SnD Ps. 18, 45. Comp. Winer

5 i. 2,
ψευδώνυμος, ov, 5, 4, adj. ΧΨευδής,
ὄνομα,) falsely named, falsely so called,
1 Tim. 6,20.—Philo de Vit. Mos. II. p. 161.
6 τοὺς ψευδωνύμους 50. Yeovs. Plut. Rep.
ger. Vrec. 14, Aschyl. Prom. vinct. 716.

ψεῦσμα, aros, τό, (ψεύδομαι,) a being
false, falsehood, Symm.. for "PY Job 13, 4;
312 Ps. 61,3. Luc. Tim. 55. Plot, Artax.
13. Plato Men. 71. d.—In N. T. spec.
falsehood toward God, wickedness, ungodli-
ness; Rom. 3, 7 εἰ γὰρ 7 ἀλήϑεια τοῦ Sed
ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσμᾶτι ἐ ἐπερίσσευσεν, COMP. ν.
8. 4. ὅ. Comp. in ψεῦδος, ἀδικία no. 2.

Ψεύστης, ov, 6, (ψεύδω,) one false,
a liar, deceiver, John 8, 44. 45. 1 Tim. 1,
10. Tit. 1, 12. 1 John 1,10. 2,4. 4, 20,
5, 10; also of a false teacher, impostor,
1 John 2, 22, comp. v.18. So Ecclus. 25,
2. Diod. Sic. 1. 76. Dem. 404. 5.—Spee.
one false towards God, an apostate, wicked
person, Rom. 3,.43; comp. in Ψεῦσμα.
Sept. for 332 Prov. 19, 22, opp. δίκαιος.
So Ecclus. 15, 8 ἄνδρες ψεῦσται, parall.
ἄνδρες ἁμαρτωλοί ν. 7.

ψηλαφάω, ὦ, f. joo, (ψάω, ψάλλω͵
ψαλάσσω.) to touch, to feel, to handle, c
acc. Luke 24, 39 ψηλαφήσατέ pe. Heb
12, 18. 1 John 1,1. Trop. to feel afier, ¢
acc. Acts 17, 27 εἰ dpaye ψηλαϑήσειαν αὐ:
τὸν καὶ εὕροιεν. Sept. pr. for W472 Gen.
27, 12. 21, 22. Judg. 16, 27.—Aristoph
Eccl. 315 ὅτε δ᾽ ἤδ᾽ ἐκεῖνο ψηλαφῶν οὐκ ἐδυ-
ναίμην εὑρεῖν. Pol. 8. 31. 8. Xen. Eq. 2. 4.

ψηφίζω, τ, ἰσω, (ψῆφος,) pr. to count or
reckon with pebbles or counters, ψῆφοι, upon
the abacus, Pol. 5. 26, 13; see Dict. of
Antt. art. Abacus —In N. T. genr. to count
up, to reckon, c. acc. Luke 14, 28 ψηφίξει
τὴν δαπάνην. Rev..13, 18. So Aquil. for
“BO Ps. 48, 14. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 49, ψη-
φίζων δ᾽ ἀνέκειτο πόσον δώσει διεγερϑεὶς
ἰητροῖς μισϑόν, καὶ τί νοσῶν Sarava.—tIn
the classics also Mid. ‘ to give one’s vote, te
vote for, to decree,’ Jos. Ant. 17. 2. 4.
Hdian. 5. 2. 1. Xen. Hell. 1. 5. 18.

ψῆφος

ψῆφος, οὔ, ἡ, (rdw, ψέω,) a small
stone, pr. as worn smooth by water, a pebble,
Lat. calculus, genr. Sept. Ex. 4,25, Lam. 3,
16. Ecclus. 18, 9. Pind. Ol. 10. 13. ib. 13.
66; any polished stone, Pind. Ol. 7. 159;
the stone or gem of a ring, Artem. 2. 5.
Trop, in various senses according to the
uses to which the Greeks applied such
pebble-stones ; 6. g. of dhe stones or counters
for reckoning on an abacus, Pol. 5. 26. 13.
Aristoph. Vesp. 656. Diod. Sic. 12. 13;
see Dict. of Antt. art. Abacus. Also of
dice, lots, used in a kind of divination, ἡ διὰ
τῶν ψήφων μαντική, Heyne Apollodor. 8.
10. 2. 9. p. 274. Most freq. @ vole, spoken
of the black and white pebbles used in
voting, viz. the white for approval or ac-
quittal and the black for condemnation;
Ail. V. H. 13. 37 or 38 εἶτα τὴν μέλαιναν
ἐμβάλῃ ἀντὶ τῆς λευκῆς ψῆφον. Luc. Har-
monid. 3 τῶν ἄλλων ἑκάστου μίαν ψῆφον
φερόντων, ἐκεῖνοι μόνοι ἑκάτερος αὐτῶν δύο
ἔφερον ... σύ γε καὶ μάλιστα ὅσῳ τὴν λευ-
κὴν ἀεὶ καὶ σώζουσαν φέρεις. Adschin. 57.
10. See Potter’s Gr. Ant. 1, p. 119. Dict.
of Antt. art, Psephus.—Hence in N. T.

1. Meton. @ vole, voice, suffrage; Acts
26, 10 κατήνεγκα ψῆφον, I gave my vote, sc.
with alacrity, zeal; see in καταφέρω no. 2.
—Jos. Ant. 10. 4. ῶ τὸ μὲν Setov ἤδη κατ᾽ αὐ-
τῶν ψῆφον ἤνεγκε. fel. V. H. 1. 84 τὴν
καταδικάζουσαν ἀγαγεῖν ψῆφον. Dem. 362.
1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18.

2. Perh. i.q. tessera, a die, token; Rev.
2, 17 bis, τῷ νικῶντι... δώσω αὐτῷ ψῆφον
λευκὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ψῆφον ὄνομα καινὸν γε-
γραμμένον. ‘This some refer to a custom of
the Roman emperors, who in the public
spectacles are said to have thrown among
the populace dice or tokens inscribed with
the words ‘ frumentum, discus, servi, ves-
tes,’ and the like, and whoever obtained one
of these tokens received whatever was thus
marked upon it ; see Xiphilin. de sumt. Titi
ludis, p. 228 sq. So Eichhorn Comm. in
loc. comp. Aretas in Eichhorn 1. c. But
this accounts neither for the while stone
nor the mystic name.—Others suppose allu-
sion to be made to the mode of casting lots,
in which sometimes /essere or dice, tokens,
with names inscribed upon them were used,
and the lot fell to him whose token first
came out; comp. Elsner Obs. in N. T. II.
p- 442. Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 333. Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 302. But the idea of Jot or
choice has here no place.—In any case, the
λευκὴ ψῆφος was a symbol of good-fortune
and prosperity ; Hesych. λευκὴ ψῆφος"
παροιμία ἐπὶ τῶν εὐδαιμόνως ... ζώντων.

793

ψυχή

In Greek writers also persons of distin
guished virtue are said to receive a ψῆφος
from the gods, i.e, an approving testimonial
to their virtue; Plut. Compar. Cimon et
Lucull. fin. ὥστε καὶ τὴν παρὰ τῶν ϑεῶν
ψῆφον αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν, ὡς ἀγαϑοῖς καὶ ϑεί-
os τὴν φύσιν ἀμφοτέροις. See further in
Elsner ]. 6. p. 443. Wetst. N. T. II. p. 758.
De Wette in loc.

ψιϑυρισ μός, ov, 6, (ψιϑυρίζω,) α whis-
pering, Plat. de rect. Rat. audiendi 13 fin.
Luc. Amor. 15.—In N. T. whispering,
secret slander, detraction, ἃ Cor. 12, 20.
So Plut. Conjug. Prec. 40.

Ψψιϑυριστής, οὔ, ὁ, (ψιϑυρίζω.) a
whisperer, a secret slanderer, detractor, Rom.
1, 30.—Dem. 1358. 6 mapa τὸν ψιϑυριστὴν
Ἑρμῆν.

Ψψυχίον, ov, τό, (dim. of ψίξ; io,
Ψψάω,) a little bit, crumb, of bread, meat,
food, Matt. 15, 27. Mark 7, 28. Luke 16,
21.—Only in N. T.

ψυχή, jis, ἡ, (ψύχω,) pr. the breath,
Sept. for ©52 Job 41, 13. Gen. 1, 30.—
Usually and in N. Τ', the vital breath, Lat.
anima, li ife, through which the body lives
and feels, i. e. the principle of life manifest-
ed in the breath, Heb. 852.

1. Pr. the soul, as the vital principle,
Lat. anima, i. e. the animal soul, the vital
spirit, life. a) Genr. Luke 12, 20 ταύτῃ τῇ
νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ.
Acts 20, 10 ἡ. γὰρ Ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ
ἐστι. Of beasts, Rev. 8, 9 τὰ [κτίσματα]
ἔχοντα ψυχάς. Sept. and wiby Gen. 35, 18.
1K. 17,21. So Hdian. 2. 13. 16. Plut.
Romul. 28. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 19 sq. Mem. 1.
2. 53 τῆς ψυχῆς ἐξελθούσης 86. τοῦ σώμα-
τος. Ὁ) Meton. and genr. life ; Matt. 6,25
bis, μή μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῆ ... οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ
πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς ; Luke 12, 22. 23.
Matt. 20, 38 et Mark 10, 45 δοῦναι τὴν ψυ-
χὴν αὑτοῦ λύτρον. Mark 3, 4 et Luke 6, 9
σῶσαι τὴν ψυχήν. Luke 14, 26. 21, 19 see
in κτάομαι. Acts 15, 26. 20, 24. 97, 10, 22.
Rom. 16, 4. Phil. 2, 30. 1 Thess. 2,8. Rey.
12,11. So τιϑέναι τὴν ψυχήν, to lay down
one’s life, John 10, 11. 15. 17. 13, 37. 38.
15, 13. 1 John 3, 16 bis; comp. in τίϑημε
no. 2.d. Also ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν τινος, to
seek one’e life. Matt. 2, 20. Rom. 11, 3; so
Sept. and tp) Opa Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam. 20,
1. Sept. genr. for we2 Gen. 19, 17. 19.
44, 30. Ex. 21, 23. (Al. V. H. 13. 20.
Pol. 28. 9. 4. Eurip. Heracl. 551 τὴν ἐμὴν
ψυχὴν ἐγὼ δίδωμ᾽ ἑκοῦσα. Xen. An. 4. 6. 4.
ib. 3. 3. 44.) In some antithetic declara

»

yvux

tiens of Jesus, Ψυχή refers not only to
natural life, but also to life as continued be-
yond the grave; John 12, 25 bis, ὁ φιλῶν
τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν - καὶ 6
μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ,
εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν, where av-
τήν (for τὴν ψυχήν) refers to eternal life;
so Matt. 10, 39 bis. 16, 25 bis. Mark 8, 35
bis. Luke 9, 24 bis. 17, 33. Also as in-
cluding the idea of life or the spirit both
natural and eternal, Matt. 16, 26 bis. Mark
8, 36. 37; comp. Luke 9, 25. c) Of a
departed soul, ghost, shade, separate from the
body; spoken in Greek mythology of the
shades, manes, ghosts, inhabiting Hades ;
Passow no. 2. Rev. 6, 9 ras ψυχὰς τῶν
ἐσφαγμένων διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Seov. 20, 4.
Acts 2, 27. 31, οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν
μου εἰς ἅδου, quoted from Ps. 16, 10 where
Sept. for wp». So Wisd. 3, 1 δικαίων δὲ
ψυχαὶ ἐν χειρὶ Θεοῦ. Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 2 γύ-
ναῖον... Tas τῶν TeSvnKdrwv ψυχὰς ἐκκα-
λούμενον. ib. κελεύει τὴν Σαμουήλον ψυχὴν
ἀναγαγεῖν. Hom. Il. 1. 8. Luc. de Mort. 16.
4. ib. 17. 1.

2. Spec. the soulas the sentient principle,
Lat. animus. a) As the seat of the
senses, desires, affections, appetites, pas-
sions, i. e. the lower and animal nature
common to man with the beasts; distin-
guished in the Pythagorean and Platonic
philosophy from the higher rational nature,
ὁ νοῦς, τὸ πνεῦμα, belonging to man alone ;
see espec. Lesner Obs. 6 Philon. p. 381,
503. This distinction is also followed by
the LXX, and sometimes in N. T. see in
πνεῦμα no. Il. 2. So 1 Thess. 5, 23 τὸ
πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ Kal τὸ σῶμα, i. 6. the
whole man. Heb. 4, 12 ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυ-

χῆς τε καὶ πνεύματος. Luke 1, 46 μεγαλύνει ἡ

ψυχή μου τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἀγαλλίασε τὸ πνεῦ-
μά μου. As distinguished from διάνοια, Matt.
22, 87. Mark 12, 30. Luke 10, 27; from ov-
νεσις Mark 12, 33. (So Wisd. 15, 11. Jos.
Ant. 1. 1. 2 ἔπλασεν ὁ Seds τὸν ἄνθρωπον
χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς λαβών, καὶ πνεῦμα ἐνῆκεν
αὐτῷ καὶ ψυχήν. ib. 3.11.2.) Simpl. the
soul, i. q. the mind, feelings; Matt. 11, 29
εὑρήσετε. ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς Ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν.
Luke 2, 35 σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύ-
σεται ῥομφαία. John 10, 24. Acts 14, 2. 22.
15, 24. Heb. 12, 3. 1 Pet. 1, 22. 2 Pet. 2,
8.14. Sept. for B82 Ex. 23,9. 1 Sam. 1,
15; 321K. 11, 2. Is, 44,19. al. (Arr.
Epict. 4.11. 6 ἔργα ψυχῆς, ὁρμᾷν, ἀφορ-
μᾷν, ὀρέγεσϑαι, κτλ. Hdian. 2. 1. 1ὅ. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 4.) So ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ with
all the soul Matt. 22, 37, and ἐξ ὅλης τῆς

94 ψυχὴ

ψυχῆς id. Mark 12, 30. 33. Luke 10, 27;
so Sept. and W482 Deut. 26, 16, 30, 2.6.10;
332 2 Chr. 15,15. 31,21. (So é& ὅλης
ψυχῆς M. Antonin. 3. 4. ib. 4. 315 ὅλῃ τῇ
ψυχῇ Epict. Ench. 29. 3. Xen. Mem. 3.
11.10.) Also ἐκ ψυχῆς, from the soul,
heartily, Eph. 6, 6. Col. 3, 23. (Theoer. 8.
35. Xen. An. 7. 7. 43.) Spec. pia ψυχὴ
εἶναι, to be of one soul, unanimous, united
in affection and will, Acts 4,32. Phil. 1, 27.
So Diog. Laert. 5. 11 ἐρωτηϑεὶς ri ἐστι φί-
hos ; ἔφη, pla ψυχὴ δύο σώμασιν ἐνοικοῦσα.
—To the soul, ψυχή, as the seat of the
desires, affections, appetites, is often ascrib-
ed that which strictly belongs to the person
himself; Matt. 12, 18 εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησα ἡ
ψυχή pov. 26, 38 et Mark 14, 34 περίλυπός
ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή pov. Luke 1, 46. 12, 19 bis.
John 12, 27. Heb. 10, 38. 3 John 2. Rev.
18, 14. Sept. and 5} Gen. 27, 4.19. Is.
1,14; 2> 15. 33,18. So Ecclus. 7, 21.
Jos. Ant. 11.1.1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 27. ib.
7,3. 8. b) Genr. the soul of man, his
spiritual and immortal nature, with all its
higher and lower powers, its rational and
animal faculties ; Matt. 10, 28 bis, μὴ φο-
βεῖσϑε ἀπὸ trav... rv ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων
ἀποκτεῖναι" φοβήϑητε μᾶλλον τὸν δυν. ψυχὴν
καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ. 2 Cor. 1, 23.
12,15. Heb. 6, 19. 10, 39 εἰς περιποίησιν
ψυχῆς, opp. ἀπώλεια. 18, 17. James 1, 21
τὸν λόγον, τὸν δυνάμενον σῶσαι τὰς Ψψυχὰς
ὑμῶν. 5, 20. 1 Pet. 1,9 σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν.
ᾧ, 11. 25. 4,19. So Wisd. 1, 4.11 στόμα
καταψευδόμενον ἀναιρεῖ ψυχῆν. Jos. Ant.
18. 1. 8 aSdvarov ἰσχὺν ταῖς ψυχαῖς εἶναι.
Hdian. 8. 14. 5. Diod.. Sic. 16. 20. Plato
Phedo 28. p. 80. a, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὦσι ψυχὴ
καὶ σῶμα... τῇ δέ, ἄρχειν καὶ δεσπόζειν ....
ἡ μὲν ψυχὴ τῷ ϑείῳ ἔοικε κτλ. Xen. Mem.
4. 8.14 ἀνθρώπου γε Ψυχὴ τοῦ ϑείου μετέ-
χει κτλ.

8. Concr. a soul, a living thing, animal,
in which is ἡ ψυχή life; like Heb. 852.
a) Genr. and from the Heb. 1 Cor. 15, 45
ἐγένετο ὃ πρῶτος ἄνϑρ. εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν, i.e.
a living soul or creature, in allusion to Gen.
2,7 where Sept. for 971 WH2>. Rev. 16, 3
καὶ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ζωῆς (for ζῶσα) ἐπέϑανεν
ἐν τῇ ϑαλάσοῃ. So Sept. and men wH3
Gen. 1, 24, 2, 19. 9, 10. 12. 15. See Heb.
Lex. art. YB} no. 4. 8) Oftener of man,
a soul, a living person, man, πᾶσα Ψυχή,
every soul, every person, every one, Acts
2,43. 3,23. Rom. 13,1. So in a peri-
phrasis, πᾶσα Ψ. ἀνθρώπου, every soul of
man, every man, Rom. 2,9; ψυχὰς avSpa-
πων, men, Luke 9, 56 Rec. Sept. and ΦΒ2

ψυχικός

geur. Gen. 17, 14. Deut. 24, 7. Lev. 5, 1.
2; ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου for DIS 2 Num. 19,
11.13. (Eurip. Phen. 1314 Φόνιαι ψυχαί.)
Also in enumerations ; Acts 2, 41 ψυχαὶ
ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι. Ἴ, 14. 27, 37. 1 Pet. 3, 20.
Sept. and 853 Gen. 46, 15. 18. 26. 27. Ex.
1, 5. Deut. 10, 22.* So 1 Macc. 2, 38.
Pol. 8. 5. 3 pia ψυχή. Eurip. Hel. 52 ψυχαὶ
δὲ πολλαί. Comp. Plut. Symp. 6. 7. 1
Ψυχὴν καὶ κεφαλὴν τὸν ἄνθρωπον εἰώϑαμεν
ἀπὸ τῶν κυριοτάτων ὑποκορίζεσϑαι. 06)
Spec. “for α servant, slave; Rev. 18, 13
Ψψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων, men’s souls, human per-
sons, slaves, perh. more emphatic than the
preced. σώματα; in allusion to Ez. 27,
13 where Sept. for ἘΠ Wb2 id. see in ἄν-
ὥρωπος no. 2.e. Simpl. Sept. ψυχή and
WB? Gen. 12, 5. So 1 Macc. 10, 33. Test.
XII Patr. p. 715 κλέπτεις ψυχὰς ἐκ γῆς
‘Efpaiev.*Epict. Fragm. 33. ed. Schweigh.
TH. p. 77; πολλὰς δουλεύειν ψυχάς.

«Ψυχικός, n, ov, (ψυχή,.) 1. breathing,
living, animal, possessing animal life ; so
of the body, σῶμα ψυχικόν, an animal body,
having breath and animal life, physical, na-
tural; 1 Cor. 15, 44 bis. 46; opp. τὸ σῶμα
πνευματικόν, see in πνευματικός no. 1.---
Diod. Sic. 1.12 αἴτιος τοῦ Ψυχικοῦ τοῖς
ζώοις.

2. Spec. of the soul, mind, animal, natu-
ral, i. e. pertaining to the animal or natural
mind and affections, swayed by the affec-
tions and passions of human nature, not
under the influences of the Holy Spirit,
Opp. πνευματικός ; comp. in Ψυχή πο. 2. a,
and πνευματικός no. 2. 1 Cor. 2, 14 ψυχι-
Kos Gv3p. οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ
Seov. Jude 19 ψυχικοί, πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες.
So James 3,15 ἡ σοφία yuyexn.—Comp.
ψυχή Ecclus. 5, 2; comp. also ψυχικός as
distinguished from σωματικός, Jos. de Macc.
2. Pol. 6. ὅ. 7. Arr. Epict. 3. 7. 5 ἡ ἡδονὴ
ἡ ψυχική. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 2.

ψύχος, εος, ους, τό, (ψύχω.) cold, fri-
gus, John 18, 18 ὅτι ψύχος ἦν. Acts 28, 2.
2 Cor. 11,27. Sept. for ἽΡ Gen. 8, 22;

ΚΣ

795 ὦ

ΓᾺΡ Ps. 147, 17.—Song of 3 Childr. 40
Pol. 5. 56. 10. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8, 9.
ψυχρός, ά, dv, (ψύχω,) cold, cool, fresh,
refreshing, 6. g. ποτήριον Ψυχροῦ (ὕδατος)
Matt. 10, 42. So Plut. de Garrul. 17 ὡς
Ἡράκλειτος... «λαβὼν ψυχροῦ κύλικα. Epict.
Ench, 29. 2 μὴ ψυχρὸν πίνειν. Fully, ψυ-

ιχρὸν ὕδωρ Theocr. 11. 47. Al. V. H. 13

1, Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 3.—Trop. cold, cold-
hearted, indifferent, spoken of a person with-
out decision or firmness of Christian char-
acter, οὔτε ψυρχός, οὔτε ζεστός, Rev. 3, 15
bis. 16. So Plato Euthyd. 284. e. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 4. 22, 23.

ψύχω, f. ὑξω, Pass. aor. 2 ἐψύγην
Buttm. § 100. n. 8; to breathe, to blow,
Hom, Il. 20. 440; c. acc. to blow upon,
and hence to cool, Sept. Jer. 6, 7. Plut.
Symp. 6. 6. 2. Plato Tim. 46.d.—In N. T.
Pass. Ψψύχομαι;, fut. 2 ψυγήσομαι, to be
cooled, to grow cold, trop. of affection, Matt
24,12 ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν. So
pr. Jos, Αηΐϊ. 7. 14.3. Plut. de Sanit. tuend.
2. Plato Phedo 71. b.

ψωμίζξω, f. ico, (ψωμός, oo, ψάω,)
to feed by bits, morsels, as one does children
or sick persons, Aristoph. Thesm. 692.
Plut. Quest. Rom. 21.—In N. T. genr. to
feed, to supply with food, c. acc. pers. Rom.
12,20. With acc. of thing, to feed out;
1 Cor. 13, 3 ἐὰν ψωμίσω πάντα τὰ ὑπάρ-
χοντά pov. So fully with two ace. of pers.
and thing, Sept. ris ἡμᾶς Ψωμιεῖ κρέα, for
d928 Num. 11, 4. Ecclus. 15, 3. Winer
§ 32. 4. Buttm. § 131.5; with acc. of pers
or animal, Porph. de Abstin. 3. 23 ψωμί
(ovo. τὰ vedrria. Plut. Symp. 5. procem

ψωμίον, ov, τό, (dim. ψωμός.) α dit,
morsel, mouthful, John 13, 26 bis. 27. 30.—
Diog. Laert. 6. 37.

ψώχω, f. ξω, (ψώω, ψάω,) to rub in
pieces, e. g. ears of grain, c. acc. Luke 6, 1.
—Nicand. Th. 629. Etym. Mag. ψώχοντες"
Spumrovres, λεπτύνοντες. Comp. the Ionic
κατασώχω Hdot. 4. 75. R

,

2.

22, o mega, the last letter of the Greek
alphabet ; hence poet. for the last, i. 4. ὁ
ἔσχατος and τέλος, Rey. 1,8. [11]. 21, 6.
22,13. See in lett. A.

ὦ, inter}. O! before the Voc. in a direct
address; Matt. 15, 28 ὦ γύναι. 17, 17.
Mark 9, 19. Luke 9, 41. 24, 45. Acts 1, 1

ὦ Θεόφιλε. 13, 10. 18, 14. 27, 21. Rom.
2, 1.3. 9, 20. Gal. 3, 1. 1 Tim. 6, 20.
James 2, 20. So Sept. Jer. 4, 10. Ceb.
Tab. 2,3, 4. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 16—Once
in admiration, Rom. 11, 33 ὦ βάϑος κτὰ. O
the depth! in this sense sometimes written
ὦ, Buttm. ᾧ 117. n. 5. Sept. for "iN Is. 6,

Ὠβήδ

5; "iM Nah. 3,1. Zeph. 3, 3. So Soph.
Ajax 372.

* QBS, δ, indec. Obed, Heb. 7343 (serv-
ing sc. God), pr. n. of the son of Boaz and
Ruth, Matt. 1, 5 bis. Luke 3, 32. Comp.
Ruth 4, 13 sq.

ὧδε, demonstr. adv. (ὅδε, see Buttm.
§ 116. 7, and n. 7,) pr. thus, so, in this way
or manner, Hom. 1]. 1. 181.
Luc. D. Mort. 16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 1.
—In poetic and later usage and in N. T.
also adv. of place, hither, here, i. e. to or in
this place, viz.

1. hither, to this place, after verbs of mo-
tion; Matt. 8,29 ἦλθες ὧδε. 14, 18 et 17,
17 φέρετέ μοι αὐτοὺς ὧδε. 22, 12. Mark 11,
3. Luke 9, 41. 14, 21. 19, 27. John 6, 25.
20, 27. Acts 9, 21. Rev. 4,1. 11, 123 ἕως
ὧδε Luke 23, 5. Sept. for D1 Ex. 3, 5.
Ruth 2, 14.—Ceb. Tab. 14, 22. Theocr.
Id. 25. 35. Plato Prot. 328. d.

2. here, in this place, after verbs imply-
ing rest and the like: 4) Pr. Matt. 12, 6
ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μείζων ἐστὶν ὧδε. v. 41. 42
πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε. 14, 8. 17. 16, 28.
17, 4 bis. 20, 6 τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε dpyot; 24,
2. 26, 38. 28, 6. Mark 6, 3 ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς,
here in our city. 8,4. 9,1. ὅ. 14, 32.34. 16,
6. Luke 4,23. 9,12 ὧδε ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ. ν. 27.
33. 11, 31.32. [15, 17. 16,25.] 22, 38. 24, 6.
John 6,9. 11,21. 32. Acts 9, 14 ὧδε, here in
this city. Heb. '7, 8 et 13,14 ὧδε, here on
earth. James 2, 3 κάϑου ὧδε, andso Sept. for
mB Ruth 4, 1.2. 23 Κὶ 7, 8. Opp. to ἐκεῖ,
Mark 13, 21. Luke 17, 21. 23. James 2,3;
or repeated, ὧδε... ὧδε id. Matt. 24, 23;
τὰ ὧδε the things done here Col. 4,9. Sept.
genr. for OB Gen. 19, 12., Num. 32, 16.
Judg. 19,9. So Ceb. Tab. 9,10. Theocr.
Id. 25. 11, 14. Hdot. 1. 111, 115 fin. b)
Trop. herein, in this thing, Rev. 13, 10. 18.
14, 12 bis. 17,9.

ὠδή, ἧς, ἡ, (contr. for dowd); ἀείδω,
ᾷδω,) an ode, song, 6. g. in praise of God,
Eph. 5, 19. Col. 3, 16. Rev. 5, 9. 14, 3 bis.
15,3 bis. Sept. for st} Judg. 5, 12. 1 K.
4, 32. Ps. 42, 9.—Ecclus. 39, 19, Jos. Ant.
7. 12. 3 @das εἰς Sedv καὶ ὕμνους. Genr.
Luc. Bis. Acc. 16. Diod. Sic. 3. 17. Xen.
Conv. 6. 4.

@OLY, ivos, ἡ, (kindr. ὀδύνη,) a very late
form of the nominative, 1 Thess. 5, 3. Sept.
Is. 37, 3; instead of the usual ἡ ὠδίς, ivos,
see Winer § 9. 2. 1; comp. Buttm. § 41. 4.

-marg. Ausfiihrl. Sprachl. § 41. n. 4.

1. @ throe, pain, pang of a woman in
travail; 1 Thess. 5, 3 dAeSpos, ὥσπερ ἡ
ὧδιν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ. Sept. for dan

796

Paleph. 1. 3.

‘ban Cant. 8, 5.

ὥρα

Jer. 22, 23. Hos. 13, 3.--- 2}. V. Η. 2. 1.

Plut. Thes. 20. Plato Theet. 6. p. 149. d.
2. Trop. pain, sorrow, calamity, of the

severest acre Matt. 24,8 et Mark 13,9

ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων. (Sept. and >3M Job

21,17; bey Ex. 15,14; nbmdn Nah. 2,

11.) So Acts 2,24 λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ
Savarov, having loosed the pains of death, in
allusion to Ps. 18, 5 where Sept. ὠδῖνες Sa-
varov for Heb. Τὴ "ban, which the LXX
refer to dan a throe, pain, instead of dan
a band, snare, comp. v. 6. The phrase
λύειν ὠδῖνας occurs also in Greek writers,
e. g. Lycophr. Cass. 1198 σφὲ ὠδῖνας ἐξέ-
λυσε AaSpaias γονῆς. AL. H. An. 12. 5 .
τοὺς τῶν ὠδίνων λύσαι δεσμούς. ib. 7. 12
Αἰγυπτίων ai γυναῖκες ... τὴν ὠδῖνα ἀπολύ-
σασαι καὶ ἐξαναστάσαι κτλ. Strabo 16. p.
763 λύει δὲ κεφαλαλγίας θαυμαστῶς, sc. the
balsam of Jericho. Comp. Septs Job 39, 3.

ὠδίνω, f. wh, (ddis,) to be in the throes,
to travail in childbirth, absol. Rev. 12, 2 ἐν
γαστρὶ ἔχουσα κράζει, ὠδίνουσα, being in
travail. Gal. 4, 27 ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, thou that
travailest not, who art barren, i. q. ἡ στεῖρα.
Sept. for dyn Is. 23, 4. 26, 18. 66, 7. 85
So Hom. Il. 11. 269.
Luc. Somn. 5. Gall. 19. Plut. Thes. 20.—
Trop. of a Christian teacher, c. acc. to ira-’
vail with any one, in spiritual birth, Gal. 4,
19. Comp. γεννάω no. 1. b.

ὦμος, ov, 6, (kindr. Lat. humerus, a
shoulder, Matt. 23, 4. Luke 15, 5. Sept.
for 20 Gen, 21, 14. Is. 9,6; 92 Num.
7,9. Is. 49, 22.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 9. Hdian.
7.10. 15. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13.

ὠνέομαι, odpar, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. depon.
with aor. 1 ὠνησάμην a form condemned by
the Atticists, instead of which Attic writ-
ers used ἐπριάμην, comp. Phryn. et Lob. p.
137 sq. Buttm. ᾧ 114 fin. To buy, to pur-
chase; α. acc. et gen. of price, Acts 7, 16
ὃ ὠνήσατο ᾿Αβραὰμ τιμῆς apyvpiov.—Luc.
D. Mort. 4. 1 τῶν πέντε [δραχμῶν] ὠνησή-
μῆν, καὶ τροπωτῆρα δύο ὀβολῶν. ib. Hermot.
81; c. acc. Al. V. H. 3. 27. Hdian. 2. 10.
8. Pres. Dem. 123. 21. Xen. An. 3. 1. 20.

ὠόν, οὔ, τό, an egg, Lat. ovum, Luke
11,12. Sept. for ™¥°S Deut. 22,6. Job
39, 14.—sop. Fab. 47. Tauchn. Luc. D.
Deor. 20. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 87. Plato Conv.
190. e.

apa, as, 1), Lat. hora, Engl. hour, pr.
limited time, season, a definite space or divi-
sion of time recurring at fixed intervals, as
marked by natural or conventional limits ;
e. g.a season of the year, ὥρα τοῦ Sépous

ὥρα
#l. V.H. 3.1. Xen. Venat. 9.20; ὥρα χει-
pavos Al. V. H. 7. 13. Thue. 4. 6; ἡ τοῦ
ἔτους Spa Hdian. 8. 4. 3. 4]. V.H. 1. 15;
ai κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν Spa Diod. Sic. 1. 16. Plato
Legg. 906. d. ‘Trop. of a season of life,
the fresh full bloom and beauty of youth,
the ripeness and vigour of manhood, bloom,
beauty, vigour; Jos. Ant. 4. 6.8 ὥρα τοῦ
σώματος. Plut. Marcell. 2. ποίη. 19. 4
κάλλει καὶ Spa. Thue. 6. 54 ὥρα ἡλικίας.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 22 ἐσθῆτα, ἐξ ἧς ἂν μάλι-
στα ὥρα Siaddpro.—tn N.'T. of shorter
intervals, a time, season, hour, viz.

1. Of the day generally, day-time, day ;
Matt. 14, 15 ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθε. Mark 6,
35 bis, ἤδη Spas πολλῆς γενομένης, κτὰ. 11,
11 ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς Spas.—Pol. 5. 8. 3
πολλῆς Spas. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 54 ἄχρι
πολλῆς ὥρας. Dem. p. 541 pen. Xen. Hell.
7.2.22 ἦν μὲν τῆς Spas μικρὸν πρὸ δύντος
ἡλίου.

2. Of a definite part or division of the day ;
in earlier writers used only of the greater
divisions, as morning, noon, evening, night,
ἕως, μεσημβρία, ἑσπέρα, νύξ, as νυκτὸς ἐν
‘pn Hom. H. in Mere. 155; or also morn-
ing, noon and evening, dp%pos, καιρὸς pe-
σημβρινός, x. δειλινός, x. ἕσπερος, Sturz
Lex. Xen. Spa no. 3. So Xen. Mem. 4. 3.
4 bis, ὁ ἥλιος φωτεινὸς dv τάς re Spas τῆς
ἡμέρας ... σαφνίζει ... ἄστρα, ἃ ἡμῖν ras
ὥρας τῆς νυκτός ἐμφανίζει. Dion. Hal. de
Comp. Verb. 3 ὥρα ἑωϑινή.---ἶη N. T. an
hour, one of the twelve equal parts into
which the natural day and also the night
were divided, and which of course were of
different lengths at different seasons of the
year ; prob. introduced by astronomers, and
first so used by Hipparchus about B. C.
140; see Ideler’s Chronol. 1. p. 239.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 333 sq. Dict. of Antt.
art. Hora.

a) Pr. and genr. Matt. 24, 36 περὶ δὲ ἡμέ-
nas καὶ Spas οὐδεὶς οἶδεν. 25, 13. Mark 13,
32. Luke 22, 59. John 4, 52 ἐπύϑετο παρ᾽
αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν. 11, 9 οὐχὶ δώδεκά εἰσι
ὥραι ἡμέρας. Acts 5,7 ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διά-
στημα. 10, 80 μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας. Rev.
9, 15. Dat. c. ἐν, of time when; Matt. 8,
13. 24, 50 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ... καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ 7 οὐ γι-
νώσκει. Luke 12, 46. John 4, 53. Accus.
of time how long; Matt. 20, 12 μίαν ὥραν
ἐποίησαν, see in ποιέω no. 2. b. 26, 40 μίαν
ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι. Mark 14, 37. Acts 19,
34 ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο. With a numeral
marking the hour of the day, as counted
from sunrise; Matt. 20, 3 περὶ τὴν τρίτην
ὥραν. v. 5. 6.9. 27, 45 bis, ἀπὸ δὲ ἕκτης
ὥρας ... ἕως Spas ἐννάτης. v. 46. Mark 15,

797

@paios

35. 33 bis. 34. Luke 23, 44 bis. John 1
40. 4, 6. 52. 19, 14 ὥρα δὲ ὡσεὶ ἕκτη.
Acts 2, 15 ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας. 3, 1
ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς, τὴν ἐννάτην. 10, 3. 9.
30. So of the hours of the night, as
counted from sunset; Acts 16, 33 ἐν ἐκείνῃ
τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτός. 23, 23 ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας
τῆς vuxrds.—Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 6 ἀρξάμενοι
τῆς νυκτὸς ἐννάτης ὥρας, ὑπὲρ πέμπτην τῆς
ἡμέρας διελύϑησαν. ib. § 8 περὶ ὥραν ἑνδεκά-
την τῆς ἡμέρας. Nicol. Damasc. p. 486 πρὸ

δεκάτης ὥρας. Luc. Epigr. 17 ἐξ dpa. 2

b) Trop. for a short lime, a brief interval,
as acc. μίαν ὥραν Rev. 17, 12; dat. μιᾷ
ὥρᾳ Rev. 18, 10. 16. 19; πρὸς ὥραν John
5,35. 2 Cor. 7, 8. Gal. 2, 5. Philem. 15;
also πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας id. 1 Thess. 2, 17.

3. Meton. and genr. an hour, time, period,
spoken of any definite point or space of time.

a) With adjuncts; e. g. an Adj. or Pron.
ἀπὸ τῆς Spas ἐκείνης Matt. 9, 22. 15, 28.
17, 18. John 19, 27; so Dat. of time
when, αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ Luke 2, 38. 24, 33.
Acts 16, 18. 22, 13 ; ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ, 7 Spa,
Matt. 24, 42. 44. Luke 12, 39. 40. (Sept.
Dan. 3, 6. 18.) ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ id. Luke
7, 21.: 10, 21. 12,12 [13, 31.] 20, 19;
ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ Spa Matt. 10,19. 18,1. 26,
55. Mark 13, 11. Rev. 11, 13. So Rev. 3,
3. 1 Cor. 4, 11 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι Spas. 15, 30
πᾶσαν ὥραν all the time. (Sept. for “92
mY Ex. 18, 22. 26.) With an adverb or
relative, etc. John 4, 21 ἔρχεται ὥρα, ὅτε κτλ.
v. 23. 5,25. 28 ἔρχεται Spa ἐν 7 κτὰ. 16,
25. So ὁ. ἵνα, see in ἵνα III. 4, John 12,
23. 13,1. 16,2,32. With gen. of thing
to be done or to happen; Luke 1, 10, comp.
Sept. Dan. 9, 21. Luke 14, 17 τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ
δείπνου, the time of the supper or feast. Rev.
3,10. 14, '7. 15; impl. Luke 22, 14; c. inf.
Rom. 13, 11 ὥρα ἡμᾶς ἤδη ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερϑῆ-
ναι. (Soc. gen. Sept. for M2 2 Sam. 24, 15.
Dan. 9, 21. Diod. Sic. 13. 94 ; ,c. inf. Sept.
Gen. 29, 7. 21. V. H. 1. 21.) With
gen. of pers. one’s time, i. e. appointed to
him, in which he is to do or suffer, Luke
22, 53. John 16, 21; elsewhere of Christ,
John 2, 4. 7, 30. 8, 20. 13, 1.

Ὁ) Simply, ἡ dpa, the time, as spoken of
or otherwise understood ; Matt. 26, 45
ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα. Mark 14, 41. John 16, 4.
1 John 2, 18 bis, see in ἔσχατος no. 2. b.
(Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 2.) Emphat. John 17, 1;
and so spec. the time or hour of trial, sor-
row, suffering, Mark 14, 35. John 12,
27 bis.

@patos, a, ov, (Spa,) timely, seasonable,
tempestivus, as fruits, like Engl. ‘ fruits of

ὠρύομαι :

the season,’ Δ. V. H. 1. 31. Diod. Sic. 8.
69 or 70. Xen. Conv. 8.25. Trop. of a
virgin ripe for marriage, Al. V. H. 4. 1.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 9.—In Ν. T. trop. fair,
comely, beautiful, spoken of things ; see in
ὥρα init. Matt. 23, 27 τάφοις... οἵτινες ἔξω-
Sev μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι. Rom. 10, 15, see
in πούς lett. 6. Sept. of things, for “7gM3
Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6; of persons, for mp Gen.
24,17. 39, 6. So of things, πλόος op.
Anthol. Gr. I. p. 168 ; πρόσωπον Hdian. 5.
6. 24; of persons, Luc. D. Deor. 5. 5.
Plut. Cato Maj. 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 13,
14.—Spoken of a gate of the temple, Acts
3, 2 τὴν ϑύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγόμένην
ὡραίαν, and v. 10 ἐπὶ τῇ ὡραίᾳ πύλῃ, 5ὰρ-
posed by some to have been the large gate
leading from the court of the Gentiles to
the court of the Israelites, over against the
eastern side of the vads, called by the Rab-
bins the gate of Nicanor, and described by
Josephus as covered with plates of gold and
silver, and very splendid and massive ; Jos.
B. J. 5. 5. 3. ib. 6. 5: 3. Ant. 15. 11. 5.
Lightf. Hor. Heb. in Chorogr, Cent. Mat-
theo prem. c. 30; espec. Wetst. N. T. IL
p. 471 sq. But from Acts 3, 3. 8, it would
seem to have been one of the external gates,
leading from without into the area of the
temple or court of the Gentiles,.on the east
side of which also was Solomon’s porch,
v. 11 ; see in ἱερόν no. I, also in στοά. We
are left, however, without definite informa-
tion as to these external gates; for the
porta Shushan and porta Hulde (JB “3%,
mabin Ὁ) mentioned by the Rabbins have
no historical weight ; Lightf. Hor. Heb. in
Acts 3, 2. Disq. Chor. Johanni prem. c. 6.
δ 1. . Most probably one of the external
gates was so called because of its archi-
tectural decorations ; possibly the present
. Golden gate on the east, or the still more
ornamented one on the south; see Bibl.
Res. in Pal. I. p. 437, 477. Biblioth. Sac.
1846. p. 626; also Biblioth. Sac. 1843. p.
19 sq. Traill’s Josephus Vol. I. App. Plates.

ὠρύομαι, f. ύσομαι, Mid. depon. (kindr.
ὀρύγω, ἐρεύγομαι,) to roar, to howl, as beasts
of prey from rage or hunger; e. g. a lion,
‘1 Pet. 5, 8 ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος. Sept. of a
lion for 388 Judg. 14, 5. Ps. 22, 4.—Apol-
lon. Rh. Arg. 4. 1339; of wolves, Theocr.
1.71; of dogs, id. 2. 35. Luc. D. Mort.
10. 13.

«
ὡς; relat. adv, (és,) correl. to πῶς, Tas,

Buttm. ᾧ 116. 4. ὅ ; pr.in which way, in what |

way, and hence genr. as, so as, how ; some-
times equivalent to a conjunction, see be-

798 ὡς

low in no. 3; see Passow in ὡς Buttm.
§ 149 init. Matth. ᾧ 628.—For ὡς ἄν, see in
ἄν II. 1. Ὁ, ©; also IV.

1. In comparisons; see Matth. 1. c. p.
1283. In Attic writers ὥσπερ is the pre-
vailing word in this usage; Passow in
ὥσπερ.

a) Pr. fully, with a corresponding de-
monstr. ady. as οὕτως or the like, either
preceding or following; e.g. οὕτως... ὡς,
so...as, Mark 4, 26 οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία
τοῦ Seov, ὡς ἐὰν ἄνθρωπος κτὰ. John 7, 46.
1 Cor. 3,15; ὡς.. οὕτως, as...so, Acts
8, 32 ὡς ἀμνός.. «οὕτως οὐκ ἀνοίγει κτλ.
quoted from Is. ὅ8, 7 where Sept. for ἢ... 3.
Acts 23,11; ὡς γάρ... οὕτω Rom. 5,15.
18, 2 Cor. 7, 14. 11,3. 1 Thess. 2,'7. 5,2.
So ἶσος...ὡς Acts 11, 17; ὁμοίως καὶ ὡς
Luke 17, 28. Also &s...«ai, where ov-
tos is strictly implied, comp. in καί no. 2. Ὁ;
Matt. 6, 10 ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
Acts 7, 51. Gal. 1, 9. (So οὕτως... ὡς
Xen. An. 7. 1. 27; ὡς... οὕτως Sept. Ecc.
11, 5. 1 Macc. 3, 60. Al. V..H. 4. 17.
Plut. de cohib. Ira 8; ὡς... καί Plut.. Mor,
Il. p. 9. Hdot. 7. 128. Thue. 8. 1 ult.):
More freq. οὕτως is omitted, and then os
may often be rendered so as, or simply as ;
Matt. 6, 29 οὐ [οὕτως] περιεβάλετο ὡς ἕν
τούτων. 10, 25. ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαϑητῇ, ἵνα γέ-
νηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ. Mark 1, 22 ἦν
γὰρ δικάσκων αὐτοὺς [οὕτως] ὡς ἐξουσίαν
ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. Luke 6,10.
40. 21. 35. Acts 7, 37. Rom. 4, 17."ὅ, 16.
1 Cor. 14, 33. Gal. 4,12. 1 Thess. 5, 6.
Heb, 1, 11. 1 Pet. 2,25. 1 John 1,7. Rev.
20, 8. al. sep. (Hom. 1]. 13. 389. Palzph.
31. 2.) Sometimes the whole clause to
which ὡς refers is omitted, as Mark 4, 31
ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, suppl. ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ
Yeov ἐστι, comp. v. 30. Mark 13, 84 ὡς ἄν-
ὥρωπος ἀπόδημος, suppl. ὁ vids τοῦ dvBpa-
που ἐστί, OF ἐγώ εἰμι, comp. ν. 26.

* b) Genr. before a noun or adj. in the
nominat. or accus. as, like as, like; comp.
Buttm. Lexil. I. p. 239. Matt. 10,16 φρό-
νιμοι. ὡς οἱ ὄφεις; Kal ἀκέραιοι ws ai περι-
στεραί. 18, 48 τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν
ὡς 6 ἥλιος. 28, 3. Mark 6, 15. Luke 10, 3
ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν. μέσῳ λύκων.
22, 31. John 18,6. Acts 11,5. 1 Cor. 3,10.
Heb. 6,19. James 1,10. Jude 10. Rev.
1,14, 8,10. 10,1. 22,1.al. sep. So Sept.
for 3 Judg. 8,18. 1 Sam. 25, 36. (Hom.
Il. 2.144. Eurip. Phoen. 848 sq. or 852.
Paleph. 53. 6. Hdian. 1.17.19.) Here
too the construction is often elliptical ; 6. g.
where a participle belonging to the noun
before ὡς, is also implied with the noun

Pens ee ΝΣΣΝ

ὡς 790 ὡς

atter ὡς, as Luke 10, 18 τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς
ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα, comp.
Matt. 3, 16. Mark 1,10. So where the
noun before ὡς is also implied after it, as
Rev. 1, 10 ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς [φω-
viv] σάλπιγγος. 16,3. Sept. and 2 Jer. 4,
31. (Paleph. 7.1 σῶμα ἔχον, ὡς κυνός.)
Sometimes the noun after ὡς is implied be-
fore it; Rev. 6,1 ἤκουσα ἑνὸς... λέγοντος
[φωνῇ] ὡς φωνὴ βροντῆς.---Βγ Hebr. a
noun preceded by ὡς often denotes some-
thing like itself, a person or thing like that
which the noun signifies, Engl. as i were ;
Rev. 4, 6 ἐνώπιον τοῦ ϑρόνου ὡς ϑάλασσα
ὑαλίνη, pr. something like a sea of glass, as
it were a sea of glass. 15, 2. 8,8 ὡς ὄρος
μέγα, as it were a great mountain. 9,7 ὡς
στέφανοι χρυσοῖ. Accus. Rev. 19,1 ἤκουσα
ὡς φωνὴν μεγάλην ὄχλου, i. e. a sound like
the voice, etc. v. 6. So Sept. and 2 Dan.
10,18 ἥψατό μου ὡς ὅρασις dvSparov, see
Heb. Lex. art. 39 Β. 1.4. So Act. Thom.
§40 ἀπήντησέ μοι ὡς avSperds τις.

2. As marking quality, character, cir-
cumstances, known or supposed to exist in
respect to any person or thing; something
which is matter of belief or opinion, whether
true or false ; comp. Passow B. I, and Ὁ.

a) Before Participles referring to a prece-
ding noun, and expressing a quality or cir-
cumstance belonging to that noun, either
real or supposed, as, as if, as though;
Passow C. Matth. § 568. Buttm. § 145. n.
7. a) Before a Nominat. as referring to
a preceding subject ; Luke 16, 1 otros δια-
βλήϑη αὐτῷ ὡς διασκορπίζων κτὰ. as wasi-
ing his goods, i. e. being so accounted.
Acts 23,20 ὡς μέλλοντές τι ἀκριβέστερον
πυνϑάνεσϑαι, as though they would inquire.
28, 19 οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔϑνους μου ἔχων τι κατη-
γορῆσαι, nol as having, i. e. not supposing
that Ihave. Rom. 15, 15. 1 Cor. 4, 7. 5,
8. 7, 25. 2 Cor. 6,9 ter. 10 bis. 10, 14.
13, 2. Col. 2,20. 1 Thess. 2, 4. Heb. 11,
27. 13,3 bis. 17. James 2, 12. al. With
Part. impl. Eph. 6, 7 δουλεύοντες ὡς [δου-
λεύοντες] τῷ κυρίῳ. 1 Ῥοΐ. 4,11. Sept. for
2 Gen. 27, 12. So 2 Macc. 3, 8. Ceb.
‘fab. 1. Plato Menex. 241. d. Xen. Cyr. 1.
1. 1. £8) Before a Genit. referring toa
preceding noun; Heb. 12, 27 δηλοῖ τῶν
σαλευομένων τὴν μετάϑεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων.
(Jos. Ant. 1. 16. 2. Hdian. ὄ. 7. ὅ. Plat.
de cohib. Ira 9 init.) Often before a genit.
absol. 1 Cor. 4, 18 ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου δέ μου
πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐφυσιώϑησάν τινες, i. 6. they
supposing that I shall not come. 2 Cor. 5,
20. 1 Pet. 4, 12. 2 Pet. 1, 3. So after
προφάσει Acts 27,30; comp. 2 Macc. 3, 8.

See Matth. § 568. 2. Buttm. § 145. n.7
Winer § 67.6. So Al. V. H. 4.12. Hdot.
8. 69. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20 ὡς οὐκ εὐτάκτων
ὄντων ᾿Αϑηναίων. +) Before a Dat. refer
ring to a preceding noun; Acts 3, 12 ἡμῖν
τί ἀτενίζετε Os... πεποιηκόσι τοῦ περιπα-
τεῖν αὐτόν. 1 Pet. 2, 14. So Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 35 ὡς οὔπω φρονίμοις οὖσι. δ) Be-
fore an Accus. referring to a preceding
object; comp. Matth. § 568. 1. Buttm. 1. ο.
Acts 23, 15 πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας
διαγινώσκειν κτλ. Rom. 6, 18. 2 Cor. 10,
2. Rev. ὅ, 6. Ellipt. John 1, 14 δόξαν ὡς
[δόξαν] μονογενοῦς κτλ. So Jos. Ant. 9. 8.
2. Ceb. Tab. 40 bis. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.91.
ε) Once before an Infin. apparently with a
participle implied, or perhaps instead of the
participial construction ; 2 Cor. 10, 9 iva μὴ
δόξω! ὡς ἂν [βουλόμενος] ἐκφοβεῖν ὑμᾶς.
Comp. Matth. §545. So Plato Crit. 3. p.
44. Ὁ, καὶ πολλοῖς δόξω, ὡς, οἷός τ᾽ dv σε
σώζειν,. .. ἀμελῆσαι, alii ἀμελήσαιμι. See
in art. ἄν 1V. Winer § 48. 6.

.b) Before a Subst. or Adj. either as pre-
dicate or object, expressing a quality or cir-
cumstance known or supposed to belong to
a preceding noun, as, as if, as though.
Here the part. dv, οὖσα, ὄν, or the like, may
always be supplied; and the construction is
then the same as in lett. a, above; comp.
Matth. §568.n. a) Before a Nominat. as
referring to a preced. subject; 2 Cor. 6, 4
συνιστῶντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς ϑεοῦ διάκονοι. 11,
15. Eph. 5,1.8 ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε,
i. 6. as it becomes children of the light, as
they are supposed to walk. 6, 6. Col. 3,
12. 22. 23. Heb. 3, 5. 6. James 2, 9. 1 Pet.
1,14. 2,2. 5.16. 4,10. Rom. 8, 7 τί ἔτι
κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι ; i.e. as though
I were a sinner. 2 Cor. 6, 8. 10. 13, 7.
1 Pet. 4, 15. 16. Once preceded by τοιοῦ-
τος, Philem. 9 τοιοῦτος ὦν, ὡς Παῦλος πρεσ-
Burns, being such an one as Paul the aged,
i. e. such an one as thou knowest Paul to
be, thine aged teacher. and friend. So
1 Esdr. 8, 7. Act. Thom. ᾧ 39. Hdian. 8.
1. 6. Hdot. 3. 156; ¢. τοιοῦτος, Andocid.
in Alcib. τὸ δὲ δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὦν,
ὡς εὔνους τῷ δήμῳ τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖται.
β) Before a Genit. as referring to ἃ prece-
ding noun; 1 Pet. 2, 12 ὑμῶν ὡς κακο-
ποιῶν. 3,16. With a genit. absol. comp.
above in lett. a. 8. +) Before a Dat. as
referring to a preceding noun; 1 Cor. 3, 1
ter, ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς κτὰ. 10, 15. 2 Cor.
6, 13. Heb. 12,5. 7. 1 Pet. 2, 13. 3, 7.
4, 19. 2 Pet. 1, 19; impl. 1 Pet. 1, 19
αἵματι ὡς [αἵματι] ἀμνοῦ κτλ. So Hdian.
5. 1.13. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 39 ὡς πολεμίοις:

ως 800 ως

αὐτοῖς χρῶνται. 5) Before an Accus. as
referring to another object; Matt. 14, 5 ὅτι
ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. Luke 6, 22. 15,
19 ποίησόν pe ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισδίων σου.
Acts 17, 22 ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς
δεωρῶ, sc. than others. Rom. 1, 21 οὐχ ὡς
Sedv ἐδόξασαν sc. αὐτόν. 1 Cor. 4, 9. 14.
8, 7. 2 Cor. 11,16. Heb. 11, 9; also οὕτως
ὡς 2 Cor. 9,5. So Hdian. 3. 11.18. Xen.
An. 6. 6. 9. Hell. 2. 1. '7.

c) Before Prepositions with their cases,
in the same manner as before Participles,
see above in lett. a; since a participle may
usually be supplied before the preposition ;
‘see Passow C. II. a) So with Sia,
2 Thess. 2,2 μήτε Ov ἐπιστολῆς ὡς Ov ἡμῶν
80. γεγραμμένης. With ἐν, John 7,10 οὐ
φανερῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ Sc. ἀναβάς.
Rom. 13,13. With ἐκ, Rom. 9, 32 οὐκ
ἐκ πίστεως, GAN ὡς ἐξ ἔργων νόμου Sc. διώ-
κων, comp. v. 31. 2 Cor. 2, 17 bis. 3, 5.
1 Pet. 4,11. With ἐπί, Gal. 3,16 od... ὡς
ἐπὶ πολλῶν, GAN ὡς ἐφ᾽ ἑνός SC. λέγων. Matt.
26, 55 ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστήν as though agains! a
robber. So Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 25 ὡς ἐν cope.
Hdot. 8. 101 Ξέρξης ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη.
Philo de Joseph. p. 545 σπεύδοντες ὡς ἐπ᾽
ἀγαπῶν κληρονομίαν. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 8 av-
τὸς μεϑύσκετο ... ὡς ew εὐτυχίᾳ. An. 4. 3.
11. β6δ) Before ἃ prep. implying motion
to a place, ὡς qualifies the force of the pre-
position, as if to, i. e. towards, in the direc-
tion of, leaving it undetermined whether
one arrives at the place or not; comp.
Buttm. ἡ 149"init. Matth. § 628. 3 fin. Wi-
ner § 67. 6 fin. In N. T. only once c. ἐπί,
Acts 17, 14 πορεύεσϑαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν ϑάλασ-
σαν. So Arr. Exp. Al. Μ. 8. 1. 6 κατέπλει
κατὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὡς ἐπὶ ϑάλασσαν. Diod.
Sic. 14. 49. Thuc. 5. 3. Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 5.

d) Before Numerals, as if, about, nearly,
marking a supposed or conjectural round
number; comp. Buttm. § 149 init. Mark 5,
13 ἦσαν δὲ ὡς δισχίλιοι. 8, 9. Luke 2, 37.
8, 42. John 1, 40 ὥρα δὲ ἦν ὡς δεκάτη. 6,
19, 21, 8. Acts 1, 15. 5, '7. 19, 34. Rev. 8,
ial. Sept. for > Ruth 1, 4. 1K. 22, 6.
—Jos. Ant. 5. 6. 5. Pol. 1. 19. 5. Dem.
1378. 18. Xen. An. 1. 6. 1.

e) Emphat. how ! how very! how much!
Lat. quam! expressing admiration, in N. T.
only before adjectives ; comp. below in no.
3. c. Rom. 10,15 ὡς ὡραῖοι of πόδες κτλ.
how beautiful the feet, etc. 11, 33. Comp.
genr. Passow D. I. Matth. § 628. 3. Sept.
for 78 Ps. 73, 1.—Hom. Od. 24.194. Aris-
toph. Plut. 1. Jue. D. Deor. 12, 2. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 2 ὡς καλός μοι 6 παππός.

3 As marking manner, before a depend-

ent clause qualifying or defining the action
of a preceding verb; comp. Passow ὡς A.
II. a) Genr. as, according as; Matt. 1,
24 ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος.
8,13 ὡς ἐπίστευσας, γενεθήτω σοι. 20, 14.
Luke 14, 22. Rom. 12, 3. 1 Cor. 3, 5. Col.
2, 6. 4, 4. Tit. 1, 5. Rev. 9, 3. 18, 6. 22,12.
Once with οὕτω corresponding, 1 Cor. 7, 17
ἕκαστον ὡς κέκληκεν ὁ Beds, οὕτω περιπατεί-
to. (Sept. Ezra 7,25. Luc. D. Deor. 8.
1. Hdian. 7. 6. 16. Xen. Hell. 4. 2.19; ¢.
οὕτως Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 19.) Here in a
somewhat laxer construction, ὡς καί. like
the relat. ὅς, serves as a connective parti-
cle; see in art. ὅς B. 1. Matth. § 628. p.
1282. Acts 13, 33 ταύτην 6 Seds ἐκπεπλή-
poke... ὡς καὶ ἐν TO πρώτῳ Ψαλμῷ yeypa-
mrat κτλ. 17, 28. 22, 5. 25, 10. Rom. 9, 25.
So Plut. de cohib. Ira 4. b) Before a
minor or parenthetic clause, which then
serves to modify or restrict the general pro-
position; Passow 1. c. Matt. 27, 65 ὑπά-
γετε, ἀσφαλίσασϑε ὡς οἴδατε. Mark 4, 27.
10, 1 καὶ, ὡς εἰώϑει, πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐὖ-
τούς. Luke 3, 23 ὦν, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, υἱὸς Ἰω-
ond. Acts 2, 15. 1 Cor. 12, 2. 1 Pet. 5, 12.
2 Pet. 3,9. Rev. 2,24. So Hdian. 1. 16.
8. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10. An. 1, 6. 3. Cc)
Before a superlative, emphat. like Lat.
quam ; comp. above in no. 2.e. Sos τά-
χιστα, pr. ‘in what way most speedily,’ as
speedily as possible, Acts 17, 15; comp.
Buttm. ὁ 149 init. Viger. p. 562. So Dion.
Hal. Ant. 8. 30. Hdian. 2. 13.183 ὡς ra-
χιστα Diod. Sic. 14. 96. Xen. Hi. 6. 13.

4, Before dependent clauses expressing
the object or reference of a preceding verb
or word, the nature of the action, the cir-
cumstances under which it takes place, and
the like ; in what way, how, as, according as,
often equivalent to a conjunction ; Passow
ὡς B.

a) Genr. how, i. q. ὅπως no. 1; comp.
Matth. §485. So with the Indic. aor. Mark
12, 26 οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ... ὡς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ
Seds κτλ. Luke 8, 47. 23, δῦ eSedcavro τὸ
μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέϑη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ. 24,
8ὅ. Acts 11, 16. Rom. 11, 2. 2 Cor. 7, 15.
Pleonast. Luke 22, 61 ὑπεμνήσϑη ὁ Πέτρος
τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου, ὡς εἶπεν αὐτῷ. Once
with τοῦτο preced. Luke 6, 3. 4 οὐδὲ τοῦτο
ἀνέγνωτε ... ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ
σεοῦ κτὰ. (Jos. B. J. procem. ᾧ 7-10, where
ὡς and ὅπως alternate. Hdian. 1. 1. 11.
Xen. An. 2. 1. 1. Pleonast. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2.
14 καὶ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἀπομνημονεύεται, ὡς λέ-
γοι κτλ.) Sows ὅτι, how that, as that, to
wit that, in N. T. subjoined to a noun for
fuller explanation ; usually regarded as ple-

ὡς 801

onastic, but not so in strictness; comp. Wi-
ner ᾧ 67. 1. n. f. 2 Cor. 5, 19 τὴν διακονίαν
τῆς καταλλαγῆς, ὡς ὅτε Beds ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ
κτλ. 11, 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς
ἠσϑενήσαμεν, I say it to my reproach, how
that we are weak, i. q. as though we were
weak ; spoken in irony. 2 Thess. 2, 2
μήτε δὲ er js... ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ
ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου, nor by letter... as that,
ete. So Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 14 ἐπιγνούς, ὡς
ὅτι ἐν ἐσχάτοις εἰσίν. Dinarch. 109. 17.
Xen. Hell. 8. 2. 14.

b) Before an objective clause in a stricter
sense, how, how that, that, with the Indic.
equiv. to ὅτε ; comp. ὅτε no. I. 3. Buttm. 1.
6. Matth. 628. 2. Acts 10, 28 ὑμεῖς ἐπί-
στασϑε as ἀϑέμιτόν ἐστιν κτὰ. ν. 38. Rom.
1,9. 1 Thess. 2, 10. Sept. for "py 1 Sam.
13, 11; Sexy Dan. 1, 8.—Jos. Ant. 7.1. 6
ἐμαρτύρατο πάντας ... ὡς οὔτε κοινωνὸς εἴη
κτὰ. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 5. Hdian. 8. 12. 11.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2.

6) Before a final clause, i. e. expressing
end or purpose, as that, so that, i. q. that, to
the end that, like iva, ὅπως. Matth. § 628. 1.
Passow B. U. Buttm. 1. c. So ce. infin. ex-
pressing the purpose of a preceding verb,
so as to, in order to; Acts 20,24 ὡς τελει-
ὥσαι τὸν δρόμον pov pera χαρᾶς, i.e. I count
not my life dear, so that I may finish, ete.
Also ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, so to speak, that I may
so speak, Lat. ut ita dicam, Heb. ἢ, 9.
Comp. Matth. ὁ 545 init—-Genr. Xen. Cyr.
1. 2. 8 κώϑωνα, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀρύσα-
σϑαι. Gic. 11. 18. So ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Pol.
1. 1. 2. ib. 2. 21. 8. Plato Gorg. ὅ. p. 450. d.

d) Before a clause expressing result or
consequence, so, so as that, so that, like ὥστε;
comp. Buttm. 1. ὁ. Passow B. Il. With an
Indic. Heb. 3, 11 et 4, 3 ὡς ὥμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ
pov, quoted from Ps. 95,11 where Sept.
for ἼΩΝ —So ὁ. indie. Hdot. 1. 163. ib. 2.
135. Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 4 pen. νομίζω οὕτως
ἔχειν, ὡς ... ἀποστήσονται αὐτοῦ ai πολεῖς.

e) Before a clause expressing a cause or
reason, as, inasmuch as, since, because, like
ἐπεί, Ore; Buttm. 1. c. Matth. ᾧ 628. 5.
2'Tim. 1, 3 ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ
σοῦ μνείαν xtd.—Plato Prot. 335. d. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 2. 29 ὡς Sépos ἦν.

f) Before a clause implying time, as,
when, like ἐπεί q. v. Passow 1. c. no. 5. [V.]
Matth. § 628. 4. a) Genr. as, when, in
that, while; c. Indic. Matt. 28, 9 ὡς δὲ ἐπο-
ρεύοντο ἀπαγγεῖλαι. Luke 1,41 ὡς ἤκουσεν
ἡ EX. τὸν ἀσπασμόν κτλ. ν. 44. 4, 25. 19,
5. John 2,9. Acts 5, 24. 28, 4. al. sep.
Spec. whenever, as often as, Luke 12, 58.
Gal. 6,10. Sept. for ΡΞ 2 Chr. 94,11.

51

, aoe.

So genr. Judith 15, 1. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 4.
Hdian. 2. 11. 12. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.23. β)
Also. when, after that, posiquam, c. Indic.
Luke 1, 23 καὶ ἐγένετο, ὡς ἐπλήσϑησαν αἱ
ἡμέραι ... ἀπῆλθεν. 2, 15. 39 ὡς ἐτέλεσαν
ἅπαντα ... ὑπέστρεψαν κτλ. 11, 1. John 4,
1. 6, 12. 16. Acts 7, 28. 10, 7. 13, 18.
29. al. sep. Foll. by τότε, John 7, 10.
Once from when, since, Mark 9, 21. So
genr. Judith 10, 1. Test. XII Patr.
p. 670 ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο ὁ χειμών. Hdian.
2. 8. 12. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 23. γ)
ὡς ἄν, whensoever, as soon as, with Sub-
junct. aor. 1 Cor. 11, 34 ὡς ἂν ἔλπῶ. Phil.
2,23; ὡς ἐάν id. Rom. 15, 24. See in ἄν
IL. 1.c. ¢. So Ceb. Tab. 4 ὡς ἂν εἰσέλθω-
ow εἰς τὸν βίον. ib. 9 ὁρᾷς οὖν, ὡς ἂν map-
Ags τὴν πύλην κλ. = +

ὡσανναά, inter}. Hosannah! Heb.“n3" win ὦ
3, pr. ‘ save now, succour now, be now pro-
pitious ? from the Hebrew, a word of joyful
acclamation ; absol. Matt. 21, 9, Mark 11,
9. 10. John 12, 13; ὁ. dat. τῷ vid Δαβίδ
Matt. 21, 9. 15. See Heb. Lex. art, 333
Hiph. no. 1. Wetst. N. T. 1. p. 461.

ao autos, adv. (ὡς, αὕτως, αὐτός,) in
the same way, in like manner, likewise ;

Matt. 20, 5 ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως. 21, 30. 36.

25, 17. Mark 12,21. 14, 31. Luke 13, 3.
20, 31. 22,20. Rom. 8, 26, comp. v. 16.
1 Cor. 11, 25. 1 Tim. 2, 9. 3, 8.11. 5, 25.
Tit. 2, 3. 6. Sept. for ὈΝῚΞ Judg. 8, 8;
T3537 Deut. 12, 22.—Ceb. Tab. 3. 31. Diod.
Sic. 1. 29. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2.

ὡσεί, i. ᾳ. ὡς εἰ, as if, as though, with
the Opt. Hom. Il. 11. 389. Od. 10, 416.—
In N. T. only before a noun or adjective :

1. In comparisons, as if, as it were, i. 4.
as, like as; comp. ὡς no. 1. Ὁ. Matt. 9, 36
ἐῤῥιμένοι, ὡσεὶ πρόβατα κτλ. 28, 8 λευκὸν
ὡσεὶ χιών. v. 4. Mark 9, 26. Luke 22, 44.
24,11. Acts 2,3. 6, 15. 9, 18. Heb. 1,12.
11, 12. Rev. 1,14. Ellipt. where a participle
or infin. belonging to the noun before ὡσεί.
is also implied with the noun after ὡσεί, 6. g.
Matt. 3, 16 εἶδε τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ϑεοῦ κατα-
βαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστεράν 50. καταβαίνουσαν.
Mark 1, 10. John 1, 32; so infin. Luke 3,
22. Seein ὡς no. 1. b, and comp. Luke 10,
18.—Sept. for > Job 28, 5. .29, 25. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 6. 86. :

2. Before words of number and measure,
as if, as it were, about, something like ; comp.
ὡς no. 2. d. So before numerals; Matt.
14, 21 ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι. [Mark
6, 44.] Luke 1, 56 ὡσεὶ μῆνας τρεῖς. 3, 23
9, 14. 28. 22,59. 23, 44. John 4,6 ὥρα
ἦν ὡσεὶ ἕκτη. 6,10. 19,14. 39. Acts 2, 41

‘Doné

4,4. 5, 36. 10,3. 19,7. Of measure,
Luke 22, 41 ὡσεὶ λίϑου Bodjv. Sept. for >
Judg. 3, 29. Neh. 7, 66.—Xen. Hell. 1. 2.
9. ib. 2. 4. 25.

‘Noné, 6, indec. Osee, Heb. SWI (de-
liverance) Hoshea, Hosea, pr. n. of a proph-
et of the O. T. Rom. 9,25. See Hos. 1, 1.

ὥσπερ. adv. i. 6. ὡς strengthened by
enclit. wep, pr. wholly as, just as; genr. as,
like as, according as, Passow s. v. Matth.
§629. InN. T. only in comparisons ; also
in Attic writers the prevailing particle in
this usage; see Passow s. v.

1. Pr. as introducing a comparison, fol-
lowed by a corresponding clause with οὕτως,
or the like; as, just as, like as; Matt. 12,
40 ὥσπερ yap ἢν Ἰωνᾶς... οὕτως ἔσται ὁ
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνπρώπου κτλ. 13, 40. 24, 27. 37.
38. Luke 17, 24. John 5, 21. 26. Rom. 5,
19. 21. 6,4. 19. 11, 30. 1 Cor. 11, 12
15, 22. 16,1. 2 Cor. 1, 7. Gal. 4, 29,
Eph. 5, 24. James 2, 26. Once with υύτως
omitted in anacoluthon, Matt. 25, 14; or
suspended by a parenthetic clause, Rora. 5,
12, comp. v. 18. Once also with καί, for
οὕτως καί, 2 Cor. 8,7; comp. in καί no. 2.

b.—Sept. Ecc. 5,16. Hdian. 2.9.15. Xen.

Cyr. 1. 4. 21. Mem. 1. 6. 14.

2. Genr. and without οὕτως correspond-
ing, as, just as, like as, Matt 5, 48 ἔσεσϑε
οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι, ὥσπερ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν κτλ.
6, 2. ὅ. 7. 16. 20, 28. 9ὅ, 832, Luke 18, 11.
Acts 2,2. 3,17. 11, 16. 2 Cor. 9, 5 Rec.
1 Thess. 5, 3. Heb. 4, 10. 7, 27. 9, 25.
Rey. 10, 3. Matt. 18, 17 ἔστω σοὶ ὥσπερ 6
éSvixds, let him be to thee. as a heathen, etc.
—Cebet. Tab. 25. Hdian. 1. 4. 8. Diod. Sic.
1. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 5.

3. After a hypothetical proposition, as
asserting or confirming its truth and reality,
as indeed; comp. Matth. § 629. p. 1288.
1 Cor. 8, 5 καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ εἰσὶ λεγόμενοι
5εοί... ὥσπερ εἰσὶ Seol πολλοί κτλ. [10, 7.]
—Epict. Ench. 1. 8 ἐὰν δὲ τὸ σὸν μόνον
οἰηϑῇς σὸν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ἀλλύτριον, ὥσπερ
ἐστίν, ἀλλότριον, κτὰ. Hdot. 5. 53.

ὡσπερεί, adv. (ὥσπερ, εἰ.) just as if, as
if it were, 1 Cor. 15, 8; also 4, 13 in some
edit. for &s.—Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 1. Diod. Sic.
3. 40. Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 3.

ὥστε, i. 6. ὡς strengthened by enclit.
re, serving to connect more closely a follow-
ing clause with the preceding ; pr. adv. like
ὡς, ὥσπερ, used in comparisons, as, like as,
Hom. Il. 2. 289. ib, 16. 3.—Genr. and in
N. T. as a conjunctiof, so as that, so that,
before a clause expressing an event, result,
consequence, whether real or supposed ;

802

> ΄
ὠτάριον

and followed usually by an Infinitive, bu
also by the Indicative; comp. in ὡς no. 4. d.
Passow s. v.. Buttm. § 149. m. 2. § 140, 4.
Matth. § 629. § 531. n. 2. § 533. n. 1. Wi-
ner § 42. 5. τ. 1. § 45. 3. n.

1. With an Infin. c. acc. expr. or impi.
so that. a) Fully, preceded by a de-
monstr. as οὕτως, Τοιοῦτος ; Acts 14, 1 καὶ
λαλῆσαι οὕτως, ὥστε πιστεῦσαι ... πολὲ
πλῆϑος. Matt. 15, 33 ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε
χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον. Comp. Buttm.
ᾧ 140. 4. So preced. by οὕτως Aéschin. 12.
16. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. δ; τοσοῦτος Diod. Sic.
4. 71. Xen. Hi. 3.9. Ὁ) Sitaply, without
a preced. demonsir. Matt. 8; 24 ὥστε τὸ
πλοῖον καλύπτεσϑαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων. v.28.
10, 1 ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν ... ὥστε
ἐκβάλλειν αὐτά sc. τὰ πνεύματα. 13, 54,
Mark 1, 27. 45. Luke ὅ, 7. Acts 1, 19. 16,
26. Rom. 7, 6. 15, 19. 1 Cor. 5, 1. al. sep.
Sept. Gen. 9, 15. Josh. 10, 14. So Luc. Ὁ.
Deor. 13. 2. Diod. Sic. 1. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1.
4. 1, 10. c) Rarely, instead of an actual
result, ὥστε c. infin. serves to mark a pur-
pose, like ἵνα, ὅπως ; e.g. Matt. 27,1 συμ-
βούλιον ἔλαβον ... κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε
Ξανατῶσαι αὐτόν. Luke 4, 29. 9, 52. non al,
Comp. Matth. § 629. p. 1286. Sept. for
> c. inf. Num. 8, 11. Gen. 15, 7. So Xen.
Hell. 2. 4. 8 €8ovAnSnoav ᾿Ἐλευσῖνα ἐξιδιώ-
σασϑαι, Sore εἶναι σφίσι καταφυγήν. An
8. 4.21.

2. Foll. by an Indicat. so as that, or simpl.
that; with οὕτως preced. John 3, 16 οὕτω
yap ἠγάπησεν ὁ ϑεὸς τὸν Κόσμον, ὥστε τὸν
υἱὸν αὑτοῦ ἔδωκεν κτλ. Simpl. Gal. 9, 13.
—So c. οὕτως prec. Luc. D. Deor. 15. 2.
Thuc. 3. 104. Simpl. 4). V. H. 12. 30.
Xen. An. 2. 4. 2. -Mem. 1. 2. 31.

3. Often at the beginning of a sentence,
with the Indic. or Imperat. as an emphatic
illative particle, so that, consequently, there
fore, wherefore; comp. Matth. Buttm. Jl
ec. Winer §42.5.n.1. So with Indic
Matt. 12,12 ὥστε ἔξεστι τοῖς σάββασι κα
λῶς ποιεῖν. 23,31. Mark 2, 28, 10,8. Rom.
7,12 ὥστε ὁ μὲν νόμον ἅγιος κτλ. 1 Cor
8, 7. Ἴ, 38. Gal. 8, 9. 24. al. With Impe
rat. 1 Cor. 3,21. 15, 58. Phil. 2, 12. 4, i.
1 Thess. 4, 18. James 1,19. 1 Pet. 4, 15.
al.—Wisd. 6, 25. Diod. Sic. 11. 6. Xen.
An. 1. 7.7; c. imper. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 16
ὥστε Sapoe. +

ὠτάριον, ov, τό, (dim. οὖς.) an ear, i. 4.
ὠτίον, Mark 14, 47 καὶ ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ
ὠτάριον, so Lachm. for ὠτίον in Rec.—Lu-
cill. 17, in Anth. Gr. IIL. p. 32. See Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 212.

ὠτίον

τς ὦΤίον, ov, τό, (dim. οὖς.) an ear, one of
the ears; condemned by the Atticists, but
used in the language of common life, which
often employs diminutives for the parts of
the body, just as we do in speaking with
children ; comp. Lob. ad Phryn. Ρ. 211 56.
Matt. 26, 51 ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. Mark
14, 47. Luke 22, 51. John 18, 10. 26. Sept.
for JJ8 1 Sam. 9, 15. 20,2. Am. 3, 12.—
Ecclus. 43, 29. Anthol. Gr. Ill. p. 31
ἔσχον δ᾽ ἐν ion μὲν ἕν ὠτίον.

ὠφέλεια. as, ἡ, (ὠφελέω,) help, aid,
succour, in war, 2 Macc. 8,20. Thue. 1.
35; from a physician, ἰατρικὴ ὠφέλεια Plato
Lys. 217. a.—In N. T. use, profit, advan-
tage; Rom. 3, 1 ris ἡ ὠφέλεια τῆς περιτο-
uns; Jude 16. Sept. for >32 Job 22, 3.
Ps. 30, 10. So Ecclus. 20, 30. Diod. Sic.
1, 21 fin. Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.

ὠφελέω, ὦ, f. now, (dpedos,) 1. to
help, to aid, to profit, to be of use, absol.
Rom. 2,25 περιτομὴ μὲν yap ὠφελεῖ. (Xen.
An. 5. 1. 12.) With two accus, of pers.
and neut, ri, οὐδέν, μηδέν, comp. Buttm.
§ 131. 5, espec. 8 and n. 12. Matth. § 415.
n. 3. Mark 8, 36 ri yap ὠφελήσει ἄνϑρω-
πον, ἐὰν κτλ. 1 Cor. 14, 6. Gal. 5, 2. Acc.
of pers. simpl. Heb. 4,2. Acc, ri, οὐδέν,
μηδέν, simpl. Matt. 27, ‘24. John 6, 63, 12,

803

ὠφέλιμος

19. Sept. c. acc. pers. for >"34M Prov. 10
2. Is. 30, 5. 6.—So ο. dupl. acc. Wisd. 5
8. Ceb. Tab. 35. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.61; acc.
of pers. Xen. Mem. 1. 3.1; acc. τί Arr
Epict. 1.2. 22. ΑἹ. V. H. 3. 47. Xen.
Mem. 3. 4. 11.

2. Mid. or Pass. to be profiled, to have ad-
vantage; with acc. neut. ri, οὐδέν, μηδέν,
see above in no. 1; and for the passive
construction see Buttm. § 134. 6. Matt. 16,
26 τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνϑρωπος, ἐάν κτλ.
Mark 5, 26. Luke 9, 25. 1 Cor. 18, 3.
(Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5, Hdian. 2. 3. 21. Xen.
Mem. 1. 7. 2.) With ἐκ ec. gen. lo be pro-
jited of or by any one, c. neut. 6, Matt. 15,
5 δῶρον, 6 ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληϑῆς. Mark 7, 11.
(Sept. Jer. 2, 11. Antiphon. 121. 23 ἐξ ὧν
μάλιστα τὸ κοινὸν ὠφελεῖται. Xen. Mem. 2.
4.1.) With ἐν c. dat. Heb. 13, 9 ἐν οἷς
οὐκ ὠφελήϑησαν of περιπατήσαντες, where
ἐν ois depends equally on οἱ περιπατήσαντες.
So Xen. Ath. 1. 3.

ὠφέλιμος, ov, ὁ, ἡ, adj. (ὠφελέω,)
helpful, profitable, useful; with πρός τι,
1 Tim. 4, 8 bis, 7 yap σωματικὴ γυμνασία
πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶ ὠφέλιμος, κτλ. 2 Tim. 3,
16; c. dat. Tit. 3, 8—Ceb. Tab. 37; πρὸς
τὸ παρόν Hdian. 2. 5. 6; εἰς τὸν βίον Xen.
Cc. 5. 11; c. dat. AU. V. H. 12. 54. Xen.
Mem. 2. 7. 9.

CORRIGENDA.

Page 11, B. 7, after “ passing,”’ add: (/Eschyl. Ag. 1592.
Page 180, A. 15, bottom, dele “ John 9, 24.”
obtestations to speak the truth, John 9, 24.

Aristoph. Nub. 626.)
Then, after Acts 12, 33, add: Also in

Page 243, A. 12, dele all after 25, to the dash in the next line, so that it will read :

25; Jos. wes

Page 244, B. 10, bottom, after 15 add: Others better of rank, dignity, John 11 cc
So Sept. and "25> Gen. 48, 20; comp. Matt. 3, 11.

Page 523, B. 4, dele “1 Cor. 15, 27.”

Page 593, B. 12, at the beginning, dele “Ger.”

ADDENDA.

Tur following words, which are read in some manuscripts cf the New
Testament, and most of which appear ..150 in the edition of Lachmann, were

omitted in their proper order:

ἀγγέλλω, f. edd, to bring word, to an-
nounce, to tell; c. dat. et ὅτι, John 20, 18
Lachm. ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαϑηταῖς ὅτι κτλ.
Rec. ἀπαγγέλλουσα.---Ηαΐδη. 6. ὅ. 14. Xen.
Hell. 1. 1. 97.

ἀηδία, as, ἡ, (ἀηδής; a priv. ἦδος.) a
being ill pleased, displeasure, dislike ; Luke
23, 12 ὄντες ἐν dndig. Rec. ἐν €x%pa.—
Dem. 401. 18. Plato Legg. 802. d.

ἀκατάπαστος, ov, ὃ, 4, adj. (a priv.
κατάπαστος ; mwacow,) pr. unbesprinkled,
unbestrewed ; hence trop. not satisfied, in-
satiable; 2 Pet. 2,14 Lachm. ὀφϑαλμοὺς
...dkarardorous ἁμαρτίας. Rec. ἀκαταπαύ-
orovs.—F ound in no Gr. writer or lexicon.

"Aracoa, as, }, Alassa, Vulg. Tha-
lassa, pr. n. of a city in Crete; Acts 27, 8
Lachm. for Aagaia Rec.

ἀμφιάζω, f. dow, (ἀμφί,) to put around
or on,as garments, (0 clothe, c. acc. et οὕτως,
Luke 12, 28 Lachm. for ἀμφιέννυμι Rec.
Sept. for a> Job 29,14. So Erye. 12,
τι Anth. Gr. IIL p. 12.—Some Mss. read
ἀμφιέζω id. as also Sept. Job 31, 19. Plut.
C. Gracch. 2.

ἀναπάομαι, f. παήσομαι, Mid. depon.
(πάομαι,) to possess largely, to have large
fruit, c. ἔκ τινος, Rev. 14, 13 Lachm. ἵνα
ἀναπαήσονται ἐκ τῶν kK. αὑτῶν. Rec. ἀναπαυ-
covrat.—Not found elsewhere, and wholly
anomalous ; see Buttm. § 114 πάσασϑαι.

ἀνάπειρος, ov, 6, ἡ, adj. (ἀναπείρω
to pierce through,) pierced, wounded ; so

Lachm. ἀναπείρους Luke 14, 13. 21. Ree.
dvarnpovs.—Not found elsewhere.

ἀναπηδάω, &, f. how, (πηδάω,) to leap
up, to spring up; Mark 10, 50 Lachm. dva-
πηδήσας AAS. Rec. ἀναστὰς ἦλθε. Sept.
for ΣῚΡ 1 Sam. 20, 33.—Dem. 403. 5.
Plato Conv. 213, b.

GVENEOS, ov; 6, ἣ, adj: (a priv. ἔλεος.)
without mercy, stern, James 2, 13 Lachm.
for dvitews Rec.—Not found elsewhere.

BaXéws, adv. (Ba%is,) deeply; Luke
24,1 Lachm. ὄρϑρου Ba&éws. Rec. βαϑέος
see in art. Ba%vs.-So of sleep, Plut. J.
Ces. 63. i ;

δεξιοβόλος, ου, ὃ, (δεξιά, βόλος, βάλ-
λω,) one throwing with the right hand;
perh. @ spearman, lancer; Plur. Acts 23,
23 Lachm. δεξιοβόλους διακοσίους, Vulg.
lancearios. Rec. δεξιολάβους.----Νοῦ found
elsewhere.

ἐγκακέω, ὦ, f. now, (ἐν, κακέω,) to be-
have badly or cowardly, in any thing, c. acc.
Pol. 4. 19. 10.—In N. T. to be faint-hearted,
to faint, to fail, ἐν ταῖς ϑλίψεσι Eph. 3, 13;
absol. Luke 18, 1. 2 Cor. 4,1. 16. Gal. 6,9.
2 Thess. 3,13. So Symm. Gen. 27, 46.
Num. 21, 5.—In all the above passages
Rec. has ἐκκακέω q. V.

ἐγκαυχάομαι, aya, f. ἤσομαι, Mid. ,
depon. (ἐν, xavydopat,) to glory in, to boast
in; 6. & τινι, 2 Thess. 1, 4 ἐν ὑμῖν ἐγκαυ-
χᾶσϑαι. Rec. xavyacta.—Sept. Ps. 106
47. 74, 4.

FINIS.

Mage etd het
payee ναι
>

THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY